Last Minute Deal Intrepid | Real Peru to Bolivia

With a stay in the heart of the jungle, plenty of pisco sours and some hot and heavy hiking on the Inca Trail, this trip is 15 days of exploring, drinking, eating and sweating (nobody said the trail would be easy, but boy is it worth it). Experience the real Amazon in a proper jungle lodge, follow in the footsteps of ancient people on the Inca Trail to Wonder of the World Machu Picchu and stay with a local family who live in a mud-brick house on the shores of Lake Titicaca. Hit the nightlife in Cusco, sail down the Amazon River in the pitch-black of night (look out for jaguars!) and experience an I’m-so-far-from-home moment with some new friends on an epic trek through Peru to Bolivia.

Themes

18 to 35s

Walking & Trekking

18 to 35s

18 to 35s

18 to 35s

Family

Family

Family

Wildlife

Adventure Cruising

Wildlife

Adventure Cruising

Wildlife

Adventure Cruising

Wildlife

Adventure Cruising

Wildlife

Adventure Cruising

Wildlife

Adventure Cruising

Wildlife

Adventure Cruising

Explorer

Walking & Trekking

Wildlife

Adventure Cruising

Wildlife

Adventure Cruising

Wildlife

Adventure Cruising

Wildlife

Adventure Cruising

Wildlife

Adventure Cruising

Explorer

Wildlife

Adventure Cruising

Short Breaks

Wildlife

Adventure Cruising

Wildlife

Adventure Cruising

Wildlife

Adventure Cruising

Explorer

Wildlife

Adventure Cruising

Explorer

Wildlife

Adventure Cruising

Explorer

Wildlife

Independent - Short Breaks

Explorer

Walking & Trekking

Walking & Trekking

Walking & Trekking

Polar

Wildlife

Polar

Wildlife

Polar

Wildlife

Polar

Wildlife

Polar

Wildlife

Polar

Wildlife

Polar

Wildlife

Polar

Wildlife

Polar

Wildlife

Polar

Wildlife

Independent - Short Breaks

Family

Family

Family

Family

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Rail

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Rail

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Rail

Explorer

Expedition

Explorer

Women's Expedition

Explorer

Explorer

Rail

Wildlife

Explorer

Cycling

We think the world’s at its best when there’s nothing between it and you. No big bus window. No iPhone screen. No maps or walls or guidebooks. Just the wind and the open road.

Walking & Trekking

18 to 35s

18 to 35s

18 to 35s

Food

Explorer

Walking & Trekking

Independent - Short Breaks

Wildlife

Independent - Short Breaks

Walking & Trekking

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Women's Expedition

Walking & Trekking

Walking & Trekking

Walking & Trekking

Walking & Trekking

Walking & Trekking

Walking & Trekking

Walking & Trekking

Walking & Trekking

18 to 35s

Walking & Trekking

Explorer

Wildlife

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Cycling

We think the world’s at its best when there’s nothing between it and you. No big bus window. No iPhone screen. No maps or walls or guidebooks. Just the wind and the open road.

Multi-Active Adventures

18 to 35s

Food

Expedition

Walking & Trekking

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Walking & Trekking

Food

Explorer

Walking & Trekking

Walking & Trekking

Short Breaks

Walking & Trekking

Short Breaks

Walking & Trekking

Cycling

We think the world’s at its best when there’s nothing between it and you. No big bus window. No iPhone screen. No maps or walls or guidebooks. Just the wind and the open road.

Short Breaks

Cycling

We think the world’s at its best when there’s nothing between it and you. No big bus window. No iPhone screen. No maps or walls or guidebooks. Just the wind and the open road.

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Cycling

We think the world’s at its best when there’s nothing between it and you. No big bus window. No iPhone screen. No maps or walls or guidebooks. Just the wind and the open road.

Walking & Trekking

Short Breaks

Walking & Trekking

18 to 35s

18 to 35s

18 to 35s

Short Breaks

Walking & Trekking

Walking & Trekking

Short Breaks

Walking & Trekking

Short Breaks

Walking & Trekking

Walking & Trekking

Short Breaks

Walking & Trekking

Walking & Trekking

Walking & Trekking

Walking & Trekking

Walking & Trekking

Walking & Trekking

Walking & Trekking

Short Breaks

Walking & Trekking

Short Breaks

Walking & Trekking

Overland

Overland

Overland

Walking & Trekking

Independent - Short Breaks

Family

Explorer

Explorer

Short Breaks

Explorer

Short Breaks

Explorer

Explorer

Short Breaks

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Short Breaks

Explorer

Short Breaks

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Overland

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Short Breaks

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Short Breaks

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Short Breaks

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Walking & Trekking

18 to 35s

18 to 35s

18 to 35s

Short Breaks

Short Breaks

Short Breaks

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Multi-Active Adventures

Short Breaks

Walking & Trekking

Walking & Trekking

Multi-Active Adventures

18 to 35s

18 to 35s

18 to 35s

18 to 35s

18 to 35s

18 to 35s

18 to 35s

Family

Family

Wildlife

Family

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Short Breaks

Independent - Short Breaks

Festivals and Events

Explorer

Short Breaks

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Festivals and Events

Wildlife

Explorer

Wildlife

Multi-Active Adventures

Food

Explorer

Explorer

Short Breaks

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Rail

Walking & Trekking

Short Breaks

Walking & Trekking

Walking & Trekking

Walking & Trekking

Short Breaks

Walking & Trekking

Short Breaks

Walking & Trekking

Explorer

Short Breaks

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Short Breaks

Explorer

Short Breaks

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Multi-Active Adventures

Walking & Trekking

Walking & Trekking

18 to 35s

18 to 35s

18 to 35s

18 to 35s

Explorer

Walking & Trekking

Walking & Trekking

Multi-Active Adventures

Explorer

Multi-Active Adventures

Expedition

Expedition

Family

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Sailing

Explorer

Explorer

Expedition

Wildlife

Expedition

Multi-Active Adventures

18 to 35s

Independent - Short Breaks

Family

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Short Breaks

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Multi-Active Adventures

18 to 35s

Food

Explorer

Rail

Explorer

Explorer

18 to 35s

Family

Wildlife

Family

Wildlife

Wildlife

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Rail

Explorer

Explorer

Wildlife

Explorer

Explorer

Wildlife

18 to 35s

Wildlife

Food

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

18 to 35s

Sailing

Sailing

Sailing

Independent - Short Breaks

Independent - Short Breaks

Independent - Short Breaks

Multi-Active Adventures

Independent - Short Breaks

Walking & Trekking

Family

Family

Family

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Cycling

We think the world’s at its best when there’s nothing between it and you. No big bus window. No iPhone screen. No maps or walls or guidebooks. Just the wind and the open road.

Cycling

We think the world’s at its best when there’s nothing between it and you. No big bus window. No iPhone screen. No maps or walls or guidebooks. Just the wind and the open road.

18 to 35s

18 to 35s

18 to 35s

18 to 35s

18 to 35s

18 to 35s

Explorer

Explorer

Food

Explorer

Independent - Short Breaks

Walking & Trekking

Short Breaks

Independent - Short Breaks

Family

Family

Family

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Rail

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Rail

Explorer

Multi-Active Adventures

Cycling

We think the world’s at its best when there’s nothing between it and you. No big bus window. No iPhone screen. No maps or walls or guidebooks. Just the wind and the open road.

Cycling

We think the world’s at its best when there’s nothing between it and you. No big bus window. No iPhone screen. No maps or walls or guidebooks. Just the wind and the open road.

Walking & Trekking

Cycling

We think the world’s at its best when there’s nothing between it and you. No big bus window. No iPhone screen. No maps or walls or guidebooks. Just the wind and the open road.

18 to 35s

18 to 35s

Food

Food

Independent - Short Breaks

Wildlife

Independent - Short Breaks

Independent - Short Breaks

Overland

Wildlife

Overland

Wildlife

Overland

Wildlife

Wildlife

Overland

Overland

Wildlife

Overland

Wildlife

Overland

Wildlife

Overland

Wildlife

Overland

Overland

Wildlife

Overland

Wildlife

Overland

Wildlife

Wildlife

Explorer

Wildlife

Wildlife

Wildlife

Explorer

Overland

Wildlife

Overland

Wildlife

Wildlife

18 to 35s

Overland

Wildlife

18 to 35s

Overland

Wildlife

Family

Wildlife

Family

Family

Overland

Wildlife

Overland

Wildlife

Wildlife

Overland

Wildlife

Overland

Wildlife

Explorer

Explorer

Walking & Trekking

Short Breaks

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Festivals and Events

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Festivals and Events

Walking & Trekking

Family

Family

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

18 to 35s

18 to 35s

Explorer

Expedition

Family

Family

Family

Short Breaks

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Walking & Trekking

Women's Expedition

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Cycling

We think the world’s at its best when there’s nothing between it and you. No big bus window. No iPhone screen. No maps or walls or guidebooks. Just the wind and the open road.

Multi-Active Adventures

Walking & Trekking

Walking & Trekking

Winter Active

18 to 35s

18 to 35s

18 to 35s

18 to 35s

18 to 35s

Food

Overland

Wildlife

Overland

Wildlife

Explorer

Wildlife

Explorer

18 to 35s

Overland

Wildlife

Expedition

Wildlife

Independent - Short Breaks

Independent - Short Breaks

Wildlife

Family

Family

Family

Family

Wildlife

Wildlife

Rail

Wildlife

Overland

Wildlife

Overland

Wildlife

Overland

Walking & Trekking

Wildlife

Overland

Wildlife

Wildlife

Wildlife

Wildlife

Wildlife

Wildlife

Wildlife

Wildlife

Wildlife

Wildlife

Overland

Wildlife

18 to 35s

Overland

Wildlife

18 to 35s

Wildlife

18 to 35s

Overland

Wildlife

Walking & Trekking

Overland

Walking & Trekking

Wildlife

Walking & Trekking

Overland

Wildlife

Overland

Wildlife

Overland

Wildlife

Overland

Wildlife

Overland

Wildlife

Overland

Wildlife

Overland

Wildlife

Overland

Wildlife

Overland

Wildlife

Overland

Wildlife

Overland

Wildlife

Overland

Wildlife

Overland

Wildlife

Overland

Wildlife

Overland

Wildlife

Overland

Wildlife

Overland

Wildlife

Overland

Wildlife

Overland

Wildlife

Overland

Wildlife

Walking & Trekking

Walking & Trekking

Multi-Active Adventures

Walking & Trekking

Multi-Active Adventures

Walking & Trekking

Walking & Trekking

Walking & Trekking

Food

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Family

Rail

Family

Family

Family

Family

Short Breaks

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Rail

Explorer

Rail

Explorer

Rail

Explorer

Explorer

Rail

Explorer

Rail

Explorer

Rail

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Rail

Explorer

Explorer

Rail

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Rail

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Rail

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

Rail

Cycling

We think the world’s at its best when there’s nothing between it and you. No big bus window. No iPhone screen. No maps or walls or guidebooks. Just the wind and the open road.

Cycling

We think the world’s at its best when there’s nothing between it and you. No big bus window. No iPhone screen. No maps or walls or guidebooks. Just the wind and the open road.

Cycling

We think the world’s at its best when there’s nothing between it and you. No big bus window. No iPhone screen. No maps or walls or guidebooks. Just the wind and the open road.

Cycling

We think the world’s at its best when there’s nothing between it and you. No big bus window. No iPhone screen. No maps or walls or guidebooks. Just the wind and the open road.

Walking & Trekking

Walking & Trekking

Walking & Trekking

Walking & Trekking

Cycling

We think the world’s at its best when there’s nothing between it and you. No big bus window. No iPhone screen. No maps or walls or guidebooks. Just the wind and the open road.

Multi-Active Adventures

Walking & Trekking

Cycling

We think the world’s at its best when there’s nothing between it and you. No big bus window. No iPhone screen. No maps or walls or guidebooks. Just the wind and the open road.

Walking & Trekking

Multi-Active Adventures

Cycling

We think the world’s at its best when there’s nothing between it and you. No big bus window. No iPhone screen. No maps or walls or guidebooks. Just the wind and the open road.

Walking & Trekking

Walking & Trekking

Cycling

We think the world’s at its best when there’s nothing between it and you. No big bus window. No iPhone screen. No maps or walls or guidebooks. Just the wind and the open road.

18 to 35s

18 to 35s

18 to 35s

18 to 35s

Food

Food

Food

Food

Food

Food

Food

Adventure Cruising

Sailing

Sailing

Sailing

Sailing

Sailing

Sailing

Sailing

Sailing

Sailing

Sailing

Sailing

Sailing

Adventure Cruising

Explorer

Explorer

Explorer

  • Highlights

    • .
    • A few days on Caye Caulker provides the perfect opportunity to enjoy Belizean island vibes, beachside beers and optional snorkelling, the perfect (almost) halfway point for this epic adventure.
    • A homestay in rural Sambor Prei Kuk puts you right in the heart of everyday village life in Cambodia – cycle through the village for the best perspective and see locals working the rice fields or getting stuck into handicrafts. 
    • A homestay in rural Sambor Prei Kuk puts you right in the heart of everyday village life in Cambodia – cycle through the village for the best perspective and see locals working the rice fields or getting stuck into handicrafts.
    • A homestay with a family in the Saxon village of Viscri in Romania offers insight into local life and the chance to sample some delicious home-cooked food
    • Accompanied by a knowledgeable local crew — a leader, driver and cook – you'll be in excellent hands for the duration of your adventure.
    • Accompanied by a local crew – a leader, driver and cook – you and your family are in excellent hands for the duration of your adventure.
    • Accompanied by a local crew — a leader, driver and cook – you'll be in excellent hands for the duration of your adventure.
    • Add to your recipe repertoire as you learn to prepare a selection of traditional dishes from a local chef in Poros – an island renowned for its lamb and olive groves – who’s ready to share their best-kept cooking secrets.
    • Admire Boat Mesa, the Sinking Ship formation, Tower Bridge, China Wall, Fairyland Canyon and other amazing rock structures in Bryce Canyon National Park.
    • Admire spectacular coastal scenery and head out to historic lighthouses that mark the easternmost point of Canada.
    • Admire the beauty of Uganda’s natural wonders – the rolling hills of Bwindi, the lakes and wetlands of Lake Mburo, and the green forests of Kibale.
    • Admire the breathtaking scenery and wildlife that surrounds you, such as Gentoo and chinstrap penguins, fur seals, albatross and so much more, backed by icebergs and glaciated mountains.
    • Admire the diverse Himalayan landscape as you hike through remote villages, fairy-tale forests, vast moorlands cut by cascading rivers and the blue-hued peaks of base camp as they glow under starlight!
    • Admire the ever-changing colours of Uluru, one of Australia’s most spiritually significant sites, as you view the epic sandstone monolith at both sunrise and sunset.
    • Admire the out of this world landscapes of Tongariro National Park, from emerald green lakes to soaring volcanic peaks. If you’re up for the challenge, tackle the famous Tongariro Crossing.
    • Admire the restored architecture of UNESCO World Heritage-listed Kotor in Montenegro on a climb along the ancient city fortifications. Then, discover the glittering Bay of Kotor in your free time.  
    • Admire the restored architecture of UNESCO World Heritage-listed Kotor in Montenegro on a climb along the ancient city fortifications. Then, discover the glittering Bay of Kotor in your free time.
    • Admire the sculpted sandstone of Nitmiluk (Katherine) Gorge on either a guided walk or on a cruise along the Katherine River.
    • Admire the World Heritage-listed architecture of Dubrovnik (of Game of Thrones fame) and Montenegro’s Kotor as you walk along their ancient city walls.
    • Admire the World Heritage-listed architecture of Dubrovnik and Montenegro’s Kotor, climbing along their ancient city walls.
    • Adventure into the Atlas Mountains and stay with a local family for an insight into traditional Moroccan life.
    • Adventure into the Atlas Mountains and stay with a traditional Amazigh family for an insight into authentic Moroccan life and culture and a homecooked meal of local favourites.
    • Adventure through the area's most scenic trails on foot, including parts of the classic coastal route. Bike through villages (the best way to cover ground) and kayak on the sparkling Mediterranean Sea to a sandy beach.
    • Adventure through the Chobe National Park on a 4WD game drive. Botswana's first national park is known for its many elephants and hippos, so keep an eye out for herds walking by.
    • After a satisfying day’s walk, tuck into the unique mixture of Italian, Austrian and German inspired food – enjoying Europe’s local culinary traditions.
    • After cycling through cities, national parks and historic sites, take the chance to relax on the sandy beaches of the southern coast. Go swimming in the clear waters, take an optional cycle to nearby Weligama to see the colourful fishing boats selling their catch on the shore and watch the sunset.
    • After days spent on your feet, be rewarded with comfortable accommodation and hearty meals that rejuvenate your weary legs.
    • After days spent on your feet, be rewarded with comfortable accommodation and hearty meals that rejuvenate your weary legs.
    • After spending time admiring Hoi An’s UNESCO World Heritage-listed ancient town, hop on a bike and pedal beside rice fields and through small villages on a guided bicycle tour of the surrounding countryside.
    • Albania's pastel-coloured capital Tirana is on the verge of becoming Europe’s next big thing, so pay it a visit before the rest of the world does.
    • An early morning game drive through Lake Nakuru National Park might be your best chance of seeing black and white rhinoceroses in the flesh.
    • An early morning game drive through Lake Nakuru National Park might be your best chance of seeing black and white rhinoceroses in the flesh.
    • Appreciate a truly local experience in Tumbang Malahoi village with a stay in a longhouse. Receive a welcoming blessing ceremony and enjoy a night of eating and dancing with local families.
    • Appreciate the spectacle of Las Vegas as you explore this glitzy, neon-filled city at all hours of the day with plenty of time and flexibility to do as you please – night out, anyone?
    • Appreciate the spectacle of Vegas as you explore this glitzy, neon-filled city at all hours of the day with plenty of time and flexibility to do as you please – night out, anyone?
    • Arrive early or extend your stay in Victoria Falls to fully experience all this amazing place has to offer. Take an active adventure, see the thundering falls – the largest in the world – and maybe take a sunset helicopter flight to get the best views.
    • Ascend Mt Vesuvius for breathtaking views over the Bay of Naples and witness the powerful crater of this still active volcano. Finish the day with a pizza tasting in Naples – the alleged birthplace of this beloved carb.
    • Ascend to the clouds and reach an altitude of 5416 metres as you cross the Thorung La Pass along the Annapurna Circuit. Testing your mind and body, this is one incredible accomplishment.
    • Attend informative lectures by your onboard polar experts, who can provide amazing insights into the region's diverse wildlife and unique geology.
    • ature Stays – a perfectly positioned camp on the banks of the Zambezi River and a lodge next to the Namib-Naukluft National Park offering views of the ethereal desert landscape.
    • Balance on a tiny streetside stool in Hanoi's Old Quarter, soaking up the bustling vibes and watching motorbikes zoom past. Then, maybe hit a local bar for a refreshing beer with the locals or explore the nightlife in search of the best cocktail.
    • Balance out all of the activity and adventure with plenty of time to chill out away from the crowds at beachside paradise of Pemuteran on Bali’s less-visited north coast.
    • Bask in the ivory glow of the inspiring Taj Mahal in Agra, explore Old Delhi and Jama Masjid, and stand in awe of the Hawa Mahal and Amber Fort in Jaipur.
    • Bask in the unique atmosphere of Aswan and experience not only the warmth and charm of Nubian hospitality but also some delicious traditional cuisine at a local homestay.
    • Be accompanied by an experienced trek leader along with assistant guides and porters, who will not only give you all the support and guidance you need along the way, but also introduce you to the rich local Sherpa culture.
    • Be amazed by the magical monasteries and ancient rock pinnacles of Meteora and learn about the natural and cultural history of one of Greece's most extraordinary sights.
    • Be amazed by Tongariro National Park as you spend the day exploring its volcanic landscapes, then retire to your Feature Stay Hotel where you can sit back and soak in views of Tongariro’s peaks.
    • Be enchanted by the heart-warming people of Nepal on an overnight stay in a hill-top village retreat, surrounded by rustic farms and overlooking the mighty Himalayas.
    • Be mesmerised by the staggering force and beauty of Victoria Falls, and experience firsthand why it’s known as the ‘smoke that thunders’ – a natural wonder that must be seen to be believed.
    • Be mesmerised by the staggering force and beauty of Victoria Falls, and experience firsthand why it’s known as the ‘smoke that thunders’ – a natural wonder that must be seen to be believed.
    • Be mesmerized by the staggering force and beauty of Victoria Falls, and experience first-hand why it’s renowned as the ‘smoke that thunders’ – a natural wonder that must be seen to be believed.
    • Be part of a larger movement – Via Transilvanica supports local economies and tourism development by connecting communities, helping to preserve traditions and promoting sustainable travel throughout the region.
    • Be surrounded by the mountains of Kyrgyzstan, take a train ride through the vistas of the Kazakh steppe and see the little Grand Canyon at Charyn.
    • Be swept away by Sicilian charm as you explore the backstreets and cobblestone alleys in the timeless old town of Erice, Taormina and Ragusa.
    • Be swept away by Sicilian charm as you explore the backstreets and cobblestone alleys in the timeless old town of Syracuse, Noto and Ragusa.
    • Be treated to a special private tour of Sacred Canyon with a First Nations guide. Learn about the cultural significance of the site, the ancient rock engravings and traditional bush medicine from the perspective of the Adnyamathanha people.
    • Be treated to a traditional 'bungkus' meal, have a picnic on a secluded island and feast on a BBQ seafood dinner – you won’t go hungry with all this delicious Indonesian cuisine around!
    • Be treated to an overnight stay on a traditional junk sailing boat in Halong Bay – wake up and feel like you’re still in a dream, surrounded by the incredible limestone karsts and turquoise waters of this magical place.
    • Be treated to Azerbaijan's national dish Piti and stop at a traditional Georgian wine producer where the ancient, UNESCO-listed qvevri method is still used.
    • Be treated to classic Victorian scenery with sweeping alpine vistas, snow gum meadows and fresh mountain air.
    • Be treated to fresh, local Maldivian cuisine with a cooking demonstration where you’ll learn how to make traditional mas huni and Maldivian tuna curry. Then, have tea at a small, locally owned cafe.
    • Be treated to the Murchison Glow Dinner Experience in Kalbarri National Park. Here, you’ll learn about the local area before gliding along Murchison River in a canoe and sitting down to a four-course dinner of regional dishes as the sun sets.
    • Be welcomed into a Cambodian village for a tour of their agricultural surroundings and enjoy sunset drinks with a local family in their stilt house.
    • Be welcomed into a Cambodian village for a tour of their agricultural surroundings and enjoy sunset drinks with a local family in their stilt house.
    • Be welcomed into a countryside home and learn how to make lalagia, then turn to savoury treats and tuck into a home-cooked feast including moussaka and stuffed vegetables.
    • Be welcomed into a local countryside village for a tour of their agricultural surroundings and enjoy sunset drinks with a local family in their stilt house.
    • Be welcomed into the home of a family in Cairo for a delicious array of traditional dishes, accompanied by lively conversation about modern Egyptian life.
    • Be welcomed into the home of families in Cairo and Petra, where you’ll chat with friendly family hosts over traditional meals and learn what life is like in these diverse locations.
    • Beautifully lit by candles and paraffin lanterns, your spacious campsite in Hlane National Park is just a stone's throw from a floodlit waterhole frequented by elephants and rhinos.
    • Become a bird-lover (if you’re not already!) as you see the albatross colonies of Isla Espanola and seek out the rare red-footed booby on Isla Genovesa.
    • Become an expert birdwatcher – see the vast penguin populations in the rookeries, watching as they build their nests and court. Look out for albatross, fulmars and petrels as you sail the Drake Passage.
    • Begin and end your adventure in Sumatra’s largest city – Medan. Explore the mix of Asian cultures, which can be seen in the colourful architecture and within the delicious mix of cuisines.
    • Begin and end your trip with time in bustling Buenos Aires – the perfect place to reconnect with the urban world after a remote adventure in the wild. Try local Argentinian food, dance the tango and hit the nightlife!
    • Begin in Bangkok and finish in Ho Chi Minh City – with plenty of opportunities to further explore these Southeast Asian hotspots, maybe add an extra couple of days to enhance your adventure and indulge in more Thai massage and Vietnamese coffees.
    • Begin your adventure in Los Angeles, the city of Angels, and take the chance to explore the many sides of this diverse megacity.
    • Begin your adventure in Slovenia’s capital, Ljubljana – one of the prettiest cities in Europe – and finish in Piran – a picturesque seaside city on Slovenia’s stunning Adriatic coast.
    • Begin your journey in Queenstown, an outdoor paradise set among the stunning Southern Alps of New Zealand.
    • Begin your sailing adventure on one of the most beautiful islands in the Ionian Sea – the island of Corfu, known for its Venetian architecture and surrounded by sea.
    • Begin your sailing adventure on the biggest and one of the most beautiful islands in the Ionian Sea – Kefalonia, famous for its delicious wine, white cliff faces and world-famous beaches.    
    • Begin your trip in cosmopolitan Mexico City, exploring world-class museums, ancient Aztec ruins and vibrant food markets.
    • Beginning and ending in Kathmandu, there's more than enough time to discover the Nepali capital's staggeringly rich cultural and artistic heritage.
    • Beginning and ending in Kathmandu, there's more than enough time to discover the Nepali capital's staggeringly rich cultural and artistic heritage.
    • Benefit from a variety of onboard activities including educational lectures on history, geology and ecology by the Expedition Team.
    • Benefit from a variety of onboard activities on the Ocean Nova, including educational lectures and the Citizen Science Program, all led by our expert Expedition Team. 
    • Benefit from onboard educational lectures on history, geology and ecology, all by your expert onboard expedition team.
    • Benefit from various onboard activities, including educational lectures on history, geology and ecology by your expert expedition team. When you’ve learned your fill for the day, make the most of the onboard amenities, like the spa, sauna, restaurant, library and bar!
    • Benefit from various onboard activities, including educational lectures on history, geology and ecology by your expert expedition team. You can also luxuriate in the amazing onboard amenities, like the spa, sauna and bar!
    • Bike around Gili T on a tour of the remote island, with a local leader who knows all the best spots – maybe see some sea turtles while snorkelling or just kick back with a good book and a cocktail.
    • Bled’s fairy tale-like scenery – which includes an 11th-century cliff-top castle, a stunning lake and a picturesque island topped with a church – is a dream to explore. See it for yourself.
    • Bliss out beach side on some of the most striking stretches in the world – Thailand's beaches boast white sands, sparkling sapphire waters and palm-fringed shores.
    • Bliss out on an immersive homestay in the National Park of Pu Luong – wake up to the serenity of quiet, terraced rice paddy fields, trek the local land to take in the scenery and meet some local tribes to learn about their culture.
    • Board a private yacht and take in Bali’s breathtaking southern coastline around Nusa Dua and the Bukit Peninsula as you watch the sunset and enjoy a delicious barbeque dinner.
    • Board a raft and explore the wild Cano Negro Wetlands with a naturalist guide – this Exclusive Experience will get you up close and personal with monkeys, iguanas, caimans, bats and lizards in their natural environment.
    • Board your vessel, the M/Y Grand Queen Beatriz, and sail through the southern islands of the archipelago, encountering secluded natural beauty at its finest.
    • Bookend your trip with visit to two of the United States’ most iconic cities. Check out San Francisco’s highlights at your own pace, then finish with the bright lights of Los Angeles.
    • Break bread with locals in the sleepy fishing villages of the Small Cyclades islands, away from the typical tourist trail.
    • Break out your scariest costumes for a spooky Halloween party, where haunted tunes will echo through cobweb-covered corridors and lanterns will light up the foggy night.
    • Break out your scariest costumes for a spooky Halloween party, where haunted tunes will echo through cobweb-covered corridors and lanterns will light up the foggy night.
    • Breathe in the fresh air and gorgeous scenery at Lamington National Park – home to lush rainforest, waterfalls, creeks and mountains. Take a hike along the way and spend the night in a lodge in the middle of the forest.
    • Breathe in the fresh air and natural landscapes at Lamington National Park – home to lush rainforest, waterfalls, creeks and mountains. Take a hike along the way and spend the night in a lodge in the middle of the forest.
    • Breathe the crisp air on a hike and take in stunning view in the Pirin Mountain.
    • Breathe the crisp mountain air on a short hike in the Pirin Mountains in Bulgaria. Stop at the small blue lake surrounded by towering peaks – you might even be able to see the range’s highest peak, Mt Vihren.
    • Breeze through the self-proclaimed ‘Yoga Capital of the World’ in Rishikesh and walk along the banks of the holy Ganges River.
    • Bring 700 years of history back to life as your expert local guide shares history and hotspots from around Mexico City – one of the biggest cities in the Americas!
    • Brush shoulders with the locals and meet some of the many store owners as you stroll through the famous bazaars of Aswan, Luxor and Khan al-Khalili in Egypt’s capital, Cairo.
    • Brush shoulders with the locals and shop owners as you stroll through the colourful bazaars of Aswan, Luxor and Khan al ’Khalili in capital city Cairo.
    • Buenos Aires offers an eclectic mix of European, Cosmopolitan and Latin flavours, as well as a booming cultural and nightlife scene. Explore the neighbourhoods of this lively, confident city on a full-day tour with a local guide.
    • Bust out some moves in Santiago de Cuba – with its vibrant music scene and Afro-Cuban roots, this place is the perfect spot to hit the dance floor with the locals.
    • Buy fresh local produce at the morning market during your stay in the Algarve and soak up the sun on the beaches. As the day winds down, experience the magic of an unforgettable sunset over the vast Atlantic Ocean.
    • By travelling on this trip, you’ll directly support our Intrepid Foundation partner, Animal Care in Egypt. Donations help them care for sick or injured working animals, like horses and donkeys, and help empower local communities with the knowledge and training to better care for their animals.
    • By travelling on this trip, you’ll directly support our Intrepid Foundation partner, Animal Care in Egypt. Donations help them care for sick or injured working animals, like horses and donkeys, and help empower local communities with the knowledge and training to better care for their animals.
    • By travelling on this trip, you’ll directly support our Intrepid Foundation partner, Country Needs People. Donations help them support Indigenous land and sea management in Australia. Intrepid will double your impact by dollar-matching all post-trip donations made to The Intrepid Foundation.
    • By travelling on this trip, you’ll directly support our Intrepid Foundation partner, Country Needs People. Donations help them support Indigenous land and sea management in Australia. Intrepid will double your impact by dollar-matching all post-trip donations made to The Intrepid Foundation.
    • By travelling on this trip, you’ll directly support our Intrepid Foundation partner, Eden Reforestation Projects. Donations help them provide local employment opportunities and tackle climate change one tree at a time as they restore forests across 10 different countries.
    • By travelling on this trip, you’ll directly support our Intrepid Foundation partner, Education for All. Donations help them support girls in the High Atlas Mountains through secondary school, bringing a generation of women out of the cycle of illiteracy, poverty and early marriage.
    • By travelling on this trip, you’ll directly support our Intrepid Foundation partner, Education for All. Donations help them support girls in the High Atlas Mountains through secondary school, bringing a generation of women out of the cycle of illiteracy, poverty and early marriage.
    • By travelling on this trip, you’ll directly support our Intrepid Foundation partner, Education for All. Donations help them support girls in the High Atlas Mountains through secondary school, bringing a generation of women out of the cycle of illiteracy, poverty and early marriage.
    • By travelling on this trip, you’ll directly support our Intrepid Foundation partner, Gorilla Doctors. Donations help them care for injured mountain and Grauer's gorillas – contributing to the long-term sustainability of gorilla populations.
    • By travelling on this trip, you’ll directly support our Intrepid Foundation partner, Greening Australia. Donations help them tackle Australia’s complex environmental challenges, restoring landscapes at scale – in ways that work for communities, economies and nature.
    • By travelling on this trip, you’ll directly support our Intrepid Foundation partner, RESPonsible Elephant Conservation Trust (RESPECT). Donations help them educate and engage local communities on the importance of conserving local habits for Borneo Pygmy Elephants.
    • By travelling on this trip, you’ll directly support our Intrepid Foundation partner, Victoria Falls Wildlife Trust. Donations help employ a team of Community Guardians who collaborate with locals to find sustainable solutions to human-wildlife conflict and conservation in Southern Africa.
    • By travelling on this trip, you’ll directly support our Intrepid Foundation partner, Victoria Falls Wildlife Trust. Donations help employ a team of Community Guardians who collaborate with locals to find sustainable solutions to human-wildlife conflict and conservation in Southern Africa.
    • By travelling on this trip, you’ll directly support our Intrepid Foundation partner, World Bicycle Relief. Donations provide school kids, health workers, and farmers in far-out areas with bicycles that provide access to education, healthcare, and income.
    • By travelling on this trip, you’ll directly support our Intrepid Foundation partner, World Bicycle Relief. Donations provide school kids, health workers, and farmers in far-out areas with bicycles that provide access to education, healthcare, and income.
    • By travelling on this trip, you’ll directly support our Intrepid Foundation partner, World Bicycle Relief. Donations provide school kids, health workers, and farmers in far-out areas with bicycles that provide access to education, healthcare, and income.
    • By travelling on this trip, you’ll directly support our Intrepid Foundation partner, World Bicycle Relief. Donations provide school kids, health workers, and farmers in far-out areas with bicycles that provide access to education, healthcare, and income.
    • By travelling on this trip, you’ll directly support our Intrepid Foundation partner, World Bicycle Relief. Donations provide school kids, health workers, and farmers in far-out areas with bicycles that provide access to education, healthcare, and income.
    • By travelling on this trip, you’ll directly support our Intrepid Foundation partner, World Bicycle Relief. Donations provide school kids, health workers, and farmers in far-out areas with bicycles that provide access to education, healthcare, and income.
    • By travelling on this trip, you’ll directly support our Intrepid Foundation partner, World Bicycle Relief. Donations provide school kids, health workers, and farmers in far-out areas with bicycles that provide access to education, healthcare, and income.
    • By travelling on this trip, you’ll directly support our Intrepid Foundation partner, World Bicycle Relief. Donations provide school kids, health workers, and farmers in far-out areas with bicycles that provide access to education, healthcare, and income.
    • By travelling on this trip, you’ll learn about our Intrepid Foundation partner, Amal. Donations support them to provide women in Morocco with culinary skills training to help improve livelihoods. Intrepid will double your impact by dollar-matching all post-trip donations made to The Intrepid Foundation.
    • By travelling on this trip, you’ll learn about our Intrepid Foundation partner, Amal. Donations support them to provide women in Morocco with culinary skills training to help improve livelihoods. Intrepid will double your impact by dollar-matching all post-trip donations made to The Intrepid Foundation.
    • By travelling on this trip, you’ll learn about our Intrepid Foundation partner, Amal. Donations support them to provide women in Morocco with culinary skills training to help improve livelihoods. Intrepid will double your impact by dollar-matching all post-trip donations made to The Intrepid Foundation.
    • By travelling on this trip, you’ll learn about our Intrepid Foundation partner, Amal. Donations support them to provide women in Morocco with culinary skills training to help improve livelihoods. Intrepid will double your impact by dollar-matching all post-trip donations made to The Intrepid Foundation.
    • By travelling on this trip, you’ll learn about our Intrepid Foundation partner, Positive Change for Marine Life. Donations help them to nurture ocean health with community-led conservation initiatives that inspire coastal restoration, sustainable fishing practices and waste-management. Intrepid will double the impact by dollar-matching all post-trip donations made to The Intrepid Foundation.
    • By travelling on this trip, you’ll learn about our Intrepid Foundation partner, Save Vietnam's Wildlife. Donations help them provide support for endangered wildlife and protect critical animal habitats in Vietnam. Intrepid will double your impact by dollar-matching all post-trip donations made to The Intrepid Foundation.
    • By travelling on this trip, you’ll learn about our Intrepid Foundation partner, Save Vietnam's Wildlife. Donations help them provide support for endangered wildlife and protect critical animal habitats in Vietnam. Intrepid will double your impact by dollar-matching all post-trip donations made to The Intrepid Foundation.
    • By travelling on this trip, you’ll learn about our Intrepid Foundation partner, World Animal Protection. Donations support them to promote better living conditions for elephants in captivity and help rescue elephants from inhumane conditions. Intrepid will double your impact by dollar-matching all post-trip donations made to The Intrepid Foundation.
    • By travelling on this trip, you’ll learn about our Intrepid Foundation partner, World Animal Protection. Donations support them to promote better living conditions for elephants in captivity and help rescue elephants from inhumane conditions. Intrepid will double your impact by dollar-matching all post-trip donations made to The Intrepid Foundation.
    • Calling all adventure seekers! Queenstown is overflowing with adrenaline-pumping activities, so dive straight in or sit back with a glass of world-class local wine.
    • Calling all adventure seekers! Queenstown is overflowing with adrenaline-pumping activities, so dive straight in or sit back with a glass of world-class local wine.
    • Camp at Kruger National Park under the African night sky. Experience the sights and sounds of the wild, perhaps the roar of a lion as you and your family drift off to sleep.
    • Camp in the middle of the desert in Wadi Rum under a blanket of stars – an unforgettable experience that your children won't forget!
    • Camp in yurts near Lake Issyk-Kul, stay in local villages and make yourself at home in a boutique hotel that used to be an old Jewish house in Bukhara.
    • Camp on a remote island in the heart of the Okavango wilderness and listen as night falls and the sounds of the remote African bush come alive!
    • Camp on a remote island in the heart of the Okavango wilderness for an experience you’ll never forget. As the sun sets and night falls, the sounds of Africa come alive!
    • Camp under the desert skies of the Sahara and travel by camel for incredible sunset views over the Erg Chebbi dunes.
    • Camp underneath the breathtaking Milky Way in your private campsite on Aboriginal land, far away from any light pollution.
    • Camping on a remote island in the heart of the Okavango wilderness is an experience you’ll never forget. As night falls, listen to the sounds of the bush coming alive.
    • Camping on a remote island in the heart of the Okavango wilderness is an experience you’ll never forget. As the sun sets and night falls, the sounds of Africa come alive.
    • Camping on a remote island in the heart of the Okavango wilderness is an experience you’ll never forget. As the sun sets and night falls, the sounds of Africa come alive.
    • Cap off your Yosemite National Park experience with a pizza picnic in the park, breaking bread and sharing stories with your fellow travellers as the sun begins to set.
    • Carve through the iridescent hills of Ootacamund (Ooty) on the vintage Nilgiri Mountain Railway, then visit a lush tea plantation.
    • Carve your own adventure with tonnes of free time for activities you want to do – maybe go kayaking in Lagos, see the sites in Barcelona, or simply chill out on the beach in the Algarve.
    • Catch a dazzling African sunrise from Stella Point on your way to summit Africa's highest mountain peak – definitely a rewarding experience after an early wake-up call!
    • Catch the sought-after sunset and sunrise views of Guatemala’s actively erupting Fuego volcano on an overnight hike up the nearby Acatenango volcano.
    • Central Asia is a fascinating and unique mix of ancient Silk Road culture, Soviet influence and striving to redefine nations post independence. Geographically and for a time historically, it is the real centre of Asia.
    • Challenge yourself with a trek to Base Torres – a hike with incredible views – or, if you’d prefer, take a city tour of Puerto Natales ending with a pisco sour.
    • Chase waterfalls and adrenaline in Banos. Discover the region from the top of Pailon del Diablo Waterfall, then maybe relax in the natural hot springs during your free time.
    • Check out one of the nation’s greatest national parks – the Grand Canyon – and walk along the rim, hike into the canyon or take in an epic sunset or sunrise (depending on season).
    • Check out the awe-inspiring Sigiriya (Lion Rock), a 200-metre-high ancient rock fortress that lies smack-bang in the middle of evergreen jungle.
    • Check out the fishermen district in the coastal town of Nazare, home to the largest waves in the world.
    • Check out the otherworldly Mono Lake, formed at least 760,000 years ago, on your way to Sierra Nevada, where you’ll spend a night camping and star gazing.
    • Check out the rock cut tombs and the remains of the ancient city of Petra. 
    • Check out the startling modern design of the White Temple, a piece of architecture that pays homage to pop culture icons like Harry Potter, Michael Jackson and Superman.
    • Chichen Itza is one the New Seven Wonders of the World – find out why. Strolling around the ancient Maya ruins feels pretty wondrous.
    • Chill out and enjoy the scenery! There’s no need for a map or GPS on this walking trip – with an expert local leader that knows the area inside-out, all you have to do is enjoy the journey.
    • Chill out beachside on Arugam Bay and soak up some free time to chill out, explore at your own pace and maybe go swimming.
    • Chill out in Hoi An where you can get some sweet threads tailor-made before you head out to pick your own ingredients for lunch during a garden-to-table experience with a local chef.
    • Chill out in the cultural mixed bag of Hoi An and hit up the local beach, cycle through rice paddies or get some sweet threads tailor-made. Then, pick your own ingredients for lunch during a garden-to-table experience with a local chef. 
    • Chill out next to New Zealand’s largest lake in Taupo. Whether you fancy bungy-jumping, skydiving, kayaking or relaxing, Taupo has something for you.
    • Chill out on the northern beaches of Zanzibar enjoying white sand and sparkling blue sea of the Indian Ocean, and cross over to Africa's Atlantic coastline for seafood spreads and dune bashing experiences.
    • Chill out on the northern beaches of Zanzibar with plenty of free time to choose your own adventure. Kick back on the white sands, or maybe go snorkelling in the sparkling blue waters of the Indian Ocean.
    • Chill out on the northern beaches of Zanzibar, enjoying the white sand and sparkling blue sea of the Indian Ocean, and spend some time discovering the island's hub at Stone Town.
    • Chill out on the northern beaches of Zanzibar, enjoying the white sand and sparkling blue sea of the Indian Ocean, maybe visiting the island’s famed spice plantations.
    • Chill out on the northern beaches of Zanzibar, enjoying the white sands and the sparkling blue of the Indian Ocean, and consider learning about the island's spice trade on a guided visit to the local plantations.
    • Chill out on the northern beaches of Zanzibar, enjoying white sand and sparkling blue sea of the Indian Ocean, and stroll the cobbled streets of Stone Town.
    • Chill out on the northern beaches of Zanzibar, lounging on white sand and cooling off in crystal waters of the Indian Ocean.
    • Chill out on the white sands of Zanzibar’s northern beaches and spend a night exploring the ornate alleyways of Stone Town.
    • Chill out with loads of free time to wander at your own pace. Explore Kuang Si Waterfalls for a refreshing swim, visit the gentle giants of ChangChill Elephant Sanctuary or go kayaking on the gorgeous Nam Song River.
    • Choose an itinerary that strikes the perfect balance between active adventure on land and relaxation on the Grand Daphne – the newest motor yacht sailing these waters.
    • Choose between sunset or sunrise visits to the Taj Mahal and decide for yourself if this is indeed the most beautiful structure known to mankind.
    • Choose from a range of optional activities at Victoria Falls so you can see the cascades the way you want, and maybe treat yourself to a helicopter ride.
    • Choose from a range of optional activities at Victoria Falls so you can see the cascades the way you want, and maybe treat yourself to an unforgettable helicopter ride.
    • Choose from a range of optional activities at Victoria Falls to see the cascades the way you want, and maybe treat yourself to a helicopter ride.
    • Choose to go on an optional Indigenous-owned cruise through the Yellow Water Billabong within Kakadu National Pak.
    • Choose to take an optional cruise down the Chobe River for the opportunity to get up close (but not too personal) to cheetahs, crocodiles and the African elephant.
    • Choose your own adventure – if you'd rather spend more time relaxing on the beach, there's some flexibility to take a train instead of hiking, just let your local leader know!
    • Choose your own adventure on your way to the mother of all Inca cities – Machu Picchu, one of the Seven Wonders of the World. Test yourself on the challenging Classic Inca or Inca Quarry trails or take the train for a more leisurely experience.
    • Choose your own hiking distance (either 5 km or 10 km) each day to suit your ability, ensuring your hiking experience is tailoured to you.
    • Clear sea perfect for swimming, shacks serving cold cerveza and sandy shores covered in starfish are waiting in Panama's Bocas del Toro, where you spend three nights on Isla Colon.
    • Clear sea perfect for swimming, shacks serving cold cerveza and sandy shores covered in starfish are waiting in the Bocas del Toro, where you spend three nights on Isla Colon.
    • Climb Mt Bromo in the early hours of the morning. If the conditions are right, you'll be rewarded with a dazzling view over mist-laden volcanoes.
    • Climb Mt Kinabalu – the literal pinnacle of all treks in South East Asia – with local guides whose families have trekked the mountain for generations, witnessing a stunning sunrise after a morning hike.
    • Climb Mt Kinabalu – the literal pinnacle of all treks in South East Asia – with local guides whose families have trekked the mountain for generations. Watch the sunrise at the peak after a morning hike and spot diverse flora and fauna along the way.
    • Climb Mt Kinabalu – the literal pinnacle of all treks in South East Asia – with local guides whose families have trekked the mountain for generations. Witness the sunrise at the peak after a morning hike and spot diverse flora and fauna along the way.
    • Climb over 700 stairs for panoramic views to the top of El Penol – a 200 m tall granitic rock, that used to be worshipped by the indigenous Tahami peoples.
    • Climb the iconic Dune 45 to admire views of the sand dunes of the Sossusvlei, explore the picturesque and eerie Deadvlei Salt Pans and Sesriem Canyon, and enjoy an Exclusive Experience nature drive through Sesriem’s desert.
    • Climb the iconic Dune 45, visit the Damara Living Museum, explore the Deadvlei Salt Pans and Sesriem Canyon, and enjoy an Exclusive Experience nature drive through Sesriem’s desert.
    • Climb the rock fortress of UNESCO-listed Sigiriya to the ancient ruins that lie atop the 200-m-high summit and get panoramic views over the surrounding wilderness.
    • Climb the Sibayak Volcano to enjoy panoramic views at its spectacular summit, then head to local hot springs for some well-earned rest and relaxation after the descent.
    • Climb the Sibayak Volcano, picnic at the summit, then relax in the local hot springs. For your second trekking adventure, you’ll climb Mt Bromo and if conditions allow, be treated to sunrise views over mist-laden volcanoes.
    • Climb the stairs to the top of Meteora and discover the UNESCO World Heritage-listed 14th-century monasteries are perched on a series of ancient rock pinnacles.
    • Climb to the summit of Doi Suthep temple and enjoy the spiritual atmosphere of chanting Buddhist monks and sweeping views of the city.
    • Climb to the summit of the mountain to take in a sight you won’t forget – of all the incredible views the Flinders Ranges offer, the one from the peak of Mt Ohlssen Bagge might just top them all.
    • Climb to the teetering monastery of Taktsang (the Tiger's Nest) 900 m above Paro’s valley floor and take in once-in-a-lifetime views.
    • Climb to the teetering monastery of Taktsang (the Tiger's Nest) 900 metres above Paro’s valley floor and take in once-in-a-lifetime views.
    • Climbing Mt Bromo in the early hours of the morning is an adventure to remember. If the conditions are right, you'll be rewarded with a dazzling sunset over mist-laden volcanoes.
    • Come face to face with rare and fascinating wildlife in the breathtaking Phobjika valley, including a visit to a protection and information centre for black-necked cranes, a Premium Exclusive Experience.
    • Come face to face with rare mountain gorillas in the forests of Uganda with the help of expert rangers and trackers.
    • Come face with one of Sri Lanka’s most storied sites as you hike to the ancient carved rock fortress of UNESCO World Heritage site – Sigiriya, which rises dramatically from the surrounding plains.
    • Come face-to-face with Europe’s largest active volcano, Mount Etna, as you walk into the centre of an extinct crater and visit a lava cave.
    • Come face-to-face with Europe’s largest active volcano, Mount Etna, as you walk into the centre of an extinct crater and visit a lava cave.
    • Come face-to-face with Europe’s largest active volcano, Mount Etna, as you walk into the centre of an extinct crater and visit a lava cave.
    • Confront the sobering but important Khmer history in Phnom Penh, with included visits to the Tuol Sleng Genocide Museum (S21) and the Killing Fields of Choeung Ek.
    • Confront the sobering but important Khmer history in Phnom Penh, with included visits to the Tuol Sleng Genocide Museum (S21) and the Killing Fields of Choeung Ek.
    • Connect with local culture at a banana farm and sit down to a homemade meal at a Guachinche – an authentic Canarian dining experience rooted in tradition and family hospitality.
    • Connect with local life during your two homestays – one in Moulay Idriss, widely regarded as Morocco's holiest place, and one in a traditional gite with an Amazigh family where you’ll tuck into a homecooked feast.
    • Connect with locals – discover traditional nomadic life in yurt stays, enjoy hearty home-cooked meals and chat with stall owners in local bazaars.
    • Connect with locals and gain an insight into everyday life in this part of the world – you'll visit the Udi community in Nij, learn the traditional methods of copper craftsmanship in Lahij, appreciate stained-glass artistry in Sheki and share a meal with locals in Kvareli.
    • Connect with the inspiring women at the Harvest Hub Studio – a social enterprise empowering women artists from the mountains to expand their market and achieve financial independence.
    • Conquer two mountains! Climbing Mt Bromo and Mt Batur in the early hours of the morning. If the conditions are right, you'll be rewarded with dazzling sunrise views.
    • Consider spending some extra time in Pokhara at the end of your hike. Maybe relax with your small group on the banks of Phewa Lake and take in the mountainous surrounds that you have conquered!
    • Contribute to various vital research projects by participating in our Citizen Science Program, all led by our expert Expedition Team.
    • Contribute to various vital research projects by participating in our Citizen Science Program, all led by our expert Expedition Team. 
    • Cool off in some of the Northern Territory’s most beautiful waterholes, rivers and natural pools as you go swimming in the National Parks.
    • Cool off in the Glen Mervin dam, after a day’s hiking through the scenic Jarrah forest.
    • Cool off with a cold one made from pure Zambezi water with a taste and tour of the biggest microbrewery in Victoria Falls.
    • Count how many species of lemur you can spot as you explore the Isalo National Park, Ranomafana National Park and Andasibe National Park.
    • Count the many heads of Kata Tjuta before you wander through one of the gaps – some which reach 546 metres high – to reach a sanctuary of wildflowers and the occasional wallaroo.
    • Cover Yosemite National Park’s many trails – with over two full days and three nights dedicated to the park, you can explore with your leader and enjoy your own time to hike or bike your way around.
    • Cover Yosemite’s many trails over two full days and three nights dedicated to the park, exploring with your leader and having your own time to hike or bike your way around.
    • Create a personalised memento of your trip and learn about the history of the vibrantly coloured tiles that adorn the facades of buildings all over Portugal with a tile-painting workshop.
    • Create your own Egyptian adventure during your free time on this trip – maybe explore Abu Simbel or relax at a local teahouse. The choice is yours!
    • Cross into Kochi – a major port city in India’s southwest. Explore the seaside Fort Kochi area and consider watching a traditional Kathakali dance performance in your free time.
    • Cross Kachemak Bay by water taxi then kayak around Yukon Island, admiring the coastal Alaskan scenery while keeping an eye out for whales, sea lions and eagles.
    • Cross the Chain Bridge in Budapest – known as the Pearl of the Danube – and take the funicular up to Buda Castle for beautiful views over Pest.
    • Cross the Foveaux Strait to unspoilt Stewart Island and spend two days cruising the bays and inlets to spot penguins and seabirds and walking along its forested coastal tracks in search of kiwis.
    • Cross the Foveaux Strait to unspoilt Stewart Island, a haven for hikers and birdwatches and the place to spot a wild kiwi.
    • Cross the Iron Range for a night near Chilli Beach – this picture-perfect white sand beach is framed by palm trees.
    • Cross the Iron Range for a night near Chilli Beach – this picture-perfect white sand beach is framed by palm trees.
    • Cross the Serengeti in a purpose-built truck for one of those classic East African experiences – think vast plains spotted with thorn trees and huge herds of zebras and gazelles.
    • Cross the Serengeti in a purpose-built truck for one of those classic East African experiences – think vast plains spotted with thorn trees and huge herds of zebras and gazelles.
    • Cross the stunning waters of the Azores, visiting Lagoa das Sete Cidades, which sits in a volcanic caldera. Discover the beauty of the islands from panoramic viewpoints and spend your free afternoons exploring local museums, biking or paddleboarding.
    • Cruise a sea of limestone karsts, blue-green waters, mysterious caves and ancient jungle on an unforgettable boat trip in Lan Ha Bay – a less-touristy but equally stunning area to Ha Long Bay.
    • Cruise a sea of limestone karsts, blue-green waters, mysterious caves and ancient jungle on an unforgettable boat trip in Lan Ha Bay, a less-touristy but equally stunning area to Ha Long Bay.
    • Cruise across the Bay of Naples to Capri – a holiday destination favoured by the Roman emperors. With its glistening grottoes and little white houses, it’s easy to see why.
    • Cruise across the Bay of Naples to Capri – a holiday destination favoured by the Roman emperors. With its glistening grottoes and little white houses, it’s easy to see why.
    • Cruise along Cheow Lan Lake onboard a longtail boat and enjoy a day on one of the lake’s many islands, with the chance to kayak in search of macaques or gibbons.
    • Cruise along Cheow Lan Lake onboard a longtail boat and enjoy a day on one of the lake’s many islands, with the chance to kayak in search of macaques or gibbons.
    • Cruise along Kinabatangan River at sunset, looking out for macaques, wild orangutan and proboscis monkeys.
    • Cruise along Lake Naivasha on a boat ride with an experienced local guide. This lake is home to hundreds of protected hippos and you might also spot some giraffes, zebras and the many species of birds that call this lake home.
    • Cruise along sparkling waters on a boat trip on Lake Naivasha – the highest lake in the Great Rift Valley at 1884m – keeping watch for thirsty hippos and an array of dazzling birdlife.
    • Cruise along the Rio Misahualli on a motorised canoe to and from your eco lodge accommodation on the edge of the Amazon Rainforest.
    • Cruise around Bacalar’s Lake of Seven Colours during a boat tour, leaping into the stunning blue water for refreshing swims along the way.
    • Cruise around in a 4WD on a wildlife safari, searching for elephants, lone leopards and aquatic birdlife in Udawalawe National Park.
    • Cruise around the backwater canals of the Mekong Delta – the ‘rice bowl’ of Vietnam – and discover rural life and local interactions along the shores with your small group.
    • Cruise down Mekong Delta’s leafy waterways and learn about the local cottage industry as you explore the villages here, while a homecooked lunch awaits.
    • Cruise down the Kinabatangan River and search for wildlife in this rich and unique jungle ecosystem – if you’re lucky, you may even spot wild pygmy elephants!
    • Cruise down the Kinabatangan River and search for wildlife in this rich and unique jungle ecosystem – if you’re lucky, you may see wild pygmy elephants!
    • Cruise down the Nile on a traditional felucca boat during a fantastic Exclusive Experience. Enjoy drinks on board and watch daily life play out around you as the sun goes down.
    • Cruise from Jasper to Banff driving on the Icefields Parkway and enjoy the roadside views – made even more scenic when you’re not the one driving!
    • Cruise in small-scale style on the M/Y Grand Queen Beatriz, following in the footsteps of past explorers and passing the best of the southern islands.
    • Cruise on the magical Maligne Lake, soaking up the mountain views as you navigate to the iconic – and culturally significant – Spirit Island.
    • Cruise on Zodiacs through ice-strewn bays and channels, among floating electric blue icebergs. Look out for marine wildlife as you go!
    • Cruise past steep cliffs and hidden coves on a wilderness cruise along the natural beauty of Tasman National Park – look out for migrating whales, dolphins, seals and the abundant birdlife that live here.
    • Cruise Thaka Samut Songkram's floating market on a paddleboat and sail aboard a longtail boat to an island Buddhist temple in Ayutthaya
    • Cruise the Antarctic waters during daily Zodiac excursions and take advantage of a range of adventurous options, like kayaking, camping, photography and snowshoeing.
    • Cruise the Kerala Backwaters on a traditional houseboat. Float past palm-lined canals and quiet villages while enjoying a Kerala meal and learning about the region’s network of waterways, originally used for the transportation of goods.
    • Cruise the quiet waters of the Mekong to Pak Ou Cave to explore sacred limestone caverns filled with hundreds of timeworn Buddhist statues.
    • Cruise the waters of Shediac Bay on board a lobster boat, with a hands-on demonstration of lobster fishing and a delicious, locally caught meal.
    • Cruise the waters of Shediac Bay on board a lobster boat, with a hands-on demonstration of lobster fishing and a delicious, locally caught meal.
    • Cruise the waterways on board a traditional rice barge as you watch local life pass by and enjoy a delicious meal during an Exclusive Experience.
    • Cruise the winding backwaters of Kerala and further immerse yourself in life on the water with an island homestay in this idyllic region.
    • Cruise through protected forest reserve down the Kinabatangan River and look for local wildlife like crocodiles, macaques, proboscis monkeys and kingfishers.
    • Cruise through the scenic Poor Knights Islands on a full-day adventure on the water to see some of the north island’s natural beauty. This area is also a Marine Reserve and has volcanic origins over 11 million years old, creating some pretty epic biodiversity.
    • Cruise through wildlife-filled waterways – there's nothing more relaxing than feeling the African sun on your face as you lie back in a mokoro with your eyes closed, while your expert poler propels you through the Okavango Delta.
    • Cruise to Rio Dulce, then float along the river to Livingston, where the Afro-Caribbean Garifuna population heavily influences the local culture. After a scenic boat ride, you’ll walk around the colourful town, watch the fishermen by the docks and join the locals for a dance class.
    • Cruise up the Rio Dulce to your waterfront jungle lodge, a serene escape where the sounds of nature fill the air.
    • Cruise up the Rio Dulce to your waterfront jungle lodge, surrounded by the serenesounds of the jungle. Then, explore Livingston – a one-of-a-kind riverside town where the local culture is heavily influenced by the Afro-Caribbean Garifuna population.
    • Cruise up the Rio Dulce to your waterfront jungle lodge, then explore Livingston – a one-of-a-kind riverside town where the local culture is heavily influenced by the Afro-Caribbean Garifuna population.
    • Cruise up the Rio Dulce to your waterfront jungle lodge, then maybe grab a beer and relax while the sounds of nature fill the air.
    • Cruise up the Rio Dulce to your waterfront jungle lodge, then maybe grab a beer and relax while the sounds of nature fill the air.
    • Cruise up the Rio Dulce to your waterfront jungle lodge, where you’ll head out on a birdwatching walk and relax while the sounds of nature fill the air.
    • Cruising down the magnificent Mekong River, take in the slow pace of rural life by the river and enjoy the breathtaking scenery unfolding along the way.
    • Customise your trip with lots of free time and a flexible schedule – your skipper will always consider the weather conditions and the group’s desires.
    • Cycle a mostly downhill route through the green heart of Sri Lanka’s tea country in ‘the Golden Valley of Ceylon’.
    • Cycle across the largest island of the Dalmatia region – Brac. With its cypress forests, orange and olive trees and glowing white-pebble beaches, this area couldn’t be a more beautiful place to go riding.
    • Cycle across the largest island of the Dalmatia region, through cypress forests, orange and olive trees and white pebble beaches.
    • Cycle along two sections of the Ciro Trail – this new rail trail follows the now defunct Austro-Hungarian railway line.
    • Cycle around the ancient temples and expansive fields in Ninh Binh – a protected UNESCO World Heritage Site. With loads of free time, you can hike to Mua Cave or take a boat down in Tam Coc to the nearby caves.  
    • Cycle around the ancient temples and expansive fields in Ninh Binh – a protected UNESCO World Heritage Site. With loads of free time, you can hike to Mua Cave or take a boat down in Tam Coc to the nearby caves.
    • Cycle from Ninh Binh to Tam Coc and soak up one of Vietnam’s most spectacular views – the towering limestone karsts that rise over the rice paddies.
    • Cycle in the company of an experienced guide as they share their unique perspective of this fascinating region.
    • Cycle in the company of an experienced leader as they share their perspective and knowledge of the area.
    • Cycle in the company of an experienced leader as they share their perspective and knowledge of the area.
    • Cycle leafy paths away from the traffic of main roads and cities, from vibrant Vienna to cosmopolitan Bratislava and bohemian Budapest. Away from the tourists, you’ll have a better chance of connecting with local cultures!
    • Cycle off the main streets and into the heart and soul of Chaing Mai with a back street, countryside bike tour.
    • Cycle off the main streets and into the heart of Phnom Penh with a guided backstreets bike tour – weaving through small villages and rice paddies to see local life firsthand.
    • Cycle out to Mai Chau and on through the world-renowned karst landscapes to Ninh Binh. This area is known for its lush valleys and natural beauty.
    • Cycle the paved Tony Knowles Coastal Trail like the locals do as it hugs the shore of Cook Inlet and travels through coastal marshes over forested hills. Soak in the amazing views of Mount Susitna as you go.
    • Cycle the quiet palm-fringed roads of Puerto Viejo and drop in at hidden beaches along the Caribbean coast.
    • Cycle the ring road in Durmitor National Park, surrounded by limestone peaks and glacial lake views. Then, stop for lunch on the mountain with locals, filling up on regional specialties made with local ingredients.
    • Cycle the spectacular Otago Central Rail Trail, the oldest rail trail in the country and voted 'New Zealand's Favourite Ride' for the past two years.
    • Cycle through Battambang meeting locals as you stop to see the production of fish paste, rice paper and rice wine, finishing with a delicious sticky rice tasting.
    • Cycle through ever changing landscapes, rice paddies and small villages through Vietnam, Cambodia and Thailand – the best way to explore local life is on the back of a bicycle, after all!
    • Cycle through mountain pastures beside the Radovljica River to a valley strewn with wildflowers.
    • Cycle through the ancient Buddhas and ancient temples at the UNESCO World Heritage-listed Sukhothai Park.
    • Cycle through the backcountry of Yogyakarta – a world of flower-studded fields and friendly locals, this cultural centre is one of South East Asia’s standouts.
    • Cycle through the colourful streets of Soweto in South Africa with a local guide and hear firsthand about the townships’ rough but fascinating history.
    • Cycle through the colourful streets of Soweto with a local and hear firsthand about the townships’ rough but inspired history.
    • Cycle through the scenic hills and vineyards of Slovenia’s wine region, pausing the pedaling for an included tasting at a local winery.
    • Cycle through UNESCO-listed streets of Antigua to a nearby coffee plantation to learn about highland coffee production and sip on a fresh cup of coffee.
    • Cycle through Vietnam’s wildlife-filled natural landscapes, small villages and ancient ruins – the best way to see the country is on a bike!
    • Cycle through Yogyakarta’s backcountry, riding through a world of flower-studded fields and friendly, smiling locals.
    • Cycle to the UNESCO World Heritage site of Anuradhapura and enjoy a guided bicycle tour of the ancient city, riding through woodlands, exploring the ruins and getting a peek of the sacred old Bo Tree.
    • Cycle, hike and snorkel – this trip is steeped in outdoor activities. Don’t worry, there's also plenty of free time to relax, bathe in hot springs or laze on the beach.
    • Cycling allows you to get closer to authentic Morocco, whether you're riding around the backstreets of Marrakech or stopping for tea with nomads in the Mgoun Valley.
    • Day trip to the tropical Perhentian Islands for a snorkelling adventure. Swim in crystalline waters, explore colour-popping reefs and snorkel among curious clownfish, parrotfish, rays and maybe even turtles.
    • Daytrip to Ile d'Orleans – this scenic island is known as ‘the microcosm of traditional Quebec.’ Have a classic lunch of poutine, then take a hike through the beautiful Parc National de la Jacques-Cartier.
    • Deep dive into the history, culture and natural beauty of southern Italy with one of the most experienced locally based leaders (legends) guiding the way.
    • Deepen your connection to Country during a visit to the Uluru-Kata Tjuta Cultural Centre.
    • Deepen your understanding of Sydney Harbour on the Tribal Warrior Harbour Cruise. Join First Nations hosts to listen to cultural stories, learn about ancient food gathering techniques and watch a traditional dance performance.
    • Delight in a truffle tasting in Motovun during an Exclusive Experience. Truffles are combined with local specialty dishes and a sommelier will pair your tasting with suitable Istrian wines to try.
    • Delight in Portugal’s bountiful coastline and indulge in a fresh seafood lunch in the village of Almograve with ingredients from the local fish market.
    • Delight in regional specialties during a wine-tasting at a family garden vineyard in Tuscany and a truffle and Istrian wine tasting in Motovun.
    • Delve deeper into culinary mastery with a cooking class in Lucknow, the region capital renowned for its rich flavours.
    • Delve into the communist past and the thriving, artistic present-day of Bucharest – a city often underrated by travellers but offering heaps of sights, sounds and smells to be explored.
    • Descend into one of the world’s most peculiar contemporary art museums in Tirana – housed in an underground bunker built for the Albanian political elite.
    • Descend out of the mountains along a former caravan route into the historic fortified oasis of Ait Benhaddou – if this place looks familiar it’s probably because you’ve seen it on the silver screen!
    • Did you know that Crete is home to Europe’s oldest city? From Heraklion, head to the famous ruins and archaeological site of Knossos – the former capital of Minoan Crete.
    • Did you know Timor-Leste’s coral reefs are the most biodiverse in the world? See for yourself during guided snorkelling excursions on Atauro Island.
    • Dig deeper into Maya history, opting to visit lesser-known ruins and a mystical Maya cave complex around San Ignacio – a vibrant market town near the Belize-Guatemala border.
    • Dig deeper into Maya history, visiting lesser-known ruins and a mystical Maya cave complex around San Ignacio – a vibrant market town near the Belize-Guatemala border.
    • Dig into Samarkand’s cultural heritage on a visit with a local artisan – one of the few people in Central Asia who continues to produce paper using a 1000-year-old method. Then, indulge in a few drops at the Bagizagan winery, considered the best wine producer in Uzbekistan.
    • Dig into some of southern Italy’s best eats with a genovesi tasting in Erice, mouth-watering cheese and chocolate tastings on your way to Siracusa, a cooking class in Palermo and an olive oil tasting on a farm that’s been active since Roman times.
    • Dig into the culture and history of Mexico during a walking tour of Mexico City’s historical centre and a visit to the ancient Mitla ruins.
    • Dig your own natural hot tub on Hot Water Beach and check out the much-photographed Cathedral Cove – a little piece of paradise awaits on the Coromandel Peninsula.
    • Dig your own natural hot tub on Hot Water Beach and check out the much-photographed Cathedral Cove – a little piece of paradise awaits on the Coromandel Peninsula.
    • Dine at KOTO in Hanoi, to not only taste delicious local food but also support an organisation promoting and protecting disadvantaged local youth.
    • Dine at KOTO in Hanoi, where you and your family will not only feast on delicious northern specialties but also support an excellent cause that helps connect street kids with careers in hospitality.
    • Dine in family homes in Ohrid, Lake Prespa, and Dihovo to experience an authentic taste of the Balkans and a look at local life.
    • Dine in Lambert's Bay in the open-air restaurant, Muisbosskerm. National Geographic rated this spot as having one of the top ten sea views!
    • Dine like royalty in Azuga, where you’ll share lunch with bubbles after a tour of the town’s winery – the sparkling tipples were the favourite of Romania’s last monarch, King Michael I.
    • Dine on a plant-based meal at a Chiang Mai restaurant that sources organic, local vegetables for their daily array of delicious meals.
    • Dine on delicious local cuisine as you enjoy a private performance by The Houariyates – a female music band that will fill the room and your heart with joyful songs praising and celebrating women.
    • Dine on fresh seafood or simply swing in a hammock – the choice is yours with a full day at leisure on Zanzibar’s Northern beaches.
    • Dine on some of the world’s freshest seafood. Grilled, fried and cooked to perfection in tiny waterfront restaurants where recipes have been perfected over generations.
    • Discover a different side of Kuala Lumpur – away from the skyscrapers – on a half-day street food tour through the alleyways, uncovering flavours you need to be a local to know.
    • Discover a land of contrasts and uncover the turbulent history with visits to the Tuol Sleng Genocide Museum (S21) and the Killing Fields of Choeung Ek – a sobering but essential experience.
    • Discover a real slice of paradise in Ko Samui. Cruise the island, chase waterfalls and use your free time to get a Thai massage or meet the elephants at Samui Elephant Sanctuary.
    • Discover a swathe of medieval architecture, like the castle and churches of Levanto and the Abbey of San Fruttuoso.
    • Discover a true slice of paradise on an included sea kayaking trip through the stunning inlets, caves and hidden lagoons of the Ao Thalane mangrove forests
    • Discover a true slice of paradise on an included sea kayaking trip through the stunning inlets, caves and mangrove forests of Khao Lak.
    • Discover a true slice of paradise while kayaking, swimming and paddle boarding through the inlets, caves and crystal-clear waters of Thailand’s best islands.
    • Discover a way of life dictated by the rhythm of water in the fascinating floating villages of Tonle Sap Lake.
    • Discover Amsterdam’s museums, cafe culture and leafy parks. Maybe visit the Van Gogh Museum, the Rijksmuseum or Anne Frank House to brush up on your art history.
    • Discover Amsterdam’s museums, cafe culture and leafy parks. Maybe visit the Van Gogh Museum, the Rijksmuseum or Anne Frank House to brush up on your art history.
    • Discover an awe-inspiring maze of ancient sassi homes in the town of Matera, believed to be the third-longest continuously inhabited human settlement in the world.
    • Discover an underground world during a tour of the Waitomo Glow Worm Caves, then experience the geothermal wonders of Rotorua, from bubbling hot springs to geysers and mud pools.
    • Discover an unspoiled wilderness, looking out for polar wildlife like penguins, seals, whales and seabirds from your onboard deck and during your onshore landings on the White Continent.
    • Discover an unspoiled wilderness, looking out for polar wildlife like penguins, seals, whales and seabirds from your onboard deck and during your onshore landings on the White Continent.
    • Discover ancient monuments like the Temple of Isis during the day, then relax by the pool in the afternoon during your free time.
    • Discover ancient ruins in Athens, including the Acropolis – a UNESCO World Heritage site of an ancient citadel with the iconic Parthenon temple, dedicated to the goddess Athena.
    • Discover ancient wonders during visits to the open-air archaeological museum of Qobustan in Azerbaijan, the magnificent cave town of Vardzia in Georgia and the Haghpat in Armenia.
    • Discover Chania on an orientation walk through the colourful port town. Discover one of its most loved commodities during a wine tasting and maybe join a local workshop to learn to bake kalitsounia (pastries).
    • Discover Cordoba's great mosque, the Mezquita, one of the most accomplished examples of Moorish architecture in the world. The lavish gardens and opulent rooms of Granada's spectacular Alhambra Palace aren't bad either.
    • Discover Delhi, both new and old, with a guided walking tour of its historic walled heart and a rickshaw ride through the Chandni Chowk marketplace.
    • Discover forests filled with monkeys, scenic ice-capped peaks, plateaued grasslands and epic mountains in Nepal’s seldom-seen Tamang hinterland.
    • Discover Gaudi’s architecture with your local leader by your side in Barcelona. After, maybe visit the La Sagrada Familia Basilica – the largest unfinished Catholic church in the world.
    • Discover hidden gems far removed from Kathmandu's bustle, like the pilgrimage site of Namobuddha
    • Discover how sugar and chocolate calaveritas (sugar skulls) are made during a workshop at Calazucho. Hear the stories of this tradition before making your very own sugar skull!
    • Discover how to make local cuisine during a cooking class in Periyar and savour Keralan favourites at a restaurant that provides training and employment to local women.
    • Discover how to make local cuisine during a cooking class in Periyar and savour Keralan favourites at a restaurant that provides training and employment to local women.
    • Discover how Yunnan's pu'er tea is made from start to finish in a Hani village on Nannuo Mountain. Pick your own leaves and learn how to prepare it, then share a hearty Hani lunch with your host family.
    • Discover how Yunnan's unique pu'er tea is made from start to finish in a Hani village on Nannuo Mountain. Pluck your own leaves, learn how to prepare it, then share a hearty Hani lunch with your host family.
    • Discover incredible landscapes across Sicily, including Europe’s largest active volcano, Mount Etna, as you walk into the centre of an extinct crater and visit a lava cave.
    • Discover Indonesia’s central metropolis in Jakarta and the up-and-coming city of Palangka Raya, with plenty of free time in both to explore at your own pace.
    • Discover Java and Bali’s culture and traditions during exclusive activities like a Ramayana ballet and Balinese Legong dance performance, a storytelling lunch and a purification blessing.
    • Discover just why Halong Bay is so popular as you spend the night on a boat among the evocative karst landscape and indulge in a feast of fresh seafood.
    • Discover just why Halong Bay is so popular as you spend the night on a boat among the evocative karst landscape and indulge in a feast of fresh seafood.
    • Discover just why Luang Prabang has UNESCO status as you uncover the French influence, beautiful temples, traditional arts and the world-renowned night markets.
    • Discover Koh Hong's mysterious caves – nicknamed the ice cream caves for their distinctive stalagmite shape.
    • Discover Kranjska Gora on a cycling adventure. Known for its glacial lakes, mountains and alpine landscape, you’ll see some of the region’s best places from two wheels.
    • Discover Krka National Park, where you’ll get to see stunning waterfalls and secluded pools.
    • Discover Madrid’s art scene along the Art Walk. In one small stretch you can browse the Thyssen-Bornemisza Museum, the Reina Sofia and the Prado – one of the world's most celebrated galleries.
    • Discover Mai Chau – a town in a beautiful valley surrounded by green mountains – and enjoy the local hospitality and homecooked meals in your stilt-house homestay in the village of Poom Coong.
    • Discover Monument Valley's formations bathed in golden hour light. Then, gather around a crackling campfire under some of America's darkest skies while traditional stories transport you to another world.
    • Discover Morocco’s iconic sights during visits to the ruins of Volubilis, the blue city of Chefchaouen, the remarkable Sahara Desert, the timeless Ait Benhaddou and the bustling cities of Fes and Marrakech.
    • Discover Morocco’s iconic sights during visits to the ruins of Volubilis, the blue city of Chefchaouen, the remarkable Sahara Desert, the timeless Ait Benhaddou, the bustling cities of Fes and Marrakech the laidback seaside city of Essaouira.
    • Discover Nepal’s compact capital in Kathmandu. With a limited amount of time spent here to discover its bazaars and temples, consider extending your stay beforehand to get a real feel of Nepalese culture.
    • Discover Nepal’s compact capital in Kathmandu. With a limited amount of time spent here to discover its bazaars and temples, why not extend your stay beforehand to get a real feel of Nepalese culture.
    • Discover old ruins hidden on the hill tops of Markha Village. This shows the former importance of this ancient route and little is known about the origin of these ruins. Here, you might even spot a wild blue sheep on the slopes, or an eagle circling above!
    • Discover Palermo’s most symbolic places of rebellion and meet the local people who are taking a stance against the Mafia on an Anti-Mafia Movement tour.
    • Discover Palermo’s most symbolic places of rebellion and meet the local people who are taking a stance against the Mafia on an Anti-Mafia Movement tour.
    • Discover real Thai countryside the best way (on foot, of course) with a three-day trek into the hills of Northern Thailand.
    • Discover Rotorua’s heritage, from colourful geothermal activity to the rich Maori culture. Visit a Maori village for a hangi dinner and watch a traditional haka performance.
    • Discover Rotorua’s heritage, from colourful geothermal activity to the rich Maori culture. Visit a Maori village for a hangi dinner and watch a traditional haka performance.
    • Discover rural village life with an overnight stay in Doi Mae Salong, a mountainous region where tea is grown and local hilltribe people sell their crafts in the town market.
    • Discover Saguenay-St. Lawrence Marine Park on a scenic fjord and whale-watching cruise to spot the incredible underwater beasts.
    • Discover Samoan culture through storytelling and legend – visit Fafao o SaoAli'l (the Passage of the Afterlife), Giant Moso's Footprint, the Star Mounds (one of Samoa’s most sacred places) and the remains of the Virgin's grave.
    • Discover Samoan culture through storytelling and legend – visit Fafao o SaoAli'l (the Passage of the Afterlife), Giant Moso's Footprint, the Star Mounds (one of Samoa’s most sacred places), the remains of the Virgin's grave.
    • Discover Sapa town on a walking tour with a local guide, tasting local snacks along the way – a trademark of the local lifestyle.
    • Discover Seward, one of Alaska's oldest and most scenic communities, then take a short hike to the tongue of Exit Glacier in Kenai Fjords National Park.
    • Discover Sri Lanka’s favourite beverage when you visit a tea plantation in Bandarawela, meeting local tea pickers, learning about their craft and tasting a freshly brewed cuppa.
    • Discover Tamborine National Park, Main Range National Park and Lamington National Park, which are part of The Gondwana Rainforests of Australia World Heritage Area, containing the most extensive areas of subtropical rainforest in the world.
    • Discover Tenerife’s volcanic terrain on a guided hike along the Samara Trail in Teide National Park. Walk along lava fields and pine forests and take in the scenic views of the well-known Teide Volcano.
    • Discover the 15th-century fertility temple of Chimi Lhakhang, and visit the magnificent Punakha Dzong, an ancient fortress and religious centre that sits at the confluence of two rivers.
    • Discover the 15th-century fertility temple of Chimi Lhakhang, and visit the magnificent Punakha Dzong, an ancient fortress and religious centre that sits at the confluence of two rivers.
    • Discover the ancient Roman town of Pompeii, which has been frozen in time under the shadow of Mount Vesuvius. Explore the vast ruins, including the House of the Faun and the Temple of Apollo, then ascend the volcano and explore hidden sulphonic vents with a specialist volcanology guide.
    • Discover the ancient ruins at Teotihuacan. Visit the Pyramids of the Sun and Moon, followed by a home-cooked lunch with a local family.
    • Discover the art of silk weaving and the secrets of Rishton ceramics – two of the most important items to trade on the Silk Road – with visits to local artists and their workshops in Kokand.
    • Discover the artistic history of unique Vienna – the perfect blend of modern and historic personality – then enjoy some kaffe and kuchen (coffee and cake) at a local café that empowers older residents with employment and purpose.
    • Discover the beauty and mastery of Sri Lanka’s craft traditions and try them for yourself – from brass making and pottery to woodwork and ancient palm leaf writing.
    • Discover the beauty in buildings that lie across India, from Jaipur’s Amber Fort and Royal City Palace to Agra’s Red Fort and iconic Taj Mahal, and see architectural influences from a multicultural past in Puducherry and Kochi.
    • Discover the beauty in famed structures, from Jaipur’s Amber Fort and Royal City Palace to Agra’s Red Fort and iconic Taj Mahal – one of the Seven Wonders of the World! Then, see the ruins and stupas of Sigiriya and Polonnaruwa in Sri Lanka.
    • Discover the beauty in the buildings that lie across the north of India, from Jaipur’s Amber Fort and Royal City Palace to Agra’s Red Fort and the iconic Taj Mahal – one of the Seven Wonders of the World.
    • Discover the beauty of both India and Nepal, from Jaipur’s Amber Fort and Agra’s iconic Taj Mahal to the mighty Himalayas.
    • Discover the beauty of Chobe River with a morning game drive in open 4WDs before spotting bird life and hippos on a sunset cruise with a sundowner in hand.
    • Discover the best beaches and islands of Thailand’s east coast, including the popular Ko Samui and laid-back Ko Tao, for a true slice of paradise.
    • Discover the breadth of Sri Lanka’s food scene during Exclusive Experiences, including a cooking class in Galle, a tea plantation tour, a high tea in Nuwara Eliya and a barbecue dinner in Dambulla.
    • Discover the breathtaking Bay of Fires – an incredible stretch of coastal heaven, famous for the fiery orange lichen that clings to its boulder-clad beaches.
    • Discover the bustling centres of Hanoi, Hoi An and Ho Chi Minh City – these diverse cities are a fascinating mix of ancient culture and new-age cityscapes, and you’ll get the chance to visit all the most iconic spots.
    • Discover the Cape Du Couedic Lighthouse, built in 1906 – 1909 and marvel at how the ecology of the island, particularly the local orchids, have bounced back from the fires of 2019.
    • Discover the capital's rich cultural and artistic heritage with this trip beginning and ending in Kathmandu. If you have time, why not extend your stay and explore at your own pace.
    • Discover the caves of Capri’s Grotta Azzura (the Blue Grotto) and swim in the glittering waters of the Mediterranean. Then, spend every night falling asleep to the gentle rock of waves on board your group’s yacht. 
    • Discover the charm of Merida’s leafy plazas, captivating museums and vibrant city streets.
    • Discover the colourful, fantastical world of alebrijes – folk art sculptures of mythical creatures – during a visit to a women-run workshop outside Oaxaca. The artists will share their process and stories of how they came to specialise in these artworks.
    • Discover the cool, artsy capital of Wellington with a local leader who knows all the best cafes, museums and hangouts.
    • Discover the countryside around Battambang on a bike ride around rural farms to meet with local producers, through an Intrepid partner and social enterprise that supports the local communities and provides training opportunities.
    • Discover the countryside around Battambang on a bike ride around rural farms to meet with local producers, through an Intrepid partner and social enterprise that supports the local communities.
    • Discover the cultural tapestry woven into America's most famous natural wonder. Learn about the multiple tribes who ha e called this landscape home for millennia alongside its geological story.
    • Discover the diversity of Rotorua, from unbelievable geothermal activity to rich Maori culture. Visit a Maori village for a hangi dinner and traditional haka performance.
    • Discover the emerald-green waters of Tritiva, an extinct crater surrounded by verdant forest, on a hike through the stunning Antsirabe district.
    • Discover the ever-changing colours of Uluru – one of Australia’s most spiritually significant sites – and watch the sandstone monolith change shades at sunset, then walk around the base at sunrise.
    • Discover the ever-changing colours of Uluru, one of Australia’s most spiritually significant sites, as you marvel at the epic sandstone monolith at both sunrise and sunset.
    • Discover the ever-changing colours of Uluru, one of Australia’s most spiritually significant sites, as you marvel at the epic sandstone monolith at both sunrise and sunset.
    • Discover the ever-changing colours of Uluru, one of Australia’s most spiritually significant sites, as you marvel at the epic sandstone monolith at both sunrise and sunset.
    • Discover the fantastical world of alebrijes – folk art sculptures of mythical creatures – during a visit to a women-run workshop outside Oaxaca. The artists will share their process and stories of how they came to specialise in these artworks.
    • Discover the Fijian centres of Nadi and Suva – with the option to extend your stay before or after the expedition, you’ll be relaxing as soon as you step foot on the island.
    • Discover the fourth holiest city in Islam with a trip to Kairouan and its Great Mosque, carpet bazaars and renowned sweet treats.
    • Discover the history and architecture of the Silk Road and uncover the charm of the legendary Turkistan.
    • Discover the history and former glory of the Silk Road with visits to the ancient trade towns and ruins in Bukhara, Samarkand and Merv.
    • Discover the history of the Silk Road – see the much-photographed Registan in Samarkand (one of the true pinnacles of Islamic architecture), spend time in World Heritage-listed Bukhara (a 6th-century city), visit the UNESCO-protected town of Khiva and explore the sprawling ruins of Mary.
    • Discover the iconic parts of Italy, like the history of Florence, canals of Venice and pizza of Naples, all from a local’s perspective.
    • Discover the iconic sights of Spain as you wander La Rambla in Barcelona, stroll the Parte Vieja in San Sebastian and savour Santiago de Compostela.
    • Discover the incredible ancient and modern history of Turkey as you explore thousands of years of history hidden within the remarkable ruins of Ephesus and discover Gallipoli on a guided tour that will teach you about the significant events that took place in this area.
    • Discover the incredible Angkor Wat. As well as a guided tour, you'll also have a pass to cover your whole time in Siem Reap, so you can explore this UNESCO World Heritage temple complex as much and as often as you like!
    • Discover the jagged snow-capped peaks, bright blue lakes and traditional culture of the Hunza Valley, a little touristed but unbelievably beautiful region of northern Pakistan.
    • Discover the jungle Costa Rica is famous for during a stay in Monteverde, a misty rainforest area home to sloths, hummingbirds, white-faced monkeys and tapirs among hundreds more animal species.
    • Discover the landmarks of Rome with your handy local leader and wander around the Spanish Steps, Trevi Fountain, the Pantheon and Piazza Navona.
    • Discover the largest ruins in sub-Saharan Africa – Great Zimbabwe. This World Heritage-listed site dates back to the 11th century.
    • Discover the limestone Ngilgi Cave on a guided tour. Set off on a bushwalk, watch a didgeridoo performance and learn some local history from the Wadandi First Nations people.
    • Discover the magic of South Luangwa National Park on a dawn and afternoon 4WD safari game drive. This park is a highly concentrated arena of noble African beasts and exotic wildflowers.
    • Discover the magic of South Luangwa National Park on a morning and afternoon 4x4 safari game drive with local expert guides, and visit a workshop where local women transform poaching snare wire into jewellery to raise funds for conservation.
    • Discover the magic of South Luangwa National Park on a morning game drive. This park is a highly concentrated arena of noble African beasts and exotic wildflowers.
    • Discover the magic of South Luangwa National Park on a morning safari game drive. This park is a highly concentrated arena of noble African beasts and exotic wildflowers.
    • Discover the magic of South Luangwa National Park on a morning safari game drive. This park is a highly concentrated arena of noble African beasts and exotic wildflowers.
    • Discover the magic of South Luangwa National Park on morning and afternoon 4WD safari game drives, and visit a workshop where local women transform poaching snare wire into jewellery to raise funds for conservation.
    • Discover the magic of South Luangwa National Park, a highly concentrated arena of noble beasts and exotic wildflowers, on 4x4 guided Game Drives at dawn and dusk.
    • Discover the many ways to safari! Hop on a rickshaw safari through the bird sanctuaries of Keoladeo, take an evening boat and nighttime safari in Satpura National Park and cruise on jeep safaris through Bandhavgarh and Panna National Parks.
    • Discover the mysterious beauty of the Lao jungle as you walk side by side with recently rescued elephants on stroll through their natural habitat.
    • Discover the national symbol of Costa Rica on a sloth tour. See the slow-moving animal in their natural habitat, spot dart frogs and toucans and learn about the region’s distinct wildlife from a local naturalist.
    • Discover the natural beauty of renowned Lake Louise, and perhaps join an optional sleigh ride around its snow-covered banks.
    • Discover the otherworldly landscapes and creatures the islands are famous for, going deeper with a knowledgeable local naturalist guide who will accompany you on all your excursions.
    • Discover the otherworldly landscapes and creatures the islands are famous for, going deeper with a knowledgeable local naturalist guide who will accompany you on all your excursions.
    • Discover the preserved ruins of Pompeii, offering a glimpse into daily Roman life before the city’s tragic fate under Mt Vesuvius in 79 AD.
    • Discover the Pyramids of Giza, Valley of the Kings, Kom Ombo Temple, Philae Island, Karnak Temple complex, the ancient city of Alexandria, battle site of El Alamein and the many sides of Cairo.
    • Discover the Pyramids of Giza, Valley of the Kings, the ancient city of Alexandria, battle site of El Alamein, the majesty of Petra and take a 4WD drive adventure through wind-swept rock formations of Wadi Rum.
    • Discover the real flavours of Vietnam, digging into authentic eats like pho, banh mi, bun cha, bun bo Hue and Cao Lau – a true feast for the senses.
    • Discover the rich biodiversity of Kopacki Rit Nature Park on a guided tour and explore the vast landscapes of Durmitor National Park with a guided hike.
    • Discover the rich heritage of Antigua as you learn to make tortillas in a Guatemalan culinary workshop that brings local flavours and traditions to life.
    • Discover the rich history and architecture of the impressive forts scattered across the province, from Jaipur’s Amber Fort and Royal City Palace to Agra’s Red Fort and the iconic Taj Mahal – one of the Seven Wonders of the World.
    • Discover the rich history and exciting nightlife of Havana – this city is like nowhere else on Earth! See the difference between city life and coastal life on a guided walking tour of the old capital.
    • Discover the rich history and wander the amazing architecture of the Amber Fort, just outside of Jaipur, with the expertise of a local guide by your side.
    • Discover the rich Maori culture in Rotorua. Visit a Maori village for a hangi dinner and watch a traditional haka performance.
    • Discover the rich Maori culture in Rotorua. Visit a Maori village for a hangi dinner and watch a traditional haka performance.
    • Discover the rugged beauty and delicious flavours of Bruny Island as you sample local delicacies and explore the national parkland where towering cliffs fall away into the crashing sea.
    • Discover the rugged beauty and delicious flavours of Bruny Island as you sample local delicacies and explore the national parkland where towering cliffs fall away into the crashing sea.
    • Discover the sacred Sian Ka’an Biosphere Reserve by boat. Float along a historic Maya canal and discover the tranquil Muyil archaeological site.
    • Discover the secret flavours and spices of traditional dishes during a cooking class in a local home, then sit down to feast on your creations.
    • Discover the temple ruins at Sambor Prei Kuk and enjoy a village homestay to experience everyday life in rural Cambodia, with local food, local life and plenty to see.
    • Discover the town of Noosa, where you’ll take the Coastal Walk to Hill’s Gate lookout. Then, enjoy heaps of free time to maybe go surfing, take a day trip to K'gari (Fraser Island) or an eco-safari through the lush Everglades.
    • Discover the traditional and vibrant city of Jaipur on a rickshaw ride and see why it’s known as the ‘Pink City’.
    • Discover the traditional and vibrant city of Jaipur on walking tours with your local leader, and see why it’s known as the ‘Pink City’.
    • Discover the trail’s diverse mix of challenging terrain, gentle slopes and smooth tracks, making it suitable for riders of all skill levels.
    • Discover the trail’s diverse mix of challenging terrain, gentle slopes and smooth tracks, making it suitable for riders of all skill levels.
    • Discover the Transylvanian Saxon villages of Malancrav, Medias and Biertan – home to historic fortified churches, timeless rural traditions and fairytale scenery.
    • Discover the undisputed jewel of the Dalmatian Coast in Dubrovnik and maybe cruise to Lokrum Island where a botanical garden, Benedictine monastery and excellent swimming spots await.
    • Discover the Valley of the Kings with a tour through three burial sites of ancient Pharaohs and the option to check out the fascinating lost tomb of Tutankhamun.
    • Discover the varied cuisine of Egypt during dinner at a fantastic restaurant in Cairo, taste Nubian delights in a family home on an island in the middle of the Nile and sample traditional Egyptian food with the locals in Cairo.
    • Discover the vast expanse of the Makgadikgadi Pans – one of the world's largest salt flats. Watch the sunset over the baobab trees and look for meerkats as you enjoy some refreshments in the heart of the desert.
    • Discover the walled cities of Kotor and the coastal town of Ulcinj, teeming with history from a bygone era. With a local leader who knows all the hotspots and heaps of free time to wander on your own, you’re bound to find all the best bits!
    • Discover thousands of years of civilisation in Athens with a visit to the famous Acropolis and the Agora. Walk through the ancient ruins and learn about the social, political and cultural events that these buildings used to host.
    • Discover traditional Cambodian life at Skun Village and Santuk Silk Farm, known for empowering local women as expert weavers. Learn their stories and make the most of your time with the locals.
    • Discover traditional Cambodian life at Skun Village and Santuk Silk Farm, known for empowering local women as expert weavers. Learn their stories and make the most of your time with the locals.
    • Discover traditional craft industries with enlightening Exclusive Experiences. Learn about Zapotec woven fabrics, textile making, mezcal distilling and beeswax candle-making and visit a family-run obsidian workshop.
    • Discover traditional craft industries with enlightening Exclusive Experiences. Learn about Zapotec woven fabrics, textile making, mezcal distilling and beeswax candle-making, and visit a family-run obsidian workshop.
    • Discover traditional Khmer villages and their dedication to reforestation on the island of Koh Trong and swing the day away in a hammock at your rural homestay, getting to know the locals over a homecooked dinner.
    • Discover Turkey's history, flavours and communities on a locally guided tour through Edirne and through Istanbul’s Old City and its grand buildings.
    • Discover Utah’s natural wonders at Zion National Park and Bryce Canyon National Park – home to red-walled cliffs, towering hoodoos and vast horizons.
    • Discover Utah’s natural wonders at Zion National Park and Bryce Canyon National Park – home to red-walled cliffs, towering hoodoos and vast horizons.
    • Discover world-class mountain scenery and explore the hill-perched Buddhist Peace Pagoda of laid-back Pokhara.
    • Ditch your alarm in the spiritual capital of Varanasi – there’s only one way to wake up here and that’s with a sunrise sail along the Ganges. Maybe indulge in some yoga or meditation after and keep the good vibes going.
    • Ditch your alarm in the spiritual capital of Varanasi – there’s only one way to wake up here and that’s with a sunrise sail along the Ganges. Maybe indulge in some yoga or meditation after and keep the good vibes going.
    • Dive deep into one of the oldest salt mines in Europe, in use for about 2,000 years. Spanning more than 43 kilometers (27 miles), Turda Salt Mine contains a huge array of attractions – from an amusement park to a contemporary art museum to an underground lake.
    • Dive deep into one of the oldest salt mines in Europe, in use for about 2000 years. Spanning more than 43 km, Turda Salt Mine contains an amusement park, a contemporary art museum and an underground lake.
    • Dive into a nature lover’s paradise at Khao Sok National Park, exploring, hiking, relaxing and cruising by longtail boat on a limestone cliff-circled lake.
    • Dive into a nature lover’s paradise at Khao Sok National Park, exploring, hiking, relaxing, and cruising by longtail boat on a limestone cliff-circled lake.
    • Dive into a nature lover’s paradise at Khao Sok National Park, exploring, hiking, relaxing, and cruising by longtail boat on a limestone cliff-circled lake.
    • Dive into a nature lover’s paradise at Khao Sok National Park. Ride across Cheow Lan lake on a longtail boat and hike to an island cave, where you’ll see stalactites and bats hanging from the ceiling.
    • Dive into the amazing wildlife of Galapagos – look out for pink flamingos, red-throated frigates, blue-footed boobies and the Galapagos tortoise. Then snorkel through the underwater wonderland of Devil’s Crown – the formerly volcanic crater that is now home to turtles, rays and sharks.
    • Dive into the aquamarine waters of the Dalmatian Coast. Weather permitting, your captain will be stopping the boat for regular swim breaks during the trip.
    • Dive into the city’s historic centre on a private guided tour. See the Zocalo, Templo Mayor and Palacio de Bellas Artes and learn about the layers of history that shaped the Mexican capital.
    • Dive into the clear waters at Dinawan Island and snorkel among colorful fish. If you're lucky, you might even spot a turtle swimming by.
    • Dive into the culture and history of Morocco – admire the majestic Volubilis ruins, rub shoulders with the locals in the old medina in Fes, and see the museums of Casablanca.
    • Dive into the nature lover’s paradise of ancient Khao Sok National Park, then fall asleep to the sounds of the jungle in a riverside bungalow
    • Dive into the rituals and stories of ancient Maori warfare and peace during a cultural experience at Te Pa Tu. A local expert will guide you in celebrating the abundant harvest and you’ll hear stories through haka, song and drama before digging into a two-course meal.
    • Dive under the clear water and snorkel among the colourful fish, green sea turtles and the winding underground lava tubes.
    • Do it yourself during hands-on cooking classes and demonstrations where you’ll learn how to make cous cous, pastilla, stuffed medfouna and local salads.
    • Dodge the donkeys, discover the dye pits and embrace the smell of spices as you navigate the mystical alleyways of Fes under the guidance of your expert leader.
    • Don infrared night goggles and witness sea turtles coming ashore at Rekawa beach to lay their eggs while hatchlings dash down to the water to start their new life.
    • Don your chef hat and taste the local cuisine with a traditional Salvadorian pupusa-making class in a local home in Suchitoto, El Salvador.
    • Don’t just taste your way around this foodie haven, don your chef hat and learn the recipes behind these incredible eats, too. Learn the secret spices directly from local chefs (often in their own homes) and be guided to the freshest ingredients in authentic local markets.
    • Don’t just taste your way around this foodie haven, don your chef hat and learn the recipes behind these incredible eats, too. Learn the secret spices directly from local chefs (often in their own homes) and be guided to the freshest ingredients in authentic local markets.
    • Don’t sweat the small stuff! With everything taken care of, you’re free to make the most of the incredible scenery as you make your way along one of Australia’s most iconic trails.
    • Drive into the remote South Australian Outback and bounce along the famous Oodnadatta Track to William Creek where you can enjoy a cold beer and check out the unique ‘museum’ of memorabilia across the street.
    • Drive through the mighty snow-cowered Caucasus mountains, which provide diverse landscapes from lunar semideserts to forests and countryside. With expert guides and an exciting 4WD excursion, you’ll soak up the unique scenery in the best way.
    • Drive to the Grand Canyon of Yellowstone – a giant rift in a landscape of forested hills - and take a short stroll to Artist Point for more phenomenal waterfall views.
    • Drive up through the cloud forest at Mombacho Volcano Natural Reserve and head on a hike to one of the crater lakes with an expert local guide.
    • Drive up through the cloud forest at Mombacho Volcano Natural Reserve and head on a hike to one of the crater lakes with an expert local guide.
    • Drive up through the cloud forest at Mombacho Volcano Natural Reserve and head on a hike to one of the crater lakes with an expert local guide.
    • Drive up towering Mt. Etna – one of the greatest natural beauties of the Mediterranean and Europe’s largest active volcano – and walk into an extinct crater.
    • Drop anchor in the middle of port towns like Hvar or Korcula – while large cruise liners have to moor out at sea and commute into shore, you can hop on or off the boat as you please!
    • Drop anchor in the middle of port towns like Hvar or Korcula and explore straight off the boat – one of the many benefits of small-ship cruising.
    • Drop into Trebinje and tour the compact Old Town and its lively market square, followed by a stop at an Orthodox monastery to taste the famous Tvrdos wine made by its monks.
    • Earn your place in the Country Music Hall of Fame as you participate in a recording session with a professional sound engineer at the iconic Studio B in Nashville.
    • Earn your place in the Country Music Hall of Fame as you take part in a recording session with a professional sound engineer at the iconic Studio B in Nashville.
    • Ease into the beach-loving lifestyle and enjoy various sea activities of snorkeling and kayaking to explore the amazing limestone cliff and caves, colorful coral reefs and mangrove forests.
    • Ease into the beach-loving lifestyle of Thailand, with opportunities to go snorkelling, swimming and sailing to explore the amazing limestone cliff and caves, colorful coral reefs and mangrove forests.
    • Eat for a good cause at Hanoi's KOTO restaurant – an initiative that trains disadvantaged young people for careers in hospitality.
    • Eat on the roadside in Bangkok, Penang and Singapore, with included and optional street food experiences and plenty of free time (not to mention your trusty local leader) to find all the best food stalls.
    • Eat on the roadside in Bangkok, Penang and Singapore, with included and optional street food experiences and plenty of free time (not to mention your trusty local leader) to find all the best food stalls.
    • Eat your way around Lau Pa Sat, one of Singapore’s oldest and most celebrated hawker markets, set against a skyline of shiny high rises.
    • Eat your way through Italy, stopping in at some of the country’s finest food destinations. Whether it’s a real spaghetti carbonara in Rome, a traditional pesto-making demonstration in Cinque Terre or wine windows in Florence, your tastebuds are front and center.
    • Eat your way through Mexico City on a taco crawl, enjoy a homecooked lunch in Piste and visit Gastromotiva – a social kitchen tackling food insecurity.
    • Eat your way through Mexico City on a taco crawl, taste the legendary Yucatecan dessert known as a marquesita and visit Gastromotiva – a social kitchen tackling food insecurity.
    • Eat your way through this foodie’s paradise with a tour in Venice and a pesto-making class along the Cinque Terre. With a local leader by your side, you’ll also get the inside scoop on the best gelato, wine and pasta!
    • Eat your weight in pad Thai, mango sticky rice, roti bread, street snacks and home-cooked dinners (at your raft house stay), then try your hand at making some delicious local eats at a Thai cooking class.
    • Embark on a full-day tour of the Whitsundays, where you’ll head out on a bushwalk to Hill Inlet Lookout, go snorkelling among giant tropical fish and corals and then relax on the 7 km stretch of Whitehaven Beach as the sun descends.
    • Embark on a guided walk through Kata Tjuta (formerly known as The Olgas) – a towering collection of 36 domed rock formations – with your knowledgable local guide.
    • Embark on a guided walk through Kata Tjuta (formerly known as The Olgas) – a towering collection of 36 domed rock formations – with your knowledgeable local guide.
    • Embark on a guided walk through Kata Tjuta (formerly known as The Olgas) and short a hike across the famous Kings Canyon plateau.
    • Embark on a hike through the Usambara Mountains in Tanzania, through mountains, rainforests and local villages, to the Irente viewpoint. Then, stop at a local farm on the way back for a picnic lunch with the locals.
    • Embark on a hike through the Usambara Mountains to the Irente viewpoint, then stop at a farm on the way back for a picnic lunch.
    • Embark on a hike through the Usambara Mountains to the Irente viewpoint, then stop at a farm on the way back for a picnic lunch.
    • Embark on a hike through the Usambara Mountains to the Irente viewpoint, then stop at a farm on the way back for a picnic lunch.
    • Embark on a hike through the Usambara Mountains to the Irente viewpoint, then stop at a farm on the way back for a picnic lunch.
    • Embark on a scenic hike from Dutchmans Stern, passing through a sugar gum forest and she-oak woodlands to be rewarded with incredible views of the surrounding plains.
    • Embark on a scenic trail to the highest and most remote village in Bosnia – Lukomir. Here, you’ll meet the locals, learn about their way of life and share lunch, laughs, local cheese and, of course, Bosnian coffee.
    • Embark on a spectacular journey through Cahill’s Crossing on the East Alligator River into Arnhem Land. With an experienced First Nations guide, you’ll learn about the Aboriginal culture and heritage of this area.
    • Embark on a three-day adventure by 4WD across the rocky Atacama Desert in Salar de Uyuni and the largest salt lakes in the world. Pass cactus islands, train cemeteries and mineral lakes teeming with birdlife.
    • Embark on a three-day adventure by 4WD across the rocky Atacama Desert in Salar de Uyuni and the largest salt lakes in the world. Pass cactus islands, train cemeteries and mineral lakes teeming with birdlife.
    • Embark on an Exclusive cruise in Doubtful Sound / Patea – Patea means ‘place of silence’ in Maori, and you’ll soon see why. Coast past sheer cliffs and waterfalls and learn about the local wildlife with an onboard naturalist.
    • Embark on an Exclusive cruise in Doubtful Sound / Patea – Patea means ‘place of silence’ in Maori, and you’ll soon see why. Coast past sheer cliffs and waterfalls and learn about the local wildlife with an onboard naturalist.
    • Embark on an exhilarating 4WD safari in Kruger National Park, where you'll track Africa’s legendary animals through breathtaking landscapes teeming with wildlife.
    • Embark on an unforgettable safari across the floor of the Ngorongoro Crater in an open roof 4WD with your small group for a chance to see the endangered black rhinoceros in full view.
    • Embark on an unforgettable safari across the floor of the Ngorongoro Crater in an open-roof vehicle with your small group for a chance to see the endangered black rhinoceros in full view.
    • Embark on full day trips to vast national parks, including Kaziranga National Park, home to two-thirds of the world’s one-horned rhinos, as well as wild boar, tigers, elephants, panthers and some incredible birdlife.
    • Embark on two safaris at the Ranthambore National Park for the best chance of spotting a Royal Bengal Tiger in action.
    • Embark on two safaris at the Ranthambore National Park for the best chance of spotting a Royal Bengal Tiger in action.
    • Embark on two safaris at the Ranthambore National Park for the best chance of spotting a Royal Bengal Tiger in action.
    • Embark on two scenic walks across the Three Capes Track and soak in the natural wonders of Cape Raoul and Cape Hauy as you walk past wildflowers and coastal views.
    • Embark on unforgettable safaris across Ngorongoro Crater and the Serengeti for a chance to spot Africa's iconic wildlife.
    • Embrace a slower pace during a private boat tour of the Mekong Delta and meet local craftspeople in the villages that line the river's myriad waterways.
    • Embrace a slower pace during a private boat tour of the Mekong Delta and meet local craftspeople in the villages that line the river's waterways.
    • Embrace a slower pace of travel on Malaysia's 100-year-old Jungle Railway. Chug through dense jungle, along river valleys and past misty hills – all while watching life unfold in traditional villages along the way.
    • Embrace a slower pace on a private boat tour of the Mekong Delta and meet local craftspeople in the villages that line the river's waterways.
    • Embrace an escape from the modern world at your Feature Stay camp in a remote oasis among the dunes of the Sahara Desert. Enjoy comfortable beds, en suite bathrooms and authentic décor, plus a traditional feast and live music under a sky full of stars.
    • Embrace countless opportunities to connect with locals and experience their culture. Lose yourself in Cairo's colourful Khan al-Khalili bazaar and share a meal with local communities along the way.
    • Embrace the Atlantic breeze in the coastal town of Tangier and see the vivid blue hues of Chefchaouen over sunset, while you explore the houses and laneways of this surreal city.
    • Embrace the Atlantic breeze in the coastal town of Tangier and see the vivid blue hues of Chefchaouen over sunset, while you explore the houses and laneways of this surreal city.
    • Embrace the island’s natural wonders on a hike through Horta, followed by a visit to the Capelinhos volcano. Learn about its dramatic 1957 eruption at the volcano centre.
    • Embrace the sleek bullet train from Jinghong to Luang Prabang. Completed in 2021, this rail line – one of the first international high-speed routes outside Europe – has revolutionised travel in the region with comfort and speed.
    • Embrace the vibrant souks, sights, sounds and smells of Marrakech on a guided walking tour of the Medina.
    • Embrace the vibrant souqs, sights, sounds and smells of Marrakech on a walking tour of the medina and visit to Bahia Palace. With your local guide leading the way, you'll uncover all the best spots and learn more about the culture.
    • Embrace your adventurous side on a tour of Hue’s imperial monuments from the back of a motorbike (the local way of getting around). Then be treated to lunch, specially prepared for you by a chef who is the descendant of the royal family in the garden of their family home.
    • Embrace your adventurous side on a tour of Hue’s imperial monuments from the back of a motorbike (the local way of getting around). Then, be treated to lunch, specially prepared for you by a chef who is a descendant of the royal family in the garden of their family home.
    • Embrace your hedonistic side as you explore the boutique culture, gorgeous beaches and thumping nightlife on the chic isle of Mykonos.
    • Encounter Antarctica’s incredible wildlife – Adelie and gentoo penguins, leopard seals, sea birds, whales – as your Expedition Team ensures you’ve got the best chance of multiple sightings.
    • Encounter colourful birds and herds of zebra on a walk around Crater Lake
    • Encounter Galapagos’s wildlife, including giant Galapagos tortoises, blue-footed and Nazca boobies, pelicans and frigate birds, as well as iguanas, sea lions, fur seals and sea turtles.
    • Encounter giant Galapagos tortoises, blue-footed and masked boobies, pelicans and frigate birds, as well as land and marine iguanas, sea lions, fur seals and maybe even dolphins, whales and sea turtles!
    • Encounter giant Galapagos tortoises, blue-footed and masked boobies, pelicans and frigate birds, as well as land and marine iguanas, sea lions, fur seals and maybe even dolphins, whales and sea turtles.
    • Encounter giant Galapagos tortoises, blue-footed and masked boobies, pelicans and frigate birds, as well as land and marine iguanas, sea lions, fur seals and perhaps dolphins, whales and sea turtles.
    • Encounter giant Galapagos tortoises, blue-footed and masked boobies, pelicans and frigate birds, as well as land and marine iguanas, sea lions, fur seals and perhaps dolphins, whales and sea turtles.
    • Encounter giant Galapagos tortoises, blue-footed and masked boobies, pelicans and frigate birds, as well as land and marine iguanas, sea lions, fur seals and perhaps dolphins, whales and sea turtles.
    • Encounter nature at its finest as you follow in the footsteps of Charles Darwin, spotting some of the strangest and most beautiful creatures on Earth in their natural habitats.
    • Encounter roaring lions and magnificent zebra in the famous Serengeti National Park as our small safari vehicles get you close to the action in this spectacular wildlife arena.
    • Encounter roaring lions and magnificent zebra in the famous Serengeti National Park as our vehicles get you close to the action in this spectacular wildlife arena.
    • Encounter the crumbling facades of Syracuse and unearth hundreds of years of Greco-Roman history with a local leader by your side.
    • Encounter the fusion of cultures that gives Penang a unique atmosphere; walk down the backstreets where historic buildings, tumble-down shops and hawker-filled alleyways meld with cool street art.
    • Encounter the fusion of cultures that gives Penang its atmosphere – where historic buildings, tumble-down shops and hawker-filled alleyways meld with cool street art. Then, explore Melaka’s heritage streets to learn about the mixed cultures and how they thrive together.
    • Encounter the unique Galapagos wildlife in their natural habitat, from giant blue-footed and masked boobies, pelicans and frigate birds to iguanas, sea lions and turtles.
    • Encounter the unique Galapagos wildlife in their natural habitat, from giant blue-footed and masked boobies, pelicans and frigate birds to iguanas, sea lions and turtles.
    • Encounter the unique Galapagos wildlife in their natural habitat, from giant blue-footed and masked boobies, pelicans and frigate birds to iguanas, sea lions, tortoises and fur seals.
    • End rewarding days in the saddle with hearty local meals, like the traditional goat dinner in Mgoun Valley and street food delicacies in Djemaa el-Fna.
    • End this adventure by hitting Manuel Antonio National Park, where the evergreen forest grows right up to the long, white beaches and irresistible water.
    • End this Italian adventure sipping limoncello in the tangled streets of Bari’s Old Town.
    • End your trip in Missoula with an included lunch and beer tasting at a local brewery, toasting your efforts on an adventure well spent!
    • End your trip in the UNESCO World Heritage-listed city of Antigua and consider staying on a couple of extra days to explore the colourful city at your own pace.
    • Engage with history during a private tour of Auschwitz to understand the region’s past in Poland and explore UNESCO World Heritage cities like the medieval Sighisoara and the Transylvanian Saxon villages.
    • Engage with history during a tour of Auschwitz to understand the region’s past and reflect on its profound impact. This visit is both emotional and essential for a comprehensive view of European history.
    • Engage with the local history as you hike along wind farms, standing tall against the backdrop of the vast Southern Ocean.
    • Engage with the region’s local history as you pass remains of old rail and mill formations.
    • Enjoy a beachside dinner with traditional East African Bodu Beruand Langiri folk music, and dance with the locals as the sun goes down, moving to the beat of the drums.
    • Enjoy a comfortably paced trekking trip – this trip is designed for hikers of all abilities, allowing less experienced trekkers to tackle this fantastic mountain peak and discover a passion for hiking, mountain climbing and exploring.
    • Enjoy a different perspectives for game viewing with a jeep safari in Kruger National Park, a guided hippo boat cruise on St Lucia Estuary, and a walking safari in Hlane Royal National Park.
    • Enjoy a drink at Decje Srce Café - this organisation supports young, local people with developmental disabilities by providing employment opportunities. Learn the story behind the cafe and if you like, support their work by buying one of their handmade products.
    • Enjoy a five-day hike in the incredible Annapurna Mountains, wholly supported by an all-female crew of leaders, guides, assistants and porters.
    • Enjoy a free day in Cape Town to explore places such as Robben Island, Table Mountain and/or the atmosphere of the Victoria and Alfred Waterfront.
    • Enjoy a full day at leisure in one of El Salvador’s most beautiful national parks – Cerro Verde. Get up close and personal to a volcanic crater or take the plunge in a pristine lake. The choice is yours!
    • Enjoy a full free day in Krabi to either relax on idyllic beaches, rock climb up spectacular cliffs or snorkel to your heart’s content.
    • Enjoy a full free day in Krabi to either relax on idyllic beaches, rock climb up spectacular cliffs or snorkel to your heart’s content.
    • Enjoy a full-day game drive in Etosha National Park – home to a wide range of Southern Africa's wildlife, including the endangered black rhino.
    • Enjoy a full-day game drive in Etosha National Park, home to a wide range of Southern Africa's wildlife, and glide through the waterways of the Okovango Delta on a mokoro (a small dugout canoe), escaping civilisation at with an overnight stay at an island camp.
    • Enjoy a full-day game drive in Etosha National Park, home to a wide range of southern Africa's wildlife, including the endangered black rhino.
    • Enjoy a full-day game drive in Etosha National Park, home to a wide range of southern Africa's wildlife, including the endangered black rhino.
    • Enjoy a game drive through Lake Mburo National Park and look out for antelope, zebras, impalas, buffalo, leopards, hyenas and jackals.
    • Enjoy a good balance of included activities, balanced with loads of free time to hit up some more live music venues and thriving bars.
    • Enjoy a gourmet picnic lunch featuring some of the region’s famous produce in Ampezzo Dolomites Natural Park.
    • Enjoy a group picnic and an optional wine tasting experience after your scenic ride through the Peljesac isthmus – a hilly Croatian peninsula jutting into the Adriatic.
    • Enjoy a group picnic and an optional wine tasting experience after your scenic ride through the verdant Peljesac isthmus – a hilly Croatian peninsula jutting into the Adriatic.
    • Enjoy a high-energy Exclusive Experience with a live performance of kalarippayattu in Thekkady – believed to be the oldest surviving martial art in India.
    • Enjoy a hike across the famous Kings Canyon plateau, from the sandstone domes of the 'Lost City' to the oasis of the 'Garden of Eden', walk the red rock cliffs and take in views of the palm forest below.
    • Enjoy a homestay with a local family in the Saxon town of Viscri, exposing you to Romanian hospitality and some delicious home-cooked food.
    • Enjoy a perfect balance of free time and included activities for you to make your own discoveries, with your professional local leader helping you make the most of it.
    • Enjoy a ranger-guided walk around the aptly named Blue Pools that feed the Makarora River and learn about the important work of the Aspiring Biodiversity Trust to reduce predators and save some of New Zealand’s rarest species.
    • Enjoy a relaxing evening at a community homestay in the Madi Valley, a lush Nepalese valley bordered by forest and river.
    • Enjoy a Sasak dinner and performance at Tetebatu Local Community Center – be introduced to traditional Gamelan music and feast on dishes prepared by the local community in Tetebatu village.
    • Enjoy a Sasak dinner and performance at Tetebatu Local Community Center – be introduced to traditional Gamelan music and feast on dishes prepared by the local community in Tetebatu village.
    • Enjoy a scenic boat ride on Lake Atitlan to Santiago Atitlan, where 95% of the population is of Maya descent and meet the shamanic keepers of Maximon.
    • Enjoy a scenic boat ride to the island of Capri and walk the coastal trails for panoramic views over the Tyrrhenian Sea.
    • Enjoy a seafood lunch served at Miki’s Place, a lean-to “restaurant” under a baobab next to the sea.
    • Enjoy a selection of central Indian staples during an at-home cooking demonstration in Orchha for a tasty and enriching look into authentic Indian family life.
    • Enjoy a Short Break Adventure, where all the logistics are taken care of for you – giving you plenty of time to soak in the scenery, the abundant wildlife and the fresh air.
    • Enjoy a short but sweet introduction to the famed archipelago – this trip makes for the perfect addition to any South American adventure – strikeing the perfect balance between excursion-packed days and relaxing evenings on the Grand Daphne – one of the newest motor yachts.
    • Enjoy a short getaway over a couple of days, making the most of your three days in Sydney, or choose to add this trip onto another one as you explore Australia’s highlights.
    • Enjoy a small and intimate sunset dinner cruise on the Zambezi River, a Premium Exclusive Experience. A private chef will prepare dinner as your boat navigates the islands above the thundering Victoria Falls.
    • Enjoy a small and intimate sunset river cruise on the Zambezi River, a Premium Exclusive Experience. A private chef will prepare canapes and drinks as your boat navigates the islands above the thundering Victoria Falls.
    • Enjoy a street food experience with multiple Moroccan favourites at a local restaurant with your group and trip leader – the best way to sample all the delicious goods in Djemaa el-Fna!
    • Enjoy a subterranean stay in Coober Pedy, the opal capital of Australia, in underground accommodation that’s cool, comfortable and unique to this part of the South Australian outback.
    • Enjoy a traditional lobster and mussel dinner with a Prince Edward Island fisherman on his private property along the shore.
    • Enjoy a trip that’s packed full of experiences, giving you a great insight into Cambodia, all in a short time – perfect for the traveller passing through or those with limited availability.
    • Enjoy a unique optional experience in Montenegro with a local family and sit down to a homecooked, homegrown three-course meal with unlimited wine and homemade grappa.
    • Enjoy accommodation like no other – an opulently decorated heritage stay in Jaipur, a beautiful converted houseboat on the Kerala backwaters and a suave heritage hotel in Kochi are your Feature Stays on this trip.
    • Enjoy all the benefits of a knowledgeable local guide, so you can spend more time relaxing, swimming and bonding as a family.
    • Enjoy an evening of First Nations myths, legends and traditional songs with a native storyteller in Wendake.
    • Enjoy an Exclusive Experience at the Celestun Bird Sanctuary and Biosphere Reserve – a bird-lover’s dream. Learn about conservation efforts while looking out for colourful flora and fauna on a boat ride and see the natural springs before stopping by the Gulf of Mexico for a swim.
    • Enjoy an Exclusive Experience at the Celestun Bird Sanctuary and Biosphere Reserve. Learn about conservation efforts while looking out for colourful flora and fauna.
    • Enjoy an iconic Exclusive Experience as you take a trip to Middle-earth and tour Hobbiton, where the iconic Lord of the Rings and Hobbit movies were shot – a must-do for any visit to New Zealand!
    • Enjoy an in-depth tour of Cambodia at an easy pace, mixed with insightful tours by local guides, plenty of chances to rub shoulders with the locals and free time to customise your adventure.
    • Enjoy an organic farm-to-table dinner in Jodhpur, right in the heart of the farmlands. Here, they grow the local produce completely chemical-free, and the kids might be able to pick some of the produce themselves.
    • Enjoy an overnight cruise in Ha Long Bay on a boat as beautiful as its surroundings for your Feature Stay in Vietnam. Take in spectacular views while enjoying a candle-lit dinner on deck.
    • Enjoy an unforgettable Fado performance in Coimbra. Fado is an emotional form of Portuguese music which often expresses the hard realities of daily life, balancing both resignation and hopefulness.
    • Enjoy an unforgettable opportunity to camp at the headquarters of the world's first all-female anti-poaching unit, the Black Mambas. Join them on an exclusive bush walk by day and then listen to their inspiring stories by the campfire in the evening.
    • Enjoy an unforgettable sunset cruise in Chobe National Park. Spot African elephants and other wildlife while enjoying a sundowner and breathtaking views.
    • Enjoy breakfast at your campsite, fresh picnic lunches in incredible locations and delicious campfire dinners prepared by your leader – with all meals taken care of, you can focus on soaking up the landscape.
    • Enjoy cooking demonstrations and masterclasses by local cooks and artisans, including learning how to make churchkhela (traditional candle-shaped candy) and khinkali (Georgian dumplings).
    • Enjoy cycling trips out of Yogyakarta and Ubud through the backcountry, a world of flower-studded fields or rice paddies and smiling locals
    • Enjoy daily Zodiac excursions and onshore landings and take advantage of a range of adventure options during the voyage such as kayaking, camping and snowshoeing.
    • Enjoy delicious Italian cuisine and afternoon aperitifs overlooking the cliffs, village views and the deep blue of the ocean.
    • Enjoy Exclusive Experiences as you visit Elsamere Conservation Centre to learn the story of Elsa and their conservation trust over a high tea lunch, then spot hippos and unique birdlife on a boat trip on Lake Naivasha.
    • Enjoy Exclusive Experiences in Kandy – dine at the Hela Bojun restaurant, which is focused on empowering and employing local women, and enjoy a private cultural dance performance.
    • Enjoy Exclusive Experiences, including dinner in a family’s home in Cairo, a visit to the city’s oldest coffeeshop, sunset drinks on board a traditional felucca and a zarb dinner with your Bedouin hosts in Wadi Rum.
    • Enjoy free time in Airlie Beach, Hervey Bay and Mission Beach, where you can hit the water and swim, kayak or take a boat ride or just kick back on the warm sands with a good book.
    • Enjoy free time in Airlie Beach, Hervey Bay and Mission Beach, where you can hit the water and swim, kayak or take a boat ride or just kick back on the warm sands with a good book.
    • Enjoy free time in Naples to kick off your adventure and maybe descend below the city streets to discover the famous catacombs or indulge in a traditional pizza in one of the many delicious local eateries.
    • Enjoy fully supported camping with expert guides and porters. Rub shoulders with the local villagers, known for their hospitality and warmth enjoying home coooked meals along the trek.
    • Enjoy fully supported camping with expert guides, porters and a professional cooking team, providing warm Pakistani meals at every campsite.
    • Enjoy gourmet-style picnic lunches out in nature in secluded areas surrounded by the sounds of birdlife and the nearby sea.
    • Enjoy heaps of free time near Kenai Fjords National Park to hike, kayak, picnic or immerse yourself in the gorgeous natural surroundings with some much-needed R and R.
    • Enjoy iconic Moroccan and Amazigh dishes each day and feel the warmth of local Moroccan hospitality.
    • Enjoy loads of free time to choose your own adventure, whether that’s a bit of rest and relaxation at the local Thai massage place or discovering new friends at the Chiang Chill Elephant Sanctuary.
    • Enjoy loads of free time to choose your own adventure, whether that’s a bit of rest and relaxation with a Thai massage or discovering new friends at the Chiang Chill Elephant Sanctuary.
    • Enjoy overnight stays in the same comfortable, centrally located accommodation in Margaret River.
    • Enjoy plenty of beachside free time to choose your own adventure – maybe go on a daytrip to Nacpan Beach, take a self-guided kayaking adventure or indulge in a spot of shopping!
    • Enjoy plenty of free evenings to explore the many musical venues of Nashville, Memphis and New Orleans.
    • Enjoy plenty of free time in Rome to discover the ancient Colosseum, stroll through Vatican City and gaze up towards the gods inside St Peter's Basilica.
    • Enjoy plenty of free time in Swakopmund, amid the dramatic breakers of the Atlantic Ocean. Maybe visit the local markets or relax on the beach in your free time.
    • Enjoy plenty of free time in the adventure capital of the world, Queenstown. Whether you fancy bungy jumping, jet boating, 4WD-ing through Lord of the Rings scenery, or wine tasting, there’s something here for everyone.
    • Enjoy plenty of free time in the adventure capital of the world, Queenstown. Whether you fancy bungy jumping, jet boating, 4WD-ing through Lord of the Rings scenery, or wine tasting, there’s something here for everyone.
    • Enjoy plenty of free time to choose your own adventure – maybe hike through the lush forest of La Fortuna, go wildlife spotting near Arenal Volcano or explore Monteverde Cloud Forest Biological Reserve looking out for sloths.
    • Enjoy plenty of free time to choose your own adventure. Maybe take a daytrip to the Nacpan Beach, cruise along the waters in a kayak or sit down to a drink (or two) at the many beachside restaurants.
    • Enjoy plenty of free time to explore Canada’s premier outdoor adventure hub, Whistler, at your own pace. Hike rugged trails or munch on ‘beaver tails’ – the choice is yours.
    • Enjoy plenty of free time to take an optional daytrip to Ang Thong Marine National Park, search for the best panoramic views or simply chill out beachside with a cocktail.
    • Enjoy several included picnic lunches in the best secret spots, known only to a handful of people including our experienced trip leaders.
    • Enjoy some excellent stargazing opportunities as you stay in remote, rural Tasmanian locations with little to no phone signal (the perfect time for a digital detox).
    • Enjoy some family downtime in the seaside town of Dominical at your eco-hotel, surrounded by stunning beaches and a tropical jungle.
    • Enjoy some family fun and incredible acrobatics at Phare the Cambodian Circus – where those from disadvantaged homes have learned some incredible skills to shock, wow and delight!
    • Enjoy some local hospitality with a homestay with a local family in Hemjakot – this community’s architecture reflects the traditional style of the Himalayas. Get an insight into countryside culture as you take in the views from a traditional teahouse.
    • Enjoy some truly unique accommodation in Elephant Sands. Greet elephants as they come to drink from the pool!
    • Enjoy some truly unique accommodation in Elephant Sands. Greet herds of elephants as they come to drink and bathe from a natural watering hole right outside the lodge, only metres from your porch!
    • Enjoy spectacular views of the falls and surrounding area from Knife Edge Bridge – the spray from the falls keeps the forest healthy and green.
    • Enjoy sunset from the unique vantage point of a camel’s back – and ride far out into the Sahara Desert to camp beneath a blanket of North African stars.
    • Enjoy the best local hospitality and get to know the people – head to a Kakheti home for a home-cooked lunch, soak up the scenery (and the drops) in Georgia and Armenia during winery visits and do it all with a local leader by your side.
    • Enjoy the comfort of your Feature Stay at the Canyon Lodge in the National Park. Unwind each night in comfort and take in the beautiful surrounding views.
    • Enjoy the convenience and ease of staying at St Helen each night. Unpack once, unwind in your cosy accommodation at the end of each day and take in the beautiful surrounding coastal views.
    • Enjoy the convenience of unpacking once on your traditional Phinisi Style boat. With a knowledgeable crew including a cook, you’ll have all your meals taken care of so you can sit back and soak in the stories.
    • Enjoy the dramatic beauty of Kathakali – a captivating storytelling dance – and kalarippayattu –one of the oldest surviving martial arts in the world.
    • Enjoy the ease of unpacking once at your Feature Stay, the El Tovar Hotel. With views over the Grand Canyon, this famous lodge has hosted many renowned guests, including Theodore Roosevelt, Paul McCartney and Oprah Winfrey.
    • Enjoy the flexibility to tackle the trek as you like – take the main track for a more leisurely hike or add on a side trip like summitting Cradle Mountain or Mt Ossa for an extra challenge.
    • Enjoy the great outdoors with camping equipment provided by us, like stretcher beds with a mattress, shared 190 cm high tents and comfortable camping chairs.
    • Enjoy the guidance of a local expert as you temple-hop around the dazzling Angkor complex – one of South East Asia's premier sites.
    • Enjoy the journey and take in the sights, sounds and smells of rugged Tassie – there’s no need for a map or GPS on this walking trip, you’ll have an expert local leader that knows the area inside-out!
    • Enjoy the natural scenery from an e-bike and feel the wind in your hair as you cycle towards the gorgeous Lake Manapouri.
    • Enjoy the old-world charm of your Feature Stays in Oaxaca and Merida – magnificent 19th and 17th century mansions turned boutique hotels with elegant decor and traditional touches.
    • Enjoy the slow pace and laidback lifestyle of Morocco’s seaside villages in Taghazout and Essaouira – where you can catch the waves in a surf lesson and stretch out your worries in a yoga class.
    • Enjoy three fabulous Feature Stays – the immersive community-based Lisu lodge in Thailand, a tropical oasis wellness resort in Cambodia and a magnificent junk-style boat on Halong Bay in Vietnam.
    • Enjoy three full days exploring Yellowstone National Park, as you explore both the northern loop and the southern loop, witnessing all of the park’s highlights.
    • Enjoy three unforgettable nights at your Feature Stay camp, located with easy access to the Maasai Mara Game Reserve. Search for lions and cheetahs prowling the park on several 4x4 game drives, and enjoy sunset drinks within the park.
    • Enjoy time discovering all that Jasper town and Banff National Park have to offer, with hiking, biking, hot pools and cosy pubs right at your fingertips.
    • Enjoy tonnes of free time swimming and soaking up the sun on the sands of Koh Rong Island – the perfect spot for long beach days, jungle hikes, waterfalls expeditions and a drink (or two).
    • Enjoy traditional Guatemalan hospitality with a homecooked lunch in a local home in San Juan La Laguna, after visiting a local midwife, walking through medicinal gardens and experiencing a weaving and dying workshop.
    • Enjoy traditional Guatemalan hospitality with a homecooked lunch in a local home in San Juan La Laguna, after visiting a local midwife, walking through medicinal gardens and experiencing a weaving and dying workshop.
    • Enjoy traditional Guatemalan hospitality with a homecooked lunch in a local home in San Juan La Laguna, after visiting a local midwife, walking through medicinal gardens and experiencing a weaving and dying workshop. 
    • Enjoy traditional Guatemalan hospitality with a homecooked lunch in a local home in San Juan La Laguna, after visiting a local midwife, walking through medicinal gardens and experiencing a weaving and dying workshop.
    • Enjoy traditional Moroccan cuisine, freshly cooked each day, to fuel you for your epic mountain adventures.
    • Enjoy traditional South African cuisine while dining under the stars at your comfortable lodge.
    • Enjoy two days of fully guided temple tours in Siem Reap, with in-depth insights into the history of these extraordinary structures and plenty of time at Angkor Wat, plus an Exclusive Experience morning accompanied by a private archaeological guide.
    • Enjoy two days of fully guided temple tours in Siem Reap, with in-depth insights into the history of these extraordinary structures and plenty of time at Angkor Wat, plus an Exclusive Experience morning accompanied by a private archaeological guide.
    • Enjoy two days of fully guided temple tours in Siem Reap, with in-depth insights into the history of these extraordinary structures and plenty of time at Angkor Wat, plus an Exclusive Experience morning accompanied by a private archaeological guide.
    • Enjoy two days of fully guided temple tours in Siem Reap, with in-depth insights into the history of these extraordinary structures and plenty of time at Angkor Wat, plus an Exclusive Experience morning accompanied by a private archaeological guide.
    • Enjoy two evenings at your historical Feature Stay hotel in the heart of Tbilisi, Georgia’s capital. Once owned by a noble family, it has played host to aristocrats, famous writers and public figures.
    • Enjoy two Feature Stays – an elegant heritage hotel in Jaipur, built in 1928, and a stylish resort perfectly placed on the banks of the Rapti River.
    • Enjoy two home-cooked meals with local families and sample Jain cuisine at a temple while sharing local culture, stories and traditions with new friends.
    • Enjoy two magnificent Feature Stays – a perfectly positioned camp on the Namibian banks of the Zambezi River, and a scenic lodge in a private reserve within the Greater Kruger Region.
    • Enjoy two marvellous Feature Stays – an overnight cruise in Ha Long Bay on a traditional junk-style boat and a three-night stay at a resort in Siem Reap, offering a tropical oasis escape.
    • Enjoy two memorable Feature Stays – a hotel in the rolling vineyards of Tuscany's Chianti region, and an exquisite 1776 building in Split.
    • Enjoy two nights and one full day to explore the wilderness of Stewart Island, cruising the bays and inlets to spot penguins and seabirds and walking along its forested coastal tracks.
    • Enjoy unforgettable Exclusive Experiences, including dinner in a family’s home in Cairo, a visit to the city’s oldest coffee shop and sunset drinks aboard a traditional felucca.
    • Enjoy unforgettable Exclusive Experiences, including dinner in a family’s home in Cairo, a visit to the city’s oldest coffeeshop and sunset drinks on board a traditional felucca.
    • Enjoy views of the rugged and diverse mountain range while you walk across Serpentine Ridge, then cap your experience with the summit of Mt Sonder.
    • Enjoy walking tours with local guides who have all the insider knowledge in Prizren, Berat and Tirana.
    • Enjoy wonderful fresh picnics in incredible locations, from lighthouse lookout points to peaceful brooks.
    • Enjoy your own slice of paradise at your Feature Stay hotel – the Hotel Istra sits on its own private island and boasts world class service, fantastic facilities and beautiful grounds to explore.
    • Ensure your holiday gives back by supporting organisations like COPE, who are dedicated to assisting those who have been affected by the unexploded ordnances left from the Vietnam war.
    • Enter the fantastical underground world of the Postojna caves – one of the longest karst caverns in the world – home to strange rock formations and creatures like the eye-less salamander.
    • Enter the underground world of the Postojna Caves – one of the longest karst caverns in the world – home to strange rock formations and creatures like the eye-less salamander.
    • Escape the chaotic Bangkok traffic with a cycling tour that gets you behind the tourist mask and into the heart and soul of Thailand's south
    • Escape the crowds and hike the mostly downhill trail in Val Gardena.
    • Escape the crowds and take a refreshing dip at Yokdzonot, a lesser-known cenote in the heart of the Yucatan managed by the local Maya community.
    • Escape the everyday, get active and go on all the Grampians' best hikes like Mt Duwul (Mt William) – the highest point in Grampians National Park – and the Grampians Peaks Trail Walk.
    • Escape the everyday, get active and take some time to reconnect with nature in one of Australia’s (and the world’s) most beautiful coastal regions.
    • Escape the everyday, get active and take the time to reconnect with nature in one of Australia’s – and the world’s – most beautiful regions.
    • Escape the everyday, get active and take the time to reconnect with nature in one of Australia’s (and the world’s) most beautiful and diverse regions.
    • Escape the everyday, get active and take the time to reconnect with nature in Tasmania’s takayna/Tarkine region – the second largest temperate rainforest in the world.
    • Escape the Mexican heat in the highlands of San Cristobal de las Casas and explore surrounding villages where traditional customs and roots are thriving.
    • Escape the Mexican heat in the highlands of San Cristobal de las Casas. This old-world town is surrounded by indigenous villages that have retained their traditional customs and roots.
    • Escape the tourists (and the heat!) in the lovely, peaceful village of Undisan, which sits in the lush Balinese hills.
    • Even the transport on this trip is an adventure – discover the joys of travelling on overnight sleeper trains, longtail boats, songthaew and raft houses
    • Even the transport on this trip is an adventure – discover the joys of travelling on overnight sleeper trains, longtail boats, songthaew and rafthouses.
    • Everyone’s seen a photo of the Taj Mahal, but nothing compares to seeing it in person in the glowing morning light – you and your family will understand what beauty really is with a viewing of one of the Seven Wonders of the World.
    • Experience a different side of bustling Bangkok during an Exclusive Experience – rise early and visit a local temple where you’ll ‘make merit’ by bringing an offering to the temple’s monks
    • Experience a magical sunrise over the Annapurna ranges from the spectacular heights of Poon Hill – an early morning hike to this prime spot will be well worth the effort.
    • Experience a memorable Fado performance in Coimbra – an emotional form of Portuguese music expressing the hard realities of daily life, balancing both resignation and hopefulness.
    • Experience a once-in-a-lifetime chance to camp at the Black Mambas headquaters, the world's first all-female anti-poaching unit. Join them for a bush walk to search for snares and hear their inspiring stories around the campfire in the evening.
    • Experience a once-in-a-lifetime chance to camp at the Black Mambas headquaters, the world's first all-female anti-poaching unit. Join them for a bush walk to search for snares and hear their inspiring stories around the campfire in the evening.
    • Experience a private game reserve in an open top 4WD vehicle – the best way to safari in South Africa!
    • Experience a special stay in a 17th-century palace in Alsisar – with its grand courtyards and arcades, you (and the kids!) will feel like royalty.
    • Experience a thousand shades of green as you tour a scenic tea plantation in Munnar and track footprints in search of wild elephants in the Periyar Wildlife Sanctuary.
    • Experience a unique way of life with a family homestay and home-cooked meals in the idyllic backwaters of Kerala.
    • Experience almost endless daylight in high summer once you’re inside the Antarctic Circle. Then, push further south than most Antarctic expeditions venture, exploring the remoteness of this less-visited part of the Antarctic Peninsula.
    • Experience an authentic taste of the Balkans and a look at local life when you dine in family homes in Ohrid, Lake Prespa and Dihovo.
    • Experience an unforgettable day in the company of the giants of the jungle, Asian elephants, at a reserve that will teach you about conservation and animal protection in this region.
    • Experience authentic Cambodian cuisine when you visit the Sala Bai Hotel School for lunch, enjoy a local lunch made by expert silk weavers and enjoy an exclusive privately catered dinner in the rice fields of Siem Reap.
    • Experience authentic Rajasthani luxury with a heritage stay at the lavish Bhanwar Vilas in Karauli.
    • Experience Bhutanese hospitality in the Paro Valley when you enjoy a homecooked meal at a rustic farmhouse and opt to take a soak in a traditional hot stone bath.
    • Experience Bhutanese hospitality in the Paro Valley when you enjoy a homecooked meal at a rustic farmhouse and opt to take a soak in a traditional hot stone bath.
    • Experience Borneo's beautiful natural surroundings with visits to local farms, waterfalls, National Parks, wildlife cruises, and more.
    • Experience breathtaking scenery and the camaraderie of trekking with a small group as you challenge yourself to reach new heights on two of the world’s greatest hikes.
    • Experience Chichen Itza – one of the New Seven Wonders of the World. Your tour of the ancient ruins includes a visit to the nearby Piste community and a traditional lunch.
    • Experience Cuban hospitality and old-world charm in the coastal town of Trinidad. Wander through cobblestone streets among colourful colonial buildings and relax on the picturesque Playa Ancon.
    • Experience daily life in the Valbona Valley with a stay at a local guesthouse. Clink glasses with the locals in the village and hike the rugged valley passes.
    • Experience daily rural life firsthand when staying with long-time Intrepid friends in a small Thai village
    • Experience Djemaa el-Fna Square as the sun descends and see one of the largest public spaces in the world come to life. Watch street performers, listen to local storytellers and maybe even get a henna tattoo.
    • Experience Europe’s landmarks from a local perspective, from the maze of canals in Venice to the ruins of Rome, the history of Split and everything in between.
    • Experience Fa'a Samoa (The Samoan Way) – this phrase refers to the Samoan culture and traditions that influence the lives of many local people – with a local leader by your side to give you all the insights.
    • Experience firsthand the famous hospitality of New Zealanders on a trail built specifically to cater to cyclists.
    • Experience history firsthand with your historical Feature Stays at family-owned heritage hotel in Jaipur and a historic mansion with a new sustainable lease on life in Nuwara Eliya.
    • Experience incredible beauty and world-class hospitality during your Feature Stays in Bin el-Ouidane, a tranquil lakeside retreat in the heart of the Atlas Mountains and a converted 18th-century mansion in Seville.
    • Experience incredible beauty, world-class hospitality and panoramic views during your Feature Stay at Widiane Resort, a tranquil oasis surrounded by the Atlas Mountains.
    • Experience incredible beauty, world-class hospitality and panoramic views during your Feature Stay in Bin el-Ouidane, a tranquil lakeside retreat in the heart of the Atlas Mountains.
    • Experience life as the locals do by spending time on a family farm and learning how to cook authentic local Costa Rican food. 
    • Experience life at sea with a local skipper and a crew of adventure-keen travellers aboard a private yacht. Wake up to ocean views, soak up the sun on deck and snorkel in peaceful bays far from the crowds.
    • Experience life at sea with a local skipper and a crew of adventure-keen travellers aboard a private yacht. Wake up to ocean views, sunbathe on deck and snorkel in quiet bays far from the crowds.
    • Experience life on the water on a boat tour through the floating villages of Tonle Sap Lake and understand the deep bond between the lake and the local communities.
    • Experience life on water on a boat tour visiting the floating villages on Tonle Sap Lake and understand the deep bond between the late and the local communities.
    • Experience living like a local with a night in a locally run guesthouse in the Mekong Delta, with friendly hosts and delicious homecooked meals.
    • Experience local life after hiking to your accommodation in a traditional gite (mountain house) in an Amazigh village nestled high in the Atlas Mountains.
    • Experience local life during homestays in Chambok in Cambodia and the Mekong Delta and Da Bac in Vietnam. Get to know local families, participate in their activities and enjoy a homestyle meal.
    • Experience local life during homestays in the Mekong Delta and Chien Village. Get to know the host families, participate in their activities and sit down for a homestyle meal – this is a unique opportunity to get to know the locals and swap stories.
    • Experience Madeira's diverse landscape of beaches, green valleys and volcanic terrains.
    • Experience Malta’s history at the Hagar Qim Archaeological Site. Dating back as far as 3600 BC, this is one of the oldest religious sites in the world.
    • Experience Nubian hospitality with a home cooked meal.         
    • Experience old-world charm in the colourful coastal town of Trinidad. Delve into the city’s sultry Latin rhythms with a salsa class and enjoy plenty of free time for seaside relaxation.
    • Experience peasant life on a full-day tour through the countryside of Maramures – Romania's most traditional and colourful region. Don't be surprised if you see horse-drawn carts along the road!
    • Experience Peru's best during a full day of wildlife activities in the Amazon, explorations of Arequipa and Colca Canyon and two guided visits to Machu Picchu, reached by 360 train offering unbeatable views of the Andes.
    • Experience rural Thai life from a local's perspective with a homestay in a small village and a trek through scenic and enlightening hilltribe villages
    • Experience rural Thai life with multi-day trek through scenic hilltribe villages in the remote Thai countryside, meeting welcoming locals and sharing laughs along the way.
    • Experience some of Sri Lanka’s most remarkable sights, including Lion Rock, the Dambulla Cave Temples, the Temple of the Tooth in Kandy, Yala National Park and Galle Fort.
    • Experience Sorrento’s seaside charm and its famous lemon groves, tasting local limoncello and exploring its vibrant streets and cafes.
    • Experience Split's Gothic monuments and the vibrant life within Diocletian's Palace – a UNESCO World Heritage Site in the heart of the city's bustling streets.
    • Experience St Lucia from a whole new perspective on a guided Boat Safari down this UNESCO-listed landmark.
    • Experience the awe-inspiring force of Victoria Falls and take advantage of your free time to participate in a multitude of optional activities.
    • Experience the beauty of UNESCO World Heritage site Ha Long Bay from the comfort of a traditional style junk boat – your Feature Stay accommodation. Enjoy a candlelit dinner on deck while soaking in the landscape.
    • Experience the benefits of small group travel aboard your vessel, the M/Y Grand Queen Beatriz, as you sail through the natural landscapes and seascapes of the Galapagos.
    • Experience the best of Middle Eastern cuisine during welcome dinners in Cairo and Amman, high tea at the Old Cataract Hotel in Aswan, traditional meals in two family homes and a family-run cooking class in Amman.
    • Experience the best of Rome in a day with a trip to all the major sites, including the Pantheon, Trevi Fountain, the Spanish Steps, Piazza Navona and the Colosseum – one of the Seven Wonders of the World.
    • Experience the best of Rome with a trip to all the major sites, including the Pantheon, Trevi Fountain, the Spanish Steps and the Colosseum – one of the Seven Wonders of the World.
    • Experience the best of Rome with a trip to all the major sites, including the Pantheon, Trevi Fountain, the Spanish Steps, Piazza Navona and the Colosseum – one of the Seven Wonders of the World.
    • Experience the bustling nature and bright colours of local Mexican markets. Wander the stalls, snap some photos and pick up traditional handicrafts in Oaxaca and Valladolid.
    • Experience the camaraderie of trekking with a small group as you challenge yourself to reach new heights on one of the world’s greatest hikes.
    • Experience the character of Old Delhi on a rickshaw and walking tour, weaving through the narrow alleyways and exploring Delhi’s oldest mosque.
    • Experience the contrasting landscapes of unique islands – from the sandy Espumilla Beach to the volcanic formation of Pinnacle Rock, you’ll see the diversity of the Galapagos that Charles Darwin once saw.
    • Experience the contrasting landscapes of unique islands – from the sandy Espumilla Beach to the volcanic formation of Pinnacle Rock, you’ll see the diversity of the Galapagos that Charles Darwin once saw.
    • Experience the diversity of guided hikes and treks through Morocco – you'll take trails through the Atlas Mountains, then head through the semi-desert landscape to the Atlantic Ocean for a coastline hike in Essaouira.
    • Experience the feeling of weightlessness as you float in the super salty Dead Sea.    
    • Experience the fiery passion and rhythm of a traditional flamenco dance performance in Seville.
    • Experience the genuine hospitality of the local people living in small villages along the trail and learn about each community's culture.
    • Experience the geothermal delights of Rotorua, watch New Zealand’s largest geyser erupt and observe adorable kiwis in a nocturnal house at a conservation centre.
    • Experience the geothermal delights of Rotorua, watch New Zealand’s largest geyser erupt and observe adorable kiwis in a nocturnal house at a conservation centre.
    • Experience the High Atlas Mountains with a wintery twist – expect snow-capped peaks, icy groundcover, refreshing mountain air and clear skies that lead all the way to the ocean.
    • Experience the iconic Virgin River Narrows hike as you walk through moving water with your leader who will help you get your “stream legs” on your way to Orderville Canyon.
    • Experience the local hospitality during your homestay with a charming local family in Moulay Idriss – where you can enjoy a hearty homecooked feast by your host and learn about their culture.
    • Experience the multiple sides of Central America, whether slumbering on the sands of Caye Caulker and Bocas del Toro, gazing at the pyramids of Tikal or visiting Maya shrines and temples in Guatemala.
    • Experience the must-see and must-do in Spain. Discover each city’s culture, art and dining scene on orientation walks that take you to the country’s best-known landmarks.
    • Experience the must-see and must-do in Spain. Discover each city’s culture, art and dining scene on orientation walks that take you to the country’s best-known landmarks.
    • Experience the natural wonder of thousands of limestone karsts that rise from the bay on a cruise through this World Heritage site
    • Experience the old-world charm of your Feature Stay accommodation in Merida – a historic 17th century mansion turned boutique hotel with elegant decor and traditional touches.
    • Experience the quirky small-town side of Alaska in Talkeetna, famous for its big views of Denali and the Alaska Range and enjoy dinner at a local brewpub.
    • Experience the romantic side of Greece with a Feature Stay in a traditionally decorated stone mansion in the medieval village of Dimitsana.
    • Experience the rumble and roar of Victoria Falls from the Zimbabwe side, which gives you the broadest view of its phenomenal torrent.
    • Experience the rumble and roar of Victoria Falls from the Zimbabwe side, which gives you the broadest view. Looking for something special? Why not book a scenic helicopter experience?
    • Experience the rumble and roar of Victoria Falls from the Zimbabwe side, which gives you the broadest view. You'll have the opportunity to see the cascades from multiple angles, perhaps treating yourself to an unforgettable scenic flight.
    • Experience the seasonal moods and beauty of Lake Louise for yourself and cross off one of those must-see bucket list experiences.
    • Experience the thrill of camping among nature and drift off to sleep to the sounds of the African night.
    • Experience the thrill of spotting majestic elephants, elusive leopards, and powerful lions, all from the comfort of your open-air vehicle on a safari through Hwange National Park.
    • Experience the tranquil beauty of rural Vietnam while cycling through the lush rice paddies and limestone karsts of Ninh Binh.
    • Experience the unbeatable hospitality of the locals - learn about the community projects, enjoy the idyllic countryside, and feast on home-cooked meals, accompanied by traditional dancing.
    • Experience the unique sensation of floating in the super-salty waters of the Dead Sea, then cover yourself in the mineral-rich mud for a spa treatment like no other.
    • Experience the unique sensation of floating in the super-salty waters of the Dead Sea, then cover yourself in the mineral-rich mud for a spa treatment like no other.
    • Experience the untouched wilderness of Botswana's Okavango Delta by staying on a remote island bush camp. At night, the sounds of the African bush are the only things you will hear.
    • Experience the world-famous Yosemite National Park, taking in the breathtaking scenery as well as the pristine night sky as you go on leader-led walks both day and night.
    • Experience traditional Central Asian hospitality – there's really nothing like being welcomed into a local yurt for a meal or chatting with stall holders at bazaars.
    • Experience two incredible Feature Stays – a stylish and elegant resort right on the border of Chitwan National Park, and a traditionally beautiful and eco-conscious resort tucked away in the gorgeous valley of Thimphu.
    • Explore a family-run winery and sample some world-class wine in the heart of Tuscany during a trip to the region of San Gimignano.
    • Explore a lesser-visited part of Croatia during a day trip to the Elafiti Islands. Soak up free to explore, unwind in nature or float in the crystal clear waters.
    • Explore a local market with an expert local chef in Hue, then visit his home to learn how to transform fresh ingredients into delicious Vietnamese dishes during a cooking class.
    • Explore a maze of mangroves on a kayaking trip on Damas Island. The best part? You’ll paddle alongside a local naturalist and get insider knowledge of the ecosystems and creatures that live here – including white-faced capuchins who often make an appearance.
    • Explore a place where Europe’s chic and beautiful come to play – consider staying a few extra days after your trip to soak up the beauty, charm and sunsets of Mykonos.
    • Explore a section of the iconic Annapurna Range on a trek long enough to take you deep into the Himalayan foothills, but short enough not to be too exhausting.
    • Explore Ait Benhaddou – a UNESCO World Heritage site with a grand history and a long list of film and TV credits, on a walking tour with a local guide who knows all the local insights.
    • Explore all the essential highlights of Central Asia, uncovering fascinating culture, natural landscapes and diverse history alongside unforgettable local interaction.
    • Explore all the iconic sites starting with the Pyramids of Giza then discover the Valley of the Kings, Petra, Wadi Rum and the unique sensation of floating in the Dead Sea.
    • Explore Amboseli National Park – home to the largest population of African elephants in Kenya and known for large tuskers and exquisite views of Mt Kilimanjaro on clear days.
    • Explore Amboseli National Park, home to the largest population of African elephants in Kenya - known for large tuskers and exquisite views of Mt Kilimanjaro on clear days.
    • Explore an ancient wonder of the world – the Pyramids of Giza, along with the famed Sphinx, Karnak Temple and Valley of the Kings, as you learn mythological history from an expert guide.
    • Explore an ancient wonder of the world – the Pyramids of Giza, along with the famed Sphinx,  Karnak Temple and Valley of the Kings, as you learn mythological history from an expert guide. 
    • Explore an area of Sri Lanka only recently opened to tourism – considered to be off-limits for years due to the civil war, the gates to Jaffna are now open to adventurers once more. Discover Tamil culture and see Point Pedro – Sri Lanka’s northernmost point.
    • Explore an unspoiled wilderness, where penguins, seals, whales and seabirds are in their abundance. Emerging from winter, the density of wildlife is increasing, and penguin rookeries are at full capacity with penguin chicks beginning to hatch from mid-December.
    • Explore ancient icons like the Pyramids, Sphinx and Valley of the Kings with you family, getting the behind the scenes info from expert local guides.
    • Explore ancient icons like the Pyramids, Sphinx and Valley of the Kings with your family and hear stories about the area on a guided tour.
    • Explore ancient Maya ruins and pyramids at Tulum and Chichen Itza.
    • Explore ancient rock paintings and petrified forests in the harshly beautiful and sparsely populated Damaraland region. Visit the Damara Living Museum – this Exclusive Experience will expose you to one of Namibia’s oldest cultures
    • Explore Arrowtown – a heritage town that dates back to the gold rush era – and taste some of Central Otago’s best drops at a well-loved winery in Gibbston Valley.
    • Explore Arrowtown – a heritage town that dates back to the gold rush era – and taste some of Central Otago’s best drops at a well-loved winery in Gibbston Valley.
    • Explore Australia’s oldest temperate rainforest with a visit to takayna / Tarkine– home to unique species that have evolved over hundreds of millions of years and are a living connection to the Gondwana supercontinent.
    • Explore Australia’s oldest temperate rainforest with a visit to takayna/Tarkine– home to unique species that have evolved over hundreds of millions of years and are a living connection to the Gondwana supercontinent.
    • Explore Azerbaijan's cosmopolitan capital of Baku, which is often referred to as the 'new Dubai'. Take a guided walking tour around the city's World Heritage-listed Old Town.
    • Explore Balkan history, discovering Saxon villages with fairytale scenery, medieval Old Towns with pretty market squares, and Orthodox monasteries where you'll taste the famous Tvrdos wine made by its monks.
    • Explore Balkan history, discovering Saxon villages with fairytale scenery, mideivel Old Towns with pretty market squares, and Orthodox monasteries where you'll taste the famous Tvrdos wine made by its monks.
    • Explore Bandung – a city of contrasts – and feast on delicious street food in this unofficial food capital. Sit down in a 100-year-old café for a local cuppa, hike around volcanic craters, then soak your weary muscles in the hot springs.
    • Explore Barcelona, known for its fabulous food and coastline. In your free time, maybe visit Gaudi's modern basilica, La Sagrada Familia – a Gothic masterpiece that embodies the city’s lively art scene.
    • Explore Bohol on a tour that will take you to all the most beautiful spots, including the 60-m-high Can-umantad Falls and the Cadapdapan Rice Terraces. 
    • Explore Bolivian culture in La Paz, from the city’s booming industry to the traditionally dressed residents selling ancient potions at the Witches’ Market.
    • Explore Budj Bim Cultural Landscape with a Gunditijmara guide to learn about First Nations culture first-hand, discover the unique volcanic landscape and dig into a bush tucker grazing plate.
    • Explore Budj Bim Cultural Landscape with a Gunditijmara guide to learn about First Nations culture first-hand, discover the unique volcanic landscape and dig into a bush tucker grazing plate.
    • Explore Cahuita National Park on a hike through the lush vegetation and coastal beaches (where you can take a dip) and look out for the abundant wildlife on the land and in the sky.
    • Explore Cape Town and the surrounding area, learning about the layered history of Apartheid and slavery and Nelson Mandela’s imprisonment and release. You’ll also take a scenic drive along the peninsula, stopping at many bays and lookouts along the way.
    • Explore Central Asia – a fascinating mix of ancient Silk Road history, post-Soviet culture and redefined nations living in post-independence.
    • Explore Central Asia’s landscape on short hikes to the flaming red rocks in Jety Oguz and the Charyn Canyon in Kazakhstan.
    • Explore Chitwan National Park on a Short Break Adventure from Kathmandu – once home to a royal hunting reserve, this park is now widely recognised as one of the best national parks in Asia.
    • Explore Cinque Terre's rocky coastal pathways, calling into the sleepy pastel villages of Manarola, Riomaggiore or Vernazza. Enjoy a full day exploring this picturesque spot at your own pace. 
    • Explore Cinque Terre's rocky coastal pathways, calling into the sleepy pastel villages of Manarola, Riomaggiore or Vernazza. Enjoy a full day in this picturesque spot at your own pace.
    • Explore colourful coral reefs and schools of tropical fish with daily snorkelling opportunities by the Ko Khai and Koh Man Islands.
    • Explore Crete’s natural wonders on foot during a hike through the Agia Irini Gorge, learning about its historical significance and rare wildlife as you go.
    • Explore Crete’s natural wonders on foot during a hike through the Agia Irini Gorge, learning about its historical significance and rare wildlife as you go.
    • Explore diverse and beautiful landscapes by foot – from pristine white sand beaches and rugged cliffs to soaring karri forests, there’s always something amazing to look at.
    • Explore diverse and beautiful landscapes on foot – from rugged beaches and rocky terrain to stunning coastlines.
    • Explore enchanting Ile d'Orleans – the historic heart of French culture in North America – through a delicious tour of its celebrated artisan food producers.
    • Explore Flinders Chase National Park, a protected area on the west end of Kangaroo Island, on foot and visit the iconic Remarkable Rocks.
    • Explore French Valley, Lake Grey and the famous Towers of Blue (Torres del Paine) on an actioned-packed multi-day trek trip. This part of the world is widely considered one of the best for hiking and trekking.
    • Explore Glacier National Park by foot and raft, standing at the base of waterfalls, walking under the canopy of ancient forests and tucking into a homemade lunch in the wilderness.
    • Explore Hampi’s UNESCO World Heritage Sites where ancient ruins and carved stonework reveal the grandeur of the Vijayanagara Empire.
    • Explore Hanoi with ample free time to indulge in street food, get to know the locals at streetside eateries and hunt down one of the famed Vietnamese iced coffees.
    • Explore Hobbiton on a guided tour, finishing with a drink at The Green Dragon – this iconic must-see location is where scenes from the Lord of the Rings and The Hobbit trilogies were filmed and is like stepping right into Middle Earth!
    • Explore Hobbiton on a guided tour, finishing with a drink at The Green Dragon – this iconic must-see location is where scenes from the Lord of the Rings and The Hobbit trilogies were filmed and is like stepping right into Middle Earth!
    • Explore in your own time, at your own pace. This trip gives you heaps of free time to explore Cusco’s history, lounge in the Amazon Jungle at your eco-lodge, wind your way through the streets of the Sacred Valley and hang out with homestay hosts on Lake Titicaca.
    • Explore Indonesia’s islands with a local leader by your side and immerse yourself in the region’s culture as you visit villages, meet residents, and enjoy short walks around the islands
    • Explore Italy’s iconic Rome, Florence and Venice – all havens of renaissance architecture and historic sights. With plenty of time to discover at your own pace, you can decide what you’d like to see.
    • Explore Karijini National Park with visits and hikes to Dales, Weano and Hancock Gorges and swims in Kermit's and Handrail Pools. Then, take the challenge and summit Mt Bruce – Australia’s second highest peak.
    • Explore Kings Canyon by foot and soak up the breath-taking scenery of soaring red cliffs, sandstone domes and tranquil gardens. Then, wind through two of Kata Tjuta’s towering domed rock formations on the Walpa Gorge Walk with your leader.
    • Explore Kosi Bay by kayak – the kids will love paddling around the mangroves and learning about traditional fish traps.
    • Explore Kruger National Park for an unforgettable experience, where lions, elephants, and rhinos roam freely amid stunning natural beauty.
    • Explore labyrinthian cave systems, some of the largest in the world, and watch as millions of bats emerge from their depths at sunset, darkening the sky like a plume of black smoke.
    • Explore Laguna Esmeralda – arguably the best hike in Tierra del Fuego National Park. Near Ushuaia (The End of the World), this is the nation’s only park with an ocean coastline.
    • Explore Lake Grey and its ice floes from the water with an optional kayaking experience – and paddle past electric blue icebergs backdropped by snow-capped peaks.
    • Explore Lake Toba and the villages on Samosir Island. Check out Indonesia’s highest waterfall and a take a cultural tour that includes a traditional Batak dance performance
    • Explore Little Sahara – named for its rippling sand dunes that resemble the North African desert. Maybe hire a sandboard and surf down the dunes.
    • Explore Livingston – a one-of-a-kind riverside town where the Afro-Caribbean Garifuna population heavily influences the local culture.
    • Explore Livingston – a one-of-a-kind riverside town where the local culture is heavily influenced by the Afro-Caribbean Garifuna population.
    • Explore local life in historic Hobart as you browse through Salamanca Market and the local Farmers’ Market and chat directly with the local producers about their locally sourced goods.
    • Explore local towns and visit two independent, family-run businesses where you can pick up authentic, locally made (or grown) souvenirs such as tequila, candy and cacti.
    • Explore Lower Antelope Canyon’s almost supernatural appearance and learn about the region’s history and culture from your Navajo guide.
    • Explore Madeira’s lush green mountains and diverse flora and enjoy a mild climate while you travel through the ever-changing landscapes.
    • Explore Masbagik – this Sasak village on East side of Lombok is known for its high-quality pottery products that are handmade mostly by the local women.
    • Explore Mungalla Wetlands and Mandingal Bay with First Nations guides, including smoking ceremonies and immersive exploration of country and culture. 
    • Explore Mungalla Wetlands with a First Nations guide as you search for aquatic birdlife and learn about the history and culture of the Nywaigi people.
    • Explore Mungalla Wetlands with a First Nations guide as you search for aquatic birdlife and learn about the history and culture of the Nywaigi people.
    • Explore Nelson Lakes National Park as you hike the Mt Robert Circuit. Take in the coastal views over Lake Rotoiti as you walk around the northern face of Pourangahau (Mount Robert).
    • Explore one of the island’s most-loved landmarks, Remarkable Rocks, carved by the sea and wind for the last 500 million years.
    • Explore Paihia at your own pace with a full free day to scuba dive, sail, swim or relax on one of the many coastal beaches within the Bay of Islands. With a handy local leader by your side, you won’t miss any opportunity!
    • Explore Paros with an expert guide who will share insider knowledge of the island’s history and villages.
    • Explore picturesque Bled at your own pace – famous for its fairytale-like surroundings, including the lake with a church and medieval castle smack bang in the middle. Maybe go kayaking on the river or indulge in the iconic cream cake.
    • Explore Plitvice Lakes National Park, wandering through its network of lakes, waterfalls and forests, followed by a visit to a nearby NGO preserving historical cultural crafts.
    • Explore Pompeii at your own pace. Maybe wander through the Pompeii ruins or take a peek inside the steaming crater of Mt Vesuvius – the volcano that once destroyed this Roman city.
    • Explore Pong Huai Lan – a Lanna village nested in the hills and surrounded by rice fields. Cycle around the peaceful countryside, visit local craft master’s and dig into a hearty farm to table dinner, accompanied by traditional dancing.
    • Explore Queenstown from all angles. Take the Skyline Gondola above the town for panoramic views over the Remarkables mountain range and across Lake Wakatipu, race downhill on a luge and stop for a feed at the popular Fergburger.
    • Explore Queenstown from all angles. Take the Skyline Gondola above the town for panoramic views over the Remarkables Mountain range and across Lake Wakatipu, then race downhill on a luge and stop for a feed at the popular Fergburger.
    • Explore Rantepao, where you’ll see some of the largest Torajan burial sites and caves in Indonesia. Meet members of the local tribe and gain an insight into their cultural views on life, death, family and ancestral connections.
    • Explore Redwoods National Park – home to some of the tallest and most ancient trees in the world – and discover gorgeous parklands, oak woodlands, condors and the Avenue of the Giants drive.
    • Explore remote villages, help prepare evening meals and feast on traditional hilltribe cuisine.
    • Explore Rio Claro – a nature reserve known for its clear rivers, tropical rainforest terrain and waterfalls. Swim in the river, hike along the Ecological Trail and maybe zigzag downstream along the canyon walls on a zipline.
    • Explore rocky coastal pathways and pastel-coloured villages with a Cinque Terre day pass, which allows you to hike at your own pace and use the coast's public transport.
    • Explore Roma Norte and La Condesa – two of Mexico City's most stylish neighborhoods, where murals, galleries and tree-lined boulevards reflect Mexico’s creative pulse.
    • Explore Rome’s ancient wonders like the Colosseum (one of the Seven Wonders of the World), the Forum and Vatican City, immersing yourself in centuries of history and culture.
    • Explore Sapa – a mountain town known for its rich hill-tribe culture. Visit the Sapas Stone Church, learn about the French influence on the area’s architecture and wander the local market.
    • Explore scenic Croatian towns like the resort town of Opatija and seaside Sibenik, where you'll explore the 15th century stone Cathedral of St. James, decorated with 71 sculpted faces.
    • Explore scenic Croatian towns with ancient facades, including the resort town of Opatija and seaside Sibenik, where you'll explore the 15th century stone Cathedral of St. James, decorated with 71 sculpted faces.
    • Explore seaside Mamallapuram on a bicycle tour, pedalling to the eighth-century Shore Temple and incredible seventh-century stone carving known as Arjuna’s Penance.
    • Explore Serengeti National Park – a wildlife arena like no other – and look for lions, leopards, elephants and giraffes during daily safari drives.
    • Explore Serengeti National Park in depth with two early-morning and two late-afternoon game drives through this spectacular wildlife arena.
    • Explore several of India’s must-see sights in just a week – this itinerary is perfect for people short on time, with long travel days kept to a minimum.
    • Explore small villages, historical cities, abandoned hamlets, shorelines and rolling country hills on two wheels.
    • Explore small villages, historical cities, abandoned hamlets, shorelines and rolling country hills on two wheels.
    • Explore Solta Island – known for its olive groves and farming traditions. Stop in at Maslinica and maybe visit an agrotourism winery and enjoy some local food and wine.
    • Explore some of Litchfield National Park’s magical waterfalls, including Wangi Falls and Florence Falls, and swim in their refreshing natural plunge pools.
    • Explore some of the best waterfalls and secret swimming spots in Litchfield National Park. Swim in the natural pools at Wangi Falls, see Tolmer Falls and enjoy a picnic lunch in the monsoon forest at Florence Falls.
    • Explore some of the gulf's best beaches, sailing in the early mornings before the crowds of tourists and residents arrive.
    • Explore some of the local underground dwellings of Matmata, before enjoying lunch in a troglodyte restaurant where mythical scenes from Star Wars Episodes I, II, III and VI were filmed.
    • Explore Suchitoto’s flower-studded balconies, galleries housed in 19th-century buildings and a lake teeming with thousands of local birds.
    • Explore Tenerife’s terrain on carefully selected hikes, all led by an experienced local guide who knows the island inside out.
    • Explore the 11th-century Alhambra Palace on a guided tour and discover its fortress towers, palace decor, architectural style and magnificent gardens.
    • Explore the 11th-century Alhambra Palace on a guided tour and discover its fortress towers, palace decor, architectural style and magnificent gardens.
    • Explore the 11th-century Alhambra Palace on a guided tour to discover its fortress towers, palace decor, architectural styles and magnificent gardens.
    • Explore the 11th-century monastery of Moni Hozoviotissis, wedged between the dramatic cliffs of Amorgos.
    • Explore the 36 streets of Hanoi’s Old Quarter, as well as the Dong Xuan Market and Hoan Kiem Lake, taking in the unique mixture of French and Buddhist architecture.
    • Explore the Albanian Alps and challenge yourself with some of the best guided hikes in the region.
    • Explore the amazing Angkor archaeological complex in depth with your included one-day pass, so as well as guided tours, you have the option to return and explore at your own pace.
    • Explore the amazing Angkor archaeological complex in depth with your included one-day pass, so as well as guided tours, you have the option to return and explore at your own pace.
    • Explore the Amazon Rainforest during the day and under the starry night sky. Join a local Indigenous guide and listen carefully as they point out local bird species and teach you about the incredible plant life that thrives here.
    • Explore the ancient and modern history of Thailand with a three-day trip from Bangkok, taking in Kanchanaburi and Ayutthaya.
    • Explore the ancient Maya city of Coba by bicycle, then swim, zipline and canoe in the cenotes of Tankah with your local hosts.
    • Explore the ancient temples of the Angkor complex – a UNESCO World Heritage-listed archaeological complex and the world's largest religious site.
    • Explore the Annapurna Mountains and capture the perfect photo as you watch the sunrise over the Annapurna Ranges at Poon Hill in an early morning hike.
    • Explore the Antarctic Peninsula by ship, Zodiac and foot and witness icebergs in a hundred shades of blue – you might even see and hear the ice crashing into the ocean!
    • Explore the Balmaceda and Serrano Glaciers within Bernardo O'Higgins National Park, which can only be accessed by sea, cruising through the Ultima Esperanza fjord, passing by glaciers, waterfalls and small estancias.
    • Explore the balmy Red Sea on a snorkelling adventure in Hurghada – sharing a tasty lunch aboard the yacht and looking out for clownfish, turtles and manta rays among the kaleidoscopic coral.
    • Explore the beachy Margaret River region with wine and gin tastings – maybe even taste some delicious nougat on your visit to a local winery that produces the chewy treat.
    • Explore the beautiful Kathmandu Valley on foot and visit Changu Narayan – the oldest temple in Nepal!
    • Explore the beautiful shorelines of Dinawan Island. Snorkel among the rich marine life like sea turtles or simply kick back on the warm sands and lap up the sun.
    • Explore the beautiful town of Mostar – check out the town’s iconic bridge and see how traditional Bosnian coffee is made followed by a sample of this delicious brew.
    • Explore the beauty and mastery of Sri Lanka’s craft traditions and try them for yourself – from brass making and pottery to woodwork and ancient palm leaf writing.
    • Explore the biodiverse Anawilundawa Bird Sanctuary, unique due to its three vastly different ecosystems – the coast, the mangroves and the freshwater tanks.
    • Explore the Blue Mountains and walk through the gorgeous scenery of Katoomba Falls, Echo Point Lookout and the Three Sisters.
    • Explore the Bungle Bungles – a unique orange and black striped 'beehive' formation that is more than 20 million years old.
    • Explore the captivating wilderness of Etosha National Park and see an abundance of wildlife on two exhilarating 4WD game drives.
    • Explore the Catlins, an untamed coastal wilderness home to rugged cliffs, dense forest, and spectacular hidden waterfalls.
    • Explore the centre of India’s spiritual heart – Varanasi – on a guided walking tour through the alleyways of the Old Town right to the bank of the Ganges.
    • Explore the charming Old Town of Hoi An, a UNESCO World Heritage site known for its quaint canals and historic architecture. Sit down to enjoy a famed egg coffee at a local cafe and relax from the hustle and bustle.
    • Explore the cities of Hanoi and Ho Chi Minh City with a local leader who will help to uncover the vibrant mix of influences, from French to Asian traders, settlers and indigenous peoples.
    • Explore the cities of Hanoi and Ho Chi Minh City with your local leader, who will help you uncover the vibrant mix of influences, from the French to Asian tradersand Indigenous peoples.
    • Explore the cities of Hanoi, Ho Chi Minh City and Phnom Penh with your local leaders who will help to uncover the diverse mix of influences and layered histories of each destination.
    • Explore the cities of Toronto, Montreal and Ottawa and get to know Canada’s famous landmarks, culture, history and people by bike, rail and on foot – all with a local leader by your side.
    • Explore the city of Xanthi and the mountainous Pomachochoria area of Greece, where you’ll be treated to home-cooked treats made by local women.
    • Explore the clear waters of Greens Pool and rock formations of Elephant Rocks. This is the perfect opportunity for a quick dip or relaxing stroll along the shore.
    • Explore the cliffside fortifications of Tropea and unwind at the beach under the Aeolian sun. Then, hop on a boat for a tour of the Aeolian Islands and cool off with a swim in the sea.
    • Explore the clifftop monasteries of Meteora with a local guide and uncover the stories of one of Greece's most extraordinary sites.
    • Explore the Coa Valley, the centre of a rewilding project, and enjoy a night in a gorgeous historical guesthouse where you’ll join your hosts for a home-cooked meal of fresh, local produce.
    • Explore the Coa Valley, the centre of a rewilding project, and enjoy a night in a gorgeous historical guesthouse where you’ll join your hosts for a home-cooked meal of fresh, local produce.
    • Explore the cobbled streets and medieval marvels of Sighisoara – a UNESCO World Heritage city with historical churches, cafes and museums, and a deep history dating back to the Romans.
    • Explore the country’s biggest Dzong (a complex of fortified buildings which served as a Buddhist school) in Trongsa at the end of your hike from Chendebji.
    • Explore the country’s oldest university when discovering the historic riverfront city of Coimbra – once the capital of Portugal.
    • Explore the Dambulla cave temples, where prehistoric Sri Lankans lived thousands of years ago and ancient murals and statues depicting the Buddha are on display.
    • Explore the depths of Ranthambhore National Park – it’s like the Jungle Book has been brought to life! Keep your eyes peeled for gazelle, antelopes and the stealthy Bengal tiger during two game drives.
    • Explore the Dilijan National Park to Matosavank and Jukhtakvank Monasteries on foot. Discover the area that’s now reclaimed by time and nature and take in the beautiful scenery on hikes.
    • Explore the distinct volcanic rock formations and local marine life of the Galapagos as you kayak through the turquoise waters around Isla Isabela.
    • Explore the divine city of Kandy, mingling with pilgrims at the Temple of the Tooth, touring a tea factory, and taking in the views of this lush lakefront town.
    • Explore the dramatic red dunes of the Sahara Desert on a camel’s back, experiencing an unforgettable sunset – then stay under a blanket of North African stars in a desert camp.
    • Explore the famed Milford Sound – nicknamed the world’s eighth wonder – by foot and ship. Hike to the cascades of Giant Gate Falls and then enjoy a small boat cruise on the sound. Look out for seals and dolphins!
    • Explore the famous cities of Fes and Marrakech during guided tours where your local leader will give you a unique insight into the area – then, enjoy plenty of free time as a family to explore.
    • Explore the fascinating Postojna Cave – an incredibly biodiverse underground world of eerie rock formations and unusual creatures, like the blind cave salamander.
    • Explore the finest beaches in the Greek Islands at sister islands Paxos and Antipaxos, swimming in translucent waters and walking along pure white sand.   
    • Explore the finest beaches in the Greek Islands at sister islands Paxos and Antipaxos, swimming in translucent waters and walking along the white sand.
    • Explore the fortified city of Victoria, Gozo’s capital, with visits to the medieval citadel, the Gozo Museum of Archaeology, Gran Castello Historic House and the Gozo Nature Museum.
    • Explore the fusion of cultures that gives Penang its atmosphere – where historic buildings and hawker-filled alleyways blend with cool street art.
    • Explore the Galapagos Islands from on deck, on foot and in the water. Sea lions and iguanas await you at Plaza Sur and Santa Fe, whilst in San Cristobal you meet the grand-daddy of the Galapagos – the giant tortoise.
    • Explore the gigantic Ngorongoro Crater – the world's largest intact volcanic caldera and a home for around 30,000 large mammals. Look out for elephants and hippos as you drive along the crater floor.
    • Explore the gigantic Ngorongoro Crater – the world's largest intact volcanic caldera and a home for around 30,000 large mammals. Look out for elephants and hippos as you drive along the crater floor.
    • Explore the Grand Canyon with an experienced and knowledgeable leader by your side and learn about the region’s geography and history from a local.
    • Explore the great Canadian Rockies with an experienced, certified hiking guide who will be able to show you all the best bits of the region and maybe even a few hidden secrets less frequented by visitors.
    • Explore the green island of Mljet – with its small seaside villages, national park trails, shimmering waters and largely untouched environment, you might never want to leave!
    • Explore the heart of Lake Nakuru's National Park and look out for endangered black and white rhino stopping for a drink on morning and afternoon 4x4 game drives. Visit Elsamere Conservation Centre, enjoying a high tea lunch, then spot hippos and unique birdlife on a boat trip on Lake Naivasha.
    • Explore the hidden cobbled streets of Antigua by tuk-tuk with an expert local guide, visiting sites like the ruins of Santa Clara.
    • Explore the hidden gem of Lam Thuong – a quintessential northern village tucked away, undiscovered by the common tourist trail. Explore the village by cycling, hiking and visiting a local handicraft workshop and a gemstone market.
    • Explore the highlights of the Antarctic Peninsula on an adventure from Ushuaia – the gateway to Antarctica – through the Drake Passage and the South Shetland Islands.
    • Explore the historic and off-the-beaten-path town of Jajce – the birthplace of Yugoslavia and home to centuries-old architecture and a fairytale waterfall.
    • Explore the historical towns of Donnelly River and Balingup and say hi to Donnelly River’s friendly emu and kangaroo residents.
    • Explore the home of the Dalai Lama – Dharmasala. This highland haven is the ideal place for an enlightening experience of Tibetan spirituality, culture and history.
    • Explore the iconic sites of Rome, including the Pantheon, Trevi Fountain, the Spanish Steps, Piazza Navona and the Colosseum – one of the Seven Wonders of the World.
    • Explore the idyllic beaches, volcanos, swimming coves and bays that make up the Greek Islands. Lounge on soft sands or lava pebbles, surrounded by towering cliffs and soak up the European sun.
    • Explore the Indonesian island of Flores and immerse yourself in the local culture and stunning natural surroundings.
    • Explore the Island in the Sky section of the vast Canyonlands National Park and take in the incredible sweeping views of the Colorado river valley 1000 feet below.
    • Explore the island of Capri – once a lavish retreat for Roman emperors – and see the mighty cliff faces, secluded coves, refreshing grottos and spectacular Mediterranean scenery.
    • Explore the islands on deck, on foot and in the water, keeping your eyes wide open for your next bird or water mammal sighting – this trip is a nature-lover's dream.
    • Explore the islands on deck, on foot and in the water, waking to a new view each morning, and keeping an eye out for the next bird sighting or sea turtle passing by.
    • Explore the lands surrounding Angkor Wat and gain insight into the Cambodian way of life.
    • Explore the largest ruins in sub-Saharan Africa – the World Heritage-listed Great Zimbabwe – said to once be home to a Zimbabwean monarch!
    • Explore the largest ruins in sub-Saharan Africa, the World Heritage-listed Great Zimbabwe, and discover the history and heritage of local communities with your knowledgeable local leader.
    • Explore the local famous sites, towering glaciers and abundant penguin colonies of the Antarctic Peninsula and South Shetland Islands. Don’t forget to keep your eyes peeled for whales!
    • Explore the lush forests of Mljet, which are yet to be spoilt by mainstream tourism.
    • Explore the magnificent Makgadikgadi Salt Pans, some of the largest salt flats in the world. These mind-bending plains make for some magical photography.
    • Explore the magnificent temples at Abu Simbel and see the four gargantuan statues of Ramses guarding the Great Temple, carved directly out of the mountain on the west bank of the Nile.
    • Explore the magnificent temples at Abu Simbel and see the four gargantuan statues of Ramses guarding the Great Temple, carved directly out of the mountain on the west bank of the Nile.
    • Explore the Makgadikgadi Pans, one of the largest salt flats in the world, with local Kalahari Bushman and keep your eyes peeled for adorable meerkats and majestic elephants. Enjoy refreshments in the wild while watching the sunset over baobab trees.
    • Explore the many romantic districts and hidden alleyways of Paris, dive into the local food scene (coffee and croissant this morning, anyone?) and tick the Eiffel Tower off your list in your free time.
    • Explore the many romantic districts and hidden alleyways of Paris. Dive into the local food scene with a croissant or coffee and tick the Eiffel Tower off your list in your free time.
    • Explore the many romantic districts and hidden alleyways of Paris. Dive into the local food scene with a croissant or coffee and tick the Eiffel Tower off your list in your free time.
    • Explore the many wonders of Kakadu, Nitmiluk and Litchfield National Parks on foot, from beautiful walking trails to amazing lookouts.
    • Explore the marvels, mythology and mystery of Ancient Egypt, including the Pyramids at Giza and the tombs of iconic pharaohs in the Valley of the Kings, with expert guides providing a local insight.
    • Explore the Maya communities surrounding San Cristobal de las Casas and learn about local culture, religion and the traditional way of life retained in the highlands.
    • Explore the medieval walls of Dubrovnik, and if you’ve got time, maybe traverse to the top of Mount Srd for panoramic views over Old Dubrovnik, its harbour and the Adriatic Sea.
    • Explore the Mekong Delta – known as ‘Vietnam’s rice bowl’ for its abundance of rice paddies, fruit and flower orchards. Cruise on a traditional sampan, then meet fresh produce vendors along the way to your veranda-wrapped homestay for the evening.
    • Explore the Mekong Delta – known as ‘Vietnam’s rice bowl’ for its abundance of rice paddies, fruit and flower orchards. Cruise on a traditional sampan, then meet fresh produce vendors along the way to your veranda-wrapped homestay for the evening.
    • Explore the Mekong Delta with a full day of riding and then be treated to a homecooked meal by your homestay hosts – the best way to get to know the locals!
    • Explore the Mexico City of past and present on a city tour with your leader, from the buzzing Zocalo Plaza to the Baroque National Cathedral and the sprawling National Palace.
    • Explore the most important historical sites in this region from the ancient Greek and Roman ruins in Butrint National Park to the Cetinje Monastery in Montenegro.
    • Explore the most important historical sites in this region from the ancient Greek and Roman ruins in Butrint National Park to the Cetinje Monastery in Montenegro.
    • Explore the most impressive Roman ruins outside of Italy, like the most intact Roman city in North Africa in Dougga and the Coliseum in El Jem – without the crowds.
    • Explore the Mwali UNESCO Biosphere Reserve, home to the second highest marine diversity in the world. Spot humpback whales and spinner dolphins; snorkel among vibrant coral reefs, parrot fish, manta rays, wrasses, fusiliers, and maybe even sea turtles.
    • Explore the Okavango Delta's maze of lagoons, lakes and streams via a traditional mokoro boat safari.
    • Explore the Okavango Delta's maze of lagoons, lakes and streams via a traditional mokoro boat safari. Enjoy lunch on a delta island and spot wildlife on a bush walk with an experienced guide.
    • Explore the Okavango Delta's maze of lagoons, lakes, and streams via a traditional mokoro boat safari and enjoy lunch on one of the many secluded delta islands.
    • Explore the old medina of Marrakech and the labyrinthine medina of bustling Fes with knowledgable local guides, discovering the myriad of sights, smells and sounds along zigzagging lanes. Then, discover the colourful chaos of Djemaa el-Fna.
    • Explore the oldest rainforest in the world, the ancient Daintree Rainforest, with an experienced guide. Ride an electric eco-boat along the Daintree River (Julaymba) and look for crocodiles along the way.
    • Explore the otherworldly Sassi of Matera – stone houses formed from natural grottoes and tufo cliffs overlooking a dramatic gorge.
    • Explore the otherworldly Sassi of Matera – stone houses formed from natural grottoes and tufo cliffs overlooking a dramatic gorge.
    • Explore the outdoor adventure hotspot of Whistler, where you can mix gorgeous trails and picturesque villages with hikes out to an old graffitied train wreck and a ghost town.
    • Explore the panoramic views of the Markha Valley on this remote trek popular with avid trekkers (due to its proximity to the mountainous city of Leh) and wander through Tibetan Buddhist monasteries and remote villages, backdropped by the Himalayas.
    • Explore the Poor Knights Islands on a full-day water adventure. See the Marine Reserve with volcanic origins over 11 million years old and epic biodiversity showcasing the North Island’s natural beauty.
    • Explore the port city of Aveiro, maybe taking a wander along its saltwater canals lined with colourful Moliceiro boats that were once used to farm seaweed.
    • Explore the Provencal landscapes of southern France and gain an understanding as to why this part of the world is so adored by artists.
    • Explore the Pu Luong Nature Reserve, surrounded by lush limestone peaks, and get to know the Thai people that settled here long ago with a cooking class and dinner.
    • Explore the remote northern reaches of Albania and take one of the world’s best boat trips with a cruise through the mountainous corridors of Lake Koman.
    • Explore the remote west coast of Isabela on a small panga boat and venture to the far-west Fernandina – home of the highest density of marine iguanas.
    • Explore the remote west coast of Isabela on a small panga boat and venture to the far-west Fernandina – home of the highest density of marine iguanas.
    • Explore the rolling green Cameron Highlands, blanketed by tea plantations and strawberry fields, and then trek through the mossy forest to learn more about the unique plants living beneath this sea of moss.
    • Explore the rolling green Cameron Highlands, blanketed by tea plantations and strawberry fields, and then trek through the mossy forest to learn more about the unique plants living beneath this sea of moss.
    • Explore the rugged terrain of the Mitchell Plateau on a 4WD adventure. Hike to the four-tiered Mitchell Falls and take a helicopter flight back to camp for panoramic views from above.
    • Explore the ruins of ancient Pompeii, which emerged from the ashes after thousands of years, and peek inside the steaming crater of Mt Vesuvius – the volcano that destroyed it.
    • Explore the ruins of the ancient city wall at Panjakent. Take in the beautiful Marquzor Lakes and share a delicious home-cooked lunch with a local Tajik family.
    • Explore the seaside town of Mount Maunganui with a high-up hike to the summit or during a low-key day catching waves at the beach.
    • Explore the Serengeti – a wildlife arena like no other – and look for lions, leopards, elephants and giraffes in this iconic park with your local crew.
    • Explore the Serengeti National Park in depth with multiple game drives through this spectacular wildlife arena. Here, you’ll have the best chance to spot iconic African animals.
    • Explore the Serengeti National Park in depth with multiple game drives through this spectacular wildlife arena. Here, you’ll have the best chance to spot iconic African animals.
    • Explore the Serengeti National Park in depth with three 4WD safaris and two nights sleeping in a safari camp in the middle of this spectacular wildlife arena.
    • Explore the Serengeti National Park in depth, with two early morning and two late afternoon game drives through this spectacular wildlife arena.
    • Explore the Serengeti National Park in depth, with two early morning and two late afternoon game drives through this spectacular wildlife arena.
    • Explore the Serengeti National Park in depth, with two early morning and two late afternoon game drives through this spectacular wildlife arena.
    • Explore the Serengeti, a wildlife arena like no other, and look for lions, leopards, elephants and giraffes in this iconic park.
    • Explore the Serengeti, a wildlife arena like no other, and look for lions, leopards, elephants and giraffes in this iconic park.
    • Explore the Serengeti, a wildlife arena like no other. You're bound to spot most of Africa's iconic Big Five game on your adventures at sunrise and sunset – when the animals are most active.
    • Explore the Serengeti, a wildlife arena like no other. You're bound to spot most of Africa's iconic Big Five game on your adventures at sunrise and sunset – when the animals are most active.
    • Explore the sobering Tito’s Bunker in Mostar – an underground facility that served as Yugoslavia's ‘Atomic War Command,’ designed to house a skeleton government who would manage the country in the event of nuclear war.
    • Explore the sprawling public square of Djemaa el-Fna. Where else would you find drummers, dancers, fortune tellers, jugglers, street food vendors and old medicine men all in one place?
    • Explore the stunning landscapes and charming cities of the region, discovering the legendary Rozafa Fortress and going on guided tours of Prizren and Skopje.
    • Explore the stunning Maya temples of Palenque and stroll through Chichen Itza, with local experts at both sites explaining their storied history.
    • Explore the stunning Mayan temples of Palenque dating back to AD600 and stroll through Chichen Itza.
    • Explore the stunning scenery of Grand Teton National Park – home to wildlife such as moose and grizzly bears, as well as pristine lakes and incredible alpine terrain.
    • Explore the Taj Mahal – one of the Seven Wonders of the World – and learn about its poetic history from a local expert among the surrounding gardens.
    • Explore the Taj Mahal – one of the Seven Wonders of the World – and learn about its poetic history from a local expert in the surrounding gardens.
    • Explore the Taj Mahal – one of the Seven Wonders of the World – and learn of its lesser-known poetic history from a local expert among the surrounding gardens.
    • Explore the town frozen in time with a day and night in Pompeii, including a short hike to the summit of the volcanic Mt Vesuvius.
    • Explore the town frozen in time with a day and night in Pompeii, including a short hike to the summit of the volcanic Mt Vesuvius.
    • Explore the town of Balingup located on the traditional land of the Wardani people of the Noongar nation. Maybe walk the Balingup Boroks which flows through the town.
    • Explore the truly unique town of Alberobello under the guidance of a local expert. Alberobello is famed for its thousands of fairy-tale trulli homes built in the 14th century.
    • Explore the Tunnel Creek cave system and learn about Jandamarra – a First Nations freedom fighter who used the caves to evade police in the late 1800s.
    • Explore the twisting, colourful labyrinthine streets of the Fes and Marrakech medinas with local guides to lead you to all of the best spots and ensure you don't get lost!
    • Explore the underwater world of Ko Tao on a snorkelling trip, brimming with vibrant coral and colourful tropical fish.
    • Explore the UNESCO World Heritage-listed archaeological complex of Angkor with an included day pass. Tour the complex with a local guide, take part in a monk blessing and if you’re keen, maybe even start the day early for sunrise over the temples.
    • Explore the UNESCO World Heritage-listed city of Luang Prabang. Rise with the sun and watch saffron-robed monks shuffle between houses, where the faithful wait with offerings as part of an alms giving ritual.
    • Explore the UNESCO-protected town of Khiva – steeped in Silk Road history and immortalised in many great tales, this town is as photogenic as it is legendary.
    • Explore the uninterrupted wilderness of Takayna/Tarkine on a guided walk through its pristine rainforest – alive with unique creatures and habitats not found anywhere else on earth.
    • Explore the unique, blue-washed streets of Chefchaouen, where you get loads of free time to hike, meet locals, take photos and recharge amongst the mountains – there's lots of cats to pat along the way, too!
    • Explore the unusual rock formations, striking desert cactus gardens and unexpected oases of Joshua Tree National Park.
    • Explore the Upper Geyser Basin which is home to more than half the world’s geysers, including what is the arguably the most famous one, Old Faithful.
    • Explore the vast ruins of ancient Pompeii, which emerged from the ashes after thousands of years, and take a peek into the steaming crater of Mt Vesuvius – the volcano that destroyed it.
    • Explore the Victorian Alps, otherwise known as the Victorian High Country, and discover historical mountain huts built in the 1800s.
    • Explore the Virgin Jarrah Forest and have the rare opportunity to see a mature jarrah forest with trees left to grow for hundreds of years.
    • Explore the walled city of Avignon, crossing the 12th-century Pont St-Benezet bridge and munching on classic French fare like baguettes with cheese.
    • Explore the waterfalls, tea plantations and spice markets of South India’s Western Ghats – a jungle-clad mountain range older than the Himalayas and one of the most biodiverse regions in the world.
    • Explore the wonders of the Thar Desert. Feast on Rajasthani cuisine at sunset before bunking down to camp between the sand dunes.
    • Explore the World Heritage site of Mapungubwe National Park, where the ancient ruins of a once-thriving kingdom meet stunning landscapes of baobab trees and sandstone cliffs. Then, head out on a night safari to spot nocturnal wildlife in a private game reserve next door.
    • Explore the World Heritage site of Mapungubwe National Park, where the ancient ruins of a once-thriving kingdom meet stunning landscapes of baobab trees and sandstone cliffs. Then, head out on a night safari to spot nocturnal wildlife in a private game reserve next door.
    • Explore UNESCO World Heritage-listed Durmitor National Park and take in the panoramic views across glacial lakes and pine forests as you hike.
    • Explore Vavau village for an immersive cultural day with the locals. Watch an ava (welcome) ceremony, then be treated to songs and dance while you feast on traditional foods.
    • Explore Venice by foot with your local leader. Weaving through the network of canals and bridges, you’ll see landmarks like Grand Canal, the Rialto Bridge, Doge's Palace (the ruler of Venice), the Piazza San Marco and the Bridge of Sighs.
    • Explore vibrant Cairo with its bustling markets and colourful streets.
    • Explore vibrant nightlife, beach bars and beach clubs in Bangkok, Ko Samui and Phuket with new like-minded friends and a local leader who knows all the best spots.
    • Explore Western Australia’s wilderness on two wheels as you cycle part of the world’s longest off-road cycling trail.
    • Explore Western Australia’s wilderness on two wheels as you cycle part of the world’s longest off-road cycling trail.
    • Explore with an experienced International Mountain Leader – a highly qualified guide who will ensure the group’s safety while bringing the scenery to life.
    • Explore with an expert guide who’ll show you all of Alaska’s highlights, and maybe even a few hidden spots less frequented by visitors.
    • Explore wonderfully preserved Renaissance facades, dramatic limestone cliffs, ancient olive groves and traditional wineries on daily excursions.
    • Explore Yellowstone with an experienced and knowledgeable leader by your side and learn about the region’s geography and history from a local.
    • Explore Yosemite National Park as you walk through the Tuolumne Grove of Giant Sequoias, passing beneath (and through!) the towering trees.
    • Extend out your adventure on this longer Polar voyage, giving you more time to explore the Antarctic Peninsula’s landscapes, ice fields and unique wildlife.
    • Fall asleep to the calls of the jungle in Chitwan National Park, then embark on a safari in search of rhinos, deer, monkeys, tigers and a wide array of bird life. 
    • Fall asleep to the calls of the jungle in Chitwan National Park, then embark on a safari in search of rhinos, deer, monkeys, tigers and a wide array of bird life.
    • Fall asleep to the gentle rocking of your Premium Feature Stay – an overnight cruise in UNESCO World Heritage-listed Ha Long Bay on a boat as beautiful as its surroundings. Take in spectacular views while enjoying a candle-lit dinner on deck.
    • Fall asleep to the sounds of the African wilderness in comfort as camping beds, sleeping bags, blankets and pillows are provided for those nights under the stars.
    • Fall in love with Sri Lankan food and get to know locals during experiences like lunching with a Tamil tea worker and a home-cooking demonstration.
    • Fall in love with Vietnam one bite at a time – slurp a bowl of pho on a busy street corner, crunch into a breakfast Bahn mi and sit down to a vegetarian feast in a Buddhist nunnery.
    • Family holidays aren’t always relaxing, but this trip offers plenty of opportunities to take it slow in thermal springs and pools and on beaches.
    • Feast on a delicious dinner in a Mexican family home, with food sourced straight from organic farms and cooked with local flavours (and a whole-lotta-love)!
    • Feast on a sumptuous meal as the boat anchors in the heart of the bay, then take to the deck to see the stars and moon illuminate the water and peaks
    • Feast on an included lunch at KOTO café in Hanoi, a social enterprise organisation that provides vocational and hospitality skills to young workers.
    • Feast on delicious food made daily by your onboard private chef, who will be whipping up Thai favourites for most of your meals.
    • Feast on delicious food made with local ingredients – all made by your onboard chef, who will be whipping up Thai favourites daily.
    • Feast on delicious food onboard thanks to your private chef who will be whipping up Thai favourites daily. You’ll also have the option to head to some of the local seaside restaurants.
    • Feast on delicious local cuisine in a region known for its melting pot of Indian, Malay, Chinese and Peranakan culinary traditions. From local markets and small cafes to hawker centers and tea factories, you’ll tuck into some fresh, traditional food made with local ingredients.
    • Feast on delicious local cuisine with visits to a family-owned winery in Almaty, a family home of local Dungan people for dinner and a traditional lunch in a remote Kyzyl Tuu Village.
    • Feast on delicious traditional food at local tavernas during your free evenings on the islands – if there’s one thing other than the sun and sand that Greece is known for, it’s the fresh cuisine.
    • Feast on fresh seafood at a sleepy waterfront taverna in the Small Cyclades islands – far away from tourist crowds and deep in the local way of life.
    • Feast on fresh, local dishes during a six-course dining experience at your Feature Stay hotel’s on-site restaurant (with a wine pairing, of course) in the Cape Winelands.
    • Feast on Mediterranean fresh seafood, Italian-influenced antipasti and the crunchy, doughy dessert of fritule in the culinary capital of Croatia – Zagreb. Then if you like, explore the touching Museum of Broken Relationships. 
    • Feast on Mediterranean fresh seafood, Italian-influenced antipasti and the crunchy, doughy dessert of fritule in the culinary capital of Croatia – Zagreb. Then if you like, explore the touching Museum of Broken Relationships.
    • Feast on Mediterranean fresh seafood, Italian-influenced antipasti and the crunchy, doughy dessert of fritule in Zagreb. Then if you like, explore the touching Museum of Broken Relationships. 
    • Feast on mouth-watering seafood along Italy's coast, drink fine wine in Tuscany and indulge in endless local pasta dishes in Rome.
    • Feast on some of the best Spanish seafood and Albarino wine in Arcade, on a substantial lunch stop on the way to Pontevedra.
    • Feast on the delicious food in two countries known for their cuisine, with a tapas tasting of local favourites in Seville and a churros sampling in Madrid (don’t forget to eat countless pastel de natas during your time in Lisbon!).
    • Feast on the mouth-watering, fresh delights of Vietnam. From slurping traditional bun bo Hue and digging into a vegetarian feast at a local nunnery, to enjoying a home-cooked lunch with locals in Ninh Binh – the food of Vietnam is definitely a highlight!
    • Feel an unbeatable sense of accomplishment as you complete your journey in the fascinating ancient city of Santiago de Compostela and collect your Camino certificate.
    • Feel good knowing that you’re supporting an official partner of IMEC’s Kilimanjaro Porters Assistance Project (KPAP). This means that all our climbs have been assessed and scored based on a number of criteria, all of which are designed to ensure the proper treatment of porters.
    • Feel like an ant as you cycle around the base of Uluru before you see its amazing colour-changing magic when the sun goes down at night and up again in the morning.
    • Feel safe as you walk with an experienced trek leader, assistant guides and porters, who will not only give you all the support and guidance you need along the way, but also introduce you to the local Sherpa culture.
    • Feel the adrenaline rush on a two-day white-water rafting adventure – spend the night camping under the Nepalese stars on the banks of the Trisuli River.
    • Feel the excitement build as you visit Ranthambhore National Park to hopefully catch a glimpse of a Bengal tiger stalking through the jungle – this place looks like the Jungle Book in real life!
    • Feel the heat of Bhutanese cuisine when you tuck into traditional meals made with red rice, local cheese and lots of tastebud-tingling chillies.
    • Feel the wind in your hair on a boat trip through Ria Formosa Natural Park. Explore marshlands, look out for wild dolphins and stop at islands that separate the Atlantic from the lagoon.
    • Fill your heart (and your camera roll) with gorgeous sunsets (and sunrises if you’re keen), expansive island views and iconic Greek architecture on a trip that lets you find the spots to hang out, take photos and meet new friends.
    • Find a slice of paradise in your own backyard along the Cape Queen Elizabeth Walk, Fluted Cape track and on a hike to the top of Hartz Peak.
    • Find a slice of paradise on a sea-kayaking trip through the stunning inlets, caves and hidden lagoons of the Baan Bor Tor mangrove forests.
    • Find a slice of paradise on an included sea kayaking trip through the stunning inlets, caves and hidden lagoons of the Ao Thalane mangrove forests.
    • Find foodie bliss with a food tour that lets you taste all the regional highlights like gelato, cicchetti, pasta, vinegar, cheese, seasonal fruit and vegetables and organic meats.
    • Find out what it means to be female in Morocco as you travel with an all-women group, a local female leader, the M’Goun Valley’s first local female guide and meet plenty of inspiring women along the way.
    • Find out what makes Indian cuisine so special during Exclusive Experiences like an off-the-beaten-path food tour in Madurai, a home-cooked meal with a local family, a fragrant lunch at a spice plantation and an ayurvedic cooking demonstration in Kochi.
    • Find out what makes Indian cuisine so special during Exclusive Experiences, including local-lead food tours in Varanasi and Madurai, home-cooked meals with local families, and an ayurvedic cooking demonstration and dinner.
    • Find respite from the Australian sun at one of the refreshing swimming holes at Ormiston Gorge.
    • Find the best Belgium fries in Brussels and wander the incredible façade of the Grand Palace as you get lost in the quaint city streets.
    • Find the best Belgium fries in Brussels and wander the incredible façade of the Grand Palace as you get lost in the quaint city streets.
    • Find yourself in a fairytale at Moraine Lake, with its deep blue surface surrounded by towering mountain peaks.
    • Finish your adventure at the top of Sulphur Mountain, having a restaurant dinner with an unbeatable and unforgettable view of the Rockies.
    • Finish your tour with a relaxing stay on the shores of the Red Sea where you can opt to go for a snorkelling adventure. 
    • Float along the river to Livingston, where the local culture is heavily influenced by the Afro-Caribbean Garifuna population. After a scenic boat ride, you’ll walk around the colourful town, watch the fishermen by the docks and join the locals for a dance class.
    • Float down the meandering Manambolo River in a traditional dugout canoe, wind through a deep gorge and past rocky cliffs, soaking up the tranquil atmosphere.
    • Float in the ocean, sunbake on the beach and conquer a volcano at sunrise – the island landscapes of Bali make for an epic experience.
    • Focus on the hiking and the scenery, while someone else worries about the logistics. With an experienced and highly qualified International Mountain Leader by your side every step of the way, you can rest assured you’re in safe hands.
    • Follow a local guide through Diocletian's Palace in Split – on this whole trip, you’ll also have an experienced local leader who will share local secrets, insider knowledge and historical information wherever you go.
    • Follow a local guide through Diocletian's Palace in Split, where narrow cobblestone streets are lined with pre-Romanesque churches, Gothic chapels and museums.
    • Follow a local guide through Diocletian's Palace in Split, where narrow cobblestone streets are lined with pre-Romanesque churches, Gothic chapels and museums.
    • Follow a peaceful forest trail to two secluded medieval monasteries in Dilijan National Park – Armenia’s tranquil escape in the heart of the mountains.
    • Follow in the footsteps of ancient athletes at the site of the very first Olympic Games. Walk through the stadium, gymnasium, wrestling school, priest houses, temples and hippodrome.
    • Follow in the footsteps of athletes at the site of the very first Olympic Games. Walk through the stadium, learn about its history and have your kids race against each other on the same grounds Olympians once ran.
    • Follow in the footsteps of tribal warriors on a trek through wild, dense jungle on the Headhunter’s Trail – rich with wildlife like hornbills and monkeys.
    • Follow in the infamous footsteps of tribal warriors on a trek through wild, dense jungle on the Headhunter’s Trail – rich with wildlife like hornbills and monkeys.
    • Follow in the path of Lewis and Clark exploring the Gates of the Mountains on a scenic river cruise along the Missouri River.
    • Follow in the wake of Sir Ernest Shackleton’s perilous voyages to South Georgia and pause for a moment at his gravesite as you learn about the history of these islands.
    • Follow much of the Great Southern Touring Route, known as one of Australia’s best road trips, before boarding the Overland train to Adelaide.
    • Follow the Danube downstream, passing romantic castles, small villages and lowland forests – the best way to see Eastern Europe is on two wheels!
    • Follow the Levada do Norte trail from Estreito de Camara de Lobos to Cabo Girao. Take in the lush valleys, small villages and panoramic views of Europe’s highest sea cliffs as you hike.
    • Follow the most scenic section of the coastal Fisherman’s Trail, taking in panoramic views of Portugal’s cliffs, beaches and ocean as you walk. At the end of each day’s hike, maybe unwind on the sandy shore or take a quick dip.
    • Follow the nomad's trail along the way, making encounters with them, learning about their nomadic life and if you are lucky, you'll see some wildlife that call this area home, including golden eagles, mountain goats, deer, foxes and more.
    • Follow trails that run through villages and local communities, instead of teahouses built for tourists, which means you’ll gain real insight into what life’s like in these remote areas.
    • From hitting up a local cinema for a Bollywood movie to desert camping – this trip will show you Rajasthan from every angle.
    • From its ancient museums, gardens and forts to its fantastic food scene, Lahore has so much to offer. Spend three days discovering this dynamic city.
    • From Lucca's tree-lined city walls, you’ll follow the gentle Serchio River on your bike to the world-famous Leaning Tower of Pisa – take the classic shot in front of the tower or hunt down the best local cafe and people-watch.
    • From the arts district and museums to the unmatched cafe culture and leafy parks, Amsterdam has it all. Maybe visit the Van Gogh Museum, the Rijksmuseum or Anne Frank House and wander at your own pace.
    • From the winding walls leading to the Castle of San Giovanni in Kotor to the 15th-century Podmaine Monastery in Budva, this trip will surely delight amateur historians.
    • From vibrant Phuket, set sail on a private yacht in the beautifully calm waters of the Andaman Sea and watch unforgettable sunsets from the deck every evening.
    • Fuel your journey with unique Galician specialties, including traditional polbo a feira (octopus) in Melide and world-renowned cheese in Arzua.
    • Gain a deeper understanding of local life during a Exclusive Experience to the secluded Laguna Chabela Maya community, where you’ll learn how modern Maya people preserve the traditions of their ancestors and try your hand and making a tortilla before a delicious feast in the jungle.
    • Gain a real insight into local life with a daytrip to the Mekong Delta. Explore by boat and tuk-tuk and enjoy a home-cooked lunch with a friendly local family.
    • Gain an insight into the culture of two very distinct Indonesian islands with an expert local by your side.
    • Gain an insight into the rural way of life in the mountains and learn about the ethnic culture and customs of the Gurung people at the Gurung Museum.
    • Gain an insight into the unique flora, fauna and landscapes of Tasmania on an adventure that takes you to parts of the island that are more off the beaten track.
    • Gain an insight into what local life is like in the rural areas of Nepal outside Kathmandu.
    • Gain an understanding of Costa Rica’s rich biodiversity and history as you travel with an experienced local leader and explore with expert guides in La Fortuna, the Cano Negro Wetlands and Manuel Antonio National Park.
    • Gain an understanding of local culture during Exclusive Experiences, including a soul-stirring Hat Xam performance, a visit to a working monastery and a tour of a centuries-old pottery village. 
    • Gain an unmatched understanding of the region while travelling with experienced local leaders and spending time with the locals. Discover the Nubian way of life with a family on the Nile and immerse yourself in Bedouin culture during an exciting evening at their camp.
    • Gain insight from onboard polar experts who will cover a range of fascinating topics during their daily lectures, from the diverse wildlife to the unique geology of the region.
    • Gain insight from onboard polar experts who will cover a range of fascinating topics during their daily lectures, from the diverse wildlife to the unique geology of the region.
    • Gain insight into the First Nations customs and traditions of the Northern Coast Wetland region on a Culture Ecological Experience.
    • Gain some unique insights into Berawan people, indigenous to the Mulu region, learning about their life and food through a family visit and home-cooked dinner.
    • Gain unique insight into the Iban way of life during an Exclusive Experience where you stay in a rustic jungle lodge in the rainforests of Batang Ai, visit a traditional longhouse and chat to the locals about their culture.
    • Gaze in awe at the artistic feats of the Spanish masters in Madrid, and experience a different sort of mastery with a fiery flamenco performance in Seville.
    • Gaze in wonder at the jungle-shrouded limestone temples of Tikal National Park – one of Central America's most impressive Maya sites, as howler monkeys call from the canopy.
    • Gaze in wonder at the jungle-shrouded limestone temples of Tikal, one of Central America's most impressive Mayan sites, as howler monkeys call from the canopy.
    • Gaze out at the Himalayas from the Darjeeling Toy Train as it winds its way through the mountains – it doesn’t get much more fun than a steam-powered locomotive ride.
    • Gaze over the beautiful hillside, lavender fields and vineyards of Hvar Island during a leisurely organic dinner at an agriturismo.
    • Gaze over the dazzling city, mountains and bay of Rio de Janeiro from the foot of the famous Christ the Redeemer statue and immerse yourself in Brazilian culture, dance and music.
    • Get a behind-the-scenes look into the lives of gorillas with a field veterinarian from The Gorilla Doctors and discover how they are saving the species, one gorilla patient at a time.
    • Get a bird's eye view of Tongariro National Park – a UNESCO World Heritage site and New Zealand's oldest national park! Catch the Sky Waka Gondola (the country's longest gondola) to the Whakapapa Ski fields for epic views.
    • Get a chance to explore the largest ruins in sub-Saharan Africa – the World Heritage-listed Great Zimbabwe, considered the former palace of an ancient monarch.
    • Get a chance to explore the largest ruins in sub-Saharan Africa – the World Heritage-listed Great Zimbabwe, thought to be the former palace of an ancient monarch.
    • Get a different view of Vietnam from the back of a motorbike. Take a two-wheeled tour around Hue and enjoy a special lunch at a convent or Buddhist monastery for a delicious vegetarian feast.
    • Get a different view of Vietnam from the back of a motorbike. Take a two-wheeled tour around Hue and enjoy a special lunch spot at a convent or Buddhist monastery for a delicious vegetarian feast.
    • Get a feel for what makes the Pacific Northwest’s beaches so special with a visit to Kalaloch, famous for its ‘Tree of Life’ – its roots holding onto nothing but air!
    • Get a glimpse at local life during a unique homestay experience in the Phrom Lok District. Meet families, share a homecooked meal and try your hand at batik painting.
    • Get a glimpse of local life when you explore a farmers market and taste local in-season fruits, and learn all about coffee production on a tour in the Karatu highlands.
    • Get a hands-on history lesson at some of the world's most iconic ancient sites – the Pyramids of Giza (one of the Seven Wonders of the World) and the Sphinx – with an expert local guide.
    • Get a load of Victoria Falls, an amazing thundering spectacle. 
    • Get a local insight into authentic Moroccan culture with a cooking class, bread making demonstration, herbal tea demonstration and a few home-cooked meals with local hosts.
    • Get a real insight into Moroccan food with a home-cooked dinner in the ‘blue city’ of Chefchaouen. Prepared with seasonal ingredients, you’ll tuck into a dish that’s bursting with local flavour and made with love.
    • Get a real taste for Greece as you dig into iconic eats like cheese, honey, olives, spit-roasted lamb, moussaka, mezze and lalagia.
    • Get a real taste of adventure on your trek through the rugged Atlas Mountains and marvel at the spectacular scenery at every turn with views across the mountain ranges, Sahara Desert and Atlantic coast.
    • Get a special look at New Zealand’s trendy capital city, Wellington, during an Exclusive Experience on board a private catamaran, cruising around the harbour.
    • Get a taste for authentic Croatian cuisine, including cured meats, makaruni, olive oils, fresh breads, local jams and marmalades, cheeses, candied oranges and ocean-fresh seafood.
    • Get a taste for Cambodian cuisine in a fun hands-on cooking class in Siem Reap, where you’ll get to choose fresh, local ingredients at the market then learn some tips and tricks from a local chef.
    • Get a taste for Italy’s celebrated cuisine and viticulture during an olive oil tasting on a farm that’s been active since Roman times and a trip to the celebrated wine-growing region of San Gimignano to visit a family-run winery and sample their world-class drops.
    • Get a taste for Italy’s incredible cuisine and viticulture during a trip to celebrated wine-growing region, San Gimignano. Plus, you’ll take a traditional cooking class in Palermo, have a genovesi tasting in Erice and sample cheese and chocolate on your way to Siracusa.
    • Get a taste for Sicily’s finest cuisines with a traditional cooking class in Palermo, a Genovesi tasting in Erice and mouth-watering cheese and chocolate tastings (yes, please) on your way to Siracusa.
    • Get a taste of Borneo’s diverse food scene during Exclusive Experiences, including dinner at a bustling food court popular with locals and a freshly caught seafood dinner after touring the seafood market.
    • Get a taste of four different countries in Central America on an epic Latin adventure that takes in the sights and offers a whole heap of optional activities too! You’ll have loads of free time to choose your own hike, kayak, swimming or dancing adventure.
    • Get a taste of Maya culture during a homecooked pibil lunch with a local family, sampling this traditional method of cooking which involves barbecuing food underground.
    • Get a taste of Maya culture during a homecooked Pibil lunch with a local family, sampling this traditional method of cooking which involves barbecuing food underground.
    • Get a taste of Nairobi, an exciting, cosmopolitan city of sterling restaurants, cafes and museums
    • Get a taste of six different countries in Central America on an epic Latin adventure that takes in the sights and offers a whole heap of optional activities too! You’ll have loads of free time to choose your own hike, snorkel, kayak, swimming or dancing adventure.  
    • Get a taste of the Galapagos, sailing through its central and eastern islands and look out for the giant Galapagos tortoises as well as blue-footed and masked boobies, pelicans and frigate birds, land and marine iguanas, sea lions, fur seals, dolphins, whales and sea turtles.
    • Get a taste of the wild west during visits to Deadwood and Cody, two towns famous for their role in the USA’s Gold Rush era.
    • Get a taste of trekking in Nepal without the long commitment and high altitudes of an Everest Base Camp trek, enjoying diverse styles of accommodation and the ability to see all the different aspects of life in Nepal.
    • Get a true taste of some of India's finest culinary traditions – Mughal, Rajasthani, and the Portuguese-tinged flavours of Goa – while feasting in local restaurants, street food stalls, rural homes and cooking classes. 
    • Get a true taste of the Galapagos, sailing through the central and eastern islands and discovering the largely untouched wilderness, home to unique wildlife.
    • Get acquainted with rare and fascinating wildlife in the breathtaking Phobjika valley, including a visit to a protection and information centre for black-necked cranes – a Premium Exclusive Experience.
    • Get active and reconnect with nature as you take on the Kangaroo Island Wilderness Trail that winds across the island, with two expert local leaders by your side.
    • Get active on guided walks through forest and jungle, plus an incredible canopy walk along suspended bridges in Monteverde Cloud Forest Biological Reserve.
    • Get active on hikes in the shadow of magnificent snowy peaks of the Greater Caucasus to medieval villages and one of the biggest glaciers in Georgia, Shkhara glacier.
    • Get active with your teens – there's nothing like a bit of family bonding while you walk, cycle and kayak through Vietnam’s beautifully scenic northern half.
    • Get among nature, wildlife, small villages and ancient ruins, as well as the region's most lively cities, with a local leader who knows all the best secrets.
    • Get an exclusive and immersive look at rural life in Ambagasthenna, where you’ll walk through tea plantations and paddy fields and learn about sustainable farming with a local guide.
    • Get an insight into Fado – an atmospheric amalgamation of music and poetry, during a soul-stirring and intimate live show in Coimbra.
    • Get an insight into local, rural life at your homestay in Khinwara – life here is slow paced, so this is the perfect chance to stop and take a moment to relax.
    • Get an intimate look at local culture with Exclusive Experiences, including a cooking class with the Seven Women social enterprise, lunch with a Tibetan community in Nepal, and a conversation with a senior monk at a monastery in Bhutan.
    • Get an intimate look at Nepali culture and cuisine during an unforgettable Exclusive Experience – a cooking class with the Seven Women, a social enterprise helping disadvantaged women in Nepal.
    • Get an introduction to Bangkok on an EV boat trip through its canals, then make a visit to Wat Pho where the larger-than-life reclining Buddha will blow you and your family’s mind.
    • Get an unparalleled look at local life when you stay with a family in a homestay by the beach on Atauro Island. Experience Timorese hospitality and chat to your hosts about their culture.
    • Get away from tourist crowds and experience the authentic Italy – on two wheels and two feet, you’ll have the best chance to connect with locals, ride through rural areas you otherwise wouldn’t visit and have the insights from a local leader who knows all the best spots.
    • Get behind the scenes of some of Java's fascinating local industries – from coffee, cocoa and palm sugar to traditional Javanese medicine.
    • Get beneath the surface of San Jose with a city tour to uncover the best of this underrated city, with a stop for tradition cajeta ice cream.
    • Get beneath the surface of this endlessly fascinating country as you travel with a local Egyptologist leader, learn about Nubian life during an evening at a family home and stop in for a traditional dinner with a local family in Cairo.
    • Get close to nature with two fantastic Feature Stays – a gorilla lodge in in Bwindi Impenetrable National Park and a safari camp with easy access to the Maasai Mara Game Reserve.
    • Get deep in the community vibes of Baan Nai Nang village by spending time with the locals, enjoying a hearty home-cooked lunch and learn about their organic fruit orchids.
    • Get familiar with Khmer cuisine with an included visit to the acclaimed pepper plantations of Kampot, a cycling tour of local producers in Battambang and a local village dinner in Sambor Prei Kuk.
    • Get familiar with the fine art of 'poling' as you and your family ride a traditional dugout canoe through the waterways of the Okavango Delta
    • Get hands on making empanadas or pizzas for lunch, followed by the quintessential Argentinian sweet treat – alfajores.
    • Get hands-on with a cooking class in the Tropical Spice Garden. Pick some fresh ingredients from the garden as your learn their importance, pick up a few tricks of cooking them and the delicious Malay cuisine and share the fruits of your labour for lunch.
    • Get hands-on with a market visit and cooking class with a local chef in Oaxaca and learn about a signature Mexican drink at a mezcal tasting session.
    • Get hands-on with conservation in Marino Ballena National Park during a coral restoration workshop.
    • Get in touch with Australia’s wilderness and wildlife. Meet cute and cuddly koalas at an animal hospital, look out for whales if the seaosn is right and explore the rainforest and waterfalls in Dorrigo National Park.
    • Get in touch with Australia’s wilderness and wildlife. Meet cute and cuddly koalas at an animal hospital, look out for whales if the season is right and explore the rainforest and waterfalls in Dorrigo National Park.
    • Get in touch with nature during two nights at your lodge Feature Stay in a private reserve within the Greater Kruger Region. Sleep in comfortable chalets with outdoor showers, and private terraces connected by wooden pathways through the bush.
    • Get incredible views over the great plains of Tanzania after a hike to Irente viewpoint in the Usambara Mountains.
    • Get into the indulgent beach-loving life on the still untouched, chilled out island of Ko Yao Noi and, armed with a snorkel, explore the surrounding islands and waters on an included boat trip
    • Get lost in the floating city of Venice and wander the city's maze of alleyways, canals and lagoon islands, and choose whether to opt in for an optional gondola ride.
    • Get lost in the floating city of Venice. The maze of alleyways, canals and lagoon islands lead to over 130 churches, all with their own distinct character.
    • Get lost in the labyrinthine streets of the Albaicin in Granada before crossing the river to visit the imposing Moorish fortress of the Alhambra.
    • Get off the beaten path – literally – during a visit to the charming fishing village of Sougia. Hike, swim, or relax on the beach with a cold drink in hand.
    • Get out and see a different side to the South Island, making the most of the wide-open spaces of the rugged and largely unexplored West Coast.
    • Get right to the heart of Tasmania’s natural landscape on your own two feet with a low-impact adventure that supports local communities and shows you the best of Tasmania’s South West.
    • Get the chance to spot and get close to all of the Big Five and more in Masai Mara National Reserve, Serengeti National Park, Ngorongoro Crater, Etosha National Park and Chobe National Park, among others.
    • Get the heart pumping as you race down the rapids of Soca River – a 138-km-long river that flows through Slovenia and Italy, known for its distinct emerald colour.
    • Get the inside scoop on Greek produce during an Exclusive Experience with a family of beekeepers in Itea. Learn about the craft and taste honey fresh from the hive.
    • Get the inside scoop on the best places to eat and explore with your locally based leader joining you on orientation walks in some of Italy’s most captivating cities, like ancient Rome, the canals of Venice, Naples and Florence.
    • Get the inside scoop on the geological and cultural history of the land surrounding you with local guides who are passionate about the area and love sharing their knowledge.
    • Get the inside scoop on the geological and cultural history of the land surrounding you with local guides who are passionate about the area and love sharing their knowledge.
    • Get the kids immersed in Thai culture during visit to the to the rural village of Ban Hua Tun and a homestay in the southern in the Phrom Lok District, where they’ll learn batik painting.
    • Get the low-down on all the traditions and rituals watching the incredible Day of the Dead parade then fiesta the night away in Mexico City and get into the true spirit of this haunting ceremonial festival.
    • Get the lowdown on Venice during your cicchetti and wine Urban Adventure. Visit some of the most authentic bacari wine bars, cross the famous canal in a traghetto gondola and explore the heart of the city, Rialto.
    • Get the opportunity to meet our closest redheaded relatives at the Sepilok Orangutan Rehabilitation Centre and watch these gentle giants as they go about their day.
    • Get to know Albania’s capital as you explore Tirana with your local leader, and share a coffee in the garden of our local friends to learn about their culture and family history.
    • Get to know contemporary Maya life during a homestay in San Juan La Laguna – a lakeside village where you can share meals and conversation with a local family and see how they harvest their local medicinal plants.
    • Get to know contemporary Maya life during a homestay in San Juan La Laguna – a lakeside village where you can share meals and conversation with a local family and see how they harvest their local medicinal plants.
    • Get to know Essaouira, named ‘little picture’ for a reason – and rub shoulders with the locals as you traverse the picturesque, whitewashed walls with a local guide who knows all the go-to spots.
    • Get to know Gozo from the water during a kayak excursion, where you’ll visit Comino Island and stop off at the aptly named Blue Lagoon for a swim.
    • Get to know Mexico City on a tour with your leader, visit the spectacular ruins of Teotihuacan, Cholula, Mitla, Chichen Itza, and Muyil, and explore the Tulum archaeological site.
    • Get to know New Zealand’s creative and cosmopolitan capital, Wellington. Your local leader will show you the best of the city, including Weta Workshop of Lord of the Rings fame.
    • Get to know northern India through the lives of the women who live there as you explore with a female leader, ride in women-only carriages on the metro and meet inspiring local women throughout your journey.
    • Get to know the community of Baan Nai Nang village by spending time with the locals, enjoying a hearty home-cooked lunch and learning about their organic fruit orchids.
    • Get to know the diverse wildlife of Queen Elizabeth National Park on a series of 4WD safaris and an optional boat cruise around the lake.
    • Get to know the diverse wildlife of Queen Elizabeth National Park on a series of 4WD safaris and an optional boat cruise around the lake.
    • Get to know the gorgeous beach of Unawatuna, where you can either get active in the surrounding jungle or chill with a cocktail while lying under a palm tree.
    • Get to know the layered history of Galle during a walking tour, uncovering the city’s maze of streets, historic buildings, lighthouse and the famed 17th-century fort.
    • Get to know the locals better on a homestay visit in the village of Poom Coong. In a traditional stilt-house, your hosts will cook you dinner and you might even be treated to some of the local rice wine.
    • Get to know the locals through immersive experiences like a Makroudh-making demonstration at a home bakery, a visit to an artisan’s calligraphy shop and lunch with a family in their troglodyte home at a Star Wars film location.
    • Get to know the locals with a carpet-making workshop, through the streets of the bustling bazaars and with a homecooked dinner of plov (Uzbekistan's national dish) during an immersive homestay.
    • Get to know the Moroccan way of life as you travel with a local leader and expert guides, enjoy tea with an Amazigh family in the Dades Valley and meet the women of the Tawesna social enterprise in Ait Benhaddou.
    • Get to know the Moroccan way of life as you travel with a local leader and expert guides, visit a local home for dinner in Fes, enjoy tea with an Amazigh family in the Dades Valley and meet the women of the Tawesna social enterprise in Ait Benhaddou.
    • Get to know the real Peru as you travel with a local leader, stay in a stunning eco-lodge in the Amazon, visit a local community in the Sacred Valley and explore with specialist guides in Cusco and Machu Picchu.
    • Get to know the stories and people of Uzbekistan and Turkmenistan while sharing home-cooked meals with local families, including a home stay in the remote Nuratau Mountains in Uzbekistan and a rare chance to stay with a Turkmen family in Nohur village.
    • Get to know true Vietnamese and Thai hospitality with two homestays where you can swap stories with the locals.
    • Get to know Victoria Falls without the burden of having to organise accommodation or transport.
    • Get to know Wanaka, one of New Zealand’s prettiest towns (and that’s saying something!) and visit Mou Waho Island – an island in a lake on an island in another lake on an island in the ocean!.
    • Get to really know the stories and people of Uzbekistan while sharing home-cooked meals with local families, including a home stay in the remote Nuratau Mountains.
    • Get to the heart of the real Morocco as you travel with an experienced local leader, swap stories with the locals in Fes and visit a family in the Atlas Mountains.
    • Get to the heart of Vietnamese culture with Exclusive Experiences, including a soul-stirring Hat Xam performance and a cooking class with a local chef in Hue.
    • Get to the heart of Vietnamese culture with Exclusive Experiences, including a soul-stirring Hat Xam performance, an afternoon in an ancient pottery village.
    • Get to the source of some of the nation's most iconic foods, including churros, barbacoa, tamales, tortillas, elotes and mole.
    • Get under the skin of Buenos Aires – with its eclectic neighbourhoods, thriving nightlife, food and wine culture and huge theatre scene, this is the perfect way to end your adventure!
    • Get up close and personal with the active volcanoes scattered across the Aeolian Islands and maybe take a dip in one of the Sulphur springs.
    • Get up close and personal with the active volcanoes scattered across the Aeolian Islands and perhaps take a dip in one of the Sulphur springs.
    • Get up close to the active volcanoes that are scattered across the Aeolian Islands and maybe even take a dip in one of the Sulphur springs.
    • Get wet and wild on a whitewater rafting adventure on the Trisuli River (the most popular river in Nepal for rafting), where you’ll zoom downstream next to giant boulders and gorges and between bright green hills.
    • Get wet and wild on a whitewater rafting adventure on the Trisuli River (the most popular river in Nepal for rafting), where you’ll zoom downstream next to giant boulders and gorges and between bright green hills. 
    • Get wild in Jasper National Park, where it’s possible to spot moose, elk, deer, bears and coyotes among the sea of evergreen pine and spruce trees.
    • Get your body moving on various adventurous activities like hiking through rice fields in Amed and cycling to the Ancient Bayan Tree in Ubud.
    • Get your first glimpse of the mighty Himalayan range on the included flight from Kathmandu to Lukla – surely one of the most dramatically located airports in the world.
    • Get your first glimpse of the thundering Victoria Falls and enjoy a full free day for optional adventures, so you can see the falls at your own pace and view the waterfalls from all angles.
    • Get your first glimpses of the might Himalayan range on the included flight from Kathmandu to Lukla – surely one of the most dramatically located airports anywhere.
    • Get your first glimpses of the mighty Himalayan range on the included flight from Kathmandu to Lukla – the famous airport in the sky.
    • Get your pulse racing as you raft through the heart of Fiji’s highlands at Upper Navua Gorge and take the plunge with a swim at one of Fiji’s most picture-perfect waterfalls in Nabalesere. 
    • Get your pulse racing as you raft through the heart of Fiji’s highlands at Upper Navua Gorge, and take the plunge with a swim at one of Fiji’s most picture-perfect waterfalls in Nabalesere.
    • Get your street food fix in bustling Bangkok and cool Chiang Mai and tuck into some of the tastiest eats in all of Asia. When you’ve had your fill (is that even possible?), be treated to traditional homecooked dinners during your hilltribe village homestays.
    • Get your street food fix in bustling Bangkok and cool Chiang Mai and tuck into some of the tastiest eats in all of Asia. When you’ve had your fill (is that even possible?), be treated to traditional homecooked dinners during your hilltribe village homestays.
    • Glide along the Mekong River on a longtail boat and explore Chiang Saen, the ancient capital of the Lanna Kingdom.
    • Glide down Botswana's Okavango Delta on a mokoro, with a local at the helm using a pole to guide your journey through the rich waterways.
    • Glide or walk along the spectacular Nitmiluk (Katherine) Gorge – a maze of waterways spanning over 12 km carved out of ancient sandstone.
    • Glide through the backwaters of Kerala on a pole boat, going ashore for a village stay – a beautiful break and a perfect way to get close to local customs and culture.
    • Glide through the backwaters of Kerala on a pole boat, going ashore for a village stay– a beautiful break from hotels and a perfect way to get close to local customs and culture.
    • Glide through the lily pad-clad waterways of the Okavango Delta on a mokoro (a small dugout canoe) and escape civilisation with an overnight stay at your island camp.
    • Glide through the lily pad-filled waterways of the Okavango Delta on a mokoro (a small dugout canoe) and escape civilisation with an overnight stay at your island camp.
    • Glide through the lily-filled waterways of the Okavango Delta on a mokoro (a small dugout canoe) and escape civilisation with an overnight stay at your island camp.
    • Glide through the lily-pad-clad waterways of the Okavango Delta on a mokoro (a small dugout canoe) and escape civilization with an overnight stay at your island camp surrounded by hippos.
    • Glide through the wildlife-filled waterways of the Okavango by mokoro – this traditional dug-out canoe is the best way to experience the delta up close.
    • Go beyond a biology lesson and immerse yourself in nature, from spotting rare birds in Monteverde to listening for the evocative call of howler monkeys in Manuel Antonio National Park.
    • Go beyond the walled-off resorts and discover the beauty and cultures of Vanuatu. Hike, paddle, swim and snorkel in some of the most beautiful places in the tropics.
    • Go birdwatching in Fish River Canyon and see the African sunset that makes this place so much more than just one of the world's largest gorges.
    • Go deeper into the history of the area with stories of the goldrush days during visits to Reefton, Kumara.
    • Go deeper than the average tourist with a homestay in a quiet agricultural community – the perfect opportunity to experience local life and practice your Spanish. You’ll even have an informal cooking lesson with the locals to make dinner!
    • Go exotic bird watching off the coast of Isla Espanola, where you may see the unique waved albatrosses, blue-footed boobies and masked boobies.
    • Go for an unforgettable dip in Yokdzonot Cenote – a sinkhole managed by a cooperative of local Maya women. Float beneath ancient tree roots that dangle into the water and learn about the role of cenotes in Maya culture.
    • Go further and visit remote and restricted rock art sites including Ubirr and Nourlangie with a local guide.
    • Go in search of Africa’s Big Five on full-day 4WD game drive in Kruger National Park.
    • Go in search of Africa’s stunning wildlife on a full-day 4WD game drive in Kruger National Park, looking out for lions, elephants, buffalo, leopards and rhinos.
    • Go inside Cathedral Gorge and discover the natural amphitheatre of red rock, hollowed out over millions of years to create this massive acoustic wonder.
    • Go looking for rare black rhinos on a safari in Ngorongoro Crater, a 20-kilometre-wide crater that around 25,000 wild animals call home.
    • Go off-road in search of wild horses in the foothills of Mount Cincar – your expert local leaders and guides know all the best spots to look.
    • Go on a full day’s hike through the grasslands from Naga to Nubutautau village, hearing firsthand about the history of the area from expert guides and local villagers.
    • Go on an epic safari in search of lions, hyenas and more through Kruger National Park – one of the largest National Parks in southern Africa.
    • Go on safaris in some pretty iconic spots, including the Ngorongoro Crater, the Serengeti savanna, the Okavango Delta and the Masai Mara.
    • Go overland in a purpose-built truck and stop to take in geological wonders like Bourke’s Luck Potholes along the Panorama Route.
    • Go overland into Kyrgyzstan for a change of scene and hike the magnificent Jeti Oguz, explore Karakol and take a boat ride on the vast waters of the alpine Issyk-kul lake.
    • Go snorkelling in the crystal waters around Menjangan Island reef and off the east coast of Lombok and hopefully spot some tropical fish and (if you’re lucky) sea turtles.
    • Go walking, canoeing and driving on a safari through the lush landscapes of Chitwan National Park, looking out for wildlife like crocodiles, pythons and deer.
    • Go whitewater rafting over the rugged rapids of the Mae Taeng River – said to be some of the best rafting in all of Asia.
    • Go whitewater rafting over the rugged rapids, gates and pools of the Soka River, taking in stunning alpine scenery as you follow your expert guides.
    • Go wildlife spotting on 4WD safaris through Tsavo National Park – the oldest and largest national park in Kenya. Split into Tsavo West and Tsavo East, the park is known as the ‘land of lava, springs, man-eaters and magical sunsets.’
    • Go wildlife-spotting along the river at Chobe National Park – home of the world's highest concentration of African elephants – and keep the safari going in South Luangwa National Park on a dawn game drive.
    • Go wildlife-spotting along the river at Chobe National Park, home of the world's highest concentration of African elephants
    • Go wildlife-spotting along the river in Chobe National Park, home of the world's highest concentration of African elephants.
    • Go wildlife-spotting with your small group and expert guides along the river on a sunset cruise at Chobe National Park, home to the world's highest concentration of African elephants.
    • Go wildlife-spotting with your small group and expert guides in Chobe National Park, South Luangwa National Park, the Serengeti and Ngorongoro Crater. The Big Five have never been so close!
    • Go your own way – this trip has tonnes of free time so you can relax on the beach, go snorkelling, find the best hikes on the island or just unwind with a good book under the swaying palms.
    • Goa may be a golden-sand beauty, but there’s more to life here than simply chilling by the beach – you could opt to tour an organic spice farm and gorge on a sumptuously spiced Goan feast instead.
    • Golden beaches and age-old fishing villages make Goa one of India’s most popular retreats – and a perfect place to consider extending your southern India adventure.
    • Gorilla permits included! Seek out the rare mountain gorilla on a trek through Uganda’s steamy forests and spend an unforgettable hour in their presence.
    • Grab a fork and dig in – this trip introduces you to some of India’s most iconic dishes like kachori, kulfi, chai, paratha, chaat, thali and heaps more.
    • Grab a fork and dig into Morocco’s most iconic dishes – tagine, pastilla, cous cous and camel burgers await!
    • Halong Bay is one of Vietnam’s most iconic sights, and this must-see must be seen on a classic junk cruise
    • Hang out at Tolga Bat Hospital – the country’s largest rehabilitation facility for the famous upside-down critters – and learn about their research and advocacy projects.
    • Harvest produce and come together to cook a rustic meal from scratch during a homestay with family in an agricultural community.
    • Have a wonderful outdoor experience while you enjoy comforts like showers and cosy sleeping amenities, even while camping.
    • Have a wonderful outdoor experience while you enjoy comforts like showers and cosy sleeping amenities, even while camping.
    • Have an up-close encounter with the lumbering gentle giant that is the Galapagos tortoise.
    • Have breakfast at Cafe de las Sonrisas – a local café run entirely by deaf people. The café's owner is aiming to bridge the gap and inspire other business owners to employ local people living with disabilities.
    • Have breakfast at Cafe de las Sonrisas – a local café run entirely by deaf people. The café's owner is aiming to bridge the gap and inspire other business owners to employ local people living with disabilities.
    • Have breakfast at Cafe de las Sonrisas – a local café run entirely by deaf people. The café's owner is aiming to bridge the gap and inspire other business owners to employ local people living with disabilities.
    • Have lunch at the Amal Association in Marrakech – a non-profit organisation empowering local women through employment on their journey towards financial independence.
    • Have lunch at The Spoon Restaurant and Training School in Siem Reap – this school offers disadvantaged students the chance to learn a profession in hospitality. You’ll learn about the NGO’s efforts and tuck into a delicious meal of international and Khmer cuisine.
    • Have the option to purchase a second gorilla permit, doubling your experience of watching the great male silverback in the wild!
    • Have your expectations smashed by the spectacular Taj Mahal during a guided tour that illuminates the building’s fascinating back story.
    • Have your expectations smashed by the spectacular Taj Mahal during a guided tour that illuminates the building’s fascinating back story.
    • Head away from the tourist trail to the remote Small Cyclades islands, chock-full of tavernas serving fresh seafood and small villages to explore.
    • Head into Cinquera Forest to visit a small mountain community, learning about the area’s importance during a tour with a former guerilla fighter.
    • Head into the mangroves on an eco-cruise in Weipa to spot crocodiles sunning themselves on the muddy riverbanks.
    • Head into the mangroves on an eco-cruise in Weipa to spot crocodiles sunning themselves on the muddy riverbanks.
    • Head off on safari – Sri Lanka style! Look for elephants and leopards while you cruise the beautiful Minneriya National Park in a jeep with expert local guides.
    • Head off the beaten track on a full day’s hike through the grasslands into Naga to Nubutautau villages, hearing firsthand about the history of the area from expert guides and local villagers. These cultural experiences will show you a unique insight into landscape and community. 
    • Head off the tourist track and see some incredible natural landscapes – on this trip, you’ll visit Sharyn Canyon (nicknamed the little brother of the Grand Canyon), Jety Oguz, Skazka Canyon and Lake Issyk Kul.
    • Head off the tourist track and see some incredible natural landscapes – on this trip, you’ll visit Sharyn Canyon (nicknamed the little brother of the Grand Canyon), Jety Oguz, Skazka Canyon and Lake Issyk Kul.
    • Head out of Mexico City to learn about Teotihuacan culture, from pre-Hispanic pyramids to modern handicrafts.
    • Head out on a sunset hike to Wat Phu Si in Luang Prabang for some amazing views over Phu Si Mountain. After the sun descends, head to Talad Mued Night Market for a BBQ feast – a local favourite.  
    • Head out on a sunset hike to Wat Phu Si in Luang Prabang for some epic views over Phu Si Mountain. After the sun descends, head to Talad Mued Night Market for a BBQ feast – a local favourite.
    • Head out on a very special bush walk with members of the world's first all-female anti-poaching unit – the Black Mambas. During this exclusive experience, learn how they're deterring poachers and patrolling 20,000 hectares of nature reserve, then spend the evening listening to their stories by the campfire.
    • Head out on a very special bush walk with members of the world's first all-female anti-poaching unit, the Black Mambas. During this exclusive experience, learn how they're deterring poachers and patrolling 20,000 hectares of nature reserve, then spend the evening listening to their stories by the campfire.
    • Head out on a walk and talk with a guide from Yellowstone to Yukon, an initiative to create wildlife corridors spanning from the US to Canada.
    • Head out on an Alaskan safari for a unique chance to see moose, caribou, grizzly bears, Dall sheep and wolves in their natural habitat in Denali National Park.
    • Head out on an early evening game drive in Lake Nakuru National Park, in the heart of the Great Rift Valley. This plat is famous for its rhino population, so you’ll have a good chance to snap a photo of these gorgeous beasts.
    • Head out on an early evening game drive in Lake Nakuru National Park, well known for its rhino population, and explore the plains of the Serengeti in search of lions, leopards, elephants and giraffes.
    • Head out on an early evening game drive in Lake Nakuru National Park, which is particularly famous for its rhino population.
    • Head out on an early morning game drive through Lake Nakuru National Park. This might be your best chance of seeing black and white rhinoceroses in the flesh.
    • Head out on daily Zodiac cruises and shore excursions (weather permitting), allow you to fully immerse yourself in the breathtaking surroundings of the Antarctic wilderness.
    • Head out on daily Zodiac cruises and shore excursions (weather permitting), allow you to fully immerse yourself in the breathtaking surroundings of the Antarctic wilderness.
    • Head out on daily Zodiac cruises and shore excursions (weather permitting), allow you to fully immerse yourself in the breathtaking surroundings of the Antarctic wilderness.
    • Head out on multiple safaris in 4WDs through Wilpattu, Minneriya, Kumana and Yala National Parks, looking out for herds of native elephants, leopards, buffalo, deer, crocodiles, hundreds of species of birds and more.
    • Head out with your local leader to a rural village in the heart of Piedmonte to sample world-class local wines from unique grapes grown only in this region – salute!
    • Head to a local community and rub shoulders with the inhabitants of the Sacred Valley – if you’re lucky, your travel day might even fall on market day where you can pick up some hand-painted beads or a warm poncho.
    • Head to a local community and rub shoulders with the inhabitants of the Sacred Valley – if you’re lucky, your travel day might even fall on market day where you can pick up some hand-painted beads or a warm poncho.
    • Head to a Maori village where the profits from your visit are fed back into the community, learn the haka and Maori weaving before tucking into a traditional hangi dinner.
    • Head to a Maori village where the profits from your visit are fed back into the community, learn the haka and Maori weaving before tucking into a traditional hangi dinner.
    • Head to a Maori village where the profits from your visit are fed back into the community, learn the haka and Maori weaving before tucking into a traditional hangi dinner.
    • Head to a Maori village where the profits from your visit are fed back into the community. Learn the haka and Maori weaving before tucking into a traditional hangi dinner.
    • Head to a remote village outside Syros for a sunset feast of local specialties, all served up in a small taverna that overlooks the Aegean Sea.
    • Head to a small village for a traditional homemade breakfast of Khmer noodles, then spend the day roaming the Angkor complex – maybe the most important site in all of Cambodia and a UNESCO World Heritage site.
    • Head to the Albanian Riviera and float in the sparkling waters of Himare’s hidden coves. Go on a speed boat tour to Pirate’s Cave and take refreshing swims in the coastal waters. Then, kick back in Corfu – one of Greece’s famed islands.
    • Head to the coffee plantations, waterfalls and caldera hot springs of Boquete – a highland town so beautiful you’ll hardly miss the beach at all!
    • Head to the rural desert village of Chandelao Garh, where a local project provides female artisans with employment and education while preserving traditional craft practices. Check out their handicrafts and hear their stories.
    • Head to the UNESCO World Heritage-listed Leaning Tower of Pisa to take photos with your family, including the classic ‘here’s me holding up the tower!’ shot.
    • Head to the USA’s best wine region for Pinot Noir – Willamette Valley – and enjoy a wine tasting at a local winery in the valley, with gorgeous views of sprawling vineyards, hills and forest.
    • Head to the USA’s best wine region for Pinot Noir – Willamette Valley – and enjoy a wine tasting at a local winery in the valley, with gorgeous views of sprawling vineyards, hills and forest.
    • Head to Tikal National Park within the dense Maya forest to explore ancient Maya ruins at the archaeological site – you might like to opt to swing through the canopy on the optional zipline experience! 
    • Head to Tikal National Park within the dense Maya forest to explore ancient Maya ruins at the archaeological site – you might like to opt to swing through the canopy on the optional zipline experience!
    • Head to Whistler to learn more about First Nations history at the Squamish Lil'Wat Cultural Centre – the first of its kind in Canada.
    • Hear the stories behind ‘Anne of Green Gables’ with a walking tour and visit through the Green Gables Heritage Place, where L.M. Montgomery drew her inspiration.
    • Hear the stories behind ‘Anne of Green Gables’ with a walking tour and visit through the Green Gables Heritage Place, where L.M. Montgomery drew her inspiration.
    • Hike across the famous Kings Canyon plateau, from the sandstone domes of the 'Lost City' to the oasis of the 'Garden of Eden'. Walk the red rock cliffs and view the palm forest below.
    • Hike along ancient aqueducts, scenic coastal paths and farmlands and take in ocean and mountain views on trails like 25 Fontes or Pico do Ruivo.
    • Hike along forest trails to a women-led regenerative farming project. Hear about their sustainable agriculture efforts and, depending on the season, get hands-on with planting crops.
    • Hike along lush trails from the top of Mt Vogel, within Triglav National Park, looking down to the valley where the deep green forest meets the bright blue of the glacial Lake Bohinj.
    • Hike along Santorini’s caldera, passing steep cliff faces and unbelievable views as you learn about the geological history of the island along the way.
    • Hike along Santorini’s caldera, passing steep cliff faces and unbelievable views as you learn about the island's geological history along the way.
    • Hike along the Divine Madman Trail, believed to be a trail followed by Drukpa Kuenley – a famous Buddhist monk, missionary and poet who came to Bhutan from Tibet.
    • Hike along the Overland Track in Cradle Mountain and soak in the gorgeous Australian landscape in leafy Tassie.
    • Hike along the Path of the Gods along the spectacular Sentiero degli Dei – one of the most scenic trails in the world – in picturesque Amalfi.
    • Hike along the pristine beaches, including Cosy Corner where you’ll stop for some morning tea.
    • Hike along the scenic Cinque Terre with a series of walking paths that connect the pastel villages of Monterosso, Corniglia and Riomaggiore.
    • Hike alongside an experienced leader and assistant guides and porters who will support and guide you along the way. Support a company that operates their hikes according to standards that provide respectful, safe and fair working conditions not only in Nepal, but on all trips globally.
    • Hike among the olive groves on the Path of the Gods along the spectacular Amalfi Coast.
    • Hike among the olive groves on the Path of the Gods along the spectacular Amalfi Coast.
    • Hike among the towering peaks of Northern Pakistan’s Baltistan region on well-marked trails in Nangma Valley.
    • Hike among the towering red gorges and lush green palms of Todra Valley, passing sheer red-hued cliffs and narrow passes.
    • Hike amongst forest terrain and vibrant wildflowers of the well-known Bibbulmun track from Collie to Balingup, located in the heart of Jarrah country.
    • Hike Anjandari Hill – the birthplace of Lord Hanuman and watch the sunset over the Tungabhadra River and Hampi’s ancient ruin.
    • Hike at the base of Mt Meru – look out for local wildlife as you soak up the incredible views, on the way to a thundering waterfall for lunch. You might see buffalo, giraffes, zebras, Kilimanjaro colobus monkeys and Harvey’s red duikers along the way.
    • Hike easier knowing that while our porters are taking care of you, someone is looking out for them. We’re an official partner with the Kilimanjaro Porters Assistance Project.
    • Hike from the local mountain villages of Theth to Valbone. Expect rugged beauty, dramatic peaks and a journey rich in local charm.
    • Hike in the scenic Spanish Pyrenees mountains, taking in the fresh air and panoramic views.
    • Hike in the scenic Spanish Pyrenees mountains, taking in the fresh air, panoramic views and an exhilarating sense of freedom.
    • Hike in the shadows of the High Atlas Mountains, then explore the palm groves and valleys of the Anti Atlas Mountains, surrounded by local Amazigh village life.
    • Hike Kilimanjaro's climactic last stretch by lamplight and give yourself as much chance as possible to watch a sunrise over ice fields from behind Africa’s highest peak.
    • Hike Kilimanjaro's climactic last stretch by lamplight and give yourself as much chance as possible to watch a sunrise over icefields from behind Africa’s highest peak.
    • Hike Mount Lovcen to Kotor Fortress, dating back to the 9th century, for sweeping panoramic views of Kotor's Old Town and the bay.
    • Hike on Bartolome for panoramic views across the island, so you can see the dramatic volcanic landscape from a bird’s eye view.
    • Hike on leader-led trails through Zion National Park, taking in the panoramic views of the massive canyon walls and red sandstone cliffs.
    • Hike on the Cipriano Cabrera trail towards Latuvi and meet Doña Martha for a workshop about making pulque and tepache – two traditional Mexican drinks, fermented and made with local plants, fruits and vegetables.
    • Hike on the renowned paths of the Cinque Terre and test your culinary skills with a hands-on pesto making class in Levanto.
    • Hike one of the world’s most beautiful mountain ranges and discover the history, culture and landscapes of not one, not two, but four southern European countries – Croatia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Montenegro and Albania.
    • Hike or train between the colourful towns of Cinque Terre – walk one of the trails with your leader, alongside gorgeous views of the Mediterranean Sea, then explore at your own pace, maybe hanging out at one of the many scenic beaches or hiking through the hills.
    • Hike parts of the Via Transilvanica – a 1400 km trail that crosses diverse landscapes, offering a unique way to experience Romania’s natural beauty and cultural heritage.
    • Hike past Exit Glacier and up to the Harding Icefield for astonishing views of ancient glacial ice stretching as far as the eye can see.
    • Hike sections of the Queen Charlotte Track with a local leader. Weave your way through some of the most beautiful scenery of the South Island and learn about the region’s history.
    • Hike the banks of the Blackwood River and challenge yourself as you ascend Cardiac Hill.
    • Hike the beautiful Pinnacle Walk to the summit of Hanging Rock and discover sweeping views and interesting rock formations made famous by the Peter Weir film ‘Picnic at Hanging Rock’.
    • Hike the beautiful Pinnacle Walk to the summit of Hanging Rock and discover sweeping views and interesting rock formations made famous by the Peter Weir film ‘Picnic at Hanging Rock’.
    • Hike the canyon’s best trails, including South Kaibab and Cedar Ridge and view the Colorado River and Grand Canyon from the top of the Grandview trail.
    • Hike the Caucasus Mountain and explore the region’s mud volcanoes, ancient mosques, lush forests and tall peaks.
    • Hike the coastal Vereda da Ponta de Sao Lourenco for incredible ocean views.
    • Hike the Dove Lake Circuit in Cradle Mountain National Park – passing the immense lake, high peaks of the mountain and lush vegetation while looking out for wombats.
    • Hike the Dove Lake Circuit in Cradle Mountain National Park – passing the immense lake, high peaks of the mountain and lush vegetation while looking out for wombats.
    • Hike the expanse of Arizona’s Grand Canyon and take in the sweeping views of this iconic landscape with a small group of like-minded travellers by your side.
    • Hike the expanse of Arizona’s Grand Canyon and take in the sweeping views of this iconic landscape with a small group of like-minded travellers by your side.
    • Hike the forest terrain and coastlines of the well-known Bibbulmun track from Walpole to Denmark.
    • Hike the forest terrain of the well-known Bibbulmun track from Donnelly River to Balingup, located in the heart of Karri, Marri and Jarrah country.
    • Hike the highlights of the Italian Dolomites, from the panoramic mountain paths of the Cinque Torri to the serene lakeside paths around Lake Federa.
    • Hike the iconic Tongariro Alpine Crossing and see the volcanic peaks of Ngauruhoe, Tongariro and Ruapehu. You’ll be immersed in New Zealand’s natural forest scenery while you learn about the region’s rich history.
    • Hike the Path of the Gods from Agerola to Positano – one of the most scenic coastal trails in the world.
    • Hike the red slopes of the West MacDonnell Ranges (Tjoritja), deep dive into First Nations history and visit sacred sites like the Ochre Pits with your Aboriginal guides.
    • Hike the rim of the caldera in Santorini and soak up breathtaking views of cliff faces, mountains, small villages and the Aegan Sea.
    • Hike the scenic loop from Jardim do Mar through Vereda do Jardim and Levada da Calheta. Wander quiet paths, soak in cliffside views and breathe the fresh mountain air.
    • Hike the slopes of Mt Olympus, the ancient seat of the 12 Greek gods. According to mythology Zeus unleashed his thunderbolts from one of Olympus' peaks.
    • Hike the spectacular Triple Lakes Trail, Denali National Park’s longest trail, which has great views of Riley Creek, towering mountains and the three Triple Lakes.
    • Hike the Three Peaks of Lavaredo loop – a full day's walk that’s widely regarded as the most scenic trail in the Dolomites.
    • Hike the UNESCO-listed rice terraces in the Cordilleras, crafted over 2000 years, and trek to the crater lake of Mt Pinatubo for breathtaking views.
    • Hike the UNESCO-listed rice terraces in the Cordilleras, crafted over 2000 years, and trek to the crater lake of Mt Pinatubo for breathtaking views.
    • Hike three of Victoria’s best-known alpine walking areas – Mt Buffalo, Falls Creek and the iconic Razorback Ridge to Mount Feathertop.
    • Hike through lush forests as you make the challenging full-day climb to the rim of Mt Rinjani, where spectacular views across Bali, the Gili Islands and Mt Agung reward your efforts.
    • Hike through quintessential Himalayan landscapes – cross suspension bridges strung with prayer flags, pass rivers and rhododendron forests, and say namaste (hello) to villagers along the way.
    • Hike through rainforests in Taman Negara and meet the Orang Asli, one of Peninsular Malaysia’s last Indigenous groups. Discover their ancient forest survival skills, from traditional hunting techniques to the secrets of living in harmony with the jungle.
    • Hike through rugged terrain and small villages, then take in the view of the valley as you tuck into a home-cooked meal prepared by a local family in Todra Gorge.
    • Hike through Sapa’s famous rice terraces and meet the Hmong people along the way. See the dramatic Tiger Leaping Gorge, where the Jinsha River roars at the bottom, surrounded by snowcapped mountains.
    • Hike through The Caucasus Mountains to the 14th-century Gergeti Trinity Church, which sits in isolation at 2170 m above sea level. Then, visit Khor Virap Monastery and Sevanavank Monastery for a view just as impressive as the history.
    • Hike through the picturesque valleys surrounding Sapa and visit local communities on a full-day active adventure – the best way to get to know a place is on two feet, after all!
    • Hike through the raw landscape of Torres del Paine National Park – a designated UNESCO World Biosphere Reserve and keep your eye out for Andean condors and guanacos.
    • Hike through the rolling rice terraces, waterfalls, mountains and lush green hills of Sapa and you’ll quickly realise why this has become an iconic image of Vietnam.
    • Hike through the rugged mountains with spectacular scenery at every turn and a trusty pack of mules heading up your crew.
    • Hike through the Salvadoran jungle to swim in the many waterfalls, then relax at El Tunco’s black sand beach.
    • Hike through the scenic landscapes of Manuel Antonio National Park with a local naturalist guide and learn all the hidden secrets of the rainforest, looking out for local wildlife like sloths and iguanas.
    • Hike through the scenic landscapes of Manuel Antonio National Park with a local naturalist guide and learn all the hidden secrets of the rainforest, looking out for local wildlife like sloths and iguanas.
    • Hike through the UNESCO World Heritage-listed Knuckles Mountain Range and encounter Sri Lanka's lush scenery and amazing biodiversity. Visit the observation point ‘Mini World’s End’ and see the sheer drop into the Thelgamuwa Valley and its forest floor below.
    • Hike through the varied landscapes of Zion National Park, taking in views of massive canyon walls and red sandstone cliffs as you go.
    • Hike through the Yosemite National Park with a local leader by your side to do all the navigating for you. See some of the region’s best sites with carefully curated included activities and plenty of free time.
    • Hike through traditional Amazigh villages and soak in the views of the High Atlas mountain scenery near Imlil and Ouirgane. Along the way, you’ll enjoy picnics with a view – full of fresh, local ingredients.
    • Hike through valleys surrounded by towering limestone peaks, bamboo groves and rice terraces in Nam Ti and Tu Le.
    • Hike through Yellowstone National Park, where grizzly bears, herds of buffalo and elk roam free, and join an expert naturalist guide for a wolf tracking expedition.
    • Hike to a 100-year-old monastery in the village of Gatlang, then head out to find Parvati Kunda – a sacred lake revered for its apparent powers of fertility.
    • Hike to and from the rural village of Ratau, where you’ll mingle with the locals, take part in a cooking class, learn how to play the Gong and sleep in a traditional bamboo hut.
    • Hike to Cabo de Sao Vicente – mainland Europe’s southwestern most point. Hear stories about the area’s maritime and local history from your local leader.
    • Hike to gorges and waterfalls in the El Questro Wilderness Park. Unwind in the natural thermal pools shaded by palm trees and look for ripple markings in the rocks, formed under shallow tidal waters millions of years ago.
    • Hike to Limpiopungo Lagoon for panoramic views of the Cotopaxi Volcano – Ecuador's second-highest peak and the tallest active volcano in the world!
    • Hike to one of the most beautiful lookout spots in the park, the summit of Mt. Washburn, and take in the views of Yellowstone Lake, the Teton Range, and Electric Peak.
    • Hike to Pianemo Viewpoint and capture the perfect photo as you look across the turquoise waters dotted with limestone islands.
    • Hike to Taktsang, commonly known as the Tiger's Nest, the small monastery clinging to a rocky cliff 900 metres above the valley floor, and soak in its magnificence.
    • Hike to Taktsang, commonly known as the Tiger's Nest, the small monastery clinging to a rocky cliff 900 metres above the valley floor, and soak in its magnificence.
    • Hike to the 14th-century Gergeti Trinity Church, which sits in splendid isolation at 2170 m in the heart of the Caucasus Mountains.
    • Hike to the Mt Kelimutu viewpoint at sunrise and watch its dazzling red, blue and green crater lakes shift colour as the sun crests the horizon.
    • Hike to the rim of Mt Yasur, one of the world’s most active volcanoes, and in the evening, watch the smoke and lava billowing create a natural fireworks display (from a safe distance, of course).
    • Hike to the summit of Mt Batur for a truly dazzling sunrise view that stretches across the Lombok Strait, all the way over to the peaks of Mt Rinjani.
    • Hike to the summit of Mt Batur for a truly dazzling sunrise view that stretches across the Lombok Strait, all the way over to the peaks of Mt Rinjani.
    • Hike to the summit of Timor-Leste’s tallest mountain, Mt Ramelau, a challenging but rewarding trek that will deliver incredible views over the country at sunrise.
    • Hike to towering summits like Key Summit or Greenstone Valley through surrounding beech forest, rainforest, expansive lakes and rolling hillsides – Middle Earth is calling.
    • Hike trails that take you into the heart of the Cyclades. Walk past grazing goats and whitewashed chapels, say kalimera (hello) to farmers and climb to the medieval Castle of Oria for amazing Aegean views.
    • Hike trails that take you into the heart of the Cyclades. Walk past grazing goats and whitewashed chapels, say kalimera (hello) to farmers and climb to the medieval Castle of Oria for amazing Aegean views.
    • Hike with an experienced and passionate locally-based leader as well as a team of guides and porters on a trek that operates according to standards that provide respectful, safe and fair working conditions.
    • Hike with an experienced and passionate locally-based leader as well as a team of guides and porters who will introduce you to rich Sherpa culture.
    • Hike with your small group along one of Denali National Park’s iconic trails, looking for wildlife and with any luck spotting the summit of Denali on a clear day.
    • Hike, cycle or zip-line through Costa Rica’s steamy cloud forests of Monteverde – there are so many ways to experience the lush canopies and unique Central American wildlife.
    • Hike, cycle or zip-line through the steamy cloud forests of Monteverde – there’s so many ways to experience the lush canopies and see unique Central American wildlife.
    • Hike, cycle or zip-line through the steamy cloud forests of Monteverde – there’s so many ways to experience the lush canopies and unique Central American wildlife.
    • Hike, cycle or zip-line through the steamy cloud forests of Monteverde in Costa Rica – there’s so many ways to experience the lush canopies and unique Central American wildlife.
    • Hike, cycle, raft – you name it! With loads of free time, you can create your own adventure. Find the perfect walking trail in Yosemite, soak your muscles in the hot springs of Bishop and find some cool restaurants and bars once the sun goes down in San Fran and Vegas.
    • Hike, snorkel, sail and enjoy plenty of free time to unwind on the deck of your motor yacht, with a beer or wine in hand as you birdwatch.
    • Hike, snorkel, sail and enjoy plenty of free time to unwind on the deck of your motor yacht, with a beer or wine in hand as you birdwatch.
    • Hike, snorkel, sail and enjoy plenty of free time to unwind on the deck of your motor yacht, with a beer or wine in hand as you birdwatch.
    • Hike, snorkel, sleep, repeat – this isn’t your average adventure cruise! You’ll have daily walks and hikes followed by snorkelling excursions to spot marine life and corals – the best way to cool off.
    • Hike, snorkel, sleep, repeat – this isn’t your average adventure cruise! You’ll have daily walks and hikes followed by snorkelling excursions to spot marine life and corals – the best way to cool off.
    • Hike, snorkel, sleep, repeat – this isn’t your average adventure cruise! You’ll have daily walks and hikes followed by snorkelling excursions to spot marine life and corals – the best way to cool off.
    • Hike, snorkel, sleep, repeat – this isn’t your average cruise! Get active in the rugged and isolated northern Galapagos Islands.
    • Hiking can really work up an appetite, which is why all meals are included on hiking days, ensuring you’re fuelled up for your adventures.
    • Hit the historic hotspot of Dubrovnik (of Game of Thrones fame) along Croatia’s Dalmatian coastline, then explore the white sands of the Elafiti Islands on a daytrip with loads of free time to swim, relax or wander.
    • Hit the historic hotspot of Dubrovnik along Croatia’s Dalmatian coastline. With medieval walls, Game of Thrones tours, hidden swimming coves and alleyway restaurants, this is the perfect spot to end your adventure.
    • Hit the nightlife in cruisy Chiang Mai, in the Nimman area that’s swarming with hipster bars and uber-cool lounges. Bar hop, hit the night markets and find all the best spots from a local leader with all the insights.
    • Hoi An is another idyllic pocket of Vietnam that's best experienced from the seat of a bike. Take a guided bicycle tour through the rolling countryside and see local life pass you by.
    • Hop aboard a cruise up the East Alligator River and learn from an Aboriginal guide about the cultural significance of the landscape and the plants and animals that live here.
    • Hop aboard a riverboat to Tortuguero, a region popular for its canals that attract both human and wildlife visitors, most notably local green turtles, which come at night to nest on the sandy beaches.
    • Hop aboard for an epic two-night sailing adventure through the stunning Whitsundays. Go snorkelling and soak up the landscape as you cruise through the untouched islands.
    • Hop aboard for an epic two-night sailing adventure through the stunning Whitsundays. Go snorkelling and soak up the scenery as you cruise through the untouched islands.
    • Hop aboard your vessel, Le Grande Daphne, and sail through the naturally beautiful landscapes of the Galapagos, all with a handy naturalist guide by your side.
    • Hop aboard your vessel, Le Grande Daphne, and sail through the naturally beautiful landscapes of the Galapagos, all with a handy naturalist guide by your side.
    • Hop across the Guatemalan border to explore Maya ruins in Tikal National Park. Explore towering temples and pyramids surrounded by thick rainforest home to coatis, monkeys and parrots.
    • Hop between paradise islands in the iconic Cyclades by yacht – is there any better way? Swim in the Aegean Sea off the side of the boat and let the waves rock you to sleep each night.
    • Hop from asteroid crater to Ghost Gum trail to natural swimming pool in the Ormiston Gorge area, learning about local Aboriginal Creation Stories along the way.
    • Hop on a bamboo bike in Intramuros, ride a traditional Jeepney, and traverse rugged valleys in a 4WD – the journey is just as important as the destination!
    • Hop on a scenic boat ride on Lake Atitlan to Santiago Atitlan, with 95% of the population of Maya descent, and meet the shamanic keepers of Maximon.
    • Hop on a tuk-tuk and tour around Phnom Penh's favourite local restaurants and sample some of the tastiest local specialty on a evening food tour.
    • Hungary’s intoxicating capital becomes even more magical when draped in fairy-lights and dusted with snow at Christmastime. Try delicious local specialties like chimney cakes and potato dumplings at its main market at Vorosmarty Square.
    • If you choose, opt to explore the magnificent temples at Abu Simbel and see the four gargantuan statues of Ramses, carved directly out of the mountain on the west bank of the Nile. 
    • Immerse yourself in a deeply spiritual experience as you witness the Aarti ceremony at Gauri Ghat, nestled on the banks of the Narmada, the Holy River in Jabalpur. This intimate ceremony, echoing the grandeur of Haridwar and Varanasi, unfolds at dusk, offering a unique spiritual connection.
    • Immerse yourself in a traditional Hungarian crafts and costumes in Holloko and enjoy a guided hikes in Slovakia. This trip offers a perfect blend of outdoor adventure and rich cultural activities.
    • Immerse yourself in an ancient culture with a night in the Hmong lodge, where you’ll be treated to a barbecue dinner and Hmong cultural show.
    • Immerse yourself in authentic local culture through Albania’s flavours and people. Enjoy local cuisine with a lunch at the scenic farm, Mrizi & Zanave in Fishte.
    • Immerse yourself in Balinese culture by tucking into lots of delicious street food, meeting songket weavers, witnessing a traditional Kecak dance performance and visiting a Hindu-Buddhist island temple.
    • Immerse yourself in Ljubljana's lively atmosphere, surrounded by green spaces and vibrant cafes, and walk around Bled, a picturesque town nestled on a lake with a fairytale island church.
    • Immerse yourself in local culture and be treated to song, dance and performance – you'll attend a Fa’ataupati (slap dance) and enjoy a fire knife dancing night. Then, attend a church service followed by a traditional Sunday feast.
    • Immerse yourself in local culture and be treated to song, dance and performance – you'll attend a Fa’ataupati (slap dance) and fire knife dancing night. On Sunday morning, attend a local church service led by a choir, followed by a traditional Sunday feast.
    • Immerse yourself in some of the most beautiful landscapes in all of Thailand, from cascading waterfalls and mountainside views to a kayaking adventure on Mae Taeng River (followed by a spot of white-water rafting if you dare) to get a new perspective.
    • Immerse yourself in some of the most beautiful landscapes in all of Thailand, from cascading waterfalls, stunning beaches and mountainside views to a kayaking adventure on Mae Taeng River (followed by a spot of white-water rafting if you dare).
    • Immerse yourself in some of the most beautiful landscapes, from cascading waterfalls, stunning beaches and mountainside views to a kayaking adventure on Mae Taeng River (followed by a spot of white-water rafting if you dare).
    • Immerse yourself in the ancient culture of the Venda people during a village homestay in South Africa's Limpopo province.
    • Immerse yourself in the ancient culture of the Venda people with a village homestay in South Africa's Limpopo province.
    • Immerse yourself in the bohemian vibes of the Czech Republic, soak up the smooth sounds of jazz at a low-lit bar in Prague and sample locally made pilsners.
    • Immerse yourself in the communist past and vibrant present of Bucharest, a city often underrated by travellers
    • Immerse yourself in the holy city of Varanasi, exploring the Old City by day and soaking up the atmosphere of a candle flower ceremony as the sunsets.
    • Immerse yourself in the icy realm of the Antarctic with an optional paddling excursion, hiking adventure, sea-kayaking or an invigorating Polar Plunge!
    • Immerse yourself in the icy realm of the Antarctic, with an optional paddling excursion where you can get up close and personal to the icebergs and see things from a totally unique perspective.
    • Immerse yourself in the Laos jungle as you walk side by side with recently rescued elephants on a stroll through their natural habitat.
    • Immerse yourself in the natural beauty of Chilean Patagonia – one of the most incredible landscapes on Earth with its vast mountain ranges, glacial lakes, grasslands and beech forests.
    • Immerse yourself in the spectacular Okavango wilderness with two nights on a houseboat. Listen to the melodies of the African wildlife outside your door as the sun sets and night descends each night.
    • Immerse yourself in the spectacular Okavango wilderness with two nights on a houseboat. Listen to the melodies of the African wildlife outside your door as the sun sets and night descends each night.
    • Immerse yourself in the stories of the royal family and learn about Bali’s cultural traditions and royal family life as you dine on a meal fit for a king at a royal palace in Ubud.
    • Immerse yourself in the untouched wilderness of Botswana's Okavango Delta – you'll be staying on a remote island in a bush camp for an authentic experience. As night falls, the sounds of the African bush are like nothing else.
    • Immerse yourself with the sights and smells of buzzing Delhi as you walk through the colourful markets and bazaars and feast on street chaats (Indian snacks like fried flatbread).
    • In a remote oasis among the dunes of the Sahara Desert, embrace an escape from the modern world at your feature stay camp. Enjoy comfortable beds, en suite bathrooms and authentic décor, plus a traditional feast and live music under a sky full of stars.
    • In addition to your local leader, connect with local guides at historical sites and upon arrival in cities to add unmatched regional knowledge to your experience.
    • In Porto, create a personalised memento of your trip and learn about the history of the vibrantly coloured and designed tiles that adorn the facades of buildings all over Portugal with a tile-painting workshop.
    • India can be intimidating, but with your local leader there the whole way, you’ll be dodging cows, navigating market stalls, and eating from the best chaat stalls in Delhi in no time.
    • Indulge in a guided tasting of five exceptional wines at a local vineyard as you cycle through the prosecco hills. Pair your tastings with a charcuterie board featuring fresh and aged cheeses, artisanal salami and sweet-and-sour radicchio.
    • Indulge in a truffle tasting in Motovun during an Exclusive Experience. Truffles are combined with local specialty dishes and a sommelier will pair your tasting with suitable Istrian wines – yum!
    • Indulge in all your Southeast Asian favourites – this region is famous for its delicious cuisine for a reason! After days of cycling, you’ll work up an appetite for countless dishes of Bahn mi, pho, fish amok and pad Thai and your leader will know all the best spots.
    • Indulge in an organic farm to plate cooking demonstration and take the chance to learn a few cooking tips from the village chef in the Akha Hilltribe, for an unforgettable meal full of heat, spice and fresh food. You won’t go hungry!
    • Indulge in Delhi-cious street food and immerse yourself in the colourful chaos of India’s capital city – from chicken tikka to vegetarian curries, your local leader will know all the best lunch and dinner spots.
    • Indulge in delicacies like locally made ice cream and cider as you sample a variety of treats along Tasmania’s famed Cradle to Coast Tasting Trail.
    • Indulge in delicious, local wines and Bo-Kaap cuisine with a welcome dinner in a twentieth-century Victorian house, and a visit to a local farm for a fresh dinner of local ingredients prepared by your hosts within their family home.
    • Indulge in local Bulgarian cheese and wines with a local chef in Veliko Tarnovo, at their family-owned spot in the Old Town.
    • Indulge in local delicacies in Ischia, including fresh honey, olives, rabbit stew, snails and sea urchins, not to mention local wine and a glass of Limoncello!
    • Indulge in local produce and wine in Logrono, set out on a pinxtos crawl and winery tour in Laguardia and enjoy tapas at every stop along the way.
    • Indulge in some food-based Exclusive Experiences, including a picnic at the ruins of Volubilis, a cooking class in Tahanaout, a medfouna demonstration in Khemliya and a home-cooked pastilla dinner in Fes.
    • Indulge in specialty foods, local wine at Komiza – a local family property. Learn about the region’s farming history and taste some of the region’s best cuisines.
    • Indulge in the many flavours of Greek cuisine like moussaka (layered eggplant or potato, meat and a creamy sauce) or grilled lamb and tzatziki during dinner at a traditional taverna as Rembetika music floats around you.
    • Indulge in the region’s local cuisine. Try your hand at making tortillas over a fogon (wooden stove) and taste prensadas (tortilla with cheese) and ripe plantain with cheese during a tasty traditional lunch.
    • Indulge in traditional cuisines, flavours and world-famous beers. The beer in the Czech Republic comes in three colours, so why not try them all!
    • Indulge in traditional Thai flavours with a group lunch in Mod Tanoy. Made by your friendly homestay hosts, you’ll learn about their secret recipes and learn a little about their daily lives.
    • Indulge in Vietnam’s local cuisine with a traditional barbeque in Sapa and Michelin Star restaurant in Hanoi.
    • Indulge your senses with a street food experience in Essaouira, sampling harira (soup), mesman (flat bread), sweets and local olive oil and honey.
    • Island life doesn’t get much better than Ometepe in Nicaragua – volcanoes, wildlife-rich rainforests, stunning beaches, ancient rock carvings and a massive lake are all at your disposal.
    • Island life doesn’t get much better than Ometepe in Nicaragua and Caye Caulker in Belize – volcanoes, wildlife-rich rainforests, stunning beaches, ancient rock carvings, laidback vibes, palm tree forests and a massive lake are all at your disposal. 
    • Island-hop in the most comfortable way aboard the Grand Queen Beatriz – this is unlike other cruises, as this trip is built for small-group adventure!
    • Island-hop in the most comfortable way aboard the Grand Queen Beatriz – this is unlike other cruises, as this trip is built for small-group adventure!
    • Island-hop in the most comfortable way aboard the Grand Queen Beatriz – this is unlike other cruises, as this trip is built for small-group adventure!
    • It doesn’t get much better than Southern food – learn how to cook a classic New Orleans Cajun feast, sample the local food of Savannah on a walking tour and end your trip on a high note at a a jazz brunch.
    • It's a pretty special thing to chill out on a beach in Andalucian Spain, knowing North Africa is just across the water. Explore the scenic coastline, and kick back with some tapas and sangria in Tarifa.
    • It's easy to get lost in a labyrinth (think less David Bowie film, more medieval maze), especially when there are enticing distractions at every turn. Never fear, your local guide knows the city of Fes like a lifelong friend.
    • Jaipur and Udaipur are two of India’s most delightful destinations. Take the time to stroll the enchanting and very different streets of these colourful centres with your small group.
    • Join a bush tucker experience and learn about the culturally rich landscape with a palawa (Tasmanian Aboriginal) guide.
    • Join a bush tucker experience and learn all about the culturally rich landscape with a palawa (Tasmanian Aboriginal) guide, then browse through the Salamanca Market in historic Hobart.
    • Join a family in Tlahuac to create an altar (or ofrenda as it's sometimes called in Spanish) to remember your ancestors and join in their colourful cemetery ceremonies.
    • Join a First Nations guide for a smoking ceremony and cultural walk at the Yellow Pinch Reserve where you’ll learn about Mt Barney from the Land’s Traditional Owners and connect with Country using Aboriginal ideas.
    • Join a fun, family-friendly cooking class. Prepare some classic Greek dishes like tzatziki or bougatsa (sweet pastry) and learn about the history of the dishes and the local ingredients used.
    • Join a guided oyster tour on Pambula Lake and see how Sydney rock oysters are sustainably farmed. Learn about the area’s geology and culture from a local oyster farmer and taste some of the fresh shellfish.
    • Join a guided tour of the 4th-century Diocletian’s Palace in Split, which reveals not just the Roman-era beauty, but also the local businesses in the alleyways and cellars of this epic structure.
    • Join a guided tour through the old city of Barcelona and indulge in local tapas like pa amb tomaquet (bread with tomato) and a glass or local vermouth.
    • Join a hands-on cochinita pibil cooking class in the Yaxunah community. Learn traditional culinary techniques, make tortillas from scratch and indulge in your homemade lunch with the locals.
    • Join a hands-on workshop at a local chocolate farm where you'll craft potpourri, lip balm or candles from cocoa bark while learning about the farm's waste management program.
    • Join a hands-on workshop at a local chocolate farm where you'll craft potpourri, lip balm or candles from cocoa bark while learning about the farm's waste management program.
    • Join a local Aboriginal guide on a Dreaming walking tour. Learn about the local environment in Mossman Gorge, bush food and native plants before a morning tea of bush tea and damper.
    • Join a local expert as you explore the hidden details and unknown stories of the UNESCO-listed Maya site of Copan in Honduras.
    • Join a local family for a cooking class and learn to make empanadas. Then, get hands-on with a creative activity where you’ll turn plastic (collected from local beaches) into art.
    • Join a local family for a home-cooked dinner at their home in Syros to get an authentic taste of Greek hospitality.
    • Join a local family for a home-cooked dinner at their home in Syros to get an authentic taste of Greek hospitality.
    • Join a local family in a small village near Aswan for a memorable night of Nubian hospitality. Learn about this ancient culture while sharing a special dinner with your hosts.
    • Join a local guide (with specialist spotting equipment) on a walk through the steamy cloud forests of Monteverde, exploring the lush canopies and seeing unique Central American wildlife in this natural haven.
    • Join a local guide for a full day discovering the diverse landscapes of Torres del Paine National Park, taking in granite towers, waterfalls, native forests and iceberg-filled lakes.
    • Join a local guide for a walking tour of the historic Old Town of Lunenburg – a UNESCO World Heritage Site.
    • Join a local guide for an educational hike in the Tolmin Gorges. As you walk through the Triglav National Park, you’ll pass narrow gorges and crystal-clear waters and learn about the area’s natural history.
    • Join a local guide on a night walk and catch sight of the exciting nocturnal species that come out when the sun goes down, like endemic butterflies, chameleons and mouse lemurs.
    • Join a local Navajo guide on a trek through Antelope Canyon as you learn about the history and geology of these towering red stone cliffs.
    • Join a local ranger and witness the special life cycle of sea turtles coming ashore on Turtle Island to lay their eggs on the beach, with the hatchlings making a dash down the beach to their new life.
    • Join a local ranger to witness the life cycle of sea turtles, who come ashore on Turtle Island to lay their eggs on the beach. At night, you’ll watch the hatchlings make a dash down the beach on the way to their new life.
    • Join a local ranger to witness the life cycle of sea turtles, who come ashore on Turtle Island to lay their eggs on the beach. At night, you’ll watch the hatchlings make a dash down the beach on their way to their new life.
    • Join a mustard making workshop in Dijon. Learn the traditional process and create your own jar of homemade Dijon mustard, infused with your custom blend of flavours.
    • Join a special tour that showcases the anti-Mafia movement in Palermo, visiting sites and talking to people who played an important part in the turbulent history of the city.
    • Join a walking tour of Mexico City’s historic centre. Pass the Zocalo, Metropolitan Cathedral and Palacio de Bellas Artes and see the city come alive with decorations as locals prepare for the festival.
    • Join a wine tasting at the largest wine cave in New Zealand and the region’s oldest vineyards in the Gibbston Valley.
    • Join a wine tasting at the largest wine cave in New Zealand and the region’s oldest vineyards in the Gibbston Valley.
    • Join an Alaskan safari for a unique chance to see moose, caribou, grizzly bears, Dall sheep and wolves in their natural habitat in Denali National Park.
    • Join an expert guide to track rhinos on foot in Matobo National Park. Discover black and white rhinos and other game while learning about the cultural and spiritual importance of the many ceremonial sites, San paintings and rock formations.
    • Join an expert guide to track rhinos on foot in Matobo National Park. Discover black and white rhinos and other game while learning about the cultural and spiritual importance of the many ceremonial sites, San paintings, and rock formations.
    • Join an expert guide to track rhinos on foot in Matobo National Park. Discover black and white rhinos and other game while learning about the cultural and spiritual importance of the many ceremonial sites, San paintings, and rock formations.
    • Join an expert guide to track rhinos on foot in Matobo National Park. Discover black and white rhinos and other game while learning about the cultural and spiritual importance of the many ceremonial sites, San paintings, and rock formations.
    • Join an expert local guide to learn about and explore the ancient ruins of Pompeii, destroyed and preserved by the eruption of Mt Vesuvius in 79 AD.
    • Join an expert naturalist guide on a wolf-tracking expedition at Yellowstone National Park in the wee hours of the morning – home to Old Faithful Geyser and the Grand Prismatic Spring.
    • Join an immersive cooking class where you’ll prepare traditional dishes like pepian and Maya corn-based meals using ancient techniques.
    • Join an intimate fireside chat with a field veterinarian from The Gorilla Doctors and discover how they are saving the species one gorilla patient at a time.
    • Join expert local guides to explore medinas, Roman ruins and rural areas and gain a deeper understanding of significant sites in Rabat, Volubilis, Fes, M’Goun and Marrakech.
    • Join in a confronting yet important tour in Phnom Penh to The Killing Fields of Choeung Ek and Tuol Sleng Genocide Museum and reflect on its devastating impact on the modern Cambodia.
    • Join in a live Balti dance performance at the Nangma Valley campsite and cross paths with local shepherds whose pastures share these trails.
    • Join Navajo guides on hikes through Monument Valley and Bears Ears National Monument, learning about these incredible places from an Indigenous perspective.
    • Join optional food crawls in most locations and connect with the best local street food – from the freshly caught seafood of Negombo to the pulsing night markets of Colombo, this is the best way to experience Sri Lanka’s food cuisine.
    • Join pilgrims along the last leg of the famous Camino de Santiago journey as they reach the historic cathedral in Santiago de Compostela.
    • Join pilgrims during a visit to the birthplace of Gautama Buddha in Lumbini, where evidence of a shrine dated before 550 BC was uncovered in 2013.
    • Join the Darlgunya Cultural Walk. Stroll through the remnants of the old postal settlement and learn about the wild Fitzroy River.
    • Join the sophisticates of Puglia with a glass of Moscato di Trani and drink to Trani’s Adriatic beauty at a harbour-side bar.
    • Join your leader in Lisbon for sunset views while enjoying a glass of local wine and some tapas – this is European living.
    • Journey across Komodo Island in search of Komodo dragons – keep your eyes peeled for these prehistoric creatures wandering the landscape.
    • Journey along the beautiful Whanganui River on a jetboat. After, take a short hike to the Bridge to Nowhere and learn about the history of this region and its significance to World War I servicemen and their families.
    • Journey deep into the forested valley of Rila to find the Monastery of Saint Ivan. Over 1,000 years old, this spectacular building is one of Bulgaria's most important cultural, historical and architectural monuments
    • Journey down the bright red canyon walls of Kings Creek and learn from your leader about the wildlife that have adapted to survive living in Australia’s hot desert climate.
    • Journey from the interior plains out to some idyllic Indian Ocean hotspots. Stroll along the shores in Dar es Salaam and consider extending your stay in paradisiacal Zanzibar.
    • Journey from the interior plains out to some idyllic Indian Ocean hotspots. Take a stroll along the shores in Dares Salaam and consider strolling through spice plantations in Zanzibar.
    • Journey from the interior plains out to some idyllic Indian Ocean hotspots. Take a stroll along the shores in Dares Salaam and laze on the beaches in paradisiacal Zanzibar.
    • Journey into the countryside north of Chiang Mai on this Short Break Adventure and experience the Golden Triangle, the famous spot where Thailand, Laos and Myanmar meet.
    • Journey north to south across the best of Portugal’s cities, beaches and countryside with stops in Porto, Aveiro, Lisbon, Evora and Olhao.
    • Journey this mostly coastal walk to Santiago de Compostela – a lesser-known trail with fewer pilgrims along the way.
    • Journey through Canyon de Chelly to see its marvellous scenery like Spider Rock and hear ancestral stories and cultural insights from your Navajo guide.
    • Journey through Chobe National Park – home to many African wildlife, be sure to look for elephants, buffalo, giraffes and antelope along the way.
    • Journey through the best of New Zealand from bottom to top. Visit the south’s iconic Franz Josef Glacier, then journey to the coastal beaches of Mount Maunganui in the north.
    • Journey through the countryside and along the Amalfi Coast. Pass medieval architecture, glittering waters, vineyards and olive groves.
    • Journey through the Maya Biosphere Reserve. Teeming with local wildlife, be sure to look for spider monkeys and the Central American river turtle along the way.
    • Journey through the red rocks and crystal-clear waters of The Gardens, Cobler Rocks, Mount William Summit and Eddystone Point.
    • Journey through the sacred limestone caverns filled with hundreds of timeworn Buddhist statues as you cruise the peaceful waters through Mekong to Pak Ou Cave.
    • Journey through the scenic Rila Mountains in Bulgaria, where you'll visit the Rila Monastery. Meet local monks at you wander through this UNESCO World Heritage site and largest and holiest of Bulgaria's orthodox monasteries.
    • Journey to romantic Venice – like no other city in the world. Fall in love with its labyrinth of alleyways, canals, lagoon islands, and endless historic attractions and hop on a gondola if you want to explore the city from a different perspective.
    • Journey to romantic Venice and fall in love with its labyrinth of alleyways, canals, lagoon islands, and endless historic attractions – maybe even hop on a gondola and see the city from a different perspective.  
    • Journey to romantic Venice and fall in love with its labyrinth of alleyways, canals, lagoon islands, and endless historic attractions and hop on a gondola if you want to explore the city from a different perspective.  
    • Journey to Taktsang, commonly known as the Tiger's Nest – a small monastery clinging to a rocky cliff 900 m above the valley floor – and soak in its magnificence.
    • Journey to the Svaneti region and learn about Ushguli’s culture and traditions firsthand as you interact with locals from the highest village in Europe.
    • Journey to the Svaneti region, a remote and alluring land of snow-capped mountains, discover the iconic tower houses dotted amongst mountain valleys and learn of one of the highest settlement in Europe - Ushguli people and its fascinating culture and traditions.
    • Jump in a jeep to safari with an expert guide and see buffalo up close, along with pronghorns and elk, in Custer State Park.
    • Jump on a jeep safari and enjoy a guided bird-watching experience.
    • Jump on Zodiacs for at least two excursions daily, where you can take in the epic scenery, make onshore explorations and look for wildlife.
    • Kayak along Amalfi’s coastline, soaking in the gorgeous scenery, sparkling waters and colourful architecture from a different perspective. Stop at the small beach in Santacroce for an aperitif and then paddle back in the warm afternoon sun.
    • Kayak along the Nile, paddling through ancient landscapes and getting a glimpse into local life along the shores.
    • Kayak around limestone karsts and explore the secluded lagoons and caves of Lan Ha Bay – the lesser visited but just as beautiful sister of UNESCO World Heritage-listed Ha Long Bay.
    • Kayak around the limestone karsts and shimmering waters of Lan Ha Bay and help out the locals’ environmental efforts along the way.
    • Kayak down the Gin River on a half day paddle through Sri Lanka’s ever-changing landscape. Float past forests, sandbanks and plantations while keeping an eye out for wildlife along the way.
    • Kayak in the volcanic crater lake of Coatepeque, surrounded by lush hills and warmed by geothermal vents that attract colourful birds to the shore.
    • Kayak the calm waters of Resurrection Bay among the mountain vistas and look out for sea otters, seals, bald eagles, porpoises and leaping salmon. Then, head out on a beach walk and rainforest hike, stopping by a waterfall.
    • Kayak through the UNESCO World Heritage site of Ha Long Bay with your family, accessing places the junk boats can't and seeing the limestone karsts up close. Paddle through grottoes, land on secluded islands and inspect stalactites in Surprise Cave.
    • Kayak to Cabo's iconic arch and snorkel with tropical fish, playful sea lions and turtles at Pelican Beach.
    • Keep an eye out for local marine life of the Galapagos like penguins, turtles and seals as you kayak through the turquoise waters around Isla Isabela.
    • Keep an eye out for soaring sea birds and Australian animals like kangaroos and wombats as you walk. Plus, depending on the time of the year, you could spot a breaching whale from these promontories!
    • Keep an eye out for your next glimpse of Galapagos penguins, sea lions or albatross. In the air, on land and underwater, you’ll constantly be surrounded by unique wildlife!
    • Keep the kids entertained with a week of adrenaline-fuelled activities as you bike, hike and raft through the beautiful landscapes of Slovenia.
    • Keep watch for an abundance of humpback whales, as these marine mammals migrate south to feed on krill.
    • Keep your adrenaline charged with an evening tiger-spotting safari through the jungles of Ranthambhore – one of India's best known national parks.
    • Keep your eye on the roadside for extraordinary wildlife like elk, black bears, grizzly bears, eagles, Rocky Mountain goats, and – if you're lucky – beavers, wolves and moose.
    • Keep your eye out for kangaroos on your way to a wine tasting in the chilled-out Hunter Valley – a picturesque region in the rural hills of New South Wales – then take an easy hike through Crowdy Bay National Park.
    • Keep your eyes peeled for black and white rhinos on an adventure through Lake Nakuru National Park
    • Keep your eyes peeled for black and white rhinos on an adventure through Lake Nakuru National Park
    • Kick back and relax on the famous beaches of the Costa del Sol region, ending your trip on the warm sands buy the bright waters of the coast.
    • Kick back and relax on the famous beaches of the Costa del Sol region, ending your trip on the warm sands by the bright waters of the coast.
    • Kick back and relax on the remote beaches of Amed and Gili Air with free time under the sun – the perfect places to rest your weary muscles after hiking and biking around Bali.
    • Kick back at a local homestay in Chambok that puts you right in the heart of everyday village life in Cambodia. Enjoy a delicious dinner cooked by the locals and be treated to a traditional dance performance.
    • Kick back in Kuching and maybe try a bowl of the local laksa – Anthony Bourdain called it 'the breakfast of the Gods' – and explore the neighbourhoods full of Chinese and Malay influences.
    • Kick back in super-Zen Pokhara, where you can take a boat out and float the day away on the smooth waters of Phewa Lake. Cruise beneath behemoth mountains and find serenity.
    • Kick back in the coastal town of Essaouira and discover the winding laneways at your own pace. Then, meet a local fisherman by the seaside and learn about his life and this traditional practice.
    • Kick back in the sun on Trincomalee Beach’s bright and sandy shoreline. Enjoy the open skies, swaying palm trees and glittering waters, then stop by a local village to join the community in making a traditional Tamil meal.
    • Kick back on the Caribbean coast in Puerto Viejo, surrounded by vibrant coral reefs – the perfect spot for some swimming, snorkelling or relaxing under the shade of palm trees.
    • Kick back on the warm sands of paradisical palm-lined Hiriketiya, with plenty of free time to relax and soak up the sun at the beach.
    • Kick back, get active or explore this amazing region with loads of free time – maybe go snorkelling in the paradisical waters of Playa de Carmen, cycle through San Cristobal de las Casas or take daytrips to some archaeological sites, cenotes and ancient Maya ruins.
    • Kick off the hiking boots and enjoy that famous Madeira wine over lunch at a local winery with a view.
    • Kick off your adventure with a taco crawl in Mexico City – your chance to try the authentic version of one of the most popular dishes in the world.
    • Know that you are supporting a company that operates their treks according to standards that provide respectful, safe and fair working conditions not only in Nepal, but on all trips globally.
    • Know your time in Timor-Leste is doing good with multiple social enterprise and community restaurant visits along the way.
    • Lace up your boots and hike to the Pravcice Gate and the Falcon’s Nest. These landmarks are listed as Czech national monuments and have become icons of ‘Bohemian Switzerland’.
    • Lace up your boots and set off on the Glacieral Point to Sentinel Dome hike – the views from Glacier Point over Yosemite Valley are some of the very best in the park.
    • Lace up your hiking boots and set off on a hike to the Sierra Negra Volcano Lookout – one of the Galapagos’ most active volcanoes and the world's second-largest crater.
    • Laugh, slip and slide your way down Mt Ngongotaha inside a giant inflatable zorb, designed for maximum fun.
    • Laugh, slip and slide your way down Mt Ngongotaha inside a giant inflatable zorb, designed for maximum fun.
    • Lay back on beaches of powder-white sand and clear waters on an island paradise that not even a postcard can do justice.
    • Lead by a IFMGA certified local leader with the expertise of a support crew, your trekking is made hassle free. Take your day pack on the trek and everything else from setting up the tents, cooking meals and transporting your luggage to the next stop are taken care of by your local crew.
    • Lead the kids through the mystical alleyways of medieval Ait Benhaddou – can you spot which movies were filmed here?
    • Learn a thing or two about 18th century whalers at Post Office Bay and take your place in history by posting a letter at the remote mail drop.
    • Learn about a social enterprise that empowers women in the mountainous village of Kampung Kiau and enjoy a traditional lunch of regional favourites.
    • Learn about Aboriginal culture in a remote retreat outside Cooktown with an Aboriginal guide, try bush food and listen to storytelling about the land and its ancestors. Then, learn about Torres Strait Islander culture on Thursday Island.
    • Learn about Aboriginal culture in a remote retreat outside Cooktown with an Aboriginal guide, try bush food and listen to storytelling about the land and its ancestors. Then, learn about Torres Strait Islander culture on Thursday Island.
    • Learn about Charleston's rich and complex past with an expert guide, visiting historic landmarks hearing the stories behind the city.
    • Learn about Charleston's rich and complex past with an expert guide, visiting historic landmarks hearing the stories behind the city.
    • Learn about hill station farming traditions in Karnataka on a visit to Chikmagaluru's coffee plantations. Walk through the estate and discover the rich history of India’s coffee culture from local growers.
    • Learn about Laos’ wartime history at COPE – an organisation dedicated to assisting people injured by the country’s multitude of unexploded bombs.
    • Learn about life in Nepalese mountain communities, get to know locals and meet other trekkers while you stay in teahouses in the small communities along the way.
    • Learn about life in the Rajasthani desert on a walking tour around the bustling ghats and temples of Pushkar followed by lunch with a local family.
    • Learn about local culture in Kampong Luong and in the countryside around Battambang with a visit to a floating village and a bike ride around farms and cottage industries.
    • Learn about local history and feel like a true Alberobello resident with a night spent in Alberobello’s unique trulli.
    • Learn about local life during a day trip to Ban Hua Tung village, then sample some delicacies with a traditional lunch cooked by the community.
    • Learn about local village life with village visits that include strolling through rice fields, learning about jewellery and crafts, and whipping up local specialties at an authentic cooking class.
    • Learn about local wildlife, history, glaciology and geology during informational presentations by your onboard polar experts.
    • Learn about Native American history as you spend a full day with a member of the Blackfeet tribe in First Peoples Buffalo Jump State Park.
    • Learn about northern Vietnam’s rural culture through meaningful local interactions – meet welcoming families in Lim Thai Village in Tu Le and hear about the village's history and way of life.
    • Learn about Pakistan – its turbulent past, fascinating present, and hopeful future – from a local leader who knows and loves the country best.
    • Learn about Romania’s culture, religion and traditions as you hike through historical and spiritual sites on the Via Transilvanica trail like the Sucevita Painted Monastery.
    • Learn about rural Tanzanian life as you join the community for a guided afternoon stroll around the farming area of Mto wa Mbu, before enjoying a traditional meal together.
    • Learn about Rwanda's devastating history at the Kigali Genocide Memorial Centre, and see what life looks like today with a tour of the city’s most vibrant neighbourhoods.
    • Learn about Rwanda's devastating history with a visit to the Kigali Genocide Memorial Centre, and see what life looks like today with a tour of the city’s most vibrant neighbourhoods.
    • Learn about Sikhism on a visit to the faith’s most sacred monument, the luminous Golden Temple in Amritsar.
    • Learn about Sikhism on an included visit to one of its most sacred monuments – the luminous Golden Temple in Amritsar.
    • Learn about Sri Lanka’s past first-hand during your Feature Stay at the gorgeous Grand Hotel in Nuwara Eliya – first established in 1891, this historic hotel has a modern outlook on sustainable practices.
    • Learn about station life with a stay at Cheela Plains – a family-owned and operated Outback cattle station.
    • Learn about station life with a stay at Cheela Plains – a family-owned and operated Outback cattle station.
    • Learn about Thai culture during Exclusive Experiences – ‘make merit’ at a local temple in Bangkok, cruise on rice barges while enjoying traditional meals and visit the village of Kup Kap, home of the Lahu people.
    • Learn about the art of silk weaving in Soufli – a town the UNWTO selected as one of the best tourism villages in the world.
    • Learn about the community project at Khum Sa-ke. Walk along their birdwatching route and rice paddies and learn about their waste management and organic gardens.
    • Learn about the country’s past during your Feature Stay at the gorgeous Grand Hotel in Nuwara Eliya – established in 1891, this traditional-style hotel has a modern outlook on sustainable practices.
    • Learn about the country’s rich First Nations history from Traditional Custodians during your Bilbaan Cultural Experience – a walking trail part of the Gateway to Bundian Way.
    • Learn about the cultural and historical significance of the Munda Biddi Trail. Translating to “path through the forest’ in Noongar Aboriginal language, this trail has a strong connection to the living indigenous heritage of the region.
    • Learn about the cultural and historical significance of the Munda Biddi Trail. Translating to “path through the forest” in Noongar Aboriginal language, this trail has a strong connection to the living indigenous heritage of the region.
    • Learn about the cultural significance of the Sigatoka Sand Dunes National Park from a local guide.
    • Learn about the culture and history of Monument Valley during a Navajo guided tour, followed by a traditional homecooked, family-style Navajo lunch.
    • Learn about the dark history and rebuilding of Bosnia and Herzegovina in Sarajevo, then visit Mostar’s famous Old Bridge to witness a traditional bridge jumper hurl themselves into the icy waters below.
    • Learn about the dark history of 'Bridge over River Kwai' and explore Siam temple ruins at the UNESCO listed Sukhothai Historical Park
    • Learn about the geography and history of the Galapagos at the San Cristobal Interpretation Center, where you’ll learn more about past explorers and expeditions and how your journey shapes up to theirs.
    • Learn about the Himalayas from your experienced local crew, and hike easier in the knowledge that you’re with a company who takes the safety and ethical treatment of trekking guides seriously.
    • Learn about the importance of great Tjunba (perentie) totem that protects the Simpsons Gap from a First Nations guide during a walk through the spiritual site.
    • Learn about the importance of great Tjunba (perentie) totem that protects the Simpsons Gap from a First Nations guide during a walk through the spiritual site.
    • Learn about the importance of great Tjunba (perentie) totem that protects the Simpsons Gap from a First Nations guide during a walk through the spiritual site.
    • Learn about the importance of palm groves and dates in this region through a harvesting demonstration in Tozeur – a unique part of the country with desert landscapes, mountain oases and palm groves.
    • Learn about the important work being done by Yosemite Conservancy on an educational guided walk through the historic Ahwahnee village.
    • Learn about the lives of the indigenous Batwa people on the Buniga Cultural Trail as they share their traditional survival skills, from foraging to fire-making, while supporting their community and preserving their heritage.
    • Learn about the local coffee culture – complete with taste tests – at a coffee plantation along El Salvador's famous Ruta de las Flores (Flower Route), followed by a scenic picnic in the hills.
    • Learn about the local culture at an entertaining live show featuring songs, dance and puppetry – an activity the kids are sure to love!
    • Learn about the local way of life in Whakarewarewa Maori Village, where geothermal activity has become part of everyday life and local culture is practised and protected.
    • Learn about the Maasai cultures and join a local community for a guided afternoon stroll around the farming area of Mto wa Mbu, before sitting down for a traditional meal together.
    • Learn about the maritime history of Post Office Bay – home of the oldest postal system in the Americas – and maybe even send your own letter or postcard.
    • Learn about the organisation working to rescue, rehabilitate and release these critically endangered animals at the Borneo Orangutan Survival Foundation (BOSF).
    • Learn about the Patinaai Osim Project – one of The Intrepid Foundation partners – and how they’re working to fight gender inequality for Indigenous communities, and how they provide a safe space or local women and girls.
    • Learn about the proud warrior traditions of the Naga people and their resistance against colonial forces, exploring hillside villages like Khonoma and Kigwema.
    • Learn about the Puntondo community’s environmental conservation efforts. Visit the fishing village and take part in their programs, from mangrove conservation to seaweed harvesting.
    • Learn about the region’s art and architecture at DOX – an independent organisation focusing on contemporary art in the Czech Republic.
    • Learn about the region’s history from your knowledgeable local skipper and enjoy plenty of free time to explore at your own pace.
    • Learn about the region’s landscape and nocturnal wildlife on a guided jungle walk in La Fortuna. See the tropical rainforest in the dark and look for local animals like frogs and insects.
    • Learn about the region’s proud wine traditions with a visit to a local family winery in Georgia, then stop for a wine tasting in Armenia.
    • Learn about the region's landscape and history as you hike in the company of an experienced leader.
    • Learn about the rich Aboriginal heritage and spiritual connections of Tasmania’s northern landmarks and national parklands with an included experience with a local Aboriginal guide.
    • Learn about the rich Aboriginal heritage and spiritual connections of the Djab Wurrung and Jadawadjali Peoples as you travel through Country in the Grampians.
    • Learn about the rich Indigenous heritage, culture and spiritual connections with Tasmania’s northern landmarks and national parklands.
    • Learn about the scale of the Panama Canal during a visit to the Miraflores Lock, then get to know Panama City during a guided stroll through Casco Viejo.
    • Learn about the Silk Road and its history at the Registan in Samarkand, the ancient Panjakent City Wall and the UNESCO-protected town of Khiva.
    • Learn about the Silk Road and its history at the Registan in Samarkand, the ancient Panjakent City Wall and uncover the charm of Turkistan
    • Learn about the Silk Road and its history. See the Registan in Samarkand, climb the ancient Panjakent City Wall and visit the UNESCO-protected town of Khiva.
    • Learn about the sombre but important history of the Cambodian people at the S21 Genocide Museum and the Killing Fields.
    • Learn about the traditional crafts of the Alentejo region during a visit to a cork farm and a winery – complete with a wine-paired lunch.
    • Learn about the varied cuisine and local customs of different regions around Sri Lanka and join local families to dine on traditional dishes like fragrant fish curry and rice.
    • Learn about the ways of life in the Whakarewarewa Maori Village, where geothermal activity has become part of everyday life and local culture is practised and protected.
    • Learn about traditional Bornean culture through hands-on activities and performances from local indigenous groups at the Borneo Cultural Village.
    • Learn about Valletta – one of the smallest European capitals that’s packed with a wealth of historical landmarks – during a guided walking tour where you’ll explore historic districts like Senglea, Cospicua and Vittoriosa.
    • Learn all about coffee at a local finca along the scenic Ruta de Las Flores, enjoying a tasting and picnic among the hills.
    • Learn from the best about the use of pepper in a cooking class on a pepper farm in Kampot and enjoy a black pepper ice cream as your desert.
    • Learn from the best as you take part in a traditional couscous cooking lesson, find out how to make fresh khobz (flatbread), and be welcomed into the home of a local woman in Marrakech for a meal you won’t forget.
    • Learn how Ashgabat rose from the devastation of an earthquake in 1948 and has enjoyed a surreal and futuristic makeover since. Witness its often bizarre, but certainly memorable architecture on a city tour with a local leader who has all the insights.
    • Learn how Ashgabat rose from the devastation of an earthquake in 1948 and witness its often bizarre, but certainly memorable architecture on a city tour.
    • Learn how Tiramisu was made as you walk along the cobbled streets, leafy canals and lively piazzas on your orientation walk in Treviso.
    • Learn how to cook a classic New Orleans Cajun feast for a true taste of Louisiana – after all, it doesn’t get much better than Southern food.
    • Learn how to create traditional dishes while supporting a unique social enterprise that has changed the lives of disadvantaged women and learn the secrets to creating the perfect MoMo during a cooking class at a Tibetan refugee camp.
    • Learn how to make a hand-formed pasta shape in a local konoba, before cooking and eating your creation with lunch.
    • Learn how to make a hand-formed pasta shape in a local konoba, before cooking and eating your creation with lunch.
    • Learn how to make the iconic Portuguese tart (pasteis de nata) with a cooking class in the Belem area of Lisbon, after visiting one of the most popular bakeries and enjoying your fill of this delicious sweet treat.
    • Learn how to prepare and present the traditional 11-dish Northern Thai speciality khan tok and experience Thai life from a local's perspective at a village homestay.
    • Learn how turtles are hatched and cared for at the Turtle Conservation and Education Centre in Sanur, then spend the afternoon relaxing and swimming at the beach.
    • Learn more about Cambodia's confronting but important history with included visits to the Tuol Sleng Genocide Museum (S21) and the Killing Fields of Choeung Ek.
    • Learn more about the important Malagasy process of silk production by visiting an association outside the village where silk weavers use their craft to preserve local tradition and support local women in the community.
    • Learn of the ancient Zapotec and Aztec histories with visits to Templo Major, the ruins of Teotihuacan and Mitla and the Cholula archaeological site joined by specialist guides to further enhance your visit.
    • Learn some fascinating legends, myths and stories at each stop – including gems like Hvar, Vis, Korcula, Lastovo, Mljet, the Elafiti Islands, Kotor, Dobrec, Sveti Dorde and Gospa od Skrpjela.
    • Learn spooky stories in Transylvania – the birthplace of the world's most famous vampire, Dracula. Then visit Bran Castle in Brasov – the inspiration for Dracula’s home.
    • Learn the art of southern Italian pizza at a family-run agriturismo, then enjoy a glass of wine while the kids explore the farm full of friendly wild rabbits.
    • Learn the art of southern Italian pizza at a family-run agriturismo, then enjoy a glass of wine while the kids explore the farm, full of friendly wild-rabbits.
    • Learn the benefits of washing down a spicy curry with piping-hot Ceylon tea during lunch in a lush mountain village near Ella in a local’s home.
    • Learn the confronting yet important history of Tuol Sleng Genocide Museum (S21) and the Killing Fields of Choeung Ek in Phnom Penh with a full-day experience.
    • Learn the confronting yet important history of Tuol Sleng Genocide Museum (S21) and the Killing Fields of Choeung Ek in Phnom Penh.
    • Learn the local customs, folklore and beliefs behind Afro-Cuban religion as you’re welcomed into the homes of devoted residents on a colourful and unconventional Urban Adventure in Havana.
    • Learn the local way – you'll have local guides to deepen the learning and appreciation of different villages, each with their own language, clothing style and belief systems.
    • Learn the secrets of Greek cuisine in Naxos during an in-depth cooking class with a local, using organic ingredients from her garden to create regional specialties which you will then enjoy for lunch.
    • Learn the secrets of Sri Lankan cuisine during a cooking class in a Sinhalese home in Kandy and a demonstration in a local home in Bandarawela.
    • Learn the tricks of the trade in Naxos during an in-depth cooking class with a local, using organic ingredients from her garden to create regional specialties which you’ll then enjoy for lunch.
    • Learn to make the king of all comfort foods – pasta, of course – by hand in Bologna. Then, tuck into your creations for dinner with your group and friendly host.
    • Learn to prepare a Swahili dish, crafting and learning about village life in Mto wa Mbu.
    • Learn tried and tested techniques to make the best and most authentic Catalan and Basque cuisine from local experts.
    • Leave all the organisation to the experts – from tickets and permits to camping gear – and chill out in your comfortable all-season tents, with all sleeping gear and cooking equipment provided.
    • Leave the imprint of your face on the train window as you stare out wide-eyed on a journey from Kandy to Ella – this scenic rail ride is basically a 6-hour nature documentary, there’s so much amazing scenery!
    • Leave the tourist trail in Eastern Bali as you visit the lesser-known temples and villages of Tenganan Village and Pura Luhur Lempuyang. These are golden opportunities to learn about local Balinese culture.
    • Leave vibrant Phuket and set sail on the beautifully calm waters of the Andaman Sea – by yacht no less!
    • Leave with authentic recipes under your belt after you take part in a plant-based cooking class in a Jaipur home, learn how to make thali in Udaipur and find out how to cook Malvani cuisine in Goa.
    • Leave your map and GPS at home! On this walking trip, you’ll have an expert local leader by your side that knows the area inside-out, so all you have to do is enjoy the journey.
    • Let a local expert bring Cambodia’s ancient history to life as you temple-hop at the Angkor complex – one of South East Asia's most stunning attractions and a UNESCO World Heritage site.
    • Let a local expert bring Cambodia’s ancient history to life as you temple-hop at the Angkor complex with your small group – one of South East Asia's most stunning attractions.
    • Let a local show you their favourite dishes, from nasi campur to all kinds of other delicacies during a street food tasting in Seminyak.
    • Let Exclusive Experiences take you closer to nature, including a 4x4 drive through the striking Makgadikgadi Pans and a privately catered cruise down the Zambezi River.
    • Let the rest of the world melt away as you swim and snorkel in the warm waters of the Aegean Sea.
    • Let the rest of the world melt away as you swim and snorkel in the warm waters of the Aegean Sea.
    • Let your expert leader take the hassle out of family travel as they guide you through the history and highlights of Italy – so you can just relax and hand over the responsibility!
    • Let your expert leader take the hassle out of family travel as they guide you through the sights and bites of Thailand, so relax and hand over the responsibility – you deserve it.
    • Let your knowledgeable group leader guide you through the thickets of the jungle, past small cultural villages and to the best places to eat around northern Sumatra.
    • Lift the lid on Middle Eastern cuisine during Exclusive Experiences, including a meal in the home of a local family in Cairo, a visit to the city’s oldest coffeeshop and dinner at a Bedouin camp cooked in a traditional zarb.
    • Lift the lid on Morocco’s cuisine as you’re welcomed into the home of a local family in Fes. During this Exclusive Experience, you’ll swap stories as you share a traditional pastilla dinner.
    • Limber up with a relaxing yoga lesson on the south coast before using the same balancing manoeuvres on a surfboard in Taghazout – one of the best local spots for surfing.
    • Listen to the songs and stories of Namibia’s San people, the oldest inhabitants of southern Africa, and gain an insight into their traditional customs and beliefs.
    • Listen to the songs and stories of Namibia’s San people, the oldest inhabitants of southern Africa, and gain an insight into their traditional customs and beliefs.
    • Listen to the songs and stories of Namibia’s San people, the oldest inhabitants of Southern Africa, and gain an insight into their traditional customs and beliefs.
    • Live it up in the adventure capital of the world – Queenstown. Whether you fancy bungy jumping, jet boating, horseback riding or wine tasting, there’s something here to entice everyone.
    • Live it up in the adventure capital of the world, Queenstown. Whether you fancy bungy jumping, jet boating, 4WD-ing through Lord of the Rings scenery or wine tasting, there’s something here to entice everyone.
    • Live on island time – walk along the white sand and swim in the translucent waters of Stoncica or Badija.
    • Live on island time, with the opportunity to explore coves, craters and inlets off the beaten track – one of the many benefits of a small group sail.
    • Logrono is bursting with delicious local produce and wine, just waiting to be enjoyed on an included tapas crawl. Delicioso!
    • Look for burrows and footprints of Egyptian mongooses, beech martens and otters in the sand dunes as you walk along the ancient trail in the southwest of Portugal.
    • Look for gentoo and chinstrap penguins, fur and Weddell seals, albatrosses and more, all set against the backdrop of towering icebergs and glaciated mountains.
    • Look for gentoo and chinstrap penguins, fur and Weddell seals, albatrosses and more, all set against the backdrop of towering icebergs and glaciated mountains.
    • Look for rainbows in the mist from both the Brazilian and Argentinian sides as you marvel at the power of Iguazu Falls which are higher than Niagara Falls and wider than Victoria Falls.
    • Look out for lions, cheetahs, elephants, giraffes and more as an expert driver guide take you on a 4WD adventure through the incredible Masai Mara National Reserve for a full-day game drive.
    • Look out for local wildlife, including the resident seals at Cape Du Couedic Lighthouse, wallabies, dolphins, kangaroos and all the birdlife soaring above!
    • Look out for seals and whales, when sightings become more frequent as minke, southern right and humpback whales return to Antarctic waters to feed.
    • Look out for wildlife in the evergreen rainforest of Sarapiqui – a town known for its rich biodiversity – and enjoy some free time to maybe learn about the nocturnal creatures that dwell here.
    • Look out over the stunning scenery of Alaska's varied landscapes both during your hikes and from your scenic campgrounds, positioned perfectly for you to enjoy this region around the clock.
    • Look out over the stunning scenery of the Canadian Rockies both during your hikes and from your scenic campgrounds, perfectly positioned to allow you to enjoy this region around the clock.
    • Look up – this area of Australia’s Outback is pretty incredible for stargazing! With minimal light pollution, you’ll be able to see the Milky Way in all her glory.
    • Loose yourself in Tirana, Albania's colourful capital, and partake in the local's favourite pastime: drinking coffee and people-watching.
    • Lose yourself in Cairo’s many iconic sites – visit Giza’s great pyramids (one of the Seven Wonders of the World), the Sphinx and maybe head inside The Great Pyramid of Khufu.
    • Lose yourself in the Albanian capital of Tirana, full of revitalised urban energy, and join the locals for a coffee and some people-watching.
    • Make cross-country travel a breeze with a European trip including train travel. Enjoy extra time to sit back, relax, play games with your fellow travellers or watch the changing scenery roll by.
    • Make cross-country travel a breeze with a European trip including train travel. Enjoy extra time to sit back, relax, play games with your fellow travellers or watch the changing scenery roll by.
    • Make cross-country travel a breeze with a European trip that includes train travel. Enjoy extra time to sit back, relax, play games with your fellow travellers or watch the changing scenery roll by.
    • Make friends with warriors of the Maasai tribe around the camp fire; they'll be on guard for lions while you and your family camp overnight
    • Make friends with warriors of the Maasai tribe around the camp fire; they'll be on guard for lions while you and your family camp overnight
    • Make stops in the ancient ksar of Ait Benhaddou and the lush Todra Valley and get a feel for local life.
    • Make the most of the local knowledge of two expert mountain guides along the way, and you’ll never take a wrong turn.
    • Make the most of your free time and maybe cruise down the river in Chobe National Park – home of the world's highest concentration of African elephants!
    • Make the most of your free time in Lisbon – this city has so much to offer, from its beautiful museums, monuments and parks to its famous trams, bars and restaurants.
    • Make the most of your full free day in La Fortuna – there are lava-fuelled hot springs, water-based activities on Lake Arenal (like stand up paddleboarding with a volcano backdrop) or you can take a boat tour of Cano Negro Reserve and go wildlife spotting!
    • Make the most of your time in Australia’s Northern Territory with a local leader by your side. Travel through the Top End’s most scenic landscapes and learn about the rich First Nations history along the way.
    • Make the most of your time in Hue, Hanoi, Hoi An and Ninh Binh with your expert local leader, their unmatched guidance and the super friendly locals!
    • Make the most of your time in Utah’s best national parks with a local leader by your side. Travel through some of the United States most scenic landscapes and relax each night glamping under the stars at your Feature Stay near Zion National Park.
    • Make the most of your time on Kangaroo Island with a local leader by your side. Visit some of the island’s best beaches and national parks and see local wildlife like sea lions, emus and kangaroos along the way.
    • Make the pilgrimage to Pajinka (Cape York) – the continent’s northernmost point and one of Australia’s most remote and unique locations, known as ‘The Tip’.
    • Make the pilgrimage to Pajinka (Cape York) – the continent’s northernmost point and one of Australia’s most remote and unique locations, known as ‘The Tip’.
    • Make travel a breeze with a European trip that includes train travel. Enjoy extra time to sit back, relax, play games with your fellow travellers or watch the changing scenery roll by.
    • Mark the end of your adventure in the bright lights of Las Vegas, swapping natural wonders for the city's world-class dining, shows and museums.
    • Mark the end of your trail with a jazz brunch at The Court of Two Sisters, listening to the smooth sounds of live music alongside your morning meal.
    • Marvel at ancient First Nations rock art at Kakadu National Park and learn more about the wildlife and histories of Ubirr and Burrungkuy (Nourlangie).
    • Marvel at ancient First Nations rock art at Ubirr and Burrungkuy (Nourlangie) and learn more about the wildlife and histories of the respective areas.
    • Marvel at breathtaking polar scenery and witness the enormous king penguin colonies of South Georgia, where you’ll learn more about Sir Ernest Shackleton’s history and visit his grave.
    • Marvel at the evergreen splendour of the Amazon. Explore rainforest trails with a local guide, looking out for wildlife and medicinal plants, and stay in a tranquil jungle lodge overnight.
    • Marvel at the iconic monument of Mount Rushmore, where a short walk will take you up close to this famous mountain sculpture.
    • Marvel at the incredible 12 Apostles – the finishing point and final reward for your incredible efforts.
    • Marvel at the Mosque of Hassan II in Casablanca, dive into the heart of Fes’s medina, witness the evening transformation of Djemaa el-Fna in Marrakech and unwind in the laidback seaside city of Essaouira.
    • Marvel at the reclining Buddha at Wat Pho in Bangkok and then see the other 1000 images of Buddha throughout the gorgeous complex.
    • Marvel at the size and stature of the Arenal Volcano as it dominates the horizon, perhaps as you relax in La Fortuna’s lava-heated thermal springs.
    • Marvel at the spectacular Roman amphitheatre of El Jem. This 3rd-century structure rises impressively above the surrounding city, playing host to gladiators, musicians, villagers and many more throughout its life.
    • Marvel at the spires and dome of Melk Abbey, perched on a rocky outcrop high above the waters of the Danube.
    • Marvel at the unforgettable views of Blyde River Canyon. This spectacular gorge is among the world's largest and is said to be the greenest!
    • Marvel at the unforgettable views of Blyde River Canyon. This spectacular gorge is up there with the world's largest and probably the greenest.
    • Marvel at the unique architecture of Palacio del Valle in Cienfuegos and ask your local leader for all the best local (and secret) spots.
    • Marvel at Western Brook Pond, the spectacular glacier-carved landlocked fjord in Gros Morne National Park during a scenic boat tour that gets you closer to nature.
    • Meet a community of hilltribe people who have been in Vietnam for over three centuries. Having emigrated from China, the H'mong settled in Cat Cat Village and will invite you to learn about their rich culture.
    • Meet a family of meerkats on the edge of the Ntwetwe Salt Pans and watch them go about their morning rituals as the sun rises.
    • Meet a group of Maya women at a co-operative in San Ignacio to cook up traditional dishes and learn about how the organisation empowers local women.
    • Meet a local family at the Xwejni Salt Pans, which have been in use since Roman times, and discover how they have been harvesting salt here for over 160 years.
    • Meet a Prince Edward Island fisherman and enjoy a traditional lobster and mussel dinner on his private property along the shore.
    • Meet Bedouin locals, learn about their ways, and sleep under the stars in a desert camp in the far-out destination of Wadi Rum.
    • Meet local artisans keeping traditional craftsmanship alive – meet with a local yurt maker and learn how they make these tents without electric tools, see how felt rugs are made and visit a leather workshop.
    • Meet local families and learn about different South African cultures on an immersive and enriching homestay experience at Phiring village.
    • Meet local female artisans in their workshops and homes and learn how they’re keeping their crafts and art practices alive. Sample local sweets, share home-cooked meals and join in on local cooking demonstrations.
    • Meet local masters and get to know the art of silk weaving and the secrets of Rishton ceramics – two of the most important items traded on the Silk Road.
    • Meet local Maya families and learn how to make your own tortillas and dine on a pibil feast baked underground.
    • Meet local producers along the way, including an olive oil producer where you can taste-test everybody’s favourite cooking staple. Sample Douro Valley wines and Porto’s fortified namesake.
    • Meet local producers at the Telavi markets, then head to a local farm and cheese maker for a tour of the factory and a delicious, included tasting.
    • Meet locals on a historic walking tour of Trinity and hear about how Gander welcomed thousands of stranded travelers during 9/11.
    • Meet Maasai warriors and experience Kenya's tribal life during a village visit in Loita Hills. Then, get to know a Hadzabe community in Tanzania to see how their ancient culture exists today.
    • Meet members of the Ishasha community for a look at rural life in Uganda, visiting an organic farm and medicine garden and learn how human-wildlife conflict is being tackled with anti-crop raiding techniques
    • Meet Sarajevo’s only female coppersmith while wandering the cobblestone walkways of the city’s historic cultural centre.
    • Meet some Maasai Mamas (the name for women artisans in Tanzania) and learn about their village life, including how to prepare a local Swahili dish.
    • Meet some Maasai Mamas (the name for women artisans in Tanzania) and learn about their village life, including how to prepare a local Swahili dish.
    • Meet the Batak Tribe, one of about 70 Indigenous communities of the Philippines, on a leader-led hike to the Batak and Tagbanua Tribal village in Sitio Kawasan.
    • Meet the family who run the Tierra Amiga organic coffee farm, and learn the whole process of the coffee bean, from planting to harvesting to tasting. Enjoy a cup fresh from the grinders and tuck into a locally made lunch.
    • Meet the Maasai people known for their vibrant red dress and elaborate jewellery and gain an insight into the culture and ancient ways of this proud East African community.
    • Meet the Maasai people known for their vibrant red dress and elaborate jewellery and gain an insight into the culture and ancient ways of this proud East African community.
    • Meet the Maasai warriors of Kenya, visit a Maasai village that champions women’s health, and spend time with the Hadzabe community in Tanzania to see how their ancient culture endures today.
    • Meet the Maasai warriors of Kenya, visit a Maasai village that champions women’s health, and spend time with the Hadzabe community in Tanzania to see how their ancient culture endures today.
    • Meet the rescued sun bears at the Sun Bear Conservation Centre in Sepilok and learn about how this organisation works to rescue, protect, rehabilitate and hopefully reintroduce the sun bears back into the wild after they were mistreated.
    • Meet up with an experienced wolf tracker in the wee hours of the morning for a unique opportunity to search for wolves in their natural habitat in Yellowstone National Park.
    • Meet with a First Nations guide at Mungalla Station to learn about history and culture of the Nywaigi people. Then, discover the wetlands and abundance of birds that call this place home.
    • Meet with a Mi'kmaq guide at Lennox Island to learn how to make bannock (quick bread) and listen to traditional stories.
    • Meet with a Mi'kmaq guide at Lennox Island to learn how to make bannock (quick bread) and listen to traditional stories.
    • Meet with local community members and join in on village activities in Mto wa Mbu with a guided stroll around the farming areas.
    • Meet with local community members and join in on village activities in Mto wa Mbu with a guided stroll around the farming areas.
    • Meet with Maasai communities – known for their vibrant red dress and elaborate jewellery – and gain an insight into the culture and ancient ways of this proud East African community.
    • Meet with the traditional communities of Tanna and learn how these Indigenous villages have incorporated WWII iconography into their religious rituals.
    • Meet with village communities during your African adventure, including the colourful Maasai tribespeople, the hunter-gatherer traditions of the San communities, and local fishermen on Lake Malawi.
    • Mingle with the local producers who are just as passionate about good food and fresh ingredients as you are, with visits to a countryside pistachio farm, a family-run apiary and a family-owned distillery for a taste of the iconic Greek aperitif – ouzo.
    • Mingle with the locals in markets, learn the secret of Georgian Cheese and indulge in the national cheese bread of khachapuri.
    • Morocco is a paradise for food lovers – this trip is bursting with culinary experiences, including a traditional feast at a restaurant in Casablanca, picnic at the ruins of Volubilis, goat’s cheese tasting in Chefchaouen and medfouna demonstration in Khemliya.
    • Morocco’s cities are sure to amaze as you marvel at the Mosque of Hassan II in Casablanca, dive into the heart of Fes’s medina and witness the evening transformation of Djemaa el-Fna in Marrakech.
    • Navigate the frozen waterfalls, ice caves and ice formations of Johnston and Grotto Canyons on guided explorations among these sparkling landscapes.
    • Navigate the organised chaos of the farmers markets in Telavi. Your leader will be there to help you order as much fresh fruit, nuts or pigs heads as you desire.
    • Navigate the organised chaos of the farmers markets in Telavi. Your leader will be there to help you order as much fresh fruit, nuts or pigs heads as you desire.
    • Navigate the scenic Cape Freycinet isthmus on foot, marvelling at the white sands of Wineglass Bay and discovering lesser-known beaches and coves along the way.
    • Navigate through Class 2 and Class 3 rapids on a whitewater rafting experience just outside of Ubud, against a backdrop of green rainforest, deep gorges and lush rice paddies.
    • Observe a unique ‘performance’ of the flag ceremony at India and Pakistan's Wagah border – a daily practice conducted since 1959, drawing crowds for its unconventional ritual.
    • Observe the elusive Mediterranean monk seal and the many dolphins that call the National Marine Park of Sporades home – as you relax in the catamaran’s onboard net, the dolphins may be swimming beside you!
    • Observe the spiritual moments of pilgrims praying and bathing along the ghats of the sacred Ganges River during an unforgettable sunrise cruise in Varanasi – one of India's holiest cities.
    • Observe wild elephants from basic tree houses and hopefully catch an outstanding sunset in Wasgamuwa National Park – one of the most biodiverse protected areas in Sri Lanka.
    • On the way to charming Talkeetna, take a breath in Girdwood, where you’ll hop on the Alyeska Aerial Tram to the top of Mt Alyeska and see some incredible views of seven glaciers and the valley below.
    • Once home to a royal hunting reserve, Chitwan is now widely recognised as one of the best national parks in Asia, and this trip includes walking, canoeing and driving safaris through its lush landscapes.
    • Only Petra’s Treasury – one of the Seven Wonders of the World – is stunning enough to be the temple of the Holy Grail. Your pass to this sacred site lasts two full days so that you can explore every nook and cranny at your own pace. 
    • Opt for a helicopter ride so you get a bird’s eye view of the world’s greatest curtain of falling water.
    • Opt to climb the Grey Glacier with an expert team of guides who will teach you how to use the ice axes and crampons needed in this landscape. Observe crevasses, rivers, lagoons and tunnels in different tones of blue.
    • Opt to hike and wade through shallow river waters to Actun Tunichil Muknal, where crystallised skeletons and ancient Maya relics have been preserved for over 1000 years.
    • Opt to ride some waves with a surfing expedition at a local beach, go stand up paddleboarding on Lake Arenal or take on some more challenging hikes through forest and coastlines – this trip allows you plenty of free time to take on our favourite adventures!
    • Packed full of animal viewing opportunities, enjoy game drives, guided nature walks and boat cruises in Etosha National Park and the iconic Chobe National Park.
    • Paddle through karst-studded scenery on a kayaking adventure on Vang Vieng’s Nam Song River. Wave at local fishermen and enjoy some small (but fun!) rapids along the way.
    • Paddle through the spectacular flooded forests of Stung Treng by kayak and try to spot the rare Irrawaddy dolphins from the water on a boat excursion along parts of the Mekong River.
    • Participate in a pupusa-making cooking class in a local home (what better way to pick up a local recipe to bring home?) during your time in Suchitoto.
    • Participate in Citizen Science Projects and contribute to vital research, including photographing whale flukes for Happy Whale – who help to track and identify individual whales as they journey across the oceans.
    • Participate in initiatives like NASA's GLOBE Observer program, where your observations help track environmental changes. You can also take part in Citizen Science Projects like the Seabird Survey, which gathers data on Antarctic birds.
    • Passing through vast grasslands, giant cacti fields and alpine meadows, all against dramatic mountain backdrops, the Marangu Route is popular for good reason.
    • Pay the elephants and lions of Hwange National Park a visit in an open-air safari vehicle. Then, track rhinos on foot with an expert local guide in Matobo National Park – an exhilarating way to experience the wildlife of Zimbabwe.
    • Pedal through Morocco’s diverse terrain, from the lively medinas and the Mediterranean Coast to the iconic hairpins of the Dades Gorge.
    • Pedal through the beautiful landscapes of the Triglav National Park, passing mountains, ravines, lakes, canyons, caves, rivers, forests and Alpine meadows.
    • Pedal through the rolling green hills and vineyards of Tuscany, stopping to sample the local cuisine and indulging in a glass (or two) of vino along the way.
    • People from all over the world come to Spain to walk the famous Camino de Santiago. Join pilgrims along the last leg of the journey, as they reach the historic cathedral in Santiago de Compostela.
    • Pick and choose from an abundance of activities in the area, like whitewater rafting, the gorge swing and canoeing.
    • Pick up some breakfast at The Farm – this cool initiative houses a collection of micro-businesses on a working farm, focusing on growing organic food as well as feeding and educating the local community.
    • Pick up some local recipes during cooking classes in Barcelona, San Sebastian and Lisbon, whipping up regional specialties like pasteis de nata.
    • Plant your feet on 100-year-old pahoehoe lava as you walk across Bahia Sullivan, maybe spotting a colourful marine iguana along the way.
    • Play a game of Tejo with the locals in a Tejo Hall – Colombia's national sport and a popular pastime in Bogota (think bocce with gunpowder).
    • Play gladiator in the ancient Roman city of Jerash, and re-enact more ancient epics in the crusader Kerak Castle
    • Plenty of beachtime awaits with stays in Hervey Bay, Byron Bay, Airlie Beach, Mission Beach and a full-day tour of the Whitsundays, including Whitehaven Beach, where you will go snorkelling among giant tropical fish and corals and then relax on the 7 km stretch of beach as the sun descends.
    • Pop on an apron at a traditional cooking class in Arusha in Tanzania with local women who will show you the tips and tricks of local food before you tuck into a delicious breakfast together.
    • Prepare for the best mint tea of your life on a visit to the Tawesna teahouse. This experience is more than just a cuppa – it’s about discovering a culture, sharing a true moment and contributing to the economic inclusion of women.
    • Prepare for the best mint tea of your life on a visit to the Tawesna teahouse. This experience is more than just a cuppa, it’s about discovering a culture and contributing to the economic inclusion of women.
    • Prepare for the best mint tea of your life on a visit to the Tawesna teahouse. This experience is more than just a cuppa, it’s about discovering a culture, sharing a true moment and contributing to the economic inclusion of women. 
    • Prepare for the best mint tea of your life on a visit to the Tawesna teahouse. This experience is more than just a cuppa, it’s about discovering a culture, sharing a true moment with locals and contributing to the economic inclusion of women.
    • Prepare for the best mint tea of your life on a visit to the Tawesna teahouse. This experience is more than just a cuppa, it’s about discovering authentic culture and contributing to the economic inclusion of women.
    • Prepare some delicious rice snacks at a local farm. Then, see swarms of glowing fireflies dance among the mangroves at dusk along the Iwahig River.
    • Prepare yourself for one very memorable night out in the Thar Desert, where you’ll share a feast at sunset and bunk down to camp between the sand dunes under a blanket of desert stars.
    • Pretend to be royals for the day with an overnight stay in a real-life palace. Owned by the royal family, you’ll learn about the Raj era as you explore the property at your own pace.
    • Protect the wilderness you came to explore by visiting the Khama Rhino Sanctuary, the only place left in Botswana where both black and white rhinos reside.
    • Protect yourself against devils and demons with a visit to the Turda Salt Mines – a fascinating museum and underground amusement park showcasing the history of salt in the region.
    • Protect yourself against devils and demons with a visit to the Turda Salt Mines – a fascinating museum and underground amusement park showcasing the history of salt in the region.
    • Pushkar and Varanasi are among the holiest cities in India. Climb to hilltop temples at sunrise, dodge cows in the street, and observe pilgrims praying along the ghats of the sacred Ganges River during a boat cruise.
    • Put your chef hat on and help prepare a traditional Caribbean dinner with a local family in their home in Puerto Viejo de Talamanca.
    • Put your chef’s hat on and help prepare a traditional Caribbean dinner with a local family in their home in Puerto Viejo de Talamanca.
    • Put your feet up and enjoy a well-deserved break on the white sand coasts of Koh Rong Island – home to one of the best beaches in Asia (and a few of the Survivor seasons).
    • Raft along the Pacuare River – this area was ranked in the top five rivers of the world for whitewater rafting! You’ll tackle Class 3 and Class 4 rapids through lush green landscapes abundant in wildlife.
    • Raft down the Flathead River in Glacier National Park – a wilderness area in Montana’s Rocky Mountains – and soak up the views from a different perspective.
    • Raft on the clear blue waters of the UNESCO World Heritage-listed Tara River Canyon, weaving along the last 18 km between towering mountain peaks.
    • Rajasthan is the India that many people imagine when they dream of travelling to this captivating country – ancient forts, palaces, rural villages and the colourful cities of Jaisalmer, Jodhpur, Udaipur and Jaipur.
    • Reach latitude 66°33’S and cross the fabled Antarctic Circle, keeping watch for Weddell seals as you venture where few travellers have ever sailed.
    • Receive a fascinating insight into the rise and fall of the charismatic and highly celebrated Cuban revolutionary – Che Guevara – at his mausoleum and museum in Santa Clara.
    • Receive a fascinating insight into the rise and fall of the charismatic and highly celebrated Cuban revolutionary Che Guevara at his mausoleum and museum in Santa Clara.
    • Recharge with overnight stays in Torres del Paine Refugios – inviting backcountry huts or lodges with beds, kitchens, dining rooms and bathrooms. Spend two nights camping in premier tents, with only the star-studded sky above you.
    • Recharge with two days in seaside Essaouira where Jimi Hendrix spent time in the 60s, and explore the whitewashed houses, lively port and tiny, picturesque alleyways.
    • Recite Shakespeare as you gaze up at Juliet’s balcony in Verona, then take a half day trip to Pisa to see the famous leaning tower – this trip will tick all the iconic sights off your list.
    • Refresh yourself with incredibly scenic swims in the natural pools of Litchfield National Park, with stops at Wangi Falls and Buley Rockhole.
    • Refresh yourself with incredibly scenic swims in the natural pools of Litchfield National Park, with stops at Wangi Falls and Florence Falls.
    • Relax along the shores of the Coral Coast and take a boat to the paradisiacal island of Nananu-i-Ra for a snorkelling adventure with the local tropical fish.
    • Relax among the palm trees on Mission Beach, with a free afternoon to dig your heels into the warm sands, look out at the ocean over sunset or watch the cassowaries cross the road.
    • Relax and recharge on the white sands of Caye Caulker – a tiny Belizean island made for beach BBQs, snorkel trips and lazy afternoons spent swinging in a hammock.
    • Relax and recharge on the white sands of Caye Caulker, a tiny Belizean island made for beach BBQs, snorkel trips and lazy afternoons spent swinging in a hammock.
    • Relax and recharge on the white sands of Caye Caulker, a tiny Belizean island made for beach BBQs, snorkel trips and lazy afternoons spent swinging in a hammock.
    • Relax and unwind during a three night Feature Stay at the Navutu Dreams Resort & Wellness Retreat in Siem Reap – this tropical oasis is home to three swimming pools, bright and beautiful rooms and an excellent restaurant.
    • Relax and unwind in Pokhara after your trek, choose to cruise along Phewa Tal (Lake) and gaze up at snow-capped mountains or opt for a relaxing massage to rejuvenate those tired legs.
    • Relax and unwind in seaside Split – a haven of culture, good food and gorgeous scenery. Walk along the waterfront promenade and admire the impressive ruins of Diocletian's Palace.
    • Relax at a Feature Stay on the Albanian Riviera with free time to explore the coastal towns with rolling hills and blue, clear water as the backdrop.
    • Relax at Jervis Bay, known for its snow-coloured sand. Maybe spend your morning swimming or snorkelling with marine life in this gorgeous coastal paradise.
    • Relax at La Malagueta Beach or visit historical sites like the Gibralfaro Castle during your free time in Malaga – the second largest city in Andalusia, set on the shores of the Mediterranean.
    • Relax at Lake Argyle – one of the largest man-made lakes in the southern hemisphere. Kayak, stand-up paddleboard or swim in the infinity pool and soak up the views of the area.
    • Relax at serene locations like Shelter Island and Shelly Beach – perfect for a mid-journey rest or a refreshing swim.
    • Relax in Madeira’s mild, tropical climate and enjoy the beautiful beaches, natural swimming pools and sandy shores – this is the perfect destination for year-round travel, with each season bringing something new.
    • Relax in peaceful rural surroundings while your private chef prepares a delicious spread that celebrates his Hoi An garden's seasonal best.
    • Relax in peaceful rural surroundings while your private chef prepares a delicious spread that celebrates his Hoi An garden's seasonal best.
    • Relax in the college town of Stellenbosch with a glass of wine after an illuminating city tour.
    • Relax in the seaside Batumi with plenty cafes and restaurants to explore and admire the amazing modern monument Ali and Nino at the beach that set a tender and romantic tone to the city.
    • Relax in the seaside resort town of Portoroz on the Adriatic coast. With your free time, maybe swim in the emerald pools, paddle board down the river or visit the Church of St Bernardine and the Valeta Tunnel.
    • Relax on Kenya's scenic coast for two full days at Diani Beach. Take a refreshing swim in the turquoise waters or chill out on the white sands with a good book.
    • Relax on the calm shores of Hoi An’s most popular beach with a full day to chill out under the sun with the kids. Then, spend your free afternoon by the pool, the sea or hire a bike to see the city form two wheels.
    • Relax on the golden beaches of San Sebastian – one of Spain's most scenic coastal destinations. As the sun goes down, join the crowds as they come out to play and explore the city's exciting nightlife.
    • Relax on the northern beaches of Zanzibar, enjoying the pristine white sand and sparkling blue sea, and spend some time exploring historic Stone Town.
    • Relax on the powdery white beaches of Zanzibar, the perfect place to unwind after days spent searching for wildlife.
    • Relax on the shores of Gili Air, swimming, snorkelling, eating and repeating – the Gili Islands may just be some of the most stunning stretches of sand you’ve ever seen.
    • Relax on the shores of Gili Air, swimming, snorkelling, eating and repeating – the Gili Islands may just be some of the most stunning stretches of sand you’ve ever seen.
    • Relax with an optional massage after your high-altitude adventures at your accommodation in Antigua.
    • Relax with four Feature Stay nights on a premium Nile riverboat, allowing you to cruise up the river in comfort, past ancient temples, watching local life unfolding on the riverbank as you get to the heart of each destination.
    • Relax with four nights on a premium Nile riverboat, allowing you to cruise up the river in comfort, and experience isolated peace during your stay at a camp in Wadi Rum, your Feature Stays for this adventure.
    • Relax with included transfers, comfortable accommodations, and thoughtfully curated meals that blend local flavors with warm hospitality.
    • Relax with the knowledge that the biggest decision of the day is whether to paddleboard, snorkel, swim with the tropical fish or kayak across shimmering seas.
    • Relish a delicious picnic lunch with a five star view that overlooks the canyon ridge below.
    • Relish a real garden-to-plate dining experience at a privately-owned organic eco-farm in picturesque Vinales – indulge in a variety of fresh produce all while gazing across sweeping views of the valley.
    • Relive a medieval past in bustling Fes. While many tourists get lost in the labyrinthine streets of the medina, you'll have a local guide to show you the way.
    • Relive a medieval past in in the labyrinthine streets of Fes city and discover the cultural capital of Marrakech – at Djemaa el-Fna Square, you’ll see drummers, dancers, fortune tellers, jugglers and medicine men.
    • Rest your head each night at your cosy lodge accommodation in the heart of New Zealand’s best National Parks.
    • Rest your head in a delightful and eco-conscious homestead converted from a 1900s farmhouse and soak in magnificent mountain views from your veranda.
    • Retrace Sir Ernest Shackleton’s steps in South Georgia, hearing his epic tale of survival visiting his grave at the ex-whaling station of Grytviken.
    • Retrace the steps of Leonardo da Vinci around his home city, Vinci. Surrounded by olive groves, your cycle will take you past Casa Natale di Leonardo then returns you to the village where you can explore at your own pace.
    • Revel in the beach vibes of Playa del Carmen.
    • Rich in history, art, architecture, cuisine and nightlife, Budapest is a hot European destination. The Museum of Fine Arts offers free English tours that reveal the famous artwork of Monet, Manet and Goya, just to name a few
    • Ride a camel across shifting sand dunes in Erg Chebbi at sunset, then take a night desert walk and camp in a tent under the amazing North African stars.
    • Ride a camel over windswept sand dunes at sunset and spend an evening camped under the Sahara’s starry night sky.
    • Ride a camel through the dramatic red dunes of the Sahara Desert at sunset, then settle into your camp and enjoy a Moroccan feast under the stars.
    • Ride a high-speed train to Shangri-La City. Explore the halls, murals and gardens of Ganden Sumtseling Monastery, then learn how to make yak butter tea with a Tibetan family in their home.
    • Ride along flat, traffic-free paths alongside some of the South Island's most stunning scenery.
    • Ride alongside the mighty Danube River downstream, passing by romantic riverside castles, picturesque villages and lowland forests surrounding the banks.
    • Ride alongside the mighty Danube River downstream, passing by romantic riverside castles, picturesque villages and lowland forests surrounding the banks.
    • Ride around the ancient ruins of Anuradhapura on a bike tour, cycling through the jungle to see the dagobas, palaces and pools of a city abandoned over 1000 years ago.
    • Ride one of the world’s most scenic train journeys and cross the beautiful Southern Alps on the famous TranzAlpine from the West Coast to Christchurch.
    • Ride one of Vietnam’ most spectacular highways to Nha Trang, hugging the granite cliffs and looking out across the sea to the many islands and lagoons. Then, chill out in the coastal town once referred to as the 'Cannes of the Orient'.
    • Ride the cable car up Mt Vogel for exceptional views over Lake Bohinj and the foothills of the Alps.
    • Ride the historic railway along the Kwai Noi River to the Bridge on the River Kwai. Pass through beautiful scenery and take a moment to reflect on those who lost their lives in the process of building the train line.
    • Ride the incredibly scenic Madaraka 'Safari Train' and listen to the wild history of the line as you look out for the resident elephants, zebras, lions and antelopes. This train runs between the east and west sections of Tsavo National Park!
    • Ride the scenic Munda Biddi Trail, passing through natural landscapes including forests, woodlands, heathlands, quiet back country roads, rivers and quaint towns.
    • Ride the scenic Munda Biddi Trail, passing through natural landscapes including forests, woodlands, heathlands, quiet back country roads, rivers and small towns.
    • Ride the shoreline of the stunning Bay of Kotor – the winding bay of the Adriatic Sea.
    • Ride the shoreline of the stunning Bay of Kotor – the winding bay of the Adriatic Sea.
    • Ride through a sea of greenery as a constant companion, then wind down on the famous sandy shores and azure waters of Thailand’s west coast
    • Ride through India’s countryside away from the tourist track, beyond the icons and to landscapes that offer authentic glimpses into the real life of locals.
    • Ride through the Sierra de Las Cacachilas mountains, then strap on your boots and hike to La Zorra Canyon to a hidden oasis of waterfall pools – perfect for a refreshing swim after your hike!
    • Ride through the spectacularly lush landscapes of Pu Luong and on to Cuc Phuong National Park (one of the most important conservation sites in the country) – cycling alongside the rice paddies, you’ll pass local farmers, limestone karsts and diverse flora and fauna.
    • Ride to Sigiriya – an ancient rock fortress surrounded by lush greenery. Climb the stairs of Lion Rock and be rewarded for your efforts with a morning breakfast at the top with panoramic views.
    • Rise early with your small group to watch wild meerkats wake and warm in the morning sun, before continuing south to Cape Town – South Africa’s third-oldest town.
    • Rise in the cool half-light of dawn and watch the sunrise while you glide over the River Ganges on a small riverboat.
    • Rise with the sun and watch saffron-robed monks shuffle between houses, where the faithful wait with offerings as part of an alms giving ritual.
    • Rise with the sun and watch saffron-robed monks shuffle between houses, where the faithful wait with offerings as part of an alms giving ritual.
    • Road trip along historic Route 66 (also known as the 'Mother Road'), stopping in the quirky town of Seligman for some old-fashioned Americana.
    • Road trip along historic Route 66, also known as the 'Mother Road', stopping in quirky Seligman for a dose of old-fashioned Americana.
    • Road trip along the historic Route 66, also known as the 'Mother Road', and get a dose of old-school Americana at the eccentric town of Seligman.
    • Road trip the world-famous Icefields Parkway between Jasper and Banff National Parks, with many scenic stops at Athabasca Glacier and Athabasca Falls
    • Roam Isla Plaza Sur – a small island packed full of wildlife – and get close to sea lions, walk trails past one of the Galapagos’ largest land iguana populations and visit the rugged southern cliffs that are home of old and young sea lions known as the 'Gentlemen’s Club.’
    • Roam the Amazon Jungle by boat at night (with an expert local) and float down the river, keeping an eye out for the glaring eyes of jaguars, anacondas and caimans.
    • Roam the Amazon Jungle by boat at night (with an expert local) and float down the river, keeping an eye out for the glaring eyes of jaguars, anacondas and caimans.
    • Rub shoulders with locals and bargain in the bazaars. With your local leader by your side, you’ll learn what’s common and what’s different between these four stans.
    • Rub shoulders with the locals at bazaars, hear about their daily life and learn about how to make plov with a local family in Samarkand.
    • Rub shoulders with the locals in the village of Lefkes – surrounded by olive groves and distinctive Cycladic architecture – with an included meal of Greek favourites like moussaka and dolmas.
    • Rub shoulders with the locals in Todra Valley, Volubilis and Fes and gain a deeper understanding of sacred sites and the history and culture of Morocco with local and passionate guides.
    • Rub shoulders with the locals, go on a sightseeing adventure in a rickshaw and immerse yourself in the cultural heart of India on guided walking tours of Delhi, Jaipur and Agra.
    • Rub shoulders with the locals, go on a sightseeing adventure in a rickshaw and immerse yourself in the cultural heart of India on guided walking tours of Delhi, Jaipur and Agra.
    • Safari across the floor of the Ngorongoro Crater in an open roof 4WD for a chance to see the endangered black rhinoceros.
    • Safari across the floor of the Ngorongoro Crater in an open roof 4WD for a chance to see the endangered black rhinoceros.
    • Safari in a jeep with an expert guide and see buffalo, pronghorns and elk up close in Custer State Park.
    • Safari through Chobe National Park for a chance to see lions, elephants, zebras, impalas, wildebeest, giraffes, leopards, hyenas, jackals, warthogs, baboons, monkeys and much more.
    • Sail across the blue waters of Lake Ohrid – one of Europe's oldest lakes. No wonder North Macedonia and Albania share this beautiful attraction!
    • Sail across the blue waters of Lake Ohrid – one of Europe's oldest lakes. No wonder North Macedonia and Albania share this beautiful attraction, who would want to let it go?
    • Sail across the blue waters of Lake Ohrid – one of Europe's oldest lakes. No wonder North Macedonia and Albania share this beautiful attraction; nobody would want to let it go!
    • Sail and island hop across the Komodo National Park islands, snorkelling, swimming, island hiking and watching stunning sunsets – the perfect sailing experience.
    • Sail back in time with an overnight stay on a traditional-style wooden boat, and awake to the unique misty morning sights of this strange paradise of green waters and rocky islands
    • Sail between towering cliffs and into the fjord-like Bay of Kotor, where ancient mountain hamlets are stuffed with World Heritage-listed villages and sublime beaches.
    • Sail down the Nile on a traditional felucca and experience the excellent Nubian hospitality.
    • Sail from Dubrovnik across the Adriatic to the Elaphiti Islands, where you’ll toast to an incredible adventure over traditional cuisine and local wines. Get back on the boat in time for sunset and witness the Old Town light up in golden hour.
    • Sail from Dubrovnik across the Adriatic to the Elaphiti Islands, where you’ll toast to an incredible adventure over traditional cuisine and local wines. Get back on the boat in time for sunset and witness the Old Town light up in golden hour.
    • Sail out of medieval Dubrovnik – this UNESCO World Heritage-listed city plays host to film crews every year. Game of Thrones, anyone?
    • Sail past private islands, like Skorpios – once home to Jacqueline Kennedy Onassis – and Atokos – and learn about the island’s history, now uninhabited except by a few wandering goats.  
    • Sail past the iconic church of Agios Ioannis, which was made famous by Mamma Mia, during your sail to the remote parts of the archipelago.
    • Sail the Aegean Sea on your small group yacht and island-hop through the Cyclades, taking regular stops to swim off the side of your boat and letting the pitch and roll of the ocean help you sleep at night.
    • Sail the mighty Sumidero Canyon on board a guided boat tour, cruising below the canyon’s towering walls and spotting wildlife along the way.
    • Sail through Ha Long Bay’s limestone karsts and island caves, visit a centre that turns the bay’s discarded trash into treasures and spend the night checking out the stars on an overnight cruise.
    • Sail through Ha Long Bay's Heritage-listed limestone karsts and island caves, visit a centre that turns the bay's discarded trash into treasures and spend the night checking out the stars on an overnight cruise.
    • Sail through Ha Long Bay's limestone karsts and island caves, visit a centre that turns the bay's discarded trash into treasures and spend the night checking out the stars on an overnight cruise.
    • Sail through Raja Ampat’s diverse landscape and explore Indonesia’s jungle, limestone, coral and beach terrain.
    • Sail up the Neretva River to Opuzen. Here, you’ll transfer to small, traditional boats and sail around the wetlands, making your way to a local restaurant on the water for Peka veal.
    • Sail up the spectacular Neretva River in a traditional wooden boat to Bosnia and Herzegovina.
    • Sample a delicious array of local dishes during your welcome dinner and dine at an award-winning restaurant in Oaxaca for an Exclusive Experience – Mexico's authentic food scene is sure to hit the spot.
    • Sample Croatian wines grown in the mountains of the Peljesac peninsula, and taste some of the world’s best oysters in Ston.
    • Sample iconic foods of the region – francesinha, cured meats, cheese, pasteis de nata (Portuguese custard tarts) and canned fish – with local producers and a local leader who knows all the best spots.
    • Sample local food wherever you go – from a seafood dinner on Ha Long Bay, a meal at a Buddhist monastery, coconut candy in the Mekong Delta and dinner at KOTO restaurant, you won’t go hungry!
    • Sample local food wherever you go, from a seafood dinner on Ha Long Bay, street snacks at markets, a meal at a buddhist nunnery, coconut candy and tropical fruits in the Mekong Delta and dinner at KOTO restaurant.
    • Sample local food wherever you go, from a seafood dinner on Ha Long Bay, street snacks at markets, a meal at a buddhist nunnery, coconut candy and tropical fruits in the Mekong Delta, and a final dinner at KOTO restaurant.
    • Sample local food wherever you go, from street snacks at markets to an included lunch that supports locals at KOTO restaurant.
    • Sample local food wherever you go, including a seafood dinner on Ha Long Bay, vegetarian lunch at a Buddhist nunnery, coconut candy in the Mekong Delta and a final dinner at KOTO restaurant (not to mention the street food).
    • Sample local wine in Stellenbosch, the heart of the Cape Winelands, and enjoy views of mountains and vineyards while visiting a winery to taste the region’s signature vintages.
    • Sample tasty street food at the open-air Mercado San Juan, where people come to buy everything they need for the Day of the Dead, including the famous pan de muerto sweet rolls.
    • Sample the best wines in the Winelands region with a full day touring the estates, sampling artisanal cheeses, chocolates and wines.
    • Sample the famous Hungarian 'Bulls’ Blood' in Eger – the wine that supposedly gave the Hungarian army supernatural strength during their battle against the Ottoman Empire.
    • Sample the plates that make Northern Spain a true foodie's delight. Whether it’s tapas and paella, or regional specialty cheeses, hams and fresh seafood, your tongue and tummy will be happy you made the trip.
    • Sample the plates that make this region a true foodie's delight. Whether it’s tapas and paella, or regional specialty cheeses, pasteis de nata and tinned fish, your tongue and tummy will be happy you made the trip.
    • Sample this region’s diverse cuisine, from a home cooked meal with a local family to a lunch of regional specialties in a refugee settlement in Georgia. Then, try organic qvevri wine made according to the world’s oldest winemaking tradition.
    • Savour a variety of local flavors with unique culinary experiences, including a beer tasting tour in the Czech Republic, a wine-tasting session in Serbia, a hands-on Pierogi cooking class in Poland, and street food delights in Hungary.
    • Savour a variety of local flavours with unique culinary experiences, including a beer tasting tour in the Czech Republic, a wine tasting session in Serbia, a hands-on Pierogi cooking class in Poland, street food delights in Hungary and a winery visit in Romania.
    • Savour delicious Indian cuisine during Exclusive Experiences, including dinner with a local family in Jaipur, a street food tour in Agra and a dinner in the sand dunes of Pushkar, accompanied by a traditional dance performance.
    • Savour fresh local cuisine and authentic Baja flavours throughout your trip. Sit down to dinner at The Ranch and try local dishes like fish tacos or plato paceno (fried meat and potatoes).
    • Savour local cuisine, like roti canai and teh tarik, during food tastings on a heritage walk in Sandakan. 
    • Savour Manila’s food scene – enjoy a community feast in Tarukan village, and learn culinary secrets from a Baguio chef.
    • Savour Manila’s food scene – enjoy a community feast in Tarukan village, learn culinary secrets from a Baguio chef and start one day with a sunrise picnic breakfast.
    • Savour the flavours of the Otago region with an Exclusive chef-led food and foraging experience at a high-country deer station.
    • Savour the smell of cinnamon, ginger, vanilla and more on an optional tour through one of the island’s spice plantations. Learn the history behind this renowned trade and sip some delicious tea.
    • Savour the unique flavours of the Azores, like fresh pineapple straight from a greenhouse, traditional stew cooked underground by volcanic steam and Europe’s only home-grown tea.
    • Savour the vast range of delicious drops Spain is known for, including cava, vermouth, wine and cider. Get up close and personal with their production methods, learn the traditional ways to drink them and sit back and enjoy a sip in the Spanish sunshine.
    • Scale the famous Rosni Peak – one of Albania’s most iconic alpine landscapes – for a rewarding challenge that offers sweeping panoramic views and crisp mountain air.
    • Scale the High Atlas Mountains and trek through scenic Amazigh villages, spending a night in a traditional Amazigh homestay to get a true sense of rural Moroccan life.
    • Search for crocodiles, elephants, monkeys and the ever-elusive leopards under the cover of darkness on an evening safari through the wild grasslands of Yala National Park.
    • Search for elusive wildlife, including elephants, sloths and birds on a safari around one of the best places in India to observe nature up close – Periyar National Park.
    • Search for freshwater crocodiles, local birdlife and indigenous bushtucker at Windjana Gorge – an oasis in the outback beneath gorge walls rising 90 m.
    • Search for gentle giants on a game drive through Addo Elephant National Park.
    • Search for gentle giants on a game drive through Addo Elephant National Park.
    • Search for nocturnal animals such as leopards, jungle cats, fruit bats, flying squirrels and flying foxes under the stars during your night safari in Satpura National Park with a local naturalist guide.
    • Search for pygmy elephants and proboscis monkeys as you cruise the Kinabatangan River on a water safari.
    • Search for wildebeest, lions and leopards on a game drive in Maasai Mara National Reserve, then listen to the African wilderness come alive after sunset at your bush camp.
    • Search for wildebeest, lions and leopards on a game drive in Masai Mara National Reserve, then listen to the African wilderness come alive after sunset at your bush camp.
    • Search for wildlife in the jungle of Ranthambhore National Park – the best place to see wild tigers in Rajasthan. As well as the resident striped beasts, you can also look out for leopards, wild boar, hyenas, nilgai and local birdlife.
    • Search the crumbling Greek and Roman ruins in the charming seaside town of Taormina and maybe indulge in some deliciously fresh seafood.
    • See a different side of Morocco by bike on two guided cycling trips where you’ll get closer to authentic Morocco, off the beaten tracks through Amazigh villages and among fruit and nut trees.
    • See all the highlights of Italy without the crowds – this winter adventure celebrates the mild off-season of a tourist favourite, getting you closer to all the spots you want to tick off the list.
    • See all the highlights of the South Island on short hikes near Franz Josef Glacier and Makarora, soaking up the beauty of New Zealand’s varied landscapes – think glaciers, mountains, lakes and vast beaches.
    • See all the sites of Sydney – a bustling central city along Australia’s East Coast – like the Opera House, Hyde Park and the Harbour Bridge.
    • See behind the scenes of local produce when you visit a centuries-old smokehouse, an olive mill, an apple farm and meet a local beekeeper for a honey tasting.
    • See behind the scenes of local produce when you visit a centuries-old smokehouse, an olive mill, and an apple farm and meet a local beekeeper for a honey tasting.
    • See behind the scenes of Moroccan cuisine during a hands-on cooking class with a celebrated chef – an Exclusive Experience. Harvest fresh ingredients from the on-site organic garden, learn how to transform them into classic aromatic dishes then tuck into your creations.
    • See behind the scenes of Moroccan cuisine during a hands-on cooking class with a celebrated chef. Harvest fresh ingredients from the on-site organic garden, learn how to transform them into classic aromatic dishes then tuck into your creations.
    • See behind the scenes when you meet local producers of goat’s cheese in Chefchaouen, follow tasting trails through Fes and Marrakech’s medinas and visit a women's cooperative producing Argan oil.
    • See Bhutan through the eyes of a local as you travel with a leader who will bring the country’s unique history, legends and traditions to life.
    • See Delhi from a new perspective on a bicycle rickshaw ride through the chaotic streets of this epic city. Take in the beauty of Jama Masjid and rub shoulders with the locals in Sheeshganj Gurudwara, where all are welcome despite religion, caste or gender.
    • See dishes whipped up before your eyes, like kaeng som, spicy fish cakes at a community farm and roti sai mai at a market food stall in Ayutthaya.
    • See First Nations rock art at Ubirr and at Burrungkuy (Nourlangie). Discover the UNESCO World Heritage-listed rock art created by the Bininj people and hear stories about the Kakadu region from your local leader.
    • See for yourself why the charming fishing town of Peggy’s Cove is one of the most photographed places in Canada.
    • See gorgeous pink flamingos, red-throated frigates and blue-footed boobies, craning your neck, snapping photos and contemplating a career in ornithology.
    • See it before you climb it! Not only is Amboseli National Park home to the largest population of African elephants in Kenya it also has exquisite views of Mt Kilimanjaro on clear days.
    • See Italy’s iconic sights, like the canals of Venice, the romantic streets of Rome and the UNESCO World Heritage Site in San Gimignano.
    • See Kazakhstan – a place truly off the beaten track that sees few foreign travellers, especially outside Astana and Almaty. For much of this trip, you’ll truly feel the remoteness of Central Asia.
    • See Mostar's famous bridge divers hurl themselves from the stones of Stari Most (Old Bridge), which has spanned the Neretva River for centuries.
    • See Mt. Etna – surrounded by dramatic valleys and craters set in a lunar-like landscape, towering Mt. Etna is one of the greatest natural beauties of the Mediterranean, and Europe’s largest active volcano!
    • See nature at its finest as you follow in the footsteps of Charles Darwin, spotting some of the strangest and most beautiful creatures on Earth in their natural habitats.
    • See nature at its finest as you follow in the footsteps of Charles Darwin, spotting some of the strangest and most beautiful creatures on Earth in their natural habitats.
    • See nature at its finest as you follow in the footsteps of Charles Darwin, spotting some of the strangest and most beautiful creatures on Earth in their natural habitats.
    • See Nevada Falls – one of Yosemite's most beautiful waterfalls, where the Merced River plunges 182 m in a powerful vertical drop that you can hear echo throughout the granite canyon.
    • See North American bison at a mountain-fringed working buffalo ranch and learn about First Nations peoples’ history of living with this hardy species.
    • See one of the best UNESCO sites in Vietnam with a tirp to Ninh Binh, a place of scenic natural beauty, perfect for any nature lover!
    • See one of the Seven Wonders of the World and explore Agra and Delhi at your own pace with a Short Break Adventure – perfect for a weekend away or to add to an existing trip.
    • See one of the world’s most revered relics at the Temple of the Tooth in Kandy, home to an earthly remain of the Lord Buddha, and discover the cave temple of Dambulla.
    • See panoramic views of Himalayan peaks from Sarangkot Viewpoint and admire the Annapurna Range and Fishtail Mountain (Machhapuchhare).
    • See Santorini, where the blue and white villages cling to the rim of an ancient volcano – don't worry, the only fire you’ll see is in the island’s magnificent sunsets.
    • See sea lions and iguanas at Plaza Sur and Santa Fe, then in San Cristobal, meet the grand-daddy of the Galapagos – the giant tortoise.
    • See sea lions, marine iguanas and more fish than you can shake a snorkel at – this trip is packed with guaranteed wildlife encounters!
    • See semi-wild orangutans at the Semenggoh Wildlife Centre and look for proboscis monkeys in Bako National Park. One of the last truly wild places on earth, Borneo offers rare treats for nature lovers.
    • See some iconic sites around Italy – the canals of Venice, Florence’s Duomo and maybe even one of the Seven Wonders of the World in Rome. Find out why these cities are so loved by so many and enjoy plenty of free time to explore at your own pace.
    • See some of the best of Central America with loads of free time where you can rent bikes and explore on wheels, go snorkelling and kayaking or rent a paddleboard and take in the landscape from the water.
    • See some of the best of Mexico with curated included activities and limited free time. Walk with your local guide along rural paths used by farmers and learn about the diversity of flora and fauna here among some unforgettable panoramic views.
    • See some of the best of Western Australia with curated included activities and limited free time. Make the most of your trip and directly support Greening Australia – an Intrepid Foundation partner working to tackle complex environmental challenges.
    • See some of the best of Western Australia with curated included activities and limited free time. Make the most of your trip and directly support Greening Australia – an Intrepid Foundation partner working to tackle complex environmental challenges.
    • See some of the best sites Greece with curated activities and plenty of free time. Maybe visit the Panathinaiko Stadium that housed the first Olympic games in Athens or walk along the waterfront to the White Tower in Thessaloniki.
    • See some of the most significant remnants of the ancient Maya civilisation – plus an array of local wildlife, including coatis and howler monkeys – during a guided tour of Tikal National Park.
    • See some of the most significant remnants of the ancient Maya civilisation – plus an array of local wildlife, including coatis and howler monkeys – during a guided tour of Tikal National Park.
    • See some of the most significant remnants of the ancient Maya civilisation – plus an array of local wildlife, including coatis and howler monkeys – during a guided tour of Tikal National Park.
    • See some of the most significant remnants of the ancient Maya civilisation – plus an array of local wildlife, including coatis and howler monkeys – during a guided tour of Tikal National Park.
    • See South Georgia’s incredible wildlife – both on deck and during daily Zodiac excursions to iconic landing sites, abundant with birdlife and busy penguins.
    • See stunning scenery every day – panoramas of alpine lakes, meadows, lush green pastures, fir tree forests and snowcapped mountains, with barely any tourists in sight.
    • See sunbathing sea lions, colourful crabs, amazing birdlife and maybe even some giant tortoises that call these islands home.
    • See the ancient rock fortress Sigiriya – from the massive stone lion paws at the entrance to the 200-metre climb to the top, this UNESCO World Heritage site will impress the whole family!
    • See the ancient ruins of Monte Alban – a UNESCO World Heritage site that tells the story of the Olmec, Zapotec and Mixtec peoples.
    • See the Athabasca Glacier up close and personal during a walk on an arm of the Columbia Icefield, an experience that will feel other-worldly.
    • See the Athabasca Glacier up close and personal during a walk to the toe of the glacier, an experience that will feel other-worldly.
    • See the colourful cliffside houses and coastal paradise that makes the Cinque Terre region one of the world's most romantic destinations.
    • See the contrasting Galapagos landscapes between islands, from the unique formation of Sombrero Chino to the colourful sands of Isla Rabida.
    • See the dramatic Admirals Arch and the naturally sculpted granite Remarkable Rocks in Flinders Chase National Park.
    • See the enchanting Alhambra Palace in Granada by day and by night with an expert guide – a Premium Exclusive Experience. Avoid the crowds as you receive special insight into the complex’s fascinating history.
    • See the enchanting Alhambra Palace in Granada by night with an expert guide – an Exclusive Experience. Avoid the crowds as you receive special insight into the complex’s fascinating history.
    • See the enchanting Alhambra Palace in Granada by night with an expert guide, a Premium Exclusive Experience. Avoid the crowds as you receive special insight into the complex’s fascinating history.
    • See the famed Machu Picchu, one of the Seven Wonders of the World – high in the Andes on a mountaintop, surrounded by mountain rainforest – and discover the secrets and history of this iconic Inca ruin.
    • See the famed Machu Picchu, one of the Seven Wonders of the World – high in the Andes on a mountaintop, surrounded by mountain rainforest – and discover the secrets and history of this iconic Inca ruin.
    • See the gorgeous Cradle Mountain region and explore the many walking tracks among the mountain landscapes, still waters and lush vegetation – at a pace that fits your group!
    • See the grand burial sites of the pharaohs in the valley of the Kings.
    • See the highlights of Jaipur and get to know your female driver on a tour with the eco-friendly Pink City Rickshaw Company – a non-profit providing employment and economic independence to women from low-income households.
    • See the highlights of the picturesque Tasman Peninsula, including the rock formations of Tasman Arch and Devil’s Kitchen, the Tessellated Pavement and the tragically historic Port Arthur.
    • See the highlights of the picturesque Tasman Peninsula, including the rock formations of Tasman Arch and Devil’s Kitchen, the Tessellated Pavement and the tragically historic Port Arthur.
    • See the Himalayas from a new angle on a scenic ride on the UNESCO World Heritage-listed ‘toy train,’ enjoying the cool mountain air and impressive views.
    • See the historic towns, protected forests and naturally beautiful islands of Croatia’s Dalmatian Coast aboard a private yacht – all aboard for a week in paradise!
    • See the historic towns, protected forests and naturally beautiful islands of Croatia’s Dalmatian Coast aboard a private yacht – all aboard for a week in paradise!
    • See the historic towns, protected forests and stunning islands of Croatia and Montenegro along Dalmatian Coast and Bay of Kotor – aboard a private yacht, no less.
    • See the huge elephant populations of Hwange National Park on a 4WD game drive. This national park is also home to lots of other wildlife, with over 100 species of mammals!
    • See the iconic temple complex of Angkor Wat on a dedicated Short Break Adventure – as one of the world’s greatest religious and archaeological sites, Angkor Wat deserves and demands special attention.
    • See the important sights of Phnom Penh on a full day guided tour. Visit the sobering Tuol Sleng Genocide Museum and the Killing Fields of Choeung Ek, then stop by a working Buddhist monastery to meet the resident monks, a Premium Exclusive Experience
    • See the impressive Roman ruins of Volubilis, which rise from the Jebel Zerhoun Plain, and get lost in the charm of the zigzagging lanes in the once imperial capital of Meknes.
    • See the incredible Darvaza Crater (the Gates of Hell – an eternally burning flame), Kolsai Lakes and Issyk-Kul Lake, soaking up the natural landmarks far off the common tourist trail.
    • See the incredible site of Sigiriya – a UNESCO World Heritage site, this ruined fortress is one of Sri Lanka's most famous spots. Discover the ruins among thousands of birds, who thrive in the surrounding forests.
    • See the incredible views from the Ponta da Piedade trail in Lagos – this stretch of endless coastline boasts beautiful natural scenery, rock caves, grottoes, and crystal-clear waters.
    • See the jungle-shrouded limestone temples of Tikal – one of the most impressive Mayan sites in the whole of Central America – as howler monkeys call from the canopy.
    • See The Leaning Tower for Pisa’s most iconic image, then discover The Piazza dei Miracoli and Pisa Baptistry for masterpieces in medieval-Italian architecture.
    • See The Leaning Tower for Pisa’s most iconic image, then discover The Piazza dei Miracoli and Pisa Baptistry for masterpieces in medieval-Italian architecture.
    • See the light of the sunrise on the dunes of the Sahara during a breakfast cruise down the Nile on a traditional felucca.
    • See the lowest point on earth – the Dead Sea – and float in its famously salty waters, soaking up its healing minerals and lathering yourself in the rejuvenating mud (if the mood strikes). 
    • See the magnificent surrounds a little closer on daily Zodiac excursions and personalise your trip with our wide range of paid adventures – including kayaking and day paddling.
    • See the many historic and holy sites of Nepal and discover the cultural roots of the Nepalese people with locals who know best.
    • See the mighty Iguazu Falls, which straddles the border between Argentina and Brazil, and cross that border to see its incredible cascades from both sides.
    • See the natural landscapes of this corner of the world. Travel through the vast Kazakh steppe, journey through the mountainous Kyrgyzstan to Issykul Lake and toast to the eternal flames of the Darvaza Crater.
    • See the naturally formed Earth Pyramids of Platten – among the tallest and most striking pyramids in Europe.
    • See the region as you’ve never seen it before (from the seat of a bicycle). Cycling is the ultimate way get off the beaten track!
    • See the rich tapestry of India’s culture and history on display, meeting chai wallahs in local markets, visiting local farming communities and spice growers, and dining in Sikh temples.  
    • See the Rockies’ vast array of striking lakes, mountains and glaciers – no matter what time of year you visit – with a wilderness-loving local as your guide.
    • See the Roman remains at Carnuntum – one of Austria's most important archaeological sites. Wander the ruins and reconstructions and then hop back on your bike to the Slovak border.
    • See the sea from the coastal town of Kaikoura – this picturesque spot is perfect for a classic walk along the beach and if you’re lucky, you might even see some seals near the coastline!
    • See the sights on a guided walking tour of Sarajevo and learn about its recent history as a city under siege.
    • See the sprawling ruins of Mary, Merv and other ancient kingdoms and contemplate the remnants of empires that once ruled these vast lands.
    • See the sunrise over the incredible Angkor complex and take a guided Tuk-tuk tour of all the best sites (including Angkor Wat and jungle-covered Ta Prohm) with a company focused on employing local women in the community.   
    • See the sunrise over the incredible Angkor complex and take a guided Tuk-tuk tour of all the best sites (including Angkor Wat and jungle-covered Ta Prohm) with a company focused on employing local women in the community. 
    • See the sunrise over the incredible Angkor complex and take a guided tuk-tuk tour of all the best sites (including Angkor Wat and jungle-covered Ta Prohm) with a company focused on employing local women in the community. 
    • See the sunset behind the dunes of the Sahara on a cruise down the Nile aboard a traditional felucca.
    • See the Taj Mahal – one of the famed Seven Wonders of the World. This may be one of the most recognisable buildings on Earth, but do you know its poetic history? Don’t worry, a local expert will fill you in. 
    • See the Taj Mahal – one of the famed Seven Wonders of the World. This may be one of the most recognisable buildings on Earth, but do you know its poetic history? Don’t worry, a local expert will fill you in.
    • See the Taj Mahal glow in the early morning light as you watch the sunrise over this Wonder of the World with your family.
    • See the Taj Mahal up close and wonder at the intricate optical illusions that decorate the marble on this masterpiece of Indian architecture.
    • See the traditional Saxon village of Viscri for some traditional Romanian hospitality and some finger-licking home-cooked food.
    • See the traditional Saxon village of Viscri for some traditional Romanian hospitality and some finger-licking home-cooked food.
    • See the very best that Vietnam has to offer in just 12 days as you traverse the country from bottom to top with a small group of new friends.
    • See the vibrant pink to lilac hues of Hutt Lagoon – the extra high salinity in the lake causes the bright shades of colour.
    • See the vibrant pink to lilac hues of Hutt Lagoon – the extra high salinity in the lake causes the bright shades of colour.
    • See the vibrant pink to lilac hues of Hutt Lagoon – the extra high salinity in the lake causes the bright shades of colour.
    • See two of the US’ most awe-inspiring destinations as you walk along the rim of Crater Lake National Park and experience the world-famous Yosemite National Park on leader-led walks both day and night.
    • See Victoria Falls at sunrise – one of the world’s largest waterfalls and a UNESCO World Heritage site located on the Zambezi River. As the early morning light glistens on the water, colourful rainbows often emerge through the mist.
    • See Vietnam, Thailand and Cambodia's best sites while staying active, adventurous and Intrepid.
    • See what it’s like living in Zanzibar with a walking and street food tour of Stone Town – visiting the markets and tasting some local fare.
    • See wild orangutans at the Semenggoh Wildlife Centre and look for proboscis monkeys in Bako National Park. One of the last truly wild places on earth, Borneo offers rare treats for nature lovers.
    • See Yellowstone’s most iconic sites like the powerful Old Faithful Geyser and the hypnotic Grand Prismatic Spring, then see if you can spot the park’s famous bison herds (from a safe distance, of course).
    • Seek out pods of hippos wallowing in the waters and surround yourself with abundant birdlife on a river cruise through Chobe National Park.
    • Seek out rare mountain gorillas on a trek through Uganda’s steamy forests, and watch them play, eat and laze in the sun. With all gorilla permits included on your trip, you can spend an unforgettable hour in their presence.
    • Seek out the best wildlife viewing experiences while you explore the diverse Tarangire National Park, Ngorongoro Crater Conservation Area and Serengeti National Park on an exciting series of morning and afternoon 4WD game drives. Look out for zebras, elephants, lions, cheetahs, leopards, hyenas, hippos and more!
    • Seek out the Big Five of Africa – lion, elephant, buffalo, leopard and rhino with two full days in South Africa’s biggest reserve, Kruger National Park, in 4x4s with an expert local guide.
    • Seek out the iconic wildlife of Africa – lion, elephant, buffalo, leopard and rhino with two 4WD safaris in South Africa’s biggest reserve, Kruger National Park, with an expert local guide.
    • Seek out the rare mountain gorilla on a trek through Uganda's steamy forests and spend an unforgettable hour in their presence, with permits included in the price of the trip.
    • Set off on a 4WD adventure through the Granada Geopark. With deep ravines and crumbling earth pyramids, you’ll see why the locals call this region ‘the end of the world’.
    • Set off on a full day of game drives through Etosha National Park – one of the best places in Africa for wildlife spotting.
    • Set off on a full day of island hopping and snorkelling off the coast of El Nido and Port Barton. Look to the bottom of these clear waters and swim among the coral and tropical fish.
    • Set off on a tour of the senses in the Marrakech medina, through the bustling souks of the city, stopping at the famed Djemaa el-Fna Square to sample some sweet and savoury specialities with a local expert.
    • Set off through the Drakensberg Mountain Range. Learn about the diverse array of flora and fauna as you hike and take in the panoramic views over the surrounding mountains and rivers.
    • Set out on some of the world’s most spectacular walks, hiking through the Bow Glacier Falls, Sulphur Skyline Trail, Wilcox Pass, Peyto Lake and Tunnel Mountain.
    • Set sail down the Nile – one of the world’s most iconic rivers. Relax in comfort as scenes of everyday Egyptian life stream by and experience day turn to night from your sundeck.
    • Set sail down the Nile – one of the world’s most iconic rivers. Relax in comfort as scenes of everyday Egyptian life stream by and experience day turn to night from your sundeck.
    • Set sail down the Nile on a four-night river boat cruise and watch day turn to dusk from the sundeck. Then, experience the world’s most iconic river from a traditional felucca boat. 
    • Set sail down the Nile on a four-night riverboat cruise and watch day turn to dusk from the sundeck. Then, experience the world’s most iconic river from a traditional felucca boat.
    • Set sail on a comfortable catamaran yacht with your experienced skipper navigating the route, and an onboard host who will prepare breakfast and lunch each day.
    • Set sail on one of the world’s most iconic rivers with an included felucca trip down the Nile. Relax and soak up the landscapes as scenes of everyday Egyptian life pass you by.
    • Set sail to the Antarctic Circle and experience nearly endless daylight during the high summer as you journey further south, uncovering the remoteness and untouched beauty of this less-visited part of the Antarctic Peninsula.
    • Settle in and immerse yourself in the peace and quiet of your surroundings with nights spent camping under the stars.
    • Settle in to listen to onboard specialists, who’ll provide invaluable insights during talks on topics spanning the region's diverse wildlife to its unique geology.
    • Settle in to listen to onboard specialists, who’ll provide invaluable insights during talks on topics spanning the region's diverse wildlife to its unique geology.
    • Settle into local life with a homestay in Phrom Lok. Cycle around the countryside, cool off in a waterfall and tuck into some delicious home-cooked meals.
    • Settle into local life with a homestay in Phrom Lok. Cycle around the countryside, cool off in a waterfall and tuck into some delicious home-cooked meals.
    • Share a cup of sweet mint tea with Amazigh locals and enjoy a local lunch in a mudbrick kasbah as you explore the unchanged culture and stunning scenery of Todra Gorge.
    • Share a meal hosted by locals Mustafa and Mersiha in their kitchen overlooking the city of Sarajevo.
    • Share a meal with a local family in Battambang before keeping up with the kids on a cycling adventure through the scenic, rural countryside.
    • Share a traditional Kochi dinner with a welcoming local family in their homes. Enjoy authentic flavours and conversations as you gain insight into the daily lives of the people of Kerala.
    • Share dinner with a Sri Lankan family before sealing the friendship with an informal lesson in traditional Kandyan dance.
    • Share Yucatecan specialties with locals then finish off your journey in the beachside hub of Playa del Carmen.
    • Sip an aperitivo at sunset in Piazzale Michelangelo, overlooking Florence as night falls – after a full free day to explore the art and culture (and wine) of this amazing city, this might just be your new favourite place!
    • Sip cocktails on the beach and on the deck of your yacht, while watching the sun slip below the waves over Koh Phi Phi's iconic shores.
    • Sip sweet mint tea in rural villages, see goats climbing trees in the desert and tap your foot to traditional Amazigh musicians in Marrakech – Morocco is a real treat for the senses!
    • Sip your way around Waiheke Island off the shores of Auckland during an Exclusive Experience, visiting three cellar doors to learn about their production methods and sample some of the local wine.
    • Sip your way around Waiheke Island off the shores of Auckland during an Exclusive Experience. Visit cellar doors to learn about their production methods, sample some seriously excellent wine and enjoy a winery lunch.
    • Sip zingy margaritas, munch on local cuisine and soak up as much culture and history as you can in Merida, Yucatan’s charismatic capital.
    • Sit back and enjoy the Icefields Parkway between Jasper and Banff, one of the most scenic drives on earth, without the hassle of driving.
    • Sit back and relax in your air conditioned and private-ensuite tents at an Intrepid-exclusive campsite located at Finke River National Park in Tjoritja (West MacDonnell Ranges).
    • Sit back and take in stunning views along the dramatic coastlines of the Turnagain Arm from Anchorage to Homer, then from Seward to Denali National Park, while someone else does the driving.
    • Sit back and take in stunning views along the dramatic coastlines of the Turnagain Arm from Talkeetna to Seward – while someone else does the driving, so you can take in the scenery.
    • Sit back, relax and enjoy the view! Comfortable and clean hotels and lodges are included each night, offering hearty meals and truly magnificent views of the surrounding mountains.
    • Sit back, relax and watch the water flow by in one of Porto’s river restaurants while you sample a couple of varieties of the city’s signature wine – port!
    • Sit down for a cup of strong Vietnamese coffee after touring a busy Ho Chi Minh City market and listen to stories from your trip leader about the city’s vibrant culture and history as you tuck into some delicious street eats.
    • Sit down for a fresh farm-to-table lunch experience in Fishte in the midday Albanian sun. Enjoy local produce, wild fish and organic meat, all prepared on-site with the freshest local ingredients.
    • Sit down to a farm-to-table dinner at Meli Melo – a regenerative garden project that highlights native plants and sustainable agriculture.
    • Sit down to a soul-stirring Exclusive Experience – a Hat Xam performance in Hoi An. This ancient musical art form, which dates back over 700 years to the Tran Dynasty, is rarely seen today.
    • Sit down to a soul-stirring Hat Xam performance – your Exclusive Experience and an art form that dates back over 700 years to the Tran Dynasty.
    • Sit down to a soul-stirring Hat Xam performance on a Premium Exclusive Experience – an art form that dates back over 700 years to the Tran Dynasty.
    • Size up Mt Kilimanjaro on the incredible scenic Machame route, passing through cloud forest and moorland zones to the glaciated precipices of Kibo’s south face. 
    • Size up Mt Kilimanjaro on the incredible scenic Machame route, passing through cloud forest and moorland zones to the glaciated precipices of Kibo’s south face. 
    • Sleep in a mud-brick hut on the shore of vast, ancient Lake Titicaca during a homestay in a traditional Andean community, and visit the floating reed islands of Uros with your small group.
    • Sleep in mountain huts during your trek and enjoy an included acclimatisation day at Horombo Hut to give you the best chance of reaching the summit.
    • Sleep in the heart of the Serengeti – with no fences, your Feature Stay in Tanzania offers wild surroundings and modern comforts. Dine and drink beneath the African sky during a private bush dinner, and enjoy refreshing sunset drinks after an exciting day of game drives.
    • Sleep out beneath the stars, rocked by the gentle pitch of your yacht. Choose to spend a night on the deck and look up at stars in the balmy weather – this is freedom.
    • Sleep under the stars at a Bedouin-style camp in Wadi Rum with all the creature comforts, waking for a stunning sunrise and a thrill-seeking 4WD adventure.  
    • Slip into an indulgent, beach-loving life with long walks on the finest white sands of Nui Beach and bustling Phuket.
    • Slip into the beach-loving life with long walks on the finest white sands and salty swims in the inviting waters of Thailand’s best beaches.
    • Slip into the local way of life, staying with a family on a homestay that gives real insight into village culture – play traditional games, learn fishing techniques and tuck into a home-cooked dinner.
    • Slow down and enjoy the relaxed German-Namibian atmosphere of Swakopmund, a beachside town amid the dramatic breakers of the Atlantic Ocean.
    • Snack on salty cheese made from sheep’s milk during a trip to the karst island of Pag, where a determined group of islanders wring themselves a living from the barren, rocky landscape.
    • Snap a pic of the Taj Mahal – the incredible monument in Agra and one of the Seven Wonders of the World – then explore the Red Fort.
    • Snap incredible photos of the immense Chand Baori, a grand ninth-century stepwell in rural Abhaneri that extends over 20 metres into the earth.
    • Snorkel among colourful fish, green sea turtles and the winding underground lava tubes of Las Tintoreras (Shark Alley).
    • Snorkel among coral gardens and look out for the rich marine plant and animal life, like reef fish, turtles, manta rays and reef sharks.
    • Snorkel at Biyaadhoo Reef to see the resident green turtles and schools of red-tooth triggerfish and bannerfish. Explore the colourful coral garden near Maafushi, with its beautiful drop off full of tabletop corals and oriental sweetlips.
    • Snorkel in the clear blue waters off the shore of Amed on a guided snorkelling tour to coral reefs and shipwrecks and see local marine life like turtles, seahorses and colourful fish.
    • Snorkel in the clear waters around Pele and see the remarkable coral reef that's protected as part of a marine reserve.
    • Snorkel in the Devil’s Crown for an underwater experience like no other – this submerged crater is full of sea lions, turtles and rays and boasts some of the best underwater views in the archipelago.
    • Snorkel Ningaloo Reef, where you’ll see rich and diverse marine life plus vibrant coral creating a rainbow of colours underneath the turquoise waters.
    • Snorkel of the Great Barrier Reef – one of the Seven Natural Wonders of the World and a UNESCO World Heritage site. Discover the underwater ecosystem and the fragility of the environment from professional marine biologists.
    • Snorkel the clearest water in the Mediterranean and cool off with daily swim stops at secluded coves and bays, whenever it takes the group's fancy.
    • Snorkel through the underwater wonderland of Devil’s Crown – the formerly volcanic crater that’s now home to turtles, rays and sharks.
    • Snorkel with tropical fish on a dhow cruise in the transparent waters of northern Zanzibar. Then, spend some time chilling on the beach and exploring at your own pace.
    • Soak in India’s changing landscapes and travel like a local with rail travel – by choosing trains to get around, you’ll be giving yourself the best opportunity for local interaction, at a more relaxed pace.
    • Soak in India’s changing landscapes on a trip that uses rail travel. By choosing trains to get around, you’ll be giving yourself the best opportunity for local interaction, at a more relaxed pace.
    • Soak in the beauty of Wanaka – from its centrepiece lake to surrounding mountains, you’ll uncover all this pretty little spot has to offer, including the iconic Wanaka Tree.
    • Soak in the beauty of Wanaka – from its centrepiece lake to surrounding mountains, you’ll uncover all this pretty little spot has to offer, including the iconic Wanaka Tree.
    • Soak in the coastal beauty of Tutukaka – home to one of the world’s most gorgeous coastlines (as voted by National Geographic Traveller).
    • Soak in the dramatic and varied landscapes of lush Central America. If you’re thinking active volcanoes, historic cities and emerald jungles – this trip has you covered. Nature lovers rejoice!
    • Soak in the landscapes of Tongariro National Park – home to emerald green lakes and soaring volcanic peaks. If you’re up for the challenge, maybe tackle the famous Tongariro Crossing.
    • Soak in the landscapes of Tongariro National Park – home to emerald green lakes and soaring volcanic peaks. If you’re up for the challenge, maybe tackle the famous Tongariro Crossing.
    • Soak in the Ohakune wood-fired hot tubs at the foothills of Mt Ruapehu or take a short walk through mountain beaches and kaikawaka forest to Waitonga Falls during your free time.
    • Soak in the panoramic views of volcanic peaks, valleys and clouds – perfect for nature lovers and photographers alike.
    • Soak in the region’s natural hot springs, wander through the La Fortuna Town Centre and visit the La Fortuna Waterfall in your free time.
    • Soak in views of the ethereal desert landscape from your Feature Stay lodge in the Naukluft Mountains, with chalets inspired by nomadic desert huts, then enjoy a guided 4x4 nature drive in the surrounding area finished with drinks at sunset.
    • Soak up a free day in Ao Nang – a resort town in Krabi. Laze in the sun, go swimming and snorkelling in the sea or take a daytrip to island hop, hike or go for more sea-kayaking.
    • Soak up a full day to explore Hvar Island at your own pace – maybe check out the Hvar Spanjola Fortress, go on a short hike or relax by one of the sparkling bays, it’s up to you!
    • Soak up a full free day in iconic Byron Bay – why not hit the waves with an optional surfing lesson, chill out on the beach or explore the fun cafes and bars (don’t forget to pick an epic sunset spot!).
    • Soak up a full free day in Oaxaca to explore the city at your own pace. Maybe take a cooking class or venture into the countryside to see some local villages and mezcal distilleries.
    • Soak up all the highlights of India with a local leader by your side with all the local secrets! Travel like a local in rickshaw, visit Agra Fort, Old Delhi, and marvel at the Taj Mahal – a UNESCO World Heritage site and one of the Seven Wonders of the World! Here's what you need to know about your visit: https://www.intrepidtravel.com/adventures/taj-mahal-travel-guide/
    • Soak up every drop of Ubud's relaxed atmosphere, from the calming jungle to the rice paddies waiting to be explored. Is this heaven or just Indonesia?
    • Soak up extended time in the paradise of Caye Caulker and unique Antigua, offering the perfect opportunity for some laidback island vibes and buzzing city life. Swim among tropical fish and then hit the salsa lessons.
    • Soak up extended time in the paradise of Caye Caulker and unique Antigua, offering the perfect opportunity for some laidback island vibes and buzzing city life. Swim among tropical fish and then hit the salsa lessons.
    • Soak up free time in Varkala, Madurai and Mysore, using your afternoons to relax on the beach, visit nearby temples or explore the local culture at the museums. 
    • Soak up heaps of free time in Halifax to explore at your own pace and perhaps visit their world class museums – or, just take in the maritime scenery and relax!
    • Soak up Italian history in some of Italy’s most storied cities. Explore ancient Roman architecture of the Colosseum or wander through 16th century strongholds – on this trip, there’s a little something for the history buff in all of us.
    • Soak up Kilimanjaro’s changing scenery – magnificent rainforests and high-alpine deserts to ice fields and vast glaciers – this is all on display as you tackle the trails to the top of Africa.
    • Soak up some free time to explore San Francisco before your trip starts and check out the city’s uber-cool sites like Golden Gate Bridge. Then, maybe wander through the vintage stores, local cafes and chill by the waterfront.
    • Soak up some natural landscapes as you leave the cities for the Cameron Highlands – home to beautiful scenery of rolling hills. Walk through the Mossy Forest and visit a local tea factory to taste a cup of the local brew.
    • Soak up some of the layered history and diverse architecture of two former Silk Route cities – Almaty in Kazakhstan and Bishkek in Kyrgyzstan.
    • Soak up some sun during your beach break along the palm-fringed sands of Mirissa, where the kids can splash, and you can relax.
    • Soak up spectacular views as you drive along the Great Rift Valley escarpment, before an exclusive visit to Elsamere Conservation Centre, where you’ll learn the story of Elsa and the conservation trust over high tea.
    • Soak up the ambience of the Chobe River with a sunset cruise within the national park. Keep an eye out – and your camera at the ready – for local elephants, cheetahs and lions on the shores.
    • Soak up the beachside vibes of Byron Bay with a free day in this surfer’s haven. Go for a dip in the ocean, take a kayaking tour, listen to buskers by the beach, join a yoga class or just hang loose in a quirky café.
    • Soak up the beachside vibes of Byron Bay with a free day in this surfer’s haven. Go for a dip in the ocean, take a kayaking tour, listen to buskers by the beach, join a yoga class or just hang loose in a quirky café.
    • Soak up the beautiful scenery of the French and Swiss Alps with a likeminded small group of travellers by your side – every day brings a new gorgeous landscape! Think mountains, cable cars, vast green landscapes and (hopefully) clear skies.
    • Soak up the beauty of bright blue waters, white sands, palm trees and marine life with one full week cruising aboard a private, traditional dhoni in the Maldives.
    • Soak up the beauty of Santorini from your whitewashed Feature Stay hotel, offering spacious rooms, modern amenities, an expansive swimming pool and a prime location next to the Archaeological Museum of Thera.
    • Soak up the beauty of this wild place and take advantage of the extra days on the Antarctic Peninsula with this extended expedition. Enjoy more landings, visit more locations and have additional opportunities to witness Antarctica’s breathtaking wildlife and landscapes.
    • Soak up the calm beach vibes with two relaxing days on Manukan Island where you’ll get up close to diverse marine life on a snorkelling trip.
    • Soak up the country's natural wonders at Milford Sound or get your heart rate up with skydiving, surfing and more during your free time.
    • Soak up the country's natural wonders in the hot springs or get your heart rate up with whitewater rafting, zip-lining and more during your free time.
    • Soak up the famously laidback atmosphere of the sun-drenched southern coast—the perfect place to relax and spend quality time with the family.
    • Soak up the natural beauty of Ningaloo Reef – a UNESCO World Heritage site. Hike up to Mandu Mandu Gorge’s rim, take a three-hour glass bottom boat tour to spot turtles in Coral Bay and spend your free time walking the shores of Oyster Bay and Turquoise Bay.
    • Soak up the natural beauty of Ningaloo Reef – a UNESCO World Heritage site. Take a three-hour glass-bottom boat tour to spot turtles in Coral Bay and spend your free time walking the shores of Oyster Bay and Turquoise Bay.
    • Soak up the scenic beauty of the Clare Valley – one of Australia’s most famous wine regions – and sample Rieslings and other fine wines.
    • Soak up the silence of Milford Sound on a cruise across its waters – you’ll be left speechless by the hundreds of tumbling cascades and deeply forested mountains.
    • Soak up the silence of Milford Sound on a cruise across its waters – you’ll be left speechless by the hundreds of tumbling cascades and deeply forested mountains.
    • Soak up the sun on the Portuguese coast on beaches along the Algarve, walking across rocky cliff tops, exploring remote coves and taking in a sunset over the Atlantic Ocean.
    • Soak up traditional knowledge about Banff’s flora and fauna on an Indigenous Medicine Walk around the national park.
    • Soak up wild surroundings during a two-night Feature Stay in a first-class jungle oasis on the banks of the Rapti River, opposite Chitwan National Park.
    • Soak up your free time in iconic east coast spots like Byron Bay, Mission Beach, Magnetic Island and Noosa – why not surf, swim, go hiking, chill out on the beach, watch the sunset or explore these natural landscapes at your own pace.
    • Soak up your surroundings during two Feature Stays – an overnight cruise in Halong Bay on a traditional junk-style boat and a 3-night stay at a resort in Siem Reap, offering a tropical oasis escape.
    • Soak your feet in the Mae Ka Chan Hot Springs and enjoy a foot massage ‘fish spa style’ – a foot massage while munching on quail eggs that have been cooked with the heat of the spring waters.
    • Soar over spectacular scenery and soak in unbeatable views during a series of cable car rides, meaning you can walk through the region’s best landscapes without the tiring climbs.
    • Soar over the world’s oldest rainforest on the Skyrail – 7.5 km of cableway that takes you to the mountain village of Kuranda.
    • Soothe tired hiking muscles in the picturesque natural volcanic rock pools of Porto Moniz.
    • Spend a day and night cruising through the limestone peaks in the UNESCO World Heritage site of Ha Long Bay – explore caves filled with stalactites and stalagmites and maybe take a kayak out on the still waters.
    • Spend a day beach hopping between the white sands of Emu Bay, the beautiful Vivonne Bay and the secluded Stokes Bay – voted as Australia's best beach in 2023.
    • Spend a day exploring Thimphu, from the city to the woodlands, visiting the Cheri Dorji Dhen monastery, National Memorial Chorten, Simply Bhutan and the National Textile Museum.
    • Spend a day kayaking, snorkelling and swimming in the Adriatic, on the peaceful Elaphiti Islands – just a short ferry ride from Dubrovnik.
    • Spend a day trekking (and perhaps a second day, if you choose) through the Bwindi Impenetrable Forest to get close to Uganda's rare mountain gorillas for an unforgettable hour – a one-day gorilla trekking permit is included in this trip.
    • Spend a few days at leisure in Jinja, which can be a relaxing riverside retreat or an adrenaline-filled adventure capital – it’s up to you!
    • Spend a few days at your own pace in Jinja, which can be a relaxing riverside retreat or an adrenaline-pumping adventure capital, depending on your mood.
    • Spend a few days at your own pace in Jinja, which can be either a relaxing riverside retreat or an adrenaline-pumping adventure capital, depending on your style of travel!
    • Spend a free day exploring the beautiful villages, estates and gardens dotted around Lake Como, crisscrossing the lake by ferry. Then, consider exploring the grounds of Bellagio's grand Villa Melzi.
    • Spend a full day exploring Florence – the city of the Renaissance and the capital of Italy’s Tuscany region – and discover the gorgeous Duomo, plenty of pizza places and Michelangelo’s David.
    • Spend a full day exploring the beautiful waters of Vis – a former military base in Yugoslavia off the Dalmatian Coast. Visit Blue and Green Caves and swim in the secluded cove of Stiniva Beach.
    • Spend a full day exploring the floating islands of Uros (made entirely of reeds) on Lake Titicaca and make the most of the chance to meet the local Uru people who live here.
    • Spend a full day exploring the floating islands of Uros (made entirely of reeds) on Lake Titicaca and make the most of the chance to meet the local Uru people who live here.
    • Spend a full day exploring Tjoritja (the West MacDonnell Ranges), heading to Gosse Bluff (Tnorala) asteroid crater, then walking the Ghost Gum trail to soak in the views across Ormiston Gorge (Kwartatuma).
    • Spend a full day learning about Native American history in First Peoples Buffalo Jump State Park from a member of the Blackfeet tribe, hiking in Giant Springs State Park and exploring the land and culture.
    • Spend a full day of island hopping and snorkelling off the coast of El Nido. Look to the bottom of these clear waters and glide among the coral reefs and tropical fish.
    • Spend a full day on a locally guided hike through the incredible Glacier National Park, where you’ll stand at the foot of waterfalls, walk under the canopy of ancient forests, and enjoy a homemade lunch in the wilderness.
    • Spend a half-day exploring the ruins that decorate the island of Delos, a living museum of crumbling palaces, columns and statues.
    • Spend a memorable night at Amaltari Madhyavarti Homestay, which provides sustainable incomes and encourages local communities to conserve the wilderness and wildlife around them.
    • Spend a memorable night in a comfortable yurt camp for an authentic local experience. You’ll have dinner around the campfire with the locals and wake up in the morning beside Lake Issyk Kul – the second largest alpine lake in the world!
    • Spend a memorable night in a comfortable yurt camp for an authentic local experience. You’ll have dinner around the campfire with the locals and wake up in the morning beside Lake Issyk Kul – the second largest alpine lake in the world!
    • Spend a morning at the Chang Chill elephant experience, watching these incredible creatures freely (from a distance) and learning about the organisation’s conservation efforts.
    • Spend a morning with some of the island’s most delightful creatures, the colony of sea lions that have resided at Seal Bay for hundreds of years.
    • Spend a morning with the Ngabe-Bugle Indigenous community on Isla Popa, learning about local lifestyles as you experience a slice of village life.
    • Spend a morning with the Ngabe-Bugle indigenous community on Isla Popa, learning about local lifestyles as you get to experience a slice of village life.
    • Spend a morning with the Ngabe-Bugle indigenous community on Isla Popa, learning about local lifestyles as you get to experience a slice of village life.
    • Spend a night aboard a small boat at the UNESCO World Heritage site Ha Long Bay – a must-do on any visit to Vietnam! Sail among the limestone peaks, stop off at one of the remote islands and wander the staircases of Surprise Cave.
    • Spend a night aboard a traditional junk boat on the waters of UNESCO World Heritage sits Ha Long Bay. Sleep under the stars after a delicious dinner, then in the morning, maybe opt to go kayaking for a different perspective of the limestone peaks.
    • Spend a night at camp in the Agafay Desert and watch the sunset light up the red horizon. After dinner with your hosts, look up to the dark night sky as a local astronomer points out the constellations and planets above in a stargazing experience.
    • Spend a night at Lake Tekapo – explore the stunning purple lupins (in spring), turquoise waters and snow-dusted peaks and tuck into some delicious Kiwi kai (food) along the way
    • Spend a night camping in Mto wa Mbu, a multicultural Tanzanian village where you can grab dinner with some locals and shop for crafts.
    • Spend a night cruising the Nile in a traditional felucca boat (a bit like a floating living room) stopping at colourful villages and temples by day and stargazing by night.
    • Spend a night in a converted houseboat on the Kerala backwaters – your Feature Stays for this adventure – and watch the world go by as you float along the river.
    • Spend a night in at your rural homestay in Sambor Preikuk, right in the heart of everyday life in Cambodia – walk through the village, see locals working the rice fields and learn about the community-led efforts to preserve this area's cultural heritage.
    • Spend a night in Khao Sok National Park, exploring some of the oldest jungles in the world and trying to spot the wildlife that calls it home.
    • Spend a night in Nimaling – one of the most gorgeous high valleys in Ladakh, at 4800 m above sea level – and watch as the locals bring their herds of sheep, goats and yaks to graze in the summer.
    • Spend a night in Puebla at your Feature Stay, converted from 16th, 17th and 18th-century buildings and offering a perfect blend of traditional charm and modern amenities, just a stone’s throw away from the city’s main sights.
    • Spend a night in the heart of the Franschhoek Valley at your Feature Stay hotel – Le Franschhoek Hotel and Spa, displaying the best of the Cape Winelands and surrounded by mountains and wineries.
    • Spend a night in the hills of Kundasang and take in the views of Mount Kinabalu from your cosy wooden cabin.
    • Spend a night in the rolling vineyards of the Douro Valley – your Feature Stay accommodation takes you into the heart of the region. Enjoy outdoor pools, excellent onsite restaurant and unforgettable views.
    • Spend a night in the yurt camp near Issyk-kul Lake. Taste the popular Kygyz snack boorsook, see how Kyrgyz carpets are made and enjoy a peaceful night under the stars, living like a local nomad.
    • Spend a night on a scenic hilltop at your Feature Stay, offering incredible views of the ocean and jungle terraces. Just a five minute walk from the beach, it is the perfect base for exploring Manuel Antonio National Park.
    • Spend a night on a traditional junk boat in Halong Bay – one of Vietnam’s natural wonders and a UNESCO World Heritage site. In your free time, maybe go kayaking between the karsts for a different perspective.
    • Spend a night on a traditional junk sailing boat in UNESCO-listed Ha Long Bay, surrounded by limestone karsts and turquoise waters.
    • Spend a night seeing the stars of Lake Tekapo – this gorgeous bright blue lake is also a designated Dark Sky Reserve and after sunset, the sky comes alive with stars. Maybe watch the sky change colours at the Church of Good Shepard for one of the most gorgeous backdrops!
    • Spend a night under the stars of Lake Tekapo – this gorgeous bright blue lake is also a designated Dark Sky Reserve and after sunset, the sky comes alive with stars. Maybe watch the sky change colours at the Church of Good Shepard for one of the most gorgeous backdrops!
    • Spend a night with a local family in Turkmenistan. Be treated to traditional hospitality, gain an insight into the daily life of locals and feast on a delicious home-cooked lunch with a Tajik family.
    • Spend a week hiking the French Swiss Alps to see some of Europe’s most beautiful natural sights, including glaciers, lakes and mountains.
    • Spend a week of hiking to the backdrop of snow-capped peaks, lakes, glaciers and mountain pastures – the Tour du Mont Blanc is undoubtedly one of Europe’s most iconic and beautiful long-distance treks.
    • Spend an evening in the isolated Kyzylkum Desert, warming yourself by the fire and sleeping in a yurt.
    • Spend an unforgettable night on a boat in Ha Long Bay – one of Vietnam’s most remarkable natural wonders and a UNESCO World Heritage site. After, visit a centre dedicated to turning the bay’s discarded trash into beautiful, handcrafted items.
    • Spend an unforgettable night on a traditional junk boat in Ha Long Bay – one of Vietnam’s most remarkable natural wonders and a UNESCO World Heritage site – and maybe go kayaking between the karsts for a different perspective.
    • Spend five days walking and hiking in America’s first and most iconic National Park – Yellowstone. Take in the stunning views as you pass rivers, lakes, geysers, hot springs and waterfalls.
    • Spend five nights in the heart of the Ikara-Flinders Ranges National Park, staying at a resort on the fringes of Ikara (Wilpena Pound) – a remarkable natural amphitheatre formed over millions of years.
    • Spend four days exploring Chiang Mai with local guides to show you all the insights, giving you the perfect getaway or extension to your trip.
    • Spend four days hiking between remote villages in the M’Goun Valley, accompanied by a local female guide who will bring the region to life with her incomparable knowledge and experience.
    • Spend more time exploring the beautiful Croatian coast and less time on the boat with plenty of port stops and offshore activities.
    • Spend over two weeks on the archipelago of the Galapagos Islands, moving at a leisurely pace and spending more time on each island, soaking up the sun and the sea (the lions and the water).
    • Spend plenty of free time in Medellin – maybe wander through the Botanical Garden, visit the Museo de Antioquia or explore the street art in Comuna 13.
    • Spend some time at the domed Basilica of Esztergom – the biggest church in Hungary – and see how it’s reflected in the still waters of the Danube Bend. Then, make your way into Budapest and indulge in one of the steaming public baths.
    • Spend some time in a local Tharu village, visiting the museum and learning about local life.
    • Spend some time in homestays, relaxing after full day cycling and hiking trips with traditional home-cooked meals and time to soak up the sunset form a hammock – this is the best chance to get to know the locals!
    • Spend some time in one of Morocco’s most picturesque towns, like the 11th-century kasbah of Ait Benhaddou, and participate in a painting class with a local artist.
    • Spend some time in rural Tordi, away from the tourist trail, and stay in an 18th-century palace, enjoy a homecooked dinner from your host and explore the nearby ruined temple and fortress.
    • Spend sunrise along the holy Ganges River in Varanasi, watching thousands of Hindu pilgrims bathe in the water as the sun soaks everything in warm light.
    • Spend the day exploring the volcanic landscapes of Tongariro National Park, then retire to your chateau-style Feature Stay hotel to sit back and soak in views of Tongariro’s dazzling peaks.
    • Spend the day with Swahili women in Kisongo, learning to make a local dish, trying your hand at traditional crafts and learning about village life in Tanazania.
    • Spend the night in a Maasai village in the remote Loita Hills region – be welcomed with traditional warrior song and dance, learn about life from community elders and maybe even learn to throw a spear.
    • Spend the night in a Maasai village in the remote Loita Hills region – be welcomed with traditional warrior song and dance, learn about life from community elders and maybe even learn to throw a spear.
    • Spend the night in a Maasai village to learn about life from community elders, visit a widows’ community and maybe even learn to throw a spear.
    • Spend the night in a Maasai village to learn about life from community elders, visit a widows’ community and maybe even learn to throw a spear.
    • Spend the night in a women-run guesthouse in the Pankisi Valley, surrounded by lush, green mountains, and take part in a zhizhig galnash cooking class to learn the local cuisine.
    • Spend the night on a sustainable farm, where you’ll enjoy dinner made from fresh ingredients grown on site and learn about local farming practices.
    • Spend the night trying to count the billions of stars or chat with the locals at our bedouin-style camp in Wadi Rum  
    • Spend the night under the stars in a traditional island village – the floating islands of Uros on Lake Titicaca look like they could be straight out of a Pixar or Studio Ghibli movie!
    • Spend three days camped among the peaks of Chilean Patagonia – a great opportunity for a true digital detox. Sleep under an untouched sky and witness vast, ever-changing landscapes by day.
    • Spend three days exploring the island paradise of Caye Caulker – munch on barbecued lobster, snorkel around a coral reef, nap under palm trees, go kayaking or just kick back with a couple of worry-free beach days.
    • Spend three days exploring the island paradise of Caye Caulker – munch on barbecued lobster, snorkel around a coral reef, nap under palm trees, go kayaking or just kick back with a couple of worry-free beach days.
    • Spend three days exploring the island paradise of Caye Caulker – munch on barbecued lobster, snorkel around a coral reef, nap under palm trees, go kayaking or just kick back with a couple of worry-free beach days.
    • Spend three days exploring the island paradise of Caye Caulker – take part in a local cooking class, munch on barbecued lobster, snorkel around a coral reef, go kayaking or just kick back with a couple of free beach days.
    • Spend three days in the dreamy Caribbean Caye Caulker. Munch barbecue lobster? Snorkel in coral reef? Nap under a palm tree? It’s up to you.
    • Spend three days in the Karijini National Park – Western Australia’s second-largest national park, with a diverse landscape of gorges and canyons more than 2.5 billion years old.
    • Spend three days in the Karijini National Park – Western Australia’s second-largest national park, with a diverse landscape of gorges and canyons more than 2.5 billion years old.
    • Spend three nights at your tranquil Feature Stay – Ubud Village Hotel – surrounded by tropical foliage and the sound of birds. Located on Monkey Forest Road, this conveniently located oasis offers a perfect place to relax in the pool after long days exploring the sites and culture of Bali.
    • Spend three nights camping in Banff National Park, where you'll explore glacial lakes and scenic mountain paths, with the village of Banff nearby.
    • Spend three nights camping near Yosemite National Park with two full days of exploration. Join your leader on hikes to the Tuolumne Grove of Giant Sequoias, Yosemite Falls and more.
    • Spend three nights camping near Yosemite National Park with two full days of exploration. With so many options on what to do, you’ll be spoilt for choice.
    • Spend three nights glamping near Poros Island, where you’ll have free time to relax, swim and explore nearby islands.
    • Spend three nights in Feature Stays – a 13th-century castle in the Slovakian countryside with a spa and swimming pool, and a mansion in Romania in the Trascau Mountains.
    • Spend three unforgettable evenings on a Nile riverboat – your Feature Stay accommodation. Enjoy first-class facilities including a swimming pool and sundeck, and get right to the heart of each destination, taking in gorgeous riverside views along the way.
    • Spend three unforgettable nights immersed in nature at your Feature Stay camp in Kenya, located with easy access to the Maasai Mara Game Reserve. Search for lions and cheetahs prowling the park on several 4x4 game drives and enjoy sunset drinks within the park.
    • Spend three unforgettable nights immersed in nature at your Feature Stay camp, with easy access to the Maasai Mara Game Reserve. Search for lions and cheetahs prowling the park on several 4x4 game drives, and enjoy sunset drinks within the park.
    • Spend time at the headquarters of the world's first all-female anti-poaching unit, the Black Mambas. Visit their operations room and learn how they patrol park boundaries, dismantle poachers' snares, and manage roadblocks.
    • Spend time at the headquarters of the world's first all-female anti-poaching unit, the Black Mambas. Visit their operations room and learn how they patrol park boundaries, dismantle poachers' snares, and manage roadblocks.
    • Spend time exploring Edmonton, Smoky Lake and Banff, stopping to admire the surrounding mountain ranges.
    • Spend time getting to know the unique wildlife of Borneo at conservation sanctuaries for orangutans and sun bears.
    • Spend time in some of Morocco’s most iconic cities – relax in Essaouira’s sea breeze, wander the blue lanes of Chefchaouen and travel back in time in Fes’ bustling medina.
    • Spend time in the Amazon rainforest wildlife spotting, hiking, learning about medicinal plants, visiting a coffee plantation and sleeping on the edge of the rainforest in a jungle lodge with a pool.
    • Spend time in the peaceful haven of Pokhara after your trek has finished. Relax with your small group on the banks of Phewa Lake and take in the mountainous surrounds that you have conquered!
    • Spend time in two of Morocco’s most picturesque towns – the 11th century kasbah of Ait Benhaddou and Chefchaouen, with its striking blue and whitewashed houses, red-tiled roofs and artistic doorways.
    • Spend time in two of Morocco’s most picturesque towns – the 11th century kasbah of Ait Benhaddou and Chefchaouen, with its striking blue and whitewashed houses, red-tiled roofs and artistic doorways.
    • Spend time in World Heritage-listed Bukhara, a 6th-century-BC city that's drenched in history and home to the formidable Ark of Bukhara.
    • Spend time land side on the islands, with expeditions through mangroves and misty forests, passing unique flora, such as opuntia cacti and miconia bushes, and gazing across the coastline from scenic lookouts.
    • Spend two amazing nights at your Feature Stay in the heart of the Serengeti. With no fences, this open camp allows you to connect with your wild surroundings without sacrificing modern comforts.
    • Spend two days discovering Sedona's ancient red rock country on foot as you join your local leader along some of the area's best hikes.
    • Spend two days exploring the Bungle Bungles– a unique orange and black striped 'beehive' formation more than 20 million years old.
    • Spend two days in Chitwan National Park, where you’ll enjoy sunset drinks, a canoe ride and a game drive to spot all the resident wildlife before falling asleep to the sounds of the animals in your jungle lodge.
    • Spend two days in Florence – a city known for its beauty and rustic Tuscan cuisine – and choose to discover the city’s culinary traditions on optional food excursions.
    • Spend two days on Cat Ba Island relaxing on tiny beaches, hiking through verdant jungle and kayaking around karst-studded Lan Ha Bay. It’s just like Ha Long, but with fewer tourists!
    • Spend two magnificent evenings at your Feature Stay camp. Perfectly positioned on the Namibian banks of the Zambezi River, enjoy an afternoon boat cruise along the fourth largest river in Africa.
    • Spend two memorable nights in a converted castle hotel and dine on a multi-course gourmet meal during your stay in the rolling vineyards of Tuscany's Chianti region.
    • Spend two nights at an estancia (farm) in Uruguay, where you can spend your time getting involved in farm work, learning about gauchos, riding horses or simply relaxing in the sun.
    • Spend two nights at an Indigenous-owned lodge within a designated Dark Sky Preserve, where you’ll learn about Indigenous Métis culture by day and search for the Aurora Borealis by night.
    • Spend two nights at your Feature Stay hotel in the rolling vineyards of Tuscany, complete with an outdoor pool. You’ll dine on gourmet cuisine at the onsite restaurant and spend some time wandering the grounds.
    • Spend two nights at your spectacular Feature Stay accommodation in Nardo. Once a 13th century Baronial Palace, then a 17th century Carmelite monastery, the historic property has been converted into a fabulous hotel with modern comforts.
    • Spend two nights exploring San Francisco, the eclectic and multicultural 'City by the Bay', swapping natural wonders for one that’s man-made as you walk across the Golden Gate Bridge.
    • Spend two nights exploring the winding gorges and rock formations of the epic Grand Canyon and take a leader-led tour of the South Rim.
    • Spend two nights getting your fill of the winding gorges and rock formations of the Grand Canyon and take a leader-led tour of the South Rim.
    • Spend two nights getting your fill of the winding gorges and rock formations of the Grand Canyon, and take a leader-led tour of the South Rim.
    • Spend two nights in a converted 18th-century mansion for your Feature Stay in Seville, and enjoy the best of the Douro Valley at a fabulous hotel nestled within the famous wine-growing region.
    • Spend two nights in a Dusun village in the shadow of Mt Kinabalu – the highest mountain between the Himalayas and Papua New Guinea. Spend time with your friendly hosts, explore a local vegetable farm and watch a cultural performance.
    • Spend two nights in a hotel housed in 27 converted Sevillian cottages for your Feature Stay in Seville. From antique furnishings to first-class service and an unbeatable location, this family-run hotel will be simply unforgettable.
    • Spend two nights in Jackson – known for its cowboy heritage and culture – and visit the elk antler arch at the town square, surrounded by a mountain range.
    • Spend two nights in Santa Lucia Heritage Hotel – your Feature Stay in Split –located right in the popular Pjaca (also known as the Peoples Square). This gorgeous 1776 building was recently restored and features the la luce terrace, a secret garden and private dining options
    • Spend two nights in Santa Lucia Heritage Hotel – your Feature Stay in Split –located right in the popular Pjaca (also known as the Peoples Square). This gorgeous 1776 building was recently restored and features the la luce terrace, a secret garden and private dining options.
    • Spend two nights in Santa Lucia Heritage Hotel – your Feature Stay in Split right in the popular Pjaca (also known as the Peoples Square). This 1776 building was recently restored and features the la luce terrace (a secret garden) and private dining options.
    • Spend two nights in Santa Lucia Heritage Hotel – your Feature Stay in Split with a secret garden, then relax at another Feature Stay on the Albanian Riviera with free time to explore the coastal town.
    • Spend two nights in Santa Lucia Heritage Hotel – your Feature Stay in Split, located right in the popular Pjaca (also known as the Peoples Square). This 1776 building was recently restored and features the la luce terrace – a secret garden and private dining options.
    • Spend two nights in your Feature Stay in Capri that has spectacular sweeping views out over the Amalfi Coast.
    • Spend two nights on a houseboat at the Okavango Delta Panhandle. As you cruise, listen to the melodies of the African wildlife as night falls.
    • Spend two nights on Magnetic Island, known for its amazing natural scenery, lush walking trails, secluded beaches and koalas that live here in the treetops.
    • Spend two nights soaking up all that the Grand Canyon National Park has to offer, with trips to the South Rim, Granite Rapids and Monument Canyon.
    • Spend two nights under the stars in your private permanent tented camp in Purnululu National Park, with views of the Bungle Bungles.
    • Spend two spectacular nights in touch with nature at your lodge Feature Stay within Kruger National Park. The Mdluli Safari Lodge is dedicated to sustainability and conservation, with their very own anti-poaching unit and partnership with the local Mdluli Community.
    • Spend two unforgettable evenings at your Feature Stay hotel in Jaipur. The heritage hotel has been in the same family since its opening in 1928 and offers opulent details and warm, friendly service.
    • Spend two unforgettable nights in the Sicilian countryside at your Feature Stay accommodation – Baglio della Luna Foresteria, a countryside estate built within a medieval watch tower.
    • Spend your days cycling and your nights relaxing. Indulge in harbourside dinners and tastings of traditional cuisines and famed local wines in Bol, Hvar and Korcula.
    • Spend your days island-hopping in the Cyclades, swimming in the clear waters of the Aegean Sea and sleeping aboard a private yacht.
    • Spend your downtime in the green Cameron Highlands chilling out and soaking up the scenery or opt for an optional day tour to various local farms and a tea plantation.
    • Spend your free time in Barcelona visiting Gaudi's modern basilica, La Sagrada Familia – a Gothic masterpiece that embodies the city’s artistic and progressive heart.
    • Spend your nights away from modern civilisation listening to soothing crackling bonfires, staring into the Milky Way and tucking into peaceful camps in nature.
    • Spend your nights on a sailing boat and fall asleep to the relaxing undulation of the waves below. Watch sunset from a nearby beach and wake up early to catch sunrise on the deck.
    • Spend your nights on a sailing boat and fall asleep to the relaxing undulation of the waves below. Watch sunset from a nearby beach and wake up early to catch sunrise on the deck.    
    • Spending four nights in the lively little city of Puerto Natales, you’ll only have to unpack once and you’ll have plenty of places to eat and relax when you’re not out exploring.
    • Spoil your tastebuds with flavour-filled curries, seriously fresh seafood, sweet desserts, roti, hoppers, dosa, idli and more.
    • Spot Chobe National Park's abundance of wildlife and the world’s highest concentration of elephants from multiple vantage points with an early morning 4x4 game drive and an afternoon boat cruise along the picturesque Chobe River.
    • Spot Chobe National Park's abundance of wildlife and the world’s highest concentration of elephants from multiple vantage points with an early morning 4x4 Game Drive, and an afternoon boat cruise along the picturesque Chobe River.
    • Spot Chobe National Park's abundant wildlife and the world’s highest concentration of elephants from multiple vantage points with an early morning 4x4 game drive, and an afternoon boat cruise along the picturesque Chobe River.
    • Spot colourful birds on a boat ride along the New River to the Lamanai Archaeological Site. Dating back to 1500 BC, the ruins are a fascinating insight into a once-thriving Maya city.
    • Spot crocodiles, elephants and Bengal tigers at the subtropical Chitwan National Park.
    • Spot eagles, crocs and more of Kakadu National Park’s rich wildlife on an Indigenous-owned river cruise along Yellow Water Billabong.
    • Spot elephants in their natural habitat during a jeep safari in Udawalawe National Park – this is something your kids (and you) will never forget.
    • Spot elephants, hippos, giraffes, lions, zebras, buffalo, warthogs, wildebeest, impalas and more on not one but five included 4WD safari drives.
    • Spot elephants, hippos, giraffes, zebras, buffalo, warthogs, wildebeest and impalas on not one, but three included 4WD safari game drives in Tanzania and Zambia.
    • Spot elephants, hippos, giraffes, zebras, buffalo, warthogs, wildebeest, impalas and more on not one but two included 4WD safari game drives in Tanzania and Zambia.
    • Spot elephants, monkeys and tropical birds on a safari through the wild grasslands of Minneriya National Park.
    • Spot Koalas in their natural habitat on Raymond Island. Learn about their leisurely lifestyle, their diet of eucalyptus leaves and how they communicate with one another.
    • Spot leopards at the Jhalana Leopard Safari Park. With more than 40 leopards and five cubs, you’ll see these spotted animals among other wildlife going about their daily routines.
    • Spot long-nosed tapirs, white-faced capuchin monkeys, ocelots and three-toed sloths on this wildlife adventure – Costa Rica is home to many exotic animals, and this trip puts you in the perfect position to see them all.
    • Spot orangutans in the wild in Gunung Leuser National Park for the best opportunities in all of Indonesia. This diverse ecosystem is also home to some 300 bird species and the endangered Sumatran tiger!
    • Spot pink flamingos, red-throated frigates and blue-footed boobies, snapping photos and contemplating a career in ornithology.
    • Spot sea lions – the dogs of the ocean, these amazing creatures are playful, goofy and curious. While you can’t pat them, you’re bound to fall in love with these furry frolickers as you swim alongside them each day.
    • Spot the African wildlife you've always wanted to see on 4WD safaris through five iconic wildlife parks, perhaps you'll see elephants, lions, cheetahs, zebras, flamingos, hippos and so much more.
    • Spot tigers, elephants, sloths, and birds on safaris and nature walks in three of India’s wildlife viewing hotspots – Mudumalai, Periyar, and Ranthambhore national parks.
    • Spot wildlife in Chobe National Park during a sunset river cruise. This is when many animals – such as elephants, cheetahs and lions – come to drink, so get your cameras ready!
    • Squeeze between stalls at an Aswan bazaar and discover the open-air museum of Luxor with loads of free time to see the sights at your own pace and a local leader with all the hot tips.
    • Stand in awe of the epic Franz Josef glacier and visit a local gallery to learn about the significance of pounamu (greenstone) to Maori culture while carving your own pendant.
    • Stand in awe of the epic Franz Josef glacier and visit a local gallery to learn about the significance of pounamu (greenstone) to Maori culture while carving your own pendant.
    • Start and end your adventure in Madrid, home to art galleries, colourful architecture and some of the best restaurants in Spain.
    • Start and end your trip in Antigua, making sure to see the city’s restored Spanish buildings and epic views of the volcano that towers over it.
    • Start and end your trip in colourful Marrakech and discover the Djemaa el-Fna square and winding alleys with a local leader who knows all the secrets.
    • Start and end your trip in cosmopolitan Hobart, where you can extend your trip and explore this gorgeous, hilly city with plenty of delicious eateries and spots to watch the sunset.
    • Start and end your trip in modern Auckland – New Zealand's largest city. A big mix of cultures here has resulted in some pretty excellent cuisine, so why not hit up a few of the famous restaurants in your downtime?
    • Start and end your trip in San Jose, the urban centre of Costa Rica, to balance out the outdoor adventure with some nightlife, bar hopping, markets and museums.
    • Start and end your trip in the bustling metropolis of Kathmandu – explore Durbar Square, wander the chaotic streets or simply kick back with a relaxing massage to soothe those post-four-day-hike feels.
    • Start and end your trip in the colourful city of Oaxaca with its busy markets, artisan studios and world-renowned gastronomy.
    • Start and finish in the temple-studded city of Chiang Mai, making this Short Break Adventure an easy add-on to a Northern Thailand journey!
    • Start and finish the trip in Dubrovnik, where you can walk the ancient city walls and wander the Old Town, searching for that perfect restaurant serving up fresh seafood, sweet treats and glasses of local wine.
    • Start and finish your adventure in the city of Christchurch, where your local leader will show you the innovative and creative ways the city is rebuilding after a devastating earthquake in 2011.
    • Start and finish your trip in bustling Marrakech, the home of your Feature Stay accommodation at Riad La Cle D’or – a luxurious riad in the heart of the medina.
    • Start your adventure in Hanoi, discovering the Old Quarter, delicious food and gorgeous landmarks in your free time.
    • Start your journey in Launceston and end in Hobart with opportunities to do a little of your own exploring in both of these gorgeous cities (also home to some pretty great dining options).
    • Start your trip in Barcelona – the city of Gaudi – and wander the streets, exploring the amazing architectural feats, from the incredible La Sagrada Familia Basilica to the lush gardens of Park Guell.
    • Start your trip in Sydney – Australia's unofficial capital, home to the Harbour Bridge, a bustling CBD, heaps of cool restaurants and bars and of course, the Opera House!
    • Start your trip in Victoria Falls – where a huge range of nature-based activities are on offer. Maybe take a scenic helicopter flight over the cascades or swing over the gorge.
    • Start your trip with an eco-tour of Mandingal Bay in Cairns with a First Nations guide and experience a traditional Welcome to Country and smoking ceremony.
    • Stay active with an optional day hike to the mountaineer’s paradise of Amin Brakk, also known as the Great Tower.
    • Stay among the birds and beasts of the jungle, right next to an oxbow lake, at Kinabatangan Eco Camp and fall asleep to the sounds of cicadas.
    • Stay at a 13th-century castle in the Slovakian countryside, where you can relax at the spa and dine in style at the in-house restaurant.
    • Stay at a diverse variety of accommodations to experience Tanzania uniquely. From tented camps in the heart of the Serengeti to cozy cottages on an active farm, these eco-lodges, camps and fine hotels will give you access to nature, wildlife and comfort in equal measure.
    • Stay at a hotel surrounded by parkland and native woods within easy walking distance of the town of Dobbiaco.
    • Stay at a local guesthouse in a rural village in Turkmenistan – a rare opportunity to get up close to local people’s life – and visit a local horse breeder who preserves the precious breed that is the national treasure of Turkmenistan – Akhal-Teke horses.
    • Stay at your beautifully located camp in Finke River National Park in the West MacDonnell Ranges. This new campsite is private and exclusive to Intrepid, featuring glamping tents with air-conditioning and ensuite bathrooms.
    • Stay in a historic hotel in the heart of Chamonix , surrounded by snow-capped peaks. Unpack just once and enjoy an epic location that can’t be topped.
    • Stay in a local’s home in the Mekong Delta – the ‘rice bowl of Vietnam’ – and visit local villages, learning about the way of life here.
    • Stay in a lodge near the world’s highest freshwater lake system in Gokyo, sacred to both Hindus and Buddhists and sure to stun any of those lucky enough to see them in person.
    • Stay in a riverside jungle lodge in Chitwan National Park, then embark on a safari in search of rhinos, Bengal tigers, monkeys, and more.
    • Stay in a traditional Amazigh homestay high in the Atlas Mountains and enjoy a homecooked meal of Moroccan favourites, learning about the culture and traditions of an Indigenous population who’ve stood the test of time.
    • Stay in a traditional homestay for one night – the perfect way to access the remote parts of Vietnam and get a real glimpse into local life. You’ll also be treated to home-cooked meals, among breathtaking mountain scenery.
    • Stay in a traditional Tuscan farmhouse near San Gimignano, surrounded by vineyards and olive trees. Tour the grounds, indulging in tastings of their local wines and rich organic olive oil.
    • Stay in an eco-lodge on the edge of the jungle that’s fighting for the preservation of Ulu Muda Forest with research and awareness, low-footprint practices and ecotourism principles.
    • Stay in an eco-lodge on the edge of the jungle that’s fighting for the preservation of Ulu Muda Forest with research and awareness, low-footprint practices and ecotourism principles.
    • Stay in an unspoiled corner of Serbia at your Feature Stay – a collection of chalets surrounded by nature and complete with swimming pools and views of the surrounding countryside.
    • Stay in atmospheric wooden houses in different hilltribe villages each night.
    • Stay in beautiful accommodation that’s nestled in the rolling vineyards of Tuscany and write home about your stay in the Sicilian countryside.
    • Stay in community operated beachside bungalows in Itsamia and visit one of the largest Green turtle nesting sites of the world, where turtles nest year-round; learn from local park rangers about ongoing conservation efforts.
    • Stay in mountain communities, meet the welcoming Nepali people and immerse yourself in the rich traditions of local villages and Sherpa culture along the way.
    • Stay in picturesque Castelnuovo di Garfagnana, where you’ll spend your day cycling up and down the valleys, maybe stopping at the famous Fronte della Rocca for one of their cakes and coffees that have been enjoyed since 1885.
    • Stay in some of Nepal’s comfiest trekking lodges. Enjoy sundowners on mountain-view terraces, ensuite bathrooms and even a hot water bottle in bed – the dream after a day on the trail!
    • Stay in some spectacular places including a Feature Stay in a historic property in Nardo, once a Baronial Palace, and a Sicilian countryside estate built in a medieval watch tower.
    • Stay in style with three Feature Stays – in the heart of the Tuscan hillside, in a 13th-century Baronial Palace in Nardo and in a countryside estate within a medieval watch tower.
    • Stay in the beautiful Lisu Lodge for your Feature Stay in Thailand. This community-based project employs Lisu villagers and allows you to immerse yourself in local culture while enjoying creature comforts.
    • Stay in the beautiful Lisu lodge for your Feature Stay. This community-based project employs Lisu villagers and allows you to immerse yourself in local culture while enjoying creature comforts.
    • Stay in the Bukit Lawang Eco Lodge for a unique jungle experience – you'll also be supporting the Sumatran Orangutan Conservation Program!
    • Stay in the historic town of Baddeck, where you’ll be treated to a traditional Ceilidh performance, where musicians come together to play local Cape Breton music with its signature fiddle.
    • Stay in the old fishing towns of Essaouira and Taghazout, where the medinas brush up against the Atlantic Ocean and take the chance to catch waves, bliss out and practice your yoga skills.
    • Stay in the same comfortable motel-style accommodation for your entire trip. Unpack once, settle in, and relax. With every meal taken care of, all you need to do is put one foot in front of the other.
    • Stay in the stunning lakeside town of Bled and discover the famous Lake Bled and the surrounding mountains, forests and flower-filled valleys on your bike.
    • Stay in the traditional raft house on Cheow Lan Lake in Khao Sok National Park, surrounded by turquoise waters and one of the world’s oldest jungles.
    • Stay in the very heart of the Atlas Mountains in the Aurocher Hotel, where your room opens out onto breathtaking views of the mountainous terrain and forests of pine trees.
    • Stay in unique places like your Feature Stay in the historic property of Nardo – this accommodation was once a Baronial Palace – as well as a countryside hotel amid the rolling vineyards of Tuscany.
    • Stay near Cortina d’Ampezzo – a scenic alpine town and the gateway to the Dolomites. Enjoy the convenience of unpacking once, with easy daily transfers to and from the region’s best hiking trails.
    • Stay near Costa Adeje and enjoy the convenience of unpacking once, with easy daily transfers to and from the region’s best hiking trails.
    • Stay on the edge of the Amazon Rainforest in an eco-lodge, then explore the jungle on an evening walk under the night sky.
    • Stay on the often-overlooked east coast of Lombok with some time spent in Labuan Pandan, taking a snorkelling trip and enjoying a secluded island lunch and a seafood barbecue dinner.
    • Stay overnight in a family-run homestay in Briddim, sharing stories, feasting on traditional home cooking and sleeping in a comfortable wooden home.
    • Stay overnight in the fairytale-like Theth – one of the wonders in the Albanian Alps, declared a Protected Historic Center by the Albanian Government. Maybe swim in the Blue Eye of Theth or Grunasi Waterfall and cool off in your scenic surrounds.
    • Stay right on one of the most beautiful squares in Split in your historic Feature Stay.
    • Stay the night in a Sahara desert camp, far away from tourist crowds After a camel ride through the sand dunes, watch the sunset with your group.
    • Stay the night in a Saharan desert camp under the North African stars after riding a camel through the sand dunes watching the sunset over the vast, untouched landscape.
    • Stay within the walls of Uzbekistan’s history during a historical Feature Stay in an old Jewish house converted into a boutique hotel in Bukhara.
    • Stay within the walls of Uzbekistan’s history during a historical Feature Stay in an old Jewish house converted into a boutique hotel in Bukhara.
    • Step back in time among the hills of the British ‘Snooty Ooty’ – home of snooker and the Nilgiri toy train.
    • Step back in time among the Venetian architecture of Naxos and consider learning about rural life with a daytrip to a country village.
    • Step back in time and learn about the infamous Battle of Kosovo on a daytrip to the Field of Blackbirds, before embracing the modern culture in Prishtina – Europe’s youngest capital.
    • Step back in time as you explore Sri Lanka’s most important religious and heritage sites, including the Temple of Tooth Relic and Kataragama.
    • Step back in time as you travel with your local leader through Athens and be introduced to the world of Greek mythology.
    • Step back in time as you travel with your local leader to the Athens Acropolis, Mycenae and the Prodromos monastery, where you’ll share coffee with a local monk during an Exclusive Experience.
    • Step back in time as you travel with your local leader to the Athens Acropolis, Mycenae and the Prodromos monastery, where you’ll share coffee with a local monk during an Exclusive Experience.
    • Step back in time in Trinidad – a real Cuban treat. Explore its old-world streets, then hit some fine palm-flanked beaches for a bit of rest and relaxation.
    • Step back in time on Delos – one of Greece’s most significant archaeological sites. Wander the Avenue of Lions, visit the House of Cleopatra and imagine ancient crowds at a 5000-seat theatre.
    • Step back in time on Delos – one of Greece’s most significant archaeological sites. Wander the Avenue of Lions, visit the House of Cleopatra and imagine ancient crowds at a 5000-seat theatre.
    • Step back in time to the Middle Ages on a guided walk through the secret shortcuts and twisting alleyways of Fes’ Medina with a local leader who knows all the best spots.
    • Step inside Josip Tito’s bunker – a massive and well-preserved underground nuclear shelter from the Yugoslav era that just recently opened to visitors.
    • Step inside Toraja’s Tongkonan houses, with boat-shaped roofs and intricate carvings, then sit down to a traditional home-cooked meal.
    • Step into another world as you walk through ancient halls and hear the myths and legends surrounding some of the most impressive castles in Eastern Europe – Bran and Peles.
    • Step into another world as you walk through ancient halls and hear the myths and legends surrounding some of the most impressive castles in Eastern Europe – Bran and Peles.
    • Step into another world as you walk through ancient halls and hear the myths and legends surrounding some of the most impressive castles in Eastern Europe – Bran and Peles.
    • Step into another world as you walk through ancient halls and hear the myths and legends surrounding some of the most impressive castles in Europe – Bran, Peles, Buda and Prague Castle.
    • Step into another world in Khao Sok National Park and go wildlife spotting and waterfall hiking through some of the oldest jungles in the world.
    • Step into another world in Khao Sok National Park and go wildlife spotting and waterfall hiking through some of the oldest jungles in the world.
    • Step into history at Kanchanaburi, home to the infamous 'Bridge on the River Kwai', before taking a swim in the turquoise water of Erawan waterfall.
    • Step into history at Kanchanaburi, home to the infamous 'Bridge on the River Kwai', before taking a swim in the turquoise water of Erawan waterfall.
    • Stop in at Morero Marae on the way to Tongariro National Park. Visit the Maori meeting house in Taumarunui for a powhiri (formal welcome) and a korero (conversation), then set off on a short bushwalk with your local leader and learn more about the region.
    • Stop in at the mighty Agra Fort and deserted city of Fatehpur Sikri – both important and impressive historical sites from Mughal times.
    • Stop in places like Karatu and Musoma for a chance to chat with locals, swap stories and learn about their culture.
    • Straddle the borders of Hungary and Slovakia in the historic spa town of Komarom and soothe your sore muscles during one of the optional spa visits.
    • Strap on your hiking shoes and summit the highest peak in North Africa – Mount Toubkal – with your local expert guide leading the way.
    • Stretch it out with a spot of morning yoga during your stand-up paddleboarding session on the Loboc River among the lush jungle scenery and birdlife.
    • Stretch your legs on a three-night, low-altitude trek through rural villages and rhododendron forests, taking in some pretty amazing sights of the Annapurna Ranges. 
    • Stretch your legs on an awesome three-night, low-altitude trek through rural villages and rhododendron forests, taking in views of the Annapurna Ranges.
    • Stroll along the canyon rim in Bryce Canyon National Park to admire the sandstone spires known as hoodoos.
    • Stroll along the rural dirt roads of Vinales as tractors, vintage cars and horse-drawn carriages pass you by.
    • Stroll Salzburg, backdropped by the Eastern Alps, during your free day and the Old City and the New City, divided by the Salzach River.
    • Stroll through Plitvice Lakes National Park – a stunning UNESCO World Heritage Site – and see the lakes and waterfalls that look like they’ve been sketched by an artist. 
    • Stroll through Plitvice Lakes National Park – a stunning UNESCO World Heritage Site – marvelling at luminous lakes and azure waterfalls that look like they’ve been sketched by an artist.
    • Stroll through Plitvice Lakes National Park – a stunning UNESCO World Heritage Site – to wander the naturally beautiful lakes and waterfalls that look like they’ve been sketched by an artist.   
    • Stroll through Plitvice Lakes National Park – a UNESCO World Heritage Site – surrounded by lakes and waterfalls that look like they’ve been sketched by an artist. 
    • Stroll through Plitvice Lakes National Park and see the luminous lakes and waterfalls that seem to have been sketched by an artist.
    • Stroll through the flourishing countryside of the Amalfi Coast and pick lemons straight from the tree.
    • Stroll through the heritage-listed Old Town of Quebec City, try a classic snack at BeaverTails and take the historic funicular up the hill for excellent views across the city.
    • Stroll through The Tunnel Tree, a sequoia so large the trail had to be cut through the centre of it during a hike to the Tuolumne Grove of Giant Sequoias.
    • Stroll through the UNESCO World Heritage site, the Quinta da Regaleira estate in Sintra, famous for its hidden occult history hidden within the Initiation Well, sprawling gardens and gothic palace.
    • Summit Santa Ana Volcano in Cerro Verde National Park for an incredible view of the turquoise crater lake and surrounding coffee plantations.
    • Summit the highest peak in North Africa, the mighty Mount Toubkal, with an experienced local guide to lead the way.
    • Sunsets are always beautiful, but nothing can beat the colours of the Delicate Arch as the sun goes down – take your time and enjoy the unforgettable scene of Arches National Park.
    • Support a noble cause while exploring Anja Community Reserve and the Mitsinjo Forest – these reserves are not just sanctuaries for wildlife but also beacons of community empowerment and conservation.
    • Support a noble cause while exploring Anja Community Reserve and the Mitsinjo Forest – these reserves are not just sanctuaries for wildlife but also beacons of community empowerment and conservation.
    • Support an important animal welfare initiative and get close to incredible creatures at the Chang Chill Elephant Park
    • Support an important animal welfare initiative, speak with local experts and get close to incredible creatures at the Elephant Nature Park.
    • Support an important animal welfare initiative, speak with local experts and get close to the gentle giants at the Elephant Nature Park.
    • Support an Indigenous community tourism project by hiking from village to village in the Pueblos Mancomunados, meeting locals and immersing yourself in the landscape of the Sierra Norte Mountains and the daily life or local villagers.
    • Support local communities – visit the first café in Armenia to provide employment opportunities to people living with disabilities, stay by Lake Sevan at a local NGO committed to inclusivity and attend a cooking class where the local women work to preserve Armenian culture.
    • Support local communities – visit the first café in Armenia to provide employment opportunities to people living with disabilities, stay by Lake Sevan at a local NGO committed to inclusivity and attend a cooking workshop where the local women work to preserve Armenian culture.
    • Support local communities and independent businesses – have a local breakfast at a cafe run by a deaf and mute couple, grab a cup of coffee at an enterprise run by visually impaired people in the community and try local batik traditions during a home-cooked dinner.
    • Support local conservation by visiting the Khama Rhino Sanctuary, the only place left in Botswana where both black and white rhinos reside
    • Support local conservation efforts by joining local rangers in the Khama Rhino Sanctuary – the only place left in Botswana where both black and white rhinos reside.
    • Support local conservation efforts by visiting the Khama Rhino Sanctuary – the only place left in Botswana where both black and white rhinos sit side by side.
    • Support local conservation efforts by visiting the Khama Rhino Sanctuary, the only place left in Botswana where both black and white rhinos reside.
    • Support local conservation efforts with a visit to the Khama Rhino Sanctuary – the only place left in Botswana where both black and white rhinos reside.
    • Support regional communities as you travel, including on a visit to Priory Ridge Winery. Spend time at the family-run vineyard, learn about the estate and its produce and unwind with a wine tasting.
    • Support the Cuban community by staying at privately-owned guesthouses, dining at home-grown restaurants, and gaining insider knowledge into Cuba’s history, thanks to the expertise of local guides.
    • Support the local community with a farewell dinner in Trastevere at a local cooperative that trains and employs local people living with disabilities.
    • Support the local Gumbaynggirr community with stand-up paddleboarding in Coffs Harbour. Gliding along the river, you’ll take in the gorgeous natural scenery with an Aboriginally owned social enterprise focusing on preserving culture and language.
    • Support the local Gumbaynggirr community with stand-up paddleboarding in Coffs Harbour. Gliding along the river, you’ll take in the natural surroundings with an Aboriginally owned social enterprise focusing on preserving culture and language.
    • Support the local Zapotec villages that run the Pueblos Mancomunados – a small community project focused on eco-tourism. As you hike, meet locals and learn about the local culture and surrounding nature of the Sierra Norte Mountains of Oaxaca.
    • Surround yourself with rich wildlife with two nights at the naturally beautiful and perfectly located Kinabatangan Wetland Resort – your Feature Stay accommodation.
    • Swap Auckland’s city vibes for the natural beauty of the Coromandel Peninsula, including a visit to Hot Water Beach, where all you need is a spade to create your own natural hot tub.
    • Swap Auckland’s city vibes for the natural beauty of the Coromandel Peninsula, including a visit to Hot Water Beach, where all you need is a spade to create your own natural hot tub.
    • Swap four wheels for two legs on a guided walking safari through the Hlane Royal National Park with an expert Swazi guide, keeping an eye out for antelopes and zebras passing by.
    • Swap natural wonders for the world-class dining, shows and museums of Las Vegas for two nights – there's more to the city than just the bright lights!
    • Swap stories and learn about the lives of local Buddhist nuns as you visit an all-female monastery challenging patriarchal Buddhist traditions.
    • Swap stories with a Roman local as you feast on home-cooked seasonal dishes for dinner right in their home.
    • Swap the concrete jungle for real jungle on a journey across waterways, hot springs, palm-lined beaches and rainforests to spot Costa Rica’s creatures such as capuchins, ocelots and sloths.
    • Swap the concrete jungle for the real jungle on a guided nature hike into the Monteverde Cloud Forest Biological Reserve, home to some of Costa Rica’s exotic animals, like sloths, tropical butterflies and the elusive quetzal bird.
    • Swap the natural wonders for the bright lights of neon-filled Las Vegas and explore at all hours with plenty of free time to check out the world-class dining, shows and museums.
    • Swap your bike for a boat and explore the nearby islands from Nah Trang. Starting on the main boat, you’ll then take a small basket boat to shore and visit a fishing village, go snorkelling in the turquoise waters and feast on a fresh seafood buffet.
    • Swim and snorkel among the colourful marine life and friendly sea turtles on a boat trip around the Gili Islands – this paradisical archipelago will steal your heart!
    • Swim and snorkel every day with tropical fish by your side – you might even be lucky enough to swim with manta rays, stingrays, triggerfish, turtles, reef sharks and nurse sharks – the Maldives is home to the biggest population in the world!
    • Swim in a cenote, float down the crystal-clear Muyil canals created by the Maya over 1000 years ago and visit a laid-back beach club in Tulum to make the best of the Yucatan peninsula.
    • Swim in Cenote Azul, then soak up beach time in Bacalar, Playa del Carmen and the island paradise of Caye Caulker – tuck into barbecued lobster, snorkel around a coral reef, nap under palm trees or go kayaking.
    • Swim in clear ocean waters, stop in at shacks serving cold cerveza and kick back on sandy shores covered in starfish in the Bocas del Toro, where you spend three nights on Isla Colon.
    • Swim in idyllic rock pools fed by waterfalls in the seven-tiered Erawan National Park. If you’re game, you can even take a short hike to the top for views across the jungle.
    • Swim in natural volcanic pools, relax on nearby beaches and explore Madeira’s beautiful coastline as you unwind after each day's hiking adventure.
    • Swim in the crystal-clear fresh waters of a cenote, one of many that some say were formed by the same asteroid that wiped out the dinosaurs.
    • Swim in the sunshine at Meelup Beach and then visit Sugarloaf Rock – the distinctive granite rock peak jutting from the ocean within scenic Leeuwin-Naturaliste National Park.
    • Swim through a colourful underwater ecosystem when snorkelling in one of the many coves – a playful sea lion might get in your way!
    • Swim with the sea lions of the Galapagos – the puppies of the sea, these creatures are naturally friendly and inquisitive.
    • Swim with the sea lions of the Galapagos – the puppies of the sea, these creatures are naturally friendly and inquisitive.
    • Swim, stand-up paddleboard and snorkel as you balance lively port towns with remote islands, where only a handful of fisherman or monks wander.
    • Take 4WD safaris through five iconic wildlife parks and spot the African wildlife you’ve always wanted to see, including herds of elephants, lions, cheetahs, zebras, flamingos, hippos and so much more.
    • Take a (fffresh) plunge beneath the cascades of Tesoro Escondido Waterfall. The hike there is half the fun, with river crossings and suspension bridges.
    • Take a 4WD adventure through the breathtaking landscape of K'gari (formerly Fraser Island). Ride across sand dunes and vast golden beaches in search of the iconic outback creature – the dingo.
    • Take a backstage tour of the West Coast Wildlife Centre which is helping to save the critically endangered rowi and Haast tokoeka kiwi birds from extinction.
    • Take a boat along the Rapti River, which shelters about a quarter of the world's remaining gharial population.
    • Take a boat along the still waters of Van Long Wetland Nature Reserve and then cycle around the biodiverse flora and fauna in the afternoon to catch the sunset.
    • Take a boat cruise on Resurrection Bay to Kenai Fjords and look out for orca whales, porpoises and puffins before enjoying some free time to hike or relax.
    • Take a boat ride across Komani Lake, where turquoise waters cut through towering cliffs.
    • Take a boat to the UNESCO World Heritage-listed Isla Espiritu Santo. Learn about the Sea of Cortez ecosystem from your local guide and snorkel in turquoise waters teeming with tropical fish.
    • Take a boat tour on the Danau Tempe Lake and discover the life of those who call the floating village home.
    • Take a boat tour through pristine waters surrounding Twillingate, keeping an eye out for whales, seabirds and more.
    • Take a boat tour through the floating village of Tonle Sap Lake – the largest freshwater lake in Southeast Asia – and learn about the locals’ unique lifestyle of living on the water.
    • Take a break from bustling cities in rural Rajasthan, where you can catch your breath and spend the night in the faded opulence of your heritage stay.
    • Take a break from the bustling city streets high in the Atlas Mountains – enjoy homecooked meals, authentic local connections and a breath of fresh air at an Aroumd homestay.
    • Take a break from the bustling city streets high in the Atlas Mountains – enjoy homecooked meals, authentic local connections and a breath of fresh air in Aroumd.  
    • Take a bushwalk in Ikara-Flinders Ranges National Park, then head out on a private tour of Sacred Canyon, where you’ll learn about Aboriginal culture as you listen to the stories and insights from your Adnyamathanha guide. Later, take an optional hike in Wilpena Pound.
    • Take a city tour of Siem Reap with a local guide who knows all the best spots, ancient history facts and local secrets.
    • Take a closer look at Rwanda’s history and the resilience of its people during a two-night stay at Kigali’s Hotel des Mille Collines, which famously sheltered more than 1000 people during the Genocide.
    • Take a cooking class and watch a demonstration of how Bologna pasta is made, right in the heart of its culinary namesake, before sitting down to enjoy the fruits (or pasta sheets) of your labour.
    • Take a cooking class in a small village and learn some Kenyan recipes, then share your creations at a camp dinner under the stars.
    • Take a cooking class in a small village and learn some Kenyan recipes, then share your creations at a camp dinner under the stars.
    • Take a cooking class in Los Ramos – an Indigenous community in the middle of Ometepe Island’s volcanos – and learn traditional techniques used to make Nicaraguan dishes like nacatamales.
    • Take a cooking class in Los Ramos – an Indigenous community in the middle of Ometepe Island’s volcanos – and learn traditional techniques used to make Nicaraguan dishes like nacatamales.
    • Take a cruise on stunning Lake Ohrid – which straddles the mountainous border between Macedonia and Albania – and watch shorefront villages stream by.
    • Take a cyclo tour of Hue for the best introduction to this central Vietnam city and explore the ancient temples dotted around with a knowledgeable local leader by your side.
    • Take a day tour of beautiful Siquijor – known for its waterfalls, white beaches and thriving bars. See the highlights and local, lesser-known spots, ending with a swim in the three-tiered Cambugahey Falls and a beach visit to watch the sun go down.
    • Take a day trip out to Monachil in Spain and hike the Los Cahorros trail near the Sierra Nevada mountains. You’ll walk along suspension bridges, through waterfalls and soak up the beautiful natural landscape.
    • Take a day trip to the island of Brac and indulge in the finest organic olive oils from the largest olive grove in Croatia, followed by a sugared walnut cake that has become ‘a protected item of intangible heritage!’
    • Take a day trip to the UNESCO World Heritage-listed Blue Mountains and walk through the gorgeous scenery of Katoomba Falls, Echo Lookout Point and the Three Sisters.
    • Take a daytrip to Perugia’s ancient town of Spello. Walk the winding laneways and cobbled streets, then sample the local wine and regional delicacies at a local enoteca for lunch.
    • Take a daytrip to Rottnest Island – home to ‘the world’s friendliest animals’, the quokkas! Maybe go snorkelling, dive into the clear waters or relax on this little slice of paradise off the coast.
    • Take a daytrip to the island of Brac and indulge in the finest organic olive oils from the largest olive grove in Croatia, followed by a sugared walnut cake that has become ‘a protected item of intangible heritage’!
    • Take a daytrip to the spooky Hoia Forest, known for ghost stories, UFO sightings, strange trees and questionable photos showing things unseen to the naked eye. You’ll meet with a local guide for a 4-hour hike packed with legends.
    • Take a daytrip to the spooky Hoia Forest, known for ghost stories, UFO sightings, strange trees and questionable photos showing things unseen to the naked eye. You’ll meet with a local guide for a 4-hour hike packed with legends.
    • Take a detour to Mostar in Bosnia and Herzegovina. You’ll see the town’s iconic bridge and have the chance to watch a coffee demonstration.
    • Take a dip like no other in the Dead Sea. The strange feeling of floating effortlessly in the salt-filled water (don’t be tempted to taste it!) of this unique ecosystem is something that will stay with you and your family for a long time
    • Take a dip near private islands like Skorpios – once home to Jacqueline Kennedy Onassis – and Atokos – uninhabited except for a few wandering goats.
    • Take a ferry across Komani Lake. Cruise across the turquoise waters, framed by towering mountains and look for wild birds like kingfishers and grey herons.
    • Take a ferry to Thursday Island and learn more about the culture of the Torres Strait Islander people on a guided walk along Bayo Beach with a Torres Strait Islander Guide.
    • Take a ferry to Thursday Island and learn more about the culture of the Torres Strait Islander people on a guided walk along Bayo Beach with a Torres Strait Islander Guide.
    • Take a few days to unwind and reminisce among the temples and pagodas of Pokhara and Kathmandu after your hikes.
    • Take a flamenco class at Casa de la Memoria – an establishment in Seville dedicated to preserving the rich cultural heritage and artistic prowess of this iconic dance.
    • Take a full-day sailing and snorkelling tour of the Great Barrier Reef from Port Douglas, learning about the underwater ecosystem and the fragility of the environment from professional marine biologists.
    • Take a full-day tour of the Whitsundays and a half-day tour of the reef from Cape Tribulation - opportunities to swim among the colourful corals and tropical fish on the iconic Great Barrier Reef.
    • Take a full-day tour of the Whitsundays, where you’ll head out on a bushwalk to Hill Inlet Lookout, go snorkelling among giant tropical fish and corals and then relax on the 7 km stretch of Whitehaven Beach as the sun descends.
    • Take a guided bike tour around Anuradhapura City, an impressive World-Heritage listed site, soaking up the splendour of the ruins which date back to the city’s heyday hundreds of years ago.
    • Take a guided hike through the High Atlas Mountains and spend a night with an Amazigh family’s gite.
    • Take a guided tour of Bonaventure Cemetery where you'll hear stories of the fascinating people interred here among the live oaks dripping with Spanish moss.
    • Take a guided tour of Bonaventure Cemetery, where you'll hear stories of the fascinating people interred here among the live oaks dripping with Spanish moss.
    • Take a guided tour of Mimbi Caves with a local Gooniyandi guide and explore one of Western Australia's largest cave systems.
    • Take a guided tour of the Copan ruins and archaeological site – a UNESCO World Heritage site and one of the most important sites of the Maya civilisation.
    • Take a guided tour of the Copan ruins and archaeological site – a UNESCO World Heritage site and one of the most important sites of the Mayan civilisation.  
    • Take a guided tour of the Copan ruins and archaeological site, a UNESCO World Heritage site and one of the most important sites of the Maya civilisation.
    • Take a guided tour of the UNESCO World Heritage-listed Copan ruins and archaeological site – one of the most important sites of the Mayan civilisation.  
    • Take a guided tour through Kotor's Old Town and experience the city from the sea on a boat trip through the Bay of Kotor.
    • Take a guided tour through the Old Town and experience the city from the sea on a boat trip through the Bay of Kotor in Albania.
    • Take a guided walk through the jungle and rice paddies of Seloliman Nature Reserve, then sit back, relax and soak up the ambience under the stars in a local guest house.
    • Take a guided walk through the jungle and rice paddies of Seloliman Nature Reserve, then sit back, relax and soak up the ambience under the stars.
    • Take a guided walk through the Wunaamin Miliwundi Ranges Conservation Park to Manning Gorge, where you can swim under a waterfall and see ancient First Nations rock art.
    • Take a guided walkabout tour around Sydney Harbour with a local Aboriginal guide who will teach you about local First Nations history, Dreaming and the spiritual connection to Country, while you soak in gorgeous iconic views.
    • Take a guided walkabout tour around The Rocks with a local Aboriginal guide who will teach you about local First Nations history, Dreaming and the spiritual connection to Country, while you soak in gorgeous harbour views.
    • Take a half daytrip to Taormina – a charming hilltop Sicilian town – and head out on a boat trip to explore the bays and coves, learn about the town and enjoy an aperitif in the sunshine.
    • Take a half daytrip to the hilltop seaside town of Taormina and enjoy an aperatif on your private boat tour, exploring the groves and bays and maybe jumping into the water for a swim.
    • Take a hands-on chocolate-making class and learn the secrets that make Malagasy chocolate unique and delicious. Then, sample your creations with pastries, tea, coffee and rum!
    • Take a hands-on chocolate-making class and learn the secrets that make Malagasy chocolate unique and delicious. Then, sample your creations with pastries, tea, coffee and rum!
    • Take a hike around the rim of the caldera Santorini is built on, walking through little villages, passing steep cliff faces and taking in breathtaking views.
    • Take a hike in the striking Caucasus mountains to perhaps one of the best positioned churches in Europe – Gergeti Trinity Church.
    • Take a hike within the gorgeous natural landscape of Garden Route National Park – known for its Indigenous forests and dramatic coastline. Walk the river suspension bridge, then follow your leader along one of the many popular trails.
    • Take a jeep safari with a local guide in Chitwan National Park – a beauty brimming with exotic wildlife – and you may be lucky enough to spot rhinos or elusive leopards and tigers.
    • Take a jeep safari with a local guide in Chitwan National Park – a beauty brimming with exotic wildlife – and you may be lucky enough to spot rhinos or elusive leopards and tigers.
    • Take a jeep safari with a local guide in Chitwan National Park – a beauty brimming with exotic wildlife – and you may be lucky enough to spot rhinos or elusive leopards and tigers.
    • Take a leader-led walk through Joshua Tree National Park, among desert cactus gardens and unusual rock formations.
    • Take a load off – literally! Your luggage will be transferred between your accommodation each day, meaning you’ll only have to carry a day pack and your luggage will be waiting at your hotel.
    • Take a load off – literally! Your luggage will be transferred between your accommodation each day, meaning you’ll only have to carry a day pack, and your luggage will be waiting at your hotel.
    • Take a look behind closed doors when you’re invited for a home-cooked Tamil lunch in Haputale and feast on a freshly caught meal with a fisherman’s family in Mirissa.
    • Take a memorable kayak along the Nile with a unique active experience, paddling through ancient landscapes.  
    • Take a mind-blowing safari across the floor of the Ngorongoro Crater for a chance to see the endangered black rhinoceros.
    • Take a mind-blowing safari across the floor of the Ngorongoro Crater in an open roof 4WD for a chance to see the endangered black rhinoceros, plus lions, zebra and more.
    • Take a mind-blowing safari across the floor of the Ngorongoro Crater in an open-roof 4WD for a chance to see the endangered black rhinoceros.
    • Take a mind-blowing safari across the floor of the Ngorongoro Crater in an open-roof 4WD vehicle for a chance to see endangered black rhinoceros.
    • Take a mind-blowing safari across the floor of the Ngorongoro Crater in an open-roof 4WD vehicle for a chance to see endangered black rhinoceros.
    • Take a mind-blowing safari across the floor of the Ngorongoro Crater in an open-roof 4WD vehicle for a chance to see the endangered black rhinoceros.
    • Take a mind-blowing safari across the floor of the Ngorongoro Crater in an open-roof 4WD vehicle for a chance to see the endangered black rhinoceros.
    • Take a mind-blowing safari across the floor of the Ngorongoro Crater with local guides in an open roof 4WD for a chance to see the endangered black rhinoceros.
    • Take a morning game drive in Chobe National Park – home to Africa’s largest concentration of elephants, this is one of the world’s great wildlife destinations.
    • Take a motorbike through Hue – the ancient capital – with an experienced driver and feast on a vegetarian lunch at a nunnery.
    • Take a nature walk in the acclaimed Periyar Wildlife Sanctuary, looking out for tiger tracks with your local village guides (and unwind after with an optional Ayurveda massage).
    • Take a ride on the Death Railway and learn all about this tragic part of history at the Hellfire Pass Memorial Museum.
    • Take a scenic boat ride on Lake Atitlan to Santiago Atitlan, with 95% of the population of Maya descent, and meet the shamanic keepers of Maximon.
    • Take a scenic boat ride on Lake Atitlan to Santiago Atitlan, with 95% of the population of Maya descent, and meet the shamanic keepers of Maximon.
    • Take a scenic boat ride on Lake Atitlan to Santiago Atitlan, with 95% of the population of Maya descent, and meet the shamanic keepers of Maximon.
    • Take a scenic boat ride on Lake Atitlan to Santiago Atitlan, with 95% of the population of Mayan descent, and meet the shamanic keepers of Maximon and share a bottle of local spirits with them as they tell you stories of local life.
    • Take a scenic boat ride on Lake Atitlan to Santiago Atitlan, with 95% of the population of Mayan descent, and meet the shamanic keepers of Maximon and share a bottle of local spirits with them as they tell you stories of local life. 
    • Take a scenic steam train ride through Tara National Park’s forests and mountains on a historic railway that forms part of the famous Ciro trail connecting Belgrade and the Adriatic Sea – a Premium Exclusive Experience.
    • Take a scenic steam train ride through Tara National Park’s forests and mountains on a historic railway that forms part of the famous Ciro trail connecting Belgrade and the Adriatic Sea, a Premium Exclusive Experience.
    • Take a scenic steam train ride through Tara National Park’s forests and mountains on a historic railway that forms part of the famous Ciro trail connecting Belgrade and the Adriatic Sea, a Premium Exclusive Experience.
    • Take a scenic steam train ride through Tara National Park’s forests and mountains on a historic railway that forms part of the famous Ciro trail connecting Belgrade and the Adriatic Sea, a Premium Exclusive Experience.
    • Take a short a hiking experience in the subtropical tropical rain forest to observe one of the world’s largest bats, the critically endangered Livingstone flying fox.
    • Take a Short Break Adventure in Nepal that focuses on low-altitude hikes, rewarding with views of the Himalayas, Shivapuri National Park and sunrise in Nagakot.
    • Take a short but sweet adventure that’s packed full of experiences that will give you an insight into Cambodia and the contrasts between three of the region's most fascinating countries.
    • Take a short hike to Odysseas Elytis Theatre for an epic sunset over Ios, then hit the thriving nightlife and make new friends at local beach clubs that come alive when the sun goes down.
    • Take a sip of Galicia’s Celtic history as your leader shows you how to make the traditional and mythical queimada drink – prepare for a fiery show!
    • Take a step back in time and explore some of Greece’s most incredible sites – including Athens, Aegina and Poros islands, Epidaurus and Mycenae – with your locally based guide leading the way.
    • Take a step back in time and explore the ancient ruins of Pompeii, destroyed and preserved by the eruption of Mt Vesuvius in 79 AD.
    • Take a step back in time as you explore the history of the Silk Road, with visits to Khiva’s ancient town, Registan, in Samarkand, Bukhara, and Khujand.
    • Take a step back in time to see some of Italy’s most fascinating ancient monuments, including the ancient ruins of Pompeii, the Colosseum and Leaning tower of Pisa with a local guide by your side.
    • Take a step back in time with a guided tour of Temple of the Valleys, which brings to life the full glory of ancient Greece and its myths, legends, gods and goddesses.
    • Take a step way, way back during enlightening guided tours through the ancient ruins of Chichen Itza, Teotihuacan, Palenque and Mitla.
    • Take a sunset 4WD ride through the Khama Rhino Sanctuary – did you know that rhinos come out to play when the sun goes down?
    • Take a tailor-made, custom daytrip around Korcula Island and visit the Ethnographic Museum, enjoy a tasting of local liqueurs and traditional recipes and see the old Vela Spila archaeological site and cave.
    • Take a tour around the Harbour with a First Nations guide for a unique insight into the land’s history, culture and connection to the Dreaming.
    • Take a trek through Uganda's steamy forests to seek out acclaimed mountain gorillas, getting the rare chance to spend an unforgettable hour in their presence.
    • Take a trip on the last operational narrow-gauge line in Bulgaria, from Bansko to Plovdiv. Grab a window seat if you can, the scenery is worth it!
    • Take a two-day boat journey down the iconic Mekong River, passing incredible rural scenery – this is one of the must-dos to truly experience South East Asia.
    • Take a walk in Joshua Tree National Park, through the desert cactus gardens and unusual rock formations.
    • Take a walk through the idyllic coastal city of Porto and understand why the birthplace of fortified wine is renowned for its narrow lanes, charming buildings and delicious cuisine.
    • Take a walk with your leader to the Mutitjulu Waterhole to see more of the incredible landscape and learn about its importance to the Anangu people.
    • Take a walking tour around Cape Town and learn about the hardships of slavery, colonial life in The Cape and the tragedy of apartheid.
    • Take a walking tour of Mexico City with your local leader, taking in the city’s most iconic sites – the Zocalo, Metropolitan Cathedral and Palacio de Bellas Artes.
    • Take a water taxi through Malborough Sounds – an extensive network of sheltered inlets, clear waters, sandy bays and forested hills at the northern end of the South Island.
    • Take a white-water raft on the Ayung River and pass through rainforest, gorges and rice paddies along the way.
    • Take a wild Antarctic journey and be one of the few travellers to venture to 66°33'S – very few people ever make it this far south!
    • Take advantage of local knowledge when you travel with expert local leaders who will share the best of their countries, bring history to life and know all the best places to eat.
    • Take an active adventure through Central Europe, cycling leafy paths from the bohemian centre of Prague to the classical vibe of Budapest.
    • Take an active adventure through Central Europe, cycling leafy paths from the bohemian centre of Prague to the classical vibe of Vienna.
    • Take an early morning game drive in Chobe National Park, which is Botswana's first national park, and look out for lions, buffaloes, exotic birds and the high concentration of elephants the park is known for.
    • Take an elaborately decorated chicken bus to a local market and witness the larger-than-life vegetables this region’s known for – decide for yourself whether it’s the result of the fertilizer or the blessings from God. 
    • Take an elaborately decorated chicken bus to a local market and witness the larger-than-life vegetables this region’s known for – decide for yourself whether it’s the result of the fertilizer or the blessings from God.
    • Take an included canoeing adventure and camp overnight on the remote shore of Clearwater Lake, where you can fall asleep under a blanket of stars.
    • Take an incredible 4WD adventure through the breathtaking landscape of K'gari (formerly Fraser Island). Ride across sand dunes and vast golden beaches in search of the iconic outback creature, the dingo.
    • Take an incredible 4WD adventure through the breathtaking landscape of K'gari (formerly Fraser Island). Ride across sand dunes and vast golden beaches in search of the iconic outback creature, the dingo.
    • Take an incredible adventure through the breathtaking landscape of K'gari (formerly Fraser Island). Ride across sand dunes and vast golden beaches in search of the iconic outback creature, the dingo.
    • Take an incredible journey through parts of Central Asia that few people can find on a map, let alone have considered travelling to!
    • Take an optional cruise down the Chobe River for the opportunity to get up close (but not too personal!) to hippos, crocodiles and the Chobe icon – the magnificent African elephant.
    • Take an optional excursion to Mikozi Village and explore the Ugandan countryside, visit the local markets, speak with a traditional Ugandan healer and have a drink or at the local bar.
    • Take an orientation walk in Catania with your handy local leader and enjoy a granita tasting – there's nothing like a semi-frozen dessert to cool you down!
    • Take an overnight train in Kazakhstan, explore the desert in Turkmenistan on a 4WD and experience life on the road like the locals do!
    • Take at least two excursions daily, either in Zodiacs or on land, to explore the incredible surroundings of the Antarctic wilderness. After winter, Antarctica awakens, and snow cloaks the continent in a pristine whiteness – a completely unique landscape.
    • Take comfort in the easy breezy lifestyle – here, your biggest decision each day will be whether to snorkel, paddleboard or kayak.
    • Take guided tours of both Valencia and Madrid, giving you the chance to hear from a expert about the local landmarks while getting to sample Spanish delicacies like horchata and paella along the way.
    • Take guided walking tour of Tbilisi a fascinating eclectic mix of architecture, and culture; hear stories of kings and queens and intrigue and mystery from your local guide.
    • Take in a cooking demonstration in the village of Dolno Dupeni, then get a fresh taste of homemade North Macedonian cuisine.
    • Take in all the colours and aromas of Soroa, the stunning valley area known as the 'rainbow of Cuba' and immerse yourself in local culture.
    • Take in all the highlights of Portugal’s arts and culture scene with an included traditional Fado show in Coimbra.
    • Take in epic views of the Margaret River coastline on a series of clifftop walks – it’s not uncommon to see dolphins or even whales along the way.
    • Take in panoramic views of the Himalayas from the Dochula Pass, which sits more than 3000 m above sea level and is home to many fluttering prayer flags.
    • Take in scenes of sheer rock walls, deep valleys and flower-filled meadows on foot in one of Italy’s most iconic hiking destinations.
    • Take in some of Germany’s best views from the heights of Bastei – a towering sandstone formation home to a medieval castle.
    • Take in some of Thailand’s most iconic sights, including the Grand Palace in Bangkok, Hellfire Pass in Kanchanaburi, and the Doi Suthep temple in Chiang Mai.
    • Take in the beautiful Lakes of Issyk-kul and Song Kol with stays in a traditional yurt camp.
    • Take in the beauty of Cape Town's coast while driving along the Cape Peninsula via Cape Point Nature Reserve and the Cape of Good Hope.
    • Take in the beauty of Cape Town's coast while driving along the Cape Peninsula via Cape Point Nature Reserve and the Cape of Good Hope.
    • Take in the beauty of the serene Emerald Pools, named for their glorious green tones, then descend to the lawn of the historic Zion Lodge and enjoy a delicious picnic lunch.
    • Take in the glittering waters of Yellowstone Lake on a hike to Storm Point, a relatively flat loop that leads to a stunning vista of the largest lake above 7,000 feet in North America.
    • Take in the magic of the spectacular Fox Glacier region weaving through rainforests and a walk along shimmering Lake Matheson.
    • Take in the magic of the spectacular Fox Glacier region weaving through rainforests and a walk around the shimmering Lake Matheson.
    • Take in the natural wonders of the Rockies during visits to Maligne Lake, Takakkaw Falls, Yoho Lake, Emerald Glacier, Lake Louise and the phenomenal Icefields Parkway.
    • Take in the panoramic coastal views from the many viewpoints you visit along your hike.
    • Take in the panoramic views from Chapultepec Park and Castle. Then try traditional dishes like quesadillas, blue corn tlacoyos or pozole (stew) at the Coyoacan Market.
    • Take in the panoramic views of the combined forest and ocean landscape as you hike to the top of Mt Hallowell.
    • Take in the panoramic views of the vibrant orange sand dunes of Sossusvlei, set against a backdrop of azure sky from the summit of Dune 45.
    • Take in the panoramic views over Cape Town and the surrounding ocean at sunset hike to Signal Hill in Table Mountain National Park.
    • Take in the renowned riverside district in Porto, the colourful coastal hotspot of Lisbon and the rolling hills of the lush Douro Valley on the quintessential tour of Portugal.
    • Take in the scenic views of Song Kol Lake and Issyk-kul Lake, where you may see flocks of sheep, goats and herds of horses with their nomadic herdsmen. Stay in a yurt camp nearby and live like the locals have for centuries in these traditional tents.
    • Take in the scenic views of Song Kol Lake and Issyk-kul Lake, where you may see flocks of sheep, goats and herds of horses with their nomadic herdsmen. Stay in a yurt camp nearby and live like the locals have for centuries in these traditional tents.
    • Take in the sights of Phnom Penh on a fun cyclo tour, visiting some of the city's most historic buildings.
    • Take in the size and stature of the mighty Arenal Volcano, maybe while soaking in one of La Fortuna’s lava-heated thermal springs.
    • Take in the stunning views of Khor Virap Monastery and Sevanavank Monastery – the ancient buildings set against the natural backdrops of mountains and blue lakes are just as impressive as the layered histories!
    • Take in the views of Lan Ha Bay by kayak as you explore the limestone islands during your visit to Cat Ba Island. Who'd have thought green seas and giant mossy rocks could be so pretty?
    • Take in the views of Lan Ha Bay by kayak as you explore the limestone islands during your visit to Cat Ba Island. Who'd have thought green seas and giant mossy rocks could be so pretty?
    • Take in truly stunning surroundings at your Feature Stay hotel along the Colca River, offering grounds dotted with waterfalls, organic gardens and pools, plus modern rooms, first-class service and fantastic amenities.
    • Take in waterfalls, colourful wildflower displays, and awe-inspiring mountain panoramas as you keep an eye out for kangaroos, wallabies, emus, and native birds.
    • Take inspiration from the locals and mix things up with a bicycle-taxi tour of Camaguey – roll through the winding streets on two-wheels, visiting markets, plazas and an art gallery.
    • Take jeeps into the Thar Desert and enjoy an exclusive Kalbeliya dance performed by local women at a desert camp. Enjoy some quality one-on-one time with the dancers while the men prepare dinner.
    • Take not one but two river cruises deep in the Ulu Muda Forest to double your chances of spotting roaming wildlife like elephants as your guide tells you about the native plants and wildlife that call this lush haven home.
    • Take not one but two river cruises deep in the Ulu Muda Forest to double your chances of spotting roaming wildlife like elephants as your guide tells you about the native plants and wildlife that call this lush haven home.
    • Take not one, not two, but three river cruises on the Kinabatangan River to spot local wildlife – look out for pygmy elephants, crocodiles, flying squirrels and proboscis monkeys among the teeming birdlife.
    • Take on two thrilling hikes up Acatenango Volcano, reaching 3766 m. See the eruptions of Fuego Volcano by night and watch the sun rise across Guatemala and into southern Mexico from the summit.
    • Take one of the world’s most scenic train journeys – cross the spectacular Southern Alps on the famous TranzAlpine from the West Coast to Christchurch.
    • Take part in a Caribbean cooking class in Puerto Viejo de Talamanca and sit down for lunch with the locals – a blend of African, Indigenous and Spanish flavours mixed with coconut milk, spices, fruits, curry and seafood.
    • Take part in a fun Bollywood dancing class in Jaipur and learn some moves made famous by India’s huge Bollywood film industry.
    • Take part in a fun Bollywood dancing class in Jaipur and try some moves made famous by India’s huge Bollywood film industry.
    • Take part in a pottery class from a local craftsman in Fes’ bustling medina and get your hands dirty as you make your own clay ceramic, all the while supporting the local artisans.
    • Take part in an indigo-dying demonstration in Suchitoto (the best place to produce indigo in the world) at a local enterprise that supports working mothers in the community.
    • Take part in Citizen Science Projects and contribute to meaningful research by photographing whale flukes for Happy Whale, who help to track and identify individual whales across the oceans.
    • Take part in Citizen Science Projects and contribute to meaningful research by photographing whale flukes for Happy Whale, who help to track and identify individual whales across the oceans.
    • Take part in Exclusive Experiences to remember – cruise down the Ganges at sunset accompanied by local musicians and get an immersive look at rural life in Ambagasthenna.
    • Take part in Exclusive Experiences to remember – cruise down the Ganges with local musicians, and witness a lively performance of kalarippayattu.
    • Take part in the rituals and festivities of the Day of the Dead, like making your own traditional altar offering.
    • Take part in the traditional Amazigh activity of henna tattooing, where a naquasha will adorn your hands and feet with beautiful designs, supporting local women, their families and community with an income.
    • Take safaris across the floor of the Ngorongoro Crater, through South Luangwa National Park, Mikumi National Park and over the plains of the Serengeti in search of the Big Five.
    • Take some time out in Ao Nang to recharge, relax and soak up the beachside bliss with loads of free time to go sea kayaking, rock climbing or cocktail hunting.
    • Take the chance to get closer to India’s incredible wildlife and maybe catch more than a glimpse of its elusive animal king – the tiger – in Ranthambhore National Park
    • Take the ferry from Wellington to Picton, sailing through the Marlborough Sounds – scenic sea-drowned valleys with lush peaks and bright blue waters. If you’re lucky, you even spot some dolphins swimming next to the boat!
    • Take the ferry from Wellington to Picton, sailing through the Marlborough Sounds – scenic sea-drowned valleys with lush peaks and bright blue waters. If you’re lucky, you might even spot some dolphins swimming next to the boat!
    • Take the helm and cruise along the calm waters on an electric boat in Treviso. Pass Venetian villas and the beautiful Cimitero dei Burci – a semi-submerged graveyard of abandoned wooden barges, now reclaimed by nature.
    • Take the Kata Tjuta Walpa Gorge walk with your local leader, where Kata Tjuta (Mount Olga) towers on one side above the track below.
    • Take the opportunity for an (optional) experience of a lifetime and go swimming with whale sharks, the world’s biggest fish, off Western Australia’s Coral Coast.
    • Take the opportunity to head on an optional brewery tour at the original home of Budweiser: Ceske Budejovice.
    • Take the option to discover the Te Anau Glow Worm Caves by boat and learn all about these fascinating bioluminescent creatures and their ecosystem from a local guide.
    • Take the road less travelled and cycle through the rural villages and serene countryside of Rajasthan, passing old settlements, traditional architecture and authentic rural life.
    • Take the scenic ferry from Sydney Harbour to Manly to check out Manly Beach, Shelly Beach, Manly Wharf, Circular Quay and enjoy the laidback lifestyle of this beachside area.
    • Take time to relax in Tenerife, where mild year-round weather and golden beaches make it easy to slow down and enjoy the coastal landscape between days of exploring.
    • Take to a mountain bike and cycle through quiet roads, orchards and rice paddies on an island within the Mekong River.
    • Take to the Tuscan countryside and cycle along the Serchio River in Lucca, working up an appetite for the region’s delicious local food and renowned wines.
    • Take two game drives through the Masai Mara National Reserve, looking for lions, zebras and wildebeest crossing the iconic plains.
    • Take up the offer of an optional visit to a small Hadzabe tribe to learn about their nomadic hunter-gatherer lifestyle and their unique ‘click’ language, which is believed to be one of the oldest languages still in use today.
    • Take your time exploring Abu Simbel with an overnight stay, discovering this magnificent monument carved out of the mountainside with less crowds, followed by a Premium Exclusive Experience – an incredible sound and light show.
    • Take your time exploring Abu Simbel with an overnight stay, discovering this magnificent monument carved out of the mountainside with less crowds, followed by a Premium Exclusive Experience; an incredible sound and light show.
    • Tap into your leader’s local knowledge during your many discoveries around Leh – also known as Little Tibet or the Land of Lamas.
    • Tap into your local leader’s expert insights as you take some time to explore the capital city of Islamabad.
    • Taste a Neapolitan pizza in Naples – where it allegedly all began – then indulge your senses with local favourites from Civita, Tropea and Stromboli.
    • Taste a variety of Greek foods throughout the trip, including a visit to an olive oil press museum in Naxos, a cooking class complete with local kitron tasting and an afternoon of wine tasting in Santorini.
    • Taste classic Greek produce during a visit to an olive oil press museum in Naxos, local beekeepers in Itea and a family-run winery in Santorini.
    • Taste local fruit wines in one of the best-preserved Greek Ottoman villages in the country. Get to know the friendly locals with a home-made lunch at a local family in Cappadocia.
    • Taste rural life on the large island of Naxos – a great mix of historic neighbourhoods, gorgeous views and tasty Kitron liqueur.
    • Taste some local olive oil at the local museum in Brac – the longest island in central Dalmatia – before exploring this gorgeous island at your own pace.
    • Taste some of Georgia’s favourite cuisines and dishes with included lunches and dinners, including khachapuri, khinkali, churchkhela and qveri wines.
    • Taste Thai tradition in the village of Mod Tanoy with a group lunch full of authentic flavours. Made by your friendly homestay hosts, you’ll learn about their secret recipes and learn a little about their daily lives.
    • Taste the best of Indian and Sri Lankan cuisine during Exclusive Experiences, including a street food tour in Agra, a meal in the home of a local family in Jaipur, a cooking demo with a local grandmother in Polonnaruwa and a Spice Garden visit in Matale.
    • Taste the best of Indian cuisine during Exclusive Experiences, including a street food tour in Varanasi, a home-cooked meal hosted by a local family in Jaipur and a cooking class in Lucknow.
    • Taste the best of Indian cuisine during Exclusive Experiences, including a street food tour led by a local expert in Agra and a home-cooked meal hosted by a Brahmin family in Jaipur.
    • Taste the best of Italy’s cuisine and drink during your visit to a family-run limoncello farm in Naples.
    • Taste the best of local cuisine during Exclusive Experiences – sample olive oil at a family-run farm in Andalucia, and take a wine-tasting tour in the Douro Valley.
    • Taste the best of Morocco’s cuisine as you enjoy a meal at one of Casablanca’s best restaurants, eat pastillas with a local family (an Exclusive Experience), make mint tea in the Atlas Mountains and take part in a tasting tour in Marrakech.
    • Taste the best of Morocco’s cuisine as you enjoy a meal at one of Casablanca’s best restaurants, eat pastillas with a local family (Exclusive Experience), make mint tea in the Atlas Mountains and take part in a tasting tour in Marrakech.
    • Taste the best of Porto on a locally guided tasting tour, sampling port wine, traditional Portuguese salt cod fritters and more.
    • Taste the best of Spanish cuisine during Exclusive Experiences – sample olive oil at a family-run farm in Andalucia and taste paella in Valencia.
    • Taste the best of Spanish cuisine during Exclusive Experiences – taste paella in Valencia, sample olive oil at a family-run farm in Andalucia.
    • Taste the best of Vietnamese and Cambodian cuisine during Exclusive Experiences – including dining at a social enterprise aimed at providing vocational and hospitality skills to young workers in Hanoi.
    • Taste the flavours of Peru during Exclusive Experiences, including dinner at one of Lima’s best restaurants, a snack at a cafe helping single mothers and a home-cooked pachamanca lunch in the Sacred Valley.
    • Taste the local cuisine through an Albanian cooking class, a farm-to-table lunch and a cheese and prosciutto tasting.
    • Taste the real Tennessee during a tour of a whiskey distillery named in honour of the first-known African American master distiller.
    • Taste the snack highlights of Jaipur and get to know your female driver on a tour with the eco-friendly Pink City Rickshaw Company, a non-profit providing employment and economic independence to women from low-income households.
    • Temple hop through the Angkor complex and surrounding jungle by bike – two wheels allow you to discover this incredible UNESCO World Heritage site from unique perspectives.
    • Temple-hop around the renowned Angkor complex – one of Southeast Asia's most stunning attractions. Enjoy a full day of exploring on a local Tuk-tuk with a driver from a company dedicated to women’s employment.
    • Test your family’s fitness with a hike on the renowned paths of the Cinque Terre, then test the kids’ culinary skills with a hands-on pesto-making class in Levanto. Yum!
    • Test your legs on a challenge to the highest hikeable point in Yellowstone National Park, Mount Washburn. At an elevation of about 3122 m, the views over the park and nearby Grand Canyon of Yellowstone are worth the journey.
    • Test yourself on the hilly trails of the Cinque Terre, stopping by the pastel coloured villages of Riomaggiore, Manarola and Vernazza. If you get tired, just jump on the train for the rest of your day!
    • The cascades and evaporating mist of Victoria Falls are a wondrous sight. Have the opportunity to see the falls from multiple angles, perhaps with a bird’s eye view in a helicopter!
    • The charm of Shimla Hill Station offers a great introduction to the Himalayas, and the World Heritage-listed ‘toy-train’ is a great way to get there.
    • The cosmopolitan city of Barcelona pulses with culture, art and an outstanding drinking and dining scene. Discover the eccentric modernist architecture of Antonio Gaudi, who made Barcelona his artistic playground. The unfinished masterpiece of La Sagrada Familia is particularly mind-blowing.
    • The east of Africa isn’t all just roaming wildlife and open plains. Along the way, get to know some of the region's vibrant cities, including Lusaka, Harare and Bulawayo.
    • The fortified medieval city of Pamplona is a great place to discover on foot. Weave through the city's winding alleyways to the immense Gothic Cathedral and walk down the street of the famous bull run.
    • The mighty Iguazu Falls straddles the border between Argentina and Brazil, and you’ll cross the border to see its incredible cascades from both sides.
    • The much-photographed Registan in Samarkand is one of the true pinnacles of Islamic architecture. You'll be wowed by the scale, grandeur and beauty of the monuments to iconic figures such as Tamerlane and the Persia-influenced madressas, mosques and mausoleums.
    • The perfect mix of cosmopolitan cities, picture postcard towns and traffic-free cycling paths await, with local knowledge to get the best out of each European destination.
    • The perfect mix of cosmopolitan cities, picture postcard towns and traffic-free cycling paths await, with local knowledge to get the best out of each European destination.
    • The sight of a Santorini sunset can turn even the most hardened of souls into a romantic. Walk along the volcanic rim of the island from Thira to Oia, passing through white villages that cling to plunging cliffs.
    • The spectacular scenery of the Canadian Rockies makes for the perfect opportunity to unleash your inner Nat Geo photographer. It’s really hard to take a bad picture here.
    • The stars of this trip are the dramatic and varied landscapes of lush Central America. Active volcanoes, ancient ruins, idyllic beaches and emerald jungles – this trip has got you covered.
    • The Taj Mahal is not only a sumptuous masterpiece of Indian architecture, but also a truly meaningful stop on any traveller’s journey.
    • The town of Ronda is split in two by a deep rocky chasm. Follow in the path of the Romans, as you cross from one side to the other along an ancient bridge.
    • The two day boat journey down the iconic Mekong River passes incredible rural scenery and is one of the must-dos to truly experience South East Asia.
    • The unearthing of Tutankhamun’s tomb is one of the world’s greatest discoveries – at the Valley of the Kings you’ll have the chance to enter three tombs of your choice, followed by a visit to the resting place of the famous young Pharaoh.
    • The unique landscape of Etosha National Park makes it one of the best animal-viewing destinations in the world, and you'll enjoy a full day of game drives here.
    • The whole family will love exploring Chiang Mai and meeting rescued elephants at the nearby Chang Chill elephant experience.
    • The word ‘colourful’ gets thrown around a lot when people talk about India, but the gateway towers of Meenakshi Amman Temple truly are a technicolour dream.
    • There’s no need for a map or GPS on this walking trip – with an expert local leader that knows the area inside-out, all you have to do is enjoy the journey.
    • There’s no need for a map or GPS on this walking trip – with two expert local walking guides who know the area inside-out, all you have to do is enjoy the journey.
    • There’s no need for artificial sports drinks here – rehydrate with fresh coconut and fruit juices straight from the plant
    • This is one of our most extensive trips in Central America, hitting more than 20 destinations and introducing you to the cities, villages and myriad cultures of seven countries.
    • This is one of the original Intrepid journeys that started it all. Discover why Northern Thailand was chosen all those years back as an ideal destination to launch a world of travel experiences.
    • This is one of the world’s great classic treks, with the additional challenge of reaching Gokyo Lakes. Experience breathtaking scenery and the comradery of trekking with a small group as you challenge yourself to reach Base Camp and beyond. You can read more about what to expect here: https://www.intrepidtravel.com/adventures/everest-base-camp-trek/
    • This is the perfect trip for those who want a cultural insight into Nepal without strenuous trekking, with plenty of inclusions, free time and comfortable accommodation in each destination.
    • This tour has the option of a 4WD safari through a park known for its wild elephant population. Seeing these big beauties in the flesh is unforgettable.
    • This tour offers so many chances to interact with the locals and experience a slice of contemporary Egyptian life, including dinner with a Nubian family in an Aswan village.
    • This trip takes you to a mix of exciting capital cities and quaint mountain villages through Eastern Europe all the way to the transcontinental Istanbul.
    • This trip takes you to a variety of Christmas markets across central Europe. Contrast the various traditions, cuisines and of course, mulled wine, in several amazing cities.
    • Tick an iconic sight off your list and see the Taj Mahal in the glowing morning light. This UNESCO World Heritage site is one of the Wonders of the World and you’ll see why!
    • Tick driving the Great Ocean Road, marvelling at the 12 Apostles and hiking through Grampians (Gariwerd) National Park off your bucket list, because this road trip does it all.
    • Tick driving the Great Ocean Road, marvelling at the 12 Apostles and hiking through Grampians (Gariwerd) National Park off your bucket list, because this road trip does it all.
    • Tick off one of the Seven Wonders of the World – the Taj Mahal – during your stay in Agra. An impressive example of Mughal architecture, its carved-marble design is as stunning up close as it is far away.
    • Tick off the highlights of both Singapore and Malaysia – visit the iconic Garden by the Bay and see the Flower Dome and Cloud Forest sections, see Perah Temple in Ipoh and experience a trishaw ride in Penang.
    • Tick off the world-famous UNESCO sites alongside days spent learning about the heart of culture found across these three Central American countries.
    • Tick the Djemaa el-Fna Square off your bucket list in Marrakech and wander through the amazing chaos of street performers, singers, poets and street food carts all vying for your attention.
    • Tick the Djemaa el-Fna Square off your bucket list in Marrakech and wander through the colourful chaos of street performers, singers, poets and street food carts all vying for your attention.   
    • Tick the Taj Mahal off your bucket list – one of the Seven Wonders of the World, this iconic structure is also one of the most recognisable buildings on earth and is a must-see for any trip to India.
    • Top and tail your Cambodian adventure with time spent in two of Southeast Asia’s bustling hubs – Bangkok and Ho Chi Minh City. Haven’t been there before? Why not extend your stay?
    • Tordi Garh is a place few travellers get to see, but you’ll stay in this rural Rajasthani village in style during a night at a 16th-century palace.
    • Tour a local coffee farm in Karatu village to see the innovative farming practices from the locals, then tuck into a traditional dinner cooked by a local Tanzanian family in their home.
    • Tour a local coffee farm in Karatu village to see the innovative farming practices of the locals, then tuck into a traditional dinner cooked by a local Tanzanian family in their home.
    • Tour one of the best-kept secrets in former Yugoslavia, Tito's nuclear bunker, which was built to protect Yugoslav President Josip Broz Tito and his top military advisors.
    • Tour one of the best-kept secrets in former Yugoslavia, Tito's nuclear bunker, which was built to protect Yugoslav President Josip Broz Tito and his top military advisors.
    • Tour the colourful local markets of Oaxaca, known for its gastronomy. Follow your nose to find the grilled meats aisle, choose your favourites and load it up with guacamole, salsa and fresh tortillas for a classic Oaxacan lunch.
    • Tour the historic site of Chichen Itza – one of the new Seven Wonders of the World – and learn why these ancient Maya ruins are the most important in all of Mexico.
    • Tour the historic site of Chichen Itza – one of the new Seven Wonders of the World – and learn why these ancient Maya ruins are the most important in all of Mexico.
    • Tour the historic site of Chichen Itza – one of the new Seven Wonders of the World – and learn why these ancient Maya ruins are the most important in all of Mexico.
    • Tour the local markets of Oaxaca. Follow your nose to find the Pasillo de las Carnes Asadas, choose your favourites, then load it up with guacamole, salsa and fresh tortillas for a classic Oaxacan lunch.
    • Tour the markets of Oviedo, Potes and A Coruna where stallholders will show you how to spot the most flavourful ingredients. After all, who knows where to find the freshest produce better than the locals?
    • Tour the markets of Oviedo, Potes and A Coruna where stallholders will show you how to spot the most flavourful ingredients. After all, who knows where to find the freshest produce better than the locals?
    • Tour the spectacular hillside Amber Fort and wonder at the Sheesh Mahal (Hall of Mirrors), where the walls are covered in a mosaic of reflective and coloured glass.
    • Tour through time and see incredible examples of First Nations rock art on short walks in Ubirr and Burrungkuy (Nourlangie).
    • Track rhinos on foot in Matobo National Park, home to a diverse range of flora and fauna including warthogs, leopards, and klipsingers. Learn about the park's cultural significance and San rock paintings.
    • Track rhinos on foot in Matobo National Park, home to a diverse range of flora and fauna including warthogs, leopards, and klipsingers. Learn about the park's cultural significance and San rock paintings.
    • Track rhinos on foot in Matobo National Park, home to a diverse range of flora and fauna including warthogs, leopards, and klipsingers. Learn about the park's cultural significance and San rock paintings.
    • Track rhinos on foot in Matobo National Park, home to a diverse range of flora and fauna including warthogs, leopards, and klipsingers. Learn about the park's cultural significance and San rock paintings.
    • Track rhinos on foot in Matobo National Park, home to a diverse range of flora and fauna including warthogs, leopards, and klipsingers. Learn about the park's cultural significance and San rock paintings.
    • Track rhinos on foot in Matobo National Park, home to a diverse range of flora and fauna including warthogs, leopards, and klipsingers. Learn about the park's cultural significance and San rock paintings.
    • Track rhinos on foot in Matobo National Park, home to a diverse range of flora and fauna including warthogs, leopards, and klipsingers. Learn about the park's cultural significance and San rock paintings.
    • Track rhinos on foot in Matobo National Park, home to a diverse range of flora and fauna, including warthogs, leopards and klipsingers. Also, learn about the park's cultural significance and San rock paintings.
    • Track rhinos on foot in Matobo National Park, home to a diverse range of flora and fauna, including warthogs, leopards, and klipsingers. Learn about the park's cultural significance and San rock paintings.
    • Track rhinos on foot with an expert local guide in Matobo National Park – an exhilarating way to experience the animals of Zimbabwe. Then, see some of the ancient rock paintings here and learn about the local San people.
    • Track rhinos on foot with an expert local guide in Matobo National Park and support local conservation efforts with a visit to Khama Rhino Sanctuary.
    • Track rhinos on foot with an expert local guide in Matobo National Park, and camp under a starry African sky within Kruger National Park.
    • Transylvania is drenched in history and myth. Discover the medieval city of Sighisoara, the birthplace of one of Romania's most infamous figures, Vlad the Impaler - better known as the inspiration for Count Dracula
    • Travel aboard a traditional klotok boat, traversing the winding rivers in Tanjung Puting National Park in search of local and endemic wildlife, including the elusive orangutan.
    • Travel along the avenue of volcanoes and go hiking in Cotopaxi National Park – home to the highest active volcano in the world!
    • Travel along the Chychkan River beneath the towering peaks of Kyrgyzstan’s Tien Shan range and take in the grand scenery with your small group of likeminded travellers.
    • Travel along the Tsiribihina River in a traditional barge, stopping to hike to hidden waterfalls, explore remote villages and camp among nature on the banks.
    • Travel along the Tsiribihina River in a traditional barge, stopping to hike to hidden waterfalls, explore remote villages and camp among nature on the banks.
    • Travel alongside locals and admire wild, sweeping vistas on epic train rides across the Kazakh steppe.
    • Travel between Toronto and Montreal like the locals do – by train! See this gorgeous part of Canada from a train window, soaking up the scenery along the way and enjoying a slower pace.
    • Travel by camel across the dramatic red dunes of the Sahara and spend the night camping under North African stars.
    • Travel by camel across the dramatic red dunes of the Sahara Desert and spend the night camping under North African stars.
    • Travel for good with a visit to Victoria Falls Wildlife Trust, a centre dedicated to the rehabilitation and rescue of wild animals like elephants, cheetahs and vultures.
    • Travel in a camel convoy and a 4WD to Erg Chigaga in the deep Sahara – the most incredible place to watch the sunset – and spend a night in an Amazigh camp under the North African stars, away from any sound or light pollution.
    • Travel in a camel convoy and a 4WD to Erg Chigaga in the deep Sahara – the most majestic place to watch the sunset – and spend a night in an Amazigh camp under the North African stars, away from any sound or light pollution.
    • Travel in an open-roof 4WD vehicle across the floor of the Ngorongoro Crater with your small group for the chance to see the endangered black rhinoceros up close.
    • Travel inland and immerse yourself in the rugged beauty of the Outback. Explore the National Park’s diverse landscape at Weano Gorge and Charles Knife Canyon.
    • Travel into the Thar Desert, spending a memorable evening eating Rajasthani food under the stars in a camp set among sand dunes.
    • Travel knowing that our treks operate according to standards that provide respectful, safe and fair working conditions for your porters and guides.
    • Travel like a local on a motorbike tour, riding pillion and taking in the historical pagodas, bridges and villages of Hue.
    • Travel like a local on a motorbike tour, riding pillion and taking in the historical pagodas, bridges and villages of Hue.
    • Travel like the locals do on an overnight sleeper train, the best way to travel long distances, meet locals and maximise time at destinations
    • Travel like the locals do on public transport. Take the train cross-country and enjoy extra time to relax, play games with fellow travellers and watch the changing landscapes roll by.
    • Travel like the locals do on public transport. Take the train cross-country and enjoy extra time to relax, play games with fellow travellers and watch the changing landscapes roll by.
    • Travel like the locals do on public transport. Take the train cross-country and enjoy extra time to relax, play games with fellow travellers and watch the changing landscapes roll by.
    • Travel on a ferry to Pico Island, where you’ll learn about the island’s volcanic history at Arcos do Cachorro and taste local spirits at a family-owned distillery.
    • Travel through all five Stans, each with its own character and turbulent historical events that shaped them into what they are today.
    • Travel through highlands so green they almost glow in Nuwara Eliya, and sample some of the acclaimed tea varieties that grow on the hillsides with your small group.
    • Travel through the Sahara in a camel convoy, sleeping under the North African stars after an evening beside the campfire.
    • Travel through the scenic Rila Mountains in Bulgaria, mingling with monks at the 10th-century Rila Monastery
    • Travel to Karlovy Vary – a beautiful town known for its thermal springs and columned walkways. Take in the sites on a walk, then relax in the naturally heated pools at the Saunia Thermal Resort.
    • Travel to major sites with local guides who know all the insights and local perspectives. Then, enjoy plenty of free time to see Agra your way.
    • Travel to parts of India seldom seen by tourists, and be rest assured that with a local trip leader by your side every step of the way, you’ll find the best lookout points, dinner spots and local secrets.
    • Travel to the incredibly remote village of Shimshal where you’ll meet the local families who live in this challenging environment and hike through the surrounding mountains.
    • Travel to the infamous Bridge on the River Kwai for gorgeous views over the water.
    • Travel to Tulum and explore the archaeological site of Mayan ruins with a local guide. Then, enjoy some free time to find the best snorkelling spots or local bars.
    • Travel to Wilsons Promontory – the largest national park in Victoria. Walk through the temperate rainforest and visit Squeaky Beach, known for its rounded quartz sand that squeaks when you walk on it.
    • Travel with a local leader who will share the magic of Uzbekistan's ‘holiest city’ in Bukhara, tell the ancient tales of historic Khiva and guide you through the extraordinary architecture of Samarkand.
    • Travel with an expert local leader and ride in comfort in a private vehicle from the bustle of Marrakech to the serenity of the Sahara.
    • Travel with experienced guides and porters. You'll be in great hands – with one guide for every two passengers – so all you’ll have to worry about is soaking up the scenery and keeping your footing!
    • Travel with experienced guides and porters. You'll be in great hands – with one guide for every two passengers – so all you’ll have to worry about is soaking up the scenery and keeping your footing!
    • Travel with local guides who will add another layer to your discoveries, taking care of the details and sharing stories about the scenery, wildlife and local culture.
    • Travel with two local leaders who will let you in on little-known facts and share stories of the ancient landscapes.
    • Travelling across India wouldn’t be complete without a journey on a sleeper train. With padded bunks for comfort and vendors selling chai and samosas, it’s a quintessential Indian experience.
    • Travelling Australia’s Outback doesn’t have to mean uncomfortable tents and inconvenient amenities – on this trip, you’ll stay in comfortable hotels with all you could need, so you can focus on the gorgeous landscapes and fun activities.
    • Travelling with experienced guides – the best on the mountain – plus trained porters, you'll be in good hands, with one guide for every two trekkers.
    • Traverse blue washed streets (with some new feline friends) in Chefchaouen – named after the two mountains that hug the city.
    • Traverse Pico do Ruivo (Madeira’s highest peak) and the coastal trail from Machico to Porto da Cruz on guided hikes, led by a local expert.
    • Traverse this classic Victorian track with not one, but two expert local leaders to share their knowledge about the region and take care of all the details along the way.
    • Traverse this classic Western Australia track with not one but two expert local guides to share their knowledge about the region while taking care of the details along the way.
    • Treat your taste buds to a local tasting tour in Granada. Try local tapas and traditional dishes like tortilla del sacromonte (omlet) or piononos (syrupy sponge cake).
    • Treat yourself to a truffle tasting in Motovun during an Exclusive Experience. Truffles are combined with local specialty dishes and a sommelier will pair your tasting with suitable Istrian wines.
    • Treat yourself to super fresh cuisine, local delights and delicious desserts in one of the region's most known for its food – hello Italia!
    • Trek a fair distance each day, but be able to relax along the way, with a dedicated rest day in seaside Vigo.
    • Trek along walking trails in the UNESCO World Heritage-listed Cradle Mountain National Park – keeping an eye out for furry critters, including wombats and wallabies.
    • Trek deep – super deep – into the northern Thai hinterland with two days of trekking and two nights staying in a traditional hilltribe village, laughing with the locals and learning about their lifestyle.
    • Trek deep – super deep – into the northern Thai hinterland with two days of trekking and two nights staying in a traditional hilltribe village, laughing with the locals and learning about their lifestyle.
    • Trek deep – super deep – into the northern Thai hinterland with two days of trekking and two nights staying in a traditional hilltribe village, laughing with the locals and learning about their lifestyle.
    • Trek in search of chimpanzees in Kibale Forest National Park and spend an hour observing how they play, feed and communicate with each other.
    • Trek past the most beautiful waterfalls and glaciers of Torres del Paine National Park and spot wildlife like guanacos, flamingos, foxes and rhea birds along the way.
    • Trek past the most beautiful waterfalls and glaciers of Torres del Paine National Park and spot wildlife like guanacos, flamingos, foxes, Andean condors and rhea birds along the way.
    • Trek right to the core of Cuc Phuong National Park – Vietnam's first national park and the country's largest nature reserve.
    • Trek the full loop around the Cordillera del Paine of wild Patagonia, completing the less-travelled O circuit. On this route, you’ll enjoy a greater sense of adventure, as fewer trekkers follow this trail.
    • Trek the W Trek in Torres del Paine National Park West to East, saving the crown jewel (the three peaks of Torres del Paine) for last. What a way to cap off the perfect active trip!
    • Trek through a forest of limestone karsts and cross a sheer drop on a suspended bridge at the Great Tsingy, keeping an eye out for native wildlife including 11 species of lemur.
    • Trek through a forest of limestone karsts and cross a sheer drop on a suspended bridge at the Great Tsingy, keeping an eye out for native wildlife including 11 species of lemur.
    • Trek through Bled to Vintgar Gorge across rapids, waterfalls and pools. Find your reflection in the sparkling water below from the boardwalk on the rock face.
    • Trek through central Sulawesi and Torajan villages. Take in the beautiful landscape of rice terraces, cacao plantations and bamboo forests as you walk, and chat with Torajan locals along the way.
    • Trek through mountainous forest terrain in search of a gorilla family in Bwindi Impenetrable Forest (Gorilla permit is included) and spend an unforgettable hour watching them play!
    • Trek through part of Kyrgyzstan’s mountain scenery – a trekking paradise with over 90% of the country covered by mountains. The Tien Shan Mountain range expands across China, Kazakhstan and Kyrgyzstan, is often considered the alternative to the famous Swiss Alps
    • Trek through the dramatic red dunes of the Sahara Desert on a camel’s back, experiencing an unforgettable sunset – then stay under a blanket of North African stars in a desert camp.
    • Trek through the Sahara with local Amazigh guides, then settle in at a desert camp to watch the sunset over the epic sea of dunes.
    • Trek through Uganda's steamy forests to seek out rare mountain gorillas and spend an unforgettable hour in their presence with the help of expert rangers and trackers.
    • Trek through Uganda's steamy forests with expert gorilla trackers and a local ranger to seek out rare mountain gorillas. Spend an unforgettable hour in their presence, watching how they play, laze in the sun and groom each other.
    • Try and tell the difference between your fellow traveller’s snores and the sounds of wild hippos while camping in the heart of the Okavango wilderness under a brilliant night sky.
    • Try as many regional dishes as you can – during your family’s adventure-filled days, stop for all the delicious Venetian, Tuscan and Roman favourites. Your group leader will have a heap of suggestions!
    • Try out your Nicaragua sign language skills when you order breakfast at a local cafe housed in a historic building that’s managed and staffed by members of the local deaf community.
    • Try out your Nicaragua sign language skills when you order breakfast at an atmospheric cafe housed in a historic building managed and staffed by members of the local deaf community.
    • Try out your Nicaragua sign language skills when you order breakfast at an atmospheric cafe housed in a historic building that is managed and staffed by members of the local deaf community.
    • Try the best of Croatian cuisine as you dine out in Split and Dubrovnik, eat freshly caught fish, sample locally produced wine and enjoy dinner overlooking the Adriatic.
    • Try the local vugava wine in Vis – opened to the public only in 1989, the island boasts coastal scenery and a military history just waiting to be discovered.
    • Try the most iconic foods of Croatia, Macedonia, Montenegro and Kosovo, including smoked and barbecued meats, cheese, honey, apples and locally produced wine.
    • Try the vast range of delicious drops that Spain is known for, including cava, vermouth, wine and cider. Get up close and personal with their production methods, learn the traditional ways to drink them and sit back and enjoy a sip in the Spanish sunshine.
    • Try to spot the Big Five in Kruger National Park on two full-day game drives, giving you the best chance to see as much wildlife as possible in their natural habitat.
    • Try to spot the elusive resplendent quetzal as you explore Monteverde’s cloud forests. Better yet, why not consider a jungle zip-line to get high in the sky for the best views?
    • Try to spot wild orangutans in Gunung Leuser National Park during not one, but two hikes through the jungle – home to some 300 bird species and the endangered Sumatran tiger. Spend the night in the jungle soaking up the wild ambience and falling asleep to the sounds of nature.
    • Try your hand at mask making in Venice at a local, specialised Venetian Atelier, ready to help your family discover this unusual art form.
    • Try your hand at mask-making in Venice at a locally Venetian Atelier, ready to help your family discover this unusual art form for yourselves.
    • Try your hand at wildlife photography, witness thousands of nesting penguins and spot the largest albatross colony in the world in the Falkland Islands.
    • Tuck into a homemade traditional breakfast of Khmer noodles in a small village in Siem Reap. Once fuelled, you’ll spend the day roaming the UNESCO World Heritage Angkor complex.
    • Tuck into a memorable dinner in Fes and dine on one of the city’s signature dishes – the salty and sweet pastilla, one of the best pies you’ve ever tasted!
    • Tuck into a super fresh garden-to-table lunch of Costa Rican favourites, including fresh tortillas that you’ll learn how to make from a skilled local woman, with ingredients from her orchard.
    • Tuck into dinner at a charismatic local restaurant that overlooks the canyon below.
    • Tuck into dinner at a charismatic local restaurant that overlooks the canyon below.
    • Tuck into some local food sure to delight the tastebuds – including a homecooked Khmer dinner and breakfast at your homestay, local market delights and street eats sure to please.
    • Tuck into the best of Kiwi kai (food), from farm-to-table produce and classic fish and chips on the beach. Maybe try some regionally brewed beers, local wines or the fresh seafood NZ is known for.
    • Tuck into your favourite iconic Thai dishes and discover new ones along the way: guay-tieo-ruea (boat noodles), roti sai mai, khao soi, som tum, larb and more.
    • Uncover a different side of the Himalayas, trekking past terraced rice fields, oak and rhododendron forests, there’s a diverse array of nature that awaits in the Annapurna region.
    • Uncover a golden age of Siam with the royal residences and atmospheric temples of ancient Ayutthaya.
    • Uncover ancient treasures in Sri Lanka’s cultural triangle as you explore the temples, ruins and stupas of Sigiriya, Anuradhapura, Polonnaruwa and Kandy with the expert guidance of your local leader.
    • Uncover ancient treasures in Sri Lanka’s cultural triangle as you explore the temples, ruins and stupas of Sigiriya, Polonnaruwa and Kandy with the expert guidance of your local leader.
    • Uncover another side of southern coastal Cambodia with two nights in the riverside hub of Kampot. You’ll have plenty of free time to get to know why this town is on the up-and-coming list.
    • Uncover Antigua's hidden corners on a tuk-tuk tour with a local guide before learning the traditional way of making tortillas at a comal (tortilla oven).
    • Uncover Cambodia's difficult modern history in Phnom Penh visit the sobering Tuol Sleng Genocide Museum and the Killing Fields of Choeung Ek.
    • Uncover Cambodia's difficult modern history in Phnom Penh visit the sobering Tuol Sleng Genocide Museum and the Killing Fields of Choeung Ek.
    • Uncover different sides of local culture during Exclusive Experiences, including a cruise down the Ganges with local musicians, and a cooking demonstration at a Tibetan community in Nepal.
    • Uncover one of the greatest cities in antiquity, Alexandria, reborn as Egypt’s alternative capital, and pay your respects at El Alamein – an important World War II battle site.
    • Uncover Palermo’s most symbolic places of rebellion and meet the local people who are taking a stance against the Mafia on an Anti-Mafia Movement tour.
    • Uncover scenes of the real Galicia as you walk through traditional countryside, small hamlets, ancient bridges, roman ruins and beautifully preserved horreos on stilts.
    • Uncover Tashkent’s Soviet legacy and its contemporary culture. Explore the vast Chorsu Bazaar and embrace the hustle and bustle of one of Asia's oldest markets.
    • Uncover Tashkent’s Soviet legacy and the magic of Uzbekistan's ‘holiest city’ in Bukhara. Listen to your leader tell ancient tales of Khiva and be guided through the architecture of Samarkand. Then, soak up some of the history and architecture of two former Silk Route cities – Almaty and Bishkek.
    • Uncover Thailand’s rural charm as you hike and bike through scenic hilltribe areas, rice paddies and lush jungle landscapes.
    • Uncover the ancient charms of Sukhothai on a leisurely bike tour through the ruin-filled Historical Park, followed by a delicious picnic lunch.
    • Uncover the most impressive Roman ruins in Morocco during an Exclusive Experience at the UNESCO World Heritage site of Volubilis, where you’ll enjoy a picnic lunch made with locally sourced ingredients.
    • Uncover the most impressive Roman ruins in Morocco during an Exclusive Experience at the UNESCO World Heritage site of Volubilis, where you’ll have a picnic lunch made with locally sourced ingredients.
    • Uncover the most impressive Roman ruins in Morocco during an Exclusive Experience at the World Heritage site of Volubilis, where you’ll enjoy a picnic lunch made with locally sourced ingredients.
    • Uncover the real Crete during visits to its quiet corners. We’ve partnered with non-profit organisation MEET to bring you an ecotourism experience in the delightful village of Agios Ioannis. Spend an evening dining in a local restaurant and stay the night in a guesthouse with a welcoming local family.
    • Uncover the unique beauty of the Makgadikgadi Pans during an Exclusive Experience – a 4WD excursion through the sprawling landscape, stopping for drinks and snacks as the sun goes down.
    • Uncover the unique beauty of the Makgadikgadi Pans during an Exclusive Experience – a 4x4 excursion through the sprawling landscape, stopping for drinks and snacks as the sun goes down.
    • Uncover Vietnam's history during a visit to the Cu Chi tunnels in Ho Chi Minh City, a stroll through the historic streets of Hoi An and a walking tour of northern city Hanoi, where the echoes of the country’s turbulent 20th century can still be felt.
    • Understand local life through food by joining a local family in Samarkand for a cooking class, where you’ll learn about the popular Central Asian rice dish of plov. Then, enjoy a taste of Khorezmian culture during a family cooking class in Khiva.
    • Understand local life through food by joining local families for a cooking class in Samarkand and Khiva. Feast on delicious local cuisine with visits to a family-owned winery in Almaty, a family home of local Dungan people for dinner and a traditional lunch in a remote Kyzyl Tuu Village.
    • Understand the diversity of Mexican food during Exclusive Experiences, including a Maya Pibil meal in a local home, tortilla making demonstration with the Laguna Chabela community and dinner at an award-winning restaurant in Oaxaca.
    • Unleash your creativity and learn about the history of Benjarong, a traditional style of painted Thai porcelain, with a visit to a Benjarong ceramics community.
    • Unpack once and spend four nights in the same accommodation in Bright – the perfect springboard to some of the region’s best hikes.
    • Unplug and unwind with a two-night stay in a remote, rural community that was a booming mining town in the late 1800s. From here, you’re perfectly placed for enjoying the Tarkine’s best hikes.
    • Unveil the mysterious Turkmenistan in its white capital of Ashgabat, which rose from the devastation of an earthquake in 1948 and see the futuristic transformation the city has gone through on a city tour with your local leader.
    • Unwind after days spent trekking through jungle with a stay on tranquil Labuan Island. Relax with a well-earned drink or a good book at your beach resort accommodation.
    • Unwind in a laidback fishing town in the Algarve, soaking up the sun on the beach and enjoying an included boat trip around the rocky cliffs of the coast.
    • Unwind in a laidback fishing village in the Algarve on Portugal's scenic south coast. Soak up the sun on a beach and enjoy a cocktail-coloured sunset over the Atlantic Ocean.
    • Unwind in historic Durango's western atmosphere, where Victorian architecture meets frontier spirit. Maybe wander the historic streets, try some traditional dishes and taste local beer at craft breweries in your free time.
    • Unwind in Pokhara after the trek with a boat ride on the serene Fewa Lake and a visit to the white-domed Peace Pagoda on Anadu Hill.
    • Unwind in Split with a walk along the waterfront promenade and take time to explore the grand ruins of Diocletian's Palace.
    • Unwind in the self-proclaimed ‘Yoga Capital of the World’ – Rishikesh. Walk along the holy Ganges and explore the famous mural-lined walls of the Chaurasi Kutia ashram.
    • Unwind in the small fishing village of Sougia. Maybe walk along the coastal trails, take a swim in the warm waters or simply relax on the beach with a cold drink in your hand during your free time.
    • Unwind in two Feature Stays as you experience the best of each country with three unforgettable evenings on a Nile riverboat and a night at a desert camp in Wadi Rum.
    • Unwind in your Feature Stay accommodation, with views of the glorious surrounding valley, swimming pool and spa and wellness centre.
    • Unwind on the paradisical island of Caye Caulker. Swim in the warm Caribbean waters, snorkel over shallow reefs and feast on freshly caught seafood and street barbeque.
    • Unwind on the sandy beaches of Mirissa, where the waters are clear and warm, and monkeys play in the swaying palms that line the shores.
    • Veer off the beaten track to Tata and Tafraoute, deep in the Anti Atlas Mountain Range. Check out giant blue rocks, visit the traditional granary, meet the women at a local women’s coop producing Argan oil and duck in and out of souqs.
    • Veer off the beaten track to Tata and Tafraoute, deep in the Anti Atlas Mountain Range. Check out giant blue rocks, visit the traditional granary, meet the women at a local women’s coop producing Argan oil and duck in and out of souqs.
    • Veer off the tourist track and explore the lesser visited Georgia – see the Soviet ghost town of Tskhaltubo to wander the abandoned sanatoriums, explore Vardzia’s Cave Town to learn about 12th-century history and walk to Borjomi’s natural mineral springs.
    • Veer off the tourist track to see the lesser-known side of Georgia – see the Soviet ghost town of Tskhaltubo to wander the abandoned sanatoriums, explore Vardzia’s Cave Town to learn about 12th-century history and walk to Borjomi’s natural mineral springs.
    • Venture into the incredible Maasai Mara National Reserve for 4WD safaris, in the morning and the afternoon. This gives you the best possible chance to spot the amazing wildlife that calls this place home.
    • Venture into the incredible Maasai Mara National Reserve for a full-day game drive
    • Venture into the incredible Maasai Mara National Reserve for a full-day game drive in 4WDs, looking out for the iconic wildlife that call this reserve home.
    • Venture into the incredible Maasai Mara National Reserve for a full-day game drive in an open-top 4WD, looking for lions, cheetahs, elephants, giraffes and more.
    • Venture into the incredible Masai Mara National Reserve for 4WD safaris, in the morning and the afternoon. This gives you the best possible chance to spot the amazing wildlife that calls this place home.
    • Venture into the incredible Masai Mara National Reserve for a full-day game drive
    • Venture into the incredible Masai Mara National Reserve for a full-day game drive in an open-top 4WD, looking for lions, cheetahs, elephants, giraffes and more.
    • Venture into the wild and beautiful landscapes of northern Albania, explore spectacular lakes and rivers and experience a slice of rural life.
    • Venture into the wilderness of the Atherton Tablelands – take a dip in a magnificent plunge waterfall nestled in dense tropical rainforest and admire the blue-green hues of Lake Eacham.
    • Venture out on an exhilarating morning game drive in open 4WDs through Chobe National Park, home to an impressive concentration of African wildlife. You may encounter elephants, buffalo, giraffes, antelope, and many other fascinating animals that thrive here.
    • Venture out to Matka Canyon, a deep ravine cut into the Suva mountains by the Treska River and explore this beautiful natural area on foot and by boat.
    • Venture through the diverse Tarangire National Park and explore the spectacular World Heritage-listed Ngorongoro Crater in open top 4x4 vehicles. Be astounded by a vast array of wildlife and enjoy a bush picnic lunch on the crater floor.
    • Venture through the spectacular UNESCO World Heritage-listed Ngorongoro Crater in open top 4WD vehicles. Be astounded by a vast array of wildlife and enjoy a bush picnic lunch on the crater floor.
    • Visit a centuries-old pottery village in Hoi An. During this Exclusive Experience, you’ll learn about this ancient art form and meet the artisans who keep traditional techniques alive.
    • Visit a family-run winery to sample world-class drops in Tuscany, meet a Puglian olive oil producer on a farm that’s been active since Roman times and dig your hands into a traditional cooking class in Sicily.
    • Visit a floating farm in Rotterdam, where you’ll learn about sustainable farming practices and see the resident cows living and grazing along the harbour.
    • Visit a floating farm in Rotterdam, where you’ll learn about sustainable farming practices and see the resident cows living and grazing along the harbour.
    • Visit a fourth-generation family-run orchard to learn about the history of apple farming in Tasmania and try some deliciously fresh and locally produced cider.
    • Visit a great spread of Southern African game reserves, putting you and your family right in the midst of the mighty 'Big Five' game of Africa.
    • Visit a local black pottery studio and learn about the secret history of this artform – watch a demonstration using this ‘pottery of the night’ and support the locals who hold this tradition in such high regard.
    • Visit a local black pottery studio and watch a demonstration of how this ‘pottery of the night’ is made, then join an alebrijes workshop and learn about the brightly coloured Mexican folk art sculptures of mythical creatures.
    • Visit a local family in Bikaner for a cooking demonstration of regional delights, like chai and chapati. As you get to know the woman and her daughters, you’ll pick up some tips and tricks, try them out for yourself, then sit down for dinner together.
    • Visit a local gallery in Franz Josef and carve a pendant out of pounamu while learning about the precious stone’s significance to Maori culture.
    • Visit a local gallery in Franz Josef to carve a pendant from pounamu while learning about the stone’s deep significance to Maori culture
    • Visit a local Guarani community to meet some of the region’s few remaining indigenous people and learn how the falls were created when the serpent god M’Boy split the river in half.
    • Visit a local indigenous community and meet the Terraba people – a matriarchal community who have lived along the Terraba River for the last 500 years – and learn how to make a traditional wooden mask.
    • Visit a local indigenous community and meet the Terraba people – a matriarchal community who have lived along the Terraba River for the last 500 years – and learn how to make a traditional wooden mask.
    • Visit a local Maasai community known for championing Maasai women’s health and education. Be welcomed by traditional Maasai warrior song and dance and learn about this remarkable and ancient culture.
    • Visit a local Maasai community known for championing Maasai women’s health and education. During this Exclusive Experience, you’ll be welcomed by traditional Maasai warrior song and dance and learn about this remarkable and ancient culture.
    • Visit a local Maasai community known for championing Maasai women’s health and education. During this Exclusive Experience, you’ll be welcomed by traditional Maasai warrior song and dance and learn about this remarkable and ancient culture.
    • Visit a local Maasai community known for championing Maasai women’s health and education. During this Exclusive Experience, you’ll be welcomed by traditional Maasai warrior song and dance and learn about this remarkable and ancient culture.
    • Visit a local master of martial arts with a family visit in Quy Nhon. Learn how they’ve been practicing martial arts for three generations, the benefits on well-being and health and then learn some moves yourself!
    • Visit a local master of martial arts with a family visit in Quy Nhon. Learn how they’ve been practising martial arts for three generations, the benefits on well-being and health and then learn some moves yourself!
    • Visit a local olive oil producer on a farm that has been active since Roman times. Learn how production techniques have changed over the centuries, taste the farm’s olive oil, and dine on delicious regional specialties.
    • Visit a local woman's home and select a saree and accessories to wear on your visit to the Taj Mahal, one of the most beautiful buildings in the world inspired by the extraordinary love for an exceptional woman.
    • Visit a lush Khasi village dubbed the cleanest in India by the former prime minister, then hike to a living root bridge that looks like something out of a fairy tale.
    • Visit a Nubian village, where you’ll have dinner with a local family. Immerse your family in a different culture and learn about another way of life.
    • Visit a project focused on promoting sustainable agricultural practices while preserving ancient traditions. During this Exclusive Experience, tour the farm to learn about their processes and sit down to a farm-fresh lunch.
    • Visit a royal haveli in Jaipur and hear the stories of its owner’s ancestors, then cruise down the Ganges at sunset accompanied by local musicians – two Exclusive Experiences you can only find on a Premium adventure.
    • Visit a social enterprise – Wildlife Wonders – and join a conservationist guide to discover the lush fern gullies, eucalypt woodlands and spectacular ocean views of the Otways region.
    • Visit a social enterprise – Wildlife Wonders – and join a conservationist guide to discover the lush fern gullies, eucalypt woodlands and spectacular ocean views of the Otways region.
    • Visit a spice plantation in Periyar and be filled with the scent of cardamom, pepper, clove, cinnamon, nutmeg, and vanilla. Then, maybe take on the optional guided nature walk at Periyar National Park where you can look out for tiger tracks. 
    • Visit a tea museum in Munnar to learn about the region’s tea-making history, walk among the rolling hills of tea bushes and enjoy a boat ride on Mattupetty Dam, known for wildlife sightings.
    • Visit a tea museum in Munnar to learn about the region’s tea-making history, walk among the rolling hills of tea bushes and enjoy a boat ride on Mattupetty Dam, known for wildlife sightings.
    • Visit a Tibetan community during an Exclusive Experience where you’ll learn about local life, enjoy a traditional cooking demonstration and sit down together for lunch.
    • Visit a Tibetan refugee camp and get to know the community before taking on a cooking demonstration to learn how to create traditional momos (steamed dumplings).
    • Visit a Tibetan refugee camp and get to know the community before taking on a cooking demonstration to learn how to create traditional momos (steamed dumplings).
    • Visit a Tibetan refugee camp and get to know the community before taking on a cooking demonstration to learn how to create traditional momos (steamed dumplings).
    • Visit a wildlife rescue centre in the Amazon rainforest. See local wildlife like howler monkeys and macaws and learn about what can be done to help protect them.
    • Visit a women’s group supported by the Aga Khan Foundation to learn about their projects and have lunch at a cafe run by local women.
    • Visit an Indigenous artists’ village in Nicaragua to meet with a local artist who makes traditional masks – an important part of the history of the country's revolution. 
    • Visit an Indigenous artists’ village in Nicaragua to meet with a local artist who makes traditional masks – an important part of the history of the country's revolution.
    • Visit an NGO working to abolish the practice of Chhaupadi – the illegal but socially common practice of forbidding women to enter their homes, kitchens, schools and temples during their menstrual cycle as they're believed to be rendered temporarily impure.
    • Visit ancient medinas and UNESCO World Heritage Sites across the country in Tunis, Sidi Bou Said, Sousse, Tozeur and more, all filled with palaces, mosques, mausoleums and rich history.
    • Visit Antarctic research stations during your daily Zodiac excursions and immerse yourself in history, with icebergs in a thousand different shades of blue in the background.
    • Visit Biltmore House and Garden, the United States’ largest home, and perhaps stop for lunch at the on-site winery.
    • Visit Biltmore House and Garden, the United States’ largest home, and perhaps stop for lunch at the on-site winery.
    • Visit Bran Castle – a place filled with history, legend and mystery. Explore the stories and myths surrounding this iconic castle, known worldwide as the inspiration for Dracula’s home.
    • Visit Cape Town's Boulder's Beach and watch the resident African Penguins waddle across the sandy shore that's framed by ancient granite boulders.
    • Visit Cape Town's Boulder's Beach to watch the resident African Penguins waddle across the sandy shore that's framed by ancient granite boulders.
    • Visit Changchill Elephant Sanctuary and learn how this organisation supports the protection, conservation and lifestyle of free roaming elephants in the region.
    • Visit Chichicastenango market – known as Chichi for short – and pick up your very own huipils (a traditional Maya garment worn by women and girls) or some handmade jade jewellery.
    • Visit Chichicastenango market – known as Chichi for short – and pick up your very own huipils (a traditional Mayan garment worn by women and girls) or some handmade jade jewellery. 
    • Visit Daintree Rainforest – the oldest rainforest in the world – and Cape Tribulation on a stunning day that ticks off two UNESCO World Heritage areas (nature lovers rejoice!).
    • Visit Denali National Park – home to the tallest peak in North America (Denali) – and witness the gorgeous scenery of this Alaskan hotspot.
    • Visit diverse natural habitats on Kangaroo Island and see species protected from the threat of introduced predators. Look out for echidnas, koalas, reptiles, wallabies and the 250 species of birds including Australia’s rarest cockatoo.
    • Visit endangered orangutans at the Sepilok Orangutan Rehabilitation Centre – a facility that provides care for orphaned and confiscated primates and other local wildlife.
    • Visit endangered orangutans at the Sepilok Orangutan Rehabilitation Centre, meet the Malaysian sun bear and take multiple cruises down the Kinabatangan in search of wildlife.
    • Visit five different countries on this trip – from the streets of Prague to the historic depths of Belgrade, you’ll get a sense of every city with local leader insights.
    • Visit Georgia’s former capital of Mtskheta and listen to the survival and revival stories at Ikorta – an organisation supporting women and youth in the Tserovani Refugee Settlement.
    • Visit Ha Long Bay – a truly bucket list experience – and set sail on the emerald-green waters, gliding between limestone karsts and staying on a traditional junk boat for the evening.
    • Visit Hobbiton – the living set where part of the Lord of the Rings and The Hobbit films were shot.
    • Visit Hobbiton – the living set where part of the Lord of the Rings and The Hobbit films were shot.
    • Visit Honda – once a river port, the town is now known as the ‘City of Bridges’ due to its location on the Magdalena River. With over 40 bridges connecting different parts of town, learn why the structures are such a key part of the town’s history.
    • Visit iconic Croatian cities Split and Dubrovnik and explore the stunning landscapes and charming cities of the Balkans, discovering the legendary Rozafa Fortress.
    • Visit iconic Croatian cities Split and Dubrovnik, and island hop out to Brac and Korcula, where you can lounge on beaches and enjoy island living.
    • Visit impactful local organisations that support local communities - a social enterprise that empowers local women through preserving traditional textile making and COPE, dedicated to assisting those who have been injured by the multitude of unexploded ordinance across the country.
    • Visit Kalamina Gorge – the shallowest gorge in the Karijini National Park. Walk through the small rock pools and swim in the Rock Arch Pool.
    • Visit Kalamina Gorge – the shallowest gorge in the Karijini National Park. Walk through the small rock pools and swim in the Rock Arch Pool.
    • Visit Kampala and stop at the nearby equator for an iconic photo.
    • Visit Kazanlak Valley, also known as the Valley of Roses. Known for growing the Damascena rose, learn how the rose oil is distilled and created into a perfume during your visit to a family rose distillery in Sofia.
    • Visit Lake Argyle – one of the largest man-made lakes in the southern hemisphere. Learn how the lake transformed this dry region into an agricultural oasis and swim in the infinity pool at Lake Argyle camp.
    • Visit Lake Eyasi to meet the Hadzabe people, who have lived in the area for over 10,000 years. Participate in daily activities like hunting and gathering, and discover their unique 'click' language, one of the oldest still in use today.
    • Visit Lake Eyasi to meet the Hadzabe people, who have lived in the area for over 10,000 years. Participate in daily activities like hunting and gathering, and discover their unique 'click' language, one of the oldest still in use today.
    • Visit Lake Mburo, Uganda’s smallest savannah park, where you can spot zebras, buffalo and impalas – this is the only place in Uganda where impalas are found!
    • Visit local coffee farms, plantations and cafes to learn how coffee is produced and understand its importance to local culture.
    • Visit local farms in La Neveria and learn about cultivating crops like corn, then join a local family for a gastronomic workshop based on the village’s local produce.
    • Visit local villages to meet the Ifugao who shaped the rice terraces, learn about Batik people who reside deep in the mountains, and discover Kalinga culture and 1930s Ifugao life through a famous Spanish photographer’s lens.
    • Visit local villages to meet the Ifugao who shaped the rice terraces, learn about Favery village’s unique burial traditions, and discover Kalinga culture and 1930s Ifugao life through a famous Spanish photographer’s lens.
    • Visit local wineries during a tasting tour in the picturesque Douro Valley during an Exclusive Experience, stopping off for a lunch made with regional delights.
    • Visit locals in their home on the border of sacred Pushkar Lake and the Thar Desert – share a meal together and gain insight into local life.
    • Visit Mount Rushmore and the Crazy Horse Memorial and walk to the summit to see these famous mountain sculpture.
    • Visit Mykonos for the quintessential Greek Islands experience. Embrace your hedonistic side with the boutique culture and nightlife or relax on one of the many beaches dotted along the coast.
    • Visit New Zealand’s creative and cosmopolitan capital, Wellington. Your local leader will show you the best of the city, including the Weta Workshop of Lord of the Rings fame.
    • Visit Novi Sad on the banks of the Danube River and maybe explore the Petrovaradin Fortress – one of the most important landmarks in the city with a great view over the river. Then, immerse yourself in the edgy street scene of Belgrade's Bohemian Quarter.
    • Visit Novi Sad on the banks of the Danube River and maybe explore the Petrovaradin Fortress – one of the most important landmarks in the city with a great view over the river. Then, immerse yourself in the edgy street scene of Belgrade's Bohemian Quarter.
    • Visit Odysseus Cave where according to legend, the king of Ithaca once found refuge after surviving a shipwreck.
    • Visit Old Town Dubrovnik, the World Heritage-listed walled city that often plays host to film crews. You’ll see why when you experience this medieval-like architecture surrounded by a glittering coast.
    • Visit one of the highest and most active volcanoes in the world while hiking through Cotopaxi National Park while you cross off bucket-list scenery along the way in the Avenue of the Volcanoes.
    • Visit one of the local wineries in the region of Caldas de Rei and have the opportunity to soak in the renowned hot springs in the area.
    • Visit our closest redheaded relatives at the Sepilok Orangutan Rehabilitation Centre and watch these gentle giants as they go about their day.
    • Visit Pekarangan Village, where you’ll meet a local farmer to learn how pandan leaves are turned into woven household items, then try to make a woven mat or coaster to bring home.
    • Visit Sagrada Familia – the largest unfinished Catholic church in the world – and learn about the architect who worked on this huge project for decades until his death.
    • Visit Sagrada Familia – the largest unfinished Catholic church in the world – and learn about the architect who worked on this huge project for decades until his death.
    • Visit San Andres Itzapa and see the shamanic ceremonies devoted to San Simon – a popular chain-smoking saint that's stolen the hearts of the Maya people.
    • Visit San Andres Itzapa and see the shamanic ceremonies devoted to San Simon, a popular chain-smoking saint that has stolen the hearts of the Maya people.
    • Visit San Andres Itzapa and see the shamanic ceremonies devoted to San Simon, a popular chain-smoking saint that has stolen the hearts of the Maya people.
    • Visit San Andres Itzapa and see the shamanic ceremonies devoted to San Simon, a popular chain-smoking saint that has stolen the hearts of the Maya people.
    • Visit Save Vietnam Wildlife Center and learn about their efforts to re-wild these amazingly biodiverse areas and how they use conservation to protect their land.
    • Visit Save Vietnam Wildlife, an Intrepid Foundation supported NGO focusing on the rescue, rehabilitation and release of Vietnam's endangered wildlife.
    • Visit Save Vietnam Wildlife, an Intrepid Foundation supported NGO focusing on the rescue, rehabilitation and release of Vietnam's endangered wildlife.
    • Visit Shell Beach – one of only two beaches in the world made entirely from seashells – during your time in the Shark Bay World Heritage Area. Then, enjoy heaps of free time to explore the bay however you like. Maybe go kayaking, snorkelling, stand-up paddleboarding or 4WDing.
    • Visit Shell Beach – one of only two beaches in the world made entirely from seashells – during your time in the Shark Bay World Heritage Area. Then, enjoy heaps of free time to explore the bay however you like. Maybe go kayaking, snorkelling, stand-up paddleboarding or 4WDing.
    • Visit Sigiriya's Lion Rock – a UNESCO World Heritage site – and if you’re game, climb the steps to the top for amazing views over the jungle.
    • Visit Sintra’s Pena Palace then explore the area at your own pace. Stroll through the colourful area dotted around the foothills of the mountains or head to the UNESCO World Heritage site, Quinta da Regaleira.
    • Visit six different countries on this trip – from the streets of Prague to the historic depths of Bucharest, you’ll get a sense of every city with local leader insights.
    • Visit some of the most historically significant cities in the Balkans from Mostar to Sarejevo and Belgrade, and learn from the locals through home-cooked meals, artisan demos and guided historic tours.
    • Visit some of the most historically significant cities in the region from Split to Sarejevo, Dubrovnik and Belgrade, and learn from the locals through home-cooked meals, artisan demos and guided historic tours.
    • Visit some of the must-see sights with your small group on walking tours in Hoi An and the Temple of Literature in Hanoi, as well as plenty of free time to make your own local discoveries.
    • Visit some of the region's best wine estates and indulge in wine tastings, chocolate pairings and artisanal cheeses.
    • Visit the 12th-century town of Sighisoara – the birthplace of Count Dracula (allegedly). Things are about to get medi-evil.
    • Visit the 12th-century town of Sighisoara – the birthplace of Count Dracula (allegedly). Things are about to get medi-evil.
    • Visit the Arnaldo Tupiza Tortoise Breeding Centre, where you'll see giant tortoises at all stages of development roam free in their natural habitats.
    • Visit the Arnaldo Tupiza Tortoise Breeding Centre, where you'll see giant tortoises at all stages of development roam free in their natural habitats.
    • Visit the beautiful Ta Prohm temple, which was made famous by the film Tomb Raider, then maybe get your fill of street food with a free night.
    • Visit the best must see sights in Hoi An, Ho Chi Minh City and Hanoi with your expert leader, and enjoy free time to make your own discoveries.
    • Visit the capital of Palawan, which has been internationally recognised as the greenest city in the Philippines.
    • Visit the chic waterfront bars that line the beaches of Mykonos, serving authentic Greek food and cocktails as the sun goes down. This is a great place to eat well and relax!
    • Visit the Chichen Itza – a UNESCO World Heritage Site and one of the Seven Wonders of the World. See El Castillo and learn about the archeological site's cultural and astronomical significance.
    • Visit the colourful markets of Chichicastenango, nicknamed Chichi, where you can explore the local handmade wares like jade jewellery, pottery and traditional huipils – the traditional dress worn by Maya women.
    • Visit the colourful markets of Chichicastenango, nicknamed Chichi, where you can explore the local handmade wares like jade jewellery, pottery and traditional huipils – the traditional dress worn by Maya women.
    • Visit the colourful markets of Chichicastenango, nicknamed Chichi, where you can explore the local handmade wares like jade jewellery, pottery and traditional huipils – the traditional dress worn by Maya women.
    • Visit the colourful port town of Chania and discover one of its most loved commodities during a visit to a local winery for a wonderful tasting experience.
    • Visit the community of San Pedro Tlahuac – home to Nahuatl descendants who practice traditions like chinampa farming, fiestas and ancient ceremonies.
    • Visit the community of San Pedro Tlahuac, home to Nahuatl descendants, and enjoy a lunch made with produce picked fresh from a chinampa farm.
    • Visit the community of San Pedro Tlahuac, where Nahuatl descendants preserve traditions from pre-Columbian times, including chinampa farming, fiestas and ceremonies from ancient days.
    • Visit the Cu Chi Tunnels, a former Viet Cong stronghold that provides an insight into the resourcefulness and tenacity of the Vietnamese people and underground life during the war.
    • Visit the Daintree Rainforest – the oldest rainforest in the world – and Cape Tribulation on a stunning day that ticks off two UNESCO World Heritage areas (nature lovers rejoice!).
    • Visit the Daintree Rainforest – the oldest rainforest in the world – and Cape Tribulation on a stunning day that ticks off two UNESCO World Heritage areas (nature lovers rejoice!).
    • Visit the equally colourful but very different markets of Chichicastenango and Almolonga for a slice of daily life in the highlands of Guatemala.
    • Visit the famed arboretum in Trsteno – a Premium Exclusive Experience – then have brunch at a local family-owned farm, presented by a renowned Croatian chef. Wander around, tuck into local cuisine and enjoy the views of the Elaphiti Islands and the Adriatic Sea.
    • Visit the famed arboretum in Trsteno – a Premium Exclusive Experience – then have brunch at a local family-owned farm, presented by a renowned Croatian chef. Wander around, tuck into local cuisine and enjoy the views of the Elaphiti Islands and the Adriatic Sea.
    • Visit the famed arboretum in Trsteno – a Premium Exclusive Experience – then have brunch at a local family-owned farm, presented by a renowned Croatian chef. Wander around, tuck into local cuisine and enjoy the views of the Elaphiti Islands and the Adriatic Sea.
    • Visit the fortified medieval city of Pamplona. Weave through the city's winding alleyways to the Gothic Cathedral and walk down the street of the famous running of the bulls.
    • Visit the Frida Kahlo Museum in the historic Coyoacan neighbourhood – you'll check out the works in her former home and discover her art often focused on the notion of death.
    • Visit the Galleria dell’Accademia in Florence – an art museum renowned for its collection of sculptures and home to the iconic statue of David by Michelangelo.
    • Visit the gorgeous sandy beaches of Vavau and Lalomanu and go snorkelling and swimming at the Giant Clam Sanctuary, teeming with starfish, tropical fish and coral.
    • Visit the gorgeous sandy beaches of Vavau and Lalomanu and go snorkelling and swimming at the Giant Clam Sancturary, teeming with starfish, tropical fish and coral.
    • Visit The Gorilla Doctors HQ and learn about how they're saving the species one gorilla patient at a time, knowing that a proportion of your trip cost goes back to supporting the important work they do.
    • Visit the headquarters of the world's first all-female anti-poaching unit, the Black Mambas and learn how they patrol park boundaries, dismantle poachers' snares, and manage roadblocks all in the name of conservation.
    • Visit the heart of Lake Nakuru's National Park and look out for endangered black and white rhino stopping for a drink on morning and afternoon 4x4 game drives.
    • Visit the historic town of Ait Benhaddou and its iconic mudbrick ksar. You’ll soon see why this eye-catching site has been used as a backdrop in many famous films.
    • Visit the historic towns of Lijiang and Baisha. Once the key stops on the Tea Horse Road, here you'll try your hand at writing ancient Dongba characters with a Naxi family.
    • Visit the home of a Roman nobleman during an Exclusive Experience. Your aristocratic host will show you around the opulent interiors and explain the rich history of the residence, before sitting down for lunch in his dining room.
    • Visit the home of the infamous ‘Bridge over the River Kwai’, learn about its dark history and the construction of the railway during the war
    • Visit the home of the infamous ‘Bridge over the River Kwai’, learning about its dark history and the construction of the railway during the war.
    • Visit the home of the Oracle of Delphi in the Sanctuary of Apollo, one of Greece's most important archaeological sites and walk in the footsteps of the pilgrims before you.
    • Visit the home of the Oracle of Delphi in the Sanctuary of Apollo. Take a guided tour through the archeological sites, see numerous monuments, temples and the reconstructed Athenian Treasury and learn about the myths and stories of the region.
    • Visit the iconic Niagara Falls and tour the Canadian side with your local leader before taking on an optional boat ride to feel the mist of the thundering cascades on your face. Then, visit a winery in Niagra on the Lake for a tasting.
    • Visit the iconic unfinished masterpiece of La Sagrada Familia Cathedral in Barcelona – construction on this hugely ambitious project began in 1882 and is still underway.
    • Visit the immense Phong Nha and Thien Duong Caves. These labyrinthine systems were used to shelter civilians during the Vietnam/American War.
    • Visit the important monastery of Gangte Goemba during an Exclusive Experience and learn about two subjects at heart of Bhutanese culture – Buddhism and happiness.
    • Visit the incredible Ostrog Monastery –the Serbian Orthodox Church carved directly into the cliffs, high up in the large rock of Ostroska Greda.
    • Visit the indigenous Maleku community to share a traditional meal and learn about their way of life – this small tribe has big ambitions for regenerating local forests and natural habitats.
    • Visit the Intrepid Foundation Partner project - Sappraiwan Elephant Sanctuary, dedicated to rescue and revitalize habitat for wild elephants. Get your hands on making food for elephants and walk with them on the camp while learning about the great work that they do
    • Visit the Kimana Ranger Project and meet the dedicated men and women protecting Kimana Sanctuary, a vital area for migrating elephants. Hear their stories at the Ranger Training Academy and learn about the challenges they face in safeguarding wildlife.
    • Visit the Kimana Ranger Project and meet the dedicated men and women protecting Kimana Sanctuary, a vital area for migrating elephants. Hear their stories at the Ranger Training Academy and learn about the challenges they face in safeguarding wildlife.
    • Visit the Koala Conservation Hospital in Port Macquarie to meet the volunteers and learn how they provide care and treatment for koalas in need of rehabilitation.
    • Visit the Koala Conservation Hospital in Port Macquarie to meet the volunteers and learn how they provide care and treatment for koalas in need of rehabilitation.
    • Visit the lakeside village of Kampong Phluck and see the colourful stilt houses that are built to withstand flooding, surrounded by mangrove forests.
    • Visit the Magnetic Termite Mounds in Litchfield and walk through the 2 m tall, 100-year-old natural sculptures, distinctive to the Northern Territory.
    • Visit the main sites and hidden-gems of Prague on a guided walk.
    • Visit the Metropolitan Cathedral – the biggest cathedral on the continent. Then, see one of Diego Rivera's (the lover of Frida Kahlo) most famous murals at Museo Mural.
    • Visit the National Camel Research Centre in the desert in Bikaner and learn about the importance of this integral animal in the desert ecosystem. Then, maybe try camel milk ice cream!
    • Visit the National Heritage Site of Hoang Su Phi and stroll through its renowned rice fields.
    • Visit the only place in Botswana where both the white and black rhinos still remain: the Khama Rhino Sanctuary.
    • Visit the park’s must-see landmarks including the Grand Canyon of Yellowstone, Inspiration Point, Grand Prismatic Hot Springs and Old Faithful.
    • Visit the Patinaai Osim project – supported by The Intrepid Foundation, this project supports Indigenous Maasai women in creating sustainable livelihoods and rising above poverty and inequality.
    • Visit the Penneshaw Penguin Centre for an evening walk to see little penguins – the world’s smallest breed of penguins.
    • Visit the quieter Snow Canyon State Park, whose towering cliffs have served as the setting for plenty of Western movies.
    • Visit the Royal Thai Navy Sea Turtle Conservation Center and learn how they rescue leatherneck turtle eggs (and other local turtle species) and provide environmental training to the community.
    • Visit the Royal Thai Navy Sea Turtle Conservation Center and learn how they rescue leatherneck turtle eggs (and other local turtle species) while providing environmental training to the community.
    • Visit the Royal Thai Navy Sea Turtle Conservation Center and learn how they work with local organisations to rescue leatherneck turtle eggs (and other local turtle species).
    • Visit the sacred Cathedral Gorge surrounded by birdsong and the towering red rock walls of the gorge.
    • Visit the Sappraiwan Elephant Sanctuary. Dedicated to rescuing wild elephants and restoring their natural habitat, walk alongside these gentle giants and learn about the important work the sanctuary is doing to ensure their future.
    • Visit the scenic Sacred Valley, where you’ll stop for lunch in the Huilloq community and participate in their ceremony blessing Pachamama. Listen to their life stories of the Andean highlands and learn more about their fascinating culture through a textile demonstration.
    • Visit the scenic Sacred Valley, where you’ll stop for lunch in the Huilloq community and participate in their ceremony blessing Pachamama. Listen to their life stories of the Andean highlands and learn more about their fascinating culture through a textile demonstration.
    • Visit the seaside villages, bays, hills and tavernas of Meganisi, Kastos, Kalamos and Ithaca – all at the desired pace of your group and friendly skipper.
    • Visit the seaside villages, hospitable locals, glittering bays, lush verdant hills and warm tavernas of Meganisi, Kastos, Kalamos and Ithaca – all at the desired pace of your group and friendly skipper.
    • Visit the secluded Dalmanyi (Bell Gorge) and swim in the clear pool, surrounded by a horseshoe of cliffs and tiered waterfalls.
    • Visit the seldom-visited Gjirokaster in Albania and get your caffeine fix with a taste of the local Turkish coffee made ‘on the stone’ with a local guide.
    • Visit the Sepilok Orangutan Rehabilitation Centre and, if you're lucky, watch baby orangutans learn to swing in a special enclosure.
    • Visit the spectacular ruins of Chichen Itza (one of the new Seven Wonders of the World), Muyil and Tulum where your local leader and expert guides will bring thousands of years of Maya history to life.
    • Visit the thundering Victoria Falls, one of the world's most spectacular natural wonders. Admire their power, then return to your comfortable lodge boasting magnificent views of uninterrupted wilderness.
    • Visit the thundering Victoria Falls, one of the world's most spectacular natural wonders. Admire their power, then return to your comfortable lodge boasting magnificent views of uninterrupted wilderness.
    • Visit the Tserovani Refugee Settlement in Georgia during an Exclusive Experience, where you’ll visit a jewellery making workshop aimed at providing employment to displaced women within the camp. Create a piece for yourself and learn about the issues surrounding long-term displacement.
    • Visit the UNESCO World Heritage site of Ha Long Bay and set sail on the emerald-green waters, gliding between limestone karsts on a traditional junk boat for the evening.
    • Visit the Valley of the Giants in Walpole and walk beneath the tallest and oldest trees on the planet, including the towering Red Tingle trees.
    • Visit the Victoria Falls Wildlife Trust and learn about the rescue and rehabilitation of wildlife, human-wildlife conflict and anti-poaching efforts after seeing the cascades in all their glory.
    • Visit the Victoria Falls Wildlife Trust and learn about the rescue and rehabilitation of wildlife, human-wildlife conflict and anti-poaching efforts.
    • Visit the Victoria Falls Wildlife Trust to learn about the rehabilitation of wildlife from conflict and poaching and have the possibility of meeting some rescued or orphaned wildlife currently in their care.
    • Visit the Victoria Falls Wildlife Trust to learn about the rehabilitation of wildlife from poaching and get the chance to meet some rescued or orphaned wildlife currently in their care.
    • Visit the Victoria Falls Wildlife Trust to learn about the rehabilitation of wildlife from poaching and get the chance to meet some rescued or orphaned wildlife currently in their care.
    • Visit the Victoria Falls Wildlife Trust to learn about the rehabilitation of wildlife from poaching and get the chance to meet some rescued or orphaned wildlife currently in their care.
    • Visit the Victoria Falls Wildlife Trust to learn about the rehabilitation of wildlife from poaching and get the chance to meet some rescued or orphaned wildlife currently in their care.
    • Visit the village of Babunje, where you’ll take part in a hands-on craft experience with local artists and be introduced to polyphonic singing, homemade raki and Turkish coffee reading plus enjoy a home-cooked lunch with a family.
    • Visit the Waitangi Treaty Grounds to learn about an important piece of New Zealand’s fascinating history, then see the world’s biggest carved waka (ceremonial war canoe)!
    • Visit the women of the Tawesna Association and a Todra women’s association to learn about the work they’re doing to support local Moroccan women.
    • Visit Tlahuac Cemetery to see the graves that have been decorated with colourful flowers, photos and food. Then, watch the Day of the Dead ceremonies in this spooky setting.
    • Visit two of the best and most popular national parks in India – Panna National Park and Bandhavgarh National Park – and try to spot the elusive royal Bengal tiger.
    • Visit two UNESCO cities. Uncover the history and creativity of Ipoh’s Old Town as you explore murals, old-style buildings and narrow alleys lined with antique shops, then dive into Melaka’s spice trading past as you zip through its heritage streets on a trishaw.
    • Visit UNESCO World Heritage-listed Ha Long Bay and spend a night on a boat on the serene waters, surrounded by limestone karsts jutting from the turquoise waters. You can even opt to take an early morning kayaking tour to see it all from a new perspective!
    • Visit Victoria Falls Wildlife Trust – supported by The Intrepid Foundation – and learn about the rescue and rehabilitation of wildlife and the Trust’s role in anti-poaching.
    • Visit Vistonida lake, known for its blue lagoon and the floating Monastery of Agios Nikolaos, where you can enjoy a boat outing on the Evros River.
    • Visit Vun Art – a local organisation helping to empower people living with disabilities in Vietnam by providing vocational training and employment opportunities – and enjoy a hands-on art class to make your very own masterpiece to take home.
    • Visit Wat Arun – the Temple of the Dawn. Named after the Indian God of Dawn, Aruna, this impressive landmark sits on the west bank of the Chao Phraya River. Then, enjoy a free afternoon to get to know Bangkok your own way (curry, anyone?).
    • Visit Wellington Dam, known to have the biggest dam mural in the world.
    • Visit Willow Springs, the Southampton Bridge and Golden Valley Tree Park.
    • Visit Wilson Inlet and West Cape Howe National Park and take in the biodiversity and scenic splendor, adorned with an array of wildflowers, especially in Spring.
    • Visit Zadar to wander its ancient streets and enjoy an exclusive visit to a local Benedictine monastery, where you'll taste award-winning produce and learn about their traditional way of life.
    • Visit Zion National Park and hike to Scout Lookout, exploring its dramatic switchbacks and incredible views, then experience the iconic Virgin River Narrows as you hike to Orderville Canyon.
    • Wake to the calls of the jungle on an overnight lodge stay in Chitwan National Park, then embark on a safari in search of rhino, deer, monkeys and a wide array of birdlife.
    • Wake up at 3 am and climb a mountain – the sunrise will be worth it! Watching the day come alive at the top of Mt Batur is worth every minute of sleep you lose.
    • Wake up at sunrise to see the local Buddhist monks from nearby temples who come to receive food from the villagers in exchange for blessings. Then, spend the rest of the day cycling through the small district of Kabinburi.
    • Wake up before dawn and scramble to the top of a massive Sesriem dune for a dramatic sunrise view across a vast sea of undulating sand.
    • Wake up to a new view each day in the comfort of the mighty M/Y Grand Queen Beatriz – this comfortable and spacious motor yacht is your home for the adventure!
    • Wake up to a new view each day in the comfort of the mighty M/Y Grand Queen Beatriz – this comfortable and spacious motor yacht is your home for the adventure!
    • Wake up to spectacular views of the forest canopy during your three-night stay at your Feature Stay – the Gorilla Heights Lodge in Bwindi Impenetrable National Park.
    • Walk along cobblestone streets and shop for local handicrafts in the tiny inland island town of Flores.
    • Walk along the hanging bridges on a daytrip to Mistico Park and take in the panoramic views from the tree tops along the way.
    • Walk along the island’s coasts and must-see spots with a local guide, including Cape du Couedic, where a colony of 10,000 fur seals call home – what a sight!
    • Walk along the rim of Crater Lake National Park – this natural wonder was formed 7700 years ago from the collapse of a mountain peak and is now the deepest lake in the USA fed by rain and snow.
    • Walk along the scenic canopy walkway at Poring Hot Springs, followed by a refreshing dip in the natural waters. Then, spend the night at a tea plantation.
    • Walk along the volcanic rim of Santorini, past white villages that cling to cliffs and watch as day turns to night during sunset at the caldera – this is a memory you’ll bring home!
    • Walk alongside a local who knows the area inside out. Discover the landscapes and wildlife of the Bay of Fires and learn about the region’s rich First Nations history.
    • Walk among homesteads, meeting villagers with beautiful welcoming smiles, and stroll through the surrounding gardens to see how local foods are produced.
    • Walk among the towering timber of Sequoia National Park and see General Sherman, the world’s largest tree by volume, along with the other soaring sequoias that make up the Giant Forest.
    • Walk among the towering timber of Sequoia National Park, home General Sherman (the world’s largest tree by volume) and Redwoods National Park, home to some of the world’s tallest and most ancient trees.
    • Walk and cycle through the ancient Angkor Wat complex – a UNESCO World Heritage site and one of the most important archaeological sites in South East Asia. Covered in lush greenery, you’ll explore various temples on two legs and two feet!
    • Walk around Old Havana, which sheds lights on the difference between the lifestyle of city and rural life in Cuba.
    • Walk around Rome’s famous landmarks, including one of the Seven Wonders of the World – the Colosseum – as well as Vatican City, the Sistine Chapel and St Peter's Basilica.
    • Walk around the quaint towns of Gjirokaster and Berat, and visit the monasteries of Drino Valley to learn about the role they play in the rural community and why it's important to preserve these cultural sites – an Exclusive Experience.
    • Walk atop the ice of the largest car-accessible glacier in Alaska – the Matanuska – on an educational tour led by a local Alaskan guide and glacier expert (with all technical gear provided).
    • Walk in famous footsteps at the Stax Museum of American Soul Music in Memphis – and discover a kitschy world of Southern glitz and glamour at Graceland – the home of Elvis Presley.
    • Walk in the footsteps of Ancient Puebloan peoples at Mesa Verde's remarkable Cliff Palace. Explore 800-year-old architectural landmarks that reveal the daily life of the locals.
    • Walk in the footsteps of ancient royalty as you explore the Valley of the Kings and admire the Karnak Temple – the cult temple dedicated to the gods Amun, Mut and Khonsu.
    • Walk out to the viewpoint of Exit Glacier in Kenai Fjords National Park and witness the colossal scale of this electric blue natural marvel.
    • Walk past the scenic hills, shimmering lakes and marble palaces of Udaipur – India’s most romantic city.
    • Walk the caldera rim of Mount Vesuvius, learn about its famous eruption from a local and enjoy amazing views of the Bay of Naples.
    • Walk the entire 104 km Great Ocean Walk with nothing but a day pack, staying in accommodation along the track with your main luggage being transferred for you.
    • Walk the final 100 km of the iconic Camino de Santiago with a local leader to provide historical context and add a deeper layer of understanding to your discoveries.
    • Walk the final part of the Abel Tasman Coast track and look for native birds like fantails and wood pigeons along the way. Maybe rent a kayak or simply relax by the beach in Marahau in your free time.
    • Walk the Navajo Loop to the famous Thor’s Hammer hoodoo in Bryce Canyon National Park – known for its crimson-coloured hoodoos (spire-shaped rock formations).
    • Walk the Okavango Delta at sunrise, looking out for the resident hippos, crocodiles, elephants and big cats.
    • Walk the picturesque waterways and cobbled streets in Bruges on a free day to go your own way. Maybe visit a local brewery and try one of the refreshing regional beers.
    • Walk the picturesque waterways and cobbled streets of Bruges, maybe visit a local brewery and try one of the iconic regional beers.
    • Walk the picturesque waterways and cobbled streets of Bruges, maybe visit a local brewery and try one of the refreshingly delicious regional beers.
    • Walk the ruins of Delphi – a UNESCO World Heritage site. Visit the Temple of Apollo, climb the stairs of the Stadium and hear the story of the Oracle of Delphi.
    • Walk the streets made famous by Game of Thrones in the medieval town of Girona. Stroll through the cobblestone streets and be transported to King's Landing and Braavos.
    • Walk the streets, medieval buildings and restored castle of Ljubljana’s charming Old Town on foot. Your local leader will know all the hotspots, plus the best cafes for a coffee break.
    • Walk the stunning coastal trails of Cape Breton Highlands National Park and follow the Skyline Trail mountain pass out to sweeping sea views.
    • Walk the stunning coastal trails of Cape Breton Highlands National Park and follow the Skyline Trail’s mountain pass to sweeping sea views.
    • Walk the Tre Cime de Lavaredo loop, where rugged peaks, cliffs and alpine meadows come together.
    • Walk the walls of the Old City of medieval Dubrovnik and spot the film locations that have been used in worldwide blockbusters (if you loved Game of Thrones, this place might look a little familiar).
    • Walk through Azerbaijan's Old Town, where views of the Palace of the Shirvanshahs are made even more spectacular by the modern skyscrapers in the background.
    • Walk through Bryce National Park and see the distinct sandstone spires known as hoodoos, that rise from the natural amphitheater.
    • Walk through Hamersley Gorge and learn about the swirling, multi-coloured layers of rock formations unique to this area.
    • Walk through Kata Tjuta (formerly known as 'The Olgas') – a towering collection of 36 domed rock formations – with your local leader, getting all the insider history of this amazing natural landscape.
    • Walk through local art galleries, unwind on the beach and maybe swim with gentle whale sharks, in your free time in La Paz.
    • Walk through lush rainforests to the isolated village Wae Rebo. Spend a night in a traditional conical hut with the local community and experience their warm hospitality and traditional village life.
    • Walk through Mombasa’s Old Town with your leader and uncover the vast array of architectural styles here, from the Omani doors and Gujarati terraces to the Portuguese facades and British ironwork.
    • Walk through rice fields and see how the region's farmers have tended the land for centuries, still using traditional water buffalo ploughs. Then, join in and practice how to plant rice in the traditional way!
    • Walk through some of New Zealand’s most beautiful South Island landscapes and enjoy all the included highlights alongside lots of free time, to rest, relax and explore at your own pace.
    • Walk through Stari Grad, Hvar’s Old Town – one of the oldest towns in Europe and the perfect base to explore the island.
    • Walk through the diverse forest and jungle and take an incredible canopy walk along suspended bridges in Cloud Forest – lookout for sloths and various birdlife as you go.
    • Walk through the jungle and rice paddies of Seloliman Nature Reserve, learn about local herbs then sit back, relax and soak up the ambience under the stars.
    • Walk through the lush green surroundings of Ubud – Bali’s cultural heart – and gain an insight into daily village life.
    • Walk through the otherworldly landscape of the Pinnacles Desert – this national reserve is peppered with strange natural limestone structures that date back to around 30,000 years!
    • Walk through the otherworldly landscape of the Pinnacles Desert – this national reserve is peppered with strange natural limestone structures that date back to around 30,000 years!
    • Walk through the otherworldly landscape of the Pinnacles Desert – this national reserve is peppered with strange natural limestone structures that date back to around 30,000 years!
    • Walk through the towering rainforest to find a banyan tree that is said to be the largest in the world, with hundreds of prop roots that support it.
    • Walk through the UNESCO World Heritage-listed centre of historic Quebec City and Montreal's Old Town, learning about the two cities' history through their architecture.
    • Walk through the UNESCO World Heritage-listed town of ancient Hoi An and maybe grab a new suit from one of the world-famous tailor shops here.
    • Walk through the wild landscapes of Tongariro National Park, from emerald-green lakes to soaring volcanic peaks. If you’re up for the challenge, you can even tackle the famous Tongariro Crossing.
    • Walk through the wild landscapes of Tongariro National Park, from emerald-green lakes to soaring volcanic peaks. If you’re up for the challenge, you can even tackle the famous Tongariro Crossing.
    • Walk to Cape Tourville Lighthouse for a panoramic view of Freycinet National Park’s iconic landscape and watch as the translucent waters lap the sands in the secluded bay.
    • Walk to Capela de Nossa Senhora do Mar – a small chapel overlooking the ocean – and watch the sunset over the region, maybe with a homemade picnic.
    • Walk to the Mutitjulu Waterhole and soak in the incredible Outback landscape as you learn about its importance to the Indigenous Anangu people.
    • Walk to the top of the Sigiriya Lion Rock Fortress. Explore the ruined fortress on the top of the rock, learn about the region’s history and see the Lion’s Gate – a staircase with two huge stone lion paws on either side.
    • Walk varied landscapes among towering cacti, rocky cliffs, red-sand beaches, volcanic grounds and immersive sea coves.
    • Walk varied landscapes among towering cacti, rocky cliffs, red-sand beaches, volcanic grounds and immersive sea coves.
    • Walk varied landscapes among towering cacti, rocky cliffs, red-sand beaches, volcanic grounds and immersive sea coves.
    • Wander along the beautiful white sand beach at Bahia Borrero, then snorkel with reef sharks and manta rays.
    • Wander around Arrowtown – a heritage town and living historic settlement that’s perfect for exploring on foot. This town, surrounded by sometimes-snowy peaks, dates back to gold mining times and is now a popular spot with cute cafes, small shops and scenic landscapes.
    • Wander around Arrowtown – a heritage town and living historic settlement that’s perfect for exploring on foot. This town, surrounded by sometimes-snowy peaks, dates back to gold mining times and is now a popular spot with cute cafes, small shops and scenic landscapes.
    • Wander around natural areas that will inspire awe – like the cascades of Multnomah Falls near Portland and the peaceful Hoh Rainforest in Olympic National Park.
    • Wander around natural areas that will inspire awe – like the cascades of Multnomah Falls near Portland and the peaceful Hoh Rainforest in Olympic National Park.
    • Wander around Rome's famous landmarks including the Colosseum – one of the Seven Wonders of the World – as well as Vatican City, Sistine Chapel, St Peter's Basilica and many more.
    • Wander around Rome's famous landmarks including the Colosseum (one of the Seven Wonders of the World), Vatican City, Sistine Chapel, St Peter's Basilica and much more.
    • Wander around Rome's famous landmarks including the Colosseum (one of the Seven Wonders of the World), Vatican City, the Sistine Chapel, St Peter's Basilica and much more.
    • Wander around Salamanca's lit up Plaza Mayor by night and explore the cobblestoned streets of Seville by day – Andalusia's largest city.
    • Wander around Stone Town’s bustling bazaars and fragrant spice markets and opt to embark on a guided tour of the spice plantations.
    • Wander around Stone Town’s bustling bazaars and fragrant spice markets, and consider extending your stay on the Northern Beaches – full of sun, surf and seafood.
    • Wander around Stone Town’s bustling bazaars and fragrant spice markets, and consider heading on an optional guided tour of the island’s spice plantations.
    • Wander around the remote, lush and beautiful Tang Valley and Mebar Tsho (Burning Lake), famous for being one of the most serene places in Bhutan to meditate.
    • Wander between stalls of rainbow handicrafts, fruits and flowers in the popular and colourful Chichicastenango Market.
    • Wander market stalls, relax in public parks and sample the enticing Mexican eats of Mexico City, Puebla and Oaxaca.
    • Wander market stalls, relax in public parks and sample the enticing Mexican eats of Mexico City, Puebla and Oaxaca.
    • Wander Old Delhi on a walking tour and be immersed in the sights and sounds of this thriving and historical part of the city.
    • Wander past pastel-coloured art deco buildings, see the Church of the Most Sacred Heart and explore Namesti Miru (Peace Square).
    • Wander the Bay of Fundy’s sea floor at low tide with a local naturalist guide and get up close to the sandstone ‘flowerpots’ at Hopewell Rocks Provincial Park.
    • Wander the British town of Stanley in the Falklands (Islas Malvinas) and explore the island farmsteads that teem with nesting seabirds – including many albatross and penguin species.
    • Wander the city of Thessaloniki, loved for its food, entertainment and culture, before an evening’s meze-style dinner.
    • Wander the coloured buildings, heritage-listed streets and bustling markets of Hoi An, then spend a day chilling out at the local palm-fringed beach.
    • Wander the colourful streets of the multicultural Lavapies neighbourhood in Madrid during a street art tour with a local guide and graffiti enthusiast. This company supports sustainable tourism and promotes social projects within the local community.
    • Wander the historic mural-lined streets of Georgetown, the vibrant cultural hub of Penang and see the array of contemporary art galleries, boutiques, traditional temples and churches.
    • Wander the historic streets of Savannah, trying the local food on a walking tour that blends the city’s history with some of its most delicious eats.
    • Wander the incredible Pyramids of Giza – one of the Seven Wonders of the World. Then, discover the mighty Valley of the Kings, the Kom Ombo Temple and the Karnak Temple complex, all with the expert guidance of your Egyptologist leader.
    • Wander the largest medina in North Africa in Tunis, navigating the twisting alleyways to discover tiny stores overflowing with goods, ancient mosques and bustling squares.
    • Wander the length of car-free Lopud in the idyllic Elafiti Islands, then maybe take an optional winery tour on the Island of Vis and indulge in a few glasses of the local vino.
    • Wander the streets of Barcelona and discover Gaudi’s architecture with your local leader by your side. After, maybe visit the La Sagrada Familia Basilica – the largest unfinished Catholic church in the world.
    • Wander the streets of the gorgeous Pink City of Jaipur and maybe even see India from a whole new perspective by adding on the optional hot air balloon ride.
    • Wander the streets of the UNESCO-listed Old Town of Hoi An and step back in time among the restored architecture. Then, enjoy plenty of free time to explore at your own pace.
    • Wander the stunning Amalfi Coast, from historic Amalfi town to the dramatic landscapes of Ravello, offering unparalleled views.
    • Wander the UNESCO World Heritage site of Teotihuacan and see the archaeological ruins that predate the Aztec Empire by more than 1000 years.
    • Wander the UNESCO World Heritage site of Teotihuacan and see the archaeological site’s ruins that predate the Aztec Empire by more than 1000 years. Then, see the ruins of Monte Alban – another UNESCO World Heritage site that tells the story of the Olmec, Zapotec and Mixtec peoples.
    • Wander the well-preserved architecture, riverside restaurants and shopping districts of Hoi An’s Old Town – you'll explore this UNESCO-listed city by foot and by bike!
    • Wander through Belgrade’s Bohemian quarter and grand 19th-century boulevards before launching into its nightlife when the sun goes down. Then, take a daytrip to the artists’ haven of Zemun.
    • Wander through Syros before heading to a remote village for dinner. Indulge in local seafood cuisine at a traditional taverna as Rembetika music surrounds you.
    • Wander through the ancient ruins of Tikal – a UNESCO World Heritage site rich in history, architecture and jungle wildlife.
    • Wander through the charming streets of Ponta Delgada, Pico and Horta, where you’ll discover a mix of architectural styles and local culture. Unwind with a famous G&T at Cafe Sport – a legendary sailor’s haunt.
    • Wander through the charming villages of Syros. When night falls, indulge in delicious seafood dinners in traditional tavernas as Rembetika music floats around you.
    • Wander through the coastal village of Syros. When night falls, indulge in delicious seafood dinners in traditional tavernas as Rembetika music floats around you.
    • Wander through the colorful markets of Chichicastenango and Almolonga in Guatemala – what better way to get to know local life!
    • Wander through the golden-roofed Temple of the Sacred Tooth in Kandy, which houses one of Sri Lanka’s most important Buddhist relics – a tooth of the Buddha.
    • Wander through the grand square of Registan in Samarkand and discover the imposing architecture from afar and the detailed craftmanship of the tiling up close.
    • Wander through the incredible cloud forests of Monteverde – home to more than 100 species of mammals and over 400 species of birds – and the lesser-known Quetzales National Park, where you can look out for the iconic resplendent quetzal.
    • Wander through the largest fresh produce market with your local leader in Chiang Mai, then enjoy some free time to explore this city at your own pace.
    • Wander through the Mercado de Artesanias La Ciudadela – a bustling market packed with handicrafts from across the country.
    • Wander through the remarkably well-preserved streets of Hoi An's Old Town on a guided tour, where elegant wooden buildings line the canals.
    • Wander through the renaissance architecture, turquoise-water beaches and natural landscapes of Hvar Island and sample traditional Dalmatian cuisine.
    • Wander Venice’s maze of canals and cobbled alleyways, full of artisan shops and eateries, and dine in a local restaurant for Venetian cuisine.
    • Watch a family of meerkats on the edge of the Makgadikgadi Salt Pans go about their morning rituals.
    • Watch a fiery sunset light up the Bungle Bungle Ranges in Purnululu National Park – one of Australia’s most iconic landscapes, where the changing light creates one highlight after another.
    • Watch Galapagos tortoises at all stages of life and development in breeding centres, then search for these ancient creatures in the wild highlands of Isla Santa Cruz.
    • Watch meerkats go about their morning in Oudtshoorn. Head to their burrow, pull up a chair and sip coffee while these gentle creatures climb out into the sunshine.
    • Watch Mostar's famous bridge divers hurl themselves from the stones of a bridge that has spanned the river for centuries and visit Tito's bunker – one of the best-kept secrets in former Yugoslavia.
    • Watch Mostar's famous bridge divers hurl themselves from the stones of Stari Most (Old Bridge), which has spanned the Neretva River for centuries.
    • Watch orange and gold hues reflect off the Indian Ocean as you watch an unforgettable sunset from the shore of one of the world’s best beaches.
    • Watch protected turtle hatchlings scatter across the beach to the water under the cover of night – this is a special opportunity to see baby turtles in their natural habitat, but make sure you listen to your guides as this is a sensitive and fragile area!
    • Watch puffins at Elliston’s renowned viewing site which offers one of the closest land views of these birds in North America.
    • Watch the Cyclades’ famous tangerine sunsets from the deck of your yacht, cold drink in hand, while the waves lap against the hull.
    • Watch the Cyclades’ famous tangerine sunsets from the deck of your yacht, cold drink in hand, while the waves lap against the hull.
    • Watch the fiery passion and rhythm of a traditional flamenco dance performance in Seville.
    • Watch the night sky come alive during your night in Arkaroola Wilderness Sanctuary – there is no light pollution here, so it's the perfect place to stargaze among the mountainous peaks.
    • Watch the scenery change from desert to oasis in Todra Gorge and Dades Valley. Get active on a hike, learn about life in the oasis and enjoy a delicious home-cooked lunch with Amazigh hosts.
    • Watch the sun rise over Angkor Wat just as it did over 800 years ago. Wander through the ancient temples of this UNESCO World Heritage site on a guided tour – with a three-day pass to cover your whole time in Siem Reap, you can explore this incredible complex as much and as often as you like!
    • Watch the sun rise over the Chocolate Hills – these odd geological formations turn brown in the dry season, contrasting with the surrounding greenery of the jungle – and tuck into breakfast for a meal to remember.
    • Watch the sun rising over Angkor Wat as it did over 800 years ago and wander through the ancient temples on a guided tour. With a three-day Angkor pass to cover your whole time in Siem Reap, you can explore this incredible temple complex as much and as often as you like.
    • Watch the sun rising over Angkor Wat as it did over 800 years ago with your leader. Wander through the amazing ancient temples on a guided tour and with a three-day Angkor pass to cover your whole time in Siem Reap, you can explore this incredible temple complex as much and as often as you like.
    • Watch the sun rising over Angkor Wat as it did over 800 years ago. Wander through the ancient temples on a guided tour – with a three-day Angkor pass to cover your whole time in Siem Reap, you can explore this incredible temple complex as much and as often as you like!
    • Watch the sun set and rise over Uluru – a massive sandstone monolith in the heart of the Northern Territory’s arid Red Centre and Australia’s most iconic site. In the evening, watch the landscape change from a prime viewing area, then at sunrise, walk around the rock’s base as it lights up.
    • Watch the sun set over Lake Yaxha in the Yaxha-Nakum-Naranjo National Park and discover the forested wetland with your local leader.
    • Watch the sunset from a camel’s back in the Sahara Desert and camp beneath a blanket of stars – now this is a bucket list experience!
    • Watch the sunset from the back of a camel in the Sahara, then enjoy a homecooked dinner at your desert camp stay under the North African stars.
    • Watch the sunset from the coast or the deck every night and if you’re game, get up early for sunrise – where better to seize the day than on the sea?
    • Watch the sunset from the unique perspective of a camel’s back, then spend an evening camping in the Sahara, surrounded by red dunes under thousands of stars.
    • Watch the sunset over Santorini and the Aegean Sea. Walk along the volcanic rim of the island from Thira to Oia, passing through white villages that cling to plunging cliffs.
    • Watch the sunset over the Mareeba Wetlands on a unique wildlife spotting experience hosted by Forever Wild – an organisation focused on combatting climate crises with community and conservation-based activities.
    • Watch the sunset over the Mareeba Wetlands on a unique wildlife spotting experience hosted by Forever Wild – an organisation focused on combatting climate crises with community and conservation-based activities.
    • We’re an official partner with the Kilimanjaro Porters Assistance Project. Hike easier knowing that while our porters are taking care of you, there’s someone looking out for them.
    • We’re an official partner with the Kilimanjaro Porters Assistance Project. Hike easier knowing that while our porters are taking care of you, there’s someone looking out for them.
    • Weave your way along the dramatic fjord-top trails in Saguenay and explore the boreal taiga landscapes of Grands-Jardins National Park – home to caribou and more captivating northern wildlife.
    • Where better to end your adventure than in San Francisco, multicultural 'City by the Bay'. With the option to extend your visit a couple of days, you won’t be wanting to go home just yet.
    • Where better to end your adventure than in San Francisco, the eclectic and multicultural 'City by the Bay', swapping natural wonders for one that’s man-made as you walk across the Golden Gate Bridge.
    • Where better to end your adventure than in San Francisco, the eclectic, multicultural 'City by the Bay'. With the option to extend your visit a couple of days, you won’t be wanting to go home just yet.
    • Where else would you find drummers, dancers, fortune tellers, jugglers, street food vendors and old medicine men all in one place? In Marrakech of course, exploring the acclaimed Djemaa el-Fnaa.
    • Whether it’s surfing, swimming or just lazing on the sand with a good book – exploring the local beaches in Morocco’s fishing villages is the perfect way to spend an afternoon.
    • Whether it's hiking, driving or white-water rafting, this trip will let you experience Nepal's stunning natural beauty from all angles.
    • Whether you trek the Inca Trail, Inca Quarry Trail or take the scenic train route, you'll be travelling responsibly with a company that cares about balancing profit and purpose. Intrepid is the largest B Corp certified operator on the Inca Trail and we’re committed to operating our treks for the benefit of all.
    • Whether you trek the Inca Trail, Inca Quarry Trail or take the scenic train route, you'll be travelling responsibly with a company that cares about balancing profit and purpose. Intrepid is the largest B Corp certified operator on the Inca Trail and we’re committed to operating our treks for the benefit of all.
    • Whether you trek the Inca Trail, Inca Quarry Trail or take the scenic train route, you'll be travelling responsibly with a company that cares about balancing profit and purpose. Intrepid is the largest B Corp certified operator on the Inca Trail and we’re committed to operating our treks for the benefit of all.
    • Whip up a culinary storm in Sukhothai, creating and tasting delicious traditional dishes at a cooking class with a local host.
    • Who'd have thought green seas and giant mossy rocks could be so pretty? Take in the views of Lan Ha Bay by kayak as you explore the limestone islands during your visit to Cat Ba Island. 
    • Why settle for one Christmas market when you could have 14? Visit Graz’s main market at Hauptplatz Square, then make your way through as many as you wish.
    • Wind through Stone Towns narrow alleyways and discover a UNESCO World Heritage site that’s steeped in centuries of history and a dark, but intriguing past.
    • Wind your way through the otherworldly ruins of Copan in Honduras, famous for the numerous elaborate stelae. These Maya ruins are a UNESCO World Heritage Site and a perfect spot for some great pics.
    • Wind your way up Mount Cordeaux and discover Mount Barney on a series of hikes and be rewarded with truly unbeatable views of the surrounding landscapes.
    • With a knowledgeable leader getting you from place to place, all you’ve got to worry about is snapping the best photo and getting the most out of your Californian road trip.
    • With almost every meal included, you’ll enjoy wonderful fresh picnics in incredible locations, delicious breakfasts and hearty home-cooked dinners.
    • With French, Portuguese and Jewish influences, Essaouira is about as exotic as it gets. Feast on freshly caught seafood, explore unique art galleries and be dazzled by a blue-specked townscape.
    • With gorilla permits included in the price of the trip, seek out the rare mountain gorilla on a trek through Uganda's steamy forests and spend an unforgettable hour in their presence.
    • With hiking, cycling and snorkelling, this trip is steeped in outdoor activities. But there's also plenty of time to relax – bathe in hot springs, laze on the beach in Bali or stroll around the villages.
    • With included wildlife viewing experiences like game drives, tracking walks and safaris, you are guaranteed to encounter a diverse array of Africa’s iconic wildlife.
    • With its boutique culture, gorgeous beaches and thumping nightlife, the chic isle of Mykonos invites you to embrace your hedonistic side.
    • With permits included in the price of the trip, take a trek through Uganda's steamy forests to seek out rare mountain gorillas and spend an unforgettable hour in their presence.
    • With permits included in the price of the trip, take a trek through Uganda's steamy forests to seek out rare mountain gorillas and spend an unforgettable hour in their presence.
    • With permits included in your trip, seek out the rare mountain gorilla on a trek through Uganda's steamy forests and spend an unforgettable hour in their presence.
    • With plenty of time to chill out at your own pace, Manuel Antonio’s surf vibe is ideal for catching some waves, lazing on the white-sand beaches or hiking the trails of Manuel Antonio with your travel pals.
    • With plenty of time to explore Mumbai at your own pace, why not delve into the incredible heritage quarter, check out the circus-like Chowpatty Beach, or find a chai wallah for a spot of tea – it’s up to you!
    • With so much going on in the chaotic capital of Delhi, a local leader is a must. Get to know the city with your leader helping you navigate.
    • With the support of non-profit ecotourism organisation MEET, learn about conservation efforts at the Karavasta Lagoon in Divjake- Karavasta National Park, spend the night at a locally owned beach accommodation and rise for a sunrise breakfast atop a birdwatching tower.
    • With these experiences you get local knowledge, decades of on-the-ground operational experience and the freedom and independence to explore at your own pace.
    • With your gorilla permit included in the price of the trip, spend a day through Bwindi Impenetrable Forest to get close to Uganda's rare mountain gorillas for an unforgettable hour. There’s also a chance to do a second trek that can be booked on request at an additional cost. Please refer to the itinerary for more details.
    • Witness a fusion of influences in the former French colony of Puducherry, and see touches of a Portuguese, Dutch, Chinese and British past in multicultural Kochi.
    • Witness a spectacular pink and yellow sunset behind towering, 800-year-old trees along the Avenue of the Baobabs in the laid-back seaside town of Morondava.
    • Witness a spectacular pink and yellow sunset behind towering, 800-year-old trees along the Avenue of the Baobabs in the laid-back seaside town of Morondava.
    • Witness a spectacular Spanish sunset on a beach in Valencia, while feasting on a bowl of the world's best paella.
    • Witness Argentina’s Perito Moreno Glacier and listen to the symphony of thundering ice cracking along the 30 km-long expanse of electric blue. This is one of the few glaciers left that isn’t shrinking!
    • Witness everything from still alpine lakes and glacial plains to frothy rivers and valleys covered in pink blossoms, depending on the season.
    • Witness incredible scenery at every turn – marvel at the sight of the little 'Grand Canyon' at Charyn and see the beauty of the sunken forest in Kolsai Lakes.
    • Witness Morocco’s changing landscapes from the comfort of your private minivan – from fertile valleys and lush pine forests to ancient kasbah ruins and the rocky Atlas Mountains.
    • Witness one of the Seven Wonders of the World – the Taj Mahal. Take your time here, taking in the majesty of this manmade wonder and learn all there is to know from a local guide.
    • Witness ritual and devotion in the spiritual heart of the country during a visit to Kandy’s Temple of the Tooth.
    • Witness some epic sights in Cairo, like the mysterious Sphinx and one of the Seven Wonders of the World – the Great Pyramids of Giza. Maybe even learn how to spell your name in hieroglyphics!     
    • Witness some epic sights in Cairo, like the mysterious Sphinx and one of the Seven Wonders of the World – the Great Pyramids of Giza. Maybe even learn how to spell your name in hieroglyphics!
    • Witness still alpine lakes, glacial plains, frothy rivers and valleys covered in pink blossoms, depending on the season.
    • Witness the diversity and history of Kochi through a tour of its buildings, like India’s oldest functioning synagogue, alongside a fascinating blend of Portuguese, Dutch and British architectural influences.
    • Witness the eternal flames of the Darvaza Crater, aka the 'Door to Hell' as you camp in isolated desert – this is one of the strangest, most mesmerising geological oddities on earth. Spend the evening warming yourself by the fire and sleeping in a yurt overlooking the crater.
    • Witness the eternal flames of the Darvaza Crater, aka the 'Gates to Hell' as you camp nearby – one of the strangest, most mesmerising geological oddities on earth.
    • Witness the expansive and iconic Great Barrier Reef on a snorkelling adventure and see colourful corals and tropical fish as you swim with turtles off the Daintree coast.
    • Witness the expansive and iconic Great Barrier Reef on a snorkelling adventure, where you can see the colourful corals and tropical fish as you swim with turtles off the Daintree coast.
    • Witness the giant desert inscriptions of the Nazca Lines – one of Peru's greatest unsolved mysteries – from the viewing tower. Then, head to a local’s home in the middle of the desert for a traditional pachamanca dinner.
    • Witness the giant desert inscriptions of the Nazca Lines – one of Peru's greatest unsolved mysteries – from the viewing tower. Then, head to a local’s home in the middle of the desert for a traditional pachamanca dinner.
    • Witness the incredible force of the Zambezi River as it plunges over the cliff edge, creating a stunning mist that nurtures the unique rainforest ecosystem surrounding Vic Falls.
    • Witness the magnificent rolling waves of the Atlantic Ocean from the back of a camel.
    • Witness the migration of humpback whales as these gentle giants journey to Antarctica to feast on krill.
    • Witness the one and only Taj Mahal. Seeing this Mughal marvel for the first time, in all its dazzling white marble, is a moment you won’t forget.
    • Witness the raw power of Victoria Falls, where the Zambezi River plunges over a mile-wide cliff into the gorge below — one of the world’s greatest natural wonders.
    • Witness the stunning, millions of years old scenery at the dramatic Pancake Rocks and the Hokitika Gorge, and spot fur seals at Cape Foulwind.
    • Witness the stunning, millions of years old scenery at the dramatic Pancake Rocks and the Hokitika Gorge, and spot fur seals at Cape Foulwind.
    • Witness the thundering power of the waters cascading over Victoria Falls with a local guide.
    • Witness the towering, pale limestone islands that break the surface of Phang Nga bay with an included boat cruise across these incredible waters
    • Witness this raw, untamed landscape on a low-altitude trek that takes you through a designated UNESCO World Biosphere Reserve. 
    • Witness world-class mountain scenery during a picturesque hike through the inspiring landscapes of Pokhara.
    • Work up an appetite cycling around Vietnam’s capital city of Hanoi – after wandering the Old Quarter on two legs and two wheels, you can spend the evening indulging in the delicious local and regional food (think banh mi, bun cha and pho).
    • Work up an appetite for Southeast Asia's famously delicious local and regional food.
    • Work up an appetite with a leisurely cycle through the ancient Buddhas and ruined temples of Heritage-listed Sukothai Park, then feast on a home-cooked picnic lunch
    • You and your family will be in excellent hands for the duration of your trip, travelling with a crew of three experienced locals – a leader, driver and cook
    • You may have seen hundreds of photos of it already but laying eyes on the Taj Mahal for yourself during a guided tour is bound to leave a deep impression.
    • You won’t even have to get out of bed to enjoy wildlife and wonderful views – Safari lodges and Eco Camps deliver epic scenery and wild visitors like elephants, buffalo, and hippos to your doorstep.
    • You’ll forget the ache in your body and the chill on your nose the second you’re warming your hands over a plate of momos, but the memories of Himalayan vistas and the feeling of accomplishment will last a lifetime.
    • You’ll have two days to explore the untamed natural beauty of El Questro Station. Go swimming near tumbling waterfalls, hike through gorges and soak up the scenery your way.
    • You’ll never forget your first glimpse of The Treasury in Petra. Spend a day taking in the majesty and mystery of this unforgettable place on a guided tour then enjoy free time to explore.
    • You’ll never forget your first glimpse of The Treasury in Petra. Spend a day taking in the majesty and mystery of this unforgettable place on a guided tour, then enjoy free time to explore.
    • You’ll take a culinary journey to discover the mouth-watering, achingly fresh delights of Vietnam. From slurping traditional Bun Bo Hue, to digging into a vegetarian feast at a local nunnery, to enjoying a home-cooked lunch with locals in Ninh Binh – your tastebuds won’t be the same again.
    • You’re on track for one of the world’s most scenic train journeys – cross the spectacular Southern Alps on the famous TranzAlpine from the West Coast to Christchurch.
    • Your Feature Stay hotel in Jaipur has been delighting visitors since its opening in 1928, offering up elegant decor, traditional accents and world-class service.
    • Your local craft fair just won’t feel the same after you’ve experienced Chichicastenango, a colourful Guatemalan market that draws thousands of vendors from the surrounding mountain villages.
    • Zagreb transforms into a glorious illuminated winter wonderland during its month-long Advent Festival. Spend two days savouring the sights, taking in acres of fairy-lights, huge Christmas trees, nativity scenes, ice-rinks, mulled wine stalls and igloo-shaped rakija (a potent local drop) bars.
    • Zion National Park is a natural playground for adventure lovers where you can explore highlights and hidden wonders like Scout Lookout and the Orderville Canyon.
    • Zoom about the city of Hue on the back of a motorbike and see all the ancient sites with a handy local guide – now this is travelling like a local.
  • What's Included

    Meals

    14 Breakfasts, 7 Lunches, 7 Dinners

    Transport

    Plane, Motorised Canoe, Boat, Private Vehicle, Public Bus

    Accommodation

    Camping (with basic facilities) (3 nights), Homestay (1 night), Hotel (8 nights), Jungle Lodge (2 nights)

    Included Activities

    • 25 Fontes & Levada do Risco Guided Hikes & picnic lunch
    • 3 Night/4 Day Inca Trail (or 2 Night/3 Day Inca Quarry Trail) guided hike(s) with porters' support. Or guided Cusco stay (Machu Picchu by train)
    • 3 Night/4 Day Inca Trail (or 2 Night/3 Day Inca Quarry Trail) guided hike(s) with porters' support. Or guided Cusco stay (Machu Picchu by train)
    • 3 Night/4 Day Inca Trail (or 2 Night/3 Day Inca Quarry Trail) guided hike(s) with porters' support. Or guided Cusco stay (Machu Picchu by train)
    • 6 Days Included Bicycle Hire
    • 6 Days included bike hire
    • 6 Days included bike hire
    • 7 day Bicycle hire
    • 7 days bike hire
    • 7 days bike hire
    • A Coruna - Fish market visit and seafood lunch
    • A Coruna - Fish market visit and seafood lunch
    • Abel Tasman National Park - Abel Tasman Coast Track (Anchorage to Marahau)
    • Abel Tasman National Park – Scenic Water Taxi Ride Marahau to Anchorage
    • Abhaneri - Chand Baori stepwell
    • Abhaneri - Chand Baori stepwell
    • Abhaneri - Harshat Mata Temple visit
    • Abhaneri - Harshat Mata Temple visit
    • Abu Simbel - Abu Simbel Sound and Light Show (entrance fee)
    • Abu Simbel - Abu Simbel Sound and Light Show (entrance fee)
    • Abu Simbel - Abu Simbel temples
    • Abu Simbel - Abu Simbel temples
    • Abu Simbel - Abu Simbel temples
    • Abu Simbel - Abu Simbel temples
    • Acatenango Hike (peak)
    • Addo Elephant National Park - Overland Vehicle Game drive
    • Addo Elephant National Park - Overland Vehicle Game drive
    • Addo Elephant National Park - Overland Vehicle Game drive
    • Addo Elephant National Park - Overland Vehicle Game drive
    • Adjara - Lunch & Wine Tasting at Local Winery
    • Aegina - Farm visit with cheese tasting and dessert making
    • Aegina - Pistachio farm visit
    • Agafay - Star Gazing
    • Agafay - Star Gazing
    • Agafay - Star Gazing
    • Agios Ioannis - traditional Cretan dinner
    • Agios Ioannis - Village Visits
    • Agouti - Couscous demonstration
    • Agouti - Hike to Rbat Village
    • Agra - Agra Fort
    • Agra - Agra Fort
    • Agra - Agra Fort
    • Agra - Agra Fort
    • Agra - Agra Fort
    • Agra - Agra Fort
    • Agra - Agra Fort
    • Agra - Agra Fort
    • Agra - Agra Fort
    • Agra - Agra Fort
    • Agra - Agra Fort
    • Agra - Agra Fort
    • Agra - Agra Fort
    • Agra - Agra Fort
    • Agra - Agra Fort
    • Agra - Agra Fort
    • Agra - Agra Fort Visit
    • Agra - Agra Fort Visit
    • Agra - Agra Fort Visit
    • Agra - Akbar's Mausoleum
    • Agra - Akbar's Mausoleum
    • Agra - Expert-led street food tour (as dinner)
    • Agra - Expert-led street food tour (as dinner)
    • Agra - Expert-led street food tour (as dinner)
    • Agra - Expert-led street food tour (as dinner)
    • Agra - Local Guide (Full Day)
    • Agra - Mughlai Cooking Demonstration
    • Agra - Red Fort guided tour
    • Agra - Red Fort guided tour
    • Agra - Saree lesson
    • Agra - Sheroes Cafe Visit
    • Agra - Sheroes Cafe Visit
    • Agra - Sheroes Cafe Visit
    • Agra - Sheroes Cafe Visit
    • Agra - Sheroes Cafe Visit
    • Agra - Taj Mahal
    • Agra - Taj Mahal
    • Agra - Taj Mahal
    • Agra - Taj Mahal
    • Agra - Taj Mahal
    • Agra - Taj Mahal
    • Agra - Taj Mahal
    • Agra - Taj Mahal
    • Agra - Taj Mahal
    • Agra - Taj Mahal
    • Agra - Taj Mahal
    • Agra - Taj Mahal
    • Agra - Taj Mahal
    • Agra - Taj Mahal
    • Agra - Taj Mahal
    • Agra - Taj Mahal
    • Agra - Taj Mahal
    • Agra - Taj Mahal
    • Agra - Taj Mahal
    • Agra - Taj Mahal
    • Agra - Taj Mahal
    • Agra - Taj Mahal
    • Agra - Taj Mahal
    • Agra - Taj Mahal
    • Agra - Taj Mahal
    • Agra - Taj Mahal
    • Agra - Taj Mahal
    • Agra - Taj Mahal
    • Agra - Taj Mahal
    • Agra - Visit & Lunch at Sheroes Cafe
    • Agra -Taj Mahal
    • Agrigento - Guided visit Valley of the Temples
    • Agrigento - Guided visit Valley of the Temples
    • Agrigento - Guided visit Valley of the Temples
    • Agrigento - Guided visit Valley of the Temples
    • Agrigento - Guided visit Valley of the Temples
    • Agrigento - Guided visit Valley of the Temples
    • Agrigento - Guided visit Valley of the Temples
    • Agriturismo - Tour with wine and olive oil tasting
    • Ahuachapán - Pupusas cooking class
    • Aileu - Projeto Montanha visit
    • Airlie Beach - Full day Whitsunday Islands & Whitehaven Beach Tour with Snorkelling
    • Airlie Beach - Full day Whitsunday Islands & Whitehaven Beach Tour with Snorkelling
    • Airlie Beach - Full day Whitsunday Islands & Whitehaven Beach Tour with Snorkelling
    • Airlie Beach - Full day Whitsunday Islands & Whitehaven Beach Tour with Snorkelling
    • Ait Benhaddou - Kasbah visit
    • Ait Benhaddou - Kasbah visit
    • Ait Benhaddou - Leader-led ksar walk
    • Ait Benhaddou - Leader-led ksar walk
    • Ait Benhaddou - Leader-led ksar walk
    • Ait Benhaddou - Leader-led ksar walk
    • Ait Benhaddou - Leader-led ksar walk
    • Ait Benhaddou - Leader-led ksar walk
    • Ait Benhaddou - Leader-led ksar walk
    • Ait Benhaddou - Leader-led ksar walk
    • Ait Benhaddou - Leader-led ksar walk
    • Ait Benhaddou - Leader-led ksar walk
    • Ait Benhaddou - Leader-led ksar walk
    • Ait Benhaddou - Lunch at Tawesna
    • Ait Benhaddou - Lunch at Tawesna
    • Ait Benhaddou - Lunch at Tawesna
    • Ait Benhaddou - Moroccan pancake cooking class
    • Ait Benhaddou - Panoramic painting lesson
    • Ait Benhaddou - Panoramic painting lesson
    • Ait Benhaddou - Taman’Art Space Studio Visit
    • Ait Benhaddou - Taman’Art Space Studio Visit
    • Ait Benhaddou - Tawesna Tea Break
    • Ait Benhaddou - Tawesna Tea Break
    • Ait Benhaddou - Tea at Tawesna association
    • Ait Benhaddou - Tea at Tawesna association
    • Ait Benhaddou - Tea at Tawesna association
    • Ait Benhaddou - Tea at Tawesna association
    • Ait Benhaddou - Tea at Tawesna association
    • Akha Hilltribe - Farm To Plate Demonstration & Lunch
    • Akha Hilltribe - Farm To Plate Demonstration & Lunch
    • Akhalstikhe - Rabati Castle
    • Akhalstikhe - Rabati Castle
    • Alajuela - Tesoro Escondido Waterfall
    • Alba lulia - Citadel Tour
    • Alba lulia - Citadel Tour
    • Alba lulia - Citadel Tour
    • Alba lulia - Citadel Tour
    • Albanian Alps: Theth to Valbona guided hike
    • Albanian Riviera - Butrint National Park
    • Albanian Riviera - Butrint National Park
    • Alberobello - Olive Oil Mill Visit and Tasting
    • Alberobello - Olive Oil Mill Visit and Tasting
    • Alentejo - Farm visit and dinner
    • Alentejo - Farm visit and dinner
    • Alentejo - Guided tour in the cork forest
    • Alentejo - Guided visit of local winery, amphora wine tasting and lunch
    • Alentejo - Local producer visit and olive oil tasting
    • Alentejo - Local producer visit and olive oil tasting
    • Alexandria - Anba Bishoy Monastery
    • Alexandria - Anba Bishoy Monastery
    • Alexandria - Bibliotheca Alexandrina
    • Alexandria - Bibliotheca Alexandrina
    • Alexandria - Bibliotheca Alexandrina
    • Alexandria - Bibliotheca Alexandrina
    • Alexandria - Bibliotheca Alexandrina
    • Alexandria - Catacombs of Kom el Shoqafa
    • Alexandria - Catacombs of Kom el Shoqafa
    • Alexandria - Catacombs of Kom el Shoqafa
    • Alexandria - Catacombs of Kom el Shoqafa
    • Alexandria - Catacombs of Kom el Shoqafa
    • Alexandria - Fort Qaitbay
    • Alexandria - Fort Qaitbay
    • Alexandria - Fort Qaitbey
    • Alexandria - Fort Qaitbey
    • Alexandria - Morsi Abu El Abbas Mosque
    • Alexandria - Wadi El Natron monasteries
    • Alexandria - Wadi El Natron monasteries
    • Alexandria - Wadi El Natron monasteries
    • Alexandria - Wadi El Natron monasteries
    • Algarve - Island Day Trip by Boat
    • Algarve - Island Day Trip by Boat
    • Alice Springs - Visit to Earth Sanctuary with Dinner & Stargazing
    • Alice Springs - Visit to Earth Sanctuary with Dinner & Stargazing
    • All National Park Permits and Entries
    • Alloun - Ajloun Reserve Walk
    • Almaty - Charyn Canyon Hike
    • Almaty - Charyn Canyon Hike
    • Almaty - Charyn Canyon Hike
    • Almaty - City tour with local guide
    • Almaty - City tour with local guide
    • Almaty – Lake Issyk
    • Almaty – Lake Issyk
    • Almaty – Lake Issyk
    • Almaty - Museum of Kazakh Musical Instruments
    • Almaty - Museum of Kazakh Musical Instruments
    • Almaty - Museum of Kazakh Musical Instruments
    • Almaty - Museum of Kazakh Musical Instruments
    • Almaty - Museum of Kazakh Musical Instruments
    • Almaty - Panfilov Park
    • Almaty - Panfilov Park
    • Almaty - Panfilov Park
    • Almaty - Panfilov Park
    • Almaty - Panfilov Park
    • Almaty – Turgen Gorge
    • Almaty – Turgen Gorge
    • Almaty – Turgen Gorge
    • Almaty - Welcome Dinner
    • Almaty - Welcome Dinner
    • Almaty – Winery visit and wine tasting
    • Almaty – Winery visit and wine tasting
    • Almaty – Winery visit and wine tasting
    • Almaty - Winery visit with tasting and home-cooked lunch
    • Almaty - Winery Visit, Tasting and dinner
    • Almaty - Winery Visit, Tasting and dinner
    • Almaty - Zelenyi Bazaar
    • Almaty - Zelenyi Bazaar
    • Almaty - Zelenyi Bazaar
    • Almaty - Zenkov Cathedral
    • Almaty - Zenkov Cathedral
    • Almaty - Zenkov Cathedral
    • Almaty - Zenkov Cathedral
    • Almaty - Zenkov Cathedral
    • Almograve to Zambujeira do Mar guided walk
    • Alpine National Park - Falls Creek & Bogong High Plains walks
    • Alpine National Park - Mt Feathertop Summit walk
    • Alpine National Park - The Razorback Walk
    • Amalfi - Coastal Ferry Cruise Positano to Amalfi
    • Amalfi - Coastal Ferry Cruise Positano to Amalfi
    • Amalfi - Coastal Ferry Cruise Positano to Amalfi
    • Amalfi - Walk of the Gods (Sentiero degli Dei) guided hike
    • Amalfi - Walk of the Gods Hike (Sentiero degli Dei)
    • Amalfi - Walk of the Gods Hike (Sentiero degli Dei)
    • Amalfi - Walk of the Gods Hike (Sentiero degli Dei)
    • Amazon - Guided rainforest hike and visit to animal rescue centre
    • Amazon - Guided rainforest hike and visit to animal rescue centre
    • Amazon Jungle - Canopy Walkway
    • Amazon Jungle - Guided night walk
    • Amazon Jungle - Guided night walk
    • Amazon Jungle - Half-day Trek
    • Amazon Jungle - Half-day Trek
    • Amazon Jungle - Jungle activities
    • Amazon Jungle - Jungle Lodge Stay
    • Amazon Jungle - Jungle Lodge Stay
    • Amazon Jungle - Night boat tour
    • Amazon Jungle - Night Boat Tour
    • Amazon Jungle - Night Boat Tour
    • Amazon Jungle - Night jungle walk
    • Amazon Jungle - Oxbow Lake
    • Amazon Rainforest - Coffee Plantation Visit and Tasting
    • Amazon Rainforest - Indigenous Community Visit
    • Amazon Rainforest - Medicinal Plant Hike
    • Amazon Rainforest - Night Walk
    • Ambagasthenna - Sunset Viewing with Drinks
    • Ambagasthenna - Tea Plantation and Sustainable Farm Tour
    • Ambagasthenna - Tea Plantation and Sustainable Farm Tour
    • Ambagasthenna - Tea Plantation and Sustainable Farm Tour
    • Ambagasthenna - Village and Temple Tour
    • Ambalavao - Anja Community Reserve
    • Ambalavao - Anja Community Reserve
    • Ambalavao - Antemoro Paper Factory visit
    • Ambalavao - Antemoro Paper Factory visit
    • Amboseli - Kimana Ranger Project
    • Amboseli - Kimana Ranger Project
    • Amboseli - Kimana Ranger Project
    • Amboseli - Kimana Ranger Project
    • Amboseli National Park - Afternoon 4WD Safari - USD50
    • Amboseli National Park - Full Day 4WD Game Drive
    • Amboseli National Park - Morning Guided Nature Walk
    • Amboseli National Park - Overland Vehicle Game Drive
    • Amboseli National Park - Overland Vehicle Game Drive
    • Amboseli National Park - Overland Vehicle Game Drive
    • Amboseli National Park - Overland Vehicle Game Drive
    • Ambositra - Village Visit
    • Ambositra - Village Visit
    • Ambositra - Sandrandahy Village Lunch
    • Ambositra - Sandrandahy Village Lunch
    • Ambositra – Woodcarving workshop visit
    • Ambositra – Woodcarving workshop visit
    • Amed - Snorkelling excursion
    • Amed -Tirta Gangga Palace Tour
    • Amejgag - Hike to Issoumar
    • Amejgag - Moroccan breakfast preparation
    • Amin Brakk base camp guided hike
    • Amman - Citadel (entrance)
    • Amman - cooking class and dinner
    • Amman - cooking class and dinner
    • Amman - Roman Theatre
    • Amman - Royal Automobile Museum
    • Amman - Welcome Dinner
    • Amman - Welcome Dinner
    • Amman -Guided Walking Tour
    • Amritsar - Golden Temple
    • Amritsar - Golden Temple
    • Amritsar - Jallianwallah Bagh
    • Amritsar - Jallianwallah Bagh
    • Amritsar - Wagah Border ceremony
    • Amritsar - Wagah Border ceremony
    • Amsterdam - FEBO Snack
    • Amsterdam - FEBO Snack
    • Amsterdam - FEBO Snack
    • Amsterdam - FEBO Snack
    • Amsterdam - FEBO Snack
    • Amsterdam - Orientation Walk
    • Amsterdam - Orientation Walk
    • Amsterdam - Orientation Walk
    • Amsterdam - Orientation Walk
    • Amsterdam - Orientation Walk
    • An Bang Beach visit with picnic lunch
    • Anaga National Park guided hike
    • Ananuri - Architectural Complex
    • Ananuri – Castle and Churches Visit
    • Anasazi State Park visit
    • Anawilundawa - Bird Sanctuary
    • Anchorage - Alaska Native Heritage Center
    • Anchorage - Alyeska Tram
    • Anchorage - Leader-Led City Tour
    • Anchorage - Tony Knowles Coastal Trail Bike Tour
    • Anchorage - Turnagain Arm
    • Anchorage - Turnagain Arm
    • Anchorage - Turnagain Arm
    • Anchorage- Alaska Native Heritage Center
    • Andalucia - Olive Oil Mill Visit & Tasting
    • Andalucia - Olive Oil Mill Visit & Tasting
    • Andalucia - Olive Oil Mill Visit & Tasting
    • Andasibe National Park - Analamazaotra Special Reserve Night Walk
    • Andasibe National Park - Analamazaotra Special Reserve Night Walk
    • Angkor - Full day temple cycling tour
    • Angkor - Full day temple cycling tour
    • Annapurna – 6D/5N Trek
    • Annapurna - Octopus Waterfall
    • Annapurna - Octopus Waterfall
    • Annapurna Base Camp - 11D/10N Trek
    • Annapurna Base Camp - Porterage of One Bag (10kg/22lbs max)
    • Annapurna Base Camp - Sunrise
    • Annapurna Circuit - 11D/10N Trek
    • Annapurna Circuit - 11D/10N Trek
    • Annapurna Circuit - Porterage of One Bag (10kg/22lbs max)
    • Annapurna Circuit - Porterage of One Bag (10kg/22lbs max)
    • Annapurna Region – 3 Night / 4 Days Trekking
    • Annapurna Region – 3 Night / 4 Days Trekking
    • Anse Saint-Jean village visit
    • Antananarivo - Malagasy Chocolate Workshop
    • Antananarivo - Malagasy Chocolate Workshop
    • Antigua - Leader-led Orientation Walk
    • Antigua - Leader-led Orientation Walk
    • Antigua - Leader-led Orientation Walk
    • Antigua - Leader-led Orientation Walk
    • Antigua - Leader-led Orientation Walk
    • Antigua - Leader-led Orientation Walk
    • Antigua - Leader-led Orientation Walk
    • Antigua - Leader-led Orientation Walk
    • Antigua - Leader-led Orientation Walk
    • Antigua - Leader-led Orientation Walk
    • Antigua - Leader-led Orientation Walk
    • Antigua - Leader-led Orientation Walk
    • Antigua - Leader-led Orientation Walk
    • Antigua - Leader-led Orientation Walk
    • Antigua - Acatenango Volcano Overnight Hike & Camp
    • Antigua - Bike tour to coffee plantation
    • Antigua - City tour by tuk tuk
    • Antigua - City tour by tuk tuk
    • Antigua - Informal Spanish Lesson
    • Antigua - Informal Spanish Lesson
    • Antigua - Informal Spanish Lesson
    • Antigua - Land, Corn and Comal workshop with lunch
    • Antigua - Land, Corn and Comal workshop with lunch
    • Antigua - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Antigua - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Antigua - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Antigua - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Antigua - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Antigua - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Antwerp - Half Day Visit
    • Antwerp - Orientation Walk
    • Anuradhapura - Bike tour
    • Anuradhapura - Bike tour
    • Anuradhapura - Bodhi Tree Temple
    • Anuradhapura - Bodhi Tree Temple
    • Anuradhapura - Bodhi Tree Temple
    • Anuradhapura - Bodhi Tree Temple
    • Anuradhapura - Bodhi Tree Temple
    • Anuradhapura - Isurumuniya Temple
    • Anuradhapura - Isurumuniya Temple
    • Anuradhapura - Jetawanaramaya Stupa
    • Anuradhapura - Ruwanweliseya Stupa
    • Anuradhapura - Sacred City bike tour
    • Anuradhapura - Scenic train ride from Anuradhapura to Jaffna
    • Anuradhapura - World Heritage Site of ancient kingdom ruins
    • Anuradhapura - World Heritage Site of ancient kingdom ruins
    • Anuradhapura - World Heritage Site of ancient kingdom ruins
    • Ao Makham Beach - home cooked lunch & Mulberry leaf tea tasting
    • Ao Makham Beach - home cooked lunch & Mulberry leaf tea tasting
    • Ao Makham Beach - home cooked lunch & Mulberry leaf tea tasting
    • Ao Nang - Baan Bor Tor sea kayaking
    • Ao Nang - Baan Bor Tor sea kayaking
    • Ao Nang - Baan Bor Tor sea kayaking
    • Ao Nang - Baan Bor Tor sea kayaking
    • Ao Nang – Baan Na Teen village community experience and home-cooked dinner
    • Ao Nang – Baan Na Teen village community experience and home-cooked dinner
    • Ao Nang – Baan Na Teen village community experience and home-cooked dinner
    • Ao Nang - Four Islands Snorkelling Tour
    • Ao Nang - Four Islands Snorkelling Tour
    • Ao Nang - Four Islands Snorkelling Tour
    • Ao Nang - sea kayaking lunch
    • Ao Nang - sea kayaking lunch
    • Ao Nang - sea kayaking lunch
    • Ao Nang - sea kayaking lunch
    • Apia - Bahai House of Worship
    • Apia - Bahai House of Worship
    • Apia - Fresh Produce & Flea Market visit
    • Apia - Fresh Produce & Flea Market visit
    • Apia - Mulivai Cathedral
    • Apia - Mulivai Cathedral
    • Apia - Robert Louis Stevenson Historical Home
    • Apia - Robert Louis Stevenson Historical Home
    • Apollo Bay - Wildlife Wonders Guided Tour
    • Apollo Bay - Wildlife Wonders Guided Tour
    • Apollonia - Archaeological Site Visit
    • Apollonia - Archaeological Site Visit
    • Apudthama National Park - Fruit Bat Falls walk & swim
    • Aqaba - Leader-lead Walking Tour
    • Ar Pha Pattana Village - Community Dinner
    • Ar Pha Pattana Village - Community Dinner
    • Arches National Park - Delicate Arch hike
    • Arco Sao Jorge to Boaventura Guided Coastal Hike
    • Arenal National Park - Hike and Lake
    • Arenal Vida Campesina - Sustainable Farm Tour with lunch
    • Arenas de Cabrales - Cheese tasting
    • Arenas de Cabrales - Cheese tasting
    • Arequipa - Basilica Cathedral of Arequipa
    • Arequipa - Basilica Cathedral of Arequipa
    • Arequipa - Basilica Cathedral of Arequipa
    • Arequipa - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Arequipa - San Ignacio Chapel
    • Arequipa - San Ignacio Chapel
    • Arequipa - San Ignacio Chapel
    • Arequipa - Santa Catalina Monastery Admission Fee
    • Arequipa - Santa Catalina Monastery Admission Fee
    • Arequipa - Santa Catalina Monastery Admission Fee
    • Arequipa - Walking tour
    • Arequipa - Walking tour
    • Arequipa - Walking tour
    • Argos – Winery visit and tastings
    • Arles - Amphitheatre Visit
    • Arles - Amphitheatre Visit
    • Arles - Orientation walk
    • Arles - Orientation walk
    • Armed - Bread cooking demonstration
    • Armed - Bread cooking demonstration
    • Arnhem Land - Arnhemlander Cultural & Heritage 4WD tour
    • Aroumd - High Atlas Mountains guided hike
    • Aroumd - High Atlas Mountains guided hike
    • Aroumd - High Atlas Mountains guided hike
    • Aroumd - Mule Ride from Imlil to Aroumd
    • Arrowtown - Walking Tour
    • Arrowtown - Walking Tour
    • Arrowtown - Village visit
    • Arrowtown - Village visit
    • Arrowtown - Village visit
    • Arrowtown - Village visit
    • Arrowtown - Village visit
    • Arusha - Welcome Dinner
    • Arusha - Welcome Dinner
    • Ascencio Valley guided trek
    • Asheville - Biltmore Estate House & Grounds
    • Asheville - Biltmore Estate House & Grounds
    • Asheville - Leader-led walking tour
    • Asheville - Leader-led walking tour
    • Ashgabat - Akhal - Teke horse farm
    • Ashgabat - Anau ruins
    • Ashgabat - Anau ruins
    • Ashgabat - Anau ruins
    • Ashgabat - Anau ruins
    • Ashgabat - Anau ruins
    • Ashgabat - Anau ruins
    • Ashgabat - City tour
    • Ashgabat - City tour
    • Ashgabat - City tour
    • Ashgabat - City tour
    • Ashgabat – Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Ashgabat - Ertugrul Gazi Mosque
    • Ashgabat - Ertugrul Gazi Mosque
    • Ashgabat - Ertugrul Gazi Mosque
    • Ashgabat - Ertugrul Gazi Mosque
    • Ashgabat - Ertugrul Gazi Mosque
    • Ashgabat - Ertugrul Gazi Mosque
    • Ashgabat - Independence Monument
    • Ashgabat - Independence Monument
    • Ashgabat - Neutrality Arch
    • Ashgabat - Neutrality Arch
    • Ashgabat - Neutrality Arch
    • Ashgabat - Neutrality Arch
    • Ashgabat - Neutrality Arch
    • Ashgabat - Neutrality Arch
    • Ashgabat - Nisa ruins
    • Ashgabat - Nisa ruins
    • Ashgabat - Nisa ruins
    • Ashgabat - Nisa ruins
    • Ashgabat - Russian Bazaar
    • Ashgabat - Russian Bazaar
    • Ashgabat - Russian Bazaar
    • Ashgabat - Russian Bazaar
    • Ashgabat - Turkmenbashy Ruhi Mosque & Family Mausoleum of the First President of Turkmenistan
    • Ashgabat - Turkmenbashy Ruhi Mosque & Family Mausoleum of the First President of Turkmenistan
    • Astana - City tour
    • Astana - City tour
    • Astana - City tour
    • Astana - Local Jewler Visit
    • Astana - Local Jewler Visit
    • Astana - Local Jewler Visit
    • Asti - Village Winery Visit, Wine Tasting & Lunch
    • Aswan - Afternoon tea at the Old Cataract Hotel
    • Aswan - Afternoon tea at the Old Cataract Hotel
    • Aswan - Elephantine Island
    • Aswan - Elephantine Island
    • Aswan - Felucca Sail
    • Aswan - Felucca Sail
    • Aswan - Felucca Sail
    • Aswan - Felucca Sail
    • Aswan - Felucca Sail
    • Aswan - Kayaking
    • Aswan - Kayaking
    • Aswan - Nubian Village Visit and Dinner
    • Aswan - Nubian Village Visit and Dinner
    • Aswan - Nubian Village Visit and Dinner
    • Aswan - Nubian Village Visit and Dinner
    • Aswan - Nubian Village Visit and Dinner
    • Aswan - Nubian Village Visit and Dinner
    • Aswan - Nubian Village Visit and Dinner
    • Aswan - Nubian Village Visit and Dinner
    • Aswan - Nubian Village Visit and Dinner
    • Aswan - Nubian Village Visit and Dinner
    • Aswan - Orientation walk & bazaar visit
    • Aswan - Orientation walk & bazaar visit
    • Aswan - Philae Temple
    • Aswan - Philae Temple
    • Aswan - Philae Temple
    • Aswan - Philae Temple
    • Aswan - Philae Temple
    • Aswan - Philae Temple
    • Aswan - Philae Temple
    • Aswan - Philae Temple
    • Aswan - Philae Temple
    • Aswan - Philae Temple
    • Aswan - Sharia el Souk
    • Aswan - Sharia el Souk
    • Aswan - Sunset drinks on a felucca
    • Aswan - Sunset drinks on a felucca
    • Aswan - Sunset drinks on a felucca
    • Aswan - Sunset drinks on a felucca
    • Aswan - Sunset felucca sail
    • Aswan - Unfinished Obelisk and High Dam
    • Aswan - Unfinished Obelisk and High Dam
    • Atauro - local market
    • Atauro Island - Fisherman's Boat snorkeling tour
    • Atauro Island - Snorkelling tour
    • Atauro Island - Social enterprise tuk tuk tour
    • Athens - Acropolis Archaeological Site Visit with Local Guide
    • Athens - Acropolis Archaeological Site Visit with Local Guide
    • Athens - Acropolis Archaeological Site Visit with Local Guide
    • Athens - Acropolis Archaeological Site Visit with Local Guide
    • Athens - Acropolis Local Guide
    • Athens - Acropolis Local Guide
    • Athens - Donkey rehabiliation centre
    • Athens - Entrance fee for beach at Athens Reviera
    • Athens - leader led orientation walk
    • Athens - Mythology tour
    • Athens - Welcome Dinner
    • Athens - Welcome Dinner at Local Restaurant
    • Athens - Welcome Dinner at Local Restaurant
    • Athens - Welcome Dinner at Local Restaurant
    • Athens - Welcome Dinner at Local Restaurant
    • Atherton Tablelands - Curtain Tree boardwalk
    • Atherton Tablelands - Curtain Tree boardwalk
    • Atherton Tablelands - Lake Eacham walk
    • Atherton Tablelands - Lake Eacham walk
    • Atherton Tablelands - Millaa Millaa Falls
    • Atherton Tablelands - Millaa Millaa Falls
    • Atherton Tablelands - Tolga Bat Hospital
    • Atherton Tablelands - Tolga Bat Hospital
    • Atherton Tablelands - Tolga Bat Hospital
    • Atlas Mountains - Half-day hike
    • Atlas Mountains - Herbal Tea Making Demonstration
    • Atlas Mountains – Local lunch with mountain view
    • Atlas Mountains - Sidi Chamharouch guided hike and home cooked lunch
    • Atlas Mountains - Tizian valley guided hike and picnic
    • Atlas Mountains (Oukaimden) - Half day guided hike and picnic lunch
    • Auckland - Welcome Dinner
    • Auckland - Welcome Dinner
    • Aveiro - Leader led walk
    • Avignon - Market Visit and Snack
    • Avignon - Market Visit and Snack
    • Avignon - Market Visit and Snack
    • Avignon - Market Visit and Snack
    • Ayutthaya - Ayutthaya Historical Park
    • Ayutthaya - Chao Phraya Long Tail Boat Cruise
    • Ayutthaya - Historical Park
    • Ayutthaya - Homemade Dessert Making Lesson
    • Ayutthaya - Regional Specialties Cooking Class
    • Ayutthaya - Roti Sai Mai demonstration & tasting
    • Ayutthaya - Temple Ruins entrance & guided tour
    • Ayutthaya - Temple Ruins entrance & guided tour
    • Ayutthaya - Temple Ruins entrance & guided tour
    • Ayutthaya - Temple Ruins entrance & guided tour
    • Ayutthaya - Temple Ruins entrance & guided tour
    • Ayutthaya - Temple Visit
    • Ayutthaya - Temple Visit
    • Ayutthaya - Temple Visit
    • Ayutthaya - Traditional Rice Barge Dinner Cruise
    • Ayutthaya - Traditional Rice Barge Dinner Cruise
    • Ayutthaya - Traditional Rice Barge Dinner Cruise
    • Ayutthaya - Train to Phitsanuloke
    • Ayutthaya - Train to Phitsanuloke
    • Ayutthaya - Train to Phitsanuloke
    • Ayutthaya - Wat Niwet Thamma Prawat Visit
    • Azuga - Winery Tour and Tasting with Lunch
    • Azuga - Winery Tour and Tasting with Lunch
    • Azuga - Winery Tour and Tasting with Lunch
    • Azuga - Winery Tour and Tasting with Lunch
    • Baan Hua Thung Community Visit
    • Baan Hua Thung Community Visit
    • Baan Nai Nang CBT village - village walk
    • Baan Nai Nang CBT village - village walk
    • Baan Nai Nang CBT village - village walk
    • Baan Nong Khao - Weaving Community Visit
    • Baan Nong Khao - Weaving Community Visit
    • Baan Nong Khao - Weaving Community Visit
    • Baan Yafu Lahu Village - Community Dinner
    • Baan Yafu Lahu Village - Community Dinner
    • Babunje - Family visit & home-cooked lunch
    • Babunje - Local handicrafts experience
    • Babunje - Turkish coffee reading
    • Bacalar - Beach club entry
    • Bacalar - Beach club entry
    • Bacalar - Beach club entry
    • Bacalar - Beach club entry
    • Bacalar - Beach club entry
    • Bacalar - Beach club entry
    • Bacalar - Beach club entry
    • Bacalar - Beach club entry
    • Bacalar - Beach club entry
    • Bacalar - Lagoon of 7 Colours Boat Tour
    • Bacalar - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Baddeck - Celtic music ceilidh
    • Baddeck - Celtic music ceilidh
    • Badlands National Park – Hiking
    • Badlands National Park – Hiking
    • Badlands National Park – Scenic Drive
    • Badlands National Park – Scenic Drive
    • Baguio - Art gallery visit
    • Baguio - Art gallery visit
    • Baguio - Cooking class & dinner
    • Baguio - Cooking class & dinner
    • Baguio - Women's weaving studio co-op visit
    • Baguio - Women's weaving studio co-op visit
    • Bajawa - Mengeruda Hot Springs
    • Bako National Park - Wildlife Trail Trek
    • Bako National Park - Wildlife Trail Trek
    • Baku - Leader-led night city walk
    • Baku - Leader-led night city walk
    • Baku - Leader-led night city walk
    • Baku - Old City Walking Tour
    • Baku - Old City Walking Tour
    • Baku - Old City Walking Tour
    • Baku - Palace of the Shirvanshahs
    • Baku - Walking Tour with Local Guide
    • Baku - Welcome Dinner at Local Restaurant
    • Bali - Kecak Fire Dance
    • Bali - Kecak Fire Dance
    • Bali - Kecak Fire Dance
    • Banaue - Bangaan rice terrace hike
    • Banaue - Bangaan rice terrace hike
    • Bandarawela - Cooking demonstration & local meal
    • Bandarawela - Cooking demonstration & local meal
    • Bandarawela - Country side trek
    • Bandarawela - Hike through tea fields
    • Bandhavgarh National Park - Morning Safari with a Naturalist Guide
    • Bandipur - National Park Safari
    • Bandipur - National Park Safari
    • Bandipur Day Trip
    • Bandipur Day Trip
    • Bandipur Day Trip
    • Bandung - Heritage Walk
    • Bandung - Heritage Walk
    • Bandung - Heritage Walk
    • Bandung - Heritage Walk
    • Bandung - Natural Hot Spring
    • Bandung - Natural Hot Spring
    • Bandung - Natural Hot Spring
    • Bandung - Natural Hot Spring
    • Bandung - Paskal Food Market Street Food Crawl
    • Bandung - Paskal Food Market Street Food Crawl
    • Bandung - Paskal Food Market Street Food Crawl
    • Bandung - Paskal Food Market Street Food Crawl
    • Bandung - Tangkuban Perahu Mountain & Crater Walk
    • Bandung - Tangkuban Perahu Mountain & Crater Walk
    • Bandung - Tangkuban Perahu Mountain & Crater Walk
    • Bandung - Tangkuban Perahu Mountain & Crater Walk
    • Bandung - Tea Plantation
    • Bandung - Tea Plantation
    • Bandung - Tea Plantation
    • Bandung - Tea Plantation
    • Banff - Cable Car up Sulphur Mountain
    • Banff - Camp Barbecue Dinner
    • Banff - Guided snowshoe hike on Top of the World
    • Banff - Indigenous Medicine Walk
    • Banff - Johnston Canyon Icewalk
    • Banff - Tunnel Mountain Trail
    • Banff - Vermilion Lakes
    • Banff - Walk and talk with Y2Y Wildlife Conservation guide
    • Banff National Park
    • Banff National Park
    • Banff National Park
    • Banff National Park
    • Banff Upper Hotsprings
    • Bang Pa Inn Palace - Summer Palace
    • Bangkok - Chinatown walking tour
    • Bangkok - Chinatown walking tour
    • Bangkok - Chinatown walking tour
    • Bangkok - Flower Market
    • Bangkok - Flower Market
    • Bangkok - Grand Palace
    • Bangkok - Grand Palace
    • Bangkok - Grand Palace
    • Bangkok - Grand Palace
    • Bangkok - Khlong boat canal tour
    • Bangkok - Khlong boat canal tour
    • Bangkok - Khlong boat canal tour
    • Bangkok - Khlong boat canal tour
    • Bangkok - Khlong boat canal tour
    • Bangkok - Khlong boat canal tour
    • Bangkok - Khlong boat canal tour
    • Bangkok - Khlong boat canal tour
    • Bangkok - Khlong boat canal tour
    • Bangkok - Khlong boat canal tour
    • Bangkok - Khlong boat canal tour
    • Bangkok - Khlong boat canal tour
    • Bangkok - Khlong boat canal tour
    • Bangkok - Khlong boat canal tour
    • Bangkok - Khlong boat canal tour
    • Bangkok - Orientation Walk
    • Bangkok - Orientation Walk
    • Bangkok - Orientation Walk
    • Bangkok - Temple Merit Making
    • Bangkok - Temple Merit Making
    • Bangkok - Temple Merit Making
    • Bangkok - Thai sweets tasting
    • Bangkok - Wang Lang Local Market
    • Bangkok - Wang Lang Local Market
    • Bangkok - Wat Arun (Temple of Dawn)
    • Bangkok - Wat Arun (Temple of Dawn)
    • Bangkok - Wat Arun (Temple of Dawn)
    • Bangkok - Wat Arun (Temple of Dawn)
    • Bangkok - Wat Pho
    • Bangkok - Wat Pho
    • Bangkok - Wat Pho
    • Bangkok - Wat Pho
    • Bangkok - Wat Pho
    • Bangkok - Wat Pho
    • Bangkok - Wat Pho
    • Bangkok - Wat Pho
    • Bangkok - Wat Pho
    • Bangkok - Wat Pho
    • Bangkok - Wat Pho
    • Bangkok - Wat Pho
    • Bangkok - Wat Pho
    • Bangkok - Wat Pho
    • Bangkok - Wat Pho
    • Bangkok - Wat Pho
    • Bangkok - Welcome Dinner
    • Bangkok - Welcome Dinner
    • Bangkok - Welcome Dinner
    • Bangkok - Welcome Dinner
    • Bangkok Guided cycling tour
    • Banos - El Pailon del Diablo Waterfall
    • Banos - Orientation walk
    • Banos - Orientation walking tour
    • Banos - Orientation walking tour
    • Banos - Pailon del Diablo Waterfall
    • Banos - Pailon del Diablo Waterfall
    • Banos - Walking tour
    • Banska Bystrica - Orientation Walk
    • Banska Bystrica - Orientation Walk
    • Banska Stiavnica - Calvaria Church Hike
    • Banska Stiavnica - Calvaria Church Hike
    • Banska Stiavnica - Mining Museum
    • Banska Stiavnica - Mining Museum
    • Banska Stiavnica - Orientation Walk
    • Banska Stiavnica - Orientation Walk
    • Baracoa - Boca de Yumuri Canyon boat tour
    • Baracoa - Cocoa plantation visit
    • Baracoa - Leader-led Orientation Walk
    • Barbulak - Kyrgyz family visit and home-cooked lunch
    • Barcelona - Boqueria Market Tour
    • Barcelona - Boqueria Market Tour
    • Barcelona - Catalan cooking demonstration and lunch
    • Barcelona - Catalan cooking demonstration and lunch
    • Barcelona - Cava or Vermouth tasting
    • Barcelona - Cava or Vermouth tasting
    • Barcelona - Churros Snack
    • Barcelona - Churros Snack
    • Barcelona - Churros Snack
    • Barcelona - Churros Snack
    • Barcelona - La Sagrada Familia Cathedral visit
    • Barcelona - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Barcelona - Orientation Walk
    • Barcelona - Orientation Walk
    • Barcelona - Orientation Walk
    • Barcelona - Orientation Walk
    • Barcelona - Orientation Walk
    • Barcelona - Orientation Walk
    • Barcelona - Orientation Walk
    • Barcelona - Sagrada Familia
    • Barcelona - Sagrada Familia
    • Barcelona - Sagrada Familia
    • Barcelona - Urban Adventures Tapas Tour
    • Barcelona - Urban Adventures Tapas Tour
    • Barcelona - Vermouth Aperitivo
    • Barcelona - Vermouth Aperitivo
    • Barcelona - Vermouth Aperitivo
    • Barcelona - Vermouth Aperitivo
    • Barcelona - Visit to Sagrada Familia
    • Barcelona - Visit to Sagrada Familia
    • Barga to Garfagnana Guided & Vehicle Supported Cycling
    • Bari - Alberobello and Polignano a Mare - Half Day Trip
    • Bari - Alberobello and Polignano a Mare - Half Day Trip
    • Bari - Alberobello and Polignano a Mare - Half Day Trip
    • Bari - Alberobello and Polignano a Mare - Half Day Trip
    • Bari - Dinner in a Local Restaurant
    • Bari - Dinner in a Local Restaurant
    • Bari - Dinner in a Local Restaurant
    • Bari - Dinner in a Local Restaurant
    • Barrio Jalatlaco Oaxaca orientation walk with coffee
    • Barron Gorge National Park - Din Din Barron Falls lookout
    • Barron Gorge National Park - Din Din Barron Falls lookout
    • Barron Gorge National Park - Din Din Barron Falls lookout
    • Base Las Torres guided hike
    • Bastei - Hike
    • Bastei - Hike
    • Batang Ai - Enseluai Waterfall
    • Batang Ai - Jungle and Plantation Walk
    • Batang Ai - Lachau Bazaar Lunch
    • Batang Ai - Local Longhouse Visit
    • Batang Ai - Nanga Sumpa Dinner
    • Battambang - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Battambang - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Battambang - Pottery Making Demonstration
    • Battambang - Rural food by bike tour
    • Battambang - Rural food by bike tour
    • Battambang - Rural food by bike tour
    • Battambang - Soksabike social enterprise countryside cycling & local snack tour
    • Battambang - Soksabike social enterprise countryside cycling & local snack tour
    • Battambang - Soksabike social enterprise countryside cycling & local snack tour
    • Battambang - Soksabike social enterprise countryside cycling & local snack tour
    • Battambang - Soksabike social enterprise countryside cycling & local snack tour
    • Batumi - Leader-led city walking tour
    • Batumi - Leader-led city walking tour
    • Bay of Fires - Nature Hike
    • Bay of Fundy - Cap Enrage
    • Bay of Fundy - Cap Enrage
    • Bay of Kotor Guided & Vehicle Supported Cycling
    • Bay of Kotor Guided & Vehicle Supported Cycling
    • Bay of Pigs - Coastal swim stop
    • Bay of Pigs - Coastal swim stop
    • Bay of Vlora - Hike to Tragjas Village & farm visit
    • Bayamo - Leader-led Orientation Walk
    • BBQ dinner surrounded by Rockies peaks
    • Bears Ears National Monument - Navajo guided hike
    • Beaver Ponds guided hike
    • Beaver Ponds hike
    • Becal - Visit to Jipi hat artisan cave studio
    • Becal - Visit to Jipi hat artisan cave studio
    • Becal - Visit to Jipi hat artisan cave studio
    • Bedugul - Pura Ulun Danu Bratan Temple
    • Bedugul - Pura Ulun Danu Bratan Temple
    • Belgrade - City Tour with Local Guide
    • Belgrade - Decje Srce Café Visit
    • Belgrade - Decje Srce Café Visit
    • Belgrade - Decje Srce Café Visit
    • Belgrade - Farewell Dinner
    • Belgrade - Farewell Dinner
    • Belgrade - Leader-led Orientation Walk
    • Belgrade - Leader-led Orientation Walk
    • Belgrade - Walking Tour
    • Belgrade - Walking Tour
    • Belgrade - Walking Tour
    • Belgrade - Walking Tour
    • Belgrade- Zemun Orientation Walk
    • Belize City - Farewell dinner
    • Bellevue cable car ride
    • Bellevue gondola ride
    • Bemaraha National Park - Big Tsingy Trek
    • Bemaraha National Park - Big Tsingy Trek
    • Bemaraha National Park - Manombolo River Canoe Ride
    • Bemaraha National Park - Manombolo River Canoe Ride
    • Bemaraha National Park - Small Tsingy walking circuit
    • Bemaraha National Park - Small Tsingy walking circuit
    • Bena - Ngada villages tour
    • Benito Juarez - Farm visit with Senor Eli's family
    • Benito Juarez - Farm visit with Senor Eli's family
    • Benito Juarez - Mirador & Hanging Bridge hike with local guide
    • Benito Juarez - Mirador & Hanging Bridge hike with local guide
    • Benito Juarez to La Neveria hike via rural paths
    • Benito Juarez to La Neveria hike via rural paths
    • Benjarong - Ceramics Workshop
    • Benjarong - Ceramics Workshop
    • Benjarong - Ceramics Workshop
    • Berastagi - Hot springs
    • Berastagi - Hot springs
    • Berat - Castle Visit
    • Berat - Castle Visit
    • Berat - Castle Visit
    • Berat - Guided City Tour
    • Berat - Guided City Tour
    • Berat - Old Town & Berat Castle guided tour
    • Berat - Walking tour with a local guide
    • Berat - Walking tour with a local guide
    • Berat - Walking tour with a local guide
    • Bhaktapur - Changu Narayan Temple
    • Bhaktapur - Durbar Square
    • Bhaktapur - Leader-led walking tour
    • Bhaktapur - Leader-led walking tour
    • Bhaktapur - Leader-led walking tour
    • Bhaktapur - Leader-led walking tour
    • Bhaktapur - Leader-led walking tour
    • Bhaktapur - Leader-led walking tour
    • Bhaktapur - Leader-led walking tour
    • Bhaktapur - Leader-led walking tour
    • Bharatpur Bird Sanctuary - Rickshaw Safari with a Naturalist Guide
    • Bich Hoa Tam Thanh - village visit
    • Bich Hoa Tam Thanh - village visit
    • Biertan - Town Stop
    • Biertan - Town Stop
    • Biertan - Town Stop
    • Biertan - Town Stop
    • Bijaipur - Countryside jeep safari
    • Bijaipur - Countryside jeep safari
    • Bijaipur - Countryside jeep safari
    • Bijaipur - Rajasthani Desert Cooking Demonstration and Meal
    • Bikaner - Cooking Demonstration
    • Bikaner - Junagarh Fort
    • Bikaner - Junagarh Fort
    • Bikaner - Leader-led walking tour
    • Bikaner - National Camel Research Centre
    • Bikaner - National Camel Research Centre
    • Bikaner - Tuk-Tuk ride with snacks
    • Bikaner - Women’s Co-operative visit & tea
    • Biking in Bled
    • Bine el Ouidane - Boat Trip
    • Bine el Ouidane - Boat Trip
    • Bine el Ouidane - Boat Trip
    • Bine el Ouidane - local lunch with a farmer
    • Bine el Ouidane - local lunch with a farmer
    • Bine el Ouidane - local lunch with a farmer
    • Bishkek - Burana Tower
    • Bishkek - Burana Tower
    • Bishkek - Central Asian Textile Visit
    • Bishkek - Central Asian Textile Visit
    • Bishkek - City walking tour
    • Bishkek - City walking tour
    • Bishkek - City walking tour
    • Bishkek - City walking tour
    • Bishkek - City walking tour
    • Bishkek - City walking tour
    • Bishkek - City walking tour
    • Bishkek - City walking tour
    • Bishkek - Tamgaly Tas - petroglyphs
    • Bishkek - Tamgaly Tas - petroglyphs
    • Bishkek Orientation Walk
    • Bishkek Orientation Walk
    • Biyaadhoo house reef - snorkelling
    • Bjelasnica mountains guided hike
    • Black Hills - Mount Rushmore
    • Black Hills - Mount Rushmore
    • Black Mambas HQ - Campfire Story Time
    • Black Mambas HQ - Campfire Story Time
    • Black Mambas HQ - Campfire Story Time
    • Black Mambas HQ - Campfire Story Time
    • Black Mambas HQ - Dinner
    • Black Mambas HQ - Dinner
    • Black Mambas HQ - Dinner
    • Black Mambas HQ - Dinner
    • Black Mambas HQ - Snare Walk
    • Black Mambas HQ - Snare Walk
    • Black Mambas HQ - Snare Walk
    • Black Mambas HQ - Snare Walk
    • Blagaj – Blagaj Tekke monastery
    • Bled - Day Trip
    • Bled - Day Trip
    • Bled - Day Trip to Lake Bled
    • Bled - Lake Walk
    • Bled - Lake Walk
    • Bled - Pletna Boat Trip on Lake Bled
    • Bled - Pletna Boat Trip on Lake Bled
    • Bled - Pletna Boat Trip on Lake Bled
    • Bled - Pletna Boat Trip on Lake Bled
    • Bled - Walk around Lake Bled
    • Bled - Walk around Lake Bled
    • Bled to Kranjska Gora Guided and Vehicle-supported cycling
    • Blidinje Nature Park: guided stargazing on Cvrsnica Mountain
    • Blidinje Nature Park: Hajducka Vrata guided night hike
    • Blue Mountains - Echo Point Lookout
    • Blue Mountains - Echo Point Lookout
    • Blue Mountains - Jenolan Caves
    • Blue Mountains - Private Truffle Tasting Experience
    • Blue Mountains - Three Sisters Walk
    • Blue Mountains - Three Sisters Walk
    • Blue Mountains - Wentworth Falls Lookout
    • Blue Mountains - Wentworth Falls Lookout
    • Boat Cruise Portovenere to Levanto
    • Boat Cruise Positano to Amalfi
    • Boat ride through Mira River
    • Boat Ride to Isle of Capri
    • Bogota - Orientation Walk
    • Bogota - Traditional Tejo Game
    • Bohol - Cadapdapan Rice Terraces
    • Bohol - Can-umantad Falls
    • Bohol - Loboc River Village Tour
    • Bohol - Stand Up Paddleboard Yoga
    • Bohol - Sunrise Breakfast at Chocolate Hills
    • Boka Waterfall visit
    • Bologna - Pasta class
    • Bologna - Pasta class
    • Bonavista - Lighthouse visit
    • Bontoc - Favarey Village visit
    • Bontoc - Favarey Village visit
    • Bontoc - Maligcong rice terrace hike
    • Bontoc - Maligcong rice terrace hike
    • Boquete - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Boquete - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Boquete - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Boquete - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Borjomi - Leader-led walking tour
    • Borjomi - Leader-led walking tour
    • Borobudur - Temple Tour
    • Borobudur - Temple Tour
    • Borobudur - Temple Tour
    • Borobudur - Temple Tour
    • Borobudur - Temple Tour
    • Bou Tharar - Amazigh dress and make up
    • Bou Tharar - Amazigh music and local songs
    • Bou Tharar - Farm animal visit
    • Bou Tharar - Hike to Agouti
    • Bovec - White Water Rafting
    • Bovine guided hike
    • Bow Glacier Falls Hike
    • Boyd's Cove - Beothuk Interpretation Centre
    • Bozeman - Leader-led walking tour
    • Bozeman - Leader-led walking tour
    • Brac - Hrapoćuša cake tasting
    • Brac - Hrapoćuša cake tasting
    • Brac - Oil Museum
    • Brac - Olive oil museum
    • Brac - Olive oil museum
    • Brac - Skrip Museum
    • Brac Guided & Vehicle Supported Cycling
    • Brac Guided & Vehicle Supported Cycling
    • Bran Castle - Tour
    • Bran Castle - Tour
    • Bran Castle - Tour
    • Bran Castle - Tour
    • Bran Castle - Tour
    • Bran Castle - Tour
    • Bran Castle - Tour
    • Bran Castle - Tour
    • Brasov - Bran castle visit
    • Brasov - Chimney Cake Tasting
    • Brasov - Chimney Cake Tasting
    • Brasov - Chimney Cake Tasting
    • Brasov - Chimney Cake Tasting
    • Brasov - Walking Tour
    • Brasov - Walking Tour
    • Brasov - Walking Tour
    • Brasov - Walking Tour
    • Brasov - Walking Tour with Local Guide
    • Brasov - Walking Tour with Local Guide
    • Bratislava to Gyor Guided & Vehicle Supported Cycling
    • Bratislava to Gyor Guided & Vehicle Supported Cycling
    • Breakfast at camp
    • Brévent cable car ride, Brévent pass & Bel Lachat guided hike
    • Bright - Ovens River to Bright Canyon walk
    • Bruges - Day Trip
    • Bruges - Day Trip
    • Bruges - Day Trip
    • Bruges - Day Trip
    • Bruges - Orientation Walk
    • Bruny Island - Cape Queen Elizabeth walk
    • Bruny Island - Full day tour
    • Bruny Island - Full day tour
    • Bruny Island - Grass Point & Fluted Cape walk
    • Bruny Island - Local Produce & Beer Tasting
    • Bruny Island - South Bruny National Park
    • Bruny Island - South Bruny National Park
    • Bruny Island - Truganini Lookout
    • Bruny Island - Truganini Lookout
    • Brussels - Belgium Fries Snack
    • Brussels - Belgium Fries Snack
    • Brussels - Belgium Fries Snack
    • Brussels - Belgium Fries Snack
    • Brussels - Belgium Fries Snack
    • Brussels - Orientation Walk
    • Brussels - Orientation Walk
    • Brussels - Orientation Walk
    • Brussels - Orientation Walk
    • Brussels - Orientation Walk
    • Bryce Canyon - Leader-led Walk
    • Bryce Canyon - Leader-led Walk
    • Bryce Canyon National Park - Entrance Fee
    • Bryce Canyon National Park - Entrance Fee
    • Bryce Canyon National Park - Hiking
    • Bryce Canyon National Park - Navajo Loop Trail hike
    • Bryce Canyon National Park - Silent City to Bryce Amphitheatre hike
    • Bucharest - Walking Tour with Local Guide
    • Bucharest - Walking Tour with Local Guide
    • Bucharest - Walking Tour with Local Guide
    • Bucharest - Walking Tour with Local Guide
    • Budapest - Buda Castle Walk
    • Budapest - Buda Castle Walk
    • Budapest - Christmas Market
    • Budapest - Christmas Snacks and Mulled Wine Tasting
    • Budapest - Guided City Tour
    • Budapest - Guided City Tour
    • Budapest - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Budapest - Orientation Walk
    • Budapest - Orientation Walk
    • Budapest - Szechenyi Baths
    • Budapest - Szechenyi Baths
    • Budapest - Traditional Langos Snack
    • Budapest - Traditional Langos Snack
    • Buddha Point (Kuensel Phodrang) walk
    • Budj Bim National Park - Bush Foods Grazing Board
    • Budj Bim National Park - Bush Foods Grazing Board
    • Budj Bim National Park - Cultural Landscape Walking Tour with Local Aboriginal Guide
    • Budj Bim National Park - Cultural Landscape Walking Tour with Local Aboriginal Guide
    • Buenos Aires - City tour
    • Buenos Aires - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Buenos Aires - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Buenos Aires - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Buenos Aires - San Telmo Market Visit with Snacks
    • Buenos Aires - San Telmo Market Visit with Snacks
    • Bukhara - Ark Fortress
    • Bukhara - Ark Fortress
    • Bukhara - Ark Fortress
    • Bukhara - Ark Fortress
    • Bukhara - Ark Fortress
    • Bukhara - Ark Fortress
    • Bukhara - Bolo Hauz Complex
    • Bukhara - Bolo Hauz Complex
    • Bukhara - Bolo Hauz Mosque
    • Bukhara - Bolo Hauz Mosque
    • Bukhara - Bolo Hauz Mosque
    • Bukhara - Bolo Hauz Mosque
    • Bukhara - Chashma Ayub Mausoleum
    • Bukhara - Chashma Ayub Mausoleum
    • Bukhara - Chor Minor
    • Bukhara - Chor Minor
    • Bukhara - City tour
    • Bukhara - City tour
    • Bukhara - Folklore & music performance
    • Bukhara - Folklore & music performance
    • Bukhara - Ismail Samani Mausoleum
    • Bukhara - Ismail Samani Mausoleum
    • Bukhara - Ismail Samani Mausoleum
    • Bukhara - Ismail Samani Mausoleum
    • Bukhara - Ismail Samani Mausoleum
    • Bukhara - Ismail Samani Mausoleum
    • Bukhara - Kalon Minaret & Mosque
    • Bukhara - Kalon Minaret & Mosque
    • Bukhara - Kalon Minaret & Mosque
    • Bukhara - Kalon Minaret & Mosque
    • Bukhara - Lyabi Khauz Complex
    • Bukhara - Lyabi Khauz Complex
    • Bukhara - Lyabi Khauz Complex
    • Bukhara - Lyabi-Hauz Plaza
    • Bukhara - Lyabi-Hauz Plaza
    • Bukhara - Lyabi-Hauz Plaza
    • Bukhara - Magoki Attori Mosque
    • Bukhara - Magoki Attori Mosque
    • Bukhara - Sitorai Mohi Hosa Palace
    • Bukhara - Sitorai Mohi Hosa Palace
    • Bukhara - Sitorai Mohi Hosa Palace
    • Bukhara - Sitorai Mokhi-Khosa Palace
    • Bukhara - Taki Zargaron Trading Dome
    • Bukhara - Taki Zargaron Trading Dome
    • Bukhara - Taki Zargaron Trading Dome
    • Bukhara - Taki Zargaron Trading Dome
    • Bukhara - Ulugbek Madrasa
    • Bukhara - Ulugbek Madrasa
    • Bukit Peninsula - Sunset Dinner Cruise
    • Bundala NP - Morning Safari
    • Bundi - Bundi Palace
    • Bundi - Bundi Palace
    • Bundi - Market visit & Chai tasting
    • Bundi - Market visit & Chai tasting
    • Bundi - Stepwell
    • Bundi - Stepwell
    • Bungle Bungles - Cathedral Gorge
    • Bungle Bungles - Cathedral Gorge
    • Bungle Bungles - Cathedral Gorge
    • Bungle Bungles - Echidna Chasm
    • Bungle Bungles - Echidna Chasm
    • Bungle Bungles - Echidna Chasm
    • Bwindi - Gorilla Doctors Veterinarian Educational Talk
    • Bwindi - Gorilla Doctors Veterinarian Educational Talk
    • Bwindi Impenetrable Forest - Buniga Batwa Cultural Trail
    • Bwindi Impenetrable Forest - Buniga Batwa Cultural Trail
    • Bwindi National Park - Mountain Gorilla Permit & Trek
    • Bwindi National Park - Mountain Gorilla Permit & Trek
    • Bwindi National Park - Mountain Gorilla Permit & Trek
    • Bwindi National Park - Mountain Gorilla Permit & Trek
    • Bwindi National Park - Mountain Gorilla Permit & Trek
    • Bwindi National Park - Mountain Gorilla Permit & Trek
    • Bwindi National Park - Mountain Gorilla Permit & Trek
    • Bwindi National Park - Mountain Gorilla Permit & Trek
    • Bwindi National Park - Mountain Gorilla Permit & Trek
    • Bwindi National Park - Mountain Gorilla Permit & Trek
    • Bwindi National Park - Mountain Gorilla Permit & Trek
    • Bwindi National Park - Mountain Gorilla Permit & Trek
    • Bwindi National Park - Mountain Gorilla Permit & Trek
    • Bwindi National Park - Mountain Gorilla Permit & Trek
    • Byron Bay - Lighthouse Walk
    • Byron Bay - Lighthouse Walk
    • Byron Bay - Lighthouse Walk
    • Byron Bay - The Farm visit
    • Byron Bay - The Farm visit
    • Byron Bay - The Farm visit
    • Byron Bay - The Farm visit
    • Byron Bay - The Farm visit
    • Cable car ride in Versciacio
    • Cabo Girao picnic lunch
    • Cabo San Lucas - Kayaking
    • Cahuita National Park - Entrance
    • Cahuita National Park - Hike
    • Cairns - Mandingalbay First Nations tour
    • Cairns - Mandingalbay First Nations tour
    • Cairns - Mandingalbay First Nations tour
    • Cairo - Al-Azhar Mosque
    • Cairo - Al-Azhar Mosque
    • Cairo - Coffee/tea in a local cafe
    • Cairo - Coffee/tea in a local cafe
    • Cairo - Coffee/tea in a local cafe
    • Cairo - Coffee/tea in a local cafe
    • Cairo - Egyptian Museum
    • Cairo - Egyptian Museum
    • Cairo - Egyptian Museum
    • Cairo - Egyptian Museum
    • Cairo - Egyptian Museum
    • Cairo - Egyptian Museum
    • Cairo - Egyptian Museum
    • Cairo - Egyptian Museum
    • Cairo - Egyptian Museum
    • Cairo - Egyptian Museum
    • Cairo - Fayoum Day Trip with Valley of the Whales and the Climate Change Museum
    • Cairo - Fayoum Day Trip with Valley of the Whales and the Climate Change Museum
    • Cairo - Gayer-Anderson Museum (entrance fee)
    • Cairo - Gayer-Anderson Museum (entrance fee)
    • Cairo - Home-Cooked Dinner
    • Cairo - Home-Cooked Dinner
    • Cairo - Home-Cooked Dinner
    • Cairo - Home-Cooked Dinner
    • Cairo - Home-Cooked Dinner
    • Cairo - Home-Cooked Dinner
    • Cairo - Ibn Tulun Mosque
    • Cairo - Ibn Tulun Mosque
    • Cairo - Khan Al-Khalili Bazaar
    • Cairo - Khan Al-Khalili Bazaar
    • Cairo - Khan al-Khalili Bazaar
    • Cairo - Khan al-Khalili Bazaar
    • Cairo - Khan al-Khalili Bazaar
    • Cairo - Khan al-Khalili Bazaar
    • Cairo - Khan al-Khalili bazaar visit
    • Cairo - Khan al-Khalili bazaar visit
    • Cairo - Khan al-Khalili bazaar visit
    • Cairo - Khan al-Khalili bazaar visit
    • Cairo - Khan al-Khalili bazaar visit
    • Cairo - Khan al-Khalili bazaar visit
    • Cairo - Khan al-Khalili bazaar visit
    • Cairo - Pyramids of Giza and the Sphinx
    • Cairo - Pyramids of Giza and the Sphinx
    • Cairo - Pyramids of Giza and the Sphinx
    • Cairo - Pyramids of Giza and the Sphinx
    • Cairo - Pyramids of Giza and the Sphinx
    • Cairo - Pyramids of Giza and the Sphinx
    • Cairo - Pyramids of Giza and the Sphinx
    • Cairo - Pyramids of Giza and the Sphinx
    • Cairo - Pyramids of Giza and the Sphinx
    • Cairo - Pyramids of Giza and the Sphinx
    • Cairo - Pyramids of Giza and the Sphinx
    • Cairo - Pyramids of Giza and the Sphinx
    • Cairo - Pyramids of Giza and the Sphinx
    • Cairo - Pyramids of Giza and the Sphinx
    • Cairo - Pyramids of Giza and the Sphinx
    • Cairo - The Egyptian Museum (minimum 2 people)
    • Cairo - The Egyptian Museum (minimum 2 people)
    • Cairo - The Egyptian Museum headset
    • Cairo - The Egyptian Museum headset
    • Cairo - Welcome Dinner
    • Cairo - Welcome Dinner
    • Cairo - Welcome Dinner
    • Cairo - Welcome Dinner
    • Camaguey - Bicycle Taxi City Tour (guide and transport included)
    • Camaguey - Leader - led orientation walk
    • Camaguey - Rum tasting in a local bar
    • Cameron Highlands - hike in mossy forest area
    • Cameron Highlands - hike in mossy forest area
    • Cameron Highlands - Kia Farm Bazaar Visit
    • Cameron Highlands - Mossy Forest Walk
    • Cameron Highlands - Special Breakfast Experience: Yong Teng Cafe
    • Cameron Highlands - Steamboat Dinner Experience
    • Cameron Highlands - Tea factory Visit + Tea Tasting
    • Cameron Highlands - Tea plantation visit
    • Cameron Highlands - Tea plantation visit
    • Camino de Santiago - Arzúa to O Pedrouzo guided walk
    • Camino de Santiago - O Pedrouzo to Santiago de Compostela guided walk
    • Camino de Santiago - Palas de Rei to Arzúa guided walk
    • Camino de Santiago - Portomarin to Palas de Rei guided walk
    • Camino de Santiago - Sarria to Portomarin guided walk
    • Camp Fire, Merzouga
    • Campeche - Leader-led Orientation Walk
    • Campeche - Leader-led Orientation Walk
    • Campeche - Leader-led Orientation Walk
    • Campeche - Leader-led Orientation Walk
    • Campeche - Leader-led Orientation Walk
    • Campeche - Leader-led Orientation Walk
    • Campeche - Orientation Walk
    • Campeche - Orientation Walk
    • Candidasa - Cycling day trip
    • Candidasa - Village trek
    • Candidasa - White Beach
    • Canmore - Grotto Canyon Guided Icewalk
    • Canoe Ride & Jeep Safari at The Chitwan National Park
    • Canoe Ride & Jeep Safari at The Chitwan National Park
    • Canoe Ride & Jeep Safari at The Chitwan National Park
    • Canoe Ride & Jeep Safari at The Chitwan National Park
    • Canyon de Chelly - Navajo-guided canyon tour
    • Canyonlands National Park - Island in the Sky Hikes
    • Cape Breton Highlands National Park – Hike
    • Cape Breton Highlands National Park – Hike
    • Cape Breton Island - Oyster experience
    • Cape Breton Island - Oyster experience
    • Cape Cross Nature Reserve - Cape Cross seal colony
    • Cape Cross Nature Reserve - Cape Cross seal colony
    • Cape Cross Nature Reserve - Cape Cross seal colony
    • Cape Cross Nature Reserve - Cape Cross seal colony
    • Cape Cross Nature Reserve - Cape Cross seal colony
    • Cape Cross Nature Reserve - Cape Cross seal colony
    • Cape Cross Nature Reserve - Cape Cross seal colony
    • Cape Cross Nature Reserve - Cape Cross seal colony
    • Cape Cross Nature Reserve - Cape Cross seal colony
    • Cape Range National Park - Charles Knife Canyon & Shothole Lookout
    • Cape Range National Park - Mandu Mandu Gorge Walk
    • Cape Range National Park - Mandu Mandu Gorge Walk
    • Cape Range National Park - Mandu Mandu Gorge Walk
    • Cape Range National Park - Mandu Mandu Walk
    • Cape Range National Park - Snorkelling at Oyster Stacks
    • Cape Range National Park - Snorkelling at Oyster Stacks
    • Cape Range National Park - Snorkelling at Oyster Stacks
    • Cape Range National Park - Yardie Gorge Trail
    • Cape to Cape Track - Boranup Forest to Cosy Corner
    • Cape to Cape Track - Cape Naturaliste to Yallingup
    • Cape to Cape Track - Cosy Corner to Cape Leeuwin
    • Cape to Cape Track - Gracetown to Margaret River
    • Cape to Cape Track - Margaret River to Boranup Forest
    • Cape to Cape Track - Moses Rock to Gracetown
    • Cape to Cape Track - Yallingup to Moses Rock
    • Cape Town - Afternoon Cape Peninsula Tour
    • Cape Town - Afternoon Cape Peninsula Tour
    • Cape Town - Boulder Beach Penguins
    • Cape Town - Boulder Beach Penguins
    • Cape Town - City Tour with Local Guide
    • Cape Town - Morning Historic Walking Tour
    • Cape Town - Morning Historic Walking Tour
    • Cape Town - Signal Hill Sunset Hike (weather dependent)
    • Cape Town - Signal Hill Sunset Hike (weather dependent)
    • Cape Town - Welcome dinner
    • Cape Tribulation - Daintree Rainforest nature walk
    • Cape Tribulation - Kulki walk & lookout
    • Cape Tribulation - Kulki walk & lookout
    • Cape Tribulation - Kulki walk & lookout
    • Cape Tribulation - Lookout
    • Cape Tribulation - Mason’s Swimming Hole
    • Cape Tribulation - Mason’s Swimming Hole
    • Cape Tribulation - Mason’s Swimming Hole
    • Cape Vidal - Beach Day Trip
    • Cape Vidal - Beach Day Trip
    • Cape Winelands Tour- Stellenbosch, Franschoek and Paarl
    • Cape Winelands Tour- Stellenbosch, Franschoek and Paarl
    • Cape York - Fly Point walk
    • Cape York - Pajinka ('The Tip') day trip
    • Cape York - Somerset Beach stop
    • Cape York - WWII plane wrecks
    • Capela de Nossa Senhora do Mar evening walk
    • Capitol Reef National Park - Petroglyphs
    • Cappadocia - Dinner at Local Family Home
    • Cappadocia - Kaymakli Underground City
    • Cappadocia - Valley walk
    • Capri - Sentiero dei Fortini guided coastal hike
    • Capri Coastal Walk
    • Caprivi - Sunset River Cruise
    • Caprivi - Sunset River Cruise
    • Caribbean cooking demonstration
    • Carnarvon - Gascoyne Aboriginal Heritage and Cultural Centre (Gwoonwardu Mia)
    • Carnarvon - Gascoyne Aboriginal Heritage and Cultural Centre (Gwoonwardu Mia)
    • Carnuntum entrance
    • Carnuntum entrance
    • Carthage - Archeological site of Carthage
    • Casablanca - Hassan II Mosque
    • Casablanca - Hassan II Mosque
    • Casablanca - Hassan II Mosque
    • Casablanca - Hassan II Mosque
    • Casablanca - Hassan II Mosque
    • Casablanca - Welcome Dinner
    • Casablanca - Welcome Dinner
    • Casablanca - Welcome Dinner
    • Castromaior - Roman ruins of Castro de Castromaior visit
    • Cat Ba Island - Boat trip on Lan Ha Bay
    • Cat Ba Island - Boat trip on Lan Ha Bay
    • Cat Ba Island - Boat trip on Lan Ha Bay
    • Cat Ba Island - Boat trip on Lan Ha Bay
    • Cat Ba Island - Boat trip on Lan Ha Bay
    • Cat Ba Island - Boat trip on Lan Ha Bay
    • Cat Ba Island - Boat trip on Lan Ha Bay
    • Cat Ba Island - Boat trip on Lan Ha Bay
    • Cat Ba Island - Kayaking
    • Cat Ba Island - Kayaking
    • Cat Ba Island - Kayaking
    • Cat Ba Island - Kayaking
    • Cat Ba Island - Kayaking
    • Cat Ba Island - Kayaking
    • Cat Ba Island - Kayaking
    • Cat Ba Island - Kayaking
    • Cat Ba Island - Lan Ha Bay Lunch
    • Cat Ba Island - Lan Ha Bay Lunch
    • Cat Ba Island - Lan Ha Bay Lunch
    • Cat Ba Island - Lan Ha Bay Lunch
    • Catania - Farewell Dinner
    • Catania - Farewell Dinner
    • Catania - Farewell Dinner
    • Catania - Farewell Dinner
    • Catania - leader led orientation walk
    • Catania - leader led orientation walk
    • Catania - leader led orientation walk
    • Catania - local granita tasting
    • Catania - local granita tasting
    • Catania - local granita tasting
    • Catania - Mount Etna Visit
    • Catania - Mount Etna Visit
    • Catania - Mount Etna Visit
    • Catania - Mount Etna Visit
    • Cavendish – Bottle House Leader Led Tour
    • Cavendish – Bottle House Leader Led Tour
    • Cavendish – Green Gables Heritage Place
    • Cavendish – Green Gables Heritage Place
    • Caye Caulker - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Caye Caulker - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Caye Caulker - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Caye Caulker - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Caye Caulker - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Caye Caulker - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Caye Caulker - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Caye Caulker - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Caye Caulker - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Caye Caulker - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Caye Caulker - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Caye Caulker - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Caye Caulker - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Caye Caulker - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Caye Caulker - Cooking Class
    • Caye Caulker - Cooking Class
    • Caye Caulker - Cooking Class
    • Caye Caulker - Cooking Class
    • Caye Caulker - Cooking Class
    • Caye Caulker - Cooking Class
    • Caye Caulker - Cooking Class
    • Caye Caulker - Cooking Class
    • Caye Caulker - Cooking Class
    • Cebu - Morning City Tour
    • Central Arcadia - Ancient Gortys Temple Visit
    • Central Arcadia - Ancient Gortys Temple Visit
    • Central Arcadia - Lousios Valley Hike with Local Guide
    • Central Arcadia - Lousios Valley Hike with Local Guide
    • Central Arcadia - Prodromos Monastery Visit with Coffee & Greek Delight
    • Central Arcadia - Prodromos Monastery Visit with Coffee & Greek Delight
    • Central overnight stay Refugio or camping (fully equipped)
    • Central Valley guided trek
    • Cerro Verde - Salvadoran Pupusa cooking demonstration
    • Cerro Verde - Salvadoran Pupusa cooking demonstration
    • Cerro Verde - Salvadoran Pupusa cooking demonstration
    • Cerro Verde National Park - Santa Ana volcano hike
    • Ceske Budejovice Guided Cycling
    • Ceske Budejovice Guided Cycling
    • Cesky Krumlov to Lipno Lake Guided & Vehicle Supported Cycling
    • Cesky Krumlov to Lipno Lake Guided & Vehicle Supported Cycling
    • Cetinje - Lovcen National Park Visit
    • Cetinje - Lovcen National Park Visit
    • Cetinje - Monastery Visit
    • Cetinje - Monastery Visit
    • Cetinje - Njegos Mausoleum Visit
    • Cetinje - Njegos Mausoleum Visit
    • Chambok - Homestay and activities
    • Chambok - Homestay and activities
    • Chambok - Khmer Dinner
    • Chambok - Khmer Dinner
    • Chambok - Traditional dancing
    • Chambok - Traditional dancing
    • Champel and Bionnassay guided hike
    • Chandelao Garh - Henna painting
    • Chandelao Garh - Morning Yoga
    • Chandelao Garh - Rangoli making
    • Chandelao Garh - Sundar Rang Crafts Centre Visit
    • Chandelao Garh - Village Walk
    • Chanderi - Old city walking tour
    • Chanderi - Old city walking tour
    • Changunarayan Temple to Bhaktapur by public bus
    • Chania - Kalitsounia Bakery Workshop
    • Chania - Old Town guided tour
    • Chania - Old Town guided tour
    • Chania - Wine Tasting
    • Chapultepec Castle visit
    • Charleston – Black History walking tour with a local guide
    • Charleston – Black History walking tour with a local guide
    • Charleston - Nile River Gorge Rainforest Train Ride
    • Charleston - Nile River Gorge Rainforest Train Ride
    • Charlottetown - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Charlottetown - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Charlottetown-Leader Lead Walking Tour
    • Charlottetown-Leader Lead Walking Tour
    • Charyn Canyon - National Park
    • Charyn Canyon - National Park
    • Charyn Canyon - National Park
    • Charyn Canyon - National Park
    • Cheese tasting at local cooperative
    • Chefchaouen - Goat Cheese Tasting
    • Chefchaouen - Goat Cheese Tasting
    • Chefchaouen - Goat Cheese Tasting
    • Chefchaouen - Home-cooked Dinner
    • Chefchaouen - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Chefchaouen - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Chefchaouen - Medina walking tour
    • Chefchaouen - Medina walking tour
    • Chefchaouen - Sunset viewpoint
    • Chefchaouen - Sunset viewpoint
    • Chefchaouen - Sunset viewpoint
    • Chefchaouen - Sunset viewpoint
    • Chefchaouen - Walking Tour with Local Guide
    • Chefchaouen - Walking Tour with Local Guide
    • Chendebji Chorten monument visit
    • Chennai - Welcome dinner
    • Chennai - Welcome dinner
    • Chiang Dao Caves - Entrance and Free Time
    • Chiang Mai - ChangChill Elephant Sanctuary
    • Chiang Mai - ChangChill Elephant Sanctuary
    • Chiang Mai - ChangChill Elephant Sanctuary
    • Chiang Mai - ChangChill Elephant Sanctuary
    • Chiang Mai - ChangChill Elephant Sanctuary day trip
    • Chiang Mai - ChangChill Elephant Sanctuary day trip
    • Chiang Mai - Coffee at Kaomai Estate 1955
    • Chiang Mai - Coffee stop
    • Chiang Mai - Doi Suthep Temple Complex
    • Chiang Mai - Doi Suthep Temple Complex
    • Chiang Mai - Doi Suthep Temple Complex
    • Chiang Mai - Doi Suthep Temple Complex
    • Chiang Mai - Doi Suthep Temple Complex
    • Chiang Mai - Doi Suthep Temple Complex
    • Chiang Mai - Doi Suthep Temple Visit
    • Chiang Mai - Doi Suthep Temple Visit
    • Chiang Mai - Doi Suthep Temple Visit
    • Chiang Mai - Doi Suthep Temple Visit
    • Chiang Mai - Doi Suthep Temple visit
    • Chiang Mai - Elephant Nature Park Half Day Trip
    • Chiang Mai - Elephant Nature Park Half Day Trip
    • Chiang Mai - Elephant Nature Park Half Day Trip
    • Chiang Mai - Farewell Dinner
    • Chiang Mai - Farewell Dinner
    • Chiang Mai - Farewell Dinner
    • Chiang Mai - Fresh Produce Market Visit
    • Chiang Mai - Fresh Produce Market Visit
    • Chiang Mai - Fresh Produce Market Visit
    • Chiang Mai - Leader-led Old Quarter orientation walk
    • Chiang Mai - Night Bazaar & Anusarn Market
    • Chiang Mai - Night Bazaar & Anusarn Market
    • Chiang Mai - Night Bazaar & Anusarn Market
    • Chiang Mai - Night Market
    • Chiang Mai - Night Market
    • Chiang Mai - Orientation Walk
    • Chiang Mai - Orientation Walk
    • Chiang Mai - Orientation Walk
    • Chiang Mai - Orientation Walk
    • Chiang Mai - Orientation Walk
    • Chiang Mai - Wat Chedi Luang entrance
    • Chiang Mai - White water rafting
    • Chiang Mai - Yim Soo Cafe
    • Chiang Mai - Yim Soo Cafe
    • Chiang Mai - Yim Soo Cafe
    • Chiang Rai - 3 day Hilltribe villages trek
    • Chiang Rai - 3 day Hilltribe villages trek
    • Chiang Rai - Wat Rong Khun (White Temple)
    • Chiang Rai - Wat Rong Khun (White Temple)
    • Chiang Rai - Wat Rong Khun (White Temple)
    • Chiang Rai - Wat Rong Kun (White Temple)
    • Chiang Rai - Wat Rong Kun (White Temple)
    • Chianti Region - Gourmet Dinner
    • Chianti Region - Gourmet Dinner
    • Chianti Region - Gourmet Dinner
    • Chianti Region - Gourmet Dinner
    • Chianti Region - Gourmet Dinner
    • Chianti Region - Gourmet Dinner
    • Chichen Itza - Archaeological site
    • Chichen Itza - Archaeological site
    • Chichen Itza - Archaeological site
    • Chichen Itza - Archaeological site (Entrance fee, Guide & Transport)
    • Chichen Itza - Archaeological site (Entrance fee, Guide & Transport)
    • Chichen Itza - Archaeological site (Entrance fee, Guide & Transport)
    • Chichen Itza - Archaeological site (entrance fee, no guide)
    • Chichen Itza - Archaeological site with local guide
    • Chichen Itza - Archaeological site with local guide
    • Chichen Itza - Archaeological site with local guide
    • Chichen Itza - Archaeological site with local guide
    • Chichen Itza - Archaeological site with local guide
    • Chichen Itza - Archaeological site with local guide
    • Chichen Itza - Archaeological site with local guide
    • Chichen Itza - Cenote swim stop
    • Chichen Itza - Cenote swim stop
    • Chichen Itza - Guided Tour
    • Chichen Itza - Home-cooked pibil lunch
    • Chichen Itza - Home-cooked pibil lunch
    • Chichen Itza - Home-cooked pibil lunch
    • Chichen Itza - Home-cooked pibil lunch
    • Chichen Itza - Home-cooked pibil lunch
    • Chichen Itza - Home-cooked pibil lunch
    • Chichicastenango - Market Visit
    • Chichicastenango - Market Visit
    • Chichicastenango - Market Visit
    • Chichicastenango - Market Visit
    • Chichicastenango - Market Visit
    • Chichicastenango - Market Visit
    • Chichicastenango - Shaman Visit
    • Chichicastenango - Shaman Visit
    • Chichicastenango market visit
    • Chichicastenango market visit
    • Chichicastenango market visit
    • Chichicastenango market visit
    • Chichicastenango market visit
    • Chichicastenango market visit
    • Chichicastenango market visit
    • Chichicastenango market visit
    • Chichicastenango market visit
    • Chichicastenango market visit
    • Chichicastenango market visit
    • Chien Village - Bamboo cooking experience
    • Chien Village - Farming experience
    • Chien Village - Hilltribe hike
    • Chien Village - Home-cooked meal
    • Chien Village - Organic farm visit
    • Chien Village - Traditional dancing
    • Chikkamagaluru - Coffee planation walk
    • Chitre - Traditional mask workshop
    • Chitre - Traditional mask workshop
    • Chitre - Traditional mask workshop
    • Chitre - Traditional mask workshop
    • Chitwan - Canoe Ride
    • Chitwan - Canoe Safari
    • Chitwan - Canoe Safari
    • Chitwan - Canoe Safari
    • Chitwan - Canoe Safari
    • Chitwan - Canoe safari, Bird Watching walk or Jeep safari
    • Chitwan - Canoe safari, Bird Watching walk or Jeep safari
    • Chitwan - Canoe trip
    • Chitwan - Canoe trip
    • Chitwan - Jeep Safari Tour
    • Chitwan - Jeep Safari Tour
    • Chitwan - Jeep Safari Tour
    • Chitwan - Private bush dinner (on hotel grounds)
    • Chitwan - Private bush dinner (on hotel grounds)
    • Chitwan - Private bush dinner (on hotel grounds)
    • Chitwan - Sunset Snacks by Rapti River
    • Chitwan - Sunset Snacks by Rapti River
    • Chitwan - Sunset Snacks by Rapti River
    • Chitwan - Village Bike Tour
    • Chitwan - Village Bike Tour
    • Chitwan National Park - Jeep safari
    • Chitwan National Park – Jeep Safari
    • Chitwan National Park – Jeep Safari
    • Chitwan National Park - Park Entry
    • Chitwan National Park - Park Entry
    • Chitwan National Park - Park Entry
    • Chitwan National Park - Park Entry
    • Chitwan National Park - Sunset Drinks by the River
    • Chitwan NP - Bird watching tour
    • Chitwan NP - Bird watching tour
    • Chitwan NP - Bird watching tour
    • Chitwan NP - Birdwatching walk
    • Chitwan NP - Tharu cultural performance
    • Chitwan NP - Tharu cultural performance
    • Chitwan NP - Tharu cultural performance
    • Chitwan NP - Tharu cultural performance
    • Chitwan NP - Tharu Museum Visit
    • Chitwan NP - Tharu village visit
    • Chitwan NP - Tharu Village Walk
    • Chitwan NP - Village tour
    • Chitwan NP - Village tour
    • Chitwan NP - Village tour
    • Chitwan NP - Village tour
    • Chobe - Welcome Dinner
    • Chobe - Welcome Dinner
    • Chobe - Welcome Dinner
    • Chobe National Park - 4x4 Game Drive
    • Chobe National Park - 4x4 Game Drive
    • Chobe National Park - 4x4 Game Drive
    • Chobe National Park - 4x4 Game Drive
    • Chobe National Park - Dawn 4WD Safari
    • Chobe National Park - Dawn 4WD Safari
    • Chobe National Park - Dawn 4WD Safari
    • Chobe National Park - Dawn 4WD Safari
    • Chobe National Park - Dawn 4WD Safari
    • Chobe National Park - Dawn 4WD Safari
    • Chobe National Park - Dawn 4WD Safari
    • Chobe National Park - Dawn 4WD Safari
    • Chobe National Park - Dawn 4WD Safari
    • Chobe National Park - Morning 4x4 Game Drive
    • Chobe National Park - Morning 4x4 Game Drive
    • Chobe National Park - Morning 4x4 Game Drive
    • Chobe National Park - Open Safari Vehicle Game Drive
    • Chobe National Park - Open Safari Vehicle Game Drive
    • Chobe National Park - Open Safari Vehicle Game Drive
    • Chobe National Park - Open Safari Vehicle Morning Game Drive
    • Chobe National Park - Open Safari Vehicle Morning Game Drive
    • Chobe National Park - Open Safari Vehicle Morning Game Drive
    • Chobe National Park - Open Safari Vehicle Morning Game Drive
    • Chobe National Park - River cruise
    • Chobe National Park - River cruise
    • Chobe National Park - River cruise
    • Chobe National Park - River cruise
    • Chobe National Park - River cruise
    • Chobe National Park - River Cruise
    • Chobe National Park - River Cruise
    • Chobe National Park - River Cruise
    • Chobe National Park - River Cruise
    • Chobe National Park - River Cruise
    • Chobe National Park - River Safari Cruise
    • Chobe National Park - River Safari Cruise
    • Chobe National Park - River Safari Cruise
    • Chobe National Park - Sunset Cruise
    • Chobe National Park - Sunset River Cruise
    • Cholpon Ata - Petroglyphs
    • Cholpon Ata - Petroglyphs
    • Cholpon Ata - Petroglyphs
    • Cholula - leader led orientation walk
    • Cholula - leader led orientation walk
    • Chong Kneas - Tonle Sap floating village visit
    • Chong Kneas - Tonle Sap floating village visit
    • Chong Kneas - Tonle Sap floating village visit
    • Chong Kneas - Tonle Sap floating village visit
    • Chora Sfakion - Coastal Boat Ride
    • Chot El Jerid - Salt Lake Visit
    • Christchurch - City Tour
    • Christchurch - City Tour
    • Christchurch - City Tour
    • Christchurch - City Tour
    • Christchurch - City Tour
    • Christchurch - Leader-led Orientation Walk
    • Christchurch - Leader-led Orientation Walk
    • Christchurch - Welcome Dinner
    • Christchurch - Welcome Dinner
    • Chugiak - Eklutna Village Historical Park
    • Ciego de Ávila - Jewellery workshop (Community-based project)
    • Cienaga de Zapata - Korimakao Cultural Project (entrance fee, guide and transport included)
    • Cienfuegos - cigar factory visit
    • Cienfuegos - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Cienfuegos - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Cienfuegos - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Cienfuegos - Palacio de Valle (from entrance fee)
    • Cienfuegos - Palacio de Valle (from entrance fee)
    • Cinque Terre - Cinque Terre Pass and leader-led hike
    • Cinque Terre – Day Pass
    • Cinque Terre - Day Trip, including Cinque Terre Pass
    • Cinque Terre - Day Trip, including Cinque Terre Pass
    • Cinque Terre - Day Trip, including Cinque Terre Pass
    • Cinque Terre - Day Trip, including Cinque Terre Pass
    • Cinque Terre - Day Trip, including Cinque Terre Pass
    • Cinque Terre - Day Trip, including Cinque Terre Pass
    • Cinque Terre - Day Trip, including Cinque Terre Pass
    • Cinque Terre - Day Trip, including Cinque Terre Pass
    • Cinque Terre - Day Trip, including Cinque Terre Pass
    • Cinque Terre - 'Il Laboratorio del Pesto' Making & Demonstration
    • Cinque Terre - 'Il Laboratorio del Pesto' Making & Demonstration
    • Cinque Terre - 'Il Laboratorio del Pesto' Making & Demonstration
    • Cinque Terre – Leader-led Hike
    • Cinque Terre Guided Hike
    • Cinque Torri guided hike with cable car
    • Cinque Torri WWI Open Air Museum
    • Ciro Trail Guided Cycling
    • Ciro Trail Guided Cycling
    • Citizen Science Program
    • Citizen Science Program
    • Citizen Science Program
    • Citizen Science Program
    • Citizen Science Program
    • Citizen Science Program
    • Citizen Science Program
    • Citizen Science Program
    • Citizen Science Program
    • Citizen Science Program
    • Citizen Science Program
    • Citizen Science Program
    • Citizen Science Program
    • Citizen Science Program
    • Citizen Science Program
    • Citizen Science Program
    • Citizen Science Program
    • Citizen Science Program
    • Citizen Science Program
    • Citizen Science Program
    • Citizen Science Program
    • Citizen Science Program
    • Citizen Science Program
    • Citizen Science Program
    • Citizen Science Program
    • Citizen Science Program
    • Citizen Science Program
    • Citizen Science Program
    • Civita - Nature based hike
    • Civita - Nature based hike
    • Civita - Nature based hike
    • Clare Valley - Wine Tasting
    • Clare Valley - Winery visit
    • Cluj Napoca - Hoia Forest Guided Trek
    • Cluj Napoca - Hoia Forest Guided Trek
    • Cluj Napoca - Walking Tour with Local Guide
    • Cluj Napoca - Walking Tour with Local Guide
    • Cluj-Napoca - Welcome meeting
    • Coa Valley - Home-cooked dinner
    • Coa Valley - Home-cooked dinner
    • Coastal Bike Ride to Framura
    • Cody - Buffalo Bill Center of the West
    • Cody - Buffalo Bill Center of the West
    • Cody - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Cody - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Coen - Coen Heritage House visit
    • Coffs Harbour - Red Rock Gumbaynggirr First Nations experience
    • Coffs Harbour - Red Rock Gumbaynggirr First Nations experience
    • Coffs Harbour - Red Rock Gumbaynggirr First Nations experience
    • Coimbra - Evening Fado Performance
    • Coimbra - Evening Fado Performance
    • Coimbra - Evening Fado Performance
    • Coimbra - Fado Show
    • Coimbra - Fado Show
    • Coimbra - Joanine University Library Guided Tour
    • Coimbra - Joanine University Library Guided Tour
    • Coimbra - Orientation walk
    • Coimbra - Orientation walk
    • Coimbra - Orientation walk
    • Col de Balme & Col du Posettes guided hike
    • Col Du Bonhomme & Croix du Bonhomme guided hike
    • Col Ferret guided hike
    • Colca Canyon - Mirador Cruz del Condor
    • Colca Canyon - Viewpoint photo stop
    • Colombo - City Tour
    • Colombo - City tour by bus
    • Colombo - City tour by bus
    • Colombo - City tour by bus
    • Colombo - City walking tour
    • Colombo - City walking tour
    • Colombo - Dutch Burgher Lunch
    • Colombo - Farewell Dinner
    • Colombo - Farewell Dinner
    • Colombo - Guided market visit
    • Colombo - Guided market visit
    • Colombo - Guided market visit
    • Colombo - Orientation Tour
    • Colombo - Orientation Tour
    • Colombo - Street food
    • Colorado Springs - Garden of the Gods
    • Columbia Icefield Adventure - Athabasca Glacier Explorer
    • Columbia River Gorge - Multnomah Falls
    • Columbia River Gorge - Multnomah Falls
    • Columbia River Gorge visit
    • Columbia River Gorge visit
    • Community-led visit & lunch in Tankah
    • Complimentary Airport Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Airport Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Airport Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Airport Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Airport Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Airport Arrival Transfer (shared)
    • Complimentary Airport Arrival Transfer (shared)
    • Complimentary Airport Arrival Transfer (shared)
    • Complimentary Airport Arrival Transfer (shared)
    • Complimentary Airport Departure Transfer
    • Complimentary Airport Departure Transfer
    • Complimentary Airport Departure Transfer
    • Complimentary Airport Departure Transfer
    • Complimentary Airport Departure Transfer
    • Complimentary Airport Departure Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer - Kathmandu
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer - Marrakech
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer - Nadi Airport (NAN) to Tanoa International Hotel
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer - Nadi Airport (NAN) to Tanoa International Hotel
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer - OR Tambo International Airport to Johannesburg Hotel
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer - OR Tambo International Airport to Johannesburg Hotel
    • Complimentary Arrival Transfer - OR Tambo International Airport to Johannesburg Hotel
    • Complimentary Departure Transfer
    • Complimentary Group Arrival Transfer from Venice Airport
    • Complimentary Group Departure Transfer to Venice Airport
    • Complimentary Puerto Natales Airport or bus station Arrival Transfer
    • Complimentary Puerto Natales Airport or bus station Departure Transfer
    • Complimentary Shuttle transfer Flagstaff to the Grand Canyon
    • Complimentary Shuttle transfer from Grand Canyon to Flagstaff
    • Complimentary Sleeping Bag and walking pole hire ( must be requested at time of booking )
    • Complimentary Sleeping Bag and walking pole hire ( must be requested at time of booking )
    • Concepcion de Ataco - Coffee plantation tour and tastings with picnic lunch
    • Concepcion de Ataco - Coffee plantation tour and tastings with picnic lunch
    • Coober Pedy - Josephine's Gallery & Kangaroo Orphanage
    • Coober Pedy - Kanku-Breakaways Conservation Park & Dingo Fence
    • Coober Pedy - Underground Home, Church & Historic Mine Visit
    • Cooktown - Cooktown History Centre visit
    • Copan - Guided visit to Archaeological site
    • Copan - Guided visit to Archaeological site
    • Copan - Guided visit to Archaeological site
    • Copan - Guided visit to Archaeological site
    • Copan - Guided visit to Archaeological site
    • Copan - Guided visit to Archaeological site
    • Copan - Guided visit to Archaeological site
    • Copan - Guided visit to Archaeological site
    • Copan - Guided visit to Archaeological site
    • Copan - Guided visit to Archaeological site
    • Copan - Guided visit to Archaeological site
    • Copan - Guided visit to Archaeological site
    • Coral Bay - Glass Bottom Boat Tour
    • Coral Bay - Glass Bottom Boat Tour
    • Coral Bay - Glass Bottom Boat Tour
    • Coral Garden (Vaavu Atoll) - snorkelling
    • Coral Garden Guraidhoo Island - snorkelling
    • Cordoba - Mezquita (Mosque-Cathedral) Visit
    • Cordoba - Orientation Walk
    • Cordoba - Walking Tour of the Mezquita & Cordoba City with Local Guide
    • Cordoba - Walking Tour of the Mezquita & Cordoba City with Local Guide
    • Cordoba - Walking Tour of the Mezquita & Cordoba City with Local Guide
    • Coromandel Peninsula - Cathedral Cove
    • Coromandel Peninsula - Cathedral Cove
    • Coromandel Peninsula - Cathedral Cove
    • Coromandel Peninsula - Cathedral Cove
    • Coromandel Peninsula - Cathedral Cove
    • Coromandel Peninsula - Cathedral Cove
    • Coromandel Peninsula - Cathedral Cove
    • Coromandel Peninsula - Cathedral Cove
    • Coromandel Peninsula - Cathedral Cove
    • Coromandel Peninsula - Hot Water Beach
    • Coromandel Peninsula - Hot Water Beach
    • Coromandel Peninsula - Hot Water Beach
    • Coromandel Peninsula - Hot Water Beach
    • Coromandel Peninsula - Hot Water Beach
    • Coromandel Peninsula - Hot Water Beach
    • Coromandel Peninsula - Hot Water Beach
    • Coromandel Peninsula - Hot Water Beach
    • Coromandel Peninsula - Hot Water Beach
    • Cortina d'Ampezzo - Cheese tasting + light lunch
    • Cortina d'Ampezzo - Farewell dinner
    • Cortina d'Ampezzo - Lunch at Rifuggio Scoiattoli
    • Cortina d'Ampezzo - Welcome dinner
    • Cortina d'Ampezzo - Welcome meeting
    • Cortina d'Ampezzo leader led walk
    • Costa Adeje - Banana farm visit
    • Costa Adeje - Vilaflor Moon landscape hike
    • Costa del Sol - Tamanique Waterfalls hike
    • Cotopaxi - Hiking in Cotopaxi National Park
    • Cotopaxi - Hiking in Cotopaxi National Park
    • Cotopaxi - Lagoon Hike
    • Coyoacán walking tour
    • Coyotepec artisan community - Black Pottery Studio visit
    • Coyotepec artisan community - Black Pottery Studio visit
    • Cradle Coast - Boat Harbour Beach
    • Cradle Coast - Boat Harbour Beach
    • Cradle Coast - Cradle to Coast Tasting Trail
    • Cradle Coast - Cradle to Coast Tasting Trail
    • Cradle Coast - Mersey Bluff Petroglyphs
    • Cradle Coast - Mersey Bluff Petroglyphs
    • Cradle Coast - Rocky Cape National Park
    • Cradle Coast - Rocky Cape National Park
    • Cradle Coast - Tiagarra Tasmanian Aboriginal Cultural Centre and Keeping Place
    • Cradle Coast - Tiagarra Tasmanian Aboriginal Cultural Centre and Keeping Place
    • Cradle Coast - Visit to Penguin Village
    • Cradle Coast - Visit to Penguin Village
    • Cradle Coast - Welcome to Country Ceremony
    • Cradle Coast - Welcome to Country Ceremony
    • Cradle Mountain - Devils @ Cradle Day Keeper Tour
    • Cradle Mountain - Dove Lake Circuit walk
    • Cradle Mountain - Dove Lake Circuit walk
    • Cradle Mountain - Dove Lake Circuit walk
    • Cradle Mountain National Park - Forth Gorge Lookout
    • Cradle Mountain National Park - Lake St Clair Ferry Ride
    • Cradle Mountain National Park - Marion's Lookout
    • Crater Lake National Park - Entrance Fee
    • Crater Lake National Park - Entrance Fee
    • Crowdy Bay National Park - Diamond Head Hike
    • Crowdy Bay National Park - Diamond Head Hike
    • Crowdy Bay National Park - Diamond Head Hike
    • Crowdy Bay National Park - Mermaid Lookout Track
    • Crowdy Bay National Park - Mermaid Lookout Track
    • Cuc Phuong National Park - Afternoon trek
    • Cuc Phuong NP - Save Vietnam's Wildlife (The Intrepid Foundation partner) visit
    • Cuc Phuong NP - Save Vietnam's Wildlife (The Intrepid Foundation partner) visit
    • Cuc Phuong NP - Save Vietnam's Wildlife (The Intrepid Foundation partner) visit
    • Cultural interaction and lunch in a Gurung Village
    • Cultural village visit of Tanchok and Patleket
    • Cusco - Cathedral tour with Specialist Historian Guide
    • Cusco - Coricancha Temple (entrance fee)
    • Cusco - Full Boleto Turistico Pass (access to 16 archaeological sites, transport & guides not included)
    • Cusco - Full Boleto Turistico Pass (access to 16 archaeological sites, transport & guides not included)
    • Cusco - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Cusco - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Cusco - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Cusco - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Cusco - Orientation Walk
    • Cusco - Orientation Walk
    • Cusco - Walking tour
    • Custer - Crazy Horse Memorial
    • Custer - Crazy Horse Memorial
    • Custer State Park - Buffalo Safari
    • Custer State Park - Buffalo Safari
    • Cycling Mto Wa Mbu Village Tour &Lunch
    • Cycling Tour of Marrakech
    • Da Bac - Da Bia Lunch
    • Da Bac - Hoa Binh Reservoir Cruise
    • Da Bac - Homestay Dinner
    • Da Bac - Homestay Lunch
    • Da Bac - Sung Cave & Village Tour
    • Da Bac - Sung village to Da Bia hike
    • Dades - Hike
    • Dades - Hike
    • Dades - Home-cooked Amazigh lunch
    • Dades - Tea-making demonstration
    • Dades - Tea-making demonstration
    • Dades Valley - Hike & local farm & palmery visit
    • Daily Briefings and Recap
    • Daily Briefings and Recap
    • Daily Briefings and Recap
    • Daily Briefings and Recap
    • Daily Briefings and Recap
    • Daily Briefings and Recap
    • Daily Briefings and Recap
    • Daily Briefings and Recap
    • Daily Briefings and Recap
    • Daily Briefings and Recap
    • Daily Briefings and Recap
    • Daily Briefings and Recap
    • Daily Briefings and Recap
    • Daily Briefings and Recap
    • Daily Briefings and Recap
    • Daily Briefings and Recap
    • Daily Briefings and Recap
    • Daily Briefings and Recap
    • Daily Briefings and Recap
    • Daily Briefings and Recap
    • Daily Briefings and Recap
    • Daily Briefings and Recap
    • Daily Briefings and Recap
    • Daily Briefings and Recap
    • Daily Briefings and Recap
    • Daily Briefings and Recap
    • Daily Briefings and Recap
    • Daily Briefings and Recap
    • Daily luggage transfer (1 piece per person) max 9kg, packed in a soft bag.
    • Daintree National Park - Cape Tribulation Lookout & Beach Walk
    • Daintree National Park - Cape Tribulation Lookout & Beach Walk
    • Daintree National Park - Mossman Gorge
    • Daintree National Park - Mossman Gorge
    • Daintree National Park - Mossman Gorge
    • Daintree National Park - Nature Walk
    • Daintree National Park - Nature Walk
    • Daintree National Park - Nature Walk
    • Daintree National Park - Nature Walk
    • Daintree National Park - Nature Walk
    • Daintree National Park - Nature Walk
    • Daintree National Park - Nature Walk
    • Daintree National Park - Nature Walk
    • Daintree National Park – Solar Whisper Daintree River Wildlife Cruise
    • Daintree National Park – Solar Whisper Daintree River Wildlife Cruise
    • Dalat - Garden visit
    • Dalat - Hang Nga Crazy House
    • Dalat - Hang Nga Crazy House
    • Damaraland - Burnt Mountain
    • Damaraland - Burnt Mountain
    • Damaraland - Living Museum
    • Damaraland - Living Museum
    • Damaraland - Living Museum of the Damara
    • Damaraland - Living Museum of the Damara
    • Damaraland - Petrified Forest
    • Damaraland - Petrified Forest
    • Damaraland - Petrified Forest
    • Damaraland - Petrified Forest
    • Damaraland - Twyfelfontein Bushman Paintings
    • Damaraland - Twyfelfontein Bushman Paintings
    • Damaraland - Twyfelfontein Bushman Paintings
    • Damaraland - Twyfelfontein Bushman Paintings
    • Damaraland - Twyfelfontein Heritage Site
    • Damaraland - Twyfelfontein Heritage Site
    • Dambulla - Cave Temples
    • Dambulla - Cave Temples
    • Dambulla - Cave Temples
    • Dambulla - Cave Temples
    • Dambulla - Cave Temples
    • Dambulla - Cave Temples
    • Dambulla - Local BBQ dinner
    • Dambulla - Wholesale Markets tour
    • Dana - Village visit
    • Darjeeling - Tiger Hill
    • Darjeeling - Toy Train ride
    • Darvaza - "Door to Hell" Crater
    • Darvaza - "Door to Hell" Crater
    • Darvaza - "Door to Hell" Crater
    • Darvaza - "Door to Hell" Crater
    • Darvaza - "Door to Hell" Crater
    • Daylesford - Sunday Market
    • Daylesford - Sunday Market
    • Dead Sea - Swimming opportunity
    • Dead Sea - Visit and float
    • Dead Sea - Visit and float
    • Dead Sea - Visit and Swim
    • Dead Sea - visit and swim
    • Deadwood visit
    • Deadwood visit
    • Debar - St Jovan Bigorski Monastery visit
    • Debar - St Jovan Bigorski Monastery visit
    • Dečani Monastery - UNESCO World Heritage Site
    • Decin - Hike and entry ticket to the National Park
    • Delhi - Leader-led Old Delhi walking tour
    • Delhi - Leader-led Old Delhi walking tour
    • Delhi - Leader-led Old Delhi walking tour
    • Delhi - Leader-led Old Delhi walking tour
    • Delhi - Leader-led Old Delhi walking tour
    • Delhi - Leader-led Old Delhi walking tour
    • Delhi - Leader-led Old Delhi walking tour
    • Delhi - Leader-led Old Delhi walking tour
    • Delhi - Leader-led Old Delhi walking tour
    • Delhi - Dilli Haat INA Visit
    • Delhi - India Gate
    • Delhi - India Gate
    • Delhi - Jama Masjid (Shoe Keeper)
    • Delhi - Jama Masjid (Shoe Keeper)
    • Delhi - Jama Masjid (Shoe Keeper)
    • Delhi - Jama Masjid (Shoe Keeper)
    • Delhi - Jama Masjid (Shoe Keeper)
    • Delhi - Jama Masjid (Shoe Keeper)
    • Delhi - Jama Masjid (Shoe Keeper)
    • Delhi - Leader-led Old Delhi walking & rickshaw tour
    • Delhi - Leader-led Old Delhi walking & rickshaw tour
    • Delhi - Leader-led Old Delhi walking & rickshaw tour
    • Delhi - Leader-led Old Delhi walking & rickshaw tour
    • Delhi - Leader-led Old Delhi walking & rickshaw tour
    • Delhi - Leader-led Old Delhi walking & rickshaw tour
    • Delhi - Leader-led Old Delhi walking & rickshaw tour
    • Delhi - Leader-led Old Delhi walking & rickshaw tour
    • Delhi - Leader-led Old Delhi walking & rickshaw tour
    • Delhi - Leader-led Old Delhi walking & rickshaw tour
    • Delhi - Leader-led Old Delhi walking & rickshaw tour
    • Delhi - Leader-led Old Delhi walking & rickshaw tour
    • Delhi - Leader-led Old Delhi walking & rickshaw tour
    • Delhi - Leader-led Old Delhi walking & rickshaw tour
    • Delhi - Leader-led Old Delhi walking & rickshaw tour
    • Delhi - Leader-led Old Delhi walking & rickshaw tour
    • Delhi - Lunch at a Sikh Temple
    • Delhi - Rickshaw ride
    • Delhi - Sheeshganj Gurudwara (Sikh Temple)
    • Delhi - Sheeshganj Gurudwara (Sikh Temple)
    • Delhi - Sheeshganj Gurudwara (Sikh Temple)
    • Delhi - Sheeshganj Gurudwara (Sikh Temple)
    • Delhi - Sheeshganj Gurudwara (Sikh Temple)
    • Delhi - Sheeshganj Gurudwara (Sikh Temple)
    • Delhi - Sheeshganj Gurudwara (Sikh Temple)
    • Delhi - Sheeshganj Gurudwara (Sikh Temple)
    • Delhi - Sheeshganj Gurudwara (Sikh Temple)
    • Delhi - Sheeshganj Gurudwara (Sikh Temple)
    • Delhi - Sheeshganj Gurudwara (Sikh Temple)
    • Delhi - Sheeshganj Gurudwara (Sikh Temple)
    • Delhi - Sheeshganj Gurudwara (Sikh Temple)
    • Delhi - Sheeshganj Gurudwara (Sikh Temple)
    • Delhi - Sheeshganj Gurudwara (Sikh Temple)
    • Delhi - Sheeshganj Gurudwara (Sikh Temple)
    • Delhi - Sheeshganj Gurudwara (Sikh Temple)
    • Delhi - Sheeshganj Gurudwara (Sikh Temple)
    • Delhi - Sheeshganj Gurudwara (Sikh Temple)
    • Delhi - Sheeshganj Gurudwara (Sikh Temple)
    • Delhi - Sheeshganj Gurudwara (Sikh Temple)
    • Delhi - Sheeshganj Gurudwara (Sikh Temple)
    • Delhi - Sheeshganj Gurudwara (Sikh Temple)
    • Delhi - Sheeshganj Gurudwara (Sikh Temple)
    • Delhi - Spice warehouse visit
    • Delhi - Street Food Breakfast
    • Delhi - Thali Lunch at Suruchi
    • Delhi - Thali Lunch at Suruchi
    • Delhi - Thali Lunch at Suruchi
    • Delhi - Visit to the Jama Masjid Mosque
    • Delhi - Visit to the Jama Masjid Mosque
    • Delhi - Visit to the Jama Masjid Mosque
    • Delhi - Visit to the Jama Masjid Mosque
    • Delhi - Visit to the Jama Masjid Mosque
    • Delhi - Visit to the Jama Masjid Mosque
    • Delhi - Visit to the Jama Masjid Mosque
    • Delhi - Visit to the Jama Masjid Mosque
    • Delhi - Visit to the Jama Masjid Mosque
    • Delhi - Visit to the Jama Masjid Mosque
    • Delhi - Visit to the Jama Masjid Mosque
    • Delhi - Visit to the Jama Masjid Mosque
    • Delhi - Visit to the Jama Masjid Mosque
    • Delhi - Visit to the Jama Masjid Mosque
    • Delhi - Visit to the Jama Masjid Mosque
    • Delhi - Visit to the Jama Masjid Mosque
    • Delhi - Visit to the Jama Masjid Mosque
    • Delhi - Visit to the Jama Masjid Mosque
    • Delhi - Visit to the Jama Masjid Mosque
    • Delhi - Visit to the Jama Masjid Mosque
    • Delhi - Visit to the Jama Masjid Mosque
    • Delhi - Visit to the Jama Masjid Mosque
    • Delhi - Visit to the Jama Masjid Mosque
    • Delhi - Visit to the Jama Masjid Mosque
    • Delhi - Visit to the Jama Masjid Mosque
    • Delhi - Visit to the Jama Masjid Mosque
    • Delhi - Visit to the Jama Masjid Mosque
    • Delhi - Welcome dinner
    • Delhi - Welcome dinner
    • Delhi - Welcome dinner
    • Delhi - Welcome dinner
    • Delhi - Welcome dinner
    • Delhi - Welcome dinner
    • Delos - Archaeological Site
    • Delos - Archaeological Site
    • Delos - Archaeological Site
    • Delos - Archaeological Site
    • Delos - Archaeological Site
    • Delos - Archaeological Site
    • Delos - Day Trip to the Island of Delos
    • Delos - Day Trip to the Island of Delos
    • Delos - Day Trip to the Island of Delos
    • Delos - Day Trip to the Island of Delos
    • Delphi - Archaeological Site & Museum guided tour
    • Delphi - Archaeological Site & Museum guided tour
    • Delphi - Archaeological Site and Museum Visit with Local Guide
    • Delphi - Archaeological Site and Museum Visit with Local Guide
    • Delphi - Guided site visit of Delphi
    • Delphi - local lunch & olive oil tasting with a view of Delphi Valley
    • Delphi - local lunch & olive oil tasting with a view of Delphi Valley
    • Denali - Triple Lakes hike
    • Denali - Tundra Wilderness Bus Tour
    • Denali - Tundra Wilderness Tour
    • Denali National Park - Entrance Fee
    • Denali National Park - Entrance Fee
    • Denali National Park - Leader-led hike
    • Denali National Park - Visitor Centre
    • Denali National Park - Visitor Centre
    • Denali NP hiking
    • Deogarh - Aravali Hills Train Ride
    • Deogarh - Cooking class
    • Deogarh - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Derby - Boab Prison Tree
    • Derby - Boab Prison Tree
    • Derby - Boab Prison Tree
    • Derby - Norval Art Gallery
    • Derby - Norval Art Gallery
    • Devil’s Bridge visit
    • Devil’s Garden National Recreation Area visit
    • Dharamsala - Dalai Lama Temple
    • Dharamsala - Dalai Lama Temple
    • Dharamsala - Norbulingka Institute
    • Dharamsala - Norbulingka Institute
    • Dickson Lake guided trek
    • Diego Rivera & Frida Kahlo House-Studio Museum Visit
    • Dihovo - Beekeeper farm visit
    • Dihovo - Beekeeper farm visit
    • Dihovo - Beekeeper farm visit and lunch
    • Dihovo - Beekeeper farm visit and lunch
    • Dihovo - Home-cooked lunch
    • Dihovo - Home-cooked lunch
    • Dijon - Mustard Making Workshop
    • Dijon - Mustard Making Workshop
    • Dijon - Mustard Making Workshop
    • Dijon - Mustard Making Workshop
    • Dijon - Orientation Walk
    • Dijon - Orientation Walk
    • Dijon - Orientation Walk
    • Dijon - Orientation Walk
    • Dili - Alola Foundation visit
    • Dili - Chega! Exhibition
    • Dili - Cristo Rei Statue & Beach
    • Dili - dinner on beach
    • Dili - Guided city tour
    • Dili - Motael Church visit
    • Dili - Santa Cruz Cemetery
    • Dili - Tais Market
    • Dilijan - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Dilijan - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Dilijan - Matosavank & Jukhtakvank Monasteries
    • Dilijan - Matosavank & Jukhtakvank Monasteries
    • Dilijan - National Park Hike
    • Dilijan - National Park Hike
    • Dilijan - Wine tasting in local wine bar
    • Dilijan - Wine tasting in local wine bar
    • Dinawan Island - Marine Ecosystem Program
    • Dinawan Island - Snorkelling Excursion
    • Dingboche - Acclimatisation Hike
    • Dingboche - Acclimatisation Hike
    • Dinner and garden experience at Meli Melo
    • Dinner at a Restaurant Casablanca
    • Dinner at a Restaurant Casablanca
    • Dinner at a Restaurant Casablanca
    • Dinner at Café de Tacuba
    • Dinner at camp
    • Dinner in Jemaa El Fna
    • Dinner in Restaurant - Barcelona
    • Dinner in Restaurant - Barcelona
    • Dinner in Restaurant - Barcelona
    • 'Dinosaur Spine of De Xu Phinh' Guided Hike
    • Divine Madman Trail hike
    • Divjaka-Karavasta National Park - Sunrise birdwatching breakfast
    • Divjaka-Karavasta National Park visit
    • Do Mae Salong - Local market
    • Do Mae Salong - Local market
    • Dochula Pass - Druk Wangyal Chortens
    • Dochula Pass - Druk Wangyal Chortens
    • Dochula Pass hike
    • Dochula Pass to Simtokha Hike
    • Doka Estate Coffee Tour
    • Don Aryk - Kyrgyz family visit and home-cooked lunch
    • Don Aryk - Kyrgyz family visit and home-cooked lunch
    • Don Aryk - Kyrgyz family visit and home-cooked lunch
    • Don Aryk - Kyrgyz family visit and home-cooked lunch
    • Don Aryk - Kyrgyz family visit and home-cooked lunch
    • Dorrigo National Park - Rainforest Centre & Skywalk
    • Dorrigo National Park - Rainforest Centre & Skywalk
    • Dorrigo National Park - Rainforest Centre & Skywalk
    • Dorrigo National Park - Short Hike
    • Dorrigo National Park - Short Hike
    • Dorrigo National Park - Short Hike
    • Doubtful Sound - Cruise
    • Doubtful Sound - Cruise
    • Dougga - Archaeological Site Guided Tour
    • Dourakis - wine tasting
    • Douro Valley - Day Trip
    • Douro Valley - Day Trip
    • Douro Valley - Douro River Boat Ride
    • Douro Valley - Douro River Boat Ride
    • Douro Valley - Wine Tasting & Lunch
    • Douro Valley - Wine Tasting & Lunch
    • Douro Valley - Wine Tasting & Lunch
    • Douro Valley - Wine Tasting & Lunch
    • Douz - Sahara Museum
    • Douz - Sahara trek
    • Down jackets & trekking poles
    • Drakensberg - Day Hike
    • Drakensberg - Day Hike
    • Drina Canyon - Boat Tour
    • Drina Canyon - Boat Tour
    • Drina Canyon - Boat Tour
    • Drina Canyon - Boat Tour
    • Drino Valley - Monastaries Visit
    • Drino Valley - Monastaries Visit
    • Druk Wangyal Lhakhang temple visit
    • Dubrovnik - City card
    • Dubrovnik - City card
    • Dubrovnik - City Walls Walk
    • Dubrovnik - City Walls Walk
    • Dubrovnik - City Walls Walk
    • Dubrovnik - City Walls Walk
    • Dubrovnik - City Walls Walk
    • Dubrovnik - City Walls Walk
    • Dubrovnik - City Walls Walk
    • Dubrovnik - City Walls Walk
    • Dubrovnik - City Walls Walk
    • Dubrovnik - City Walls Walk
    • Dubrovnik - City Walls Walk
    • Dubrovnik - Dubrovnik Card (1 day local transport & entry to sites)
    • Dubrovnik - Dubrovnik Card (1 day local transport and entry to sites)
    • Dubrovnik – Elafiti Island Day Trip
    • Dubrovnik – Elafiti Island Day Trip
    • Dubrovnik – Elafiti Island Day Trip
    • Dubrovnik – Elafiti Island Day Trip
    • Dubrovnik - Elaphiti Islands Kayaking & Snorkeling
    • Dubrovnik - Local Guide
    • Dubrovnik - Sunset Sailing Trip
    • Dubrovnik - Sunset Sailing Trip
    • Dubrovnik - Sunset Sailing Trip
    • Dubrovnik - Sunset Sailing Trip
    • Dubrovnik - Sunset Sailing Trip
    • Dubrovnik - Sunset Sailing Trip
    • Dubrovnik - Welcome Dinner
    • Dubrovnik - Welcome Dinner
    • Dubrovnik - Welcome Dinner
    • Dubrovnik - Welcome Dinner
    • Dubrovnik - Welcome Dinner
    • Dubrovnik - Welcome Dinner
    • Dubrovnik - Welcome Meeting
    • Dubrovnik - Welcome Meeting
    • Dunsborough - Meelup Beach
    • Durmitor National Park - Cycling
    • Durmitor National Park - Lake Trail guided hike
    • Durmitor National Park - local lunch
    • Durmitor National Park - Three Lakes trail hike
    • Durmitor National Park Hike
    • Durres - Beach stop
    • Dushanbe – Hissor Fort
    • Dushanbe – National Museum of Antiquities of Tajikistan
    • Dushanbe - Navruz palace
    • Dushanbe - Rudaki Square and Somoni Mausoleum
    • Dusun Village - Cultural performance
    • Dusun Village - Cultural performance
    • Dusun Village - Cultural performance
    • Dusun Village - Guided village walk
    • Dusun Village - Guided village walk
    • Dusun Village - Guided village walk
    • Dusun Village – Local Vegetable Farm Visit
    • Dusun Village – Local Vegetable Farm Visit
    • Dusun Village – Local Vegetable Farm Visit
    • Earth pyramids of Platten guided hike
    • East Malaysia - Jungle Railway Experience
    • Edirne - town walking tour
    • Edmonton - Telus Science Centre
    • Eduardo Avaroa National Reserve - Altiplano tour including Laguna Colorada
    • Eduardo Avaroa National Reserve - Altiplano tour including Laguna Colorada
    • Efate - Coffee roaster visit
    • Efate - Rarru Cascades
    • Efate - River Kayaking
    • Efate - Rum & gin distillery visit
    • Eger - Wine Sampling
    • Eger - Wine Sampling
    • El Alamein - War cemeteries and museum
    • El Alamein - War cemeteries and museum
    • El Alamein - War Museum
    • El Calafate - Los Glaciares National Park
    • El Calafate - Perito Moreno Glacier day trip
    • El Calenton natural pools visit
    • El Chalten - Laguna de los Tres guided hike
    • El Chalten - Laguna Torre guided hike
    • El Jem - Amphitheatre
    • El Khorbat – Kasbah village visit
    • El Khorbat – Oasis Museum
    • El Nido - Island hopping boat trip & snorkelling
    • El Nido - Island hopping boat trip & snorkelling
    • El Questro - Emma Gorge Hike
    • El Questro - Emma Gorge Hike
    • El Questro - Zebedee Hot Springs
    • El Questro - Zebedee Springs Visit
    • El Salvador - Ruta de las Flores
    • El Salvador - Ruta de las Flores
    • Elche - Orientation walk
    • Elephant Back Mountain guided hike
    • Elephant Back Mountain hike
    • El-Jem - Amphitheatre
    • Ella - Ella Gap view point
    • Ella - Lunch at a Local Family Home
    • Ella - Nine Arch Bridge
    • Ella - Pekoe Trail Hike
    • Elliston - Puffin viewing
    • Ema Datshi - traditional Bhutanese lunch
    • Entrance fees and National Park permits
    • Ephesus - Archaeological site visit
    • Epidaurus - Guided Tour
    • Erfoud - Fossil Factory
    • Erice - Cable Car
    • Erice - Cable Car
    • Erice - Cable Car
    • Erice - Cable Car
    • Erice - Genovesi Tasting
    • Erice - Genovesi Tasting
    • Erice - Genovesi Tasting
    • Erice - Genovesi Tasting
    • Erice - local sweets tasting
    • Erice - local sweets tasting
    • Erice - local sweets tasting
    • Erice - Town Visit
    • Erice - Town Visit
    • Erice - Town Visit
    • Erice - Town Visit
    • Escalante - Calf Creek Falls hike
    • Essaouira - Argan Oil Cooperative Visit
    • Essaouira - Argan Oil Cooperative Visit
    • Essaouira - Argan Oil Cooperative Visit
    • Essaouira - Atlantic Coast guided hike
    • Essaouira - Guided walking tour
    • Essaouira - Guided walking tour
    • Essaouira - Guided walking tour
    • Essaouira - Guided walking tour
    • Essaouira - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Essaouira - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Essaouira - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Essaouira – Local fisherman visit
    • Essaouira – Local fisherman visit
    • Essaouira – Local fisherman visit
    • Essaouira – Local fisherman visit
    • Essaouira - Seafood Market Lunch
    • Essaouira - Seafood Market Lunch
    • Essaouira - Seafood Market Lunch
    • Essaouira – Street Food Tasting
    • Essaouira – Street Food Tasting
    • Essaouira – Street Food Tasting
    • Essaouira – Walking Tour with a Local Guide
    • Essaouira – Walking Tour with a Local Guide
    • Essaouira – Walking Tour with a Local Guide
    • Estancia Stay - 2-Night Stay on an Estancia
    • Estancia Stay - 2-Night Stay on an Estancia
    • Estancia Stay - 2-Night Stay on an Estancia
    • Estancia Stay - 2-Night Stay on an Estancia
    • Esztergom Basilica entrance
    • Esztergom Basilica entrance
    • Esztergom to Budapest Guided & Vehicle Supported Cycling
    • Esztergom to Budapest Guided & Vehicle Supported Cycling
    • Etosha National Park - 4x4 Vehicle Game Drive
    • Etosha National Park - 4x4 Vehicle Game Drive
    • Etosha National Park - Overland Vehicle Game Drive
    • Etosha National Park - Overland Vehicle Game Drive
    • Etosha National Park - Overland Vehicle Game Drive
    • Etosha National Park - Overland Vehicle Game Drive
    • Etosha National Park - Overland Vehicle Game Drive
    • Etosha National Park - Overland Vehicle Game drives
    • Etosha National Park - Overland Vehicle Game drives
    • Etosha NP - Full Day 4WD Safari
    • Etosha NP - Full Day 4WD Safari
    • Etosha NP - Nature Walk
    • Everest Base Camp – 12D/11N Trek
    • Everest Base Camp – 12D/11N Trek
    • Everest Base Camp – Porterage of One Bag (10kg/22lbs max)
    • Everest Base Camp – Porterage of One Bag (10kg/22lbs max)
    • Everest Base Camp & Gokyo Lakes - 15D/14N Trek
    • Everest Base Camp & Gokyo Lakes - Porterage of One Bag (10kg/22lbs max)
    • Evora - Orientation walk in Evora including the Bones Chapel - leader led
    • Exmouth – Charles Knife Canyon Lookout
    • Exmouth – Charles Knife Canyon Lookout
    • Expert Cycling Guide and Support Vehicle
    • Fagaras - Cobor : wine tasting
    • Fagaras - Mihai Eminescu Trust visit
    • Faial Island - Monte da Guia walk
    • Fairlie - Southland Style Lunch
    • Fairlie - Southland Style Lunch
    • Fairy Falls guided hike
    • Fairy Falls hike
    • Fanal picnic lunch
    • Farewell Dinner - Ardo de Sao Jorge
    • Farewell Dinner at Haveli Dharampura
    • Farewell Dinner at Haveli Dharampura
    • Farewell Dinner at Haveli Dharampura
    • Farewell Dinner at Haveli Dharampura
    • Farina - Restoration Project
    • Farm visit Mharo Khet with dinner
    • Farmer’s Market (only for Thursday’s departures)
    • Fast Track Airport Service on Arrival
    • Fast Track Airport Service on Arrival
    • Fast Track Airport Service on Arrival
    • Fast Track Airport Service on Arrival
    • Fast Track Airport Service on Arrival
    • Fast Track Airport Service on Arrival
    • Fatehpur Sikri - Guided tour
    • Fatehpur Sikri - Guided tour
    • Fatehpur Sikri - Guided tour
    • Fatehpur Sikri - Guided tour
    • Fatehpur Sikri - Guided tour
    • Fatehpur Sikri - Guided tour
    • Federa Lake guided hike
    • Fes - Funduk Nejjarine
    • Fes - Funduk Nejjarine
    • Fes - Funduk Nejjarine
    • Fes - Funduq al-Najjarin
    • Fes - Funduq al-Najjarin
    • Fes - Funduq al-Najjarin
    • Fes - Funduq al-Najjarin
    • Fes - Funduq al-Najjarin
    • Fes - Funduq al-Najjarin
    • Fes - Funduq al-Najjarin
    • Fes - Funduq al-Najjarin
    • Fes - Guided walking tour
    • Fes - Guided walking tour
    • Fes - Home-cooked Pastilla Dinner
    • Fes - Home-cooked Pastilla Dinner
    • Fes - Home-cooked Pastilla Dinner
    • Fes - Home-cooked Pastilla Dinner
    • Fes - Home-cooked Pastilla Dinner
    • Fes - Medersa El Attarine
    • Fes - Medersa El Attarine
    • Fes - Medersa El Attarine
    • Fes - Medersa El Attarine
    • Fes - Medersa El Attarine
    • Fes - Medersa El Attarine
    • Fes - Medersa El Attarine
    • Fes - Medersa El Attarine
    • Fes - Medersa El Attarine
    • Fes - Medersa El Attarine
    • Fes - Medersa El Attarine
    • Fes - Medina Tasting Trail including Pastilla Demonstration
    • Fes - Medina walking tour
    • Fes - Medina walking tour
    • Fes - Medina walking tour
    • Fes - Medina walking tour
    • Fes - Medina walking tour
    • Fes - Medina walking tour
    • Fes - Medina walking tour
    • Fes - Medina walking tour
    • Fes - Medina walking tour
    • Fes - Medina walking tour
    • Fes - Medina walking tour
    • Fes - Medina walking tour
    • Fes - Medina walking tour
    • Fes - Medresse el Attarine
    • Fes - Medresse el Attarine
    • Fes - Pastilla dinner
    • Fes - Pottery making class with a local artisan
    • Fes - Street food breakfast
    • Fes - Tannery visit
    • Fes - Tannery visit
    • Fes - Tannery visit
    • Fes - Tannery visit
    • Fes - Tannery visit
    • Fes - Tannery visit
    • Fes - Tannery visit
    • Fes - Tea Break
    • Fes - Tea Break
    • Fianarantsoa - Betsileo: village visit and walk
    • Fianarantsoa - Betsileo: village visit and walk
    • Fierza to Koman picturesque private boat trip
    • Fioletovo - Molokan Village Visit & home-cooked lunch
    • Fioletovo - Molokan Village Visit & home-cooked lunch
    • Fiordland National Park - Jet Boat Ride to Lake Manapouri
    • Fiordland National Park - Kepler Track Hike
    • Fiordland National Park - Routeburn Track Hike
    • Firehole River to Lone Star Geyser hike
    • Fish River Canyon - Canyon entrance
    • Fish River Canyon - Canyon entrance
    • Fish River Canyon - Canyon entrance
    • Fish River Canyon - Canyon entrance
    • Fish River Canyon - Canyon entrance
    • Fish River Canyon - Canyon entrance
    • Fish River Canyon - Canyon entrance
    • Fish River Canyon - Canyon entrance
    • Fish River Canyon - Canyon entrance
    • Fish River Canyon - Canyon entrance
    • Fish River Canyon - Canyon entrance
    • Fishte - Farm to Table Lunch
    • Fishte - Farm to Table Lunch
    • Fishte - Winery Visit and Tasting
    • Fishte - Winery Visit and Tasting
    • Fitzroy Crossing - Darlgunya Cultural Walk with Aboriginal Guide
    • Fitzroy Crossing - Darlgunya Cultural Walk with Aboriginal Guide
    • Fitzroy Crossing - Darlgunya Cultural Walk with Aboriginal Guide
    • Flégère cable car ride round trip, Lac Blanc guided hike
    • Float in the Mayan canal
    • Florence - Galleria dell ’Accademia admission
    • Florence - Galleria dell ’Accademia admission
    • Florence - Galleria dell ’Accademia admission
    • Florence - Galleria dell ’Accademia admission
    • Florence - Galleria dell ’Accademia admission
    • Florence - Galleria dell ’Accademia admission
    • Florence – Highlights of Florence Guided walk
    • Florence – Highlights of Florence Guided walk
    • Florence – Highlights of Florence Guided walk
    • Florence – Highlights of Florence Guided walk
    • Florence – Highlights of Florence Guided walk
    • Florence – Highlights of Florence Guided walk
    • Florence - Leader-led Orientation Walk
    • Florence - Leader-led Orientation Walk
    • Florence - Leader-led Orientation Walk
    • Florence - Leader-led Orientation Walk
    • Florence - Leader-led Orientation Walk
    • Florence - Leader-led Orientation Walk
    • Florence - Orientation Walk
    • Florence - Orientation Walk
    • Florence - Orientation Walk
    • Florence - Orientation Walk
    • Florence - Orientation Walk
    • Florence - Orientation Walk
    • Florence - Orientation Walk
    • Florence - Orientation Walk
    • Florence – Orientation Walk
    • Florence - Piazzale Michelangelo
    • Florence - Sunset Aperitivo in Piazzale Michelangelo
    • Florence - Walking tour with local guide
    • Flores - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Flores - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Flores - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Fox Glacier - Lake Matheson Walk
    • Fox Glacier - Lake Matheson Walk
    • Frances overnight stay Refugio or camping (fully equipped)
    • Franklin-Gordon Wild Rivers National Park - Franklin River Nature Trail
    • Franklin-Gordon Wild Rivers National Park - Nelson Falls Walk
    • Franschhoek - Farm Tour and Bo-Kaap style dinner
    • Franschhoek - Six course dinner with wine pairing
    • Franschhoek - Wine Tasting with Food Pairings
    • Franz Josef - Carve your own Pounamu Necklace
    • Franz Josef - Carve your own Pounamu Necklace
    • Franz Josef - Carve your own Pounamu Necklace
    • Franz Josef - Greenstone Pendant Carving
    • Franz Josef - Greenstone Pendant Carving
    • Franz Josef - Greenstone Pendant Carving
    • Franz Josef - Greenstone Pendant Carving
    • Franz Josef - West Coast Wildlife Centre Visit with Ranger
    • Franz Josef - West Coast Wildlife Centre Visit with Ranger
    • Franz Josef Glacier - Forest Walk
    • Franz Josef Glacier - Forest Walk
    • French Valley guided hike
    • French Valley guided trek
    • Freycinet National Park - Cape Tourville Lighthouse & Lookout
    • Freycinet National Park - Wineglass Bay & Hazards Beach walk
    • Freycinet National Park - Wineglass Bay Lookout walk
    • Fulidhoo - Cultural show featuring Bodu Beru
    • Fulidhoo - Evening Hedhikaa Experience
    • Fulidhoo - Maldivain Theme Beach Dinner
    • Fulidhoo - Village walk
    • Fulidhoo - Visit to a local cafe
    • Fulidhoo - Wooden boats construction experience
    • Full Day Okavango Delta Mokoro Excursion
    • Full W Trek guided hike West to East
    • Fully catered trek including National Park entrance fees, climbing fee, mountain huts & rescue services (5 days)
    • Fully catered trek including National Park entrance fees, climbing fee, mountain huts & rescue services (5 days)
    • Fully catered trek including National Park entrance fees, climbing fee, tented camps & rescue services
    • Fully catered trek including National Park entrance fees, climbing fee, tented camps & rescue services
    • Funchal - Complementary Arrival transfer
    • Funchal - Welcome dinner and Poncha Aperitif
    • Galle - Beeralu lace weaving activity
    • Galle - Beeralu lace weaving experience
    • Galle - Biriyani lunch with a local family
    • Galle - Dutch Fort
    • Galle - Dutch Fort
    • Galle - Farmer's market and home cooking class
    • Galle - Galle Fort Walking tour
    • Galle - Galle Fort Walking tour
    • Galle - Galle Fort Walking tour
    • Galle - Galle Fort Walking tour
    • Galle - Kite Flying
    • Galle - Walking tour
    • Galle - Walking tour
    • Galle - Walking tour
    • Galle - Walking tour
    • Gallipoli - Fully guided Gallipoli tour & visit to the Commonwealth graveyards
    • Gammarth - Glass blowing workshop visit
    • Gammarth - Home cooked meal & cooking demonstration
    • Gananoque - Thousand Islands Cruise
    • Ganda La pass
    • Gander - Chat with a local
    • Gangtok - Rumtek Monastery
    • Garfagnana - Picnic
    • Garfagnana to Lucca Guided & Vehicle Supported Cycling
    • Garni - Temple Visit & Duduk Performance
    • Gatlang - Tamang Monastery (Tatopani)
    • Geghard - Geghard Monastery
    • Geokdepe - Horse breeder visit with bread & snack cooking demostration
    • Geokdepe - Horse breeder visit with bread & snack cooking demostration
    • Geokdepe - Horse breeder visit with bread & snack cooking demostration
    • Geokdepe - Horse breeder visit with bread & snack cooking demostration
    • George Town - Heritage walking tour
    • George Town - Heritage walking tour
    • Ghandruk - Guided Village Tour
    • Ghandruk - Gurung Museum
    • Ghandruk - Gurung Women Cultural Dance
    • Ghattekhola to Dhampus Guided Trek
    • Ghent - Orientation Walk
    • Ghent - Orientation Walk
    • Ghent - Orientation Walk
    • Ghent - Orientation Walk
    • Gibbston Valley - Wine Tasting
    • Gibbston Valley - Wine Tasting
    • Gibbston Valley - Wine Tasting
    • Gibbston Valley - Wine Tasting
    • Gijduvan - Ceramics workshop
    • Gijduvan - Ceramics workshop
    • Gili Air - Snorkelling
    • Gili Trawangan – Bike Hire (3 Days)
    • Gili Trawangan - Leader-Led Orientation Cycling Trip
    • Gin River Kayaking
    • Giragama Tea Factory Tour
    • Girona - Orientation Walk near the Medieval Walls
    • Girona - Orientation Walk near the Medieval Walls
    • Girona - Orientation Walk near the Medieval Walls
    • Girona - Orientation Walk near the Medieval Walls
    • Gitgit - Waterfall walk
    • Gitgit - Waterfall walk
    • Gjakova - Hadumi Mosque
    • Gjakova - Sufi Tekke of the Halveti Order
    • Gjirokaster - Cooking Class
    • Gjirokaster - Cooking Class
    • Gjirokaster - Gjirokaster Fortress
    • Gjirokaster - Guided City Tour
    • Gjirokaster - Guided City Tour
    • Gjirokaster - Local Guide
    • Gjirokaster - Turkish Coffee 'on the Stone'
    • Gjirokaster - Zekate Tower House
    • Glacier National Park
    • Glacier National Park
    • Glacier National Park - Full Day Guided Hike with Lunch
    • Glacier National Park - Full Day Guided Hike with Lunch
    • Glacier National Park – Scenic Whitewater Rafting
    • Glacier National Park – Scenic Whitewater Rafting
    • Glen Canyon - Horseshoe Bend hike
    • Goa - Leader led Orientation walk
    • Goa - Old Goa guided tour
    • Goa - Old Goa tour
    • Goa - Spice farm tour including lunch
    • Goa - Spice plantation visit
    • Golden - Rocky Mountain Buffalo Ranch
    • Golden Triangle - Khong River boat trip
    • Golden Triangle - Opium Hall
    • Golden Valley of Ceylon Guided & Vehicle Supported Cycling
    • Gorak Shep - Kala Patthar Sunrise Trek
    • Gorak Shep - Kala Patthar Sunrise Trek
    • Gori - Stalin Museum
    • Gozo - Local winery visit & wine tasting
    • Gozo - Village Bakery Visit & Snack
    • Gozo - Wied al-Ghasri Coastal Hike
    • Gozo - Xlendi Coastal Cliff Hike
    • Gozo - Xwejni Salt Pans Visit
    • Gracanica - Gracanica Monastery
    • Grampians (Gariwerd) National Park - Day Walks
    • Grampians (Gariwerd) National Park - Day Walks
    • Granada - Local Wine & Produce Tasting - Duration 1.5/2 hours
    • Granada - Alhambra Alcazaba and Generalife Gardens Tour
    • Granada - Alhambra Alcazaba and Generalife Gardens Tour
    • Granada - Alhambra Alcazaba and Generalife Gardens Tour
    • Granada - Breakfast at El Cafe de las Sonrisas
    • Granada - Breakfast at El Cafe de las Sonrisas
    • Granada - Breakfast at El Cafe de las Sonrisas
    • Granada - Breakfast at El Cafe de las Sonrisas
    • Granada - Breakfast at El Cafe de las Sonrisas
    • Granada - Breakfast at El Cafe de las Sonrisas
    • Granada - Breakfast at El Cafe de las Sonrisas
    • Granada - Breakfast at El Cafe de las Sonrisas
    • Granada - Breakfast at El Cafe de las Sonrisas
    • Granada - Breakfast at El Cafe de las Sonrisas
    • Granada - Guided Tour of the Alhambra
    • Granada - Guided Tour of the Alhambra
    • Granada - Guided Visit to Alhambra Palace & Gardens
    • Granada - Guided Visit to Alhambra Palace & Gardens
    • Granada - Guided Visit to Alhambra Palace & Gardens
    • Granada - Guided Visit to Alhambra Palace & Gardens
    • Granada - La Laguna de Apoyo Viewpoint
    • Granada - La Laguna de Apoyo Viewpoint
    • Granada - La Laguna de Apoyo Viewpoint
    • Granada - La Laguna de Apoyo Viewpoint
    • Granada - La Laguna de Apoyo Viewpoint
    • Granada - La Laguna de Apoyo Viewpoint
    • Granada - La Laguna de Apoyo Viewpoint
    • Granada - Leader - led Orientation Walk - Duration 1.5/2 hours
    • Granada - Leader led Orientation Walk
    • Granada - Leader led Orientation Walk
    • Granada - Leader led Orientation Walk
    • Granada - Mirador de San Nicolas
    • Granada - Mombacho Volcano Natural Reserve
    • Granada - Mombacho Volcano Natural Reserve
    • Granada - Mombacho Volcano Natural Reserve
    • Granada - Orientation Walk
    • Granada - Orientation Walk
    • Granada - Orientation Walk
    • Granada - Orientation Walk
    • Granada - Orientation Walk
    • Granada - Orientation Walk
    • Grand Canyon - Bright Angel Trail Guided Hike
    • Grand Canyon - Bright Angel Trail Hike
    • Grand Canyon - Desert View Watchtower visit
    • Grand Canyon - Desert View Watchtower visit
    • Grand Canyon - Grandview Trail guided hike
    • Grand Canyon - Leader-led South Rim tour
    • Grand Canyon - Leader-led South Rim tour
    • Grand Canyon - Leader-led South Rim tour
    • Grand Canyon - Leader-led South Rim tour
    • Grand Canyon - Shuttle to Flagstaff
    • Grand Canyon - Welcome dinner
    • Grand Canyon National Park - Bright Angel Trail hike
    • Grand Canyon National Park - Dinner at Historic El Tovar
    • Grand Canyon National Park - Dinner at Historic El Tovar
    • Grand Canyon National Park - Dinner at Historic El Tovar
    • Grand Canyon National Park - Entrance
    • Grand Canyon National Park - Entrance
    • Grand Canyon National Park - Entrance
    • Grand Canyon National Park - Entrance Fee
    • Grand Canyon National Park - Entrance Fee
    • Grand Canyon National Park - Entrance Fee
    • Grand Canyon National Park - Grand Canyon Conservancy (The Intrepid Foundation partner) guided rim walk
    • Grand Canyon of the Yellowstone - Artist Point hike
    • Grand Canyon of Yellowstone - Artist Point walk
    • Grand Canyon-Grandview Trail hike
    • Grand Prismatic overlook visit
    • Grand Prismatic overlook visit
    • Grand Staircase Escalante National Monument Slot Canyons hike
    • Grand Teton National Park
    • Grande Comore - Dos du Dragon Viewpoint
    • Grands-Jardins National Park - Entrance
    • Graz - Christmas Market Visit
    • Graz - Schlosberg Castle Visit and Funicular Ride
    • Great Barrier Reef - Half Day Cruise & Snorkelling Experience
    • Great Barrier Reef - Half Day Cruise & Snorkelling Experience
    • Great Barrier Reef - Half Day Cruise & Snorkelling Experience
    • Great Falls - Hikes with Blackfeet Nation guide
    • Great Falls - Hikes with Blackfeet Nation guide
    • Great Ocean Road - Apollo Bay to Shelly Beach walk
    • Great Ocean Road - Castle Cove to Milanesia Track walk
    • Great Ocean Road - Gibson Steps to The Twelve Apostles walk
    • Great Ocean Road - Milanesia Track to The Gables Lookout walk
    • Great Ocean Road - Parker Inlet to Castle Cove walk
    • Great Ocean Road - Scenic Drive
    • Great Ocean Road - Scenic Drive
    • Great Ocean Road - Shelly Beach to Parker Inlet walk
    • Great Ocean Road - The Gables to Gibson Steps walk
    • Great Ocean Road - Twelve Apostles
    • Great Ocean Road - Twelve Apostles
    • Grey Trek guided trek
    • Greymouth - Monteith's Brewery Tour & Tasting
    • Greymouth - Monteith's Brewery Tour & Tasting
    • Greymouth - Pounamu (Greenstone) Studio Visit
    • Greymouth - Pounamu (Greenstone) Studio Visit
    • Greymouth - Tranz Alpine Train Journey
    • Greymouth - Tranz Alpine Train Journey
    • Greymouth - Tranz Alpine Train Journey
    • Greymouth - Tranz Alpine Train Journey
    • Grootfontein - San Bushman cultural experience
    • Grootfontein - San Bushman cultural experience
    • Grootfontein - San Bushman cultural experience
    • Grootfontein - San Bushman cultural experience
    • Grootfontein - San Bushman cultural experience
    • Grootfontein - San Bushman cultural experience
    • Grootfontein - San Bushman cultural experience
    • Grootfontein - San Bushman cultural experience
    • Grootfontein - San Bushman cultural experience
    • Gros Morne National Park - Tableland trail
    • Gros Morne NP - Western Brook Pond Boat Tour
    • Guadix - Cave Houses experience
    • Guadix - Geoparque Natural Park
    • Guanaroca Lagoon - boat tour
    • Guantanamo Bay Viewpoint (time & weather dependent)
    • Guatape - Climb El Penol
    • Guatuso - Maleku Community Experience
    • Guided & vehicle-supported cycling in Cuc Phuong National Park
    • Guided & vehicle-supported cycling in Mai Chau
    • Guided & vehicle-supported cycling in Pu Luong National Park
    • Guided & vehicle-supported cycling near Ninh Binh
    • Guided acclimatisation hike
    • Guided bike ride - Otago Rail Trail
    • Guided bike tour of Coba archaeological site
    • Guided Cycling - Agdez
    • Guided Cycling - Atlas Mountains (Amzmiz – Ouirgane)
    • Guided Hanoi city bike ride
    • Guided Hike - Atlas Mountains
    • Guided Hike - Imlil to Aroumd
    • Guided Hike along Vesuvius' Crater Rim and Summit
    • Guided Hike along Vesuvius' Crater Rim and Summit
    • Guided Hike to Portofino
    • Guided tour of Essaouira
    • Guided Trek from Dhampus to Majgaon via Pothana
    • Guided Trek from Ghandruk to Syaulibazar
    • Guided walking Excursions
    • Guided walking Excursions
    • Guided walking Excursions
    • Guided walking Excursions
    • Guided walking Excursions
    • Guided walking Excursions
    • Guided walking Excursions
    • Guided walking Excursions
    • Guided walking Excursions
    • Guided walking Excursions
    • Guided walking Excursions
    • Guided walking Excursions
    • Guided walking tour of Roma Norte & La Condesa
    • Gulmit - Old House Gulmit visit
    • Gulmit - Women-run carpet weaving center visit
    • Gunung Leuser NP - Campsite Dinner
    • Gunung Leuser NP - Campsite Dinner
    • Gunung Leuser NP - Jungle Wildlife Trek
    • Gunung Leuser NP - Jungle Wildlife Trek
    • Gunung Leuser NP - Jungle Wildlife Trek
    • Gunung Leuser NP - Jungle Wildlife Trek
    • Gunung Leuser NP - Trekking Lunch
    • Gunung Leuser NP - Trekking Lunch
    • Gura Humoroului - Tasuleasa Via Transilvanica NGO visit
    • Guraidhoo - Village walk
    • Guraidhoo Island - Maldivian breakfast Cooking demonstration
    • Gusinje - Evening traditional barbecue
    • Gusinje - Mrizli&Zanave Agrotourism visit with brunch
    • Gusinje - Volušnica guided hike
    • Gweta - Sundowner Bush Walk
    • Gyor to Komarom Guided & Vehicle Supported Cycling
    • Gyor to Komarom Guided & Vehicle Supported Cycling
    • Gyumri - Inclusive bakery visit
    • Gyumri - Inclusive bakery visit
    • Habarana - Cooking Demo & Home Cooked Meal
    • Hagar Qim - Archaeological Site Visit
    • Haghpat - Haghpat Monastery
    • Half day Marrakech Medina guided tour and lunch
    • Halifax - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Halifax - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Halls Creek - China Wall Visit
    • Halls Creek - China Wall Visit
    • Halls Creek - China Wall Visit
    • Halong Bay - Cave entry
    • Halong Bay - Cave entry
    • Halong Bay - Cave entry
    • Halong Bay - Cave entry
    • Halong Bay - Cave entry
    • Halong Bay - Cave entry
    • Halong Bay - Cave entry
    • Halong Bay - Dinner on Boat
    • Halong Bay - Kayaking
    • Halong Bay - Lunch on Boat
    • Halong Bay - Overnight Boat Cruise
    • Halong Bay - Overnight Boat Cruise
    • Halong Bay - Overnight Boat Cruise
    • Halong Bay - Overnight Boat Cruise
    • Halong Bay - Overnight Boat Cruise
    • Halong Bay - Overnight Boat Cruise
    • Halong Bay - Overnight Boat Cruise
    • Halong Bay - Overnight Boat Cruise
    • Halong Bay - Overnight Boat Cruise
    • Halong Bay - Overnight Boat Cruise
    • Halong Bay - Overnight Boat Cruise
    • Halong Bay - Overnight Boat Cruise
    • Halong Bay - Overnight boat cruise
    • Halong Bay - Overnight Boat Cruise
    • Halong Bay - Overnight Boat Cruise
    • Halong Bay - Overnight Boat Cruise
    • Halong Bay - Overnight Boat Cruise
    • Halong Bay - Overnight Boat Cruise
    • Halong Bay - Overnight Boat Cruise
    • Halong Bay - Overnight Boat Cruise
    • Halong Bay - Overnight Boat Cruise
    • Halong Bay - Tai Chi
    • Halong Bay - Tai Chi
    • Halong Bay - Tai Chi
    • Halong Bay - Tai Chi
    • Halong Bay - Tai Chi
    • Halong Bay - Tai Chi
    • Halong Bay - The Green Life Visit
    • Halong Bay - The Green Life Visit
    • Halong Bay - The Green Life Visit
    • Halong Bay - The Green Life Visit
    • Halong Bay - The Green Life Visit
    • Halong Bay - The Green Life Visit
    • Halong Bay - The Green Life Visit
    • Hamersley Range – Hamersley Gorge Visit
    • Hamersley Range – Hamersley Gorge Visit
    • Hamlets of Gruvaz
    • Hampi - Full day sightseeing tour
    • Hanging Rock - Summit Walk
    • Hanging Rock - Summit Walk
    • Hankar to Nimaling Guided Trek
    • Hanoi - Blue Dragon visit
    • Hanoi - Blue Dragon visit
    • Hanoi - Ethnology Museum Visit
    • Hanoi - Farewell Dinner
    • Hanoi - Farewell Dinner
    • Hanoi - Farewell Dinner at Ha Thanh Maison Restaurant
    • Hanoi - Fast Track Airport Service on Arrival
    • Hanoi - Hat Xam performance
    • Hanoi - Hat Xam performance
    • Hanoi - Hat Xam performance
    • Hanoi - Hat Xam performance
    • Hanoi - Hat Xam performance
    • Hanoi - Hat Xam performance
    • Hanoi - Ho Chi Minh Complex
    • Hanoi - Ho Chi Minh Complex
    • Hanoi - Ho Chi Minh Complex
    • Hanoi - Ho Chi Minh Complex
    • Hanoi - Ho Chi Minh's stilt house
    • Hanoi - Ho Chi Minh's stilt house
    • Hanoi - Hoa Lo 'Hanoi Hilton' Prison
    • Hanoi - Hoa Lo Prison
    • Hanoi - Hoa Lo Prison
    • Hanoi - Hoa Lo Prison
    • Hanoi - Hoa Lo Prison
    • Hanoi - KOTO dinner
    • Hanoi - KOTO dinner
    • Hanoi - KOTO dinner
    • Hanoi - KOTO dinner
    • Hanoi - KOTO dinner
    • Hanoi - KOTO dinner
    • Hanoi - KOTO dinner
    • Hanoi - KOTO dinner
    • Hanoi - KOTO dinner
    • Hanoi - KOTO lunch
    • Hanoi - KOTO lunch
    • Hanoi - KOTO lunch
    • Hanoi - KOTO lunch
    • Hanoi - Local water puppet performance
    • Hanoi - Local water puppet performance
    • Hanoi - Lunch at KOTO
    • Hanoi - Lunch at KOTO
    • Hanoi - Lunch at KOTO
    • Hanoi - Lunch at KOTO
    • Hanoi - Lunch at KOTO
    • Hanoi - Lunch at KOTO
    • Hanoi - Lunch at KOTO
    • Hanoi - Lunch at KOTO
    • Hanoi - Meal At KOTO Restaurant
    • Hanoi - Museum of Ethnology
    • Hanoi - Museum of Ethnology
    • Hanoi - Museum of Ethnology
    • Hanoi - Museum of Ethnology
    • Hanoi - Old Quarter Tour
    • Hanoi - Old Quarter Tour
    • Hanoi - Old Quarter Tour
    • Hanoi - Old Quarter Tour
    • Hanoi - Old Quarter Walking Tour
    • Hanoi - Old Quarter Walking Tour
    • Hanoi - Old Quarter Walking Tour
    • Hanoi - Old Quarter Walking Tour
    • Hanoi - Old Quarter Walking Tour
    • Hanoi - Old Quarter Walking Tour
    • Hanoi - Old Quarter Walking Tour
    • Hanoi - Old Quarter Walking Tour
    • Hanoi - Old Quarter Walking Tour
    • Hanoi - One Pillar Pagoda
    • Hanoi - One Pillar Pagoda
    • Hanoi - One Pillar Pagoda
    • Hanoi - One Pillar Pagoda & HCM stilt house
    • Hanoi - One Pillar Pagoda & HCM stilt house
    • Hanoi - One Pillar Pagoda & HCM stilt house
    • Hanoi - One Pillar Pagoda & HCM stilt house
    • Hanoi - One Pillar Pagoda & HCM stilt house
    • Hanoi - One Pillar Pagoda & HCM stilt house
    • Hanoi - One Pillar Pagoda & HCM stilt house
    • Hanoi - Street Food Experience Urban Adventure
    • Hanoi - Street Food Experience Urban Adventure
    • Hanoi - Temple of Literature
    • Hanoi - Temple of Literature
    • Hanoi - Temple of Literature
    • Hanoi - Temple of Literature
    • Hanoi - Temple of Literature
    • Hanoi - Temple of Literature
    • Hanoi - Temple of Literature
    • Hanoi - Temple of Literature
    • Hanoi - Temple of Literature
    • Hanoi - Temple of Literature
    • Hanoi - Temple of Literature
    • Hanoi - Temple of Literature
    • Hanoi - Temple of Literature
    • Hanoi - Temple of Literature
    • Hanoi - Temple of Literature
    • Hanoi - Temple of Literature
    • Hanoi - Temple of Literature
    • Hanoi - Temple of Literature
    • Hanoi - Temple of Literature
    • Hanoi - Vun Art (The Intrepid Foundation partner) visit & art activity
    • Hanoi - Vun Art center visit
    • Hanoi - Vun Art center visit
    • Hanoi - Vun Art center visit
    • Hanoi - Water Puppet Performance
    • Hanoi - Water puppet show
    • Hanoi - Water puppet show
    • Hanoi - Water puppet show
    • Hanoi - Water puppet show
    • Hanoi - Welcome Dinner
    • Hanoi - Welcome Dinner
    • Hanoi - Welcome Dinner
    • Hanoi - Welcome Dinner
    • Hanoi - Welcome dinner at Tam Vi Restaurant
    • Hanoi - West Lake bike ride
    • Happy Hour at the Mountain Lodges. inc. complimentary local alcoholic/ non-alcoholic drink & snacks
    • Haputale - Tamil family lunch
    • Hartz Mountains National Park - Hartz Peak walk
    • Hartz Mountains National Park - Short walks
    • Hartz Mountains National Park - Short walks
    • Hassan II Mosque Visit
    • Hassan II Mosque Visit
    • Hassan II Mosque Visit
    • Hato Builico - Mt Ramelau Sunrise Hike
    • Hato Builico - Village Walking Tour
    • Hatton Tea Country Guided & Vehicle Supported Cycling
    • Havana - Afro-Cuban Religion Tour (guide and transport included)
    • Havana - American Vintage Car Tour (No guide and transport included)
    • Havana - Buena Vista Social Club Performance (entrance fee & dinner)
    • Havana - Jaimanitas (Mosaic-laden Neighbourhood) including Fusterlandia (Entrance fee)
    • Havana - Leader led City Tour of Old Havana
    • Havana - Leader-led walking tour of Old Havana
    • Havana - Leader-led walking tour of Old Havana
    • Havana - Revolution Square
    • Helena - Lewis and Clark River Cruise
    • Helena - Lewis and Clark River Cruise
    • Helena - Walking tour with a local guide
    • Helena - Walking tour with a local guide
    • Hemjakot - Community Homestay
    • Hemjakot - Community Homestay
    • Heraclea Lynestis Archeological Site visit
    • Hidden Teotihuacan & Lunch with the locals
    • High Atlas guided trek (Ras Ouanoukrim or Tizi n’ Ouagane)
    • Hike Levada do Norte - Estreito de Câmara de Lobos to Cabo Girao
    • Hike to Acatenango
    • Hike: Nunnery - Mebar Tsho (Burning Lake) – Phomrong village
    • Hiking on Mt Vogel
    • Hiking to the waterfall
    • Hill Tribe Trek - Lunch
    • Hill Tribe Trek - Lunch
    • Hill Tribe Trek - Lunch
    • Hill Tribe Trek - Lunch
    • Hill Tribe Trek - Lunch
    • Hill Tribe Trek - Lunch
    • Hilltribe - 3 days trek
    • Hilltribe Cultural show
    • Hilltribe Trek - Mae Malai Market Visit
    • Hilltribe Trek - Mae Malai Market Visit
    • Hilltribe Trek - Mae Malai Market Visit
    • Hilltribe Trek – Mok Fah Waterfall
    • Hilltribe Trek – Mok Fah Waterfall
    • Hilltribe Trek – Mok Fah Waterfall
    • Hilltribe Village - Home-cooked Dinner
    • Hilltribe Village - Home-cooked Dinner
    • Hilltribe Village - Home-cooked Dinner
    • Hilltribe village visit
    • Himare - Local Boat Tour
    • Hlane Royal National Park - Guided 4x4 Sunset Game Drive
    • Hlane Royal National Park - Guided Walking Safari
    • Hlane Royal National Park - Guided Walking Safari
    • Hluhluwe–iMfolozi Park - Game drive
    • Hmong Hilltribe Lodge - Traditional meal & cultural performance
    • Ho Chi Minh City - Banh mi
    • Ho Chi Minh City - Banh mi
    • Ho Chi Minh City - Ben Thanh market visit
    • Ho Chi Minh City - Ben Thanh market visit
    • Ho Chi Minh City - City tour
    • Ho Chi Minh City - City tour
    • Ho Chi Minh City - City tour
    • Ho Chi Minh City - City tour
    • Ho Chi Minh City - City tour
    • Ho Chi Minh City - City tour
    • Ho Chi Minh City - City tour
    • Ho Chi Minh City - City tour
    • Ho Chi Minh City - City tour
    • Ho Chi Minh City - Cooking Class with local chef
    • Ho Chi Minh City - Cooking Class with local chef
    • Ho Chi Minh City - Cu Chi Tunnels
    • Ho Chi Minh City - Cu Chi Tunnels
    • Ho Chi Minh City - Cu Chi Tunnels
    • Ho Chi Minh City - Cu Chi Tunnels
    • Ho Chi Minh City - Cu Chi Tunnels
    • Ho Chi Minh City - Cu Chi Tunnels
    • Ho Chi Minh City - Cu Chi Tunnels
    • Ho Chi Minh City - Cu Chi Tunnels
    • Ho Chi Minh City - Cu Chi Tunnels
    • Ho Chi Minh City - Cu Chi Tunnels
    • Ho Chi Minh City - Cu Chi Tunnels
    • Ho Chi Minh City - Half Day City Tour
    • Ho Chi Minh City - Half Day City Tour
    • Ho Chi Minh City - Half Day City Tour
    • Ho Chi Minh City - Half Day City Tour
    • Ho Chi Minh City - Local Coffee Experience
    • Ho Chi Minh City - Local Coffee Experience
    • Ho Chi Minh City - Local Coffee Experience
    • Ho Chi Minh City – Local Market Visit
    • Ho Chi Minh City – Local Market Visit
    • Ho Chi Minh City – Local Market Visit
    • Ho Chi Minh City - Orientation Walk
    • Ho Chi Minh City - Reunification Palace
    • Ho Chi Minh City - Reunification Palace
    • Ho Chi Minh City - Reunification Palace
    • Ho Chi Minh City - Reunification Palace
    • Ho Chi Minh City - Vietnam War Veteran Meeting
    • Ho Chi Minh City - War Remnants Museum
    • Ho Chi Minh City - War Remnants Museum
    • Ho Chi Minh City - War Remnants Museum
    • Ho Chi Minh City - War Remnants Museum
    • Ho Chi Minh City - War Remnants Museum
    • Ho Chi Minh City - War Remnants Museum
    • Ho Chi Minh City - War Remnants Museum
    • Ho Chi Minh City - War Remnants Museum
    • Ho Chi Minh City - War Remnants Museum
    • Ho Chi Minh City - War Remnants Museum
    • Ho Chi Minh City - War Remnants Museum
    • Ho Chi Minh City - War Remnants Museum
    • Ho Chi Minh City - War Remnants Museum
    • Ho Chi Minh City - War Remnants Museum
    • Ho Chi Minh City - War Remnants Museum
    • Ho Chi Minh City - War Remnants Museum
    • Ho Chi Minh City - War Remnants Museum
    • Ho Chi Minh City - Welcome Dinner
    • Ho Chi Minh City - Welcome Dinner
    • Ho Chi Minh City - Welcome Dinner
    • Ho Chi Minh City - Welcome Dinner
    • Ho Chi Minh City- Welcome Dinner
    • Hoa Lu - Temple of King Dinh and King Le
    • Hoa Lu - Temple of King Dinh and King Le
    • Hoa Lu - Temple of King Dinh and King Le
    • Hoa Lu - Temple of King Dinh and King Le
    • Hoa Lu - Temple of King Dinh and King Le
    • Hoang Su Phi - Na Namem Ti Guided Village Walk
    • Hoang Su Phi - Raspberry Hill Viewpoint walk
    • Hoang Su Phi - Rice Terraces Guided hike
    • Hoang Su Phi - Traditional Flame Dance Ceremony
    • Hobart - Bush Tucker Experience & Coastal Walk with Aboriginal Guide
    • Hobart - Bush Tucker Experience & Coastal Walk with Aboriginal Guide
    • Hobart - kunanyi / Mount Wellington scenic drive
    • Hobart - kunanyi / Mount Wellington scenic drive
    • Hobart - ningina tunapri TMAG's Tasmanian Aboriginal culture gallery
    • Hobart - Salamanca Markets
    • Hobart - Salamanca Markets
    • Hobbiton - Drink at the Green Dragon
    • Hobbiton - Drink at the Green Dragon
    • Hobbiton - Visit to the Lord of the Rings Movie Set
    • Hobbiton - Visit to the Lord of the Rings Movie Set
    • Hoh Rainforest - Olympic National Park
    • Hoh Rainforest - Olympic National Park
    • Hoi An - Bike ride
    • Hoi An - Cao Lau dinner + lantern orientation walk in Hoi An
    • Hoi An - Cao Lau dinner + lantern orientation walk in Hoi An
    • Hoi An - Cooking class with local chef
    • Hoi An - Cooking class with local chef
    • Hoi An - Countryside bicycle hire
    • Hoi An - Countryside bicycle hire
    • Hoi An - Garden-to-Table with A Local Chef
    • Hoi An - Garden-to-Table with A Local Chef
    • Hoi An - Garden-to-Table with A Local Chef
    • Hoi An - Garden-to-Table with A Local Chef
    • Hoi An - Garden-to-Table with A Local Chef
    • Hoi An - Lantern making workshop
    • Hoi An - Market tour
    • Hoi An - Market tour
    • Hoi An - My Son Tour
    • Hoi An - My Son Tour
    • Hoi An - Old Town orientation walk
    • Hoi An - Old Town walking tour
    • Hoi An - Old Town walking tour
    • Hoi An - Old Town walking tour
    • Hoi An - Old Town walking tour
    • Hoi An - Old Town walking tour
    • Hoi An - Old Town walking tour
    • Hoi An - Old Town walking tour
    • Hoi An - Old Town walking tour
    • Hoi An - Old Town walking tour
    • Hoi An - Old Town walking tour
    • Hoi An - Old Town walking tour
    • Hoi An - Old Town walking tour
    • Hoi An - Old Town walking tour
    • Hoi An - Old Town walking tour
    • Hoi An - Old Town walking tour
    • Hoi An - Old Town walking tour
    • Hoi An - Old Town walking tour
    • Hoi An - Old Town walking tour
    • Hoi An - Old Town walking tour
    • Hoi An - Old Town walking tour
    • Hoi An - Old Town walking tour
    • Hoi An - Old Town walking tour
    • Hoi An - Old Town walking tour
    • Hoi An - Old Town walking tour
    • Hoi An - Old Town walking tour
    • Hoi An - Old Town walking tour
    • Hoi An - Old Town walking tour
    • Hoi An - Old Town walking tour
    • Hoi An - Old Town walking tour
    • Hoi An - Tea Tasting in Silence
    • Hoi An - Tea Tasting in Silence
    • Hoi An - White Rose Cake cooking class
    • Hokitika - Gorge Visit
    • Hokitika - Gorge Visit
    • Hokitika - West Coast Treetops Walk
    • Hokitika - West Coast Treetops Walk
    • Holloko - Holloko Traditional Village
    • Holloko - Holloko Traditional Village
    • Homer - Half Day Kachemak Bay Kayak Tour
    • Homer - Homer Spit Trail
    • Homestay - Khan Tok Cooking Class
    • Hon Mun Island - Snorkelling
    • Hon Mun Island - Snorkelling
    • Honda - Visit
    • Hopewell Rocks Provincial Park - Walk
    • Hopewell Rocks Provincial Park - Walk
    • Horseshoe Bend Visit
    • Horseshoe Bend Visit
    • Horta - Leader led orientation walk
    • Hot springs evening and dinner
    • Howick - Nelson Mandela Capture Site
    • Howick - Nelson Mandela Capture Site
    • Huai Lan - home-cooked dinner and traditional dancing
    • Huai Lan - home-cooked dinner and traditional dancing
    • Huai Lan - Local crafts master and community project visit
    • Huai Lan - Local crafts master and community project visit
    • Huai Lan - Village cycling
    • Huai Lan - Village cycling
    • Hue - Bun Bo Hue breakfast
    • Hue - Bun Bo Hue breakfast
    • Hue - Cyclo Tour
    • Hue - Cyclo Tour
    • Hue - Highlights & back streets tour by motorbike
    • Hue - Highlights & back streets tour by motorbike
    • Hue - Highlights & back streets tour by motorbike
    • Hue - Highlights & back streets tour by motorbike
    • Hue - Highlights & back streets tour by motorbike
    • Hue - Highlights & back streets tour by motorbike
    • Hue - Highlights & back streets tour by motorbike
    • Hue - Highlights & back streets tour by motorbike
    • Hue - Highlights & back streets tour by motorbike
    • Hue - Highlights & back streets tour by motorbike
    • Hue - Highlights & back streets tour by motorbike
    • Hue - Highlights & back streets tour by motorbike
    • Hue - Home cooked dinner
    • Hue - Home cooked dinner
    • Hue - Home cooked dinner
    • Hue - Homecooked Dinner
    • Hue - Imperial City entrance and guided visit
    • Hue - Imperial City entrance and guided visit
    • Hue - Imperial City entrance and guided visit
    • Hue - Imperial City entrance and guided visit
    • Hue - Imperial City entrance and guided visit
    • Hue - Imperial City entrance and guided visit
    • Hue - Imperial City entrance and guided visit
    • Hue - Imperial City entrance and guided visit
    • Hue - Imperial City entrance and guided visit
    • Hue - Imperial City entrance and guided visit
    • Hue - Imperial City entrance and guided visit
    • Hue - Imperial City entrance and guided visit
    • Hue - Imperial City Full Day Tour
    • Hue - Imperial City Full Day Tour
    • Hue - Imperial City Full Day Tour
    • Hue - Imperial City Full Day Tour
    • Hue - Imperial City Full Day Tour
    • Hue - Imperial City Full Day Tour
    • Hue - Imperial City half day guided tour
    • Hue - Imperial City half day guided tour
    • Hue - Lavin Home paper flower making
    • Hue - Market Tour and Cooking Class
    • Hue - Market Tour and Cooking Class
    • Hue - Royal tomb of Emperor Tu Duc
    • Hue - Royal tomb of Emperor Tu Duc
    • Hue - Royal tomb of Emperor Tu Duc
    • Hue - Royal tomb of Emperor Tu Duc
    • Hue - Royal tomb of Emperor Tu Duc
    • Hue - Royal tomb of Emperor Tu Duc
    • Hue - Royal tomb of Emperor Tu Duc
    • Hue - Royal tomb of Emperor Tu Duc
    • Hue - Royal tomb of Emperor Tu Duc
    • Hue - Royal tomb of Emperor Tu Duc
    • Hue - Royal tomb of Emperor Tu Duc
    • Hue - Royal tomb of Emperor Tu Duc
    • Hue - Royal tomb of Emperor Tu Duc
    • Hue - Royal tomb of Emperor Tu Duc
    • Hue - Royal tomb of Emperor Tu Duc
    • Hue - Royal tomb of Emperor Tu Duc
    • Hue - Royal tomb of Emperor Tu Duc
    • Hue - Royal tomb of Emperor Tu Duc
    • Hue - Royal tomb of Emperor Tu Duc
    • Hue - Salt coffee
    • Hue - Salt coffee
    • Hue - Thien Mu Pagoda
    • Hue - Thien Mu Pagoda
    • Hue - Thien Mu Pagoda
    • Hue - Thien Mu Pagoda
    • Hue - Thien Mu Pagoda
    • Hue - Thien Mu Pagoda
    • Hue - Thien Mu Pagoda
    • Hue - Thien Mu Pagoda
    • Hue - Thien Mu Pagoda
    • Hue - Thien Mu Pagoda
    • Hue - Thien Mu Pagoda
    • Hue - Thien Mu Pagoda
    • Hue - Thien Mu Pagoda
    • Hue - Thien Mu Pagoda
    • Hue - Thien Mu Pagoda
    • Hue - Vegetarian lunch at a Buddhist nunnery
    • Hue - Vegetarian lunch at a Buddhist nunnery
    • Hue - Vegetarian Lunch at Pagoda
    • Hue - Vegetarian Lunch at Pagoda
    • Hue - Vegetarian Lunch at Pagoda
    • Hue - Vegetarian Lunch at Pagoda
    • Hue - Vegetarian Lunch at Pagoda
    • Hue - Vegetarian Lunch at Pagoda
    • Hue - Vegetarian Lunch at Pagoda
    • Hue - Vegetarian Lunch at Pagoda
    • Hue - Vegetarian Lunch at Pagoda
    • Huey Nam Dang - Hilltribe Trek – 2 Days
    • Huey Nam Dang - Hilltribe Trek – 2 Days
    • Huey Nam Dang - Hilltribe Trek – 2 Days
    • Huey Nam Dang - Hilltribe Trek – 2 Days
    • Huey Nam Dang - Hilltribe Trek – 2 Days
    • Huey Nam Dang - Hilltribe Trek – 2 Days
    • Hulhidhoo - snorkelling
    • Humboldt County - Avenue of the Giants
    • Humboldt County - Avenue of the Giants
    • Hunter Valley - Winery Visit & Wine Tasting
    • Hunter Valley - Winery Visit & Wine Tasting
    • Hunter Valley - Winery Visit & Wine Tasting
    • Hunza Valley - Attabad Lake
    • Hunza Valley - Borith Lake hike
    • Hunza Valley - Ganish Village walking tour
    • Hunza Valley - Hussaini Suspension Bridge
    • Hunza Valley - Ondra Polygah hike
    • Hunza Valley - Passu Glacier hike
    • Hunza Valley - Sacred Rock of Hunza
    • Hunza Valley - Traditional music performance
    • Huon Valley - Cider farm visit
    • Huon Valley - Cider farm visit
    • Hurghada – Red Sea Snorkelling Adventure
    • Hvar - Atmospheric dinner at secluded bay
    • Hvar - Atmospheric dinner at secluded bay
    • Hvar - Lavender and Honey Tour
    • Hvar - Lavender and Honey Tour
    • Hvar - Leader led orientation walk
    • Hvar - Leader led orientation walk
    • Hvar - Orientation walk
    • Hvar - Orientation walk
    • Hvar Guided & Vehicle Supported Cycling
    • Hvar Guided & Vehicle Supported Cycling
    • Hwange - Painted Dog Conservation visit
    • Hwange - Painted Dog Conservation visit
    • Hwange - Painted Dog Conservation visit
    • Hwange - Painted Dog Conservation visit
    • Hwange - Painted Dog Conservation visit
    • Hwange National Park - 4x4 Game drive
    • Hwange National Park - 4x4 Game drive
    • Hwange National Park - Guided 4x4 Game Drive
    • Hwange National Park - Guided 4x4 Game Drive
    • Hwange National Park - Guided 4x4 Game Drive
    • Hwange National Park - Guided 4x4 Game Drive
    • Hwange National Park - Guided 4x4 Game Drive
    • Hydra - Day Trip
    • Icefield Parkway stops & Athabasca Glacier
    • Icefields Parkway - Hike to toe of Athabasca Glacier
    • Icefields Parkway - Hike to toe of Athabasca Glacier
    • Icefields Parkway - Sightseeing Stops including Sunwapta Falls
    • Icod de los Vinos visit
    • Iconi - Walking Tour
    • Iguazu Falls - Guarani community visit
    • Iguazu Falls - Tour of the Argentinian side of the falls
    • Iguazu Falls - Tour of the Argentinian side of the falls
    • Iguazu Falls - Tour of the Argentinian side of the falls
    • Iguazu Falls - Tour of the Brazilian side of the falls
    • Iguazu Falls - Tour of the Brazilian side of the falls
    • Iguazu Falls - Tour of the Brazilian side of the falls
    • Ikara-Flinders Ranges - Black Gap to Wilpena Pound walk
    • Ikara-Flinders Ranges - Tanderra Saddle (St Mary Peak/Ngarri Mudlanha) hike
    • Ikara-Flinders Ranges - Yuluna circuit hike
    • Ikara-Flinders Ranges National Park - Brachina Gorge
    • Ikara-Flinders Ranges National Park - Mount Ohlssen Bagge walk
    • Ikara-Flinders Ranges National Park - Yura Mulka Sacred Canyon Tour with Local First Nations Guide
    • Île d’Orléans - Island exploration and tastings
    • Imlil - Bread making workshop
    • Imlil – Day Hike with Picnic Lunch
    • Imlil – Day Hike with Picnic Lunch
    • Imlil – Scenic Walk
    • Imlil – Scenic Walk
    • Imlil- Bread baking and Home cooked lunch
    • Imlil to Aroumd guided trek
    • Imlil to Aroumd guided trek
    • Imlil to Mount Toubkal Basecamp guided hike
    • Imlil to Mount Toubkal Basecamp guided hike
    • Included daypack & trekking poles (3 days)
    • Included daypack & trekking poles (5 days)
    • Indian Pond & Storm Point guided hike
    • Indian Pond to Storm Point hike
    • Ios - Teatro Odysseas Elytis Sunset
    • Ipoh - Coffee stop at Concubine Lane
    • Ipoh - Old town walking tour
    • Ipoh - Perah Cave Temple Visit
    • Ipoh - Perak Cave Temple
    • Ipoh - Temple Visit
    • Ipoh - Temple Visit
    • Irdyk Lakes - Trek
    • Irdyk Valley - Trek
    • Irente - Local lunch
    • Irente - Local lunch
    • Irente - Local lunch
    • Irente - Local lunch
    • Irente - Local lunch
    • Irente - Local lunch
    • Irente - Local lunch
    • Irente - Local lunch
    • Irente - Local lunch
    • Irente - Local lunch
    • Irente - Local lunch
    • Irente - Local lunch
    • Irente - Local lunch
    • Irente - Local lunch
    • Irente - Local lunch
    • Irente - Local lunch
    • Irente - Local lunch
    • Irente - Lushoto hike
    • Irente - Lushoto hike
    • Irente - Lushoto hike
    • Irente - Lushoto hike
    • Irente - Lushoto hike
    • Irente - Lushoto hike
    • Irente - Lushoto hike
    • Irente - Lushoto hike
    • Irente - Lushoto hike
    • Irente - Lushoto hike
    • Irente - Lushoto hike
    • Irente - Lushoto hike
    • Irente - Lushoto hike
    • Irente - Lushoto hike
    • Irente - Lushoto hike
    • Irente - Lushoto hike
    • Irente - Lushoto hike
    • Isalo National Park - guided walk
    • Isalo National Park - guided walk
    • Ishasha - Community Tourism Project Visit
    • Ishasha - Community Tourism Project Visit
    • Isla Bartolome - Panga ride (30 mins)
    • Isla Bartolome - Panga ride (30 mins)
    • Isla Bartolome - Panga ride (30 mins)
    • Isla Bartolome - Panga ride (30 mins)
    • Isla Bartolome - Panga ride (30 mins)
    • Isla Bartolome - Snorkelling (1.5 hours)
    • Isla Bartolome - Snorkelling (1.5 hours)
    • Isla Bartolome - Snorkelling (1.5 hours)
    • Isla Bartolome - Snorkelling (1.5 hours)
    • Isla Bartolome - Snorkelling (1.5 hours)
    • Isla Bartolome - Snorkelling (1.5 hours)
    • Isla Bartolome - Snorkelling (1.5 hours)
    • Isla Bartolome - Snorkelling (1.5 hours)
    • Isla Bartolome - Walk (1.5 hours) - Dry Landing
    • Isla Bartolome - Walk (1.5 hours) - Dry Landing
    • Isla Bartolome - Walk (1.5 hours) - Dry Landing
    • Isla Bartolome - Walk (1.5 hours) - Dry Landing
    • Isla Bartolome - Walk (1.5 hours) - Dry Landing
    • Isla Bartolome - Walk (1.5 hours) - Dry Landing
    • Isla Bartolome - Walk (1.5 hours) - Dry Landing
    • Isla Bartolome - Walk (1.5 hours) - Dry Landing
    • Isla Espanola - Bahia Gardener - Snorkel (1 hour)
    • Isla Espanola - Bahia Gardener - Snorkel (1 hour)
    • Isla Espanola - Bahia Gardener - Snorkel (1 hour)
    • Isla Espanola - Bahia Gardener - Snorkel (1 hour)
    • Isla Espanola - Bahia Gardener - Snorkel (1 hour)
    • Isla Espanola - Bahia Gardener - Snorkel (1 hour)
    • Isla Espanola - Bahia Gardener - Snorkel (1 hour)
    • Isla Espanola - Bahia Gardener - Walk (1 hour)
    • Isla Espanola - Bahia Gardener - Walk (1 hour)
    • Isla Espanola - Bahia Gardener - Walk (1 hour)
    • Isla Espanola - Bahia Gardener - Walk (1 hours) - Wet Landing
    • Isla Espanola - Bahia Gardener - Walk (1 hours) - Wet Landing
    • Isla Espanola - Bahia Gardener - Walk (1 hours) - Wet Landing
    • Isla Espanola - Punta Suarez - Walk (3 hours) - Dry Landing
    • Isla Espanola - Punta Suarez - Walk (3 hours) - Dry Landing
    • Isla Espanola - Punta Suarez - Walk (3 hours) - Dry Landing
    • Isla Espanola - Punta Suarez - Walk (3 hours) - Dry Landing
    • Isla Espanola - Punta Suarez - Walk (3 hours) - Dry Landing
    • Isla Espanola - Punta Suarez - Walk (3 hours) - Dry Landing
    • Isla Espanola - Punta Suarez - Walk (3 hours) - Dry Landing
    • Isla Fernandina - Punta Espinosa - Snorkel (1 hour)
    • Isla Fernandina - Punta Espinosa - Snorkel (1 hour)
    • Isla Fernandina - Punta Espinosa - Snorkel (1 hour)
    • Isla Fernandina - Punta Espinosa - Walk (2 hours) - Dry Landing
    • Isla Fernandina - Punta Espinosa - Walk (2 hours) - Dry Landing
    • Isla Fernandina - Punta Espinosa - Walk (2 hours) - Dry Landing
    • Isla Fernandina - Punta Vicente Roca - Panga Ray boat tour (30 mins)
    • Isla Fernandina - Punta Vicente Roca - Panga Ray boat tour (30 mins)
    • Isla Fernandina - Punta Vicente Roca - Panga Ray boat tour (30 mins)
    • Isla Fernandina - Punta Vicente Roca Snorkelling (1 hour) Dry Landing
    • Isla Fernandina - Punta Vicente Roca Snorkelling (1 hour) Dry Landing
    • Isla Fernandina - Punta Vicente Roca Snorkelling (1 hour) Dry Landing
    • Isla Floreana - Devils Crown Snorkel (45 mins)
    • Isla Floreana - Devils Crown Snorkel (45 mins)
    • Isla Floreana - Devils Crown Snorkel (45 mins)
    • Isla Floreana - Devil's Crown snorkelling (1 hour)
    • Isla Floreana - Devil's Crown snorkelling (1 hour)
    • Isla Floreana - Devil's Crown snorkelling (1 hour)
    • Isla Floreana - Devil's Crown snorkelling (1 hour)
    • Isla Floreana - Devil's Crown snorkelling (1 hour)
    • Isla Floreana - Devil's Crown snorkelling (1 hour)
    • Isla Floreana - Post Office Bay - Snorkel (1 hour)
    • Isla Floreana - Post Office Bay - Snorkel (1 hour)
    • Isla Floreana - Post Office Bay - Snorkel (1 hour)
    • Isla Floreana - Post Office Bay - Walk (1.5 hours) - Wet Landing
    • Isla Floreana - Post Office Bay - Walk (1.5 hours) - Wet Landing
    • Isla Floreana - Post Office Bay - Walk (1.5 hours) - Wet Landing
    • Isla Floreana - Post Office Bay - Walk (1.5 hours) - Wet Landing
    • Isla Floreana - Post Office Bay - Walk (1.5 hours) - Wet Landing
    • Isla Floreana - Post Office Bay - Walk (1.5 hours) - Wet Landing
    • Isla Floreana - Post Office Bay - Walk (1.5 hours) - Wet Landing
    • Isla Floreana - Post Office Bay - Walk (1.5 hours) - Wet Landing
    • Isla Floreana - Post Office Bay - Walk (1.5 hours) - Wet Landing
    • Isla Floreana - Post Office Bay - Walk (1.5 hours) - Wet Landing
    • Isla Floreana - Post Office Bay snorkelling (45 mins)
    • Isla Floreana - Post Office Bay snorkelling (45 mins)
    • Isla Floreana - Post Office Bay snorkelling (45 mins)
    • Isla Floreana - Post Office Bay snorkelling (45 mins)
    • Isla Floreana - Post Office Bay snorkelling (45 mins)
    • Isla Floreana - Post Office Bay snorkelling (45 mins)
    • Isla Floreana - Punta Cormorant walk (1.5 hours) - Wet Landing
    • Isla Floreana - Punta Cormorant walk (1.5 hours) - Wet Landing
    • Isla Floreana - Punta Cormorant walk (1.5 hours) - Wet Landing
    • Isla Floreana - Punta Cormorant walk (1.5 hours) - Wet Landing
    • Isla Floreana - Punta Cormorant walk (1.5 hours) - Wet Landing
    • Isla Floreana - Punta Cormorant walk (1.5 hours) - Wet Landing
    • Isla Floreana - Punta Cormorant walk (1.5 hours) - Wet Landing
    • Isla Floreana - Punta Cormorant walk (1.5 hours) - Wet Landing
    • Isla Floreana - Punta Cormorant walk (1.5 hours) - Wet Landing
    • Isla Floreana - Punta Cormorant walk (1.5 hours) - Wet Landing
    • Isla Genovesa - Bahia Darwin - Walk (2 hours) Wet Landing
    • Isla Genovesa - Bahia Darwin - Walk (2 hours) Wet Landing
    • Isla Genovesa - Bahia Darwin - Walk (2 hours) Wet Landing
    • Isla Genovesa - La Barranco - Snorkel (1 hour)
    • Isla Genovesa - La Barranco - Snorkel (1 hour)
    • Isla Genovesa - La Barranco - Snorkel (1 hour)
    • Isla Isabela - Arnolda Tupiza Tortoise Breeding Center including Flamingo Lagoon (2 hours) - Dry Landing
    • Isla Isabela - Arnolda Tupiza Tortoise Breeding Center including Flamingo Lagoon (2 hours) - Dry Landing
    • Isla Isabela - Arnolda Tupiza Tortoise Breeding Center including Flamingo Lagoon (2 hours) - Dry Landing
    • Isla Isabela - Arnolda Tupiza Tortoise Breeding Center including Flamingo Lagoon (2 hours) - Dry Landing
    • Isla Isabela - Arnolda Tupiza Tortoise Breeding Center including Flamingo Lagoon (2 hours) - Dry Landing
    • Isla Isabela - Arnolda Tupiza Tortoise Breeding Center including Flamingo Lagoon (2 hours) - Dry Landing
    • Isla Isabela - Concha y Perla beach visit
    • Isla Isabela - Concha y Perla beach visit
    • Isla Isabela - Cooking class (empanadas)
    • Isla Isabela - Cooking class (empanadas)
    • Isla Isabela - Kayaking
    • Isla Isabela - Kayaking
    • Isla Isabela - Las Tintoreras visit (1.5 hours) - Dry Landing
    • Isla Isabela - Las Tintoreras visit (1.5 hours) - Dry Landing
    • Isla Isabela - Las Tintoreras visit (1.5 hours) - Dry Landing
    • Isla Isabela - Las Tintoreras visit (1.5 hours) - Dry Landing
    • Isla Isabela - Las Tintoreras visit (1.5 hours) - Dry Landing
    • Isla Isabela - Las Tintoreras visit (1.5 hours) - Dry Landing
    • Isla Isabela - Punta Albermarle - Snorkelling (1 hour)- Dry Landing
    • Isla Isabela - Punta Albermarle - Snorkelling (1 hour)- Dry Landing
    • Isla Isabela - Punta Albermarle - Snorkelling (1 hour)- Dry Landing
    • Isla Isabela - Snorkeling at Tintoreras Breeding Center
    • Isla Isabela - Snorkeling at Tintoreras Breeding Center
    • Isla Isabela - Tagus Cove - Snorkel (1 hour)
    • Isla Isabela - Tagus Cove - Snorkel (1 hour)
    • Isla Isabela - Tagus Cove - Snorkel (1 hour)
    • Isla Isabela - Tagus Cove - Walk (1.45 hours) - Dry Landing
    • Isla Isabela - Tagus Cove - Walk (1.45 hours) - Dry Landing
    • Isla Isabela - Tagus Cove - Walk (1.45 hours) - Dry Landing
    • Isla Isabela - Urbina Bay - Snorkel (1 hour)
    • Isla Isabela - Urbina Bay - Snorkel (1 hour)
    • Isla Isabela - Urbina Bay - Snorkel (1 hour)
    • Isla Isabela - Urbina Bay - Walk (1.5 hours) - Wet Landing
    • Isla Isabela - Urbina Bay - Walk (1.5 hours) - Wet Landing
    • Isla Isabela - Urbina Bay - Walk (1.5 hours) - Wet Landing
    • Isla Isabela - Volcan chico hike
    • Isla Isabela - Volcan chico hike
    • Isla Isabela - Walking tour of the town and lagoon to observe flamingos
    • Isla Isabela - Walking tour of the town and lagoon to observe flamingos
    • Isla Mosquera - Beach Walk (1.5 hours) - Wet Landing
    • Isla Mosquera - Beach Walk (1.5 hours) - Wet Landing
    • Isla Mosquera - Beach Walk (1.5 hours) - Wet Landing
    • Isla Mosquera - Snorkelling (1 hour)
    • Isla Mosquera - Snorkelling (1 hour)
    • Isla Mosquera - Snorkelling (1 hour)
    • Isla North Seymour - Snorkelling (1 hours)
    • Isla North Seymour - Snorkelling (1 hours)
    • Isla North Seymour - Snorkelling (1 hours)
    • Isla North Seymour - Snorkelling (1 hours)
    • Isla North Seymour - Snorkelling (1 hours)
    • Isla North Seymour - Snorkelling (1 hours)
    • Isla North Seymour - Walk (2 hours) - Dry Landing
    • Isla North Seymour - Walk (2 hours) - Dry Landing
    • Isla North Seymour - Walk (2 hours) - Dry Landing
    • Isla North Seymour - Walk (2 hours) - Dry Landing
    • Isla North Seymour - Walk (2 hours) - Dry Landing
    • Isla North Seymour - Walk (2 hours) - Dry Landing
    • Isla Plaza Sur - Walk (2 hours) - Dry Landing
    • Isla Plaza Sur - Walk (2 hours) - Dry Landing
    • Isla Plaza Sur - Walk (2 hours) - Dry Landing
    • Isla Plaza Sur - Walk (2 hours) - Dry Landing
    • Isla Plaza Sur - Walk (2 hours) - Dry Landing
    • Isla Plaza Sur - Walk (2 hours) - Dry Landing
    • Isla Rabida - Snorkelling (1 hour)
    • Isla Rabida - Snorkelling (1 hour)
    • Isla Rabida - Snorkelling (1 hour)
    • Isla Rabida - Walk (1.5 hours) - Wet Landing
    • Isla Rabida - Walk (1.5 hours) - Wet Landing
    • Isla Rabida - Walk (1.5 hours) - Wet Landing
    • Isla Rabida - Walk and Snorkel from the beach (2 hours) - Wet Landing
    • Isla Rabida - Walk and Snorkel from the beach (2 hours) - Wet Landing
    • Isla Rabida - Walk and Snorkel from the beach (2 hours) - Wet Landing
    • Isla San Cristobal - Cerro Brujo - snorkel or beach walk (1 hour)
    • Isla San Cristobal - Cerro Brujo - snorkel or beach walk (1 hour)
    • Isla San Cristobal - Cerro Brujo - snorkel or beach walk (1 hour)
    • Isla San Cristobal - Cerro Brujo - snorkel or beach walk (1 hour)
    • Isla San Cristobal - Highlands Walk (1.5 hours) - Dry Landing
    • Isla San Cristobal - Highlands Walk (1.5 hours) - Dry Landing
    • Isla San Cristobal - Highlands Walk (1.5 hours) - Dry Landing
    • Isla San Cristobal - Highlands Walk (1.5 hours) - Dry Landing
    • Isla San Cristobal - Highlands Walk (1.5 hours) - Dry Landing
    • Isla San Cristobal - Interpretation Center Visit (1 hour) - Dry Landing
    • Isla San Cristobal - Interpretation Center Visit (1 hour) - Dry Landing
    • Isla San Cristobal - Interpretation Center Visit (1 hour) - Dry Landing
    • Isla San Cristobal - Interpretation Center Visit (1 hour) - Dry Landing
    • Isla San Cristobal - Interpretation Center Visit (1 hour) - Dry Landing
    • Isla San Cristobal - Interpretation Center Visit (1 hour) - Dry Landing
    • Isla San Cristobal - Interpretation Center Visit (1 hour) - Dry Landing
    • Isla San Cristobal - Interpretation Center Visit (1 hour) - Dry Landing
    • Isla San Cristobal - Interpretation Center Visit (1 hour) - Dry Landing
    • Isla San Cristobal - Isla Lobos - Walk (1 hour) - Dry Landing
    • Isla San Cristobal - Isla Lobos - Walk (1 hour) - Dry Landing
    • Isla San Cristobal - Isla Lobos - Walk (1 hour) - Dry Landing
    • Isla San Cristobal - Kicker Rock - Boat ride
    • Isla San Cristobal - Kicker Rock - Boat ride
    • Isla San Cristobal - Punta Pitt - Walk (2 hours) - Wet Landing
    • Isla San Cristobal - Punta Pitt - Walk (2 hours) - Wet Landing
    • Isla San Cristobal - Punta Pitt - Walk (2 hours) - Wet Landing
    • Isla Sanitago - Buccaneer's Cove - Panga Ride (45 mins)
    • Isla Sanitago - Buccaneer's Cove - Panga Ride (45 mins)
    • Isla Sanitago - Buccaneer's Cove - Panga Ride (45 mins)
    • Isla Sanitago - Buccaneer's Cove - Panga Ride (45 mins)
    • Isla Sanitago - Buccaneer's Cove - Panga Ride (45 mins)
    • Isla Sanitago - Buccaneer's Cove - Snorkelling (1 hour)
    • Isla Sanitago - Espumilla Beach - Panga ride or Snorkelling (45 mins)
    • Isla Sanitago - Espumilla Beach - Panga ride or Snorkelling (45 mins)
    • Isla Sanitago - Espumilla Beach - Panga ride or Snorkelling (45 mins)
    • Isla Sanitago - Espumilla Beach - Panga ride or Snorkelling (45 mins)
    • Isla Sanitago - Espumilla Beach - Panga ride or Snorkelling (45 mins)
    • Isla Sanitago - Espumilla Beach - Walk (1.5 hours) - Wet Landing
    • Isla Santa Cruz - Bachas Beach Snorkel (1 hour) - Wet Landing
    • Isla Santa Cruz - Bachas Beach Snorkel (1 hour) - Wet Landing
    • Isla Santa Cruz - Bachas Beach Snorkel (1 hour) - Wet Landing
    • Isla Santa Cruz - Bachas Beach Snorkel (1 hour) - Wet Landing
    • Isla Santa Cruz - Bachas Beach Snorkel (1 hour) - Wet Landing
    • Isla Santa Cruz - Bachas Beach Snorkel (1 hour) - Wet Landing
    • Isla Santa Cruz - Bachas Beach Walk (1 hour) - Wet Landing
    • Isla Santa Cruz - Bachas Beach Walk (1 hour) - Wet Landing
    • Isla Santa Cruz - Bachas Beach Walk (1 hour) - Wet Landing
    • Isla Santa Cruz - Bachas Beach Walk (1 hour) - Wet Landing
    • Isla Santa Cruz - Black Turtle Cove - Panga ride (1.5 hours)
    • Isla Santa Cruz - Black Turtle Cove - Panga ride (1.5 hours)
    • Isla Santa Cruz - Black Turtle Cove - Panga ride (1.5 hours)
    • Isla Santa Cruz - Black Turtle Cove - Panga ride (1.5 hours)
    • Isla Santa Cruz - Black Turtle Cove - Panga ride (1.5 hours)
    • Isla Santa Cruz - Black Turtle Cove - Panga ride (1.5 hours)
    • Isla Santa Cruz - Cerro Dragon - Snorkelling or swimming (1 hour)
    • Isla Santa Cruz - Cerro Dragon - Snorkelling or swimming (1 hour)
    • Isla Santa Cruz - Cerro Dragon - Snorkelling or swimming (1 hour)
    • Isla Santa Cruz - Cerro Dragon - Snorkelling or swimming (1 hour)
    • Isla Santa Cruz - Cerro Dragon - Snorkelling or swimming (1 hour)
    • Isla Santa Cruz - Cerro Dragon - Snorkelling or swimming (1 hour)
    • Isla Santa Cruz - Cerro Dragon - Walk (1.5 hours) - Dry Landing
    • Isla Santa Cruz - Cerro Dragon - Walk (1.5 hours) - Dry Landing
    • Isla Santa Cruz - Cerro Dragon - Walk (1.5 hours) - Dry Landing
    • Isla Santa Cruz - Cerro Dragon - Walk (1.5 hours) - Dry Landing
    • Isla Santa Cruz - Cerro Dragon - Walk (1.5 hours) - Dry Landing
    • Isla Santa Cruz - Cerro Dragon - Walk (1.5 hours) - Dry Landing
    • Isla Santa Cruz - Charles Darwin Centre visit
    • Isla Santa Cruz - Charles Darwin Centre visit
    • Isla Santa Cruz - Charles Darwin Research Station (1 hour) - Dry Landing
    • Isla Santa Cruz - Charles Darwin Research Station (1 hour) - Dry Landing
    • Isla Santa Cruz - Charles Darwin Research Station (1 hour) - Dry Landing
    • Isla Santa Cruz - Charles Darwin Research Station (1 hour) - Dry Landing
    • Isla Santa Cruz - Charles Darwin Research Station (1 hour) - Dry Landing
    • Isla Santa Cruz - Charles Darwin Research Station (1 hour) - Dry Landing
    • Isla Santa Cruz - Charles Darwin Research Station (1 hour) - Dry Landing
    • Isla Santa Cruz - Charles Darwin Research Station (1 hour) - Dry Landing
    • Isla Santa Cruz - Charles Darwin Research Station (1 hour) - Dry Landing
    • Isla Santa Cruz - Charles Darwin Research Station (1 hour) - Dry Landing
    • Isla Santa Cruz - Charles Darwin Research Station (1 hour) - Dry Landing
    • Isla Santa Cruz - Charles Darwin Research Station (1.5 hours) - Dry Landing
    • Isla Santa Cruz - Charles Darwin Research Station (1.5 hours) - Dry Landing
    • Isla Santa Cruz - Charles Darwin Research Station (1.5 hours) - Dry Landing
    • Isla Santa Cruz - Highlands Visit (1 hour) - Dry Landing
    • Isla Santa Cruz - Highlands Visit (1 hour) - Dry Landing
    • Isla Santa Cruz - Highlands Visit (1 hour) - Dry Landing
    • Isla Santa Cruz - Highlands Visit (1.5 hours) - Dry Landing
    • Isla Santa Cruz - Highlands Visit (1.5 hours) - Dry Landing
    • Isla Santa Cruz - Highlands Visit (1.5 hours) - Dry Landing
    • Isla Santa Cruz - Highlands Visit (1.5 hours) - Dry Landing
    • Isla Santa Cruz - Highlands Visit (1.5 hours) - Dry Landing
    • Isla Santa Cruz - Highlands Visit (1.5 hours) - Dry Landing
    • Isla Santa Cruz - Highlands Visit (1.5 hours) - Dry Landing
    • Isla Santa Cruz - Highlands Visit (1.5 hours) - Dry Landing
    • Isla Santa Cruz - Highlands Visit (1.5 hours) - Dry Landing
    • Isla Santa Cruz - Highlands Visit (1.5 hours) - Dry Landing
    • Isla Santa Cruz - Punta Carrion - Snorkelling (1 hour)
    • Isla Santa Cruz - Punta Carrion - Snorkelling (1 hour)
    • Isla Santa Cruz - Punta Carrion - Snorkelling (1 hour)
    • Isla Santa Cruz - Punta Carrion - Snorkelling (1 hour)
    • Isla Santa Cruz - Punta Carrion - Snorkelling (1 hour)
    • Isla Santa Cruz - Punta Carrion - Snorkelling (1 hour)
    • Isla Santa Cruz - Upcycling art activity
    • Isla Santa Cruz - Upcycling art activity
    • Isla Santa Cruz - Visit the highlands to see Giant tortoises
    • Isla Santa Cruz - Visit the highlands to see Giant tortoises
    • Isla Santa Cruz - Walking tour of Puerto Ayora
    • Isla Santa Cruz - Walking tour of Puerto Ayora
    • Isla Santa Fe - Panga ride (45 mins)
    • Isla Santa Fe - Panga ride (45 mins)
    • Isla Santa Fe - Panga ride (45 mins)
    • Isla Santa Fe - Snorkel (1 hour)
    • Isla Santa Fe - Snorkel (1 hour)
    • Isla Santa Fe - Snorkel (1 hour)
    • Isla Santa Fe - Walk (1.5 hours) - Wet Landing
    • Isla Santa Fe - Walk (1.5 hours) - Wet Landing
    • Isla Santa Fe - Walk (1.5 hours) - Wet Landing
    • Isla Santa Fe - Walk (1.5 hours) - Wet Landing
    • Isla Santa Fe - Walk (1.5 hours) - Wet Landing
    • Isla Santa Fe - Walk (1.5 hours) - Wet Landing
    • Isla Santiago - Caleta Buccanero - Panga boat tour (1 hour)
    • Isla Santiago - Caleta Buccanero - Panga boat tour (1 hour)
    • Isla Santiago - Caleta Buccanero - Panga boat tour (1 hour)
    • Isla Santiago - Caleta Buccanero - Snorkelling (1 hour)
    • Isla Santiago - Caleta Buccanero - Snorkelling (1 hour)
    • Isla Santiago - Caleta Buccanero - Snorkelling (1 hour)
    • Isla Santiago - Puerto Egas - Snorkelling (1 hour)
    • Isla Santiago - Puerto Egas - Snorkelling (1 hour)
    • Isla Santiago - Puerto Egas - Snorkelling (1 hour)
    • Isla Santiago - Puerto Egas - Snorkelling (1 hour)
    • Isla Santiago - Puerto Egas - Snorkelling (1 hour)
    • Isla Santiago - Puerto Egas - Snorkelling (1 hour)
    • Isla Santiago - Puerto Egas - Snorkelling (1 hour)
    • Isla Santiago - Puerto Egas - Snorkelling (1 hour)
    • Isla Santiago - Puerto Egas - Walk (1.45 hours) - Wet Landing
    • Isla Santiago - Puerto Egas - Walk (1.45 hours) - Wet Landing
    • Isla Santiago - Puerto Egas - Walk (1.45 hours) - Wet Landing
    • Isla Santiago - Puerto Egas - Walk (1.45 hours) - Wet Landing
    • Isla Santiago - Puerto Egas - Walk (1.45 hours) - Wet Landing
    • Isla Santiago - Puerto Egas - Walk (1.45 hours) - Wet Landing
    • Isla Santiago - Puerto Egas - Walk (1.45 hours) - Wet Landing
    • Isla Santiago - Puerto Egas - Walk (1.45 hours) - Wet Landing
    • Isla Santiago - Sombrero Chino - Snorkelling (1 hour)
    • Isla Santiago - Sombrero Chino - Snorkelling (1 hour)
    • Isla Santiago - Sombrero Chino - Snorkelling (1 hour)
    • Isla Santiago - Sullivan Bay - Snorkelling (45 mins)
    • Isla Santiago - Sullivan Bay - Snorkelling (45 mins)
    • Isla Santiago - Sullivan Bay - Snorkelling (45 mins)
    • Isla Santiago - Sullivan Bay - Walk (1.5 hours) - Dry Landing
    • Isla Santiago - Sullivan Bay - Walk (1.5 hours) - Dry Landing
    • Isla Santiago - Sullivan Bay - Walk (1.5 hours) - Dry Landing
    • Isla Santiago - Sullivan Bay - Walk (1.5 hours) - Dry Landing
    • Isla Santiago - Sullivan Bay - Walk (1.5 hours) - Dry Landing
    • Isla Santiago - Sullivan Bay - Walk (1.5 hours) - Dry Landing
    • Isla Santiago - Sullivan Bay - Walk (1.5 hours) - Dry Landing
    • Isla Santiago - Sullivan Bay - Walk (1.5 hours) - Dry Landing
    • Isla Sombrero Chino - Snorkelling (1.5 hours) Wet Landing
    • Isla Sombrero Chino - Snorkelling (1.5 hours) Wet Landing
    • Isla Sombrero Chino - Snorkelling (1.5 hours) Wet Landing
    • Isla Sombrero chino - Walk (1.5 hours) Wet Landing
    • Isla Sombrero chino - Walk (1.5 hours) Wet Landing
    • Isla Sombrero chino - Walk (1.5 hours) Wet Landing
    • Islamabad - Faisal Mosque at sunset
    • Islamabad - Taxila Museum & archeological sites
    • Islamabad - Taxila Museum & archeological sites
    • Islamabad - Truck art workshop
    • Islas Ballestas - Guided tour
    • Islas Ballestas - Guided tour
    • Issky Kul - Kyzyl Tuu - Yurt Making Workshop
    • Issky Kul - Kyzyl Tuu - Yurt Making Workshop
    • Issoumar - Folk tales and music
    • Issoumar - Hike to Bou Tharar
    • Issyk-kul Lake - Boorsok Cooking Demonstration
    • Issyk-Kul Lake - Fairy Tale Canyon picnic lunch
    • Issyk-Kul Lake - Home-cooked meal
    • Issyk-kul Lake - Kyrgyz carpet making demonstration
    • Issyk-kul Lake - Kyrgyz carpet making demonstration
    • Issyk-kul Lake - Kyrgyz Elechek Demonstration
    • Issyk-Kul Lake - Yurt workshop
    • Issyk-Kul Lake - Yurt workshop
    • Issyk-Kul Lake - Yurt workshop
    • Issyk-Kul Lake - Yurt workshop
    • Issyk-Kul Lake - Yurt workshop
    • Issyk-Kul Lake - Yurt workshop
    • Istanbul - city guided tour
    • Istanbul - Old City Walking Tour (Half Day)
    • Istanbul- Private Transfer from Istanbul Bus Station to Istanbul Hotel
    • Istanbul- Private Transfer from Istanbul Bus Station to Istanbul Hotel
    • Istanbul- Private Transfer from Istanbul Bus Station to Istanbul Hotel
    • Istria – Winery Visit and Tasting
    • Istria – Winery Visit and Tasting
    • Istria – Winery Visit and Tasting
    • Istria – Winery Visit and Tasting
    • Itea - Beekeeping Experience & Honey Tasting
    • Itea - Beekeeping Experience & Honey Tasting
    • Ithaafushi Faru - Snorkelling
    • Itsamia - National Park Eco-guard Conservation Presentation
    • Itsamia - Turtle Nesting Observation
    • Izamal - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Izbat Al Bayyarah - Kom Ombo Temple
    • Izbat Al Bayyarah - Kom Ombo Temple
    • Izbat Al Bayyarah - Kom Ombo Temple
    • Izbat Al Bayyarah - Kom Ombo Temple
    • Izbat Al Bayyarah - Kom Ombo Temple
    • Izbat Al Bayyarah - Kom Ombo Temple
    • Izbat Al Bayyarah - Kom Ombo Temple
    • Izbat Al Bayyarah - Kom Ombo Temple
    • Jabalpur - River Narmada Aarti Ceremony
    • Jaffna - Cooking class & family visit
    • Jaffna - Jaffna Library
    • Jaffna - Jaffna Peninsula tour
    • Jaffna - Pottery making experience
    • Jaipur - Amber Fort
    • Jaipur - Amber Fort
    • Jaipur - Amber Fort
    • Jaipur - Amber Fort
    • Jaipur - Amber Fort
    • Jaipur - Amber Fort
    • Jaipur - Amber Fort
    • Jaipur - Amber Fort
    • Jaipur - Amber Fort
    • Jaipur - Amber Fort
    • Jaipur - Amber Fort
    • Jaipur - Amber Fort
    • Jaipur - Amber Fort
    • Jaipur - Amber Fort
    • Jaipur - Amber Fort
    • Jaipur - Amber Fort
    • Jaipur - Amber Fort
    • Jaipur - Amber Fort
    • Jaipur - Amber Fort
    • Jaipur - Amber Fort
    • Jaipur - Amber Fort
    • Jaipur - Amber Fort
    • Jaipur - Amber Fort
    • Jaipur - Bollywood Dance class
    • Jaipur - Bollywood Dance class
    • Jaipur - Bollywood movie at Raj Mandir
    • Jaipur - Bollywood Movie at Raj Mandir Cinema
    • Jaipur - City Palace
    • Jaipur - City Palace
    • Jaipur - City Palace
    • Jaipur - City Palace
    • Jaipur - City Palace
    • Jaipur - City Palace
    • Jaipur - City tour with The Pink City Rickshaw Company
    • Jaipur - City tour with The Pink City Rickshaw Company
    • Jaipur - Cooking Class with Dinner
    • Jaipur - Cooking Class with Dinner
    • Jaipur - Cooking Class with Dinner
    • Jaipur - Hand Block printing class
    • Jaipur - Hawa Mahal (Palace of the Wind) Photo Stop
    • Jaipur - Hawa Mahal (Palace of the Wind) Photo Stop
    • Jaipur - Hawa Mahal photo stop
    • Jaipur - Home-cooked dinner
    • Jaipur - Home-cooked dinner
    • Jaipur - Home-cooked dinner
    • Jaipur - Home-cooked dinner
    • Jaipur - Home-cooked dinner
    • Jaipur - Home-cooking Class
    • Jaipur - Jantar Mantar Observatory
    • Jaipur - Jhalana Leopard safari
    • Jaipur - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Jaipur - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Jaipur - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Jaipur - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Jaipur - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Jaipur - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Jaipur - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Jaipur - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Jaipur - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Jaipur - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Jaipur - Leader-led walking & market tour
    • Jaipur - Leader-led walking & market tour
    • Jaipur - Leader-led walking & market tour
    • Jaipur - Leader-led walking & market tour
    • Jaipur - Leader-led walking & market tour
    • Jaipur - Leader-led walking & market tour
    • Jaipur - Leader-led walking & market tour
    • Jaipur - Leader-led walking & market tour
    • Jaipur - Leader-led walking & market tour
    • Jaipur - Leader-led walking & market tour
    • Jaipur - Leader-led walking & market tour
    • Jaipur - Leader-led walking & market tour
    • Jaipur - Leader-led walking & market tour
    • Jaipur - Leader-led walking & market tour
    • Jaipur - Orientation walk with a local guide
    • Jaipur - Orientation walk with a local guide
    • Jaipur - Orientation walk with a local guide
    • Jaipur - Pink City Rickshaw Food Tour
    • Jaipur - Rajasthani Cooking Class and Dinner
    • Jaipur - Rooftop dinner and drinks in old Jaipur (one drink included)
    • Jaipur - Street Food Lunch
    • Jaipur - Walk to a rural village (Sawai Madhopur) on the way to Jaipur
    • Jaipur - Walk to a rural village (Sawai Madhopur) on the way to Jaipur
    • Jaipur - Walk to a rural village (Sawai Madhopur) on the way to Jaipur
    • Jaipur - Walking tour with a local guide
    • Jaipur- Panna Meena Kund Stepwell Visit
    • Jaipur- Panna Meena Kund Stepwell Visit
    • Jaipur- Panna Meena Kund Stepwell Visit
    • Jaisalmer - City Tour
    • Jaisalmer - Home-cooked dinner
    • Jaisalmer - Leader-led walking tour
    • Jaisalmer - Leader-led walking tour
    • Jaisalmer - Leader-led walking tour
    • Jaisalmer - Walking tour with a local guide
    • Jajce - Guided walking tour and AVNOJ museum visit
    • Jajce - Pliva waterfall visit
    • Jakarta - City tour
    • Jakarta - City tour
    • Jakarta - City tour
    • Jakarta - City tour
    • Jakarta - City tour
    • Jakarta - Storytelling Lunch
    • Jakarta - Welcome Dinner
    • Jardim do Mar - Picnic lunch
    • Jasper - Maligne Lake cruise
    • Jasper - Sunrise at Pyramid Lake
    • Jasper National Park
    • Jasper National Park - Entrance Fee
    • Jasper National Park - Entrance Fee
    • Jasper National Park - Entrance Fee
    • Jasper National Park - Entrance Fee
    • Jasper townsite visit
    • Jerash - Roman ruins
    • Jerash - Roman ruins
    • Jerash - Roman ruins
    • Jerash - Roman ruins
    • Jerash - Roman ruins
    • Jerash - Roman ruins
    • Jety Oguz Valley & Kyzyl Jar Canyon - Trek
    • Jimi Hendrix Café visit
    • Jinghong - Starlight Night Market
    • Jinghong - Starlight Night Market
    • Jodhpur - City Walk
    • Jodhpur - Leader-led walking tour
    • Jodhpur - Leader-led walking tour
    • Jodhpur - Leader-led walking tour
    • Jodhpur - Megerangarh Fort & Palace
    • Jodhpur - Meherangarh Fort
    • Jodhpur - Meherangarh Fort
    • Jodhpur - Sadar Bazaar
    • Johannesburg - Welcome Dinner
    • Johannesburg - Welcome Dinner
    • Johannesburg - Welcome Dinner
    • John Garner Pass & Lake Grey guided trek
    • Jorhat - Tea Plantation Visit
    • Joshua Tree National Park - Entrance Fee
    • Joshua Tree National Park - Entrance Fee
    • Joshua Tree National Park - Entrance Fee
    • Joshua Tree National Park - Entrance Fee
    • Joya de Ceren - Guided visit to archaeological site
    • Joya de Ceren - Guided visit to archaeological site
    • Jungle night walk
    • Kabinburi - Alms giving at morning market
    • Kabinburi - Alms giving at morning market
    • Kaikoura - Seal Colony Visit
    • Kaikoura - Visit to a Seal Colony
    • Kaikoura - Visit to a Seal Colony
    • Kaikoura - Visit to a Seal Colony
    • Kaikoura - Visit to a Seal Colony
    • Kairouan - City tour
    • Kairouan - City tour
    • Kairouan - Makroudh Making Demonstration
    • Kairouan - Pastry workshop
    • Kairouan - Traditional Carpet Museum
    • Kakadu National Park - Burrungkuy (Nourlangie) main gallery and shelter walk
    • Kakadu National Park - Burrungkuy (Nourlangie) rock art site
    • Kakadu National Park - Burrungkuy (Nourlangie) rock art site
    • Kakadu National Park - Burrungkuy (Nourlangie) rock art site
    • Kakadu National Park - Cahills Crossing
    • Kakadu National Park - Guluyambi Cultural Cruise on the East Alligator River
    • Kakadu National Park - Guluyambi Cultural Cruise on the East Alligator River
    • Kakadu National Park - Guluyambi Cultural Cruise on the East Alligator River
    • Kakadu National Park - Mamukala Wetlands
    • Kakadu National Park - Mamukala Wetlands
    • Kakadu National Park - Mamukala Wetlands
    • Kakadu National Park - Nourlangie Rock Art Site Walk
    • Kakadu National Park - Picnic Lunch at Cahills Crossing
    • Kakadu National Park - Ubirr Rock Art Cultural Walk
    • Kakadu National Park - Ubirr Rock Art Cultural Walk
    • Kakadu National Park - Ubirr Rock Art Site Walk
    • Kakadu National Park - Ubirr Rock Art Site Walk
    • Kakadu National Park – Ubirr walk
    • Kakadu National Park – Yellow Water Cruise on the South Alligator River
    • Kakheti - Dinner and Wine Tasting with a Local Family
    • Kakheti - Georgian Polyphonic Singing
    • Kakheti- Gremi Complex
    • Kakheti- Gremi Complex
    • Kakheti- Gremi Complex
    • Kakheti - Lunch with a Local Family
    • Kakheti - Lunch with a Local Family
    • Kakheti - Lunch with a Local Family
    • Kakheti - Telavi Fresh Produce Market
    • Kakheti - Telavi Fresh Produce Market
    • Kakheti - Telavi Fresh Produce Market
    • Kakheti - Tsinandali Estate Visit
    • Kakheti - Tsinandali Estate Visit
    • Kakheti - Tsinandali Estate Visit
    • Kalaloch Beach Walk
    • Kalaloch Beach Walk
    • Kalamata - Market visit with olive oil tasting
    • Kalbarri – Hutt Lagoon
    • Kalbarri – Hutt Lagoon
    • Kalbarri – Hutt Lagoon
    • Kalbarri – Murchison House Station Tour
    • Kalbarri – Murchison House Station Tour
    • Kalbarri – Murchison River Canoe Tour with Dinner
    • Kalbarri – Murchison River Canoe Tour with Dinner
    • Kalbarri National Park - Skywalk and Nature’s Window
    • Kalbarri National Park - Skywalk and Nature’s Window
    • Kalbarri National Park - Skywalk and Nature’s Window
    • Kalibaru - Coffee and Cocoa Plantation Tour
    • Kalibaru - Coffee and Cocoa Plantation Tour
    • Kalibaru - Coffee and Cocoa Plantation Tour
    • Kalibaru - Coffee and Cocoa Plantation Tour
    • Kampi - Dolphin boat tour
    • Kampong - Chambok Watefall Trek
    • Kampong - Chambok Watefall Trek
    • Kampong Chhnang - Pottery village visit
    • Kampong Chhnang - Pottery village visit
    • Kampong Chhnang - Pottery village visit
    • Kampong Chhnang - Pottery village visit
    • Kampong Chhnang - Pottery village visit
    • Kampong Phluck - Visit to kampong Phluck lakeside village
    • Kampong Phluck - Visit to kampong Phluck lakeside village
    • Kampong Phluck - Visit to kampong Phluck lakeside village
    • Kampong Thom - Lunch prepared by women weavers at the silkfarm
    • Kampong Thom - Lunch prepared by women weavers at the silkfarm
    • Kampong Thom - Lunch prepared by women weavers at the silkfarm
    • Kampong Thom - Santuk Silk Farm
    • Kampong Thom - Santuk Silk Farm
    • Kampong Thom - Santuk Silkfarm visit
    • Kampong Thom - Santuk Silkfarm visit
    • Kampong Thom - Santuk Silkfarm visit
    • Kampot - Breakfast at Epic Art Café (NGO restaurant)
    • Kampot - Cooking class & pepper ice cream tasting
    • Kampot - Countryside tour
    • Kampot - Crab Market & Lunch
    • Kampot - Food tour and lunch
    • Kampot - Heritage walking tour
    • Kampot - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Kampot - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Kampot - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Kampot - Pepper farm visit (Pepper Project)
    • Kampot - Pepper plantation & salt field visit
    • Kampot - Pepper plantation & salt field visit
    • Kampot - Phnom Chhnork
    • Kampot - Phnom Chhnork
    • Kampot - Phnom Chhnork limestone cave
    • Kampot - Salt field visit
    • Kampung Kiau - Everything Pineapple community project visit & lunch
    • Kananaskis - Grassi Lakes hike
    • Kanchanaburi - Bridge over the River Kwai
    • Kanchanaburi - Bridge over the River Kwai
    • Kanchanaburi - Bridge over the River Kwai
    • Kanchanaburi - Erawan National Park & Falls
    • Kanchanaburi - Erawan National Park & Falls
    • Kanchanaburi - Erawan National Park & Falls
    • Kanchanaburi - Erawan National Park Visit
    • Kanchanaburi - Erawan National Park Visit
    • Kanchanaburi - Erawan National Park Visit
    • Kanchanaburi - Erawan National Park Visit
    • Kanchanaburi - Erawan National Park Visit
    • Kanchanaburi - Erawan National Park Visit
    • Kanchanaburi - Erawan National Park Visit
    • Kanchanaburi - Erawan National Park Visit
    • Kanchanaburi - Hellfire Pass Memorial Museum
    • Kanchanaburi - Hellfire Pass Memorial Museum
    • Kanchanaburi - Hellfire Pass Memorial Museum
    • Kanchanaburi - Hellfire Pass Memorial Museum
    • Kanchanaburi - Hellfire Pass Memorial Museum
    • Kanchanaburi - Hellfire Pass Memorial Museum
    • Kanchanaburi - Hellfire Pass Memorial Museum
    • Kanchanaburi - Historical Train Journey
    • Kanchanaburi - Historical train ride
    • Kanchanaburi - Historical train ride
    • Kanchanaburi - Historical train ride
    • Kanchanaburi - Kanchanaburi War Cemetery
    • Kanchanaburi - Kanchanaburi War Cemetery
    • Kanchanaburi - Kanchanaburi War Cemetery
    • Kanchanaburi - Kanchanaburi War Cemetery
    • Kanchanaburi - Kanchanaburi War Cemetery
    • Kanchanaburi - Kanchanaburi War Cemetery
    • Kanchanaburi - Kanchanaburi War Cemetery
    • Kanchanaburi - Rafthouse experience with dinner
    • Kanchanaburi - Rafthouse experience with dinner
    • Kanchanaburi - Tour (WWII museum, Allied War Cemetery, Bridge over River Kwai)
    • Kandy - Cooking Class in a Sinhalese Home
    • Kandy - Botanical Gardens
    • Kandy - Botanical Gardens
    • Kandy - City Tour with the Temple of the Tooth
    • Kandy - City Tour with the Temple of the Tooth
    • Kandy - Cultural Dance Performance
    • Kandy - Cultural Dance Performance
    • Kandy - Cultural Dance Performance
    • Kandy - Gem museum & lapidary workshop visit
    • Kandy - Hela Bojun social enterprise lunch
    • Kandy - Hela Bojun social enterprise lunch
    • Kandy - Hela Bojun social enterprise lunch
    • Kandy - Home-cooked lunch
    • Kandy - Home-cooked meal
    • Kandy - Market wander & tastings
    • Kandy - Private Cultural Dance Performance
    • Kandy - Scenic train ride from Kandy to Hatton
    • Kandy - Scenic train ride to Ella
    • Kandy - Scenic train ride to Nuwara Eliya
    • Kandy - Scenic train ride from Kandy to Bandarawela
    • Kandy - Scenic train ride from Kandy to Bandarawela
    • Kandy - Scenic train ride from Kandy to Nanu Oya
    • Kandy - Spice garden visit
    • Kandy - Tea factory visit
    • Kandy - Tea factory visit
    • Kandy - Tea factory visit
    • Kandy - Temple of the Tooth
    • Kandy - Temple of the Tooth
    • Kandy - Temple of the Tooth
    • Kandy - Temple of the Tooth
    • Kandy - Temple of the Tooth
    • Kandy - Temple of the Tooth
    • Kandy - Temple of the Tooth
    • Kandy - Temple of the Tooth
    • Kangaroo Island - All entrance fees and special permits
    • Kangaroo Island - All entrance fees and special permits
    • Kangaroo Island - American River ‘Rebuild Independence’ Boathouse Visit
    • Kangaroo Island - American River ‘Rebuild Independence’ Boathouse Visit
    • Kangaroo Island - American River bushwalk
    • Kangaroo Island - American River bushwalk
    • Kangaroo Island - Beach walk to see Australian sea lions at Seal Bay Conservation Park
    • Kangaroo Island - Cape Willoughby Lighthouse
    • Kangaroo Island - Cape Willoughby Lighthouse
    • Kangaroo Island - Eucalyptus Oil Distillery
    • Kangaroo Island - Eucalyptus Oil Distillery
    • Kangaroo Island - Exploration of stunning beaches and coastlines of Kangaroo Island
    • Kangaroo Island - Flinders Chase NP Incl Remarkable Rocks & Admiral's Arch
    • Kangaroo Island - Flinders Chase NP Incl Remarkable Rocks & Admiral's Arch
    • Kangaroo Island - Full Day Trip to Emu Bay & Stokes Bay
    • Kangaroo Island - Full Day Trip to Emu Bay & Stokes Bay
    • Kangaroo Island - Full-day trip to Dudley Peninsula
    • Kangaroo Island - Full-day trip to Dudley Peninsula
    • Kangaroo Island - Honey Farm
    • Kangaroo Island - Honey Farm
    • Kangaroo Island - KI Community Gallery
    • Kangaroo Island - KI Community Gallery
    • Kangaroo Island - Penguin tour
    • Kangaroo Island - Penguin tour
    • Kangaroo Island - Penneshaw Sculpture Trail
    • Kangaroo Island - Penneshaw Sculpture Trail
    • Kangaroo Island - Personalised 4x4 touring with expert commentary from your local Driver/Guide
    • Kangaroo Island - Personalised 4x4 touring with expert commentary from your local Driver/Guide
    • Kangaroo Island - Return scenic coach transfers to Cape Jervis taking in the picturesque Fleurieu Peninsula
    • Kangaroo Island - Return transport to/from Kangaroo Island by SeaLink Ferry
    • Kangaroo Island - Seal Bay Wildlife Experience with local ranger
    • Kangaroo Island - Seal Bay Wildlife Experience with local ranger
    • Kangaroo Island - Sheep Shearing & Sheep Dog Experience
    • Kangaroo Island - Sheep Shearing & Sheep Dog Experience
    • Kangaroo Island - Visit Flinders Chase National Park (with visits to Remarkable Rocks, Admirals Arch, Cape du Couedic Lighthouse)
    • Kangaroo Island - Vivonne Bay & Little Sahara
    • Kangaroo Island - Vivonne Bay & Little Sahara
    • Kangaroo Island - wildlife spotting such as Long-nosed Fur Seals, koalas and other native wildlife
    • Kangaroo Island - wildlife spotting such as koalas, kangaroos, wallabies, echidnas, and birdlife
    • Karakol - City Tour
    • Karakol - City Tour
    • Karakol - Dungan Family Visit and Cooking Masterclass
    • Karakol - Dungan Family Visit and Cooking Masterclass
    • Karakol - Dungan Mosque
    • Karakol - Dungan Mosque
    • Karakol - Dungan Mosque
    • Karakol - Dungan Mosque
    • Karakol - Dungan Mosque
    • Karakol - Holy Trinity Orthodox Cathedral
    • Karakol - Holy Trinity Orthodox Cathedral
    • Karakol - Holy Trinity Orthodox Cathedral
    • Karakol - Holy Trinity Orthodox Cathedral
    • Karakol - Holy Trinity Orthodox Cathedral
    • Karakol - Jeti Orghuz Canyon Hike
    • Karakol - Jeti Orghuz Canyon Hike
    • Karakol - Jeti Orghuz Canyon Hike
    • Karakol - Jety Oguz Visit
    • Karakol - Jety Oguz Visit
    • Karakol - Jety Oguz Visit
    • Karakol - Skazka Canyon Visit
    • Karakol - Skazka Canyon Visit
    • Karakol - Skazka Canyon Visit
    • Karatu - Coffee Farm Tour
    • Karatu - Coffee Farm Tour
    • Karatu - Coffee Farm Tour
    • Karatu - Coffee Farm Tour
    • Karatu - Coffee Farm Tour
    • Karatu - Coffee Farm Tour
    • Karatu - Coffee Farm Tour
    • Karatu - Coffee Farm Tour
    • Karatu - Coffee Farm Tour
    • Karatu - Coffee Tour
    • Karatu - Coffee Tour
    • Karatu - Home-Cooked Dinner
    • Karatu - Home-Cooked Dinner
    • Karatu - Home-Cooked Dinner
    • Karatu - Home-Cooked Dinner
    • Karatu - Home-Cooked Dinner
    • Karatu - Home-Cooked Dinner
    • Karatu - Home-Cooked Dinner
    • Karatu - Home-Cooked Dinner
    • Karatu - Home-Cooked Dinner
    • Karauli - Palace visit
    • Karauli - tuk tuk ride and old city walking tour
    • Kardamyli – Home-cooked dinner
    • Kardamyli – Lalagia making
    • Karijini National Park - Dales Gorge
    • Karijini National Park - Hancock Gorge
    • Karijini National Park – Hancock Gorge, Spider Wall & Kermit’s Pool
    • Karijini National Park – Hancock Gorge, Spider Wall & Kermit’s Pool
    • Karijini National Park – Joffre Gorge
    • Karijini National Park – Joffre Gorge
    • Karijini National Park – Kalamina Gorge & Rock Arch Pool
    • Karijini National Park – Kalamina Gorge & Rock Arch Pool
    • Karijini National Park - Karajini Visitor Centre
    • Karijini National Park - Kermit's Pool
    • Karijini National Park - Mt Bruce Summit walk
    • Karijini National Park - Weano Gorge & Handrail Pool
    • Karijini National Park – Weano Gorge & Handrail Pool
    • Karijini National Park – Weano Gorge & Handrail Pool
    • Karijini National Park - Weano Recreation Area
    • Karimabad - Baltit & Altit Forts
    • Karimabad - Ciqam women's social enterprise visit
    • Karimabad - Duiker (Eagle's Nest) sunset viewing
    • Karimabad - Lunch at women-run cafe
    • Karimabad - Market tour
    • Karlovy Vary - Thermal Bath
    • Karlovy Vary - Walk with Tour Leader
    • Kasane - Sunrise Tour of Victoria Falls
    • Kasbah Ait Benhaddou visit
    • Katherine – Godinymayin Yijard Rivers Arts & Culture Centre
    • Katherine - Hot Springs
    • Katherine - Hot Springs
    • Kathmandu - Bodhnath Stupa
    • Kathmandu - Bodhnath Stupa
    • Kathmandu - Boudhanath Stupa and Monastery visit
    • Kathmandu - Boudhanath Stupa and Monastery visit
    • Kathmandu - Boudhanath Stupa and Monastery visit
    • Kathmandu - Boudhanath Stupa and Monastery visit
    • Kathmandu - Boudhanath Stupa and Monastery visit
    • Kathmandu - Boudhanath Stupa and Monastery visit
    • Kathmandu - Boudhanath Stupa and Monastery visit with Lama blessing and Puja ceremony
    • Kathmandu - Cooking class at Seven Women
    • Kathmandu - Cooking class at Sungava Nepal
    • Kathmandu - Cooking class at Sungava Nepal
    • Kathmandu - Cooking class at Sungava Nepal
    • Kathmandu - Days for Girls NGO Visit
    • Kathmandu - Dinner at The Village Cafe
    • Kathmandu - Durbar Square
    • Kathmandu - Durbar Square
    • Kathmandu - Durbar Square
    • Kathmandu - Durbar Square
    • Kathmandu - Durbar Square
    • Kathmandu - Durbar Square
    • Kathmandu - Durbar Square
    • Kathmandu - Durbar Square
    • Kathmandu - Pashupatinath Temple
    • Kathmandu - Pashupatinath Temple
    • Kathmandu - Pashupatinath Temple
    • Kathmandu - Pashupatinath Temple
    • Kathmandu - Pashupatinath Temple
    • Kathmandu - Pashupatinath Temple
    • Kathmandu - Pashupatinath Temple
    • Kathmandu - Pashupatinath Temple
    • Kathmandu - Pashupatinath Temple
    • Kathmandu - Swayambhunath Temple
    • Kathmandu - Swayambhunath Temple
    • Kathmandu - Swayambhunath Temple
    • Kathmandu - Swayambhunath Temple
    • Kathmandu - Swayambhunath Temple
    • Kathmandu - Swayambhunath Temple
    • Kathmandu - Thangka Painting Studio Visit
    • Kathmandu - Thangka Painting Studio Visit
    • Kathmandu - Thangka Painting Studio Visit
    • Kathmandu - Welcome dinner
    • Kathmandu - Welcome dinner
    • Kathmandu - Welcome dinner
    • Kathmandu - Welcome dinner
    • Kathmandu - Welcome dinner at Mahotsav Restaurant
    • Kathmandu Valley - Hike from Balthali to Namobuddha
    • Kathmandu Valley - Hike from Khopasi to Balthali
    • Katoomba - Scenic Cableway
    • Katoomba - Scenic Railway
    • Katoomba - Scenic Skyway
    • Katoomba - Scenic Walkway
    • Kayaking to Santacroce Beach
    • Kazanlak Valley - Etno Village visit
    • Kazanlak Valley - Family Rose distillery
    • Kazanlak Valley - Tracian tombs
    • Kaziranga National Park - Evening Jeep Safari
    • Kaziranga National Park - Morning Jeep Safari
    • Ke’te Kesu' Village - Tongkonan Complex
    • Kea - Ioulida Village to Otzias Beach guided walk
    • Kea - Ioulida Village to Otzias Beach guided walk
    • Kelimutu National Park - Sunrise trek to Mt Kelimutu viewpoint
    • Kenai Fjords National Park - Harding Icefield full day guided hike
    • Kerak - Castle visit
    • Kerala Backwaters - Guided village walk
    • Kerala Backwaters - Guided village walk
    • Kerala Backwaters - Guided walk around village
    • Kerala Backwaters - Guided walk around village
    • Kerala Backwaters - Pole boat ride
    • Kerala Backwaters - Pole boat ride
    • Kerala Backwaters - Pole boat ride
    • Kerala Backwaters - Pole boat ride
    • Kerala Backwaters - Village walk
    • Kerala Backwaters - Village walk
    • Kerala sunset cruise (1 Hour)
    • Kerala sunset cruise (1 Hour)
    • Kericho - Tea plantation visit
    • Kericho - Tea plantation visit
    • Kericho - Tea plantation visit
    • Kericho - Tea plantation visit
    • Kericho - Tea plantation visit
    • Kericho - Tea plantation visit
    • Kericho - Tea plantation visit
    • Kericho - Tea plantation visit
    • Keyodhoo shipwreck - snorkelling
    • K'gari - Full day tour
    • K'gari - Full day tour
    • K'gari - Full day tour
    • K'gari - Full day tour
    • Khachoe Ghakyil Ling - Kapan Nunnery Visit
    • Khama Rhino Sanctuary - Entrance
    • Khama Rhino Sanctuary - Entrance
    • Khama Rhino Sanctuary - Sunset Game Drive Open Vehicle
    • Khama Rhino Sanctuary - Sunset Game Drive Open Vehicle
    • Khama Rhino Sanctuary - Sunset Game Drive Open Vehicle
    • Khama Rhino Sanctuary - Sunset Game Drive Open Vehicle
    • Khama Rhino Sanctuary - Sunset Game Drive Open Vehicle
    • Khama Rhino Sanctuary - Sunset Game Drive Open Vehicle
    • Khama Rhino Sanctuary - Sunset Game Drive Open Vehicle
    • Khama Rhino Sanctuary - Sunset Game Drive Open Vehicle
    • Khama Rhino Sanctuary - Sunset Game Drive Open Vehicle
    • Khama Rhino Sanctuary - Sunset Game Drive Open Vehicle
    • Khao Ka Rot - sea kayaking
    • Khao Ka Rot - sea kayaking
    • Khao Ka Rot - sea kayaking
    • Khao Lak – Lampi Waterfalls
    • Khao Lak – Lampi Waterfalls
    • Khao Lak – Lampi Waterfalls
    • Khao Lak - Tsunami Memorial
    • Khao Lak - Tsunami Memorial
    • Khao Lak – Tsunami Memorial Park
    • Khao Lak – Tsunami Memorial Park
    • Khao Lak – Tsunami Memorial Park
    • Khao Lak to Phang Nga guided & vehicle supported cycling
    • Khao Sok - Cheow Lan Lake tour
    • Khao Sok - Cheow Lan Lake tour
    • Khao Sok - Cheow Lan Lake tour
    • Khao Sok - Cheow Lan Lake tour
    • Khao Sok - Cheow Lan Lake tour
    • Khao Sok - Cheow Lan Lake tour
    • Khao Sok - Cheow Lan Lake tour
    • Khao Sok - Kayak and swim at lake raft house
    • Khao Sok - Kayak and swim at lake raft house
    • Khao Sok - Rafthouse lunch
    • Khao Sok - Rafthouse lunch
    • Khao Sok - Rafthouse lunch
    • Khao Sok - Rafthouse lunch
    • Khao Sok National Park
    • Khao Sok National Park – Longtail Boat Wildlife Safari
    • Khao Sok National Park – Longtail Boat Wildlife Safari
    • Khao Sok National Park – Longtail Boat Wildlife Safari
    • Khao Sok National Park – Longtail Boat Wildlife Safari
    • Khao Sok National Park - Rafthouse Stay
    • Khao Sok National Park - Rafthouse Stay
    • Khao Sok National Park - Rafthouse Stay
    • Khao Sok National Park – Waterfall Hike
    • Khao Sok National Park – Waterfall Hike
    • Khao Sok National Park – Waterfall Hike
    • Khaplu Fort Museum
    • Khemliya - Medfouna cooking demonstration
    • Khemliya - Medfouna cooking demonstration
    • Khemliya - Village walking tour
    • Khemliya - Village walking tour
    • Khinwara - Heritage Homestay
    • Khiva - Khorezmian cuisine cooking class
    • Khiva - Khorezmian cuisine cooking class
    • Khiva - Islom Hoja Minaret & Medressa
    • Khiva - Islom Hoja Minaret & Medressa
    • Khiva - Islom Hoja Minaret & Medressa
    • Khiva - Islom Hoja Minaret & Medressa
    • Khiva - Islom Hoja Minaret & Medressa
    • Khiva - Islom Hoja Minaret & Medressa
    • Khiva - Islom Hoja Minaret & Medressa
    • Khiva - Juma Mosque
    • Khiva - Juma Mosque
    • Khiva - Juma Mosque
    • Khiva - Juma Mosque
    • Khiva - Juma Mosque
    • Khiva - Juma Mosque
    • Khiva - Juma Mosque
    • Khiva - Kalta Minor Minaret
    • Khiva - Kalta Minor Minaret
    • Khiva - Kuhna Ark
    • Khiva - Kuhna Ark
    • Khiva - Kuhna Ark
    • Khiva - Kuhna Ark
    • Khiva - Kunya Ark
    • Khiva - Kunya Ark
    • Khiva - Kunya Ark
    • Khiva - Muhammad Amin-khan Medressa
    • Khiva - Muhammad Amin-khan Medressa
    • Khiva - Muhammad Rahim-khan Medressa
    • Khiva - Muhammad Rahim-khan Medressa
    • Khiva - Pahlavon Mahmud Mausoleum
    • Khiva - Pahlavon Mahmud Mausoleum
    • Khiva - Pahlavon Mahmud Mausoleum
    • Khiva - Pahlavon Mahmud Mausoleum
    • Khiva - Pahlavon Mahmud Mausoleum
    • Khiva - Sunset drinks
    • Khiva - Sunset drinks
    • Khiva - Tosh-Hovli Palace
    • Khiva - Tosh-Hovli Palace
    • Khiva - Tosh-Hovli Palace
    • Khiva - Tosh-Hovli Palace
    • Khiva - Tosh-Hovli Palace
    • Khiva - Tosh-Hovli Palace
    • Khiva - Tosh-Hovli Palace
    • Khonoma Village visit
    • Khujand - Jami Mosque
    • Khujand - Jami Mosque
    • Khujand - Jami Mosque
    • Khujand - Jami Mosque
    • Khujand - Jami Mosque
    • Khuldighar - Varaha Temple
    • Khumjung Monastery
    • Kibale Forest National Park - Bigodi Wetland Sanctuary Walk
    • Kibale Forest National Park - Chimpanzee Permit & Trek
    • Kigali - City Tour
    • Kigali - City Tour
    • Kigali - Genocide Memorial Centre
    • Kigali - Genocide Memorial Centre
    • Kigali - Genocide Memorial Centre
    • Kigali - Genocide Memorial Centre
    • Kigali - Kimironko Market Visit
    • Kigali - Kimironko Market Visit
    • Kigali - Local Food Lunch
    • Kigali - Local Food Lunch
    • Kigali - Ntarama Church Guided Tour
    • Kigali - Ntarama Church Guided Tour
    • Kigali - Welcome Dinner
    • Kigali - Welcome Dinner
    • Kigwema Village visit
    • Kiltepan - Sunrise viewpoint & picnic breakfast
    • Kinabatangan - Cooking class
    • Kinabatangan – Cultural Performance
    • Kinabatangan - Night jungle walk
    • Kinabatangan - River safari Cruise
    • Kinabatangan - Visit to Gomantong Cave
    • Kinabatangan River - Afternoon Wildlife Cruise
    • Kinabatangan River - Afternoon Wildlife Cruise
    • Kinabatangan River - Afternoon Wildlife Cruise
    • Kinabatangan River - Afternoon Wildlife Cruise
    • Kinabatangan River - Afternoon Wildlife Cruise
    • Kinabatangan River - Afternoon Wildlife Cruise
    • Kinabatangan River - Afternoon Wildlife Cruise
    • Kinabatangan River - Afternoon Wildlife Cruise
    • Kinabatangan River - Afternoon Wildlife Cruise
    • Kinabatangan River - Afternoon Wildlife Cruise
    • Kinabatangan River - Afternoon Wildlife Spotting Cruise
    • Kinabatangan River - Afternoon Wildlife Spotting Cruise
    • Kinabatangan River - Afternoon Wildlife Spotting Cruise
    • Kinabatangan River - Dawn Wildlife Cruise
    • Kinabatangan River - Dawn Wildlife Cruise
    • Kinabatangan River - Dawn Wildlife Cruise
    • Kinabatangan River - Evening Wildlife Spotting Cruise
    • Kinabatangan River - Evening Wildlife Walk
    • Kinabatangan River - Fish Trap Making & Story Telling
    • Kinabatangan River - Fish Trap Making & Story Telling
    • Kinabatangan River - Fish Trap Making & Story Telling
    • Kinabatangan River - Morning Wildlife Cruise
    • Kinabatangan River - Morning wildlife spotting cruise
    • Kinabatangan River - Morning wildlife spotting cruise
    • Kinabatangan River - Night Jungle Walk
    • Kinabatangan River - Night jungle walk
    • Kinabatangan River - Night jungle walk
    • Kinabatangan River - Night jungle walk
    • Kinabatangan River - Night wildlife Spotting cruise
    • Kinabatangan River - RESPECT (The Intrepid Foundation partner) visit & elephant grass planting
    • Kinabatangan River - Second Afternoon Wildlife spotting cruise
    • Kirtipur - Newari Traditional Pedicure
    • Kish - Albanian Church
    • Kish - Albanian Church
    • Kish - Albanian Church
    • Kish - Village Visit
    • Kish - Village Visit
    • Kish - Village Visit
    • Kisongo - Cooking class, crafts & village walk
    • Kisongo - Cooking class, crafts & village walk
    • Kiulu - Cooking Class
    • Kiulu - Cultural Activities
    • Kiulu - Dusun Martial Art Show
    • Kiulu - Village Trek (2 days / 1 night)
    • Kiulu - Village Trek (2 days / 1 night)
    • Knossos - Archaeological Site
    • Knossos - Archaeological Site
    • Knuckles Mini World's End Guided Trek
    • Knuckles Mountain Range - Village Walk
    • Knuckles Mountain Range guided trek
    • Knysna - Garden Route National Park
    • Knysna - Old Nick Village Community Visit
    • Knysna - Orientation Walk
    • Knysna - Tsitsikamma Village
    • Ko Samui - half day guided tour
    • Ko Samui - half day guided tour
    • Ko Samui - Half Day Guided Tour
    • Ko Samui - Half Day Guided Tour
    • Ko Tao - Day tour & snorkelling
    • Kochi - Dutch Palace
    • Kochi - Dutch Palace
    • Kochi - Dutch Palace
    • Kochi - Dutch Palace
    • Kochi - Ferry to Mattancherry
    • Kochi - Ferry to Mattancherry
    • Kochi – Fort Kochi Tuk Tuk Tour
    • Kochi - Fort Kochi walking tour
    • Kochi - Home cooked dinner
    • Kochi - Jewish Synagogue
    • Kochi - Jewish Synagogue
    • Kochi - Jewish Synagogue visit
    • Kochi - Jewish Synagogue visit
    • Kochi - Kathakali dance performance
    • Kochi - Kathakali performance
    • Kochi - Kathakali performance
    • Kochi - Kathakali performance
    • Kochi - Kathakali performance
    • Kochi - Kathakali performance
    • Kochi - Kathakali performance
    • Kochi - Keralan cooking class
    • Kochi - Keralan cooking class
    • Kochi - Leader-led Fort Kochi walking tour
    • Kochi - Leader-led Fort Kochi walking tour
    • Kochi - Leader-led Fort Kochi walking tour
    • Kochi - Leader-led Fort Kochi walking tour
    • Kochi - Leader-led Fort Kochi walking tour
    • Kochi - Leader-led Fort Kochi walking tour
    • Kochi - Leader-led Fort Kochi walking tour
    • Kochi - Mattancherry Palace visit
    • Kochi - Mattancherry Palace visit
    • Kochkor - Market
    • Kochkor - Market
    • Kochkor - Market
    • Kochkor - Market
    • Kochkor - Women's Felt Co-op
    • Kochkor - Women's Felt Co-op
    • Kochkor - Women's Felt Co-op
    • Kochkor - Women's Felt Co-op
    • Koh Samui - Community project visit & home-cooked dinner
    • Koh Trong - Cycling
    • Koh Trong - Village walk
    • Kokand - home cooked lunch
    • Kokand - home cooked lunch
    • Kokand - home cooked lunch
    • Kokand - home cooked lunch
    • Kokand - Khudoyar Khan Palace Museum
    • Kokand - Khudoyar Khan Palace Museum
    • Kokand - Khudoyar Khan Palace Museum
    • Kokand - Khudoyar Khan Palace Museum
    • Kokand - Rishton ceramics workshop visit
    • Kokand - Rishton ceramics workshop visit
    • Kokand - Rishton ceramics workshop visit
    • Kokand - Rishton ceramics workshop visit
    • Kollmitzberg to Melk Guided & Vehicle Supported Cycling
    • Kollmitzberg to Melk Guided & Vehicle Supported Cycling
    • Kolsay Lakes National Park - Hiking
    • Kolsay Lakes National Park - Hiking
    • Kolsay Lakes National Park - Hiking
    • Kolsay Lakes National Park - Hiking
    • Komarom to Esztergom Guided & Vehicle Supported Cycling
    • Komarom to Esztergom Guided & Vehicle Supported Cycling
    • Komodo National Park - Kalong Island sunset
    • Komodo National Park - Kelor Island hiking
    • Komodo National Park - Komodo Dragon hiking
    • Komodo National Park - Komodo Islands sailing
    • Komodo National Park - Manjarite Island snorkelling
    • Komodo National Park - Padar Island hiking
    • Komodo National Park - Pink Beach snorkelling
    • Kongmaru La pass
    • Konjic - Armijska Ratna Komanda ARK D-0 (Tito’s Bunker) tour
    • Konjic - Armijska Ratna Komanda ARK D-0 (Tito’s Bunker) tour
    • Konjic - Armijska Ratna Komanda ARK D-0 (Tito’s Bunker) tour
    • Konjic - Armijska Ratna Komanda ARK D-0 (Tito’s Bunker) tour
    • Konjic - Armijska Ratna Komanda ARK D-0 (Tito’s Bunker) tour
    • Konjic - Armijska Ratna Komanda ARK D-0 (Tito’s Bunker) tour
    • Konjic - Armijska Ratna Komanda ARK D-0 (Tito’s Bunker) tour
    • Konjic - Armijska Ratna Komanda ARK D-0 (Tito’s Bunker) tour
    • Konjic - Bosnian coffee demonstration
    • Konjic - Orientaton Walk
    • Konjic - Orientaton Walk
    • Konjic - Orientaton Walk
    • Konjic - Orientaton Walk
    • Konya - Mevlana Museum
    • Konye-Urgench - City tour
    • Kopacki Rit NP- orientation walk
    • Korcula - Blato Ethno House Barilo
    • Korcula - Blato Ethno House Barilo
    • Korcula - Blato Ethno House Barilo
    • Korcula - Blato Ethno House Barilo
    • Korcula - Blato Ethno House Barilo
    • Korcula - Blato Ethno House Barilo
    • Korcula - Island Tour
    • Korcula - Island Tour
    • Korcula - Island Tour
    • Korcula - Island Tour
    • Korcula - Island Tour
    • Korcula - Island Tour
    • Korcula - Local Winery lunch and wine tasting
    • Korcula - Local Winery lunch and wine tasting
    • Korcula - Local Winery lunch and wine tasting
    • Korcula - Local Winery lunch and wine tasting
    • Korcula - Local Winery lunch and wine tasting
    • Korcula - Local Winery lunch and wine tasting
    • Korcula - Vela Spila Caves and Archaeological Site
    • Korcula - Vela Spila Caves and Archaeological Site
    • Korcula - Vela Spila Caves and Archaeological Site
    • Korcula - Vela Spila Caves and Archaeological Site
    • Korcula - Vela Spila Caves and Archaeological Site
    • Korcula - Vela Spila Caves and Archaeological Site
    • Korcula Guided & Vehicle Supported Cycling
    • Korcula Guided & Vehicle Supported Cycling
    • Korcula Island - Korcula Town Guided Tour
    • Korcula Island - Korcula Town Guided Tour
    • Korcula Island - Korcula Town Guided Tour
    • Korcula Island - Korcula Town Guided Tour
    • Korcula Island - Korcula Town Guided Tour
    • Korcula Island - Korcula Town Guided Tour
    • Korcula orientation walk
    • Korcula orientation walk
    • Kosi Bay - Kayaking
    • Kosovo Polje - Field of the Battle of Blackbirds & Tomb of Sultan Murat
    • Kota Kinabalu - Borneo Cultural Village
    • Kota Kinabalu - Local Market Tour
    • Kota Kinabalu - Sunset Cocktail
    • Kotor - Bay of Kotor Boat Trip
    • Kotor - Bay of Kotor Boat Trip
    • Kotor - Guided City Tour
    • Kotor - Guided City Tour
    • Kotor - Kotor Fortress hike and entrance
    • Krakow - Auschwitz Guided Tour
    • Krakow - Auschwitz Guided Tour
    • Krakow - City Tour With Local Guide
    • Krakow - City Tour With Local Guide
    • Krakow - Pierogi Cooking Class
    • Krakow - Pierogi Cooking Class
    • Kranidi – Beekeeper farm visit with tastings
    • Kranjska Gora - bike ride
    • Krka National Park waterfalls
    • Kruger - Visit to Black Mambas HQ
    • Kruger - Visit to Black Mambas HQ
    • Kruger - Visit to Black Mambas HQ
    • Kruger - Visit to Black Mambas HQ
    • Kruger - Visit to Black Mambas HQ
    • Kruger Lodge Reserve - Morning Nature Walk
    • Kruger National Park - 4WD Safari Full Day
    • Kruger National Park - 4WD Safari Full Day
    • Kruger National Park - 4WD Safari Full Day
    • Kruger National Park - 4WD Safari Full Day
    • Kruger National Park - Afternoon 4WD Safari
    • Kruger National Park - Afternoon 4WD Safari
    • Kruger National Park - Afternoon 4WD Safari
    • Kruger National Park - Full Day 4WD Safari
    • Kruger National Park - Full Day 4WD Safari
    • Kruger National Park - Full Day 4WD Safari
    • Kruger National Park - Full Day 4WD Safari
    • Kruger National Park - Full Day 4WD Safari
    • Kruger National Park - Full Day 4WD Safari
    • Kruger National Park - Full Day 4WD Safari
    • Kruger National Park - Full Day 4x4 Game Drive
    • Kruger National Park - Full Day 4x4 Game Drive
    • Kruger National Park - Full Day 4x4 Game Drive
    • Kruger National Park - Full Day 4x4 Game Drive
    • Kruger National Park - Full Day 4x4 Game Drive
    • Kruger National Park - Full Day Game Drive
    • Kruger National Park - Overland Vehicle Game drive
    • Kruger National Park - Overland Vehicle Game drive
    • Kruger National Park - Overland Vehicle Game drive
    • Kruger National Park - Sundowner Drinks
    • Kruger National Park - Sundowner Drinks
    • Kruger National Park - Sundowner Drinks
    • Kruja - Day Trip
    • Kruja - Day Trip
    • Kruja - Fortress Visit
    • Kruja - Fortress Visit
    • Kruja - Fortress Visit
    • Kruja - Skanderbeg Museum
    • Kruja - Skanderbeg Museum
    • Kuala Lumpur - Brickfields cultural Walk
    • Kuala Lumpur - Orientation Walk - leader led
    • Kuala Lumpur - Orientation Walk - leader led
    • Kuala Lumpur - Orientation Walk - leader led
    • Kuala Lumpur - Orientation Walk - leader led
    • Kuala Lumpur - Orientation Walk - leader led
    • Kuala Lumpur - Purpose dinner at Kafe Basikal Tua
    • Kuching - Group Lunch
    • Kuching - Semenggoh Wildlife Centre
    • Kuching - Semenggoh Wildlife Centre
    • Kuching - Welcome Dinner
    • Kudi Boli - Snorkelling
    • Kumana National Park - Evening 4WD Safari
    • Kumana National Park - Morning 4WD Safari
    • Kundasang - Market Visit
    • Kundasang - Market Visit
    • Kundasang - Market Visit
    • Kuranda - Kuranda Markets
    • Kuranda - Kuranda Markets
    • Kuranda - Kuranda Markets
    • Kuranda - Kuranda Markets
    • Kuranda - Kuranda Markets
    • Kuranda - Kuranda Village Visit
    • Kuranda - Kuranda Village Visit
    • Kuranda - Skyrail Rainforest Cableway
    • Kuranda - Skyrail Rainforest Cableway
    • Kuratica - Home-cooked dinner
    • Kuratica - Home-cooked dinner
    • Kutaisi - Aerial Tramway
    • Kutaisi - Aerial Tramway
    • Kutaisi - Farmers Market
    • Kutaisi - Farmers Market
    • Kutaisi - Golden Marquee Palace
    • Kutaisi - Leader-led city walking tour
    • Kutaisi - Leader-led city walking tour
    • Kutaisi - Leader-led city walking tour
    • Kutaisi - Leader-led city walking tour
    • Kutaisi - Winery visit & tasting
    • Kutaisi - Winery visit & tasting
    • Kutini-Payamu (Iron Range) National Park - Chilli Beach
    • Kutini-Payamu (Iron Range) National Park - Mount Tozer viewing platform
    • Kvareli - Barbecue lunch with a local family
    • Kvareli - Qvevri Wine Master visit
    • Kvareli - Traditional Churchkhela demonstration
    • Kythnos – Castle of Oria guided walk
    • Kythnos – Castle of Oria guided walk
    • Kyzyl-Oi - Boorsok Cooking Demonstration
    • Kyzyl-Oi - Boorsok Cooking Demonstration
    • Kyzyl-Oi - Boorsok Cooking Demonstration
    • Kyzyl-Oi - Boorsok Cooking Demonstration
    • La Flegere cable car ride
    • La Fortuna - Leader-led orientation walk
    • La Fortuna - Leader-led orientation walk
    • La Fortuna - Leader-led orientation walk
    • La Fortuna - Arenal Volcano Base Hike
    • La Fortuna - Cooking Class
    • La Fortuna - Cooking Class
    • La Fortuna - Cooking Class
    • La Fortuna - Cooking Class
    • La Fortuna - Cooking Class
    • La Fortuna - Cooking Class
    • La Fortuna - Cooking Class
    • La Fortuna - Leader led orientation walk
    • La Fortuna - Leader led orientation walk
    • La Fortuna - Leader led orientation walk
    • La Fortuna - Leader led orientation walk
    • La Fortuna - Leader led orientation walk
    • La Fortuna - Leader led orientation walk
    • La Fortuna - Leader led orientation walk
    • La Fortuna - Tortilla making
    • La Fortuna - Tortilla making
    • La Fortuna - traditional tortilla making and lunch
    • La Fortuna- Caño Negro boat tour
    • La mer de Glace guided hike
    • La Neveria - Colors of the corn tour with local guide
    • La Neveria - Colors of the corn tour with local guide
    • La Neveria - Gastronomic workshop with local family
    • La Neveria - Gastronomic workshop with local family
    • La Neveria to Latuvi hike via Cipriano Cabrera trail
    • La Neveria to Latuvi hike via Cipriano Cabrera trail
    • La Paz - Isla Espiritu Santo full day adventure
    • La Paz - Las Guardianas del Conchalito visit
    • La Paz - Orientation Walk
    • La Paz - Orientation Walk
    • La Paz - Orientation Walk
    • La Paz - Visit to the 'Witches Market'
    • La Paz - Visit to the 'Witches Market'
    • Labuan Pandan - BBQ dinner
    • Labuan Pandan - BBQ dinner
    • Labuhan Pandan - Island Picnic Lunch
    • Labuhan Pandan - Island Picnic Lunch
    • Labuhan Pandan - Snorkeling
    • Labuhan Pandan - Snorkeling
    • Labukelle - Tea Plantation and Factory Visit
    • Labukelle - Tea Plantation and Factory Visit
    • Lago de Coatepeque - Kayaking
    • Lagos - Algarve Cliff Boat Trip
    • Lagos - Algarve Cliff Boat Trip
    • Lagos - Orientation Walk
    • Lagos - Walk the Ponta Da Piedade Trail
    • Laguardia - leader led town visit
    • Laguardia - leader led town visit
    • Laguardia - Wine cellar visit and tasting
    • Laguardia - Wine cellar visit and tasting
    • Laguardia - Winery Visit & Wine Tasting
    • Laguardia - Winery Visit & Wine Tasting
    • Laguna Chabela - Mayan homestead visit
    • Laguna Chavela - Home cooked lunch
    • Laguna Chavela - Tortilla making demonstration
    • Lahij - Copper workshop visit
    • Lahij - Copper workshop visit
    • Lahij - Copper workshop visit
    • Lahij - Yoghurt Making Demonstration
    • Lahij - Yoghurt Making Demonstration
    • Lahij - Yoghurt Making Demonstration
    • Lahore - Akbari Mandi & Azam Cloth Market
    • Lahore - Anarkali & Liberty Markets
    • Lahore - Badshahi Mosque
    • Lahore - Delhi Gate
    • Lahore - Dinner at Food Street
    • Lahore - Lahore Fort
    • Lahore - Shahi Hammam
    • Lahore - Shalimar Gardens
    • Lahore - Tomb of Allama Iqbal
    • Lahore - Tomb of Jahangir
    • Lahore - Wagah Border ceremony
    • Lahore - Walled City of Lahore
    • Lahore - Wazir Khan Mosque
    • Lake Atitlan - Boat to Santiago Atitlan
    • Lake Atitlan - Boat to Santiago Atitlan
    • Lake Atitlan - Boat to Santiago Atitlan
    • Lake Atitlan - Boat to Santiago Atitlan
    • Lake Atitlan - Boat to Santiago Atitlan
    • Lake Atitlan - Boat to Santiago Atitlan
    • Lake Atitlan - Boat to Santiago Atitlan
    • Lake Atitlan - Boat to Santiago Atitlan
    • Lake Atitlan - Boat to Santiago Atitlan
    • Lake Atitlan - Boat to Santiago Atitlan
    • Lake Atitlan - Boat to Santiago Atitlan
    • Lake Bled & surrounds Guided and Vehicle-supported cycling
    • Lake Bohinj - Cable Car to Mt Vogel
    • Lake Bohinj - Cable Car to Mt Vogel
    • Lake Bohinj - Cable Car to Mt Vogel
    • Lake Bohinj - Cable Car to Mt Vogel
    • Lake Bohinj - Day Trip
    • Lake Bohinj - Day Trip
    • Lake Bohinj - Day Trip
    • Lake Bohinj - Day Trip
    • Lake Brunner - Nature Walk
    • Lake Brunner - Nature Walk
    • Lake Clifton - Thrombolites
    • Lake Como - Ferry Pass
    • Lake Como - Villa Melzi Gardens in Bellagio
    • Lake Eyasi - Hadzabe Bushmen Visit
    • Lake Eyasi - Hadzabe Bushmen Visit
    • Lake Eyasi - Hadzabe Bushmen Visit
    • Lake Eyasi - Hadzabe Bushmen Visit
    • Lake Eyasi - Soda Lake
    • Lake Eyasi - Soda Lake
    • Lake Eyasi - Soda Lake
    • Lake Eyasi - Soda Lake
    • Lake Eyre - Picnic Lunch
    • Lake Grey boat ride
    • Lake Issyk-Kul - Boat tour
    • Lake Issyk-Kul - Boat tour
    • Lake Issyk-Kul - Boat tour
    • Lake Koman - boat ride
    • Lake Koman - Private boat ride
    • Lake Louise - All Canadian Lunch
    • Lake Louise - Snowshoeing
    • Lake Louise & Moraine Lake hike
    • Lake Marquzor - Tajik family visit with lunch
    • Lake Marquzor - Tajik family visit with lunch
    • Lake Marquzor - Tajik family visit with lunch
    • Lake Marquzor - Tajik family visit with lunch
    • Lake Mburo - Game Drive Enroute
    • Lake Mburo National Park - 4x4 Game Drive
    • Lake Naivasha - Boat trip
    • Lake Naivasha - Boat trip
    • Lake Naivasha - Boat trip
    • Lake Naivasha - Boat trip
    • Lake Naivasha - Boat trip
    • Lake Naivasha - Boat trip
    • Lake Naivasha - Boat trip
    • Lake Naivasha - Boat Trip
    • Lake Naivasha - Elsamere Conservation Centre
    • Lake Naivasha - Elsamere Conservation Centre
    • Lake Naivasha - Elsamere Conservation Centre
    • Lake Naivasha - Elsamere Conservation Centre
    • Lake Naivasha - Game Walk in Crater Lake Game Sanctuary (entrance fee)
    • Lake Naivasha - Game Walk in Crater Lake Game Sanctuary (entrance fee)
    • Lake Nakuru - Morning Overland Vehicle Game Drive
    • Lake Nakuru - Morning Overland Vehicle Game Drive
    • Lake Nakuru - Morning Overland Vehicle Game Drive
    • Lake Nakuru - Morning Overland Vehicle Game Drive
    • Lake Nakuru - Morning Overland Vehicle Game Drive
    • Lake Nakuru - Morning Overland Vehicle Game Drive
    • Lake Nakuru - Morning Overland Vehicle Game Drive
    • Lake Nakuru - Morning Overland Vehicle Game Drive
    • Lake Nakuru - Overland Vehicle Game Drive
    • Lake Nakuru - Overland Vehicle Game Drive
    • Lake Nakuru - Overland Vehicle Game Drive
    • Lake Nakuru - Overland Vehicle Game Drive
    • Lake Nakuru - Overland Vehicle Game Drive
    • Lake Nakuru - Overland Vehicle Game Drive
    • Lake Nakuru - Overland Vehicle Game Drive
    • Lake Nakuru - Overland Vehicle Game Drive
    • Lake Nakuru - Overland Vehicle Game Drive
    • Lake Nakuru - Overland Vehicle Game Drive
    • Lake Nakuru - Overland Vehicle Game Drive
    • Lake Nakuru - Overland Vehicle Game Drive
    • Lake Nakuru - Overland Vehicle Game Drive
    • Lake Nakuru - Village walk
    • Lake Nakuru - Village walk
    • Lake Nakuru - Village Walk & Cooking Class
    • Lake Nakuru - Village Walk & Cooking Class
    • Lake Nakuru - Village Walk & Cooking Class
    • Lake Nordenskjold guided hike
    • Lake Pehoe guided hike
    • Lake Sevan - Noravank Monastery
    • Lake Sevan - Noravank Monastery
    • Lake Sevan - Sevanavank Monastery
    • Lake Sevan - Sevanavank Monastery
    • Lake Sevan - Sevanavank Monastery
    • Lake St Clair - Lakeside Visit
    • Lake Tekapo - Mt John Lookout
    • Lake Tekapo - Mt John Lookout
    • Lake Tekapo - Mt John Lookout
    • Lake Tekapo - Mt John Lookout
    • Lake Tekapo - Visit the Church of the Good Shepherd
    • Lake Tekapo - Visit the Church of the Good Shepherd
    • Lake Tekapo - Visit the Church of the Good Shepherd
    • Lake Tekapo - Visit the Church of the Good Shepherd
    • Lake Tekapo - Visit the Church of the Good Shepherd
    • Lake Titicaca - Boat tour & Homestay
    • Lake Titicaca - Boat tour & Homestay
    • Lake Titicaca - Boat tour & Homestay
    • Lake Titicaca - Floating Uros Islands & Taquile Island
    • Lake Toba - Batak Dance Performance
    • Lake Toba - Batak Dance Performance
    • Lake Toba - Samosir Island day tour
    • Lake Toba - Samosir Island day tour
    • Lake Toba - Simanindo Museum
    • Lake Toba - Simanindo Museum
    • Lake Toba - Sipiso-Piso Waterfall
    • Lake Toba - Sipiso-Piso Waterfall
    • Lake Toba - Stone Chairs
    • Lake Toba - Stone Chairs
    • Lalomanu - Samoan church service
    • Lalomanu - Samoan church service
    • Lalomanu - Traditional Fa'ataupati show
    • Lalomanu - Traditional Fa'ataupati show
    • Lalomanu - Traditional toonai Sunday feast
    • Lalomanu - Traditional toonai Sunday feast
    • Lam Thuong - Hiking
    • Lam Thuong - Village cycling tour
    • Lam Thuong - Village handicraft workshop visit
    • Lam Thuong - Villlage homestay & home-cooked meals
    • Lam Thuong – Waterfall hike
    • Lam Thuong- Community Village Walk
    • Lamanai Archaeological Site & Boat Tour
    • Lambells Lagoon - Pudakul Aboriginal Ecological Experience
    • Lamington National Park - Box Forest Circuit
    • Lamington National Park - Green Mountains Loop Track
    • Landruk to Ghandruk Guided Trek
    • Langtang - Langtang National Park
    • Larapinta Trail - Section 1 (Euro Ridge)
    • Larapinta Trail - Section 8 (Serpentine Ridge)
    • Larapinta Trail Section 12 (Mt Sonder Summit)
    • Larapinta Trail Section 4 (Reveal Saddle)
    • Las Terrazas - Sustainable Rural Economy Project (Entrance fee and Guide included)
    • Latacunga - Machica Workshop
    • Latuvi - Pulque and tepache workshop
    • Latuvi - Pulque and tepache workshop
    • Leader-Led City Tour of Historic Center "
    • Leader-led Informal Spanish Lesson
    • Leader-led Informal Spanish Lesson
    • Leader-led Informal Spanish Lesson
    • Leader-led Informal Spanish Lesson
    • Leader-led Informal Spanish Lesson
    • Leader-led Informal Spanish Lesson
    • Leader-led Informal Spanish Lesson
    • Leader-led Informal Spanish Lesson
    • Leader-led Informal Spanish Lesson
    • Leader-led Informal Spanish Lesson
    • Leader-led Informal Spanish Lesson
    • Leader-led Informal Spanish Lesson
    • Leader-led Informal Spanish Lesson
    • Leader-led Informal Spanish Lesson
    • Lecce - Aperitivo with Local Specialties
    • Lecce - Aperitivo with Local Specialties
    • Lecce - Guided City Walking Tour
    • Lecce - Guided City Walking Tour
    • Lée Blanche valley guided hike
    • Leeuwin-Naturaliste National Park - Sugarloaf Rock
    • Lefkes - Local Dinner
    • Leh - Matho Monastery visit
    • Leh - Orientation walk
    • Leh - Peace Pagoda (Shanti Stupa) visit
    • Leh - Ruins of Royal palace visit
    • Leh - Shey Palace visit
    • Leh - Thiksey Monastery visit
    • Leh - Tsemo Monastery visit
    • Leh - Valley acclimatization hike
    • Lennox Island First Nation Experience
    • Lennox Island First Nation Experience
    • Leon - Leader led orientation walk
    • Leon - Leader led orientation walk
    • Leon - Leader led orientation walk
    • Leon - Leader led orientation walk
    • Leon - Leader led orientation walk
    • Leon - Leader led orientation walk
    • Leon - Leader led orientation walk
    • Leon - Leader Led Walking Tour
    • Leon - Leader Led Walking Tour
    • Leon - Leader Led Walking Tour
    • Leon - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Leon - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Leon - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Lewis Pass – Conical Hill Walk
    • Licko Petrovo Selo NGO visit
    • Licko Petrovo Selo NGO visit
    • LIjiang - Baisha old town visit
    • Lijiang - Naxi family visit and Dongba calligraphy writing
    • Lijiang - Old town walking tour
    • Lillooet - Lillooet Brewing Company Visit
    • Lillooet - Old Suspension Bridge
    • Lima - Downtown walking tour
    • Lima - Farewell Dinner
    • Lima - Guided tour, including San Francisco Monastery, the Catacombs and Central Market
    • Lima - Guided tour, including San Francisco Monastery, the Catacombs and Central Market
    • Lima - Leader Led orientation walk of Miraflores
    • Lima - Leader Led orientation walk of Miraflores
    • Lima - Leader-led Miraflores walking tour
    • Lima - Leader-led Miraflores walking tour
    • Lima - Leader-led walking tour
    • Lima - Welcome Dinner
    • Lisbon - Belém district leader-led walk
    • Lisbon - Belém district leader-led walk
    • Lisbon - Canned fish tasting at Loja das Conservas
    • Lisbon - Canned fish tasting at Loja das Conservas
    • Lisbon - Mercado da Ribeira Visit
    • Lisbon - Mercado da Ribeira Visit
    • Lisbon - Orientation walk
    • Lisbon - Orientation walk
    • Lisbon - Orientation walk
    • Lisbon - Orientation walk - Leader led
    • Lisbon - Orientation walk - Leader led
    • Lisbon - Orientation walk - Leader led
    • Lisbon - Pastéis de nata tasting
    • Lisbon - Pastéis de nata tasting
    • Lisbon - Pasteis de Nata tasting and cooking class in Belem
    • Lisbon - Pasteis de Nata tasting and cooking class in Belem
    • Lisbon - Pasties de nata tasting
    • Lisbon - Sao Jorge Castle
    • Lisbon - Walking Tour and Tastings with Local Guide
    • Lisbon - Walking Tour and Tastings with Local Guide
    • Lisbon - Welcome Dinner at Local Restaurant
    • Lisbon - Welcome Dinner at Local Restaurant
    • Litchfield National Park - Buley Rockhole
    • Litchfield National Park - Day walks
    • Litchfield National Park - Florence Falls
    • Litchfield National Park - Florence Falls
    • Litchfield National Park - Florence Falls
    • Litchfield National Park - Magnetic Termite Mounds
    • Litchfield National Park - Magnetic Termite Mounds
    • Litchfield National Park - Magnetic Termite Mounds
    • Litchfield National Park - Termite Mounds
    • Litchfield National Park - Termite Mounds
    • Litchfield National Park - Tolmer Falls
    • Litchfield National Park - Tolmer Falls
    • Litchfield National Park - Wangi Falls
    • Litchfield National Park - Wangi Falls
    • Litchfield National Park - Wangi Falls
    • Litchfield National Park - Wangi Falls Loop Walk & Swim
    • Live music and dance show by local Balti people
    • Livingston - Garirfuna dance class
    • Livingston - Garirfuna dance class
    • Livingston - Garirfuna dance class
    • Livingston - Garirfuna dance class
    • Livingston - Garirfuna dance class
    • Livingston - Garirfuna dance class
    • Livingston - River boat trip to Garifuna town
    • Livingston - River boat trip to Garifuna town
    • Livingston - River boat trip to Garifuna town
    • Livingston - River boat trip to Garifuna town
    • Livingston - River boat trip to Garifuna town
    • Livingston - River boat trip to Garifuna town
    • Livingston - River boat trip to Garifuna town
    • Livingston - River boat trip to Garifuna town
    • Livingston - River boat trip to Garifuna town
    • Livingston - River boat trip to Garifuna town
    • Livno – Wild horse safari
    • Ljubljana - Castle and Funicular
    • Ljubljana - Castle and Funicular
    • Ljubljana - Castle visit & funicular
    • Ljubljana - Castle visit & funicular
    • Ljubljana - Castle visit & funicular
    • Ljubljana - Castle visit & funicular
    • Ljubljana - Christmas Market
    • Ljubljana - Leader led orientation walk
    • Ljubljana - Leader-led walking tour
    • Ljubljana - Leader-led walking tour
    • Ljubljana - Orientation Walk
    • Ljubljana - Walking Tour
    • Ljubljana - Walking Tour
    • Ljubljana - Walking Tour
    • Ljubljana - Walking Tour
    • Loabi Reef - Bongo Veli Snorkeling
    • Local Amazigh Brunch in the valley
    • Local apple strudel tasting
    • Local bus ticket from El Calafte to Puerto Natales
    • Local bus ticket to El Calafate
    • Local Family Lunch
    • Local Rum distillery and tasting
    • Lockhart River - Arts Centre visit
    • Logrono - Orientation walk
    • Logrono - Orientation walk
    • Logrono - Tapas Crawl
    • Logrono - Tapas Crawl
    • Logrono - Txikiteo of Pintxos (Tapas Crawl)
    • Logrono - Txikiteo of Pintxos (Tapas Crawl)
    • Loita Hills - Cultural talk and village visit
    • Loita Hills - Cultural talk and village visit
    • Loita Hills - Cultural talk and village visit
    • Loita Hills - Cultural talk and village visit
    • Loita Hills - Cultural talk and village visit
    • Loita Hills - Cultural talk and village visit
    • Loita Hills - Cultural talk and village visit
    • Loita Hills - Cultural talk and village visit
    • Loita Hills - Cultural talk and village visit
    • Loita Hills - Maasai Village Visit
    • Loita Hills - Maasai Village Visit
    • Loita Hills - Maasai Village Visit
    • Loita Hills - Maasai Village Visit
    • Loita Hills - Maasai Village Visit
    • Loita Hills - Maasai Village Visit
    • Loita Hills - Maasai Village Visit
    • Loita Hills - Maasai Village Visit
    • Loita Hills - Maasai Village Visit
    • Loita Hills - Maasai Village Visit
    • Loita Hills - Maasai Village Visit
    • Loita Hills - Maasai Village Visit
    • Loita Hills - Maasai Village Visit
    • Loita Hills - Maasai Village Visit
    • Loita Hills - Maasai Village Visit
    • Lone Star Geyser visit & guided hike
    • Loop hike from Jardim do Mar including Vereda do Jardim do Mar and Levada da Calheta
    • Los Ramos Community - Cooking Class
    • Los Ramos Community - Cooking Class
    • Los Ramos Community - Cooking Class
    • Los Santos - Tierra Amiga Coffee Experience including lunch
    • Los Santos - Tierra Amiga Coffee Experience including lunch
    • Lotwara - Village Walk
    • Lotwara - Village Walk
    • Lovina - Banjar Hot Springs
    • Lovina - Banjar Hot Springs
    • Lovina - Banjar Hot Springs
    • Lovina - Global Kafe Visit
    • Lovina - Global Kafe Visit
    • Lovina - Global Kafe Visit
    • Lovina - Menjangan Island Reef snorkelling tour
    • Lovina - Menjangan Island Reef snorkelling tour
    • Lovina - Menjangan Island Reef snorkelling tour
    • Lovina - Seririt Market visit
    • Lovina - Seririt Market visit
    • Lovina - Seririt Market visit
    • Luang Prabang - Alms giving ceremony
    • Luang Prabang - Alms giving ceremony
    • Luang Prabang - Alms giving ceremony
    • Luang Prabang - Alms giving ceremony
    • Luang Prabang - Alms giving ceremony
    • Luang Prabang - Alms giving ceremony
    • Luang Prabang - Alms giving ceremony
    • Luang Prabang - Kuang Si Waterfalls
    • Luang Prabang - Kuang Si Waterfalls
    • Luang Prabang - Kuang Si Waterfalls
    • Luang Prabang - MandaLao Elephant Conservation (The Intrepid Foundation partner) lunch & trek
    • Luang Prabang – Mekong River Cruise (Half Day)
    • Luang Prabang – Mekong River Cruise (Half Day)
    • Luang Prabang - orientation walk
    • Luang Prabang - orientation walk
    • Luang Prabang - Pak Ou Caves
    • Luang Prabang - Pak Ou Caves
    • Luang Prabang - Pak Ou Caves
    • Luang Prabang - Pak Ou Caves
    • Luang Prabang - Pak Ou Caves
    • Luang Prabang – Sunset Mekong River Cruise
    • Luang Prabang – Sunset Mekong River Cruise
    • Luang Prabang - Talad Mued Night Market
    • Luang Prabang - Talad Mued Night Market
    • Luang Prabang – Wat Phu Si Sunset Hike
    • Luang Prabang – Wat Phu Si Sunset Hike
    • Luang Prabang - Wat Phu Si sunset walk
    • Luang Prabang - Wat Phu Si sunset walk
    • Luang Prabang - Weaving workshop and social enterprise visit
    • Luang Prabang - Weaving workshop and social enterprise visit
    • Luang Prabang - Weaving workshop and social enterprise visit
    • Lucca - Bicycle Tour
    • Lucca - City Walls & Orientation Walk
    • Lucca - City Walls & Orientation Walk
    • Lucca - City Walls & Orientation Walk
    • Lucca - City Walls & Orientation Walk
    • Lucca - City Walls & Orientation Walk
    • Lucca - City Walls & Orientation Walk
    • Lucca - Picnic
    • Lucca to Barga Guided & Vehicle Supported Cycling
    • Lucca to Pisa Guided & Vehicle Supported Cycling
    • Lucknow – Awadhi Cooking Class
    • Lucknow – Awadhi Cooking Class
    • Lucknow – Awadhi Cooking Class
    • Lucknow – Awadhi Cooking Class
    • Lucknow - Orientation Walk
    • Lucknow - Orientation Walk
    • Lucknow - Orientation Walk
    • Lucknow - Orientation Walk
    • Lucknow - Sheroes Dinner
    • Lucknow - Sheroes Dinner
    • Lucknow - Sheroes Dinner
    • Lucknow - Sheroes Dinner
    • Lucknow City Tour
    • Lucknow City Tour
    • Lucknow City Tour
    • Lucknow City Tour
    • Lukomir - Home-cooked lunch
    • Lukomir village visit
    • Lumbini - Heritage Park
    • Lumbini - Heritage Park
    • Lumbini - Heritage Park
    • Lumbini - Heritage Park
    • Lumbini - Maya Devi Temple
    • Lumbini - Maya Devi Temple
    • Lunch at El Califa de León
    • Lunch at Local Mezcalería
    • Lunch at Oaxaca Market
    • Lunch at Tlacolula Market
    • Lunch in a local restaurant in Flores
    • Lunenburg - Guided walking tour
    • Lunenburg - Guided walking tour
    • Lunenburg - Mahone Bay & Blue Rocks
    • Lunenburg - Mahone Bay & Blue Rocks
    • Lustica - Olive oil farm visit
    • Lustica - Olive oil farm visit
    • Luxor - Animal Care in Egypt (The Intrepid Foundation Partner) visit
    • Luxor - Animal Care in Egypt (The Intrepid Foundation Partner) visit
    • Luxor - Animal Care in Egypt (The Intrepid Foundation Partner) visit
    • Luxor - Animal Care in Egypt (The Intrepid Foundation Partner) visit
    • Luxor - Animal Care in Egypt (The Intrepid Foundation Partner) visit
    • Luxor - Animal Care in Egypt (The Intrepid Foundation Partner) visit
    • Luxor - Colossi of Memnon
    • Luxor - Colossi of Memnon
    • Luxor - Colossi of Memnon
    • Luxor - Colossi of Memnon
    • Luxor - Colossi of Memnon
    • Luxor - Colossi of Memnon
    • Luxor - Colossi of Memnon
    • Luxor - Colossi of Memnon
    • Luxor - Colossi of Memnon
    • Luxor - Colossi of Memnon
    • Luxor - Family visit & home-cooked lunch
    • Luxor - Family visit & home-cooked lunch
    • Luxor - Hatshepsut Temple
    • Luxor - Hatshepsut Temple
    • Luxor - Hatshepsut Temple
    • Luxor - Hatshepsut Temple
    • Luxor - Hatshepsut Temple
    • Luxor - Hatshepsut Temple
    • Luxor - Hatshepsut Temple
    • Luxor - Hatshepsut Temple
    • Luxor - Hatshepsut Temple
    • Luxor - Home cooked lunch
    • Luxor - Karnak Temple
    • Luxor - Karnak Temple
    • Luxor - Karnak Temple
    • Luxor - Karnak Temple
    • Luxor - Karnak Temple
    • Luxor - Karnak Temple
    • Luxor - Karnak Temple
    • Luxor - Karnak Temple
    • Luxor - Karnak Temple (entrance fee)
    • Luxor - Karnak Temple (entrance fee)
    • Luxor - Karnak Temple (entrance fee)
    • Luxor - Karnak Temple (entrance fee)
    • Luxor - Temple of Karnak
    • Luxor - Tomb of Tutankhamun
    • Luxor - Tomb of Tutankhamun
    • Luxor - Tomb of Tutankhamun
    • Luxor - Tomb of Tutankhamun
    • Luxor - Tomb of Tutankhamun
    • Luxor - Tomb of Tutankhamun
    • Luxor - Tomb of Tutankhamun
    • Luxor - Tomb of Tutankhamun
    • Luxor - Valley of the Kings (entrance to 3 tombs)
    • Luxor - Valley of the Kings (entrance to 3 tombs)
    • Luxor - Valley of the Kings (entrance to 3 tombs)
    • Luxor - Valley of the Kings (entrance to 3 tombs)
    • Luxor - Valley of the Kings (entrance to 3 tombs)
    • Luxor - Valley of the Kings (entrance to 3 tombs)
    • Luxor - Valley of the Kings (entrance to 3 tombs)
    • Luxor - Valley of the Kings (entrance to 3 tombs)
    • Luxor - Valley of the Kings (entrance to 3 tombs)
    • Luxor - Valley of the Kings (entrance to 3 tombs)
    • Luxor - Valley of the Kings (entrance to 3 tombs)
    • Luxor - Valley of the Kings (entrance to 3 tombs)
    • Luxor - Valley of the Kings (entrance to 3 tombs)
    • Luxor - Valley of the Kings (entrance to 3 tombs)
    • Luxor - Valley of the Kings (entrance to 3 tombs)
    • Maasai Boma visit
    • Machico picnic lunch
    • Machico to Porto da Cruz guided hike
    • Machu Picchu - Entrance and guided tour
    • Machu Picchu - Entrance and guided tour
    • Machu Picchu - Entrance and guided tour
    • Machu Picchu - Entrance & Guided visit
    • Machu Picchu - Guided tour
    • Machu Picchu - Guided tour
    • Machu Picchu - Second visit
    • Madaba - St Georges Church
    • Madaba - St Georges Church
    • Madaba - St Georges Church
    • Madaba - St Georges Church
    • Madaba - St Georges Church
    • Madaba - St Georges Church
    • Madampe - Coconut plantation visit
    • Madhogarh - Dinner at Fort Madhogarh
    • Madhogarh - Dinner at Fort Madhogarh
    • Madhogarh - Leader-led village walk
    • Madhogarh - Leader-led village walk
    • Madhogarh - Leader-led village walk
    • Madrid - (Tapas) Welcome Dinner
    • Madrid - (Tapas) Welcome Dinner
    • Madrid - (Tapas) Welcome Dinner
    • Madrid - Churros Snack
    • Madrid - Orientation Walk
    • Madrid - Orientation Walk
    • Madrid - Orientation Walk
    • Madrid - Orientation Walk
    • Madrid - Orientation Walk
    • Madrid - Street Art Tour
    • Madrid - Walking Tour with Local Guide
    • Madrid - Walking Tour with Local Guide
    • Madrid - Walking Tour with Local Guide
    • Madrid - Welcome meeting
    • Madrid - Welcome meeting
    • Madurai - Gandhi Museum
    • Madurai - Gandhi Museum
    • Madurai - Leader-led street food tour
    • Madurai - Leader-led street food tour
    • Madurai - Leader-led walking tour
    • Madurai - Leader-led walking tour
    • Madurai - Leader-led walking tour
    • Madurai - Leader-led walking tour
    • Madurai - Local family visit and home-cooked Tamil dinner
    • Madurai - Local family visit and home-cooked Tamil dinner
    • Madurai - Sri Meenakshi 1000 Pillar
    • Madurai - Sri Meenakshi 1000 Pillar
    • Madurai - Sri Meenakshi Temple
    • Madurai - Sri Meenakshi Temple
    • Madurai - Sri Meenakshi Temple
    • Madurai - Sri Meenakshi Temple
    • Madurai - Thirumalai Nayakkar Palace
    • Madurai - Thirumalai Nayakkar Palace
    • Mae Ka Chan Hot Spring Egg Boiling
    • Mae Ka Chan hot springs
    • Mae Taeng - Mae Tamaan Base Camp BBQ Dinner
    • Mae Taeng - Mae Tamaan Base Camp BBQ Dinner
    • Mae Taeng - Mae Tamaan Base Camp BBQ Dinner
    • Magelang - Candirejo Village Visit
    • Magnetic Island - Forts Walking Track
    • Magnetic Island - Forts Walking Track
    • Mahdia - Old Peninsula Medina walk
    • Mai Chau - Cycling
    • Mai Chau – Muong Museum
    • Mai Chau – Muong Museum
    • Mai Chau - Pom Coong Village visit & traditional lunch
    • Mai Chau - Pom Coong Village visit & traditional lunch
    • Mai Chau - Pom Coong Village visit & traditional lunch
    • Mai Chau - Pom Coong Village visit & traditional lunch
    • Mai Chau - Traditional Textile Social Enterprise Experience
    • Mai Chau - Village Visit
    • Mai Chau - Village Visit
    • Mai Chau - Vun Art NGO Visit
    • Mai Chau - Vun Art NGO Visit
    • Mai Chau to Ninh Binh cycling
    • Main Range National Park - Mount Cordeaux Track
    • Majgaon to Landruk Guided Trek
    • Makaroa - Aspiring Biodiversity Trust Lunch
    • Makaroa - Aspiring Biodiversity Trust Lunch
    • Makaroa - Guided Flora and Fauna Walk with Local Ornithologist
    • Makaroa - Guided Flora and Fauna Walk with Local Ornithologist
    • Makarora - Blue Pools Track
    • Makarora - Blue Pools Track
    • Makgadikgadi Pans – Baobab Dinner
    • Makgadikgadi Pans – Baobab Dinner
    • Makgadikgadi Pans – Baobab Dinner
    • Makgadikgadi Pans - Meerkat & Kalahari Bushman Experience
    • Makgadikgadi Pans - Meerkat & Kalahari Bushman Experience
    • Makgadikgadi Pans - Meerkat & Kalahari Bushman Experience
    • Makgadikgadi Pans - Meerkat & Kalahari Bushman Experience
    • Makgadikgadi Pans - Meerkat & Kalahari Bushman Experience
    • Makgadikgadi Pans - Meerkat & Kalahari Bushman Experience
    • Makgadikgadi Pans - Meerkat & Kalahari Bushman Experience
    • Makgadikgadi Pans - Sunset 4x4 Excursion & Sundowner
    • Makgadikgadi Pans - Sunset 4x4 Excursion & Sundowner
    • Makgadikgadi Pans - Sunset 4x4 Excursion & Sundowner
    • Makushu Homestay - Beading, Cooking or Dancing
    • Makushu Homestay - Beading, Cooking or Dancing
    • Makushu Homestay - Beading, Cooking or Dancing
    • Malaga - Leader led Orientation Walk
    • Malancrav - Village Stop
    • Malancrav - Village Stop
    • Malancrav - Village Stop
    • Malancrav - Village Stop
    • Male - city tour
    • Malga Ra Stua guided hike in the Natural Park of the Ampezzo Dolomites
    • Malhao to Vila Nova de Milfontes guided walk
    • Maligne Lake walk
    • Maligne Lake walk
    • Malta - Blue Grotto boat trip
    • Malta - Island Highlights Tour
    • Mamallapuram - Shore Temples guided tour
    • Mamallapuram - Shore Temples guided tour
    • Mamallapuram - Shore Temples guided tour
    • Mamallapuram - Shore Temples guided tour
    • Mammoth Hot Springs visit
    • Mammoth Hot Springs visit & guided walk
    • Manang - Acclimatisation Hike
    • Manang - Acclimatisation Hike
    • Manang - Story telling & Tibetan Tea
    • Mandawa - Guided haveli tour
    • Mandawa - Guided haveli tour
    • Mandawa - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Mandi - Leader-led walking tour
    • Mandi - Leader-led walking tour
    • Manila - Intramuros bamboo bike cycling tour
    • Manila - Intramuros bamboo bike cycling tour
    • Manila - City Tour
    • Manila - City Tour
    • Manthal Rock Buddha
    • Manuel Antonio - Homecooked lunch
    • Manuel Antonio - Homecooked lunch
    • Manuel Antonio - Homecooked lunch
    • Manuel Antonio - National Park tour with a naturalist guide
    • Manuel Antonio - National Park tour with a naturalist guide
    • Manuel Antonio National Park - (Entrance fee)
    • Manuel Antonio National Park - (Entrance fee)
    • Manuel Antonio National Park - (Entrance fee)
    • Manuel Antonio National Park - (Entrance fee)
    • Manuel Antonio National Park - Tour with a Naturalist Guide
    • Manuel Antonio National Park - Tour with a Naturalist Guide
    • Manuel Antonio National Park - Tour with a Naturalist Guide
    • Manuel Antonio National Park - Tour with a Naturalist Guide (entrance fee, guide and transport)
    • Manuel Antonio National Park - Tour with a Naturalist Guide (entrance fee, guide and transport)
    • Manukan Island - Boat trip & snorkelling
    • Manukan Island - Manukan Island Visit
    • Mapesu Private Game Reserve - Night Safari
    • Mapesu Private Game Reserve - Night Safari
    • Mapungubwe - Heritage & Museum Tour
    • Mapungubwe - Heritage & Museum Tour
    • Marakele National Park - game drive
    • Maramures - Barsana Monastery
    • Maramures - Barsana Monastery
    • Maramures - Day Tour with Local Guide
    • Maramures - Day Tour with Local Guide
    • Maramures - Sapanta Merry Cemetery
    • Maramures - Sapanta Merry Cemetery
    • Mareeba Wetlands - Forever Wild sunset wildlife experience
    • Mareeba Wetlands - Forever Wild sunset wildlife experience
    • Mareeba Wetlands - Forever Wild sunset wildlife experience
    • Margaret River - Chocolate Tasting
    • Margaret River - Gin Tasting
    • Margaret River - River Mouth Beach Walk
    • Margaret River - Wine Tasting at Local Winery
    • Margilan - Itak silk Factory visit
    • Margilan - Itak silk Factory visit
    • Margilan - Itak silk Factory visit
    • Margilan - Itak silk Factory visit
    • Maria Island - Day trip
    • Markha Village to Hankar Guided Trek
    • Marlborough - Cook Strait Ferry Crossing
    • Marlborough - Cook Strait Ferry Crossing
    • Marlborough - Cook Strait Ferry Crossing
    • Marlborough - Cook Strait Ferry Crossing
    • Marpha Village walk
    • Marpha Village walk
    • Marrakech - Djemma el Fna square
    • Marrakech - Amal Association (The Intrepid Foundation partner) cooking class
    • Marrakech - Farewell dinner
    • Marrakech - Farewell Dinner
    • Marrakech - Food Tasting Trail
    • Marrakech - Food Tasting Trail
    • Marrakech - Food Tasting Trail
    • Marrakech - Fresh Orange Juice
    • Marrakech - Fresh orange juice tasting
    • Marrakech - Fresh orange juice tasting
    • Marrakech - Fresh orange juice tasting at Jemaa El Fna
    • Marrakech - Home-cooked dinner
    • Marrakech - Houariyates performance
    • Marrakech - Lunch at AMAL Women's Training Center
    • Marrakech - Medina walking tour
    • Marrakech - Medina walking tour
    • Marrakech - Medina walking tour
    • Marrakech - Medina walking tour
    • Marrakech - Medina walking tour
    • Marrakech - Medina walking tour
    • Marrakech - Medina walking tour
    • Marrakech - Medina walking tour
    • Marrakech - Medina walking tour
    • Marrakech - Medina walking tour
    • Marrakech - Medina walking tour
    • Marrakech - Medina walking tour
    • Marrakech - Orange Juice at Jemaa El Fna
    • Marrakech - Orange Juice at Jemaa El Fna
    • Marrakech - Orange Juice at Jemaa El Fna
    • Marrakech - Palais Bahia
    • Marrakech - Palais Bahia
    • Marrakech - Palais Bahia
    • Marrakech - Palais Bahia
    • Marrakech - Palais Bahia
    • Marrakech - Palais Bahia
    • Marrakech - Palais Bahia
    • Marrakech - Spiced Sand Coffee
    • Marrakech - Spiced Sand Coffee
    • Marrakech - Spiced Sand Coffee
    • Marrakech - Street food tasting in Old Medina
    • Marrakech - Street food tasting in Old Medina
    • Marrakech - Sunset rooftop drink (one drink)
    • Marrakech - Tasting Trail
    • Marrakech - Tasting Trail
    • Marrakech - Welcome Dinner at the Bidaya Rooftop restaurant
    • Marrakech - Welcome Meeting
    • Marree - Leader-led Local History Walk
    • Marsaxlokk - Town & Harbour Visit
    • Mary - City tour
    • Mary - City tour
    • Mary - City tour
    • Mary - City tour
    • Masai Mara - 4x4 Game Drive
    • Masai Mara - 4x4 Game Drive
    • Masai Mara - 4x4 Game Drive
    • Masai Mara - 4x4 Game Drive
    • Masai Mara - 4x4 Game Drive
    • Masai Mara - 4x4 Game Drive
    • Masai Mara - 4x4 Game Drive
    • Masai Mara - 4x4 Game Drive
    • Masai Mara - 4x4 Game Drive
    • Masai Mara - 4x4 Game Drive
    • Masai Mara - Afternoon 4WD Safari
    • Masai Mara - Afternoon 4WD Safari
    • Masai Mara - Afternoon 4WD Safari
    • Masai Mara - Afternoon 4WD Safari
    • Masai Mara - Full-Day 4WD Safari
    • Masai Mara - Full-Day 4WD Safari
    • Masai Mara - Full-Day 4WD Safari
    • Masai Mara - Full-Day 4WD Safari
    • Masai Mara - Sundowner and snacks
    • Masai Mara - Sundowner and snacks
    • Masai Mara - Sundowner and snacks
    • Masai Mara - Sundowner and snacks
    • Masai Mara Full Day 4x4 Game Drive
    • Masai Mara National Reserve - 4x4 Game Drive
    • Masai Mara National Reserve - 4x4 Game Drive
    • Masai Mara National Reserve - 4x4 Game Drive
    • Masai Mara National Reserve - 4x4 Game Drive
    • Masai Mara National Reserve - 4x4 Game Drive
    • Masai Mara National Reserve - 4x4 Game Drive
    • Masai Mara National Reserve - 4x4 Game Drive
    • Masai Mara National Reserve - 4x4 Game Drive
    • Masai Mara National Reserve - Full Day 4WD Game Drive
    • Masai Mara National Reserve - Full Day 4WD Safari
    • Masai Mara National Reserve - Full Day 4WD Safari
    • Masai Mara National Reserve - Full Day 4WD Safari
    • Masai Mara National Reserve - Full Day 4WD Safari
    • Masai Mara National Reserve - Full Day 4WD Safari
    • Masai Mara National Reserve - Full Day 4WD Safari
    • Masai Mara National Reserve - Full Day 4WD Safari
    • Masai Mara National Reserve - Full Day 4WD Safari
    • Masai Mara National Reserve - Full Day 4WD Safari
    • Masai Mara National Reserve - Full Day 4WD Safari
    • Masai Mara National Reserve - Full Day 4WD Safari
    • Masai Mara National Reserve - Full Day 4WD Safari
    • Masai Mara National Reserve - Full Day 4WD Safari
    • Masai Mara National Reserve - Full Day 4WD Safari
    • Masai Mara National Reserve - Full Day 4WD Safari
    • Masaya - Town & Market Visit
    • Masaya - Town & Market Visit
    • Masaya - Town & Market Visit
    • Masaya - Town & Market Visit
    • Masaya - Town & Market Visit
    • Masaya - Town & Market Visit
    • Masaya - Town & Market Visit
    • Masbagik - Village Walk & Pottery Demonstration
    • Masbagik - Village Walk & Pottery Demonstration
    • Masvingo - Great Zimbabwe Ruins guided visit
    • Masvingo - Great Zimbabwe Ruins guided visit
    • Masvingo - Great Zimbabwe Ruins guided visit
    • Masvingo - Great Zimbabwe Ruins guided visit
    • Masvingo - Great Zimbabwe Ruins guided visit
    • Masvingo - Great Zimbabwe Ruins guided visit
    • Masvingo - Great Zimbabwe Ruins guided visit
    • Masvingo - Great Zimbabwe Ruins guided visit
    • Masvingo - Great Zimbabwe Ruins guided visit
    • Masvingo - Great Zimbabwe Ruins guided visit
    • Masvingo - Great Zimbabwe Ruins guided visit
    • Masvingo - Great Zimbabwe Ruins guided visit
    • Masvingo - Great Zimbabwe Ruins guided visit
    • Masvingo - Great Zimbabwe Ruins guided visit
    • Masvingo - Great Zimbabwe Ruins guided visit
    • Masvingo - Great Zimbabwe Ruins guided visit
    • Masvingo - Great Zimbabwe Ruins guided visit
    • Matale - Spice Garden
    • Matale - Spice Garden
    • Matale - Spice Garden tour and lunch
    • Matale – Spice Garden Visit.
    • Matale – Spice Garden Visit.
    • Matanuska Glacier Guided Hike
    • Matapouri Beach - Visit
    • Matapouri Beach - Visit
    • Matera - City Walking Tour with Local Guide
    • Matera - City Walking Tour with Local Guide
    • Matera - Ipogeo Underground Cistern
    • Matera - Ipogeo Underground Cistern
    • Matera - Ipogeo Underground Cistern Visit
    • Matera - Ipogeo Underground Cistern Visit
    • Matera - Ipogeo Underground Cistern Visit
    • Matera - Ipogeo Underground Cistern Visit
    • Matera - Winery Visit With Lunch
    • Matera - Winery Visit With Lunch
    • Matera - Winery Visit With Lunch
    • Matera - Winery Visit With Lunch
    • Matka Canyon - Boat Ride
    • Matmata - Lunch with Local Family
    • Matmata - Troglodyte cave home-cooked lunch
    • Matmata - Troglodyte Home Visit
    • Matobo National Park - Rhino Tracking
    • Matobo National Park - Rhino Tracking
    • Matobo National Park - Rhino Tracking
    • Matobo National Park - Rhino Tracking
    • Matobo National Park - Rhino Tracking
    • Matobo National Park - Rhino Tracking, Park Visit & San Rock Paintings
    • Matobo National Park - Rhino Tracking, Park Visit & San Rock Paintings
    • Matobo National Park - Rhino Tracking, Park Visit & San Rock Paintings
    • Matobo National Park - Rhino Tracking, Park Visit & San Rock Paintings
    • Matobo National Park - Rhino Tracking, Park Visit & San Rock Paintings
    • Matobo National Park - Rhino Tracking, Park Visit & San Rock Paintings
    • Matobo National Park - Rhino Tracking, Park Visit & San Rock Paintings
    • Matobo National Park - Rhino Tracking, Park Visit & San Rock Paintings
    • Matobo National Park - Rhino Tracking, Park Visit & San Rock Paintings
    • Matobo National Park - Rhino Tracking, Park Visit & San Rock Paintings
    • Matobo National Park - Rhino Tracking, Park Visit & San Rock Paintings
    • Matobo National Park - Rhino Tracking, Park Visit & San Rock Paintings
    • Matobo National Park - Rhino Tracking, Park Visit & San Rock Paintings
    • Matobo National Park - Rhino Tracking, Park Visit & San Rock Paintings
    • Matobo National Park - Rhino Tracking, Park Visit & San Rock Paintings
    • Matobo National Park - Rhino Tracking, Park Visit & San Rock Paintings
    • Matobo National Park - Rhino Tracking, Park Visit & San Rock Paintings
    • Matobo National Park - San Rock Paintings
    • Matobo National Park - San Rock Paintings
    • Matobo National Park - San Rock Paintings
    • Maubisse - Coffee Plantation & Farmlands tour
    • Maubisse - Guided town tour
    • Maubisse - Traditional ceremony and sunrise walk
    • Maya Corn Experience Cooking Class
    • Mazara del Vallo - Kasbah Visit
    • Mazara del Vallo - Kasbah Visit
    • Mazara del Vallo - Kasbah Visit
    • Mazara del Vallo - Kasbah Visit
    • Mdina - Lunch at Local Restaurant
    • Mdina - Town Visit
    • Medellin - Orientation Walk
    • Medias - Town Visit
    • Medias - Town Visit
    • Medias - Town Visit
    • Medias - Town Visit
    • Meknes - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Meknes - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Meknes - Mausoleum of Moulay Ismail
    • Meknes - Mausoleum of Moulay Ismail
    • Meknes - Medina walking tour
    • Meknes - Medina walking tour
    • Meknes - Medina walking tour
    • Meknes - Medina walking tour
    • Mekong Delta - Boat Cruise and Homestay
    • Mekong Delta - Boat Cruise and Homestay
    • Mekong Delta - Boat Cruise Lunch
    • Mekong Delta - Boat Cruise Lunch
    • Mekong Delta - Boat cruise with visits to local producers
    • Mekong Delta - Boat cruise with visits to local producers
    • Mekong Delta - Boat cruise with visits to local producers
    • Mekong Delta - Boat cruise with visits to local producers
    • Mekong Delta - Boat cruise with visits to local producers
    • Mekong Delta - Boat cruise with visits to local producers
    • Mekong Delta - Boat Cruise, Lunch and Homestay
    • Mekong Delta - Boat Cruise, Lunch and Homestay
    • Mekong Delta - Guesthouse Dinner
    • Mekong Delta - Guesthouse Dinner
    • Mekong Delta - Home-cooked lunch
    • Mekong Delta - Home-cooked lunch
    • Mekong Delta - Homestay and Boat Cruise
    • Mekong Delta - Local market visit
    • Mekong Delta - Lunch
    • Mekong Delta - Lunch
    • Mekong Delta - Lunch
    • Mekong Delta - Lunch
    • Mekong Delta - Lunch
    • Mekong Delta - Lunch
    • Mekong Delta - Lunch
    • Mekong Delta - Mekong Delta Day Trip & Village Tuk-Tuk Tour
    • Mekong Delta - Mekong Delta Day Trip & Village Tuk-Tuk Tour
    • Mekong Delta - Mekong Delta Day Trip & Village Tuk-Tuk Tour
    • Mekong Delta - Mekong Delta Day Trip & Village Tuk-Tuk Tour
    • Mekong Delta - Mekong Delta Day Trip & Village Tuk-Tuk Tour
    • Mekong Delta - Mekong Delta Day Trip & Village Tuk-Tuk Tour
    • Mekong Delta - Mekong Delta Day Trip & Village Tuk-Tuk Tour
    • Mekong Delta - Sightseeing Tour
    • Mekong Discovery Full Day Tour with lunch
    • Mekong River - 2 day boat trip
    • Mekong River - 2 day boat trip
    • Mekong River - 2 day boat trip
    • Melaka - Heritage walk & trishaw sightseeing tour
    • Melaka - Trishaw sightseeing tour
    • Melaka - Trishaw sightseeing tour
    • Melaka - Trishaw sightseeing tour
    • Melaka - Trishaw sightseeing tour
    • Melk to Reidling Guided & Vehicle Supported Cycling
    • Melk to Reidling Guided & Vehicle Supported Cycling
    • Memphis - Graceland, The Home of Elvis Presley
    • Memphis - Graceland, The Home of Elvis Presley
    • Memphis - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Memphis - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Memphis - Stax Museum of American Soul Music
    • Memphis - Stax Museum of American Soul Music
    • Mengwi - Taman Ayun Mengwi Temple Visit
    • Mengwi - Taman Ayun Temple
    • Mengwi - Taman Ayun Temple
    • Mengwi - Taman Ayun Temple
    • Mengwi - Taman Ayun Temple
    • Mer de Glace & Lac Blanc guided hike
    • Merida – leader led orientation walk
    • Merida - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Merida - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Merida - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Merida - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Merida - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Merida - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Merida - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Merida - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Merida - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Merida - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Merida - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Merida – Marquesitas Snack
    • Merida - Ría Celestún Biosphere Reserve tour
    • Merida - Ría Celestún Biosphere Reserve tour
    • Merida - Ría Celestún Biosphere Reserve tour
    • Merida - Visit to Cenote Yokdnozot Piste
    • Merv - Big & Small Kizkala
    • Merv - Big & Small Kizkala
    • Merv - Big & Small Kizkala
    • Merv - Big & Small Kizkala
    • Merv - Big & Small Kizkala
    • Merv - Erk Kala & Gayur Kala
    • Merv - Erk Kala & Gayur Kala
    • Merv - Erk Kala & Gayur Kala
    • Merv - Erk Kala & Gayur Kala
    • Merv - Erk Kala & Gayur Kala
    • Merv - Sultan Sanjar Mausoleum
    • Merv - Sultan Sanjar Mausoleum
    • Merv - Sultan Sanjar Mausoleum
    • Merv - Sultan Sanjar Mausoleum
    • Merv - Sultan Sanjar Mausoleum
    • Merzouga - Camel safari
    • Merzouga - Camel safari
    • Merzouga - Medfouna cooking demonstration
    • Mesa Verde National Park - Entrance
    • Mesa Verde National Park - Ranger-led Cliff Palace tour
    • Meskheti - Khertvisi Fortress
    • Mestia - Cooking class
    • Mestia - Georgian cheese making
    • Mestia - Georgian cheese making
    • Mestia - Khachapuri Cooking class
    • Mestia - Lakhiri Village Hike
    • Meteora - Monastery Visits with Local Guide
    • Meteora - Monastery Visits with Local Guide
    • Meteora - Monastery Visits with Local Guide
    • Meteora - Monastery Visits with Local Guide
    • Métis Crossing - Indigenous Knowledge & Wilderness Survival Course
    • Mexico City - Breakfast at Bakery
    • Mexico City - Calaveras de azucar (sugar skulls) workshop
    • Mexico City - Centro Historico food tour and lunch
    • Mexico City - City Tour
    • Mexico City - City Tour
    • Mexico City - Dessert Stop Churros & Hot Chocolate
    • Mexico City - Diego Rivera Murals in the Mural Museum (Entrance Fee)
    • Mexico City - Diego Rivera Murals in the Mural Museum (Entrance Fee)
    • Mexico City - Diego Rivera Murals in the Mural Museum (Entrance Fee)
    • Mexico City - Diego Rivera Murals in the Mural Museum (Entrance Fee)
    • Mexico City - Diego Rivera Murals in the Mural Museum (Entrance Fee)
    • Mexico City - Diego Rivera Murals in the Mural Museum (Entrance Fee)
    • Mexico City - Frida Kahlo Museum (entrance fee)
    • Mexico City - Gastromotiva (The Intrepid Foundation partner) visit
    • Mexico City - Gastromotiva (The Intrepid Foundation partner) visit
    • Mexico City - Gastromotiva (The Intrepid Foundation partner) visit
    • Mexico City - Gastromotiva (The Intrepid Foundation partner) visit (weekdays only)
    • Mexico City - Gastromotiva (The Intrepid Foundation partner) visit (weekdays only)
    • Mexico City - Gastromotiva (The Intrepid Foundation partner) visit (weekdays only)
    • Mexico City - Gastromotiva (The Intrepid Foundation partner) visit (weekdays only)
    • Mexico City - Gastromotiva (The Intrepid Foundation partner) visit (weekdays only)
    • Mexico City - Gastromotiva Mexico (The Intrepid Foundation partner) visit
    • Mexico City - Gastromotiva Mexico (The Intrepid Foundation partner) visit
    • Mexico City - Leader-led Historico Centro tour
    • Mexico City - Leader-led Historico Centro tour
    • Mexico City - Leader-led Historico Centro tour
    • Mexico City - Leader-led Historico Centro tour
    • Mexico City - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Mexico City - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Mexico City - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Mexico City - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Mexico City - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Mexico City - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Mexico City - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Mexico City - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Mexico City - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Mexico City - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Mexico City - Leader-led Taco Crawl
    • Mexico City - Leader-led Taco Crawl
    • Mexico City - Leader-led Taco Crawl
    • Mexico City - Leader-led Taco Crawl
    • Mexico City - Leader-led Taco Crawl
    • Mexico City - Leader-led Taco Crawl
    • Mexico City - Leader-led Taco Crawl
    • Mexico City - Leader-led Taco Crawl
    • Mexico City - Lunch with a local family
    • Mexico City - Lunch with a local family
    • Mexico City - Metropolitan Cathedral (entrance fee)
    • Mexico City - Metropolitan Cathedral (entrance fee)
    • Mexico City - National Museum of Anthropology (entrance fee)
    • Mexico City - National Museum of Anthropology (entrance fee)
    • Mexico City - National Museum of Anthropology (entrance fee) (Closed Mondays)
    • Mexico City - National Museum of Anthropology (entrance fee) (Closed Mondays)
    • Mexico City - San Juan Market visit
    • Mexico City - Taco Crawl
    • Mexico City - Welcome Dinner (taco night)
    • Mexico City - Welcome Dinner (taco night)
    • Mexico City Tour
    • Mexico City Tour - Urban Adventures
    • Mezcal Sip - Mexico City
    • M'goun Valley - Guided Half Day Hike
    • M'goun Valley - Guided Half Day Hike
    • M'goun Valley - Henna activity
    • Miandrivazo - Tsiribihina River Trip
    • Miandrivazo - Tsiribihina River Trip
    • Miandrivazo - Tsiribihina River Trip
    • Miandrivazo - Tsiribihina River Trip
    • Midelt - Hike
    • Midelt - Supermarket stop
    • Midelt - walking tour of a Berber village
    • Midelt - walking tour of a Berber village
    • Miette Hot Springs
    • Mikumi National Park - 4WD Safari
    • Mikumi National Park - 4WD Safari
    • Mikumi National Park - 4WD Safari
    • Mikumi National Park - 4WD Safari
    • Mikumi National Park - 4WD Safari
    • Mikumi National Park - 4WD Safari
    • Mikumi National Park - 4WD Safari
    • Mikumi National Park - 4WD Safari
    • Mikumi National Park - 4WD Safari
    • Mikumi National Park - 4WD Safari
    • Mikumi National Park - 4WD Safari
    • Mikumi National Park - 4WD Safari
    • Mikumi National Park - 4WD Safari
    • Mikumi National Park - 4WD Safari
    • Mikumi National Park - 4WD Safari
    • Mikumi National Park - 4WD Safari
    • Mikumi National Park - 4WD Safari
    • Milford Sound - Day Cruise
    • Milford Sound - Day Cruise
    • Milford Sound - Leader-led walk to Milford Lookout
    • Milford Sound - Leader-led walk to Milford Lookout
    • Milford Sound - Milford Track Hike
    • Milford Sound - Nature Boat Cruise
    • Milford Sound - Nature Boat Cruise
    • Milford Sound - Nature Boat Cruise
    • Milford Sound - Walk to Mirror Lakes & Lake Gunn
    • Milford Sound - Walk to Mirror Lakes & Lake Gunn
    • Millbrook - Mi'kmac Cultural & Heritage Centre
    • Millbrook - Mi'kmac Cultural & Heritage Centre
    • Mimbi caves - Caves Exploration with Gooniyandi Traditional Owners
    • Mingulo Broq guided hike
    • Mingulo Broq to Nangma valley guided hike
    • Minneriya - Jeep safari
    • Minneriya National Park
    • Minneriya National Park - Entrance Fee
    • Minneriya National Park - Entrance Fee
    • Minneriya National Park - Entrance Fee
    • Minneriya National Park - Evening 4x4 Safari
    • Minori - Tasting in Agriturismo
    • Minori - Tasting in Agriturismo
    • Miradouro de Veu da Noiva visit
    • Mirissa - Fisherman's Cooking Demonstration and Lunch
    • Misol-Ha - Waterfall Visit
    • Misol-Ha - Waterfall Visit
    • Misol-Ha - Waterfall Visit
    • Misol-Ha - Waterfall Visit
    • Misol-Ha - Waterfall Visit
    • Misol-Ha - Waterfall Visit
    • Misol-Ha - Waterfall Visit
    • Misol-Ha - Waterfall Visit
    • Misol-Ha - Waterfall Visit
    • Missoula - Local Brewery Tasting & Lunch
    • Missoula - Local Brewery Tasting & Lunch
    • Mist Trail signature hike
    • Mistico Park Hanging Bridges
    • Mitchell Plateau - Mitchell Falls Hike
    • Mitchell Plateau - Scenic Helicopter Flight
    • Mitla - Archaeological site (Entrance fee, Guide & Transport)
    • Mitla - Archaeological site (Entrance fee, Guide & Transport)
    • Mitla Arqueological Site - Arqueological Local Guide
    • Mitla Ruins Visit
    • Modena - Acetaia Visit
    • Modena - Parmigiano Reggiano cheese factory visit
    • Modena - Trattoria Lunch
    • Modica - Visit and Chocolate Tasting
    • Modica - Visit and Chocolate Tasting
    • Modica - Visit and Chocolate Tasting
    • Modica - Visit and Chocolate Tasting
    • Moheli - Dolphin Watching
    • Moheli - Forest Hike and Livingstone Bat Observation
    • Moheli - Park Ranger Conservation Presentation
    • Moheli - Village walk
    • Moheli - Whale Watching (seasonal)
    • Moheli - Ylang-Ylang Farm Visit
    • Moheli Marine Park - Snorkelling & Islands Tour
    • Mokra Gora National Park - Steam Train
    • Mokra Gora National Park - Steam Train
    • Mokra Gora National Park - Steam Train
    • Mokra Gora National Park - Steam Train
    • Mokroe Valley - Trek
    • Moldovita: painted monastery visit
    • Mombasa - Old Town Leader Led Tour
    • Monachil - Los Cahorros Hike
    • Monimbó - Indigenous artists village visit
    • Monimbó - Indigenous artists village visit
    • Monimbó - Indigenous artists village visit
    • Mono Lake - Visit
    • Mono Lake - Visit
    • Mono Lake - Visit
    • Mono Lake - Visit
    • Monteriggioni - Orientation Walk
    • Monteriggioni - Orientation Walk
    • Monteriggioni - Orientation Walk
    • Monteriggioni - Orientation Walk
    • Monteriggioni - Orientation Walk
    • Monteriggioni - Orientation Walk
    • Monteverde - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Monteverde - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Monteverde - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Monteverde - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Monteverde - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Monteverde - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Monteverde - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Monteverde - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Monteverde - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Monteverde - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Monteverde - Children's Eternal Rain Forest (The Intrepid Foundation Partner) Night wildlife walk
    • Monteverde - Cloud Forest
    • Monteverde - Cloud Forest Entrance
    • Monteverde - Cloud Forest Entrance
    • Monteverde - Cloud Forest Reserve Hike
    • Monteverde - Cloud Forest Reserve Hike
    • Monteverde - Cloud Forest Reserve with a local guide
    • Monteverde - Cloud Forest Reserve with a local guide
    • Monteverde - Cloud Forest Reserve with a local guide
    • Monteverde - Cloud Forest Reserve with a local guide
    • Monteverde - Cloud Forest Reserve with a local guide
    • Monteverde - Cloud Forest Reserve with a local guide
    • Monteverde - Cloud Forest Reserve with a local guide
    • Monteverde - Hands-on breakfast
    • Monteverde - Hands-on breakfast
    • Monteverde - Hands-on breakfast
    • Monteverde - Hands-on breakfast
    • Monteverde - Hands-on breakfast
    • Monteverde - Hands-on breakfast
    • Monteverde - Hands-on breakfast
    • Monteverde - Monteverde Cloud Forest - Visit
    • Monteverde - Sky Walk (Entrance)
    • Monteverde - Sky Walk (Entrance)
    • Montmorency Falls visit
    • Montreal - Old Montreal walking tour with local guide
    • Monument Valley - Navajo guided 4x4 Jeep tour including traditional lunch
    • Monument Valley - Navajo guided hike
    • Monument Valley Tribal Park - Navajo-guided backcountry jeep tour and evening cultural experience
    • Morondava - Sunset at Baobab Alley
    • Morondava - Sunset at Baobab Alley
    • Moroni - Walking Tour of Medina and Markets
    • Moshi - Kilimanjaro Porters Assistance Project
    • Moshi - Kilimanjaro Porters Assistance Project
    • Mossman Gorge - Ngadiku Dreamtime walk
    • Mossman Gorge - Ngadiku Dreamtime walk
    • Mostar - Day Trip
    • Mostar - Guided Tour with Coffee Experience
    • Mostar - Guided Tour with Coffee Experience
    • Mostar - Guided Tour with Coffee Experience
    • Mostar - Guided Tour with Coffee Experience
    • Mostar - Guided Tour with Coffee Experience
    • Mostar - Guided Tour with Coffee Experience
    • Mostar - Guided walking tour & craft workshop visit
    • Mostar - Stari Most
    • Mostar - Stari Most
    • Mostar - Stari Most
    • Mostar region/Ciro Trail Guided & Vehicle Supported Cycling
    • Mostar region/Ciro Trail Guided & Vehicle Supported Cycling
    • Motovun - Town Walls Walk
    • Motovun - Town Walls Walk
    • Motovun - Town Walls Walk
    • Motovun - Town Walls Walk
    • Motovun - Truffle & Wine Tasting
    • Motovun - Truffle & Wine Tasting
    • Motovun - Truffle & Wine Tasting
    • Motovun - Truffle & Wine Tasting
    • Moulay Idriss - Couscous Demonstration and Dinner
    • Moulay Idriss - Leader-led village walk
    • Moulay Idriss - Leader-led village walk
    • Moulay Idriss - Leader-led village walk
    • Moulay Idriss - Mint tea making demo
    • Moulay Idriss - Mint tea making demo
    • Mount Barney National Park - Lower Portals Hike
    • Mount Barney National Park - Yarriba Explore Ancient Beginnings tour
    • Mount Barney National Park - Yellow Pinch Reserve walk
    • Mount Batur - Sunrise Breakfast
    • Mount Buffalo National Park - Day walks
    • Mount Buffalo National Park - The Big Walk
    • Mount Kilimanjaro - Complimentary equipment hire (sleeping bag and walking poles) - must be requested at time of booking
    • Mount Kilimanjaro - Complimentary equipment hire (sleeping bag and walking poles) - must be requested at time of booking
    • Mount Kilimanjaro - Emergency oxygen and comprehensive first aid kits
    • Mount Kilimanjaro - Emergency oxygen and comprehensive first aid kits
    • Mount Kilimanjaro - Emergency oxygen and comprehensive first aid kits
    • Mount Kilimanjaro - Emergency oxygen and comprehensive first aid kits
    • Mount Kilimanjaro - Porterage of 1 bag (9kg/20lb max)
    • Mount Kilimanjaro - Porterage of 1 bag (9kg/20lb max)
    • Mount Kilimanjaro - Porterage of 1 bag (9kg/20lb max)
    • Mount Kilimanjaro - Porterage of 1 bag (9kg/20lb max)
    • Mount Kilimanjaro - Return transfers from hotel to park gate
    • Mount Kilimanjaro - Return transfers from hotel to park gate
    • Mount Kilimanjaro - Return transfers from hotel to park gate
    • Mount Kilimanjaro - Return transfers from hotel to park gate
    • Mount Kilimanjaro - Services of experienced English speaking mountain guides (first-aid qualified) cooks and porters (a minimum of 1 guide to every 2)
    • Mount Kilimanjaro - Services of experienced English speaking mountain guides (first-aid qualified) cooks and porters (a minimum of 1 guide to every 2)
    • Mount Kilimanjaro - Trek Briefing
    • Mount Kilimanjaro - Trek Briefing
    • Mount Kilimanjaro - Trek Briefing
    • Mount Kilimanjaro - Trek Briefing
    • Mount Maunganui - Fish and Chips on the Beach
    • Mount Maunganui - Fish and Chips on the Beach
    • Mount Maunganui - Summit Track
    • Mount Maunganui - Summit Track
    • Mount Meru - afternoon hike, walk around Mt. Meru
    • Mount Remarkable National Park - Alligator Gorge walk
    • Mount Toubkal guided summit trek
    • Mount Toubkal guided summit trek
    • Mountian refuge overnight stay
    • Mrizi I Zanave - Farm to table dinner
    • Mrizi I Zanave - Farm to table Lunch
    • Mt Batur - Sunrise volcano climb
    • Mt Batur - Sunrise volcano climb
    • Mt Batur - Sunrise volcano climb
    • Mt Batur - Sunrise volcano climb
    • Mt Bromo - Sunrise climb
    • Mt Bromo - Sunrise climb
    • Mt Bromo - Sunrise climb
    • Mt Bromo - Sunrise climb
    • Mt Etna - Day Trip
    • Mt Etna - Day Trip
    • Mt Etna - Day Trip
    • Mt Field National Park - Tarn Shelf Walk
    • Mt Field National Park - Three Falls Circuit
    • Mt Kinabalu National Park - Mt Kinabalu Climb
    • Mt Kinabalu National Park - Mt Kinabalu Climb
    • Mt Kinabalu National Park - Mt Kinabalu Climb
    • Mt Nebo - Site visit
    • Mt Nebo - Site visit
    • Mt Nebo - Site visit
    • Mt Olympus National Park - Orlias Waterfall Hike
    • Mt Olympus National Park - Orlias Waterfall Hike
    • Mt Pinatubo - Crater hike
    • Mt Pinatubo - Crater hike
    • Mt Robson Provincial Park
    • Mt Ruapehu - Sky Waka Gondola Ride & Hike
    • Mt Ruapehu - Taranaki Falls Hike
    • Mt Sibayak - Volcano climb
    • Mt Sibayak - Volcano climb
    • Mt Vesuvius - Crater Rim Walk & Summit Climb
    • Mt Vesuvius - Crater Rim Walk & Summit Climb
    • Mt Vesuvius - Crater Rim Walk & Summit Climb
    • Mt Vesuvius - Crater Rim Walk & Summit Climb
    • Mt Vesuvius - Crater Rim Walk & Summit Climb
    • Mt Vogel Cable Car
    • Mt. Revelstoke National Park
    • Mt. Revelstoke National Park
    • Mt. Robson Provincial Park - Wildflower walk
    • Mt. Washburn summit guided hike
    • Mt. Washburn summit hike
    • Mto Wa Mbu - Market Visit
    • Mto Wa Mbu - Market Visit
    • Mto Wa Mbu - Village walk & local dinner
    • Mto Wa Mbu - Village walk & local dinner
    • Mto Wa Mbu - Village walk & local dinner
    • Mto Wa Mbu - Village walk & local dinner
    • Mto Wa Mbu - Village walk & local dinner
    • Mto Wa Mbu - Village walk & local dinner
    • Mto Wa Mbu - Village walk & local dinner
    • Mto Wa Mbu - Village walk & local dinner
    • Mto Wa Mbu - Village walk & local dinner
    • Mto Wa Mbu - Village walk & local dinner
    • Mto Wa Mbu - Village walk & local dinner
    • Mto Wa Mbu - Village walk & local dinner
    • Mto Wa Mbu - Village walk & local dinner
    • Mto Wa Mbu - Village walk & local dinner
    • Mto Wa Mbu - Village walk & local dinner
    • Mto Wa Mbu - Village walk & local dinner
    • Mto Wa Mbu - Village walk & local dinner
    • Mto Wa Mbu - Village walk & local dinner
    • Mto Wa Mbu - Village walk & local dinner
    • Mto Wa Mbu - Village walk & local dinner
    • Mto Wa Mbu - Village walk & local dinner
    • Mto wa Mbu - Village walk and lunch
    • Mto wa Mbu - Village walk and lunch
    • Mtskheta - Jvari Church & Svetitskhoveli Cathedral
    • Mtskheta - Jvari Monastery & Svetitskhoveli Cathedral
    • Mtskheta - Jvari Monastery & Svetitskhoveli Cathedral
    • Muang Kued - Village Visit, Cooking Class, and Handicraft Workshop
    • Muang Kued - Village Visit, Cooking Class, and Handicraft Workshop
    • Muang Kued - Village Visit, Cooking Class, and Handicraft Workshop
    • Muang Ngern – Local Village Visit
    • Muang Ngern – Local Village Visit
    • Mulu National Park - Berawan people family visit and home-cooked dinner
    • Mulu National Park - Berawan people family visit and home-cooked dinner
    • Mulu National Park - Deer & Lang Caves
    • Mulu National Park - Deer & Lang Caves
    • Mulu National Park - Deer & Lang Caves guided walk
    • Mulu National Park - Guided trek along Headhunters' Trails
    • Mulu National Park - Guided trek along Headhunters' Trails
    • Mulu National Park - Local Dinner
    • Mulu National Park - Local Dinner
    • Mulu National Park - Longboat ride along the Melinau & Terikan Rivers
    • Mulu National Park - Longboat ride along the Melinau & Terikan Rivers
    • Mulu National Park - Picnic Lunch
    • Mulu National Park - Picnic Lunch
    • Mulu National Park - Picnic Lunch
    • Mulu National Park - Sunset bat experience
    • Mulu National Park - Wind & Clearwater Caves
    • Mulu National Park - Wind & Clearwater Caves
    • Mulu National Park - Wind & Clearwater Caves guided walk
    • Mumbai - Chhatrapati Shivaji Terminus
    • Mumbai - Chowpatty Beach
    • Mumbai - Chowpatty Beach Street Food Crawl
    • Mumbai - Crawford Market
    • Mumbai - Dobi Ghat
    • Mumbai - Gateway of India
    • Mumbai - Gateway of India
    • Mumbai - Guided city tour
    • Mumbai - Leader-led Heritage Walk
    • Mumbai - The Museum Mumbai (Prince of Wales Museum)
    • Mumbai - Welcome dinner
    • Mungalla Station - Nywaigi First Nations Guided Tour
    • Mungalla Station - Nywaigi First Nations Guided Tour
    • Mungalla Station - Nywaigi First Nations Guided Tour
    • Mungalla Station - Nywaigi First Nations Guided Tour
    • Mungalla Station - Nywaigi First Nations Guided Tour
    • Mungalla Station - Nywaigi First Nations Guided Tour
    • Munnar - Echo point hill
    • Munnar - Echo point hill
    • Munnar - Leader-led town walking tour
    • Munnar - Leader-led town walking tour
    • Munnar - Mattupetty Dam
    • Munnar - Mattupetty Dam
    • Munnar - Mattupetty Dam
    • Munnar - Mattupetty Dam
    • Munnar - Tea Museum
    • Munnar - Tea Museum
    • Munnar - Tea Museum
    • Munnar - Tea Museum
    • Munnar - Tea plantation
    • Munnar - Tea plantation
    • Munnar - Tea plantation
    • Munnar - Tea plantation
    • Muriya Kadawala Village - Pottery Making Experience
    • Muriya Kadawala Village - Pottery Making Experience
    • Murupara - Hangi Dinner
    • Murupara - Hangi Dinner
    • Murupara - Hangi Dinner
    • Murupara - Hangi Dinner
    • Murupara - Learn the Haka
    • Murupara - Learn the Haka
    • Murupara - Learn the Haka
    • Murupara - Learn the Haka
    • Murupara - Learn to Weave Flax
    • Murupara - Learn to Weave Flax
    • Murupara - Learn to Weave Flax
    • Murupara - Learn to Weave Flax
    • Murupara - Village Tour with Local Maori
    • Murupara - Village Tour with Local Maori
    • Murupara - Village Tour with Local Maori
    • Murupara - Village Tour with Local Maori
    • Musanze - Visit to The Gorilla Doctors HQ
    • Musanze - Visit to The Gorilla Doctors HQ
    • Muyil boat tour through Sian Ka’an
    • Muyil´s Archeological Site Visit
    • Mycenae - Archaeological site with guide
    • Mycenae - Archaeological site with guide
    • Mycenae - Guided Tour
    • Mysore - Chamundi Hill & Temple
    • Mysore - Chamundi Hill & Temple
    • Mysore - Home cooked lunch & family visit
    • Mysore - Home cooked lunch & family visit
    • Mysore - Keshava Temple
    • Mysore - Keshava Temple
    • Mysore - Leader-led walking tour
    • Mysore - Leader-led walking tour
    • Mysore - Leader-led walking tour
    • Mysore - Leader-led walking tour
    • Mysore - Maharaja's Palace
    • Mysore - Maharaja's Palace
    • Nabalesere - Savulelele waterfall hike
    • Nabalesere - Savulelele waterfall hike
    • Nafplio - Ouzo Distillery Visit and Tasting
    • Nafplion - Nafplio visit
    • Nafplion - Ouzo Tasting
    • Nafplion - Ouzo Tasting
    • Naga Village - Communal dinner
    • Naga Village - Communal dinner
    • Naga Village - Welcome ceremony
    • Naga Village - Welcome ceremony
    • Nagar Valley - Rakaposhi view point
    • Nagarkot - Sunset local cocktail at Club Himalaya (one drink included)
    • Nagarkot - Sunset local cocktail at Club Himalaya (one drink included)
    • Nagarkot - Sunset local cocktail at Club Himalaya (one drink included)
    • Nagarkot to Changunarayan Temple trek
    • Nairobi - Langata Giraffe Sanctuary
    • Nairobi - Langata Giraffe Sanctuary
    • Nairobi - Welcome Dinner
    • Nairobi - Welcome Dinner
    • Nairobi - Welcome Dinner
    • Nairobi - Welcome Dinner
    • Nambung National Park – Pinnacles Desert
    • Nambung National Park – Pinnacles Desert
    • Nambung National Park – Pinnacles Desert
    • Namche Bazaar - Acclimatisation Hike
    • Namche Bazaar - Acclimatisation Hike
    • Namobuddha - Thrangu Tashi Yangtze Monastery
    • Nan - Cocoa Valley Visit and Workshop
    • Nan - Cocoa Valley Visit and Workshop
    • Nan – Orientation Tour
    • Nan – Orientation Tour
    • Nananu-i-Ra Island – Snorkelling
    • Nananu-i-Ra Island – Snorkelling
    • Nangma valley to Kanday guided hike
    • Nannuo Mountain - Hani family lunch
    • Nannuo Mountain - Hani family lunch
    • Nannuo Mountain - Pu'er tea farm hike and visit
    • Nannuo Mountain - Pu'er tea farm hike and visit
    • Nannuo Mountain - Pu'er tea making
    • Nannuo Mountain - Pu'er tea making
    • Nanu Oya - Scenic Train Ride
    • Nanu Oya - Scenic Train Ride
    • Naples - café sospeso
    • Naples - café sospeso
    • Naples - café sospeso
    • Naples - Dinner In Naples
    • Naples - Dinner In Naples
    • Naples - Dinner In Naples
    • Naples - Dinner In Naples
    • Naples - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Naples - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Naples - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Naples - Pompeii Visit
    • Naples - Pompeii Visit
    • Naples - Pompeii Visit
    • Naples - Pompeii Visit
    • Naples - Welcome dinner
    • Naples - Welcome meeting
    • Naples -Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Nardo - Cooking class
    • Nardo - Cooking class
    • Nardo - Cooking class
    • Nardo - Cooking class
    • Nardo - Lunch in Ostuni
    • Nardo - Lunch in Ostuni
    • Nardo - Lunch in Ostuni
    • Nardo - Lunch in Ostuni
    • Nardo - Ostuni Farm Visit and Olive Oil Tasting
    • Nardo - Ostuni Farm Visit and Olive Oil Tasting
    • Nardo - Ostuni Farm Visit and Olive Oil Tasting
    • Nardo - Ostuni Farm Visit and Olive Oil Tasting
    • Nardo - Walking Tour
    • Nardo - Walking Tour
    • Nardo - Walking Tour
    • Nardo - Walking Tour
    • Nashville - Country Music Hall of Fame
    • Nashville - Country Music Hall of Fame
    • Nashville – Leader led walking tour
    • Nashville – Leader led walking tour
    • Nashville - Studio B tour with recording session
    • Nashville - Studio B tour with recording session
    • Nashville- Leader-led orientation tour
    • Nashville- Leader-led orientation tour
    • Nata - 4x4 Pan Excursion
    • Nata - 4x4 Pan Excursion
    • Nata - Elephant Sands Bush Walk
    • Nata - Makgadikgadi Salt Pans 4WD Excursion
    • Nata - Makgadikgadi Salt Pans 4WD Excursion
    • Nata - Makgadikgadi Salt Pans 4WD Excursion
    • Nata - Makgadikgadi Salt Pans 4WD Excursion
    • Nata - Makgadikgadi Salt Pans 4WD Excursion
    • Navajo Tribal Park - Lower Antelope Canyon Tour
    • Nawalgarh - Haveli Museum
    • Naxos - Cooking Class at a Local Farm
    • Naxos - Cooking Class at a Local Farm
    • Naxos - Kaloxylos Olive Oil Press
    • Naxos - Kaloxylos Olive Oil Press
    • Naxos - Old Town Walk & Portara Guided Tour
    • Naxos - Old Town Walk & Portara Guided Tour
    • Nazare - Barcos Salva Vidas open-air museum
    • Nazare - fishermen’s district exploration
    • Nazare - Orientation walk
    • Nazare - Seca do Peixe open-air dried fish museum
    • Nazare - Suberco viewpoint
    • Nazca - Pachamanca dinner
    • Nazca - Pachamanca dinner
    • Nazca Lines - Viewing tower
    • Nazca Lines - Viewing tower
    • Ndrouani – Home Cooked Traditional Lunch
    • Negombo - Fish market
    • Negombo - Fish market
    • Negombo - Welcome Dinner
    • Negombo - Welcome Dinner
    • Negombo - Welcome Dinner
    • Nelson Lakes National Park – Mt Robert Circuit
    • New Orleans - Cooking Class
    • New Orleans - Cooking Class
    • New Orleans - Jazz Brunch
    • New Orleans - Jazz Brunch
    • New Orleans - Leader-led Orientation
    • New Orleans - Leader-led Orientation
    • Ngäbe-Buglé Indigenous Community Visit
    • Ngäbe-Buglé Indigenous Community Visit
    • Ngäbe-Buglé Indigenous Community Visit
    • Ngäbe-Buglé Indigenous Community Visit
    • Ngorongoro Crater - 4x4 Game Drive
    • Ngorongoro Crater - 4x4 Game Drive
    • Ngorongoro Crater - 4x4 Game Drive
    • Ngorongoro Crater - 4x4 Game Drive
    • Ngorongoro Crater - 4x4 Game Drive
    • Ngorongoro Crater - 4x4 Game Drive
    • Ngorongoro Crater - 4x4 Game Drive
    • Ngorongoro Crater - 4x4 Game Drive
    • Ngorongoro Crater - 4x4 Game Drive
    • Ngorongoro Crater - 4x4 Game Drive
    • Ngorongoro Crater - 4x4 Game Drive
    • Ngorongoro Crater - 4x4 Game Drive
    • Ngorongoro Crater - 4x4 Game Drive
    • Ngorongoro Crater - 4x4 Game Drive
    • Ngorongoro Crater - 4x4 Game Drive
    • Ngorongoro Crater - 4x4 Game Drive
    • Ngorongoro Crater - 4x4 Game Drive
    • Ngorongoro Crater - 4x4 Game Drive
    • Ngorongoro Crater - 4x4 Game Drive
    • Ngorongoro Crater - 4x4 Game Drive
    • Ngorongoro Crater - 4x4 Game Drive
    • Ngorongoro Crater - 4WD Safari
    • Ngorongoro Crater - 4WD Safari
    • Ngorongoro Crater - 4WD Safari
    • Ngorongoro Crater - 4WD Safari
    • Ngorongoro Crater - 4x4 Game Drive
    • Ngorongoro Crater - 4x4 Game Drive
    • Ngorongoro Crater - 4x4 Game Drive
    • Ngorongoro Crater - 4x4 Game Drive
    • Ngorongoro Crater - 4x4 Game Drive
    • Ngorongoro Forest - Elephant Cave Trek
    • Ngorongoro Forest - Elephant Cave Trek
    • Ngorongoro Forest - Elephant Cave Trek
    • Ngorongoro Forest - Elephant Cave Trek
    • Ngorongoro Forest - Elephant Cave Trek
    • Ngorongoro Forest - Elephant Cave Trek
    • Ngorongoro Forest - Elephant Cave Trek
    • Ngorongoro Forest - Elephant Cave Trek
    • Ngorongoro Forest - Elephant Cave Trek
    • Nguna - Village walk
    • Nha Trang - Basket boat ride
    • Nha Trang - Basket boat ride
    • Nha Trang - Boat trip
    • Nha Trang - Boat trip
    • Nha Trang - Nha Trang Bay Boat trip
    • Nha Trang - Po Nagar Cham Tower
    • Nha Trang - Po Nagar Cham Tower
    • Nha Trang - Seafood dinner
    • Nha Trang - Seafood dinner
    • Nha Trang Bay - Island hopping, Fishing Villages & Snorkelling
    • Niagara Falls - Full day trip from Toronto
    • Niagara-on-the-Lake - Winery Visit & Wine Tasting
    • Nice - Orientation Walk
    • Nice - Orientation Walk
    • Nij - Udin village and museum visit
    • Nij - Udin village and museum visit
    • Nij - Udin village and museum visit
    • Niksic region Guided & Vehicle Supported Cycling
    • Niksic region Guided & Vehicle Supported Cycling
    • Nile - Dinner and Music Felucca
    • Nile - Dinner and Music Felucca
    • Nile - Felucca overnight sailing trip
    • Nile - Felucca overnight sailing trip
    • Nile - Felucca overnight sailing trip
    • Nile - Felucca overnight sailing trip
    • Nile - Felucca overnight sailing trip
    • Nileshwar - Kerala Backwaters sunset cruise
    • Nileshwar - Village walking tour and homecooked lunch
    • Nimaling to Chogdo Guided Trek
    • Nimes - Orientation walk
    • Nimes - Orientation walk
    • Nimes - Orientation walk
    • Nimes - Orientation walk
    • Ningaloo Marine Park - Turquoise Bay
    • Ninh Binh - Bike Tour
    • Ninh Binh - Bike Tour
    • Ninh Binh - Bike Tour
    • Ninh Binh - Cycling & sunset at Van Long Wetland Nature Reserve
    • Ninh Binh - Hoa Lu
    • Ninh Binh - Hoa Lu
    • Ninh Binh - Home Cooked Lunch
    • Ninh Binh - Home Cooked Lunch
    • Ninh Binh - Thung Nham Ecotourism Zone
    • Ninh Binh - Thung Nham Ecotourism Zone
    • Ninh Binh - Van Long Nature Reserve boat trip
    • Nitmiluk National Park - Jatbula Trail (Leliyn to Sweetwater Pool)
    • Nitmiluk National Park - Katherine Gorge walks
    • Nitmiluk National Park - Leliyn (Edith Falls) Upper Circuit Walk & Swim
    • Nitmiluk National Park - Leliyn (Edith Falls) Upper Circuit Walk & Swim
    • Nitmiluk National Park - Leliyn (Edith Falls) Upper Circuit Walk & Swim
    • Nitmiluk National Park - Nitmiluk (Katherine) Gorge walk
    • Njegusi - Local Prosciutto and Cheese Tasting
    • Njegusi - Local Prosciutto and Cheese Tasting
    • Nohur - Village walking tour
    • Nohur - Village walking tour
    • Nohur - Village walking tour
    • Nohur - Village walking tour
    • Noosa - Coastal Walk
    • Noosa - Coastal Walk
    • Noosa - Hell's Gates Lookout
    • Noosa - Hell's Gates Lookout
    • Noto - Guided Walk
    • Noto - Guided Walk
    • Noto - Guided Walk
    • Noto - Guided Walk
    • Noto & Ragusa - Day Trip
    • Noto & Ragusa - Day Trip
    • Noto & Ragusa - Day Trip
    • Novi Sad – Orientation Walk
    • Novi Sad – Orientation Walk
    • Novi Sad – Orientation Walk
    • Nubutautau - Village Cultural Walk
    • Nubutautau - Village Cultural Walk
    • Nuratau - village visit
    • Nuratau - village visit
    • Nuratau Mountains - Plov cooking demonstration & dinner
    • Nuratau Mountains - Plov cooking demonstration & dinner
    • Nuwakot - Nuwakot Durbar (Palace)
    • Nuwara Eliya - High Tea
    • Nuwara Eliya - High Tea
    • Nuwara Eliya - High Tea
    • Nuwara Eliya - Lunch at Nuwara Eliya Golf Club
    • Nuwara Eliya - Orientation Tour
    • Nuwara Eliya - Orientation Tour
    • Nuwara Eliya - Single Tree Hill hiking
    • Nuwara Eliya - Tea factory tour
    • Nuwara Eliya - Visit to Tea State & Tea Factory
    • Oaxaca - Alebrijes workshop visit
    • Oaxaca - Alebrijes workshop visit
    • Oaxaca - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Oaxaca - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Oaxaca - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Oaxaca - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Oaxaca - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Oaxaca - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Oaxaca - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Oaxaca - Leader-led walking tour
    • Oaxaca - Leader-led walking tour
    • Oaxaca - Leader-led walking tour
    • Oaxaca - Leader-led walking tour
    • Oaxaca - Leader-led walking tour
    • Oaxaca - Beeswax candle workshop
    • Oaxaca - Beeswax candle workshop
    • Oaxaca - Farewell Dinner
    • Oaxaca - Farewell Dinner
    • Oaxaca - Market Tour with Lunch
    • Oaxaca - Market Tour with Lunch
    • Oaxaca - Mercado 20 de Noviembre
    • Oaxaca - Mercado 20 de Noviembre
    • Oaxaca - Mercado 20 de Noviembre
    • Oaxaca - Mercado Benito Juarez
    • Oaxaca - Mercado Benito Juarez
    • Oaxaca - Mercado Benito Juarez
    • Oaxaca - Mezcaleria visit
    • Oaxaca - Mezcaleria visit
    • Oaxaca - Mezcaleria visit
    • Oaxaca - Mezcaleria visit
    • Oaxaca - Mezcaleria visit
    • Oaxaca - Mitla archeological site
    • Oaxaca - Mitla archeological site
    • Oaxaca - Monte Alban - Archaeological Site (Entrance)
    • Oaxaca - Monte Alban - Archaeological Site (Entrance)
    • Oaxaca - Tule Tree
    • Oaxaca - Tule Tree
    • Oaxaca - Tule Tree
    • Oaxaca - Tule Tree
    • Oaxaca - Tule Tree, Hierve el Agua visit, mescal distillery
    • Oaxaca - Tule Tree, Hierve el Agua visit, mescal distillery
    • Oaxaca - Tule Tree, Hierve el Agua visit, mescal distillery
    • Oaxaca - Tule tree, Teotitlan del Valle weaving town & mescal distillery
    • Oaxaca - Tule tree, Teotitlan del Valle weaving town & mescal distillery
    • Oaxaca - Weaving demonstration
    • Oaxaca - Weaving demonstration
    • Oaxaca - Zapotecan home-cooked lunch
    • Oaxaca - Zapotecan home-cooked lunch
    • Oaxaca - Zapotecan home-cooked lunch
    • Oaxaca - Zapotecan home-cooked lunch
    • Oaxaca Cooking class with lunch
    • Obidos - Day trip
    • Obidos - Sour-cherry liqueur tasting
    • Ohrid - Lake Ohrid Boat Cruise
    • Ohrid - Lake Ohrid Boat Cruise
    • Ohrid - Lake Ohrid Boat Cruise
    • Ohrid - Lake Ohrid Boat Cruise
    • Ohrid - Leader-led Orientation Walk
    • Okarito - Okarito Lagoon Walk
    • Okarito - Okarito Lagoon Walk
    • Okavango Delta - Boat Safari
    • Okavango Delta - Boat Safari
    • Okavango Delta - Boat Safari
    • Okavango Delta - Boat Safari
    • Okavango Delta - Boat Safari
    • Okavango Delta - Expert Guided Bush Walk
    • Okavango Delta - Expert Guided Bush Walk
    • Okavango Delta - Expert Guided Bush Walk
    • Okavango Delta - Mokoro Safari
    • Okavango Delta - Mokoro safari
    • Okavango Delta - Mokoro Safari
    • Okavango Delta - Mokoro safari
    • Okavango Delta - Mokoro Safari
    • Okavango Delta - Mokoro safari
    • Okavango Delta - Mokoro Safari
    • Okavango Delta - Mokoro safari
    • Okavango Delta - Mokoro safari
    • Okavango Delta - Mokoro Safari
    • Okavango Delta - Mokoro safari
    • Okavango Delta - Mokoro Safari
    • Okavango Delta - Mokoro safari
    • Okavango Delta - Mokoro Safari
    • Okavango Delta - Mokoro safari
    • Okavango Delta - Mokoro Safari
    • Okavango Delta - Mokoro safari
    • Okavango Delta - Mokoro Safari
    • Okavango Delta - Mokoro safari
    • Okavango Delta - Mokoro safari
    • Okavango Delta - Mokoro Safari
    • Okavango Delta - Mokoro Safari
    • Okavango Delta - Mokoro Safari
    • Okavango Delta - Mokoro safari
    • Okavango Delta - Mokoro safari
    • Okavango Delta - Mokoro safari
    • Okavango Delta - Mokoro safari
    • Okavango Delta - Mokoro safari
    • Okavango Delta - Mokoro safari
    • Okavango Delta - Mokoro safari
    • Okavango Delta - Nature walk
    • Okavango Delta - Nature walk
    • Okavango Delta - Nature walk
    • Okavango Delta - Nature walk
    • Okavango Delta - Nature walk
    • Okavango Delta - Nature Walk
    • Okavango Delta - Nature walk
    • Okavango Delta - Nature Walk
    • Okavango Delta - Nature walk
    • Okavango Delta - Nature Walk
    • Okavango Delta - Nature walk
    • Okavango Delta - Nature Walk
    • Okavango Delta - Nature walk
    • Okavango Delta - Nature Walk
    • Okavango Delta - Nature walk
    • Okavango Delta - Nature Walk
    • Okavango Delta - Nature Walk
    • Okavango Delta - Nature Walk
    • Okavango Delta - Speedboat Cruise
    • Okavango Delta - Speedboat Cruise
    • Okavango Delta - Speedboat Cruise
    • Okavango Delta - Speedboat Cruise
    • Okavango Delta - Speedboat Cruise
    • Okavango Delta - Speedboat Cruise
    • Okavango Delta - Speedboat Cruise
    • Okavango Delta - Speedboat Cruise
    • Okavango Delta - Speedboat Cruise
    • Okavango Delta - Sunrise Walk
    • Okavango Delta - Sunrise Walk
    • Okavango Delta - Sunrise Walk
    • Okavango Delta - Sunrise Walk
    • Okavango Delta - Sunrise Walk
    • Okavango Delta - Sunrise Walk
    • Okavango Delta - Sunrise Walk
    • Okavango Delta - Sunrise Walk
    • Old Delhi City Tour
    • Old Delhi City Tour
    • Old Delhi City Tour
    • Old Delhi City Tour
    • Old Faithful & Upper Geyser Basin visit & guided walks
    • Olhao - Morning Ria Formosa Boat Tour
    • Ollantaytambo - Archaeological site
    • Ollantaytambo - 360 degree train to Aguas Calientes
    • Olomouc - Orientation Walk
    • Olomouc - Orientation Walk
    • Olympia - Ancient Olympia entrance and guided tour
    • Olympia - Archaeological Site and Museum Visit with Local Guide
    • Olympia - Archaeological Site and Museum Visit with Local Guide
    • OMR Gallery Visit
    • Onboard Lecture Program
    • Onboard Lecture Program
    • Onboard Lecture Program
    • Onboard Lecture Program
    • Onboard Lecture Program
    • Onboard Lecture Program
    • Onboard Lecture Program
    • Onboard Lecture Program
    • Onboard Lecture Program
    • Onboard Lecture Program
    • Onboard Lecture Program
    • Onboard Lecture Program
    • Onboard Lecture Program
    • Onboard Lecture Program
    • Onboard Lecture Program
    • Onboard Lecture Program
    • Onboard Lecture Program
    • Onboard Lecture Program
    • Onboard Lecture Program
    • Onboard Lecture Program
    • Onboard Lecture Program
    • Onboard Lecture Program
    • Onboard Lecture Program
    • Onboard Lecture Program
    • Onboard Lecture Program
    • Onboard Lecture Program
    • Onboard Lecture Program
    • Onboard Lecture Program
    • Ooty - Nilgiri Mountain Railway & Tea Plantation visit
    • Ooty - Nilgiri Mountain Railway & Tea Plantation visit
    • Opuzen - Neretva river photo safari boat tour
    • Opuzen - Neretva river photo safari boat tour
    • Orchha - Cooking demonstration
    • Orchha - Cooking demonstration
    • Orchha - Orchha Palace
    • Orchha - Orchha Palace
    • Orientation Walk - leader led including food tastings & local snacks
    • Orientation walk - Vienna
    • Orientation walk - Vienna
    • Orientation walk in Olhao
    • Orientation Walk in Varanasi
    • Orientation Walk in Varanasi
    • Orientation Walk in Varanasi
    • Orientation Walk in Varanasi
    • Osh - National Historical and Archaeological Museum Complex
    • Osh - National Historical and Archaeological Museum Complex
    • Osh - National Historical and Archaeological Museum Complex
    • Osh - National Historical and Archaeological Museum Complex
    • Osh - Sulaiman-Too Mountain
    • Osh - Sulaiman-Too Mountain
    • Osh - Sulaiman-Too Mountain
    • Osh - Sulaiman-Too Mountain
    • Otago Rail Trail - 4 days Otago Central Rail Trail bike hire
    • Otrar - Ancient settlement
    • Otrar - Ancient settlement
    • Otrar - Ancient settlement
    • Ottawa - E-bike tour of Ottawa & Gatineau Park
    • Ottawa - Visit to the Canadia Parliament (subject to opening times)
    • Oudtshoorn - Cango Caves Guided Tour
    • Oudtshoorn - Cango Caves Guided Tour
    • Oudtshoorn - Meerkat Experience
    • Oudtshoorn - Meerkat Experience
    • Ouenefou Island – Barbecue Lunch
    • Overland Track - Kia Ora Creek to Windy Ridge Trek
    • Overland Track - Lake Windermere to New Pelion Hut Trek
    • Overland Track - Pelion Plains to Kia Ora Creek Trek
    • Overland Track - Ronny Creek to Waterfall Valley Trek
    • Overland Track - Waterfall Valley to Lake Windermere Trek
    • Overland Track - Windy Ridge to Lake St Clair Trek
    • Overnight Canoe Trip - 2 Nights
    • Oviedo - Asturian cider house visit and tasting
    • Oviedo - Asturian cider house visit and tasting
    • Oviedo - Guided walk and market tour
    • Oviedo - Guided walk and market tour
    • Pacuare - 4hrs. Pacuare River white water rafting - Class 3 & 4
    • Page - Antelope Canyon Tour with round-trip transport
    • Paine Grande overnight stay Refugio or camping (fully equipped)
    • Paine Massif guided trek
    • Palangka Raya - Balanga Museum
    • Palangka Raya - Borneo Orangutan Survival Foundation Kaja Island Visit
    • Palangka Raya - Sei Gohong River Boat Tour
    • Palas de Rei - Queimada drink preparation & tasting
    • Palenque - Archaeological site (Entrance fee & Transport)
    • Palenque - Archaeological site (Entrance fee & Transport)
    • Palenque - Archaeological site (Entrance fee & Transport)
    • Palenque - Archaeological site (Guide, Transport & Entrance fee)
    • Palenque - Archaeological site (Guide, Transport & Entrance fee)
    • Palenque - Archaeological site (Guide, Transport & Entrance fee)
    • Palenque - Archaeological site (Guide, Transport & Entrance fee)
    • Palenque - Archaeological site (Guide, Transport & Entrance fee)
    • Palenque - Archaeological site (Guide, Transport & Entrance fee)
    • Palenque - Archaeological site (Guide, Transport & Entrance fee)
    • Palermo - Anti-Mafia Movement Tour
    • Palermo - Anti-Mafia Movement Tour
    • Palermo - Anti-Mafia Movement Tour
    • Palermo - Anti-Mafia Tour
    • Palermo - Anti-Mafia Tour
    • Palermo - Anti-Mafia Tour
    • Palermo - Anti-Mafia Tour
    • Palermo - Sicilian Cooking Class
    • Palermo - Sicilian Cooking Class
    • Palermo - Sicilian Cooking Class
    • Palermo - Sicilian Cooking Class
    • Palermo - Welcome Dinner
    • Palermo - Welcome Dinner
    • Palermo - Welcome Dinner
    • Palermo - Welcome Dinner
    • Palermo - Welcome Meeting
    • Palermo - Welcome Meeting
    • Palermo - Welcome Meeting
    • Palermo - Welcome Meeting
    • Palermo -Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Palermo -Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Palermo -Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Palermo -Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Palmer - Bodenburg Butte Hike
    • Paluma Range National Park - Crystal Creek
    • Paluma Range National Park - Crystal Creek
    • Paluma Range National Park - Crystal Creek
    • Paluma Range National Park - Crystal Creek
    • Pamplona - Leader led walk
    • Pamplona - Leader led walk
    • Panajachel - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Panajachel - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Panama City - Leader-led walk in Casco Viejo
    • Panama City - Leader-led walk in Casco Viejo
    • Panama City - Leader-led walk in Casco Viejo
    • Panama City - Leader-led walk in Casco Viejo
    • Panama City - Miraflores Locks (Panama Canal)
    • Panama City - Miraflores Locks (Panama Canal)
    • Panama City - Miraflores Locks (Panama Canal)
    • Panama City - Miraflores Locks (Panama Canal)
    • Panama Lake - Nature Walk
    • Panauti - Leader-led walk
    • Panjakent - Ancient city wall & museum
    • Panjakent - Ancient city wall & museum
    • Panjakent - Ancient city wall & museum
    • Panjakent - Ancient city wall & museum
    • Pankisi Valley - Chechen cooking class
    • Pankisi Valley - Cultural Tour and Lunch
    • Pankisi Valley - Kist villages and culture walking tour
    • Panna National Park - Evening Safari
    • Panorama Route - Blyde River Canyon Viewpoint
    • Panorama Route - Blyde River Canyon Viewpoint
    • Panorama Route - Bourkes Luck Potholes
    • Panorama Route - Bourke's Luck Potholes
    • Panorama Route - Bourke's Luck Potholes
    • Panorama Route - Bourke's Luck Potholes
    • Panorama Route - Bourke's Luck Potholes
    • Panorama Route - Bourke's Luck Potholes
    • Panorama Route - Three Rondavels
    • Panorama Route - Three Rondavels Viewpoint
    • Panorama Route - Three Rondavels Viewpoint
    • Panorama Route - Three Rondawels
    • Panorama Route - Three Rondawels
    • Papallacta - Hot Springs
    • Papallacta - Hummingbird Spotting
    • Parapougki – Olive mill visit and tastings
    • Paris - Orientation Walk
    • Paris - Orientation Walk
    • Paris - Orientation Walk
    • Paris - Orientation Walk
    • Parma – Orientation Walk
    • Paro - Complimentary Departure Transfer
    • Paro - Complimentary Departure Transfer
    • Paro - Home-cooked dinner
    • Paro - Home-cooked dinner
    • Paro - Home-cooked dinner
    • Paro - Home-cooked dinner
    • Paro - Kaja Throm Market Visit
    • Paro - Kaja Throm Market Visit
    • Paro - Tadzong Museum
    • Paro - Taktsang (Tiger's Nest) Monastery hike
    • Paro - Taktsang (Tiger's Nest) Monastery hike
    • Paro - Taktsang (Tiger's Nest) Monastery hike
    • Paro - Taktsang (Tiger's Nest) Monastery hike
    • Paro - Taktsang (Tiger's Nest) Monastery hike
    • Paros - Highlights of Paros Half Day Island Tour with Local Guide
    • Paros - Highlights of Paros Half Day Island Tour with Local Guide
    • Paros - Lefkes Village Visit
    • Path of the Lemons guided hike
    • Patinaai Osim (The Intrepid Foundation partner) visit
    • Patinaai Osim (The Intrepid Foundation partner) visit
    • Peggy’s Cove – Rock Walk
    • Peggy’s Cove – Rock Walk
    • Pekarangan - Village & Farm Visit
    • Pekoe Trail
    • Pele - Snorkelling
    • Peles - Castle Visit (with audioguide)
    • Peles - Castle Visit (with audioguide)
    • Peles - Castle Visit (with audioguide)
    • Peles - Castle Visit (with audioguide)
    • Peljesac - Wine tasting
    • Peljesac - Wine tasting
    • Pelješac Peninsula Guided & Vehicle Supported Cycling
    • Pelješac Peninsula Guided & Vehicle Supported Cycling
    • Pema Choling Nunnery
    • Penang - Cooking class in Spice garden
    • Penang - Hawker food experience
    • Penang - Hawker food experience
    • Penang - Hawker food experience
    • Penang - Hawker food experience
    • Penang - Hawker food experience
    • Penang - Hawker food experience
    • Penang - Heritage Tour incl. Colonial Palace
    • Penang - leader led orientation walk
    • Penang - leader led orientation walk
    • Penang - Orientation Walk - leader- led
    • Penang - Trishaw Ride
    • Penang - Walking tour, including Clan Jetty & Kek Lok Si Temple
    • Penang - Walking tour, including Clan Jetty & Kek Lok Si Temple
    • Penang - Walking tour, including Clan Jetty & Kek Lok Si Temple
    • Penang - Walking tour, including Clan Jetty & Kek Lok Si Temple
    • Peninsular Tour - Half Day
    • Pepian Cooking Class
    • Periyar - Guided nature walk
    • Periyar - Guided nature walk
    • Periyar - Guided nature walk
    • Periyar - Guided nature walk
    • Periyar - Guided Nature Walk
    • Periyar - Guided Nature Walk
    • Periyar - Home cooked meal
    • Periyar - Home cooked meal
    • Periyar - Kalaripayattu (Indian Martial Art) performance
    • Periyar - Kalaripayattu (Indian Martial Art) performance
    • Periyar - Kalaripayattu (Indian Martial Art) performance
    • Periyar - Kalaripayattu (Indian Martial Art) performance
    • Periyar - Kerala cooking class
    • Periyar - Kerala cooking class
    • Periyar - Martial Art Performance
    • Periyar - Martial Art Performance
    • Periyar - National Park
    • Periyar - National Park
    • Periyar - Spice Plantation
    • Periyar - Spice Plantation
    • Periyar - Spice plantation visit
    • Periyar - Spice plantation visit
    • Periyar - Spice plantation visit
    • Periyar - Spice plantation visit
    • Periyar- Orientation walk
    • Periyar- Orientation walk
    • Perros Glacier guided trek
    • Perugia - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Perugia - Perugia Underground guided tour
    • Peschiera del Garda – Orientation walk
    • Petra - Cooking Class
    • Petra - Guided tour
    • Petra - Guided tour
    • Petra - Guided tour
    • Petra - Homecooked Dinner with Local Family
    • Petra - Home-cooked meal
    • Petra - Home-cooked meal
    • Petra - Leader-led tour of Petra
    • Petra - Leader-led tour of Petra
    • Petra - Leader-led tour of Petra
    • Petra - Leader-led tour of Petra
    • Petra - Little Petra
    • Petra - Petra second day visit (unguided)
    • Petra - Petra second day visit (unguided)
    • Petra - Petra second day visit (unguided)
    • Petra - Petra second day visit (unguided)
    • Petra - Two-Day Pass
    • Petra - Two-Day Pass
    • Petra - Two-Day Pass
    • Peyto viewpoint
    • Phang Nga - Longtail Boat to James Bond Island
    • Phang Nga - Royal Thai Navy Sea Turtle Conservation Center
    • Phang Nga - Royal Thai Navy Sea Turtle Conservation Center
    • Phang Nga - Royal Thai Navy Sea Turtle Conservation Center
    • Phang Nga - Royal Thai Navy Sea Turtle Conservation Center
    • Phang Nga - Royal Thai Navy Sea Turtle Conservation Center
    • Phang Nga - Royal Thai Navy Sea Turtle Conservation Center
    • Phang Nga - Royal Thai Navy Sea Turtle Conservation Center
    • Phang Nga National Marine Park
    • Phang Nga to Ao Nang (Krabi) guided & vehicle supported cycling
    • Phiring Village homestay experience
    • Phitsanulok - Sappraiwan Elephant Sanctuary
    • Phitsanulok - Sappraiwan Elephant Sanctuary
    • Phnom Penh - Food tour by tuk-tuk
    • Phnom Penh - Cyclo tour
    • Phnom Penh - Khmer Cooking Class and Market Tour
    • Phnom Penh - Killing Fields of Choeung Ek
    • Phnom Penh - Killing Fields of Choeung Ek
    • Phnom Penh - Killing Fields of Choeung Ek
    • Phnom Penh - Killing Fields of Choeung Ek
    • Phnom Penh - Killing Fields of Choeung Ek
    • Phnom Penh - Killing Fields of Choeung Ek
    • Phnom Penh - Local Breakfast
    • Phnom Penh - Local Breakfast
    • Phnom Penh - Local Breakfast
    • Phnom Penh - Mekong Island cycling
    • Phnom Penh - Orientation Walk
    • Phnom Penh - Orientation Walk
    • Phnom Penh - Orientation Walk
    • Phnom Penh - Royal Palace & Silver Pagoda
    • Phnom Penh - Royal Palace & Silver Pagoda
    • Phnom Penh - Royal Palace & Silver Pagoda
    • Phnom Penh - Royal Palace & Silver Pagoda
    • Phnom Penh - Royal Palace & Silver Pagoda
    • Phnom Penh - Royal Palace & Silver Pagoda
    • Phnom Penh - Sunset River Cruise
    • Phnom Penh - Sunset River Cruise
    • Phnom Penh - Sunset River Cruise
    • Phnom Penh - The Killing Fields of Choeung Ek
    • Phnom Penh - The Killing Fields of Choeung Ek
    • Phnom Penh - The Killing Fields of Choeung Ek
    • Phnom Penh - The Killing Fields of Choeung Ek
    • Phnom Penh - The Killing Fields of Choeung Ek
    • Phnom Penh - The Killing Fields of Choeung Ek
    • Phnom Penh - The Killing Fields of Choeung Ek
    • Phnom Penh - The Killing Fields of Choeung Ek
    • Phnom Penh - The Killing Fields of Choeung Ek
    • Phnom Penh - The Killing Fields of Choeung Ek
    • Phnom Penh - The Killing Fields of Choeung Ek
    • Phnom Penh - The Killing Fields of Choeung Ek
    • Phnom Penh - The Killing Fields of Choeung Ek
    • Phnom Penh - The Killing Fields of Choeung Ek
    • Phnom Penh - The Killing Fields of Choeung Ek
    • Phnom Penh - Tuol Sleng Genocide Museum (S21)
    • Phnom Penh - Tuol Sleng Genocide Museum (S21)
    • Phnom Penh - Tuol Sleng Genocide Museum (S21)
    • Phnom Penh - Tuol Sleng Genocide Museum (S21)
    • Phnom Penh - Tuol Sleng Genocide Museum (S21)
    • Phnom Penh - Tuol Sleng Genocide Museum (S21)
    • Phnom Penh - Tuol Sleng Genocide Museum (S21)
    • Phnom Penh - Tuol Sleng Genocide Museum (S21)
    • Phnom Penh - Tuol Sleng Genocide Museum (S21)
    • Phnom Penh - Tuol Sleng Genocide Museum (S21)
    • Phnom Penh - Tuol Sleng Genocide Museum (S21)
    • Phnom Penh - Tuol Sleng Genocide Museum (S21)
    • Phnom Penh - Tuol Sleng Genocide Museum (S21)
    • Phnom Penh - Tuol Sleng Genocide Museum (S21)
    • Phnom Penh - Tuol Sleng Genocide Museum (S21)
    • Phnom Penh - Tuol Sleng Genocide Museum (S21)
    • Phnom Penh - Tuol Sleng Genocide Museum (S21)
    • Phnom Penh - Tuol Sleng Genocide Museum (S21)
    • Phnom Penh - Tuol Sleng Genocide Museum (S21)
    • Phnom Penh - Tuol Sleng Genocide Museum (S21)
    • Phnom Penh - Tuol Sleng Genocide Museum (S21)
    • Phnom Penh - Tuol Sleng Genocide Museum (S21) & Choeung Ek
    • Phnom Penh - Tuol Sleng Genocide Museum (S21) & Choeung Ek
    • Phnom Penh - Welcome Dinner
    • Phnom Penh - Welcome Dinner
    • Phnom Penh - Welcome Dinner
    • Phnom Penh - Welcome Dinner
    • Phnom Penh - Welcome Dinner
    • Phnom Penh - Welcome Dinner
    • Phobjikha - Black Necked Crane Information Center
    • Phobjikha - Black Necked Crane Information Center
    • Phobjikha - Gangtoe Goemba
    • Phobjikha - Gangtoe Goemba
    • Phobjikha - Valley hiking
    • Phobjikha - Valley hiking
    • Phong Nha Ke-Bang National Park - Phong Nha Cave
    • Phong Nha Ke-Bang NP - Thien Duong (Paradise Cave)
    • Phrom Lok – Bike Hire
    • Phrom Lok – Bike Hire
    • Phrom Lok – Bike Hire
    • Phrom Lok – Bike Hire
    • Phrom Lok – Bike Hire
    • Phrom Lok – Bike Hire
    • Phrom Lok – Community Visit and Homestay
    • Phrom Lok – Community Visit and Homestay
    • Phrom Lok – Community Visit and Homestay
    • Phrom Lok – Community Visit and Homestay
    • Phrom Lok – Home-cooked Dinner
    • Phrom Lok – Home-cooked Dinner
    • Phrom Lok – Home-cooked Dinner
    • Phrom Lok – Home-cooked Dinner
    • Phrom Lok – Waterfall Visit
    • Phrom Lok – Waterfall Visit
    • Phrom Lok – Waterfall Visit
    • Phrom Lok – Waterfall Visit
    • Pico Island - Arcos do Cachorro (Lava tunnels)
    • Pico Island - Criacao Velha Vineyards UNESCO World Heritage Site
    • Pico Island - Day Trip
    • Pico Island - Liqueur Tasting
    • Picos de Europa - Cocido Lebaniego dinner
    • Picos de Europa - Cocido Lebaniego dinner
    • Picos de Europa - National Park Visit
    • Picos de Europa - National Park Visit
    • Picton - Ferry through the Marlborough Sounds
    • Picton - Ferry through the Marlborough Sounds
    • Pirin Mountains - Hike
    • Pirin Mountains - Hike
    • Pirin Mountains - Hike
    • Pisa - Half Day Trip
    • Pisa - Half Day Trip to Pisa
    • Pisa - Half Day Trip to Pisa
    • Pisa - Orientation walk
    • Pisa - Orientation walk
    • Pisa - Pisa Visit & Orientation walk
    • Pisa - Pisa Visit & Orientation walk
    • Pisa - Pisa Visit & Orientation walk
    • Pisa - Pisa Visit & Orientation walk
    • Pisa - Pisa Visit & Orientation walk
    • Pisa - Pisa Visit & Orientation walk
    • Pisa - Pisa Visit & Orientation walk
    • Pisa - Pisa Visit & Orientation walk
    • Piste - Home-cooked Lunch
    • Piste - Home-cooked Lunch
    • Piste - Home-cooked Lunch
    • Piste - Traditional Maya Family Lunch
    • Piste - Traditional Maya Family Lunch
    • Piste - Traditional Maya Family Lunch
    • Piste - Traditional Maya Family Lunch
    • Piste - Traditional Maya Family Lunch
    • Piste - Traditional Maya Family Lunch
    • Playa del Carmen - Cenote Azul visit
    • Playa del Carmen - Cenote Azul visit
    • Playa del Carmen - Cenote Azul visit
    • Playa del Carmen - Cenote Azul visit
    • Playa del Carmen - Cenote Azul visit
    • Playa del Carmen - Cenote Azul visit
    • Playa del Carmen - Cenote Azul visit
    • Playa del Carmen - Cenote Azul visit
    • Playa del Carmen - Cenote Azul visit
    • Playa del Carmen - Leader-led Orientation Walk
    • Playa del Carmen - Leader-led Orientation Walk
    • Playa del Carmen - Leader-led Orientation Walk
    • Playa del Carmen - Leader-led Orientation Walk
    • Playa del Carmen - Leader-led Orientation Walk
    • Playa del Carmen - Leader-led Orientation Walk
    • Playa del Carmen - Leader-led Orientation Walk
    • Playa del Carmen - Leader-led Orientation Walk
    • Playa del Carmen - Welcome Dinner
    • Playa del Carmen - Welcome Dinner
    • Plitvice Lakes - National Park Visit
    • Plitvice Lakes - National Park Visit
    • Plitvice Lakes - National Park Visit
    • Plitvice Lakes - National Park Visit
    • Plitvice Lakes - National Park Visit
    • Plitvice Lakes - National Park Visit
    • Plitvice Lakes National Park - Entrance & Hike
    • Plitvice Lakes National Park - Entrance & Hike
    • Plitvice Lakes National Park - Entrance & Hike
    • Plitvice Lakes National Park - Entrance & Hike
    • Plovdiv - Walking Tour with Local Guide
    • Plovdiv - Walking Tour with Local Guide
    • Plovdiv - Walking Tour with Local Guide
    • Plovdiv- Private Transfer from Plovdiv Hotel to Plovdiv Bus Station
    • Plovdiv- Private Transfer from Plovdiv Hotel to Plovdiv Bus Station
    • Plovdiv- Private Transfer from Plovdiv Hotel to Plovdiv Bus Station
    • Plovdiv-Private Transfer from Plovdiv Train Station to Plovdiv Hotel
    • Plovdiv-Private Transfer from Plovdiv Train Station to Plovdiv Hotel
    • Plovdiv-Private Transfer from Plovdiv Train Station to Plovdiv Hotel
    • Pluzine region Guided & Vehicle Supported Cycling
    • Pluzine region Guided & Vehicle Supported Cycling
    • Points East Coastal Drive – Mussel and Lobster Shore Boil
    • Points East Coastal Drive – Mussel and Lobster Shore Boil
    • Pokhara - Boating on Fewa Lake
    • Pokhara - International Mountain Museum
    • Pokhara - International Mountain Museum
    • Pokhara - International Mountain Museum
    • Pokhara - International Mountain Museum
    • Pokhara - International Mountain Museum
    • Pokhara - International Mountain Museum
    • Pokhara - International Mountain Museum
    • Pokhara - Orientation Walk
    • Pokhara - Orientation Walk
    • Pokhara - Orientation Walk
    • Pokhara - Orientation walk around Phewa Lake
    • Pokhara - Peace Pagoda
    • Pokhara - Peace Pagoda
    • Pokhara - Peace Pagoda
    • Pokhara - Peace Pagoda
    • Pokhara - Peace Pagoda
    • Pokhara - Peace Pagoda
    • Pokhara - Peace Pagoda
    • Pokhara - Phewa Tal Lake boat trip
    • Pokhara - Phewa Tal Lake boat trip
    • Pokhara - Phewa Tal Lake boat trip
    • Pokhara - Phewa Tal Lake boat trip
    • Pokhara - Phewa Tal Lake boat trip
    • Pokhara - Phewa Tal Lake boat trip
    • Pokhara - Phewa Tal Lake boat trip
    • Pokhara - Sarangkot Viewpoint
    • Pokhara - Sarangkot Viewpoint
    • Pokhara - Sarangkot Viewpoint
    • Pokhara - Sunrise from Sarangkot Hill
    • Pokhara - Sunrise from Sarangkot Hill
    • Pokhara - Sunrise from Sarangkot Hill
    • Pokhara - Tibetan community visit with momo lunch
    • Pokhara - Tibetan community visit with momo lunch
    • Pokhara - Tibetan community visit with momo lunch
    • Pokhara - Tibetan community visit with momo lunch
    • Pokhara - Tibetan community visit with momo lunch
    • Pokhara - Tibetan community visit with momo lunch
    • Pokhara - Tibetan community visit with momo lunch
    • Pokhara - Yes Helping Hands Handicrafts
    • Polonnaruwa - Bicycle Tour
    • Polonnaruwa - Bicycle Tour
    • Polonnaruwa - Bike Tour
    • Polonnaruwa - Cooking demo and lunch
    • Polonnaruwa - Cooking demo and lunch
    • Polonnaruwa - Gal Vihara
    • Polonnaruwa - Lankatilaka
    • Polonnaruwa - Quadrangle
    • Polonnaruwa - Rankot Vihara
    • Polonnaruwa - Statue of Parakramabahu I
    • Polonnaruwa ancient ruins
    • Polonnaruwa ancient ruins
    • Pompeii - Archaeological Site
    • Pompeii - Archaeological Site
    • Pompeii - Archaeological Site
    • Pompeii - Archaeological Site
    • Pompeii - Archaeological Site
    • Pompeii - Guided walk
    • Pompeii - Vineyard lunch
    • Pompeii - Walking Tour with Local Guide
    • Pompeii - Walking Tour with Local Guide
    • Pompeii - Walking Tour with Local Guide
    • Pompeii - Walking Tour with Local Guide
    • Pompeii - Walking Tour with Local Guide
    • Poncha drink
    • Poonhill - Poonhill Sunrise
    • Poonhill - Poonhill Sunrise
    • Popem’s Arboretum - Evening Nature Walk
    • Poring Hot Spring (Slide Pool)
    • Poring Hot Spring (Slide Pool)
    • Poring Hot Springs - Canopy Walk
    • Poring Hot Springs - Conservation Fee
    • Poros Island - Cooking Class
    • Poros Island - Cooking Class
    • Poros Island - visit and orientation walk
    • Port Arthur - Historic Site Visit & Harbour Cruise
    • Port Arthur - Historic Site Visit & Harbour Cruise
    • Port Barton - Island Hopping
    • Port Barton - Traditional fishing demonstration
    • Port Douglas - Full-day Great Barrier Reef tour
    • Port Douglas - Full-day Great Barrier Reef tour
    • Port Douglas - Leader-lead Orientation Walk
    • Port Douglas - Leader-lead Orientation Walk
    • Port Macquarie - Koala Hospital guided tour
    • Port Macquarie - Koala Hospital guided tour
    • Port Macquarie - Koala Hospital guided tour
    • Port Macquarie - Koala Hospital guided tour
    • Port Macquarie - Koala Hospital guided tour
    • Portland - leader led walking tour
    • Portland - leader led walking tour
    • Porto - Bolhao Market
    • Porto - Bolhao Market
    • Porto - City Tasting Tour
    • Porto - City Tasting Tour
    • Porto - Orientation walk
    • Porto - Orientation walk
    • Porto - Orientation walk
    • Porto - Pilgrim passport collection
    • Porto - Port Wine Tasting
    • Porto - Port Wine Tasting
    • Porto - Port Wine Tasting
    • Porto - Sunset Drinks in Vila Nova de Gaia
    • Porto - Sunset Drinks in Vila Nova de Gaia
    • Porto - Tile painting workshop
    • Porto - Tile painting workshop
    • Porto - Walking tour and Port Wine tasting with local guide
    • Porto - Welcome Dinner
    • Porto Moniz - Orientation walk and rock swimming pools
    • Portofino Peninsula - Walk and Boat Ride
    • Portofino Sea Kayaking
    • Postojna - Caves Visit
    • Postojna - Caves Visit
    • Postojna - Caves Visit
    • Postojna - Caves Visit
    • Postojna - Postojna Caves
    • Potes - Market visit and brunch
    • Potes - Market visit and brunch
    • Prague - City Tour with local guide
    • Prague - Czech Brewery Visit
    • Prague - Czech Brewery Visit
    • Prague - Orientation Walk
    • Prague - Orientation Walk
    • Prague - Pilsner Brewery Visit and Tasting
    • Prague - Pilsner Brewery Visit and Tasting
    • Prague - Vinohrady afternoon walk
    • Prague - Visit DOX
    • Prague - Welcome Dinner
    • Prague - Welcome Dinner
    • Prague - Welcome Dinner
    • Prague - Welcome meeting
    • Prague guided cycling
    • Prague guided cycling
    • Prazeres leader led orientation walk
    • Prespa - Agriturismo visit & tasting
    • Prespa - Agriturismo visit & tasting
    • Prespa - Home-cooking demonstration
    • Prespa - Home-cooking demonstration
    • Prince Edward Island National Park
    • Prince Edward Island National Park
    • Pringasella - Village walk
    • Pringasella - Village walk
    • Prishtina - Bear Sanctuary
    • Prishtina - Day Trip
    • Pristina - Gracanica Monastery visit
    • Pristina - Gracanica Monastery visit
    • Pristina - Serbian barbecue lunch
    • Pristina - Serbian barbecue lunch
    • Private Game Reserve - 4x4 Game Drive
    • Prizren - Kalaja Fortress Visit
    • Prizren - Leader-led city tour
    • Prizren - Leader-led city tour
    • Prizren - Walking tour with a local guide
    • Prokletije Mountains guided hike: Karanfili peaks
    • Pu Luong - Homestay and Village Walk
    • Pu Luong - Homestay and Village Walk
    • Pu Luong Nature Reserve - Cooking class & dinner
    • Pu Luong Nature Reserve - Hieu village & waterfall walk
    • Pu Luong Nature Reserve - Homestay
    • Pua – Hand Weaving Demonstration
    • Pua – Hand Weaving Demonstration
    • Puducherry - Leader-led French Quarter walking tour
    • Puducherry - Leader-led French Quarter walking tour
    • Puducherry - Leader-led French Quarter walking tour
    • Puducherry - Leader-led French Quarter walking tour
    • Puducherry - snack stop at local cafe
    • Puducherry - snack stop at local cafe
    • Puducherry - Sri Aurobindo Ashram
    • Puducherry - Sri Aurobindo Ashram
    • Puebla - Cholula Orientation Walk
    • Puebla - Cholula Orientation Walk
    • Puebla - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Puebla - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Puebla - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Puebla - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Puebla - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Puebla - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Puebla - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Puebla - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Puebla - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Puebla - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Puebla - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Puebla - Visit to La Pasita Bar
    • Puebla - Visit to La Pasita Bar
    • Puebla - Visit to La Pasita Bar
    • Puebla - Visit to La Pasita Bar
    • Puebla - Visit to La Pasita Bar
    • Puebla - Visit to La Pasita Bar
    • Puebla - Visit to La Pasita Bar
    • Puebla City - Food Tour & Lunch at Market
    • Puerto de la Cruz - lunch at typical Guachinche
    • Puerto Natales airport to hotel arrival transfer
    • Puerto Natales hotel to airport transfer
    • Puerto Natales- Panoramic Half-day tour (only available if the trekking is not chosen)
    • Puerto Princesa - Iwahig River Firefly Boat Tour
    • Puerto Princesa - Iwahig River Firefly Boat Tour
    • Puerto Princesa - local farm visit
    • Puerto Princesa - local farm visit
    • Puerto Viejo - Hands-on dinner in local home
    • Puerto Viejo - Hands-on dinner in local home
    • Puerto Viejo - Hands-on dinner in local home
    • Puerto Viejo - Hands-on dinner in local home
    • Puerto Viejo de Talamanca - Caribbean Cooking Demonstration
    • Puerto Viejo de Talamanca - Coastal Bicycle ride
    • Puerto Viejo de Talamanca - Coastal Bicycle ride
    • Puerto Viejo de Talamanca - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Puerto Viejo de Talamanca - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Puerto Viejo de Talamanca - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Puerto Viejo de Talamanca - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Pulque Tasting with Local Snacks
    • Punakaiki - Pancake Rocks & Blowholes Walk
    • Punakaiki - Pancake Rocks & Blowholes Walk
    • Punakaiki - Rocks & Blowhole Visit
    • Punakaiki - Rocks & Blowhole Visit
    • Punakaiki - Rocks & Blowhole Visit
    • Punakaiki - Rocks & Blowhole Visit
    • Punakha - Khamsum Yulley Namgyal Chorten
    • Punakha - Khamsum Yulley Namgyal Chorten
    • Punakha - Khamsum Yulley Namgyal Chorten hike
    • Punakha - Khamsum Yulley Namgyal Chorten hike
    • Punakha - Punakha Dzong
    • Punakha - Punakha Dzong
    • Punakha - Punakha Dzong view & photo stop
    • Punakha - Punakha Dzong view & photo stop
    • Punakha - Sangchhen Dorji Lhuendrup Nunnery
    • Punakha - Sangchhen Dorji Lhuendrup Nunnery
    • Punakha - Sangchhen Dorji Lhuendrup Nunnery
    • Punakha - Sangchhen Dorji Lhuendrup Nunnery
    • Punakha Valley - Chimi Lhakhang
    • Punakha Valley - Chimi Lhakhang
    • Punakha Valley - Chimi Lhakhang
    • Punakha Valley - Chimi Lhakhang
    • Puno - Lake Titicaca day tour
    • Puno - Lake Titicaca day tour
    • Puno - Sillustani archaeological site
    • Puno - Sillustani archaeological site
    • Puno - Sillustani archaeological site
    • Punta Mesca Guided Hike
    • Puntondo - Fisherman Village Conservation Activity
    • Pura Luhur - Lempuyang Temple Trek
    • Pushkar - Brahma Temple
    • Pushkar - Brahma Temple
    • Pushkar - Home-cooked Dinner
    • Pushkar - Home-cooked Dinner
    • Pushkar - Leader-led walking tour
    • Pushkar - Leader-led walking tour
    • Pushkar - Leader-led walking tour
    • Pushkar - Leader-led walking tour
    • Pushkar - Leader-led walking tour
    • Pushkar - Leader-led walking tour
    • Pushkar - Leader-led walking tour
    • Pushkar - Private traditional dance performance & dinner on sand dune
    • Pushkar - Sunrise at Savitri Temple
    • Pyrenees - Cogwheel Railway to Nuria Valley
    • Pyrenees - Cogwheel Railway to Nuria Valley
    • Pyrenees - Hiking in Nuria Valley
    • Pyrenees - Hiking in Nuria Valley
    • Qobustan - Half Day Trip
    • Qobustan - Petroglyphs
    • Qobustan - Petroglyphs
    • Qobustan - Petroglyphs
    • Qobustan - Petroglyphs
    • Qobustan National Park Visit
    • Quang Tri - Hien Luong Bridge
    • Quang Tri - Vinh Moc Tunnels
    • Quebec City - Day Trip to Ile d’Orleans & Jacques Cartier National Park
    • Quebec City - Historic centre tour with a local guide
    • Quebec City - Walking Tour with Local Guide
    • Queen Charlotte – Kaipupu Sanctuary
    • Queen Charlotte – Queen Charlotte Track (Anakiwa to Lochmara)
    • Queen Charlotte - Scenic Water Taxi Ride Picton to Anakiwa
    • Queen Elizabeth National Park - 4x4 Game Drive
    • Queen Elizabeth National Park - 4x4 Game Drive
    • Queen Elizabeth National Park - 4x4 Game Drive
    • Queen Elizabeth National Park - 4x4 Game Drive
    • Queen Elizabeth National Park - Game Drive Enroute
    • Queen Elizabeth National Park - Overland Vehicle Game Drive
    • Queen Elizabeth National Park - Overland Vehicle Game Drive
    • Queen Elizabeth National Park - Overland Vehicle Game Drive
    • Queen Elizabeth National Park - Overland Vehicle Game Drive
    • Queen Elizabeth National Park - Overland Vehicle Game Drive
    • Queen Elizabeth National Park - Overland Vehicle Game Drive
    • Queen Elizabeth National Park - Overland Vehicle Game Drive
    • Queen Elizabeth National Park - Overland Vehicle Game Drive
    • Queenstown - Fergburger
    • Queenstown - Fergburger
    • Queenstown - Kawarau Gorge
    • Queenstown - Kawarau Gorge
    • Queenstown - Kawarau Gorge
    • Queenstown - Kawarau Gorge
    • Queenstown - Kawarau Gorge
    • Queenstown - Luge
    • Queenstown - Luge
    • Queenstown - Skyline Gondola
    • Queenstown - Skyline Gondola
    • Quepos - Lunch with Rojas Family
    • Quepos - Mangrove kayaking with local guide
    • Quetzaltenango - Chicken Bus Experience
    • Quetzaltenango - Chicken Bus Experience
    • Quetzaltenango - Chicken Bus Experience
    • Quetzaltenango - Chicken Bus Experience
    • Quetzaltenango - Chicken Bus Experience
    • Quetzaltenango - Chicken Bus Experience
    • Quetzaltenango - Chicken Bus Experience
    • Quetzaltenango - Chicken Bus Experience
    • Quetzaltenango - Chicken Bus Experience
    • Quetzaltenango - Chicken Bus Experience
    • Quetzaltenango - Chicken Bus Experience
    • Quinta do Barbusano winery visit with lunch and wine tasting
    • Quito - Agave Museum and Tasting
    • Quito - Colonial City Tour
    • Quito - Complimentary arrival transfer
    • Quito - Complimentary arrival transfer
    • Quito - Farewell Dinner
    • Quito - Inti Nan Equator Museum
    • Quito - Middle of the World Monument
    • Quito - Welcome dinner
    • Quy Nhon - Do Ban ancient citadel
    • Quy Nhon - Do Ban ancient citadel
    • Quy Nhon - Martial art master visit and demonstration
    • Quy Nhon - Martial art master visit and demonstration
    • Rabat - Hassan Tower
    • Rabat - Hassan Tower
    • Rabat - Hassan Tower
    • Rabat - Kasbah des Oudaias
    • Rabat - Kasbah des Oudaias
    • Rabat - Kasbah des Oudaias
    • Rabat - Mausoleum Hassan II
    • Rabat - Mausoleum Mohammed V
    • Rabat - Mausoleum Mohammed V
    • Rabat - Mausoleum Mohammed V
    • Rafthouse - Wat Baan Tham cave temple
    • Rafthouse - Wat Baan Tham cave temple
    • Rafthouse - Wat Tham Khao Noi
    • Rafthouse - Wat Tham Khao Noi
    • Rafthouse - Wat Tham Suea temple
    • Rafthouse - Wat Tham Suea temple
    • Rafting on Soca River
    • Raglan - Fish & Chips Dinner
    • Raglan - Sunset Boat Cruise
    • Ragusa - Visit
    • Ragusa - Visit
    • Ragusa - Visit
    • Ragusa - Visit
    • Ramang Ramang - Boat Trip & Village Visit
    • Ramparts of Onogost Fortress
    • Ramparts of Onogost Fortress
    • Ranakpur - Jain Temples
    • Ranakpur - Lunch at Jain temple
    • Rangthylliang - Single Root Bridge
    • Ranomafana - Conservation Lecture & Lunch
    • Ranomafana - Conservation Lecture & Lunch
    • Ranomafana - ValBio Research & Conservation Centre
    • Ranomafana - ValBio Research & Conservation Centre
    • Ranomafana National Park - Rainforest walk
    • Ranomafana National Park - Rainforest walk
    • Ranomafana NP - Night Walk
    • Ranomafana NP - Night Walk
    • Ranthambhore National Park - Evening wildlife safari
    • Ranthambhore National Park - Evening wildlife safari
    • Ranthambhore National Park - Evening wildlife safari
    • Ranthambhore National Park - Evening wildlife safari
    • Ranthambhore National Park - Evening wildlife safari
    • Ranthambhore National Park - Evening wildlife safari
    • Ranthambhore National Park - Evening wildlife safari
    • Ranthambhore National Park - Morning Wildlife Safari
    • Ranthambhore National Park - Morning Wildlife Safari
    • Ranthambhore National Park - Morning Wildlife Safari
    • Ranthambhore National Park - Morning Wildlife Safari
    • Ranthambhore National Park - Morning Wildlife Safari
    • Ranthambhore National Park - Morning Wildlife Safari
    • Ranthambhore NP - Wildlife safaris
    • Raqchi Inca Site, between Puno and Cuzco
    • Ratchaprapha Dam guided & vehicle supported cycling
    • Rbat Village - Rug-weaving Demonstration
    • Red Rock - Wajaana Yaam Stand Up Paddleboarding
    • Red Rock - Wajaana Yaam Stand Up Paddleboarding
    • Redondela - Seafood tasting
    • Redwood National Park
    • Redwood National Park
    • Reefton - Billy Tea with 'The Bearded Miners'
    • Reefton - Billy Tea with 'The Bearded Miners'
    • Reefton - Goldfields Museum with Local Storyteller
    • Reefton - Goldfields Museum with Local Storyteller
    • Reefton - Historic Town Visit
    • Reefton - Historic Town Visit
    • Reggio Calabria - Archaeological Museum
    • Reggio Calabria - Archaeological Museum
    • Reggio Calabria - Archaeological Museum
    • Reidling to Vienna Guided & Vehicle Supported Cycling
    • Reidling to Vienna Guided & Vehicle Supported Cycling
    • Rekawa - Turtle Nesting Observation
    • Rhodope Narrow-Gauge Railway
    • Rhodope Narrow-Gauge Railway
    • Rhodope Narrow-Gauge Railway
    • Ribes de Freser - Orientation walk
    • Ribes de Freser - Orientation walk
    • Ribes de Freser - Paella Dinner
    • Ribes de Freser - Paella Dinner
    • Richmond - Town Stopover
    • Ridigama - Ridi Viharaya shrine visit and cultural experience
    • Ridigama - Ridi Viharaya shrine visit and cultural experience
    • Rihivelli Lagoon - Swim stop
    • Rila - Monastery Visit
    • Rila - Monastery Visit
    • Rila - Monastery Visit
    • Rio Claro - Ecological Trail
    • Rio de Janeiro - Cinelandia
    • Rio de Janeiro - Cinelandia
    • Rio de Janeiro - City tour
    • Rio de Janeiro - Orientation Walk of Santa Teresa via the Lapa Aqueduct
    • Rio de Janeiro - Orientation Walk of Santa Teresa via the Lapa Aqueduct
    • Rio de Janeiro - Ruins Park
    • Rio de Janeiro - Ruins Park
    • Rio de Janeiro - Selaron Stairs
    • Rio de Janeiro - Selaron Stairs
    • Rio Dulce - Guided jungle nature walk
    • Rio Dulce - Guided jungle nature walk
    • Riomaggiore to Portovenere Guided Hike
    • Rishikesh - Chaurasi Kutia 'The Beatles Ashram'
    • Rishikesh - Chaurasi Kutia 'The Beatles Ashram'
    • Rishikesh - Leader-led walking tour
    • Rishikesh - Leader-led walking tour
    • Ritigala Monastery Entrance
    • River Ganges - Boat trip & camping
    • River Ganges - Boat trip & camping
    • Riverside Restaurant Dinner
    • Riverside Restaurant Dinner
    • Rocky Harbour - Lobster Cove Lighthouse visit
    • Rogers Pass Discovery Centre
    • Rogers Pass Discovery Centre
    • Rome – Coffee Granita (Coffee semi-frozen dessert)
    • Rome – Coffee Granita (Coffee semi-frozen dessert)
    • Rome – Coffee Granita (Coffee semi-frozen dessert)
    • Rome – Coffee Granita (Coffee semi-frozen dessert)
    • Rome – Coffee Granita (Coffee semi-frozen dessert)
    • Rome – Coffee Granita (Coffee semi-frozen dessert)
    • Rome – Colosseum Guided Tour
    • Rome – Colosseum Guided Tour
    • Rome – Colosseum Guided Tour
    • Rome – Colosseum Guided Tour
    • Rome – Colosseum Guided Tour
    • Rome – Colosseum Guided Tour
    • Rome – Guided walking tour
    • Rome – Guided walking tour
    • Rome – Guided walking tour
    • Rome – Guided walking tour
    • Rome – Guided walking tour
    • Rome – Guided walking tour
    • Rome - Home-cooked dinner
    • Rome - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Rome - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Rome - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Rome - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Rome – Leader-led Orientation Walk
    • Rome – Leader-led Orientation Walk
    • Rome – Leader-led Orientation Walk
    • Rome – Leader-led Orientation Walk
    • Rome - Orientation Walk
    • Rome - Orientation Walk
    • Rome - Orientation Walk
    • Rome – Pantheon Entrance Fee
    • Rome – Pantheon Entrance Fee
    • Rome – Pantheon Entrance Fee
    • Rome – Pantheon Entrance Fee
    • Rome – Pantheon Entrance Fee
    • Rome – Pantheon Entrance Fee
    • Rome – Trevi Fountain
    • Rome – Trevi Fountain
    • Rome – Trevi Fountain
    • Rome – Trevi Fountain
    • Rome - Welcome Dinner at Local Restaurant
    • Rome - Welcome Dinner at Local Restaurant
    • Rome - Welcome Dinner at Local Restaurant
    • Rome - Welcome Dinner at Local Restaurant
    • Rome - Welcome Dinner at Local Restaurant
    • Rome - Welcome Dinner at Local Restaurant
    • Ronda - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Ronda - Los Molinos (Windmill Valley) Hike
    • Ronda - Orientation Walk
    • Rossville - Kuku Nyungkul cultural tour
    • Rossville - Welcome to Country Smoking Ceremony
    • Rotorua - Hangi Dinner & Haka Dance
    • Rotorua - Hangi Dinner & Haka Dance
    • Rotorua - Hangi Dinner & Haka Dance
    • Rotorua - Hangi Dinner & Haka Dance
    • Rotorua - Hangi Dinner & Haka Dance
    • Rotorua - Hobbiton Movie Set Tour
    • Rotorua - Hobbiton Movie Set Tour
    • Rotorua - Hobbiton Movie Set Tour
    • Rotorua - Hobbiton Movie Set Tour
    • Rotorua - Hobbiton Movie Set Tour
    • Rotorua - Hobbiton Movie Set Tour
    • Rotorua - Hobbiton Movie Set Tour
    • Rotorua - Hobbiton Movie Set Tour
    • Rotorua - Hobbiton Movie Set Tour
    • Rotorua - Pohutu Geyser
    • Rotorua - Pohutu Geyser
    • Rotorua - Pohutu Geyser
    • Rotorua - Pohutu Geyser
    • Rotorua - Pohutu Geyser
    • Rotorua - Pohutu Geyser
    • Rotorua - Pohutu Geyser
    • Rotorua - Pohutu Geyser
    • Rotorua - Pohutu Geyser
    • Rotorua - Pohutu Geyser
    • Rotorua - Pohutu Geyser
    • Rotorua - Redwood Forest Canopy Walk
    • Rotorua - Redwood Forest Canopy Walk
    • Rotorua - Redwood Forest Canopy Walk
    • Rotorua - Redwood Forest Canopy Walk
    • Rotorua - Redwood Forest Canopy Walk
    • Rotorua - Visit Te Pa Tu Maori Village with Local Guide and Hangi Dinner
    • Rotorua - Visit Te Pa Tu Maori Village with Local Guide and Hangi Dinner
    • Rotorua - Visit Te Puia Maori Village
    • Rotorua - Visit Te Puia Maori Village
    • Rotorua - Visit Te Puia Maori Village
    • Rotorua - Visit Te Puia Maori Village
    • Rotorua - Waiotapu Thermal Wonderland
    • Rotorua - Waiotapu Thermal Wonderland
    • Rotorua - Whakarewarewa Maori Village Guided Tour
    • Rotorua - Whakarewarewa Maori Village Guided Tour
    • Rotorua - Zorb
    • Rotorua - Zorb
    • Rotterdam - Day Trip
    • Rotterdam - Day Trip
    • Rotterdam - Day Trip
    • Rotterdam - Day Trip
    • Rotterdam - Floating Farm Visit
    • Rotterdam - Floating Farm Visit
    • Rotterdam - Floating Farm Visit
    • Rotterdam - Floating Farm Visit
    • Rottnest Island - Full-day exploration of Rottnest Island
    • Rugova Valley - Hike including Lunch
    • Ruhhurihuraa - snorkelling
    • Rumbak - Expert Licensed professional local guide
    • Rumbak - Expert Licensed professional local guide
    • Rumbak - Fully supported camping
    • Rumbak - Yurutse village visit
    • Rumbak - Zingchen to Rumbak guided trek
    • Rumbak -15 kgs of porter services per person
    • Rumbak -15 kgs of porter services per person
    • Rumbak to Yurutse Guided Trek
    • Ruteng - Cancar "Spider Web" rice fields
    • Sabah Tea Plantation - Tea factory tour
    • Sabang - Batak tribe hike
    • Sabang - Batak tribe hike
    • Sabang - Puerto Princesa Subterranean River boat trip
    • Sabang - Puerto Princesa Subterranean River boat trip
    • Sacred Valley - Coffee & cake
    • Sacred Valley - Coffee & cake
    • Sacred Valley - Community visit
    • Sacred Valley - Community visit
    • Sacred Valley - Community visit & lunch
    • Sacred Valley - Community visit & lunch
    • Sacred Valley - Community visit & lunch
    • Sacred Valley - Community workshops visit
    • Sacred Valley - Home-cooked pachamanca lunch
    • Sacred Valley - Snack & drink at AMA Restaurant social enterprise
    • Sacred Valley - Snack & drink at AMA Restaurant social enterprise
    • Sagada - City tour
    • Sagada - City tour
    • Sagada - Eduardo Masferre’s home visit
    • Sagada - Eduardo Masferre’s home visit
    • Sagarmatha Next visit
    • Sagarmatha Next visit
    • Sagarmatha Next visit
    • Saguenay Fjord National Park - Entrance
    • Sahara - Sunrise
    • Sahara Desert - Amazigh dinner with Gnaoua music
    • Sahara Desert - Amazigh dinner with Gnaoua music
    • Sahara Desert - Camel ride
    • Sahara Desert - Camel ride
    • Sahara Desert - Camel ride
    • Sahara Desert - Camel ride
    • Sahara Desert - Camel ride
    • Sahara Desert - Camel ride
    • Sahara Desert - Camel ride
    • Sahara Desert - Camel ride
    • Sahara Desert - Camel ride
    • Sahara Desert - Camel ride
    • Sahara Desert - Overnight Desert Camp
    • Sahara Desert - Overnight Desert Camp
    • Sahara Desert - Overnight Desert Camp
    • Sahara Desert - Overnight Desert Camp
    • Sahara Desert - Sunset Camel Ride
    • Sahara Desert - Sunset Camel Ride
    • Sahara Desert - Sunset Camel Ride
    • Sahara Desert - Sunset Camel Ride
    • Sahara Desert - Sunset Camel Ride
    • Sahara Desert Night Walk
    • Saint Catherines - Winery visit and tasting
    • Saint Catherines - Winery visit and tasting
    • Salamanca - Orientation walk
    • Salamanca - Orientation walk
    • Salt flats - Visit to 'Fish Island/Inca Wasi'
    • Salt flats - Visit to 'Fish Island/Inca Wasi'
    • Salta - Orientation walk
    • Salta - Orientation walk
    • Samarkand - Afrosiab Museum
    • Samarkand - Afrosiab Museum
    • Samarkand - Bibi-Khanym Mosque
    • Samarkand - Bibi-Khanym Mosque
    • Samarkand - Bibi-Khanym Mosque
    • Samarkand - Bibi-Khanym Mosque
    • Samarkand - Bibi-Khanym Mosque
    • Samarkand - Bibi-Khanym Mosque
    • Samarkand - Bibi-Khanym Mosque
    • Samarkand - Bibi-Khanym Mosque
    • Samarkand - Bibi-Khanym Mosque
    • Samarkand - Bibi-Khanym Mosque
    • Samarkand - City tour
    • Samarkand - City tour
    • Samarkand - Gur-e-Amir Mausoleum
    • Samarkand - Gur-e-Amir Mausoleum
    • Samarkand - Gur-e-Amir Mausoleum
    • Samarkand - Gur-e-Amir Mausoleum
    • Samarkand - Gur-e-Amir Mausoleum
    • Samarkand - Gur-e-Amir Mausoleum
    • Samarkand - Gur-e-Amir Mausoleum
    • Samarkand - Gur-e-Amir Mausoleum
    • Samarkand - Gur-e-Amir Mausoleum
    • Samarkand - Handmade paper workshop
    • Samarkand - Handmade paper workshop
    • Samarkand - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Samarkand - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Samarkand - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Samarkand - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Samarkand - Plov cooking demonstration & family visit
    • Samarkand - Plov cooking demonstration & family visit
    • Samarkand - Plov cooking demonstration & family visit
    • Samarkand - Plov cooking demonstration & family visit
    • Samarkand - Plov cooking demonstration & family visit
    • Samarkand - Plov cooking demonstration & family visit
    • Samarkand - Plov cooking demonstration & family visit
    • Samarkand - Plov cooking demonstration & family visit
    • Samarkand - Registan Square
    • Samarkand - Registan Square
    • Samarkand - Registan Square
    • Samarkand - Registan Square
    • Samarkand - Registan Square
    • Samarkand - Registan Square
    • Samarkand - Registan Square
    • Samarkand - Registan Square
    • Samarkand - Registan Square
    • Samarkand - Registan Square
    • Samarkand - Shakh-I-Zinda
    • Samarkand - Shakh-I-Zinda
    • Samarkand - Shakh-I-Zinda
    • Samarkand - Shakh-I-Zinda
    • Samarkand - Shakh-I-Zinda
    • Samarkand - Shakh-I-Zinda
    • Samarkand - Shakh-I-Zinda
    • Samarkand - Shakh-I-Zinda
    • Samarkand - Shakh-I-Zinda
    • Samarkand - Siob Bazaar
    • Samarkand - Siob Bazaar
    • Samarkand - Siob Bazaar
    • Samarkand - Ulugbek's Observatory
    • Samarkand - Ulugbek's Observatory
    • Samarkand - Uzbek Bagizagan winery visit and tasting
    • Samarkand - Uzbek Bagizagan winery visit and tasting
    • Sambor Prei Kuk - Village Tour with local guide
    • Sambor Prei Kuk - Homestay
    • Sambor Prei Kuk - Homestay
    • Sambor Prei Kuk - Homestay
    • Sambor Prei Kuk - Khmer Dinner
    • Sambor Prei Kuk - Khmer Dinner
    • Sambor Prei Kuk - Khmer Dinner
    • Sambor Prei Kuk - Local Community Guide
    • Sambor Prei Kuk - Local Community Guide
    • Sambor Prei Kuk - Local Community Guide
    • Sambor Prei Kuk - Traditional Khmer Dinner
    • Sambor Prei Kuk - Village Walk
    • Sambor Prei Kuk - Village Walk
    • Sambor Prei Kuk - Village Walk
    • Samut Songkram - Palm Sugar Demonstration
    • Samut Songkram - Tha Kha Floating Market tour
    • San Andres Itzapa - San Simon shamanic ceremonies
    • San Andres Itzapa - San Simon shamanic ceremonies
    • San Andres Itzapa - San Simon shamanic ceremonies
    • San Andres Itzapa - San Simon shamanic ceremonies
    • San Andres Itzapa - San Simon shamanic ceremonies
    • San Andres Itzapa - San Simon shamanic ceremonies
    • San Andres Itzapa - San Simon shamanic ceremonies
    • San Andres Itzapa - San Simon shamanic ceremonies
    • San Andres Itzapa - San Simon shamanic ceremonies
    • San Andres Itzapa - San Simon shamanic ceremonies
    • San Andres Itzapa - San Simon shamanic ceremonies
    • San Bartolomé de Pinllo - Gallina de Pinllo Lunch
    • San Cristobal - Leon Dormido (Kicker Rock)
    • San Cristobal - Leon Dormido (Kicker Rock)
    • San Cristobal - Leon Dormido (Kicker Rock)
    • San Cristobal - Leon Dormido (Kicker Rock)
    • San Cristobal - Leon Dormido (Kicker Rock)
    • San Cristobal - Santo Domingo Market Visit
    • San Cristobal - Santo Domingo Market Visit
    • San Cristobal - Santo Domingo Market Visit
    • San Cristobal de las Casas - Leader-led orientation walk
    • San Cristobal de las Casas - Leader-led orientation walk
    • San Cristobal de Las Casas - Leader-led Orientation Walk
    • San Cristobal de Las Casas - Leader-led Orientation Walk
    • San Cristobal de Las Casas - Leader-led Orientation Walk
    • San Cristobal de Las Casas - Leader-led Orientation Walk
    • San Cristobal de Las Casas - Leader-led Orientation Walk
    • San Cristobal de Las Casas - Leader-led Orientation Walk
    • San Cristobal de Las Casas - Leader-led Orientation Walk
    • San Cristobal de Las Casas - Leader-led Orientation Walk
    • San Francisco - Golden Gate Bridge walk
    • San Francisco - Golden Gate Bridge walk
    • San Francisco - Golden Gate Bridge walk
    • San Gimignano - Agriturismo Winery Tour & Tasting
    • San Gimignano - Agriturismo Winery Tour & Tasting
    • San Gimignano - Agriturismo Winery Tour & Tasting
    • San Gimignano - Agriturismo Winery Tour & Tasting
    • San Gimignano - Agriturismo Winery Tour & Tasting
    • San Gimignano - Agriturismo Winery Tour & Tasting
    • San Gimignano - Gelateria visit
    • San Gimignano - Leader-led orientation walk
    • San Gimignano - Walk a section of the Via Francigena
    • San Ignacio - Cooking Class
    • San Ignacio - Leader-led orientation walk
    • San Ignacio - Leader-led orientation walk
    • San Ignacio - Leader-led orientation walk
    • San Ignacio - Leader-led orientation walk
    • San Ignacio - Leader-led orientation walk
    • San Ignacio - Leader-led orientation walk
    • San Ignacio - Leader-led orientation walk
    • San Ignacio - Leader-led orientation walk
    • San Ignacio - Leader-led orientation walk
    • San Ignacio - Leader-led orientation walk
    • San Ignacio - Leader-led orientation walk
    • San Ignacio - Leader-led orientation walk
    • San Ignacio - Leader-led orientation walk
    • San Jose - City tour
    • San Jose - Farewell Dinner
    • San Jose - Leader-led orientation walk
    • San Jose - Leader-led orientation walk
    • San Jose - Leader-led orientation walk
    • San Jose - Leader-led orientation walk
    • San Jose - Leader-led orientation walk
    • San Jose - Leader-led orientation walk
    • San Jose - Leader-led orientation walk
    • San Jose - Leader-led orientation walk
    • San Jose - Leader-led orientation walk
    • San Jose - Leader-led orientation walk
    • San Jose - Leader-led orientation walk
    • San Jose - Leader-led orientation walk
    • San Jose - Leader-led orientation walk
    • San Jose - Welcome Dinner
    • San Juan Chamula - Maya Church (entrance fee)
    • San Juan Chamula - Maya Church (entrance fee)
    • San Juan Chamula - Maya Church (entrance fee)
    • San Juan Chamula - Maya Church (entrance fee)
    • San Juan Chamula - Maya Church (entrance fee)
    • San Juan Chamula - Maya Church (entrance fee)
    • San Juan Chamula - Maya Church (entrance fee)
    • San Juan La Laguna - Medicinal Garden
    • San Juan La Laguna - Medicinal Garden
    • San Juan La Laguna - Medicinal Garden
    • San Juan La Laguna - Medicinal Garden
    • San Juan La Laguna - Midwife home visit
    • San Juan La Laguna - Midwife home visit
    • San Juan La Laguna - Midwife home visit
    • San Juan La Laguna - Midwife home visit
    • San Juan La Laguna - Traditional Maya Homestay
    • San Juan La Laguna - Traditional Maya Homestay
    • San Juan La Laguna - Weaving & Dyeing experience
    • San Juan La Laguna - Weaving & Dyeing experience
    • San Juan La Laguna - Weaving & Dyeing experience
    • San Juan La Laguna - Weaving & Dyeing experience
    • San Martín Tilcajete - Alebrijes workshop visit
    • San Martín Tilcajete - Alebrijes workshop visit
    • San Pedro Tlahuac Community Visit Lunch
    • San Salvador - El Rosario church
    • San Salvador - El Rosario church
    • San Salvador - El Rosario church
    • San Salvador - El Rosario Church Entrance
    • San Salvador - El Rosario Church Entrance
    • San Salvador - Leader-led orientation walk
    • San Salvador - Leader-led orientation walk
    • San Salvador - Leader-led orientation walk
    • San Salvador - Leader-led orientation walk
    • San Salvador - Leader-led orientation walk
    • San Sebastian - Basque cooking class
    • San Sebastian - Basque cooking class
    • San Sebastian - Market tour
    • San Sebastian - Market tour
    • San Sebastian - Monte Igueldo Funicular (Igeldo Funikularra)
    • San Sebastian - Monte Igueldo Funicular (Igeldo Funikularra)
    • San Sebastian - Orientation walk
    • San Sebastian - Orientation walk
    • Sandakan - Farewell Dinner
    • Sandakan - Section of the Heritage walk including local tastings
    • Sandakan - War Memorial
    • Sandakan - War Memorial
    • Sandakan - War Memorial
    • Santa Ana Vieja - Cooperativa Nuevo Horizonte visit
    • Santa Ana Vieja - Cooperativa Nuevo Horizonte visit
    • Santa Ana Vieja - Cooperativa Nuevo Horizonte visit
    • Santa Apolonia - Traditional Pottery Demonstration
    • Santa Apolonia - Traditional Pottery Demonstration
    • Santa Clara - Che Guevara Mausoleum and Museum (entrance fee)
    • Santa Clara - Che Guevara Mausoleum and Museum (entrance fee)
    • Santa Clara - Che Guevara Mausoleum and Museum (entrance fee)
    • Santa Clara – Leader-led orientation walk
    • Santa Rosa de Pocosol - agricultural tour
    • Santa Rosa de Pocosol - Cooking Class
    • Santa Rosa de Pocosol - Home-cooked Meal
    • Santa Rosa de Pocosol - Homestay experience
    • Santana orientation walk
    • Santiago Atitlan - Shamanic Keepers of the Shrine of Maximon
    • Santiago Atitlan - Shamanic Keepers of the Shrine of Maximon
    • Santiago Atitlan - Shamanic Keepers of the Shrine of Maximon
    • Santiago Atitlan - Shamanic Keepers of the Shrine of Maximon
    • Santiago Atitlan - Shamanic Keepers of the Shrine of Maximon
    • Santiago Atitlan - Shamanic Keepers of the Shrine of Maximon
    • Santiago Atitlan - Shamanic Keepers of the Shrine of Maximon
    • Santiago Atitlan - Shamanic Keepers of the Shrine of Maximon
    • Santiago Atitlan - Shamanic Keepers of the Shrine of Maximon
    • Santiago Atitlan - Shamanic Keepers of the Shrine of Maximon
    • Santiago Atitlan - Shamanic Keepers of the Shrine of Maximon
    • Santiago de Compostela - Camino de Santiago Hike
    • Santiago de Compostela - Camino de Santiago Hike
    • Santiago de Compostela - City night walk
    • Santiago de Compostela - City night walk
    • Santiago de Compostela - Market visit and tasting tour
    • Santiago de Compostela - Market visit and tasting tour
    • Santiago de Compostela - Orientation walk
    • Santiago de Compostela - Orientation walk
    • Santiago de Compostela - Pilgrim's museum visit
    • Santiago de Cuba - Half-day City Tour including El Morro Castle, Santa Ifigenia Cemetery & Moncada Barracks (guide, transport &entrance fees included)
    • Santiago de Cuba - Leader-led Orientation Walk
    • Santorini - Caldera Hike
    • Santorini - Caldera Hike
    • Santorini - Caldera Hike
    • Santorini - Caldera Rim Hike to Oia
    • Santorini - Caldera Rim Hike to Oia
    • Santorini - Caldera Rim Hike to Oia
    • Santorini - Caldera Rim Hike to Oia
    • Santorini - Mythology and Wine experience
    • Santorini - Mythology and Wine experience
    • Santorini - Winery visit with tasting and food pairing
    • Santorini - Winery visit with tasting and food pairing
    • Santuk Silk Farm Tour and Lunch
    • Santuk Silk Farm Tour and Lunch
    • Santuk Silk Farm Tour and Lunch
    • Santuk Silk Farm Tour and Lunch
    • Sanur - Purification Blessing Ceremony
    • Sanur - Turtle Conservation and Education Center visit
    • Sao Miguel - Ananás dos Açores Boa Fruta Plantation visit
    • Sao Miguel - Cozido das Furnas Lunch
    • Sao Miguel - Island Day Tour
    • Sao Miguel - Lagoa das Sete Cidades visit
    • Sao Miguel - Miradouro do Pico do Ferro & Miradouro de Santa Iria
    • Sao Miguel - Tea Plantation Visit & Tasting
    • Sao Miguel - Terra Nostra Park visit
    • Sapa - BBQ street food meal
    • Sapa - Full - day Guided Hiking: Nam Mat - Suoi Thau - Nam Cang
    • Sapa - Guided Trek Giang Ta Chai - Su Pan
    • Sapa - Lao Chai to Ta Van trek & Homestay
    • Sapa - Rice terrace hike
    • Sapa - Sapa Church
    • Sapa - Sapa Church
    • Sapa - Sapa Market
    • Sapa - Street Food BBQ Dinner
    • Sapa - Sunset Walking Tour
    • Sapa - Ta Van to Su Pan trek
    • Sapa - Walking tour of Sapa
    • Sapa- Guided Central market visit and local food tasting
    • Sapa- Guided Trek Sapa - Sa Seng - Hau Thao - Hang Da - Giang Ta Chai
    • Sapa- Orientation Walk with local guide
    • Sarajevo - Bosnian cooking demonstration & dinner
    • Sarajevo - Burek Snack in Bascarsija
    • Sarajevo - Burek Snack in Bascarsija
    • Sarajevo - Burek Snack in Bascarsija
    • Sarajevo - City Tour with Local Guide
    • Sarajevo - Cooking Demo and Home-made Dinner
    • Sarajevo - Cooking Demo and Home-made Dinner
    • Sarajevo - Cooking Demo and Home-made Dinner
    • Sarajevo - Cooking Demo and Home-made Dinner
    • Sarajevo - Coppersmith visit
    • Sarajevo – Guided City Tour
    • Sarajevo – Guided City Tour
    • Sarajevo – Guided City Tour
    • Sarajevo – Guided City Tour
    • Sarajevo – Guided City Tour
    • Sarajevo Region Guided & Vehicle Supported Cycling
    • Sarajevo Region Guided & Vehicle Supported Cycling
    • Sarapiqui – Jungle Walk
    • Sarapiqui – Jungle Walk
    • Sarapiqui – Jungle Walk
    • Sarapiqui – Jungle Walk
    • Sarapiqui - leader led rainforest night walk
    • Sarmizegetusa Regia - Guided Tour
    • Sarmizegetusa Regia - Guided Tour
    • Sarmizegetusa Regia - Guided Tour
    • Sarmizegetusa Regia - Guided Tour
    • Sarnath Museum Visit
    • Sarnath Museum Visit
    • Sarnath Museum Visit
    • Sarnath Museum Visit
    • Sarnath Stupa Visit
    • Sarnath Stupa Visit
    • Sarnath Stupa Visit
    • Sarnath Stupa Visit
    • Sarria - Pilgrim passport collection
    • Sary Tag - Iskanderkul Lake
    • Saschiz - Fortress Stop
    • Saschiz - Fortress Stop
    • Saschiz - Fortress Stop
    • Saschiz - Fortress Stop
    • Satpura National Park - Boat Safari
    • Satpura National Park - Night Safari with a Naturalist Guide
    • Savai’i - Afu Aau Waterfall
    • Savai’i - Afu Aau Waterfall
    • Savai’i - Ancient Star Mound
    • Savai’i - Ancient Star Mound
    • Savai’i - Cape Falealupo half day tour
    • Savai’i - Cape Falealupo half day tour
    • Savai’i - Fafao o SaoAli'l (Passage of the Afterlife)
    • Savai’i - Fafao o SaoAli'l (Passage of the Afterlife)
    • Savai’i - Market visit
    • Savai’i - Market visit
    • Savai'i - Blowholes
    • Savai'i - Blowholes
    • Savai'i - Giant Moso's Footprint
    • Savai'i - Giant Moso's Footprint
    • Savai'i - Saleaula Lava Fields
    • Savai'i - Saleaula Lava Fields
    • Savai'i - Virgin’s Grave
    • Savai'i - Virgin’s Grave
    • Savannah - Bonaventure Cemetery tour
    • Savannah - Bonaventure Cemetery tour
    • Savannah – Walking Food tour
    • Savannah – Walking Food tour
    • Scala dei Turchi - Visit
    • Scala dei Turchi - Visit
    • Scala dei Turchi - Visit
    • Scala dei Turchi - Visit
    • Scenic train ride from Kandy to Hatton
    • Seattle - Leader-led orientation
    • Seattle - Leader-led orientation
    • Secret Garden in Marrakech Medina
    • Sedona - Cathedral Rock Hike
    • Sedona - Mitten Ridge Hike
    • Seigne pass hike
    • Seixal - leader led orientation walk
    • Seixal - natural swimming pools
    • Selcuk - Artemis Temple Visit
    • Selcuk - Gozleme making demonstration and lunch
    • Selcuk - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Seligman - Route 66
    • Seligman - Route 66
    • Seloliman Nature Reserve - Environmental Education Centre Dinner
    • Seloliman Nature Reserve - Environmental Education Centre Dinner
    • Seloliman Nature Reserve - Environmental Education Centre Dinner
    • Seloliman Nature Reserve - Environmental Education Centre Dinner
    • Seloliman Nature Reserve - Environmental Education Centre Lunch
    • Seloliman Nature Reserve - Environmental Education Centre Lunch
    • Seloliman Nature Reserve - Environmental Education Centre Lunch
    • Seloliman Nature Reserve - Environmental Education Centre Lunch
    • Seloliman Nature Reserve - Environmental Education Centre Lunch
    • Seloliman Nature Reserve - Environmental Education Centre Lunch
    • Seloliman Nature Reserve - Environmental Education Centre Lunch
    • Seloliman Nature Reserve - Environmental Education Centre Lunch
    • Seloliman Nature Reserve - Environmental Education Centre Visit
    • Seloliman Nature Reserve - Environmental Education Centre Visit
    • Seloliman Nature Reserve - Environmental Education Centre Visit
    • Seloliman Nature Reserve - Environmental Education Centre Visit
    • Seloliman Nature Reserve - Guided Walk & Herbal Drink Tasting
    • Seloliman Nature Reserve - Guided Walk & Herbal Drink Tasting
    • Seloliman Nature Reserve - Guided Walk & Herbal Drink Tasting
    • Seloliman Nature Reserve - Guided Walk & Herbal Drink Tasting
    • Seminyak - Beach Club Visit
    • Seminyak – Street Food Tasting
    • Senaru - Mt Rinjani trek
    • Senaru - Sasak village walking tour
    • Senaru - Waterfall walk
    • Senaru - Waterfall walk
    • Senaru - Waterfall walk
    • Sengkang - Tempe Lake Floating Village
    • Sentiero degli Dei (Footpath of the Gods)
    • Sepilok - Bornean Sun Bear Conservation Centre
    • Sepilok - Bornean Sun Bear Conservation Centre
    • Sepilok - Bornean Sun Bear Conservation Centre Visit
    • Sepilok - Orangutan Rehabilitation Centre Visit
    • Sepilok - Orangutan Rehabilitation Centre Visit
    • Sepilok - Rainforest Discovery Centre Visit
    • Sepilok - Sepilok Orangutan Rehabilitation Centre
    • Sepilok - Sepilok Orangutan Rehabilitation Centre
    • Sepilok - Sepilok Orangutan Rehabilitation Centre
    • Sepilok - Sepilok Orangutan Rehabilitation Centre
    • Sepilok - Sepilok Orangutan Rehabilitation Centre
    • Sepilok - Sepilok Orangutan Rehabilitation Centre
    • Sepilok - Sun Bear Conservation Centre
    • Sepilok - Sun Bear Conservation Centre
    • Sequoia National Park
    • Sequoia National Park
    • Sequoia National Park - Leader-led hike
    • Sequoia National Park - Leader-led hike
    • Serengeti National Park - 4WD Safari
    • Serengeti National Park - 4WD Safari
    • Serengeti National Park - 4WD Safari
    • Serengeti National Park - 4WD Safari
    • Serengeti National Park - Afternoon 4WD Safari
    • Serengeti National Park - Afternoon 4WD Safari
    • Serengeti National Park - Afternoon 4WD Safari
    • Serengeti National Park - Afternoon 4WD Safari
    • Serengeti National Park - Afternoon 4WD Safari
    • Serengeti National Park - Afternoon 4WD Safari
    • Serengeti National Park - Afternoon 4WD Safari
    • Serengeti National Park - Afternoon 4WD Safari
    • Serengeti National Park - Afternoon 4WD Safari
    • Serengeti National Park - Afternoon 4WD Safari
    • Serengeti National Park - Afternoon 4WD Safari
    • Serengeti National Park - Afternoon 4WD Safari
    • Serengeti National Park - Afternoon 4WD Safari
    • Serengeti National Park - Afternoon 4WD Safari
    • Serengeti National Park - Afternoon 4WD Safari
    • Serengeti National Park - Afternoon 4x4 Game Drive
    • Serengeti National Park - Afternoon 4x4 Game Drive
    • Serengeti National Park - Afternoon Overland Vehicle Game Drive
    • Serengeti National Park - Afternoon Overland Vehicle Game Drive
    • Serengeti National Park - Afternoon Overland Vehicle Game Drive
    • Serengeti National Park - Afternoon Overland Vehicle Game Drive
    • Serengeti National Park - Afternoon Overland Vehicle Game Drive
    • Serengeti National Park - Afternoon Overland Vehicle Game Drive
    • Serengeti National Park - Afternoon Overland Vehicle Game Drive
    • Serengeti National Park - Afternoon Overland Vehicle Game Drive
    • Serengeti National Park - Full Day 4WD Game Drive
    • Serengeti National Park - Morning 4WD Safari
    • Serengeti National Park - Morning 4WD Safari
    • Serengeti National Park - Morning 4WD Safari
    • Serengeti National Park - Morning 4WD Safari
    • Serengeti National Park - Morning 4WD Safari
    • Serengeti National Park - Morning 4WD Safari
    • Serengeti National Park - Morning 4WD Safari
    • Serengeti National Park - Morning 4WD Safari
    • Serengeti National Park - Morning 4WD Safari
    • Serengeti National Park - Morning 4WD Safari
    • Serengeti National Park - Morning 4WD Safari
    • Serengeti National Park - Morning 4WD Safari
    • Serengeti National Park - Morning 4WD Safari
    • Serengeti National Park - Morning 4WD Safari
    • Serengeti National Park - Morning 4WD Safari
    • Serengeti National Park - Morning 4WD Safari
    • Serengeti National Park - Morning 4WD Safari
    • Serengeti National Park - Morning 4WD Safari
    • Serengeti National Park - Morning 4WD Safari
    • Serengeti National Park - Morning 4WD Safari
    • Serengeti National Park - Morning 4WD Safari
    • Serengeti National Park - Morning 4WD Safari
    • Serengeti National Park - Morning 4WD Safari
    • Serengeti National Park - Morning 4WD Safari
    • Serengeti National Park - Morning 4WD Safari
    • Serengeti National Park - Morning 4WD Safari
    • Serengeti National Park - Morning 4WD Safari
    • Serengeti National Park - Morning 4x4 Game Drive
    • Serengeti National Park - Morning 4x4 Game Drive
    • Serengeti National Park - Morning Overland Vehicle Game Drive
    • Serengeti National Park - Morning Overland Vehicle Game Drive
    • Serengeti National Park - Morning Overland Vehicle Game Drive
    • Serengeti National Park - Morning Overland Vehicle Game Drive
    • Serengeti National Park - Morning Overland Vehicle Game Drive
    • Serengeti National Park - Morning Overland Vehicle Game Drive
    • Serengeti National Park - Morning Overland Vehicle Game Drive
    • Serengeti National Park - Morning Overland Vehicle Game Drive
    • Serengeti National Park - Overland Vehicle Game Drive
    • Serengeti National Park - Overland Vehicle Game Drive
    • Serengeti National Park - Overland Vehicle Game Drive
    • Serengeti National Park - Overland Vehicle Game Drive
    • Serengeti National Park - Overland Vehicle Game Drive
    • Serengeti National Park - Overland Vehicle Game Drive
    • Serengeti National Park - Overland Vehicle Game Drive
    • Serengeti National Park - Overland Vehicle Game Drive
    • Serengeti National Park - Overland Vehicle Game Drive
    • Serengeti National Park - Overland Vehicle Game Drive
    • Serengeti National Park - Sundowner in the Park
    • Serengeti National Park - Sundowner in the Park
    • Serifos – Chora Village hilltop guided walk
    • Serifos – Chora Village hilltop guided walk
    • Sesriem - Dune 45 Visit
    • Sesriem - Dune 45 Visit
    • Sesriem - Guided Nature Drive & Sundowners
    • Sesriem - Guided Nature Drive & Sundowners
    • Sesriem - Sand dunes visit
    • Sesriem - Sand dunes visit
    • Sesriem - Sand dunes visit
    • Sesriem - Sand dunes visit
    • Sesriem - Sand dunes visit
    • Sesriem - Sand dunes visit
    • Sesriem - Sand dunes visit
    • Sesriem - Sand dunes visit
    • Sesriem - Sand dunes visit
    • Sesriem - Sesriem Canyon Visit
    • Sesriem - Sesriem Canyon Visit
    • Sesriem - Sesriem Canyon Visit
    • Sesriem - Sesriem Canyon Visit
    • Sesriem - Sossusvlei & Deadvlei Salt Pan Visit
    • Sesriem - Sossusvlei & Deadvlei Salt Pan Visit
    • Seville - Alcazar Visit
    • Seville - Alcazar Visit
    • Seville - Alcazar Visit
    • Seville - Andalusian Contemporary Art Centre
    • Seville - Cathedral & Giralda Tower
    • Seville - Evening Flamenco Performance
    • Seville - Evening Flamenco Performance
    • Seville - Evening Flamenco Performance
    • Seville - Evening Flamenco Show
    • Seville - Evening Flamenco Show
    • Seville - Evening Flamenco Show
    • Seville - Flamenco Show
    • Seville - Flamenco Show
    • Seville - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Seville - Orientation Walk
    • Seville - Orientation Walk
    • Seville - Orientation Walk
    • Seville - Orientation Walk
    • Seville - Orientation Walk
    • Seville - Orientation Walk
    • Seville - Orientation Walk
    • Seville - Orientation Walk
    • Seville - Real Alcazar
    • Seville - Taller Flamenco - Flamenco Class (1 hour)
    • Seville - Tapas Tasting
    • Seville - Walking Tour with Local Guide
    • Seville - Walking Tour with Local Guide
    • Seville - Walking Tour with Local Guide
    • Seward - Exit Glacier
    • Seward - Exit Glacier
    • Seward - Exit Glacier walk
    • Seward - Kenai Fjords Cruise
    • Seward - Resurrection Bay Sea Kayaking
    • Shala River - Hiking
    • Shamakhi - Juma Mosque
    • Shamakhi - Juma Mosque
    • Shamakhi - Juma Mosque
    • Shamakhi - Yeddi Gumbaz Mausoleum & Juma Mosque
    • Shamsy Valley - Burana tower
    • Shamsy Valley - Burana tower
    • Shamsy Valley - Burana tower
    • Shamsy Valley - Burana tower
    • Shamsy Valley - Burana tower
    • Shamsy Valley - Burana tower
    • Shangri-La - Dukezong Old Town walking tour
    • Shangri-La - Ganden Sumtseling Monastery
    • Shangri-La - Tibetan family with lunch
    • Shark Bay - Eagle Bluff Boardwalk
    • Shark Bay - Eagle Bluff Boardwalk
    • Shark Bay - Eagle Bluff Boardwalk
    • Shark Bay – Shell Beach
    • Shark Bay – Shell Beach
    • Shark Bay – Shell Beach
    • Shediac – Lobster Boat Cruise with Dinner
    • Shediac – Lobster Boat Cruise with Dinner
    • Sheki - Bazaar Visit
    • Sheki - Bazaar Visit
    • Sheki - Bazaar Visit
    • Sheki - Khan's Palace
    • Sheki - Khan's Palace
    • Sheki - Khan's Palace
    • Sheki - Khan's Palace
    • Sheki - Shebeke workshop visit
    • Sheki - Shebeke workshop visit
    • Sheki - Shebeke workshop visit
    • Sheki - Stained Glass Workshop Visit
    • Shelburne - Kennedy’s Lost Camp stop
    • Shelbyville - Uncle Nearest Distillery
    • Shelbyville - Uncle Nearest Distillery
    • Shimla - Leader-led walking tour
    • Shimla - Leader-led walking tour
    • Shimla - Viceregal Lodge
    • Shimla - Viceregal Lodge
    • Shimshal - Village tour & optional hike
    • Shivapuri National Park
    • Shkoder - Rozafa Castle
    • Shkoder - Rozafa Castle
    • Shkoder - Rozafa Fortress visit
    • Shkoder - Rozafa Fortress visit
    • Shobak 'Crusader' Castle
    • Shobak 'Crusader' Castle
    • Shobak 'Crusader' Castle
    • Shobak 'Crusader' Castle
    • Shuttle from Jackson Hole
    • Shuttle from St George
    • Shuttle to Jackson Hole
    • Shuttle to Sedona
    • Shuttle to St George
    • Sibenik - Orientation Walk
    • Sibenik - Orientation Walk
    • Sibenik - Orientation Walk
    • Sibenik - Orientation Walk
    • Sibenik - St. James Cathedral
    • Sibenik - St. James Cathedral
    • Sibenik - St. James Cathedral
    • Sibenik - St. James Cathedral
    • Sibetan - Salak community plantation walk
    • Sibetan - Salak community plantation walk
    • Sibetan - Salak community plantation walk
    • Sibiu - ASTRA Village Museum and Guide
    • Sibiu - ASTRA Village Museum and Guide
    • Sibiu - ASTRA Village Museum and Guide
    • Sibiu - ASTRA Village Museum and Guide
    • Sibiu - Evening Orientation Walk
    • Sibiu - Evening Orientation Walk
    • Sibiu - Evening Orientation Walk
    • Sibiu - Evening Orientation Walk
    • Sidi Kaouki - Camel Ride
    • Siem Reap - Angkor Temples cycling tour
    • Siem Reap - Angkor Temples Guided Tour
    • Siem Reap - Angkor Temples Guided Tour
    • Siem Reap - Angkor Temples Guided Tour
    • Siem Reap - Angkor Temples Guided Tour
    • Siem Reap - Angkor Temples Guided Tour
    • Siem Reap - Angkor Temples Guided Tour
    • Siem Reap - Angkor Temples Guided Tour
    • Siem Reap - Angkor Temples Guided Tour
    • Siem Reap - Angkor Temples Guided Tour
    • Siem Reap - Angkor Temples Guided Tour
    • Siem Reap - Angkor Temples Guided Tour
    • Siem Reap - Angkor Temples Guided Tour
    • Siem Reap - Angkor Temples Guided Tour
    • Siem Reap - Angkor Temples Guided Tour
    • Siem Reap - Angkor Temples Guided Tour
    • Siem Reap - Angkor Temples Guided Tour
    • Siem Reap - Angkor Temples Guided Tour
    • Siem Reap - Angkor Temples Guided Tour
    • Siem Reap - Angkor Temples Guided Tour
    • Siem Reap - Angkor Temples Guided Tour
    • Siem Reap - Angkor Temples Guided Tour
    • Siem Reap - Angkor Temples Guided Tour
    • Siem Reap - Angkor Temples Guided Tour
    • Siem Reap - Angkor Temples Guided Tour
    • Siem Reap - Angkor Temples Guided Tour
    • Siem Reap - Angkor Temples Guided Tour
    • Siem Reap - Angkor Temples Guided Tour by TukTuk
    • Siem Reap - Angkor Temples Guided Tour by TukTuk
    • Siem Reap - Angkor Temples Guided Tour by TukTuk
    • Siem Reap - Angkor Temples Guided Tour by TukTuk
    • Siem Reap - Angkor Wat Archaeologist Guide
    • Siem Reap - Angkor Wat Archaeologist Guide
    • Siem Reap - Angkor Wat Archaeologist Guide
    • Siem Reap - Angkor Wat Archaeologist Guide
    • Siem Reap - Angkor Wat Sunrise
    • Siem Reap - Angkor Wat Sunrise
    • Siem Reap - Angkor Wat Sunrise
    • Siem Reap - Banteay Srei Butterfly Centre
    • Siem Reap - Banteay Srei Temple visit
    • Siem Reap - Banteay Srei Temple visit
    • Siem Reap - Banteay Srei Temple visit
    • Siem Reap - Banteay Srei Temple visit
    • Siem Reap - Chong Kneas Floating Village boat trip
    • Siem Reap - Chong Kneas Floating Village boat trip
    • Siem Reap - Chong Kneas Floating Village boat trip
    • Siem Reap - Cocktail class
    • Siem Reap - Cooking Class
    • Siem Reap - Countryside village walk & sunset drink
    • Siem Reap - Countryside village walk & sunset drink
    • Siem Reap - Countryside village walk & sunset drink
    • Siem Reap - Farewell Dinner
    • Siem Reap - Farewell Dinner
    • Siem Reap - Farewell Dinner
    • Siem Reap - Khmer Theater Dinner
    • Siem Reap - Khmer Theater Dinner
    • Siem Reap - Khmer Theater Dinner
    • Siem Reap - Khmer Theater Dinner
    • Siem Reap - Landmine museum
    • Siem Reap - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Siem Reap - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Siem Reap - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Siem Reap - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Siem Reap - Lunch at The Spoon Restaurant
    • Siem Reap - Lunch at The Spoon Restaurant
    • Siem Reap - Lunch at The Spoon Restaurant
    • Siem Reap - Lunch at The Spoon Restaurant
    • Siem Reap - Lunch at The Spoon Restaurant
    • Siem Reap - Lunch at The Spoon Restaurant
    • Siem Reap - Lunch at The Spoon Restaurant
    • Siem Reap - Monk Blessing
    • Siem Reap - Monk Blessing
    • Siem Reap - Monk Blessing
    • Siem Reap - One day Angkor Pass
    • Siem Reap - One day Angkor Pass
    • Siem Reap - One day Angkor Pass
    • Siem Reap - One day Angkor Pass
    • Siem Reap - One day Angkor Pass
    • Siem Reap - One day Angkor Pass
    • Siem Reap - One day Angkor Pass
    • Siem Reap - One day Angkor Pass
    • Siem Reap - One day Angkor Pass
    • Siem Reap - One day Angkor Pass
    • Siem Reap - One day Angkor Pass
    • Siem Reap - One day Angkor Pass
    • Siem Reap - One day Angkor Pass
    • Siem Reap - One day Angkor Pass
    • Siem Reap - Orientation Walk
    • Siem Reap - Orientation Walk
    • Siem Reap - Orientation Walk
    • Siem Reap - Phare Circus Ticket
    • Siem Reap - Private Khmer Countryside Farewell Dinner
    • Siem Reap - Private Khmer Countryside Farewell Dinner
    • Siem Reap - Private Khmer Countryside Farewell Dinner
    • Siem Reap - Private Khmer Countryside Farewell Dinner
    • Siem Reap - Street food tour
    • Siem Reap - Sunrise at Angkor Wat
    • Siem Reap - Sunrise at Angkor Wat
    • Siem Reap - Sunrise at Angkor Wat
    • Siem Reap - Sunrise at Angkor Wat
    • Siem Reap - Sunrise at Angkor Wat
    • Siem Reap - Sunrise at Angkor Wat
    • Siem Reap - Sunrise at Angkor Wat
    • Siem Reap - Three Day Angkor Pass
    • Siem Reap - Three day Angkor Pass
    • Siem Reap - Three day Angkor Pass
    • Siem Reap - Three day Angkor Pass
    • Siem Reap - Three Day Angkor Pass
    • Siem Reap - Three day Angkor Pass
    • Siem Reap - Three day Angkor Pass
    • Siem Reap - Three day Angkor Pass
    • Siem Reap - Three day Angkor Pass
    • Siem Reap - Three day Angkor Pass
    • Siem Reap - Three day Angkor Pass
    • Siem Reap - Three Day Angkor Pass
    • Siem Reap - Three Day Angkor Pass
    • Siem Reap - Three Day Angkor Pass
    • Siem Reap - Tour of Banteay Srei and Preah Khan Temples
    • Siem Reap - Village breakfast
    • Siem Reap - Village breakfast
    • Siem Reap - Water Hyacinth weaving class
    • Siena - Day Trip
    • Siena - Day Trip
    • Siena - Orientation Walk
    • Siena - Orientation Walk
    • Siena - Orientation Walk
    • Siena - Orientation Walk
    • Siena - Orientation Walk
    • Siena - Orientation Walk
    • Sierra de la Laguna - La Zorra Canyon hiking
    • Sierra de Las Cacachilas - Mountain biking
    • Sigatoka River - Trek to Nubutautau village
    • Sigatoka River - Trek to Nubutautau village
    • Sigatoka Sand Dunes National Park - Ranger-guided walk
    • Sigatoka Sand Dunes National Park - Ranger-guided walk
    • Sighisoara - Walking Tour
    • Sighisoara - Walking Tour
    • Sighisoara - Walking Tour
    • Sighisoara - Walking Tour
    • Sighisoara: guided walking tour
    • Sighnaghi - visit to Sighnaghi town
    • Sigiriya - Bike ride
    • Sigiriya - Chena Cultivation tour by jeep
    • Sigiriya - Home-cooked lunch
    • Sigiriya - Lion Rock Fortress
    • Sigiriya - Lion Rock Fortress Visit
    • Sigiriya - Lion Rock Fortress Visit
    • Sigiriya - Lion Rock Fortress Visit
    • Sigiriya - Lion Rock Fortress Visit
    • Sigiriya - Lion Rock Fortress Visit
    • Sigiriya - Lion Rock Fortress Visit
    • Sigiriya - Lion Rock Fortress Visit
    • Sigiriya - Lion Rock Fortress Visit
    • Sigiriya - Lion Rock Fortress Visit
    • Sigiriya - Lion Rock Fortress Visit
    • Sigiriya - Lion Rock Fortress Visit
    • Sigiriya Rock Fortress Visit
    • Signa to Vinci Guided & Vehicle Supported Cycling
    • Singapore - Gardens by the Bay visit - Flower Dome and Cloud Forest Sections
    • Singapore - Hawker Market street food crawl
    • Singapore - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Singapore - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Singapore - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Singapore - Marina Bay Sands - Merlion - Photo Taking + hawker dinner
    • Singapore - Welcome dinner - Little India & hawker centres
    • Singapore - Welcome Meeting
    • Sintra - Pena Palace
    • Sintra - Quinta da Regaleira
    • Siquijor Island - Day Tour
    • Siracusa - Leader-led Orientation Walk
    • Siracusa - Leader-led Orientation Walk
    • Siracusa - Leader-led Orientation Walk
    • Siracusa - Ortigia Orientation Walk
    • Siracusa - Ortigia Orientation Walk
    • Siracusa - Ortigia Orientation Walk
    • Siracusa - Ortigia Orientation Walk
    • Sirince - Village visit and fruit wine tasting
    • Sirogojno - Village Visit and Artisan Demonstrations.
    • Sirogojno - Village Visit and Artisan Demonstrations.
    • Sirogojno - Village Visit and Artisan Demonstrations.
    • Sirogojno - Village Visit and Artisan Demonstrations.
    • Skardu - Katpana Desert
    • Skardu - Kharpocho Fort visit
    • Skardu - Manthal Buddha Rock
    • Skardu - Skardu market visit
    • Skardu Bazaar walk
    • Skiu - Monastery visit
    • Skiu to Markha Village guided trek
    • Skmaqn-Port-la-Joye–Fort Amherst National Historic Site
    • Skmaqn-Port-la-Joye–Fort Amherst National Historic Site
    • Skopje - Leader-led walking tour with traditional sweets
    • Skopje - Leader-led walking tour with traditional sweets
    • Skopje - Matka Canyon visit and Boat Ride
    • Skopje - Matka Canyon visit and Boat Ride
    • Skopje - Matka Canyon visit and Boat Ride
    • Skoura - Kasbah and Oasis visit
    • Skoura - Kasbah and Oasis visit
    • Skoura - Kasbah and Oasis visit
    • Skun Village Market Stop
    • Skun Village Market Stop
    • Skun Village Market Stop
    • Skun Village Market Stop
    • Sloth Tour & Costa Rican Lunch
    • Slovenian Winery Visit
    • Slunj and Rastoke - Villages Walk
    • Slunj and Rastoke - Villages Walk
    • Slunj and Rastoke - Villages Walk
    • Slunj and Rastoke - Villages Walk
    • Smartno & surrounds Guided and Vehicle-supported cycling
    • Smartno to Postojna Guided and Vehicle-supported cycling
    • Smoky Lake - Bonfire and Smore's
    • Smoky Lake - Snowshoeing
    • Snow Canyon State Park
    • Sofia - Orientation Walk
    • Solitaire - Bakery Visit & Apple Pie Tasting
    • Solitaire - Bakery Visit & Apple Pie Tasting
    • Sombrero Chino - Walk and Panga ride (2 hours) - Wet Landing
    • Sombrero Chino - Walk and Panga ride (2 hours) - Wet Landing
    • Sombrero Chino - Walk and Panga ride (2 hours) - Wet Landing
    • Sop Kai Village - River Kayaking
    • Sop Kai Village - River Kayaking
    • Sop Kai Village - River Kayaking
    • Soroa - Orchid Garden (entrance fee and guide included)
    • Sorrento - Capri Day Trip by Hydrofoil
    • Sorrento - Capri Day Trip by Hydrofoil
    • Sorrento - Gelato Making Demonstration
    • Sorrento - Gelato Making Demonstration
    • Sorrento - Gelato Making Demonstration
    • Sorrento - Gelato Making Demonstration
    • Sorrento - Gelato Making Demonstration
    • Sorrento - Limoncello Tasting
    • Sorrento - Limoncello Tasting
    • Sorrento - Limoncello Tasting
    • Sorrento - Pizza making demonstration and Dinner at Agriturismo
    • Sorrento - Pizza making demonstration and Dinner at Agriturismo
    • Sossusvlei - 4x4 Tour
    • Sossusvlei - 4x4 Tour
    • Sossusvlei - 4x4 Tour
    • Sossusvlei - 4x4 Tour
    • Sossusvlei - 4x4 Tour
    • Sossusvlei - 4x4 Tour
    • Sossusvlei - 4x4 Tour
    • Sossusvlei - 4x4 Tour
    • Sossusvlei - 4x4 Tour
    • Sossusvlei - Dune 45
    • Sossusvlei - Dune 45
    • Soufli - village visit
    • Sougia - Agia Irini Gorge Hike
    • Sougia - Agia Irini Gorge Hike
    • Sougia - Coastal Boat Ride
    • Sougia – Family lunch
    • Sousse - City Tour
    • South Luangwa - Anti-Poaching Jewelery Project
    • South Luangwa - Anti-Poaching Jewelery Project
    • South Luangwa - Anti-Poaching Jewelery Project
    • South Luangwa - Anti-Poaching Jewelery Project
    • South Luangwa - Anti-Poaching Jewelery Project
    • South Luangwa - Anti-Poaching Jewelery Project
    • South Luangwa - Anti-Poaching Jewelery Project
    • South Luangwa - Anti-Poaching Jewelery Project
    • South Luangwa - Anti-Poaching Jewelery Project
    • South Luangwa - Anti-Poaching Jewelery Project
    • South Luangwa - Anti-Poaching Jewelery Project
    • South Luangwa - Anti-Poaching Jewelery Project
    • South Luangwa - Anti-Poaching Jewelery Project
    • South Luangwa - Anti-Poaching Jewelery Project
    • South Luangwa - Anti-Poaching Jewelery Project
    • South Luangwa - Anti-Poaching Jewelery Project
    • South Luangwa - Anti-Poaching Jewelery Project
    • South Luangwa National Park - 4x4 Evening Game Drive
    • South Luangwa National Park - 4x4 Evening Game Drive
    • South Luangwa National Park - 4x4 Evening Game Drive
    • South Luangwa National Park - 4x4 Evening Game Drive
    • South Luangwa National Park - 4x4 Evening Game Drive
    • South Luangwa National Park - 4x4 Evening Game Drive
    • South Luangwa National Park - 4x4 Evening Game Drive
    • South Luangwa National Park - Afternoon 4WD Safari
    • South Luangwa National Park - Afternoon 4WD Safari
    • South Luangwa National Park - Afternoon 4WD Safari
    • South Luangwa National Park - Afternoon 4WD Safari
    • South Luangwa National Park - Afternoon 4WD Safari
    • South Luangwa National Park - Afternoon 4WD Safari
    • South Luangwa National Park - Afternoon 4WD Safari
    • South Luangwa National Park - Afternoon 4WD Safari
    • South Luangwa National Park - Afternoon 4WD Safari
    • South Luangwa National Park - Afternoon 4WD Safari
    • South Luangwa National Park - Morning 4WD Safari
    • South Luangwa National Park - Morning 4WD Safari
    • South Luangwa National Park - Morning 4WD Safari
    • South Luangwa National Park - Morning 4WD Safari
    • South Luangwa National Park - Morning 4WD Safari
    • South Luangwa National Park - Morning 4WD Safari
    • South Luangwa National Park - Morning 4WD Safari
    • South Luangwa National Park - Morning 4WD Safari
    • South Luangwa National Park - Morning 4WD Safari
    • South Luangwa National Park - Morning 4WD Safari
    • South Luangwa National Park - Morning 4WD Safari
    • South Luangwa National Park - Morning 4WD Safari
    • South Luangwa National Park - Morning 4WD Safari
    • South Luangwa National Park - Morning 4WD Safari
    • South Luangwa National Park - Morning 4WD Safari
    • South Luangwa National Park - Morning 4WD Safari
    • South Luangwa National Park - Morning 4WD Safari
    • South Male Atoll - Swim stop
    • South Rim - South Kaibab Trail Guided Hike
    • South Rim - South Kaibab Trail Hike
    • South Rim - South Kaibab Trail Hike
    • Soweto - Cycle Tour
    • Soweto - Cycle tour
    • Soweto - Cycle tour
    • Spello - Enoteca Wine Tasting & Lunch
    • Split - Diocletian's Palace Visit
    • Split - Diocletian's Palace Visit
    • Split - Diocletian's Palace Visit
    • Split - Diocletian's Palace Visit
    • Split - Diocletian's Palace Visit
    • Split - Diocletian's Palace Visit
    • Split - Guided City Tour
    • Split - Guided City Tour
    • Split - Old Town markets & culture tour
    • Split - Old Town markets & culture tour
    • Split - Walking Tour with Local Guide
    • Split - Walking Tour with Local Guide
    • Split - Walking Tour with Local Guide
    • Split - Walking Tour with Local Guide
    • Split - Walking Tour with Local Guide
    • Split - Walking Tour with Local Guide
    • Split - Welcome Dinner at Local Restaurant
    • Split - Welcome Dinner at Local Restaurant
    • Split - Welcome Dinner at Local Restaurant
    • Split - Welcome Dinner at Local Restaurant
    • Split - Welcome Dinner at Local Restaurant
    • Split - Welcome Dinner at Local Restaurant
    • Split Guided Tour
    • Springbrook National Park - Natural Bridge
    • Springbrook National Park - Natural Bridge
    • Springbrook National Park - Natural Bridge
    • Springbrook National Park - Natural Bridge Circuit Walk
    • Springbrook National Park - Natural Bridge Circuit Walk
    • Squamish Lil'wat Cultural Centre Visit
    • St John’s – Cape Spear Lighthouse
    • St John’s – Local dinner
    • St Lucia Estuary - Safari Boat Cruise
    • St Lucia Estuary - Safari Boat Cruise
    • St. John’s – Leader led walking tour
    • Stanley - The Nut
    • Stanley - The Nut
    • Stellenbosch - Winery Visit
    • Stepantsminda - Gergeti Trinity Church
    • Stepantsminda - Gergeti Trinity Church Hike
    • Stepantsminda - Gergeti Trinity Church Hike
    • Stepantsminda - Gergeti Trinity Church Hike
    • Stepantsminda - Gergeti Trinity Church Hike
    • Stepantsminda - Khinkali home-cooking class
    • Steung Treng - Sopheakmit Waterfall
    • Stewart Island - Scenic Ferry Crossing
    • Stewart Island - Scenic Ferry Crossing
    • Stewart Island - Scenic Ferry Crossing
    • Stewart Island - Scenic Ferry Crossing
    • Stobi - Stobi archaeological site
    • Stobi - Stobi archaeological site
    • Stockyard Gully Reserve – Limestone Caves
    • Stockyard Gully Reserve – Limestone Caves
    • Stockyard Gully Reserve – Limestone Caves
    • Stolac - Coffee & cake at Mehmedbašića Kuća
    • Ston - Oyster tasting
    • Ston - Oyster tasting
    • Stone Town - Guided Walking Tour
    • Stone Town - Guided Walking Tour
    • Stone Town - Local Food Tasting
    • Stone Town - Local Food Tasting
    • Strudelkopf summit guided hike
    • Stuarts Creek - Wabma Kadarbu Mound Spring Conservation Park
    • Stung Treng - Kayaking
    • Stung Treng - Mekong River cruise and hike
    • Subotica - City Tour with Local Guide
    • Subotica - City Tour with Local Guide
    • Subotica - Wine Tasting
    • Subotica - Wine Tasting
    • Sucevita: painted monastery visit
    • Suchitoto - Cinquera Community tour with former guerilla
    • Suchitoto - Cinquera Community tour with former guerilla
    • Suchitoto - Cinquera Community tour with former guerilla
    • Suchitoto - Indigo Dyeing Demonstration
    • Suchitoto - Indigo Dyeing Demonstration
    • Suchitoto - Indigo Dyeing Demonstration
    • Suchitoto - Indigo Dyeing Demonstration
    • Suchitoto - Indigo Dyeing Demonstration
    • Suchitoto - Indigo Dyeing Demonstration
    • Suchitoto - Indigo Dyeing Demonstration
    • Suchitoto - Leader led orientation walk
    • Suchitoto - Leader led orientation walk
    • Suchitoto - Leader led orientation walk
    • Suchitoto - Leader led orientation walk
    • Suchitoto - Leader led orientation walk
    • Suchitoto - Leader led orientation walk
    • Suchitoto - Leader led orientation walk
    • Suchitoto - Leader led orientation walk
    • Suchitoto - Leader led orientation walk
    • Suchitoto - Leader led orientation walk
    • Suchitoto - Salvadoran Pupusa cooking demonstration
    • Suchitoto - Salvadoran Pupusa cooking demonstration
    • Suchitoto - Salvadoran Pupusa cooking demonstration
    • Suchitoto - Salvadoran Pupusa cooking demonstration
    • Suchitoto - Salvadoran Pupusa cooking demonstration
    • Suchitoto - Salvadoran Pupusa cooking demonstration
    • Suchitoto - Salvadoran Pupusa cooking demonstration
    • Suchitoto - Salvadoran Pupusa cooking demonstration
    • Suchitoto - Salvadoran Pupusa cooking demonstration
    • Suchitoto - Salvadoran Pupusa cooking demonstration
    • Sukhothai - Bike Tour Lunch
    • Sukhothai - Dinner in a local home
    • Sukhothai - Dinner in a local home
    • Sukhothai - Dinner in a local home
    • Sukhothai - Historical Park bike tour
    • Sukhothai - Historical Park bike tour
    • Sukhothai - Historical Park bike tour
    • Sukhothai - Historical Park bike tour
    • Sukhothai - Historical Park Visit and Bike Ride
    • Sukhothai - Historical Park Visit and Bike Ride
    • Sukhothai - Historical Park Visit and Bike Ride
    • Sukhothai - Home-cooked picnic lunch
    • Sukhothai - Morning Alms Offering
    • Sukhothai - Morning Alms Offering
    • Sukhothai - Morning Alms Offering
    • Sukhothai - Night Market
    • Sukhothai - Thai cooking class
    • Sulphur Skyline Trail hike
    • Sumidero Canyon - Boat Excursion (entrance and transport)
    • Sumidero Canyon - Boat Excursion (entrance and transport)
    • Sundarijal to Chisapani trek
    • Sunrise dune walk
    • Sunset camel ride
    • Suttu Bulak Valley - Trek
    • Suva - Fiji Museum
    • Suva - Fiji Museum
    • Suva - Guided walking tour
    • Suva - Guided walking tour
    • Suva - Suva Municipal Market
    • Suva - Suva Municipal Market
    • Swakopmund - Leader-led Orientation Tour
    • Swakopmund - Leader-led Orientation Tour
    • Sydney – Exploration of Manly Beach
    • Sydney – Harbour to Manly return ferry
    • Sydney - Leader-led Orientation Walk of the Rocks & Circular Quay
    • Sydney - The Rocks Aboriginal Dreaming Tour
    • Sydney - The Rocks Dreaming Walking Tour with Aboriginal Guide
    • Sydney - The Rocks Dreaming Walking Tour with Aboriginal Guide
    • Sydney - The Rocks Dreaming Walking Tour with Aboriginal Guide
    • Sydney - Tribal Warrior Harbour Cruise with Aboriginal Guide
    • Syros - Ano Syros Walk
    • Syros - Ano Syros Walk
    • Syros - Ano Syros Walk
    • Syros - Ano Syros Walk
    • Syros - Dinner at remotely located village
    • Syros - Dinner at remotely located village
    • Syros - Dinner at remotely located village
    • Syros - Dinner at remotely located village
    • Syros - Loukoumia Workshop Visit
    • Syros - Loukoumia Workshop Visit
    • Syros - Loukoumia Workshop Visit
    • Syros - Loukoumia Workshop Visit
    • Syros – Traditional Greek dinner in family home
    • Syros – Traditional Greek dinner in family home
    • Tachogang Lhakhang temple visit
    • Tadoussac - Whale watching boat tour
    • Tafraoute - Ameln Valley hike
    • Tafraoute - Ameln Valley hike
    • Tafraoute - Ameln Valley hike
    • Tafraoute - Pierres Bleues Boulders (Painted Rocks)
    • Tafraoute - Pierres Bleues Boulders (Painted Rocks)
    • Tafraoute - Pierres Bleues Boulders (Painted Rocks)
    • Tafraoute - Traditional Amazigh House visit
    • Tafraoute - Traditional Amazigh House visit
    • Tafraoute - Traditional Amazigh House visit
    • Tafraoute – village walk and souk visit
    • Tafraoute – village walk and souk visit
    • Tafraoute – village walk and souk visit
    • Taft Point Trail to Sentinel Dome hike
    • Taghazout – One Hour Yoga Class
    • Taghazout – One Hour Yoga Class
    • Taghazout – One Hour Yoga Class
    • Taghazout – Surfing Class
    • Taghazout – Surfing Class
    • Taghazout – Surfing Class
    • Taghazoute – Argan oil women's co-op visit
    • Taghazoute – Argan oil women's co-op visit
    • Taghazoute – Argan oil women's co-op visit
    • Tahnaout - Cooking class
    • Tahnaout - Cooking class
    • Taihape - Farm-to-Table Dinner
    • Taihape - Farm-to-Table Dinner
    • Taita Hills Wildlife Sanctuary - Morning 4WD Safari
    • Taita Hills Wildlife Sanctuary - Night Safari
    • Taita Hills Wildlife Sanctuary - Reforestation Project
    • Takakkaw Falls & Yoho Lake Hike
    • takayna / Tarkine - Edge of the World
    • takayna / Tarkine - Edge of the World
    • takayna / Tarkine - Lake Chisholm Sinkhole
    • takayna / Tarkine - Lake Chisholm Sinkhole
    • takayna / Tarkine - Trowutta Arch
    • takayna / Tarkine - Trowutta Arch
    • Takua Pa to Khao Lak guided & vehicle supported cycling
    • Talamanca Mountains Cloud Forest - Birdwatching with a naturalist guide
    • Talkeetna - Denali Brewpub Pizza & Beer Dinner
    • Talkeetna - Leader-Led walk
    • Talkeetna - Leader-Led walk
    • Taman Negara - Jungle trek & Teresek Hill
    • Taman Negara - Orang Asli Tribe visit
    • Tamborine National Park - Curtis Falls Track
    • Tamborine National Park - Palm Grove Circuit
    • Tamegroute - Ancient Library
    • Tamegroute - Ancient Library
    • Tamegroute - Ancient Library
    • Tamegroute - Underground kasbah guided tour
    • Tamegroute - Underground kasbah guided tour
    • Tamegroute - Underground kasbah guided tour
    • Tana Toraja - Bori Megalithic Standing Stones
    • Tana Toraja - Hill Tribe Trek
    • Tana Toraja - Hill Tribe Trek
    • Tana Toraja - Lemo Burial Site
    • Tana Toraja - Palawa Village
    • Tana Toraja - Tampang Allo
    • Tanah Merah - Perhentian Islands day trip & snorkelling
    • Tang Valley - Farmhouse lunch
    • Tang Valley walk
    • Tangier - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Tangier - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Tangier - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Tanjung Puting NP - Camp Leakey
    • Tanjung Puting NP - Klotok boat cruise
    • Tanjung Puting NP - Klotok boat cruise
    • Tanjung Puting NP - Klotok boat cruise
    • Tanjung Puting NP - Orangutan Feeding Platform 2
    • Tanjung Puting NP - Pondok Tanggui orangutan feeding station
    • Tanjung Puting NP - Tanjung Harapan orangutan feeding station
    • Tanjung Puting NP - Tanjung Harapan village visit
    • Tankah cenote experience
    • Tanna - Kava Bar visit
    • Tanna - Mt Yasur volcano crater hike
    • Tanna - Port Resolution village visit
    • Tanna - Rainforest hike
    • Tanna - Sulphur Bay Hot Springs
    • Tanna - Village & community visits
    • Tanna - Village & community visits
    • Tanna - World's largest banyan tree
    • Taormina - Greek Theatre Admission
    • Taormina - Greek Theatre Admission
    • Taormina - Greek Theatre Admission
    • Taormina - Greek Theatre Admission
    • Taormina - Guided Walk
    • Taormina - Guided Walk
    • Taormina - Guided Walk
    • Taormina - Guided Walk
    • Taormina - leader led orientation walk
    • Taormina - leader led orientation walk
    • Taormina - leader led orientation walk
    • Taormina - private boat excursion
    • Taormina - private boat excursion
    • Taormina - private boat excursion
    • Tara River Canyon Rafting
    • Tarangire National Park - Afternoon 4x4 Game Drive
    • Tarangire National Park - Afternoon 4x4 Game Drive
    • Tarangire National Park - Morning 4x4 Game Drive
    • Tarangire National Park - Morning 4x4 Game Drive
    • Taroudant – Donkey Ride
    • Taroudant – Local Lunch
    • Tarukan Village - Community lunch
    • Tarukan Village - Community lunch
    • Tashkent - Amir Timur Square
    • Tashkent - Amir Timur Square
    • Tashkent - Amir Timur Square
    • Tashkent - Amir Timur Square
    • Tashkent - Amir Timur Square
    • Tashkent - Amir Timur Square
    • Tashkent - Amir Timur Square
    • Tashkent - Amir Timur Square
    • Tashkent - Chorsu Bazaar
    • Tashkent - Chorsu Bazaar
    • Tashkent - Chorsu Bazaar
    • Tashkent - Chorsu Bazaar
    • Tashkent - Chorsu Bazaar
    • Tashkent - Chorsu Bazaar
    • Tashkent - Chorsu Bazaar
    • Tashkent - Chorsu Bazaar
    • Tashkent - Chorsu Bazaar
    • Tashkent - City tour
    • Tashkent - City tour
    • Tashkent - City tour
    • Tashkent - City tour
    • Tashkent - City tour
    • Tashkent - City tour
    • Tashkent - City tour
    • Tashkent - City tour
    • Tashkent - City tour
    • Tashkent - Khast Imom Complex & Moyie Mubarek Library Museum
    • Tashkent - Khast Imom Complex & Moyie Mubarek Library Museum
    • Tashkent - Khast Imom Complex & Moyie Mubarek Library Museum
    • Tashkent - Khast Imom Complex & Moyie Mubarek Library Museum
    • Tashkent - Khast Imom Complex & Moyie Mubarek Library Museum
    • Tashkent - Khast Imom Complex & Moyie Mubarek Library Museum
    • Tashkent - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Tashkent - Metro tour
    • Tashkent - Metro tour
    • Tashkent - Metro tour
    • Tashkent - Metro tour
    • Tashkent - Metro tour
    • Tashkent - Metro tour
    • Tashkent - Metro tour
    • Tashkent - welcome dinner
    • Tashkent - welcome dinner
    • Tasman Peninsula - Boat Cruise
    • Tasman Peninsula - Cape Huay Track
    • Tasman Peninsula - Cape Raoul Track
    • Tasman Peninsula - Devils Kitchen
    • Tasman Peninsula - Devils Kitchen
    • Tasman Peninsula - Remarkable Cave
    • Tasman Peninsula - Remarkable Cave
    • Tasman Peninsula - Tasman Arch
    • Tasman Peninsula - Tasman Arch
    • Tata - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Tata - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Tata - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Taumarunui - Bushwalk
    • Taumarunui - Morero Marae Visit
    • Taupo - Huka Falls
    • Taupo - Huka Falls
    • Taupo - Huka Falls
    • Taupo - Huka Falls
    • Taupo - Huka Falls
    • Taupo - Huka Falls
    • Taupo - Huka Falls
    • Tawesna association visit and lunch
    • Taxila – Truck Art Workshop
    • Tbilisi - Old Town Walking Tour with Local Guide
    • Tbilisi - City tour
    • Tbilisi - City tour
    • Tbilisi - Dezerter Bazaar
    • Tbilisi - Dry Bridge
    • Tbilisi - Dry Bridge
    • Tbilisi - Dry Bridge
    • Tbilisi - Farewell Dinner
    • Tbilisi - Market Visit
    • Tbilisi - Narikala Fortress
    • Tbilisi - Narikala Fortress & Cable Car
    • Tbilisi - Orientation Walk
    • Tbilisi - Orientation Walk
    • Tbilisi - Orientation Walk
    • Tbilisi - Welcome Dinner, including Adjarian khachapuri
    • Te Anau - Scenic E-bike Ride on the Lake 2 Lake Trail
    • Tea and Snacks on the Dunes
    • Tegalalang - Rice Terraces
    • Teide National Park - Volcan Samara guided hike
    • Telavi - Alaverdi Cathedral
    • Telavi - Alaverdi Cathedral
    • Telavi - Alaverdi Cathedral
    • Telavi – Batonis Castle
    • Telavi - Cheesemaker visit
    • Telavi - Local market visit
    • Telavi - Market Tour with Tastings
    • Teluk Bahang - Batik factory visit
    • Teluk Bahang - Batik factory visit
    • Teluk Bahang - Fishing village walking tour
    • Teluk Bahang - Fishing village walking tour
    • Teluk Bahang - Home cooking demonstration & dinner
    • Teluk Bahang - Home cooking demonstration & dinner
    • Teluk Bahang - Local market visit
    • Teluk Bahang - Local market visit
    • Teluk Bahang - Silat (martial art) Performance
    • Teluk Bahang - Silat (martial art) Performance
    • Teluk Bahang - traditional games
    • Teluk Bahang - traditional games
    • Tengboche - Monastery
    • Tengboche - Monastery
    • Tennessee Whiskey Distillery Visit
    • Tennessee Whiskey Distillery Visit
    • Teno National Park guided hike
    • Teotihuacan - Archaeological site
    • Teotihuacan - Archaeological site
    • Teotihuacan - Archaeological site (Entrance fee, Guide & Transport)
    • Teotihuacan - Archaeological site (Entrance fee, Guide & Transport)
    • Teotihuacan - Archaeological site (Entrance fee, Guide & Transport)
    • Teotihuacan - Archaeological site (Entrance fee, Guide & Transport)
    • Teotihuacan - Obsidian workshop
    • Teotihuacan - Obsidian workshop
    • Teotihuacan Archaelogical Site - Visit (Per Person)
    • Teotihuacan Foreign Tax
    • Teotihuacan Local Guide (Per Group )
    • Tepesua Camp Masai Village Visit
    • Térraba River - Indigenous Community Visit & Lunch
    • Térraba River - Indigenous Community Visit & Lunch
    • Térraba River - Mask Painting Lesson
    • Térraba River - Mask Painting Lesson
    • Testour - City Tour
    • Testour - Great Mosque
    • Tête de la Charme summit hike
    • Tetebatu - Sasak villlage walking tour
    • Tetebatu - Sasak villlage walking tour
    • Tetebatu - Traditional music performance
    • Tetebatu - Traditional music performance
    • Tetebatu - Village community dinner
    • Tetebatu - Village community dinner
    • Thar Desert - Desert camping with dinner
    • Thar Desert - Jeep Adventure
    • Thar Desert - Kalbeliya Dance Performance
    • Thar Desert - Overnight Desert Camp
    • The Ahwahnee historic lodge visit
    • The Catlins - Leader-led walk to Nugget Point & McLean Falls
    • The Catlins - Leader-led walk to Nugget Point & McLean Falls
    • The Dutchmans Stern Conservation Park - The Dutchmans Stern hike
    • Thekkady - Expert-guided spice plantation visit and lunch
    • Thekkady - Expert-guided spice plantation visit and lunch
    • Thessaloniki - Meze dinner
    • Thessaloniki - NAOMI Ecumenical Workshop for Refugees visit
    • Thessaloniki - NAOMI Ecumenical Workshop for Refugees visit
    • Thessaloniki - Orientation Walk
    • Theth - Prokletije to Theth guided hike
    • Thimhpu - Desho Paper Factory
    • Thimhpu - Desho Paper Factory
    • Thimphu - Buddha Dordenma
    • Thimphu - Buddha Dordenma
    • Thimphu - Buddha Dordenma
    • Thimphu - Buddha Dordenma
    • Thimphu - Complimentary Arrival Transfer
    • Thimphu - Gagyel Lhundrup Weaving Centre
    • Thimphu - Gagyel Lhundrup Weaving Centre
    • Thimphu - Institute for Zorig Chusum
    • Thimphu - Nado Poizokhang Incense Factory
    • Thimphu - Nado Poizokhang Incense Factory
    • Thimphu - National Library
    • Thimphu - National Library
    • Thimphu - National Library
    • Thimphu - National Memorial Chorten
    • Thimphu - National Memorial Chorten
    • Thimphu - National Textile Museum
    • Thimphu - National Textile Museum
    • Thimphu - National Textile Museum
    • Thimphu - National Textile Museum
    • Thimphu - Simply Bhutan Heritage Museum
    • Thimphu - Simply Bhutan Heritage Museum
    • Thimphu - Simply Bhutan Heritage Museum
    • Thimphu - Simply Bhutan Heritage Museum
    • Thimphu - Simtokha Dzong
    • Thimphu - Simtokha Dzong
    • Thimphu - Takin Conservation Park
    • Thimphu - Takin Conservation Park
    • Thimphu - Village walk to Cheri Dorji Dhen
    • Thimphu - Village walk to Cheri Dorji Dhen
    • Thimphu - Voluntary Artists School
    • Thimphu - Voluntary Artists School
    • Thimphu - Welcome dinner
    • Thimphu - Welcome dinner
    • Thimphu exploratory evening walk
    • Thursday Island - Return ferry
    • Thursday Island - Torres Strait Cultural Tour with local guide
    • Thyangboche - Thyangboche Monastery
    • Thyangboche - Thyangboche Monastery
    • Tichka - Argan Oil Cooperative Visit
    • Tiger Leaping Gorge - Guided trek (X2)
    • Tikal - Tortilla Making Workshop
    • Tikal - Tortilla Making Workshop
    • Tikal - Tortilla Making Workshop
    • Tikal National Park - Archaeological site (Entrance fee, Guide & Transport)
    • Tikal National Park - Archaeological site (Entrance fee, Guide & Transport)
    • Tikal National Park - Archaeological site (Entrance fee, Guide & Transport)
    • Tikal National Park - Archaeological site (Entrance fee, Guide & Transport)
    • Tikal National Park - Archaeological site (Entrance fee, Guide & Transport)
    • Tikal National Park - Archaeological site (Entrance fee, Guide & Transport)
    • Tikal National Park - Archaeological site (Entrance fee, Guide & Transport)
    • Tikal National Park - Archaeological site (Entrance fee, Guide & Transport)
    • Tikal National Park - Archaeological site (Entrance fee, Guide & Transport)
    • Tikal National Park - Archaeological site (Entrance fee, Guide & Transport)
    • Tikal National Park - Archaeological site (Entrance fee, Guide & Transport)
    • Tikal National Park - Archaeological site (Entrance fee, Guide & Transport)
    • Tikal National Park - Archaeological site (Entrance fee, Guide & Transport)
    • Tikal National Park - Archaeological Site Tour (Entrance fee & Transport)
    • Tikal National Park - Archaeological Site Tour (Entrance fee & Transport)
    • Tikal National Park - Archaeological Site Tour (Entrance fee & Transport)
    • Tikal National Park - Archaeological Site Tour (Entrance fee & Transport)
    • Tikal Ruins
    • Tikonel plantation tour
    • Tikves - Wine tasting
    • Tikves - Wine tasting
    • Timisoara - City Tour
    • Timisoara - City Tour
    • Timisoara - City Tour
    • Timisoara - City Tour
    • Tirana - Bunk'Art Bunker Exhibition Visit
    • Tirana - Farewell Dinner
    • Tirana - Farewell Dinner
    • Tirana - Guided City Tour
    • Tirana - Guided City Tour
    • Tirana - Komani lake boat ride
    • Tirana - Neomalsore agroturismo lunch
    • Tirana - Walking tour with a local guide
    • Tissamaharama - Curd and treacle tasting
    • Tissint – Waterfall of Attiq
    • Tissint – Waterfall of Attiq
    • Tissint – Waterfall of Attiq
    • Tjoritja-West MacDonnell Ranges - Gosse Bluff Asteroid Crater (Tnorala)
    • Tjoritja-West MacDonnell Ranges - Gosse Bluff Asteroid Crater (Tnorala)
    • Tjoritja-West MacDonnell Ranges - Ochre Pits
    • Tjoritja-West MacDonnell Ranges - Ormiston Gorge
    • Tjoritja-West MacDonnell Ranges - Ormiston Gorge
    • Tjoritja-West MacDonnell Ranges - Ormiston Gorge Waterhole
    • Tjoritja-West MacDonnell Ranges - Ormiston Pound Loop
    • Tjoritja-West MacDonnell Ranges - Simpsons Gap
    • Tjoritja-West MacDonnell Ranges - Simpsons Gap Guided Aboriginal Cultural Walk
    • Tjoritja-West MacDonnell Ranges - Simpsons Gap Guided Aboriginal Cultural Walk
    • Tjoritja-West MacDonnell Ranges - Simpsons Gap Guided Aboriginal Cultural Walk
    • Tjoritja-West MacDonnell Ranges - Simpsons Gap Guided Aboriginal Cultural Walk
    • Tjoritja-West MacDonnell Ranges - Standley Chasm
    • Tlahuac - Cemetery visit
    • Tlahuac - Cemetery visit in Tlahuac
    • Tlahuac - Community Visit
    • Tlahuac - Community Visit
    • Tlahuac - Community Visit
    • Tlahuac - Community Visit
    • Tlahuac - Community Visit
    • Tlahuac - Day of the Dead altar creation
    • Tlahuac - Day of the Dead parade
    • Tlalocán - Day of the Dead altar creation
    • Tleta Tagmoute – Amazigh village and collective granary visit
    • Tleta Tagmoute – Amazigh village and collective granary visit
    • Tleta Tagmoute – Amazigh village and collective granary visit
    • Todos Santos town visit
    • Todra Gorge - Hike
    • Todra Gorge - Hike
    • Todra Gorge – Home-cooked Lunch
    • Todra Gorge – Home-cooked Lunch
    • Todra Gorge – Home-cooked Lunch
    • Todra Gorge - Leader-led walk
    • Todra Gorge - Leader-led walk
    • Todra Gorge - Palmeraie and farm walk
    • Todra Gorge - Palmeraie and farm walk
    • Todra Gorge hike
    • Todra Gorge hike
    • Todra Gorges visit
    • Tolminska Korita - Educational hike with local guide
    • Tongariro National Park - Scenic Drive
    • Tongariro National Park - Scenic Drive
    • Tongariro National Park - Scenic Drive
    • Tongariro National Park - Scenic Drive
    • Tongariro National Park - Taranaki Falls
    • Tongariro National Park - Taranaki Falls
    • Tongariro National Park - Tongariro Alpine Crossing Hike
    • Tordi - Home-cooked Dinner
    • Tordi - Home-cooked Dinner
    • Tordi - Village Walk
    • Tordi - Village Walk
    • Torres del Paine - 3 nights fully supported camping experience
    • Torres del Paine - Base las Torres guided hike
    • Torres del Paine - Base las Torres guided hike
    • Torres del Paine - French Valley guided hike
    • Torres del Paine National Park entrance fee
    • Torres del Paine NP - Full day guided sightseeing tour
    • Torres del Paine NP - Full day Serrano & Balmaceda Glacier sailing and tour
    • Torres del Paine NP - Milodon Cave Guided Visit
    • Torres del Paine NP - Trekking to Base Torres
    • Tortuguero - Boat ride to Tortuguero
    • Tortuguero - Boat ride to Tortuguero
    • Tortuguero - Boat tour of the canals
    • Tortuguero - National Park Entrance
    • Tortuguero - National Park Entrance
    • Toubkal Base Camp to Imlil guided hike
    • Toujane - 15th century olive oil press visit
    • Townsville - Castle Hill Lookout
    • Townsville - Castle Hill Lookout
    • Townsville - Castle Hill Lookout
    • Townsville - Castle Hill Lookout
    • Tozeur - City tour
    • Tozeur - Dar Charait Museum
    • Tozeur - Date Harvesting Demonstration
    • Tozeur - Eden Palm Museum
    • Tozeur - Medina Tour
    • Tozeur - Oasis Visit
    • Tozeur - Walking tour of the oasis
    • Traditional lunch with local family at Kanday village
    • Train ride from Nanu Oya to Bandarawela
    • Trang - Mod Tanoy village community activities
    • Trang - Mod Tanoy village community activities
    • Trang - Mod Tanoy village community activities
    • Trang - Mod Tanoy village community activities
    • Trang - Mod Tanoy village community lunch
    • Trang - Mod Tanoy village community lunch
    • Trang - Mod Tanoy village community lunch
    • Trang - Mod Tanoy village community lunch
    • Trang - Mod Tanoy village walking tour
    • Trang - Mod Tanoy village walking tour
    • Trang - Mod Tanoy village walking tour
    • Trang - Mod Tanoy village walking tour
    • Trani - City Walking Tour leader led
    • Trani - City Walking Tour leader led
    • Trans Bhutan Trail hike - Trongsa Dzong/Mangde River/Trongsa Viewpoint
    • Trans Bhutan Trail hike - Paro Valley/Dop-Shari
    • Trans Bhutan trail hike - Pelela pass/Chendebji
    • Trans Bhutan Trail hike - Yotongla Pass/Gyaltsa village
    • Transfer to Queenstown
    • Transylvania - Halloween Party
    • Transylvania - Halloween Party
    • Tre Cime di Lavaredo guided hike
    • Tre Cime di Lavaredo scenic hike
    • Trebinje - Tvrdos Monastery Wine Tasting
    • Trebinje - Tvrdos Monastery Wine Tasting
    • Trebinje - Tvrdos Monastery Wine Tasting
    • Trebinje - Tvrdos Monastery Wine Tasting
    • Trebižat River - Kravica Waterfall
    • Treviso - Bike tour with local guide
    • Treviso - Electric boat ride
    • Treviso - Orientation Walk
    • Treviso - Return bike ride
    • Treviso - Vineyard visit with wine tasting and regional products
    • Trincomalee - Palmyrah Toddy and Food experience
    • Trinidad - Leader-led City Tour including Museums (entrance fees, guide and transport included)
    • Trinidad - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Trinidad - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Trinidad - Pottery Centre
    • Trinidad - Salsa Dance Lesson (1 hour)
    • Trinidad - Salsa Dance Lesson (1 hour)
    • Trinidad - Sunset Picnic at Playa Ancon (Weather Dependent)
    • Trinity - Walking tour with a local guide
    • Trisuli River – Riverside Camping
    • Trisuli River – Riverside Camping
    • Trisuli River - White Water Rafting (Grade 3)
    • Trisuli River - White Water Rafting (Grade 3)
    • Trisuli River - White Water Rafting (Grade 3)
    • Trisuli River - White Water Rafting (Grade 3)
    • Trisuli River - White Water Rafting (Grade 3)
    • Trisuli River - White Water Rafting (Grade 3)
    • Trivandrum – Leader-led Orientation Walk
    • Trivandrum – Leader-led Orientation Walk
    • Trizonia Island - boat transfers
    • Trongsa Dzong (Buddhist school) visit
    • Tropea - Stromboli by Night
    • Tropea - Stromboli by Night
    • Tropea - Stromboli by Night
    • Trou du Prophète - Local lunch Experience
    • Troy - Archaeological site visit
    • Trpanj - Matusko winery visit and tasting
    • Trpanj - Matusko winery visit and tasting
    • Trsteno - Arboretum visit
    • Trsteno - Arboretum visit
    • Trsteno - Arboretum visit
    • Trsteno - Arboretum visit
    • Trsteno - Arboretum visit
    • Trsteno - Arboretum visit
    • Trsteno - Olive Farm tasting and brunch
    • Trsteno - Olive Farm tasting and brunch
    • Trsteno - Olive Farm tasting and brunch
    • Trsteno - Olive Farm tasting and brunch
    • Trsteno - Olive Farm tasting and brunch
    • Trsteno - Olive Farm tasting and brunch
    • Tsavo - 4WD Safari
    • Tserovani - Ikorta (The Intrepid Foundation partner) enamel jewellery workshop visit
    • Tserovani - Ikorta (TIF) visit & light lunch
    • Tskhaltubo - Soviet sanatoriums visit
    • Tskhaltubo - Soviet sanatoriums visit
    • Tulear - Leader-led City Tour
    • Tulear - Leader-led City Tour
    • Tulear - Reniala Private Park
    • Tulear - Reniala Private Park
    • Tulum - Archaeological site (Entrance fee, Guide & Transport)
    • Tulum - Archaeological Site (incl. entrance & national park fee - no guide)
    • Tulum - Archaeological site visit
    • Tulum - Archaeological site visit
    • Tulum – Beach Club Visit
    • Tulum – Beach Club Visit
    • Tulum - Farewell Dinner
    • Tulum - Farewell Dinner
    • Tulum - Muyil archaeological site with local guide
    • Tulum - Muyil archaeological site with local guide
    • Tulum - Muyil river float
    • Tulum - Muyil river float
    • Tulum walking tour
    • Tulum walking tour
    • Tulum walking tour
    • Tulum walking tour
    • Tulum walking tour
    • Tulum walking tour
    • Tumbang Malahoi Village - Blessing ceremony
    • Tumbang Malahoi Village - Traditional dancing
    • Tumbang Malahoi Village - Village & jungle walk
    • Tunis - Bardo National Museum
    • Tunis - Baron d'Erlanger Palace
    • Tunis - Calligraphy Experience
    • Tunis - Carthage Guided Tour
    • Tunis - Medina of Tunis
    • Tunis - Medina Tour
    • Tunis - Sidi Bou Said village visit
    • Tunis - Sidi Bou Said village visit
    • Tunis - Welcome Dinner
    • Tunnel Mountain Hike
    • Tuolumne Grove hike
    • Turda - Salt Mines Tour
    • Turda - Salt Mines Tour
    • Turda - Salt Mines Tour
    • Turda - Salt Mines Tour
    • Turda - Salt Mines Tour
    • Turda - Salt Mines Tour
    • Turkistan – Caravan Serai complex
    • Turkistan – Caravan Serai complex
    • Turkistan – Caravan Serai complex
    • Turkistan - Yasui Mausoleum
    • Turkistan - Yasui Mausoleum
    • Turkistan - Yasui Mausoleum
    • Turtle Island - Turtle Hatchery Visit
    • Turtle Island - Turtle Hatchery Visit
    • Turtle Island - Turtle Hatchery Visit
    • Turtle Island - Turtle Island Marine Park
    • Turtle Island - Turtle Island Marine Park
    • Turtle Island - Turtle Island Marine Park
    • Turtle Island - Turtle Night Nesting viewing
    • Tutukaka - Poor Knights Islands Day Cruise
    • Tutukaka - Poor Knights Islands Day Cruise
    • Twillingate - Seabird & Whale watching boat tour
    • Typical seafood lunch in Almograve
    • Ubud - Bayung Gede (Kahyangan) Village to Tampak Siring cycling tour
    • Ubud - Bayung Gede (Kahyangan) Village to Tampak Siring cycling tour
    • Ubud - Bayung Gede (Kahyangan) Village to Tampak Siring cycling tour
    • Ubud - Campuhan Ridge & Village walk
    • Ubud - Campuhan Ridge & Village walk
    • Ubud - Campuhan Ridge & Village walk
    • Ubud - Home visit, local coffee & Balinese offering
    • Ubud - Home visit, local coffee & Balinese offering
    • Ubud - Home visit, local coffee & Balinese offering
    • Ubud - Royal Dinner with Legong Dance Performance
    • Ubud - Rural bike ride
    • Ubud - Tirta Empul Water Temple
    • Ubud - White Water Rafting
    • Ubud - Whitewater rafting
    • Udaipur - City Palace
    • Udaipur - City Palace
    • Udaipur - City Palace
    • Udaipur - City Palace
    • Udaipur - City Palace
    • Udaipur - City Palace
    • Udaipur - Cultural performance
    • Udaipur - Dinner at lakeside restaurant
    • Udaipur - Home-cooked lunch
    • Udaipur - Jagmandir Island Palace
    • Udaipur - Lake Pichola boat ride
    • Udaipur - Lake Pichola boat ride
    • Udaipur - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Udaipur - Leader-led walking tour
    • Udaipur - Leader-led walking tour
    • Udaipur - Leader-led walking tour
    • Udaipur - Leader-led walking tour
    • Udaipur - Leader-led walking tour
    • Udaipur - Leader-led walking tour
    • Udaipur - Leader-led walking tour
    • Udaipur - Leader-led walking tour
    • Udaipur - Leader-led walking tour
    • Udaipur - Lunch at Jain Restaurant Natraj
    • Udaipur - Thali Cooking Class
    • Udawalawe National Park - Wildlife safari
    • Udewalawe National Park - Wildlife safari
    • Ugyencholing Heritage Museum visit
    • Ulu Muda - Bukit Labu hike & cave visit
    • Ulu Muda - Bukit Labu hike & cave visit
    • Ulu Muda - Hot Spring Saltlick
    • Ulu Muda - Hot Spring Saltlick
    • Ulu Muda - River Cruise
    • Ulu Muda - River Cruise
    • Uluru-Kata Tjuta National Park - Cultural Centre
    • Uluru-Kata Tjuta National Park - Cultural Centre
    • Uluru-Kata Tjuta National Park - Cultural Centre
    • Uluru-Kata Tjuta National Park - Cultural Centre
    • Uluru-Kata Tjuta National Park - Cultural Centre
    • Uluru-Kata Tjuta National Park - Cultural Centre
    • Uluru-Kata Tjuta National Park - Kata Tjuta Walpa Gorge Walk
    • Uluru-Kata Tjuta National Park - Kata Tjuta Walpa Gorge Walk
    • Uluru-Kata Tjuta National Park - Kata Tjuta Walpa Gorge Walk
    • Uluru-Kata Tjuta National Park - Kata Tjuta Walpa Gorge Walk
    • Uluru-Kata Tjuta National Park - Kata Tjuta Walpa Gorge Walk
    • Uluru-Kata Tjuta National Park - Kata Tjuta Walpa Gorge Walk
    • Uluru-Kata Tjuta National Park - Kata Tjuta Walpa Gorge Walk
    • Uluru-Kata Tjuta National Park - Kuniya Walk to Mutitjulu Waterhole
    • Uluru-Kata Tjuta National Park - Kuniya Walk to Mutitjulu Waterhole
    • Uluru-Kata Tjuta National Park - Kuniya Walk to Mutitjulu Waterhole
    • Uluru-Kata Tjuta National Park - Kuniya Walk to Mutitjulu Waterhole with local Anangu Guide
    • Uluru-Kata Tjuta National Park - Kuniya Walk to Mutitjulu Waterhole with local Anangu Guide
    • Uluru-Kata Tjuta National Park - Kuniya Walk to Mutitjulu Waterhole with local Anangu Guide
    • Uluru-Kata Tjuta National Park - Uluru Bike Ride
    • Uluru-Kata Tjuta National Park - Uluru Mala Walk
    • Uluru-Kata Tjuta National Park - Uluru Sunrise Base Walk
    • Uluru-Kata Tjuta National Park - Uluru Sunrise Viewing
    • Uluru-Kata Tjuta National Park - Uluru Sunrise Viewing
    • Uluru-Kata Tjuta National Park - Uluru Sunrise Viewing
    • Uluru-Kata Tjuta National Park - Uluru Sunrise Viewing
    • Uluru-Kata Tjuta National Park - Uluru Sunrise Viewing
    • Uluru-Kata Tjuta National Park - Uluru Sunrise Viewing
    • Uluru-Kata Tjuta National Park - Uluru Sunset Viewing
    • Uluru-Kata Tjuta National Park - Uluru Sunset Viewing
    • Uluru-Kata Tjuta National Park - Uluru Sunset Viewing
    • Uluru-Kata Tjuta National Park - Uluru Sunset Viewing
    • Uluru-Kata Tjuta National Park - Uluru Sunset Viewing
    • Uluru-Kata Tjuta National Park - Uluru Sunset Viewing
    • Uluru-Kata Tjuta National Park - Uluru Sunset Viewing
    • Umoljani – Bjelašnica Mountains hike
    • Undisan - Traditional Village Lunch
    • Undisan - Traditional Village Lunch
    • Undisan - Traditional Village Lunch
    • Undisan - Village tour
    • Undisan - Village tour
    • Undisan - Village tour
    • Undisan - Village Tour with Cooking Class
    • Upolu - Giant Clam Sanctuary
    • Upolu - Giant Clam Sanctuary
    • Upolu - Ma Tree walk
    • Upolu - Ma Tree walk
    • Upolu - Sopoaga waterfall
    • Upolu - Sopoaga waterfall
    • Upolu - To Sua Trench
    • Upolu - To Sua Trench
    • Upper Geyser Basin - Old Faithful Geyser visit
    • Upper Navua Gorge - Rafting
    • Upper Navua Gorge - Rafting
    • Ushguli - Day trip
    • Ushguli - Lamaria Church
    • Ushguli - Lamaria Church
    • Ushguli - Queen Tamar`s Tower
    • Ushguli - Shkhara Glacier hike & picnic
    • Ushguli - Village hike
    • Ushuaia - Laguna Esmerelda guided hike
    • Uthai Thani - Wat Tha Sung
    • Uthai Thani - Wat Tha Sung
    • Uvita - Coral Restoration Workshop
    • Uvita - Marino Ballena National Park
    • Uyuni - Colchani Salt Factory Visit
    • Uyuni - Colchani Salt Factory Visit
    • Uyuni - Orientation Walk
    • Uyuni - Orientation Walk
    • Uyuni - Salt flats tour
    • Uyuni - Salt flats tour
    • Uzgen - Uzgen Minaret & Complex
    • Uzgen - Uzgen Minaret & Complex
    • Uzgen - Uzgen Minaret & Complex
    • Uzgen - Uzgen Minaret & Complex
    • Val Gardena guided hike
    • Valbona Valley - Tea House
    • Valbona Valley - Village Tour
    • Valbone - Rosni Peak guided hike
    • Valbone - Theth to Valbone guided hike
    • Valencia - Walking Tour with Local Guide
    • Valencia - Walking Tour with Local Guide
    • Valencia - Walking Tour with Local Guide
    • Valencia - City Cycling Tour
    • Valencia - Orientation Walk
    • Valencia - Paella Lunch
    • Valencia - Paella Lunch
    • Valencia - Paella Lunch
    • Valencia - Picnic
    • Valladolid - Home-cooked lunch
    • Valladolid - Home-cooked lunch
    • Valladolid - Local Market Visit
    • Valladolid - Local Market Visit
    • Valladolid - Mayan homestead visit
    • Valladolid - Mayan homestead visit
    • Valladolid - Tortilla making demonstration
    • Valladolid - Tortilla making demonstration
    • Valle dei Mulini hike
    • Valletta - City Walking Tour with local guide
    • Valletta - Traditional Maltese Pour-Over Coffee at Local Cafe
    • Valletta - Visit to St John's Co-Cathedral
    • Vancouver orientation tour
    • Vang Vieng - Nam Song River kayaking
    • Vang Vieng - Nam Song River kayaking
    • Vanganel to Piran Guided and Vehicle-supported cycling
    • Varanasi - Evening Ganga aarti with musicians on boat
    • Varanasi - Evening Ganga aarti with musicians on boat
    • Varanasi - Evening Ganga aarti with musicians on boat
    • Varanasi - Evening Ganga aarti with musicians on boat
    • Varanasi - Ganges candle flower ceremony
    • Varanasi - Ganges candle flower ceremony
    • Varanasi - Ganges candle flower ceremony
    • Varanasi - Ganges candle flower ceremony
    • Varanasi - Holy City Rickshaw Ride & Food Trail
    • Varanasi - Holy City Rickshaw Ride & Food Trail
    • Varanasi - Leader-led Old City walking tour
    • Varanasi - Leader-led Old City walking tour
    • Varanasi - Leader-led Old City walking tour
    • Varanasi - Leader-led Old City walking tour
    • Varanasi - Leader-led Old City walking tour
    • Varanasi - Leader-led Old City walking tour
    • Varanasi - Leader-led Old City walking tour
    • Varanasi – Rickshaw Food Tour
    • Varanasi - Sunrise Ganges boat trip
    • Varanasi - Sunrise Ganges boat trip
    • Varanasi - Sunrise Ganges boat trip
    • Varanasi - Sunrise Ganges boat trip
    • Varanasi - Sunrise Ganges boat trip
    • Varanasi - Sunrise Ganges boat trip
    • Varanasi - Sunrise Ganges boat trip
    • Varanasi - Sunrise Ganges boat trip
    • Varanasi - Sunrise Ganges boat trip
    • Varanasi - Sunset candle flower ceremony
    • Varanasi - Sunset candle flower ceremony
    • Vardzia - Cave Town Visit
    • Vardzia - Cave Town Visit
    • Vardzia - Cave Town Visit
    • Vatra Dornei - Painted Egg Museum visit
    • Vavau Village - Ava (Welcoming Ceremony)
    • Vavau Village - Ava (Welcoming Ceremony)
    • Vavau Village - Customary feast
    • Vavau Village - Customary feast
    • Vavau Village - Traditional games & cultural activities
    • Vavau Village - Traditional games & cultural activities
    • Veliko Tarnovo - Tsarevets Fortress
    • Veliko Tarnovo - Tsarevets Fortress
    • Veliko Tarnovo - Tsarevets Fortress
    • Veliko Tarnovo- Local Cheese and Wine Workshop
    • Veliko Tarnovo- Local Cheese and Wine Workshop
    • Veliko Tarnovo- Local Cheese and Wine Workshop
    • Veliko Tarnovo- Orientation Walk
    • Veliko Tarnovo- Orientation Walk
    • Veliko Tarnovo- Orientation Walk
    • Venice - Academy of Music Visit
    • Venice - Academy of Music Visit
    • Venice - Academy of Music Visit
    • Venice - Academy of Music Visit
    • Venice - Academy of Music Visit
    • Venice - Academy of Music Visit
    • Venice - Chichetti tour
    • Venice - Ciccheti Stop
    • Venice - Cicchetti Snack Stop
    • Venice - Cicchetti Snack Stop
    • Venice - Cicchetti Snack Stop
    • Venice - Cicchetti Snack Stop
    • Venice - Cicchetti tour & Spritz
    • Venice - Cicchetti tour & Spritz
    • Venice - Cicchetti tour & Spritz
    • Venice - Farewell Dinner at Local Restaurant
    • Venice - Farewell Dinner at Local Restaurant
    • Venice - Farewell Dinner at Local Restaurant
    • Venice - Farewell Dinner at Local Restaurant
    • Venice - Farewell Dinner at Local Restaurant
    • Venice - Farewell Dinner at Local Restaurant
    • Venice – Furniture and Glass Blowing Artisan Visits
    • Venice – Furniture and Glass Blowing Artisan Visits
    • Venice – Furniture and Glass Blowing Artisan Visits
    • Venice – Furniture and Glass Blowing Artisan Visits
    • Venice – Furniture and Glass Blowing Artisan Visits
    • Venice – Furniture and Glass Blowing Artisan Visits
    • Venice - Glass Blowing demonstration
    • Venice - Leader led orientation walk
    • Venice - Leader led orientation walk
    • Venice - Leader led orientation walk
    • Venice - Leader led orientation walk
    • Venice - Leader-led Orientation Walk
    • Venice - Leader-led Orientation Walk
    • Venice - Leader-led Orientation Walk
    • Venice - Leader-led Orientation Walk
    • Venice - Orientation walk
    • Venice - Palazzo Pisani
    • Venice - Palazzo Pisani
    • Venice - Palazzo Pisani
    • Venice - Palazzo Pisani
    • Venice - Palazzo Pisani
    • Venice - Palazzo Pisani
    • Venice - San Giorgio Bell Tower
    • Venice – San Marco Square
    • Venice – San Marco Square
    • Venice – San Marco Square
    • Venice – San Marco Square
    • Venice - Traghetto Ride
    • Venice - Traghetto Ride
    • Venice - Traghetto Ride
    • Venice - Traghetto Ride
    • Venice - Vaporetto daily pass
    • Venice - Venetian Breakfast and Market Tour
    • Venice - Venetian Mask Making Class
    • Venice - Venetian Mask Making Class
    • Venice - Water Taxi
    • Venice - Water Taxi
    • Venice - Water Taxi
    • Venice - Water Taxi
    • Venice - Water Taxi
    • Venice - Water Taxi
    • Venice - Welcome Aperitivo & Spritz
    • Venice - Welcome Dinner at Local Restaurant
    • Venice - Welcome Dinner at Local Restaurant
    • Venice - Welcome Dinner at Local Restaurant
    • Venice - Welcome Dinner at Local Restaurant
    • Venice -Traghetto boat ride
    • Venice -Traghetto boat ride
    • Venice -Traghetto boat ride
    • Venice -Traghetto boat ride
    • Venice -Traghetto boat ride
    • Venice -Traghetto boat ride
    • Verada da Ponta de Sao Lourenco guided hike
    • Verada do Fanal guided hike
    • Verada do Pico do Ruivo guided hike
    • Verada do Pico Ruivo guided hike
    • Vereda da Ponta de Sao Lourenco Guided Hike
    • Vergina - Royal Tombs of Phillip visit
    • Verona - Orientation walk & Juliet's Balcony
    • Via Transilvanica: Moldovita to Sadova guided hike
    • Via Transilvanica: Pasul Mesteceanis to Vatra Dornei guided hike
    • Via Transilvanica: Saschiz to Săpârțoc guided hike
    • Via Transilvanica: Sucevita to Moldovita guided hike
    • Via Transilvanica: Viscri to Cobor guided hike
    • Via Transilvanica: Zarnesti to Bran guided hike
    • Victoria - Citadel walking tour and museums visit
    • Victoria Falls - Simunye Show
    • Victoria Falls - Brewery Tour and Tasting
    • Victoria Falls - Brewery Tour and Tasting
    • Victoria Falls - Complimentary arrival transfer
    • Victoria Falls - Entrance & Visit
    • Victoria Falls - Entrance & Visit
    • Victoria Falls - Entrance & Visit
    • Victoria Falls - Guided Tour
    • Victoria Falls - Guided Tour
    • Victoria Falls - Guided Tour
    • Victoria Falls – Traditional Zimbabwe Dinner
    • Victoria Falls – Traditional Zimbabwe Dinner
    • Victoria Falls – Traditional Zimbabwe Dinner
    • Victoria Falls – Traditional Zimbabwe Dinner
    • Victoria Falls – Traditional Zimbabwe Dinner
    • Victoria Falls – Traditional Zimbabwe Dinner
    • Victoria Falls – Traditional Zimbabwe Dinner
    • Victoria Falls – Traditional Zimbabwe Dinner
    • Victoria Falls - Victoria Falls entrance
    • Victoria Falls - Victoria Falls tour Zimbabwe Side
    • Victoria Falls - Victoria Falls Wildlife Trust (The Intrepid Foundation partner) visit
    • Victoria Falls - Victoria Falls Wildlife Trust (The Intrepid Foundation partner) visit
    • Victoria Falls - Victoria Falls Wildlife Trust (The Intrepid Foundation partner) visit
    • Victoria Falls - Victoria Falls Wildlife Trust (The Intrepid Foundation partner) visit
    • Victoria Falls - Victoria Falls Wildlife Trust (The Intrepid Foundation partner) visit
    • Victoria Falls - Victoria Falls Wildlife Trust (The Intrepid Foundation partner) visit
    • Victoria Falls - Victoria Falls Wildlife Trust (The Intrepid Foundation partner) visit
    • Victoria Falls - Victoria Falls Wildlife Trust (The Intrepid Foundation partner) visit
    • Victoria Falls - Victoria Falls Wildlife Trust (The Intrepid Foundation partner) visit
    • Victoria Falls - Victoria Falls Wildlife Trust (The Intrepid Foundation partner) visit
    • Victoria Falls - Victoria Falls Wildlife Trust (The Intrepid Foundation partner) visit
    • Victoria Falls - Victoria Falls Wildlife Trust (The Intrepid Foundation partner) visit
    • Victoria Falls - Victoria Falls Wildlife Trust (The Intrepid Foundation partner) visit
    • Victoria Falls - Victoria Falls Wildlife Trust (The Intrepid Foundation partner) visit
    • Victoria Falls - Victoria Falls Wildlife Trust (The Intrepid Foundation partner) visit
    • Victoria Falls - Victoria Falls Wildlife Trust (The Intrepid Foundation partner) visit
    • Victoria Falls - Victoria Falls Wildlife Trust (The Intrepid Foundation partner) visit
    • Victoria Falls - Victoria Falls Wildlife Trust (The Intrepid Foundation partner) visit
    • Victoria Falls - Victoria Falls Wildlife Trust (The Intrepid Foundation partner) visit
    • Victoria Falls - Victoria Falls Wildlife Trust (The Intrepid Foundation partner) visit
    • Victoria Falls - Victoria Falls Wildlife Trust (The Intrepid Foundation partner) visit
    • Victoria Falls - Victoria Falls Wildlife Trust (The Intrepid Foundation partner) visit
    • Victoria Falls - Victoria Falls Wildlife Trust (The Intrepid Foundation partner) visit
    • Victoria Falls - Zambezi River Dinner Cruise
    • Victoria Falls - Zambezi River Dinner Cruise
    • Victoria Falls - Zambezi River Dinner Cruise
    • Victoria Falls Town - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Victoria Falls Town - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Vienna - Kaffee and Kuchen Experience
    • Vienna - Kaffee and Kuchen Experience
    • Vienna Guided Cycling
    • Vienna Guided Cycling
    • Vienna to Bratislava Guided & Vehicle Supported Cycling
    • Vienna to Bratislava Guided & Vehicle Supported Cycling
    • Vientiane - COPE visit
    • Vientiane - COPE visit
    • Vientiane - COPE visit
    • Vientiane - COPE visit
    • Vientiane - COPE visit
    • Vientiane - COPE visit
    • Vientiane - COPE visit
    • Vientiane - Leader orientation walk
    • Vientiane - Leader orientation walk
    • Vientiane - Leader orientation walk
    • Vientiane - Leader orientation walk
    • Vientiane - Wat Si Saket
    • Vientiane - Wat Si Saket
    • Vientiane - Wat Si Saket
    • Vientiane - Wat Si Saket
    • Vientiane - Wat Si Saket
    • Vientiane - Wat Si Saket
    • Vientiane - Wat Si Saket
    • Vila do Bispo to Sagres guided walk
    • Vila Nova de Milfontes to Almograve guided walk
    • Villa Cimbrone
    • Villa Jovis Archaeological Site
    • Village Homestay - Cultural performance
    • Village Homestay - Cycling tour
    • Village Homestay - Home-Cooked Lunch
    • Village Homestay - Khantok dinner
    • Village Tour, Sunset view & Tipical Tharu Stick Dance(Cultural Show Around 30 Minute)
    • Village Tour, Sunset view & Tipical Tharu Stick Dance(Cultural Show Around 30 Minute)
    • Village Tour, Sunset view & Tipical Tharu Stick Dance(Cultural Show Around 30 Minute)
    • Vinales - Cooking Demonstration by Local Chef
    • Vinales - Farm-to-table dinner at an eco-friendly ranch
    • Vinales - Farm-to-table dinner at an eco-friendly ranch
    • Vinales - Half-day Valley tour on foot including Tobacco Farmhouse
    • Vinales - Half-day Valley tour on foot including Tobacco Farmhouse
    • Vinales - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Vinales - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Vinales - Salsa dance lesson (1 hour)
    • Vintgar Gorge hike
    • Vis - Blue Cave visit
    • Vis - Blue Cave visit
    • Vis - Green Cave visit
    • Vis - Green Cave visit
    • Vis - Hvar to Vis Boat Trip
    • Vis - Hvar to Vis Boat Trip
    • Vis - Komiza coastal town visit
    • Vis - Komiza coastal town visit
    • Vis - Local produce degustation
    • Vis - Local produce degustation
    • Vis - Military & History Tour of the island
    • Vis - Military & History Tour of the island
    • Vis - Stiniva Beach visit
    • Vis - Stiniva Beach visit
    • Viscri - Fortified Church
    • Viscri - Fortified Church
    • Viscri - Fortified Church
    • Viscri - Fortified Church
    • Viscri - Local Home Cooked Dinner
    • Viscri - Local Home Cooked Dinner
    • Viscri - Local Home Cooked Lunch
    • Viscri - Local Home Cooked Lunch
    • Visegrad - Orientation Walk
    • Visegrad - Orientation Walk
    • Visegrad - Orientation Walk
    • Visegrad - Orientation Walk
    • Visit Lake Bled
    • Visit of Mercado de Artesanías La Ciudadela
    • Visit to Lake Louise
    • Visit to Lake Louise
    • Visit to Lake Louise
    • Visit to Local Limoncello Farm with lunch
    • Visit to Maligne Lake
    • Visit to Maligne Lake
    • Visit to Maligne Lake
    • Visit to Moraine Lake (seasonal)
    • Visit to Moraine Lake (seasonal)
    • Visit to Moraine Lake (seasonal)
    • Vistonida Lake - Nikolaos church visit
    • Vizhinjam - Positive Change for Marine Life (The Intrepid Foundation partner) visit
    • Vizhinjam - Positive Change for Marine Life (The Intrepid Foundation partner) visit
    • Volubilis - Entrance and guided tour
    • Volubilis - Entrance and guided tour
    • Volubilis - Entrance and guided tour
    • Volubilis - Entrance and guided tour
    • Volubilis - Entrance and guided tour
    • Volubilis - Entrance and guided tour
    • Volubilis - Entrance and guided tour
    • Volubilis - Entrance and guided tour
    • Volubilis - Entrance and guided tour
    • Volubilis - Entrance and Guided Tour
    • Volubilis - Picnic Lunch
    • Volubilis - Picnic Lunch
    • Volubilis - Roman Picnic
    • Volubilis - Roman Picnic
    • Volubilis - Roman Picnic
    • Volubilis Visit
    • Volubilis Visit
    • Volubilis Visit
    • Voza pass hike
    • Vrsic pass to Bovec Guided and Vehicle-supported cycling
    • Vukovar - Orientation Walk & Guided Hospital Visit
    • Wadi Rum - 4WD jeep safari
    • Wadi Rum - 4WD jeep safari
    • Wadi Rum - 4WD jeep safari
    • Wadi Rum - Bedouin Desert Camp
    • Wadi Rum - Bedouin Desert Camp
    • Wadi Rum - Bedouin Desert Camp
    • Wadi Rum - Bonfire Talk with the Sheik
    • Wadi Rum - Desert and dunes walk
    • Wadi Rum - Desert and dunes walk
    • Wadi Rum - Desert Jeep tour
    • Wadi Rum - Desert Jeep tour
    • Wadi Rum - Desert Jeep tour
    • Wadi Rum - Desert Jeep tour
    • Wadi Rum - Guided hike
    • Wadi Rum - Guided hike
    • Wadi Rum - Zarb Local Dinner
    • Wadi Rum - Zarb Local Dinner
    • Wae Rebo - Denge to Wae Rebo trek
    • Wae Rebo - Welcome ceremony
    • Waiheke Island - Day Trip by Ferry
    • Waiheke Island - Day Trip by Ferry
    • Waiheke Island - Winery Visits with Wine Tasting & Lunch
    • Waiheke Island - Winery Visits with Wine Tasting & Lunch
    • Waitangi - Treaty Grounds
    • Waitomo - Glowworm Cave Tour
    • Waitomo - Glowworm Cave Tour
    • Waitomo - Ruakuri Bush Walk
    • Waitomo - Ruakuri Bush Walk
    • Walvis Bay - Visit
    • Walvis Bay - Visit
    • Wanaka - Criffel Station Lunch Experience
    • Wanaka - Criffel Station Lunch Experience
    • Wanaka - Mou Waho Island Cruise & Guided Nature Walk
    • Wanaka - Mou Waho Island Cruise & Guided Nature Walk
    • Wanaka - Mou Waho Island Cruise & Guided Nature Walk
    • Wanaka - Mou Waho Island Cruise & Guided Nature Walk
    • Waratah - Hellyer Gorge
    • Waratah - Hellyer Gorge
    • Waratah - Philosopher Falls
    • Waratah - Philosopher Falls
    • Wat Rong Kun (white temple)
    • Wat Umong and Royal Flora Park on the backroad
    • Watarrka National Park - Kings Canyon Creek Walk
    • Watarrka National Park - Kings Canyon Creek Walk
    • Watarrka National Park - Kings Canyon Creek Walk
    • Watarrka National Park - Kings Canyon Light Towers by Night
    • Watarrka National Park - Kings Canyon Rim Walk
    • Watarrka National Park - Kings Canyon Rim Walk
    • Watarrka National Park - Kings Canyon Rim Walk
    • Watarrka National Park - Kings Canyon Rim Walk
    • Watarrka National Park - Kings Canyon Rim Walk
    • Watarrka National Park - Kings Creek walk
    • Weipa - Lake Patricia stop
    • Weipa - Mangrove Eco Cruise
    • Weipa - Western Cape Culture Centre visit
    • Welcome Briefing
    • Welcome Briefing
    • Welcome Briefing
    • Welcome Briefing
    • Welcome Briefing
    • Welcome Briefing
    • Welcome dinner
    • Welcome dinner el Fogon de Chela and Tortilla making
    • Wellington - Evening Cruise on Wellington Harbour
    • Wellington - Evening Cruise on Wellington Harbour
    • Wellington - Ferry Cruise through Marlborough Sound
    • Wellington - Mount Victoria Lookout
    • Wellington - Mount Victoria Lookout
    • Wellington - Mount Victoria Lookout
    • Wellington - Mount Victoria Lookout
    • Wellington - Zealandia Wildlife Sanctuary
    • Wellington - Zealandia Wildlife Sanctuary
    • Wellington - Zealandia Wildlife Sanctuary
    • Wellington - Zealandia Wildlife Sanctuary
    • Wellington - Zealandia Wildlife Sanctuary
    • Wells Gray Provincial Park
    • Wells Gray Provincial Park
    • Wells Grey - Helmcken & Spahats Waterfalls walk
    • Wendake - Indigenous cultural experience
    • West Coast - Haast Pass
    • West Coast - Haast Pass
    • West Coast - Haast Pass
    • West Coast - Lake Hawea Lookout
    • West Coast - Lake Hawea Lookout
    • West Coast - Lake Hawea Lookout
    • West Kimberley Gorges - Bell Gorge (Dalmanyi) Hike
    • West Kimberley Gorges - Bell Gorge (Dalmanyi) Hike
    • West Kimberley Gorges - Exploration of Tunnel Creek (Dimalurru)
    • West Kimberley Gorges - Exploration of Tunnel Creek (Dimalurru)
    • West Kimberley Gorges - Exploration of Tunnel Creek (Dimalurru)
    • West Kimberley Gorges - Galvans Gorge Walk
    • West Kimberley Gorges - Galvans Gorge Walk
    • West Kimberley Gorges - Manning Falls Hike
    • West Kimberley Gorges - Manning Falls Hike
    • West Kimberley Gorges - Windjana Gorge Walk
    • West Kimberley Gorges - Windjana Gorge Walk
    • West Kimberley Gorges - Windjana Gorge Walk
    • Western Highlands - Almolonga vegetable market
    • Western Highlands - Almolonga vegetable market
    • Western Highlands - Almolonga vegetable market
    • Western Highlands - Almolonga vegetable market
    • Western Highlands - Almolonga vegetable market
    • Western Highlands - Almolonga vegetable market
    • Western Highlands - Almolonga vegetable market
    • Western Highlands - Almolonga vegetable market
    • Western Highlands - Almolonga vegetable market
    • Western Highlands - Almolonga vegetable market
    • Western Highlands - Almolonga vegetable market
    • Westport - Cape Foulwind Walkway & Lighthouse
    • Westport - Cape Foulwind Walkway & Lighthouse
    • Westport - Kawatiri Experience
    • Westport - Kawatiri Experience
    • Westport - Kiwi BBQ Dinner
    • Westport - Kiwi BBQ Dinner
    • Westport - Seal Colony at Tauranga Bay
    • Westport - Seal Colony at Tauranga Bay
    • Westport - Seal Colony at Tauranga Bay
    • Westport - Seal Colony at Tauranga Bay
    • Whanganui River - Jet Boat Ride
    • Whanganui River - Visit to Bridge to Nowhere
    • Whangarei Falls - Visit
    • Whangarei Falls - Visit
    • Whistler - Ghost town visit
    • Whistler - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Whistler - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Whistler - Train Wreck trail
    • Whitehaven Beach - Visit
    • Whitehaven Beach - Visit
    • Whitsunday Islands - Sailing Excursion (2 Nights)
    • Whitsunday Islands - Sailing Excursion (2 Nights)
    • Whitsunday Islands - Sailing Excursion (2 Nights)
    • Whitsunday Islands - Sailing Excursion (2 Nights)
    • Wilcox Pass walk
    • Willamette Valley - wine tasting and vineyard visit
    • Willamette Valley - wine tasting and vineyard visit
    • Wilpattu National Park - Evening 4WD Safari
    • Wilpattu National Park - Morning 4WD Safari
    • Wilpena Pound - Bushwalk
    • Wilpena Pound - Bushwalk
    • Wilpena Pound - Sacred Canyon Yura Mulka Cultural Walk
    • Wilpena Pound - Welcome to Country by Adnyamathanha Local
    • Windhoek - Welcome Dinner
    • Windhoek - Welcome Dinner
    • Wine tasting in local bodega or vinoteca
    • Woomera - Heritage Museum & Visitor Centre
    • Woomera - Lake Hart Rest Area
    • Xanthi - Olympiada beach swimming (seasonal)
    • Xanthi - Orientation Walk
    • Xanthi - Pachni village visit and local coffee and pies tasting
    • Yala National Park - Evening 4WD Safari
    • Yala National Park - Morning 4WD Safari
    • Yala/Bundala National Park - Wildlife safari
    • Yala/Bundala National Park - Wildlife safari
    • Yala/Udawalawe National Park - Wildlife safari
    • Yala/Udawalawe National Park - Wildlife safari
    • Yallingup - Ngilgi Cave Visit & Didgeridoo Performance
    • Yallingup - Noongar First Nations Experience
    • Yaxha National Park Visit
    • Yellowstone - Wolf Tracking Expedition
    • Yellowstone - Wolf Tracking Experience
    • Yellowstone National Park - Southern Loop Featuring Old Faithful Geyser & Grand Prismatic Spring
    • Yellowstone National Park - Southern Loop Featuring Old Faithful Geyser & Grand Prismatic Spring
    • Yellowstone National Park - Southern Loop Featuring Old Faithful Geyser & Grand Prismatic Spring
    • Yellowstone National Park - Northern Loop Featuring Grand Canyon of the Yellowstone & Norris Geyser Basin
    • Yellowstone National Park - Northern Loop Featuring Grand Canyon of the Yellowstone & Norris Geyser Basin
    • Yellowstone National Park - Northern Loop Featuring Grand Canyon of the Yellowstone & Norris Geyser Basin
    • Yellowstone National Park - Welcome dinner
    • Yerbent - Village visit
    • Yerbent - Village visit
    • Yerbent - Village visit
    • Yerbent - Village visit
    • Yerevan - Armenian Genocide Memorial Complex
    • Yerevan - City Tour with Local Guide
    • Yerevan - City Tour with Local Guide
    • Yerevan - City Tour with Local Guide
    • Yerevan - Dolma cooking demonstration & dinner
    • Yerevan - Dolma cooking demonstration & dinner
    • Yerevan - Khor Virap Monastery
    • Yerevan - Khor Virap Monastery
    • Yerevan - Leader-led Orientation Walk
    • Yerevan - Leader-led Orientation Walk
    • Yogyakarta - Batik Making Experience
    • Yogyakarta - Countryside cycling tour
    • Yogyakarta - Countryside cycling tour
    • Yogyakarta - Countryside cycling tour
    • Yogyakarta - Countryside cycling tour
    • Yogyakarta - Kota Gede Neighborhood Tour
    • Yogyakarta - Prambanan Sunset Walk
    • Yogyakarta - Ramayana Ballet Performance
    • Yoho National Park
    • Yoho National Park
    • Yokdzonot - Cenote visit and swim
    • Yokdzonot Cenote – Visit and Swim
    • Yokdzonot Cenote – Visit and Swim
    • Yokdzonot Cenote – Visit and Swim
    • Yosemite - Pizza Picnic Dinner
    • Yosemite - Pizza Picnic Dinner
    • Yosemite National Park - Entrance Fee
    • Yosemite National Park - Entrance Fee
    • Yosemite National Park - Entrance Fee
    • Yosemite National Park - Entrance Fee
    • Yosemite National Park - Entrance Fee
    • Yosemite National Park - Entrance Fee
    • Yosemite National Park - Leader-led hike
    • Yosemite National Park - Leader-led hike
    • Yosemite National Park - Stargazing with Yosemite Conservancy Naturalist
    • Yosemite National Park - Stargazing with Yosemite Conservancy Naturalist
    • Yosemite National Park - Tuolumne Grove of Giant Sequoias
    • Yosemite National Park - Tuolumne Grove of Giant Sequoias
    • Yosemite National Park - Tuolumne Grove of Giant Sequoias
    • Yosemite National Park - Tuolumne Grove of Giant Sequoias
    • Yosemite National Park - Yosemite Valley & Glacier Point
    • Yosemite National Park - Yosemite Valley & Glacier Point
    • Yosemite Valley Conservancy exclusive walk
    • Yugo Village cultural walk
    • Yurutse to Skiu Guided Trek
    • Zadar - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Zadar - Leader-led orientation walk
    • Zadar - Nunnery & farm visit
    • Zadar - Nunnery & farm visit
    • Zadar - Sightseeing Tour with Local Guide
    • Zadar - Sightseeing Tour with Local Guide
    • Zadar - Sightseeing Tour with Local Guide
    • Zadar - Sightseeing Tour with Local Guide
    • Zadar - Sunset Drink
    • Zadar - Sunset Drink
    • Zadar - Sunset Drink
    • Zadar - Sunset Drink
    • Zaghwan - Medicinal Plant Distillation Demonstration
    • Zaghwan - Olive Oil Press Visit
    • Zaghwan - Roman Water Temple
    • Zagreb - Cable car to Sljeme
    • Zagreb – Dolac Market Lunch
    • Zagreb – Dolac Market Lunch
    • Zagreb – Dolac Market Lunch
    • Zagreb – Dolac Market Lunch
    • Zagreb - Leader-led Orientation Walk
    • Zagreb - Leader-led Orientation Walk
    • Zagreb - Leader-led Orientation Walk
    • Zagreb - Leader-led Orientation Walk
    • Zagreb - Leader-led Orientation Walk
    • Zagreb - Leader-led Orientation Walk
    • Zagreb - Walking Tour of Christmas Markets with Local Guide
    • Zambezi River - Afternoon River Cruise
    • Zambezi River - Afternoon River Cruise
    • Zambezi River - Afternoon River Cruise
    • Zambujeira do Mar to Odeceixe guided walk
    • Zanzibar - Snorkelling
    • Zanzibar - Spice tour
    • Zinacantan - Maya Church (entrance fee)
    • Zinacantan - Maya Church (entrance fee)
    • Zinacantan - Maya Church (entrance fee)
    • Zion - Narrows Hiking Gear Rental
    • Zion National Park - Emerald Pools hike
    • Zion National Park - Entrance Fee
    • Zion National Park - Entrance Fee
    • Zion National Park - Leader-led hike
    • Zion National Park - Leader-led hike
    • Zion National Park - Leader-led hike
    • Zion National Park - Scout Lookout hike
    • Zion National Park - Scout Lookout hike
    • Zion National Park - Virgin River Narrows hike inc equipment
    • Zion National Park - Walks
    • Zion NP - Virgin River Narrows Hike
    • Zlatibor - Panoramic Gondola Ride
    • Zlatibor - Panoramic Gondola Ride
    • Zlatibor - Panoramic Gondola Ride
    • Zlatibor - Panoramic Gondola Ride
    • Zodiac boat across Lake Grey
    • Zodiac Excursion/Cruising
    • Zodiac Excursion/Cruising
    • Zodiac Excursion/Cruising
    • Zodiac Excursion/Cruising
    • Zodiac Excursion/Cruising
    • Zodiac Excursion/Cruising
    • Zodiac Excursion/Cruising
    • Zodiac Excursion/Cruising
    • Zodiac Excursion/Cruising
    • Zodiac Excursion/Cruising
    • Zodiac Excursion/Cruising
    • Zodiac Excursion/Cruising
    • Zrnovo - Cooking Class
    • Zrnovo - Cooking Class
  • Pricing

      • Start Date
      • End Date
      • Price
      • Availability
      • Start Date:20 Oct 25
      • End Date:3 Nov 25
      • Price:$3,848
      • Availability:On Request
      • Enquire
      • Book now and receive a discount. Was $4,275. Now only $3,848 for this departure

      • Start Date:17 Nov 25
      • End Date:1 Dec 25
      • Price:$4,605
      • Availability:On Request
      • Enquire
      • Start Date:29 Dec 25
      • End Date:12 Jan 26
      • Price:$4,090
      • Availability:7+ Available
      • Enquire
      • Start Date:7 Jan 26
      • End Date:21 Jan 26
      • Price:$4,510
      • Availability:2 spaces
      • Enquire
      • Start Date:21 Jan 26
      • End Date:4 Feb 26
      • Price:$3,780
      • Availability:7+ Available
      • Enquire
      • Start Date:4 Feb 26
      • End Date:18 Feb 26
      • Price:$3,780
      • Availability:7+ Available
      • Enquire
      • Start Date:18 Feb 26
      • End Date:4 Mar 26
      • Price:$3,700
      • Availability:7+ Available
      • Enquire
      • Start Date:4 Mar 26
      • End Date:18 Mar 26
      • Price:$3,970
      • Availability:7+ Available
      • Enquire
      • Start Date:11 Mar 26
      • End Date:25 Mar 26
      • Price:$3,920
      • Availability:7+ Available
      • Enquire
      • Start Date:18 Mar 26
      • End Date:1 Apr 26
      • Price:$4,025
      • Availability:7+ Available
      • Enquire
      • Start Date:25 Mar 26
      • End Date:8 Apr 26
      • Price:$3,995
      • Availability:7+ Available
      • Enquire
      • Start Date:8 Apr 26
      • End Date:22 Apr 26
      • Price:$4,105
      • Availability:7+ Available
      • Enquire
      • Start Date:15 Apr 26
      • End Date:29 Apr 26
      • Price:$3,995
      • Availability:7+ Available
      • Enquire
      • Start Date:22 Apr 26
      • End Date:6 May 26
      • Price:$3,920
      • Availability:7+ Available
      • Enquire
      • Start Date:29 Apr 26
      • End Date:13 May 26
      • Price:$3,920
      • Availability:7+ Available
      • Enquire
      • Start Date:6 May 26
      • End Date:20 May 26
      • Price:$3,920
      • Availability:7+ Available
      • Enquire
      • Start Date:13 May 26
      • End Date:27 May 26
      • Price:$3,920
      • Availability:7+ Available
      • Enquire
      • Start Date:20 May 26
      • End Date:3 Jun 26
      • Price:$3,920
      • Availability:7+ Available
      • Enquire
      • Start Date:22 May 26
      • End Date:5 Jun 26
      • Price:$3,810
      • Availability:7+ Available
      • Enquire
      • Start Date:27 May 26
      • End Date:10 Jun 26
      • Price:$3,810
      • Availability:7+ Available
      • Enquire
      • Start Date:3 Jun 26
      • End Date:17 Jun 26
      • Price:$3,810
      • Availability:7+ Available
      • Enquire
      • Start Date:10 Jun 26
      • End Date:24 Jun 26
      • Price:$3,810
      • Availability:7+ Available
      • Enquire
      • Start Date:17 Jun 26
      • End Date:1 Jul 26
      • Price:$3,810
      • Availability:7+ Available
      • Enquire
      • Start Date:24 Jun 26
      • End Date:8 Jul 26
      • Price:$3,810
      • Availability:7+ Available
      • Enquire
      • Start Date:1 Jul 26
      • End Date:15 Jul 26
      • Price:$3,700
      • Availability:7+ Available
      • Enquire
      • Start Date:8 Jul 26
      • End Date:22 Jul 26
      • Price:$3,700
      • Availability:7+ Available
      • Enquire
      • Start Date:10 Jul 26
      • End Date:24 Jul 26
      • Price:$3,700
      • Availability:7+ Available
      • Enquire
      • Start Date:15 Jul 26
      • End Date:29 Jul 26
      • Price:$3,700
      • Availability:7+ Available
      • Enquire
      • Start Date:22 Jul 26
      • End Date:5 Aug 26
      • Price:$3,810
      • Availability:7+ Available
      • Enquire
      • Start Date:24 Jul 26
      • End Date:7 Aug 26
      • Price:$3,810
      • Availability:7+ Available
      • Enquire
      • Start Date:5 Aug 26
      • End Date:19 Aug 26
      • Price:$3,810
      • Availability:7+ Available
      • Enquire
      • Start Date:12 Aug 26
      • End Date:26 Aug 26
      • Price:$3,810
      • Availability:7+ Available
      • Enquire
      • Start Date:26 Aug 26
      • End Date:9 Sep 26
      • Price:$3,810
      • Availability:7+ Available
      • Enquire
      • Start Date:2 Sep 26
      • End Date:16 Sep 26
      • Price:$3,995
      • Availability:7+ Available
      • Enquire
      • Start Date:9 Sep 26
      • End Date:23 Sep 26
      • Price:$3,995
      • Availability:7+ Available
      • Enquire
      • Start Date:16 Sep 26
      • End Date:30 Sep 26
      • Price:$3,995
      • Availability:7+ Available
      • Enquire
      • Start Date:23 Sep 26
      • End Date:7 Oct 26
      • Price:$3,995
      • Availability:7+ Available
      • Enquire
      • Start Date:7 Oct 26
      • End Date:21 Oct 26
      • Price:$3,995
      • Availability:7+ Available
      • Enquire
      • Start Date:14 Oct 26
      • End Date:28 Oct 26
      • Price:$3,995
      • Availability:7+ Available
      • Enquire
      • Start Date:21 Oct 26
      • End Date:4 Nov 26
      • Price:$3,995
      • Availability:7+ Available
      • Enquire
      • Start Date:28 Oct 26
      • End Date:11 Nov 26
      • Price:$3,995
      • Availability:7+ Available
      • Enquire
      • Start Date:4 Nov 26
      • End Date:18 Nov 26
      • Price:$3,700
      • Availability:7+ Available
      • Enquire
      • Start Date:11 Nov 26
      • End Date:25 Nov 26
      • Price:$3,700
      • Availability:7+ Available
      • Enquire
      • Start Date:18 Nov 26
      • End Date:2 Dec 26
      • Price:$3,700
      • Availability:7+ Available
      • Enquire
      • Start Date:25 Nov 26
      • End Date:9 Dec 26
      • Price:$3,700
      • Availability:7+ Available
      • Enquire
      • Start Date:9 Dec 26
      • End Date:23 Dec 26
      • Price:$3,700
      • Availability:7+ Available
      • Enquire
      • Start Date:23 Dec 26
      • End Date:6 Jan 27
      • Price:$3,920
      • Availability:7+ Available
      • Enquire
      • Start Date:30 Dec 26
      • End Date:13 Jan 27
      • Price:$3,920
      • Availability:7+ Available
      • Enquire
      • Start Date:6 Jan 27
      • End Date:20 Jan 27
      • Price:$4,115
      • Availability:7+ Available
      • Enquire
      • Start Date:3 Feb 27
      • End Date:17 Feb 27
      • Price:$3,880
      • Availability:7+ Available
      • Enquire
      • Start Date:17 Feb 27
      • End Date:3 Mar 27
      • Price:$3,880
      • Availability:7+ Available
      • Enquire
      • Start Date:3 Mar 27
      • End Date:17 Mar 27
      • Price:$4,115
      • Availability:7+ Available
      • Enquire
      • Start Date:17 Mar 27
      • End Date:31 Mar 27
      • Price:$4,115
      • Availability:7+ Available
      • Enquire
      • Start Date:24 Mar 27
      • End Date:7 Apr 27
      • Price:$4,195
      • Availability:7+ Available
      • Enquire
      • Start Date:7 Apr 27
      • End Date:21 Apr 27
      • Price:$4,195
      • Availability:7+ Available
      • Enquire
      • Start Date:28 Apr 27
      • End Date:12 May 27
      • Price:$4,115
      • Availability:7+ Available
      • Enquire
      • Start Date:12 May 27
      • End Date:26 May 27
      • Price:$4,115
      • Availability:7+ Available
      • Enquire
      • Start Date:19 May 27
      • End Date:2 Jun 27
      • Price:$4,115
      • Availability:7+ Available
      • Enquire
      • Start Date:2 Jun 27
      • End Date:16 Jun 27
      • Price:$4,115
      • Availability:7+ Available
      • Enquire
      • Start Date:23 Jun 27
      • End Date:7 Jul 27
      • Price:$4,000
      • Availability:7+ Available
      • Enquire
      • Start Date:7 Jul 27
      • End Date:21 Jul 27
      • Price:$4,000
      • Availability:7+ Available
      • Enquire
      • Start Date:14 Jul 27
      • End Date:28 Jul 27
      • Price:$4,000
      • Availability:7+ Available
      • Enquire
      • Start Date:21 Jul 27
      • End Date:4 Aug 27
      • Price:$4,000
      • Availability:7+ Available
      • Enquire
      • Start Date:4 Aug 27
      • End Date:18 Aug 27
      • Price:$4,000
      • Availability:7+ Available
      • Enquire
      • Start Date:11 Aug 27
      • End Date:25 Aug 27
      • Price:$4,000
      • Availability:7+ Available
      • Enquire
      • Start Date:25 Aug 27
      • End Date:8 Sep 27
      • Price:$4,000
      • Availability:7+ Available
      • Enquire
      • Start Date:1 Sep 27
      • End Date:15 Sep 27
      • Price:$4,195
      • Availability:7+ Available
      • Enquire
      • Start Date:15 Sep 27
      • End Date:29 Sep 27
      • Price:$4,195
      • Availability:7+ Available
      • Enquire
      • Start Date:22 Sep 27
      • End Date:6 Oct 27
      • Price:$4,195
      • Availability:7+ Available
      • Enquire
      • Start Date:6 Oct 27
      • End Date:20 Oct 27
      • Price:$4,195
      • Availability:7+ Available
      • Enquire
      • Start Date:13 Oct 27
      • End Date:27 Oct 27
      • Price:$4,195
      • Availability:7+ Available
      • Enquire
      • Start Date:27 Oct 27
      • End Date:10 Nov 27
      • Price:$4,195
      • Availability:7+ Available
      • Enquire
      • Start Date:3 Nov 27
      • End Date:17 Nov 27
      • Price:$3,880
      • Availability:7+ Available
      • Enquire
      • Start Date:10 Nov 27
      • End Date:24 Nov 27
      • Price:$3,880
      • Availability:7+ Available
      • Enquire
      • Start Date:17 Nov 27
      • End Date:1 Dec 27
      • Price:$3,880
      • Availability:7+ Available
      • Enquire
      • Start Date:24 Nov 27
      • End Date:8 Dec 27
      • Price:$3,880
      • Availability:7+ Available
      • Enquire
      • Start Date:8 Dec 27
      • End Date:22 Dec 27
      • Price:$3,880
      • Availability:7+ Available
      • Enquire
    Please note: while prices are accurate at time of loading they are subject to change due to currency fluctuations and currency surcharges may apply. Please check price at time of booking
  • Itinerary

    Day - 1

    Location: Lima - Bienvenidos! Welcome to Lima, the capital of Peru. Your adventure begins at around 2 pm with a welcome meeting. Then, your trip leader will take you on a walking tour of the Miraflores district, including Central Park (Parque Kennedy), the LarcoMar entertainment complex and Parque del Amor (Love Park) for great views over the coast of Lima. Along the way, maybe treat yourself to some Limenian desserts like mazamorra morada, rice pudding or rice zambito. Tonight, you’re free to explore or hit the city’s nightlife with your new fellow travellers. Maybe head to the famed Tanta restaurant in downtown Lima – home to the most famous chef in Peru Gaston Acurio.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Puerto Maldonado (Amazon Jungle lodge) - This morning, you’ll fly to Puerto Maldonado in the Amazon Jungle, where you'll be staying for two nights. When you arrive, the lodge staff will take you to their office in town. Here, you can leave most of your luggage in safe storage and continue travelling with a small pack of essentials. You’ll take a motorised canoe upriver to your jungle lodge right in the middle of the jungle, in the Madre de Dios area – this is a real pinch-me moment! The next two days are packed with activities. Your full day in the jungle includes a half-day trek – this can get muddy and tiring, but what better way to explore the Amazon than on foot. There will be regular stops on the way and you'll encounter diverse flora and fauna in their natural habitat. You might even spot macaws, monkeys, peccaries, jabirus and otters, not to mention thousands of butterflies. The guides will also teach you about the medicinal properties and practical uses of the local plants. For your night-time excursion, you’ll venture out in the dark in search of caimans on the Tambopata River. The naturalist guide will use a spotlight to locate them on the banks of the river, so you can observe them from a respectable distance. Travelling in the dark, on the river in the jungle can be a bit spooky, but this atmosphere just adds to the fun.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Puerto Maldonado (Amazon Jungle lodge) -

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Cusco - Say goodbye to the jungle and fly to Cusco, where you’ll spend the day acclimatising to the high altitude. After dropping off your luggage and having some lunch, your leader will take you on a walk around downtown Cusco. You’ll visit the facade of Qoricancha temple, the local San Pedro market, the main square, the Twelve Angled Stone, Regocijo Square and San Blas Square. Maybe try some donas along the way. This afternoon is free to explore. Maybe head to the Cusco cathedral or discover the history of Saqsaywaman. As you’re acclimatising today, it’s recommended that you keep strenuous activity to a minimum.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Sacred Valley / Ollantaytambo - This morning, unwind on a drive through the Sacred Valley, on the fringes of Cusco. Known as Wilcamayo to the Incas – this lush, fertile valley has long been the main source of food for the high Andes. Head to a local community to learn about the valley’s lifestyle and activities – if your travel falls on a Sunday, Tuesday or Thursday, it’s market day! Comb the stalls in search of hand-painted beads or warm ponchos and master the local Quechuan language (a few words will be deemed a success). Take a short drive to Ollantaytambo. Later in the afternoon, maybe head out to visit Ollantaytambo’s awesome Incan ruins. Tonight, rest up at your hotel and prepare for the Inca Trail.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Inca Trail, Quarry Trail or Train Option - Depending on the travel arrangements you made before the trip, during the next four days, you’ll be doing one of the following – hiking the Inca Trail (Route 1), hiking the Quarry Trail (Route 2) or staying in Cusco for two days before taking the train to Aguas Calientes (Route 3). All routes visit Machu Picchu. The bulk of your luggage will be stored at your hotel. If you’re hiking the Inca Trail or the Quarry Trail, the evening before you leave Cusco you'll receive a small duffle bag to carry your clothes in for the next four days (5 kg maximum). Your team of porters will carry these bags for you, along with the trail's food and equipment. You won't have access to these items until the end of each day, as the porters will always be ahead of the group. If you’re travelling to Aguas Calientes by train, you'll be able to leave most of your luggage at the hotel in Cusco and travel with only a small bag for the overnight stay in Aguas Calientes. Route 1 Inca Trail Travel by minivan to the 82 km marker and meet your crew of local porters, your cook and your guide. Today you’ll trek uphill to the campsite, 3100 m above sea level. On the way, you’ll see the Inca sites of Ollantaytambo, Huillca Raccay and Llactapata, as well as incredible views of snow-capped Veronica Peak. Tonight, unwind at the campsite with a nourishing meal prepared by your cook. Route 2 Quarry Trail Make an early start today and drive to Choquequilla, a small ceremonial place where Incas worshipped the moon. From here, you’ll head to the small community near Qory Song’o (Golden Heart) hill, where you’ll climb to the top for the incredible views of the Soqma Perolniyoc, Pachar and Huarocondo valleys. There are also several sacred tombs in the area, protected by the locals, which you can explore with your leader and even see some of the original structures crafted from wood and leather. These remains have never been seen by travellers before, so you can be a part of this exclusive experience. Carry on to the Perolniyoc Cascade lookout, where you can stop for some snacks and photos. Arrive at the campsite, 3700 m above sea level, around lunchtime. After, set off to explore the Q'orimarca archaeological site, which once served as a checkpoint to the Incas. Route 3 Cusco Enjoy a free day in Cusco – the heart and soul of Peru. You may like to purchase a boleto turistico, which allows entry to the city's many museums and archaeological sites. Ask your leader for their recommendations.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Lima - Bienvenidos! Welcome to Lima, the capital of Peru. Your adventure begins at around 2 pm with a welcome meeting. Then, your trip leader will take you on a walking tour of the Miraflores district, including Central Park (Parque Kennedy), the LarcoMar entertainment complex and Parque del Amor (Love Park) for great views over the coast of Lima. Along the way, maybe treat yourself to some Limenian desserts like mazamorra morada, rice pudding or rice zambito. Tonight, you’re free to explore or hit the city’s nightlife with your new fellow travellers. Maybe head to the famed Tanta restaurant in downtown Lima – home to the most famous chef in Peru Gaston Acurio.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Puerto Maldonado (Amazon Jungle lodge) - This morning, you’ll fly to Puerto Maldonado in the Amazon Jungle, where you'll be staying for two nights. When you arrive, the lodge staff will take you to their office in town. Here, you can leave most of your luggage in safe storage and continue travelling with a small pack of essentials. You’ll take a motorised canoe upriver to your jungle lodge right in the middle of the jungle, in the Madre de Dios area – this is a real pinch-me moment! The next two days are packed with activities. Your full day in the jungle includes a half-day trek – this can get muddy and tiring, but what better way to explore the Amazon than on foot. There will be regular stops on the way and you'll encounter diverse flora and fauna in their natural habitat. You might even spot macaws, monkeys, peccaries, jabirus and otters, not to mention thousands of butterflies. The guides will also teach you about the medicinal properties and practical uses of the local plants. For your night-time excursion, you’ll venture out in the dark in search of caimans on the Tambopata River. The naturalist guide will use a spotlight to locate them on the banks of the river, so you can observe them from a respectable distance. Travelling in the dark, on the river in the jungle can be a bit spooky, but this atmosphere just adds to the fun.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Puerto Maldonado (Amazon Jungle lodge) -

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Cusco - Say goodbye to the jungle and fly to Cusco, where you’ll spend the day acclimatising to the high altitude. After dropping off your luggage and having some lunch, your leader will take you on a walk around downtown Cusco. You’ll visit the facade of Qoricancha temple, the local San Pedro market, the main square, the Twelve Angled Stone, Regocijo Square and San Blas Square. Maybe try some donas along the way. This afternoon is free to explore. Maybe head to the Cusco cathedral or discover the history of Saqsaywaman. As you’re acclimatising today, it’s recommended that you keep strenuous activity to a minimum.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Sacred Valley / Ollantaytambo - This morning, unwind on a drive through the Sacred Valley, on the fringes of Cusco. Known as Wilcamayo to the Incas – this lush, fertile valley has long been the main source of food for the high Andes. Head to a local community to learn about the valley’s lifestyle and activities – if your travel falls on a Sunday, Tuesday or Thursday, it’s market day! Comb the stalls in search of hand-painted beads or warm ponchos and master the local Quechuan language (a few words will be deemed a success). Take a short drive to Ollantaytambo. Later in the afternoon, maybe head out to visit Ollantaytambo’s awesome Incan ruins. Tonight, rest up at your hotel and prepare for the Inca Trail.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Inca Trail, Quarry Trail or Train Option - Depending on the travel arrangements you made before the trip, during the next four days, you’ll be doing one of the following – hiking the Inca Trail (Route 1), hiking the Quarry Trail (Route 2) or staying in Cusco for two days before taking the train to Aguas Calientes (Route 3). All routes visit Machu Picchu. The bulk of your luggage will be stored at your hotel. If you’re hiking the Inca Trail or the Quarry Trail, the evening before you leave Cusco you'll receive a small duffle bag to carry your clothes in for the next four days (5 kg maximum). Your team of porters will carry these bags for you, along with the trail's food and equipment. You won't have access to these items until the end of each day, as the porters will always be ahead of the group. If you’re travelling to Aguas Calientes by train, you'll be able to leave most of your luggage at the hotel in Cusco and travel with only a small bag for the overnight stay in Aguas Calientes. Route 1 Inca Trail Travel by minivan to the 82 km marker and meet your crew of local porters, your cook and your guide. Today you’ll trek uphill to the campsite, 3100 m above sea level. On the way, you’ll see the Inca sites of Ollantaytambo, Huillca Raccay and Llactapata, as well as incredible views of snow-capped Veronica Peak. Tonight, unwind at the campsite with a nourishing meal prepared by your cook. Route 2 Quarry Trail Make an early start today and drive to Choquequilla, a small ceremonial place where Incas worshipped the moon. From here, you’ll head to the small community near Qory Song’o (Golden Heart) hill, where you’ll climb to the top for the incredible views of the Soqma Perolniyoc, Pachar and Huarocondo valleys. There are also several sacred tombs in the area, protected by the locals, which you can explore with your leader and even see some of the original structures crafted from wood and leather. These remains have never been seen by travellers before, so you can be a part of this exclusive experience. Carry on to the Perolniyoc Cascade lookout, where you can stop for some snacks and photos. Arrive at the campsite, 3700 m above sea level, around lunchtime. After, set off to explore the Q'orimarca archaeological site, which once served as a checkpoint to the Incas. Route 3 Cusco Enjoy a free day in Cusco – the heart and soul of Peru. You may like to purchase a boleto turistico, which allows entry to the city's many museums and archaeological sites. Ask your leader for their recommendations.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Inca Trail, Quarry Trail or Train Option - Route 1 Inca Trail Today is the most challenging day of the trek, as you’ll ascend a 5-hour long steep path to the highest point of the trail. Colloquially known as 'Dead Woman's Pass', Warmiwanusca sits at a height of 4200 m above sea level, providing amazing views of the valley below. The group will then descend to the campsite in the Pacaymayo Valley at 3650 m. Route 2 Quarry Trail Today is the most challenging and rewarding day of the trek. A 3-hour long walk takes you to the top of the first pass of Puccaqasa (approximately 4370 m high). After enjoying picturesque views of the valley, you’ll stop for lunch. Then make the 2-hour hike to Kuychicassa – the highest pass of the trek at 4450 m. From here, descend to the sacred site the Incas called Intipunku. This is a sun gate, where the sun will stream through at particular times of the year, and there are views of the Nevado Veronica mountain year-round. The Incas built several sun gates, the most notable overlooking Machu Picchu. Head to the campsite, only a stone’s throw away, at 3600 m. Your trek today will take about 5 hours. Route 3 Cusco Today is yours to spend as you wish in Cusco. Perhaps use the day to indulge your inner foodie at Cusco's many cafes, restaurants and markets. The ChocoMuseo is a must for those with a sweet tooth – they offer tastings and chocolate-making workshops, too.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Inca Trail, Quarry Trail or Train Option - Route 1 Inca Trail Start the day with a climb through the Pacaymayo Valley to Runkuracay Pass (3980 m). Enjoy views of the snow-capped mountain of Cordillera Vilcabamba before descending for 2 to 3 hours to the ruins of Sayacmarca. Continue over the trail’s third pass to the ruins of Phuyupatamarca (3850 m), also known as 'Town Above the Clouds'. Start the 2-hour descent down the Inca steps to the final night's campsite by the Winay Wayna archaeological site. Route 2 Quarry Trail Today’s hike will all be downhill. The first stop is the incomplete Kachiqata Quarry, where the Incas were intercepted by the Spanish. If time permits, you can explore the cobbled streets of Ollantaytambo before taking the short train journey to Aguas Calientes. This is where you’ll meet with the travellers in your group who didn't hike. Spend the night in a hotel before tomorrow’s visit to Machu Picchu. Route 3 Train to Aguas Calientes After a drive to Ollantaytambo, catch a train through the winding Urubamba Valley to Aguas Calientes. The city is nestled in the cloud forest at the foot of Machu Picchu. This is where you’ll meet up with the travellers in your group who hiked the Quarry Trail. Spend the night in a hotel before tomorrow’s visit to Machu Picchu.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Inca Trail, Quarry Trail or Train Option and Machu Picchu - Route 1 Inca Trail This is the final and most spectacular leg of the trek to Machu Picchu. Start your day before dawn with breakfast at a crisp 4 am. Say farewell to the porters as they descend to the train station and then begin hiking. Walk 2.5 hours to Intipunku (the Sun Gate) and, weather permitting, enjoy unforgettable views over the ‘Lost City of the Incas’ as you enter Machu Picchu through the Sun Gate. When you arrive, all the hiking and the early morning will definitely be worth it! Route 2 and 3 Machu Picchu to Cusco Take an early bus up to Machu Picchu at 5.30 am. The city was built around 1440 AD as a country retreat for Incan nobility, but there’s evidence that the land had been a sacred Incan site for much longer. Take a guided tour around the ruins of temples, palaces and living quarters. For all travellers, after taking advantage of the seemingly endless photo opportunities, it's time to catch the bus to Aguas Calientes, where you’ll stop for lunch together. From here, take a scenic train ride to Ollantaytambo, then drive back to Cusco, arriving in the evening.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Cusco - Today you’ll enjoy free time to relax, shop for souvenirs or see more of Cusco's sites. Maybe head to a cafe on the Plaza de Armas, or if you're a thrill-seeker, try mountain biking in the hills surrounding Cusco. You might also want to go for a walk through Seven Borreguitos – one of the most photogenic streets in Cusco. In the evening, you might want to head out to dinner with your group and share photos of your Machu Picchu experience. Cusco is also a hotspot for fun nightlife, so if you’re feeling like a boogie or a cocktail, grab your new mates and hit the streets.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Puno - This morning, travel by bus through the Altiplano plateau to Puno. The town is known as the folklore capital of Peru and is famous for its traditional dances. If you're lucky, your visit might coincide with an evening parade, when the streets fill with costumed dancers and musicians. When you’re settled, maybe head out and make the most of the nightlife.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Lake Titicaca (Homestay) - Puno sits on Lake Titicaca's shores – the world's highest navigable lake. Today, you'll take a tour of the lake by slow motorboat, stopping off to visit the Uros floating islands. The Uros peoples built these islands to isolate themselves from rival tribes in ancient times. They're built completely from multiple layers of totora reeds, which grow in the shallows of the lake. Tonight is your homestay in a local community on Llachon – a cosy mud-brick house with shared drop-toilets (no shower is available here). It can get quite cold, but the homestay will provide plenty of blankets. It’s recommended that you pack thermals and plenty of layers. Help your host family with their daily activities or maybe play a game of soccer in the village.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Puno - Enjoy a home-cooked breakfast by your host family this morning, learning about their life and their stories. Then, explore the rest of the island. In the afternoon, take the boat back to Puno, where the rest of your day is free to explore.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: La Paz - Travel by local bus this morning and cross the border into Bolivia. You'll be asked to leave the bus to proceed through Peruvian immigration. The group will then walk across a bridge, submit passports at the Bolivian immigration office and reboard the bus for La Paz. Today is a long travel day, so make sure you’ve got your favourite playlists or books ready – or play some road trip games with your fellow travellers. Tonight, why not head out on the town for an optional group dinner.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: La Paz - Enjoy a free day to explore La Paz. Despite the abundance of colonial architecture, La Paz's Indigenous roots run deep, and the atmosphere in the streets is both modern and traditional. Maybe head out into the city, which sits in the middle of a vast volcanic crater. Breathe the ‘thin’ air, marvel at the vistas of buildings clinging to the canyon sides and explore the lively streets like Calle Jaen. Tonight, you’ll have a second group meeting at 6 pm. After, why not head out to find the perfect dinner spot (your leader will have the best recommendations) or explore the nightlife with your fellow travellers.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: La Paz - Today, you’ll head out on a brief guided walk with your leader. La Paz is a city renowned for its markets, especially the Mercado de Hechiceria (the Witches' Market), which sells potions, incantations, stones and artefacts. Ask a local about their significance – most people are happy to explain. Then, you’ll have some free time to explore. Maybe visit the Coca Museum, which isn’t too far from your hotel in the Rosario district. Late this afternoon, leave La Paz on an overnight bus to Uyuni. There are comfortable recliner seats on the bus, but it can be cold on board, so it’s important to bring warm clothing and wear base layers. There’s usually a toilet on the bus, and the driver will make a couple of stops along the way.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Salar de Uyuni - This morning you’ll arrive in Uyuni Town. This remote town sits on the edge of the high Altiplano – a wilderness area extending for hundreds of kilometres towards the border with Argentina and Chile. Over the next three days, you’ll explore Bolivia’s highlights and fascinating landscapes in a 4WD – an experience of a lifetime! The first stop will be an eerie Train Cemetery (a super unique photo spot), then, you’ll continue to Salar de Uyuni – the world’s largest salt flats. This is one of the most stunning natural landscapes in the world and definitely a trip highlight, so make sure you take some amazing photos, explore on foot and take it all in. Make the most of your time on the salt flats before exploring Inka Wasi Isla – a rocky island covered in cacti and coral-like structures.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Bolivian Altiplano - Today will be spent driving through the spectacular landscape of the Andean (Atacama) Desert, surrounded by volcanoes and lakes. Stop by the red lake of Laguna Colorada, where you’ll be able to spot wildlife like llamas, flamingos, viscachas and foxes feasting in the nutrient-rich waters. Tonight you’ll spend a night in the desert under the stars.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Bolivia/Chile Border- San Pedro de Atacama - This morning, rise and shine early to embrace the cold and stop by the desert’s natural thermal baths for an optional soak. Then head to the Bolivia and Chile border, where the Bolivian part of your trip comes to an end. Pass by geysers, salt flats and snow-capped volcanoes on your way to San Pedro de Atacama in Chile. As a small oasis town, San Pedro is surrounded by extraordinary scenery. Arriving around 3 pm, your night is free to find a delicious local dinner with your group.

     

    Day - 20

    Location: San Pedro de Atacama - Over the next two days, you'll get to know San Pedro. The local cafe and restaurant scene has grown considerably over the last couple of years, with a mix of Chilean, French and Italian influences, so you’ll definitely find a great spot for lunch and dinner. There’s plenty to see and do in the area. You could daytrip to Moon Valley to explore the lunar-like landscapes and watch an epic sunset at Piedra del Coyote, hike through the multi-coloured hills of Rainbow Valley, or float in the salty waters of Laguna Piedra in the heart of the salt flat. At night, why not channel your inner stargazer at an astronomy tour? Just chat to your leader for recommendations and day tour options.

     

    Day - 21

    Location: San Pedro de Atacama -

     

    Day - 22

    Location: Chile/Argentina border - Salta - Today will be a long day of travel as you leave San Pedro and head for Salta, Argentina. Salta's rich history, architecture, friendly locals and natural surroundings make it one of Argentina's main attractions. Grab a window seat or a good book and watch the scenery pass you by. Tonight, you’re free to rest or head out for a late dinner when you arrive.

     

    Day - 23

    Location: Salta - After breakfast, today is a free day to explore Salta and its many attractions. If you’re after something active, hike up the 1070 steps to the summit of Cerro San Bernardo, the mountain that looms over Salta. If you'd prefer, you can also take a gondola (cable car) to the top to take in the views of the mountainous city below. Either way, the view from the top is magnificent!

     

    Day - 24

    Location: Salta - Buenos Aires - After breakfast and a free morning in Salta, you’ll take an included flight to Buenos Aires – Argentina's capital. When you arrive, you might like to head to a local tango show or a football match. Maybe grab a steak and glass of Malbec (the steak and wine combo are what Argentina is known for) in one of the city’s fashionable restaurants for dinner.

     

    Day - 25

    Location: Buenos Aires - This morning, head to San Telmo market with your leader and sample some empanadas (a must-try in Buenos Aires) and some local ice cream (Argentina’s famous dulce de leche). The rest of the day is free to explore the city. Join the tourists and walk among the tombs at the La Recoleta Cemetery – the final resting place of Eva Peron. There are also some great museums to check out in the Recoleta district. Visit the neighbourhood of La Boca, home to the colourful Caminito artists’ street and world-renowned soccer team, the Boca Juniors. If you need to rest your feet, settle down at one of the many streetside cafes to watch the world go by with the locals. Tonight, why not head out to a couple of bars with your group for some classic Argentinian nightlife?

     

    Day - 26

    Location: Buenos Aires - You’ll have a free morning, then you’ll meet the new travellers joining you for the last leg of your adventure at a 1 pm group meeting. Head out for an orientation walk around Buenos Aires’ Microcentrodistrict with your group to get your bearings around your accommodation and see a couple of sights along the way, like the historic buildings along the Avenida de Mayo, the Casa Rosada (Argentina's government house) and the famed Obelisk. For dinner, why not try some famed Argentinian BBQ? Your leader will be happy to provide restaurant recommendations.

     

    Day - 27

    Location: Buenos Aires - Today is a free day in Buenos Aires. Maybe wander the Teatro Colon on a guided tour or if you’re a bit of a foodie, kick back in the Palermo neighbourhood with a bife de chorizo (beef tenderloin) and watch the world go by, or choose a cafe on the street to people-watch. You could also hit up the Ateneo Bookshop – like a grand library, this work of 20th-century craftmanship is a warm and welcoming space sure to delight any book lover (and it also features a cafe, so you can sip on a cappuccino while you read!). If you’re not sure what activities are on offer today, just speak to your leader to organise something fun.

     

    Day - 28

    Location: Colonia / Montevideo - Today cross the Rio de la Plata (River Plate) to Colonia del Sacramento by ferry. Enjoy free time to explore this charming colonial city, known as the oldest in Uruguay. The World Heritage-listed Barrio Historico (Old Quarter) is a great place to start. Stroll down the cobblestone streets and rub shoulders with locals as they sip their yerba mate (tea). Listen to the noisy parakeets in the Plaza Mayor, or comb Colonia’s small museums. For great views over the city, climb to the top of a 19th-century lighthouse that’s still in operation. In the afternoon, hop on a bus to Montevideo, then the evening is free for you to explore Uruguay’s capital city.

     

    Day - 29

    Location: Montevideo - Enjoy a free day to wander through Montevideo. Your leader will be on hand to provide suggestions for how to spend your day, or feel free to set out on your own adventure. You might go for a wander along the Rambla and soak in the fresh coastal air, brush up on your Uruguayan history at the Museo del Gaucho or rummage through the flea market at Feria de Tristán Narvaja. For food, it’ll be tough to top the offerings of Mercado del Puerto. If a day at the beach is more your thing, the soft sand of Playa de Los Pocitos will be for you.

     

    Day - 30

    Location: Estancia Stay - Leaving Montevideo behind, take the journey to your estancia (ranch) stay, where you’ll be staying for the next two nights. Settle in, get to know your hosts over a group dinner and then rest up for a day on the farm tomorrow.

     

    Day - 31

    Location: Estancia Stay - Spend a day experiencing life on an Uruguayan estancia! Although you’re welcome to relax and explore your surroundings at your leisure, you can also get involved with day-to-day jobs around the ranch. As a traditional local estancia, the digs aren’t fancy, but the incredible surroundings and hospitality are something special. Enjoy home-cooked meals and the chance to ride horses, in true gaucho (cowboy) style.

     

    Day - 32

    Location: Estancia Stay / Overnight Bus - Spend a final morning taking in the gorgeous views across the estancia. Then say goodbye to your hosts and prepare for a long travel day. Make sure you have some road trip games or your favourite playlists ready for the journey - or simply watch the scenery pass by from the window as you reapproach Argentina. Jump on an overnight bus to Puerto Iguazu and take the opportunity to get to know your fellow travellers a little better on the drive.

     

    Day - 33

    Location: Iguazu Falls - Arrive at Puerto Iguazu bus station this morning, then take a minivan across the border into Brazil. Depending on traffic, this should take about an hour. Your destination is Iguazu National Park, home of the majestic Foz do Iguacu/Iguazu Falls. This UNESCO World Heritage Site makes up the largest waterfall system in the world, with the Iguazu River also forming the border between Argentina and Brazil. If hotel rooms are ready when you arrive, you’ll be able to check in before heading out to explore the Brazilian side of the falls. From here, you’ll have panoramic views and the chance to get a great pic. Take an optional helicopter flight over the falls (at your own expense) for an unforgettable bird’s eye view. Depending on time, you can also spot the colourful birdlife of Parque das Aves. After some time spent admiring this force of nature, head to your hotel in Foz do Iguacu. Enjoy free time for the rest of the day – you might want to visit the Three Borders Landmark or go for a ride on the Yup Star Foz Ferris wheel.

     

    Day - 34

    Location: Iguazu Falls - Return to Argentina today to see Iguazu Falls from a different angle. Following a series of boardwalks, it’s possible to get so close to the thundering waters that you can almost touch them. At over two kilometres long, Iguazu Falls are made up of over 270 separate cascades, with some reaching up to 80 metres in height. For a more exhilarating experience, take an optional Zodiac boat ride to the base of the falls! In the afternoon return to your accommodation in Foz do Iguacu in Brazil.

     

    Day - 35

    Location: Paraty - Take an included flight to Sao Paulo, then board a transfer to Paraty. After arriving, take the rest of the day to explore your new surroundings. Maybe spend tonight at one of the many restaurants near the historic centre or relax and catch the sunset near the water. The best thing is you get to decide.

     

    Day - 36

    Location: Paraty / Ilha Grande - Spend the morning relaxing in Paraty, or maybe head out on a trek to Camino del Oro to take in some incredible views of the region's natural surroundings. Then, head to Angra for your ferry to the island getaway of Ilha Grande – a paradise of pristine beaches and rainforest largely untouched by development. Once a pirate's lair, a leper colony and a prison for violent criminals, this island has plenty of history to uncover during your stay. Even the ruins of the prison can still be seen! When you arrive, take the short walk from the port to your hotel and settle in.

     

    Day - 37

    Location: Ilha Grande - Rise and shine for a morning in paradise – you have a free day in Ilha Grande today. Maybe wander along rainforest trails to some remote beaches – Lopes Mendes and Aventureiro Beach are two of the best. You could book yourself in on an optional boat trip out to the Blue Lagoon, beach-hopping through Ilha Grande Bay. There are plenty of opportunities to swim and snorkel in the clear water, then you can feast on fresh seafood when you’ve worked up an appetite. Or, maybe just plonk yourself on the beach with a good book and laze the day away. Tonight, why not meet up with some of your travel pals and relax with a caipirinha at a restaurant or bar in Vila do Abraao – the island’s main town.

     

    Day - 38

    Location: Rio de Janeiro - Bid farewell to Ilha Grande as you board a boat to the small port of Mangaratiba, before travelling to Rio de Janeiro. Home to one of the seven wonders, Rio has lots of day trip opportunities if you have the time. Settle into your accommodation, then head out with your leader for an orientation walk. Take in the sights of the Lapa Aqueduct, Ruins Park, Selaron Stairs, and Cinelandia, and then make an optional stop for a hot drink at a local café. The rest of the day is free to explore the city or simply hit up Copacabana and relax. Tonight, get together with your new friends for a final night of food, drinks and some samba – speak to your local leader who’ll have some great recommendations for what to do tonight.

     

    Day - 39

    Location: Rio de Janeiro - With no activities planned for today, you are free to leave the accommodation at any time. That doesn’t mean your adventure has to come to an end! If you would like to continue soaking up the sun in Rio, just speak to your booking agent. If you have the time, today you can explore Tijuca National Park and its lush rainforest, visit the botanical gardens for a relaxing walk, take in the sweeping views over Rio from the foot of the Christ the Redeemer statue, or tour Guanabara Bay in a yacht!

     

    Day - 1

    Location: La Paz (3500 m /11,483 ft) - Bienvenidos! Welcome to La Paz. The highest capital city in the world, this Bolivian hub rests on the Andes’ Altiplano plateau, 3500 m above sea level. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm. After, why not head out to find the perfect dinner spot (your leader will have lots of recommendations) or explore the nightlife with your fellow travellers.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: La Paz - Today, you’ll head out on a brief guided walk with your leader. La Paz is a city renowned for its markets, especially the Mercado de Hechiceria (the Witches' Market), which sells potions, incantations, stones and artefacts. Ask a local about their significance – most people are happy to explain. Then, you’ll have some free time to explore. Maybe visit the Coca Museum, which isn’t too far from your hotel in the Rosario district. Late this afternoon, leave La Paz on an overnight bus to Uyuni. There are comfortable recliner seats on the bus, but it can be cold on board, so it’s important to bring warm clothing and wear base layers. There’s usually a toilet on the bus, and the driver will make a couple of stops along the way.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Salar de Uyuni (3656 m/11,995 ft) - This morning you’ll arrive in Uyuni Town. This remote town sits on the edge of the high Altiplano – a wilderness area extending for hundreds of kilometres towards the border with Argentina and Chile. Over the next three days, you’ll explore Bolivia’s highlights and fascinating landscapes in a 4WD – an experience of a lifetime! The first stop will be an eerie Train Cemetery (a super unique photo spot), then, you’ll continue to Salar de Uyuni – the world’s largest salt flats. This is one of the most stunning natural landscapes in the world and definitely a trip highlight, so make sure you take some amazing photos, explore on foot and take it all in. Make the most of your time on the salt flats before exploring Inka Wasi Isla – a rocky island covered in cacti and coral-like structures.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Bolivian Altiplano (4900 m/16,076 ft) - Today will be spent driving through the spectacular landscape of the Andean (Atacama) Desert, surrounded by volcanoes and lakes. Stop by the red lake of Laguna Colorada, where you’ll be able to spot wildlife like llamas, flamingos, viscachas and foxes feasting in the nutrient-rich waters. Tonight you’ll spend a night in the desert under the stars.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Bolivia/Chile Border- San Pedro de Atacama (2400 m/7874 ft) - This morning, rise and shine early to embrace the cold and stop by the desert’s natural thermal baths for an optional soak. Then head to the Bolivia and Chile border, where the Bolivian part of your trip comes to an end. Pass by geysers, salt flats and snow-capped volcanoes on your way to San Pedro de Atacama in Chile. As a small oasis town, San Pedro is surrounded by extraordinary scenery. Arriving around 3 pm, your night is free to find a delicious local dinner with your group.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: San Pedro de Atacama - Over the next two days, get under the skin of San Pedro. The local cafe and restaurant scene has grown considerably over the last couple of years, with a mix of Chilean, French and Italian influences, so you’ll definitely find a great spot for lunch and dinner. Take a self-guided walk around the old square and people-watch with a cup of coffee or consider joining an astronomy tour tonight once the stars come out and bring out your inner stargazer – just chat to your leader for details.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: San Pedro de Atacama -

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Chile/Argentina border - Salta - Today will be a long day of travel as you leave San Pedro and head for Salta, Argentina. Salta's rich history, architecture, friendly locals and natural surroundings make it one of Argentina's main attractions. Grab a window seat or a good book and watch the scenery pass you by. Tonight, you’re free to rest or head out for a late dinner when you arrive.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Salta - After breakfast, today is a free day to explore Salta and its many attractions. If you’re after something active, hike up the 1070 steps to the summit of Cerro San Bernardo, the mountain that looms over Salta. If you'd prefer, you can also take a gondola (cable car) to the top to take in the views of the mountainous city below. Either way, the view from the top is magnificent!

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Salta - Buenos Aires - After breakfast and a free morning in Salta, you’ll take an included flight to Buenos Aires – Argentina's capital. When you arrive, you might like to head to a local tango show or a football match. Maybe grab a steak and glass of Malbec (the steak and wine combo are what Argentina is known for) in one of the city’s fashionable restaurants for dinner.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Buenos Aires - This morning, head to San Telmo market with your leader and sample some empanadas (a must-try in Buenos Aires) and some local ice cream (Argentina’s famous dulce de leche). The rest of the day is free to explore the city. Join the tourists and walk among the tombs at the La Recoleta Cemetery – the final resting place of Eva Peron. There are also some great museums to check out in the Recoleta district. Visit the neighbourhood of La Boca, home to the colourful Caminito artists’ street and world-renowned soccer team, the Boca Juniors. If you need to rest your feet, settle down at one of the many streetside cafes to watch the world go by with the locals. Tonight, why not head out to a couple of bars with your group for some classic Argentinian nightlife?

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Buenos Aires - You’ll have a free morning, then you’ll meet the new travellers joining you for the last leg of your adventure at a 1 pm group meeting. Head out for an orientation walk around Buenos Aires’ Microcentrodistrict with your group to get your bearings around your accommodation and see a couple of sights along the way, like the historic buildings along the Avenida de Mayo, the Casa Rosada (Argentina's government house) and the famed Obelisk. For dinner, why not try some famed Argentinian BBQ? Your leader will be happy to provide restaurant recommendations.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Buenos Aires - Today is a free day in Buenos Aires. Maybe wander the Teatro Colon on a guided tour or if you’re a bit of a foodie, kick back in the Palermo neighbourhood with a bife de chorizo (beef tenderloin) and watch the world go by, or choose a cafe on the street to people-watch. You could also hit up the Ateneo Bookshop – like a grand library, this work of 20th-century craftmanship is a warm and welcoming space sure to delight any book lover (and it also features a cafe, so you can sip on a cappuccino while you read!). If you’re not sure what activities are on offer today, just speak to your leader to organise something fun.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Colonia / Montevideo - Today cross the Rio de la Plata (River Plate) to Colonia del Sacramento by ferry. Enjoy free time to explore this charming colonial city, known as the oldest in Uruguay. The World Heritage-listed Barrio Historico (Old Quarter) is a great place to start. Stroll down the cobblestone streets and rub shoulders with locals as they sip their yerba mate (tea). Listen to the noisy parakeets in the Plaza Mayor, or comb Colonia’s small museums. For great views over the city, climb to the top of a 19th-century lighthouse that’s still in operation. In the afternoon, hop on a bus to Montevideo, then the evening is free for you to explore Uruguay’s capital city.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Montevideo - Enjoy a free day to wander through Montevideo. Your leader will be on hand to provide suggestions for how to spend your day, or feel free to set out on your own adventure. You might go for a wander along the Rambla and soak in the fresh coastal air, brush up on your Uruguayan history at the Museo del Gaucho or rummage through the flea market at Feria de Tristán Narvaja. For food, it’ll be tough to top the offerings of Mercado del Puerto. If a day at the beach is more your thing, the soft sand of Playa de Los Pocitos will be for you.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Estancia Stay - Leaving Montevideo behind, take a bus journey to your estancia (ranch) stay, where you’ll be staying for the next two nights. The bus has reclining seats, but as the bus doesn’t stop it's also recommended that you bring some extra snacks at your own expense. Settle in, get to know your hosts over a group dinner and then rest up for a day on the farm tomorrow.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Estancia Stay - Spend a day experiencing life on an Uruguayan farm! Although you’re welcome to relax and explore your surroundings at your leisure, you can also get involved with day-to-day jobs around the ranch. As a working farm, the digs aren’t fancy, but the incredible surroundings and hospitality are something special. Enjoy home-cooked meals and the chance to ride horses, in true gaucho (cowboy) style.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Estancia Stay / Overnight Bus - Spend a final morning taking in the gorgeous views across the estancia. Enjoy your final home-cooked meal together and say goodbye to your hosts, sharing the memories of your stay over lunch. This afternoon, you'll depart for a long travel day, so make sure you have some road trip games or your favourite playlists ready for the drive. Or simply watch the scenery pass by from the window seat as you reapproach Argentina. Tonight, you’ll transfer to an overnight bus to Puerto Iguazu, so maybe take the opportunity to get to know your fellow travellers a little better on the drive.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Iguazu Falls - Arrive at Puerto Iguazu bus station this morning, then take a minivan across the border into Brazil. Depending on traffic, this should take about an hour. Your destination is Iguazu National Park, home of the majestic Foz do Iguacu/Iguazu Falls. This UNESCO World Heritage Site makes up the largest waterfall system in the world, with the Iguazu River also forming the border between Argentina and Brazil. If hotel rooms are ready when you arrive, you’ll be able to check in before heading out to explore the Brazilian side of the falls. From here, you’ll have panoramic views and the chance to get a great pic. Take an optional helicopter flight over the falls (at your own expense) for an unforgettable bird’s eye view. Depending on time, you can also spot the colourful birdlife of Parque das Aves. After some time spent admiring this force of nature, head to your hotel in Foz do Iguacu. Enjoy free time for the rest of the day – you might want to visit the Three Borders Landmark or go for a ride on the Yup Star Foz Ferris wheel.

     

    Day - 20

    Location: Iguazu Falls - Return to Argentina today to see Iguazu Falls from a different angle. Following a series of boardwalks, it’s possible to get so close to the thundering waters that you can almost touch them. At over two kilometres long, Iguazu Falls are made up of over 270 separate cascades, with some reaching up to 80 metres in height. For a more exhilarating experience, take an optional Zodiac boat ride to the base of the falls! In the afternoon return to your accommodation in Foz do Iguacu in Brazil.

     

    Day - 21

    Location: Paraty - Take an included flight to Sao Paulo, then board a transfer to Paraty. After arriving, take the rest of the day to explore your new surroundings. Maybe spend tonight at one of the many restaurants near the historic centre or relax and catch the sunset near the water. The best thing is you get to decide.

     

    Day - 22

    Location: Paraty / Ilha Grande - Spend the morning relaxing in Paraty, or maybe head out on a trek to Camino del Oro to take in some incredible views of the region's natural surroundings. Then, head to Angra for your ferry to the island getaway of Ilha Grande – a paradise of pristine beaches and rainforest largely untouched by development. Once a pirate's lair, a leper colony and a prison for violent criminals, this island has plenty of history to uncover during your stay. Even the ruins of the prison can still be seen! When you arrive, take the short walk from the port to your hotel and settle in.

     

    Day - 23

    Location: Ilha Grande - Rise and shine for a morning in paradise – you have a free day in Ilha Grande today. Maybe wander along rainforest trails to some remote beaches – Lopes Mendes and Aventureiro Beach are two of the best. You could book yourself in on an optional boat trip out to the Blue Lagoon, beach-hopping through Ilha Grande Bay. There are plenty of opportunities to swim and snorkel in the clear water, then you can feast on fresh seafood when you’ve worked up an appetite. Or, maybe just plonk yourself on the beach with a good book and laze the day away. Tonight, why not meet up with some of your travel pals and relax with a caipirinha at a restaurant or bar in Vila do Abraao – the island’s main town.

     

    Day - 24

    Location: Rio de Janeiro - Bid farewell to Ilha Grande as you board a boat to the small port of Mangaratiba, before travelling to Rio de Janeiro. Home to one of the seven wonders, Rio has lots of day trip opportunities if you have the time. Settle into your accommodation, then head out with your leader for an orientation walk. Take in the sights of the Lapa Aqueduct, Ruins Park, Selaron Stairs, and Cinelandia, and then make an optional stop for a hot drink at a local café. The rest of the day is free to explore the city or simply hit up Copacabana and relax. Tonight, get together with your new friends for a final night of food, drinks and some samba – speak to your local leader who’ll have some great recommendations for what to do tonight.

     

    Day - 25

    Location: Rio de Janeiro - With no activities planned for today, you are free to leave the accommodation at any time. That doesn’t mean your adventure has to come to an end! If you would like to continue soaking up the sun in Rio, just speak to your booking agent. If you have the time, today you can explore Tijuca National Park and its lush rainforest, visit the botanical gardens for a relaxing walk, take in the sweeping views over Rio from the foot of the Christ the Redeemer statue, or tour Guanabara Bay in a yacht!

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Bogota - Hola! Welcome to Colombia. Your adventure starts in Bogota with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. If you arrive early, join your leader for an orientation walk at 3 pm. Maybe browse the stalls at the Usaquen Flea Market, visit the Botero Museum or take a cable car to Monserrate for panoramic views of the city. After your meeting, enjoy a local beer or two as you play tejo – a traditional Colombian game where you throw a metal disc at a target embedded in clay. Then maybe find a local restaurant for a group dinner of Colombian cuisine and get to know your fellow travellers.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Honda - Rio Claro - After breakfast, travel to Rio Claro. Today is a long travel day, so it's a good idea to get stuck into your book or favourite podcasts. Along the way, stop in Honda – a town nicknamed the ‘City of Bridges’ due to its 40 bridges spanning its small area. Get a quick glimpse of the culture and grab a bite to eat at a local restaurant before continuing to Rio Claro – a nature reserve known for its clear rivers, tropical rainforest terrain and waterfalls. When you arrive, maybe settle into your accommodation and enjoy the sounds of nature. You'll have a full day to explore tomorrow. 

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Rio Claro - Set off this morning on a walk along the Ecological Trail. Walk along rainforest terrain to riverside El Marmol (Marble Beach) – perfect for a swim to cool off after your walk. The rest of the day is free for you to explore Rio Claro at your own pace. Maybe go rafting and race down tropical rainforest rapids, zigzag downstream along the canyon walls on a zipline or go caving and explore the cavern sculpted by El Bornego. Tonight, perhaps try a Colombian dish for dinner like sancocho (a hearty local stew) or churrasco (steak).

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Guatape - Travel to Guatape – a small Andean town known for its houses decorated with colourful bas-reliefs (sculptures). When you arrive, climb the zigzag staircase of El Penol – a 65-million-year-old granitic rock remnant that used to be worshipped by the indigenous Tahami peoples. Take in the 360-degree bird’s eye view of the lake and nearby towns at the top before heading back into town for a free afternoon. Maybe walk along the cobbled stone streets of Calle del Recuerdo, visit San Rafael or head out for dinner at a local restaurant – your leader will have the best recommendations.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Medellin - Drive to Medellin – the capital of Colombia’s mountainous Antioquia province, nicknamed the ‘City of Eternal Spring’ for its temperate weather and annual Flower Festival. When you arrive, your leader will take you on an orientation walk so you can get your bearings. Then, maybe wander through the Medellin Botanical Garden or take a cable car to Parque Arvi and set off on a hiking trail through the beautiful landscape. Tonight, you’re free to relax or ask your leader for the best local hangouts to try some arepas (crispy white corn cakes usually stuffed with meat and vegetables).

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Medellin - Get out and about in Medellin with a free day today. You might want to visit the Museo de Antioquia to see some of Botero's famous works, join a historic downtown tour of Medellin or explore Comuna 13 (San Javier) – one of the 16 communes of Medellin, known for its street art, graffiti and bright colours. Maybe take a guided tour of the area and learn about the transformation of this former no-go zone. Tonight, perhaps join your new friends in search of one of the city’s pumping salsa bars and toast to a trip well-travelled!

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Medellin - As there are no activities planned, your trip comes to an end today. If you’d like to spend more time in Medellin just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Quito - Bienvenidos! Welcome to Ecuador. Your adventure starts with a welcome meeting at 5 pm tonight in Quito – Ecuador’s capital, which sits high in the Andean foothills at an altitude of 2850 m. If you arrive early, maybe visit the Church of the Society of Jesus (Compania de Jesus), join a market discovery Urban Adventure or take a walk down the famous Calle La Ronda – Quito's oldest street. Tonight, maybe join your fellow travellers and their families for dinner – a great way to get to know each other.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Amazon Jungle - This morning, travel to the Amazon Jungle – the world’s largest tropical rainforest, spanning eight South American countries. On the way, stop at Guango Lodge near the hot springs of Papallacta. Here, you’ll see some of the 14 species of hummingbirds that call this region home. Then, take a motorised canoe through the rainforest to your eco lodge. When you arrive, sit down for dinner with your family, then set off on a night walk through the jungle. Be sure to pack your flashlight and camera for the best chance of seeing local wildlife like fishing bats, owls and toads.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Amazon Jungle - Fuel up on breakfast this morning as you have a big day of adventures ahead. First, you’ll hike into the rainforest with a local Indigenous guide leading the way. Listen carefully as they point out local bird species and teach you about the incredible plant life that thrives here. After lunch, you'll visit a nearby animal rescue centre. Learn more about the local wildlife and what can be done to help protect them. Tonight, join your group for dinner at a local restaurant.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Banos - Say goodbye to the Amazon as you take a motorised canoe out of the jungle. Then, board a private vehicle and travel to Banos. When you arrive, join your local leader on an orientation walk around town. The rest of the day is then free for you to explore at your own pace. Maybe explore the Ruta de las Cascadas (Waterfall Route) by bike, relax in the natural hot springs or discover the religious sites like the Basilica of Our Lady of Holy Water.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Banos - Travel out of Banos town this morning to the entrance of the Devils Cauldron, where you’ll visit Pailon del Diablo Waterfall. The 80 m waterfall has a mighty strength that showers anyone in its path – so be sure to bring a waterproof jacket! When you reach the top, take in the surrounding views over the region. After, travel back to Banos where you’ll have the afternoon free for you and your family to spend as you like.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Cotopaxi National Park - This morning, drive along the Avenue of the Volcanoes to the Cotopaxi National Park. When you arrive, head out on a hike to Limpiopungo Lagoon for panoramic views of the Cotopaxi Volcano – Ecuador's second-highest peak and the tallest active volcano in the world! As you walk, look for wildlife like condors, deer and spectacles bears. Later, return to Quito this afternoon. Tonight, maybe join your group tonight for one last meal together and toast to an amazing adventure.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Quito - As there are no further activities, your adventure comes to an end this morning. If you’d like to explore Quito some more, and it’s recommended you do, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Quito - Bienvenidos! Welcome to Ecuador. Your adventure starts with a welcome meeting at 5 pm tonight in Quito – Ecuador’s capital, which sits high in the Andean foothills at an altitude of 2850 m. If you arrive early, maybe visit the Church of the Society of Jesus (Compania de Jesus), join a market discovery Urban Adventure or take a walk down the famous Calle La Ronda – Quito's oldest street. Tonight, maybe join your fellow travellers and their families for dinner – a great way to get to know each other.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Amazon Jungle - This morning, travel to the Amazon Jungle – the world’s largest tropical rainforest, spanning eight South American countries. On the way, stop at Guango Lodge near the hot springs of Papallacta. Here, you’ll see some of the 14 species of hummingbirds that call this region home. Then, take a motorised canoe through the rainforest to your eco lodge. When you arrive, sit down for dinner with your family, then set off on a night walk through the jungle. Be sure to pack your flashlight and camera for the best chance of seeing local wildlife like fishing bats, owls and toads.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Amazon Jungle - Fuel up on breakfast this morning as you have a big day of adventures ahead. First, you’ll hike into the rainforest with a local Indigenous guide leading the way. Listen carefully as they point out local bird species and teach you about the incredible plant life that thrives here. After lunch, you'll visit a nearby animal rescue centre. Learn more about the local wildlife and what can be done to help protect them. Tonight, join your group for dinner at a local restaurant.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Banos - Say goodbye to the Amazon as you take a motorised canoe out of the jungle. Then, board a private vehicle and travel to Banos. When you arrive, join your local leader on an orientation walk around town. The rest of the day is then free for you to explore at your own pace. Maybe explore the Ruta de las Cascadas (Waterfall Route) by bike, relax in the natural hot springs or discover the religious sites like the Basilica of Our Lady of Holy Water.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Banos - Travel out of Banos town this morning to the entrance of the Devils Cauldron, where you’ll visit Pailon del Diablo Waterfall. The 80 m waterfall has a mighty strength that showers anyone in its path – so be sure to bring a waterproof jacket! When you reach the top, take in the surrounding views over the region. After, travel back to Banos where you’ll have the afternoon free for you and your family to spend as you like.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Cotopaxi National Park - This morning, drive along the Avenue of the Volcanoes to the Cotopaxi National Park. When you arrive, head out on a hike to Limpiopungo Lagoon for panoramic views of the Cotopaxi Volcano – Ecuador's second-highest peak and the tallest active volcano in the world! As you walk, look for wildlife like condors, deer and spectacles bears. Later, return to Quito this afternoon. Tonight, maybe join your group tonight for one last meal together and toast to an amazing adventure.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Quito - Today is a free day to explore Quito at your own pace until your second welcome meeting at 5 pm this afternoon. Maybe discover the Mindo Cloud and Tropical Forest, wander the Otavalo Indigenous Market and Condor Park or see a performance at the Ballet Folklorico Ecuatoriano de Jacchigua. After your meeting, you might like to head out for dinner with your fellow travellers to toast to the next part of your exciting adventure.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Isla Santa Cruz - Today, you’ll take the short flight to Isla Santa Cruz, one of the main hubs of the Galapagos. When you arrive, visit the Highlands where you can see giant tortoises roaming free in their natural habitat. These fascinating animals can weigh as much as 400 kg (and naturally, are very popular with the kids!). Then, continue to the town of Puerto Ayora. Join your local leader on a short walk around town to get your bearings then enjoy some free time to continue exploring at your own pace.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Isla Isabela - Say goodbye to Santa Cruz and jump on a speedboat to Isla Isabela. Known for wildlife like penguins and sea lions, this island straddles the equator and is the largest island in the Galapagos archipelago. When you arrive this afternoon, set out on a family kayaking adventure. Navigate the distinct volcanic rock formations as you paddle on clear, turquoise waters, and be sure to look out for local wildlife and marine life along the way! Tonight, maybe wander through town and find a local restaurant for dinner.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Isla Isabela - This morning, hop on a small Zodiac boat and cruise to Las Tintoreras (Shark Alley) to look for blue-footed boobies and the Galapagos penguin. Then, take a short walk on this isolated islet and learn how it’s a popular iguana nesting site, before swapping your hiking boots for a snorkel. Dive under the clear water and swim with colourful fish and green sea turtles through the winding underground lava tubes. After, dry off and return to Isla Isabel. When you arrive, visit the Arnaldo Tupiza Tortoise Breeding Centre to see giant tortoises in all stages of their development. After learning about the thousand tortoises that live here, you’ll head to a brackish lagoon to observe flamingos. Later today, join a local family for a cooking class and learn to make empanadas for dinner.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Isla Isabela - Start your last day on Isla Isabela by heading to the Sierra Negra Volcano – one of the Galapagos’ most active volcanoes and the world's second-largest crater! When you arrive, you'll set off for a family-friendly hike to explore the unique landscapes and take in the views. After your hike, you’ll have some free time to find a local cafe for lunch. This afternoon, maybe go swimming and relax at Concha de Perla Beach. Known for its beautiful lagoons full of mangroves, this is a great spot to go for a walk along the sandy shore or snorkel among the vibrant coral reefs.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Isla Santa Cruz - This morning, take a speedboat back to Isla Santa Cruz. When you arrive in Puerto Ayora, visit the Charles Darwin Research Station. Then, join a local artist who’s passionate about sustainability during a hands-on creative activity. Using plastic collected from the local beaches, you'll learn how waste can be transformed into meaningful art, while gaining insight into ocean conservation efforts. Tonight, maybe find a local restaurant for dinner – your local leader will have the best recommendations.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Quito - After breakfast, board a plane and make the return flight back to Quito. When you arrive, the rest of the day is free for you to explore at your own pace – maybe see the city from above on the teleferiqo sky cable cars. Tonight, maybe join your group tonight for one last meal together and toast to an amazing adventure.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Quito - With no activities planned for today, you can depart at any time. If you are staying in Quito longer, maybe wander the Otavalo Indigenous Market and Condor Park or see a performance at the Ballet Folklorico Ecuatoriano de Jacchigua. Your booking agent will be able to help you if you’d like to stay longer, just speak with them ahead of time!

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Quito - Bienvenidos! Welcome to Ecuador. Your adventure starts with a welcome meeting at 5 pm tonight in Quito – Ecuador’s capital, sitting high in the Andean foothills at an altitude of 2850 m. If you arrive early, maybe visit the Church of the Society of Jesus (Compania de Jesus), join a market tour Urban Adventure or walk down the famous Calle La Ronda – Quito's oldest street. Tonight, maybe join your fellow travellers and their families for dinner and get to know each other.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Isla Santa Cruz - Today, you’ll take the short flight to Isla Santa Cruz, one of the main hubs of the Galapagos. When you arrive, visit the Highlands where you can see giant tortoises roaming free in their natural habitat. These fascinating animals can weigh as much as 400 kg (and naturally, are very popular with the kids!). Then, continue to the town of Puerto Ayora. Join your local leader on a short walk around town to get your bearings then enjoy some free time to continue exploring at your own pace.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Isla Isabela - Say goodbye to Santa Cruz and jump on a speedboat to Isla Isabela. Known for wildlife like penguins and sea lions, this island straddles the equator and is the largest island in the Galapagos archipelago. When you arrive this afternoon, set out on a family kayaking adventure. Navigate the distinct volcanic rock formations as you paddle on clear, turquoise waters, and be sure to look out for local wildlife and marine life along the way! Tonight, maybe wander through town and find a local restaurant for dinner.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Isla Isabela - This morning, hop on a small Zodiac boat and cruise to Las Tintoreras (Shark Alley) to look for blue-footed boobies and the Galapagos penguin. Then, take a short walk on this isolated islet and learn how it’s a popular iguana nesting site, before swapping your hiking boots for a snorkel. Dive under the clear water and swim with colourful fish and green sea turtles through the winding underground lava tubes. After, dry off and return to Isla Isabel. When you arrive, visit the Arnaldo Tupiza Tortoise Breeding Centre to see giant tortoises in all stages of their development. After learning about the thousand tortoises that live here, you’ll head to a brackish lagoon to observe flamingos. Later today, join a local family for a cooking class and learn to make empanadas for dinner.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Isla Isabela - Start your last day on Isla Isabela by heading to the Sierra Negra Volcano – one of the Galapagos’ most active volcanoes and the world's second-largest crater! When you arrive, you'll set off for a family-friendly hike to explore the unique landscapes and take in the views. After your hike, you’ll have some free time to find a local cafe for lunch. This afternoon, maybe go swimming and relax at Concha de Perla Beach. Known for its beautiful lagoons full of mangroves, this is a great spot to go for a walk along the sandy shore or snorkel among the vibrant coral reefs.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Isla Santa Cruz - This morning, take a speedboat back to Isla Santa Cruz. When you arrive in Puerto Ayora, visit the Charles Darwin Research Station. Then, join a local artist who’s passionate about sustainability during a hands-on creative activity. Using plastic collected from the local beaches, you'll learn how waste can be transformed into meaningful art, while gaining insight into ocean conservation efforts. Tonight, maybe find a local restaurant for dinner – your local leader will have the best recommendations.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Quito - After breakfast, board a plane and make the return flight back to Quito. When you arrive, the rest of the day is free for you to explore at your own pace – maybe see the city from above on the teleferiqo sky cable cars. Tonight, maybe join your group tonight for one last meal together and toast to an amazing adventure.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Quito - With no activities planned for today, you can depart at any time. If you are staying in Quito longer, maybe wander the Otavalo Indigenous Market and Condor Park or see a performance at the Ballet Folklorico Ecuatoriano de Jacchigua. Your booking agent will be able to help you if you’d like to stay longer, just speak with them ahead of time!

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Quito - Bienvenidos! Welcome to Ecuador. Your adventure begins in Quito – Ecuador’s sprawling capital city. You’ll have a welcome meeting at 5 or 6 pm tonight to meet your local leader and small group of fellow travellers. If you arrive early, maybe check out the city at your own pace – head to the Old Town and pick one (or more) of the 30 churches to explore. After your meeting, you’ll head to a small, local restaurant for dinner with your group. Take in the aromas and fresh flavours of the traditional Ecuadorian cuisine – think locroc (traditional potato soup) or quinoa, pork and vegetable dishes cooked with herbs, lemongrass and rich sauces, all sourced from local farms.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Isla Baltra - Santa Cruz Highlands - Puerto Ayora - You have a very early start this morning (maybe as early as 4 am, depending on flight times) as you head into the Galapagos. Transfer to Mariscal Sucre International Airport (Quito Airport), with a boxed breakfast on the way. When you arrive, you’ll meet your naturalist guide in the arrival hall. Take the short bus ride to the ferry, then board and head across the Itabaca Channel to Isla Santa Cruz. You’ll then board a private bus to Los Gemelos, in the highlands. Surrounded by the unique scalesia cloud forest, look out for the abundant birdlife when you arrive, including different species of Darwin finches, woodpeckers, warbler finches and vermillion flycatchers. Continue further into the highlands to explore a rancho farm, where you’ll take a walk and have lunch – you might even see the giant tortoises in their natural habitat! After lunch, travel to Puerto Ayora, where Le Grande Daphne and her crew will be waiting for you.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Post Office Bay - Punta Cormorant - Devils Crown (Isla Floreana) - Learn about the maritime history of Post Office Bay – home of the oldest postal system in the Americas. The post box here was first built by 18th-century whalers and is still in use today. Maybe leave a letter, then head out for your first spot of snorkelling. After, head ashore at Punta Cormorant, where the sand is made up of olivine crystal – a glassy, volcanic mineral that gives the beach an olive-green colour. Take a walk in search of sea lions, flamingos, pintails and stilts, finishing at a sandy beach where Eastern Pacific green turtles nest. Just offshore, the famous Devil’s Crown waits for those who want a special snorkelling experience – the partially-submerged remains of a volcanic cone are now a unique swimming hole, home to rays, sharks, sea lions and turtles.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Punta Suarez - Bahia Gardner (Isla Espanola) - Today will begin with a hike on Isla Espanola – the southernmost island of the Galapagos and the breeding site for almost all the estimated 24,000 waved albatross on earth. If you’re lucky (and the timing is right), you might spot the elaborate courtship rituals performed by albatross before the female chooses her lifelong mate. Hike through booby colonies to the rocky trails of beautiful Punta Suarez, ending at a clifftop viewpoint. Look out over views of rugged cliffs framed by swooping frigate birds, watching while albatross use the cliffs as their ‘runway’, getting airborne on the southeast winds. Next, head to Bahia Gardner for a walk along the beach. Dodge lounging sea lions, then cool off with a spot of snorkelling. The rocks off the coast are rich with reef sharks, turtles and many species of tropical fish (such as surgeon and angelfish). Small, white-tipped reef sharks can also be spotted resting under the rocks.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Kicker Rock - Cerro Brujo - Puerto Baquerizo Moreno (Isla San Cristobal) - Take a trip to Leon Dormido (Kicker Rock) – this basalt crater rises 150 m above the water and is divided into two parts by a narrow channel. Cruise around Kicker Rock as nesting seabirds flank the boat, tropicbirds soar overhead and sea lions lounge by the water. Next, spend some time snorkelling at Cerro Brujo, looking out for Galapagos sharks and sea turtles. You could also walk on the beach to see the sea lions. Later, sail to Puerto Baquerizo Moreno on the island of San Cristobal. Some passengers will be leaving today, and others may join you. You’ll have free time in the town, then in the afternoon you’ll visit the San Cristobal Interpretation Centre, which brings the history and geography of the archipelago to life. If there’s time, your guide may be able to organise a visit to the highlands, for a chance to see giant tortoises in the wild. The price of this optional activity depends on the number of passengers attending. Relaxing on the beach is a great option for those who don’t wish to go.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Isla Santa Fe - Isla Plaza Sur - Sea lions, iguanas and hawks – oh my! Isla Santa Fe is home to all three, plus Galapagos mockingbirds, marine turtles, frigate birds, Galapagos doves and lava lizards. This island boasts one of the most attractive coves in the whole archipelago. Take a hike along the coast into the opuntia forest, then cool off with a snorkel, looking out for schools of fish, rays and sea turtles. After, continue to Isla Plaza Sur. When you arrive on this small, gorgeous island, you’ll head out for another walk to get close to sea lions, passing one of the Galapagos’ largest land iguana populations on the way. The southern cliffs are great for spotting tropicbirds and swallow-tailed gulls, as well as ‘the Gentlemen’s Club’ – a gathering of male sea lions.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Bahia Darwin - Prince Philip's Steps (Isla Genovesa) - Explore Isla Genovesa – the archipelago's north-eastern outpost. The island’s varied landscapes are a twitcher's paradise, with all three kinds of boobies (including the rare red-footed booby) nesting here. Next, see Bahia Darwin (Darwin Beach) for another birding site with large breeding colonies of seabirds, frigates, lava herons, swallow-tailed gulls, mockingbirds and vampire finches. Head out for a hike to see tide pools, sea lions and diamond stingrays. The steep Prince Philip's Steps lead you to the heart of the seabird rookeries, with birds swirling overhead and nesting among the cliffs. Look out for storm petrels on the island’s rocky plains – Genovesa is the only place in the world where these birds can be seen flying during the day! After, maybe cool off with a snorkel, looking out for manta rays, sharks, turtles and moray eels, plus many species of fish.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Bahia Sullivan (Isla Santiago) - Cerro Dragon (Isla Santa Cruz) - On Santiago Island's eastern coast sits Bahia Sullivan. Take a walk along pahoehoe lava, which was created by an eruption that occurred here in 1897. With some luck, you might see some marine iguanas, Sally Lightfoot crabs, sea lions, finches, turtles, sharks and penguins. During your walk, as always, your naturalist guide will take you through the geological history of the island. Then, travel to Cerro Dragon (Dragon Hill) – one of the best places to see land iguanas. Walk to a brackish lagoon to see lagoon birds such as stilts, pintail ducks, sandpipers, sanderlings and flamingos. Further inland, the trail offers a beautiful view of the bay and the western area of the archipelago. This area is a nesting site for land iguanas, which is constantly monitored and assisted by the Charles Darwin Research Station. The arid-zone vegetation makes for an ideal place to see Darwin's finches, Galapagos mockingbirds, the endemic Galapagos flycatcher and yellow warblers.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Black Turtle Cove (Isla Santa Cruz) - Isla Baltra - Quito - Explore the red mangrove wetland of Caleta Tortuga Negra (Black Turtle Cove) today on your Zodiac. Cruise through this peaceful cove and look out for mating green turtles, golden cow-nose rays, eagle rays and Galapagos sharks. After, head to the airport in Isla Baltra for your flight back to Quito. You’ll arrive back to Quito at approximately 4 pm, where you’ll then ttransfer to your hotel for your last night.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Quito - There are no activities planned for today, and your adventure finishes after breakfast this morning. Of course, that doesn’t mean your adventure has to end! Why not stay on in Quito for a few days and discover the charms of the city. If you need help booking extra accommodation, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Quito - Bienvenidos! Welcome to Ecuador. Your adventure begins in Quito – Ecuador’s sprawling capital city. You’ll have a welcome meeting at 5 or 6 pm tonight to meet your local leader and small group of fellow travellers. If you arrive early, maybe check out the city at your own pace – head to the Old Town and pick one (or more) of the 30 churches to explore. After your meeting, you’ll head to a small, local restaurant for dinner with your group. Take in the aromas and fresh flavours of the traditional Ecuadorian cuisine – think locroc (traditional potato soup) or quinoa, pork and vegetable dishes cooked with herbs, lemongrass and rich sauces, all sourced from local farms.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Isla Baltra/Santa Cruz Highlands - You have a very early start this morning (maybe as early as 4 am, depending on flight times) as you head into the Galapagos. Transfer to Mariscal Sucre International Airport (Quito Airport), with a boxed breakfast on the way. When you arrive, you’ll meet your naturalist guide in the arrival hall. Take the short bus ride to the ferry, then board and head across the Itabaca Channel to Isla Santa Cruz. You’ll then board a private bus to Los Gemelos, in the highlands. Surrounded by the unique scalesia cloud forest, look out for the abundant birdlife when you arrive, including different species of Darwin finches, woodpeckers, warbler finches and vermillion flycatchers. Continue further into the highlands to explore a rancho farm, where you’ll take a walk and have lunch – you might even see the giant tortoises in their natural habitat! After lunch, travel to Puerto Ayora, where Le Grande Daphne and her crew will be waiting for you.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Isla Floreana - Learn about the maritime history of Post Office Bay – home of the oldest postal system in the Americas. The post box here was first built by 18th-century whalers and is still in use today. Maybe leave a letter, then head out for your first spot of snorkelling. After, head ashore at Punta Cormorant, where the sand is made up of olivine crystal – a glassy, volcanic mineral that gives the beach an olive-green colour. Take a walk in search of sea lions, flamingos, pintails and stilts, finishing at a sandy beach where Eastern Pacific green turtles nest. Just offshore, the famous Devil’s Crown waits for those who want a special snorkelling experience – the partially-submerged remains of a volcanic cone are now a unique swimming hole, home to rays, sharks, sea lions and turtles.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Isla Espanola - Today will begin with a hike on Isla Espanola – the southernmost island of the Galapagos and the breeding site for almost all the estimated 24,000 waved albatross on earth. If you’re lucky (and the timing is right), you might spot the elaborate courtship rituals performed by albatross before the female chooses her lifelong mate. Hike through booby colonies to the rocky trails of beautiful Punta Suarez, ending at a clifftop viewpoint. Look out over views of rugged cliffs framed by swooping frigate birds, watching while albatross use the cliffs as their ‘runway’, getting airborne on the southeast winds. Next, head to Bahia Gardner for a walk along the beach. Dodge lounging sea lions, then cool off with a spot of snorkelling. The rocks off the coast are rich with reef sharks, turtles and many species of tropical fish (such as surgeon and angelfish). Small, white-tipped reef sharks can also be spotted resting under the rocks.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Isla San Cristobal - Take a trip to Leon Dormido (Kicker Rock) – this basalt crater rises 150 m above the water and is divided into two parts by a narrow channel. Cruise around Kicker Rock as nesting seabirds flank the boat, tropicbirds soar overhead and sea lions lounge by the water. Next, spend some time snorkelling at Cerro Brujo, looking out for Galapagos sharks and sea turtles. You could also walk on the beach to see the sea lions. Later, sail to Puerto Baquerizo Moreno on the island of San Cristobal for your flight back to Quito. You’ll arrive at Quito Airport at approximately 4 pm and take a transfer to your hotel.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Quito - There are no activities planned for today, and your adventure finishes after breakfast this morning. Of course, that doesn’t mean your adventure has to end! Why not stay on in Quito for a few days and discover the charms of the city. If you need help booking extra accommodation, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Quito - Bienvenidos! Welcome to Ecuador. Your adventure begins in Quito – Ecuador’s sprawling capital city. You’ll have a welcome meeting at 5 or 6 pm tonight to meet your local leader and small group of fellow travellers. If you arrive early, maybe check out the city at your own pace – head to the Old Town and pick one (or more) of the 30 churches to explore. After your meeting, you’ll head to a small, local restaurant for dinner with your group. Take in the aromas and fresh flavours of the traditional Ecuadorian cuisine – think locroc (traditional potato soup) or quinoa, pork and vegetable dishes cooked with herbs, lemongrass and rich sauces, all sourced from local farms.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Quito/Isla San Cristobal - You have a very early start this morning (maybe as early as 4 am, depending on flight times) as you head into the Galapagos. Transfer to Mariscal Sucre International Airport (Quito Airport), with a boxed breakfast on the way. When you arrive, you’ll meet your naturalist guide in the arrival hall. Then, head to the Grande Daphne and have lunch with your shipmates. Your first stop is the San Cristobal Interpretation Center, which brings the history and geography of the archipelago to life, from its volcanic origins to the present day. This afternoon, there will be an opportunity to travel to the highlands to see giant tortoises in a protected area.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Isla Santa Fe/Isla Plaza Sur - Sea lions, iguanas and hawks – oh my! Isla Santa Fe is home to all three, plus Galapagos mockingbirds, marine turtles, frigate birds, Galapagos doves and lava lizards. This island boasts one of the most attractive coves in the whole archipelago. Take a hike along the coast into the opuntia forest, then cool off with a snorkel, looking out for schools of fish, rays and sea turtles. After, continue to Isla Plaza Sur. When you arrive on this small, gorgeous island, you’ll head out for another walk to get close to sea lions, passing one of the Galapagos’ largest land iguana populations on the way. The southern cliffs are great for spotting tropicbirds and swallow-tailed gulls, as well as ‘the Gentlemen’s Club’ – a gathering of male sea lions. Today, there may be an extra stop on the way to Plaza Sur to restock the boat’s provisions.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Isla Genovesa - Explore Isla Genovesa – the archipelago's north-eastern outpost. The island’s varied landscapes are a twitcher's paradise, with all three kinds of boobies (including the rare red-footed booby) nesting here. Next, see Bahia Darwin (Darwin Beach) for another birding site with large breeding colonies of seabirds, frigates, lava herons, swallow-tailed gulls, mockingbirds and vampire finches. Head out for a hike to see tide pools, sea lions and diamond stingrays. The steep Prince Philip's Steps lead you to the heart of the seabird rookeries, with birds swirling overhead and nesting among the cliffs. Look out for storm petrels on the island’s rocky plains – Genovesa is the only place in the world where these birds can be seen flying during the day! After, maybe cool off with a snorkel, looking out for manta rays, sharks, turtles and moray eels, plus many species of fish.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Isla Santiago/Isla Santa Cruz - On Santiago Island's eastern coast sits Bahia Sullivan. Take a walk along pahoehoe lava, which was created by an eruption that occurred here in 1897. With some luck, you might see some marine iguanas, Sally Lightfoot crabs, sea lions, finches, turtles, sharks and penguins. During your walk, as always, your naturalist guide will take you through the geological history of the island. Then, travel to Cerro Dragon (Dragon Hill) – one of the best places to see land iguanas. Walk to a brackish lagoon to see lagoon birds such as stilts, pintail ducks, sandpipers, sanderlings and flamingos. Further inland, the trail offers a beautiful view of the bay and the western area of the archipelago. This area is a nesting site for land iguanas, which is constantly monitored and assisted by the Charles Darwin Research Station. The arid-zone vegetation makes for an ideal place to see Darwin's finches, Galapagos mockingbirds, the endemic Galapagos flycatcher and yellow warblers.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Isla Santa Cruz/Quito - Explore the red mangrove wetland of Caleta Tortuga Negra (Black Turtle Cove) today on your Zodiac. Cruise through this peaceful cove and look out for mating green turtles, golden cow-nose rays, eagle rays and Galapagos sharks. After, head to the airport in Isla Baltra for your flight back to Quito. You’ll arrive back in Quito at approximately 4 pm, where you’ll then transfer to your hotel for your last night.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Quito - There are no activities planned for today, and your adventure finishes after breakfast this morning. Of course, that doesn’t mean your adventure has to end! Why not stay on in Quito for a few days and discover the charms of the city. If you need help booking extra accommodation, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Quito - Bienvenidos! Welcome to Ecuador. Your adventure begins in Quito – Ecuador’s sprawling capital city. You’ll have a welcome meeting at 5 or 6 pm tonight to meet your local leader and small group of fellow travellers. If you arrive early, maybe check out the city at your own pace – head to the Old Town and pick one (or more) of the 30 churches to explore. After your meeting, you’ll head to a small, local restaurant for dinner with your group. Take in the aromas and fresh flavours of the traditional Ecuadorian cuisine – think locroc (traditional potato soup) or quinoa, pork and vegetable dishes cooked with herbs, lemongrass and rich sauces, all sourced from local farms.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Quito - Isla Baltra - Las Bachas (Isla Santa Cruz) - You have a very early start this morning (maybe as early as 4 am, depending on flight times) as you head into the Galapagos. Transfer to Mariscal Sucre International Airport (Quito Airport), with a boxed breakfast on the way. When you arrive, you’ll meet your naturalist guide in the arrival hall, then be transferred to your boat – Le Grande Daphne. Meet the crew, settle in and have some lunch with your fellow travellers. Try on the snorkelling gear before your first snorkelling session, then sail to Las Bachas, where the soft sand made of decomposed coral is a nesting site for the Pacific green turtle. Marine iguanas are also commonly spotted along the beach. The rocks make for excellent snorkelling and are populated by Sally Lightfoot crabs. A saltwater lagoon just near the beach is home to flamingo and whimbrel and you might also see a great blue heron. Remnants of a floating pier, a testimony to the US presence in the Galapagos during World War II, can also be seen.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Isla Rabida - Punta Albermarle (Isla Isabela) - Today, you’ll sail from Las Bachas to Isla Rabida, known for its spectacular red sand beaches, caused by the high content of iron in the sand which rusts to form the unusual shade. From the shore, follow today’s hiking trail to a lagoon that’s one of the best spots in the Galapagos to see flamingos. Keep an eye out for nesting pelicans, pintail ducks, marine iguanas and sea lions, too. Check out a vast opuntia cactus forest, hinting at the previous habitation of land iguanas, Galapagos hawks, mockingbirds, doves, finches and lava lizards. After, you can opt to go snorkelling to seek out the resident sea stars, damsels, gobbies and surgeon fish. In the afternoon, head to Albemarle on the northeast side of Isabela Island. Covered in mangroves, the bay is home to sea turtles, sea lions, penguins and flightless cormorants who feed on the algae and fish here. Another fantastic location for snorkelling, you may like to have a look beneath the water’s surface in search of sea turtles and flightless cormorants.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Tagus Cove (Isla Isabela) - Bahia Urbina (Isla Isabela) - Sail overnight from Punta Albermarle around to the western shores of Isla Isabela. Wake up near Tagus Cove, where pirates and whalers used to collect tortoises for their travels. Maybe go snorkelling here or check out the graffiti on the walls (the oldest of which is from 1836!). Look out for flightless cormorants, blue-footed boobies, a variety of waterfowl and the most northerly penguins in the world. You’ll then walk to a lookout point for a stunning view of the north of Isabela Island and Volcan Wolf (Wolf Volcano). Later, visit Bahia Urbina on the west of Isabela Island to see the bay’s diverse and colourful plant life, which attracts many different insects. The site also features a short hike inland, where giant tortoises can be spotted among the bushes. You may also see land iguanas, which often nest in the middle of the trail. Flycatchers, Darwin’s finches and mockingbirds are common on the ground and in the trees.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Punta Espinosa (Isla Fernandina) - Punta Vicente Roca (Isla Isabela) - Today, visit Punta Espinosa – a narrow ledge of lava and sand extending from the base of La Cumbre volcano. Walk around the peninsula to see the lava cacti, marine iguanas, barking sea lions, tiny penguins and Sally Lightfoot crabs. Keep an eye out for the Galapagos hawk, too, hunting in the treetops. Then, dive into the clear waters for snorkelling, looking out for the resident turtles and sea lions. In the afternoon, head to Punta Vicente Roca and take a Zodiac ride to see the abundant wildlife here. This spot is also one of the best snorkelling spots in the archipelago! The route takes you along the cliffs and allows you to explore two shallow underwater caves. The primitive and unaggressive bullhead shark, known locally as the Port Jackson shark, is often seen here sharing its space with red-lipped batfish, frogfish, Pacific seahorses, the endemic Camotillo, schools of barracuda and brown-stripped snappers.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Puerto Egas (Isla Santiago) - Caleta Bucanero (Isla Santiago) - Sail to Puerto Egas – a black-sand beach on the west side of James Bay, northwest of Isla Santiago. Home to incredible volcanic tuff formations, you’ll stroll along the beach with the native marine iguanas, pelicans, finches, mockingbirds, oystercatchers, Galapagos sea lions and Galapagos fur seals. You can see the tidal pools, formed from ancient lava flow, providing a home for sponges, snails, hermit crabs, barnacles and fish. You might also end up snorkelling with a Galapagos fur seal – they’re always looking for a friend! In the afternoon, travel to the northwest side of Santiago Island where you’ll find Caleta Bucanero – named after the pirates and buccaneers who once found shelter in the bay. Here, you can go snorkelling and take a dinghy ride to look for blue-footed boobies, pelicans and nocturnal seagulls nesting in the cliffs.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Isla Bartolome - Isla Sombrero Chino - Wake up in Bartolome Island – a volcanic landscape full of spatter cones and lava flows, home to Galapagos penguins and lava lizards. Put on your walking shoes and climb up 360 wooden steps to the summit, where an amazing view of Pinnacle Rock awaits. This is one of the most photographed sights in the Galapagos! Hike to the top of a once-active volcano and enjoy the views across to Bahia Sullivan on nearby Isla Santiago. If you’re in luck, you might see the Galapagos hawk. There’s also the chance to go snorkelling among the colourful marine life. In the afternoon, travel to the small island of Sombrero Chino, found on the southeast side of Santiago Island. With sandy beaches and a volcanic landscape, this is a great spot to hike and look out for the sea lions and penguins that rest here. Or, you can snorkel in search of reef sharks and sea turtles.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Isla North Seymour - Charles Darwin Research Station (Isla Santa Cruz) - Wake up in North Seymour – one of the most visited islands of the Galapagos. Take a morning walk around the island to see blue-footed boobies and swallow-tailed gulls. Boobies and frigates have an interesting relationship, sharing the same nesting area on North Seymour. Blue-footed boobies nest on the ground while the frigate birds nest just above them in the saltbushes. As you walk, look out for land iguanas, marine iguanas, Galapagos sea lions and the endemic incense tree. After, cool off and go snorkelling to see the variety of fish and white-tipped reef sharks, rays and sea lions here. Later, travel to Isla Santa Cruz – the second largest island in the Galapagos. Visit the Charles Darwin Research Station – undertaking vital conservation work, the station also makes for interesting exploration and offers the best opportunities for close encounters with giant tortoises. You may also see baby tortoises!

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Puerto Ayora - Santa Cruz Highlands - Baltra - Quito - Flights to the mainland depart mid-morning, so it’s an early start for your last morning on the islands today. You’ll visit the Santa Cruz Highlands first, travelling through the agricultural region and into the misty forests, where you can see the dome-shaped giant tortoises in the wild. Look out for different species of Darwin finches and the world-famous woodpecker and warbler finches. Then, it’s time to bid farewell to the archipelago and head to the airport for your mid-morning flight back to Quito for the last night of the trip. You'll arrive at about 4 pm, taking a transfer back to your hotel. You might want to head out with your fellow travellers for dinner tonight, toasting to an incredible, wildlife-filled adventure.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Quito - There are no activities planned for today, and your adventure finishes after breakfast this morning. Of course, that doesn’t mean your adventure has to end! Why not stay on in Quito for a few days and discover the charms of the city. If you need help booking extra accommodation, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Quito - Bienvenidos! Welcome to Ecuador. Your adventure begins in Quito – Ecuador’s sprawling capital city. You’ll have a welcome meeting at 5 or 6 pm tonight to meet your local leader and small group of fellow travellers. If you arrive early, maybe check out the city at your own pace – head to the Old Town and pick one (or more) of the 30 churches to explore. After your meeting, you’ll head to a small, local restaurant for dinner with your group. Take in the aromas and fresh flavours of the traditional Ecuadorian cuisine – think locroc (traditional potato soup) or quinoa, pork and vegetable dishes cooked with herbs, lemongrass and rich sauces, all sourced from local farms.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Isla Baltra - Santa Cruz Highlands - You have a very early start this morning (maybe as early as 4 am, depending on flight times) as you head into the Galapagos. Transfer to Mariscal Sucre International Airport (Quito Airport), with a boxed breakfast on the way. When you arrive, you’ll meet your naturalist guide in the arrival hall. Take the short bus ride to the ferry, then board and head across the Itabaca Channel to Isla Santa Cruz. You’ll then board a private bus to Los Gemelos, in the highlands. Surrounded by the unique scalesia cloud forest, look out for the abundant birdlife when you arrive, including different species of Darwin finches, woodpeckers, warbler finches and vermillion flycatchers. Continue further into the highlands to explore a rancho farm, where you’ll take a walk and have lunch – you might even see the giant tortoises in their natural habitat! After lunch, travel to Puerto Ayora, where the Grande Daphne and her crew will be waiting for you.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Post Office Bay - Punta Cormorant - Devils Crown, Isla Floreana - Learn about the maritime history of Post Office Bay – home of the oldest postal system in the Americas. The post box here was first built by 18th-century whalers and is still in use today. Maybe leave a postcard, then head out for your first spot of snorkelling. After, head ashore at Punta Cormorant where the sand is made up of olivine crystal – a glassy, volcanic mineral that gives the beach an olive-green colour. Take a walk in search of sea lions, flamingos, pintails and stilts, finishing at a sandy beach where Eastern Pacific green turtles nest. Just offshore, the famous Devil’s Crown waits for those who want a special snorkelling experience – the partially-submerged remains of a volcanic cone are now a unique swimming hole, home to rays, sharks, sea lions and turtles.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Punta Suarez - Bahia Gardner, Isla Espanola - Today will begin with a hike on Isla Espanola – the southernmost island of the Galapagos and the breeding site for almost all the estimated 24,000 waved albatross on earth. If you’re lucky (and the timing is right), you might spot the elaborate courtship rituals performed by albatross before the female chooses her lifelong mate. Hike through booby colonies to the rocky trails of beautiful Punta Suarez, ending at a clifftop viewpoint. Look out over views of rugged cliffs framed by swooping frigate birds, watching while albatross use the cliffs as their ‘runway’, getting airborne on the southeast winds. Next, head to Bahia Gardner for a walk along the beach. Dodge lounging sea lions, then cool off with a spot of snorkelling. The rocks off the coast are rich with reef sharks, turtles and many species of tropical fish (such as surgeon and angelfish). Small, white-tipped reef sharks can also be spotted resting under the rocks.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Kicker Rock - Cerro Brujo - Puerto Baquerizo Moreno, Isla San Cristobal - Take a trip to Leon Dormido (Kicker Rock) – this basalt crater rises 150 m above the water and is divided into two parts by a narrow channel. Cruise around Kicker Rock as nesting seabirds flank the boat, tropicbirds soar overhead and sea lions lounge by the water. Next, spend some time snorkelling at Cerro Brujo, looking out for Galapagos sharks and sea turtles or walk on the beach to see the sea lions. Later, sail to Puerto Baquerizo Moreno on the island of San Cristobal. Some passengers will be leaving today, and others may join you. You’ll have free time in the town, then in the afternoon you’ll visit the San Cristobal Interpretation Centre, which brings the history and geography of the archipelago to life. If there’s time, your guide may be able to organise a visit to the highlands, for a chance to see giant tortoises in the wild. The price of this optional activity depends on the number of passengers attending. Relaxing on the beach is a great option for those who don’t wish to go.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Isla Santa Fe - Isla Plaza Sur - Sea lions, iguanas and hawks – oh my! Isla Santa Fe is home to all three, plus Galapagos mockingbirds, marine turtles, frigate birds, Galapagos doves and lava lizards. This island boasts one of the most attractive coves in the whole archipelago. Take a hike along the coast into the Opuntia forest, then cool off with a snorkel, looking out for schools of fish, rays and sea turtles. After, continue to Isla Plaza Sur. When you arrive on this small, gorgeous island, you’ll head out for another walk to get close to sea lions, passing one of the Galapagos’ largest land iguana populations. The southern cliffs are great for spotting tropicbirds and swallow-tailed gulls, as well as ‘the Gentlemen’s Club’ – a gathering of male sea lions. Today, there may be an extra stop on the way to Plaza Sur to restock the boat’s provisions.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Bahia Darwin - Prince Philip's Steps, Isla Genovesa - Explore Isla Genovesa – the archipelago's north-eastern outpost. The island’s varied landscapes are a twitcher's paradise, with all three kinds of boobies (including the rare red-footed booby) nesting here. Next, see Bahia Darwin (Darwin Beach) for another birding site with large breeding colonies of seabirds, frigates, lava herons, swallow-tailed gulls, mockingbirds and vampire finches. Head out for a hike to see tide pools, sea lions and diamond stingrays. The steep Prince Philip's Steps lead you to the heart of the seabird rookeries, with birds swirling overhead and nesting among the cliffs. Look out for storm petrels on the island’s rocky plains – Genovesa is the only place in the world where these birds can be seen flying during the day! After, maybe cool off with a snorkel, looking out for manta rays, sharks, turtles and moray eels, plus many species of fish.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Bahia Sullivan, Isla Santiago - Cerro Dragon, Isla Santa Cruz - On Santiago Island's eastern coast sits Bahia Sullivan. Take a walk along Pahoehoe lava, which was created by an eruption that occurred here in 1897. With some luck, you might see some marine iguanas, Sally Lightfoot crabs, sea lions, finches, turtles, sharks and penguins. During your walk, as always, your naturalist guide will take you through the geological history of the island. Then, travel to Cerro Dragon (Dragon Hill) – one of the best places to see land iguanas. Walk to a brackish lagoon to see lagoon birds such as stilts, pintail ducks, sandpipers, sanderlings and flamingos. Further inland, the trail offers a beautiful view of the bay and the western area of the archipelago. This area is a nesting site for land iguanas, which is constantly monitored and assisted by the Charles Darwin Research Station. The arid-zone vegetation makes for an ideal place to see Darwin's finches, Galapagos mockingbirds, the endemic Galapagos flycatcher and yellow warblers.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Black Turtle Cove - Las Bachas, Isla Santa Cruz - Explore the red mangrove wetland of Caleta Tortuga Negra (Black Turtle Cove) today on your Zodiac. Cruise through this peaceful cove and look out for mating green turtles, golden cow-nose rays, eagle rays and Galapagos sharks. After, head to Las Bachas, where the soft sand made of decomposed coral is a nesting site for the Pacific green turtle. Marine iguanas are also commonly spotted along the beach. The rocks make for excellent snorkelling and are populated by Sally Lightfoot crabs. A saltwater lagoon just near the beach is home to flamingo and whimbrel and you might also see a great blue heron. Remnants of a floating pier, a testimony to the US presence in the Galapagos during World War II, can also be seen.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Isla Rabida - Punta Albemarle, Isla Isabela - Today, you’ll sail from Las Bachas to Isla Rabida, known for its spectacular red sand beaches, caused by the high iron content in the sand which rusts to form the unusual shade. From the shore, follow today’s hiking trail to a lagoon that’s one of the best spots in the Galapagos to see flamingos. Keep an eye out for nesting pelicans, pintail ducks, marine iguanas and sea lions, too. Check out a vast opuntia cactus forest, hinting at the previous habitation of land iguanas, Galapagos hawks, mockingbirds, doves, finches and lava lizards. After, you can opt to go snorkelling to seek out the resident sea stars, damsels, gobbies and surgeon fish. In the afternoon, head to Albemarle on the northeast side of Isabela Island. Covered in mangroves, the bay is home to sea turtles, sea lions, penguins and flightless cormorants who feed on the algae and fish here. Another fantastic location for snorkelling, you may like to have a look beneath the water’s surface in search of sea turtles and flightless cormorants.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Tagus Cove - Bahia Urbina, Isla Isabela - Sail overnight from Punta Albermarle around to the western shores of Isla Isabela. Wake up near Tagus Cove, where pirates and whalers used to collect tortoises for their travels. Maybe go snorkelling here or check out the graffiti on the walls (the oldest of which is from 1836!). Look out for flightless cormorants, blue-footed boobies, a variety of waterfowl and the most northerly penguins in the world. You’ll then walk to a lookout point for a stunning view of the north of Isabela Island and Volcan Wolf (Wolf Volcano). Later, visit Bahia Urbina on the west of Isabela Island to see the bay’s diverse and colourful plant life, which attracts many different insects. The site also features a short hike inland, where giant tortoises can be spotted among the bushes. You may also see land iguanas, which often nest in the middle of the trail. Flycatchers, Darwin’s finches and mockingbirds are common on the ground and in the trees.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Punta Espinosa, Isla Fernandina - Punta Vicente Roca, Isla Isabela - Today, visit Punta Espinosa – a narrow ledge of lava and sand extending from the base of La Cumbre volcano. Walk around the peninsula to see the lava cacti, marine iguanas, barking sea lions, tiny penguins and Sally Lightfoot crabs. Keep an eye out for the Galapagos hawk, too, hunting in the treetops. Then, dive into the clear waters for snorkelling, looking out for the resident turtles and sea lions. In the afternoon, head to Punta Vicente Roca and take a Zodiac ride to see the abundant wildlife here. This spot is also one of the best snorkelling spots in the archipelago! The route takes you along the cliffs and allows you to explore two shallow underwater caves. The primitive and unaggressive bullhead shark, known locally as the Port Jackson shark, is often seen here sharing its space with red-lipped batfish, frogfish, Pacific seahorses, the endemic Camotillo, schools of barracuda and brown-stripped snappers.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Puerto Egas - Caleta Bucanero, Isla Santiago - Sail to Puerto Egas – a black-sand beach on the west side of James Bay, northwest of Isla Santiago. Home to incredible volcanic tuff formations, you’ll stroll along the beach with the native marine iguanas, pelicans, finches, mockingbirds, oystercatchers, Galapagos sea lions and fur seals. You can see the tidal pools, formed from ancient lava flow, providing a home for sponges, snails, hermit crabs, barnacles and fish. You might also end up snorkelling with a Galapagos fur seal – they’re always looking for a friend! In the afternoon, travel to the northwest side of Santiago Island where you’ll find Caleta Bucanero – named after the pirates and buccaneers who once found shelter in the bay. Here, you can go snorkelling and take a dinghy ride to look for blue-footed boobies, pelicans and nocturnal seagulls nesting in the cliffs.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Isla Bartolome - Isla Sombrero Chino - Wake up in Bartolome Island – a volcanic landscape full of spatter cones and lava flows, home to Galapagos penguins and lava lizards. Put on your walking shoes and climb 360 wooden steps to the summit, where an amazing view of Pinnacle Rock awaits. This is one of the most photographed sights in the Galapagos! Hike to the top of a once-active volcano and enjoy the views of Bahia Sullivan on nearby Isla Santiago. If you’re in luck, you might see the Galapagos hawk. There’s also the chance to go snorkelling among the colourful marine life. In the afternoon, travel to the small island of Sombrero Chino, found on the southeast side of Santiago Island. With sandy beaches and a volcanic landscape, this is a great spot to hike and look out for the sea lions and penguins that rest here. Or, you can snorkel in search of reef sharks and sea turtles.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Isla North Seymour - Charles Darwin Research Station, Isla Santa Cruz - Wake up in North Seymour – one of the most visited islands of the Galapagos. Take a morning walk around the island to see blue-footed boobies and swallow-tailed gulls. Boobies and frigates have an interesting relationship, sharing the same nesting area on North Seymour. Blue-footed boobies nest on the ground while the frigate birds nest just above them in the saltbushes. As you walk, look out for land iguanas, marine iguanas, Galapagos sea lions and the endemic incense tree. After, cool off and go snorkelling to see the variety of fish and white-tipped reef sharks, rays and sea lions here. Later, travel to Isla Santa Cruz – the second largest island in the Galapagos. Visit the Charles Darwin Research Station – undertaking vital conservation work, the station also makes for interesting exploration and offers the best opportunities for close encounters with giant tortoises. You may also see baby tortoises!

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Puerto Ayora - Santa Cruz Highlands, Isla Baltra - Quito - Flights to the mainland depart mid-morning, so it’s an early start for your last morning on the islands today. You’ll visit the Santa Cruz Highlands first, travelling through the agricultural region and into the misty forests, where you can see the dome-shaped giant tortoises in the wild. Look out for different species of Darwin finches and the world-famous woodpecker and warbler finches. Then, it’s time to bid farewell to the archipelago and head to the airport for your mid-morning flight back to Quito for the last night of the trip. You'll arrive at about 4 pm, taking a transfer back to your hotel. You might want to head out with your fellow travellers for dinner tonight, toasting to an incredible, wildlife-filled adventure.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Quito - There are no activities planned for today, and your adventure finishes after breakfast this morning. Of course, that doesn’t mean your adventure has to end! Why not stay on in Quito for a few days and discover the charms of the city. If you need help booking extra accommodation, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Baltra Airport - Las Bachas (Isla Santa Cruz) - Bienvenidos! Welcome to the Galapagos. Your adventure begins in the Baltra Airport, where you’ll be meeting the other travellers arriving from Quito at 11 am. When you’ve met up with the rest of the group and your local naturalist guide, take a quick transfer to your home for the next week – Le Grande Daphne. Meet the crew, settle in and have some lunch with your fellow travellers. Try on the snorkelling gear before your first snorkelling session, then sail to Las Bachas, where the soft sand made of decomposed coral is a nesting site for the Pacific green turtle. Marine iguanas are also commonly spotted along the beach. The rocks make for excellent snorkelling and are populated by Sally Lightfoot crabs. A saltwater lagoon just near the beach is home to flamingo and whimbrel and you might also see a great blue heron. Remnants of a floating pier, a testimony to the US presence in the Galapagos during World War II, can also be seen.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Isla Rabida - Punta Albermarle (Isla Isabela) - Today, you’ll sail from Las Bachas to Isla Rabida, known for its spectacular red sand beaches, caused by the high content of iron in the sand which rusts to form the unusual shade. From the shore, follow today’s hiking trail to a lagoon that’s one of the best spots in the Galapagos to see flamingos. Keep an eye out for nesting pelicans, pintail ducks, marine iguanas and sea lions, too. Check out a vast opuntia cactus forest, hinting at the previous habitation of land iguanas, Galapagos hawks, mockingbirds, doves, finches and lava lizards. After, you can opt to go snorkelling to seek out the resident sea stars, damsels, gobbies and surgeon fish. In the afternoon, head to Albemarle on the northeast side of Isabela Island. Covered in mangroves, the bay is home to sea turtles, sea lions, penguins and flightless cormorants who feed on the algae and fish here. Another fantastic location for snorkelling, you may like to have a look beneath the water’s surface in search of sea turtles and flightless cormorants.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Tagus Cove (Isla Isabela) - Bahia Urbina (Isla Isabela) - Sail overnight from Punta Albermarle around to the western shores of Isla Isabela. Wake up near Tagus Cove, where pirates and whalers used to collect tortoises for their travels. Maybe go snorkelling here or check out the graffiti on the walls (the oldest of which is from 1836!). Look out for flightless cormorants, blue-footed boobies, a variety of waterfowl and the most northerly penguins in the world. You’ll then walk to a lookout point for a stunning view of the north of Isabela Island and Volcan Wolf (Wolf Volcano). Later, visit Bahia Urbina on the west of Isabela Island to see the bay’s diverse and colourful plant life, which attracts many different insects. The site also features a short hike inland, where giant tortoises can be spotted among the bushes. You may also see land iguanas, which often nest in the middle of the trail. Flycatchers, Darwin’s finches and mockingbirds are common on the ground and in the trees.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Punta Espinosa (Isla Fernandina) - Punta Vicente Roca (Isla Isabela) - Today, visit Punta Espinosa – a narrow ledge of lava and sand extending from the base of La Cumbre volcano. Walk around the peninsula to see the lava cacti, marine iguanas, barking sea lions, tiny penguins and Sally Lightfoot crabs. Keep an eye out for the Galapagos hawk, too, hunting in the treetops. Then, dive into the clear waters for snorkelling, looking out for the resident turtles and sea lions. In the afternoon, head to Punta Vicente Roca and take a Zodiac ride to see the abundant wildlife here. This spot is also one of the best snorkelling spots in the archipelago! The route takes you along the cliffs and allows you to explore two shallow underwater caves. The primitive and unaggressive bullhead shark, known locally as the Port Jackson shark, is often seen here sharing its space with red-lipped batfish, frogfish, Pacific seahorses, the endemic Camotillo, schools of barracuda and brown-stripped snappers.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Puerto Egas (Isla Santiago) - Caleta Bucanero (Isla Santiago) - Sail to Puerto Egas – a black-sand beach on the west side of James Bay, northwest of Isla Santiago. Home to incredible volcanic tuff formations, you’ll stroll along the beach with the native marine iguanas, pelicans, finches, mockingbirds, oystercatchers, Galapagos sea lions and Galapagos fur seals. You can see the tidal pools, formed from ancient lava flow, providing a home for sponges, snails, hermit crabs, barnacles and fish. You might also end up snorkelling with a Galapagos fur seal – they’re always looking for a friend! In the afternoon, travel to the northwest side of Santiago Island where you’ll find Caleta Bucanero – named after the pirates and buccaneers who once found shelter in the bay. Here, you can go snorkelling and take a dinghy ride to look for blue-footed boobies, pelicans and nocturnal seagulls nesting in the cliffs.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Isla Bartolome - Isla Sombrero Chino - Wake up in Bartolome Island – a volcanic landscape full of spatter cones and lava flows, home to Galapagos penguins and lava lizards. Put on your walking shoes and climb up 360 wooden steps to the summit, where an amazing view of Pinnacle Rock awaits. This is one of the most photographed sights in the Galapagos! Hike to the top of a once-active volcano and enjoy the views across to Bahia Sullivan on nearby Isla Santiago. If you’re in luck, you might see the Galapagos hawk. There’s also the chance to go snorkelling among the colourful marine life. In the afternoon, travel to the small island of Sombrero Chino, found on the southeast side of Santiago Island. With sandy beaches and a volcanic landscape, this is a great spot to hike and look out for the sea lions and penguins that rest here. Or, you can snorkel in search of reef sharks and sea turtles.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Isla North Seymour - Charles Darwin Research Station (Isla Santa Cruz) - Wake up in North Seymour – one of the most visited islands of the Galapagos. Take a morning walk around the island to see blue-footed boobies and swallow-tailed gulls. Boobies and frigates have an interesting relationship, sharing the same nesting area on North Seymour. Blue-footed boobies nest on the ground while the frigate birds nest just above them in the saltbushes. As you walk, look out for land iguanas, marine iguanas, Galapagos sea lions and the endemic incense tree. After, cool off and go snorkelling to see the variety of fish and white-tipped reef sharks, rays and sea lions here. Later, travel to Isla Santa Cruz – the second largest island in the Galapagos. Visit the Charles Darwin Research Station – undertaking vital conservation work, the station also makes for interesting exploration and offers the best opportunities for close encounters with giant tortoises. You may also see baby tortoises!

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Puerto Ayora - Santa Cruz Highlands - Baltra Airport - Flights to the mainland depart mid-morning, so it’s an early start for your last morning on the islands today. You’ll visit the Santa Cruz Highlands first, travelling through the agricultural region and into the misty forests, where you can see the dome-shaped giant tortoises in the wild. Look out for different species of Darwin finches and the world-famous woodpecker and warbler finches. Then, it’s time to bid farewell to the archipelago and head to the airport. If you plan to extend your stay after your cruise in Puerto Ayora, you can ask your guide to assist you with making your own way back to town. If you need help booking extra accommodation, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Quito - The adventure gets underway in Quito, Ecuador’s sprawling but refined capital city. A welcome meeting will be held this evening at either 5 pm or 6 pm so that you can meet your fellow travellers, but aside from that you are free to check out the city on your own today. After your welcome meeting, head to a small, local restaurant for dinner with your group. You can expect some pretty mouth-watering aromas from the fresh flavours of traditional Ecuadorian cuisine. Think quinoa, pork and vegetable dishes laced with local herbs, lemongrass and rich sauces all sourced from local farms. You might even get to try the traditional Locro (potato soup). If you arrive early today, perhaps head to Quito’s Old Town and pick one (or more) of the 30 churches to explore.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Isla Baltra - Santa Cruz Highlands - Rise and shine! An early start is necessary this morning to make it to the Galapagos with time to play today. This could mean leaving as early as 4.30 am, and an Intrepid representative will confirm the exact departure time during the welcome meeting on day 1. Transfer to Mariscal Sucre International Airport (aka Quito Airport), enjoying a boxed breakfast en route. On arrival in the Galapagos, collect your luggage and meet your naturalist guide in the arrival hall. The action starts straight away with a journey into the highlands of Isla Santa Cruz, into the misty forests filled with unique scalesia. If you’re lucky, this could be your first sighting of giant tortoises in the wild, different species of Darwin finches and the world-famous woodpecker and warbler finches. Enjoy lunch in the highlands, then travel to Puerto Ayora and transfer to your boat – Grande Daphne. Settle into your assigned cabin, meet the crew and listen to a safety briefing. With the formalities out of the way, maybe head up to the deck with some of your fellow travellers and get to know each other over a drink or two.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Isla Floreana - Discover the quirky maritime history of Post Office Bay, home of the oldest postal system in the Americas. There’s a post box here that was first built by 18th-century whalers and is still in use today. Perhaps leave a letter to be collected by another traveller, or have a look for one that you can deliver. Snorkelling and a Zodiac ride are also included in this outing. Afterwards, head ashore at Punta Cormorant where the sand is made up of fine olivine crystal, a glassy volcanic mineral that gives the beach an olive-green colour. Sea lions can usually be seen lounging and socialising along the shore. Explore a little more of the island on a 1-kilometre walk, passing waterbird-filled lagoons and finishing at an Eastern Pacific green turtle nesting site. Later you’ll have the opportunity to snorkel in famous Devil’s Crown. This eroded volcanic cone is a popular roosting site for seabirds such as boobies, pelicans and frigates. Red-billed tropicbirds can also be seen nesting in the rocky crevices. Those who snorkel here might see rays, sharks, sea lions and turtles. Sail overnight to Isla Espanola. Estimated travel time/distance: Puerto Ayora to Isla Floreana: 4 hours (32 nautical miles) Punta Comorant (Isla Floreana) to Punta Suarez: 6.5 hours (52 nautical miles)

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Isla Espanola - Land at Punta Suarez on Isla Espanola, one of the most attractive locations in the Galapagos, home to a large and varied wildlife population. A hike along rocky trails (approximately 3 km) takes you to a clifftop viewpoint that affords magical panoramas. Boobies line the rocky shoreline below, while frigate birds can be seen overhead. Enormous male sea lions lounge nearby, and albatross use the cliffs as their ‘runway’, getting airborne on the southeast winds. If you’re lucky you might spot the elaborate courtship rituals performed by albatrosses before the female chooses her lifelong mate. Next, head to Bahia Gardner, one of the most beautiful beaches in the Galapagos Islands. It’s full of sea lions and hood mockingbirds. Enjoy a short walk (approximately 1 km) along the beach, then snorkel up and explore off shore. Reef sharks, turtles and many species of tropical fish (such as surgeon and angelfish) make their home along the islands shore. Small white-tipped reef sharks are also often spotted resting under the rocks. Estimated travel time/distance: Punta Suarez to Bahia Gardener: 45 minutes (5 nautical miles) Bahia Gardener to Leon Dormido: 5 hours (8 nautical miles)

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Isla San Cristobal - Shake off any early morning doziness with a trip to Leon Dormido (Kicker Rock). This basalt crater rises 150 metres above the water and is divided into two parts by a narrow channel. Cruise around kicker rock as nesting seabirds flank the boat, tropicbirds soar overhead and sea lions lounge by the water. Next, spend some time snorkelling at Cerro Brujo, providing opportunities to see Galapagos sharks and sea turtles. Or perhaps enjoy the beautiful beach with a leisurely walk to photograph the interesting sea lions who can often be seen at this location. Head to the airport on Isla San Cristobal for your flight back to Quito. The flight will stop in Guayaquil to drop off and/or pick up passengers en route. Arrive at Quito Airport at approximately 4 pm and take a transfer to your hotel. An Intrepid local representative may stop by your hotel this evening to get some feedback on your Galapagos experience.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Quito to Lima - This morning, the leg of your adventure continues. Take a transfer from the hotel back to Quito airport for your flight to Lima. When you arrive, you’ll be met by a local representative and taken to your hotel in Lima. With Indigenous cultures dating back millennia, Peru is a fascinating land of Amazonian rainforests, diverse wildlife and soaring mountains. With your free time, you might like to take a self-paced walking tour of the city.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Lima - You have a free morning in Lima after breakfast today. After exploring at your own pace, you’ll have another welcome meeting at 2 pm. After, head downtown for a walking tour of the city's historical centre to take in the mansions, palaces and churches that line the streets. Tonight, why not head out for dinner with your new group and get to know each other better.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Amazon Jungle - Rise and shine early today for your journey into the wilds of the Peruvian Amazon. Take an early transfer to Lima airport, then fly to Puerto Maldonado. Here, you’ll pack a small duffle bag with essentials for the next two days. Board a motorised canoe and cruise deep into the jungle. The journey to your eco-lodge in the Madre de Dios region will take a couple of hours, so you’ll stop for lunch along the way. Settle into your thatched-roof lodge before a short orientation walk of your surroundings. Spend the evening taking in the sights and smells of the jungle and enjoy an I’m-so-far-from-home moment.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Amazon Jungle - Get ready for an unforgettable day exploring the depths of the jungle! Set out on a half-day trek guided by local experts on the area's flora and fauna. Learn from your guides about the medicinal and practical uses for some of the plants that grow here, which Indigenous people have been studying and using for thousands of years. On your walk, keep an eye out for rainbow macaws and butterflies, and listen for the barking call of the peccaries and chattering of monkeys that call the jungle home. This part of the Amazon is also known to house capybaras, giant otters and jabirus, so keep your eyes peeled for these exotic creatures. Return to the lodge for lunch and some free time to relax. Once the sun goes down, venture out on a night walk in search of some of the jungle's nocturnal inhabitants (caimans, jaguars and anacondas).

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Cusco - Leave behind the natural wonders of the Amazon for the man-made wonders of Cusco. Return to Puerto Maldonado to collect your luggage, then take a short flight. If Lima is Peru's head, then Cusco is definitely the heart. Once you've spent some time acclimatising to the altitude of 3450 m, head out on an orientation walk with your leader. See the ancient and contemporary architecture styles, including the Plaza de Armas (Main Square), the San Pedro Market, the 12 Angled Stone, Regocijo Square and San Blas Square. This tour will also include the most significant temple in the ancient Inca empire – Qoricancha. Despite being covered with a Baroque facade in the 17th century by the Spanish, the original Inca masonry has been uncovered in some areas. In the evening, visit Casa Intrepid for your trek briefing, then you’re free to explore at your own pace or find the perfect dinner spot with your group and try some local Peruvian favourites.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Ollantaytambo - Hop on a private bus this morning and travel through the lush terraces of the Sacred Valley to Ollantaytambo – one of the few places where the Inca defeated the Spanish. On the way, stop at a village to enjoy lunch and conversation in a community that still practices many Inca traditions. Visit the AMA Restaurant in Urubamba – this cafe provides employment opportunities and job training for single mothers throughout the Sacred Valley. Enjoy a snack and learn how this inclusive enterprise focuses on economic growth, gender equality and the support of vulnerable communities. Continue your journey to Ollantaytambo, tonight, maybe you’d like to sit down for a dinner of quinoa and alpaca stew at one of the local restaurants.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Inca Trail - Depending on the travel arrangements you made before the trip, during the next four days you’ll be either hiking the Inca Trail (Route 1), hiking the Quarry Trail (Route 2) or staying in Cusco for two days before taking the train to Aguas Calientes (Route 3). All routes visit Machu Picchu.  While away from Cusco, the bulk of your luggage will be stored at your hotel. If you’re hiking the Inca Trail or the Quarry Trail, the evening before you leave, you'll receive a small duffle bag to carry your clothes in for the next four days (5 kg maximum). Your team of porters will carry these bags for you, together with the food and equipment for the trail. You won't have access to these items until the end of each day, as the porters will always be ahead of the group. If you’re travelling to Aguas Calientes by train, you'll be able to leave most of your luggage at the hotel in Cusco and travel with only a small bag for the overnight stay in Aguas Calientes.  Route 1 Inca Trail  Today, travel by minivan to the 82 km marker and meet your crew of local porters, your cook and your guide. Your first day will include uphill trekking to the campsite, which sits at 3100 m above sea level. On the way, you’ll see the Inca sites of Ollantaytambo, Huillca Raccay and Llactapata, as well as incredible views of snow-capped Veronica Peak. In the evening, unwind at the campsite with a nourishing meal prepared by your cook.  Route 2 Quarry Trail  Make an early start today and drive to Choquequilla, a small ceremonial place where Incas worshipped the moon. From here, you’ll head to the small community near Qory Song’o (Golden Heart) hill, where you’ll climb to the top for the incredible views of the Soqma Perolniyoc, Pachar and Huarocondo valleys. There are also several sacred tombs in the area, protected by the locals, which you can explore with your leader and even see some of the original structure crafted from wood and leather. These remains have never been seen by travellers before, so you can be a part of this exclusive experience. Carry on to the Perolniyoc Cascade lookout, where you can stop for some snacks and photos. Arrive at the campsite, 3700 m above sea level, around lunchtime. After, set off to explore the Q'orimarca archaeological site, which once served as a checkpoint to the Incas.  Route 3 Cusco:  After spending the night in Ollantaytambo, take a short drive to the town of Pisac. Pisac is well known for its market. Here you’ll have the opportunity to shop for souvenirs and perhaps try some local empanadas. Arrive back at Cusco in the afternoon, where your leader will take you to San Pedro Market, where you have the option to buy some local favourites for a picnic tomorrow. 

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Inca Trail - Route 1 Inca Trail This is the most challenging day of the trek, as you ascend a 5-hour long steep path to reach the highest point of the trail. Colloquially known as 'Dead Woman's Pass', Warmiwanusca sits at a height of 4200 m above sea level, providing amazing views of the valley below. The group will then descend to the campsite in the Pacaymayo Valley at 3650 m. Route 2 Quarry Trail This is the most challenging and rewarding day of the hike. A 3-hour walk takes you to the top of the first pass of Puccaqasa, about 4370 m high. After enjoying the picturesque views of the valley, it’s a short walk before stopping for lunch. After, make the 2-hour hike to Kuychicassa, the highest pass of the trek at 4450 m. From here, descend to the sacred site that the Incas called Intipunku. This is a sun gate, where the sun will stream through at particular times of the year and there are views of the Nevado Veronica mountain year-round. The Incas built several sun gates, the most notable overlooking Machu Picchu. Head to the campsite, only a stone’s throw away and at 3600 m.  Route 3 Cusco Today, take a taxi to Tambomachay, an archaeological site just outside of Cusco. From here you’ll take a 2 to 3 hours walk back to Cusco. On the way, stop to admire some of the archaeological sites, including Puka Pukara, Quenqo and Saksaywaman. Arrive back in Cusco in the early afternoon and enjoy some free time. Maybe visit the Merida, Mendivil and Olave art galleries and workshops before finding a great spot to sit down and enjoy some dinner.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Inca Trail - Route 1 Inca Trail Start the day with a climb through the Pacaymayo Valley to Runkuracay Pass at 3980 m. Enjoy views of the snow-capped mountain of Cordillera Vilcabamba before descending for around 2 to 3 hours to the ruins of Sayacmarca. Continue over the trail’s third pass to the ruins of Phuyupatamarca at 3850 m, also known as the 'Town Above the Clouds'. Start the 2-hour descent down the Inca steps to the final night's campsite by the Winay Wayna archaeological site.  Route 2 Quarry Trail Today’s hike will all be downhill. The first stop is the incomplete Kachiqata quarry, where the Incas were intercepted by the Spanish. Explore the cobbled streets of Ollantaytambo when you finish your trek. This is where you’ll meet with the travellers in your group who didn't hike, before taking the short train journey to Aguas Calientes.Spend the night in a hotel before tomorrow’s visit to Machu Picchu. Route 3 Train to Aguas Calientes After a 1.5-hour drive to Ollantaytambo. This is where you’ll meet up with the travellers in your group who hiked the Quarry Trail. You’ll catch a 1.5-hour train through the winding Urubamba Valley to Aguas Calientes. The city is nestled in the cloud forest at the foot of Machu Picchu. Spend the night in a hotel before tomorrow’s visit to Machu Picchu.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Inca Trail - Route 1 Inca Trail This is the final and most spectacular leg of the trek to Machu Picchu – one of the famed Wonders of the World. The day starts before dawn, with breakfast at 4 am. Say farewell to the porters as they descend to the train station and begin hiking. Once the final checkpoint opens at 5 am, you’ll begin the final 2.5-hour trek to Intipunku (the Sun Gate). Weather permitting, you’ll enjoy unforgettable views over the ‘Lost City of the Incas’ as you enter Machu Picchu through the Sun Gate.    Route 2 and 3 Machu Picchu to Cusco  Take an early bus up to Machu Picchu at 6:00 am. The city was built around 1440 AD as a country retreat for the Incan nobility, but there’s evidence that the land had been a sacred Incan site for much longer. Take a guided tour around the ruins of temples, palaces and living quarters. This is a day to remember!     For all travellers, after taking advantage of the seemingly endless photo opportunities, it's time to catch the bus to Aguas Calientes, where you’ll stop for lunch together. From here, take a scenic train ride to Ollantaytambo, then drive back to Cusco, arriving in the evening. 

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Cusco - Enjoy free time to relax, shop and explore more of Cusco's many sights. Maybe rest your weary legs at a cafe on Plaza de Armas or head to the San Pedro Market where you can find vegetables, meats, local cheeses, chocolates, herbal medicines and many local handicrafts. It’s a great place to pick up souvenirs or ingredients for a picnic. The market is also where many locals (and daring travellers) go to eat ‘mystery soups.’ Some may be just chicken – however, the most popular among the locals usually contain frogs or offal. For those looking for something active, why not try mountain biking in the hills that surround Cusco?

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Puno - This morning after breakfast, travel through the dramatic scenery of the high altiplano to Puno – located on the shores of serene Lake Titicaca. At an altitude of 3800 m, Lake Titicaca is the world's highest navigable lake. Today includes a bit of a long drive in a local bus, but it’s worth the first glimpse of immense Lake Titicaca, whose seemingly endless waters stretch into the horizon. Puno is a melting pot of Indigenous Aymara and Quechuan culture and traditional Andean customs, and it wears its traditions on its sleeve. If you're lucky, your trip will coincide with one of the many cultural festivals here. Ask your leader where you can get the best grilled trout tonight – a true local specialty perfect for dinner.   

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Llachon community - This morning, you’ll take a tour of the immense lake by motorboat, stopping at the floating Uros Islands that look like they could come from a Pixar or Studio Ghibli movie. Built by the Uros people to protect themselves from encroaching Inca forces hundreds of years ago, the islands are constructed from many layers of totora reeds that grow in the shallows of the lake. Get a closer look at contemporary life on the shores of the lake with a homestay in a local community. Help your host family with their daily activities, try out a few words in the Quechua language and maybe even join a local soccer game to make some friends on the makeshift pitch. Tonight, sit down and swap stories with your hosts, who will cook you a feast full of traditional Peruvian favourites.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Puno - This morning after breakfast, board another motorboat and cruise to Taquile Island – known for the intricate, hand-knitted textiles the locals produce. Here, knitting is strictly a male domain and women do the spinning. It's a great place to pick up some high-quality, locally knitted goods, with the added bonus of supporting the local community. Then, take an hour uphill trek to the main area of the island, where you can shop for handicrafts. After, descend about 500 steps to the boat. Return to Puno, where you might like to gather your group and find a local watering hole to enjoy a drink or two – try a chilcano or indulge in another pisco sour.

     

    Day - 20

    Location: La Paz - This morning, head to the bustling highland city of La Paz in Bolivia. At the border, say goodbye to your Peruvian leader and welcome your new Bolivian leader. After border formalities at the Peruvian migration office and document checks as you cross the border, you’ll discover the colonial architecture of La Paz. Browse the markets on a walking tour, taking in the vibrant expressions of culture. Over the last decade, grassroots activism and a shifting political landscape have created space for various Indigenous cultures to live openly. After the walking tour, why not head to the Witches' Market in search of folkloric remedies, potions and totems? It's a great place to pick up a last-minute souvenir!

     

    Day - 21

    Location: La Paz - With no activities planned for today, you’re free to leave after breakfast. If you’d like to stay in Bolivia for longer, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Quito - Bienvenidos! Welcome to Ecuador. Your adventure begins in Quito – Ecuador’s sprawling capital city. You’ll have a welcome meeting at 5 or 6 pm tonight to meet your local leader and small group of fellow travellers. If you arrive early, maybe check out the city at your own pace – head to the Old Town and pick one (or more) of the 30 churches to explore. After your meeting, you’ll head to a small, local restaurant for dinner with your group. Take in the aromas and fresh flavours of the traditional Ecuadorian cuisine – think locroc (traditional potato soup) or quinoa, pork and vegetable dishes cooked with herbs, lemongrass and rich sauces, all sourced from local farms.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Isla Baltra - Punta Carrion - You have a very early start this morning (maybe as early as 4 am, depending on flight times) as you head into the Galapagos. Transfer to Mariscal Sucre International Airport (Quito Airport), with a boxed breakfast on the way. When you arrive, you’ll meet your naturalist guide in the arrival hall. Transfer a short distance away to Isla Baltra, where you’ll board your home for the adventure – M/Y Queen Beatriz. Once on board, settle in and then have lunch with your group. After, you’ll sail to Punta Carrion – on the eastern side of the Itabaca Channel that separates the islands of Baltra and Santa Cruz. This is a shallow and protected cove, ideal for your first snorkel and swim in the Galapagos! From the vantage point of your boat, wildlife is plentiful, so keep your eyes peeled for occasional sights of blue-footed boobies, Galapagos herons and great blue herons, while under the surface swim rays and white-tipped reef sharks. Tonight, you’ll have a welcome cocktail during the crew’s onboard presentation.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Isla Isabela - Las Tintoreras - Giant Tortoise Breeding Centre - Wake up on the south Coast of Isla Isabela – the largest island of the Galapagos archipelago. Isabela was formed by five giant volcanic craters, all still considered active. The island is located in one of the youngest geological areas in the world, having been formed less than 1 million years ago and the southern coast has the largest area of beaches in the Galapagos. You’ll visit Las Tintoreras, heading to a viewing walkway where you can see a colony of white-tipped reef sharks swimming and sleeping. Take a long walk through lava flows and see the resident blue-footed boobies, penguins, marine iguanas and crabs. In the afternoon, take another walk through a coastal lagoon, where you might see some flamingos. This mangrove-lined path leads to Isabela’s Giant Tortoise Breeding Center (Arnoldo Tupiza) where you'll observe giant tortoises in all stages of development. You’ll then have the choice to go swimming at the beach or head out for some shopping in Puerto Villamil.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Isla Floreana - Post Office Bay - Devil's Crown - Punta Cormorant. - Isla Floreana is a highlight of any Galapagos cruise, rich in natural wonders and wildlife. Today you’ll take a panga ride around the bay to see marine iguanas, sea lions and crabs before taking a leisurely walk to Post Office Bay, where 18th century whalers used a barrel as an unofficial mail drop. This custom continues today with visitors to the Galapagos – post one of your own or see if there are any you could deliver back home! You’ll also have the chance to go snorkelling with sea turtles. Today you might also be lucky enough to see pink flamingos and other water birds wading in the lagoons, including pintails and stilts. Just offshore, the Devil’s Crown is an old eroded volcanic cone and a popular roosting site for seabirds like boobies, pelicans and frigates. Go snorkelling in the cone, full of sea lions and colourful fish, for maybe the best underwater experience of the adventure! Later, you’ll head to Punta Cormorant, where the sand is made up of olivine crystals (a glassy volcanic mineral), giving the beach an olive-green colour.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Isla Santa Cruz - Charles Darwin Station - Santa Cruz Highlands. - Wake up in Isla Santa Cruz – the second-largest island in the Galapagos. The small town of Puerto Ayora is the economic centre of the archipelago, and home to the Charles Darwin Research Station – as well as undertaking vital conservation work, the station also makes for interesting exploration and offers an opportunity to see giant tortoises. You may also be able to observe the baby tortoises and land iguanas! After your visit, head up into the highlands for a change of scenery. Beginning at the coast, you'll travel across Santa Cruz through the agricultural region and into the misty forests. This is a lush, humid zone containing miconia bushes, scalesia and inactive volcanic cones. Santa Cruz has more endemic plants than any of the other islands and you’re likely to see Galapagos giant tortoises in their natural habitat, and maybe even the bright red feathers of a vermillion flycatcher!

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Isla Santa Fe - Isla Plaza Sur - Isla Santa Fe is home to many sea lions and is a fantastic place to go snorkelling. This morning, expect to see Galapagos hawks, land iguanas, a variety of finches, Galapagos mockingbirds, marine turtles, frigatebirds, Galapagos doves and lava lizards, too. After your snorkel, head out for a hike on a trail along the coast, heading into the opuntia forest. Walk under the largest trees in the Galapagos to a forest of prickly pears and look out for the unique sub-species of land iguana that live here. Later, sail to Plaza Sur, where you’ll get close to sea lions and follow a trail past one of the Galapagos’ largest land iguana populations. Walk through cacti and volcanic landscapes, coloured bright red and green by sesuvium. The island’s rugged southern cliffs are an excellent place to spot tropicbirds and swallow-tailed gulls, as well as the 'Gentlemen’s Club’ – a gathering of male sea lions.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Isla Espanola - Bahia Gardner - Punta Suarez - Wake up on the island of Espanola – the southernmost island of the Galapagos. Because of its remote location, this island has a large population of endemic fauna and is the breeding site for nearly all the 12,000 pairs of waved albatrosses on Earth. Take a trail to where sea lions bathe and marine iguanas make their way towards the water, walking right through booby colonies. Then, visit Punta Suarez. Walk along a trail that takes you to a clifftop viewpoint, where you'll see the boobies line the rocky shoreline beneath, while frigate birds soar overhead. Nearby, male sea lions can be seen lounging. Watch the albatross use the cliffs as their ‘runway’, helped into the air by the southeast winds that blow across this part of the island. If you’re lucky, you’ll also see the elaborate courtship rituals before the female chooses her lifelong mate! End the day on a white sandy beach at Bahia Gardner. The rocks off the coast provide excellent snorkelling opportunities, with reef sharks, turtles, sea lions and many species of tropical fish – including surgeon and angelfish – often seen. White-tipped reef sharks are also commonly spotted resting under the rocks.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Isla San Cristobal - Leon Dormido - Isla Lobos - Punta Pitt - Visit Punta Pitt on the eastern end of Isla San Cristobal this morning. Walk to the top of the volcanic hill for expansive views of the sparsely vegetated area. A variety of seabirds nest here, including blue-footed boobies and frigates. Then, sail to Leon Dormido (Kicker Rock) – the basalt remains of a crater in the middle of the sea, resembling a sleeping lion. The rock rises 150 m above the surface and is divided into two parts by a narrow channel. Although there are no landing areas, you’ll circumnavigation the Rock to see tropicbirds, marine iguanas and sea lions. Later, visit Isla Lobos – a tiny island off the coast of San Cristobal. This is the perfect time to watch as the sea lions play in the shallow waters. Blue-footed boobies, frigate birds and marine iguanas can also be seen.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Fly from San Cristobal to Quito. - Flights to the mainland depart mid-morning, so an early start is necessary today to make the most of your last day on the islands. You’ll visit San Cristobal Interpretation Center – this information hub brings the history and geography of the archipelago to life, from its volcanic origins to the present day. The human history exhibit offers an insight into the discovery and colonisation of the Galapagos, and the reality of the problems the islands face today. After, head to the airport for your flight back to Quito. Tonight, you may like to head out with your group for a farewell dinner and toast to an excellent adventure.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Quito - There are no activities planned for today, and your adventure finishes after breakfast this morning. Of course, that doesn’t mean your adventure has to end! Why not stay on in Quito for a few days and discover the charms of the city. If you need help booking extra accommodation, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Quito - Bienvenidos! Welcome to Ecuador. Your adventure begins in Quito – Ecuador’s sprawling capital city. You’ll have a welcome meeting at 5 or 6 pm tonight to meet your local leader and small group of fellow travellers. If you arrive early, maybe check out the city at your own pace – head to the Old Town and pick one (or more) of the 30 churches to explore. After your meeting, you’ll head to a small, local restaurant for dinner with your group. Take in the aromas and fresh flavours of the traditional Ecuadorian cuisine – think locroc (traditional potato soup) or quinoa, pork and vegetable dishes cooked with herbs, lemongrass and rich sauces, all sourced from local farms.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Quito - Isla San Cristobal - You have a very early start this morning (maybe as early as 4 am, depending on flight times) as you head into the Galapagos. Transfer to Mariscal Sucre International Airport (Quito Airport), with a boxed breakfast on the way. When you arrive, you’ll meet your naturalist guide in the arrival hall. Transfer to your home for the next week – the M/Y Queen Beatriz. Once on board, settle in and then have lunch with your group. After, travel to the highlands of Isla San Cristobal to the site of Galapaguera of Cerro Colorado (Red Hill). This is where the national park has established a breeding program and information centre for tortoises. Here, you can see giant tortoises and learn all about their origin, evolution and their threatened future.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Bartolome - Bahia Sullivan - Bartolome is one of the most spectacular volcanic landscapes in the Galapagos, full of parasitic spatter cones, lava flows, Galapagos penguins and lava lizards. It’s a relatively new island in the archipelago and traces of its volcanic past can be seen everywhere across the lunar-like landscape. Visit Pinnacle Rock – one of the most photographed sites in the Galapagos, this abrupt jag of rock protrudes from the earth like a tooth, close to two golden bays that back onto each other. You can hike to the top of a once-active volcano here (360 wooden steps) for views across to Sullivan Bay, on nearby Santiago Island. If you’re in luck, you might catch a glance of the Galapagos hawk. You also have the option to go snorkelling with plenty of tropical fish, starfish, white-tipped reef sharks, rays and, hopefully, penguins. This afternoon, sail to Bahia Sullivan (also known as James Island). Walk on Pahoe-Hoe lava from an eruption that occurred in 1897 and listen as your guide explains the geological history of the islands. Look out for marine iguanas, Sally Lightfoot crabs, sea lions, finches, turtles, sharks and penguins.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Isla Santiago - Espumilla Beach - Buccaneer Cove - Puerto Egas - Espumilla Beach, on the northern coast of Isla Santiago, is an important nesting site for marine turtles. With large waves, it’s also often a favourite among beach lovers. Here, you might see Galapagos hawks up close as well as ghost crabs, blue-footed boobies (often plunging for fish) and brown pelicans. The area is also well known for its Palo Santo forest and lava formations. Visit Caleta Bucanero (Buccaneer Cove) – a natural monument of rocks caused by sea erosion. This cove was used by pirates to careen their ships and is a place of local legends and stories! It’s also where Darwin camped for nine days while making his study of the islands and their wildlife. If conditions are favourable, you can go snorkelling here. Later, sail to Puerto Egas – the black-sand beach on the west side of the bay near Sugarloaf Volcano. This site is named after Hector Egas who last attempted to mine salt here. The walk along the beach offers hundreds of marine iguanas and Galapagos sea lions. You’ll also see amazing tidal pools formed from ancient lava flow, home to sponges, snails, hermit crabs, barnacles and fish.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Isla Santa Cruz - Charles Darwin Station - Santa Cruz Highlands - Wake up in Isla Santa Cruz – the second-largest island in the Galapagos. The small town of Puerto Ayora is the economic centre of the archipelago, and home to the Charles Darwin Research Station – as well as undertaking vital conservation work, the station also makes for interesting exploration and offers an opportunity to see giant tortoises. You may also be able to observe the baby tortoises and land iguanas! After your visit, head up into the highlands for a change of scenery. Beginning at the coast, you'll travel across Santa Cruz through the agricultural region and into the misty forests. This is a lush, humid zone containing miconia bushes, scalesia and inactive volcanic cones. Santa Cruz has more endemic plants than any of the other islands and you’re likely to see Galapagos giant tortoises in their natural habitat, and maybe even the bright red feathers of a vermillion flycatcher!

     

    Day - 6

    Location: North Seymour - Isla Mosquera - Visit North Seymour – one of the most visited islands in the Galapagos. Hike past colonies of blue-footed boobies and frigate birds – sharing the same nesting area on North Seymour, blue-footed boobies nest on the ground making their nests from the twigs of Palo Santos trees, while the frigate birds nest just above them in the saltbushes. After your walk, go snorkelling and see how many colourful fish you can spot, maybe with a few white-tipped reef sharks, rays and sea lions, too. Have lunch, then sail to the small Isla Mosquera. Along the rocks and in the tide pools, Sally Lightfoot crabs (red lava crabs) scamper back and forth, skipping across small pools of water in search of food. The island also has a very large colony of sea lions, as well as a sizeable resident brown pelican population. Depending on the tides and visibility, you may have a chance to go snorkelling in the surrounding turquoise waters.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Black Turtle Cove - Cerro Dragon. - Take a panga (Zodiac boat) to Caleta Tortuga Negra (Black Turtle Cove) – a red mangrove wetland on the north shore of Isla Santa Cruz. Jump in the cove’s peaceful waters to see green turtles – this cove is also a nursery for golden cow-nose rays, eagle rays and Galapagos sharks! There’s also abundant birdlife here, like the yellow warbler and lava heron. This is also a breeding area for turtles, so it’s not uncommon to see them mating. In the afternoon, cruise over for a walk on Cerro Dragon (Dragon Hill) – one of the best places to see land iguanas. Walk to a brackish lagoon, spotting lagoon birds like stilts, pintail ducks, sandpipers, sanderlings and flamingos along the way. Further inland, the trail offers a view of the bay and the western area of the archipelago, which is a nesting site for land iguanas, constantly monitored by the Charles Darwin Research Station. The arid-zone vegetation makes for an ideal place to see Darwin's finches, Galapagos mockingbirds, the endemic Galapagos flycatcher and yellow warblers.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Isla Rabida - Sombrero Chino. - Wake up in Sombrero Chino – a small islet near the southeast coast of Santiago, shaped like a Chinese hat when seen from afar. The crescent-shaped sandy beach here is home to sea lions and Sally Lightfoot crabs. On the rocky shoreline of nearby Santiago, you might see some Galapagos penguins, too. When you’re on land, follow a trail that circles the cove and passes through colonies of sea lions and marine iguanas. The cove also offers some great snorkelling opportunities, hopefully with penguins and sharks. Next, sail to the tiny Isla Rabida. Introduced species were eradicated in 1971, meaning that the native wildlife has now been returned to a state of isolation. Additionally, volcanic activity here has produced vivid colours, not least the red sand beaches and scarlet cliffs. Walk along a trail that leads through one of the finest lagoons in the Galapagos for flamingo spotting. Look out for nesting pelicans, pintail ducks, marine iguanas and sea lions as well. There may be the opportunity to go snorkelling in a cove full of sea stars, damsels, gobies and surgeon fish.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Las Bachas - Isla Baltra - Quito - Flights to the mainland depart mid-morning, so an early start is necessary today to make the most of your last day on the islands. Take an early morning excursion to Las Bachas, named after the barges abandoned by the American Navy here in the 1940s. The sandy beaches of Las Bachas on the north shore of Santa Cruz are a nesting site for the Pacific green turtle and home to marine iguanas. The sand here is particularly white and soft as it’s made of decomposed coral. The rocks provide great snorkelling and are the perfect habitat for the Sally Lightfoot crabs, which are plentiful on the island. A saltwater lagoon near the beach is home to flamingos, whimbrels and great blue herons, so keep a look out. You’ll then head to the airport in Baltra for your flight back to Quito. When you arrive, maybe head out for a farewell dinner with the other members of your group.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Quito - There are no activities planned for today, and your adventure finishes after breakfast this morning. Of course, that doesn’t mean your adventure has to end! Why not stay on in Quito for a few days and discover the charms of the city. If you need help booking extra accommodation, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Quito - Bienvenidos! Welcome to Ecuador. Your adventure begins in Quito – Ecuador’s sprawling capital city. You’ll have a welcome meeting at 5 or 6 pm tonight to meet your local leader and small group of fellow travellers. If you arrive early, maybe check out the city at your own pace – head to the Old Town and pick one (or more) of the 30 churches to explore. After your meeting, you’ll head to a small, local restaurant for dinner with your group. Take in the aromas and fresh flavours of the traditional Ecuadorian cuisine – think locroc (traditional potato soup) or quinoa, pork and vegetable dishes cooked with herbs, lemongrass and rich sauces, all sourced from local farms.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Baltra - Isla Santa Cruz - You have a very early start this morning (maybe as early as 4 am, depending on flight times) as you head into the Galapagos. Transfer to Mariscal Sucre International Airport (Quito Airport), with a boxed breakfast on the way. When you arrive, you’ll meet your naturalist guide in the arrival hall. Take the short bus ride to the ferry, then board and head across the Itabaca Channel to Isla Santa Cruz. Once you reach the island, you’ll hop in a private vehicle and drive to Puerto Ayora – the main port of the island. Here, there will be two dinghies to transport you and your fellow travellers to your home for the next week – M/Y Queen Beatriz. Once on board, settle in and then have lunch with your group. After, head up into the highlands for a change of scenery. Beginning at the coast, you'll travel across Santa Cruz through the agricultural region and into the misty forests. This is a lush, humid zone containing miconia bushes, scalesia and inactive volcanic cones. Santa Cruz has more endemic plants than any of the other islands and you’re likely to see Galapagos giant tortoises in their natural habitat, and maybe even the bright red feathers of a vermillion flycatcher!

     

    Day - 3

    Location: North Seymour - Isla Mosquera - Visit North Seymour – one of the most visited islands in the Galapagos. Hike past colonies of blue-footed boobies and frigate birds – sharing the same nesting area on North Seymour, blue-footed boobies nest on the ground making their nests from the twigs of Palo Santos trees, while the frigate birds nest just above them in the saltbushes. After your walk, go snorkelling and see how many colourful fish you can spot, maybe with a few white-tipped reef sharks, rays and sea lions, too. Have lunch, then sail to the small Isla Mosquera. Along the rocks and in the tide pools, Sally Lightfoot crabs (red lava crabs) scamper back and forth, skipping across small pools of water in search of food. The island also has a very large colony of sea lions, as well as a sizeable resident brown pelican population. Depending on the tides and visibility, you may have a chance to go snorkelling in the surrounding turquoise waters.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Black Turtle Cove - Cerro Dragon. - Take a panga (Zodiac boat) to Caleta Tortuga Negra (Black Turtle Cove) – a red mangrove wetland on the north shore of Isla Santa Cruz. Jump in the cove’s peaceful waters to see green turtles – this cove is also a nursery for golden cow-nose rays, eagle rays and Galapagos sharks! There’s also abundant birdlife here, like the yellow warbler and lava heron. This is also a breeding area for turtles, so it’s not uncommon to see them mating. In the afternoon, cruise over for a walk on Cerro Dragon (Dragon Hill) – one of the best places to see land iguanas. Walk to a brackish lagoon, spotting lagoon birds like stilts, pintail ducks, sandpipers, sanderlings and flamingos along the way. Further inland, the trail offers a view of the bay and the western area of the archipelago, which is a nesting site for land iguanas, constantly monitored by the Charles Darwin Research Station. The arid-zone vegetation makes for an ideal place to see Darwin's finches, Galapagos mockingbirds, the endemic Galapagos flycatcher and yellow warblers.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Isla Rabida - Sombrero Chino - Wake up in Sombrero Chino – a small islet near the southeast coast of Santiago, shaped like a Chinese hat when seen from afar. The crescent-shaped sandy beach here is home to sea lions and Sally Lightfoot crabs. On the rocky shoreline of nearby Santiago, you might see some Galapagos penguins, too. When you’re on land, follow a trail that circles the cove and passes through colonies of sea lions and marine iguanas. The cove also offers some great snorkelling opportunities, hopefully with penguins and sharks. Next, sail to the tiny Isla Rabida. Introduced species were eradicated in 1971, meaning that the native wildlife has now been returned to a state of isolation. Additionally, volcanic activity here has produced vivid colours, not least the red sand beaches and scarlet cliffs. Walk along a trail that leads through one of the finest lagoons in the Galapagos for flamingo spotting. Look out for nesting pelicans, pintail ducks, marine iguanas and sea lions as well. There may be the opportunity to go snorkelling in a cove full of sea stars, damsels, gobies and surgeon fish.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Bachas Beach - Punta Carrion - Today, take an early morning excursion to Las Bachas, named after the barges abandoned by the American Navy here in the 1940s. The sandy beaches of Las Bachas on the north shore of Santa Cruz are a nesting site for the Pacific green turtle and home to marine iguanas. The sand here is particularly white and soft as it’s made of decomposed coral. The rocks provide great snorkelling and are the perfect habitat for the Sally Lightfoot crabs, which are plentiful on the island. A saltwater lagoon near to the beach is home to flamingos, whimbrels and great blue herons, so keep a look out. In the afternoon, visit Punta Carrion – a shallow and protected cove, ideal for snorkelling. As you swim, look for blue-footed boobies, Galapagos herons and great blue herons above and rays and white-tipped reef sharks below.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Isla Isabela - Las Tintoreas - Giant Tortoise Breeding Centre - Wake up on the south Coast of Isla Isabela – the largest island of the Galapagos archipelago. Isabela was formed by five giant volcanic craters, all still considered active. The island is located in one of the youngest geological areas in the world, having been formed less than 1 million years ago and the southern coast has the largest area of beaches in the Galapagos. You’ll visit Las Tintoreras, heading to a viewing walkway where you can see a colony of white-tipped reef sharks swimming and sleeping. Take a long walk through lava flows and see the resident blue-footed boobies, penguins, marine iguanas and crabs. In the afternoon, take another walk through a coastal lagoon, where you might see some flamingos. This mangrove-lined path leads to Isabela’s Giant Tortoise Breeding Center (Arnoldo Tupiza) where you'll observe giant tortoises in all stages of development. You’ll then have the choice to go swimming at the beach or head out for some shopping in Puerto Villamil.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Isla Floreana - Post Office Bay - Devil's Crown - Punta Cormorant - Isla Floreana is a highlight of any Galapagos cruise, rich in natural wonders and wildlife. Today you’ll take a panga ride around the bay to see marine iguanas, sea lions and crabs before taking a leisurely walk to Post Office Bay, where 18th century whalers used a barrel as an unofficial mail drop. This custom continues today with visitors to the Galapagos – post one of your own or see if there are any you could deliver back home! You’ll also have the chance to go snorkelling with sea turtles. Today you might also be lucky enough to see pink flamingos and other water birds wading in the lagoons, including pintails and stilts. Just offshore, the Devil’s Crown is an old eroded volcanic cone and a popular roosting site for seabirds like boobies, pelicans and frigates. Go snorkelling in the cone, full of sea lions and colourful fish, for maybe the best underwater experience of the adventure! Later, you’ll head to Punta Cormorant, where the sand is made up of olivine crystals (a glassy volcanic mineral), giving the beach an olive-green colour.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Isla Santa Cruz - Quito - Flights to the mainland depart mid-morning, so an early start is necessary today to make the most of your last day on the islands. The small town of Puerto Ayora is the economic centre of the archipelago, and home to the Charles Darwin Research Station – as well as undertaking vital conservation work, the station also makes for interesting exploration and offers an opportunity to see giant tortoises. You may also be able to observe the baby tortoises and land iguanas! You’ll head to the airport for your flight back to Quito. Tonight, you may like to head out with your group for a farewell dinner and toast to an excellent adventure.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Quito - There are no activities planned for today, and your adventure finishes after breakfast this morning. Of course, that doesn’t mean your adventure has to end! Why not stay on in Quito for a few days and discover the charms of the city. If you need help booking extra accommodation, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Quito - Bienvenidos! Welcome to Ecuador. Your adventure begins in Quito – Ecuador’s sprawling capital city. You’ll have a welcome meeting at 5 or 6 pm tonight to meet your local leader and small group of fellow travellers. If you arrive early, maybe check out the city at your own pace – head to the Old Town and pick one (or more) of the 30 churches to explore. After your meeting, you’ll head to a small, local restaurant for dinner with your group. Take in the aromas and fresh flavours of the traditional Ecuadorian cuisine – think locroc (traditional potato soup) or quinoa, pork and vegetable dishes cooked with herbs, lemongrass and rich sauces, all sourced from local farms.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Isla Baltra - Highlands of Isla Santa Cruz - You have a very early start this morning (maybe as early as 4 am, depending on flight times) as you head into the Galapagos. Transfer to Mariscal Sucre International Airport (Quito Airport), with a boxed breakfast on the way. When you arrive, you’ll meet your naturalist guide in the arrival hall. Take the short bus ride to the ferry, then board and head across the Itabaca Channel to Isla Santa Cruz. Once you reach the island, you’ll hop in a private vehicle and drive to Puerto Ayora – the main port of the island. Here, there will be two dinghies to transport you and your fellow travellers to your home for the next week – M/Y Queen Beatriz. Once on board, settle in and then have lunch with your group. After, head up into the highlands for a change of scenery. Beginning at the coast, you'll travel across Santa Cruz through the agricultural region and into the misty forests. This is a lush, humid zone containing miconia bushes, scalesia and inactive volcanic cones. Santa Cruz has more endemic plants than any of the other islands and you’re likely to see Galapagos giant tortoises in their natural habitat, and maybe even the bright red feathers of a vermillion flycatcher!

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Isla Santa Fe - Isla Plaza Sur - Isla Santa Fe is home to many sea lions and is a fantastic place to go snorkelling. This morning, expect to see Galapagos hawks, land iguanas, a variety of finches, Galapagos mockingbirds, marine turtles, frigatebirds, Galapagos doves and lava lizards, too. After your snorkel, head out for a hike on a trail along the coast, heading into the opuntia forest. Walk under the largest trees in the Galapagos to a forest of prickly pears and look out for the unique sub-species of land iguana that live here. Later, sail to Plaza Sur, where you’ll get close to sea lions and follow a trail past one of the Galapagos’ largest land iguana populations. Walk through cacti and volcanic landscapes, coloured bright red and green by sesuvium. The island’s rugged southern cliffs are an excellent place to spot tropicbirds and swallow-tailed gulls, as well as the 'Gentlemen’s Club’ – a gathering of male sea lions.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Isla Espanola - Bahia Gardner - Punta Suarez - Wake up on the island of Espanola – the southernmost island of the Galapagos. Because of its remote location, this island has a large population of endemic fauna and is the breeding site for nearly all the 12,000 pairs of waved albatrosses on Earth. Take a trail to where sea lions bathe and marine iguanas make their way towards the water, walking right through booby colonies. Then, visit Punta Suarez. Walk along a trail that takes you to a clifftop viewpoint, where you'll see the boobies line the rocky shoreline beneath, while frigate birds soar overhead. Nearby, male sea lions can be seen lounging. Watch the albatross use the cliffs as their ‘runway’, helped into the air by the southeast winds that blow across this part of the island. If you’re lucky, you’ll also see the elaborate courtship rituals before the female chooses her lifelong mate! End the day on a white sandy beach at Bahia Gardner. The rocks off the coast provide excellent snorkelling opportunities, with reef sharks, turtles, sea lions and many species of tropical fish – including surgeon and angelfish – often seen. White-tipped reef sharks are also commonly spotted resting under the rocks.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Isla Cristobal - Leon Dormido - Isla Lobos - Punta Pitt - Visit Punta Pitt on the eastern end of Isla San Cristobal this morning. Walk to the top of the volcanic hill for expansive views of the sparsely vegetated area. A variety of seabirds nest here, including blue-footed boobies and frigates. Then, sail to Leon Dormido (Kicker Rock) – the basalt remains of a crater in the middle of the sea, resembling a sleeping lion. The rock rises 150 m above the surface and is divided into two parts by a narrow channel. Although there are no landing areas, you’ll circumnavigation the Rock to see tropicbirds, marine iguanas and sea lions. Later, visit Isla Lobos – a tiny island off the coast of San Cristobal. This is the perfect time to watch as the sea lions play in the shallow waters. Blue-footed boobies, frigate birds and marine iguanas can also be seen.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: San Cristobal Interpretation Center, fly to Quito. - Flights to the mainland depart mid-morning, so an early start is necessary today to make the most of your last day on the islands. Visit San Cristobal Interpretation Center – this information hub brings the history and geography of the archipelago to life, from its volcanic origins to the present day. The human history exhibit offers an insight into the discovery and colonisation of the Galapagos, and the reality of the problems the islands face today. Then, head to the airport for your flight back to Quito. Tonight, you may like to head out with your group for a farewell dinner and toast to an excellent adventure.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Quito - There are no activities planned for today, and your adventure finishes after breakfast this morning. Of course, that doesn’t mean your adventure has to end! Why not stay on in Quito for a few days and discover the charms of the city. If you need help booking extra accommodation, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Quito - Bienvenidos! Welcome to Ecuador. When you arrive at the Quito airport, an included transfer will take you to your hotel. Your adventure officially begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. If you arrive early, maybe step into the city and get a head start exploring Quito’s Historic Center and its cobblestone streets. You can take a stroll through the basilicas, grand plazas and museums or take a trip to the Otavalo market to start planning out your souvenirs made from locals across Ecuador. After your meeting, head out for dinner with the group where your leader will introduce you to Ecuadorian cuisine.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Quito - Start the morning off by exploring historic Quito, one of the best-preserved historical centres in the Americas. Filled with plazas, cathedrals and historical sites, your leader will fill you in on the rich history around every corner and bring you to meet local artisans. After, visit the Agave Museum for a tasting of Ecuadorian mezcal, agave cocktails and traditional Andean food while learning about alcohol production and the 600 years of Andean aboriginal knowledge on the health benefits of Agave sap. After, drive out of Quito to visit the equator! You'll stop by the Middle of the World Monument and Inti Nan Equator Museum for experiments that prove you’re in the centre of the Earth. Then, return to Quito for a free evening.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Cotopaxi National Park - After breakfast this morning, take a scenic drive to Cotopaxi National Park to see the highest active volcano in the world at 5,897 m (19,347 ft). When you get there, head out on a hike around Limpiopungo Lagoon at the bottom of the volcano and learn about the flora and fauna found at this altitude. When you’re done spotting wildlife, visit a museum in the park and the Interpretation Centre to learn about Cotopaxi, check out the showrooms and look around the souvenir shop. Spend the rest of the afternoon relaxing and exploring your next stay – a hacienda that’s a charming farmhouse with a garden to unwind in.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Banos - Leave the park behind today and head to Banos. Along the way, make a stop to a barley flour workshop. Toasted barley flour in the central Andes is a common product and the traditional machica in Latacunga is used to make caramel cookies, ice cream and beer. You'll visit a family workshop and learn about sowing, roasting barley and tasting products made with the machica. After your workshop, travel to Pinllo to have a special lunch – the iconic Gallina de Pinllo – a dish that’s been around since 1943 and famously served at Casa El Recreo. This place is a legend, started by Adán Villacreses and Ernestina Lagos in 1948, to enjoy juicy chicken, served with potatoes and peanut sauce, based on their recipe passed down through generations. After lunch, head to Banos for a walk around town and stop by an Artisan Candy factory where they make Melcocochas – guava sweets that are very famous in Banos.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Banos - Start your day with a walk around Banos as a local guide gives you the inside scoop on the city – surrounded by mountains, hot springs and waterways to waterfalls. Take a short hike to El Pailon del Diablo – one of the most spectacular waterfalls in the area with a mighty fall of 80 m (262 ft). Here, you can cross the suspension bridge for the full view or descend by stairs to the ‘Devil’s Balcony’ to be up close and personal to the falls. Stop by the Swing at the end of the World for a quick adrenaline pump and photo opportunity, then return to your hotel for a free evening. Maybe relax at El Refugio Spa Garden – an ecological spa – or checkout La Casa de Arbol viewpoint – a paradise for hummingbirds. For those interested in history and culture, maybe go visit the basilica Banos is famous for – the Church of the Virgin of the Holy Water.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Amazon Rainforest - Good morning – it's time to head to the Amazon! You’ll arrive just in time for lunch, then the afternoon is free to make the most of all the lodge has to offer. It’s a great place to relax with an onsite pool, massages and lots of optional activities available, like a butterfly house, nature walks and a sanctuary for Amazon critters and creatures. The lodge’s naturalist inhouse guides can teach you about the jungle and the incredible – and sometimes tragic – stories of the animals. You can also sit back, relax and watch locals moulding clay from the riverbed and turning it into ceramics. This evening, join back up with the group and head out on a night walk to spot the wildlife that only comes out in the dark.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Amazon Rainforest - Today is a full day of rainforest activities. After breakfast, start off with a hike with a local expert to discover medicinal plants that grow in the rainforest. Listen carefully as they point out how to spot them and what these magical plants are used for. Up next is a visit to a nearby coffee plantation to learn about its production – and get a tasting, of course. This afternoon, spend time with an indigenous community for a special opportunity to connect with the locals and learn about their way of life here in the Amazon. Wrap up your day with dinner back at the lodge and relax for the rest of your evening.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Quito - You’ll return to Quito today and along the way, you’ll stop at Papallacta for lunch and to unwind by the hot springs. Surrounded by nature, thermal pools and spas, this is an experience for all the senses and a relaxing way to break up the drive. End the day with a farewell dinner in Quito – your leader will bring your group to a local spot as you reflect on your trip together.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Quito - Today is free for you to explore Quito at your own leisure. Maybe head out to see any sites you missed in the beginning of your trip or use this time to relax. Tonight, a meeting will take place in your hotel to welcome any new travellers joining you for the next part of your adventure. After the meeting, head to a small, local restaurant for dinner with your group. Take in the aromas and fresh flavours of the traditional Ecuadorian cuisine – think locroc (traditional potato soup) or quinoa, pork and vegetable dishes cooked with herbs, lemongrass and rich sauces, all sourced from local farms.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Isla Santa Cruz - You have a very early start this morning as you head into the Galapagos! Transfer to Mariscal Sucre International Airport (Quito Airport), with a boxed breakfast on the way, where you’ll meet your naturalist guide. Transfer a short distance away to Isla Baltra to board your home for the adventure – M/Y Queen Beatriz. Once on board, settle in and then have lunch with your group. After, you’ll sail to Punta Carrion – on the eastern side of the Itabaca Channel that separates the islands of Baltra and Santa Cruz. This is a shallow and protected cove, ideal for your first snorkel and swim in the Galapagos. From the vantage point of your boat, wildlife is plentiful, so keep your eyes peeled for occasional sights of blue-footed boobies, Galapagos herons and great blue herons, while under the surface swim rays and white-tipped reef sharks. Tonight, you’ll have a welcome cocktail during the crew’s onboard presentation.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Isla Isabela - Wake up on the south coast of Isla Isabela – the largest island of the Galapagos archipelago. Isabela was formed by five giant volcanic craters, all still considered active. The island is located in one of the youngest geological areas in the world, having been formed less than 1 million years ago and the southern coast has the largest area of beaches in the Galapagos. You’ll visit Las Tintoreras, heading to a viewing walkway where you can see a colony of white-tipped reef sharks swimming and sleeping. Take a long walk through lava flows and see the resident blue-footed boobies, penguins, marine iguanas and crabs. In the afternoon, take another walk through a coastal lagoon, where you might see some flamingos. This mangrove-lined path leads to Isabela’s Giant Tortoise Breeding Center (Arnoldo Tupiza) where you'll observe giant tortoises in all stages of development. You’ll then have the choice to go swimming at the beach or head out for some shopping in Puerto Villamil.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Isla Floreana - Isla Floreana is a highlight of any Galapagos cruise, rich in natural wonders and wildlife. Today you’ll take a panga ride around the bay to see marine iguanas, sea lions and crabs before taking a leisurely walk to Post Office Bay, where 18th century whalers used a barrel as an unofficial mail drop. This custom continues today with visitors to the Galapagos – post one of your own or see if there are any you could deliver back home! You’ll also have the chance to go snorkelling with sea turtles. Today you might also be lucky enough to see pink flamingos and other water birds wading in the lagoons, including pintails and stilts. Just offshore, the Devil’s Crown is an old eroded volcanic cone and a popular roosting site for seabirds like boobies, pelicans and frigates. Go snorkelling in the cone, full of sea lions and colourful fish, for maybe the best underwater experience of the adventure! Later, you’ll head to Punta Cormorant, where the sand is made up of olivine crystals (a glassy volcanic mineral), giving the beach an olive-green colour.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Galapagos - Flights to the mainland depart mid-morning, so an early start is necessary today to make the most of your last day on the islands. You’ll wake up in Isla Santa Cruz and head to the small town of Puerto Ayora – the economic centre of the archipelago and home to the Charles Darwin Research Station. As well as undertaking vital conservation work, the station also makes for interesting exploration and offers an opportunity to see giant tortoises. You may also be able to observe the baby tortoises and land iguanas! After your visit, head to the airport for your flight back to Quito. Tonight, you may like to head out with your group for a farewell dinner and toast to an excellent adventure.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Quito - There are no activities planned for today, and your adventure finishes after breakfast this morning. Of course, that doesn’t mean your adventure has to end! If you need help booking extra accommodation, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Quito - Bienvenidos! Welcome to Ecuador. Your adventure begins in Quito – Ecuador’s sprawling capital city. You’ll have a welcome meeting at 5 or 6 pm tonight to meet your local leader and small group of fellow travellers. If you arrive early, maybe check out the city at your own pace – head to the Old Town and pick one (or more) of the 30 churches to explore. After your meeting, you’ll head to a small, local restaurant for dinner with your group. Take in the aromas and fresh flavours of the traditional Ecuadorian cuisine – think locroc (traditional potato soup) or quinoa, pork and vegetable dishes cooked with herbs, lemongrass and rich sauces, all sourced from local farms.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Isla Baltra - Punta Carrion - You have a very early start this morning (maybe as early as 4 am, depending on flight times) as you head into the Galapagos. Transfer to Mariscal Sucre International Airport (Quito Airport), with a boxed breakfast on the way. When you arrive, you’ll meet your naturalist guide in the arrival hall. Transfer a short distance away to Isla Baltra, where you’ll board your home for the adventure – M/Y Queen Beatriz. Once on board, settle in and then have lunch with your group. After, you’ll sail to Punta Carrion – on the eastern side of the Itabaca Channel that separates the islands of Baltra and Santa Cruz. This is a shallow and protected cove, ideal for your first snorkel and swim in the Galapagos! From the vantage point of your boat, wildlife is plentiful, so keep your eyes peeled for occasional sights of blue-footed boobies, Galapagos herons and great blue herons, while under the surface swim rays and white-tipped reef sharks. Tonight, you’ll have a welcome cocktail during the crew’s onboard presentation.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Isla Isabela - Las Tintoreras - Giant Tortoise Breeding Centre - Wake up on the south Coast of Isla Isabela – the largest island of the Galapagos archipelago. Isabela was formed by five giant volcanic craters, all still considered active. The island is located in one of the youngest geological areas in the world, having been formed less than 1 million years ago and the southern coast has the largest area of beaches in the Galapagos. You’ll visit Las Tintoreras, heading to a viewing walkway where you can see a colony of white-tipped reef sharks swimming and sleeping. Take a long walk through lava flows and see the resident blue-footed boobies, penguins, marine iguanas and crabs. In the afternoon, take another walk through a coastal lagoon, where you might see some flamingos. This mangrove-lined path leads to Isabela’s Giant Tortoise Breeding Center (Arnoldo Tupiza) where you'll observe giant tortoises in all stages of development. You’ll then have the choice to go swimming at the beach or head out for some shopping in Puerto Villamil.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Isla Floreana - Post Office Bay - Devil's Crown - Punta Cormorant - Isla Floreana is a highlight of any Galapagos cruise, rich in natural wonders and wildlife. Today you’ll take a panga ride around the bay to see marine iguanas, sea lions and crabs before taking a leisurely walk to Post Office Bay, where 18th century whalers used a barrel as an unofficial mail drop. This custom continues today with visitors to the Galapagos – post one of your own or see if there are any you could deliver back home! You’ll also have the chance to go snorkelling with sea turtles. Today you might also be lucky enough to see pink flamingos and other water birds wading in the lagoons, including pintails and stilts. Just offshore, the Devil’s Crown is an old eroded volcanic cone and a popular roosting site for seabirds like boobies, pelicans and frigates. Go snorkelling in the cone, full of sea lions and colourful fish, for maybe the best underwater experience of the adventure! Later, you’ll head to Punta Cormorant, where the sand is made up of olivine crystals (a glassy volcanic mineral), giving the beach an olive-green colour.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Isla Santa Cruz - Flights to the mainland depart mid-morning, so an early start is necessary today to make the most of your last day on the islands. You’ll wake up in Isla Santa Cruz and heads to the small town of Puerto Ayora – the economic centre of the archipelago and home to the Charles Darwin Research Station. As well as undertaking vital conservation work, the station also makes for interesting exploration and offers an opportunity to see giant tortoises. You may also be able to observe the baby tortoises and land iguanas! After your visit, head to the airport for your flight back to Quito. Tonight, you may like to head out with your group for a farewell dinner and toast to an excellent adventure.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Quito - There are no activities planned for today, and your adventure finishes after breakfast this morning. Of course, that doesn’t mean your adventure has to end! Why not stay on in Quito for a few days and discover the charms of the city. If you need help booking extra accommodation, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Quito - Bienvenidos! Welcome to Ecuador. Your adventure begins in Quito – Ecuador’s sprawling capital city. You’ll have a welcome meeting at 5 or 6 pm tonight to meet your local leader and small group of fellow travellers. If you arrive early, maybe check out the city at your own pace – head to the Old Town and pick one (or more) of the 30 churches to explore. After your meeting, you’ll head to a small, local restaurant for dinner with your group. Take in the aromas and fresh flavours of the traditional Ecuadorian cuisine – think locroc (traditional potato soup) or quinoa, pork and vegetable dishes cooked with herbs, lemongrass and rich sauces, all sourced from local farms.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Quito - Isla San Cristobal - You have a very early start this morning (maybe as early as 4 am, depending on flight times) as you head into the Galapagos. Transfer to Mariscal Sucre International Airport (Quito Airport), with a boxed breakfast on the way. When you arrive, you’ll meet your naturalist guide in the arrival hall. Transfer to your home for the next week – the M/Y Queen Beatriz. Once on board, settle in and then have lunch with your group. After, travel to the highlands of Isla San Cristobal to the site of Galapaguera of Cerro Colorado (Red Hill). This is where the national park has established a breeding program and information centre for tortoises. Here, you can see giant tortoises and learn all about their origin, evolution and their threatened future.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Bartolome - Bahia Sullivan - Bartolome is one of the most spectacular volcanic landscapes in the Galapagos, full of parasitic spatter cones, lava flows, Galapagos penguins and lava lizards. It’s a relatively new island in the archipelago and traces of its volcanic past can be seen everywhere across the lunar-like landscape. Visit Pinnacle Rock – one of the most photographed sites in the Galapagos, this abrupt jag of rock protrudes from the earth like a tooth, close to two golden bays that back onto each other. You can hike to the top of a once-active volcano here (360 wooden steps) for views across to Sullivan Bay, on nearby Santiago Island. If you’re in luck, you might catch a glance of the Galapagos hawk. You also have the option to go snorkelling with plenty of tropical fish, starfish, white-tipped reef sharks, rays and, hopefully, penguins. This afternoon, sail to Bahia Sullivan (also known as James Island). Walk on Pahoe-Hoe lava from an eruption that occurred in 1897 and listen as your guide explains the geological history of the islands. Look out for marine iguanas, Sally Lightfoot crabs, sea lions, finches, turtles, sharks and penguins.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Isla Santiago - Espumilla Beach - Buccaneer Cove - Puerto Egas - Espumilla Beach, on the northern coast of Isla Santiago, is an important nesting site for marine turtles. With large waves, it’s also often a favourite among beach lovers. Here, you might see Galapagos hawks up close as well as ghost crabs, blue-footed boobies (often plunging for fish) and brown pelicans. The area is also well known for its Palo Santo forest and lava formations. Visit Caleta Bucanero (Buccaneer Cove) – a natural monument of rocks caused by sea erosion. This cove was used by pirates to careen their ships and is a place of local legends and stories! It’s also where Darwin camped for nine days while making his study of the islands and their wildlife. If conditions are favourable, you can go snorkelling here. Later, sail to Puerto Egas – the black-sand beach on the west side of the bay near Sugarloaf Volcano. This site is named after Hector Egas who last attempted to mine salt here. The walk along the beach offers hundreds of marine iguanas and Galapagos sea lions. You’ll also see amazing tidal pools formed from ancient lava flow, home to sponges, snails, hermit crabs, barnacles and fish.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Isla Santa Cruz - Quito. - Flights to the mainland depart mid-morning, so an early start is necessary today to make the most of your last day on the islands. You’ll wake up in Isla Santa Cruz and heads to the small town of Puerto Ayora – the economic centre of the archipelago and home to the Charles Darwin Research Station. As well as undertaking vital conservation work, the station also makes for interesting exploration and offers an opportunity to see giant tortoises. You may also be able to observe the baby tortoises and land iguanas! After your visit, head to the airport for your flight back to Quito. Tonight, you may like to head out with your group for a farewell dinner and toast to an excellent adventure.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Quito - There are no activities planned for today, and your adventure finishes after breakfast this morning. Of course, that doesn’t mean your adventure has to end! Why not stay on in Quito for a few days and discover the charms of the city. If you need help booking extra accommodation, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Quito - Bienvenidos! Welcome to Ecuador. Your adventure begins in Quito – Ecuador’s sprawling capital city. You’ll have a welcome meeting at 5 or 6 pm tonight to meet your local leader and small group of fellow travellers. If you arrive early, maybe check out the city at your own pace – head to the Old Town and pick one (or more) of the 30 churches to explore. After your meeting, you’ll head to a small, local restaurant for dinner with your group. Take in the aromas and fresh flavours of the traditional Ecuadorian cuisine – think locroc (traditional potato soup) or quinoa, pork and vegetable dishes cooked with herbs, lemongrass and rich sauces, all sourced from local farms.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Isla Baltra/Punta Carrion - You have a very early start this morning (maybe as early as 4 am, depending on flight times) as you head into the Galapagos. Transfer to Mariscal Sucre International Airport (Quito Airport), with a boxed breakfast on the way. When you arrive, you’ll meet your naturalist guide in the arrival hall. Transfer a short distance away to Isla Baltra, where you’ll board your home for the adventure – M/Y Queen Beatriz. Once on board, settle in and then have lunch with your group. After, you’ll sail to Punta Carrion – on the eastern side of the Itabaca Channel that separates the islands of Baltra and Santa Cruz. This is a shallow and protected cove, ideal for your first snorkel and swim in the Galapagos! From the vantage point of your boat, wildlife is plentiful, so keep your eyes peeled for occasional sights of blue-footed boobies, Galapagos herons and great blue herons, while under the surface swim rays and white-tipped reef sharks. Tonight, you’ll have a welcome cocktail during the crew’s onboard presentation.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Isla Isabela/Las Tintoreras/Giant Tortoise Breeding Centre - Wake up on the south Coast of Isla Isabela – the largest island of the Galapagos archipelago. Isabela was formed by five giant volcanic craters, all still considered active. The island is located in one of the youngest geological areas in the world, having been formed less than 1 million years ago and the southern coast has the largest area of beaches in the Galapagos. You’ll visit Las Tintoreras, heading to a viewing walkway where you can see a colony of white-tipped reef sharks swimming and sleeping. Take a long walk through lava flows and see the resident blue-footed boobies, penguins, marine iguanas and crabs. In the afternoon, take another walk through a coastal lagoon, where you might see some flamingos. This mangrove-lined path leads to Isabela’s Giant Tortoise Breeding Center (Arnoldo Tupiza) where you'll observe giant tortoises in all stages of development. You’ll then have the choice to go swimming at the beach or head out for some shopping in Puerto Villamil.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Isla Floreana/Post Office Bay/Devil's Crown/Punta Cormorant - Isla Floreana is a highlight of any Galapagos cruise, rich in natural wonders and wildlife. Today you’ll take a panga ride around the bay to see marine iguanas, sea lions and crabs before taking a leisurely walk to Post Office Bay, where 18th century whalers used a barrel as an unofficial mail drop. This custom continues today with visitors to the Galapagos – post one of your own or see if there are any you could deliver back home! You’ll also have the chance to go snorkelling with sea turtles. Today you might also be lucky enough to see pink flamingos and other water birds wading in the lagoons, including pintails and stilts. Just offshore, the Devil’s Crown is an old eroded volcanic cone and a popular roosting site for seabirds like boobies, pelicans and frigates. Go snorkelling in the cone, full of sea lions and colourful fish, for maybe the best underwater experience of the adventure! Later, you’ll head to Punta Cormorant, where the sand is made up of olivine crystals (a glassy volcanic mineral), giving the beach an olive-green colour.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Isla Santa Cruz/Charles Darwin Station/Santa Cruz Highlands - Wake up in Isla Santa Cruz – the second-largest island in the Galapagos. The small town of Puerto Ayora is the economic centre of the archipelago, and home to the Charles Darwin Research Station – as well as undertaking vital conservation work, the station also makes for interesting exploration and offers an opportunity to see giant tortoises. You may also be able to observe the baby tortoises and land iguanas! After your visit, head up into the highlands for a change of scenery. Beginning at the coast, you'll travel across Santa Cruz through the agricultural region and into the misty forests. This is a lush, humid zone containing miconia bushes, scalesia and inactive volcanic cones. Santa Cruz has more endemic plants than any of the other islands and you’re likely to see Galapagos giant tortoises in their natural habitat, and maybe even the bright red feathers of a vermillion flycatcher!

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Isla Santa Fe/Isla Plaza Sur - Isla Santa Fe is home to many sea lions and is a fantastic place to go snorkelling. This morning, expect to see Galapagos hawks, land iguanas, a variety of finches, Galapagos mockingbirds, marine turtles, frigatebirds, Galapagos doves and lava lizards, too. After your snorkel, head out for a hike on a trail along the coast, heading into the opuntia forest. Walk under the largest trees in the Galapagos to a forest of prickly pears and look out for the unique sub-species of land iguana that live here. Later, sail to Plaza Sur, where you’ll get close to sea lions and follow a trail past one of the Galapagos’ largest land iguana populations. Walk through cacti and volcanic landscapes, coloured bright red and green by sesuvium. The island’s rugged southern cliffs are an excellent place to spot tropicbirds and swallow-tailed gulls, as well as the 'Gentlemen’s Club’ – a gathering of male sea lions.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Isla Espanola/Bahia Gardner/Punta Suarez - Wake up on the island of Espanola – the southernmost island of the Galapagos. Because of its remote location, this island has a large population of endemic fauna and is the breeding site for nearly all the 12,000 pairs of waved albatrosses on Earth. Take a trail to where sea lions bathe and marine iguanas make their way towards the water, walking right through booby colonies. Then, visit Punta Suarez. Walk along a trail that takes you to a clifftop viewpoint, where you'll see the boobies line the rocky shoreline beneath, while frigate birds soar overhead. Nearby, male sea lions can be seen lounging. Watch the albatross use the cliffs as their ‘runway’, helped into the air by the southeast winds that blow across this part of the island. If you’re lucky, you’ll also see the elaborate courtship rituals before the female chooses her lifelong mate! End the day on a white sandy beach at Bahia Gardner. The rocks off the coast provide excellent snorkelling opportunities, with reef sharks, turtles, sea lions and many species of tropical fish – including surgeon and angelfish – often seen. White-tipped reef sharks are also commonly spotted resting under the rocks.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Isla San Cristobal/Leon Dormido/Isla Lobos/Punta Pitt - Visit Punta Pitt on the eastern end of Isla San Cristobal this morning. Walk to the top of the volcanic hill for expansive views of the sparsely vegetated area. A variety of seabirds nest here, including blue-footed boobies and frigates. Then, sail to Leon Dormido (Kicker Rock) – the basalt remains of a crater in the middle of the sea, resembling a sleeping lion. The rock rises 150 m above the surface and is divided into two parts by a narrow channel. Although there are no landing areas, you’ll circumnavigation the Rock to see tropicbirds, marine iguanas and sea lions. Later, visit Isla Lobos – a tiny island off the coast of San Cristobal. This is the perfect time to watch as the sea lions play in the shallow waters. Blue-footed boobies, frigate birds and marine iguanas can also be seen.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Isla San Cristobal - Visit San Cristobal Interpretation Center – this information hub brings the history and geography of the archipelago to life, from its volcanic origins to the present day. The human history exhibit offers an insight into the discovery and colonisation of the Galapagos, and the reality of the problems the islands face today. Then, you’ll have some free time for shopping before lunch with the new travellers joining you today. This afternoon, travel to the highlands site of Galapaguera of Cerro Colorado (Red Hill) by bus. This is where the national park has established a breeding program and information centre for tortoises. Here, you can see giant tortoises and learn all about their origin, evolution and their threatened future.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Bartolome/Bahia Sullivan - Bartolome is one of the most spectacular volcanic landscapes in the Galapagos, full of parasitic spatter cones, lava flows, Galapagos penguins and lava lizards. It’s a relatively new island in the archipelago and traces of its volcanic past can be seen everywhere across the lunar-like landscape. Visit Pinnacle Rock – one of the most photographed sites in the Galapagos, this abrupt jag of rock protrudes from the earth like a tooth, close to two golden bays that back onto each other. You can hike to the top of a once-active volcano here (360 wooden steps) for views across to Sullivan Bay, on nearby Santiago Island. If you’re in luck, you might catch a glance of the Galapagos hawk. You also have the option to go snorkelling with plenty of tropical fish, starfish, white-tipped reef sharks, rays and, hopefully, penguins. This afternoon, sail to Bahia Sullivan (also known as James Island). Walk on Pahoe-Hoe lava from an eruption that occurred in 1897 and listen as your guide explains the geological history of the islands. Look out for marine iguanas, Sally Lightfoot crabs, sea lions, finches, turtles, sharks and penguins.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Isla Santiago/Espumilla Beach/Buccaneer Cove/Puerto Egas - Espumilla Beach, on the northern coast of Isla Santiago, is an important nesting site for marine turtles. With large waves, it’s also often a favourite among beach lovers. Here, you might see Galapagos hawks up close as well as ghost crabs, blue-footed boobies (often plunging for fish) and brown pelicans. The area is also well known for its Palo Santo forest and lava formations. Visit Caleta Bucanero (Buccaneer Cove) – a natural monument of rocks caused by sea erosion. This cove was used by pirates to careen their ships and is a place of local legends and stories! It’s also where Darwin camped for nine days while making his study of the islands and their wildlife. If conditions are favourable, you can go snorkelling here. Later, sail to Puerto Egas – the black-sand beach on the west side of the bay near Sugarloaf Volcano. This site is named after Hector Egas who last attempted to mine salt here. The walk along the beach offers hundreds of marine iguanas and Galapagos sea lions. You’ll also see amazing tidal pools formed from ancient lava flow, home to sponges, snails, hermit crabs, barnacles and fish.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Isla Santa Cruz/Puerto Ayora - Flights to the mainland depart mid-morning, so an early start is necessary today to make the most of your last day on the islands. You’ll visit the Charles Darwin Research Station before heading to the airport for your flight back to Quito. Tonight, you may like to head out with your group for a farewell dinner and toast to an excellent adventure.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Quito - There are no activities planned for today, and your adventure finishes after breakfast this morning. Of course, that doesn’t mean your adventure has to end! Why not stay on in Quito for a few days and discover the charms of the city. If you need help booking extra accommodation, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Lima - Bienvenidos! Welcome to Peru. Kick off your adventure in the coastal capital of Lima with a welcome meeting at 2 pm, where you'll meet your leader and fellow travellers. After, head out on a walking tour of the vibrant Miraflores area with your leader. Enjoy some free time to explore at your own pace, then perhaps meet back up with the group for an optional dinner. Whether you dine with the group or sample the city's renowned food scene on your own, don't miss the chance to try Peru's national dish – ceviche (raw fish marinated in lime juice, often served with hot peppers). If you're not a fan of seafood, there are plenty of other excellent options on offer – ask your leader for tips on the best local eats.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Paracas - Today, start with a guided walking tour of Lima's historic centre. Stroll atmospheric streets flanked with ornate mansions, palaces and Spanish colonial churches, taking in Plaza Mayor, the Cathedral of Lima, the San Francisco Monastery and the central market. Your leader will guide you through the market, where you'll find vendors selling a variety of fresh produce and regional specialties like cuy (better known as guinea pig) – a Peruvian delicacy! Head away from the tourist trail and visit Alameda de Chabuca Granda. This pedestrian strip is where Limenos (locals from Lima) go for street food and entertainment. Later, travel by minivan to beautiful Paracas.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Nazca - Today, take a 2-hour boat tour to Islas Ballestas – home to abundant wildlife, including pelicans, red-footed boobies, flamingos, sea lions and penguins. After some awesome wildlife viewing, hop in a private van to one of the world's most mysterious archaeological sites – the Nazca Lines, stopping off at the oasis town of Huacachina to grab some lunch. Nazca’s origins date back to the 2nd century BC, and thanks to the dry desert conditions, mummies, textiles, ceramics and other relics have been remarkably well-preserved, providing archaeologists with clear snapshots of the highly developed, pre-Inca civilisation. Head to the viewing tower, or maybe take an optional flight over the lines for even better views! Leave Nazca at sunset, then drive south to a local’s traditional mud house in the middle of the desert. Among paintings of local flora, you’ll have a homemade pachamanca dinner (in the Quechua language, pacha means earth and manka means pot) – a traditional Peruvian dish of potatoes, meat and herbs baked with hot stones. Eat with your hosts after a brief ceremony thanking Pachamama (with chicha, otherwise known as corn beer).

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Arequipa - Leave Nazca behind this morning and travel to Arequipa by private vehicle. Standing at the foot of El Misti Volcano and boasting beautiful baroque buildings, Arequipa vies with Cusco for the title of Peru's most attractive city. Built out of a pale volcanic rock called sillar, the old buildings dazzle in the sun, giving the city its nickname – the 'White City'. The main plaza, with its cafes and nearby cathedral, is lovely to wander and stretch your legs after a long driving day.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Arequipa - Get to know this beautiful city with the help of a local guide. Visit the main plaza, Santa Catalina Monastery and San Ignacio Chapel on a walking tour. After, head for lunch with your group at a picanteria for some classic Arequipa favourites like rocoto, relleno, solterito and queso helado. Practice your Spanish with the locals and then you're free to explore Arequipa at your own pace. Maybe return to the main square to take a closer look at the cathedral, cafes and eateries or explore the suburb of Yanahuara. You may also like to visit the Juanita Museum, which houses Peru’s famous ‘Ice Maiden’, the Inca mummy of a girl who died in the 1440s. Ask your tour leader for other tips on how to make the most of your free afternoon.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Puno - This morning you’ll travel by minivan to Puno – a town located on the shores of Lake Titicaca. It's a long drive, but the dramatic views of Peru’s highlands, the Altiplano, make it an exceptionally scenic one. As you approach Puno, stop to pay a visit to the ruins of Sillustani. Tucked between small villages on a beautiful peninsula near Lake Umaya, the pre-Inca ruins comprise circular towers called chullpas that served as burial sites for noblemen. Continue to Puno, a melting pot of Aymara and Quechuan Indigenous culture. Traditional Andean customs are still strongly represented here, earning the town the title of Folklore Capital of Peru.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Puno / Lake Titicaca - Start the day with a tour of Lake Titicaca. It is 3820 m above sea level and holds the title of the highest navigable lake in the world. While cruising across its waters, hop in a motorboat and learn about the lake’s spiritual significance for the Quechua. Stop off at Uros Titinos – floating islands made entirely from layers of totora reeds. As you'll find out, the islands are constantly under construction – as the reeds closest to the water begin to rot, more layers are added. Reeds are used for making everything on the island, including the boats used to travel to the mainland, which can last up to 12 months. Continue to Taquile Island, where the locals make their livelihood out of textiles. Here, knitting is strictly a male domain, while women do the spinning. To reach the main part of the island, there is a one-hour uphill walk on a paved path with great views of the lake. Sit down to an optional set lunch consisting of a local staple, quinoa soup, washed down with a cup of muna tea (Andean mint tea). After a brief stay, a descent of about 500 steps brings you back to the boat, which will take you back to Puno.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Cusco - Take a scenic bus ride across the Altiplano towards Cusco. You’ll be travelling by public tourist bus, and while there’s a rest stop along the way, it’s best to stock up on snacks before your journey. Cusco is the continent’s oldest continuously inhabited city, and colonial buildings are built upon foundations that remain from Inca times. Set out to discover some of Cusco's lesser-known sights on a guided walking tour – visit the facade of Qoricancha temple, San Pedro market, the main square, 12 Angled Stone, Regocijo Square and San Blas Square. Tonight, ask your leader for great restaurant recommendations for dinner.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Cusco - Enjoy a free day in Cusco, the heart and soul of Peru. You may like to visit the city’s many museums and archaeological sites with your included boleto turistico (tourism ticket). This includes the Contemporary Art Museum, Regional History Museum, Qosqo Native Art Museum and the Inca ruins of Q'enqo, Pica Pakara, and Pisac. The most easily accessible among these sites is Qoricancha, which was once the Incan empire's richest temple until the Spanish built a Dominican church on top of it.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Sacred Valley - Ollantaytambo - Today, you’ll hop on a bus and drive through the Sacred Valley. Known as Wilcamayo to the Incas, the valley has been a source of livelihood for the locals for hundreds of years. You’ll see maize crops covering the terraced valley walls and the sacred river beneath. Just outside Cusco, stop off for a guided tour of the Inca fortress, Sacsayhuaman. Overlooking the city from its hilltop position, the fortress is built out of massive stone blocks and is the ultimate example of the Inca's military strength. Visit the AMA Restaurant in Urubamba – this cafe provides employment opportunities and job training for single mothers throughout the Sacred Valley. Enjoy a snack and learn how this inclusive enterprise focuses on economic growth, gender equality and the support of vulnerable communities. Travel further into the Sacred Valley to visit the Huilloq community, where tourists are an uncommon sight. Be welcomed with an offering to Pachamama (Mother Earth) and learn about the community’s ancestral textile techniques. Sit down for a guinea-pig lunch (vegetarian option available upon request) and then drive onwards to the day’s final destination – Ollantaytambo. Here, you’ll take a guided tour of the town’s archaeological site, including remnants of an Inca city and soaring views over the present-day settlement.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Aguas Calientes - This morning, catch a train through the winding Urubamba Valley, climbing to Aguas Calientes – this seriously scenic journey will surely give your camera a good workout. If you’d like to give your legs a workout too, your leader can recommend some beautiful walks around Aguas Calientes. The city is nestled in the cloud forest at the foot of Machu Picchu, so it’s the perfect place to kick back and take in your peaceful surroundings. One Day Inca Trail If you're the active type, you can choose to trek the One Day Inca Trail today (11 km or 7 miles). Keep in mind that you must pre-book this option at least 30 days before departure. If you choose this option, the day begins bright and early with a 6:30 am train ride to the starting point. With a local guide leading the way, the trail will lead uphill and downhill, passing a few archaeological sites. See Chachabamba and Winay Wayna (2680 m altitude), also known as 'Forever Young'. This impressive complex is considered by many to be the most impressive site on the whole Inca Trail and is made up of a terraced agricultural centre, religious sector and urban sector. From here, it's about a 1.5-hour trek to Intipunku (the Sun Gate), where (weather permitting) you'll enjoy unforgettable views over the ‘Lost City of the Incas’ as you enter Machu Picchu. Depending on how long the trek takes, you'll have time to snap some pics and look around before taking a short bus ride down to Aguas Calientes, where you'll re-join the group and spend the night at a hotel.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Machu Picchu - Cusco - Take an early bus up the winding road to Machu Picchu at 5.30 am. The city was built around 1440 AD as a country retreat for the Incan nobility, but there’s evidence that the land had been a sacred Incan site for much longer. Another school of thought is that this was an astronomical observatory. Take a guided tour around the awe-inspiring ruins of temples, palaces and living quarters and decide for yourself. After your tour, catch the bus back to Aguas Calientes, followed by a scenic train ride to Ollantaytambo and finally a drive to Cusco, where you’ll spend the night.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Cusco - Enjoy free time to delve deeper into all Cusco has to offer. You may like to use your boleto turistico to check out any sites you missed last time you were here or simply grab a coffee from a cafe at Plaza de Armas and do some people-watching. For those still seeking an active adventure, the hills that surround Cusco are well-suited for some mountain biking. Ask your tour leader for advice on optional activities and how to make the most of your free day.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Lima - Take a short flight from Cusco to Lima. You will be unescorted on your flight today. When you arrive in Lima, you’ll be transferred to your hotel and met by a local leader who can assist with any optional activities or final arrangements. When you arrive in Lima, the day is free to spend how you wish. Visit some of the sites you missed at the beginning of the trip, or maybe do some last-minute souvenir shopping. Why not gather the group for one final night out on the town.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Lima - Quito - This morning, you’ll take a transfer to the Lima Airport for your flight to Quito – sitting at a high altitude under the towering Pichincha volcano, this is a beautiful city, stretching along the valley and surrounded by the Andes. When you arrive, you’ll be met by a local representative and transferred to your hotel. The rest of the day is free until your next welcome meeting at 5 pm. After, head out with your new leader and fellow travellers for dinner at a local restaurant. Try some traditional flavours and get to know your group.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Isla Baltra - Punta Carron - You have a very early start this morning (maybe as early as 4 am, depending on flight times) as you head into the Galapagos. Transfer to Mariscal Sucre International Airport (Quito Airport), with a boxed breakfast on the way. When you arrive, you’ll meet your naturalist guide in the arrival hall. Transfer a short distance away to Isla Baltra, where you’ll board your home for the adventure – M/Y Queen Beatriz. Once on board, settle in and then have lunch with your group. After, you’ll sail to Punta Carrion – on the eastern side of the Itabaca Channel that separates the islands of Baltra and Santa Cruz. This is a shallow and protected cove, ideal for your first snorkel and swim in the Galapagos! From the vantage point of your boat, wildlife is plentiful, so keep your eyes peeled for occasional sights of blue-footed boobies, Galapagos herons and great blue herons, while under the surface swim rays and white-tipped reef sharks. Tonight, you’ll have a welcome cocktail during the crew’s onboard presentation.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Isla Isabela - Las Tintoreras - Giant Tortoise Breeding Center - Wake up on the south Coast of Isla Isabela – the largest island of the Galapagos archipelago. Isabela was formed by five giant volcanic craters, all still considered active. The island is located in one of the youngest geological areas in the world, having been formed less than 1 million years ago and the southern coast has the largest area of beaches in the Galapagos. You’ll visit Las Tintoreras, heading to a viewing walkway where you can see a colony of white-tipped reef sharks swimming and sleeping. Take a long walk through lava flows and see the resident blue-footed boobies, penguins, marine iguanas and crabs. In the afternoon, take another walk through a coastal lagoon, where you might see some flamingos. This mangrove-lined path leads to Isabela’s Giant Tortoise Breeding Center (Arnoldo Tupiza) where you'll observe giant tortoises in all stages of development. You’ll then have the choice to go swimming at the beach or head out for some shopping in Puerto Villamil.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Isla Floreana - Post Office Bay - Devils Crown - Punta Cormorant - Isla Floreana is a highlight of any Galapagos cruise, rich in natural wonders and wildlife. Today you’ll take a panga ride around the bay to see marine iguanas, sea lions and crabs before taking a leisurely walk to Post Office Bay, where 18th century whalers used a barrel as an unofficial mail drop. This custom continues today with visitors to the Galapagos – post one of your own or see if there are any you could deliver back home! You’ll also have the chance to go snorkelling with sea turtles. Today you might also be lucky enough to see pink flamingos and other water birds wading in the lagoons, including pintails and stilts. Just offshore, the Devil’s Crown is an old eroded volcanic cone and a popular roosting site for seabirds like boobies, pelicans and frigates. Go snorkelling in the cone, full of sea lions and colourful fish, for maybe the best underwater experience of the adventure! Later, you’ll head to Punta Cormorant, where the sand is made up of olivine crystals (a glassy volcanic mineral), giving the beach an olive-green colour.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Isla Santa Cruz - Flights to the mainland depart mid-morning, so an early start is necessary today to make the most of your last day on the islands. You’ll wake up in Isla Santa Cruz and heads to the small town of Puerto Ayora – the economic centre of the archipelago and home to the Charles Darwin Research Station. As well as undertaking vital conservation work, the station also makes for interesting exploration and offers an opportunity to see giant tortoises. You may also be able to observe the baby tortoises and land iguanas! After your visit, head to the airport for your flight back to Quito. Tonight, you may like to head out with your group for a farewell dinner and toast to an excellent adventure.

     

    Day - 20

    Location: Quito - There are no activities planned for today, and your adventure finishes after breakfast this morning. Of course, that doesn’t mean your adventure has to end! Why not stay on in Quito for a few days and discover the charms of the city. If you need help booking extra accommodation, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Quito - Arrive at Mariscal Sucre International Airport and be met and transferred to your hotel. The remainder of the day will be at your leisure until a welcome meeting at either 5 pm or 6 pm. After your welcome meeting, head out with your local leader and fellow travellers for a welcome dinner at a local restaurant. Try some traditional flavours and get to know you group as you settle into the coming adventure. Quito sits at high altitude under the towering Pichincha volcano. It is a beautiful city, arguably one of the most beautiful in South America. The city stretches along the valley and is surrounded by the Andes. The Old Town of Quito is awash with history, with more than 30 churches to explore, and a number of fascinating museums. La Compania de Jesus is considered to be the most beautiful and ornate churches in the Americas. The city's oldest street, Calle La Ronda, is well worth exploring.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Quito - Isla San Cristobal - This morning, you'll be transferred to the airport for your flight to the Galapagos Islands. Please note the pick-up time can be as early as 4.30 am (a boxed breakfast will be provided). When you arrive, you'll be met by the National Park Guide and transferred to your boat, the M/Y Grand Queen Beatriz – a first-class boat with all of the creature comforts you’ll need. This afternoon you'll travel into the interior of Isla San Cristobal to visit the highlands site of Galapaguera of Cerro Colorado (Red Hill) where the national park has established a breeding program and information centre for native tortoises. Here, you'll be able to see giant tortoises in their natural habitat and learn all about their origin, evolution and their threatened future.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Isla Bartolome - Bahia Sullivan - Having cruised overnight, arrive at Bartolome – one of the most spectacular volcanic landscapes in the Galapagos, full of parasitic cones, lava flows and home to Galapagos penguins and lava lizards. Bartolome is a relatively new island in the archipelago and traces of its volcanic past can be seen everywhere, as seen by the amazing lunar-like landscape. The Pinnacle Rock is one of the most photographed sites in the Galapagos – a rock structure protruding from the earth like a tooth, providing a focal point for two nearby bays. Head to nearby Isla Santiago, where you can hike to the top of a once-active volcano (360 wooden steps) and enjoy superb views across to Sullivan Bay. If you’re in luck, you might catch a glance of the Galapagos Hawk. You also have the opportunity to go snorkelling with plenty of tropical fish, starfish, white-tipped reef sharks, rays and (hopefully) penguins. On Santiago's eastern coast sits James Island. Here, take a walk on Pahoe-Hoe lava, from an eruption that occurred in 1897, and witness the regrowth of unique plant species since the last eruption. Look out for marine iguanas, Sally Lightfoot crabs, sea lions, finches, turtles, sharks and penguins. On a walk, your guide will explain the interesting geological history of the islands.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Isla Santiago - Espumilla Beach - Buccaneer Cove - Puerto Egas - Start the morning at Espumilla Beach, on the northern coast of Santiago in James Bay – one of the most idyllic locations in the Galapagos. With large waves, it's often a favourite among beach lovers, and is also an important nesting site for marine turtles. Look around and see Galapagos hawks, ghost crabs, blue-footed boobies (often plunging for fish) and brown pelicans up close. Espumilla is also well known for its forest of palo santo trees and some extraordinary lava formations. You'll also visit Caleta Bucanero (Buccaneer Cove), a natural monument of rocks caused by sea erosion. This cove was used by pirates to careen their ships. It is a place of local legends and stories, including where Charles Darwin camped for nine days while making his study of the islands and their wildlife. If conditions are favourable, you can enjoy some further snorkelling. The next stop is Puerto Egas, a black sand beach located on the west side of James Bay and northwest of Santiago. South of the beach is Sugarloaf Volcano, which has deposits of volcanic tuff. This site is named Puerto Egas, after Hector Egas who last attempted to mine salt here. On the walk along the beach, you’ll encounter hundreds of marine iguanas and Galapagos sea lions. You will also see amazing tidal pools formed from ancient lava flow and home to sponges, snails, hermit crabs, barnacles and fish. Snorkelling with the seals always offers the possibility of thrilling encounters.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Isla Santa Cruz - Charles Darwin Station - Santa Cruz Highlands - Today you'll visit Isla Santa Cruz, the second largest island in the Galapagos. The small town of Puerto Ayora is the economic centre of the archipelago, and home to the Charles Darwin Research Station. As well as undertaking vital conservation work, the station also makes for interesting exploration and offers the best opportunities for close encounters with giant tortoises. You'll also see baby tortoises and land iguanas. After, head up into the highlands for a total change of scenery. Beginning at the coast you'll travel across Santa Cruz through the agricultural region and into the misty forests. This is a lush humid zone containing miconia bushes, scalesia and inactive volcanic cones. Santa Cruz has more endemic plants than any of the other islands. Plus, you are likely to see Galapagos giant tortoises in their natural habitat, and perhaps even the bright red feathers of a vermillion flycatcher!

     

    Day - 6

    Location: North Seymour - Take a morning excursion to North Seymour, which is one of the most visited islands in the Galapagos. The trail on North Seymour crosses inland through the island and then explores the rocky coast. Along the way, the trail passes colonies of blue footed boobies and frigate birds. The magnificent frigate bird, a large black bird with a long wingspan and a hooked beak, is extremely fast and has excellent vision. Frigate birds are known for the large red pouch on their necks. During mating season, the males throw back their heads, inflate the pouch (sometimes to the size of a soccer ball), and shake – trying to capture the attention of female frigates. Boobies and frigates have an interesting relationship. Sharing the same nesting area on North Seymour, blue-footed boobies nest on the ground making their nests from the twigs of the palo santos trees, while the frigate birds nest just above them in the saltbushes. Your walk is followed by snorkelling where you will discover a colourful variety of fish and, possibly, some white-tipped reef sharks, rays and sea lions. After lunch, visit the small sandy island of Mosquera, a relaxing stop situated between Baltra and North Seymour. Along the rocks and in the tide pool, Sally Lightfoot crabs (red lava crabs) scamper back and forth, skipping across small pools of water in search of food. These crabs with their bright red shell tops and blue under shells are stunning against the black lava. The island also has a very large colony of sea lions as well as a sizeable resident brown pelican population. Depending on the tides and visibility, you may have a chance to go snorkelling here.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Black Turtle Cove - Cerro Dragon - Today you'll take a panga (Zodiac boat) to Caleta Tortuga Negra (Black Turtle Cove) – a red mangrove wetland on the north shore of Isla Santa Cruz. Paddle among the cove’s peaceful waters, for your first taste of the underwater riches of this region – it’s a wonderful place to see green turtle and is a nursery for golden cow-nose rays, eagle rays and Galapagos sharks. There is also abundant birdlife, such as the yellow warblers and lava herons. This is also a breeding area for turtles, so it is not uncommon to see them mating. In the afternoon, cruise over for a walk on Cerro Dragon (Dragon Hill) this afternoon. This is one of the best places to see land iguanas in the islands! From your dry landing, you'll walk to a brackish lagoon frequented by lagoon birds including stilts, pintail ducks, sandpipers, sanderlings and occasionally flamingos. Further inland, the trail offers a beautiful view of the bay and the western area of the archipelago. This area is a nesting site for land iguanas, which is constantly monitored and assisted by the Charles Darwin Research Station. The arid-zone vegetation makes for an ideal location for birdwatching with Darwin's finches, Galapagos mockingbirds, the endemic Galapagos flycatcher and yellow warblers all regulars here. The path can be challenging but it will be worth it with a spectacular view of the bay!

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Isla Rabida - Sombrero Chino - Sombrero Chino is a small islet located near the south-east coast of Santiago. It's shaped like a Chinese hat (Sombrero Chino) when seen from afar, and is geologically fascinating, with many lava tubes leading from the cone to the coast. Approach Sombrero Chino via a beautiful crescent-shaped, sandy beach that's home to sea lions and Sally Lightfoot crabs. Keep a look out for Galapagos penguins on the rocky shoreline of nearby Santiago, opposite Sombrero Chino. Follow a trail that circles the cove and passes through colonies of sea lions marine iguanas. The cove also offers some great snorkelling opportunities, hopefully with sightings of some penguins and sharks. On to Isla Rabida, also known as Jervis Island, which is a tiny island sitting roughly five kilometres south of Santiago, having one of the most striking of the archipelago. Introduced species were eradicated in 1971, meaning that the native wildlife has now been returned to a state of isolation. Additionally, volcanic activity here has produced a vivid spectrum of colours, not least the red sand beaches and scarlet cliffs. From the shore, the trail leads through to what is one of the finest lagoons in the Galapagos for viewing flamingos. Rabida is also a wonderful place to spot nesting pelicans. Elsewhere, spot pintail ducks, marine iguanas and sea lions. There is an opportunity for snorkelling in a cove full of sea stars, damsels, gobies and surgeon fish.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Las Bachas - Isla Baltra - Quito - As flights to the mainland from Galapagos depart mid-morning, it is an early start for your last morning on the islands. Today, you'll take an early morning excursion to Las Bachas, which was so named after the barges abandoned by the American Navy here in the 1940s. The sand beaches of Las Bachas on the north shore of Santa Cruz Island are a nesting site for the Pacific green turtle, and marine iguanas are also commonly seen. The sand here is particularly white and soft, as it is made of decomposed coral. The rocks provide great snorkelling and are the perfect habitat for the Sally Lightfoot crabs, which are plentiful on the island. A saltwater lagoon near the beach is home to flamingo, whimbrel and great blue herons. This is your final excursion before you return to the airport in Baltra for your flight back to Quito.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Quito - Lima - This morning after breakfast, take a transfer to Quito Airport for your flight to Lima – Peru’s lively capital city. When you arrive, you’ll be met by a local representative and taken to your hotel. You’re free to relax until your second welcome meeting at 6 pm. After your meeting, join your leader and new group members for a welcome dinner to get to know each other. Lima has one of the world’s most revered culinary scenes, and this evening you’ll head to one of the city’s best restaurants, with views surrounded by ancient ruins. The creative chef offers up traditional Peruvian dishes with modern twists in a one-of-a-kind environment.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Arequipa - Start the day with a walking tour with your leader through downtown Lima. Admire the buildings of Plaza Mayor and visit the eerie catacombs of the Saint Francis Monastery, then head away from the tourist trail to Alameda de Chabuca Granda – an area popular with the locals. Later, catch a flight to Arequipa – a beautiful Spanish colonial city. When you arrive, head out for an orientation walk with your leader. Known as La Ciudad Blanca (The White City), Arequipa’s buildings have been built almost exclusively from a white volcanic material called sillar, giving the city an appearance like no other. Situated in a valley at the foot of the El Misti volcano, the city also boasts a truly remarkable backdrop.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Arequipa - This morning, meet a local guide who’s an expert on all things Arequipa and set out on a tour of the city. Explore Plaza de Armas, the city’s main square, then continue to the Santa Catalina Monastery while your guide shares stories of the city’s history along the way. Stop by the San Ignacio Chapel to appreciate its mural paintings. Visit the beautiful Basilica Cathedral of Arequipa with another local expert guide who will discuss the many layers of the building’s history – from its construction in 1656 to its subsequent destructions and rebuilds. The afternoon is free your own discoveries. Why not pick up an Alpaca jumper and meet the llamas and alpacas of Mundo Alpaca or take part in an active adventure in the surrounding hills and rivers. Or maybe visit the museum that houses 'Mummy Juanita' – the well-preserved body of a young Inca girl who died sometime between 1450 and 1480.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Colca Canyon - This morning, drive through the Altiplano high plains to the Colca Valley and Canyon. On the way you'll see grazing vicunas, llamas and alpacas, as well as stone cairns built by local Indigenous communities. More than twice as deep as the Grand Canyon, the Colca Canyon provides some breathtaking views. The pre-Inca terraces carved into its walls are still cultivated today, and the area is dotted with traditional Indian villages with locals in colourful dress. Stop at the highest point (4910 m) to enjoy views of the landscape below. Drive to the town of Chivay, where you'll have some time to soak up the local hot springs, then continue to the Aranwa Pueblito Encantado del Colca Hotel – your Feature Stay accommodation for the evening. With a prime location along the rugged Colca River, this resort offers tranquillity and comfort. The grounds feature tumbling waterfalls, organic gardens and pools, making this the perfect spot to explore. With modern rooms, first-class service and fantastic amenities, this stay is one to remember.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Lake Titicaca - Puno - Rise early this morning to visit the Cruz del Condor viewpoint, where Andean condors, one of the world's largest flying birds, can often be seen soaring in the air. After lunch, begin the drive to Puno. On the way, you'll stop off at the Sillustani archaeological site for about an hour, where you'll climb to the top of the hill to appreciate the ruined 'chullpas', or funeral towers. These towers were built by a pre-Inca civilisation centuries ago to house the remains of noble men. Located on the shores of Lake Titicaca, Puno is full of Aymara and Quechuan Indian culture. The town is known as the folklore capital of Peru and is renowned for its traditional dances.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Taquile - Lake Titicaca - Puno - See the striking scenery and unique cultures of the area on a cruise around Lake Titicaca today. This morning, depart from the port in Puno for the floating Uros Islands. The Uros people constructed these islands to isolate themselves from rival tribes in ancient times. They are built completely from multiple layers of totora reeds, which grow in the shallows of the lake. Call into Taquile Island, where you'll spend an hour walking to the top of the hill to see local traditional clothing and shops for woollen handicrafts. Explore this extraordinary place before traveling back to Puno for the evening. Back at your hotel, enjoy sunset over Lake Titicaca, while you sample wine and cheese in the garden.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Raqchi - Cusco - Rise early and travel to Cusco. The journey will be broken up with plenty of stops, including a visit to the Raqchi Archaeological Site. Arrive in Cusco by late afternoon. Cusco is South America's oldest continuously inhabited city, and was the home of the Inca for two centuries before the Spanish built their first capital here. Today Cusco is a fascinating combination of both cultures. At 3450 m above sea level, it’s important to take time to acclimatise to the city’s altitude. After settling in at the hotel, take a casual walk around Plaza de Armas with your leader and pick up some excellent dinner recommendations along the way.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Cusco - This morning, discover the best of Cusco on a walking tour. First, enjoy a special tour of the World Heritage-listed Cusco Cathedral with a local historian guide. Built on top of an Incan palace, the building is now one of Cusco’s greatest repositories of art, and your guide will share its history from past to present. Then, tour the Coricancha Temple with another local guide. The temple was once covered in sheets of gold that were eventually removed to raise a ransom for the life of Atahualpa, and later the Spanish demolished the temple to build a Dominican church on its foundations. Soon after, head to the colourful San Pedro market. The rest of the day is yours – speak to your leader about the option to arrange a cooking class at a local restaurant using fair trade products, or the half-day Inkilltambo trek, exploring an archaeologic site on the city’s outskirts.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Ollantaytambo - Today you'll head for the Sacred Valley. Treasured for its climate, fertile land and the Urubamba (Sacred) River, the valley has long been the main source of food in the high Andes. Visit the AMA Restaurant in Urubamba – this cafe provides employment opportunities and job training for single mothers throughout the Sacred Valley. Enjoy a snack and learn how this inclusive enterprise focuses on economic growth, gender equality and the support of vulnerable communities. Continue to Willoq community to take part in an ancient cooking ritual known as pachamanca. This cooking method, which dates back to the time of the Inca empire, sees meats and vegetables marinaded in spices cooked slowly in the earth. You will also learn about traditional textile techniques that are used by the community – and you’ll even have the chance to make your own bracelet with the local women! Later, continue to the town of Ollantaytambo. Built over an ancient Inca settlement, this is one of the few places where the Inca defeated the Spanish. Explore the archaeological site with an expert local guide who will discuss the evidence of the Incas' engineering skills in the ruins of ancient aqueducts, irrigation canals, dams on the Urubamba River and towering sets of terraces.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Aguas Calientes - Today’s journey from Ollantaytambo to Aguas Calientes will reveal some of the country’s most spectacular scenery. Board the 360 Machu Picchu Train – with high domed windows in each carriage, there’s few better ways to view the magical Andes Mountains. The train also features an open-air observation carriage so you can marvel at the landscape from every angle. Disembark the train in Aguas Calientes, briefly drop your belongings off at your hotel, then take a short bus up the winding road to Machu Picchu, where you will be joined by a guide who will take you through the ruins and tell you stories of its history and the ancestral people of the region. The true purpose behind Machu Picchu may always be a mystery, since no historical records of the complex exist. Most archaeologists, however, believe it to be the 15th-century headquarters of Emperor Pachacuti. Your leader can advise how to get the most out of your visit. Later, take the bus back down to Aguas Calientes to spend the night before heading back up to Machu Picchu first thing in the morning for your second visit.

     

    Day - 20

    Location: Cusco - Rise before the sun and take the winding road back up to Machu Picchu for another morning uncovering its secrets. On your second visit, explore more of the extraordinary architecture of the many temples, palaces and living quarters. The sight of the ruins of Machu Picchu against a lush backdrop of forested mountain is one you’re sure to remember. You'll have time along the way to take any photos you may have missed yesterday. Take the bus back to Aguas Calientes, then catch a standard train back to Ollantaytambo. From here, you'll make the drive back to Cusco for the evening.

     

    Day - 21

    Location: Amazon Jungle - Today you will catch a flight to Puerto Maldonado. When you arrive in the afternoon, take a bus to the port where you will board motorised canoes and head into the Amazon rainforest. Keep an eye out for macaws, herons, alligators and capybaras along the way. Here you’ll find Inkaterra Hacienda Concepcion – your Feature Stay for the next two nights. Built in the heart of a 380 hectare-private ecological reserve, this unique resort is focused on the conservation of local habitats and features 25 private cabanas plus an on-site team of expert local guides. Enjoy lunch at the lodge then explore the Concepcion Trails with an expert guide. As darkness begins to fall, join a guided Twilight River boat ride and see how many caimans you can spot lurking on the riverbanks. Dinner is a la carte and draws on local Amazon ingredients to create a meal to remember.

     

    Day - 22

    Location: Amazon Jungle - After breakfast, board a dug-out wooden canoe to quietly glide across Lake Sandoval, keeping an eye out for red howler monkeys, giant river otters and colourful macaws along the way. After lunch you may like to walk along the Inkaterra Canopy Walkway – a 344 m network of suspension bridges that take you high above the forest floor to some of the best places to spot toucans, woodpeckers, monkeys and three-toed sloths. Join a night walk to discover the nocturnal activity in the surrounding areas or book into the lodge’s spa, before you meet your group for dinner.

     

    Day - 23

    Location: Lima - This morning, travel back to Puerto Maldonado, then take a flight to Lima, arriving in the early afternoon. Enjoy a few hours at leisure to explore any of the city’s sights you may have missed the first time around, then get back together with your fellow travellers and leader for dinner. Overlooking an ancient pre-Inca archaeological site and serving up a delectable menu of Peruvian delights, this final dinner is sure to leave you with a lasting memory of your time in Peru.

     

    Day - 24

    Location: Lima - Your adventure comes to an end after breakfast this morning. If you would like to spend some more time in Lima, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Lima - Bienvenidos! Welcome to Peru. Kick off your adventure in the coastal capital of Lima with a welcome meeting at 2 pm, where you'll meet your leader and fellow travellers. After, head out on a walking tour of the vibrant Miraflores area with your leader. Enjoy some free time to explore at your own pace, then perhaps meet back up with the group for an optional dinner. Whether you dine with the group or sample the city's renowned food scene on your own, don't miss the chance to try Peru's national dish – ceviche (raw fish marinated in lime juice, often served with hot peppers). If you're not a fan of seafood, there are plenty of other excellent options on offer – ask your leader for tips on the best local eats.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Paracas - Today, start with a guided walking tour of Lima's historic centre. Stroll atmospheric streets flanked with ornate mansions, palaces and Spanish colonial churches, taking in Plaza Mayor, the Cathedral of Lima, the San Francisco Monastery and the central market. Your leader will guide you through the market, where you'll find vendors selling a variety of fresh produce and regional specialties like cuy (better known as guinea pig) – a Peruvian delicacy! Head away from the tourist trail and visit Alameda de Chabuca Granda. This pedestrian strip is where Limenos (locals from Lima) go for street food and entertainment. Later, travel by minivan to beautiful Paracas.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Nazca - Today, take a 2-hour boat tour to Islas Ballestas – home to abundant wildlife, including pelicans, red-footed boobies, flamingos, sea lions and penguins. After some awesome wildlife viewing, hop in a private van to one of the world's most mysterious archaeological sites – the Nazca Lines, stopping off at the oasis town of Huacachina to grab some lunch. Nazca’s origins date back to the 2nd century BC, and thanks to the dry desert conditions, mummies, textiles, ceramics and other relics have been remarkably well-preserved, providing archaeologists with clear snapshots of the highly developed, pre-Inca civilisation. Head to the viewing tower, or maybe take an optional flight over the lines for even better views! Leave Nazca at sunset, then drive south to a local’s traditional mud house in the middle of the desert. Among paintings of local flora, you’ll have a homemade pachamanca dinner (in the Quechua language, pacha means earth and manka means pot) – a traditional Peruvian dish of potatoes, meat and herbs baked with hot stones. Eat with your hosts after a brief ceremony thanking Pachamama (with chicha, otherwise known as corn beer).

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Arequipa - Leave Nazca behind this morning and travel to Arequipa by private vehicle. Standing at the foot of El Misti Volcano and boasting beautiful baroque buildings, Arequipa vies with Cusco for the title of Peru's most attractive city. Built out of a pale volcanic rock called sillar, the old buildings dazzle in the sun, giving the city its nickname – the 'White City'. The main plaza, with its cafes and nearby cathedral, is lovely to wander and stretch your legs after a long driving day.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Arequipa - Get to know this beautiful city with the help of a local guide. Visit the main plaza, Santa Catalina Monastery and San Ignacio Chapel on a walking tour. After, head for lunch with your group at a picanteria for some classic Arequipa favourites like rocoto, relleno, solterito and queso helado. Practice your Spanish with the locals and then you're free to explore Arequipa at your own pace. Maybe return to the main square to take a closer look at the cathedral, cafes and eateries or explore the suburb of Yanahuara. You may also like to visit the Juanita Museum, which houses Peru’s famous ‘Ice Maiden’, the Inca mummy of a girl who died in the 1440s. Ask your tour leader for other tips on how to make the most of your free afternoon.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Puno - This morning you’ll travel by minivan to Puno – a town located on the shores of Lake Titicaca. It's a long drive, but the dramatic views of Peru’s highlands, the Altiplano, make it an exceptionally scenic one. As you approach Puno, stop to pay a visit to the ruins of Sillustani. Tucked between small villages on a beautiful peninsula near Lake Umaya, the pre-Inca ruins comprise circular towers called chullpas that served as burial sites for noblemen. Continue to Puno, a melting pot of Aymara and Quechuan Indigenous culture. Traditional Andean customs are still strongly represented here, earning the town the title of Folklore Capital of Peru.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Puno / Lake Titicaca - Start the day with a tour of Lake Titicaca. It is 3820 m above sea level and holds the title of the highest navigable lake in the world. While cruising across its waters, hop in a motorboat and learn about the lake’s spiritual significance for the Quechua. Stop off at Uros Titinos – floating islands made entirely from layers of totora reeds. As you'll find out, the islands are constantly under construction – as the reeds closest to the water begin to rot, more layers are added. Reeds are used for making everything on the island, including the boats used to travel to the mainland, which can last up to 12 months. Continue to Taquile Island, where the locals make their livelihood out of textiles. Here, knitting is strictly a male domain, while women do the spinning. To reach the main part of the island, there is a one-hour uphill walk on a paved path with great views of the lake. Sit down to an optional set lunch consisting of a local staple, quinoa soup, washed down with a cup of muna tea (Andean mint tea). After a brief stay, a descent of about 500 steps brings you back to the boat, which will take you back to Puno.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Cusco - Take a scenic bus ride across the Altiplano towards Cusco. You’ll be travelling by public tourist bus, and while there’s a rest stop along the way, it’s best to stock up on snacks before your journey. Cusco is the continent’s oldest continuously inhabited city, and colonial buildings are built upon foundations that remain from Inca times. Set out to discover some of Cusco's lesser-known sights on a guided walking tour – visit the facade of Qoricancha temple, San Pedro market, the main square, 12 Angled Stone, Regocijo Square and San Blas Square. Tonight, ask your leader for great restaurant recommendations for dinner.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Cusco - Enjoy a free day in Cusco, the heart and soul of Peru. You may like to visit the city’s many museums and archaeological sites with your included boleto turistico (tourism ticket). This includes the Contemporary Art Museum, Regional History Museum, Qosqo Native Art Museum and the Inca ruins of Q'enqo, Pica Pakara, and Pisac. The most easily accessible among these sites is Qoricancha, which was once the Incan empire's richest temple until the Spanish built a Dominican church on top of it.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Sacred Valley - Ollantaytambo - Today, you’ll hop on a bus and drive through the Sacred Valley. Known as Wilcamayo to the Incas, the valley has been a source of livelihood for the locals for hundreds of years. You’ll see maize crops covering the terraced valley walls and the sacred river beneath. Just outside Cusco, stop off for a guided tour of the Inca fortress, Sacsayhuaman. Overlooking the city from its hilltop position, the fortress is built out of massive stone blocks and is the ultimate example of the Inca's military strength. Visit the AMA Restaurant in Urubamba – this cafe provides employment opportunities and job training for single mothers throughout the Sacred Valley. Enjoy a snack and learn how this inclusive enterprise focuses on economic growth, gender equality and the support of vulnerable communities. Travel further into the Sacred Valley to visit the Huilloq community, where tourists are an uncommon sight. Be welcomed with an offering to Pachamama (Mother Earth) and learn about the community’s ancestral textile techniques. Sit down for a guinea-pig lunch (vegetarian option available upon request) and then drive onwards to the day’s final destination – Ollantaytambo. Here, you’ll take a guided tour of the town’s archaeological site, including remnants of an Inca city and soaring views over the present-day settlement.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Aguas Calientes - This morning, catch a train through the winding Urubamba Valley, climbing to Aguas Calientes – this seriously scenic journey will surely give your camera a good workout. If you’d like to give your legs a workout too, your leader can recommend some beautiful walks around Aguas Calientes. The city is nestled in the cloud forest at the foot of Machu Picchu, so it’s the perfect place to kick back and take in your peaceful surroundings. One Day Inca Trail If you're the active type, you can choose to trek the One Day Inca Trail today (11 km or 7 miles). Keep in mind that you must pre-book this option at least 30 days before departure. If you choose this option, the day begins bright and early with a 6:30 am train ride to the starting point. With a local guide leading the way, the trail will lead uphill and downhill, passing a few archaeological sites. See Chachabamba and Winay Wayna (2680 m altitude), also known as 'Forever Young'. This impressive complex is considered by many to be the most impressive site on the whole Inca Trail and is made up of a terraced agricultural centre, religious sector and urban sector. From here, it's about a 1.5-hour trek to Intipunku (the Sun Gate), where (weather permitting) you'll enjoy unforgettable views over the ‘Lost City of the Incas’ as you enter Machu Picchu. Depending on how long the trek takes, you'll have time to snap some pics and look around before taking a short bus ride down to Aguas Calientes, where you'll re-join the group and spend the night at a hotel.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Machu Picchu - Cusco - Take an early bus up the winding road to Machu Picchu at 5.30 am. The city was built around 1440 AD as a country retreat for the Incan nobility, but there’s evidence that the land had been a sacred Incan site for much longer. Another school of thought is that this was an astronomical observatory. Take a guided tour around the awe-inspiring ruins of temples, palaces and living quarters and decide for yourself. After your tour, catch the bus back to Aguas Calientes, followed by a scenic train ride to Ollantaytambo and finally a drive to Cusco, where you’ll spend the night.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Cusco - Enjoy free time to delve deeper into all Cusco has to offer. You may like to use your boleto turistico to check out any sites you missed last time you were here or simply grab a coffee from a cafe at Plaza de Armas and do some people-watching. For those still seeking an active adventure, the hills that surround Cusco are well-suited for some mountain biking. Ask your tour leader for advice on optional activities and how to make the most of your free day.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Lima - Take a short flight from Cusco to Lima. You will be unescorted on your flight today. When you arrive in Lima, you’ll be transferred to your hotel and met by a local leader who can assist with any optional activities or final arrangements. When you arrive in Lima, the day is free to spend how you wish. Visit some of the sites you missed at the beginning of the trip, or maybe do some last-minute souvenir shopping. Why not gather the group for one final night out on the town.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Lima - Quito - This morning, you’ll take a transfer to the Lima Airport for your flight to Quito – sitting at a high altitude under the towering Pichincha volcano, this is a beautiful city, stretching along the valley and surrounded by the Andes. When you arrive, you’ll be met by a local representative and transferred to your hotel. The rest of the day is free until your next welcome meeting at 5 pm. After, head out with your new leader and fellow travellers for dinner at a local restaurant. Try some traditional flavours and get to know your group.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Quito - Isla San Cristobal - This morning you will be transferred to the airport for your flight to the Galapagos Islands. Please note the pick-up time will usually be as early as 4:30 am (a boxed breakfast will be provided), as the airport is a one-hour drive away and you must allow for delays and check-in times. (Your tour leader will confirm this time with you at the Welcome Meeting on Day 1). The flight to the Galapagos will make one stop in Guayaquil to pick up other passengers. (Total flight time is about 3.5 hours). You will be met in the arrival hall of the airport by the National Park Guide, and transferred to your catamaran ‘M/Y Queen Beatriz’. This afternoon you will travel into the interior of the island to visit the highlands site of ‘Galapaguera of Cerro Colorado’ (Red Hill) where the national park has established a breeding program and information centre for tortoises. Here, we will be able to see giant tortoises in their natural habitat and learn all about their origin, evolution and their threatened future. Estimated travel time/distance: Puerto Baquerizo (Isla San Cristobal) to Bartolome: 8 hours (70 nautical miles)

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Isla Bartolome - Bahia Sullivan - Bartolome is one of the most spectacular volcanic landscapes in the Galapagos, full of parasitic spatter cones, lava flows, Galapagos penguins and lava lizards. It is a relatively new island in the archipelago and traces of its volcanic past can be seen everywhere, as evidenced by the amazing lunar-like landscape. The Pinnacle Rock is one of the most photographed sites in the Galapagos – an abrupt jag of rock protruding from the earth like a tooth, while nearby two golden bays back onto each other. You can hike to the top of a once-active volcano here (360 wooden steps), and enjoy superb views across to Sullivan Bay, on nearby Isla Santiago. If you are in luck you might catch a glance of the Galapagos Hawk here. You also have the opportunity to go snorkelling with plenty of tropical fish, starfish, white-tipped reef sharks, rays and hopefully penguins. On Santiago's eastern coast sits Bahia Sullivan. Here you walk on Pahoe-Hoe lava, from an eruption that occurred in 1897, and witness the colonisation of plant species since the last eruption. Hopefully see some marine iguanas, Sally Lightfoot crabs, sea lions, finches, turtles, sharks and penguins. On a walk, your guide will explain the geological history of the islands. Estimated travel time/distance: Bartolome to Isla Santiago (Bahia Sullivan): 0.5 hours (1 nautical mile) Isla Santiago (Bahia Sullivan) to Espumilla Beach: 3 hours (25 nautical miles)

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Isla Santiago - Espumilla Beach - Buccaneer Cove - Puerto Egas - Today you will visit some wonderful places. Espumilla Beach, on the northern coast of Santiago Island in James Bay, is one of the most idyllic locations in the Galapagos Islands and is an important nesting site for marine turtles. With large waves, it is also often a favourite amongst beach lovers. Potentially we will see Galapagos hawks up close, ghost crabs, blue-footed boobies (often plunging for fish) and brown pelicans. It is also well known for its palo santo forest and some extraordinary lava formations. You will also visit Caleta Bucanero (Buccaneer Cove), a natural monument of rocks caused by sea erosion. This cove was used by pirates to careen their ships. It is a place of local legends and stories! It is also where Darwin camped for nine days while making his study of the islands and their wildlife. If conditions are favourable, you can enjoy some further snorkelling. Puerto Egas is a black sand beach located on the west side of James Bay and northwest of Santiago Island. South of the beach is Sugarloaf Volcano, which has deposits of volcanic tuff. This site is named Puerto Egas, after Hector Egas who last attempted to mine salt here. The walk along the beach offers hundreds of marine iguanas and Galapagos sea lions. You will also see amazing tidal pools formed from ancient lava flow and home to sponges, snails, hermit crabs, barnacles and fish. Snorkelling with the seals always offers the possibility of thrilling encounters. Estimated travel time/distance: Espumilla Beach to Bucaneer Cove: 0.5 hours (1 nautical mile) Bucaneer Cove to Puerto Egas: 0.5 hours (1 nautical mile) Puerto Egas to Puerto Ayora: 7 hours (60 nautical miles)

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Isla Santa Cruz - Quito - Flights to mainland Ecuador from the Galapagos Islands depart mid-morning, so an early start is necessary to make the most of today’s visit to the small town of Puerto Ayora is the economic centre of the archipelago, and home to the Charles Darwin Research Station. As well as undertaking vital conservation work, the station also makes for interesting exploration and offers the best opportunities for close encounters with giant tortoises. You may also see baby tortoises and land iguanas. This will be your final excursion before you head to the airport. Upon arrival at Mariscal Sucre International Airport, enjoy an included transfer to your hotel. Choose whether to join your fellow travellers for an optional dinner this evening.

     

    Day - 20

    Location: Quito - Your Galapagos adventure will come to an end today after breakfast. There are no activities planned for the final day so you are able to depart the accommodation at any time. There are many fascinating things to do in and around Quito, so please speak to our customer service representative about any optional activities that might be of interest. They can also assist you in booking a departure transfer to the airport.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Puerto Natales - Bienvenidos! Welcome to Patagonia. Few places on Earth offer up such dramatic and wild landscapes, and Patagonia’s most iconic can be found in the Torres del Paine and Bernardo O'Higgins National Parks. Your adventure begins at Puerto Natales, which sits on the Seno de Ultima Esperanza (Bay of the Last Hope). When you arrive at the airport or bus station, you’ll be picked up by a local representative and transferred to your hotel. You’ll have a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight to meet your leader. If you arrive early, maybe walk along the Costanera, which leads to the historic remains of the Braun & Blanchard wharf. The city is also dotted with local hangouts that specialise in Chilean wine and locally produced craft beer.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Torres del Paine National Park - Today after breakfast, you’ll be joined by a local guide to explore Torres del Paine National Park – declared a Biosphere Reserve by UNESCO in 1978. Stop at the Milodon Cave along the way – an enormous cavern where remains of prehistoric mammals like the mylodon, an extinct ground sloth, have been found. Continue to the towering granite spikes Cuernos de Paine, then walk to Salto Grande – at 15 m high, this is the park’s largest waterfall. Take some time to admire the powerful cascade tumbling into the turquoise lake below. Visit Lago Gray, a lake fringed by the icy blue Grey Glacier, then hike through a coigue forest, crossing a suspension bridge over the Pingo River and ending up at the beach. Here, you can see icebergs of different shapes and colours floating in the lake, caused by the melting of the Grey Glacier. Return to Puerto Natales for a free evening.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Balmaceda & Serrano Glacier Navigation - Start the day bright and early at Puerto Bories pier, then sail through the Senoret Channel and the Ultima Esperanza fjord. Cross into the Bernardo O'Higgins National Park – the largest park in Chile and home to giant glaciers, lush vegetation, waterfalls and loads of wildlife, including Andean condors, marine otters and cormorants. Sail past the impressive Balmaceda glacier, hanging from the mountain of the same name. Dock at Puerto Toro and walk about a kilometre through a native forest filled with coigues, murtilla de magallanes, chaura and lichens. Walk to the foot of the Serrano Glacier, following the edge of an iceberg-filled lake formed by its melt. Finally, enjoy an aperitif with glacial ice and have lunch at a typical Patagonian estancia before returning to Puerto Natales for the evening.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Trek to Torres del Paine National Park - If you’re up for a challenge today, you can take the 8-hour trek to Base Torres for the most impressive views of Torres del Paine’s granite towers and glacial lagoon. If you feel that the long trek would be too strenuous and you’d like to take things easy today, you can opt for a panoramic half-day tour of Puerto Natales instead. This beautiful half-day excursion will help you understand the origin of this centenary city. Learn about the toponymy of its surroundings, its history and little-known details. Start at the old Puerto Bories Cold Storage Plant, then visit the waterfront, the main square, the fishermen's dock and the artisanal village. Your tour will finish with a pisco sour at Rooftop in Puerto Natales. Whichever option you choose, you’ll meet back up with your group for dinner tonight to celebrate your adventure.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Puerto Natales - After an early breakfast at your hotel, you'll be dropped off at the Puerto Natales bus station. From here, you'll have the option to take the local bus to El Calafate on the Argentinean side of Patagonia (bus ticket included). If you’re flying out today, please make sure you choose a flight in late afternoon after 3 pm. If you would prefer to begin your trip in El Calafate and end in Puerto Natales, please get in touch ahead of time so your bus ticket can be arranged.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Buenos Aires - Bienvenido! Welcome to Buenos Aires, the ultimate cosmopolitan city, with Latin passion, European elegance, and its own distinctive style. Your adventure begins with an important welcome meeting at 6 pm. Your leader will leave a note at the hotel reception telling you where this important meeting will take place. Argentinians enjoy dining late so there will be plenty of time after the welcome meeting to take up any of your leader’s restaurant suggestions for those wishing to sample Argentina’s world-renowned steak.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Buenos Aires - Today explore Buenos Aires on a half-day tour with an expert local guide. Starting in Plaza de Mayo, explore the city’s most famous sights with highlights including San Telmo, one of the oldest neighbourhoods in Buenos Aires, and La Boca where you’ll visit iconic Caminito Street, which gives the neighbourhood its distinctive spirit. After lunch, your tour continues towards Retiro and Recoleta, where you’ll learn about the families who sought to build a small‐scale Paris in the heart of Buenos Aires and see the ornate mausoleums at one of the world’s most famous cemeteries. This evening is free to enjoy your way.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Foz do Iguazu - Fly to Puerto Iguazu in the northeast corner of Argentina where mighty Iguazu Falls straddles the border of Argentina and Brazil. Iguazu Falls are higher than Niagara Falls, wider than Victoria Falls, and a truly epic sight. Take a trip across the border to Brazil to admire panoramic views of multiple thundering waterfalls. You may like to take an optional helicopter flight over the top of the falls for a more panoramic view. Tonight, spend the night in Foz do Iguazu (Brazil), resting up before a big day exploring the Argentinian side of the falls tomorrow.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Iguazu Falls - A visit to the Argentinian side of Iguazu today allows you to get up close to the waterfalls via a series of boardwalks. According to Guarani legend, Iguazu Falls was created when the serpent god M’Boy, enraged by the betrayal of a chieftain’s daughter who was promised to him, split the river in half. For a more exhilarating experience, take an optional Zodiac boat ride to the base of the falls. This afternoon, join your leader for a visit to a Guarani community where you’ll meet some of the region’s few remaining indigenous people. Learn about the Guarani way of life and how they have preserved their traditions on the edge of one of the world’s most popular attractions. Return to your hotel on the Brazilian side of the falls.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Rio de Janeiro - Take an early morning flight from Foz do Iguacu to Rio. The locals say that 'if God made the world in six days, he devoted the seventh to Rio'. The day is yours to do what you like. For relaxation and people watching, head to the beaches of Copacabana or Ipanema. If the time of year is right, check out a football game or a Carnival rehearsal. As evening approaches, perhaps take the cable car up to Sugarloaf Mountain to watch the sunset before getting sweaty with the locals in the samba clubs of bohemian Lapa.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Rio de Janeiro - It's an early start this morning as we embark on a guided tour of Rio, starting at Corcovado Mountain for sweeping views over Rio from the base of the Christ the Redeemer statue before the crowds arrive. Discover the eclectic architecture, restaurants, and art galleries of the artistic neighbourhood of Santa Teresa. Then continue to the colourful Selaron Steps to see artist Jorge Selaron’s gift to the Brazilian people, a staircase with 215 steps that’s decorated with thousands of tiles collected from over 60 countries around the world. The afternoon is free for you to spend as you wish, before rejoining your group for a farewell dinner. A fun local restaurant, specialising in smoky grilled seafood and meat with fresh, zesty salads, is the ideal place to celebrate your time together.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Rio de Janeiro - With no activities planned for today, you are free to depart at any time. That doesn’t mean your adventure has to come to an end. If you would like to continue soaking up the sun in Rio, we’ll be happy to book additional accommodation (subject to availability).

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Puerto Natales - Bienvenidos! Welcome to Puerto Natales in Chilean Patagonia. Please arrive before 4 pm into Puerto Natales. If arriving on day 1 you’ll be picked up from Puerto Natales airport and transferred to your hotel for check-in. This quaint city, backdropped by snow-capped mountains, is the gateway to Torres del Paine National Park – the home of your 11-day hiking expedition. This afternoon, meet your group at a welcome meeting and learn more about the exciting days ahead. Tonight, you’ll feast at a group dinner of Patagonian classics.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Torres del Paine - This morning, wake up with the sun and drive to Torres del Paine National Park. Your group will have breakfast on the road, stopping for a coffee break on the way. Your trip leaders will brief you on some effective trekking techniques and provide an overview of the natural and cultural history of the area. When you arrive at Ascencio Valley, your trek will begin! Enjoy views of the Ascencio River as you head toward Refugio Chileno, where you’ll take a snack break and rehydrate. Then, continue through a beautiful forest of native lenga trees (or beech trees) until you reach a glacial moraine – a ridge made from earth that has been pushed by the glacier. From the moraine, hike towards an incredible view of the Torres del Paine rock towers. The granite towers and glacial lake make for a breathtaking landscape – the perfect spot to round out your first day of trekking. Head back to the Refugio – your accommodation (and dinner spot) for the night.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Paine Massif - This morning, load up on gear and head out across the ancient glacial moraines. Here, you’ll begin your hike around the Paine Massif – the jagged mountain peaks that stand tall between blue and green lakes, rivers and forests. At the base of the massif, grab a snapshot of the group by the turquoise waters and take in some truly breathtaking scenery. Trek through a forest of beech trees and look out for austral parakeets, varied species of geese and the Patagonian fox. After a few hours, you’ll arrive at your accommodation at camp Seron. You’ll have some free time until dinner to explore the campsite, have a drink or get to know your fellow trekkers as you pitch your tents.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Dickson Lake - Wake for an early breakfast at the campsite and begin your hike to Dickson Lake, which sits on the edge of the Southern Patagonian Ice Cap. The lake is fed by the glacier of the same name and now runs into both Chile and Argentina. You’ll be hiking past bright, blooming notro bushes (also called Chilean fire bushes after their bright red colour), endemic to the Patagonian region, and crossing a small stream beside the lake. Continue the trek along the winding river until you reach your Refugio for the night. Nestled in grassy hills with a high horizon of peaks, the Dickson campsite will be a welcome respite. Here, you’ll have the chance for a hot shower before a group dinner is served. Dickson is known as a magical place, with a truly unique surrounding landscape and otherworldly feel. Make sure to stargaze tonight (if the clouds permit)!

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Perros Glacier - Today, you’ll pack up your gear and have breakfast at the campsite, before heading out on one of the best days of the trek. Your trail will bring you through pristine, old-growth beech forests that feel completely untouched by human steps – this is where the incredible red-headed Magellanic woodpecker can often be seen (keep your eye out, birdwatchers!). Your hike will also bring you up close and personal to the Perros Glacier, which spills over the surrounding rocks, giving the impression of ice-blue lava stuck in time. Take in fantastic views of the nearby lake and the glacier backdrop as you take some time to rest and recharge. From here, head to Los Perros, where your camp site among the bending trees will be set up and waiting for you. You’ll have some free time until dinner.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: John Garner Pass - Today, get ready for one of the longest and toughest (but rewarding) days of the journey. Start the day’s trek by climbing up to John Garner Pass – named after the British mountaineer in 1976. This is arguably the most famous pass on the trek, as it boasts an altitude of around 1,200 metres above sea level. Here, you’ll have amazing views of glaciated peaks and on a clear day – the Southern Patagonian Ice Field. Head down the pass through a thick forest, directly above the massive Grey Glacier. Along the way, you’ll have lunch and then begin the trek down to Lake Grey. The glacier stretches out below, like a huge white highway. Upon arrival on the valley floor, trek to the Grey Refugio for the night, where you’ll have free time to relax until dinner is served.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Grey Glacier - This morning is free for you to relax and recharge after yesterday’s monumental hike. After lunch you have the option to enjoy the Grey Glacier hike, your guides will brief you on today’s route and the extra gear needed. Take a Zodiac boat across the lake until you reach the west side of Grey Glacier. When you arrive at the glacier, disembark on the land in between the ice (called a glacial island, or nunatak) and hike across the small island until you reach the ice. After a safety briefing, begin an exploration of Grey Glacier (for approximately 3 hours). Observe crevasses, rivers, lagoons and tunnels in different tones of blue and have an unavoidable I’m-so-far-from-home moment. Return to the Zodiac and ride back to the docking point. When you arrive back at the Refugio, you’ll have some free time before dinner.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Grey Lake - After breakfast, head to the northeast side of Lake Grey. Here, you’ll have the option of exploring the icebergs and the Grey Glacier by kayak. Your trip leaders will provide a thorough safety briefing and introduction to the gear and then you’ll be on your way, winding through the electric blue icebergs that dot the lake. After kayaking, head back to the Refugio and pack up your gear to begin your trek for the day. Cross a high plateau that overlooks Lake Grey on your way to Lake Pehoe. Take in the expansive views until you reach your accommodation for the night – a comfortable lodge where you’ll have the afternoon to relax until dinner. You may want to try the local Chilean drink, a pisco sour, while overlooking the Paine Grande and Los Cuernos mountains.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: French Valley - After breakfast, begin your trek to the French Valley. The French Valley is one of the most picturesque valleys in Torres del Paine National Park. It is unique because of the hanging glaciers and towering granite walls and spires. You may even witness the glaciers calving (dropping giant icebergs), which creates a natural symphony perfectly suited to the granite amphitheatre. Get closer to the granite spires and eventually see the unique turquoise colour of the glacial Lake Pehoe. Pehoe translates to ‘hidden lake’ in the Tehuelche Indian language, but the immensity of this blue expanse is not to be misjudged. After a pitstop to take in the stunning scenery, trek out of the valley and continue walking to the extraordinary Lake Nordenskijold. There, you’ll check in to your Refugio and have time to set up and settle in before dinner.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Lake Nordenskjold - Today is the last full day of adventure, so make sure to take it all in. Begin the day by trekking along the beautiful Lake Nordenskjold (named after Swedish geoscientist Otto Nordenskiold, who discovered the lake at the beginning of the 20th century), which sits below the hanging glaciers of Mount Almirante Nieto. The mountain rises to an elevation of 2,640 metres and is one of the most impressive views along your trek home. Have lunch on the way before reaching Hosteria Las Torres, where you’ll meet your awaiting private shuttle. Say goodbye to the national park as your driver takes you back to Puerto Natales. Check in to your hotel and reflect on your monumental journey with a warm shower and a quick rest. Meet back up with your group for the final celebratory dinner out on the town of Natales. What a trip it has been!

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Puerto Natales - This morning after breakfast you are free to depart at anytime. If you are departing today your shuttle driver will take you back to the bus station or airport in Puerto Natales. If you would like to extend your stay, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Buenos Aires - Bienvenidos! Welcome to Buenos Aires, Argentina. With Latin passion and European style, Buenos Aires is the ultimate cosmopolitan city. It’s recommended you arrive a day or two early to experience the capital in all its glory. If you do, you can visit San Telmo for its weekend antique markets and artist displays, walk the streets of La Boca and explore Recoleta – the perfect place to browse museums and learn about the city’s history. Your adventure officially begins with a welcome meeting at 3 pm this afternoon. You’ll then head out with your leader for an orientation walk around some of the main attractions. Tonight, maybe go out for a group dinner and taste some famed Argentinian flavours.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: El Chalten - This morning, fly south from Buenos Aires to El Calafate, then travel by private transfer to the frontier town of El Chalten – north of Glacier National Park. Hikers and climbers from all around the world congregate here as a central location to access the parks. The atmosphere is laid back and orientated towards outdoorsy types. Your day is free to explore the town and prepare yourself for the next few days of hiking and trekking through the stunning landscapes of Patagonia.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: El Chalten - Today, you’ll take on one of the most popular treks in the area – the round-trip to Laguna de Los Tres, the turquoise lagoon at the foot of Mount Fitz Roy. Surrounded by snow-capped mountains and striking granite peaks, this hike has some short steep sections, but as one of the most frequented hikes, the terrain itself is not hugely difficult. You can expect to walk on clearly marked and well-maintained paths. Wind and rain may be the main challenge. When you arrive at your location, the scenery will all be worth it! In the evening, relax in your hotel or head for dinner with your fellow trekkers.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: El Chalten - Fuel up on breakfast at your hotel and get ready for another active day of exploration. Today, you’ll take a moderate hike to Laguna Torre – another of the most popular treks in the area. This valley trek will take you past scenic viewpoints with panoramas of Cerro Solo, Cerro Torre and Mount Fitz Roy. You’ll see floating icebergs broken off the front face of the spectacular Grande glacier, and when you arrive at Laguna Torre, you’ll witness the steep valleys that frame Cerro Torre. Cerro Torre is the tallest peak of this mountain range and as such, some daredevils even choose to scale the face of it!

     

    Day - 5

    Location: El Calafate - Take a well-deserved moment to relax this morning before transferring to El Calafate. This city is on the edge of the Southern Patagonian Ice Field in the province of Santa Cruz. It is known as the gateway to the Glacier National Park, which is home to the massive Perito Moreno Glacier. When you arrive, check into your hotel and maybe stake out some local Argentinian food at one of the city’s many restaurants. If you’re a history buff, head to the Patagonian Ice Museum, which features educational exhibits and more information about the glacier – plus, it has a cocktail bar made from ice! Today is yours to explore.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: El Calafate - Today, drive to the Perito Moreno Glacier. This is one of the few balanced glaciers in the world and at 5 km wide and 30 km long, it’s a spectacular sight. There are multiple viewing platforms overlooking Lake Argentino and they provide an ideal vantage point to watch and listen to the crack of the ice as it plunges into the waters below. This glacier is in constant flux, so it’s almost guaranteed that you’ll witness the natural symphony of its thunderous cracking and reforming if you’re patient. There is also the option to hit the water and embark on a glacier cruise, to see this electric-blue cliff face from a different perspective. Alternatively, you can choose to pre-book a full-day mini trek (see special information, below) that will have you walking on top of part of the glacier. Once finished soaking up the wonder of this natural formation, return to El Calafate for the night.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Torres del Paine National Park - Be ready for another long travel day today. Early this morning, jump on a local bus to Cerro Castillo in Chile. Here, stop and get yourself some lunch while waiting for the connecting transfer to Torres del Paine National Park – sitting at the end of the earth in Chilean Patagonia. Once a sheep estancia (a type of ranch), the park was established in 1959. This trekking country is where nandus, condors and pink flamingos abound. When you arrive, you may be greeted by a herd of guanacos (the local relatives of alpacas). These strange animals provide great photo opportunities, but don't get too close, they're likely to spit! The real star of the show is the surrounding landscape. With sparkling lakes, waterfalls, glaciers and mountains, much of the time trekking is spent in awe of your surroundings. After arriving at the campsite that will be your home for the next three nights, tonight is yours to relax.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Torres del Paine National Park - The most popular trek in this area (sure to be a highlight of this trip) is Base las Torres (The Tower's Base) – this full-day hike is a well-marked route through rocky valleys, grasslands and small running streams. You’ll cross a rickety-looking swing bridge, which looks like something out of an Indiana Jones movie, and then ascend to the Windy Pass. The cold wind might just be a welcome relief after a bit of a climb, and when you turn the bend, you’ll be met with a stunning view looking down onto a green valley backdropped by snowy mountains. Once you reach Chileno Refugio (the backcountry huts and lodges throughout the park), you’ll have the chance to rest, recharge and refill your water bottle before heading to the jewel of the hike. Traverse through forests and creeks until you reach the milky-green lagoon that bases the view of the three towers of Torres del Paine. You’ll have time to take in the views and get a few prized photos, before making your way back to the campsite.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Torres del Paine National Park - Today, you’ll tackle the full-day French Valley hike. One of the paths along the famed W Trek, the French Valley hike is a scenic route, full of classic Patagonian scenery. You’ll spot glacier-fed lakes in shades of blues and greens and the distinctive Los Cuernos peaks towering over the horizon. Along the way, see the highest summit of the Cordillera Paine Mountain Range – Cerro Paine Grande. Take in the fantastic scenery, which look like a Bob Ross painting come to life, especially when you ascend to a panoramic view of the turquoise Lake Pehoe. As you continue through rolling grasslands, you’ll see red notro flower bushes along the shores of Lake Skottsberg. Stop at nearby refugios to fuel up on water, then be met by the French Glacier – the pinnacle of this trek.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Punta Arenas - Today is your last day in Torres del Paine National Park. After breakfast, you’ll be taken on a guided tour around another part of the park, including a visit to Grey Lake. If time permits, take the short Los Cuernos hike for a view of Salto Grande waterfall – the park’s largest and most impressive waterfall. This easy hike is a great way to cap off your experience in Torres del Paine National Park, as it’s less busy than other treks and full of incredible scenery. This afternoon, take a private transfer to Puerto Natales and then a public bus to Punta Arenas, where you’ll spend the night.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Ushuaia - Today, hit the road again for a scenic bus journey back to Argentina and to the southernmost city in the world – Ushuaia. Needless to say, you should arm yourself with your favourite book, music player and some drinks and snacks for the journey.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Ushuaia - Ushuaia is nicknamed ‘The End of the World’ and is the access point to the Tierra del Fuego National Park (the nation’s only park with an ocean shoreline). This windswept town is backdropped by snowy mountains and sits next to the Beagle Channel – the gateway to Antarctica. This morning after breakfast, embark on the Emerald Lake hike (also known as Laguna Esmerelda). This route is considered moderately challenging and is quite a popular trek in the area due to the beautiful landscape. You’ll witness classic Patagonian forests, rich with vegetation on the way to the the lagoon, surrounded by the Andean Mountain Range. Tonight, you’re free to explore more of the park or to rest and recharge.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Ushuaia - Today, enjoy breakfast with your group and a leisurely morning. You have a free day to explore southern Ushuaia and its surroundings. You could head on a penguin tour and see the several local different species, most of which inhabit Martillo Island. Or you could take a hike at Martial Glacier, close to a mountain range of the same name and offering panoramic views of the Beagle Channel.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Buenos Aires - After breakfast, you’ll return to Buenos Aires by plane. Arrive back in Argentina’s capital in the early hours of the afternoon. As you’re back in the big city, you might want to kick back, relax and feast in one of the many popular restaurants in the area. Maybe hit the town tonight and experience Buenos Aires’ vibrant nightlife with your fellow travellers.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Buenos Aires - As there are no activities planned for your last day, you’re free to depart at any time. If you didn’t have the opportunity to see Buenos Aires before your trip, consider staying an extra few days. If you would like to extend your stay, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Puerto Natales - Bienvenidos! Welcome to Puerto Natales, in Chilean Patagonia. This port city is famously the gateway to Torres del Paine National Park – the centre of your trekking trip. If you arrive early, see the city on foot, taking in the snow-capped mountainous horizon, or maybe pop into the Municipal Historical Museum in the city centre to brush up on some local history. You’ll have a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight with your group. After, you may want to head to a restaurant or bar to get to know your fellow trekkers a little better and taste some classic Patagonian flavours.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Torres del Paine National Park Lake Grey - After breakfast, take a transfer from the hotel to the Grey Sector of the W Circuit in wild Patagonia. This is the most famous and well-travelled hiking trail in the park because although it can be challenging, the trail can be completed by anyone of any fitness level (as long as you are reasonably active and able to walk long distances). From your starting point, the path is quite flat for the first hour, passing through beech-lined woods and crossing over some small streams. Along the way, you’ll have multiple opportunities to see Lake Grey, with its electric-blue icebergs that jut from the water. As you start to ascend, you’ll see the Grey Glacier in the distance. Along the way, stop for a packed lunch, where you can keep your eye out for the Patagonian fox and the Andean condor. Eventually, make your way downhill once more and reach your accommodation for the night – Refugio Paine Grande. Refugios are backcountry huts or lodges that are along the trail, with full-service kitchens, beds and bathrooms. After a nice warm shower, cap off your first day with a group dinner.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Torres del Paine National Park French Valley - After breakfast at your Refugio, you’ll embark on a full-day trek through the French Valley. From here, the well-trodden path leads towards the jagged peaks of the Cuernos of Paine. Passing through woods and over small streams, you’ll have a beautiful view of Lake Nordenskjold. You’ll arrive at a rickety-looking hanging bridge, like something out of an Indiana Jones movie (don’t worry, it’s completely safe). Head on into the French Valley, where your path is a steady, uphill trail that reaches an altitude of around 900 m. If the weather is clear, the views are spectacular. After traversing rivers and forests of beech trees (or lenga trees), the skyline is dwarfed by towering granite spires and the famed Paine Grande – the highest mountain peak in the park, sitting at 3050 m above sea level. The return trek (along the breathtaking Lake Nordenskjold) will eventually lead you to your accommodation and dinner spot for the night – Refugio Domos Frances.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Torres del Paine National Park Lake Nordenskjold - Pack up your gear ready for another beautiful day. Today’s trek passes through beech tree woodlands and continues along the northern shore of Lake Nordenskjold, with its amazing dark-blue hues. On your left, the incredibly tall granite spires of Los Cuernos del Paine (The Horns of Blue) impose on your track. The Horns are one of the distinctive features of the park and part of the overall Paine massif – which sits within the heart of the southern Andes. Along today’s trail, look out for grazing guanacos, swooping eagles, Magellanic ducks and the diverse flora of the area. On the lake, you may even see black-necked swans and pink flamingos! Today’s hike will come with a fair few rolling hills and potentially steep climbs, but after every incline, you’ll be met with stunning scenery that reminds you why you’re there. Tonight, you’ll arrive at Refugio Torre Central where you’ll enjoy a group dinner and a restful night’s sleep under the stars.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Torres del Paine National Park Base Las Torres - Arise nice and early, ready for your last full day of trekking this spectacular trail. Once you turn the final bend of today’s hike, you’ll witness the spectacle of the giant towers of Torres del Paine (Towers of Blue) – the gem of the park. This trail follows the W Circuit backwards, meaning you’ll finish your trip off with the highlight of this incredible view. Take a moment to appreciate the massive vertical structures with the reflective milky-blue lake at the base. You’ll have about half an hour to relax and take photos, have some lunch and enjoy the view. This scene is at a high altitude, meaning it will be windy and cold. When the time is right (when everyone’s noses start to turn pink) turn around and head back the way you came. You’ll have the option of stopping off at Refugio Chileno to stretch and refuel. Once past Refugio Chileno, head back to the French Valley and then downhill towards the buildings of Hotel las Torres. Eventually, you’ll reach the ECO Camp, where you’ll meet your private transfer back to Puerto Natales.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Puerto Natales - This morning after breakfast, your trip will come to an end. If you would like to extend your stay, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Ushuaia, Argentina - Welcome to Ushuaia, the gateway to Antarctica! Upon arrival at Ushuaia Airport, enjoy an included transfer to your hotel. This evening, you have an important welcome meeting at your hotel to meet your Expedition Team and fellow travellers, and learn more about the journey ahead and the details for tomorrow’s embarkation. If you have free time before the meeting, consider exploring downtown Ushuaia for souvenir shopping or savouring classic Argentinian flavours at one of the city’s fantastic local restaurants.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Embarkation in Ushuaia - Enjoy a relaxed morning. Take advantage of the opportunity to explore downtown Ushuaia on foot – it’s compact, charming and set against the stunning backdrop of the snow-capped Andes Mountains, so be sure to bring your camera! Then, take a transfer to the port of Ushuaia, where you'll board the Ocean Nova, your home for the next 11 nights. Once on board, settle into your cabin then head to the outer decks as the Ocean Nova journeys through the historic Beagle Channel on route to Antarctica. Later, join the excitement inside to learn more about the incredible days ahead.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: At Sea, Drake Passage - Over these two days at sea, enjoy gazing out at the vast Southern Ocean and capturing photos of seabirds gracefully circling the ship. Use this time to connect with your fellow travellers and get to know the Expedition Team. Visit the ship's bridge and experience our open bridge policy, where our Captain welcomes you into Ocean Nova's command centre. Here, you can witness the expedition in motion while enjoying the prime vantage point for spotting wildlife and your very first iceberg. Or take time to step onto one of Ocean Nova's outer decks, where you can breathe in the fresh sea air and experience the powerful winds of the roaring forties and furious fifties. Keep watch for the first sighting of land which, with favourable sea and weather conditions, may come by early evening on day four.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Drake Passage -

     

    Day - 5

    Location: South Shetland Islands and Antarctic Peninsula - Your Antarctic adventure truly begins once the South Shetland Islands come into view. Weather permitting, you can anticipate at least two excursions daily, providing ample opportunities to take in the breathtaking Antarctic landscape. One day, you might hike to a penguin rookery, the next, you could find yourself cruising in a Zodiac among towering icebergs. From locking eyes with a curious humpback whale to hearing the thunderous crack of a calving glacier, you’ll wake each day eager to continue exploring this icy wonderland. The highlight for many will be their first land excursion – a moment that is nothing short of unforgettable! There’s also the chance to engage with in-depth lectures from your team of onboard experts on the region’s glaciology, history and unique wildlife as you journey through this awe-inspiring wilderness. For those who crave even more adventure, treat yourself to optional activities such as an overnight camping experience on the ice, a snowshoeing trek or a paddling excursion. You’ll also have the opportunity to take a polar plunge off the Ocean Nova – a brisk dip into Antarctica’s frigid waters is guaranteed to leave you feeling revitalised and energised!

     

    Day - 6

    Location: South Shetland Islands and Antarctic Peninsula -

     

    Day - 7

    Location: South Shetland Islands and Antarctic Peninsula -

     

    Day - 8

    Location: South Shetland Islands and Antarctic Peninsula -

     

    Day - 9

    Location: South Shetland Islands and Antarctic Peninsula -

     

    Day - 10

    Location: South Shetland Islands and Antarctic Peninsula -

     

    Day - 11

    Location: At Sea, Drake Passage - As the Ocean Nova begins its voyage back to Ushuaia, take this time to reflect on the remarkable journey you’ve experienced. Settle in for more onboard lectures and watch a slideshow of stunning images taken by our Expedition Photographer during your voyage. By the evening of Day 12, you’ll enter the relatively calm waters of the Beagle Channel. That evening, savour a special farewell dinner. Celebrate the incredible adventure you’ve shared with your fellow travellers and Expedition Team, creating memories to last a lifetime.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: At Sea, Drake Passage -

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Ushuaia - After breakfast, it’s time to disembark the Ocean Nova as your unforgettable Antarctic expedition comes to an end, leaving you with memories of a truly remarkable adventure. A morning transfer to Ushuaia Airport or downtown is included.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Ushuaia - Welcome to Ushuaia – the gateway to Antarctica. Located at the southern tip of Argentina, these parts are known as Tierra del Fuego, often called ‘The End of the World’, but this is just the beginning of your Antarctic adventure. Those with a day or two may want to head to Tierra del Fuego National Park on a full day’s adventure, or if you've only got a few hours to kill, why not stroll around town and visit the waterfront overlooking the Beagle Channel. You might also like to sample some handcrafted chocolate at a local cafe in town. Tonight, you’ll have a welcome meeting at the hotel, then you’re free to get ready for tomorrow!

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Embarkation in Ushuaia - This afternoon, you’ll board the Ocean Explorer and your epic adventure south will begin! Take some time to settle into your cabin as you begin cruising the stunning Beagle Channel, named after the famed vessel 'The Beagle' that facilitated some of Charles Darwin's most significant voyages. The channel transects the Tierra del Fuego archipelago in the extreme south of South America, and you’ll wave goodbye to Argentina with the knowledge that the next time you see land, you’ll be gazing upon the White Continent of Antarctica.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Crossing the Drake Passage - The infamous Drake Passage, named after the famous English explorer Sir Francis Drake, separates the tip of the Antarctic Peninsula from the southernmost tip of South America. It is often rough and turbulent but sometimes as calm as a lake. The next two days at sea offer time to attend a presentation or two given by your Expedition Team to prepare you for what lies ahead, from the geology of Antarctica to the history, wildlife and even the ice! Sailing towards Antarctica, the temperature falls as you cross the Antarctic Convergence and enter the waters of the Antarctic Ocean. The Antarctic Convergence is marked by an increased number of seabirds, whales and other species that are attracted by the nutrient-rich waters pushed to the surface by the colder waters of the polar region flowing north and meeting the warmer equatorial waters flowing south. Head out on one of the outer decks to look out for the mighty albatrosses that fly overhead. Scan the waters for breaching whales and icebergs or gaze out from the panoramic windows of the observation deck. Keep on the lookout for the first sighting of land early evening on day four – this is the White Continent!

     

    Day - 4

    Location: At sea - Drake Passage -

     

    Day - 5

    Location: South Shetland Islands and Antarctic Peninsula - You’ll spend the next three days exploring the South Shetland Islands and the Antarctic Peninsula – a region that has captivated explorers for centuries. Explore by Zodiac, cruising among the icebergs and making shore landings where you’ll see penguins, climb to vantage points for spectacular panoramic views, and maybe visit a scientific or historic base. There may even be opportunities to day-paddle or snowshoe! Antarctica has incredible scenery, from imposing glaciers to towering snow-capped peaks, icebergs and ice-strewn channels. The wildlife ranges from extensive colonies of chinstrap, Gentoo and Adelie penguins to crabeater, Weddell, fur and elephant seals and a heap of birds. Look and listen for the mighty crack of a glacier calving. Maybe you’ll be one of the brave few to take a polar plunge into the icy Antarctic waters! Every day brings a new experience and new landing sites to explore. As you cruise from one landing site to the next, enjoy the continued lecture program and take in the scenery from the outer decks. Make the most of the facilities of the Ocean Explorer, from the relaxing spa and sauna to the saltwater pool and gym. An average day onboard begins with a wake-up call from your expedition leader around 7 am, giving you time to prepare for the day before joining your fellow travellers for breakfast. You’ll usually have two excursions per day – one in the morning and one in the afternoon, with lunch served onboard in between excursions. You’ll take Zodiac excursions from the ship to explore glaciated bays, channels and landing sites. Your expedition team will take care of you at each landing, whether you’re hiking the Antarctic landscape, visiting a research station or consorting with penguins.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: South Shetland Islands to Antarctic Peninsula -

     

    Day - 7

    Location: South Shetland Islands to Antarctic Peninsula -

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Antarctic Circle - Crossing the Antarctic Circle is a memorable experience – few travellers reach so far south! If conditions allow, you’ll cross the famed latitude of 66°33 ́ S and toast the first explorers who ventured here. Raise a glass and take pride, knowing you’ve made it to a part of the world visited by very few people. This is raw Antarctica, home of the midnight sun, Weddell seals and your best chances of encountering sea ice—the foundation of the Antarctic marine ecosystem.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Antarctic Circle -

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Northbound Along the Peninsula - By now, your knowledge of Adélie, chinstrap and gentoo penguins will be matched by your ability to spot the difference between a leopard, crabeater and Weddell seal. Terms like ‘bergy bits’ and ‘pancake ice’ will become part of your vocabulary and as you head north, your Zodiac excursions will fill your days. Your expedition team will continue looking out for new species of seabirds, seals and whales that may have eluded you on your journey south.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Northbound Along the Peninsula -

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Crossing the Drake Passage - As you recross the Drake Passage, you’ll wave goodbye to Antarctica. Over the next two days cruising through the Drake Passage, reminisce with your newfound friends. Your Expedition Team will round up the series of presentations with a slideshow of the adventures you've shared and the wildlife you’ve witnessed over the course of your voyage. Be sure to take some time to reflect on everything you’ve experienced so far – what a journey!

     

    Day - 13

    Location: At sea - Drake Passage -

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Disembarkation in Ushuaia - Today, you’ll arrive in Ushuaia, where your adventure comes to an end. With no further activities planned, you’re free to leave at any time after disembarkation. If you’d like to extend your stay here, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time to organise additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Ushuaia, Argentina - Welcome to Ushuaia – the gateway to Antarctica. Located at the southern tip of Argentina, these parts are known as Tierra del Fuego, often called ‘The End of the World’, but this is just the beginning of your Antarctic adventure. Those with a day or two may want to head to Tierra del Fuego National Park on a full day’s adventure, or if you've only got a few hours to kill, why not stroll around town and visit the waterfront overlooking the Beagle Channel. You might also like to sample some handcrafted chocolate at a local cafe in town. Tonight, you’ll have a welcome meeting at about 5 pm at your hotel, then you’re free to get ready for an early morning tomorrow!

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Embarkation in Ushuaia - Enjoy some free time to explore Ushuaia and the surrounding area before boarding the Ocean Nova – your home for the next 12 nights. Today, your ship will make its way through the Beagle Channel towards the infamous Drake Passage. Named after Charles Darwin’s historic ship, 'The Beagle', the deep open water of the channel presents many great photo opportunities. Be sure to wave goodbye to South America if you’re not too busy snapping away at the incredible landscapes – your next land sighting will be the Antarctic Peninsula and the South Shetland Islands.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: At Sea, Drake Passage - The Drake Passage is one of the planet's most famous bodies of water. It can be rough, but if weather conditions are reasonable, you can head out on the outer decks to spot ocean dwellers like whales, dolphins or seabirds, including the wandering albatross, prions and petrels. Over the next two days, you’ll get to know your Expedition Team as your comprehensive lecture program gets underway. Your polar experts will share their knowledge of the Antarctic region so you can understand its wildlife, history and geology and help prepare you for the adventure. Your Expedition Team consists of experts on the marine and bird life that inhabits these parts. They will help you scout for sightings as you join them on the outer decks. Step onto the ship's bridge and take advantage of our open bridge policy, inviting you into Ocean Nova's command centrr. This is your chance to observe the captain and the expedition in progress from an ideal viewpoint for spotting wildlife.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: At Sea -

     

    Day - 5

    Location: South Shetland Islands & Antarctic Peninsula - Over the next few days, you’ll make Zodiac cruises through the icy waters. There are several potential landing sites, and while weather dictates which specific site you’ll land at, each presents an opportunity to get up close with some incredible wildlife. Look out for chinstrap, gentoo and Adelie penguin colonies as well as crabeater, Weddell, fur and elephant seals. When you are on board the Ocean Nova, your Expedition Team will keep the education going with a range of wildlife and history presentations and documentary screenings. A typical expedition day begins with a wake-up call from your Expedition Leader around 7 am, followed by breakfast. Weather permitting, you can anticipate at least two excursions daily, providing ample opportunities to take in the breathtaking Antarctic landscape. For those who crave even more adventure, treat yourself to an optional paddling excursion that offers a new perspective of this frozen expanse. You’ll also be able to take a polar plunge off the Ocean Nova. There’s nothing like a quick dip in the Antarctic’s icy depths to wake you up!

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Antarctic Peninsula -

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Antarctic Peninsula -

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Antarctic Peninsula -

     

    Day - 9

    Location: The Antarctic Circle - Weather and ice conditions permitting, you’ll celebrate reaching the latitude of 66°33’S and crossing the fabled Antarctic Circle. Toast to the sheer rawness of the surroundings and take it all in – while not a typical landing, the crossing of the Antarctic Circle leaves a lasting memory. Travel past colossal icebergs to a point on Earth where only a few travellers have sailed. Home to Weddell seals that are specially adapted to this icy environment, they use their canines and incisors to rasp open new ice and maintain holes in the ice through which to breathe. They also have highly accurate powers of navigation, enabling them to seek out breathing holes when their teeth are worn down, and they can no longer maintain or create breathing holes in the ice.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Antarctic Circle -

     

    Day - 11

    Location: South Shetland Islands & Antarctic Peninsula - As the Ocean Nova begins heading north, you’ll be more familiar with the Antarctic waters. Test your newfound knowledge of penguin species and fine-tune your wildlife spotting skills as you differentiate between fur, leopard and Weddell seals. Zodiac cruises and landings will continue to ensure you make the most of the peninsula’s wildlife opportunities and capture the perfect photographs.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: At Sea, Drake Passage - The journey’s final leg offers an opportunity to reflect on the spectacular scenery and prolific encounters. During the final days at sea, join additional onboard lectures and view a slideshow featuring captivating images captured by our Expedition Photographer throughout your journey—yours to keep as a cherished reminder of your incredible Antarctic expedition. By the evening of Day 13, you’ll enter the relatively calm waters of the Beagle Channel, signalling the start of your return home. That evening, enjoy a final celebration with your fellow travellers and Expedition Team to mark the end of this Antarctic adventure.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: At Sea -

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Disembarkation in Ushuaia, Argentina - After breakfast, disembark the Ocean Nova as your Antarctic expedition ends. A morning transfer to Ushuaia Airport or downtown is included, but if you’d like to extend your stay, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Ushuaia, Argentina - Welcome to Ushuaia – the gateway to Antarctica. Located at the southern tip of Argentina, these parts are known as Tierra del Fuego, often called ‘The End of the World’, but this is just the beginning of your Antarctic adventure. Those with a day or two may want to head to Tierra del Fuego National Park on a full day’s adventure, or if you've only got a few hours to kill, why not stroll around town and visit the waterfront overlooking the Beagle Channel. You might also like to sample some handcrafted chocolate at a local cafe in town. Tonight, you’ll have a welcome meeting at about 5 pm at your hotel, then maybe head for a traditional dinner at a local restaurant and sample some of Argentina’s famous red wine.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Embarkation in Ushuaia - Enjoy a leisurely morning before your transfer to the port of Ushuaia, where you'll board the Ocean Nova – your home for the next nine nights. When you’re aboard, meet your Expedition Team, settle into your cabin and head to the outer decks as the Ocean Nova sets sail through the historic Beagle Channel, heading towards Antarctica. Later, join in the excitement as you learn more about the adventures awaiting you.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: At Sea, Drake Passage - The infamous Drake Passage, named after the famous English explorer Sir Francis Drake, separates the tip of the Antarctic Peninsula from the southernmost tip of South America. The following two days at sea will allow your Expedition Team to prepare you for what lies ahead, from Antarctica's geology to its history, wildlife and even the ice! Sailing towards Antarctica, the temperature falls as you cross the Antarctic Convergence and enter the waters of the Antarctic Ocean. The Antarctic Convergence is marked by an increased number of seabirds, whales and other species attracted by the nutrient-rich waters pushed to the surface by the colder waters of the polar region flowing north and meeting the warmer equatorial waters flowing south. Look for the albatrosses flying overhead and scan the waters for breaching whales and icebergs from the expansive windows of the bridge, where you’re invited to Ocean Nova's command centre. Keep on the lookout for the first sighting of land early evening on day four – heralding your arrival in Antarctica.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Drake Passage -

     

    Day - 5

    Location: South Shetland Islands & Antarctica Peninsula - You’ll spend the next four days exploring the South Shetland Islands and Antarctic Peninsula – a region that has captivated explorers for centuries. Explore the region by Zodiac, cruising among the sculpted icebergs and making shore landings where you’ll mingle with penguins, climb to vantage points for panoramic views and maybe visit a scientific or historical base. There may be an opportunity to indulge in optional activities like an overnight ice camping experience, a snowshoeing trek, a paddling excursion or to take a polar plunge into the icy Antarctic waters! You’ll see extensive colonies of chinstrap, gentoo and Adelie penguins as well as crabeater, Weddell, fur and elephant seals and many birds. Look and listen for the mighty crack of a glacier calving. A typical expedition day begins with a wake-up call at around 7 am, followed by breakfast. Weather permitting, you can look forward to at least two excursions each day, offering plenty of chances to immerse yourself in the Antarctic landscape.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Antarctic Peninsula -

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Antarctic Peninsula -

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Antarctic Peninsula -

     

    Day - 9

    Location: At Sea, Drake Passage - As you set sail back to Ushuaia, take a moment to reflect on the extraordinary journey you've just experienced. During the final days, join additional onboard lectures and view a slideshow featuring captivating images captured by your Expedition Photographer throughout your journey, which are yours to keep as a reminder of your incredible Antarctic expedition. By the evening of Day 10, you’ll enter the tranquil waters of the Beagle Channel, marking the beginning of your trip home.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Drake Passage -

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Disembarkation in Ushuaia, Argentina - After breakfast, it’s time to disembark the Ocean Nova as your unforgettable Antarctic expedition ends. You’ll have a morning transfer to Ushuaia Airport or downtown. If you’d like to extend your stay, just get in touch with your booking team ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Ushuaia - Welcome to Ushuaia, the gateway to Antarctica! On arrival at Ushuaia Airport, there’ll be a transfer included to your joining hotel. This evening, you’ll have the chance to meet your fellow travellers and Expedition Team during an important welcome meeting at your hotel. Your leaders will share more about the journey ahead and provide details for tomorrow’s embarkation. If you arrive in Ushuaia early, you might like to explore downtown, where you can shop for unique souvenirs or indulge in authentic Argentinian cuisine at one of the town’s excellent local restaurants.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Embarkation in Ushuaia, Argentina - Enjoy a relaxing morning – Ushuaia is a charming, compact town with breathtaking views of the snow-capped Andes, so be sure to have your camera ready! Then, transfer to the port of Ushuaia, where you'll board the Ocean Nova, your home for the next 10 nights. Once aboard, settle into your cabin, and head to the outer decks as the Ocean Nova embarks on its journey through the historic Beagle Channel, bound for Antarctica. Later, join the excitement indoors as you learn about the incredible adventures ahead.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: At sea, Drake Passage - Embark on a two-day journey across the legendary waters of the Drake Passage, named after British seafarer Sir Francis Drake, as you head toward the Antarctic Peninsula and the South Shetland Islands. If conditions permit, take advantage of the outer deck spaces to look out for dolphins, whales, and various seabirds, including the Wandering albatross, with its impressive three-meter wingspan. The onboard lecture program will also begin, allowing you to join at your leisure as a team of polar experts provides insights into Antarctic history, geology, biology and much more. With favourable weather, you’ll reach the Islands of the Antarctic Peninsula by early evening on day four, with the first sighting of land always sparking excitement and anticipation for the next phase of your southern adventure.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Drake Passage -

     

    Day - 5

    Location: South Shetland Islands & Antarctic Peninsula - The Antarctic Peninsula offers incredible wildlife sightings against breathtaking backdrops of towering mountains, icy landscapes, and pristine waters. As you explore, watch for migrating whales – the peak of the migration season, from February to March, provides the best chance to witness these majestic ocean giants. You’ll also have the exciting opportunity to participate in our Citizen Science project, helping to track individual whales and their movements across the oceans. Weather permitting, you can look forward to at least two excursions each day, offering plenty of chances to immerse yourself in the stunning Antarctic landscape. For those who crave even more adventure, treat yourself to an optional paddling excursion. You’ll also be able to take a polar plunge off the Ocean Nova. There’s nothing like a quick dip in the Antarctic’s icy depths to get you going!

     

    Day - 6

    Location: South Shetland Islands and Antarctic Peninsula -

     

    Day - 7

    Location: South Shetland Islands and Antarctic Peninsula -

     

    Day - 8

    Location: South Shetland Islands and Antarctic Peninsula -

     

    Day - 9

    Location: South Shetland Islands and Antarctic Peninsula -

     

    Day - 10

    Location: At Sea, Drake Passage - As the Ocean Nova begins its journey back to Ushuaia, take this time to reflect on the incredible adventure you've experienced. You’re expected to reach the calm waters of the Beagle Channel by the evening of Day 11. Your final meal will be a memorable highlight of the expedition. Celebrate the unforgettable moments of your Antarctic adventure with your fellow travellers and Expedition Team, cherishing the connections and experiences you’ve shared!

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Drake Passage -

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Disembarkation in Ushuaia, Argentina - After breakfast, it’s time to disembark the Ocean Nova as your unforgettable Antarctic expedition comes to an end, leaving you with memories of a truly remarkable adventure. A morning transfer to Ushuaia Airport or downtown is included.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Ushuaia, Argentina - Welcome to Ushuaia, the gateway to Antarctica. When you arrive at Ushuaia Airport, take the included transfer from the airport to your hotel. Tonight, you’ll meet your fellow travellers and local team at a welcome meeting at about 6 pm. You’ll learn more about the exciting journey ahead and receive important details for tomorrow’s embarkation. If you arrive early, maybe head downtown for souvenir shopping or taste some classic Argentinian flavours at one of Ushuaia's local restaurants. You could also check out the Museo Maritimo to learn about the region’s history or stroll down Avenida San Martin for any last-minute essentials before departing for Antarctica.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Embarkation in Ushuaia - Enjoy your leisurely morning before your coach transfers to the port of Ushuaia, where you’ll board the Ocean Nova – your home for the next nine nights. After meeting your Expedition Team on board and settling into your cabin, head to the outer decks as the Ocean Nova sails through the historic Beagle Channel towards Antarctica. Then, join the excitement inside to learn more about the upcoming days.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: At Sea, Drake Passage - Named for its wild nature, the Drake Passage is unpredictable and constantly changing. Over the next two days at sea, you can laze on one of the Ocean Nova's outer decks, soaking up fresh sea air and feeling the breeze of the untamed waters. Your Expedition Team will provide insights into your exciting adventure that lies ahead with talks and presentations. Watch the birds circling above as you get to know your fellow travellers and Expedition Team. Head to the ship's bridge, where the open bridge policy invites you into the command centre, where you can see the captain and his team in action and get the best vantage point for spotting wildlife.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Drake Passage -

     

    Day - 5

    Location: South Shetland Islands & Antarctic Peninsula - Your Antarctic adventure begins once you have left the Drake Passage and can see the South Shetland Islands. During your time aboard, your Expedition Team and captain will scout for whales and seabirds and alert you to any new sightings. Enjoy in-depth explanations and lectures from your Expedition Team on the region's glaciology, history and wildlife as you explore. Daily Zodiac cruises and shore excursions take you to local bays, channels and landing sites, with wildlife opportunities always in mind. Walk on beaches dotted with penguins, visit penguin rookeries and search for southern seal species, including the fearless leopard seal. You might hike to a penguin rookery one day and take a Zodiac cruise among towering icebergs the next. Maybe even treat yourself to an overnight ice camping experience, a snowshoeing excursion or a day paddle excursion. You’ll also have the chance to take a polar plunge off the Ocean Nova!

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Antarctic Peninsula -

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Antarctic Peninsula -

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Antarctic Peninsula -

     

    Day - 9

    Location: At Sea, Drake Passage - As the Ocean Nova begins its journey back to your home port of Ushuaia, it is time to reflect on your journey. You’re scheduled to reach the relatively calm waters of the Beagle Channel by the evening of Day 10, signalling the end of your Antarctic adventure. During these final days at sea, attend additional onboard lectures and enjoy a slideshow of images captured by your Expedition Photographer throughout your journey – yours to keep as a memorable souvenir of your epic Antarctic adventure! Your final meal that evening will be a highlight, so live it up and enjoy yourself as you celebrate an incredible adventure with your fellow travellers and the Expedition Team.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: At Sea, Drake Passage -

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Disembarkation in Ushuaia, Argentina - After breakfast, it’s time to disembark as your unforgettable expedition comes to an end. You’ll have a morning transfer to Ushuaia Airport or to downtown, if you have extra time. If you would like to stay longer and explore South America, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Ushuaia, Argentina - Welcome to Ushuaia – the gateway to Antarctica. Located at the southern tip of Argentina, these parts are known as Tierra del Fuego, often called ‘The End of the World’, but this is just the beginning of your Antarctic adventure. Those with a day or two may want to head to Tierra del Fuego National Park on a full day’s adventure, or if you've only got a few hours to kill, why not stroll around town and visit the waterfront overlooking the Beagle Channel. You might also like to sample some handcrafted chocolate at a local cafe in town. Tonight, you’ll have a welcome meeting at about 5 pm at your hotel, then you’re free to get ready for tomorrow!

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Embarkation in Ushuaia - This afternoon, you’ll board your ship and your epic adventure south will begin! Take some time to settle into your cabin as you begin cruising the stunning Beagle Channel, named after the famed vessel 'The Beagle' that facilitated some of Charles Darwin's most significant voyages. The channel transects the Tierra del Fuego archipelago in the extreme south of South America, and you’ll wave goodbye to Argentina with the knowledge that the next time you see land, you’ll be gazing upon the White Continent of Antarctica.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Crossing the Drake Passage - The infamous Drake Passage, named after the famous English explorer Sir Francis Drake, separates the tip of the Antarctic Peninsula from the southernmost tip of South America. It is often rough and turbulent but sometimes as calm as a lake. The next two days at sea offer time to attend a presentation or two given by your expedition team to prepare you for what lies ahead, from the geology of Antarctica to the history, wildlife and even the ice! Sailing towards Antarctica, the temperature falls as you cross the Antarctic Convergence and enter the waters of the Antarctic Ocean. The Antarctic Convergence is marked by an increased number of seabirds, whales and other species that are attracted by the nutrient-rich waters pushed to the surface by the colder waters of the polar region flowing north and meeting the warmer equatorial waters flowing south. Head out on one of the outer decks to look out for the mighty albatross that fly overhead. Scan the waters for breaching whales and icebergs or gaze out from the windows of the observation deck. Keep on the lookout for the first sighting of land early evening on day four – this is the White Continent!

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Drake Passage -

     

    Day - 5

    Location: South Shetland Islands and Antarctic Peninsula - You’ll spend the next four days exploring the South Shetland Islands and Antarctic Peninsula – a region that has captivated explorers for centuries. Explore the region by Zodiac, cruising among the icebergs and making shore landings where you’ll see penguins, climb to vantage points for spectacular panoramic views, and maybe visit a scientific or historic base. There may even be opportunities to day-paddle and snowshoe. Antarctica has incredible scenery, from imposing glaciers to towering snow-capped peaks, icebergs and ice-strewn channels. The wildlife ranges from extensive colonies of chinstrap, gentoo and Adelie penguins to crabeater, Weddell, fur and elephant seals and lots of birds. Look and listen for the mighty crack of a glacier calving. Maybe you’ll be one of the brave few to take a polar plunge into the icy Antarctic waters! Every day brings a new experience and new landing sites to explore. As you cruise from one landing site to the next, enjoy the continued lecture program and take in the scenery from the outer decks. An average day on board begins with a wake-up call from your Expedition Leader around 7 am, giving you time to prepare for the day before joining your fellow expeditioners for breakfast. You’ll usually have two excursions per day – one in the morning and one in the afternoon, with lunch served onboard in between excursions. You’ll take Zodiac excursions from the ship to explore glaciated bays, channels and landing sites. Your Expedition Team will take care of you at each landing, whether you’re hiking the Antarctic landscape, visiting a research station or consorting with penguins.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: South Shetland Islands to Antarctic Peninsula -

     

    Day - 7

    Location: South Shetland Islands to Antarctic Peninsula -

     

    Day - 8

    Location: South Shetland Islands to Antarctic Peninsula -

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Crossing the Drake Passage - The next two days will be the journey back across the Drake Passage, with final opportunities to enjoy the crisp Antarctic air. Spend time on the deck, watching for seabirds and scouting for whales, watch presentations from your Expedition Team and celebrate the experiences shared exploring Antarctica.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Drake Passage -

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Disembarkation in Ushuaia - Today, you’ll arrive in Ushuaia, where your adventure comes to an end. With no further activities planned, you’re free to leave at any time after disembarkation. If you’d like to extend your stay here, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time to organise additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Ushuaia - Welcome to Ushuaia – the gateway to Antarctica. Located at the southern tip of Argentina, these parts are known as Tierra del Fuego, often called ‘The End of the World’, but this is just the beginning of your Antarctic adventure. Those with a day or two may want to head to Tierra del Fuego National Park on a full day’s adventure, or if you've only got a few hours to kill, why not stroll around town and visit the waterfront overlooking the Beagle Channel. You might also like to sample some handcrafted chocolate at a local cafe in town. Tonight, you’ll have a welcome meeting at the hotel, then you’re free to get ready for tomorrow!

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Embarkation in Ushuaia - This afternoon, you’ll board your ship and your epic adventure south will begin! Take some time to settle into your cabin as you begin cruising the stunning Beagle Channel, named after the famed vessel 'The Beagle' that facilitated some of Charles Darwin's most significant voyages. The channel transects the Tierra del Fuego archipelago in the extreme south of South America, and you’ll wave goodbye to Argentina with the knowledge that the next time you see land, you’ll be gazing upon the White Continent of Antarctica.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: At Sea - With nothing but you and the big blue for the next couple of days, take advantage of all the amenities and activities on board your fully equipped expedition vessel. Brush up on your history in the library, relax in the spa and pool or watch the ice floes pass you by on the sundeck. Look up and you might just spot one of the huge albatrosses along their migration route. Keep your eyes peeled for breaching whales and other marine mammals in the southern oceans and cosy up with a drink while you get to know your shipmates at the bar. There will also be a series of lectures and presentations throughout the day, available to educate you about the local geography, environment and wildlife you can expect along the way. These are a great way to prepare for your expedition, so take it all in while you hear from an expert team that highlight the dramatic history and wildlife encounters that may await you.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Falkland Islands (Islas Malvinas) - Have your camera ready as you approach the ruggedly beautiful Falklands archipelago to capture not only the abundant wildlife, but also the incredible scenery. The two main islands (East Falkland and West Falkland) have much to offer and provide a rare opportunity to witness the biological diversity, extraordinary landscape and history of the southern islands. The Falklands are a wildlife photographer’s dream and have the largest Black-browed albatross colony in the world, as well as five species of penguins that breed on the islands. Learn about the intriguing and controversial history of the Falkland Islands as you explore the capital of Stanley. Near the town, you may see southern giant petrels, Falkland steamer ducks, kelp gulls or dolphin gulls (calling all birdwatchers!). There are also black-crowned night herons, red-backed hawks, peregrine falcons and turkey vultures. Witness dramatic landscapes, including wetlands, lakes and some rolling peaks as you explore the other islands in the archipelago. Weather permitting, this will include Saunders Island – the second largest island in the Falklands. The Neck, which is a narrow peninsula with sandy beaches and subtle cliffs, is home to Gentoo, magellanic, king and rockhopper penguins.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Falkland Islands -

     

    Day - 6

    Location: At Sea - Sailing southeast to South Georgia, you’ll officially enter Antarctic waters once you cross the Antarctic Convergence, an invisible biological boundary encircling the continent. From the outer decks, you can scan the horizon for seabirds and underwater silhouettes. You’ll have another chance to attend presentations from the expert team, which highlight the dramatic history of the area, extraordinary marine wildlife encounters and so much more. These days at sea are a great opportunity to swap stories with your fellow expeditioners, whether that be in the jacuzzi or over lunch at the restaurant.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: At Sea -

     

    Day - 8

    Location: South Georgia - Arrive in South Georgia, where across the island, dark volcanic beaches are backgrounded by hanging glaciers and local king penguins nest among tussock grass. Over the next few days, explore the island – once the homestead of whalers and isolated explorers and now, a protected area with dedicated Antarctic research teams. Learn more about Sir Ernest Shackleton’s story on your various excursions to land. It’s on these very shores in South Georgia that Shackleton landed his crew of the James Caird in search of help for his party who were stranded back on Elephant Island. You can visit his grave at the settlement of Grytviken, which is also home to an old whaling station, with a museum, gift shop, church and small research station. Each landing you make on South Georgia, often referred to as the Galapagos of the Southern Sea, will open your eyes to the lives of the wildlife. One day, you may see colonies with hundreds of thousands of king penguins waddling on shore, and the next, you might visit another beach inhabited by fur or elephant seals. The grasses, mountains and beaches of South Georgia all play an important role in the breeding and survival of different species on the island and your expedition team will teach you all about them!

     

    Day - 9

    Location: South Georgia -

     

    Day - 10

    Location: South Georgia -

     

    Day - 11

    Location: South Georgia -

     

    Day - 12

    Location: At Sea - Say goodbye to the penguins as you leave for your next destination – Antarctica! Your days at sea are filled with presentations, workshops and activities led by your expedition team and you can make the most of the onboard facilities. If weather conditions allow, you may make a landing on the South Orkney Islands – your first official stop in Antarctica.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: At Sea -

     

    Day - 14

    Location: South Shetland Islands and Antarctic Peninsula - Voyage south towards continental Antarctica. Over the next four days, you’ll go in search of marine wildlife on the Zodiacs and be treated to unforgettable vistas at every turn. With multiple landing sites available, your Ocean Explorer crew will work out the best places to stop, considering the elements, accessibility and potential for wildlife sightings. There may also be the chance for snowshoeing, sea kayaking or a camping adventure – the paid excursions (which are all weather and time-of-year dependent) can make for some of the greatest memories! Well-known sites like Neko Harbour, Orne Harbour and Paradise Bay will also be on the captain’s radar. Chinstrap, Adelie and Gentoo penguins are found here, along with Weddell, fur, crabeater and leopard seals. Keep an eye out for Antarctic whales – each day and each excursion will be sure to keep your camera busy.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: South Shetland Islands to Antarctic Peninsula -

     

    Day - 16

    Location: South Shetland Islands to Antarctic Peninsula -

     

    Day - 17

    Location: South Shetland Islands to Antarctic Peninsula -

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Crossing the Drake Passage - After more than two weeks full of endless wildlife encounters and unforgettable scenery, your journey home begins. Crossing the Drake Passage is your unofficial rite of passage, completing your Antarctic adventure. Soak up your final moments celebrating with your fellow shipmates and savour the silence of the sea as long as you can.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: At sea - Drake Passage -

     

    Day - 20

    Location: Disembarkation in Ushuaia - After breakfast, it’s time to part ways and say goodbye to your expedition team. Airport transfers will be provided for those departing on the first homebound flights.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Ushuaia, Argentina - Welcome to Ushuaia – the gateway to Antarctica. Located at the southern tip of Argentina, these parts are known as Tierra del Fuego, often called ‘The End of the World’, but this is just the beginning of your Antarctic adventure. Those with a day or two may want to head to Tierra del Fuego National Park on a full day’s adventure, or if you've only got a few hours to kill, why not stroll around town and visit the waterfront overlooking the Beagle Channel. You might also like to sample some handcrafted chocolate at a local cafe in town. Tonight, you’ll have a welcome meeting at the hotel, then have free time to get ready for tomorrow!

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Embarkation in Ushuaia - This afternoon, you’ll board your ship and your epic adventure south will begin! Take some time to settle into your cabin as you begin cruising the stunning Beagle Channel, named after the famed vessel 'The Beagle' that facilitated some of Charles Darwin's most significant voyages. The channel transects the Tierra del Fuego archipelago in the extreme south of South America, and you’ll wave goodbye to Argentina with the knowledge that the next time you see land, you’ll be gazing upon the White Continent of Antarctica.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: At Sea - Over the next few days at sea, make the most of the many activities on offer – learn to identify the different seabirds that glide alongside the ship, or attend the informational presentations led by your expedition team. You’ll be prepped on the Zodiac cruises and shore landings with safety briefings and be given instructions for getting the most out of your optional sea kayaking adventures – highly recommended as it’s a truly intimate way to experience Antarctica. If conditions are right, the first indication of South Georgia is the sight of birds around a group of rocky spires called Shag Rocks. Have your binoculars ready to capture these spires rising out of the ocean and keep a look out for breaching whales!

     

    Day - 4

    Location: At Sea -

     

    Day - 5

    Location: At Sea -

     

    Day - 6

    Location: At Sea -

     

    Day - 7

    Location: South Georgia - South Georgia is one of the most fertile breeding grounds in the world for sub-Antarctic wildlife and the beaches here are home to many penguins and seals. It won’t take you long to realize that you’re in a birdwatcher’s paradise! During landings, you’ll see seabirds, albatross and petrels in abundance. South Georgia, once a popular base for whalers and sealers, is also scattered with abandoned relics and evidence of human activity from centuries ago. Visit old whaling stations and enjoy presentations on the South Georgia of then and now. One of the most significant sites you will visit on the island is Grytviken. This settlement is one of the first whaling stations established in sub-Antarctic waters. Grytviken possesses a special appeal largely because it’s the site of the grave of Sir Ernest Shackleton – one of the most famous Antarctic explorers.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: South Georgia -

     

    Day - 9

    Location: South Georgia -

     

    Day - 10

    Location: At Sea - Say goodbye to the colonies of penguins as you sail for Antarctica – the White Continent. Your next two days at sea will be filled with presentations and workshops led by your expedition team, who will prepare you for the wildlife and vast landscapes that will soon surround you. Make the most of the onboard amenities and sea views as you sail towards the blanket of white.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: At Sea -

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Antarctic Peninsula - The next couple of days bring you to the 7th Continent, the White Continent – Antarctica. Sailing through the Antarctic Peninsula, you’ll discover a land of extremes. One moment, you’ll be overcome with complete isolation and silence, and the next you’ll be overwhelmed with inspiration as calving glaciers crash into the brilliant blue sea. Your expedition team will be by your side as you go Zodiac cruising, visit historical sites and observe the amazing penguin colonies on land and ice. Chinstrap, Adelie and gentoo penguins are found here, along with Weddell, fur, crabeater and leopard seals. Keep a lookout for Antarctic whales, such as minkes, while on your daily Zodiac rides. You might even decide to treat yourself to an optional paddling excursion (at an extra cost) or jump into Antarctic waters for the Polar Plunge!

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Antarctic Peninsula -

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Antarctic Peninsula -

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Antarctic Peninsula -

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Crossing the Drake Passage - After days full of unique wildlife encounters and remarkable landscapes, your journey home begins. Crossing the Drake Passage is your unofficial rite of passage and over the next two days, you can spend time on deck watching for seabirds and whales, enjoying presentations by your expedition team, or simply relaxing and reminiscing with your group about your wild experiences.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Drake Passage -

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Disembarkation in Ushuaia - After breakfast, it’s time to part ways and say goodbye to your expedition team. If you’d like to extend your stay in Ushuaia, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time, or fly home from here.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Ushuaia, Argentina - Welcome to Ushuaia, Argentina – the gateway to Antarctica! Upon arrival at Ushuaia Airport, enjoy an included transfer to your hotel. Once you arrive at your hotel, you’re free to explore. Maybe head downtown for some early souvenir shopping or taste some classic Argentinian flavours at one of the local restaurants. Tonight at your hotel you’ll meet your fellow travellers and Expedition Team at an important welcome meeting, learning more about the journey ahead and the details for tomorrow’s embarkation. After, why not hit a cosy dinner spot or local bar and explore what your upcoming adventure may hold?

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Embarkation in Ushuaia, Argentina - After breakfast, the morning is yours to explore Ushuaia. You could stroll through the quaint town with a camera, or grab a last-minute necessity. In the afternoon, you’ll transfer to the port of Ushuaia and embark the Ocean Nova – your home on the sea. Get settled into your cabin, then set sail through the historic Beagle Channel towards Antarctica. Find the perfect spot to soak up the incredible views as you catch your last sight of Argentina – then head inside to join the excitement and learn more about what’s to come on this Antarctic adventure. This evening is an excellent opportunity to explore the ship and enjoy a delicious dinner in the dining room.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: At sea - As you sail, spend time out on deck or on the ship's bridge scanning the horizon for wildlife. Keep an eye out for wandering albatrosses on their lengthy migration routes, and look for the telltale splash of breaching whales or the dorsal fins of other mighty marine mammals breaking the water's surface. You could also settle in for presentations given by your expert Expedition Team, on topics like the behaviour of humpback whales, the life cycles of penguins, the formation of the Antarctic ice sheet and more. Evenings on board are equally memorable. After a day of learning and wildlife spotting, head to the warmth of the ship's Panorama Lounge. Enjoy a drink in hand as you swap stories with your fellow travellers, sharing the excitement of your journey.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Falkland Islands - You’ll approach the Falkland Islands this morning – a wildlife photographer’s dream. Here, you can find the largest black-browed albatross colony in the world and five species of penguins that breed on the islands, including gentoo, king, Macaroni, Magellanic, and rockhopper. Once in Stanley, the capital, learn about the intriguing and controversial past of the Falkland Islands from local experts. Near the town, you may see southern giant petrels, Falkland steamer ducks, kelp gulls, dolphin gulls, black-crowned night herons, red-backed hawks, peregrine falcons and turkey vultures. Weather permitting, you may explore Saunders Island, the second-largest island in the Falklands, and The Neck, a narrow peninsula with sandy beaches and subtle cliff faces. On the afternoon of Day 5, following our morning excursion, farewell the Falkland Islands and sail towards South Georgia.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Falkland Islands -

     

    Day - 6

    Location: At sea - From the outer decks, keep your eyes on the horizon for seabirds and other passing wildlife as we settle in for two days at sea on route to South Georgia. This remarkable destination offers many experiences, from fascinating history and geology to incredible wildlife encounters. While on board the cosy Ocean Nova, take part in engaging presentations led by your Expedition Team, designed to prepare you for the wonders that await you at South Georgia.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: At Sea -

     

    Day - 8

    Location: South Georgia - Over the next few days, you’ll explore the island of South Georgia, once the homestead of whalers and isolated explorers, and now a protected site with dedicated Antarctic research teams. You’ll explore various landing sites and learn about the history of Sir Ernest Shackleton, known for his incredible survival during a failed expedition south. You’ll spend several days retracing some of Shackleton’s steps and visiting his grave at the ex-whaling station of Grytviken, located on the east side. Wander among hundreds of thousands of king penguins in the dramatic South Georgian light, visit old whaling stations and enjoy educational presentations on the past and present of the area. Across the island, you’ll see dark volcanic beaches backgrounded by hanging glaciers and have the chance to go on day hikes among alpine lakes.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: South Georgia -

     

    Day - 10

    Location: South Georgia -

     

    Day - 11

    Location: South Georgia -

     

    Day - 12

    Location: At Sea - During your next couple of days at sea, experience sweeping vistas from the Panorama Lounge or the outer decks. You should take this opportunity to relax and recharge or play games of cards at the bar with your shipmates. Whatever takes your fancy – the ship is yours to explore!

     

    Day - 13

    Location: At Sea -

     

    Day - 14

    Location: South Shetland Islands & Antarctic Peninsula - Today, you’ll voyage south towards continental Antarctica. For the next five days, you’ll dedicate your time to searching for wildlife from land, ship and Zodiac. Weather permitting, you can look forward to at least two excursions each day, offering plenty of chances to immerse yourself in the stunning Antarctic landscape. With numerous landing sites to explore, your Expedition Team will carefully select the best options based on weather, accessibility and wildlife activity. Depending on the conditions, you may also have the chance to enhance your journey with optional adventures like camping on the ice (a serene and silent experience like no other), day paddling across icy waters or snowshoeing across untouched terrain. You’ll also have the opportunity to take a polar plunge off the Ocean Nova – a swift dip into Antarctica’s freezing waters that’s sure to leave you feeling refreshed and revitalised!

     

    Day - 15

    Location: South Shetland Islands and Antarctic Peninsula -

     

    Day - 16

    Location: South Shetland Islands and Antarctic Peninsula -

     

    Day - 17

    Location: South Shetland Islands and Antarctic Peninsula -

     

    Day - 18

    Location: South Shetland Islands and Antarctic Peninsula -

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Antarctic Circle - Venturing to the ends of the earth is a moment to treasure, as not all expeditions venture this far south. If weather permits, a celebration will be held after reaching latitude 66°33’S and crossing the fabled Antarctic Circle. Toast to the sheer rawness of the surroundings and take it all in! While not a typical landing, the crossing of the Antarctic Circle leaves a lasting memory. You’ll travel past colossal icebergs to a point where only a few travellers have ever sailed.

     

    Day - 20

    Location: Antarctic Circle -

     

    Day - 21

    Location: South Shetland Islands and Antarctic Peninsula - As the Ocean Nova heads north, you’ll feel more confident navigating the wonders of the Antarctic waters. Test your newfound penguin expertise and sharpen your wildlife-spotting skills as you identify fur, leopard and Weddell seals. Zodiac cruises and shore landings will continue, offering ample opportunities to see the peninsula’s diverse wildlife and capture stunning photographs of your adventure.

     

    Day - 22

    Location: At sea, Drake Passage - Settle back into your comfortable surroundings aboard the Ocean Nova for the return journey across the Drake Passage. The Ocean Nova will track north towards your destination of Ushuaia, Argentina, arriving into the calmer waters of the Beagle Channel by the evening of Day 23. During these final sea days, you can attend more onboard lectures and enjoy a slideshow of images captured by our Expedition Photographer during your voyage. Now is also the chance to catch up with your shipmates and share stories about your voyage over a meal or a drink at the bar.

     

    Day - 23

    Location: At Sea -

     

    Day - 24

    Location: Disembarkation in Ushuaia, Argentina - After breakfast, say goodbye to the Ocean Nova, your Expedition Team and fellow travellers as you disembark in Ushuaia. A morning transfer to Ushuaia Airport or downtown is included.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Ushuaia, Argentina - Welcome to Ushuaia – the gateway to Antarctica. Located at the southern tip of Argentina, these parts are known as Tierra del Fuego, often called ‘The End of the World’, but this is just the beginning of your Antarctic adventure. When you arrive at Ushuaia Airport, take your included transfer from the airport to your hotel. Those with a day or two may want to head to Tierra del Fuego National Park on a full day’s adventure, or if you've only got a few hours to kill, why not stroll around town and visit the waterfront overlooking the Beagle Channel. You might also like to sample some handcrafted chocolate at a local cafe in town. Tonight, you’ll have a welcome meeting at about 5 pm at your hotel, then you’re free to get ready for an early morning tomorrow!

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Embark in Ushuaia, Argentina - Enjoy a leisurely morning with the backdrop of the Andes mountains and maybe go for a walk downtown before your coach transfer to the port of Ushuaia. Here, you’ll board the Ocean Nova – your home for the next nine nights. After meeting your Expedition Team on board and settling into your cabin, head to the outer decks as the Ocean Nova sails through the historic Beagle Channel towards Antarctica. Then, join the excitement inside to learn more about the upcoming days.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: At Sea, Drake Passage - Spend two days travelling across the legendary waters of the Drake Passage, named after the British seafarer Sir Francis Drake, towards the Antarctic Peninsula and the South Shetland Islands. If conditions allow, you can explore the outer deck spaces, scouting for dolphins, whales and various seabirds, including the iconic wandering albatross with its enormous three-meter wingspan. The comprehensive lecture program will also get underway for you to join at your leisure, with your team of polar experts sharing insights into Antarctic history, geology, biology and everything in between. If the weather is on your side, you should reach the Islands of the Antarctic Peninsula by early evening on Day 4 – the first sighting of land always builds great anticipation on any expedition south.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Drake Passage -

     

    Day - 5

    Location: South Shetland Islands & Antarctic Peninsula - The Antarctic Peninsula is known for many wildlife sightings and the backdrops of mountains, icy landscapes and water provide incredible scenes as you search for whales migrating along the coast. The peak of the migration season (February and March) is the best opportunity to see these ocean dwellers, as all Antarctic whale species migrate long distances, feeding in the cold, nutrient-rich Southern Ocean during the southern summer. The most common species found in the region are humpback, minke and fin whales and orcas. As whale season is in full swing, you have the unique opportunity to participate in one of the onboard Citizen Science projects – the Happy Whale Project. Here, you can upload photos of whale’s tails (flukes) online, along with details of where the images are taken, which are then used to analyse and identify the individual whale and track its movement across the oceans. Your contribution could make a real difference in understanding and conserving these magnificent creatures. Sightings can happen from the outer decks of the ship, during a Zodiac excursion, or on the ship’s bridge with your captain, where the open bridge policy allows you into the command centre of the Ocean Nova for a look at the inner workings of your expedition and access to the best place to spot whales. A typical expedition day begins with a wake-up call from your Expedition Leader around 7 am, giving you time to prepare for the day before joining your fellow travellers for breakfast in the Dining Room. Weather permitting, you can look forward to at least two excursions each day, offering plenty of chances to immerse yourself in the stunning Antarctic landscape. For those who crave even more adventure, treat yourself to an optional paddling excursion that offers a new perspective of this frozen expanse. You’ll also be able to take a polar plunge off the Ocean Nova. There’s nothing like a quick dip in the Antarctic’s icy depths to invigorate you!

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Antarctic Peninsula -

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Antarctic Peninsula -

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Antarctic Peninsula -

     

    Day - 9

    Location: At Sea, Drake Passage - As the Ocean Nova begins its journey back home to the port of Ushuaia, now is your time to reflect. You’re scheduled to reach the relatively calm waters of the Beagle Channel by the evening of Day 10, marking the beginning of your return journey. This evening, enjoy a slideshow of images taken by your Expedition Photographer during your voyage – these yours to take home as a lasting memento of your unforgettable Antarctic adventure. Your final dinner will be a highlight of your Antarctic adventurer, so live it up and enjoy it as you celebrate with your fellow travellers and Expedition Team.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Drake Passage -

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Disembark in Ushuaia, Argentina - After breakfast, disembark the Ocean Nova as your Antarctic expedition ends. A morning transfer to Ushuaia Airport or downtown is included, but if you’d like to extend your stay, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Delhi - Agra - Namaste! Welcome to India. Make your way to the joining point by 9 am this morning. You’ll then immediately start your tour of Old Delhi with your English-speaking guide. Drive to the heart of the city, which pulses with the energy and colour of the bazaars. Maybe ride a rickshaw around the back streets to experience the hustle and bustle of everyday life. After, stop for an optional lunch before departing Delhi at around 2 pm for the drive to Agra. When you arrive, check into your hotel and organise tomorrow’s Taj Mahal visit with your local representative. The rest of the afternoon and evening is free to explore Agra at your own pace.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Taj Mahal - Agra - If you opt to view the Taj Mahal at sunrise, you’ll be met at your hotel at about 6 am by your guide who will accompany you. Alternatively, if you opt for the later 2 pm visit, your guide will meet you at around 8.30 am, so you can visit the Red Fort first). The Taj Mahal is one of the Seven Wonders of the World and a masterpiece of white marble, set among formal gardens. Built by Emperor Shah Jahan as a memorial to his wife Mumtaz, this 'teardrop on the face of eternity' (as it was described by writer Rabindranath Tagore) lives up to all expectations. Then, visit the Agra Fort on the banks of the Yamuna River – constructed in 1565 by Emperor Akbar, the fort was originally designed to be a military structure. It was converted to a palace in Emperor Shah Jahan's time and eventually became his prison after he lost power in 1658. You have a free afternoon to relax or explore the back lanes of Agra, visit the Taj again or watch local artisans and villagers making handicrafts, marble inlay work or carpets. A visit to Sheroes Cafe, which provides employment for women who have been affected by acid attacks, is also highly recommended.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Fatehpur Sikri - Delhi - After breakfast, you’ll be met by your guide who will assist in checking you out of your hotel. Travel by private vehicle towards Delhi, stopping at the deserted Mughal kingdom of Fatehpur Sikri along the way. Built by Emperor Akbar in 1569, it was abandoned after 15 years due to the scarcity of water. A highlight of the settlement is Jama Masjid – a striking mosque featuring elements of both Persian and Hindu design. The main entrance of the mosque is the impressive 54 m-high Buland Darwaza (the Gate of Victory), constructed to commemorate Akbar's military victory in Gujarat. After, your guide will bid you farewell as you begin your journey back to Delhi. You’ll be dropped off at your hotel, at about 3 pm. If you’d like to extend your stay and need additional accommodation, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Delhi - Namaste! Welcome to India. Your adventure begins in the one of the oldest cities in the world and India’s capital – Delhi. You and the family will have a welcome meeting today at 1 pm to meet your local leader and fellow families. After, head out on a guided sightseeing tour to explore the contrasts of Old and New Delhi. Squeeze through the Old City’s fortified walls on the way to Jama Masjid – dominating the city’s skyline, this mosque is a social hub as much as a place of worship. If you’d like, why not catch a rickshaw to the brilliantly coloured Red Fort. Then, leave the crowds behind and breathe a little easier in contrasting New Delhi. Visit the main sights – Parliament House, President House and India Gate, before returning to the hotel.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Agra - Rise early to catch a train to Agra – the city was the capital of the Moghul Empire and has heaps of things to see, like one of the Seven Wonders of the World! When you arrive, take some time to relax, before heading out to see the city. Agra’s not just all about the Taj Mahal, it’s also home to one of the finest looking forts in India – sitting along the banks of the Yamuna River, Agra Fort is part stronghold, part palace and part prison. Enter the dark red sandstone fort by crossing the (now empty) crocodile-infested moat. Search through throne rooms and the tiny, decorated mosques, then climb to the top to get your first glimpse of the Taj across the river! Tonight, you’re free to relax, explore at your own pace or find some delicious local dinner.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Ranthambhore National Park - Get up before the sun this morning to see it rise over the Taj Mahal – this wonder of the world is a UNESCO World Heritage site and maybe the most iconic site in India! Watch the colours play across the marble in early morning light and soak it all in! Best known as a monument to love and loss, the Taj is a beautiful example of Mughal architecture and is surrounded by trimmed English gardens. After ticking something huge off the list, you’ll all head east and pass the Kos Minar medieval milestones, which point the way to the abandoned city of Fatehpur Sikri. This well-preserved 16th century royal complex is full of courtyards, pavilions, gardens, the Jama Masjid Mosque and the intricately carved Rumi Sultana palace. This afternoon, you’ll continue to Ranthambhore National Park – the 'Jungle Book' brought to life!

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Ranthambore National Park - Ranthambhore National Park is one of the best national parks of India, teeming with wildlife – a place where nature has reclaimed ancient fortresses and temples. Today, you’ll make a couple of game drives to try and spot the majestic Bengal tigers that live among the ruined forts and temples here. Your drives will be early in the morning and in the late afternoon, as this is when the animals are most active! Even if the tigers are being too stealthy, the park is filled with other animals like gazelle, hyenas, sloth bears, crocodiles, jackals, three types of antelope (nilgai, sambar and chital) and leopards.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Jaipur - Head northwest to the pink city of Jaipur – the capital of Rajasthan. When you arrive, grab the kids and head to the Jantar Mantar observatory, home to a cool collection of astronomical instruments built by the Rajput King Sawai Jai Singh II. Later, you’ll have some free time as a family to swim in the hotel pool or wander through the Pink City’s streets, busy with camels, motorbikes, rickshaws, and traditionally dressed Rajput men. Maybe head to the Old Town for raj kachori chaat (a big, fluffy chaat served with chutney, yoghurt, chilli and potato) and cool off with a lassi (a mango yoghurt dirnk) from Lassiwala – Jaipur's oldest and most famous lassi shop!

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Jaipur - Today, you’ll all visit the sprawling City Palace, once home to the Maharaja – an amazing complex home to colourful courtyard gates, museums displaying royal costumes and old weaponry. Then, it’s on to the five-storied Hawa Mahal, or Palace of Winds, with its detailed honeycombed outside filled with windows. The impressive structure makes it the most photographed building in the country, after the Tj Mahal! The rest of the day is free to explore with your family or to find a spot to people watch and relax.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Alsisar - Climb the twisting roads of the Aravalli Hills to the massive Amber Fort today. This opulent palace is packed with rooms full of lavish murals, arches and delicate jali work. Don’t miss the sparkling Mirror Palace, covered floor-to-ceiling in thousands of reflective tiles, looking down over Moata Lake – the kids will love a photo here! Later, leave the city behind and travel to the relaxed village of Nawalgarh. Catch glimpses of local life in the most colourful regions of India – sari-clad women carrying terracotta pots of water, bangles tinkling as they walk. When you arrive, take a walk around the village and meet the locals before continuing to your final stop for the day – the small town of Alsisar.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Alsisar - The semi-arid village of Alsisar is full of legends and stories and this morning, you’ll join your leader on a walk around the village to discover some of the beautiful and ornately decorated buildings. Aay hello to some of the locals along the way. Then, the rest of the afternoon is free to explore this peaceful town or enjoy your accommodation – you'll stay at the Alsisar Mahal, built in the 17th century! With its grand courtyards, colourful dining arcades and heritage rooms, it will certainly be a highlight of your trip. And the kids will love the pool!

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Delhi - After breakfast this morning, leave the countryside behind and get back into the beating rhythm of Delhi by mid-afternoon. When you arrive, you’re free to rest and recharge. Later, maybe practice your bargaining skills in Chandni Chowk, where you can buy local crafts straight from the hands of the artisans or gobble down street chaats. You could also relax in the Mughal gardens and have a picnic. You might like to get together with your group for a special dinner tonight to celebrate your adventure – your leader will have some great recommendations on where to eat!

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Delhi - There are no activities planned for the final day and you can depart the accommodation at any time. If your family would like to spend some more time in Delhi, why not book an Urban Adventures tour? The Made in Delhi Shopping Tour takes you to the best markets to shop, so you can find some bargains. Better yet, it’s child-friendly!

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Delhi - Namaste! Welcome to India. Begin your adventure in one of the oldest cities in the world – Delhi. A welcome meeting will be at your hotel today at 1 pm to meet your trip leader and fellow families. If you arrive early, India's capital is packed with historical sites, museums, galleries, shops and endless bazaars. After the meeting today, you’ll take a guided sightseeing tour to explore the contrasts of Old and New Delhi. In the narrow streets of Old Delhi, everything competes for space – squeeze through the old city’s fortified walls on the way to Jama Masjid. Dominating the city’s skyline, this mosque is a social hub as much as a place of worship. Explore the throbbing streets, packed with buses, trucks, people and cows, on the way to the brilliantly coloured Red Fort. Then, leave the crowds behind and breathe a little easier in contrasting New Delhi – with broad, tree-lined avenues and former monuments to British power, you’ll visit all the main sights – Parliament House, President House and India Gate – before returning to your hotel for the night.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Agra - Rise early to catch the morning sun and a train to Agra – the city alternated with Delhi as the capital of the Moghul Empire. When you arrive, take some time to relax after the early start until mid-afternoon, when you’ll head out to see the city’s big hitters. Agra’s not just about the Taj Mahal, it’s also home to one of the finest looking forts in India – a Friday Mosque and royal tombs. Along the banks of the Yamuna River, Agra Fort is part stronghold, part palace and part prison. Built in 1565 by Emperor Akbar, it was converted to a palace by Emperor Shah Jahan, and it eventually became his jail when he lost power. Enter the dark red sandstone fort by crossing the (now empty) crocodile-infested moat. Search through throne rooms and tiny but incredibly decorated mosques and climb to the top to get your first tantalising glimpse of the Taj – one of the Seven Wonders of the World – across the river.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Ranthambhore National Park - Get up before the sun today to see it rise over the Taj Mahal (it’s worth the early start!). Witness the iconic building – one of the Seven Wonders of the World – bathed in the early morning light. Many people believe it to be the most perfectly proportioned building ever constructed, and at first glance, it appears to be white marble, but closer inspection reveals that the surface is inlaid with semi-precious stones that form flowers and bowers. Best known as a monument to love and loss, the Taj is a beautiful example of Mughal architecture, surrounded by trimmed English gardens. Next, you’ll head east and pass the Kos Minar medieval milestones, pointing to the abandoned city of Fatehpur Sikri. Deserted after only a few years (because there wasn’t enough water), the incredibly well-preserved 16th-century royal complex is a haven of courtyards, pavilions, ornamental gardens, the striking Jama Masjid Mosque and the intricately carved Rumi Sultana palace. Continue to Sawai Madhopur and Ranthambhore National Park – the kids will love it here, as it’s the Jungle Book brought to life!

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Ranthambhore National Park - Ranthambhore National Park is one of the premier national parks of India – a place where nature has reclaimed ancient fortresses and temples and is now teeming with wildlife. Head out on a couple of game drives during your stay, looking out for the majestic Bengal tigers that survive among the ruined forts and temples, stalking through the jungle. Game drives take place early in the morning and in the late afternoon, as this is when animals are most active. Even if the tigers are being too stealthy, the park is filled with other animals like gazelles, hyenas, sloth bears, crocodiles, jackals, three types of antelope (nilgai, sambar and chital) and leopards.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Jaipur - This morning, head to Jaipur – a city surrounded by an earthy red wall in the style of the Mughal sandstone cities. Your day is free once you arrive, so maybe walk through the Pink City’s streets, busy with camels, motorbikes, rickshaws and traditionally dressed Rajput men while monkeys climb overhead to get acquainted. Maybe head out to the City Palace – once home to the Maharaja. An amazing complex home to colourful courtyard gates, fascinating museums and guards with moustaches almost as impressive as the building itself, the palace remains a royal residence even after the Jaipur kingdom merged with the Indian Union in 1949. Or check out the 18th-century Jantar Mantar – an observatory filled with instruments to track the stars – the kids will love it! This afternoon, maybe visit the five-storied Hawa Mahal, or Palace of Winds, with its detailed honeycombed facade. The impressive view makes it the most photographed building in the country after the Taj Mahal.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Jaipur - After breakfast this morning, your leader will take the group on a walking tour of Jaipur. Hit the streets in search of some raj kachori chaat (a big fluffy chaat served with chutney, yoghurt, chilli and potato) and then cool off with a lassi from Lassiwala – Jaipur's oldest and most famous lassi shop. After a morning of exploration, you’ll head to a fun Bollywood dance class and learn some new moves. Bollywood dancing, made from the huge popularity of Bollywood film, tells mythological stories through the use of hand gestures, which are taken from Hinduism and Buddhism. When you and the kids are all tired out, take an afternoon to relax by the pool or find a great dinner spot to unwind.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Jaipur - Today, take a trip to the Amber Fort – set on a hilltop overlooking Maota Lake, the fort is an authentic example of Rajput architecture. The Sheesh Mahal (Hall of Mirrors) is one of its more spectacular buildings. After, head back to Jaipur to learn about the ancient art of Block Printing – this traditional process has been practised in Rajasthan for around 500 years. Tonight, why not head to the Raj Mandir Cinema to see a Bollywood movie and spot some of the dance moves you learnt yesterday on the big screen.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Jodhpur - Today after breakfast, you’ll drive across the desert to discover Rajasthan's second-largest city – Jodhpur. Jodhpur is home to heaps of fun antique shops to explore and, according to many locals, has the best lassi in India! Explore at your own pace and let the kids lead you through the colourful streets. Tonight, you’ll enjoy a local farm visit on the outskirts of the city, where produce is grown without the use of any chemicals. Take a tour of the farm and learn about the importance of sustainable farming, the benefits and challenges and how the locals grow native produce – the kids might even get the chance to help harvest some of the fruits and veg themselves! Sit down with your fellow families for a homemade farm-to-table dinner made with organic, hand-harvested produce and watch the sun set over the land.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Jodhpur - This morning after breakfast, you’ll explore the colossal Mehrangarh Fort with a local guide. This 15th-century fort sits 125 metres above the city and inside the walls, you’ll explore the intricate carvings and huge courtyards and chase magnificent views from the fort’s ramparts. After, your afternoon and evening are free to relax at the hotel, revisit some of the shops you missed yesterday or find a good restaurant to sit and people-watch.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Bikaner - This morning, travel into the Thar Desert to the fortified town of Bikaner – once an important staging post along some of history’s great caravan routes. Bikaner is home to many thriving bazaars as well as an impressive fort and palace. Visit the massive 16th-century Junagarh Fort with a local guide to learn about its impressive history and explore the nooks and crannies (that sometimes only a kid can find). Get some great photos of the desert landscape and then enjoy a free afternoon at leisure – maybe explore the sun-drenched streets with the kids, passing by magnificent architecture or find a good spot to eat before lazing at the accommodation.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Bikaner - Today you’ll visit the museum at the National Camel Research Centre in Bikaner, established to protect these hardworking desert animals and to increase understanding about their place in the fragile desert ecosystem. Learn about the importance of the camel in India’s history, the different breeds of this fascinating animal (nicknamed the Ship of the Desert) and wander the museum with the kids. Don’t miss the camel milk parlour – where you can cool off with ice creams and drinks made from camel milk! Tonight, you’re free to explore Bikaner or hang out at your hotel.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Mandawa - Today, enjoy a day exploring Mandawa – often referred to as an outdoor museum, Mandawa is famous for its ornate havelis (private residences). You'll notice that some are faithfully restored, and others are crumbling. The havelis of this part of India are recognised around the country for their lavishly painted walls and art. After exploring this gorgeous city, maybe unwind this afternoon with a cold beer and sample some of the spicy local North Indian fare – ask your leader to point you in the right direction.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Delhi - After breakfast this morning, leave the countryside and get back into the beating rhythm of Delhi. This is a bit of a long drive, so get your car games ready! When you arrive, you can use the rest of the day however you like. Maybe practice your bargaining skills in Chandni Chowk in the maze of shops and kiosks that sell everything you can imagine, buy local crafts straight from the hands of the artisan in Janpath market, or gobble down street chaats (snacks like deep-fried fritters and flatbread). Hear the story behind the man at Gandhi’s house, see one last ancient structure at Qutb Minar, or relax in the Mughal gardens. Tonight, maybe get together with your group and look back over the trip of a lifetime, chatting about all the wonders you’ve witnessed.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Delhi - There are no activities planned for today, and you can leave at any time after check-out. If you’d like to stay in Delhi for longer, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Negombo - Ayubowan! Welcome to Sri Lanka. Known as the ‘Pearl of the Indian Ocean’, the island offers travellers palm-studded beaches, rolling plantations and sacred sites steeped in spirituality. Your adventure begins in Negombo with a welcome meeting at 5 pm, where you’ll meet your local leader and the other families travelling with you. If you arrive early, why not go out an explore at your own pace or book yourselves into the Urban Adventures day tour. After the meeting, maybe join your group for dinner and get to know the delicious local cuisine.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Dambulla - Today you’ll officially start your adventure by heading to Dambulla – this town plays home to some of the world’s most spectacularly decorated cave temples. When you arrive, you can choose whether to join an optional excursion to the vegetable wholesale market – a labyrinth of shops and stalls that offers a look at the vast range of produce grown in Sri Lanka. Later, explore the Dambulla cave temples, where prehistoric Sri Lankans lived thousands of years ago and thousands of ancient murals and statues depicting the Buddha are on display.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Dambulla - Today’s adventure takes you from Dambulla to Sigiriya – a colossal stone monument hosting a ruined fortress and an impressive UNESCO World Heritage site. Let the kids burn off some energy with a climb to the top of the enormous rock, checking out the murals and caves along the way. If the weather is playing alone, you should be able to take in sweeping views of the thick forests from the summit before descending. Once you return to Dambulla, take the family for a bike ride around the countryside. After a day full of activity everyone should be nice and tuckered out by the time night falls.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Kandy - Say farewell to Dambulla this morning and drive to Kandy, often called the cultural capital of Sri Lanka. The hills surrounding the city, along with the lake in the centre, creates the perfect scenery for family phots, and the old shops and restaurants will keep you busy for hours. This evening, join a local family for dinner and opportunity to learn the steps to a traditional Kandayan dance during some lessons from local performers.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Kandy - This morning, visit Dalada Maligawa (the Temple of the Tooth), which houses the country's most sacred relic – a tooth said to belong to the Gautama Buddha. Pilgrims have been coming to pay homage at this site since the 16th century and they still come in droves today, making it a fascinating place to teach kids about one of the world’s oldest religions still being widely practiced. Then drive to Ambagasthenna village, where hotel and tea plantation owner Mr Thilina will guide you around his neighbourhood. For lunch, feast on a delicious home-cooked meal made by Mr Thilina’s mother. You’ll visit the tea plantation, learn about the cultivation process and try a cup or two served the Sri Lankan way. He’ll share inside knowledge about local crops, sustainable farming and ancient landscaping traditions. The rest of the day will be yours to relax and enjoy as you please.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Bandarawela - After breakfast, hit the road to Nuwara Eliya – a former hill station built entirely during the 19th century. The old world architecture reflects what you might expect to find in an English village and the town is a fascinating mix of water buffalo and brick Victorian buildings, golf courses and tea plantations. From here, you’ll all board a train to Bandarawela. Soak up the views across the hills and tea plantations from your accommodation this evening.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Bandarawela - After a few busy days on the road, today will be at a slower pace. Bandarawela is a quiet hill town that exists to supply the needs of the tea plantation workers and their families. Another distinctive feature of Bandarawela is the preservation of the many old buildings, including the Bandarawela Hotel and the old supermarket. Enjoy a leisurely morning walk through the countryside, past tea workers plucking the tips of the plants and throwing them into the baskets on their backs, before settling in for a local home-cooked lunch. The afternoon is free for you to relax, go for another walk or explore at your own pace.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Udawalawe - After a hearty breakfast, you’ll drive to Udawalawe National Park. This park has an amazing array of animal and birdlife, with more herds of wild elephants than anywhere else in Sri Lanka! Following lunch, hop in a jeep for a safari inside the park. Other wildlife regularly spotted here includes macaques and larger monkeys, spotted deer, crocodiles and sometimes even leopards. This is a real safari experience, nothing like a zoo or safari park. Check into the campsite at around 6 pm after a full day of adventure.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Mirissa - After breakfast this morning it's time to farewell the camp and head west towards the coastal town of Mirissa, where you'll spend the next 2 nights. Upon arrival you'll have the rest of the day free to enjoy this chilled-out beach town however you and your family choose.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Mirissa - Mirissa is one of the best spots in Sri Lanka and you and your family will enjoy a full free day to explore it your way. Wander around the scenic waterfront or consider gathering the family together to head to the nearby Weligama by tuk-tuk or bicycle to see colourful fishing boats bringing in the daily catch to sell along the shore. Enjoy some fresh fish for lunch and perhaps go for a splash in the clear waters of the Laccadive Sea or relax on the sandy beaches.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Colombo - Today it's time to farewell Mirissa and head towards Colombo. Along the way stop in to the town of Galle Fort where the kids will be able to learn about the interesting history of the town and see the remains of the walled fortress – now one of the most important UNESCO World Heritage Sites in Sri Lanka. Kite flying is a fun and popular pastime activity for local families here and if you’re visiting in summer, you're likely to see skies filled with colour along the coastline. The kids will love taking part in a fun kite flying activity then after lunch the drive to Colombo continues. When you arrive in the afternoon, you'll have some free time to enjoy the hotel swimming pool or take a walk around the commercial capital of Sri Lanka. You might like to wander through the bazaar and take in the sights, sounds and smells of the bustling market or enjoy the waterfront which is always full of life. Regroup this evening for an optional group dinner with fellow families and toast to an amazing adventure.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Colombo - Your Sri Lankan family holiday ends this morning after breakfast. There are no activities planned for today and you can depart the hotel at any time after check out at 12 pm. If you are departing later in the day, you can arrange luggage storage at the hotel. IF you’d like to extend your stay, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Delhi - Namaste! Welcome to India. When you arrive, you’ll be met at the airport and transferred to your hotel in the heart of the Delhi – India’s busy capital city, known for its street food, bazaars, museums and galleries. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 5 pm tonight. If you arrive early maybe discover the former palace of Mughal Emperor Shah Jahan and UNESCO World Heritage site, the Red Fort, or explore the Humayun’s Tomb. After your meeting, get to know your fellow travellers over dinner at a local restaurant.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Delhi - Get your bearings around Delhi by starting your day with a leader-led orientation walk in the oldest part of the city – aptly called Old Delhi. Your leader will help you navigate through the narrow alleys so you can explore the Mughal architecture on foot. It’s not Delhi without a traffic jam, so hop aboard a traditional rickshaw and weave your way around the streets surrounding the Chandi Chowk marketplace. Stop by India’s oldest and largest mosque, the Jama Masjid, before heading into the Sikh temple of Sheeshganj Gurudwara to see the capital’s spiritual side. Stop for lunch with your group at a local eatery before hopping back on the bus to visit the iconic India Gate. This afternoon, why not tap into your leader’s local expertise for food and activity recommendations that match your mood.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Agra - Rise early to catch the morning sun and a train to Agra – the city alternated with Delhi as the capital of the Moghul Empire. When you arrive, take some time to relax after the early start until mid-afternoon, when you’ll head out to see the city’s big hitters. Agra’s not just about the Taj Mahal, it’s also home to the Friday Mosque and royal tombs. Along the banks of the Yamuna River, Agra Fort is part stronghold, part palace and part prison. Built in 1565 by Emperor Akbar, it was converted to a palace by Emperor Shah Jahan and it eventually became his jail when he lost power. Enter the dark red sandstone fort by crossing the (now empty) crocodile-infested moat. Search through throne rooms and tiny but incredibly decorated mosques and climb to the top to get your first tantalising glimpse of the Taj – one of the Seven Wonders of the World!

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Agra - Get up before the sun today to watch it rise over the Taj Mahal (it’s worth the early start!). See this iconic building (one of the Seven Wonders of the World!) bathed in the early morning light. Many people believe it to be the most perfectly proportioned building ever constructed, and at first glance, it appears to be white marble, but closer inspection reveals that the surface is inlaid with semi-precious stones that form flowers and bowers. Best known as a monument to love and loss, the Taj is a beautiful example of Mughal architecture, surrounded by trimmed English gardens. Later, drive to Karauli to see the countryside. When you arrive in town, visit the Karauli Palace, which is owned by the royal family of Karauli. Tonight, you’ll stay in the palace, now turned into a hotel, which brings back the charm of the Raj era. Enjoy your free afternoon to explore the property before discovering more of the city in a tuk-tuk.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Jaipur - After breakfast, travel to the pink city of Jaipur. Today is a bit of a long travel day, so it’s a good idea to get stuck into your book or play some road trip games. Along the way, you’ll stop for lunch. Later this evening, head into town for a memorable rickshaw ride with The Pink City Rickshaw Company – a not-for-profit organisation that aims to provide a new aspirational employment opportunity to 200 women from low-income households in Jaipur. See the highlights of the city and get to know your amazing female driver as you zip through the streets.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Jaipur - Wake up early this morning, ready to spot leopards at Jhalana Leopard Safari Park. This organisation currently hosts more than 40 leopards and five cubs! Here, you might also spot striped hyenas, Indian civets, desert cats, jackals, porcupines, jungle rats and spotted deer (chital). After, sit down for breakfast and have a relaxing afternoon at your stay. In the evening, you’ll head to a Bollywood dance class and learn some new moves. When you and the kids are all tired out, maybe relax by the pool or find a dinner spot and unwind.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Delhi - This morning, leave the pink hues of the Pink City behind and get back into the beating rhythm of Delhi. When you arrive, you can use the rest of the day however you like. Maybe practice your bargaining skills in Chandni Chowk (the maze of shops and kiosks that sell everything you can imagine), buy local crafts straight from the hands of the artisans in Janpath Market or gobble down street chaats (snacks like deep-fried fritters and flatbread). Maybe hear the story behind the man at Gandhi’s house, see one last ancient structure at Qutb Minar or simply relax in the Mughal Gardens. Tonight, maybe get together with your group and look back over the trip of a lifetime, chatting about all the wonders you’ve seen.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Delhi - With no activities planned for today, you are free to leave the accommodation at any time. This doesn’t mean your Indian adventure has to come to an end! If you would like to spend more time in Delhi, or arrange a departure transfer to the airport, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Delhi - Namaste! Welcome to India. When you arrive at Delhi Airport, you’ll be collected by a local representative and transferred to your hotel. Your adventure then begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm to meet your local leader and fellow travellers. Later, why not get your new group together to sample of this country’s famed food?

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Delhi - Get your bearings in Delhi by starting your day with a leader-led tour of the oldest part of the city – aptly called Old Delhi. Your leader will help you navigate the metro system so you can explore the impressive Mughal architecture on foot. It’s not Delhi without a traffic jam, so hop aboard a traditional rickshaw and weave your way around the streets surrounding the Chandi Chowk marketplace. Stop by India’s oldest and largest mosque, the Jama Masjid, before heading into the Sikh temple of Sheeshganj Gurudwara to observe the capital’s spiritual side. Enjoy a traditional Thali lunch with your group before a free evening to wander the city as you wish. Tap into your leader’s local expertise for food and activity recommendations that match your mood.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Agra - Board the train and journey to the city best known for housing one of the Seven Wonders of the World. After you settle into your hotel, head out for lunch in a cafe run by women who have survived acid attacks. After, take in the sights as you head to the Taj Mahal. A tribute to his belated wife, Emperor Shah Jahan commissioned this famous monument in 1632 to house her remains. Stroll through the gardens and learn more about its history at the Museum. You can also sign up to an optional demonstration on hand knotted carpets – a craft that dates to the Mughal era – or explore Agra at your own pace.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Agra/ Ranthambore NP - If you fell in love with the Taj Mahal yesterday, you can opt to visit again today. There is plenty more to see, like the mosque and its symmetrical jawab building on either side of Main Mausoleum. Then, you will visit Agra Fort. Learn how Akbar built a fortress and prison out of red sandstone in 1565, and then Shah Jahan converted and added to the fort to transform it into a palace. In the afternoon, take a private transport to your next location, the Ranthambore National Park, where you’ll stay for two nights. As this is the longest journey on the trip, your leader will help you secure some snacks and drinks for the ride.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Ranthambore NP - Begin your day with an adrenaline rush by embarking on a morning safari. As one of the biggest national parks in northern India, Ranthambore is home to a huge variety of mammals, birds and reptiles. Although it’s primarily known for housing the Royal Bengal Tigers, you might also be able to spot leopards, sloth bears and crocodiles when you’re cruising along. Enjoy a free afternoon before setting out on safari again in the evening for more wildlife watching.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Jaipur - Stop at a rural village in Sawai Madhopur on your commute to Jaipur and admire the ancient sacred temples erected around the vicinity. When you arrive in Jaipur, also known as the ‘Pink City’ due to its pink buildings, join your leader on an orientation walking tour. The city has been ranked as one of the most pedestrian friendly cities in India so feel safe as you wander through the busy streets and colourful alleyways. After, immerse yourself in the culture by opting to go to a Bollywood movie screening or enjoy some free time this evening.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Jaipur - Your leader will show you around more of Jaipur this morning, maybe starting with the City Palace – a building that wouldn’t look out of place in a Wes Anderson film. Although the royal family of Jaipur still occupy the palace, some gardens and courtyards are open to the public. The rest of the day is yours to explore as you wish. Perhaps visit Jantar Mantar – an observatory filled with instruments to track the stars, built by the founder of Jaipur, Maharaja Jai Singh. Or you can opt for a hot air balloon ride and watch the countryside below from a bird's eye view.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Jaipur/ Panna Meena Stepwell & Amber Fort - Explore a lesser-known side of Jaipur by visiting Panna Meena Kund Stepwell. Stepwells like this one were used to collect rainwater, as well as serve as spaces for rituals and gatherings. After, head to the nearby and more well-known Amber Fort, located on a hilltop, giving you a good view of the city. Take in the Rajput and Mughal architectural styles as you explore the various halls and palaces on the grounds with a local guide. Don’t miss the sparkling Mirror Palace – covered floor-to-ceiling in thousands of reflective tiles, the hall becomes a dazzling fantasy with the light of a single match. Then, enjoy the afternoon exploring more of Jaipur and discovering anything you may have missed yesterday. Finish your day with a cooking class in a local home and tuck into your traditional homemade food for dinner with your group.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Delhi - Head back to Delhi this morning in a private transfer. The afternoon is yours to explore at your leisure. There are plenty of sites you may have missed the first time around, like Humayun’s Tomb – a garden tomb dating back to 1570 – or Qutb Minar, the highest tower in India. Your leader can help you book any activities you wish to do. In the evening, perhaps gather your group together for a farewell dinner, where you can reminisce about your Indian adventure.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Delhi - Your adventure ends after breakfast. Additional accommodation can be pre-booked if you wish to spend more time exploring India. Just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Delhi - Namaste! Welcome to India. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm. If you arrive in Delhi with time to spare, perhaps pay a visit to the World Heritage-listed Humayun's Tomb or the 12th-century Qutub Minar. After meeting your leader and fellow travellers, you may like to join the group for an optional dinner at a local restaurant.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Agra - Today you will travel by air-conditioned train to the Mughal city of Agra. After arriving, meet your local guide who will show you around two Agra icons. First, visit the spectacular Taj Mahal. Take in the beauty of this 17th-century masterpiece of white marble set amid beautiful formal gardens. Next, visit the nearby Agra Fort, a huge complex built originally as a military structure of red sandstone by Emperor Akbar in 1565. In your free time, perhaps enjoy a drink or meal at Sheroes Hangout, a social enterprise that employs women affected by acid attacks.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Jaipur - Today you will rise early and leave via private vehicle for Jaipur. Your first stop is the deserted Mughal kingdom of Fatehpur Sikri. Built during the reign of Emperor Akbar, it was abandoned shortly after his death due to a lack of available water. With a local guide, tour the stunning mosque, Jama Masjid, striking a lovely pose within the settlement, combining Persian and Hindu aesthetics. See its staggering 54-metre-high main entrance called Buland Darwaza (Gate of Victory) which commemorates Akbar’s great victory in Gujarat. Arrive this afternoon in Jaipur, the capital of Rajasthan and said to be one of the most pedestrian friendly cities in India. Meet your local guide to put that to the test among bustling, brightly-coloured bazaars filled with hand-crafted textiles, folk art, and semi-precious stones. Here, traditionally dressed Rajput men wearing colourful turbans and sporting magnificent moustaches will make their way through crowded streets packed with cars, camel carts, rickshaws, trucks, and bicycles.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Jaipur - Start your day with some free time in Jaipur. If you’re up for it, go for an optional hot air balloon experience over the city, which is a highlight for many travellers. Later, join a local guide and travel out to the stunning medieval Amber Fort not far from the city. This 16th-century marvel is a great example of Rajput architecture. Take your time, as you'll need several hours to explore this massive fortification. Back in Jaipur, continue to indulge in the delights of Indian culture by watching a Bollywood film of action, romance, drama or music (sometimes all rolled into one) at the renowned Raj Mandir Cinema. Then it’s time to do as the locals do and eat your way around the city on a rickshaw tour! The Pink City Rickshaw Co. is a non-for-profit organisation that employs more than 200 women from low-income households in Jaipur. Your first stop is to pick up some kachoris, a delicious fried snack, followed by sweet lassis. Continue to a shop serving kulfis, a popular frozen dessert, before finishing up at an establishment offering cardamom tea, the perfect way to round off the day. If you’re still peckish for dinner, ask your leader for some recommended dining spots.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Mandawa - Today you will drive from Jaipur to the Shekhawati region. Mandawa is a remote town in the centre of the region, an old trading outpost between the Middle East and China known for its forts and havelis that offer a glimpse of the the cultural and social hotspot this place used to be. Our lunch stop today will be in Nawalgarh at a local restaurant that will allow you to explore more of the region’s different dishes. On arrival in Mandawa, check into your resort before joining your leader for a walking tour of the town. If time permits later in the day, kick back at the resort’s pool, spa or bar.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Mandawa - Enjoy a day of exploring this amazing town, which is often referred to as an outdoor museum. Mandawa is famous for its ornate havelis (private residences). A local guide will lead you on a haveli tour where you'll notice that some are faithfully restored while others are crumbling. The havelis of this particular part of India are recognised around the country for their lavishly painted walls and art. This evening, share a meal of spicy Northern Indian food with your fellow travellers at Castle Mandawa before retiring for the night back at our resort.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Bikaner - Travel into the Thar Desert to the fortified town of Bikaner, which was an important staging post along some of history’s great caravan routes, and thus houses a multitude of bazaars along with an impressive fort and palace. We’ll visit the massive 16th century Junagarh Fort with a local guide to learn about its impressive history. Later this afternoon, visit the museum at the National Camel Research Centre, established to understand and protect these hardworking desert animals. Don’t miss the camel milk parlour where you can try out ice creams and beverages. This evening, we’ll venture out for an auto rickshaw ride through the town and its market to enjoy some tea, samosas and Indian treats.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Thar Desert - Today forge deeper into the Thar Desert on a desert camp safari. Drive through the dunes to a stunning campsite with spectacular views. Enjoy a traditional Rajasthani dinner as the sun sets and spend the evening around a campfire under a sea of stars before falling asleep to the desert ambiance in your comfortable permanent Glamping tent.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Jaisalmer - Emerge from the desert this morning and travel along a desert road to the yellow sandstone citadel of Jaisalmer. Watch as this ‘living fort’ rears its head in the arid, flat desert. Our local guide will lead you through the snaking alleyways of Jaisalmer, which are filled with markets and intricately carved houses. This evening perhaps ask your leader for their favourite local places to eat.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Jaisalmer - Enjoy further time exploring the immense Jaisalmer fort with the group on a guided walking tour this morning. Within the fort itself is a maze of houses, temples, shops and restaurants, not to mention some 3,000 permanent residents. Track down some dazzling Rajasthani fabrics, marvel at the spectacular facades of the Patwa ki Haveli and Salim Singh-ki-Haveli. This afternoon is yours to spend as you’d like. You may wish to simply wander the labyrinthine paths and soak up the atmosphere, or visit the Jaisalmer Folklore Museum on the banks of Gadisar Lake in the Mehar Bagh Garden. As night falls you will join a local family in their home for a delicious thali-style dinner. Tuck into pakoras, vegetable curries, chapatis and a very sweet treat to round out the meal.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Jodhpur - Today you drive across the desert to discover Rajasthan's second-largest city, the frenetic Jodhpur. Jodhpur abounds in antique shops and, according to many locals, has the best lassi in India. While you are here you will explore the colossal Mehrangarh Fort with a local guide. This 15th century fort sits 125 metres above the city. Inside the walls, enjoy the intricate carvings and expansive courtyards, but don’t forget to take a look out over the expansive views from the fort’s ramparts.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Udaipur - From Jodhpur, you will travel through the beautiful hamlet of Ranakpur. Ranakpur is the home of a host of beautifully carved white marble Jain temples. These staggering complex temples attract Jain pilgrims from all over India, making Ranakpur one of the most important pilgrim destinations for Jains in India. We enjoy a Jain lunch at a temple today. Jain vegetarian cuisine is noteworthy for not including anything grown underground, to prevent harming small insects and microorganisms and to prevent killing the entire plant, unlike foods harvested from plants that grow above ground. From here you will continue on your journey to gorgeous Udaipur.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Udaipur - Enjoy some time exploring the atmospheric laneways of Udaipur with your leader. Watch out for elephants and cows! You will be joined by a local guide to visit the City Palace while you're here, one of the largest royal palaces in India. This structure took 400 years to build and hosts a range of treasures and antiquities, from vivid murals to royal utensils. Join a local family in their home for a home-cooked lunch, savouring local lentil, potato and paneer dishes. This afternoon, take a boat ride across Pichola Lake, the largest body of water in Udaipur, to get a totally different view of this charming townscape.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Delhi - After a free morning, take a flight back to Delhi, arriving late in the afternoon. After checking into your hotel, you may like to join your fellow travellers for an optional farwell dinner or enjoy an evening of free time.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Delhi - Your trip comes to an end after breakfast this morning. There are no other activities planned for the day and you can depart the hotel at any point this morning. For those who wish to stay on in Delhi to further explore the city, we are happy to help in booking accommodation (subject to availability).

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Kochi - Namaste! Welcome to Kochi (also known as Cochin). This port city on the southwestern coast of India has been a vibrant hub since 1341, shaped by the historic interactions with traders from Portugal, China and Britain. When you arrive at the airport, you’ll be collected and brought to your hotel. Your adventure then begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm, where you’ll meet your leader and fellow travellers. Perhaps get to know your group a little better over an optional dinner tonight.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Kochi - Begin your day with a tour of Kochi with your leader, exploring the city before heading to Fort Kochi on the coast. Look out for evidence of different cultures on Indian soil, like Santa Cruz Basilica, one of the country’s oldest Catholic Churches, and St. Francis Church, believed to be the first Church built by the Europeans. Explore the remnants of Portuguese influence at Mattancherry Palace, originally constructed in the 16th century and later renovated by the Dutch. Visit the oldest functioning Jewish synagogue nearby with insights from your guide, followed by a performance of Kathakali – a traditional form of dance based on Hindu legends that puts costume and colour centre stage. It can take students over a decade to perfect the movements necessary to perform the artform, so prepare to be impressed.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Munnar - Today, journey west to Munnar – a picturesque town sitting among the mountains. Tea enthusiasts will find Munnar particularly fascinating for its integral connection to the beverage. Learn more about this on a visit to the Tea Museum, an institution that recalls the history of the plantations. This evening is free to spend as you wish – consider utilising your leader’s local knowledge by asking for recommendations on dining and activities.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Munnar - Armed with your new insights into Munnar’s tea industry, you’ll begin your day with a visit to a tea plantation to see the tea-making process first-hand. Stroll along the rolling hills of tea bushes, appreciating the harmony between human cultivation and the natural world. After, take in the view from a different angle during a boat ride on Mattupetty Dam – a reservoir that often attracts wild elephants and bison. Finish your group outing at Echo Point Hill for the best view of the dam before enjoying a free evening to unwind.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Periyar - Munnar is not just known for its tea, it's also is renowned for cultivating a wide range of spices. Dive deeper into this trade at the local spice plantation, where you’ll learn about the region’s diverse plant life, spices, herbs, fruits and flowers and their significance in Ayurvedic medicine. You can also enjoy an optional lunch here, where you’ll get to try the fresh spices. Later, watch a demonstration of Indian martial arts (kalarippayattu) widely believed to be the oldest surviving martial art in the world. After, continue your journey south to Periyar.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Periyar - Explore the heart of Periyar by beginning your day with a guided walk of its National Park and Wildlife Sanctuary. This protected habitat sits within the Western Ghats so enjoy the view while searching for wild tigers and elephants. The afternoon is yours to explore – perhaps opt for an Ayurveda massage to soothe your body post jungle trek. In the evening, learn about Kerala cuisine at a cooking class and then enjoy your home-cooked meal with your group, discovering the flavours that define Kerala food.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Kumarakom - Visit the renowned Kerala Backwaters with your group this morning – a serene set of lakes, canals and lagoons. After, immerse yourself in nature with a guided walk in Kumarakom. Located on the shores of Vembanad Lake, Kumarakom is teeming with diverse fish and bird species. Set sail on the backwaters and experience the sunset aboard. Finish your day with a group dinner at a restaurant that provides employment and training to local women, where you might try traditional dishes like fish curry, meen pollichathu (fish marinated with spices and wrapped in banana leaves) and avial (a vegetable dish with coconut).

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Kovalam - This morning, continue your journey further south to Kovalam. Once a quiet coastal village known for exporting fresh fish and coconuts, Kovalam has transformed into one of India’s beloved beach resorts. In the afternoon, visit Positive Change for Marine Life – an NGO and Intrepid Foundation partner collaborating with locals to reduce plastic use. Maybe gather your group for a farewell meal together tonight – the local cuisine is known for its use of coconuts, curry leaves and fresh seafood, so dig in while you have the chance.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Departure - Your trip comes to an end after breakfast and you’re free to leave the accommodation at any time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Delhi - Namaste! Welcome to India. When you arrive at Delhi Airport, you’ll be collected by a local representative and transferred to your hotel. Your adventure then begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm to meet your local leader and fellow travellers. After, feel free to explore lively Delhi at your own pace, perhaps by heading to the Red Fort, the Lotus Temple or Humayun’s Tomb, a UNESCO World Heritage site. Later, why not get your new group together to sample of this country’s famed food?

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Delhi - Get your bearings in Delhi by starting your day with a leader-led tour of the oldest part of the city – aptly called Old Delhi. Your leader will help you navigate the metro system so you can explore the impressive Mughal architecture on foot. It’s not Delhi without a traffic jam, so hop aboard a traditional rickshaw and weave your way around the streets surrounding the Chandi Chowk marketplace. Stop by India’s oldest and largest mosque, the Cheraman Jama Masjid, before heading into the Sikh temple of Sheeshganj Gurudwara to observe the capital’s spiritual side. Enjoy a traditional Thali lunch with your group before a free evening to wander the city as you wish. Tap into your leader’s local expertise for food and activity recommendations that match your mood.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Agra - Board the Agra Express and journey to the city best known for housing one of the Seven Wonders of the World. After you settle into your hotel, head out for lunch in a cafe run by women who have survived acid attacks. After, take in the sights as you head to the Taj Mahal in a rickshaw. A tribute to his belated wife, Emperor Shah Jahan commissioned this famous monument in 1632 to house her remains. Stroll through the gardens and learn more about its history at the Museum. You can also sign up to an optional demonstration on hand knotted carpets – a craft that dates to the Mughal era – or explore Agra at your own pace.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Agra/ Ranthambore NP - If you fell in love with the Taj Mahal yesterday, you can opt to visit again today. There is plenty more to see, like the mosque and its symmetrical jawab building on either side of Main Mausoleum. Then, you will visit Agra Fort. Learn how Akbar built a fortress and prison out of red sandstone in 1565, and then Shah Jahan converted and added to the fort to transform it into a palace. In the afternoon, take a private transport to your next location, the Ranthambore National Park, where you’ll stay for two nights. As this is the longest journey on the trip, your leader will help you secure some snacks and drinks for the ride.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Ranthambore NP - Begin your day with an adrenaline rush by embarking on a morning safari. As one of the biggest national parks in northern India, Ranthambore is home to a huge variety of mammals, birds and reptiles. Although it’s primarily known for housing the Royal Bengal Tigers, you might also be able to spot leopards, sloth bears and crocodiles when you’re cruising along. Enjoy a free afternoon before setting out on safari again in the evening for more wildlife watching.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Jaipur - Stop at a rural village in Sawai Madhopur on your commute to Jaipur and admire the ancient sacred temples erected around the vicinity. When you arrive in Jaipur, also known as the ‘Pink City’ due to its pink buildings, join your leader on an orientation walking tour. The city has been ranked as one of the most pedestrian friendly cities in India so feel safe as you wander through the busy streets and colourful alleyways. After, immerse yourself in the culture by opting to go to a Bollywood movie screening or enjoy some free time this evening.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Jaipur - Your leader will show you around more of Jaipur this morning, maybe starting with the City Palace – a building that wouldn’t look out of place in a Wes Anderson film. Although the royal family of Jaipur still occupy the palace, some gardens and courtyards are open to the public. The rest of the day is yours to explore as you wish. Perhaps visit Jantar Mantar – an observatory filled with instruments to track the stars, built by the founder of Jaipur, Maharaja Jai Singh. Or you can opt for a hot air balloon ride and watch the countryside below from a bird's eye view.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Jaipur/ Panna Meena Stepwell & Amber Fort - Explore a lesser-known side of Jaipur by visiting Panna Meena Kund Stepwell. Stepwells like this one were used to collect rainwater, as well as serve as spaces for rituals and gatherings. After, head to the nearby and more well-known Amber Fort, located on a hilltop, giving you a good view of the city. Take in the Rajput and Mughal architectural styles as you explore the various halls and palaces on the grounds with a local guide. Don’t miss the sparkling Mirror Palace – covered floor-to-ceiling in thousands of reflective tiles, the hall becomes a dazzling fantasy with the light of a single match. Then, enjoy the afternoon exploring more of Jaipur and discovering anything you may have missed yesterday. Finish your day with a cooking class in a local home and tuck into your traditional homemade food for dinner with your group.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Delhi - Head back to Delhi this morning in a private transfer. The afternoon is yours to explore at your leisure. There are plenty of sites you may have missed the first time around, like Humayun’s Tomb – a garden tomb dating back to 1570 – or Qutb Minar, the highest tower in India. Your leader can help you book any activities you wish to do. In the evening, perhaps gather your group together for a farewell dinner, where you can reminisce about your Indian adventure.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Kathmandu - Today you'll travel to Kathmandu unaccompanied. When you arrive, take your complimentary airport transfer to the hotel. You'll then have another welcome meeting at 6 pm where you'll meet your new leader and new travellers joining you. The evening is free to explore the streets of Kathmandu, whose mixture of ancient architecture and modern development, and rich artistic and cultural heritage means it remains the legendary destination it has been for decades. Crowded markets and bazaars are the centre of Nepali life, and the narrow streets are home to holy men, monks, bicycles, incense, goats, and sacred cows. You may like to join your leader and group for an optional dinner at one of Kathmandu's fine Nepali restaurants.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Kathmandu - Weather permitting, you'll have the option to take a Mount Everest scenic flight this morning. This experience will take you over Sagamartha National Park through a crescendo of the highest peaks in the world, getting up close to Mount Everest. After breakfast, you'll explore Kathmandu, visiting Pashupatinath, the most famous Hindu temple in the country, located on the banks of the holy Bagmati River. Here you'll see Hindu holy men (sadhus) meditating, pilgrims bathing and occasionally funeral pyres burning on the ghats. You'll also visit Bodhnath Stupa, one of the most significant Buddhist shrines in the world, where you can observe Buddhist monks in prayer in the monasteries surrounding the stupa. After lunch, it's time to explore Swayambhunath Temple (the Monkey Temple). A UNESCO World Heritage Site, this is one of the city's most famous temples and fascinatingly reflects Buddhist and Hindu beliefs. From here, you'll head to Durbar Square, which sits at the front of the old royal palace. You'll get a chance to admire the beautiful temples and browse the stalls of merchant's wares. The evening is yours to explore the city as you wish.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Pokhara - Today you'll leave your hotel early and hit the road to Pokhara in a private vehicle. Time to relax after you arrive. If you wish, you can stroll around and take in the views of the lake (Phewa Tal), which is the second largest in Nepal. If you’re lucky you might catch a glimpse of the spectacular Himalayan Mountain chain to the north. When you arrive, take a scenic boat ride across the lake of Phewa Tal – the second largest lake in Nepal.You can stretch your legs and check out Taal Barahi temple in the middle of the lake or simply admire the views from the boat. Enjoy a free evening, perhaps asking your leader for their favourite lakeside restaurant to visit for dinner.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Pokhara - If you're an early riser, you'll have the option to wake up early and enjoy the sunrise over Sarangkot Hill this morning. Then, after breakfast, you'll visit the Peace Pagoda, where spectacular views of the mountains await. Take in vistas that span the Annapurnas to the famous fishtail peak, Machhapuchhare, and back to Pokhara. From here, you'll visit the fascinating International Mountain Museum to learn the amazing tales of past climbing expeditions – some ending in triumph, some ending in tragedy. After a morning of exploring, you'll head to a local Tibetan Refugee Camp for lunch. You'll hear stories of their journey from Tibet to Nepal, learn about local life and take part in a traditional cooking demonstration to find out how to make delicious momo (steamed dumplings). Of course, you'll sit down for a group lunch and tuck into the fruits of your labour.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Bandipur - Today you'll travel to Bandipur by private vehicle. This traditional Nepalese town is a natural treasure and one of the country's hidden gems. Bandipur was once an essential stop for traders travelling to Tibet, and the town's single main street is still lined with buildings that once housed a wide variety of merchants. Many of the buildings have been converted now, but their architecture remains. Enjoy a peaceful stay in this charming, rural location.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Bandipur - Enjoy a day of free time to explore Bandipur further. The surrounding hills are ideal for hiking along trails that will take you through tribal villages and hilltop shrines that once doubled as fortresses. Bandipur is saddled on a high ridge above Dumre, making for an exceptional view of the Himalayan panorama. You may prefer to visit the town's temples or relax with a coffee and a spectacular view.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Chitwan National Park - After breakfast, you'll drive to Chitwan National Park. After arriving and settling in, you'll be introduced to the camp staff and resident naturalists, who'll discuss the activities for the upcoming days. In the early evening, the local Tharu dance troupe may perform a cultural program. You'll enjoy dinner as a group and then the evening will be all yours – maybe relax in the bar and discuss the day's animal sightings or listen to the stirrings of the jungle at night.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Chitwan National Park - Embark on an early-morning jeep safari in search of the great Indian rhino, deer and exotic birdlife or joining one of the other activities available to explore the park (the safari will either happen on day 7 or Day 8, depending on the hotel staff's schedule). After breakfast, you’ll leave the lodge and go on a dugout canoe adventure on the Rapti River. This is an exciting trip with chances to catch a glimpse of marsh mugger crocodiles and various birds that inhabit the riverbanks. A program will be organised for the rest of the day and may include further excursions by jeep or a visit to one of the nearby villages.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Bhaktapur - If you’re an avid wildlife lover, an optional early-morning birdwatching safari is available today – a worthwhile addition to your trip. After breakfast, drive along the Trisuli River to Bhaktapur and enjoy a stop along the riverbank for lunch. Bhaktapur was once the capital of Nepal and the Great Malla Kingdom during the 15th century. Its rich heritage, inspiring temples and artisanal history played a big part in Bhaktapur being named a UNESCO World Heritage Site. Enjoy an evening of exploration on your own, soak up the lovely atmosphere in one of the local cafes, or simply relax in your hotel.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Kathmandu - Spend the morning exploring Bhaktapur's famous temples, starting at Durbar Square, which is said to be the most beautiful piece of art in Nepal. Durbar Square is home to the majestic Lion Gate and Golden Gate.  You 'll also visit the Yakcheswor Mahadev Temple- a replica of Pashupatinath Temple in Bhaktapur. In the afternoon, drive to Kathmandu. The evening is yours to spend as you wish – your group may like to head out for an optional final dinner as your Nepal adventure comes to an end.

     

    Day - 20

    Location: Kathmandu - Your trip officially comes to an end after breakfast today. If you would like to stay longer, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Delhi - Namaste! Welcome to India. When you arrive at Delhi Airport, you’ll be collected by a local representative and transferred to your hotel. Your adventure then begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm to meet your local leader and fellow travellers. After, feel free to explore lively Delhi at your own pace, perhaps by heading to the Red Fort, the Lotus Temple or Humayun’s Tomb, a UNESCO World Heritage site. Later, why not get your new group together to sample of this country’s famed food?

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Delhi - Get your bearings in Delhi by starting your day with a leader-led tour of the oldest part of the city – aptly called Old Delhi. Your leader will help you navigate the metro system so you can explore the impressive Mughal architecture on foot. It’s not Delhi without a traffic jam, so hop aboard a traditional rickshaw and weave your way around the streets surrounding the Chandi Chowk marketplace. Stop by India’s oldest and largest mosque, the Jama Masjid, before heading into the Sikh temple of Sheeshganj Gurudwara to observe the capital’s spiritual side. Enjoy a traditional Thali lunch with your group before a free evening to wander the city as you wish. Tap into your leader’s local expertise for food and activity recommendations that match your mood.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Agra - Board the train and journey to the city best known for housing one of the Seven Wonders of the World. After you settle into your hotel, head out for lunch in a cafe run by women who have survived acid attacks. After, take in the sights as you head to the Taj Mahal. A tribute to his belated wife, Emperor Shah Jahan commissioned this famous monument in 1632 to house her remains. Stroll through the gardens and learn more about its history at the Museum. You can also sign up to an optional demonstration on hand knotted carpets – a craft that dates to the Mughal era – or explore Agra at your own pace.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Agra/ Ranthambore NP - If you fell in love with the Taj Mahal yesterday, you can opt to visit again today. There is plenty more to see, like the mosque and its symmetrical jawab building on either side of Main Mausoleum. Then, you will visit Agra Fort. Learn how Akbar built a fortress and prison out of red sandstone in 1565, and then Shah Jahan converted and added to the fort to transform it into a palace. In the afternoon, take a private transport to your next location, the Ranthambore National Park, where you’ll stay for two nights. As this is the longest journey on the trip, your leader will help you secure some snacks and drinks for the ride.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Ranthambore NP - Begin your day with an adrenaline rush by embarking on a morning safari. As one of the biggest national parks in northern India, Ranthambore is home to a huge variety of mammals, birds and reptiles. Although it’s primarily known for housing the Royal Bengal Tigers, you might also be able to spot leopards, sloth bears and crocodiles when you’re cruising along. Enjoy a free afternoon before setting out on safari again in the evening for more wildlife watching.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Jaipur - Stop at a rural village in Sawai Madhopur on your commute to Jaipur and admire the ancient sacred temples erected around the vicinity. When you arrive in Jaipur, also known as the ‘Pink City’ due to its pink buildings, join your leader on an orientation walking tour. The city has been ranked as one of the most pedestrian friendly cities in India so feel safe as you wander through the busy streets and colourful alleyways. After, immerse yourself in the culture by opting to go to a Bollywood movie screening or enjoy some free time this evening.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Jaipur - Your leader will show you around more of Jaipur this morning, maybe starting with the City Palace – a building that wouldn’t look out of place in a Wes Anderson film. Although the royal family of Jaipur still occupy the palace, some gardens and courtyards are open to the public. The rest of the day is yours to explore as you wish. Perhaps visit Jantar Mantar – an observatory filled with instruments to track the stars, built by the founder of Jaipur, Maharaja Jai Singh. Or you can opt for a hot air balloon ride and watch the countryside below from a bird's eye view.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Jaipur/ Panna Meena Stepwell & Amber Fort - Explore a lesser-known side of Jaipur by visiting Panna Meena Kund Stepwell. Stepwells like this one were used to collect rainwater, as well as serve as spaces for rituals and gatherings. After, head to the nearby and more well-known Amber Fort, located on a hilltop, giving you a good view of the city. Take in the Rajput and Mughal architectural styles as you explore the various halls and palaces on the grounds with a local guide. Don’t miss the sparkling Mirror Palace – covered floor-to-ceiling in thousands of reflective tiles, the hall becomes a dazzling fantasy with the light of a single match. Then, enjoy the afternoon exploring more of Jaipur and discovering anything you may have missed yesterday. Finish your day with a cooking class in a local home and tuck into your traditional homemade food for dinner with your group.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Delhi - Head back to Delhi this morning in a private transfer. The afternoon is yours to explore at your leisure. There are plenty of sites you may have missed the first time around, like Humayun’s Tomb – a garden tomb dating back to 1570 – or Qutb Minar, the highest tower in India. Your leader can help you book any activities you wish to do. In the evening, perhaps gather your group together for a farewell dinner, where you can reminisce about your Indian adventure.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Kochi - Today, take a flight from Delhi to Kochi to join the second stage of your trip. This flight is unaccompanied, but your leader will provide you all the details, plus where to meet a representative on arrival in Kochi to be transferred to your accommodation. Kochi (also known as Cochin) is a port city on the southwestern coast of India that has been a vibrant hub since 1341, shaped by the historic interactions with traders from Portugal, China and Britain. You'll have another welcome meeting tonight at 6 pm to meet the new members of your group.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Kochi - Begin your day with a tour of Kochi with your leader, exploring the city before heading to Fort Kochi on the coast. Look out for evidence of different cultures on Indian soil, like Santa Cruz Basilica, one of the country’s oldest Catholic Churches, and St. Francis Church, believed to be the first Church built by the Europeans. Explore the remnants of Portuguese influence at Mattancherry Palace, originally constructed in the 16th century and later renovated by the Dutch. Visit the oldest functioning Jewish synagogue nearby with insights from your guide, followed by a performance of Kathakali – a traditional form of dance based on Hindu legends that puts costume and colour centre stage. It can take students over a decade to perfect the movements necessary to perform the artform, so prepare to be impressed.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Munnar - Today, journey west to Munnar – a picturesque town sitting among the mountains. Tea enthusiasts will find Munnar particularly fascinating for its integral connection to the beverage. Learn more about this on a visit to the Tea Museum, an institution that recalls the history of the plantations. This evening is free to spend as you wish – consider utilising your leader’s local knowledge by asking for recommendations on dining and activities.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Munnar - Armed with your new insights into Munnar’s tea industry, you’ll begin your day with a visit to a tea plantation to see the tea-making process first-hand. Stroll along the rolling hills of tea bushes, appreciating the harmony between human cultivation and the natural world. After, take in the view from a different angle during a boat ride on Mattupetty Dam – a reservoir that often attracts wild elephants and bison. Finish your group outing at Echo Point Hill for the best view of the dam before enjoying a free evening to unwind.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Periyar - Munnar is not just known for its tea, it's also renowned for cultivating a wide range of spices. Dive deeper into this trade at the local spice plantation, where you’ll learn about the region’s diverse plant life, spices, herbs, fruits and flowers and their significance in Ayurvedic medicine. You can also enjoy an optional lunch here, where you’ll get to try the fresh spices. Later, watch a demonstration of Indian martial arts (kalarippayattu) widely believed to be the oldest surviving martial art in the world. After, continue your journey south to Periyar.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Periyar - Explore the heart of Periyar by beginning your day with a guided walk of its National Park and Wildlife Sanctuary. This protected habitat sits within the Western Ghats so enjoy the view while searching for wild tigers and elephants. The afternoon is yours to explore – perhaps opt for an Ayurveda massage to soothe your body post jungle trek. In the evening, learn about Kerala cuisine at a cooking class and then enjoy your home-cooked meal with your group, discovering the flavours that define Kerala food.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Kumarakom - Visit the renowned Kerala Backwaters with your group this morning – a serene set of lakes, canals and lagoons. After, immerse yourself in nature with a guided walk in Kumarakom. Located on the shores of Vembanad Lake, Kumarakom is teeming with diverse fish and bird species. Set sail on the backwaters and experience the sunset aboard. Finish your day with a group dinner at a restaurant that provides employment and training to local women, where you might try traditional dishes like fish curry, meen pollichathu (fish marinated with spices and wrapped in banana leaves) and avial (a vegetable dish with coconut).

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Kovalam - This morning, continue your journey further south to Kovalam. Once a quiet coastal village known for exporting fresh fish and coconuts, Kovalam has transformed into one of India’s beloved beach resorts. In the afternoon, visit Positive Change for Marine Life – an NGO and Intrepid Foundation partner collaborating with locals to reduce plastic use. Maybe gather your group for a farewell meal together tonight – the local cuisine is known for its use of coconuts, curry leaves and fresh seafood, so dig in while you have the chance.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Departure - Your trip comes to an end after breakfast and you’re free to leave the accommodation at any time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Delhi - Namaste! Welcome to India. When you arrive at Delhi Airport, you’ll be met by a local representative and an included transfer will bring you to your hotel. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm to meet your local leader and fellow travellers. Until then, you can explore this exciting capital city at your own pace. Filled with historical landmarks, museums, galleries and endless bazaars, there’s plenty to keep you entertained. After your meeting, head out for dinner at one of Delhi’s oldest restaurants. Having opened its doors more than 80 years ago, the iconic restaurant is credited with introducing India to ice cream and fine dining.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Delhi - To get your bearings of Old Delhi, start today with a leader-led tour of the most ancient part of the city. Your leader will help you navigate the metro system so you can then explore the impressive Mughal architecture on foot. It’s not Delhi without a traffic jam, so hop aboard a traditional rickshaw and weave your way around the streets surrounding the Chandi Chowk marketplace. Stop by India’s oldest and largest mosque, the Jama Masjid, before heading into the Sikh temple of Sheeshganj Gurudwara to observe the capital’s spiritual side. You have a free evening ahead to relax and recharge. Tap into your leader’s local expertise for food and activity recommendations that match your mood.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Agra - It’s time to head south to Agra. After a scenic four-hour drive, settle into your new hotel before visiting India’s most iconic landmark – the Taj Mahal, one of the Seven Wonders of the World. A tribute to his belated wife, Emperor Shah Jahan commissioned this famous monument in 1632 to house her remains. Intrigued? Your Taj Mahal guide will illuminate its fascinating history as you stroll the grounds at sunset. You’re likely familiar with North Indian cuisine (butter chicken anyone?), and tonight, your local expert will take you to unknown places on a street food tour. Stop by a 19th-century shop serving up age-old recipes from the Braj region of India for dinner tonight, where you’ll visit hyperlocal eateries that most tourists never get to see.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Jaipur - Start the day with a visit to Agra Fort – widely considered one of the finest-looking forts in India. Learn how Akbar built a fortress and prison out of red sandstone in 1565, and then Shah Jahan converted and added to the fort to transform it into a palace. After, you’ll journey to Jaipur – the capital of Rajasthan – for your Feature Stay at the Hotel Narain Niwas Palace. This heritage hotel, managed by the same family since its opening in 1928, exudes the charm of a traditional family home while showcasing opulent touches at every turn – think chandeliers, stained glass windows and peacocks roaming the grounds. Later, join your leader on a walking tour through the crowded streets and wander bazaars filled with handcrafted textiles, folk art and the local specialty of semi-precious stones. Conclude the evening with a home-cooked dinner in the home of a local family and make the most of your time with your hosts, learning about their way of life.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Jaipur - Another day, another fort – but this time it’s Amber Fort, the crown jewel of Jaipur. Your leader will share the stories of a fallen empire as you explore ornate rooms, murals, frescoed arches and delicate jali work. Head to the striking City Palace – a blend of Rajput and Mughal architecture. Tour the grounds and learn about its construction by the founder of Jaipur. Later in the afternoon, hop on a rickshaw and travel to a royal haveli. Havelis are royal mansions that were ornately decorated as a display of wealth, many of which exist across the city today. You’ll meet the owner of a haveli for a tour of the property as he shares photos and stories of his ancestors who once ruled the nearby provinces.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Lucknow - Enjoy a leisurely morning before flying east to Lucknow – the capital of India’s largest region, Uttar Pradesh. When you arrive, your leader will guide the group on an afternoon orientation walk to help you get acquainted with your new surroundings. With a free evening ahead of you, feel free to ask your leader for restaurant recommendations, maybe somewhere serving Tunday Kebabi (a Lucknow delicacy that allegedly contains 160 spices).

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Lucknow - Seize the day with a morning tour of Lucknow, where your leader will show you some of the city’s best spots. This might include a stop at the intricate Bara Imambara – a hall built in 1784 for Shia Muslims. Its labyrinthine layout of narrow passages and staircases is best navigated with the help of a knowledgeable local. If you were impressed by Lucknow’s cuisine last night, you’ll be delighted with this afternoon’s cooking class. Discover the culinary secrets of Lucknowites, gaining skills that you can hopefully put to good use at home!

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Varanasi - Wake up early today for a unique slice of Indian life aboard an airconditioned train. Although you will have your breakfast packed with you, don’t miss out on an opportunity to interact with the local vendors who board the train at various stops to sell snacks and Indian Chai tea. The ride to Varanasi offers a unique glimpse of the countryside from the comfort of your seat. When you’ve checked into your hotel, Join the group for a walking tour of the city widely known as India’s spiritual capital. In the evening, set sail on a sunset cruise on the Ganges. You’ll be joined by local musicians on board, who will play as you watch the flower and candle ceremony – an experience that will surely stay with you long after your time in India is over.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Varanasi - Early risers, this one’s for you – embark on a sunrise boat ride on the Ganges, where your leader will explain the significance of India’s most sacred river while gliding past the many ghats and temples on its banks. After, decide your own schedule before coming together again at Sarnath – one of the four main Buddhist pilgrimage destinations. The site is where Buddha preached his message of the path to enlightenment and features several stupas and museums to explore.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Delhi - It’s the penultimate day today and time to return to Delhi. When you land, the afternoon is yours to explore at your leisure. There are plenty of sites you may have missed the first time around, like Humayun’s Tomb – a garden tomb dating back to 1570 – or Qutb Minar, the highest tower in India. Your leader can help you book any activities you wish to do before your final dinner as a group. You’ll head to a beautiful haveli dating back to 1887. Tuck into a feast of Mughlai cuisine, street food dishes and kebabs in a historical setting – the perfect finale to your Indian adventure.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Delhi - Your journey comes to an end after breakfast. For those who wish to stay in Delhi, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time to organise additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Delhi - Namaste! Welcome to India. When you arrive at Delhi Airport, you’ll be met by a local representative and an included transfer will bring you to your hotel. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm to meet your local leader and fellow travellers. Until then, you can explore this exciting capital city at your own pace. Filled with historical landmarks, museums, galleries and endless bazaars, there’s plenty to keep you entertained. After your meeting, head out for dinner at one of Delhi’s oldest restaurants. Having opened its doors more than 80 years ago, the iconic restaurant is credited with introducing India to ice cream and fine dining.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Delhi - Start the day with a leader-led tour of the most ancient part of the city in Old Delhi. It’s not Delhi without a traffic jam, so hop aboard a traditional rickshaw and weave your way around the streets surrounding the Chandi Chowk marketplace. Stop by India’s oldest and largest mosque, the Jama Masjid, before heading into the Sikh temple of Sheeshganj Gurudwara to observe the capital’s spiritual side. You have a free evening ahead to relax and recharge. Tap into your leader’s local expertise for food and activity recommendations that match your mood.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Agra - Today, you’ll head south to Agra. After a scenic drive, settle into your new hotel before visiting India’s most iconic landmark – the Taj Mahal, one of the Seven Wonders of the World. A tribute to his belated wife, Emperor Shah Jahan commissioned this famous monument in 1632 to house her remains. Your Taj Mahal guide will tell you its history as you stroll the grounds at sunset. You’re likely familiar with North Indian cuisine (butter chicken anyone?), and tonight, your local expert will take you to unknown places on a street food tour. Stop by a 19th-century shop serving up age-old recipes from the Braj region of India for dinner tonight, where you’ll visit hyperlocal eateries that most tourists never get to see.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Jaipur - Visit Agra Fort – widely considered one of the finest-looking forts in India. Learn how Akbar built a fortress and prison out of red sandstone in 1565 and how Shah Jahan transformed it into a palace. After, you’ll journey to Jaipur – the capital of Rajasthan – for your Feature Stay at the Hotel Narain Niwas Palace. This heritage hotel, managed by the same family since its opening in 1928, has the charm of a traditional family home but with regal touches at every turn – think chandeliers, stained glass windows and peacocks roaming the grounds. Later, join your leader on a walking tour through the crowded streets and stop by bazaars filled with handcrafted textiles, folk art and the local specialty of semi-precious stones. End the evening with a home-cooked dinner in the home of a local family and make the most of your time with your hosts, learning about their way of life.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Jaipur - Trade one fort for the next as you visit Amber Fort, the crown jewel of Jaipur. On your guided tour you’ll learn stories of a fallen empire as you explore ornate rooms, murals, frescoed arches and delicate jali work. Head to the City Palace – a blend of Rajput and Mughal architecture. Tour the grounds and learn about its construction by the founder of Jaipur. The rest of the afternoon and evening is free for you to explore at your leisure. Maybe pay a visit to the Jantar Mantar Observatory, one the world’s most accurate pre-modern observatories which dates to 1729 or take in the city from the air in a balloon flight. You'll probably want to sample some Rajasthani street food after, like pyaaz kachori (crispy pastry filled with spiced onion).

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Lucknow - Enjoy a leisurely morning before flying east to Lucknow – the capital of India’s largest region, Uttar Pradesh. When you arrive, your leader will guide the group on an afternoon orientation walk to help you get acquainted with your new surroundings. This evening, join your group for dinner at a special spot – a restaurant that supports and empowers acid attack survivors. These courageous women, once too scared to leave their homes due to the physical and emotional scars of their attacks, have found refuge and a source of income through their work at the cafe.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Lucknow - Start the morning with a tour of Lucknow, where your leader will show you some of the city’s best spots. This might include a stop at the intricate Bara Imambara – a hall built in 1784 for Shia Muslims. Its labyrinthine layout of narrow passages and staircases is best navigated with the help of a knowledgeable local. Discover the culinary secrets of Lucknowites with an afternoon cooking class, gaining skills that you can hopefully put to good use at home! For dinner, maybe try to find somewhere serving Tunday Kebabi (a Lucknow delicacy that allegedly contains 160 spices).

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Varanasi - Wake up early today for a unique slice of Indian life aboard an airconditioned train. Although you will have your breakfast packed with you, don’t miss out on an opportunity to interact with the local vendors who board the train at various stops to sell snacks and Indian Chai tea. The ride to Varanasi offers a unique glimpse of the countryside from the comfort of your seat. When you’ve checked into your hotel, join the group for a walking tour of the city widely known as India’s spiritual capital. In the evening, set sail on a sunset cruise on the Ganges. You’ll be joined by local musicians on board, who will play as you watch the flower and candle ceremony – an experience that will surely stay with you long after your time in India is over.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Varanasi - Head out on a sunrise boat ride on the Ganges, where your leader will explain the significance of India’s most sacred river while gliding past the many ghats and temples on its banks. After, explore at your own pace before coming together again at Sarnath – one of the four main Buddhist pilgrimage destinations. The site is where Buddha preached his message of the path to enlightenment and features several stupas and museums to explore.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Delhi - Travel back to Delhi today. When you land, the afternoon is yours to explore at your leisure. There are plenty of sites you may have missed the first time around, like Humayun’s Tomb – a garden tomb dating back to 1570 – or Qutb Minar, the highest tower in India. Your leader can help you book any activities you wish to do before your final dinner as a group. You’ll head to a beautiful haveli dating back to 1887. Tuck into a feast of Mughlai cuisine, street food dishes and kebabs in a historical setting – the perfect finale to your Indian adventure.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Kathmandu - Today you’ll travel to Kathmandu and embark on the second half of your trip. You’ll have a second group meeting at 6 pm tonight, to meet your new group members and leader. Until then, settle into Kathmandu, the capital city of Nepal which enjoys the accolade of one of the oldest continuously inhabited cities. Maybe take a walk around the Garden of Dreams or check out Kathmandu’s architecture. After your meeting, head out into the hustle and bustle of the Thamel and Jyatha neighbourhoods for dinner with your leader and group. Eating in Nepal is never boring – maybe try some woh (a pancake made from freshly ground black lentils) or Kukhurako Masu (chicken cooked Nepali style).

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Kathmandu - After breakfast this morning, explore Kathmandu on a sightseeing tour with your leader. Head to the lively Durbar square – the once glorious centre of Nepal’s royal power. Visit Bodhnath Stupa, one of the biggest Buddhist shrines in the world, where you can observe Buddhist monks in prayer in the surrounding monasteries. Stop by a Thangka painting studio and gain inside knowledge on this sacred and traditional form of Buddhist art and the training that goes into being a Thangka artist. Visit Pashupatinath, the most famous Hindu temple in the country, where you’ll see Hindu holy men meditating, pilgrims bathing and occasionally funeral pyres burning on the ghats. The rest of your afternoon is free for further explorations.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Nagarkot - This morning, visit the headquarters of Sungava Nepal – a social enterprise that works to improve the lives of disadvantaged women in Nepal. Meet the local women and hear how the enterprise has changed their lives. Tour their greenhouse and learn about Nepali vegetables, then learn some traditional recipes that have been passed down from generation to generation. Master the local methods of cooking and put together some classic dishes, then sit down to lunch with your new friends. After lunch, begin the journey to Nagarkot. Along the way, stop off at Bhaktapur – a beautifully preserved ancient city, home to many temples and statues. Explore three of the most important squares – Durbar Square, Taumadhi Square and Pottery Square – before continuing to Nagarkot, where you'll prepare for an overnight stay at Club Himalaya, renowned for its unrestricted view of Kathmandu, Bhaktapur, Changu Narayan and the surrounding areas. End the day with a toast to your amazing view over sunset cocktails.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Pokhara - Wake up and witness an early morning 180-degree sunrise view before travelling to Kathmandu airport by chartered coach. From here, you’ll fly to Pokhara – if you’re lucky you might catch a glimpse of the spectacular Himalayan Mountain chain to the north. When you arrive, take a boat ride across the lake of Phewa Tal – the second largest lake in Nepal. Visit the Peace Pagoda for excellent views of the mountains including the Annapurnas, the famous fishtail peak of Machhapuchhare and a glimpse back across to Pokhara. In the afternoon, maybe take some time to enjoy Pokhara’s mellow atmosphere and wander its colourful streets or take a stroll along the lake and see the brightly painted paddle boats in the water. Pokhara has no shortage of restaurants to tempt your taste buds so be sure to ask your leader for some great local recommendations.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Pokhara - Start the day with a visit to Sarangkot Viewpoint for a sunrise over the snowcapped Himalayan peaks, from the Annapurna Ranges to Fishtail Mountain (Machhapuchhre). Your leader will be on hand to answer any questions about the landscape. Then, head to the International Mountain Museum, which is full of fascinating tales and exploits from climbing expeditions of the past – some ending in triumph and others in tragedy. After some time at the museum, visit a Tibetan community. Hear stories of their journey from Tibet to Nepal, learn about local life and take part in a traditional cooking demonstration to find out how to make delicious momos (steamed dumplings), which you’ll then eat together for lunch. Enjoy a free evening in Pokhara.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Chitwan National Park - After breakfast, make the morning drive to Chitwan and arrive at your Feature Stay accommodation for the next two nights – Barahi Jungle Lodge. Perfectly positioned on the banks of the Rapti River, opposite Chitwan National Park, this jungle oasis offers first-class service and naturally warm Nepali hospitality. After settling in, there’s some flexibility with activities in the afternoon, which may vary depending on the time of year and known wildlife movements and locations. In the late afternoon, you might like to go down to the Rapti River and enjoy a cool beverage and snacks on the banks while you watch the sunset and the birds return home. Back at the resort, you’ll have a group dinner this evening.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Chitwan National Park - After breakfast, leave the lodge for an early morning dugout canoe adventure on the Rapti River. Your tour leader will help you spot marsh mugger crocodiles along with the various birds that inhabit the riverbanks. Tiger sightings are rare these days, but you might see one if you’re lucky! When you return to dry land, set out on a late afternoon safari, showing the varied flora and fauna of the park. In the evening, enjoy dinner with your group and relax at your accommodation’s bar while discussing the day’s sightings or listening to the songs of the jungle.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Kathmandu - Enjoy breakfast at the resort before driving back to Kathmandu. The afternoon free for you to learn more of Nepal’s cultural heritage – maybe visit the Nepali Folk Musical Instrument Museum, home to more than 650 unique instruments. Tonight, you might want to join your leader and group for a farewell dinner at a local restaurant, leaving you with a final memory of Nepal’s delicious traditional food.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Kathmandu - Your Nepali adventure comes to an end after breakfast today. If you’d like to extend your stay in Kathmandu, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time to organise additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Mumbai - Namaste! Welcome to India. Your adventure begins in Mumbai, where you’ll be collected from the airport by a local representative and transferred to your hotel. Here, you’ll meet your fellow travellers and local leader at your 6 pm welcome meeting. If you arrive with time to spare, India’s most populated city has plenty to discover. You might like to check out the Bollywood Walk of Fame or head out to a Parsi cafe – a symbol of Mumbai’s cultural diversity. Mumbai’s culinary scene is also deliciously diverse and after your welcome meeting you’ll head out for your first taste! Dine at a wonderful local restaurant specialising in Mangalorean seafood and celebrate the beginning of a new adventure.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Mumbai - Today, you’ll get to know Mumbai on a guided city tour. Start out at Dhobi Ghat – the world’s largest outdoor laundry. Here, you’ll enjoy a snapshot of life in the city that most visitors don't see, as locals work and children play beneath colourful rows of drying clothes. Continue to the Chhatrapati Shivaji Terminus to admire the Victorian Gothic architecture, then visit the Prince of Wales Museum. With an exquisite exterior showcasing Indian, Mughal and British architectural styles, the museum is home to some 50,000 artefacts that tell the story of India. Stop by the sprawling Crawford market, built in 1869 and selling everything from fruit to jewellery, this is one of the city’s most popular shopping spots. After your tour, the rest of the afternoon is free for your own discoveries. Your leader will be happy to share some tips on great places to grab a local dinner.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Udaipur - Enjoy a morning at leisure then board a midday flight to Udaipur. Also known as the ‘City of Lakes,’ Udaipur’s delightful historic buildings are contrasted with beautiful surroundings. When you arrive, settle into your hotel then join your leader for an orientation walk to get a feel for Rajasthan’s most romantic city. In the early evening, take a boat ride on the peaceful Lake Pichola, which offers a different perspective of Udaipur’s heritage buildings and rolling hills. Stop off at Jag Mandir – built by Maharana Karan Singh II in 1620, this ornately decorated palace sits in the middle of the lake. Finish the day with dinner at a lakeside restaurant, from where you can watch the surrounding landscape turn brilliant shades of gold as the sun goes down.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Udaipur - Start the day with a tour of the City Palace. Built by Maharana Udai Singh II, the founder of Udaipur, this marvellous building overlooks Lake Pichola and is Rajasthan’s largest palace. Explore its elegant interior as your local guide shares information on its history and architecture. Enjoy a free afternoon to discover more of Udaipur at your own pace. Maybe explore the narrow lanes of the Old Town or sit back and relax on the shores of the lake. In the evening, see a different side of Indian culture as you head to a haveli (a traditional Indian mansion) for a dance performance. Sit in the haveli’s gorgeous courtyard and watch performers in typical Rajasthani folk costumes perform traditional Indian dances.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Deogarh - This morning, you’ll drive to Deogarh Village. When you arrive, settle into the heritage Deogarh Mahal – an impressive seventeenth‑century palace turned heritage hotel overlooking the Aravalli hills and surrounding lakes. Originally built as the residence and fortress of the local Rawats (Mewar nobility), Deogarh Mahal retains its regal historic character with domed rooftops, ornate balconies and grand archways while offering modern comfort under the stewardship of the same family. This afternoon, set off on a walk through the village before heading back to the hotel for an immersive cooking class. Learn to prepare traditional local delicacies using authentic recipes and techniques passed down through generations.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Pushkar - This morning, board the Aravali Hills train and journey through rural India. Ride into the Aravali Hills by narrow-gauge railway laid in the 1930s. Along the way, the train crosses 17 U-shaped bridges and passes through two tunnels, with plenty of monkeys spotted along the route. Then it’s time to depart Deogarh and make the drive to Pushkar, arriving in the late afternoon. Home to more than 500 temples, Pushkar is one of India’s holiest cities. Head out on an orientation walk with your leader to get acquainted with the city’s streets, religious sites and lake.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Pushkar - You may like to start the day by visiting the Savitri Temple – set on a hill overlooking the city, this popular pilgrimage site is an incredible place to watch the sunrise. Later, join your leader on a walking tour of Pushkar. Visit the ghats and religious temples that fringe Pushkar lake and observe the devout worshiping by the holy waters and at the Brahma Temple. The afternoon is free for your own discoveries, then you’ll regroup at the hotel in the evening for a special dinner experience. Head to Pushkar’s nearby sand dunes, where you’ll watch the sunset over the vast landscape. Continue to a different dune where you can tuck in to a Rajasthani dinner while watching dancers from the local community perform the traditional Kalbelia style of dance – an experience that will completely immerse you in the culture of the region.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Jaipur - Depart Pushkar this morning and drive to Jaipur, also known as the 'Pink City'. Arrive at your Feature Stay accommodation – the Hotel Narain Niwas Palace. This beautiful heritage hotel has been run by the same family since its opening in 1928 and retains the warm feel of a traditional family home, with luxurious touches around every corner – chandeliers, stained glass windows and peacocks roaming the grounds. Surrounded by a swimming pool and gardens, this is the perfect escape from the rush of the outside world. Settle into your hotel, then join your leader on a walking tour of the city. Explore buzzing bazaars filled with handcrafted textiles, folk art and the local specialty of semi-precious stones. Then, stroll streets teeming with camel carts, rickshaws, trucks and bicycles. End the evening with a home-cooked dinner in a local’s family home and learn about their way of life.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Jaipur - Visi the Amber Fort – the jewel of Jaipur, with its soft shades of red, sandstone and white marble with elaborate Hindu-style flourishes. Your local guide will share the stories of a fallen empire as you explore ornate rooms, lavish murals, frescoed arches and delicate jali work. After, stop at one of India's most photographed buildings – the Hawa Mahal or 'Palace of the Winds'. Then, visit the striking City Palace for a blend of Rajput and Mughal architecture. Tour the grounds and learn about its construction by the founder of Jaipur. Later in the afternoon, head for rooftop for drinks and take in sweeping views of Jaipur’s old walled city.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Ranthambhore National Park - This morning, say goodbye to Jaipur and make the journey to Ranthambore National Park. This treasured national park is one of the best places in the world to spot tigers. The park is also home to ancient temples, mosques and a vast array of other wildlife. When you arrive, you might like to take a stroll around town or put your feet up and relax beside the pool in anticipation of an exciting day of wildlife spotting tomorrow.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Ranthambhore National Park - Rise early for a morning safari. Ranthambore National Park is one of the original Project Tiger reserves – a place where nature reclaimed ancient fortresses and temples – and is teeming with wildlife. Take a game drive to search for animals, including the elusive tiger that stalks through the jungle. Even if they are too stealthy to see, the park is filled with other animals like gazelle, hyenas, sloth bears, crocodiles, jackals, three types of antelope (nilgai, sambar and chital) and leopards. Enjoy some downtime at the resort in the afternoon, then venture back out for an evening safari for another chance to spot the resident tigers. You may also get to explore the 1000-year-old Ranthambore Fort – where two pavilions that have survived the ravages of war and time, Badal Mahal and Hammirs Court, give an idea of its old grandeur.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Agra - Today, drive to the fabled city of Agra. Head out at sunset to visit India's most iconic structure – the spectacular Taj Mahal, one of the Seven Wonders of the World. Best known as a monument to love and loss, the 17th-century Taj was built by Emperor Shah Jahan as a tomb for his second wife and is a beautiful example of Mughal architecture, surrounded by trimmed English gardens. Meet with an expert guide who will tell you the fascinating history of this world-famous building as you tour the grounds at sunset. Beyond its most famous structure, Agra also boasts a marvellous food scene. Tonight, a foodie expert will join you on a street food tour away from the main tourist trail and help you understand Agra’s cuisine and culture. Stop by a 19th-century shop serving up age-old recipes from the Braj region of India and visit hyperlocal eateries most visitors to Agra never see.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Delhi - Start the day with a visit to the remarkable Agra Fort. Learn how a fortress and prison was built out of red sandstone by Akbar in 1565, then how conversions and additions by Shah Jahan transformed the fort into a palace. After your visit, depart Agra and make your way to Delhi, India’s lively capital. In the afternoon, get a taste of the city during a tour with your leader. Navigate the city’s metro system and arrive in Old Delhi where you’ll wind through its lanes and markets. It’s not the real Delhi without a traffic jam so hop aboard a traditional rickshaw and weave your way around the streets surrounding the Chandni Chowk marketplace. Stop by India’s oldest and largest mosque, the Jama Masjid, then head into the Sikh temple of Sheeshganj Gurudwara for a moment of peace and to observe the spiritual side of this bustling metropolis. In the evening, join your leader and group for a final dinner at one of Delhi’s oldest restaurants that has been delighting visitors for more than 80 years.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Delhi - Your adventure comes to an end after breakfast this morning. If you would like to spend more time in Delhi, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time to organise additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Chennai - Namaste! Welcome to India. Your adventure begins in Chennai, India’s cultural heart and fourth-largest city. You’ll be met at the airport and transferred to your hotel when you arrive. Meet your fellow travellers and experienced leader at a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. If you arrive in early, you may like to visit the market stalls of the Georgetown Bazaar. After your meeting, join your group for a welcome dinner at Chennai’s first chain restaurant, serving up an iconic array of south Indian vegetarian dishes like idly, dosa and poori.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Puducherry (Pondicherry) - This morning, you’ll leave the city behind and drive along the scenic East Coast Road to the fishing town of Mamallapuram. Visit the 8th-century Shore Temple and its mandapams (carved pillars) and watch locals pay their respects to the deity Shiva. Later in the afternoon, continue the drive to Puducherry. A French colony until 1954, the old parts of the town retain a distinctly European feel. Leafy boulevards are lined with European houses and boutiques. When you arrive, the rest of your evening is free to explore. Puducherry has a varied food scene with traditional Indian and classic French influences, so be sure to ask your leader for some tips on where to grab dinner.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Puducherry (Pondicherry) - This morning is free, then you’ll head out for a walking tour with your leader to see local temples and the French Quarter. Stroll past mustard-coloured buildings draped with vibrant bougainvillea as your leader shares stories of the revolutionaries, generals and kings who once walked these streets. Stop by the pastel pink Church of Notre Dame – evidence of the French colonial period is everywhere, even in the police uniforms. Along the way, stop at a cafe in White Town to try some local snacks, then the evening is free to explore at your own pace.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Madurai - Today, continue to the city of Madurai with plenty of chai stops along the way. Arrive in the late afternoon and head out on a short orientation walk to get acquainted with one of India’s oldest cities. When you’ve got your bearings, join your leader on a tour of the city’s Tamil cuisine. Madurai is bursting with street food stalls, family-owned restaurants and plenty of regional delicacies and your leader will show you the dishes that aren’t on the tourist menus. Have a taste of mutton dosa or some fish gravy as your leader regales you with stories of centuries-old recipes and the passionate people who make them. Round off the night with some Jigarthanda – Madurai’s most celebrated dessert is a delicious and refreshing blend of condensed milk, almond gum and ice cream.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Madurai - Continue your exploration of Madurai today. Your leader will guide you through the Tailor's Market, the local bazaars and the Sri Meenakshi Temple. Still in use today, this ancient temple is a maze of lamp-lit corridors leading to shrines where traditional rituals take place. Next is the National Gandhi Museum, dedicated to the life and achievements of the 'Father of the Nation' and the leader of India's fight for independence. Stop by the extravagant Thirumalai Nayak Palace, built in the 17th century by King Tirumala Nayaka. This evening you’ll have the opportunity to immerse yourself in Tamil culture when you join a local family for a traditional home-cooked dinner. Chat with the family about their lives and try dishes like chettinad chicken, egg paratha and vegetable korma.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Periyar - Make your way to the countryside town of Thekkady today, driving past pineapple and rubber plantations on the way. Thekkady is the gateway to Periyar National Park and Tiger Reserve, sitting high in the ranges of the Western Ghats. Stop off at a spice plantation where you’ll speak with a local expert and taste, smell and learn about the brilliant array of spices that colour and flavour India’s famed cuisine. Put your new knowledge to good use as you sit down to a flavoursome lunch made with spices from the plantation. The evening is yours to enjoy in Thekkady your own way. Maybe wander the shops selling fragrant spices and organic tea or relax in the palm-fringed pool at your resort.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Periyar - Periyar National Park - This morning, take a guided nature walk in the acclaimed Periyar Wildlife Sanctuary. Your expert guide will help you look for tiger tracks, spotted deer, Indian elephants and gaur – the world's largest species of buffalo. You’re most likely to encounter Bonnet macaques and the Malabar giant squirrel – a species native to India. After, the rest of your afternoon is free. You may want to unwind with an ayurvedic massage. In the evening, you’ll attend a demonstration of kalarippayattu at the Kadathanadan Kalari Centre. Originating in Kerala, kalarippayattu is believed to be the oldest surviving martial art in India and watching high-energy fighters leap several feet into the air is a thrilling sight.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Munnar - This morning, drive north to Munnar – an old British Hill Station sitting in the surrounding valley. At 1525 m above sea level, there’s likely to be a dramatic drop in temperature here! When you arrive, take a tour of the tea plantation, where a resident expert will guide you through the steps of the tea-making process. Follow narrow pathways and visit the workers picking the best tea leaves, learn how these leaves are transformed into the world’s most popular beverage, and sample some of the different varieties. There may be an opportunity to visit the tea museum, though opening hours are irregular so this cannot be guaranteed. This evening, relax at your mountain resort.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Munnar - This morning, take a guided walk around the lush hills of Munnar, often shrouded in clouds. Be sure to have your camera ready as the landscape unfolds in front of you. In the afternoon, journey out to the scenic Mattupetty Dam where you’ll find a man-made lake and spectacular views of the surrounding valleys. Here, you can take an optional motorboat ride around the lake. After some time to appreciate the scenery, return to Munnar for a free evening.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Kerala Backwaters - Drive to the backwaters of Kerala this morning and discover Alleppey’s palm-shaded waterways. Once a significant trading port, the town is now famed for the long ‘snake boat’ races that take place in August every year. Kerala’s backwaters were once busy with passing kettuvallams – large wooden boats used to transport rice and spices. Today, these traditional vessels have been transformed into houseboats, allowing you to explore the lagoons in total comfort as you will during your Feature Stay tonight. Conversions are made using traditional and natural materials – bamboo becomes roofing, coir mats are turned into flooring and beds are carefully crafted from the wood of coconut trees. These floating cottages share the comforts of a first-rate hotel, including western toilets, private bedrooms, a dining area and open deck where you can watch the world go by. Sit back for an evening floating through the dreamy waters of rural Kerala.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Kochi - Enjoy a peaceful morning at the Kerala waters before driving to Kochi in the afternoon. Cochin, as it was formerly known, is spread over several islands and is a melting pot of Portuguese, Dutch, Chinese and British influences. Join your leader on an orientation walk to learn how these influences manifest in the city’s architecture, restaurants and daily life. In the afternoon, take some time out to enjoy the city – maybe head to Princess Street and kick back with a cup of coffee. Tonight, you’ll have the opportunity to watch a Kathakali dance performance. Kathakali is a classical Indian dance with roots in Kerala, combining symbolic storytelling with physical technique. It’s one of the most vibrant and extraordinary theatre forms in the world and proficiency requires incredible commitment and rigorous training.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Kochi - Today, you’ll do a tuk-tuk sightseeing tour of Fort Kochi. Wander antique shops and spice bazaars – your leader will show you how to haggle with the best of them. Stop by the famous Chinese fishing nets – perhaps Kochi’s most photographed sight. Visit the Mattancherry Palace, built in the 16th-century by the Portuguese and later claimed by the Dutch. Then continue to the Paradesi Synagogue – India’s oldest existing Jewish synagogue. Wrap up the tour with lunch at Shantilal S. Mithaiwala – a cafe and sweet shop open since 1953 – where you’ll get to try some of its famous sweets. In the early evening, meet with an ayurvedic doctor – a practitioner who uses ancient holistic techniques to promote a balance of body and mind, resulting in overall health and wellbeing. Learn all about Satvik Bhojan, the ayurvedic diet, and join a cooking demonstration followed by dinner using the methods and recipes discussed.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Kochi - Your adventure comes to an end after breakfast. If you’d like to extend your stay in India, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time to organise additional accommodation or transfers.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Delhi - Namaste! Welcome to India. When you arrive at Delhi Airport, you’ll be met by a local representative and an included transfer will bring you to your hotel. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm to meet your local leader and fellow travellers. Until then, you can explore this exciting capital city at your own pace. Filled with historical landmarks, museums, galleries and endless bazaars, there’s plenty to keep you entertained. After your meeting, head out for dinner at one of Delhi’s oldest restaurants. Having opened its doors more than 80 years ago, the iconic restaurant is credited with introducing India to ice cream and fine dining.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Delhi - Start the day with a leader-led tour of the most ancient part of the city in Old Delhi. It’s not Delhi without a traffic jam, so hop aboard a traditional rickshaw and weave your way around the streets surrounding the Chandi Chowk marketplace. Stop by India’s oldest and largest mosque, the Jama Masjid, before heading into the Sikh temple of Sheeshganj Gurudwara to observe the capital’s spiritual side. You have a free evening ahead to relax and recharge. Tap into your leader’s local expertise for food and activity recommendations that match your mood.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Agra - Today, you’ll head south to Agra. After a scenic drive, settle into your new hotel before visiting India’s most iconic landmark – the Taj Mahal, one of the Seven Wonders of the World. A tribute to his belated wife, Emperor Shah Jahan commissioned this famous monument in 1632 to house her remains. Your Taj Mahal guide will tell you its history as you stroll the grounds at sunset. You’re likely familiar with North Indian cuisine (butter chicken anyone?), and tonight, your local expert will take you to unknown places on a street food tour. Stop by a 19th-century shop serving up age-old recipes from the Braj region of India for dinner tonight, where you’ll visit hyperlocal eateries that most tourists never get to see.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Jaipur - Visit Agra Fort – widely considered one of the finest-looking forts in India. Learn how Akbar built a fortress and prison out of red sandstone in 1565 and how Shah Jahan transformed it into a palace. After, you’ll journey to Jaipur – the capital of Rajasthan – for your Feature Stay at the Hotel Narain Niwas Palace. This heritage hotel, managed by the same family since its opening in 1928, has the charm of a traditional family home but with regal touches at every turn – think chandeliers, stained glass windows and peacocks roaming the grounds. Later, join your leader on a walking tour through the crowded streets and stop by bazaars filled with handcrafted textiles, folk art and the local specialty of semi-precious stones. End the evening with a home-cooked dinner in the home of a local family and make the most of your time with your hosts, learning about their way of life.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Jaipur - Trade one fort for the next as you visit Amber Fort, the crown jewel of Jaipur. On your guided tour you’ll learn stories of a fallen empire as you explore ornate rooms, murals, frescoed arches and delicate jali work. Head to the City Palace – a blend of Rajput and Mughal architecture. Tour the grounds and learn about its construction by the founder of Jaipur. The rest of the afternoon and evening is free for you to explore at your leisure. Maybe pay a visit to the Jantar Mantar Observatory, one the world’s most accurate pre-modern observatories which dates to 1729 or take in the city from the air in a balloon flight. You'll probably want to sample some Rajasthani street food after, like pyaaz kachori (crispy pastry filled with spiced onion).

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Lucknow - Enjoy a leisurely morning before flying east to Lucknow – the capital of India’s largest region, Uttar Pradesh. When you arrive, your leader will guide the group on an afternoon orientation walk to help you get acquainted with your new surroundings. This evening, join your group for dinner at a special spot – a restaurant that supports and empowers acid attack survivors. These courageous women, once too scared to leave their homes due to the physical and emotional scars of their attacks, have found refuge and a source of income through their work at the cafe.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Lucknow - Start the morning with a tour of Lucknow, where your leader will show you some of the city’s best spots. This might include a stop at the intricate Bara Imambara – a hall built in 1784 for Shia Muslims. Its labyrinthine layout of narrow passages and staircases is best navigated with the help of a knowledgeable local. Discover the culinary secrets of Lucknowites with an afternoon cooking class, gaining skills that you can hopefully put to good use at home! For dinner, maybe try to find somewhere serving Tunday Kebabi (a Lucknow delicacy that allegedly contains 160 spices).

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Varanasi - Wake up early today for a unique slice of Indian life aboard an airconditioned train. Although you will have your breakfast packed with you, don’t miss out on an opportunity to interact with the local vendors who board the train at various stops to sell snacks and Indian Chai tea. The ride to Varanasi offers a unique glimpse of the countryside from the comfort of your seat. When you’ve checked into your hotel, join the group for a walking tour of the city widely known as India’s spiritual capital. In the evening, set sail on a sunset cruise on the Ganges. You’ll be joined by local musicians on board, who will play as you watch the flower and candle ceremony – an experience that will surely stay with you long after your time in India is over.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Varanasi - Head out on a sunrise boat ride on the Ganges, where your leader will explain the significance of India’s most sacred river while gliding past the many ghats and temples on its banks. After, explore at your own pace before coming together again at Sarnath – one of the four main Buddhist pilgrimage destinations. The site is where Buddha preached his message of the path to enlightenment and features several stupas and museums to explore.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Delhi - Travel back to Delhi today. When you land, the afternoon is yours to explore at your leisure. There are plenty of sites you may have missed the first time around, like Humayun’s Tomb – a garden tomb dating back to 1570 – or Qutb Minar, the highest tower in India. Your leader can help you book any activities you wish to do before your final dinner as a group. You’ll head to a beautiful haveli dating back to 1887. Tuck into a feast of Mughlai cuisine, street food dishes and kebabs in a historical setting – the perfect finale to your Indian adventure.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Chennai - This morning, take a flight to Chennai, India’s cultural heart and fourth-largest city, to begin the second half of your trip. You’ll be met at the airport and transferred to your hotel when you arrive. Meet your new group and trip leader at a second group meeting at 6 pm. If you arrive early, you may like to visit the market stalls of the Georgetown Bazaar. After your meeting, join your group for a welcome dinner at Chennai’s first chain restaurant, serving an iconic array of south Indian vegetarian dishes like idly, dosa and poori.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Puducherry (Pondicherry) - This morning, you’ll leave the city behind and drive along the scenic East Coast Road to the fishing town of Mamallapuram. Visit the 8th-century Shore Temple and its mandapams (carved pillars) and watch locals pay their respects to the deity Shiva. Later in the afternoon, continue the drive to Puducherry. A French colony until 1954, the old parts of the town retain a distinctly European feel. Leafy boulevards are lined with European houses and boutiques. When you arrive, the rest of your evening is free to explore. Puducherry has a varied food scene with traditional Indian and classic French influences, so be sure to ask your leader for some tips on where to grab dinner.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Puducherry (Pondicherry) - This morning is free, then you’ll head out for a walking tour with your leader to see local temples and the French Quarter. Stroll past mustard-coloured buildings draped with vibrant bougainvillea as your leader shares stories of the revolutionaries, generals and kings who once walked these streets. Stop by the pastel pink Church of Notre Dame – evidence of the French colonial period is everywhere, even in the police uniforms. Along the way, stop at a cafe in White Town to try some local snacks, then the evening is free to explore at your own pace.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Madurai - Today, continue to the city of Madurai with plenty of chai stops along the way. Arrive in the late afternoon and head out on a short orientation walk to get acquainted with one of India’s oldest cities. When you’ve got your bearings, join your leader on a tour of the city’s Tamil cuisine. Madurai is bursting with street food stalls, family-owned restaurants and plenty of regional delicacies and your leader will show you the dishes that aren’t on the tourist menus. Have a taste of mutton dosa or some fish gravy as your leader regales you with stories of centuries-old recipes and the passionate people who make them. Round off the night with some Jigarthanda – Madurai’s most celebrated dessert is a delicious and refreshing blend of condensed milk, almond gum and ice cream.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Madurai - Continue your exploration of Madurai today. Your leader will guide you through the Tailor's Market, the local bazaars and the Sri Meenakshi Temple. Still in use today, this ancient temple is a maze of lamp-lit corridors leading to shrines where traditional rituals take place. Next is the National Gandhi Museum, dedicated to the life and achievements of the 'Father of the Nation' and the leader of India's fight for independence. Stop by the extravagant Thirumalai Nayak Palace, built in the 17th-century by King Tirumala Nayaka. This evening you’ll have the opportunity to immerse yourself in Tamil culture when you join a local family for a traditional home cooked dinner. Chat with the family about their lives and try dishes like chettinad chicken, egg paratha and vegetable korma.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Thekkady - Make your way to the countryside town of Thekkady today, driving past pineapple and rubber plantations on the way. Thekkady is the gateway to Periyar National Park and Tiger Reserve, sitting high in the ranges of the Western Ghats. Stop off at a spice plantation where you’ll speak with a local expert and taste, smell and learn about the brilliant array of spices that colour and flavour India’s famed cuisine. Put your new knowledge to good use as you sit down to a flavoursome lunch made with spices from the plantation. The evening is yours to enjoy in Thekkady your own way. Maybe wander the shops selling fragrant spices and organic tea or relax in the palm fringed pool at your resort.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Thekkady - Periyar National Park - This morning, take a guided nature walk in the acclaimed Periyar Wildlife Sanctuary. Your expert guide will help you look for tiger tracks, spotted deer, Indian elephants and gaur – the world's largest species of buffalo. You’re most likely to encounter Bonnet macaques and the Malabar giant squirrel – a species native to India. After, the rest of your afternoon is free. You may want to unwind with an ayurvedic massage. In the evening, you’ll attend a demonstration of kalarippayattu at the Kadathanadan Kalari Centre. Originating in Kerala, kalarippayattu is believed to be the oldest surviving martial art in India and watching high-energy fighters leap several feet into the air is a thrilling sight.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Munnar - This morning, drive north to Munnar – an old British Hill Station sitting in the surrounding valley. At 1525 m above sea level, there’s likely to be dramatic drop in temperature here! When you arrive, take a tour of the tea plantation, where a resident expert will guide you through the steps of the tea making process. Follow narrow pathways and visit the workers picking the best tea leaves, learn how these leaves are transformed into the world’s most popular beverage, and sample some of the different varieties. There may be an opportunity to visit the tea museum, though opening hours are irregular so this cannot be guaranteed. This evening, relax at your mountain resort.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Munnar - This morning, take a guided walk around the lush hills of Munnar, often shrouded in clouds. Be sure to have your camera ready as the landscape unfolds in front of you. In the afternoon, journey out to the scenic Mattupetty Dam where you’ll find a man-made lake and spectacular views of the surrounding valleys. Here, you can take an optional motorboat ride around the lake. After some time to appreciate the scenery, return to Munnar for a free evening.

     

    Day - 20

    Location: Kerala Backwaters - Drive to the backwaters of Kerala this morning and discover Alleppey’s palm-shaded waterways. Once a significant trading port, the town is now famed for the long ‘snake boat’ races that take place in August every year. Kerala’s backwaters were once busy with passing kettuvallams – large wooden boats used to transport rice and spices. Today, these traditional vessels have been transformed into houseboats, offering guests the opportunity to explore the lagoons in total comfort, as you will during your Feature Stay tonight. Conversions are made using traditional and natural materials – bamboo becomes roofing, coir mats are turned into flooring and beds are carefully crafted from the wood of coconut trees. These floating cottages share the comforts of a first-rate hotel, including western toilets, private bedrooms, a dining area and open deck where you can watch the world go by. Sit back for an evening floating through the dreamy waters of rural Kerala.

     

    Day - 21

    Location: Kochi - Enjoy a peaceful morning at the Kerala waters before driving to Kochi in the afternoon. Cochin, as it was formerly known, is spread over several islands and is a melting pot of Portuguese, Dutch, Chinese and British influences. Join your leader on an orientation walk to learn how these influences manifest in the city’s architecture, restaurants and daily life. In the afternoon, take some time out to enjoy the city – maybe head to Princess Street and kick back with a cup of coffee. Tonight, you’ll have the opportunity to watch a Kathakali dance performance. Kathakali is a classical Indian dance with roots in Kerala, combining symbolic storytelling with physical technique. It’s one of the most vibrant and extraordinary theatre forms in the world and proficiency requires incredible commitment and rigorous training.

     

    Day - 22

    Location: Kochi - Today, explore the antique shops and spice bazaars of Kochi – your leader will show you how to haggle with the best of them. Visit the Fort Kochi area and stop by the famous Chinese fishing nets – perhaps Kochi’s most photographed sight. Make a visit to the Mattancherry Palace, built in the 16th-century by the Portuguese and later claimed by the Dutch. Continue to the Paradesi Synagogue – the oldest existing Jewish synagogue in India. In the early evening, join a local chef for a masterclass in Keralan cuisine.

     

    Day - 23

    Location: Kochi - Your adventure comes to an end after breakfast this morning. If you’d like to extend your stay in India, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time to organise additional accommodation or needed transfers.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Delhi - Namaste and welcome to Delhi! Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm. If you arrive in Delhi with time to spare before the meeting, consider finding your feet with an Urban Adventure. The Hidden Gems of Delhi tour offers something a little different from the standard itinerary, taking you to sights most tourists never see.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Delhi – Overnight Train - This morning set off by metro to Old Delhi to explore on a walking tour. Experience the chaos of an Indian traffic jam as you inch your way through the streets around Chandni Chowk marketplace in a traditional cycle rickshaw. Visit the Jama Masjid, Delhi's oldest mosque, then stop by the Sheeshganj Gurudwara (Sikh Temple) to learn about the religion. Tonight, transfer to the railway station and board an overnight train to Bikaner. Local vendors will board the train at various stops to sell snacks, but it’s advised that you bring some of your own food for the journey too.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Bikaner - Bikaner a city in Rajasthan still displays its ancient opulence through palaces and forts, built of red sandstone that have withstood the passage of time. Upon arrival in Bikaner this morning, freshen up at your hotel and then head out on a walk with your leader through the old city. In the afternoon relax or opt to visit Junagarh Fort: Built in 1588 AD by Raja Rai Singh. Constructed in red sandstone and marble, it's courtyard, balconies and windows are a treat to the eye

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Bikaner to Jaisalmer - After breakfast travel to Jaisalmer by train. On arrival, choose whether to relax or join the group on an optional trip to the Jaisalmer Folklore Museum. This small museum displays a private family collection of printing blocks, musical instruments, religious artifacts, and decorations which offer insights into the cultural heritage of Jaisalmer.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Jaisalmer - Enjoy a free day to explore Jaisalmer. The city’s eponymous fort holds twisting alleys with markets where you can wander for hours. You can also find a series of Jain temples dating from the 15th and 16th centuries within the walls of the fort, and it’s easy to spend a few hours admiring their elaborate carvings. The opulent havelis (traditional Indian mansions) found throughout the city make another fine place to spend some time admiring the desert architecture.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Thar Desert - Today drive by jeep to the Thar Desert. Meet your local guides, who will cook a traditional Rajasthani dinner with chapati, dal, rice and veggies while you sit back, relax and watch the sunset. Spend the night stargazing and sharing stories in this incredible setting.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Jodhpur - Rise early to enjoy the sunrise over the sand dunes. After a simple breakfast, take a private vehicle to the railway station and then a 6-hour train ride across the desert to the blue city of Jodhpur. Jodhpur is home to some of the best lassis in India, so make sure you try one while you’re here.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Jodhpur - Today you have the option to visit the colossal Mehrangarh Fort, one of the largest in India. The fort is still run by the Jodhpur royal family. If you’d prefer to see a more down to earth kind of Rajasthani life, it is also possible to spend today touring nearby Bishnoi villages. Spending time in these villages offers a glimpse into rural Rajasthani life and the chance to learn about the rich cultural traditions of the people who live there.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Udaipur - This morning take an auto-rickshaw to the bus station and board a local bus for an 8-hour journey to Udaipur. This romantic city is set amid the Aravalli Hills and curls around Lake Pichola, a man-made lake created in the 14th century. On arrival, take a guided walk to get your bearings. Explore twisting alleyways filled with shops and bazaars selling things like silver jewellery, shoes, bags, leather goods, and miniature paintings.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Udaipur - Enjoy a free day to explore the sights of Udaipur. Perhaps take a short boat ride on the famous Lake Pichola (seasonal) and see the palaces of Jag Mandir and Jag Niwas rise out of the water and their own reflections. Otherwise, you could tour the lakeside City Palace complex, the largest palace in Rajasthan, where you can check out vivid murals and royal antiques. Alternatively, learn the secrets behind making the perfect Indian thali during a half-day cooking class. Maybe you’d like to visit Sajjan Garh (Monsoon Palace), a 19th-century palace perched on a hill overlooking Lake Pichola. Named after Maharana Sajjan Singh of the Mewar Dynasty, Sajjan Garh offers ridiculously great views of the city below. Or perhaps you’re more inclined to visit the nearby village of Shilpgram, an ethnographic museum and arts hubs where traditional crafts are sold, and artists perform. 

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Pushkar - Transfer to the station and travel by train for around 5.5 hours to the city of Ajmer. Hop in a private vehicle for a 45-minute drive to your hotel in Pushkar. One of India's holiest towns and a market centre for the surrounding villages, Pushkar is a great place to immerse yourself in Hindu traditions. On arrival, head out to explore the town on a walking tour, wandering through the main bazaar along the way. Finish with a walk around Pushkar Lake and past the bustling ghats and temples, observing the devout as they worship at the holy waters.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Pushkar - Today in Pushkar is free for you to do as you please. Early morning risers can choose to hike up the hill to the Savitri Temple for sunrise views over the town. If the chai man is there, enjoy a steaming cup of tea at the top for breakfast. Later in the day, maybe pay a visit to the colourful Brahma Temple, which is dedicated to the Hindu god. If you’ve planned your tour to coincide with the Pushkar Camel Fair (which changes each year), today will mainly be set aside to experience one of India’s most famous festivals.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Jaipur - Return to Ajmer and travel by local bus to Jaipur (approximately 4 hours). On arrival take an auto-rickshaw to your hotel, then head out to explore Rajasthan’s capital on a guided walking tour. This tour includes a visit to the market and opt to visit the beehive-like Palace of the Winds (Hawa Mahal), built in 1799 so that women of the royal family could observe street festivities without being seen by the public. Your evening is free, so perhaps ask your leader to point out the best place to grab dal baati (dal served with wheat rolls).

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Jaipur - Enjoy a free day in Jaipur, with plenty of optional activities to choose from to fill your day. For many travellers, an optional hot air balloon experience is one of the highlights of Jaipur. If you’d prefer to stay grounded (but still like expansive views) the Amber Fort is both an excellent example of Rajput architecture and a great place from which to see the surrounding area. Or maybe get among the crowds in the city’s bazaars to shop for artisan goods and semi-precious stones. For a true local experience, tonight you could immerse yourself in Bollywood with a movie at a classic cinema.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Abhaneri - Head to Abhaneri by private vehicle. This rural town provides a lovely detour from the bigger cities in Rajasthan. Visit the Chand Baori, a 20-metre-deep stepwell where water was collected and locals used to gather to escape the heat. Built in the late ninth century, the baori is a mind-bending feat of construction. Next visit another jewel of Abhaneri, the Harshat Mata Temple. This temple, which is now mostly ruined, was first constructed between the seventh and eighth centuries and dedicated to the goddess of happiness and joy.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Fatehpur Sikri – Agra - Head east by private transport for the 2–3-hour journey to Agra, via a stop Fatehpur Sikri where you can opt to go inside. Rich in Mughal heritage, Agra is a city of gardens, temples, and open rooftops. On arrival visit the Taj Mahal, a white marble mausoleum built by Emperor Shah Jahan as a memorial to his wife Mumtaz. One of the New Seven Wonders of the World, the Taj Mahal attracts over three million visitors each year, so be prepared for crowds. If you’re after a cool drink or a light meal, maybe head to Sheroes Hangout. This cafe is staffed by survivors of acid attacks and is located 10 minutes’ walk from the Taj.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Agra – Overnight Train - Enjoy a free day before boarding the train this evening. Early risers might want to head back to the Taj Mahal for a very memorable sunrise. While you’re here, be sure to visit the spectacular Red Fort on the banks of the Yamuna River. Built in 1565 by Emperor Akbar, the fort was originally designed to be a military structure. If you have extra time, you may like to continue onto Akbar's Mausoleum to pay your respects to the great emperor. In the evening, board a 12-hour overnight train to Varanasi (Third Class AC).

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Varanasi - On arrival in Varanasi this morning transfer by auto-rickshaw to your hotel. Head out on a guided walk around the Old City, following your leader through the narrow alleyways. The rest of your day is free to do as you please. This evening, there are two options you should consider, both centred around the holy Ganges. The first is a sunset cruise along the river which allows you to observe life from a unique perspective in the fading light of day. If you’d prefer to stay on land, you could watch local priests perform a Ganga aarti (fire ceremony) at the Dashashwamedh Ghat.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Varanasi - Enjoy a free day to explore this holy city. We highly recommend starting very early and take an optional sunrise boat trip along the Ganges, passing pilgrims bathing and praying along the colourful ghats. Alternatively, head out to the ghats on foot to watch the dhobi-wallahs (clothes washers) drying clothes along the riverbank. You could even continue your stroll to the sinking Vishnu temple near the Manikarnika Ghat. Perhaps ask your leader about how to visit Sarnath, about ten kilometres outside of the city, where Gautama Buddha is said to have given his first speech after finding enlightenment.

     

    Day - 20

    Location: Varanasi – Overnight Train - In the morning, you have some free time to explore more of Varanasi. Perhaps visit the Vishwanath Temple, or simply grab some chaat and watch the world go by. If you’re craving a little peace and quiet before you board another overnight train, consider heading to the Kriti Gallery to check out some contemporary work by local artists. In the afternoon, board the overnight train for a 15-hour journey to Delhi.

     

    Day - 21

    Location: Delhi - Arrive in Delhi in the late morning and hop in a taxi to the hotel. The rest of the day is free for you to relax or explore the city at your own pace. Tonight, maybe get together with your group and head out for some dinner – your local leader will have plenty of recommendations.

     

    Day - 22

    Location: Trivandrum - Enjoy a free morning in Delhi before transferring to the airport for an included flight bound for Trivandrum. Please note that this flight is most likely unaccompanied, however, you’ll be met in Trivandrum and transferred to your hotel by a local representative. Tonight, there is another group briefing at 6 pm, where you’ll meet your new travel pals and group leader who’ll join you for the next stage of your journey. Afterward, take a walk around Trivandrum and perhaps join an optional group dinner – your group leader will know of some delicious spots to eat at.

     

    Day - 23

    Location: Varkala - In the morning, head up the coast by private vehicle for around 2 hours to the town of Varkala. Once settled into your hotel, use the free time to explore the Keralan coast, which is home to some of India’s best beaches. Soaring cliffs protect Varkala’s sandy bay and, depending on the time of year, dolphins can be spotted from high up on the rocks. In the evening, maybe head into town to one of the numerous restaurants serving fresh, local seafood caught right off the coast.

     

    Day - 24

    Location: Varkala - Enjoy a free day in Varkala. This is a great place to sit back and relax, but if you want to get active there are plenty of water activities on offer, such as surfing and windsurfing. Even though this is a popular destination for Indian tourists, the beaches are quiet and pretty laidback. Today is also the perfect time to check your Lonely Planet app and see what else is popular around the area. Take the rest of the day to relax, beachside, or otherwise, before the rest of South India beckons.

     

    Day - 25

    Location: Kerala Backwaters - This morning, take a 3-hour train journey along the Keralan coastline to Alappuzha (Alleppey). Once an important trading port and now renowned for the annual Snake Boat race in August, Alappuzha is the starting point for most journeys into the backwaters. An auto-rickshaw will take you from the train station to the boat boarding point before heading to an island village for an overnight guesthouse owned and managed by a local family. Get settled, then explore the Keralan Backwaters in a pole boat, your guide will also take you on a walk around the village through paddy fields and smaller canals. A great opportunity for you to learn about the local ways of the backwaters.

     

    Day - 26

    Location: Kochi - In the morning, cross the backwaters by private boat back to Alappuzha. You’ll then take a 2-hour local bus to Kochi, arriving around midday (12 pm). Once arrived, go for a walk around the Fort Kochi area, where you’ll be staying for the next two nights. In the early evening, there’s the option to attend a classic Kathakali dance performance – a snapshot into traditional cultures of the region.

     

    Day - 27

    Location: Kochi - Today, head to the Mattancherry part of Fort Cochin to explore the old Jewish quarter, synagogue, and Dutch Palace (Kochi Palace) on a guided walking tour. The tour takes around three hours, with the rest of the day free to do as you wish.

     

    Day - 28

    Location: Periyar - This morning, get ready for a day of travel as you head by private vehicle to Periyar National Park (approximately 7–8 hours). After checking in to your hotel, head out on a tour of a local spice farm. Walk through the winding pathways among the plantations as the scent of cardamom, pepper, clove, cinnamon, nutmeg, and vanilla lingers in the air. Take in the beauty of the cardamom flowers, enjoy the cool breeze and watch the sunlight seep in through the leaves of the pepper plants surrounding you. Afterwards, enjoy a relaxed evening around your accommodation, perhaps settling in for an early night.

     

    Day - 29

    Location: Periyar - After breakfast, enjoy a free day with an optional walk around Periyar National Park. Encounters with animals in the wild are never guaranteed, and this is more of a jungle walk than an animal-spotting tour, but do keep an eye out for tiger tracks, spotted deer, Indian elephants, or gaur – the world's largest species of buffalo. In the afternoon, unwind with an optional ayurvedic massage or just relax in your scenic setting.

     

    Day - 30

    Location: Madurai - In the morning, take a private transfer to Madurai (approximately 4–5 hours). This buzzing city is crammed full of bazaars, pilgrims, and cycle rickshaws. After a walking tour to see the sights, perhaps visit the Sri Meenakshi Temple. This ancient temple is still in use and features a labyrinth of lamplit corridors leading to shrines.

     

    Day - 31

    Location: Madurai – Overnight Train - Today is a free day in Madurai. Perhaps head to the Gandhi Museum to learn about the man who fought for India’s independence or wander through the 1000 pillars of Aayiram Kaal Mandapam. This is also a great opportunity to haggle with vendors at the bazaars and the tailors' market. Keep in mind that this evening, you’ll take an overnight sleeper train to Mysore. The journey is approximately 14 hours, so you may want to bring some extra snacks.

     

    Day - 32

    Location: Mysuru - On arrival, transfer to your hotel in Mysore. Mysore is an easygoing town with a pleasant climate. Go on a walk with your group, checking out the ornate Mysore Palace along the way. There’s also the option to visit the Keshava Temple in Somnathpur, which is a stunning example of Hoysala architecture. The temple is a 1-hour drive out of town.

     

    Day - 33

    Location: Mysuru– Overnight Train - Today is a free day in Mysore, with plenty of optional activities to keep you busy. If you’ve seen all you need to in town, perhaps explore the countryside surrounding Mysore. Climb up Chamundi Hill to the Sri Chamundeswari Temple at the top, which is dedicated to the goddess Durga. At around 7 pm tonight, meet up with your group and board a 10-hour overnight train to Hampi.

     

    Day - 34

    Location: Hampi - In the morning, arrive in Hampi and travel to your hotel. Hampi is a temple town situated on the banks of the Tungabhadra River. Once you’re settled in, make an optional visit to the architectural masterpiece of Vittala Temple. This 16th-century temple contains mandapas (pillared pavilions), a pool, a palace, and the popular stone chariot, which according to Hindu mythology was the vehicle of the Lord Vishnu.

     

    Day - 35

    Location: Hampi - Overnight train - After breakfast, explore the ruins of the Vijayanagar Empire and the huge boulders on the outskirts of town. In the early evening, drive for around 3 hours by private vehicle to Hubli, where you’ll board a 9-hour overnight train to Goa.

     

    Day - 36

    Location: Goa - Once your train arrives in Goa, head to the hotel and check in. Brimming with Portuguese influences and known for the sandy beaches lining its coast, Goa is a fascinating region in India's south-west. The day is free to do what you like. Perhaps relax on the beach, sip a cocktail at a local bar, or go for a city walk. Tonight, why not get together with your travel crew for a beachside dinner – Goa is cause for celebration.

     

    Day - 37

    Location: Goa - There are no activities planned for the final day and you’re able to depart the accommodation at any time. Goa is a great place to end the trip – if you can, we recommend staying on for a couple of nights to relax and explore. If you would like to spend more time in Goa, we’ll be happy to organise additional accommodation (subject to availability).

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Delhi - Welcome to India! Arrive in the fun and frenetic capital of Delhi and settle into your hotel. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm, where you’ll meet your group leader and travel pals. After your meeting, take an orientation walk to get your bearings and perhaps head out for an optional dinner with your group.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Delhi - Start your day with a ride on the metro. Your tour heads first to Old Delhi – the heart of the city. Inch your way through the streets around the Chandni Chowk marketplace in true local style – by cycle rickshaw! Visit the Jama Masjid – Delhi's oldest (and India’s largest) mosque – and then stop by the Sheeshganj Gurudwara (Sikh Temple). Learn about the Sikh guru who, in the 17th century, stuck to his religious beliefs and paid the ultimate price in this very spot. This afternoon is free to explore more of Delhi's sights at your own pace!

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Agra - Agra itself may not be the world’s prettiest city, but the minute you see its iconic sights, that won’t matter one bit. You will arrive by one of India's express air-conditioned trains (approximately 3 hours), then head straight to the most recognisable sight in India. The Taj Mahal may well exceed your expectations as the light shimmers off its white marble surface. Best known as a monument to love and loss, the 17th century Taj is a beautiful example of Mughal architecture, surrounded by trimmed English gardens. The highlights keep coming as you take a motorised rickshaw tour around town – a great way to see the monuments of Agra. You can also visit Akbar's Mausoleum, a beautiful sandstone and marble tomb built for the greatest of the Mughal emperors. Stop off for an optional meal at Sheroes Hangout, a cafe that supports victims of acid attacks.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Jaipur - Travel by private vehicle to Rajasthan’s colourful capital, Jaipur. Settle into your hotel, then enjoy a walk through the streets and markets of this ‘Pink City’. Use the rest of the day to explore the city on your own, perhaps visiting Jaipur’s ornate Royal City Palace. Your accommodation for tonight is a family-run heritage hotel. In the evening, perhaps take the opportunity to see a Bollywood film. Jaipur is home to one of the world's great cinema halls – the grand art-deco Raj Mandir.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Jaipur - For many travellers, an optional hot air balloon experience is one of the highlights of Jaipur, and today would be the ideal day to book in on one. In the afternoon, visit the hilltop Amber Fort, an excellent example of Rajput architecture, and see the red stone palace of the Hawa Mahal (The Palace of the Winds). Take in its dazzling coloured glass work and learn its interesting history.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Pushkar - Travel to Pushkar by public bus and then private vehicle via the town of Ajmer. Pushkar is one of India's holiest towns and a market centre for the surrounding villages. Head out to explore the town on a walking tour, stopping in at the main bazaar along the way. Here you'll come across anything from 1960s fashion and glass lamps to jewellery and traditional Rajasthani puppets. Then, take a walk around Pushkar’s lake, which is considered sacred in Hindu culture and has an interesting mythology behind it. Wander past the bustling ghats and temples, observing the devout as they worship at the city’s holy waters.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Pushkar - Early morning risers may like to hike up the hill to the Savitri Temple for sunrise views over the town. If the chai wallah is there, enjoy a steaming cup of tea at the top! Later in the day, you will pay a visit to the colourful Brahma Temple, which is dedicated to the Hindu god-creator Brahma. If you’re lucky enough to be in town for the Pushkar Camel Fair, you can experience one of India’s most famous festivals. It's held every November.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Udaipur - Continue on to your next destination today, travelling by private vehicle back to Ajmer and then day train to Udaipur. Known as the ‘Venice of the East’, this white city is often regarded as the most romantic in India. Set amid the Aravalli Hills, Udaipur curls around a huge lake. On arrival, take a leader-led city walk to get your bearings around town. Explore twisting alleyways filled with shops and bazaars selling things like silver jewellery, shoes, bags, leather goods, and miniature paintings.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Udaipur - Enjoy a free day to explore the sights of Udaipur. Season depending, why not take a short boat ride on the famous Lake Pichola and see the palaces of Jag Mandir and Jag Niwas rise out of the water. Take a guided tour of the lakeside City Palace complex, the largest palace in Rajasthan. While inside, check out vivid murals and royal antiques, and pop into the impressive Jagdish Temple that’s dedicated to Lord Vishnu. Alternatively, you could learn the secrets behind making the perfect Indian thali during a half-day cooking class.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Udaipur – Overnight Train - Enjoy another free day in Udaipur before your overnight train to Mumbai. You might like to spend the day exploring Shilpgram – an interesting artistic neighbourhood just a few km away from town. Here, you can see a range of village houses from Rajasthan, Gujarat, Goa and Maharashtra with exhibitions on display (season depending). Board your train to Mumbai from Falna station and settle in for your night travelling like the locals.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Mumbai - Wake up in Mumbai, perhaps the most cosmopolitan city in India. You will take a short walk through the heritage quarter of Mumbai, the nearby Gateway of India, and the famous Taj Hotel. Discover some of the beautiful old colonial and art deco buildings, treat yourself to a meal in one of the country's best restaurants, or shop ‘til you drop in the bazaars and malls. Later in the day, visit Chowpatty Beach where colourful crowds mill about in the cooler evening air. Palm readers, balloon sellers, magicians, and acrobats all compete for your attention. A great optional activity is to visit Elephanta Island. Easily accessible by ferry from Mumbai, it's about 10 km from the south-east coast of the island city. Boats leave daily from the Gateway of India (approximately 1 hour each way).

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Mumbai – Overnight Train - While away the day in Mumbai, with a full day free to explore at your own pace. You might like to wander through the Hanging Gardens or take a half-day trip to the UNESCO World Heritage site of the Elephant Caves. Take a walk along Marine Drive beside the Arabian Sea or hang out by the picteresque Bombay High Court. Your leader will also have some great suggestions, including the best spots for a good feed! Keep in mind, you’ll board an overnight sleeper train bound for Goa tonight.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Goa - Arrive in Goa nice and early and check into your hotel. Take a walk to acquaint yourself with Goa and its relaxed tropical atmosphere. You're bound to see the Portuguese influence that is ever so present in the city's whitewashed churches. There's an optional visit to a local spice farm today, which gives you a fascinating look behind the rich aromas and flavours of some of India's essential ingredients. Goa's dense forested areas and favourable climatic conditions make it a perfect location to grow the spices liberally used in its cuisine, and all the spice farms use organic methods of cultivation. A tour of the plantation culminates in a mouth-watering Goan buffet lunch – so what’s not to like?

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Goa - The day is yours to spend as you please, and there's no shortage of things to do in this unique coastal spot. A bicycle trip to the countryside is a great option. For a more spiritual kind of exertion, spend the day seeking a little enlightenment with a touch of yoga. Otherwise, take this opportunity to relax on the beach or sip a cocktail at a local bar. Tonight, why not join your group for an Indian feast – the local seafood is definitely a winner.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Goa - As there are no activities planned today, your trip comes to an end this morning after breakfast. You are welcome to leave at any time, provided you comply with the accommodation’s internal check-out procedures.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Delhi - Namaste! Welcome to Delhi, a fabulously chaotic capital city that will warm your heart and overwhelm your senses. The air is thick with the smell of spices and the sound of mayhem as vendors whip up masala chai on the side streets, locals barter at bazaars for the best bargain, bhangra music blasts from the alleyways, and the honking horns of cycle-rickshaws resonate through vast crowds of colourful sari-clad women. With no activities planned until your welcome meeting at 6 pm, why not head out and explore the streets? It’s very important that you attend the welcome meeting as we will be collecting insurance details and next of kin information at this time. If you are going to be late please let your travel agent or hotel reception know. Ask reception or look for a note in the lobby for more information on where the meeting will take place. After the meeting, perhaps get to know your new travel buddies over an optional group dinner.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Delhi - Overnight Train - This morning, check out the sights and sounds of Old Delhi on a leader-led tour of this enchanting quarter of the capital. Take a ride on the city's modern metro system and get a taste of India's famed public transport with a cycle rickshaw ride through chaotic streets (such as the famous Chandni Chowk). Make a visit to the Jama Masjid – Delhi's oldest mosque and one of its most impressive buildings – then stop by the Sheeshganj Gurudwara (Sikh Temple) to learn about the Sikh religion. In the evening, board an overnight sleeper train bound for Varanasi (approximately 13 hours).

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Varanasi - On arrival into Varanasi this morning, check in to your hotel and freshen up before heading out on a guided walking tour of the Old City. Set along the banks of the holy Ganges River, Varanasi is the ultimate destination for Hindu pilgrims who travel from far and wide to experience this spiritual city. Overflowing with temples, shrines, and devotees, it might not be one of the world's cleanest cities but there’s no doubt it’s one of the most amazing. It’s a unique experience to navigate through Varanasi's maze of narrow alleyways packed full of small shops, stalls, and lumbering cows. See pilgrims performing rituals unchanged for hundreds of years and pass chiming temples as wafts of incense fill the air.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Varanasi - Today’s an early start, but it’s completely worth it as you take a boat ride down the Ganges to watch the sunrise. Even if you're not the spiritual sort, you can't help but get goosebumps. Pass the many ghats (stairs leading to the water) and temples along the river, and watch thousands of Hindu pilgrims cleanse their sins in the holy water as the sun bathes the surrounds in glorious shades of amber and orange. Witness the rituals of life and death taking place along the riverbank and be prepared for potentially confronting sights and smells, as this is also where families come to cremate deceased loved ones. The rest of the day is free to explore.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Varanasi - Overnight Train - Today there’s lots of free time to explore more of Varanasi before you get a unique slice of Indian life on board an overnight sleeper train bound for Agra (approximately 13 hours). You could take a trip to nearby Sarnath, one of the four main Buddhist pilgrimage destinations and the site where Buddha preached his message of the path to enlightenment. There’s also the crumbling 17th-century fort and palace on the eastern bank of the Ganges, Ram Nagar Fort. Varanasi is home to India’s silk-making industry, so maybe investigate the many silk markets dotted around the city, otherwise, take the chance to perfect your yoga in the ultimate chakra-balancing place.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Agra - Agra might not be the prettiest city in the world, but the minute you check out its most famous site that won’t matter one bit – of course, we're talking about the glorious Taj Mahal, and you’ll head out for a guided tour of this elaborate monument on arrival. Afterward, enjoy a free day to explore Agra's alternative highlights. An optional trip on a motorised rickshaw takes you to some of the city’s best monuments. If you’ve got the energy, head out to Agra Fort and stroll the palatial gardens of this red sandstone stronghold or check out Akbar's Mausoleum, a beautiful sandstone and marble tomb built for the greatest of the Mughal emperors. In the evening, perhaps try Agra’s delicious signature curry – butter chicken – or a meal at Sheroes Hangout, a cafe that supports acid attack survivors.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Tordi Garh - Jump into private transport and drive through idyllic countryside to Tordi Garh, a village that few travellers venture to (approximately 8 hours). This remote and rarely visited village offers a fantastic glimpse of the real Rajasthan. Once there, meet the locals, visit the old village temple and wander through the markets, gaining an insight into everyday life in this peaceful community. Tonight you’ll sleep in heritage accommodation, a 16th-century palace with its owner as your host. Settle in, then savour delicious local flavours in tonight’s included dinner.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Jaipur - Journey to Jaipur, India's oh-so-pretty Pink City, by private vehicle (about 3 hours). You'll have plenty of free time here to haggle to your heart's content at the bazaars and backstreets where vendors sell a variety of textiles, precious and semi-precious gems and stunning blue pottery. Enjoy a guided walk on arrival to orientate yourself with the city, then perhaps drop by one of India’s finest palaces, the Royal City Palace. Food lovers will want to hit the streets for raj kachori chaat, a snack served with chutney, yogurt, chili, and potato. Then cool off with a lassi at Jaipur's oldest and most famous lassi shop. Cinema buffs won't want to miss the chance to take in a Bollywood blockbuster at the spectacular Raj Mandir Cinema this evening. Your accommodation for tonight will be in another family-run heritage hotel.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Jaipur - If you're keen for a different view of the Pink City, an optional early morning hot air balloon ride is a trip highlight for many visitors. For more information please see the Important Notes. Later in the morning, you’ll drop by Hawa Mahal (Palace of the Winds), the impressive five-storey facade with pink and honeycombed windows is it the most photographed building in the country after the Taj Mahal. Then it’s out to the old capital of Amber and an exploration of the hilltop fort complex known as the Amber Fort. The rest of the day is free for you to spend as you like.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Delhi - This morning, take a train ride back to India's capital (5 hours). This exciting city is overflowing with incredible historic sites, museums and galleries, shops, and endless bazaars. Watch one of the world's greatest shows unfold as people, cars, rickshaws, and cows all work together in a kind of organised chaos. Perhaps sit back with a chai and let it all soak in as you enjoy a free day to explore. Ask your expert leader for their top recommendations on how to make the most of your time here. This evening, enjoy an optional dinner with your group and toast to your adventures.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Delhi - Your trip comes to an end after breakfast. If you would like to spend more time in Delhi, we would be happy to book additional accommodation for you (pending availability).

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Delhi - Namaste and welcome to Delhi! Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm. If you arrive in Delhi with time to spare before the meeting, consider finding your feet with an Urban Adventure. The Hidden Gems of Delhi tour offers something a little different from the standard itinerary, taking you to sights most tourists never see.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Delhi – Overnight Train - This morning set off by metro to Old Delhi to explore on a walking tour. Experience the chaos of an Indian traffic jam as you inch your way through the streets around Chandni Chowk marketplace in a traditional cycle rickshaw. Visit the Jama Masjid, Delhi's oldest mosque, then stop by the Sheeshganj Gurudwara (Sikh Temple) to learn about the religion. Tonight, transfer to the railway station and board an overnight train to Bikaner. Local vendors will board the train at various stops to sell snacks, but it’s advised that you bring some of your own food for the journey too.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Bikaner - Bikaner a city in Rajasthan still displays its ancient opulence through palaces and forts, built of red sandstone that have withstood the passage of time. Upon arrival in Bikaner this morning, freshen up at your hotel and then head out on a walk with your leader through the old city. In the afternoon relax or opt to visit Junagarh Fort: Built in 1588 AD by Raja Rai Singh. Constructed in red sandstone and marble, it's courtyard, balconies and windows are a treat to the eye

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Bikaner to Jaisalmer - After breakfast travel to Jaisalmer by train. On arrival, choose whether to relax or join the group on an optional trip to the Jaisalmer Folklore Museum. This small museum displays a private family collection of printing blocks, musical instruments, religious artifacts, and decorations which offer insights into the cultural heritage of Jaisalmer.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Jaisalmer - Enjoy a free day to explore Jaisalmer. The city’s eponymous fort holds twisting alleys with markets where you can wander for hours. You can also find a series of Jain temples dating from the 15th and 16th centuries within the walls of the fort, and it’s easy to spend a few hours admiring their elaborate carvings. The opulent havelis (traditional Indian mansions) found throughout the city make another fine place to spend some time admiring the desert architecture.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Thar Desert - Today drive by jeep to the Thar Desert. Meet your local guides, who will cook a traditional Rajasthani dinner with chapati, dal, rice and veggies while you sit back, relax and watch the sunset. Spend the night stargazing and sharing stories in this incredible setting.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Jodhpur - Rise early to enjoy the sunrise over the sand dunes. After a simple breakfast, take a private vehicle to the railway station and then a 6-hour train ride across the desert to the blue city of Jodhpur. Jodhpur is home to some of the best lassis in India, so make sure you try one while you’re here.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Jodhpur - Today you have the option to visit the colossal Mehrangarh Fort, one of the largest in India. The fort is still run by the Jodhpur royal family. If you’d prefer to see a more down to earth kind of Rajasthani life, it is also possible to spend today touring nearby Bishnoi villages. Spending time in these villages offers a glimpse into rural Rajasthani life and the chance to learn about the rich cultural traditions of the people who live there.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Udaipur - This morning take an auto-rickshaw to the bus station and board a local bus for an 8-hour journey to Udaipur. This romantic city is set amid the Aravalli Hills and curls around Lake Pichola, a man-made lake created in the 14th century. On arrival, take a guided walk to get your bearings. Explore twisting alleyways filled with shops and bazaars selling things like silver jewellery, shoes, bags, leather goods, and miniature paintings.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Udaipur - Enjoy a free day to explore the sights of Udaipur. Perhaps take a short boat ride on the famous Lake Pichola (seasonal) and see the palaces of Jag Mandir and Jag Niwas rise out of the water and their own reflections. Otherwise, you could tour the lakeside City Palace complex, the largest palace in Rajasthan, where you can check out vivid murals and royal antiques. Alternatively, learn the secrets behind making the perfect Indian thali during a half-day cooking class. Maybe you’d like to visit Sajjan Garh (Monsoon Palace), a 19th-century palace perched on a hill overlooking Lake Pichola. Named after Maharana Sajjan Singh of the Mewar Dynasty, Sajjan Garh offers ridiculously great views of the city below. Or perhaps you’re more inclined to visit the nearby village of Shilpgram, an ethnographic museum and arts hubs where traditional crafts are sold, and artists perform. 

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Pushkar - Transfer to the station and travel by train for around 5.5 hours to the city of Ajmer. Hop in a private vehicle for a 45-minute drive to your hotel in Pushkar. One of India's holiest towns and a market centre for the surrounding villages, Pushkar is a great place to immerse yourself in Hindu traditions. On arrival, head out to explore the town on a walking tour, wandering through the main bazaar along the way. Finish with a walk around Pushkar Lake and past the bustling ghats and temples, observing the devout as they worship at the holy waters.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Pushkar - Today in Pushkar is free for you to do as you please. Early morning risers can choose to hike up the hill to the Savitri Temple for sunrise views over the town. If the chai man is there, enjoy a steaming cup of tea at the top for breakfast. Later in the day, maybe pay a visit to the colourful Brahma Temple, which is dedicated to the Hindu god. If you’ve planned your tour to coincide with the Pushkar Camel Fair (which changes each year), today will mainly be set aside to experience one of India’s most famous festivals.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Jaipur - Return to Ajmer and travel by local bus to Jaipur (approximately 4 hours). On arrival take an auto-rickshaw to your hotel, then head out to explore Rajasthan’s capital on a guided walking tour. This tour includes a visit to the market and opt to visit the beehive-like Palace of the Winds (Hawa Mahal), built in 1799 so that women of the royal family could observe street festivities without being seen by the public. Your evening is free, so perhaps ask your leader to point out the best place to grab dal baati (dal served with wheat rolls).

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Jaipur - Enjoy a free day in Jaipur, with plenty of optional activities to choose from to fill your day. For many travellers, an optional hot air balloon experience is one of the highlights of Jaipur. If you’d prefer to stay grounded (but still like expansive views) the Amber Fort is both an excellent example of Rajput architecture and a great place from which to see the surrounding area. Or maybe get among the crowds in the city’s bazaars to shop for artisan goods and semi-precious stones. For a true local experience, tonight you could immerse yourself in Bollywood with a movie at a classic cinema.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Abhaneri - Head to Abhaneri by private vehicle. This rural town provides a lovely detour from the bigger cities in Rajasthan. Visit the Chand Baori, a 20-metre-deep stepwell where water was collected and locals used to gather to escape the heat. Built in the late ninth century, the baori is a mind-bending feat of construction. Next visit another jewel of Abhaneri, the Harshat Mata Temple. This temple, which is now mostly ruined, was first constructed between the seventh and eighth centuries and dedicated to the goddess of happiness and joy.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Fatehpur Sikri – Agra - Head east by private transport for the 2–3-hour journey to Agra, via a stop Fatehpur Sikri where you can opt to go inside. Rich in Mughal heritage, Agra is a city of gardens, temples, and open rooftops. On arrival visit the Taj Mahal, a white marble mausoleum built by Emperor Shah Jahan as a memorial to his wife Mumtaz. One of the New Seven Wonders of the World, the Taj Mahal attracts over three million visitors each year, so be prepared for crowds. If you’re after a cool drink or a light meal, maybe head to Sheroes Hangout. This cafe is staffed by survivors of acid attacks and is located 10 minutes’ walk from the Taj.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Agra – Overnight Train - Enjoy a free day before boarding the train this evening. Early risers might want to head back to the Taj Mahal for a very memorable sunrise. While you’re here, be sure to visit the spectacular Red Fort on the banks of the Yamuna River. Built in 1565 by Emperor Akbar, the fort was originally designed to be a military structure. If you have extra time, you may like to continue onto Akbar's Mausoleum to pay your respects to the great emperor. In the evening, board a 12-hour overnight train to Varanasi (Third Class AC).

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Varanasi - On arrival in Varanasi this morning transfer by auto-rickshaw to your hotel. Head out on a guided walk around the Old City, following your leader through the narrow alleyways. The rest of your day is free to do as you please. This evening, there are two options you should consider, both centred around the holy Ganges. The first is a sunset cruise along the river which allows you to observe life from a unique perspective in the fading light of day. If you’d prefer to stay on land, you could watch local priests perform a Ganga aarti (fire ceremony) at the Dashashwamedh Ghat.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Varanasi - Enjoy a free day to explore this holy city. We highly recommend starting very early and take an optional sunrise boat trip along the Ganges, passing pilgrims bathing and praying along the colourful ghats. Alternatively, head out to the ghats on foot to watch the dhobi-wallahs (clothes washers) drying clothes along the riverbank. You could even continue your stroll to the sinking Vishnu temple near the Manikarnika Ghat. Perhaps ask your leader about how to visit Sarnath, about ten kilometres outside of the city, where Gautama Buddha is said to have given his first speech after finding enlightenment.

     

    Day - 20

    Location: Varanasi – Overnight Train - In the morning, you have some free time to explore more of Varanasi. Perhaps visit the Vishwanath Temple, or simply grab some chaat and watch the world go by. If you’re craving a little peace and quiet before you board another overnight train, consider heading to the Kriti Gallery to check out some contemporary work by local artists. In the afternoon, board the overnight train for a 15-hour journey to Delhi.

     

    Day - 21

    Location: Delhi - Arrive in Delhi in the late morning and hop in a taxi to the hotel. The rest of the day is free for you to relax or explore the city at your own pace. Tonight, maybe get together with your group and head out for some dinner – your local leader will have plenty of recommendations.

     

    Day - 22

    Location: Delhi - With no activities planned for today, your North India adventure comes to an end. You are free to depart the accommodation at any time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Trivandrum - Welcome to India! Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting this evening at 6 pm. Afterwards, join your local leader on an orientation walk around Trivandrum. Tonight is all about introductions, so perhaps get together with your group after the walk and have an optional dinner – your leader will be able to suggest the best neighbourhoods for a delicious local meal.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Varkala - In the morning, head up the coast by private vehicle for around 2 hours to the town of Varkala. Once settled into your hotel, use the free time to explore the Keralan coast, which is home to some of India’s best beaches. Soaring cliffs protect Varkala’s sandy bay and, depending on the time of year, dolphins can be spotted from high up on the rocks. In the evening, maybe head into town to one of the numerous restaurants serving fresh, local seafood caught right off the coast.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Varkala - Enjoy a free day in Varkala. This is a great place to sit back and relax, but if you want to get active there are plenty of water activities on offer, such as surfing and windsurfing. Even though this is a popular destination for Indian tourists, the beaches are quiet and pretty laidback. Take the rest of the day to relax, beachside, or otherwise, before the rest of South India beckons.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Kerala Backwaters - This morning, take a 3-hour train journey along the Keralan coastline to Alappuzha (Alleppey). Once an important trading port and now renowned for the annual Snake Boat race in August, Alappuzha is the starting point for most journeys into the backwaters. An auto-rickshaw will take you from the train station to the boat boarding point before heading to an island village for an overnight guesthouse owned and managed by a local family. Get settled, then explore the Keralan Backwaters in a pole boat, your guide will also take you on a walk around the village through paddy fields and smaller canals. A great opportunity for you to learn about the local ways of the backwaters.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Kochi - In the morning, cross the backwaters by private boat back to Alappuzha. You’ll then take a 2-hour local bus to Kochi, arriving around midday (12 pm). Once arrived, go for a walk around the Fort Kochi area, where you’ll be staying for the next two nights. In the early evening, there’s the option to attend a classic Kathakali dance performance – a snapshot into traditional cultures of the region.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Kochi - Today, head to the Mattancherry part of Fort Cochin to explore the old Jewish quarter, synagogue, and Dutch Palace (Kochi Palace) on a guided walking tour. The tour takes around three hours, with the rest of the day free to do as you wish.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Periyar - This morning, get ready for a day of travel as you head by private vehicle to Periyar National Park (approximately 7–8 hours). After checking in to your hotel, head out on a tour of a local spice farm. Walk through the winding pathways among the plantations as the scent of cardamom, pepper, clove, cinnamon, nutmeg, and vanilla lingers in the air. Take in the beauty of the cardamom flowers, enjoy the cool breeze and watch the sunlight seep in through the leaves of the pepper plants surrounding you. Afterwards, enjoy a relaxed evening around your accommodation, perhaps settling in for an early night.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Periyar - After breakfast, enjoy a free day with an optional walk around Periyar National Park. Encounters with animals in the wild are never guaranteed, and this is more of a jungle walk than an animal-spotting tour, but do keep an eye out for tiger tracks, spotted deer, Indian elephants, or gaur – the world's largest species of buffalo. In the afternoon, unwind with an optional ayurvedic massage or just relax in your scenic setting.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Madurai - In the morning, take a private transfer to Madurai (approximately 4–5 hours). This buzzing city is crammed full of bazaars, pilgrims, and cycle rickshaws. After a walking tour to see the sights, perhaps visit the Sri Meenakshi Temple. This ancient temple is still in use and features a labyrinth of lamplit corridors leading to shrines.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Madurai – Overnight Train - Today is a free day in Madurai. Perhaps head to the Gandhi Museum to learn about the man who fought for India’s independence or wander through the 1000 pillars of Aayiram Kaal Mandapam. This is also a great opportunity to haggle with vendors at the bazaars and the tailors' market. Keep in mind that this evening, you’ll take an overnight sleeper train to Mysore. The journey is approximately 14 hours, so you may want to bring some extra snacks.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Mysuru - On arrival, transfer to your hotel in Mysore. Mysore is an easygoing town with a pleasant climate. Go on a walk with your group, checking out the ornate Mysore Palace along the way. There’s also the option to visit the Keshava Temple in Somnathpur, which is a stunning example of Hoysala architecture. The temple is a 1-hour drive out of town.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Mysuru– Overnight Train - Today is a free day in Mysore, with plenty of optional activities to keep you busy. If you’ve seen all you need to in town, perhaps explore the countryside surrounding Mysore. Climb up Chamundi Hill to the Sri Chamundeswari Temple at the top, which is dedicated to the goddess Durga. At around 7 pm tonight, meet up with your group and board a 10-hour overnight train to Hampi.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Hampi - In the morning, arrive in Hampi and travel to your hotel. Hampi is a temple town situated on the banks of the Tungabhadra River. Once you’re settled in, make an optional visit to the architectural masterpiece of Vittala Temple. This 16th-century temple contains mandapas (pillared pavilions), a pool, a palace, and the popular stone chariot, which according to Hindu mythology was the vehicle of the Lord Vishnu.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Hampi - Overnight train - After breakfast, explore the ruins of the Vijayanagar Empire and the huge boulders on the outskirts of town. In the early evening, drive for around 3 hours by private vehicle to Hubli, where you’ll board a 9-hour overnight train to Goa.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Goa - Once your train arrives in Goa, head to the hotel and check in. Brimming with Portuguese influences and known for the sandy beaches lining its coast, Goa is a fascinating region in India's south-west. The day is free to do what you like. Perhaps relax on the beach, sip a cocktail at a local bar, or go for a city walk. Tonight, why not get together with your travel crew for a beachside dinner – Goa is cause for celebration.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Goa - There are no activities planned for the final day and you’re able to depart the accommodation at any time. Goa is a great place to end the trip – if you can, we recommend staying on for a couple of nights to relax and explore. If you would like to spend more time in Goa, we’ll be happy to organise additional accommodation (subject to availability).

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Delhi - Namaste! Welcome to India. Your adventure begins in Delhi, with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. If you arrive early, consider joining one of the Urban Adventures on offer, for a great introduction to the city. After the meeting, maybe head out for dinner with your group and get to know each other – India’s cuisine might just be a major highlight!

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Delhi - This morning, you'll navigate the city’s metro system and discover Old Delhi on a walking tour with your leader. Hitch a ride on a traditional cycle rickshaw through a classic Indian traffic jam in the streets around the Chandni Chowk marketplace. Visit Delhi’s oldest mosque Jama Masjid, which is also India’s largest. Then, escape the city streets by ducking into the Sikh temple of Sheeshganj Gurudwara, to experience the spiritual side of this bustling metropolis. The communal kitchen welcomes all and you can have a simple meal here together. The rest of the day is free for you to enjoy the sights of Delhi.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Agra - Travel to Agra by one of India's express air-conditioned trains. Steeped in Mughal heritage, Agra has a wealth of gardens, temples and open rooftops. When you arrive, you’ll visit the Taj Mahal – one of the Seven Wonders of the World – and learn why Emperor Shah Jahan built it as a memorial to his wife Mumtaz. Head inside the spectacular sandstone walls of the Red Fort, built to encompass the imperial city of the Mughal rulers in the 16th century. If you have time, move on to Akbar's Mausoleum. Tonight, consider visiting Sheroes Hangout – this social enterprise supports survivors of acid attacks – for a meal with a difference.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Madhogarh - Take a private bus to Madhogarh this morning. When you arrive, walk through the village and see the local craftspeople at work making resin bangles. These families are from the Lakhera community – in Hindu mythology, Lakheras are created by Lord Shiva for making bangles for Goddess Parvathy. This practice is a traditional art, and you can see for yourself how they heat the resin and shape it with handmade tools. In the evening, stay in the beautiful heritage property of Fort Madhogarh, which has belonged to one of Rajasthan’s royal families for centuries.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Jaipur - Travel on by private vehicle to Jaipur. When you arrive, walk around the ‘Pink City’ with your leader. Get among the crowds of the city’s bazaars to shop for artisan goods and semi-precious stones. Visit the Amber Fort – an excellent example of Rajput architecture, set on a hilltop overlooking Maota Lake. The Sheesh Mahal inside the fort is must-see. As the walls are completely covered in little mirrors, the hall illuminates with the light of a single match. After, you'll have free time to explore at your own pace.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Jaipur - Today is a full free day to take on any optional activities or independent exploration that you wish. This morning, you could take an optional hot air balloon ride – floating across the skyline of Jaipur in a hot air balloon is a highlight of the trip for many travellers. Jump on a rickshaw to Hawa Mahal, also known as the 'Palace of the Winds’. Alternatively, head to Jaipur's Royal City Palace or the observatory of Jantar Mantar to see a collection of intriguing astronomical instruments. After a long day of exploration, perhaps head to the Raj Mandir Cinema to see a Bollywood film.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Ranthambhore National Park - Today you’ll head to Ranthambhore National Park – once a famous hunting ground for the Maharajas of Jaipur and one of the original Project Tiger reserves. In the evening, you’ll take a 4WD bus safari in search of tigers and other wildlife, like hyenas, jackals, deer, langurs, marsh crocodiles, wild boars and birds. Ranthambhore National Park is closed between 1 July and 30 September each year. On trips departing during this time, you'll visit nearby Sawai Mansingh Sanctuary. Sawai Mansingh Sanctuary is about 16 km from Ranthambhore and, due to its hilly terrain, isn't as affected by the monsoon. Tigers also inhabit this area, and sightings are more favourable at this time of year as they move here away from flooded areas of Ranthambhore.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Bundi - Today, you'll travel to Bundi by private vehicle. When you arrive, navigate Bundi's narrow streets on an insightful walking tour, including the downtown market and meeting jewellery merchants, street dentists and fabric dealers. Learn the secret of chai making from a local chai master and try a fresh brew. Stop in at Bundi's intriguing and intricate step wells (baori) – an architectural marvel, and once the source of water for the town. Check out the 16th-century Bundi Palace with its famous murals before checking into our next heritage stay for the night.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Paangarh Lake - Take a local train to Bassi, crossing the Chittorgarh countryside to Paangarh Lake. When you arrive, enjoy the view out to the 15th-century fort and unwind with a cup of chai while watching the sunset over the lake. You'll spend tonight in a beautiful permanent tented camp, right on the lakeshore – this is a truly relaxing experience away from the chaos of India's cities.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Bijaipur - This morning, drive in an open-top jeep out into the countryside past quiet villages. You might be lucky enough to spot some native wildlife as you go, like jackals, langurs, foxes and hares. When you arrive, meet some villagers and maybe even get a henna tattoo (a temporary but traditional souvenir). After, head to your next heritage stay in Bijaipur and enjoy a meal of authentic local specialties made with seasonal vegetables – maybe try baingan masala (eggplant cooked with tomatoes), okra, kadhi (thick, tangy gravy) or chicken curry.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Udaipur - Wake up in your gorgeous heritage stay and enjoy a final breakfast here as you begin your next journey by private vehicle to Udaipur. When you arrive, you’ll head out on a city walk with your leader. Take in the city’s hills, lakes and white marble palaces and delve into the twisting alleys and bazaars filled with silver, leather goods and miniature paintings. A popular centre for artists, dancers, and musicians, there’s plenty to entertain you here. After, the rest of your day is free. Maybe ask your leader for some dinner recommendations.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Udaipur - Visit Udaipur's City Palace – one of the largest royal palaces in India. After, you’ll have some free time to explore at your own pace. Maybe take an optional boat ride on the picturesque Lake Pichola (seasonal) to see the island palaces off Jag Nivas and Jag Mandir. After, maybe head out to watch a cultural performance that combines seven traditional Rajasthani folk dances – the perfect way to spend an evening in Udaipur.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Pushkar - Today, take an air-conditioned train to Ajmer, then a private vehicle to your hotel in Pushkar. When you arrive, head out on a walking tour to visit the bustling ghats and temples around Pushkar Lake and watch as the devout worship by the holy waters and at the Brahma Temple. At dinnertime, share a meal with a local family and learn about their life living in this desert city. The rest of the evening is free for you to explore further.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Pushkar - Delhi - Early risers can hike up to the Savitri Temple this morning for amazing sunrise views over the town. If you'd prefer, you can soak up a leisurely morning. This afternoon, you’ll board the Shatabdi Express train for the trip back to Delhi, arriving late in the evening. You’ll then transfer to the hotel for your final night of the trip.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Delhi - There are no activities planned for the final day and you’re able to depart the accommodation at any time. If you’d like to extend your time in Delhi and explore at your own pace, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Delhi - Namaste! Welcome to India. Your adventure begins in Delhi – India’s thriving capital city – with a welcome meeting at 6 pm. If you arrive with hours (or days) to spare, consider heading out on your own, maybe to visit the UNESCO World Heritage-listed Humayun's Tomb. If you’ve got the time, explore some Delhi sights and join in on an Urban Adventure. After the welcome meeting, maybe head out for an optional meal with your group at a local restaurant.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Delhi - Join your local leader on an excursion through Old Delhi. Ride the city’s metro system, then hop in a rickshaw to the busy marketplaces of Chandni Chowk. See the Jama Masjid, Delhi’s oldest mosque, before learning about the history of the Sikh religion at the Sheeshganj Gurudwara. Ask your trip leader for their recommendation on where to go for dinner.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Jaipur - Drive into Rajasthan and on to its capital, Jaipur, known as the ‘Pink City’. Take your time to explore this busy city filled with palaces and bazaars selling everything from jewellery and textiles to tea and spices. You might like to stop by the Hawa Mahal (Palace of the Winds), then head over to Jaipur's Royal City Palace and explore its extravagant rooms and apartments. Later, discover one of the five astronomical observatories built by Maharaja Jai Singh, the founder of Jaipur.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Jaipur - This morning, you might want to take an optional early morning hot air balloon experience. Cruising through the air overlooking the countryside is often a highlight of visiting Jaipur. In the afternoon, you’ll visit the Amber Fort. Set on a hilltop overlooking Maota Lake, the fort is an authentic example of Rajput architecture, and the Sheesh Mahal (Hall of Mirrors) is one of its more spectacular buildings.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Lotwara - Leave the ‘Pink City’ of Jaipur behind and drive to the Lotwara Village in Dausa district of Rajasthan. This town, founded in the 17th century retains its traditional temples and is known as the ‘Peacock Town’ of Rajasthan due to the dense population of peacocks. Take a guided walk around the Old Quarter, learning about rural Indian life off the tourist trail. Be sure to visit the local stalls along the way and sample seasonal local sweets made from Indian ingredients, including petha (pumpkin), jaggery (organic sugar) and gazak (sesame seeds). Tonight, you’ll stay in a restored heritage property where dinner is included.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Agra - This morning, depart Delhi via train to Agra – home to India’s most iconic building, the Taj Mahal. This 17th-century palace was built in the style of Mughal architecture and surrounded by trimmed English gardens. You’ll get your chance to see it up close on a rickshaw tour across Agra, whizzing past the city’s many important sites and busy chowks (marketplaces). Later this afternoon, visit Akbar's Mausoleum – a red sandstone and marble tomb built to honour one of the great Mughal emperors, Akbar. Inlaid with intricate patterns, both inside and out, the tomb is another of Agra’s impressively striking monuments.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Agra – Lalitpur – Chanderi - Today, you’ll get a chance to see the beauty of the Agra Fort up close on a tour with a local guide. Considered one of the most impressive forts in India, over time, the Agra Fort has been used as a military base, a palace and a prison. Later today, hop on a train to Lalitpur – a private transfer will then pick you up from the station and take you to your hotel in Chanderi. The rest of the evening is free to relax.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Chanderi - Get to know Chanderi on a guided tour with your leader this morning. With a history stretching back to the 11th century and a strategic location between the Bundelkhand and Malwa borders, the city is full old palace, forts, mosques, temples and mausoleums. Take a wander around the cobbled streets of Old Town, learn about the significance of the grand Badal Mahal Gate and visit Jama Masjid – a 15th century mosque dating back to the Mughal era. The rest of the day is free to unwind or explore at your own pace – your leader can offer tips on things to do.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Chanderi – Orchha – Allahabad (overnight train) - Take a private transfer to the town of Orchha. Located on the banks of the Betwa River, Orchha was once a hunting area that became a site of 16th-century palaces and temples. Maybe grab some lunch, then head to Orchha Palace for a guided tour. Built by Bir Sing Deo for his friend Jehangir, the great Mughal ruler, the palace is an important landmark here. While inside, look out for the grand Iwans (domes) that were built large enough to allow the movement of war elephants. You’ll also have access to day rooms to freshen up. For dinner, you’ll dive into the region’s flavours at a cooking demonstration and feast on your creations. Then, it’s time to hop aboard an overnight train to Allahabad – the starting point for your Ganges boat journey.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: River Ganges - Arrive in Allahabad this morning. You’ll have access to day rooms to freshen up after the journey before making your way to the Ganges for a cruise on a small riverboat. The Ganges is very important in India, not just because it’s sacred in Hinduism but also because it connects millions of people to their livelihoods. A support crew will be on hand as you cruise the waterway, passing villages and watching life along the banks. When you arrive at your campsite, sit back and relax, or you might like to read a book or play some cricket. End the day watching the sunset over a vegetarian meal prepared by the boatmen.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Varanasi - Leaving your boats at Chunar, transfer by private vehicle to Varanasi – one of the holiest cities in India. Varanasi is the ultimate destination for Hindu pilgrims who travel far and wide to step foot in this spiritual city. Your leader will take you on a walking tour of the Old City, passing temples and shrines, stopping to watch as rituals are performed. This evening, see the spirituality of this city in motion at the sunset candle flower ceremony. The daily ritual involves people sitting a small candle on a leaf which is then placed on the water, accompanied by chanting, songs and fire performances.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Varanasi - This morning you might like to wake up early to watch the sunrise by the river and take in the many sights along the ghats. At lunchtime, you'll jump on a rickshaw for a tasting tour through the vibrant streets to some of the city's most iconic eateries. Dig into a range of savory and sweet snacks like chaat, samosas, jalebi and lassi while getting a glimpse into Varanasi’s rich culinary heritage. You have free time for the rest of the day – and there are many ways to soak up your time here! You could wander the laneways behind the ghats, shop for local silk or even take a yoga class. If you have time, perhaps visit the nearby Sarnath – one of the four main Buddhist pilgrimage destinations. Sarnath is where Buddha preached his message of the path to enlightenment and features stupas (Buddhist shrines) and museums to explore.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: India/Nepal border crossing – Lumbini - Today, wave goodbye to India and say namaste to Nepal, as you cross the border at Gorakhpur. This will be a longer journey, so maybe get stuck into a good book or your favourite podcast. When you arrive in Nepal, take a private bus to your hotel in Lumbini – the birthplace of Gautama Buddha, the founder of Buddhism, and one of his four holy places of pilgrimage. Later today, travel to the Lumbini Heritage Park, home to the Ashoka Pillars, where you’ll hop on cycle rickshaws to the Maya Devi Temple – the actual site where Lord Buddha is thought to have been born.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Amaltari Community - Today, your journey continues as you travel by private vehicle through the Terai to the Amaltari Madhyavarti village homestay – your stay for the night. A well-known Indigenous group in Nepal, the Tharu community who live here are known for their distinctive culture and lifestyle. When you arrive, have lunch in the community with your group, get to know some of the locals and then enjoy some free time to freshen up. After, you’ll head out on a 4WD drive to the lake to enjoy some afternoon tea. Learn about village life in the community over dinner tonight and sit down for a home-cooked, traditional meal made by the locals.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Chitwan National Park - Start your day with a guided walk around the Tharu community with one of its members. Your local guide will show your group the Indigenous architectural styles, as well as the farms and produce used to feed and economically sustain the community. Along the way, you might learn a little more about life here as they share their customs, values and stories with you. After, say goodbye to your hosts, and head for your lodge in Chitwan National Park via Twenty Thousand Lakes (Bis Hajaar Tal) – Nepal’s second-largest natural wetland and a great introduction to the wildlife of Chitwan. Look out for migratory birds, crocodiles, and, if you’re lucky, an Indian rhino.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Chitwan National Park - After breakfast, take a walk to the Rapti River, where you’ll be taken on a boat or jeep safari through the national park. Keep your eyes on the sky for the many brilliantly coloured birds of the area. Then, sit down for a picnic lunch by the river. Keep your eyes peeled for gharials – this fish-eating crocodile has long been hunted for the supposed aphrodisiac qualities of its snout. Learn more about them when you drop by the crocodile breeding centre. Once back at your accommodation, there’ll be time to relax or to take part in optional activities offered by the park. Tonight, you’ll be treated to a cultural performance by the local Tharu community.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Kathmandu - Today, you'll travel by bus from Chitwan to Nepal's capital – Kathmandu. Try to grab a window seat for this trip, as the views are not to be missed. Look out over Nepal’s rural landscape of rice terraces, mountain-side villages and flowing rivers – all with the backdrop of the Himalayan mountain range. Arrive in the city and get your bearings, maybe with a walk through the narrow streets to the traditional architecture of Durbar Square. Or stop for a shop at the markets and bazaars. While in Nepal, make sure you sample the local favourite food - momo (Nepali dumplings). Ask your trip leader for a place to grab dinner.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Kathmandu - Today you’ll head out to Kathmandu's most important Buddhist shrine – the ancient Swayambhunath Temple, known to tourists as the Monkey Temple. The sleepy, all-seeing Buddha eyes that stare out from the top have become the quintessential symbol of Nepal. You’ll also join the pilgrims at Bodhnath Stupa – the largest stupa in Nepal and one of the holiest Tibetan Buddhist temples. Then, visit Pashupatinath – the most famous Hindu temple in the country – located on the banks of the holy Bagmati River. Here you will see Hindu holy men (sadhus) meditating and pilgrims bathing. The rest of the day is free for you to enjoy Kathmandu. One way to spend your time is to take a scenic flight through the mountains – great if you’re not able to take on a trek.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Kathmandu - There are no activities planned for your last day, and you can depart the accommodation at any time. If you would like to stay an extra couple of days, and it's recommended that you do, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time. If you do extend your stay, maybe check out the great range of Urban Adventures – like the Kathmandu: Rickshaw Night Explorer tour.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Delhi - Namaste! Welcome to India. Your adventure begins in Delhi, India’s capital city known for its Mughal-era architecture and street food scene. You’ll have a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight, where you’ll get to know your leader and fellow trip members. If you arrive early, why not stop by the UNESCO World Heritage-listed Humayun's Tomb or the iconic 12th-century Qutub Minar. After the meeting tonight, maybe head out with your group to get to know each other (and the delicious local cuisine).

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Delhi - This morning, your leader will take the group for a guided walking tour around Old Delhi. Climb aboard a traditional cycle rickshaw and be driven through Delhi’s lively streets. In the afternoon, you’ll learn about the Sikh religion at the Sheeshganj Gurudwara (Sikh Temple) and visit the Jama Masjid – Delhi's oldest and India’s largest mosque.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Shimla - Depart Delhi and hop aboard a train journeying across the state of Punjab to Chandigarh. From Chandigarh, you’ll travel by private vehicle to Shimla – the state’s capital, situated in the lower foothills of the Himalayas. When you arrive, you’ll have the chance to explore the town's quiet charm on an orientation walk with your leader. After, the rest of the afternoon and evening is free to explore at your own pace.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Shimla - Wake up early for a 30-minute scenic ride on the Kalka-Shimla Railway – the UNESCO World Heritage-listed 'toy train' – for views of the Himalayas and local villages. After, you might like to head out and shop along Mall Road, visit the Jakhu Temple or shop for specialty wooden crafts at Lakkar Bazaar. Later, you’ll visit the Viceregal Lodge. This is a historic location where the partition agreement that separated India from Pakistan and Bangladesh was drawn up. Set among rolling hills, Shimla offers gentle to challenging walking trails for those wanting to stretch their legs. In the evening, film fans might like to visit the cinema to watch a Bollywood blockbuster.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Mandi - Travel by private transfer to the small town of Mandi. Situated on the Beas River and once part of the salt route to Tibet, Mandi is a town of both historic and religious significance. Your leader will take you on a guided walk where you will explore the town and its huge sunken shopping centre – the only one like it in India. Later, you might like to spend time at the bathing ghats along the river or hike to hilltop temples. In the evening, sit down to dinner with your group and stay in the restored former palace of the Raja of Mandi.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Dharamsala (McLeod Ganj) - Today, journey through the mountains by private vehicle along bumpy, winding roads to Dharamsala, also known as McLeod Ganj. A mountain town with a strong Tibetan Buddhist culture, you’ll find robed monks strolling between monasteries and prayer flags hung from above. When you arrive, maybe wander the streets and see for yourself. Dharamsala is also known as the home to the Dalai Lama and where the Tibetan government resides in exile. Enjoy an afternoon to explore the town at your own pace, walking through the streets framed by the Himalayas.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Dharamsala (McLeod Ganj) - Today, visit the fascinating Norbulingka Institute, developed to train Tibetan refugees in skills needed to preserve the traditional arts and crafts of Tibet. Its grounds feature an intricate temple and several workshops where you can see woodcarving, painting and needlework in action. Then, make your way to the Tsuglag Khang complex to see the Dalai Lama’s temple. You may also like to visit the Losel Doll Museum to learn about the daily lives and customs of Tibetan people.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Amritsar - Today, travel down the mountains to Amritsar, situated in the heart of the fertile plain known as India's ‘breadbasket.’ Amritsar is the largest city in Punjab and the centre of Sikhism in India. With your group, wander through the rambling streets and bazaars of the Old City on foot before you explore the Golden Temple (Harmandir Sahib), which sits in the middle of a sacred lake. Soak up the soothing sounds of the devout chanting verses from the Sikh holy book – the Guru Granth Sahib.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Amritsar – Overnight train - Journey to the Jallianwala Bagh this morning – the site of the tragic 1919 massacre that played a vital role in India's independence. Then, head out to the India–Pakistan border to watch the daily flag ceremony that has been followed since 1959. This famous military practice garners crowds every day who come to watch as the security forces of India and Pakistan engage in an elaborate ceremony of bowing, chanting, marching and high kicks. Tonight, you’ll take an overnight sleeper train from Amritsar to Haridwar.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Rishikesh - Disembark in Haridwar this morning, then drive to Rishikesh and check in to your hotel. Later today, you have the chance to go on an orientation walk with your leader to see the mural-lined walls of Chaurasi Kutia – the ashram made internationally famous when the Beatles visited in the 1960s. In the evening, take a stroll along the holy Ganges River, where you’ll hear the ringing of the temple bells and watch as the nightly fire rituals of Ganga Aarti begin.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Rishikesh – River Ganges - You have a free morning to enjoy the calm and tranquil atmosphere of Rishikesh. Maybe take a walk along the Ganges River or relax and unwind in a yoga class – Rishikesh is known as the 'Yoga Capital of the World.' For something more adventurous, there’s also the option to white-water raft down the Ganges! In the afternoon, reunite with your group for a walk through the nearby jungle.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Delhi - Bid farewell to Rishikesh and take the train back to Delhi. This is a long journey, so get stuck into a good book or reminisce on your incredible adventure with your fellow travellers. The train arrives back in Delhi at around 11 pm and you’ll be transferred to your hotel for your final night.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Delhi - There are no activities planned for your last day, and you can depart the accommodation at any time. If you would like to stay an extra couple of days, and it's recommended that you do, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time. If you do extend your stay, maybe check out the great range of Urban Adventures – like the Hidden Gems of Delhi tour.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Goa - Namaste! Welcome to India. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight where you’ll meet your local leader and fellow travellers. Tinged with a Portuguese flavour, Goa is blessed with lovely beaches, rich traditions, World Heritage-listed buildings and mouth-watering food. If you arrive early, maybe visit the Aguada Fort or Reis Magos Fort and immerse yourself in Goa’s culture. After your meeting, maybe explore the city or head out for an optional dinner with your group – your leader will have the best recommendations of where to eat.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Goa - Immerse yourself in Old Goa on today’s guided tour where you’ll visit the Basilica of Bom Jesus and Se Cathedral. Then head to the Spice Plantation. Here, you’ll tour the plantation and enjoy a Goan lunch, maybe trying dishes like Vindaloo or Caldin curry. This afternoon is for you to spend how you like. Maybe head to the beach and relax in the sun, enjoy a swim or simply take in the sea breeze and surrounding landscape.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Hampi - This morning, travel by private transfer from Goa to Hampi – a UNESCO World Heritage Site known for its ancient temples and historical ruins. Today is a bit of a long travel day, so it's a good idea to get stuck into your book or favourite podcasts. When you arrive this afternoon, spend some time settling into your accommodation or maybe head on a sunset hike to Anjanadri Hill – a Hindu God also known as the monkey god and a symbol of strength, devotion and loyalty.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Hampi - Enjoy a full day of sightseeing in Hampi, exploring its UNESCO World Heritage Sites. Learn about the Vijayanagara Empire as you explore Hampi’s historical and architecture wonders as you visit Virupaksha Temple, Vittala Temple, Kadalekalu Ganesha, Elephant Stables, Queen's Bath, Lotus Mahal and Sanapur Lake. Later this afternoon, head back to your accommodation in Hampi.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Chikkamagaluru - Embrace an early start this morning as you travel from Hampi to Chikkamagaluru – a hill station in Karnataka. When you arrive in the afternoon, walk through Chikkamagaluru’s coffee plantations, learn about the region’s farming heritage and maybe buy some fresh coffee beans to take home. Tonight perhaps enjoy dinner with your group before settling into your accommodation in Chikkamagaluru.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Nileshwar - After breakfast, say goodbye to Chikkamagalur as you drive to Nileshwar. Along the way, watch as the landscape changes from mountains and farmlands to beaches and palm trees. When you arrive this afternoon, opt to visit Bekal Fort – a medieval fort built by Shivappa Nayaka of Keladi in 1650. Or spend the afternoon walking around the beach before heading back to Nileshwar for the night.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Nileshwar - Start today off at a slower pace, spending the morning how you like. Then come together and enjoy a home cooked lunch before setting off on a village walking tour. This afternoon, explore the Kerela Backwaters (a network of brackish lagoons and canals) on a houseboat, originally used for transporting goods. Sit back and enjoy a traditional Kerala meal as you glide through scenic, palm-lined waterways and discover the region’s history. Later, you’ll return to your day-use rooms and get ready to leave for the station for the overnight journey from Kasaragod to Kochi.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Kochi - Wake up in Kochi as the train pulls into the station early this morning. When you arrive at your accommodation, you’ll have time for a shower in your day rooms or maybe drop your luggage off and visit the Dutch Palace. This afternoon, head out for a walking tour around Fort Kochi, known for its architecture and huge bamboo fishing nets fixed to the Fort Kochi Beach shoreline. In the evening consider watching a traditional Kathakali dance show before wrapping up your trip with a farewell dinner with a local family.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Kochi - Your trip comes to an end today. As there are no activities planned, you are welcome to leave at any time. If you would like to stay longer, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Delhi - Namaste! Welcome to India. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm. If you arrive with hours (or days) to spare, consider striking out on your own, perhaps to visit the World Heritage-listed Humayun's Tomb. If you've got time a great way to get under the city’s skin in very little time is to book an Urban Adventure. After the 6 pm meeting, head out for an optional meal with your group at a local restaurant.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Delhi - Join your local leader on an excursion through Old Delhi. Ride the city’s metro system, then hop in a rickshaw to the busy marketplaces of Chandni Chowk. See the Jama Masjid, Delhi’s oldest mosque, before learning about the history of the Sikh religion at the Sheeshganj Gurudwara. Ask your trip leader for their recommendation on where to go for dinner.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Jaipur - Drive into Rajasthan and on to its capital, Jaipur, known as the ‘Pink City’. Take your time to explore this busy city filled with palaces and bazaars selling everything from jewellery and textiles to tea and spices. You might like to stop by the Hawa Mahal (Palace of the Winds), then head over to Jaipur's Royal City Palace and explore its extravagant rooms and apartments. Later, discover one of the five astronomical observatories built by Maharaja Jai Singh, the founder of Jaipur.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Jaipur - This morning, you might want to take an optional early morning hot air balloon experience. Cruising through the air overlooking the countryside is often a highlight of visiting Jaipur. In the afternoon, you’ll visit the Amber Fort. Set on a hilltop overlooking Maota Lake, the fort is an authentic example of Rajput architecture, and the Sheesh Mahal (Hall of Mirrors) is one of its more spectacular buildings.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Lotwara - Leave the ‘Pink City’ of Jaipur behind and drive to the Lotwara Village in Dausa district of Rajasthan. This town, founded in the 17th century retains its traditional temples and is known as the ‘Peacock Town’ of Rajasthan due to the dense population of peacocks. Take a guided walk around the Old Quarter, learning about rural Indian life off the tourist trail. Be sure to visit the local stalls along the way and sample seasonal local sweets made from Indian ingredients, including petha (pumpkin), jaggery (organic sugar) and gazak (sesame seeds). Tonight, you’ll stay in a restored heritage property where dinner is included.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Fatehpur Sikri – Agra - On the journey to Agra, stop at the one-time capital of the Mughal empire, Fatehpur Sikri. Its stunning mosque displays both Persian and Hindu designs and is secured by a 54-m-high entrance. Once in Agra, you have the option to visit the marble tomb that was saved for the greatest of the Mughal Emperors – Akbar's Mausoleum. End your day at the iconic Taj Mahal – one of the Seven Wonders of the World, this opulent monument was built in the 1640s as a memorial to Emperor Shah Jahan’s wife.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Delhi - In the morning, take a guided tour along the banks of the Yamuna River to the iconic Agra Fort. Originally designed by Emperor Akbar in 1565 to be a military structure, it was converted into a palace during Emperor Shah Jahan's reign and later became his prison. In the early afternoon, take the 3-4 hour journey back to Delhi by private bus. Arrive back at the hotel with enough time to freshen up and decide whether to enjoy one final dinner with the group.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Delhi - This morning, join the group for a walking tour around Old Delhi, which has been an important city in India for over 2000 years. Climb aboard a traditional cycle rickshaw and be driven through the colour and chaos of Delhi’s traffic. In the afternoon, learn about the Sikh religion at the Sheeshganj Gurudwara (Sikh Temple) and visit the Jama Masjid – Delhi's oldest and India’s largest mosque.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Shimla - Depart Delhi and hop aboard a train journeying across the state of Punjab to Chandigarh. From Chandigarh, you’ll travel by private vehicle to Shimla – the state’s capital, situated in the lower foothills of the Himalayas. When you arrive, you’ll have the chance to explore the town's quiet charm on an orientation walk with your leader. After, the rest of the afternoon and evening is free to explore at your own pace.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Shimla - Wake up early for a 30-minute scenic ride on the Kalka-Shimla Railway – the UNESCO World Heritage-listed 'toy train' – for views of the Himalayas and local villages. After, you might like to head out and shop along Mall Road, visit the Jakhu Temple or shop for specialty wooden crafts at Lakkar Bazaar. Later, you’ll visit the Viceregal Lodge. This is a historic location where the partition agreement that separated India from Pakistan and Bangladesh was drawn up. Set among rolling hills, Shimla offers gentle to challenging walking trails for those wanting to stretch their legs. In the evening, film fans might like to visit the cinema to watch a Bollywood blockbuster.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Mandi - Travel by private transfer to the small town of Mandi. Situated on the Beas River and once part of the salt route to Tibet, Mandi is a town of both historic and religious significance. Your leader will take you on a guided walk where you will explore the town and its huge sunken shopping centre – the only one like it in India. Later, you might like to spend time at the bathing ghats along the river or hike to hilltop temples. In the evening, sit down to dinner with your group and stay in the restored former palace of the Raja of Mandi.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Dharamsala (McLeod Ganj) - Today, journey through the mountains by private vehicle along bumpy, winding roads to Dharamsala, also known as McLeod Ganj. A mountain town with a strong Tibetan Buddhist culture, you’ll find robed monks strolling between monasteries and prayer flags hung from above. When you arrive, maybe wander the streets and see for yourself. Dharamsala is also known as the home to the Dalai Lama and where the Tibetan government resides in exile. Enjoy an afternoon to explore the town at your own pace, walking through the streets framed by the Himalayas.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Dharamsala (McLeod Ganj) - Today, visit the fascinating Norbulingka Institute, developed to train Tibetan refugees in skills needed to preserve the traditional arts and crafts of Tibet. Its grounds feature an intricate temple and several workshops where you can see woodcarving, painting and needlework in action. Then, make your way to the Tsuglag Khang complex to see the Dalai Lama’s temple. You may also like to visit the Losel Doll Museum to learn about the daily lives and customs of Tibetan people.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Amritsar - Today, travel down the mountains to Amritsar, situated in the heart of the fertile plain known as India's ‘breadbasket.’ Amritsar is the largest city in Punjab and the centre of Sikhism in India. With your group, wander through the rambling streets and bazaars of the Old City on foot before you explore the Golden Temple (Harmandir Sahib), which sits in the middle of a sacred lake. Soak up the soothing sounds of the devout chanting verses from the Sikh holy book – the Guru Granth Sahib.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Amritsar – Overnight train - Journey to the Jallianwala Bagh this morning – the site of the tragic 1919 massacre that played a vital role in India's independence. Then, head out to the India–Pakistan border to watch the daily flag ceremony that has been followed since 1959. This famous military practice garners crowds every day who come to watch as the security forces of India and Pakistan engage in an elaborate ceremony of bowing, chanting, marching and high kicks. Tonight, you’ll take an overnight sleeper train from Amritsar to Haridwar.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Rishikesh - Disembark in Haridwar this morning, then drive to Rishikesh and check in to your hotel. Later today, you have the chance to go on an orientation walk with your leader to see the mural-lined walls of Chaurasi Kutia – the ashram made internationally famous when the Beatles visited in the 1960s. In the evening, take a stroll along the holy Ganges River, where you’ll hear the ringing of the temple bells and watch as the nightly fire rituals of Ganga Aarti begin.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Rishikesh – River Ganges - You have a free morning to enjoy the calm and tranquil atmosphere of Rishikesh. Maybe take a walk along the Ganges River or relax and unwind in a yoga class – Rishikesh is known as the 'Yoga Capital of the World.' For something more adventurous, there’s also the option to white-water raft down the Ganges! In the afternoon, reunite with your group for a walk through the nearby jungle.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Delhi - Bid farewell to Rishikesh and take the train back to Delhi. This is a long journey, so get stuck into a good book or reminisce on your incredible adventure with your fellow travellers. The train arrives back in Delhi at around 11 pm and you’ll be transferred to your hotel for your final night.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Delhi - There are no activities planned for your last day, and you can depart the accommodation at any time. If you would like to stay an extra couple of days, and it's recommended that you do, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time. If you do extend your stay, maybe check out the great range of Urban Adventures – like the Hidden Gems of Delhi tour.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Kolkata - Namaste! Welcome to India. Your adventure begins in vibrant Kolkata – a hub for Bengali theatre, dance, poetry, art, music and film. You’ll have a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. If you arrive early, maybe visit the grand Victoria Memorial and spend some time relaxing in the attached park. Tonight, why not head out for a welcome dinner with your group – your trip leader will always have some great suggestions.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Kolkata – Dimapur – Kohima - This morning after breakfast, you’ll take a private transfer to the airport and board a flight to Dimapur. When you arrive, you’ll have some time for lunch before driving to Kohima – the capital city of Nagaland – stopping along the way to stretch your legs. Arrive in the late afternoon and enjoy a free evening, to relax at your accommodation or take a walk around the colourful houses in town to get your bearings.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Kohima - Kigwema Village - Khonoma Village - Kohima - Set off in the morning on a half-day excursion to Khonoma Village, stopping at Kigwema Village on the way – a traditional Naga village. The Naga people are the Indigenous people of northeastern India and northwest Myanmar, made up of a variety of tribes that share similar customs and warrior roots. After meeting the locals here, continue to Khonoma, where the Angami Nagas held off British forces from coming into their hills. In 1897, after an invading British officer was killed, a bloody war raged for a year before a peace treaty was signed. The resistance of the local Nagas is held in high regard across Nagaland. Today, the inhabitants of Khonoma place a lot of emphasis on wildlife conservation and you’ll about the Khonoma Nature Conservation and the Tragopan Sanctuary while you’re here. This afternoon, visit the Naga Heritage Village for a glimpse into traditional tribal life and see some historic remnants from the 19th-century British invasion. Then, visit the World War II memorial (if time permits), before heading back to your accommodation for the night.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Kohima - Jorhat - This morning, leave Kohima and drive towards Jorhat. Grab a window seat if you can and watch the rolling scenery pass you by. When you arrive this afternoon, you’ll visit the local tea plantations for a tasting and a visit to the Tocklai Tea Research Center. Walk around the lush surroundings of the plantations and learn why this is an important industry for Assam’s growing urban centre. Later, you’ll have a free evening to relax, find some dinner or go for a walk.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Majuli Island - Jorhat - Travel to Majuli today – located on the Brahmaputra River, this is one of the largest river islands in the world and has been the cultural capital of Assam ever since the 16th century. Take a ferry to the island, looking out for the many migratory birds that call this place home. When you arrive, visit the Anuati, Uttar and Kamalabari satras (monasteries that are linked with the Ekasarana tradition of Vaishnavism). Interact with the local monks here with a visit to the monk’s quarters. Then, visit the Mishing tribal village, a pottery making village and a mask making village to learn about the local handicrafts and cultural traditions. Later, return to Jorhat for the night.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Jorhat - Kaziranga National Park - After the breakfast this morning, take a private transfer to Kaziranga National Park – this UNESCO World Heritage Site is the oldest park in Assam and sits right on the banks of the Brahmaputra River. Kaziranga is a natural habitat dedicated to the conservation of the biologically diverse flora and fauna within. The park is also home to the world's largest population of one-horned rhinoceroses and shelters about 15 different species of India's most threatened mammals, including tigers, elephants, panthers and bears. After some free time for lunch, you’ll have the option to visit the Kaziranga Orchid Center before soaking up a free afternoon. Tonight, enjoy a group dinner at a local restaurant.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Kaziranga National Park - Set out on two jeep safaris through Kaziranga National Park today, scheduled for the early morning and the evening to maximise the chances of spotting wildlife. Look out for elephants, deer, wild boar and, of course, the famed one-horned rhino. Local birdlife is also plentiful, so keep an eye on the sky to spot eagles, parakeets, blue-tinged Indian rollers and more.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Shillong - After breakfast, leave Kaziranga and drive towards Shillong. When you arrive, head out for an orientation walk with your leader. For dinner tonight, the street food in town is recommended, so you might want to head out straight after your walk for some momos (dumplings) and chutney or local specialty jadoh (spicy and sour rice).

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Shillong - Drive to Mawlynnong today. This tiny village has made a huge commitment to sustainable and eco-friendly living – efforts that saw it crowned ‘Asia’s Cleanest Village’ by India’s former prime minister. When you arrive, take a walk around the gleaming, litter-free streets among the Khasi residents, then head out for a 1.5-hour hike to the nearby living root bridge. The bridge is a perfect example of the art of tree sculpting, practiced by the Khasi people. Stop at Dawki and admire the crystal-clear waters of the Umngot River and the border of Bangladesh. Return to Shillong this afternoon and if time (and group energy) permits, maybe walk to Shillong Peak for some gorgeous views over the town for sunset.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Shillong – Overnight train - Enjoy a leisurely morning, then say goodbye to Shillong and travel to Guwahati. From here, you’ll take an overnight train to New Jalpaiguri, departing at around 10 pm.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Darjeeling - Rise and shine early this morning as the train pulls into New Jalpaiguri at around 6 am. Make tracks for Darjeeling, where you can enjoy the rest of the day at leisure among the Himalayan mountains. Maybe take a stroll around the town to check out the colonial-era architecture backdropped by mountain peaks. If you're feeling the effects of a few long travel days, maybe just find a spot to enjoy a cuppa as you gaze up at the spectacular views of the Himalayas (weather-depending).

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Darjeeling - Take an early morning walk to Tiger Hill today to catch a glorious sunrise over the snowy peak of Kanchenjunga – the world’s third-highest mountain. Then, return to Darjeeling for a few hours at leisure. In the afternoon, you’ll transfer to Ghoom and board the Darjeeling Toy Train. Winding your way through the mountain, this classic steam-powered locomotive is probably the most romantic way to experience the Himalayan landscape.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Gangtok - Head to Gangtok this morning. This is the capital of the northeastern state of Sikkim. Its chaotically laid-out townscape and jovial atmosphere make it a nice place to walk around. Maybe head to a local viewpoint and if it's clear, spot the majestic peak of Khangchendzonga in the distance. Tonight, you’re free to find a local dinner or find a good spot to watch the sunset.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Gangtok - Sprawling down a mountain ridge, Gangtok is a haven for Tibetan Buddhists. This morning, you’ll visit the monastery at Rumtek – also called the Dharma Chakra Centre, this monastery is the centre of the Karmapa controversy. A lengthy battle has been played out in the Indian courts, with two rival organisations (the Tsuphu Labrang and the Karmapa Charitable Trust) each supporting a different candidate for the 17th Karmapa, claiming stewardship of the monastery and all its contents. Since 1992, the monastery has been the site of pitched battles between monks supporting the two different candidates. After, maybe take up a hike to the old Gompa, a little further down the road. In your spare time this afternoon, maybe pick up some local tea or explore the Tibetology Museum.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Kolkata - Drive to the airport in Bagdogra this morning, then fly back to Kolkata. If the hustle and bustle are too much to bear after your mountain getaway, you can explore the vast green fields of the Maidan (also known as ‘the lungs of Kolkata’) or take refuge in the beautiful botanic gardens along the banks of the Hooghly River.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Kolkata - With no activities planned for today, your trip comes to an end this morning. If you’d like to extend your stay in India, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Delhi - Namaste! Welcome to India. Your adventure begins in Delhi – India’s busy capital city, known for its street food, bazaars, museums and galleries. Meet your local leader and fellow travellers at a welcome meeting at 1 pm today. After, follow your leader as they show you through the streets of Old Delhi before you hop in a rickshaw for a different view. During your excursion, you’ll visit the Jama Masjid – Delhi's oldest mosque and one of its most impressive buildings – and the Sheeshganj Gurudwara (Sikh Temple) to learn about the Sikh religion. This evening is yours to take in the energy of Delhi and get ready for the adventure ahead, perhaps over a tasty Indian meal with your group members.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Agra - This morning, depart Delhi via train to Agra – home to India’s most iconic building, the Taj Mahal. This 17th-century palace was built in the style of Mughal architecture and surrounded by trimmed English gardens. You’ll get your chance to see it up close on a rickshaw tour across Agra, whizzing past the city’s many important sites and busy chowks (marketplaces). Later this afternoon, visit Akbar's Mausoleum – a red sandstone and marble tomb built to honour one of the great Mughal emperors, Akbar. Inlaid with intricate patterns, both inside and out, the tomb is another of Agra’s impressively striking monuments.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Agra – Lalitpur – Chanderi - Today, you’ll get a chance to see the beauty of the Agra Fort up close on a tour with a local guide. Considered one of the most impressive forts in India, over time, the Agra Fort has been used as a military base, a palace and a prison. Later today, hop on a train to Lalitpur – a private transfer will then pick you up from the station and take you to your hotel in Chanderi. The rest of the evening is free to relax.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Chanderi - Get to know Chanderi on a guided tour with your leader this morning. With a history stretching back to the 11th century and a strategic location between the Bundelkhand and Malwa borders, the city is full old palace, forts, mosques, temples and mausoleums. Take a wander around the cobbled streets of Old Town, learn about the significance of the grand Badal Mahal Gate and visit Jama Masjid – a 15th century mosque dating back to the Mughal era. The rest of the day is free to unwind or explore at your own pace – your leader can offer tips on things to do.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Chanderi – Orchha – Allahabad (overnight train) - Take a private transfer to the town of Orchha. Located on the banks of the Betwa River, Orchha was once a hunting area that became a site of 16th-century palaces and temples. Maybe grab some lunch, then head to Orchha Palace for a guided tour. Built by Bir Sing Deo for his friend Jehangir, the great Mughal ruler, the palace is an important landmark here. While inside, look out for the grand Iwans (domes) that were built large enough to allow the movement of war elephants. You’ll also have access to day rooms to freshen up. For dinner, you’ll dive into the region’s flavours at a cooking demonstration and feast on your creations. Then, it’s time to hop aboard an overnight train to Allahabad – the starting point for your Ganges boat journey.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: River Ganges - Arrive in Allahabad this morning. You’ll have access to day rooms to freshen up after the journey before making your way to the Ganges for a cruise on a small riverboat. The Ganges is very important in India, not just because it’s sacred in Hinduism but also because it connects millions of people to their livelihoods. A support crew will be on hand as you cruise the waterway, passing villages and watching life along the banks. When you arrive at your campsite, sit back and relax, or you might like to read a book or play some cricket. End the day watching the sunset over a vegetarian meal prepared by the boatmen.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Varanasi - Leaving your boats at Chunar, transfer by private vehicle to Varanasi – one of the holiest cities in India. Varanasi is the ultimate destination for Hindu pilgrims who travel far and wide to step foot in this spiritual city. Your leader will take you on a walking tour of the Old City, passing temples and shrines, stopping to watch as rituals are performed. This evening, see the spirituality of this city in motion at the sunset candle flower ceremony. The daily ritual involves people sitting a small candle on a leaf which is then placed on the water, accompanied by chanting, songs and fire performances.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Varanasi - This morning you might like to wake up early to watch the sunrise by the river and take in the many sights along the ghats. At lunchtime, you'll jump on a rickshaw for a tasting tour through the vibrant streets to some of the city's most iconic eateries. Dig into a range of savory and sweet snacks like chaat, samosas, jalebi and lassi while getting a glimpse into Varanasi’s rich culinary heritage. You have free time for the rest of the day – and there are many ways to soak up your time here! You could wander the laneways behind the ghats, shop for local silk or even take a yoga class. If you have time, perhaps visit the nearby Sarnath – one of the four main Buddhist pilgrimage destinations. Sarnath is where Buddha preached his message of the path to enlightenment and features stupas (Buddhist shrines) and museums to explore.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: India/Nepal border crossing – Lumbini - Today, wave goodbye to India and say namaste to Nepal, as you cross the border at Gorakhpur. This will be a longer journey, so maybe get stuck into a good book or your favourite podcast. When you arrive in Nepal, take a private bus to your hotel in Lumbini – the birthplace of Gautama Buddha, the founder of Buddhism, and one of his four holy places of pilgrimage. Later today, travel to the Lumbini Heritage Park, home to the Ashoka Pillars, where you’ll hop on cycle rickshaws to the Maya Devi Temple – the actual site where Lord Buddha is thought to have been born.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Amaltari Community - Today, your journey continues as you travel by private vehicle through the Terai to the Amaltari Madhyavarti village homestay – your stay for the night. A well-known Indigenous group in Nepal, the Tharu community who live here are known for their distinctive culture and lifestyle. When you arrive, have lunch in the community with your group, get to know some of the locals and then enjoy some free time to freshen up. After, you’ll head out on a 4WD drive to the lake to enjoy some afternoon tea. Learn about village life in the community over dinner tonight and sit down for a home-cooked, traditional meal made by the locals.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Chitwan National Park - Start your day with a guided walk around the Tharu community with one of its members. Your local guide will show your group the Indigenous architectural styles, as well as the farms and produce used to feed and economically sustain the community. Along the way, you might learn a little more about life here as they share their customs, values and stories with you. After, say goodbye to your hosts, and head for your lodge in Chitwan National Park via Twenty Thousand Lakes (Bis Hajaar Tal) – Nepal’s second-largest natural wetland and a great introduction to the wildlife of Chitwan. Look out for migratory birds, crocodiles, and, if you’re lucky, an Indian rhino.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Chitwan National Park - After breakfast, take a walk to the Rapti River, where you’ll be taken on a boat or jeep safari through the national park. Keep your eyes on the sky for the many brilliantly coloured birds of the area. Then, sit down for a picnic lunch by the river. Keep your eyes peeled for gharials – this fish-eating crocodile has long been hunted for the supposed aphrodisiac qualities of its snout. Learn more about them when you drop by the crocodile breeding centre. Once back at your accommodation, there’ll be time to relax or to take part in optional activities offered by the park. Tonight, you’ll be treated to a cultural performance by the local Tharu community.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Kathmandu - Today, you'll travel by bus from Chitwan to Nepal's capital – Kathmandu. Try to grab a window seat for this trip, as the views are not to be missed. Look out over Nepal’s rural landscape of rice terraces, mountain-side villages and flowing rivers – all with the backdrop of the Himalayan mountain range. Arrive in the city and get your bearings, maybe with a walk through the narrow streets to the traditional architecture of Durbar Square. Or stop for a shop at the markets and bazaars. While in Nepal, make sure you sample the local favourite food - momo (Nepali dumplings). Ask your trip leader for a place to grab dinner.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Kathmandu - Today you’ll head out to Kathmandu's most important Buddhist shrine – the ancient Swayambhunath Temple, known to tourists as the Monkey Temple. The sleepy, all-seeing Buddha eyes that stare out from the top have become the quintessential symbol of Nepal. You’ll also join the pilgrims at Bodhnath Stupa – the largest stupa in Nepal and one of the holiest Tibetan Buddhist temples. Then, visit Pashupatinath – the most famous Hindu temple in the country – located on the banks of the holy Bagmati River. Here you will see Hindu holy men (sadhus) meditating and pilgrims bathing. The rest of the day is free for you to enjoy Kathmandu. One way to spend your time is to take a scenic flight through the mountains – great if you’re not able to take on a trek.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Kathmandu - There are no activities planned for your last day, and you can depart the accommodation at any time. If you would like to stay an extra couple of days, and it's recommended that you do, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time. If you do extend your stay, maybe check out the great range of Urban Adventures – like the Kathmandu: Rickshaw Night Explorer tour.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Delhi - Namaste! Welcome to Delhi. Your women’s expedition will begin with a welcome meeting at 6 pm at your hotel. Meet your local leader and fellow female travellers and find out what to expect over the course of your adventure. After, get to know your group and enjoy your first taste of India’s famous cuisine over an included dinner at a local restaurant.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Delhi to Bikaner - Navigate the city’s metro system to discover Old Delhi on a walking tour. You may ride the metro in a women’s only carriage today, giving you a unique insight into how local women travel around Delhi. Hitch a traditional cycle rickshaw ride through a typical Indian traffic jam in the streets around Chandni Chowk marketplace. Visit Delhi’s oldest and largest mosque – Jama Masjid. Duck into a Sikh temple for a quiet escape from the city and observe the spiritual side of this bustling metropolis. Visit the Dilli Haat market, where artisans from across the country are invited to showcase their wares for 15 days at a time, ensuring prices are fair and not subject to the inflation of big cities. The market is also home to a tempting array of food stalls, so you may like to take your tastebuds on a trip with some momos from Sikkim, spicy chicken from Nagaland or kebabs from Jammu. Later tonight, you’ll leave Delhi on an overnight sleeper train to Bikaner. Local vendors will board the train at various stops to sell snacks, but it’s advised that you bring some of your own food for the journey too

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Bikaner - Your overnight train will arrive in Bikaner just after 7 am this morning. Your group will be picked up by tuk-tuks and transferred to the hotel, where you can freshen up and grab some breakfast. Later, you’ll visit Junagarh Fort – built between 1589 and 1594, this red sandstone and marble fort is one of the most impressive forts in Rajasthan. You’ll explore the various palaces, courtyards and museums within the fort complex, then hop in the tuk-tuks to visit a local home in the Old Town. Here, some local women will show you how they make papadums and bhajia. Try some of the savoury snacks, chat with the women and enjoy a cup of chai together. This initiative, started by the RGAVP’s government program, nurtures the economic capability of women living below the poverty line in rural and urban areas. Through the practice of cooking, the women of Bikaner created a self-supporting platform to develop their skills and provide snacks to a local marketplace, self-sustaining their livelihoods.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Jaisalmer - This morning, take tuk-tuks to the train station for an early morning journey to Jaisalmer. There’s no food cart on the train, but your local leader will recommend the best snacks for you to buy before you board, so you won’t be left hungry. When you arrive, rest and recharge at your hotel during a free afternoon and evening, or head out and explore at your own pace – your local leader will know all the best spots to grab some delicious local cuisine.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Thar Desert - After breakfast, jump into 4WDs and head towards the Thar Desert – covering 200,000 square km, you’ll spend all day exploring the rolling sand hills before arriving at your desert camp. Here, you’ll meet some local men and women – the men will head off to prepare a traditional Rajasthani dinner, giving you a chance to get to know the women. They’ll put on a Kalbeliya dance performance – a traditional female dance where women in long skirts replicate the movements of a serpent as a representation of the snake charmer’s role in traditional Rajasthani society.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Jodhpur - After breakfast at the desert camp, you’ll drive back to Jaisalmer in your 4WDs. From here, you’ll have a chance to check in to your hotel and freshen up before heading out on a walking tour with your leader to get to know this storied desert city. The citadel was built by Rawal Jaisal of the Bhati Rajput in 1156 AD, and with a history that’s been carefully recorded by the bards of Rajasthan since the 12th century, it’s not hard to imagine what life here once looked like. Strung between the former trade routes of the Great Thar Desert, your leader will share stories of Jaisalmer’s prosperous past. Return to your hotel and transfer to the train station to board the train to Jodhpur, arriving in the evening.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Jodhpur - Head straight to the striking Mehrangarh Fort that towers over the city. You’ll take a guided tour here to explore some of the ornately decorated palaces and visit one of Rajasthan’s most interesting museums to learn about battles past. From here, you’ll go to the Sadar Bazaar in the Old City for a guided market tour and the opportunity to taste local delicacies like lassi and dal baati – both classics of Indian cuisine. You may like to spend the rest of the evening exploring the Old City, and your local leader will be able to recommend great places for dinner.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Chandelao Garh - Say goodbye to Jodhpur and drive to the village of Chandelao Garh. When you arrive, get your bearings with a walk through the village, then visit Sunder Rang – a project that employs local artisans, mostly women, while keeping traditional craft practices alive. Meaning ‘beautiful colours’, the vibrant pieces crafted by the women at Sunder Rang stand in contrast to the surrounding desert landscapes. More than 30 women are currently employed by Sunder Rang, with an hour of their workdays dedicated to their education. Meet the ladies who work here, browse the beautiful pieces they’ve created and learn about the project’s impact on their lives, their families and the wider village. This evening, take some time to explore Chandelao Garh further or relax at your heritage property accommodation. This evening – learn about the art of rangoli, where colourful patterns are made with various materials, join your hosts for traditional henna painting.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Jaipur - Limber up and start your day with a yoga session at your accommodation, then hop back in your private vehicle and make the journey to Jaipur – the capital of the Rajasthan region. When you arrive, stretch your legs with an orientation walk around the city. Follow your leader down streets buzzing with camel carts, rickshaws, trucks and bicycles and explore bazaars bursting with colourful goods, including handcrafted textiles, folk art and the local speciality of semi-precious stones. After your walk, discover a beloved part of Indian culture as you head out for a screening of a Bollywood film. Visit the Raj Mandir Cinema – this Art Deco-style building is one of Jaipur’s most popular spots and has played host to many movie premiers.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Jaipur - This morning, head into town for a memorable rickshaw ride with The Pink City Rickshaw Company – a not-for-profit organisation that aims to provide a new aspirational employment opportunity to 200 women from low-income households in Jaipur. See the highlights of the city and get to know your amazing female driver as you zip through the streets. In the afternoon, take a guided tour of the Amber Fort – one of Jaipur’s most recognisable landmarks. The red sandstone and marble palace is set high on a hill overlooking Maota Lake, and there is plenty of history to learn about as well as picturesque sights. This evening, visit a local home in Jaipur, where you’ll be welcomed for an evening of fun and feasting. Chat with your hosts about their lives, learn about the meals they make at home then sit down for a truly tasty dinner.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Agra - Today you’ll make the trip to Agra by train. Your first stop will be a visit to the home of a local woman who will help you choose the perfect saree and show you how it's worn. She’ll also help you dress up with an armful of glittering bangles and a matching Bindi in the traditional style, ready for your sunset visit to India’s most iconic landmark – the Taj Mahal. Spend time wandering around one of the Seven Wonders of the World and the pristine grounds, watching the setting sun illuminate the stunning marble mausoleum built by Shah Jahan in his favourite wife’s honour.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Delhi - This morning there is the opportunity for an optional sunrise visit to the Taj Mahal. Otherwise, you can explore Agra Fort before heading to Sheroes Hangout – a vegetarian cafe for lunch. This beautiful cafe is a one of kind social enterprise providing employment opportunities for women who were the victims of acid attacks. In the early evening leave Agra behind and hop on a high speed train bound for Delhi. Check in to your hotel and perhaps head out for a final farewell dinner with your group.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Delhi - Today is your final day in India. There are no included activities planned, so you’re welcome to check out of the hotel any time before midday. If you’re departing later, you can arrange luggage storage at the hotel until your flight. If you want to stay an extra couple of days in Delhi, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Delhi - Namaste! Welcome to India. Your adventure begins in Delhi – India’s thriving capital city – with a welcome meeting at 6 pm. If you arrive with hours (or days) to spare, consider heading out on your own, maybe to visit the UNESCO World Heritage-listed Humayun's Tomb. If you’ve got the time, explore some Delhi sights and join in on an Urban Adventure. After the welcome meeting, maybe head out for an optional meal with your group at a local restaurant.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Delhi - Join your local leader on an excursion through Old Delhi. Ride the city’s metro system, then hop in a rickshaw to the busy marketplaces of Chandni Chowk. See the Jama Masjid, Delhi’s oldest mosque, before learning about the history of the Sikh religion at the Sheeshganj Gurudwara. Ask your trip leader for their recommendation on where to go for dinner.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Jaipur - Drive into Rajasthan and on to its capital, Jaipur, known as the ‘Pink City’. Take your time to explore this busy city filled with palaces and bazaars selling everything from jewellery and textiles to tea and spices. You might like to stop by the Hawa Mahal (Palace of the Winds), then head over to Jaipur's Royal City Palace and explore its extravagant rooms and apartments. Later, discover one of the five astronomical observatories built by Maharaja Jai Singh, the founder of Jaipur.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Jaipur - This morning, you might want to take an optional early morning hot air balloon experience. Cruising through the air overlooking the countryside is often a highlight of visiting Jaipur. In the afternoon, you’ll visit the Amber Fort. Set on a hilltop overlooking Maota Lake, the fort is an authentic example of Rajput architecture, and the Sheesh Mahal (Hall of Mirrors) is one of its more spectacular buildings.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Lotwara - Leave the ‘Pink City’ of Jaipur behind and drive to the Lotwara Village in Dausa district of Rajasthan. This town, founded in the 17th century retains its traditional temples and is known as the ‘Peacock Town’ of Rajasthan due to the dense population of peacocks. Take a guided walk around the Old Quarter, learning about rural Indian life off the tourist trail. Be sure to visit the local stalls along the way and sample seasonal local sweets made from Indian ingredients, including petha (pumpkin), jaggery (organic sugar) and gazak (sesame seeds). Tonight, you’ll stay in a restored heritage property where dinner is included.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Fatehpur Sikri – Agra - On the journey to Agra, stop at the one-time capital of the Mughal empire, Fatehpur Sikri. Its stunning mosque displays both Persian and Hindu designs and is secured by a 54-m-high entrance. Once in Agra, you have the option to visit the marble tomb that was saved for the greatest of the Mughal Emperors – Akbar's Mausoleum. End your day at the iconic Taj Mahal – one of the Seven Wonders of the World, this opulent monument was built in the 1640s as a memorial to Emperor Shah Jahan’s wife.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Delhi - In the morning, take a guided tour along the banks of the Yamuna River to the iconic Agra Fort. Originally designed by Emperor Akbar in 1565 to be a military structure, it was converted into a palace during Emperor Shah Jahan's reign and later became his prison. You might like to stop for lunch at Sheroes Hangout – a vegetarian and vegan cafe and social enterprise providing employment and opportunities for victims of acid attacks. In the early afternoon, journey back to Delhi by private bus, arriving back at the hotel with enough time to freshen up and decide where to enjoy one final dinner with the group.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Delhi - There are no activities planned for the final day and you're able to depart the accommodation at any time. If you are departing later, you can arrange luggage storage at the hotel. If you would like to stay an extra couple of days, and it's recommended that you do, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Kochi - Namaste! Welcome to India. Your adventure starts today in Kochi with a welcome meeting at 6 pm. If you arrive early, there are plenty of things to see and do. Once an important spice-trading centre, Kochi has been under Portuguese, Dutch and British rule at various times throughout history. Explore with one of our Urban Adventures or wander down to the shore and seek out the huge Chinese fishing nets dotted along the coast of Fort Cochin.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Kochi - This morning, take on Kochi with a leader-led orientation walk and city tour. Take a local tuk-tuk to Mattancherry and drop by the Dutch Palace, built by the Portuguese in the 16th century before it was renovated and presented to the Rajas of Cochin by the Dutch. Maybe visit the Paradesi Synagogue – the oldest active synagogue in the Commonwealth and home to many rare antiques. Then, amble around the spice bazaars and antique stores of Fort Cochin. In the evening, experience a Kathakali performance – this Keralan dance is an ornately costumed display of storytelling, requiring complete control of the body.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Conoor - Buckle up, because most of today is spent travelling. Catch a train to Coimbatore, then when you arrive, hop in your private vehicle to Conoor – known for its tea estates in the surrounding Nilgiri hills. Watch the lush scenery pass you by, get stuck into a good book or play road trip games with your fellow travellers. When you arrive in Conoor, you’ll sit down for a group dinner at your accommodation.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Ootacamund – Conoor - Spend the morning in Conoor with an orientation walk and a visit to a tea plantation to learn about the history of tea production. Later, board Ooty’s renowned toy train for a ride along the Nilgiri Mountain Railway. Be sure to get a window seat for great views over the lush countryside. Spend the rest of the day exploring Ooty’s Botanical Gardens, which are home to over 650 species of plants and trees. You can also opt to turn on the romance with a boat ride on the lake.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Mudumalai National Park – Bandipur - Take a private vehicle for the short drive to Bandipur today. Set against the backdrop of the Nilgiri Hills, Mudumalai National Park was once the Mysore Maharaja's private hunting ground. In 1974 it was brought under Project Tiger and is now one of the best sanctuaries in India to observe wildlife in close proximity. Embark on a short safari in search of tigers, leopards, elephants, sloth bears, sambars, spotted deer and much more. There's also an amazing variety of birdlife in the park. Tonight’s family-run accommodation in Bandipur is a mixed-gender dormitory style with a common bathroom. This dorm room is only open to your group.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Mysore - Travel by private vehicle across the scenic Karnataka plains to Mysore – an easy-going town with a pleasant climate, perfect for wandering around on foot. When you arrive, you’ll head to local family’s home for a home-cooked lunch of traditional favourites. Get to know the family, who will show you the practise of making incense – one of the traditional arts from Mysuru. Learn about how it’s made and maybe even have a go yourself! Then, head out on an orientation walk around the town to get your bearings. No visit to Mysore is complete without a look around Mysore Palace – one of the most ornate palaces in India, its interior is full of colour, mosaics and mirrors.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Mysore – Overnight train - This morning, head out to climb Chamundi Hill to the Sri Chamundeswari Temple, dedicated to the Hindu Goddess Durga. After, continue to the Keshava Temple in the small town of Somnathpur – an excellent example of Hoysala architecture. You’ll also have some time to visit to Tipu Sultan’s mausoleum in Sriranga Patna. You can also opt to return to Mysore for a palm reading catch a film at the local cinema. Tonight, board an overnight sleeper train to Chennai.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Mamallapuram - After arriving in Chennai, take a private vehicle along the scenic East Coast Road to Mamallapuram. Explore this ancient seaport town by tuk tuk, paying a visit to the seventh-century Shore Temple and the enormous bas-relief rock carving, known as Arjuna's Penance. There will also be time to inspect the town’s numerous mandapams (pillared temple pavilions), watch local stonemasons at work, or just to kick back and relax at a beachside restaurant.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Puducherry - Travel by private vehicle today through palm trees and rice paddies to Puducherry (Pondicherry). When you arrive, head out with your group and leader on a walking tour to see local temples, the Sri Aurobindo Ashram and the French Quarter. Once a French colony, you’ll see the evidence of French influence in Puducherry's architecture, its wide town squares and even in the police uniforms!

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Madurai - Drive to the temple city of Madurai today. Madurai’s Tamil roots stretch back 2500 years, making it one of the oldest cities in India. Wander the lamp-lit labyrinth of the Sri Meenakshi Amman Temple, dedicated to Lord Shiva and goddess Meenakshi. Visit the Gandhi Memorial Museum, which displays a detailed account of India’s struggle for independence along with the bloodstained dhoti the famous leader wore when he was assassinated.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Periyar - This morning, travel by private vehicle along a winding road to the Periyar National Park and Tiger Reserve. High in the ranges of the Western Ghats, the park is set among stunning scenery and is the most popular wildlife sanctuary in Southern India. Both today and tomorrow, you’ll get to explore the national park on foot and will understand why Periyar is a popular wilderness sanctuary, with its lush surroundings. Enjoy a tour of a local spice plantation, then join your local family hosts to try some authentic home-cooked flavours of Southern India.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Periyar - Venture back into the Periyar Wildlife Sanctuary today for a guided nature walk. Encounters with animals in the wild are never guaranteed, and this is more of a jungle walk than an animal spotting tour, but do look out for tiger tracks, spotted deer, Indian elephants or gaur – the world's largest species of buffalo. In the afternoon, unwind with an optional ayurvedic massage at your accommodation, or just relax in this scenic setting with a drink.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Kerala Backwaters - Today, drive through the rubber, tea and coffee plantations on the way to the backwaters of Kerala. When you arrive, you’ll board a motorboat to cross to the island village where you’ll stay with a local family tonight. In the late afternoon, explore the island with a local English-speaking guide (and sometimes, your homestay host). This is a great chance to meet locals and learn more about their unique way of life. Take a leisurely punt boat ride around the waterways and enjoy the scenery. Tonight, share stories over a traditional home-cooked Keralan meal with your host family.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Kochi - Wake early this morning, before crossing the backwaters by private boat to Alleppey. From here, take a local bus back to Kochi. The rest of the day is free for you to choose your own adventure. Perhaps you’d like to stroll down Princess Street for a spot of shopping, or book yourself into a southern Indian cooking class – your group leader will have some other recommendations, so be sure to ask them. Tonight, why not gather with your group for a night out at a local restaurant and maybe try some pazham pori (fried banana or plantain fritter).

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Kochi - With no activities planned for today, you can leave the accommodation at any time. If you’d like to extend your stay, just reach out to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Delhi - Namaste! Welcome to India. Your adventure begins in Delhi with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight to meet your trip leader and your fellow travellers. If you arrive early, why not book yourself on an Urban Adventure through the city – a great introduction to the magic of Delhi! After the meeting, why not head out with your group for an optional welcome dinner and get to know each other over some delicious local cuisine.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Delhi - Today, head out on a tour with your local leader through the sights and sounds of Old Delhi. Take a cycle rickshaw ride through the chaotic streets and visit the Jama Masjid – Delhi's oldest mosque and one of its most impressive buildings. Then, visit the Sheeshganj Gurudwara (Sikh Temple) to learn about the Sikh religion. Later, maybe grab a chai, put your feet up and let it all soak in. Tonight, you’ll take an overnight train to Khajuraho.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Panna National Park - This morning, arrive at Khajuraho Station and drive to Panna National Park. Head into the park with a local naturalist guide and discover the beauty of the park’s waterfalls, forested areas and vast open plains. Look out for the roaming tigers that call this place home. You might even see spotted deer up on their hind legs, eating from a tree, or a leopard or sloth bear prowling the grounds. This park really excels in local birdlife, so make sure you look to the sky and the trees, too! There are over 200 species of bird here, with many of the water birds unseen in any other national park. You will also have the option to prebook a second, morning safari to double your chances of ticking off bucket list wildlife.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Bandhavgarh National Park - Wake up early this morning to head out on the morning safari (if you have prebooked it), then make your way to ‘The Land of Tigers,’ or Bandhavgarh National Park and Tiger Reserve. Bandhavgarh is known for its resident royal Bengal tigers and their population density is the highest in India. When you arrive, you’ll have a free evening at your forest resort to soak up the sounds of the wilderness, rest and recharge.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Bandhavgarh National Park - Set off on a morning safari through Bandhavgarh National Park and Tiger Reserve this morning. With a local naturalist guide by your side, you’ll have a great chance of spotting one of the many royal Bengal tigers that prowl these lands – keep your eyes out for the other residents, too! There are also white tigers, leopards, wild boars, gaurs (buffalo), langurs, eagles and deer. The wildlife here is due to the biodiversity of the grounds – a mix of tropical forest, swamps, cliffs, Sal trees and grasslands. See the birdlife soar above, the energetic langur jump from tree to tree and the wild boar sitting lazily by the water. You’ll also have the option to pre-book an afternoon safari today (if you just can’t get enough of the diverse wildlife that calls this park home!).

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Jabalpur - Say goodbye to Bandhavgarh National Park after breakfast today and make your way towards Jabalpur. Surrounded by low hills in the heart of Madhya Pradesh, this city sits on the banks of the Holy River Narmada (also known as Maa Rewa). When you arrive, you’ll head out on a leader-led walking tour of the city to get your bearings. Enjoy a free afternoon, then at dusk, head out to see the Aarti ceremony at Gauri Ghat on the banks of the Narmada. This deeply spiritual experience mirrors the renowned Ganga Aarti ceremonies in Haridwar and Varanasi but on a smaller scale.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Satpura National Park - Say goodbye to Jabalpur this morning and drive to the Satpura Mountain Range. Watch the central Indian landscapes pass you by as you chat with your fellow travellers, take the opportunity to have a much-needed nap or get stuck into your favourite podcast. When you arrive, settle into your new surroundings before heading out on a night safari with a naturalist guide. As you drive through the forested ranges of this national park and tiger reserve, watch out for nocturnal animals that can only be spotted once the sun goes down – leopards, flying squirrels and flying foxes are just some of the creatures that come out under the stars.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Satpura National Park - Fuel up on a good breakfast this morning and (if you’ve prebooked the optional morning safari today), head out to see Satpura National Park in the sunlight. Among the cascading waterfalls, deep canyons and natural pools of Satpura, sunlight sees a high density of sloth bears here, as well as giant squirrels, deer, a range of different monkeys and hundreds of birds! After a group lunch and some time to rest (or your free afternoon if you opted out of the morning safari), you’ll get ready for your second evening exploration, but this time, by boat. Watch the sun go down as you sail through the park, and from the waters, try to spot the nighttime jungle cats, fruit bats and flying foxes.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Agra - Continue your adventure this morning with a drive to Bhopal. This is a bit of a long travel day, so make sure you’ve got your favourite book, playlists and car games ready. Maybe grab some lunch in Bohpal and then take a train to Agra. When you arrive, you’re free to head out wherever you wish for dinner – your local leader always has great recommendations!

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Agra - Start your day in the vibrant city of Agra and set off after breakfast for a morning in Keoladeo National Park. This renowned bird sanctuary is celebrated as one of the world's most essential breeding and feeding grounds for local birdlife. Upon arrival, embark on a rickshaw safari with a local naturalist guide. As you explore, you'll have the chance to observe the park's 260 bird species, as well as deer, nilgai (antelope), and wild boar that also inhabit the area. Return to Agra to see the Taj Mahal, both a UNESCO World Heritage site and one of the Wonders of the World! Prepare to be awed by the 17th-century structure as you learn about its history (and snap some pretty epic pics) with a local guide. Best known as a monument to love and loss, the Taj is a beautiful example of Mughal architecture, surrounded by trimmed English gardens. Soak in this amazing site at sunset and watch the colours hit the marble, lighting it up. Gra your photo, then consider heading out for dinner with your group.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Delhi - Agra is also home to one of the finest forts in India. This morning, you’ll enter the dark red sandstone stronghold of Agra Fort – part fortress, part palace and part prison – and search through throne rooms and tiny but incredibly decorated mosques. Afterward, enjoy a delicious vegetarian lunch at Sheroes Hangout. This beautiful cafe is a unique social enterprise providing employment opportunities for women who were victims of acid attacks. In the early evening, leave Agra behind and hop on a train to Delhi. Once you arrive, settle into your hotel and perhaps spend your last evening together, sharing a nightcap with your fellow travellers.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Delhi - With no further activities planned after breakfast today, your adventure comes to an end. If you would like to extend your time in Delhi, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Kochi - Namaste! Welcome to India. Your adventure starts today in Kochi with a welcome meeting at 6 pm. If you arrive early, there are plenty of things to see and do. Once an important spice-trading centre, Kochi has been under Portuguese, Dutch and British rule at various times throughout history. Explore with one of our Urban Adventures or wander down to the shore and seek out the huge Chinese fishing nets dotted along the coast of Fort Cochin.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Kochi - This morning, take on Kochi with a leader-led orientation walk and city tour. Take a local tuk-tuk to Mattancherry and drop by the Dutch Palace, built by the Portuguese in the 16th century before it was renovated and presented to the Rajas of Cochin by the Dutch. Maybe visit the Paradesi Synagogue – the oldest active synagogue in the Commonwealth and home to many rare antiques. Then, amble around the spice bazaars and antique stores of Fort Cochin. In the evening, experience a Kathakali performance – this Keralan dance is an ornately costumed display of storytelling, requiring complete control of the body.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Conoor - Buckle up, because most of today is spent travelling. Catch a train to Coimbatore, then when you arrive, hop in your private vehicle to Conoor – known for its tea estates in the surrounding Nilgiri hills. Watch the lush scenery pass you by, get stuck into a good book or play road trip games with your fellow travellers. When you arrive in Conoor, you’ll sit down for a group dinner at your accommodation.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Ootacamund – Conoor - Spend the morning in Conoor with an orientation walk and a visit to a tea plantation to learn about the history of tea production. Later, board Ooty’s renowned toy train for a ride along the Nilgiri Mountain Railway. Be sure to get a window seat for great views over the lush countryside. Spend the rest of the day exploring Ooty’s Botanical Gardens, which are home to over 650 species of plants and trees. You can also opt to turn on the romance with a boat ride on the lake.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Mudumalai National Park – Bandipur - Take a private vehicle for the short drive to Bandipur today. Set against the backdrop of the Nilgiri Hills, Mudumalai National Park was once the Mysore Maharaja's private hunting ground. In 1974 it was brought under Project Tiger and is now one of the best sanctuaries in India to observe wildlife in close proximity. Embark on a short safari in search of tigers, leopards, elephants, sloth bears, sambars, spotted deer and much more. There's also an amazing variety of birdlife in the park. Tonight’s family-run accommodation in Bandipur is a mixed-gender dormitory style with a common bathroom. This dorm room is only open to your group.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Mysore - Travel by private vehicle across the scenic Karnataka plains to Mysore – an easy-going town with a pleasant climate, perfect for wandering around on foot. When you arrive, you’ll head to local family’s home for a home-cooked lunch of traditional favourites. Get to know the family, who will show you the practise of making incense – one of the traditional arts from Mysuru. Learn about how it’s made and maybe even have a go yourself! Then, head out on an orientation walk around the town to get your bearings. No visit to Mysore is complete without a look around Mysore Palace – one of the most ornate palaces in India, its interior is full of colour, mosaics and mirrors.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Mysore – Overnight train - This morning, head out to climb Chamundi Hill to the Sri Chamundeswari Temple, dedicated to the Hindu Goddess Durga. After, continue to the Keshava Temple in the small town of Somnathpur – an excellent example of Hoysala architecture. You’ll also have some time to visit to Tipu Sultan’s mausoleum in Sriranga Patna. You can also opt to return to Mysore for a palm reading catch a film at the local cinema. Tonight, board an overnight sleeper train to Chennai.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Mamallapuram - After arriving in Chennai, take a private vehicle along the scenic East Coast Road to Mamallapuram. Explore this ancient seaport town by tuk tuk, paying a visit to the seventh-century Shore Temple and the enormous bas-relief rock carving, known as Arjuna's Penance. There will also be time to inspect the town’s numerous mandapams (pillared temple pavilions), watch local stonemasons at work, or just to kick back and relax at a beachside restaurant.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Puducherry - Travel by private vehicle today through palm trees and rice paddies to Puducherry (Pondicherry). When you arrive, head out with your group and leader on a walking tour to see local temples, the Sri Aurobindo Ashram and the French Quarter. Once a French colony, you’ll see the evidence of French influence in Puducherry's architecture, its wide town squares and even in the police uniforms!

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Madurai - Drive to the temple city of Madurai today. Madurai’s Tamil roots stretch back 2500 years, making it one of the oldest cities in India. Wander the lamp-lit labyrinth of the Sri Meenakshi Amman Temple, dedicated to Lord Shiva and goddess Meenakshi. Visit the Gandhi Memorial Museum, which displays a detailed account of India’s struggle for independence along with the bloodstained dhoti the famous leader wore when he was assassinated.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Periyar - This morning, travel by private vehicle along a winding road to the Periyar National Park and Tiger Reserve. High in the ranges of the Western Ghats, the park is set among stunning scenery and is the most popular wildlife sanctuary in Southern India. Both today and tomorrow, you’ll get to explore the national park on foot and will understand why Periyar is a popular wilderness sanctuary, with its lush surroundings. Enjoy a tour of a local spice plantation, then join your local family hosts to try some authentic home-cooked flavours of Southern India.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Periyar - Venture back into the Periyar Wildlife Sanctuary today for a guided nature walk. Encounters with animals in the wild are never guaranteed, and this is more of a jungle walk than an animal spotting tour, but do look out for tiger tracks, spotted deer, Indian elephants or gaur – the world's largest species of buffalo. In the afternoon, unwind with an optional ayurvedic massage at your accommodation, or just relax in this scenic setting with a drink.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Kerala Backwaters - Today, drive through the rubber, tea and coffee plantations on the way to the backwaters of Kerala. When you arrive, you’ll board a motorboat to cross to the island village where you’ll stay with a local family tonight. In the late afternoon, explore the island with a local English-speaking guide (and sometimes, your homestay host). This is a great chance to meet locals and learn more about their unique way of life. Take a leisurely punt boat ride around the waterways and enjoy the scenery. Tonight, share stories over a traditional home-cooked Keralan meal with your host family.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Kochi - Wake early this morning, before crossing the backwaters by private boat to Alleppey. From here, take a local bus back to Kochi. The rest of the day is free for you to choose your own adventure. Perhaps you’d like to stroll down Princess Street for a spot of shopping, or book yourself into a southern Indian cooking class – your group leader will have some other recommendations, so be sure to ask them. Tonight, why not gather with your group for a night out at a local restaurant and maybe try some pazham pori (fried banana or plantain fritter).

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Delhi - Take your included (but unescorted) flight from Kochi to Delhi today for the second part of your Indian adventure. There will be a meeting at 6 pm to welcome any new travellers joining you on the next stage of your adventure. After the meeting, choose whether to join the group for an optional dinner.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Delhi - This morning, you'll navigate the city’s metro system and discover Old Delhi on a walking tour with your leader. Hitch a ride on a traditional cycle rickshaw through a classic Indian traffic jam in the streets around the Chandni Chowk marketplace. Visit Delhi’s oldest mosque Jama Masjid, which is also India’s largest. Then, escape the city streets by ducking into the Sikh temple of Sheeshganj Gurudwara, to experience the spiritual side of this bustling metropolis. The communal kitchen welcomes all and you can have a simple meal here together. The rest of the day is free for you to enjoy the sights of Delhi.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Agra - Travel to Agra by one of India's express air-conditioned trains. Steeped in Mughal heritage, Agra has a wealth of gardens, temples and open rooftops. When you arrive, you’ll visit the Taj Mahal – one of the Seven Wonders of the World – and learn why Emperor Shah Jahan built it as a memorial to his wife Mumtaz. Head inside the spectacular sandstone walls of the Red Fort, built to encompass the imperial city of the Mughal rulers in the 16th century. If you have time, move on to Akbar's Mausoleum. Tonight, consider visiting Sheroes Hangout – this social enterprise supports survivors of acid attacks – for a meal with a difference.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Madhogarh - Take a private bus to Madhogarh this morning. When you arrive, walk through the village and see the local craftspeople at work making resin bangles. These families are from the Lakhera community – in Hindu mythology, Lakheras are created by Lord Shiva for making bangles for Goddess Parvathy. This practice is a traditional art, and you can see for yourself how they heat the resin and shape it with handmade tools. In the evening, stay in the beautiful heritage property of Fort Madhogarh, which has belonged to one of Rajasthan’s royal families for centuries.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Jaipur - Travel on by private vehicle to Jaipur. When you arrive, walk around the ‘Pink City’ with your leader. Get among the crowds of the city’s bazaars to shop for artisan goods and semi-precious stones. Visit the Amber Fort – an excellent example of Rajput architecture, set on a hilltop overlooking Maota Lake. The Sheesh Mahal inside the fort is must-see. As the walls are completely covered in little mirrors, the hall illuminates with the light of a single match. After, you'll have free time to explore at your own pace.

     

    Day - 20

    Location: Jaipur - Today is a full free day to take on any optional activities or independent exploration that you wish. This morning, you could take an optional hot air balloon ride – floating across the skyline of Jaipur in a hot air balloon is a highlight of the trip for many travellers. Jump on a rickshaw to Hawa Mahal, also known as the 'Palace of the Winds’. Alternatively, head to Jaipur's Royal City Palace or the observatory of Jantar Mantar to see a collection of intriguing astronomical instruments. After a long day of exploration, perhaps head to the Raj Mandir Cinema to see a Bollywood film.

     

    Day - 21

    Location: Ranthambhore National Park - Today you’ll head to Ranthambhore National Park – once a famous hunting ground for the Maharajas of Jaipur and one of the original Project Tiger reserves. In the evening, you’ll take a 4WD bus safari in search of tigers and other wildlife, like hyenas, jackals, deer, langurs, marsh crocodiles, wild boars and birds. Ranthambhore National Park is closed between 1 July and 30 September each year. On trips departing during this time, you'll visit nearby Sawai Mansingh Sanctuary. Sawai Mansingh Sanctuary is about 16 km from Ranthambhore and, due to its hilly terrain, isn't as affected by the monsoon. Tigers also inhabit this area, and sightings are more favourable at this time of year as they move here away from flooded areas of Ranthambhore.

     

    Day - 22

    Location: Bundi - Today, you'll travel to Bundi by private vehicle. When you arrive, navigate Bundi's narrow streets on an insightful walking tour, including the downtown market and meeting jewellery merchants, street dentists and fabric dealers. Learn the secret of chai making from a local chai master and try a fresh brew. Stop in at Bundi's intriguing and intricate step wells (baori) – an architectural marvel, and once the source of water for the town. Check out the 16th-century Bundi Palace with its famous murals before checking into our next heritage stay for the night.

     

    Day - 23

    Location: Paangarh Lake - Take a local train to Bassi, crossing the Chittorgarh countryside to Paangarh Lake. When you arrive, enjoy the view out to the 15th-century fort and unwind with a cup of chai while watching the sunset over the lake. You'll spend tonight in a beautiful permanent tented camp, right on the lakeshore – this is a truly relaxing experience away from the chaos of India's cities.

     

    Day - 24

    Location: Bijaipur - This morning, drive in an open-top jeep out into the countryside past quiet villages. You might be lucky enough to spot some native wildlife as you go, like jackals, langurs, foxes and hares. When you arrive, meet some villagers and maybe even get a henna tattoo (a temporary but traditional souvenir). After, head to your next heritage stay in Bijaipur and enjoy a meal of authentic local specialties made with seasonal vegetables – maybe try baingan masala (eggplant cooked with tomatoes), okra, kadhi (thick, tangy gravy) or chicken curry.

     

    Day - 25

    Location: Udaipur - Wake up in your gorgeous heritage stay and enjoy a final breakfast here as you begin your next journey by private vehicle to Udaipur. When you arrive, you’ll head out on a city walk with your leader. Take in the city’s hills, lakes and white marble palaces and delve into the twisting alleys and bazaars filled with silver, leather goods and miniature paintings. A popular centre for artists, dancers, and musicians, there’s plenty to entertain you here. After, the rest of your day is free. Maybe ask your leader for some dinner recommendations.

     

    Day - 26

    Location: Udaipur - Visit Udaipur's City Palace – one of the largest royal palaces in India. After, you’ll have some free time to explore at your own pace. Maybe take an optional boat ride on the picturesque Lake Pichola (seasonal) to see the island palaces off Jag Nivas and Jag Mandir. After, maybe head out to watch a cultural performance that combines seven traditional Rajasthani folk dances – the perfect way to spend an evening in Udaipur.

     

    Day - 27

    Location: Pushkar - Today, take an air-conditioned train to Ajmer, then a private vehicle to your hotel in Pushkar. When you arrive, head out on a walking tour to visit the bustling ghats and temples around Pushkar Lake and watch as the devout worship by the holy waters and at the Brahma Temple. At dinnertime, share a meal with a local family and learn about their life living in this desert city. The rest of the evening is free for you to explore further.

     

    Day - 28

    Location: Pushkar - Delhi - Early risers can hike up to the Savitri Temple this morning for amazing sunrise views over the town. If you'd prefer, you can soak up a leisurely morning. This afternoon, you’ll board the Shatabdi Express train for the trip back to Delhi, arriving late in the evening. You’ll then transfer to the hotel for your final night of the trip.

     

    Day - 29

    Location: Delhi - There are no activities planned for the final day and you’re able to depart the accommodation at any time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Delhi - Namaste! Welcome to India. Your adventure begins in Delhi with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. If you arrive early, there are plenty of things to see and do –maybe visit the World Heritage-listed Humayun's Tomb or the 12th-century Qutub Minar. As the former residence of royal families and British soldiers, the Red Fort plays a vital part in Delhi’s history and is must-see when you’re here. You could also book an Urban Adventure to see Delhi through the eyes of a local. After you meet your fellow travellers and trip leader, you’ll meet your cycling crew and get fitted out for your bike – then, you have free time to grab an optional group dinner and get to know each other a little better.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Jaipur - Today starts on the bike with an early morning warm-up ride. For the rest of the day, you’ll take a tour through the main sights of Delhi in a private vehicle. Explore 2000-year-old Old Delhi and visit the Jama Masjid – Delhi's oldest and India’s largest mosque. Then, head to the Sikh temple of Sheeshganj Gurudwara and India Gate – the latter commemorating soldiers who lost their lives fighting for the British Indian Army in World War I. In the late afternoon, take a train journey to Jaipur – the ‘Pink City’ and the capital of Rajasthan. Tonight, you’re free to find a good spot to feast on the delicious local cuisine – your leader will know all the best spots!

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Jaipur - This morning, explore the ‘Pink City’ of Jaipur by private vehicle and on foot. Visit the Amber Fort – set atop a hill that overlooks Maota Lake, the fort is a gorgeous example of Rajput architecture. Entering the Sheesh Mahal (Hall of Mirrors) is a particularly memorable experience. You’ll also have the option to visit Jaipur's Royal City Palace and/or one of the five astronomical observatories built by the founder – Jaipur Maharaja Jai Singh. At the end of the day, you might like to sit back in the iconic Raj Mandir Cinema and enjoy a Bollywood blockbuster.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Pushkar - Depart Jaipur after breakfast and after a short drive to beat the traffic mount your bike for a ride from the town of Naraiana. On the way, you’ll pass several forts and make a few stops for photo ops. When you arrive, you’ll drive the last leg to the sacred city of Pushkar. Tonight, head out on a guided walk around the town. Pass the holy Pushkar Lake, where pilgrims come to cleanse themselves of sins and disease by bathing along the lake’s 52 ghats. As the most important temple of its kind, a visit to Brahma Mandir is also a must – this is one of India’s few temples dedicated to the Hindu creator Brahma. The main street of the town is a bustling tourist market and in your free time, you might like to take a stroll around or hunt for a few souvenirs to take home.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Udaipur - Spend the day cycling half the way to the ‘White City’ of Udaipur.You’ll ride on small, quiet roads that roll through red soil, fields and small farms, stopping in Beawar. Hop in the support vehicle for the rest of the journey. Known as the ‘Venice of the East’, Udaipur is often regarded as the most romantic city in India. Set amid the Aravalli Hills, the city curls around Lake Pichola, the two palaces of Jag Mandir and Jag Nivas rising out of the water in their own reflections. When you arrive, soak away the days activities and rest at your accommodation.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Udaipur - Spend the day touring the sights of Udaipur with the group today. You’ll wind through narrow streets to the City Palace complex on the banks of Lake Pichola, which is the largest palace in Rajasthan. Pop into the impressive Jagdish Temple, dedicated to the Lord Vishnu. If time permits, maybe visit the rose gardens of the Gulab Bagh, take a boat trip across Lake Pichola or participate in a Sitar lesson.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Pangarh - Start your day with a bike ride through the Chittorgarh countryside, before boarding the support vehicle for the last stretch to Chittaurgarh. When you arrive, you’ll climb back on the bikes and cycle through the hills towards Bijaipur. From here, you’ll avoid the main highway and head south to Pangarh Lake. Tonight, your group will spend the night in a comfortable permanent tent camp. When you arrive, unwind with a steaming cup of chai tea and watch the sunset over the lake and the serene Vindhya Range. Soak up the views of the 15th-century Pangarh Fort in the distance, perched on the hill to the north and swap stories with your fellow travellers.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Bijaipur - This morning, say goodbye to the campsite and cycle through farmlands to the village of Bijaipur. On the way, you’ll witness local rural life in action and, depending on the season, opium poppy fields in harvest. In Bijaipur, you’ll stay in the 16th-century Castle Bijaipur, which is now a heritage hotel within the original fortified walls. Enjoy the palace’s blend of modern and Mughal architecture as you relax by the pool or in the gardens, pampered by the Mewar hospitality of the hotel’s owners.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Bundi - After breakfast, cycle the rural roads to the town of Ratangarh . From here take the van to Bundi – one of the most popular tourist destinations in Rajasthan, famous for its intricate architecture, cultural heritage and rich history. When you arrive, you’ll explore the town on a leader-led walking tour. Wander the narrow streets packed with blue Brahmin houses, bazaars, temples and shops, and mingle with locals in the downtown market. Visit Bundi’s ancient and ornately carved baoris (step wells), which once provided water to the city. Imposing itself over the town is the 17th-century Bundi Palace, where you can check out some exquisite murals.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Ranthambhore National Park - Today, depart Bundi and ride the mostly flat roads beneath the towering sandstone escarpments and through classic Rajasthani rural life to the small town of Lakheri. From here its time to park the bike and drive to the legendary Ranthambhore National Park. Once a hunting ground for the Maharajas of Jaipur, this park is now a major wildlife park and the best place in Rajasthan to see tigers in the wild. You’ll arrive in the late afternoon, so you’ll have plenty of time to rest up for an early safari tomorrow.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Ranthambhore National Park - Embark on a safari before dawn this morning, in search of leopards, wild boar, hyenas, nilgai, birds and of course, the resident tigers. Deep in the jungle of the park is Ranthambhore Fort – founded in AD944, the ruins of Badal Mahal and the Hammirs Court pavilions hint its previous grandeur. In the late afternoon, explore a different sector of the park on a safari canter bus to increase the chance of spotting a few tigers.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Madhogarh - Today is your final day of cycling. Depart Ranthambhore and drive to the small town of Lalsot, where you’ll hop on your bikes. Surrounded by hills, you’ll start the ride through farmland and small villages, making your way to Madhogarh and arriving by the late afternoon. After saying goodbye to the cycling crew, you’ll head out to explore the small village with your group. Soak in the famed Rajput hospitality tonight in the 400-year-old Fort Madhogarh – built by Madho Singh Ji and once the battlefield of the Kachwaha Rajputs. In 2000, the fort was converted into a family-run hotel to finance its upkeep and this is where you’ll spend the night.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Agra - Today, travel by bus to Agra – a city of temples, gardens and palaces, rich in Mughal heritage. Today is also the day you visit the Taj Mahal – one of the Seven Wonders of the World, this iconic structure was built by Emperor Shah Jahan as a memorial to his wife Mumtaz. As described by the poet Rabindranath Tagore, this 'teardrop on the face of eternity' never fails to amaze. If you like, in your free time you can also continue to Akbar's Mausoleum. Tonight, you’re free to find the perfect eating spot.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Delhi - This morning you’ll take a tour the spectacular Red Fort. Founded by Emperor Akbar in the 16th century, its sandstone walls once enclosed the imperial city of the Mughal rulers. Wander around the fort’s palaces, mosques and halls before the afternoon drive back to Delhi. Arrive in the early evening and enjoy a free night to celebrate a trip well travelled – maybe you’ll want to head out with your group for an optional dinner and drinks.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Delhi - There are no activities planned after breakfast today and your adventure comes to an end. You're free to leave at any time after check out. If you'd like to extend your stay, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time to organise additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Delhi - Namaste! Welcome to India. Your trekking adventure kicks off in Delhi – the capital territory of India’s north. Meet your trip leader and new travel buddies at a 6 pm welcome meeting tonight. If you arrive early, there's plenty to do in this wonderfully chaotic city. Maybe wander the streets, sip on your first chai or practice haggling in one of the many markets. Tonight, ask your leader for the best nightlife spots and maybe grab a drink with your group.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Leh - Take a flight to Leh this morning – the joint capital of Ladakh, in the Himalayan region, sits framed by the towering peaks of the mountains. When you arrive at the airport, transfer to your hotel, then the rest of your day is free. It might be a good idea to take is easy today as you acclimatise to the altitude (Leh sits at 3500 m above sea level). This afternoon, head out for a gentle orientation walk around the city and its bazaars.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Leh - Today after breakfast, you’ll explore Leh’s gorgeous scenery and main sites with your leader. First, head to the Shey Monastery and Palace – this complex, sitting on a high hill, is best known for the one-of-a-kind three-storey statue of Buddha Shakyamuni. Next, you’ll visit the Thiksey Monastery. Also resting on a hill, this site overlooks the Indus Valley with a full view of the Stok Range in the Himalayas. Directly across, you’ll see the Matho Monastery in the village of Matho. Sitting at the mouth of a deep gorge that runs out of the Zanskar Range, this Tibetan Buddhist monastery features red and gold inlays and beautiful views. Later this afternoon, you’re free to wander at your own pace or head back to the hotel and rest.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Leh - Today, you’ll hike in and around Leh to continue to acclimatise to the altitude. Time in this city is crucial to properly get used to the high altitude! You’ll set off after breakfast with your leader on a hike around the Leh Valley. Visit the Ruins of Royal Palace – an outstanding example of monumental architecture akin to the Potala of Lhasa, which was built between 1645 and 1695 by the fifth Dalai Lama. Then, visit the Tsemo Monastery for views of Leh and the surrounding villages. From here, continue your walk via Sankar to the recently built Shanti Stupa – this stupa also overlooks Leh and the Stok Range across the valley. If you’re lucky, you might even see the sunset from here!

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Zingchen to Rumbak - After breakfast, drive to the small village of Zingchen where your trek begins. Meet your crew, then start the gradual climb to Rumbak. You’ll be walking through epic mountain scenery, blanketed in snow in winter and green grasses in summer. Rare snow leopards live in this area, but the chance of a sighting in summer is very rare. Visit the village Rumbak and meet some members of the local community. Watch the sun go down and maybe help out with dinner tonight. 

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Rumbak to Yurutse - From your camp site, you’ll take a short trek this morning to the village of Yurutse in the Rumbak Valley. This remote village is home to only one large house and the family here are considered very hospitable hosts. Soak up the natural landscape and watching the stars as they come out, uninterrupted by light pollution.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Yurutse to Skiu - Today will be one of the longer hiking days of the trip. After breakfast, you’ll climb the 4900-m-high pass of Ganda La passing through base camp. Take in the amazing view and the clean, clear air. It will then be a long descent to Shingo village. When you arrive in the village, continue through a narrow gorge to Skiu in the Markha Valley. Here, there’s a small monastery, part of which is assumed to be over 1000 years old!

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Skiu to Markha Village - Today is another long trekking day, but on mostly flat trails. Walk through the scenic Markha Valley in the middle of the Hemis National Park and check out the old ruins that are on many hill tops here. These show the former importance of this ancient route and little is known about the origin of these ruins! Most likely, they are from the fortresses of Darden, who colonised the first sedentary inhabitants of Ladakh. If you’re lucky, you might see the wild blue sheep on the slopes here or an eagle circling in the sky. Just before the village of Markha, you’ll cross a stream to reach tonight’s campsite. Then, you can set up and settle in for the night.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Markha Village to Hankar - Your trek continues up to the valley this morning. After a few hours of taking in the wild landscape, you’ll reach Hankar – the last village in the Markha Valley. When you arrive and if you feel up to it, you can take the short but very steep hike up to the small monastery in Tetsa – the view from the top is breathtaking and you’re well rewarded for the effort!

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Hankar to Nimaling - This morning, you’ll trek to the high plateau of Nimaling. When you arrive, you can take in the flat, green plains of the area, surrounded by the white-capped mountains. Nimaling is known as one of the most beautiful high valleys in Ladakh and the views of the 6400-m-high Kangyatze are simply breathtaking. In the evening, the villagers bring their herds of sheep, goats and yaks to these plains to graze in the summer and you can watch them as the sun begins to set! This is your final night with your crew, so soak it up and celebrate an amazing adventure together.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Nimaling to Leh - Today, you’ll tackle Kongmaru La – the second pass on the Markha Valley trek. From the pass, take in the sights of Kangyatze one last time, then descend into the long, narrow gorge for spectacular natural scenery. You’ll arrive in Chokdo, then drive back to Leh through green, fertile lands. Spend the night back in the city, celebrating a long and rewarding trekking adventure.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Leh - After a leisurely breakfast this morning, you have a free day in Leh to do some last-minute shopping in the bazaar for any souvenirs or gifts you might like to bring home. Tonight, why not grab dinner with your fellow travellers and swap stories.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Delhi - Take a morning flight to Delhi today. When you arrive, settle in and relax. This afternoon, you’ll have the option to explore Old Delhi on an Urban Adventures sightseeing tour in the afternoon. Wander around the wonderfully chaotic sights and sounds, then later, why not head out with your group for one final dinner together of delicious, local cuisine.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Delhi - With no further activities planned after breakfast, your trip comes to an end. If you’d like to extend your time in Delhi, just reach out to your booking agent ahead of time. Maybe consider another trip through India, like the Classic Rajasthan (trip code HHSC), India’s Golden Triangle (trip code HHSN) or Premium India Safari (trip code HHPT).

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Delhi - Namaste! Welcome to India. Your adventure begins in Delhi – the capital of India – with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. If you arrive early, why not hit the streets and try and get into the Delhi flow of life. If you’re a history buff, there’s the 14th-century Humayun's Tomb or 11th-century Qutub Minar to explore. There’s also the former residence of royal families and British soldiers – the mighty Red Fort. After your meeting, maybe continue the introductions over an optional group dinner. Ask your leader for local favourites like a plate of chicken tikka masala or vegetarian curry (with naan bread, obviously) or head out to explore the nightlife.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Delhi - Overnight Train - Head out on a walking tour around the commercial heart of Delhi, visiting Chandni Chowk (Sheeshganj Gurudwara) and Connaught Place along the way. Explore Old Delhi on a bicycle rickshaw to dig that little bit deeper and visit Gurudwara Sis Ganj Sahib – one of the oldest and most iconic Sikh shrines in Delhi – and try your hand at making chapatis in the community kitchen. This shrine is visited by devotees regularly, and everyone is welcome here, regardless of their religion or gender. Tonight, embark on a journey through the heart of India on an overnight train to Bikaner.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Bikaner - This morning, you’ll arrive in the fortified town of Bikaner – a city in Rajasthan that still displays its ancient opulence through palaces and forts built of red sandstone that have withstood the passage of time. When you arrive, head out on an orientation tour with your leader. The rest of the afternoon is free to relax or explore the city more in-depth - maybe you can head out on a tuk-tuk tour of the Old City. Keep an eye out for delicious street food like bhujia (chickpea chips) or tuck into a thali tonight for dinner. 

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Bikaner - Today, you have free time to explore at your own pace – it's highly recommended you head to the Junagarh Fort if you haven’t already! You could try the iconic Chunilal sharbat (a sweet cordial prepared with fruit or flower petals) along the way. Tonight, rejoin your group for a fun cooking demonstration with a local family. Watch how they prepare chai and roll chapati (Indian flatbread) and have a go yourself! Learn how aloe vera is a delicacy in this region and chat to the local women as they teach you some tips and tricks to bring home. After, you’ll all enjoy dinner together.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Jaisalmer - This morning, take a local train to the yellow sandstone citadel of Jaisalmer. When you arrive in this ‘living fort,’ you’ll have free time to rest and recharge. Later, head out on an orientation walk with your leader through the snaking alleyways, filled with markets and intricately carved houses. Then, maybe ask your leader for their favourite local places to eat and grab some delicious local cuisine.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Jaisalmer - Thar Desert - Spend today exploring the desert oasis of Jaisalmer – a former medieval trading centre that sort of looks like a giant sandcastle. This afternoon, chuck your essentials in an overnight bag, then hop in a 4WD to ride out to tonight’s camp in style. Traverse the sweeping dunes of the Thar Desert, then help set up camp while the guides get the fire started and ready for your vegetarian campfire feast, which includes chapati, dal, rice and veggies. You’ll be sleeping out in the open tonight, with mattresses, pillows, sheets and blankets provided. There’s no need for a tent – you wouldn’t want to miss the incredible starry sky tonight!

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Jaisalmer - Jodphur - The crack of dawn is your wake-up call this morning – don’t worry, it's worth it! You'll soon see that not much can match up to a desert sunrise. After a simple breakfast and a morning display of light and colour, climb back into your 4WD and return to the city. Enjoy some free time to explore at your own pace before jumping on a train to the famous blue city of Jodphur. Tonight, you’ll have a unique experience in a family-run homestay right in the heart of the old town.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Jodphur - Today you’re free to explore at your own pace. Maybe bargain at Sadar Bazaar – one of the oldest markets in India. Built around a clock tower, it’s packed with spice and vegetable markets, juice sellers and sari materials. Whatever you’re into, you’ll probably be able to grab it here – there are numerous vendors with carts selling everything from Bollywood soundtracks to armfuls of sparkling bangles. And don’t miss the street snacks! From the chaos of the market, maybe head to the Mehrangarh Fort, which sits up on a hill looking over the town. Take in the views from its ramparts, which dominate the city's skyline. This is probably the best preserved of all of Rajasthan’s hundreds of forts and gives you a great idea of what life would’ve been like as a royal.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Khinwara - Today, you’ll head off the beaten path to Khinwara for a heritage homestay experience. Watch the landscape transition from the desert to the lakes of Udaipur. At your homestay, you’ll have free time to settle in and relax, chat with your hosts or maybe head out on an optional drive to a local farm – where you’ll wander the farm, then meet with the family for chai and cookies, getting a unique insight into local life.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Udaipur - Say goodbye to your hosts before travelling on to Udaipur this morning – there’s no doubt this place lives up to its rep as India’s most romantic city. Rolling hills, white marble palaces and lakes come together, and it’s a place where artists, dancers and musicians perfect their craft. There are also great shopping opportunities, with miniature paintings the speciality if you’re looking for a souvenir. Walk around town to get your bearings, then explore Udaipur's twisting alleys filled with silver, shoes, bags, leather goods and paintings. The rest of the afternoon is free to maybe head out on the water for a sunset boat ride on Pichola Lake, seeing Lake Palace and Jag Mandir Island as the sun goes down. After, why not have dinner on a rooftop overlooking the lake.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Udaipur - Today, enjoy loads of free time to explore Udaipur. You could check out the City Palace, one of the largest royal palaces in India, and see the unbelievable treasures within – from vivid murals to antiques and royal utensils. Feeling peckish? Join the famous Spice Box cooking school and spend a half-day learning the secrets of Indian cuisine. With lessons on preparation and cooking, you'll whip up a full Indian meal in no time.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Jaipur - Travel to the Pink City of Jaipur early this morning – the streets of this earthy red town are busy with camels, motorbikes and rickshaws, and you’ll walk past traditionally dressed Rajputs while monkeys climb wires overhead. Haggle to your heart's content in Jaipur's bazaars and backstreets, filled with textiles, semi-precious gems and blue pottery. Drop by one of India’s finest palaces – the Royal City Palace – a gorgeous complex with various courtyard gates and museums. Tonight, you might want to experience the cinema like never before with an extravagant Bollywood blockbuster at the stylish Raj Mandir Cinema – there’s usually romance, drama and music all rolled into one.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Jaipur - For anyone that wants to see the Pink City a bit differently this morning, there’s the option to drift high over Jaipur in a hot air balloon – a highlight for many visitors. With your free time, maybe drop by Hawa Mahal (Palace of the Winds) – the impressive five-storey facade with pink, honeycombed windows make it the most photographed building in the country after the Taj Mahal. Then, head out to the old capital of Amber and explore the hilltop fort complex known as the Amber Fort. The Sheesh Mahal inside the fort is a must-see, as the walls are completely covered in little mirrors and the hall illuminates with the light of a single match! If you like, you can hit the streets for raj kachori chaat (a big fluffy chaat served with chutney, yoghurt, chilli and potato). This afternoon, maybe cool off with a lassi from Lassiwala on MI road – Jaipur's oldest and most famous lassi shop.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Agra - Head east by public bus to Agra – home to one of the Seven Wonders of the World. When you arrive, you’ll head to the most iconic sight in India. The Taj Mahal will exceed all expectations when the light shimmers off its white marble surface. Take your time soaking up the sight of this wonder, learn all about its history from a local guide and make sure to grab your iconic photo. After, maybe jump on a motorised rickshaw to pick out the rest of the city’s monuments, like Akbar's Mausoleum – a beautiful sandstone and marble tomb built for the greatest of the Mughal emperors.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Agra - Delhi - This morning, you might want to return to the Taj Mahal for sunrise and see the iconic structure in a new light. Then, you’ll hop on a train back to Delhi. When you arrive, you’re free to rest and recharge or head out for some delicious local eats. Tonight, why not grab a quiet drink with your group and cheers to a trip well-travelled.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Delhi - There are no further activities planned for today and your trip comes to an end. If you’d like to extend your stay, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Delhi - Namaste! Welcome to India. This Himalayan adventure kicks off in Delhi – the capital territory of India’s north. Meet your trip leader and new travel buddies at a 6 pm welcome meeting tonight. If you arrive early, there's plenty to do in this wonderfully chaotic city. Maybe wander the streets, sip on your first chai or practice haggling in one of the many markets. Tonight, ask your leader for the best nightlife spots and perhaps grab a drink with your group.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Tordi - Your next destination takes a bit of work to get to, but that’s because it’s a secret, tucked away haven away from the prying eyes of the everyday tourist. You’ll journey through picturesque countryside by train to a unique stay in Tordi – this remote and rarely visited village offers a glimpse into the real Rajasthan. Tonight, sleep in an 18th-century palace with its owner as your host. There's a ruined temple and fortress nearby that you can explore, and then you can settle in and savour the delicious local flavours with a home-cooked dinner.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Jaipur - This morning, take on an optional hike at sunrise for epic views of the town and surrounding countryside. Get up before the sun, set out uphill and when you reach the top, watch the sky change colours as you enjoy some chai and cookies. Then, kick on to Jaipur – India's Pink City. You'll have plenty of free time here to haggle to your heart's content at the bazaars and backstreets, where vendors sell a variety of textiles, precious and semi-precious gems and blue pottery. Drop by one of India’s finest palaces – the Royal City Palace. Foodies will want to hit the streets for raj kachori chaat (a big fluffy chaat served with chutney, yoghurt, chilli and potato). Then, maybe cool off with a lassi from Lassiwala on MI road – Jaipur's oldest and most famous lassi shop. Tonight, cinema buffs won’t want to miss a Bollywood blockbuster at the Raj Mandir Cinema.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Jaipur - If you're keen on a different view of the Pink City, an optional early morning hot air balloon ride is a trip highlight for many visitors. Later in the morning, you’ll drop by Hawa Mahal (Palace of the Winds) – the impressive five-storey facade with pink and honeycombed windows is the most photographed building in the country after the Taj Mahal. After, it’s out to the old capital of Amber where you’ll explore the hilltop fort complex known as the Amber Fort. The rest of the day is free – maybe ask your leader for the best spot for dinner and pick up a biryani or a tasty plate of chicken tikka masala.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Agra - Take advantage of the chance to rub shoulders with the locals today on a public bus ride to Agra. When you arrive, you’ve made it to one of the Seven Wonders of the World – India's most enduring symbol and an epic monument to love and loss. For some reason, local families find it more interesting to take photos of you than the actual Taj Mahal! But you'll be too busy standing there with your mouth gaping open to notice. Take your time taking in the delight of this gorgeous monument and make sure you grab a great pic– you won’t want to forget this.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Agra - Overnight train - Today is free to explore at your leisure. Agra Fort is a popular option where you can stroll the palatial gardens of the red sandstone stronghold and get some great views of the Taj Mahal from afar. For a meal that makes a difference while in Agra, consider visiting Sheroes Hangout – a social enterprise that supports survivors of acid attacks. Then, it's on to the next stop – Varanasi. Tonight, it’s time for a unique slice of Indian life aboard an overnight train.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Varanasi - Arrive in one of the holiest cities in the country this morning. Varanasi is the ultimate destination for Hindu pilgrims who travel far and wide to experience the spirituality of this city. Overflowing with temples, shrines and devotees, this is an interesting place to explore. Maybe take the chance to perfect your yoga in one of the epic chakra-balancing spots. Or just chill out and soak in the meditative surroundings, ready for your early start tomorrow.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Varanasi - Today’s an early start, but it’s worth it – you’ll take a sunrise boat ride along the sacred Ganges. Even if you're not spiritual, you can't help but get goosebumps during this experience. Pass the many ghats (stairs leading to the water) and temples along the river and watch thousands of Hindu pilgrims cleanse their sins in the holy water as the sun bathes the surrounds in shades of amber and orange. After, maybe hop on an auto rickshaw to the oldest part of the city to explore its maze of narrow alleyways packed full of small shops, stalls and lumbering cows. See pilgrims performing rituals unchanged for hundreds of years and pass chiming temples as wafts of incense fill the air.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: India/Nepal border crossing - Lumbini - Wave goodbye to India as you travel to the border (Sunauli border crossing) and enter Nepal. Make sure to charge up your music and fish out your book, as it's a long day of travel today. Arrive in Lumbini. No ordinary border town, this is the birthplace of Gautama Buddha – the founder of Buddhism and one of his four holy places of pilgrimage. Check out the beautiful Ashoka Pillars and hop on cycle rickshaws to the Maya Devi Temple – the actual site where Buddha is thought to have been born.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Chitwan National Park - Put on your safari hat this morning, as you’ll drive to Chitwan National Park – UNESCO declared this park a World Heritage Site in 1984 and it offers some of the best wildlife viewing in Asia. Think the Jungle Book coming to life with rhinos, deer, monkeys and a wide array of birds, including Nepalese wild chickens. Tonight, you’ll stay in a lodge near the park, listening out for the roars of tigers as you fall asleep to the sounds of nature

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Chitwan National Park - This morning you’ll hop aboard a jeep, meet your local guide and take a fun safari drive through Chitwan National Park. Look out for elephants and rhinos and if you’re lucky, you might even catch a glimpse of one of the 100-or-so Bengal Tigers that call the park home. There are also a number of optional activities available through your accommodation this afternoon, including biking, bird watching, cultural performances, canoe rides and village tours. Whatever you choose, whether it’s an active cycle through the park or a leisurely float along the river, you’re sure to have a great afternoon.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Kathmandu - Today, you’ll travel to your final destination – the Nepalese patchouli–scented capital of Kathmandu. Maybe book in for a massage or a yoga session when you arrive to ease those body kinks and settle into a meditative state. With the rest of your free time, you can visit the giant Buddhist Stupa at Boudhanath or head out into the narrow streets – home to holy men, monks, bicycles and sacred cows. Got a sweet tooth? Take one soft, fluffy ball of buffalo milk dough, deep fried until it's the texture of a doughnut, dropped into sugar syrup flavoured with cardamom powder, rose essence and saffron and eat! Your leader will know where to grab these delicacies. Kathmandu has some great spots for nightlife too, so if you like, chill out with a cool drink or grab some dinner with your group tonight. 

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Kathmandu - With no further activities planned, your adventure ends this morning. Since you're already here, why not stay an extra day or two and dig a little deeper into Kathmandu. If you’d like to stay longer, just speak to your booking agent and maybe get to know the city better through an Urban Adventures day tour (or two). 

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Delhi - Namaste! Welcome to India. This Himalayan adventure kicks off in Delhi – the capital territory of India’s north. Meet your trip leader and new travel buddies at a 6 pm welcome meeting tonight. If you arrive early, there's plenty to do in this wonderfully chaotic city. Maybe wander the streets, sip on your first chai or practice haggling in one of the many markets. Tonight, ask your leader for the best nightlife spots and perhaps grab a drink with your group.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Tordi - Your next destination takes a bit of work to get to, but that’s because it’s a secret, tucked away haven away from the prying eyes of the everyday tourist. You’ll journey through picturesque countryside by train to a unique stay in Tordi – this remote and rarely visited village offers a glimpse into the real Rajasthan. Tonight, sleep in an 18th-century palace with its owner as your host. There's a ruined temple and fortress nearby that you can explore, and then you can settle in and savour the delicious local flavours with a home-cooked dinner.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Jaipur - This morning, take on an optional hike at sunrise for epic views of the town and surrounding countryside. Get up before the sun, set out uphill and when you reach the top, watch the sky change colours as you enjoy some chai and cookies. Then, kick on to Jaipur – India's Pink City. You'll have plenty of free time here to haggle to your heart's content at the bazaars and backstreets, where vendors sell a variety of textiles, precious and semi-precious gems and blue pottery. Drop by one of India’s finest palaces – the Royal City Palace. Foodies will want to hit the streets for raj kachori chaat (a big fluffy chaat served with chutney, yoghurt, chilli and potato). Then, maybe cool off with a lassi from Lassiwala on MI road – Jaipur's oldest and most famous lassi shop. Tonight, cinema buffs won’t want to miss a Bollywood blockbuster at the Raj Mandir Cinema.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Jaipur - If you're keen on a different view of the Pink City, an optional early morning hot air balloon ride is a trip highlight for many visitors. Later in the morning, you’ll drop by Hawa Mahal (Palace of the Winds) – the impressive five-storey facade with pink and honeycombed windows is the most photographed building in the country after the Taj Mahal. After, it’s out to the old capital of Amber where you’ll explore the hilltop fort complex known as the Amber Fort. The rest of the day is free – maybe ask your leader for the best spot for dinner and pick up a biryani or a tasty plate of chicken tikka masala.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Agra - Take advantage of the chance to rub shoulders with the locals today on a public bus ride to Agra. When you arrive, you’ve made it to one of the Seven Wonders of the World – India's most enduring symbol and an epic monument to love and loss. For some reason, local families find it more interesting to take photos of you than the actual Taj Mahal! But you'll be too busy standing there with your mouth gaping open to notice. Take your time taking in the delight of this gorgeous monument and make sure you grab a great pic– you won’t want to forget this.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Agra - Overnight train - Today is free to explore at your leisure. Agra Fort is a popular option where you can stroll the palatial gardens of the red sandstone stronghold and get some great views of the Taj Mahal from afar. For a meal that makes a difference while in Agra, consider visiting Sheroes Hangout – a social enterprise that supports survivors of acid attacks. Then, it's on to the next stop – Varanasi. Tonight, it’s time for a unique slice of Indian life aboard an overnight train.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Varanasi - Arrive in one of the holiest cities in the country this morning. Varanasi is the ultimate destination for Hindu pilgrims who travel far and wide to experience the spirituality of this city. Overflowing with temples, shrines and devotees, this is an interesting place to explore. Maybe take the chance to perfect your yoga in one of the epic chakra-balancing spots. Or just chill out and soak in the meditative surroundings, ready for your early start tomorrow.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Varanasi - Today’s an early start, but it’s worth it – you’ll take a sunrise boat ride along the sacred Ganges. Even if you're not spiritual, you can't help but get goosebumps during this experience. Pass the many ghats (stairs leading to the water) and temples along the river and watch thousands of Hindu pilgrims cleanse their sins in the holy water as the sun bathes the surrounds in shades of amber and orange. After, maybe hop on an auto rickshaw to the oldest part of the city to explore its maze of narrow alleyways packed full of small shops, stalls and lumbering cows. See pilgrims performing rituals unchanged for hundreds of years and pass chiming temples as wafts of incense fill the air.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: India/Nepal border crossing - Lumbini - Wave goodbye to India as you travel to the border (Sunauli border crossing) and enter Nepal. Make sure to charge up your music and fish out your book, as it's a long day of travel today. Arrive in Lumbini. No ordinary border town, this is the birthplace of Gautama Buddha – the founder of Buddhism and one of his four holy places of pilgrimage. Check out the beautiful Ashoka Pillars and hop on cycle rickshaws to the Maya Devi Temple – the actual site where Buddha is thought to have been born.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Chitwan National Park - Put on your safari hat this morning, as you’ll drive to Chitwan National Park – UNESCO declared this park a World Heritage Site in 1984 and it offers some of the best wildlife viewing in Asia. Think the Jungle Book coming to life with rhinos, deer, monkeys and a wide array of birds, including Nepalese wild chickens. Tonight, you’ll stay in a lodge near the park, listening out for the roars of tigers as you fall asleep to the sounds of nature

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Chitwan National Park - This morning you’ll hop aboard a jeep, meet your local guide and take a fun safari drive through Chitwan National Park. Look out for elephants and rhinos and if you’re lucky, you might even catch a glimpse of one of the 100-or-so Bengal Tigers that call the park home. There are also a number of optional activities available through your accommodation this afternoon, including biking, bird watching, cultural performances, canoe rides and village tours. Whatever you choose, whether it’s an active cycle through the park or a leisurely float along the river, you’re sure to have a great afternoon.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Kathmandu - Today, you’ll travel to your final destination – the Nepalese patchouli–scented capital of Kathmandu. Maybe book in for a massage or a yoga session when you arrive to ease those body kinks and settle into a meditative state. With the rest of your free time, you can visit the giant Buddhist Stupa at Boudhanath or head out into the narrow streets – home to holy men, monks, bicycles and sacred cows. Got a sweet tooth? Take one soft, fluffy ball of buffalo milk dough, deep fried until it's the texture of a doughnut, dropped into sugar syrup flavoured with cardamom powder, rose essence and saffron and eat! Your leader will know where to grab these delicacies. Kathmandu has some great spots for nightlife too, so if you like, chill out with a cool drink or grab some dinner with your group tonight. 

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Kathmandu - Today, you have free time in Kathmandu until your second welcome meeting at 2 pm. You might like to visit the most important Buddhist shrine – Swayambhunath Stupa – and the nearby Bhaktapur (also known as ‘the City of Devotees’). Maybe see the furniture, art and ornaments of the royal family at the Narayanhiti Palace Museum. After the meeting, maybe wander Durbar Square or the lively streets of Thamel, home to lively market stalls, tranquil gardens and thriving nightlife options.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Trisuli River - Take a morning drive over the rim of the Kathmandu Valley and soak up the views of the Ganesh and Lantang ranges. Then hit the waters for some whitewater rafting on the Trisuli River – this is the most popular river for rafting in all of Nepal. Soak up the thrill of the rapids, aptly named Ladies Delight, Rock Garden and Snell's Nose, among the beauty of the nearby gorges. Explore the magnificent scenery from the rapids, and then tonight, camp on the beach and enjoy a local meal under the stars.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Trisuli River - Pokhara - This morning is for some more fun on the river, including negotiating the Monsoon and Upset rapids. In Kurintar, refuel your energy with a light lunch with your group and then drive to Pokhara. When you arrive, take an afternoon walk around the city with your leader, who will point out some sights and sounds in the area, including Phewa Lake. This evening is free for you to chill out at one of the many lakeside restaurants or bars. Maybe get yourself a plate of momos (dumplings) or a nourishing bowl of dal bhat (thick lentil or bean soup) for dinner tonight.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Ghandruk (1950m / 6397ft) - Today, you’ll make the drive from Pokhara to Shyauli Bazaar – this is where the trekking adventure begins. Your hike is mostly uphill today on some pretty diverse terrain. There’s a dirt track leading to Birethanti and Shyauli villages, then you’ll reach a stone staircase up to Kimche, where you’ll stop for lunch. There are views of snowcapped mountains and expansive fields below, so make sure you’ve got your camera. From here, you’ll follow the stone flags that lead you through fields of wheat to Ghandruk. Tonight, you'll stay in your first Nepalese teahouse.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Tolkha (1700m / 5577ft) - Look east this morning to Landruk, the next village on your route. Look down to the Modi Kola River 600 m below. Your breakfast this morning will be a refreshing start, with a mountain view so you can take it all in. When you’ve refuelled, start the trek towards Tolkha – where you’ll be staying for the night. Along the way, take in the diverse scenery of the river below, the mountain above and the wild landscape on every side. The Annapurna range makes for a pretty great photo subject (and she’s not shy, either).

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Hemjakot (1530m / 5019ft) - This morning after some breakfast, you’ll continue your trek from Tolkha to Hemjakot – the best spot to connect with some locals. As you start today’s walk, you’ll notice you’re surrounded by pink and purple rhododendrons. Do you know what you won’t see much of? Other people – this trail from Dhampus to Hemjakot is pretty remote, giving you the chance to really switch off and enjoy the scenery. Tonight, you’ll stay with a local family. The homes in Hemjakot reflect the traditional style of this part of the Himalayas and are made from natural stones from this region. This displays a domestic style of architecture that has largely been overshadowed in Nepal's big cities. When you arrive, you’ll experience the rural way of life in the mountains, gaining insight into the local culture of the Gurung population, who migrated here from Tibet.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Pokhara - Say goodbye to your new friends in Hemjakot and head out again – this morning’s trek is a short descent to Phedi. When you arrive, transfer to Pokhara, arriving in time for lunch. Enjoy some free time in the afternoon to do all the things you didn’t do the first time around in Pokhara – a popular choice is taking a rowboat (doonga) out on Phewa Lake. If there are blue skies today, you’ll have mountain views wherever you look. After, maybe check out the Tal Barahi Temple and the Shree Bindhyabasini Temple, which are both free to explore.

     

    Day - 20

    Location: Kathmandu - It’s a long bus ride back to Kathmandu (so bring some snacks, road trip games and a good book). When you arrive, maybe grab a banana lassi to soak away the bus ride. Tonight, you’re free to explore Kathmandu’s nightlife further (what better way to celebrate a good trek).

     

    Day - 21

    Location: Kathmandu - With no further activities planned, your trip comes to an end after breakfast today. If you’d like to stay longer, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Delhi - Namaste! Welcome to India. Delhi is an exciting and chaotic capital city filled with historical sites, museums, galleries, shops and bazaars. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight where you’ll meet your local leader and fellow travellers. After, celebrate the start of your adventure with a short stroll to a local restaurant for your first taste of North Indian cuisine – a delicious (and completely vegetarian) thali feast. A thali is an assortment of small dishes put together on one platter – the perfect way to sample a range of flavours. After, your leader will take you to a hole-in-the-wall eatery where you may like to sample some of Delhi’s best kulfi falooda, (a delicious ice cream-style dessert). 

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Delhi - Ready your appetite and venture out to Old Delhi, wandering through alleyways for an authentic Delhi street food breakfast. Maybe pick up some bedmi, potato curry, sweet fried jalebi or paratha flatbread. Keep your eye out for the local chai wallah, renowned for his delicious milky tea. Next, jump on the city's metro system and head to Jama Masjid, Delhi's oldest mosque. After some time at this ancient building, hop aboard a rickshaw and head to Chandni Chowk – one of the oldest and busiest markets in Old Delhi. Visit the spice warehouses in the back alleys of Khari Baoli and meet a seller to learn about the spice mixes they take to market. Visit the Gali Paranthe Wali (lane of parathas). Parathas are one of the most popular unleavened flat breads in Punjabi North Indian cuisine, and you’ll taste some filled with potatoes, cauliflower and paneer. While Hinduism is the dominant religion in Delhi, there is also a significant Sikh population, which you’ll learn more about over a vegetarian lunch at a local Sikh temple. Tonight, you’ve got the option to visit a local family for a home-cooked meal. This provides an insight into the day-to-day life of Delhites, so find out some secret recipes, get involved or just chat with your welcoming hosts. 

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Agra - Jump aboard a local train for an air-conditioned ride to Agra. Famed for one of the Seven Wonders of the World, the Taj Mahal, Agra is a city of fascinating history, rich in Mughal heritage. Agra is also home to one of the finest looking forts in India – Agra Fort. Enter the dark red sandstone stronghold and search through throne rooms and tiny but ornate mosques. After, head to the Taj Mahal to explore the grounds and take in the changing scenes as day turns to evening – a truly unforgettable experience. For dinner, join a Mughlai cooking demonstration. Influenced by Central Asian and Islamic recipes, Mughlai cuisine is unique and fragrant. Meet a passionate cook who'll teach you how to prepare classics such as malai ki sabzi (vegetables cooked with cream) and onion paratha (flatbread stuffed with onions and potato), depending on the season.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Jaipur - Say goodbye to Agra and drive to the ‘Pink City’ of Jaipur. Jaipur was designed by royalty and has delighted visitors for centuries with its pink-hued buildings and buzzing bazaars. Jump on a rickshaw and swing by one of India's most photographed buildings, the Hawa Mahal or 'Palace of the Winds’, to snap some pictures yourself. Then, you’ll have the chance to try kachori at the iconic Rawat Mishthan Bhandar for lunch, (a deep fired snack that is typically made from a spiced dough usually filled with vegetables and lentils), a locals' favourite. Other Rajasthani delicacies include breads made of five diffrent flours and served with curries. In the evening, you may like to check out the extravagance of a Bollywood blockbuster, with all the Hollywood-style elements of action, romance, drama and music (sometimes all rolled into one), at the Raj Mandir Cinema.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Jaipur - Travel out to the old capital of Amber and explore the hilltop complex known as the Amber Fort. Overlooking Maota Lake, this opulent palace is the legacy of a fallen empire and a great example of Rajput architecture. One of its most spectacular buildings is the Sheesh Mahal – with its walls completely covered with tiny mirrors, the hall becomes a dazzling fantasy with the light of a single match. For lunch, follow your leader to LMB, a local restaurant opened in 1727. Try their Ghevar! After the meal, If sweets are more your thing, try the mawa kachori (deep-fried pastry stuffed with dried fruits and milk solids, coated in sugar syrup). To finish the day in style, head to a local home for a hands-on cooking class where you’ll learn how to make some plant-based Rajasthani dishes like ker sangri, using dried ker berries and sangri beans. Enjoy the fruits of your labour in the peaceful garden of your hosts, where they grow fresh greens.   

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Bijaipur - Leave the city behind and drive to a local heritage stay located in the Vindhyanchal Hills in the Mewar region of south-central Rajasthan – a great opportunity to learn about rural life and culinary customs. You’ll for lunch along the way at a local restaurant. Your accommodation for the next two nights will be at 16th-century Castle Bijaipur – now a heritage hotel with domes, arched windows and doorways, all within the original fortified walls. Take in the palace’s blend architecture as you relax by the pool or in the gardens, enjoying the famous Mewar hospitality. 

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Bijaipur - Today you’ll jump in a jeep and explore the surrounding farming communities. This is a major agricultural area and, depending on the season, you’ll pass through fields growing wheat, corn, maize, lentils, aubergine, spinach, fenugreek, okra, green chilies, tomatoes, potatoes, gourd, onion and garlic. Some of India’s most-loved spices, such as turmeric and cumin, are also grown here. Return to your heritage stay and join the estate's chef to discover how the ingredients you’ve seen today are used in Rajasthani cooking. Savour the results over a delicious lunch in the palace grounds with your group.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Udaipur - Travel to Udaipur – a charming city known for its Hindu temples and palaces, and small but renowned Jain temples. Jainism is a minority religion in India and is considered among the most rigorous and spiritually motivated diets in India. When you arrive, visit a Jain temple where you’ll learn about the religion and the food connected to it. Jain cuisine is strictly vegetarian and excludes the eating of root vegetables like carrots, onion and garlic due to the belief that uprooting the plant kills it and the micro-organisms around the roots. Taste Jaainist cuisine at the famous Natraj restaurant, serving delicious Jain thali since 1960's! Tonight, you’ll have a free evening for dinner. Udaipur has several inviting rooftop restaurants, so climb some stairs, choose a restaurant and settle in to watch the sun set over one of the city’s shimmering central lakes. 

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Udaipur - Udaipur, also known as the 'City of Lakes', is built around the shores of Lake Pichola and full of fascinating temples, ornate palaces and impressive 'havelis' (merchant homes). Take some time to discover its winding streets and shops full of traditional Rajasthani wares. Visit the City Palace – one of the largest royal palaces in India – and check out the unbelievable treasures within, from vivid murals to antiques and royal utensils. The rest of the day is free for your own exploration. 

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Udaipur - Overnight Train - Awaken your senses this morning with a visit to a local market to browse fragrant stalls and collect ingredients for a cooking class, where you’ll learn how to prepare a traditional north Indian thali meal. Thali varies depending on which region it’s prepared in, and as you’re in Udaipur, you’ll make a vegetarian thali. Typical dishes include rice, dahl, vegetables, roti, papad (deep-fried flat bread), curd (yoghurt), small amounts of chutney or pickle and a sweet dish to top it off. After all that cooking, enjoy the fruits of your labour for lunch. After, head to the Abu Road train station. Tonight, you’ll board an overnight train bound for one of India's great cities – Mumbai. The train will depart late evening and arrive after midday tomorrow. 

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Mumbai - Arrive in Mumbai after your overnight train, reaching your hotel by mid-afternoon. Known as Bombay until its name change in 1995, Mumbai is India's commercial capital and largest city. Some would say that Mumbai is also the food capital of India. This is the heart of Marathi cuisine, but you’ll also find huge culinary diversity that celebrates regional cuisines from across the country. In the late afternoon, wander down Marine Drive to Chowpatty Beach. Enjoy the sunset and feast on a dinner made of bhel puri (tangy puffed rice and vegetable chaat), pav bhaji dahi papadi and other renowned Mumbai street foods. 

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Mumbai - Time for some sightseeing and soaking up the atmosphere of this incredible metropolis. See the remarkable Mahalaxmi Dhobi Ghat – at 140 years old this is Mumbai's oldest laundry, and with over 1000 troughs, it’s also the world’s largest open-air, human-powered one. Next, take in some of the city’s key landmarks, including the UNESCO World Heritage-listed historic railway station, Chhatrapati Shivaji Terminus, and the bustling Crawford Markets. For lunch, seek out a restaurant known for serving Parsi cuisine, whose community is largely concentrated in Mumbai. The Parsi peoples are descendants of Zoroastrians who are believed to have emigrated from Persia to India in the 10th century. Enjoy a post-lunch stroll to the Gateway of India – a monument built to commemorate the landing of King-Emperor George V, the first British monarch to visit India – followed by a browse of the Colaba street market. The rest of the afternoon and the evening are free for your own food adventures.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Goa - Take a flight from Mumbai to Goa. The locals say that time moves more slowly in Goa, so this is a good opportunity to enjoy a bit of tranquillity in an often-frenetic country. Tinged with a Portuguese flavour, the state of Goa is blessed with lovely beaches, rich traditions, World Heritage-listed buildings and mouth-watering food. After a little rest, venture out for an orientation walk with your tour leader. Enjoy the evening by the Goan beach.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Goa - Start the day with a trip to Panjim fish market on the way to Old Goa - a a historic city sitting on the banks of the Mandovi River. While the city is home to around 2500 residents today, between the 16th and 18th centuries Old Goa was a booming spice trade hub with a population of nearly 200,000. Walk through streets lined with ancient churches and historic buildings and check out the local market. Goa's dense forested areas and favourable climate also make it a perfect location to grow the spices liberally used in its cuisine. Visit a spice farm and learn how they are grown, harvested, processed and prepared for use in food and Ayurvedic medicine. See how these spices come together over a freshly cooked lunch at the spice farm before returning to your hotel. Enjoy the last Goan dinner with your fellow travellers at the famous Suza Lobo restaurant by the ocean. Prawns curry rice, chicken xacuti, masala fried fish. The choice is yours.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Goa - Your food adventure comes to an end after breakfast this morning. If you would like to spend more time in Goa, exploring more of the city, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Paro - Thimphu - After arriving at Paro Airport and making your way through immigration and customs formalities, you will be greeted by your guide and driver and warmly welcomed to the enchanting Land of the Thunder Dragon. Drive alongside mountains, rivers, and fields of red rice to Thimphu, Bhutan's capital city. If you arrive in the morning, you'll have lunch and then head out for some sightseeing. Stop in at the Nado Poizokhang Incense Factory, Bhutan’s most famous traditional incense maker, as well as the colourful Gagyel Lhundrup Weaving Centre. If you arrive in the afternoon, you'll meet the rest of your group in the evening for a welcome meeting before heading out together for dinner. Take an evening wander through the fascinating streets of Thimphu, the world’s only capital city without a traffic light!

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Thimphu - Today begins with a pleasant walk that meanders gently up the valley through paddy fields, pristine woodlands, and a Tibetan village, a trail that continues uphill (1 hour) to the Cheri Dorji Dhen monastery – built in 1620 by Shabdrung, the first ruler of Bhutan. Back in Thimphu, stop to enjoy the incredible views from the Buddha Dordenma before visiting Simply Bhutan, a living museum where you can explore the traditional homes and lifestyles of the Bhutanese. You may like to try your hand at archery, Bhutan's national sport. Stop by the National Memorial Chorten – many Thimphu residents consider this to be the heart and soul of the city and gather here every day to pray and walk clockwise around the chorten. Afterward, visit a local institute where students become masters of Bhutan's 13 national arts and crafts - from carpentry and masonry to paper making and embroidery. The incredible National Textile Museum is a great way to learn more about the history of craft in Bhutan and if you’re in the mood for a spot of shopping, the National Handicrafts Emporium offers high-quality traditional goods and a small family-run enterprise that manufactures paper and paper products using traditional methods.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Punakha - This morning, drive to Punakha – the ancient winter capital of Bhutan. Stop at Dochula Pass for a breathtaking view of the eastern Himalayas, including Bhutan's highest mountain, the majestic Gangkhar Puensum. Continue the journey before taking another break. Enjoy a short walk to visit Chimi Lhakhang, a fertility temple built in 1499 by lama Ngawang Chogyel. Arrive in Punakha for a good night’s rest before another day of exploration tomorrow.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Punakha - After breakfast we head out on a short hike (1.5 hours) to Khamsum Yulley Monastery – an elaborately decorated chorten, built to ward off evil spirits and bring peace and harmony to all living things. As with many monasteries in Bhutan, your leader may need to hunt around for the caretaker with the keys to have a look inside! Afterwards, head down to the convergence of the Pho Chu and Mo Chu Rivers, two of the main rivers of Bhutan, and admire breathtaking views of the majestic Punakha Dzong, the second oldest and second-largest Dzong in the country, as well as the cantilever bridge that spans across the river. Drive up to Sangchhen Dorji Lhuendrup Nunnery and take in the serenity and the views of this mountaintop site. Return to Punakha for the evening.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Paro - This morning head back over the Dochula Pass and continue to Thimphu. The roads in Bhutan are narrow, and while the distances don’t appear to be very far, due to the nature of the roads and the many valleys they pass through, travelling can take some time – so this is a good chance to relax and enjoy the passing scenery. After lunch continue into the Paro Valley, stretching your legs with an optional wander around town on arrival. Get a good night's sleep tonight as tomorrow will be an active and exciting day!

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Paro / Tiger's Nest Monastery - After an early breakfast followed by a short drive, prepare for your hike to see the legendary Taktsang (Tiger's Nest) – a magnificent monastery, clinging on a rock cliff 900 metres above the valley floor. After approximately 1 hour ascending the mountainside, reach a small teahouse that has a wonderful panoramic view of the temple and the ideal place to enjoy lunch. For those interested, it’s possible to get a closer view by hiking another 45 minutes to 1 hour (each direction) to reach the small chorten directly across from the temple. Anyone not interested in hiking any further can relax at the teahouse and enjoy the view. In the evening, after returning to Paro, experience Bhutanese hospitality and a taste of tradition with a home-cooked meal at a local farmhouse. Soak up the friendly atmosphere and consider taking an optional hot stone bath. A great way to relax after your hiking, this bath is a form of traditional Bhutanese medicine where fresh river water is mixed with local herbs and heated with fire-roasted river stones. A soak in these soothing waters is bound to revive and relax you.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Paro - Enjoy breakfast at your hotel before a departure transfer to Paro airport for your flight out of Bhutan.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Paro - Thimphu - Kuzu Zangpo la! Welcome to Bhutan. When you arrive at Paro International Airport, you’ll be met by your local leader at the arrival gate and transferred to Thimphu – Bhutan’s Capital city. Along the way, stop at the Tachogang Lhakhang Temple, founded by Thankthong Gyelpo – a man who’s revered in Tibetan and Bhutanese culture. After the temple, continue to Thimphu and check into your hotel, where you’ll have time to freshen up before heading out for an orientation walk around Thimphu’s highlights. Tonight, head off with your leader and group for a welcome dinner at a local restaurant and learn about the rich history of Bhutanese cuisine as you tuck into a traditional feast, including seasonal vegetables and the country’s signature dish – red rice with a tasty chili cheese.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Thimphu - After breakfast, embark on the Buddha Point Park Hike, which will start from Debsi towards Buddha Point (Kuensel Phodrang) – home to the country’s largest Buddha statue. The Buddha Dordenma is located on a hill in Kuensel Phodrang Nature Park and overlooks the Southern entrance to Thimphu Valley. Enjoy the panoramic view of the Thimphu Valley and the colourful, fluttering prayer flags while heading up the hill. After, continue to Changangkha then have some lunch. This afternoon, you’ll visit the Institute for Zorig Chusum, more commonly known as the Arts & Crafts School or Painting School, where you can watch students learning traditional artistic skills. At the National Library, you’ll see printing blocks for prayer flags and many beautiful archaic texts.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Lobesa - After breakfast, travel along the Dochula Pass, which sits more than 3000 m above sea level and is marked by a large Bhutanese Chorten and more colourful prayer flags. If the weather’s clear, you’ll enjoy panoramic views of the Himalayas as you hike along the scenic trail. This afternoon, visit Druk Wangyal Lhakhang – a temple built in honour of the fourth King Gyalpo Jigme Singye Wangchuk which celebrates the 100th anniversary of the monarchy in Bhutan. Then, travel down to the valley and hike a section known as the Divine Madman Trail. It’s believed that Drukpa Kuenley, also known as the Divine Madman, came here from Tibet to overpower evil spirits. After a stop for lunch in the beautiful village of Lumitsawa, continue walking until Thinleygang Lhakhang Temple before driving to your hotel in Lobesa.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Trongsa - After a leisurely breakfast, drive to Pelela Pass and re-join the Trans Bhutan Trail at the boundary between western and central Bhutan. Along the way, visit the Rukubji Lhakhang Temple and enjoy a hot lunch prepared by the locals. After, transfer to the beautiful village of Chendebji – home to the Chendebji Chorten. If you’ve been to Kathmandu in Nepal, this large white structure might look familiar as it was built to resemble the famous Bouddhanath Stupa. From Chendebji, you’ll continue to Trongsa and visit the Trongsa Dzong, the largest and most impressive Dzong in Bhutan. After you’ve enjoyed the view, check into your hotel where you may like to enjoy a relaxing evening after a full day of exploring.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Bumthang - If your group didn’t have time to visit Trongsa Dzong yesterday, there’s time for a visit this morning before you drive to Yotongla Pass, where you’ll re-join the Trans Bhutan Trail. After hiking over the pass, you’ll descend through green meadows and open forest until you reach the serene Gyaltsa River. After you’ve had a rest, follow this river until you reach Gyaltsa Village where your private transfer to Bumthang will be waiting. Stop for lunch along the trail, then arrive in Bumthang and check into your hotel for the next two nights. You’ll then head out to visit Bumthang Brewery – producers of Bhutan’s celebrated Red Panda Beer. Nearby is Bhutan’s only commercial cheese factory and both the factory and the brewery are legacies of a Swiss-run development project called Swiss Farm, which introduced distinctive European farming and production techniques into the Bumthang area.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Bumthang - After breakfast this morning, head out to explore the secluded Tang Valley. You'll have time to take in the tranquil location, home to sacred shrines, herds of yaks and lush hillsides dotted with grazing sheep. When you arrive in Tang Village, hike across the suspension bridge towards the century-old Ugyensholing Heritage Museum. Then, drive to Pema Choling Nunnery, where women and girls follow a nine-year course in the Nyingma Peling Buddhist tradition and are known for a particular drum ceremony known as ‘chod’. You’ll then head south along the Trans Bhutan Trail towards the sacred Mebar Tsho (Burning Lake), where, in the 15th century, the great treasure hunter Pema Lingpa is said to have discovered several of Guru Rinpoche’s hidden treasures. You might like to meditate among the calm surroundings before you continue the hike through the forest and reach the small village of Phomrong, where your vehicle will be waiting for you.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Punakha - Today, head back to Punakha via Trongsa to walk along one of the most iconic sections of the Trans Bhutan Trail and recreate what it was like for those arriving in the city of Trongsa many years ago (on foot). You’ll descend to the Mangde River, then cross the old cantilever bridge, heading for the steep climb through the forest to the Trongsa Viewpoint. Rest here a while to soak up the views, then you can sit back and relax on the drive to Punakha, where you’ll spend the night.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Paro - After breakfast, drive to Dochulla Pass, where you’ll start your hike to Simtokha. Throughout the hike, you’ll be treated to a scenic path that runs alongside small villages and meandering streams, giving you a glimpse into Bhutanese life and culture. Prepare yourself for one of the longest hours hikes of this trip! After reaching Simtokha, you’ll drive to Paro. Check-in to the hotel and relax for the rest of the evening.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Paro - After breakfast, drive up to Tsendona where you’ll re-join the Trans Bhutan Trail for a short hike. Walk through the thin pine forests to the upper reaches of Dopshari and enjoy the spectacular views over the Paro Valley. Take time to enjoy the scenery before reaching the traditional village of Dopshari. Enjoy a delicious hot lunch in the village where you might have the opportunity to try Ema Datshi (a traditional Bhutanese dish made with chili peppers, onions and yak cheese). After, visit Ta Dzong, which was originally built as a watchtower but now houses a National Museum. Join your leader for a tour of the extensive collection of antique thangkha paintings, textiles, weapons, armour, household objects and historic artifacts. Then, stroll around the local market of Paro before driving back to the hotel in the late afternoon.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Paro - After breakfast, lace up your hiking boots and set off on a long hike to the Taktshang Monastery – one of Bhutan’s most famous monasteries. Sitting on the side of a cliff 900 m above the Paro Valley floor, it’s also known as the ‘Tiger’s Nest’. This site is considered to be a deeply sacred place and is visited by all Bhutanese at least once in their lifetime. On 19 April 1998, a fire severely damaged the main structure of the building but now has been restored to its original splendour. Along the way, you’ll also visit the 7th century Kyichu Lhakhang – one of 108 temples built in the Himalayas by the Tibetan King, Songtsen Gampo. This is one of the country’s most famous temples as it marks the introduction of Buddhism to Bhutan. After you’ve returned to your hotel and had time to freshen up, join your leader for a stroll around the streets and market area of Paro.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Paro - After a leisurely breakfast at your hotel, your adventure will come to an end and your driver will transfer you to Paro International Airport for your flight out of Bhutan.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Kathmandu/Chitwan National Park - Namaste! Welcome to Nepal. You'll depart Kathmandu after breakfast this morning, at approximately 8 am, travelling by private vehicle to Chitwan National Park. Of all the world's remaining jungles, this is one of the most enchanting. Discover a lost world of towering trees and twisting vines, looking out for the resident rhinos. There are also crocodiles, pythons, deer and brilliantly coloured birds that call this park home. Over the next three days, spend your evenings by the banks of the Rapti River in the small village of Sauraha on the edge of the park. During the days, you’ll boat along the Rapti, which shelters around a quarter of the world's remaining gharial population. This fish-eating crocodile has been hunted in the past for the supposed aphrodisiac qualities of its snout. Take a guided jeep safari to look for wildlife, go on a bird-watching experience and spend some time in a local village. Cap the trip off with an evening performance of a traditional stick dance by the local Tharu people.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Chitwan National Park -

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Chitwan National Park -

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Kathmandu - Drive back to Kathmandu today, where your adventure comes to an end. There is no accommodation included tonight. If you would like to stay for longer, please enquire with your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Kathmandu/Sundarijal to Chisapani trek - Namaste! Welcome to Nepal. Your Short Break Adventure begins straight away at Hotel Marshyangdi at 8.30 am. Drive to the outskirts of Kathmandu to Sundarijal. When you arrive, you’ll head out for your first hike, starting with a long flight of steps. Follow the water pipeline to the entrance of the Shivapuri National Park, passing the water reservoir. Continue up more stairs to the strung-out village of Mulkharka. After a simple lunch at one of the wayside shops, you’ll pass an abandoned school and head into the woods. The shade will bring some welcome relief, and with weather on your side, you'll get your first glimpse of the mountains. Emerging out of the woods, you’ll make your way to your guesthouse in Chisapani.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Nagarkot - It’s a long walking day today through beautiful countryside, including Shivapuri National Park – home to over 300 species of birds as well as rarely sighted bears, leopards and several species of deer. You’ll hike through settlements, lush vegetation and dirt tracks today, uphill and downhill to Nagarkot. When you arrive, enjoy a magnificent panoramic view of the Himalayas.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Nagarkot to Bhaktapur trek - Relish the sunrise view over the distant Himalayas that Nagarkot has built its reputation on. After breakfast, hike downhill to visit the oldest temple in Nepal – Changu Narayan. Legend suggests a temple has been on this spot since 325 AD. Dedicated to Lord Vishnu, the temple is revered by Hindu's all over Nepal. Continue by public bus along a scenic route through terraced paddy fields, villages and pine forests to the medieval town of Bhaktapur. This afternoon, wander the cobble stone streets of this 'city of devotees' and maybe try a delicious bowl of homemade yoghurt (a local specialty) before watching the comings and goings in ancient Durbar Square.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Bhaktapur - Kathmandu - You have a free morning to explore Bhaktapur at your own pace before returning to Kathmandu. Your Short Break Adventure comes to an end in Kathmandu at approximately 1 pm this afternoon. No accommodation is included tonight, but if you’d like to extend your stay, just get in touch with your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Kathmandu - Namaste! Welcome to Nepal. Arrive in Kathmandu and take your complimentary airport transfer to the hotel. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm where you'll meet your trip leader and fellow travellers. The evening is free to explore the streets of Kathmandu, whose mixture of ancient architecture and modern development, and rich artistic and cultural heritage means it remains the legendary destination it has been for decades. Crowded markets and bazaars are the centre of Nepali life, and the narrow streets are home to holy men, monks, bicycles, incense, goats, and sacred cows. You may like to join your leader and group for an optional dinner at one of Kathmandu's fine Nepali restaurants.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Kathmandu - Weather permitting, you'll have the option to take a Mount Everest scenic flight this morning. This experience will take you over Sagamartha National Park through a crescendo of the highest peaks in the world, getting up close to Mount Everest. After breakfast, you'll explore Kathmandu, visiting Pashupatinath, the most famous Hindu temple in the country, located on the banks of the holy Bagmati River. Here you'll see Hindu holy men (sadhus) meditating, pilgrims bathing and occasionally funeral pyres burning on the ghats. You'll also visit Bodhnath Stupa, one of the most significant Buddhist shrines in the world, where you can observe Buddhist monks in prayer in the monasteries surrounding the stupa. After lunch, it's time to explore Swayambhunath Temple (the Monkey Temple). A UNESCO World Heritage Site, this is one of the city's most famous temples and fascinatingly reflects Buddhist and Hindu beliefs. From here, you'll head to Durbar Square, which sits at the front of the old royal palace. You'll get a chance to admire the beautiful temples and browse the stalls of merchant's wares. The evening is yours to explore the city as you wish.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Pokhara - Today you'll leave your hotel early and hit the road to Pokhara in a private vehicle. Time to relax after you arrive. If you wish, you can stroll around and take in the views of the lake (Phewa Tal), which is the second largest in Nepal. If you’re lucky you might catch a glimpse of the spectacular Himalayan Mountain chain to the north. When you arrive, take a scenic boat ride across the lake of Phewa Tal – the second largest lake in Nepal.You can stretch your legs and check out Taal Barahi temple in the middle of the lake or simply admire the views from the boat. Enjoy a free evening, perhaps asking your leader for their favourite lakeside restaurant to visit for dinner.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Pokhara - If you're an early riser, you'll have the option to wake up early and enjoy the sunrise over Sarangkot Hill this morning. Then, after breakfast, you'll visit the Peace Pagoda, where spectacular views of the mountains await. Take in vistas that span the Annapurnas to the famous fishtail peak, Machhapuchhare, and back to Pokhara. From here, you'll visit the fascinating International Mountain Museum to learn the amazing tales of past climbing expeditions – some ending in triumph, some ending in tragedy. After a morning of exploring, you'll head to a local Tibetan Refugee Camp for lunch. You'll hear stories of their journey from Tibet to Nepal, learn about local life and take part in a traditional cooking demonstration to find out how to make delicious momo (steamed dumplings). Of course, you'll sit down for a group lunch and tuck into the fruits of your labour.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Bandipur - Today you'll travel to Bandipur by private vehicle. This traditional Nepalese town is a natural treasure and one of the country's hidden gems. Bandipur was once an essential stop for traders travelling to Tibet, and the town's single main street is still lined with buildings that once housed a wide variety of merchants. Many of the buildings have been converted now, but their architecture remains. Enjoy a peaceful stay in this charming, rural location.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Bandipur - Enjoy a day of free time to explore Bandipur further. The surrounding hills are ideal for hiking along trails that will take you through tribal villages and hilltop shrines that once doubled as fortresses. Bandipur is saddled on a high ridge above Dumre, making for an exceptional view of the Himalayan panorama. You may prefer to visit the town's temples or relax with a coffee and a spectacular view.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Chitwan National Park - After breakfast, you'll drive to Chitwan National Park. After arriving and settling in, you'll be introduced to the camp staff and resident naturalists, who'll discuss the activities for the upcoming days. In the early evening, the local Tharu dance troupe may perform a cultural program. You'll enjoy dinner as a group and then the evening will be all yours – maybe relax in the bar and discuss the day's animal sightings or listen to the stirrings of the jungle at night.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Chitwan National Park - Embark on an early-morning jeep safari in search of the great Indian rhino, deer and exotic birdlife or joining one of the other activities available to explore the park (the safari will either happen on day 7 or Day 8, depending on the hotel staff's schedule). After breakfast, you’ll leave the lodge and go on a dugout canoe adventure on the Rapti River. This is an exciting trip with chances to catch a glimpse of marsh mugger crocodiles and various birds that inhabit the riverbanks. A program will be organised for the rest of the day and may include further excursions by jeep or a visit to one of the nearby villages.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Bhaktapur - If you’re an avid wildlife lover, an optional early-morning birdwatching safari is available today – a worthwhile addition to your trip. After breakfast, drive along the Trisuli River to Bhaktapur and enjoy a stop along the riverbank for lunch. Bhaktapur was once the capital of Nepal and the Great Malla Kingdom during the 15th century. Its rich heritage, inspiring temples and artisanal history played a big part in Bhaktapur being named a UNESCO World Heritage Site. Enjoy an evening of exploration on your own, soak up the lovely atmosphere in one of the local cafes, or simply relax in your hotel.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Kathmandu - Spend the morning exploring Bhaktapur's famous temples, starting at Durbar Square, which is said to be the most beautiful piece of art in Nepal. Durbar Square is home to the majestic Lion Gate and Golden Gate.  You 'll also visit the Yakcheswor Mahadev Temple- a replica of Pashupatinath Temple in Bhaktapur. In the afternoon, drive to Kathmandu. The evening is yours to spend as you wish – your group may like to head out for an optional final dinner as your Nepal adventure comes to an end.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Kathmandu - Your trip officially comes to an end after breakfast today. If you would like to stay longer, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Kathmandu - Namaste! Welcome to Nepal. Arrive in Kathmandu and take your complimentary airport transfer to the hotel. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm where you'll meet your trip leader and fellow travellers. The evening is free to explore the streets of Kathmandu, whose mixture of ancient architecture and modern development, and rich artistic and cultural heritage means it remains the legendary destination it has been for decades. Crowded markets and bazaars are the centre of Nepali life, and the narrow streets are home to holy men, monks, bicycles, incense, goats, and sacred cows. You may like to join your leader and group for an optional dinner at one of Kathmandu's fine Nepali restaurants.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Kathmandu - Weather permitting, you'll have the option to take a Mount Everest scenic flight this morning. This experience will take you over Sagamartha National Park through a crescendo of the highest peaks in the world, getting up close to Mount Everest. After breakfast, you'll explore Kathmandu, visiting Pashupatinath, the most famous Hindu temple in the country, located on the banks of the holy Bagmati River. Here you'll see Hindu holy men (sadhus) meditating, pilgrims bathing and occasionally funeral pyres burning on the ghats. You'll also visit Bodhnath Stupa, one of the most significant Buddhist shrines in the world, where you can observe Buddhist monks in prayer in the monasteries surrounding the stupa. After lunch, it's time to explore Swayambhunath Temple (the Monkey Temple). A UNESCO World Heritage Site, this is one of the city's most famous temples and fascinatingly reflects Buddhist and Hindu beliefs. From here, you'll head to Durbar Square, which sits at the front of the old royal palace. You'll get a chance to admire the beautiful temples and browse the stalls of merchant's wares. The evening is yours to explore the city as you wish.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Pokhara - Today you'll leave your hotel early and hit the road to Pokhara in a private vehicle. Time to relax after you arrive. If you wish, you can stroll around and take in the views of the lake (Phewa Tal), which is the second largest in Nepal. If you’re lucky you might catch a glimpse of the spectacular Himalayan Mountain chain to the north. When you arrive, take a scenic boat ride across the lake of Phewa Tal – the second largest lake in Nepal.You can stretch your legs and check out Taal Barahi temple in the middle of the lake or simply admire the views from the boat. Enjoy a free evening, perhaps asking your leader for their favourite lakeside restaurant to visit for dinner.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Pokhara - If you're an early riser, you'll have the option to wake up early and enjoy the sunrise over Sarangkot Hill this morning. Then, after breakfast, you'll visit the Peace Pagoda, where spectacular views of the mountains await. Take in vistas that span the Annapurnas to the famous fishtail peak, Machhapuchhare, and back to Pokhara. From here, you'll visit the fascinating International Mountain Museum to learn the amazing tales of past climbing expeditions – some ending in triumph, some ending in tragedy. After a morning of exploring, you'll head to a local Tibetan Refugee Camp for lunch. You'll hear stories of their journey from Tibet to Nepal, learn about local life and take part in a traditional cooking demonstration to find out how to make delicious momo (steamed dumplings). Of course, you'll sit down for a group lunch and tuck into the fruits of your labour.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Bandipur - Today you'll travel to Bandipur by private vehicle. This traditional Nepalese town is a natural treasure and one of the country's hidden gems. Bandipur was once an essential stop for traders travelling to Tibet, and the town's single main street is still lined with buildings that once housed a wide variety of merchants. Many of the buildings have been converted now, but their architecture remains. Enjoy a peaceful stay in this charming, rural location.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Bandipur - Enjoy a day of free time to explore Bandipur further. The surrounding hills are ideal for hiking along trails that will take you through tribal villages and hilltop shrines that once doubled as fortresses. Bandipur is saddled on a high ridge above Dumre, making for an exceptional view of the Himalayan panorama. You may prefer to visit the town's temples or relax with a coffee and a spectacular view.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Chitwan National Park - After breakfast, you'll drive to Chitwan National Park. After arriving and settling in, you'll be introduced to the camp staff and resident naturalists, who'll discuss the activities for the upcoming days. In the early evening, the local Tharu dance troupe may perform a cultural program. You'll enjoy dinner as a group and then the evening will be all yours – maybe relax in the bar and discuss the day's animal sightings or listen to the stirrings of the jungle at night.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Chitwan National Park - Embark on an early-morning jeep safari in search of the great Indian rhino, deer and exotic birdlife or joining one of the other activities available to explore the park (the safari will either happen on day 7 or Day 8, depending on the hotel staff's schedule). After breakfast, you’ll leave the lodge and go on a dugout canoe adventure on the Rapti River. This is an exciting trip with chances to catch a glimpse of marsh mugger crocodiles and various birds that inhabit the riverbanks. A program will be organised for the rest of the day and may include further excursions by jeep or a visit to one of the nearby villages.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Bhaktapur - If you’re an avid wildlife lover, an optional early-morning birdwatching safari is available today – a worthwhile addition to your trip. After breakfast, drive along the Trisuli River to Bhaktapur and enjoy a stop along the riverbank for lunch. Bhaktapur was once the capital of Nepal and the Great Malla Kingdom during the 15th century. Its rich heritage, inspiring temples and artisanal history played a big part in Bhaktapur being named a UNESCO World Heritage Site. Enjoy an evening of exploration on your own, soak up the lovely atmosphere in one of the local cafes, or simply relax in your hotel.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Kathmandu - Spend the morning exploring Bhaktapur's famous temples, starting at Durbar Square, which is said to be the most beautiful piece of art in Nepal. Durbar Square is home to the majestic Lion Gate and Golden Gate.  You 'll also visit the Yakcheswor Mahadev Temple- a replica of Pashupatinath Temple in Bhaktapur. In the afternoon, drive to Kathmandu. The evening is yours to spend as you wish – your group may like to head out for an optional final dinner as your Nepal adventure comes to an end.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Kathmandu - Your trip officially comes to an end after breakfast today. If you would like to stay longer, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Paro - Thimphu - After arriving at Paro Airport and making your way through immigration and customs formalities, you will be greeted by your guide and driver and warmly welcomed to the enchanting Land of the Thunder Dragon. Drive alongside mountains, rivers, and fields of red rice to Thimphu, Bhutan's capital city. If you arrive in the morning, you'll have lunch and then head out for some sightseeing. Stop in at the Nado Poizokhang Incense Factory, Bhutan’s most famous traditional incense maker, as well as the colourful Gagyel Lhundrup Weaving Centre. If you arrive in the afternoon, you'll meet the rest of your group in the evening for a welcome meeting before heading out together for dinner. Take an evening wander through the fascinating streets of Thimphu, the world’s only capital city without a traffic light!

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Thimphu - Today begins with a pleasant walk that meanders gently up the valley through paddy fields, pristine woodlands, and a Tibetan village, a trail that continues uphill (1 hour) to the Cheri Dorji Dhen monastery – built in 1620 by Shabdrung, the first ruler of Bhutan. Back in Thimphu, stop to enjoy the incredible views from the Buddha Dordenma before visiting Simply Bhutan, a living museum where you can explore the traditional homes and lifestyles of the Bhutanese. You may like to try your hand at archery, Bhutan's national sport. Stop by the National Memorial Chorten – many Thimphu residents consider this to be the heart and soul of the city and gather here every day to pray and walk clockwise around the chorten. Afterward, visit a local institute where students become masters of Bhutan's 13 national arts and crafts - from carpentry and masonry to paper making and embroidery. The incredible National Textile Museum is a great way to learn more about the history of craft in Bhutan and if you’re in the mood for a spot of shopping, the National Handicrafts Emporium offers high-quality traditional goods and a small family-run enterprise that manufactures paper and paper products using traditional methods.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Punakha - This morning, drive to Punakha – the ancient winter capital of Bhutan. Stop at Dochula Pass for a breathtaking view of the eastern Himalayas, including Bhutan's highest mountain, the majestic Gangkhar Puensum. Continue the journey before taking another break. Enjoy a short walk to visit Chimi Lhakhang, a fertility temple built in 1499 by lama Ngawang Chogyel. Arrive in Punakha for a good night’s rest before another day of exploration tomorrow.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Punakha - After breakfast we head out on a short hike (1.5 hours) to Khamsum Yulley Monastery – an elaborately decorated chorten, built to ward off evil spirits and bring peace and harmony to all living things. As with many monasteries in Bhutan, your leader may need to hunt around for the caretaker with the keys to have a look inside! Afterwards, head down to the convergence of the Pho Chu and Mo Chu Rivers, two of the main rivers of Bhutan, and admire breathtaking views of the majestic Punakha Dzong, the second oldest and second-largest Dzong in the country, as well as the cantilever bridge that spans across the river. Drive up to Sangchhen Dorji Lhuendrup Nunnery and take in the serenity and the views of this mountaintop site. Return to Punakha for the evening.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Paro - This morning head back over the Dochula Pass and continue to Thimphu. The roads in Bhutan are narrow, and while the distances don’t appear to be very far, due to the nature of the roads and the many valleys they pass through, travelling can take some time – so this is a good chance to relax and enjoy the passing scenery. After lunch continue into the Paro Valley, stretching your legs with an optional wander around town on arrival. Get a good night's sleep tonight as tomorrow will be an active and exciting day!

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Paro / Tiger's Nest Monastery - After an early breakfast followed by a short drive, prepare for your hike to see the legendary Taktsang (Tiger's Nest) – a magnificent monastery, clinging on a rock cliff 900 metres above the valley floor. After approximately 1 hour ascending the mountainside, reach a small teahouse that has a wonderful panoramic view of the temple and the ideal place to enjoy lunch. For those interested, it’s possible to get a closer view by hiking another 45 minutes to 1 hour (each direction) to reach the small chorten directly across from the temple. Anyone not interested in hiking any further can relax at the teahouse and enjoy the view. In the evening, after returning to Paro, experience Bhutanese hospitality and a taste of tradition with a home-cooked meal at a local farmhouse. Soak up the friendly atmosphere and consider taking an optional hot stone bath. A great way to relax after your hiking, this bath is a form of traditional Bhutanese medicine where fresh river water is mixed with local herbs and heated with fire-roasted river stones. A soak in these soothing waters is bound to revive and relax you.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Paro - Enjoy breakfast at your hotel before a departure transfer to Paro airport for your flight out of Bhutan.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Paro - Thimphu - Jen Pa Leg Sho! Welcome to Bhutan. When you arrive at the Paro airport, you’ll be met by a local representative and transferred to Thimphu (2400 m) – Bhutan’s capital city. After settling in, meet your small group and local leader for a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. Join your leader for an orientation walk to get acquainted with Thimphu’s main street and visit the National Memorial Chorten – a stupa built in honour of Bhutan’s third king, Jigme Dorji Wangchuck. After the meeting, join your group and leader for a welcome dinner at a restaurant that’s a common favourite with the locals. Learn about the rich history of Bhutanese cuisine as you tuck into a traditional feast, including seasonal vegetables and the country’s signature dish – red rice with tasty chilli cheese. You may like to try some Bhutanese peach wine or some Ara, the national spirit, served neat and hot.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Thimphu - After breakfast, you’ll explore Thimphu. Stop off at Buddha point, named after its giant gilded Buddha statue, and take in panoramic views of the city. Take a short hike through pine trees where your leader will help you spot takin (a goat-antelope type creature) – the national animal of Bhutan. Pass by the fortress and monastery of Tashichho Dzong, sitting on the banks of the Thimphu Chhu River. After lunch, your leader will weave together the cultural heritage of Bhutan during visits to the National Textile Museum, Simply Bhutan Heritage Museum (where you can try your hand at the national sport of archery), and the Voluntary Artists School in Thimphu – an institution where young people receive formal education in the art of traditional painting, sculpture and woodcarving. Thimphu has an excellent range of handicrafts, most notably woven cloth, wooden masks, thangkas, silverware, jewellery and bamboo crafts from all over Bhutan.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Phobjikha - This morning, visit Desho Paper Factory to see a traditional method of making paper by hand. Next, travel to the castle-monastery of Simtokha Dzong, built to guard against a demon that’s said to have escaped into the nearby rock. Then, drive the winding Dochula pass (3100 m), marked by more than a hundred chortens built in memory of Bhutanese soldiers killed fighting Indian insurgents in 2003. Continue through lush forests and vegetation as you make the scenic drive to Phobjikha. Here, you’ll find a valley rich with wildlife – keep an eye out for serows (a goat-like animal), and muntjacs, also known as barking deer. Make an afternoon visit to Gangte Goemba – an expansive monastery with magnificent views of the valley. This hilltop complex is one of Bhutan’s two main centres of the Nyingmapa school of Buddhism. Your guide will provide a local perspective on the subjects of Buddhism and happiness – the two most important pillars of Bhutanese culture. With happiness at front-of-mind, the Bhutanese government employ a Gross National Happiness index to measure the wellbeing of its people and to convey the importance of non-economic factors such as sustainability, culture and community vitality.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Phobjikha - Start the day with a visit to the centre of the Royal Society for Protection of Nature (RSPN) where you’ll learn about the vulnerable, black-necked cranes that fly to Bhutan each winter. The Phobjika Valley receives more of these visitors than any other part of the country, and the RSPN has taken special measures to protect them, as well as 13 other vulnerable species. Read informative displays on the cranes’ habitat and behaviour and use the centre’s spotting scopes to search for cranes in the valley. Wild cranes will only be visible during the winter months, but if you visit outside this period, you may still have the chance to see black-necked cranes that are being rehabilitated in the centre. In the afternoon, join your leader on a gentle 2-hour hike around the valley and learn about the flora and fauna that call this preserve home.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Punakha - This morning journey to Punakha, stopping at a local village along the way where you’ll take a short walk to the Chimi Lhakhang – The Temple of Fertility. Your leader will explain how people from all corners of the country visit the Lhakhang to seek a blessing from Drukpa Kuenley, also known as the ‘Divine Madman’. A revered womaniser and drinker, this wandering preacher taught that sexual freedom was at the centre of Truth. On the walk through the village of Sopsokha to the temple, you’ll notice the phallic symbols painted on walls – a symbol of fertility and protection from evil. Arrive at your resort in Punakha, which features great views of the valley.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Punakha - Begin the day with a short drive to the base of a hill where a ridge-top monastery sits. In this almost sub-tropical valley, you’ll head out on a hike at a suspension bridge that crosses the Mo Chu River and pass through paddy fields before the climb to a moderately inclined trail to the Kahmsum Yulley temple. Built by the Queen Mother, the temple is a classic example of Bhutan’s fine architectural and artistic traditions. From the top you can take in sweeping views across the valley. After lunch, you’ll visit the white-walled, red-roofed Punakha Dzong, the administrative and religious centre and winter retreat of His Holiness, Je Khenpo – the chief abbot of Bhutan. The Dzong boasts intricately carved woodwork, prayer halls and beautiful religious paintings on walls and doorways. End the day at the Sangchhen Dorji Lhuendrup Temple and nunnery, where you’ll arrive in time for evening prayers.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Paro - This morning, begin the journey to Paro. When you arrive, enjoy some free time to wander Paro town before making your way to your Feature Stay accommodation – a hotel conveniently located in the heart of Paro Town that blends classical Bhutanese architecture and modern comforts, offering views of the surrounding valley. In the afternoon, visit Kaja Throm – a local farmers market – before enjoying dinner with your group.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Paro - Balanced 900 m above the valley floor sits Taktsang, or the Tiger’s Nest – a beautiful monastery and Bhutan’s most recognised building. After breakfast, begin a hike through pine forests, passing beneath thousands of brightly coloured prayer flags. Your leader will guide you up into the mountains for a closer view of the temple, sharing the legend of its history along the way. Reach a small teahouse and stop for lunch and refreshments while taking in truly unforgettable views. For those interested, it’s possible to get a closer look at the Tiger’s Nest by hiking another hour each way to reach the temple. Anyone not interested in hiking further can relax at the teahouse and soak it all in. Back in Paro, immerse yourself in traditional Bhutanese culture as you visit a farmhouse for a home-cooked final dinner.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Paro - After breakfast, your driver will transfer you to the airport for your onward flight. Please check with your leader about the exact departure time from the hotel. Please note that your leader may not be with you as the group may leave on different flights.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Kathmandu - Welcome to Nepal! Your adventure begins in Kathmandu, the country’s exhilarating capital. On arrival, you will be met at the airport and transferred to your hotel. Join an important welcome meeting with your leader and small group at 6pm. If you arrive with time to spare, perhaps check out the futuristic Taragaon Museum, showcasing the intriguing history of Kathmandu’s architecture. After your meeting, head out into the hustle and bustle of the Thamel and Jyatha neighbourhoods for an included dinner with your leader and group. Eating in Nepal is never boring, and upon arrival at the authentic Nepali restaurant, you’ll discover a deliciously diverse array of dishes. Have a taste of some Woh, a pancake made from freshly ground black lentils, or Kukhurako Masu, chicken cooked Nepali style.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Kathmandu - After breakfast this morning, explore Kathmandu on a sightseeing tour with your leader. Head to the lively Durbar square, the once glorious centre of Nepal’s royal power. Visit Bodhnath Stupa, one of the biggest Buddhist shrines in the world, where you can observe Buddhist monks in prayer in the surrounding monasteries. Stop by a Thangka painting studio and gain inside knowledge on this sacred and traditional form of Buddhist art and the training that goes into being a Thangka artist. Visit Pashupatinath, the most famous Hindu temple in the country, where you will see Hindu holy men meditating, pilgrims bathing, and occasionally funeral pyres burning on the ghats. The rest of your afternoon is free for further explorations.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Nagarkot - This morning, set off for a truly special experience that is sure to be one of your enduring memories of Nepal. Visit the headquarters of Sungava Nepal, a social enterprise that works to improve the lives of disadvantaged women in Nepal. Meet the local women and hear how the enterprise has changed their lives. Tour their greenhouse and learn about Nepali vegetables, then learn some traditional recipes that have been passed down from generation to generation. Master the local methods of cooking and put together some classic dishes, then sit down to lunch with your new friends. After lunch, begin the journey to Nagarkot. Along the way, stop off at Bhaktapur, a beautifully preserved ancient city and host to a wondrous range of temples and statues. Explore three of the most important squares, Durbar Square, Taumadhi Square and Pottery Square, before continuing to Nagarkot, where you'll prepare for an overnight stay at Club Himalaya, renowned for its unrestricted view of Kathmandu, Bhaktapur, Changu Narayan and the surrounding areas. End the day with a toast to your fabulous view over sunset cocktails.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Pokhara - Wake up and witness an early morning 180-degree sunrise view before travelling to Kathmandu airport by chartered coach. From here, you will fly to Pokhara – if you’re lucky you might catch a glimpse of the spectacular Himalayan mountain chain to the north. On arrival, take a boat ride across the lake of Phewa Tal, the second largest lake in Nepal. The visit to the Peace Pagoda afterwards grants excellent views of the mountains including the Annapurnas, the famous fishtail peak of Machhapuchhare and a glimpse back across to Pokhara. In the afternoon, perhaps take some time to enjoy Pokhara’s mellow atmosphere and wander its colourful streets, or take a stroll along the scenic lake and see the brightly painted paddle boats bobbing in the water. Pokhara has no shortage of restaurants to tempt your taste buds so be sure to ask your leader for some great local recommendations.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Pokhara - Start the day with a visit to Sarangkot Viewpoint for a sunrise over the snowcapped Himalayan peaks, from the Annapurna Ranges to Fishtail Mountain (Machhapuchhre). Your leader will be on hand to answer any questions about the inspiring landscape as you marvel at the sweeping vistas. Then head to the International Mountain Museum, which is full of fascinating tales and exploits from climbing expeditions of the past – some ending in triumph and others in tragedy. After some time at the museum, make a visit to a Tibetan community. Hear stories of their journey from Tibet to Nepal, learn about local life and take part in a traditional cooking demonstration to find out how to make delicious momos (steamed dumplings), which you will then eat together for lunch. Enjoy a free evening in Pokhara.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Chitwan National Park - After breakfast, make the morning drive to Chitwan and arrive at your Feature Stay accommodation for the next two nights, Barahi Jungle Lodge. Perfectly positioned on the banks of the Rapti River, opposite Chitwan National Park, this jungle oasis offers first-class service and naturally warm Nepali hospitality. After settling in, there’s some flexibility with activities in the afternoon, which may vary depending on the time of year and known wildlife movements and locations. In the late afternoon, you might like to make your way down to the Rapti River and enjoy a cool beverage and snacks on the banks while you watch the sun set and the birds return home. Back at the resort, you’re in for a real treat with a delicious group dinner this evening. Feel a world away from it all while the chirping of crickets serenades your dinner and you swap stories with your fellow travellers.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Chitwan National Park - After breakfast, leave the lodge for an early morning dugout canoe adventure on the Rapti River. Your tour leader will help you spot marsh mugger crocodiles along with the various birds that inhabit the riverbanks. Tiger sightings are rare these days, but the magnificent creatures inhabit the park so it’s not to be ruled out. Upon your return to dry land, set out on a late afternoon safari - an experience like none other, showing the varied and exciting flora and fauna of the park. In the evening, enjoy dinner with your group and relax at your accommodation’s fabulous bar while discussing the day’s sightings or listening to the song of the jungle.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Kathmandu - Enjoy breakfast at the resort before driving back to Kathmandu. The afternoon is yours to enjoy, so perhaps engage in some shopping or learn more of Nepal’s cultural heritage during a visit to the Nepali Folk Musical Instrument Museum, home to more than 650 unique instruments. This evening, you may wish to join your leader and group for a farewell dinner at a fantastic local restaurant, leaving you with a final memory of Nepal’s beautiful and traditional food.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Paro - Thimphu - Today wave goodbye to Nepal and catch an unescorted flight to Bhutan, a land where mystery and legend go hand in hand. On arrival, you will be met at Paro airport and transferred to Thimphu (2400 m), Bhutan’s capital city. After settling in, there will be a second welcome meeting to meet your new group and tour leader. If time permits, join your leader for an orientation walk to get acquainted with Thimphu’s main street, and visit the National Memorial Chorten, a stupa built in honour of Bhutan’s third king, Jigme Dorji Wangchuck. This evening, enjoy a welcome dinner at a wonderful restaurant that’s a favourite with the locals. Learn about the rich history of Bhutanese cuisine as you tuck into a traditional feast, including seasonal vegetables and the country’s signature dish – red rice with a tasty chili cheese. You may like to try some Bhutanese peach wine or perhaps some Ara, the national spirit, served neat and hot.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Thimphu - After breakfast you will venture out to explore Thimphu. Stop off at Buddha point, named after its giant gilded Buddha statue, and take in panoramic views of the city. Take a short hike through pine trees where your leader will help you spot takin, the national animal of Bhutan, a unique goat-antelope creature. Carry on to the Zilukha Nunnery then pass by the fortress and monastery of Tashichho Dzong, sitting on the banks of the Thimphu Chhu river. After lunch, your leader will weave together the fascinating cultural heritage of Bhutan during visits to the National Textile Museum, Simply Bhutan Heritage Museum (where you can try your hand at Bhutan’s national sport: archery), and the Voluntary Artists School in Thimphu, an institution where young people receive formal education in the art of traditional painting, sculpture, and woodcarving. Thimphu has an excellent range of handicrafts, most notably woven cloth, wooden masks, thangkas, silverware, jewellery, and bamboo crafts that come from all over Bhutan.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Phobjikha - This morning, visit Desho Paper Factory to see a traditional method of making paper by hand. Next, travel out to the castle-monastery of Simtokha Dzong, built to guard against a demon that is said to have escaped into the nearby rock. Next, drive the winding Dochula pass (3100 m), marked by more than a hundred chortens built in memory of Bhutanese soldiers killed fighting Indian insurgents in 2003. Then continue to Punakha and before arrival, stop at a local village and take a short walk to the Chimi Lhakhang – The Temple of Fertility. Your leader will explain how people from all corners of the country visit the Lhakhang to seek a blessing from Drukpa Kuenley, also known as the ‘Divine Madman’. A revered womaniser and drinker, this wandering preacher taught that sexual freedom was at the centre of Truth. On the walk through the village of Sopsokha to the temple you will notice the phallic symbols painted on walls, a symbol of fertility and protection from evil. Arrive at your resort in Punakha and enjoy fabulous views of the valley.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Phobjikha - Begin the day with a short drive to the base of a hill where a ridge-top monastery sits. In this almost sub-tropical valley, begin a hike at a suspension bridge that crosses the Mo Chu river and pass through paddy fields before starting to climb a moderately inclined trail to the Kahmsum Yulley temple. Built by the Queen Mother, the temple is a classic example of Bhutan’s fine architectural and artistic traditions. From the top you can take in sweeping views across the valley. After a lunch, you’ll visit the white-walled, red-roofed Punakha Dzong, the administrative and religious centre and winter retreat of His Holiness, Je Khenpo – the chief abbot of Bhutan. The Dzong boasts intricately carved woodwork, prayer halls and beautiful religious paintings on walls and doorways. End the day at the Sangchhen Dorji Lhuendrup Temple and nunnery, where you’ll arrive in time for evening prayers.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Punakha - This morning, pass through lush forests and luxuriant vegetation as you make the scenic drive to Phobjikha. Here you’ll find a spectacular valley rich with wildlife – keep an eye out for serows, a mystical goat-like animal, and muntjacs, also known as barking deer. Make an afternoon visit to Gangte Goemba, an expansive monastery with magnificent views of the valley. This hilltop complex is one of Bhutan’s two main centres of the Nyingmapa school of Buddhism. Your guide will provide a local perspective on the subjects of Buddhism and happiness – the two most important pillars of Bhutanese culture. With happiness at front-of-mind, the Bhutanese government employ a Gross National Happiness index to measure the wellbeing of its people and to convey the importance of non-economic factors such as sustainability, culture and community vitality.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Punakha - Start the day with a visit to the centre of the Royal Society for Protection of Nature (RSPN) where you will learn about the vulnerable black-necked cranes who fly to Bhutan each winter. The Phobjika valley receives more of these lovely visitors than any other part of the country, and the RSPN have taken special measures to protect them, as well as 13 other vulnerable species. Read informative displays on the cranes’ habitat and behaviour, and use the centre’s spotting-scopes to search for cranes in the valley. Wild cranes will only be visible during the winter months, but if you visit outside of this period you may still have the chance to see black-necked cranes that are being rehabilitated in the centre. In the afternoon, join your leader on a gentle two hour hike around the valley and learn about the flora and fauna that call this majestic preserve home. Start off from a hilltop overlooking Gangte Goemba, wander down through flower meadows and beautiful forests, passing by a chorten, the village of Semchubara and the Khewa Lhakhang temple.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Paro - This morning, begin the journey to Paro. On arrival, visit the impressive Ta Dzong, a 17th century watchtower that now houses the National Museum. Enjoy some free time to wander in the Paro town before making your way to your Feature Stay accommodation, a Hotel conveniently located in the heart of the Paro Town that blends classical Bhutanese architecture and modern comforts,and offers views of the surrounding valley. In the afternoon, visit Kaja Throm, a local farmers market, before enjoying dinner with your group.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Paro - Miraculously balanced 900 metres above the valley floor sits Taktsang, or the Tiger’s Nest, a beautiful monastery and Bhutan’s most recognised building. After breakfast, begin a hike through plentiful pine forests, passing beneath thousands of brightly coloured prayer flags. Your leader will guide you up into the mountains for a closer view of the temple, sharing the legend of its history along the way. Reach a small teahouse and stop for lunch and refreshments while taking in truly unforgettable views. For those interested, it’s possible to get a closer look at the Tiger’s Nest by hiking another hour each way to reach the temple. Anyone not interested in hiking further can relax at the teahouse and soak it all in. Back in Paro, immerse yourself in traditional Bhutanese culture as you visit a farmhouse for a home-cooked final dinner.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Paro - After breakfast your driver will transfer you to the airport for your onward flight. Please check with your tour leader about the exact departure time from the hotel. Please note that your tour leader may not be with you as the group may leave on different flights.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Kathmandu - Namaste! Welcome to Nepal. Your adventure begins in Kathmandu. When you arrive, you’ll be met at the airport and transferred to your hotel. You’ll have a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. If you arrive early, maybe check out the futuristic Taragaon Museum, showcasing the history of Kathmandu’s architecture. After your meeting, head out into the hustle and bustle of the Thamel and Jyatha neighbourhoods for an included dinner with your leader and group. You’ll try woh (a pancake made from freshly ground black lentils) or kukhurako masu (chicken cooked Nepali style).

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Kathmandu - After breakfast this morning, explore Kathmandu on a sightseeing tour with your leader. Head to the lively Durbar square – the once glorious centre of Nepal’s royal power. Visit Bodhnath Stupa, one of the biggest Buddhist shrines in the world, where you can observe Buddhist monks in prayer in the surrounding monasteries. Stop by a Thangka painting studio and gain inside knowledge on this sacred and traditional form of Buddhist art and the training that goes into being a Thangka artist. Visit Pashupatinath, the most famous Hindu temple in the country, where you’ll see Hindu holy men meditating, pilgrims bathing and occasionally funeral pyres burning on the ghats. The rest of your afternoon is free for further explorations.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Nagarkot - This morning, visit the headquarters of Sungava Nepal – a social enterprise that works to improve the lives of disadvantaged women in Nepal. Meet the local women and hear how the enterprise has changed their lives. Tour their greenhouse and learn about Nepali vegetables, then learn some traditional recipes that have been passed down from generation to generation. Master the local methods of cooking and put together some classic dishes, then sit down to lunch with your new friends. After lunch, begin the journey to Nagarkot. Along the way, stop off at Bhaktapur – a beautifully preserved ancient city, home to many temples and statues. Explore three of the most important squares – Durbar Square, Taumadhi Square and Pottery Square – before continuing to Nagarkot, where you'll prepare for an overnight stay at Club Himalaya, renowned for its unrestricted view of Kathmandu, Bhaktapur, Changu Narayan and the surrounding areas. End the day with a toast to your amazing view over sunset cocktails.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Pokhara - Wake up and witness an early morning 180-degree sunrise view before travelling to Kathmandu airport by chartered coach. From here, you’ll fly to Pokhara – if you’re lucky you might catch a glimpse of the spectacular Himalayan Mountain chain to the north. When you arrive, take a boat ride across the lake of Phewa Tal – the second largest lake in Nepal. Visit the Peace Pagoda for excellent views of the mountains including the Annapurnas, the famous fishtail peak of Machhapuchhare and a glimpse back across to Pokhara. In the afternoon, maybe take some time to enjoy Pokhara’s mellow atmosphere and wander its colourful streets or take a stroll along the lake and see the brightly painted paddle boats in the water. Pokhara has no shortage of restaurants to tempt your taste buds so be sure to ask your leader for some great local recommendations.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Pokhara - Start the day with a visit to Sarangkot Viewpoint for a sunrise over the snowcapped Himalayan peaks, from the Annapurna Ranges to Fishtail Mountain (Machhapuchhre). Your leader will be on hand to answer any questions about the landscape. Then, head to the International Mountain Museum, which is full of fascinating tales and exploits from climbing expeditions of the past – some ending in triumph and others in tragedy. After some time at the museum, visit a Tibetan community. Hear stories of their journey from Tibet to Nepal, learn about local life and take part in a traditional cooking demonstration to find out how to make delicious momos (steamed dumplings), which you’ll then eat together for lunch. Enjoy a free evening in Pokhara.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Chitwan National Park - After breakfast, make the morning drive to Chitwan and arrive at your Feature Stay accommodation for the next two nights – Barahi Jungle Lodge. Perfectly positioned on the banks of the Rapti River, opposite Chitwan National Park, this jungle oasis offers first-class service and naturally warm Nepali hospitality. After settling in, there’s some flexibility with activities in the afternoon, which may vary depending on the time of year and known wildlife movements and locations. In the late afternoon, you might like to go down to the Rapti River and enjoy a cool beverage and snacks on the banks while you watch the sunset and the birds return home. Back at the resort, you’ll have a group dinner this evening.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Chitwan National Park - After breakfast, leave the lodge for an early morning dugout canoe adventure on the Rapti River. Your tour leader will help you spot marsh mugger crocodiles along with the various birds that inhabit the riverbanks. Tiger sightings are rare these days, but you might see one if you’re lucky! When you return to dry land, set out on a late afternoon safari, showing the varied flora and fauna of the park. In the evening, enjoy dinner with your group and relax at your accommodation’s bar while discussing the day’s sightings or listening to the songs of the jungle.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Kathmandu - Enjoy breakfast at the resort before driving back to Kathmandu. The afternoon free for you to learn more of Nepal’s cultural heritage – maybe visit the Nepali Folk Musical Instrument Museum, home to more than 650 unique instruments. Tonight, you might want to join your leader and group for a farewell dinner at a local restaurant, leaving you with a final memory of Nepal’s delicious traditional food.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Kathmandu - Your Nepali adventure comes to an end after breakfast today. If you’d like to extend your stay in Kathmandu, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time to organise additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Kathmandu - Namaste! Welcome to Nepal. If you arrive early today, why not explore Kathmandu – an incredible mixture of legend and modern development with a rich artistic and cultural heritage. Narrow lanes lead to small squares and courtyards where ornately carved balconies overlook shrines and temples. Buzzing markets and bazaars are the centre of Nepali life, where stalls and small hole-in-the-wall shops sell everything from bangles to Buddhas to beetroot. You’ll have a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. After, why not get to know your new travel buddies over a plate of momo – Nepal’s answer to dumplings.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Kathmandu - This morning, take a walking heritage tour of Kathmandu’s old bazaars – Hanuman Dhoka and Durbar Square. The labyrinth of backstreets and alleys leading from one bazaar, or ‘chowk’, to another is a true highlight of the city. Visit one of the holiest Hindu temples in the world – Pashupatinath – and let your leader bring the fascinating story behind this temple to life. Nearby is the largest Buddhist stupa in Nepal. Follow the pilgrims' circle around the stupa, spinning the prayer wheels and if you like, take the opportunity to offer your prayers to Lord Buddha by lighting a traditional butter lamp at the main entryway. Visit the monastery located inside Bouddha Stupa, join a small puja ceremony and receive a Lama spiritual blessing. There may be the option for lunch at a rooftop restaurant with an enticing view over the stupa, followed by free time this afternoon to continue exploring Kathmandu at your own pace.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Balthali - Head to the fringes of the Kathmandu Valley, stopping at the ancient town of Panauti before reaching Khopasi. From here, you can stretch your legs on a 1-hour hike through the thick forest or continue by vehicle to the hill-top village of Balthali. A world away from the ‘Coca-Cola’ hub of Thamel, this peaceful community nestled within a setting of verdant hills and lush rice paddies remains largely undiscovered. Soak up the tranquil ambience as you relax in your accommodation for the night, with its commanding views of villages and farms and the mighty Himalayas rising on the horizon.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Namobuddha - Pack a daypack ready for your hike today, while your main luggage is transported to your next destination – Namobuddha. Make your way off-road, cutting through the vast terraced fields, followed by a sharp descent. Continue along the trail bridge, where you’ll meet a steep, uphill winding track through open pastures and onto the dirt track that leads to Panauti. Pass a few villages, briefly entering a dense forest, then prepare to be wowed by the revered Buddhist pilgrimage site of Namobuddha. Visit the stupa and impressive Thrangu Tashi Yangtse Monastery before settling into your accommodation for the night.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Bhaktapur - Journey to the medieval town of Bhaktapur. Bhaktapur preserves the old-world charm of the Kathmandu Valley. Its timeless craftsmanship is evident in its temples and squares, and its people are still fiercely devoted to the ways of life and faith passed on from their ancestors. Enjoy an afternoon walking tour of the town, including the temples of Taumadhi Tole and Durbar Square, then spend the rest of the time exploring on your own. Tonight, you’ll stay in Bhaktapur.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Trisuli River - After breakfast, leave Bhaktapur and follow Kathmandu Road to the Trisuli River – the launching place for your two-day rafting experience. Meet the crew who will run through the safety briefing and prepare you for the adventure. Trisuli River is an ideal introduction for first-time rafters, with reasonably calm waters and only minor rapids – meaning you can relax and really enjoy the ride! Soak up the scenery (and the splashes) as you traverse impressive gorges and beautiful valleys. Depending on the water conditions, you’ll be on the river for approximately 4 hours, with a stop for lunch. Tonight, you’ll stay in a permanent tented camp on the riverside and enjoy a group dinner.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Trisuli River/ Chitwan - After breakfast, continue your rafting adventure and drift along clear Himalayan white water, occasionally battling the rapids (and maybe your fellow rafters). Your rafting experience will finish around lunch. Say goodbye to your crew and put on your safari hat as the group drives down to the lowlands and onto Chitwan National Park. UNESCO declared this park a World Heritage site in 1984, and it offers some of the best wildlife viewing in Asia. Look out for rhinos, deer, monkeys, beers and a wide array of birdlife here, including the infamous Nepalese wild chicken. Your accommodation here is a real treat – built in traditional Tharu village style, you’ll be surrounded by nature and the exotic sounds of the jungle.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Chitwan National Park - Today is all about exploring Chitwan National Park and discovering the wildlife that lies within. After breakfast, hop aboard a jeep and take a 4-hour safari drive through the park – if you're lucky, you might catch a glimpse of one of the Shere Khan-esque Bengal tigers that call the park home. After your safari, you’ll float down the Rapti River in a dugout canoe, keeping an eye out for the great Indian rhino as well as deer, exotic bird life and the marsh mugger crocodiles that inhabit the riverbanks. A birdwatching walk through the forest and across the grasslands is also a great way to connect to the land. Later, you’ll attend a cultural performance before heading to your jungle resort for dinner.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Kathmandu - After breakfast, this morning is free to explore the jungle or go birdwatching. This afternoon, take a transfer to Kathmandu. When you arrive, you can join a walk through the backstreets and the vibrant local markets of the city to Ashan Bazar and Indra Chowk near Kathmandu Durbar Square. See the old royal palace and numerous beautiful temples nearby, and browse the stalls of merchant's wares. Hunt for the perfect souvenir (Tibetan prayer flags, Thanka paintings, singing bowls and pashmina shawls are popular) and perfect your bargaining skills. Tonight, maybe grab your group for a farewell feast of momo (dumplings) to celebrate an incredible trip.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Kathmandu - Your trip ends after breakfast today, and you can leave any time after checkout. If you’d like to stay longer, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Kathmandu - Namaste! Welcome to Nepal. Your women’s-only expedition will begin in Kathmandu with a welcome meeting at 2 pm at your hotel. After, join your trip leader and group members for an included dinner at a local restaurant, where you can dig into local delicacies like momos and dal bhat and enjoy a traditional dance performance to end the evening.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Kathmandu - This morning, head to Kapan’s Khachoe Ghakyil Ling – a Buddhist nunnery located on the outskirts of Kathmandu. The nunnery's mission is to provide women who want to dedicate their lives to the Buddha's teachings with a safe haven for their study and practice. This unique Exclusive Experience will teach you about their daily lives and how they challenge patriarchal Buddhist traditions. After, take a cooking class at Seven Women – an organisation supported by The Intrepid Foundation that socially and economically empowers marginalised women in Nepal through various education programs, skills training and income generation. While the initiative started with just seven participants, now over 5000 women have been educated, trained and employed here. Learn how to make delicious Nepali dishes and swap stories with these women who have overcome discrimination to turn their lives around. Tuck into your freshly made creations for lunch before spending the afternoon at your leisure.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Pokhara - Late morning we head to the Kathmandu airport and fly west to Pokhara. The 25-minute flight offers views of the Himalaya range to the north (on a clear day). Be sure to have your camera ready to snap the glory of the surrounding Himalayan peaks in the morning light. Pokhara is set in a beautiful valley overlooked by the Annapurnas and the fishtail-shaped Machhapuchhare, one of the most distinctive of the Himalayan peaks. Arriving in Pokhara take a short orientation walk before heading to a Tibetan Refugee Camp for a special MoMo cooking class. Your class will be hosted by a woman who was born and raised in this very refugee camp – her parents fled Tibet during the China invasion and raised her alongside her four siblings. Now, she makes a living running her MoMo cooking class and making jewellery in the low season. You’ll get a chance to swap stories with her and be inspired by how she overcame her adversities. If you have time in the afternoon, you might like to visit ‘Yes Helping Hands Handicrafts’ manufacturing site, where people living with disabilities are given skills training in traditional handloom weaving, dyeing and knitting. Today you’ll stay at 3 Sisters Guesthouse – owned by three sisters who work to promote and empower socially disadvantaged women through adventure tourism. They provide skills-based training programs and employment opportunities to encourage other women to become self-supportive and independent.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Ulleri - Transfer by private vehicle to Birethanti, where you’ll meet your all-female hiking crew of assistant guides and porters. In the afternoon, they’ll lead you into a world of friendly villagers, terraced fields, alpine meadows and rhododendron forest set before a backdrop of snow-clad peaks. You can expect the first part of this trek to be relatively flat and easy-going, however, after you reach Tikhedhunga, be prepared to get your blood pumping by climbing hundreds of stone steps to Ulleri. Don’t worry, you’ll have beautiful views of the villages, forests and mountains to keep you distracted while on the journey.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Ghorepani - Ghorepani sits at a cool 2860 m above sea level, so you can expect to get your heart rate pumping on today’s exciting uphill climb. You’ll pass traditional homes and tea houses along a path that winds up and down hills before rewarding you with views of Annapurna South halfway along the trek. Meander through thicker wooded areas filled with towering bamboo plants and blooming trees. Then, venture beyond Banthanti (2300 m) through a moss-coated jungle before reaching Nangathanti (2520 m) where you’ll continue your journey to Ghorepani and enjoy some well-deserved rest in the evening.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Tadapani - Sunrise enthusiasts rejoice – today, you’ll rise early for a pre-dawn hike up Poon Hill to enjoy the sunrise over Dhaulagiri and the Annapurna Range. You'll then head back and tuck into breakfast at your tea house accommodation before lacing up your boots for today’s trek to Tadapani. Expect more magnificent views to frame your walking trail today as you continue north along the ridgeline with the Annapurna Ranges stretching along the east and west. You’ll follow a forested ridge that serves up views of the ranges in both directions. Descend along a muddy slope before reaching a small settlement and beautiful forested gorge. From here, head toward the mountain village of Tadapani where you’ll get a chance to relax, wander the local township and put your feet up for the evening.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Ghandruk - Wake up with relief, knowing that today's trail is shorter and easier than you’ve become accustomed to over the last few days. You’ll take in the sunrise from Tadapani and then hike to Ghandruk village. The route from Tadapani to Ghandruk is tranquil and bursting with colourful wildflowers in spring. After reaching Ghandruk, you’ll explore this fascinating mountain village, take in the mesmerizing views and get acquainted with the ethnic Gurung culture here.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Pokhara - After a leisurely breakfast this morning, embark on a short trek down to Shyauli bazaar, where you’ll be transferred to Pokhara by a private vehicle. Take a boat ride across Phewa Lake to visit Tal Barahi temple in the lake's centre. After lunch, visit International Mountain Museum. This evening is all yours to relax and admire the lakeside scenery.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Chitwan National Park - After breakfast, head to Chitwan National Park – considered one of Asia's best national parks. UNESCO declared this park a UNESCO World Heritage site in 1984, and it offers some of the best wildlife viewing in Asia. You’ll be introduced to the camp staff and resident naturalists at your jungle lodge and home for the next two nights. Built in traditional Tharu village style, you’ll be surrounded by nature and the exotic sounds of the jungle. Relax or swim before visiting Tharu Village, where you’ll learn about the lifestyles of the Tharu women. Later, head to a special location on the banks of river’s edge to watch the sunset over the horizon. Enjoy local Nepali snacks and drinks and keep your eyes peeled for groups of deer and different species of birds which can often be seen on the other side of the riverbank. Head back to the lodge for dinner and a demonstration of Tharu cultural dance by local women.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Chitwan National Park - Today is all about exploring Chitwan National Park and discovering the wildlife that lies within. After breakfast, hop in a jeep for a 4-hour safari drive through the park – if you're lucky, you might catch a glimpse of one of the Shere Khan-Royal Bengal tigers that call the park home. After your safari, you’ll float down the Rapti River in a dugout canoe, keeping an eye out for the great Indian rhino as well as deer, exotic bird life and the marsh mugger crocodiles that inhabit the riverbanks.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Kathmandu - If you’re an avid wildlife lover, an optional early-morning birdwatching safari is available today – a worthwhile addition to your trip. After breakfast, you’ll take a private transfer back to the bustling capital of Kathmandu. In the afternoon, you’ll visit a local NGO called Days for Girls Nepal. Here, learn from a team of local women about their work to provide menstrual care and education and their mission to eliminate the Chhaupadi practice in Nepal. To shatter the stigma associated with women’s health, they campaign against Chhaupadi, a tradition in western Nepal, which prohibits Hindu women and girls from participating in normal family activities while menstruating, as they are considered impure. Tonight, you’re free to relax and recharge.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Kathmandu - After breakfast, explore Kathmandu Durbar Square, where you’ll stop at a brick building known as Kumari Ghar. Visitors and worshippers congregate daily in the courtyard beneath the balcony to catch a glimpse of Nepal’s most prominent living Hindu goddess – Kumari. A fascinating Hindu ritual, there are several Kumari in Nepal who are chosen early in childhood and remain goddesses until they begin menstruating or lose blood from an injury (when they revert back to mortal status and re-enter society). Then, drive to Kirtipur – visited by only a handful of tourists, this is a gem of history and culture. Visit Chilancho Temple, Bagh Bhairav Temple and Uma Maheshwar Temple. Walk down the old alleys and observe the local way of life as the locals chat, spin wool or knit. As this is the penultimate day of your adventure, maybe treat yourself to a traditional Nau manicure or pedicure performed by local Newari women – Napits. The role these women play, to clean and purify the body, is a respected part of the local culture, and to receive treatment is an opportunity not just to gain an insight into this tradition but also to connect. Tonight, head to Village Café for your final group dinner. The Village Café allows women who would otherwise be based at home to earn a living cooking traditional Newari cuisine, using ingredients they’ve grown in their own fields.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Kathmandu - Today your women’s expedition comes to an end. No included activities are planned, so you’re welcome to check out of the hotel any time before midday. If you’re not quite ready for your adventure to finish, just speak to your booking agent to organise extra accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Kathmandu - Namaste! Welcome to Kathmandu, the colourful capital of Nepal where ornately carved balconies mingle with beautiful shrines and temples. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 2 pm today. Tonight enjoy an included welcome dinner and Nepalese cultural performance. If you arrive with time to spare, maybe check out the storied stupas and pagodas of Swayambhunath (Monkey Temple) or take a walk around the local Durbar Square. If you’ve got limited time in the city, you might also like to consider an Urban Adventure.  ALTERNATIVE ITINERARY DUE TO FLIGHT CANCELLATIONS: Weather conditions in the Himalayas can change rapidly, which can result in the need for changes to be made to our intended itineraries. Flights throughout Nepal – particularly in high mountain areas – are often delayed or cancelled due to poor weather conditions. Flights between Kathmandu/Ramechhap and Lukla are particularly prone to these delays which has the potential to vary the itinerary of our tour departures. Our contingency plans in case of bad weather preventing the fixed wing aircraft flight from Kathmandu/Ramechhap to Lukla are as follows: Day 2 – We will attempt to board our booked fixed-wing plane as per the itinerary. If this flight is cancelled, we will return to our hotel in Kathmandu/Ramechhap for an additional night. Day 3 – We will again attempt to board our booked fixed-wing plane. If this flight is cancelled we will endeavour to charter a helicopter to transport the group, provided helicopters are available and weather does not prevent them from flying to Lukla. There may be delays for helicopter flights due to limited availability of safety audited helicopter operators. Travellers will need to use their emergency fund to cover the cost of the chartered helicopter. The exact cost will depend on how many travellers are in your group and could be up to US 500 per person. It is common practice for the helicopter company to charge varying prices, so you may pay different amounts to others on the flight. If we reach Lukla on day 3 by either fixed wing aircraft or helicopter we will then follow the same itinerary to Everest Base Camp but descend over one less day in order to take our return flight from Lukla on day 14. Day 4 – If both fixed-wing planes and helicopters are unable to reach Lukla on the morning of day 3, then on day 4 we will drive back to Kathmandu by private vehicle. While we will not be able to reach Base Camp itself on the altered itinerary to Langtang - Gosainkunda Trek, our travellers have still found it a highly enjoyable trek with superb views of snow caped mountains and visit the beautiful lake - Gosainkunda. This lake is sacred for both Hindu and Buddhist pilgrims. We also advise allowing a few extra days in Kathmandu at the end of your trip should your return flights from Lukla be delayed due to weather conditions.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Phakding (2610 m/8563 ft) - Today we have a very early flight from Kathmandu to Lukla. If the weather is good, the views of the Himalayas from the small plane are amazing! After breakfast in Lukla (2840 m), a short safety talk and an introduction to your porters, gear up and commence your trek. Today is a fairly gentle introduction, following the milk-white Dudh Kosi River approximately three-hours to Phakding (2610 m).

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Namche Bazaar (3440 m/11,286 ft) - Today you’ll trek to Namche Bazaar, where you’ll spend two nights acclimatising to the altitude – and might even get your first look at Everest itself. From Phakding, you’ll begin to head up the valley. The trail, lined with blue pine forest, follows the river valley and is especially spectacular in spring when the rhododendron flowers are bright in bloom. Cross the Dudh Kosi river at Benkar, and look way up above 6,000 metres to see the peaks of snow-capped Kusum Kanguru (6369 m) and Thamserku (6623m). Press on to Monjo (2835m), a good place to break for lunch. From here the walk starts to get a little tougher, with a steep ascent to Namche Bazaar. Enter into the national park, cross the river through the village of Jorsale (2805m) and then continue upstream. Cross the spectacular Hillary Bridge and begin the ascent to Namche Bazaar. Get your camera out as on a clear day you’ll get your first glimpse of the peaks of Everest, Lhotse, Nuptse and Taweche. Namche will be your last chance to check your equipment and hire any additional gear for the high altitudes from Dingboche onwards.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Namche Bazaar (3440 m/11,286 ft) - You’ll stay at Namche Bazaar for another night so that you can properly acclimatise to the altitude. One of the best ways to do this is to take a strenuous walk up to a high altitude then come back down to sleep. Your optional (but recommended) walk today will take you to see views from the Tenzing Norgay Memorial and Sagarmatha National Park Museum above the village. If the conditions are right, this stunning vista includes a panorama of the Khumbu peaks and great views of Everest. The national park museum is also home to interesting displays about Sherpa lifestyle and culture, and the local flora and fauna. Then, continue your hike to higher elevations with a visit to Sagarmatha Next, who support local communities to create and implement a sustainable waste handling system in the region. Return to town and enjoy a free rest of your day. Namche gained its importance during the period when Tibetan salt was traded for the lowland grains of Nepal. There's still a roaring trade in the village centre, so be sure to use this chance to stock up on any extra supplies you might need. 

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Phortse Gaon (3810 m/12,500 ft) - Not many groups stop in Phortse – a traditional Sherpa village that offers an insight into their life and culture – so today will be something special. Leave Namche and weave your way above the valley, then take the less-travelled fork in the road just after Sanasa. Most travellers follow the same path to and from Base Camp, while you’ll make more of a loop to see more of the national park. Climb for some epic views of the valley below, and then stop for a mini acclimatisation lunch at around 4000 m. After lunch, make your way downhill to cross the Dudh Koshi again, then make a final uphill push to your teahouse in Phortse. The dramatic mountain views, peace and quiet of this village make this one of the highlights of the trek. Here you’ll be almost completely above the treeline, so the sunsets make for perfect pictures.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Dingboche (4410 m/14,469 ft) - Enjoy the stillness of Phortse at sunrise, and then set off along the trail taking in the incredible views of Kangtega, Ama Dablam (6812 m) and – if the skies are clear – Mt Everest. Perhaps stop for a tea in Pangboche, and after lunch in Shomare you’ll notice the scenery around you start to change, with forests being replaces with rocky outcrops. Once you arrive in Dingboche, you’ll find a beautiful patchwork of small fields enclosed by stone walls. The scenery is once again spectacular and although Everest will be hidden behind the Lhotse-Nuptse Ridge, the huge peaks that tower above the eastern end of the valley are more than worthy. If the weather’s right, then there will be gorgeous sunsets illuminating the peaks – Ama Dablam, the south face of Lhotse to the north and Island Peak in the centre of the valley.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Dingboche (4410 m/14,469 ft) - Today is another acclimatisation day. You'll take morning hikes to Nagarjun Hill or Chukkhung, returning to Dingboche for lunch. Then, take some time to in the afternoon to explore the town or rest up at your teahouse.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Lobuche (4910 m/16,109 ft) - From Dingboche, ascend the small ridge behind the village above the Pheriche valley. From the stupa at the top, Taweche and Cholatse (6440 m) make for a pretty striking scene – they seem to lean forwards from across the valley in the west. To the north, Lobuje Peak (6119 m) and the snowfields of the Cho La are the kings of the skyline. The walking will now be fairly flat on wide-open fields, but remember that there’s no rush – take your time and ensure you’re well hydrated. Late in the morning you will cross the Khumbu Khola at Dughla and take a light lunch at the foot of the huge terminal moraines of the Khumbu Glacier flowing off Everest. In the afternoon, there will be a solid and quite steep climb on a rocky trail to the top of the moraines. On the crest of the ridge, you’ll pass a line of memorial cairns (stacks of stones), built in memory of the Sherpas and climbers who have died on various Everest expeditions over the last fifty or so years. From here the view is downright spectacular once again, with Pumori (7145 m), Lingtren (6697 m), Khumbutse (6623 m), and across the border in Tibet, Changtse (7550 m), surrounding you. Then follow the valley stream to the lodge at Lobuche, arriving early afternoon.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Gorak Shep/Everest Base Camp (5140 m/16,864 ft) - This is the big one, the day of Everest Base Camp. From Lobuche, follow the broad valley that runs parallel to Khumbu Glacier, with a gradual ascent enabling you to build the slow, steady rhythm required when walking at high altitude. When you reach the moraines of Changri Nup Glacier, you will make a series of small ascents and descents over a rocky trail lined with cairns that eventually leads to the surprising glacial sands of Gorak Shep (5160 m) – reached after about three hours of walking. Now’s the time to grab a quick bite, gear up appropriately and then head off towards Everest Base Camp. The trek can be achieved in around three hours, and if trekking in the popular climbing period of March to May, you’ll almost certainly encounter yaks and porters supplying food and equipment to expeditions here. From Everest Base Camp you won’t get views of Mount Everest, but you are able to see glorious glaciers, lakes, caves and the notorious Everest Ice Fall that flows from the Western Cwm. The return journey from the Base Camp to Gorak Shep takes the same amount of time. You’ll have an early dinner so that you are able to get up early the next day for awe-inspiring views of the Himalayan giants from Kala Patar.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Kala Pattar/Pheriche (4240 m/13,191 ft) - This morning enjoy breakfast at the highest altitude Teahouse in the world. Today you’ll see some of the Himalayas’ most recognisable sights. Make an early start to avoid the early morning clouds and trek to Kala Pattar (5545 m) to witness the best views of Everest. The ascent is quite steep and made more difficult because of the altitude, so start very slowly and try to ascend at a steady rhythmic pace. Kala Patar is the rocky hilltop below Pumori, and Nuptse, Changtse, Ama Dablam, Taweche, Kantega and Everest – they’re all here. About three kilometres away and some 200 metres below, the area of the Everest Base Camp can be seen in a bowl at the bottom of the Khumbu Ice Fall. Spend as long as you like to savour an extra special moment, then it’s all downhill from here – the descent to Gorak Shep is easy and when you arrive back at the lodge you’ll have a quick drink and head off to the rooms to pack your kit bags while breakfast is being prepared. After breakfast set off to Lobuche and Thugla, where you’ll stop for lunch. Then cross the Khumbu Khola and head down the valley below Cholatse to Pheriche, where you’ll stop for the night.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Tengboche (3860 m/12,664 ft) - Descend through the small settlements at Orsho and Shomare before passing through Lower Pangboche. Here you’ll reach the suspension bridge over the Imja Khola River, then ascend to Tengboche to visit the monastery. According to legend, Lama Sange Dorjee, who came from Tibet’s Rongphu Monastery, founded Thyangboche Monastery in the 17th century. Tengboche was destroyed by an earthquake in 1933, rebuilt and again badly damaged by a fire in 1989. Construction of the present monastery was completed in 1992. Spend a bit of time visiting the monastery and the Sherpa Heritage Foundation museum before settling in for the night at your teahouse.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Chumo (2860 m/9383 ft) - Descend steeply along switchbacks through beautiful forest of juniper, rhododendron and fir. Cross the Dudh Kosi River and follow the trail up to Trashinga. From here the path contours high above the valley through Shanasa and on to Namche Bazaar, where you’ll stop for lunch. Then descend steeply down back to the Hillary Bridge and cross the Dudh Kosi River. You’ll follow the trail through Jorsale and back to Chumo, where you’ll stop for the night.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Lukla (2840 m/9318 ft) - You’ve done it, your last day of trekking! Today you'll walk back to Lukla via Benkar through blue pine and rhododendron forest, with great views of Kusum Kangaru. From here, make the final climb up to Lukla, where you’ll say goodbye to your crew. Celebrate with a hot shower and a few drinks with your group before flying back to Kathmandu tomorrow morning.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Kathmandu - Weather permitting, you'll take a short early morning flight from Lukla to Kathmandu. Return to your accommodation and have free time during the afternoon for further sightseeing or shopping. You could visit one of Kathmandu's many markets for clothing, embroidery, carpets or ceramics. If shopping is not your thing, take a trip over the Bagmati River to the adjacent city of Patan, with its abundance of temples and monasteries. Enjoy a final night together, reliving the trek and your extraordinary achievements.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Kathmandu - Today is a free day in Kathmandu, so feel free to lie in if your body needs it before your next hike. If you’ve got a little more energy, maybe visit the nearby city of Patan, full of ancient temples and palaces to explore. Perhaps go for dinner tonight and try momos, the Nepalese dumpling dish that has made a name for itself beyond the region.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Kathmandu - You'll meet your new group for a welcome meeting at 2 pm today. Before then, feel free to continue exploring the network of street markets and alley bazaars. If you haven’t already visited Pashupatinath Temple, it’s definitely worth checking out before you leave Kathmandu tomorrow. The Hindu temple – and UNESCO World Heritage site – is the oldest one in Kathmandu, with a recorded existence as early as 400 AD.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Ngadi (930 m/3051 ft) - Start your Annapurna Circuit Trek with a morning drive from Kathmandu to Ngadi. During the journey, you'll see stunning views of the Trishuli River, green hills, terraced fields and the Himalayas. Following the Marshyangdi River, you’ll pass through charming towns and Besisahar, the gateway to the Annapurna Circuit Trek. Arrive in Ngadi by late afternoon, check into your guesthouse and relax as you prepare for your trek.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Chamje (1430 m/4692 ft) - Keep an eye out for dazzling cascades along your trail today as it makes its way through a deep wooded canyon with a few stretches of steep climbing. Wander through rice paddies, follow winding trails through sub-tropical forest, cross suspension bridges swaying over raging rivers, pass waterfalls of melted snow and climb steep mountain passes. Over the next ten days you’ll come across isolated mountain communities, each with different ancestral customs and traditions. Be prepared to be inspired, mesmerised, challenged and delighted.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Dharapani (1860 m/6102 ft) - Today’s trek continues through the deep wooded canyon embellished by stunning waterfalls. You’ll be venturing into the Manang district of the mountain range, with much of the trail ascending throughout the day.

     

    Day - 20

    Location: Chame (2670 m/8760 ft) - Marking the end of the great Marsyangdi Gorge, make a steep climb to Timang, then the trail settles into gentler slopes as the vegetation transforms from dense pine forests to drier slopes. The district headquarters of Manang, Chame, is the largest settlement after Besisahar.

     

    Day - 21

    Location: Pisang (3200 m/10,499 ft) - A slew of breathtaking scenery is on the cards today as the trail goes through a deep gorge then past the great sweeping slope of Paungi Danda. On the way to Chame stop at a beautiful apple orchid for a tea break. Today is mostly an easy walk with a few ascending stretches of trail dotted throughout the day.

     

    Day - 22

    Location: Manang (3540 m/11,614 ft) - Trek the northern trail via upper Pisang and Ghyaru – an area renowned for its spectacular views.You're sure to come across local farmers herding yaks. Here’s a hot tip – Tibetan yaks take a special interest in people wearing red, so choose your gear carefully today!

     

    Day - 23

    Location: Manang (3540 m/11,614 ft) - Spend a day here to acclimatise by trekking to a higher altitude, then returning to the lower altitude of Manang for the night. Manang, a village of about 500 flat-roofed houses, offers excellent views of Annapurna II, Annapurna III, Gangapurna and Chulu East. Visit one of the oldest houses in the area, learn the history of Manag and the Mananges, with story telling & Tibetan Tea.

     

    Day - 24

    Location: Yak Kharka (4050 m/13,287 ft) - Today will be a steadily uphill climb into the alpine region of the mountain range. You’ll arrive at Yak Kharka, ready for an easier day of trekking tomorrow to acclimatise to the high altitude.

     

    Day - 25

    Location: Phedi (4525 m/14,846 ft) - Due to the altitude, feel free to take the next section of the climb at a leisurely pace, meaning you’ll have time to admire the magnificent views from this part of the route. Once at Phedi, there’ll be plenty of time to rest and acclimatise to the higher elevations ready for the next part of the climb, where you’ll encounter the Thorung La Pass – the highest point on this Annapurna Circuit.

     

    Day - 26

    Location: Muktinath (3800 m/12,467 ft) - Setting off very early to cross the Thorung La Pass (5416 m), the trail is steep but easy to follow. After a climbing trek, reach the Pass's peak, adorned with prayer flags, a traditional stupa (chorten) and stone cairns built by travellers. Stop to admire the stunning views and marvel at how far you've climbed. Further along, the trail descends steeply proceeding towards Chabarbu. From here on, the trail crosses meadows, drops into a deep ravine, climbs out and follows a wide trail into Muktinath – a pilgrimage site held in great reverence by both Hindu and Buddhist populations.

     

    Day - 27

    Location: Kalopani (2526 m/8287 ft) - Veer off the main trekking trail to make a side trip to an ancient village of Purang. Further up from the village, continue to take the less frequented route going past another village with a medieval feel to it – Jhong. From Jhong, descend to the Jhing Khola (river), following the course which you emerge on to Kagbeni. After lunch, visit the village of Marpha, known for its natural beauty, culture and heritage. Wander around the village and explore beautifully designed buildings and perhaps try some locally produced apple jam. After, drive to Kalopani. Admire stunning views of the Dhaulagiri and Annapurna Mountain ranges including Annapurna 1, and relax while taking in the panoramic Himalayan vistas.

     

    Day - 28

    Location: Pokhara - After breakfast, depart from Kalopani by 4WD enjoying a scenic journey through Nepal’s diverse landscapes. As you travel, take in the lush greenery of the terraced fields, charming rural villages, and the winding roads alongside the Seti River. The route offers occasional glimpses of the majestic Himalayas in the distance. Arrive in Pokhara by the afternoon.

     

    Day - 29

    Location: Pokhara - Enjoy a free day in Pokhara to unwind, relax and give those muscles a rest after all that trekking. Your leader can advise you of sightseeing opportunities. It is worth taking a boat for a row out on the lake, especially if the weather's fine. The lakeside area has great shopping and cafes. Pokhara has an interesting old area as well as an elaborate Hindu temple and a Buddhist monastery. Perhaps visit the Peace Pagoda, where spectacular views of the mountains await. You can see the Annapurnas from here, and the famous fishtail peak, Machhapuchhare, and back across to Pokhara. You can also visit the fascinating International Mountain Museum to learn some amazing tales of past climbing expeditions.

     

    Day - 30

    Location: Pokhara - With no activities planned for today, you are free to leave at any time. Pokhara is a stunning and peaceful lakeside haven, so if you would like to spend more time here, we’ll be happy to organise additional accommodation (subject to availability).

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Kathmandu - Namaste! Welcome to Kathmandu, the colourful capital of Nepal where ornately carved balconies mingle with beautiful shrines and temples. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 2 pm today. Tonight enjoy an included welcome dinner and Nepalese cultural performance. If you arrive with time to spare, maybe check out the storied stupas and pagodas of Swayambhunath (Monkey Temple) or take a walk around the local Durbar Square. If you’ve got limited time in the city, you might also like to consider an Urban Adventure.  ALTERNATIVE ITINERARY DUE TO FLIGHT CANCELLATIONS: Weather conditions in the Himalayas can change rapidly, which can result in the need for changes to be made to our intended itineraries. Flights throughout Nepal – particularly in high mountain areas – are often delayed or cancelled due to poor weather conditions. Flights between Kathmandu/Ramechhap and Lukla are particularly prone to these delays which has the potential to vary the itinerary of our tour departures. Our contingency plans in case of bad weather preventing the fixed wing aircraft flight from Kathmandu/Ramechhap to Lukla are as follows: Day 2 – We will attempt to board our booked fixed-wing plane as per the itinerary. If this flight is cancelled, we will return to our hotel in Kathmandu/Ramechhap for an additional night. Day 3 – We will again attempt to board our booked fixed-wing plane. If this flight is cancelled we will endeavour to charter a helicopter to transport the group, provided helicopters are available and weather does not prevent them from flying to Lukla. There may be delays for helicopter flights due to limited availability of safety audited helicopter operators. Travellers will need to use their emergency fund to cover the cost of the chartered helicopter. The exact cost will depend on how many travellers are in your group and could be up to US 500 per person. It is common practice for the helicopter company to charge varying prices, so you may pay different amounts to others on the flight. If we reach Lukla on day 3 by either fixed wing aircraft or helicopter we will then follow the same itinerary to Everest Base Camp but descend over one less day in order to take our return flight from Lukla on day 14. Day 4 – If both fixed-wing planes and helicopters are unable to reach Lukla on the morning of day 3, then on day 4 we will drive back to Kathmandu by private vehicle. While we will not be able to reach Base Camp itself on the altered itinerary to Langtang - Gosainkunda Trek, our travellers have still found it a highly enjoyable trek with superb views of snow caped mountains and visit the beautiful lake - Gosainkunda. This lake is sacred for both Hindu and Buddhist pilgrims. We also advise allowing a few extra days in Kathmandu at the end of your trip should your return flights from Lukla be delayed due to weather conditions.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Phakding (2610 m/8563 ft) - Today we have a very early flight from Kathmandu to Lukla. If the weather is good, the views of the Himalayas from the small plane are amazing! After breakfast in Lukla (2840 m), a short safety talk and an introduction to your porters, gear up and commence your trek. Today is a fairly gentle introduction, following the milk-white Dudh Kosi River approximately three-hours to Phakding (2610 m).

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Namche Bazaar (3440 m/11,286 ft) - Today you’ll trek to Namche Bazaar, where you’ll spend two nights acclimatising to the altitude – and might even get your first look at Everest itself. From Phakding, you’ll begin to head up the valley. The trail, lined with blue pine forest, follows the river valley and is especially spectacular in spring when the rhododendron flowers are bright in bloom. Cross the Dudh Kosi river at Benkar, and look way up above 6,000 metres to see the peaks of snow-capped Kusum Kanguru (6369 m) and Thamserku (6623m). Press on to Monjo (2835m), a good place to break for lunch. From here the walk starts to get a little tougher, with a steep ascent to Namche Bazaar. Enter into the national park, cross the river through the village of Jorsale (2805m) and then continue upstream. Cross the spectacular Hillary Bridge and begin the ascent to Namche Bazaar. Get your camera out as on a clear day you’ll get your first glimpse of the peaks of Everest, Lhotse, Nuptse and Taweche. Namche will be your last chance to check your equipment and hire any additional gear for the high altitudes from Dingboche onwards.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Namche Bazaar (3440 m/11,286 ft) - You’ll stay at Namche Bazaar for another night so that you can properly acclimatise to the altitude. One of the best ways to do this is to take a strenuous walk up to a high altitude then come back down to sleep. Your optional (but recommended) walk today will take you to see views from the Tenzing Norgay Memorial and Sagarmatha National Park Museum above the village. If the conditions are right, this stunning vista includes a panorama of the Khumbu peaks and great views of Everest. The national park museum is also home to interesting displays about Sherpa lifestyle and culture, and the local flora and fauna. Then, continue your hike to higher elevations with a visit to Sagarmatha Next, who support local communities to create and implement a sustainable waste handling system in the region. Return to town and enjoy a free rest of your day. Namche gained its importance during the period when Tibetan salt was traded for the lowland grains of Nepal. There's still a roaring trade in the village centre, so be sure to use this chance to stock up on any extra supplies you might need. 

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Phortse Gaon (3810 m/12,500 ft) - Not many groups stop in Phortse – a traditional Sherpa village that offers an insight into their life and culture – so today will be something special. Leave Namche and weave your way above the valley, then take the less-travelled fork in the road just after Sanasa. Most travellers follow the same path to and from Base Camp, while you’ll make more of a loop to see more of the national park. Climb for some epic views of the valley below, and then stop for a mini acclimatisation lunch at around 4000 m. After lunch, make your way downhill to cross the Dudh Koshi again, then make a final uphill push to your teahouse in Phortse. The dramatic mountain views, peace and quiet of this village make this one of the highlights of the trek. Here you’ll be almost completely above the treeline, so the sunsets make for perfect pictures.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Dingboche (4410 m/14,469 ft) - Enjoy the stillness of Phortse at sunrise, and then set off along the trail taking in the incredible views of Kangtega, Ama Dablam (6812 m) and – if the skies are clear – Mt Everest. Perhaps stop for a tea in Pangboche, and after lunch in Shomare you’ll notice the scenery around you start to change, with forests being replaces with rocky outcrops. Once you arrive in Dingboche, you’ll find a beautiful patchwork of small fields enclosed by stone walls. The scenery is once again spectacular and although Everest will be hidden behind the Lhotse-Nuptse Ridge, the huge peaks that tower above the eastern end of the valley are more than worthy. If the weather’s right, then there will be gorgeous sunsets illuminating the peaks – Ama Dablam, the south face of Lhotse to the north and Island Peak in the centre of the valley.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Dingboche (4410 m/14,469 ft) - Today is another acclimatisation day. You'll take morning hikes to Nagarjun Hill or Chukkhung, returning to Dingboche for lunch. Then, take some time to in the afternoon to explore the town or rest up at your teahouse.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Lobuche (4910 m/16,109 ft) - From Dingboche, ascend the small ridge behind the village above the Pheriche valley. From the stupa at the top, Taweche and Cholatse (6440 m) make for a pretty striking scene – they seem to lean forwards from across the valley in the west. To the north, Lobuje Peak (6119 m) and the snowfields of the Cho La are the kings of the skyline. The walking will now be fairly flat on wide-open fields, but remember that there’s no rush – take your time and ensure you’re well hydrated. Late in the morning you will cross the Khumbu Khola at Dughla and take a light lunch at the foot of the huge terminal moraines of the Khumbu Glacier flowing off Everest. In the afternoon, there will be a solid and quite steep climb on a rocky trail to the top of the moraines. On the crest of the ridge, you’ll pass a line of memorial cairns (stacks of stones), built in memory of the Sherpas and climbers who have died on various Everest expeditions over the last fifty or so years. From here the view is downright spectacular once again, with Pumori (7145 m), Lingtren (6697 m), Khumbutse (6623 m), and across the border in Tibet, Changtse (7550 m), surrounding you. Then follow the valley stream to the lodge at Lobuche, arriving early afternoon.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Gorak Shep/Everest Base Camp (5140 m/16,864 ft) - This is the big one, the day of Everest Base Camp. From Lobuche, follow the broad valley that runs parallel to Khumbu Glacier, with a gradual ascent enabling you to build the slow, steady rhythm required when walking at high altitude. When you reach the moraines of Changri Nup Glacier, you will make a series of small ascents and descents over a rocky trail lined with cairns that eventually leads to the surprising glacial sands of Gorak Shep (5160 m) – reached after about three hours of walking. Now’s the time to grab a quick bite, gear up appropriately and then head off towards Everest Base Camp. The trek can be achieved in around three hours, and if trekking in the popular climbing period of March to May, you’ll almost certainly encounter yaks and porters supplying food and equipment to expeditions here. From Everest Base Camp you won’t get views of Mount Everest, but you are able to see glorious glaciers, lakes, caves and the notorious Everest Ice Fall that flows from the Western Cwm. The return journey from the Base Camp to Gorak Shep takes the same amount of time. You’ll have an early dinner so that you are able to get up early the next day for awe-inspiring views of the Himalayan giants from Kala Patar.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Kala Pattar/Pheriche (4240 m/13,191 ft) - This morning enjoy breakfast at the highest altitude Teahouse in the world. Today you’ll see some of the Himalayas’ most recognisable sights. Make an early start to avoid the early morning clouds and trek to Kala Pattar (5545 m) to witness the best views of Everest. The ascent is quite steep and made more difficult because of the altitude, so start very slowly and try to ascend at a steady rhythmic pace. Kala Patar is the rocky hilltop below Pumori, and Nuptse, Changtse, Ama Dablam, Taweche, Kantega and Everest – they’re all here. About three kilometres away and some 200 metres below, the area of the Everest Base Camp can be seen in a bowl at the bottom of the Khumbu Ice Fall. Spend as long as you like to savour an extra special moment, then it’s all downhill from here – the descent to Gorak Shep is easy and when you arrive back at the lodge you’ll have a quick drink and head off to the rooms to pack your kit bags while breakfast is being prepared. After breakfast set off to Lobuche and Thugla, where you’ll stop for lunch. Then cross the Khumbu Khola and head down the valley below Cholatse to Pheriche, where you’ll stop for the night.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Tengboche (3860 m/12,664 ft) - Descend through the small settlements at Orsho and Shomare before passing through Lower Pangboche. Here you’ll reach the suspension bridge over the Imja Khola River, then ascend to Tengboche to visit the monastery. According to legend, Lama Sange Dorjee, who came from Tibet’s Rongphu Monastery, founded Thyangboche Monastery in the 17th century. Tengboche was destroyed by an earthquake in 1933, rebuilt and again badly damaged by a fire in 1989. Construction of the present monastery was completed in 1992. Spend a bit of time visiting the monastery and the Sherpa Heritage Foundation museum before settling in for the night at your teahouse.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Chumo (2860 m/9383 ft) - Descend steeply along switchbacks through beautiful forest of juniper, rhododendron and fir. Cross the Dudh Kosi River and follow the trail up to Trashinga. From here the path contours high above the valley through Shanasa and on to Namche Bazaar, where you’ll stop for lunch. Then descend steeply down back to the Hillary Bridge and cross the Dudh Kosi River. You’ll follow the trail through Jorsale and back to Chumo, where you’ll stop for the night.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Lukla (2840 m/9318 ft) - You’ve done it, your last day of trekking! Today you'll walk back to Lukla via Benkar through blue pine and rhododendron forest, with great views of Kusum Kangaru. From here, make the final climb up to Lukla, where you’ll say goodbye to your crew. Celebrate with a hot shower and a few drinks with your group before flying back to Kathmandu tomorrow morning.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Kathmandu - Weather permitting, you'll take a short early morning flight from Lukla to Kathmandu. Return to your accommodation and have free time during the afternoon for further sightseeing or shopping. You could visit one of Kathmandu's many markets for clothing, embroidery, carpets or ceramics. If shopping is not your thing, take a trip over the Bagmati River to the adjacent city of Patan, with its abundance of temples and monasteries. Enjoy a final night together, reliving the trek and your extraordinary achievements.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Kathmandu - Say ‘dhanyabad’ for memories that’ll last a lifetime. There are no activities planned for today and you are able to depart the hotel at any time. If you'd like to stay longer, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Kathmandu - Namaste! Welcome to Nepal. When you arrive at the airport, a representative will meet you to drive you to your hotel. Your adventure officially begins with a welcome meeting at 2 pm at your hotel. If you arrive early, there’s plenty to explore in Nepal's culture rich capital. Wander the markets and bazaars of Thamel where stalls and hole-in-the-wall shops sell everything from bangles to Buddha statues to beetroot. Perhaps check out Durbar Square, home to the palace of the Kumari Devi who is considered to be a living goddess. Or learn how to make momos and dal bhat at a home cooking class. After your welcome meeting, get to know your leader and fellow travellers over an authentic Nepali dinner of traditional thali with delicious momos at the Mahotsav Restaurant.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Pokhara (900m) - Depart Kathmandu early and take a private minivan for the long drive to Pokhara, watching as the scenery changes from central to western Nepal. Along the way, break for a delicious lunch and to stretch the legs. Upon arrival in this lakeside city, take some time to explore the markets on a leader-led walk, strolling past colourful paddle boats in the lake or relax with a chiya (Nepalese tea) before the trek ahead. Set in a valley beneath the snow-capped peaks of the Annapurna range, Pokhara was once part of a vibrant trade route between India and Tibet. It's also home to the Magar and Gurung ethnic groups – known for their rich culture and service as Gurkha soldiers. This evening, you’ll collect your included trekking poles and down jackets (if you haven't brought your own) and have your trek briefing. After, maybe head out for dinner with your group – Pokhara has no shortage of restaurants to tempt your taste buds and your expert local leader will be happy to provide some great quality recommendations.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Dhampus (1500m) - Meet your local mountain guides and porters this morning before hitting the road to Ghatte Khola – the starting point of the trek. Today you’ll be hiking to the traditional Gurung village of Dhampus on a relatively easy trail that winds along terraced fields and hillside homes. When you arrive at Dhampus, check into your first comfortable mountain lodge. This lodge has impressive views spanning the entire Annapurna Range when the weather is clear – including Annapurna 1, 2, 3 and 4 towering up to 8000m. Once you are settled in it's time to enjoy one of Intrepid's unique 'a day in the life of' moments where you will visit a typical Gurung village nearby to learn about their lifestyle and of course enjoy a home-cooked lunch with the villagers themselves. After, you may want to unwind on the grassy terrace with a warming tea or take a walk through Dhampus village. This evening, there’s an optional 1-2 hour hike to the Australian Base Camp viewpoint (2060m) or the village of Pothana – both of which are renowned for their superb views of the Annapurna peaks. Enjoy dinner in with a stunningly unique view before tucking into your comfortable bed in the first of Nepal’s best mountain lodges on this trek.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Majgaon (1408m) - After breakfast you'll make tracks for Majgaon village via Pothana. The trail contours the side of the hill before bringing you up to the ridgeline – have your camera handy! Stop for a tea break in Pothana village (1890 m) where many Tibetan traders live and sell handmade jewellery, clothing and other souvenirs. The next section of the trail descends through subtropical forests filled with tree orchids, rhododendrons and magnolias. You'll arrive at your lodge in Majgaon in time for lunch. Settle in then explore the nearby villages of Tanchok and Patleket, which feature classic Nepalese stone houses with raised wooden platforms. Then, return to your comfortable lodge to enjoy the stunning views of Machhapuchhre, the famed Fishtail Mountain (6997m) with a well-earned drink while the sun sets.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Landruk (1639m) - The hike to Landruk today weaves along the hillsides, taking you through villages, farms and the famous suspension bridges festooned with multi-coloured Buddhist prayer flags. The trail has some steady dips and climbs as you pass farmers working in their fields, buffalo and grazing goats. You’ll reach your comfortable lodge in time for lunch, followed by an optional afternoon hike to explore Landruk and the surrounding villages – Landruk is famous for its honey hunters who climb bamboo ladders to collect honeycomb from steep cliff faces. The rest of the evening is yours to relax – how about a drink around the crackling fire? Or watch in awe as the last pink light catches the high mountains of the Annapurna range.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Ghandruk (1981m) - Set off for Ghandruk this morning. Along the way you’ll hike up some ascents along stone-paved switchbacks, cross a suspension bridge and pass through forests before emerging onto the small plateau of Ghandruk. At the highest point of your trek, the location of your final lodge is second to none, looking out over the staggering peaks of Annapurna South (7219m) and the neighbouring Hiunchuli (6441m). This afternoon you'll explore Ghandruk and meet some of the villagers. Ghandruk is known for its traditional slate-roofed houses featuring hand-carved wooden windows and strong Gurung cultural heritage – which you’ll learn about at the Gurung Museum. Gain insight into Gurung customs, lifestyle and their remarkable contributions to the Gorkha Army. You might also like to try on a traditional Gurung costume here or relax on the lodge terrace with a glass in hand, looking out over the incredible mountain scenery.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Pokhara - It’s all downhill today (literally) for your final hike down the valley through the terraced hills to Syauli Bazaar where you’ll jump in the van and follow the Modi River downstream to the riverside town of Birethanti (1100m). Enjoy a well-earned lunch here before returning to Pokhara. After checking into your hotel and freshening up, get to know the city on an orientation walk with your leader – including a peaceful boat trip on Fewa Lake. If you’re not quite ready to pack away your walking shoes, you might like to join your leader for a hike up to the Peace Pagoda on Anadu Hill overlooking the lake – or just take the van for all the views but none of the effort! Then, head back into town for a free afternoon. This evening, perhaps join your leader and group for a farewell dinner and toast to a brilliant week exploring the Annapurna region.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Pokhara - Your adventure comes to an end today. If you have time, you could visit the International Mountain Museum to learn about the history of trekking and mountaineering in the Himalayas and the mountain communities that live here. If you’d like to stick around in Pokhara, we can book additional accommodation (subject to availability) – just let us know when booking.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Kathmandu - Namaste! Welcome to Nepal. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 2 pm today. If you touch down early, there’s much to do in Kathmandu. Maybe head out into the streets of Pashupatinath (home to markets, bazaars, holy men, monks, bicycles and sacred cows), climb to Kathmandu’s most important Buddhist shrine Swayambhunath (also known as the ‘monkey temple’) or feel out the atmosphere in Durbar Square. After your meeting the evening is free, so you might like to try out one of Kathmandu’s many restaurants with your new travel companions. ALTERNATIVE ITINERARY DUE TO FLIGHT CANCELLATIONS:    Weather conditions in the Himalayas can change rapidly, which frequently results in the need for changes to be made to our intended itineraries. Flights throughout Nepal, particularly in high mountain areas, can be delayed or cancelled due to poor weather conditions. Flights between Kathmandu and Lukla are particularly prone to these delays which has the potential to vary the itinerary of all departures in the Everest region. Our contingency plans in case of bad weather preventing the fixed wing aircraft flight from Kathmandu to Lukla are as follows: Day 2 - We will attempt to board our booked fixed wing flight as per the itinerary. If this flight is cancelled we will return to our hotel in Kathmandu for an additional night. Day 3 up to Day 6 We will again attempt to board our booked fixed wing flight. If this flight is cancelled but helicopters are available and permitted to fly to Lukla we will use our best endeavours to charter a helicopter to transport the group. Travellers will need to use their emergency fund to cover the cost of this chartered helicopter. The exact cost will depend on how many travellers are in your group and could be up to US$500. It is common practice for the helicopter company to charge varying prices, so you may pay different amounts to others on the flight. If we reach Lukla on Day 6 by either fixed wing aircraft or helicopter we will then follow the itinerary to Everest Base Camp. We will not be able to reach Gokyo Lakes however, we still have enough time to reach Everest Base Camp at a safe rate of ascent. Day 7 - If both fixed-wing planes and helicopters are unable to reach Lukla on Day 6, then on Day 7 we will drive back to Kathmandu by private vehicle. While we will not be able to visit the Gokyo Lake and Everest Base Camp itself on the altered itinerary to Langtang - Gosainkunda Trek, our travellers have still found it a highly enjoyable trek with superb views of snow caped mountains and visit the beautiful lake - Gosainkunda. This lake is sacred for both Hindu and Buddhist pilgrims. We also advise allowing a few extra days in Kathmandu at the end of your trip should your return flights from Lukla be delayed due to weather conditions. 

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Phakding (2610 m/8563 ft) - Early this morning you’ll board a plane for a quick journey from Kathmandu to Lukla (2827 m). This is no regular flight – you’ll be flying parallel to the giants of the Himalayas and, if the weather’s good, make sure to secure a seat on the left for amazing views of the mountains bordering Nepal and China. Touch down on the airstrip, then it’s time to meet your porters and take some time to warm up with an exploration of the village of Lukla. After a quick safety talk, gear up and begin your trek to Phakding. You’ll descend towards the milky white waters of the Dudh Kosi River, where you’ll join the main trail to Namche Bazaar, located just above Chaunrikharka (2713 m). The walk is easy and after passing through the small village of Ghat (2550 m), it’s only a short walk to Phakding.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Namche Bazaar (3440 m/11,286 ft) - Today you’ll trek to Namche Bazaar, where you’ll spend two nights acclimatising to the altitude – and might even get your first look at Everest itself. From Phakding, you’ll begin to head up the valley. The trail, lined with blue pine forest, follows the river valley and is especially spectacular in spring when the rhododendron flowers are bright in bloom. Cross the Dudh Kosi river at Benkar, and look way up above 6,000 metres to see the peaks of snow-capped Kusum Kanguru (6369 m) and Thamserku (6623m). Press on to Monjo (2835m), a good place to break for lunch. From here the walk starts to get a little tougher, with a steep ascent to Namche Bazaar. Enter into the national park, cross the river through the village of Jorsale (2805m) and then continue upstream. Cross the spectarular Hillary Bridge and begin the ascent to Namche Bazaar. Get your camera out as on a clear day you’ll get your first glimpse of the peaks of Everest, Lhotse, Nuptse and Taweche. Namche will be your last chance to check your equipment and hire any additional gear for the high altitudes from Dingboche onwards.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Namche Bazaar (3440 m/11,286 ft) - You’ll stay at Namche Bazaar for another night so that you can properly acclimatise to the altitude. One of the best ways to do this is to take a strenuous walk up to a high altitude then come back down to sleep. Your optional (but recommended) walk today will take you to see views from the Tenzing Norgay Memorial and Sagarmatha National Park Museum above the village. If the conditions are right, this stunning vista includes a panorama of the Khumbu peaks and great views of Everest. The national park museum is also home to interesting displays about Sherpa lifestyle and culture, and the local flora and fauna. Then, continue your hike to higher elevations with a visit to Sagarmatha Next, who support local communities to create and implement a sustainable waste handling systems in the region. Return to town and enjoy a free rest of your day. Namche gained its importance during the period when Tibetan salt was traded for the lowland grains of Nepal. There's still a roaring trade in the village centre, so be sure to use this chance to stock up on any extra supplies you might need. 

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Mongla (3970 m/13,025 ft) - From Namche ascend to the airstrip at Shyanboche, then on to a lunch spot in Khumjung, the largest village in the region. Here you can fill up on dhal bhat, noodles and more, after lunch enter the Khumjung Buddist Monastery. Towering above Khumjung is the sacred rocky peak of Khumbilya (5761 m). It’s the home of the guardian goddess of the region, often depicted in religious paintings (or thangkas) as a white-faced figure on a white horse. The trail winds around Khumbilya's lower slopes, passing through beautiful birch forest and then climbing from treeless, grassy slopes to a stupa on top of a rocky ridge (3992 m). Once again the views of the surrounding mountains are magnificent. Phortse can be seen across the valley – a picturesque village set in a patchwork of stone walled fields. You’ll stay overnight at the cluster of lodges on the saddle, known as Mongla.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Dole (4038 m/13,248 ft) - The altitude can make things tough, so be sure to take it easy over the next three day and don’t push yourself too hard. From Mongla, descend on a series of switchback trails to the Dudh Kosi River at Phortse Bridge. The trail to Gokyo can be deceptive and some can ascend too quickly, but you’ll take your time. Leaving Phortse Bridge, you’ll ascend steeply at first and then contour high above the valley, enjoying excellent views (truly, every view is beyond excellent) of Kantega, Thamserku and Ama Dablam (6856 m). About an hour's walk from Phortse Bridge, you’ll get your first views of the mammoth peak of Cho Oyo (8153 m) at the head of the valley. Trek beyond the tree line and pass some imposing waterfalls on route to the yak herding settlements of Tongba (4015 m) and Gyele (4050 m). From here it’s a short distance to Dole, where you’ll spend the night. You’ll also explore the upper Dole Valley while you’re here, returning via a high ridge above the lodge to take some incredible photos of Cho Oyo and Gyachung Kang (7922 m) to the north, and Taweche (6542 m) and Cholatse (6440 m) across the valley to the east.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Machhermo (4465 m/14,649 ft) - You might come to appreciate the term ‘short walking day’. Today will be just that, with a climb out of the small Dole Valley before a gradual ascent up the Dudh Kosi Valley, high above the river. Though the walk is quite easy you’ll definitely start to feel the effects of altitude on even the smallest hill. The barren alpine scenery, with only small clusters of scrub juniper, is a stark contrast to the snowy white peaks and deep blue skies. After a couple of hours you’ll arrive at Luza (4360 m), then soon enough you’ll reach the lodge at Machhermo – tonight’s accommodation. If you’re still feeling energetic, then after lunch there’s the option to take an excursion across rocky rubble to the base of Kyajo Ri (6168 m) and Machhermo Peak (6073 m). Watch out for a yeti though – it was spotted here in 1974 when three yaks were killed and a Sherpa girl was injured when trying to fight off a hairy, ape-like intruder!

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Gokyo (4720 m/15,486 ft) - Today you'll need a new word to describe the colour blue after seeing the Gokyo Lakes. A short, steep climb leads from the Machhermo Valley on to the steep grassy slopes of the Dudh Kosi Valley. Keep an eye open for the colourful Tibetan snow cocks, often found in this area. The valley widens as you pass through Pangka (4390 m) and on to the jumbled moraines (glacier debris) of Ngozumpa Glacier, the largest in Nepal and the source of the Dudh Kosi River. Climbing steeply over a rocky trail you’ll keep to the western side of the glacier to reach a small lake at the head of a wide valley and then pass a larger lake at Longpongav (4690 m), before following the lateral moraines to the third lake at Gokyo (4750 m). Gokyo has a number of stone dwellings surrounded by stone walled yak pastures. Today’s lodge is located close to the lake and, if there are no clouds around, the sunroom will be lovely and warm in the afternoon. For those feeling energetic, it’s worth ascending to the ridge at the back of Gokyo for views down to the mighty Ngozumpa Glacier.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Machhermo (4465 m/14,649 ft) - Get up early for a couple of hours climb up Gokyo Peak, which has one of the best panoramas in the Khumbu region. It’s a straightforward but steep climb, and it can be tiring due to the altitude. View four 8,000 metre-plus peaks – Everest (8848 m), Cho-Oyo (8153 m), Lhotse (8511 m) and Makalu (8481 m) – and spot countless other towering peaks including Gyachung Kang (7922 m) to the east of Cho-Oyo, Cholatse (6440 m), Taweche (6542 m) and Kangchung (6103 m). There’s also a bird's eye view of the Gokyo lakes and the huge creaking Ngozumpa Glacier, now cutting halfway across the world and snaking its way down the valley far beneath. You’ll descend back to Gokyo for a late breakfast and then retrace your steps back to the snout of the glacier and continue down the valley back to Machhermo. You might be surprised easily and quickly you’ll cover the return route – that’s acclimatisation!

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Phortse (3810 m/12,500 ft) - Not many groups stop in Phortse – a traditional Sherpa village that offers an insight into their life and culture – so today will be something special. A leisurely start to the day will wind you down the valley to Dole, where you’ll enter the forest to continue the descent to Phortse Bridge. Keep an eye open for musk deer, which are often seen on this section of the trail. Here you’ll stop for lunch and then branch off the main trail to Namche, crossing the Dudh Kosi and ascending to the village of Phortse, where few trekkers pass on their Everest trek. The dramatic mountain views, peace and quiet of this village make this one of the highlights of the trek. Here you’ll be almost completely above the treeline, so the sunsets make for perfect pictures.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Dingboche (4410 m/14,469 ft) - This morning's walk will take you across a ridge before descending on an exposed trail to the Imja Khola. Keep an eye open for Himalayan tahr, often seen perched precariously on the crags high above the trail. Join the trail coming from Thyangboche via the suspension bridge, then gradually climb to the village of Pangboche, where the peak of Ama Dablam dominates the skyline. Have lunch here and then, if it is open, take the opportunity to see the beautiful monastery that once housed (what was claimed as) the hand and scalp of a yeti. After lunch, follow the trail high above the Imja Khola, passing the tea houses at Orsho, before again crossing the Imja Khola and old glacial moraines to a lodge Dingboche. Here you’ll find a beautiful patchwork of small fields enclosed by stone walls. These walls protect crops of barley and potatoes from the cold winds. The scenery is once again spectacular and although Everest will be hidden behind the Lhotse-Nuptse Ridge, the huge peaks that tower above the eastern end of the valley are more than worthy. If the weather’s right, then there will be gorgeous sunsets illuminating the peaks – Ama Dablam, the south face of Lhotse to the north and also Island Peak in the centre of the valley.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Lobuche (4910 m/16,109 ft) - From Dingboche, ascend the small ridge behind the village above the Pheriche valley. From the stupa at the top, Taweche and Cholatse (6440 m) make for a pretty striking scene as they seem to lean forwards from across the valley in the west. To the north, Lobuje Peak (6119 m) and the snowfields of the Cho La are the kings of the skyline. The walking will now be fairly flat on wide-open fields, but remember that there’s no rush – take your time and ensure you’re well hydrated. Late in the morning you will cross the Khumbu Khola at Dughla and take a light lunch at the foot of the huge terminal moraines of the Khumbu Glacier flowing off Everest. In the afternoon, there will be a solid and quite steep climb on a rocky trail to the top of the moraines. On the crest of the ridge, you’ll pass a line of memorial cairns (stacks of stones), built in memory of the Sherpas and climbers who have died on various Everest expeditions over the last fifty or so years. From here the view is downright spectacular once again, with Pumori (7145 m), Lingtren (6697 m), Khumbutse (6623 m), and across the border in Tibet, Changtse (7550 m), surrounding you. Then follow the valley stream to the lodge at Lobuche, arriving early afternoon. No doubt you’ll be tired, but remember tomorrow’s plan – Everest Base Camp.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Gorak Shep/Everest Base Camp (5140 m/16,864 ft) - This is the big one, the day of Everest Base Camp. From Lobuche, follow the broad valley that runs parallel to Khumbu Glacier, with a gradual ascent enabling you to build the slow, steady rhythm required when walking at high altitude. When you reach the moraines of Changri Nup Glacier, you will make a series of small ascents and descents over a rocky trail lined with cairns that eventually leads to the surprising glacial sands of Gorak Shep (5160 m) – reached after about three hours of walking. Now’s the time to grab a quick bite, gear up appropriately and then head off towards Everest Base Camp. The trek can be achieved in around three hours, and if trekking in the popular climbing period of March to May, you’ll almost certainly encounter yaks and porters supplying food and equipment to expeditions here. From Everest Base Camp you won’t get views of Mount Everest, but you are able to see glorious glaciers, lakes, caves and the notorious Everest Ice Fall that flows from the Western Cwm. The return journey from the Base Camp to Gorak Shep takes the same amount of time. You’ll have an early dinner so that you are able to get up early the next day for awe-inspiring views of the Himalayan giants from Kala Patar.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Kala Pattar/Pheriche (4240 m/13,191 ft) - This morning enjoy breakfast at the highest altitude Teahouse in the world. Today you’ll see some of the Himalayas’ most recognisable sights. Make an early start to avoid the early morning clouds and trek to Kala Pattar (5545 m) to witness the best views of Everest. The ascent is quite steep and made more difficult because of the altitude, so start very slowly and try to ascend at a steady rhythmic pace. Kala Patar is the rocky hilltop below Pumori, and Nuptse, Changtse, Ama Dablam, Taweche, Kantega and Everest – they’re all here. About three kilometres away and some 200 metres below, the area of the Everest Base Camp can be seen in a bowl at the bottom of the Khumbu Ice Fall. Spend as long as you like to savour an extra special moment, then it’s all downhill from here – the descent to Gorak Shep is easy and when you arrive back at the lodge you’ll have a quick drink and head off to the rooms to pack your kit bags while breakfast is being prepared. After breakfast set off to Lobuche and Thugla, where you’ll stop for lunch. Then cross the Khumbu Khola and head down the valley below Cholatse to Pheriche, where you’ll stop for the night. Trek Distance: 4 Kilometres Trek duration: Approximately 3 hours Gorakshep – Pheriche (4240m / 13911ft) : Trek Distance: 12 Kilometres Trek duration: Approximately 5 - 6 hours

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Namche Bazaar (3440 m/11,286 ft) - From Pheriche, cross the Khumbu Khola River and ascend a short steep trail to the top of a small ridge for great views of Imja Valley, Ama Dablam and Kantega. Descend through the small settlements at Orsho and Shomare before passing through Lower Pangboche. Here you’ll reach the suspension bridge over the Imja Khola River, then ascend back to Thyangboche to visit the monastery. According to legend, Lama Sange Dorjee, who came from Tibet’s Rongphu Monastery, founded Thyangboche Monastery in the 17th century. Thyangboche was destroyed by an earthquake in 1933, rebuilt and again badly damaged by a fire in 1989. Construction of the present monastery was completed in 1992. Spend a bit of time visiting the monastery and the nearby museum. In the afternoon, descend steeply through beautiful forest of juniper, rhododendron and fir to Phunkitenga. After a welcome break and perhaps a cup of tea, you will cross the Dudh Kosi River and ascend to Trashinga. From here the trail contours high above the valley through Shanasa and on to Namche Bazaar, where you’ll spend the night.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Phakding (2610 m/8563 ft) - Take some time to enjoy your final opportunity to visit the shops in Namche Bazaar, before descending steeply down to the large Hillary Bridge over the Dudh Kosi River. You’ll follow the trail through Jorsale and back to Monjo, where you’ll stop for lunch. In the afternoon it’s only a short walk via Benkar through blue pine and rhododendron forest, with great views of Kusum Kangaru, back to the lodge in Phakding.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Lukla (2840 m/9318 ft) - You’ve done it, your last day of trekking! It’s only a short walk in the valley before making the final climb up to the airstrip at Lukla, where you’ll say goodbye to your crew. Celebrate with a hot shower and a few drinks with your group before flying back to Kathmandu tomorrow morning.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Kathmandu - Weather permitting, take the short flight from Lukla to Kathmandu this morning. Return to your accommodation and then enjoy some free time during the afternoon for further sightseeing or shopping. Located in the south of the city, Patan is also worth a visit with its own Durbar Square full of historic structures and statues of past kings. This evening it’s time to celebrate with an included dinner, while you relax your weary legs with your travelling companions and newfound friends.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Kathmandu - Say ‘dhanyabad’ for memories that’ll last a lifetime. There are no activities planned for today and you are able to depart the hotel at any time. If you'd like to stay longer, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Kathmandu - Namaste! Welcome to Nepal. Your adventure begins in Kathmandu with a welcome meeting at 2 pm. If you arrive early, maybe explore the city. Follow the narrow lanes to small courtyards where ornate carved balconies overlook shrines and temples or immerse yourself in the Nepali culture with a visit to the markets and bazaars. Here you can wander the stalls and small hole-in-the-wall shops that sell everything from bangles to Buddha statues to beetroot. Why not take time to climb to the Swoyambhu (Monkey Temple) Temple or visit Durbar Square where the palace of the Kumari Devi (considered to be a living goddess) is located. After your meeting, join your fellow travellers for dinner.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Pokhara - Wake up early this morning and drive to Pokhara. Part of a once-vibrant trade route extending between India and Tibet, this is the land of Magars and Gurungs – hardworking farmers and valorous warriors who have earned world-wide fame as Gurkha soldiers. The Thakalis are known for their entrepreneurship. This afternoon you’ll have your hike briefing and preparation. Depending on when you arrive, there may be time to hire a small boat for a quick paddle on the lake. There are also plenty of cafes where you can put your feet up and enjoy international cuisine, while the main streets are full of shops and stalls selling a wide range of Nepali and Tibetan souvenirs.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Ulleri - At 8091 m, Annapurna 1 is one of the tallest mountains in the world. Today’s hike covers a variety of terrain, from lowland pastures and villages to glaciers and mountain views. In the rugged mountain scenery, you’ll stay in mountain communities and meet friendly Nepali people as they go about their daily lives. Along the way, see waterfalls of melted snow, cross icy rivers and reward yourself with a soak in natural hot springs. Drive to Nayapul where you begin your hike. Gear up and follow the Bhurungi Khola to Thikhedhunga. Hike through farmland before a steep ascent to reach Ulleri. At Ulleri, if the sky is clear, you’ll get views of Annapurna South for the first time.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Ghorepani - Today you’ll move on towards Ghorepani – a scenic village at an altitude of 2840 m. From Ulleri, the trail gently ascends through oak and rhododendrons forests towards Banthanti. Then continue hiking towards Nangethanti, before arriving at Ghorepani, where you’ll spend the night.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Tadapani - This morning you’ll set off early on your hike to catch the sunrise at Poon Hill. At 3210 m, you’ll have panoramic views across the high Himalayas and surrounding mountain ranges. Spend some time at Poon Hill before retracing your path back to Ghorepani. Here you’ll have a hot breakfast before making your way along the ridges and through the Pine and Rhododendron Forest towards Deurali. Continue via Banthanti to Tadapani, where your accommodation is for the night.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Ghandruk - Your hike today will take you along the forest to the traditional Gurung Village in Ghandruk. When you reach the top of the village, take in the views spanning across the village located among the mountains. Known for its picturesque setting, terraced fields and traditional stone houses, spend some time with the local Gurung People and learn about their unique customs and traditions. Tonight you’ll stay in Ghandruk.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Pothana - This morning, set off from Ghandruk Village towards Pothana. This trail includes some steep ascents and descents, but the effort is well rewarded as you pass through lush forests, terraced fields and charming villages. Make sure to have your camera ready as today’s hike offers scenic landscapes and panoramic views of the surrounding mountains. You’ll spend tonight in Pothana.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Pokhara - This is the final day of the hike and it’s a short downhill stretch all the way from Pothana to Phedi, passing Dhampus village. After lunch, drive to Pokhara and check into your hotel for a hot shower before meeting with your group for an end-of-hike celebration to enjoy the good things in life – like a cold beer or cocktail!

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Pokhara - Your trip comes to an end today and there are no activities planned. Pokhara is a stunning and peaceful lakeside haven, so if you would like to stay longer to relax or do any of the optional activities on offer, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Kathmandu - Namaste! Welcome to Nepal. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 2 pm in Kathmandu, the colourful capital of Nepal. This place is a fascinating blend of traditional architecture and symbols of the 20th century. Its rich artistic and cultural heritage is evident where ornately carved balconies mingle with beautiful shrines and temples. If you arrive early, why not check out Durbar Square with its temples, markets and busy atmosphere. It’s also worth the climb to visit the Swayambhunath – the 'monkey temple'. Explore the network of street markets and alley bazaars and Pashupatinath. For those with a few extra days in Kathmandu, the neighbouring towns of Patan and Bhaktapur are also well worth a visit.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Ngadi (930 m/3051 ft) - Start your Annapurna Circuit Trek with a morning drive from Kathmandu to Ngadi. During the journey, you'll see stunning views of the Trishuli River, green hills, terraced fields and the Himalayas. Following the Marshyangdi River, you’ll pass through charming towns and Besisahar, the gateway to the Annapurna Circuit Trek. Arrive in Ngadi by late afternoon, check into your guesthouse and relax as you prepare for your trek.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Chamje (1430 m/4692 ft) - Keep an eye out for dazzling cascades along your trail today as it makes its way through a deep wooded canyon with a few stretches of steep climbing. Wander through rice paddies, follow winding trails through sub-tropical forest, cross suspension bridges swaying over raging rivers, pass waterfalls of melted snow and climb steep mountain passes. Over the next ten days you’ll come across isolated mountain communities, each with different ancestral customs and traditions. Be prepared to be inspired, mesmerised, challenged and delighted.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Dharapani (1860 m/6102 ft) - Today’s trek continues through the deep wooded canyon embellished by stunning waterfalls. You’ll be venturing into the Manang district of the mountain range, with much of the trail ascending throughout the day.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Chame (2670 m/8760 ft) - Marking the end of the great Marsyangdi Gorge, make a steep climb to Timang, then the trail settles into gentler slopes as the vegetation transforms from dense pine forests to drier slopes. The district headquarters of Manang, Chame, is the largest settlement after Besisahar.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Pisang (3200 m/10,499 ft) - A slew of breathtaking scenery is on the cards today as the trail goes through a deep gorge then past the great sweeping slope of Paungi Danda. On the way to Chame stop at a beautiful apple orchid for a tea break. Today is mostly an easy walk with a few ascending stretches of trail dotted throughout the day.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Manang (3540 m/11,614 ft) - Trek the northern trail via upper Pisang and Ghyaru – an area renowned for its spectacular views.You're sure to come across local farmers herding yaks. Here’s a hot tip – Tibetan yaks take a special interest in people wearing red, so choose your gear carefully today!

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Manang (3540 m/11,614 ft) - Spend a day here to acclimatise by trekking to a higher altitude, then returning to the lower altitude of Manang for the night. Manang, a village of about 500 flat-roofed houses, offers excellent views of Annapurna II, Annapurna III, Gangapurna and Chulu East. Visit one of the oldest houses in the area, learn the history of Manag and the Mananges, with story telling & Tibetan Tea.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Yak Kharka (4050 m/13,287 ft) - Today will be a steadily uphill climb into the alpine region of the mountain range. You’ll arrive at Yak Kharka, ready for an easier day of trekking tomorrow to acclimatise to the high altitude.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Phedi (4525 m/14,846 ft) - Due to the altitude, feel free to take the next section of the climb at a leisurely pace, meaning you’ll have time to admire the magnificent views from this part of the route. Once at Phedi, there’ll be plenty of time to rest and acclimatise to the higher elevations ready for the next part of the climb, where you’ll encounter the Thorung La Pass – the highest point on this Annapurna Circuit.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Muktinath (3800 m/12,467 ft) - Setting off very early to cross the Thorung La Pass (5416 m), the trail is steep but easy to follow. After a climbing trek, reach the Pass's peak, adorned with prayer flags, a traditional stupa (chorten) and stone cairns built by travellers. Stop to admire the stunning views and marvel at how far you've climbed. Further along, the trail descends steeply proceeding towards Chabarbu. From here on, the trail crosses meadows, drops into a deep ravine, climbs out and follows a wide trail into Muktinath – a pilgrimage site held in great reverence by both Hindu and Buddhist populations.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Kalopani (2526 m/8287 ft) - Veer off the main trekking trail to make a side trip to an ancient village of Purang. Further up from the village, continue to take the less frequented route going past another village with a medieval feel to it – Jhong. From Jhong, descend to the Jhing Khola (river), following the course which you emerge on to Kagbeni. After lunch, visit the village of Marpha, known for its natural beauty, culture and heritage. Wander around the village and explore beautifully designed buildings and perhaps try some locally produced apple jam. After, drive to Kalopani. Admire stunning views of the Dhaulagiri and Annapurna Mountain ranges including Annapurna 1, and relax while taking in the panoramic Himalayan vistas.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Pokhara - After breakfast, depart from Kalopani by 4WD enjoying a scenic journey through Nepal’s diverse landscapes. As you travel, take in the lush greenery of the terraced fields, charming rural villages, and the winding roads alongside the Seti River. The route offers occasional glimpses of the majestic Himalayas in the distance. Arrive in Pokhara by the afternoon.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Pokhara - Enjoy a free day in Pokhara to unwind, relax and give those muscles a rest after all that trekking. Your leader can advise you of sightseeing opportunities. It is worth taking a boat for a row out on the lake, especially if the weather's fine. The lakeside area has great shopping and cafes. Pokhara has an interesting old area as well as an elaborate Hindu temple and a Buddhist monastery. Perhaps visit the Peace Pagoda, where spectacular views of the mountains await. You can see the Annapurnas from here, and the famous fishtail peak, Machhapuchhare, and back across to Pokhara. You can also visit the fascinating International Mountain Museum to learn some amazing tales of past climbing expeditions.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Pokhara - With no activities planned for today, you are free to leave at any time. Pokhara is a stunning and peaceful lakeside haven, so if you would like to spend more time here, we’ll be happy to organise additional accommodation (subject to availability).

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Kathmandu - Namaste! Welcome to Nepal. Your adventure begins in Kathmandu with a welcome meeting at 2 pm. If you arrive in the city early, make sure to do some exploring. Kathmandu is an incredible mixture of traditional and modern development, with a rich artistic and cultural heritage. Narrow lanes lead to small squares and courtyards where ornate carved balconies overlook shrines and temples. Markets and bazaars are the centre of Nepali life where stalls and small hole-in-the-wall shops sell everything from bangles to Buddhas to beetroot. Why not take time to climb to the Swayambhunath Temple? Situated on a hilltop, the instantly recognisable stupa with its Buddha eyes attracts a steady stream of pilgrims and the views out over the valley are superb. Alternatively, check out Durbar Square, home to the palace of the Kumari Devi, considered to be a living goddess. After your meeting, you might like to get join your fellow travellers for a group dinner.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Pokhara - Leave Kathmandu early this morning and drive to Pokhara. Enjoying a delightful setting on a lake, and beneath the snow-capped peaks of the Annapurna range, Pokhara is an excellent place to relax and prepare for what lies ahead. Part of a once-vibrant trade route extending between India and Tibet, this is the land of Magars and Gurungs – hardworking farmers and valorous warriors who have earned world-wide fame as Gurkha soldiers. The Thakalis, another important ethnic group here, are known for their entrepreneurship. This afternoon you’ll have your trek briefing and preparation, and depending on when you arrive, there may be time to hire a small boat for a quick paddle on the lake. There are also plenty of cafes where you can put your feet up and enjoy international cuisine, while the main streets are full of shops and stalls selling a wide range of Nepali and Tibetan souvenirs. If you need to hire some extra trekking gear, then there are numerous shops available offering everything you could possibly need.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Nayapul/Ulleri (2080 m/6824 ft) - At 8091 m, Annapurna 1 is one of the highest mountains in the world. Its surrounding sister mountains are equally imposing and create incredible panoramas from any viewpoint. This trek covers a wide variety of terrain – lowland pastures and peaceful villages to powerful glaciers and stunning mountain views. In the rugged mountain scenery, you stay in mountain communities and meet friendly Nepali people as they go about their daily lives. The expedition is not only visually superb but also a chance to learn about local cultures. Along the way, see thundering waterfalls of melted snow, cross icy rivers and reward yourself with a soak in natural hot springs. A drive will bring you to Nayapul where you commence your trek. Gear up and follow the Bhurungi Khola to Thikhedhunga, trek through farmland before a steep ascent to reach Ulleri. At Ulleri, if the sky is clear, you’ll get views of Annapurna South for the first time.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Ghorepani (2860m / 9383ft) - Ascend to Ulleri Village through a pleasant bare rhododendron forest, then stay overnight at Ghorepani.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Tadapani (2630 m/8858 ft) - Early birds can bounce out of bed to witness the sunrise over Annapurna from nearby Poon Hill – the best place to get views of the surrounding snowcapped mountains. It’ll be an early start, but you have to do this at least once in your life, right? Then the adventure continues as you continue your trek on to Tadapani.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Kimrung Khola/Chhomrong (2177 m/7143 ft) - Keep your sunrise streak going with some stunning views of the Annapurna range from Tadapani, including Machhapuchhare – also called ‘the fishtail’ for its characteristic double-peak. Then descend to Kimrung Khola before climbing again to Chhomrong village, at the base of Hiunchuli (6441 metres). There are breathtaking views of Annapurna from here, plus delicious pizza!

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Kuldi Ghar/Himalaya (2920m/9580ft ) - Today, your journey is going to be (literally) full of highs and lows. The trail drops down to the Chorong Khola, where you’ll cross a suspension bridge. Then embark on an uphill adventure by climbing up stone stairs as you make your way to Lower Sinuwa, followed by Upper Sinuwa. Continue to trek to Khuldighar until you come across a mix of trails and stairs going through forests of bamboo and rhododendron, as well as a temple. A beautiful waterfall marks an end of the day’s trek, then head to the teahouse which will be your abode for the night.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Himalaya/Machhapuchhre Base Camp (3700 m/12,139 ft) - Leaving the Himalaya Hotel behind, continue up the narrow valley to Deurali. Sticking to the west bank of the Modi River, enter an open valley near Machhapuchhre Base Camp.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Annapurna Base Camp (4130 m/13,549 ft) - Putting it simply, today’s a special one. Ascend further from Machhapuchhre Base Camp to Annapurna Base Camp, the highest point of your trek. The views of Annapurna I, Annapurna South, Machhapuchre, Hiunchuli and all-around views of many other snowcapped mountains will give you the impression of being on top of the world. You can decide how your legs and your lungs are holding up. You may remain at Machhapuchhre Base Camp or stay at Annapurna Base Camp for the night. The views from both base camps are fantastic – all the hard work to get here is worth it!

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Bamboo (2335 m/7660 ft) - Wake up early for the beautiful sunrise view in Base Camp! You're close enough now to (almost!) reach out and touch the peaks of Annapurna 1 (the 10th highest mountain in the world), Macchapucchhre, Annapurna South, Tent Peak, Gangapurna, Himchuli and Annapurna 3. After watching a sunrise on these snowy peaks, head back down the valley the same way to Bamboo (or further if the knees can handle it). It’s a long day but you have plenty of time to get there.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Jhinu Danda (1780 m/5839 ft) - Passing back through the up and down staircases of Chhomrong, continue the decent to Jhinu Danda. If you’d like to give your legs a well-deserved rest, it’s a short walk down to a nearby natural hot spring by the Modi Khola.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Landruk/Tolkha/Pothana (1890 m/6201 ft) - You’re getting close to the home stretch now! Trek down to cross the river and continue the ascent to Landruk, Tolkha, Deurali and Pothana.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Phedi/Pokhara - This is the final day of the trek and it’s a short downhill stretch all the way from Pothana to Phedi via Dhampus village – you made it! After lunch, drive to Pokhara and check into your hotel for a well-earned shower and an end-of-trek celebration to enjoy the good things in life – like cold beer or cocktail!

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Pokhara - Enjoy a free day in Pokhara to unwind, relax and give those muscles a rest after all that trekking. Your leader can advise you of sightseeing opportunities. It is worth taking a boat for a row out on the lake, especially if the weather's fine. The lakeside area has great shopping opportunities and internet cafes. Pokhara has an interesting old area as well as an elaborate Hindu temple and a Buddhist monastery. Perhaps visit the Peace Pagoda, where spectacular views of the mountains await. You can see the Annapurnas from here, and the famous fishtail peak, Machhapuchhare, and back across to Pokhara. You can also visit the fascinating International Mountain Museum to learn some amazing tales of past climbing expeditions.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Pokhara - With no activities planned for today, you are free to leave at any time. Pokhara is a stunning and peaceful lakeside haven, so if you would like to spend more time here, we’ll be happy to organise additional accommodation (subject to availability).

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Kathmandu - Namaste! Welcome to Nepal. Your adventure begins in Kathmandu. This capital city is a mixture of ancient architecture and modern development, and with its rich artistic and cultural heritage, it remains the legendary destination it has been for decades. Crowded markets and bazaars are the centre of Nepali life, and the narrow streets are home to holy men, monks, bicycles, incense, goats, and sacred cows. You’ll meet your group leader and fellow travellers for a welcome meeting at 2 pm this afternoon. After, maybe head out with your group to one of the Kathmandu’s local restaurants.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Syabrubesi (1460 m/4790 ft) - Wake up bright and early and drive northwest through Balaju. Make a steady climb to the rim of the Kathmandu Valley, eventually arriving at the pass at Kakani. As you wind upwards to the Trisuli Bazaar, you’ll get views of the Manaslu Massif, Ganesh, Langtang and Jugal Himal. Prepare yourselves for a few humps and bumps, because the road from Trisuli onwards begins to deteriorate. You’ll be driving in these conditions for around 50 km (31 mi) to Dhunche and then another 15 km (9 mi) to Syabrubesi. When you arrive at tonight’s teahouse, settle in and relax.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Goljung – Gatlang (2238 m/7742 ft) - Today starts early with an ascent via a slew of switchbacks that mark the beginning of the trail. It’s all worth it when you reach a vantage point with views of Ganesh Himal, the Gosainkunda range and Langtang Lirung. Along the trail, you’ll see numerous Buddhist Chortens and mani walls, which all add another dimension to this picturesque landscape. After descending for around 45 minutes, arrive at the little Tamang village of Goljung for a lunch break. Then, continue trekking to another Tamang village called Gatlang (2238 m). Besides the town’s cultural richness and scenic location, Gatlang also boasts a 100-year-old Tamang monastery and the secret lake, Parvati Kunda. Legend has it that this lake was discovered in ancient times while the King of Gatlang was on his way to find a missing hunting dog. It’s now revered by women for its apparent power to increase fertility.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Gongang – Tatopani (2607 m/8553 ft) - Today will most likely be the toughest day of the trek, but the rewards far outweigh the gruelling journey! You’ll descend gradually along a ridge to the Bamdang Khola, which turns north along the Chilime Khola until you reach the town of Chilime. After crossing a suspension bridge (always fun) you’ll begin an arduous climb of around 450 m to the village of Gongang. It’ll take around 1.5 hours of steep uphill climbing, but there’s a lunch break when you arrive. The next section is much less physically strenuous, as you continue the ascent until you reach Tatopani (2607 m).

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Thuman (2338 m/7670 ft) - Pass through an incredible rhododendron forest clinging to the side of the mountain, where vines and moss-covered trees may be filled with troops of gray langur monkeys. Pass through village of Brimdang, then continue up the side of the highest and steepest part of the trail. One ridge after another offers better and better views of Ganesh Himal to the west and the Langtang range on the east. The ridgeline ends atop the open grasslands of Nagthali Hill (3210 m), where you’ll be surrounded by jaw-dropping views of Langtang Lirung, Kerung, Ganesh Himal and Shishapangma on the Tibetan side, with the Sanjen Ranges before you. Spend time taking in the views, visit the monastery and enjoy the sense of accomplishment, before the 900 m descent through deep woodlands to Thuman, which faces the Shisapangma and Langtang Lirung peaks. A distinct Tibetan influence can be felt in the village, with its Shamanistic beliefs, ancient monasteries and houses covered in woodcarvings.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Briddim (2239 m/7345 ft) - Today’s trek will see you descending through deep woodlands that face the Shisapangma and Langtang Lirung peaks. Pass through rhododendron forests and meadows to reach the Tamang village of Briddim, located in the heart of the Langtang Himal. Briddim marks the end of the Tamang Heritage Trail and is often a highlight for many travellers. Here, you’ll get to experience a teahouse owned by a local family, sleeping overnight in their comfortable wooden rooms. You’ll get a richer understanding of the culture here plus the chance to share stories with your host.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Lama Hotel (2420 m/7939 ft) - Continue along the trail through the hilly region of Khangjim and Sherpagoan, learning about the rich culture of the Tamang and Sherpa communities along the way. After several hours of trekking, you’ll reach tonight’s guesthouse – Lama Hotel is the name of a collection of guesthouses that marks the start of the Langtang Valley. The standard of accommodation in Lama Hotel is slightly below the usual standard on this trip, but is still comfortable.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Langtang National Park (3500 m/11482 ft) - Ascend through Langtang National Park via Gumnachowk and Ghotatabela, finally reaching the village of Langtang. Langtang National Park was established in 1976 to conserve the unique flora and fauna of the region. Rhododendron, Nepalese alder and oak forest thrive here due to the temperate conditions. The park is also home to red pandas, Himalayan black bears, snow leopards and more than 250 species of birds. Spend the evening at a newly built guesthouse. Don't forget to refill your water bottles tonight at the newly installed water purifier, installed as part of a joint World Wildlife Fund–Intrepid project.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Kyanjin (3830 m/12560 ft) - In the morning, follow the trail towards the rebuilt village of Kyanjin. Both sides of the path are flanked by gorgeous views of distant snow-capped mountains. Today, you’ll encounter Tamang and Sherpa inhabitants along the trail as they go about their daily lives. Acclimatise this evening with a short climb above the village for great views of the surrounding valley.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Kyanjin (3830 m/12560 ft) - You can choose how to spend your time today. After breakfast, go for an optional walk to Kyanjin Ri (4700 m) for more mountain views. It’s a tough, 2-hour hike up a switch back trail in the dark, gaining about 750 m of elevation along the way. If you’d prefer, you can sleep in, have a relaxing breakfast, then head out to explore the village and learn more about the lifestyles of the Tamang and Sherpa community. Maybe visit a local cheese factory to taste Nak cheese. Yes, you heard it right, not Yak cheese, it’s Nak cheese (Yak is male!). If the mood arises, you could also take a short hike up to the glacier or try one of the several walks around the village. Tomorrow, it’s a big downhill walk back to Lama Hotel.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Lama Hotel (2420 m/7939 ft) - After breakfast, head back down the trail via Langtang and Ghoretabela to Lama Hotel. Take in the scenery as you go and enjoy the lack of ascent as you go. The long walk down will be rewarded with a ‘mountain cold’ Sherpa beer. Tonight is free to relax and rest your muscles.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Thulo Syabru (2130 m/6988 ft) - Embrace another early start today and after breakfast, descend along the trail through corn fields. You’ll cross the Trisuli River via a suspension bridge, then follow the river until you reach your lodge in Thulo Syabru.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Dhunche – Nuwakot - After breakfast, walk a couple of hours to Thulo Bharku (Dhunche), then transfer to Nuwakot in a private vehicle. Your relaxing accommodation for tonight is set on an organic farm and in the evening, you’ll accompany your leader to the old Nuwakot Durbar (Palace) to explore.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Kathmandu - Rise early today for breakfast, then hop in a private vehicle for the drive back to Kathmandu. Spend some further time exploring Kathmandu before joining up with the group for an optional dinner tonight.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Kathmandu - With no further activities planned, your trip ends today and you’re free to depart at any time after check out. If you plan on spending more time in Kathmandu, let your booking agent know and they can organise more accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Kathmandu - Namaste! Welcome to Nepal. Your adventure kicks off with a welcome meeting at 2 pm this afternoon in Kathmandu, where you'll meet your trip leader and fellow travellers. If you arrive early, there's plenty to do in this vibrant city. Kathmandu’s most important Buddhist shrine, Swayambhunath Stupa and the nearby ‘City of Devotees’ Bhaktapur are well worth a visit. If you want to delve deeper into ancient architecture and rich cultural heritage, there are some Urban Adventures day tours that can help you out (just see www.urbanadventures.com). After the meeting, Maybe have dinner with your group to get to know each other or hit up one of the nearby bars. Your leader will have a tonne of recommendations for a great place for a cocktail (or two).

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Trisuli River - Take a morning drive over the rim of the Kathmandu Valley and soak up the views of the Ganesh and Lantang ranges. Then hit the waters for some whitewater rafting on the Trisuli River – this is the most popular river for rafting in all of Nepal. Soak up the thrill of the rapids, aptly named Ladies Delight, Rock Garden and Snell's Nose, among the beauty of the nearby gorges. Explore the magnificent scenery from the rapids, and then tonight, camp on the beach and enjoy a local meal under the stars.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Trisuli River - Pokhara - This morning is for some more fun on the river, including negotiating the Monsoon and Upset rapids. In Kurintar, refuel your energy with a light lunch with your group and then drive to Pokhara. When you arrive, take an afternoon walk around the city with your leader, who will point out some sights and sounds in the area, including Phewa Lake. This evening is free for you to chill out at one of the many lakeside restaurants or bars. Maybe get yourself a plate of momos (dumplings) or a nourishing bowl of dal bhat (thick lentil or bean soup) for dinner tonight.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Ghandruk (1950m / 6397ft) - Today, you’ll make the drive from Pokhara to Shyauli Bazaar – this is where the trekking adventure begins. Your hike is mostly uphill today on some pretty diverse terrain. There’s a dirt track leading to Birethanti and Shyauli villages, then you’ll reach a stone staircase up to Kimche, where you’ll stop for lunch. There are views of snowcapped mountains and expansive fields below, so make sure you’ve got your camera. From here, you’ll follow the stone flags that lead you through fields of wheat to Ghandruk. Tonight, you'll stay in your first Nepalese teahouse.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Tolkha (1700m / 5577ft) - Look east this morning to Landruk, the next village on your route. Look down to the Modi Kola River 600 m below. Your breakfast this morning will be a refreshing start, with a mountain view so you can take it all in. When you’ve refuelled, start the trek towards Tolkha – where you’ll be staying for the night. Along the way, take in the diverse scenery of the river below, the mountain above and the wild landscape on every side. The Annapurna range makes for a pretty great photo subject (and she’s not shy, either).

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Hemjakot (1530m / 5019ft) - This morning after some breakfast, you’ll continue your trek from Tolkha to Hemjakot – the best spot to connect with some locals. As you start today’s walk, you’ll notice you’re surrounded by pink and purple rhododendrons. Do you know what you won’t see much of? Other people – this trail from Dhampus to Hemjakot is pretty remote, giving you the chance to really switch off and enjoy the scenery. Tonight, you’ll stay with a local family. The homes in Hemjakot reflect the traditional style of this part of the Himalayas and are made from natural stones from this region. This displays a domestic style of architecture that has largely been overshadowed in Nepal's big cities. When you arrive, you’ll experience the rural way of life in the mountains, gaining insight into the local culture of the Gurung population, who migrated here from Tibet.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Pokhara - Say goodbye to your new friends in Hemjakot and head out again – this morning’s trek is a short descent to Phedi. When you arrive, transfer to Pokhara, arriving in time for lunch. Enjoy some free time in the afternoon to do all the things you didn’t do the first time around in Pokhara – a popular choice is taking a rowboat (doonga) out on Phewa Lake. If there are blue skies today, you’ll have mountain views wherever you look. After, maybe check out the Tal Barahi Temple and the Shree Bindhyabasini Temple, which are both free to explore.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Kathmandu - It’s a long bus ride back to Kathmandu (so bring some snacks, road trip games and a good book). When you arrive, maybe grab a banana lassi to soak away the bus ride. Tonight, you’re free to explore Kathmandu’s nightlife further (what better way to celebrate a good trek).

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Kathmandu - With no further activities planned, your trip comes to an end after breakfast today. If you’d like to stay longer, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Negombo - Ayu-bowan! Welcome to Sri Lanka. Your adventure begins in the town of Negombo, located close to Bandaranaike International Airport. You can arrive at any time today as there are no activities planned until an important welcome meeting at 6pm. Those arriving early can get into the spirit of seaside Sri Lanka by observing the local fishing craft and perhaps feasting on fresh seafood. The beautiful surrounding countryside is best explored on a bicycle, which you can rent with help from the hotel reception.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Kandy - After breakfast, take a private transfer to the lush, rainforest-rimmed Kandy where you’ll enjoy a delicious home cooked lunch on arrival. Refresh with a home grown juice welcome drink then feast on traditional Sri Lankan cuisine with a slice of sweet kithul thalapa for dessert. After lunch, check in to your hotel then visit the temple that holds a tooth relic of the Lord Buddha. Aptly named Temple of the Tooth, it is one of Sri Lanka’s most sacred places and no matter your spiritual inclination, the hush of the temple and the atmosphere of reverence is incredibly powerful. If you have spare time this afternoon, you may like to visit the Peradeniya Botanic Gardens which were once a private playground for Kandyan royalty. This evening, join your group for a traditional dance performance set to traditional music with percussive rhythms.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Kandy - The gorgeous highlands await you today, so rise and shine for the scenic train journey to Nuwara Eliya. The evergreen hills and cool climate made this town a primary retreat for British colonialists in the 19th century, and many buildings remain from this period. Stop in at a tea factory and learn about the process of cultivating the region’s fragrant, highly regarded varieties. Nuwara Eliya remains an incredibly important tea-growing area, and the plantations that dot the hillside make for lovely scenery. After the tour, drive back to Kandy and maybe ask your leader where you can grab a nice kottu roti (chopped roti with vegetables and plenty of spices). Kandy was one the world’s primary source of cinnamon and a variety of spices are grown the area, which makes for food that is bursting with flavour.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Habarana - This morning, bid farewell to Kandy and transfer to Habarana, located just 12 km from Sigiriya, where the immense Lion Rock dominates the landscape. This afternoon you will explore this behemoth, but first some other unique sites await. Visit a spice garden and see how the popular spices you use at home are grown then travel onward to the cave temple of Dambulla with its five caves filled with paintings and statues of Lord Buddha. Murals cover the rough walls and sloping ceilings of the caves, which once served as dwellings for prehistoric Sri Lankans before the arrival of Buddhism. Check into your hotel then set off to experience Lion Rock which features ancient paintings, the remains of a great lion sculpture and some of the oldest landscaped gardens in the world. Climb the winding walkways and explore this incredible example of ancient urban planning as you take in the beauty of the sunset.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Habarana - This morning, enjoy a relaxing sleep in then join your leader and group for a home-cooked lunch with a local family. After a welcome drink made with home-grown tropical Sri Lankan fruits, head outside to the garden and take a seat under the trees where you’ll dine on traditional dishes like rice and curry, perhaps made with fresh fish caught from the local lakes. After lunch, jump in a jeep and go on safari at Minneriya National Park where elephants, sambar deer and leopards can be spotted amongst the evergreen forests and scrublands.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Anuradhapura - Say ayubowan – used for both greetings and farewells – to the verdant plains of Sigiriya and travel to Anuradhapura where you’ll discover some of the best-preserved ancient ruins in the country. Take a guided bike tour around Anuradhapura City, an impressive World-Heritage listed site, soaking up the splendour of the ruins as you gain an appreciation of what this area must have looked like during its heyday hundreds of years ago. If you would prefer to skip the bicycle, a tuk tuk is available to take you on the tour. Anuradhapura is also home to a sacred, ancient Bo tree, which originally came from a branch of the famous Bo tree in Budda Gaya.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Colombo - After breakfast, watch the world go by on the drive to Colombo and take in some of the city's main sights on a bus tour including Independence Square, Parliament and the National Museum, exploring Pettah Market on foot, and finishing with a shopping opportunity for a good cause at the Barefoot Fairtrade Store. Here you can find a collection of handicrafts from around the country and support small cottage industries. If you are lucky enough to be in Colombo on a Saturday, visit Good Market – a local market full of stalls showcasing social enterprises and responsible businesses. Tonight, there's the chance to have a group dinner with your travel crew to celebrate your Sri Lankan journey together.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Colombo - With no activities planned for today, you are free to leave any time after breakfast, provided you comply with the hotel’s internal check-out times. If you would like to spend more time in Colombo, we’ll be happy to organise additional accommodation for you (subject to availability).

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Negombo - Ayubowan! Welcome to Sri Lanka. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm this evening. If you arrive early, maybe relax on the golden sand beaches and soak up some sun or feast on fresh seafood. The surrounding countryside is also perfect to explore on a bicycle (which you can rent with help from hotel reception). Tonight, ask your trip leader for the best local restaurants for dinner.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Wilpattu National Park - Drive to Wilpattu this morning, visiting Anawilundawa Bird Sanctuary on the way. Anawilundawa is unique because it borders three vastly different ecosystems – the coast, the mangroves and the freshwater tanks. This makes it one of the six RAMSAR Wetlands in Sri Lanka and a favourable nesting and breeding ground for hundreds of species of birds. Some of the species found here include herons, open-bills, great cormorants, white ibis, egrets, stalks, pheasant-tailed jacnas and the purple swamp hen. A total of 20 species of mammals have been recorded here, too, including the rusty-spotted cat, the fishing cat, the Indian otter, the slender loris, the toque monkey and 74 species of butterflies. Continue to Wilpattu and when you arrive, set out for an evening safari in the national park. This thick, dry jungle features floodplain lakes and boasts an impressive variety of flora in the huge expanses of forest.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Habarana - Head out for a morning safari in Wilpattu this morning, looking out for deer, elephants, wild boar, sloth bears and leopards. Cruise around in your 4WD, soak up the landscapes of the national park, then leave for Dambulla. This afternoon, you have the option to take an excursion to Minneriya National Park for another safari. Home to Sri Lankan elephants, Minneriya is said to be the best national park in the world for spotting large herds in their natural habitat (between July and August is your best bet). Tonight, visit Popham's Arboretum – Sri Lanka's only dry zone arboretum – for a night walk with your group among the trees, looking out for the slender loris and pangolin.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Habarana - Enjoy a leisurely morning today, then head to a local’s home for a cooking demonstration of traditional dishes like pol Sambol and dhal curry, which you’ll enjoy for lunch. Ge tot know the locals, swap stories, then soak up a relaxing afternoon. Later on, you’ll head into Minneriya National Park for a nighttime safari, watching the changing landscape from your 4WD as the sun goes down. Try to spot some more elephants, then spend another night in leafy Habarana.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Arugam Bay - Beat the heat with an early wake-up this morning and head to Sigiriya – this ruined fortress is one of Sri Lanka's most famous sights and a UNESCO World Heritage site. Those who make it to the top will be rewarded with epic views. This is also a popular spot for birdlife, due to the surrounding forests. Here, you’ll also learn about the Intrepid Foundation partner Zero Plastic – which works in this area to eliminate single-use plastic, educating local communities on sustainability practices and limiting the impact of plastic in and around Sigiriya. After exploring, you’ll head back to your hotel for a late breakfast. Then, you'll head to Arugam Bay on Sri Lanka's southeast coast – renowned for its world-class surfing, crescent-shaped beach and laid-back vibes. When you arrive, check in to your hotel and maybe chill out by the beach, finding a good sunset spot.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Arugam Bay - Soak up a chill morning to relax by the beach (maybe a morning swim is calling?). If you like, you can opt for a surfing lesson or an extra safari before embarking on a 4WD evening safari at nearby Kumana National Park. The park hosts a variety of wildlife, including elephants, leopards and crocodiles. Kumana is also celebrated for its diverse birdlife and serves as a vital bird sanctuary with hundreds of species migrating to its lush wetlands.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Kataragama - This morning, head out on another safari through Kumuna National Park. Because of the many waterways that thread through the landscape, you’ll have a pretty good shot of spotting some local wildlife. You'll also have the chance to stop by Arugam Bay Lagoon or Panama Lake to see some crocodiles before leaving the area for Kataragama. This afternoon is free to enjoy at your leisure. Maybe visit Kataragama Temple – dedicated to the Buddhist guardian deity Kataragama deviyo and the Hindu War God Murugan. For those who just can’t get enough of wildlife spotting, you can arrange an optional safari in Yala National Park - Sri Lanka’s second-largest national park. Tonight, enjoy an included dinner at your resort with your group.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Kataragama - Double up on wildlife spotting with two included safaris in the morning and evening in Yala National Park. There's a good chance of spotting crocodiles, elephants, monkeys and buffaloes, and if you are lucky, you may even spot a leopard – the park is considered one of the best places in the world to see these ever-elusive beauties. Keep an eye out for the 215 species of birds that call this place home, including the Sri Lankan wood pigeon, painted stork, crimson-fronted barbet and prideful peacocks strutting their way through the park.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Tangalle - Today, you’ll set your sights on Bundala National Park. When you arrive this morning, head out for a safari to spot some of the amazing birdlife that calls this park home. Bundala harbours 197 species of birds, including the greater flamingo, which migrate here in large flocks. You may also spot leopards, spotted deer, sambars, crocodiles, wild boar, mongoose, monitor lizards and monkeys. Enjoy a relaxing evening on Tangalle's beaches and maybe watch the sunset this evening to cap off a great day.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Tangalle - Wake up with the morning birds – today is a free day to explore the area at your own pace. Maybe head out on a forest walk, keeping an eye out for butterflies, multi-coloured blue magpies, squirrels, mongoose and birdlife. Later this evening, you’ll drive to Rekawa. As the sun goes down, you’ll head out to the beach with your group to look for nesting turtles.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Colombo - Visit Galle Fort – the fortified city with a mixture of Portuguese and Dutch charm, narrow laneways and popular promenades. Explore the area on foot, taking in the local architecture that dates from between the 16th and 19th centuries! Then, you’ll head to your last stop in Colombo. When you arrive, you have a free evening to choose your own adventure. Maybe head out to sample some of the city's renowned street food like crispy vegetable samosas, hoppers and kotthu (sliced roti, vegetables and eggs or meat) or find a bar and toast to a trip well-travelled.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Colombo - Your trip comes to an end after breakfast this morning. If you’d like to stay in Colombo, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Negombo - Ayubowan! Welcome to Sri Lanka. When you arrive at Bandaranaike International Airport in Colombo, you’ll be met by an Intrepid representative and transferred to your hotel in nearby Negombo. You'll then have a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight to meet your local leader and group members. If you arrive early, maybe relax on the beach or take a walk to get to know your surroundings. After your meeting, get to know your group a little better over a round of complementary cocktails and a welcome dinner of traditional Sri Lankan cuisine – prepare for rich scents, bold spices and deliciously unique flavours.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Negombo to Kurunegala to Habarana - Travel inland today towards Habarana. On the way, stop at the Ridi Vihara shrine – a Buddhist cave temple dating back to the second century BC. It is said that there were almost 500 monks living in these hillside caves at its peak. Watch locals demonstrate ancient traditions and craft techniques, such as palm leaf writing and wood and stone carving, and explore the caves filled with Buddha statues and floral offerings. Share lunch at a local restaurant before travelling to Habarana – your home for the next three nights. When you’re settled into your hotel, the rest of the afternoon is free.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Habarana - Early this morning, before the heat is too intense, head to Sigiriya (Lion Rock). One of Sri Lanka's premier sights, this dramatic rocky outcrop rising from the surrounding plains is topped by a ruined palace. Your leader will share stories of the ancient civilisation that once lived here as you climb – it's a steep hike but the far-reaching views from the top are worth it. Return to your hotel for a well-deserved breakfast and a relaxing morning. After lunch at a local house, make your way to the village of Muriya Kadawala, where you’ll learn about traditional Sri Lankan pottery techniques and try your hand at the craft yourself. You’ll also sample a local herbal drink accompanied by a piece of halapa (a sweet treat wrapped in kenda leaves). This afternoon is free for you to rest and recharge.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Habarana - After breakfast, make your way to Polonnaruwa. Hop on a bicycle to discover well-preserved temples, tombs and stupas in the ancient Quadrangle complex – it’s not hard to imagine what this place looked like in all its former glory. Visit the remains of a seven-story royal palace, the rock temple of Gal Vihara and the statue of 12th century king Parakrama I. For lunch, you’ll visit a local grandmother’s house, who will show you how to make dhal curry and pol sambol from scratch – you'll even shred coconut yourself using a traditional scraper tool! This afternoon, head to Minneriya National Park to see Sri Lankan elephants in the wild. You're likely to spot plenty of these gentle giants around the watering hole, plus macaques, spot-billed pelicans and more.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Kandy - Today, you’ll travel to Kandy. Along the way, stop by the city of Matale where you’ll visit a local spice garden and learn about the spices that have played an important role in Sri Lanka’s cultural heritage. In Kandy, take a guided tour of the city, stopping to admire the Buddhist Sri Dalada Maligawa, otherwise known as the Temple of the Sacred Tooth Relic (the important shrine houses a relic of Buddha’s tooth, taken from his funeral pyre). Despite being Sri Lanka’s second largest city, Kandy is remarkably laid back. Spend your free evening searching for a taste bud-tingling curry, wandering around the glittering lake or enjoying an optional cultural dance performance.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Kandy - After a leisurely morning, drive to Ambagasthenna village, where hotel and tea plantation owner Mr Thilina will guide you around his neighbourhood. For lunch, feast on a delicious home-cooked meal made by Mr Thilina’s mother. You’ll visit the tea plantation, learn about the cultivation process and try a cup or two served the Sri Lankan way. He’ll share inside knowledge about local crops, sustainable farming and ancient landscaping traditions. After a culture-packed day, there’s only one way to end it – by cracking open a beer and watching the sunset from one of the best viewpoints in Sri Lanka.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Nuwara Eliya - Depart Kandy and board a morning train bound for Nuwara Eliya. Nestled deep in tea plantation country, Nuwara Eliya sits at an elevation of 1800 m, giving it some of the coolest temperatures in Sri Lanka. When you arrive, take an orientation walk of Nuwara Eliya, wandering the peaceful shores of Gregory Lake. Check into the Grand Hotel – a gorgeous National Heritage Property and your Feature Stay for the night. Your rooms feature classic decor and modern amenities, but the hotel’s real charm is its sustainable approach – the owners have eliminated single-use plastic and are striving for a zero-waste future. Enjoy a high tea featuring pots of Ceylon black, green or spiced tea, plus finger sandwiches and sweet treats when you arrive.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Colombo - Say goodbye to the green hills of Nuwara Eliya and make the journey to Sri Lanka’s coastal capital, Colombo. On the way, visit a tea factory and plantations near the town of Labukelle and stop for lunch at a local restaurant. After arriving in Colombo, take an orientation walk with your leader, who’ll show you Sri Lanka’s old parliament building, the National Museum and the best spots for fairtrade souvenir shopping. Tonight, share a final farewell dinner with your group at a modern restaurant focused on creating dishes that celebrate Sri Lankan spices, such as peanut-crusted tuna with gotu-kola (pennywort) sambol and fragrant vegetable curry.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Colombo - Your trip comes to an end after breakfast this morning. If you’d like to extend your stay in Colombo, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time to organise additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Delhi - Namaste! Welcome to India. When you arrive at Delhi Airport, you’ll be met by a local representative and transferred to your hotel. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm to meet your local leader and fellow travellers. Until then, you can explore this exciting capital city at your own pace. Filled with historical landmarks, museums, galleries and endless bazaars, there’s plenty to keep you entertained. After your meeting, head out for dinner at one of Delhi’s oldest restaurants. Having opened its doors more than 80 years ago, the iconic restaurant is credited with introducing India to ice cream and fine dining.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Delhi - To get your bearings of Old Delhi, start today with a leader-led tour of the most ancient part of the city. Your leader will help you navigate the metro system so you can then explore the impressive Mughal architecture on foot. It’s not Delhi without a traffic jam, so hop aboard a traditional rickshaw and weave your way around the streets surrounding the Chandi Chowk marketplace. Stop by India’s oldest and largest mosque, the Jama Masjid, before heading into the Sikh temple of Sheeshganj Gurudwara to observe the capital’s spiritual side. You have a free evening ahead to relax and recharge. Tap into your leader’s local expertise for food and activity recommendations that match your mood.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Jaipur - Journey to Jaipur – the capital of Rajasthan – for your Feature Stay at the Hotel Narain Niwas Palace. This heritage hotel, managed by the same family since its opening in 1928, has the charm of a traditional family home but with regal touches at every turn – think chandeliers, stained glass windows and peacocks roaming the grounds. Later, join your leader on a walking tour in one of the most pedestrian friendly cities in India as you stop by bazaars filled with handcrafted textiles, folk art and the local specialty of semi-precious stones. End the evening with a home-cooked dinner in the home of a local family and make the most of your time with your hosts, learning about their way of life.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Jaipur - After breakfast, visit Amber Fort – the crown jewel of Jaipur. On your guided tour you’ll learn stories of a fallen empire as you explore ornate rooms, murals, frescoed arches and delicate jali work. Head to the City Palace in the heart of the Pink City – a blend of Rajput and Mughal architecture. Tour the grounds and learn about its construction by the founder of Jaipur. The rest of the afternoon and evening is free for you to explore at your leisure. Maybe visit the Jantar Mantar Observatory – one the world’s most accurate pre-modern observatories dating to 1729 or take in the city from the air in a hot air balloon. After, you'll probably want to sample some Rajasthani street food, like pyaaz kachori (crispy pastry filled with spiced onion).

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Agra - Today, you’ll head to Agra. After a scenic drive, settle into your new hotel before visiting India’s most iconic landmark – the Taj Mahal, one of the Seven Wonders of the World. A tribute to his belated wife, Emperor Shah Jahan commissioned this famous monument in 1632 to house her remains. Your Taj Mahal guide will tell you its history as you stroll the grounds at sunset. For dinner tonight, your leader can recommend a great local spot to try the local curries.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Lucknow - This morning, you’ll visit Agra Fort – the seat of the Mughal Empire and a UNESCO World Heritage site. The present structure was built by Akbar as the first buildings on the eastern banks of Yamuna River. After, you’ll head off to Lucknow – the capital of India’s largest region, Uttar Pradesh. When you arrive, your leader will guide the group on an afternoon walk to help you get your bearings. This evening, head out for dinner at a restaurant that supports and empowers acid attack survivors. These courageous women, once too scared to leave their homes due to the physical and emotional scars of their attacks, have found refuge and a source of income through their work at the cafe.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Lucknow - Seize the day with a morning tour of Lucknow, where your leader will show you some of the city’s best spots. This might include a stop at the intricate Bara Imambara – a hall built in 1784 for Shia Muslims. Its labyrinthine layout of narrow passages and staircases is best navigated with the help of a knowledgeable local. If you were impressed by Lucknow’s cuisine last night, you’ll be delighted with this afternoon’s cooking class. Discover the culinary secrets of Lucknowites, gaining skills that you can hopefully put to good use at home!

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Varanasi - It’s an early start today, but for good reason – no trip to India is complete without a scenic train ride. The journey to Varanasi offers a unique glimpse into the heart of the countryside, all from the comfort of your seat. When you’ve checked into your hotel, join the group for a walking tour of the city widely regarded as India’s spiritual capital. In the evening, set sail on a sunset cruise on the Ganges. You’ll be joined by local musicians on board, who will play as you watch the flower and candle ceremony – an experience that will surely be etched in your memory long after your time in India is over.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Varanasi - Early risers, this one’s for you – embark on a sunrise boat ride on the Ganges, where your leader will explain the significance of India’s most sacred river while gliding past the many ghats and temples on its banks. After, you’ll hop in rickshaws for a journey through Banaras’ iconic eateries and street food stalls. For lunch, you’ll try chaat (a popular snack using potato, chickpeas or rice, topped with crunchy, sweet or spicy vegetables and sauces), samosas, jalebi (a dessert of fried batter soaked in sugar syrup), lassi and sweet paan (a betel leaf filled with chopped betel), while getting a glimpse into the city's rich culinary heritage. This afternoon, visit Sarnath – one of the four main Buddhist pilgrimage destinations. The site is where Buddha preached his message of the path to enlightenment and features several stupas and museums to explore.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Delhi - It’s the penultimate day today and time to return to Delhi. When you land, the afternoon is yours to explore at your leisure. There are plenty of sites you may have missed the first time around, like Humayun’s Tomb – a garden tomb dating back to 1570 – or Qutb Minar, the highest tower in India. Your leader can help you book any activities you wish to do before your final dinner as a group. You’ll head to a beautiful haveli dating back to 1887. Tuck into a feast of Mughlai cuisine, street food dishes and kebabs in a historical setting – the perfect finale to your Indian adventure.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Negombo - This morning, you’ll take an unescorted flight to the Sir Lankan capital Colombo to begin the second half of your trip. When you arrive, you’ll be met by a local representative and transferred to your hotel in nearby Negombo. This evening you'll have a second welcome meeting to meet new your local leader and group members. If you arrive early, maybe relax on the beach or take a wake and explore this vibrant city. Later, get to know your new group over a round of complimentary cocktails and a welcome dinner of traditional Sri Lankan cuisine.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Negombo to Kurunegala to Habarana - Travel inland today towards Habarana. On the way, stop at the Ridi Vihara shrine – a Buddhist cave temple dating back to the second century BC. It is said that there were almost 500 monks living in these hillside caves at its peak. Watch locals demonstrate ancient traditions and craft techniques, such as palm leaf writing and wood and stone carving, and explore the caves filled with Buddha statues and floral offerings. Share lunch at a local restaurant before travelling to Habarana – your home for the next three nights. When you’re settled into your hotel, the rest of the afternoon is free.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Habarana - Early this morning, before the heat is too intense, head to Sigiriya (Lion Rock). One of Sri Lanka's premier sights, this dramatic rocky outcrop rising from the surrounding plains is topped by a ruined palace. Your leader will share stories of the ancient civilisation that once lived here as you climb – it's a steep hike but the far-reaching views from the top are worth it. Return to your hotel for a well-deserved breakfast and a relaxing morning. After lunch at a local house, make your way to the village of Muriya Kadawala, where you’ll learn about traditional Sri Lankan pottery techniques and try your hand at the craft yourself. You’ll also sample a local herbal drink accompanied by a piece of halapa (a sweet treat wrapped in kenda leaves). This afternoon is free for you to rest and recharge.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Habarana - After breakfast, make your way to Polonnaruwa. Hop on a bicycle to discover well-preserved temples, tombs and stupas in the ancient Quadrangle complex – it’s not hard to imagine what this place looked like in all its former glory. Visit the remains of a seven-story royal palace, the rock temple of Gal Vihara and the statue of 12th century king Parakrama I. For lunch, you’ll visit a local grandmother’s house, who will show you how to make dhal curry and pol sambol from scratch – you'll even shred coconut yourself using a traditional scraper tool! This afternoon, head to Minneriya National Park to see Sri Lankan elephants in the wild. You're likely to spot plenty of these gentle giants around the watering hole, plus macaques, spot-billed pelicans and more.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Kandy - Today, you’ll travel to Kandy. Along the way, stop by the city of Matale where you’ll visit a local spice garden and learn about the spices that have played an important role in Sri Lanka’s cultural heritage. In Kandy, take a guided tour of the city, stopping to admire the Buddhist Sri Dalada Maligawa, otherwise known as the Temple of the Sacred Tooth Relic (the important shrine houses a relic of Buddha’s tooth, taken from his funeral pyre). Despite being Sri Lanka’s second largest city, Kandy is remarkably laid back. Spend your free evening searching for a taste bud-tingling curry, wandering around the glittering lake or enjoying an optional cultural dance performance.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Kandy - After a leisurely morning, drive to Ambagasthenna village, where hotel and tea plantation owner Mr Thilina will guide you around his neighbourhood. For lunch, feast on a delicious home-cooked meal made by Mr Thilina’s mother. You’ll visit the tea plantation, learn about the cultivation process and try a cup or two served the Sri Lankan way. He’ll share inside knowledge about local crops, sustainable farming and ancient landscaping traditions. After a culture-packed day, there’s only one way to end it – by cracking open a beer and watching the sunset from one of the best viewpoints in Sri Lanka.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Nuwara Eliya - Depart Kandy and board a morning train bound for Nuwara Eliya. Nestled deep in tea plantation country, Nuwara Eliya sits at an elevation of 1800 m, giving it some of the coolest temperatures in Sri Lanka. When you arrive, take an orientation walk of Nuwara Eliya, wandering the peaceful shores of Gregory Lake. Check into the Grand Hotel – a gorgeous National Heritage Property and your Feature Stay for the night. Your rooms feature classic decor and modern amenities, but the hotel’s real charm is its sustainable approach – the owners have eliminated single-use plastic and are striving for a zero-waste future. Enjoy a high tea featuring pots of Ceylon black, green or spiced tea, plus finger sandwiches and sweet treats when you arrive.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Colombo - Say goodbye to the green hills of Nuwara Eliya and make the journey to Sri Lanka’s coastal capital, Colombo. On the way, visit a tea factory and plantations near the town of Labukelle and stop for lunch at a local restaurant. After arriving in Colombo, take an orientation walk with your leader, who’ll show you Sri Lanka’s old parliament building, the National Museum and the best spots for fairtrade souvenir shopping. Tonight, share a final farewell dinner with your group at a modern restaurant focused on creating dishes that celebrate Sri Lankan spices, such as peanut-crusted tuna with gotu-kola (pennywort) sambol and fragrant vegetable curry.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Colombo - Your trip comes to an end after breakfast this morning. If you’d like to extend your stay in Colombo, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time to organise additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Negombo - Ayubowan! Welcome to Sri Lanka. When you arrive at Bandaranaike International Airport in Colombo, you’ll be met by an Intrepid representative and transferred to your hotel in nearby Negombo. Here, you’ll meet your leader and fellow travellers at a 6 pm welcome meeting. If you arrive early, maybe take some time to relax on the beach under the blue sky. After your welcome meeting, your leader will take you to a local restaurant for a seafood dinner. Sri Lankan food is famous for its rich scents, spices and flavours, and this evening you’ll find out why as you sample some local favourites like pol sambol (a tasty coconut dish) and roast paan (crispy roasted bread).

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Dambulla - Rise early this morning for a visit to the Negombo fish market. Morning is the best time to visit the market – your leader will help you navigate the organised frenzy of vendors displaying things like crabs, lobsters and squid. Then, say goodbye to Negombo and make the drive to Dambulla, where you'll spend the next three nights. Settle into your hotel and in the late afternoon, head out for one of the highlights of any visit to Sri Lanka – the magnificent UNESCO World Heritage site of the palace of Sigiriya (Lion Rock). This dramatic rocky outcrop, rising from the surrounding plains, is topped by a ruined palace. It's a good workout to get to the top, but the sight makes it well worth it. Your leader will share stories of the ancient civilisation who once lived atop the rock as you climb. In the evening, return to Dambulla for a Sri Lankan style barbecue. Tuck into a delicious array of fresh grilled fish, meat and vegetables, and watch a demonstration on how to make chilli and coconut sambol, so you can recreate the taste of Sri Lanka at home.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Dambulla - Today, you‘ll head to Anuradhapura, the northern point of Sri Lanka’s ‘cultural triangle’, which also contains Polonnaruwa to the east and Kandy to the south-west. This area is bursting with stunning temples and sites of cultural and religious importance. The city of Anuradhapura is one of the country’s most historically significant places and its first ancient capital. Take a step back in time as your leader guides you through the giant stupas of Ruwanweliseya and Jetawanaramaya, and ponder the rise and fall of ancient civilisations as you explore crumbling temples and ruins. Pay a visit to the Sri Maha Bodhi Tree Temple – home to a sacred bodhi tree planted in 236, believed to be the oldest human-planted tree in the world. Stop by the ancient temple of Isurumuniya and see its beautiful carvings that tell stories that are thousands of years old. Return to Dambulla for an evening at leisure.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Dambulla - After breakfast, you’ll make your way to Polonnaruwa to continue your explorations of the cultural triangle. Following Anuradhapura as the Sinhalese and Chola capital in the 10th century, the area is strewn with ancient riches. Discover well-preserved temples, tombs and stupas in Polonnaruwa’s Quadrangle complex – it’s not hard to imagine what this place looked like in all its former glory. Visit the remains of the seven-story palace built by King Parakramabahu, the rock temple of Gal Vihara, the giant stupa of Rankot Vihara and the ancient Buddha image house of Lankatilaka, covered in intricate carvings and housing a towering statue of Buddha. Stop by the incredible statue of Parakrama I, at 10 m tall this is a truly impressive sight. Later in the afternoon, head back for a final evening in Dambulla, where you may like to enjoy a drink by the lake.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Kandy - This morning, you’ll take a short drive to the incredible Dambulla Cave Temple. Here, you’ll discover five caves filled with around 150 beautiful statues and paintings of Buddha – some as many as 2000 years old. Explore the magical cave complex as your leader explains why this World Heritage-listed site has been a place of worship for thousands of years. In the afternoon, start your journey to Kandy. Along the way, stop off in the city of Matale where you will visit a local spice garden and learn about the spices that have played such an important role in Sri Lanka’s cultural heritage. Continue to Kandy where you’ll have a free evening to explore. Though it’s the second-largest city in the country, Kandy maintains a laidback atmosphere. Maybe take a stroll around the city’s centrepiece lake or ask your leader to recommend a favourite restaurant.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Kandy - This morning, meet with a local botanist for their expert insight as you take a guided tour of the Royal Botanical Gardens. Your guide will help you spot Yellow Fronted Barbets, Layards Parakeets and Sri Lankan Hanging Parrots, and introduce you to an unbelievable array of orchids. You’ll also visit the gem museum and lapidary, where you can learn about the history of gem mining in Sri Lanka and see how gems are turned into beautiful pieces of jewellery. Today’s lunch is particularly special as you dine at Hela Bojun – a social enterprise founded by the Sri Lankan government to empower, train and employ women from rural communities. In the afternoon, you’ll be welcomed into the home of a local dancer where you’ll have the unique opportunity to watch an exclusive cultural performance in an intimate environment. This evening, visit the famous Temple of the Tooth Relic. Located in the heart of town, this is the most important shrine in the country, housing a relic of a tooth of Buddha taken from his funeral pyre. Arrive in time and you may have the chance to witness the pooja – a small ceremony of reverence involving drummers and dancers.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Nuwara Eliya - Depart Kandy and board a morning train bound for Nuwara Eliya. Situated deeper into tea plantation country, Nuwara Eliya sits at an elevation of 1800 m, making it one of the coolest regions in Sri Lanka. Once favoured by the Scottish and the English, remnants of the past can be seen in sculpted gardens and manor homes decorating the city. When you arrive, explore the charming town at your own pace before heading to your accommodation. Tucked away among tea plantations and scenic hills is the Grand Hotel – a gorgeous National Heritage Property first established in 1891 and your Feature Stay for the next two nights. A nod to the region's history, rooms are classically decorated with all modern amenities. At its core is the hotel’s sustainable practices – they’ve eliminated single-use plastic and are striving for a zero-waste future. This afternoon, enjoy a high tea experience at your hotel. Converted from the former home of a British governor, the hotel now offers an impressive selection of tea paired with finger food and confectionery. This evening, maybe explore the hotel’s palatial gardens or settle in for a first-class dining experience at the on-site restaurant.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Nuwara Eliya - After breakfast, head to the sky-scraping Single Tree temple and embark on a short 40-minute hike to Single Tree Hill viewpoint to witness spectacular views of the surrounding hills and tea fields. After your hike, head to a nearby tea factory. This fascinating factory still features some original pieces of machinery. You’ll have a new appreciation for your humble morning brew after learning about the production process and discovering how the finest tea leaves are transformed into Ceylon black tea. If touring the factory inspires a thirst, you’ll have the chance to sample some of the final product yourself. Head back to the city to sit down for a well-deserved lunch at the prestigious Nuwara Eliya Golf Club – one of the oldest golf clubs in Asia.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Yala - This morning, make your way to the sacred town of Kataragama. On the way there, make a stop at a beautiful small town in the highlands – Ella – and visit Ella Gap which offers beautiful vistas out across the plains. In the evening, head to Yala National Park – Sri Lanka's premier wildlife reserve. Here, you’ll board a 4WD for a safari through open grasslands, lush forest and lagoons. Your guide will carefully listen out for the rustling of concealed animals that would go unnoticed by those not in the know. There's a good chance of spotting crocodiles, elephants, monkeys and buffalo and if you’re lucky, you may even spot a leopard – the park is considered one of the best places in the world to see these elusive big cats. After a day of wildlife spotting, retire to your resort for dinner. Located near the less-visited back gate of Yala National Park, your accommodation offers quick access to wildlife without the large coaches frequently found at the front gates.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Yala - Today, you’ll enjoy another safari in Yala National Park. As Sri Lanka’s second largest national park, there’s so much to uncover here. Maybe take the chance to do some birdwatching – Yala is home to some 215 bird species, including the Sri Lanka wood pigeon, painted stork and Crimson-fronted Barbet. Keep an eye out for prideful peacocks strutting their way through the park. If Yala is closed today, the group will visit the fantastic Bundala National Park instead. Enjoy an included dinner at your resort this evening.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Galle - Take an optional visit Kataragama Temple this morning to see the shrine dedicated to Kataragama Deviyo (the resident god). Later, you’ll transfer to Galle – a beautiful seaside town near Sri Lanka's southernmost tip. Settle into your hotel, then head just outside Galle toa small village for a Beeralu lace weaving activity in a local's home – this is a traditional weaving method in Sri Lanka. An Exclusive Experience, you’ll also have the chance to participate in the weaving and if you like, you can choose to support the village by buying some products to take home. After, follow your leader on a walking tour through the best-preserved Dutch town in Sri Lanka. At its core lies a fort surrounded on three sides by the ocean with a treasure trove of ancient mosques and churches, museums, boutiques and more on its streets. Uncover Galle’s glory as your leader shares tales from its past through to the present day.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Galle - This morning is yours to spend at your leisure. Maybe visit a cinnamon plantation just outside of Galle to learn about the process of making the spice. Bird watchers may wish to explore the Hiyare Rainforest Reservoir on the outskirts of the city. As always, you can speak to your knowledgeable leader for information on how to book or access these activities. In the evening, you’ll join your leader who will take you to the local markets to learn about all the fresh ingredients that make up Sri Lanka’s flavoursome and fragrant recipes. After perusing the colourful market stalls, head to your local host’s home and take part in a Sri Lankan cooking class followed by a delicious dinner. Get a behind the scenes look at Sri Lankan cuisine as you conjure up some Ambulthiyal fish curry, lentil dhal, eggplant curry and something sweet for dessert.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Colombo - Bid farewell to Galle and make your way to Colombo, Sri Lanka’s bustling capital city. When you arrive, head to a courtyard restaurant in the former home of a family from Jaffna and sit down for a northern Sri Lankan lunch. In the afternoon, head out on a leader-led orientation walk. Make a stop at the Pettah fruit and vegetable market where you’ll be fully immersed in the sights, sounds and smells of Colombo as you watch vendors and shoppers go about their business. Visit the striking candy cane coloured Red Mosque and its soaring minarets that can be seen from across the city. Further explorations will reveal Dutch and British influenced architecture, a hangover from the city’s past. This evening you may like to join your leader and fellow travellers for a final group dinner to see out your Sri Lankan adventure.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Colombo - Your trip comes to an end after breakfast this morning. If you’d like to extend your stay in Colombo, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time to organise additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Negombo - Ayu-bowan! Welcome to Sri Lanka. Your adventure begins in the town of Negombo, located close to the international airport. You can arrive at any time on Day 1 as there are no activities planned until the important welcome meeting at 5.30 pm. Those arriving early can get into the spirit of seaside Sri Lanka by observing the local fishing craft and perhaps feasting on fresh seafood. The beautiful surrounding countryside is best explored on a bicycle, which you can rent with help from the hotel reception.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Dambulla - After breakfast, leave Negombo and drive approximately 4.5 hours to Dambulla, arriving just after midday. In the afternoon you may like to relax at the hotel after check-in, or take an optional visit to a nearby wildlife reserve – a jeep safari excursion that takes you into elephant country. Which park is available to visit depends on the season, but both Minneriya and Kaudulla are within easy reach of Dambulla. Another option is the nearby Dambulla Caves with their magnificently decorated interiors.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Sigiriya - Kandy - Early this morning, before the heat is too intense, head to Sigiriya (approximately 30 minutes). This ruined fortress is one of Sri Lanka's premier sights. Those who make it to the top are rewarded with astounding views. Make sure you are wearing sturdy footwear, as this is a very steep climb with some uneven slopes. Those unable to climb to the top can explore the gardens at the base of the rock and still get some fantastic shots of the fortress from below. Return to the hotel for breakfast before heading to Kandy (approximately 3 hours). On the way, there's the option of stopping at one of the region's wonderful spice gardens for lunch. In beautifully located Kandy, visit the Dalada Maligawa (aka Temple of the Tooth), Sri Lanka's most important Buddhist site, and mingle with the white-clad pilgrims who come here to worship.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Kandy - The morning is yours to explore Kandy, a pleasant city surrounded by lush countryside. It’s home to a picturesque lake, old shops, a bustling market and some great restaurants. It was once the capital under the last Sri Lankan king, and the area managed to resist European control for hundreds of years, long after the coastal areas surrendered. Perhaps walk through the town to take in the sights of Kandy – explore the citadel, or take a nature walk at Udawattakele Sanctuary, close to Kandy, which offers the chance to see flowers, birds and monkeys in 160 acres of tropical rainforest. Regroup for today’s lunch, which is sure to be one to remember! Visit the Hela Bojun Restaurant, a social enterprise founded by the agriculture ministry of the Sri Lankan government to provide employment to women from local communities while training and empowering them. Here you’ll enjoy some truly delicious Sri Lankan dishes while learning about the important work they do. The rest of the day is free for your own discoveries.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Unawatuna - Journey south in a private vehicle to Unawatuna (approximately 6 hours). This fantastic stretch of beach has plenty of local restaurants and bars to relax in. There are no included activities today, so you'll have free time to explore Unawatuna and its surrounds. Perhaps take a walk through the monkey-filled mangrove forest off Galle–Matara road or unwind with an indulgent massage. 

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Unawatuna/ Galle - Today pop into nearby Galle for some sightseeing. The city is a memorable collection of Dutch-colonial buildings with boutique shops and cafes to visit. Walk around the perimeter of the Galle fort and opt to cool off with an icy ginger drink in a cafe, then mosey on back to the beach in Unawatuna for some more chillaxing or grab a cocktail under the shade of a beachside restaurant. 

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Colombo - Leave Unawatuna behind and make the journey to Colombo (approximately 4 hours). On arrival in Sri Lanka's capital, head out on a city walk with your leader. On your way, visit local shops and do some sightseeing. If you're lucky enough to be in Colombo on a Saturday, visit Good Market, a local market full of stalls showcasing social enterprises and responsible businesses. Tonight is free, but your leader will suggest an optional group dinner for your final night together.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Colombo - Have string hoppers and a super-black coffee for breakfast, then pull your saddest face as our trip comes to an end.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Negombo - Ayubowan! Welcome to Sri Lanka. Your adventure begins in the town of Negombo, close to the international airport, with a welcome meeting at 5.30 pm. If you arrive early, you can get into the spirit of seaside Sri Lanka by observing the local fishing craft and feasting on fresh seafood. The beautiful surrounding countryside is best explored on a bicycle, which you can rent with help from the hotel reception.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Anuradhapura - Visit the Negombo Fish Markets this morning to see the hustle and bustle of daily trade, then hop in your private vehicle to ancient Anuradhapura – the centre of Theravada Buddhism for many centuries and a major Buddhist pilgrimage site, with ruins of ancient Buddhist temples, including Anuradhapura Maha Viharaya and the Jaya Sri Maha Bodhi, which is the oldest living planted tree in the world! Along the way, stop in the small town of Chilaw and maybe grab some local lunch. When you arrive, settle in and enjoy a free afternoon and evening. Those keen on history and archaeology might like to visit Mihintale – the sacred birthplace of Sri Lankan Buddhism.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Anuradhapura - Take a guided bicycle tour of the city today. Among the ruins, you'll see the sacred old Bo Tree – a spiritual reminder of the beginnings of Buddhism in Sri Lanka, and the inspiration for Anuradhapura's great buildings. The ruins themselves are spread over quite an area, some in the woodlands and others with columns and ponds. After your cycle tour, you have a free afternoon. Maybe grab some delicious local cuisine – your leader will know the best spots.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Polonnaruwa - Travel on to 100-year-old Polonnaruwa by public bus and private vehicle today. A UNESCO World Heritage site, this was the capital of the Indian Chola Dynasty after Anuradhapura was conquered in the late 10th century. These ruins are close together and generally in much better repair than those you’ve seen so far. When the heat of the day has eased, you'll visit more palaces, temples and stupas, including the massive stone Buddhas. You'll also visit the museum, which has scale models of many of the buildings, to show how they would have existed in their time.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Dambulla - Depart Polonnaruwa this morning and travel to Dambulla. When you arrive, you’ll head out to explore the amazing Dambulla Cave Temples, which sit on high on a stone cliff face with lots of steps. Some 150 Buddha images adorn the five caves, with fascinating frescoes and paintings on the walls and roofs. In the afternoon, you may like to relax by the hotel pool or take an optional wildlife 4WD safari to Minneriya, Kaudulla or Eco National Park where you might see some wild elephants!

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Sigiriya – Kandy - Early this morning, before the heat is too intense, you’ll head to Sigiriya. This ruined fortress is one of Sri Lanka's premier sights and a UNESCO World Heritage site. Those who make it to the top are rewarded with astounding views. Make sure you’re wearing sturdy footwear, as this is a very steep climb with some uneven slopes. Those unable to climb to the top can explore the gardens at the base of the rock and still get some fantastic shots of the fortress from below. Return to the hotel to freshen up before heading to Kandy. On the way, there's the option of stopping at one of the region's wonderful spice gardens for lunch and to learn about the medicinal properties of ingredients used in cooking and treatments. Carry on to Kandy, where you’ll visit the Dalada Maligawa (aka Temple of the Tooth) – Sri Lanka's most important Buddhist site. Time permitting, you'll also have the option of visiting the National Museum or the world-class Botanical Gardens.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Kandy - Today, you’ll visit a nearby tea factory for a guided tour to learn about the production of Sri Lanka's best-known beverage. Of course, you’ll also sample some of the delicious varieties of locally produced tea while you're here. Later, head back to your hotel in Kandy, located far from the noise of the city. This spot is a great place to unwind, with lovely views over the town.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Bandarawela - Start your day with a scenic train journey to Bandarawela, passing through tea plantations and winding along mountains into the highlands. When you arrive, you’ll visit a local home for a cooking demonstration to learn some secrets of traditional Sri Lankan cuisine. After, sit down to enjoy the delicious meal for dinner with your hosts and get to know each other. Tonight, you’re free to relax or explore at your own pace.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Haputale/ Bandarawela - Today, you’ll drive to Haputale – at 1431 m above sea level, this area has a rich biodiversity, dense with various flora and fauna. Surrounded by hills and covered with cloud forests and tea plantations, it’s the perfect starting point for your hike today. This hike takes you through the plantations and small Tamil villages. For lunch, head to a local Tamil tea worker’s house and enjoy a home-cooked meal with your host. Carry on and soak up the gorgeous scenery! Tonight, you’ll head back to Bandarawela.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Udawalawe Jungle Camp - Embrace an early start this morning and take the train to Idalgashinna. When you arrive, head out on a hike to explore the beautiful surroundings of Sri Lanka's Hill Country. Enjoy this chance to meet the tea pickers along the way and stop for lunch in Haldummulla. After, make the drive to tonight’s jungle camp accommodation at Udawalawe, stopping at Diyaluma Falls along the way. Your accommodation this evening is a lake-facing camp that backs onto a forest reserve where many herbs used in ayurvedic medicine are grown. When you arrive, you can choose to go on a short tour of the local village or relax at your camp.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Mirissa - This morning, you can take an optional excursion to Udawalawe National Park to look for elephants – just keep in mind this activity will require a wake-up call of around 4.30 am. Alternatively, you could sleep in, then maybe head to the ayurvedic medicine manufacturing centre. Later, set off to Mirissa by private bus – this is your paradise accommodation for two days of relaxation.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Mirissa - Today is all about laying beachside in Mirissa. The beach itself is a long curve of sand with clear waters perfect for swimming – it’s also a great spot to watch the sunset! Consider taking a bike ride or tuk-tuk to nearby Weligama, where colourful fishing boats bring fresh fish to sell along the shore or maybe explore the UNESCO World Heritage coastal city of Galle by bike, stopping for lunch and taking in the surroundings.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Galle - Head further down the coast to Galle – home to an impressive UNESCO World Heritage-listed Dutch fort with extensive walls and many old buildings. When you arrive, head to a local female artisan’s workshop for a demonstration on Beeralu lace weaving. Learn about this practise and how the local artisan hails from a family of traditional Beeralu lace makers. Beeralu is a form of pillow lace that’s hand woven in intricate patterns, often in delicate shades of white. Believed to have been introduced by the Portuguese in the 16th century, you’ll learn more about the history of this art. In the evening, take a stroll around the historic fort and watch the sunset from the ramparts.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Colombo - Leaving Galle, you’ll travel on to Colombo – the nation's capital. Stop by some of the city's main sights on a bus tour including Independence Square, Parliament and the National Museum, finishing with a shopping opportunity for a good cause at the Barefoot Fairtrade Store. Here, you can find a collection of handicrafts from around the country and support small cottage industries. If you’re lucky enough to be in Colombo on a Saturday, you’ll visit Good Market – a local market full of stalls showcasing social enterprises and responsible businesses. Tonight, there's an optional group dinner to celebrate your journey together.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Colombo - Your trip comes to an end today, with no activities planned. If you'd like to stay longer, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Male to Rihivelli Lagoon - Assalaa mu alaikum! Welcome to the Maldives. When you arrive in Male at the airport, you’ll be met at 12 pm by a local representative. You’ll then take a small boat to the marina where your dhoni (traditional sailing boat) will be waiting for you. There will be a safety briefing onboard before you set sail. Settle into your cabins, meet your small crew and start sailing, watching the expanse of the Indian Ocean as you go. Stop for a swim near a sandbank in warm waters between 27 and 30 degrees Celsius. Tonight, you’ll have your first night aboard the boat in Rihiveli Lagoon, falling asleep to the gentle rocking of the boat under a clear sky full of stars.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Rihivelli Lagoon - Kudi Boli / Kuna Vashi (Vaavu Atoll) - Wake up in the lagoon this morning, surrounded by clear, light blue waters – you might even be lucky enough to see your first dolphins of the adventure! Maybe hop straight in the calm waters for a morning swim, then sail through the lagoons of Vaavu Atoll, soaking up the paradisical scenery on your way to Khudi Boli. When you arrive, take to the water for a snorkel among the large expanses of coral that shelter hundreds of shimmering fish. Back on the boat, maybe open one of the books in the library to learn more about the varieties and species here. If you like fishing, maybe go with the captain on the motor dinghy and catch some fresh fish for tonight’s dinner on board.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Kudi Boli / Kuna Vashi - Kuda Anbaraa - Ruhhurihuraa (South Vaavu Atoll) - Sail southwest of the Atoll today, for a full day of snorkelling around one of the small untouched islands, Ruh Hurihuraa. Dive into the warm waters and discover some of the most beautiful bottoms and drop-offs of the island. If the weather’s good, you’ll spend the night close to the island. Otherwise, at the end of the afternoon, you’ll sail for the lagoon of Bodu Mora – an uninhabited island reserved for oceanographic scientists.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Bodumohoraa – Keyodhoo Shipwreck - Hulhidhoo - Cast your sights northeast today, sailing towards the Keyodhoo Shipwreck – resting on a relatively shallow lagoon, this ship’s mast rises just above the water and is a popular spot in the Maldives for snorkelling. This morning is all about exploring the ship, full of life with its colourful corals and reef fish. After lunch aboard, you’ll sail to the island of Hulidhoo, which is covered with coconut trees and mangroves. Head out for your second snorkel of the day, as the drop-offs here promise a beautiful aquatic landscape. Continue to Alimathaa and watch the sunset over the lagoon tonight.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Alimatha - Coral Garden (Vaavu Atoll) - Fulidhoo - The Maldives is home to one of the largest nurse shark populations and it’s only growing in numbers. This morning, go snorkelling and maybe even spot some reef sharks and manta rays, too! After, sail to a coral garden that’s filled with life and snorkel among sea anemones and clown fish. Then, set sail to Fulidhoo – famous for the construction of wooden boats. Make your first journey to land for a walk through the local village, learning about the local customs and way of life on the island. Later, take part in a hedhikaa (Maldivian treats) experience at a locally owned cafe. Enjoy some traditional homemade snacks served with black tea and chat with the locals. Tonight, you’ll have dinner on the beach accompanied by a performance of Bodu Beru (translating to ‘big drums’) and Langiri folk music – a form of traditional music centred around percussion with roots from East Africa. This is the most popular traditional music in the Maldives, and you can join in with the locals to learn a few traditional dance moves!

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Fulidhoo Village - Vilivaru – Biyaadhoo – Coral Garden Guraidhoo Island - If luck is shining on you today, you’ll see manta rays, triggerfish and turtles! Head to Biyaadhoo’s reef and swim with the green turtles and schools of red tooth trigger fish and banner fish. Explore the underwater coral garden near Maafushi, where a beautiful drop off showcases tabletop coral and oriental sweetlips. After an afternoon full of marine wildlife, you’ll carry on to the Guraidhoo Island’s lagoon. When you arrive, touch the sand and head to the village, where you’ll share a cup of tea at a small, locally owned café. Tuck into some freshly made savouries and sweets served with black tea or coffee.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Guraidhoo Island - Male - For breakfast this morning, head back to the village of Guraidhoo Island for a short cooking demonstration on Maldivian cuisine. Learn how to make traditional mas huni (a typical Maldivian breakfast with tuna, onion, coconut and chili) and tuna curry. Then, sit down to enjoy these traditional dishes for breakfast, usually served with freshly baked roshi flatbread and sweetened hot tea. You’ll then set out for a morning of snorkelling through corals and multi-coloured fish. Later, sail back to the capital of Male – only 2.5 km long and 1.5 km wide, this city can easily be explored on foot. When you arrive, you’ll visit the mosque, the presidential palace and the bazaar. End at the fish market and the fruit and vegetable market and maybe taste some local specialties like dried fish, huvadhoo bondi (local sweets) and exotic fruits. Tonight, toast to an amazing sailing adventure with your group!

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Male - This morning, transfer to the airport in Male and say goodbye to your home for the last week. With no further activities planned, your sailing adventure comes to an end after breakfast this morning. If you’d like to extend your stay, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Negombo - Ayu-bowan! Welcome to Sri Lanka. Your adventure begins in the town of Negombo, located close to the international airport. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 5.30 pm tonight. Those arriving early can get into the spirit of seaside Sri Lanka by observing the local fishing craft and maybe feasting on some fresh seafood. The surrounding countryside is best explored on a bicycle, which you can rent with help from the hotel reception. After your meeting tonight, maybe head out to an optional group dinner to get to know each other.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Anuradhapura - Travel north by private vehicle to Anuradhapura today. Along the way, you’ll visit the Negombo Fish Markets. The grand ruins of Anuradhapura point to its status as Sri Lanka’s ruling city for almost one and a half millennia and you’ll take a guided cycling tour of the many archaeological sites when you arrive. See the stupas, citadel and the monasteries, stopping by the Bodhi Tree Temple – the second-most sacred site in Sri Lanka. The rest of your evening is free.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Jaffna - Travel north by train to the coastal Tamil town of Jaffna – inaccessible for years due to the civil war. Journey around the Jaffna Peninsula, soaking in the views of Point Pedro – Sri Lanka’s northernmost point. You’ll also stop to see the healing waters of Keerimalai Spring, the ruined dagobas of Kantarodai and Nilawari – a bottomless well where it’s said that the Hindu God Rama shot an arrow to get water. Tonight, visit a local home and learn to cook traditional Jaffna cuisine, then enjoy the fruits of your labour for dinner.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Jaffna - Today, you’ll explore more of Jaffna with your leader. First, you’ll head to a hands-on pottery class that’s run by a local, family-owned business. The local potter will show you the different techniques and teach you about the art of pottery. Then, you’ll get to shape and mould your own creations, making a small pot to take home! After, you’ll head to lunch in a local Hindu home. Feast on a traditional vegetarian meal and learn more about the Hindu population in Jaffna. This afternoon, you’ll head to a beautiful library that’s recently been restored after being destroyed in the war. See the Nallur Kandaswamy Kovil – an important local Hindu site – then return to your accommodation for a relaxing evening.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Trincomalee - Leave Jaffna today and travel to Trincomalee. Discover the beach vibes of ‘Trinco’, relax in the shade of a palm tree and try ‘toddy’ straight from its flowers. Trincomalee was one of the world’s finest deep-water harbours, attracting famous sailors like Marco Polo to its shores. There are no activities planned today, so there's plenty of time to relax around the pool or head to the beach.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Trincomalee - Today, visit a local village and learn how local tappers extract toddy from Palmyrah and learn how palmyrah leaves are weaved to make different items. Then, join the local women and see how odiyal kool is prepared (Tamil seafood soup), then try some for yourself. In the afternoon you’ll have free time to maybe visit the colourful and intricate Pathirakali Amman Hindu temple or sit back, relax and enjoy the lazy beach lifestyle.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Dambulla - Drive from Trincomalee towards Dambulla – your base to explore the colourful Anuradhapura district of Sri Lanka. Visit the Dambulla Cave Temple – this UNESCO World Heritage site is the largest and best preserved cave temple complex in Sri Lanka, many of which are full of colourful, large statues and paintings related to Gautama Buddha and his life. After returning to Dambulla, there’s the option of going elephant, sambar deer and leopard watching on a safari in the evergreen scrublands of Minneriya National Park.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Dambulla - Today you’ll visit Sigiriya's Lion Rock – this ancient carved-rock fortress that rises dramatically above the surrounding plains is a UNESCO World Heritage site and if you’re game, you can climb the many stairs to see the amazing views of the surrounding jungle. Then, head out for a wildlife safari at Minneriya National Park – home to Sri Lankan elephants and sloth bears, and claimed to be the best National Park in the world to witness elephants in large herds in their natural habitat (between July and December). Return to Dambulla for the night for a free evening.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Kandy - Leave Dambulla and head onwards to Kandy (approximately 3.5 hours), the last capital of Sri Lanka’s ancient kings era. As you continue on, a stop in at a spice garden might yield scents of cinnamon, pepper, cardamom, clove, nutmeg, vanilla and more as you learn the secrets of cultivating these palate pleasers. After arriving in Kandy, visit a Kandayan dance show to experience the colourful traditional costumes and evocative performances live in action.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Kandy - Start the day with a visit to the Giragama Tea Factory for an insight into local production techniques, then head to the Temple of the Sacred Tooth Relic. This golden roofed temple is home to Sri Lanka’s most important Buddhist relic – a tooth of the Buddha. After, enjoy the rest of the day with free exploration of the city. Perhaps take a walk around the beautiful lake in the centre of town, explore the local Buddhist temple or while away the afternoon amongst the trees and flowers of the Royal Palace Park.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Colombo - Drive to Colombo today – the nation's capital. Stop by some of the city's main sights on a bus tour, including Independence Square, Parliament and the National Museum. End your tour with a spot of shopping at the Barefoot Fair-Trade Store. Here, you can find a collection of handicrafts from around the country and support small cottage industries. If you’re lucky enough to be in Colombo on a Saturday, you can visit Good Market – a local market full of stalls showcasing social enterprises and responsible businesses. Tonight, there's an optional final group dinner to celebrate your journey together.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Colombo - There are no activities planned for today and you can depart the hotel at any time. If you'd like to extend your stay, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Negombo - Ayu-bowan! Welcome to Sri Lanka. Your adventure begins in the town of Negombo, close to the airport. You’ll have a welcome meeting at 5:30 pm tonight, but if you arrive early, you can get into the spirit of seaside Sri Lanka by observing the local fishing craft in the town. Maybe feast on fresh seafood or rent a bike from the hotel reception and explore the surrounding countryside on two wheels. Tonight, your leader will have great recommendations for local dinner spots.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Chilaw & Anuradhapura - Rise early and have some breakfast at the hotel, then start your cycling adventure with a test-ride through the city streets. Cycle from Negombo to Chilaw, through fishing villages, the scenic Dutch canal, coconut plantations and various tile factories. Sit down for a picnic lunch when you arrive in Chilaw. After, hop aboard a coach and travel to Anuradhapura. Here, you can settle into your hotel, relax and perhaps take a swim in the pool. You have the option of joining a 'food crawl' through the streets and markets of Anuradhapura tonight – this is a great chance to sample some tasty local cuisine.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Anuradhapura - After breakfast, cycle to the UNESCO World Heritage site of Anuradhapura for a guided bicycle tour of the ancient city. Among the ruins you'll see the sacred old Bo Tree – a spiritual reminder of the beginnings of Buddhism in Sri Lanka and the inspiration for Anuradhapura's great buildings. The ruins themselves are spread over quite a large area, with some in woodland settings and others appearing more cultivated with columns and ponds dotted throughout. Visit the impressive Isurumuniya Temple and the Anuradhapura Museum, then sit down with your group for a local lunch. Return to the hotel for a free afternoon and evening.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Ritigala & Polonnaruwa - Cycle from Anuradhapura to Ritigala this morning, passing rice paddies, man-made water tanks and jungle scenery. Have some lunch along the way at a countryside kiosk then visit the beautiful Ritigala monastery, which dates back nearly 2000 years and is named after the mountain on which it sits. After exploring the site and learning a thing or two about its local mythology, board a coach and travel to Polonnaruwa. When you arrive, take the opportunity to relax and recharge.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Polonnaruwa & Dambulla - Saddle up for a morning ride to Polonnaruwa – the second oldest kingdom in Sri Lanka. Visit the Vihara Temple, Parakrama Statue and Siva Temple while you explore the site, then cycle to Diyabeduma. The scenery along the way includes sanctuaries, man-made channels and farmlands. Refuel with a picnic lunch then travel from to Dambulla by coach. In the evening, you'll visit the Dambulla wholesale vegetable market, where there will be an option to join in on a local food crawl.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Sigriya Rock & Kandy - Early this morning, you’ll cycle from your hotel in Dambulla to Sigiriya – this UNESCO World Heritage Site is home to an ancient rock fortress that sits 200 m high among the surrounding gardens and reservoirs. Along the way, see the water garden, the boulder garden, the mirror wall and Sigiriya's frescos. You’ll want your camera today as the image of this site against the skyline is one to remember. Hike to the top of the fortress and enjoy some well-earned breakfast at the peak, taking in the panoramic views. After, jump back on your bike and pedal your way through the countryside, stopping for lunch at a spice garden near Matale. Enjoy a rest in the support vehicle as you drive the final leg to Kandy. Tonight, you’ll be treated to a traditional Kandyan dance performance – an insight into an age-old culture.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Kandy - After breakfast at the hotel, you have the option to either head out for some extra cycling in the Hanthana Mountain Range (weather/time permitting) or stay in Kandy and explore. Later this morning, you’ll head to Giragama for a guided tour of a tea factory, learning about how Sri Lanka's favourite drink is made and sampling some of the delicious varieties. For lunch, visit the Hela Bojun Restaurant – a social enterprise founded by the agriculture ministry of the Sri Lankan government to provide employment for women from local communities while training and empowering them. Try some Sri Lankan dishes prepared by the women while learning a little more about the restaurant and their important mission. The rest of the afternoon is free. Tonight, visit the Temple of Tooth Relic – the most important Buddhist site in the country – then return to town for a food crawl.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Hatton - Transfer to Kandy railway station after breakfast this morning. From the station, you’ll embark on a scenic train trip from Kandy to Hatton, where you’ll then cycle to Maskeliya. Ride through leafy tea plantations to your lunch spot, where you’ll enjoy an authentic Tamil meal from a local kiosk. Check into your guesthouse, then relax this afternoon. Time permitting, you can take on an optional trek of Adam's Peak – a conical mountain that sits at 2243 m high. The pilgrimage season runs from late May to early December and is a fascinating time to visit.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Tissamaharama - Enjoy a hearty breakfast before cycling down from Bogawanthalawa to Balangoda. This is a short ride but one of the most beautiful stretches of road in Sri Lanka, following a path along the tea plantations and pine forest passes. Alongside mountainous views, you’ll cycle through tall trees, lush vegetation and serene landscapes with a soundtrack of birdsong. Maybe see some trickling waterfalls before stopping among the green slopes of Balangoda for lunch. Then, transfer to Tissamaharama. When you arrive, wind down at your hotel and share stories over a group dinner.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Yala National Park - Cycle the tree lines roads through villages from Tissamaharama to Kataragama after breakfast. The holy city of Kataragama is a colourful and vibrant religious centre that rivals Adam's Peak in terms of national importance. This is where the two-week Kataragama Festival attracts thousands of Hindus and tourists each year in July/August. After, take a jeep ride through the beautiful Yala National Park – home to elephants, crocodiles and waterbirds like the great thick-knee. Yala also lays claim to one of the world's highest concentration of leopards! Return to Tissamaharama for the night where you’ll sit down for a group dinner.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Mirissa - After breakfast, enjoy your final ride as you cycle from Tissamaharama to Hambantota via Bundala National Park. After lunch at Hambantota, continue to Mirissa on your bike. You’ll have a free afternoon of beach time in Mirissa, where you can chill out and swim. The beach itself is a long curve of sand with clear waters, perfect for taking a dip and watching the sunset. The local cottage industry of lace products is also well worth a look if you’re seeking something authentic to bring home.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Mirissa & Galle - Enjoy a free morning to relax. Later, you’ll drive to Galle – home to an impressive World Heritage-listed Dutch fort. Surrounded by the ocean on three sides and filled with fascinating landmarks like ancient mosques, churches, museums, and boutiques its maze of gallery-filled narrow streets showcase a unique mix of European architecture and South Asian traditions, reflecting over 400 years of rich history. Spend the afternoon exploring on a leader-led guided walk, then in the early evening watch the sunset from the ramparts before driving back to Mirissa.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Colombo - Depart Mirissa after breakfast and drive to Colombo. When you arrive, check into your hotel and then head out on a leader-led walk of the city, passing the bustling Petta Bazaar, Independence Square, Parliament and the National Museum. You’ll finish at the Barefoot fairtrade store, where you can find a collection of handicrafts from around the country and support small cottage industries. Tonight, there's an optional group food crawl to celebrate your journey. If you’d like to celebrate a trip well travelled, you’ll head to the local market stalls and tuck into some of Sri Lanka’s best street foods.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Colombo - There are no activities planned after breakfast today and your adventure comes to an end. You're free to leave at any time after check out. If you'd like to extend your stay, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time to organise additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Negombo - Ayu-bowan! Welcome to Sri Lanka. Your adventure begins in the beachside town of Negombo with a welcome meeting at 5.30 pm. Known for its centuries-old fishing industry, Negombo is a historic port city close to Sri Lanka's international airport. If you arrive early, maybe watch the fishing boats head out to sea, stroll along the beach to see the daily catch drying in the sun or indulge in a seafood feast. The surrounding countryside, with its network of canals, is a fascinating slice of Sri Lankan rural life and is best explored by bicycle.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Sigiriya - Leave bright and early this morning and travel to Dambulla – home to the largest and best-preserved cave temple complex in Sri Lanka. After checking into your accommodation, make the short drive to the UNESCO World Heritage site of Sigiriya for your first activity – a hike up the 1200 steps of the famed Lion Rock. This ancient carved-rock fortress rises dramatically above the surrounding plains, elevating Sigiriya high into the air. On the way you’ll visit the water and boulder gardens, frescoes and the mirror wall. The next section of the climb takes about half an hour along steep walkways and steps all the way up to the rocky plateau, which soars 200 m above the jungle. From here, the views over the surrounding area and the nearby Pidurangala Rock are jaw-dropping. Make your way back down and head back to Dambulla for a relaxing evening.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Minneriya National Park & Knuckles Mountain Range - Today you’ll head out on a relaxed jeep safari for about 3 hours through the nearby Minneriya National Park. The park is home to a mix of evergreen forest and scrublands – look out for sambar deer, leopards and elephants roaming the wild. After the safari, travel by private vehicle to the Knuckles Mountain Range – your home for the next two nights. Named after its striking visual likeness to human knuckles, this UNESCO World Heritage site features 34 mountains that range from 900 to 2000 m. Surrounded by dense forest, waterfalls and terraced rice fields, they are home to some of Sri Lanka’s best hiking trails. Tonight, get closer to nature as you set up camp next to the pristine waters and natural rock pools of the Thelgamu Oya stream. To keep you fresh for tomorrow’s hike your activity is limited to an evening walk around the village before relaxing by the riverside with a group dinner.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Knuckles Mountain Range Hiking - Today you’ll head out early for a full-day guided hike along the Manigala Trek through the Knuckles region. Start hiking after breakfast and wind your way through emerald forests and hillsides, past cliffs and alongside fast-flowing rivers. Maybe stop to explore a few of the villages along the way, which are surrounded by sweeping rice terraces. Have lunch by the river and continue up the stone and dirt trail all the way up to the imposing Manigala Rock, for the panoramic views of the peaks and valley below. After taking in the views, make your way back down to camp to enjoy a hearty dinner after a long but rewarding day of hiking.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Kandy & Knuckles/Mini World’s End Hiking - Begin the day with a moderate hike through the forest to Knuckles’ renowned Mini World’s End – an observation point overlooking the Thelgamuwa Valley and a sheer drop of 1192 m (4000 ft) to the forest floor below. The panoramic views over the misty valley and distant mountain peaks are truly spectacular, you’ll want your camera today! After the hike, you’ll drive to Kandy, passing the gorgeous scenery along the way. Lying in the hills of the Kandy plateau, this city previously served as the last capital of the ancient kings’ era of Sri Lanka. The rest of the day is free for your own discoveries – maybe visit the golden roofed Temple of the Sacred Tooth Relic. Housed inside, the relic of the tooth of the Buddha has played an important role in local politics due to the belief that whoever holds the relic holds governance of the country. Kandy’s temple and its status as the last city of the Sri Lankan Kings have made it a UNESCO World Heritage site.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Hatton & Tea Country Cycling - Start your day with a scenic train journey to Hatton. When you arrive, cycle from the train station to the small village of Norton Bridge, passing vast tea estates and scenic, tree-lined hills along the way. Check in to your hotel and if you’re still feeling energetic, maybe opt to hike up to Adam’s Peak. The peak is often visited by pilgrims who climb a candle-lit trail in the evening, passing shrines and food stalls along the way. Or you can simply put your feet up with a nice cup of Ceylon tea – the afternoon is yours.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Tea Country Cycling & Mirissa - After breakfast, it’s back on your mountain bike for a mostly downhill ride through the heart of tea country. Pedal from Hatton through Bogawantalawa – home to premium Ceylon Tea – to Balangoda. Cycle through the sculpted green hills of ‘the Golden Valley of Ceylon’. Your ride will be broken up with snack breaks and a lunch stop, providing plenty of fuel (and photo opportunities) for your ride. Then, transfer to the delightful coastal town of Mirissa. This town is part fishing village, part beachside resort and is the perfect place to sit back and relax by the beach after a few active days. For those looking to keep their heart rate up, you can visit nearby Weligama – the ideal place to hit the waves at one of the local surf or bodyboarding schools.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Gin River Kayaking & Galle - Start your day with a short drive to the small town of Unanwitiya – your starting point for an exciting day of kayaking down the Gin River. After instruction from your expert guides, you’ll cruise down the clear waters as it winds its way downstream. Paddle past dense forests, sandbanks, tea plantations and rice paddy fields while keeping an eye out for monitor lizards, birds and the occasional troop of monkeys. After kayaking, head to the boathouse for a delicious local lunch and then head to UNESCO World Heritage city of Galle. Once the main port for local cinnamon trade, this city features a maze of streets with mansions, ancient churches, a lighthouse and the imposing 17th-century fort. Surrounded on three sides by the ocean, this is surely one of the most dramatic structures in all of Sri Lanka. Start your exploration of Galle Fort on a walking tour along the ramparts and winding streets of the Fort and end it with an included dinner before heading back to Mirissa for a well earned rest. 

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Colombo - Depart Mirissa after breakfast and transfer to Colombo. When you arrive, check into your hotel and then take a leader-led walk past the bustling Petta Bazaar, Independence Square, Old Parliament Building, and the National Museum. Your walk finishes with a shopping opportunity at the Barefoot fairtrade store. Here, you can find a collection of handicrafts from around the country and support small cottage industries. Tonight, there's an optional group dinner to celebrate your journey – if you opt in, you’ll go on a fun food crawl along the city's many market stalls.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Colombo - There are no activities planned after breakfast today and your adventure comes to an end. You're free to leave at any time after check out. If you'd like to extend your stay, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time to organise additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Negombo - Ayubowan! Welcome to Sri Lanka. Your adventure kicks off with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight in Negombo. If you arrive early, maybe stroll the seaside or explore the beautiful surrounding countryside on a bicycle, which you can rent from your hotel reception. Tonight, maybe head out with your fellow travellers for dinner and get to know each other over a couple of drinks – you’ll spend the night by the beach, near plenty of beach bars and pubs.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Dambulla - Make your way to Dambulla – the second-largest centre in the Matale District. When you arrive, maybe explore the Dambulla Cave Temples. With five sanctuaries, it’s the largest cave-temple complex in Sri Lanka! Perhaps spend the day walking through the UNESCO World Heritage site, visit the ancient city of Polonnaruwa or climb Pidurangala Rock for views of the Lion Rock Fortress, which you’ll visit tomorrow! Tonight, maybe head out to a local restaurant to taste some delicious local cuisine.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Kandy - This morning, walk to the Lion Rock Fortress – a 200 m tall rock structure in Sigiriya. Explore the ruined fortress on the top of the rock, learn about the region’s history and see why the fortress is called ‘lion rock’, then head to Kandy. Your afternoon is free for you to explore – maybe learn how to make a traditional batik cloth during a workshop, then, create your own under the watchful guidance of a local expert. You could also take up a cooking class and learn how to make some of the local cuisine you’ve now grown to love!

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Kandy - Once the capital under the last Sri Lankan king, Kandy managed to resist European control for hundreds of years, long after the coastal areas surrendered. If you’re looking to relax this morning, you might want to book an Ayurvedic massage to rejuvenate those weary muscles. Kandy is home to a beautiful lake, some great old shops and a bustling market, so there’s lots to see and do with your free day today. Maybe walk through the town to take in the sites of Kandy, head to the Royal Botanical Gardens, visit the Temple of the Tooth or book a cultural dance performance.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Ella - This morning, say goodbye to Kandy and hop on a train to Ella. This train trip is kind of famous, due to the gorgeous views of mountains and greenery (so grab a window seat if you can!). Today is a bit of a long travel day, so it's a good idea to get stuck into your book or listen to music while you stare out the window. When you arrive, maybe visit a local tea factory or go for a drink in one of the many bars. Tonight, your leader can help you with the best spots for nightlife – maybe grab a couple of your new friends and head to a local restaurant nearby for some live music and delicious eats.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Ella - Today, you’ll hike one of the shortest and most popular stages of The Pekoe Trail. This trekking route runs through Sri Lanka’s tea region and is maintained by a non-profit organisation promoting sustainable tourism practices to benefit the local communities. Head through the Ella Forest Reserve, passing the famous Nine Arches Bridge and tea plantations. Then, cut across small local villages and see the bridge from a different vantage point. Along the way, stop in at a small village for a spicy curry lunch at a local family home. Get to know your gracious hosts as you eat together and refresh with a steaming pot of Ceylon tea to wash it all down. This is the perfect opportunity to rub shoulders with the locals, learn about their lifestyle and swap stories. After the hike, the rest of the day is free for you to explore on your own.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Udawalawe National Park - Travel south today for an exciting 4WD safari through Udawalawe National Park, where you'll come across the area's native wildlife – look out for elephants, leopards and aquatic birds. Make sure you grab your camera and stay hydrated! Tonight, while you reflect on the day, maybe join your travel buddies in search of some appa (hoppers), kottu roti and parippu (lentil curry).

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Hiriketiya - Journey west to Hiriketiya – this stretch of beach has plenty of local restaurants and bars to relax in. When you arrive, you’ll have a free afternoon to explore Hiriketiya and its surroundings at your own pace. Maybe join a guided tour to see the Hummanaya Blow Hole, visit the Dondra Lighthouse or simply relax on the beach.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Hiriketiya - Today is all about the beach! Grab a good book, order a cocktail and don’t forget the bottle of sunscreen – today is for rest, relaxation and reclining on the warm sands of Sri Lanka. If you like, you can 'bikesplore' the lesser-known areas of the city on two wheels. Make use of the many beach restaurants that line the shore tonight after an epic sunset.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Galle - Colombo - Leave Hiriketiya behind and make the journey to Galle. Stop for a walking tour with your leader along the way before continuing onto Colombo. When you arrive in Sri Lanka's capital, head out on a city walk with your leader. On your way, visit local shops and do some sightseeing. After, maybe explore the collection of temples and churches that all live alongside each other – apart from the gorgeous architecture, this is also a great example of how different types of belief systems and places of worship can come together side by side, creating a sense of community and peace. Tonight, maybe join your group for a final dinner.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Colombo - Indulge in your last string hoppers and a super-black coffee for breakfast. With no further activities planned, your trip comes to an end this morning. If you’d like to stick around to explore more, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Negombo - Ayubowan! Welcome to Sri Lanka. Living up to its nickname of the ‘Pearl of the Indian Ocean’, this country is peppered with palm beaches and fascinating ancient sites. It’s also a food lover’s paradise – with Indian, Portuguese, Malay, English, Arab and Dutch influences. Your adventure begins in the seaside city of Negombo, where you’ll meet your local leader and fellow travellers at a 6 pm welcome meeting. Spend your first night on the coastline, getting to know your fellow travellers and watching the fishing boats float by.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Dambulla - Wake early this morning to catch the action at the Negombo fish market. Situated at the northern end of a lagoon, the market is renowned for lobsters, crabs and prawns. Continue to a coconut plantation to discover why this super food is so central to life in Sri Lanka. Learn how all parts of the tree play an important role in daily life, sip the water of a king coconut, watch ‘toddy tappers’ extract the palm wine from the coconut sap and taste the results. Enjoy a Sri Lankan rice and curry lunch before heading inland to Dambulla, home to ornate cave temples and surrounded by natural wonders and historic sites. Your evening is free to explore. You may like to join your leader on an optional street food crawl for an introduction to some staple Sri Lankan 'short eats' (snack food), including famous hoppers (bowl-shaped savoury pancakes).

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Dambulla - After breakfast, make the short drive to the UNESCO World Heritage site of Sigiriya. Here, you can climb to the top of Lion Rock and visit the ancient fortress complex. The 200 m high ancient remains of a defensive capital, Lion Rock houses fifth-century frescos, terraced gardens and fountains. Next, see the age-old traditions at a nearby chena cultivation area, which is one of the oldest forms of agriculture known to humans. It’s particularly popular in the dry zone of the country where it rains for only a few months of the year, and principal crops are tropical vegetables, cereals, grains, yams and corn. Then, feast on tropical vegetables, curry made with tapioca and fried fish caught in the nearby lake for lunch. In the late afternoon, return to Dambulla to explore the wholesale market. Boasting an incredible array of fresh food, much of which is transported to Colombo, this is the perfect place to get a sense of Sri Lanka's agricultural diversity. The rest of the evening is free for your own adventures.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Kandy - Located high on a cliff face are the impressive Dambulla Cave Temples. You’ll have time to explore these this morning and admire the many Buddha images, frescoes and paintings. On the way to the physical and spiritual heart of the country and the former home of the last Sri Lankan king, stop for lunch at a spice garden in the renowned spice-growing region of Matale. Sri Lankans are the masters of spice and here you can learn how spices aren’t just used in food, but also cosmetics and ayurvedic medicine. Smell the cumin, cinnamon and curry leaves before tasting pumpkin curry flavoured with aromatic fenugreek, with a side of dry chilli sambol and the uniquely Sri Lankan coconut roti. Continue to Kandy, home to a lake, old shops, a bustling market and some great restaurants. This evening, observe locals worshipping in Kandy’s Dalada Maligawa (Temple of the Tooth), one of Sri Lanka’s most sacred shrines that houses a tooth relic of the Lord Buddha. With your free evening, perhaps follow the sound of rhythmic chopping to watch a chef transform a ball of dough into a huge sheet of wafer-thin roti, skilfully slice, griddle, mix with vegetables and spices and create kottu roti.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Kandy - Kick off the day with a guided walk around Kandy's busy city centre, then visit a tea factory. After, take a tour of the Central Market and samples of local fresh fruits. The rest of the day is free for you to explore. Kandy is home to a National Museum and several monasteries, and there are many scenic walks around town. In the early evening, join a Sinhalese family to get your sugar fix with a Kandyan sweet-filled Sri Lankan dinner and cooking class. Try your hand at crafting string hoppers, pressing a smooth rice dough into noodle-thin strands to form perfect discs (this is an art that takes some practice to master!), try a chicken curry made with spice-infused coconut milk, closer to a Thai curry than a North Indian one. Then fill up on specialty sweets inspired by Dutch and Portuguese dessert traditions.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Bandarawela - Have your camera at the ready and take a scenic journey into the highlands to Bandarawela. Journey past waterfalls, villages and up through the mountains on the way to this town in the cool highlands, once popular with British plantation managers. Look down over the bright green tea bushes and vegetable gardens. Tonight, take a look behind closed doors and experience a slice of local life when you’re invited into a local home for a cooking demonstration followed by a traditional dinner.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Bandarawela - Rise early and head to the region's tea plantations. Take a hike through the tea fields, learning about the country’s most important export and meet local tea pickers who will show you their craft and let you have a go at picking and weighing tea. After, travel out to the town of Haputale for a home-cooked lunch with a Tamil family. Tear into traditional Tamil cuisine with dosa (a crispy rice pancake) and idli (a savoury steamed rice cake served with curry sauces or chutneys). Return to Bandarawela in the late afternoon and soak up the rural charm of the town and the beautiful surrounding landscapes.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Yala/Udawalawe National Park - Drive out to the wilderness of Yala National Park (or Udawalawe National Park in the off season). Encompassing a variety of diverse ecosystems, the park has an impressive array of wildlife, including sloth bears and lots of birds. In the evening, take a safari and search for the elusive leopards that lounge in trees or stalk through the brush, crocodiles that patrol the river or wild elephants that graze across the grasslands.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Mirissa - Start the day by discovering one of Sri Lanka's favourite ingredients. Try buffalo curd, served in bright terracotta pots with golden treacle, which is often eaten as a snack or as an accompaniment to meals or as a dessert. Spend the day relaxing or exploring the golden sands of Sri Lanka’s southern coastline. You may like to take a bicycle ride or tuk-tuk to watch colourful fishing boats bring back their loads of fresh fish to sell along the shore.  You will gain a unique insight into local life this afternoon when you meet with a local fisherman and learn about the craft, and how the lives of fisherman have changed since the tsunami. Enjoy the freshest seafood lunch with a fisherman's family – likely, a crab curry.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Mirissa - Today you'll visit to the wonderfully preserved township of Galle, with a blend of European architecture and South Asian traditions. Have a lunch of Biryani and and watalappam (coconut custard pudding) with a local family. In the evening, take a tour of the Royal Dutch Fort, exploring the winding maze of gallery-filled narrow streets and 400 years of rich history. Return to Mirissa for the night.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Colombo - Head north for the final stop on your food adventure, Colombo – Sri Lanka’s commercial heart. This city is a mix of street markets, historic buildings, museums, restaurants and great shopping. Snack your way through on an included city tour around lanes filled with short eats and popular local eateries, finishing at Galle Face Beach, famous for its street food. Enjoy a final Dutch Burgher-influenced meal and celebrate the end of your food adventure with new friends.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Colombo - Your food adventure in Sri Lanka comes to an end this morning. There are no activities planned for this final day and you are free to leave at any time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Islamabad - Welcome to Islamabad, Pakistan’s capital city. Translating as ‘City of Islam’, Islamabad was built in the 1960s to replace Karachi as the nation’s capital, though there’s evidence that humans have lived in the area for many thousands of years. Your expedition begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm, but if you arrive earlier there are several sights worth checking out including Golra Railway Station, and the Lok Virsa Museum – dedicated to the preservation, documentation promotion of Pakistan’s cultural heritage. After your welcome meeting, get to know your group and local leader over an included dinner.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Islamabad - Taxila - Islamabad - Make the most of the opportunity to explore Islamabad with your fellow travellers. Your local leader will speak with you about the history of both Islamabad and Pakistan and be able to answer any questions about this oft-misunderstood destination. There’ll be a chance to shop for local clothes, so perhaps take the opportunity to buy a shalwar kameez – the traditional dress of loose-fitting trousers and a long shirt. Visit Faisal Mosque, which was the largest mosque in the world upon its completion in 1986 and is said to hold 10,000 worshippers, then head to the ancient site of Taxila. These World Heritage-listed ruins are evidence of over 500 years of cultural evolution influenced by Persia, Greece, and the spread of Buddhism. Enjoy a group dinner at neraby Saidpur village.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Islamabad - Skardu (2228m) - Fly this morning from Islamabad to Skardu. Being the gateway to the Karakoram Mountain Range, it’s a popular spot for hikers and outdoorsy types, and your day will be spent exploring all that Skardu has to offer. You’ll head to the Skardu Bazaar, where you can pick up any snacks or souvenirs that might be calling your name. Then it’s on to the Manthal Rock Buddha – a sculpture dating back to the 8th century – as well as Kharpocho Fort.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Hunza Valley (2500m) - Today, travel north to Passu, a small town surrounded by mountains and glaciers. It sits by the famous Karakoram Highway, which is also known as the China-Pakistan Friendship Highway as it connects the two countries. This is an achingly beautiful part of the world and there’ll be several opportunities to stop and take in views of many 7000 m peaks, including Rakaposhi. You’ll be staying in Passu for the next three nights, using it as your base for exploring the region.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Hunza Valley (2500m) - Drive to nearby Gulmit today. Take a walk around this remote village and visit a carpet-weaving centre run by the local women. You’ll also hike out to the ruins of Ondra Fort. Sitting atop a rocky outcrop above Gulmit, it would’ve commanded views of several strategically important passes in the area. It’s believed to have been built in the 16th century by a ruler named Qutlug Baig and, as if the historic ruins weren’t enough, there are phenomenal views of both the valley and the surrounding peaks. Later, return to your accommodation in Passu for the night.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Hunza Valley (2500-2900m) - Visit the Hussaini Hanging Bridge, described by some as the "most dangerous bridge in the world". Though the bridge’s condition is questionable its location is enviable, suspended above Hunza river and surrounded by jagged mountains. Walk to Borith lake, which sits at an elevation of approximately 2600 m, and out to the impressive Passu Glacier. There’ll be plenty of time to relax and you’ll also see the photogenic Tupopdan (6106 m), which is known as Passu Cones or Passu Cathedral. Sample Passu’s famous apricot cake and yak burgers. In the evening you’ll have a chance to get immersed in the melodious tunes of the region. A local band will play their local instruments, sing songs with you and show you some of their dance moves.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Shimshal (3100m) - Travel by 4WD to the remote town of Shimshal, which was inaccessible by road up until 2003. The road took 18 years to build and was constructed by the local community, who previously had to walk for several days to reach other parts of Hunza. Shimshal is so remote that state prisoners from Hunza were once exiled here as punishment. The locals are resilient and extremely hardworking people. A number of notable Pakistani mountaineers grew up here, which isn’t surprising given the rugged, mountainous terrain. The Shimshali are to Pakistan what the Sherpa are to Nepal, and perhaps the most famous Shimshali are Samina and Mirza Ali Baig, a brother- sister climbing duo. Samina is the first and only Pakistani woman to climb Everest (at the age of 21) and the Seven Summits. She also summited K2 in 2022.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Shimshal (3100m) - Spend the day exploring Shimshal and learn about the challenges that come with living in such an inhospitable environment. Almost every house in Shimshal is powered by solar electricity, as is the local school. Meet the local families and hear their stories, and lace up those hiking boots to head out on Shimshal’s beautiful walking tracks. Take a walk for expansive views of the surrounding area. Enjoy the mountainous surrounds, take some time to relax and acclimatise to the altitude and know that you’re experiencing a destination that few will ever get a chance to visit. If you’re not up for the hiking, you can spend the day getting familiar with the town.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Karimabad (2500m) - Say farewell to the locals before returning to Passu by 4WD, then switch into a private van for the drive to Karimabad. On the way we will make a stopover at Lake Attabad and Ganish village. There’s a sad story lurking below Lake Attabad’s shimmering surface. The lake was formed in 2010 after a massive landslide that killed 20 people and displaced many thousands. It also essentially dammed the Hunza River for five months, creating a lake that measures some 21 kilometres across. The dam held, and the lake is now a popular tourist destination renowned for its bright blue water. See it for yourself then explore Ganish, an ancient Silk Road settlement that received a cultural conservation award from UNESCO. In the evening, visit the Karimabad market for some shopping. Karimabad is the commercial hub and capital of the Hunza region.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Karimabad (2500m) - Karimabad is a town known for its locally made handicrafts, carpets, and, of course, its next-level views of the surrounding mountains. Today you’ll walk to Baltit and Altit forts, which have stood in the region for over 700 years and are a testament to the valley’s past strategic importance. These towns were crucial for controlling the ancient Asia trade routes and Baltit Fort holds a particularly commanding position above the village. These well-maintained forts were restored by the Aga Khan Foundation, which has also been working on several projects to empower local women’s groups. You’ll have lunch at a cafe run by local women as well as have a chance to meet and speak with some local women during a visit to a women-run woodworking workshop. At sunset, drive up to Duiker for an unforgettable view of the surrounding mountains including – on a clear day – Rakaposhi, Ultar, the Bublimotin, and Spantik.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Skardu (2228m) - After breakfast, make the drive back to Skardu. Along the way, you’ll have the chance to stop and stretch your legs at the picturesque Upper and Lower Kachura lakes. Stay in Skardu overnight before your flight to Islamabad tomorrow morning.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Skardu - Islamabad - Lahore - Depart Skardu for a flight back to Islamabad. From here, your group will drive to Lahore, Pakistan’s second-largest city and the capital of the Punjab region. It’s a wealthy city known for being relatively cosmopolitan with a focus on education and the arts.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Lahore - Your first full day in Lahore will be spent visiting some of the city’s most famous places. First up is the Walled City of Lahore, which was constructed around the year 1000. Within its walls, you’ll find the Delhi Gate, the World Heritage-listed Lahore Fort, the huge Badshahi Mosque and the ridiculously beautiful Wazir Khan Mosque. The interior is decorated with intricate mosaics and frescoes and the mosque houses historic shops, tombs of Sufi saints and the Shahi Hammam baths. You’ll also visit the tomb of Allama Iqbal, a poet and philosopher who is widely regarded as having inspired the Pakistan Movement (he also had a fantastic moustache). You’ll have time to explore the markets within the Walled City too. Take a walk through the Akbari Mandi, dedicated to grains and spices, or the bustling fish market by Delhi Gate. There is also the Azam Cloth Market, one of Asia’s largest, which houses some 16,000 shops. You’ll also get some time explore the hustling and bustling Anarkali market for some shopping.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Lahore - There’s another full day of exploration to be had today. You’ll visit the Tomb of Jahangir, a 17th-century mausoleum built for the Mughal Emperor Jahangir, who ruled from 1605–27. Continue to the splendid Shalimar Gardens, built in the 17th century by the Emperor Shah Jahan and feature waterfalls, ponds and several garden pavilions. Wander through the complex, designed to be a natural utopia on earth, then travel to the Wagah border of Pakistan and India to witness the flag-lowering ceremony. This impressive spectacle attracts both international tourists and locals and features both sets of soldiers performing some seriously macho choreography. The ceremony ends with both flags being lowered simultaneously and a handshake between the soldiers. As the cultural capital of Pakistan, Lahore isn’t short on delicious cuisine to try. For your farewell dinner tonight, head to Lahore’s famous (and mouth-watering) Food Street.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Lahore - Your Pakistan expedition comes to an end today. You are free to leave the accommodation at any time after breakfast, but please ensure you check out by 12 pm.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Islamabad - Khush Aamadid! Welcome to Islamabad. When you arrive at the Islamabad International Airport, you’ll be met by a local representative and taken to your hotel. If you arrive early, you can join your leader and group for lunch and a city tour visiting Lok Virsa Museum and Shah Faisal Mosque this afternoon. Back at the hotel, you’ll meet up with everyone again for a welcome meeting at 6 pm to get all the details on your upcoming trek. After, relax, explore or find a good spot for dinner.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Skardu (2230 m/7316 ft) - First things first, you’ll check the weather – if it’s good, you’ll fly from Islamabad to Skardu (a short, scenic flight). If the weather isn’t cooperating, you’ll instead make the trip via the Karakoram Highway, making stops along the way among mountain peaks that humans are yet to have stepped a foot on. In Skardu – the gateway to the Karakoram Mountain Range – you’ll have some free time to explore and pick up any snacks or souvenirs that might be calling your name from the Skardu Bazaar. You'll also have the chance to rent any hiking gear here that you may have forgotten to pack. Time permitting while in Skardu, check out the Manthal Rock Buddha, Kharpocho Fort and Nansoq Organic Village.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Khaplu (2600 m/8530 ft) - Carry on into the mountains as you drive to Khaplu, passing through the small villages of the Ghanche district. Along the way, stop where the Shayok and Indus Rivers meet. Visit the small village of Yugo and enjoy lunch and a cultural village walk where you’ll get a feel for village life and meet some locals. This afternoon, travel on to Khaplu – the Ghanche district’s capital city. After checking into your hotel, enjoy some free time to explore. Maybe see the Khaplu Fort Museum and the organic garden.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Hike Kanday to Mingulo Broq (3280 m/10,761 ft) - After breakfast, drive from Khaplu to Kanday Village (2680 m/8793 ft) – the trailhead for your trek into Nangma Valley – and meet your local support crew of guides, porters and camp cooks. The first leg is short but with a few steep parts. From Kanday, descend to cross a wooden bridge over the Hushe River, then ascend through the narrow valley across two suspension bridges to the Mingulo Broq campsite. This lush site near the water is surrounded by willow trees and is also a local pasture, so you’ll likely get the chance to meet a few local shepherds. After lunch at the campsite, you’ll have time to explore nature or relax at camp. For dinner, your kitchen team will prepare local Balti cuisine, like balay (soup), chapshoro (cooked minced meat stuffed and sealed between two whole wheat flatbreads, cooked over a skillet) and other Pakistani dishes. This evening, enjoy a live music and dance show by local Balti performers. Feel free to join in! Before sliding into your sleeping bag, be sure to turn your gaze upwards and take in the star-filled night sky.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Trek the Nangma Valley (3730 m/12,238 ft) - Fuel up on a hot breakfast, then carry on from Mingulo Broq to Nangma Valley, passing through lush green fields alongside a glacial stream. Today’s trek is relatively flat, crossing over one stream and through another. You’ll arrive at the Nangma Valley campsite by lunch, where you can tuck into a fresh, hot meal. Enjoy some free time to take in the incredible views – looking out over the valley, you’ll see the North Ridge of Shingu Charpa. For dinner, tuck into another hot meal of local soup and a mix of regional and continental Chinese and Pakistani dishes.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Nangma Valley - Check in with your feet this morning and decide how you’d like to spend the day. Opt to take a day hike to Amin Brakk base camp (4500 m/14,764 ft), at the base of the towering rock face that’s known as one of the most spectacular climbs in the world. Start with a steep climb and continue on a relatively flat plateau, before the final, steep push through a rocky trail. While at the base camp, enjoy some free time for your own exploration before tucking in to refreshments and tracking your own steps back to Nangma campsite. Or if you’d rather lay low, choose to kick back and relax at camp. Either way, you won’t want to miss the sunrise from up here. If you choose to stick close to camp for the day, test your scrambling skills on nearby rocks or go on a scavenger hunt for local Karakoram bird and flower species. 

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Nangma Valley trekking & Skardu - Make the trek back down to Kanday this morning and enjoy a traditional lunch with a local family in the village. You and your group will travel by road back to Skardu this afternoon, following the southern bank of the mighty Indus River. The views are stunning as you travel down a valley surrounded by towering peaks before arriving at the surreal landscape of the Safranga 'Cold Desert'. At 2300 m above sea level, it's one of the highest deserts in the world. After the obligatory photo stop (or two) continue onto Skardu.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Islamabad - Once again, the weather may play a role in today’s plans. If the weather is nice, you’ll drive to Skardu Airport, where you’ll fly back to Islamabad. In this case, you’ll check into your Islamabad hotel, enjoy lunch and have some free time for sightseeing. Be sure to ask your leader for recommendations. If the weather isn’t agreeable, you’ll spend some free time in Naran, where your leader can offer suggestions or plan an excursion around town for the group.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Islamabad - If you didn’t fly yesterday, today you’ll make the journey by road to Islamabad. You'll stop at a truck art workshop. Emerging as a local art form in the 1930s, truck art gradually spread all over Pakistan and each region has unique themes and cultural influences. Watch some of the local artists paint and learn about their craft before making your way to the Taxila Museum. The museum sits in the middle of several important archaeological sites, hosting a rich collection of Gandharan art dating back to the 1st century. Have a look around, learn about the history with your local leader, then soak up a free afternoon.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Islamabad - With no further activities or hikes planned, your amazing journey comes to an end today after breakfast. If you are leaving today, you’ll have an included transfer to the airport. If you’d like to extend your stay, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Almaty - Salemetsiz be! Welcome to Kazakhstan. Your adventure begins in Almaty – this former capital features wide, tree-lined streets, numerous parks and views of snow-capped mountains. You’ll have a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight to meet your local leader and fellow travellers. If you arrive early, you may want to visit the State Museum of Arts, the State History Museum or the Kasteev House Museum – the most famous Kazakh artist from Soviet times. After your meeting, you’ll have dinner with your group at a traditional Kazakh restaurant.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Almaty - Today, you’ll head out with a local guide for a city tour of downtown Almaty. Visit Central Square and the colourful Zenkoff Cathedral (also the second tallest wooden building in the world) in historic Panfilov Park, dedicated to the 28 guardsmen who died defending Moscow against German tanks in WWII. Check out the fascinating Museum of Kazakh Musical Instruments, which features a great collection of ancient relics. This afternoon, head to a local, family-owned and ran winery just outside the city for a delicious lunch and wine tasting. Meet the owners and learn more about wine production in Kazakhstan. Return to Almaty in the late afternoon, where your evening is free to explore at your own pace.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Bishkek - After breakfast this morning, you’ll leave Kazakhstan for Kyrgyzstan. Along the way, stop at the UNESCO World Heritage site of Tamgaly Tas, which features some amazing Bronze Age petroglyphs. Enjoy a picnic lunch here, then carry on to Bishkek – the capital of Kyrgyzstan that borders Central Asia's Tian Shan range. Arriving in the late afternoon, you’ll head straight out for an orientation walk with your leader to get your bearings, then you can enjoy a free evening.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Bishkek - Embark on a half-day city tour of downtown Bishkek today. Meet with a local Bishkek guide and head out to see Ala-Too Square and the statue of Manas – the hero of heroes for the local Kyrgyz people. See the Russian Orthodox church, one of the only few Lenin statues left in all the ex-USSR countries, Oak Park (the oldest park in the country), the Opera house and Victory Square, with its eternal flame dedicated to WW2. After some free time to rest and recharge, head out to meet a local designer, craftsman and design historian to learn about Central Asian textile design and manufacturing. Tonight, join your group for dinner in Bishkek.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Issyk Kul - After a relaxed breakfast today, you’ll start the drive to Lake Issyk Kul – one of the largest lakes in the world, 178 km long and 60 km wide. Along the way, stop at Burana Tower – a large minaret in the Chuy Valley – and visit the monument and museum. You’ll then be welcomed into the home of a local farming family nearby for a homemade lunch. Chat with the locals, then continue to Kyzyk Tuu village. When you arrive, meet with a local craftsman who keeps the ancient tradition of yurt making alive. Head to a workshop where the craftsman will show you how they’re made with no electrical tools and gain an insight into how these iconic structures are built, including the process of making Kiiz (the felt layers that cover the yurt). Maybe even have a go at assembling your own! Tonight, you’ll test your nomadic skills with a night in a traditional yurt camp – these yurts were made by the craftsmen in the local village, so you know you’re getting the authentic experience. After a walk with your group to admire the landscape, gather around the campfire for dinner under the stars.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Karakol - Depart the yurt camp after breakfast this morning and head to Karakol – the furthest eastern outpost of former Tsarist Russia and, later, of the USSR. On the way, visit Skazka Canyon (which translates to Fairytale Canyon) to soak in the rugged stone peaks that contrast the meadows and alpine lakes that make so much of Kyrgyzstan’s landscape. After lunch, continue to Jety Oguz Valley – its name means 'seven bulls,' which refers to the seven red-brown cliffs here. Walk through the gorgeous valley and carry on to Karakol – this town was founded as a Russian military outpost and still has a few ‘Gingerbread houses’ along its scenic streets.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Karakol - Today you’ll embark on a tour of the city with your local leader. First, visit the Prezhevalsky Museum and learn about a Russian explorer who made discoveries in China and Mongolia. hen, walk along the scenic streets of Karakol to see the ‘Gingerbread Cottage’ houses. Visit a lively local market to browse for souvenirs, then see the Dungan Mosque and the Holy Trinity Cathedral. Your afternoon is free to explore at your own pace. Tonight, you’ll be welcomed into the family home of a Dungan local for a masterclass on local cuisine – the Dungan or Hui people are a local ethnic group of Chinese Muslims who escaped China after the defeat of the Hui revolt in 1877. Today, they have a large community all over Central Asia, especially in Karakol. Enjoy dinner with your hosts, then head back to your accommodation for a relaxing evening.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Almaty - Today is a long travel day, including a border crossing back into Kazakhstan. Wake up early this morning and grab a window seat if you can – the scenery is entertainment in itself! You’ll make a few stops along the way for photos and to stretch your legs, including at Charyn Canyon – often referred as the little brother of the Grand Canyon in the Unites States, wind and water have shaped this spectacular canyon with different shapes and colours. Go on a short hike to the bottom of the canyon, seeing some incredible viewpoints along the way. After, continue to Almaty. When you arrive, freshen up at the hotel then head out for a traditional dinner with your group to toast to an amazing adventure.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Almaty - With no further activities planned, your trip comes to an end after breakfast this morning. If you want to continue your trip in Central Asia and discover more along the Silk Routes, then why not check out our Premium Uzbekistan trip. If you need to organise additional accommodation, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Tashkent - Xush kelibsiz! Welcome to Uzbekistan. Your adventure begins in the largest city in Central Asia, Tashkent. The mix of Russian and Uzbek style is an indication that for many years, it was a key city of the USSR. Extravagant mosques, both ancient and new, sit alongside modern highways and Soviet monuments. When you arrive at the airport, you’ll be met by a local representative and be transferred to your hotel. You’ll have a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight to meet your local leader and fellow travellers. If you arrive early, maybe take a walk to see some of the contemporary architecture that sets this city apart from many other Silk Road destinations. After your meeting, join your group for a welcome dinner at an excellent local restaurant serving traditional Uzbek food such as laghman noodles, norin noodles and fried dumplings.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Tashkent - Explore Tashkent on a city tour with your leader. First, make your way to the Khast Imom Complex, which includes the Barak Khan medressa (a college for Islamic instruction), the Kaffal Shashi Mausoleum, the Quran Library and the Mosque, which holds one of the oldest and holiest koran in the world. Then, leave behind the spiritual world and venture into the Chorsu Bazaar – one of the largest and oldest markets in Central Asia. Wandering through this giant marketplace is a fantastic way to see locals going about their daily lives. Uzbeks are some of the friendliest people in the world and with your leader on hand to bridge any language gaps, you’ll soon find yourself chatting to many locals. Your leader will show you some of Tashkent’s beautiful metro stations, then you’ll finish the tour at Amir Timur Square. With your free afternoon, you may like to visit the striking Kukeldash medressa.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Samarkand - Early this morning, take a high-speed Afrosiab train to the ancient Silk Road hub of Samarkand. The city has long been a centre of artisans and traders as well as the prize for many a conquering army, leaving behind a rich and complex history. When you arrive, stop by the gorgeous remains of the Ulugbek Observatory – built by a Muslim prince, your leader will explain how this unpopular ruler had a controversial passion for astronomy. After, explore the Afrosiab Museum – home to a treasured 7th-century fresco of the Sogdian King Varkhouman. Then, head to the workshop of a local artisan in Konigil to discover one of the few people in Central Asia who continues to produce paper using a 1000-year-old method. This village is home to the Meros paper mill, founded by well-known masters, the Mukhtarov brothers. Thanks to their efforts, the local factory revived an ancient tradition based on old Samarkand technologies. You'll also see a ceramics workshop, then you can enjoy a free evening to explore Samarkand at your own pace.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Samarkand - Today you’ll dig deeper into Samarkand’s fascinating cultural heritage with your leader. First, visit the holy Shah-i-Zinda complex – the so-called ‘Town of the Dead’ necropolis, with more than 20 beautifully decorated unique buildings. Then, head to the Gur Amir Mausoleum. Your leader will tell you all about the mighty ruler Timur, as this is his final resting place. Stand on the iconic Registan Square with three mosaic-adorned madrassas towering over you, then explore the Siob Bazaar, full of bustling stalls and friendly local traders. This afternoon, head out of the city to the Bagizagan winery, considered the best wine producer in Uzbekistan. Get a special insight into the production of Uzbek wine and try a few drops for yourself. In the evening, you’ll have the intimate Uzbek experience of joining a local family for a cooking demonstration on the traditional meal ‘plov’. Uzbek men pride themselves on their ability to prepare the most unique and delicious plov (a tasty rice dish cooked over an open flame in a traditional cauldron) and you’ll sit down to share some over dinner.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Bukhara - This morning, you’ll make your way to the holy and historic city of Bukhara on a high-speed train. A UNESCO World Heritage-listed site, Bukhara is widely regarded as Central Asia’s holiest city and is home to monuments dating from the 8th to the 18th century AD. When you arrive, you’ll take a tour of some of the sites with your leader. Head out to see some of the monuments – the meticulous restoration of many of the mosaic and majolica decorations gives you a true sense of how these buildings looked in their original glory. Visit the Ismail Samani Mausoleum, the Chashma Ayub Mausoleum and the Bolo-Khauz Mosque. After, head to your Feature Stay in a converted Jewish House. Historic and authentic, these houses are interestingly decorated and there’s much to explore here. This evening, head out to dinner at a local restaurant, then you’ll enjoy an Uzbek folklore and music performance at one of the city’s madrasses.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Bukhara - This morning, you’ll continue to explore Bukhara with your leader. After breakfast, visit the ruins of the 5th-century Ark Fortress and the imposing Poikalon complex. Taki Zargaron and the trading domes near here still offer a colourful array of goods including embroideries, jewellery, spices, handicrafts and all manner of Silk Road treasures. This is the place to test your haggling skills and share a joke or two with local craftsman and merchants. Visit the central Lyabi-Hauz complex and its surrounding areas, which you may want to revisit during twilight hours. Then, you have the rest of the afternoon and evening free to explore at your own pace – your leader will always be on hand with great recommendations.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Khiva - After a leisurely morning in Bukhara, visit Sitorai Mohi Hosa – the summer Palace of Alim Khan, Uzbekistan’s last emir. Your leader will share stories of the emir’s extravagant lifestyle as you explore the luxuriously decorated compound. Then, say your goodbyes and drive to Khiva. You’ll travel through the Kyzyl-Kum (Red Sands Desert) – the largest desert area in Central Asia that has long been inhabited by various nomadic people. Along the way, you’ll stop for photos, lunch and a walk in the desert to learn about the unique flora and fauna of the region. Stop at a few viewpoints along the way, then arrive in Khiva in the evening, where you’re free to rest and recharge after a long travel day.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Khiva - Take a full day to explore Khiva with your leader. This city is well preserved and perfect for exploring on foot, with impressive walls that mark the boundaries of the Old City. Your leader will guide you through the ancient monuments, including the turquoise Kalta Minor Minaret, the Khan museum, the 17th-century Juma Mosque and the Islom-Hoja Minaret and Medressa. Visit the Kuhna Ark, which was the main fortress, and look over the city from the hill of the Ak-Sheikh Baba observation platform. Finish with the tranquil 19th-century Tosh-Hovli Palace. Later, head to one of the city’s roof terraces for a glass of champagne as you watch the sunset. Tonight, join a cooking class and learn the secrets of Khorezmian cuisine. Make traditional dishes like shivit oshi (green noodles) and tuhum-barak (egg dumplings) then tuck into your creations for dinner.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Tashkent - Transfer to the airport in the morning for a flight to Tashkent. Admire the facade of the Navoi Theatre, named for one of the nom de plume’s of Ali-Shir Nava’I – a 16th-century writer and mystic. The multi-arched building was partially constructed by Japanese prisoners of war. Next, take a walk down the buzzing Broadway Alley, where there’s always something happening. Take some time to wander the street lined by shady trees and works from local artists. Tonight, join your fellow travellers for a final dinner and say farewell to this spectacular Silk Road country.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Tashkent - Your adventure comes to an end after breakfast today. If you would like to spend some more time in Tashkent, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time to organise additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Tashkent - Xush kelibsiz! Welcome to Uzbekistan. Your adventure begins in the largest city in Central Asia, Tashkent. The mix of Russian and Uzbek style is an indication that for many years, it was a key city of the USSR. Extravagant mosques, both ancient and new, sit alongside modern highways and Soviet monuments. When you arrive at the airport, you’ll be met by a local representative and be transferred to your hotel. You’ll have a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight to meet your local leader and fellow travellers. If you arrive early, maybe take a walk to see some of the contemporary architecture that sets this city apart from many other Silk Road destinations. After your meeting, join your group for a welcome dinner at an excellent local restaurant serving traditional Uzbek food such as laghman noodles, norin noodles and fried dumplings.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Tashkent - Explore Tashkent on a city tour with your leader. First, make your way to the Khast Imom Complex, which includes the Barak Khan medressa (a college for Islamic instruction), the Kaffal Shashi mausoleum, the Quran Library and the Mosque, which holds one of the oldest and holiest Korans in the world. Then, leave behind the spiritual world and venture into the Chorsu Bazzar – one of the largest and oldest markets in Central Asia. Wandering through this giant marketplace is a fantastic way to see locals going about their daily lives. Uzbeks are some of the friendliest people in the world and with your leader on hand to bridge any language gaps, you’ll soon find yourself chatting to many locals. Your leader will show you some of Tashkent’s beautiful metro stations, then you’ll finish the tour at Amir Temur Square. With your free afternoon, you may like to visit the striking Kukeldash medressa.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Samarkand - Early this morning, take a high-speed Afrosiab train to the ancient Silk Road hub of Samarkand. The city has long been a centre of artisans and traders as well as the prize for many a conquering army, leaving behind a rich and complex history. When you arrive, stop by the gorgeous remains of the Ulugbek Observatory – built by a Muslim prince, your leader will explain how this unpopular ruler had a controversial passion for astronomy. After, explore the Afrosiab Museum – home to a treasured 7th-century fresco of the Sogdian King Varkhouman. Then, head to the workshop of a local artisan in Konigil to discover one of the few people in Central Asia who continues to produce paper using a 1000-year-old method. This village is home to the Meros paper mill, founded by well-known masters, the Mukhtarov brothers. Thanks to their efforts, the local factory revived an ancient tradition based on old Samarkand technologies. You'll also see a ceramics workshop, then you can enjoy a free evening to explore Samarkand at your own pace.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Samarkand - Today you’ll dig deeper into Samarkand’s fascinating cultural heritage with your leader. First, visit the holy Shah-i-Zinda complex – the so-called ‘Town of the Dead’ necropolis, with more than 20 beautifully decorated unique buildings. Then, head to the Gur Amir Mausoleum. Your leader will tell you all about the mighty ruler Timur, as this is his final resting place. Stand on the iconic Registan Square with three mosaic-adorned madrassas towering over you, then explore the Siob Bazaar, full of bustling stalls and friendly local traders. This afternoon, head out of the city to the Bagizagan winery, considered the best wine producer in Uzbekistan. Get a special insight into the production of Uzbek wine and try a few drops for yourself. In the evening, you’ll have the intimate Uzbek experience of joining a local family for a cooking demonstration on the traditional meal ‘plov’. Uzbek men pride themselves on their ability to prepare the most unique and delicious plov (a tasty rice dish cooked over an open flame in a traditional cauldron) and you’ll sit down to share some over dinner.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Bukhara - This morning, you’ll make your way to the holy and historic city of Bukhara on a high-speed train. A UNESCO World Heritage-listed site, Bukhara is widely regarded as Central Asia’s holiest city and is home to monuments dating from the 8th to the 18th century AD. When you arrive, you’ll take a tour of some of the sites with your leader. Head out to see some of the monuments – the meticulous restoration of many of the mosaic and majolica decorations gives you a true sense of how these buildings looked in their original glory. Visit the Ismail Samani Mausoleum, the Chashma Ayub Mausoleum and the Bolo-Khauz Mosque. After, head to your Feature Stay in a converted Jewish House. Historic and authentic, these houses are interestingly decorated and there’s much to explore here. This evening, head out to dinner at a local restaurant, then you’ll enjoy an Uzbek folklore and music performance at one of the city’s madrasses.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Bukhara - This morning, you’ll continue to explore Bukhara with your leader. After breakfast, visit the ruins of the 5th-century Ark Fortress and the imposing Poikalon complex. Taki Zargaron and the trading domes near here still offer a colourful array of goods including embroideries, jewellery, spices, handicrafts and all manner of Silk Road treasures. This is the place to test your haggling skills and share a joke or two with local craftsman and merchants. Visit the central Lyabi-Hauz complex and its surrounding areas, which you may want to revisit during twilight hours. Then, you have the rest of the afternoon and evening free to explore at your own pace – your leader will always be on hand with great recommendations.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Khiva - After a leisurely morning in Bukhara, visit Sitorai Mohi Hosa – the summer Palace of Alim Khan, Uzbekistan’s last emir. Your leader will share stories of the emir’s extravagant lifestyle as you explore the luxuriously decorated compound. Then, say your goodbyes and drive to Khiva. You’ll travel through the Kyzyl-Kum (Red Sands Desert) – the largest desert area in Central Asia that has long been inhabited by various nomadic people. Along the way, you’ll stop for photos, lunch and a walk in the desert to learn about the unique flora and fauna of the region. Stop at a few viewpoints along the way, then arrive in Khiva in the evening, where you’re free to rest and recharge after a long travel day.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Khiva - Take a full day to explore Khiva with your leader. This city is well preserved and perfect for exploring on foot, with impressive walls that mark the boundaries of the Old City. Your leader will guide you through the ancient monuments, including the turquoise Kalta Minor Minaret, the Khan museum, the 17th-century Juma Mosque and the Islom-Hoja Minaret and Medressa. Visit the Kuhna Ark, which was the main fortress, and look over the city from the hill of the Ak-Sheikh Baba observation platform. Finish with the tranquil 19th-century Tosh-Hovli Palace. Later, head to one of the city’s roof terraces for a glass of champagne as you watch the sunset. Tonight, join a cooking class and learn the secrets of Khorezmian cuisine. Make traditional dishes like shivit oshi (green noodles) and tuhum-barak (egg dumplings) then tuck into your creations for dinner.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Tashkent - Transfer to the airport in the morning for a flight to Tashkent. Admire the facade of the Navoi Theatre, named for one of the nom de plume’s of Ali-Shir Nava’I – a 16th-century writer and mystic. The multi-arched building was partially constructed by Japanese prisoners of war. Next, take a walk down the buzzing Broadway Alley, where there’s always something happening. Take some time to wander the street lined by shady trees and works from local artists. Tonight, join your fellow travellers for a final dinner and say farewell to this spectacular Silk Road country.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Almaty - Say goodbye to Uzbekistan today and catch an unescorted flight to Almaty, Kazakhstan's former capital which features wide, tree-lined streets, numerous parks and views of snow-capped mountains. If you arrive early, you may want to visit the State Museum of Arts, the State History Museum or the Kasteev House Museum – the most famous Kazakh artist from Soviet times. This evening there will be a second group meeting to meet your new local leader and fellow travellers after which you’ll have dinner with your group at a traditional Kazakh restaurant.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Almaty - Today, you’ll head out with a local guide for a city tour of downtown Almaty. Visit Central Square and the colourful Zenkoff Cathedral (also the second tallest wooden building in the world) in historic Panfilov Park, dedicated to the 28 guardsmen who died defending Moscow against German tanks in WWII. Check out the fascinating Museum of Kazakh Musical Instruments, which features a great collection of ancient relics. This afternoon, head to a local, family-owned and ran winery just outside the city for a delicious lunch and wine tasting. Meet the owners and learn more about wine production in Kazakhstan. Return to Almaty in the late afternoon, where your evening is free to explore at your own pace.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Bishkek - After breakfast this morning, you’ll leave Kazakhstan for Kyrgyzstan. Along the way, stop at the UNESCO World Heritage site of Tamgaly Tas, which features some amazing Bronze Age petroglyphs. Enjoy a picnic lunch here, then carry on to Bishkek – the capital of Kyrgyzstan that borders Central Asia's Tian Shan range. Arriving in the late afternoon, you’ll head straight out for an orientation walk with your leader to get your bearings, then you can enjoy a free evening.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Bishkek - Embark on a half-day city tour of downtown Bishkek today. Meet with a local Bishkek guide and head out to see Ala-Too Square and the statue of Manas – the hero of heroes for the local Kyrgyz people. See the Russian Orthodox church, one of the only few Lenin statues left in all the ex-USSR countries, Oak Park (the oldest park in the country), the Opera house and Victory Square, with its eternal flame dedicated to WW2. After some free time to rest and recharge, head out to meet a local designer, craftsman and design historian to learn about Central Asian textile design and manufacturing. Tonight, join your group for dinner in Bishkek.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Issyk Kul - After a relaxed breakfast today, you’ll start the drive to Lake Issyk Kul – one of the largest lakes in the world, 178 km long and 60 km wide. Along the way, stop at Burana Tower – a large minaret in the Chuy Valley – and visit the monument and museum. You’ll then be welcomed into the home of a local farming family nearby for a homemade lunch. Chat with the locals, then continue to Kyzyk Tuu village. When you arrive, meet with a local craftsman who keeps the ancient tradition of yurt making alive. Head to a workshop where the craftsman will show you how they’re made with no electrical tools and gain an insight into how these iconic structures are built, including the process of making Kiiz (the felt layers that cover the yurt). Maybe even have a go at assembling your own! Tonight, you’ll test your nomadic skills with a night in a traditional yurt camp – these yurts were made by the craftsmen in the local village, so you know you’re getting the authentic experience. After a walk with your group to admire the landscape, gather around the campfire for dinner under the stars.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Karakol - Depart the yurt camp after breakfast this morning and head to Karakol – the furthest eastern outpost of former Tsarist Russia and, later, of the USSR. On the way, visit Skazka Canyon (which translates to Fairytale Canyon) to soak in the rugged stone peaks that contrast the meadows and alpine lakes that make so much of Kyrgyzstan’s landscape. After lunch, continue to Jety Oguz Valley – its name means 'seven bulls,' which refers to the seven red-brown cliffs here. Walk through the gorgeous valley and carry on to Karakol – this town was founded as a Russian military outpost and still has a few ‘Gingerbread houses’ along its scenic streets.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Karakol - Today you’ll embark on a tour of the city with your local leader. First, visit the Prezhevalsky Museum and learn about a Russian explorer who made discoveries in China and Mongolia. hen, walk along the scenic streets of Karakol to see the ‘Gingerbread Cottage’ houses. Visit a lively local market to browse for souvenirs, then see the Dungan Mosque and the Holy Trinity Cathedral. Your afternoon is free to explore at your own pace. Tonight, you’ll be welcomed into the family home of a Dungan local for a masterclass on local cuisine – the Dungan or Hui people are a local ethnic group of Chinese Muslims who escaped China after the defeat of the Hui revolt in 1877. Today, they have a large community all over Central Asia, especially in Karakol. Enjoy dinner with your hosts, then head back to your accommodation for a relaxing evening.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Almaty - Today is a long travel day, including a border crossing back into Kazakhstan. Wake up early this morning and grab a window seat if you can – the scenery is entertainment in itself! You’ll make a few stops along the way for photos and to stretch your legs, including at Sharyn Canyon – often referred as the little brother of the Grand Canyon in the Unites States, wind and water have shaped this spectacular canyon with different shapes and colours. Go on a short hike to the bottom of the canyon, seeing some incredible viewpoints along the way. After, continue to Almaty. When you arrive, freshen up at the hotel then head out for a traditional dinner with your group to toast to an amazing adventure.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Almaty - With no further activities planned, your trip comes to an end after breakfast this morning. If you want to continue your trip in Central Asia and discover more along the Silk Routes, then why not check out our Premium Uzbekistan trip. If you need to organise additional accommodation, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Tashkent - Welcome to Tashkent, Uzbekistan's capital and Central Asia's main hub. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm where you'll meet you tour leader and fellow travellers. Please look for a note in the hotel lobby or ask the hotel reception where it will take place.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Bukhara - Travel from Tashkent to Bukhara by train this morning (approx 4 hours). Located on the ancient Silk Road, Bukhara was an important regional and world hub for many, many years and has a long, fascinating history featuring invasions by both Genghis Khan and the Soviet Red Army. The majority of the town centre is filled with beautiful old buildings and, after checking into the hotel on arrival, you'll explore these on a guided tour. Visit the spectacular Ark building, a fortress that was occupied from the 5th century right up until its bombing in 1920, the Bolo - Hauz Mosque with its most elegant wooden carvings, and thousand - year old Ismail Samani Mausoleum. This shrine, built around the 10th century, was spared destruction during Genghis Khan's invasion as it's thought to have been buried as a result of flooding. It was discovered and excavated in the 20th century, and became a popular spot for pilgrims and local residents who considered it sacred.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Bukhara - With over 100 architectural monuments scattered throughout the city, there's plenty to be seeing in the well-preserved ancient town. Today, enjoy a full day city tour through sites and places that are steeped in history. Visit the iconic Kalon Mosque and Minaret, one of the most impressive with a view of the city. Stop at the Lyabi - Hauz Plaza, built about 400 years ago around a pool, still full of the old world feel with its picturesque backdrop. Chor Minor, the 4 cornered Minarets stand right behind it too. Don't miss Maghoki - Attar Mosque, which is the oldest mosque in Central Asia built in the 12th century, but was once a Buddhist and a Zoroastrian temple before that. And Ulugbek Madrasah, the first in the city. If you are still energetic after a full day's exploration, perhaps take an optional visit to Hammam Bozori Kord, the oldest Turkish-style bathhouse in Bukhara, before a free evening in town. Your leader can help with suggestions on where to find some authentic Uzbek fare for dinner tonight.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Yurt Camp - Depart Bukhara and drive to Gijduvan. Here you'll visit a ceramic workshop, where sixth-generation ceramicists Abdulla and Alisher Narzullaev make some truly beautiful pieces. Spend an hour or so at the workshop then continue to Nurata, a drive of approximately 2.5 hours. The city proper was founded by Alexander the Great in the 4th century BC, though archaelogical remains date the first inhabitants of the area many thousands of years earlier, and the ruins of his fortress can still be seen today. From Nurata, the group will head into the Kyzylkum desert to spend the night sleeping in yurts. Perhaps choose to take an optional camel ride in the desert, and enjoy an evening campfire and local music with tonight's dinner underneath the desert stars.  

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Nuratau Mountains - Drive into the Nuratau Mountains for our stay in a Tajik village (2-3 hours). These villages are serene, hidden away in the hills with paths shaded by greenery and buildings made of stone. The region is a desert oasis, with irrigation channels watering crops and giving life to trees. Spend the day hiking to waterfalls or petroglyph sites, possibly seeing the endemic mountain sheep called argali. Learn to bake traditional tandir bread and in the evening, learn how their beloved national dish - plov is cooked at the local family and enjoy a feast of home-cooked flavors. Spend the night in a homestay, learning about the local traditions and culture.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Samarkand - Marco Polo described Samarkand as a 'very large and splendid city,' and after a four hour drive you'll find out for yourself. This is a truly breathtaking place that conjures up images of ancient splendour, and there's perhaps no more well-known sight in Central Asia than the magnificent Registan in the heart of the city. This public square was once a gathering place for locals, where they would hear royal announcements and watch public executions among other things. Also visit the Gur-e-Amir Mausoleum, the resting place of Timur who was the first ruler of the Timurid Dynasty. His crypt was opened in 1941 by a Soviet anthropologist, who found an inscription on Timur's gravestone essentially saying that 'He who opens this will be defeated by an enemy more fearsome than I'. On the following day, the Soviet Union was attacked by Hitler. After a day of sightseeing, overnight in a hotel in town and enjoy a free evening.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Samarkand - Spend a full day in Samarkand continuing to take in the ancient sights and modern sounds. Don't miss Shah-i-Zinda, a stunning avenue of mausoleums decorated with beautiful blue tiles. Its holiest, most loved shrine is built around what's thought to be the grave of Quasam ibn-Abbas, cousin of the Prophet Mohammed and the man who brought Islam to the region many centuries ago. The Bibi-Khanym Mosque is an incredible example of Islamic architecture, built for Timur by Bibi Khanym, his Chinese wife, while he was away. As the story goes, the architect of the mosque fell deeply in love with her and his kiss left a trace on her cheek. Timur saw the kiss on his return and this, of course, led to the architect's execution. Enjoy some free time after touring the sites in this glorious Silk Road city.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Tashkent - Depart early this morning return to Tashkent by local train (approx 4 hours). Hop on local metro and enjoy a short city tour after arrival. Visit the Amir Timur Square in the center of the city, spend time wandering Chorsu Bazaar. The main building is topped by an impressive dome, and the market sells pretty much everything you could imagine, and plenty of things you couldn't. Then enjoy some free time. There maybe the option to catch a performance at the Navoi Ballet & Opera Theatre tonight.This theatre is just one of three that were given the status of 'Grand' within the Soviet Union, the other two being located in Moscow and Minsk. It's housed in a beautiful 20th-century building with a fountain at its entrace, and has played host to classic productions like Swan Lake and some incredible artists. Perhaps get your group together for a final dinner tonight before saying your farewells tomorrow morning.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Tashkent - This adventure through Uzbekistan comes to an end after breakfast this morning. There are no activities planned and you're free to depart at any stage before hotel check-out.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Tashkent - Welcome to Tashkent, Uzbekistan's capital and Central Asia's main hub. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm where you'll meet you tour leader and fellow travellers. Please look for a note in the hotel lobby or ask the hotel reception where it will take place.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Bukhara - Travel from Tashkent to Bukhara by train this morning (approx 4 hours). Located on the ancient Silk Road, Bukhara was an important regional and world hub for many, many years and has a long, fascinating history featuring invasions by both Genghis Khan and the Soviet Red Army. The majority of the town centre is filled with beautiful old buildings and, after checking into the hotel on arrival, you'll explore these on a guided tour. Visit the spectacular Ark building, a fortress that was occupied from the 5th century right up until its bombing in 1920, the Bolo - Hauz Mosque with its most elegant wooden carvings, and thousand - year old Ismail Samani Mausoleum. This shrine, built around the 10th century, was spared destruction during Genghis Khan's invasion as it's thought to have been buried as a result of flooding. It was discovered and excavated in the 20th century, and became a popular spot for pilgrims and local residents who considered it sacred.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Bukhara - With over 100 architectural monuments scattered throughout the city, there's plenty to be seeing in the well-preserved ancient town. Today, enjoy a full day city tour through sites and places that are steeped in history. Visit the iconic Kalon Mosque and Minaret, one of the most impressive with a view of the city. Stop at the Lyabi - Hauz Plaza, built about 400 years ago around a pool, still full of the old world feel with its picturesque backdrop. Chor Minor, the 4 cornered Minarets stand right behind it too. Don't miss Maghoki - Attar Mosque, which is the oldest mosque in Central Asia built in the 12th century, but was once a Buddhist and a Zoroastrian temple before that. And Ulugbek Madrasah, the first in the city. If you are still energetic after a full day's exploration, perhaps take an optional visit to Hammam Bozori Kord, the oldest Turkish-style bathhouse in Bukhara, before a free evening in town. Your leader can help with suggestions on where to find some authentic Uzbek fare for dinner tonight.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Yurt Camp - Depart Bukhara and drive to Gijduvan. Here you'll visit a ceramic workshop, where sixth-generation ceramicists Abdulla and Alisher Narzullaev make some truly beautiful pieces. Spend an hour or so at the workshop then continue to Nurata, a drive of approximately 2.5 hours. The city proper was founded by Alexander the Great in the 4th century BC, though archaelogical remains date the first inhabitants of the area many thousands of years earlier, and the ruins of his fortress can still be seen today. From Nurata, the group will head into the Kyzylkum desert to spend the night sleeping in yurts. Perhaps choose to take an optional camel ride in the desert, and enjoy an evening campfire and local music with tonight's dinner underneath the desert stars.  

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Nuratau Mountains - Drive into the Nuratau Mountains for our stay in a Tajik village (2-3 hours). These villages are serene, hidden away in the hills with paths shaded by greenery and buildings made of stone. The region is a desert oasis, with irrigation channels watering crops and giving life to trees. Spend the day hiking to waterfalls or petroglyph sites, possibly seeing the endemic mountain sheep called argali. Learn to bake traditional tandir bread and in the evening, learn how their beloved national dish - plov is cooked at the local family and enjoy a feast of home-cooked flavors. Spend the night in a homestay, learning about the local traditions and culture.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Samarkand - Marco Polo described Samarkand as a 'very large and splendid city,' and after a four hour drive you'll find out for yourself. This is a truly breathtaking place that conjures up images of ancient splendour, and there's perhaps no more well-known sight in Central Asia than the magnificent Registan in the heart of the city. This public square was once a gathering place for locals, where they would hear royal announcements and watch public executions among other things. Also visit the Gur-e-Amir Mausoleum, the resting place of Timur who was the first ruler of the Timurid Dynasty. His crypt was opened in 1941 by a Soviet anthropologist, who found an inscription on Timur's gravestone essentially saying that 'He who opens this will be defeated by an enemy more fearsome than I'. On the following day, the Soviet Union was attacked by Hitler. After a day of sightseeing, overnight in a hotel in town and enjoy a free evening.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Samarkand - Spend a full day in Samarkand continuing to take in the ancient sights and modern sounds. Don't miss Shah-i-Zinda, a stunning avenue of mausoleums decorated with beautiful blue tiles. Its holiest, most loved shrine is built around what's thought to be the grave of Quasam ibn-Abbas, cousin of the Prophet Mohammed and the man who brought Islam to the region many centuries ago. The Bibi-Khanym Mosque is an incredible example of Islamic architecture, built for Timur by Bibi Khanym, his Chinese wife, while he was away. As the story goes, the architect of the mosque fell deeply in love with her and his kiss left a trace on her cheek. Timur saw the kiss on his return and this, of course, led to the architect's execution. Enjoy some free time after touring the sites in this glorious Silk Road city.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Tashkent - Depart early this morning return to Tashkent by local train (approx 4 hours). Hop on local metro and enjoy a short city tour after arrival. Visit the Amir Timur Square in the center of the city, spend time wandering Chorsu Bazaar. The main building is topped by an impressive dome, and the market sells pretty much everything you could imagine, and plenty of things you couldn't. Then enjoy some free time. There maybe the option to catch a performance at the Navoi Ballet & Opera Theatre tonight.This theatre is just one of three that were given the status of 'Grand' within the Soviet Union, the other two being located in Moscow and Minsk. It's housed in a beautiful 20th-century building with a fountain at its entrace, and has played host to classic productions like Swan Lake and some incredible artists. Perhaps get your group together for a final dinner tonight before saying your farewells tomorrow morning.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Tashkent - Today is a free day in Tashkent to explore anything you didn't get a chance to yesterday. Tonight, you’ll have a second welcome meeting at 6 pm to meet the new travellers joining your group. After, why not head out to dinner together to get to know each other.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Tashkent / Overnight Train - This morning, embark on a city tour to explore Tashkent. Visit the Amir Timur Square in the city’s centre and wander the bustling Chorsu Bazaar. An impressive dome tops the main building here and the market sells everything you could imagine. Explore the decorated metro stations, which were only allowed to be photographed from 2018, and the Khast Imom Complex, which houses one of the oldest copies of Qur'an. Have some free time in the afternoon and maybe stock some snacks for your overnight train tonight.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Khiva - Arrive in Khiva mid-morning – many global powers have laid claim to this city over the centuries, from Khans to Silk Road traders and the Soviet Union. Get acquainted with Khiva on a city tour with your leader. See the incredible blue-tiled Kalta Minor Minaret and the Mohammed Amin Khan Madrassa. Explore the Kuhna Ark – the 'citadel within a citadel' that once housed the Khan and his family in the 17th century – then, get a view from above from the Ak-sheikh Baba Observatory. Visit the towering Islom Hoja Minaret – the tallest building in Khiva – and explore the Juma Mosque. Wander through the elaborately decorated courtyards connected by labyrinthian corridors at the Tosh-Hovli Palace and find a good spot to watch the sunset over this ancient city.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Khiva - After breakfast today, you’ll have a free day to explore Khiva at your own pace. Home to more than 60 cultural sites, medieval mosques and opulent palaces, there is plenty to see and do in this fascinatingly ancient city. Maybe head to one of the many museums, check out the souvenir shops or wander around one of the craft studios. If you’re not sure where to go and what to see, just ask your leader for tips!

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Border crossing / Darvaza - A long travel day today. This morning, say goodbye to Uzbekistan and cross the border into Turkmenistan. After border formalities, you’ll meet your new leader and head on to Dashoguz. When you arrive, visit a local bazaar and stretch your legs. Then, switch into 4WDs and drive on to Derweze – this village in the middle of the Karakum Desert is famous for ‘The Gates of Hell’ – this gas crater is an astounding 70-m-wide, 30-m-deep pit permanently aflame and formally known as the Darvaza Crater. Soviet oil prospectors started drilling in 1971 expecting to find oil, and the ground collapsed. Worried about the gas released into the air, they deliberately set the crater on fire to burn off the excess, expecting it to last a few weeks. As you’ll see today, they were wrong, and the crater has been burning ever since. When you arrive, take a walk around the crater and learn about the flora and fauna of the desert. Watch the sunset over the flames from your nearby yurt camp and enjoy a picnic dinner

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Ashgabat / Nohur - Drive to Nohur Village via Ashgabat today, through the desert and into the Kopet Dag Mountains that separate Turkmenistan from Iran. On the way, you’ll stop to stretch your legs and take photos with visits to a mud crater, a water crater and the Yerbent Nomad Village. When you arrive in Ashgabat, stop for lunch and change to minibuses for the dusty winding roads to Nohur Village. When you arrive at your guesthouse in the afternoon, you’ll watch how the locals weave Keteni – a homespun silk fabric. Maybe take a walk to see the distinctive local graves, marked by the horns of mountain goats, and then along the shepherd’s trails that pass by waterfalls and swimming holes. Tonight, you’ll have a traditional dinner home-cooked by your hosts.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Ashgabat - Enjoy a traditional breakfast in the guesthouse this morning, then head out to learn more about the village lifestyle of local Turkmen tribes. You’ll meet with the residents here who are a part of the Nohur ethnic group, who consider themselves to be descendants of Alexander the Great. Wander around the tribes’ cemetery, overgrown and equipped with the mountain goat horns, and learn about the peoples’ customs, traditions and spirituality. After, visit Gyz Bibi Cave – a place of local pilgrimage. See an 800-year-old Cynar tree – more than 800 years old tree, then say goodbye to the village and head on to Ashgabat. Along the way, you’ll visit a local horse breeder’s farm for a cooking demonstration of Baursaki. Watch the process of frying the dough in oil, then maybe try it out for yourself! Watch how their bread is cooked in a tandoor (a mud oven), then sit down with your host to enjoy some of the treats as you learn about his family and his passion for Akhal-Teke horses – this breed of horse is specific to the region and have a reputation for their speed, endurance, intelligence and distinctive metallic sheen. Later, continue to Ashgabat, where you’ll spend the night.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Ashgabat - Take a full day to wrap your head around this desert city on an immersive guided tour. First, visit the ancient settlement of Nisa, built in the 3rd century BC. See the Halk Hakydasy Memorial Complex, built to honour those killed in the Battle of Geok Tepe in 1881, in World War II and in the 1948 earthquake. Then, head out of town to the ruins of Anau. The crumbling remains of the 15th century medieval mosque still attracts the devout, who come to pray and make offerings. Wander the Russian Bazaar to see locals doing their daily shopping and maybe taste some samosas, doner-kebabs and sweet melon! See the local Turkmen’s handmade souvenirs and maybe choose something special to bring home. This afternoon, take in the four-pointed martinets of the Ertugrul Gazi Mosque. You’ll then have some free time to relax and recharge before an evening visit to the monuments of Archabil Street, including the Neutrality Arch.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Merv / Mary - Rise and shine for the drive to Mary (pronounced ‘Mah-rih’) – the somewhat ostentatious displays of wealth in this city can be traced to the long-running gas and cotton industries. When you arrive, settle into your hotel, then head out to wander through the lively bazaar with your leader. Take drive out to Merv, also known as Margiana or Margush, and enjoy some time exploring Turkmenistan's most recognised site. This sprawling UNESCO World Heritage site is home to numerous walled structures from various periods spread across a 1200-hectare area. See impressive columns smoothed by wind and time at the Greater Kizkala and walk hills that were once the fortress walls of Erk Kala. While not the most impressive visually, Gyaur Kala dates to 400 BC and has a fascinating history. Spend some time exploring these relics of grand empires, then return to Mary for some free time. Maybe visit the Mary Regional Museum. Housed in a palace of white marble, the museum features archaeological displays and exhibitions on traditional Turkmen life and culture.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Ashgabat - This morning after breakfast, head out to see the local Orthodox Church and take some more time wandering around Mary’s city center, before returning to Ashgabat – the City of White Marble. Arrive late afternoon and head out again as the sun goes down to walk along the promenade with your group. Maybe find somewhere for dinner and celebrate your final night on this incredible adventure.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Ashgabat - With no further activities planned, your trip comes to an end today after breakfast. If you need help with organising a transfer to the airport, just speak to your leader.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Baku - Salam! Welcome to Azerbaijan. Your adventure begins in Baku, with a welcome meeting at 6 pm this evening. If you arrive early, maybe walk around Baku Boulevard, a promenade that stretches along the Caspian Sea – the world’s largest inland body of water. After the meeting, join your leader for a night walk around Azerbaijan’s capital, where they’ll highlight the best spots for dinner. Maybe get your group together for some traditional Azerbaijani dishes, like plov (seasoned rice) or dolma (stuffed vegetables).

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Qobustan/ Baku - This morning, drive to Qobustan – also known as Gobustan National Park – a UNESCO World Heritage site that’s famous for its ancient rock carvings and mud volcanoes. Stop on the way to check out these geological formations as they spew mud and gas. Azerbaijan has more clay craters than anywhere else in the world, so you’re in the right place for spotting them! The rock carvings in Qobustan date back to the Stone Age, giving humans today an insight into daily life all those years ago. With over 6000 petroglyphs on display, Qobustan is often referred to as one of the largest open-air museums in the world. Return to Baku in the afternoon and visit the walled Old Town with your leader, who’ll bring its legends and history to life. Enjoy a free evening to explore the city at your own pace. Maybe eat at a restaurant on Nizami Street – a busy boulevard with lots of authentic Azerbaijani cuisine.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Caucasus Mountains / Lahij - Leave Baku this morning and enjoy the change of scenery as the dry landscape giving way to the densely forested mountains along the way. Stop en route in Shamakhi and check out one of the oldest moquests of Azerbaijan - Juma (Friday) Mosque, then onto your final destination for today - the stunning traditional village of Lahij for Tats people. Explore its cobbled streets, stone houses, visit a copper workshop and get to know some local folk over a cup of tea.Then try your hand at yogurt making in the traditional way, an important part of Azerbaijan cuisine. Your accommodation tonight is at a local guesthouse.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Sheki - After breakfast, head to Nij village, a settlement of the Udi people who are the direct descendants of ancient Caucasian Albanians. Most the world’s surviving Udi people call Nij home, giving the community a unique culture. Visit the unassuming site of a significant church and a local museum of Udi Culture. The Albanian Church (as it’s known colloquially) is a source of pride and heritage for the local Udi community. Continue to Sheki afterwards and enjoy a free evening.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Sheki - Visit the Palace of Sheki Khans first in the morning. The walls of the palace are painted with scenes of hunting and war and it features impressive stained glass. Afterwards check out a workshop where shebeke – stained glass windows made with no glue or nails – are produced by local masters witih skills past down through generations of practices. Then get on a local public bus to Kish to visit the pointed spires of a church that is among the oldest in Christendom, believed to be around 1700 years old. Try Azerbaijan’s national dish – Piti for lunch – a stew made of lamb, sheep fat, chickpeas, onions, chestnuts, saffron and spices, and is guaranteed to be full of exciting flavors. The rest of the afternoon is free for you to discover Sheki. Why not explore the impressive traditional architecture on foot. Maybe stop for tea and some local halva (made with sugar, hazelnuts, coriander and rice flour grinned in a watermill).

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Telavi - After breakfast, take a walk with your leader through the Sheki market. It’s a great opportunity to stock up on snacks for the journey ahead, so maybe grab some halva, nuts and dried fruit. Continue to Lagodekhi on the Azerbaijan-Georgia border. Travel through the beautiful green valleys of the Kakheti region to Gremi – a complex that includes a castle and church from the 16th century. Spend some time here before hitting the road again, stopping at a traditional Georgian wine producer that still employs the ancient, UNESCO-listed qvevri method. Enjoy lunch here and then finish your journey in Telavi, where you’ll stay in a local hotel for the evening.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Gudauri - In the morning, wander through the vibrant local farmers market in Telavi, where butchers carve up fresh meat and vendors offload piles of spices, then visit Tsinandalia, a historic estate and winery once owned by noted Georgian poet Alexander Chavchavadze. In 1814, aristocrat Chavchavadze was the first to bottle wine produced using the qvevri method. Tour the complex, which consists of a memorial house, European-style landscaped garden, a traditional winery, wine cellar, hotel and cafe. Continue to UNESCO listed Alaverdi Cathedral that dates back to 6th century. Afterwards, drive into the mountains up the renowned Georgian Military Highway. Enjoy a dinner together and spend the night in lofty Gudauri.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Gudauri / Stepantsminda - Follow the Tergi River on a drive to Stepantsminda, formerly known as Kazbegi. Explore this mountain village then hike through beautiful valleys and woodlands to the iconic Gergeti Trinity Church. This 14th-century church sits at the base of the second-highest volcanic summit in the Caucasus – Mt Kazbegi – and, weather permitting, you may catch a glimpse. The image of the pointed spires of the isolated church against the mountains is truly breathtaking, and a great place for a photo. Drive back to Gudauri for a dinner with your group.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Tbilisi - Make the drive to Tbilisi, the capital of Georgia, located along the banks of the Kura River. Get into the swing of things with an orientation walk with your leader. Spend the rest of the day as you wish, perhaps grabbing a khachapuri (bread stuffed with salty cheese) to snack on. In the evening, regroup and head out for dinner with your fellow travellers and leader. This is a good chance to sample some khinkali (Georgia’s famous soup-filled dumplings). Make sure to ask your leader about the polite way to eat them – it involves sipping the broth and leaving the pinched bit of dough where the edges of the delicious parcel have joined on the plate.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Tbilisi - Your trip comes to an end today after breakfast. If you'd like to extend your stay, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Baku - Salam! Welcome to Azerbaijan. Your adventure begins in Baku, with a welcome meeting at 6 pm this evening. If you arrive early, maybe walk around Baku Boulevard, a promenade that stretches along the Caspian Sea – the world’s largest inland body of water. After the meeting, join your leader for a night walk around Azerbaijan’s capital, where they’ll highlight the best spots for dinner. Maybe get your group together for some traditional Azerbaijani dishes, like plov (seasoned rice) or dolma (stuffed vegetables).

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Qobustan/ Baku - This morning, drive to Qobustan – also known as Gobustan National Park – a UNESCO World Heritage site that’s famous for its ancient rock carvings and mud volcanoes. Stop on the way to check out these geological formations as they spew mud and gas. Azerbaijan has more clay craters than anywhere else in the world, so you’re in the right place for spotting them! The rock carvings in Qobustan date back to the Stone Age, giving humans today an insight into daily life all those years ago. With over 6000 petroglyphs on display, Qobustan is often referred to as one of the largest open-air museums in the world. Return to Baku in the afternoon and visit the walled Old Town with your leader, who’ll bring its legends and history to life. Enjoy a free evening to explore the city at your own pace. Maybe eat at a restaurant on Nizami Street – a busy boulevard with lots of authentic Azerbaijani cuisine.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Caucasus Mountains / Lahij - Leave Baku this morning and enjoy the change of scenery as the dry landscape giving way to the densely forested mountains along the way. Stop en route in Shamakhi and check out one of the oldest moquests of Azerbaijan - Juma (Friday) Mosque, then onto your final destination for today - the stunning traditional village of Lahij for Tats people. Explore its cobbled streets, stone houses, visit a copper workshop and get to know some local folk over a cup of tea.Then try your hand at yogurt making in the traditional way, an important part of Azerbaijan cuisine. Your accommodation tonight is at a local guesthouse.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Sheki - After breakfast, head to Nij village, a settlement of the Udi people who are the direct descendants of ancient Caucasian Albanians. Most the world’s surviving Udi people call Nij home, giving the community a unique culture. Visit the unassuming site of a significant church and a local museum of Udi Culture. The Albanian Church (as it’s known colloquially) is a source of pride and heritage for the local Udi community. Continue to Sheki afterwards and enjoy a free evening.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Sheki - Visit the Palace of Sheki Khans first in the morning. The walls of the palace are painted with scenes of hunting and war and it features impressive stained glass. Afterwards check out a workshop where shebeke – stained glass windows made with no glue or nails – are produced by local masters witih skills past down through generations of practices. Then get on a local public bus to Kish to visit the pointed spires of a church that is among the oldest in Christendom, believed to be around 1700 years old. The rest of the afternoon is free for you to discover Sheki. Why not explore the impressive traditional architecture on foot. Maybe stop for tea and some local halva (made with sugar, hazelnuts, coriander and rice flour grinned in a watermill).

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Telavi - After breakfast, take a walk with your leader through the Sheki market. It’s a great opportunity to stock up on snacks for the journey ahead, so maybe grab some halva, nuts and dried fruit. Continue to Lagodekhi on the Azerbaijan-Georgia border. Travel through the beautiful green valleys of the Kakheti region to Gremi – a complex that includes a castle and church from the 16th century. Spend some time here before hitting the road again, stopping at a traditional Georgian wine producer that still employs the ancient, UNESCO-listed qvevri method. Enjoy lunch here and then finish your journey in Telavi, where you’ll stay in a local hotel for the evening.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Gudauri - In the morning, wander through the vibrant local farmers market in Telavi, where butchers carve up fresh meat and vendors offload piles of spices, then visit Tsinandalia, a historic estate and winery once owned by noted Georgian poet Alexander Chavchavadze. In 1814, aristocrat Chavchavadze was the first to bottle wine produced using the qvevri method. Tour the complex, which consists of a memorial house, European-style landscaped garden, a traditional winery, wine cellar, hotel and cafe. Continue to UNESCO listed Alaverdi Cathedral that dates back to 6th century. Afterwards, drive into the mountains up the renowned Georgian Military Highway. Enjoy a dinner together and spend the night in lofty Gudauri.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Gudauri / Stepantsminda - Follow the Tergi River on a drive to Stepantsminda, formerly known as Kazbegi. Explore this mountain village then hike through beautiful valleys and woodlands to the iconic Gergeti Trinity Church. This 14th-century church sits at the base of the second-highest volcanic summit in the Caucasus – Mt Kazbegi – and, weather permitting, you may catch a glimpse. The image of the pointed spires of the isolated church against the mountains is truly breathtaking, and a great place for a photo. Drive back to Gudauri for a dinner with your group.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Tbilisi - Make the drive to Tbilisi, the capital of Georgia, located along the banks of the Kura River. Get into the swing of things with an orientation walk with your leader. Spend the rest of the day as you wish, perhaps grabbing a khachapuri (bread stuffed with salty cheese) to snack on. In the evening, regroup and head out for dinner with your fellow travellers and leader. This is a good chance to sample some khinkali (Georgia’s famous soup-filled dumplings). Make sure to ask your leader about the polite way to eat them – it involves sipping the broth and leaving the pinched bit of dough where the edges of the delicious parcel have joined on the plate.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Tbilisi - Today is a free day in Tsibili to explore at your own pace. Maybe head to one of the local cafes or wine bars around the downtown area or just take the chance to rest and recharge. You’ll have another welcome meeting tonight at 6 pm to meet the new leader joining your group. After your meeting, why not head out for dinner – your leader will always have some great recommendations.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Kutaisi - Today, you’ll head to Kutaisi by train. The third largest city in the country, Kutaisi is more than 3000 years old and connected to the legend of Jason and the Argonauts, with his mythical Golden Fleece. When you arrive, follow your leader for an orientation walk around the city, passing City Hall, the Opera House, Mon Plesier Arch and Mtsvane Bazari (a local market) known for its fresh vegetables, fruits, natural dairy products and variety of spices. Later, jump on the Soviet Aerial tramway for some great views of the city. You'll have a free afternoon and evening to maybe visit another significant historical site – the Gelati Cathedral. Or, explore the cobbled streets as you make your way up to the ruins of Bagrati Palace and Citadel.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Tskhaltubo/ Kutaisi - This morning, you’ll travel like the locals and hop on a public bus to Tskhaltubo – the Soviet ghost town home to some abandoned sanatoriums. Wander some of the empty halls and rooms that seem straight out of an apocalyptic movie, featuring decorated ceilings, grand pillars, huge staircases and lots of graffiti. This atmosphere also makes for some great photos. After, you’ll visit a family winery to learn about the traditional way of making Georgian wine (this is one of the oldest wine-making countries in the world) and enjoy a wine tasting. This afternoon, return to Kutaisi for some free time. Your dinner tonight will be at your family-owned hotel to enjoy some fantastic local flavors.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Borjomi/ Akhaltsikhe - Drive to Akhaltsikhe today, stopping along the way in Borjomi – famous for its naturally fizzy mineral water. Take a short walk with your leader to the mineral springs and maybe grab some lunch while you’re here. Continue the journey to Akhaltsikhe, arriving in the mid-afternoon. When you arrive, you’ll get your bearings on a leader-led orientation walk. Then, you have a free afternoon to explore at your own pace. Maybe see the Rabati Fortress and Castle – the massive 9th-century fortification gives the surrounding settlement (‘New Castle’ in Georgian) its name.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Vardzia/ Gyumri (border crossing from Georgia to Armenia) - Visit the towering Rabati Castle before you set off for the once mighty cave city of Vardzia, which stretches over half a kilometre along the Mtkvari River and has 19 tiers of winding cobbled streets. Within the complex, there’s a rock-hewn church with 12th-century frescos, dwelling quarters, small, hall-type churches, refectories and wine cellars. You’ll explore the site with your leader who will give some historical context and explain the rise and fall of the city, which now serves as a working monastery. Then, continue across the border into Armenia, arriving in Gyumri around lunchtime. Head out for a walking tour of the city with a local guide. The rest of the day is free for you to explore this charming town.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Yerevan - Enjoy a relaxed morning and visit a local bakery in Gyumri – the first inclusive café in Armenia to employ young adults living with disabilities and mothers with special needs children. Then take a train to Yerevan – Armenia's capital, Yerevan is known for its grand Soviet-era architecture and mountainous backdrop. After check-in this afternoon, you’ll head out on an orientation walk with your leader. The rest of the day is free for your own discoveries. You may like to head out to notable Armenian Opera and Ballet Theatre for a performance or try local brandy at a famous brandy factory – ask your leader for recommendations.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Yerevan - This morning, meet with a local guide who will introduce you to the sights and sounds of Yerevan on a tour of the city. Established in 782 BC, Armenia’s capital is one of the oldest cities in the world. Nowadays, the city’s liveliness comes from its ancient culture mixed with a modern lifestyle. Later, visit the ethnographic house that showcases Armenian traditions and culture, founded by local women who aim to preserve and educate. Meet your hosts and take part in a cooking demonstration to learn how the signature dish of dolma (stuffed vegetables) is made, with the Armenian twist! After learning the tricks of the trade from local masters, you’ll sit down to enjoy the dish for lunch. Soak up the local flavours, get to know the local women and toast to a great adventure! The rest of the day is free. Maybe visit Matenadaran (The Museum of Ancient Manuscripts) or wander around Vernissage Market.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Dilijan - Head to Khor Virap Monastery – over 1000 years old, this is the most sacred monastery in Armenia and makes for a stunning view, backdropped by the towering Mt Ararat. Wander the monastery that’ss been repeatedly rebuilt since the 5th century with your leader. Legend says King Trdat III imprisoned St Gregory the Illuminator here for 12 years and these days, pilgrims climb down a metal ladder into the well where the saint was incarcerated. Continue to Fioletovo – a village home to the Molokan religious sect. Join a Molokan family for lunch to learn about their beliefs and traditions, then enjoy their Russian-influenced cuisine of hearty borscht (soup), freshly baked pirozhki (fried buns) and tea served from a samovar (kettle). Next, travel to Dilijan, where you’ll spend the night. When you arrive, join your leader for an orientation walk to explore the town’s architecture and traditional craft workshops. In the evening, visit a modern wine bar to discover the Armenian approach to winemaking and learn how it differs from its Georgian counterpart.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Lake Sevan - Start your day with a hike in Dilijan National Park – one of Armenia’s four national parks, known for its rugged mountains, dense forests and alpine meadows. Follow the trail that connects two 13th-century monasteries and see how this vibrant cultural centre is slowly being reclaimed by nature. After the hike, continue to Lake Sevan – one of the largest high-altitude freshwater lakes in the world. Surrounded by mountains and known for its striking turquoise waters, Lake Sevan is a popular summer retreat for locals. Your accommodation is a lodge set up by a local NGO, whose mission is to encourage inclusivity and accessibility for people living with disabilities to experience and enjoy nature. When you arrive, maybe take a swim in the scenic lake or simply relax outside and enjoy the view.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Yerevan - Say goodbye to the glittering blue of Lake Sevan and take your private transfer back to Yerevan, stopping to visit the Sevanavank Monastery along the way. Explore the monastery with your leader and learn about how this ancient monastery complex was transformed from an island to a peninsula, when the lake was partially drained. Hear about the local legends tied to this site, then carry on to Yerevan. You’ll arrive at around midday and have a free afternoon to explore at your own pace. Tonight, maybe head out for a farewell dinner with your group and toast to an amazing adventure.

     

    Day - 20

    Location: Yerevan - With no further activities planned, your trip comes to an end this morning after breakfast. If you’d like to extend your adventure, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Tbilisi - Gamarjoba! Welcome to Georgia. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. If you arrive early, explore Tbilisi at your own pace. With its picturesque architecture, inviting cafes and wine bars dotted around the downtown area, there’s plenty to keep you occupied. After your meeting, why not head out with your group for a welcome dinner and sample the local cuisine – your leader will always have some great recommendations.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Kutaisi - Today, you’ll head to Kutaisi by train. The third largest city in the country, Kutaisi is more than 3000 years old and connected to the legend of Jason and the Argonauts, with his mythical Golden Fleece. When you arrive, follow your leader for an orientation walk around the city, passing City Hall, the Opera House, Mon Plesier Arch and Mtsvane Bazari (a local market) known for its fresh vegetables, fruits, natural dairy products and variety of spices. Later, jump on the Soviet Aerial tramway for some great views of the city. You'll have a free afternoon and evening to maybe visit another significant historical site – the Gelati Cathedral. Or, explore the cobbled streets as you make your way up to the ruins of Bagrati Palace and Citadel.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Tskhaltubo/ Kutaisi - This morning, you’ll travel like the locals and hop on a public bus to Tskhaltubo – the Soviet ghost town home to some abandoned sanatoriums. Wander some of the empty halls and rooms that seem straight out of an apocalyptic movie, featuring decorated ceilings, grand pillars, huge staircases and lots of graffiti. This atmosphere also makes for some great photos. After, you’ll visit a family winery to learn about the traditional way of making Georgian wine (this is one of the oldest wine-making countries in the world) and enjoy a wine tasting. This afternoon, return to Kutaisi for some free time. Your dinner tonight will be at your family-owned hotel to enjoy some fantastic local flavors.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Borjomi/ Akhaltsikhe - Drive to Akhaltsikhe today, stopping along the way in Borjomi – famous for its naturally fizzy mineral water. Take a short walk with your leader to the mineral springs and maybe grab some lunch while you’re here. Continue the journey to Akhaltsikhe, arriving in the mid-afternoon. When you arrive, you’ll get your bearings on a leader-led orientation walk. Then, you have a free afternoon to explore at your own pace. Maybe see the Rabati Fortress and Castle – the massive 9th-century fortification gives the surrounding settlement (‘New Castle’ in Georgian) its name.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Vardzia/ Gyumri (border crossing from Georgia to Armenia) - Visit the towering Rabati Castle before you set off for the once mighty cave city of Vardzia, which stretches over half a kilometre along the Mtkvari River and has 19 tiers of winding cobbled streets. Within the complex, there’s a rock-hewn church with 12th-century frescos, dwelling quarters, small, hall-type churches, refectories and wine cellars. You’ll explore the site with your leader who will give some historical context and explain the rise and fall of the city, which now serves as a working monastery. Then, continue across the border into Armenia, arriving in Gyumri around lunchtime. Head out for a walking tour of the city with a local guide. The rest of the day is free for you to explore this charming town.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Yerevan - Enjoy a relaxed morning and visit a local bakery in Gyumri – the first inclusive café in Armenia to employ young adults living with disabilities and mothers with special needs children. Then take a train to Yerevan – Armenia's capital, Yerevan is known for its grand Soviet-era architecture and mountainous backdrop. After check-in this afternoon, you’ll head out on an orientation walk with your leader. The rest of the day is free for your own discoveries. You may like to head out to notable Armenian Opera and Ballet Theatre for a performance or try local brandy at a famous brandy factory – ask your leader for recommendations.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Yerevan - This morning, meet with a local guide who will introduce you to the sights and sounds of Yerevan on a tour of the city. Established in 782 BC, Armenia’s capital is one of the oldest cities in the world. Nowadays, the city’s liveliness comes from its ancient culture mixed with a modern lifestyle. Later, visit the ethnographic house that showcases Armenian traditions and culture, founded by local women who aim to preserve and educate. Meet your hosts and take part in a cooking demonstration to learn how the signature dish of dolma (stuffed vegetables) is made, with the Armenian twist! After learning the tricks of the trade from local masters, you’ll sit down to enjoy the dish for lunch. Soak up the local flavours, get to know the local women and toast to a great adventure! The rest of the day is free. Maybe visit Matenadaran (The Museum of Ancient Manuscripts) or wander around Vernissage Market.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Dilijan - Head to Khor Virap Monastery – over 1000 years old, this is the most sacred monastery in Armenia and makes for a stunning view, backdropped by the towering Mt Ararat. Wander the monastery that’ss been repeatedly rebuilt since the 5th century with your leader. Legend says King Trdat III imprisoned St Gregory the Illuminator here for 12 years and these days, pilgrims climb down a metal ladder into the well where the saint was incarcerated. Continue to Fioletovo – a village home to the Molokan religious sect. Join a Molokan family for lunch to learn about their beliefs and traditions, then enjoy their Russian-influenced cuisine of hearty borscht (soup), freshly baked pirozhki (fried buns) and tea served from a samovar (kettle). Next, travel to Dilijan, where you’ll spend the night. When you arrive, join your leader for an orientation walk to explore the town’s architecture and traditional craft workshops. In the evening, visit a modern wine bar to discover the Armenian approach to winemaking and learn how it differs from its Georgian counterpart.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Lake Sevan - Start your day with a hike in Dilijan National Park – one of Armenia’s four national parks, known for its rugged mountains, dense forests and alpine meadows. Follow the trail that connects two 13th-century monasteries and see how this vibrant cultural centre is slowly being reclaimed by nature. After the hike, continue to Lake Sevan – one of the largest high-altitude freshwater lakes in the world. Surrounded by mountains and known for its striking turquoise waters, Lake Sevan is a popular summer retreat for locals. Your accommodation is a lodge set up by a local NGO, whose mission is to encourage inclusivity and accessibility for people living with disabilities to experience and enjoy nature. When you arrive, maybe take a swim in the scenic lake or simply relax outside and enjoy the view.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Yerevan - Say goodbye to the glittering blue of Lake Sevan and take your private transfer back to Yerevan, stopping to visit the Sevanavank Monastery along the way. Explore the monastery with your leader and learn about how this ancient monastery complex was transformed from an island to a peninsula, when the lake was partially drained. Hear about the local legends tied to this site, then carry on to Yerevan. You’ll arrive at around midday and have a free afternoon to explore at your own pace. Tonight, maybe head out for a farewell dinner with your group and toast to an amazing adventure.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Yerevan - With no further activities planned, your trip comes to an end this morning after breakfast. If you’d like to extend your adventure, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Tbilisi - Gamarjoba! Welcome to Georgia.Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. If you arrive early, be sure to explore Tbilisi with it's picturesque architecture, inviting cafes and wine bars dotted around the downtown.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Tbilisi - After breakfast take part in a sightseeing tour of Tbilisi. The locals like to call their capital the "Balcony of Europe", placing it on par with many of Europe's graceful old cities. All the sights in the Old Town are very close to each other and within a few minutes’ walk. You'll pass by Baratashvili bridge, Gabriadze Leaning Tower, the Peace Bridge and Sioni Cathedral on your guided walking tour. Afterwards, you may choose to visit Narikala Fortress and the Sulphur Baths in your free time and to further explore the capital. The evening is also free for you to enjoy. Perhaps indulge in Tbilisi's lively theater scene and witness some of the energetic and acrobatic dance that Georgia is known for.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Kutaisi - Today, head to the pretty city of Kutaisi on train, the third largest in the country (approximately 4.5 hours). Kutaisi is more than 3000 years old, connected to the legend of Jason and the Argonauts, along with his mythical (or is it?) Golden Fleece. On arrival, follow your leader on a city walking tour in this charming city, passing City Hall, Opera house and Mon plesier Arch, and visit Golden Marquee Palace and Mtsvane Bazari (market) known for its fresh vegetables, fruits, natural dairy products, meat, a variety of spices. In your free time, maybe visit another significant historical site, the Gelati Cathedral or explore the cobbled streets of the town as you make your way up to the ruins of Bagrati palace and citadel.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Mestia - After a restful night, journey to the remote Svaneti region (approximately 5-6 hours). Svaneti is the highest inhabited area in the Caucasus and is divided in two parts: Upper Svaneti and Lower Svaneti. Arrive into Mestia, the centre of Upper Svaneti. Mestia is surrounded by mountains, medieval-type villages and disctinctive tower-houses. The famous tower-houses were built to accommodate villagers at times of invasion and violence during the 9th -13th centuries. Around 175 towers still stand today, although many are uninhabited. The area is home to the Svans, a proud people with a long history of survival in this isolated part of Europe, who speak their own language. Spend the night in a local guesthouse.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Mestia - Drive to the village of Lakhiri (approximately 20 minutes) We start our walk today from the village in the direction of Mestia. After little uphill walking we descend to the beautiful valley full with blooming flowers and enjoy an amazing view of Chalati Glacier (2300m) and of Mestia Valley with its watchtowers. The paths can be steep and the ground uneven so you will need good fitness and appropriate footwear for this walk. Those not wishing to hike can stay in Mestia.  In the evening we discover how Georgians make their beloved cheese. Cheese is found in many Georgian dishes and is a key ingredient in the famous khachapuri, a traditional Georgian dish of cheese-filled bread which you will no doubt eat plenty of during your time here!

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Ushguli - Today, visit the World Heritage-listed village of Ushguli, a town around 50 kilometres southeast of Mestia (approx 2 hours drive). The village is located at 2,200 metres above sea level, and is one of the highest inhabited villages in Europe. Ushguli is most famous for its abundance of watchtowers – this is where you'll see the famous view of the towers set to the highest mountain in Georgia, the snow capped Mt Shkhara (5,068 metres). Visit the 12th-century Lamaria Church and walk to Queen Tamar’s tower. Total walking time is 2-3 hours depending on fitness and trail conditions. Those not wishing to walk may stay and explore Ushguli - maybe visit an ethnographic museums or walk around the village and become familiar with the daily life of the local people. Spend the night in a family-owned guesthouse.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Mestia - Today's walk starts from the guesthouse. The route takes us along the river to the base of Mt Shkhara. You will cross some small streams along the way so pack your waterproof boots and fingers crossed for great weather! We will have a picnic lunch today. The walking trail ends at the Shkhara glacier, where the Enguri river originates below. In the afternoon, return to Mestia and stay overnight in the guesthouse. Approximate walking time is 5-6 hours. If you do not wish to walk, please discuss options with your leader in advance.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Batumi - From the mountains to the sea today with a long drive to Batumi (approximately 7-8 hours) on the Black Sea coast. While past its Soviet heyday where it was one of the premiere seaside resorts, it is still popular with holiday makers from all over the region for its waterfront parks and beaches. Stay in a hotel tonight.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Batumi - In the morning take part in a short tour around the city. The afternoon is yours to relax. Batumi has a relaxed atmosphere, great restaurants and nightlife. Stroll the boulevard, cool off in the musical fountains on the square or see the touching Ali & Nino statue lit up at night. There's also art and ethnographic museums or a cable car to panoramic views over the city. Highly recommended is the Batumi Botanical Gardens.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Tbilisi - Today we'll make use of the regular public bus or train connections (depending on availability) to get to Tbilisi from Batumi (approximately 6.5 hours).. Enjoy the rest of the day in the nation's capital, perhaps with group dinner and night out together.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Tbilisi - Your trip comes to an end today and your are free to depart at any time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Baku - Salam! Welcome to Azerbaijan. Your adventure begins in Baku, with a welcome meeting at 6 pm this evening. If you arrive early, maybe walk around Baku Boulevard, a promenade that stretches along the Caspian Sea – the world’s largest inland body of water. After the meeting, join your leader for a night walk around Azerbaijan’s capital, where they’ll highlight the best spots for dinner. Maybe get your group together for some traditional Azerbaijani dishes, like plov (seasoned rice) or dolma (stuffed vegetables).

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Qobustan/ Baku - This morning, drive to Qobustan – also known as Gobustan National Park – a UNESCO World Heritage site that’s famous for its ancient rock carvings and mud volcanoes. Stop on the way to check out these geological formations as they spew mud and gas. Azerbaijan has more clay craters than anywhere else in the world, so you’re in the right place for spotting them! The rock carvings in Qobustan date back to the Stone Age, giving humans today an insight into daily life all those years ago. With over 6000 petroglyphs on display, Qobustan is often referred to as one of the largest open-air museums in the world. Return to Baku in the afternoon and visit the walled Old Town with your leader, who’ll bring its legends and history to life. Enjoy a free evening to explore the city at your own pace. Maybe eat at a restaurant on Nizami Street – a busy boulevard with lots of authentic Azerbaijani cuisine.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Caucasus Mountains / Lahij - Leave Baku this morning and enjoy the change of scenery as the dry landscape giving way to the densely forested mountains along the way. Stop en route in Shamakhi and check out one of the oldest moquests of Azerbaijan - Juma (Friday) Mosque, then onto your final destination for today - the stunning traditional village of Lahij for Tats people. Explore its cobbled streets, stone houses, visit a copper workshop and get to know some local folk over a cup of tea.Then try your hand at yogurt making in the traditional way, an important part of Azerbaijan cuisine. Your accommodation tonight is at a local guesthouse.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Sheki - After breakfast, head to Nij village, a settlement of the Udi people who are the direct descendants of ancient Caucasian Albanians. Most the world’s surviving Udi people call Nij home, giving the community a unique culture. Visit the unassuming site of a significant church and a local museum of Udi Culture. The Albanian Church (as it’s known colloquially) is a source of pride and heritage for the local Udi community. Continue to Sheki afterwards and enjoy a free evening.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Sheki - Visit the Palace of Sheki Khans first in the morning. The walls of the palace are painted with scenes of hunting and war and it features impressive stained glass. Afterwards check out a workshop where shebeke – stained glass windows made with no glue or nails – are produced by local masters witih skills past down through generations of practices. Then get on a local public bus to Kish to visit the pointed spires of a church that is among the oldest in Christendom, believed to be around 1700 years old. The rest of the afternoon is free for you to discover Sheki. Why not explore the impressive traditional architecture on foot. Maybe stop for tea and some local halva (made with sugar, hazelnuts, coriander and rice flour grinned in a watermill).

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Telavi - After breakfast, take a walk with your leader through the Sheki market. It’s a great opportunity to stock up on snacks for the journey ahead, so maybe grab some halva, nuts and dried fruit. Continue to Lagodekhi on the Azerbaijan-Georgia border. Travel through the beautiful green valleys of the Kakheti region to Gremi – a complex that includes a castle and church from the 16th century. Spend some time here before hitting the road again, stopping at a traditional Georgian wine producer that still employs the ancient, UNESCO-listed qvevri method. Enjoy lunch here and then finish your journey in Telavi, where you’ll stay in a local hotel for the evening.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Gudauri - In the morning, wander through the vibrant local farmers market in Telavi, where butchers carve up fresh meat and vendors offload piles of spices, then visit Tsinandalia, a historic estate and winery once owned by noted Georgian poet Alexander Chavchavadze. In 1814, aristocrat Chavchavadze was the first to bottle wine produced using the qvevri method. Tour the complex, which consists of a memorial house, European-style landscaped garden, a traditional winery, wine cellar, hotel and cafe. Continue to UNESCO listed Alaverdi Cathedral that dates back to 6th century. Afterwards, drive into the mountains up the renowned Georgian Military Highway. Enjoy a dinner together and spend the night in lofty Gudauri.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Gudauri / Stepantsminda - Follow the Tergi River on a drive to Stepantsminda, formerly known as Kazbegi. Explore this mountain village then hike through beautiful valleys and woodlands to the iconic Gergeti Trinity Church. This 14th-century church sits at the base of the second-highest volcanic summit in the Caucasus – Mt Kazbegi – and, weather permitting, you may catch a glimpse. The image of the pointed spires of the isolated church against the mountains is truly breathtaking, and a great place for a photo. Drive back to Gudauri for a dinner with your group.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Tbilisi - Make the drive to Tbilisi, the capital of Georgia, located along the banks of the Kura River. Get into the swing of things with an orientation walk with your leader. Spend the rest of the day as you wish, perhaps grabbing a khachapuri (bread stuffed with salty cheese) to snack on. In the evening, regroup and head out for dinner with your fellow travellers and leader. This is a good chance to sample some khinkali (Georgia’s famous soup-filled dumplings). Make sure to ask your leader about the polite way to eat them – it involves sipping the broth and leaving the pinched bit of dough where the edges of the delicious parcel have joined on the plate.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Tbilisi - Today is a free day to explore Tbilisi until your next welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight, where you’ll meet your new local leader. Maybe visit the Georgian National Museum and learn about the country’s history or walk through the Dry Bridge Flea Market and browse the various artworks and handicrafts for sale. Tonight, maybe celebrate the beginning of a new adventure over dinner with your group, trying classic dishes like khachapuri (cheese bread) or khinkali (dumplings).

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Tbilisi - After breakfast, head out on a sightseeing walking tour of Tbilisi. Explore the Old Town and pass by the Baratashvili Bridge, Gabriadze Leaning Tower, the Peace Bridge and the Sioni Cathedral. After your tour, you have free time to further explore the capital city at your own pace. Maybe visit the Narikala Fortress or the Sulphur Baths or learn about Tbilisi's lively theater scene at the Tbilisi Opera or the Ballet State Theatre.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Kutaisi - This morning you’ll travel to Georgia's former capital city, Mtskheta. When you arrive, visit the medieval Jvari Monastery and the Svetitskhoveli Cathedral. Then, continue to the Tserovani Refugee Settlement – a neighbourhood built for over 8000 people displaced by the 2008 Russo-Georgian War. Continue to the Ikorta enamel jewellery workshop – a social enterprise supporting women and youth. Here, you’ll meet the artists, hear their stories and have a light lunch. Then, drive to the historic city of Kutaisi. When you arrive, take a walking tour to see City Hall, the Opera House, Mon Plaisir Arch, Golden Marquee Palace and Mtsvane Bazari Market. Later, you’ll have some free time to continue exploring the city. Maybe visit the Gelati Cathedral or the Bagrati palace ruins or find a local restaurant for dinner – your leader will have the best recommendations.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Mestia - Today, travel to the remote Svaneti region, the highest inhabited area in the Caucasus. As today is a bit of a long travel day, it's a good idea to get stuck into your book or favourite podcasts. When you arrive in Mestia, take some time to explore the area known for its dramatic mountain scenery, medieval villages and tower houses built between the 9th and 13th centuries. This evening, learn how to make traditional Georgian cheese and enjoy the traditional dish, khachapuri (cheese-filled bread). Then, settle into a local guesthouse for the night.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Mestia - Drive to Ushguli this morning. Known for its medieval watchtowers and views of Mount Shkhara, Ushguli is one of Goergia’s four UNESCO World Heritage sites and one of the highest permanent settlements in Europe. When you arrive, visit the Lamaria Church before setting off on a hike through the village. If you’d rather stay in the village for the day, maybe visit a local museum or explore the medieval ruins like Queen Tamar’s Castle.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Batumi - This morning, set off on a scenic drive to Batumi. On the way, stop at a local winery and learn about Georgia’s winemaking traditions, which are among the oldest in the world. Enjoy a wine tasting here before continuing to Batumi on the Black Sea coast. When you arrive, settle into your accommodation. This evening, you’re free to epxlore at your own pace or relax and find a good dinner spot.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Batumi - Spend the morning on a short walking tour around Batumi. Then, the rest of the day is yours to relax. Maybe walk along the boulevard, cool off in the musical fountains on the square or see the Ali and Nino statue light up at night. You could also visit one of the city’s art and ethnographic museums or jump in a cable car for panoramic views over the city. If you’re unsure what the city has to offer, your local leader is always on hand with great local suggestions.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Tbilisi - Today, join the the locals on public transport (long distance bus or train) as you travel back to Tbilisi. The rest of the day is free for you to explore the nation’s capital. When you arrive, maybe spend the afternoon walking through Rike Park, then find a local restaurant and head out to dinner with your group to celebrate the last night of your trip.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Tbilisi - As there are no further activities planned, your trip comes to an end today. If you’d like to stay longer, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Bishkek - Salam! Welcome to Kyrgyzstan. Your adventure begins in Bishkek with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. Tomorrow you’ll take a tour of the city, so don’t stress if you don’t have time to see much today. Bishkek is a tree-lined town of parks and gardens, houses and wide streets perfect for strolling. If you arrive with time to spare, maybe head out in search of some samsa (pastry pockets filled with meat and vegetables). After the meeting tonight, maybe head out to dinner and get to know your fellow travellers.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Bishkek - Today, head out on a city tour that showcases the various stages of Bishkek’s history. Visit the Ala-Too Square (once known as Lenin Square) and learn about the towering statue depicting the folkloric hero, Manas. Continue to Dubovy Park, where you’ll wander the open-air galleries and between the century-old oaks along Freedom Avenue. This afternoon, you'll have some free time to further explore Bishkek at your own pace. Maybe visit the Osh Market and walk through the stalls selling spices, fruits, clothes and carpets.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Lake Issyk Kul - This morning, drive through the beautiful landscapes of Kyrgyzstan. Your first stop is at Burana Tower – a tall, slender minaret that is the most visible remnant of the ancient city, Balasagun. Then continue to Barbulak, where you’ll meet a local Kyrgyz family and sit down for a home-cooked lunch. Continue to Issyk-Kul Lake – the second-largest alpine lake in the world, stretching 170 km long and 70 km wide. When you arrive this afternoon, you’ll have some free time to settle into your yurt camp. Set along the lake’s southern shore with views of snow-capped mountains, these camps are traditional dwellings of the Kyrgyz people. Later, learn how boorsook (fried dough) is made, followed by a demonstration of traditional Kyrgyz carpet weaving. After dinner, attend an elecheck demonstration, where you’ll learn how the traditional Kyrgyz female headpiece is wrapped and worn.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Karakol - Depart the yurt camp this morning and travel to Karakol – the furthest eastern outpost of former Tsarist Russia and, later, of the USSR. On the way, visit Skazka Canyon (Fairytale Canyon) and soak in the surrounding landscape of rugged stone peaks that contrast the meadows and alpine lakes. Then, head to Jety Oguz Valley, also known as ‘seven bulls’ due to the striking seven red-brown cliffs found here. Spend some time exploring the valley before continuing to Karakol – this town was founded as a Russian military outpost and still has a few ‘gingerbread houses’ along its scenic streets.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Almaty - Today is a long travel day, including a border crossing back into Kazakhstan. Wake up early this morning and grab a window seat if you can – the scenery is entertainment in itself! You’ll make a few stops along the way for photos and to stretch your legs, including Charyn Canyon – often referred as the little brother of the Grand Canyon in the United States, wind and water have shaped this spectacular canyon with different shapes and colours. Take a short hike to the bottom of the canyon before continuing your journey to Almaty. When you arrive in town later today, enjoy some free time before settling into your accommodation for the night.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Almaty - Today, you’ll head out with a local guide for a city tour of downtown Almaty. Visit Central Square and the Zenkoff Cathedral (the second tallest wooden building in the world) in historic Panfilov Park – dedicated to the 28 guardsmen who died defending Moscow against German tanks in WWII. Explore the Museum of Kazakh Musical Instruments, which features a great collection of ancient relics, before heading to a local family-run winery just outside the city. Meet the owners, learn about the wine production in Kazakhstan and enjoy a delicious lunch and wine tasting. Return to Almaty in the late afternoon, where you have the rest of the night free to explore at your own pace.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Overnight train to Tashkent - Start today off at a slower pace, spending the morning how you like. Maybe wander through Almaty’s beautiful parks, try some local food in one of the many restaurants or visit a museum like the Central State Museum of the Republic of Kazakhstan to learn more about the region’s history. This evening, you’ll board the overnight train to Tashkent.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Tashkent - Wake up in Trashkent as the train pulls into the station at midday When you arrive, head out for a walking tour with your leader around the city. The rest of the day is free for you to explore at your own pace. Maybe start with a visit to Amir Timur Square in the city center, then hop on the metro to Chorsu Bazaar, where you can browse traditional wooden cradles, handmade musical instruments and local produce and spice stalls. Maybe visit the Khast Imom complex – a restored collection of religious buildings, including a mosque and a library containing an ancient Qur’an (religious text), parts of which date back to the 9th century.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Samarkand - This morning you’ll take the train along the ancient Silk Road hub of Samarkand. When you arrive, set out on a leader-led orientation walk through a city known for its rich and complex history – once a hub for artisans and traders, and long sought after by conquering armies. This afternoon, you’ll have some free time to maybe visit Gur-e-Amir Mausoleum. Later, visit a local family and learn the secrets of plov cuisine during a cooking demonstration.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Samarkand - Today starts with a city tour. Visit the enormous Bibi Khanum Mosque and explore the ancient bazaar right behind it, maybe sampling some khalva (local sweets made of sunflower seeds or peanuts) and a glass of squeezed pomegranate juice (depending on the season). After, see the world-renowned Registan, which features three of the most famous madrasas in Uzbekistan. The rest of the afternoon is free. Maybe explore the remains of the medieval observatory developed by Ulug Beg – an astronomer and grandson of nomadic conqueror and Timurid emperor Tamerlane (Amir Timur).

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Bukhara - Travel to Bukhara by train this morning. Located on the ancient Silk Road, Bukhara was an important regional and world hub for many years and has a long, fascinating history featuring invasions by both Genghis Khan and the Soviet Red Army. When you arrive, explore this fascinating city with your local leader on an orientation walk. Then, visit the Lyabi-Haus area – a busy 17th-century plaza with trees that are over a hundred years old. If there’s time, spend the rest of the day walking through the small craft studios that are tucked away in the nearby madrasah and trading domes.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Bukhara - Start the day with a sightseeing tour in beautiful Bukhara. First, visit the Sitorai Mohi Khosa, once the summer residence of the last Emir. Designed by Russian architects, it has interiors decorated with traditional filigree plaster, mirrored surfaces and delicate floral wall paintings by a local artisan. Then, visit the Ark Fortress – the symbol of Bukhara. Later, continue to Central Asia's oldest and most exquisite structure, the tenth-century Ismail Samani Mausoleum. Explore its decorative brickwork, which has survived over 1000 years of rugged history. Then, soak up a free afternoon to explore this ancient Silk Road town. Maybe visit Bolo Haus Mosque, Chor Minor, Kalon Mosque and Minaret, or Ulugbek Madrasah and Abdulaziz Khan Madrassa.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Mary - This morning, travel across the border into Turkmenistan and continue to Mary – the huge display of wealth here is attributed to the booming cotton and gas industries. Today is a bit of a long travel day, so it's a good idea to get stuck into your book or favourite podcasts. When you arrive this afternoon, maybe wander through the lively bazaars.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Ashgabat - Drive out to Merv and spend some time exploring Turkmenistan's most recognised site. This sprawling UNESCO World Heritage site is home to numerous walled structures from various periods spread across a 1200 hectare area. Visit the impressive columns of Greater Kizkala, walk hills that were once the fortress walls of Erk Kala and learn about Gyaur Kala history, which dates back to 400 BC. After exploring the relics of grand empires, continue to Ashgabat for the night.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Ashgabat - Spend today exploring this desert city on an immersive guided tour. First, visit the ancient settlement of Nisa, built in the 3rd century BC. See the Halk Hakydasy Memorial Complex, built to honour those killed in the Battle of Geok Tepe in 1881, in World War II and in the 1948 earthquake. Then, head out of town to the ruins of Anau. The crumbling remains of the 15th century medieval mosque still attracts the devout, who come to pray and make offerings. Wander the Russian Bazaar to see locals doing their daily shopping and maybe taste some samosas, doner-kebabs or sweet melon. See the local Turkmen’s handmade souvenirs and maybe choose something special to bring home. This afternoon, take in the four-pointed martinets of the Ertugrul Gazi Mosque and visit a Akhal-Teke horse farm to see this precious Turkmenistan treasure. You’ll then have some free time to relax and recharge before an evening visit to the monuments of Archabil Street, including the Neutrality Arch.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Ashgabat - Your trip comes to an end today. As there are no activities planned, you are welcome to leave at any time. If you would like to stay longer, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Astana - Salemetsiz be! Welcome to Kazakhstan. Your adventure begins in Astana with a welcome meeting at 6 pm at your hotel. Astana was purpose-built to become the capital city of Kazakhstan in 1997 and is home to meticulously planned city streets and architecture. The modern metropolis was designed by leading Japanese architect Kisho Kurokawa, who won first prize in a competition against other world-renowned architects. Now, it’s one of the youngest cities in Central Asia. If you arrive early, maybe stroll along the Astana waterfront or go shopping in the world’s largest tent at the Khan Shatyr Entertainment Centre. Tonight, join your leader and group for dinner in town for your first authentic Kazakh food experience.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Astana - This morning, join your leader for a city tour around some of the most impressive designs of the new city. Visit Bayterek tower, then stroll down Nur Boulevard to Khan Shatyr – another city landmark in the shape of a giant transparent tent. Visit Nur-Astana Mosque – with its capacity of 5000 worshippers inside and an additional 2000 outside, it’s one of the largest mosques in Central Asia. Then, you'll stop at the Palace of Peace & Reconciliation – a pyramid-shaped conference hall considered Astana's symbolic centre. This afternoon, why not find some horse meat dishes or plov (a popular rice dish with chunks of lamb, onions and carrots) for lunch. After, you’ll met back up with your group and visit a renowned local jeweller and his workshop to learn about his craft.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Turkistan - This morning, take a flight to the historic centre of Kazakhstan, Turkistan – home to more relics and cultural sites than any other place in the country. When you arrive, visit the new Caravan Serai – a complex recently built to model ancient Silk Road trade centres, giving visitors a taste of what life was once like here. With your free time in the late afternoon, you can see the Yasawi Mausoleum, illuminated with vivid colours and patterned exteriors.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Turkistan/ Overnight Train - Head out on a city tour this morning, starting with a visit to Khoja Ahmed Yasawi Mausoleum – Kazakhstan’s most iconic building. Built by Tamerlane, it’s said that three visits here are equal to one visit to Mecca. As it’s a religious site, it’s recommended that women wear a headscarf when entering. On the grounds, you'll find a rose garden, monuments, an archaeological museum and a mosque. Leaving the mausoleum, jump in your private transport to Shymkent, stopping at the ancient settlement of Otrar on the way. First excavated in 1969, its history dates back to the first century AD, with remnants of palaces, mosques and bathhouses that can still be seen today. This is also where Genghis Khan's army is said to have fought when the Mongols first invaded Central Asia. Board your overnight train in the evening.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Almaty - Pulling into Alamaty this morning, hop off the train and head out to find some breakfast. Today, you’ll be going on a daytrip to Lake Issyk and Turgen Gorge. Stop at the Issyk Museum – an archaeological reserve dedicated to Kazakh history and Scythian culture (an ancient nomadic people who were particularly skilled in horseback warfare). Continue to Ile-Alatau National Park, where peaceful Lake Issyk sits in the foothills of the surrounding mountains. Relax and refresh on the lakeshore of this stunning spot before carrying on to Turgen Gorge, where a short hike will bring you to a waterfall. On the way back to Almaty, stop by a winery, where you’ll meet with a local craft winemaker and sample some raw wine, craft cheese and tuck into a hearty lunch.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Almaty - Today, you’ll take a city tour of Almaty with a local guide. This former capital of Kazakhstan now has a completely different vibrancy to Astana, with its wide tree-lined streets, numerous parks and the view of the snow-capped mountains. Visit Central Square and the colourful Zenkoff Cathedral in Panfilov Park, dedicated to the 28 guardsmen who died defending Moscow against German tanks in WWII. Check out the fascinating Museum of Kazakh Musical Instruments, which features a great collection of ancient relics. Finally, visit Zelenyi Bazaar and experience the vibrant market scene before returning to the hotel to rest and recharge.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Kolsay Lakes National Park - This morning, drive to Saty Village, stopping at the spectacular Charyn Canyon along the way. The richly coloured canyon carves a path through the surrounding landscape, with vivid tones of oranges and browns shifting and changing as the sun travels across the sky. Enjoy some time here to marvel at the natural wonder and grab some photos before continuing to Saty Village, where you’ll check into your homestay and experience a taste of local life in the Tien Shan Mountain Range.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Kolsay Lakes/Border Crossing/Karakol - This morning, visit Kolsay Lakes, also known as ‘the blue necklace’ for the clear blue waters framed by the mountains. If there’s time, you’ll take a hike to the lesser-known Kaindy Lake – a turquoise lake with a ‘submerged forest’ protruding from the water. Amazingly, the lake was created by an earthquake in 1911 which caused a limestone landslide, creating a natural dam in the forest. As time went on, the dam filled with water and the trees were covered, leaving just their trunks standing in the centre. Enjoy a picnic lunch, then head over the border to Kyrgyzstan, where you’ll continue your journey to Karakol.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Karakol - This morning you’ll head out on a city tour of Karakol – once a small Russian military post, then a bustling soviet state, this town is bursting with history. Visit the Dungan Mosque – built in 1910, this colourful mosque was created without the use of a single nail. Instead, the structure was built using special cutting and groove techniques. You’ll also explore the Holy Trinity Orthodox Cathedral and a local market. Then, head out of the city to see the Jety Oguz, also known as Seven Bull Valley, where your leader will take you on a forest hike to a waterfall with panoramic views. Return to Karakol for another restful night.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Bishkek - Today you’ll have a full day's drive to Bishkek, which sits along the northern shore of Issyk Kul – the second largest alpine lake in the world after Lake Titicaca in South America. The views of the landscape are not to be missed, especially your first glimpse of Issyk Kul, surrounded by snow-capped mountains. Along the way, you'll stop at Cholpan Ata to visit a petroglyph's site. Then, take a short boat ride out onto the huge alpine lake to really soak up the beauty of these shimmering waters. In Bishkek, you have a free night, where you might want to head to a final dinner with your group and toast to an amazing adventure.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Bishkek - With no further activities planned, your adventure comes to an end after breakfast today. You can check out of your hotel any time before noon.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Astana - Salemetsiz be! Welcome to Kazakhstan. Your adventure begins in Astana with a welcome meeting at 6 pm at your hotel. Astana was purpose-built to become the capital city of Kazakhstan in 1997 and is home to meticulously planned city streets and architecture. The modern metropolis was designed by leading Japanese architect Kisho Kurokawa, who won first prize in a competition against other world-renowned architects. Now, it’s one of the youngest cities in Central Asia. If you arrive early, maybe stroll along the Astana waterfront or go shopping in the world’s largest tent at the Khan Shatyr Entertainment Centre. Tonight, join your leader and group for dinner in town for your first authentic Kazakh food experience.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Astana - This morning, join your leader for a city tour around some of the most impressive designs of the new city. Visit Bayterek tower, then stroll down Nur Boulevard to Khan Shatyr – another city landmark in the shape of a giant transparent tent. Visit Nur-Astana Mosque – with its capacity of 5000 worshippers inside and an additional 2000 outside, it’s one of the largest mosques in Central Asia. Then, you'll stop at the Palace of Peace & Reconciliation – a pyramid-shaped conference hall considered Astana's symbolic centre. This afternoon, why not find some horse meat dishes or plov (a popular rice dish with chunks of lamb, onions and carrots) for lunch. After, you’ll met back up with your group and visit a renowned local jeweller and his workshop to learn about his craft.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Turkistan - This morning, take a flight to the historic centre of Kazakhstan, Turkistan – home to more relics and cultural sites than any other place in the country. When you arrive, visit the new Caravan Serai – a complex recently built to model ancient Silk Road trade centres, giving visitors a taste of what life was once like here. With your free time in the late afternoon, you can see the Yasawi Mausoleum, illuminated with vivid colours and patterned exteriors.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Turkistan/ Overnight Train - Head out on a city tour this morning, starting with a visit to Khoja Ahmed Yasawi Mausoleum – Kazakhstan’s most iconic building. Built by Tamerlane, it’s said that three visits here are equal to one visit to Mecca. As it’s a religious site, it’s recommended that women wear a headscarf when entering. On the grounds, you'll find a rose garden, monuments, an archaeological museum and a mosque. Leaving the mausoleum, jump in your private transport to Shymkent, stopping at the ancient settlement of Otrar on the way. First excavated in 1969, its history dates back to the first century AD, with remnants of palaces, mosques and bathhouses that can still be seen today. This is also where Genghis Khan's army is said to have fought when the Mongols first invaded Central Asia. Board your overnight train in the evening.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Almaty - Pulling into Alamaty this morning, hop off the train and head out to find some breakfast. Today, you’ll be going on a daytrip to Lake Issyk and Turgen Gorge. Stop at the Issyk Museum – an archaeological reserve dedicated to Kazakh history and Scythian culture (an ancient nomadic people who were particularly skilled in horseback warfare). Continue to Ile-Alatau National Park, where peaceful Lake Issyk sits in the foothills of the surrounding mountains. Relax and refresh on the lakeshore of this stunning spot before carrying on to Turgen Gorge, where a short hike will bring you to a waterfall. On the way back to Almaty, stop by a winery, where you’ll meet with a local craft winemaker and sample some raw wine, craft cheese and tuck into a hearty lunch.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Almaty - Today, you’ll take a city tour of Almaty with a local guide. This former capital of Kazakhstan now has a completely different vibrancy to Astana, with its wide tree-lined streets, numerous parks and the view of the snow-capped mountains. Visit Central Square and the colourful Zenkoff Cathedral in Panfilov Park, dedicated to the 28 guardsmen who died defending Moscow against German tanks in WWII. Check out the fascinating Museum of Kazakh Musical Instruments, which features a great collection of ancient relics. Finally, visit Zelenyi Bazaar and experience the vibrant market scene before returning to the hotel to rest and recharge.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Kolsay Lakes National Park - This morning, drive to Saty Village, stopping at the spectacular Charyn Canyon along the way. The richly coloured canyon carves a path through the surrounding landscape, with vivid tones of oranges and browns shifting and changing as the sun travels across the sky. Enjoy some time here to marvel at the natural wonder and grab some photos before continuing to Saty Village, where you’ll check into your homestay and experience a taste of local life in the Tien Shan Mountain Range.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Kolsay Lakes/Border Crossing/Karakol - This morning, visit Kolsay Lakes, also known as ‘the blue necklace’ for the clear blue waters framed by the mountains. If there’s time, you’ll take a hike to the lesser-known Kaindy Lake – a turquoise lake with a ‘submerged forest’ protruding from the water. Amazingly, the lake was created by an earthquake in 1911 which caused a limestone landslide, creating a natural dam in the forest. As time went on, the dam filled with water and the trees were covered, leaving just their trunks standing in the centre. Enjoy a picnic lunch, then head over the border to Kyrgyzstan, where you’ll continue your journey to Karakol.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Karakol - This morning you’ll head out on a city tour of Karakol – once a small Russian military post, then a bustling soviet state, this town is bursting with history. Visit the Dungan Mosque – built in 1910, this colourful mosque was created without the use of a single nail. Instead, the structure was built using special cutting and groove techniques. You’ll also explore the Holy Trinity Orthodox Cathedral and a local market. Then, head out of the city to see the Jety Oguz, also known as Seven Bull Valley, where your leader will take you on a forest hike to a waterfall with panoramic views. Return to Karakol for another restful night.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Bishkek - Today you’ll have a full day's drive to Bishkek, which sits along the northern shore of Issyk Kul – the second largest alpine lake in the world after Lake Titicaca in South America. The views of the landscape are not to be missed, especially your first glimpse of Issyk Kul, surrounded by snow-capped mountains. Along the way, you'll stop at Cholpan Ata to visit a petroglyph's site. Then, take a short boat ride out onto the huge alpine lake to really soak up the beauty of these shimmering waters. In Bishkek, you have a free night, where you might want to head to a final dinner with your group and toast to an amazing adventure.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Bishkek - Today is a free day in Bishkek until your second welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. In your free time, maybe walk through one of the local gardens or head out in search of some samsa (pastry pockets filled with meat and vegetables). After the meeting, why not grab dinner with your new group and get to know each other.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Bishkek - This morning, join your local leader on a guided city tour that showcases the various stages of Bishkek’s history. Visit the Ala-Too Square, once known as Lenin Square, and learn about the towering statue depicting folkloric hero Manas. Then, continue to Dubovy Park. Here, you’ll wander the open-air galleries, then explore the century-old oaks along Freedom Avenue. In the afternoon, you'll have some free time to further explore Bishkek at your own pace – maybe visit the Osh Market and wander through the stalls selling spices, fruits, clothes and carpets.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Issyk-Kul Lake - This morning, watch the beautiful landscape change as you drive to Kyrgyzstan. Along the way, stop at Burana Tower – a minaret that’s the most visible remnant of the ancient city of Balasagun. Then, continue to Don Aryk, where you’ll meet a local Kyrgyz family and sit down for a home-cooked lunch. After, continue to today’s destination – Issyk-Kul Lake. At 170 km long and 70 m wide, the Issyk-Kul Lake is the second-largest alpine lake in the world. Your yurt camp for tonight is set up along the south shore of the lake where you'll get a fantastic view of the snow-capped mountains setting behind the lake. Made of felt and tarpaulins on a round frame, yurts are the traditional dwellings of the Kyrgyz people, and this will be your 'settlement' for today and tomorrow.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Issyk-Kul Lake - After breakfast, you’ll head out to Kyzyl Tuu – known for yurt making. Almost every family here is a yurt maker, and the village is known far beyond Kyrgyzstan. Visit an artisan family who’ll teach you about their traditional yurts. With a special workshop, you’ll learn the basics of how these nomadic dwellings have been manufactured and how they play an important role in the community here. The rest of the afternoon is then free for you to explore at your own pace – maybe relax at your yurt camp, jump into the lake or set off on a short hike.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Song-Kul Lake (3016 meters) - Travel to Song-Kol Lake this morning. This alpine is considered sacred to many Kyrgyz people and one of the best summer pastures for nomadic herders. On the way, stop at Kochkor to visit the local market and a women's felt co-op. The landscape today will change depending on the season, but it is sure to be beautiful no matter when you travel. In the summer, you might see nomadic herdsmen and their families watching over goats, sheep and horses. When you arrive later today, spend some time exploring the surroundings at your own pace. Tonight, fall asleep in yurts set up along the shore.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Kyzyl-Oi - Travel along gravel roads to the tiny village of Kyzyl-Oi after breakfast. Today is a bit of a long travel day, so it's a good idea to get stuck into your book or favourite podcasts. On the way, pass large coal deposits and travel along the Kokomeren River, which feeds into the Syr Darya. Then, stop for a picnic lunch on the banks of the river and maybe use your free time to explore the village when you arrive. Tonight, learn how the locals cook their favourite snack of boorsok.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Suusamyr Valley/ Chychkan River/ Toktogul - Get ready for a full day of driving though beautiful landscapes. As you cross the Suusamyr Valley (a high steppe plateau situated at around 2200 m above sea level) take in the mountainous surroundings, often dotted with yurts. Then, travel along the Chychkan River that cuts through the Tien Shan Mountain Range. Stop here for a while and soak up the beautiful scenery before continuing to Toktogul – a city in Jalal-Abad Region of Kyrgyzstan, named after a popular poet and musician from the region, Toktogul Satilganov. Later, you’ll arrive at tonight’s accommodation, which is part of the local community-based tourism network in Toktogul.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Osh - After breakfast, travel to Osh – the second-largest city in Kyrgystan. Located in the Fergana Valley in the south of the country, Osh is often referred to as the Capital of the South and is the oldest city in the country. Along the way, stop at Uzgen – an ancient trading town and handicrafts centre along the Silk Road. Although much of the ancient city has been destroyed, the three surviving mosques remain important examples of medieval Central Asian architecture. When you arrive in Osh this afternoon, the rest of the day is free for you to explore at your own pace.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Osh - Rise and shine early for a visit to the only UNESCO World Heritage site in Kyrgyzstan – the Sulaiman-Too Sacred Mountain. For centuries, Silk Road travellers have sought out the mountain's caves and petroglyphs, believing they’d be blessed with longevity and healthy children. Visit the National Historical and Archaeological Museum Complex. In the afternoon, enjoy some free time in Osh. Maybe visit the Jayma Bazaar, where you might pick up an interesting souvenir or two, or maybe take a self-guided tour of the remnants of Osh's Soviet past with a walk to the giant Lenin statue in the city square.

     

    Day - 20

    Location: Kokand (Border crossing into Uzbekistan) - This morning, cross the border to Margilan in Uzbekistan – a city along the Silk Road that’s been at the centre of Uzbekistan’s silk production since the 11th century. When you arrive, visit a silk weaving factory and the ikat-silk weavers of Margilan. Here, you can wander through the markets and workshops and learn about every step of the silk production process. Then, meet a potter at one of Rishton’s ceramics workshops. According to legend, ceramic production originated in Rishton in the 9th century when the city became a transit point on the Silk Road. Sit down to lunch at the potter’s home and learn about this ancient craft before travelling to Kokand. The rest of the afternoon is free for you to explore at your own pace.

     

    Day - 21

    Location: Kokand - In the cool of the morning, discover the Khudayar Khan Palace Museum – the palace of the last Khan of Kokand Khanate. The palace, constructed in the late 19th century, is known for its blue, green and yellow tiles on the facade of the building and ornate interiors. Then, enjoy an afternoon free to explore Kokand at your own pace. Maybe see the Friday Mosque, wander through the bustling bazaars or visit the Royal Cemetery. Tonight, maybe find a local restaurant and head out for dinner with your fellow travellers.

     

    Day - 22

    Location: Khujand (Border crossing into Tajikistan) - Cross the border into Tajikistan this morning. Then, continue to Khujand. Known as Alexandria Eskhata (Alexandria the Furthest) and believed to be founded by Alexander the Great, Khujand is one of the oldest cities in Central Asia. When you arrive, the rest of the day is free for you to explore the city at your own pace. Maybe wander around the evening bazaar and barter a good price on fruits and other local produce. Across the market is Jami Mosque from 16th century. If time allows, maybe visit the History Museum or Khujand Fortification.

     

    Day - 23

    Location: Panjakent - This morning, start your journey to Panjakent – once the capital of ancient Sogdiana country on the Silk Road. Today is a bit of a long travel day, so it's a good idea to get stuck into your book or favourite podcasts. On the way, visit Marquzor Lakes – a chain of alpine lakes and local villages. Have lunch with a local Tajik family in the village before continuing to Penjikent. When you arrive this afternoon, explore the ancient city walls and ruins. Archaeologists working on the site have recently discovered more than fifty rooms here! Visit the tiny museum and wander through the foothills of the city walls before enjoying a free night to explore at your own pace.

     

    Day - 24

    Location: Samarkand - After breakfast, take the bus across the border back into Uzbekistan. When you arrive, take a bus to Samarkand. This city is located at the very centre of the ancient Silk Road – a vast network of land and sea trade routes, which facilitated the exchange of goods like silk and spices from the second century to the mid-15th century. Later today, follow your leader on a short city orientation walk and see the historic mosques and bustling bazaars. Tonight, maybe head out for dinner with your group – your local leader will have the best recommendations of where to eat!

     

    Day - 25

    Location: Samarkand - This morning, visit central square called the Registan, which features mosques and mausoleums that are true pinnacles of Islamic architecture. Then, continue to Guri-Amir, where Tamerlane is buried, and then the enormous Bibi-Khanum Mosque. Visit Shak-i-Zinda – a necropolis that features a series of blue-tiled mausoleums. This sacred site has monuments from the 14th to 19th century, reflecting the development of the monumental art and architecture of the Timurid dynasty onwards. Tonight, you’ll learn the secrets of plov cuisine during a cooking demonstration with a local family.

     

    Day - 26

    Location: Tashkent - This morning, take the train back to Tashkent. As the largest city in Central Asia, Tashkent blends Russian and Uzbek style, with grand mosques that sit alongside modern highways and Soviet monuments. Enjoy a free afternoon – maybe visit the State Museum of History of Uzbekistan or wander through the Art Gallery of Uzbekistan. Tonight, why not celebrate this great adventure with an optional farewell dinner!

     

    Day - 27

    Location: Tashkent - As there are no further activities planned today, your adventure comes to an end today. If you’d like to stay longer, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Tashkent - Xush kelibsiz! Welcome to the largest city in Central Asia. Tashkent blends Russian and Uzbek style, with extravagant mosques that sit alongside modern highways and Soviet monuments. Your adventure begins with an important welcome meeting at 6 pm today. If you arrive in Tashkent with time to spare, maybe take a walk to see some of the contemporary architecture that sets this city apart from other Silk Road destinations.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Tashkent / Overnight Train - This morning, embark on a city tour to explore Tashkent. Visit the Amir Timur Square in the city’s centre and wander the bustling Chorsu Bazaar. An impressive dome tops the main building here and the market sells everything you could imagine. Explore the decorated metro stations, which were only allowed to be photographed from 2018, and the Khast Imom Complex, which houses one of the oldest copies of Qur'an. Have some free time in the afternoon and maybe stock some snacks for your overnight train tonight.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Khiva - Arrive in Khiva mid-morning – many global powers have laid claim to this city over the centuries, from Khans to Silk Road traders and the Soviet Union. Get acquainted with Khiva on a city tour with your leader. See the incredible blue-tiled Kalta Minor Minaret and the Mohammed Amin Khan Madrassa. Explore the Kuhna Ark – the 'citadel within a citadel' that once housed the Khan and his family in the 17th century – then, get a view from above from the Ak-sheikh Baba Observatory. Visit the towering Islom Hoja Minaret – the tallest building in Khiva – and explore the Juma Mosque. Wander through the elaborately decorated courtyards connected by labyrinthian corridors at the Tosh-Hovli Palace and find a good spot to watch the sunset over this ancient city.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Khiva - After breakfast today, you’ll have a free day to explore Khiva at your own pace. Home to more than 60 cultural sites, medieval mosques and opulent palaces, there is plenty to see and do in this fascinatingly ancient city. Maybe head to one of the many museums, check out the souvenir shops or wander around one of the craft studios. If you’re not sure where to go and what to see, just ask your leader for tips!

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Border crossing / Darvaza - A long travel day today. This morning, say goodbye to Uzbekistan and cross the border into Turkmenistan. After border formalities, you’ll meet your new leader and head on to Dashoguz. When you arrive, visit a local bazaar and stretch your legs. Then, switch into 4WDs and drive on to Derweze – this village in the middle of the Karakum Desert is famous for ‘The Gates of Hell’ – this gas crater is an astounding 70-m-wide, 30-m-deep pit permanently aflame and formally known as the Darvaza Crater. Soviet oil prospectors started drilling in 1971 expecting to find oil, and the ground collapsed. Worried about the gas released into the air, they deliberately set the crater on fire to burn off the excess, expecting it to last a few weeks. As you’ll see today, they were wrong, and the crater has been burning ever since. When you arrive, take a walk around the crater and learn about the flora and fauna of the desert. Watch the sunset over the flames from your nearby yurt camp and enjoy a picnic dinner

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Ashgabat / Nohur - Drive to Nohur Village via Ashgabat today, through the desert and into the Kopet Dag Mountains that separate Turkmenistan from Iran. On the way, you’ll stop to stretch your legs and take photos with visits to a mud crater, a water crater and the Yerbent Nomad Village. When you arrive in Ashgabat, stop for lunch and change to minibuses for the dusty winding roads to Nohur Village. When you arrive at your guesthouse in the afternoon, you’ll watch how the locals weave Keteni – a homespun silk fabric. Maybe take a walk to see the distinctive local graves, marked by the horns of mountain goats, and then along the shepherd’s trails that pass by waterfalls and swimming holes. Tonight, you’ll have a traditional dinner home-cooked by your hosts.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Ashgabat - Enjoy a traditional breakfast in the guesthouse this morning, then head out to learn more about the village lifestyle of local Turkmen tribes. You’ll meet with the residents here who are a part of the Nohur ethnic group, who consider themselves to be descendants of Alexander the Great. Wander around the tribes’ cemetery, overgrown and equipped with the mountain goat horns, and learn about the peoples’ customs, traditions and spirituality. After, visit Gyz Bibi Cave – a place of local pilgrimage. See an 800-year-old Cynar tree – more than 800 years old tree, then say goodbye to the village and head on to Ashgabat. Along the way, you’ll visit a local horse breeder’s farm for a cooking demonstration of Baursaki. Watch the process of frying the dough in oil, then maybe try it out for yourself! Watch how their bread is cooked in a tandoor (a mud oven), then sit down with your host to enjoy some of the treats as you learn about his family and his passion for Akhal-Teke horses – this breed of horse is specific to the region and have a reputation for their speed, endurance, intelligence and distinctive metallic sheen. Later, continue to Ashgabat, where you’ll spend the night.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Ashgabat - Take a full day to wrap your head around this desert city on an immersive guided tour. First, visit the ancient settlement of Nisa, built in the 3rd century BC. See the Halk Hakydasy Memorial Complex, built to honour those killed in the Battle of Geok Tepe in 1881, in World War II and in the 1948 earthquake. Then, head out of town to the ruins of Anau. The crumbling remains of the 15th century medieval mosque still attracts the devout, who come to pray and make offerings. Wander the Russian Bazaar to see locals doing their daily shopping and maybe taste some samosas, doner-kebabs and sweet melon! See the local Turkmen’s handmade souvenirs and maybe choose something special to bring home. This afternoon, take in the four-pointed martinets of the Ertugrul Gazi Mosque. You’ll then have some free time to relax and recharge before an evening visit to the monuments of Archabil Street, including the Neutrality Arch.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Merv / Mary - Rise and shine for the drive to Mary (pronounced ‘Mah-rih’) – the somewhat ostentatious displays of wealth in this city can be traced to the long-running gas and cotton industries. When you arrive, settle into your hotel, then head out to wander through the lively bazaar with your leader. Take drive out to Merv, also known as Margiana or Margush, and enjoy some time exploring Turkmenistan's most recognised site. This sprawling UNESCO World Heritage site is home to numerous walled structures from various periods spread across a 1200-hectare area. See impressive columns smoothed by wind and time at the Greater Kizkala and walk hills that were once the fortress walls of Erk Kala. While not the most impressive visually, Gyaur Kala dates to 400 BC and has a fascinating history. Spend some time exploring these relics of grand empires, then return to Mary for some free time. Maybe visit the Mary Regional Museum. Housed in a palace of white marble, the museum features archaeological displays and exhibitions on traditional Turkmen life and culture.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Ashgabat - This morning after breakfast, head out to see the local Orthodox Church and take some more time wandering around Mary’s city center, before returning to Ashgabat – the City of White Marble. Arrive late afternoon and head out again as the sun goes down to walk along the promenade with your group. Maybe find somewhere for dinner and celebrate your final night on this incredible adventure.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Ashgabat - With no further activities planned, your trip comes to an end today after breakfast. If you need help with organising a transfer to the airport, just speak to your leader.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Bishkek - Salamatsyzby! Welcome to Kyrgyzstan! Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight in Bishkek. Tomorrow you’ll take a guided tour of the city, so don’t stress if you don’t have time to see much today. If you arrive early, maybe wander through the State Museum of Fine Arts or head out in search of some samsa (pastry pockets filled with meat and vegetables). After your meeting, maybe get to know your fellow travellers over a group dinner.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Bishkek - This morning, join your local leader on a guided city tour that showcases the various stages of Bishkek’s history. Visit the Ala-Too Square, once known as Lenin Square, and learn about the towering statue depicting folkloric hero Manas. Then, continue to Dubovy Park. Here, you’ll wander the open-air galleries, then explore the century-old oaks along Freedom Avenue. In the afternoon, you'll have some free time to further explore Bishkek at your own pace – maybe visit the Osh Market and wander through the stalls selling spices, fruits, clothes and carpets.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Issyk-Kul Lake - This morning, watch the beautiful landscape change as you drive to Kyrgyzstan. Along the way, stop at Burana Tower – a minaret that’s the most visible remnant of the ancient city of Balasagun. Then, continue to Don Aryk, where you’ll meet a local Kyrgyz family and sit down for a home-cooked lunch. After, continue to today’s destination – Issyk-Kul Lake. At 170 km long and 70 m wide, the Issyk-Kul Lake is the second-largest alpine lake in the world. Your yurt camp for tonight is set up along the south shore of the lake where you'll get a fantastic view of the snow-capped mountains setting behind the lake. Made of felt and tarpaulins on a round frame, yurts are the traditional dwellings of the Kyrgyz people, and this will be your 'settlement' for today and tomorrow.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Issyk-Kul Lake - After breakfast, you’ll head out to Kyzyl Tuu – known for yurt making. Almost every family here is a yurt maker, and the village is known far beyond Kyrgyzstan. Visit an artisan family who’ll teach you about their traditional yurts. With a special workshop, you’ll learn the basics of how these nomadic dwellings have been manufactured and how they play an important role in the community here. The rest of the afternoon is then free for you to explore at your own pace – maybe relax at your yurt camp, jump into the lake or set off on a short hike.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Song-Kul Lake (3016 meters) - Travel to Song-Kol Lake this morning. This alpine is considered sacred to many Kyrgyz people and one of the best summer pastures for nomadic herders. On the way, stop at Kochkor to visit the local market and a women's felt co-op. The landscape today will change depending on the season, but it is sure to be beautiful no matter when you travel. In the summer, you might see nomadic herdsmen and their families watching over goats, sheep and horses. When you arrive later today, spend some time exploring the surroundings at your own pace. Tonight, fall asleep in yurts set up along the shore.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Kyzyl-Oi - Travel along gravel roads to the tiny village of Kyzyl-Oi after breakfast. Today is a bit of a long travel day, so it's a good idea to get stuck into your book or favourite podcasts. On the way, pass large coal deposits and travel along the Kokomeren River, which feeds into the Syr Darya. Then, stop for a picnic lunch on the banks of the river and maybe use your free time to explore the village when you arrive. Tonight, learn how the locals cook their favourite snack of boorsok.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Suusamyr Valley/ Chychkan River/ Toktogul - Get ready for a full day of driving though beautiful landscapes. As you cross the Suusamyr Valley (a high steppe plateau situated at around 2200 m above sea level) take in the mountainous surroundings, often dotted with yurts. Then, travel along the Chychkan River that cuts through the Tien Shan Mountain Range. Stop here for a while and soak up the beautiful scenery before continuing to Toktogul – a city in Jalal-Abad Region of Kyrgyzstan, named after a popular poet and musician from the region, Toktogul Satilganov. Later, you’ll arrive at tonight’s accommodation, which is part of the local community-based tourism network in Toktogul.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Osh - After breakfast, travel to Osh – the second-largest city in Kyrgystan. Located in the Fergana Valley in the south of the country, Osh is often referred to as the Capital of the South and is the oldest city in the country. Along the way, stop at Uzgen – an ancient trading town and handicrafts centre along the Silk Road. Although much of the ancient city has been destroyed, the three surviving mosques remain important examples of medieval Central Asian architecture. When you arrive in Osh this afternoon, the rest of the day is free for you to explore at your own pace.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Osh - Rise and shine early for a visit to the only UNESCO World Heritage site in Kyrgyzstan – the Sulaiman-Too Sacred Mountain. For centuries, Silk Road travellers have sought out the mountain's caves and petroglyphs, believing they’d be blessed with longevity and healthy children. Visit the National Historical and Archaeological Museum Complex. In the afternoon, enjoy some free time in Osh. Maybe visit the Jayma Bazaar, where you might pick up an interesting souvenir or two, or maybe take a self-guided tour of the remnants of Osh's Soviet past with a walk to the giant Lenin statue in the city square.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Kokand (Border crossing into Uzbekistan) - This morning, cross the border to Margilan in Uzbekistan – a city along the Silk Road that’s been at the centre of Uzbekistan’s silk production since the 11th century. When you arrive, visit a silk weaving factory and the ikat-silk weavers of Margilan. Here, you can wander through the markets and workshops and learn about every step of the silk production process. Then, meet a potter at one of Rishton’s ceramics workshops. According to legend, ceramic production originated in Rishton in the 9th century when the city became a transit point on the Silk Road. Sit down to lunch at the potter’s home and learn about this ancient craft before travelling to Kokand. The rest of the afternoon is free for you to explore at your own pace.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Kokand - In the cool of the morning, discover the Khudayar Khan Palace Museum – the palace of the last Khan of Kokand Khanate. The palace, constructed in the late 19th century, is known for its blue, green and yellow tiles on the facade of the building and ornate interiors. Then, enjoy an afternoon free to explore Kokand at your own pace. Maybe see the Friday Mosque, wander through the bustling bazaars or visit the Royal Cemetery. Tonight, maybe find a local restaurant and head out for dinner with your fellow travellers.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Khujand (Border crossing into Tajikistan) - Cross the border into Tajikistan this morning. Then, continue to Khujand. Known as Alexandria Eskhata (Alexandria the Furthest) and believed to be founded by Alexander the Great, Khujand is one of the oldest cities in Central Asia. When you arrive, the rest of the day is free for you to explore the city at your own pace. Maybe wander around the evening bazaar and barter a good price on fruits and other local produce. Across the market is Jami Mosque from 16th century. If time allows, maybe visit the History Museum or Khujand Fortification.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Panjakent - This morning, start your journey to Panjakent – once the capital of ancient Sogdiana country on the Silk Road. Today is a bit of a long travel day, so it's a good idea to get stuck into your book or favourite podcasts. On the way, visit Marquzor Lakes – a chain of alpine lakes and local villages. Have lunch with a local Tajik family in the village before continuing to Penjikent. When you arrive this afternoon, explore the ancient city walls and ruins. Archaeologists working on the site have recently discovered more than fifty rooms here! Visit the tiny museum and wander through the foothills of the city walls before enjoying a free night to explore at your own pace.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Samarkand - After breakfast, take the bus across the border back into Uzbekistan. When you arrive, take a bus to Samarkand. This city is located at the very centre of the ancient Silk Road – a vast network of land and sea trade routes, which facilitated the exchange of goods like silk and spices from the second century to the mid-15th century. Later today, follow your leader on a short city orientation walk and see the historic mosques and bustling bazaars. Tonight, maybe head out for dinner with your group – your local leader will have the best recommendations of where to eat!

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Samarkand - This morning, visit central square called the Registan, which features mosques and mausoleums that are true pinnacles of Islamic architecture. Then, continue to Guri-Amir, where Tamerlane is buried, and then the enormous Bibi-Khanum Mosque. Visit Shak-i-Zinda – a necropolis that features a series of blue-tiled mausoleums. This sacred site has monuments from the 14th to 19th century, reflecting the development of the monumental art and architecture of the Timurid dynasty onwards. Tonight, you’ll learn the secrets of plov cuisine during a cooking demonstration with a local family.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Tashkent - This morning, take the train back to Tashkent. As the largest city in Central Asia, Tashkent blends Russian and Uzbek style, with grand mosques that sit alongside modern highways and Soviet monuments. Enjoy a free afternoon – maybe visit the State Museum of History of Uzbekistan or wander through the Art Gallery of Uzbekistan. Tonight, why not celebrate this great adventure with an optional farewell dinner!

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Tashkent - As there are no further activities planned today, your adventure comes to an end today. If you’d like to stay longer, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Bishkek - Salamatsyzby! Welcome to Kyrgyzstan! Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight in Bishkek. Tomorrow you’ll take a guided tour of the city, so don’t stress if you don’t have time to see much today. If you arrive early, maybe wander through the State Museum of Fine Arts or head out in search of some samsa (pastry pockets filled with meat and vegetables). After your meeting, maybe get to know your fellow travellers over a group dinner.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Bishkek - This morning, join your local leader on a guided city tour that showcases the various stages of Bishkek’s history. Visit the Ala-Too Square, once known as Lenin Square, and learn about the towering statue depicting folkloric hero Manas. Then, continue to Dubovy Park. Here, you’ll wander the open-air galleries, then explore the century-old oaks along Freedom Avenue. In the afternoon, you'll have some free time to further explore Bishkek at your own pace – maybe visit the Osh Market and wander through the stalls selling spices, fruits, clothes and carpets.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Issyk-Kul Lake - This morning, watch the beautiful landscape change as you drive to Kyrgyzstan. Along the way, stop at Burana Tower – a minaret that’s the most visible remnant of the ancient city of Balasagun. Then, continue to Don Aryk, where you’ll meet a local Kyrgyz family and sit down for a home-cooked lunch. After, continue to today’s destination – Issyk-Kul Lake. At 170 km long and 70 m wide, the Issyk-Kul Lake is the second-largest alpine lake in the world. Your yurt camp for tonight is set up along the south shore of the lake where you'll get a fantastic view of the snow-capped mountains setting behind the lake. Made of felt and tarpaulins on a round frame, yurts are the traditional dwellings of the Kyrgyz people, and this will be your 'settlement' for today and tomorrow.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Issyk-Kul Lake - After breakfast, you’ll head out to Kyzyl Tuu – known for yurt making. Almost every family here is a yurt maker, and the village is known far beyond Kyrgyzstan. Visit an artisan family who’ll teach you about their traditional yurts. With a special workshop, you’ll learn the basics of how these nomadic dwellings have been manufactured and how they play an important role in the community here. The rest of the afternoon is then free for you to explore at your own pace – maybe relax at your yurt camp, jump into the lake or set off on a short hike.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Song-Kul Lake (3016 meters) - Travel to Song-Kol Lake this morning. This alpine is considered sacred to many Kyrgyz people and one of the best summer pastures for nomadic herders. On the way, stop at Kochkor to visit the local market and a women's felt co-op. The landscape today will change depending on the season, but it is sure to be beautiful no matter when you travel. In the summer, you might see nomadic herdsmen and their families watching over goats, sheep and horses. When you arrive later today, spend some time exploring the surroundings at your own pace. Tonight, fall asleep in yurts set up along the shore.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Kyzyl-Oi - Travel along gravel roads to the tiny village of Kyzyl-Oi after breakfast. Today is a bit of a long travel day, so it's a good idea to get stuck into your book or favourite podcasts. On the way, pass large coal deposits and travel along the Kokomeren River, which feeds into the Syr Darya. Then, stop for a picnic lunch on the banks of the river and maybe use your free time to explore the village when you arrive. Tonight, learn how the locals cook their favourite snack of boorsok.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Suusamyr Valley/ Chychkan River/ Toktogul - Get ready for a full day of driving though beautiful landscapes. As you cross the Suusamyr Valley (a high steppe plateau situated at around 2200 m above sea level) take in the mountainous surroundings, often dotted with yurts. Then, travel along the Chychkan River that cuts through the Tien Shan Mountain Range. Stop here for a while and soak up the beautiful scenery before continuing to Toktogul – a city in Jalal-Abad Region of Kyrgyzstan, named after a popular poet and musician from the region, Toktogul Satilganov. Later, you’ll arrive at tonight’s accommodation, which is part of the local community-based tourism network in Toktogul.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Osh - After breakfast, travel to Osh – the second-largest city in Kyrgystan. Located in the Fergana Valley in the south of the country, Osh is often referred to as the Capital of the South and is the oldest city in the country. Along the way, stop at Uzgen – an ancient trading town and handicrafts centre along the Silk Road. Although much of the ancient city has been destroyed, the three surviving mosques remain important examples of medieval Central Asian architecture. When you arrive in Osh this afternoon, the rest of the day is free for you to explore at your own pace.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Osh - Rise and shine early for a visit to the only UNESCO World Heritage site in Kyrgyzstan – the Sulaiman-Too Sacred Mountain. For centuries, Silk Road travellers have sought out the mountain's caves and petroglyphs, believing they’d be blessed with longevity and healthy children. Visit the National Historical and Archaeological Museum Complex. In the afternoon, enjoy some free time in Osh. Maybe visit the Jayma Bazaar, where you might pick up an interesting souvenir or two, or maybe take a self-guided tour of the remnants of Osh's Soviet past with a walk to the giant Lenin statue in the city square.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Kokand (Border crossing into Uzbekistan) - This morning, cross the border to Margilan in Uzbekistan – a city along the Silk Road that’s been at the centre of Uzbekistan’s silk production since the 11th century. When you arrive, visit a silk weaving factory and the ikat-silk weavers of Margilan. Here, you can wander through the markets and workshops and learn about every step of the silk production process. Then, meet a potter at one of Rishton’s ceramics workshops. According to legend, ceramic production originated in Rishton in the 9th century when the city became a transit point on the Silk Road. Sit down to lunch at the potter’s home and learn about this ancient craft before travelling to Kokand. The rest of the afternoon is free for you to explore at your own pace.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Kokand - In the cool of the morning, discover the Khudayar Khan Palace Museum – the palace of the last Khan of Kokand Khanate. The palace, constructed in the late 19th century, is known for its blue, green and yellow tiles on the facade of the building and ornate interiors. Then, enjoy an afternoon free to explore Kokand at your own pace. Maybe see the Friday Mosque, wander through the bustling bazaars or visit the Royal Cemetery. Tonight, maybe find a local restaurant and head out for dinner with your fellow travellers.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Khujand (Border crossing into Tajikistan) - Cross the border into Tajikistan this morning. Then, continue to Khujand. Known as Alexandria Eskhata (Alexandria the Furthest) and believed to be founded by Alexander the Great, Khujand is one of the oldest cities in Central Asia. When you arrive, the rest of the day is free for you to explore the city at your own pace. Maybe wander around the evening bazaar and barter a good price on fruits and other local produce. Across the market is Jami Mosque from 16th century. If time allows, maybe visit the History Museum or Khujand Fortification.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Panjakent - This morning, start your journey to Panjakent – once the capital of ancient Sogdiana country on the Silk Road. Today is a bit of a long travel day, so it's a good idea to get stuck into your book or favourite podcasts. On the way, visit Marquzor Lakes – a chain of alpine lakes and local villages. Have lunch with a local Tajik family in the village before continuing to Penjikent. When you arrive this afternoon, explore the ancient city walls and ruins. Archaeologists working on the site have recently discovered more than fifty rooms here! Visit the tiny museum and wander through the foothills of the city walls before enjoying a free night to explore at your own pace.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Samarkand - After breakfast, take the bus across the border back into Uzbekistan. When you arrive, take a bus to Samarkand. This city is located at the very centre of the ancient Silk Road – a vast network of land and sea trade routes, which facilitated the exchange of goods like silk and spices from the second century to the mid-15th century. Later today, follow your leader on a short city orientation walk and see the historic mosques and bustling bazaars. Tonight, maybe head out for dinner with your group – your local leader will have the best recommendations of where to eat!

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Samarkand - This morning, visit central square called the Registan, which features mosques and mausoleums that are true pinnacles of Islamic architecture. Then, continue to Guri-Amir, where Tamerlane is buried, and then the enormous Bibi-Khanum Mosque. Visit Shak-i-Zinda – a necropolis that features a series of blue-tiled mausoleums. This sacred site has monuments from the 14th to 19th century, reflecting the development of the monumental art and architecture of the Timurid dynasty onwards. Tonight, you’ll learn the secrets of plov cuisine during a cooking demonstration with a local family.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Tashkent - This morning, take the train back to Tashkent. As the largest city in Central Asia, Tashkent blends Russian and Uzbek style, with grand mosques that sit alongside modern highways and Soviet monuments. Enjoy a free afternoon – maybe visit the State Museum of History of Uzbekistan or wander through the Art Gallery of Uzbekistan. Tonight, why not celebrate this great adventure with an optional farewell dinner!

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Tashkent - Today is a free day to relax and recharge in Tashkent. Maybe explore any of the mosques you haven’t seen yet or take a walk among the contemporary architecture. Tonight, you’ll have a second welcome meeting at 6 pm to meet the new travellers joining you on the last leg of your epic adventure. After your meeting, why not head out to dinner together to get to know each other.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Tashkent / Overnight Train - This morning, embark on a city tour to explore Tashkent. Visit the Amir Timur Square in the city’s centre and wander the bustling Chorsu Bazaar. An impressive dome tops the main building here and the market sells everything you could imagine. Explore the decorated metro stations, which were only allowed to be photographed from 2018, and the Khast Imom Complex, which houses one of the oldest copies of Qur'an. Have some free time in the afternoon and maybe stock some snacks for your overnight train tonight.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Khiva - Arrive in Khiva mid-morning – many global powers have laid claim to this city over the centuries, from Khans to Silk Road traders and the Soviet Union. Get acquainted with Khiva on a city tour with your leader. See the incredible blue-tiled Kalta Minor Minaret and the Mohammed Amin Khan Madrassa. Explore the Kuhna Ark – the 'citadel within a citadel' that once housed the Khan and his family in the 17th century – then, get a view from above from the Ak-sheikh Baba Observatory. Visit the towering Islom Hoja Minaret – the tallest building in Khiva – and explore the Juma Mosque. Wander through the elaborately decorated courtyards connected by labyrinthian corridors at the Tosh-Hovli Palace and find a good spot to watch the sunset over this ancient city.

     

    Day - 20

    Location: Khiva - After breakfast today, you’ll have a free day to explore Khiva at your own pace. Home to more than 60 cultural sites, medieval mosques and opulent palaces, there is plenty to see and do in this fascinatingly ancient city. Maybe head to one of the many museums, check out the souvenir shops or wander around one of the craft studios. If you’re not sure where to go and what to see, just ask your leader for tips!

     

    Day - 21

    Location: Border crossing / Darvaza - A long travel day today. This morning, say goodbye to Uzbekistan and cross the border into Turkmenistan. After border formalities, you’ll meet your new leader and head on to Dashoguz. When you arrive, visit a local bazaar and stretch your legs. Then, switch into 4WDs and drive on to Derweze – this village in the middle of the Karakum Desert is famous for ‘The Gates of Hell’ – this gas crater is an astounding 70-m-wide, 30-m-deep pit permanently aflame and formally known as the Darvaza Crater. Soviet oil prospectors started drilling in 1971 expecting to find oil, and the ground collapsed. Worried about the gas released into the air, they deliberately set the crater on fire to burn off the excess, expecting it to last a few weeks. As you’ll see today, they were wrong, and the crater has been burning ever since. When you arrive, take a walk around the crater and learn about the flora and fauna of the desert. Watch the sunset over the flames from your nearby yurt camp and enjoy a picnic dinner

     

    Day - 22

    Location: Ashgabat / Nohur - Drive to Nohur Village via Ashgabat today, through the desert and into the Kopet Dag Mountains that separate Turkmenistan from Iran. On the way, you’ll stop to stretch your legs and take photos with visits to a mud crater, a water crater and the Yerbent Nomad Village. When you arrive in Ashgabat, stop for lunch and change to minibuses for the dusty winding roads to Nohur Village. When you arrive at your guesthouse in the afternoon, you’ll watch how the locals weave Keteni – a homespun silk fabric. Maybe take a walk to see the distinctive local graves, marked by the horns of mountain goats, and then along the shepherd’s trails that pass by waterfalls and swimming holes. Tonight, you’ll have a traditional dinner home-cooked by your hosts.

     

    Day - 23

    Location: Ashgabat - Enjoy a traditional breakfast in the guesthouse this morning, then head out to learn more about the village lifestyle of local Turkmen tribes. You’ll meet with the residents here who are a part of the Nohur ethnic group, who consider themselves to be descendants of Alexander the Great. Wander around the tribes’ cemetery, overgrown and equipped with the mountain goat horns, and learn about the peoples’ customs, traditions and spirituality. After, visit Gyz Bibi Cave – a place of local pilgrimage. See an 800-year-old Cynar tree – more than 800 years old tree, then say goodbye to the village and head on to Ashgabat. Along the way, you’ll visit a local horse breeder’s farm for a cooking demonstration of Baursaki. Watch the process of frying the dough in oil, then maybe try it out for yourself! Watch how their bread is cooked in a tandoor (a mud oven), then sit down with your host to enjoy some of the treats as you learn about his family and his passion for Akhal-Teke horses – this breed of horse is specific to the region and have a reputation for their speed, endurance, intelligence and distinctive metallic sheen. Later, continue to Ashgabat, where you’ll spend the night.

     

    Day - 24

    Location: Ashgabat - Take a full day to wrap your head around this desert city on an immersive guided tour. First, visit the ancient settlement of Nisa, built in the 3rd century BC. See the Halk Hakydasy Memorial Complex, built to honour those killed in the Battle of Geok Tepe in 1881, in World War II and in the 1948 earthquake. Then, head out of town to the ruins of Anau. The crumbling remains of the 15th century medieval mosque still attracts the devout, who come to pray and make offerings. Wander the Russian Bazaar to see locals doing their daily shopping and maybe taste some samosas, doner-kebabs and sweet melon! See the local Turkmen’s handmade souvenirs and maybe choose something special to bring home. This afternoon, take in the four-pointed martinets of the Ertugrul Gazi Mosque. You’ll then have some free time to relax and recharge before an evening visit to the monuments of Archabil Street, including the Neutrality Arch.

     

    Day - 25

    Location: Merv / Mary - Rise and shine for the drive to Mary (pronounced ‘Mah-rih’) – the somewhat ostentatious displays of wealth in this city can be traced to the long-running gas and cotton industries. When you arrive, settle into your hotel, then head out to wander through the lively bazaar with your leader. Take drive out to Merv, also known as Margiana or Margush, and enjoy some time exploring Turkmenistan's most recognised site. This sprawling UNESCO World Heritage site is home to numerous walled structures from various periods spread across a 1200-hectare area. See impressive columns smoothed by wind and time at the Greater Kizkala and walk hills that were once the fortress walls of Erk Kala. While not the most impressive visually, Gyaur Kala dates to 400 BC and has a fascinating history. Spend some time exploring these relics of grand empires, then return to Mary for some free time. Maybe visit the Mary Regional Museum. Housed in a palace of white marble, the museum features archaeological displays and exhibitions on traditional Turkmen life and culture.

     

    Day - 26

    Location: Ashgabat - This morning after breakfast, head out to see the local Orthodox Church and take some more time wandering around Mary’s city center, before returning to Ashgabat – the City of White Marble. Arrive late afternoon and head out again as the sun goes down to walk along the promenade with your group. Maybe find somewhere for dinner and celebrate your final night on this incredible adventure.

     

    Day - 27

    Location: Ashgabat - With no further activities planned, your trip comes to an end today after breakfast. If you need help with organising a transfer to the airport, just speak to your leader.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Ashgabat - Hos Geldiniz! Welcome to Turkmenistan. Your adventure begins in the country’s capital, Ashgabat. Here, you’ll find manicured parklands, marble lined streets and huge, modern monuments – a vast contrast to the rest of the ancient country. You’ll have a welcome meeting this evening at 6 pm. If you arrive early, feel free to explore the area near your hotel. After you meet your local leader and small group of fellow travellers, you’ll head out for dinner and your first taste of Turkmenistan cuisine.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Ashgabat - Head out for a city tour of Ashgabat with your leader today – see the four-pointed minarets of the Ertugrul Gazi Mosque and the extravagant Independence Monument. This sculpted park is filled with statues of Turkmen heroes (and controversial politicians) line the paths that lead to a golden dome and a massive minaret. Continue to the Neutrality Arch, which despite its name, has a provocative history. Travel outside the city to the Turkmenbashy Ruhi Mosque – the mausoleum of former Turkmen leader Saparmurat Niyazov – before heading to the ruins of Anau. The crumbling remains of the medieval mosque still attract the devout, who come to pray and make offerings. After an action-packed day full of sightseeing, tonight is free to explore (or simply relax) as you wish.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Darvaza Crater - Enjoy a leisurely morning to explore Ashgabat at your own pace. This afternoon, make tracks for the Darvaza Gas Crater – this 70 m wide hole in the Karakum Desert is permanently aflame and is also known as ‘The Gates of Hell’. Soviet oil prospectors started drilling here in 1971, when suddenly the ground collapsed to form the crater. Worried about the gas released into the air, they deliberately set the crater on fire to burn off the excess, expecting it to last a few weeks. As you’ll see, the crater has been burning ever since. From your nearby camp, you’ll watch the sunset with your group as you dig into a Turkmenistan-style dinner before retiring to your tent for a night under the desert stars.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Border crossing/Khiva - It’s an early morning this morning as you hit the road for a long day of travel. First, in Kunya Urgench – once a main hub of the Islamic world, this place suffered destruction at the hands of Genghis Khan and the Timurid dynasty and fell into decay until the 20th century. See the mosque, mausoleum and 60 m high Gutlug Timur Minaret before continuing to the Turkmen/Uzbek border of Khodjeyli (Xo’jayli) to Khiva. When you arrive, you’ll have a free evening to rest.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Khiva - Today is for sightseeing in Khiva. With your local leader, you’ll see the blue-tiled Kalta Minor Minaret and the Mohammed Amin Khan Madressa. Explore the Kuhna Ark – the 'citadel within a citadel,' which once housed the Khan and his family in the 17th century. Visit the Pahlavon Mahmud Mausoleum – constructed in honour of the famous 13th-century poet, craftsman and fighter – and the towering Islom Hoja Minaret, which is the tallest building in Khiva. Explore Juma Mosque and see how the roof is propped up by 212 wooden columns designed to let in sunlight. Next, see the Tosh-Hovli Palace, built in the first half of the 19th century. Wander through elaborately decorated courtyards connected by labyrinthian corridors, then enjoy a free afternoon to continue at your own pace.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Bukhara - Make sure your headphones are charged, as you have a big travel day ahead. You’ll arrive in Bukhara in Uzbekistan in the late afternoon, and the long drive will be forgotten as you’re swept up in the mosaics and ancient monuments of the city. Founded no later than the 1st century BC, across its many years, the city has been ruled by countless empires and dynasties, now reflected in the colourful culture. When you arrive, wander through the Lyabi-Hauz Plaza and the trading dome and see the ancient sites lit up as night falls.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Bukhara - Head out for a half day tour of Bukhara. First, you’ll visit the Sitorai Mohi Khosa – once the summer palace of the last Bukharan emirs. Designed by Russian architects, it has interiors decorated with traditional filigree plaster, mirrored surfaces and delicate floral wall paintings crafted by local artisans. Continue to Ark Fortress – the symbol of Bukhara – then, see one of Central Asia's oldest and most exquisite structures – the tenth-century Ismail Samani Mausoleum. You then have a free afternoon to explore the ancient Silk Road town. Maybe visit Bolo Haus Mosque, Chor Minor, Kalon Mosque and Minaret, or Ulukbek Madrassah and Abdulaziz Khan Madrassa.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Samarkand - Soak up a free morning in Bukhara, then jump aboard a train bound for Samarkand in the afternoon – located at the very centre of the ancient Silk Road. When you arrive, visit the Gur-Amir mausoleum where the great Uzbek conqueror, Tamerlane, is buried. You then have a free evening – maybe follow your leader to the Registan Square to see it illuminated at night.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Samarkand - This morning, head to Shak-i-Zinda – a necropolis featuring a series of blue-tiled mausoleums. This sacred site has monuments from the 14th to the 19th century, reflecting the development of the monumental art and architecture of the Timurid dynasty. Then, visit the enormous Bibi Khanum Mosque and explore the ancient bazaar right behind it, maybe sampling some Khalva (local sweets made of sunflower seeds or peanuts) and get a glass of squeezed pomegranate juice (depending on the season). After, see the world-renouned Registan, which features three of the most famous madrassahs in Uzbekistan. The rest of the afternoon is free. Maybe inspect the remains of the medieval observatory developed by Ulug Beg – an astronomer and grandson of nomadic conqueror and Timurid emperor Tamerlane (Amir Timur). Tonight, you’ll visit a local family to learn the secrets of plov cuisine during a cooking demonstration, which you’ll then tuck into for dinner.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Tashkent - You have a free morning before you say goodbye to Samarkand and jump back on the train around midday to Tashkent. When you arrive, you have a free evening to explore this capital city at leisure. Alternatively, you might like to soak up the down time and get your rest for tomorrow.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Tashkent - Follow your leader on a city walking tour of Tashkent today. Explore Amir Timur square at the city centre, then hop on the metro to the Chorsu Bazaar, browsing traditional wooden cradles, handmade musical instruments and the extensive vegetable and spice markets. Enjoy a free afternoon to maybe visit the Khast Imom complex – a restored series of religious buildings (including a mosque) and a library containing an ancient Qur’an, parts of which have been dated to the ninth century.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Border crossing/Khujand - After breakfast this morning, hit the road to the Oibek border to cross into Tajikistan before arriving in Khujand. This city is known as Alexandria Eskhata (Alexandria the furthest) and is believed to have been founded by Alexander the Great in the 6th century BC. When you arrive, wander around the bazaar and Jami Mosque, then maybe hit up the history museum.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Iskanderkul lake/Sary Tag Village - Make the epic drive across Shahriston Pass (with an elevation of 3378 m) to Iskanderkul Lake, named after Alexander the Great – this scenic spot is a popular weekend destination for many locals from Dushanbe. When you arrive, admire the local ‘Niagara’ and Zmeinnoe Lake before continuing to Sary Tag – a mountain village on the other end of the lake, in the heart of Fann mountains. This evening, you’ll have a little time to explore the village and discover the local way of life.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Dushanbe - This morning, hit the mountain roads once more and drive over the Anzob Pass (with an elevation of 3373 m) to Dushanbe – the capital of Tajikistan. After lunch, visit Hissor Fort – the former capital of Eastern Bukhara province. Explore this ancient fortress, located on a hill overlooking the town of Hisor, and check out its impressive stone walls, commanding gateway and perfectly manicured gardens. Then, the afternoon is free for you to explore Dushanbe at your own pace. Maybe explore one of the many parks or museums in the city.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Dushanbe - Take a public bus to Navruz Palace – initially planned as a new teahouse, the palace has now grown into a conference hall decorated in Tajik Barocco styles. Head to Rudaki Square and see the Ismail Somoni Monument overlooking the city hall. Anyone with a soft spot for archaeology will enjoy the Museum of National Antiquities, which opened in 2001. Here, you can check out exhibits from Tajikistan’s pre-Islamic civilisations (Greek/Bactrian, Buddhist, Hindu and Zoroastrian). The centrepiece is the 14 m reclining Buddha in Nirvana – since the tragic destruction of the Bamiyan statues in Afghanistan, this is the largest surviving Buddha statue in Central Asia.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Border crossing/Almaty - After breakfast today, catch a flight to Almaty – the largest city in Kazakhstan and known as a skier's paradise, with snow-capped mountains framing the entire city. With beautiful parks, restaurants, museums and plenty of shops and markets to choose from, this city stands in stark contrast to the countryside surrounding it. Depending on the time of your flight today, you may have an opportunity to explore the city this afternoon. Otherwise, grab an early night and get prepared for a jam-packed day of sightseeing tomorrow.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Almaty - Strap in for a full day of sightseeing in Almaty today. Kazakhstan is one of the world's top five oil-producing nations and you’ll notice the development and wealth that comes from it as you wander the streets. You’ll visit Central Square and the colourful Zenkoff Cathedral in Panfilov Park – dedicated to the 28 guardsmen who died defending Moscow against Nazi tanks in WWII. Then, check out the fascinating Museum of Kazakh Musical Instruments. The rest of the day is free to explore at your leisure – just ask your local leader for recommendations.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Kolsay Lakes National Park - This morning, we’ll drive to Saty Village with a stop along the way at the spectacular Charyn Canyon. The richly coloured orange canyon etched into the surrounding landscape is no less impressive than the Grand Canyon in the US (though much smaller). Enjoy some time here to marvel at this natural wonder and grab some photos before we continue to Saty Village.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Kolsay Lakes National Park/ Border Crossing/ Karakol - Explore the surrounding area of Saty Village today with a hike to Kolsai Lakes – also known as ‘the blue necklace’ for the azure water framed by green mountains. You may also visit the lesser-known Kaindy Lake – a turquoise lake with a striking ‘submerged forest’ protruding from the water. Amazingly, the lake was created by an earthquake in 1911 which caused a limestone landslide creating a dam in the forest. Have lunch during your hike, then continue the journey to Kyrgyzstan. When you arrive in Karakol, head out to explore with your leader – once a small Russian military post, then a bustling soviet state, this town is bursting with history. Visit the Dungan Mosque – built in 1910, this colourful mosque was created without the use of a single nail! Instead, the structure was built using special cutting and groove techniques. Then, explore the Holy Trinity Orthodox Cathedral and a local market.

     

    Day - 20

    Location: Issyk-Kul Lake - Today is for scenic hikes and panoramic views! After breakfast, drive along the south shore of Lake Issyk-Kul. As one of the largest lakes in the world, the lake is 178 km long and 60 km wide! On the way, stop to see Jety Oguz – also known as Seven Bull Valley. From here, you’ll continue to Skazka (Fairy Tale) Canyon, where you can soak in the rich orange landscapes that blanket the area. Tonight, you'll get the chance to stay in a yurt camp. A truly special experience, yurts have a long history in this area, used for generations by nomadic tribes. Settle in and enjoy a night under the stars!

     

    Day - 21

    Location: Issyk-Kul Lake - Wander the beautiful alpine area of Issyk-Kul and visit a few local families who’ll teach you more about their traditional yurts. With a special workshop, you’ll learn the basics of how these nomadic dwellings have been manufactured and how they play an important role in the community here. Then, you’ll visit a local family, learn how they make felt and enjoy a home-cooked lunch. Tonight, relax in your yurt camp and maybe toast to a sky full of stars with a small vodka.

     

    Day - 22

    Location: Bishkek - This morning, kiss your alpine camp goodbye and hit the road for Bishkek – the capital of Kyrgyzstan and your final destination. Stop at Burana Tower – a minaret and the most visible remnant of the ancient city Balasagun. Then, continue to Don Aryk and meet a local Kyrgyz family for a home-cooked lunch. Arrive mid-afternoon, take an orientation walk with your leader and enjoy a free evening.

     

    Day - 23

    Location: Bishkek - Head out a city tour this morning, showcasing the country's fascinating history. Visit the centre of the city – Ala-too Square, known as Lenin Square in Soviet times. Lenin used to stand in his concrete overcoat in the middle of this square, proudly gesturing towards the mountains. Then, head to Dubovy (Oak) Park, where you'll find century-old oaks. Later, you'll have some free time to further explore Bishkek at your leisure. You might like to visit Osh Market – it might be a little noisy and crowded here, but it provides the perfect peek into local life. You'll find all kinds of things on sale here from spices and fruits to clothes and carpets. In the evening, perhaps get together with your fellow travellers for a final dinner together to celebrate a great journey through the Five Stans.

     

    Day - 24

    Location: Bishkek - With no further activities planned, your adventure comes to an end after breakfast today. You can check out of your hotel any time before noon. If you need help with transfers or extra accommodation, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Astana - Salemetsiz be! Welcome to Kazakhstan. Your adventure begins in Astana with a welcome meeting at 6 pm at your hotel. Astana was purpose-built to become the capital city of Kazakhstan in 1997 and is home to meticulously planned city streets and architecture. The modern metropolis was designed by leading Japanese architect Kisho Kurokawa, who won first prize in a competition against other world-renowned architects. Now, it’s one of the youngest cities in Central Asia. If you arrive early, maybe stroll along the Astana waterfront or go shopping in the world’s largest tent at the Khan Shatyr Entertainment Centre. Tonight, join your leader and group for dinner in town for your first authentic Kazakh food experience.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Astana - This morning, join your leader for a city tour around some of the most impressive designs of the new city. Visit Bayterek tower, then stroll down Nur Boulevard to Khan Shatyr – another city landmark in the shape of a giant transparent tent. Visit Nur-Astana Mosque – with its capacity of 5000 worshippers inside and an additional 2000 outside, it’s one of the largest mosques in Central Asia. Then, you'll stop at the Palace of Peace & Reconciliation – a pyramid-shaped conference hall considered Astana's symbolic centre. This afternoon, why not find some horse meat dishes or plov (a popular rice dish with chunks of lamb, onions and carrots) for lunch. After, you’ll met back up with your group and visit a renowned local jeweller and his workshop to learn about his craft.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Turkistan - This morning, take a flight to the historic centre of Kazakhstan, Turkistan – home to more relics and cultural sites than any other place in the country. When you arrive, visit the new Caravan Serai – a complex recently built to model ancient Silk Road trade centres, giving visitors a taste of what life was once like here. With your free time in the late afternoon, you can see the Yasawi Mausoleum, illuminated with vivid colours and patterned exteriors.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Turkistan/ Overnight Train - Head out on a city tour this morning, starting with a visit to Khoja Ahmed Yasawi Mausoleum – Kazakhstan’s most iconic building. Built by Tamerlane, it’s said that three visits here are equal to one visit to Mecca. As it’s a religious site, it’s recommended that women wear a headscarf when entering. On the grounds, you'll find a rose garden, monuments, an archaeological museum and a mosque. Leaving the mausoleum, jump in your private transport to Shymkent, stopping at the ancient settlement of Otrar on the way. First excavated in 1969, its history dates back to the first century AD, with remnants of palaces, mosques and bathhouses that can still be seen today. This is also where Genghis Khan's army is said to have fought when the Mongols first invaded Central Asia. Board your overnight train in the evening.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Almaty - Pulling into Alamaty this morning, hop off the train and head out to find some breakfast. Today, you’ll be going on a daytrip to Lake Issyk and Turgen Gorge. Stop at the Issyk Museum – an archaeological reserve dedicated to Kazakh history and Scythian culture (an ancient nomadic people who were particularly skilled in horseback warfare). Continue to Ile-Alatau National Park, where peaceful Lake Issyk sits in the foothills of the surrounding mountains. Relax and refresh on the lakeshore of this stunning spot before carrying on to Turgen Gorge, where a short hike will bring you to a waterfall. On the way back to Almaty, stop by a winery, where you’ll meet with a local craft winemaker and sample some raw wine, craft cheese and tuck into a hearty lunch.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Almaty - Today, you’ll take a city tour of Almaty with a local guide. This former capital of Kazakhstan now has a completely different vibrancy to Astana, with its wide tree-lined streets, numerous parks and the view of the snow-capped mountains. Visit Central Square and the colourful Zenkoff Cathedral in Panfilov Park, dedicated to the 28 guardsmen who died defending Moscow against German tanks in WWII. Check out the fascinating Museum of Kazakh Musical Instruments, which features a great collection of ancient relics. Finally, visit Zelenyi Bazaar and experience the vibrant market scene before returning to the hotel to rest and recharge.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Kolsay Lakes National Park - This morning, drive to Saty Village, stopping at the spectacular Charyn Canyon along the way. The richly coloured canyon carves a path through the surrounding landscape, with vivid tones of oranges and browns shifting and changing as the sun travels across the sky. Enjoy some time here to marvel at the natural wonder and grab some photos before continuing to Saty Village, where you’ll check into your homestay and experience a taste of local life in the Tien Shan Mountain Range.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Kolsay Lakes/Border Crossing/Karakol - This morning, visit Kolsay Lakes, also known as ‘the blue necklace’ for the clear blue waters framed by the mountains. If there’s time, you’ll take a hike to the lesser-known Kaindy Lake – a turquoise lake with a ‘submerged forest’ protruding from the water. Amazingly, the lake was created by an earthquake in 1911 which caused a limestone landslide, creating a natural dam in the forest. As time went on, the dam filled with water and the trees were covered, leaving just their trunks standing in the centre. Enjoy a picnic lunch, then head over the border to Kyrgyzstan, where you’ll continue your journey to Karakol.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Karakol - This morning you’ll head out on a city tour of Karakol – once a small Russian military post, then a bustling soviet state, this town is bursting with history. Visit the Dungan Mosque – built in 1910, this colourful mosque was created without the use of a single nail. Instead, the structure was built using special cutting and groove techniques. You’ll also explore the Holy Trinity Orthodox Cathedral and a local market. Then, head out of the city to see the Jety Oguz, also known as Seven Bull Valley, where your leader will take you on a forest hike to a waterfall with panoramic views. Return to Karakol for another restful night.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Bishkek - Today you’ll have a full day's drive to Bishkek, which sits along the northern shore of Issyk Kul – the second largest alpine lake in the world after Lake Titicaca in South America. The views of the landscape are not to be missed, especially your first glimpse of Issyk Kul, surrounded by snow-capped mountains. Along the way, you'll stop at Cholpan Ata to visit a petroglyph's site. Then, take a short boat ride out onto the huge alpine lake to really soak up the beauty of these shimmering waters. In Bishkek, you have a free night, where you might want to head to a final dinner with your group and toast to an amazing adventure.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Bishkek - Today is a free day in Bishkek until your second welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. In your free time, maybe walk through one of the local gardens or head out in search of some samsa (pastry pockets filled with meat and vegetables). After the meeting, why not grab dinner with your new group and get to know each other.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Bishkek - This morning, join your local leader on a guided city tour that showcases the various stages of Bishkek’s history. Visit the Ala-Too Square, once known as Lenin Square, and learn about the towering statue depicting folkloric hero Manas. Then, continue to Dubovy Park. Here, you’ll wander the open-air galleries, then explore the century-old oaks along Freedom Avenue. In the afternoon, you'll have some free time to further explore Bishkek at your own pace – maybe visit the Osh Market and wander through the stalls selling spices, fruits, clothes and carpets.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Issyk-Kul Lake - This morning, watch the beautiful landscape change as you drive to Kyrgyzstan. Along the way, stop at Burana Tower – a minaret that’s the most visible remnant of the ancient city of Balasagun. Then, continue to Don Aryk, where you’ll meet a local Kyrgyz family and sit down for a home-cooked lunch. After, continue to today’s destination – Issyk-Kul Lake. At 170 km long and 70 m wide, the Issyk-Kul Lake is the second-largest alpine lake in the world. Your yurt camp for tonight is set up along the south shore of the lake where you'll get a fantastic view of the snow-capped mountains setting behind the lake. Made of felt and tarpaulins on a round frame, yurts are the traditional dwellings of the Kyrgyz people, and this will be your 'settlement' for today and tomorrow.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Issyk-Kul Lake - After breakfast, you’ll head out to Kyzyl Tuu – known for yurt making. Almost every family here is a yurt maker, and the village is known far beyond Kyrgyzstan. Visit an artisan family who’ll teach you about their traditional yurts. With a special workshop, you’ll learn the basics of how these nomadic dwellings have been manufactured and how they play an important role in the community here. The rest of the afternoon is then free for you to explore at your own pace – maybe relax at your yurt camp, jump into the lake or set off on a short hike.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Song-Kul Lake (3016 meters) - Travel to Song-Kol Lake this morning. This alpine is considered sacred to many Kyrgyz people and one of the best summer pastures for nomadic herders. On the way, stop at Kochkor to visit the local market and a women's felt co-op. The landscape today will change depending on the season, but it is sure to be beautiful no matter when you travel. In the summer, you might see nomadic herdsmen and their families watching over goats, sheep and horses. When you arrive later today, spend some time exploring the surroundings at your own pace. Tonight, fall asleep in yurts set up along the shore.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Kyzyl-Oi - Travel along gravel roads to the tiny village of Kyzyl-Oi after breakfast. Today is a bit of a long travel day, so it's a good idea to get stuck into your book or favourite podcasts. On the way, pass large coal deposits and travel along the Kokomeren River, which feeds into the Syr Darya. Then, stop for a picnic lunch on the banks of the river and maybe use your free time to explore the village when you arrive. Tonight, learn how the locals cook their favourite snack of boorsok.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Suusamyr Valley/ Chychkan River/ Toktogul - Get ready for a full day of driving though beautiful landscapes. As you cross the Suusamyr Valley (a high steppe plateau situated at around 2200 m above sea level) take in the mountainous surroundings, often dotted with yurts. Then, travel along the Chychkan River that cuts through the Tien Shan Mountain Range. Stop here for a while and soak up the beautiful scenery before continuing to Toktogul – a city in Jalal-Abad Region of Kyrgyzstan, named after a popular poet and musician from the region, Toktogul Satilganov. Later, you’ll arrive at tonight’s accommodation, which is part of the local community-based tourism network in Toktogul.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Osh - After breakfast, travel to Osh – the second-largest city in Kyrgystan. Located in the Fergana Valley in the south of the country, Osh is often referred to as the Capital of the South and is the oldest city in the country. Along the way, stop at Uzgen – an ancient trading town and handicrafts centre along the Silk Road. Although much of the ancient city has been destroyed, the three surviving mosques remain important examples of medieval Central Asian architecture. When you arrive in Osh this afternoon, the rest of the day is free for you to explore at your own pace.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Osh - Rise and shine early for a visit to the only UNESCO World Heritage site in Kyrgyzstan – the Sulaiman-Too Sacred Mountain. For centuries, Silk Road travellers have sought out the mountain's caves and petroglyphs, believing they’d be blessed with longevity and healthy children. Visit the National Historical and Archaeological Museum Complex. In the afternoon, enjoy some free time in Osh. Maybe visit the Jayma Bazaar, where you might pick up an interesting souvenir or two, or maybe take a self-guided tour of the remnants of Osh's Soviet past with a walk to the giant Lenin statue in the city square.

     

    Day - 20

    Location: Kokand (Border crossing into Uzbekistan) - This morning, cross the border to Margilan in Uzbekistan – a city along the Silk Road that’s been at the centre of Uzbekistan’s silk production since the 11th century. When you arrive, visit a silk weaving factory and the ikat-silk weavers of Margilan. Here, you can wander through the markets and workshops and learn about every step of the silk production process. Then, meet a potter at one of Rishton’s ceramics workshops. According to legend, ceramic production originated in Rishton in the 9th century when the city became a transit point on the Silk Road. Sit down to lunch at the potter’s home and learn about this ancient craft before travelling to Kokand. The rest of the afternoon is free for you to explore at your own pace.

     

    Day - 21

    Location: Kokand - In the cool of the morning, discover the Khudayar Khan Palace Museum – the palace of the last Khan of Kokand Khanate. The palace, constructed in the late 19th century, is known for its blue, green and yellow tiles on the facade of the building and ornate interiors. Then, enjoy an afternoon free to explore Kokand at your own pace. Maybe see the Friday Mosque, wander through the bustling bazaars or visit the Royal Cemetery. Tonight, maybe find a local restaurant and head out for dinner with your fellow travellers.

     

    Day - 22

    Location: Khujand (Border crossing into Tajikistan) - Cross the border into Tajikistan this morning. Then, continue to Khujand. Known as Alexandria Eskhata (Alexandria the Furthest) and believed to be founded by Alexander the Great, Khujand is one of the oldest cities in Central Asia. When you arrive, the rest of the day is free for you to explore the city at your own pace. Maybe wander around the evening bazaar and barter a good price on fruits and other local produce. Across the market is Jami Mosque from 16th century. If time allows, maybe visit the History Museum or Khujand Fortification.

     

    Day - 23

    Location: Panjakent - This morning, start your journey to Panjakent – once the capital of ancient Sogdiana country on the Silk Road. Today is a bit of a long travel day, so it's a good idea to get stuck into your book or favourite podcasts. On the way, visit Marquzor Lakes – a chain of alpine lakes and local villages. Have lunch with a local Tajik family in the village before continuing to Penjikent. When you arrive this afternoon, explore the ancient city walls and ruins. Archaeologists working on the site have recently discovered more than fifty rooms here! Visit the tiny museum and wander through the foothills of the city walls before enjoying a free night to explore at your own pace.

     

    Day - 24

    Location: Samarkand - After breakfast, take the bus across the border back into Uzbekistan. When you arrive, take a bus to Samarkand. This city is located at the very centre of the ancient Silk Road – a vast network of land and sea trade routes, which facilitated the exchange of goods like silk and spices from the second century to the mid-15th century. Later today, follow your leader on a short city orientation walk and see the historic mosques and bustling bazaars. Tonight, maybe head out for dinner with your group – your local leader will have the best recommendations of where to eat!

     

    Day - 25

    Location: Samarkand - This morning, visit central square called the Registan, which features mosques and mausoleums that are true pinnacles of Islamic architecture. Then, continue to Guri-Amir, where Tamerlane is buried, and then the enormous Bibi-Khanum Mosque. Visit Shak-i-Zinda – a necropolis that features a series of blue-tiled mausoleums. This sacred site has monuments from the 14th to 19th century, reflecting the development of the monumental art and architecture of the Timurid dynasty onwards. Tonight, you’ll learn the secrets of plov cuisine during a cooking demonstration with a local family.

     

    Day - 26

    Location: Tashkent - This morning, take the train back to Tashkent. As the largest city in Central Asia, Tashkent blends Russian and Uzbek style, with grand mosques that sit alongside modern highways and Soviet monuments. Enjoy a free afternoon – maybe visit the State Museum of History of Uzbekistan or wander through the Art Gallery of Uzbekistan. Tonight, why not celebrate this great adventure with an optional farewell dinner!

     

    Day - 27

    Location: Tashkent - Today is a free day to relax and recharge in Tashkent. Maybe explore any of the mosques you haven’t seen yet or take a walk among the contemporary architecture. Tonight, you’ll have a third welcome meeting at 6 pm to meet the new travellers joining you on the last leg of your epic adventure. After your meeting, maybe join your group for dinner at a local restaurant – your local leader will have the best recommendations!

     

    Day - 28

    Location: Tashkent / Overnight Train - This morning, embark on a city tour to explore Tashkent. Visit the Amir Timur Square in the city’s centre and wander the bustling Chorsu Bazaar. An impressive dome tops the main building here and the market sells everything you could imagine. Explore the decorated metro stations, which were only allowed to be photographed from 2018, and the Khast Imom Complex, which houses one of the oldest copies of Qur'an. Have some free time in the afternoon and maybe stock some snacks for your overnight train tonight.

     

    Day - 29

    Location: Khiva - Arrive in Khiva mid-morning – many global powers have laid claim to this city over the centuries, from Khans to Silk Road traders and the Soviet Union. Get acquainted with Khiva on a city tour with your leader. See the incredible blue-tiled Kalta Minor Minaret and the Mohammed Amin Khan Madrassa. Explore the Kuhna Ark – the 'citadel within a citadel' that once housed the Khan and his family in the 17th century – then, get a view from above from the Ak-sheikh Baba Observatory. Visit the towering Islom Hoja Minaret – the tallest building in Khiva – and explore the Juma Mosque. Wander through the elaborately decorated courtyards connected by labyrinthian corridors at the Tosh-Hovli Palace and find a good spot to watch the sunset over this ancient city.

     

    Day - 30

    Location: Khiva - After breakfast today, you’ll have a free day to explore Khiva at your own pace. Home to more than 60 cultural sites, medieval mosques and opulent palaces, there is plenty to see and do in this fascinatingly ancient city. Maybe head to one of the many museums, check out the souvenir shops or wander around one of the craft studios. If you’re not sure where to go and what to see, just ask your leader for tips!

     

    Day - 31

    Location: Border crossing / Darvaza - A long travel day today. This morning, say goodbye to Uzbekistan and cross the border into Turkmenistan. After border formalities, you’ll meet your new leader and head on to Dashoguz. When you arrive, visit a local bazaar and stretch your legs. Then, switch into 4WDs and drive on to Derweze – this village in the middle of the Karakum Desert is famous for ‘The Gates of Hell’ – this gas crater is an astounding 70-m-wide, 30-m-deep pit permanently aflame and formally known as the Darvaza Crater. Soviet oil prospectors started drilling in 1971 expecting to find oil, and the ground collapsed. Worried about the gas released into the air, they deliberately set the crater on fire to burn off the excess, expecting it to last a few weeks. As you’ll see today, they were wrong, and the crater has been burning ever since. When you arrive, take a walk around the crater and learn about the flora and fauna of the desert. Watch the sunset over the flames from your nearby yurt camp and enjoy a picnic dinner

     

    Day - 32

    Location: Ashgabat / Nohur - Drive to Nohur Village via Ashgabat today, through the desert and into the Kopet Dag Mountains that separate Turkmenistan from Iran. On the way, you’ll stop to stretch your legs and take photos with visits to a mud crater, a water crater and the Yerbent Nomad Village. When you arrive in Ashgabat, stop for lunch and change to minibuses for the dusty winding roads to Nohur Village. When you arrive at your guesthouse in the afternoon, you’ll watch how the locals weave Keteni – a homespun silk fabric. Maybe take a walk to see the distinctive local graves, marked by the horns of mountain goats, and then along the shepherd’s trails that pass by waterfalls and swimming holes. Tonight, you’ll have a traditional dinner home-cooked by your hosts.

     

    Day - 33

    Location: Ashgabat - Enjoy a traditional breakfast in the guesthouse this morning, then head out to learn more about the village lifestyle of local Turkmen tribes. You’ll meet with the residents here who are a part of the Nohur ethnic group, who consider themselves to be descendants of Alexander the Great. Wander around the tribes’ cemetery, overgrown and equipped with the mountain goat horns, and learn about the peoples’ customs, traditions and spirituality. After, visit Gyz Bibi Cave – a place of local pilgrimage. See an 800-year-old Cynar tree – more than 800 years old tree, then say goodbye to the village and head on to Ashgabat. Along the way, you’ll visit a local horse breeder’s farm for a cooking demonstration of Baursaki. Watch the process of frying the dough in oil, then maybe try it out for yourself! Watch how their bread is cooked in a tandoor (a mud oven), then sit down with your host to enjoy some of the treats as you learn about his family and his passion for Akhal-Teke horses – this breed of horse is specific to the region and have a reputation for their speed, endurance, intelligence and distinctive metallic sheen. Later, continue to Ashgabat, where you’ll spend the night.

     

    Day - 34

    Location: Ashgabat - Take a full day to wrap your head around this desert city on an immersive guided tour. First, visit the ancient settlement of Nisa, built in the 3rd century BC. See the Halk Hakydasy Memorial Complex, built to honour those killed in the Battle of Geok Tepe in 1881, in World War II and in the 1948 earthquake. Then, head out of town to the ruins of Anau. The crumbling remains of the 15th century medieval mosque still attracts the devout, who come to pray and make offerings. Wander the Russian Bazaar to see locals doing their daily shopping and maybe taste some samosas, doner-kebabs and sweet melon! See the local Turkmen’s handmade souvenirs and maybe choose something special to bring home. This afternoon, take in the four-pointed martinets of the Ertugrul Gazi Mosque. You’ll then have some free time to relax and recharge before an evening visit to the monuments of Archabil Street, including the Neutrality Arch.

     

    Day - 35

    Location: Merv / Mary - Rise and shine for the drive to Mary (pronounced ‘Mah-rih’) – the somewhat ostentatious displays of wealth in this city can be traced to the long-running gas and cotton industries. When you arrive, settle into your hotel, then head out to wander through the lively bazaar with your leader. Take drive out to Merv, also known as Margiana or Margush, and enjoy some time exploring Turkmenistan's most recognised site. This sprawling UNESCO World Heritage site is home to numerous walled structures from various periods spread across a 1200-hectare area. See impressive columns smoothed by wind and time at the Greater Kizkala and walk hills that were once the fortress walls of Erk Kala. While not the most impressive visually, Gyaur Kala dates to 400 BC and has a fascinating history. Spend some time exploring these relics of grand empires, then return to Mary for some free time. Maybe visit the Mary Regional Museum. Housed in a palace of white marble, the museum features archaeological displays and exhibitions on traditional Turkmen life and culture.

     

    Day - 36

    Location: Ashgabat - This morning after breakfast, head out to see the local Orthodox Church and take some more time wandering around Mary’s city center, before returning to Ashgabat – the City of White Marble. Arrive late afternoon and head out again as the sun goes down to walk along the promenade with your group. Maybe find somewhere for dinner and celebrate your final night on this incredible adventure.

     

    Day - 37

    Location: Ashgabat - With no further activities planned, your trip comes to an end today after breakfast. If you need help with organising a transfer to the airport, just speak to your leader.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Bishkek - Salam! Welcome to Bishkek. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. If you arrive early, why not explore the city’s tree-lined parks and gardens and wide streets perfect for strolling. Maybe head out in search of some samsa (pastry pockets filled with meat and vegetables) and visit the centre of the city – Ala-too Square, known as Lenin Square in Soviet times. You might like to visit Osh Market – it might be a little crowded, but it provides a peek into local life. After you meet your local leader and fellow travellers, maybe head out to dinner and get your first taste of Kyrgyz cuisine.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Issyk-Kul Lake - As you get ready for your trekking adventure, drive through scenic landscapes to the Issyk Kol Lake – the second largest alpine lake in the world. On the way, stop at Kok Moinok canyons to stretch your legs and check out the red rock formations. Tonight, you’ll stay in a traditional hand-crafted Krygz yurt – a traditional nomad dwelling near the lake with a view of snow-capped mountains.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Jety Oguz Valley - After breakfast, drive to Sutty Bulak to start your trek toward Svetlaya Polyana pass (2800 m). Take in the fascinating view of the highest peaks of Terskey Ala-Too as you trek down to Jety Oguz valley through the fir tree forest. You’ll make your way through rolling green hills, views of the mountain peaks, red rock formations, wildflowers, and a wooded canyon ending with the stunning peak of Oguz Bashi (5018 m) before arriving at your camp site for the night. Maiden Tears waterfall – or ‘Girls Braids’ waterfall – is a short walk from the site and will reward you with a 20 m high waterfall along the rocks.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Kyzyl Jar Canyon - Wake up early today for a full day’s hike to Kyzyl Jar canyon. You’ll start gaining height right from the yurts and across the slops of Jety Oguz mountain, then cross the high pastures to the canyon. The canyon is not passable, but you’ll hike above its western edge. There will be many nomads' camps in site – stop by one to share a traditional lunch, learn about the area and take a much-needed break. After you rest up, hike down to Kyzyl Dzher canyon, also known as the ‘red cathedral’.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Irdyk Valley - Refuel with breakfast then trek over the green pastures dotted with yurts of local nomads on your way to Irdyk Valley. Go from a red rock canyon through alpine meadows and forests to the peaceful valley with river and mountain views. This area has a unique array of flora and fauna, so keep your eyes out, especially for its varied species of birds, as your landscape shifts into forested slopes and the wide, serene valley framed by the snow-capped peaks. Tonight, camp among the forest on the bank of a crystal-clear mountain stream. Maybe enjoy a fire with your fellow travellers and recap the day’s adventure.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Irdyk Lakes - Wake up early this morning for another day of hiking. Today, you’ll hike to the upper grounds of Irdyk valley to see Irdyk lakes. The untouched nature surrounded by mountains and meadows is a sight to see. The area is famous for its unique atmosphere and clear water, which creates reflections of the surrounding landscapes and looks like a painting. Return to camp in the evening, maybe feeling both happy and tired after taking in such overwhelming panoramas.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Mokroe Valley - Today, trek over Chulpek valley to Mokroe valley – an alpine gorge that starts through dense forests and gradually opens into lush meadows for a mix of wooded shade and big-sky views as you gain altitude toward a plateau. Take in the views of the mountains, forest and glacial lake then trek down Old Jeep Road – a major road through the mountains that forms a part of the historical Silk Road. Tonight, stop for camp in the forest for your final night in the mountains.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Karakol - Pack up camp this morning and say goodbye to the local trekking crew. Trek down along the mountain river in the shade of centuries of old pines and fir trees and into the valley at the bottom. Give your legs a rest with a drive to Karakol where you’ll explore the city – once a Russian outpost on the edge of the empire. You’ll see the Dungan Mosque and Holy Trinity Cathedral and maybe visit a local market before a much-needed rest.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Bishkek - Drive back to Bishkek today. When you arrive in the late afternoon, settle into your hotel and maybe head out for a stroll and wander around in downtown with your local leader. You’ll see a mix of Soviet-era architecture, Central Asian culture, modern cafes and tree-lined boulevards. Tonight, commemorate the end of the trek over dinner with your group.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Bishkek - Your trip comes to an end after breakfast this morning. If you’d like to extend your stay, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time to organise additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Tbilisi - Gamarjobal! Welcome to Georgia. Your adventure begins in the capital city of Tbilisi – a picturesque city featuring a cobblestoned Old Town reflecting a long, complicated history. With periods under Persian and Russian rule, Tbilisi features diverse architecture, including art nouveau buildings, Soviet Modernist structures and Eastern Orthodox churches. Looking over the city sits Narikala – a reconstructed 4th-century fortress. You’ll have a welcome meeting tonight at 6 pm at your hotel. After, head out for an included welcome dinner with your trip leader and group and try some local favourites like chkmeruli (a traditional Georgian dish of chicken with garlic sauce) and chashushuli (veal, tomatoes and peppers).

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Tbilisi - Today, you’ll explore Tbilisi with a local guide. Start at the Metekhi Church, which has magnificent views over old Tbilisi, and stroll through winding streets to the city’s main sites. Take in the terraced alleys, colourful houses, patterned balconies and modern architecture all the way to the ancient Narikala Fortress. When you get to the walled fortress, you’ll be treated to panoramic views of the city and its surroundings. After your exploration, head out for an included lunch at a local restaurant where you’ll try dishes like nigvziani badrijani (eggplant with walnuts), soko kecze (stuffed mushrooms), mchadi (cornbread) and salad. The rest of your afternoon and evening is free to explore at your leisure.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Telavi - Travel into the picturesque Kakheti region. Surrounded by snowy Caucasus mountains and fertile valleys, this region is famous for its wines and gracious hospitality. Your first stop is the 16th-century Gremi Architectural Complex, which you’ll explore with a local guide. After, head for lunch at a local family’s home. Immerse yourself in local life and culture as you learn how to make mtsvadi (a famous Georgian barbecue dish) and learn the ritual behind its preparation. Watch a cooking demonstration of churchkhela (a type of Georgian sweet), then give it a go yourself! After lunch, drive to a traditional Georgian wine cellar, where you’ll learn the secret behind their unique method. Tonight, you’ll carry on to Telavi, where you’ll spend the night.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Pankisi Valley - This morning, you’ll head out on a leader-led tour of the Telavi markets. Explore the hustle and bustle of the local stalls, then visit a local cheesemaker for a tour of their farm and cheese factory, followed by a tasting of some of their best-selling cheeses. Continue to the Pankisi Valley where your guesthouse for the night sits nestled in the heart of the valley, surrounded by mountains. Your host family are Kists – descendants of the original highland Chechens – and have lived in Jokolo for five generations. When you arrive, take in the lush surroundings and then be treated to a cooking class, where you’ll learn how to make traditional Chechen dishes like zhizhig galnash (handmade short noodles with lamb). Relax this evening in the warm hospitality of your hosts.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Gudauri - Set off on a tour of Pankisi Valley and learn about the unique Kist culture and their rural way of life on a walking tour of several local villages. You’ll visit Saint George’s Church in Jokolo, Duisi Old Mosque and the Ethnographic Museum. For lunch, try some chaabilgish (Chechen khachapuri stuffed with pumpkin) and other traditional Kist dishes. Drive on to Gudauri, stopping at the Ananuri Fortress Complex on the way. This collection of churches and towers sits on the teal Aragvi River, making for an out-of-this-world sight. You won’t want to forget your camera today!

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Gudauri / Stepantsminda - Start the day with a drive to Stepantsminda. From here, you’ll hike up through beautiful valleys and woodland to Gergeti Trinity Church. Weather permitting, you might catch a glimpse of one of the highest glaciers in the Caucasus – Mt Kazbegi (5047 m). After, visit a local family in Gudauri, where the host will teach a masterclass on how to make khinkali (Georgian dumplings). Drive back to Gudauri in the late afternoon, where you’ll enjoy a free evening.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Tbilisi - Return to Tbilisi this morning, stopping at Mtskheta on the way. This is one of the oldest cities in Georgia and one of the oldest continually inhabited cities in the world! Explore the Jvari Monastery and Svetitskhoveli Cathedral, taking in the unique landscape and surrounding Mtkvari and Aragvi Rivers as you go, then carry on to your destination. When you arrive, you might like to take a dip in the city’s famous sulphur baths or walk along the river. Maybe grab a coffee and check out the artist pop-ups at Fabrika. Tonight, you’ll head out for an included farewell dinner at a traditional Georgian restaurant and toast to a trip well-travelled.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Tbilisi - Today, your adventure comes to an end after breakfast. There are no activities included, so you’re free to leave at any time after check out. If you would like to spend some more time in Tbilisi, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Baku - Salam eleykim! Welcome to Azerbaijan. When you arrive at Baku Airport, you'll be met by a representative and transferred to your hotel. Baku is where ancient fortified buildings stand next to Russian imperial-style squares and ultra-modern architectural wonders. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight, where you’ll meet your local leader and fellow travellers. If you arrive with time to spare, maybe walk down Nizami Street and observe its Baroque, Neo-Gothic and Neo-Renaissance architecture. After your meeting, head out for a local dinner with your new companions.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Baku - This morning, embark on a tour of the city with a local guide. Visit the fortified Old City, once the Medieval capital, where your guide will weave together the history of Baku, from the rule of the Shirvanshahs to the cosmopolitan city you see today. Stop by the Shemakha Gate, Maiden Tower (visit optional), Old Market Square and end with a guided tour of the Palace of the Shirvanshahs. Be sure to bring your camera as there will be some panoramic views of Baku's varied skyline. The rest of the day is free to explore at your own pace.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Baku - This morning, head out of the city on a half day trip to Qobustan, about 60 km south of Baku. Stop off along the way to view old oil rigs and learn how Azerbaijan was one of the birthplaces of the oil industry. Visit Qobustan National Park and one of the world's largest open-air archaeological museums, where a local guide will share the stories of ancient rock art dating back some 40,000 years. The prehistoric carvings depict scenes of hunting, fishing and gathering. Return to Baku in the afternoon for free time. Maybe visit one of Baku's most significant modern landmarks – the Heydar Aliyev Center designed by Zaha Hadid. This evening, you might like to take a walk along the waterfront to find a restaurant for dinner, keeping an eye out for the Baku Eye and Flame Towers that light up the city skyline at night.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Sheki - Leave Baku and head for the Caucasus Mountains in the northwest of Azerbaijan. Watch arid landscapes slowly give way to densely forested mountains. Along the way, you’ll stop at the Yeddi Gumbaz Mausoleum and the Juma Mosque in Shamakhi. When you arrive in Sheki, visit a local craft workshop where the famous shebeke (stained-glass windows with intricately carved frames) are made by hand. You’ll also visit the acclaimed Palace of Sheki Khans to see its magnificent frescoes and stained glass. Enjoy a final evening of Azerbaijani cuisine during an included dinner at a local restaurant.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Telavi  - Have breakfast at the hotel before driving to Lagodekhi – a town at the Azerbaijan–Georgia border where you’ll change transportation. From here, travel to Georgia's Kakheti region, known for its winemaking. Stop in Sighnaghi, one of Georgia’s most stunning towns. Overlooking the Al-Azani Valley and the Caucasus Mountains. After, travel to your accommodation in Telavi. Your hotel has an outdoor swimming pool, as well as its own cellar showcasing wines produced by women winemakers. Have dinner with a local wine making family, which includes delicious homemade cuisine, wine and chacha - a local brandy. There will also be time to listen to unique Georgian polyphonic songs – a traditional style of music prevalent in the Kakheti region.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Telavi - Enjoy a relaxing start to your morning, and then get a taste of local life during a visit to the Telavi Food Market. Wander the stalls and feast your senses on the region’s delicacies – there are specialty cheeses, wines and sweets to try! Next visit Batonistsikhe Castle, a remarkable and superbly preserved 17th century fortress in the centre of Telavi, which was once the most important residence for the royal family of the Kakheti Kingdom After, drive to the remote and beautiful Pankisi Valley. Inhabited mainly by the Muslim Kist community, you’ll take a cultural walking tour of the valley that employs young local Kists to develop their skills and earn an income. Enjoy a traditional lunch in the valley, and then return to your accommodation for a free evening.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Tbilisi - Following breakfast, drive to Tbilisi. Check into your Feature Stay hotel, a historical building once owned by a noble family. It has played host to aristocrats, famous writers and public figures, and also overlooks Georgia’s presidential palace. You’re free to explore Tbilisi at your own pace when you arrive, so you might like to wander the old districts of Georgia’s capital to see the colourful houses, patterned balconies and revamped modern architecture. Your leader will always have some great restaurant recommendations ready for dinner.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Tbilisi - This morning you’ll head out on a walking tour with a local guide, which includes the 13th-century Metekhi Church and amazing views over old Tbilisi. Take a cable car to the ancient Narikala Fortress – a former Persian citadel with a history stretching back to the 4th century. Here, your guide will share the layered history of the fortress while you take in sweeping views across Tbilisi. Then make your way to a historic part of the city where you’ll learn a little more about Tbilisi’s past. The name translates to ‘warm place,’ which is thought to be after the bubbling hot springs the city was built around. This afternoon, maybe visit one of the local bathhouses for a dip.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Akhaltsikhe - Today, you’ll visit Mtskheta – the ancient capital and religious centre of Georgia. Visit World Heritage-listed sites with your local guide as they share fascinating histories. After, visit the Tserovani Refugee Settlement – home to 8000 people displaced by the 2008 conflict between the Russian Federation and the Republic of Georgia over South Ossetia. While here you’ll visit an enamel jewellery workshop run by social enterprise Ikorta (an Intrepid Foundation partner), offering training and employment to displaced youth and women within the settlement. Meet the artists whose pieces tell the story of Georgia, and with their guidance, maybe even design a piece for yourself. Have a light lunch, then tour the settlement to learn about the issues surrounding long-term displacement faced by thousands of Georgia’s citizens. In the afternoon, drive to Akhaltsikhe. Sitting in Georgia’s southwest, the town has long been known for its multiculturalism, which is reflected in its variety of architecture and monuments.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Akhaltsikhe - Today, drive to the once mighty cave city of Vardzia, with a stop along the way at the 10th-century Khertvisi Fortress. Vardzia stretches over half a kilometre along the river Mtkvari and has 19 tiers of winding cobbled streets. There is a church hewn out in rock with 12th-century frescos and the complex also includes dwelling quarters, small hall-type churches, refectories and wine cellars. Tour the site with a local guide who will provide historical context and explain the rise and fall of the city, which now serves as a working monastery. Head back to Akhaltsikhe in the afternoon, where you’ll have to time to visit the Rabati Fortress. Boasting multiple watchtowers, gardens and places of worship, your leader can help to arrange a local guide to help you see it all. Alternatively, return to your accommodation for a restful evening.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Gudauri - In the morning you’ll visit Gori – the birthplace of Joseph Stalin. Your leader will take you on a city tour before you visit the Stalin Museum. See the sites of Gori, including The Memorial of Georgian War Heroes and Gori Fortress, and delve into its artistic side to see traditional ornamental mosaics. After, drive the renowned Georgian Military Highway, which eventually leads to the Georgia–Russia border. On the way, you'll visit the Ananuri architectural complex – two churches and a fortress that overlooks the Zhinvali water reservoir. Your leader will explain how the carvings on the churches are some of the best surviving examples of Georgian art. Take a scenic drive through the Caucasus Mountains and arrive at your hotel in Gudauri, where you’ll have dinner with the group.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Gudauri - Enjoy a scenic drive from Gudauri along the Tergi River before arriving in Stepantsminda. From here, head into the heart of the Caucasus Mountains, hop in 4WDs and take the mountain road to Gergeti Trinity Church, 2170 m above sea level. Weather depending, you may catch a glimpse of Mt Kazbegi. On the way back to Gudauri, stop at the small village of Sno to explore the local version of Easter Island – a park with half a dozen massive stone heads representing famous figures of Georgian history. Return to Gudauri this afternoon for some free time – the perfect opportunity to enjoy the mountain air and views. Your hotel has many facilities, including a wellness centre.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Dzoraget - Have breakfast in Gudauri before driving to Sadakhlo – a village at the Georgia–Armenia border. On the way to the border, stop in Tbilisi to break the journey and have lunch. Continue to Armenia and after completing all the formalities, begin the Armenian leg of your adventure with a visit to Haghpat Monastery, listed as a World Cultural Heritage Site. Haghpat stands as an example of one of the most outstanding works of medieval Armenian architecture and your leader will give you an introduction to the country’s history and design. Continue to Dzoraget, where you’ll spend the night surrounded by views of the Debed River.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Yerevan - After breakfast, you'll meet your Armenian driver and local guide and drive to the reflective waters of Lake Sevan, nicknamed ‘The Pearl of Armenia’. Sevan is one of the largest fresh-water high-altitude lakes in the world. Visit Sevanavank Monastery, which overlooks the water on the Peninsula. Move on to the village of Garni to visit the first century Garni Temple, where your guide will explain how it was built by the Armenian King Tiridates and dedicated to Mithra, the God of the Sun. Be treated to a special local performance in the temple and hear the sounds of the Duduk – a flute-like instrument originating in Armenia and currently listed on the UNESCO in-tangible Cultural Heritage List. Travel northeast of Garni, higher up the gorge of the Azat River, to the magnificent Geghard Monastery. This UNESCO World Heritage-listed site is partly carved out of a mountain and surrounded by cliffs. In the afternoon, drive to Armenia’s capital, Yerevan, where you’ll spend the next two evenings.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Yerevan - This morning your local guide will introduce you to the sights and sounds of Yerevan on a tour of the city. Established in 782 BC, Armenia’s capital is one of the oldest cities in the world. Nowadays, the city’s liveliness comes from its ancient culture mixed with a modern lifestyle. Visit the Armenian Genocide Museum to learn the tragic history of this region, then the afternoon is free for reflection or further exploration. Tonight, join your group for a final dinner at a local restaurant. Armenian cuisine is built on a foundation of fresh local produce and meat. Maybe try some khorovats (a barbecued kebab) or spas (a refreshing yoghurt soup).

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Yerevan - Your adventure comes to an end after breakfast this morning. If you would like to spend some more time in Yerevan, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time to organise additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Perth / Bibbulmun Track - Welcome to Western Australia! Departing from Perth, you’ll drive to Albany, stopping for morning tea and lunch along the way. Beginning at the Southern Terminus of the Bibbulmun Track in Albany, you’ll walk alongside the Princess Royal Harbour. Today’s walk is only short but will give you a taste of the landscape you are about to hike through for the rest of your time on the Bibbulmun Track. After, get settled in your accommodation at Cosy Corner where you’ll stay for the rest of your trip.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Bibbulmun Track - Today you’ll enter Torndirrup National Park before heading to the coast. As you hike, look out for orchids along the sandy track up to the ridge. Have your camera ready here as you’ll have some great views back over Albany. After lunch, you’ll begin to get views of the Southern Ocean as you head toward the iconic wind farms. Follow the path near the towering turbines and learn about the town’s history.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Bibbulmun Track - From the cliff-side wind turbines, you'll head west along the Bibbulmun Track with sweeping views of the coast. The wildflowers along this section are usually spectacular. You’ll finish today’s hike at a lovely coastal bay with views of Shelter Island – a great place for a swim, or dip your toes in.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Bibbulmun Track - Today you’ll start with a beach walk, crossing the Torbay Inlet on foot. Enjoy the beach walk into Cosy Corner where you’ll stop for morning tea. You’ll then head up through varied landscapes, hiking through peaceful groves of trees, over granite outcrops with their sticky tail flowers on display and panoramic coastal views. Your walk ends at Shelly beach where you might glimpse a hang glider soaring above the white sand beach.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Bibbulmun Track - After breakfast, set off on today’s hike through West Cape Howe National Park. Early on in this hike there is a short incline with one section of stairs. After, enjoy the easy and scenic walk through the wildflowers. You’ll visit the West Cape Howe campsite before hiking downhill to finish the day at Lowlands Beach. Here you might like to take a dip or just sit back and take it all in.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Bibbulmun Track - Expect great scenery today as you alternate between coastal and inland views. Heading from Lowlands to Eden Road, you’ll pass through the Nullaki campsite before continuing out to the peaceful Wilson Inlet. Your hike will finish in a cosy grove alongside the Inlet where you’ll celebrate a great week’s hike on the Bibbulmun Track.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Perth - Before you head back to Perth today, you have a few options. You can do a short walk around Mt Clarence or maybe a quick visit to the Sandalwood factory in Mt Baker. On your way back to Perth, buy lunch at Williams Woolshed before continuing back to Perth. When you arrive, your trip comes to an end.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Perth / Walpole - Welcome to Western Australia! Departing from Perth, you’ll travel to the coastal town of Walpole. Stopping for morning tea and lunch, you’ll soon arrive in the town centre, where you’ll begin today’s short walk. After stretching your legs, you’ll head to your accommodation in Walpole, where you’ll stay for the next four nights. Settle in and unpack before heading to dinner with your fellow walkers.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Bibbulmun Track - A heart-starting ascent begins today as you hike to the Hilltop Lookout. Take in the views across the forest landscape before continuing to the Giant Tingle Tree. Have your cameras ready as you pose for a photo standing inside the open twisting trunk of the trees. Tonight, enjoy dinner with your group.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Bibbulmun Track - This morning, you’ll set out from Box Hall Road. Watch as the terrain changes from forest to coast as you hike downhill towards the ocean. You'll know you're nearing today's endpoint, Ficifolia Road, when the Red Flowering Gums begin to appear.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Bibbulmun Track - Enjoy the ocean views on today's hike from Ficifolia Road to Peaceful Bay. Stopping at Conspicuous Beach for morning tea, you’ll hike towards the Rame Head Campsite for another viewpoint across the ocean. From here, continue along the coast, finishing at Peaceful Bay. If the weather is warm, this is a perfect spot for a swim.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Bibbulmun Track - After breakfast, head out on to the vegetated dunes and peppermint woodlands as you hike towards the Irwin Inlet. Here you’ll get into canoes and paddle across the inlet. From here, you’ll walk through the Showgrounds. Today’s hike ends at Boat Harbour. With scenic inland and coastal views, the peaceful bay may tempt you for a swim. Tonight you will stay in Denmark.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Bibbulmun Track - This morning, you’ll start with a walk along the cliff-tops, enjoying the panoramic views. After reaching Point Hillier, you’ll descend to Parry’s Beach for lunch. From there, continue along Mazzoletti Beach before arriving at William Bay – the final stop on today’s hike. Explore the Greens Pool and Elephant Rocks or enjoy a swim in one of the most scenic bays in Western Australia.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Bibbulmun Track - Today’s hike begins with climbing Tower Hill, where you’ll encounter some amazing granite boulders. From here, it’s a series of ups and downs through orchid country to Lights Beach. After a break at the beach, you'll make the hike up Mt Hallowell, with its striking boulder formations and views over the Denmark area and coast. Then enjoy a gentle descent to the inlet and an easy walk along its edge. In the evening, you'll celebrate your wonderful achievement together with the group and enjoy dinner before settling in for your final night in Denmark.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Bibbulmun Track / Perth - After breakfast, you’ll start the morning with a short hike. Buy some takeaway lunch in Denmark to be enjoyed at a scenic spot on the way home. You’ll arrive in Perth this afternoon, where your journey comes to an end.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Perth / Bibbulmun Track - Welcome to Western Australia! Departing from Perth, you’ll travel to Collie where you’ll start the day’s walk. You'll be spotting interesting wildflowers and lovely orchids as soon as you enter the bush, just outside of Collie. Passing the Collie River, you'll finish today’s walk near Mungalup Dam. Before heading to your accommodation for the night we make a short stop off at Wellington Dam which has the biggest dam mural in the world. Settle into your accommodation in Collie before heading to dinner with your hiking group.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Bibbulmun Track - From Mungalup Dam, you’ll hike south along the Bibbulmun track. Offering views of the water and surrounding forest, you’ll pass the Yabberup Campsite and then cool off at Glen Mervin Dam. Your day will end at the Mumbalup Tavern. When you arrive, enjoy a drink with some locals in the country hotel. Tonight, you will stay in Donnybrook.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Bibbulmun Track - Today’s hike starts alongside the rolling green hills of Mumbalup farm. As you hike from Mumbalup Tavern to Lowden Grimwade, you’ll enter the forest with some babbling brooks, granite outcrops and wildflowers to enjoy – as well as some decent hills. In the afternoon, you’ll walk through the Preston Virdin Jarrah Forest. Here you’ll have the rare opportunity to see a mature jarrah forest with huge trees left to grow for hundreds of years. Spend tonight in your Donnybrook accommodation.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Bibbulmun Track - Discover the mixed forest terrain in today’s hike from Lowden Grimwade to Kirup Road. As you hike, take in the surrounding landscape known for its vibrant wildflowers in spring. There will be time this afternoon to explore around Balingup if you wish or simply relax on the verandah and take in the view over the green rolling hills. Tonight, head to dinner with your fellow walkers before settling in your accommodation in Donnybrook.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Bibbulmun Track / Perth - After breakfast, set off the final stretch of the Bibbulmun Track for your trip. Today’s track from Grimwade-Kirup Road will take you through forest and farmland before arriving into Balingup town. Stop for lunch with your group before driving back to Perth, arriving this evening. This is where your trip comes to an end. If you’d like to extend your stay, just reach out to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Perth / Bibbulmun Track - Welcome to Western Australia! Departing from Perth, you’ll travel to Donnelly River where you’ll start the day’s walk. After a picnic lunch in the peaceful surrounds of this old logging town, you’ll head North along the track through Karri Forest. Keep an eye out for the old railway sleeper bridges that were used to cross some of the creeks in this area. You’ll finish today’s hike at Willow Springs – a mill site with the remains of the old arboretum. After a short drive, you’ll reach your accommodation in Bridgetown. Settle in and unpack before heading to dinner with your hiking group.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Bibbulmun Track - From Willow Springs, you’ll continue north. Heading out of Karri Forest and past Gregory Brook shelter, this comfortable hike features remains of the old rail formations. This evening return to Bridgetown and maybe wander through the town and find a local restaurant for dinner.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Bibbulmun Track - This morning, you’ll set out along the banks of the Blackwood River. Enjoy the diverse scenery, including views of the river valley forests and wildflowers in spring as you hike. As you reach the peak of Cardiac Hill, you’ll be rewarded at the top with panoramic views over the Blackwood Valley. Continue hiking on the Greenbushes loop to your pickup location for the day.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Bibbulmun Track / Perth - Today’s hike is only short, finishing at the Golden Valley Tree Park. Take in the scenic views and wander through the different species of trees planted in the valley. Soon it’s time to say goodbye to the forest terrain of the Bibbulmun Track. On your way back to Perth, stop for lunch before arriving in the city in the late afternoon. This is where your trip ends.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Perth & Torbay to Albany guided cycling - Welcome to Western Australia! Departing from Perth, you’ll head south and, morning tea and lunch on the way, you’ll arrive in the historic town of Torbay this afternoon where its time to head out on your first ride on the Munda Biddi Trail. In the Noongar Aboriginal language, Munda Biddi translates to 'path through the forest' and over the next few days you will see exactly why it is named that. From Torbay, the trail is mostly easy going, with the odd hill. You’ll ride straight to your accommodation for the night, in the centre of the quaint coastal town of Albany. After a refreshing shower, you'll take a short walk to dinner where you can relax and enjoy your first meal together as a group.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Torbay to Denmark guided cycling - Straight after breakfast you’ll drive (with the bikes on the trailer) back out to Torbay – the southernmost point on mainland Western Australia. Enjoy today’s ride with a gentle riding surface and only a few hills as you wind through the forest terrain. You’ll finish the days ride at your accommodation in Denmark, where you’ll be staying for the next three nights.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Wilderness Ocean Walk (WOW) trail guided cycling - From Denmark, it’s a particularly scenic ride along the Wilderness Ocean Walk (WOW) trail, where you’ll ride past Light’s Beach and continue to Green’s Pool – one of Australia’s most beautiful beaches. After morning tea, there is a long uphill trail towards Mt Shadforth, followed by a long downhill to Scottsdale Road. Today’s ride is partly along the coastline before turning up through farmland. At the end of the ride, your private vehicle will be waiting to take you back to Denmark for the night.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Munda Biddi Track guided cycling - Today’s ride begins by weaving your way through farmland and past trail-side huts and campsites. After morning tea, you’ll head back into the tall trees of the National Park, riding along the gravel and at times sandy trails. The vehicle will be waiting for you at Nornalup Rd, to take you back to Denmark for your last night.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Munda Biddi Track guided cycling & Walpole - This morning you’ll check-out of your accommodation in Denmark before hitting the trails. Starting at Middle Rd, today’s ride is mostly in National Park – through Tingle Forest and following the river. You’ll see a variety of Karri Forest and Tingle trees as you get closer to Walpole. There are some long uphill sections and fun downhill sections on today’s ride and a mix of terrain. Tonight, you’ll stay in Walpole. Enjoy another local restaurant to celebrate the (almost!) completion of the trail.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Munda Biddi Track guided cycling & Perth - After breakfast you’ll set out on your last ride. This short ride will give you views of the Nornalup inlet at Coalmine Beach before you arrive in Walpole. From here, there will be time for a shower and morning tea before you head back to Perth, where your trip comes to an end.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Perth to Walpole - Welcome to Western Australia! Your adventure starts in the coastal town of Walpole. Head off on your first ride this afternoon. A scenic and generally flat ride around the Walpole and Nornalup inlets with a couple of small hills awaits you for your first introduction to the Munda Biddi. After the ride, you’ll check into your accommodation in Walpole. Enjoy a warm shower before dinner, cooked by your tour leaders.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Munda Biddi Guided Cycling - Straight after breakfast you will head out on a ride filled with variety – sand, gravel, bitumen, flat paths and steep hills. As you ride, enjoy vast heath and Karri forests, open farmland and the Jarrah and Marri woodlands. At the end of the day, you’ll also have the opportunity for a short walk around Mt Frankland before heading back to your accommodation in Walpole.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Munda Biddi Guided Cycling - This morning’s ride will take you back to where you finished yesterday. Cycle along a gravel road through Karri Forest before reaching a single track for some downhill and gravel/sand riding through woodlands and wet heathland. After morning tea at Fernhook Falls, jump back on your bikes as you continue the sand and gravel single track, through regeneration forest and more wet heathland. Tonight, your leaders will prepare dinner for the last time.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Munda Biddi Guided Cycling - Today’s ride begins by weaving your way through Karri, Jarrah and Marri Forest. Continue along a gravel road, undulating with short, steep hills before arriving for morning tea at Boorara Tree. The rest of the day you’ll ride through firetrail, singletrack and bitumen through Karri Forest and farmland and even a little bit of Bluegum plantation. The bus will be waiting at the junction of Hill Brook Road as you make your way to your new accommodation in Pemberton.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Munda Biddi Guided Cycling - After breakfast, you’ll drive to where you left off yesterday and enjoy a nice long downhill ride to Warren River. After crossing the bridge, the track then takes you uphill. There is a fair amount of undulating single track and old logging railway terrain until you arrive at Gloucester Tree for morning tea. Here you have the option to climb Gloucester Tree. From Gloucester tree it's downhill to Pemberton and then uphill onto bitumen road. In the afternoon you’ll ride along mainly old gravel logging roads through regeneration and Jarrah and Marri Forest with some undulations. You’ll finish your day with a ride through farmland and logging terrain. Tonight, you’ll stay in Pemberton.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Munda Biddi Guided Cycling - Start the day off with some undulating hill riding to get to the town of Quinninup. After a short break, enjoy the scenery as you ride the trail through jarrah forest, pine and blue gum plantation before descending to the Warren River where you’ll stop for morning tea. You'll need the energy for the hill that follows, so take your time to listen to the birds and breathe in the forest air. From here, you’ll turn toward Manjimup and wind your way along less hilly tracks and trails. You’ll know your final destination is approaching when you hit the outskirts of town and some bitumen roads, before a last uphill into town. Here, kick off your shoes and enjoy a relaxing picnic lunch in the park. Maybe grab a coffee or have a look around Manjimup before you head back to your accommodation in Pemberton for your last night away.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Pemberton to Perth - This morning, you’ll pack up and depending on the group you have the option to climb one of the famous 'Fire Trees' (former fire lookouts built between 1937 and 1952) close to Pemberton or maybe spend the morning in Bridgetown where you can grab a coffee and peruse the shops along the main street. On the way back to Perth you’ll stop in Bunbury where you can buy some lunch, before starting the final stretch with your tired legs and sore cheeks (that's from smiling too much!) At the end of the trip you’ll return to Perth (or Fremantle if requested).

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Auckland - Welcome to Aotearoa (New Zealand) – the land of the long white cloud! Your adventure begins in Auckland, New Zealand’s biggest city on the North Island. Meet your local leader and new travel friends at your accommodation at 6 pm for a welcome meeting tonight. If you arrive with time to spare, maybe check out the beach down at Mission Bay or take a stroll along the restaurant-lined waterfront. After the meeting, maybe dip into Auckland’s nightlife with your fellow travellers.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Coromandel Peninsula - This morning, leave the city in the rear-view mirror as you drive to the Coromandel Peninsula, following the coastline. A land of white-sand beaches and rainforests, the Coromandel Peninsula feels a world away from where your journey began. Make a stop at Hot Water Beach, named after the famous warm water that’s found beneath its golden sand. If the tide allows, you can dig a hole on the beach and enjoy your own natural hot tub! After a visit to Cathedral Cove, you’ll arrive at your accommodation in the afternoon.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Coromandel Peninsula - Hit the road and make the scenic drive along the Coromandel Peninsula. Join your local leader as they show you some of the most beautiful beaches in the area. This afternoon, maybe stop into Kuaotunu to try their famous ice cream and check out Coromandel Township. Tonight, maybe find a local restaurant for dinner – your leader will have the best recommendations!

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Hobbiton / Rotorua - This morning, watch the landscape change from beach to farmland as you drive to Waikato. Stop at Karangahake Gorge to see the remains of gold mining tunnels and railway tracks. Then, continue to Hobbiton – the living set where part of the Lord of the Rings and The Hobbit films were shot. After wandering through Middle Earth, continue your journey to Rotorua, known for its Maori heritage and hotbed of geothermal activity with its distinctive sulphur smell (you’ll get used to it!). When you arrive, take a treetop walk through an ancient redwood forest over a network of suspension bridges, reaching 12 m at the highest point.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Rotorua - Spend the day discovering the natural and cultural wonders of Rotorua – home to simmering mud pools, dramatic geysers and fluorescent lakes. If you’ve got a head for heights, ziplining through Rotorua’s ancient forests is an unbeatable way to take it all in. This evening, you’ll get a true taste of Maori culture during a visit to a cultural and geothermal wonderland. Here, you’ll enjoy a hangi dinner alongside a soul-stirring haka performance.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Rotorua / Taupo - Rotorua’s Polynesian Spa is the perfect place to unwind with your free morning. Or, maybe head to Kuirau Park to walk through a landscape of hissing natural hot pools. This afternoon, say goodbye to Rotorua and hit the road for Taupo, stopping at the thundering Huka Falls along the way. Set on the shores of the mighty Lake Taupo – New Zealand’s largest lake – this town is one of the most scenic spots in the North Island. You’ll spend two nights here, as it’s the perfect base to explore the area and the nearby Tongariro National Park.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Taupo - A volcanic eruption 70,000 years ago created the magnificent Lake Taupo, which now hosts visitors from around New Zealand and the world. With a free day here, you’ll have plenty of activities to choose from – maybe go sailing on Lake Taupo, or if you’re a keen hiker, you may want to consider the Tongariro Crossing – New Zealand’s most famous day hike. The path takes you around a volcano, past lakes, craters and through bushland.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Wellington - Wellington is calling – leave Taupo behind and drive on to New Zealand’s trendy capital city. Strung between green hills and the harbour, Wellington holds onto its small-town charm despite its capital status. Along the way, you’ll stop in the small of Taumaranui, where you’ll visit a local marae (Maori meeting house). You’ll be welcomed onto Morero marae with a traditional Powhiri. Once at the marae, you can sit down for a korero (conversation) with members of the local iwi about their way of life in this special region. After, share some kai (food) before continuing to Wellington. When you arrive, your leader will give you a brief introduction to the city. Then, you have free time to explore at your own pace. Maybe head up Mt Victoria for a the views or explore the city’s booming food scene.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Wellington - Kick the day off with a visit to Zealandia – a conservation project that has successfully reintroduced over 20 species of native wildlife into this area, some previously absent from mainland New Zealand for over 100 years. Then, visit the Weta Workshop – this special effects studio was used by Peter Jackson for the Lord of the Rings trilogy! While here, you’ll have the chance to take an optional tour around the studio to find out how the team created movie magic. This afternoon, maybe check out the Te Papa Museum. Displaying a combination of history and cultural heritage, the exhibits feature interactive displays and there’s something here for everyone.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Wellington - It’s time to say a fond farewell to your newfound friends as your adventure comes to an end this morning. If you’d like to spend some more time exploring Wellington, get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Wellington - Welcome to the land of the long white cloud – Aotearoa (New Zealand). Your North Island adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 7.30 pm in Wellington, New Zealand’s trendy capital. Strung between staggering green hills and the harbour, Wellington holds onto its small-town charm despite its capital status. If you arrive early, maybe wander through the botanical gardens or ride the iconic Wellington Cable Car for panoramic views over the region. Tonight, maybe explore Wellington’s world-renowned food and craft beer scene – your leader will have tips on the best places to grab a bevvy or a bite to eat.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Wellington - Today is all about getting to know windy Wellington. Kick the day off with a visit to Zealandia – a groundbreaking conservation project that has successfully reintroduced over 20 species of native wildlife into this area, some of which were previously absent from mainland New Zealand for over 100 years. Next up is an orientation tour with your leader, checking out the bays, central Wellington, the Botanic Gardens and the Parliament Building. This afternoon, maybe visit Weta Workshop – the special effects studio used by Peter Jackson for the Lord of the Rings trilogy. While here, you’ll have the chance to take an optional tour around the studio to find out how the team creates movie magic. Later, maybe check out the Te Papa Museum.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Taupo - Wellington is calling – leave Taupo behind and drive to the Ruapehu region with views over Tongariro National Park. This evening, stop in the small town of Taumaranui, where you’ll visit a local marae (Maori meeting house). You’ll be welcomed onto Morero marae. Then, sit down for a korero (conversation) with members of the local iwi about their way of life in this special region. Set on the shores of the mighty Lake Taupo – New Zealand’s largest lake – Taupo is one of the most scenic spots on the North Island. You’ll spend two nights here, as it’s the perfect base to explore Tongariro National Park.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Taupo - A volcanic eruption 70,000 years ago created the magnificent Lake Taupo, which now hosts visitors from all around New Zealand and the world. With a free day here, you’ll have plenty of activities to choose from. Maybe go sailing on Lake Taupo, or if you’re a keen hiker, you may want to consider the Tongariro Crossing, New Zealand’s most famous day hike. The path takes you around a volcano, past lakes, craters and bushlands.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Rotorua - Leave Lake Taupo behind and get back on the road. Stop at the thundering Huka Falls – this forceful, icy blue torrent of water is a must-see! Continue your journey towards Rotorua, known for its Maori heritage and hotbed of geothermal activity with its distinctive sulphur smell (you’ll get used to it!). To get your first look at Rotorua’s impressive scenery, take a treetop walk through an ancient redwood forest over a network of suspension bridges, reaching 12 m at the highest point. The evening is yours to relax – maybe explore the world’s youngest geothermal system featuring volcanic craters and hot springs at Waimangu Volcanic Valley or hike through the Whakarewarewa Redwood Forest.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Rotorua - Spend the day discovering the natural and cultural wonders of Rotorua – this unique destination is really like nowhere else in the world. The geothermal activity in the area is second to none – simmering mud pools, geysers and lakes. If you’ve got a head for heights, maybe zipline through Rotorua’s ancient forests. This evening you’ll get a true taste of Maori culture during a visit to a cultural and geothermal wonderland. Here, you’ll sit down to a hangi dinner and watch a soul-stirring haka performance.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Coromandel Peninsula - Head to the rolling green hills of Matamata this morning, where you’ll visit Hobbiton – this set is where part of the Lord of the Rings and The Hobbit films were shot. On a fully guided tour of the set, you’ll see Hobbit Holes, the Mill and end with a drink at the Green Dragon Inn. From here, it’s on to the Coromandel Peninsula. Along the way, visit Cathedral Cove – a marine reserve known for its sandy beaches, hidden coves and coastline views of the wider Mercury Bay.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Coromandel Peninsula - This morning, join your leader as they show you around The Coromandel. A land of white sand beaches and lush rainforests, the Coromandel Peninsula feels a world away from where your journey began. Make a stop at Hot Water Beach, named after the famous warm waters found beneath its golden sand. If the tide allows, dig a hole on the beach and enjoy your own natural hot tub – absolute bliss! This afternoon, maybe stop into Kuaotunu to try their famous ice cream and check out Coromandel Township. Then, maybe find a local restaurant for dinner – your leader will have the best recommendations!

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Coromandel Peninsula / Auckland - This morning, spend some time soaking in the last of Coromandel in your free time before hitting the road to Auckland, New Zealand’s biggest city. The journey is a highlight in itself, following the extraordinary coastline and watching clear blue water stream past the window. Tonight, maybe head out for dinner with your fellow travellers – a great way to celebrate a trip well-travelled.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Auckland - Say your goodbyes this morning as your North Island adventure comes to an end. If you’d like to spend some more time in Auckland, just chat with your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Auckland - Welcome to New Zealand! Your adventure begins in Tamaki Makaurau (Auckland) with a welcome meeting tonight at 6 pm. If you arrive early, why not check out the Auckland Sky Tower – the tallest building in New Zealand. If the mood strikes, you can also jump off the Sky Tower (with a harness, of course). Maybe visit the Auckland War Memorial Museum or walk around the CBD at your own pace and pick one of the excellent spots for lunch. Tonight, you’ll head out for a welcome dinner with your group to get to know each other.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Auckland / Tutukaka - Start your day with a hearty breakfast at a local café for a dose of warm Kiwi hospitality. Then, take a scenic drive to Tutukaka, stopping at Whangarei Falls along the way. This 26 m-high waterfall is a great spot for a photo! Continue along the coastline to Matapouri Beach. With the soft sand under your feet, you can take some time to enjoy the soothing sounds of the ocean. This is a perfect spot to relax, unwind and appreciate the surroundings. Arrive in Tutukaka tonight – a coastal city known for its scenic views, world-famous beaches and coastline (rated one of the top three coastlines in the world by National Geographic Traveller!).

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Poor Knights Islands / Paihia - After breakfast this morning, you’ll set sail on a full-day cruise to the Poor Knights Islands. As a total Marine Reserve, the islands boast 11-million-year-old volcanic origins, featuring some pretty memorable drop-offs, walls, caves, arches and tunnels both above and below the water. The rich biodiversity includes plant, animal and fish life unique to the area, so if you’re a wildlife buff this might be the highlight of your trip! Your day will be filled with sightseeing, kayaking, exploring caves, snorkelling, swimming, spotting sea mammals and learning the history of the islands. The highlight of the day is a visit to the world's largest sea cave – Rikoriko Cave, only accessible by boat. Finish your day with a scenic drive to Paihia, where you’ll spend the night.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Paihia - Today is a free day in Paihia – this coastal town is known as the gateway to the popular dive sites and sandy beaches of the bay. With more than 140 sub-tropical islands dotted around the coastline, there’s plenty to see and do here! Maybe hit the water and explore the many coves and beaches or take a cruise through the natural rock archway. Explore the ocean floor on a scuba mission or maybe set sail in search of local dolphins. If you’re looking for a hit of adrenaline, why not consider going skydiving? Your leader will have the inside scoop on optional activities and the best places to refuel for lunch and dinner.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Waitangi / Auckland - Today, you’ll discover the Bay of Islands’ important role in New Zealand’s history with a trip to the Waitangi Treaty Grounds. Get an insight into Māori culture and see the 35 m carved waka (a ceremonial war canoe) – the biggest in the world! After lunch, say goodbye to the bay and start the scenic journey back to Auckland via Northland’s east coast, with scenic beaches passing you by. Arrive back in Auckland in the late afternoon, where your trip comes to an end. If you’d like to extend your stay in New Zealand’s north island, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Auckland - Welcome to New Zealand! Your adventure begins in Tamaki Makaurau (Auckland) with a welcome meeting tonight at 6 pm. If you arrive early, why not check out the Auckland Sky Tower – the tallest building in New Zealand. If the mood strikes, you can also jump off the Sky Tower (with a harness, of course). Maybe visit the Auckland War Memorial Museum or walk around the CBD at your own pace and pick one of the excellent spots for lunch. Tonight, you’ll head out for a welcome dinner with your group to get to know each other.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Auckland / Tutukaka - Start your day with a hearty breakfast at a local café for a dose of warm Kiwi hospitality. Then, take a scenic drive to Tutukaka, stopping at Whangarei Falls along the way. This 26 m-high waterfall is a great spot for a photo! Continue along the coastline to Matapouri Beach. With the soft sand under your feet, you can take some time to enjoy the soothing sounds of the ocean. This is a perfect spot to relax, unwind and appreciate the surroundings. Arrive in Tutukaka tonight – a coastal city known for its scenic views, world-famous beaches and coastline (rated one of the top three coastlines in the world by National Geographic Traveller!).

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Poor Knights Islands / Paihia - After breakfast this morning, you’ll set sail on a full-day cruise to the Poor Knights Islands. As a total Marine Reserve, the islands boast 11-million-year-old volcanic origins, featuring some pretty memorable drop-offs, walls, caves, arches and tunnels both above and below the water. The rich biodiversity includes plant, animal and fish life unique to the area, so if you’re a wildlife buff this might be the highlight of your trip! Your day will be filled with sightseeing, kayaking, exploring caves, snorkelling, swimming, spotting sea mammals and learning the history of the islands. The highlight of the day is a visit to the world's largest sea cave – Rikoriko Cave, only accessible by boat. Finish your day with a scenic drive to Paihia, where you’ll spend the night.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Paihia - Today is a free day in Paihia – this coastal town is known as the gateway to the popular dive sites and sandy beaches of the bay. With more than 140 sub-tropical islands dotted around the coastline, there’s plenty to see and do here! Maybe hit the water and explore the many coves and beaches or take a cruise through the natural rock archway. Explore the ocean floor on a scuba mission or maybe set sail in search of local dolphins. If you’re looking for a hit of adrenaline, why not consider going skydiving? Your leader will have the inside scoop on optional activities and the best places to refuel for lunch and dinner.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Waitangi / Auckland - Today, you’ll discover the Bay of Islands’ important role in New Zealand’s history with a trip to the Waitangi Treaty Grounds. Get an insight into Māori culture and see the 35 m carved waka (a ceremonial war canoe) – the biggest in the world! After lunch, say goodbye to the bay and start the journey back to Auckland via Northland’s east coast. Make sure to grab a window seat if you can, as the scenic beaches and coastal walks along the way pass you by. Arrive back in Auckland in the late afternoon and check into your hotel. You’ll have another welcome meeting tonight at 6 pm, then the rest of the evening is yours to do as you please – you might like to take a dip into Auckland’s nightlife.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Coromandel Peninsula - This morning, leave the city in the rear-view mirror as you drive to the Coromandel Peninsula, following the coastline. A land of white-sand beaches and rainforests, the Coromandel Peninsula feels a world away from where your journey began. Make a stop at Hot Water Beach, named after the famous warm water that’s found beneath its golden sand. If the tide allows, you can dig a hole on the beach and enjoy your own natural hot tub! After a visit to Cathedral Cove, you’ll arrive at your accommodation in the afternoon.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Coromandel Peninsula - Hit the road and make the scenic drive along the Coromandel Peninsula. Join your local leader as they show you some of the most beautiful beaches in the area. This afternoon, maybe stop into Kuaotunu to try their famous ice cream and check out Coromandel Township. Tonight, maybe find a local restaurant for dinner – your leader will have the best recommendations!

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Hobbiton / Rotorua - This morning, watch the landscape change from beach to farmland as you drive to Waikato. Stop at Karangahake Gorge to see the remains of gold mining tunnels and railway tracks. Then, continue to Hobbiton – the living set where part of the Lord of the Rings and The Hobbit films were shot. After wandering through Middle Earth, continue your journey to Rotorua, known for its Maori heritage and hotbed of geothermal activity with its distinctive sulphur smell (you’ll get used to it!). When you arrive, take a treetop walk through an ancient redwood forest over a network of suspension bridges, reaching 12 m at the highest point.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Rotorua - Spend the day discovering the natural and cultural wonders of Rotorua – home to simmering mud pools, dramatic geysers and fluorescent lakes. If you’ve got a head for heights, ziplining through Rotorua’s ancient forests is an unbeatable way to take it all in. This evening, you’ll get a true taste of Maori culture during a visit to a cultural and geothermal wonderland. Here, you’ll enjoy a hangi dinner alongside a soul-stirring haka performance.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Rotorua / Taupo - Rotorua’s Polynesian Spa is the perfect place to unwind with your free morning. Or, maybe head to Kuirau Park to walk through a landscape of hissing natural hot pools. This afternoon, say goodbye to Rotorua and hit the road for Taupo, stopping at the thundering Huka Falls along the way. Set on the shores of the mighty Lake Taupo – New Zealand’s largest lake – this town is one of the most scenic spots in the North Island. You’ll spend two nights here, as it’s the perfect base to explore the area and the nearby Tongariro National Park.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Taupo - A volcanic eruption 70,000 years ago created the magnificent Lake Taupo, which now hosts visitors from around New Zealand and the world. With a free day here, you’ll have plenty of activities to choose from – maybe go sailing on Lake Taupo, or if you’re a keen hiker, you may want to consider the Tongariro Crossing – New Zealand’s most famous day hike. The path takes you around a volcano, past lakes, craters and through bushland.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Wellington - Wellington is calling – leave Taupo behind and drive on to New Zealand’s trendy capital city. Strung between green hills and the harbour, Wellington holds onto its small-town charm despite its capital status. Along the way, you’ll stop in the small of Taumaranui, where you’ll visit a local marae (Maori meeting house). You’ll be welcomed onto Morero marae with a traditional Powhiri. Once at the marae, you can sit down for a korero (conversation) with members of the local iwi about their way of life in this special region. After, share some kai (food) before continuing to Wellington. When you arrive, your leader will give you a brief introduction to the city. Then, you have free time to explore at your own pace. Maybe head up Mt Victoria for a the views or explore the city’s booming food scene.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Wellington - Kick the day off with a visit to Zealandia – a conservation project that has successfully reintroduced over 20 species of native wildlife into this area, some previously absent from mainland New Zealand for over 100 years. Then, visit the Weta Workshop – this special effects studio was used by Peter Jackson for the Lord of the Rings trilogy! While here, you’ll have the chance to take an optional tour around the studio to find out how the team created movie magic. This afternoon, maybe check out the Te Papa Museum. Displaying a combination of history and cultural heritage, the exhibits feature interactive displays and there’s something here for everyone.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Marlborough Sounds / Kaikoura - Say goodbye to the North Island and cross the Cook Strait on board a ferry, taking in some pretty unforgettable views along the way. Your introduction to New Zealand’s South Island sets the tone for the rest of the journey – pass through the iconic landscapes of the Marlborough Sounds as you cruise into Picton Harbour. Aside from its marvellous scenery, the Marlborough region is known for its production of world-class white wine, so what better way to get a taste of the South Island than by visiting some of its best wineries? Stop by and sample their goods while learning what makes Marlborough wine so renowned. Continue your journey south, eventually arriving in Kaikoura where you will stop for the night. This seaside town is known for its abundance of marine wildlife. This evening perhaps head out for a crayfish dinner – it’s a real specialty here!

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Kaikoura / Christchurch - Today is a free morning in Kaikoura. This region is famously one of the world’s top spots for whale watching, so maybe take advantage of your time here and head out on a boat trip in search of humpbacks, orcas and sperm whales. Regroup and see a colony of native fur seals, then depart Kaikoura and travel down to Christchurch – the South Island’s biggest city. You’ll have another welcome meeting tonight at 6 pm, then the rest of the evening is yours to do as you please. Perhaps head out for dinner, or rest up for an exciting day ahead tomorrow.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Christchurch / Lake Tekapo / Ohau - Christchurch is not just a pretty city – it’s also remarkably resilient. After a devastating earthquake destroyed much of the downtown area in 2011, the city has begun to rebuild in innovative and creative ways. Head out with your leader this morning to see this for yourself. Stop by the Christchurch Cathedral, which stood as a symbol of the city before collapsing in the earthquake and has now been replaced with an architecturally striking and quake-proof structure made from cardboard. After a morning of exploring, say goodbye to Christchurch and drive inland to Lake Tekapo. An eye-catching combination of purple lupins, turquoise waters and snow-dusted peaks makes this one of the most photo-worthy spots in the country. The Church of the Good Shepherd sits on the shores of the lakes and attracts couples from all over the world to shoot their wedding pictures. Continue to Lake Ohau or Twizel (depending on departure) where you’ll spend the night.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Mackenzie Country / Queenstown - Hit the road this morning for a journey to remember – watch out the window as you pass the sprawling grasslands of the Mackenzie Basin and showstopping peaks of the Southern Alps. Your drive will be broken up with plenty of scenic stops, including a visit to Kawarau Gorge, a popular spot for bungy jumping. If you’re feeling adventurous, get involved and jump off the suspension bridge crossing the gorge, or just stand back and watch brave jumpers take the plunge. Continue on to Queenstown, known as the adventure capital of the world, and rightfully so! Aside from its high-adrenaline attractions, Queenstown has a booming culinary scene, produces some of the world's best wine and boasts unbelievable scenery at every turn.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Queenstown - The day is all yours to discover the varied delights of Queenstown. There are loads of options to get your heartrate up, whether you fancy shooting down the river on a jet boat, river kayaking, flying above the town in a gondola or a 4WD adventure through landscapes of Lord of the Rings fame. If you’d like to take things a little slower, perhaps head to the Gibbston Valley to taste wines only topped by the inspiring scenery. A walk around the stunning Lake Wakatipu will give you a good dose of fresh air and epic views. There’s no shortage of dining options to tempt your tastebuds – if you’re willing to wait, a famous Fergburger is hard to beat!

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Queenstown / Arrowtown / Wanaka - Take the chance this morning to cross off any Queenstown activities you didn’t have time for yesterday – be sure to speak to your leader for tips on the best way to spend a morning here. In the afternoon, get back on the road for the scenic drive to Wanaka, through the Crown Range Mountains. Stop off along the way in Arrowtown – a little goldrush town popular for its heritage buildings and Autumn festival. Take a walk along the tree-lined high street and maybe pop into the old-school lolly shop. Arrive in Wanaka in the afternoon and embrace the vibe of this laidback and beautiful town. With Lake Wanaka as its glittering centrepiece and dramatic mountains as its backdrop, the town is undoubtedly one of New Zealand’s best. This afternoon you may like to head out on a hike or just stretch out on the shores of the lake and take it all in.

     

    Day - 20

    Location: Mou Waho Island / Wanaka - Visit Mou Waho Island today. Accessible only by boat and famous for being home to an (unnamed) island, in a lake (Arethusa Pool), on an island (Mou Waho), in a lake (Lake Wanaka), on an island (the South Island) in the ocean (the Pacific). Sounds complicated, but once you are there it will all make sense! Enjoy a walk as you learn more about this predator-free reserve with a natural glacial-formed lake at its summit. Your afternoon is free to explore Wanaka and surrounds. No visit to Wanaka would be complete without seeing #thatwanakatree. Springing up from the waters of Lake Wanaka, this sloping willow is one of the most photographed trees in the world. There's no shortage of excellent hiking routes in the region if you'd like to get out and explore on foot, or you may prefer to hire a bike and hit the cycling trails.

     

    Day - 21

    Location: Franz Josef - Get back on the road and make tracks for Franz Josef. This is another incredible drive, so have your camera ready! Depending on the weather, stop off at either Lake Hawea or Lake Wanaka lookout points. Along the way, your leader will pause at some off the beaten track spots to snap some pictures and stretch your legs. Arrive in Franz Josef in the early evening and perhaps head out to one of the town’s cosy pubs for dinner.

     

    Day - 22

    Location: Franz Josef - Rise and shine – you’re in one of the most beautiful places in the world, and there's so much to discover here. Known for the dazzling Franz Josef Glacier and awe-inspiring views of Mt Cook, this is natural beauty on the biggest scale. The region also has a cultural history that’s every bit as captivating as its natural wonders. Only found in the South Island of New Zealand, pounamu (greenstone) is an important part of Maori culture. Today, you’ll visit a local gallery where you’ll have the chance to carve your own pounamu pendant while learning about its spiritual and cultural significance. If you’d like to get up close and personal with Franz Josef Glacier in the afternoon, you can arrange for a helicopter to drop you in for a hike. You may prefer to sit back and unwind in local hot springs, or head out kayaking on an icy blue glacial lake.

     

    Day - 23

    Location: West Coast / Greymouth / Christchurch - Begin the journey up the west coast – this is the rainiest part of New Zealand, resulting in greenery and lush rainforests like nowhere else in the country. If time allows, there may be the chance to check out the National Kiwi Centre – the nocturnal house here gives visitors the opportunity to see how these nocturnal birds behave. The next stretch of your journey may just be the most magnificent – hop aboard the TranzAlpine train back to Christchurch, widely believed to be one of the top train journeys in the world. Cross through the Southern Alps via Arthur’s Pass and travel past the rushing blue waters of the Waimakariri River and endless native beech forest. Arrive in Christchurch in the evening.

     

    Day - 24

    Location: Christchurch - Your adventure comes to an end after breakfast this morning. If you’d like to spend some more time in Christchurch, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Christchurch - Welcome to Aotearoa (New Zealand). Sparsely populated and spectacularly beautiful, the South Island is a paradise for lovers of nature, wildlife and the great outdoors. Your adventure begins in Christchurch with a welcome meeting at 6 pm. If you arrive early, you may like to stroll through the Christchurch Botanic Gardens to admire the native plants or stop by the Canterbury Museum to learn about the region’s cultural heritage. After the meeting, the night is yours to find the best spot for a cosy dinner.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Christchurch / Lake Tekapo / Ohau - Christchurch is not just a pretty city – it’s also remarkably resilient. After a devastating earthquake destroyed much of the downtown area in 2011, the city has begun to rebuild in innovative and creative ways. Head out with your leader this morning to see this for yourself. Stop by the Christchurch Cathedral, which stood as a symbol of the city before collapsing in the earthquake and has now been replaced with an architecturally striking and quake-proof structure made from cardboard. After a morning of exploring, say goodbye to Christchurch and drive inland to Lake Tekapo. An eye-catching combination of purple lupins, turquoise waters and snow-dusted peaks makes this one of the most photo-worthy spots in the country. The Church of the Good Shepherd sits on the shores of the lakes and attracts couples from all over the world to shoot their wedding pictures. Continue to Lake Ohau or Twizel (depending on departure) where you’ll spend the night.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Mackenzie Country / Queenstown - Hit the road this morning for a journey to remember – watch out the window as you pass the sprawling grasslands of the Mackenzie Basin and showstopping peaks of the Southern Alps. Your drive will be broken up with plenty of scenic stops, including a visit to Kawarau Gorge, a popular spot for bungy jumping. If you’re feeling adventurous, get involved and jump off the suspension bridge crossing the gorge, or just stand back and watch brave jumpers take the plunge. Continue on to Queenstown, known as the adventure capital of the world, and rightfully so! Aside from its high-adrenaline attractions, Queenstown has a booming culinary scene, produces some of the world's best wine and boasts unbelievable scenery at every turn.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Queenstown - The day is all yours to discover the varied delights of Queenstown. There are loads of options to get your heartrate up, whether you fancy shooting down the river on a jet boat, river kayaking, flying above the town in a gondola or a 4WD adventure through landscapes of Lord of the Rings fame. If you’d like to take things a little slower, perhaps head to the Gibbston Valley to taste wines only topped by the inspiring scenery. A walk around the stunning Lake Wakatipu will give you a good dose of fresh air and epic views. There’s no shortage of dining options to tempt your tastebuds – if you’re willing to wait, a famous Fergburger is hard to beat!

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Queenstown / Arrowtown / Wanaka - Take the chance this morning to cross off any Queenstown activities you didn’t have time for yesterday – be sure to speak to your leader for tips on the best way to spend a morning here. In the afternoon, get back on the road for the scenic drive to Wanaka, through the Crown Range Mountains. Stop off along the way in Arrowtown – a little goldrush town popular for its heritage buildings and Autumn festival. Take a walk along the tree-lined high street and maybe pop into the old-school lolly shop. Arrive in Wanaka in the afternoon and embrace the vibe of this laidback and beautiful town. With Lake Wanaka as its glittering centrepiece and dramatic mountains as its backdrop, the town is undoubtedly one of New Zealand’s best. This afternoon you may like to head out on a hike or just stretch out on the shores of the lake and take it all in.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Mou Waho Island / Wanaka - Visit Mou Waho Island today. Accessible only by boat and famous for being home to an (unnamed) island, in a lake (Arethusa Pool), on an island (Mou Waho), in a lake (Lake Wanaka), on an island (the South Island) in the ocean (the Pacific). Sounds complicated, but once you are there it will all make sense! Enjoy a walk as you learn more about this predator-free reserve with a natural glacial-formed lake at its summit. Your afternoon is free to explore Wanaka and surrounds. No visit to Wanaka would be complete without seeing #thatwanakatree. Springing up from the waters of Lake Wanaka, this sloping willow is one of the most photographed trees in the world. There's no shortage of excellent hiking routes in the region if you'd like to get out and explore on foot, or you may prefer to hire a bike and hit the cycling trails.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Franz Josef - Get back on the road and make tracks for Franz Josef. This is another incredible drive, so have your camera ready! Depending on the weather, stop off at either Lake Hawea or Lake Wanaka lookout points. Along the way, your leader will pause at some off the beaten track spots to snap some pictures and stretch your legs. Arrive in Franz Josef in the early evening and perhaps head out to one of the town’s cosy pubs for dinner.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Franz Josef - Rise and shine – you’re in one of the most beautiful places in the world, and there's so much to discover here. Known for the dazzling Franz Josef Glacier and awe-inspiring views of Mt Cook, this is natural beauty on the biggest scale. The region also has a cultural history that’s every bit as captivating as its natural wonders. Only found in the South Island of New Zealand, pounamu (greenstone) is an important part of Maori culture. Today, you’ll visit a local gallery where you’ll have the chance to carve your own pounamu pendant while learning about its spiritual and cultural significance. If you’d like to get up close and personal with Franz Josef Glacier in the afternoon, you can arrange for a helicopter to drop you in for a hike. You may prefer to sit back and unwind in local hot springs, or head out kayaking on an icy blue glacial lake.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: West Coast / Greymouth / Christchurch - Begin the journey up the west coast – this is the rainiest part of New Zealand, resulting in greenery and lush rainforests like nowhere else in the country. If time allows, there may be the chance to check out the National Kiwi Centre – the nocturnal house here gives visitors the opportunity to see how these nocturnal birds behave. The next stretch of your journey may just be the most magnificent – hop aboard the TranzAlpine train back to Christchurch, widely believed to be one of the top train journeys in the world. Cross through the Southern Alps via Arthur’s Pass and travel past the rushing blue waters of the Waimakariri River and endless native beech forest. Arrive in Christchurch in the evening.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Christchurch - Your adventure comes to an end after breakfast this morning. If you’d like to spend some more time in Christchurch, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Auckland - Welcome to Aotearoa (New Zealand) – the land of the long white cloud! Your adventure begins in Auckland, New Zealand’s biggest city on the North Island. Meet your local leader and new travel friends at your accommodation at 6 pm for a welcome meeting tonight. If you arrive with time to spare, maybe check out the beach down at Mission Bay or take a stroll along the restaurant-lined waterfront. After the meeting, maybe dip into Auckland’s nightlife with your fellow travellers.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Coromandel Peninsula - This morning, leave the city in the rear-view mirror as you drive to the Coromandel Peninsula, following the coastline. A land of white-sand beaches and rainforests, the Coromandel Peninsula feels a world away from where your journey began. Make a stop at Hot Water Beach, named after the famous warm water that’s found beneath its golden sand. If the tide allows, you can dig a hole on the beach and enjoy your own natural hot tub! After a visit to Cathedral Cove, you’ll arrive at your accommodation in the afternoon.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Coromandel Peninsula - Hit the road and make the scenic drive along the Coromandel Peninsula. Join your local leader as they show you some of the most beautiful beaches in the area. This afternoon, maybe stop into Kuaotunu to try their famous ice cream and check out Coromandel Township. Tonight, maybe find a local restaurant for dinner – your leader will have the best recommendations!

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Hobbiton / Rotorua - This morning, watch the landscape change from beach to farmland as you drive to Waikato. Stop at Karangahake Gorge to see the remains of gold mining tunnels and railway tracks. Then, continue to Hobbiton – the living set where part of the Lord of the Rings and The Hobbit films were shot. After wandering through Middle Earth, continue your journey to Rotorua, known for its Maori heritage and hotbed of geothermal activity with its distinctive sulphur smell (you’ll get used to it!). When you arrive, take a treetop walk through an ancient redwood forest over a network of suspension bridges, reaching 12 m at the highest point.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Rotorua - Spend the day discovering the natural and cultural wonders of Rotorua – home to simmering mud pools, dramatic geysers and fluorescent lakes. If you’ve got a head for heights, ziplining through Rotorua’s ancient forests is an unbeatable way to take it all in. This evening, you’ll get a true taste of Maori culture during a visit to a cultural and geothermal wonderland. Here, you’ll enjoy a hangi dinner alongside a soul-stirring haka performance.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Rotorua / Taupo - Rotorua’s Polynesian Spa is the perfect place to unwind with your free morning. Or, maybe head to Kuirau Park to walk through a landscape of hissing natural hot pools. This afternoon, say goodbye to Rotorua and hit the road for Taupo, stopping at the thundering Huka Falls along the way. Set on the shores of the mighty Lake Taupo – New Zealand’s largest lake – this town is one of the most scenic spots in the North Island. You’ll spend two nights here, as it’s the perfect base to explore the area and the nearby Tongariro National Park.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Taupo - A volcanic eruption 70,000 years ago created the magnificent Lake Taupo, which now hosts visitors from around New Zealand and the world. With a free day here, you’ll have plenty of activities to choose from – maybe go sailing on Lake Taupo, or if you’re a keen hiker, you may want to consider the Tongariro Crossing – New Zealand’s most famous day hike. The path takes you around a volcano, past lakes, craters and through bushland.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Wellington - Wellington is calling – leave Taupo behind and drive on to New Zealand’s trendy capital city. Strung between green hills and the harbour, Wellington holds onto its small-town charm despite its capital status. Along the way, you’ll stop in the small of Taumaranui, where you’ll visit a local marae (Maori meeting house). You’ll be welcomed onto Morero marae with a traditional Powhiri. Once at the marae, you can sit down for a korero (conversation) with members of the local iwi about their way of life in this special region. After, share some kai (food) before continuing to Wellington. When you arrive, your leader will give you a brief introduction to the city. Then, you have free time to explore at your own pace. Maybe head up Mt Victoria for a the views or explore the city’s booming food scene.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Wellington - Kick the day off with a visit to Zealandia – a conservation project that has successfully reintroduced over 20 species of native wildlife into this area, some previously absent from mainland New Zealand for over 100 years. Then, visit the Weta Workshop – this special effects studio was used by Peter Jackson for the Lord of the Rings trilogy! While here, you’ll have the chance to take an optional tour around the studio to find out how the team created movie magic. This afternoon, maybe check out the Te Papa Museum. Displaying a combination of history and cultural heritage, the exhibits feature interactive displays and there’s something here for everyone.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Marlborough Sounds / Kaikoura - Say goodbye to the North Island and cross the Cook Strait on board a ferry, taking in some pretty unforgettable views along the way. Your introduction to New Zealand’s South Island sets the tone for the rest of the journey – pass through the iconic landscapes of the Marlborough Sounds as you cruise into Picton Harbour. Aside from its marvellous scenery, the Marlborough region is known for its production of world-class white wine, so what better way to get a taste of the South Island than by visiting some of its best wineries? Stop by and sample their goods while learning what makes Marlborough wine so renowned. Continue your journey south, eventually arriving in Kaikoura where you will stop for the night. This seaside town is known for its abundance of marine wildlife. This evening perhaps head out for a crayfish dinner – it’s a real specialty here!

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Kaikoura / Christchurch - This morning is free for you to explore at your own pace. In your free time, you might take a boat trip in search of humpbacks, orcas and sperm whales. This afternoon, regroup with your fellow travellers and visit a colony of native fur seals before travelling to Christchurch. You’ll have another welcome meeting tonight at 6 pm, then the rest of the evening is yours to do as you please. Perhaps head out for dinner, or rest up for an exciting day ahead tomorrow.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Christchurch / Lake Tekapo / Ohau - Christchurch is not just a pretty city – it’s also remarkably resilient. After a devastating earthquake destroyed much of the downtown area in 2011, the city has begun to rebuild in innovative and creative ways. Head out with your leader this morning to see this for yourself. Stop by the Christchurch Cathedral, which stood as a symbol of the city before collapsing in the earthquake and has now been replaced with an architecturally striking and quake-proof structure made from cardboard. After a morning of exploring, say goodbye to Christchurch and drive inland to Lake Tekapo. An eye-catching combination of purple lupins, turquoise waters and snow-dusted peaks makes this one of the most photo-worthy spots in the country. The Church of the Good Shepherd sits on the shores of the lakes and attracts couples from all over the world to shoot their wedding pictures. Continue to Lake Ohau or Twizel (depending on departure) where you’ll spend the night.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Mackenzie Country / Queenstown - Hit the road this morning for a journey to remember – watch out the window as you pass the sprawling grasslands of the Mackenzie Basin and showstopping peaks of the Southern Alps. Your drive will be broken up with plenty of scenic stops, including a visit to Kawarau Gorge, a popular spot for bungy jumping. If you’re feeling adventurous, get involved and jump off the suspension bridge crossing the gorge, or just stand back and watch brave jumpers take the plunge. Continue on to Queenstown, known as the adventure capital of the world, and rightfully so! Aside from its high-adrenaline attractions, Queenstown has a booming culinary scene, produces some of the world's best wine and boasts unbelievable scenery at every turn.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Queenstown - The day is all yours to discover the varied delights of Queenstown. There are loads of options to get your heartrate up, whether you fancy shooting down the river on a jet boat, river kayaking, flying above the town in a gondola or a 4WD adventure through landscapes of Lord of the Rings fame. If you’d like to take things a little slower, perhaps head to the Gibbston Valley to taste wines only topped by the inspiring scenery. A walk around the stunning Lake Wakatipu will give you a good dose of fresh air and epic views. There’s no shortage of dining options to tempt your tastebuds – if you’re willing to wait, a famous Fergburger is hard to beat!

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Queenstown / Arrowtown / Wanaka - Take the chance this morning to cross off any Queenstown activities you didn’t have time for yesterday – be sure to speak to your leader for tips on the best way to spend a morning here. In the afternoon, get back on the road for the scenic drive to Wanaka, through the Crown Range Mountains. Stop off along the way in Arrowtown – a little goldrush town popular for its heritage buildings and Autumn festival. Take a walk along the tree-lined high street and maybe pop into the old-school lolly shop. Arrive in Wanaka in the afternoon and embrace the vibe of this laidback and beautiful town. With Lake Wanaka as its glittering centrepiece and dramatic mountains as its backdrop, the town is undoubtedly one of New Zealand’s best. This afternoon you may like to head out on a hike or just stretch out on the shores of the lake and take it all in.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Mou Waho Island / Wanaka - Visit Mou Waho Island today. Accessible only by boat and famous for being home to an (unnamed) island, in a lake (Arethusa Pool), on an island (Mou Waho), in a lake (Lake Wanaka), on an island (the South Island) in the ocean (the Pacific). Sounds complicated, but once you are there it will all make sense! Enjoy a walk as you learn more about this predator-free reserve with a natural glacial-formed lake at its summit. Your afternoon is free to explore Wanaka and surrounds. No visit to Wanaka would be complete without seeing #thatwanakatree. Springing up from the waters of Lake Wanaka, this sloping willow is one of the most photographed trees in the world. There's no shortage of excellent hiking routes in the region if you'd like to get out and explore on foot, or you may prefer to hire a bike and hit the cycling trails.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Franz Josef - Get back on the road and make tracks for Franz Josef. This is another incredible drive, so have your camera ready! Depending on the weather, stop off at either Lake Hawea or Lake Wanaka lookout points. Along the way, your leader will pause at some off the beaten track spots to snap some pictures and stretch your legs. Arrive in Franz Josef in the early evening and perhaps head out to one of the town’s cosy pubs for dinner.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Franz Josef - Rise and shine – you’re in one of the most beautiful places in the world, and there's so much to discover here. Known for the dazzling Franz Josef Glacier and awe-inspiring views of Mt Cook, this is natural beauty on the biggest scale. The region also has a cultural history that’s every bit as captivating as its natural wonders. Only found in the South Island of New Zealand, pounamu (greenstone) is an important part of Maori culture. Today, you’ll visit a local gallery where you’ll have the chance to carve your own pounamu pendant while learning about its spiritual and cultural significance. If you’d like to get up close and personal with Franz Josef Glacier in the afternoon, you can arrange for a helicopter to drop you in for a hike. You may prefer to sit back and unwind in local hot springs, or head out kayaking on an icy blue glacial lake.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: West Coast / Greymouth / Christchurch - Begin the journey up the west coast – this is the rainiest part of New Zealand, resulting in greenery and lush rainforests like nowhere else in the country. If time allows, there may be the chance to check out the National Kiwi Centre – the nocturnal house here gives visitors the opportunity to see how these nocturnal birds behave. The next stretch of your journey may just be the most magnificent – hop aboard the TranzAlpine train back to Christchurch, widely believed to be one of the top train journeys in the world. Cross through the Southern Alps via Arthur’s Pass and travel past the rushing blue waters of the Waimakariri River and endless native beech forest. Arrive in Christchurch in the evening.

     

    Day - 20

    Location: Christchurch - Your adventure comes to an end after breakfast this morning. If you’d like to spend some more time in Christchurch, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Christchurch - Welcome to Aotearoa (New Zealand). Sparsely populated and spectacularly beautiful, the South Island is a paradise for lovers of nature, wildlife and the great outdoors. Your adventure begins in Christchurch with a welcome meeting at 6 pm. If you arrive early, you may like to stroll through the Christchurch Botanic Gardens to admire the native plants or stop by the Canterbury Museum to learn about the region’s cultural heritage. After the meeting, the night is yours to find the best spot for a cosy dinner.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Christchurch / Lake Tekapo / Ohau - Christchurch is not just a pretty city – it’s also remarkably resilient. After a devastating earthquake destroyed much of the downtown area in 2011, the city has begun to rebuild in innovative and creative ways. Head out with your leader this morning to see this for yourself. Stop by the Christchurch Cathedral, which stood as a symbol of the city before collapsing in the earthquake and has now been replaced with an architecturally striking and quake-proof structure made from cardboard. After a morning of exploring, say goodbye to Christchurch and drive inland to Lake Tekapo. An eye-catching combination of purple lupins, turquoise waters and snow-dusted peaks makes this one of the most photo-worthy spots in the country. The Church of the Good Shepherd sits on the shores of the lakes and attracts couples from all over the world to shoot their wedding pictures. Continue to Lake Ohau or Twizel (depending on departure) where you’ll spend the night.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Mackenzie Country / Queenstown - Hit the road this morning for a journey to remember – watch out the window as you pass the sprawling grasslands of the Mackenzie Basin and showstopping peaks of the Southern Alps. Your drive will be broken up with plenty of scenic stops, including a visit to Kawarau Gorge, a popular spot for bungy jumping. If you’re feeling adventurous, get involved and jump off the suspension bridge crossing the gorge, or just stand back and watch brave jumpers take the plunge. Continue on to Queenstown, known as the adventure capital of the world, and rightfully so! Aside from its high-adrenaline attractions, Queenstown has a booming culinary scene, produces some of the world's best wine and boasts unbelievable scenery at every turn.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Queenstown - The day is all yours to discover the varied delights of Queenstown. There are loads of options to get your heartrate up, whether you fancy shooting down the river on a jet boat, river kayaking, flying above the town in a gondola or a 4WD adventure through landscapes of Lord of the Rings fame. If you’d like to take things a little slower, perhaps head to the Gibbston Valley to taste wines only topped by the inspiring scenery. A walk around the stunning Lake Wakatipu will give you a good dose of fresh air and epic views. There’s no shortage of dining options to tempt your tastebuds – if you’re willing to wait, a famous Fergburger is hard to beat!

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Queenstown / Arrowtown / Wanaka - Take the chance this morning to cross off any Queenstown activities you didn’t have time for yesterday – be sure to speak to your leader for tips on the best way to spend a morning here. In the afternoon, get back on the road for the scenic drive to Wanaka, through the Crown Range Mountains. Stop off along the way in Arrowtown – a little goldrush town popular for its heritage buildings and Autumn festival. Take a walk along the tree-lined high street and maybe pop into the old-school lolly shop. Arrive in Wanaka in the afternoon and embrace the vibe of this laidback and beautiful town. With Lake Wanaka as its glittering centrepiece and dramatic mountains as its backdrop, the town is undoubtedly one of New Zealand’s best. This afternoon you may like to head out on a hike or just stretch out on the shores of the lake and take it all in.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Mou Waho Island / Wanaka - Visit Mou Waho Island today. Accessible only by boat and famous for being home to an (unnamed) island, in a lake (Arethusa Pool), on an island (Mou Waho), in a lake (Lake Wanaka), on an island (the South Island) in the ocean (the Pacific). Sounds complicated, but once you are there it will all make sense! Enjoy a walk as you learn more about this predator-free reserve with a natural glacial-formed lake at its summit. Your afternoon is free to explore Wanaka and surrounds. No visit to Wanaka would be complete without seeing #thatwanakatree. Springing up from the waters of Lake Wanaka, this sloping willow is one of the most photographed trees in the world. There's no shortage of excellent hiking routes in the region if you'd like to get out and explore on foot, or you may prefer to hire a bike and hit the cycling trails.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Franz Josef - Get back on the road and make tracks for Franz Josef. This is another incredible drive, so have your camera ready! Depending on the weather, stop off at either Lake Hawea or Lake Wanaka lookout points. Along the way, your leader will pause at some off the beaten track spots to snap some pictures and stretch your legs. Arrive in Franz Josef in the early evening and perhaps head out to one of the town’s cosy pubs for dinner.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Franz Josef - Rise and shine – you’re in one of the most beautiful places in the world, and there's so much to discover here. Known for the dazzling Franz Josef Glacier and awe-inspiring views of Mt Cook, this is natural beauty on the biggest scale. The region also has a cultural history that’s every bit as captivating as its natural wonders. Only found in the South Island of New Zealand, pounamu (greenstone) is an important part of Maori culture. Today, you’ll visit a local gallery where you’ll have the chance to carve your own pounamu pendant while learning about its spiritual and cultural significance. If you’d like to get up close and personal with Franz Josef Glacier in the afternoon, you can arrange for a helicopter to drop you in for a hike. You may prefer to sit back and unwind in local hot springs, or head out kayaking on an icy blue glacial lake.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: West Coast / Greymouth / Christchurch - Begin the journey up the west coast – this is the rainiest part of New Zealand, resulting in greenery and lush rainforests like nowhere else in the country. If time allows, there may be the chance to check out the National Kiwi Centre – the nocturnal house here gives visitors the opportunity to see how these nocturnal birds behave. The next stretch of your journey may just be the most magnificent – hop aboard the TranzAlpine train back to Christchurch, widely believed to be one of the top train journeys in the world. Cross through the Southern Alps via Arthur’s Pass and travel past the rushing blue waters of the Waimakariri River and endless native beech forest. Arrive in Christchurch in the evening.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Kaikoura - Get back on the road and drive up to Kaikoura, a seaside town known for its abundance of marine wildlife. Kaikoura is famously one of the world’s top spots for whale watching, so perhaps take advantage of your time here and head out on a boat trip in search of humpbacks, orcas and sperm whales. This evening perhaps go out for a crayfish dinner – it’s a real specialty here!

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Marlborough Sounds / Wellington - Drive on from Kaikoura to Marlborough. Aside from its marvellous scenery, the Marlborough region is known for its production of world-class white wine, so what better way to get a taste of the South Island than by visiting some of its best wineries? Stop by and sample their goods while learning what makes Marlborough wine so renowned. Continue north and bid farewell to the South Island as you hop aboard a ferry and cross the Cook Strait. Watch a vast and varied landscape unfold in front of you as you cruise through the iconic Marlborough Sounds and travel to the North Island. Arrive in Wellington, New Zealand’s trendy and attractive capital city. Strung between staggering green hills and a delightful harbour, Wellington holds onto a small-town charm despite its capital status. The city is known for its creative and artistic endeavours, making it a real joy to explore. A welcome meeting will take place at 7.30pm this evening to welcome any new travellers joining you for the next leg of your journey, then the rest of the evening is yours. If you’d like to experience Wellington’s top-notch food and craft beer scene, your leader will have tips on the best places to grab a bevvy or a bite to eat.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Wellington - Today is all about getting to know windy Wellington, a charming place even on its most blustery days! Kick the day off with a visit to Zealandia, a groundbreaking conservation project that has successfully reintroduced over 20 species of native wildlife into this area, some of which were previously absent from mainland New Zealand for over 100 years. Next up is an orientation tour with your leader, checking out the bays, central Wellington, the Botanic Gardens and the Parliament Buildings. This afternoon, you may like to pay a visit to Weta Workshop, the special effects studio used by Peter Jackson for the Lord of the Rings trilogy. While here you’ll have the chance to take an optional tour around the studio to find out how the team here create film magic. Or perhaps check out Wellington’s most famous cultural attraction, Te Papa Museum. Displaying an intriguing combination of New Zealand’s history and cultural heritage woven with cutting edge technology and interactive displays, there’s something here to entertain everyone.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Taupo - Make the most of your final morning in Wellington – perhaps check out the always-buzzing Cuba street for breakfast or have a wander around the City Gallery. Then it’s time to swap the city for the natural wonders of Lake Taupo as you hit the road and head north. This drive is one worth looking out the window for, as the volcanic peaks of Ruapehu, Ngauruhoe and Tongariro draw closer. Arrive in Taupo, a bustling town on the shores of a stunning crater lake, and your home for the next two nights.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Taupo - A volcanic eruption 70,000 years ago created the magnificent Lake Taupo, which now hosts visitors from around New Zealand and the world, keen to both relax and get their blood pumping with the adventure sports and hikes on offer. With a free day here, you’ll have plenty to choose from. If you’re a keen hiker, you may like to complete the Tongariro Crossing, New Zealand’s most famous day hike. At 19.4km long, the path takes you around a volcano, past lakes, craters and bush. A good level of fitness and appropriate gear for all types of weather are a must for anyone considering tackling the crossing today.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Hobbiton / Rotorua - Leave Lake Taupo behind and get back on the road. Stop at the thundering Huka Falls – this forceful, icy blue torrent of water is a must-see! Continue your journey towards Rotorua, known for its Maori heritage, hotbed of geothermal activity and distinctive sulphur smell (you’ll get used to it!). To get your first look at Rotorua’s impressive scenery, take a treetop walk through an ancient redwood forest over a network of suspension bridges, reaching 12 metres at the highest point. Yet, your highlight of today could be visiting one of NZ’s most iconic places - the Hobbiton Movie Set. where part of the Lord of the Rings films were shot. On a fully guided tour of the 12- acre Middle-earth set you will see Hobbit Holes, the Mill, and even enjoy a drink at the Green Dragon Inn. The evening is yours to relax and reflect on the day.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Rotorua - Spend the day discovering the natural and cultural wonders of Rotorua – this unique destination is really like nowhere else in the world. The geothermal activity in the area is second to none – simmering mud pools, dramatic geysers and fluorescent lakes must be seen to be believed. If you’ve got a head for heights, ziplining through Rotorua’s ancient forests is an unbeatable way to take it all in. This evening you’ll get a true taste of Māori culture during a visit to a cultural and geothermal wonderland. Here you’ll enjoy a hangi dinner and you’ll also experience a soul-stirring haka performance.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Raglan - This morning’s adventure takes you underground during an optional visit to the Waitomo Caves, a subterranean system of caverns and passageways illuminated by thousands of ethereal glow worms. You may like to join a walking tour to hear the story of the caves’ history, geology and connection to Maori mythology. If you’d rather stay on the surface, the Ruakuri Forest walk is a must, cutting through dense rainforest and taking in views of verdant gorges and limestone arches. From here, it’s on to Raglan, a chilled-out town with a reputation as New Zealand’s top surf spot. Tonight is set to be one to remember – get on the water for a sunset boat cruise around Raglan Harbour, and tuck into a tasty fish and chips feast while you’re at it – a true Kiwi experience!

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Raglan / Coromandel Peninsula - Widely considered to be New Zealand’s premier surf spot, Raglan is a chilled-out town and offers a wealth of awesome activities. Check out creative local cafes, shops and galleries, stretch out on the beach and enjoy the view or head out on a hiking trail to get a better look at the landscape. Continue north in the afternoon towards the Coromandel Peninsula, passing tree-clad hills and dramatic valleys. The journey will be broken up with photo-worthy stops, including a visit to the magical 55-metre cascade of the Bridal Veil Falls.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Coromandel Peninsula / Auckland - Your leader will spend some time showing you around The Coromandel this morning. A land of white sand beaches and lush rainforests, the Coromandel Peninsula feels a world away from where your journey began. Make a stop at Hot Water Beach, named after the famous warm waters found beneath its golden sand. If the tide allows, dig a hole on the beach and enjoy your own natural hot tub – absolute bliss! Later in the day, hit the road for a final time as you travel towards Auckland, New Zealand’s biggest, busiest and buzziest city. The journey is a highlight in itself, following the extraordinary coastline and watching clear blue water stream past the window. As always, your leader will have tips on some excellent places to grab a meal in this lively city.

     

    Day - 20

    Location: Auckland - Say your goodbyes this morning as your North Island adventure comes to an end. If you’d like to spend some more time in Auckland, just get in touch ahead of time and we’d be happy to arrange additional accommodation (subject to availability).

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Auckland - Welcome to New Zealand! Your adventure of the volcanic North Island begins in Auckland – New Zealand’s most populated city, fringed with beaches, harbours, volcanoes and farmland. You’ll be met at the airport and transferred to your hotel, where you’ll have a welcome meeting at 6 pm. If you arrive early, you might like to uncover the story of New Zealand rugby during an interactive All Blacks experience where you’ll learn about the heritage of the sport and find out what it takes to wear the famous black jersey. After your meeting, get to know your group over dinner at a local bistro in the heart of the city, championing New Zealand producers.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Auckland (Waiheke Island) - Leave the bustle of the big city behind and head offshore to Waiheke Island, famed for its sandy beaches and local wine. Board a ferry from Auckland – if you’re lucky, you may even see dolphins or orcas along the way. The day will be spent sipping your way around the island, stopping off at two unique wineries to learn about their production methods, and of course tasting the goods yourself. You’ll also enjoy an included lunch on the island, not to mention a few scenic drives with plenty of opportunities for photos. Return to Auckland in the late afternoon with an evening free for your own discoveries of the city.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Auckland via Waitomo & Hobbiton to Rotorua - After breakfast this morning, hit the road and drive to the Waitomo Glow Worm Caves – an extensive underground network of tunnels and caverns decorated with stalactites, stalagmites and luminous glow worms. Join a local expert for an in-depth tour of the Ruakuri Cave, descending a spiral entrance to the world below. See the limestone formations, hear the roar of subterranean waterfalls and learn about the glow worms that light up the caves. Continue to Hobbiton, where the epic Lord of the Rings movies were shot. Take a tour around the set with a local guide, hear stories about the production of these iconic films, explore Hobbit holes and enjoy a drink (and maybe a delicious pie) at the mythical Green Dragon Inn. Finally, travel to Rotorua, where you’ll spend the evening.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Rotorua - Spend this morning at your leisure, perhaps relax at the Polynesian Spa or head for adrenaline at the Redwoods Treetop Walkway. This evening, you will pay a visit to Te Pā Tū and be hosted by the people of Tamaki Māori Village. A local expert will guide you in celebrating the abundant harvest of this season, and you will explore concepts, rituals, and stories of ancient Māori warfare and peace in a feast of culture and cuisine. Within the forest-formed amphitheatre you will hear stories relayed through haka, song and drama, before torch light guides you to an al fresco dining space with three-course feast.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Rotorua to Taupō - Say goodbye to Rotorua and drive on to Taupō – sitting on the shores of Lake Taupō, the largest lake in New Zealand, this is a popular and scenic town. On the way, visit Waiotapu Thermal Wonderland, where you’ll walk through thousands of years of geothermal history and volcanic features, including New Zealand's largest mud pool and bubbling basins bursting with vibrant colours. The rest of the day is yours to discover all that this picturesque part of the country has to offer. One of the best ways to enjoy the lake is to get on its waters – speak to your leader to find out about the sustainable sailing and cruising options available this afternoon.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Taupo via Tongariro National Park to Ohakune - Today, uncover the natural wonders of Tongariro National Park, as spiritually significant as it is naturally beautiful. Your leader will guide you on a scenic two-hour walk to the Taranaki Falls – an impressive 20 m cascade tumbling over volcanic cliffs. Later in the day, head to your Feature Stay accommodation at the Powderhorn Hotel which is nestled in the mountain village at the base of Mt Ruapehu.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Ohakune to Wellington - This morning, make tracks for Wellington – New Zealand’s trendy capital city. After settling in, hop aboard a private catamaran and get to know the city on an evening cruise around Wellington Harbour. Return to land after an hour and join your group for dinner at a waterfront restaurant – the perfect chance to reminisce about your North Island adventure.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Wellington - Your adventure comes to an end after breakfast this morning. If you’d like to spend more time exploring Wellington, just get in touch with your booking agent in advance to arrange additional accommodation. Alternatively, combine this trip with Premium New Zealand South Island for the ultimate trip.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Christchurch - Welcome to New Zealand! When you arrive in Christchurch, you’ll be met at the airport by a local representative and transferred to your hotel. Your adventure officially begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight, followed by a welcome dinner at a restaurant featuring produce from the Canterbury region. Enjoy a three-course dinner celebrating local producers at a restaurant that champions sustainability.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Christchurch / Greymouth / Punakaiki - Take an orientation tour with your leader around some of the landmarks of Christchurch. Then, set off for Punakaiki, driving through Arthur’s Pass and Castle Hill – the spectacular mountain scenery may look familiar, as parts of The Chronicles of Narnia and Lord of the Rings movies were filmed here. After lunch in Moana, enjoy a short stop at Lake Brunner – the largest lake in the South Island. Spend the afternoon in Greymouth, stopping into a boutique studio to learn about the prized west coast jade known locally as Pounamu (Greenstone). Then, continue to Monteith's Brewery, considered the original home of New Zealand craft brewing for a tour and tasting. Arrive at Punakaiki Resort by late afternoon – in Paparoa National Park, this resort lies next to Punakaiki Beach and the Pancake Rocks and Blowholes.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Hokitika / Franz Josef - After breakfast, explore the Punakaiki Rocks and Blowholes before the drive to Franz Josef. Along the way, stretch your legs at the charming town of Hokitika and enjoy an exhilarating treetop adventure on a walk through the ancient Rimu and Kamahi tree canopy. In the afternoon, take a private ranger-guided tour of the West Coast Wildlife Centre – home of the official breeding program for the world's rarest kiwi bird, the rowi. Also keep an eye out for tuatara (a reptile endemic to New Zealand). Arrive in Franz Josef in the late afternoon, where you’ll have a free evening.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Franz Josef - Begin your day with a self-guided walk to see the icy wonderland created by the Franz Josef Glacier – one of the steepest glaciers in New Zealand. If you’re feeling more adventurous, you may like to join an optional heli-hiking tour and get even closer to the glacier. Other optional activities include kayaking, a scenic cruise on Lake Mapourika or a soak in the hot tubs at Franz Josef.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Makarora / Wanaka - Depart Franz Josef for the resort town of Wanaka – the gateway to Mount Aspiring National Park in the Otago region. Stop along the way at Makarora and visit the Aspiring Biodiversity Trust – an organisation that strives to protect and restore indigenous biodiversity. After lunch, take a guided flora and fauna walk with a local ornithologist and ecologist. Look out for endangered birds as you learn about how they’re working to reduce predators and save some of New Zealand’s rarest species. Arrive in Wanaka by late afternoon and settle into your home for the next two nights. Located next to the resplendent Wanaka Station Park on the shores of Lake Wanaka, and a short stroll from Wanaka township, you'll be perfectly placed to enjoy all this popular town has to offer.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Wanaka - Enjoy a sleep-in this morning or start your day with a hike up Mt Iron for a view over Lake Wanaka and the surrounding peaks. Central Otago is a region well known for food and wine, and today you’ll visit the spectacular deer station of Criffel Station. Here, you’ll be shown around the farm by the family before doing a chef-guided foraging and tasting tour, followed by a delicious lunch.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Wanaka / Doubtful Sound - Say farewell to Wanaka after breakfast and begin the journey to Doubtful Sound / Patea – a lesser-known but stunning part of Fiordland National Park. Drive to Lake Manapouri where you’ll hop on a ferry for a one-hour journey across the water, followed by a scenic drive to Deep Cove via Wilmot Pass – a subalpine road surrounded by dense rainforest. Here, you'll board your vessel and meet the crew for your Doubtful Sound Cruise. This Premium Exclusive Experience includes a delicious three-course dinner featuring local produce, and a resident naturlist who’ll share insights about the fiord’s history, flora and wildlife – including dolphins, seals and penguins. With fewer boats on the water than in Milford Sound and a more peaceful atmosphere, there’s a higher chance these creatures will pop up to say hello! If weather conditions allow, you might also like to explore by kayak.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Doubtful Sound / Queenstown - Start your day with a hearty cooked breakfast as the mist rolls over the cliffs, then get ready to explore some of the other nooks of the fiord this morning. After, return to Deep Cove to take the ferry back to Lake Manapouri and continue to Queenstown, arriving in the late afternoon. The rest of the evening is free to relax or explore this resort town, famed for its picturesque scenery and dramatic location on the edge of the Southern Alps.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Queenstown - Soak up a free morning in Queenstown and wander at your own pace. Then, head to Arrowtown in the afternoon. This historic gold mining town is known for its heritage town centre and autumn festival – and perfect to explore on foot. Learn about the town’s history on a leader-led walking tour and browse its shops and cafes. Then, head to Gibbston Valley to sample some of Central Otago’s famous drops at a well-known winery. Tonight, maybe go for a farewell dinner with your group and say cheers to an amazing adventure.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Queenstown - Your New Zealand adventure ends this morning after breakfast. As this trip spends little time in Queenstown, it’s recommended that you spend an extra day or two if you want to experience all the town has to offer. Your booking agent will be happy to book additional accommodation for you, just get in touch ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Auckland - Welcome to New Zealand! Your adventure of the volcanic North Island begins in Auckland – New Zealand’s most populated city, fringed with beaches, harbours, volcanoes and farmland. You’ll be met at the airport and transferred to your hotel, where you’ll have a welcome meeting at 6 pm. If you arrive early, you might like to uncover the story of New Zealand rugby during an interactive All Blacks experience where you’ll learn about the heritage of the sport and find out what it takes to wear the famous black jersey. After your meeting, get to know your group over dinner at a local bistro in the heart of the city, championing New Zealand producers.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Auckland (Waiheke Island) - Leave the bustle of the big city behind and head offshore to Waiheke Island, famed for its sandy beaches and local wine. Board a ferry from Auckland – if you’re lucky, you may even see dolphins or orcas along the way. The day will be spent sipping your way around the island, stopping off at two unique wineries to learn about their production methods, and of course tasting the goods yourself. You’ll also enjoy an included lunch on the island, not to mention a few scenic drives with plenty of opportunities for photos. Return to Auckland in the late afternoon with an evening free for your own discoveries of the city.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Auckland via Waitomo & Hobbiton to Rotorua - After breakfast this morning, hit the road and drive to the Waitomo Glow Worm Caves – an extensive underground network of tunnels and caverns decorated with stalactites, stalagmites and luminous glow worms. Join a local expert for an in-depth tour of the Ruakuri Cave, descending a spiral entrance to the world below. See the limestone formations, hear the roar of subterranean waterfalls and learn about the glow worms that light up the caves. Continue to Hobbiton, where the epic Lord of the Rings movies were shot. Take a tour around the set with a local guide, hear stories about the production of these iconic films, explore Hobbit holes and enjoy a drink (and maybe a delicious pie) at the mythical Green Dragon Inn. Finally, travel to Rotorua, where you’ll spend the evening.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Rotorua - Spend this morning at your leisure, perhaps relax at the Polynesian Spa or head for adrenaline at the Redwoods Treetop Walkway. This evening, you will pay a visit to Te Pā Tū and be hosted by the people of Tamaki Māori Village. A local expert will guide you in celebrating the abundant harvest of this season, and you will explore concepts, rituals, and stories of ancient Māori warfare and peace in a feast of culture and cuisine. Within the forest-formed amphitheatre you will hear stories relayed through haka, song and drama, before torch light guides you to an al fresco dining space with three-course feast.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Rotorua to Taupō - Say goodbye to Rotorua and drive on to Taupō – sitting on the shores of Lake Taupō, the largest lake in New Zealand, this is a popular and scenic town. On the way, visit Waiotapu Thermal Wonderland, where you’ll walk through thousands of years of geothermal history and volcanic features, including New Zealand's largest mud pool and bubbling basins bursting with vibrant colours. The rest of the day is yours to discover all that this picturesque part of the country has to offer. One of the best ways to enjoy the lake is to get on its waters – speak to your leader to find out about the sustainable sailing and cruising options available this afternoon.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Taupo via Tongariro National Park to Ohakune - Today, uncover the natural wonders of Tongariro National Park, as spiritually significant as it is naturally beautiful. Your leader will guide you on a scenic two-hour walk to the Taranaki Falls – an impressive 20 m cascade tumbling over volcanic cliffs. Later in the day, head to your Feature Stay accommodation at the Powderhorn Hotel which is nestled in the mountain village at the base of Mt Ruapehu.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Ohakune to Wellington - This morning, make tracks for Wellington – New Zealand’s trendy capital city. After settling in, hop aboard a private catamaran and get to know the city on an evening cruise around Wellington Harbour. Return to land after an hour and join your group for dinner at a waterfront restaurant – the perfect chance to reminisce about your North Island adventure.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Wellington to Christchurch - This morning, check out of your hotel after breakfast and head to the South Island to begin the second half of your New Zealand adventure. Cross the Cook Strait on board a ferry, taking in some pretty unforgettable views along the way. Your introduction to New Zealand’s South Island sets the tone for the rest of the journey – pass through the iconic landscapes of the Marlborough Sounds as you cruise into Picton Harbour. Travel onward by private vehicle to Christchurch. Settle into your accommodation and enjoy a free evening.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Christchurch - Welcome to New Zealand! When you arrive in Christchurch, you’ll be met at the airport by a local representative and transferred to your hotel. Your adventure officially begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight, followed by a welcome dinner at a restaurant featuring produce from the Canterbury region. Enjoy a three-course dinner celebrating local producers at a restaurant that champions sustainability.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Christchurch / Greymouth / Punakaiki - Take an orientation tour with your leader around some of the landmarks of Christchurch. Then, set off for Punakaiki, driving through Arthur’s Pass and Castle Hill – the spectacular mountain scenery may look familiar, as parts of The Chronicles of Narnia and Lord of the Rings movies were filmed here. After lunch in Moana, enjoy a short stop at Lake Brunner – the largest lake in the South Island. Spend the afternoon in Greymouth, stopping into a boutique studio to learn about the prized west coast jade known locally as Pounamu (Greenstone). Then, continue to Monteith's Brewery, considered the original home of New Zealand craft brewing for a tour and tasting. Arrive at Punakaiki Resort by late afternoon – in Paparoa National Park, this resort lies next to Punakaiki Beach and the Pancake Rocks and Blowholes.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Hokitika / Franz Josef - After breakfast, explore the Punakaiki Rocks and Blowholes before the drive to Franz Josef. Along the way, stretch your legs at the charming town of Hokitika and enjoy an exhilarating treetop adventure on a walk through the ancient Rimu and Kamahi tree canopy. In the afternoon, take a private ranger-guided tour of the West Coast Wildlife Centre – home of the official breeding program for the world's rarest kiwi bird, the rowi. Also keep an eye out for tuatara (a reptile endemic to New Zealand). Arrive in Franz Josef in the late afternoon, where you’ll have a free evening.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Franz Josef - Begin your day with a self-guided walk to see the icy wonderland created by the Franz Josef Glacier – one of the steepest glaciers in New Zealand. If you’re feeling more adventurous, you may like to join an optional heli-hiking tour and get even closer to the glacier. Other optional activities include kayaking, a scenic cruise on Lake Mapourika or a soak in the hot tubs at Franz Josef.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Makarora / Wanaka - Depart Franz Josef for the resort town of Wanaka – the gateway to Mount Aspiring National Park in the Otago region. Stop along the way at Makarora and visit the Aspiring Biodiversity Trust – an organisation that strives to protect and restore indigenous biodiversity. After lunch, take a guided flora and fauna walk with a local ornithologist and ecologist. Look out for endangered birds as you learn about how they’re working to reduce predators and save some of New Zealand’s rarest species. Arrive in Wanaka by late afternoon and settle into your home for the next two nights. Located next to the resplendent Wanaka Station Park on the shores of Lake Wanaka, and a short stroll from Wanaka township, you'll be perfectly placed to enjoy all this popular town has to offer.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Wanaka - Enjoy a sleep-in this morning or start your day with a hike up Mt Iron for a view over Lake Wanaka and the surrounding peaks. Central Otago is a region well known for food and wine, and today you’ll visit the spectacular deer station of Criffel Station. Here, you’ll be shown around the farm by the family before doing a chef-guided foraging and tasting tour, followed by a delicious lunch.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Wanaka / Doubtful Sound - Say farewell to Wanaka after breakfast and begin the journey to Doubtful Sound / Patea – a lesser-known but stunning part of Fiordland National Park. Drive to Lake Manapouri where you’ll hop on a ferry for a one-hour journey across the water, followed by a scenic drive to Deep Cove via Wilmot Pass – a subalpine road surrounded by dense rainforest. Here, you'll board your vessel and meet the crew for your Doubtful Sound Cruise. This Premium Exclusive Experience includes a delicious three-course dinner featuring local produce, and a resident naturlist who’ll share insights about the fiord’s history, flora and wildlife – including dolphins, seals and penguins. With fewer boats on the water than in Milford Sound and a more peaceful atmosphere, there’s a higher chance these creatures will pop up to say hello! If weather conditions allow, you might also like to explore by kayak.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Doubtful Sound / Queenstown - Start your day with a hearty cooked breakfast as the mist rolls over the cliffs, then get ready to explore some of the other nooks of the fiord this morning. After, return to Deep Cove to take the ferry back to Lake Manapouri and continue to Queenstown, arriving in the late afternoon. The rest of the evening is free to relax or explore this resort town, famed for its picturesque scenery and dramatic location on the edge of the Southern Alps.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Queenstown - Soak up a free morning in Queenstown and wander at your own pace. Then, head to Arrowtown in the afternoon. This historic gold mining town is known for its heritage town centre and autumn festival – and perfect to explore on foot. Learn about the town’s history on a leader-led walking tour and browse its shops and cafes. Then, head to Gibbston Valley to sample some of Central Otago’s famous drops at a well-known winery. Tonight, maybe go for a farewell dinner with your group and say cheers to an amazing adventure.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Queenstown - Your New Zealand adventure ends this morning after breakfast. As this trip spends little time in Queenstown, it’s recommended that you spend an extra day or two if you want to experience all the town has to offer. Your booking agent will be happy to book additional accommodation for you, just get in touch ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Auckland - Kia Ora! Welcome to New Zealand. Your adventure begins in Auckland – a multi-cultural city full of good food, local music, arts and culture. You’ll meet up with your local leader and new travel buddies for a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. If you arrive early, why not head out and explore at your own pace? This is a great city to explore on foot (the hills make for a good warm up!) and there’s lots of cool pubs and shops to check out. Tonight after your meeting, maybe chill out by the harbour or head to a restaurant with your group.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Coromandel Peninsula - This morning, get on the road and travel towards the Coromandel Peninsula. This super scenic drive sets the tone for the rest of your journey, as you cruise down the coastline past views of glittering water and white sands. The Coromandel Peninsula is known for its lush rainforests and gorgeous beaches, but there’s one that tops them all! Hot Water Beach is made famous by the warm waters that run beneath its sand, meaning all you need to do to make your own hot tub is dig a hole. If the tide times line up with your visit, take advantage of this unusual phenomenon and relax in a natural hot tub. The rest of the day is yours to chill out on the beach or enjoy the cool little town.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Coromandel Peninsula / Hobbiton / Rotorua - Take a deeper dive into the landscapes of the Coromandel Peninsula today with a walk along the clifftops and down to Cathedral Cove, one of the region’s most beautiful and photogenic spots – the rock arches, columns and pristine beaches are a truly impressive sight. While here, maybe explore the coastline on a guided kayaking tour and keep an eye out for dolphins swimming alongside the boat! In the afternoon, head to the rolling green hills of Matamata where you’ll find Hobbiton – the set where parts of the Lord of the Rings films were shot. On a fully guided tour, you’ll see Hobbit Holes, the Mill and finish with a drink (and maybe a pie) at the Green Dragon Inn. After an amazing day, you’ll continue to Rotorua, known for its geothermal activity and Maori culture.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Rotorua - There’s so much to see and do in Rotorua, so today is free to discover it all. Have a chat to your local leader for tips on how to get the most out of your day here. You may like to take a stroll through Kuirau Park, surrounded by bubbling and boiling mud pools. If you feel like getting your heart racing, the Kaituna River is one of the world’s top white water rafting destinations. Maybe head deep into one of New Zealand’s most ancient forests for an exhilarating eco canopy adventure, learning about the native wildlife and ecology as you zipline from tree to tree. Or take a guided kayak trip where you’ll enjoy a fun-filled evening of hot pools (which are only accessible by boat), BBQ dinner and paddling through magical glow worm caves.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Rotorua / Murupara - Start the day with a visit to the Te Puia Maori Village, where you’ll get firsthand insight into Maori culture. You’ll also have the chance to see Pohutu, New Zealand’s largest geyser, in action – this is a sight that will blow you away! A visit to the kiwi conservation centre will allow you to observe this endearing nocturnal bird as it behaves at night. This afternoon, travel to the Kohutapu Lodge in Murupara – the majority of proceeds from the activities you take part in here are fed back into the local community. You’ll be greeted by a member of the Maori community who will show you around the Ngati Manawa Tribal Lands while sharing the history and culture of this tribe. Meet with other members of the village and learn a famous haka war dance, then weave a plate for tonight’s dinner out of flax plants. Dinner tonight is one for the books – tuck into a traditional hangi meal, cooked underground to create a delicious, earthy flavour.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Taupo - Hit the road this morning and head to Taupo, making a few stops along the way. Check out simmering mud pools, the rushing waters of the Huka Falls and the impressive Aratiatia Dam and rapids. Arrive in Taupo, sitting in the shores of Lake Taupo – New Zealand’s largest lake. With calm waters fringed by mountains, this is one of the prettiest spots in the country. If you’re after an adrenaline rush, you’re in the right place! The afternoon is yours to try out bungy jumping or skydiving, or you may prefer to take it easy with a sunset lake cruise.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Taupo - The day is yours to enjoy all Taupo has to offer. Chill out lakeside to soak in the inspiring views, or get active and take on one of the awesome hiking trails in the area. If you’re feeling extra adventurous, the Tongariro Crossing in the nearby Tongariro National Park is considered one of the best one-day walks in the world (but it’s not for the faint hearted!). Carved into the cliff faces surrounding Lake Taupo you’ll find 14-metre-tall Maori artwork that can only be accessed on a boat trip. Want to relax and unwind? A visit to the natural hot pools at Otumuheke Stream is a must! However you decide to spend the day, it’s sure to be one to remember.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Wellington - Get ready for a long drive from Taupo to Wellington with views so incredible you’ll wish the drive was longer! Weave through the barren landscapes of the Rangipo Desert and pass through Tongariro National Park. Look out for the volcanic peaks of Mount Ruapehu, Mount Tongariro and Mount Ngauruhoe, which was used as Mount Doom in the Lord of the Rings trilogy. Arrive in Wellington, New Zealand’s cool and creative capital city. Celebrated for its amazing food and craft beer scene, Welly is the perfect place to grab dinner and a drink with your group.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Marlborough Sounds / Kaikoura - Say goodbye to the North Island and jump on a ferry across the Cook Strait. Your introduction to the South Island is certainly a beautiful one as you cruise through the magnificent Marlborough Sounds and into Picton Harbour. Next, travel down to Kaikoura, famous for its abundance of marine wildlife. If you’re heading out for dinner in town tonight, the local crayfish should be at the top of your must-try list!

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Kaikoura / Christchurch - Experiencing Kaikoura’s wildlife while you’re in this corner of the country is a must, so take the chance this morning to get to know the town’s most famous creatures. You may like to set out on a trip to encounter dolphins in their natural habitat – dusky dolphins, hectors dolphins and common dolphins are all common around these parts. Kaikoura is one of the best spots in the world for whale watching, with humpbacks, orcas and sperm whales often sighted on whale watching cruises. On your way out of town, stop by a seal colony to watch endearing fur seals go about their business. Travel down to Christchurch, arriving in time to head out for dinner at one of the city’s many top-notch eateries.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Christchurch - Your adventure wraps up this morning after breakfast. Keen to see more of Christchurch? Get in touch ahead of time and your booking agent can help to arrange additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Christchurch - Kia Ora! Welcome to New Zealand. Your adventure begins in Christchurch – the largest city in the South Island. After being rocked by an earthquake in 2011, much of Christchurch’s downtown has been destroyed, but there are now tonnes of examples of the cool and creative ways the locals have rebuilt. One of the best examples is the Christchurch Cathedral – rebuilt out of cardboard, this is now one of the city’s most interesting architectural features. If you arrive early, maybe explore the sites, cute cafes and cool shops. Tonight, you’ll have a welcome meeting at 6 pm to get to know your leader and group. After, why not head out for dinner at one of the city’s excellent restaurants.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Kaikoura - Today, leave the city behind and make tracks for Kaikoura – a seaside town known for its rugged mountain scenery and abundance of marine life. When you arrive, maybe get to know the town’s most famous creatures. While here you may like to take the chance to explore the coastline on a guided kayaking tour – if you do, be sure to keep an eye out for dolphins swimming alongside the boat! – dusky dolphins, hectors dolphins and common dolphins are all regularly seen around these parts. Kaikoura is one of the best spots in the world for whale watching, with humpbacks, orcas and sperm whales often sighted on whale watching cruises. Stop by a seal colony to watch endearing fur seals go about their business.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Kaikoura / Marlborough Sounds / Wellington - Take the morning to soak in the scenery of Kaikoura before heading north to Picton. Take a stroll around this harbour town and perhaps pick up a bite to eat before boarding the ferry to Wellington. Crossing the Cook Strait is one of the world’s most scenic ferry rides – watch as the vast landscapes of the Marlborough Sounds unfold along a beautiful coastline, making way for sweeping vineyards and open skies. Arrive in Wellington, New Zealand’s capital city, known for its amazing food and craft beer scene. Tonight, be sure to ask your leader for tips on where to pick up a great brew.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Wellington / Taupo - Wellington is as cool and creative as it is windy (and it’s thought to be the windiest city in the world!). Your leader will show you around the capital this morning. Depending on the interests of the group, this may include the parliament buildings, cable car and Mt Victoria. Then it’s time to leave the city behind and drive on to Taupo, sitting on the shores of Lake Taupo – New Zealand’s largest lake. This drive is a perfect introduction to the wild and varied landscapes of the North Island – pass by the arid scenes of the Rangipo Desert and the soaring volcanic peaks of Mount Ruapehu, Mount Tongariro and Mount Ngauruhoe. Arrive in Taupo in the evening. With calm waters fringed by mountains, this is one of the prettiest spots in the country.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Taupo - The day is yours to enjoy all Taupo has to offer. Chill out lakeside to soak in the inspiring views or get active and take on one of the awesome hiking trails in the area. If you’re feeling extra adventurous, the Tongariro Crossing in the nearby Tongariro National Park is considered one of the best one-day walks in the world (but it’s not for the faint hearted!). Carved into the cliff faces surrounding Lake Taupo you’ll find 14-metre-tall Maori artwork that can only be accessed by boat. Want to relax and unwind? A visit to the natural hot pools at Otumuheke Stream is a must! However you decide to spend the day, it’s sure to be one to remember.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Murupara - Travel today to the Kohutapu Lodge in Murupara – most proceeds from the activities you take part in here are fed back into the local community. You’ll be greeted by a member of the Maori community who will show you around the Ngati Manawa Tribal Lands while sharing the history and culture of this tribe. Meet with other members of the village and learn a famous haka war dance, then weave a plate for tonight’s dinner out of flax plants. Dinner tonight is one for the books – tuck into a traditional hangi meal, cooked underground to create a delicious, earthy flavour.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Rotorua - Your journey continues as you drive north towards Rotorua, known for its geothermal activity and the pervasive sulphur smell it lends the town. Fluorescent lakes, bubbling mud pools, active volcanoes and dramatic geysers punctuate the landscape here, making it feel like you’re on another planet. Stop off at a thermal park to get your first look at Rotorua’s otherworldly landscapes, then continue into the town where your leader will show you around the Government Gardens and pleasant lakefront. End the day with a visit to the Te Puia Maori Village, where you’ll get firsthand insight into Maori culture. You’ll also have the chance to see Pohutu, New Zealand’s largest geyser, in action – this is a sight that will blow you away! A visit to the kiwi conservation centre will allow you to observe this endearing nocturnal bird as it behaves at night.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Rotorua - There’s so much to see and do in Rotorua, so today is free to discover it all. Have a chat to your local leader for tips on how to get the most out of your day here. You may like to take a stroll through Kuirau Park, surrounded by bubbling and boiling mud pools. If you feel like getting your heart racing, the Kaituna River is one of the world’s top white water rafting destinations. Choose to head deep into one of New Zealand’s most ancient forests for an exhilarating eco canopy adventure, learning about the native wildlife and ecology as you zipline from tree to tree. Or take a guided kayak trip where you’ll enjoy a fun-filled evening of hot pools (which are only accessible by boat), BBQ dinner and paddling through magical glow worm caves.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Hobbiton / Coromandel Peninsula - Start the day with a visit to Hobbiton – the absolute must-do when in New Zealand. On a fully guided tour of the set where scenes from Lord of the Rings and The Hobbit were shot, you’ll see Hobbit Holes and the Mill, finishing up with a drink at the Green Dragon Inn. This afternoon, head to the Coromandel Peninsula – a land of beaches and lush rainforests. Take a walk along the clifftops and down to Cathedral Cove, one of the region’s most beautiful and photogenic spots – the rock arches, columns and pristine beaches are a truly impressive sight. While here you may like to take the chance to explore the coastline on a guided kayaking tour – if you do, be sure to keep an eye out for dolphins swimming alongside the boat!

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Coromandel Peninsula / Auckland - Of all the Coromandel Peninsula’s marvellous beaches, one stands out above the rest. Hot Water Beach is made famous by the warm waters that run beneath its sand, meaning all you need to do to make your own hot tub is dig a hole. Visit at low tide and get digging – unwinding in a natural hot tub on the beach is an experience second to none. Complete the final stretch of your journey as you travel to Auckland – New Zealand’s biggest city is in a great spot, meaning you’re never far from the water. The dining and nightlife scene is up there with the best of them, so as it’s your last night together, you may like to head out for dinner with the group to celebrate.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Auckland - Your adventure comes to an end this morning after breakfast. If you’d like to spend more time getting to know Auckland, just get in touch ahead of time to arrange extra accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Christchurch - Kia Ora! Welcome to New Zealand. Your adventure begins in Christchurch – the largest city in the South Island. After being rocked by an earthquake in 2011, much of Christchurch’s downtown has been destroyed, but there are now tonnes of examples of the cool and creative ways the locals rebuilt what was lost across the city. One of the best examples of this is the Christchurch Cathedral – rebuilt out of cardboard, this is now one of the city’s most interesting architectural features. Tonight, you’ll have a welcome meeting at 6 pm to get to know your leader and group. After, why not head out for dinner at one of the city’s excellent restaurants.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Christchurch / Lake Tekapo - This morning, head out with your local leader to get to know Christchurch. After exploring some of the sites, it’s time to get on the road and drive to Lake Tekapo – this spot is a designated Dark Sky Reserve and the lake is a truly stunning sight, with its bright blue waters and surrounding mountains. Keep an eye out for newlyweds snapping pictures in front of the Church of the Good Shepherd, which boasts one of the world’s most gorgeous backdrops! Night fall reveals a whole new side of Tekapo – this is one of the top spots in the country for stargazing, so if the weather’s right, maybe set your gaze up to the glittering stars above.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Queenstown - Rise and shine! If you’d like to really embrace the morning, maybe take a hike to the summit of Mt John for views of the Southern Alps. If you skip the walk, don’t worry, there’s still plenty of incredible views to be seen today. You’ll drive past the tussock lands of the Mackenzie Basin and the snow-dusted peaks of the Southern Alps today, as you travel down to Queenstown, making plenty of photo-worthy stops along the way. Swing by the Kawarau Gorge, where you’ll have the chance to take the plunge with a bungy jump if you’re feeling brave! Arrive in the adventure capital of the world and your home for the next two nights. Whether you’re into high-adrenaline experiences or sitting back with a glass of wine, Queenstown is sure to tick all your boxes.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Queenstown - The day is yours to experience all Queenstown has to offer. If you want to get your heart racing, look no further! Paragliding, jet boating, mountain biking, canyon swinging and bungy jumping could all be on the cards for you today – just speak to your leader. For scenery lovers, a day trip to Milford Sound is a must. Sail past outstanding mountains and plunging waterfalls as you cruise down the fiord - these views cannot be missed! For Lord of the Rings fans, maybe take a 4WD adventure through landscapes where some of the film’s scenes were shot. If you’re a wine lover, this is one of the top wine-producing regions in the world and there’s no shortage of fantastic wineries where you can sample some for yourself.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Queenstown / Arrowtown / Wanaka - Take the morning to tick off anything you didn’t get to see or do yesterday, then leave Queenstown in the rear-view mirror and begin the super scenic drive across the Crown Range to Wanaka. Along the way, stop off in the little gold-rush town of Arrowtown, where the high street’s historic facades make it easy to imagine what life here once looked like. Take a walk around this gorgeous town, then continue to the huge Lake Wanaka – the star of the show. With the surrounding mountains, there’s no doubt this is one of the most attractive towns in New Zealand. Hit a hiking trail, explore on a bike or find a cosy cafe to admire the view.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Wanaka / Franz Josef - Soak up a free morning to explore Wanaka at your own pace. Maybe take a bike ride along the shores of Lake Wanaka or get on the water and cruise to Mou Waho Island, where you’ll find an island in a lake on an island in a lake! There are heaps of beautiful short walks in the area, and a visit to the famous #thatwanakatree is a must. Depart Wanaka in the afternoon and venture further north, stopping off at a lookout point over either Lake Wanaka or Lake Hawea, depending on conditions. Grab a window seat as you pass the impressive waterfalls of the Haast Pass and the spectacular coastline (your leader will make a few special stops along the way too!). Arrive to Franz Josef village – your base for the evening.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Franz Josef - Franz Josef is where glaciers and soaring peaks make a spectacular background to the slow-paced, daily life. This part of the country is known as Te Wahi Pounamu, meaning ‘the place of greenstone’, due to the region’s abundance of this culturally and spiritually significant stone. Visit a local gallery and carve your own pendant while learning about pounamu’s importance to Maori culture. This afternoon, if you’d like to get closer to the Franz Josef Glacier, speak to your leader about the options available. There’s the chance to kayak over a glacial lake. No matter how you choose to spend the day here, it’s sure to be a good one!

     

    Day - 8

    Location: West Coast / Christchurch - Travel up the wild and wet West Coast, where the country’s highest annual rainfall means the landscapes are unbelievably green, standing in striking contrast to the blues of the ocean. If time allows, you may visit a kiwi centre, where kiwi birds can be observed in a nocturnal house. Drive on through Arthur’s Pass on your way back to Christchurch and enjoy the mountain scenery (making a couple of stops along the way for photos). Arrive to Christchurch in the evening and maybe head out for dinner and drinks with your group.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Christchurch - Your adventure comes to an end this morning, but if you’re not ready to go home yet, just get in touch ahead of time and your booking agent can arrange additional accommodation in Christchurch.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Auckland - Kia Ora! Welcome to New Zealand. Your adventure begins in Auckland – a multi-cultural city full of good food, local music, arts and culture. You’ll meet up with your local leader and new travel buddies for a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. If you arrive early, why not head out and explore at your own pace? This is a great city to explore on foot (the hills make for a good warm up!) and there’s lots of cool pubs and shops to check out. Tonight after your meeting, maybe chill out by the harbour or head to a restaurant with your group.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Coromandel Peninsula - This morning, get on the road and travel towards the Coromandel Peninsula. This super scenic drive sets the tone for the rest of your journey, as you cruise down the coastline past views of glittering water and white sands. The Coromandel Peninsula is known for its lush rainforests and gorgeous beaches, but there’s one that tops them all! Hot Water Beach is made famous by the warm waters that run beneath its sand, meaning all you need to do to make your own hot tub is dig a hole. If the tide times line up with your visit, take advantage of this unusual phenomenon and relax in a natural hot tub. The rest of the day is yours to chill out on the beach or enjoy the cool little town.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Coromandel Peninsula / Hobbiton / Rotorua - Take a deeper dive into the landscapes of the Coromandel Peninsula today with a walk along the clifftops and down to Cathedral Cove, one of the region’s most beautiful and photogenic spots – the rock arches, columns and pristine beaches are a truly impressive sight. While here, maybe explore the coastline on a guided kayaking tour and keep an eye out for dolphins swimming alongside the boat! In the afternoon, head to the rolling green hills of Matamata where you’ll find Hobbiton – the set where parts of the Lord of the Rings films were shot. On a fully guided tour, you’ll see Hobbit Holes, the Mill and finish with a drink (and maybe a pie) at the Green Dragon Inn. After an amazing day, you’ll continue to Rotorua, known for its geothermal activity and Maori culture.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Rotorua - There’s so much to see and do in Rotorua, so today is free to discover it all. Have a chat to your local leader for tips on how to get the most out of your day here. You may like to take a stroll through Kuirau Park, surrounded by bubbling and boiling mud pools. If you feel like getting your heart racing, the Kaituna River is one of the world’s top white water rafting destinations. Maybe head deep into one of New Zealand’s most ancient forests for an exhilarating eco canopy adventure, learning about the native wildlife and ecology as you zipline from tree to tree. Or take a guided kayak trip where you’ll enjoy a fun-filled evening of hot pools (which are only accessible by boat), BBQ dinner and paddling through magical glow worm caves.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Rotorua / Murupara - Start the day with a visit to the Te Puia Maori Village, where you’ll get firsthand insight into Maori culture. You’ll also have the chance to see Pohutu, New Zealand’s largest geyser, in action – this is a sight that will blow you away! A visit to the kiwi conservation centre will allow you to observe this endearing nocturnal bird as it behaves at night. This afternoon, travel to the Kohutapu Lodge in Murupara – the majority of proceeds from the activities you take part in here are fed back into the local community. You’ll be greeted by a member of the Maori community who will show you around the Ngati Manawa Tribal Lands while sharing the history and culture of this tribe. Meet with other members of the village and learn a famous haka war dance, then weave a plate for tonight’s dinner out of flax plants. Dinner tonight is one for the books – tuck into a traditional hangi meal, cooked underground to create a delicious, earthy flavour.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Taupo - Hit the road this morning and head to Taupo, making a few stops along the way. Check out simmering mud pools, the rushing waters of the Huka Falls and the impressive Aratiatia Dam and rapids. Arrive in Taupo, sitting in the shores of Lake Taupo – New Zealand’s largest lake. With calm waters fringed by mountains, this is one of the prettiest spots in the country. If you’re after an adrenaline rush, you’re in the right place! The afternoon is yours to try out bungy jumping or skydiving, or you may prefer to take it easy with a sunset lake cruise.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Taupo - The day is yours to enjoy all Taupo has to offer. Chill out lakeside to soak in the inspiring views, or get active and take on one of the awesome hiking trails in the area. If you’re feeling extra adventurous, the Tongariro Crossing in the nearby Tongariro National Park is considered one of the best one-day walks in the world (but it’s not for the faint hearted!). Carved into the cliff faces surrounding Lake Taupo you’ll find 14-metre-tall Maori artwork that can only be accessed on a boat trip. Want to relax and unwind? A visit to the natural hot pools at Otumuheke Stream is a must! However you decide to spend the day, it’s sure to be one to remember.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Wellington - Get ready for a long drive from Taupo to Wellington with views so incredible you’ll wish the drive was longer! Weave through the barren landscapes of the Rangipo Desert and pass through Tongariro National Park. Look out for the volcanic peaks of Mount Ruapehu, Mount Tongariro and Mount Ngauruhoe, which was used as Mount Doom in the Lord of the Rings trilogy. Arrive in Wellington, New Zealand’s cool and creative capital city. Celebrated for its amazing food and craft beer scene, Welly is the perfect place to grab dinner and a drink with your group.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Marlborough Sounds / Kaikoura - Say goodbye to the North Island and jump on a ferry across the Cook Strait. Your introduction to the South Island is certainly a beautiful one as you cruise through the magnificent Marlborough Sounds and into Picton Harbour. Next, travel down to Kaikoura, famous for its abundance of marine wildlife. If you’re heading out for dinner in town tonight, the local crayfish should be at the top of your must-try list!

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Kaikoura / Christchurch - Experiencing Kaikoura’s wildlife while you’re in this corner of the country is a must, so take the chance this morning to get to know the town’s most famous creatures. You may like to set out on a trip to encounter dolphins in their natural habitat – dusky dolphins, hectors dolphins and common dolphins are all common around these parts. Kaikoura is one of the best spots in the world for whale watching, with humpbacks, orcas and sperm whales often sighted on whale watching cruises. On your way out of town, stop by a seal colony to watch endearing fur seals go about their business. Travel down to Christchurch, arriving in time to head out for dinner at one of the city’s many top-notch eateries.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Christchurch - Today is a free day to explore Christchurch at your own pace. Maybe chill out in the Botanic Gardens or go and see the Christchurch Cathedral – made entirely out of cardboard after the earthquake in 2011, this is a great example of the ingenuity of the locals. Tonight, you’ll have another meeting at 6 pm to meet the new travellers joining you for the next leg of your adventure. After, why not head out to dinner at a local restaurant and get to know each other better.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Christchurch / Lake Tekapo - This morning, head out with your local leader to get to know Christchurch. After exploring some of the sites, it’s time to get on the road and drive to Lake Tekapo – this spot is a designated Dark Sky Reserve and the lake is a truly stunning sight, with its bright blue waters and surrounding mountains. Keep an eye out for newlyweds snapping pictures in front of the Church of the Good Shepherd, which boasts one of the world’s most gorgeous backdrops! Night fall reveals a whole new side of Tekapo – this is one of the top spots in the country for stargazing, so if the weather’s right, maybe set your gaze up to the glittering stars above.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Queenstown - Rise and shine! If you’d like to really embrace the morning, maybe take a hike to the summit of Mt John for views of the Southern Alps. If you skip the walk, don’t worry, there’s still plenty of incredible views to be seen today. You’ll drive past the tussock lands of the Mackenzie Basin and the snow-dusted peaks of the Southern Alps today, as you travel down to Queenstown, making plenty of photo-worthy stops along the way. Swing by the Kawarau Gorge, where you’ll have the chance to take the plunge with a bungy jump if you’re feeling brave! Arrive in the adventure capital of the world and your home for the next two nights. Whether you’re into high-adrenaline experiences or sitting back with a glass of wine, Queenstown is sure to tick all your boxes.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Queenstown - The day is yours to experience all Queenstown has to offer. If you want to get your heart racing, look no further! Paragliding, jet boating, mountain biking, canyon swinging and bungy jumping could all be on the cards for you today – just speak to your leader. For scenery lovers, a day trip to Milford Sound is a must. Sail past outstanding mountains and plunging waterfalls as you cruise down the fiord - these views cannot be missed! For Lord of the Rings fans, maybe take a 4WD adventure through landscapes where some of the film’s scenes were shot. If you’re a wine lover, this is one of the top wine-producing regions in the world and there’s no shortage of fantastic wineries where you can sample some for yourself.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Queenstown / Arrowtown / Wanaka - Take the morning to tick off anything you didn’t get to see or do yesterday, then leave Queenstown in the rear-view mirror and begin the super scenic drive across the Crown Range to Wanaka. Along the way, stop off in the little gold-rush town of Arrowtown, where the high street’s historic facades make it easy to imagine what life here once looked like. Take a walk around this gorgeous town, then continue to the huge Lake Wanaka – the star of the show. With the surrounding mountains, there’s no doubt this is one of the most attractive towns in New Zealand. Hit a hiking trail, explore on a bike or find a cosy cafe to admire the view.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Wanaka / Franz Josef - Soak up a free morning to explore Wanaka at your own pace. Maybe take a bike ride along the shores of Lake Wanaka or get on the water and cruise to Mou Waho Island, where you’ll find an island in a lake on an island in a lake! There are heaps of beautiful short walks in the area, and a visit to the famous #thatwanakatree is a must. Depart Wanaka in the afternoon and venture further north, stopping off at a lookout point over either Lake Wanaka or Lake Hawea, depending on conditions. Grab a window seat as you pass the impressive waterfalls of the Haast Pass and the spectacular coastline (your leader will make a few special stops along the way too!). Arrive to Franz Josef village – your base for the evening.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Franz Josef - Franz Josef is where glaciers and soaring peaks make a spectacular background to the slow-paced, daily life. This part of the country is known as Te Wahi Pounamu, meaning ‘the place of greenstone’, due to the region’s abundance of this culturally and spiritually significant stone. Visit a local gallery and carve your own pendant while learning about pounamu’s importance to Maori culture. This afternoon, if you’d like to get closer to the Franz Josef Glacier, speak to your leader about the options available. There’s the chance to kayak over a glacial lake. No matter how you choose to spend the day here, it’s sure to be a good one!

     

    Day - 18

    Location: West Coast / Christchurch - Travel up the wild and wet West Coast, where the country’s highest annual rainfall means the landscapes are unbelievably green, standing in striking contrast to the blues of the ocean. If time allows, you may visit a kiwi centre, where kiwi birds can be observed in a nocturnal house. Drive on through Arthur’s Pass on your way back to Christchurch and enjoy the mountain scenery (making a couple of stops along the way for photos). Arrive to Christchurch in the evening and maybe head out for dinner and drinks with your group.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Christchurch - Your adventure comes to an end this morning, but if you’re not ready to go home yet, just get in touch ahead of time and your booking agent can arrange additional accommodation in Christchurch.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Christchurch - Kia Ora! Welcome to New Zealand. Your adventure begins in Christchurch – the largest city in the South Island. After being rocked by an earthquake in 2011, much of Christchurch’s downtown has been destroyed, but there are now tonnes of examples of the cool and creative ways the locals rebuilt what was lost across the city. One of the best examples of this is the Christchurch Cathedral – rebuilt out of cardboard, this is now one of the city’s most interesting architectural features. Tonight, you’ll have a welcome meeting at 6 pm to get to know your leader and group. After, why not head out for dinner at one of the city’s excellent restaurants.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Christchurch / Lake Tekapo - This morning, head out with your local leader to get to know Christchurch. After exploring some of the sites, it’s time to get on the road and drive to Lake Tekapo – this spot is a designated Dark Sky Reserve and the lake is a truly stunning sight, with its bright blue waters and surrounding mountains. Keep an eye out for newlyweds snapping pictures in front of the Church of the Good Shepherd, which boasts one of the world’s most gorgeous backdrops! Night fall reveals a whole new side of Tekapo – this is one of the top spots in the country for stargazing, so if the weather’s right, maybe set your gaze up to the glittering stars above.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Queenstown - Rise and shine! If you’d like to really embrace the morning, maybe take a hike to the summit of Mt John for views of the Southern Alps. If you skip the walk, don’t worry, there’s still plenty of incredible views to be seen today. You’ll drive past the tussock lands of the Mackenzie Basin and the snow-dusted peaks of the Southern Alps today, as you travel down to Queenstown, making plenty of photo-worthy stops along the way. Swing by the Kawarau Gorge, where you’ll have the chance to take the plunge with a bungy jump if you’re feeling brave! Arrive in the adventure capital of the world and your home for the next two nights. Whether you’re into high-adrenaline experiences or sitting back with a glass of wine, Queenstown is sure to tick all your boxes.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Queenstown - The day is yours to experience all Queenstown has to offer. If you want to get your heart racing, look no further! Paragliding, jet boating, mountain biking, canyon swinging and bungy jumping could all be on the cards for you today – just speak to your leader. For scenery lovers, a day trip to Milford Sound is a must. Sail past outstanding mountains and plunging waterfalls as you cruise down the fiord - these views cannot be missed! For Lord of the Rings fans, maybe take a 4WD adventure through landscapes where some of the film’s scenes were shot. If you’re a wine lover, this is one of the top wine-producing regions in the world and there’s no shortage of fantastic wineries where you can sample some for yourself.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Queenstown / Arrowtown / Wanaka - Take the morning to tick off anything you didn’t get to see or do yesterday, then leave Queenstown in the rear-view mirror and begin the super scenic drive across the Crown Range to Wanaka. Along the way, stop off in the little gold-rush town of Arrowtown, where the high street’s historic facades make it easy to imagine what life here once looked like. Take a walk around this gorgeous town, then continue to the huge Lake Wanaka – the star of the show. With the surrounding mountains, there’s no doubt this is one of the most attractive towns in New Zealand. Hit a hiking trail, explore on a bike or find a cosy cafe to admire the view.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Wanaka / Franz Josef - Soak up a free morning to explore Wanaka at your own pace. Maybe take a bike ride along the shores of Lake Wanaka or get on the water and cruise to Mou Waho Island, where you’ll find an island in a lake on an island in a lake! There are heaps of beautiful short walks in the area, and a visit to the famous #thatwanakatree is a must. Depart Wanaka in the afternoon and venture further north, stopping off at a lookout point over either Lake Wanaka or Lake Hawea, depending on conditions. Grab a window seat as you pass the impressive waterfalls of the Haast Pass and the spectacular coastline (your leader will make a few special stops along the way too!). Arrive to Franz Josef village – your base for the evening.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Franz Josef - Franz Josef is where glaciers and soaring peaks make a spectacular background to the slow-paced, daily life. This part of the country is known as Te Wahi Pounamu, meaning ‘the place of greenstone’, due to the region’s abundance of this culturally and spiritually significant stone. Visit a local gallery and carve your own pendant while learning about pounamu’s importance to Maori culture. This afternoon, if you’d like to get closer to the Franz Josef Glacier, speak to your leader about the options available. There’s the chance to kayak over a glacial lake. No matter how you choose to spend the day here, it’s sure to be a good one!

     

    Day - 8

    Location: West Coast / Christchurch - Travel up the wild and wet West Coast, where the country’s highest annual rainfall means the landscapes are unbelievably green, standing in striking contrast to the blues of the ocean. If time allows, you may visit a kiwi centre, where kiwi birds can be observed in a nocturnal house. Drive on through Arthur’s Pass on your way back to Christchurch and enjoy the mountain scenery (making a couple of stops along the way for photos). Arrive to Christchurch in the evening and maybe head out for dinner and drinks with your group.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Christchurch - Today is a free day to explore Christchurch at your own pace. Maybe chill out in the Botanic Gardens or go and see the Christchurch Cathedral – made entirely out of cardboard after the earthquake in 2011, this is a great example of the ingenuity of the locals. Tonight, you’ll have another welcome meeting at a 6 pm to meet the new travellers joining you for the next leg of your adventure. After, why not head out to dinner at a local restaurant and get to know each other better.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Kaikoura - Today, leave the city behind and make tracks for Kaikoura – a seaside town known for its rugged mountain scenery and abundance of marine life. When you arrive, maybe get to know the town’s most famous creatures. While here you may like to take the chance to explore the coastline on a guided kayaking tour – if you do, be sure to keep an eye out for dolphins swimming alongside the boat! – dusky dolphins, hectors dolphins and common dolphins are all regularly seen around these parts. Kaikoura is one of the best spots in the world for whale watching, with humpbacks, orcas and sperm whales often sighted on whale watching cruises. Stop by a seal colony to watch endearing fur seals go about their business.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Kaikoura / Marlborough Sounds / Wellington - Take the morning to soak in the scenery of Kaikoura before heading north to Picton. Take a stroll around this harbour town and perhaps pick up a bite to eat before boarding the ferry to Wellington. Crossing the Cook Strait is one of the world’s most scenic ferry rides – watch as the vast landscapes of the Marlborough Sounds unfold along a beautiful coastline, making way for sweeping vineyards and open skies. Arrive in Wellington, New Zealand’s capital city, known for its amazing food and craft beer scene. Tonight, be sure to ask your leader for tips on where to pick up a great brew.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Wellington / Taupo - Wellington is as cool and creative as it is windy (and it’s thought to be the windiest city in the world!). Your leader will show you around the capital this morning. Depending on the interests of the group, this may include the parliament buildings, cable car and Mt Victoria. Then it’s time to leave the city behind and drive on to Taupo, sitting on the shores of Lake Taupo – New Zealand’s largest lake. This drive is a perfect introduction to the wild and varied landscapes of the North Island – pass by the arid scenes of the Rangipo Desert and the soaring volcanic peaks of Mount Ruapehu, Mount Tongariro and Mount Ngauruhoe. Arrive in Taupo in the evening. With calm waters fringed by mountains, this is one of the prettiest spots in the country.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Taupo - The day is yours to enjoy all Taupo has to offer. Chill out lakeside to soak in the inspiring views or get active and take on one of the awesome hiking trails in the area. If you’re feeling extra adventurous, the Tongariro Crossing in the nearby Tongariro National Park is considered one of the best one-day walks in the world (but it’s not for the faint hearted!). Carved into the cliff faces surrounding Lake Taupo you’ll find 14-metre-tall Maori artwork that can only be accessed by boat. Want to relax and unwind? A visit to the natural hot pools at Otumuheke Stream is a must! However you decide to spend the day, it’s sure to be one to remember.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Murupara - Travel today to the Kohutapu Lodge in Murupara – most proceeds from the activities you take part in here are fed back into the local community. You’ll be greeted by a member of the Maori community who will show you around the Ngati Manawa Tribal Lands while sharing the history and culture of this tribe. Meet with other members of the village and learn a famous haka war dance, then weave a plate for tonight’s dinner out of flax plants. Dinner tonight is one for the books – tuck into a traditional hangi meal, cooked underground to create a delicious, earthy flavour.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Rotorua - Your journey continues as you drive north towards Rotorua, known for its geothermal activity and the pervasive sulphur smell it lends the town. Fluorescent lakes, bubbling mud pools, active volcanoes and dramatic geysers punctuate the landscape here, making it feel like you’re on another planet. Stop off at a thermal park to get your first look at Rotorua’s otherworldly landscapes, then continue into the town where your leader will show you around the Government Gardens and pleasant lakefront. End the day with a visit to the Te Puia Maori Village, where you’ll get firsthand insight into Maori culture. You’ll also have the chance to see Pohutu, New Zealand’s largest geyser, in action – this is a sight that will blow you away! A visit to the kiwi conservation centre will allow you to observe this endearing nocturnal bird as it behaves at night.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Rotorua - There’s so much to see and do in Rotorua, so today is free to discover it all. Have a chat to your local leader for tips on how to get the most out of your day here. You may like to take a stroll through Kuirau Park, surrounded by bubbling and boiling mud pools. If you feel like getting your heart racing, the Kaituna River is one of the world’s top white water rafting destinations. Choose to head deep into one of New Zealand’s most ancient forests for an exhilarating eco canopy adventure, learning about the native wildlife and ecology as you zipline from tree to tree. Or take a guided kayak trip where you’ll enjoy a fun-filled evening of hot pools (which are only accessible by boat), BBQ dinner and paddling through magical glow worm caves.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Hobbiton / Coromandel Peninsula - Start the day with a visit to Hobbiton – the absolute must-do when in New Zealand. On a fully guided tour of the set where scenes from Lord of the Rings and The Hobbit were shot, you’ll see Hobbit Holes and the Mill, finishing up with a drink at the Green Dragon Inn. This afternoon, head to the Coromandel Peninsula – a land of beaches and lush rainforests. Take a walk along the clifftops and down to Cathedral Cove, one of the region’s most beautiful and photogenic spots – the rock arches, columns and pristine beaches are a truly impressive sight. While here you may like to take the chance to explore the coastline on a guided kayaking tour – if you do, be sure to keep an eye out for dolphins swimming alongside the boat!

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Coromandel Peninsula / Auckland - Of all the Coromandel Peninsula’s marvellous beaches, one stands out above the rest. Hot Water Beach is made famous by the warm waters that run beneath its sand, meaning all you need to do to make your own hot tub is dig a hole. Visit at low tide and get digging – unwinding in a natural hot tub on the beach is an experience second to none. Complete the final stretch of your journey as you travel to Auckland – New Zealand’s biggest city is in a great spot, meaning you’re never far from the water. The dining and nightlife scene is up there with the best of them, so as it’s your last night together, you may like to head out for dinner with the group to celebrate.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Auckland - Your adventure comes to an end this morning after breakfast. If you’d like to spend more time getting to know Auckland, just get in touch ahead of time to arrange extra accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Queenstown / Te Anau - Welcome to the South Island! Make your own way to the hotel, where the adventure kicks off with a welcome meeting where you'll join up with your leader and group. If you’re looking for more time in ‘Adventure Capital of the World', look to book in some time after the end of the trip. After the meeting, head to the lovely lakeside town of Te Anau – gateway to Fiordland National Park. Watch the stunning landscapes pass by as you round the bottom of Lake Wakatipu with the aptly named The Remarkables mountains in the background. The 3.5-hour drive will take you to the shores of the South Island’s biggest lake, which extends into the fiords and deeply forested mountains. Once arrived, there are plenty of opportunities for you to enjoy the spectacular surrounding nature. Perhaps head out to see the glow worms on the opposite shore of the lake.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Milford Sound / Te Anau - The stunning, unforgettable sights of the fiords are best experienced by boat, so today you’ll set off for a memorable cruise on Milford Sound, known locally as Piopiotahi. Sail along the waters that pour out into the Tasman Sea, and look out for bottlenose dolphins and fur seals at play. Nature feels close here in the silence of the sound as you make your way past countless tumbling, misting cascades, soaring icy peaks, lush rainforest and twisting inlets. Soak up the surrounds so stunning that they feel almost fake, and breathe in the crisp mountain air. Afterwards get a different perspective of the sound, surrounded by native bush, as you take on the lookout track with your leader. There’s a bit of a climb, but the views are more than worth it to look down on the water and up at the peaks. The spectacular views keep on coming with a Mirror Lakes walk, where the peaks and greenery reflect in the clear lake waters. Return to Te Anau in time for dinner this evening – maybe seek out some local fare like venison or even lobster for dinner.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: The Catlins - This morning it’s time to swap one side of the island for the other as you make your way to what feels like a forgotten corner of Otago – the Catlins. This untamed coastal wilderness is home to rugged cliffs, dense forest, and some spectacular hidden waterfalls. Visit Nugget Point and its lighthouse, situated on a rocky outcrop jutting out into the South Pacific Ocean, and hike through dense forest to pretty McLean Falls.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Stewart Island - Head to the very bottom of the island and take a ferry across the Foveaux Strait to the country’s third largest landmass, remote and rugged Stewart Island. It takes about one hour to travel the 30-kilometre strait. The island is almost entirely national park, which makes its unspoiled forests, beaches and bays a haven for hikers of all abilities as well as birdwatchers – it’s home to endangered brown kiwi and the flightless Stewart Island kiwi. In the Maori language the island is known as Rakiura, which means ‘the land of glowing skies’.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Stewart Island - Enjoy a full free day to explore the island as you discover the coast and Rakiura National Park. Optional activities include cruises on the bays and inlets spotting penguins and seabirds and walks along forested coastal tracks past early Maori settlements. Learn about the local flora and fauna, and relax on the beach for a picnic lunch. Take in the views over glistening William Bay and see if you can spot the mountains of the South Island in the distance. Return to your accommodation and enjoy the rest of the evening to relax after your full day of island exploration. Perhaps join the group for dinner at a local restaurant tonight.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Queenstown - Head back over to the mainland, then continue back to Queenstown. Your trip comes to an end today when you arrive back in Queenstown at approximately 2pm. If you have extra time to spend in Queenstown, make sure to get out and take advantage of the numerous adventure activities on offer. The Remarkables and Lake Wakatipu not only serve as spectacular props to get your adrenaline fix, they’re also beautiful to look at. The town is also a great base for exploring Central Otago’s excellent vineyards and historic mining towns.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Christchurch / Reefton / Westport - Welcome to your Intrepid exploration of the South Island! Your adventure begins in Christchurch, where a welcome meeting will take place at 8am for you to meet up with your local leader and fellow travellers. After your meeting, it’s time to hit the road, first heading to Hanmer Springs in the Lewis Pass national reserve. Check out the natural hot pools surrounded by greenery as the snow dusted peaks of the Southern Alps look on. You can even opt to take a dip. Next up, travel to Reefton, a tiny town that punches above its size. Step back in time and meet a local story-teller, learning about the town's gold mining past, the miners' families, the storekeepers, and embrace the Cornish influence. You'll even have the opportunity to see the water powered gold stamping battery working. Head into the town centre proper where you'll meet the 'bearded miners' for a cup of manuka enhanced black billy tea and to watch the technique of gold panning. Finally, drive through the spectacular Buller Gorge to the town of Westport and perhaps round off the day with a group dinner.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Tauranga Bay / Charleston / Punakaiki / Kumara - Start your day with a stop at the wild Cape Foulwind and admire incredible views of the mountains and rugged coastline. The headland is home to a fur seal breeding colony so keep your eyes peeled, they can easily blend in with the rocks! Continue to Charleston this morning to join a train ride in open carriages through primeval rain forest. ‘The Nile River Rainforest Train’ recreates a bygone era where bush trams once prevailed. Experience the spectacular wilderness of the Nile River Canyon in Paparoa National Park. Next up is Punakaiki, a town with less than 100 residents, but famed for its so-called Pancake Rocks. These layers of fossilised animals and plants, formed over 30 million years ago, were thrust above the surface by the moving earth and sculpted by wind and water. At high tide the sea is forced through blowholes in the limestone to burst metres into the air – it’s an entertaining sight! Continue to Kumara, a former goldrush town with an intriguing history (this little place was the home of New Zealand’s longest serving Prime Minister!). On arrival, settle into your hotel. Once the sun has gone down, be sure to look up. With very little light pollution, the stargazing in Kumara is absolutely out of this world (literally!).

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Hokitika / Okarito Lagoon / Fox Glacier - Today begins with a visit to the Hokitika Gorge, one of the West Coast’s most stunning spots. Shimmering turquoise waters wreathed with lush native bush make a sight to remember. Then it’s on to the Okarito Lagoon, alive with the calls of over 70 unique species of birds. Head out on a nature walk culminating in a lookout point from which, on a clear day, you can enjoy an unbeatable view over Westland (Tai Poutini) National Park from the snow-capped Southern Alps (Ka Tiritiri o te Moana) across extensive native forest to the lagoons and beaches of the coast. Continue your journey south to the Fox Glacier township, your gateway to the dramatic and enormous Fox Glacier and your base for the evening.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Fox Glacier - Kick off the day with a gentle walk around the glittering Lake Matheson, dubbed the ‘mirror lake’ for its dark waters which perfectly reflect the towering Southern Alps – if you take one picture of your West Coast adventure, this should be it! The rest of the day is yours to make the most of what this amazing slice of the country has to offer. Perhaps head back to Franz Josef Glacier or you may want to visit a pounamu (greenstone) workshop and learn how to carve your own original piece. There’s also no shortage of interesting walks and cosy pubs if you fancy a more low-key afternoon – have a chat to your leader about your options for the day.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Mt Aspiring National Park / Wanaka - Make tracks for Wanaka, making plenty of interesting stops along the way. First up is Ship Creek, where you’ll take a walk through quintessentially rugged West Coast scenery. You can either walk through shady swamp forest, or explore windswept sand dunes and coastal forest. Then it’s on to Mt Aspiring National Park. Make the short walk to the incredible Thunder Creek Falls, featuring an impressive 96-metre-tall cascade. Arrive in Wanaka and enjoy an evening at leisure.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Wanaka - With Lake Wanaka as the star of the show and surrounding mountains only complimenting its beauty, there’s no doubt this is one of the most attractive towns in New Zealand. Today is completely free for you to enjoy the surroundings of Wanaka, and there's certainly no shortage of amazing things to see and do here, so be sure to chat to your leader for their top tips. You may like to take a pleasant bike ride along the shores of Lake Wanaka or get on the water and cruise to Mou Waho Island, where you’ll find an island in a lake on an island in a lake! There are heaps of beautiful short walks in the area, and a visit to the famous #thatwanakatree is a must. Or simply find a cosy cafe to admire the view.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Queenstown / Te Anau - Depart Wanaka this morning and drive through the magnificent scenery of the Crown Range. Arrive in Queenstown in the late morning, then a meeting will take place to welcome any new travellers joining you for the next leg of your journey. After the meeting, head to the lovely lakeside town of Te Anau – gateway to Fiordland National Park. Watch the stunning landscapes pass by as you round the bottom of Lake Wakatipu with the aptly named The Remarkables mountains in the background. The five-hour drive will take you to the shores of the South Island’s biggest lake, which extends into the fiords and deeply forested mountains. Tonight you there's an optional chance to head underground by boat and see thousands of glow worms illuminate subterranean caves, to spectacular effect.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Milford Sound / Te Anau - The stunning, unforgettable sights of the fiords are best experienced by boat, so today you’ll set off for a memorable cruise on Milford Sound, known locally as Piopiotahi. Sail along the waters that pour out into the Tasman Sea, and look out for bottlenose dolphins and fur seals at play. Nature feels close here in the silence of the sound as you make your way past countless tumbling, misting cascades, soaring icy peaks, lush rainforest and twisting inlets. Soak up the surrounds so stunning that they feel almost fake, and breathe in the crisp mountain air. Afterwards get a different perspective of the sound, surrounded by native bush, as you take on the lookout track with your leader. There’s a bit of a climb, but the views are more than worth it to look down on the water and up at the peaks. The spectacular views keep on coming with a Mirror Lakes walk, where the peaks and greenery reflect in the clear lake waters. Return to Te Anau in time for dinner this evening – maybe seek out some local fare like venison or even lobster for dinner.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: The Catlins - This morning it’s time to swap one side of the island for the other as you make your way to what feels like a forgotten corner of Otago – the Catlins. This untamed coastal wilderness is home to rugged cliffs, dense forest, and some spectacular hidden waterfalls. Visit Nugget Point and its lighthouse, situated on a rocky outcrop jutting out into the South Pacific Ocean, and hike through dense forest to pretty McLean Falls.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Stewart Island - Head to the very bottom of the island and take a ferry across the Foveaux Strait to the country’s third largest landmass, remote and rugged Stewart Island. It takes about one hour to travel the 30-kilometre strait. The island is almost entirely national park, which makes its unspoiled forests, beaches and bays a haven for hikers of all abilities as well as birdwatchers – it’s home to endangered brown kiwi and the flightless Stewart Island kiwi. In the Maori language the island is known as Rakiura, which means ‘the land of glowing skies’.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Stewart Island - Enjoy a full free day to explore the island as you discover the coast and Rakiura National Park. Optional activities include cruises on the bays and inlets spotting penguins and seabirds and walks along forested coastal tracks past early Maori settlements. Learn about the local flora and fauna, and relax on the beach for a picnic lunch. Take in the views over glistening William Bay and see if you can spot the mountains of the South Island in the distance. Return to your accommodation and enjoy the rest of the evening to relax after your full day of island exploration. Perhaps join the group for dinner at a local restaurant tonight.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Queenstown - Head back over to the mainland, then continue back to Queenstown. Your trip comes to an end today when you arrive back in Queenstown at approximately 2pm. If you have extra time to spend in Queenstown, make sure to get out and take advantage of the numerous adventure activities on offer. The Remarkables and Lake Wakatipu not only serve as spectacular props to get your adrenaline fix, they’re also beautiful to look at. The town is also a great base for exploring Central Otago’s excellent vineyards and historic mining towns.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Christchurch / Reefton / Westport - Welcome to your Intrepid exploration of the South Island! Your adventure begins in Christchurch, where a welcome meeting will take place at 8am for you to meet up with your local leader and fellow travellers. After your meeting, it’s time to hit the road, first heading to Hanmer Springs in the Lewis Pass national reserve. Check out the natural hot pools surrounded by greenery as the snow dusted peaks of the Southern Alps look on. You can even opt to take a dip. Next up, travel to Reefton, a tiny town that punches above its size. Step back in time and meet a local story-teller, learning about the town's gold mining past, the miners' families, the storekeepers, and embrace the Cornish influence. You'll even have the opportunity to see the water powered gold stamping battery working. Head into the town centre proper where you'll meet the 'bearded miners' for a cup of manuka enhanced black billy tea and to watch the technique of gold panning. Finally, drive through the spectacular Buller Gorge to the town of Westport and perhaps round off the day with a group dinner.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Tauranga Bay / Charleston / Punakaiki / Kumara - Start your day with a stop at the wild Cape Foulwind and admire incredible views of the mountains and rugged coastline. The headland is home to a fur seal breeding colony so keep your eyes peeled, they can easily blend in with the rocks! Continue to Charleston this morning to join a train ride in open carriages through primeval rain forest. ‘The Nile River Rainforest Train’ recreates a bygone era where bush trams once prevailed. Experience the spectacular wilderness of the Nile River Canyon in Paparoa National Park. Next up is Punakaiki, a town with less than 100 residents, but famed for its so-called Pancake Rocks. These layers of fossilised animals and plants, formed over 30 million years ago, were thrust above the surface by the moving earth and sculpted by wind and water. At high tide the sea is forced through blowholes in the limestone to burst metres into the air – it’s an entertaining sight! Continue to Kumara, a former goldrush town with an intriguing history (this little place was the home of New Zealand’s longest serving Prime Minister!). On arrival, settle into your hotel. Once the sun has gone down, be sure to look up. With very little light pollution, the stargazing in Kumara is absolutely out of this world (literally!).

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Hokitika / Okarito Lagoon / Fox Glacier - Today begins with a visit to the Hokitika Gorge, one of the West Coast’s most stunning spots. Shimmering turquoise waters wreathed with lush native bush make a sight to remember. Then it’s on to the Okarito Lagoon, alive with the calls of over 70 unique species of birds. Head out on a nature walk culminating in a lookout point from which, on a clear day, you can enjoy an unbeatable view over Westland (Tai Poutini) National Park from the snow-capped Southern Alps (Ka Tiritiri o te Moana) across extensive native forest to the lagoons and beaches of the coast. Continue your journey south to the Fox Glacier township, your gateway to the dramatic and enormous Fox Glacier and your base for the evening.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Fox Glacier - Kick off the day with a gentle walk around the glittering Lake Matheson, dubbed the ‘mirror lake’ for its dark waters which perfectly reflect the towering Southern Alps – if you take one picture of your West Coast adventure, this should be it! The rest of the day is yours to make the most of what this amazing slice of the country has to offer. Perhaps head back to Franz Josef Glacier or you may want to visit a pounamu (greenstone) workshop and learn how to carve your own original piece. There’s also no shortage of interesting walks and cosy pubs if you fancy a more low-key afternoon – have a chat to your leader about your options for the day.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Mt Aspiring National Park / Wanaka - Make tracks for Wanaka, making plenty of interesting stops along the way. First up is Ship Creek, where you’ll take a walk through quintessentially rugged West Coast scenery. You can either walk through shady swamp forest, or explore windswept sand dunes and coastal forest. Then it’s on to Mt Aspiring National Park. Make the short walk to the incredible Thunder Creek Falls, featuring an impressive 96-metre-tall cascade. Arrive in Wanaka and enjoy an evening at leisure.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Wanaka - With Lake Wanaka as the star of the show and surrounding mountains only complimenting its beauty, there’s no doubt this is one of the most attractive towns in New Zealand. Today is completely free for you to enjoy the surroundings of Wanaka, and there's certainly no shortage of amazing things to see and do here, so be sure to chat to your leader for their top tips. You may like to take a pleasant bike ride along the shores of Lake Wanaka or get on the water and cruise to Mou Waho Island, where you’ll find an island in a lake on an island in a lake! There are heaps of beautiful short walks in the area, and a visit to the famous #thatwanakatree is a must. Or simply find a cosy cafe to admire the view.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Queenstown - Depart Wanaka this morning and drive through the magnificent scenery of the Crown Range. Arrive in Queenstown, the adventure capital of the world, in the late morning (approximately 10:30am), at which point your West Coast adventure will come to an end.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Auckland / Taumarunui / Tongariro - Kia Ora! Welcome to New Zealand. Your adventure starts with a welcome meeting at 8 am in Auckland. After your meeting, you’ll drive to Tongariro National Park, stopping at the Morero Marae (Maori meeting house) along the way for a powhiri (formal welcome) and a korero (conversation). Then, set off on a short bushwalk with your local leader and learn more about the region. Tonight, maybe get to know your fellow travellers over dinner.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Tongariro Crossing / Tongariro - Lace up your boots and set out on the iconic Tongariro Alpine Crossing. This crossing is said to be the best one-day trek in New Zealand! Spend the day hiking through the Tongariro National Park – New Zealand’s oldest national park and a UNESCO World Heritage site. As you go, take in the beautiful landscapes around you, like the volcanic peaks of Ngauruhoe, Tongariro and Ruapehu and the natural forests. Tonight, maybe find a local restaurant for dinner – your leader will have the best recommendations.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Mt Ruapehu / Ohakune / Tongariro - This morning, hike through alpine shrubland and beech forest to Taranaki Falls. Along the way, you’ll pass over the Wairere Stream and climb the shoulder of the lava flow, now covered with red tussock. On a clear day, you might be able to see Ngauruhoe’s symmetrical cone and the older, eroded mountains of Tongariro and Pukekaikiore. Then catch the Sky Waka (gondola) to the Whakapapa Ski fields for panoramic views over the region. From here, set off on a short walk to see more of the ski fields, then visit Ohakune. In your free time, you could go for a soak in the Ohakune wood-fired hot tubs or take a short walk through mountain beaches and kaikawaka forests to Waitonga Falls – Tongariro National Park’s highest waterfall.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Whanganui River / Tongariro - After breakfast, drive to Pipiriki, where you’ll board a jetboat to travel up the beautiful Whanganui River, deep into the heart of the national park. In 2017, this river was declared a living entity and it bears significant importance to the local Iwi (Maori tribes). Take a short hike to the Bridge to Nowhere and learn about the history of this region and its significance to World War I servicemen and their families. Tonight, maybe head out for dinner in Ohakune to celebrate your final night in New Zealand.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Waitomo / Auckland - Travel back to Auckland this morning, stopping at the Waitomo Caves on the way. Maybe explore the subterranean system of caverns and passageways that are illuminated by thousands of glow worms. This afternoon, maybe set off on a short walk through forested gorges, past natural sculpted cliffs and under low limestone arches along the Ruakuri Bushwalk. When you arrive in Auckland, your trip comes to an end. If you’d like to stay longer, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Queenstown & Otago Rail Trail - Kia-ora! Welcome to Queenstown, New Zealand. If you have time before or after the tour in the country's adventure capital, there's simply no end to the line-up of optional activities including bungee-jumping, mountain biking, kayaking, rafting, helicopter rides, jet boating and paragliding. There are also plenty of cafes, restaurants and bars to keep you entertained. This cycling trip kicks off with a pick-up at 8 am. After the meeting, you’ll jump in a private vehicle and follow the Kawarau River to nearby Clyde (85kms, approximately 1.5 hour), where you’ll be fitted with your bike to start your cycling adventure along the Otago Rail Trail, which has been voted NZ's ‘Favourite Ride’ for the past two years. The trail runs for 152 kilometres/95 miles in total and was originally used to transport supplies to and from the Gold Fields, then later to transport goods and livestock. It fell into disrepair but was refurbished into a rail trail at the start of the new millennium and is now arguably the best way to explore the area and contribute to the local economy. You'll begin by cycling past vineyards, over an old wooden trestle bridge and along the Clutha River Track for around 13 kilometres before arriving in Alexandra via the historic bridge. Take a short rest in this delightful gold rush-era town, then cycle toward Galloway Station and though Chatto Creek, up Tiger Hill then cruise downhill to your overnight accommodation in Omakau/ Ophir. Perhaps join the locals for dinner and a locally-brewed Dark Horse beer or cider at the renowned Commercial Hotel before settling in for a well-earned sleep.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Otago Rail Trail - Omakau to Wedderburn - The highlight of today's cycle is the beautiful Poolburn Gorge section of the trail, which features two tunnels and two viaducts. You'll then ride through the Ida Valley farmlands, pedalling past Idaburn Dam, one of New Zealand's few outdoor curling sites, and visiting the Hayes Historic Engineering Works before stopping at Oturehua Tavern for lunch. After lunch, you'll continue north to the Golden Progress Mine and up to the highest point of the trail before stopping for the night at Wedderburn. In the evening, enjoy a traditional, farm-style meal at the Wedderburn Tavern (not included) and rest those legs.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Otago Rail Trail - Wedderburn to Waipiata - A short but good day today – just 23 kilometres in total – though it's mostly downhill from Wedderburn to Ranfurly, Otago's Art Deco capital. Enjoy morning tea and have a look around this small yet eclectic town, then cross the Maniototo Plains. Here you are further from the sea than elsewhere in New Zealand and it shows in the scenery and the near-empty roads - this is Lord of the Rings territory, and the flat plains give way to snow-capped mountains on the horizon.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Otago Rail Trail - Waipiata to Middlemarch/Queenstown - Today you'll cycle approximately 55 kilometres with stunning views of the Rock and Pillar Ranges. Starting your day riding alongside the Taieri River, the fourth-longest in New Zealand and one of today's highlights. Cross the historic Capburn Bridge and Price's Creek Viaduct and continue your way downhill, passing through more tunnels (including the famous Daisybank tunnel) then pausing at the Hyde Railway Disaster Memorial, which commemorates the fatal 1943 derailment of a passenger train. Enjoy a morning snack en route before arriving in Middlemarch and the end of the cycling part of your adventure. Take a while to grab lunch at one of the local eateries or load up at Maggies Ice Cream shop before transferring by vehicle (approx. 3 hrs) back to Queenstown, where your trip finishes on arrival.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Queenstown / Fiordland National Park / Te Anau - Kia ora! Welcome to Queenstown, New Zealand. If you arrive in Queenstown with some time to spare, there is no shortage of activities available – from cycling and hiking to dining and sightseeing. Today, your trip starts with a pick-up from Steamer's Wharf at 8 am. Take a private transfer to Te Anau, the centre of your 4-day walking trip and the gateway to Fiordland National Park and Milford Sound. After dropping off your bags and checking in to your accommodation, take a scenic drive on Milford Road, stopping for a few short walks and photo opportunities. Your first walk of the trip is on the Routeburn Track. You’ll walk to Key Summit or Greenstone Valley for the next few hours, depending on the group’s fitness level and desires. After, return to the accommodation and enjoy a free evening to relax – or join your fellow trekkers for an optional dinner out.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Fiordland National Park / Te Anau - After breakfast take a transfer to the Queens Reach Boat Ramp from where you’ll take a jet boat to Lake Manapouri – formed 20,000 years ago in the most recent ice age and now known as New Zealand’s loveliest lake. Take in the sweeping scenery full of glittering blues and greens, then head out on today’s walk on the Kepler Track. Along the way, appreciate the unique mountainous landscape akin to the wonders of Middle Earth and follow the terraces of the Waiau River through red and mountain beech forests. Cross the river on a swing bridge and stop for a packed lunch at Rainbow Reach. Depending on the time and weather we may stop in at Te Punanga O Manu Te Anau Bird Sanctuary to catch a glimpse at some of New Zealand's rare and endangered birds such as the takahe. Your afternoon today is free. You have the option to head to the Te Anau Glow Worm Caves. After a scenic boat ride on Lake Te Anau, you’ll sail beneath the bioluminescent worms and learn about this fascinating ecosystem from your local guide. If you’d rather, maybe just explore Te Anau on foot or walk around the lake and catch a screening of the spectacular Ata Whenua film at the Fiordland cinema. You can also catch a water taxi across the lake and take a scenic walk back to town from there (which takes about 3 hours).

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Fiordland National Park / Milford Sound / Te Anau - Get up bright and early this morning and prepare to explore one of the most popular spots in all New Zealand – Milford Sound, known locally as Piopiotahi. After breakfast, take a private transfer on the Milford Road to the Milford Track described as "the finest walk in the world". You’ll head to Giant Gate Falls from Sandfly Point on a guided hike. Pass through rainforest landscapes, taking in all the sights and smells of the track. You’ll pass countless fern species and hear the singsong of New Zealand tuis, bellbirds and kereru. Stop for a packed lunch when you reach the falls, which flow into Lake Ada, destined for the Tasman Sea. This gorgeous sight can be best appreciated on the swing bridge in front of the cascade. After your trek, head to the base of Mitre Peak for a 2-hour boat cruise on Milford Sound – and see why this location was dubbed the 'eighth wonder of the world' by Rudyard Kipling. Look out for bottlenose dolphins and fur seals and bask in the silence of the fiord as you sail past misting cascades, icy peaks, lush rainforest and twisting inlets. Depart the fiord in the late afternoon and return to your accommodation, where your evening is free.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Te Anau / Queenstown - After breakfast this morning you’ll jump on e-bikes and take a scenic ride on the beautiful Lake 2 Lake Trail, following the Waiau River, with the Fiordland National Park just across the fast flowing waters. Take in lake, riverside and mountain views, native bush, wetlands and farmland scenery. Head back to town for lunch (optional) and then return to Queenstown via a private transfer, where your trip ends.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Christchurch / Lewis Pass / St Arnaud - Kia Ora! Welcome to New Zealand. Your adventure begins in Christchurch with a welcome meeting at 8 am this morning. If you arrive a few days early, maybe stroll through the Christchurch Botanic Gardens to see the native plants or stop by the Canterbury Museum to learn about the region’s cultural heritage. After your meeting, your trip starts straight away as you make your way to Hanmer Springs in the Lewis Pass National Reserve. When you arrive, set off on the Conical Hill Walk for panoramic views over the town, forest and mountains. After a bite to eat, travel to Saint Arnaud – a small alpine village in the Tasman district where you’ll spend the night.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Nelson Lakes NP / Marahau - This morning, set off on the Mt Robert Circuit. This loop track takes you around the northern face of Pourangahau (Mount Robert) and offers beautiful views over Lake Rotoiti. After your hike, jump back on the bus and head to Marahau – a seaside resort in the Tasman Region. The rest of the day is free for you to explore at your own pace. Maybe go for a swim at the nearby beach or find a local restaurant for dinner – your leader will have the best recommendations.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Abel Tasman NP / Marahau - After breakfast, take a water taxi to Anchorage – the starting point for today’s hike. From here, you’ll walk the final part of the Abel Tasman Coast track, ending back at your base from the night before. Along the way, take in the coastal views and look for native birds like fantails and wood pigeons. Depending on what time you arrive back in Marahau, maybe rent a kayak and paddle along the Falls River to finish off your memorable day in Abel Tasman.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Picton / Queen Charlotte Track - Travel to Malborough Sounds – an extensive network of sheltered inlets, clear waters, sandy bays and forested hills at the northern end of the South Island. When you arrive in Picton, head out on a water taxi to Anakiwa – a coastal residential village on the Queen Charlotte Track. From here, walk the track to tonight’s accommodation situated in the secluded surroundings of Lochmara Bay. Tonight, maybe join your fellow travellers for dinner – a great way to celebrate a trip well-travelled.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Christchurch - This morning, board a water taxi to Kaipupu Sancturary – a nature conservation reserve. When you arrive, set off on a short loop track around the sanctuary. After, drive down the east coast of the South Island to Kaikoura – a coastal town known for its wildlife. Take a pitstop on your way out of town to see a local fur seal colony. Then, continue to Christchurch. When you arrive later this afternoon, your trip comes to an end. If you’d like to stay longer, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Wellington - Kia Ora! Welcome to New Zealand. Your adventure begins in Wellington – the country’s capital and home to a thriving specialty food scene. You’ll have a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight to meet your local leader and fellow travellers. If you arrive early, Wellington has a diverse range of activities to fill the time. Film fans can get their fix at the Weta Workshop – famous for their work on The Lord of the Rings. For those wanting a great city view, you can hop on board the cable car, hike up Mount Victoria or visit the Botanic Gardens. Te Papa, New Zealand’s national museum, is a great stop to learn about the country and Pacific cultures. After your welcome meeting, you may like to head out as a group for a tasty meal at one of the city’s lively restaurants.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Taihape - Wake up and hit the road to Taihape today. Famous for being the gumboot capital of the country, even home to a giant gumboot sculpture, Taihape is also an active adventurer's must-visit destination. After arriving at the lodge, you’ll have a free afternoon to soak up the natural scenery. Those looking to get their heart rate up can opt for whitewater rafting, while anyone wanting a calmer ride can rent an e-bike for the local trails. Get back in time for tonight’s included farm-to-table dinner with the group, where you’ll sample a selection of Kiwi produce and regional favourite dishes.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Taupo - Rotorua - Start the day with a hearty cooked breakfast before departing the lodge for Rotorua. Along the way, make a stop at Huka Falls, the loud and powerful waterfall that sits within New Zealand’s longest waterway, the Waikato River. Spend some free time exploring the town and Lake Taupo before you set off again. The rest of the day is free to check out Rotorua. A hotspot for geothermal activity, this area boasts plenty of hot springs, mud baths and spas. But the fun doesn’t stop when the sun goes down. Visitors to the Redwoods Treewalk after dark can partake in the Redwoods Nightlights Tree Walk, featuring light displays and lanterns as you walk on suspension bridges high above the trees.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Rotorua - Rotorua is not only known for its geothermal sights, but it’s also a region that advocates for the preservation and education of Maori culture. Begin the day with a guided tour of the Whakarewarewa Maori Village, a living Maori settlement spanning over 200 years. You’ll be led by a village guide who’ll share how locals have learnt to live with the region’s geothermal resources as you wander through heritage landmarks, an active Marae (community meeting grounds) and the sacred tapu burial grounds. During your outing, you’ll also visit the Pohutu geyser, the largest active geyser in the southern hemisphere that erupts up to 20 times a day. The rest of the afternoon is free for fun in the Rotorua region. There are many options for nature-based adventures in the area, such as canopy ziplining, whitewater rafting or even a guided glowworm kayaking tour.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Mount Maunganui - Before leaving Rotorua, you’re in for a truly Kiwi-made experience. Head over to the rolling hills outside the city for a morning Zorb. Invented right here in Rotorua, you’ll jump into a giant plastic ball filled with water and roll down the hill. Next, travel onwards to Mount Maunganui, the oceanside suburb with great surf and sand beaches. Lace up your trainers for a hike up the summit track. Arrive at the top of ‘The Mount’ and soak up the well-earned 360-degree views of the harbour and surf beach. Return to sea level for a dinner of classic Kiwi kai – fish and chips on the beach.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Mount Maunganui - Choose your own adventure today in Mount Maunganui. The beach is perfect for those wanting a relaxing day and those keen to grab a board and sample the surf. Lessons are available to anyone wanting to brush up their skills or catch their first wave. If you’re looking for even more water-themed fun, the Bay of Plenty has options galore, including the nearby Waimarino Adventure Park. Complete with slides, rock walls, swings and kayaks, you’re sure to have an entertaining afternoon. For tonight’s dinner, ask your local leader for their recommendations.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Auckland - Say goodbye to Mount Maunganui and hello to Auckland, also known as the City of Sails. There’s no question as to why this city is often thought of as the country’s capital. With a thriving urban life of eateries, bars and nightlife, it won’t be hard to fill your time. Perhaps head to the top of the Sky Tower to get your bearings, then sample more of New Zealand’s fresh seafood staples. Sports fans may enjoy the All-Blacks experience, where you’ll pass through interactive rooms, facing off to a haka and even comparing your skills to the pros. Tonight, maybe get the group together to toast to your North Island adventure before you say your goodbyes tomorrow.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Auckland - Your adventure comes to an end this morning, but if you’re not ready to go home yet, just get in touch ahead of time and your booking agent can arrange additional accommodation in Auckland.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Christchurch - Kia Ora! Welcome to New Zealand. Your adventure begins in Christchurch – known for its rich Maori heritage and English-inspired architecture and gardens. You’ll have a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight to meet your local leader and fellow travellers. If you arrive early, you may like to stroll through the Christchurch Botanic Gardens or stop by the Canterbury Museum to learn about the region’s cultural heritage. After your welcome meeting, maybe head out as a group for a tasty meal at one of the city’s lively restaurants.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Christchurch - Lake Tekapo - This morning, take a city tour of Christchurch. After a devastating earthquake destroyed much of the downtown area in 2011, the city has begun to rebuild in innovative and creative ways. Stop by the Christchurch Cathedral, which stood as a symbol of the city before collapsing in the earthquake and has now been replaced with an architecturally striking and quake-proof structure made from cardboard! After, say goodbye to Christchurch and drive inland to the striking Lake Tekapo. An eye-catching combination of purple lupins (season dependent), turquoise waters and snow-dusted peaks makes this one of the most photo-worthy spots in the country. On the way, you'll stop at Fairlie for a Southland-style lunch of mince pies and cheese rolls. When you arrive in Tekapo, visit the Church of the Good Shepherd, which sits on the shores of the lake. The rest of the afternoon is free for you to explore Tekapo at your own pace – maybe stargaze from the summit of Mount John or unwind at the Tekapo Springs Hot Pool.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Queenstown - Today, set out on an adventure to Queenstown. When you arrive, jump on the Skyline Gondola and take in the panoramic views of Coronet Peak, the Remarkables mountain range and across Lake Wakatipu to Cecil. Then, race downhill on a luge (part go kart, part toboggan). Later, grab dinner at Fergburger – a popular ‘hole in the wall’ style restaurant known for their gourmet burgers. The rest of the night is free for you to continue exploring. Maybe head out into Queenstown’s vibrant nightlife – your leader will have the best recommendations of where to go.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Queenstown - The day is all yours to discover Queenstown and the surrounding areas. There are loads of options to get your heart rate up – maybe shoot down the river on a jet boat, go river kayaking, spend the day at Milford Sound, or join a 4WD adventure through landscapes that inspired the Lord of the Rings movies. If you’d like to take things a little slower, you could walk around Lake Wakatipu for a good dose of fresh air and some epic views.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Arrowtown - Queenstown - This morning, travel to Arrowtown – a historic gold mining town known for its charming buildings and beautiful scenic hill landscapes. When you arrive, walk through the town and hear stories of what life looked like at the peak of the goldrush era. Continue to Kawarau Gorge – a scenic river gorge in Central Otago, carved by the Kawarau River. Finally, head to Gibbston Valley and join a wine tasting at the largest wine cave in the country, in the region's oldest vineyards. Tonight, travel back to Queenstown and enjoy your final night on the shores of the lake. 

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Franz Josef Glacier - Hit the road and take in the scenic views as you head to Makarora Blue Pools Track. Spend the morning walking through native forests, over a swing bridge and along a boardwalk to the viewing platform to see the striking Blue Pools. Along the way, look for large trout feeding in the pools and learn about the ecosystem of this beautiful river gorge and surrounding landscape. Then, travel to Franz Josef Glacier (also known as Te Wahi Pounamu, meaning ‘the place of greenstone,’ due to the region’s abundance of this culturally and spiritually significant stone). When you arrive, spend some time exploring the area.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Franz Josef Glacier - Set off on the Franz Josef Glacier Forest Walk this morning. As you walk through the rainforest and along the Waiho River, you’ll pass cascading waterfalls and towering peaks. Soak in panoramic views of the Franz Josef Glacier when you reach the end of the track, then spend the rest of the day however you’d like. Maybe kayak on the Glacier Lake, carve your own Pounamu necklace or relax in the Waiho Hot Tubs.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Westport - Today, drive along the coast and explore the limestone landscapes of the pancake-shaped rock formations, blowholes and surge pools at Punakaiki. As you walk, take in the surrounding landscape of coastal forest, learn about the rich birdlife of the area and discover the bizarre shapes of the rocks, formed over 30 million years ago by acidic rains and wind. Continue your drive from Punakaiki to Westport, with the chance to stop by the nearby glow worm caves. When you arrive, maybe hire a surfboard and learn how to catch a few waves. Tonight, join your group for a barbeque dinner, which is a classic staple in any Kiwi household!

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Abel Tasman National Park - This morning, set off on a short walk to see the seal colony at Tauranga Bay. After, visit the Museum of Kawatiri (Westport). Spend time walking through the exhibition and learn about the rich Maori heritage of the people of the Buller District. Later on, travel to Abel Tasman National Park, known for the fur seal colonies, little blue penguins and bottlenose dolphins that call this place home. When you arrive, go for a walk through the park, take in the views or simply relax with your group at your accommodation.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Abel Tasman National Park - Today is a free day to enjoy everything Abel Tasman has to offer. Maybe set off on a full day sailing adventure and explore the National Park from the water or walk along a section of the Abel Tasman Coast Track that’s known for panoramic views of the beach and sheltered bays. You could also go skydiving or unwind with a gentle walk. Whatever you decide to dive into, the Abel Tasman offers a simple, stunning backdrop to enjoy the day.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Picton - Wellington - This morning, drive to Picton to take the ferry through the Marlborough Sounds – an extensive network of sea-drowned valleys at the northern end of the South Island. See the forested hills, sheltered inlets and sandy bays of the islands and if you’re lucky, you might be able to spot a dolphin from the boat. Tonight, you'll hit Wellington – the capital of New Zealand known for its food, coffee and art. When you arrive, maybe join your friends for dinner and drinks to cheers to the end of an epic trip.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Wellington - Today is a free day to explore Wellington until your next welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight, where you’ll meet your new local leader. Maybe visit the Weta Workshop – a special effects studio used by Peter Jackson for the Lord of the Rings trilogy, hike up Mount Victoria or walk through the Te Papa Museum (New Zealand’s national museum) and learn about the country and Pacific cultures. Tonight, maybe get together with your group at one of Wellington's many restaurants for a bite to eat (Wellington is a foodie's heaven)!

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Taihape - Wake up and hit the road to Taihape today. Famous for being the gumboot capital of the country, even home to a giant gumboot sculpture, Taihape is also an active adventurer's must-visit destination. After arriving at the lodge, you’ll have a free afternoon to soak up the natural scenery. Those looking to get their heart rate up can opt for whitewater rafting, while anyone wanting a calmer ride can rent an e-bike for the local trails. Get back in time for tonight’s included farm-to-table dinner with the group, where you’ll sample a selection of Kiwi produce and regional favourite dishes.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Taupo - Rotorua - Start the day with a hearty cooked breakfast before departing the lodge for Rotorua. Along the way, make a stop at Huka Falls, the loud and powerful waterfall that sits within New Zealand’s longest waterway, the Waikato River. Spend some free time exploring the town and Lake Taupo before you set off again. The rest of the day is free to check out Rotorua. A hotspot for geothermal activity, this area boasts plenty of hot springs, mud baths and spas. But the fun doesn’t stop when the sun goes down. Visitors to the Redwoods Treewalk after dark can partake in the Redwoods Nightlights Tree Walk, featuring light displays and lanterns as you walk on suspension bridges high above the trees.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Rotorua - Rotorua is not only known for its geothermal sights, but it’s also a region that advocates for the preservation and education of Maori culture. Begin the day with a guided tour of the Whakarewarewa Maori Village, a living Maori settlement spanning over 200 years. You’ll be led by a village guide who’ll share how locals have learnt to live with the region’s geothermal resources as you wander through heritage landmarks, an active Marae (community meeting grounds) and the sacred tapu burial grounds. During your outing, you’ll also visit the Pohutu geyser, the largest active geyser in the southern hemisphere that erupts up to 20 times a day. The rest of the afternoon is free for fun in the Rotorua region. There are many options for nature-based adventures in the area, such as canopy ziplining, whitewater rafting or even a guided glowworm kayaking tour.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Mount Maunganui - Before leaving Rotorua, you’re in for a truly Kiwi-made experience. Head over to the rolling hills outside the city for a morning Zorb. Invented right here in Rotorua, you’ll jump into a giant plastic ball filled with water and roll down the hill. Next, travel onwards to Mount Maunganui, the oceanside suburb with great surf and sand beaches. Lace up your trainers for a hike up the summit track. Arrive at the top of ‘The Mount’ and soak up the well-earned 360-degree views of the harbour and surf beach. Return to sea level for a dinner of classic Kiwi kai – fish and chips on the beach.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Mount Maunganui - Choose your own adventure today in Mount Maunganui. The beach is perfect for those wanting a relaxing day and those keen to grab a board and sample the surf. Lessons are available to anyone wanting to brush up their skills or catch their first wave. If you’re looking for even more water-themed fun, the Bay of Plenty has options galore, including the nearby Waimarino Adventure Park. Complete with slides, rock walls, swings and kayaks, you’re sure to have an entertaining afternoon. For tonight’s dinner, ask your local leader for their recommendations.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Auckland - Say goodbye to Mount Maunganui and hello to Auckland, also known as the City of Sails. There’s no question as to why this city is often thought of as the country’s capital. With a thriving urban life of eateries, bars and nightlife, it won’t be hard to fill your time. Perhaps head to the top of the Sky Tower to get your bearings, then sample more of New Zealand’s fresh seafood staples. Sports fans may enjoy the All-Blacks experience, where you’ll pass through interactive rooms, facing off to a haka and even comparing your skills to the pros. Tonight, maybe get the group together to toast to your North Island adventure before you say your goodbyes tomorrow.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Auckland - Your adventure comes to an end this morning, but if you’re not ready to go home yet, just get in touch ahead of time and your booking agent can arrange additional accommodation in Auckland.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Christchurch - Kia Ora! Welcome to New Zealand. Your adventure begins in Christchurch – known for its rich Maori heritage and English-inspired architecture and gardens. You’ll have a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight to meet your local leader and fellow travellers. If you arrive early, you may like to stroll through the Christchurch Botanic Gardens or stop by the Canterbury Museum to learn about the region’s cultural heritage. After your welcome meeting, maybe head out as a group for a tasty meal at one of the city’s lively restaurants.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Christchurch - Lake Tekapo - This morning, take a city tour of Christchurch. After a devastating earthquake destroyed much of the downtown area in 2011, the city has begun to rebuild in innovative and creative ways. Stop by the Christchurch Cathedral, which stood as a symbol of the city before collapsing in the earthquake and has now been replaced with an architecturally striking and quake-proof structure made from cardboard! After, say goodbye to Christchurch and drive inland to the striking Lake Tekapo. An eye-catching combination of purple lupins (season dependent), turquoise waters and snow-dusted peaks makes this one of the most photo-worthy spots in the country. On the way, you'll stop at Fairlie for a Southland-style lunch of mince pies and cheese rolls. When you arrive in Tekapo, visit the Church of the Good Shepherd, which sits on the shores of the lake. The rest of the afternoon is free for you to explore Tekapo at your own pace – maybe stargaze from the summit of Mount John or unwind at the Tekapo Springs Hot Pool.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Queenstown - Today, set out on an adventure to Queenstown. When you arrive, jump on the Skyline Gondola and take in the panoramic views of Coronet Peak, the Remarkables mountain range and across Lake Wakatipu to Cecil. Then, race downhill on a luge (part go kart, part toboggan). Later, grab dinner at Fergburger – a popular ‘hole in the wall’ style restaurant known for their gourmet burgers. The rest of the night is free for you to continue exploring. Maybe head out into Queenstown’s vibrant nightlife – your leader will have the best recommendations of where to go.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Queenstown - The day is all yours to discover Queenstown and the surrounding areas. There are loads of options to get your heart rate up – maybe shoot down the river on a jet boat, go river kayaking, spend the day at Milford Sound, or join a 4WD adventure through landscapes that inspired the Lord of the Rings movies. If you’d like to take things a little slower, you could walk around Lake Wakatipu for a good dose of fresh air and some epic views.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Arrowtown - Queenstown - This morning, travel to Arrowtown – a historic gold mining town known for its charming buildings and beautiful scenic hill landscapes. When you arrive, walk through the town and hear stories of what life looked like at the peak of the goldrush era. Continue to Kawarau Gorge – a scenic river gorge in Central Otago, carved by the Kawarau River. Finally, head to Gibbston Valley and join a wine tasting at the largest wine cave in the country, in the region's oldest vineyards. Tonight, travel back to Queenstown and enjoy your final night on the shores of the lake. 

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Franz Josef Glacier - Hit the road and take in the scenic views as you head to Makarora Blue Pools Track. Spend the morning walking through native forests, over a swing bridge and along a boardwalk to the viewing platform to see the striking Blue Pools. Along the way, look for large trout feeding in the pools and learn about the ecosystem of this beautiful river gorge and surrounding landscape. Then, travel to Franz Josef Glacier (also known as Te Wahi Pounamu, meaning ‘the place of greenstone,’ due to the region’s abundance of this culturally and spiritually significant stone). When you arrive, spend some time exploring the area.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Franz Josef Glacier - Set off on the Franz Josef Glacier Forest Walk this morning. As you walk through the rainforest and along the Waiho River, you’ll pass cascading waterfalls and towering peaks. Soak in panoramic views of the Franz Josef Glacier when you reach the end of the track, then spend the rest of the day however you’d like. Maybe kayak on the Glacier Lake, carve your own Pounamu necklace or relax in the Waiho Hot Tubs.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Westport - Today, drive along the coast and explore the limestone landscapes of the pancake-shaped rock formations, blowholes and surge pools at Punakaiki. As you walk, take in the surrounding landscape of coastal forest, learn about the rich birdlife of the area and discover the bizarre shapes of the rocks, formed over 30 million years ago by acidic rains and wind. Continue your drive from Punakaiki to Westport, with the chance to stop by the nearby glow worm caves. When you arrive, maybe hire a surfboard and learn how to catch a few waves. Tonight, join your group for a barbeque dinner, which is a classic staple in any Kiwi household!

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Abel Tasman National Park - This morning, set off on a short walk to see the seal colony at Tauranga Bay. After, visit the Museum of Kawatiri (Westport). Spend time walking through the exhibition and learn about the rich Maori heritage of the people of the Buller District. Later on, travel to Abel Tasman National Park, known for the fur seal colonies, little blue penguins and bottlenose dolphins that call this place home. When you arrive, go for a walk through the park, take in the views or simply relax with your group at your accommodation.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Abel Tasman National Park - Today is a free day to enjoy everything Abel Tasman has to offer. Maybe set off on a full day sailing adventure and explore the National Park from the water or walk along a section of the Abel Tasman Coast Track that’s known for panoramic views of the beach and sheltered bays. You could also go skydiving or unwind with a gentle walk. Whatever you decide to dive into, the Abel Tasman offers a simple, stunning backdrop to enjoy the day.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Picton - Wellington - This morning, drive to Picton to take the ferry through the Marlborough Sounds – an extensive network of sea-drowned valleys at the northern end of the South Island. See the forested hills, sheltered inlets and sandy bays of the islands and if you’re lucky, you might be able to spot a dolphin from the boat. Tonight, you'll hit Wellington – the capital of New Zealand known for its food, coffee and art. When you arrive, maybe join your friends for dinner and drinks to cheers to the end of an epic trip.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Wellington - Your trip comes to an end today. As there are no activities planned, you are welcome to leave at any time. If you would like to stay longer, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Hobart - Welcome to Hobart! After checking into your hotel, you’ll have a welcome meeting at 6 pm at your hotel where you'll get to know your fellow travellers and local leader. If you arrive early, maybe walk along Hobart’s main streets and visit the cute shops, cafes and restaurants near the harbour. After your meeting, head to a local restaurant for a welcome dinner, setting the tone for an incredible Tasmanian adventure!

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Mt Field National Park - This morning, head to Mt Field National Park where you’ll take on the Three Falls Circuit – a beautiful walk that includes the iconic Russell Falls where you can stop for photos and to take in the gorgeous natural surroundings. The trail will have some short, steep sections and steps, but the lush rainforest and cascading waterfalls make it well worth the effort! Tonight is free to kick back, relax and share stories with your fellow travellers.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Mt Field National Park - Today, you’ll head out on the Tarn Shelf Walk – Mt Field National Park’s flagship trail. A steep drive brings you to Lake Dobson, where you begin the climb up to the scenic Tarn Shelf. This challenging hike will reward with stunning views of glacier-formed landscapes and mountain tarns. Have lunch here with your group, enjoy the view, then descend back through woodland to Lake Dobson. Along the way, take in the gorgeous natural scenery of trees, shrubbery, peaks and still waters.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Hartz Mountains National Park - Today is all about exploring the rugged beauty of Hartz Mountains National Park – forming the eastern edge of the Tasmanian Wilderness World Heritage Area, this park is one of Tasmania's most accessible alpine areas! Today’s trail gradually ascends through scrubby bushland, opening to spectacular views of the D'Entrecasteaux Channel and surrounding peaks. For those keen on a challenge, a steep climb to the summit of Hartz Peak offers panoramic vistas in every direction.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Bruny Island - After a short ferry ride to Bruny Island this morning, you’ll begin your walk along the Cape Queen Elizabeth track, which features white sand beaches and headlands with breathtaking coastal views. This scenic walk is a perfect introduction to the island's natural beauty. You’ll then drive to your accommodation for the night.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Bruny Island / Hobart - Wake up on the gorgeous Bruny Island today and explore the Fluted Capes track at Adventure Bay, which known for its dramatic coastal scenery. Although today’s walk includes some steep sections, the views are well worth it. After the walk, you'll depart Bruny Island and return to Hobart, arriving in time for evening flights or an extra night in the city to explore more of what Hobart has to offer. If you’d like to extend your stay, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Launceston - Welcome to Launceston! With a charming mixture of heritage buildings, a vibrant foodie scene and beautiful scenery just minutes from the city centre, Launceston is the perfect spot to start your journey. If you arrive early, maybe head to the Cataract Gorge and enjoy a slice of nature just a short walk from the city or discover one of the many museums. If you get a chance to dine in Launceston – you won’t regret it, it wasn’t named a UNESCO City of Gastronomy for nothing! After a day to explore on your own, you’ll meet your trip leader and group for a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. Then, get to know each other over a group dinner and toast to your upcoming adventures.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Freycinet National Park / Swansea - This morning, you’re in for a treat. Drive to Freycinet National Park – one of Australia’s most renowned and picturesque regions. As you enter the park, the views over Coles Bay towards what’s known as The Hazards Range are a sight to behold. When you arrive, lace up your walking shoes for a scenic circuit walk that takes you to the iconic white sands of Wineglass Bay and the lesser known, but no less stunning, Hazards Beach on the opposite side of the Freycinet Peninsula isthmus. Best to have your camera at full charge today because you’ll want to remember these views! After your walk, perhaps enjoy a refreshing swim before driving toward the coastal town of Swansea to relax for the evening.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Maria Island / Orford - After breakfast, jump on a ferry bound for Maria Island. A natural wonder full of history, sweeping bays and rugged cliffs sitting off the coast of Tasmania, Maria Island is an ideal destination for hiking. Walk across coastal plains, past reminders of settler history and along tracks that often have forester kangaroos and wombats lurking about. Climb the short, steep track to Fossil Cliffs and marvel at the thousands of shellfish fossils embedded in the limestone formed millions of years ago. Visit the Painted Cliffs, formed from Triassic sandstone that showcase spectacular colouration from seeping groundwater and fantastic shapes sculpted by salt-laden winds. Enjoy some time to explore Darlington township – with a fascinating history, this town was first established as a penal colony in 1825. Today, the township is part of a wildlife sanctuary, while the island itself has been declared a National Park. You’ll be lucky to spot Forester kangaroos, Cape Barren geese and the adorable waddling wombats from Flinders Island today. After a short ferry ride back to the mainland, drive to Orford where you’ll spend the night.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Tasman Peninsula / Port Arthur - Fuel up on breakfast today and get ready for an adventurous day. Drive south towards Port Arthur, soaking in the views along the way. When you arrive, you’ll take a wilderness cruise along the cliffs of the Tasman Peninsula. Cruise beneath high sea cliffs and monumental rock faces to Cape Raoul, past deep-sea caves and arches, and along the coastline of the gorgeously diverse Tasman National Park. Along the way, look out for seals, dolphins, migrating whales and the many sea birds that call this place home – including albatross, gannets, peregrine falcons and sea eagles. Your friendly local guide will tell you where the best spots are for spotting wildlife, the history of the geology of the fascinating rock formations and if you’re lucky, a few funny anecdotes. With the wind in your hair and open-air seating for the best panoramic views, you’re sure to have an incredible afternoon. After, you’re free to visit the historic Port Arthur sites or maybe take on a couple of short walks along the peninsula.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Tasman Peninsula / Port Arthur - Explore Cape Raoul this morning, on a section of the Three Capes Track. You’ll start inland, walking through the lush heath country this area is known for, heading for the coastline. As you approach, you’ll catch glimpses of the spectacular dolerite cliffs that drop dramatically into the ocean below. As the trail heads east along the striking cliff tops, you’ll descend onto the Cape Raoul plateau. Here, you’ll be rewarded with views of the swirling seas, the northern coastline and the incredible Cape Pillar (with its 300-m-high cliffs) in the distance. After some time to take it all in, you’ll walk back to the bus before driving to Port Arthur for your final night. Enjoy dinner with your group and leader and swap travel stories as you reminisce on all you have achieved over the past few days.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Tasman Peninsula / Hobart - Your final walk on the Tasman Peninsula, on the Three Capes Track, is the Cape Huay walk. You’ll be treated to spectacular views as you walk through a heathland full of wildflowers on undulating tracks until you hit the coastline. The scenes of dolerite cliffs get increasingly pronounced as you near the narrow edge of the promontory. Stop by several vantage points to soak in the best of The Lanterns, Mitre Rock, The Candlestick and Totem Pole – the perfect trail to finish your adventure. After, you’ll make your way to Hobart (or nipaluna in the language of the muwinina and palawa peoples, who are the traditional owners of the land on which Hobart is now located), where your trip comes to an end. If you’d like to extend your stay, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Launceston / Bay of Fires / St Helens - Welcome to Tasmania! Your adventure begins in Launceston – land of the Litarimirina and Panina peoples. This is one of Australia’s oldest settlements and one of only two cities in Australia listed as a UNESCO city of gastronomy. Your adventure begins at 8 am with a drive to the Bay of Fires region, then it’s time for your first walk on the Cobler Rocks Loop. Walk the sandy track through banksia-filled heathland to the beach. Take in the coastline of the Mount William National Park before continuing to Stumpy’s Bay. Stop for a picnic lunch, then set off on your next walk – the Mount William Summit Track. Climb to the highest point to take in the 360-degree views of jagged mountain ranges, tall eucalyptus trees and open plains. After today’s walk, you’ll check into your accommodation for the next two nights in St Helens – perfectly positioned to explore the walking trails of Tasmania’s north-east coast. Tonight, enjoy dinner with your fellow travellers and get to know each other a little better.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Bay of Fires / St Helens - After breakfast, travel to Eddystone Point Lighthouse for today’s loop walk. As you go, take in the scenic coastal landscape, clear beaches and rock formations, and learn about the historic lighthouse that used to guide ships entering or leaving Banks Strait. This afternoon, you’ll visit the Priory Ridge Winery in St Helens. Spend some time at the family-run vineyard, learn about the estate and its local produce, then unwind with a wine tasting of a few local drops.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Bay of Fires / Launceston - This morning, travel to The Gardens – a coastal area in the Bay of Fires Conservation Area, known for its orange-lichen covered rocks, clear water and white sandy beaches. Set off on a short walk to Binalong Bay. Explore the coastline north of Binalong Bay and look out for local wildlife like wallabies and echidnas along the way. After morning tea at Binalong Bay, take the return walk from Skeleton Bay to Dora Point. Walk along the coast and through dry sclerophyll forest with native blooms. This afternoon, you’ll travel to Launceston Airport, where your trip will come to an end. If you’d like to stay longer, just talk to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Melbourne / Grampians (Gariwerd) National Park - Your adventure begins in Melbourne (Narrm in the language of the Wurundjeri people, who are the traditional owners of the land on which Melbourne is now located). You'll meet your group early this morning at 8 am and head straight for the spectacular Grampians (Gariwerd) National Park, which spans the ancestral lands of the Djab Wurrung and Jadawadjali peoples. On the way, stop for morning tea and get to know your fellow hikers, then stop in Halls Gap for lunch. This afternoon, you’ll head out on a walk to MacKenzie Falls – the most iconic waterfall in the Grampians. The walk back may get a bit challenging, but the views are all worth it! Next, you’ll walk through The Balconies to see the interesting rock formations and sweeping views of the Victorian plains. After checking in at your accommodation, refresh and mingle with your fellow walkers over dinner.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Grampians (Gariwerd) National Park - Today, you’ll head off to Mt Zero Trailhead – the most northern section of the Grampian Peaks Trail. Heading south, you’ll hike mainly along the ridgeline, passing over rocky slabs with views of Staplyton Amphitheatre and the orange wave of Taipan Wall. Then, venture through low forest and dense scrub to Golton Creek. Ascend again toward the Mt Difficult Range to reach Barigar (mountain stream) passing small creeks and seasonal rockpools along the way. Finally, you’ll trek through grassy woodlands before the ridgeline takes you to Roses Gap. After the hike, return to Halls Gap for the evening.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Grampians (Gariwerd) National Park - Drive north to continue the hike back to Halls Gap along the Peaks Trail. You’ll start from Werdug with a climb up to the Lake Wartook Lookout. Trek the escarpment through rocky gardens before descending into the wetter eastern slopes. Walk through forest sense with ferns, wattles and tea trees to Chautauqua Peak, the final ascent before town. Here, you might see Clematis Falls (depending on recent rains), before end at the Botanic Gardens. Tonight, tuck into a group dinner.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Grampians (Gariwerd) National Park - Today’s walk will begin at Halls Gap, with a climb up and out of the township. Walk past the Venus Baths, Elephant Hide and the spectacular Grand Canyon (not to be mistaken for its big brother in the US!) before making your way to the top of The Pinnacle. From this popular lookout, you can enjoy superb views over Halls Gap and its surroundings. You’ll want your camera ready today!

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Grampians (Gariwerd) National Park - Starting from the Rosea Campground, this loop combines the main ascent of Mount Rosea with a return via the less-travelled Burma Track. The views from the top of Mt Rosea are absolutely stunning – a 360-degree panorama stretching across the rugged peaks and valleys of the Grampians, with Lake Bellfield shimmering in the distance. On a clear day, you might even spot the silhouettes of other iconic formations like The Pinnacle and Mount William. Later, head back to your accommodation for dinner and maybe celebrate your last night with a drink.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Grampians (Gariwerd) National Park / Melbourne - It's time to say goodbye to Halls Gap as you slowly make your way back to Melbourne. First, you’ll head over to the southern end of the Grampians for an end to end walk to a viewpoint over the summit of Mt Sturgeon. Look out over the ranges, then drive to Dunkeld, where you’ll have some time for lunch and a wander through the town. Finally, head back into Melbourne, arriving in the city in the late afternoon. Here, your trip comes to an end. If you’d like to extend your stay, just get in touch with your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Darwin - Welcome! Your adventure begins in Darwin (Gulumerrdgen in the language of the local Larrakia people, who are the Traditional Wwners of the land on which Darwin is now located). Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm, where you’ll meet your leader and the rest of your group. If you arrive early, why not check out the Museum and Art Gallery of the Northern Territory or discover Australia’s war history at the World War II oil storage tunnels along the waterfront. After the meeting, you’ll head to a local restaurant to get to know each other and celebrate the start of your adventure.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Kakadu National Park / Jabiru - After breakfast, set off on the drive to Mamukala Wetlands in the UNESCO World heritage-listed Kakadu National Park, where water pythons, birds, crocodiles, turtles and other wildlife can be spotted. From here, drive to Ubirr – widely regarded as one of the world’s most outstanding rock art sites. Here, you’ll embark on a walk to discover the different rock art galleries and learn about the incredible history of this area. After you’ve checked out the fascinating paintings, which include depictions of some of the first interactions with non-Aboriginal people, head to Jabiru and check into your comfortable motel for the next few nights.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Arnhem Land / Jabiru - After breakfast, embark on a journey through Cahill’s Crossing on the East Alligator River into Arnhem Land with Traditional Owners. Here, you’ll spend the day with an experienced First Nations guide leading the way and discover the Australian outback from 4WD buses in Mikkinj Valley and beyond. See rock art sites, sandstone gorges, forests, flood plains and an abundance of birdlife, whilst learning about the Aboriginal culture and heritage of this area. Enjoy some time by the water, then grab a bite to eat at Inkiyu Billabong.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Kakadu National Park / Jabiru - Kakadu National Park has one of the world’s highest concentrated areas of rock art and today, you’ll drive to Burrungkuy (Nourlangie Rock) and walk to the famous painting of Namarrgon – the lightning man, who is said to control the wet season lightning storms. You’ll also view the rest of the site, which is reminiscent of a traditional art gallery with multiple rooms (caves) featuring different styles of art. Next up is the Nanguluwurr art site. Walk through woodlands leading to a quiet art site with more fascinating paintings.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Kakadu National Park / Mataranka / Katherine - Today, you can enjoy a day off from walking as you make the long drive south. After breakfast, sit back and relax as you embark on the drive to Mataranka Thermal Pools, stopping in Pine Creek along the way. When you arrive, take a quick soak in the pools and relax the muscles. Then head to Katherine – your home for the next three nights.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Nitmiluk National Park / Katherine - Drive to the northern section of Nitmiluk National Park to Leliyn (Edith Falls). The falls are the last stop along the Jatbula trail, which begins 62 km away in Katherine Gorge. Today, walk part of the trail along a sandy path to Sweetwater Pool, where rich red rocks frame the waterhole. Along the way, there will be plenty of smaller natural pools to take a quick dip in. Then, on the walk back, you’ll stop at the Upper Pools of Leliyn for one final dip to cool off before the drive to Katherine.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Nitmiluk National Park / Katherine - Drive to the southern section of Nitmiluk today to Katherine Gorge. Depending on the temperature, your local guide will offer a selection of walks of varying difficulty and length (6 to 12 km). Take your time to discover Nitmiluk (Katherine) Gorge, which was created as the Katherine River carved its way through ancient sandstone cliffs more than 20 million years ago. You’ll notice the natural horizontal bands defining the cliffs that were created by layer upon layer of sediments. After a full day exploring all that Katherine Gorge has to offer, make your way back to Katherine for the evening.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Litchfield National Park / Darwin - After breakfast, drive to Litchfield National Park where waterfalls cascade from escarpments into plunge pools and there are deep prehistoric-looking forests. During the wet season, four major waterfalls thunder from the cliffs into rock pools and in the dry season, the waterfalls flow more gently, making the waterholes perfect for swimming. Stop by the Magnetic Termite Mounds, then head out on a walk determined by your local guide. See stunning waterfalls and billabongs along the way, then drive to Darwin where your trip comes to an end. No accommodation is provided tonight but if you would like to spend more time here, just speak to your booking agent to book additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Alice Springs - Werte! Welcome to Alice Springs (Mparntwe in the language of the traditional owners of the land on which Alice Springs is now located), the heart of the Australian Outback. You’ll meet your Intrepid leader in the lobby of your hotel at 6pm for a welcome meeting. Here, your leader will tell you a little bit about the hiking, camping and swimming under the warm Australian sun. Afterwards, head to a local restaurant for dinner to get to know your fellow trekkers.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Larapinta Trail - This morning, you’ll be introduced to your local Aboriginal walking guides, your crew and your drivers who will all be with you on the trail. Then it’s time to head out of town to the start of the Larapinta Trail, which sits at the edge of the West MacDonnell Ranges (or Tjoritja, in the language of the Western Arrernte people). Get your first glimpse of the seemingly endless mountain ranges as you arrive at the historic Alice Springs Telegraph Station. Nearby is the waterhole that gave Alice Springs its name (which is not a spring at all). This is where you’ll start section 1 of the Larapinta Trail, the 14km walk to Wallaby Gap. When you arrive, take a moment to rest in the shade of the ghost gums, then make your way to your private campground – your home for the next four nights – located on Aboriginal land. Have dinner with your group and settle in for your first night by the campfire under the Outback sky.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Larapinta Trail - After breakfast, set off on one of the most scenic walks along the Larapinta Trail, along Serpentine Ridge (this is section 8 of the Larapinta Trail). From the base of Serpentine Gorge, you’ll make your way to the top of the ridge, passing landscapes of Mountain Hakea – the pink, alien-like bush flowers of the Outback. Once you reach the top of the ridge, take a break to appreciate the views across the red desert landscape, Haasts Bluff and Mt Zeil – the highest point in the Northern Territory. These views are some of the best on the whole Larapinta trail, so take it all in as you have a bite to eat. Your Aboriginal guides will share the story of how the Irbanga (fish) ancestors travelled through this country, looking from the ridge towards the north, and the importance of the Eritja (eagle) and Takuia (mouse) Dreaming. Don’t miss the photo opportunity at Counts Point, from where you'll head back towards Serpentine Chalet Dam. Back at camp and the campfire, your hosts will share some stories about the West MacDonnell Ranges, including its rich history and culture.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Larapinta Trail - Head out on the Ormiston Gorge Pound Walk this morning. This scenic trail shows off all the natural beauty of Central Australia and the gorge at the end offers a nice respite. Your guides will share the stories of the Argutja Unthippa (dancing ladies), how they created the pound and what it represents, connected to Rodna Country. Among the towering red walls and local plant life, you’ll find a cool swimming hole that acts as your end-of-hike oasis. There will be plenty of time to relax at the swimming hole before you head to the Ochre Pits later in the afternoon – one of the most significant places for the local Western Arrernte First Nations people. A Traditional Owner will talk more about how important the ochre pits are and share the story of the Eritja (eagle) that came through this country. Later, head back to camp for dinner and another gorgeous night under the stars.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Larapinta Trail / Mt Sonder - Embrace a very early start this morning as you make your way to Redbank Gorge in the dark, to begin your hike to the top of Mt Sonder (or Rutjupma, in the language of the Western Arrernte people). This is section 12 of the Larapinta Trail. Make your way up some steep sections to get to the saddle, then the trail gets slightly easier. When you reach the top, take in the 360-degree views as the sun starts to climb over the horizon, lighting up the expanse of the desert below. Your guides will point out the important sites and share the story of how the Argutja Unthippa (dancing ladies) created and transformed the MacDonnell Ranges and how the Kulaia (Rainbow Serpent) used to live on top of Mt Sonder but moved down to Redbank Gorge. This is also where Albert Namatjira lived and you can see the landscapes he painted from up here. Head back down the mountain along the saddle, ready for a well-earned breakfast back in the valley. You then have a free afternoon, where you can take on some extra walks or simply relax until your last camp dinner together tonight.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Larapinta Trail / Alice Springs - Today is your last day on the Larapinta Trail, so make sure you take in all the scenery on your walk this morning. Head to Standley Chasm for the Reveal Saddle Walk (section 4 of the Larapinta Trail), which shows the Western MacDonnell Ranges in all their glory. The trail heads along the dry riverbed over rocky and uneven terrain, past lots of plants like cassias, sennas and the odd red river gum. Then, the trail starts climbing up through a valley towards Reveal Saddle. Similar to Serpentine Ridge, you’ll get an awesome view of the rock layers that have been tilted and exposed as you get higher. When you come full circle this afternoon, maybe walk into Standley Chasm – a sacred women’s site. Alternatively, you can have a coffee at the Visitor’s Centre before saying goodbye to the ranges. Make your way to your hotel accommodation in Alice Springs with your leader, where your trip comes to an end upon arrival.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Broome / Windjana Gorge - Welcome to Broome! Or Rubibi, in the language of the Yawuru people, who are the Traditional Owners of the land on which Broome is now located. Start your adventure straight away, setting off early this morning as you make your way to Windjana (Bandilngan). There’s a bit of driving today, but the scenery is like no other, passing boab trees (including the famous Prison Tree) and vast savannah woodlands with giant termite mounds. Tonight, set up camp and get ready for your first meal together under the Kimberley sky.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Windjana Gorge / Tunnel Creek - Today, you’ll have a full day to explore the Windjana National Park. First, take an easy stroll into Windjana Gorge where you can see the original Great Barrier Reef. There are always plenty of freshwater crocs to see here (but no swimming, of course). After lunch, drive to Tunnel Creek (Dimalurru). Here, you’ll venture into the tunnel and wade through the water to the other side. Return to your campsite for another night at Windjana.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: West Kimberley Gorges - Bell Gorge is home to a stunning cascade of water flowing from the previous wet season rains that fall in the King Leopold Ranges. It’s a spectacular spot for a swim and one of the most photographed waterholes in the Kimberley! Today, you’ll head here and soak in the natural scenery. Take your time and enjoy the beauty of this incredible spot before the drive to your next campsite at Mt Barnett Station on the banks of Manning Creek.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: West Kimberley Gorges - It’s an early start today to make the most of the walking trail to Manning Gorge and Falls. There’s plenty of time for swimming, relaxing and soaking up the beauty of this unique place while you enjoy morning tea prepared by your leader. After lunch back at camp, the afternoon is yours to enjoy your way. Read a book under a boab tree, go for another swim in a nearby creek or jump on the bus and check out some of the other nearby gorges with your leader.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: El Questro Wilderness Park - Today is a driving day, so enjoy the Kimberley scenery and the famous ‘Gibb River Road massage’ provided by the rugged 600 km dirt track travelling through the centre of the Kimberley. There’s a fair bit of ground to cover today, but you’ll break up the journey with lunch and a few stops along the way, like the Pentecost River Lookout that takes in the river floodplain and the tabletop Cockburn Ranges. River crossings and great scenery will help the kilometres fly by until you reach El Questro. Tonight you have the option to have dinner at the El Questro restaurant and a drink at the Swinging Arm Bar.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: El Questro Wilderness Park - For the next 48 hours, you’ll have plenty of opportunities to make the most of the walking and swimming options at El Questro. Enjoy a dip at Zebedee Springs’ natural oasis before hiking to the Cockburn Ranges for a refreshing swim under the waterfall at Emma Gorge or El Questro Gorge. If you would prefer to rest your legs today, an optional cruise along Chamberlain Gorge is a great option.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: El Questro Wilderness Park - Today is another free day to soak up the beauty of El Questro. Go on another scenic walk or perhaps chill out beside a waterhole with a good book. If you need recommendations for the best things to see and do, your expert leader will be happy to help.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Kununurra - It’s time to pack up and head to Kununurra, with a stop at the Parry Lagoons Nature Reserve to see hundreds of waterbirds. This afternoon you’ll have time to get some washing done or relax with a book while your crew buy plenty of fresh food for the next section of the trip. Tonight, you’re free to enjoy a drink at the pub or drop into a local restaurant for dinner.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Mirima National Park / Lake Argyle / Kununurra - Known as the ‘Mini Bungles’, Mirima National Park is your first stop today with plenty of time to stop and appreciate the colourful layered rock formations created more than 300 million years ago. If you’re lucky, you’ll get to see them glowing in the changing light. After a stop in town to buy some (optional) lunch, head to Lake Argyle and perhaps go on a cruise up the Ord River before you return to your accommodation in town.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Purnululu National Park (Bungle Bungles) - Hit the road for Purnululu National Park – one of three natural UNESCO World Heritage sites in Western Australia – and get set for a drive along outback tracks with creek crossings, wash aways and rough, slow sections. After setting up camp, there’s time for a stroll and before your leader takes you to the perfect spot to watch the sunset against the red rocks of the Bungle Bungle Range. Grab a drink and enjoy one of the state’s most famous sights as the rocks change colour.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Purnululu National Park (Bungle Bungles) - The next two days are yours to explore the natural wonders of Purnululu National Park. Highlights include Echidna Chasm, Mini Palms Gorge, the spectacular orange and black ‘beehive’ domes, Piccanniny Creek and Cathedral Gorge. You’ll also have time for an optional helicopter flight over the Bungle Bungle Range – a fantastic way to see and appreciate this completely unique and beautiful landscape – if you would prefer to see this natural wonder from the sky.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Purnululu National Park (Bungle Bungles) / Larrawa Station - This morning, you'll be welcomed to Country by a local Aboriginal guide. Then, head off on a walk through the Domes as you learn about bush tucker and bush medicine. Continuing into Cathedral Gorge, your guide will tell tales of how Countrymen would walk the country you’re walking. As you enter the gorge, your guide will share the space with you in their cultural way, whether that be through drawing, singing or storytelling. Then, it’s time to pack up and drive to Larrawa Station for the final night of the adventure. Tonight, join your group and celebrate the final night of the trip with a drink and dinner whipped up by your leader at Larrawa Station campground.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Geikie Gorge / Broome - Break camp after breakfast and then head to the newly reopened Geikie Gorge for morning tea. Walk the Larrgari Trail through savannah woodland to the Fitzroy River. After a brief stop at Fitzroy Crossing for lunch, it’s back to Broome where your trip will come to an end at approximately 5.30 pm. If you’d like to extend your stay, just get in touch with your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Paraburdoo / Karijini National Park - Welcome to Paraburdoo! Your Australian adventure will start right away with a pickup from the airport. Your group will then drive into Karijini National Park – home of the Banjima, Innawongka and Eastern Guruma peoples. This is Western Australia’s second-largest national park, with a landscape more than 2.5 billion years old and home to some of the best hiking trails in the state. When you arrive, get to know your group over sunset drinks and dinner before settling into your comfortable tent for the night.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Karijini National Park - Your first hike in the National Park will be Dales Gorge. Explore Fortescue falls from above before descending down to the gorge floor to Fern Pool, a sacred site for the Banjima people. With deep red rocks, lush ferns and waterfalls, you’ll feel like you’ve discovered your own private paradise. Don’t forget your swimmers today, as you’ll have the chance to cool off here. Return to the surface, then drop into the Visitor’s Centre to learn more about the park and perhaps grab an ice cream.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Mt Bruce / Karijini National Park - After breakfast, lace up your hiking boots for the hike to Mt Bruce – Western Australia’s second highest peak. This full day ridge walk has it all, from paths that feel like you’re taking a gentle stroll to rock scrambles and climbs so steep there’s a chain for support. When you reach the top of the mountain, the 360-degree views of the Karijini Range and its red landscape make the challenge worthwhile.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Karijini National Park - Today’s occasionally challenging walk has four major highlights including two of Karijini National Park’s most famous gorges, Hancock and Weano. The trail to Junction Pool Lookout is relatively flat and has terrific views of Hancock and Joffre Gorges. Cool down as you wade through pools and streams to reach your destination and soak up the scenery. Go for swims in Kermit’s Pool and Handrail Pool then make the return trip to camp for a shower and dinner under the stars.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Karijini National Park / Cheela Plains - We are venturing further a field today to the very western side of the national park - Hamersley Gorge. It will take us an hour and a half to drive there this morning, but you will be enraptured by the ever changing scenery on the drive. The organic shapes of geology of Hamersley Gorge is interesting in itself as the bedding planes cascade into the water. It almost looks as if the land has tipped sideways! There is a shaded lookout at the top and we will embark o the short walk along the rock staircase down into the gorge to be rewarded with a dip in the gorge pool. In the afternoon we depart for Cheela Plains, a true outback station stay where you will enjoy a delicious meal under the spectacular desert sky!

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Exmouth / Yardie Homestead - Grab your favourite tunes or a good book and settle back and rest your legs on the drive from Cheela Plains to Exmouth. There will be time to stop and stretch your legs along the way and have lunch together before you arrive at your campsite at Yardie Homestead, near Exmouth in time to watch the sun set into the Indian Ocean.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Ningaloo Reef / Yardie Homestead - Less than 1 in 3 million people have swum with whale sharks and today, you could be one of them! Book early for the opportunity to go on an (optional) experience of a lifetime and swim with whale sharks – the world’s biggest fish – off Western Australia’s Coral Coast. It’s not unusual for these gentle creatures to grow up to 10 m in length, which makes swimming alongside them an incredible experience. You might instead like to take a half-day snorkelling glass bottom boat tour or just chill out at the accommodation.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Ningaloo Reef / Yardie Homestead - Get set for a day of adventure in Cape Range National Park, with a series of short walks, snorkels and swims along the coast. First, you’ll explore Mandu Mandu Gorge on a walk that follows the route of an ancient riverbed. Then, spot rock wallabies in Yardie Creek Gorge. From here, you’ll head to Turquoise Bay on Ningaloo Reef – part of the traditional lands of the Baiyungu, Thalanyji and Yinigurdira peoples – for swimming and snorkelling among the corals. Tonight, you’ll sit down for a group dinner back at Yardie Homestead.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Ningaloo Reef / Yardie Homestead - Today you‘ll head to Charles Knife Canyon for a walk on the Badjirrajirra Trail to Shothole lookout, with views that seem to stretch on forever across gorges cut into the limestone karst. We’ll use the cooler morning weather to explore this area. Later, cool off in Ningaloo’s sparkling waters and go in search of turtles around the small islands known as the Oyster Stacks. After another full day of exploring, it’s back to camp at Yardie Homestead for the last night of the trip.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Exmouth - After breakfast today, you’ll be transferred to Exmouth (Learmonth) Airport for your flight back to Perth. If you’d like to extend your stay, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Melbourne / Great Ocean Walk / Apollo Bay - Welcome to Melbourne! Or Narrm in the language of the Wurundjeri people, who are the Traditional Owners of the land on which Melbourne is now located. Today, meet your group at 8 am to depart the Melbourne CBD as you head for the spectacular Great Ocean Road and Apollo Bay – the start of the Great Ocean Walk. Enjoy the first of many fresh picnic lunches for the week, get to know your walking companions and see if you can spot some Australian fur seals on the rocks. Today's walk is relatively easy with some short sections of beach walking and a few hills. Meet your driver at the car park for the drive to the night’s accommodation in Apollo Bay, where you’ll enjoy an included sunset dinner and dusk tour at a local wildlife sanctuary. As the sun goes down, the Otways’ most elusive residents start waking up: potoroos, bandicoots and pademelons. Your guide for the evening is a conservationist who’ll teach you all about the lives of these local marsupials.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Great Ocean Walk / Johanna - Fuel up on breakfast before embarking on the first big walk of the trip, from Shelly Beach to Parker Inlet. Walk through the towering forest of Mountain Ash in the Great Otway National Park. This national park stretches from Torquay to the Otway hinterland, along the incredible Great Ocean Road. Keep your eyes peeled for local wildlife like black wallabies, echidnas and black cockatoos. You’ll traverse a few inland hills before hitting the coast again at Blanket Bay – one of the few safe swimming spots along the walk. Enjoy lunch at the bay then continue along cliff tops and through coastal forests to Parker Inlet. Spend some time here to relax after your walk and take in the views of the small cove and sandy beach that’s met by beautiful Australian bush.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Great Ocean Walk / Johanna - This morning, you’ll walk the inland trail, passing towering manna gums as you head toward Cape Otway. As the path sweeps toward the coast once again, you’ll see the turquoise water of Crayfish Bay and catch glimpses of Cape Otway lighthouse in the distance. Prior to the lighthouse being built, thousands of lives were lost along this stretch of coast. Built in 1848, this lighthouse known as ‘the beacon of hope’ is the oldest on mainland Australia. Walk along wind sculpted landscapes of sand dunes, coastal scrubland and magnificent calcified cliffs. Continue through Aire River Valley before ending the day at Castle Cove lookout surrounded by towering cliffs, where you’ll watch as waves crash into shore and perhaps catch a glimpse of whales jumping in the distance.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Great Ocean Walk / Johanna - After breakfast, head out for today’s walk through a variety of different landscapes – from cliff tops, through heathlands and forests, occasionally emerging for views along the extensive coast. Keep your eyes peeled for peregrine falcons today, as they’ve been spotted along this section of the trail. In spring, you can expect wonderful wildflower displays. Once you reach Johanna Beach, take in the sweeping sand dunes and crashing surf. Finally, continue towards Milanesia Track, through rolling hills with wildlife like eastern grey kangaroos.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Great Ocean Walk / Johanna - Today’s hike showcases more spectacular highlights like Milanesia Beach, which is so isolated it feels like this section of coastline is all yours. From here, walk through coastal forests and farmland before reaching Ryan’s Den where you’ll soak up breathtaking views all the way back to Cape Otway and west to Cape Volney. Next up, it’s a steep climb to Moonlight Head – a hidden gem on the coastal walk – before you continue to The Gables Lookout on one of the highest sea cliffs in mainland Australia. If you’re lucky, you’ll see seabirds and whales from June to September. Enjoy unspoiled views of the Southern Ocean and Great Ocean Road cliffs before making your way back to Apollo Bay for a home-cooked dinner and a little time to put your feet up and relax.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Great Ocean Walk / Port Campbell - After breakfast, continue the walk from Gables through to Gibson Steps. After a walking through large stands of casuarina trees, you’ll come out at the aptly named Wreck Beach where the anchors from shipwrecks can still be seen at low tide. Continue along the high tide route to the Devils Kitchen, then follow a trail that hugs the wild coastal cliffs, protected by coastal heath, all the way to Princetown. From here, cross the Gellibrand River on a trestle bridge and start to see glimpses of the famous 12 Apostles. Originally known as the Sow and Piglets, these iconic limestone formations were renamed The Twelve Apostles as part of a 1920s tourism campaign, despite the fact there were only nine pinnacles (now there are only eight). Today's walk ends just before Gibsons Steps with stunning views from the Shipwreck Coast's Great Ocean Walk Lookout. Head to the town of Port Campbell for a final dinner at the local hotel with your walking crew and leaders. Put your feet up and relax as you toast to the incredible effort you’ve all made over the last six days on the Great Ocean Walk!

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Great Ocean Walk / Melbourne - Embark on your final walk from Gibson Steps to the Twelve Apostles visitor Centre today – officially marking the end of your Great Ocean Walk. Wander along the windswept boardwalks and viewing platforms and take in the views of these natural beauties before the rush of the crowds. After, head to Loch Ard Gorge for morning tea. This is the perfect spot for a bite to eat before your route back to Melbourne. The gorge is picturesque with two yellow-washed cliff faces framing the smooth blue water below. Expect to arrive back in the city by late afternoon, where your adventure comes to an end.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Perth / Cape to Cape Track / Margaret River - Departing from Perth, we reach Cape Naturaliste by lunch time. Enjoy the first of many fresh picnic lunches for the week on the lawn at the Cape Naturaliste Lighthouse and get to know your companions for the week. Today's walk on the Cape to Cape track is relatively easy with mostly cliff-top trails and some beach walking. Keep an eye out for dolphins!

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Cape to Cape Track / Margaret River - Some beach walking in the morning, and superb coastal views all day. The red granite boulders, white sandy beaches and turquoise waters provide a stunning contrast along this section of rugged coastline. We'll have lunch at the surfing mecca, Injidup, visit Quinninup Falls and finish with ocean views at Moses Rock.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Cape to Cape Track / Margaret River - This is a great day, and relatively easy - although there are a few hills and some sandy patches. The magnificent sweeping views of the coast from cliff-top vantage points, and the towering granite cliffs of Willyabrup are two of many highlights. If the weather's nice, you might enjoy a refreshing swim in the sheltered bay at Gracetown. Or just soak those feet as you reflect on another great day on the Cape to Cape track.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Cape to Cape Track / Margaret River - It's fairly easy walking among coastal heath to Ellensbrook historic homestead, where you can enjoy morning tea and explore the grounds. The track then takes an inland route, which gives us a good appreciation of the landscape away from the ocean for a while. After lunch we're back on the coast, and a very pleasant beach walk takes us to Cape Mentelle. We finish the day at the Margaret River mouth - a good place for a swim if it's warm.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Cape to Cape Track / Margaret River - A beautiful variety of scenery awaits us today! We'll head inland again to start with, and enjoy morning tea beside the Boodjidup brook. A beach walk takes us to Redgate for lunch and then a spectacular stretch of cliff-top walking sees us reach shady Contos Campground for afternoon tea. The final part of the day is through the cool peaceful forest on firm, easy tracks. It's a wonderful end to a wonderful day on the Cape to Cape track. Despite the distance, today is not usually considered the most difficult.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Cape to Cape Track / Margaret River - This morning we continue through the karri forest before making our way down to the aqua-blue waters of Hamelin Bay. This 6 km beach stretch can be very enjoyable, with the right mindset. Enjoy the peace, the view and the moment as you walk into Hamelin Bay for a picnic lunch. After lunch it's a short but challenging hike up to the tiny Foul Bay Lighthouse, with sweeping views back along the coast. Then before you know it, you'll reach the end of another beautiful day.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Cape to Cape Track / Margaret River - This can be an exciting last day, especially if it's windy! Much of the walking is along a limestone ledge close to the sea, complete with blowholes! There is a long beach stretch where you can daydream about all that you've achieved this week. After that we head inland, occasionally sighting the Cape Leeuwin Lighthouse, signalling the end of your walk. Your Cape to Cape track 'end to end' hike officially finishes at the Cape Leeuwin lighthouse. At the end of this memorable journey, it's time to kick off your boots and celebrate your wonderful achievement!

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Margaret River / Perth - Enjoy a sleep in and a leisurely breakfast with your morning free in Margaret River. Pick up some take-away lunch (own expense) before we head back to Perth, arriving by mid afternoon (usually between 2.30 and 3pm).

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Adelaide / Mt Remarkable National Park / Melrose - Welcome to South Australia! Your adventure begins in Adelaide (Tarntanya in the language of The Kaurna people, who are the Traditional Owners of the land on which Adelaide is now located). Adelaide is your gateway to Ikara-Flinders Ranges National Park. You’ll be picked up by your local leader to meet your fellow travellers at 8 am this morning, then it’s time to head towards the peaks of the Flinders Ranges. Make a stop in the town of Crystal Brook for some morning tea, then continue to Mt Remarkable National Park. Surrounded by diverse wildlife and unique landscapes, this is the perfect place to enjoy a picnic lunch. Then, head to Alligator Gorge, with its red quartzite formations. Get to know the landscape on a short hike around the gorge as your leader shares facts about the geological wonders found here. Finally, continue to Melrose – your base for the night.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Ikara-Flinders Ranges National Park - After breakfast this morning, head north towards the Dutchman’s Stern – a bluff in the southern foothills of the Flinders Ranges – for today’s scenic hike. Follow a steep path through sugar gum forest with incredible panoramic views of the surrounding plains, Quorn and Lake Torrens. Then, weave back down through shady she-oak woodlands. Your leader will point out examples of the region’s interesting plant life as you walk, and you’ll also cross paths with the famous 1200 km Heysen Trail. After your walk, head to Quorn to gather any supplies you may need over the next few days, then venture into the heart of the Ikara-Flinders Ranges National Park. Here, you’ll find Ikara (Wilpena Pound) – an 800-million-year-old natural amphitheatre. Your home for the next five nights is a resort on the outskirts of this miraculous formation, so settle in and enjoy the view!

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Ikara-Flinders Ranges National Park - This morning after breakfast, you’ll drive to Black Gap to start your walk to Bridle Gap and the natural amphitheatre of Wilpena Pound. The walk up to Bridle Gap can be steep and rocky in sections, but the views at the top are oh-so-worth-it. The good news – from Bridle Gap, it’s a gentle walk down into the valley floor of Wilpena Pound through a variety of mallee, native pine and heath. These habitats provide excellent opportunities for keen naturalists to see some of the local birds, including wrens, robins, parrots and emus.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Ikara-Flinders Ranges National Park - After breakfast, hop in the private vehicle and enjoy the views along the Aroona Valley Scenic Drive as you make your way to today’s walk. First, you’ll embark on the Yuluna Hike, which starts with a bit of a climb, offering views of the Heysen Range and the outer edge of Wilpena Pound. In the afternoon, set out to explore the ancient Brachina Gorge. Unearth millions of years of geological history as you explore the gorge and its surrounds and be sure to keep an eye out for the stripy tailed yellow footed rock wallabies as you go.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Ikara-Flinders Ranges National Park - Fuel up on breakfast before today’s long, scenic hike. You’ll forget all transport and walk straight from your accommodation to one of the most challenging (and rewarding) walks of the week. St. Mary’s Peak stands above the Pound below and is central to the Adnyamathanha creation story. First Nations people of the Flinders Ranges ask visitors not to climb to the summit of the peak, so you’ll climb as far as Tanderra Saddle with stunning views of the surrounding ranges and plains. You will have two local guides on today’s walk to ensure the enjoyment and safety of everyone. In the afternoon, you may choose to take a scenic flight over the ranges that you’ve been discovering on foot these last few days. Or you might like to simply kick back and enjoy a quiet afternoon before dinner this evening.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Ikara-Flinders Ranges National Park - Today will be spent tackling Mt Ohlssen Bagge – one of the most talked about walks in the Ikara-Flinders Ranges National Park. This hike has some steep and challenging sections, so prepare for rocky terrain and a continuous uphill climb. You’ll soon see that your efforts were worth it, as while the whole walk offers up unforgettable views, the view from the top simply can’t be beaten. From here, you can clearly see Ikara (Wilpena Pound) and the landscapes you’ve been exploring over the past few days. In the afternoon, enjoy a private tour at Sacred Canyon, where you’ll immerse yourself in Aboriginal culture as you listen to the stories and insights provided by your Adnyamathanha guide. Learn about the cultural significance of the site, the ancient rock engravings found in the smooth sandstone walls and discover bush medicines and bush tucker from the perspective of the Adnyamathanha people. This evening, enjoy your final dinner with your group. Share stories and toast to the last week that you’ve spent walking the Flinders Ranges together.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Clare Valley / Adelaide - Leave the magnificent scenes of Ikara-Flinders Ranges National Park behind and begin your journey back to Adelaide. Aside from its fantastic walking trails, South Australia is also renowned for its wine. Stop off in the famous wine production region of Clare Valley and take some time out for lunch, then visit to a local winery. Here, you’ll have the chance to taste some of the local wines, explore the vineyard, or just sit back and enjoy the setting. Continue to Adelaide, where your adventure will come to an end. Expect to arrive back in Adelaide at around 4.30 pm.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Launceston - Welcome to Tasmania! Or Lutruwita in the language of the Palawa people who are the Traditional Owners of the land on which Tasmania is now located. You can arrive in Launceston at any time today and check into your hotel from 2 pm. Your adventure officially begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm in your hotel to meet your fellow travellers. After, head to the hotel restaurant for a welcome dinner, setting the tone for an unforgettable adventure through Tassie!

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Cradle Coast / The Tarkine / Corinna - Depart Launceston and drive to your first stop, the Tiagarra Museum on Mersey Bluff in Devonport. Here, you'll experience a Welcome to Country ceremony and guided tour at the Tasmanian Aboriginal Cultural Centre and Keeping Place. See Aboriginal petroglyphs and learn about the rich cultural heritage of the Palawa people – the Traditional Owners of Lutruwita. Next, travel along part of the Cradle to Coast Tasting Trail to the town of Penguin for lunch. Continue to your first walk of the trip – Philosopher Falls. This short, mostly gentle walk will take you through lush temperate rainforest, ending with a steep set of steps down to the falls. After, make your way to the remote historic mining town of Corinna where you’ll have dinner surrounded by the rainforest of Takayna.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: The Tarkine / Corinna - Start the day with an early-morning 1.5-hour boat cruise along Pieman River. Disembark at Hardwicke Point on the northern bank, then hike through coastal heathland to the sea at Pieman Heads. From there, continue along the wild and rocky coastline to Rupert Point, where you'll be treated to sweeping views of Sandy Cape and the coastline you've just traversed. After taking in the scenery, retrace your steps back to Hardwicke Point and get back on the boat for a leisurely cruise back to Corinna. End your day with dinner at the Tannin Restaurant, again surrounded by rainforest.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: The Tarkine / Cradle Mountain - Start the day with a refreshing morning short walk, either on the Whyte River Loop or the Savage River Return Walk, which both offer beautiful natural scenery. After, you'll head to Cradle Mountain. On the way, stop for a scenic walk to Montezuma Falls. This easy, mostly flat walk follows a former tramway through wet, steep, forested terrain to one of Tasmania's highest waterfalls, standing at 104 m. You'll cross a bridge that provides spectacular views back to the falls and out over the wild western rainforests. After soaking in the beauty of Montezuma Falls, continue your journey to Cradle Mountain.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Cradle Mountain - Today's adventure offers several walking options, tailored to the weather and the group's energy levels. Immerse yourself in the stunning landscapes of Cradle Mountain, with its imposing mountain vistas, glacial lakes and button grass plains. This area is popular for a reason, and you'll see why as you explore its natural beauty. As the starting point of the world-renowned Overland Track, Cradle Mountain promises an unforgettable day of walking and exploration!

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Cradle Mountain / Sheffield / Launceston - Today, bid farewell to the beautiful Cradle Mountain region. Before you depart, head out on the Dove Lake Circuit, for a perfectly scenic final walk. After, head towards Launceston, stopping in the town of Sheffield, which is known for its impressive murals. If time allows, you'll explore some of the local produce along the way and maybe grab something to eat. When you arrive back in Launceston, your trip comes to an end. If you’d like to extend your stay and explore sights like Cataract Gorge or the Tamar Valley, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Melbourne / Mt Buffalo National Park / Bright - Welcome to Melbourne! Or Narrm in the language of the Wurundjeri people, who are the Traditional Owners of the land on which Melbourne is now located. You'll meet your group early this morning at 8 am, then start your adventure immediately. Sit back and relax on the drive to Euroa where you’ll have morning tea before continuing to Mount Buffalo National Park. With sheer cliffs, waterfalls and sweeping views, this alpine land will dazzle with its natural beauty. After exploring some of the lower walks in the national park, get settled into your home away from home for the next four nights in Bright, on the traditional lands of the Dhudhuroa, Taungurung, Waywurru, Gunaikurnai and Jaithmathang peoples.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Mt Buffalo National Park / Bright - Have breakfast, then drive back to Mt Buffalo National Park (the traditional lands of the Taungurung peoples) to take on ‘The Big Walk’. This spectacular trek to the top of the Buffalo Plateau climbs through tall forests and granite slopes. As the altitude increases, so does the scenery, with views of the Australian Alps. Finish the walk at The Gorge, perched atop a 300-m sheer cliff with panoramic views over the Alps. After, drive around the top of Mount Buffalo and marvel at the granite formations that rise from the plateau below. There’s plenty of wildlife that call Mount Buffalo home, so keep your eyes peeled for lyrebirds, Eastern rosellas, wombats and swamp wallabies. After a big day of exploring the national park, head back to your accommodation for dinner.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Falls Creek / Bogong High Plains / Bright - After breakfast, head out for a slightly easier hike in the alpine meadows of the Bogong High Plains to the summit of Mount Nelse. Follow parts of the 650 km Australian Alpine Walking Track on the traditional lands of the Taungurung and Gunaikurnai peoples that winds along ridges and plains in the high country of Victoria and New South Wales. Then, visit one of the famous mountain huts of the Victorian high country. Many of these huts, dotted across the high country, were built in the 1800s and form part of the region’s heritage.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Alpine National Park / Bright - Today, it’s time for one of the most iconic walks in Victoria – the Razorback Ridge. Mount Feathertop is the second-highest mountain in Victoria, nearly 2 km high and usually covered in snow from June to September. After a short drive, commence your hike via the Razorback Walk – one of Victoria’s most famous and rewarding walks, which leads to ‘The Cross’ where you’ll stop for a well-deserved lunch. From here, you can choose to walk the steep summit of Mount Feathertop where the views stretch on forever. Regardless of whether you continue to the top, you’ll enjoy some of the best views, from one of the best day walks in Australia. Tonight, swap travel stories with your fellow group members as you enjoy your final dinner together at a beautiful local spot.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Bright / Melbourne - After breakfast, enjoy a leisurely morning in town or lace up your hiking boots one last time and explore the Canyon Walk. Keep an eye out for birds and wildflowers as you enjoy views of the small canyon carved by the Ovens River and see water races dug by the region’s early miners. If you’ve done enough walking for the week, you might like to simply soak up the town’s atmosphere from a local café. This afternoon, make your way back to Melbourne, where your walking adventure comes to an end.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Adelaide / Kangaroo Island - Welcome to Adelaide! Or Tandanya in the language of The Kaurna people, who are the Traditional Owners of the land on which Adelaide is now located. This morning, you’ll meet your fellow adventurers and local leader at 8 am, then hit the road to Cape Jervis to catch the ferry to Kangaroo Island. When you arrive, strap on your walking shoes and take to the South Australian tracks. After your first walk of the trip, you’ll settle into your Kangaroo Island accommodation and join your newfound travel companions for a welcome dinner, where you’ll get to know one another and toast to the epic adventure ahead.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Kangaroo Island - After breakfast, it’s time to drive to the Kangaroo Island wilderness trailhead to get started on today’s walk. There'll be time to explore the Kangaroo Island National Park Visitors Centre where you’ll learn more about the history and wilderness of this area before you take to the track. This first section of the wilderness trail leads to Snake Lagoon and you’ll pass through forest and coastal vegetation along the way. Look out for kangaroos and echidnas as well as interesting plant species during your walk. You can recharge this afternoon as you settle into your new accommodation – your home for the next three nights.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Kangaroo Island - Today, get ready to hit the coast, following spectacular sea cliffs and deserted bays below. As you walk along the wild and rugged coastline, you’ll be met with vast views across the Southern Ocean. Keep your eyes peeled for bottled-nosed dolphins below and seabirds soaring above. You’ll notice the famous Cape Du Couedic Lighthouse that sits atop the headland in the distance – you’ll have time to explore the tower, built between 1906 and 1909 and get up close and personal with the local seal colony who call this area home. From here, make your way to Wiers Cove – a beautiful bay surrounded by calcarenite cliffs. Your walk will then end at Remarkable Rocks – a collection of granite boulders with bright orange lichen, sitting above the sea and one of the island’s most-loved landmarks. The rocks have been carved by the sea and wind for the last 500 million years! After some time to admire the natural wonders, you’ll make your way back to your accommodation.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Kangaroo Island - The trip’s penultimate walk will send you high above the sea cliffs with coastal views and a good chance of spotting playful dolphins and whales! After some time on the clifftops on a rocky limestone path, you’ll make your way inland through tall Mallee forests and low coastal heath. The island’s comeback after the late 2019 bushfires is evident in the fresh flowers and regrowth that blanket much of the landscape. Seeing how the ecology of the island, particularly the local orchids, has bounced back from the devasting fires is a unique experience. Your guide will help point out echidnas and wallabies on this afternoon’s inland section of the track. You’ll return to your accommodation for one final dinner with your group.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Kangaroo Island / Adelaide - Enjoy a final breakfast with your walking crew before you hit the tracks one last time to complete the Kangaroo Island Wilderness Trail. You’ll spend the morning walking before making your way back to Penneshaw to catch the early afternoon ferry and head to Adelaide where your walking adventure will come to an end.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Broome / Fitzroy Crossing - Welcome to Broome! Or Rubibi, in the language of the Yawuru people, who are the Traditional Owners of the land on which Broome is now located. Start your adventure straight away, setting off early this morning as you travel east to Fitzroy Crossing. When you arrive, join the Darlgunya Cultural Walk, where your local Indigenous guide will take you through the remnants of the old postal settlement and down to the Fitzroy Riverbanks. Learn about the wild Fitzroy River from your knowledgeable guide – its plants, wildlife and the significance to local culture. Tonight, settle into camp and watch the sunset and the stars as they come alive, away from the city lights.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: China Wall / Purnululu National Park (Bungle Bungles) - This morning, travel to Purnululu National Park (or better known as the Bungle Bungles). On the way, stop at the China Wall near Halls Creek – a natural white limestone wall which looks like a miniature Great Wall of China. Then, continue to Purnululu National Park. When you arrive, take some time to settle into your private permanent tented camp and take in the views of the Bungles Massif and the Kimberley night sky from your door.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Purnululu National Park (Bungle Bungles) - Spend today exploring the highlights of Purnululu National Park. This UNESCO World Heritage Site is known for its landscape of unique orange and black striped ‘beehive’ geological formations, created by rivers over a period of 20 million years. To protect its unique landscape, the area was made a national park in 1987 and now boasts UNESCO World Heritage status. Visit the Echidna Chasm, known for its towering Livistonia Palm trees, then take a short walk into Cathedral Gorge, where towering rocks create a natural amphitheatre. Later today, maybe take an optional scenic helicopter flight for a bird’s eye view over the beehive domes.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Mimbi Caves / Fitzroy Crossing - Say goodbye to Purnululu and travel to the ancient realm of Mimbi Caves – one of Western Australia's largest cave systems, on Gooniyandi Country. Spiritually significant, these limestone caves are one of the oldest identified sites of human occupation in Australia. Learn about Dreaming with a local Gooniyandi guide and hear the traditional stories and sacred meaning of this area. Then, explore the crystal-clear pools, fossils and ancient rock art before sitting down to some fresh damper and billy tea with the Gooniyandi Traditional Owners before you head back to Fitzroy Crossing.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Dimalurru (Tunnel Creek) / Windjana Gorge / Derby / Broome - This morning, travel to Bunuba country – once a Devonian reef, this terrain is over 350 million years old and home to a diverse array of animals and plants. Along the way, stop at Tunnel Creek. Spend some time exploring the cave system here and learn about the legend of Jandamarra – an Aboriginal freedom fighter who used the tunnel as a hide-out in the late 1800s. Then, travel to Windjana Gorge where you’ll stop for a picnic lunch. As you walk through the outback oasis and beneath the gorge walls, look out for freshwater crocodiles, local birds and indigenous plants. Then, travel along the Gibb River Road from the Napier Ranges to Broome, passing the Derby ‘Boab Prison Tree’ along the way. Today is a bit of a long travel day, so maybe get stuck into your book or favourite podcast. When you arrive in Broome, your trip will come to an end. If you’d like to stay longer, just talk to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Broome / Derby / Dimalurru (Tunnel Creek) - Welcome to Broome! Or Rubibi, in the language of the Yawuru people, who are the Traditional Owners of the land on which Broome is now located. Start your adventure straight away, setting off early this morning, and travel through the remote and beautiful Kimberley landscape. After crossing the Fitzroy River, visit the Boab Prison Tree in Derby. Then, wander around an art gallery before continuing along the Gibb River Road to Tunnel Creek. When you arrive, explore this 750 m long cave system carved through the Napier Range. As you walk, look out for the stalactites and a large variety of wildlife like bats and freshwater crocodiles, and hear the legend of Jandamarra – an Aboriginal freedom fighter who used the tunnel as a hide out in the late 1800's. Tonight, settle into camp near Windjana Gorge and watch as the stars come alive, away from the city lights.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: West Kimberley Gorges - The Napier Range is over 350 million years old and is home to the geological wonder of Windjana Gorge. Spend this morning walking beneath the gorge walls, looking for freshwater crocodiles, local birdlife and indigenous bush tucker. This afternoon, you’ll travel to Bell Gorge (Dalmanyi). This landmark in the West Kimberleys is known for its cascading waterfalls and clear pools formed millions of years ago. When you arrive, set off on the Bell Gorge Trail to Dalmanyi Falls. When you reach the end of the trail, stop and explore the area from the top of the falls or maybe continue along the Falls Trail, taking you through the creek above the falls.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: West Kimberley Gorges - Travel to Manning Gorge, where you'll hike the Manning Falls Trail. Starting with a river crossing, follow the trail along the Manning River to the falls. When you arrive, cool off in the deep clear pool or maybe climb to the top of the waterfall for panoramic views over the Mount Barnett Station. This afternoon, visit the Galvans Gorge. After a short bushwalk, dive into the cool waters of the gorge and sit underneath the falls for a natural back massage. Then, take some time exploring the rock walls beside the main pool, where you’ll find Wandjina rock art, before heading back to camp for the night.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Gibb River Road / El Questro Wilderness Park - Today is a driving day, so sit back, relax and enjoy the Kimberley scenery and the famous ‘Gibb River Road massage’ provided by the rugged dirt track you'll be driving on. Today is a bit of a long travel day, so it's a good idea to get stuck into your book or favourite podcast. Along the way, you’ll stop off at the Pentecost River Lookout that takes in the river floodplain and the tabletop Cockburn Ranges. Tonight, settle into camp at El Questro and enjoy a relaxing night by the campfire.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: El Questro Wilderness Park - After breakfast, set off on the Emma Gorge Trail, known for its towering 120 m cliff face made of Cockburn and quartz sandstone. As you walk along the crystal-clear pools and waterfalls, look out for ripple markings in the rocks formed under shallow tidal waters millions of years ago. Then, take a short walk through the forest of Livistona and pandanus palms to the Zebedee Springs. When you arrive, spend some time exploring the natural thermal rock pools at the base of the cliff and cool off with a dip in the water. This afternoon is free for you to spend how you like. Maybe cruise on the Chamberlain Gorge, join a bush tucker walk or bird watching tour or simply explore this wilderness park at your pace. Tonight, maybe head out for a pub-style dinner at the restaurant on El Questro Station.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Kununurra / Lake Argyle - This morning, drive to Kununurra, where you have some free time to wander the shops and galleries in the main area or find a local cafe for a coffee. Then, time permitting, you'll have the option to visit the Hoochery (a local distillery known for its rum) or the Zebra Rock Gallery (a gallery showcasing crafted ornaments made from Zebra Rock found in the region) with your leader. This afternoon, travel to the shores of the expansive Lake Argyle – the heart of the Ord River Irrigation System which has transformed this dry region into an agricultural oasis. Spend some time exploring the area and maybe dive into the infinity pool at Lake Argyle camp.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Lake Argyle - Today is a free day for you to explore Lake Argyle at your own pace. Maybe visit the Durack Homestead Museum, set off on one of the many bush trails or join a sunset boat cruise on the lake (highly recommended). Tonight, maybe sit down for dinner at the holiday park’s restaurant.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Purnululu National Park (Bungle Bungles) - After a leisurely morning, head down the Great Northern Highway to Purnululu National Park, home of the magnificent Bungle Bungles. This UNESCO World Heritage site is known for its landscape of unique orange and black striped ‘beehive’ geological formations, created by rivers over a period of 20 million years. When you arrive, take some time to settle into your private permanent tented camp and take in the views of the Bungles Massif and the Kimberley night sky from your door.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Purnululu National Park (Bungle Bungles) - Spend the morning exploring the Echidna Chasm, known for its towering Livistonia Palm trees. Set off on the Echidna Chasm Walk, following the steep-sided gorge walls with shades of oranges and reds that glow when the sun hits them. Take in the panoramic views over the Osmand Range before continuing to the Cathedral Gorge. Known for its towering rocks, which create a natural amphitheatre due to its acoustics, spend the afternoon walking the Cathedral Gorge Trail. Later today, maybe take an optional scenic helicopter flight for a bird-eye view over the beehive domes.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: China Wall / Fitzroy Crossing - This morning, travel to Fitzroy Crossing. Named due to the Martuwarra (Fitzroy River) that runs through it, the Fitzroy Valley is home to more than 40 Aboriginal communities, combining five different language groups – Bunuba, Gooniyandi, Nyikina, Wangkatjunka and Walmajarri. On the way, stop at the China Wall near Halls Creek – a natural white limestone wall which looks like a miniature Great Wall of China. If there’s time, make another stop at Mary’s Pool for lunch before continuing to Fitzroy Crossing. The rest of the evening is free for you to explore the area before settling into camp by the Fitzroy River.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Fitzroy Crossing / Broome - This morning, join the Darlgunya Cultural Walk, where your local indigenous guide will take you through the remnants of the old postal settlement and down to the Fitzroy Riverbanks. Learn about the wild Fitzroy River – about its plants, wildlife and the significance to the local culture. Enjoy lunch on the way, before returning to Broome this afternoon. When you arrive in Broome, your trip will come to an end. If you’d like to stay longer, just talk to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Broome / Derby / Dimalurru (Tunnel Creek) / Windjana Gorge - Welcome to Broome! Or Rubibi, in the language of the Yawuru people, who are the Traditional Owners of the land on which Broome is now located. Start your adventure straight away, setting off early this morning, and travel through the remote and beautiful Kimberley landscape. After crossing the Fitzroy River, visit the Boab Prison Tree in Derby. Then, wander around an art gallery before continuing along the Gibb River Road to Tunnel Creek. When you arrive, explore this 750 m long cave system carved through the Napier Range. As you walk, look out for the stalactites and a large variety of wildlife like bats and freshwater crocodiles, and hear the legend of Jandamarra – an Aboriginal freedom fighter who used the tunnel as a hide out in the late 1800's. Tonight, settle into camp near Windjana Gorge and watch as the stars come alive, away from the city lights.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: West Kimberley Gorges - The Napier Range is over 350 million years old and is home to the geological wonder of Windjana Gorge. Spend this morning walking beneath the gorge walls, looking for freshwater crocodiles, local birdlife and indigenous bush tucker. This afternoon, you’ll travel to Bell Gorge (Dalmanyi). This landmark in the West Kimberleys is known for its cascading waterfalls and clear pools formed millions of years ago. When you arrive, set off on the Bell Gorge Trail to Dalmanyi Falls. When you reach the end of the trail, stop and explore the area from the top of the falls or maybe continue along the Falls Trail, taking you through the creek above the falls.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: West Kimberley Gorges - Travel to Manning Gorge, where you'll hike the Manning Falls Trail. Starting with a river crossing, follow the trail along the Manning River to the falls. When you arrive, cool off in the deep clear pool. This afternoon, visit the Galvans Gorge. After a short bushwalk, dive into the cool waters of the gorge and sit underneath the falls for a natural back massage. Then, take some time exploring the rock walls beside the main pool, where you’ll find Wandjina rock art, before heading back to camp for the night.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Mitchell Plateau - It’s an early start this morning as you kick off a two-day adventure to the Mitchell Plateau. Drive through 4WD country along the rugged Kalumburu Road, then onto the Mitchell Plateau Track. After crossing rivers and passing by Livistonia palm forests, you’ll emerge from the savannah and onto the Mitchell Plateau. When you arrive, take the time to settle into camp before sitting down for dinner with your fellow travellers.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Mitchell Plateau - Today you’ll explore the Mitchell Plateau on a hike to the Little and Big Merten Falls. As you hike, take in the surrounding landscape of rocky sandstone, waterholes and fern-lined caves. When you arrive at the falls, take a dip in the plunge pools, look at the Gwion Gwion (Bradshaw) rock art and learn about the area’s prized bush-tucker like Miiyani (waterlily). Later, take a scenic helicopter flight back to camp, over the top of the falls and see the diverse landscape from above.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Drysdale Station - This morning, travel to Drysdale River Station. This family owned and operated cattle station has approximately 10,000 cattle on their million-acre property. When you arrive, take some time to explore the nearby surroundings at your own pace or maybe sit back and enjoy a cold drink in the beer garden and warm yourself around the log fire in the cool night air.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Gibb River Road / El Questro Wilderness Park - Today is a driving day, so sit back, relax and enjoy the Kimberley scenery and the famous ‘Gibb River Road massage’ provided by the rugged dirt track you'll be driving on. Today is a bit of a long travel day, so it's a good idea to get stuck into your book or favourite podcast. Along the way, you’ll stop off at the Pentecost River Lookout that takes in the river floodplain and the tabletop Cockburn Ranges. Tonight, settle into camp at El Questro and enjoy a relaxing night by the campfire.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: El Questro Wilderness Park - After breakfast, set off on the Emma Gorge Trail, known for its towering 120 m cliff face made of Cockburn and quartz sandstone. As you walk along the crystal-clear pools and waterfalls, look out for ripple markings in the rocks formed under shallow tidal waters millions of years ago. Then, take a short walk through the forest of Livistona and pandanus palms to the Zebedee Springs. When you arrive, spend some time exploring the natural thermal rock pools at the base of the cliff and cool off with a dip in the water. This afternoon is free for you to spend how you like. Maybe cruise on the Chamberlain Gorge, join a bush tucker walk or bird watching tour or simply explore this wilderness park at your pace. Tonight, maybe head out for a pub-style dinner at the restaurant on El Questro Station.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Kununurra / Lake Argyle - This morning, drive to Kununurra, where you have some free time to wander the shops and galleries in the main area or find a local cafe for a coffee. Then, time permitting, you'll have the option to visit the Hoochery (a local distillery known for its rum) or the Zebra Rock Gallery (a gallery showcasing crafted ornaments made from Zebra Rock found in the region) with your leader. This afternoon, travel to the shores of the expansive Lake Argyle – the heart of the Ord River Irrigation System which has transformed this dry region into an agricultural oasis. Spend some time exploring the area and maybe dive into the infinity pool at Lake Argyle camp.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Lake Argyle - Today is a free day for you to explore Lake Argyle at your own pace. Maybe visit the Durack Homestead Museum, set off on the bluff hike or join a sunset boat cruise on the lake (highly recommended). Tonight, maybe sit down for dinner at the holiday park’s restaurant.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Purnululu National Park (Bungle Bungles) - After a leisurely morning, head down the Great Northern Highway to Purnululu National Park, home of the magnificent Bungle Bungles. This UNESCO World Heritage site is known for its landscape of unique orange and black striped ‘beehive’ geological formations, created by rivers over a period of 20 million years. When you arrive, take some time to settle into your private permanent tented camp and take in the views of the Bungles Massif and the Kimberley night sky from your door.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Purnululu National Park (Bungle Bungles) - Spend the morning exploring the Echidna Chasm, known for its towering Livistonia Palm trees. Set off on the Echidna Chasm Walk, following the steep-sided gorge walls with shades of oranges and reds that glow when the sun hits them. Take in the panoramic views over the Osmand Range before continuing to the Cathedral Gorge. Known for its towering rocks, which create a natural amphitheatre due to its acoustics, spend the afternoon walking the Cathedral Gorge Trail. Later today, maybe take an optional scenic helicopter flight for a bird-eye view over the beehive domes.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: China Wall / Fitzroy Crossing - This morning, travel to Fitzroy Crossing. Named due to the Martuwarra (Fitzroy River) that runs through it, the Fitzroy Valley is home to more than 40 Aboriginal communities, combining five different language groups – Bunuba, Gooniyandi, Nyikina, Wangkatjunka and Walmajarri. On the way, stop at the China Wall near Halls Creek – a natural white limestone wall which looks like a miniature Great Wall of China. If there’s time, make another stop at Mary’s Pool for lunch before continuing to Fitzroy Crossing. The rest of the evening is free for you to explore the area before settling into camp by the Fitzroy River.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Fitzroy Crossing / Broome - This morning, join the Darlgunya Cultural Walk, where your local indigenous guide will take you through the remnants of the old postal settlement and down to the Fitzroy Riverbanks. Learn about the wild Fitzroy River – about its plants, wildlife and the significance to the local culture. Enjoy lunch on the way, before returning to Broome this afternoon. When you arrive in Broome, your trip will come to an end. If you’d like to stay longer, just talk to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Launceston / Cradle Mountain National Park / Overland Track - Welcome to Tasmania! Or Lutruwita in the language of the Palawa people who are the Traditional Owners of the land on which Tasmania is now located. Your adventure begins straight away with a pickup at 7:30 am in Launceston. Make your way west, through picturesque scenery, to start the Overland Track at Ronny Creek in Cradle Valley. Cross a small grass plain, passing Crater Creek and Crater Lake, making your way up to Marion’s Lookout for sweeping views. See the iconic Cradle Mountain and the curved Dove Lake. The track continues past the historic Kitchen Hut, with its unusual double story design, and the shoulder of Cradle Mountain, surrounded by Tasmanian snow gums. Over 700 million years ago, the ground here was shaped by glaciers grinding through the landscape. Continue to the Cradle Cirque, passing the turnoff to Barn Bluff, and descend into Waterfall Valley, where you’ll set up camp for the night.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Overland Track - Waterfall Valley is, unsurprisingly, full of beautiful cascades, and you’ll pass them as the track undulates across moorlands scattered with pencil pines, myrtles and snow gums. Look out for Tasmanian Devils, echidnas and wombats – though you may see the latter’s distinctive cube shaped poop more often than the mammals themselves! For lunch, stop by Lake Will where you'll have the opportunity for a swim, before continuing to Lake Windermere in the afternoon. As you crest the moorland, you’ll get a view across Lake Windermere, whose dark colour is caused by nutrients and oils leaking from the surrounding grass into the water. Make your way around the shore of the lake to tonight’s campsite in a scattered forest.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Overland Track - You’ve worked your way up to the longest hike of the trip. Begin with a walk through lightly timbered forest, across buttongrass moorlands to the lookout at Forth Gorge. In the distance the peaks of mounts Oakleigh, Ossa, Pelion East and West, as well as the Du Cane Range, pepper the horizon. Follow some small ascents and descents into the forest glade of Frog Flats – a wet section of forest crossed by the River Forth, home to some beautifully coloured mosses and fungi. Climb through forest to Pelion Plains, where the Forth Valley Track diverts off to Old Pelion Hut, built by copper miners at the end of the 19th century. For the next 20 years, cattle drovers and trappers plied their trade here, before the area was declared a scenic reserve in 1922. Continue along the shore of Douglas Creek to New Pelion Hut – the largest of the track’s huts, which sits at the junction of the Overland and Arm River tracks. You'll set up camp nearby.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Overland Track - Begin today with a gradual climb up to Pelion Gap (1126 m). Here, the track hits a crossroads with Mt Pelion to the east and towering Mt Ossa – Tasmania’s highest peak at 1617 m. If the weather’s right, there will be the option to climb either of the peaks today. Both summits boast amazing views of the national park and beyond. From the Pelion Gap crossroads, the track passes through the glaciated Pinestone Valley and on to Kia Ora Hut, which sits on a creek of the same name below the Ducane Range. Set up camp in the mighty presence of Cathedral Mountain – this is a truly unique camp spot.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Overland Track - Leave Kia Ora Creek and make your way through myrtle beech rainforest to Du Cane Hut, built in 1910 out of King Billy Pine by a trapper as a base for his trade. Further down the track, you’ll take a side trip to see the falls of D’Alton, Fergusson and Hartnett, which tumble into the Mersey River. Back on the main track, the path climbs steadily to Du Cane Gap (1070 m), where Mt Geryon and the Acropolis (1471 m) of the Du Cane Range are the peaks that dominate the views. From here the track descends through eucalypt forest to Bert Nichols Hut at Windy Ridge, where you'll set up camp.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Overland Track / Lake St Clair / Launceston - Today is the final day of the Overland Track. Leaving Windy Ridge camp, descend the valley of temperate rainforest and eucalypt forest to the Narcissus River. Pass the path, which splits off to take walkers to the base of the Du Cane Range and Pine Valley Hut – the base for access to the Acropolis and the Labyrinth. Follow the track down to a suspension bridge over the Narcissus River and the end is in sight. Give yourself a huge pat on the back and your legs a rest with a ferry ride across the lake to Cynthia Bay. Jump back in the van for the ride back to Launceston, where your trip comes to an end, arriving around 4:30 pm this afternoon.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Adelaide to Kangaroo Island - Welcome to Adelaide! Your Short Break Adventure begins with an early morning pickup from the local bus station. Take a scenic coach ride to Cape Jervis, taking in the picturesque scenery along the way of the Fleurieu Peninsula and its vineyards, coasts and rolling hills. From here, take a ferry to Kangaroo Island, where you’ll meet your local guide and visit several island habitats to see the vast wildlife that lives here. Without the threat of introduced species, Kangaroo Island is a haven for Australian wildlife. Listen to the chorus of the vast birdlife high in the eucalyptus trees, many of which are unique to the island, and keep an eye out for echidnas, wallabies, reptiles and an abundance of wildflowers. Arrive at Seal Bay Conservation Park and walk among the sea lions as they bask on the beach and the sand dunes. Don’t worry, you’ll be standing at a safe distance from these wonderful, endangered creatures. After, visit an exclusive Heritage-listed natural bush property and enjoy a delicious gourmet picnic-style lunch, followed by a walk along the beach. Keep an eye out for koalas, Tammar wallabies and echidnas and listen out for Australia’s rarest cockatoo – the Kangaroo Island glossy black cockatoo. Later, watch the kangaroos leave the safety of the bush to begin their evening grazing on the open pastures.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Kangaroo Island to Adelaide - This morning, your guide will pick you up from your accommodation. Travel to the island’s western side and discover the remarkable Flinders Chase National Park – one of the oldest and most important national parks in South Australia. Making up almost 20 per cent of the land, most of this park is a Wilderness Protection Area and home to various flora and fauna unique to Kangaroo Island. See Admirals Arch, Cape du Couedic Lighthouse, Weir’s Cove and Cape du Couedic’s colony of 10,000 long-nosed fur seals. Discover the picturesque formations of the Remarkable Rocks – these granite boulders balance dramatically on the cliff’s edge, which plunges 75 m into the Southern Ocean. Then, enjoy a gourmet picnic lunch in a secluded location. This afternoon, explore some of the most spectacular beaches on Kangaroo Island and explore the stunning coastlines. Later, return to Penneshaw and catch the ferry back to the mainland, where a coach will take you back to Adelaide – there are multiple stops available, and from here, your trip will come to an end.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Yulara (or Alice Springs) / Uluru / Yulara - Werte! Welcome to Yulara! Your family adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 4 pm at your hotel. After your introductions, hop aboard your transport and set off to Uluru. Standing at 348 metres tall (higher than the Eiffel Tower), Uluru has been an important site to the local Aboriginal people, the Anangu people, for thousands of years. Look out for Uluru’s colour-changing abilities as you find a cosy spot to watch the sunset. And once the sun goes down, make sure your gazes are turned towards the stars and find some famous constellations.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Uluru / Kata Tjuta / Yulara - Wake up early for another chance at spotting Uluru change colours from purple to red to orange. After getting in a good breakfast, grab a hat and sunscreen up for guided walk to the Mutitjulu Waterhole. One of the only permanent water sources around Uluru, your guide, a local member of the local Aboriginal Anangu community, will share Creation Stories about the site and point out any animals, bush foods and plant life that live here. Stop by the Uluru-Kata Tjuta Cultural Centre to learn more about the park and its significance before you head to Kata-Tjuta this afternoon for the Walpa Gorge Walk. Tucked into two of Kata Tjuta’s towering domed rocks, the Walpa Gorge is a little oasis full of plant life. This evening you’ll have the option to visit the Field of Light, an enormous art installation that illuminates the landscape with 50,000 stems of light.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Uluru / Kings Canyon - Today you’ll be taking to two wheels for a trip around the base of Uluru. After a light breakfast, head out with your leader to get fitted for bikes for an up-close experience with one of Australia’s most culturally significant sites. Make sure to bring plenty of water while out on the trail and watch how the surface of Uluru varies as you cycle around it. Finish your ride and say goodbye to Uluru as you leave for your next destination at Watarrka National Park. Kick back for the drive through the Australian Outback and stop for an included lunch along the way. Arrive at your accommodation and after a busy morning out exploring, you’ll have a free evening to get to know the other families or take some time to relax under the stars.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Kings Canyon / Palm Valley - Wake up to the incredible outback landscape of the Kings Creek Station, where a bushman’s style breakfast awaits any hungry adventurers. You’ll have about an hour this morning exploring the trails around the station with your leader as your guide. The Kings Creek walking path will take you along an easy path along the bottom of the gorge between two giant red canyon walls. Later today, depart for tonight’s accommodation in Finke Gorge National Park, travelling via the Mereenie Loop. Settle into your cosy campsite by the Finke River, where you’ll have the option to stretch your legs and any excess energy on the Kalangarra Walk. Grab a spot by the campfire for dinner tonight.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: West MacDonnell Ranges / Palm Valley - Get set for a full day of outdoor Australian fun in Tjoritja (West MacDonnell Ranges). This morning, you’ll leave the campsite and make your first stop at the site of an asteroid crater. Formed over 140 million years ago, the Gosse Bluff (Tnorala) has for years been both a site of cultural and scientific significance. Take a walk around the comet’s impact site and learn about why the local Western Arrernte Aboriginal people believed this site to be celestial. Your next site is Ormiston Gorge (Kwartatuma), where you’ll have time to walk between the Ghost Gum trees and cool off in the swimming hole. After a busy day, return to your camp in Finke River, then enjoy your last evening together as a group.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Alice Springs - Get an early start today and travel to Simpsons Gap. Another site of significance to the Traditional Custodians, the site offers a scenic view of Tjoritja (West McDonnell National Park) and is a frequent stop for black-footed rock wallabies who visit at sunrise and sunset. You’ll then depart for Alice Springs, where your trip will come to an end. There are no further activities planned when you arrive, so you can leave at any time. If you’d like to stay in Alice Springs for longer, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Sydney - Welcome to Sydney, Australia – or Warrane, in the language of the Gadigal people of the Eora Nation, who are the Traditional Owners of the land on which Sydney is located. Your adventure starts with a welcome meeting at your hotel at 6 pm. After, join your local leader and fellow travellers for an included welcome dinner along Darling Harbour. Maybe take a post-dinner stroll to take in the views of the waterfront, then head back to your hotel to settle in for the night.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Sydney / Blue Mountains - This morning, join your leader for an orientation walk of The Rocks and Circular Quay. Walk through Hickson’s Reserve, Campbells Cove and Cumberland Walk, and see Sydney’s famous Harbour Bridge, Opera House and the Botanical Gardens. Then, it’s time to board the Mari Nawi, meaning ‘big canoe’, for the Tribal Warrior Cruise. You’ll develop a richer appreciation of the area and the deep and continuing connection the Traditional Custodians have to the land and waters surrounding Sydney. Listen to stories and learn about ancient First Nations wisdom – including fishing and foraging techniques that have supported First Nations peoples for tens of thousands of years. End the cruise with a traditional dance and music performance. In the afternoon, drive to Katoomba in the UNESCO World Heritage-listed Blue Mountains – a land of rugged peaks, dense forests and waterfalls – where you’ll stay for the next two nights.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Blue Mountains - Start your day with a walk to Wentworth Falls and Fletchers Lookout for dramatic views over the valley. You then have the option to visit Scenic World – a family-owned attraction backdropped by the mountains. Here, you could board the world’s steepest railway and ride into Jamison Valley, look out for lyrebirds as you explore rainforest boardwalks, ride the cableway past sandstone escarpments and Orphan Rock, or see Katoomba Falls and the Three Sisters on the Scenic Skyway. Alternatively, tackle the Prince Henry Cliff Walk – a 7 km hike that takes you past hanging swamps and waterfalls. Then, head to Echo Point Lookout – the main viewpoint for the legendary Three Sisters rock formations – and do the Three Sisters Walk for more views of the national park below. You might like to stop at Lookout Restaurant for lunch overlooking Echo Point before returning to Katoomba to relax.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Jenolan Caves / Blue Mountains / Sydney - This morning you'll visit Jenolan Caves. Estimated to be over 340 million years old, many scientists consider this the oldest open cave system in the world. It's an incredible sight, with huge stalactites and stalagmites hanging from the ceiling and large crystal speleothems decorating the chambers. Jenolan Caves – or Binoomeal, meaning ‘Dark places’ in the Gundungurra language – is also a sacred place for the Traditional Owners. While you’re here, learn about the Gundungurra people’s history, culture and continuing connection to the caves and their ecosystems. After, visit a truffle farm in Oberon for an immersive tasting experience with expert truffle growers, then drive back to Sydney. Some travellers in your group may be leaving tonight, so perhaps head out to dinner together and celebrate.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Sydney / Alice Springs - Your included airport transfer will take you from the hotel to Sydney Airport this morning. Fly to Alice Springs (flight not included) or Mparntwe, in the language of the Traditional Owners of the land on which Alice Springs is now located. This is the classic laidback Aussie town and your launching pad to reach some of the top spots over the next few days. The next part of your adventure officially kicks off with another welcome meeting at 6 pm, where you’ll meet your new group leader and new travel companions. After a quick intro, drive to Earth Sanctuary where you’ll get to know each other over a delicious Outback barbeque while the sun sets over the Eastern MacDonnell Ranges. Then, watch the Southern Sky come alive with constellations and stories on a guided star gazing experience with an astronomer. You’ll also get the chance to look through Earth Sanctuary’s Deep Sky Telescopes to spot a range of celestial objects.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: West MacDonnell Ranges / Kings Canyon - Hit the road to Simpsons Gap in West MacDonnell Ranges National Park (Tjoritja). Keep an eye out for rock wallabies on a guided walk through this spiritual site with a First Nations guide. They’ll share insights on the local flora and fauna and the story of the great Tjunba (Perentie) totem that protects the gorge. The walk will also take you along the riverbed that marks the boundary between the Eastern and Northern Arrernte tribes. Next, drive along the Stuart and Lasseter Highway and through the colourful semi-desert to Watarrka National Park, home to Kings Canyon. Your leader will take you along the Kings Creek Walk, following the trail between huge cliffs and ethereal rock formations. You’d be hard-pressed to find a more magical place! Tonight enjoy an included dinner before an optional visit to the Light Towers – an immersive visual and aural display.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Kings Canyon / Kata Tjuta / Uluru / Yulara - Spend the morning exploring the rugged Kings Canyon and do the famous rim walk up and across the Kings Canyon plateau. From the sandstone domes of the 'Lost City' to the oasis of the 'Garden of Eden', you’ll walk across red rock cliffs that protrude from the land and take in views of the palm forest below. Then hit the road again for a scenic drive across the sprawling landscape to Uluru-Kata Tjuta National Park. Arrive at Kata Tjuta (formerly known as The Olgas) – a collection of 36 towering rock domes – and walk to a popular lookout to admire the formations. After, head to one of Australia’s most spiritually significant and iconic sites, Uluru. Enjoy the view from a prime location as the sun sets over the epic sandstone monolith – watching the landscape shift in colour is a sight you won’t soon forget!

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Uluru / Yulara - Start the day early in one of the best ways imaginable: watching sunrise over Uluru. Then, walk across the rust-coloured landscape to a nearby waterhole where you'll see some traditional art sites. Your leader will shed light on the history and nature here and explain how the Anangu people are deeply connected to the lands. After, stop by the Uluru-Kata Tjuta Cultural Centre to continue learning about First Nations culture. Head back to Yulara to your hotel and say goodbye to your leader and any group members who may be finishing their travels today. You’ll be unaccompanied until the next meeting in Cairns tomorrow.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Yulara / Cairns - The free airport shuttle will take you from the hotel to Yulara Airport today, then you’ll fly to Cairns (flight not included). Cairns is also known as Gimuy, in the language of the Traditional Owners of the land on which Cairns is now located. This is the gateway to Australia’s Great Barrier Reef and the gorgeous Daintree Rainforest. The next part of your adventure officially starts with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight at your hotel, where you’ll meet your new trip leader and the new travellers joining you. Until then, why not check out the Cairns Botanical Gardens or wander the waterfront promenade, popping into a local bar. Later, head out with your group for an included dinner. 

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Kuranda / Port Douglas - This morning after breakfast, soar over the world’s oldest tropical rainforest via the Skyrail that connects Cairns to the picturesque mountain village of Kuranda. You’ll glide along 7.5 km of cableway and admire the ancient landscape from a truly unique perspective. You’ll have some free time to explore this charming rainforest town and its surroundings – Kuranda is a delightful mix of colourful characters and natural beauty, perched at the top of a rainforest-clad mountain. You might like to check out the famous Kuranda Markets and village shopping or kick back and relax at one of the town’s many restaurants and cafes, where outdoor dining is one of the joys of the cooler mountain climate. Drive along the coast to Port Douglas, taking in the ocean views and the cliffs covered in native flora. Tonight, head out on an orientation walk around Port Douglas, stopping at Trinity Bay Lookout Point to admire the perfect crescent of sand and surf. Then, head to a local restaurant for drinks and dinner with your fellow travellers before returning to your accommodation for the evening. 

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Daintree Rainforest / Cape Tribulation / Port Douglas - Today, you’ll visit the ancient Daintree Rainforest. When you arrive, head out on a one-hour crocodile and wildlife spotting boat tour along the Daintree River (Julaymba). On the electric Solar Whisper, you’ll hear the sounds of nature around you as you look out for crocs, birdlife, snakes, frogs, crabs and fish. Your experienced guide will be accustomed to the nuances of the river, the rainforest and the mangroves, meaning you’ll be able to find wildlife you wouldn’t be able to find on your own. After you find some feathered friends and long-toothed foes, head north to Cape Tribulation, stopping at Jindalba Boardwalk and a local ice cream factory on the way.  

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Great Barrier Reef / Port Douglas - This morning, you’ll head out on a fantastic full-day boat tour from Port Douglas. Explore the stunning Coral Cays on the Great Barrier Reef on a sailing boat guided by marine biologists, who will share their passion and knowledge of the reef as you float along the expansive blue waters. Learn about the fragile environment, enjoy presentations on the reef by experts on board and head to an exclusive site for a spot of wildlife-focused snorkelling (equipment provided). There are vast coral gardens to explore at your own pace – as a protected and shallow area, you’ll see corals, giant clams, turtles and fish in their natural habitat. Enjoy a buffet lunch (including prawns) and afternoon tea on board (including local Daintree produce) while you continue to spot wildlife from the glass-bottomed boat. Tonight, enjoy a night to relax in Port Douglas after a spectacular day on the water.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Mossman Gorge / Palm Cove / Cairns - This morning, you’ll head to Mossman Gorge for a fascinating Ngadiku Dreamtime walking tour, led by a local Aboriginal guide. Ngadiku (Nar-di-gul) means stories and legends from a long time ago in the local Kuku Yalanji language and you’ll learn about these stories on a guided walk along private, gentle tracks, visiting culturally significant sites, traditional bark shelters and cool rainforest streams. Witness a traditional smoking ceremony to cleanse and ward off bad spirits and then stroll through the lush rainforest, learning about traditional plant use, bush food sources and the connection to this unique tropical environment. After, enjoy a traditional bush tea and damper (a loaf or cake of flour and water that’s baked in wood ashes). Drive south to Palm Cove, stopping along the way to explore the scenic beachside town where you can grab some lunch. You can end your trip here or carry on to Cairns, where your trip will come to an end at approximately 4pm.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Darwin - Welcome to Northern Australia! Your adventure begins in Darwin (Gulumerrdgen in the language of the local Larrakia people, who are the Traditional Owners of the land on which Darwin is now located) with a welcome meeting at 6 pm. If you arrive early, take some time to explore at your own pace – maybe visit the Museum and Art Gallery of the Northern Territory or take a dip in the Darwin City Lagoon – a protected bay with a net that keeps crocodiles and other unwelcome creatures out. After the meeting, maybe find a local restaurant for dinner and get to know your fellow travellers, before an early start tomorrow morning.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Litchfield National Park / Darwin - This morning, travel into Litchfield National Park. Situated on a huge sandstone plateau, the park is home to waterfalls, secret swimming spots and towering rocky pillars. Your first stop will be Wangi Falls, where you can take a short loop walk or plunge into the natural pool. Then, it’s off to Tolmer Falls and Florence Falls. Hidden among monsoon forest, you'll stop for a picnic lunch next to a bubbling creek. Continue to Litchfield’s Magnetic Termite Mounds – these 100-year-old natural sculptures are distinctive to the northern parts of Australia. Later, continue back to Darwin where you’ll stay tonight.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Kakadu National Park - After breakfast, drive towards Kakadu National Park – covering an enormous 20,000 sq km, the park is a world of its own. Along the way, stop at the Mamukala Wetlands and see if you can spot the wetland birds, before continuing to Ubirr – one of Kakadu's rock art gems, where you’ll learn more about the local First Nations history and hear stories from your leader. This afternoon, hop aboard a cruise up the East Alligator River (despite the name, you won’t see any alligators – this is crocodile country) and take in the surrounding wilderness of this UNESCO World Heritage landscape. As you float along the river, hear about the cultural significance of the landscape, and the plants and animals that live here from an Aboriginal guide. Later, travel to your accommodation in Kakadu. Tonight, join your group for dinner to celebrate the last night of your trip through Australia’s Top End.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Kakadu National Park / Darwin - Your final morning at Kakadu National Park starts with a drive to a local cultural arts centre at Jim Jim Creek. Here, depending on availability, you might take part in a cultural weaving class, where you’ll learn the craft and hear stories about the significance of weaving in the local culture. After lunch, continue to Burrungkuy (Nourlangie) – a region known for its UNESCO World Heritage-listed rock art created by the Bininj people. When you arrive, set off on one of the various short walks, each offering a different perspective on the wildlife, art and natural features of the area. After, drive back to Darwin where your adventure will finish at around 5.30 pm. If you’d like to extend your stay in Darwin, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Fremantle - Welcome to Fremantle! (Or Walyalup in the language of the local Whadjuk Noongar people, who are the Traditional Owners of the land on which Fremantle and Perth are now located.) Your adventure starts on the west coast of the Australian mainland with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. If you arrive early, maybe visit the Maritime Museum or wander through the Fremantle Markets. After your meeting, get to know your new fellow travellers and your leader (and get excited about the journey ahead) during dinner at a nearby restaurant.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Rottnest Island / Fremantle - This morning, you’ll take the scenic boat ride to Rottnest Island – a little white-sand paradise off the coast. Maybe grab a coffee, then, as is customary here, try to grab a quick quokka selfie – these little marsupials have earned the title of ‘world’s friendliest animals’ and are usually happy around people! Your leader will guide you across the island on a hop on hop off vehicle that’s always rotating around the island. You have most of the day free here to enjoy the many swimming bays, beaches and snorkelling spots around the island. Take the afternoon ferry back to Fremantle later today.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Busselton / Leeuwin-Naturaliste National Park / Margaret River - This morning, drive to Margaret River, with a few stops along the way. First, you’ll have the chance to grab some lunch in Busselton – home to the longest timber-piled jetty in the Southern Hemisphere. Stretch your legs and explore the lovely foreshore before continuing the scenic coastal drive, stopping at Meelup Beach, Cape Naturaliste and Sugarloaf Rock. Have your swimsuit ready at Meelup Beach – this is a beautiful spot for a quick dip. Take in the white sand and clear waters and relax in the shady, grassy areas before making your way to Cape Naturaliste and Sugarloaf Rock – a granite rock that juts out from the Indian Ocean near the mainland in Leeuwin-Naturaliste National Park. Here, you’ll walk to the lookout point and have time for photos. Tonight, stay in Margaret River and maybe stroll down the main street before dinner.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Margaret River - This morning, drive to Yallingup – a hub of beaches and limestone caves. When you arrive, journey into Ngilgi Cave on a bushwalk with a local Aboriginal guide and learn how to identify traditional plants, foods and medicines and how they are linked to the six Nyoongar seasons. Then, head into the cave and watch a captivating didgeridoo performance, amplified by the superb acoustics. Discover the tools and cultural artefacts used by the Wadandi people in their everyday life and listen to stories about their history and culture. After, sit down for lunch at a local brewery before visiting a winery for a tasting session of their range of fully estate-grown wines – this afternoon is all about local produce! Head to another winery where you can maybe view the production line and taste some freshly made nougat or treat yourself to another wine, then cap it all off with a gin tasting at a nearby distillery. Tonight, maybe keep the fun going with dinner at a local pub.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Yallingup / Margaret River / Perth - Head towards the coast this morning for breakfast at a beachside cafe overlooking the Indian Ocean surf. Then, set off on a beach walk to where the Margaret River empties into the ocean before heading to Perth. Along the way, stop for a chocolate tasting at a local producer and visit Lake Clifton – known for its thrombolites (rock-like structures) built by micro-organisms that live in the lake. When you arrive in Perth, your leader will take you to Kings Park for panoramic views. Your trip then comes to an end with a drop-off at your centrally located hotel. If you’d like to extend your stay, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Alice Springs - G’day and welcome to Alice Springs – or ‘Mparntwe’ in the language of the Arrernte people, the Traditional Owners of the land on which Alice Springs is located. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm at your hotel where you’ll meet your local leader and group. After a quick intro, drive to Earth Sanctuary where you’ll get to know each other over a delicious Outback barbeque while the sun sets over the Eastern MacDonnell Ranges. Then, watch the Southern Sky come alive with constellations and stories on a guided star gazing experience with an astronomer. You’ll also get the chance to look through Earth Sanctuary’s Deep Sky Telescopes to spot a range of celestial objects.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: West MacDonnell Ranges / Kings Canyon - Hit the road to Simpsons Gap in West MacDonnell Ranges National Park (Tjoritja). Keep an eye out for rock wallabies on a guided walk through this spiritual site with a First Nations guide. They’ll share insights on the local flora and fauna and the story of the great Tjunba (Perentie) totem that protects the gorge. The walk will also take you along the riverbed that marks the boundary between the Eastern and Northern Arrernte tribes. Next, drive along the Stuart and Lasseter Highway and through the colourful semi-desert to Watarrka National Park, home to Kings Canyon. Your leader will take you along the Kings Creek Walk, following the trail between huge cliffs and ethereal rock formations. You’d be hard-pressed to find a more magical place! Tonight enjoy an included dinner before an optional visit to the Light Towers – an immersive visual and aural display.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Kings Canyon / Kata Tjuta / Uluru / Yulara - Spend the morning exploring the rugged Kings Canyon and do the famous rim walk up and across the Kings Canyon plateau. From the sandstone domes of the 'Lost City' to the oasis of the 'Garden of Eden', you’ll walk across red rock cliffs that protrude from the land and take in views of the palm forest below. Then hit the road again for a scenic drive across the sprawling landscape to Uluru-Kata Tjuta National Park. Arrive at Kata Tjuta (formerly known as The Olgas) – a collection of 36 towering rock domes – and walk to a popular lookout to admire the formations. After, head to one of Australia’s most spiritually significant and iconic sites, Uluru. Enjoy the view from a prime location as the sun sets over the epic sandstone monolith – watching the landscape shift in colour is a sight you won’t soon forget!

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Uluru / Alice Springs - You'll start the day early in one of the best ways imaginable – watching a spectacular sunrise over Uluru. Embark on a short walk across the rust-coloured landscape to a nearby waterhole and marvel at some of the traditional art sites. Your leader will shed light on the history and nature here and explain how the Anangu people are deeply connected to the lands. After, stop by the Uluru-Kata Tjuta Cultural Centre to continue learning about First Nations culture. Stop by Yulara for any travellers finishing the trip here. Then, hit the highway for Alice Springs just after lunch. This is where you’ll say goodbye to the members of your group who are leaving today and your local leader.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Alice Springs / Darwin - Your included airport transfer will take you from the hotel to Alice Springs Airport today. Fly to Darwin (flight not included), or Gulumerrdgen in the language of the local Larrakia people, who are the Traditional Owners of the land on which Darwin is now located. Transfer to your hotel in Darwin, then meet your new group members and new leader during your second welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Litchfield National Park / Darwin - Today, drive into the magnificent Litchfield National Park. Situated on a huge sandstone plateau, the park is home to stunning waterfalls, secret swimming spots and towering rocky pillars. Your first stop will be the Wangi Falls, where you’ll be able to take a short loop walk or go for a plunge in the picturesque natural pool. Then it’s off to the dramatic Tolmer Falls and Florence Falls. Hidden amongst monsoon forest, you'll have a picnic lunch next to a bubbling creek. The last stop for the afternoon is Litchfield’s famous Magnetic Termite Mounds, which are up to 100 years old and unique to the northern parts of Australia, before returning to Darwin for the evening.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Kakadu National Park - Rise bright and early, have breakfast and drive towards Kakadu National Park this morning. Covering an enormous 20,000 sq km, the park is a world of its own. Stop for at the Mamukala Wetlands (and see if you can spot the wetland birds, then drive on to Ubirr, one of Kakadu's rock art gems, where you’ll learn more about the local First Nations history and stories from your leader. Later in the afternoon hop aboard a cruise up the East Alligator River (despite the name, you won’t see any alligators – this is crocodile country) and take in the wonderful pristine wilderness of this World Heritage landscape. You’ll be joined by an Aboriginal guide who’ll provide a unique insight on the cultural significance of the landscape, the local mythology, and the plants and animals that live there. You'll also have the chance to disembark on the Arnhem Land side of the river. After, continue to your Kakadu accommodation for an included dinner with your group.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Kakadu National Park / Darwin - Your final morning at Kakadu National Park begins with a drive to a local cultural arts centre at Jim Jim Creek. Here, depending on availability, you may be able to take part in a cultural weaving class, learning the craft and listening to local stories about the significance of weaving in the local culture. After lunch, a drive will take you to Burrungkuy (Nourlangie), famous for its World Heritage-listed rock art created by the Bininj people. There are various short walks available while you’re here, each offering a different perspective on the wildlife, art and natural features of the area. Then, a drive north will take you back to Darwin where your adventure will finish at around 5:30pm. If you’d like to extend your stay in Darwin, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Cairns - Welcome to Cairns! (Or Gimuy, in the language of the traditional owners of the land on which Cairns is now located). This is the gateway to Australia’s Great Barrier Reef and the gorgeous Daintree Rainforest. Your adventure officially starts with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight, where you’ll meet your trip leader and fellow travellers. If you arrive early, maybe walk through the Cairns Botanical Gardens, relax on the beach or find a local bar for a drink or two. After the group meeting, head out for dinner and get to know your fellow travellers.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Kuranda / Port Douglas - This morning, glide over the world’s oldest tropical rainforest on the Skyrail that connects Cairns to the mountain village of Kuranda. When you arrive, you’ll have some free time to explore this rainforest town and its surroundings – Kuranda is a delightful mix of colourful characters and natural beauty, perched at the top of a rainforest-clad mountain. Maybe wander through the Kuranda Markets and village shopping or simply kick back and relax at one of the town’s many restaurants and cafes, where outdoor dining is one of the joys of the cooler mountain climate. Later, take in scenic views of the ocean and cliffs covered in native flora as you drive along the coast to Port Douglas. Tonight, head out on an orientation walk around town, stopping at Trinity Bay Lookout Point to see the distinctive crescent of sand and surf. Later, head to a local restaurant for drinks and dinner with your fellow travellers. 

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Daintree Rainforest / Cape Tribulation / Port Douglas - Today, you’ll visit the ancient Daintree Rainforest. When you arrive, head out on a 1-hour crocodile and wildlife spotting boat tour along the Daintree River (Julaymba). On the electric Solar Whisper, you’ll hear the sounds of nature as you look out for crocs, birdlife, snakes, frogs, crabs and fish. Your experienced tour guide will be accustomed to the nuances of the river, the rainforest and the mangroves, meaning you’ll be able to find wildlife you wouldn’t be able to find on your own. After you find some feathered friends and long-toothed foes, head north to Cape Tribulation, stopping at Jindalba Boardwalk and a local ice cream factory on the way. Later, head back to your accommodation and maybe find a local restaurant for dinner – your leader will have the best recommendations.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Great Barrier Reef / Port Douglas - This morning, head out on a daytrip boat tour from Port Douglas to the UNESCO World Heritage-listed Great Barrier Reef. Explore the stunning Coral Cays on the reef on a sailing boat guided by marine biologists, who will share their passion and knowledge of the reef as you float along the expansive blue waters. Learn about the fragile environment and head to an exclusive site for a spot of wildlife-focused snorkelling. There are vast coral gardens to explore – as a protected and shallow area, you’ll see corals, giant clams, turtles and fish in their natural habitat. Enjoy a buffet lunch and afternoon tea on board, while you continue to spot wildlife from the glass-bottomed boat. Tonight, maybe join your group for dinner and toast to the final night of your trip.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Mossman Gorge / Palm Cove / Cairns - After breakfast, travel to Mossman Gorge. When you arrive, set out on a Ngadiku Dreaming walking tour led by a local Aboriginal guide. Ngadiku (Nar-di-gul) means stories and legends from a long time ago in the local Kuku Yalanji language. As you walk, listen to these stories, visit culturally significant sites, traditional bark shelters and rainforest streams and learn about traditional plant use, bush food sources and the connection to this tropical environment. Watch a traditional smoking ceremony to cleanse and ward off bad spirits, then sit down to a bush tea and damper (a loaf or cake of flour and water that’s baked in wood ashes). After, drive south to Palm Cove to explore the scenic beachside town and maybe grab some lunch. You can end your trip here or carry onto Cairns, where your trip will come to an end at approximately 4 pm.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Alice Springs - G’day and welcome to Alice Springs (Mparntwe in the language of the traditional owners of the land on which Alice Springs is now located). This quintessential laidback Aussie town is the perfect place to start your journey into the ancient culture and landscapes of Australia’s Outback. This is your launching pad to reach some of the top spots on the agenda over the next few days. Your adventure officially kicks off with a welcome meeting at 6 pm, where you’ll meet your group leader and new travel companions. Until then, feel free to check out some of the town’s sights or tuck into an Outback inspired meal at one of the quirky local cafes.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: West MacDonnell Ranges / Kings Canyon - This morning, you’ll hit the road for Simpsons Gap in the West MacDonnell Ranges National Park (Tjoritja). Keep an eye out for rock wallabies as you take part in a guided walk through the important spiritual site. A First Nations guide will share their insights on the local flora and fauna and will tell the story of the great Tjunba (Perentie) totem that protects the gorge and its present importance to the Eastern and Northern Arrernte People. The walk will also take you along the riverbed that marks the boundary between the Eastern and Northern Arrernte tribes. Next, drive along the Stuart and Lasseter Highway and through the colourful semi-desert to Watarrka National Park, home of the majestic Kings Canyon. Your leader will take you along the Kings Creek Walk, following the trail between soaring cliffs and ethereal rock formations. You’d be hard-pressed to find a more magical place! Tonight enjoy an included dinner before visiting the Light Towers - an immersive visual and aural display.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Kings Canyon / Kata Tjuta / Uluru / Yulara - Spend the morning exploring the rugged landscape of Kings Canyon and enjoy the 3-hour rim walk up and across the famous Kings Canyon plateau, from the sandstone domes of the 'Lost City' to the oasis of the 'Garden of Eden'. You’ll walk across the red rock cliffs that protrude from the land and take in views of the palm forest below. Then hit the road again for a scenic drive across the sprawling landscape to Uluru-Kata Tjuta National Park. Keep your eyes out, there’s chance that you might spot brumbys, camels or wallabies on the drive. Arrive at Kata Tjuta (formerly known as The Olgas) – a towering collection of 36 domed rock formations. Here, you'll embark on a walk to a popular lookout to admire the stunning formations that make up Kata Tjuta – these ochre-coloured shapes are a mesmerising sight. After, you'll make your way to one of Australia’s most spiritually significant and iconic sites, Uluru. From a prime location, you’ll enjoy the view as the sun sets over the epic sandstone monolith – watching the incredible landscape shift in colour is a sight you won’t soon forget!

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Uluru / Yulara (or Alice Springs) - You'll start the day early in one of the best ways imaginable – watching a spectacular sunrise over Uluru. Embark on a short walk across the rust-coloured landscape to a nearby waterhole and marvel at some of the traditional art sites. Your leader will shed light on the history and nature here and explain how the Anangu people are deeply connected to the lands. After, stop by the Uluru-Kata Tjuta Cultural Centre to continue learning about First Nations culture. After some time here, stop by Yulara for any travellers flying out of Uluru to catch the free airport shuttle. Then, for those finishing the trip in Alice Springs, hit the highway just after lunch. Arrive in Alice Springs in the evening, where your Outback adventure will come to an end. If you’d like to extend your stay, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Sydney - Welcome to Sydney, Australia – or Warrane, in the language of the Gadigal people of the Eora Nation, who are the traditional owners of the land on which Sydney is now located. Your adventure starts today with a welcome meeting at your hotel at 1 pm. After, you’ll head out with your local leader and fellow travellers for a walkabout tour with an Aboriginal guide in and around The Rocks. Walk through Hicksons Reserve, Campbells Cove, Cumberland Walk and more as your guide teaches you about this area's history, land and water use and spiritual connection with the First Nations peoples. After your journey into the Dreaming, head out on a leader-led orientation walk to Harbour Bridge, the Opera House, the Botanical Gardens, Hyde Park and the Sydney Tower Eye. Join your group for an included welcome dinner along Darling Harbour and then settle into your hotel for the night.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Blue Mountains / Sydney - This morning, head out on a day trip to the UNESCO World Heritage-listed Blue Mountains – a land of rugged peaks, waterfalls and dense eucalyptus forest. Stop at Wentworth Falls for grand valley views at Fletchers Lookout. Head to Katoomba and visit Echo Point Lookout, which overlooks the iconic Three Sisters. Walk the Three Sisters track for views of the national park below. You might like to stop for lunch at the famous Lookout Restaurant for the views overlooking Echo Point Escarpment. Or maybe head into Katoomba town to check out the shops. This afternoon, you’ll head to Scenic World – a private, family-owned tourism spot backdropped by the mountains. Hop aboard the steepest railway in the world and ride into Jamison Valley, where you can explore the many boardwalks through the rainforest, looking out for lyrebirds and ancient tree ferns. Ride the cableway, which cruises past the sandstone escarpment and Orphan Rock. See Katoomba Falls and the Three Sisters again, but from above, on the Scenic Skyway, which soars through the mountains. Tonight, return to your accommodation in Darling Harbour.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Manly / Sydney - This morning after breakfast, you’ll hop on the public ferry from Sydney Harbour to Manly. Departing regularly from Circular Quay, the ferry cruises past the Sydney Harbour Bridge and Sydney Opera House before passing Kirribilli House (the Prime Minister’s official residence), Bradleys Head and South Head before arriving at Manly Wharf. From here, you’ll walk to Manly Beach where you can enjoy the cafes and laidback beach lifestyle or join your leader for a coastal walk to the nearby Shelly Beach. This afternoon, take the ferry back to Circular Quay and take a short walk back to your accommodation. Your trip will now end, and you’re free to leave any time after checkout. If you’d like to stay in Sydney longer, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Launceston / Cradle Coast / Stanley / Smithton - Welcome to Tasmania or Lutruwita in the language of the Palawa peoples – the Traditional Owners of this land. Your adventure begins in Launceston with an 8 am welcome meeting. Your first stop this morning will be the Tiagarra Museum on Mersey Bluff in Devonport. You’ll watch a Welcome to Country ceremony and then head out on a guided tour of the Tasmanian Aboriginal Cultural Centre and Keeping Place. See Aboriginal petroglyphs and learn about the importance of this landscape. Travel along part of the Cradle to Coast Tasting Trail. Along the way, there will be plenty of scenic stops, and if there’s time, sample some local ciders, chocolates and truffles along the trail. After stopping for lunch in the town of Penguin, continue along the rocky coastline to Stanley. Climb the famous landmark The Nut – an ancient volcanic plug that juts out into the Bass Strait and offers outstanding views from the top – then wander down to the working wharf where some of the freshest seafood in Tasmania comes in each day. Continue to your comfortable accommodation, set in the rural area near Smithton, where you’ll spend the next two nights.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Tarkine Wilderness / Smithton - Today, you’ll explore the Tarkine Wilderness area (Takayna in the language of the local Palawa peoples) – home to the largest temperate rainforest in Australia and the second largest in the world. Rich with geological wonders, Aboriginal history and unique creatures with habitats not found anywhere else on earth, you can explore sites like the hidden Trowutta Arch and the Lake Chisholm sinkhole – both examples of fascinating geological change. Along the Tarkine Coast, you’ll also see Marrawah – famous for its big wave surfing – and the desolate Edge of the World which marks the longest stretch of ocean on the planet. From here, there’s no land until Argentina! You’ll head out on a few short walks to explore the sites. Later, return to your rural accommodation near Smithton for the night and look up after sunset (this is a gorgeous spot for stargazing). 

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Rocky Cape National Park / Waratah / Corinna - Today, you’ll travel to Corinna via Rocky Cape National Park – home to windswept heathlands, sea caves, rock pools and twisted rocks formed over millions of years. Continue to the historic lighthouse at Table Cape and Boat Harbour Beach. Stop by Hellyer Gorge, then walk to see Philosopher Falls near Waratah. Tonight, settle into your accommodation for the night in Corinna’s remote, rural town in a restored miners’ cottage, where you can soak up some phone-free time, as there’s no service out here! Enjoy a group dinner with your fellow travellers and watch the sunset. 

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Corinna / Cradle Mountain - You have a free morning this morning to get active. Maybe head out for some optional kayaking or hiking around the Corinna area, exploring the Pieman River and Tarkine Rainforest. After lunch, head to the Cradle Mountain-Lake St Clair National Park, where your accommodation for the night sits among the trees. Enjoy an afternoon of leisure, then as the sun begins to set, head out to meet Tasmania’s most emblematic animal – the Tasmanian devil. This activity visits a wildlife conservation facility aimed at protecting these endangered creatures. Watch how they feed, learn their story, visit the nursery and meet some of the facility’s youngest residents. Finish your day with a sunset over Cradle Mountain and listen out for the unmistakable sound of the devils. 

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Cradle Mountain / Launceston - After breakfast, hike the scenic Dove Lake Circuit in the Cradle Mountain area. This trail will take you around the lake and beneath the impressive spires of the mountain, passing gorgeous scenery along the way. As the circuit is board-walked most of the way, it’s a fairly easy walk and gives you plenty of time and energy to focus on the surroundings. After, head to a local restaurant in the park for a group lunch – maybe grab a drink and relax by the fire as you wait. Then, drive to Launceston, where you'll spend the night, stopping for optional tastings and shopping opportunities along the way (pick up some delicious, locally grown raspberries or cheese and ice cream). Tonight, you’re free to relax at your accommodation or head out for dinner with your group.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Launceston (or Hobart) - After breakfast this morning, your trip will come to an end (if you’re staying in Launceston). For those leaving the trip in Hobart, you’ll have breakfast and then hit the road. Arrive at around 10:30 am. There are no further activities planned, so if you’d like to stay in Hobart longer, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Hobart / Port Arthur / Tasman Peninsula - Welcome to Tasmania! Your adventure begins in Hobart (or nipaluna in the language of the muwinina and palawa peoples, the Traditional Owners of the land on which Hobart is now located). You’ll have a welcome meeting at 11 am this morning, then you’ll head to Port Arthur (approx 1.5 hours) to visit this Historic Site – a former convict settlement with a horrific past where you’ll learn about the history of this former penal colony with an audio experience and a short boat cruise. After, check out Remarkable Cave and get a glimpse of the stunning beach scenery. Head to your waterside accommodation at Eaglehawk Neck on the Tasman Peninsula then join your group for a delicious, included dinner tonight and get to know each other a little better.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Tasman Peninsula / Hobart - This morning after breakfast, drive down the beautiful Tasman Peninsula, passing through the narrow sliver of Eaglehawk Neck. Stop at Tasman Arch, Devil’s Kitchen and the Tessellated Pavement to view the unusual rock formations. Head back to Hobart, where the vibrant Salamanca Markets await, ready to tempt you with everything from fresh produce to handmade crafts. Then, head out for a bush tucker experience with NITA Education – a local First Nations organisation working to inspire connection to their 50,000-year-old culture. Watch a Welcome to Country ceremony, then try some bush tucker and listen to their stories. Tonight, maybe head out with your group for dinner at one of the popular restaurants near the waterfront.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Hartz Mountains National Park / Huon Valley / Hobart - Today, you’ll drive to the top of kunanyi / Mount Wellington to take in some magnificent views over the city and its surrounding mountains, forests and waterways. Then, drive into the Hartz Mountains wilderness, where you'll explore the remote and rugged place shaped by ancient glaciers on a few short walks. Next, head to Geeveston – a small township known for its forestry heritage, then continue up the Huon Valley and visit a cidery, where you’ll learn about the history of local apple farming in the valley, maybe with a few cider samples from the fourth-generation orchard (optional). Return to Hobart for your final night together.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Bruny Island / Hobart - This morning you’ll hop on the ferry over to Bruny Island – one of the most gorgeous spots in Tassie! Climb 279 steps to Truganini Lookout at The Neck for sweeping views, Indigenous history and wildlife spotting. Explore South Bruny National Park, where the Cape Bruny Lighthouse perches high above the wild waves of the Southern Ocean. Stop in at a few local shops for tastings of locally sourced products such as oysters, honey, cheese and beer. Then, head back to Hobart where your trip will come to an end.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Launceston / Cradle Coast / Stanley / Smithton - Welcome to Tasmania or Lutruwita in the language of the Palawa peoples – the Traditional Owners of this land. Your adventure begins in Launceston with an 8 am welcome meeting. Your first stop this morning will be the Tiagarra Museum on Mersey Bluff in Devonport. You’ll watch a Welcome to Country ceremony and then head out on a guided tour of the Tasmanian Aboriginal Cultural Centre and Keeping Place. See Aboriginal petroglyphs and learn about the importance of this landscape. Travel along part of the Cradle to Coast Tasting Trail. Along the way, there will be plenty of scenic stops, and if there’s time, sample some local ciders, chocolates and truffles along the trail. After stopping for lunch in the town of Penguin, continue along the rocky coastline to Stanley. Climb the famous landmark The Nut – an ancient volcanic plug that juts out into the Bass Strait and offers outstanding views from the top – then wander down to the working wharf where some of the freshest seafood in Tasmania comes in each day. Continue to your comfortable accommodation, set in the rural area near Smithton, where you’ll spend the next two nights.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Tarkine Wilderness / Smithton - Today, you’ll explore the Tarkine Wilderness area (Takayna in the language of the local Palawa peoples) – home to the largest temperate rainforest in Australia and the second largest in the world. Rich with geological wonders, Aboriginal history and unique creatures with habitats not found anywhere else on earth, you can explore sites like the hidden Trowutta Arch and the Lake Chisholm sinkhole – both examples of fascinating geological change. Along the Tarkine Coast, you’ll also see Marrawah – famous for its big wave surfing – and the desolate Edge of the World which marks the longest stretch of ocean on the planet. From here, there’s no land until Argentina! You’ll head out on a few short walks to explore the sites. Later, return to your rural accommodation near Smithton for the night and look up after sunset (this is a gorgeous spot for stargazing). 

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Rocky Cape National Park / Waratah / Corinna - Today, you’ll travel to Corinna via Rocky Cape National Park – home to windswept heathlands, sea caves, rock pools and twisted rocks formed over millions of years. Continue to the historic lighthouse at Table Cape and Boat Harbour Beach. Stop by Hellyer Gorge, then walk to see Philosopher Falls near Waratah. Tonight, settle into your accommodation for the night in Corinna’s remote, rural town in a restored miners’ cottage, where you can soak up some phone-free time, as there’s no service out here! Enjoy a group dinner with your fellow travellers and watch the sunset. 

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Corinna / Cradle Mountain - You have a free morning this morning to get active. Maybe head out for some optional kayaking or hiking around the Corinna area, exploring the Pieman River and Tarkine Rainforest. After lunch, head to the Cradle Mountain-Lake St Clair National Park, where your accommodation for the night sits among the trees. Enjoy an afternoon of leisure, then as the sun begins to set, maybe head out to meet Tasmania’s most emblematic animal – the Tasmanian devil. This optional activity visits a wildlife conservation facility aimed at protecting these endangered creatures. Watch how they feed, learn their story, visit the nursery and meet some of the facility’s youngest residents. Finish your day with a sunset over Cradle Mountain and listen out for the unmistakable sound of the devils. 

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Cradle Mountain / Launceston - After breakfast, hike the scenic Dove Lake Circuit in the Cradle Mountain area. This trail will take you around the lake and beneath the impressive spires of the mountain, passing gorgeous scenery along the way. As the circuit is board-walked most of the way, it’s a fairly easy walk and gives you plenty of time and energy to focus on the surroundings. After, head to a local restaurant in the park for a group lunch – maybe grab a drink and relax by the fire as you wait. Then, drive to Launceston, where you'll spend the night, stopping for optional tastings and shopping opportunities along the way (pick up some delicious, locally grown raspberries or cheese and ice cream). Tonight, you’re free to relax at your accommodation or head out for dinner with your group.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Hobart / Port Arthur / Tasman Peninsula - After breakfast hit the road for Hobart (or Nipaluna in the language of the Muwinina and Palawa peoples, the Traditional Owners of the land on which Hobart is now located). When you arrive, you'll have another welcome meeting for new members of your group. Then move on to the Port Arthur Historic Site – a former convict settlement with a horrific past where you’ll learn about the history of this former penal colony with an audio experience and a short boat cruise. Next, check out Remarkable Cave and soak up the beach scenery. Head to your waterside accommodation at Eaglehawk Neck on the Tasman Peninsula then join your group for dinner tonight and get to know your new group members a little better.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Tasman Peninsula / Hobart - This morning after breakfast, drive down the beautiful Tasman Peninsula, passing through the narrow sliver of Eaglehawk Neck. Stop at Tasman Arch, Devil’s Kitchen and the Tessellated Pavement to view the unusual rock formations. Head back to Hobart, where the vibrant Salamanca Markets await, ready to tempt you with everything from fresh produce to handmade crafts. Then, head out for a bush tucker experience with NITA Education – a local First Nations organisation working to inspire connection to their 50,000-year-old culture. Watch a Welcome to Country ceremony, then try some bush tucker and listen to their stories. Tonight, maybe head out with your group for dinner at one of the popular restaurants near the waterfront.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Hartz Mountains National Park / Huon Valley / Hobart - Today, you’ll drive to the top of kunanyi / Mount Wellington to take in some magnificent views over the city and its surrounding mountains, forests and waterways. Then, drive into the Hartz Mountains wilderness, where you'll explore the remote and rugged place shaped by ancient glaciers on a few short walks. Next, head to Geeveston – a small township known for its forestry heritage, then continue up the Huon Valley and visit a cidery, where you’ll learn about the history of local apple farming in the valley, maybe with a few cider samples from the fourth-generation orchard (optional). Return to Hobart for your final night together.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Bruny Island / Hobart - This morning you’ll hop on the ferry over to Bruny Island – one of the most gorgeous spots in Tassie! Climb 279 steps to Truganini Lookout at The Neck for sweeping views, Indigenous history and wildlife spotting. Explore South Bruny National Park, where the Cape Bruny Lighthouse perches high above the wild waves of the Southern Ocean. Stop in at a few local shops for tastings of locally sourced products such as oysters, honey, cheese and beer. Then, stop at a local producer where you’ll taste pairings of local beer and then head back to Hobart where your trip will come to an end.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Alice Springs / Simpsons Gap / Kings Canyon - Palya! Welcome to Alice Springs (Mparntwe in the language of the Traditional Owners of the land on which Alice Springs is now located), the heart of the Australian Outback. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 8 am, where you’ll meet your trip leader and fellow travellers. Then, hit the road for Simpsons Gap in the West MacDonnell Ranges National Park (Tjoritja). Keep an eye out for rock wallabies as you take part in a guided walk through the important spiritual site. A First Nations guide will share their insights on the local flora and fauna and will tell the story of the great Tjunba (Perentie) totem that protects the gorge and its present importance to the Eastern and Northern Arrernte People. The walk will also take you along the riverbed that marks the boundary between the Eastern and Northern Arrernte tribes. Next, drive along the Stuart and Lasseter Highway and through the colourful semi-desert to Watarrka National Park, home of the majestic Kings Canyon. There’ll be a quick stop in Erldunda to pick up lunch, then it’s on to your campsite near Kings Canyon. Upon return to camp join your travel companions for an included dinner.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Kings Canyon / Uluru / Yulara - After an early breakfast, head out for a walk around the rim of Kings Canyon in Watarrka National Park. With soaring cliffs and rock formations, you’d be hard pressed to find a more magical place. The walk starts with a difficult climb to the top of the canyon to take in unrivalled views, before descending through the Lost City – a series of natural sandstone domes resembling ancient ruins. Continue to the unexpected greenery of the Garden of Eden, which stands in stark contrast to the rest of the arid landscape. In the afternoon drive to Yulara, then make your way to Australia’s most spiritually significant and iconic site, Uluru. From a prime viewing location, enjoy the view as the sun sets over the epic sandstone monolith – watching the incredible landscape shift in colour is a sight you won’t soon forget! This evening, tuck into an included dinner. Depending on the time of year this will be either before or after the sunset viewing.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Kata Tjuta / Uluru / Yulara - This morning, head out to Kata Tjuta (formerly known as 'The Olgas'), a towering collection of 36 domed rock formations. These rust-coloured beauties are truly one of Australia’s most impressive sights. Embark on the Walpa Gorge walk. On one side, Mount Olga towers above the track below – giving you a real sense of just how incredible this place is. Return to Uluru and continue connecting with First Nations culture during a stop at the Uluru-Kata Tjuta Cultural Centre, where you will also have a picnic lunch. Afterwards join your leader for a walk to the beautiful Mutitjulu Waterhole at the base of the rock. Your leader will explain what makes this waterhole sacred and its connection to the Anangu people. This evening is free for you to do as you please. You’ll have the option to visit the Field of Light, an enormous art installation that illuminates the landscape with 50,000 stems of light, or alternatively take it easy and kick back at camp. There are a number of dinner options in Yulara. Your leader will be at hand to recommend a place and facilitate transport.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Uluru / Yulara (or Alice Springs) - Start the day early in one of the best ways imaginable – watching a spectacular sunrise over Uluru and one last walk with your leader to learn more about the Mala people and their significance. If you feel energetic you can also opt to do the entire base walk this morning (approximately 11km). Your leader will pick you up again at the end of the walk. Then, make your way back to Yulara, where your Outback adventure will come to an end. If you’re flying out of Alice Springs, you can remain on the vehicle as your leader will be heading back to Alice Spring, arriving in the early evening.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Darwin / Litchfield National Park / Mary River - Welcome to the Northern Territory! Your adventure begins in Darwin (Gulumerrdgen in the language of the local Larrakia people, who are the traditional owners of the land on which Darwin is now located). You’ll meet your group early, and then set off south to Litchfield National Park. Overflowing with picture-perfect waterfalls, your first stop is to Wangi Falls. Here, there’s a chance for a serene swim or take a short loop walk with your leader. Next, it’s on to Florence Falls, where you can explore the nearby plunge pools and stop for a picnic lunch. Then, you’ll swap bubbling creeks for iconic earthly towers at Litchfield’s famous Magnetic Termite Mounds. After leaving the park, a First Nations owned and operated Cultural Ecological Experience will provide you with an understanding of the customs and traditions of the Aboriginal people of the Northern Coast Wetland region. You’ll then head to Mary River and your accommodation for the night.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Kakadu National Park - Rising bright and early this morning, you’ll drive to the natural wonders of Kakadu National Park. Covering an enormous 20,000 sq km, the park is filled with biodiversity and significant First Nations sites. First, you’ll set off on the Ubirr walk with your leader. The 1 km loop takes you past incredible examples of First Nations rock art and up to an awe-inspiring lookout point. Stop for a picnic lunch at Cahills Crossing for some rest and respite (just keep an eye out for crocs), then drive to Burrungkuy (Nourlangie), famous for its World Heritage-listed rock art created by the Bininj people. Take a short walk here for a good overview of the wildlife, art and natural features of the area. Later, head to your campsite for the night and spend the evening getting to know your fellow travellers.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Kakadu National Park / Nitmiluk National Park / Katherine - This morning, enjoy some free time to choose to glide through the wetlands and tributaries of the Yellow Water Billabong on an Indigenous-owned cruise. The river system sits entirely within the national park, and is home to rich wildlife, dramatic scenery and an ever-changing landscape. Then say goodbye to Kakadu and drive to the historic gold mining town Pine Creek, before continuing to Leliyn (Edith Falls). After a (late) lunch, you can hike along the upper pools or go for a refreshing swim. Later, a final drive will take you to your campground in Katherine where you can soak up a striking sunset.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Nitmiluk National Park / Katherine / Darwin - Your final day in the Top End begins with a visit to the truly impressive Nitmiluk (Katherine) Gorge. Here, you’re again free to choose your own adventure. Maybe take a cruise down the river to marvel at the dramatic scenery, as local guides provide the historical and cultural context of the region’s flora and fauna. Alternatively, you could head out on foot with your leader and explore Nitmiluk up close. Then head back to Katherine for lunch and a refreshing dip in the natural hot springs, before a drive north takes you back to Darwin, where your adventure ends. If you’d like to extend your stay in Darwin, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Cairns - Welcome to Cairns! Or Gimuy, in the language of the Traditional Owners of the land on which Cairns is now located. This is the gateway to Australia’s Great Barrier Reef and the gorgeous Daintree Rainforest. Your adventure officially starts with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight at your hotel, where you’ll meet your trip leader and fellow travellers. If you arrive in Cairns with time to spare, why not check out the Cairns Botanical Gardens or simply wander the waterfront promenade, popping into a local bar. After the meeting, maybe head out with your group for a dinner. 

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Cape Tribulation / Rossville - Today, you’ll take the Daintree ferry to the UNESCO World Heritage area of Cape Tribulation, which sits within the ancient Daintree Rainforest. When you arrive, head out on a short nature walk and immerse yourself in the sounds and smells of the forest, keeping your eye out for local birdlife. Daintree is over 135 million years old, making it the oldest rainforest in the world! Stop at a lookout and enjoy the beach scenery, then hop into your 4WD truck for a drive along the iconic Bloomfield Track – also known as the Coast Road, this track takes you from the cape through the forest’s many creeks. After, carry on to Rossville for the night, and maybe join your group for dinner at The Lion Den Hotel. After some pub food, spend the night stargazing at your campsite, overlooked by the Kalkajaka (Black Mountain).

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Rossville / Cooktown / Lakefield National Park - Fuel up on breakfast this morning, then meet with your local Aboriginal guide. Attend a Welcome to Country and smoking ceremony, then take a bush food and medicine walk as your guide tells you stories about the land. You’ll learn more about Country and boomerang throwing as your guide shares some handmade artefacts. Soak up your opportunity to connect with the land. Then stop at the Cooktown History Centre and learn about the significance of Cooktown and what role it played in Aboriginal history. Next make tracks for Rinyurru Lakefield National Park. When you arrive, step back in time at the Old Laura Homestead, which dates back to 1879, and immerse yourself in one of the park's most historically significant periods. Then, head to your overnight stay at either Laura or Lakefield National Park, depending on season.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Lakefield National Park / Coen - After breakfast, head to Red Lily Lagoon to spot the waterbirds and pink lotus-lilies that carpet the lagoon. After a short walk, you’ll carry on to another peaceful lagoon, where a hundred-year-old mango tree marks the site of a historic family homestead. Have lunch on the North Kennedy River, then visit the termite mounts and grasslands of Nifold Plains. Arrive in Coen in the late afternoon – a rural town on the eastern side of the Cape York peninsula – where you’ll spend the night at camp.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Iron Range National Park - This morning, you’ll continue north to Kutini-Payamu (Iron Range) National Park – the largest area of lowland tropical rainforest in Australia – through Cape York’s wilderness. Stop at Mount Tozer viewpoint and take a short walk for views of the mountain that rises in the distance. Next, visit the small coastal community of Portland Roads. This remote tropical outpost is a historical site framed by mangroves and famous for its small local cafe. If it’s open, maybe sit down for a coffee and a snack before heading to Chilli Beach – a long, sweeping beach, popular for fishing and birdwatching. Chill out under the swaying palms and take in the remote beach landscape, then head to your campsite.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Iron Range National Park / Wenlock River - Maybe rise early this morning and go bird watching in the surrounding rain forest – if you’re lucky, you may spot the elusive palm cockatoo, red-bellied pitta and yellow-billed kingfisher. Next up is Lockhart River Arts Indigenous Corporation – established in 1995, the artists of Lockhart River Art Centre have been recognised for many years as ‘The Art Gang’. You’ll visit here before heading to your campground on the Wenlock River – you'll be staying at Moreton Telegraph Station for the next two nights, which was part of the Cape York Telegraph line, completed in 1887.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Weipa / Wenlock River - This morning, you’ll drive to the Western Cape Cultural Centre. Here, you’ll learn about the history and culture of the region of Weipa and its surrounding communities. This centre plays an important role in preserving traditional language within the region through informative displays and artworks. After, you’ll hop on a boat cruise to see Cape York from the water – look out for saltwater crocodiles and the numerous bird species that live in these waterways and mangroves and learn about the local culture and wildlife habitats. After, visit Lake Patricia and head out on a short walk with your leader around the area. Tonight, you’ll have dinner back at your campground on the river and spend another night under the stars.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Apudthama National Park / Seisia - This morning, you’ll carry on to Kennedy’s Lost Camp to learn about Edmund Besley Court Kennedy J. P. – an Australian explorer in the mid-19th-century, known for his knowledge of (and untimely end in) Cape York. You’ll then visit Fruit Bat Falls, which sits within Apudthama National Park. These lush, bushy falls are a beautiful spot for a nature walk and a swim. After, carry on to the Jardine River ferry for the short journey to Seisia – home to the most northerly mainland community in Queensland and a gorgeous spot with a beach, still waters and palm trees. You’ll spend the next three nights in the local caravan park at Loyalty Beach and have dinner with your group at the site.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Pajinka (Cape York) / Seisia - Today, you’ll drive to the northernmost point of the mainland of Australia – Pajinka. Once you cross this mighty spot off your bucket list with a walk along the inland route, carry on to Somerset Beach and Fly Point for a beach visit and some photos, trying to spot the resident turtles. Then, carry on to the plane wreckage from World War II – located throughout Cape York, there are now plane wreckages where there were functioning Allied air bases during the war. These are a reminder of how close the fight really was to Australian shores. End the day with a visit to the remote community of Injinoo (also known as Cowal Creek or Small River) then take some time to wander through the town of Bamaga and stock up on snacks before making your way back to Seisia for the night.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Thursday Island (Torres Strait) / Seisia - This morning, you’ll take the ferry to Thursday Island for a cultural activity with a local Torres Strait Islander guide. When you arrive, learn more about the culture of the Torres Strait Islander people on a guided walk along Bayo Beach. In the early afternoon, jump back aboard the ferry to Seisia where your trip will come to an end in the afternoon.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Adelaide / Port Pirie / Port Augusta - Welcome to Adelaide (or Tarntanya, in the language of the Kaurna people, who are the Traditional Owners of the land on which Adelaide is now located)! Your adventure begins straight away at 8 am this morning with a welcome meeting at the hotel. Then, you’ll head out of town towards Port Augusta, stopping at the pink Lake Bumbunga on the way. Have a look around Fourth St and Railway Terrace in Snowtown, then stop at Port Pirie for a tour of the town and some lunch. When you arrive in Port Augusta, maybe visit the Wadlata Outback Centre or the Australian Arid Lands Botanic Gardens. This evening, you’re free to relax and recharge.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Woomera / Coober Pedy - Have breakfast at a café in town before driving to Woomera – a town that was purpose-built for testing rockets in the 1940s. Learn about nuclear and non-nuclear rocket testing at the Woomera Heritage Museum & Visitor Information Centre. There will be time for lunch before the short drive to Lake Hart Rest Area for views of one of the region’s salt lakes. When you arrive in Coober Pedy, perhaps stroll around town, search out some street art or find a local bar. You are in the opal capital of Australia, so maybe go jewellery hunting for the perfect souvenir. Tonight, maybe join your group for dinner at a local bar that offers up incredible views of the Breakaways and Coober Pedy.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Coober Pedy - Spend your day exploring Coober Pedy – head out on a tour of an underground home, an underground church and a historic opal mine. In the late afternoon, visit Josephine’s Gallery, which specialises in Aboriginal art and doubles as a kangaroo orphanage! Here, you can meet kangaroos and other native wildlife such as wombats and birds that are looked after by wildlife carers.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Kanku-Breakaways Conservation Park / William Creek - This morning, head out to Kanku-Breakaways Conservation Park – a registered Aboriginal heritage site – and see the dog fence (also known as the dingo fence), before travelling back to Coober Pedy for an optional lunch at a local café. Then, drive into the remote South Australian Outback along a rough dirt road to William Creek, where you can enjoy a cold beer and check out the ‘museum’ of memorabilia across the street. Tonight, you may choose to join your group for dinner at the local pub.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Oodnadatta Track / Marree - This morning, consider rising early for an optional flight over Lake Eyre. Then, continue your drive deeper into the remote desert landscape to Lake Eyre via the legendary Oodnadatta Track. Stop at Wabma Kadarbu Mound Spring Conservation Park along the way, then have a picnic at Lake Eyre for lunch before getting back on the road. You may also stop at Coward Springs – home to a museum and a natural spa, a welcome reprieve among the desert landscape. Continue to Marree, where you’ll stroll around town to see historic sites like the old Afghan Mosque and remnants of the Historical Ghan Railway.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Farina / Arkaroola - After breakfast, drive to Farina Town – a once booming oasis on the edge of the desert, this town now has a year-round population of just two people! Despite its ghost town status, Farina is home to a popular underground bakery, which is opened once a year by the Farina Restoration Project Group to raise funds to rebuild the town. If your visit lines up with its opening, stop by this unique bakery and take a wander around the town where stone ruins remain. Then, head to Copley, where you can have some lunch before continuing to Arkaroola Wilderness Sanctuary – a wildlife sanctuary in the Flinders Rangers. When you arrive, you’ll have free time to head out on a walk or hike through some of the geological monuments, mountains, granite peaks, gorges and waterholes here. Look out for the local birds, reptiles and mammals that live here, including the endangered yellow-footed rock wallaby.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Vulkathunha-Gammon Ranges National Park / Arkaroola - After breakfast, your day is free to take up some of the optional activities on offer here. Maybe take a 4WD tour of the ridge top, driving through some spectacularly rugged country. You can also take an optional scenic flight or head to the observatory. This afternoon, you can head out on a leader-led hike to soak up the landscape – your leader will choose a route based on the group’s desires and abilities. Maybe take the Acacia Ridge hike, the Giselda Hill Walk or the Mawson-Spriggina Connecting Trail.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Ikara-Flinders Ranges National Park / Wilpena Pound - Continue driving to the famous Ikara-Wilpena Pound – the centrepiece of the Flinders Ranges and home to the Adnyamathanha people for thousands of years. Your first stop today is Blinman – the highest town in South Australia. When you arrive, visit Wadna – an authentic Aboriginal arts and crafts gallery in the heart of the Flinders Ranges. Wander around, maybe grab some lunch and if you like, take a tour of the local mine. Then, continue to Stokes Hill Lookout for sweeping views of the rolling landscape. This afternoon, you’ll stay at a resort in Ikara (Wilpena Pound) and soak up a free afternoon and evening.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Ikara-Flinders Ranges National Park / Wilpena Pound - After breakfast, join your leader for a bushwalk in Ikara-Flinders Ranges National Park. In the afternoon, take a private tour of Sacred Canyon, where you’ll immerse yourself in Aboriginal culture as you listen to the stories and insights from your Adnyamathanha guide. Learn about the cultural significance of the site, the ancient rock engravings found in the smooth sandstone walls and discover bush medicines and bush tucker from the perspective of the local people. The rest of the day is free for you to choose your own adventure. You may decide to hike to the Wangara Lookout, take a shorter walk to Hills Homestead or spend the day swimming in the pool or enjoying other activities around the resort.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Clare Valley / Adelaide - After breakfast, depart for the Clare Valley wine region. Stop for lunch along the way and check out the silo art at Farrell Flat before arriving at a vineyard for an included wine tasting at a prominent local wine maker. In the afternoon, continue to Adelaide where your journey will come to an end. If you’d like to extend your stay and need help organising additional accommodation, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Sydney / Hunter Valley / Cessnock - Welcome to Sydney! Or Warrane, in the language of the Gadigal people of the Eora Nation, who are the Traditional Owners of the land on which Sydney is now located. Your adventure starts with a pick up at 9 am in front of the starting point hotel. After, you’ll head out for a walkabout around The Rocks with a local Aboriginal guide. Walk through Hicksons Reserve, Campbells Cove and Cumberland Walk as your guide teaches you about this area's history, land and water use, and spiritual connection with the First Nations peoples. You’ll have amazing views of the harbour along the way, including Sydney Harbour Bridge and the CBD. After your journey into the Dreaming, grab some lunch before heading north to the famous winery region – the beautiful Hunter Valley. Once there, sit down for a wine tasting with a sommelier and listen to the history of the various wines and the winery. Next, head to Cessnock in the heart of the valley, our overnight location for tonight. Perhaps head out for an optional welcome dinner in Cessnock to get to know your fellow travellers.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Crowdy Bay National Park / Port Macquarie - Today, you’ll make tracks north along the scenic coastal route. Stop at Crowdy Bay National Park along the way and embark on a scenic hike through forests of heath, paperbark and swamp mahogany at Diamond Head, taking in views of golden beaches and dramatic rock faces. The quartz crystals in the cliffs sparkle in the sun, giving Diamond Head its name. Keep your eyes peeled for whales and dolphins off the coast as you wind your way by secluded coves, beaches, and mountains, and you may even encounter a mob of kangaroos on your walk. Later, continue your drive to your accommodation in Port Macquarie.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Port Macquarie / Dorrigo National Park / Coffs Harbour - This morning, you’ll visit the Koala Hospital in Port Macquarie, where you’ll meet the volunteers who work there and and learn about how this organisation provides care and treatment for koalas needing rehabilitation. Then, drive to Bellingen, where you might like to grab lunch and enjoy some free time. Continue to Dorrigo National Park via the gorgeous Waterfall Way, known for its lush, sub-tropical rainforest – the last piece of the ancient subcontinent Gondwanaland. Few places on Earth contain so many plants and animals relatively unchanged from their ancestors. Pop into the Rainforest Centre in the park, take a stroll along the skywalk or explore the rainforest with your group.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Coffs Harbour / Byron Bay - Next up is Byron Bay – a laid-back surf paradise with boundless coastline, sand and friendly locals. But first, you’ll start your day with a walking tour of Red Rock with a local First Nations guide. Learn about the culture of the Gumbaynggirr people through stories, songs and the uses of native plants. Walk alongside The Solitary Island Marine Park Waterways and connect with Country as you learn more about the Dreaming. After, you’ll stop in Yamba where you might like to grab some lunch, before visiting Byron Bay Lighthouse for a unique photo opportunity and the chance to spot some dolphins, whales and other marine life.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Byron Bay - Get up early this morning if you want to catch the sunrise – they are pretty ace from Australia's most easterly point – but if you prefer, you can sleep in too! Today is free to do as you please so maybe hunt down the best cold-brew coffee from one of Byron’s quirky cafes, learn how to ride the waves with a beginner’s surf lesson, or hit the water with a guided sea kayaking tour of the Byron Bay Marine Park to see the beauty of the coastline while looking out for dolphins, turtles and whales and learning of the marine biology. Alternatively just hang out on the beach. Tonight, why not grab a drink at one of the local pubs or bars?

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Springbrook National Park / Gold Coast / Brisbane - This morning, head to The Farm – a collection of micro-businesses on a working farm focusing on growing, feeding and educating through community farming. Maybe grab some breakfast here and pick up a few things to have for lunch later on. Continue to Springbrook National Park and take a short walk to Natural Bridge rock arch which was formed by the force of the waterfall over the basalt cave. This afternoon, head to the famous Surfers Paradise on the Gold Coast for some beach time before continuing onto Brisbane where you’ll spend the night.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Brisbane - After a group breakfast this morning, your trip comes to an end in Brisbane. If you’d like to stay longer, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Brisbane / Noosa / Hervey Bay - Welcome to Brisbane! Or Meanjin in the language of the Turrbal and Yuggera peoples, who are the Traditional Owners of the land on which Brisbane is now located. Your adventure starts with a welcome meeting at 10 am. After, you’ll drive straight to Noosa Heads – a serene town in Queensland by the sea – where you can grab some lunch, relax on the beach or go shopping in the cute boutique shops. If you’d like, maybe use your free time here to do part of the Noosa Coastal Walk and look out for local flora and fauna. This afternoon, you’ll hit the road again for the coastal city of Hervey Bay, where you’ll spend the night.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: K'gari (Fraser Island) / Hervey Bay - After breakfast this morning, you’ll head to the stunning K'gari (previously known as Fraser Island) by ferry for a day trip. The name change is a major milestone in a long-running campaign by the Butchulla people, whose original name for this place means ‘paradise’ – and you’ll soon see why. Set off on an adventure through the breathtaking landscape. Start off with an adventurous drive along 75 Mile Beach Road – one of the best coastal drives in the country. Take a refreshing dive into the crystal-clear water of Boorangoora (Lake McKenzie) – an island icon. The lake is world famous for its turquoise colours and delicate white, 92% pure silica sand. Take another dip, this time in the fresh waters of Eli Creek, then visit the Maheno shipwreck and the coloured sands of the pinnacles. From tropical dense rainforest to wild offshore waters, you’ll witness the contrasting fauna and terrain of this truly unique island as you venture across undulating dunes and vast golden beaches in search of the iconic outback creature – the dingo. Tonight, head back to Hervey Bay where you can rest and recharge. 

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Hervey Bay / Overnight Train - Enjoy a free day in Hervey Bay today – one of the best sites for observing humpback whales during migration season, and the world’s first certified Whale Heritage Area. If the month is right, maybe spend the morning whale watching on the water, or rent a bike to cycle along the foreshore. Or you could take a leisurely stroll along the water’s edge, go kayaking or just enjoy one of the many gorgeous beaches nearby. Make sure you pick up some snacks for tonight's overnight train journey north on the famous 'Spirit of Queensland', from the train station at Maryborough West to Proserpine, just south-west of Airlie Beach, arriving early tomorrow morning.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Airlie Beach - Your new leader will meet you at Proserpine train station early this morning. Head for an optional breakfast and caffeine hit at a local café in Airlie Beach. Your day is free to explore this coastal paradise dotted with palm trees. This hub town of the popular Whitsundays has beer gardens, trendy cafes and a lawn-fringed swimming lagoon. Maybe stroll around and explore, visit some local swimming spots for a refreshing dip or find a seat at one of the many bars and watch the sun sparkle on the water. Get to know your new leader tonight with an optional group dinner. 

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Whitsunday Islands / Whitehaven Beach / Airlie Beach - Today you’ll head out on a full-day tour to Whitehaven Beach, in the heart of the Whitsunday Islands and in the centre of the Great Barrier Reef. Start with a walk to the spectacular Hill Inlet Lookout, where you can take photos of the sweeping ocean views. Then, hit the water and go snorkelling at one of the secret spots today's guide will show you. See coral reefs, colourful fish, turtles, clams and other marine life. Then, enjoy an included lunch and take a boat to the southern end of the 7 km stretch of Whitehaven Beach, taking the chance to kick back and relax in the sun after a day of outdoor adventures. Tonight, back in Airlie Beach, maybe head to one of the local bars for a cocktail (or two) and watch the sunset.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Townsville / Paluma Range National Park / Lucinda - Today is a long day of travel, interspersed with some stops to stretch your legs. Your first stop is Townsville. Head to Castle Hill lookout when you arrive and take some photos of the gorgeous views of the town and ocean below. You’ll have some free time for lunch and to chill by the water. Carry on to Big Crystal Creek in the Paluma Range National Park, where you can take a stroll, swim in the creek or just relax among the sounds of local birdlife. This afternoon, you’ll head to Lucinda, where you’ll spend the night.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Mungalla Station / Mission Beach - This morning after breakfast, drive to Mungalla station, where you’ll meet the First Nations owners of the land – the Nywaigi people – and learn about their culture and history, including about the brutal conflicts with European settlers. The story you’ve been told will come to life as you visit an exhibition of pictures within the historic homestead. Then head out and explore the Mungalla wetlands in search of aquatic birdlife. Drive to Mission Beach this afternoon – a small coastal town with expansive beaches, lined with palm trees. Stop in Tully along the way to stretch your legs, then ask your leader for their favourite local haunts.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Atherton Tablelands / Cairns - This morning after breakfast, drive to Millaa Millaa Falls for a nature walk and perhaps a refreshing swim in the cascades. Stop in for lunch at a local cafe at Yungaburra, then take the Curtain Fig boardwalk to see the iconic tree this park was named after – this park protects endangered mabi forest and a large green fig tree with extensive aerial roots that drop 15 m to the forest floor, forming a ‘curtain’. After, head to Lake Eacham – the site of an old volcano and home to Australia’s largest python! Here, maybe take a swim (just keep an eye out for the resident freshwater crocodile). This afternoon, you’ll drive to Cairns, where your trip will come to an end at approximately 5pm. If you’d like to stay longer, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Cairns - Welcome to Cairns! Known as Gimuy in the language of the Traditional Owners of the land on which Cairns is now located, this is the gateway to Australia’s Great Barrier Reef and Daintree Rainforest. Your adventure kicks off with a welcome meeting at 6 pm, where you’ll meet your group leader and fellow travellers. If you arrive in Cairns with time to spare, you might like to check out the Cairns Botanical Gardens or simply wander the waterfront promenade, popping into any of the local bars that take your fancy.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Cairns - After breakfast, head out on a First Nations-guided eco-tour of Mandingal Bay. The Traditional Owners of this land will teach you about Country, where mountains are home to rainforests and vast wetlands are home to local birdlife. Walk to Hills Creek, where the sea meets the fresh water and attend a Welcome to Country and Smoking Ceremony. Then, join your guide on a rainforest trail and learn about ancient Aboriginal traditions, customs and artefacts as you listen to the sounds of nature. After, you have a free afternoon in Cairns to grab some lunch, head to a local art gallery, explore the aquarium or just soak up some sun on the promenade.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Kuranda to Mareeba - This morning, enjoy breakfast and then drive to Kuranda – perched at the top of a mountain. Start with a visit to nearby Barron Falls lookout for the best photo spots, then head into town. You’ll have some time to explore this charming rainforest town and its surroundings at your own pace. Maybe check out the famous Kuranda Markets, or relax at one of the town’s many restaurants and cafes, where outdoor dining is one of the joys of the cooler mountain climate. This afternoon, visit the Tolga Bat Hospital – Australia’s largest bat rehabilitation facility. Here you’ll learn about the facility's research, advocacy and community education and make some new upside-down friends. Tonight, you’ll head to the Mareeba Wetlands for an exciting wildlife spotting experience at sunset, hosted by Forever Wild – an organisation that creates community and nature-based solutions to the climate and biodiversity crises.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Mareeba / Mossman Gorge / Daintree Rainforest / Cape Tribulation - This morning, head to the idyllic Mossman Gorge for a refreshing morning swim and a nature walk. After, you’ll continue to not one but two UNESCO World Heritage areas – Cape Tribulation and the Daintree Rainforest. Head off on another nature walk and immerse yourself in the sounds and smells of the rainforest, keeping your eye out for local birdlife. Daintree is over 135 million years old, making it the oldest rainforest in the world! This afternoon, continue exploring the area or kick back and relax at your accommodation.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Great Barrier Reef / Cape Tribulation - After breakfast, head out on an early morning tour of the Great Barrier Reef, where you’ll swim with turtles and snorkel in the pristine waters off the Daintree Coast, visiting two different snorkel locations. What better way to spend a morning!? The rest of the day is free to relax on the beach, swim, take a hike or just find a good spot to sit and people-watch. This is a nature-lovers paradise, so there are plenty of activities and laidback options to choose from.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Daintree Rainforest / Palm Cove / Cairns - This morning visit Kulki Lookout, where you can stroll along the boardwalk for some iconic views of Cape Tribulation and steep, rainforest-covered slopes that meet the sandy beaches below. Next, head to another boardwalk for a scenic circuit that takes you through dense lowland forests and mangrove-lined creeks. Then visit Mason’s Swimming Hole for a gorgeous tropical swim among lush flora and friendly fish and turtles, where you'll have time to have lunch. When you’re refreshed from a dip in the water, continue to Cairns via the idyllic Palm Cove. On arrival in Cairns your trip will come to an end at around 5 pm. If you want to extend your stay and explore Cairns further, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Melbourne / Hanging Rock / Daylesford / Ballarat - Welcome to Melbourne! Or Narrm, in the language of the Wurundjeri people, who are the traditional owners of the land on which Melbourne is now located. Melbourne is the effortlessly hip, unofficial foodie capital of Australia. Here, you can wander some of the trendiest art galleries, marvel at museums and sip countless cups of some of the finest-brewed specialty coffee on the planet. It's recommended that you arrive a few extra days before your adventure starts if you want to experience all this city has to offer. Today, you’ll meet your group leader and fellow travellers bright and early for an 8 am welcome meeting. Then, hit the road and start your journey along the Great Southern Touring Route – AKA Australia’s finest road trip. Your first stop today is Hanging Rock Reserve, where you’ll embark on the famous Pinnacle Walk to the summit. This area was shaped by a volcanic eruption some six million years ago and is an important landmark for three First Nations groups – the Woi Wurrung (Wurundjeri), the Djaara and the Taungurung. Keep your eye out for local wildlife like kangaroos, wallabies and echidnas on your walk before taking in the views from the summit. From here, you’ll drive to Daylesford for lunch and if your trip departs on a Sunday, you’ll have time to explore the Daylesford Sunday Market. Uniquely, only fresh produce sourced within a 50 km radius can be sold at this market. After some time in Daylesford, continue to the historic goldfield town of Ballarat where you’ll stay tonight. Perhaps visit Sovereign Hill or the Art Gallery of Ballarat, with the afternoon and evening at your leisure.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Great Ocean Road / Apollo Bay - After breakfast this morning, you’ll say goodbye to Ballarat and head south toward Apollo Bay. You’ll get your first taste of the spectacular Great Ocean Road today as you hit the coastline in Anglesea and follow the scenic highway along to Apollo Bay. This is Eastern Maar country, and was recently returned to the Traditional Owners in Victoria's first native title in a decade. The Great Ocean Road is one of the world’s most famed coastal drives, as you wind by striking windswept cliffs with views across the Southern Ocean, you’ll quickly see why. Once you reach Apollo Bay, you’ll enjoy a special experience at Wildlife Wonders – a social enterprise operated by the Conservation Ecology Centre working to develop and deliver solutions to the most urgent conservation challenges in the Otways region. Apollo Bay is on the doorstep of the Otway National Park, an ecosystem of lush rainforests, ancient plant life, waterfalls and secluded beaches – to name just a few. Join Wildlife Wonders guided walk through the magical Otways bushland where you'll discover lush fern gullies, eucalypt woodlands and spectacular ocean vistas. Learn the secrets of the bush from your conservationist guide and spot local wildlife like koalas and wallabies and, if you’re lucky, a potoroo or bandicoot. Wildlife Wonders invest 100% of profits into vital research and conservation projects to save local threatened species. After this heart-warming visit, you’ll make your way to your accommodation and enjoy free time in this chilled-out beachside town this afternoon.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Great Ocean Road / Warrnambool - Today, you really find out why this stretch of road is known as Australia’s finest road trip. Travel from Apollo Bay all the way to Warrnambool, with plenty of scenic stops along the way. Enjoy the dramatic scenery The Great Ocean Road is so well known for – one moment you’ll be marvelling at dramatic cliffs and the surging oceans below and the next you’ll be surrounded by native bushland. There's plenty of lookouts and white powdery beach walks (if the weather permits) to break up the drive today. Plus, the piece de resistance of today’s adventures – some time to discover the rugged splendour of the 12 Apostles. Created by the constant erosion from ocean swells and swirling winds that began some 10-20 million years ago, the incredible rock stacks now rise majestically up to 45 m out of the ocean below. It’s a sight to behold and one you won’t forget any time soon. This evening, you’ll continue to Warrnambool where you might like to join your fellow travellers for dinner and discuss the inspiring sights you witnessed today.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Budj Bim National Park / Grampians (Gariwerd) National Park - Buckle up for another day on the great open road as we set our sights for Budj Bim – the only UNESCO World Heritage site in Victoria outside of the Royal Exhibition Building. This area is located within Gunditjmara Country and is full of culture and volcanic landscapes. You’ll learn more about the history, bushland and wildlife of this area on a walking tour with a Gunditjmara cultural guide. Your guide will give you an overview of the Gunditjmara creation story and highlight the extensive marine and birdlife on Tae Rak (Lake Condah). The lake is made up of 1700 hectares of significant wetlands and stony rises right next to the historic lava flows of Budj Bim National Park. The Gunditjmara people have sustained life here for tens of thousands of years and created what is considered one of Australia’s earliest and largest aquaculture ventures. You’ll gain incredible insight into the history of the Gunditjmara people and how these landscapes were shaped by ancient volcanic movements. After your guided walk, enjoy a grazing board at the Tae Rak Aquaculture Centre & Café for lunch. Try all-Australian ingredients like grilled kooyang (eel), grilled macadamia nuts, pickled vegetables, kangaroo, emu and other local bush foods. With a belly full of bush tucker, hit the road to Grampians (Gariwerd) National Park where you’ll have time to explore in the afternoon and enjoy the evening at your leisure.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Grampians (Gariwerd) National Park - Be sure to fuel up at breakfast today because you’ve got a day full of exploring the Grampians (Gariwerd) National Park ahead. You can expect to see majestic waterfalls, rugged sandstone ridges, mountain vistas and magnificent rock art sites on your walks today. Traditionally known as Gariwerd, this region is home to the largest number of rock art paintings and shelters in Southern Australia. Today’s walks will feature these sites and likely introduce you to local wildlife like kangaroos, wallabies, emus and native birds. With a number of walking trails to choose from, your leader will pick the best, considering weather and track conditions and group ability. This evening, kick your feet up and relax after a full day of walking. Perhaps, meet up with your group for a final dinner together and reflect on the highlights of your great southern adventure.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Stawell / Adelaide (or Melbourne) - Enjoy one final group breakfast with your fellow travellers before a short drive to Stawell. Here, you’ll visit Bunjil’s Cave, a significant cultural site in Australia and one of the most prominent rock-art sites in southern Victoria. In local First Nations culture, Bunjil was the main Dreaming Being of south-eastern Australia. It’s believed that he produced the natural features of the landscapes, from the rolling mountains to the peaceful open ranges. He also gave each tribe their country and created the laws, customs and rights. Then your leader will bid you farewell, and your group will board The Overland train from Stawell, unaccompanied for the stretch to Adelaide, or Tandanya in the language of The Kaurna people, who are the traditional owners of the land on which Adelaide is now located. Operating for more than 130 years, you can expect relaxing views of wheat and sheep farms as you travel through Western Victoria. Have your cameras at the ready before you reach the Murray Bridge and you’ll then be treated to views of lush landscape as you descend through the Adelaide Hills into South Australia’s capital. Transfer from the station to our finish point hotel which is where your adventure will come to an end upon arrival. If you’d like to spend extra time in Adelaide, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Adelaide / Kangaroo Island - Welcome to Adelaide! (Or Tandanya in the language of The Kaurna people, who are the Traditional Owners of the land on which Adelaide is now located.) Your adventure starts with a welcome meeting at 9 am this morning, then you’ll travel to Cape Jervis. From here, jump on a ferry to Penneshaw on Kangaroo Island – keep an eye out for dolphins swimming alongside the ferry! When you dock, it's a short walk to your hotel, where you can drop your luggage, then maybe get to know your group over lunch. This afternoon, set off on the Kangaroo Island Sculpture Trail with your local leader and take in the panoramic views overlooking Hog’s Bay as you walk. This evening, visit the Penneshaw Penguin Centre for an evening walk in search of the world’s smallest variety of penguins.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Kangaroo Island - Kangaroo Island is Australia’s third-largest island and a paradise for wildlife lovers. It’s not just kangaroos you can find here – wallabies, sea lions, echidnas and sheep live here too! This morning, travel to Dudley Peninsula, where you’ll visit a local farm, see how sheep are shorn and meet the owner’s super sweet kelpie dogs. Then, stop by the Cape Willoughby Lighthouse – the oldest lighthouse in South Australia. While you’re here, maybe climb to the highest point on Kangaroo Island, Prospect Hill, for panoramic views over the region. After, visit a family-owned eucalyptus oil refinery and a honey farm, before heading to the Kangaroo Island Gallery – a community gallery specifically for the promotion, encouragement and exposure of local artists and craftspeople. Tonight, if there’s time maybe visit a local winery and enjoy a glass of shiraz or chardonnay before heading to Kingscote for the night.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Kangaroo Island - After breakfast, swing by Salt Lagoon to snap some pictures of this scenic spot, then continue towards Emu Bay Beach. Spend some time exploring the white sand, then beach hop over to the secluded Stokes Bay – a gorgeous spot for a swim and voted Australia's most beautiful beach in 2013. Maybe explore the Stokes Bay region, which is still recovering from the early 2022 bushfires which damaged much of the island. After an afternoon on the beach, you’ll return to Kingscote and enjoy an evening at leisure.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Kangaroo Island - This morning, visit Seal Bay. When you arrive, set off on a ranger-led wildlife experience to see the sea creatures swim and play. Then, continue to Little Sahara, named for its rippling sand dunes that resemble the North African desert. Maybe hire a sandboard and ride your way down the dunes before travelling to Vivonne Bay. Venture into the Flinders Chase National Park and take some time to explore. See the aptly named Admirals Arch and Remarkable Rocks, made up of naturally sculptured granite boulders. Later, head back to Kingscote and maybe head out for dinner with your group and toast to the final night of your adventure.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Kangaroo Island / Adelaide - Start the day by heading to American River, where you’ll find a schooner boat first built in 1803 called 'Independence'. Learn about the boat’s history and see how it’s being rebuilt, then take a scenic walk through coastal scrub towards the remains of an old fish cannery – keep an eye out for the rare and striking glossy-black cockatoos along the way. Get ready to say goodbye to Kangaroo Island as you make the drive back to Penneshaw and catch the ferry back to the mainland. Dock in Cape Jervis and hop on our private transfer back to Adelaide, where your trip comes to an end. If you’d like to stay in Adelaide longer, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Melbourne / Hanging Rock / Daylesford / Ballarat - Welcome to Melbourne! Or Narrm, in the language of the Wurundjeri people, who are the traditional owners of the land on which Melbourne is now located. Melbourne is the effortlessly hip, unofficial foodie capital of Australia. Here, you can wander some of the trendiest art galleries, marvel at museums and sip countless cups of some of the finest-brewed specialty coffee on the planet. It's recommended that you arrive a few extra days before your adventure starts if you want to experience all this city has to offer. Today, you’ll meet your group leader and fellow travellers bright and early for an 8 am welcome meeting. Then, hit the road and start your journey along the Great Southern Touring Route – AKA Australia’s finest road trip. Your first stop today is Hanging Rock Reserve, where you’ll embark on the famous Pinnacle Walk to the summit. This area was shaped by a volcanic eruption some six million years ago and is an important landmark for three First Nations groups – the Woi Wurrung (Wurundjeri), the Djaara and the Taungurung. Keep your eye out for local wildlife like kangaroos, wallabies and echidnas on your walk before taking in the views from the summit. From here, you’ll drive to Daylesford for lunch and if your trip departs on a Sunday, you’ll have time to explore the Daylesford Sunday Market. Uniquely, only fresh produce sourced within a 50 km radius can be sold at this market. After some time in Daylesford, continue to the historic goldfield town of Ballarat where you’ll stay tonight. Perhaps visit Sovereign Hill or the Art Gallery of Ballarat, with the afternoon and evening at your leisure.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Great Ocean Road / Apollo Bay - After breakfast this morning, you’ll say goodbye to Ballarat and head south toward Apollo Bay. You’ll get your first taste of the spectacular Great Ocean Road today as you hit the coastline in Anglesea and follow the scenic highway along to Apollo Bay. This is Eastern Maar country, and was recently returned to the Traditional Owners in Victoria's first native title in a decade. The Great Ocean Road is one of the world’s most famed coastal drives, as you wind by striking windswept cliffs with views across the Southern Ocean, you’ll quickly see why. Once you reach Apollo Bay, you’ll enjoy a special experience at Wildlife Wonders – a social enterprise operated by the Conservation Ecology Centre working to develop and deliver solutions to the most urgent conservation challenges in the Otways region. Apollo Bay is on the doorstep of the Otway National Park, an ecosystem of lush rainforests, ancient plant life, waterfalls and secluded beaches – to name just a few. Join Wildlife Wonders guided walk through the magical Otways bushland where you'll discover lush fern gullies, eucalypt woodlands and spectacular ocean vistas. Learn the secrets of the bush from your conservationist guide and spot local wildlife like koalas and wallabies and, if you’re lucky, a potoroo or bandicoot. Wildlife Wonders invest 100% of profits into vital research and conservation projects to save local threatened species. After this heart-warming visit, you’ll make your way to your accommodation and enjoy free time in this chilled-out beachside town this afternoon.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Great Ocean Road / Warrnambool - Today, you really find out why this stretch of road is known as Australia’s finest road trip. Travel from Apollo Bay all the way to Warrnambool, with plenty of scenic stops along the way. Enjoy the dramatic scenery The Great Ocean Road is so well known for – one moment you’ll be marvelling at dramatic cliffs and the surging oceans below and the next you’ll be surrounded by native bushland. There's plenty of lookouts and white powdery beach walks (if the weather permits) to break up the drive today. Plus, the piece de resistance of today’s adventures – some time to discover the rugged splendour of the 12 Apostles. Created by the constant erosion from ocean swells and swirling winds that began some 10-20 million years ago, the incredible rock stacks now rise majestically up to 45 m out of the ocean below. It’s a sight to behold and one you won’t forget any time soon. This evening, you’ll continue to Warrnambool where you might like to join your fellow travellers for dinner and discuss the inspiring sights you witnessed today.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Budj Bim National Park / Grampians (Gariwerd) National Park - Buckle up for another day on the great open road as we set our sights for Budj Bim – the only UNESCO World Heritage site in Victoria outside of the Royal Exhibition Building. This area is located within Gunditjmara Country and is full of culture and volcanic landscapes. You’ll learn more about the history, bushland and wildlife of this area on a walking tour with a Gunditjmara cultural guide. Your guide will give you an overview of the Gunditjmara creation story and highlight the extensive marine and birdlife on Tae Rak (Lake Condah). The lake is made up of 1700 hectares of significant wetlands and stony rises right next to the historic lava flows of Budj Bim National Park. The Gunditjmara people have sustained life here for tens of thousands of years and created what is considered one of Australia’s earliest and largest aquaculture ventures. You’ll gain incredible insight into the history of the Gunditjmara people and how these landscapes were shaped by ancient volcanic movements. After your guided walk, enjoy a grazing board at the Tae Rak Aquaculture Centre & Café for lunch. Try all-Australian ingredients like grilled kooyang (eel), grilled macadamia nuts, pickled vegetables, kangaroo, emu and other local bush foods. With a belly full of bush tucker, hit the road to Grampians (Gariwerd) National Park where you’ll have time to explore in the afternoon and enjoy the evening at your leisure.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Grampians (Gariwerd) National Park - Be sure to fuel up at breakfast today because you’ve got a day full of exploring the Grampians (Gariwerd) National Park ahead. You can expect to see majestic waterfalls, rugged sandstone ridges, mountain vistas and magnificent rock art sites on your walks today. Traditionally known as Gariwerd, this region is home to the largest number of rock art paintings and shelters in Southern Australia. Today’s walks will feature these sites and likely introduce you to local wildlife like kangaroos, wallabies, emus and native birds. With a number of walking trails to choose from, your leader will pick the best, considering weather and track conditions and group ability. This evening, kick your feet up and relax after a full day of walking. Perhaps, meet up with your group for a final dinner together and reflect on the highlights of your great southern adventure.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Stawell / Adelaide - Enjoy a group breakfast with your fellow travellers before a short drive to Stawell. Here, you’ll visit Bunjil’s Cave, a significant cultural site in Australia and one of the most prominent rock-art sites in southern Victoria. In local First Nations culture, Bunjil was the main Dreaming Being of south-eastern Australia. It’s believed that he produced the natural features of the landscapes, from the rolling mountains to the peaceful open ranges. He also gave each tribe their country and created the laws, customs and rights. After time to explore this significant site and learn more about First Nations history, your leader will bid you farewell, and your group will board The Overland train from Stawell, unaccompanied for the stretch to Adelaide, or Tandanya in the language of The Kaurna people, who are the traditional owners of the land on which Adelaide is now located. Operating for more than 130 years, you can expect relaxing views of wheat and sheep farms as you travel through Western Victoria. Have your cameras at the ready before you reach the Murray Bridge and you’ll then be treated to views of lush landscape as you descend through the Adelaide Hills into South Australia’s capital. Enjoy a free night before the next leg of your journey starts tomorrow.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Adelaide / Kangaroo Island - As this is a combination trip, your group leader and the composition of your group will likely change at this location. This stage of your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at your hotel in Adelaide at 9 am where you’ll link up with your local leader and the other travellers joining you on this part of your adventure. Find out what’s in store over the coming days, then board your transfer bound for Cape Jervis (approximately 2 hours), from where you’ll jump aboard a ferry and travel to Penneshaw on Kangaroo Island (approximately 45 minutes). Be sure to keep an eye out for dolphins swimming alongside the ferry! From the ferry landing, it's a short walk to your hotel. Drop your luggage, then perhaps get to know your group over lunch on the island. In the afternoon, get your first taste of the island’s unique nature by joining your leader and heading out onto the Kangaroo Island Sculpture Trail, positioned in the dunes overlooking Hog’s Bay. Keep an eye out for wildlife! This evening you'll visit the Penneshaw Penguin Centre for an evening walk to search for the world’s smallest variety of penguins.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Kangaroo Island - Australia’s third-largest island, Kangaroo Island is a veritable paradise for wildlife lovers. It’s not just kangaroos you can find here – wallabies, sea lions and echidnas are all locals too. Evidence suggests Aboriginal life existed on the island as far back as 16,000 years, but it was uninhabited by the time Europeans arrived in the early 19th century. The island is now home to 4000 people, and today will be spent diving into local culture and history. First up, head out onto Dudley Peninsula and get a real taste of Aussie culture when you pay a visit to a sheep farm to see how sheep are shorn and meet the owner’s super sweet kelpie dogs. Stop by the Cape Willoughby Lighthouse, the oldest lighthouse in South Australia. If you’re feeling extra adventurous today, you’ll have the chance to climb the 500 steps to the top of Prospect Hill, the highest point on Kangaroo Island. Next up are visits to some local producers, such as a family-owned eucalyptus oil refinery and a honey farm, a third-generation family business and home to the only pure strain of Ligurian Bee in the world. Then head to the Kangaroo Island Gallery, a community Gallery specifically for the promotion, encouragement, and exposure of artists and craftspeople of Kangaroo Island. Time permitting there may be the option to also visit a local winery and try some of their wines. Finally, head to Kingscote, the largest town on the island, check into your hotel and put your feet up.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Kangaroo Island - After breakfast, swing by Salt Lagoon to snap some pictures of this scenic spot, then continue towards Emu Bay Beach. If the group fancies, you’ll have the chance to pop into the lavender farm to try some delicious lavender scones. Spend some time stretched out on the white sand or paddling in the pristine, clear waters, then beach hop over to the secluded Stokes Bay, a gorgeous spot for a swim, and voted Australia's most beautiful beach in 2013. Early 2020 saw bushfires ravage Kangaroo Island, with the Stokes Bay region being particularly badly hit. The Stokes Bay Community Hall served as a centrepiece for the settlement since 1952 but was completely destroyed by the fires. Today the area is in recovery, and the National Trust is working with the local community to restore the hall, as well as natural habitats for wildlife. After an afternoon on the beach, return to Kingscote and enjoy an evening at leisure.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Kangaroo Island - Start the day with a visit to Seal Bay. There are no actual seals here, but there are plenty of sea lions! The sea lion colony you see today has existed at Seal Bay for thousands of years. Join an up close and personal ranger-led wildlife experience which will allow you to observe the lives of these endearing creatures as you watch them swim, play and bask in the sun. Continue on to Little Sahara, named for its rippling sand dunes that resemble the North African desert. While here you may have the chance to hire a sandboard and ride your way down the dunes. Next up is something really special – head to Vivonne Bay, which is not only one of the most stunning beaches on Kangaroo Island but the whole of Australia. Venture into the Flinders Chase National Park and come face to face with the aptly named Remarkable Rocks, made up of naturally sculpted granite boulders. You’ll also check out the impressive Admirals Arch and take some time to explore the park before heading back to Kingscote.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Kangaroo Island / Adelaide - Start the day by heading to American River (not actually a river, or American, but a little town on the northeast coast of the island), where you’ll find a schooner boat first built in 1803 called 'Independence'. Learn about the boat’s history and see how it’s being rebuilt, then take a scenic walk through coastal scrub towards the remains of an old fish cannery built at the end of the 19th century, keeping an eye out for the rare and striking glossy-black cockatoos along the way. Get ready to say goodbye to Kangaroo Island as you make the drive back to Penneshaw and catch the ferry back to the mainland. Dock in Cape Jervis and hop on our private transfer back to Adelaide (approximately 2 hours). You can expect to arrive back at our hotel in Adelaide at around 4.30 pm at which time the tour comes to an end.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Darwin - Welcome to the Top End! Your adventure begins in Darwin (Gulumerrdgen in the language of the local Larrakia people, who are the traditional owners of the land on which Darwin is now located), capital of the Northern Territory. A welcome meeting at 6 pm will give you a chance to meet your fellow travellers, then you’re free to spend an evening resting before your early start tomorrow. If you arrive early, you might like to take a dip in the Darwin City Lagoon, or visit the Museum and Art Gallery of the Northern Territory for a taste of the state’s culture, history and art.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Kakadu National Park - Rising bright and early this morning, head towards Kakadu National Park. Covering an enormous 20,000 sq km, the park is truly bountiful in its biodiversity. After a chance to stretch your legs on a short walk at Mamukala Wetlands, stop for a picnic lunch by the river at Cahill's Crossing. Then, hop aboard a cruise down the East Alligator River (despite the name, you won’t see any alligators – this is crocodile country). You’ll be joined by a First Nations guide who’ll provide a unique insight on the cultural significance of the landscape, and the plants and animals that live there. After your cruise, set off on the Ubirr walk with your leader. The 1 km loop will lead you past incredible examples of First Nations rock art and to an awe-inspiring lookout point. Tonight, chill at your accommodation of get to know your fellow travellers over a few card games.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Kakadu National Park - This morning, drive to Burrungkuy (Nourlangie), famous for its World Heritage-listed rock art created by the Bininj people. There are various short walks available while you’re here, offering a different perspective on the wildlife, art and natural features of the area. Your exploration of the natural wonders of Kakadu National Park will continue with an Indigenous-owned cruise along the Yellow Water Billabong. As you glide through the wetlands and tributaries of the South Alligator River, keep an eye out for the area’s rich wildlife – eagles, jabirus, brolgas and plenty of crocodiles all call the billabong home. When you’re back on dry land, you’ll visit the local cultural centre and, depending on the time of day, you may be able to join a weaving or damper making class.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Nitmiluk National Park / Katherine - Say farewell to Kakadu National Park and head out on a short drive to Katherine. Along the way, you’ll stop at the historic gold mining town of Pine Creek, then the idyllic Leliyn (Edith Falls). At the falls, there’ll be a chance to take a short hike along the upper pools circuit, go for a swim and stop for lunch. Later, continue to Katherine – a town where the outback meets the tropics. When you arrive, you’ll drop into the Arts and Culture Centre for an introduction to the rich heritage of the area, before making your way to your accommodation for the night.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Nitmiluk National Park / Katherine - Start the day with a visit to Nitmiluk (Katherine) Gorge – a truly impressive series of sandstone gorges sculpted by the Katherine River. Here you’ll have some free time to choose your own adventure – maybe take a cruise down the river to marvel at the dramatic scenery, as local guides provide the historical and cultural context of the region’s flora and fauna. Alternatively, you could head out on foot with your leader and explore Nitmiluk up close. Later, head back to Katherine for lunch and a refreshing dip in the natural hot springs.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Litchfield National Park / Darwin - For the final day of your Top End adventure, drive to the magnificent Litchfield National Park. Sitting on a huge sandstone plateau, the park is home to stunning waterfalls, secret swimming spots and towering rocky pillars. Your first stop will be Litchfield’s famous Magnetic Termite Mounds, then you’ll visit the Buley Rockhole – a series of shallow rock pools perfect for a quick dip. Then, walk to Florence Falls for a picnic lunch and another swim. If that’s not enough, the amazing Wangi Falls also provide a picturesque spot for a swim. Then, it’s time for the drive back to Darwin. Say goodbye to your newfound friends as your adventure comes to an end when you arrive. If you’d like to spend more time in Darwin, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Exmouth / Cheela Plains - Welcome to Exmouth. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 8.30 am this morning, then you’ll set off through the beautiful Outback landscape to Nanutarra Roadhouse. Today is a bit of a long travel day, so it's a good idea to get stuck into your book or favourite podcasts. When you arrive at the roadhouse, stop for lunch before continuing to Cheela Plains Station, where you’ll stay tonight. This afternoon, maybe set off on one of the station hikes to explore the area. Tonight, enjoy dinner at the station under the Pilbara night sky.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Tom Price / Karijini National Park - Today is an early start as you travel from Cheela towards Karijini National Park. On the way, stop at Tom Price and spend some time walking the streets of this small mining town. This is also your opportunity to buy yourself a picnic lunch for later on in the national park. Continue to Karijini National Park – land of the Banjima, Innawongka and Eastern Guruma peoples. This is Western Australia’s second-largest national park, with a landscape more than 2.5 billion years old. Your first stop is Kalamina Gorge – the shallowest gorge in Karijini National Park. As you walk alongside the stream, take in the surrounding landscape of small waterfalls and rock pools. When you arrive at the Rock Arch Pool, stop for lunch and maybe a quick swim before checking into your accommodation at Karijini Eco Retreat. This afternoon, explore Joffre Gorge – a curved waterfall forming a natural amphitheatre. When you arrive, take in panoramic views from the lookout platform or maybe walk down into the gorge to see the towering cliff faces reflected in the calm water.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Karijini National Park - Today is a full day of exploration in Karijini National Park. Travel to Hancock Gorge this morning for your first hike of the day. After climbing down a ladder, you’ll walk through the narrow rock passages and shallow pools to the well-known Spider Wall. Weave your way through the tight, twisting gaps in the rocks before arriving at the green waters of Kermit’s Pool. This afternoon, set off on a hike through Weano Gorge. Follow the trail through the towering red walls, along the stepping stones to the Handrail Pool. Spend some time relaxing among the cool rocks or take a dip in the clear waters.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Hamersley Gorge / Cheela Plains - After breakfast, you’ll start your journey back towards Cheela Plains. On the way, stop for one final walk at Hamersley Gorge. As you walk, take in the swirling rock formations and the colourful layers of stone. At the bottom, maybe cool off with a swim in the pool or relax under the shade of the trees beside the stepped waterfalls. Then, leave the landscape of gorges and waterfalls behind, and return to your station stay Cheela Plains. When you arrive, enjoy your last dinner with your fellow travellers to celebrate the last night of your adventure.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Charles Knife Canyon / Exmouth - This morning, travel back to Exmouth, stopping at the Charles Knife Canyon along the way. From the lookout soak up the panoramic views of the surrounding terrain of rocky gullies, narrow gorges, open spinifex (coastal grass) bushland and over the Exmouth Gulf. After lunch at the canyon, you’ll continue to Exmouth, where your trip will come to an end. If you’d like to stay longer, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Perth / Nambung National Park / Geraldton - Welcome to Perth! Or Boorloo in the language of the local Whadjuk Nyoongar people, who are the Traditional Owners of the land on which Perth is now located. Your adventure begins straight away, as you meet your group and head to Nambung National Park to check out the famous Pinnacles Desert – a unique landscape unlike any other in the country. After, journey to Jurien Bay, where you’ll have the opportunity to spot endangered sea lions on the beach. From here, continue to the limestone caves of Stockyard Gully Reserve before spending the night in the coastal city of Geraldton.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Hutt Lagoon / Kalbarri - Drive to Kalbarri after breakfast, stopping at Hutt Lagoon on the way – the extremely high levels of salinity in this lagoon gives it its unusual pink, sometimes lilac hue. Stop along the rugged coastline to see the natural bridge and take a short walk along the coastal trail. This afternoon, head to Murchison River for a special degustation experience. After a tour around Murchison House Station, you’ll head out on the river in canoes, drifting along the gentle waters and looking out for some local wildlife. As the sun goes down, you’ll leave your canoes and tuck into your campfire banquet – this four-course feast of regional dishes will be paired with alcohol or non-alcoholic drinks, set against the gorgeous backdrop of Kalbarri’s nature.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Kalbarri National Park / Shark Bay - Wake up and explore Kalbarri National Park's Skywalk and Nature’s Window. After, you’ll carry on to Shark Bay. Walk along Eagle Bluff Boardwalk for views of the harbour, limestone islands and wildlife (you might be lucky enough to see rays, sharks or even turtles here), then enjoy some free time for lunch in Denham. Continue to your accommodation in Monkey Mia. Tonight is a free night in Shark Bay.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Shark Bay - Today is a free day to soak up all the natural beauty of Shark Bay – this UNESCO World Heritage Area is one of the world's greatest wilderness treasures set on the westernmost point of Australia. You might like to go stand-up paddleboarding, kayaking or 4WDing here – there are heaps of optional activities that your leader can help you book. You might even like to take a daytrip to Dirk Hartog Island to explore the wilderness in a 4WD – on this tour, you’ll visit the blow holes of the island, walk on white-sand beaches, swim through clear bay waters and look out for sharks, turtles, whales, dugongs and dolphins from Surf Point Marine Sanctuary. Spend tonight around the campfire and enjoy a tasting of fresh seafood or bush tucker cooked over the fire. Learn about the history of the Gutharraguda (Shark Bay), hear a Traditional Custodian play the didgeridoo and try spot kangaroos and echidnas.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Shell Beach / Carnarvon / Coral Bay - It will be a bit of a long travel day today as you make your way to Coral Bay, bordered by the UNESCO World Heritage-listed Ningaloo Reef – the world's largest fringing reef, home to thriving marine life and rare flora and fauna. The reef sits within the national park of the same name and is also the spot where up to 500 whale sharks aggregate yearly! Along the way, stop in Carnarvon and maybe grab some lunch or visit the Gascoyne Aboriginal Heritage and Cultural Centre (Gwoonwardu Mia), before settling into your accommodation for the evening.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Ningaloo Reef / Coral Bay - Set out on a three-hour glass bottom boat tour this morning, to explore the scenic surroundings of Coral Bay. As you cruise the bright blue waters, go in search of local turtles feeding in the corals of their natural habitat. As well as looking out for turtles, you’ll have the opportunity to feed schools of fish and maybe even go snorkelling in the clear waters off the boat in two different spots! This afternoon, you’re free to kick back on the warm sands, go for a swim or head out for more snorkelling along the Ningaloo Reef.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Ningaloo Reef / Exmouth - Drive into Cape Range National Park this morning and head out on a walk to Mandu Mandu Gorge. Venture up to the gorge’s rim to see the vast views of the Ningaloo Reef and surrounding country. Keep an eye out for wildlife as you go, like black-flanked rock-wallabies and birds of prey. After, have a picnic lunch with your group, then cool off with some snorkelling around Oyster Stacks – these five isolated islets protrude from Ningaloo Reef and can only be accessed at high tide. Explore the shallow coral gardens below the water, among colourful schools of fish – keep an eye out for turtles and sharks cruising by! Tonight, make your way to Exmouth.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Exmouth / Cheela Plains - The next part of your adventure begins with another welcome meeting at 8.30 am this morning. Then, set off through the beautiful Outback landscape to Nanutarra Roadhouse. Today is a bit of a long travel day, so it's a good idea to get stuck into your book or favourite podcasts. When you arrive at the roadhouse, stop for lunch before continuing to Cheela Plains Station, where you’ll stay tonight. This afternoon, maybe set off on one of the station hikes to explore the area. Tonight, enjoy dinner at the station under the Pilbara night sky.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Tom Price / Karijini National Park - Today is an early start as you travel from Cheela towards Karijini National Park. On the way, stop at Tom Price and spend some time walking the streets of this small mining town. This is also your opportunity to buy yourself a picnic lunch for later on in the national park. Continue to Karijini National Park – land of the Banjima, Innawongka and Eastern Guruma peoples. This is Western Australia’s second-largest national park, with a landscape more than 2.5 billion years old. Your first stop is Kalamina Gorge – the shallowest gorge in Karijini National Park. As you walk alongside the stream, take in the surrounding landscape of small waterfalls and rock pools. When you arrive at the Rock Arch Pool, stop for lunch and maybe a quick swim before checking into your accommodation at Karijini Eco Retreat. This afternoon, explore Joffre Gorge – a curved waterfall forming a natural amphitheatre. When you arrive, take in panoramic views from the lookout platform or maybe walk down into the gorge to see the towering cliff faces reflected in the calm water.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Karijini National Park - Today is a full day of exploration in Karijini National Park. Travel to Hancock Gorge this morning for your first hike of the day. After climbing down a ladder, you’ll walk through the narrow rock passages and shallow pools to the well-known Spider Wall. Weave your way through the tight, twisting gaps in the rocks before arriving at the green waters of Kermit’s Pool. This afternoon, set off on a hike through Weano Gorge. Follow the trail through the towering red walls, along the stepping stones to the Handrail Pool. Spend some time relaxing among the cool rocks or take a dip in the clear waters.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Hamersley Gorge / Cheela Plains - After breakfast, you’ll start your journey back towards Cheela Plains. On the way, stop for one final walk at Hamersley Gorge. As you walk, take in the swirling rock formations and the colourful layers of stone. At the bottom, maybe cool off with a swim in the pool or relax under the shade of the trees beside the stepped waterfalls. Then, leave the landscape of gorges and waterfalls behind, and return to your station stay Cheela Plains. When you arrive, enjoy your last dinner with your fellow travellers to celebrate the last night of your adventure.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Charles Knife Canyon / Exmouth - This morning, travel back to Exmouth, stopping at the Charles Knife Canyon along the way. From the lookout soak up the panoramic views of the surrounding terrain of rocky gullies, narrow gorges, open spinifex (coastal grass) bushland and over the Exmouth Gulf. After lunch at the canyon, you’ll continue to Exmouth, where your trip will come to an end. If you’d like to stay longer, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Melbourne / Wilsons Promontory / Foster - Welcome to Melbourne! Or Narrm in the language of the Wurundjeri people, who are the Traditional Owners of the land on which Melbourne is now located. Your adventure starts straight away with a welcome meeting at 9 am this morning. Travel to Wilsons Promontory along the Bunurong coast. When you arrive, head inland through the temperate rainforest along the Lily Pilly Gully Boardwalk. As you walk, look out for local wildlife like emus, wombats and kangaroos. Then, visit Squeaky Beach, known for its rounded quartz sand that squeaks when you walk on it! Listen for the sounds as you go and take in the surrounding granite boulders at either end of the beach. After, travel to Foster where you’ll spend the night.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Tarra Bulga National Park / Raymond Island / Paynesville - This morning, walk the Corrigan Suspension Bridge Loop. Surrounded by South Gippsland wet forest and temperate rainforest, this is where the dinosaurs once roamed! You'll pass by several tall myrtle beech trees here – the descendants of the ancient gondwana beech forests dating back around 20 million years ago. Then, travel from Tarra-bulga to Rosedale, where you’ll stop for lunch. After, continue to Paynesville, where you’ll take the ferry to Raymond Island. When you arrive, follow the Raymond Island Koala Trail and see koalas in their natural habitat. Along the way, learn about their preferences for specific eucalyptus species, their leisurely lifestyle and the intriguing ways they communicate with each another.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Buchan Caves / Eden - Spend today exploring the Buchan Caves. When you arrive, join a guided tour through the Royal Cave with a local guide. Along the way, you’ll learn about the limestone sculptures, calcite-rimmed pools and baroque stalactites and stalagmites, which have formed through natural processes over thousands of years. This afternoon, you're free to relax at your accommodation in Eden or explore the area at your own pace.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Eden - Connect to Country on today’s Bilbaan Cultural Experience – a trail that is part of the Gateway to the Bundian Way. Starting in Jigamy, home to the Keeping Place, you’ll walk along coastal bushland with sweeping ocean views to the Pinnacles. Guided by Country Custodians, you’ll hear about their deep connection to Country, learning about the local Aboriginal community, their cultural practices and the local plants and wildlife. The rest of today is free for you to continue exploring Eden in your own time.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Merimbula / Bermagui / Jervis Bay - Begin today with an oyster tour on Pambula Lake near Merimbula. Here, you’ll see how Sydney rock oysters are sustainably farmed using modern aquaculture techniques and learn about the area’s geology from a local oyster farmer. After, you can taste some of the fresh shellfish caught along the way! Stop for lunch at the Merimbula Wharf Restaurant before continuing to Bermagui Blue Hole. When you arrive, walk down the cliff to the 50 m long seawater swimming hole, known for its sapphire-blue water and marine life, like sea stars, crabs and marine snails. Maybe dive into the pool or walk to the viewing platform and soak in the views over the pool and surrounding coast. Continue to your overnight accommodation in Jervis Bay.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Jervis Bay / Sydney - This morning, explore the famous white sand beaches of Jervis Bay. Start with a visit to Murrays Beach, world-renowned for its sands and calm, turquoise waters, then embark on the Governors Head walk to a lookout for stunning panoramic views of the bay and Bowen Island. Later, travel from Jervis Bay to Sydney. This is a bit of a long drive, so it's a good idea to get stuck into your book or watch the scenery pass you by. You’ll travel along the Sea Cliff Bridge – a 665 m long bridge that extends over the ocean. When you arrive in Sydney tonight, head out for dinner with your fellow travellers to celebrate the end of your trip.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Sydney - After breakfast, your trip will come to an end. If you’d like to stay longer, just talk to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Sydney / Hunter Valley / Cessnock - Welcome to Sydney! Or Warrane, in the language of the Gadigal people of the Eora Nation, who are the Traditional Owners of the land on which Sydney is now located. Your adventure starts with a pick up at 9 am in front of the starting point hotel. After, you’ll head out for a walkabout around The Rocks with a local Aboriginal guide. Walk through Hicksons Reserve, Campbells Cove and Cumberland Walk as your guide teaches you about this area's history, land and water use, and spiritual connection with the First Nations peoples. You’ll have amazing views of the harbour along the way, including Sydney Harbour Bridge and the CBD. After your journey into the Dreaming, grab some lunch before heading north to the famous winery region – the beautiful Hunter Valley. Once there, sit down for a wine tasting with a sommelier and listen to the history of the various wines and the winery. Next, head to Cessnock in the heart of the valley, our overnight location for tonight. Perhaps head out for an optional welcome dinner in Cessnock to get to know your fellow travellers.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Crowdy Bay National Park / Port Macquarie - Today, you’ll make tracks north along the scenic coastal route. Stop at Crowdy Bay National Park along the way and embark on a scenic hike through forests of heath, paperbark and swamp mahogany at Diamond Head, taking in views of golden beaches and dramatic rock faces. The quartz crystals in the cliffs sparkle in the sun, giving Diamond Head its name. Keep your eyes peeled for whales and dolphins off the coast as you wind your way by secluded coves, beaches, and mountains, and you may even encounter a mob of kangaroos on your walk. Later, continue your drive to your accommodation in Port Macquarie.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Port Macquarie / Dorrigo National Park / Coffs Harbour - This morning, you’ll visit the Koala Hospital in Port Macquarie, where you’ll meet the volunteers who work there and and learn about how this organisation provides care and treatment for koalas needing rehabilitation. Then, drive to Bellingen, where you might like to grab lunch and enjoy some free time. Continue to Dorrigo National Park via the gorgeous Waterfall Way, known for its lush, sub-tropical rainforest – the last piece of the ancient subcontinent Gondwanaland. Few places on Earth contain so many plants and animals relatively unchanged from their ancestors. Pop into the Rainforest Centre in the park, take a stroll along the skywalk or explore the rainforest with your group.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Coffs Harbour / Byron Bay - Next up is Byron Bay – a laid-back surf paradise with boundless coastline, sand and friendly locals. But first, you’ll start your day with a walking tour of Red Rock with a local First Nations guide. Learn about the culture of the Gumbaynggirr people through stories, songs and the uses of native plants. Walk alongside The Solitary Island Marine Park Waterways and connect with Country as you learn more about the Dreaming. After, you’ll stop in Yamba where you might like to grab some lunch, before visiting Byron Bay Lighthouse for a unique photo opportunity and the chance to spot some dolphins, whales and other marine life.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Byron Bay - Get up early this morning if you want to catch the sunrise – they are pretty ace from Australia's most easterly point – but if you prefer, you can sleep in too! Today is free to do as you please so maybe hunt down the best cold-brew coffee from one of Byron’s quirky cafes, learn how to ride the waves with a beginner’s surf lesson, or hit the water with a guided sea kayaking tour of the Byron Bay Marine Park to see the beauty of the coastline while looking out for dolphins, turtles and whales and learning of the marine biology. Alternatively just hang out on the beach. Tonight, why not grab a drink at one of the local pubs or bars?

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Springbrook National Park / Gold Coast / Brisbane - This morning, head to The Farm – a collection of micro-businesses on a working farm focusing on growing, feeding and educating through community farming. Maybe grab some breakfast here and pick up a few things to have for lunch later on. Continue to Springbrook National Park and take a short walk to Natural Bridge rock arch which was formed by the force of the waterfall over the basalt cave. This afternoon, head to the famous Surfers Paradise on the Gold Coast for some beach time before continuing onto Brisbane where you’ll spend the night.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Brisbane / Noosa / Hervey Bay - The next part of your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 10 am. Then drive to Noosa Heads – a serene town in Queensland by the sea – where you can grab some lunch, relax on the beach or go shopping in the cute boutique shops. If you’d like, maybe use your free time here to do part of the Noosa Coastal Walk and look out for local flora and fauna. This afternoon, you’ll hit the road again for the coastal city of Hervey Bay, where you’ll spend the night.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: K'gari (Fraser Island) / Hervey Bay - After breakfast this morning, you’ll head to the stunning K'gari (previously known as Fraser Island) by ferry for a day trip. The name change is a major milestone in a long-running campaign by the Butchulla people, whose original name for this place means ‘paradise’ – and you’ll soon see why. Set off on an adventure through the breathtaking landscape. Start off with an adventurous drive along 75 Mile Beach Road – one of the best coastal drives in the country. Take a refreshing dive into the crystal-clear water of Boorangoora (Lake McKenzie) – an island icon. The lake is world famous for its turquoise colours and delicate white, 92% pure silica sand. Take another dip, this time in the fresh waters of Eli Creek, then visit the Maheno shipwreck and the coloured sands of the pinnacles. From tropical dense rainforest to wild offshore waters, you’ll witness the contrasting fauna and terrain of this truly unique island as you venture across undulating dunes and vast golden beaches in search of the iconic outback creature – the dingo. Tonight, head back to Hervey Bay where you can rest and recharge. 

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Hervey Bay / Overnight Train - Enjoy a free day in Hervey Bay today – one of the best sites for observing humpback whales during migration season, and the world’s first certified Whale Heritage Area. If the month is right, maybe spend the morning whale watching on the water, or rent a bike to cycle along the foreshore. Or you could take a leisurely stroll along the water’s edge, go kayaking or just enjoy one of the many gorgeous beaches nearby. Make sure you pick up some snacks for tonight's overnight train journey north on the famous 'Spirit of Queensland', from the train station at Maryborough West to Proserpine, just south-west of Airlie Beach, arriving early tomorrow morning.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Airlie Beach - Your new leader will meet you at Proserpine train station early this morning. Head for an optional breakfast and caffeine hit at a local café in Airlie Beach. Your day is free to explore this coastal paradise dotted with palm trees. This hub town of the popular Whitsundays has beer gardens, trendy cafes and a lawn-fringed swimming lagoon. Maybe stroll around and explore, visit some local swimming spots for a refreshing dip or find a seat at one of the many bars and watch the sun sparkle on the water. Get to know your new leader tonight with an optional group dinner. 

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Whitsunday Islands / Whitehaven Beach / Airlie Beach - Today you’ll head out on a full-day tour to Whitehaven Beach, in the heart of the Whitsunday Islands and in the centre of the Great Barrier Reef. Start with a walk to the spectacular Hill Inlet Lookout, where you can take photos of the sweeping ocean views. Then, hit the water and go snorkelling at one of the secret spots today's guide will show you. See coral reefs, colourful fish, turtles, clams and other marine life. Then, enjoy an included lunch and take a boat to the southern end of the 7 km stretch of Whitehaven Beach, taking the chance to kick back and relax in the sun after a day of outdoor adventures. Tonight, back in Airlie Beach, maybe head to one of the local bars for a cocktail (or two) and watch the sunset.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Townsville / Paluma Range National Park / Lucinda - Today is a long day of travel, interspersed with some stops to stretch your legs. Your first stop is Townsville. Head to Castle Hill lookout when you arrive and take some photos of the gorgeous views of the town and ocean below. You’ll have some free time for lunch and to chill by the water. Carry on to Big Crystal Creek in the Paluma Range National Park, where you can take a stroll, swim in the creek or just relax among the sounds of local birdlife. This afternoon, you’ll head to Lucinda, where you’ll spend the night.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Mungalla Station / Mission Beach - This morning after breakfast, drive to Mungalla station, where you’ll meet the First Nations owners of the land – the Nywaigi people – and learn about their culture and history, including about the brutal conflicts with European settlers. The story you’ve been told will come to life as you visit an exhibition of pictures within the historic homestead. Then head out and explore the Mungalla wetlands in search of aquatic birdlife. Drive to Mission Beach this afternoon – a small coastal town with expansive beaches, lined with palm trees. Stop in Tully along the way to stretch your legs, then ask your leader for the best way to spend your night.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Atherton Tablelands / Cairns - This morning after breakfast, drive to Millaa Millaa Falls for a nature walk and perhaps a refreshing swim in the cascades. Stop in for lunch at a local cafe at Yungaburra, then take the Curtain Fig boardwalk to see the iconic tree this park was named after – this park protects endangered mabi forest and a large green fig tree with extensive aerial roots that drop 15 m to the forest floor, forming a ‘curtain’. After, head to Lake Eacham – the site of an old volcano and home to Australia’s largest python! Here, maybe take a swim (just keep an eye out for the resident freshwater crocodile). This afternoon, you’ll drive to Cairns, where your trip will come to an end at approximately 5pm. If you’d like to stay longer, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Yulara (or Alice Springs) / Uluru / Yulara - Werte! Welcome to Yulara! Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 4 pm at your hotel. Straight after, you'll make your way to one of Australia’s most spiritually significant and iconic sites – Uluru. Enjoy the view from a prime viewing location as the sun sets over the epic sandstone monolith. Watching the landscape shift in colour is a truly unforgettable sight. Tonight, make sure to look up, as this is one of the best spots to stargaze in the country!

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Uluru / Kata Tjuta / Yulara - Start the day in one of the best ways – by watching the sunrise over Uluru. After breakfast, set off on the Kuniya Walk with your leader as the sun climbs over the landscape and walk to Mutitjulu Waterhole with a First Nations guide. Your guide will explain what makes this waterhole sacred while sharing stories of its connection to the Anangu people. After, stop by the Uluru-Kata Tjuta Cultural Centre. This afternoon, head out to Kata Tjuta (formerly known as 'The Olgas') – 36 domed rock formations. These rust-coloured beauties are one of Australia’s most impressive sights. You’ll take the Walpa Gorge Walk between two rock formations that make up Kata Tjuta. Tonight you have the option to visit the famous Field of Light show.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Uluru / Kings Canyon - This morning, you’ll again rise nice and early for a light breakfast, before heading out for a sunrise walk along Uluru’s base. Walk the entire circuit of this natural wonder as you watch the land come alive in the sunlight. Then, drive to Watarrka National Park, stopping for an included lunch along the way. Tonight, you have a free evening to sit back and relax, stargaze or swap stories with your fellow travellers.   

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Kings Canyon / Finke River - Enjoy a bushman’s style breakfast this morning at Kings Creek Station. After, spend the morning exploring the rugged landscape of Kings Canyon and tackle the Rim Walk up and across the famous Kings Canyon plateau, from the sandstone domes of the 'Lost City' to the oasis of the 'Garden of Eden'. You’ll walk across the red rock cliffs that protrude from the land and take in views of the palm forest below. Later, drive via the Mereenie Loop to our exclusive camp within Finke Gorge National Park, on the banks of the Finke River, where you’ll spend the night. Settle in, then perhaps embark on the Kalangarra Walk for some scenic views of the valley and the river bed. Head back to camp for dinner around the campfire.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: West MacDonnell Ranges / Finke River - Today after breakfast, you’ll hit the road for a full day tour of Tjoritja (the West MacDonnell Ranges). First, head to Gosse Bluff (Tnorala), a unique asteroid crater formed over 140 million years ago. Next up is Ormiston Gorge (Kwartatuma) where you'll head out onto the Ghost Gum Walk to soak in the views across the gorge. There will be plenty of time to relax at the swimming hole and cool off with a swim here. After exploring with your leader, return to our Finke River camp for a free evening. Tonight, why not celebrate your time together by the fire, under the blanket of Outback stars.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Alice Springs - Early this morning head to Alice Springs, where your trip will come to an end. There are no further activities planned when you arrive, so you can leave at any time. If you’d like to stay in Alice Springs for longer, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Yulara (or Alice Springs) / Uluru / Yulara - Welcome to Yulara! Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 4 pm at your hotel. Then, you'll head off straight away with your group, making your way to one of Australia’s most spiritually significant and iconic sites – Uluru. When you arrive, enjoy the view from a prime viewing location as the sun sets over the epic sandstone monolith. Watching the landscape shift in colour is a truly unforgettable sight. Tonight, make sure to look up, as this is one of the best spots to stargaze in the country!

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Kata Tjuta / Uluru / Yulara - Head out to Kata Tjuta (formerly known as 'The Olgas') – a towering collection of 36 domed rock formations and one of Australia’s most impressive sights. Embark on the Walpa Gorge walk, where Mount Olga towers above the track. Return to Uluru and continue connecting with First Nations culture at the Uluru-Kata Tjuta Cultural Centre. This afternoon, walk to the Mutitjulu Waterhole at the base of the rock. Your leader will explain what makes this waterhole sacred and its connection to the Anangu people. Tonight, maybe visit the Field of Light – an enormous art installation that illuminates the landscape with 50,000 stems of light.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Uluru / Yulara (or Alice Springs) - Start the day early in one of the best ways – watching a spectacular sunrise over Uluru before heading out for a walk along the monolith’s base. Then, make your way back to Yulara, where your adventure will come to an end. If you’re flying out of Alice Springs, you’ll arrive in the early evening. If you’d like to extend your stay, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Hobart / Richmond / Bicheno - Welcome to Tasmania! Your adventure begins in Hobart (nipaluna in the language of the Muwinina and palawa peoples, who are the Traditional Owners of the land on which Hobart is now located). You’ll have a welcome meeting at 9:30 am to meet your fellow travellers, followed by a short walk to ningina tunapri – TMAG's Tasmanian Aboriginal culture gallery – to start your journey off by connecting to the Traditional Owners of Tasmania. Then, leave Hobart behind, and head to the historic town of Richmond – home to over 40 heritage buildings. Stop for lunch and walk the charming streets before continuing north. On the way, there are optional stops at a local whiskey, gin and vodka distillery or at a winery. After your tasting, continue to the coastal town of Bicheno and your accommodation for the next two nights.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Freycinet National Park / Bicheno - From your base in Bicheno, drive south to the beautiful Freycinet National Park, home to a wild domain of sublime beaches, whose powder-white sands are lapped by translucent waters. Join your leader for the walk to Wineglass Bay, voted one of the world’s top 10 beaches, then after lunch follow the path up to Cape Tourville Lighthouse. Pose for a picture (or two) in front of the panoramic views, and then head back to Bicheno. This evening, there’s the option for you to join a guided tour for a closer look at the life of the area’s Little Penguins as they return nightly to their rookeries to feed their young.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Bay of Fires / Sheffield - This morning, you’ll depart Bicheno and follow the Great Eastern Drive until you encounter the peaceful northeast corner of Tasmania. The Bay of Fires is remarkable for its long stretches of dazzling white beaches, shimmering turquoise waters, coastal heath and woodlands abundant with wildlife and orange coloured granite rocks. Take on one of the multiple walking paths, then head to St Marys – a heritage hinterland town surrounded by natural beauty. Your next stop is Campbell Town, steeped in convict history. Later, arrive at your accommodation in Sheffield. The former hydroelectric hub has reinvented itself as an arts community. Before settling in for the night, maybe admire the more than 140 murals on its streets that depict local stories and characters.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Cradle Mountain National Park / Tullah - This morning, drive over to the magnificent wilderness of Cradle Mountain National Park. The mountain, at 1545 m high, is one of the park’s iconic features and is surrounded by stands of native deciduous beech, rainforest, alpine heath lands and button grass. Icy streams cascade down the mountainsides and ancient pines are reflected in the still glacial lakes. You’ll have the chance to explore the park along a number of different walking tracks, including Dove Lake Circuit – your leader will be at hand to explain the options depending on your or the group's ability. In the afternoon, there’s an optional visit to Devils @ Cradle – a unique Tasmanian Devil conservation sanctuary in the national park. End the day by driving to your accommodation in Tullah – a former mining town sitting on the scenic shores of Lake Rosebery.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Tarkine Wilderness / Strahan - From Tullah, enjoy a full day exploring Tasmania’s West Coast. You’ll drive to a range of lookout stops before entering the enchanting takayna/Tarkine region. The largest tract of temperate rainforest in Australia, the Tarkine is alive with unique creatures and habitats not found anywhere else on earth, and is home to vast forests of myrtle, leatherwood and pine trees – living links to Gondwanaland that it once shared with Patagonia and New Zealand. Take a walk among the pristine rainforest and discover Tasmania's highest waterfall encased in a lush fern forest and rocky cliffs. Then, take the road to the very edge of the west coast, and your accommodation for the night in Strahan.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Franklin-Gordon Wild Rivers National Park / Lake St Clair / Hobart - Start the final day on the Apple Isle by passing through Queenstown’s eroded landscape of treeless hills, then stretch your legs on some great short walks along the Franklin River and to Nelson Falls. Your next stop is Lake St Clair, Australia’s deepest freshwater lake, then continue over the Central Plateau and through the Derwent Valley. After traversing Tasmania back to Hobart, your adventure will come to an end. If you’d like to extend your time in Tasmania, please speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Brisbane / Noosa / Hervey Bay - Welcome to Brisbane! Or Meanjin in the language of the Turrbal and Yuggera peoples, who are the Traditional Owners of the land on which Brisbane is now located. Your adventure starts with a welcome meeting at 10 am. After, you’ll drive straight to Noosa Heads – a serene town in Queensland by the sea – where you can grab some lunch, relax on the beach or go shopping in the cute boutique shops. If you’d like, maybe use your free time here to do part of the Noosa Coastal Walk and look out for local flora and fauna. This afternoon, you’ll hit the road again for the coastal city of Hervey Bay, where you’ll spend the night.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: K'gari (Fraser Island) / Hervey Bay - After breakfast this morning, you’ll head to the stunning K'gari (previously known as Fraser Island) by ferry for a day trip. The name change is a major milestone in a long-running campaign by the Butchulla people, whose original name for this place means ‘paradise’ – and you’ll soon see why. Set off on an adventure through the breathtaking landscape. Start off with an adventurous drive along 75 Mile Beach Road – one of the best coastal drives in the country. Take a refreshing dive into the crystal-clear water of Boorangoora (Lake McKenzie) – an island icon. The lake is world famous for its turquoise colours and delicate white, 92% pure silica sand. Take another dip, this time in the fresh waters of Eli Creek, then visit the Maheno shipwreck and the coloured sands of the pinnacles. From tropical dense rainforest to wild offshore waters, you’ll witness the contrasting fauna and terrain of this truly unique island as you venture across undulating dunes and vast golden beaches in search of the iconic outback creature – the dingo. Tonight, head back to Hervey Bay where you can rest and recharge. 

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Hervey Bay / Overnight Train - Enjoy a free day in Hervey Bay today – one of the best sites for observing humpback whales during migration season, and the world’s first certified Whale Heritage Area. If the month is right, maybe spend the morning whale watching on the water, or rent a bike to cycle along the foreshore. Or you could take a leisurely stroll along the water’s edge, go kayaking or just enjoy one of the many gorgeous beaches nearby. Make sure you pick up some snacks for tonight's overnight train journey north on the famous 'Spirit of Queensland', from the train station at Maryborough West to Proserpine, just south-west of Airlie Beach, arriving early tomorrow morning.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Airlie Beach - Your new leader will meet you at Proserpine train station early this morning. Head for an optional breakfast and caffeine hit at a local café in Airlie Beach. Your day is free to explore this coastal paradise dotted with palm trees. This hub town of the popular Whitsundays has beer gardens, trendy cafes and a lawn-fringed swimming lagoon. Maybe stroll around and explore, visit some local swimming spots for a refreshing dip or find a seat at one of the many bars and watch the sun sparkle on the water. Get to know your new leader tonight with an optional group dinner. 

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Whitsunday Islands / Whitehaven Beach / Airlie Beach - Today you’ll head out on a full-day tour to Whitehaven Beach, in the heart of the Whitsunday Islands and in the centre of the Great Barrier Reef. Start with a walk to the spectacular Hill Inlet Lookout, where you can take photos of the sweeping ocean views. Then, hit the water and go snorkelling at one of the secret spots today's guide will show you. See coral reefs, colourful fish, turtles, clams and other marine life. Then, enjoy an included lunch and take a boat to the southern end of the 7 km stretch of Whitehaven Beach, taking the chance to kick back and relax in the sun after a day of outdoor adventures. Tonight, back in Airlie Beach, maybe head to one of the local bars for a cocktail (or two) and watch the sunset.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Townsville / Paluma Range National Park / Lucinda - Today is a long day of travel, interspersed with some stops to stretch your legs. Your first stop is Townsville. Head to Castle Hill lookout when you arrive and take some photos of the gorgeous views of the town and ocean below. You’ll have some free time for lunch and to chill by the water. Carry on to Big Crystal Creek in the Paluma Range National Park, where you can take a stroll, swim in the creek or just relax among the sounds of local birdlife. This afternoon, you’ll head to Lucinda, where you’ll spend the night.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Mungalla Station / Mission Beach - This morning after breakfast, drive to Mungalla station, where you’ll meet the First Nations owners of the land – the Nywaigi people – and learn about their culture and history, including about the brutal conflicts with European settlers. The story you’ve been told will come to life as you visit an exhibition of pictures within the historic homestead. Then head out and explore the Mungalla wetlands in search of aquatic birdlife. Drive to Mission Beach this afternoon – a small coastal town with expansive beaches, lined with palm trees. Stop in Tully along the way to stretch your legs, then ask your leader for the best way to spend your night.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Atherton Tablelands / Cairns - This morning after breakfast, drive to Millaa Millaa Falls for a nature walk and perhaps a refreshing swim in the cascades. Stop in for lunch at a local cafe at Yungaburra, then take the Curtain Fig boardwalk to see the iconic tree this park was named after – this park protects endangered mabi forest and a large green fig tree with extensive aerial roots that drop 15 m to the forest floor, forming a ‘curtain’. After, head to Lake Eacham – the site of an old volcano and home to Australia’s largest python! Here, maybe take a swim (just keep an eye out for the resident freshwater crocodile). This afternoon, you’ll drive to Cairns, where you you may say goodbye to some of the group who are finishing their travels here. Tonight meet any new travellers joining at a Welcome Meeting at 6pm.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Cairns - After breakfast, head out on a First Nations-guided eco-tour of Mandingal Bay. The Traditional Owners of this land will teach you about Country, where mountains are home to rainforests and vast wetlands are home to local birdlife. Walk to Hills Creek, where the sea meets the fresh water and attend a Welcome to Country and Smoking Ceremony. Then, join your guide on a rainforest trail and learn about ancient Aboriginal traditions, customs and artefacts as you listen to the sounds of nature. After, you have a free afternoon in Cairns to grab some lunch, head to a local art gallery, explore the aquarium or just soak up some sun on the promenade.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Kuranda to Mareeba - This morning, enjoy breakfast and then drive to Kuranda – perched at the top of a mountain. Start with a visit to nearby Barron Falls lookout for the best photo spots, then head into town. You’ll have some time to explore this charming rainforest town and its surroundings at your own pace. Maybe check out the famous Kuranda Markets, or relax at one of the town’s many restaurants and cafes, where outdoor dining is one of the joys of the cooler mountain climate. This afternoon, visit the Tolga Bat Hospital – Australia’s largest bat rehabilitation facility. Here you’ll learn about the facility's research, advocacy and community education and make some new upside-down friends. Tonight, you’ll head to the Mareeba Wetlands for an exciting wildlife spotting experience at sunset, hosted by Forever Wild – an organisation that creates community and nature-based solutions to the climate and biodiversity crises.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Mareeba / Mossman Gorge / Daintree Rainforest / Cape Tribulation - This morning, head to the idyllic Mossman Gorge for a refreshing morning swim and a nature walk. After, you’ll continue to not one but two UNESCO World Heritage areas – Cape Tribulation and the Daintree Rainforest. Head off on another nature walk and immerse yourself in the sounds and smells of the rainforest, keeping your eye out for local birdlife. Daintree is over 135 million years old, making it the oldest rainforest in the world! This afternoon, continue exploring the area or kick back and relax at your accommodation.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Great Barrier Reef / Cape Tribulation - After breakfast, head out on an early morning tour of the Great Barrier Reef, where you’ll swim with turtles and snorkel in the pristine waters off the Daintree Coast, visiting two different snorkel locations. What better way to spend a morning!? The rest of the day is free to relax on the beach, swim, take a hike or just find a good spot to sit and people-watch. This is a nature-lovers paradise, so there are plenty of activities and laidback options to choose from.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Daintree Rainforest / Palm Cove / Cairns - This morning visit Kulki Lookout, where you can stroll along the boardwalk for some iconic views of Cape Tribulation and steep, rainforest-covered slopes that meet the sandy beaches below. Next, head to another boardwalk for a scenic circuit that takes you through dense lowland forests and mangrove-lined creeks. Then visit Mason’s Swimming Hole for a gorgeous tropical swim among lush flora and friendly fish and turtles, where you'll have time to have lunch. When you’re refreshed from a dip in the water, continue to Cairns via the idyllic Palm Cove. On arrival in Cairns your trip will come to an end at around 5 pm. If you want to extend your stay and explore Cairns further, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Sydney / Hunter Valley / Cessnock - Welcome to Sydney! Or Warrane, in the language of the Gadigal people of the Eora Nation, who are the Traditional Owners of the land on which Sydney is now located. Your adventure starts with a pick up at 9 am in front of the starting point hotel. After, you’ll head out for a walkabout around The Rocks with a local Aboriginal guide. Walk through Hicksons Reserve, Campbells Cove and Cumberland Walk as your guide teaches you about this area's history, land and water use, and spiritual connection with the First Nations peoples. You’ll have amazing views of the harbour along the way, including Sydney Harbour Bridge and the CBD. After your journey into the Dreaming, grab some lunch before heading north to the famous winery region – the beautiful Hunter Valley. Once there, sit down for a wine tasting with a sommelier and listen to the history of the various wines and the winery. Next, head to Cessnock in the heart of the valley, our overnight location for tonight. Perhaps head out for an optional welcome dinner in Cessnock to get to know your fellow travellers.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Crowdy Bay National Park / Port Macquarie - Today, you’ll make tracks north along the scenic coastal route. Stop at Crowdy Bay National Park along the way and embark on a scenic hike through forests of heath, paperbark and swamp mahogany at Diamond Head, taking in views of golden beaches and dramatic rock faces. The quartz crystals in the cliffs sparkle in the sun, giving Diamond Head its name. Keep your eyes peeled for whales and dolphins off the coast as you wind your way by secluded coves, beaches, and mountains, and you may even encounter a mob of kangaroos on your walk. Later, continue your drive to your accommodation in Port Macquarie.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Port Macquarie / Dorrigo National Park / Coffs Harbour - This morning, you’ll visit the Koala Hospital in Port Macquarie, where you’ll meet the volunteers who work there and and learn about how this organisation provides care and treatment for koalas needing rehabilitation. Then, drive to Bellingen, where you might like to grab lunch and enjoy some free time. Continue to Dorrigo National Park via the gorgeous Waterfall Way, known for its lush, sub-tropical rainforest – the last piece of the ancient subcontinent Gondwanaland. Few places on Earth contain so many plants and animals relatively unchanged from their ancestors. Pop into the Rainforest Centre in the park, take a stroll along the skywalk or explore the rainforest with your group.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Coffs Harbour / Byron Bay - Next up is Byron Bay – a laid-back surf paradise with boundless coastline, sand and friendly locals. But first, you’ll start your day with a walking tour of Red Rock with a local First Nations guide. Learn about the culture of the Gumbaynggirr people through stories, songs and the uses of native plants. Walk alongside The Solitary Island Marine Park Waterways and connect with Country as you learn more about the Dreaming. After, you’ll stop in Yamba where you might like to grab some lunch, before visiting Byron Bay Lighthouse for a unique photo opportunity and the chance to spot some dolphins, whales and other marine life.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Byron Bay - Get up early this morning if you want to catch the sunrise – they are pretty ace from Australia's most easterly point – but if you prefer, you can sleep in too! Today is free to do as you please so maybe hunt down the best cold-brew coffee from one of Byron’s quirky cafes, learn how to ride the waves with a beginner’s surf lesson, or hit the water with a guided sea kayaking tour of the Byron Bay Marine Park to see the beauty of the coastline while looking out for dolphins, turtles and whales and learning of the marine biology. Alternatively just hang out on the beach. Tonight, why not grab a drink at one of the local pubs or bars?

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Springbrook National Park / Gold Coast / Brisbane - This morning, head to The Farm – a collection of micro-businesses on a working farm focusing on growing, feeding and educating through community farming. Maybe grab some breakfast here and pick up a few things to have for lunch later on. Continue to Springbrook National Park and take a short walk to Natural Bridge rock arch which was formed by the force of the waterfall over the basalt cave. This afternoon, head to the famous Surfers Paradise on the Gold Coast for some beach time before continuing onto Brisbane where you’ll spend the night.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Brisbane / Noosa / Hervey Bay - The next part of your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 10 am where you will meet any new group members joining. Then drive to Noosa Heads – a serene town in Queensland by the sea – where you can grab some lunch, relax on the beach or go shopping in the cute boutique shops. If you’d like, maybe use your free time here to do part of the Noosa Coastal Walk and look out for local flora and fauna. This afternoon, you’ll hit the road again for the coastal city of Hervey Bay, where you’ll spend the night.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: K'gari (Fraser Island) / Hervey Bay - After breakfast this morning, you’ll head to the stunning K'gari (previously known as Fraser Island) by ferry for a day trip. The name change is a major milestone in a long-running campaign by the Butchulla people, whose original name for this place means ‘paradise’ – and you’ll soon see why. Set off on an adventure through the breathtaking landscape. Start off with an adventurous drive along 75 Mile Beach Road – one of the best coastal drives in the country. Take a refreshing dive into the crystal-clear water of Boorangoora (Lake McKenzie) – an island icon. The lake is world famous for its turquoise colours and delicate white, 92% pure silica sand. Take another dip, this time in the fresh waters of Eli Creek, then visit the Maheno shipwreck and the coloured sands of the pinnacles. From tropical dense rainforest to wild offshore waters, you’ll witness the contrasting fauna and terrain of this truly unique island as you venture across undulating dunes and vast golden beaches in search of the iconic outback creature – the dingo. Tonight, head back to Hervey Bay where you can rest and recharge. 

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Hervey Bay / Overnight Train - Enjoy a free day in Hervey Bay today – one of the best sites for observing humpback whales during migration season, and the world’s first certified Whale Heritage Area. If the month is right, maybe spend the morning whale watching on the water, or rent a bike to cycle along the foreshore. Or you could take a leisurely stroll along the water’s edge, go kayaking or just enjoy one of the many gorgeous beaches nearby. Make sure you pick up some snacks for tonight's overnight train journey north on the famous 'Spirit of Queensland', from the train station at Maryborough West to Proserpine, just south-west of Airlie Beach, arriving early tomorrow morning.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Airlie Beach - Your new leader will meet you at Proserpine train station early this morning. Head for an optional breakfast and caffeine hit at a local café in Airlie Beach. Your day is free to explore this coastal paradise dotted with palm trees. This hub town of the popular Whitsundays has beer gardens, trendy cafes and a lawn-fringed swimming lagoon. Maybe stroll around and explore, visit some local swimming spots for a refreshing dip or find a seat at one of the many bars and watch the sun sparkle on the water. Get to know your new leader tonight with an optional group dinner. 

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Whitsunday Islands / Whitehaven Beach / Airlie Beach - Today you’ll head out on a full-day tour to Whitehaven Beach, in the heart of the Whitsunday Islands and in the centre of the Great Barrier Reef. Start with a walk to the spectacular Hill Inlet Lookout, where you can take photos of the sweeping ocean views. Then, hit the water and go snorkelling at one of the secret spots today's guide will show you. See coral reefs, colourful fish, turtles, clams and other marine life. Then, enjoy an included lunch and take a boat to the southern end of the 7 km stretch of Whitehaven Beach, taking the chance to kick back and relax in the sun after a day of outdoor adventures. Tonight, back in Airlie Beach, maybe head to one of the local bars for a cocktail (or two) and watch the sunset.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Townsville / Paluma Range National Park / Lucinda - Today is a long day of travel, interspersed with some stops to stretch your legs. Your first stop is Townsville. Head to Castle Hill lookout when you arrive and take some photos of the gorgeous views of the town and ocean below. You’ll have some free time for lunch and to chill by the water. Carry on to Big Crystal Creek in the Paluma Range National Park, where you can take a stroll, swim in the creek or just relax among the sounds of local birdlife. This afternoon, you’ll head to Lucinda, where you’ll spend the night.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Mungalla Station / Mission Beach - This morning after breakfast, drive to Mungalla station, where you’ll meet the First Nations owners of the land – the Nywaigi people – and learn about their culture and history, including about the brutal conflicts with European settlers. The story you’ve been told will come to life as you visit an exhibition of pictures within the historic homestead. Then head out and explore the Mungalla wetlands in search of aquatic birdlife. Drive to Mission Beach this afternoon – a small coastal town with expansive beaches, lined with palm trees. Stop in Tully along the way to stretch your legs, then ask your leader for the best way to spend your night.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Atherton Tablelands / Cairns - This morning after breakfast, drive to Millaa Millaa Falls for a nature walk and perhaps a refreshing swim in the cascades. Stop in for lunch at a local cafe at Yungaburra, then take the Curtain Fig boardwalk to see the iconic tree this park was named after – this park protects endangered mabi forest and a large green fig tree with extensive aerial roots that drop 15 m to the forest floor, forming a ‘curtain’. After, head to Lake Eacham – the site of an old volcano and home to Australia’s largest python! Here, maybe take a swim (just keep an eye out for the resident freshwater crocodile). This afternoon, you’ll drive to Cairns, where you you may say goodbye to some of the group who are finishing their travels here. Tonight meet any new travellers joining at a Welcome Meeting at 6pm.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Cairns - After breakfast, head out on a First Nations-guided eco-tour of Mandingal Bay. The Traditional Owners of this land will teach you about Country, where mountains are home to rainforests and vast wetlands are home to local birdlife. Walk to Hills Creek, where the sea meets the fresh water and attend a Welcome to Country and Smoking Ceremony. Then, join your guide on a rainforest trail and learn about ancient Aboriginal traditions, customs and artefacts as you listen to the sounds of nature. After, you have a free afternoon in Cairns to grab some lunch, head to a local art gallery, explore the aquarium or just soak up some sun on the promenade.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Kuranda to Mareeba - This morning, enjoy breakfast and then drive to Kuranda – perched at the top of a mountain. Start with a visit to nearby Barron Falls lookout for the best photo spots, then head into town. You’ll have some time to explore this charming rainforest town and its surroundings at your own pace. Maybe check out the famous Kuranda Markets, or relax at one of the town’s many restaurants and cafes, where outdoor dining is one of the joys of the cooler mountain climate. This afternoon, visit the Tolga Bat Hospital – Australia’s largest bat rehabilitation facility. Here you’ll learn about the facility's research, advocacy and community education and make some new upside-down friends. Tonight, you’ll head to the Mareeba Wetlands for an exciting wildlife spotting experience at sunset, hosted by Forever Wild – an organisation that creates community and nature-based solutions to the climate and biodiversity crises.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Mareeba / Mossman Gorge / Daintree Rainforest / Cape Tribulation - This morning, head to the idyllic Mossman Gorge for a refreshing morning swim and a nature walk. After, you’ll continue to not one but two UNESCO World Heritage areas – Cape Tribulation and the Daintree Rainforest. Head off on another nature walk and immerse yourself in the sounds and smells of the rainforest, keeping your eye out for local birdlife. Daintree is over 135 million years old, making it the oldest rainforest in the world! This afternoon, continue exploring the area or kick back and relax at your accommodation.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Great Barrier Reef / Cape Tribulation - After breakfast, head out on an early morning tour of the Great Barrier Reef, where you’ll swim with turtles and snorkel in the pristine waters off the Daintree Coast, visiting two different snorkel locations. What better way to spend a morning!? The rest of the day is free to relax on the beach, swim, take a hike or just find a good spot to sit and people-watch. This is a nature-lovers paradise, so there are plenty of activities and laidback options to choose from.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Daintree Rainforest / Palm Cove / Cairns - This morning visit Kulki Lookout, where you can stroll along the boardwalk for some iconic views of Cape Tribulation and steep, rainforest-covered slopes that meet the sandy beaches below. Next, head to another boardwalk for a scenic circuit that takes you through dense lowland forests and mangrove-lined creeks. Then visit Mason’s Swimming Hole for a gorgeous tropical swim among lush flora and friendly fish and turtles, where you'll have time to have lunch. When you’re refreshed from a dip in the water, continue to Cairns via the idyllic Palm Cove. On arrival in Cairns your trip will come to an end at around 5 pm. If you want to extend your stay and explore Cairns further, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Perth / Nambung National Park / Geraldton - Welcome to Perth! Or Boorloo in the language of the local Whadjuk Nyoongar people, who are the Traditional Owners of the land on which Perth is now located. Your adventure begins straight away, as you meet your group and head to Nambung National Park to check out the famous Pinnacles Desert – a unique landscape unlike any other in the country. After, journey to Jurien Bay, where you’ll have the opportunity to spot endangered sea lions on the beach. From here, continue to the limestone caves of Stockyard Gully Reserve before spending the night in the coastal city of Geraldton.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Hutt Lagoon / Kalbarri - Drive to Kalbarri after breakfast, stopping at Hutt Lagoon on the way – the extremely high levels of salinity in this lagoon gives it its unusual pink, sometimes lilac hue. Stop along the rugged coastline to see the natural bridge and take a short walk along the coastal trail. This afternoon, head to Murchison River for a special degustation experience. After a tour around Murchison House Station, you’ll head out on the river in canoes, drifting along the gentle waters and looking out for some local wildlife. As the sun goes down, you’ll leave your canoes and tuck into your campfire banquet – this four-course feast of regional dishes will be paired with alcohol or non-alcoholic drinks, set against the gorgeous backdrop of Kalbarri’s nature.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Kalbarri National Park / Shark Bay - Wake up and explore Kalbarri National Park's Skywalk and Nature’s Window. After, you’ll carry on to Shark Bay. Walk along Eagle Bluff Boardwalk for views of the harbour, limestone islands and wildlife (you might be lucky enough to see rays, sharks or even turtles here), then enjoy some free time for lunch in Denham. Continue to your accommodation in Monkey Mia. Tonight is a free night in Shark Bay.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Shark Bay - Today is a free day to soak up all the natural beauty of Shark Bay – this UNESCO World Heritage Area is one of the world's greatest wilderness treasures set on the westernmost point of Australia. You might like to go stand-up paddleboarding, kayaking or 4WDing here – there are heaps of optional activities that your leader can help you book. You might even like to take a daytrip to Dirk Hartog Island to explore the wilderness in a 4WD – on this tour, you’ll visit the blow holes of the island, walk on white-sand beaches, swim through clear bay waters and look out for sharks, turtles, whales, dugongs and dolphins from Surf Point Marine Sanctuary. Spend tonight around the campfire and enjoy a tasting of fresh seafood or bush tucker cooked over the fire. Learn about the history of the Gutharraguda (Shark Bay), hear a Traditional Custodian play the didgeridoo and try spot kangaroos and echidnas.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Shell Beach / Carnarvon / Coral Bay - It will be a bit of a long travel day today as you make your way to Coral Bay, bordered by the UNESCO World Heritage-listed Ningaloo Reef – the world's largest fringing reef, home to thriving marine life and rare flora and fauna. The reef sits within the national park of the same name and is also the spot where up to 500 whale sharks aggregate yearly! Along the way, stop in Carnarvon and maybe grab some lunch or visit the Gascoyne Aboriginal Heritage and Cultural Centre (Gwoonwardu Mia), before settling into your accommodation for the evening.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Ningaloo Reef / Coral Bay - Set out on a three-hour glass bottom boat tour this morning, to explore the scenic surroundings of Coral Bay. As you cruise the bright blue waters, go in search of local turtles feeding in the corals of their natural habitat. As well as looking out for turtles, you’ll have the opportunity to feed schools of fish and maybe even go snorkelling in the clear waters off the boat in two different spots! This afternoon, you’re free to kick back on the warm sands, go for a swim or head out for more snorkelling along the Ningaloo Reef.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Ningaloo Reef / Exmouth - Drive into Cape Range National Park this morning and head out on a walk to Mandu Mandu Gorge. Venture up to the gorge’s rim to see the vast views of the Ningaloo Reef and surrounding country. Keep an eye out for wildlife as you go, like black-flanked rock-wallabies and birds of prey. After, have a picnic lunch with your group, then cool off with some snorkelling around Oyster Stacks – these five isolated islets protrude from Ningaloo Reef and can only be accessed at high tide. Explore the shallow coral gardens below the water, among colourful schools of fish – keep an eye out for turtles and sharks cruising by! Tonight, make your way to Exmouth.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Exmouth - Your trip comes to an end this morning and you can depart the hotel at any time. If you are interested in the opportunity to go on an (optional) experience of a lifetime and swim with whale sharks – the world’s biggest fish – off Western Australia’s Coral Coast we recommend you book early as this activity can sell our well in advance.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Exmouth / Ningaloo Reef / Coral Bay - Welcome to Exmouth! This is a small resort town on Western Australia’s North West Cape and the gateway to the nearby Ningaloo Marine Park. If you’d like to explore its coral reefs, colourful fish and migratory whale sharks, consider arriving a few days early and extending your stay here. After your pick-up this morning at 8:30am drive into Cape Range National Park this morning and head out on a walk to Mandu Mandu Gorge. Venture up to the gorge’s rim to see the vast views of the Ningaloo Reef and surrounding country. Keep an eye out for wildlife as you go, like black-flanked rock-wallabies and birds of prey. After, cool off with some snorkelling around Oyster Stacks – these five isolated islets protrude from Ningaloo Reef and can only be accessed at high tide. Explore the shallow coral gardens below the water, among colourful schools of fish – keep an eye out for turtles and sharks cruising by! After, drive to Coral Bay where you’ll spend the night.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Ningaloo Reef / Coral Bay - Set out on a three-hour glass bottom boat tour this morning, to explore the scenic surroundings of Coral Bay. As you cruise the bright blue waters, go in search of local turtles feeding in the corals of their natural habitat. As well as looking out for turtles, you’ll have the opportunity to feed schools of fish and maybe even go snorkelling in the clear waters off the boat in two different spots! This afternoon, you’re free to kick back on the warm sands, go for a swim or head out for more snorkelling along the Ningaloo Reef.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Carnarvon / Shell Beach / Shark Bay - It will be a bit of a long travel day today as you make your way to Shark Bay – this World Heritage Area is one of the world's greatest wilderness treasures set on the westernmost point of Australia. Along the way, stop in Carnarvon and maybe grab some lunch and visit Shell Beach – one of only two beaches in the world made entirely from seashells! Upon arrival at Shark Bay settle into your accommodation for the evening.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Shark Bay - Today is a free day to soak up all the natural beauty of Shark Bay. You might like to go stand-up paddleboarding, kayaking or 4WDing here – there are heaps of optional activities that your local leader can help you book. You might even like to take a daytrip to Dirk Hartog Island to explore the wilderness in a 4WD – on this tour, you’ll visit the blow holes of the island, walk on white-sand beaches, swim through clear bay waters and look out for sharks, turtles, whales, dugongs and dolphins from Surf Point Marine Sanctuary.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Kalbarri National Park - This morning continue South to Kalbarri National Park. Walk along Eagle Bluff Boardwalk for views of the harbour, limestone islands and wildlife (you might be lucky enough to see rays, sharks or even turtles here). Explore the Skywalk and Nature’s Window.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Kalbarri / Hutt Lagoon / Geraldton - Wake up in the park’s resort and continue your exploration with visits to a couple of lookouts, like Natural Bridge – a fully formed limestone rock ‘bridge’ that’s still attached to the coastline of Kalbarri – then, carry onto Geraldton. Along the way, stop at Hutt Lagoon – the extremely high levels of salinity in this lagoon gives it its unusual pink, sometimes lilac hue.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Nambung National Park / Perth - Check out the limestone caves of Stockyard Gully Reserve, then journey to the massive sand dunes of Jurien Bay, where you’ll have the opportunity to spot endangered sea lions down by the beach. After, head to Nambung National Park to check out the famous Pinnacles Desert – a unique landscape unlike any other in the country. You’ll arrive in Perth in the late afternoon, where your trip comes to an end. If you’d like to extend your stay in Perth, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Cairns - Welcome to Cairns! Or Gimuy, in the language of the Traditional Owners of the land on which Cairns is now located. This is the gateway to Australia’s Great Barrier Reef and the gorgeous Daintree Rainforest. Your adventure officially starts with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight at your hotel, where you’ll meet your trip leader and fellow travellers. If you arrive in Cairns with time to spare, why not check out the Cairns Botanical Gardens or simply wander the waterfront promenade, popping into a local bar. After the meeting, maybe head out with your group for a dinner. 

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Cape Tribulation / Rossville - Today, you’ll take the Daintree ferry to the UNESCO World Heritage area of Cape Tribulation, which sits within the ancient Daintree Rainforest. When you arrive, head out on a short nature walk and immerse yourself in the sounds and smells of the forest, keeping your eye out for local birdlife. Daintree is over 135 million years old, making it the oldest rainforest in the world! Stop at a lookout and enjoy the beach scenery, then hop into your 4WD truck for a drive along the iconic Bloomfield Track – also known as the Coast Road, this track takes you from the cape through the forest’s many creeks. After, carry on to Rossville for the night, overlooked by Kalkajaka (Black Mountain).

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Cooktown / Rossville - Fuel up on breakfast this morning, then meet with your local Aboriginal guide. Attend a Welcome to Country and smoking ceremony, then take a bush food and medicine walk as your guide tells you stories about the land. You’ll learn more about Country and boomerang throwing as your guide shares some handmade artefacts. Soak up your opportunity to connect with the land. Later, head to Cooktown, stopping at the Cooktown History Centre along the way. Here, learn about the significance of Cooktown and what role it played in Aboriginal history. Return to Rossville for another night.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Lakefield National Park / Musgrave - After breakfast, make tracks for Rinyurru Lakefield National Park. Your first stop is Isabella Falls. Then, step back in time at the Old Laura Homestead, which dates back to 1879, and immerse yourself in one of the park's most historically significant periods. Then, head to Red Lily Lagoon to spot the waterbirds and pink lotus-lilies that carpet the lagoon. After a short walk, you’ll carry on to another peaceful lagoon, where a hundred-year-old mango tree marks the site of a historic family homestead. Have lunch on the North Kennedy River, then visit the termite mounts and grasslands of Nifold Plains. Arrive at Musgrave Roadhouse in the late afternoon – a typical Outback Roadhouse on the eastern side of the Cape York peninsula – where you’ll spend the night.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Coen / Iron Range National Park - Depart the roadhouse in the morning and head to Coen – a rural town on the eastern side of the Cape York peninsula. From here, you’ll continue north to Kutini-Payamu (Iron Range) National Park – the largest area of lowland tropical rainforest in Australia – through Cape York’s wilderness. Stop at Mount Tozer viewpoint and take a short walk for views of the mountain that rises in the distance. Continue to your accommodation and settle in for the next two nights.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Iron Range National Park - Start your day with a spot of bird watching in the rain forest – if you’re lucky, you may spot the elusive palm cockatoo, red-bellied pitta and yellow-billed kingfisher. Next, visit Chilli Beach – a long, sweeping beach, popular for fishing and birdwatching. Chill out under the swaying palms and take in the remote beach landscape. Continue to the small coastal community of Portland Roads. This remote tropical outpost is a historical site framed by mangroves and famous for its small local cafe. If it’s open, maybe sit down for a coffee and a snack. Next up is Lockhart River Arts Indigenous Corporation – established in 1995, the artists of Lockhart River Art Centre have been recognised for many years as ‘The Art Gang’. Return to your accommodation for another night in the Iron Range.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Weipa - Make tracks for Weipa, where you’ll visit the Western Cape Cultural Centre. Learn about the history and culture of the region of Weipa and its surrounding communities. This centre plays an important role in preserving traditional language within the region through informative displays and artworks. Next, you’ll hop on a boat cruise to see Cape York from the water – look out for saltwater crocodiles and the numerous bird species that live in these waterways and mangroves and learn about the local culture and wildlife habitats.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Wenlock River / Apudthama National Park / Bamaga - Today is a long travel day on rugged gravel roads, heading north towards the tip. You’ll stop along the way at Wenlock River – the location of the Moreton Telegraph Station, which was part of the Cape York Telegraph line, completed in 1887. Carry on to Kennedy’s Lost Camp to learn about Edmund Besley Court Kennedy J. P. – an Australian explorer in the mid-19th-century, known for his knowledge of (and untimely end in) Cape York. You’ll then visit Fruit Bat Falls, which sits within Apudthama National Park. These lush falls are a beautiful spot for a nature walk and a swim. After, carry on to the Jardine River ferry for the journey to Bamaga – home to the most northerly mainland community in Queensland. You’ll spend the next three nights here.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Pajinka (Cape York) / Bamaga - Today, you’ll drive to the northernmost point of mainland of Australia – Pajinka, better known as Cape York. Once you cross this mighty spot off your bucket list, carry on to Somerset Beach and Fly Point for a beach visit and some photos, trying to spot the resident turtles. Then, carry on to the plane wreckage from World War II – located throughout Cape York, there are now plane wreckages where there were functioning Allied air bases during the war. These are a reminder of how close the fight really was to Australian shores. End the day with a visit to the remote community of Injinoo (also known as Cowal Creek or Small River) then make your way back to Bamaga for the night.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Thursday Island (Torres Strait) / Bamaga - This morning, you’ll take the ferry to Thursday Island – an archipelago of about 274 small islands in the Torres Strait, known as ‘TI’. This gorgeous archipelago is rich in Indigenous culture, history and natural beauty, and when you arrive, you’ll have a cultural activity with a local Torres Strait Islander guide. Learn more about the culture of the Torres Strait Islander people on a guided walk along Bayo Beach, surrounded by swaying palms. After some time for lunch, jump back on the ferry back to Bamaga where your adventure comes to an end.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Brisbane / Scenic Rim / Lamington National Park - Welcome to Australia’s Scenic Rim! Your adventure begins in Brisbane or Meeanjin, in the language of the Turrbal people, who are the Traditional Custodians of the land on which Brisbane is now located. You’ll be picked up at 9.30 am this morning by your leader before hitting the road towards Lamington National Park. This UNESCO World Heritage Site is dotted with ancient trees, tumbling waterfalls and varied wildlife, all best discovered on foot. Venture into the park for today's hike around the Green Mountains. As you walk, see the Wishing Tree, Moonlight Crag, Balancing Rock and Moran’s Falls and learn about the area’s history and landscape from your leader. This evening, maybe watch the sunset from the deck, then maybe join your group for dinner and chat about the day’s discoveries.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Scenic Rim / Lamington National Park / Boonah Valley - Fill up on breakfast, lace up your hiking boots and set off on the Box Forest Circuit. Walk through strands of pink-barked brush box, see the Darragumai Falls and Tullerigumai Falls and stop at the beautiful Elabana Falls. In spring, look for delicate white flowers of box orchids. If there’s time, maybe set off on a tree top walk or continue your hike to the botanical gardens. Later head to your next accommodation in the Boonah Valley.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Scenic Rim / Main Range National Park / Mount Barney - Travel to Mount Cordeaux (Niamboyoo), stopping along the way to buy a picnic lunch for later. Mount Cordeaux in Main Range National Park forms the northern side of Cunninghams Gap and overlooks the Scenic Rim. Follow the walking track up the mountain, passing by an abandoned goldmine shaft where gold was never found. The track ends just before the summit and you’ll be rewarded for your efforts with showstopping views of the Main Range National Park, the Darling Downs and even the high-rise buildings of Brisbane. Along the way, listen out for the call of the Albert’s lyrebird and look for red spear lillies. Later, check into your accommodation – an eco-conscious homestead converted from a typical 1900s 'Queenslander' farmhouse with mountain views. In the late afternoon, maybe walk to a lookout point and watch the sunset over Mount Barney.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Scenic Rim / Mount Barney - After breakfast, join a First Nations guide for a Smoking Ceremony and cultural walk in the Yellow Pinch Reserve. Learn about Mt Barney from the land’s Traditional Custodians before heading to Mount Barney (Boogarah Boogarah/Kaieee) this afternoon. When you arrive, set off along the Lower Portals track, crossing undulating and sometimes rugged terrain. Pass through open bushland, rockpools and creeks, which you may need to cross in water up to thigh height in some places. You may be visited by a wallaby on your walk or spot black cockatoos flying above. For a final taste of local culture, enjoy a group barbecue dinner on the homestead grounds – a great way to celebrate the last night of your trip!

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Scenic Rim / Tamborine National Park / Brisbane - This morning, head out to Tamborine National Park – Queensland’s oldest national park and home to all manner of unique wildlife and landscapes. Step into a eucalyptus forest on the Curtis Falls track, which eventually gives way to lush rainforest punctuated with towering ferns. Continue to the shady Palm Grove circuit through subtropical rainforest and look down to see collections of unusual fungi – be sure to look up to see strangler figs and piccabeen palm trees. Return to Brisbane in the afternoon, where your adventure comes to an end at approximately 4 pm. If you’d like to stay longer, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Brisbane - Welcome to Brisbane! Or Meanjin in the language of the Turrbal and Yuggera peoples, who are the Traditional Owners of the land on which Brisbane is now located. Your adventure starts with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. If you arrive early, why not explore the Botanic Gardens, Roma Street Parkland or chase views overlooking the city at the Mount Coot-Tha Summit Lookout. After your meeting tonight, maybe head to dinner with your group and get to know each other better – your leader will always have some great recommendations.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Noosa - This morning, you’ll head for Noosa – a serene town along the Sunshine Coast and home to Sunshine Beach (popular for surfing) and Noosa National Park. You’ll head straight for the park’s lush surroundings and take on part of the Coastal Walk hike. Walk along the shoreline and the headlands, which make way for sweeping ocean views, rocky bays and sandy beaches. Look out for marine life cruising by and if you’re lucky, spot some koalas in the trees munching on eucalyptus. The pinnacle of the walk will be Hell’s Gate Lookout, which offers 270-degree views of the ocean beyond. Look for ospreys soaring above or pods of dolphins playing below. Maybe grab some lunch, then check into your accommodation just outside Noosa for the night, getting ready for a free evening to spend however you like. You could take on an afternoon surf lesson, go for another walk or maybe just relax at the beach and watch the sunset.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Noosa - Today is a free day to explore Noosa and the surrounding areas. Consider taking a day trip to K’gari (formerly known as Fraser Island). This guided 4WD tour around the world's largest sand island takes you to Lake McKenzie, a UNESCO World Heritage-listed rainforest, 75 Mile Beach, Eli Creek and the Maheno Shipwreck. Alternatively, you can hit the waters on a boat tour through the Noosa Everglades. This eco-safari will take you on a guided cruise through the everglades, where a vast array of birdlife call home. From the boat, you can also opt to jump in canoes and paddle among the mirrored waterways to the historic Harry’s Hut.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Noosa / Overnight Train - Today is free to take the everglades eco-safari if you didn’t get the chance to yesterday. Alternatively, just chill out in Noosa, explore the town or hit the beach. Tonight, you’ll take an overnight train to the Whitsundays region – maybe grab some bits to have for dinner and snacks on board and settle in for a fun night with your bunkmates (cards, anyone?).

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Airlie Beach / Whitsunday Sailing - Arrive in Proserpine early this morning and meet your new leader at the station. From here, you’ll drive to Airlie Beach for some free time to go for a dip, grab breakfast or chill out on the sand. This afternoon, you’ll embark on a special two-night sailing trip in the Whitsundays – a group of islands in the Coral Sea, popular for the gorgeous natural scenery, bright blue waters and white sands. Climb aboard the boat, your home for the next two days, and set sail! 

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Whitsunday Sailing - Wake up early this morning to make the most of your day at sea. Take in the gorgeous landscapes and seascapes of the Whitsundays, make stops at some of the best snorkelling spots and the gorgeous Whitehaven Beach – in the heart of the Whitsunday Islands, this beach also sits in the centre of the Great Barrier Reef. Enjoy deliciously fresh meals on the boat, meet some new friends and soak up the beauty of this scenic area. Tonight, enjoy your final night on the water over sunset drinks!

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Magnetic Island - Soak up the bliss of your last morning on the boat, then disembark in Airlie. After some free time to relax on the beach or grab some lunch, you’ll drive to Townsville. As soon as you arrive, hop on the ferry to Magnetic Island – this mountainous island in Cleveland Bay is known for its scenic national park, abundance of koalas, secluded beaches and hiking opportunities.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Magnetic Island - Today is dedicated to soaking up all the natural scenery of Magnetic Island. Explore at your own pace – maybe go in search of a secluded beach and set up shop, take on a hike or just chill out with a drink. Later, hike along the Forts Walking Track with your group, looking out for the resident koalas and enjoying the gorgeous views. There are even some World War II relics to see among the tropical landscape. 

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Mission Beach - Say goodbye to the island as you take the morning ferry back to Townsville. From here, drive to Mungalla station, where you’ll meet the First Nations owners of the land – the Nywaigi people – and learn about their culture and history, including the brutal conflicts with European settlers. The story you’ve been told will come to life as you visit an exhibition of pictures within the historic homestead. Then head out and explore the Mungalla wetlands in search of aquatic birdlife. Drive to Mission Beach this afternoon – a small coastal town with expansive beaches, lined with palm trees.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Cairns - Your last day of adventure begins with a drive to Cairns, where your trip will come to an end. Along the way, maybe stop by some waterfalls and swimming holes, soaking in the last of the gorgeous natural scenery. When you arrive, it’s time to say goodbye to an awesome adventure! If you’d like to extend your stay and explore Cairns further, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Sydney - Welcome to Sydney! Or Warrane, in the language of the Gadigal people of the Eora Nation, who are the Traditional Owners of the land on which Sydney is now located. Your adventure starts with a welcome meeting at 6 pm to meet your local leader and fellow travellers. If you arrive early, why not take a self-guided walk to the Harbour Bridge, see the Opera House, wander through the Botanical Gardens and Hyde Park or head up to the Sydney Tower Eye. After the meeting tonight, maybe join your group for a dinner along Darling Harbour and get to know each other.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Port Macquarie - Today, you’ll head to Port Macquarie, known for its natural beauty, sandy beaches and abundance of wildlife. Grab lunch along the way, then soak up the picturesque drive along the coastline. You’ll make a few stops to stretch your legs and take photos, including at Crowdy Bay National Park. Here, go on a walk along the leafy Mermaid Lookout Track to a viewpoint overlooking where the ocean meets the forest below. Keep your eyes peeled for whales and dolphins off the coast – you may even encounter a mob of kangaroos on your walk! Carry on to Port Macquarie, where you’ll have a free night to relax at your accommodation or watch the sunset on the beach.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Red Rock - This morning, you’ll visit the Koala Hospital in Port Macquarie, where you’ll meet the volunteers who work there and learn about how this organisation provides care and treatment for koalas needing rehabilitation. Then, drive to Red Rock in Coffs Harbour, stopping for lunch along the way. The northernmost village on the Coffs Coast, Red Rock sits between the beach and the Corindi River and is popular for water activities like kayaking and boating. When you arrive, you’ll enjoy a barbeque dinner with your group as the sun goes down, with all the typical Aussie fare.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Byron Bay - Today you’ll head out on the harbour for a special stand-up paddleboarding experience with the Gumbaynggirr community. This social enterprise supports the local Aboriginal community by ensuring intergenerational cultural knowledge is passed on and by providing employment opportunities. A portion of the proceeds also goes to the Bularri Muurlay Nyanggan Aboriginal Corporation, which provides after-school learning centres, cultural camps and revitalisation initiatives for the Gumbaynggirr language. With your local guides, glide along the river, soaking up the ambiance. After, head to Byron Bay – one of Australia’s most iconic destinations, known for its beaches, surfing and scuba diving. Check out the Byron Lighthouse for a unique photo opportunity and the chance to spot some dolphins, whales and other marine life if you’re lucky.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Byron Bay - Get up early this morning if you want to catch the sunrise (it’s a pretty cool sight from Australia's most easterly point). Today is free to explore this surfer's paradise however you like. Maybe hunt down the best cold-brew coffee from one of Byron’s local cafes, then learn how to ride the waves with a beginner’s surf lesson. You can hit the water with a guided sea kayaking tour of the Byron Bay Marine Park to see the beauty of the coastline while looking out for dolphins, turtles and whales. Or, just hang out on the beach! Tonight, why not grab a drink at one of the pubs or bars with a few of your fellow travellers.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Lamington National Park - This morning, head to The Farm – a collection of micro-businesses on a working farm that focuses on growing, feeding and educating the community through farming. Maybe grab some breakfast here and pick up a few things to have for lunch later on. Continue to Springbrook National Park and take a walk to the Natural Bridge rock arch, which was formed by the force of the waterfall over the basalt cave. This afternoon, head to Lamington National Park – a Gondwana Rainforests of Australia World Heritage Area and home to lush rainforest, ancient trees, walking tracks and waterfalls to explore. Maybe head out on one of the tracks to see the forest, creeks and falls on foot (don’t forget to snap some lush pics!). Your lodge accommodation tonight sits right in the middle of the sub-tropical rainforest.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Gold Coast / Brisbane - If you’re game, maybe wake up early this morning and watch the sunrise over the rainforest. Today, you’ll head to The Gold Coast, famous for its long stretch of beach and surf spots. When you arrive, enjoy some free time to explore the town or relax by the water. This afternoon, carry on to Brisbane for your last night. Your evening is free, so why not grab your group and head out to a local restaurant – your leader will always have the best recommendations for delicious eats and hang-out spots.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Brisbane - With no activities planned today, your adventure along the coast comes to an end. It’s recommended that you spend a few extra days to explore Brisbane properly – if you need help organising extra accommodation, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Sydney - Welcome to Sydney! Or Warrane, in the language of the Gadigal people of the Eora Nation, who are the Traditional Owners of the land on which Sydney is now located. Your adventure starts with a welcome meeting at 6 pm to meet your local leader and fellow travellers. If you arrive early, why not take a self-guided walk to the Harbour Bridge, see the Opera House, wander through the Botanical Gardens and Hyde Park or head up to the Sydney Tower Eye. After the meeting tonight, maybe join your group for a dinner along Darling Harbour and get to know each other.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Port Macquarie - Today, you’ll head to Port Macquarie, known for its natural beauty, sandy beaches and abundance of wildlife. Grab lunch along the way, then soak up the picturesque drive along the coastline. You’ll make a few stops to stretch your legs and take photos, including at Crowdy Bay National Park. Here, go on a walk along the leafy Mermaid Lookout Track to a viewpoint overlooking where the ocean meets the forest below. Keep your eyes peeled for whales and dolphins off the coast – you may even encounter a mob of kangaroos on your walk! Carry on to Port Macquarie, where you’ll have a free night to relax at your accommodation or watch the sunset on the beach.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Red Rock - This morning, you’ll visit the Koala Hospital in Port Macquarie, where you’ll meet the volunteers who work there and learn about how this organisation provides care and treatment for koalas needing rehabilitation. Then, drive to Red Rock in Coffs Harbour, stopping for lunch along the way. The northernmost village on the Coffs Coast, Red Rock sits between the beach and the Corindi River and is popular for water activities like kayaking and boating. When you arrive, you’ll enjoy a barbeque dinner with your group as the sun goes down, with all the typical Aussie fare.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Byron Bay - Today you’ll head out on the harbour for a special stand-up paddleboarding experience with the Gumbaynggirr community. This social enterprise supports the local Aboriginal community by ensuring intergenerational cultural knowledge is passed on and by providing employment opportunities. A portion of the proceeds also goes to the Bularri Muurlay Nyanggan Aboriginal Corporation, which provides after-school learning centres, cultural camps and revitalisation initiatives for the Gumbaynggirr language. With your local guides, glide along the river, soaking up the ambiance. After, head to Byron Bay – one of Australia’s most iconic destinations, known for its beaches, surfing and scuba diving. Check out the Byron Lighthouse for a unique photo opportunity and the chance to spot some dolphins, whales and other marine life if you’re lucky.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Byron Bay - Get up early this morning if you want to catch the sunrise (it’s a pretty cool sight from Australia's most easterly point). Today is free to explore this surfer's paradise however you like. Maybe hunt down the best cold-brew coffee from one of Byron’s local cafes, then learn how to ride the waves with a beginner’s surf lesson. You can hit the water with a guided sea kayaking tour of the Byron Bay Marine Park to see the beauty of the coastline while looking out for dolphins, turtles and whales. Or, just hang out on the beach! Tonight, why not grab a drink at one of the pubs or bars with a few of your fellow travellers.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Lamington National Park - This morning, head to The Farm – a collection of micro-businesses on a working farm that focuses on growing, feeding and educating the community through farming. Maybe grab some breakfast here and pick up a few things to have for lunch later on. Continue to Springbrook National Park and take a walk to the Natural Bridge rock arch, which was formed by the force of the waterfall over the basalt cave. This afternoon, head to Lamington National Park – a Gondwana Rainforests of Australia World Heritage Area and home to lush rainforest, ancient trees, walking tracks and waterfalls to explore. Maybe head out on one of the tracks to see the forest, creeks and falls on foot (don’t forget to snap some lush pics!). Your lodge accommodation tonight sits right in the middle of the sub-tropical rainforest.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Gold Coast / Brisbane - If you’re game, maybe wake up early this morning and watch the sunrise over the rainforest. Today, you’ll head to The Gold Coast, famous for its long stretch of beach and surf spots. When you arrive, enjoy some free time to explore the town or relax by the water. This afternoon, carry on to Brisbane for your last night. Your evening is free, so why not grab your group and head out to a local restaurant – your leader will always have the best recommendations for delicious eats and hang-out spots.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Brisbane - Today is a free day to explore Brisbane however you like. You’ll have a second meeting at 6 pm tonight to meet the new travellers joining you for the second leg of the adventure. Until then, why not explore the Botanic Gardens, Roma Street Parklands or chase views overlooking the city at the Mount Coot-Tha Summit Lookout. After your meeting, maybe head to dinner with your group and get to know each other better.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Noosa - This morning, you’ll head for Noosa – a serene town along the Sunshine Coast and home to Sunshine Beach (popular for surfing) and Noosa National Park. You’ll head straight for the park’s lush surroundings and take on part of the Coastal Walk hike. Walk along the shoreline and the headlands, which make way for sweeping ocean views, rocky bays and sandy beaches. Look out for marine life cruising by and if you’re lucky, spot some koalas in the trees munching on eucalyptus. The pinnacle of the walk will be Hell’s Gate Lookout, which offers 270-degree views of the ocean beyond. Look for ospreys soaring above or pods of dolphins playing below. Maybe grab some lunch, then check into your accommodation just outside Noosa for the night, getting ready for a free evening to spend however you like. You could take on an afternoon surf lesson, go for another walk or maybe just relax at the beach and watch the sunset.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Noosa - Today is a free day to explore Noosa and the surrounding areas. Consider taking a day trip to K’gari (formerly known as Fraser Island). This guided 4WD tour around the world's largest sand island takes you to Lake McKenzie, a UNESCO World Heritage-listed rainforest, 75 Mile Beach, Eli Creek and the Maheno Shipwreck. Alternatively, you can hit the waters on a boat tour through the Noosa Everglades. This eco-safari will take you on a guided cruise through the everglades, where a vast array of birdlife call home. From the boat, you can also opt to jump in canoes and paddle among the mirrored waterways to the historic Harry’s Hut.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Noosa / Overnight Train - Today is free to take the everglades eco-safari if you didn’t get the chance to yesterday. Alternatively, just chill out in Noosa, explore the town or hit the beach. Tonight, you’ll take an overnight train to the Whitsundays region – maybe grab some bits to have for dinner and snacks on board and settle in for a fun night with your bunkmates (cards, anyone?).

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Airlie Beach / Whitsunday Sailing - Arrive in Proserpine early this morning and meet your new leader at the station. From here, you’ll drive to Airlie Beach for some free time to go for a dip, grab breakfast or chill out on the sand. This afternoon, you’ll embark on a special two-night sailing trip in the Whitsundays – a group of islands in the Coral Sea, popular for the gorgeous natural scenery, bright blue waters and white sands. Climb aboard the boat, your home for the next two days, and set sail! 

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Whitsunday Sailing - Wake up early this morning to make the most of your day at sea. Take in the gorgeous landscapes and seascapes of the Whitsundays, make stops at some of the best snorkelling spots and the gorgeous Whitehaven Beach – in the heart of the Whitsunday Islands, this beach also sits in the centre of the Great Barrier Reef. Enjoy deliciously fresh meals on the boat, meet some new friends and soak up the beauty of this scenic area. Tonight, enjoy your final night on the water over sunset drinks!

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Magnetic Island - Soak up the bliss of your last morning on the boat, then disembark in Airlie. After some free time to relax on the beach or grab some lunch, you’ll drive to Townsville. As soon as you arrive, hop on the ferry to Magnetic Island – this mountainous island in Cleveland Bay is known for its scenic national park, abundance of koalas, secluded beaches and hiking opportunities.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Magnetic Island - Today is dedicated to soaking up all the natural scenery of Magnetic Island. Explore at your own pace – maybe go in search of a secluded beach and set up shop, take on a hike or just chill out with a drink. Later, hike along the Forts Walking Track with your group, looking out for the resident koalas and enjoying the gorgeous views. There are even some World War II relics to see among the tropical landscape. 

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Mission Beach - Say goodbye to the island as you take the morning ferry back to Townsville. From here, drive to Mungalla station, where you’ll meet the First Nations owners of the land – the Nywaigi people – and learn about their culture and history, including the brutal conflicts with European settlers. The story you’ve been told will come to life as you visit an exhibition of pictures within the historic homestead. Then head out and explore the Mungalla wetlands in search of aquatic birdlife. Drive to Mission Beach this afternoon – a small coastal town with expansive beaches, lined with palm trees.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Cairns - Your last day of adventure begins with a drive to Cairns, where your trip will come to an end. Along the way, maybe stop by some waterfalls and swimming holes, soaking in the last of the gorgeous natural scenery. When you arrive, it’s time to say goodbye to an awesome adventure! If you’d like to extend your stay and explore Cairns further, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Antigua - Buenos dias! Welcome to Guatemala. Your adventure kicks off with a welcome meeting at 10 am this morning. Enjoy a cup of locally grown coffee, then set off on an orientation walk with your local leader. After, your tour leader will help you find a nice local restaurant for lunch. This afternoon, hike through forest trails to a women-led regenerative farming project. Learn about sustainable agriculture, the importance of preserving native plants for future generations and, depending on the season, get hands-on with planting crops. Tonight, join a tortilla workshop at El Comalote. Discover the traditional significance of this delicious cuisine, then sit down for dinner with your local hosts.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Acatenango - This morning, travel to the town of La Soledad – the starting point of today’s hike. When you arrive, lace up your boots and set off through maize and vegetable fields, past the cloud forest and nearby volcanoes. Around midday, stop for lunch in the mid-mountain forest area. Then, continue hiking to base camp. Tonight, have dinner at camp with your fellow hikers and enjoy some free time to rest under the stars.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Antigua - Wake up early this morning and prepare for the final assent to the summit of Acatenango Volcano. With panoramic views of the southern Mexican Highlands and the active Volcan de Fuego, the summit will offer a fantastic spot to watch the sunrise. Take it all in before hiking back to camp, where you’ll refuel with a hot breakfast before beginning the descent to La Soledad. After returning to town, travel back to Antigua. When you arrive this afternoon, maybe wander through town to find a local cafe for lunch, then maybe relax with a massage.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Antigua - With no further activities today, it’s time to pack the hiking boots in your suitcase as your trip comes to an end this morning. If you'd like to extend your stay, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Belize City to Flores - Hola! Welcome to Central America. When you arrive, you’ll be met at the airport and transferred to your hotel. Your adventure begins with a 9.30 am welcome meeting in Belize. Then, you’ll travel to Flores. On the way, you'll stop at Yaxha-Nakum-Naranjo National Park. Located in the Reserva de la Biosfera Maya, the national park is known for its forested wetlands, lagoons and pools including the Yaxha, Sacnab and Champoxte. As you explore the area, be sure to look for local wildlife including the Central American river turtle, spider monkeys and collared peccary. After, continue to Flores. Tonight, sit down to a traditional Guatemalan dinner and maybe try chicken pepian (hearty chicken stew).

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Flores - After breakfast, you’ll visit Guatemala Tikal National Park – a UNESCO World Heritage site known for its Mayan ruins and rich biodiversity. The Tikal National Park encompasses 575 square km of jungle and thousands of ruined structures. Tikal is also part of the one-million-hectare Maya Biosphere Reserve created in 1990 to protect the dense forests of the Peten. As you wander through the ruins learn about the historic area which archaeologists suggest was settled in 900 BC. After, continue to a local restaurant in Flores for a late lunch. The rest of the day is free for you to explore at your own pace – your local leader will have the best recommendations.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Belize City - This morning, say goodbye to Flores as you return to Belize. Along the way, stop in San Ignacio for a cooking class. Corn is the staple of Maya culture, and tortilla, tamales, atole and bollos are just a few of the ways corn is traditionally cooked. Here, you’ll learn how to cook on a fogon (fire), grind corn on the metate (grinding stone) and wrap the bollos in banana leaves. You’ll also hear stories and old folklore from the local Maya cooks before sitting down for your homemade meal. After, continue to Belize. Tonight, you’ll sit down to a rooftop dinner in the heart of the city – the perfect way to spend your final night!

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Belize City - After breakfast, it’s time to say your goodbyes as your adventure comes to an end today. If you’d like to stay longer to explore more of Central America, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: San Jose - Hola! Welcome to Costa Rica! Your adventure starts in San Jose with a welcome meeting at 3 pm this afternoon. After, jump on a bus and head towards La Fortuna – a small town in Costa Rica nestled at the base of the Arenal Volcano, known for active volcanoes and natural hot springs. When you arrive, maybe walk through the La Fortuna Town Centre, soak in the Ecotermales Hot Springs or join a chocolate and coffee tour. Later, join a tortilla-making class at El Fogon de Chela and sit down to indulge in your home-made dinner.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: La Fortuna - You'll start the day early to go sloth-spotting - these animals are Costa Rica's national symbol as they're quite common in the forest and jungles. Set off through the tropical rainforest and look for local wildlife like dart frogs, toucans, and of course sloths! After, head to lunch and taste some traditional dishes like empanadas, prensadas (tortilla with cheese) and ripe plantain with cheese. The rest of the day is free for you to explore at your own pace. Maybe unwind in the local hot springs, visit the La Fortuna Waterfall or take on a canopy adventure. Tonight, rejoin your group for a guided jungle walk, where you’ll see the tropical rainforest in the dark and learn about the region’s nocturnal wildlife.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: La Fortuna - After breakfast, journey through the canopies of Mistico Arenal Hanging Bridges Park. As you walk, spot colorful birds and learn about the forest’s diverse ecosystem. Travel across six hanging bridges and take in the panoramic views of the region from the treetops. Tonight, visit the EcoTermales Fortuna – a family-owned and operated natural hot springs in La Fortuna. Relax in the various volcanic hot springs with varying temperatures then indulge in a traditional Costa Rican dinner – a great way to celebrate your final night.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: La Fortuna - This morning, on your way back to San Jose, stop for a private coffee tour at the world-famous Doka Estate. Here you'll taste Costa Rica’s rich coffee heritage from bean to cup, in their award-winning brews. Afterwards travel to San Jose. When you arrive, your trip comes to an end. If you’d like to stay longer, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Mexico City - Bienvenidos! Welcome to Mexico. When you arrive at the airport, you’ll be met by a local representative for a complimentary transfer to your hotel. You'll meet your leader and other members of your group this evening for a welcome meeting at 6 pm – until then, the day is yours. Perhaps take a stroll to get a feel for this vibrant capital where the ancient and modern collide. After the meeting, you might like to head out with your leader for an optional group dinner, an opportunity to get stuck straight into the many local culinary delights.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Mexico City - Get to know Mexico City during a guided tour with your leader. Visit the Metropolitan Cathedral – the largest and one of the oldest cathedrals in Latin America. You’ll also explore Zocalo, the city’s main square, and the remains of Tenochtitlan – the capital city of the Aztec empire. Check out famous Mexican painter Diego Rivera’s Mural Museum at the Alameda Central. Your tour includes a visit to the Museum of Anthropology – home to an impressive collection of 600,000 pieces of Mexican art and artifacts. After, the day is yours to spend as you please. The Leon Trotsky and Frida Kahlo (La Casa Azul) museums are famous sights worth checking out as an optional activity. Otherwise, maybe visit the colourful floating gardens of Xochimilco just outside the city.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Puebla - Depart Mexico City this morning and visit the ancient Teotihuacan ruins, once one of the biggest cities in the world. Meet with a local guide and discover the ruins known as the Pyramid of the Sun and the Pyramid of the Moon which dominate the skyline. Stroll down The Avenue of the Dead and get a sense of what life was like here nearly 2000 years ago. Continue to the colourful city of Puebla, joining your leader for an orientation walk to get your bearings around the beautifully preserved city centre. Puebla is known for its delicious food scene and your leader will have tips on the best places to dine on local specialties this evening.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Puebla - This morning, get to know Cholula, a city close to Puebla, by joining your leader on an orientation walk. As Cholula has the most churches in Mexico, you’ll stop at a few on your journey, like Santuario de la Virgen de los Remedios, located on the top of the Great Pyramid of Cholula. Head back to Puebla after to explore the historic city at your own pace in the afternoon – maybe sit down for a dish of mole pueblano, the speciality of Puebla.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Oaxaca - Today you’ll journey to Oaxaca (pronounced wa-ha-ca), the city best known for its mole and mezcal. You’ll see the rest of its best bits on an orientation walk with your leader. Maybe see the main square with its architecture dating back to the 16th century or the 20 de Noviembre Market – a food market loved by the locals. Tonight, maybe join your group for a dinner, where you can try some of the regional specialities, such as tlayudas (Oaxacan pizza) or one of its seven varieties of mole.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Oaxaca - Learn about the traditional skill of crafting alebrijes – brightly coloured folk art sculptures of mythical creatures – in a women-run workshop in San Martin Tilcajete. They’ll walk you through the history of the art and how the crafting process works. Then, enjoy a free afternoon in Oaxaca – maybe visit the nearby archaeological site of Monte Alban. A UNESCO World Heritage site, this place was inhabited for over 1500 years by the Olmecs, Zapotecs and Mixtecs. The terraces, dams, canals, pyramids and artificial mounds of Monte Alban were carved out of the mountain and are now the symbols of a sacred topography. Have your camera ready to go because you can get a fantastic view across the three legs of the valley of Oaxaca. Season-depending, a folkloric ballet performance is also a great optional activity, or the Santo Domingo Cultural Centre is also well worth a visit. Otherwise, enjoy the relaxed atmosphere of the streets and take the opportunity to feast on some regional delicacies.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Salina Cruz - Set off with your leader this morning, first stopping at the famous Tule Tree, a 1500-year-old Montezuma cypress with a 36 m circumference, making it one of the widest in the world. Travel on to the Mitla archaeological ruins – once the religious centre for the Zapotec people. Lunch today will be at the home of a local Zapotecan family, where you’ll have the chance to try traditional dishes and learn about their culture. Visit a woman-owned mezcal farm and tour the cacti plantation – sampling some of the different mezcals rounds out your day of exploration. Relax on the bus as you travel to Salina Cruz for the night.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: San Cristobal de las Casas - Your journey continues as you drive to the Sumidero Canyon, a gigantic natural canyon with walls reaching as high as 1000 m. Here, you’ll hop aboard a boat for an up close and personal tour of this remarkable landscape. Be sure to keep an eye (or an ear) out for howler monkeys along the way! After your boat trip, drive to the charming city of San Cristobal de las Casas. When you arrive in 'San Cris', take a walk and soak up the strong old-world atmosphere of this town, which is due to the grand Spanish architecture, prominent Indigenous cultures and winding cobblestone streets. Your leader will help orientate you with a walk around the town centre, and then you’re free to venture wherever your heart desires.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: San Cristobal de las Casas - This morning, your leader will take you on another orientation walk of the city, passing impressive churches, green plazas and countless museums before bringing you to the nearby Maya village of San Juan Chamula. Sitting in the highlands, this village serves as a marketplace and religious ceremonial centre for the Indigenous communities who live in the surrounding hills. The local people have retained their traditional way of life and can often be seen wearing their own distinctive clothes. Make the short drive to the next town of Zincantan. As you explore with your leader, you'll learn more about these mostly Maya communities. Later, during free time back in San Cris, perhaps rent a bike to explore the town further.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Palenque - Say goodbye to San Cristobal de Las Casas as you head for Palenque and its surrounding jungle. It will be an early start to minimise the chance of hitting road closures, which are common in the area. Stretch your legs on the stop or two along the way, before landing at the low and wide Agua Azul Waterfalls, which flow slowly over limestone rocks. Enjoy your lunch in nature and then cool off with a quick dip. Otherwise, take a scenic stroll around the grounds before continuing to Palenque.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Palenque - Set out this morning to the archaeological site of Palenque. Located on a hilltop in an area of hot jungle, these are some of the most astounding Maya ruins in the region, dating back as far as AD 600. Some of the ruins remain unexcavated and are hidden in the surrounding forest. Enjoy a guided tour of the site and listen out for the calls of howler monkeys as you explore this lost city. After, head back to your hotel in the more modern city of Palenque and perhaps spend the afternoon relaxing by the pool.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Merida - Settle in for another driving day as you travel from Palenque to the historic city of Merida. Your drive will be broken up with short stops and an included lunch stop. Lunch will be a moreish selection of local seafood, with alternatives available. Founded in 1542, Merida is the capital of the Yucatan state and has retained much of its old-world charm. After the drive, stretch your legs with an orientation walk with your leader where you’ll have the chance to learn about its Maya heritage.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Merida - Today is a free day to explore the many sights of Merida. Perhaps visit some of the museums, including the impressive Regional Anthropology Museum of the Yucatan, and stroll the city streets, which are alive with art and culture. Hang out in the green and shady Plaza Grande, with the 16th-century cathedral on one side and City Hall, State Government Palace and Casa Montejo on the other. The outdoor market is another essential visit, with an array of hammocks and Mayan replicas for sale, plus a selection of enticing local cuisine, including the dish cochinita pibil ('little pig') or the incredibly spicy El Yucateco hot sauce. If you can't visit enough Maya sites, you may want to head for the ancient ruins of Uxmal. Here, you'll see the amazing Palace of the Governors, considered by many to be the best example of classic Maya architecture.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Playa del Carmen - Your first stop today is Chichen Itza, possibly the most famous Maya site in Mexico and one of the new Seven Wonders of the World. You'll see the marvellous Temple of Kukulkan standing over the ruins and not far from the temple is the ‘ball court’, where many disputes are known to have been settled by way of a ball game that employed only the elbows, hips and wrists. Stone carvings depicting violence suggest it was not such a casual sport. Following a guided tour of the site, enjoy a special lunch with a family in the town of Piste. Tuck into a traditional pibil feast – a Maya style of cooking that involves barbecuing underground, which the family have perfected over generations. Finally, continue to the popular seaside town of Playa del Carmen, where you may like to join your group for a final dinner together.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: San Jose - Bienvenidos! Welcome to Costa Rica. San Jose is this lush country’s capital, a bustling city flanked by mountains to the south and more mountains to the north, with a few volcanoes thrown in for good measure. This rapidly expanding city contains lively markets, historic neighbourhoods and a chorus of old theatres, with a big chunk of the country’s population within its boundaries. You’ll get things started with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. After, ask your leader for the best spots for a first taste of Costa Rican cuisine in the surrounding streets.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: La Fortuna - Head out this morning, bound for La Fortuna – a leafy small town known as the gateway to Arenal Volcano National Park. When you arrive, you’ll learn how to cook traditional Costa Rican tortillas from a local woman who knows all the secret tips. Dona Chela will help you to prepare the dishes with ingredients from her garden, which you can also wander around before and after you cook. You'll make your tortillas in the traditional, old-school way by using the wood-fired stove in the kitchen. Sit down to a lunch of Costa Rican favourites, accompanied by your own handmade tortillas and get to know the family. After, check in to your hotel and enjoy a free afternoon in the lush surroundings. Maybe visit the nearby hot springs for a soak, fed by the thermal Tabacon River.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: La Fortuna - Today is a free day in La Fortuna. Maybe get active and head to the famed national park, hiking the Arenal Volcano for some gorgeous views. Maybe just wander the rainforest and take one of the trails leading to La Fortuna Waterfall. You can also book a Cano Negro boat tour – this full-day activity will see you visiting the Cano Negro Wildlife Refuge, a wetland system home to varied wildlife like sloths, monkeys, caimans and tropical birds. Look out for the critters as you cruise along the river – you can even hop in a canoe or kayak!

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Monteverde - Today's journey to Monteverde is as much about the journey as it is about the destination. You’ll take a boat across Lake Arenal, then take a scenic drive to this major eco-tourism destination. When you arrive, you’ll have a free afternoon to choose your own adventure. Get out and explore the Monteverde Cloud Forest Reserve on your own, or head to the nearby butterfly garden. Visit the suspension bridges for some leafy views over the area or take on a forest night walk, looking out for local wildlife.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Manuel Antonio - Begin the day with a tour of the spectacular Monteverde Cloud Forest Reserve – host to more than 100 different species of mammals and 400 species of birds. Your leader will share information on the fascinating biodiversity of the region and lend their expert eye to spotting some wonderful wildlife. Look out for the resplendent quetzal and its quirky hairdo and listen for the sounds of howler monkeys and the unmistakable call of the three-wattled bellbird. With nearly 500 unique species of orchids, the reserve holds the world’s highest diversity of this famed flower. After a morning with your head in the clouds, drive on to Manuel Antonio in the afternoon. When you arrive in this gorgeously lush national park, you’ll have the option to go on a scenic sunset cruise.

     

    Day - 20

    Location: Manuel Antonio - Take the day to experience the lush national park surrounding Manuel Antonio. Your park entrance fee is included and joining you will be a naturalist guide with all the insider knowledge that you need. Spend some time discovering the park and learning about the beauty of the jungle, keeping an eye out for sloths and iguanas. Wander into the depths of the rainforest and be aware of where your naturalist guide is telling you to look – they know exactly where to find the weird and wonderful that call this place home! Tonight, you’re free to find the best spot to watch the sun go down or to ask your leader for the best local bars and dinner spots.

     

    Day - 21

    Location: Manuel Antonio - Today is a free day to explore this lush region however you wish. You could book yourself a kayak tour of the waterways and mangrove habitat, seeing the park from the water. Maybe head to one of Manuel Antonio's famed beaches, rent a surfboard and spend some time catching waves in the water, or chase the rays on the sand and kick back with a good book.

     

    Day - 22

    Location: Zona de los Santos - Drive to a small indigenous community this morning, saying your goodbyes to Manuel Antonio. The Terraba, or Teribe, are an indigenous group with a rich cultural heritage. Located on approximately 34.7 square miles (9000 hectares) along the Terraba River, they have survived off the land for more than 500 years. The community consider themselves matriarchal, and women are the teachers, responsible for passing information down through the generations. Here, you’ll learn how to paint your own wooden mask, before sharing a local home-cooked lunch with the villagers. This afternoon, travel to Copey de Dota in a private vehicle, where you’ll spend the night.

     

    Day - 23

    Location: San Jose - An extra special morning beverage awaits you today! Visit an ecological family-owned farm, where everything is produced organically. Here, you’ll learn how the coffee bean makes its way from cherry to cup. Learn the full process, from planting to harvesting, roasting and grinding, and then prepare your own cup of coffee. Have lunch with the family to reward your hands-on efforts. After, drive back to San Jose where your leader will take you for a stroll to stretch your legs and get a feel for this lively city. You might like to head out for an optional farewell dinner and toast to a trip well-travelled.

     

    Day - 24

    Location: San Jose - With no further activities planned after breakfast, you’re free to leave any time after check out. If you’d like to extend your stay in Costa Rica, just reach out to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: San Jose - Bienvenidos! Welcome to Costa Rica. San Jose is this lush country’s capital – a bustling city flanked by mountains to the south and more mountains to the north, with a few volcanoes thrown, too. This rapidly expanding city is home to some great markets, historic neighbourhoods and a chorus of old theatres, with a big chunk of the country’s population within its boundaries. You’ll get things started with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. After, ask your leader for the best spots for a first taste of Costa Rican cuisine in the surrounding streets.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: La Fortuna - Head out this morning, bound for La Fortuna – a leafy small town known as the gateway to Arenal Volcano National Park. When you arrive, you’ll learn how to cook traditional Costa Rican tortillas from a local woman who knows all the secret tips. Dona Chela will help you to prepare the dishes with ingredients from her garden, which you can also wander around before and after you cook. You'll make your tortillas in the traditional, old-school way by using the wood-fired stove in the kitchen. Sit down to a lunch of Costa Rican favourites, accompanied by your own handmade tortillas and get to know the family. After, check in to your hotel and enjoy a free afternoon in the lush surroundings. Maybe visit the nearby hot springs for a soak, fed by the thermal Tabacon River.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: La Fortuna - Today is a free day in La Fortuna. Maybe get active and head to the famed national park, hiking the Arenal Volcano for some gorgeous views. Maybe just wander the rainforest and take one of the trails leading to La Fortuna Waterfall. You can also book a Cano Negro boat tour – this full-day activity will see you visiting the Cano Negro Wildlife Refuge, a wetland system home to varied wildlife like sloths, monkeys, caimans and tropical birds. Look out for the critters as you cruise along the river – you can even hop in a canoe or kayak!

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Monteverde - Today's journey to Monteverde is as much about the journey as it is about the destination. You’ll take a boat across Lake Arenal, then take a scenic drive to this major eco-tourism destination. When you arrive, you’ll have a free afternoon to choose your own adventure. Get out and explore the Monteverde Cloud Forest Reserve on your own, or head to the nearby butterfly garden. Visit the suspension bridges for some leafy views over the area or take on a forest night walk, looking out for local wildlife.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Manuel Antonio - Begin the day with a tour of the spectacular Monteverde Cloud Forest Reserve – host to more than 100 different species of mammals and 400 species of birds. Your leader will share information on the fascinating biodiversity of the region and lend their expert eye to spotting some wonderful wildlife. Look out for the resplendent quetzal and its quirky hairdo and listen for the sounds of howler monkeys and the unmistakable call of the three-wattled bellbird. With nearly 500 unique species of orchids, the reserve holds the world’s highest diversity of this famed flower. After a morning with your head in the clouds, drive on to Manuel Antonio in the afternoon. When you arrive in this gorgeously lush national park, you’ll have the option to go on a scenic sunset cruise.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Manuel Antonio - Take the day to experience the lush national park surrounding Manuel Antonio. Your park entrance fee is included and joining you will be a naturalist guide with all the insider knowledge that you need. Spend some time discovering the park and learning about the beauty of the jungle, keeping an eye out for sloths and iguanas. Wander into the depths of the rainforest and be aware of where your naturalist guide is telling you to look – they know exactly where to find the weird and wonderful that call this place home! Tonight, you’re free to find the best spot to watch the sun go down or to ask your leader for the best local bars and dinner spots.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: San Gerardo de Dota Valley - Drive to a small Indigenous community this morning, saying your goodbyes to Manuel Antonio. The Terraba (or Teribe), are an Indigenous group with a rich cultural heritage. Located on approximately 34.7 sq mi (9000 ha) along the Terraba River, they have survived off the land for more than 500 years. The community consider themselves matriarchal and women are the teachers, responsible for passing information down through the generations. Here, you’ll learn how to paint your own wooden mask, before sharing a local home-cooked lunch with the villagers. This afternoon, travel by private vehicle to your mountain lodge on the edge of Quetzales National Park. Situated in the misty Talamanca Mountains, this remote cloud forest sanctuary serves as your restorative counterpoint to Costa Rica's busier regions. This hidden valley offers genuine solitude and the chance to recharge surrounded by untouched wilderness. After checking in, join your group for an included dinner at the lodge's restaurant.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: San Gerardo de Dota Valley - Join a local naturalist guide early this morning for a walk in the cloud forest adjacent to Quetzales National Park – if you’re lucky, you might just spot the resplendent quetzal (yes, this is its official name). This region is recognised as one of the best places to see this colourful bird in its natural habitat, as it’s a highland cloud forest like Monteverde (but with far fewer tourists!). As you walk, talking the opportunity for quiet exploration, look out for the quetzal as well as the hummingbirds, tapirs and sloths that call this area home. When you end up at waterfall, soak up the sounds of birdsong and running water – bliss!

     

    Day - 9

    Location: San Jose - Craving a cuppa? Today you’ll visit an ecological family-owned farm, where everything is produced organically. Here, learn how the coffee bean makes its way from cherry to cup. Learn the full process, from planting to harvesting, roasting and grinding, and then prepare your own cup of coffee. Have lunch with the family to reward your hands-on efforts. After, drive back to San Jose where your leader will take you for a stroll to stretch your legs and get a feel for this lively city. You might like to head out for an optional farewell dinner and toast to a trip well-travelled.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: San Jose - With no further activities planned after breakfast, you’re free to leave any time after check out. If you’d like to extend your stay in Costa Rica, just reach out to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Mexico City - Bienvenidos! Welcome to Mexico. Your adventure begins in Mexico City, where you’ll be met at the airport and transferred to your hotel. Meet your group and local leader at a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. Your hotel in Mexico City is housed in a building built in the 1890s and the location is one of the city’s best. The buzzing Zocalo Plaza and the National Cathedral are right on your doorstep and you can see views from the hotel’s rooftop restaurant and bar. After your meeting, head out for dinner with your leader and sample an array of local dishes. End the evening with some sweet treats at the city’s oldest churreria.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Mexico City - Today, you’ll get to know Mexico City on a tour with your knowledgeable local leader. From cosmopolitan glamour to ancient history, there’s a lot to see, so rise early and head out to the National Museum of Anthropology where your leader will indicate the most interesting rooms so you can walk through the different stages of the country’s past. Continue to the Zocalo Plaza, the lively main square of the city. Visit the National Cathedral to hear its story and see the impressive Baroque architecture, then stop at Diego Riviera Museo Mural where you can appreciate one of his most famous works. We will also visit Gastromotiva, an Intrepid Foundation partner who fight hunger and food insecurity across Latin America. Tonight is free to seek out the best food – your leader will have the best local recommendations.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Puebla - Depart Mexico City and travel to Teotihuacan. Here, you'll discover the extraordinary ruins known as the Pyramid of the Sun and the Pyramid of the Moon, which dominate the skyline. This was once the biggest city in the Americas and predates the Aztec Empire by many centuries. Join an expert local guide and stroll down The Avenue of the Dead to see fascinating clues as to what life here was like nearly 2000 years ago. After lunch continue to Puebla. Stop off on the way to visit a local family who produce beautiful stonework carved form obsidian – a naturally occurring volcanic glasslike rock. Take some time to admire their striking pieces and speak to the family about their craft. Arrive in Puebla and set out for a walk around town, visiting Calle de los Dulces (Candy Street) and the El Parian handicraft market. See the Rosary Chapel and Town Hall Palace, then head out to dinner at an award-winning restaurant, where a local chef serves up local specialties in an elegant setting – the mole here comes highly recommended.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Puebla - After breakfast, get to know Cholula, a city close to Puebla, by joining your leader on an orientation walk. As Cholula has the most churches in Mexico, you’ll stop at a few on your journey, like Santuario de la Virgen de los Remedios, located on the top of the Great Pyramid of Cholula. Walk to the church overlooking the site for views of the excavated areas around the pyramid and learn how the structure was built to honour the great Popocatépetl volcano. For lunch today, stop off at a restaurant serving up organic dishes made with locally sourced produce to minimise their impact on the environment. The rest of the day is free for your own explorations. 

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Oaxaca - Today, you’ll make the journey to Oaxaca – a colourful city rich with history and culture. Arrive in the late afternoon and settle into your hotel for the next three nights – converted from a 19th-century mansion, traditional charm emanates from every corner, from its ivy-clad courtyard to original frescoes and stone fountain. Just a stone’s throw away from the city’s main Zocalo, full of cafes, musicians and artisans, there’s no better base for your time in Oaxaca. Head out for an orientation walk with your leader to get a feel for the city, stopping by the local markets of Benito Juarez and 20 de Noviembre for a classic Oaxacan lunch, then enjoy a free evening. The best way to get to the heart of Oaxaca’s culture is to taste its food, so your leader will be happy to offer up some great local recommendations for dinner.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Oaxaca - Today, venture out of the city and take a tour of the Oaxaca region. Visit the Mitla ruins archaeological site – once the religious centre for Zapotec communities – and the Tule Tree, considered the world’s widest tree at over 11 m in diameter. The Montezuma cypress’ gnarled trunk is over 1500 years old, roughly the same as the ruins. Stop off to try some Mexican ice cream – an important part of Mexico’s culinary history, this hand-churned ice cream is considered one of the tastiest in the world. Maybe try some traditional Beso Oaxaqueno – a fresh fruit sorbet – or a scoop seasoned with chili. Continue to a beeswax candle-making workshop, learning age-old processes passed down for generations and the intricate designs that are created. Later, take part in a Zapotec weaving demonstration, which uses only traditional techniques, tools, patterns and organic dyes. Watch as local families craft folk clothing and rugs, some taking months to complete. Here, you’ll have a mostly plant-based lunch of regional specialities. On your way back to Oaxaca, stop by an agave mezcal factory for a tasting before returning to the city in the late afternoon.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Oaxaca - Enjoy a free day to take in the sights, sounds and tastes of Oaxaca. There’s something here to suit every interest – speak to your leader about arranging a visit to the Monte Alban archaeological site, take a local cooking class or opt for a street art cycling tour. Tonight, head to a special dining experience with a menu of traditional Oaxacan dishes, curated and cooked by the restaurant’s award-winning owner and inspired by the recipes of her mother and grandmother. Let the dishes take you on a trip around the state as you enjoy a multi-course meal.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Oaxaca - Your adventure comes to an end after breakfast this morning. If you’d like to spend some more time in Oaxaca, speak to your booking agent about arranging additional accommodation ahead of time. If you’re up for more adventure, consider the Mexico: The Yucatan Peninsula trip.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Mexico City - Bienvenidos! Welcome to Mexico. Your adventure begins in Mexico City, where you’ll be met at the airport and transferred to your hotel. Meet your group and local leader at a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. Your hotel in Mexico City is housed in a building built in the 1890s and the location is one of the city’s best. The buzzing Zocalo Plaza and the National Cathedral are right on your doorstep and you can see views from the hotel’s rooftop restaurant and bar. After your meeting, head out for dinner with your leader and sample an array of local dishes. End the evening with some sweet treats at the city’s oldest churreria.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Mexico City - Today, you’ll get to know Mexico City on a tour with your knowledgeable local leader. From cosmopolitan glamour to ancient history, there’s a lot to see, so rise early and head out to the National Museum of Anthropology where your leader will indicate the most interesting rooms so you can walk through the different stages of the country’s past. Continue to the Zocalo Plaza, the lively main square of the city. Visit the National Cathedral to hear its story and see the impressive Baroque architecture, then stop at Diego Riviera Museo Mural where you can appreciate one of his most famous works. We will also visit Gastromotiva, an Intrepid Foundation partner who fight hunger and food insecurity across Latin America. Tonight is free to seek out the best food – your leader will have the best local recommendations.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Puebla - Depart Mexico City and travel to Teotihuacan. Here, you'll discover the extraordinary ruins known as the Pyramid of the Sun and the Pyramid of the Moon, which dominate the skyline. This was once the biggest city in the Americas and predates the Aztec Empire by many centuries. Join an expert local guide and stroll down The Avenue of the Dead to see fascinating clues as to what life here was like nearly 2000 years ago. After lunch continue to Puebla. Stop off on the way to visit a local family who produce beautiful stonework carved form obsidian – a naturally occurring volcanic glasslike rock. Take some time to admire their striking pieces and speak to the family about their craft. Arrive in Puebla and set out for a walk around town, visiting Calle de los Dulces (Candy Street) and the El Parian handicraft market. See the Rosary Chapel and Town Hall Palace, then head out to dinner at an award-winning restaurant, where a local chef serves up local specialties in an elegant setting – the mole here comes highly recommended.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Puebla - After breakfast, get to know Cholula, a city close to Puebla, by joining your leader on an orientation walk. As Cholula has the most churches in Mexico, you’ll stop at a few on your journey, like Santuario de la Virgen de los Remedios, located on the top of the Great Pyramid of Cholula. Walk to the church overlooking the site for views of the excavated areas around the pyramid and learn how the structure was built to honour the great Popocatépetl volcano. For lunch today, stop off at a restaurant serving up organic dishes made with locally sourced produce to minimise their impact on the environment. The rest of the day is free for your own explorations. 

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Oaxaca - Today, you’ll make the journey to Oaxaca – a colourful city rich with history and culture. Arrive in the late afternoon and settle into your hotel for the next three nights – converted from a 19th-century mansion, traditional charm emanates from every corner, from its ivy-clad courtyard to original frescoes and stone fountain. Just a stone’s throw away from the city’s main Zocalo, full of cafes, musicians and artisans, there’s no better base for your time in Oaxaca. Head out for an orientation walk with your leader to get a feel for the city, stopping by the local markets of Benito Juarez and 20 de Noviembre for a classic Oaxacan lunch, then enjoy a free evening. The best way to get to the heart of Oaxaca’s culture is to taste its food, so your leader will be happy to offer up some great local recommendations for dinner.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Oaxaca - Today, venture out of the city and take a tour of the Oaxaca region. Visit the Mitla ruins archaeological site – once the religious centre for Zapotec communities – and the Tule Tree, considered the world’s widest tree at over 11 m in diameter. The Montezuma cypress’ gnarled trunk is over 1500 years old, roughly the same as the ruins. Stop off to try some Mexican ice cream – an important part of Mexico’s culinary history, this hand-churned ice cream is considered one of the tastiest in the world. Maybe try some traditional Beso Oaxaqueno – a fresh fruit sorbet – or a scoop seasoned with chili. Continue to a beeswax candle-making workshop, learning age-old processes passed down for generations and the intricate designs that are created. Later, take part in a Zapotec weaving demonstration, which uses only traditional techniques, tools, patterns and organic dyes. Watch as local families craft folk clothing and rugs, some taking months to complete. Here, you’ll have a mostly plant-based lunch of regional specialities. On your way back to Oaxaca, stop by an agave mezcal factory for a tasting before returning to the city in the late afternoon.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Oaxaca - Enjoy a free day to take in the sights, sounds and tastes of Oaxaca. There’s something here to suit every interest – speak to your leader about arranging a visit to the Monte Alban archaeological site, take a local cooking class or opt for a street art cycling tour. Tonight, head to a special dining experience with a menu of traditional Oaxacan dishes, curated and cooked by the restaurant’s award-winning owner and inspired by the recipes of her mother and grandmother. Let the dishes take you on a trip around the state as you enjoy a multi-course meal.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Playa Del Carmen - This morning catch an unescorted to Playa del Carmen – a coastal resort town on the Yucatan Peninsula, known for its turquoise waters and nightlife. You’ll be met at Cancun International Airport and transferred to your hotel. This evening there will be a second group meeting with your new local leader and group. If you arrive early, you might like to stroll along pedestrian avenue while perusing handmade hammocks, jewellery and crafts. After your meeting, you’ll head to a local restaurant and sit down for a traditional feast of fresh fish, mussels, shrimp and clams. The Yucatan’s bountiful Caribbean coastline means it’s home to some of the freshest seafood in the country.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Valladolid - After breakfast, depart Playa del Carmen and head to the secluded Laguna Chabela. Here, you’ll meet a local Maya family who have lived here for generations. Gain a deeper understanding of their way of life as you walk through the low jungle full of medicinal plants, see what they grow and learn how they live off the land. Watch a demonstration on how to make delicious tortillas in the Coba style with the family matriarch then sit down to a traditional lunch prepared by hand using a mortar and pestle found in the nearby ruins, still used after 1000 years. You’ll feel like you’ve travelled back in time, with stones from ancient Maya structures emerging from the jungle and the sounds of birds as your backdrop. In the afternoon, continue to the city of Valladolid, known for its pastel-coloured buildings. Set on the city’s main square, your hotel was converted from a 16th century house and offers a perfect base for your explorations.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Merida - Chichen Itza - This morning will be spent exploring the complex of Chichen Itza. Named as one of the new Seven Wonders of the World, Chichen Itza is considered the most important archaeological vestige of the Maya-Toltec civilisation in Yucatan by UNESCO. Meet with a local guide for a tour to uncover the secrets of what is perhaps the most famous Maya site, dominated by the Temple of Kukulkan, or El Castillo – a Mesoamerican step-pyramid. After, you’ll have a home-cooked lunch with a local family in the town of Piste. Tuck into a traditional Pibil feast – a Maya style of cooking that involves barbecuing underground, which the family have perfected over generations. After lunch, visit a local cenote for a swim. These limestone sinkholes were viewed by the Maya as doorways to the underworld. Continue to Merida – founded in 1542, this city is the Yucatan capital and retains much of its old-world charm. Your Feature Stay accommodation for the next three evenings is in the historic Hotel Casa Lucia. Spacious rooms feature traditional touches, surrounding a courtyard hat features a swimming pool.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Merida - This morning, you’ll join your leader on a walking tour of downtown Merida to learn more about the Maya heritage of the town. Visit the market for a look at local life and stop by the city museum, Montejo's House and the cathedral. Step inside the Palacio del Gobierno to admire the murals by Fernando Castro Pacheco – a famous Mexican artist from Merida. The paintings depict the history of the city and interactions between the Maya and the Spanish. The afternoon is free for further discoveries – you might like to relax in the green and shady Plaza Grande or browse the outdoor market selling Maya replicas. Regroup for dinner at a local restaurant serving up Yucatan specialties – the sopa da lima (lime soup) is especially delicious here.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Merida - After breakfast, you’ll head out for another Exclusive Experience at the Celestun Bird Sanctuary and Biosphere Reserve. One of the first places migratory birds arrive for the winter, the reserve offers a birdwatching experience like no other. Tour the area by small boat while you learn about its unique flora and fauna. Look out for the Yucatan woodpecker, Mexican sheartail, tropical mockingbird and depending on the season (usually December to March), you might witness the thousands of flamingos streaking across the landscape. Hop off the boat for a quick walk to view bubbling springs then cruise back through the mangrove canals. Stop in a fishing town for some time for lunch – maybe grab some fresh seafood and eat it with your toes in the sand. Take a dip in the Gulf of Mexico before returning to Merida for a free afternoon.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Tulum - Depart Merida this morning and head towards Muyil, stopping off for lunch in the village of Coba. Continue to the virtually unknown Muyil Archaeologic Site – this ancient Maya trading post is one of the oldest once-inhabited sites in the country, with a history stretching back to 350 BC. Explore the ruins with your leader who will explain what life here once looked like. Next, head to the banks of the Maya River and board a small boat to explore the canals and lagoons of the Sian Ka'an biosphere. One of the largest protected areas in Mexico, this UNESCO World Heritage site covers more than 400,000 hectares of land, lagoon and marine areas, including countless flora and fauna. You’ll be joined by guides from the local community who will help you get the most out of this experience. Admire the ruins on the riverbanks before disembarking in the waters of the ancient Mayan mangrove canals, where you’ll experience a natural ‘lazy river’ and float through the peaceful canals in a slow but steady current. After 45 minutes of floating, carry on to Tulum.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Tulum - In the morning, head to the Tulum archaeological site and learn about the history of the ruins and their views of the ocean. One of the last cities built by the Maya, your leader will paint a picture of how life played out here as you explore the complex against the ocean backdrop. Spend the afternoon soaking up the sun at a beach club, where you can swim in the Caribbean Sea or nap in a comfortable lounge chair. Tonight, dine at one of Tulum’s best restaurants. With laid back vibes and inspired by the freshest local produce and seafood, this final dinner with your newfound friends will certainly be one to remember.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Tulum - Your adventure comes to an end after breakfast this morning. If you would like to spend some more time in Tulum, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time to organise additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Playa Del Carmen - Bienvenidos! Welcome to Mexico. Your adventure begins in Playa del Carmen – a coastal resort town on the Yucatan Peninsula, known for its turquoise waters and nightlife. You’ll be met at Cancun International Airport and transferred to your hotel. Here, you’ll meet your local leader and fellow group members at your welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. If you arrive early, you might like to stroll along pedestrian avenue while perusing handmade hammocks, jewellery and crafts. The Yucatan’s bountiful Caribbean coastline means it’s home to some of the freshest seafood in the country, and after your meeting, you’ll head to a local restaurant and sit down for a traditional feast of fresh fish, mussels, shrimp and clams.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Valladolid - After breakfast, depart Playa del Carmen and head to the secluded Laguna Chabela. Here, you’ll meet a local Maya family who have lived here for generations. Gain a deeper understanding of their way of life as you walk through the low jungle full of medicinal plants, see what they grow and learn how they live off the land. Watch a demonstration on how to make delicious tortillas in the Coba style with the family matriarch then sit down to a traditional lunch prepared by hand using a mortar and pestle found in the nearby ruins, still used after 1000 years. You’ll feel like you’ve travelled back in time, with stones from ancient Maya structures emerging from the jungle and the sounds of birds as your backdrop. In the afternoon, continue to the city of Valladolid, known for its pastel-coloured buildings. Set on the city’s main square, your hotel was converted from a 16th century house and offers a perfect base for your explorations.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Merida - Chichen Itza - This morning will be spent exploring the complex of Chichen Itza. Named as one of the new Seven Wonders of the World, Chichen Itza is considered the most important archaeological vestige of the Maya-Toltec civilisation in Yucatan by UNESCO. Meet with a local guide for a tour to uncover the secrets of what is perhaps the most famous Maya site, dominated by the Temple of Kukulkan, or El Castillo – a Mesoamerican step-pyramid. After, you’ll have a home-cooked lunch with a local family in the town of Piste. Tuck into a traditional Pibil feast – a Maya style of cooking that involves barbecuing underground, which the family have perfected over generations. After lunch, visit a local cenote for a swim. These limestone sinkholes were viewed by the Maya as doorways to the underworld. Continue to Merida – founded in 1542, this city is the Yucatan capital and retains much of its old-world charm. Your Feature Stay accommodation for the next three evenings is in the historic Hotel Casa Lucia. Spacious rooms feature traditional touches, surrounding a courtyard hat features a swimming pool.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Merida - This morning, you’ll join your leader on a walking tour of downtown Merida to learn more about the Maya heritage of the town. Visit the market for a look at local life and stop by the city museum, Montejo's House and the cathedral. Step inside the Palacio del Gobierno to admire the murals by Fernando Castro Pacheco – a famous Mexican artist from Merida. The paintings depict the history of the city and interactions between the Maya and the Spanish. The afternoon is free for further discoveries – you might like to relax in the green and shady Plaza Grande or browse the outdoor market selling Maya replicas. Regroup for dinner at a local restaurant serving up Yucatan specialties – the sopa da lima (lime soup) is especially delicious here.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Merida - After breakfast, you’ll head out for another Exclusive Experience at the Ría Celestún Biosphere Reserve and Bird Sanctuary. One of the first places migratory birds arrive for the winter, the reserve offers a birdwatching experience like no other. Tour the area by small boat while you learn about its unique flora and fauna. Look out for the Yucatan woodpecker, Mexican sheartail, tropical mockingbird and depending on the season (usually December to March), you might witness the thousands of flamingos streaking across the landscape. Hop off the boat for a quick walk to view bubbling springs then cruise back through the mangrove canals. Stop in a fishing town for some time for lunch – maybe grab some fresh seafood and eat it with your toes in the sand. Take a dip in the Gulf of Mexico before returning to Merida for a free afternoon.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Tulum - Depart Merida this morning and head towards Muyil, stopping off for lunch in the village of Coba. Continue to the virtually unknown Muyil Archaeologic Site – this ancient Maya trading post is one of the oldest once-inhabited sites in the country, with a history stretching back to 350 BC. Explore the ruins with your leader who will explain what life here once looked like. Next, head to the banks of the Maya River and board a small boat to explore the canals and lagoons of the Sian Ka'an biosphere. One of the largest protected areas in Mexico, this UNESCO World Heritage site covers more than 400,000 hectares of land, lagoon and marine areas, including countless flora and fauna. You’ll be joined by guides from the local community who will help you get the most out of this experience. Admire the ruins on the riverbanks before disembarking in the waters of the ancient Mayan mangrove canals, where you’ll experience a natural ‘lazy river’ and float through the peaceful canals in a slow but steady current. After 45 minutes of floating, carry on to Tulum.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Tulum - In the morning, head to the Tulum archaeological site and learn about the history of the ruins and their views of the ocean. One of the last cities built by the Maya, your leader will paint a picture of how life played out here as you explore the complex against the ocean backdrop. Spend the afternoon soaking up the sun at a beach club, where you can swim in the Caribbean Sea or nap in a comfortable lounge chair. Tonight, dine at one of Tulum’s best restaurants. With laid back vibes and inspired by the freshest local produce and seafood, this final dinner with your newfound friends will certainly be one to remember.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Tulum - Your adventure comes to an end after breakfast this morning. If you would like to spend some more time in Tulum, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time to organise additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: San Jose - Bienvenidos! Welcome to Costa Rica. Your adventure begins in San Jose, where you’ll be met at the airport by a local representative and transferred to your hotel. Here, you’ll meet your local leader and small group for a welcome meeting at 6 pm. If you arrive early, Costa Rican coffee is some of the best in the world, so maybe set out to sample some of the local brew. After your meeting, head out with your leader and fellow travellers to dine like a local in the heart of San Jose. Your leader will share the history of the area and its famous residents as you taste local specialties.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: La Fortuna - Depart San Jose and drive to La Fortuna, known for its mellow atmosphere, bubbling hot springs and the mighty Arenal volcano. When you arrive, visit the Arenal Vida Campesina – a project focused on promoting sustainable agricultural practices while preserving customs and traditions passed down from generation to generation. Tour the property, learn about the process of sugarcane milling then sit down for a farm-fresh lunch. After lunch, visit the Arenal 1968 trails for a gentle walk to the Las Coladas lava field. Along the way, your leader will share the history of the volcano as you look out for howler monkeys, deer and parrots. In the afternoon, check into your hotel which has views of the Arenal Volcano and rooms with a terrace surrounded by tropical gardens filled with birds and butterflies. Spend some time poolside, listening to the songs of birds, then join your group for dinner at a local restaurant.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: La Fortuna - Today will be spent exploring the diverse wildlife of the Cano Negro Wetlands with a naturalist guide. Start with a drive through fields of yucca, plantain and papaya before boarding a comfortable raft to explore the Frio River. Travelling this way allows you get up close and personal with this region’s wildlife without having to undertake a strenuous hike. If you’re lucky, you might spot monkeys, iguanas, caimans, bats and common basilisks, also known as Jesus Christ lizards for their ability to walk on water. Your expert guide will be on hand to tell you where to look and share information on the intriguing creatures you discover today. Have lunch at a local restaurant before returning to La Fortuna for a free evening. Maybe visit one of the town’s hot springs for a swim beneath the stars.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Monteverde - After breakfast, depart La Fortuna and begin the journey to Monteverde. Drive around Lake Arenal and watch dramatic views of the Arenal volcano unfold in front of you. Your leader will be on hand to point out interesting wildlife along the way. Arrive in Monteverde in the early afternoon. Known for its spectacular cloud forests and rich biodiversity, Monteverde is heaven for nature lovers. This afternoon, you may like to explore the town, or view the cloud forest from overhead on a zipline. Speak to your leader about arranging any optional activities that you’d like.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Monteverde - Begin the day with a tour of the Monteverde Cloud Forest Reserve, host to more than 100 different species of mammals and 400 species of birds. Your leader will share information on the fascinating biodiversity of the region and lend their expert eye to spotting wonderful wildlife. Look out for the resplendent quetzal and listen for the sounds of howler monkeys and the unmistakeable call of the three-wattled bellbird. With nearly 500 unique species of orchids, the reserve holds the world’s highest diversity of the flower. After a morning with your head in the clouds, the rest of the day is yours to enjoy your way.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Manuel Antonio - After breakfast, depart for Manuel Antonio – home to a wildlife-rich national park and a string of the country’s best beaches. When you arrive, check into your Feature Stay – a beautiful resort situated above the ocean and Manuel Antonio National Park. After a dip in one of the resort pools or a walk along the beach, you might like to join your group for dinner at one of the hotel restaurants.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Manuel Antonio - This morning you’ll set off into Manuel Antonio National Park with an expert naturalist guide by your side. Look out for two and three toed sloths, white faced monkeys, anteaters and iguanas. The park offers criss-crossing walking trails and a beach – just keep an eye out for the raccoons! The afternoon is free. Manuel Antonio has plenty for those seeking an adrenaline rush – speak to your leader about arranging ziplining, snorkelling or kayaking. On the other end of the spectrum, there are few better places to sit back, crack open a coconut and watch the waves lap the shore. Be sure to look up, as sloths and monkeys are known to frequent the trees that line the beach.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: San Jose - Depart Manuel Antonio to head back to San Jose. When you arrive, have some lunch, then go on a city tour with your leader of downtown San Jose. Explore the mixture of historic and contemporary with stops at the local museums, government buildings, theatres, parks and markets. Visit the central market for a traditional Costa Rican cajeta (ice cream), an essential part of family lunch or dinner. There are lots of varieties to choose from, from coconut, peanut and macadamia and tapa de dulce (a form of cooked sugar cane). Tonight, you’ll have a farewell dinner with your group so raise a glass and cheers to an excellent adventure!

     

    Day - 9

    Location: San Jose - Your adventure comes to an end after breakfast this morning. If you would like to stay in San Jose, just speak to your booking agent to arrange additional accommodation ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Playa del Carmen - Hola! Welcome to Mexico. Your adventure begins in Playa del Carmen with a welcome meeting at 6 pm. If you arrive early and are lucky enough to have extra time in this beachside playground, maybe try your hand (and feet and lungs) at snorkelling in the freshwater rock pools (cenotes). Maybe stroll along the white sands or reef dive on Cozumel. After the meeting, perhaps head out for a cocktail and a few tacos with your new travel buddies.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Playa del Carmen - This morning, hop on a local bus to one stunning example of a cenote – Cenote Azul. There you can swim, dive or snorkel in the natural open-air pool, basking in the beauty of your surroundings. Then return to Playa Del Carmen, where you’ll have a free afternoon to explore this beachside paradise at your leisure. You might like to continue the underwater activities and keep your eyes peeled for rays, moray eels and turtles among the coral-clad reefs. If you’d rather leave the flippers behind and adventure on land, catch a local bus and travel south to Tulum, where white-sand beaches and Maya ruins are just an hour and a half away. In the evening, you could grab a few of your fellow travellers and find a good spot to watch the sunset – muy bien!

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Chetumal - On your final morning in Playa del Carmen, maybe take an early morning stroll to the beach and dip your toes in the sand or simply let the world pass you by with a coffee at a local cafe. Then head to your next stop in Bacalar – said to be the first settlement of the Itza tribe, who would go on to create Chichen Itza. Here, you’ll have an included lunch and the chance to relax at the Lake of Seven Colours – thanks to the various stunning shades of blue it adopts throughout the day. If you’d like, you could also hop onboard a boat tour of the lake. Then continue to Chetumal – a quiet city close to the border of Belize, this place makes for the perfect stop before tomorrow’s adventure to Caye Caulker.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Caye Caulker - Bid adios to Mexico early this morning as you head south to Belize. After border formalities, arrive in Belize City then hop in a water taxi to the island of Caye Caulker. When you arrive, get acquainted with the island on a guided walk with your leader. Belize is the only English-speaking country in Central America, which will make chatting with locals much easier. Tonight, you’re free to relax or explore. Be aware that there may be crocodiles in the split area that separates the north and south of the island, so it’s best to take caution while swimming and exploring the beaches.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Caye Caulker - Today is free for you to explore the island that surrounds you, or just to simply relax. If you feel like snorkelling, ask your leader about organising a trip to the colourful coral reef nearby, or maybe head further afield to Hol Chan Marine Reserve, home to the world’s second-longest coral reef. Manatee spotting is perfect for nature lovers, or you could take a stroll and find a swaying palm tree with your name on it – they make the perfect place to nap, read a book and soak up the island vibes on a beach day.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Caye Caulker - What’s better than one day in paradise? Two, of course! Your morning is free, then for lunch you’ll join in on a cooking class with a local family, learning how to make a famous Belizean meal with chicken, rice and beans. In the afternoon, perhaps head to the beach for a swim or hire a bicycle to explore. Tonight is your last opportunity to get your hands on some super fresh Belizean seafood, which you can dig into with your feet planted in the sand at one of the many ‘floor-free’ outdoor restaurants. The island's famous lobsters are available between 15 June and 15 February, and you can expect to pay far less than at home (though more than your average island meal). You could even grab some grilled shrimp and a rum and coke made with firewater from a roadside stall to really get into the island spirit.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: San Ignacio - From the islands to the highlands, you’ll bid farewell to Caye Caulker today and catch a ferry to Belize City, then a bus to San Ignacio. When you arrive, your leader will take you on a walking tour of San Ignacio and its twin sister Santa Elena, giving you a sense of how vibrant the local Garifuna and Maya communities are. Tonight, maybe head out in search of a classic Maya dish like cochinita pibil (slow-roasted pork marinated in citrus).

     

    Day - 8

    Location: San Ignacio - Today is free for you to discover San Ignacio at your own pace. This beautiful town is surrounded by fast-flowing rivers, waterfalls and Maya ruins, making it the ideal base. If you’re a bit of a history buff, maybe take a day trip to Xunantunich – an impressive Maya ceremonial site on a hill overlooking the countryside. Getting to the site is half the fun, as you'll need to take a hand-cranked ferry to cross the river. Perhaps you'd like to take on the challenge of visiting the cave of Actun Tunichil Muknal – a living museum of Maya relics. Wade and hike through cool waters to find ceramic pots and crystallised skeletons preserved by the calcium-rich environment of the cave for over 1400 years. Easily spooked? Maybe you'd prefer a cave with fewer (as far as we know) skeletons, like the one in Mountain Pine Ridge. In the late afternoon, the barbecue stalls of Santa Elena start to set up for the dinner rush. It's only a 15-minute walk, so consider wandering over to enjoy a juicy chicken leg and a chat with the locals.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Tikal National Park - Rise and shine for your journey across the Belize-Guatemala border.to Tikal National Park. Here, there will be time to buy lunch before visiting the impressive archaeological site with a local guide. Towering above the jungle, the five granite temples of Tikal are an imposing sight and one of the most magnificent Maya ruins. Hidden in the evergreen forest is a maze of smaller structures waiting to be explored. The energetic can climb to the top of the ruins for spectacular views over the canopy and the chance to spot toucans, macaws and other colourful birds.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Rio Dulce - This morning depart for Flores, where you'll have breakfast in a local restaurant before joining your leader on an orientation walk on the island. Then, continue by private minivan to Rio Dulce before transferring to your hotel by boat. The easiest way to get back into town is also on the water – a journey that can be organised through the hotel. Alternatively, a 40-minute jungle walk will get you there. The hotel is a great place to relax and look over the water, with reasonably priced meals and drinks served in the hotel restaurant. Now that you are back in a Spanish-speaking nation, why not join an informal Spanish lesson led by your leader?

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Rio Dulce - Take a boat ride down the river to Livingston – a laidback Afro-Caribbean town that offers a unique taste of Garifuna culture in a far-flung corner of Guatemala. Just 30 km (18 m) from Rio Dulce, Livingston is only accessible by boat and the ride is spectacular, taking you through waters filled with water lilies, past tropical forests and through a deep canyon full of river birds. When you arrive, take a short orientation walk around the colourful town and see some fishermen working by the docks. Then, join the locals for a morning dance class. After learning some moves, you’ll have some free time for lunch and to explore at your own pace. Later this afternoon, hop back in the boat and head back to Rio Dulce.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Antigua - Leave the 'Sweet River' behind and travel by private minibus to the city of Antigua. The road between Rio Dulce and Guatemala City is one of the busiest in the country. Traffic is slow, there are frequent road works and many, many slow trucks – be armed with patience, music and a good book and the journey will be easier to handle. Tonight, maybe get your fellow travellers together for a final group dinner to say your goodbyes.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Antigua - Your adventure comes to an end this morning and there are no activities planned. As there's a great deal to do in Antigua, we recommend staying a few extra days to make the most of this traveller favourite. If you’d like to spend more time here, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Playa del Carmen - Hola! Welcome to Mexico. Your adventure begins in Playa del Carmen with a welcome meeting at 6 pm. If you arrive early and are lucky enough to have extra time in this beachside playground, maybe try your hand (and feet and lungs) at snorkelling in the freshwater rock pools (cenotes). Maybe stroll along the white sands or reef dive on Cozumel. After the meeting, perhaps head out for a cocktail and a few tacos with your new travel buddies.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Playa del Carmen - This morning, hop on a local bus to one stunning example of a cenote – Cenote Azul. There you can swim, dive or snorkel in the natural open-air pool, basking in the beauty of your surroundings. Then return to Playa Del Carmen, where you’ll have a free afternoon to explore this beachside paradise at your leisure. You might like to continue the underwater activities and keep your eyes peeled for rays, moray eels and turtles among the coral-clad reefs. If you’d rather leave the flippers behind and adventure on land, catch a local bus and travel south to Tulum, where white-sand beaches and Maya ruins are just an hour and a half away. In the evening, you could grab a few of your fellow travellers and find a good spot to watch the sunset – muy bien!

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Chetumal - On your final morning in Playa del Carmen, maybe take an early morning stroll to the beach and dip your toes in the sand or simply let the world pass you by with a coffee at a local cafe. Then head to your next stop in Bacalar – said to be the first settlement of the Itza tribe, who would go on to create Chichen Itza. Here, you’ll have an included lunch and the chance to relax at the Lake of Seven Colours – thanks to the various stunning shades of blue it adopts throughout the day. If you’d like, you could also hop onboard a boat tour of the lake. Then continue to Chetumal – a quiet city close to the border of Belize, this place makes for the perfect stop before tomorrow’s adventure to Caye Caulker.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Caye Caulker - Bid adios to Mexico early this morning as you head south to Belize. After border formalities, arrive in Belize City then hop in a water taxi to the island of Caye Caulker. When you arrive, get acquainted with the island on a guided walk with your leader. Belize is the only English-speaking country in Central America, which will make chatting with locals much easier. Tonight, you’re free to relax or explore. Be aware that there may be crocodiles in the split area that separates the north and south of the island, so it’s best to take caution while swimming and exploring the beaches.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Caye Caulker - Today is free for you to explore the island that surrounds you, or just to simply relax. If you feel like snorkelling, ask your leader about organising a trip to the colourful coral reef nearby, or maybe head further afield to Hol Chan Marine Reserve, home to the world’s second-longest coral reef. Manatee spotting is perfect for nature lovers, or you could take a stroll and find a swaying palm tree with your name on it – they make the perfect place to nap, read a book and soak up the island vibes on a beach day.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Caye Caulker - What’s better than one day in paradise? Two, of course! Your morning is free, then for lunch you’ll join in on a cooking class with a local family, learning how to make a famous Belizean meal with chicken, rice and beans. In the afternoon, perhaps head to the beach for a swim or hire a bicycle to explore. Tonight is your last opportunity to get your hands on some super fresh Belizean seafood, which you can dig into with your feet planted in the sand at one of the many ‘floor-free’ outdoor restaurants. The island's famous lobsters are available between 15 June and 15 February, and you can expect to pay far less than at home (though more than your average island meal). You could even grab some grilled shrimp and a rum and coke made with firewater from a roadside stall to really get into the island spirit.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: San Ignacio - From the islands to the highlands, you’ll bid farewell to Caye Caulker today and catch a ferry to Belize City, then a bus to San Ignacio. When you arrive, your leader will take you on a walking tour of San Ignacio and its twin sister Santa Elena, giving you a sense of how vibrant the local Garifuna and Maya communities are. Tonight, maybe head out in search of a classic Maya dish like cochinita pibil (slow-roasted pork marinated in citrus).

     

    Day - 8

    Location: San Ignacio - Today is free for you to discover San Ignacio at your own pace. This beautiful town is surrounded by fast-flowing rivers, waterfalls and Maya ruins, making it the ideal base. If you’re a bit of a history buff, maybe take a day trip to Xunantunich – an impressive Maya ceremonial site on a hill overlooking the countryside. Getting to the site is half the fun, as you'll need to take a hand-cranked ferry to cross the river. Perhaps you'd like to take on the challenge of visiting the cave of Actun Tunichil Muknal – a living museum of Maya relics. Wade and hike through cool waters to find ceramic pots and crystallised skeletons preserved by the calcium-rich environment of the cave for over 1400 years. Easily spooked? Maybe you'd prefer a cave with fewer (as far as we know) skeletons, like the one in Mountain Pine Ridge. In the late afternoon, the barbecue stalls of Santa Elena start to set up for the dinner rush. It's only a 15-minute walk, so consider wandering over to enjoy a juicy chicken leg and a chat with the locals.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Tikal National Park - Rise and shine for your journey across the Belize-Guatemala border.to Tikal National Park. Here, there will be time to buy lunch before visiting the impressive archaeological site with a local guide. Towering above the jungle, the five granite temples of Tikal are an imposing sight and one of the most magnificent Maya ruins. Hidden in the evergreen forest is a maze of smaller structures waiting to be explored. The energetic can climb to the top of the ruins for spectacular views over the canopy and the chance to spot toucans, macaws and other colourful birds.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Rio Dulce - This morning depart for Flores, where you'll have breakfast in a local restaurant before joining your leader on an orientation walk on the island. Then, continue by private minivan to Rio Dulce before transferring to your hotel by boat. The easiest way to get back into town is also on the water – a journey that can be organised through the hotel. Alternatively, a 40-minute jungle walk will get you there. The hotel is a great place to relax and look over the water, with reasonably priced meals and drinks served in the hotel restaurant. Now that you are back in a Spanish-speaking nation, why not join an informal Spanish lesson led by your leader?

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Rio Dulce - Take a boat ride down the river to Livingston – a laidback Afro-Caribbean town that offers a unique taste of Garifuna culture in a far-flung corner of Guatemala. Just 30 km (18 m) from Rio Dulce, Livingston is only accessible by boat and the ride is spectacular, taking you through waters filled with water lilies, past tropical forests and through a deep canyon full of river birds. When you arrive, take a short orientation walk around the colourful town and see some fishermen working by the docks. Then, join the locals for a morning dance class. After learning some moves, you’ll have some free time for lunch and to explore at your own pace. Later this afternoon, hop back in the boat and head back to Rio Dulce.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Antigua - Leave the 'Sweet River' behind and travel by private minibus to the city of Antigua. The road between Rio Dulce and Guatemala City is one of the busiest in the country. Traffic is slow, there are frequent road works and many, many slow trucks – be armed with patience, music and a good book and the journey will be easier to handle. Tonight, maybe get your fellow travellers together for a final group dinner to say your goodbyes.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Antigua - Today is a free day to explore the UNESCO World Heritage-listed Antigua. Surrounded by volcanos, the views from this city are all you need to have a great, self-paced day. Maybe wander the Spanish buildings – many of these were restored after the 1773 earthquake that ended Antigua’s status as Guatemala’s capital. Tonight, you’ll have another welcome meeting at 6 pm to meet your next local leader and new group members. After, maybe head out for dinner and get to know each other.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: San Andres Itzapa / Quetzaltenango - This morning after breakfast, travel to San Andres Itzapa in Chimaltenango. The Guatemalan Highlands are the best place to see the result of Mayan culture and Catholic religion coming together. Witness the unique culture firsthand with a shamanic ceremony at the Temple of San Simon. San Simon, the chain-smoking saint also known as Maximon, is a somewhat morally ambiguous deity. As few Mayan gods survived Spanish colonialism, scholars now think that San Simon is a symbol of numerous lost deities. After leaving your rum or tobacco offering (which can be purchased at the on-site liquor store), you’ll stop for a group lunch, before heading to Las Fuentes Georginas – volcanically heated hot springs in Xela. Surrounded by ferns, these luxurious hot springs are also the entrance to the forest reserve, with trails to the Zunil volcano. When you start to prune, you’ll carry on Quetzaltenango, where you spend the night.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Quetzaltenango - Early this morning before breakfast, you’ll hop on a chicken bus – a truly local experience, chicken buses are a source of national and personal pride. This popular transport option unique to Guatemala has little to do with actual chickens – they are old American school busses passed down to new owners who decked them out in bright colours and decorations. Each bus is unique to the independent driver, many of whom have made this their sole business. The chicken bus will take you to a local market – Almolonga – famed for its giant vegetables, which some believe were blessed by God. Whether you believe the vegetables are a gift from above or due to the high amounts of fertiliser used by locals, this colourful market is a great place to rub shoulders with the locals and maybe pick up a giant carrot. Afterward, return to your hotel for breakfast.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Chichicastenango Market / Panajachel - As Guatemala is home to many markets, today’s adventure is a great contrast to yesterday’s Almolonga. After breakfast, you’ll head to Chichicastenango market (nicknamed Chichi), home to textiles, wooden handicrafts and jade jewellery. This is one of the largest outdoor markets in Latin America and Guatemala’s most historic. Surrounded by mountains, you’ll explore the market with an expert local leader who knows all the best spots and walk among thousands of locals and tourists who hit these stalls weekly. Maybe grab some souvenirs or a huipils for yourself – a traditional garment worn by the Indigenous girls and women of the area. You can also pick up some handmade jewellery, pottery, incense, tablecloths, a ceremonial mask used in traditional Mayan dances or some leather goods. Tonight, spend the night in Panajachel on the shores of Lake Atitlan, where you’ll have a free evening for dinner.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Santiago Atitlan - This morning after breakfast, head for hop on a boat (called a lancha) on Lake Atitlan – surrounded by volcanoes, rolling hills and Mayan villages, this is definitely one of the most beautiful lakes in the world (as said by Aldous Huxley). Take the scenic ride to Santiago Atitlan, taking in the sweeping views from the water. Although this is the largest town on the lake, it sees far fewer tourists, making it the perfect spot to find authentic Guatemalan people, culture and activities. Here, you’ll visit the current shrine of Maximon (San Simon), where the local shamans keep watch. Your group will bring a gift of local spirits to share with the shamans, and while you drink, you’ll discuss the holy shrine, the perplexing deity and local life on the lake. Return to Panajachel in the afternoon and enjoy a free evening along the shores of Lake Atitlan.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Antigua - This morning, hop in a private transfer back to Antigua, arriving in the afternoon. Then join your leader for an orientation walk in the historic center after checking in to your hotel. Tonight, maybe get your fellow travellers together for a final group dinner to say your goodbyes.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Antigua - Your trip comes to an end today. If you’d like to stay in Antigua for longer, there are many volcano hikes on offer, just speak to your trip leader before you leave. If you need to book extra accommodation, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Antigua - Welcome to Guatemala! Your trip starts in the colonial city of Antigua – surrounded by volcanos, the views from this city are all you need to make the trip. Antigua is known for its Spanish buildings, many restored after the 1773 earthquake that ended Antigua’s status as Guatemala’s capital. Your trip starts with a welcome meeting at 6 pm, followed by an optional group dinner.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: San Andres Itzapa / Quetzaltenango - This morning after breakfast, travel to San Andres Itzapa in Chimaltenango. The Guatemalan Highlands are the best place to see the result of Mayan culture and Catholic religion coming together. Witness the unique culture firsthand with a shamanic ceremony at the Temple of San Simon. San Simon, the chain-smoking saint also known as Maximon, is a somewhat morally ambiguous deity. As few Mayan gods survived Spanish colonialism, scholars now think that San Simon is a symbol of numerous lost deities. After leaving your rum or tobacco offering (which can be purchased at the on-site liquor store), you’ll stop for a group lunch, before heading to Las Fuentes Georginas – volcanically heated hot springs in Xela. Surrounded by ferns, these luxurious hot springs are also the entrance to the forest reserve, with trails to the Zunil volcano. When you start to prune, you’ll carry on Quetzaltenango, where you spend the night.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Quetzaltenango - Early this morning before breakfast, you’ll hop on a chicken bus – a truly local experience, chicken buses are a source of national and personal pride. This popular transport option unique to Guatemala has little to do with actual chickens – they are old American school busses passed down to new owners who decked them out in bright colours and decorations. Each bus is unique to the independent driver, many of whom have made this their sole business. The chicken bus will take you to a local market – Almolonga – famed for its giant vegetables, which some believe were blessed by God. Whether you believe the vegetables are a gift from above or due to the high amounts of fertiliser used by locals, this colourful market is a great place to rub shoulders with the locals and maybe pick up a giant carrot. Afterward, return to your hotel for breakfast.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Chichicastenango Market / Panajachel - As Guatemala is home to many markets, today’s adventure is a great contrast to yesterday’s Almolonga. After breakfast, you’ll head to Chichicastenango market (nicknamed Chichi), home to textiles, wooden handicrafts and jade jewellery. This is one of the largest outdoor markets in Latin America and Guatemala’s most historic. Surrounded by mountains, you’ll explore the market with an expert local leader who knows all the best spots and walk among thousands of locals and tourists who hit these stalls weekly. Maybe grab some souvenirs or a huipils for yourself – a traditional garment worn by the Indigenous girls and women of the area. You can also pick up some handmade jewellery, pottery, incense, tablecloths, a ceremonial mask used in traditional Mayan dances or some leather goods. Tonight, spend the night in Panajachel on the shores of Lake Atitlan, where you’ll have a free evening for dinner.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Santiago Atitlan - This morning after breakfast, head for hop on a boat (called a lancha) on Lake Atitlan – surrounded by volcanoes, rolling hills and Mayan villages, this is definitely one of the most beautiful lakes in the world (as said by Aldous Huxley). Take the scenic ride to Santiago Atitlan, taking in the sweeping views from the water. Although this is the largest town on the lake, it sees far fewer tourists, making it the perfect spot to find authentic Guatemalan people, culture and activities. Here, you’ll visit the current shrine of Maximon (San Simon), where the local shamans keep watch. Your group will bring a gift of local spirits to share with the shamans, and while you drink, you’ll discuss the holy shrine, the perplexing deity and local life on the lake. Return to Panajachel in the afternoon and enjoy a free evening along the shores of Lake Atitlan.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Antigua - This morning, hop in a private transfer back to Antigua, arriving in the afternoon. Then join your leader for an orientation walk in the historic center after checking in to your hotel. Tonight, maybe get your fellow travellers together for a group dinner.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Antigua - Bienvenidos! Welcome to Guatemala. With crumbling churches, vibrant markets and bohemian cafes set against a monumental volcano, Antigua is the perfect place to begin your adventure. Speaking of adventure, yours officially kicks off with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight at your hotel. If you decide to arrive in the city a little early (smart move!), there's plenty to do. Maybe satisfy your cravings and learn the art of old-world chocolate production at the ChocoMuseo or sit by the fountain and people-watch in Central Park. After the meeting, the night is yours – maybe head out with some of your fellow travellers for a tamale (a classic staple of Mesoamerica that sees dough, meat and sauces steamed and served in a corn husk).

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Copan, Honduras - Rise and shine early this morning to beat the rush-hour traffic around Antigua. Departing at around 7 am, you’ll drive towards Copan. Along the way, watch the passing scenery and learn about local life in Guatemala as you head towards the border. Cross into Honduras, arriving in the charming town of Copan in the early afternoon. While most people use Copan as a base to explore the nearby ruins, there are plenty of other points of interest, both along the cobblestone streets and set into the lush surroundings. Maybe get started in the Central Plaza and follow your nose to a cafe for the afternoon.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Copan, Honduras - This morning, meet up with a local guide and explore the World Heritage-listed ruins of Copan – the southernmost of the great Maya sites. It's unique because of the numerous elaborate stelae (carved columns) still intact among temples, excavated vaults and walls inscribed with ancient faces. After your exploration (don’t forget your camera today!) the rest of the afternoon is free to choose your own adventure. Maybe check out some fine feathered friends at the Macaw Mountain Park or visit the Temple of Rosalila. You could also head to the nearby natural hot springs - this optional tour gives you hours of soaking in mud, steaming natural baths and refreshing pools in the lush jungle, with an included dinner.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Copan to Suchitoto via Guatemala - You’ll wave goodbye to Copan this morning and head across the border to Guatemala and then into El Salvador. It’s a long travel day, so make sure you’ve got a good book or your favourite road trip games handy. When you arrive in Suchitoto, you’ll head out on a leader-led orientation walk of the town – widely considered the cultural capital of El Salvador. Admire the elaborate building facades, get your bearings and enjoy the surroundings. Then, get your chef’s hat on with a pupusa-making demonstration. Pupusa (cornmeal flatbreads) is a classic Salvadorian recipe from the Pipil culture and is usually stuffed with some delicious ingredients, like cheese or chicharron (fried pork).

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Suchitoto - This morning, head to a local designer’s home for an indigo-dying demonstration – Suchitoto is one of the best places in the world to produce indigo (used to dye clothing or other items blue). You’ll visit a local designer transforming colonial tradition into modern design and learn the history of the indigo trade. This small enterprise supports single mothers by providing them with an income for their children’s education, food and independence. Watch the demonstration, then get hands-on and try it for yourself!! The rest of the day is free in Suchitoto. The town overlooks the Embalse Cerron Grande – also known as Lago Suchitlan, this freshwater lake is a haven for migrating birds, particularly falcons and hawks. Maybe grab a historically-minded quartet for a guided walk through Cinquera Forest, where guerrilla fighters used the forest as cover during the Civil War. Or just relax around town, in a local café or at your accommodation.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Pacific Coast - This morning you’ll drive to the Pacific Coast of El Salvador, home to some amazing dark-sand beaches and some of the best surf spots in the country. You'll have the afternoon free to relax.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Leon - Rise nice and early for a full day of travel as we cross the Gulf of Fonseca to reach Nicaragua by boat. In the afternoon you'll reach Leon – the second-largest city in Nicaragua. When you arrive, join your leader on an orientation walk through the charming city streets to get your bearings. Leon is a relatively quiet city, which makes strolling the murals and contemporary architecture a real treat! Tonight, maybe head out to dinner with your group – as always, your leader will have the best recommendations.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Leon - Today is a free day to make the most of Leon. Maybe visit the street food area behind the Lady of Grace Cathedral and try a Nica taco (made with maize, the taco is rolled, deep fried and then served with shredded cabbage smothered in cream). You could also take on a thrilling volcano sandboarding adventure on the black slopes of Cerro Negro Volcano. Maybe you’d just like to explore the city’s contemporary art or wander the Leon Cathedral.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Granada - This morning, you’ll drive to the oldest city in the 'New World' – Granada. Along the way, you’ll have the chance to stretch your legs and admire the view at Laguna Apoyo, a volcanic crater lake formed around 23,000 years ago. Take some free time for lunch near the viewpoint. Then, stop in at the lakeside town of Masaya, where you’ll go on an orientation walk with your leader and get the chance to browse the stalls at the town’s famous artisan market before continuing to Granada. Featuring Moorish and Andalusian architecture, Granada is set on the banks of Lake Nicaragua and is surrounded by active volcanoes. When you arrive, your leader will take you on an orientation walk through the leafy Parque Central and 'La Calzada' – a busy pedestrian street with plenty of bars and restaurants. The afternoon is yours to explore the city at your own pace.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Granada - This morning you’ll have breakfast with your group at Cafe de las Sonrisas – a café run entirely by deaf people. The owner is aiming to bridge the gap and inspire other business owners to employ local people living with disabilities. After, the rest of the day is yours. Maybe hit the Convento y Museo San Francisco and view the collection of Indigenous stone statues. Hundreds of evergreen islets dot the waters of vast Lake Nicaragua and you can spend a few hours exploring them by boat, or hire a kayak and find your own way around, waving at the fisherman who live in wooden huts along the way. Just remember not to swim, as freshwater sharks live in the water!

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Monteverde - Today is another early start as you get ready for a full day of travel. Journey to Monteverde, where you can begin exploring this afternoon on an orientation walk with your leader. Monteverde was founded as an agricultural community in 1951 by a group of North American Quakers. These environmentally aware settlers also established a small wildlife sanctuary, which has since grown into the internationally renowned Monteverde Cloud Forest Biological Preserve. Cloud forests are like rainforests, but instead, draw their water from a semi-permanent cloud covering the region. This is truly a nature lover's paradise! More than 2000 plant species, 320 bird species and 100 mammal species call Monteverde home.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Monteverde - Begin the day with a special morning brew, as you're welcomed into a local family's home-based cafe for breakfast and the chance to sample some local Costa Rican pour-over coffee, known as Cafe Chorreado. The rest of your day is free to explore Monteverde at your own pace. You might like to zoom through the treetops on a ziplining adventure, or for a more relaxed experience, discover Costa Rica's agricultural heritage on a coffee and chocolate tour. Tonight, you’ll have the option to end your day on a magical note with a night walk through the cloud forest to spot nocturnal creatures in their natural habitat.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: La Fortuna - This morning, head out to the Monteverde Cloud Forest Reserve, where you’ll join a local guide to walk the reserve’s trails. They’ll share information on the fascinating biodiversity of the region and lend their expert eye (and spotting scope) to searching for the wonderful wildlife. Look out for the resplendent quetzal and listen for the sounds of howler monkeys and the unmistakable call of the three-wattled bellbird. This afternoon, take a shared minibus transfer to the shores of Lake Arenal, where you’ll take a boat across the lake to the little town of La Fortuna. On a clear day, you'll have fantastic views of the surrounding area. Watching the massive Arenal Volcano loom larger and larger as you approach is a spectacular sight. Once you reach La Fortuna, take another vehicle to the hotel, then freshen up and head out on a leader-led orientation walk. La Fortuna is a favourite among travel writers for a reason – words like picturesque and breathtaking spring to mind when trying to describe this town in the shadow of the volcano.

     

    Day - 20

    Location: La Fortuna - Why not start today with a smoothie and plan how you want to explore? Perhaps take a guided nature hike through the lush forest surrounding Arenal Volcano, keeping an eye out for rare plants and animals, or see the forest from a series of hanging bridges that offer a great vantage point for spotting wildlife like sloths and rainbow-coloured birds. The volcano’s inner workings also mean that the area is home to several thermal hot springs – an ideal way to relax in the middle of nature. Or maybe check out the 70-m-high La Fortuna waterfall set in the middle of the rainforest and hit the lake on a stand-up paddleboard. A boat safari in Caño Negro Wildlife Refuge offers the opportunity to see lizards, crocodiles and tropical birds in their natural habitat, so if you’re craving more wildlife, this option is perfect.

     

    Day - 21

    Location: San Jose - Spend you final morning in La Fortuna learning the art of Costa Rican cuisine. A local family will guide you through a cooking class, and you’ll enjoy the results of your efforts for lunch. Then, watch the volcano fade into the distance on your private transfer to Costa Rica's capital – San Jose. When you arrive, head out on an orientation walk with your leader to see the main highlights. When you’ve got your bearings, you may like to visit the Gold Museum, which has a fantastic collection of pre-Spanish gold art. If you're in the mood for some shopping, head to the outdoor market in the Plaza de la Cultura or the city's Central Market, where you can buy anything from handicrafts to seafood. Tonight, why not join your fellow travellers for an optional farewell dinner?

     

    Day - 22

    Location: San Jose - With no further activities planned, your trip comes to an end this morning. There's a lot to see and do in and around San Jose, so if you’d like to stay for longer, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Antigua - Bienvenidos! Welcome to Guatemala. Your adventure begins in Antigua, Guatemala’s picturesque highland city surrounded by volcanoes. If you arrive early, perhaps head out for a walk through the cobblestone streets and brightly painted homes. Your trip starts with a welcome meeting at 6 pm at your hotel today. Afterward, ask your leader about their favourite Antigua restaurant, where you might enjoy getting to know your travel companions for the next week.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Antigua - Start your day with a tuk-tuk tour through the city, stopping by the Cerro de la Cruz Viewpoint, the Santa Clara ruins, a view of the Union Tank before having a refreshing drink by Central Park. Continue to the Calle del Arco, Iglesia la Merced and the NimPot Crafts Market to see the work of local artisans, then see the largest colonial-era fountain in Central America and finish at the altar of the local saint Maximón. Along the way, your guide will teach you about the city’s history, religion, myths, legends, conflicts and native people. After all that exploring, it’s time for a true taste of Guatemala at a workshop on corn and comal (traditional flat griddle for cooking). Learn about the tortilla-making process and its cultural importance before you eat what you make, accompanied by fresh guacamole, roasted chirmol (fresh vegetable salsa), chiltepe peppers, beans and cheese.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Copan - Eat a quick breakfast before leaving your accommodation around 7 am to beat the traffic. Sit back and relax as you drive towards the Guatemalan Honduran border. As you drive, your local leader may share a bit about daily life and teach you some handy Spanish to help you interact with locals on your trip. Depending on traffic and time spent at the border crossing, you’ll arrive in Copan sometime in the early afternoon. With plans to visit Copan’s famous ruins tomorrow, perhaps spend some time this afternoon taking in the palm-tree-lined Central Plaza from a café, sipping on top-tier Honduran coffee (if you don’t like it sweet, ask for sugar on the side).

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Copan - Gear up for a morning exploring Copan’s UNESCO World Heritage-listed ruins. Meet your local guide, who’ll share the history of the excavated ruins of this ancient Maya citadel and public square. Aside from being one of the most important areas of Maya society, the site is known for the intricately carved pillars inscribed with faces and glyphs. After your tour, enjoy free time in Copan. If you’re looking to kick back, visit the nearby natural hot springs for a mud soak, dip in the refreshing pools and included dinner. But if you’re up for more exploring, perhaps spend a colourful afternoon at the Macaw Mountain Park to learn about bird rescue and rehabilitation, or another archaeological site at the Temple of Rosalila.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Santa Ana, El Salvador - Today, depart Honduras and head towards El Salvador. Enjoy the drive through Central America’s lush greenery, passing national parks, mountain peaks and even a volcano or two. Along the way, stop for lunch and refreshments. The journey will take you back into Guatemala before arriving in Santa Ana, El Salvador, so expect some layover time at the border crossings. Santa Ana is El Salvador's second-largest city and has some of the most well-preserved colonial architecture in the country. Tonight, why not head out for an evening stroll through the historic center and grab a bite.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Santa Ana, El Salvador - Start the day with a hit of caffeine with a morning visit to El Molino El Carmen, a coffee plantation founded in 1930 that has been using a traditional method of processing coffee for four generations. Enjoy a tour of La Casona (the estate house) and the coffee mill, but don’t worry, you’ll be able to sample the coffee yourself along with a selection of pastries. Finish your visit with a picnic lunch and a bag of Ataco Gourmet coffee to take home. Your afternoon will be spent taking in the view of the scenic Ruta de las Flores. Known as the ‘flower route,’ enjoy the sights of green hillsides as you drive between the colourful villages of Ataco, Salcoatitan, Juayua and Nahuizalco, where you’ll wander through street art, coffee crops and plant nurseries. Tonight, perhaps enjoy an al fresco dinner in Santa Ana’s Old Town.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Costa del Sol, El Salvador - This morning, set off from Costa del Sol to San Salvador, stopping along the way at Joya de Ceren. Nicknamed the ‘Pompeii of the Americas,’ this UNESCO World Heritage site is a significant archaeological area. It contains the ruins of a 7th-century Maya farming town that appears frozen in time after being covered in ash from a volcanic eruption. Spend time exploring the site, then head towards San Salvador, where you’ll sit down to an included lunch with your group. After lunch, with your local leader as today’s guide, hear about how El Salvador’s religion, culture, cuisine and more are combined in its capital as you walk through the city centre. Along the way, stop by the UNESCO-listed El Rosario Church. Known for its unique brutalist architecture, it definitely stands out within San Salvador’s Historic District, but hold your breath because its interior is just as surprising.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Costa del Sol, El Salvador - Today is a free day in the quaint Costa Del Sol area. This spot is the perfect place to end your adventure, with six nearby beaches that boast gorgeous Pacific scenery. Grab a bite to eat at a local spot (your leader will have some great recommendations) or, if you feel like exploring, you can take a boat tour of the Estero Jaltepec. This 28-kilometre-long mangrove forest is home to many species of birds, mammals and aquatic wildlife, notably the yellow-naped amazon and great black hawk. Tonight, relax with your group and maybe find another local spot to cheers to a trip well-travelled.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Costa del Sol, El Salvador - There are no activities planned for your last day and you can depart the accommodation at any time. If you would like to stay an extra couple of days and it's recommended that you do, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Antigua - Welcome to Guatemala! Your trip starts in the colonial city of Antigua – surrounded by volcanos, the views from this city are all you need to make the trip. Antigua is known for its Spanish buildings, many restored after the 1773 earthquake that ended Antigua’s status as Guatemala’s capital. Your trip starts with a welcome meeting at 6 pm, followed by an optional group dinner.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: San Andres Itzapa / Quetzaltenango - This morning after breakfast, travel to San Andres Itzapa in Chimaltenango. The Guatemalan Highlands are the best place to see the result of Mayan culture and Catholic religion coming together. Witness the unique culture firsthand with a shamanic ceremony at the Temple of San Simon. San Simon, the chain-smoking saint also known as Maximon, is a somewhat morally ambiguous deity. As few Mayan gods survived Spanish colonialism, scholars now think that San Simon is a symbol of numerous lost deities. After leaving your rum or tobacco offering (which can be purchased at the on-site liquor store), you’ll stop for a group lunch, before heading to Las Fuentes Georginas – volcanically heated hot springs in Xela. Surrounded by ferns, these luxurious hot springs are also the entrance to the forest reserve, with trails to the Zunil volcano. When you start to prune, you’ll carry on Quetzaltenango, where you spend the night.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Quetzaltenango - Early this morning before breakfast, you’ll hop on a chicken bus – a truly local experience, chicken buses are a source of national and personal pride. This popular transport option unique to Guatemala has little to do with actual chickens – they are old American school busses passed down to new owners who decked them out in bright colours and decorations. Each bus is unique to the independent driver, many of whom have made this their sole business. The chicken bus will take you to a local market – Almolonga – famed for its giant vegetables, which some believe were blessed by God. Whether you believe the vegetables are a gift from above or due to the high amounts of fertiliser used by locals, this colourful market is a great place to rub shoulders with the locals and maybe pick up a giant carrot. Afterward, return to your hotel for breakfast.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Chichicastenango Market / Panajachel - As Guatemala is home to many markets, today’s adventure is a great contrast to yesterday’s Almolonga. After breakfast, you’ll head to Chichicastenango market (nicknamed Chichi), home to textiles, wooden handicrafts and jade jewellery. This is one of the largest outdoor markets in Latin America and Guatemala’s most historic. Surrounded by mountains, you’ll explore the market with an expert local leader who knows all the best spots and walk among thousands of locals and tourists who hit these stalls weekly. Maybe grab some souvenirs or a huipils for yourself – a traditional garment worn by the Indigenous girls and women of the area. You can also pick up some handmade jewellery, pottery, incense, tablecloths, a ceremonial mask used in traditional Mayan dances or some leather goods. Tonight, spend the night in Panajachel on the shores of Lake Atitlan, where you’ll have a free evening for dinner.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Santiago Atitlan - This morning after breakfast, head for hop on a boat (called a lancha) on Lake Atitlan – surrounded by volcanoes, rolling hills and Mayan villages, this is definitely one of the most beautiful lakes in the world (as said by Aldous Huxley). Take the scenic ride to Santiago Atitlan, taking in the sweeping views from the water. Although this is the largest town on the lake, it sees far fewer tourists, making it the perfect spot to find authentic Guatemalan people, culture and activities. Here, you’ll visit the current shrine of Maximon (San Simon), where the local shamans keep watch. Your group will bring a gift of local spirits to share with the shamans, and while you drink, you’ll discuss the holy shrine, the perplexing deity and local life on the lake. Return to Panajachel in the afternoon and enjoy a free evening along the shores of Lake Atitlan.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Antigua - Spend a free morning in Panajachel and then return to Antigua by private transfer in the afternoon. After checking into your hotel, join your leader for an orientation walk in the historic centre. The rest of the afternoon is yours to enjoy. Perhaps get your group together and take in the volcanic views from one of the city’s many rooftop terraces.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Antigua - Enjoy a free day to explore the city, with nothing scheduled until a meeting to welcome any new travellers joining you on your adventure. Maybe grab some roasted beans from a street vendor and munch them while you stroll around. If you’ve got a historical bent, perhaps check out the 18th-century ruins of the Monastery of Santa Clara. Why not get a taste of local tradition with a chocolate-making workshop in the ChocoMuseo, or strut your stuff with a salsa dance lesson?

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Antigua - Start your day with a tuk-tuk tour through the city, stopping by the Cerro de la Cruz Viewpoint, the Santa Clara ruins, a view of the Union Tank before having a refreshing drink by Central Park. Continue to the Call del Arco, Iglesia la Merced and the NimPot Crafts Market to see the work of local artisans, then see the largest colonial-era fountain in Central America and finish at the altar of the local saint Maximón. Along the way, your guide will teach you about the city’s history, religion, myths, legends, conflicts and native people. After all that exploring, it’s time for a true taste of Guatemala at a workshop on corn and comal (traditional flat griddle for cooking). Learn about the tortilla-making process and its cultural importance before you eat what you make, accompanied by fresh guacamole, roasted chirmol (fresh vegetable salsa), chiltepe peppers, beans and cheese.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Copan - Eat a quick breakfast before leaving your accommodation around 7 am to beat the traffic. Sit back and relax as you drive towards the Guatemalan Honduran border. As you drive, your local leader may share a bit about daily life and teach you some handy Spanish to help you interact with locals on your trip. Depending on traffic and time spent at the border crossing, you’ll arrive in Copan sometime in the early afternoon. With plans to visit Copan’s famous ruins tomorrow, perhaps spend some time this afternoon taking in the palm-tree-lined Central Plaza from a café, sipping on top-tier Honduran coffee (if you don’t like it sweet, ask for sugar on the side).

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Copan - Gear up for a morning exploring Copan’s UNESCO World Heritage-listed ruins. Meet your local guide, who’ll share the history of the excavated ruins of this ancient Maya citadel and public square. Aside from being one of the most important areas of Maya society, the site is known for the intricately carved pillars inscribed with faces and glyphs. After your tour, enjoy free time in Copan. If you’re looking to kick back, visit the nearby natural hot springs for a mud soak, dip in the refreshing pools and included dinner. But if you’re up for more exploring, perhaps spend a colourful afternoon at the Macaw Mountain Park to learn about bird rescue and rehabilitation, or another archaeological site at the Temple of Rosalila.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Santa Ana, El Salvador - Today, depart Honduras and head towards El Salvador. Enjoy the drive through Central America’s lush greenery, passing national parks, mountain peaks and even a volcano or two. Along the way, stop for lunch and refreshments. The journey will take you back into Guatemala before arriving in Santa Ana, El Salvador, so expect some layover time at the border crossings. Santa Ana is El Salvador's second-largest city and has some of the most well-preserved colonial architecture in the country. Tonight, why not head out for an evening stroll through the historic center and grab a bite.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Santa Ana, El Salvador - Start the day with a hit of caffeine with a morning visit to El Molino El Carmen, a coffee plantation founded in 1930 that has been using a traditional method of processing coffee for four generations. Enjoy a tour of La Casona (the estate house) and the coffee mill, but don’t worry, you’ll be able to sample the coffee yourself along with a selection of pastries. Finish your visit with a picnic lunch and a bag of Ataco Gourmet coffee to take home. Your afternoon will be spent taking in the view of the scenic Ruta de las Flores. Known as the ‘flower route,’ enjoy the sights of green hillsides as you drive between the colourful villages of Ataco, Salcoatitan, Juayua and Nahuizalco, where you’ll wander through street art, coffee crops and plant nurseries. Tonight, perhaps enjoy an al fresco dinner in Santa Ana’s Old Town.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Costa del Sol, El Salvador - This morning, set off from Costa del Sol to San Salvador, stopping along the way at Joya de Ceren. Nicknamed the ‘Pompeii of the Americas,’ this UNESCO World Heritage site is a significant archaeological area. It contains the ruins of a 7th-century Maya farming town that appears frozen in time after being covered in ash from a volcanic eruption. Spend time exploring the site, then head towards San Salvador, where you’ll sit down to an included lunch with your group. After lunch, with your local leader as today’s guide, hear about how El Salvador’s religion, culture, cuisine and more are combined in its capital as you walk through the city centre. Along the way, stop by the UNESCO-listed El Rosario Church. Known for its unique brutalist architecture, it definitely stands out within San Salvador’s Historic District, but hold your breath because its interior is just as surprising.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Costa del Sol, El Salvador - Today is a free day in the quaint Costa Del Sol area. This spot is the perfect place to end your adventure, with six nearby beaches that boast gorgeous Pacific scenery. Grab a bite to eat at a local spot (your leader will have some great recommendations) or, if you feel like exploring, you can take a boat tour of the Estero Jaltepec. This 28-kilometre-long mangrove forest is home to many species of birds, mammals and aquatic wildlife, notably the yellow-naped amazon and great black hawk. Tonight, relax with your group and maybe find another local spot to cheers to a trip well-travelled.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Costa del Sol, El Salvador - There are no activities planned for your last day and you can depart the accommodation at any time. If you would like to stay an extra couple of days and it's recommended that you do, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Antigua - Welcome to Guatemala! Your trip starts in the colonial city of Antigua – surrounded by volcanos, the views from this city are all you need to make the trip. Antigua is known for its Spanish buildings, many restored after the 1773 earthquake that ended Antigua’s status as Guatemala’s capital. Your trip starts with a welcome meeting at 6 pm, followed by an optional group dinner.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: San Andres Itzapa / Quetzaltenango - This morning after breakfast, travel to San Andres Itzapa in Chimaltenango. The Guatemalan Highlands are the best place to see the result of Mayan culture and Catholic religion coming together. Witness the unique culture firsthand with a shamanic ceremony at the Temple of San Simon. San Simon, the chain-smoking saint also known as Maximon, is a somewhat morally ambiguous deity. As few Mayan gods survived Spanish colonialism, scholars now think that San Simon is a symbol of numerous lost deities. After leaving your rum or tobacco offering (which can be purchased at the on-site liquor store), you’ll stop for a group lunch, before heading to Las Fuentes Georginas – volcanically heated hot springs in Xela. Surrounded by ferns, these luxurious hot springs are also the entrance to the forest reserve, with trails to the Zunil volcano. When you start to prune, you’ll carry on Quetzaltenango, where you spend the night.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Quetzaltenango - Early this morning before breakfast, you’ll hop on a chicken bus – a truly local experience, chicken buses are a source of national and personal pride. This popular transport option unique to Guatemala has little to do with actual chickens – they are old American school busses passed down to new owners who decked them out in bright colours and decorations. Each bus is unique to the independent driver, many of whom have made this their sole business. The chicken bus will take you to a local market – Almolonga – famed for its giant vegetables, which some believe were blessed by God. Whether you believe the vegetables are a gift from above or due to the high amounts of fertiliser used by locals, this colourful market is a great place to rub shoulders with the locals and maybe pick up a giant carrot. Afterward, return to your hotel for breakfast.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Chichicastenango Market / Panajachel - As Guatemala is home to many markets, today’s adventure is a great contrast to yesterday’s Almolonga. After breakfast, you’ll head to Chichicastenango market (nicknamed Chichi), home to textiles, wooden handicrafts and jade jewellery. This is one of the largest outdoor markets in Latin America and Guatemala’s most historic. Surrounded by mountains, you’ll explore the market with an expert local leader who knows all the best spots and walk among thousands of locals and tourists who hit these stalls weekly. Maybe grab some souvenirs or a huipils for yourself – a traditional garment worn by the Indigenous girls and women of the area. You can also pick up some handmade jewellery, pottery, incense, tablecloths, a ceremonial mask used in traditional Mayan dances or some leather goods. Tonight, spend the night in Panajachel on the shores of Lake Atitlan, where you’ll have a free evening for dinner.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Santiago Atitlan - This morning after breakfast, head for hop on a boat (called a lancha) on Lake Atitlan – surrounded by volcanoes, rolling hills and Mayan villages, this is definitely one of the most beautiful lakes in the world (as said by Aldous Huxley). Take the scenic ride to Santiago Atitlan, taking in the sweeping views from the water. Although this is the largest town on the lake, it sees far fewer tourists, making it the perfect spot to find authentic Guatemalan people, culture and activities. Here, you’ll visit the current shrine of Maximon (San Simon), where the local shamans keep watch. Your group will bring a gift of local spirits to share with the shamans, and while you drink, you’ll discuss the holy shrine, the perplexing deity and local life on the lake. Return to Panajachel in the afternoon and enjoy a free evening along the shores of Lake Atitlan.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Antigua - Spend a free morning in Panajachel and then return to Antigua by private transfer in the afternoon. Then join your leader for an orientation walk in the historic center after checking in to your hotel. Tonight, maybe get your fellow travellers together for a final group dinner to say your goodbyes.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Antigua - Your trip comes to an end today. If you’d like to stay in Antigua for longer, there are many volcano hikes on offer, just speak to your trip leader before you leave. If you need to book extra accommodation, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Antigua - Welcome to Guatemala! Your trip starts in the city of Antigua with a welcome meeting at 6 pm. If you arrive earlier, make sure to explore your surroundings. Antigua is known for its Spanish buildings, many restored after the 1773 earthquake that ended the city’s status as Guatemala’s capital. Surrounded by volcanos, the views from Antigua are sure to start your trip on a high! After your meeting, you can join your leader and fellow travellers for an optional group dinner.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Quetzaltenango - This morning after breakfast, travel to San Andres Itzapa in Chimaltenango. The Guatemalan Highlands are the best place to see the result of Maya culture and Catholic religion coming together. Witness the unique culture firsthand with a shamanic ceremony at the Temple of San Simon. San Simon, the chain-smoking saint also known as Maximon, is a somewhat morally ambiguous deity. After leaving your rum or tobacco offering (which can be purchased at the on-site liquor store), you’ll stop for a group lunch, then continue on to Quetzaltenango. Your leader will take you on an orientation walk through the city locally known as Xela, then enjoy a free evening.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Quetzaltenango - Early this morning before breakfast, hop on a chicken bus. This popular transport option unique to Guatemala has little to do with actual chickens – each bus is unique to the independent driver, who deck them out in bright colours and decorations. The chicken bus will take you to a local market – Almolonga – famed for its giant vegetables, which some believe were blessed by God. The traditional dress and the lively negotiations you’ll see will be equally impressive, and will have you truly feeling like a local. In the afternoon take an optional trip to the Fuentes Georginas Hotsprings. You’ll walk down a cloud forest trail to a series of pools of varying temperatures with views into the surrounding trees. Soak it all then, then return to your accommodation for the evening.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Panajachel - As Guatemala is home to many markets, today’s adventure is a great contrast to yesterday’s Almolonga. After breakfast, you’ll head to Chichicastenango market (nicknamed Chichi), home to textiles, wooden handicrafts and jade jewellery. This is one of the largest outdoor markets in Latin America and Guatemala’s most historic. Surrounded by mountains, you’ll explore the market with an expert local leader who knows all the best spots and walk among thousands of locals and tourists who hit these stalls weekly. Maybe grab some souvenirs or a huipils for yourself – a traditional garment worn by the Indigenous girls and women of the area. You can also pick up some handmade jewellery, pottery, incense, tablecloths, a ceremonial mask used in traditional Maya dances or some leather goods. Tonight, spend the night in Panajachel on the shores of Lake Atitlan, where you’ll have a free evening for dinner.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Antigua - This morning, hop on a boat (called a lancha) on Lake Atitlan – surrounded by volcanoes, rolling hills and Maya villages, this is definitely one of the most beautiful lakes in the world (as said by Aldous Huxley). Take the scenic ride to Santiago Atitlan, taking in the sweeping views from the water. Although this is the largest town on the lake, it sees far fewer tourists, making it the perfect spot to find authentic Guatemalan people, culture and activities. Here, you’ll be specially invited into a local home where the shrine of Maximon (San Simon) resides. Your leader will explain the shrine’s significance and give you insight into local life on the lake. Tonight, take a minibus back to Antigua.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Antigua - Enjoy a free day to explore the city, with nothing scheduled until a meeting to welcome any new travellers joining you on your adventure. Maybe grab some roasted beans from a street vendor and munch them while you stroll around. If you’ve got a historical bent, perhaps check out the 18th-century ruins of the Monastery of Santa Clara. Why not get a taste of local tradition with a chocolate-making workshop in the ChocoMuseo, or strut your stuff with a salsa dance lesson?

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Antigua - As the seat of the Spanish colonial government, Antigua was once one of the most important cities in Central America. The city was destroyed by an earthquake in 1773, but many of the colonial-era buildings have been carefully restored. This morning, wander the quiet cobblestone streets with your leader, who will point out many fascinating markets and museums. The afternoon is yours to spend exploring the city and its surrounds. Prefer to take it easy? Grab a coffee on the main plaza and settle in for some people watching. Don't miss the chance to taste a tamale, a local dish served in a corn leaf. Or try pepian, a meaty dish of chicken, beef, pork, or all three at once, in a rich sauce. You’ll find the best value food next to the markets near the bus station.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Rio Dulce - It’s a long day of travel today as you make your way to Rio Dulce by private vehicle. During the journey, learn a few handy phrases with an informal Spanish lesson from your leader, before arriving mid-afternoon. Rio Dulce, which means 'Sweet River' in Spanish, refers to both the Guatemalan river that flows from Lago de Izabal (Lake Izabal) to the Caribbean Sea and the town of Fronteras, which sits at the east end of the lake. Upon arrival, the rest of the day is free to enjoy at your leisure. Maybe stretch your legs on a jungle walk, rent a kayak and get out on the water or just laze in a hammock and enjoy the tropical surrounds.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Rio Dulce - Join your group on a boat ride down the river to Livingston, a laidback Afro-Caribbean town that offers a unique taste of Garifuna culture in a far-flung corner of Guatemala. It’s located 30 kilometres (18 miles) from Rio Dulce and the boat ride is spectacular, taking you through waters laden with water lilies, past tropical forests and through a deep canyon replete with river birds. The Garifuna population in Livingston are descendants of a community forcibly removed from the Caribbean by the British in the late 18th century. Livingston was one of the towns the displaced Garifuna settled in, and its relative isolation means the culture has remained undiluted by Guatemalan norms. Spend a little time here and enjoy an included lunch of local specialties like tapou, a creamy soup made with fish.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Flores - Travel to the township of Flores on Lago Peten Itza. On the way, pay a visit to Nuevo Horizonte, a ranch where 130 demobilised families settled after the signing of the Guatemalan Peace Accords in 1998. Beginning with no infrastructure and poor living conditions, the community cooperated to establish fish-farming, agriculture, reforestation and eco-tourism projects. Tour their nature reserve, have lunch on the ranch and speak to the locals about the origins of the community. Continue to Flores, where you’ll take an orientation walk with your group leader. Flores had a long history before it was colonised by the Spanish in 1697, most significantly as the capital of the Itza people after the fall of Chichen Itza. Spend your free afternoon wandering the island’s quaint streets or shopping for local handicrafts. Around 4 pm, the lakefront starts to hum with street food vendors, making it a good place to grab a bite.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: San Ignacio - Get up early for a guided exploration of Tikal National Park. Among the thick, evergreen jungle are some of the most significant remnants of the ancient Maya civilisation – plus an array of local wildlife, including coatis and howler monkeys. Wonder at the towering limestone temples and other monuments while pondering the mystery of the ancient city's demise. Spend a few hours playing archaeologist. Afterwards, learn the art of tortilla making and enjoy lunch together. Then say goodbye to Guatemala and head across the border to Belize. As the only English-speaking country in Central America, Belize is a great place to get chatting with locals.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: San Ignacio - This morning, you can choose whether you would like to relax in San Ignacio or take part in some of the other optional activities on offer, like taking on the challenge of hiking and wading through a river to visit to the caves of Actun Tunichil Muknal (ATM caves). A living museum of Maya relics, the ATM cave system is home to ceramic pots and crystallised skeletons, preserved by the natural processes of the cave for over 1400 years. If you choose to explore the cave system (and it is highly recommended), you’ll spend most of the day there. If not, there are always more local ruins to explore above ground, including Cahal Pech, which was once the residence of a wealthy Maya family. Nature lovers may be interested in a trip to the Green Iguana Conservation Project, where a number of the scaly – and surprisingly large – beasts are protected.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Caye Caulker - If your idea of paradise is white sand, clear blue waters and palm trees, then you’re going to dig Caye Caulker. The island even has a motto: ‘go slow’. Take a golf cart to your hotel following a scenic boat ride and join your leader for an orientation walk, to help you get your bearings on the petite island. While the island is entirely walkable, you might like to hire a bike and cycle between beach bars and along quiet palm-lined streets. Can’t keep your eyes off those Caribbean waters? Get out there for a spot of standup paddleboarding, or if the mood strikes, join a sunset catamaran cruise for an unforgettable end to your first day.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Caye Caulker - Your time in Caye Caulker is all about taking it easy, so do as much (or as little) as you want with another day here. If you’re keen to find the best snorkelling spots, opt to take a full-day boat tour (just remember to slather on sunscreen). After a day of swimming and lounging in the sunshine, you’re sure to get hungry. Belize is famous for its barbequed food, with some of the best meals cooked on the roadside. Caye Caulker is famous for its lobster – not the cheapest meal you'll ever buy, but so (so) good. Always make sure that you respect the season: lobsters can only be caught here between June and February. If you’re out of season, how about some grilled shrimp and a lovely rum and coke made with the local firewater?

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Caye Caulker - There are no activities planned for the final day and you are able to depart the accommodation at any time following check out. If you would like to spend more time in Caye Caulker, we’ll be happy to organise additional accommodation (subject to availability).

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Mexico City - Bienvenidos! Welcome to Mexico. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. If you arrive early, maybe explore the array of museums, galleries and architecture or check out the nightlife and delicious street food. Maybe walk through Bosque de Chapultepec, visit the Frida Kahlo Museum or relax in one of the many plazas and gardens. After your meeting, maybe head out for dinner and get to know your fellow travellers.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Mexico City - Today, your leader will show you around the historic city centre. Visit Zocalo Square – a prominent central meeting place since Aztec times – and soak up the sound of rapid-fire Spanish and booming drums that fill the centre. Pass by the dome-topped Palacio de Bellas Artes, then stop to see some murals painted by the famed Diego Rivera. The rest of the day is free for you to explore Mexico City as you like. Maybe sit down for lunch at a fonda (a home that a family has opened to the local community as a restaurant) or take a boat ride down the Xochimilco Canal.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Puebla - After breakfast, learn the local lingo with an informal Spanish lesson as you travel to Puebla. Along the way, you’ll stop at the UNESCO World Heritage site of Teotihuacan – an archaeological site that predated the Aztec Empire by more than a thousand years! Then join a local family for lunch before continuing on to Puebla – known for its culinary history, architecture, pottery and the painted Talavera tiles that adorn buildings here. When you arrive, head out for an orientation walk to get your bearings. Tonight, join your leader for a drink at La Pasita Bar. Pasita is a sweet liqueur made of raisins, served in a caballito (tequila glass) and decorated with a cube of fresh goat cheese and a raisin stuck on a toothpick. This bar is particularly famous because of its way of serving the pasita.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Puebla - Today is free for you to explore at your own pace. Puebla is Mexico’s culinary capital, so why not head out to indulge in some street food? If the season is right, maybe try some chiles en nogada (stuffed chilies covered in creamy walnut sauce) or visit the nearby Pueblo Mágico of Cholula – home to the UNESCO-listed Cholula pyramid. Tonight, maybe find a local restaurant for dinner – your leader will have the best recommendations.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Oaxaca - Get cosy with the locals as you travel by local bus to Oaxaca – this is a great time to read a book or take a nap! Stretch your legs with an orientation walk when you arrive. Oaxaca is an old town full of graceful arcades and markets. After your walk, you’ll tour the 20 de Noviembre Market, where you'll do as the locals and head to the Pasillo de las Carnes Asadas (the grilled meats aisle). Follow your nose (and your leader) to find it – smoke and the smell of grilled meat is thick in the air. Maybe grab some guacamole, salsa and some fresh tortillas on the way and then find a spot at one of the long tables where you’ll sit down for a classic Oaxacan lunch. From here, the rest of the day is free for you to explore Oaxaca at your own pace – maybe explore Monte Alban’s ruins or visit the Cathedral of Oaxaca.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Oaxaca - Today is a free day. Maybe try your hand at whipping up the local cuisine with a cooking class, wander through the Jalatlaco neighbourhood or venture out on an optional daytrip around town. Begin the adventure at the millenary Tule tree – one of the oldest trees on Earth, with an impressive trunk size of nearly 44 m and hear some of the local stories it’s inspired. Then, hike through the Oaxacan mountains to reach the petrified waterfall, Hierve el Agua. You may even be able to stop for a swim along the way. After lunch, continue to the village of Teotitlan del Valle where you’ll meet an indigenous family of weavers, experts in traditional Mexican colours and textiles. Finish the day’s excursion with a trip to a mezcal distillery and an agave field and maybe sample the varieties made here on a tour of all things mezcal culture and cultivation.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Oaxaca - This morning, you’ll visit the nearby UNESCO World Heritage site of Monte Alban. Walk through the architectural site that was inhabited for over 1500 years by the Olmecs, Zapotecs, and Mixtecs, and explore the terraces, dams, canals, pyramids and artificial mounds carved out of the mountain – now symbols of a sacred topography. Then, head to a local barro negro (black pottery studio). See a demonstration of how the famed black pottery (or pottery of the night) is made and learn about the history of this artform – legend says the clay is blessed! Then, join an alebrijes workshop where you’ll paint your own alebrije – brightly coloured sculptures that often combine various elements from different animals to create mythical creatures. Tonight, maybe join your fellow travellers for dinner at a local restaurant to celebrate the last night of your trip.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Oaxaca - Your adventure comes to an end this morning. If you’d like to spend some more time in Oaxaca, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Granada - Hola! Welcome to Nicaragua. Your adventure begins in Granada, the oldest city in the 'New World'. Featuring Moorish and Andalusian architecture and oozing colonial charm, Granada is set on Lake Nicaragua’s banks and surrounded by active volcanoes. As your trip only spends limited time here, you might like to arrive a few days early to fully explore this very walkable city. Your trip starts with a welcome meeting at 6 pm at your hotel today. Then tonight, enjoy an optional group dinner with your fellow travellers.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Leon - This morning, you’ll hop on a private minibus and start your journey towards Leon. Along the way, visit the Mombacho Volcano Natural Reserve. There you’ll join a local guide for a ride in a 4x4 to the top of the volcano, where you’ll learn about the surrounding cloud forest and head out on a hike to one of the four craters. After, continue your journey, stopping at the Monimbo artist village. Meet with a local artisan who makes the traditional masks used during the revolution. Get to know the artist and learn about the significance of the masks, how they are created and the Indigenous perspective of the revolution. Then head to the local market that is at the center of daily life in Monimbo where you'll enjoy an included lunch of local specialties. After, head back out on the road to Leon, where you’ll have a free evening. Though it's the second largest city in the country, Leon is relatively free of tourists, making strolling the mural-lined streets an absolute pleasure.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Leon - Start your morning with a leader-led walk through Leon, then the rest of the day is free for you to explore the city at your leisure. The street food behind the Lady of Grace Cathedral is some of the best in town, so why not grab a 'Nica taco'? Made with maize, rolled and then deep fried, these beauties are usually served with shredded cabbage and smothered in cream. Maybe take a kayaking tour at Juan Venado Island Nature Reserve – float along the waterway between the mangrove forest and the island’s coast and watch out for wildlife that live here in abundance. Otherwise, a thrilling volcano sandboarding adventure could be just the thing for the adventure seekers out there.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Leon to El Cuco via Honduras - Prepare for a long driving day today as you cross into Honduras, then to El Salvador to get to your overnight stop. Along the way, your leader will engage you in an absorbing discussion about life and challenges for modern Central Americans.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Suchitoto - This morning, hit the road headed for Suchitoto, stopping in at El Salvador’s capital city along the way. While San Salvador might historically have a reputation of being unsafe for travellers, these days it has a much safer and more comfortable atmosphere. You’ll be able to experience this difference during a leader-led walk and a visit to the UNESCO-listed El Rosario Church. Its brutalist exterior sits in contrast to both the Historic District it’s located in, as well as its surprising interior. Then continue to Suchitoto in the afternoon. For dinner, you’ll learn how to make the national dish – pupusas – a thick cake or flatbread made with cornmeal or rice flour, during an evening workshop with your group. The ingredients can be found worldwide, so if you want to make your own pupusas when you get home, you’ll enjoy this hands-on experience!

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Suchitoto - Today you’ll head out to Cinquera Forest, which borders Suchitoto. Here, you will meet with a former guerilla fighter to learn about the forest's significance during the Salvadoran Civil War, see the former camps and take a tour around the small mountain community. Return to Suchitoto in the afternoon and then head out on a leader-led walk of the well-preserved town, widely considered the cultural capital of El Salvador.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Suchitoto to Copan, Honduras via Guatemala - This morning head across the border to Guatemala and then into Honduras to Copan in a private transfer. With breathtaking scenery, it's another excellent opportunity to grab a window seat and arrive in the early afternoon. While most people use Copan as a base to explore the nearby ruins, there are plenty of other points of interest, both along the cobblestone streets and set into the lush surroundings. Maybe get started in the Central Plaza and follow your nose to a café. Alternatively, head to the Macaw Mountain Bird Park – a bird rescue, rehabilitation and release centre, this nature reserve is on ten acres of forested land, surrounded by streams and very close to the ruins. Tonight, rejoin your group for a traditional Honduran dinner of Baleadas – these Honduran tacos are made with flour tortillas and stuffed with various ingredients, depending on the season, like refried beans, cheese, avocado and cream.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Copan, Honduras - Head out early on a guided visit to the Copan archaeological site. These magnificent Mayan ruins were declared a UNESCO World Heritage Site in 1980. Discovered in 1570 by Diego García de Palacio, this continues to be one of the most important sites of the Maya civilisation. Take your time and enjoy exploring the most important cultural destination in Honduras. The rest of your day is free, so you can visit the bird park if you didn't get to yesterday. Tonight, why not visit the nearby natural hot springs. This optional tour gives you hours of soak time in the mud, steaming natural baths and refreshing pools in the lush jungle, with an included dinner.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Antigua - This morning, hop in a private transfer and cross into Guatemala, arriving in Antigua in the afternoon. Then join your leader for an orientation walk in the historic center after checking in to your hotel. Tonight, maybe get your fellow travellers together for a final group dinner to say your goodbyes.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Antigua - Your trip ends today and with no activities planned, you’re free to leave anytime after checkout. If you’d like to stay longer, just speak to your booking agent. There is lots to do in Antigua, like salsa dance lessons and chocolate-making workshops.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Granada - Hola! Welcome to Nicaragua. Your adventure begins in Granada, the oldest city in the 'New World'. Featuring Moorish and Andalusian architecture and oozing colonial charm, Granada is set on Lake Nicaragua’s banks and surrounded by active volcanoes. As your trip only spends limited time here, you might like to arrive a few days early to fully explore this very walkable city. Your trip starts with a welcome meeting at 6 pm at your hotel today. Then tonight, enjoy an optional group dinner with your fellow travellers.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Leon - This morning, you’ll hop on a private minibus and start your journey towards Leon. Along the way, visit the Mombacho Volcano Natural Reserve. There you’ll join a local guide for a ride in a 4x4 to the top of the volcano, where you’ll learn about the surrounding cloud forest and head out on a hike to one of the four craters. After, continue your journey, stopping at the Monimbo artist village. Meet with a local artisan who makes the traditional masks used during the revolution. Get to know the artist and learn about the significance of the masks, how they are created and the Indigenous perspective of the revolution. Then head to the local market that is at the center of daily life in Monimbo where you'll enjoy an included lunch of local specialties. After, head back out on the road to Leon, where you’ll have a free evening. Though it's the second largest city in the country, Leon is relatively free of tourists, making strolling the mural-lined streets an absolute pleasure.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Leon - Start your morning with a leader-led walk through Leon, then the rest of the day is free for you to explore the city at your leisure. The street food behind the Lady of Grace Cathedral is some of the best in town, so why not grab a 'Nica taco'? Made with maize, rolled and then deep fried, these beauties are usually served with shredded cabbage and smothered in cream. Maybe take a kayaking tour at Juan Venado Island Nature Reserve – float along the waterway between the mangrove forest and the island’s coast and watch out for wildlife that live here in abundance. Otherwise, a thrilling volcano sandboarding adventure could be just the thing for the adventure seekers out there.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Leon to El Cuco via Honduras - Prepare for a long driving day today as you cross into Honduras, then to El Salvador to get to your overnight stop. Along the way, your leader will engage you in an absorbing discussion about life and challenges for modern Central Americans.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Suchitoto - This morning, hit the road headed for Suchitoto, stopping in at El Salvador’s capital city along the way. While San Salvador might historically have a reputation of being unsafe for travellers, these days it has a much safer and more comfortable atmosphere. You’ll be able to experience this difference during a leader-led walk and a visit to the UNESCO-listed El Rosario Church. Its brutalist exterior sits in contrast to both the Historic District it’s located in, as well as its surprising interior. Then continue to Suchitoto in the afternoon. For dinner, you’ll learn how to make the national dish – pupusas – a thick cake or flatbread made with cornmeal or rice flour, during an evening workshop with your group. The ingredients can be found worldwide, so if you want to make your own pupusas when you get home, you’ll enjoy this hands-on experience!

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Suchitoto - Today you’ll head out to Cinquera Forest, which borders Suchitoto. Here, you will meet with a former guerilla fighter to learn about the forest's significance during the Salvadoran Civil War, see the former camps and take a tour around the small mountain community. Return to Suchitoto in the afternoon and then head out on a leader-led walk of the well-preserved town, widely considered the cultural capital of El Salvador.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Suchitoto to Copan, Honduras via Guatemala - This morning head across the border to Guatemala and then into Honduras to Copan in a private transfer. With breathtaking scenery, it's another excellent opportunity to grab a window seat and arrive in the early afternoon. While most people use Copan as a base to explore the nearby ruins, there are plenty of other points of interest, both along the cobblestone streets and set into the lush surroundings. Maybe get started in the Central Plaza and follow your nose to a café. Alternatively, head to the Macaw Mountain Bird Park – a bird rescue, rehabilitation and release centre, this nature reserve is on ten acres of forested land, surrounded by streams and very close to the ruins. Tonight, rejoin your group for a traditional Honduran dinner of Baleadas – these Honduran tacos are made with flour tortillas and stuffed with various ingredients, depending on the season, like refried beans, cheese, avocado and cream.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Copan, Honduras - Head out early on a guided visit to the Copan archaeological site. These magnificent Mayan ruins were declared a UNESCO World Heritage Site in 1980. Discovered in 1570 by Diego García de Palacio, this continues to be one of the most important sites of the Maya civilisation. Take your time and enjoy exploring the most important cultural destination in Honduras. The rest of your day is free, so you can visit the bird park if you didn't get to yesterday. Tonight, why not visit the nearby natural hot springs. This optional tour gives you hours of soak time in the mud, steaming natural baths and refreshing pools in the lush jungle, with an included dinner.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Antigua - This morning, hop in a private transfer and cross into Guatemala, arriving in Antigua in the afternoon. Then join your leader for an orientation walk in the historic center after checking in to your hotel. Tonight, maybe get your fellow travellers together for dinner.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Antigua - Enjoy a free day to explore the city, with nothing scheduled until a meeting to welcome any new travellers joining you on your adventure. Maybe grab some roasted beans from a street vendor and munch them while you stroll around. If you’ve got a historical bent, perhaps check out the 18th-century ruins of the Monastery of Santa Clara. Why not get a taste of local tradition with a chocolate-making workshop in the ChocoMuseo, or strut your stuff with a salsa dance lesson?

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Quetzaltenango - This morning after breakfast, travel to San Andres Itzapa in Chimaltenango. The Guatemalan Highlands are the best place to see the result of Maya culture and Catholic religion coming together. Witness the unique culture firsthand with a shamanic ceremony at the Temple of San Simon. San Simon, the chain-smoking saint also known as Maximon, is a somewhat morally ambiguous deity. After leaving your rum or tobacco offering (which can be purchased at the on-site liquor store), you’ll stop for a group lunch, then continue on to Quetzaltenango. Your leader will take you on an orientation walk through the city locally known as Xela, then enjoy a free evening.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Quetzaltenango - Early this morning before breakfast, hop on a chicken bus. This popular transport option unique to Guatemala has little to do with actual chickens – each bus is unique to the independent driver, who deck them out in bright colours and decorations. The chicken bus will take you to a local market – Almolonga – famed for its giant vegetables, which some believe were blessed by God. The traditional dress and the lively negotiations you’ll see will be equally impressive, and will have you truly feeling like a local. In the afternoon take an optional trip to the Fuentes Georginas Hotsprings. You’ll walk down a cloud forest trail to a series of pools of varying temperatures with views into the surrounding trees. Soak it all then, then return to your accommodation for the evening.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Panajachel - As Guatemala is home to many markets, today’s adventure is a great contrast to yesterday’s Almolonga. After breakfast, you’ll head to Chichicastenango market (nicknamed Chichi), home to textiles, wooden handicrafts and jade jewellery. This is one of the largest outdoor markets in Latin America and Guatemala’s most historic. Surrounded by mountains, you’ll explore the market with an expert local leader who knows all the best spots and walk among thousands of locals and tourists who hit these stalls weekly. Maybe grab some souvenirs or a huipils for yourself – a traditional garment worn by the Indigenous girls and women of the area. You can also pick up some handmade jewellery, pottery, incense, tablecloths, a ceremonial mask used in traditional Maya dances or some leather goods. Tonight, spend the night in Panajachel on the shores of Lake Atitlan, where you’ll have a free evening for dinner.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Antigua - This morning, hop on a boat (called a lancha) on Lake Atitlan – surrounded by volcanoes, rolling hills and Maya villages, this is definitely one of the most beautiful lakes in the world (as said by Aldous Huxley). Take the scenic ride to Santiago Atitlan, taking in the sweeping views from the water. Although this is the largest town on the lake, it sees far fewer tourists, making it the perfect spot to find authentic Guatemalan people, culture and activities. Here, you’ll be specially invited into a local home where the shrine of Maximon (San Simon) resides. Your leader will explain the shrine’s significance and give you insight into local life on the lake. Tonight, take a minibus back to Antigua.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Antigua - Your trip comes to an end today. If you’d like to stay in Antigua for longer, there are many volcano hikes on offer, just speak to your trip leader before you leave. If you need to book extra accommodation, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Mexico City - Bienvenidos a Mexico City! This is one of the world's largest urban centres, a bustling metropolis with so many influences, offering a huge variety of museums, galleries and architectural delights, along with pumping nightlife and unparalleled street food. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm, but if you arrive early, perhaps head to the Zocalo – the massive central square – and check out the Aztec ruins and colonial architecture nearby. There are also plenty of parks, plazas and gardens to relax in and adjust to the Mexican way of life.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Mexico City - Wake up and get ready for a leader-led walk to orientate yourself to the city. Pass by the Metropolitan Cathedral, Zocalo, National Palace, Bellas Artes, Paseo de la Reforma and more. For lunch, join your local leader on a ‘taco crawl’ around town to taste Mexico City’s delicious street-food staple, tacos al pastor, among plenty other delicious treats. After, the rest of the day is free for you to explore as you wish. Tonight you could visit the famous Plaza Garibaldi or sip cocktails with your fellow travellers in one of the many trendy bars in the city, whatever takes your fancy.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Puebla - Start the day with a visit to the community of San Pedro Tlahuac where a local family will share their way of life through traditions, food and farming practices. Enjoy a trajinera ride, learn about chinampa agriculture directly from the community, and sit down to a delicious local meal prepared with ingredients from the chinampas. This authentic cultural exchange offers a unique opportunity to connect with Nahuatl descendants who are proudly keeping their heritage alive. After, your group will head to Puebla, where your leader will take you out for an orientation walk before visiting La Pasita bar for an opportunity to taste pasita – a sweet liqueur made of raisins in one of Puebla’s most famous bars.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Puebla - Puebla is a rapidly growing city featuring many well-maintained churches and buildings from the colonial period. Today is free for you to discover the city at your leisure. Though there are enough churches to visit a different one every day for a year, two of the best examples are Santa Domingo Church and the Rosary Chapel, located in town. Further afield lies the Great Pyramid of Cholula, containing over eight kilometres (five miles) of tunnels, with the enormous Popocatepetl Volcano serving as a backdrop. In town, Puebla also has plenty of markets where you can pick up some local handicrafts.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Oaxaca - Today we journey by local bus to Oaxaca. Oaxaca (pronounced ‘wuh-haa-ka’) is a beautiful, old colonial town full of graceful arcades and colourful markets. You'll find Zapotec and Mixtec influences around the city as ancestors have populated this region for thousands of years. Your leader will take you on an orientation walk through Oaxaca and to Mercado 20 de Noviembre – an iconic fresh food market. Here, you’ll be able to shop for fresh ingredients to put together your own meal. Grab some guacamole, salsa and some fresh tortillas on the way and then find a spot at one of the long tables where you can down for a classic Oaxacan lunch. Later, you’re free to walk the narrow, cobblestone streets, or maybe sit back in one of the squares, sipping mezcal and watching the world go by. The city is known for its arts scene, particularly its folk and fine art, but you'll also discover a grungier side to Oaxaca and some incredible examples of street art.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Oaxaca - There's an opportunity today to visit the spectacular temples of Monte Alban just outside of Oaxaca. Monte Alban was inhabited for 1500 years by the Olmec, Zapotec and Mixtec peoples, and this World Heritage site is an outstanding example of a pre-Columbian ceremonial centre, with terraces, dams, canals and pyramids carved out of the mountain. Alternatively, why not have a go at plating up some delicious local fare during a cooking class, visit a traditional weaving arts town, and stop by a local mezcal distillery. In the evening, if you've any energy left, you could head out for dinner with your fellow travellers and enjoy the town's lively atmosphere.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Tehuantepec - Bid farewell to Oaxaca this morning, and board a private transfer to Tehuantepec. On your way out of town you’ll stop in at the Arbol del Tule, or the Tree of Tule, which holds the record for having the stoutest tree trunk in the world. Further along the road, visit the town of Teotitlan del Valle. Famous for its weaving and textile traditions, you can wander past artisans showing off their incredible handcrafted wares. You’ll also visit a mezcal distillery, getting to sample the smoky liquor to see if it’s to your taste! Later, arrive in Tehuantepec and settle in for the evening.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: San Cristobal de las Casas - Head back out on the road this morning to San Cristobal de las Casas. Once you arrive in the early afternoon Leave your luggage at the hotel and begin exploring this highland town, hidden in green Chiapas valley surrounded by pine trees. Your leader will take you on a tour around town and point out all the important places. The evening is then free – you might like to ask your leader for a dinner recommendation!

     

    Day - 9

    Location: San Cristobal de las Casas - This morning you'll visit the village of San Juan Chamula, home to the fascinating Iglesia de San Juan. This church, with its pine-covered floor and air thick with incense, is often frequented by shamans who come to carry out cleansings using firewater and ancient prayer. Please note that there is a strict ban on cameras inside the church. Outside, the village is alive with colourful markets that sell local handicrafts. The rest of the day is free for your own adventure. You might like to get active and ask your leader to help organise an optional boating trip in the Sumidero Canyon, which is as old and impressive as the Grand Canyon (at your own expense).

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Palenque - Say goodbye to San Cristobal de Las Casas as you head for Palenque. Once you arrive, the afternoon is free for you to relax or explore. Situated in a steamy jungle, Palenque is a central town close to the nearby Maya ruins of the same name, which you'll have a chance to check out tomorrow.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Palenque - This morning, you’ll head to the archaeological zone and visit the ruins of Palenque. Sitting on a hilltop surrounded by thick trees, the ruins date back to AD 600 and are some of the most impressive Maya relics in Mexico. As you take a guided walk among the temples, listen out for the eerie calls of howler monkeys and screeching parrots echoing from the jungle. There are many ruins that are still un-excavated and remain concealed in the forest. The area gives you an idea of what the Spanish invaders must have seen when they arrived. This afternoon visit Misol-Ha, where the cascading falls and quiet surroundings create a refreshing escape into nature.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Merida - This morning, travel by private vehicle to the historic town of Merida, the capital of the Yucatan region. On route you’ll stop at Campeche, a harbour town that retains a few remnants of its colonial past. Take a leader-led walk through its fortified centre then sit down for an included lunch. Afterward, continue to Merida. Founded in 1542 on the site of Tho (an ancient Maya city), Merida retains much of its old-world charm thanks primarily to its people and architecture. Take an orientation walk with your leader on arrival, then enjoy free time to get settled in for the rest of the day.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Merida - Today you can choose to visit the Maya ruins of Uxmal, a 1-hour drive from Merida, on an optional tour which includes transport and a local guide. It's thought that the city was constructed around AD700, was home to around 25,000 people and once dominated the region along with Chichen Itza. Much of the site is decorated with masks of Chac, the rain god, and important buildings include the Pyramid of the Soothsayer, the Quadrangle of the Nuns, the Governor's Palace, the House of the Tortoises and the Ball Court. Alternatively, you could choose to take an optional guided tour to Las Coloradas – the incredible pink lagoon that’s home to flocks of flamingos.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Chichen Itza / Playa del Carmen - Travel to Playa del Carmen by private vehicle, stopping en route for an included visit to the Maya ruins of Chichen Itza. Containing both Toltec and Maya ruins lying alongside each other, the site is dominated by the famous El Castillo pyramid there’s also a large ball court where games used to be held. Nearby, excavations of the Well of Sacrifice revealed treasures of jade, copper and gold as well as many human and animal bones. You’ll get to see all of this on a guided tour of the ruins, and then you’ll have the chance to hear about modern life during a lunch stop at the nearby community of Piste. Sample some Yucatecan specialties, chat with the locals, then continue on to Playa del Carmen. After a quick orientation walk around Playa del Carmen, pick a place to kick back with a margarita and watch the sun go down.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Playa del Carmen - Chill out in Playa del Carmen today and soak up a full free day to explore at your own pace. Maybe try your hand (and feet and lungs) at snorkelling in the freshwater rock pools (cenotes) or reef dive on Cozumel. You’ll have another welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight to meet your new leader and fellow travellers. After, perhaps head out for a cocktail and a few tacos with your new travel buddies.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Playa del Carmen - This morning, hop on a local bus to one stunning example of a cenote – Cenote Azul. There you can swim, dive or snorkel in the natural open-air pool, basking in the beauty of your surroundings. Then return to Playa Del Carmen, where you’ll have a free afternoon to explore this beachside paradise at your leisure. You might like to continue the underwater activities and keep your eyes peeled for rays, moray eels and turtles among the coral-clad reefs. If you’d rather leave the flippers behind and adventure on land, catch a local bus and travel south to Tulum, where white-sand beaches and Maya ruins are just an hour and a half away. In the evening, you could grab a few of your fellow travellers and find a good spot to watch the sunset – muy bien!

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Chetumal - On your final morning in Playa del Carmen, maybe take an early morning stroll to the beach and dip your toes in the sand or simply let the world pass you by with a coffee at a local cafe. Then head to your next stop in Bacalar – said to be the first settlement of the Itza tribe, who would go on to create Chichen Itza. Here, you’ll have an included lunch and the chance to relax at the Lake of Seven Colours – thanks to the various stunning shades of blue it adopts throughout the day. If you’d like, you could also hop onboard a boat tour of the lake. Then continue to Chetumal – a quiet city close to the border of Belize, this place makes for the perfect stop before tomorrow’s adventure to Caye Caulker.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Caye Caulker - Bid adios to Mexico early this morning as you head south to Belize. After border formalities, arrive in Belize City then hop in a water taxi to the island of Caye Caulker. When you arrive, get acquainted with the island on a guided walk with your leader. Belize is the only English-speaking country in Central America, which will make chatting with locals much easier. Tonight, you’re free to relax or explore. Be aware that there may be crocodiles in the split area that separates the north and south of the island, so it’s best to take caution while swimming and exploring the beaches.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Caye Caulker - Today is free for you to explore the island that surrounds you, or just to simply relax. If you feel like snorkelling, ask your leader about organising a trip to the colourful coral reef nearby, or maybe head further afield to Hol Chan Marine Reserve, home to the world’s second-longest coral reef. Manatee spotting is perfect for nature lovers, or you could take a stroll and find a swaying palm tree with your name on it – they make the perfect place to nap, read a book and soak up the island vibes on a beach day.

     

    Day - 20

    Location: Caye Caulker - What’s better than one day in paradise? Two, of course! Your morning is free, then for lunch you’ll join in on a cooking class with a local family, learning how to make a famous Belizean meal with chicken, rice and beans. In the afternoon, perhaps head to the beach for a swim or hire a bicycle to explore. Tonight is your last opportunity to get your hands on some super fresh Belizean seafood, which you can dig into with your feet planted in the sand at one of the many ‘floor-free’ outdoor restaurants. The island's famous lobsters are available between 15 June and 15 February, and you can expect to pay far less than at home (though more than your average island meal). You could even grab some grilled shrimp and a rum and coke made with firewater from a roadside stall to really get into the island spirit.

     

    Day - 21

    Location: San Ignacio - From the islands to the highlands, you’ll bid farewell to Caye Caulker today and catch a ferry to Belize City, then a bus to San Ignacio. When you arrive, your leader will take you on a walking tour of San Ignacio and its twin sister Santa Elena, giving you a sense of how vibrant the local Garifuna and Maya communities are. Tonight, maybe head out in search of a classic Maya dish like cochinita pibil (slow-roasted pork marinated in citrus).

     

    Day - 22

    Location: San Ignacio - Today is free for you to discover San Ignacio at your own pace. This beautiful town is surrounded by fast-flowing rivers, waterfalls and Maya ruins, making it the ideal base. If you’re a bit of a history buff, maybe take a day trip to Xunantunich – an impressive Maya ceremonial site on a hill overlooking the countryside. Getting to the site is half the fun, as you'll need to take a hand-cranked ferry to cross the river. Perhaps you'd like to take on the challenge of visiting the cave of Actun Tunichil Muknal – a living museum of Maya relics. Wade and hike through cool waters to find ceramic pots and crystallised skeletons preserved by the calcium-rich environment of the cave for over 1400 years. Easily spooked? Maybe you'd prefer a cave with fewer (as far as we know) skeletons, like the one in Mountain Pine Ridge. In the late afternoon, the barbecue stalls of Santa Elena start to set up for the dinner rush. It's only a 15-minute walk, so consider wandering over to enjoy a juicy chicken leg and a chat with the locals.

     

    Day - 23

    Location: Tikal National Park - Rise and shine for your journey across the Belize-Guatemala border.to Tikal National Park. Here, there will be time to buy lunch before visiting the impressive archaeological site with a local guide. Towering above the jungle, the five granite temples of Tikal are an imposing sight and one of the most magnificent Maya ruins. Hidden in the evergreen forest is a maze of smaller structures waiting to be explored. The energetic can climb to the top of the ruins for spectacular views over the canopy and the chance to spot toucans, macaws and other colourful birds.

     

    Day - 24

    Location: Rio Dulce - This morning depart for Flores, where you'll have breakfast in a local restaurant before joining your leader on an orientation walk on the island. Then, continue by private minivan to Rio Dulce before transferring to your hotel by boat. The easiest way to get back into town is also on the water – a journey that can be organised through the hotel. Alternatively, a 40-minute jungle walk will get you there. The hotel is a great place to relax and look over the water, with reasonably priced meals and drinks served in the hotel restaurant. Now that you are back in a Spanish-speaking nation, why not join an informal Spanish lesson led by your leader?

     

    Day - 25

    Location: Rio Dulce - Take a boat ride down the river to Livingston – a laidback Afro-Caribbean town that offers a unique taste of Garifuna culture in a far-flung corner of Guatemala. Just 30 km (18 m) from Rio Dulce, Livingston is only accessible by boat and the ride is spectacular, taking you through waters filled with water lilies, past tropical forests and through a deep canyon full of river birds. When you arrive, take a short orientation walk around the colourful town and see some fishermen working by the docks. Then, join the locals for a morning dance class. After learning some moves, you’ll have some free time for lunch and to explore at your own pace. Later this afternoon, hop back in the boat and head back to Rio Dulce.

     

    Day - 26

    Location: Antigua - Leave the 'Sweet River' behind and travel by private minibus to the city of Antigua. The road between Rio Dulce and Guatemala City is one of the busiest in the country. Traffic is slow, there are frequent road works and many, many slow trucks – be armed with patience, music and a good book and the journey will be easier to handle. Tonight, maybe get your fellow travellers together for a final group dinner to say your goodbyes.

     

    Day - 27

    Location: Antigua - Your adventure comes to an end this morning and there are no activities planned. As there's a great deal to do in Antigua, it's recommended that you stay a few extra days to make the most of this traveller favourite. If you’d like to spend more time here, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Playa del Carmen - Hola! Welcome to Playa del Carmen – a popular resort town famed for its coral reef and sparkling warm waters. You’ll meet your leader and fellow travellers at the welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. If you arrive early, why not spend the day lounging on the beach with a good book? You could also head to Dos Ojos Cenote and take a dip at the incredible turquoise freshwater swimming hole, or jump on a local ferry to explore the nearby island of Cozumel. When the introductions are out of the way, experience your first Mexican meal of the trip at an optional dinner with the group.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Merida - Depart early, travelling by private vehicle towards Merida, learning some Spanish phrases from your leader on the way. You’ll stop at Chichen Itza – one of the new Seven Wonders of the World, for a guided tour. This is perhaps the most famous Maya site in Mexico, dominated by the Temple of Kukulkan (El Castillo), a Mesoamerican step-pyramid. Then take a cooling dip in one of the region’s lesser-known cenotes: Yokdzonot. Operated by a cooperative set up by local women, your visit will support their efforts to empower their Mayan community. After your swim, visit the local Piste community. You’ll spend time with the locals – perhaps trying out some of your Spanish – while sampling traditional Yucatecan cuisine. When you arrive in Merida – the charming capital of the Yucatan region – get your bearings on an orientation walk with your leader. Wander the centuries-old streets and take in the grand buildings, learn about the town’s Maya heritage and swing by Mercado 60 – a buzzing food market with great margaritas and live music.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Merida - Your day is free for you to explore the many sights of Merida. You could visit the Regional Museum of Yucatan, located within the pretty Palacio Canton, chill out in the shady Plaza Grande admiring the 16th-century cathedral or seek out cochinita pibil, a slow-roasted, citrus-marinated pork dish that's a Yucatan speciality. Alternatively, take a trip to one of Mexico's best-preserved Maya sites in Uxmal. Spend two hours exploring the ruins and see the impressive so-called Pyramid of the Magician, marvel at the decorative details of the Governor’s Palace and take the opportunity to climb one of the pyramids for astounding views of the surrounding area. Merida is a people-pleaser when it comes to nightlife and has something for all tastes, whether you’re after a low-key bar, cultural show or some live music and dancing.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Campeche - Leave the city of Merida behind and drive to the coast to spend the night in Campeche – a seaside town with photogenic streets lined with multi-coloured low-rise buildings. On the way, visit the town of Becal, known as ‘the Hat Town’, where your group will meet with an artisan who works in a cave to weave the traditional jipi hats. When you arrive in Campeche, head out on a leader-led orientation walk to get your bearings. The rest of the afternoon is free for you to explore on your own. For dinner tonight, you’ll find good seafood almost anywhere, and other tempting restaurants at Portales de San Martin.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Bacalar - Rise and shine for the long cross-peninsular drive to Bacalar today. Bacalar is said to be the first settlement of the Itza tribe, who would go on to create Chichen Itza. Today it’s a quiet spot to sit back, relax and take in the surrounding nature. When you're there, take a short leader-led orientation walk to get your bearings, followed by a free afternoon and evening to relax after a long travel day. Cerveza, anyone?

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Bacalar - This morning, head out on a half day boat tour of Lake Bacalar. Also known as the Lake of Seven Colours – thanks to the various stunning shades of blue it adopts throughout the day – you’ll explore the different cenotes and islands that make up the lagoon including plenty of stops for swims along the way! Return to town around midday. The rest of the day is then free for you to uncover more cenotes or sit back and relax in Bacalar. You could visit Cenote Azul – a beautiful fresh water rockpool, perfect for swimming. The sparkling water and stalactites and stalagmites in the cave are a sight to behold.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Tulum - Enjoy a free morning relaxing around Bacalar’s lake before heading in a private vehicle towards Tulum. Along the way, you’ll visit the Tulum archaeological ruins that sit on the cliffs of the Yucatan Peninsula. With a local guide, explore the pre-Columbian Mayan walled city which served as a major port for Coba. Carry on to the town of Tulum and when you arrive, take an orientation walk with your leader. There may be time to fit in a visit to another cenote or find a bar to keep working on that Spanish with the locals. In the evening, why not get the group together for a final meal to say farewell and ‘salud’ to Mexico.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Tulum - After breakfast, there are no activities planned for the day and your adventure will come to an end. If you would like to spend some more time exploring Tulum’s famous turquoise water, snorkelling spots, ancient ruins and general magnificence, just speak to your booking agent. Otherwise, you can choose to book a transfer to Cancun if you’re leaving today.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Cabo San Lucas - Hola! Welcome to Mexico. Your adventure starts with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight in Cabo San Lucas – a coastal city on the southern tip of Mexio’s Baja California peninsula, known for its beautiful beaches, marine animals and nightlife. If you arrive early, maybe stroll through the upscale marina or go snorkelling at Medano Beach. After your meeting, maybe head out to a local waterfront restaurant with your fellow travellers to celebrate the start of your adventure.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Kayaking to Arch & Snorkel / Cabo San Lucas - This morning, set off on a kayak tour from Empacadora Beach to El Arco. See the Arch of Cabo San Lucas up close, where only small boats can reach, before continuing past Lovers Beach to Divorce Beach where you’ll stop and explore. Then, paddle to Pelican Beach where you’ll dive into the clear waters for a short snorkelling session among the colourful fish and marine life. This afternoon is then free for you to explore Cabo’s bustling streets. Maybe walk through a local market, buy handcrafted souvenirs or silver jewellery or cool off at nearby Medano Beach. Later today, if you are still feeling energetic you can enjoy a short hike to Cerro de la Z for panoramic views of Los Cabos at sunset.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Todos Santos / La Paz - Travel to Todos Santos this morning – a bohemian town where the desert meets the ocean. When you arrive, wander the cobblestone streets lined with galleries showcasing local artists. Browse boutique shops selling handcrafted textiles and ceramics and see the historic architecture surrounding the mission church. Then, continue to La Paz where you’ll stay for the next three nights. Visit the Guardianas del Conchalito and learn how local women are working to protect and restore the mangrove ecosystems through hands-on reforestation, community education and sustainable oyster farming. This evening is free for you to explore La Paz at your own pace. Maybe watch the sunset over the Sea of Cortez or find a local restaurant for a seafood dinner – your leader will have the best recommendations.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Isla Espiritu Santo / La Paz - This morning, board a boat at La Paz Marina and set off for a full-day adventure. Join your expert guide and hear about the Sea of Cortez ecosystem during the scenic boat ride. Your first stop is Balandra Beach, where you'll disembark to swim in crystal-clear, knee-deep waters and see the mushroom rock formation. Then, continue through the interesting rock formations to the protected waters surrounding Isla Espiritu Santo. Here, you’ll put your snorkelling gear on and dive under the water to see the diverse wildlife, like the playful sea lions, sea turtles and colourful tropical fish in their natural habitat. After working up an appetite, relax on Isla Espiritu Santo's beach with a picnic lunch before sailing back to the marina. Tonight, maybe head out for dinner on the waterfront and soak up the sunset views over the bay.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Sierra de Las Cacachilas Mountain Biking / La Paz - Spend the morning exploring La Paz at your own pace. Maybe ride the teleferico (cable car) for panoramic views over the city or if you’re visiting between April and October, maybe venture out to swim with gentle whale sharks in the Sea of Cortez. After lunch, head to the Sierra de Las Cacachilas mountains. When you arrive, strap on your helmet and set off through diverse desert landscapes. As you ride, take in the mountain views overlooking the Sea of Cortez and learn about Baja’s incredible biodiversity and ancient connections between land and sea. Tonight, join your group for dinner at the rance and try some local dishes like plato paceno (fried meat and potatoes) or llauchas (empanadas filled with cheese and broth).

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Sierra La Laguna Hiking / San José del Cabo - After breakfast, journey into the Sierra La Laguna mountains, where you’ll start today’s hike. Set off through the La Zorra Canyon to a hidden oasis of waterfall pools – perfect for a refreshing swim after your hike! Then, continue to San Jose del Cabo for your last night in Baja. This evening is free for you to explore at your own pace. Maybe visit the historic mission church or stroll along the cobblestone streets lined with boutique shops. Tonight, maybe join your group for dinner and share stories and memories from your week exploring this beautiful peninsula.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: San José del Cabo - As there are no more activities planned, your trip comes to an end today. If you’d like to stay longer in San Jose del Cabo, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Oaxaca - Bienvenidos! Welcome to Mexico. Your adventure begins in Oaxaca (pronounced wa-ha-ca), the city known for its mole (sauces) and mezcal. You’ll have a welcome meeting tonight at 6 pm at your hotel. If you arrive early, maybe see the main square with its architecture dating back to the 16th century or the 20 de Noviembre Market – a food market loved by the locals. Tonight, maybe join your group for dinner and try some of the regional specialities, like tlayudas (Oaxacan pizza) or one of the seven varieties of mole.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Pueblos Mancomunados - Benito Juarez (3100 m/10170 ft) - After breakfast, drive to the community of Benito Juarez – named after the prominent Mexican President. This is where your village to village hiking adventure really begins! When you arrive, you’ll meet your local guide for the walk to Mirador and the Hanging Bridge, where you’ll have a great view of the Central Valleys. If the day’s clear, you’ll be able to see the Pico de Orizaba – an active volcano, this is the highest mountain in Mexico and the third highest in North America! After, head to the farm where you’ll be staying tonight and meet the family of Mr Eli. Tuck into a home-cooked dinner made by your hosts and watch the sun go down before resting in your comfortable cabins for the night.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Pueblos Mancomunados - La Neveria (3100 m/10170 ft) - After your restful night, meet your group at the farm’s dining room for breakfast. It’s here that you’ll meet your local guide who will take you to the community of La Neveria along a rural path used by farmers. As you make your way along the trail, soak in the beauty of the forests of Sierra Norte and learn about the diverse flora and fauna there. When you arrive in the town, have lunch at a local restaurant, then it’s time to set off again with your guide for a tour of the community and its corn farms. Visit a local family for a gastronomic workshop based around the food that grows here, then settle in for another night in a small highland village.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Latuvi to Oaxaca (2700 m / 8860 ft) - As the sun rises, your hiking adventure continues. After breakfast, meet your guide and set out on the Cipriano Cabrera trail to the community of Latuvi. Along this quiet trail, you’ll see the biodiversity and climate of the Sierra Norte change, as you go from the cold pine forests of Neveria to the oak forests of lower altitudes. With diverse flora and fauna, local wildlife and gorgeous highland scenery, you’ll see why the people in these villages feel it’s important to protect their precious land. When you arrive in Latuvi, head to the community restaurant to try some local regional dishes for lunch. After, visit Dona Martha, who will show you the process of making pulque and tepache – traditional Mexican beverages typically made with agave sap and pineapple rinds or corn. Tonight, you’ll head back to Oaxaca, where you’re free to grab dinner and say ‘salud!’ to a beautiful, off-the-grid hiking trip.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Oaxaca - With no further activities planned, your adventure comes to an end this morning. If you’d like to extend your time in Oaxaca, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Mexico City - Bienvenidos! Welcome to Mexico. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. If you arrive early, maybe explore the array of museums, galleries and architecture or check out the nightlife and delicious street food. Maybe walk through Bosque de Chapultepec, visit the Frida Kahlo Museum or relax in one of the many plazas and gardens. After your meeting, maybe head out for dinner and get to know your fellow travellers.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Mexico City - Today, your leader will show you around the historic city centre. Visit Zocalo Square – a prominent central meeting place since Aztec times – and soak up the sound of rapid-fire Spanish and booming drums that fill the centre. Pass by the dome-topped Palacio de Bellas Artes, then stop to see some murals painted by the famed Diego Rivera. The rest of the day is free for you to explore Mexico City as you like. Maybe sit down for lunch at a fonda (a home that a family has opened to the local community as a restaurant) or take a boat ride down the Xochimilco Canal.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Puebla - After breakfast, learn the local lingo with an informal Spanish lesson as you travel to Puebla. Along the way, you’ll stop at the UNESCO World Heritage site of Teotihuacan – an archaeological site that predated the Aztec Empire by more than a thousand years! Then join a local family for lunch before continuing on to Puebla – known for its culinary history, architecture, pottery and the painted Talavera tiles that adorn buildings here. When you arrive, head out for an orientation walk to get your bearings. Tonight, join your leader for a drink at La Pasita Bar. Pasita is a sweet liqueur made of raisins, served in a caballito (tequila glass) and decorated with a cube of fresh goat cheese and a raisin stuck on a toothpick. This bar is particularly famous because of its way of serving the pasita.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Puebla - Today is free for you to explore at your own pace. Puebla is Mexico’s culinary capital, so why not head out to indulge in some street food? If the season is right, maybe try some chiles en nogada (stuffed chilies covered in creamy walnut sauce) or visit the nearby Pueblo Mágico of Cholula – home to the UNESCO-listed Cholula pyramid. Tonight, maybe find a local restaurant for dinner – your leader will have the best recommendations.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Oaxaca - Get cosy with the locals as you travel by local bus to Oaxaca – this is a great time to read a book or take a nap! Stretch your legs with an orientation walk when you arrive. Oaxaca is an old town full of graceful arcades and markets. After your walk, you’ll tour the 20 de Noviembre Market, where you'll do as the locals and head to the Pasillo de las Carnes Asadas (the grilled meats aisle). Follow your nose (and your leader) to find it – smoke and the smell of grilled meat is thick in the air. Maybe grab some guacamole, salsa and some fresh tortillas on the way and then find a spot at one of the long tables where you’ll sit down for a classic Oaxacan lunch. From here, the rest of the day is free for you to explore Oaxaca at your own pace – maybe explore Monte Alban’s ruins or visit the Cathedral of Oaxaca.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Oaxaca - Today is a free day. Maybe try your hand at whipping up the local cuisine with a cooking class, wander through the Jalatlaco neighbourhood or venture out on an optional daytrip around town. Begin the adventure at the millenary Tule tree – one of the oldest trees on Earth, with an impressive trunk size of nearly 44 m and hear some of the local stories it’s inspired. Then, hike through the Oaxacan mountains to reach the petrified waterfall, Hierve el Agua. You may even be able to stop for a swim along the way. After lunch, continue to the village of Teotitlan del Valle where you’ll meet an indigenous family of weavers, experts in traditional Mexican colours and textiles. Finish the day’s excursion with a trip to a mezcal distillery and an agave field and maybe sample the varieties made here on a tour of all things mezcal culture and cultivation.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Oaxaca - This morning, you’ll visit the nearby UNESCO World Heritage site of Monte Alban. Walk through the architectural site that was inhabited for over 1500 years by the Olmecs, Zapotecs, and Mixtecs, and explore the terraces, dams, canals, pyramids and artificial mounds carved out of the mountain – now symbols of a sacred topography. Then, head to a local barro negro (black pottery studio). See a demonstration of how the famed black pottery (or pottery of the night) is made and learn about the history of this artform – legend says the clay is blessed! Then, join an alebrijes workshop where you’ll paint your own alebrije – brightly coloured sculptures that often combine various elements from different animals to create mythical creatures. Tonight, maybe join your fellow travellers for dinner at a local restaurant to celebrate the last night of your trip.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Oaxaca - Today is a free day in Oaxaca until your next welcome meeting tonight at 6 pm. After, maybe join your new group members for dinner and try some of the regional specialities, like tlayudas (Oaxacan pizza) or one of the seven varieties of mole this city’s known for (maybe with a glass of mezcal). Until then, you’re free to explore at your own pace or rest and recharge, getting ready for your next few days of hiking.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Pueblos Mancomunados - Benito Juarez (3100 m/10170 ft) - After breakfast, drive to the community of Benito Juarez – named after the prominent Mexican President. This is where your village to village hiking adventure really begins! When you arrive, you’ll meet your local guide for the walk to Mirador and the Hanging Bridge, where you’ll have a great view of the Central Valleys. If the day’s clear, you’ll be able to see the Pico de Orizaba – an active volcano, this is the highest mountain in Mexico and the third highest in North America! After, head to the farm where you’ll be staying tonight and meet the family of Mr Eli. Tuck into a home-cooked dinner made by your hosts and watch the sun go down before resting in your comfortable cabins for the night.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Pueblos Mancomunados - La Neveria (3100 m/10170 ft) - After your restful night, meet your group at the farm’s dining room for breakfast. It’s here that you’ll meet your local guide who will take you to the community of La Neveria along a rural path used by farmers. As you make your way along the trail, soak in the beauty of the forests of Sierra Norte and learn about the diverse flora and fauna there. When you arrive in the town, have lunch at a local restaurant, then it’s time to set off again with your guide for a tour of the community and its corn farms. Visit a local family for a gastronomic workshop based around the food that grows here, then settle in for another night in a small highland village.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Latuvi to Oaxaca (2700 m / 8860 ft) - As the sun rises, your hiking adventure continues. After breakfast, meet your guide and set out on the Cipriano Cabrera trail to the community of Latuvi. Along this quiet trail, you’ll see the biodiversity and climate of the Sierra Norte change, as you go from the cold pine forests of Neveria to the oak forests of lower altitudes. With diverse flora and fauna, local wildlife and gorgeous highland scenery, you’ll see why the people in these villages feel it’s important to protect their precious land. When you arrive in Latuvi, head to the community restaurant to try some local regional dishes for lunch. After, visit Dona Martha, who will show you the process of making pulque and tepache – traditional Mexican beverages typically made with agave sap and pineapple rinds or corn. Tonight, you’ll head back to Oaxaca, where you’re free to grab dinner and say ‘salud!’ to a beautiful, off-the-grid hiking trip.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Oaxaca - With no further activities planned, your adventure comes to an end this morning. If you’d like to extend your time in Oaxaca, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Antigua - Bienvenidos! Welcome to Guatemala. Your adventure begins in Antigua, Guatemala’s picturesque highland city surrounded by volcanoes. If you arrive early, perhaps walk through the cobblestone streets and brightly painted homes. Your trip starts with a welcome meeting at 6 pm at your hotel. Afterwards, ask your leader about their favourite Antigua restaurant, where you might enjoy getting to know your travel companions for the next week.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Antigua - Start your Central American adventure with a half-day ride from the brightly painted streets of Antigua to a small but mighty coffee plantation. Start in the city, then pedal through the surrounding villages until you reach Finca Azotea – a coffee plantation that practises shade-grown coffee. On arrival, you’ll learn about this coffee production style and sample a variety of the coffee grown here. Then, hop back on the bikes, ride through the coffee plants and back to the city. Perhaps get some of your travel companions together for dinner at one of Antigua’s rooftop terraces. Ask your leader for their recommendations.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Acatenango Volcano Basecamp - After breakfast, depart from your hotel and head towards the Acatenango Volcano. Standing at 3,976m (13,045 feet), Acatenango is the third-highest peak in Guatemala. Today’s adventure begins at La Soledad, where you’ll hike to tonight’s lodgings at the volcano’s base camp. Feel the increase in elevation as you pass through four of Guatemala’s climate zones – farmland, cloud forest, alpine tree forest and finally volcanic, stopping for lunch along the way. Reach camp around mid-afternoon and soak up those hard-earned views of Guatemala’s active Fuego volcano. Enjoy dinner around the campfire and watch as the sun sets and the lava begins to glow.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Antigua - Be sure to set your alarm early to catch the sunrise over the Fuego volcano. For those keen to reach the summit of Acatenango, an optional one-hour hike will leave camp early in the morning. Upon the summiters' return, descend the volcano to yesterday’s starting point. From here, you’ll travel back to Antigua and grab lunch. Check back into the hotel to freshen up and enjoy free time for the rest of the day.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Ahuachapán - Enjoy a later start this morning before leaving Antigua, crossing the border into El Salvador and the famous Ruta de las Flores region. Expect some time waiting at the border crossing, arriving in Ahuachapán sometime in the early afternoon. With free time until a cooking class this evening, perhaps set out on foot to explore the Pasaje La Concordia pedestrian area, known for its murals and monuments. Or if you’d like to relax your muscles, ask your leader about a visit to the Santa Teresa Hot Springs. Tonight, rejoin your group for a cooking class where you’ll learn how to make traditional Salvadoran pupusas (stuffed corn flat bread) that you’ll eat for dinner.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Ahuachapán - Get an early start for another day hiking up one of Central America’s scenic volcanoes, today the Santa Ana Volcano. Found in the Apaneca mountain range, this volcano reaches an altitude of 2,381m (7812 feet) and last erupted in 2005. Reach the summit and look into the crater to spot the turquoise lake and out across the Los Volanes Complex for views of El Salvador’s coffee growing region. Descend from the summit and head towards Coatepeque Lake for an afternoon of kayaking in a 50,000-year-old volcanic lake. Enjoy a paddle looking out for the many species of birds and wildlife, including green iguanas, painted wood turtles and green herons, who call this area home.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: El Tunco - Today, you’ll be saying goodbye to the Central American highlands and hello to the Pacific coast. After breakfast at your hotel, start the journey to El Tunco – El Salvador’s famous surf spot. This beach earned the name ‘El Tunco’ – a Salvadoran slang word referring to pigs – due to the large boulder in the water that some say resembles the animal. Enjoy a free afternoon exploring the black sand beach or kicking back at an oceanfront restaurant. Surfing enthusiasts can join an optional surf lesson riding the world-class right-hand breaks.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: El Tunco - Fuel up at breakfast for a day exploring the waterfalls of Tamanique. Pack or wear your swimsuit before setting out to your hike’s starting location. Begin the trek on the jungle paths, climbing stairs and uneven terrain before reaching the falls. The trails to the four main waterfalls vary in hiking difficulty. The area's marquee attraction is the largest waterfall, sitting at a height of over 40 metres (131 feet). Enjoy several hours relaxing or swimming in the pools before returning to the beach this afternoon. Tonight, there's an optional group dinner to celebrate the end of your adventure.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: El Tunco - There are no activities planned after breakfast today and your adventure comes to an end. You're free to leave at any time after check out. If you'd like to extend your stay, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time to organise additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Playa del Carmen - Bienvenidos! Welcome to Mexico. You’ll kick things off in Playa del Carmen – it’s recommended that you book a couple of extra days here to chill on the coast and explore at your own pace before the trip starts. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm at your hotel. If you arrive early, maybe go snorkelling or cycling, or simply stroll along the sandy playa (beach). Tonight, head out with your group leader for an included dinner at a local taquisa for a selection of delicious tacos – make sure you order one with freshly caught fish! To improve your lingo, your group leader will conduct an informal Spanish lesson between bites, so that you can understand your burritos from your banos.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Tulum - Today, you’ll hop on a local bus and travel along the Caribbean coast to Tulum, where it's all about that laidback life on the white sands of the Yucatan Peninsula. Head out on a leader-led orientation walk around Tulum and maybe visit one of the best-looking Maya sites – the Temple of the Frescoes. See how this pre-Columbian walled ruin city clings to a clifftop overlooking the ocean and grab some cool photos before heading for an optional swim in the archaeological zone. Tonight, maybe kick back and watch the waves roll in at a beachside bar with a margarita.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Tulum - With a free day to relax in Tulum, you can settle into the laidback Mexican vibe. Maybe rent a bike and cruise around the area on two wheels. The town is heaving with hip cafes and restaurants with many vegetarian and vegan options. There are also plenty of places to relax the mind and the body with yoga and meditation. Maybe you’d like to explore Dos Ojos (two eyes) – one of the area's most famous cenotes (freshwater rock pools) and an underwater world full of stalagmites and stalactites. Tonight, explore the vibrant nightlife of Tulum with your fellow travellers.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Caye Caulker - Say adios to Mexico and hello to Belize. You’ll have a long travel day today, so make sure you grab a window seat if you can or get stuck into a good book. This is also the perfect opportunity to get to know your fellow travellers a bit better! Drive by local bus to the border, then carry on to Belize City. Let the wind and the sea wash the travel sweat away with a 1-hour speedboat ride when you arrive – to the palm-fringed island of Caye Caulker.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Caye Caulker - Your time in Caye Caulker is all about taking it easy. It’s said that the pace of life is so slow here that it's almost backwards! If being underwater is your thing, maybe head out to Hol Chan Marine Reserve, the world's second-longest barrier reef. Snorkel among the colourful corals and see tropical fish, sharks and manta rays. You can also take day trips to other Cayes nearby as each island has its own Caribbean charm. Belize is the only English-speaking country in Central America, which makes chatting with locals much easier here.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Caye Caulker - Today is another free day to take up any other optional activities you like, or to simply pull up a towel and relax on the beach with a book, a cocktail or some friends. If you’ve already been snorkelling, maybe continue the marine exploration with a manatee tour. Get more active with sea kayaks and stand-up paddle boards or go the other way and just chill out. The island's also great for food – famed for its lobster and super tasty meals cooked on the side of the road. How about some grilled shrimp and a rum and coke made with the local fire water.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: San Ignacio - Leave island paradise behind today and return to Belize City by boat, before taking a local bus to San Ignacio via Belize’s capital, Belmopan. The local buses here are a little more basic than in Mexico, but this is a great opportunity to mix with Belizeans and get a feel for local life. Arrive in San Ignacio – a lively town surrounded by fast-flowing rivers, waterfalls and Mayan ruins, making it the best base for exploring the region. Your afternoon is free, so maybe visit the Chaa Creek butterfly garden, or try one of the barbeque street stalls for a char-grilled chicken leg for dinner.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: San Ignacio - There is heaps to do in San Ignacio, so your free day has endless possibilities. The cave of Actun Tunichil Muknal is a living museum of Maya relics and you can wade through its waters until you reach a bunch of spooky 1400-year-old crystallised skeletons. You could take a day tour to the Mountain Pine Ridge area to visit waterfalls and swimming holes or go down the Macal River in canoes or tubes. If you prefer a slower pace, maybe take a trip to Xunantunich – an impressive Maya ceremonial centre with panoramic views. Getting to the site is half the fun, as you'll need to take a hand-cranked boat down the river. Belizeans are super friendly, so tonight, maybe walk down Burns Avenue and join the locals for a chat in one of the many restaurants or streetside stalls.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Tikal National Park - Today you’ll leave San Ignacio, cross the border and get dropped off at Tikal National Park – often referred to as the Maya forest. Check-in at your hotel before exploring the Maya ruins of Tikal. Pass through the lush jungle vegetation, and if you've got the energy, climb Temple IV to take in the epic canopy views. While here, there's also the option to check out more of the area with a guided tour or to fly through the canopies like a toucan with a zipline.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Rio Dulce - Head from the jungle to the lakeside town of Flores this morning. Here, there's time to grab some lunch and quickly explore the town. Then it's back to the private vehicle to Rio Dulce. When you arrive, you’ll transfer to the hotel by boat. The easiest way to get back into town is also by boat, which can be organised through the hotel – or you can take a short walk through the jungle. Take some time to absorb the atmosphere of this laidback Caribbean town, which feels quite different from the inland communities. A highlight for many guests is the 'Casa Natural' – an open-air accommodation with screened-in rooms, shared bathrooms and a lounge looking out to the surrounding jungle.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Rio Dulce - There is a load of kick-ass activities to choose from in Rio Dulce today. Take a scenic boat trip down the river to Livingston – a laidback town on the Caribbean coast that offers the unique experience of local Garifuna culture. Go boating on the lake, relax in the thermal hot springs or explore the nearby San Felipe fort in Livingston. You could also hike through the dense forest of the surrounding Chocon-Machacas Natural Reserve and spot the protected manatees of the area.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Antigua - This morning you’ll travel to Antigua, where you’ll spend the night before heading to Lake Atitlan. When you arrive, maybe stroll around the city and tuck into some tasty tamales (a local dish served in a corn leaf) or pepian (a spicy meat stew of chicken, beef and pork in a dark sauce). You'll find the best value food in the square next to the La Merced Church.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Chichicastenango / Lake Atitlan - Travel by private vehicle to the famous market in Chichicastenango (nicknamed Chichi market). This is the most colourful market in the country, where on Thursdays and Sundays, locals come from the surrounding villages to sell their wares and the streets are lined with stalls where you can stock up on cool trinkets. After visiting Chichi, head to Panajachel on Lake Atitlan, where you'll check in to your hotel. Tonight, you’ll join your group for dinner at a local pupuseria.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Lake Atitlan - This morning, make a trip to San Juan La Laguna to immerse yourself in Mayan village life. Visit a local midwife to learn about this traditional and sacred art. Then visit the village's medicinal garden before a hands-on workshop where you'll learn about Mayan textile weaving and dyeing techniques. Hungry yet? Settle in for a homestyle lunch with your hosts and chat about life in the village. This is the perfect way to really immerse yourself in local culture and get off the beaten track. In the afternoon, you’ll return to Panajachel and soak up the views of deep blue Lake Atitlan with a free evening.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Antigua - After breakfast, hit the road back to Antigua – three nearby volcanoes dominate the horizon, creating a truly unique landscape. Join your leader on a walk to orientate yourself around the World Heritage-listed city full of cobblestones, leafy town squares and ornate churches. There are hushed museums and lively Indigenous markets to explore here, or you can cycle the countryside and chase amazing views of mountain peaks and deep valleys. If you're into salsa dancing or if you'd just like to learn some moves, Antigua is the place to be! Many dancing schools offer hourly lessons, so maybe sign up and move your hips. Tonight, why not bring your freshly learned dance moves, shout a round of mojitos and dance the night away.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Antigua - While there are no activities planned for today, Antigua has a lot to offer, from its vibrant colonial-style buildings and curved archways to the puffing volcanoes of Pacaya, Agua and Jumaytepeque. The number one stop for any chocoholic should be the ChocoMuseo, where you’ll get a history lesson and, more excitingly, participate in a chocolate-making workshop. For those more interested in the other famous Central American bean, you can go on a coffee tour, visit the plantations, do some tastings and even buy some to take home. If you’d like to spend more time in Antigua, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: San Jose - Hola! Welcome to Costa Rica. Your adventure begins in San Jose, home to a lively cultural atmosphere and heaps to do. If you arrive early (it’s recommended that you stay an extra few days), maybe explore the markets – you might even be lucky enough to see a spontaneous art fair! If history is your thing, maybe head to the Gold Museum to see the collection of Indigenous gold art. Perhaps visit Arte Contemporaneo if you’re an art lover or get your first taste of the rich coffee that Costa Rica is known for in a nearby coffee shop. You’ll have a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight at your hotel. After, maybe head out to a local restaurant or the Central Market where you can pick up some fresh seafood.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Monteverde - Take an early public bus to Monteverde this morning – this area was initially used as an environmentally conscious agricultural community and has now been transformed into the internationally recognised Cloud Forest Reserve. Make the most of your free time in lush Monteverde, maybe exploring the cloud forest at night with a local guide or heading out on a zip lining adventure. There are also several local communities that operate co-ops here, which are well worth the visit. Maybe walk through the canopy on suspension bridges or watch butterflies in the Butterfly Garden and Insects Farm. If food and coffee are more your thing, maybe head out on a chocolate and coffee tour.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: La Fortuna - If you're an early bird, maybe head out on a nature hike and look out for hummingbirds, sloths and the infamous (and seldom seen) quetzal birds. Today you’ll drive to Lake Arenal and take a boat to La Fortuna – a small but vibrant town with abundant hot springs and natural pools. Sitting under the shadow of a towering volcano, this spot is the perfect place to relax, explore or get active. Tonight, maybe grab dinner with your fellow travellers at a local restaurant and try some sopa negra (black bean soup) or pozole (a stew made from pork, hominy, cilantro, bell peppers and achiote).

     

    Day - 4

    Location: La Fortuna - Enjoy a free day to explore La Fortuna today. Maybe you’d like to take a day trip out of town and go white water rafting. Costa Rica is renowned for its natural beauty, so an adrenaline-filled adventure on the action-packed rivers is highly recommended. Alternatively, stay in La Fortuna and head out on a hike through the lush surrounding forest or go stand-up paddleboarding on Lake Arenal to enjoy the incredible backdrop of Arenal Volcano from a new perspective. If you’re an animal lover, look out for coatimundis, racoons and toucans across the water on a boat tour of Cano Negro Reserve. Soaking in the local thermal hot springs is a popular activity here – these natural springs are fed by the volcano that overlooks the city and are the perfect spot to relax and enjoy the surrounding scenery.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Cahuita National Park - Puerto Viejo de Talamanca - This morning, leave the volcano behind and take a private transfer to Cahuita National Park, where you’ll explore the lush landscape on a 2-hour hike with your leader. You’ll also visit the beach here, where you can cool off with an ocean swim or go wildlife spotting, looking out for paca, iguanas, giant blue crabs, racoons, opossums, porcupines and the capuchin monkey. This is a great day for photos, so keep your camera or phone on you! Carry on to Puerto Viejo de Talamanca, where you’ll spend the night. On the Caribbean seaside, you can spend tonight hopping to different reggae bars and watching the sunset on the palm-fringed beaches.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Puerto Viejo de Talamanca - Explore the area on a bike ride along the palm-fringed coastal road, stopping at various beaches and inlets as you make your way south. Visit Punta Uva Beach, where you can find a little hidden cave with a gorgeous view. This afternoon, you can opt to head to Manzanillo for an immersive forest therapy session, where you'll learn about sustainable eating practices and the medicinal uses of local plants with a guided tour through the gardens. Learn more about local Afro-Caribbean culture, taste breadfruit and take a brief Spanish lesson. Finish your day by watching a Caribbean cooking demonstration. Experience a melting pot of culinary traditions using a mix of spices and fruits influenced by local Indigenous, African and Spanish cuisines. Then, return to Puerto Viejo for the evening to hit the bars with your fellow travellers for a drink.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: San Jose - Journey back to San Jose and explore the historic buildings and artisan markets on an orientation walk with your leader. When you're done with the morning adventure, the afternoon is all yours. You can go café-hopping, hit up some local bars or just wander around soaking in the local scene. Tonight, maybe get your fellow travellers together for a final group dinner to say your goodbyes, and after that, dive into the vibrant nightlife scene to wrap up this epic journey on a high note.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: San Jose - After breakfast, there are no activities planned and your trip comes to an end. If you’d like to explore San Jose in more depth, why not book an Urban Adventures tour like the San Jose Bites & Sights tour. Unmask the beauty and culture of contemporary Costa Rican life on this San Jose walking tour that takes you through the busy streets, bustling markets and tranquil parks. If you want to spend more time in San Jose, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Antigua - Bienvenidos! Welcome to Guatemala. There are no planned activities today until your welcome meeting at 6 pm. If you arrive early, why not explore all Antigua has to offer – from its vibrant buildings and curved archways to the puffing volcanoes of Pacaya, Agua and Jumaytepeque. The number one stop for any chocoholic should be the ChocoMuseo, where you’ll get a history lesson and, more excitingly, participate in a chocolate-making workshop. In 1773, the city of Antigua was destroyed by an earthquake, but many buildings have been restored and are fun to explore on foot. Tonight, maybe sample a tamale (a local dish served in a corn husk) or some pepian (a rich, meaty stew), then it’s surely time for a mojito.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Cerro Verde - Today will be an early start as you journey across the Guatemalan border to your next destination, Cerro Verde, El Salvador. From rolling hills to rolling R’s, watch the world go by from the comfort of your private vehicle as you travel through lush volcanic landscapes and endless mountain terrain while learning the local lingo from your leader in an informal Spanish lesson. Arrive in Cerro Verde in the afternoon and enjoy the rest of the day at your leisure.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Cerro Verde - Today is all about fuelling up with local favourites and getting outdoors! Maybe visit Santa Ana’s volcanic crater for spectacular views of Lake Coatepeque, Juayua and Izalco Volcano. Or, instead of admiring the view from the crater, why not take a dip in Lake Coatepeque. There are many ways to keep busy in one of El Salvador's most beautiful national parks. El Salvador is also home to pupusas (a flatbread made from cornmeal and often stuffed with fillings like cheese, fried pork or refried beans), and tonight, you’ll watch a pupusa-making demonstration, then try some for yourself! Yum!

     

    Day - 4

    Location: San Miguel - This morning you’ll continue south by private vehicle, passing through the capital of San Salvador on your way to San Miguel. Resting in the shadows of Chaparrastique, an active volcano sets the backdrop to this vibrant town. San Miguel has rebuilt itself into one of the country's largest and most populated cities since facing a severe earthquake in 1917. This afternoon, explore the city on foot, opt to take a swim at the Cuevas de Moncagua or find a good dinner spot to hole up with a few new travel buddies.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: San Miguel to Leon via Honduras - Say a quick hola and adios to Honduras as you cross through two borders to reach ‘the land of lakes and volcanoes’ – Nicaragua (or Nica as it’s known locally). The drive will be well worth the ride as you’re welcomed into the artsy and sophisticated city of Leon. Why not refuel after your journey with some traditional Nicaraguan dishes like gallo pinto (this hearty combination of rice and beans is considered a national symbol) or quesillo (a cheesy treat made of corn tortillas, pickled onion and sour cream). Home to one of the oldest universities in Central America, Leon is considered a ‘college town’ and is known for its youthful, fun atmosphere and nightlife. Why not head out with the group tonight for an optional salsa dance class.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Granada - You’ll join your leader on an orientation walk around Leon this morning. Then, take some time to explore on your own, maybe checking out the Basílica de la Asuncion – Central America’s largest cathedral. Or stop by the Museo Historico de la Revolucion for an insight into revolutionaries who fought hard for the freedom of their country. You might like to go volcano sandboarding (this is the only place in the world where you can do it) in the dunes. If you’re feeling peckish, why not fill up on the traditional breakfast of scrambled eggs and gallo pinto before heading to Granada – founded in 1524 and draped in colourful architecture, this city is set on the banks of Lake Nicaragua and surrounded by active volcanoes.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Granada - This morning you’ll have breakfast with your group at Cafe de las Sonrisas – a local café run entirely by deaf people. The café's owner is aiming to bridge the gap and inspire other business owners to employ local people living with disabilities. Then, you’re free to explore Granada – one of Central America’s least spoiled towns. Maybe you’d like to take a guided tour of the city, visit the markets or wander the cobblestone streets, snapping photos of the colourful buildings. If you’re an adventure enthusiast, opt to hire a kayak and paddle around the islets of Lake Nicaragua, rent a bike and ride to Laguna De Apoyo (a 200-year-old lake set into a lush forest crater), or hike through the flora and fauna along the Mombacho volcano crater trail. For a cultural insight into the heritage of the Nicaraguan people, the city of Masaya or the ‘City of the Flowers’ offers a mixture of folkloric entertainment, from marimba music to street theatre. Tonight, maybe spend your evening along Calle la Calzada, where you can grab a drink at one of the many outdoor bars and watch the wandering performers bring the street to life.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Ometepe Island - This morning, travel by local bus to Rivas, where you'll transfer to San Jorge ferry port by taxi. Catch a 1-hour ferry across Lake Nicaragua (the largest in Central America and the tenth largest freshwater lake in the world) to the island of Ometepe and head to your hotel. Hourglass-shaped Ometepe Island was formed by two volcanoes rising out of Lake Nicaragua (Ometepe literally means two volcanoes in the Nahuatl language), and the deep jungle is home to exotic wildlife such as monkeys and parrots. Sit on the shore and watch fishermen return from a long day on the water with their catch or hike to a nearby waterfall.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Ometepe Island - Take advantage of a free day in this bucket list location to discover the island at your own pace. Maybe hike to the summit of Maderas volcano – but be warned, at 1394 m above sea level, this trek is no walk in the park. You might prefer to splash around in the natural springs, soak up the sun on the shore or check out the island's petroglyphs (ancient rock carvings). If you like watermelon, coffee, banana and citrus fruits, this is the place for you as you’ll have loads of delicious fresh fruit to feast on. Tonight, head to Los Ramos – an Indigenous community in the middle of the island’s volcanos – for a cooking class. Learn traditional techniques used to make Nicaraguan dishes like nacatamales (a dough-based snack often filled with meat and steamed in banana leaves) before sitting down for a meal together.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: San Juan del Sur - Today you’ll journey by ferry and public bus to San Juan del Sur – a laidback surf town on Nicaragua’s southwest coast. Though the beach that lines the town’s horseshoe bay isn’t particularly great for swimming, you don’t need to travel far to find beautiful golden beaches with year-round waves. You’ll have some free time today to acquaint yourself with this fun town.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: San Juan del Sur - Enjoy a free day exploring San Juan del Sur’s colourful coastal scenery. You might like to head south to La Flor beach reserve, where it’s possible to see olive ridley, hawksbill, leatherback and green sea turtles nesting between July and November. A massive statue of Christ (the largest in Central America) sits atop a cliff above the bay, so why not hike to the top for spectacular views of the town and the Pacific. In the evening, the city boasts a variety of great bars and restaurants where you can share a meal or a few drinks with the group.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Monteverde - Say adios to Nicaragua and continue your journey south to Costa Rica this morning. Take a bus to the border and then travel by private vehicle to Monteverde. Monteverde was founded as an agricultural community in 1951 by a group of North American Quakers – these environmentally-aware settlers also established a small wildlife sanctuary, which has since grown into the internationally renowned Monteverde Cloud Forest Biological Preserve. Cloud forests are similar to rainforests, but instead, draw their water from a semi-permanent cloud covering the region. Constant mist in the forest makes it feel like a nightclub but with less bass and more fresh air. This is truly a nature lover's paradise! More than 2000 plant species, 320 bird species and 100 mammal species call Montverde home – be sure to keep an eye out for the resplendent quetzal, one of the most elusive birds in the world.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Monteverde - Today you have a free day to discover the reserve. Monteverde is not for the faint-hearted, so bring your sense of adventure, and a solid pair of shoes and have a little fun with the giddy heights. Maybe hike through the cloud forest, check out the area by mountain bike or fly over the canopy on a zip-line tour. Another way to see the forest from above is to take a tour along a series of suspension bridges 40 m above the jungle. You can explore the park on your own or arrange for a local guide to accompany you. The guides are very knowledgeable and happy to engage in conversation. To see some guaranteed wildlife up close, visit the butterfly and insect gardens or the serpentarium. There are also several cooperatives worth visiting in the local communities.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: La Fortuna - Continue your journey through Costa Rica and take the scenic route to La Fortuna. Travel by shared minibus to Lake Arenal, then cross by boat. On a clear day, you'll see fantastic views of the surrounding area. On the other side of the lake, re-board the minibus and continue to your destination. La Fortuna is a small town just a few minutes from Costa Rica's most famous volcano – Arenal. While you're here, you might like to take some photos of the volcano reflected in the lake.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: La Fortuna - There are plenty of optional activities to participate in today. Maybe take a guided nature hike through the lush forest surrounding Arenal Volcano, keeping an eye out for rare plants and animals or opt to see the forest from a series of hanging bridges. Check out the 70 m high La Fortuna waterfall or get wet with some water sports on the lake, like stand-up paddle boarding. The volcano’s inner workings also mean that the area is home to several thermal hot springs – an ideal way to relax in the middle of nature. Alternatively, a boat safari down the Celeste River offers the opportunity to see lizards, crocodiles and tropical birds in their natural habitat.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: San Jose - This morning you’ll take a local bus to Costa Rica's capital – San Jose. Situated in the fertile Central Valley and home to over half the country's population, San Jose has lively markets, intriguing museums and a dynamic atmosphere. A good place to start your exploration is the central plaza. The Gold Museum also has a fantastic collection of Indigenous gold art. If you're in the mood for some shopping, head to the Mercado Municipal de Artesanias or the city's Central Market, where you can buy anything from handicrafts to seafood. This afternoon you might want to rejoin your group for a final farewell dinner (or margarita) and say muchas gracias to your Central American journey.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: San Jose - Today your Central American adventure comes to an end, and there are no activities planned. As there's a lot to see and do in and around San Jose, it’s recommended you stay here for a few days to make the most of the city. If you'd like to extend your visit, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Mexico City - Bienvenidos! Your adventure starts in Mexico City – one of the world's largest urban centres – with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. If you arrive early, Mexico City has plenty of museums, galleries and walkable streets to keep you busy. Maybe check out the Chapultepec area with its many museums, hop on one of the colourfully painted boats that cruise through the canal district of Xochimilco or head to the National Palace to see the murals of Diego Rivera. After your meeting tonight, you might want to seek out some tacos for dinner (try to place your order in Spanish)! If you want to explore the vibrant nightlife tonight, your trip leader will have the best recommendations.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Mexico City - Maybe grab some chilaquiles (a type of breakfast nachos) this morning, then join your leader for an orientation walk around the historic centre of the city. Mexico City can feel overwhelming due to its sheer size and volume of people, but your leader will know where to go. Along the way, visit our Intrepid Foundation partner, Gastromotiva - an organisation tackling food scarcity and homelessness while promoting a sustainable food movement in Mexico. Walking makes you hungry, so it’s time to head on an included taco crawl and sample a couple of tacos from local street food vendors. The afternoon is free for you to enjoy – if you like art, the Frida Kahlo Museum is a must-see, and for all museum lovers, there's also the Museum of Anthropology or the Palace of Fine Art. Don’t forget to snack your way around the city too, munching on tostadas, tortas, and chicharrones.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Oaxaca - Take a public bus to the smaller but no less beautiful city of Oaxaca (pronounced ‘wuh-haa-ka’). This colourful town in the south is full of colonial buildings, colourful arcades and busy markets. You’ll head out on a leader-led orientation walk to get your bearings when you arrive. With two full days here, you’ll have heaps of time to explore the narrow, cobbled streets in the city, as well as the culture and natural beauty of the surrounding area. Indigenous Zapotec and Mixtec selling colourful woven blankets and shawls populate the markets – a great place to shop for textiles, as well as margarita flavours. Here, you’ll also find some tasty regional food specialties – everything from cactus fruit to spicy baked chilli and lime grasshoppers. Make sure you pick up a tejate (a maize and cinnamon-flavoured chocolate drink served cold).

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Oaxaca - The city (and state) of Oaxaca is yours to explore on this free day. Perhaps head to the mountaintop temples of Monte Alban just outside the city. Monte Alban was inhabited for 1500 years by the Olmec, Zapotec and Mixtec peoples and is an outstanding example of a pre-Columbian ceremonial centre. The settlement's terraces, dams, canals and pyramids were carved out of the mountain. You’d better have your camera ready because up here you can get a fantastic view across the three legs of the valley of Oaxaca. Alternatively, you could take a day tour of the nearby Mitla Ruins. Mitla (the Nahuatl word for ‘underworld’) is an important Zapotec archaeological site and was the main religious centre for the Zapotec people. For something more relaxing, drop by the springs of Hierve el Agua – a series of mineral pools and calcified waterfalls dotted on top of a mountain, providing sweeping views of the Mexican countryside.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Oaxaca / Overnight bus - Today is another free day in Oaxaca, but you’ll board an overnight bus later tonight to the mountain-top village of San Cristobal de las Casas. You’ve got today to bask in the colour and sights of Oaxaca, so why not test out your culinary skills at a cooking class. Otherwise, check out the artisan stores in the markets and around town, or head to the historic Templo de Santo Domingo – a grand stone church with a large forecourt.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: San Cristobal de las Casas - This afternoon, say ‘hola’ to San Cristobal, your pastel-hued highland home for the next two days. Your leader will point out the main things to know on a leader-led orientation walk this morning. With its winding cobblestone streets snuggled in the Chiapas highlands, San Cristobal de las Casas has an old-world feel mixed with strong pre-Hispanic roots. After your walk, you’ll head to the colourful Santo Domingo textile market with your group – one of the best spots to shop for jewellery and clothing. After, maybe wander to a local cafe and check out their baked goods or try some pox (a traditional corn-based liquor, often flavoured with other ingredients).

     

    Day - 7

    Location: San Cristobal de las Casas - There’s no alarm clock needed this morning as today is yours to explore San Cristobal de las Casas at your own leisure. Maybe take in the cobblestone streets and architecture, soaking up the old-world feel that’s mixed with strong, pre-Hispanic roots. If you're in the mood for adventure, maybe take a trip to Sumidero Canyon, where you can take a boat down the mighty Rio Grijalva. Or you might like to get things pumping with further exploration of the villages by mountain bike.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Palenque - Say goodbye to San Cristobal de Las Casas as you head for Palenque. When you arrive, the afternoon is free for you to relax or explore. Situated in a steamy jungle, Palenque is a central town close to the nearby Maya ruins of the same name, which you'll have a chance to check out tomorrow.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Palenque - This morning, you’ll head to the archaeological zone and visit the ruins of Palenque. Sitting on a hilltop surrounded by thick trees, the ruins date back to AD 600 and are some of the most impressive Maya relics in Mexico. As you take a self-guided walk among the temples, listen out for the eerie calls of howler monkeys and screeching parrots echoing from the jungle. There are many ruins that are still un-excavated and remain concealed in the forest. You can opt to take a guided tour of the ruins or through the surrounding jungle to a hidden waterfall (at an extra fee). The area gives you an idea of what the Spanish invaders must have seen when they arrived. This afternoon visit Misol-Ha, where the cascading falls and quiet surroundings create a refreshing escape into nature.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Campeche - Take a local bus to the coast to spend the night in Campeche – a seaside town with photogenic streets lined with multi-coloured low-rise buildings. When you arrive, head out on a leader-led orientation walk to get your bearings. The rest of the afternoon is free for you to explore on your own. For dinner tonight, you’ll find good seafood almost anywhere, and some great local restaurants at Portales de San Martin.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Valladolid - Tavel to the city of Valladolid, known for its pastel-coloured buildings. On the way, visit the town of Becal, known as ‘the Hat Town’, where your group will meet with an artisan who weaves traditional jipi hats (named after the variety of palm used to make them). Learn about the history of jipi and how the palm bunches are hung out to dry, often in the backyards of local homes. Once dyed and dried, a skilled artisan braids the palm strands into beautiful hats, often working in a homemade cave – the cave's humidity makes the palm fibers easier to manipulate. After talking with the locals, you’ll carry onto Valladolid. When you arrive, visit a local market with your leader and enjoy a free evening to explore at your own pace.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Valladolid - Today is a free day to explore Valladolid and its surroundings. Maybe start the day with a morning walk around the city’s gorgeous streets, then visit one of the nearby cenotes – Xkeken, Samula, Nool-Ha and Suytun are all gorgeous natural swimming holes and you can spend your day lazing in the underground cave, with huge stalactites hanging above, swimming in the electric blue waters. Tonight, maybe ask your leader where the best spots for some local food are.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Chichen Itza / Playa del Carmen - Head to the Yokdzonot cenote for a swim this morning. Surrounded by hanging vines, the cenote was developed by a group of local Maya women as a sustainable and communally owned source of employment for the local people. After, see one of the new Seven Wonders of the World at Chichen Itza – considered the most important examples of the fusion of Maya and Toltec traditions in Yucatan. See the Caracol (a circular stellar observatory), the Great Ball Court (the largest field in Mesoamerica), the main sight in El Castillo (a step pyramid dominating the centre of the site) and many more historic ruins (don’t forget your camera!). For lunch, get to know a local family over a pibil feast in Piste (a traditional Maya style of cooking that involves wrapping food in banana leaves and barbecuing it underground). Later, continue to Playa del Carmen. Blessed with clear waters and gorgeous beaches, you can spend your time snorkelling among the mangroves or in underground caverns or strolling along the white sands of the playa (beach). Your leader will take you on an orientation walk around the city when you arrive. Tonight, maybe feast on seafood, kick back with your group and watch the waves with a margarita.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Playa del Carmen - With no activities planned for today, your trip comes to an end – but that doesn’t mean your adventure has to! Today is a perfect day to travel south on a half-day tour to the Tulum archaeological site, which is quite unique because of its placement on the side of a cliff overlooking the turquoise waters of the Caribbean Sea. If you wish to spend more time in Playa del Carmen, just reach out to your booking agent to organise additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Playa del Carmen - Bienvenidos! Welcome to Mexico. You’ll kick things off in Playa del Carmen – it’s recommended that you book a couple of extra days here to chill on the coast and explore at your own pace before the trip starts. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm at your hotel. If you arrive early, maybe go snorkelling or cycling, or simply stroll along the sandy playa (beach). Tonight, head out with your group leader for an included dinner at a local taquisa for a selection of delicious tacos – make sure you order one with freshly caught fish! To improve your lingo, your group leader will conduct an informal Spanish lesson between bites, so that you can understand your burritos from your banos.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Tulum - Today, you’ll hop on a local bus and travel along the Caribbean coast to Tulum, where it's all about that laidback life on the white sands of the Yucatan Peninsula. Head out on a leader-led orientation walk around Tulum and maybe visit one of the best-looking Maya sites – the Temple of the Frescoes. See how this pre-Columbian walled ruin city clings to a clifftop overlooking the ocean and grab some cool photos before heading for an optional swim in the archaeological zone. Tonight, maybe kick back and watch the waves roll in at a beachside bar with a margarita.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Tulum - With a free day to relax in Tulum, you can settle into the laidback Mexican vibe. Maybe rent a bike and cruise around the area on two wheels. The town is heaving with hip cafes and restaurants with many vegetarian and vegan options. There are also plenty of places to relax the mind and the body with yoga and meditation. Maybe you’d like to explore Dos Ojos (two eyes) – one of the area's most famous cenotes (freshwater rock pools) and an underwater world full of stalagmites and stalactites. Tonight, explore the vibrant nightlife of Tulum with your fellow travellers.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Caye Caulker - Say adios to Mexico and hello to Belize. You’ll have a long travel day today, so make sure you grab a window seat if you can or get stuck into a good book. This is also the perfect opportunity to get to know your fellow travellers a bit better! Drive by local bus to the border, then carry on to Belize City. Let the wind and the sea wash the travel sweat away with a 1-hour speedboat ride when you arrive – to the palm-fringed island of Caye Caulker.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Caye Caulker - Your time in Caye Caulker is all about taking it easy. It’s said that the pace of life is so slow here that it's almost backwards! If being underwater is your thing, maybe head out to Hol Chan Marine Reserve, the world's second-longest barrier reef. Snorkel among the colourful corals and see tropical fish, sharks and manta rays. You can also take day trips to other Cayes nearby as each island has its own Caribbean charm. Belize is the only English-speaking country in Central America, which makes chatting with locals much easier here.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Caye Caulker - Today is another free day to take up any other optional activities you like, or to simply pull up a towel and relax on the beach with a book, a cocktail or some friends. If you’ve already been snorkelling, maybe continue the marine exploration with a manatee tour. Get more active with sea kayaks and stand-up paddle boards or go the other way and just chill out. The island's also great for food – famed for its lobster and super tasty meals cooked on the side of the road. How about some grilled shrimp and a rum and coke made with the local fire water.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: San Ignacio - Leave island paradise behind today and return to Belize City by boat, before taking a local bus to San Ignacio via Belize’s capital, Belmopan. The local buses here are a little more basic than in Mexico, but this is a great opportunity to mix with Belizeans and get a feel for local life. Arrive in San Ignacio – a lively town surrounded by fast-flowing rivers, waterfalls and Mayan ruins, making it the best base for exploring the region. Your afternoon is free, so maybe visit the Chaa Creek butterfly garden, or try one of the barbeque street stalls for a char-grilled chicken leg for dinner.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: San Ignacio - There is heaps to do in San Ignacio, so your free day has endless possibilities. The cave of Actun Tunichil Muknal is a living museum of Maya relics and you can wade through its waters until you reach a bunch of spooky 1400-year-old crystallised skeletons. You could take a day tour to the Mountain Pine Ridge area to visit waterfalls and swimming holes or go down the Macal River in canoes or tubes. If you prefer a slower pace, maybe take a trip to Xunantunich – an impressive Maya ceremonial centre with panoramic views. Getting to the site is half the fun, as you'll need to take a hand-cranked boat down the river. Belizeans are super friendly, so tonight, maybe walk down Burns Avenue and join the locals for a chat in one of the many restaurants or streetside stalls.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Tikal National Park - Today you’ll leave San Ignacio, cross the border and get dropped off at Tikal National Park – often referred to as the Maya forest. Check-in at your hotel before exploring the Maya ruins of Tikal. Pass through the lush jungle vegetation, and if you've got the energy, climb Temple IV to take in the epic canopy views. While here, there's also the option to check out more of the area with a guided tour or to fly through the canopies like a toucan with a zipline.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Rio Dulce - Head from the jungle to the lakeside town of Flores this morning. Here, there's time to grab some lunch and quickly explore the town. Then it's back to the private vehicle to Rio Dulce. When you arrive, you’ll transfer to the hotel by boat. The easiest way to get back into town is also by boat, which can be organised through the hotel – or you can take a short walk through the jungle. Take some time to absorb the atmosphere of this laidback Caribbean town, which feels quite different from the inland communities. A highlight for many guests is the 'Casa Natural' – an open-air accommodation with screened-in rooms, shared bathrooms and a lounge looking out to the surrounding jungle.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Rio Dulce - There is a load of kick-ass activities to choose from in Rio Dulce today. Take a scenic boat trip down the river to Livingston – a laidback town on the Caribbean coast that offers the unique experience of local Garifuna culture. Go boating on the lake, relax in the thermal hot springs or explore the nearby San Felipe fort in Livingston. You could also hike through the dense forest of the surrounding Chocon-Machacas Natural Reserve and spot the protected manatees of the area.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Antigua - This morning you’ll travel to Antigua, where you’ll spend the night before heading to Lake Atitlan. When you arrive, maybe stroll around the city and tuck into some tasty tamales (a local dish served in a corn leaf) or pepian (a spicy meat stew of chicken, beef and pork in a dark sauce). You'll find the best value food in the square next to the La Merced Church.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Chichicastenango / Lake Atitlan - Travel by private vehicle to the famous market in Chichicastenango (nicknamed Chichi market). This is the most colourful market in the country, where on Thursdays and Sundays, locals come from the surrounding villages to sell their wares and the streets are lined with stalls where you can stock up on cool trinkets. After visiting Chichi, head to Panajachel on Lake Atitlan, where you'll check in to your hotel. Tonight, you’ll join your group for dinner at a local pupuseria.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Lake Atitlan - This morning, make a trip to San Juan La Laguna to immerse yourself in Mayan village life. Visit a local midwife to learn about this traditional and sacred art. Then visit the village's medicinal garden before a hands-on workshop where you'll learn about Mayan textile weaving and dyeing techniques. Hungry yet? Settle in for a homestyle lunch with your hosts and chat about life in the village. This is the perfect way to really immerse yourself in local culture and get off the beaten track. In the afternoon, you’ll return to Panajachel and soak up the views of deep blue Lake Atitlan with a free evening.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Antigua - After breakfast, hit the road back to Antigua – three nearby volcanoes dominate the horizon, creating a truly unique landscape. Join your leader on a walk to orientate yourself around the World Heritage-listed city full of cobblestones, leafy town squares and ornate churches. There are hushed museums and lively Indigenous markets to explore here, or you can cycle the countryside and chase amazing views of mountain peaks and deep valleys. If you're into salsa dancing or if you'd just like to learn some moves, Antigua is the place to be! Many dancing schools offer hourly lessons, so maybe sign up and move your hips. Tonight, why not bring your freshly learned dance moves, shout a round of mojitos and dance the night away.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Antigua - You have a free day in Antigua today, so why not explore the vibrant buildings and curved archways further, or hike around the puffing volcanoes of Pacaya, Agua and Jumaytepeque. The number one stop for any chocoholic should be the ChocoMuseo, where you’ll get a history lesson and, more excitingly, participate in a chocolate-making workshop. For those more interested in the other famous Central American bean, you can go on a coffee tour, visit the plantations, do some tastings and even buy some for the road. Tonight, you’ll have a second meeting at 6 pm to meet your new fellow travellers.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Cerro Verde - Today will be an early start as you journey across the Guatemalan border to your next destination, Cerro Verde, El Salvador. From rolling hills to rolling R’s, watch the world go by from the comfort of your private vehicle as you travel through lush volcanic landscapes and endless mountain terrain while learning the local lingo from your leader in an informal Spanish lesson. Arrive in Cerro Verde in the afternoon and enjoy the rest of the day at your leisure.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Cerro Verde - Today is all about fuelling up with local favourites and getting outdoors! Maybe visit Santa Ana’s volcanic crater for spectacular views of Lake Coatepeque, Juayua and Izalco Volcano. Or, instead of admiring the view from the crater, why not take a dip in Lake Coatepeque. There are many ways to keep busy in one of El Salvador's most beautiful national parks. El Salvador is also home to pupusas (a flatbread made from cornmeal and often stuffed with fillings like cheese, fried pork or refried beans), and tonight, you’ll watch a pupusa-making demonstration, then try some for yourself! Yum!

     

    Day - 19

    Location: San Miguel - This morning you’ll continue south by private vehicle, passing through the capital of San Salvador on your way to San Miguel. Resting in the shadows of Chaparrastique, an active volcano sets the backdrop to this vibrant town. San Miguel has rebuilt itself into one of the country's largest and most populated cities since facing a severe earthquake in 1917. This afternoon, explore the city on foot, opt to take a swim at the Cuevas de Moncagua or find a good dinner spot to hole up with a few new travel buddies.

     

    Day - 20

    Location: San Miguel to Leon via Honduras - Say a quick hola and adios to Honduras as you cross through two borders to reach ‘the land of lakes and volcanoes’ – Nicaragua (or Nica as it’s known locally). The drive will be well worth the ride as you’re welcomed into the artsy and sophisticated city of Leon. Why not refuel after your journey with some traditional Nicaraguan dishes like gallo pinto (this hearty combination of rice and beans is considered a national symbol) or quesillo (a cheesy treat made of corn tortillas, pickled onion and sour cream). Home to one of the oldest universities in Central America, Leon is considered a ‘college town’ and is known for its youthful, fun atmosphere and nightlife. Why not head out with the group tonight for an optional salsa dance class.

     

    Day - 21

    Location: Granada - You’ll join your leader on an orientation walk around Leon this morning. Then, take some time to explore on your own, maybe checking out the Basílica de la Asuncion – Central America’s largest cathedral. Or stop by the Museo Historico de la Revolucion for an insight into revolutionaries who fought hard for the freedom of their country. You might like to go volcano sandboarding (this is the only place in the world where you can do it) in the dunes. If you’re feeling peckish, why not fill up on the traditional breakfast of scrambled eggs and gallo pinto before heading to Granada – founded in 1524 and draped in colourful architecture, this city is set on the banks of Lake Nicaragua and surrounded by active volcanoes.

     

    Day - 22

    Location: Granada - This morning you’ll have breakfast with your group at Cafe de las Sonrisas – a local café run entirely by deaf people. The café's owner is aiming to bridge the gap and inspire other business owners to employ local people living with disabilities. Then, you’re free to explore Granada – one of Central America’s least spoiled towns. Maybe you’d like to take a guided tour of the city, visit the markets or wander the cobblestone streets, snapping photos of the colourful buildings. If you’re an adventure enthusiast, opt to hire a kayak and paddle around the islets of Lake Nicaragua, rent a bike and ride to Laguna De Apoyo (a 200-year-old lake set into a lush forest crater), or hike through the flora and fauna along the Mombacho volcano crater trail. For a cultural insight into the heritage of the Nicaraguan people, the city of Masaya or the ‘City of the Flowers’ offers a mixture of folkloric entertainment, from marimba music to street theatre. Tonight, maybe spend your evening along Calle la Calzada, where you can grab a drink at one of the many outdoor bars and watch the wandering performers bring the street to life.

     

    Day - 23

    Location: Ometepe Island - This morning, travel by local bus to Rivas, where you'll transfer to San Jorge ferry port by taxi. Catch a 1-hour ferry across Lake Nicaragua (the largest in Central America and the tenth largest freshwater lake in the world) to the island of Ometepe and head to your hotel. Hourglass-shaped Ometepe Island was formed by two volcanoes rising out of Lake Nicaragua (Ometepe literally means two volcanoes in the Nahuatl language), and the deep jungle is home to exotic wildlife such as monkeys and parrots. Sit on the shore and watch fishermen return from a long day on the water with their catch or hike to a nearby waterfall.

     

    Day - 24

    Location: Ometepe Island - Take advantage of a free day in this bucket list location to discover the island at your own pace. Maybe hike to the summit of Maderas volcano – but be warned, at 1394 m above sea level, this trek is no walk in the park. You might prefer to splash around in the natural springs, soak up the sun on the shore or check out the island's petroglyphs (ancient rock carvings). If you like watermelon, coffee, banana and citrus fruits, this is the place for you as you’ll have loads of delicious fresh fruit to feast on. Tonight, head to Los Ramos – an Indigenous community in the middle of the island’s volcanos – for a cooking class. Learn traditional techniques used to make Nicaraguan dishes like nacatamales (a dough-based snack often filled with meat and steamed in banana leaves) before sitting down for a meal together.

     

    Day - 25

    Location: San Juan del Sur - Today you’ll journey by ferry and public bus to San Juan del Sur – a laidback surf town on Nicaragua’s southwest coast. Though the beach that lines the town’s horseshoe bay isn’t particularly great for swimming, you don’t need to travel far to find beautiful golden beaches with year-round waves. You’ll have some free time today to acquaint yourself with this fun town.

     

    Day - 26

    Location: San Juan del Sur - Enjoy a free day exploring San Juan del Sur’s colourful coastal scenery. You might like to head south to La Flor beach reserve, where it’s possible to see olive ridley, hawksbill, leatherback and green sea turtles nesting between July and November. A massive statue of Christ (the largest in Central America) sits atop a cliff above the bay, so why not hike to the top for spectacular views of the town and the Pacific. In the evening, the city boasts a variety of great bars and restaurants where you can share a meal or a few drinks with the group.

     

    Day - 27

    Location: Monteverde - Say adios to Nicaragua and continue your journey south to Costa Rica this morning. Take a bus to the border and then travel by private vehicle to Monteverde. Monteverde was founded as an agricultural community in 1951 by a group of North American Quakers – these environmentally-aware settlers also established a small wildlife sanctuary, which has since grown into the internationally renowned Monteverde Cloud Forest Biological Preserve. Cloud forests are similar to rainforests, but instead, draw their water from a semi-permanent cloud covering the region. Constant mist in the forest makes it feel like a nightclub but with less bass and more fresh air. This is truly a nature lover's paradise! More than 2000 plant species, 320 bird species and 100 mammal species call Montverde home – be sure to keep an eye out for the resplendent quetzal, one of the most elusive birds in the world.

     

    Day - 28

    Location: Monteverde - Today you have a free day to discover the reserve. Monteverde is not for the faint-hearted, so bring your sense of adventure, and a solid pair of shoes and have a little fun with the giddy heights. Maybe hike through the cloud forest, check out the area by mountain bike or fly over the canopy on a zip-line tour. Another way to see the forest from above is to take a tour along a series of suspension bridges 40 m above the jungle. You can explore the park on your own or arrange for a local guide to accompany you. The guides are very knowledgeable and happy to engage in conversation. To see some guaranteed wildlife up close, visit the butterfly and insect gardens or the serpentarium. There are also several cooperatives worth visiting in the local communities.

     

    Day - 29

    Location: La Fortuna - Continue your journey through Costa Rica and take the scenic route to La Fortuna. Travel by shared minibus to Lake Arenal, then cross by boat. On a clear day, you'll see fantastic views of the surrounding area. On the other side of the lake, re-board the minibus and continue to your destination. La Fortuna is a small town just a few minutes from Costa Rica's most famous volcano – Arenal. While you're here, you might like to take some photos of the volcano reflected in the lake.

     

    Day - 30

    Location: La Fortuna - There are plenty of optional activities to participate in today. Maybe take a guided nature hike through the lush forest surrounding Arenal Volcano, keeping an eye out for rare plants and animals or opt to see the forest from a series of hanging bridges. Check out the 70 m high La Fortuna waterfall or get wet with some water sports on the lake, like stand-up paddle boarding. The volcano’s inner workings also mean that the area is home to several thermal hot springs – an ideal way to relax in the middle of nature. Alternatively, a boat safari down the Celeste River offers the opportunity to see lizards, crocodiles and tropical birds in their natural habitat.

     

    Day - 31

    Location: San Jose - This morning you’ll take a local bus to Costa Rica's capital – San Jose. Situated in the fertile Central Valley and home to over half the country's population, San Jose has lively markets, intriguing museums and a dynamic atmosphere. A good place to start your exploration is the central plaza. The Gold Museum also has a fantastic collection of Indigenous gold art. If you're in the mood for some shopping, head to the Mercado Municipal de Artesanias or the city's Central Market, where you can buy anything from handicrafts to seafood. This afternoon you might want to rejoin your group for a final farewell dinner (or margarita) and say muchas gracias to your Central American journey.

     

    Day - 32

    Location: San Jose - Today your Central American adventure comes to an end, and there are no activities planned. As there's a lot to see and do in and around San Jose, it’s recommended you stay here for a few days to make the most of the city. If you'd like to extend your visit, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Mexico City - Bienvenidos! Your adventure starts in Mexico City – one of the world's largest urban centres – with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. If you arrive early, Mexico City has plenty of museums, galleries and walkable streets to keep you busy. Maybe check out the Chapultepec area with its many museums, hop on one of the colourfully painted boats that cruise through the canal district of Xochimilco or head to the National Palace to see the murals of Diego Rivera. After your meeting tonight, you might want to seek out some tacos for dinner (try to place your order in Spanish)! If you want to explore the vibrant nightlife tonight, your trip leader will have the best recommendations.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Mexico City - Maybe grab some chilaquiles (a type of breakfast nachos) this morning, then join your leader for an orientation walk around the historic centre of the city. Mexico City can feel overwhelming due to its sheer size and volume of people, but your leader will know where to go. Along the way, visit our Intrepid Foundation partner, Gastromotiva - an organisation tackling food scarcity and homelessness while promoting a sustainable food movement in Mexico. Walking makes you hungry, so it’s time to head on an included taco crawl and sample a couple of tacos from local street food vendors. The afternoon is free for you to enjoy – if you like art, the Frida Kahlo Museum is a must-see, and for all museum lovers, there's also the Museum of Anthropology or the Palace of Fine Art. Don’t forget to snack your way around the city too, munching on tostadas, tortas, and chicharrones.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Oaxaca - Take a public bus to the smaller but no less beautiful city of Oaxaca (pronounced ‘wuh-haa-ka’). This colourful town in the south is full of colonial buildings, colourful arcades and busy markets. You’ll head out on a leader-led orientation walk to get your bearings when you arrive. With two full days here, you’ll have heaps of time to explore the narrow, cobbled streets in the city, as well as the culture and natural beauty of the surrounding area. Indigenous Zapotec and Mixtec selling colourful woven blankets and shawls populate the markets – a great place to shop for textiles, as well as margarita flavours. Here, you’ll also find some tasty regional food specialties – everything from cactus fruit to spicy baked chilli and lime grasshoppers. Make sure you pick up a tejate (a maize and cinnamon-flavoured chocolate drink served cold).

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Oaxaca - The city (and state) of Oaxaca is yours to explore on this free day. Perhaps head to the mountaintop temples of Monte Alban just outside the city. Monte Alban was inhabited for 1500 years by the Olmec, Zapotec and Mixtec peoples and is an outstanding example of a pre-Columbian ceremonial centre. The settlement's terraces, dams, canals and pyramids were carved out of the mountain. You’d better have your camera ready because up here you can get a fantastic view across the three legs of the valley of Oaxaca. Alternatively, you could take a day tour of the nearby Mitla Ruins. Mitla (the Nahuatl word for ‘underworld’) is an important Zapotec archaeological site and was the main religious centre for the Zapotec people. For something more relaxing, drop by the springs of Hierve el Agua – a series of mineral pools and calcified waterfalls dotted on top of a mountain, providing sweeping views of the Mexican countryside.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Oaxaca / Overnight bus - Today is another free day in Oaxaca, but you’ll board an overnight bus later tonight to the mountain-top village of San Cristobal de las Casas. You’ve got today to bask in the colour and sights of Oaxaca, so why not test out your culinary skills at a cooking class. Otherwise, check out the artisan stores in the markets and around town, or head to the historic Templo de Santo Domingo – a grand stone church with a large forecourt.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: San Cristobal de las Casas - This afternoon, say ‘hola’ to San Cristobal, your pastel-hued highland home for the next two days. Your leader will point out the main things to know on a leader-led orientation walk this morning. With its winding cobblestone streets snuggled in the Chiapas highlands, San Cristobal de las Casas has an old-world feel mixed with strong pre-Hispanic roots. After your walk, you’ll head to the colourful Santo Domingo textile market with your group – one of the best spots to shop for jewellery and clothing. After, maybe wander to a local cafe and check out their baked goods or try some pox (a traditional corn-based liquor, often flavoured with other ingredients).

     

    Day - 7

    Location: San Cristobal de las Casas - There’s no alarm clock needed this morning as today is yours to explore San Cristobal de las Casas at your own leisure. Maybe take in the cobblestone streets and architecture, soaking up the old-world feel that’s mixed with strong, pre-Hispanic roots. If you're in the mood for adventure, maybe take a trip to Sumidero Canyon, where you can take a boat down the mighty Rio Grijalva. Or you might like to get things pumping with further exploration of the villages by mountain bike.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: San Cristobal de las Casas - This morning you'll visit the village of Zinacantan, home to the Iglesia de San Lorenzo, where Maya and Catholic beliefs are mixed. Sitting in the highlands, this village serves as a marketplace and religious ceremonial centre for the Indigenous communities who live in the surrounding hills. The local people have retained their traditional way of life and can often be seen wearing their own distinctive clothes. As you explore with your leader, you'll learn more about this mostly Maya community. Later, during free time back in San Cris, perhaps rent a bike to explore the town further.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Palenque - Say goodbye to San Cristobal de Las Casas as you head for Palenque. Once you arrive, the afternoon is free for you to relax or explore. Situated in a steamy jungle, Palenque is a central town close to the nearby Maya ruins of the same name, which you'll have a chance to check out tomorrow.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Palenque - This morning, you’ll head to the archaeological zone and visit the ruins of Palenque. Sitting on a hilltop surrounded by thick trees, the ruins date back to AD 600 and are some of the most impressive Maya relics in Mexico. As you take a self-guided walk among the temples, listen out for the eerie calls of howler monkeys and screeching parrots echoing from the jungle. There are many ruins that are still un-excavated and remain concealed in the forest. You can opt to take a guided tour of the ruins or through the surrounding jungle to a hidden waterfall (at an extra fee). The area gives you an idea of what the Spanish invaders must have seen when they arrived. This afternoon visit Misol-Ha, where the cascading falls and quiet surroundings create a refreshing escape into nature.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Merida - Today, head north on a local bus to the old-world Merida – founded in 1542, this city has a large Indigenous population, with approximately 60% of Merida residents of Maya background. Head out on an orientation walk with your leader and wander through the Old Town, checking out some museums and the city streets, alive with art and culture. Hang out in the green, shady Plaza Grande, with the 16th-century cathedral on one side and City Hall, State Government Palace and Casa Montejo on the other. Along the way, you’ll get to taste a marquesita (a crepe rolled like a taco and filled with cajeta, condensed milk, jam, chocolate or edam cheese). After, enjoy a free afternoon. For a taste of Merida's 19th-century glory, maybe walk along the mansion-lined Paseo de Montejo. When you get hungry again, there's a bicycle cart on almost every corner selling elotes (corn on the cob) doused in salt, chilli, cheese, lemon juice or other toppings. If you haven’t noticed already, this place really likes corn!

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Merida - Today, you’re free to explore Merida – the gateway to the Maya ruins of Uxmal. Maybe a tour of the ruins is on the cards, including a guide and shared transport. Little is known about the site’s origins, but it’s thought that the city was founded around AD 500. Much of the site is decorated with masks of the rain god Chac. You can also visit a nearby bird sanctuary or hunt down one of the hidden cenotes (stunning natural sinkholes filled with water) and take a dip in the crystal-clear fresh water. If you decide to stay in the city, why not throw yourself into the dancing culture. Every Sunday, the town's streets are transformed into an open-air dance floor, with salsa and merengue bands providing the music. There are also some great local speakeasy bars to hang out in, blasting salsa music and serving good vibes.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Chichen Itza / Playa del Carmen - This morning, head to the Yokdzonot cenote for a refreshing swim in the blue waters and a laze in the sun. Surrounded by hanging vines and lush greenery, the cenote was developed by a group of local Maya women as a sustainable and communally owned source of employment for people in their local community. After your dip in the cenote, tick one of the new Seven Wonders of the World off you bucket list - Chichen Itza. This site is considered the most important example of the fusion of Maya and Toltec traditions in Yucatan. See the Caracol (a circular stellar observatory), the Great Ball Court (the largest field in Mesoamerica), the main sight in El Castillo (a step pyramid dominating the centre of the site) and many more historic ruins (don’t forget your camera!). For lunch, you will get to know a local family over a special meal in the town of Piste. Here you will enjoy a pibil feast, a traditional Maya style of cooking that involves wrapping food in banana leaves and barbecuing it underground. Later, you’ll continue to Playa del Carmen. Blessed with clear waters and gorgeous beaches, you can spend your time snorkelling among the mangroves or in underground caverns or strolling along the white sands of the playa (beach). Your leader will take you on an orientation walk around the city when you arrive. Tonight, maybe feast on seafood, kick back with your group and watch the waves with a margarita in hand.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Playa del Carmen - Today is a free day to explore at your own pace. Maybe go snorkelling in one of the cenotes, walk along the beach or take the ferry across to Cozumel – this island is famous for its reef diving! You’ll have another welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight to meet the new travellers joining you. After, why not head out for dinner or stroll down Calle Quinta Avenida (Fifth Avenue) as night falls.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Tulum - Today, you’ll hop on a local bus and travel along the Caribbean coast to Tulum, where it's all about that laidback life on the white sands of the Yucatan Peninsula. Head out on a leader-led orientation walk around Tulum and maybe visit one of the best-looking Maya sites – the Temple of the Frescoes. See how this pre-Columbian walled ruin city clings to a clifftop overlooking the ocean and grab some cool photos before heading for an optional swim in the archaeological zone. Tonight, maybe kick back and watch the waves roll in at a beachside bar with a margarita.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Tulum - With a free day to relax in Tulum, you can settle into the laidback Mexican vibe. Maybe rent a bike and cruise around the area on two wheels. The town is heaving with hip cafes and restaurants with many vegetarian and vegan options. There are also plenty of places to relax the mind and the body with yoga and meditation. Maybe you’d like to explore Dos Ojos (two eyes) – one of the area's most famous cenotes (freshwater rock pools) and an underwater world full of stalagmites and stalactites. Tonight, explore the vibrant nightlife of Tulum with your fellow travellers.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Caye Caulker - Say adios to Mexico and hello to Belize. You’ll have a long travel day today, so make sure you grab a window seat if you can or get stuck into a good book. This is also the perfect opportunity to get to know your fellow travellers a bit better! Drive by local bus to the border, then carry on to Belize City. Let the wind and the sea wash the travel sweat away with a 1-hour speedboat ride when you arrive – to the palm-fringed island of Caye Caulker.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Caye Caulker - Your time in Caye Caulker is all about taking it easy. It’s said that the pace of life is so slow here that it's almost backwards! If being underwater is your thing, maybe head out to Hol Chan Marine Reserve, the world's second-longest barrier reef. Snorkel among the colourful corals and see tropical fish, sharks and manta rays. You can also take day trips to other Cayes nearby as each island has its own Caribbean charm. Belize is the only English-speaking country in Central America, which makes chatting with locals much easier here.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Caye Caulker - Today is another free day to take up any other optional activities you like, or to simply pull up a towel and relax on the beach with a book, a cocktail or some friends. If you’ve already been snorkelling, maybe continue the marine exploration with a manatee tour. Get more active with sea kayaks and stand-up paddle boards or go the other way and just chill out. The island's also great for food – famed for its lobster and super tasty meals cooked on the side of the road. How about some grilled shrimp and a rum and coke made with the local fire water.

     

    Day - 20

    Location: San Ignacio - Leave island paradise behind today and return to Belize City by boat, before taking a local bus to San Ignacio via Belize’s capital, Belmopan. The local buses here are a little more basic than in Mexico, but this is a great opportunity to mix with Belizeans and get a feel for local life. Arrive in San Ignacio – a lively town surrounded by fast-flowing rivers, waterfalls and Mayan ruins, making it the best base for exploring the region. Your afternoon is free, so maybe visit the Chaa Creek butterfly garden, or try one of the barbeque street stalls for a char-grilled chicken leg for dinner.

     

    Day - 21

    Location: San Ignacio - There is heaps to do in San Ignacio, so your free day has endless possibilities. The cave of Actun Tunichil Muknal is a living museum of Maya relics and you can wade through its waters until you reach a bunch of spooky 1400-year-old crystallised skeletons. You could take a day tour to the Mountain Pine Ridge area to visit waterfalls and swimming holes or go down the Macal River in canoes or tubes. If you prefer a slower pace, maybe take a trip to Xunantunich – an impressive Maya ceremonial centre with panoramic views. Getting to the site is half the fun, as you'll need to take a hand-cranked boat down the river. Belizeans are super friendly, so tonight, maybe walk down Burns Avenue and join the locals for a chat in one of the many restaurants or streetside stalls.

     

    Day - 22

    Location: Tikal National Park - Today you’ll leave San Ignacio, cross the border and get dropped off at Tikal National Park – often referred to as the Maya forest. Check-in at your hotel before exploring the Maya ruins of Tikal. Pass through the lush jungle vegetation, and if you've got the energy, climb Temple IV to take in the epic canopy views. While here, there's also the option to check out more of the area with a guided tour or to fly through the canopies like a toucan with a zipline.

     

    Day - 23

    Location: Rio Dulce - Head from the jungle to the lakeside town of Flores this morning. Here, there's time to grab some lunch and quickly explore the town. Then it's back to the private vehicle to Rio Dulce. When you arrive, you’ll transfer to the hotel by boat. The easiest way to get back into town is also by boat, which can be organised through the hotel – or you can take a short walk through the jungle. Take some time to absorb the atmosphere of this laidback Caribbean town, which feels quite different from the inland communities. A highlight for many guests is the 'Casa Natural' – an open-air accommodation with screened-in rooms, shared bathrooms and a lounge looking out to the surrounding jungle.

     

    Day - 24

    Location: Rio Dulce - There is a load of kick-ass activities to choose from in Rio Dulce today. Take a scenic boat trip down the river to Livingston – a laidback town on the Caribbean coast that offers the unique experience of local Garifuna culture. Go boating on the lake, relax in the thermal hot springs or explore the nearby San Felipe fort in Livingston. You could also hike through the dense forest of the surrounding Chocon-Machacas Natural Reserve and spot the protected manatees of the area.

     

    Day - 25

    Location: Antigua - This morning you’ll travel to Antigua, where you’ll spend the night before heading to Lake Atitlan. When you arrive, maybe stroll around the city and tuck into some tasty tamales (a local dish served in a corn leaf) or pepian (a spicy meat stew of chicken, beef and pork in a dark sauce). You'll find the best value food in the square next to the La Merced Church.

     

    Day - 26

    Location: Chichicastenango / Lake Atitlan - Travel by private vehicle to the famous market in Chichicastenango (nicknamed Chichi market). This is the most colourful market in the country, where on Thursdays and Sundays, locals come from the surrounding villages to sell their wares and the streets are lined with stalls where you can stock up on cool trinkets. After visiting Chichi, head to Panajachel on Lake Atitlan, where you'll check in to your hotel. Tonight, you’ll join your group for dinner at a local pupuseria.

     

    Day - 27

    Location: Lake Atitlan - This morning, make a trip to San Juan La Laguna to immerse yourself in Mayan village life. Visit a local midwife to learn about this traditional and sacred art. Then visit the village's medicinal garden before a hands-on workshop where you'll learn about Mayan textile weaving and dyeing techniques. Hungry yet? Settle in for a homestyle lunch with your hosts and chat about life in the village. This is the perfect way to really immerse yourself in local culture and get off the beaten track. In the afternoon, you’ll return to Panajachel and soak up the views of deep blue Lake Atitlan with a free evening.

     

    Day - 28

    Location: Antigua - After breakfast, hit the road back to Antigua – three nearby volcanoes dominate the horizon, creating a truly unique landscape. Join your leader on a walk to orientate yourself around the World Heritage-listed city full of cobblestones, leafy town squares and ornate churches. There are hushed museums and lively Indigenous markets to explore here, or you can cycle the countryside and chase amazing views of mountain peaks and deep valleys. If you're into salsa dancing or if you'd just like to learn some moves, Antigua is the place to be! Many dancing schools offer hourly lessons, so maybe sign up and move your hips. Tonight, why not bring your freshly learned dance moves, shout a round of mojitos and dance the night away.

     

    Day - 29

    Location: Antigua - While there are no activities planned for today, Antigua has a lot to offer, from its vibrant colonial-style buildings and curved archways to the puffing volcanoes of Pacaya, Agua and Jumaytepeque. The number one stop for any chocoholic should be the ChocoMuseo, where you’ll get a history lesson and, more excitingly, participate in a chocolate-making workshop. For those more interested in the other famous Central American bean, you can go on a coffee tour, visit the plantations, do some tastings and even buy some to take home. If you’d like to spend more time in Antigua, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Mexico City - Bienvenidos! Your adventure starts in Mexico City – one of the world's largest urban centres – with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. If you arrive early, Mexico City has plenty of museums, galleries and walkable streets to keep you busy. Maybe check out the Chapultepec area with its many museums, hop on one of the colourfully painted boats that cruise through the canal district of Xochimilco or head to the National Palace to see the murals of Diego Rivera. After your meeting tonight, you might want to seek out some tacos for dinner (try to place your order in Spanish)! If you want to explore the vibrant nightlife tonight, your trip leader will have the best recommendations.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Mexico City - Maybe grab some chilaquiles (a type of breakfast nachos) this morning, then join your leader for an orientation walk around the historic centre of the city. Mexico City can feel overwhelming due to its sheer size and volume of people, but your leader will know where to go. Along the way, visit our Intrepid Foundation partner, Gastromotiva - an organisation tackling food scarcity and homelessness while promoting a sustainable food movement in Mexico. Walking makes you hungry, so it’s time to head on an included taco crawl and sample a couple of tacos from local street food vendors. The afternoon is free for you to enjoy – if you like art, the Frida Kahlo Museum is a must-see, and for all museum lovers, there's also the Museum of Anthropology or the Palace of Fine Art. Don’t forget to snack your way around the city too, munching on tostadas, tortas, and chicharrones.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Oaxaca - Take a public bus to the smaller but no less beautiful city of Oaxaca (pronounced ‘wuh-haa-ka’). This colourful town in the south is full of colonial buildings, colourful arcades and busy markets. You’ll head out on a leader-led orientation walk to get your bearings when you arrive. With two full days here, you’ll have heaps of time to explore the narrow, cobbled streets in the city, as well as the culture and natural beauty of the surrounding area. Indigenous Zapotec and Mixtec selling colourful woven blankets and shawls populate the markets – a great place to shop for textiles, as well as margarita flavours. Here, you’ll also find some tasty regional food specialties – everything from cactus fruit to spicy baked chilli and lime grasshoppers. Make sure you pick up a tejate (a maize and cinnamon-flavoured chocolate drink served cold).

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Oaxaca - The city (and state) of Oaxaca is yours to explore on this free day. Perhaps head to the mountaintop temples of Monte Alban just outside the city. Monte Alban was inhabited for 1500 years by the Olmec, Zapotec and Mixtec peoples and is an outstanding example of a pre-Columbian ceremonial centre. The settlement's terraces, dams, canals and pyramids were carved out of the mountain. You’d better have your camera ready because up here you can get a fantastic view across the three legs of the valley of Oaxaca. Alternatively, you could take a day tour of the nearby Mitla Ruins. Mitla (the Nahuatl word for ‘underworld’) is an important Zapotec archaeological site and was the main religious centre for the Zapotec people. For something more relaxing, drop by the springs of Hierve el Agua – a series of mineral pools and calcified waterfalls dotted on top of a mountain, providing sweeping views of the Mexican countryside.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Oaxaca / Overnight bus - Today is another free day in Oaxaca, but you’ll board an overnight bus later tonight to the mountain-top village of San Cristobal de las Casas. You’ve got today to bask in the colour and sights of Oaxaca, so why not test out your culinary skills at a cooking class. Otherwise, check out the artisan stores in the markets and around town, or head to the historic Templo de Santo Domingo – a grand stone church with a large forecourt.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: San Cristobal de las Casas - This afternoon, say ‘hola’ to San Cristobal, your pastel-hued highland home for the next two days. Your leader will point out the main things to know on a leader-led orientation walk this morning. With its winding cobblestone streets snuggled in the Chiapas highlands, San Cristobal de las Casas has an old-world feel mixed with strong pre-Hispanic roots. After your walk, you’ll head to the colourful Santo Domingo textile market with your group – one of the best spots to shop for jewellery and clothing. After, maybe wander to a local cafe and check out their baked goods or try some pox (a traditional corn-based liquor, often flavoured with other ingredients).

     

    Day - 7

    Location: San Cristobal de las Casas - There’s no alarm clock needed this morning as today is yours to explore San Cristobal de las Casas at your own leisure. Maybe take in the cobblestone streets and architecture, soaking up the old-world feel that’s mixed with strong, pre-Hispanic roots. If you're in the mood for adventure, maybe take a trip to Sumidero Canyon, where you can take a boat down the mighty Rio Grijalva. Or you might like to get things pumping with further exploration of the villages by mountain bike.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Palenque - Say goodbye to San Cristobal de Las Casas as you head for Palenque. When you arrive, the afternoon is free for you to relax or explore. Situated in a steamy jungle, Palenque is a central town close to the nearby Maya ruins of the same name, which you'll have a chance to check out tomorrow.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Palenque - This morning, you’ll head to the archaeological zone and visit the ruins of Palenque. Sitting on a hilltop surrounded by thick trees, the ruins date back to AD 600 and are some of the most impressive Maya relics in Mexico. As you take a self-guided walk among the temples, listen out for the eerie calls of howler monkeys and screeching parrots echoing from the jungle. There are many ruins that are still un-excavated and remain concealed in the forest. You can opt to take a guided tour of the ruins or through the surrounding jungle to a hidden waterfall (at an extra fee). The area gives you an idea of what the Spanish invaders must have seen when they arrived. This afternoon visit Misol-Ha, where the cascading falls and quiet surroundings create a refreshing escape into nature.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Campeche - Take a local bus to the coast to spend the night in Campeche – a seaside town with photogenic streets lined with multi-coloured low-rise buildings. When you arrive, head out on a leader-led orientation walk to get your bearings. The rest of the afternoon is free for you to explore on your own. For dinner tonight, you’ll find good seafood almost anywhere, and some great local restaurants at Portales de San Martin.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Valladolid - Tavel to the city of Valladolid, known for its pastel-coloured buildings. On the way, visit the town of Becal, known as ‘the Hat Town’, where your group will meet with an artisan who weaves traditional jipi hats (named after the variety of palm used to make them). Learn about the history of jipi and how the palm bunches are hung out to dry, often in the backyards of local homes. Once dyed and dried, a skilled artisan braids the palm strands into beautiful hats, often working in a homemade cave – the cave's humidity makes the palm fibers easier to manipulate. After talking with the locals, you’ll carry onto Valladolid. When you arrive, visit a local market with your leader and enjoy a free evening to explore at your own pace.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Valladolid - Today is a free day to explore Valladolid and its surroundings. Maybe start the day with a morning walk around the city’s gorgeous streets, then visit one of the nearby cenotes – Xkeken, Samula, Nool-Ha and Suytun are all gorgeous natural swimming holes and you can spend your day lazing in the underground cave, with huge stalactites hanging above, swimming in the electric blue waters. Tonight, maybe ask your leader where the best spots for some local food are.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Chichen Itza / Playa del Carmen - Head to the Yokdzonot cenote for a swim this morning. Surrounded by hanging vines, the cenote was developed by a group of local Maya women as a sustainable and communally owned source of employment for the local people. After, see one of the new Seven Wonders of the World at Chichen Itza – considered the most important examples of the fusion of Maya and Toltec traditions in Yucatan. See the Caracol (a circular stellar observatory), the Great Ball Court (the largest field in Mesoamerica), the main sight in El Castillo (a step pyramid dominating the centre of the site) and many more historic ruins (don’t forget your camera!). For lunch, get to know a local family over a pibil feast in Piste (a traditional Maya style of cooking that involves wrapping food in banana leaves and barbecuing it underground). Later, continue to Playa del Carmen. Blessed with clear waters and gorgeous beaches, you can spend your time snorkelling among the mangroves or in underground caverns or strolling along the white sands of the playa (beach). Your leader will take you on an orientation walk around the city when you arrive. Tonight, maybe feast on seafood, kick back with your group and watch the waves with a margarita.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Playa del Carmen - The day is yours to explore - Playa del Carmen is the perfect spot to soak up some free time. Perhaps go for a walk through the town, relax on the beach or take the ferry across to Cozumel – this island is known for its reef diving. You’ll have another meeting tonight at 6 pm to meet the new travellers joining you. After, head out with your leader for an included dinner at a local taquisa for tacos – make sure you order one with freshly caught fish! To improve your lingo, your leader will also conduct an informal Spanish lesson between bites, so that you can understand your burritos from your banos.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Tulum - Today, you’ll hop on a local bus and travel along the Caribbean coast to Tulum, where it's all about that laidback life on the white sands of the Yucatan Peninsula. Head out on a leader-led orientation walk around Tulum and maybe visit one of the best-looking Maya sites – the Temple of the Frescoes. See how this pre-Columbian walled ruin city clings to a clifftop overlooking the ocean and grab some cool photos before heading for an optional swim in the archaeological zone. Tonight, maybe kick back and watch the waves roll in at a beachside bar with a margarita.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Tulum - With a free day to relax in Tulum, you can settle into the laidback Mexican vibe. Maybe rent a bike and cruise around the area on two wheels. The town is heaving with hip cafes and restaurants with many vegetarian and vegan options. There are also plenty of places to relax the mind and the body with yoga and meditation. Maybe you’d like to explore Dos Ojos (two eyes) – one of the area's most famous cenotes (freshwater rock pools) and an underwater world full of stalagmites and stalactites. Tonight, explore the vibrant nightlife of Tulum with your fellow travellers.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Caye Caulker - Say adios to Mexico and hello to Belize. You’ll have a long travel day today, so make sure you grab a window seat if you can or get stuck into a good book. This is also the perfect opportunity to get to know your fellow travellers a bit better! Drive by local bus to the border, then carry on to Belize City. Let the wind and the sea wash the travel sweat away with a 1-hour speedboat ride when you arrive – to the palm-fringed island of Caye Caulker.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Caye Caulker - Your time in Caye Caulker is all about taking it easy. It’s said that the pace of life is so slow here that it's almost backwards! If being underwater is your thing, maybe head out to Hol Chan Marine Reserve, the world's second-longest barrier reef. Snorkel among the colourful corals and see tropical fish, sharks and manta rays. You can also take day trips to other Cayes nearby as each island has its own Caribbean charm. Belize is the only English-speaking country in Central America, which makes chatting with locals much easier here.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Caye Caulker - Today is another free day to take up any other optional activities you like, or to simply pull up a towel and relax on the beach with a book, a cocktail or some friends. If you’ve already been snorkelling, maybe continue the marine exploration with a manatee tour. Get more active with sea kayaks and stand-up paddle boards or go the other way and just chill out. The island's also great for food – famed for its lobster and super tasty meals cooked on the side of the road. How about some grilled shrimp and a rum and coke made with the local fire water.

     

    Day - 20

    Location: San Ignacio - Leave island paradise behind today and return to Belize City by boat, before taking a local bus to San Ignacio via Belize’s capital, Belmopan. The local buses here are a little more basic than in Mexico, but this is a great opportunity to mix with Belizeans and get a feel for local life. Arrive in San Ignacio – a lively town surrounded by fast-flowing rivers, waterfalls and Mayan ruins, making it the best base for exploring the region. Your afternoon is free, so maybe visit the Chaa Creek butterfly garden, or try one of the barbeque street stalls for a char-grilled chicken leg for dinner.

     

    Day - 21

    Location: San Ignacio - There is heaps to do in San Ignacio, so your free day has endless possibilities. The cave of Actun Tunichil Muknal is a living museum of Maya relics and you can wade through its waters until you reach a bunch of spooky 1400-year-old crystallised skeletons. You could take a day tour to the Mountain Pine Ridge area to visit waterfalls and swimming holes or go down the Macal River in canoes or tubes. If you prefer a slower pace, maybe take a trip to Xunantunich – an impressive Maya ceremonial centre with panoramic views. Getting to the site is half the fun, as you'll need to take a hand-cranked boat down the river. Belizeans are super friendly, so tonight, maybe walk down Burns Avenue and join the locals for a chat in one of the many restaurants or streetside stalls.

     

    Day - 22

    Location: Tikal National Park - Today you’ll leave San Ignacio, cross the border and get dropped off at Tikal National Park – often referred to as the Maya forest. Check-in at your hotel before exploring the Maya ruins of Tikal. Pass through the lush jungle vegetation, and if you've got the energy, climb Temple IV to take in the epic canopy views. While here, there's also the option to check out more of the area with a guided tour or to fly through the canopies like a toucan with a zipline.

     

    Day - 23

    Location: Rio Dulce - Head from the jungle to the lakeside town of Flores this morning. Here, there's time to grab some lunch and quickly explore the town. Then it's back to the private vehicle to Rio Dulce. When you arrive, you’ll transfer to the hotel by boat. The easiest way to get back into town is also by boat, which can be organised through the hotel – or you can take a short walk through the jungle. Take some time to absorb the atmosphere of this laidback Caribbean town, which feels quite different from the inland communities. A highlight for many guests is the 'Casa Natural' – an open-air accommodation with screened-in rooms, shared bathrooms and a lounge looking out to the surrounding jungle.

     

    Day - 24

    Location: Rio Dulce - There is a load of kick-ass activities to choose from in Rio Dulce today. Take a scenic boat trip down the river to Livingston – a laidback town on the Caribbean coast that offers the unique experience of local Garifuna culture. Go boating on the lake, relax in the thermal hot springs or explore the nearby San Felipe fort in Livingston. You could also hike through the dense forest of the surrounding Chocon-Machacas Natural Reserve and spot the protected manatees of the area.

     

    Day - 25

    Location: Antigua - This morning you’ll travel to Antigua, where you’ll spend the night before heading to Lake Atitlan. When you arrive, maybe stroll around the city and tuck into some tasty tamales (a local dish served in a corn leaf) or pepian (a spicy meat stew of chicken, beef and pork in a dark sauce). You'll find the best value food in the square next to the La Merced Church.

     

    Day - 26

    Location: Chichicastenango / Lake Atitlan - Travel by private vehicle to the famous market in Chichicastenango (nicknamed Chichi market). This is the most colourful market in the country, where on Thursdays and Sundays, locals come from the surrounding villages to sell their wares and the streets are lined with stalls where you can stock up on cool trinkets. After visiting Chichi, head to Panajachel on Lake Atitlan, where you'll check in to your hotel. Tonight, you’ll join your group for dinner at a local pupuseria.

     

    Day - 27

    Location: Lake Atitlan - This morning, make a trip to San Juan La Laguna to immerse yourself in Mayan village life. Visit a local midwife to learn about this traditional and sacred art. Then visit the village's medicinal garden before a hands-on workshop where you'll learn about Mayan textile weaving and dyeing techniques. Hungry yet? Settle in for a homestyle lunch with your hosts and chat about life in the village. This is the perfect way to really immerse yourself in local culture and get off the beaten track. In the afternoon, you’ll return to Panajachel and soak up the views of deep blue Lake Atitlan with a free evening.

     

    Day - 28

    Location: Antigua - After breakfast, hit the road back to Antigua – three nearby volcanoes dominate the horizon, creating a truly unique landscape. Join your leader on a walk to orientate yourself around the World Heritage-listed city full of cobblestones, leafy town squares and ornate churches. There are hushed museums and lively Indigenous markets to explore here, or you can cycle the countryside and chase amazing views of mountain peaks and deep valleys. If you're into salsa dancing or if you'd just like to learn some moves, Antigua is the place to be! Many dancing schools offer hourly lessons, so maybe sign up and move your hips. Tonight, why not bring your freshly learned dance moves, shout a round of mojitos and dance the night away.

     

    Day - 29

    Location: Antigua - You have a free day in Antigua today, so why not explore the vibrant buildings and curved archways further, or hike around the puffing volcanoes of Pacaya, Agua and Jumaytepeque. The number one stop for any chocoholic should be the ChocoMuseo, where you’ll get a history lesson and, more excitingly, participate in a chocolate-making workshop. For those more interested in the other famous Central American bean, you can go on a coffee tour, visit the plantations, do some tastings and even buy some for the road. Tonight, you’ll have another meeting at 6 pm to meet your new fellow travellers.

     

    Day - 30

    Location: Cerro Verde - Today will be an early start as you journey across the Guatemalan border to your next destination, Cerro Verde, El Salvador. From rolling hills to rolling R’s, watch the world go by from the comfort of your private vehicle as you travel through lush volcanic landscapes and endless mountain terrain while learning the local lingo from your leader in an informal Spanish lesson. Arrive in Cerro Verde in the afternoon and enjoy the rest of the day at your leisure.

     

    Day - 31

    Location: Cerro Verde - Today is all about fuelling up with local favourites and getting outdoors! Maybe visit Santa Ana’s volcanic crater for spectacular views of Lake Coatepeque, Juayua and Izalco Volcano. Or, instead of admiring the view from the crater, why not take a dip in Lake Coatepeque. There are many ways to keep busy in one of El Salvador's most beautiful national parks. El Salvador is also home to pupusas (a flatbread made from cornmeal and often stuffed with fillings like cheese, fried pork or refried beans), and tonight, you’ll watch a pupusa-making demonstration, then try some for yourself! Yum!

     

    Day - 32

    Location: San Miguel - This morning you’ll continue south by private vehicle, passing through the capital of San Salvador on your way to San Miguel. Resting in the shadows of Chaparrastique, an active volcano sets the backdrop to this vibrant town. San Miguel has rebuilt itself into one of the country's largest and most populated cities since facing a severe earthquake in 1917. This afternoon, explore the city on foot, opt to take a swim at the Cuevas de Moncagua or find a good dinner spot to hole up with a few new travel buddies.

     

    Day - 33

    Location: San Miguel to Leon via Honduras - Say a quick hola and adios to Honduras as you cross through two borders to reach ‘the land of lakes and volcanoes’ – Nicaragua (or Nica as it’s known locally). The drive will be well worth the ride as you’re welcomed into the artsy and sophisticated city of Leon. Why not refuel after your journey with some traditional Nicaraguan dishes like gallo pinto (this hearty combination of rice and beans is considered a national symbol) or quesillo (a cheesy treat made of corn tortillas, pickled onion and sour cream). Home to one of the oldest universities in Central America, Leon is considered a ‘college town’ and is known for its youthful, fun atmosphere and nightlife. Why not head out with the group tonight for an optional salsa dance class.

     

    Day - 34

    Location: Granada - You’ll join your leader on an orientation walk around Leon this morning. Then, take some time to explore on your own, maybe checking out the Basílica de la Asuncion – Central America’s largest cathedral. Or stop by the Museo Historico de la Revolucion for an insight into revolutionaries who fought hard for the freedom of their country. You might like to go volcano sandboarding (this is the only place in the world where you can do it) in the dunes. If you’re feeling peckish, why not fill up on the traditional breakfast of scrambled eggs and gallo pinto before heading to Granada – founded in 1524 and draped in colourful architecture, this city is set on the banks of Lake Nicaragua and surrounded by active volcanoes.

     

    Day - 35

    Location: Granada - This morning you’ll have breakfast with your group at Cafe de las Sonrisas – a local café run entirely by deaf people. The café's owner is aiming to bridge the gap and inspire other business owners to employ local people living with disabilities. Then, you’re free to explore Granada – one of Central America’s least spoiled towns. Maybe you’d like to take a guided tour of the city, visit the markets or wander the cobblestone streets, snapping photos of the colourful buildings. If you’re an adventure enthusiast, opt to hire a kayak and paddle around the islets of Lake Nicaragua, rent a bike and ride to Laguna De Apoyo (a 200-year-old lake set into a lush forest crater), or hike through the flora and fauna along the Mombacho volcano crater trail. For a cultural insight into the heritage of the Nicaraguan people, the city of Masaya or the ‘City of the Flowers’ offers a mixture of folkloric entertainment, from marimba music to street theatre. Tonight, maybe spend your evening along Calle la Calzada, where you can grab a drink at one of the many outdoor bars and watch the wandering performers bring the street to life.

     

    Day - 36

    Location: Ometepe Island - This morning, travel by local bus to Rivas, where you'll transfer to San Jorge ferry port by taxi. Catch a 1-hour ferry across Lake Nicaragua (the largest in Central America and the tenth largest freshwater lake in the world) to the island of Ometepe and head to your hotel. Hourglass-shaped Ometepe Island was formed by two volcanoes rising out of Lake Nicaragua (Ometepe literally means two volcanoes in the Nahuatl language), and the deep jungle is home to exotic wildlife such as monkeys and parrots. Sit on the shore and watch fishermen return from a long day on the water with their catch or hike to a nearby waterfall.

     

    Day - 37

    Location: Ometepe Island - Take advantage of a free day in this bucket list location to discover the island at your own pace. Maybe hike to the summit of Maderas volcano – but be warned, at 1394 m above sea level, this trek is no walk in the park. You might prefer to splash around in the natural springs, soak up the sun on the shore or check out the island's petroglyphs (ancient rock carvings). If you like watermelon, coffee, banana and citrus fruits, this is the place for you as you’ll have loads of delicious fresh fruit to feast on. Tonight, head to Los Ramos – an Indigenous community in the middle of the island’s volcanos – for a cooking class. Learn traditional techniques used to make Nicaraguan dishes like nacatamales (a dough-based snack often filled with meat and steamed in banana leaves) before sitting down for a meal together.

     

    Day - 38

    Location: San Juan del Sur - Today you’ll journey by ferry and public bus to San Juan del Sur – a laidback surf town on Nicaragua’s southwest coast. Though the beach that lines the town’s horseshoe bay isn’t particularly great for swimming, you don’t need to travel far to find beautiful golden beaches with year-round waves. You’ll have some free time today to acquaint yourself with this fun town.

     

    Day - 39

    Location: San Juan del Sur - Enjoy a free day exploring San Juan del Sur’s colourful coastal scenery. You might like to head south to La Flor beach reserve, where it’s possible to see olive ridley, hawksbill, leatherback and green sea turtles nesting between July and November. A massive statue of Christ (the largest in Central America) sits atop a cliff above the bay, so why not hike to the top for spectacular views of the town and the Pacific. In the evening, the city boasts a variety of great bars and restaurants where you can share a meal or a few drinks with the group.

     

    Day - 40

    Location: Monteverde - Say adios to Nicaragua and continue your journey south to Costa Rica this morning. Take a bus to the border and then travel by private vehicle to Monteverde. Monteverde was founded as an agricultural community in 1951 by a group of North American Quakers – these environmentally-aware settlers also established a small wildlife sanctuary, which has since grown into the internationally renowned Monteverde Cloud Forest Biological Preserve. Cloud forests are similar to rainforests, but instead, draw their water from a semi-permanent cloud covering the region. Constant mist in the forest makes it feel like a nightclub but with less bass and more fresh air. This is truly a nature lover's paradise! More than 2000 plant species, 320 bird species and 100 mammal species call Montverde home – be sure to keep an eye out for the resplendent quetzal, one of the most elusive birds in the world.

     

    Day - 41

    Location: Monteverde - Today you have a free day to discover the reserve. Monteverde is not for the faint-hearted, so bring your sense of adventure, and a solid pair of shoes and have a little fun with the giddy heights. Maybe hike through the cloud forest, check out the area by mountain bike or fly over the canopy on a zip-line tour. Another way to see the forest from above is to take a tour along a series of suspension bridges 40 m above the jungle. You can explore the park on your own or arrange for a local guide to accompany you. The guides are very knowledgeable and happy to engage in conversation. To see some guaranteed wildlife up close, visit the butterfly and insect gardens or the serpentarium. There are also several cooperatives worth visiting in the local communities.

     

    Day - 42

    Location: La Fortuna - Continue your journey through Costa Rica and take the scenic route to La Fortuna. Travel by shared minibus to Lake Arenal, then cross by boat. On a clear day, you'll see fantastic views of the surrounding area. On the other side of the lake, re-board the minibus and continue to your destination. La Fortuna is a small town just a few minutes from Costa Rica's most famous volcano – Arenal. While you're here, you might like to take some photos of the volcano reflected in the lake.

     

    Day - 43

    Location: La Fortuna - There are plenty of optional activities to participate in today. Maybe take a guided nature hike through the lush forest surrounding Arenal Volcano, keeping an eye out for rare plants and animals or opt to see the forest from a series of hanging bridges. Check out the 70 m high La Fortuna waterfall or get wet with some water sports on the lake, like stand-up paddle boarding. The volcano’s inner workings also mean that the area is home to several thermal hot springs – an ideal way to relax in the middle of nature. Alternatively, a boat safari down the Celeste River offers the opportunity to see lizards, crocodiles and tropical birds in their natural habitat.

     

    Day - 44

    Location: San Jose - This morning you’ll take a local bus to Costa Rica's capital – San Jose. Situated in the fertile Central Valley and home to over half the country's population, San Jose has lively markets, intriguing museums and a dynamic atmosphere. A good place to start your exploration is the central plaza. The Gold Museum also has a fantastic collection of Indigenous gold art. If you're in the mood for some shopping, head to the Mercado Municipal de Artesanias or the city's Central Market, where you can buy anything from handicrafts to seafood. This afternoon you might want to rejoin your group for a final farewell dinner (or margarita) and say muchas gracias to your Central American journey.

     

    Day - 45

    Location: San Jose - Today your Central American adventure comes to an end, and there are no activities planned. As there's a lot to see and do in and around San Jose, it’s recommended you stay here for a few days to make the most of the city. If you'd like to extend your visit, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: San Jose - Bienvenidos! Welcome to Costa Rica. Your adventure starts in subtropical San Jose, with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight at the hotel. If you arrive early, there’s plenty to see in this bustling city. Maybe take the kids to the Spirogyra Butterfly Garden – the perfect way to introduce the family to Costa Rican biodiversity (while also getting respite from the clamour of the city). After the meeting tonight, maybe get a taste of Tico food (and get to know the other families and your trip leader) with an optional group dinner.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Tortuguero - This morning, you’ll travel by private vehicle to the Caribbean lowlands on a scenic (and slightly bumpy) journey that ends at the port of La Pavona – this rustic port is your entry point to Tortuguero. Hop aboard a small boat and journey into the depths of the Costa Rican wilderness. Arrive in the middle of this biodiverse area, where freshwater lagoons rest under the canopy of rainforest bordering the ocean. Many animals call this place home, so look out for jaguars, various birds and turtles as you sail quietly across the water and traverse the lush jungle.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Tortuguero - This morning, head to Tortuguero National Park for a boat tour of the canals. This park, established in 1970, is now home to 13 of Costa Rica’s 16 endangered mammals, including manatees, ocelots and jaguars. This is also the nesting ground of the green turtle, which comes ashore between July and October to lay its eggs on the beach. The hawksbill turtle, loggerhead turtle and giant leatherback turtles also nest within the park, but at different times of the year. This afternoon, maybe wander around some of the park’s walking trails or just kick back and relax at your lodge. Tonight, you might want to head out on a turtle-watching tour – part of the cost of this optional activity will support a program to patrol the beach for poachers, keeping the turtles and their eggs safe.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Sarapiqui - This morning, say goodbye to the evergreen rainforest and make the journey to Sarapiqui – a town known for its rich biodiversity. When you arrive you'll have time to settle into your hotel. This evening join your leader for a walk through the rainforest, crossing trails as you look out for wildlife, an excursion to learn about the region’s nocturnal creatures – including sloths, howler monkeys, snakes and frogs.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Sarapiqui - Today is a free day to explore Sarapiqui. Maybe you and your family could take a trip down the river on a float or get adventurous and go white water rafting through the rapids. Maybe you’d like to jump in a kayak and discover the lush surroundings on a more leisurely on-water experience. If you need to recharge, maybe you’d like to just relax by the pool at your accommodation.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: La Fortuna - Today, you’ll cross west through the north of the country to the Arenal volcano area, which lies beneath the volcano of the same name. Rising from verdant plains, Arenal Volcano shoots up 1633 m in a perfect cone and in certain lights, it resembles a storybook drawing. The landscape is mainly cloud forest and rainforest, cut through with rivers, lakes and (thanks to the volcano’s inner workings) thermal hot springs. For lunch today visit a local rural community where you and your family will take part in an authentic Costa Rican cooking experience set in a beautiful farm environment. This afternoon is free for you to enjoy La Fortuna at your own pace.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: La Fortuna - Today is a free day to explore La Fortuna and all it has to offer. Maybe grab the kids and head to the La Fortuna Waterfall – at the base of the dormant Chato volcano, the waterfall is surrounded by lush tropical rainforest, and you can even swim at the base of the cascades! Maybe the kids would rather get a new perspective of Arenal Volcano from the 1968 trail, where you can also explore lava trails.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Monteverde - Today, you’ll take the scenic route to Monteverde. Travel by minibus to Lake Arenal, then cross the water by boat. On the other side of the lake, re-board a minibus and continue to your destination. In 1951 North American Quakers founded the nearby Monteverde Cloud Forest Biological Reserve – a sanctuary for the unique flora and fauna of Costa Rica. More than 2000 species of plants, 320 bird species and 100 different types of mammals call the reserve home, and over the next few days, you’ll get acquainted with some of them. Tonight you will be able to relax in your boutique accommodation on a family-run farm, surrounded by spectacular cloud forest, gardens, coffee fields and views of the Nicoya gulf.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Monteverde - This morning, see the forest from a different perspective on an included canopy walk across the suspended bridges of the cloud forest. The variety of bird life in Monteverde is enough to make an ornithologist out of anyone, so don’t be surprised if younger children have a new answer to the question – what do you want to do when you grow up? While you’re up among the treetops, look (or listen) out for the reclusive quetzal, the blue-crowned motmot or the emerald toucanet. The rest of the day is free to relax or partake in some optional activities. You could visit an orchid farm or whizz through the trees on ziplines. If conditions are right, there might be a chance to hike through the forest at dusk – a unique opportunity to see the area’s nocturnal creatures begin to stir.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Dominical - Wave 'adios' to Monteverde and hit the Pan-American Highway for a southward journey past beaches and palm plantations to the beachside town of Dominical. Along the way, you’ll stop at a local family home where you’ll have the opportunity to see how authentic local Costa Rican food is made and enjoy a delicious lunch. Spend some time with the three generations of Costa Ricans here and learn about their stories as you enjoy the essence of the Pura Vida lifestyle. Your accommodation while in Dominical is an eco-hotel, surrounded by lush rainforest, with all the comforts you could want.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Marino Ballena National Park - Dominical - Set off this morning on a short drive to Marino Ballena National Park, a vital conservation area know for it's diverse marine life, including dolphins, sea turtles and of course whales! Today your family will enjoy a special experience as you participate in a hands-on coral restoration workshop with a local non-profit organisation. Then the rest of the day will be yours to enjoy as you like. You can hike through the national park, relax on the beach or join in on one of the many optional activities on offer.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Dominical - Today is a free day in Dominical. Flanked by the Baru River, this town is known for its surfing beach and tropical forest hiking trails, so there are plenty of options if you and the kids want to get outdoors (and who wouldn’t when you’re in this natural paradise?).

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Manuel Antonio National Park - San Jose - Today on the return to San Jose, you'll make a stop at Manuel Antonio National Park – the most popular national park in Costa Rica, to enjoy a guided walk along the trails with a Naturalist guide. Immerse yourself in nature and learn more about the area’s diverse flora and fauna. Look and listen carefully, and you may just be able to spot howler monkeys, two and three-toed sloths, iguanas and heaps of various birds. Then, continue on to San Jose, arriving to the hotel in the late afternoon. You may like to head out with the other families for a final group dinner together to toast to an amazing adventure.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: San Jose - After breakfast today your trip comes to an end. As there are no further activities planned you are free to depart anytime. If you’d like to extend your stay, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: San Jose - Welcome to subtropical San Jose! Meet your leader and fellow family travellers at a welcome meeting at 5 pm at the hotel. If you arrive early there is plenty to see in this bustling city, and as the streets are laid out in a grid pattern it’s relatively easy to navigate too. Check out a few of the optional activities below, just note that as these activities are not included, they may incur an extra charge. The Spirogyra Butterfly Garden, for example, is the perfect way to introduce kids (and adults) of all ages to Costa Rican biodiversity while getting some respite from the clamour of the city. After the meeting tonight, perhaps get a taste of ‘Tico’ food (and get to know the other families and your tour leader) with an optional dinner as a group.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Santa Rosa de Pocosol - This morning we head to the tiny agricultural community of Juanilama (pop. approximately 200) in the Santa Rosa de Pocosol region. This area is predominantly dedicated to milk production and raising cattle. It’s the perfect place to experience life in small-town Costa Rica – you’ll even be staying with a local family! Settle in and get to know your hosts before going on an agricultural tour. During the tour the children will learn how to plant vegetables as well as gather some produce to be used in tonight’s cooking class. You will have some free time to wander around the community before coming together to create a meal with the produce collected earlier. Vamos a comer (Let’s eat)!

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Arenal - Today you’ll cross west through the north of the country to Arenal (approximately 1 hour), which lies beneath the volcano of the same name. Rising from verdant plains, Arenal Volcano shoots up 1633 metres in a perfect cone and in certain light resembles a storybook drawing. The landscape is mainly cloud forest and rainforest, cut through with rivers, lakes and -- thanks to the volcano’s inner workings -- thermal hot springs. On arrival you are free to explore the area at your own pace, or perhaps you’d prefer to unwind by the hotel pool in view of the mighty Arenal Volcano.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Arenal - Today begins with a hike to the Peninsula section of the National Park, near Lake Arenal. Here we will begin a 1.5 km (1 mile) long walk along an easy trail for about an hour. Throughout the tour you can enjoy excellent views overlooking Lake Arenal and the Tilaran Volcanic Mountain Range in the observation bays that are found along the trail. At the end of the walk, we will have the opportunity to climb to the observation platform of approximately 12 meters (40 ft) high for a closer and amazing view of the volcano. At the end of the trail, we will take our boat for a tour along the forested shores of Lake Arenal and islets to try to find some animals. This is the ideal place to take scenic photographs of the volcano, if it is clear. After about 45 minutes, the boat docks in the sector of the Arenal Dam. The afternoon is then free for optional activities in the local area. Please note as these activities are not included, some incur extra cost. To get a closer view of the majestic volcano peak, you could take a hike past old lava flows on the Arenal 1968 Trail. There are two options on the 1968, including a shorter route suitable for families with younger kids. Or maybe a slow-paced soar on the Sky Tram is more your family’s speed? Chat to your leader about these and the many other options on offer today.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Monteverde - Today you’ll drive to the shores of Lake Arenal, before taking a boat across the lake to the little town of La Fortuna. On a clear day, you'll have fantastic views of the surrounding area. Watching the massive Arenal Volcano loom larger and larger as you approach is a spectacular sight. Once you reach La Fortuna, a vehicle will take you to the hotel. There may be time to make an optional visit the nearby Butterfly Garden today upon arrival (an additional cost). Otherwise, settle into your accommodation and enjoy the tranquillity of nature. In 1951 North American Quakers founded the nearby Monteverde Cloud Forest Biological Reserve, a sanctuary for the unique flora and fauna of Costa Rica. More than 2000 species of plants, 320 bird species and 100 different types of mammals call the reserve home, and over the next few days you’ll get acquainted with some of them.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Monteverde - See the forest from a different perspective on an included canopy walk across the suspended bridges of Monteverde. The sheer variety of bird life in Monteverde is enough to make an ornithologist out of anyone, so don’t be surprised if younger children have a new answer to the question ‘what do you want to do when you grow up?’ While you’re up among the treetops look (or listen) out for the reclusive resplendent quetzal, the blue-crowned motmot or the emerald toucanet. The rest of the day is free for you to relax or partake in some optional activities. You could visit an orchid farm or whizz through the trees on zip-lines. If conditions are right, there might be a chance to hike through the forest at dusk, a unique opportunity to see the area’s nocturnal creatures begin to stir.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Manuel Antonio National Park - Wave adios to Monteverde and hit the Pan-American Highway for a southward journey past beaches and palm plantations to Manuel Antonio (around 6 hours). Arrive at your accommodation, located close to the national park, and spend an evening at leisure. On your way you will stop at a local family home where you'll enjoy a cooking class and lunch. An activity the kids will enjoy! All the dishes will be based on traditional Costa Rican cuisine. Tonight, maybe take the family for a traditional Costa Rican meal at a soda (local restaurant), where you can mix with locals and try some of the region’s incredible fresh produce. Please note this dinner is not included, but your leader can give you tips on where to go and what to order!

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Manuel Antonio National Park - After breakfast enjoy a 3-hour guided walk along the trails that snake through Manuel Antonio National Park. Immerse yourself in nature and learn more about the area’s diverse wild and plant life from your local naturalist guide. Look and listen carefully and you may be able to spot howler monkeys, two- and three-toed sloths, iguanas and more. The afternoon is free to explore this magical area further at your family’s desired pace. Maybe you’d like to relax on one of the idyllic palm-lined bays while the kids splash in the water. Active types have the option to rent equipment to kayak, surf or fish in the glittering ocean (for an extra cost). There are no wrong choices in this balmy paradise.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: San Jose - Rise and shine for your final morning in this beachside haven. Enjoy your last hours in Manuel Antonio with some free time before making the return drive to San Jose in the mid-afternoon (approximately 3 hours). There are no activities planned on arrival at San Jose but maybe head out as a group for a final optional dinner to reminisce about your time together.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: San Jose - There are no activities planned for today. Please remember to comply with the hotel’s internal check-out times if you are leaving today. Can’t get enough of San Jose? Why not head out on a Tropical Rainforest and Chocolate Urban Adventure, which uncovers the chocolate and wildlife secrets of the jungle. Find out more at urbanadventures.com/San-Jose-tour-tropical-rainforest-and-chocolate-adventure.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Playa del Carmen - Welcome to Playa del Carmen, Mexico! A great destination for families, you may like to arrive early and explore the local area and some of the many activities on offer. Go snorkelling among the mangroves, relax on white sandy beaches or perhaps take a ferry across to Cozumel to experience some of the fantastic diving on offer. At 5pm you'll meet your group leader for an important welcome meeting at the hotel before heading to a nearby restaurant for an included dinner and the opportunity to get to know the other families travelling in your group.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Tulum Day trip - Today, you’ll head down the coast for a daytrip to the Tulum archaeological site, the sprawling walled grounds of a well-preserved ancient Maya city backed by the Caribbean Sea. Tulum was one of the last cities built and inhabited by the Maya and stood at the height of its progress during the 13th and 15th centuries and stood for about 70 years after the Spanish occupation began. Get the lay of the land on a guided tour with your leader in the morning, and then spend the afternoon either at the beach or stay in town to perhaps rent some bikes and explore. Return to Playa del Carmen later in the day for a free evening to spend how you’d like.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Izamal - Head inland today to Izamal, stopping first at Laguna Chabela where you’ll meet a local Maya family with deep roots in this small town. On a tour of their farm, you and the kids will see what they grow and learn how they live off the land. You’ll even get the chance to learn how to make Coba-style tortillas and enjoy a traditional lunch. Onwards to Izamal, you’ll pretty quickly understand why some call it the City of Yellow as you arrive among the many yellow ochre buildings. Take in the town on an orientation walk with your leader and enjoy some free time to explore the town further or have a swim at the hotel.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Merida - Today it's onwards towards Merida, the vibrant capital of the state of Yutacan.  Merida bridges very different cultures, which can perhaps be best absorbed from the city’s focal point – the Plaza de la Independencia. Here you are surrounded by colonial-era buildings, many of which were built with stones from the Maya temples that were here before. Join your leader for an orientation walk around town and a visit to a local Pola ice-cream shop. If you're feeling adventurous you may like to try some traditional Mexican ice-cream flavours - Avocado, blue cheese or camote (sweet potato) ice-cream anyone? We'll also pass by local street vendors where you'll have the opportunity to buy sweet marquesitas to try. Native to Merida, this crepe-like pastry is filled with caramel, jam, chocolate or cheese and rolled up like a taco. Delicious! This rest of the day is free for you to enjoy as you like. 

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Merida - After breakfast, we travel west to the Gulf of Mexico coast and take a boat ride to visit the Ría Celestún Biosphere Reserve and Bird Sanctuary, home to vast flocks of flamingos and herons. The area is well-known as the first stop of the migratory path of birds heading from North to Central America. If visiting at the right time, you're likely to witness thousands of flamingos painting a pink streak across the landscape. A truly magnificent sight especially with the coconut trees lining the shore of the beachhes nearby. Once you return to Merida, you’ll have some free time to relax. Perhaps take a swim in the hotel pool or embark on one last walk around the town.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Playa del Carmen - This morning we say farewell to Merida to make the return to Playa, but not without a stop at Chichen Itza, UNESCO World Heritage Site and possibly the most famous Maya temple site in all of Mexico. Marvel at the temple of Kukulkan standing high over the ruins, then explore the nearby ‘ball court’. Disputes were typically settled here by way of a ball game that only used the elbows, hips and wrists – stone carvings depicting violence suggest that it wasn’t a casual or friendly sport.  After your visit, you will get to know a local family over a special lunch in the town of Piste. Here you will enjoy a pibil feast, a traditional Maya style of cooking that involves wrapping food in banana leaves and barbecuing it underground. Today you will also get the chance to cool off and swim in one of the many hidden cenotes – natural sinkholes created when underground limestone collapses and exposes the groundwater beneath, which are dotted all over the Yucatan peninsula. It’s believed that the peninsula’s vast network of sinkholes responsible for these cenotes is a result of an asteroid that crashed here over 66 million years ago, the same one also believed to have wiped out the dinosaurs. What makes the cenote we visit so special, apart from the lush greenery that surrounds it, is that it was developed by a group of local Mayan women as a sustainable and communally owned source of employment for people in their local community. 

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Playa del Carmen - Today marks the final day of your Mexico adventure and you’re free to depart with your family at any time. If you need another day by the beach, consider booking additional accommodation. Alternatively, the airport in Cancun is approximately a 1-hour drive away and we can pre-book a departure transfer for you and your family.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Havana - Bienvenidos! Welcome to Cuba. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight in Havana. If you arrive early, the day is yours to explore. Consider a stroll through Old Havana to acquaint yourself with its colourful mix of 50s Americana, colonial architecture and budding modernity. There are plenty of good museums to check out, such as the Museo Nacional de Bellas Artes (National Museum of Fine Arts). Perhaps line up with the locals for a taste of the legendary Coppelia ice cream, or wander along the Malecon, the sea wall that skirts the coastline.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Soroa / Vinales - Spend the morning enjoying a short tour around Old Havana with your local guide. Founded in 1519 by the Spanish and designated a World Heritage Site in 1982, this well-preserved area within Cuba’s capital remains virtually unchanged which makes it one of the Caribbean’s most impressive historical cities. Wander through Havana’s oldest square, Plaza de Armas, stroll around the architecturally eclectic buildings that line the 16th century Plaza Veija, admire the basilica of San Francisco de Asis and visit the Cathedral with its elaborate baroque facade. After, drive to Soroa, a lush enclave nestled in a picturesque valley and aptly known as the ‘rainbow of Cuba’. Stop for lunch and tour a beautiful orchid garden where you’ll learn the medicinal secrets behind wild Cuban herbs, before continuing your journey to Vinales. Located in the province of Pinar del Rio – Vinales is a landscape of tobacco and agricultural fields dotted with limestone outcrops. The scenery here is some of the most picturesque in Cuba and there are many ways to take it all in, ask your leader about the optional activities available including cycling, walking through tobacco fields and hiking to the mountains to explore the vast cave system of Gran Caverna de Santo Tomas.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Vinales - This morning, enjoy a walking tour through farms, tobacco plantations and lush cultivated lands for an insight into rural life in Vinales. Learn more about the simple lifestyle here and see first-hand the farmers who grow tobacco for some of the world’s most expensive cigars. For dinner this evening, relish a real garden-to-plate experience with an included dinner at an organic eco-farm. Indulge in a variety of fresh produce – from numerous vegetables and salads to meats, seafood and salsas – all while gazing across sweeping views of the verdant valley. After, why not head out to a quaint bar and get to know some of Vinales’ residents. This small and charming rural village is one of the easiest places to mingle with locals in Cuba, who are very sociable, and many of them love nothing better than to drink rum and dance the night away!

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Bay of Pigs / Cienfuegos - Begin the day by travelling to a peaceful sandy arc on Cuba’s southern coast, commonly known as the Bay of Pigs. Learn about the Bay of Pigs Invasion – the battle between the US and the Cuban revolutionaries which resulted in the first defeat of a US-backed takeover in Latin America. Then, stop for a dip in its tranquil waters, with an outstanding variety of coral and fish, it just might be Cuba’s best-kept secret. Then continue along the picturesque coast to Cienfuegos, a slice of Paris in the Caribbean. This is the gem of the south, a seaside town of relaxing streets and dazzling buildings that strike a beautiful pose by the water. Founded in 1819 by pioneering French immigrants, the elegant architectural influence that these settlers brought with them earned the city a UNESCO World Heritage Site listing in 2005. Enjoy a photo stop at Palacio del Valle, which is Cienfuegos' architectural pride and joy. Learn more about its history as you take in the beauty of its intricate carvings of Venetian alabaster and if you’re up for it, why not head to the rooftop for a sunset drink.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Trinidad - Perhaps kick-start your morning with some Cuban coffee (it's served black, strong and super sweet) then bid farewell to Cienfuegos and board the bus for a short drive to Trinidad – a beautifully preserved colonial down that sits on the scenic Caribbean coast. There's no doubt it's one of Cuba's alluring destinations, a great place to wander around, with almost every scene offering a photo opportunity. Watch as locals casually smoke their huge cigars on the doorsteps of their homes, and hear the old Chevrolets rumbling by. Begin by strolling along the cobbled streets and marvelling at some of the colourful colonial architecture on display (this town was put on the UNESCO World Heritage list in 1988 for good reason), then feel the Cuban rhythms during a casual salsa class – a sure-fire way to boost your confidence in preparation for Trinidad’s nightlife!

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Trinidad - Trinidad’s old-fashioned feel and friendly folk make it a standout destination for many visitors to Cuba, and the Santeria religion (a voodoo-like Afro-Cuban tradition) which is practiced here makes the town even more intriguing. Enjoy a free day to check-out Trinidad at your own pace. There are some great Spanish-style churches to see, and nearby is the Valle de los Ingenios, where sugar plantations stretch out as far as the eye can see. Why not go for a dip at nearby Playa Ancon and loll about on the long stretches of white sand or hire a bike of the vintage variety and cycle along Trinidad’s colourful (and cobblestone) streets. If you’re feeling energetic, then hiking in the Sierra del Escambray (the local mountains) is a great option – just ask your leader to help you decide! This evening, a folklore dance and music show in one of the open-air venues is highly recommended – a great chance to immerse yourself in Cuba's African, French and Spanish-influenced music and dance culture.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Santa Clara / Havana - On your way back to Havana, you'll stop in at Santa Clara to visit the Che Guevara mausoleum and memorial where you can get a rare insight into the legacy of the revolutionary leader. Che's remains were brought to rest here after they were found in a remote corner of Bolivia in 1997, where he was assassinated by the CIA-backed Bolivian army. The memorial is home to an impressive bronze statue of Che bearing his rifle and inside the museum, you can learn about his amazing life and see photos and exhibits such as letters, firearms, medical devices and other interesting artefacts – including his famous black beret. Upon arrival in Havana, stop by Revolution square then prepare for a final night of celebrations where you can toast to an incredible adventure across beautiful Cuba!

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Havana - Your trip comes to an end this morning after breakfast, check-out time is 10 am. If you wish to stay on in this colourful capital, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Havana - Bienvenido a Cuba! Welcome to Cuba! Upon arrival, soak in the decaying beauty of Havana and the surreal feeling that you have entered a bygone era. This is a very historic time to visit Cuba, as the gates finally creak open to a country so long forbidden, an opportunity has arisen to support the Cuban people and explore their incredible country. As there are no activities planned until your important welcome meeting at 6 pm – why not take a stroll to get acquainted with Cuba’s capital, where vintage cars, plumes of cigar smoke, Neo-Gothic churches and Art Deco theatres come together in a unique mesh of histories. After your welcome meeting, enjoy dinner at a local paladar, a privately-owned restaurant and a great example of Cuba’s incremental shift to a more free-market economy. Paladar means ‘palate’ but the popular usage of the word to describe this kind of restaurant references a Brazilian soap opera popular in Cuba in the 1990s.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Havana - This morning, find out more about the local customs, folklore and beliefs of Cuba’s Afro-Cuban religion from an insider on a colourful and unconventional tour with Urban Adventures. Be welcomed into private homes and take the opportunity to learn from the devoted residents as you explore one of Havana’s sub-cultures at a grassroots level, something not often experienced by tourists. Next, you’ll get to see outer Havana in a convoy of classic American vintage cars. Cruise via points of interest – such as the Malecon, Revolution Square, Avenida de los presidentes and ending in Old Havana. Next, your leader will take you on a walking tour around the charming neighbourhood of Old Havana (approximately 2.5 hours). The best place to start any Havana experience is in the Old City, which is one of the best-preserved towns and in 1982 was designated a World Heritage Site. The streets are lined with colonial architecture, 16th-century fortresses and countless churches. Visit La Catedral San Cristobal de la Habana, the Palacio de los Marqueses de Aguas Claras and the Plaza de Armas. After a full day of exploration, enjoy an evening at leisure.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Las Terrazas / Vinales - This morning, head east to Vinales. En route stop by an outer-Havana suburb to see the passion project of Jose Fuster, an artist who has turned an entire neighbourhood into a lively and colourful series of mosaics. Known as 'Fusterlandia', the inspiring and whimsical scenery is a perfect spot for pictures. Continue your journey to a local community in Las Terrazas (approximately 2 hours). The village was built as part of a government reforestation project and has since received a UNESCO biosphere listing. Meet up with local community leaders who will share insights into Las Terrazas and how the society works. You’ll also visit the ecological research centre and take a guided walk around the complex. After lunch take a 2 hour drive to Vinales – situated in one of the most picturesque parts of Cuba, it’s a small and culturally rich village, with friendly and welcoming residents. On your way into the village, you may pass by the vibrant Mural de la Prehistoria at the foot of the verdant Sierra de Vinales. Take the short journey into the centre of town and arrive in time for a brief orientation walk before heading to a privately-owned organic farm to learn about sustainable farming in Cuba. Hopefully meet local farmer Wilfredo Garcia Correa or at least his family who will show us around the farm and explain the methods used to cultivate crops without the use of pesticides, then enjoy a deliciously fresh and diverse meal prepared by the family, a truly authentic farm-to-fork experience!

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Vinales - Today at 9 am, spend the morning (approximately 3 hours) finding out more about Cuban agriculture with a visit to a local tobacco farm to learn about the tradition of Cuban cigars. Get an insight as to how the communist system works, how much tobacco they keep, how much produce they give back to the government and how they make ends meet. Learn about the process of tobacco planting to rolling the final cigar. Share in the secret recipe of how they cure their leaves, which originated from one family and has been passed down through three generations – then drink some freshly roasted coffee from the farm while watching an expert roll a cigar. In the afternoon, get involved in a 1-hour salsa dance lesson, followed by a cooking demonstration from a local chef. Vinales is one of the more agriculturally productive areas of Cuba, so an abundance of homegrown seasonal fruit and vegetables are always on offer such as avocados, mangoes, pineapples, papaya, guava, and several varieties of sweet potatoes. Sit back, relax and enjoy the well-prepared meal while overlooking the lush scenery of Vinales.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Bay of Pigs / Cienfuegos - Depart Vinales at 8 am and head to Cienfuegos – drive for approximately 4.5 hours before stopping for lunch. This afternoon you’ll visit the Korimakao Cultural Project in Ciénega de Zapata, an area famous for its wetlands. Founded in 1992, Korimakao is a project to bring theatre, music, and dancing to remote areas of Cuba. You’ll have the opportunity to meet a director of the project, who will talk to you about the importance of this venture and the number of students that have benefited from it. Continue along to the picturesque town of Cienfuegos (1.5 hours), a slice of Paris in the Caribbean. Founded in 1819 by pioneering French immigrants – the elegant architectural influence that these settlers brought with them, earned the city a UNESCO World Heritage Site listing in 2005.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Trinidad - This morning at approximately 8.30 am, your leader will show you around the charming streets of Cienfuegos before getting back on the road around 10 am, heading towards the National Park of Topes de Collantes (approximately 2 hours). Here there is a stop for a swim in a waterfall and to have lunch at a small privately-owned family farm. Travel onwards to the beautiful city of Trinidad (approximately 1.5 hours). Located near the lovely Valle de los Ingenios (Valley of Sugar Mills) and Playa Ancón, Trinidad enjoys long stretches of unspoiled, white sand beaches and is home to numerous churches and well-preserved colonial buildings. After lunch, begin with a guided cultural tour of the city (approximately 3 hours) – this includes an opportunity to visit two museums such as Museo Nacional de la Lucha Contra Bandidos, Museo Romantico or the History museum. Later, visit the privately-owned pottery workshop of the Santander family. This family are well known in the Cuban cultural landscape for having produced pottery for generations as well as assisting in the restoration of sculptures that once existed in this UNESCO world heritage site. Support the Cuban economy by taking the chance to purchase your own pottery as a reminder of your time in Cuba. In the evening, perhaps seek out the dance scene in Cuba. You may wish to see the local Afro Cuban Folkloric dance group that perform shows at the club Palenque, which has cultural and social importance in this region. Nightlife in Trinidad is probably the most accessible and intense in all of Cuba, with numerous live music venues and many dance performances every day of the week.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Trinidad - This morning is yours to explore Trinidad by selecting one of the many optional activities on offer. Perhaps you’d like to hire a bike and cycle along the city’s colorful streets, past once-grand mansions, pastel buildings and wrought iron features – or instead you might choose to explore one of the excellent walking trails in the nearby Sierra del Escambray mountains. Your leader can suggest a lunch place at a local paladar. In the afternoon head to Playa Ancon for some beach time fun and maybe a little snorkeling, followed by a sunset picnic prepared for you by one of the privately-owned guesthouses.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Havana - Leave Trinidad around 9 am, heading to Santa Clara (approximately 2 hours), a key city in the Cuban Revolution to see the iconic statue of Ernesto Ché Guevara, built to commemorate his death and that of the revolutionaries. There will be time to explore the museum which honours Che's life. Drive back to Havana (approximately 3 hours) where there will be some time to freshen up before a final fun-filled night of music, dinner and dancing at Rosalia de Castro – where you’ll enjoy an ensemble of Cuban classics performed live by Buena Vista Social Club!

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Havana - Your adventure ends today after breakfast. There are no activities planned for the final day so remember to say good-bye to your leader before you head back to the U.S.  

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Havana - Bienvenidos! Welcome to Cuba. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. If you arrive early, consider a stroll through Old Havana to acquaint yourself with the colourful mix of '50s Americana, colonial architecture and budding modernity. There are plenty of good museums to check out, like the Museo Nacional de Bellas Artes (National Museum of Fine Arts). Maybe line up with the locals for a taste of Coppelia ice cream, or wander along the Malecon (ocean walkway) – the sea wall that skirts the coastline.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Havana - Havana's history is as colourful as its cars and buildings, and today you’ll get to experience the magic of Old Havana on a walking tour with your local leader. Designated a UNESCO World Heritage site in 1982, this well-preserved area remains virtually unchanged, making it one of the Caribbean’s most impressive historical cities. An air of faded glory comes through in the peeling paint of the grand old buildings, and the narrow streets, spacious plazas and Spanish architecture make it a charm to explore on foot. Visit La Catedral San Cristobal de la Habana, the Palacio de los Marqueses de Aguas Claras and the Plaza de Armas. Visit the Museo de la Revolucion to learn about the history of the Cuban Revolution, then you’ll have free time to explore on your own. Perhaps check out a cigar factory or cruise around outer-Havana in a vintage American car.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Santa Clara - Say goodbye to Havana and head towards Santa Clara – the final resting place of Cuba’s most famous son, Che Guevara. Visit his mausoleum and memorial – Che's remains were brought here after they were found in a remote corner of Bolivia in 1997, where he was assassinated by the CIA-backed Bolivian army. Check out the impressive bronze statue of Che bearing his rifle and learn about his life. Check into your guesthouse, follow your leader on an orientation walk and enjoy the rest of the afternoon free.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Bayamo - Today, continue your journey to Bayamo. On the way, stop at Ciego de Avila to visit a local jewellery workshop that sprung from a community-based project that provides training to young people and the unemployed. Much of the work on display here is from local artisan, made from discarded old silverware that’s repurposed and recycled. Arrive in Bayamo in the early afternoon, one of the original Spanish settlements, you’re more likely to see locals travelling on horses than in cars here. Take a walk through the slow-paced city, then settle in for a restful night.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Baracoa - This morning, hop back on the bus and travel to Baracoa through central Cuba, tucked between forests and the Caribbean Sea. On the way, stop at Guantanamo Bay and if time permits, visit a lookout for a view of the Guantanamo Naval Base and surrounding bay. Join your leader on an orientation walk to get your bearings – the town was only accessible by sea until 1960, and even after a road linking Baracoa to Guantanamo was built, the settlement maintains a small-town feel. In your free time, wander along the beautiful Malecon, chill at the beach or explore the forts that were built to withstand pirate attacks. Maybe visit the Catedral de Nuestra Senora de la Asuncion to see the bust of the Indigenous leader Hatuey, who was burned at the stake for refusing to accept the Spanish and their Catholicism.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Baracoa - This morning, head to Boca de Yumuri Canyon. On the way, visit a local cocoa plantation and learn about these magic beans. When you arrive, take a walk in the nature and ride in cayuca (traditional boat) along the canyon formed by the Yumuri River. From the boat, maybe take the chance to cool off with a swim in the river. Then, return to Baracoa for a free evening. As one of Cuba’s major agricultural zones, Baracoa is a great place to try local foods like chocolate, prawns in coconut sauce and banana-stuffed tamales. Don’t miss the cucurucho tonight (a sweet treat of coconut, sugar and fruit wrapped in dried cone-shaped palm leaves).

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Santiago de Cuba - A spectacular journey to Santiago de Cuba will take you through the mountains and along the Atlantic coastline to the dry region surrounding Guantanamo. Grab a windowseat if you can, to see the passing cacti and wiry goats. Arrive in the hottest place in Cuba – both in temperature and atmosphere – in the mid-afternoon. Set between the Sierra Maestra Mountain Range and the Caribbean, this city's historical centre retains a timeworn atmosphere, ideal for photographers. After an orientation walk with your leader, perhaps join with some of your travel buddies and head out for a group dinner. Alternatively, get a good night’s rest ready for a day of exploration tomorrow.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Santiago de Cuba - Set off on a half day city tour of Santiago. You'll visit El Morro Castle, Ifigenia cemetery and the Moncada barracks and learn about the city’s rich history. For nearly a century, the city was the island's seat of power and it also played a vital role in the Revolution. The people of Santiago were the first to rise up in arms against government troops in 1956, and it was in Santiago that Fidel Castro declared the triumph of the Revolution. The city is also famous for its energetic Carnaval celebrations and its lively Festival of Caribbean Culture. With a strong Afro-Cuban heritage, it's no surprise that Santiago has a vibrant music scene and is seen as Cuba’s capital of music. It’s the home of son music, which is a mix of Spanish guitar and African percussion. In the evening, maybe head to a live music venue and dance the night away.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Camaguey - Head east along the Carretera Central to Camaguey today. When you arrive, explore the winding streets – the city was planned in a deliberately confusing pattern to disorient any would-be assailants – and look out for tinajones (large clay pots used for collecting water). Stop by the Iglesia de Nuestra Senora de la Soledad to see its baroque frescoes, then the rest of the day is free to uncover more of the city’s history at your own pace.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Camaguey - Today you’ll take a guided tour of Camaguey on a bicycle taxi. Cycling is a popular form of transport in Cuba, and bicycle taxis are very common – in the confusing streets of Camaguey, it's a particularly good way to get around. Visit a local market, some of the local parks and plazas and an art gallery. Maybe head to a local farmers' market for an insight into daily Cuban life. There are plenty of interesting tropical fruits, vegetables and herbs available. Later, your leader will take you to a local bar where you'll get to compare white rum to aged rum – Cuba is known as the origin of some of the smoothest and most sought-after rums on the entire planet!

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Trinidad - Travel through the centre of the country to Trinidad, which sits on the scenic Caribbean coast. No other city is as well preserved and the residents are extremely friendly here. Trinidad is also steeped in religion, including the Afro-Cuban religion of Santeria. On an orientation walk, you’ll see the former wealth generated by the sugar industry in the town's once-grand mansions, colourful public buildings, wrought iron grill work and cobblestoned streets.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Trinidad - Today, you'll have plenty of free time in Trinidad. At some point while you're here, you'll have the opportunity to get involved in an informal salsa class. Cuba has a hugely rich and varied dance and musical tradition that draws its roots from Africa and France. Many styles that have greatly influenced music worldwide originated in Cuba, such as mambo, cha-cha-cha, son and rumba. There’s also a chance to get a hands-on lesson with the musical instruments themselves in a percussion workshop. By now, hopefully you've learnt enough of the local rhythms to join in with the locals – maybe at a certain venue hidden within a cave! You could also take a hands-on percussion workshop. A bike is a great way to explore the local area, but like its cars, Cuba's bicycles are vintage, which means a little bit of practicality may be sacrificed for the romance. You could even take a trip to Playa Ancon and relax on the beach or go snorkelling through the clear waters (just watch for sea urchins, which can be a problem here). Party the night away at one of the town’s live music venues or attend a folklore show at one of the town's open-air venues.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Cienfuegos - Travel on to Cienfuegos, known affectionately as 'The Pearl of the South'. Part of the city's appeal lies in its colonial centre, which features wide Parisian-style boulevards and elegant colonnades. On the way, stop at Guanaroca Lagoon, one of the most unique ecosystems in Cuba, constituting an essential link in sustaining marine life in Cienfuegos bay. A large number of waterfowl find refuge in its waters, such as pink flamingos, sea corúas, gannets, Florida ducks. Take a boat tour on the lagoon for a unique opportunity to see these birds in their natural habitat. Then continue onto Cienfuegos. Drive along the peninsula to see Cienfuegos' architectural pride and joy, the Moroccan-influenced Palacio del Valle. On arrival, join your leader on an orientation walk to admire the city’s elegant architecture and glittering bay. Then enjoy an afternoon for your own discoveries. The province is known for its coffee production, so perhaps find a spot to enjoy a fantastic brew, visit the Jardin Botanico de Cienfuegos, Cuba’s oldest botanical gardens, or head to Club Cienfuegos to watch the sunset with a cocktail in hand.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Havana - Return to Havana today, stopping at a local cigar factory along the way. Here, you'll learn the process of manufacturing the most popular product of Cuba (the Cuban cigar). Carry on to the Playa Giro, which sits on the eastern side of the Bahia de Cochinos (the Bay of Pigs). With crystal clear Caribbean waters, a deep underwater wall and a huge variety of coral and fish, the bay is a haven for a taking a refreshing swim. Then, continue your journey to Havana. At the end of a long day, it's time for a mojito and one final night of salsa in Habana Vieja's bars. Hit the streets and celebrate the end of a fantastic adventure!

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Havana - With no further activities planned, your adventure comes to an end after breakfast this morning. If you’d like to extend your stay, just get in touch with your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Mexico City - Hola! Welcome to Mexico. Your adventure starts in Mexico City with a welcome meeting at 10 am this morning. After your meeting, join your local leader on a private guided tour of Mexico City’s historic centre. Visit the Zocalo, Templo Mayor, the Metropolitan Cathedral and the grand Palacio de Bellas Artes and learn about the layers of history that shaped the Mexican capital. After, sit down to a pulque tasting, where you’ll sample both traditional and flavored versions of this ancient, fermented agave drink, paired with local snacks. Then, head to El Califa de Leon – a Michelin-starred taqueria serving expertly grilled tacos that elevate street food to fine dining. In the afternoon, wander through the Mercado de Artesanias La Ciudadela – a bustling market packed with handicrafts from across the country. Tonight, head out for dinner at the historic Cafe de Tacuba – a century-old restaurant known for its ambiance and traditional dishes. Your leader will share the restaurant’s legacy and suggest specialties to try.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Mexico City - Today, you’ll explore the Teotihuacan Archaeological Sites on a daytrip with your leader. Walk along the Avenue of the Dead, explore the Pyramid of the Sun and the Pyramid of the Moon and hear the stories behind this ancient Mesoamerican city. For lunch, you’ll visit a local family’s home and see how people live outside Mexico City. Here, you’ll taste some real flavours of typical Mexican kitchens and be served by the family members. You’ll return to the city in the late afternoon to enjoy some free time. Maybe find a local restaurant for dinner – your leader will have the best recommendations.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Mexico City - Today you’ll visit the Chapultepec Park and Castle. Perched on a hill above the city, the castle offers amazing panoramic views. Next, travel south to Coyoacan, where you’ll stop at the Coyoacan Market and try traditional dishes like quesadillas, blue corn tlacoyos or pozole (stew). In the afternoon, join a walking tour of Jardin Centenario, Plaza Hidalgo and the San Juan Bautista Church, then, stop for a churro and hot chocolate. After, visit the Diego Rivera and Frida Kahlo House-Studio Museum in San Angel, which offers a deeper look into the life and work of Mexico’s most iconic artist couple.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Mexico City - After breakfast, join our tour leader on a walking tour through Roma Norte and la Condesa, two of the city’s most stylish and culturally rich neighbourhoods. Discover hidden murals, tree-lined boulevards, historic architecture and the OMR Gallery and hear the stories behind these artistic enclaves. Finish with a lunch at a local mezcaleria. After you will return to the hotel and your journey will come to an end.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Mexico City - Bienvenidos! Welcome to Mexico City. Check into your hotel this morning, where a welcome pack will be waiting for you. This will include all the information you need for your Short Break Adventure. If you have free time today, why not venture into the streets and check out this incredible city where modern meets ancient. Although crowded and smoggy, D.F. (Distrito Federal) offers a great variety of impressive museums, galleries and architecture, along with exciting night life and delicious street food. Why not head to the Zocalo – the city's huge central square – to see Aztec ruins and architecture or relax in one of the many parks, plazas and gardens.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Mexico City - Pick up the rest of your travel mates today and head out of town by public transport, experiencing how locals move about this crowded city. Hop off at the archaeological area of the Teotihuacan pyramids and explore the grounds. Visit the Moon Pyramid, the Calzada de los Muertos (Dead Pass), and the 63-m-high Sun Pyramid – the tallest and most spectacular in the area. Next, head to a nearby village and stop by a family-run business where you’ll learn about obsidian – the material that the Teotihuacan people use to make their tools, idols and decorations. You’ll also get to sip pulque (an ancient sacred drink), considered by some as the great-grandfather of tequila! After working up an appetite, be welcomed into a family home for a memorable lunch where you’ll be served authentic dishes bursting with local flavours and plenty of Mexican hospitality. After lunch, head back to Mexico City.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Mexico City - Have breakfast this morning, then take some time to refresh and pack before checking out of your hotel. You can leave your luggage here this morning. Your guide will pick you up from the hotel at 10 am for a journey of exploration through Mexico’s capital. Let your expert guide bring 700 years of history back to life as you uncover little-known facts and hidden hotspots, from Aztecs to art, in one of the biggest cities in the Americas. Head into the heart of Mexico City – the Plaza de la Constitucion – and hear about the remains of an ancient city located under the modern metropolis. Visit iconic sites like the Templo Mayor and the Metropolitan Cathedral – the biggest cathedral on the continent – and see one of Diego Rivera's most famous murals at Museo Mural. Head to the fresh food stalls at Mercado San Juan and shop for snacks and souvenirs. Wander through the Palace of Fine Arts (Palacio de Bellas Artes), then head back to your hotel, where your trip will come to an end.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Mexico City - Bienvenidos a Mexico! Welcome to Mexico. Arrive at Mexico City’s Benito Juarez International Airport and be transferred to your hotel. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. Modern meets ancient in Mexico City – one of the world's largest urban centres. A bustling, busy place, Mexico City offers a great variety of impressive museums, galleries and architecture, along with exciting nightlife and delicious street food. If you arrive early, head to the Zocalo – the city's huge central square – to see Aztec ruins and colonial architecture or relax in one of the many parks, plazas and gardens. After your important meeting, why not head out and see this city in full swing – street tacos, anyone? You’ll already have noticed a mystical feeling in the air – keep an eye out for any Day of the Dead decorations you can spot around town.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Mexico City - Enjoy a free morning to further explore on your own before regrouping at 1:30 pm. You’ll wave goodbye to Mexico City this morning and head to San Pedro Tlahuac, where Nahuatl descendants preserve traditions from Pre-Columbian times, including chinampa farming, fiestas and ceremonies. Visit a local family, get acquainted with their traditional customs and join them to create an altar. Making an altar (or ofrenda as it's sometimes called in Spanish) during the Day of the Dead festivities can be a way to remember your ancestors or honour the life of someone who was important. You can get as creative as you like when building the altar with the local family. As part of the Day of the Dead, people organise ceremonies at the cemetery for those not physically with them any longer and commemorate the lives of people passed over. You’ll visit the local cemetery and see how the families decorate the graves of their ancestors with the belief that when they return from the dead, their spirits will go to the cemetery first. Some even elaborately decorate paths to their homes with flower petals to lead the spirits back. It’s an eye opening, yet beautiful experience that you won’t soon forget. You will arrive back at the hotel in Mexico City late in the evening.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Mexico City - After breakfast, visit Coyoacan. There are five centuries worth of Mexican architecture and culture to uncover in this district’s plazas and narrow cobbled streets. Start your day at the lively Jardin Centenario Park which is surrounded by inviting cafes and townhouses. Then, set off to visit the Frida Kahlo Museum, dedicated to the life and works of the Mexican artist. Located in the house she lived throughout her life, the museum contains a collection of her work, as well as artefacts, photographs and personal items.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Mexico City - Set out on a walking tour of Mexico City’s historic centre with your leader, walking past the Zocalo, Metropolitan Cathedral, Templo Mayor and Palacio de Bellas Artes. After your walking tour, you’ll also swing by Mercado San Juan, where you might want to buy yourself some lunch. The afternoon is then free to explore on your own.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Mexico City - Your immersion in Mexico's Day of the Dead ends after breakfast. That doesn’t mean your Mexican adventure has to come to an end! If you would like to spend more time in Mexico City, we’ll be happy to book additional accommodation for you (subject to availability).

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Mexico City - Bienvenidos! Welcome to Mexico. When you arrive at the airport, you’ll be met by a local representative for a complimentary transfer to your hotel. You'll meet your leader and other members of your group this evening for a welcome meeting at 6 pm – until then, the day is yours. Perhaps take a stroll to get a feel for this vibrant capital where the ancient and modern collide. After the meeting, you might like to head out with your leader for an optional group dinner, an opportunity to get stuck straight into the many local culinary delights.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Mexico City - Get to know Mexico City during a guided tour with your leader. Visit the Metropolitan Cathedral – the largest and one of the oldest cathedrals in Latin America. You’ll also explore Zocalo, the city’s main square, and the remains of Tenochtitlan – the capital city of the Aztec empire. Check out famous Mexican painter Diego Rivera’s Mural Museum at the Alameda Central. Your tour includes a visit to the Museum of Anthropology – home to an impressive collection of 600,000 pieces of Mexican art and artifacts. After, the day is yours to spend as you please. The Leon Trotsky and Frida Kahlo (La Casa Azul) museums are famous sights worth checking out as an optional activity. Otherwise, maybe visit the colourful floating gardens of Xochimilco just outside the city.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Puebla - Depart Mexico City this morning and visit the ancient Teotihuacan ruins, once one of the biggest cities in the world. Meet with a local guide and discover the ruins known as the Pyramid of the Sun and the Pyramid of the Moon which dominate the skyline. Stroll down The Avenue of the Dead and get a sense of what life was like here nearly 2000 years ago. Continue to the colourful city of Puebla, joining your leader for an orientation walk to get your bearings around the beautifully preserved city centre. Puebla is known for its delicious food scene and your leader will have tips on the best places to dine on local specialties this evening.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Puebla - This morning, get to know Cholula, a city close to Puebla, by joining your leader on an orientation walk. As Cholula has the most churches in Mexico, you’ll stop at a few on your journey, like Santuario de la Virgen de los Remedios, located on the top of the Great Pyramid of Cholula. Head back to Puebla after to explore the historic city at your own pace in the afternoon – maybe sit down for a dish of mole pueblano, the speciality of Puebla.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Oaxaca - Today you’ll journey to Oaxaca (pronounced wa-ha-ca), the city best known for its mole and mezcal. You’ll see the rest of its best bits on an orientation walk with your leader. Maybe see the main square with its architecture dating back to the 16th century or the 20 de Noviembre Market – a food market loved by the locals. Tonight, maybe join your group for a dinner, where you can try some of the regional specialities, such as tlayudas (Oaxacan pizza) or one of its seven varieties of mole.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Oaxaca - Learn about the traditional skill of crafting alebrijes – brightly coloured folk art sculptures of mythical creatures – in a women-run workshop in San Martin Tilcajete. They’ll walk you through the history of the art and how the crafting process works. Then, enjoy a free afternoon in Oaxaca – maybe visit the nearby archaeological site of Monte Alban. A UNESCO World Heritage site, this place was inhabited for over 1500 years by the Olmecs, Zapotecs and Mixtecs. The terraces, dams, canals, pyramids and artificial mounds of Monte Alban were carved out of the mountain and are now the symbols of a sacred topography. Have your camera ready to go because you can get a fantastic view across the three legs of the valley of Oaxaca. Season-depending, a folkloric ballet performance is also a great optional activity, or the Santo Domingo Cultural Centre is also well worth a visit. Otherwise, enjoy the relaxed atmosphere of the streets and take the opportunity to feast on some regional delicacies.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Salina Cruz - Set off with your leader this morning, first stopping at the famous Tule Tree, a 1500-year-old Montezuma cypress with a 36 m circumference, making it one of the widest in the world. Travel on to the Mitla archaeological ruins – once the religious centre for the Zapotec people. Lunch today will be at the home of a local Zapotecan family, where you’ll have the chance to try traditional dishes and learn about their culture. Visit a woman-owned mezcal farm and tour the cacti plantation – sampling some of the different mezcals rounds out your day of exploration. Relax on the bus as you travel to Salina Cruz for the night.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: San Cristobal de las Casas - Your journey continues as you drive to the Sumidero Canyon, a gigantic natural canyon with walls reaching as high as 1000 m. Here, you’ll hop aboard a boat for an up close and personal tour of this remarkable landscape. Be sure to keep an eye (or an ear) out for howler monkeys along the way! After your boat trip, drive to the charming city of San Cristobal de las Casas. When you arrive in 'San Cris', take a walk and soak up the strong old-world atmosphere of this town, which is due to the grand Spanish architecture, prominent Indigenous cultures and winding cobblestone streets. Your leader will help orientate you with a walk around the town centre, and then you’re free to venture wherever your heart desires.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: San Cristobal de las Casas - This morning, your leader will take you on another orientation walk of the city, passing impressive churches, green plazas and countless museums before bringing you to the nearby Maya village of San Juan Chamula. Sitting in the highlands, this village serves as a marketplace and religious ceremonial centre for the Indigenous communities who live in the surrounding hills. The local people have retained their traditional way of life and can often be seen wearing their own distinctive clothes. Make the short drive to the next town of Zincantan. As you explore with your leader, you'll learn more about these mostly Maya communities. Later, during free time back in San Cris, perhaps rent a bike to explore the town further.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Palenque - Say goodbye to San Cristobal de Las Casas as you head for Palenque and its surrounding jungle. It will be an early start to minimise the chance of hitting road closures, which are common in the area. Stretch your legs on the stop or two along the way, before landing at the low and wide Agua Azul Waterfalls, which flow slowly over limestone rocks. Enjoy your lunch in nature and then cool off with a quick dip. Otherwise, take a scenic stroll around the grounds before continuing to Palenque.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Palenque - Set out this morning to the archaeological site of Palenque. Located on a hilltop in an area of hot jungle, these are some of the most astounding Maya ruins in the region, dating back as far as AD 600. Some of the ruins remain unexcavated and are hidden in the surrounding forest. Enjoy a guided tour of the site and listen out for the calls of howler monkeys as you explore this lost city. After, head back to your hotel in the more modern city of Palenque and perhaps spend the afternoon relaxing by the pool.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Merida - Settle in for another driving day as you travel from Palenque to the historic city of Merida. Your drive will be broken up with short stops and an included lunch stop. Lunch will be a moreish selection of local seafood, with alternatives available. Founded in 1542, Merida is the capital of the Yucatan state and has retained much of its old-world charm. After the drive, stretch your legs with an orientation walk with your leader where you’ll have the chance to learn about its Maya heritage.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Merida - Today is a free day to explore the many sights of Merida. Perhaps visit some of the museums, including the impressive Regional Anthropology Museum of the Yucatan, and stroll the city streets, which are alive with art and culture. Hang out in the green and shady Plaza Grande, with the 16th-century cathedral on one side and City Hall, State Government Palace and Casa Montejo on the other. The outdoor market is another essential visit, with an array of hammocks and Mayan replicas for sale, plus a selection of enticing local cuisine, including the dish cochinita pibil ('little pig') or the incredibly spicy El Yucateco hot sauce. If you can't visit enough Maya sites, you may want to head for the ancient ruins of Uxmal. Here, you'll see the amazing Palace of the Governors, considered by many to be the best example of classic Maya architecture.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Playa del Carmen - Your first stop today is Chichen Itza, possibly the most famous Maya site in Mexico and one of the new Seven Wonders of the World. You'll see the marvellous Temple of Kukulkan standing over the ruins and not far from the temple is the ‘ball court’, where many disputes are known to have been settled by way of a ball game that employed only the elbows, hips and wrists. Stone carvings depicting violence suggest it was not such a casual sport. Following a guided tour of the site, enjoy a special lunch with a family in the town of Piste. Tuck into a traditional pibil feast – a Maya style of cooking that involves barbecuing underground, which the family have perfected over generations. Finally, continue to the popular seaside town of Playa del Carmen, where you may like to join your group for a final dinner together.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Playa del Carmen - With no activities planned for today, your adventure comes to an end after breakfast. If you’d like to extend your stay in Playa Del Carmen, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Tulum - Hola! Welcome to Mexico. Your adventure starts with a welcome meeting at 2 pm this afternoon in Tulum. After the meeting, set off on a guided walking tour through the heart of Tulum town. Discover colourful murals, artisan shops and community-run cafes and hear stories about the town’s evolving identity from traditional roots to its modern-day bohemian spirit. Tonight, sit down to a farm-to-table dinner at Meli Melo – a regenerative project just outside town. Surrounded by fruit trees and herbs, you’ll learn about native plants and sustainable agriculture while tasting locally sourced dishes prepared on-site.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Tulum - This morning, you’ll visit Coba – a Maya city set deep in the jungle. Strap on your bike helmet and set off along the shaded trails to ancient temples and stelae. As you ride, learn about the city’s role in the Maya Trade Network. In the afternoon, head to the Tankah Community. When you arrive, meet your local host who will lead you through a tour of four cenotes, each with a different activity like swimming, ziplining, canoeing and snorkeling. Later today, sit down to a shared wood-fired lunch prepared some of the women of the community and learn more about their daily lives and traditions.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Tulum - After breakfast, travel to Sian Ka’an Biosphere Reserve – a UNESCO World Heritage Site. When you arrive, set off on a boat tour through the lagoons of Muyil, surrounded by jungle and mangroves. Then, float or walk along an ancient Maya canal, used historically for trade and spiritual journeys. Later, visit the archaeological site, where ancient temples emerged from the jungle canopy and learn about the Maya architecture and spirituality, distinct to this historic trade post.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Tulum - Your last day starts with an early visit to Chichen Itza – a UNESCO World Heritage site and former ceremonial centre of the Maya civilisation. With your local guide, visit the Pyramid of Kukulkan, the Great Ball Court and the Temple of the Warriors and learn about the site’s astronomical, political and religious significance. Later, head to the nearby Maya community of Yaxunah. When you arrive, join a cochinita pibil (slow roasted pork dish) cooking class, where you’ll take part in the ancestral process of preparing this iconic Yucatecan dish. The pork is marinated with achiote and citrus, then wrapped in banana leaves and slowly cooked in a pib (an underground oven used by the Maya for centuries). While the meal cooks, learn how to make tortillas by hand, just as local families have done for generations. Sit down to your homemade lunch before heading back to town, where your adventure ends. If you’d like to stay in Mexico longer, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Playa del Carmen - Hola! Welcome to Mexico. Your adventure begins in Playa del Carmen with a welcome meeting at 6 pm. If you arrive early and are lucky enough to have extra time in this beachside playground, maybe try your hand (and feet and lungs) at snorkelling in the freshwater rock pools (cenotes). Maybe stroll along the white sands or reef dive on Cozumel. After the meeting, perhaps head out for a cocktail and a few tacos with your new travel buddies.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Playa del Carmen - This morning, hop on a local bus to one stunning example of a cenote – Cenote Azul. There you can swim, dive or snorkel in the natural open-air pool, basking in the beauty of your surroundings. Then return to Playa Del Carmen, where you’ll have a free afternoon to explore this beachside paradise at your leisure. You might like to continue the underwater activities and keep your eyes peeled for rays, moray eels and turtles among the coral-clad reefs. If you’d rather leave the flippers behind and adventure on land, catch a local bus and travel south to Tulum, where white-sand beaches and Maya ruins are just an hour and a half away. In the evening, you could grab a few of your fellow travellers and find a good spot to watch the sunset – muy bien!

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Chetumal - On your final morning in Playa del Carmen, maybe take an early morning stroll to the beach and dip your toes in the sand or simply let the world pass you by with a coffee at a local cafe. Then head to your next stop in Bacalar – said to be the first settlement of the Itza tribe, who would go on to create Chichen Itza. Here you’ll have an included lunch and the chance to relax at the Lake of Seven Colours – thanks to the various stunning shades of blue it adopts throughout the day. If you’d like, you could also hop onboard a boat tour of the lake. Then continue on to Chetumal – a quiet city close to the border of Belize, this place makes for the perfect stop before tomorrow’s adventure to Caye Caulker.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Caye Caulker - Bid adios to Mexico early this morning as you head south to Belize. After border formalities, arrive in Belize City then hop in a water taxi to the island of Caye Caulker. When you arrive, get acquainted with the island on a guided walk with your leader. Belize is the only English-speaking country in Central America, which will make chatting with locals much easier. Tonight, you’re free to relax or explore. Be aware that there may be crocodiles in the split area that separates the north and south of the island, so it’s best to take caution while swimming and exploring the beaches.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Caye Caulker - Today is free for you to explore the island that surrounds you, or just to simply relax. If you feel like snorkelling, ask your leader about organising a trip to the colourful coral reef nearby, or maybe head further afield to Hol Chan Marine Reserve, home to the world’s second-longest coral reef. Manatee spotting is perfect for nature lovers, or you could take a stroll and find a swaying palm tree with your name on it – they make the perfect place to nap, read a book and soak up the island vibes on a beach day.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Caye Caulker - What’s better than one day in paradise? Two, of course! Your morning is free, then for lunch you’ll join in on a cooking class with a local family, learning how to make a famous Belizean meal with chicken, rice and beans. In the afternoon, perhaps head to the beach for a swim or hire a bicycle to explore. Tonight is your last opportunity to get your hands on some super fresh Belizean seafood, which you can dig into with your feet planted in the sand at one of the many ‘floor free’ outdoor restaurants. The island's famous lobsters are available between 15 June and 15 February, and you can expect to pay far less than at home (though more than your average island meal). You could even grab some grilled shrimp and a rum and coke made with firewater from a roadside stall to really get into the island spirit.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: San Ignacio - From the islands to the highlands, you’ll bid farewell to Caye Caulker today and catch a ferry to Belize City, then a bus to San Ignacio. When you arrive, your leader will take you on a walking tour of San Ignacio and its twin sister Santa Elena, giving you a sense of how vibrant the local Garifuna and Maya communities are. Tonight, maybe head out in search of a classic Maya dish like cochinita pibil (slow-roasted pork marinated in citrus).

     

    Day - 8

    Location: San Ignacio - Today is free for you to discover San Ignacio at your own pace. This beautiful town is surrounded by fast-flowing rivers, waterfalls and Maya ruins, making it the ideal base. If you’re a bit of a history buff, maybe take a day trip to Xunantunich – an impressive Maya ceremonial site on a hill overlooking the countryside. Getting to the site is half the fun, as you'll need to take a hand-cranked ferry to cross the river. Perhaps you'd like to take on the challenge of visiting the cave of Actun Tunichil Muknal – a living museum of Maya relics. Wade and hike through cool waters to find ceramic pots and crystallised skeletons preserved by the calcium-rich environment of the cave for over 1400 years. Easily spooked? Maybe you'd prefer a cave with fewer (as far as we know) skeletons, like the one in Mountain Pine Ridge. In the late afternoon, the barbecue stalls of Santa Elena start to set up for the dinner rush. It's only a 15-minute walk, so consider wandering over to enjoy a juicy chicken leg and a chat with the locals.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Tikal National Park - Rise and shine for your journey across the Belize-Guatemala border.to Tikal National Park. Here, there will be time to buy lunch before visiting the impressive archaeological site with a local guide. Towering above the jungle, the five granite temples of Tikal are an imposing sight and one of the most magnificent Maya ruins. Hidden in the evergreen forest is a maze of smaller structures waiting to be explored. The energetic can climb to the top of the ruins for spectacular views over the canopy and the chance to spot toucans, macaws and other colourful birds.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Rio Dulce - This morning depart for Flores, where you'll have breakfast in a local restaurant before joining your leader on an orientation walk on the island. Then, continue by private minivan to Rio Dulce before transferring to your hotel by boat. The easiest way to get back into town is also on the water – a journey that can be organised through the hotel. Alternatively, a 40-minute jungle walk will get you there. The hotel is a great place to relax and look over the water, with reasonably priced meals and drinks served in the hotel restaurant. Now that you are back in a Spanish-speaking nation, why not join an informal Spanish lesson led by your leader?

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Rio Dulce - Start your day with a nature walk along your accommodation’s trails, lead by a local guide. Then, and with plenty of free time today, consider taking advantage of some optional activities. Maybe take a scenic boat trip down the river to the coastal enclave of Livingston for a taste of Creole-Caribbean culture. This laidback town on the Caribbean coast feels very different from the rest of Guatemala thanks to its Garifuna population. Or maybe go boating on the lake, take a tour to spot local manatees or explore nearby San Felipe Fort.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Antigua - Leave the 'Sweet River' behind and travel by private minibus to the city of Antigua. The road between Rio Dulce and Guatemala City is one of the busiest in the country. Traffic is slow, there are frequent road works and many, many slow trucks – be armed with patience, music and a good book and the journey will be easier to handle. Though there's not much time in Antigua today, you owe it to yourself to reward your patience with a tamale (meat and dough steamed in a corn leaf). You could also give pepian a try (rich dark sauce served with vegetables and meat, usually chicken).

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Panajachel - Today, travel on the winding roads to Chichicastenango – home to perhaps the most colourful market in the country! Nicknamed Chichi market, locals come from surrounding villages on Thursdays and Sundays to sell their wares and the streets are lined with stalls offering multi-coloured textiles and fresh produce. Visit a local Mayan Shaman and do a little shopping at the market, then continue to Panajachel. Located on Lake Atitlan with distant volcanoes looming in the background, Panajachel has a thriving market, great eateries and many water-based activities. Your leader will take you on a brief orientation walk of the town and then the rest of the afternoon is free for you to explore. Why not go for a swim, wander the streets or kayak on the lake?

     

    Day - 14

    Location: San Juan La Laguna - This morning after breakfast, take a boat to San Juan La Laguna – a small Maya village overlooking Lake Atitlan and the first community to ban single-use plastic. Here, you’ll witness a textile weaving demonstration, seeing how they use local materials and traditional dyeing techniques. Try out some of your newly learnt Spanish to chat with the locals and take a tour of their medicinal garden, watching how they use ancient techniques to transform plants into medicine - knowledge passed from mothers to daughters for hundreds of years. Tonight, you’ll be staying with multiple families within the community in small groups. Enjoy a homecooked dinner with your host family and spend the night here – a perfect opportunity to get to know them a little better and immerse yourself in local life.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Antigua - Hit the road again this morning and make the journey back to Antigua – in 1773, the city was destroyed by an earthquake, but many of the colonial buildings have been carefully restored, and the architecture from its glory days can still be seen. On the way, stop at Santa Apolonia – one of the last communities in Guatemala to make pottery with traditional Maya techniques. The ancient Maya people could produce perfectly rounded pottery without a potter’s wheel! Here, the local women use their hands, as they move in a circular motion to produce amazing pieces. Watch a demonstration and then try it for yourself. Continue to Antigua, where your leader will take you on an orientation walk. Tonight, maybe take part in a dancing lesson – many dancing schools offer hourly lessons, so you'll be able to perfect your moves.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Antigua - Enjoy a free day exploring photogenic Antigua today. Maybe check out the ChocoMuseo, two blocks away from central park. Learn all about chocolate, which was first documented by the Guatemalan Maya, as well as its historical importance. Or maybe grab a coffee from one of the myriad shops in central park, sit back, relax and enjoy Antigua's chilled-out vibes. If you're feeling adventurous, ask your leader about booking an optional tour to one of the nearby volcanoes.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Antigua - Your adventure comes to an end this morning and there are no activities planned. As there's a great deal to do in Antigua, we recommend staying a few extra days to make the most of this traveller favourite. If you’d like to spend more time here, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: San Jose  - Bienvenidos! Welcome to Costa Rica. Your adventure begins in San Jose with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight at your hotel. As this trip spends very little time here, it’s recommended that you arrive a day or two early and see the sights. If you do, maybe visit The Gold Museum and it's amazing collection of Indigenous gold art. Or if you're in the mood for a bit of shopping, head to the Mercado Municipal de Artesanias or the city's Central Market, where you can buy anything from handicrafts to seafood.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Sarapiqui - This morning, hop on a public bus and make your way to Sarapiqui – a town known for its rich biodiversity and lush rainforest. When you arrive, enjoy some free time here to go birdwatching, spot some local wildlife or hike to one of the nearby waterfalls. Then, meet up with a local guide to head out on a jungle walk. Look out for elusive creatures like sloths, bats, snakes, frogs and a whole lot more.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Puerto Viejo de Talamanca - Today, take a private transfer to Puerto Viejo. When you arrive, get to know this laid-back jungle town during an orientation walk with your local leader, then enjoy the rest of the day to explore at your leisure. A small and coastal city, Puerto Viejo de Talamanca has a lively main street featuring dance halls, reggaeton bars and modern restaurants. If you’re looking for a little bit of relaxation, you'll also find great surf beaches and rainforest fruit farms to kick back on.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Puerto Viejo de Talamanca - Today is free, so you can ease into the vibes of the Caribbean coast. You might like to take your time exploring Cahuita National Park, which is about a 20 minute ride away from Puerto Viejo - your leader can help you arrange a transfer. Cahuita National Park is home to sloths, monkeys, raccoons, snakes and a great variety of birds. If the waves are calling (but your footing isn't so sure), surf lessons are also on offer in town. Of course, you could also simply find a cool spot and relax with a beer in hand. To top today off, you'll prepare a traditional Caribbean dinner with a local family in their home. Enjoy a mixture of fruits, seafood, tubers and vegetables combined with coconut flavours, ginger, allspice, cinnamon, curry, Panamanian pepper and thyme.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Bocas del Toro - Today, take a local bus to the border, then walk across an old railway bridge into Panama. Continue by taxi or collective minivan to Almirante, where you'll take a short boat ride to Isla Colon in the Bocas del Toro archipelago – rapidly becoming a Caribbean favourite, this place has it all. Hit the palm-shaded beaches with crystal-clear waters, enjoy some spectacular snorkelling opportunities and look out for lots of wildlife. Culturally, Bocas is home to West Indians, Latinos and expats, resulting in diverse music, nightlife and food scenes. For the next three nights, you'll stay in Isla Colon – the main town of Bocas del Toro. It's a great spot to start your exploration of the archipelago, with most bars, restaurants and local activity operators just metres from your hotel.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Bocas del Toro - Today is the first of two free days to explore this tropical archipelago. Several beaches are within reach of town, between 8 and 14 km from your hotel. With azure waters, pristine coral reefs and a rollicking nightlife, it’s easy to see why these islands are a favourite for so many travellers. The safest beaches are Starfish, Sandfly and Big Creek – be aware that others may have strong riptides. When the sun goes down, why not head into town and check out the local bar and restaurant scene? Ask your leader about the best place to grab a drink.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Bocas del Toro - This morning, hop on a boat to the nearby Isla Popa, where you’ll get to spend time meeting the Ngabe-Bugle indigenous community. The local women here run a community tourism project, and you’ll have the chance to learn about their lifestyle during an orientation walk through the community. You’ll stop in at a local home as well as a spending some time with a local family. Say your farewells and return to Bocas de Toro, then enjoy the rest of a hugely rewarding day free in the Caribbean sun.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Boquete - Travel by boat and local bus to Boquete – this is a bit of a lengthy journey, so be sure to have a book, podcast or daydream to keep you occupied. Boquete is a picturesque town located in the highlands of Panama, surrounded by mountains, crystal-clear creeks and rivers, forest reserves and colourful wildflowers, as well as coffee plantations and orange groves. Head out on an orientation walk with your leader and enjoy an informal Spanish lesson to get to grips with the local language. Tomorrow will be a free day, wide open for exploring – most optional activities can be organised directly from the hotel, though it’s a good idea to book them when you arrive tonight if you know what you want to do.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Boquete - There are plenty of ways to experience Boquete today, so be sure to chat to your leader and the hotel front desk to get the best insider tips. You could discover the secret waterfalls only locals know about on a walking tour in the jungle. Or maybe you’d prefer to soak it up in the Caldera hot springs. If you’re a coffee lover, consider visiting a plantation or simply kicking back in town with a cup of the local brew – some of the best coffee in the world is grown and processed right here in Boquete!

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Chitre - Say goodbye to Boquete and head to the southern city of Chitre. Arrive around lunchtime, then head out for an orientation walk with your leader (who will also be able to point you in the right direction for a good lunch spot). After a bite to eat, rejoin your fellow travellers head to a mask workshop for a glimpse at the country’s cultural heritage – elaborate masks and costumes are a feature of many festivals in Panama. The afternoon is free for you to continue exploring Chitre.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Panama City - Depart Chitre this morning, heading for Panama City. Stop at the Miraflores Visitor Centre, which overlooks one of the locks that control the flow of ships through the Panama Canal. Learn about the canal’s history and engineering, then head back on the road to Panama City. On arrival head out on a leader-led orientation walk. Take in the great views of the historic Casco Viejo (Old Town) and the Panama City skyline as you stroll past crowded waterfront soccer fields, running paths and food carts. You might like to regroup with your fellow travellers in the evening for a final farewell dinner.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Panama City - With no planned activities today, you can depart at any time. If you would like to spend some more time in Panama City, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Antigua - Bienvenidos! Welcome to Guatemala. With crumbling churches, vibrant markets and bohemian cafes set against a monumental volcano, Antigua is the perfect place to begin your adventure. Speaking of adventure, yours officially kicks off with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight at your hotel. If you decide to arrive in the city a little early (smart move!), there's plenty to do. Maybe satisfy your cravings and learn the art of old-world chocolate production at the ChocoMuseo or sit by the fountain and people-watch in Central Park. After the meeting, the night is yours – maybe head out with some of your fellow travellers for a tamale (a classic staple of Mesoamerica that sees dough, meat and sauces steamed and served in a corn husk).

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Copan, Honduras - Rise and shine early this morning to beat the rush-hour traffic around Antigua. Departing at around 7 am, you’ll drive towards Copan. Along the way, watch the passing scenery and learn about local life in Guatemala as you head towards the border. Cross into Honduras, arriving in the charming town of Copan in the early afternoon. While most people use Copan as a base to explore the nearby ruins, there are plenty of other points of interest, both along the cobblestone streets and set into the lush surroundings. Maybe get started in the Central Plaza and follow your nose to a cafe for the afternoon.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Copan, Honduras - This morning, meet up with a local guide and explore the World Heritage-listed ruins of Copan – the southernmost of the great Maya sites. It's unique because of the numerous elaborate stelae (carved columns) still intact among temples, excavated vaults and walls inscribed with ancient faces. After your exploration (don’t forget your camera today!) the rest of the afternoon is free to choose your own adventure. Maybe check out some fine feathered friends at the Macaw Mountain Park or visit the Temple of Rosalila. You could also head to the nearby natural hot springs - this optional tour gives you hours of soaking in mud, steaming natural baths and refreshing pools in the lush jungle, with an included dinner.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Copan to Suchitoto via Guatemala - You’ll wave goodbye to Copan this morning and head across the border to Guatemala and then into El Salvador. It’s a long travel day, so make sure you’ve got a good book or your favourite road trip games handy. When you arrive in Suchitoto, you’ll head out on a leader-led orientation walk of the town – widely considered the cultural capital of El Salvador. Admire the elaborate building facades, get your bearings and enjoy the surroundings. Then, get your chef’s hat on with a pupusa-making demonstration. Pupusa (cornmeal flatbreads) is a classic Salvadorian recipe from the Pipil culture and is usually stuffed with some delicious ingredients, like cheese or chicharron (fried pork).

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Suchitoto - This morning, head to a local designer’s home for an indigo-dying demonstration – Suchitoto is one of the best places in the world to produce indigo (used to dye clothing or other items blue). You’ll visit a local designer transforming colonial tradition into modern design and learn the history of the indigo trade. This small enterprise supports single mothers by providing them with an income for their children’s education, food and independence. Watch the demonstration, then get hands-on and try it for yourself!! The rest of the day is free in Suchitoto. The town overlooks the Embalse Cerron Grande – also known as Lago Suchitlan, this freshwater lake is a haven for migrating birds, particularly falcons and hawks. Maybe grab a historically-minded quartet for a guided walk through Cinquera Forest, where guerrilla fighters used the forest as cover during the Civil War. Or just relax around town, in a local café or at your accommodation.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Pacific Coast - This morning you’ll drive to the Pacific Coast of El Salvador, home to some amazing dark-sand beaches and some of the best surf spots in the country. You'll have the afternoon free to relax.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Leon - Rise nice and early for a full day of travel as we cross the Gulf of Fonseca to reach Nicaragua by boat. In the afternoon you'll reach Leon – the second-largest city in Nicaragua. When you arrive, join your leader on an orientation walk through the charming city streets to get your bearings. Leon is a relatively quiet city, which makes strolling the murals and contemporary architecture a real treat! Tonight, maybe head out to dinner with your group – as always, your leader will have the best recommendations.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Leon - Today is a free day to make the most of Leon. Maybe visit the street food area behind the Lady of Grace Cathedral and try a Nica taco (made with maize, the taco is rolled, deep fried and then served with shredded cabbage smothered in cream). You could also take on a thrilling volcano sandboarding adventure on the black slopes of Cerro Negro Volcano. Maybe you’d just like to explore the city’s contemporary art or wander the Leon Cathedral.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Granada - This morning, you’ll drive to the oldest city in the 'New World' – Granada. Along the way, you’ll have the chance to stretch your legs and admire the view at Laguna Apoyo, a volcanic crater lake formed around 23,000 years ago. Take some free time for lunch near the viewpoint. Then, stop in at the lakeside town of Masaya, where you’ll go on an orientation walk with your leader and get the chance to browse the stalls at the town’s famous artisan market before continuing to Granada. Featuring Moorish and Andalusian architecture, Granada is set on the banks of Lake Nicaragua and is surrounded by active volcanoes. When you arrive, your leader will take you on an orientation walk through the leafy Parque Central and 'La Calzada' – a busy pedestrian street with plenty of bars and restaurants. The afternoon is yours to explore the city at your own pace.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Granada - This morning you’ll have breakfast with your group at Cafe de las Sonrisas – a café run entirely by deaf people. The owner is aiming to bridge the gap and inspire other business owners to employ local people living with disabilities. After, the rest of the day is yours. Maybe hit the Convento y Museo San Francisco and view the collection of Indigenous stone statues. Hundreds of evergreen islets dot the waters of vast Lake Nicaragua and you can spend a few hours exploring them by boat, or hire a kayak and find your own way around, waving at the fisherman who live in wooden huts along the way. Just remember not to swim, as freshwater sharks live in the water!

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Monteverde - Today is another early start as you get ready for a full day of travel. Journey to Monteverde, where you can begin exploring this afternoon on an orientation walk with your leader. Monteverde was founded as an agricultural community in 1951 by a group of North American Quakers. These environmentally aware settlers also established a small wildlife sanctuary, which has since grown into the internationally renowned Monteverde Cloud Forest Biological Preserve. Cloud forests are like rainforests, but instead, draw their water from a semi-permanent cloud covering the region. This is truly a nature lover's paradise! More than 2000 plant species, 320 bird species and 100 mammal species call Monteverde home.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Monteverde - Begin the day with a special morning brew, as you're welcomed into a local family's home-based cafe for breakfast and the chance to sample some local Costa Rican pour-over coffee, known as Cafe Chorreado. The rest of your day is free to explore Monteverde at your own pace. You might like to zoom through the treetops on a ziplining adventure, or for a more relaxed experience, discover Costa Rica's agricultural heritage on a coffee and chocolate tour. Tonight, you’ll have the option to end your day on a magical note with a night walk through the cloud forest to spot nocturnal creatures in their natural habitat.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: La Fortuna - This morning, head out to the Monteverde Cloud Forest Reserve, where you’ll join a local guide to walk the reserve’s trails. They’ll share information on the fascinating biodiversity of the region and lend their expert eye (and spotting scope) to searching for the wonderful wildlife. Look out for the resplendent quetzal and listen for the sounds of howler monkeys and the unmistakable call of the three-wattled bellbird. This afternoon, take a shared minibus transfer to the shores of Lake Arenal, where you’ll take a boat across the lake to the little town of La Fortuna. On a clear day, you'll have fantastic views of the surrounding area. Watching the massive Arenal Volcano loom larger and larger as you approach is a spectacular sight. Once you reach La Fortuna, take another vehicle to the hotel, then freshen up and head out on a leader-led orientation walk. La Fortuna is a favourite among travel writers for a reason – words like picturesque and breathtaking spring to mind when trying to describe this town in the shadow of the volcano.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: La Fortuna - Why not start today with a smoothie and plan how you want to explore? Perhaps take a guided nature hike through the lush forest surrounding Arenal Volcano, keeping an eye out for rare plants and animals, or see the forest from a series of hanging bridges that offer a great vantage point for spotting wildlife like sloths and rainbow-coloured birds. The volcano’s inner workings also mean that the area is home to several thermal hot springs – an ideal way to relax in the middle of nature. Or maybe check out the 70-m-high La Fortuna waterfall set in the middle of the rainforest and hit the lake on a stand-up paddleboard. A boat safari in Caño Negro Wildlife Refuge offers the opportunity to see lizards, crocodiles and tropical birds in their natural habitat, so if you’re craving more wildlife, this option is perfect.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: San Jose - Spend you final morning in La Fortuna learning the art of Costa Rican cuisine. A local family will guide you through a cooking class, and you’ll enjoy the results of your efforts for lunch. Then, watch the volcano fade into the distance on your private transfer to Costa Rica's capital – San Jose. When you arrive, head out on an orientation walk with your leader to see the main highlights. When you’ve got your bearings, you may like to visit the Gold Museum, which has a fantastic collection of pre-Spanish gold art. If you're in the mood for some shopping, head to the outdoor market in the Plaza de la Cultura or the city's Central Market, where you can buy anything from handicrafts to seafood. Tonight, why not join your fellow travellers for an optional farewell dinner?

     

    Day - 16

    Location: San Jose - With no further activities planned, your trip comes to an end this morning. There's a lot to see and do in and around San Jose, so if you’d like to stay for longer, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Mexico City - Bienvenidos a Mexico City! This is one of the world's largest urban centres, a bustling metropolis with so many influences, offering a huge variety of museums, galleries and architectural delights, along with pumping nightlife and unparalleled street food. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm, but if you arrive early, perhaps head to the Zocalo – the massive central square – and check out the Aztec ruins and colonial architecture nearby. There are also plenty of parks, plazas and gardens to relax in and adjust to the Mexican way of life.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Mexico City - Wake up and get ready for a leader-led walk to orientate yourself to the city. Pass by the Metropolitan Cathedral, Zocalo, National Palace, Bellas Artes, Paseo de la Reforma and more. For lunch, join your local leader on a ‘taco crawl’ around town to taste Mexico City’s delicious street-food staple, tacos al pastor, among plenty other delicious treats. After, the rest of the day is free for you to explore as you wish. Tonight you could visit the famous Plaza Garibaldi or sip cocktails with your fellow travellers in one of the many trendy bars in the city, whatever takes your fancy.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Puebla - Start the day with a visit to the community of San Pedro Tlahuac where a local family will share their way of life through traditions, food and farming practices. Enjoy a trajinera ride, learn about chinampa agriculture directly from the community, and sit down to a delicious local meal prepared with ingredients from the chinampas. This authentic cultural exchange offers a unique opportunity to connect with Nahuatl descendants who are proudly keeping their heritage alive. After, your group will head to Puebla, where your leader will take you out for an orientation walk before visiting La Pasita bar for an opportunity to taste pasita – a sweet liqueur made of raisins in one of Puebla’s most famous bars.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Puebla - Puebla is a rapidly growing city featuring many well-maintained churches and buildings from the colonial period. Today is free for you to discover the city at your leisure. Though there are enough churches to visit a different one every day for a year, two of the best examples are Santa Domingo Church and the Rosary Chapel, located in town. Further afield lies the Great Pyramid of Cholula, containing over eight kilometres (five miles) of tunnels, with the enormous Popocatepetl Volcano serving as a backdrop. In town, Puebla also has plenty of markets where you can pick up some local handicrafts.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Oaxaca - Today we journey by local bus to Oaxaca. Oaxaca (pronounced ‘wuh-haa-ka’) is a beautiful, old colonial town full of graceful arcades and colourful markets. You'll find Zapotec and Mixtec influences around the city as ancestors have populated this region for thousands of years. Your leader will take you on an orientation walk through Oaxaca and to Mercado 20 de Noviembre – an iconic fresh food market. Here, you’ll be able to shop for fresh ingredients to put together your own meal. Grab some guacamole, salsa and some fresh tortillas on the way and then find a spot at one of the long tables where you can down for a classic Oaxacan lunch. Later, you’re free to walk the narrow, cobblestone streets, or maybe sit back in one of the squares, sipping mezcal and watching the world go by. The city is known for its arts scene, particularly its folk and fine art, but you'll also discover a grungier side to Oaxaca and some incredible examples of street art.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Oaxaca - There's an opportunity today to visit the spectacular temples of Monte Alban just outside of Oaxaca. Monte Alban was inhabited for 1500 years by the Olmec, Zapotec and Mixtec peoples, and this World Heritage site is an outstanding example of a pre-Columbian ceremonial centre, with terraces, dams, canals and pyramids carved out of the mountain. Alternatively, why not have a go at plating up some delicious local fare during a cooking class, visit a traditional weaving arts town, and stop by a local mezcal distillery. In the evening, if you've any energy left, you could head out for dinner with your fellow travellers and enjoy the town's lively atmosphere.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Tehuantepec - Bid farewell to Oaxaca this morning, and board a private transfer to Tehuantepec. On your way out of town you’ll stop in at the Arbol del Tule, or the Tree of Tule, which holds the record for having the stoutest tree trunk in the world. Further along the road, visit the town of Teotitlan del Valle. Famous for its weaving and textile traditions, you can wander past artisans showing off their incredible handcrafted wares. You’ll also visit a mezcal distillery, getting to sample the smoky liquor to see if it’s to your taste! Later, arrive in Tehuantepec and settle in for the evening.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: San Cristobal de las Casas - Head back out on the road this morning to San Cristobal de las Casas. Once you arrive in the early afternoon Leave your luggage at the hotel and begin exploring this highland town, hidden in green Chiapas valley surrounded by pine trees. Your leader will take you on a tour around town and point out all the important places. The evening is then free – you might like to ask your leader for a dinner recommendation!

     

    Day - 9

    Location: San Cristobal de las Casas - This morning you'll visit the village of San Juan Chamula, home to the fascinating Iglesia de San Juan. This church, with its pine-covered floor and air thick with incense, is often frequented by shamans who come to carry out cleansings using firewater and ancient prayer. Please note that there is a strict ban on cameras inside the church. Outside, the village is alive with colourful markets that sell local handicrafts. The rest of the day is free for your own adventure. You might like to get active and ask your leader to help organise an optional boating trip in the Sumidero Canyon, which is as old and impressive as the Grand Canyon (at your own expense).

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Palenque - Say goodbye to San Cristobal de Las Casas as you head for Palenque. Once you arrive, the afternoon is free for you to relax or explore. Situated in a steamy jungle, Palenque is a central town close to the nearby Maya ruins of the same name, which you'll have a chance to check out tomorrow.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Palenque - This morning, you’ll head to the archaeological zone and take a guided walk among the ruins of Palenque. Sitting on a hilltop, the ruins date back to AD 600 and are some of the most impressive Maya relics in Mexico. There are many ruins that are still un-excavated and remain concealed in the forest. This afternoon, visit an ecological project in Chiapas – Misol-Ha waterfall. Learn how the interaction with nature is helping to preserve the area’s flora and fauna as you explore this jungle site with Chiapas pines reaching up to 30 metres (98 ft) tall. This is a great representation of eco-tourism.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Merida - This morning, travel by private vehicle to the historic town of Merida, the capital of the Yucatan region. On route you’ll stop at Campeche, a harbour town that retains a few remnants of its colonial past. Take a leader-led walk through its fortified centre then sit down for an included lunch. Afterward, continue to Merida. Founded in 1542 on the site of Tho (an ancient Maya city), Merida retains much of its old-world charm thanks primarily to its people and architecture. Take an orientation walk with your leader on arrival, then enjoy free time to get settled in for the rest of the day.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Merida - Today you can choose to visit the Maya ruins of Uxmal, a 1-hour drive from Merida, on an optional tour which includes transport and a local guide. It's thought that the city was constructed around AD700, was home to around 25,000 people and once dominated the region along with Chichen Itza. Much of the site is decorated with masks of Chac, the rain god, and important buildings include the Pyramid of the Soothsayer, the Quadrangle of the Nuns, the Governor's Palace, the House of the Tortoises and the Ball Court. Alternatively, you could choose to take an optional guided tour to Las Coloradas – the incredible pink lagoon that’s home to flocks of flamingos.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Chichen Itza / Playa del Carmen - Travel to Playa del Carmen by private vehicle, stopping en route for an included visit to the Maya ruins of Chichen Itza. Containing both Toltec and Maya ruins lying alongside each other, the site is dominated by the famous El Castillo pyramid there’s also a large ball court where games used to be held. Nearby, excavations of the Well of Sacrifice revealed treasures of jade, copper and gold as well as many human and animal bones. You’ll get to see all of this on a guided tour of the ruins, and then you’ll have the chance to hear about modern life during a lunch stop at the nearby community of Piste. Sample some Yucatecan specialties, chat with the locals, then continue on to Playa del Carmen. After a quick orientation walk around Playa del Carmen, pick a place to kick back with a margarita and watch the sun go down. You might like to get the group together for one last dinner before saying your farewells tomorrow!

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Playa del Carmen - There are no activities planned for the final day of this tour. If you have time in Playa del Carmen before moving on to your next destination, you may choose to embark on optional tour to Dos Ojos Cenote, and take a dip at the incredible turquoise freshwater swimming hole, or jump on a local ferry to explore the nearby island of Cozumel. If you wish to spend more time in Playa del Carmen, we'll be happy to book additional accommodation for you (subject to availability).

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Antigua - Bienvenidos! Welcome to Guatemala. With crumbling churches, vibrant markets and bohemian cafes set against a monumental volcano, Antigua is the perfect place to begin your adventure. Speaking of adventure, yours officially kicks off with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight at your hotel. If you decide to arrive in the city a little early (smart move!), there's plenty to do. Maybe satisfy your cravings and learn the art of old-world chocolate production at the ChocoMuseo or sit by the fountain and people-watch in Central Park. After the meeting, the night is yours – maybe head out with some of your fellow travellers for a tamale (a classic staple of Mesoamerica that sees dough, meat and sauces steamed and served in a corn husk).

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Copan, Honduras - Rise and shine early this morning to beat the rush-hour traffic around Antigua. Departing at around 7 am, you’ll drive towards Copan. Along the way, watch the passing scenery and learn about local life in Guatemala as you head towards the border. Cross into Honduras, arriving in the charming town of Copan in the early afternoon. While most people use Copan as a base to explore the nearby ruins, there are plenty of other points of interest, both along the cobblestone streets and set into the lush surroundings. Maybe get started in the Central Plaza and follow your nose to a cafe for the afternoon.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Copan, Honduras - This morning, meet up with a local guide and explore the World Heritage-listed ruins of Copan – the southernmost of the great Maya sites. It's unique because of the numerous elaborate stelae (carved columns) still intact among temples, excavated vaults and walls inscribed with ancient faces. After your exploration (don’t forget your camera today!) the rest of the afternoon is free to choose your own adventure. Maybe check out some fine feathered friends at the Macaw Mountain Park or visit the Temple of Rosalila. You could also head to the nearby natural hot springs - this optional tour gives you hours of soaking in mud, steaming natural baths and refreshing pools in the lush jungle, with an included dinner.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Copan to Suchitoto via Guatemala - You’ll wave goodbye to Copan this morning and head across the border to Guatemala and then into El Salvador. It’s a long travel day, so make sure you’ve got a good book or your favourite road trip games handy. When you arrive in Suchitoto, you’ll head out on a leader-led orientation walk of the town – widely considered the cultural capital of El Salvador. Admire the elaborate building facades, get your bearings and enjoy the surroundings. Then, get your chef’s hat on with a pupusa-making demonstration. Pupusa (cornmeal flatbreads) is a classic Salvadorian recipe from the Pipil culture and is usually stuffed with some delicious ingredients, like cheese or chicharron (fried pork).

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Suchitoto - Today is a free day in Suchitoto. The town overlooks the Embalse Cerron Grande – also known as Lago Suchitlan, this freshwater lake is a haven for migrating birds, particularly falcons and hawks. Maybe grab a historically-minded quartet for a guided walk through Cinquera Forest, where guerrilla fighters used the forest as cover during the Civil War. Or just relax around town, in a local café or at your accommodation.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: El Cuco - This morning, head to a local designer’s home for an indigo-dying demonstration – Suchitoto is one of the best places in the world to produce indigo (used to dye clothing or other items blue). You’ll visit a local designer transforming colonial tradition into modern design and learn the history of the indigo trade. This small enterprise supports single mothers by providing them with an income for their children’s education, food and independence. Watch the demonstration, then get hands-on and try it for yourself! To decide who gets to take the creation home, the group will hold a raffle (are you feeling lucky?). After, you’ll drive to the Pacific Coast of El Salvador, home to some amazing dark-sand beaches and some of the best surf spots in the country.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: El Cuco - Today, you're free as a bird to explore the beautiful Pacific Coast at your own pace. Alternatively, simply sit back and relax in a hammock on the beach and soak up the sunshine with a drink – life’s good.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: El Cuco to Leon via Honduras - Rise nice and early for a full day of travel by private vehicle. Cross the border at El Amatillo and then head into Honduras, where you’ll stop for lunch. After, there’s another border crossing at Guasaule before you reach Leon – the second-largest city in Nicaragua. When you arrive, join your leader on an orientation walk through the charming city streets to get your bearings. Leon is a relatively quiet city, which makes strolling the murals and contemporary architecture a real treat! Tonight, maybe head out to dinner with your group – as always, your leader will have the best recommendations.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Leon - Today is a free day to make the most of Leon. Maybe visit the street food area behind the Lady of Grace Cathedral and try a Nica taco (made with maize, the taco is rolled, deep fried and then served with shredded cabbage smothered in cream). You could also take on a thrilling volcano sandboarding adventure on the black slopes of Cerro Negro Volcano. Maybe you’d just like to explore the city’s contemporary art or wander the Leon Cathedral.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Granada - This morning, you’ll drive to the oldest city in the 'New World' – Granada. Along the way, you’ll have the chance to stretch your legs and admire the view at Laguna Apoyo, a volcanic crater lake formed around 23,000 years ago. Take some free time for lunch near the viewpoint. Then, stop in at the lakeside town of Masaya, where you’ll go on an orientation walk with your leader and get the chance to browse the stalls at the town’s famous artisan market before continuing to Granada. Featuring Moorish and Andalusian architecture, Granada is set on the banks of Lake Nicaragua and is surrounded by active volcanoes. When you arrive, your leader will take you on an orientation walk through the leafy Parque Central and 'La Calzada' – a busy pedestrian street with plenty of bars and restaurants. The afternoon is yours to explore the city at your own pace.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Granada - This morning you’ll have breakfast with your group at Cafe de las Sonrisas – a café run entirely by deaf people. The owner is aiming to bridge the gap and inspire other business owners to employ local people living with disabilities. After, the rest of the day is yours. Maybe hit the Convento y Museo San Francisco and view the collection of Indigenous stone statues. Hundreds of evergreen islets dot the waters of vast Lake Nicaragua and you can spend a few hours exploring them by boat, or hire a kayak and find your own way around, waving at the fisherman who live in wooden huts along the way. Just remember not to swim, as freshwater sharks live in the water!

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Monteverde - Today is another early start as you get ready for a full day of travel. Journey to Monteverde, where you can begin exploring this afternoon on an orientation walk with your leader. Monteverde was founded as an agricultural community in 1951 by a group of North American Quakers. These environmentally aware settlers also established a small wildlife sanctuary, which has since grown into the internationally renowned Monteverde Cloud Forest Biological Preserve. Cloud forests are like rainforests, but instead, draw their water from a semi-permanent cloud covering the region. This is truly a nature lover's paradise! More than 2000 plant species, 320 bird species and 100 mammal species call Monteverde home.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Monteverde - Begin the day with a special morning brew, as you're welcomed into a local family's home-based cafe for breakfast and the chance to sample some local Costa Rican pour-over coffee, known as Cafe Chorreado. The rest of your day is free to explore Monteverde at your own pace. You might like to zoom through the treetops on a ziplining adventure, or for a more relaxed experience, discover Costa Rica's agricultural heritage on a coffee and chocolate tour. Tonight, you’ll have the option to end your day on a magical note with a night walk through the cloud forest to spot nocturnal creatures in their natural habitat.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: La Fortuna - This morning, head out to the Monteverde Cloud Forest Reserve, where you’ll join a local guide to walk the reserve’s trails. They’ll share information on the fascinating biodiversity of the region and lend their expert eye (and spotting scope) to searching for the wonderful wildlife. Look out for the resplendent quetzal and listen for the sounds of howler monkeys and the unmistakable call of the three-wattled bellbird. This afternoon, take a shared minibus transfer to the shores of Lake Arenal, where you’ll take a boat across the lake to the little town of La Fortuna. On a clear day, you'll have fantastic views of the surrounding area. Watching the massive Arenal Volcano loom larger and larger as you approach is a spectacular sight. Once you reach La Fortuna, take another vehicle to the hotel, then freshen up and head out on a leader-led orientation walk. La Fortuna is a favourite among travel writers for a reason – words like picturesque and breathtaking spring to mind when trying to describe this town in the shadow of the volcano.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: La Fortuna - Why not start today with a smoothie and plan how you want to explore? Perhaps take a guided nature hike through the lush forest surrounding Arenal Volcano, keeping an eye out for rare plants and animals, or see the forest from a series of hanging bridges that offer a great vantage point for spotting wildlife like sloths and rainbow-coloured birds. The volcano’s inner workings also mean that the area is home to several thermal hot springs – an ideal way to relax in the middle of nature. Or maybe check out the 70-m-high La Fortuna waterfall set in the middle of the rainforest and hit the lake on a stand-up paddleboard. A boat safari in Caño Negro Wildlife Refuge offers the opportunity to see lizards, crocodiles and tropical birds in their natural habitat, so if you’re craving more wildlife, this option is perfect.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: San Jose - Spend you final morning in La Fortuna learning the art of Costa Rican cuisine. A local family will guide you through a cooking class, and you’ll enjoy the results of your efforts for lunch. Then, watch the volcano fade into the distance on your private transfer to Costa Rica's capital – San Jose. When you arrive, head out on an orientation walk with your leader to see the main highlights. When you’ve got your bearings, you may like to visit the Gold Museum, which has a fantastic collection of pre-Spanish gold art. If you're in the mood for some shopping, head to the outdoor market in the Plaza de la Cultura or the city's Central Market, where you can buy anything from handicrafts to seafood. Tonight, why not join your fellow travellers for an optional dinner?

     

    Day - 17

    Location: San Jose  - Enjoy a free day to explore San Jose until another group meeting at 6 pm tonight. The city is home to a lively cultural atmosphere with heaps to do. Maybe explore the markets – you might even be lucky enough to see a spontaneous art fair! Perhaps visit Arte Contemporaneo if you’re an art lover or get a taste of the rich coffee that Costa Rica is known for in a nearby coffee shop.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Sarapiqui - This morning, hop on a public bus and make your way to Sarapiqui – a town known for its rich biodiversity and lush rainforest. When you arrive, enjoy some free time here to go birdwatching, spot some local wildlife or hike to one of the nearby waterfalls. Then, meet up with a local guide to head out on a jungle walk. Look out for elusive creatures like sloths, bats, snakes, frogs and a whole lot more.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Puerto Viejo de Talamanca - Today, take a private transfer to Puerto Viejo. When you arrive, get to know this laid-back jungle town during an orientation walk with your local leader, then enjoy the rest of the day to explore at your leisure. A small and coastal city, Puerto Viejo de Talamanca has a lively main street featuring dance halls, reggaeton bars and modern restaurants. If you’re looking for a little bit of relaxation, you'll also find great surf beaches and rainforest fruit farms to kick back on.

     

    Day - 20

    Location: Puerto Viejo de Talamanca - Today is free, so you can ease into the vibes of the Caribbean coast. You might like to take your time exploring Cahuita National Park, which is about a 20 minute ride away from Puerto Viejo - your leader can help you arrange a transfer. Cahuita National Park is home to sloths, monkeys, raccoons, snakes and a great variety of birds. If the waves are calling (but your footing isn't so sure), surf lessons are also on offer in town. Of course, you could also simply find a cool spot and relax with a beer in hand. To top today off, you'll prepare a traditional Caribbean dinner with a local family in their home. Enjoy a mixture of fruits, seafood, tubers and vegetables combined with coconut flavours, ginger, allspice, cinnamon, curry, Panamanian pepper and thyme.

     

    Day - 21

    Location: Bocas del Toro - Today, take a local bus to the border, then walk across an old railway bridge into Panama. Continue by taxi or collective minivan to Almirante, where you'll take a short boat ride to Isla Colon in the Bocas del Toro archipelago – rapidly becoming a Caribbean favourite, this place has it all. Hit the palm-shaded beaches with crystal-clear waters, enjoy some spectacular snorkelling opportunities and look out for lots of wildlife. Culturally, Bocas is home to West Indians, Latinos and expats, resulting in diverse music, nightlife and food scenes. For the next three nights, you'll stay in Isla Colon – the main town of Bocas del Toro. It's a great spot to start your exploration of the archipelago, with most bars, restaurants and local activity operators just metres from your hotel.

     

    Day - 22

    Location: Bocas del Toro - Today is the first of two free days to explore this tropical archipelago. Several beaches are within reach of town, between 8 and 14 km from your hotel. With azure waters, pristine coral reefs and a rollicking nightlife, it’s easy to see why these islands are a favourite for so many travellers. The safest beaches are Starfish, Sandfly and Big Creek – be aware that others may have strong riptides. When the sun goes down, why not head into town and check out the local bar and restaurant scene? Ask your leader about the best place to grab a drink.

     

    Day - 23

    Location: Bocas del Toro - This morning, hop on a boat to the nearby Isla Popa, where you’ll get to spend time meeting the Ngabe-Bugle indigenous community. The local women here run a community tourism project, and you’ll have the chance to learn about their lifestyle during an orientation walk through the community. You’ll stop in at a local home as well as a spending some time with a local family. Say your farewells and return to Bocas de Toro, then enjoy the rest of a hugely rewarding day free in the Caribbean sun.

     

    Day - 24

    Location: Boquete - Travel by boat and local bus to Boquete – this is a bit of a lengthy journey, so be sure to have a book, podcast or daydream to keep you occupied. Boquete is a picturesque town located in the highlands of Panama, surrounded by mountains, crystal-clear creeks and rivers, forest reserves and colourful wildflowers, as well as coffee plantations and orange groves. Head out on an orientation walk with your leader and enjoy an informal Spanish lesson to get to grips with the local language. Tomorrow will be a free day, wide open for exploring – most optional activities can be organised directly from the hotel, though it’s a good idea to book them when you arrive tonight if you know what you want to do.

     

    Day - 25

    Location: Boquete - There are plenty of ways to experience Boquete today, so be sure to chat to your leader and the hotel front desk to get the best insider tips. You could discover the secret waterfalls only locals know about on a walking tour in the jungle. Or maybe you’d prefer to soak it up in the Caldera hot springs. If you’re a coffee lover, consider visiting a plantation or simply kicking back in town with a cup of the local brew – some of the best coffee in the world is grown and processed right here in Boquete!

     

    Day - 26

    Location: Chitre - Say goodbye to Boquete and head to the southern city of Chitre. Arrive around lunchtime, then head out for an orientation walk with your leader (who will also be able to point you in the right direction for a good lunch spot). After a bite to eat, rejoin your fellow travellers head to a mask workshop for a glimpse at the country’s cultural heritage – elaborate masks and costumes are a feature of many festivals in Panama. The afternoon is free for you to continue exploring Chitre. 

     

    Day - 27

    Location: Panama City - Depart Chitre this morning, heading for Panama City. Stop at the Miraflores Visitor Centre, which overlooks one of the locks that control the flow of ships through the Panama Canal. Learn about the canal’s history and engineering, then head back on the road to Panama City. On arrival head out on a leader-led orientation walk. Take in the great views of the historic Casco Viejo (Old Town) and the Panama City skyline as you stroll past crowded waterfront soccer fields, running paths and food carts. You might like to regroup with your fellow travellers in the evening for a final farewell dinner.

     

    Day - 28

    Location: Panama City - With no planned activities today, you can depart at any time. If you would like to spend some more time in Panama City, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Playa del Carmen - Hola! Welcome to Mexico. Your adventure begins in Playa del Carmen with a welcome meeting at 6 pm. If you arrive early and are lucky enough to have extra time in this beachside playground, maybe try your hand (and feet and lungs) at snorkelling in the freshwater rock pools (cenotes). Maybe stroll along the white sands or reef dive on Cozumel. After the meeting, perhaps head out for a cocktail and a few tacos with your new travel buddies.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Playa del Carmen - This morning, hop on a local bus to one stunning example of a cenote – Cenote Azul. There you can swim, dive or snorkel in the natural open-air pool, basking in the beauty of your surroundings. Then return to Playa Del Carmen, where you’ll have a free afternoon to explore this beachside paradise at your leisure. You might like to continue the underwater activities and keep your eyes peeled for rays, moray eels and turtles among the coral-clad reefs. If you’d rather leave the flippers behind and adventure on land, catch a local bus and travel south to Tulum, where white-sand beaches and Maya ruins are just an hour and a half away. In the evening, you could grab a few of your fellow travellers and find a good spot to watch the sunset – muy bien!

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Chetumal - On your final morning in Playa del Carmen, maybe take an early morning stroll to the beach and dip your toes in the sand or simply let the world pass you by with a coffee at a local cafe. Then head to your next stop in Bacalar – said to be the first settlement of the Itza tribe, who would go on to create Chichen Itza. Here, you’ll have an included lunch and the chance to relax at the Lake of Seven Colours – thanks to the various stunning shades of blue it adopts throughout the day. If you’d like, you could also hop onboard a boat tour of the lake. Then continue to Chetumal – a quiet city close to the border of Belize, this place makes for the perfect stop before tomorrow’s adventure to Caye Caulker.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Caye Caulker - Bid adios to Mexico early this morning as you head south to Belize. After border formalities, arrive in Belize City then hop in a water taxi to the island of Caye Caulker. When you arrive, get acquainted with the island on a guided walk with your leader. Belize is the only English-speaking country in Central America, which will make chatting with locals much easier. Tonight, you’re free to relax or explore. Be aware that there may be crocodiles in the split area that separates the north and south of the island, so it’s best to take caution while swimming and exploring the beaches.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Caye Caulker - Today is free for you to explore the island that surrounds you, or just to simply relax. If you feel like snorkelling, ask your leader about organising a trip to the colourful coral reef nearby, or maybe head further afield to Hol Chan Marine Reserve, home to the world’s second-longest coral reef. Manatee spotting is perfect for nature lovers, or you could take a stroll and find a swaying palm tree with your name on it – they make the perfect place to nap, read a book and soak up the island vibes on a beach day.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Caye Caulker - What’s better than one day in paradise? Two, of course! Your morning is free, then for lunch you’ll join in on a cooking class with a local family, learning how to make a famous Belizean meal with chicken, rice and beans. In the afternoon, perhaps head to the beach for a swim or hire a bicycle to explore. Tonight is your last opportunity to get your hands on some super fresh Belizean seafood, which you can dig into with your feet planted in the sand at one of the many ‘floor-free’ outdoor restaurants. The island's famous lobsters are available between 15 June and 15 February, and you can expect to pay far less than at home (though more than your average island meal). You could even grab some grilled shrimp and a rum and coke made with firewater from a roadside stall to really get into the island spirit.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: San Ignacio - From the islands to the highlands, you’ll bid farewell to Caye Caulker today and catch a ferry to Belize City, then a bus to San Ignacio. When you arrive, your leader will take you on a walking tour of San Ignacio and its twin sister Santa Elena, giving you a sense of how vibrant the local Garifuna and Maya communities are. Tonight, maybe head out in search of a classic Maya dish like cochinita pibil (slow-roasted pork marinated in citrus).

     

    Day - 8

    Location: San Ignacio - Today is free for you to discover San Ignacio at your own pace. This beautiful town is surrounded by fast-flowing rivers, waterfalls and Maya ruins, making it the ideal base. If you’re a bit of a history buff, maybe take a day trip to Xunantunich – an impressive Maya ceremonial site on a hill overlooking the countryside. Getting to the site is half the fun, as you'll need to take a hand-cranked ferry to cross the river. Perhaps you'd like to take on the challenge of visiting the cave of Actun Tunichil Muknal – a living museum of Maya relics. Wade and hike through cool waters to find ceramic pots and crystallised skeletons preserved by the calcium-rich environment of the cave for over 1400 years. Easily spooked? Maybe you'd prefer a cave with fewer (as far as we know) skeletons, like the one in Mountain Pine Ridge. In the late afternoon, the barbecue stalls of Santa Elena start to set up for the dinner rush. It's only a 15-minute walk, so consider wandering over to enjoy a juicy chicken leg and a chat with the locals.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Tikal National Park - Rise and shine for your journey across the Belize-Guatemala border.to Tikal National Park. Here, there will be time to buy lunch before visiting the impressive archaeological site with a local guide. Towering above the jungle, the five granite temples of Tikal are an imposing sight and one of the most magnificent Maya ruins. Hidden in the evergreen forest is a maze of smaller structures waiting to be explored. The energetic can climb to the top of the ruins for spectacular views over the canopy and the chance to spot toucans, macaws and other colourful birds.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Rio Dulce - This morning depart for Flores, where you'll have breakfast in a local restaurant before joining your leader on an orientation walk on the island. Then, continue by private minivan to Rio Dulce before transferring to your hotel by boat. The easiest way to get back into town is also on the water – a journey that can be organised through the hotel. Alternatively, a 40-minute jungle walk will get you there. The hotel is a great place to relax and look over the water, with reasonably priced meals and drinks served in the hotel restaurant. Now that you are back in a Spanish-speaking nation, why not join an informal Spanish lesson led by your leader?

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Rio Dulce - Take a boat ride down the river to Livingston – a laidback Afro-Caribbean town that offers a unique taste of Garifuna culture in a far-flung corner of Guatemala. Just 30 km (18 m) from Rio Dulce, Livingston is only accessible by boat and the ride is spectacular, taking you through waters filled with water lilies, past tropical forests and through a deep canyon full of river birds. When you arrive, take a short orientation walk around the colourful town and see some fishermen working by the docks. Then, join the locals for a morning dance class. After learning some moves, you’ll have some free time for lunch and to explore at your own pace. Later this afternoon, hop back in the boat and head back to Rio Dulce.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Antigua - Leave the 'Sweet River' behind and travel by private minibus to the city of Antigua. The road between Rio Dulce and Guatemala City is one of the busiest in the country. Traffic is slow, there are frequent road works and many, many slow trucks – be armed with patience, music and a good book and the journey will be easier to handle. Tonight, maybe get your fellow travellers together for a final group dinner to say your goodbyes.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Antigua - Enjoy a free day to explore the city, with nothing scheduled until a meeting at 6 pm to welcome any new travellers joining you on your adventure. Maybe grab some roasted beans from a street vendor and munch them while you stroll around. If you’ve got a historical bent, perhaps check out the 18th-century ruins of the Monastery of Santa Clara.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: San Andres Itzapa / Quetzaltenango - This morning after breakfast, travel to San Andres Itzapa in Chimaltenango. The Guatemalan Highlands are the best place to see the result of Mayan culture and Catholic religion coming together. Witness the unique culture firsthand with a shamanic ceremony at the Temple of San Simon. San Simon, the chain-smoking saint also known as Maximon, is a somewhat morally ambiguous deity. As few Mayan gods survived Spanish colonialism, scholars now think that San Simon is a symbol of numerous lost deities. After leaving your rum or tobacco offering (which can be purchased at the on-site liquor store), you’ll stop for a group lunch, before heading to Las Fuentes Georginas – volcanically heated hot springs in Xela. Surrounded by ferns, these luxurious hot springs are also the entrance to the forest reserve, with trails to the Zunil volcano. When you start to prune, you’ll carry on Quetzaltenango, where you spend the night.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Quetzaltenango - Early this morning before breakfast, you’ll hop on a chicken bus – a truly local experience, chicken buses are a source of national and personal pride. This popular transport option unique to Guatemala has little to do with actual chickens – they are old American school busses passed down to new owners who decked them out in bright colours and decorations. Each bus is unique to the independent driver, many of whom have made this their sole business. The chicken bus will take you to a local market – Almolonga – famed for its giant vegetables, which some believe were blessed by God. Whether you believe the vegetables are a gift from above or due to the high amounts of fertiliser used by locals, this colourful market is a great place to rub shoulders with the locals and maybe pick up a giant carrot. Afterward, return to your hotel for breakfast.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Chichicastenango Market / Panajachel - As Guatemala is home to many markets, today’s adventure is a great contrast to yesterday’s Almolonga. After breakfast, you’ll head to Chichicastenango market (nicknamed Chichi), home to textiles, wooden handicrafts and jade jewellery. This is one of the largest outdoor markets in Latin America and Guatemala’s most historic. Surrounded by mountains, you’ll explore the market with an expert local leader who knows all the best spots and walk among thousands of locals and tourists who hit these stalls weekly. Maybe grab some souvenirs or a huipils for yourself – a traditional garment worn by the Indigenous girls and women of the area. You can also pick up some handmade jewellery, pottery, incense, tablecloths, a ceremonial mask used in traditional Mayan dances or some leather goods. Tonight, spend the night in Panajachel on the shores of Lake Atitlan, where you’ll have a free evening for dinner.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Santiago Atitlan - This morning after breakfast, head for hop on a boat (called a lancha) on Lake Atitlan – surrounded by volcanoes, rolling hills and Mayan villages, this is definitely one of the most beautiful lakes in the world (as said by Aldous Huxley). Take the scenic ride to Santiago Atitlan, taking in the sweeping views from the water. Although this is the largest town on the lake, it sees far fewer tourists, making it the perfect spot to find authentic Guatemalan people, culture and activities. Here, you’ll visit the current shrine of Maximon (San Simon), where the local shamans keep watch. Your group will bring a gift of local spirits to share with the shamans, and while you drink, you’ll discuss the holy shrine, the perplexing deity and local life on the lake. Return to Panajachel in the afternoon and enjoy a free evening along the shores of Lake Atitlan.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Antigua - Spend a free morning in Panajachel and then return to Antigua by private transfer in the afternoon. Then join your leader for an orientation walk in the historic center after checking in to your hotel. Tonight, maybe get your fellow travellers together for a final group dinner to say your goodbyes.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Antigua - Today is free to explore Antigua until a meeting at 6 pm to welcome any new travellers. With crumbling churches, vibrant markets and bohemian cafes set against a monumental volcano, Antigua is the perfect place to have an adventure. After the meeting, the night is yours – maybe head out with some of your fellow travellers for a tamale (a classic staple of Mesoamerica that sees dough, meat and sauces steamed and served in a corn husk).

     

    Day - 20

    Location: Copan, Honduras - Rise and shine early this morning to beat the rush-hour traffic around Antigua. Departing at around 7 am, you’ll drive towards Copan. Along the way, watch the passing scenery and learn about local life in Guatemala as you head towards the border. Cross into Honduras, arriving in the charming town of Copan in the early afternoon. While most people use Copan as a base to explore the nearby ruins, there are plenty of other points of interest, both along the cobblestone streets and set into the lush surroundings. Maybe get started in the Central Plaza and follow your nose to a cafe for the afternoon.

     

    Day - 21

    Location: Copan, Honduras - This morning, meet up with a local guide and explore the World Heritage-listed ruins of Copan – the southernmost of the great Maya sites. It's unique because of the numerous elaborate stelae (carved columns) still intact among temples, excavated vaults and walls inscribed with ancient faces. After your exploration (don’t forget your camera today!) the rest of the afternoon is free to choose your own adventure. Maybe check out some fine feathered friends at the Macaw Mountain Park or visit the Temple of Rosalila. You could also head to the nearby natural hot springs - this optional tour gives you hours of soaking in mud, steaming natural baths and refreshing pools in the lush jungle, with an included dinner.

     

    Day - 22

    Location: Copan to Suchitoto via Guatemala - You’ll wave goodbye to Copan this morning and head across the border to Guatemala and then into El Salvador. It’s a long travel day, so make sure you’ve got a good book or your favourite road trip games handy. When you arrive in Suchitoto, you’ll head out on a leader-led orientation walk of the town – widely considered the cultural capital of El Salvador. Admire the elaborate building facades, get your bearings and enjoy the surroundings. Then, get your chef’s hat on with a pupusa-making demonstration. Pupusa (cornmeal flatbreads) is a classic Salvadorian recipe from the Pipil culture and is usually stuffed with some delicious ingredients, like cheese or chicharron (fried pork).

     

    Day - 23

    Location: Suchitoto - Today is a free day in Suchitoto. The town overlooks the Embalse Cerron Grande – also known as Lago Suchitlan, this freshwater lake is a haven for migrating birds, particularly falcons and hawks. Maybe grab a historically-minded quartet for a guided walk through Cinquera Forest, where guerrilla fighters used the forest as cover during the Civil War. Or just relax around town, in a local café or at your accommodation.

     

    Day - 24

    Location: Pacific Coast - This morning, head to a local designer’s home for an indigo-dying demonstration – Suchitoto is one of the best places in the world to produce indigo (used to dye clothing or other items blue). You’ll visit a local designer transforming colonial tradition into modern design and learn the history of the indigo trade. This small enterprise supports single mothers by providing them with an income for their children’s education, food and independence. Watch the demonstration, then get hands-on and try it for yourself! To decide who gets to take the creation home, the group will hold a raffle (are you feeling lucky?). After, you’ll drive to the Pacific Coast of El Salvador, home to some amazing dark-sand beaches and some of the best surf spots in the country.

     

    Day - 25

    Location: Leon - Rise nice and early for a full day of travel as we cross the Gulf of Fonseca to reach Nicaragua by boat. In the afternoon you'll reach Leon – the second-largest city in Nicaragua. When you arrive, join your leader on an orientation walk through the charming city streets to get your bearings. Leon is a relatively quiet city, which makes strolling the murals and contemporary architecture a real treat! Tonight, maybe head out to dinner with your group – as always, your leader will have the best recommendations.

     

    Day - 26

    Location: Leon - Today is a free day to make the most of Leon. Maybe visit the street food area behind the Lady of Grace Cathedral and try a Nica taco (made with maize, the taco is rolled, deep fried and then served with shredded cabbage smothered in cream). You could also take on a thrilling volcano sandboarding adventure on the black slopes of Cerro Negro Volcano. Maybe you’d just like to explore the city’s contemporary art or wander the Leon Cathedral.

     

    Day - 27

    Location: Granada - This morning, you’ll drive to the oldest city in the 'New World' – Granada. Along the way, you’ll have the chance to stretch your legs and admire the view at Laguna Apoyo, a volcanic crater lake formed around 23,000 years ago. Take some free time for lunch near the viewpoint. Then, stop in at the lakeside town of Masaya, where you’ll go on an orientation walk with your leader and get the chance to browse the stalls at the town’s famous artisan market before continuing to Granada. Featuring Moorish and Andalusian architecture, Granada is set on the banks of Lake Nicaragua and is surrounded by active volcanoes. When you arrive, your leader will take you on an orientation walk through the leafy Parque Central and 'La Calzada' – a busy pedestrian street with plenty of bars and restaurants. The afternoon is yours to explore the city at your own pace.

     

    Day - 28

    Location: Granada - This morning you’ll have breakfast with your group at Cafe de las Sonrisas – a café run entirely by deaf people. The owner is aiming to bridge the gap and inspire other business owners to employ local people living with disabilities. After, the rest of the day is yours. Maybe hit the Convento y Museo San Francisco and view the collection of Indigenous stone statues. Hundreds of evergreen islets dot the waters of vast Lake Nicaragua and you can spend a few hours exploring them by boat, or hire a kayak and find your own way around, waving at the fisherman who live in wooden huts along the way. Just remember not to swim, as freshwater sharks live in the water!

     

    Day - 29

    Location: Monteverde - Today is another early start as you get ready for a full day of travel. Journey to Monteverde, where you can begin exploring this afternoon on an orientation walk with your leader. Monteverde was founded as an agricultural community in 1951 by a group of North American Quakers. These environmentally aware settlers also established a small wildlife sanctuary, which has since grown into the internationally renowned Monteverde Cloud Forest Biological Preserve. Cloud forests are like rainforests, but instead, draw their water from a semi-permanent cloud covering the region. This is truly a nature lover's paradise! More than 2000 plant species, 320 bird species and 100 mammal species call Monteverde home.

     

    Day - 30

    Location: Monteverde - Begin the day with a special morning brew, as you're welcomed into a local family's home-based cafe for breakfast and the chance to sample some local Costa Rican pour-over coffee, known as Cafe Chorreado. The rest of your day is free to explore Monteverde at your own pace. You might like to zoom through the treetops on a ziplining adventure, or for a more relaxed experience, discover Costa Rica's agricultural heritage on a coffee and chocolate tour. Tonight, you’ll have the option to end your day on a magical note with a night walk through the cloud forest to spot nocturnal creatures in their natural habitat.

     

    Day - 31

    Location: La Fortuna - This morning, head out to the Monteverde Cloud Forest Reserve, where you’ll join a local guide to walk the reserve’s trails. They’ll share information on the fascinating biodiversity of the region and lend their expert eye (and spotting scope) to searching for the wonderful wildlife. Look out for the resplendent quetzal and listen for the sounds of howler monkeys and the unmistakable call of the three-wattled bellbird. This afternoon, take a shared minibus transfer to the shores of Lake Arenal, where you’ll take a boat across the lake to the little town of La Fortuna. On a clear day, you'll have fantastic views of the surrounding area. Watching the massive Arenal Volcano loom larger and larger as you approach is a spectacular sight. Once you reach La Fortuna, take another vehicle to the hotel, then freshen up and head out on a leader-led orientation walk. La Fortuna is a favourite among travel writers for a reason – words like picturesque and breathtaking spring to mind when trying to describe this town in the shadow of the volcano.

     

    Day - 32

    Location: La Fortuna - Why not start today with a smoothie and plan how you want to explore? Perhaps take a guided nature hike through the lush forest surrounding Arenal Volcano, keeping an eye out for rare plants and animals, or see the forest from a series of hanging bridges that offer a great vantage point for spotting wildlife like sloths and rainbow-coloured birds. The volcano’s inner workings also mean that the area is home to several thermal hot springs – an ideal way to relax in the middle of nature. Or maybe check out the 70-m-high La Fortuna waterfall set in the middle of the rainforest and hit the lake on a stand-up paddleboard. A boat safari in Caño Negro Wildlife Refuge offers the opportunity to see lizards, crocodiles and tropical birds in their natural habitat, so if you’re craving more wildlife, this option is perfect.

     

    Day - 33

    Location: San Jose - Spend you final morning in La Fortuna learning the art of Costa Rican cuisine. A local family will guide you through a cooking class, and you’ll enjoy the results of your efforts for lunch. Then, watch the volcano fade into the distance on your private transfer to Costa Rica's capital – San Jose. When you arrive, head out on an orientation walk with your leader to see the main highlights. When you’ve got your bearings, you may like to visit the Gold Museum, which has a fantastic collection of pre-Spanish gold art. If you're in the mood for some shopping, head to the outdoor market in the Plaza de la Cultura or the city's Central Market, where you can buy anything from handicrafts to seafood. Tonight, why not join your fellow travellers for an optional farewell dinner?

     

    Day - 34

    Location: San Jose  - Enjoy a free day to explore San Jose until another group meeting at 6 pm tonight. The city is home to a lively cultural atmosphere with heaps to do. Maybe explore the markets – you might even be lucky enough to see a spontaneous art fair! Perhaps visit Arte Contemporaneo if you’re an art lover or get a taste of the rich coffee that Costa Rica is known for in a nearby coffee shop.

     

    Day - 35

    Location: Sarapiqui - This morning, hop on a public bus and make your way to Sarapiqui – a town known for its rich biodiversity and lush rainforest. When you arrive, enjoy some free time here to go birdwatching, spot some local wildlife or hike to one of the nearby waterfalls. Then, meet up with a local guide to head out on a jungle walk. Look out for elusive creatures like sloths, bats, snakes, frogs and a whole lot more.

     

    Day - 36

    Location: Puerto Viejo de Talamanca - Today, take a private transfer to Puerto Viejo. When you arrive, get to know this laid-back jungle town during an orientation walk with your local leader, then enjoy the rest of the day to explore at your leisure. A small and coastal city, Puerto Viejo de Talamanca has a lively main street featuring dance halls, reggaeton bars and modern restaurants. If you’re looking for a little bit of relaxation, you'll also find great surf beaches and rainforest fruit farms to kick back on.

     

    Day - 37

    Location: Puerto Viejo de Talamanca - Today is free, so you can ease into the vibes of the Caribbean coast. You might like to take your time exploring Cahuita National Park, which is about a 20 minute ride away from Puerto Viejo - your leader can help you arrange a transfer. Cahuita National Park is home to sloths, monkeys, raccoons, snakes and a great variety of birds. If the waves are calling (but your footing isn't so sure), surf lessons are also on offer in town. Of course, you could also simply find a cool spot and relax with a beer in hand. To top today off, you'll prepare a traditional Caribbean dinner with a local family in their home. Enjoy a mixture of fruits, seafood, tubers and vegetables combined with coconut flavours, ginger, allspice, cinnamon, curry, Panamanian pepper and thyme.

     

    Day - 38

    Location: Bocas del Toro - Today, take a local bus to the border, then walk across an old railway bridge into Panama. Continue by taxi or collective minivan to Almirante, where you'll take a short boat ride to Isla Colon in the Bocas del Toro archipelago – rapidly becoming a Caribbean favourite, this place has it all. Hit the palm-shaded beaches with crystal-clear waters, enjoy some spectacular snorkelling opportunities and look out for lots of wildlife. Culturally, Bocas is home to West Indians, Latinos and expats, resulting in diverse music, nightlife and food scenes. For the next three nights, you'll stay in Isla Colon – the main town of Bocas del Toro. It's a great spot to start your exploration of the archipelago, with most bars, restaurants and local activity operators just metres from your hotel.

     

    Day - 39

    Location: Bocas del Toro - Today is the first of two free days to explore this tropical archipelago. Several beaches are within reach of town, between 8 and 14 km from your hotel. With azure waters, pristine coral reefs and a rollicking nightlife, it’s easy to see why these islands are a favourite for so many travellers. The safest beaches are Starfish, Sandfly and Big Creek – be aware that others may have strong riptides. When the sun goes down, why not head into town and check out the local bar and restaurant scene? Ask your leader about the best place to grab a drink.

     

    Day - 40

    Location: Bocas del Toro - This morning, hop on a boat to the nearby Isla Popa, where you’ll get to spend time meeting the Ngabe-Bugle indigenous community. The local women here run a community tourism project, and you’ll have the chance to learn about their lifestyle during an orientation walk through the community. You’ll stop in at a local home as well as a spending some time with a local family. Say your farewells and return to Bocas de Toro, then enjoy the rest of a hugely rewarding day free in the Caribbean sun.

     

    Day - 41

    Location: Boquete - Travel by boat and local bus to Boquete – this is a bit of a lengthy journey, so be sure to have a book, podcast or daydream to keep you occupied. Boquete is a picturesque town located in the highlands of Panama, surrounded by mountains, crystal-clear creeks and rivers, forest reserves and colourful wildflowers, as well as coffee plantations and orange groves. Head out on an orientation walk with your leader and enjoy an informal Spanish lesson to get to grips with the local language. Tomorrow will be a free day, wide open for exploring – most optional activities can be organised directly from the hotel, though it’s a good idea to book them when you arrive tonight if you know what you want to do.

     

    Day - 42

    Location: Boquete - There are plenty of ways to experience Boquete today, so be sure to chat to your leader and the hotel front desk to get the best insider tips. You could discover the secret waterfalls only locals know about on a walking tour in the jungle. Or maybe you’d prefer to soak it up in the Caldera hot springs. If you’re a coffee lover, consider visiting a plantation or simply kicking back in town with a cup of the local brew – some of the best coffee in the world is grown and processed right here in Boquete!

     

    Day - 43

    Location: Chitre - Say goodbye to Boquete and head to the southern city of Chitre. Arrive around lunchtime, then head out for an orientation walk with your leader (who will also be able to point you in the right direction for a good lunch spot). After a bite to eat, rejoin your fellow travellers head to a mask workshop for a glimpse at the country’s cultural heritage – elaborate masks and costumes are a feature of many festivals in Panama. The afternoon is free for you to continue exploring Chitre.

     

    Day - 44

    Location: Panama City - Depart Chitre this morning, heading for Panama City. Stop at the Miraflores Visitor Centre, which overlooks one of the locks that control the flow of ships through the Panama Canal. Learn about the canal’s history and engineering, then head back on the road to Panama City. On arrival head out on a leader-led orientation walk. Take in the great views of the historic Casco Viejo (Old Town) and the Panama City skyline as you stroll past crowded waterfront soccer fields, running paths and food carts. You might like to regroup with your fellow travellers in the evening for a final farewell dinner.

     

    Day - 45

    Location: Panama City - With no planned activities today, you can depart at any time. If you would like to spend some more time in Panama City, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Mexico City - Bienvenidos a Mexico City! This is one of the world's largest urban centres, a bustling metropolis with so many influences, offering a huge variety of museums, galleries and architectural delights, along with pumping nightlife and unparalleled street food. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm, but if you arrive early, perhaps head to the Zocalo – the massive central square – and check out the Aztec ruins and colonial architecture nearby. There are also plenty of parks, plazas and gardens to relax in and adjust to the Mexican way of life.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Mexico City - Wake up and get ready for a leader-led walk to orientate yourself to the city. Pass by the Metropolitan Cathedral, Zocalo, National Palace, Bellas Artes, Paseo de la Reforma and more. For lunch, join your local leader on a ‘taco crawl’ around town to taste Mexico City’s delicious street-food staple, tacos al pastor, among plenty other delicious treats. After, the rest of the day is free for you to explore as you wish. Tonight you could visit the famous Plaza Garibaldi or sip cocktails with your fellow travellers in one of the many trendy bars in the city, whatever takes your fancy.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Puebla - Start the day with a visit to the community of San Pedro Tlahuac where a local family will share their way of life through traditions, food and farming practices. Enjoy a trajinera ride, learn about chinampa agriculture directly from the community, and sit down to a delicious local meal prepared with ingredients from the chinampas. This authentic cultural exchange offers a unique opportunity to connect with Nahuatl descendants who are proudly keeping their heritage alive. After, your group will head to Puebla, where your leader will take you out for an orientation walk before visiting La Pasita bar for an opportunity to taste pasita – a sweet liqueur made of raisins in one of Puebla’s most famous bars.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Puebla - Puebla is a rapidly growing city featuring many well-maintained churches and buildings from the colonial period. Today is free for you to discover the city at your leisure. Though there are enough churches to visit a different one every day for a year, two of the best examples are Santa Domingo Church and the Rosary Chapel, located in town. Further afield lies the Great Pyramid of Cholula, containing over eight kilometres (five miles) of tunnels, with the enormous Popocatepetl Volcano serving as a backdrop. In town, Puebla also has plenty of markets where you can pick up some local handicrafts.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Oaxaca - Today we journey by local bus to Oaxaca. Oaxaca (pronounced ‘wuh-haa-ka’) is a beautiful, old colonial town full of graceful arcades and colourful markets. You'll find Zapotec and Mixtec influences around the city as ancestors have populated this region for thousands of years. Your leader will take you on an orientation walk through Oaxaca and to Mercado 20 de Noviembre – an iconic fresh food market. Here, you’ll be able to shop for fresh ingredients to put together your own meal. Grab some guacamole, salsa and some fresh tortillas on the way and then find a spot at one of the long tables where you can down for a classic Oaxacan lunch. Later, you’re free to walk the narrow, cobblestone streets, or maybe sit back in one of the squares, sipping mezcal and watching the world go by. The city is known for its arts scene, particularly its folk and fine art, but you'll also discover a grungier side to Oaxaca and some incredible examples of street art.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Oaxaca - There's an opportunity today to visit the spectacular temples of Monte Alban just outside of Oaxaca. Monte Alban was inhabited for 1500 years by the Olmec, Zapotec and Mixtec peoples, and this World Heritage site is an outstanding example of a pre-Columbian ceremonial centre, with terraces, dams, canals and pyramids carved out of the mountain. Alternatively, why not have a go at plating up some delicious local fare during a cooking class, visit a traditional weaving arts town, and stop by a local mezcal distillery. In the evening, if you've any energy left, you could head out for dinner with your fellow travellers and enjoy the town's lively atmosphere.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Tehuantepec - Bid farewell to Oaxaca this morning, and board a private transfer to Tehuantepec. On your way out of town you’ll stop in at the Arbol del Tule, or the Tree of Tule, which holds the record for having the stoutest tree trunk in the world. Further along the road, visit the town of Teotitlan del Valle. Famous for its weaving and textile traditions, you can wander past artisans showing off their incredible handcrafted wares. You’ll also visit a mezcal distillery, getting to sample the smoky liquor to see if it’s to your taste! Later, arrive in Tehuantepec and settle in for the evening.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: San Cristobal de las Casas - Head back out on the road this morning to San Cristobal de las Casas. Once you arrive in the early afternoon Leave your luggage at the hotel and begin exploring this highland town, hidden in green Chiapas valley surrounded by pine trees. Your leader will take you on a tour around town and point out all the important places. The evening is then free – you might like to ask your leader for a dinner recommendation!

     

    Day - 9

    Location: San Cristobal de las Casas - This morning you'll visit the village of San Juan Chamula, home to the fascinating Iglesia de San Juan. This church, with its pine-covered floor and air thick with incense, is often frequented by shamans who come to carry out cleansings using firewater and ancient prayer. Please note that there is a strict ban on cameras inside the church. Outside, the village is alive with colourful markets that sell local handicrafts. The rest of the day is free for your own adventure. You might like to get active and ask your leader to help organise an optional boating trip in the Sumidero Canyon, which is as old and impressive as the Grand Canyon (at your own expense).

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Palenque - Say goodbye to San Cristobal de Las Casas as you head for Palenque. Once you arrive, the afternoon is free for you to relax or explore. Situated in a steamy jungle, Palenque is a central town close to the nearby Maya ruins of the same name, which you'll have a chance to check out tomorrow.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Palenque - This morning, you’ll head to the archaeological zone and take a guided walk among the ruins of Palenque. Sitting on a hilltop, the ruins date back to AD 600 and are some of the most impressive Maya relics in Mexico. There are many ruins that are still un-excavated and remain concealed in the forest. This afternoon, visit an ecological project in Chiapas – Misol-Ha waterfall. Learn how the interaction with nature is helping to preserve the area’s flora and fauna as you explore this jungle site with Chiapas pines reaching up to 30 metres (98 ft) tall. This is a great representation of eco-tourism.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Merida - This morning, travel by private vehicle to the historic town of Merida, the capital of the Yucatan region. On route you’ll stop at Campeche, a harbour town that retains a few remnants of its colonial past. Take a leader-led walk through its fortified centre then sit down for an included lunch. Afterward, continue to Merida. Founded in 1542 on the site of Tho (an ancient Maya city), Merida retains much of its old-world charm thanks primarily to its people and architecture. Take an orientation walk with your leader on arrival, then enjoy free time to get settled in for the rest of the day.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Merida - Today you can choose to visit the Maya ruins of Uxmal, a 1-hour drive from Merida, on an optional tour which includes transport and a local guide. It's thought that the city was constructed around AD700, was home to around 25,000 people and once dominated the region along with Chichen Itza. Much of the site is decorated with masks of Chac, the rain god, and important buildings include the Pyramid of the Soothsayer, the Quadrangle of the Nuns, the Governor's Palace, the House of the Tortoises and the Ball Court. Alternatively, you could choose to take an optional guided tour to Las Coloradas – the incredible pink lagoon that’s home to flocks of flamingos.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Chichen Itza / Playa del Carmen - Travel to Playa del Carmen by private vehicle, stopping en route for an included visit to the Maya ruins of Chichen Itza. Containing both Toltec and Maya ruins lying alongside each other, the site is dominated by the famous El Castillo pyramid there’s also a large ball court where games used to be held. Nearby, excavations of the Well of Sacrifice revealed treasures of jade, copper and gold as well as many human and animal bones. You’ll get to see all of this on a guided tour of the ruins, and then you’ll have the chance to hear about modern life during a lunch stop at the nearby community of Piste. Sample some Yucatecan specialties, chat with the locals, then continue on to Playa del Carmen. After a quick orientation walk around Playa del Carmen, pick a place to kick back with a margarita and watch the sun go down.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Playa del Carmen - Today you’ll have a free day to take on one of the beachside activities or just kick back and relax until another group meeting at 6 pm tonight. Beforehand, maybe try your hand (and feet and lungs) at snorkelling in the freshwater rock pools (called cenotes) or reef diving on Cozumel. After the meeting, maybe head out for a cocktail and a few tacos with your new travel buddies.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Playa del Carmen - This morning, hop on a local bus to one stunning example of a cenote – Cenote Azul. There you can swim, dive or snorkel in the natural open-air pool, basking in the beauty of your surroundings. Then return to Playa Del Carmen, where you’ll have a free afternoon to explore this beachside paradise at your leisure. You might like to continue the underwater activities and keep your eyes peeled for rays, moray eels and turtles among the coral-clad reefs. If you’d rather leave the flippers behind and adventure on land, catch a local bus and travel south to Tulum, where white-sand beaches and Maya ruins are just an hour and a half away. In the evening, you could grab a few of your fellow travellers and find a good spot to watch the sunset – muy bien!

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Chetumal - On your final morning in Playa del Carmen, maybe take an early morning stroll to the beach and dip your toes in the sand or simply let the world pass you by with a coffee at a local cafe. Then head to your next stop in Bacalar – said to be the first settlement of the Itza tribe, who would go on to create Chichen Itza. Here, you’ll have an included lunch and the chance to relax at the Lake of Seven Colours – thanks to the various stunning shades of blue it adopts throughout the day. If you’d like, you could also hop onboard a boat tour of the lake. Then continue to Chetumal – a quiet city close to the border of Belize, this place makes for the perfect stop before tomorrow’s adventure to Caye Caulker.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Caye Caulker - Bid adios to Mexico early this morning as you head south to Belize. After border formalities, arrive in Belize City then hop in a water taxi to the island of Caye Caulker. When you arrive, get acquainted with the island on a guided walk with your leader. Belize is the only English-speaking country in Central America, which will make chatting with locals much easier. Tonight, you’re free to relax or explore. Be aware that there may be crocodiles in the split area that separates the north and south of the island, so it’s best to take caution while swimming and exploring the beaches.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Caye Caulker - Today is free for you to explore the island that surrounds you, or just to simply relax. If you feel like snorkelling, ask your leader about organising a trip to the colourful coral reef nearby, or maybe head further afield to Hol Chan Marine Reserve, home to the world’s second-longest coral reef. Manatee spotting is perfect for nature lovers, or you could take a stroll and find a swaying palm tree with your name on it – they make the perfect place to nap, read a book and soak up the island vibes on a beach day.

     

    Day - 20

    Location: Caye Caulker - What’s better than one day in paradise? Two, of course! Your morning is free, then for lunch you’ll join in on a cooking class with a local family, learning how to make a famous Belizean meal with chicken, rice and beans. In the afternoon, perhaps head to the beach for a swim or hire a bicycle to explore. Tonight is your last opportunity to get your hands on some super fresh Belizean seafood, which you can dig into with your feet planted in the sand at one of the many ‘floor-free’ outdoor restaurants. The island's famous lobsters are available between 15 June and 15 February, and you can expect to pay far less than at home (though more than your average island meal). You could even grab some grilled shrimp and a rum and coke made with firewater from a roadside stall to really get into the island spirit.

     

    Day - 21

    Location: San Ignacio - From the islands to the highlands, you’ll bid farewell to Caye Caulker today and catch a ferry to Belize City, then a bus to San Ignacio. When you arrive, your leader will take you on a walking tour of San Ignacio and its twin sister Santa Elena, giving you a sense of how vibrant the local Garifuna and Maya communities are. Tonight, maybe head out in search of a classic Maya dish like cochinita pibil (slow-roasted pork marinated in citrus).

     

    Day - 22

    Location: San Ignacio - Today is free for you to discover San Ignacio at your own pace. This beautiful town is surrounded by fast-flowing rivers, waterfalls and Maya ruins, making it the ideal base. If you’re a bit of a history buff, maybe take a day trip to Xunantunich – an impressive Maya ceremonial site on a hill overlooking the countryside. Getting to the site is half the fun, as you'll need to take a hand-cranked ferry to cross the river. Perhaps you'd like to take on the challenge of visiting the cave of Actun Tunichil Muknal – a living museum of Maya relics. Wade and hike through cool waters to find ceramic pots and crystallised skeletons preserved by the calcium-rich environment of the cave for over 1400 years. Easily spooked? Maybe you'd prefer a cave with fewer (as far as we know) skeletons, like the one in Mountain Pine Ridge. In the late afternoon, the barbecue stalls of Santa Elena start to set up for the dinner rush. It's only a 15-minute walk, so consider wandering over to enjoy a juicy chicken leg and a chat with the locals.

     

    Day - 23

    Location: Tikal National Park - Rise and shine for your journey across the Belize-Guatemala border.to Tikal National Park. Here, there will be time to buy lunch before visiting the impressive archaeological site with a local guide. Towering above the jungle, the five granite temples of Tikal are an imposing sight and one of the most magnificent Maya ruins. Hidden in the evergreen forest is a maze of smaller structures waiting to be explored. The energetic can climb to the top of the ruins for spectacular views over the canopy and the chance to spot toucans, macaws and other colourful birds.

     

    Day - 24

    Location: Rio Dulce - This morning depart for Flores, where you'll have breakfast in a local restaurant before joining your leader on an orientation walk on the island. Then, continue by private minivan to Rio Dulce before transferring to your hotel by boat. The easiest way to get back into town is also on the water – a journey that can be organised through the hotel. Alternatively, a 40-minute jungle walk will get you there. The hotel is a great place to relax and look over the water, with reasonably priced meals and drinks served in the hotel restaurant. Now that you are back in a Spanish-speaking nation, why not join an informal Spanish lesson led by your leader?

     

    Day - 25

    Location: Rio Dulce - Take a boat ride down the river to Livingston – a laidback Afro-Caribbean town that offers a unique taste of Garifuna culture in a far-flung corner of Guatemala. Just 30 km (18 m) from Rio Dulce, Livingston is only accessible by boat and the ride is spectacular, taking you through waters filled with water lilies, past tropical forests and through a deep canyon full of river birds. When you arrive, take a short orientation walk around the colourful town and see some fishermen working by the docks. Then, join the locals for a morning dance class. After learning some moves, you’ll have some free time for lunch and to explore at your own pace. Later this afternoon, hop back in the boat and head back to Rio Dulce.

     

    Day - 26

    Location: Antigua - Leave the 'Sweet River' behind and travel by private minibus to the city of Antigua. The road between Rio Dulce and Guatemala City is one of the busiest in the country. Traffic is slow, there are frequent road works and many, many slow trucks – be armed with patience, music and a good book and the journey will be easier to handle. Tonight, maybe take part in a dancing lesson – many dancing schools offer hourly lessons, so you'll be able to perfect your moves.

     

    Day - 27

    Location: Antigua - Enjoy a free day to explore the city, with nothing scheduled until a meeting at 6 pm to welcome any new travellers joining you on your adventure. Maybe grab some roasted beans from a street vendor and munch them while you stroll around. If you’ve got a historical bent, perhaps check out the 18th-century ruins of the Monastery of Santa Clara.

     

    Day - 28

    Location: San Andres Itzapa / Quetzaltenango - This morning after breakfast, travel to San Andres Itzapa in Chimaltenango. The Guatemalan Highlands are the best place to see the result of Mayan culture and Catholic religion coming together. Witness the unique culture firsthand with a shamanic ceremony at the Temple of San Simon. San Simon, the chain-smoking saint also known as Maximon, is a somewhat morally ambiguous deity. As few Mayan gods survived Spanish colonialism, scholars now think that San Simon is a symbol of numerous lost deities. After leaving your rum or tobacco offering (which can be purchased at the on-site liquor store), you’ll stop for a group lunch, before heading to Las Fuentes Georginas – volcanically heated hot springs in Xela. Surrounded by ferns, these luxurious hot springs are also the entrance to the forest reserve, with trails to the Zunil volcano. When you start to prune, you’ll carry on Quetzaltenango, where you spend the night.

     

    Day - 29

    Location: Quetzaltenango - Early this morning before breakfast, you’ll hop on a chicken bus – a truly local experience, chicken buses are a source of national and personal pride. This popular transport option unique to Guatemala has little to do with actual chickens – they are old American school busses passed down to new owners who decked them out in bright colours and decorations. Each bus is unique to the independent driver, many of whom have made this their sole business. The chicken bus will take you to a local market – Almolonga – famed for its giant vegetables, which some believe were blessed by God. Whether you believe the vegetables are a gift from above or due to the high amounts of fertiliser used by locals, this colourful market is a great place to rub shoulders with the locals and maybe pick up a giant carrot. Afterward, return to your hotel for breakfast.

     

    Day - 30

    Location: Chichicastenango Market / Panajachel - As Guatemala is home to many markets, today’s adventure is a great contrast to yesterday’s Almolonga. After breakfast, you’ll head to Chichicastenango market (nicknamed Chichi), home to textiles, wooden handicrafts and jade jewellery. This is one of the largest outdoor markets in Latin America and Guatemala’s most historic. Surrounded by mountains, you’ll explore the market with an expert local leader who knows all the best spots and walk among thousands of locals and tourists who hit these stalls weekly. Maybe grab some souvenirs or a huipils for yourself – a traditional garment worn by the Indigenous girls and women of the area. You can also pick up some handmade jewellery, pottery, incense, tablecloths, a ceremonial mask used in traditional Mayan dances or some leather goods. Tonight, spend the night in Panajachel on the shores of Lake Atitlan, where you’ll have a free evening for dinner.

     

    Day - 31

    Location: Santiago Atitlan - This morning after breakfast, head for hop on a boat (called a lancha) on Lake Atitlan – surrounded by volcanoes, rolling hills and Mayan villages, this is definitely one of the most beautiful lakes in the world (as said by Aldous Huxley). Take the scenic ride to Santiago Atitlan, taking in the sweeping views from the water. Although this is the largest town on the lake, it sees far fewer tourists, making it the perfect spot to find authentic Guatemalan people, culture and activities. Here, you’ll visit the current shrine of Maximon (San Simon), where the local shamans keep watch. Your group will bring a gift of local spirits to share with the shamans, and while you drink, you’ll discuss the holy shrine, the perplexing deity and local life on the lake. Return to Panajachel in the afternoon and enjoy a free evening along the shores of Lake Atitlan.

     

    Day - 32

    Location: Antigua - Spend a free morning in Panajachel and then return to Antigua by private transfer in the afternoon. Then join your leader for an orientation walk in the historic center after checking in to your hotel. Tonight, maybe get your fellow travellers together for a group dinner.

     

    Day - 33

    Location: Antigua - Lucky you! Today is another free day in Antigua to explore all that this charming and historical city has to offer. Why not get a taste of local tradition with a chocolate-making workshop in the ChocoMuseo, or strut your stuff with a salsa dance lesson? Tonight at 6 pm, meet in the hotel lobby for a meeting to welcome any new travellers joining the trip. Then head out for an optional group dinner.

     

    Day - 34

    Location: Copan, Honduras - Rise and shine early this morning to beat the rush-hour traffic around Antigua. Departing at around 7 am, you’ll drive towards Copan. Along the way, watch the passing scenery and learn about local life in Guatemala as you head towards the border. Cross into Honduras, arriving in the charming town of Copan in the early afternoon. While most people use Copan as a base to explore the nearby ruins, there are plenty of other points of interest, both along the cobblestone streets and set into the lush surroundings. Maybe get started in the Central Plaza and follow your nose to a cafe for the afternoon.

     

    Day - 35

    Location: Copan, Honduras - This morning, meet up with a local guide and explore the World Heritage-listed ruins of Copan – the southernmost of the great Maya sites. It's unique because of the numerous elaborate stelae (carved columns) still intact among temples, excavated vaults and walls inscribed with ancient faces. After your exploration (don’t forget your camera today!) the rest of the afternoon is free to choose your own adventure. Maybe check out some fine feathered friends at the Macaw Mountain Park or visit the Temple of Rosalila. You could also head to the nearby natural hot springs - this optional tour gives you hours of soaking in mud, steaming natural baths and refreshing pools in the lush jungle, with an included dinner.

     

    Day - 36

    Location: Copan to Suchitoto via Guatemala - You’ll wave goodbye to Copan this morning and head across the border to Guatemala and then into El Salvador. It’s a long travel day, so make sure you’ve got a good book or your favourite road trip games handy. When you arrive in Suchitoto, you’ll head out on a leader-led orientation walk of the town – widely considered the cultural capital of El Salvador. Admire the elaborate building facades, get your bearings and enjoy the surroundings. Then, get your chef’s hat on with a pupusa-making demonstration. Pupusa (cornmeal flatbreads) is a classic Salvadorian recipe from the Pipil culture and is usually stuffed with some delicious ingredients, like cheese or chicharron (fried pork).

     

    Day - 37

    Location: Suchitoto - This morning, head to a local designer’s home for an indigo-dying demonstration – Suchitoto is one of the best places in the world to produce indigo (used to dye clothing or other items blue). You’ll visit a local designer transforming colonial tradition into modern design and learn the history of the indigo trade. This small enterprise supports single mothers by providing them with an income for their children’s education, food and independence. Watch the demonstration, then get hands-on and try it for yourself!! The rest of the day is free in Suchitoto. The town overlooks the Embalse Cerron Grande – also known as Lago Suchitlan, this freshwater lake is a haven for migrating birds, particularly falcons and hawks. Maybe grab a historically-minded quartet for a guided walk through Cinquera Forest, where guerrilla fighters used the forest as cover during the Civil War. Or just relax around town, in a local café or at your accommodation.

     

    Day - 38

    Location: Pacific Coast - This morning you’ll drive to the Pacific Coast of El Salvador, home to some amazing dark-sand beaches and some of the best surf spots in the country. You'll have the afternoon free to relax.

     

    Day - 39

    Location: Leon - Rise nice and early for a full day of travel as we cross the Gulf of Fonseca to reach Nicaragua by boat. In the afternoon you'll reach Leon – the second-largest city in Nicaragua. When you arrive, join your leader on an orientation walk through the charming city streets to get your bearings. Leon is a relatively quiet city, which makes strolling the murals and contemporary architecture a real treat! Tonight, maybe head out to dinner with your group – as always, your leader will have the best recommendations.

     

    Day - 40

    Location: Leon - Today is a free day to make the most of Leon. Maybe visit the street food area behind the Lady of Grace Cathedral and try a Nica taco (made with maize, the taco is rolled, deep fried and then served with shredded cabbage smothered in cream). You could also take on a thrilling volcano sandboarding adventure on the black slopes of Cerro Negro Volcano. Maybe you’d just like to explore the city’s contemporary art or wander the Leon Cathedral.

     

    Day - 41

    Location: Granada - This morning, you’ll drive to the oldest city in the 'New World' – Granada. Along the way, you’ll have the chance to stretch your legs and admire the view at Laguna Apoyo, a volcanic crater lake formed around 23,000 years ago. Take some free time for lunch near the viewpoint. Then, stop in at the lakeside town of Masaya, where you’ll go on an orientation walk with your leader and get the chance to browse the stalls at the town’s famous artisan market before continuing to Granada. Featuring Moorish and Andalusian architecture, Granada is set on the banks of Lake Nicaragua and is surrounded by active volcanoes. When you arrive, your leader will take you on an orientation walk through the leafy Parque Central and 'La Calzada' – a busy pedestrian street with plenty of bars and restaurants. The afternoon is yours to explore the city at your own pace.

     

    Day - 42

    Location: Granada - This morning you’ll have breakfast with your group at Cafe de las Sonrisas – a café run entirely by deaf people. The owner is aiming to bridge the gap and inspire other business owners to employ local people living with disabilities. After, the rest of the day is yours. Maybe hit the Convento y Museo San Francisco and view the collection of Indigenous stone statues. Hundreds of evergreen islets dot the waters of vast Lake Nicaragua and you can spend a few hours exploring them by boat, or hire a kayak and find your own way around, waving at the fisherman who live in wooden huts along the way. Just remember not to swim, as freshwater sharks live in the water!

     

    Day - 43

    Location: Monteverde - Today is another early start as you get ready for a full day of travel. Journey to Monteverde, where you can begin exploring this afternoon on an orientation walk with your leader. Monteverde was founded as an agricultural community in 1951 by a group of North American Quakers. These environmentally aware settlers also established a small wildlife sanctuary, which has since grown into the internationally renowned Monteverde Cloud Forest Biological Preserve. Cloud forests are like rainforests, but instead, draw their water from a semi-permanent cloud covering the region. This is truly a nature lover's paradise! More than 2000 plant species, 320 bird species and 100 mammal species call Monteverde home.

     

    Day - 44

    Location: Monteverde - Begin the day with a special morning brew, as you're welcomed into a local family's home-based cafe for breakfast and the chance to sample some local Costa Rican pour-over coffee, known as Cafe Chorreado. The rest of your day is free to explore Monteverde at your own pace. You might like to zoom through the treetops on a ziplining adventure, or for a more relaxed experience, discover Costa Rica's agricultural heritage on a coffee and chocolate tour. Tonight, you’ll have the option to end your day on a magical note with a night walk through the cloud forest to spot nocturnal creatures in their natural habitat.

     

    Day - 45

    Location: La Fortuna - This morning, head out to the Monteverde Cloud Forest Reserve, where you’ll join a local guide to walk the reserve’s trails. They’ll share information on the fascinating biodiversity of the region and lend their expert eye (and spotting scope) to searching for the wonderful wildlife. Look out for the resplendent quetzal and listen for the sounds of howler monkeys and the unmistakable call of the three-wattled bellbird. This afternoon, take a shared minibus transfer to the shores of Lake Arenal, where you’ll take a boat across the lake to the little town of La Fortuna. On a clear day, you'll have fantastic views of the surrounding area. Watching the massive Arenal Volcano loom larger and larger as you approach is a spectacular sight. Once you reach La Fortuna, take another vehicle to the hotel, then freshen up and head out on a leader-led orientation walk. La Fortuna is a favourite among travel writers for a reason – words like picturesque and breathtaking spring to mind when trying to describe this town in the shadow of the volcano.

     

    Day - 46

    Location: La Fortuna - Why not start today with a smoothie and plan how you want to explore? Perhaps take a guided nature hike through the lush forest surrounding Arenal Volcano, keeping an eye out for rare plants and animals, or see the forest from a series of hanging bridges that offer a great vantage point for spotting wildlife like sloths and rainbow-coloured birds. The volcano’s inner workings also mean that the area is home to several thermal hot springs – an ideal way to relax in the middle of nature. Or maybe check out the 70-m-high La Fortuna waterfall set in the middle of the rainforest and hit the lake on a stand-up paddleboard. A boat safari in Caño Negro Wildlife Refuge offers the opportunity to see lizards, crocodiles and tropical birds in their natural habitat, so if you’re craving more wildlife, this option is perfect.

     

    Day - 47

    Location: San Jose - Spend you final morning in La Fortuna learning the art of Costa Rican cuisine. A local family will guide you through a cooking class, and you’ll enjoy the results of your efforts for lunch. Then, watch the volcano fade into the distance on your private transfer to Costa Rica's capital – San Jose. When you arrive, head out on an orientation walk with your leader to see the main highlights. When you’ve got your bearings, you may like to visit the Gold Museum, which has a fantastic collection of pre-Spanish gold art. If you're in the mood for some shopping, head to the outdoor market in the Plaza de la Cultura or the city's Central Market, where you can buy anything from handicrafts to seafood. Tonight, why not join your fellow travellers for an optional dinner?

     

    Day - 48

    Location: San Jose  - Enjoy a free day to explore San Jose until another group meeting at 6 pm tonight. The city is home to a lively cultural atmosphere with heaps to do. Maybe explore the markets – you might even be lucky enough to see a spontaneous art fair! Perhaps visit Arte Contemporaneo if you’re an art lover or get a taste of the rich coffee that Costa Rica is known for in a nearby coffee shop.

     

    Day - 49

    Location: Sarapiqui - This morning, hop on a public bus and make your way to Sarapiqui – a town known for its rich biodiversity and lush rainforest. When you arrive, enjoy some free time here to go birdwatching, spot some local wildlife or hike to one of the nearby waterfalls. Then, meet up with a local guide to head out on a jungle walk. Look out for elusive creatures like sloths, bats, snakes, frogs and a whole lot more.

     

    Day - 50

    Location: Puerto Viejo de Talamanca - Today, take a private transfer to Puerto Viejo. When you arrive, get to know this laid-back jungle town during an orientation walk with your local leader, then enjoy the rest of the day to explore at your leisure. A small and coastal city, Puerto Viejo de Talamanca has a lively main street featuring dance halls, reggaeton bars and modern restaurants. If you’re looking for a little bit of relaxation, you'll also find great surf beaches and rainforest fruit farms to kick back on.

     

    Day - 51

    Location: Puerto Viejo de Talamanca - Today is free, so you can ease into the vibes of the Caribbean coast. You might like to take your time exploring Cahuita National Park, which is about a 20 minute ride away from Puerto Viejo - your leader can help you arrange a transfer. Cahuita National Park is home to sloths, monkeys, raccoons, snakes and a great variety of birds. If the waves are calling (but your footing isn't so sure), surf lessons are also on offer in town. Of course, you could also simply find a cool spot and relax with a beer in hand. To top today off, you'll prepare a traditional Caribbean dinner with a local family in their home. Enjoy a mixture of fruits, seafood, tubers and vegetables combined with coconut flavours, ginger, allspice, cinnamon, curry, Panamanian pepper and thyme.

     

    Day - 52

    Location: Bocas del Toro - Today, take a local bus to the border, then walk across an old railway bridge into Panama. Continue by taxi or collective minivan to Almirante, where you'll take a short boat ride to Isla Colon in the Bocas del Toro archipelago – rapidly becoming a Caribbean favourite, this place has it all. Hit the palm-shaded beaches with crystal-clear waters, enjoy some spectacular snorkelling opportunities and look out for lots of wildlife. Culturally, Bocas is home to West Indians, Latinos and expats, resulting in diverse music, nightlife and food scenes. For the next three nights, you'll stay in Isla Colon – the main town of Bocas del Toro. It's a great spot to start your exploration of the archipelago, with most bars, restaurants and local activity operators just metres from your hotel.

     

    Day - 53

    Location: Bocas del Toro - Today is the first of two free days to explore this tropical archipelago. Several beaches are within reach of town, between 8 and 14 km from your hotel. With azure waters, pristine coral reefs and a rollicking nightlife, it’s easy to see why these islands are a favourite for so many travellers. The safest beaches are Starfish, Sandfly and Big Creek – be aware that others may have strong riptides. When the sun goes down, why not head into town and check out the local bar and restaurant scene? Ask your leader about the best place to grab a drink.

     

    Day - 54

    Location: Bocas del Toro - This morning, hop on a boat to the nearby Isla Popa, where you’ll get to spend time meeting the Ngabe-Bugle indigenous community. The local women here run a community tourism project, and you’ll have the chance to learn about their lifestyle during an orientation walk through the community. You’ll stop in at a local home as well as a spending some time with a local family. Say your farewells and return to Bocas de Toro, then enjoy the rest of a hugely rewarding day free in the Caribbean sun.

     

    Day - 55

    Location: Boquete - Travel by boat and local bus to Boquete – this is a bit of a lengthy journey, so be sure to have a book, podcast or daydream to keep you occupied. Boquete is a picturesque town located in the highlands of Panama, surrounded by mountains, crystal-clear creeks and rivers, forest reserves and colourful wildflowers, as well as coffee plantations and orange groves. Head out on an orientation walk with your leader and enjoy an informal Spanish lesson to get to grips with the local language. Tomorrow will be a free day, wide open for exploring – most optional activities can be organised directly from the hotel, though it’s a good idea to book them when you arrive tonight if you know what you want to do.

     

    Day - 56

    Location: Boquete - There are plenty of ways to experience Boquete today, so be sure to chat to your leader and the hotel front desk to get the best insider tips. You could discover the secret waterfalls only locals know about on a walking tour in the jungle. Or maybe you’d prefer to soak it up in the Caldera hot springs. If you’re a coffee lover, consider visiting a plantation or simply kicking back in town with a cup of the local brew – some of the best coffee in the world is grown and processed right here in Boquete!

     

    Day - 57

    Location: Chitre - Say goodbye to Boquete and head to the southern city of Chitre. Arrive around lunchtime, then head out for an orientation walk with your leader (who will also be able to point you in the right direction for a good lunch spot). After a bite to eat, rejoin your fellow travellers head to a mask workshop for a glimpse at the country’s cultural heritage – elaborate masks and costumes are a feature of many festivals in Panama. The afternoon is free for you to continue exploring Chitre.

     

    Day - 58

    Location: Panama City - Depart Chitre this morning, heading for Panama City. Stop at the Miraflores Visitor Centre, which overlooks one of the locks that control the flow of ships through the Panama Canal. Learn about the canal’s history and engineering, then head back on the road to Panama City. On arrival head out on a leader-led orientation walk. Take in the great views of the historic Casco Viejo (Old Town) and the Panama City skyline as you stroll past crowded waterfront soccer fields, running paths and food carts. You might like to regroup with your fellow travellers in the evening for a final farewell dinner.

     

    Day - 59

    Location: Panama City - With no planned activities today, you can depart at any time. If you would like to spend some more time in Panama City, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Playa del Carmen - Hola! Welcome to Mexico. Your adventure begins in Playa del Carmen with a welcome meeting at 6 pm. If you arrive early and are lucky enough to have extra time in this beachside playground, maybe try your hand (and feet and lungs) at snorkelling in the freshwater rock pools (cenotes). Maybe stroll along the white sands or reef dive on Cozumel. After the meeting, perhaps head out for a cocktail and a few tacos with your new travel buddies.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Playa del Carmen - This morning, hop on a local bus to one stunning example of a cenote – Cenote Azul. There you can swim, dive or snorkel in the natural open-air pool, basking in the beauty of your surroundings. Then return to Playa Del Carmen, where you’ll have a free afternoon to explore this beachside paradise at your leisure. You might like to continue the underwater activities and keep your eyes peeled for rays, moray eels and turtles among the coral-clad reefs. If you’d rather leave the flippers behind and adventure on land, catch a local bus and travel south to Tulum, where white-sand beaches and Maya ruins are just an hour and a half away. In the evening, you could grab a few of your fellow travellers and find a good spot to watch the sunset – muy bien!

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Chetumal - On your final morning in Playa del Carmen, maybe take an early morning stroll to the beach and dip your toes in the sand or simply let the world pass you by with a coffee at a local cafe. Then head to your next stop in Bacalar – said to be the first settlement of the Itza tribe, who would go on to create Chichen Itza. Here, you’ll have an included lunch and the chance to relax at the Lake of Seven Colours – thanks to the various stunning shades of blue it adopts throughout the day. If you’d like, you could also hop onboard a boat tour of the lake. Then continue to Chetumal – a quiet city close to the border of Belize, this place makes for the perfect stop before tomorrow’s adventure to Caye Caulker.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Caye Caulker - Bid adios to Mexico early this morning as you head south to Belize. After border formalities, arrive in Belize City then hop in a water taxi to the island of Caye Caulker. When you arrive, get acquainted with the island on a guided walk with your leader. Belize is the only English-speaking country in Central America, which will make chatting with locals much easier. Tonight, you’re free to relax or explore. Be aware that there may be crocodiles in the split area that separates the north and south of the island, so it’s best to take caution while swimming and exploring the beaches.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Caye Caulker - Today is free for you to explore the island that surrounds you, or just to simply relax. If you feel like snorkelling, ask your leader about organising a trip to the colourful coral reef nearby, or maybe head further afield to Hol Chan Marine Reserve, home to the world’s second-longest coral reef. Manatee spotting is perfect for nature lovers, or you could take a stroll and find a swaying palm tree with your name on it – they make the perfect place to nap, read a book and soak up the island vibes on a beach day.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Caye Caulker - What’s better than one day in paradise? Two, of course! Your morning is free, then for lunch you’ll join in on a cooking class with a local family, learning how to make a famous Belizean meal with chicken, rice and beans. In the afternoon, perhaps head to the beach for a swim or hire a bicycle to explore. Tonight is your last opportunity to get your hands on some super fresh Belizean seafood, which you can dig into with your feet planted in the sand at one of the many ‘floor-free’ outdoor restaurants. The island's famous lobsters are available between 15 June and 15 February, and you can expect to pay far less than at home (though more than your average island meal). You could even grab some grilled shrimp and a rum and coke made with firewater from a roadside stall to really get into the island spirit.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: San Ignacio - From the islands to the highlands, you’ll bid farewell to Caye Caulker today and catch a ferry to Belize City, then a bus to San Ignacio. When you arrive, your leader will take you on a walking tour of San Ignacio and its twin sister Santa Elena, giving you a sense of how vibrant the local Garifuna and Maya communities are. Tonight, maybe head out in search of a classic Maya dish like cochinita pibil (slow-roasted pork marinated in citrus).

     

    Day - 8

    Location: San Ignacio - Today is free for you to discover San Ignacio at your own pace. This beautiful town is surrounded by fast-flowing rivers, waterfalls and Maya ruins, making it the ideal base. If you’re a bit of a history buff, maybe take a day trip to Xunantunich – an impressive Maya ceremonial site on a hill overlooking the countryside. Getting to the site is half the fun, as you'll need to take a hand-cranked ferry to cross the river. Perhaps you'd like to take on the challenge of visiting the cave of Actun Tunichil Muknal – a living museum of Maya relics. Wade and hike through cool waters to find ceramic pots and crystallised skeletons preserved by the calcium-rich environment of the cave for over 1400 years. Easily spooked? Maybe you'd prefer a cave with fewer (as far as we know) skeletons, like the one in Mountain Pine Ridge. In the late afternoon, the barbecue stalls of Santa Elena start to set up for the dinner rush. It's only a 15-minute walk, so consider wandering over to enjoy a juicy chicken leg and a chat with the locals.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Tikal National Park - Rise and shine for your journey across the Belize-Guatemala border.to Tikal National Park. Here, there will be time to buy lunch before visiting the impressive archaeological site with a local guide. Towering above the jungle, the five granite temples of Tikal are an imposing sight and one of the most magnificent Maya ruins. Hidden in the evergreen forest is a maze of smaller structures waiting to be explored. The energetic can climb to the top of the ruins for spectacular views over the canopy and the chance to spot toucans, macaws and other colourful birds.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Rio Dulce - This morning depart for Flores, where you'll have breakfast in a local restaurant before joining your leader on an orientation walk on the island. Then, continue by private minivan to Rio Dulce before transferring to your hotel by boat. The easiest way to get back into town is also on the water – a journey that can be organised through the hotel. Alternatively, a 40-minute jungle walk will get you there. The hotel is a great place to relax and look over the water, with reasonably priced meals and drinks served in the hotel restaurant. Now that you are back in a Spanish-speaking nation, why not join an informal Spanish lesson led by your leader?

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Rio Dulce - Take a boat ride down the river to Livingston – a laidback Afro-Caribbean town that offers a unique taste of Garifuna culture in a far-flung corner of Guatemala. Just 30 km (18 m) from Rio Dulce, Livingston is only accessible by boat and the ride is spectacular, taking you through waters filled with water lilies, past tropical forests and through a deep canyon full of river birds. When you arrive, take a short orientation walk around the colourful town and see some fishermen working by the docks. Then, join the locals for a morning dance class. After learning some moves, you’ll have some free time for lunch and to explore at your own pace. Later this afternoon, hop back in the boat and head back to Rio Dulce.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Antigua - Leave the 'Sweet River' behind and travel by private minibus to the city of Antigua. The road between Rio Dulce and Guatemala City is one of the busiest in the country. Traffic is slow, there are frequent road works and many, many slow trucks – be armed with patience, music and a good book and the journey will be easier to handle. Tonight, maybe get your fellow travellers together for a group dinner.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Antigua - Enjoy a free day exploring photogenic Antigua today with nothing scheduled until a meeting at 6 pm to welcome any new travellers joining you on your adventure. Maybe check out the ChocoMuseo, two blocks away from central park. Learn all about chocolate, which was first documented by the Guatemalan Maya, as well as its historical importance. Or maybe grab a coffee from one of the myriad shops in central park, sit back, relax and enjoy Antigua's chilled-out vibes.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: San Andres Itzapa / Quetzaltenango - This morning after breakfast, travel to San Andres Itzapa in Chimaltenango. The Guatemalan Highlands are the best place to see the result of Mayan culture and Catholic religion coming together. Witness the unique culture firsthand with a shamanic ceremony at the Temple of San Simon. San Simon, the chain-smoking saint also known as Maximon, is a somewhat morally ambiguous deity. As few Mayan gods survived Spanish colonialism, scholars now think that San Simon is a symbol of numerous lost deities. After leaving your rum or tobacco offering (which can be purchased at the on-site liquor store), you’ll stop for a group lunch, before heading to Las Fuentes Georginas – volcanically heated hot springs in Xela. Surrounded by ferns, these luxurious hot springs are also the entrance to the forest reserve, with trails to the Zunil volcano. When you start to prune, you’ll carry on Quetzaltenango, where you spend the night.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Quetzaltenango - Early this morning before breakfast, you’ll hop on a chicken bus – a truly local experience, chicken buses are a source of national and personal pride. This popular transport option unique to Guatemala has little to do with actual chickens – they are old American school busses passed down to new owners who decked them out in bright colours and decorations. Each bus is unique to the independent driver, many of whom have made this their sole business. The chicken bus will take you to a local market – Almolonga – famed for its giant vegetables, which some believe were blessed by God. Whether you believe the vegetables are a gift from above or due to the high amounts of fertiliser used by locals, this colourful market is a great place to rub shoulders with the locals and maybe pick up a giant carrot. Afterward, return to your hotel for breakfast.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Chichicastenango Market / Panajachel - As Guatemala is home to many markets, today’s adventure is a great contrast to yesterday’s Almolonga. After breakfast, you’ll head to Chichicastenango market (nicknamed Chichi), home to textiles, wooden handicrafts and jade jewellery. This is one of the largest outdoor markets in Latin America and Guatemala’s most historic. Surrounded by mountains, you’ll explore the market with an expert local leader who knows all the best spots and walk among thousands of locals and tourists who hit these stalls weekly. Maybe grab some souvenirs or a huipils for yourself – a traditional garment worn by the Indigenous girls and women of the area. You can also pick up some handmade jewellery, pottery, incense, tablecloths, a ceremonial mask used in traditional Mayan dances or some leather goods. Tonight, spend the night in Panajachel on the shores of Lake Atitlan, where you’ll have a free evening for dinner.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Santiago Atitlan - This morning after breakfast, head for hop on a boat (called a lancha) on Lake Atitlan – surrounded by volcanoes, rolling hills and Mayan villages, this is definitely one of the most beautiful lakes in the world (as said by Aldous Huxley). Take the scenic ride to Santiago Atitlan, taking in the sweeping views from the water. Although this is the largest town on the lake, it sees far fewer tourists, making it the perfect spot to find authentic Guatemalan people, culture and activities. Here, you’ll visit the current shrine of Maximon (San Simon), where the local shamans keep watch. Your group will bring a gift of local spirits to share with the shamans, and while you drink, you’ll discuss the holy shrine, the perplexing deity and local life on the lake. Return to Panajachel in the afternoon and enjoy a free evening along the shores of Lake Atitlan.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Antigua - Spend a free morning in Panajachel and then return to Antigua by private transfer in the afternoon. Then join your leader for an orientation walk in the historic center after checking in to your hotel. Tonight, maybe get your fellow travellers together for a group dinner.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Antigua - Enjoy another free day to explore the city, with nothing scheduled until a meeting at 6 pm to welcome any new travellers joining you on your adventure. Maybe grab some roasted beans from a street vendor and munch them while you stroll around. If you’ve got a historical bent, perhaps check out the 18th-century ruins of the Monastery of Santa Clara.

     

    Day - 20

    Location: Copan, Honduras - Rise and shine early this morning to beat the rush-hour traffic around Antigua. Departing at around 7 am, you’ll drive towards Copan. Along the way, watch the passing scenery and learn about local life in Guatemala as you head towards the border. Cross into Honduras, arriving in the charming town of Copan in the early afternoon. While most people use Copan as a base to explore the nearby ruins, there are plenty of other points of interest, both along the cobblestone streets and set into the lush surroundings. Maybe get started in the Central Plaza and follow your nose to a cafe for the afternoon.

     

    Day - 21

    Location: Copan, Honduras - This morning, meet up with a local guide and explore the World Heritage-listed ruins of Copan – the southernmost of the great Maya sites. It's unique because of the numerous elaborate stelae (carved columns) still intact among temples, excavated vaults and walls inscribed with ancient faces. After your exploration (don’t forget your camera today!) the rest of the afternoon is free to choose your own adventure. Maybe check out some fine feathered friends at the Macaw Mountain Park or visit the Temple of Rosalila. You could also head to the nearby natural hot springs - this optional tour gives you hours of soaking in mud, steaming natural baths and refreshing pools in the lush jungle, with an included dinner.

     

    Day - 22

    Location: Copan to Suchitoto via Guatemala - You’ll wave goodbye to Copan this morning and head across the border to Guatemala and then into El Salvador. It’s a long travel day, so make sure you’ve got a good book or your favourite road trip games handy. When you arrive in Suchitoto, you’ll head out on a leader-led orientation walk of the town – widely considered the cultural capital of El Salvador. Admire the elaborate building facades, get your bearings and enjoy the surroundings. Then, get your chef’s hat on with a pupusa-making demonstration. Pupusa (cornmeal flatbreads) is a classic Salvadorian recipe from the Pipil culture and is usually stuffed with some delicious ingredients, like cheese or chicharron (fried pork).

     

    Day - 23

    Location: Suchitoto - Today is a free day in Suchitoto. The town overlooks the Embalse Cerron Grande – also known as Lago Suchitlan, this freshwater lake is a haven for migrating birds, particularly falcons and hawks. Maybe grab a historically-minded quartet for a guided walk through Cinquera Forest, where guerrilla fighters used the forest as cover during the Civil War. Or just relax around town, in a local café or at your accommodation.

     

    Day - 24

    Location: Pacific Coast - This morning, head to a local designer’s home for an indigo-dying demonstration – Suchitoto is one of the best places in the world to produce indigo (used to dye clothing or other items blue). You’ll visit a local designer transforming colonial tradition into modern design and learn the history of the indigo trade. This small enterprise supports single mothers by providing them with an income for their children’s education, food and independence. Watch the demonstration, then get hands-on and try it for yourself! To decide who gets to take the creation home, the group will hold a raffle (are you feeling lucky?). After, you’ll drive to the Pacific Coast of El Salvador, home to some amazing dark-sand beaches and some of the best surf spots in the country.

     

    Day - 25

    Location: Leon - Rise nice and early for a full day of travel as we cross the Gulf of Fonseca to reach Nicaragua by boat. In the afternoon you'll reach Leon – the second-largest city in Nicaragua. When you arrive, join your leader on an orientation walk through the charming city streets to get your bearings. Leon is a relatively quiet city, which makes strolling the murals and contemporary architecture a real treat! Tonight, maybe head out to dinner with your group – as always, your leader will have the best recommendations.

     

    Day - 26

    Location: Leon - Today is a free day to make the most of Leon. Maybe visit the street food area behind the Lady of Grace Cathedral and try a Nica taco (made with maize, the taco is rolled, deep fried and then served with shredded cabbage smothered in cream). You could also take on a thrilling volcano sandboarding adventure on the black slopes of Cerro Negro Volcano. Maybe you’d just like to explore the city’s contemporary art or wander the Leon Cathedral.

     

    Day - 27

    Location: Granada - This morning, you’ll drive to the oldest city in the 'New World' – Granada. Along the way, you’ll have the chance to stretch your legs and admire the view at Laguna Apoyo, a volcanic crater lake formed around 23,000 years ago. Take some free time for lunch near the viewpoint. Then, stop in at the lakeside town of Masaya, where you’ll go on an orientation walk with your leader and get the chance to browse the stalls at the town’s famous artisan market before continuing to Granada. Featuring Moorish and Andalusian architecture, Granada is set on the banks of Lake Nicaragua and is surrounded by active volcanoes. When you arrive, your leader will take you on an orientation walk through the leafy Parque Central and 'La Calzada' – a busy pedestrian street with plenty of bars and restaurants. The afternoon is yours to explore the city at your own pace.

     

    Day - 28

    Location: Granada - This morning you’ll have breakfast with your group at Cafe de las Sonrisas – a café run entirely by deaf people. The owner is aiming to bridge the gap and inspire other business owners to employ local people living with disabilities. After, the rest of the day is yours. Maybe hit the Convento y Museo San Francisco and view the collection of Indigenous stone statues. Hundreds of evergreen islets dot the waters of vast Lake Nicaragua and you can spend a few hours exploring them by boat, or hire a kayak and find your own way around, waving at the fisherman who live in wooden huts along the way. Just remember not to swim, as freshwater sharks live in the water!

     

    Day - 29

    Location: Monteverde - Today is another early start as you get ready for a full day of travel. Journey to Monteverde, where you can begin exploring this afternoon on an orientation walk with your leader. Monteverde was founded as an agricultural community in 1951 by a group of North American Quakers. These environmentally aware settlers also established a small wildlife sanctuary, which has since grown into the internationally renowned Monteverde Cloud Forest Biological Preserve. Cloud forests are like rainforests, but instead, draw their water from a semi-permanent cloud covering the region. This is truly a nature lover's paradise! More than 2000 plant species, 320 bird species and 100 mammal species call Monteverde home.

     

    Day - 30

    Location: Monteverde - Begin the day with a special morning brew, as you're welcomed into a local family's home-based cafe for breakfast and the chance to sample some local Costa Rican pour-over coffee, known as Cafe Chorreado. The rest of your day is free to explore Monteverde at your own pace. You might like to zoom through the treetops on a ziplining adventure, or for a more relaxed experience, discover Costa Rica's agricultural heritage on a coffee and chocolate tour. Tonight, you’ll have the option to end your day on a magical note with a night walk through the cloud forest to spot nocturnal creatures in their natural habitat.

     

    Day - 31

    Location: La Fortuna - This morning, head out to the Monteverde Cloud Forest Reserve, where you’ll join a local guide to walk the reserve’s trails. They’ll share information on the fascinating biodiversity of the region and lend their expert eye (and spotting scope) to searching for the wonderful wildlife. Look out for the resplendent quetzal and listen for the sounds of howler monkeys and the unmistakable call of the three-wattled bellbird. This afternoon, take a shared minibus transfer to the shores of Lake Arenal, where you’ll take a boat across the lake to the little town of La Fortuna. On a clear day, you'll have fantastic views of the surrounding area. Watching the massive Arenal Volcano loom larger and larger as you approach is a spectacular sight. Once you reach La Fortuna, take another vehicle to the hotel, then freshen up and head out on a leader-led orientation walk. La Fortuna is a favourite among travel writers for a reason – words like picturesque and breathtaking spring to mind when trying to describe this town in the shadow of the volcano.

     

    Day - 32

    Location: La Fortuna - Why not start today with a smoothie and plan how you want to explore? Perhaps take a guided nature hike through the lush forest surrounding Arenal Volcano, keeping an eye out for rare plants and animals, or see the forest from a series of hanging bridges that offer a great vantage point for spotting wildlife like sloths and rainbow-coloured birds. The volcano’s inner workings also mean that the area is home to several thermal hot springs – an ideal way to relax in the middle of nature. Or maybe check out the 70-m-high La Fortuna waterfall set in the middle of the rainforest and hit the lake on a stand-up paddleboard. A boat safari in Caño Negro Wildlife Refuge offers the opportunity to see lizards, crocodiles and tropical birds in their natural habitat, so if you’re craving more wildlife, this option is perfect.

     

    Day - 33

    Location: San Jose - Spend you final morning in La Fortuna learning the art of Costa Rican cuisine. A local family will guide you through a cooking class, and you’ll enjoy the results of your efforts for lunch. Then, watch the volcano fade into the distance on your private transfer to Costa Rica's capital – San Jose. When you arrive, head out on an orientation walk with your leader to see the main highlights. When you’ve got your bearings, you may like to visit the Gold Museum, which has a fantastic collection of pre-Spanish gold art. If you're in the mood for some shopping, head to the outdoor market in the Plaza de la Cultura or the city's Central Market, where you can buy anything from handicrafts to seafood. Tonight, why not join your fellow travellers for an optional farewell dinner?

     

    Day - 34

    Location: San Jose - With no further activities planned, your trip comes to an end this morning. There's a lot to see and do in and around San Jose, so if you’d like to stay for longer, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Mexico City - Bienvenidos a Mexico City! This is one of the world's largest urban centres, a bustling metropolis with so many influences, offering a huge variety of museums, galleries and architectural delights, along with pumping nightlife and unparalleled street food. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm, but if you arrive early, perhaps head to the Zocalo – the massive central square – and check out the Aztec ruins and colonial architecture nearby. There are also plenty of parks, plazas and gardens to relax in and adjust to the Mexican way of life.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Mexico City - Wake up and get ready for a leader-led walk to orientate yourself to the city. Pass by the Metropolitan Cathedral, Zocalo, National Palace, Bellas Artes, Paseo de la Reforma and more. For lunch, join your local leader on a ‘taco crawl’ around town to taste Mexico City’s delicious street-food staple, tacos al pastor, among plenty other delicious treats. After, the rest of the day is free for you to explore as you wish. Tonight you could visit the famous Plaza Garibaldi or sip cocktails with your fellow travellers in one of the many trendy bars in the city, whatever takes your fancy.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Puebla - Start the day with a visit to the community of San Pedro Tlahuac where a local family will share their way of life through traditions, food and farming practices. Enjoy a trajinera ride, learn about chinampa agriculture directly from the community, and sit down to a delicious local meal prepared with ingredients from the chinampas. This authentic cultural exchange offers a unique opportunity to connect with Nahuatl descendants who are proudly keeping their heritage alive. After, your group will head to Puebla, where your leader will take you out for an orientation walk before visiting La Pasita bar for an opportunity to taste pasita – a sweet liqueur made of raisins in one of Puebla’s most famous bars.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Puebla - Puebla is a rapidly growing city featuring many well-maintained churches and buildings from the colonial period. Today is free for you to discover the city at your leisure. Though there are enough churches to visit a different one every day for a year, two of the best examples are Santa Domingo Church and the Rosary Chapel, located in town. Further afield lies the Great Pyramid of Cholula, containing over eight kilometres (five miles) of tunnels, with the enormous Popocatepetl Volcano serving as a backdrop. In town, Puebla also has plenty of markets where you can pick up some local handicrafts.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Oaxaca - Today we journey by local bus to Oaxaca. Oaxaca (pronounced ‘wuh-haa-ka’) is a beautiful, old colonial town full of graceful arcades and colourful markets. You'll find Zapotec and Mixtec influences around the city as ancestors have populated this region for thousands of years. Your leader will take you on an orientation walk through Oaxaca and to Mercado 20 de Noviembre – an iconic fresh food market. Here, you’ll be able to shop for fresh ingredients to put together your own meal. Grab some guacamole, salsa and some fresh tortillas on the way and then find a spot at one of the long tables where you can down for a classic Oaxacan lunch. Later, you’re free to walk the narrow, cobblestone streets, or maybe sit back in one of the squares, sipping mezcal and watching the world go by. The city is known for its arts scene, particularly its folk and fine art, but you'll also discover a grungier side to Oaxaca and some incredible examples of street art.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Oaxaca - There's an opportunity today to visit the spectacular temples of Monte Alban just outside of Oaxaca. Monte Alban was inhabited for 1500 years by the Olmec, Zapotec and Mixtec peoples, and this World Heritage site is an outstanding example of a pre-Columbian ceremonial centre, with terraces, dams, canals and pyramids carved out of the mountain. Alternatively, why not have a go at plating up some delicious local fare during a cooking class, visit a traditional weaving arts town, and stop by a local mezcal distillery. In the evening, if you've any energy left, you could head out for dinner with your fellow travellers and enjoy the town's lively atmosphere.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Tehuantepec - Bid farewell to Oaxaca this morning, and board a private transfer to Tehuantepec. On your way out of town you’ll stop in at the Arbol del Tule, or the Tree of Tule, which holds the record for having the stoutest tree trunk in the world. Further along the road, visit the town of Teotitlan del Valle. Famous for its weaving and textile traditions, you can wander past artisans showing off their incredible handcrafted wares. You’ll also visit a mezcal distillery, getting to sample the smoky liquor to see if it’s to your taste! Later, arrive in Tehuantepec and settle in for the evening.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: San Cristobal de las Casas - Head back out on the road this morning to San Cristobal de las Casas. Once you arrive in the early afternoon Leave your luggage at the hotel and begin exploring this highland town, hidden in green Chiapas valley surrounded by pine trees. Your leader will take you on a tour around town and point out all the important places. The evening is then free – you might like to ask your leader for a dinner recommendation!

     

    Day - 9

    Location: San Cristobal de las Casas - This morning you'll visit the village of San Juan Chamula, home to the fascinating Iglesia de San Juan. This church, with its pine-covered floor and air thick with incense, is often frequented by shamans who come to carry out cleansings using firewater and ancient prayer. Please note that there is a strict ban on cameras inside the church. Outside, the village is alive with colourful markets that sell local handicrafts. The rest of the day is free for your own adventure. You might like to get active and ask your leader to help organise an optional boating trip in the Sumidero Canyon, which is as old and impressive as the Grand Canyon (at your own expense).

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Palenque - Say goodbye to San Cristobal de Las Casas as you head for Palenque. Once you arrive, the afternoon is free for you to relax or explore. Situated in a steamy jungle, Palenque is a central town close to the nearby Maya ruins of the same name, which you'll have a chance to check out tomorrow.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Palenque - This morning, you’ll head to the archaeological zone and visit the ruins of Palenque. Sitting on a hilltop surrounded by thick trees, the ruins date back to AD 600 and are some of the most impressive Maya relics in Mexico. As you take a guided walk among the temples, listen out for the eerie calls of howler monkeys and screeching parrots echoing from the jungle. There are many ruins that are still un-excavated and remain concealed in the forest. The area gives you an idea of what the Spanish invaders must have seen when they arrived. This afternoon visit Misol-Ha, where the cascading falls and quiet surroundings create a refreshing escape into nature.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Merida - This morning, travel by private vehicle to the historic town of Merida, the capital of the Yucatan region. On route you’ll stop at Campeche, a harbour town that retains a few remnants of its colonial past. Take a leader-led walk through its fortified centre then sit down for an included lunch. Afterward, continue to Merida. Founded in 1542 on the site of Tho (an ancient Maya city), Merida retains much of its old-world charm thanks primarily to its people and architecture. Take an orientation walk with your leader on arrival, then enjoy free time to get settled in for the rest of the day.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Merida - Today you can choose to visit the Maya ruins of Uxmal, a 1-hour drive from Merida, on an optional tour which includes transport and a local guide. It's thought that the city was constructed around AD700, was home to around 25,000 people and once dominated the region along with Chichen Itza. Much of the site is decorated with masks of Chac, the rain god, and important buildings include the Pyramid of the Soothsayer, the Quadrangle of the Nuns, the Governor's Palace, the House of the Tortoises and the Ball Court. Alternatively, you could choose to take an optional guided tour to Las Coloradas – the incredible pink lagoon that’s home to flocks of flamingos.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Chichen Itza / Playa del Carmen - Travel to Playa del Carmen by private vehicle, stopping en route for an included visit to the Maya ruins of Chichen Itza. Containing both Toltec and Maya ruins lying alongside each other, the site is dominated by the famous El Castillo pyramid there’s also a large ball court where games used to be held. Nearby, excavations of the Well of Sacrifice revealed treasures of jade, copper and gold as well as many human and animal bones. You’ll get to see all of this on a guided tour of the ruins, and then you’ll have the chance to hear about modern life during a lunch stop at the nearby community of Piste. Sample some Yucatecan specialties, chat with the locals, then continue on to Playa del Carmen. After a quick orientation walk around Playa del Carmen, why not pick a place to kick back with a margarita and watch the sun go down.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Playa del Carmen - Today you’ll have a free day to take on one of the beachside activities or just kick back and relax until another group meeting at 6 pm tonight. Beforehand, maybe try your hand (and feet and lungs) at snorkelling in the freshwater rock pools (called cenotes) or reef diving on Cozumel. After the meeting, maybe head out for a cocktail and a few tacos with your new travel buddies.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Playa del Carmen - This morning, hop on a local bus to one stunning example of a cenote – Cenote Azul. There you can swim, dive or snorkel in the natural open-air pool, basking in the beauty of your surroundings. Then return to Playa Del Carmen, where you’ll have a free afternoon to explore this beachside paradise at your leisure. You might like to continue the underwater activities and keep your eyes peeled for rays, moray eels and turtles among the coral-clad reefs. If you’d rather leave the flippers behind and adventure on land, catch a local bus and travel south to Tulum, where white-sand beaches and Maya ruins are just an hour and a half away. In the evening, you could grab a few of your fellow travellers and find a good spot to watch the sunset – muy bien!

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Chetumal - On your final morning in Playa del Carmen, maybe take an early morning stroll to the beach and dip your toes in the sand or simply let the world pass you by with a coffee at a local cafe. Then head to your next stop in Bacalar – said to be the first settlement of the Itza tribe, who would go on to create Chichen Itza. Here you’ll have an included lunch and the chance to relax at the Lake of Seven Colours – thanks to the various stunning shades of blue it adopts throughout the day. If you’d like, you could also hop onboard a boat tour of the lake. Then continue on to Chetumal – a quiet city close to the border of Belize, this place makes for the perfect stop before tomorrow’s adventure to Caye Caulker.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Caye Caulker - Bid adios to Mexico early this morning as you head south to Belize. After border formalities, arrive in Belize City then hop in a water taxi to the island of Caye Caulker. When you arrive, get acquainted with the island on a guided walk with your leader. Belize is the only English-speaking country in Central America, which will make chatting with locals much easier. Tonight, you’re free to relax or explore. Be aware that there may be crocodiles in the split area that separates the north and south of the island, so it’s best to take caution while swimming and exploring the beaches.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Caye Caulker - Today is free for you to explore the island that surrounds you, or just to simply relax. If you feel like snorkelling, ask your leader about organising a trip to the colourful coral reef nearby, or maybe head further afield to Hol Chan Marine Reserve, home to the world’s second-longest coral reef. Manatee spotting is perfect for nature lovers, or you could take a stroll and find a swaying palm tree with your name on it – they make the perfect place to nap, read a book and soak up the island vibes on a beach day.

     

    Day - 20

    Location: Caye Caulker - What’s better than one day in paradise? Two, of course! Your morning is free, then for lunch you’ll join in on a cooking class with a local family, learning how to make a famous Belizean meal with chicken, rice and beans. In the afternoon, perhaps head to the beach for a swim or hire a bicycle to explore. Tonight is your last opportunity to get your hands on some super fresh Belizean seafood, which you can dig into with your feet planted in the sand at one of the many ‘floor free’ outdoor restaurants. The island's famous lobsters are available between 15 June and 15 February, and you can expect to pay far less than at home (though more than your average island meal). You could even grab some grilled shrimp and a rum and coke made with firewater from a roadside stall to really get into the island spirit.

     

    Day - 21

    Location: San Ignacio - From the islands to the highlands, you’ll bid farewell to Caye Caulker today and catch a ferry to Belize City, then a bus to San Ignacio. When you arrive, your leader will take you on a walking tour of San Ignacio and its twin sister Santa Elena, giving you a sense of how vibrant the local Garifuna and Maya communities are. Tonight, maybe head out in search of a classic Maya dish like cochinita pibil (slow-roasted pork marinated in citrus).

     

    Day - 22

    Location: San Ignacio - Today is free for you to discover San Ignacio at your own pace. This beautiful town is surrounded by fast-flowing rivers, waterfalls and Maya ruins, making it the ideal base. If you’re a bit of a history buff, maybe take a day trip to Xunantunich – an impressive Maya ceremonial site on a hill overlooking the countryside. Getting to the site is half the fun, as you'll need to take a hand-cranked ferry to cross the river. Perhaps you'd like to take on the challenge of visiting the cave of Actun Tunichil Muknal – a living museum of Maya relics. Wade and hike through cool waters to find ceramic pots and crystallised skeletons preserved by the calcium-rich environment of the cave for over 1400 years. Easily spooked? Maybe you'd prefer a cave with fewer (as far as we know) skeletons, like the one in Mountain Pine Ridge. In the late afternoon, the barbecue stalls of Santa Elena start to set up for the dinner rush. It's only a 15-minute walk, so consider wandering over to enjoy a juicy chicken leg and a chat with the locals.

     

    Day - 23

    Location: Tikal National Park - Rise and shine for your journey across the Belize-Guatemala border.to Tikal National Park. Here, there will be time to buy lunch before visiting the impressive archaeological site with a local guide. Towering above the jungle, the five granite temples of Tikal are an imposing sight and one of the most magnificent Maya ruins. Hidden in the evergreen forest is a maze of smaller structures waiting to be explored. The energetic can climb to the top of the ruins for spectacular views over the canopy and the chance to spot toucans, macaws and other colourful birds.

     

    Day - 24

    Location: Rio Dulce - This morning depart for Flores, where you'll have breakfast in a local restaurant before joining your leader on an orientation walk on the island. Then, continue by private minivan to Rio Dulce before transferring to your hotel by boat. The easiest way to get back into town is also on the water – a journey that can be organised through the hotel. Alternatively, a 40-minute jungle walk will get you there. The hotel is a great place to relax and look over the water, with reasonably priced meals and drinks served in the hotel restaurant. Now that you are back in a Spanish-speaking nation, why not join an informal Spanish lesson led by your leader?

     

    Day - 25

    Location: Rio Dulce - Start your day with a nature walk along your accommodation’s trails, lead by a local guide. Then, and with plenty of free time today, consider taking advantage of some optional activities. Maybe take a scenic boat trip down the river to the coastal enclave of Livingston for a taste of Creole-Caribbean culture. This laidback town on the Caribbean coast feels very different from the rest of Guatemala thanks to its Garifuna population. Or maybe go boating on the lake, take a tour to spot local manatees or explore nearby San Felipe Fort.

     

    Day - 26

    Location: Antigua - Leave the 'Sweet River' behind and travel by private minibus to the city of Antigua. The road between Rio Dulce and Guatemala City is one of the busiest in the country. Traffic is slow, there are frequent road works and many, many slow trucks – be armed with patience, music and a good book and the journey will be easier to handle. Though there's not much time in Antigua today, you owe it to yourself to reward your patience with a tamale (meat and dough steamed in a corn leaf). You could also give pepian a try (rich dark sauce served with vegetables and meat, usually chicken).

     

    Day - 27

    Location: Panajachel - Today, travel on the winding roads to Chichicastenango – home to perhaps the most colourful market in the country! Nicknamed Chichi market, locals come from surrounding villages on Thursdays and Sundays to sell their wares and the streets are lined with stalls offering multi-coloured textiles and fresh produce. Visit a local Mayan Shaman and do a little shopping at the market, then continue to Panajachel. Located on Lake Atitlan with distant volcanoes looming in the background, Panajachel has a thriving market, great eateries and many water-based activities. Your leader will take you on a brief orientation walk of the town and then the rest of the afternoon is free for you to explore. Why not go for a swim, wander the streets or kayak on the lake?

     

    Day - 28

    Location: San Juan La Laguna - This morning after breakfast, take a boat to San Juan La Laguna – a small Maya village overlooking Lake Atitlan and the first community to ban single-use plastic. Here, you’ll witness a textile weaving demonstration, seeing how they use local materials and traditional dyeing techniques. Try out some of your newly learnt Spanish to chat with the locals and take a tour of their medicinal garden, watching how they use ancient techniques to transform plants into medicine - knowledge passed from mothers to daughters for hundreds of years. Tonight, you’ll be staying with multiple families within the community in small groups. Enjoy a homecooked dinner with your host family and spend the night here – a perfect opportunity to get to know them a little better and immerse yourself in local life.

     

    Day - 29

    Location: Antigua - Hit the road again this morning and make the journey back to Antigua – in 1773, the city was destroyed by an earthquake, but many of the colonial buildings have been carefully restored, and the architecture from its glory days can still be seen. On the way, stop at Santa Apolonia – one of the last communities in Guatemala to make pottery with traditional Maya techniques. The ancient Maya people could produce perfectly rounded pottery without a potter’s wheel! Here, the local women use their hands, as they move in a circular motion to produce amazing pieces. Watch a demonstration and then try it for yourself. Continue to Antigua, where your leader will take you on an orientation walk. Tonight, maybe take part in a dancing lesson – many dancing schools offer hourly lessons, so you'll be able to perfect your moves.

     

    Day - 30

    Location: Antigua - Enjoy a free day exploring photogenic Antigua today. Maybe check out the ChocoMuseo, two blocks away from central park. Learn all about chocolate, which was first documented by the Guatemalan Maya, as well as its historical importance. Or maybe grab a coffee from one of the myriad shops in central park, sit back, relax and enjoy Antigua's chilled-out vibes. If you're feeling adventurous, ask your leader about booking an optional tour to one of the nearby volcanoes.

     

    Day - 31

    Location: Antigua - Your adventure comes to an end this morning and there are no activities planned. As there's a great deal to do in Antigua, we recommend staying a few extra days to make the most of this traveller favourite. If you’d like to spend more time here, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Mexico City - Bienvenidos a Mexico City! This is one of the world's largest urban centres, a bustling metropolis with so many influences, offering a huge variety of museums, galleries and architectural delights, along with pumping nightlife and unparalleled street food. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm, but if you arrive early, perhaps head to the Zocalo – the massive central square – and check out the Aztec ruins and colonial architecture nearby. There are also plenty of parks, plazas and gardens to relax in and adjust to the Mexican way of life.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Mexico City - Wake up and get ready for a leader-led walk to orientate yourself to the city. Pass by the Metropolitan Cathedral, Zocalo, National Palace, Bellas Artes, Paseo de la Reforma and more. For lunch, join your local leader on a ‘taco crawl’ around town to taste Mexico City’s delicious street-food staple, tacos al pastor, among plenty other delicious treats. After, the rest of the day is free for you to explore as you wish. Tonight you could visit the famous Plaza Garibaldi or sip cocktails with your fellow travellers in one of the many trendy bars in the city, whatever takes your fancy.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Puebla - Start the day with a visit to the community of San Pedro Tlahuac where a local family will share their way of life through traditions, food and farming practices. Enjoy a trajinera ride, learn about chinampa agriculture directly from the community, and sit down to a delicious local meal prepared with ingredients from the chinampas. This authentic cultural exchange offers a unique opportunity to connect with Nahuatl descendants who are proudly keeping their heritage alive. After, your group will head to Puebla, where your leader will take you out for an orientation walk before visiting La Pasita bar for an opportunity to taste pasita – a sweet liqueur made of raisins in one of Puebla’s most famous bars.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Puebla - Puebla is a rapidly growing city featuring many well-maintained churches and buildings from the colonial period. Today is free for you to discover the city at your leisure. Though there are enough churches to visit a different one every day for a year, two of the best examples are Santa Domingo Church and the Rosary Chapel, located in town. Further afield lies the Great Pyramid of Cholula, containing over eight kilometres (five miles) of tunnels, with the enormous Popocatepetl Volcano serving as a backdrop. In town, Puebla also has plenty of markets where you can pick up some local handicrafts.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Oaxaca - Today we journey by local bus to Oaxaca. Oaxaca (pronounced ‘wuh-haa-ka’) is a beautiful, old colonial town full of graceful arcades and colourful markets. You'll find Zapotec and Mixtec influences around the city as ancestors have populated this region for thousands of years. Your leader will take you on an orientation walk through Oaxaca and to Mercado 20 de Noviembre – an iconic fresh food market. Here, you’ll be able to shop for fresh ingredients to put together your own meal. Grab some guacamole, salsa and some fresh tortillas on the way and then find a spot at one of the long tables where you can down for a classic Oaxacan lunch. Later, you’re free to walk the narrow, cobblestone streets, or maybe sit back in one of the squares, sipping mezcal and watching the world go by. The city is known for its arts scene, particularly its folk and fine art, but you'll also discover a grungier side to Oaxaca and some incredible examples of street art.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Oaxaca - There's an opportunity today to visit the spectacular temples of Monte Alban just outside of Oaxaca. Monte Alban was inhabited for 1500 years by the Olmec, Zapotec and Mixtec peoples, and this World Heritage site is an outstanding example of a pre-Columbian ceremonial centre, with terraces, dams, canals and pyramids carved out of the mountain. Alternatively, why not have a go at plating up some delicious local fare during a cooking class, visit a traditional weaving arts town, and stop by a local mezcal distillery. In the evening, if you've any energy left, you could head out for dinner with your fellow travellers and enjoy the town's lively atmosphere.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Tehuantepec - Bid farewell to Oaxaca this morning, and board a private transfer to Tehuantepec. On your way out of town you’ll stop in at the Arbol del Tule, or the Tree of Tule, which holds the record for having the stoutest tree trunk in the world. Further along the road, visit the town of Teotitlan del Valle. Famous for its weaving and textile traditions, you can wander past artisans showing off their incredible handcrafted wares. You’ll also visit a mezcal distillery, getting to sample the smoky liquor to see if it’s to your taste! Later, arrive in Tehuantepec and settle in for the evening.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: San Cristobal de las Casas - Head back out on the road this morning to San Cristobal de las Casas. Once you arrive in the early afternoon Leave your luggage at the hotel and begin exploring this highland town, hidden in green Chiapas valley surrounded by pine trees. Your leader will take you on a tour around town and point out all the important places. The evening is then free – you might like to ask your leader for a dinner recommendation!

     

    Day - 9

    Location: San Cristobal de las Casas - This morning you'll visit the village of San Juan Chamula, home to the fascinating Iglesia de San Juan. This church, with its pine-covered floor and air thick with incense, is often frequented by shamans who come to carry out cleansings using firewater and ancient prayer. Please note that there is a strict ban on cameras inside the church. Outside, the village is alive with colourful markets that sell local handicrafts. The rest of the day is free for your own adventure. You might like to get active and ask your leader to help organise an optional boating trip in the Sumidero Canyon, which is as old and impressive as the Grand Canyon (at your own expense).

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Palenque - Say goodbye to San Cristobal de Las Casas as you head for Palenque. Once you arrive, the afternoon is free for you to relax or explore. Situated in a steamy jungle, Palenque is a central town close to the nearby Maya ruins of the same name, which you'll have a chance to check out tomorrow.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Palenque - This morning, you’ll head to the archaeological zone and visit the ruins of Palenque. Sitting on a hilltop surrounded by thick trees, the ruins date back to AD 600 and are some of the most impressive Maya relics in Mexico. As you take a guided walk among the temples, listen out for the eerie calls of howler monkeys and screeching parrots echoing from the jungle. There are many ruins that are still un-excavated and remain concealed in the forest. The area gives you an idea of what the Spanish invaders must have seen when they arrived. This afternoon visit Misol-Ha, where the cascading falls and quiet surroundings create a refreshing escape into nature.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Merida - This morning, travel by private vehicle to the historic town of Merida, the capital of the Yucatan region. On route you’ll stop at Campeche, a harbour town that retains a few remnants of its colonial past. Take a leader-led walk through its fortified centre then sit down for an included lunch. Afterward, continue to Merida. Founded in 1542 on the site of Tho (an ancient Maya city), Merida retains much of its old-world charm thanks primarily to its people and architecture. Take an orientation walk with your leader on arrival, then enjoy free time to get settled in for the rest of the day.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Merida - Today you can choose to visit the Maya ruins of Uxmal, a 1-hour drive from Merida, on an optional tour which includes transport and a local guide. It's thought that the city was constructed around AD700, was home to around 25,000 people and once dominated the region along with Chichen Itza. Much of the site is decorated with masks of Chac, the rain god, and important buildings include the Pyramid of the Soothsayer, the Quadrangle of the Nuns, the Governor's Palace, the House of the Tortoises and the Ball Court. Alternatively, you could choose to take an optional guided tour to Las Coloradas – the incredible pink lagoon that’s home to flocks of flamingos.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Chichen Itza / Playa del Carmen - Travel to Playa del Carmen by private vehicle, stopping en route for an included visit to the Maya ruins of Chichen Itza. Containing both Toltec and Maya ruins lying alongside each other, the site is dominated by the famous El Castillo pyramid there’s also a large ball court where games used to be held. Nearby, excavations of the Well of Sacrifice revealed treasures of jade, copper and gold as well as many human and animal bones. You’ll get to see all of this on a guided tour of the ruins, and then you’ll have the chance to hear about modern life during a lunch stop at the nearby community of Piste. Sample some Yucatecan specialties, chat with the locals, then continue on to Playa del Carmen. After a quick orientation walk around Playa del Carmen, pick a place to kick back with a margarita and watch the sun go down.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Playa del Carmen - Today you’ll have a free day to take on one of the beachside activities or just kick back and relax until another group meeting at 6 pm tonight. Beforehand, maybe try your hand (and feet and lungs) at snorkelling in the freshwater rock pools (called cenotes) or reef diving on Cozumel. After the meeting, maybe head out for a cocktail and a few tacos with your new travel buddies.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Playa del Carmen - This morning, hop on a local bus to one stunning example of a cenote – Cenote Azul. There you can swim, dive or snorkel in the natural open-air pool, basking in the beauty of your surroundings. Then return to Playa Del Carmen, where you’ll have a free afternoon to explore this beachside paradise at your leisure. You might like to continue the underwater activities and keep your eyes peeled for rays, moray eels and turtles among the coral-clad reefs. If you’d rather leave the flippers behind and adventure on land, catch a local bus and travel south to Tulum, where white-sand beaches and Maya ruins are just an hour and a half away. In the evening, you could grab a few of your fellow travellers and find a good spot to watch the sunset – muy bien!

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Chetumal - On your final morning in Playa del Carmen, maybe take an early morning stroll to the beach and dip your toes in the sand or simply let the world pass you by with a coffee at a local cafe. Then head to your next stop in Bacalar – said to be the first settlement of the Itza tribe, who would go on to create Chichen Itza. Here, you’ll have an included lunch and the chance to relax at the Lake of Seven Colours – thanks to the various stunning shades of blue it adopts throughout the day. If you’d like, you could also hop onboard a boat tour of the lake. Then continue to Chetumal – a quiet city close to the border of Belize, this place makes for the perfect stop before tomorrow’s adventure to Caye Caulker.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Caye Caulker - Bid adios to Mexico early this morning as you head south to Belize. After border formalities, arrive in Belize City then hop in a water taxi to the island of Caye Caulker. When you arrive, get acquainted with the island on a guided walk with your leader. Belize is the only English-speaking country in Central America, which will make chatting with locals much easier. Tonight, you’re free to relax or explore. Be aware that there may be crocodiles in the split area that separates the north and south of the island, so it’s best to take caution while swimming and exploring the beaches.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Caye Caulker - Today is free for you to explore the island that surrounds you, or just to simply relax. If you feel like snorkelling, ask your leader about organising a trip to the colourful coral reef nearby, or maybe head further afield to Hol Chan Marine Reserve, home to the world’s second-longest coral reef. Manatee spotting is perfect for nature lovers, or you could take a stroll and find a swaying palm tree with your name on it – they make the perfect place to nap, read a book and soak up the island vibes on a beach day.

     

    Day - 20

    Location: Caye Caulker - What’s better than one day in paradise? Two, of course! Your morning is free, then for lunch you’ll join in on a cooking class with a local family, learning how to make a famous Belizean meal with chicken, rice and beans. In the afternoon, perhaps head to the beach for a swim or hire a bicycle to explore. Tonight is your last opportunity to get your hands on some super fresh Belizean seafood, which you can dig into with your feet planted in the sand at one of the many ‘floor-free’ outdoor restaurants. The island's famous lobsters are available between 15 June and 15 February, and you can expect to pay far less than at home (though more than your average island meal). You could even grab some grilled shrimp and a rum and coke made with firewater from a roadside stall to really get into the island spirit.

     

    Day - 21

    Location: San Ignacio - From the islands to the highlands, you’ll bid farewell to Caye Caulker today and catch a ferry to Belize City, then a bus to San Ignacio. When you arrive, your leader will take you on a walking tour of San Ignacio and its twin sister Santa Elena, giving you a sense of how vibrant the local Garifuna and Maya communities are. Tonight, maybe head out in search of a classic Maya dish like cochinita pibil (slow-roasted pork marinated in citrus).

     

    Day - 22

    Location: San Ignacio - Today is free for you to discover San Ignacio at your own pace. This beautiful town is surrounded by fast-flowing rivers, waterfalls and Maya ruins, making it the ideal base. If you’re a bit of a history buff, maybe take a day trip to Xunantunich – an impressive Maya ceremonial site on a hill overlooking the countryside. Getting to the site is half the fun, as you'll need to take a hand-cranked ferry to cross the river. Perhaps you'd like to take on the challenge of visiting the cave of Actun Tunichil Muknal – a living museum of Maya relics. Wade and hike through cool waters to find ceramic pots and crystallised skeletons preserved by the calcium-rich environment of the cave for over 1400 years. Easily spooked? Maybe you'd prefer a cave with fewer (as far as we know) skeletons, like the one in Mountain Pine Ridge. In the late afternoon, the barbecue stalls of Santa Elena start to set up for the dinner rush. It's only a 15-minute walk, so consider wandering over to enjoy a juicy chicken leg and a chat with the locals.

     

    Day - 23

    Location: Tikal National Park - Rise and shine for your journey across the Belize-Guatemala border.to Tikal National Park. Here, there will be time to buy lunch before visiting the impressive archaeological site with a local guide. Towering above the jungle, the five granite temples of Tikal are an imposing sight and one of the most magnificent Maya ruins. Hidden in the evergreen forest is a maze of smaller structures waiting to be explored. The energetic can climb to the top of the ruins for spectacular views over the canopy and the chance to spot toucans, macaws and other colourful birds.

     

    Day - 24

    Location: Rio Dulce - This morning depart for Flores, where you'll have breakfast in a local restaurant before joining your leader on an orientation walk on the island. Then, continue by private minivan to Rio Dulce before transferring to your hotel by boat. The easiest way to get back into town is also on the water – a journey that can be organised through the hotel. Alternatively, a 40-minute jungle walk will get you there. The hotel is a great place to relax and look over the water, with reasonably priced meals and drinks served in the hotel restaurant. Now that you are back in a Spanish-speaking nation, why not join an informal Spanish lesson led by your leader?

     

    Day - 25

    Location: Rio Dulce - Take a boat ride down the river to Livingston – a laidback Afro-Caribbean town that offers a unique taste of Garifuna culture in a far-flung corner of Guatemala. Just 30 km (18 m) from Rio Dulce, Livingston is only accessible by boat and the ride is spectacular, taking you through waters filled with water lilies, past tropical forests and through a deep canyon full of river birds. When you arrive, take a short orientation walk around the colourful town and see some fishermen working by the docks. Then, join the locals for a morning dance class. After learning some moves, you’ll have some free time for lunch and to explore at your own pace. Later this afternoon, hop back in the boat and head back to Rio Dulce.

     

    Day - 26

    Location: Antigua - Leave the 'Sweet River' behind and travel by private minibus to the city of Antigua. The road between Rio Dulce and Guatemala City is one of the busiest in the country. Traffic is slow, there are frequent road works and many, many slow trucks – be armed with patience, music and a good book and the journey will be easier to handle. Tonight, maybe get your fellow travellers together for a group dinner.

     

    Day - 27

    Location: Antigua - Enjoy a free day to explore the city, with nothing scheduled until a meeting at 6 pm to welcome any new travellers joining you on your adventure. Maybe grab some roasted beans from a street vendor and munch them while you stroll around. If you’ve got a historical bent, perhaps check out the 18th-century ruins of the Monastery of Santa Clara.

     

    Day - 28

    Location: San Andres Itzapa / Quetzaltenango - This morning after breakfast, travel to San Andres Itzapa in Chimaltenango. The Guatemalan Highlands are the best place to see the result of Mayan culture and Catholic religion coming together. Witness the unique culture firsthand with a shamanic ceremony at the Temple of San Simon. San Simon, the chain-smoking saint also known as Maximon, is a somewhat morally ambiguous deity. As few Mayan gods survived Spanish colonialism, scholars now think that San Simon is a symbol of numerous lost deities. After leaving your rum or tobacco offering (which can be purchased at the on-site liquor store), you’ll stop for a group lunch, before heading to Las Fuentes Georginas – volcanically heated hot springs in Xela. Surrounded by ferns, these luxurious hot springs are also the entrance to the forest reserve, with trails to the Zunil volcano. When you start to prune, you’ll carry on Quetzaltenango, where you spend the night.

     

    Day - 29

    Location: Quetzaltenango - Early this morning before breakfast, you’ll hop on a chicken bus – a truly local experience, chicken buses are a source of national and personal pride. This popular transport option unique to Guatemala has little to do with actual chickens – they are old American school busses passed down to new owners who decked them out in bright colours and decorations. Each bus is unique to the independent driver, many of whom have made this their sole business. The chicken bus will take you to a local market – Almolonga – famed for its giant vegetables, which some believe were blessed by God. Whether you believe the vegetables are a gift from above or due to the high amounts of fertiliser used by locals, this colourful market is a great place to rub shoulders with the locals and maybe pick up a giant carrot. Afterward, return to your hotel for breakfast.

     

    Day - 30

    Location: Chichicastenango Market / Panajachel - As Guatemala is home to many markets, today’s adventure is a great contrast to yesterday’s Almolonga. After breakfast, you’ll head to Chichicastenango market (nicknamed Chichi), home to textiles, wooden handicrafts and jade jewellery. This is one of the largest outdoor markets in Latin America and Guatemala’s most historic. Surrounded by mountains, you’ll explore the market with an expert local leader who knows all the best spots and walk among thousands of locals and tourists who hit these stalls weekly. Maybe grab some souvenirs or a huipils for yourself – a traditional garment worn by the Indigenous girls and women of the area. You can also pick up some handmade jewellery, pottery, incense, tablecloths, a ceremonial mask used in traditional Mayan dances or some leather goods. Tonight, spend the night in Panajachel on the shores of Lake Atitlan, where you’ll have a free evening for dinner.

     

    Day - 31

    Location: Santiago Atitlan - This morning after breakfast, head for hop on a boat (called a lancha) on Lake Atitlan – surrounded by volcanoes, rolling hills and Mayan villages, this is definitely one of the most beautiful lakes in the world (as said by Aldous Huxley). Take the scenic ride to Santiago Atitlan, taking in the sweeping views from the water. Although this is the largest town on the lake, it sees far fewer tourists, making it the perfect spot to find authentic Guatemalan people, culture and activities. Here, you’ll visit the current shrine of Maximon (San Simon), where the local shamans keep watch. Your group will bring a gift of local spirits to share with the shamans, and while you drink, you’ll discuss the holy shrine, the perplexing deity and local life on the lake. Return to Panajachel in the afternoon and enjoy a free evening along the shores of Lake Atitlan.

     

    Day - 32

    Location: Antigua - Spend a free morning in Panajachel and then return to Antigua by private transfer in the afternoon. Then join your leader for an orientation walk in the historic center after checking in to your hotel. Tonight, maybe get your fellow travellers together for a final group dinner to say your goodbyes.

     

    Day - 33

    Location: Antigua - Bienvenidos! Welcome to Guatemala. With crumbling churches, vibrant markets and bohemian cafes set against a monumental volcano, Antigua is the perfect place to begin your adventure. Speaking of adventure, yours officially kicks off with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight at your hotel. If you decide to arrive in the city a little early (smart move!), there's plenty to do. Maybe satisfy your cravings and learn the art of old-world chocolate production at the ChocoMuseo or sit by the fountain and people-watch in Central Park. After the meeting, the night is yours – maybe head out with some of your fellow travellers for a tamale (a classic staple of Mesoamerica that sees dough, meat and sauces steamed and served in a corn husk).

     

    Day - 34

    Location: Copan, Honduras - Rise and shine early this morning to beat the rush-hour traffic around Antigua. Departing at around 7 am, you’ll drive towards Copan. Along the way, watch the passing scenery and learn about local life in Guatemala as you head towards the border. Cross into Honduras, arriving in the charming town of Copan in the early afternoon. While most people use Copan as a base to explore the nearby ruins, there are plenty of other points of interest, both along the cobblestone streets and set into the lush surroundings. Maybe get started in the Central Plaza and follow your nose to a cafe for the afternoon.

     

    Day - 35

    Location: Copan, Honduras - This morning, meet up with a local guide and explore the World Heritage-listed ruins of Copan – the southernmost of the great Maya sites. It's unique because of the numerous elaborate stelae (carved columns) still intact among temples, excavated vaults and walls inscribed with ancient faces. After your exploration (don’t forget your camera today!) the rest of the afternoon is free to choose your own adventure. Maybe check out some fine feathered friends at the Macaw Mountain Park or visit the Temple of Rosalila. You could also head to the nearby natural hot springs - this optional tour gives you hours of soaking in mud, steaming natural baths and refreshing pools in the lush jungle, with an included dinner.

     

    Day - 36

    Location: Copan to Suchitoto via Guatemala - You’ll wave goodbye to Copan this morning and head across the border to Guatemala and then into El Salvador. It’s a long travel day, so make sure you’ve got a good book or your favourite road trip games handy. When you arrive in Suchitoto, you’ll head out on a leader-led orientation walk of the town – widely considered the cultural capital of El Salvador. Admire the elaborate building facades, get your bearings and enjoy the surroundings. Then, get your chef’s hat on with a pupusa-making demonstration. Pupusa (cornmeal flatbreads) is a classic Salvadorian recipe from the Pipil culture and is usually stuffed with some delicious ingredients, like cheese or chicharron (fried pork).

     

    Day - 37

    Location: Suchitoto - This morning, head to a local designer’s home for an indigo-dying demonstration – Suchitoto is one of the best places in the world to produce indigo (used to dye clothing or other items blue). You’ll visit a local designer transforming colonial tradition into modern design and learn the history of the indigo trade. This small enterprise supports single mothers by providing them with an income for their children’s education, food and independence. Watch the demonstration, then get hands-on and try it for yourself!! The rest of the day is free in Suchitoto. The town overlooks the Embalse Cerron Grande – also known as Lago Suchitlan, this freshwater lake is a haven for migrating birds, particularly falcons and hawks. Maybe grab a historically-minded quartet for a guided walk through Cinquera Forest, where guerrilla fighters used the forest as cover during the Civil War. Or just relax around town, in a local café or at your accommodation.

     

    Day - 38

    Location: Pacific Coast - This morning you’ll drive to the Pacific Coast of El Salvador, home to some amazing dark-sand beaches and some of the best surf spots in the country. You'll have the afternoon free to relax.

     

    Day - 39

    Location: Leon - Rise nice and early for a full day of travel as we cross the Gulf of Fonseca to reach Nicaragua by boat. In the afternoon you'll reach Leon – the second-largest city in Nicaragua. When you arrive, join your leader on an orientation walk through the charming city streets to get your bearings. Leon is a relatively quiet city, which makes strolling the murals and contemporary architecture a real treat! Tonight, maybe head out to dinner with your group – as always, your leader will have the best recommendations.

     

    Day - 40

    Location: Leon - Today is a free day to make the most of Leon. Maybe visit the street food area behind the Lady of Grace Cathedral and try a Nica taco (made with maize, the taco is rolled, deep fried and then served with shredded cabbage smothered in cream). You could also take on a thrilling volcano sandboarding adventure on the black slopes of Cerro Negro Volcano. Maybe you’d just like to explore the city’s contemporary art or wander the Leon Cathedral.

     

    Day - 41

    Location: Granada - This morning, you’ll drive to the oldest city in the 'New World' – Granada. Along the way, you’ll have the chance to stretch your legs and admire the view at Laguna Apoyo, a volcanic crater lake formed around 23,000 years ago. Take some free time for lunch near the viewpoint. Then, stop in at the lakeside town of Masaya, where you’ll go on an orientation walk with your leader and get the chance to browse the stalls at the town’s famous artisan market before continuing to Granada. Featuring Moorish and Andalusian architecture, Granada is set on the banks of Lake Nicaragua and is surrounded by active volcanoes. When you arrive, your leader will take you on an orientation walk through the leafy Parque Central and 'La Calzada' – a busy pedestrian street with plenty of bars and restaurants. The afternoon is yours to explore the city at your own pace.

     

    Day - 42

    Location: Granada - This morning you’ll have breakfast with your group at Cafe de las Sonrisas – a café run entirely by deaf people. The owner is aiming to bridge the gap and inspire other business owners to employ local people living with disabilities. After, the rest of the day is yours. Maybe hit the Convento y Museo San Francisco and view the collection of Indigenous stone statues. Hundreds of evergreen islets dot the waters of vast Lake Nicaragua and you can spend a few hours exploring them by boat, or hire a kayak and find your own way around, waving at the fisherman who live in wooden huts along the way. Just remember not to swim, as freshwater sharks live in the water!

     

    Day - 43

    Location: Monteverde - Today is another early start as you get ready for a full day of travel. Journey to Monteverde, where you can begin exploring this afternoon on an orientation walk with your leader. Monteverde was founded as an agricultural community in 1951 by a group of North American Quakers. These environmentally aware settlers also established a small wildlife sanctuary, which has since grown into the internationally renowned Monteverde Cloud Forest Biological Preserve. Cloud forests are like rainforests, but instead, draw their water from a semi-permanent cloud covering the region. This is truly a nature lover's paradise! More than 2000 plant species, 320 bird species and 100 mammal species call Monteverde home.

     

    Day - 44

    Location: Monteverde - Begin the day with a special morning brew, as you're welcomed into a local family's home-based cafe for breakfast and the chance to sample some local Costa Rican pour-over coffee, known as Cafe Chorreado. The rest of your day is free to explore Monteverde at your own pace. You might like to zoom through the treetops on a ziplining adventure, or for a more relaxed experience, discover Costa Rica's agricultural heritage on a coffee and chocolate tour. Tonight, you’ll have the option to end your day on a magical note with a night walk through the cloud forest to spot nocturnal creatures in their natural habitat.

     

    Day - 45

    Location: La Fortuna - This morning, head out to the Monteverde Cloud Forest Reserve, where you’ll join a local guide to walk the reserve’s trails. They’ll share information on the fascinating biodiversity of the region and lend their expert eye (and spotting scope) to searching for the wonderful wildlife. Look out for the resplendent quetzal and listen for the sounds of howler monkeys and the unmistakable call of the three-wattled bellbird. This afternoon, take a shared minibus transfer to the shores of Lake Arenal, where you’ll take a boat across the lake to the little town of La Fortuna. On a clear day, you'll have fantastic views of the surrounding area. Watching the massive Arenal Volcano loom larger and larger as you approach is a spectacular sight. Once you reach La Fortuna, take another vehicle to the hotel, then freshen up and head out on a leader-led orientation walk. La Fortuna is a favourite among travel writers for a reason – words like picturesque and breathtaking spring to mind when trying to describe this town in the shadow of the volcano.

     

    Day - 46

    Location: La Fortuna - Why not start today with a smoothie and plan how you want to explore? Perhaps take a guided nature hike through the lush forest surrounding Arenal Volcano, keeping an eye out for rare plants and animals, or see the forest from a series of hanging bridges that offer a great vantage point for spotting wildlife like sloths and rainbow-coloured birds. The volcano’s inner workings also mean that the area is home to several thermal hot springs – an ideal way to relax in the middle of nature. Or maybe check out the 70-m-high La Fortuna waterfall set in the middle of the rainforest and hit the lake on a stand-up paddleboard. A boat safari in Caño Negro Wildlife Refuge offers the opportunity to see lizards, crocodiles and tropical birds in their natural habitat, so if you’re craving more wildlife, this option is perfect.

     

    Day - 47

    Location: San Jose - Spend you final morning in La Fortuna learning the art of Costa Rican cuisine. A local family will guide you through a cooking class, and you’ll enjoy the results of your efforts for lunch. Then, watch the volcano fade into the distance on your private transfer to Costa Rica's capital – San Jose. When you arrive, head out on an orientation walk with your leader to see the main highlights. When you’ve got your bearings, you may like to visit the Gold Museum, which has a fantastic collection of pre-Spanish gold art. If you're in the mood for some shopping, head to the outdoor market in the Plaza de la Cultura or the city's Central Market, where you can buy anything from handicrafts to seafood. Tonight, why not join your fellow travellers for an optional farewell dinner?

     

    Day - 48

    Location: San Jose - With no further activities planned, your trip comes to an end this morning. There's a lot to see and do in and around San Jose, so if you’d like to stay for longer, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Antigua - Hola! Welcome to Antigua – a colourful World Heritage city surrounded by three volcanoes that once served as the capital of Guatemala. Today, it’s a cosmopolitan hub filled with cool coffee shops and international restaurants that are often buzzing with live music. You’ll have a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight, where you’ll meet your trip leader and fellow travellers. If you arrive early, perhaps experience Antigua’s great music scene with a salsa dance class or learn about the history of chocolate with a workshop at the ChocoMuseo.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Antigua - This morning, join your leader on a walking tour of Antigua’s historic streets. The city was greatly affected by an earthquake in 1773, but a lot of work went into restoring the buildings that date back to the time of the Spanish government. Your leader will show you the many markets and museums that make up the city, then you have the afternoon free to explore the city and its surroundings. While you’re here, don't miss the chance to taste a tamale (a local dish served in a corn leaf) or pepian (a meaty dish of chicken, beef, pork or all three, in a rich sauce). You’ll find the best value food next to the markets near the bus station.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Rio Dulce - Today, you’ll make your way to Rio Dulce by private vehicle, arriving mid-afternoon. Along the way, your leader will give you an informal Spanish lesson. Rio Dulce, which means 'Sweet River' in Spanish, refers to both the Guatemalan river that flows from Lago de Izabal (Lake Izabal) to the Caribbean Sea and the town of Fronteras, which sits at the east end of the lake. When you arrive, the rest of the day is free to rest or explore at your own pace. Maybe stretch your legs on a jungle walk, rent a kayak and get out on the water or take it easy in a hammock.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Rio Dulce - Join your group on a boat ride down the river to Livingston – a laidback Afro-Caribbean town that offers a unique taste of Garifuna culture in a far-flung corner of Guatemala. Just 30 km (18 m) from Rio Dulce, this boat ride is spectacular, taking you through waters filled with water lilies, past tropical forests and through a deep canyon full of river birds. Spend a little time here and enjoy an included lunch of local specialties like tapou (a creamy soup made with fish).

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Flores - Travel to the township of Flores on Lago Peten Itza. On the way, visit Nuevo Horizonte – a ranch where 130 demobilised families settled after the signing of the Guatemalan Peace Accords in 1998. Since their arrival, the community has established fish-farming, agriculture, reforestation and eco-tourism projects. Tour their nature reserve, have lunch on the ranch and speak to the locals about the origins of the community. Continue to Flores, where you’ll head out on an orientation walk with your leader. Spend your free afternoon wandering the island’s streets or shop for local handicrafts. Around 4 pm, the lakefront starts to hum with street food vendors, making it a good place to grab a bite for dinner.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: San Ignacio - Get up early for a guided exploration of Tikal National Park. Among the thick, evergreen jungle are some of the most significant remnants of the ancient Maya civilisation, plus an array of local wildlife, including coatis and howler monkeys. Spend a few hours playing archaeologist before you learn the art of tortilla making at a local workshop. Enjoy the fruits of your labour for lunch, then say goodbye to Guatemala and head across the border to Belize. As the only English-speaking country in Central America, Belize is a great place to get chatting with locals.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: San Ignacio - Today is a free day to relax in San Ignacio or explore at your own pace. You could take on the challenge of hiking and wading through a river to visit the caves of Actun Tunichil Muknal (ATM caves) – a living museum of Maya relics, home to ceramic pots and crystallised skeletons, preserved for over 1400 years. If you choose to explore the cave system (and it is highly recommended), you’ll spend most of the day here. If not, there are always more local ruins to explore above ground, including Cahal Pech, which was once the residence of a wealthy Maya family. Nature lovers may be interested in a trip to the Green Iguana Conservation Project.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Caye Caulker - If your idea of paradise is white sand, clear blue waters and palm trees, then you’re going to enjoy Caye Caulker. The island even has the motto ‘go slow’. Take a scenic boat ride to the island, followed by a golf cart to your hotel. When you arrive, join your leader for an orientation walk. While the island is entirely walkable, you might like to hire a bike and cycle between beach bars, along quiet palm-lined streets. Water sports enthusiasts might enjoy a spot of stand-up paddleboarding or a sunset catamaran cruise across the Caribbean waters.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Caye Caulker - Your time in Caye Caulker is all about taking it easy, so do as much (or as little) as you want with another day here. If you’re keen to find the best snorkelling spots, opt to take a full-day boat tour. After a day of swimming and lounging in the sunshine, you’ll probably be hungry and Belize is famous for its barbequed food, with the local style of meals being cooked on the roadside. Caye Caulker is famous for its lobster (but always make sure that you respect the season, lobsters can only be caught here between June and February). If you’re out of season, a spot of grilled shrimp is a great alternative.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Caye Caulker - There are no activities planned for the final day and you can depart the accommodation at any time following check out. If you'd like to extend your stay in Caye Caulker, just reach out to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Granada - Hola! Welcome to Nicaragua. Your adventure begins in Granada, the oldest city in the 'New World'. Featuring Moorish and Andalusian architecture and oozing colonial charm, Granada is set on Lake Nicaragua’s banks and surrounded by active volcanoes. As your trip only spends limited time here, you might like to arrive a few days early to fully explore this very walkable city. Your trip starts with a welcome meeting at 6 pm at your hotel today. Then tonight, enjoy an optional group dinner with your fellow travellers.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Leon - This morning, you’ll hop on a private minibus and start your journey towards Leon. Along the way, visit the Mombacho Volcano Natural Reserve. There you’ll join a local guide for a ride in a 4x4 to the top of the volcano, where you’ll learn about the surrounding cloud forest and head out on a hike to one of the four craters. After, continue your journey, stopping at the Monimbo artist village. Meet with a local artisan who makes the traditional masks used during the revolution. Get to know the artist and learn about the significance of the masks, how they are created and the Indigenous perspective of the revolution. Then head to the local market that is at the center of daily life in Monimbo where you'll enjoy an included lunch of local specialties. After, head back out on the road to Leon, where you’ll have a free evening. Though it's the second largest city in the country, Leon is relatively free of tourists, making strolling the mural-lined streets an absolute pleasure.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Leon - Start your morning with a leader-led walk through Leon, then the rest of the day is free for you to explore the city at your leisure. The street food behind the Lady of Grace Cathedral is some of the best in town, so why not grab a 'Nica taco'? Made with maize, rolled and then deep fried, these beauties are usually served with shredded cabbage and smothered in cream. Maybe take a kayaking tour at Juan Venado Island Nature Reserve – float along the waterway between the mangrove forest and the island’s coast and watch out for wildlife that live here in abundance. Otherwise, a thrilling volcano sandboarding adventure could be just the thing for the adventure seekers out there.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Leon to El Cuco via Honduras - Prepare for a long driving day today as you cross into Honduras, then to El Salvador to get to your overnight stop. Along the way, your leader will engage you in an absorbing discussion about life and challenges for modern Central Americans.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Suchitoto - This morning, hit the road headed for Suchitoto, stopping in at El Salvador’s capital city along the way. While San Salvador might historically have a reputation of being unsafe for travellers, these days it has a much safer and more comfortable atmosphere. You’ll be able to experience this difference during a leader-led walk and a visit to the UNESCO-listed El Rosario Church. Its brutalist exterior sits in contrast to both the Historic District it’s located in, as well as its surprising interior. Then continue to Suchitoto in the afternoon. For dinner, you’ll learn how to make the national dish – pupusas – a thick cake or flatbread made with cornmeal or rice flour, during an evening workshop with your group. The ingredients can be found worldwide, so if you want to make your own pupusas when you get home, you’ll enjoy this hands-on experience!

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Suchitoto - Today you’ll head out to Cinquera Forest, which borders Suchitoto. Here, you will meet with a former guerilla fighter to learn about the forest's significance during the Salvadoran Civil War, see the former camps and take a tour around the small mountain community. Return to Suchitoto in the afternoon and then head out on a leader-led walk of the well-preserved town, widely considered the cultural capital of El Salvador.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Suchitoto to Copan, Honduras via Guatemala - This morning head across the border to Guatemala and then into Honduras to Copan in a private transfer. With breathtaking scenery, it's another excellent opportunity to grab a window seat and arrive in the early afternoon. While most people use Copan as a base to explore the nearby ruins, there are plenty of other points of interest, both along the cobblestone streets and set into the lush surroundings. Maybe get started in the Central Plaza and follow your nose to a café. Alternatively, head to the Macaw Mountain Bird Park – a bird rescue, rehabilitation and release centre, this nature reserve is on ten acres of forested land, surrounded by streams and very close to the ruins. Tonight, rejoin your group for a traditional Honduran dinner of Baleadas – these Honduran tacos are made with flour tortillas and stuffed with various ingredients, depending on the season, like refried beans, cheese, avocado and cream.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Copan, Honduras - Head out early on a guided visit to the Copan archaeological site. These magnificent Mayan ruins were declared a UNESCO World Heritage Site in 1980. Discovered in 1570 by Diego García de Palacio, this continues to be one of the most important sites of the Maya civilisation. Take your time and enjoy exploring the most important cultural destination in Honduras. The rest of your day is free, so you can visit the bird park if you didn't get to yesterday. Tonight, why not visit the nearby natural hot springs. This optional tour gives you hours of soak time in the mud, steaming natural baths and refreshing pools in the lush jungle, with an included dinner.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Antigua - This morning, hop in a private transfer and cross into Guatemala, arriving in Antigua in the afternoon. Then join your leader for an orientation walk in the historic center after checking in to your hotel. Tonight, maybe get your fellow travellers together for dinner.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Antigua - Enjoy a free day to explore the city, with nothing scheduled until a meeting to welcome any new travellers joining you on your adventure. Maybe grab some roasted beans from a street vendor and munch them while you stroll around. If you’ve got a historical bent, perhaps check out the 18th-century ruins of the Monastery of Santa Clara.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Quetzaltenango - This morning after breakfast, travel to San Andres Itzapa in Chimaltenango. The Guatemalan Highlands are the best place to see the result of Maya culture and Catholic religion coming together. Witness the unique culture firsthand with a shamanic ceremony at the Temple of San Simon. San Simon, the chain-smoking saint also known as Maximon, is a somewhat morally ambiguous deity. After leaving your rum or tobacco offering (which can be purchased at the on-site liquor store), you’ll stop for a group lunch, then continue on to Quetzaltenango. Your leader will take you on an orientation walk through the city locally known as Xela, then enjoy a free evening.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Quetzaltenango - Early this morning before breakfast, hop on a chicken bus. This popular transport option unique to Guatemala has little to do with actual chickens – each bus is unique to the independent driver, who deck them out in bright colours and decorations. The chicken bus will take you to a local market – Almolonga – famed for its giant vegetables, which some believe were blessed by God. The traditional dress and the lively negotiations you’ll see will be equally impressive, and will have you truly feeling like a local. In the afternoon take an optional trip to the Fuentes Georginas Hotsprings. You’ll walk down a cloud forest trail to a series of pools of varying temperatures with views into the surrounding trees. Soak it all then, then return to your accommodation for the evening.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Panajachel - As Guatemala is home to many markets, today’s adventure is a great contrast to yesterday’s Almolonga. After breakfast, you’ll head to Chichicastenango market (nicknamed Chichi), home to textiles, wooden handicrafts and jade jewellery. This is one of the largest outdoor markets in Latin America and Guatemala’s most historic. Surrounded by mountains, you’ll explore the market with an expert local leader who knows all the best spots and walk among thousands of locals and tourists who hit these stalls weekly. Maybe grab some souvenirs or a huipils for yourself – a traditional garment worn by the Indigenous girls and women of the area. You can also pick up some handmade jewellery, pottery, incense, tablecloths, a ceremonial mask used in traditional Maya dances or some leather goods. Tonight, spend the night in Panajachel on the shores of Lake Atitlan, where you’ll have a free evening for dinner.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Antigua - This morning, hop on a boat (called a lancha) on Lake Atitlan – surrounded by volcanoes, rolling hills and Maya villages, this is definitely one of the most beautiful lakes in the world (as said by Aldous Huxley). Take the scenic ride to Santiago Atitlan, taking in the sweeping views from the water. Although this is the largest town on the lake, it sees far fewer tourists, making it the perfect spot to find authentic Guatemalan people, culture and activities. Here, you’ll be specially invited into a local home where the shrine of Maximon (San Simon) resides. Your leader will explain the shrine’s significance and give you insight into local life on the lake. Tonight, take a minibus back to Antigua.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Antigua - Lucky you! Today is another free day in Antigua to explore all that this charming and historical city has to offer. Why not get a taste of local tradition with a chocolate-making workshop in the ChocoMuseo, or strut your stuff with a salsa dance lesson? Tonight at 6 pm, meet in the hotel lobby for a meeting to welcome any new travellers joining the trip. Then head out for an optional group dinner.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Antigua - As the seat of the Spanish colonial government, Antigua was once one of the most important cities in Central America. The city was destroyed by an earthquake in 1773, but many of the colonial-era buildings have been carefully restored. This morning, wander the quiet cobblestone streets with your leader, who will point out many fascinating markets and museums. The afternoon is yours to spend exploring the city and its surrounds. Prefer to take it easy? Grab a coffee on the main plaza and settle in for some people watching. Don't miss the chance to taste a tamale, a local dish served in a corn leaf. Or try pepian, a meaty dish of chicken, beef, pork, or all three at once, in a rich sauce. You’ll find the best value food next to the markets near the bus station.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Rio Dulce - It’s a long day of travel today as you make your way to Rio Dulce by private vehicle. During the journey, learn a few handy phrases with an informal Spanish lesson from your leader, before arriving mid-afternoon. Rio Dulce, which means 'Sweet River' in Spanish, refers to both the Guatemalan river that flows from Lago de Izabal (Lake Izabal) to the Caribbean Sea and the town of Fronteras, which sits at the east end of the lake. Upon arrival, the rest of the day is free to enjoy at your leisure. Maybe stretch your legs on a jungle walk, rent a kayak and get out on the water or just laze in a hammock and enjoy the tropical surrounds.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Rio Dulce - Join your group on a boat ride down the river to Livingston, a laidback Afro-Caribbean town that offers a unique taste of Garifuna culture in a far-flung corner of Guatemala. It’s located 30 kilometres (18 miles) from Rio Dulce and the boat ride is spectacular, taking you through waters laden with water lilies, past tropical forests and through a deep canyon replete with river birds. The Garifuna population in Livingston are descendants of a community forcibly removed from the Caribbean by the British in the late 18th century. Livingston was one of the towns the displaced Garifuna settled in, and its relative isolation means the culture has remained undiluted by Guatemalan norms. Spend a little time here and enjoy an included lunch of local specialties like tapou, a creamy soup made with fish.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Flores - Travel to the township of Flores on Lago Peten Itza. On the way, pay a visit to Nuevo Horizonte, a ranch where 130 demobilised families settled after the signing of the Guatemalan Peace Accords in 1998. Beginning with no infrastructure and poor living conditions, the community cooperated to establish fish-farming, agriculture, reforestation and eco-tourism projects. Tour their nature reserve, have lunch on the ranch and speak to the locals about the origins of the community. Continue to Flores, where you’ll take an orientation walk with your group leader. Flores had a long history before it was colonised by the Spanish in 1697, most significantly as the capital of the Itza people after the fall of Chichen Itza. Spend your free afternoon wandering the island’s quaint streets or shopping for local handicrafts. Around 4 pm, the lakefront starts to hum with street food vendors, making it a good place to grab a bite.

     

    Day - 20

    Location: San Ignacio - Get up early for a guided exploration of Tikal National Park. Among the thick, evergreen jungle are some of the most significant remnants of the ancient Maya civilisation – plus an array of local wildlife, including coatis and howler monkeys. Wonder at the towering limestone temples and other monuments while pondering the mystery of the ancient city's demise. Spend a few hours playing archaeologist. Afterwards, learn the art of tortilla making and enjoy lunch together. Then say goodbye to Guatemala and head across the border to Belize. As the only English-speaking country in Central America, Belize is a great place to get chatting with locals.

     

    Day - 21

    Location: San Ignacio - This morning, you can choose whether you would like to relax in San Ignacio or take part in some of the other optional activities on offer, like taking on the challenge of hiking and wading through a river to visit to the caves of Actun Tunichil Muknal (ATM caves). A living museum of Maya relics, the ATM cave system is home to ceramic pots and crystallised skeletons, preserved by the natural processes of the cave for over 1400 years. If you choose to explore the cave system (and it is highly recommended), you’ll spend most of the day there. If not, there are always more local ruins to explore above ground, including Cahal Pech, which was once the residence of a wealthy Maya family. Nature lovers may be interested in a trip to the Green Iguana Conservation Project, where a number of the scaly – and surprisingly large – beasts are protected.

     

    Day - 22

    Location: Caye Caulker - If your idea of paradise is white sand, clear blue waters and palm trees, then you’re going to dig Caye Caulker. The island even has a motto: ‘go slow’. Take a golf cart to your hotel following a scenic boat ride and join your leader for an orientation walk, to help you get your bearings on the petite island. While the island is entirely walkable, you might like to hire a bike and cycle between beach bars and along quiet palm-lined streets. Can’t keep your eyes off those Caribbean waters? Get out there for a spot of standup paddleboarding, or if the mood strikes, join a sunset catamaran cruise for an unforgettable end to your first day.

     

    Day - 23

    Location: Caye Caulker - Your time in Caye Caulker is all about taking it easy, so do as much (or as little) as you want with another day here. If you’re keen to find the best snorkelling spots, opt to take a full-day boat tour (just remember to slather on sunscreen). After a day of swimming and lounging in the sunshine, you’re sure to get hungry. Belize is famous for its barbequed food, with some of the best meals cooked on the roadside. Caye Caulker is famous for its lobster – not the cheapest meal you'll ever buy, but so (so) good. Always make sure that you respect the season: lobsters can only be caught here between June and February. If you’re out of season, how about some grilled shrimp and a lovely rum and coke made with the local firewater?

     

    Day - 24

    Location: Caye Caulker - There are no activities planned for the final day and you are able to depart the accommodation at any time following check out. If you would like to spend more time in Caye Caulker, we’ll be happy to organise additional accommodation (subject to availability).

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Belize City - Hola! Welcome to Belize. Your adventure begins in Belize City – the bustling former capital where the Belize River meets the Caribbean Sea – with a welcome meeting at 6 pm. After meeting your local leader and fellow travellers, maybe go for a group dinner to taste some local fare. If you arrive early, Belize City has plenty to discover. Check out the coastal and maritime museum housed in a beautifully restored fire station, dive into contemporary Belizean art at the Image Factory or visit Central America’s oldest Anglican church – St John Cathedral.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Orange Walk - This morning, take a private vehicle to Carmelita where you'll board a boat along the New River to the Lamanai Archaeological site – this is an adventure in itself, and your leader will help you spot colourful birds along the banks. Take some time to explore the remains of unearthed temples, plazas and homes of this ancient Maya civilisation. Then, hop back on the boat to the town of Orange Walk where you’ll spend the night. Tonight, settle into your lodge and enjoy an included group dinner.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: San Ignacio - This morning, drive to the town of San Ignacio, stopping off at the San Antonio Women’s Co-op – an organisation formed by local Maya women to share skills and traditional knowledge while earning an income. Join the women for a cooking demonstration designed to preserve Maya culinary heritage before sitting down together to feast on the fruits of your labour. The rest of the afternoon is yours to spend as you like.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Tikal National Park, Guatemala / San Ignacio - Today, you’ll take a daytrip to the UNESCO World Heritage site and Maya ruins in Tikal National Park just across the Guatemalan border. Hidden among the thick rainforest are some of the most significant remnants of the Maya civilisation – plus an array of local wildlife, including coatis, howler monkeys and big cats. Take in the towering limestone temples while learning about the ancient city's demise. Afterwards, enjoy an included group lunch before returning to San Ignacio. Tonight, you’re free to relax at your accommodation or explore at your own pace.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: San Ignacio - Today, you have free time to explore. There are many optional activities in San Ignacio. Maybe take a hand-cranked ferry to Xunantunich – an impressive Maya ceremonial centre with intricately carved walls and panoramic views over the countryside. Perhaps take on the challenge of hiking and wading to the caves of Actun Tunichil Muknal – a living museum of Maya relics, including crystallised skeletons naturally preserved by the cave for over 1400 years. Or consider a trip to the Mountain Pine Ridge area to explore waterfalls, cool down in swimming holes, wander through a butterfly garden or canoe through the Barton Creek cave reserve.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Caye Caulker - Today, take a private transfer to Belize City where you’ll board a water taxi to Caye Caulker. While there are a number of islands off the mainland, Caye Caulker is the most famous (and arguably the most beautiful). When you arrive, take a golf cart to your hotel, then join your leader on an orientation walk around the island. With no cars, the vibe is as laidback as it gets. If you fancy, it’s possible to arrange daytrips to other islands and reefs for snorkelling – just chat with your leader. Each island has its own character, but they all have the unmistakable Caribbean pace and charm. This evening, maybe tuck into freshly caught seafood or listen to reggae with a local rum cocktail.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Caye Caulker - Caye Caulker is all about taking it easy, so do as much (or as little) as you want with another free day here. Perhaps cycle around the island or explore the coast on a stand-up paddle board. If you're interested in sampling the local cuisine, Caye Caulker is known for its barbequed food – and some of the best meals are cooked on the roadside! It’s also famous for lobster – not the cheapest meal, but so (so) good. Always make sure you respect the season – lobsters can only be caught between June and February. If it's out of season, grilled shrimp is just as tasty.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Caye Caulker - Your Belize adventure comes to an end today. With no activities planned, you can depart the accommodation at any time after checkout. If you'd like to spend more time in Caye Caulker, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Mexico City - Bienvenidos! Welcome to Mexico. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. If you arrive early, maybe head to the Zocalo to see Aztec ruins and architecture, visit the Frida Kahlo Museum or simply relax in one of the many gardens. After your meeting, maybe head outto see the city in full swing – street tacos, anyone? You may have already noticed a mystical feeling in the air – keep an eye out for Day of the Dead decorations around town.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Mexico City - This morning is free for you to explore Mexico City at your own pace, before making your way to Tlahuac. When you arrive, you’ll meet your local host in their home and create your own traditional altar for the Day of the Dead. This afternoon, visit Panteon Cemetery to see the graves that have been decorated with colourful flowers, photos, food and more – as part of the festival, the locals organise ceremonies at the cemetery to commemorate the lives of people that have passed on. Tonight, maybe find a local restaurant for dinner – your leader will have the best recommendations.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Mexico City - Set out on a walking tour of Mexico City’s historic centre, passing the Zocalo, Metropolitan Cathedral, Templo Mayor and Palacio de Bellas Artes. Along the way, stop by the open-air Mercado San Juan where people come to buy everything they need for the Day of the Dead – including the famous pan de muerto sweet rolls (bread of the dead). After you’ve looked around, maybe find a local cafe for lunch or try some of the special festival foods. The afternoon is then free for you to explore on your own.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Mexico City - This morning, visit Calazucho – a family-owned workshop dedicated to teaching the art of making sugar and chocolate calaveritas (sugar skulls). When you arrive, join the workshop where you'll hear the story of Calazucho and the calaveritas, and learn about the history behind the Day of the Dead. Then, follow a demonstration on how the skulls are made and create your own. The rest of the day is free for you to explore Mexico City. Tonight, maybe head out for dinner with your fellow travellers to celebrate the last night of your trip.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Mexico City - After breakfast, your trip comes to an end. If you would like to spend more time in Mexico City, just speak with your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: San Jose - Hola! Welcome to Costa Rica. Your adventure starts in San Jose – with over a third of the country's population living within its parameters, San Jose is packed with both people and culture. You’ll have a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight to meet your local leader and fellow travellers. If you arrive early, why not visit the National Museum. This canary-yellow building houses everything from exhibits on pre-Colombian history to a garden filled with native butterflies. Early bird history buffs might be interested in the Pre-Columbian Gold Museum or the Jade Museum – both of which display a wealth of indigenous artefacts.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Tortuguero National Park - Leave the hotel this morning and descend to the Caribbean lowlands on a private transport that ends at the port of La Pavona. This rustic port is your entry point to Tortuguero National Park. When you arrive, hop aboard a small boat and take a ride into the depths of the Costa Rican wilderness. Arrive in the middle of this biodiverse area, where freshwater lagoons rest under the canopy of rainforest bordering the ocean. Many animals call this place home, including jaguars and turtles, so listen out for the sounds of the local wildlife as you fall asleep in your lodge tonight.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Tortuguero National Park - Today, you're free to explore the park at your own pace. If you're woken by the chattering of the forests birds, why not haul yourself out of bed for a sunrise canoe trip? It’s a magical way to see the maze-like canals of the park, and you can look out for otters and manatees in the morning light. Tortuguero National Park was established in 1970 and is now home to 13 of Costa Rica’s 16 endangered mammals. Among them are manatees, ocelots and jaguars, as well as over 300 bird species. This is also the nesting ground of the green turtle, which comes ashore to lay its eggs on the sandy beaches, and the critically endangered hawksbill turtle, loggerheads and giant leatherbacks. During the day, you might want to return to the park’s walking trails or relax in your lodge. Many species are particularly active at night, so if you wish, you can head out in the evening on a turtle watching tour, with part of the cost supporting a program aimed to patrol the beach for poachers.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Santa Rosa de Pocosol Homestay - Bid farewell to the evergreen rainforest this morning and make the journey to Santa Rosa de Pocosol. Today, you’ll have a memorable homestay experience, but as the family you'll be staying with doesn’t speak much English, your leader will conduct an informal Spanish lesson on the drive. This afternoon, you’ll have the option to take a soap-making workshop or a guided hike to a nearby waterfall. In the evening, head back to your homestay for a cooking lesson – some of the dishes you make will be part of tonight’s dinner!

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Tenorio Volcano National Park Area - Rio Celeste Area - After having breakfast with your host family, continue your journey to the Rio Celeste region, which is part of the Guatuso town. This northern part of the country is characterized by rural community-based tourism. Before reaching this next paradise of birds and tranquil surroundings, make a stop to visit an indigenous Maleku community. Here, you'll meet the locals and share a traditional Maleku meal with them. Listen to stories about their history, culture, and the challenges the community faces in modern Costa Rica. With only 650 people left, the Maleku Indigenous community is the smallest in Costa Rica. Both the community and the country share a common goal of reforestation, working together to regenerate forests and plant fruit trees, which help encourage animals to return to their natural habitats.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Rio Celeste - Today is as clear as the Costa Rica air, and with plenty of optional activities available, you won’t be short of things to do! How about a guided tubing excursion at Rio Celeste? The light-blue waters of the river are generally off-limits to travellers, but you’ll have the opportunity to float along the water in an inflatable doughnut and spend the day lazing along the river. Those who prefer a nature tour on foot might like to take a 3-hour safari cruise along the Rio Tenorio, with a guide who will help you spot howler monkeys, crocodiles, river otters and an abundance of tropical birds.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: La Fortuna - Beneath the watchful eye of the immense Arenal Volcano lies La Fortuna – a sleepy town with an abundance of hot springs and natural pools to enjoy. This is your destination today and when you arrive, you’re free to choose your own activities. Perhaps grab some fresh fruit in town, hop in a taxi to the entrance and then hike to La Fortuna waterfall for a swim beneath the cascading waters that spill out of the towering jungle. In the evening, why not grab a classic local dinner with your travel buddies? Chifrijo (fried pork, salsa, beans and tortilla chips) is a great dish to try.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: La Fortuna - Enjoy a free day to explore La Fortuna as you wish. The region offers a range of sights such as stunning lush forest, rare plants, animal watching and water-based sports on the lake. The volcano’s inner workings also mean that the area has plenty of thermal springs where hot, lava-heated water gushes to the surface. These springs, often surrounded by foliage, make the ideal place to relax. Active types could try stand-up paddleboarding on Lake Arenal with the incredible backdrop of the volcano and rolling green hills. Animal lovers will have a good chance of spotting sloths, monkeys, crocodiles and basilisk lizards skipping across the water on a boat tour of Cano Negro Reserve. Have a chat with your leader about the options available.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Lake Arenal – Monteverde - A morning of travel by bus and boat leads to incredible Monteverde. Settled by North American Quakers in 1951, this area was initially used as an environmentally conscious agricultural community and is now a biological preserve. The forest has near-constant cloud cover, providing consistent rainfall, which also gives the area an enchanted feel. Spend the afternoon in the cloud forest on a leader-led nature walk, looking out for hummingbirds, quetzals and even lazy sloths among the mist later in the day. This evening, journey into the jungle for another wildlife excursion, this time focused on the nocturnal animals. Meet with Intrepid Foundation partner, The Monteverde Conservation League, to explore the Children's Eternal Rain Forest – a private reserve founded in 1986 through fundraising efforts by children worldwide. Join up with a naturalist guide who’ll lead you through the forest and educate you on everything from the sounds to the species while also helping you spot the various frogs, insects and night birds among the trees.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Monteverde - Make the most of your time in lush Monteverde and organise a local guide to take you on a nature walk. There also several local communities that operate cooperatives worth visiting with your free time. Maybe see a different perspective on the forest by walking through the canopy on suspension bridges, or perhaps watch butterflies at play in the Butterfly Garden. More than 2000 species of plants, 320 bird species and 100 different types of mammals call Monteverde home, and no matter what you choose to do, you should keep an eye out for the quetzal – one of the most elusive birds in the world.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Manuel Antonio - Wedged between the beautiful Pacific coast and the national park, Manuel Antonio is a laidback town. Make your way there this morning, stopping in Quepos along the way – a chill town with a vibrant nightlife. This afternoon, you'll get the chance to meet three generations of Costa Ricans and tuck into a traditional lunch with them in their home. You may even have the chance to jump in and help, learning traditional techniques as the meal comes together! Prior to the pandemic, the family ran one of the most popular restaurants in Quepos for almost 20 years. Now, you're lucky to learn the secret flavours and spices of their traditional dishes and get to know the whole family. After lunch arrive at your accommodation and enjoy some downtime. Perhaps head to Espadilla Beach to watch the sunset over the Pacific Ocean.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Manuel Antonio - Today, feel the soft crunch of foliage underfoot while you hike the trails of the national park on a leader-led nature hike. Keep one eye on the scenic views and the other looking out for the abundant wildlife. Monkeys, armadillos, sloths and hundreds of birds all live here. Later, spend some time on the beaches surrounding the national park, and maybe hire a surfboard to catch some waves at Playa El Ray. If you want to spot wildlife and keep active at the same time, consider paddling through the mangrove forest on a guided kayak tour. It’s not unusual for curious monkeys to climb right onto the boat to say hello, and you’ll likely see snakes, crocodiles and plenty of birdlife too. Just remember your insect repellent! In the evening, maybe take a sunset sail off the coast – watching the blue sky turn orange is a spectacular sight.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Manuel Antonio - Today is free for you to do as you please. If you wish, you could return to Manuel Antonio National Park and continue your search for the solemn, white faces of the capuchin monkeys who live in the trees. Alternatively, why not kick-off your shoes and feel the sands of Manuel Antonio Beach between your toes? It’s easy to spend a whole day on this calm coastline. The towering green trees that line the coast provide solace from the sun, so this is a great place to sit by with a book (and maybe a guaro sour).

     

    Day - 14

    Location: San Jose - Bid farewell to the coast and return to San Jose via public bus this morning. When you arrive, you’ll be free to relax or wander the city at your own pace. In the evening, you might like to head for dinner with your fellow travellers and group leader and toast to a trip well travelled.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: San Jose - With no further activities planned, your trip comes to an end today and you’re free to leave at any time after checking out. If you’d like to extend you stay, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: San Jose - Hola! Welcome to Costa Rica. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm today in San Jose. With over half the country's population living within its parameters, San Jose has a dynamic atmosphere. If you arrive early, why not wander around at your own pace – a good place to start is the main plaza, perfect for some people watching. Tonight, maybe head out to get to know your group with an optional welcome dinner.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: La Fortuna - Head to Tesoro Escondido Waterfall this morning. Meaning ‘hidden treasure’, this 46-m-high waterfall plunges into turquoise pools and is the perfect place for a dip. The trail to get there involves hiking through the forest, over a hanging bridge and across a rock-strewn river. Don’t worry if you work up a sweat, as you’ll cool right down when you jump in! Have lunch at a nearby restaurant, then continue to La Fortuna – a small town just a few minutes from the famous Arenal Volcano. Spend the rest of the day as you please. Maybe make another splash at the 70-m-high La Fortuna waterfall, hike the lava field of the 1968 Arenal Volcano eruption or test your balance on a stand-up paddle board on the volcano’s namesake lake. There are also several geothermal hot springs in the area, so why not relax your muscles with a soothing soak?

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Monteverde - You have a free morning in La Fortuna. In the afternoon, take a minibus to Lake Arenal where you'll hop on a scenic boat ride across the water. Another minibus will be waiting to take you to Monteverde Cloud Forest Biological Reserve. Monteverde was founded as an agricultural community in 1951 by a group of North American Quakers who cleared virgin forests to create pastures for dairy farming. These environmentally aware settlers were conscious of the dangers of unrestricted farming, so they established a small, privately owned wildlife sanctuary, which has grown to become an internationally renowned reserve with over 2000 species of plants, 320 bird species and 100 different types of mammals. Check into your hotel, then maybe do a night walk to spot some of the area’s nocturnal critters.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Monteverde - Join your leader for a guided walk in the Monteverde Cloud Forest this morning. Keep your eyes peeled (and your camera handy) for monkeys, toucans, sloths and coatis. You’re free to explore for the rest of the afternoon. Maybe get closer to the creatures who dwell in the trees on a suspension bridge tour – or if you’re feeling extra adventurous, zip line through the canopies! You could also head to the Serpentarium to check out some crawly critters, see up to 30 species of butterfly in specially created gardens or get your caffeine fix on a coffee and cacao farm tour. Whatever you do, be sure to watch out for the resplendent quetzal – one of the most elusive birds in the world.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Manuel Antonio - Travel through the mountains to Quepos by private minibus this morning. Located close to the Pacific beaches and wildlife of Manuel Antonio National Park, Quepos is a laidback town with a vibrant nightlife. This afternoon, you'll get the chance to meet three generations of Costa Ricans and do a traditional cooking class in their home. Before the pandemic, the family ran one of the most popular restaurants in Quepos for almost 20 years. Now, you're lucky to learn the secret flavours and spices of their dishes and get to know the whole family. Once the sun goes down, why not grab a spot at a waterfront restaurant and sink your teeth into some fresh seafood with your travel crew – this is pura vida.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Manuel Antonio National Park - Spend your morning exploring Manuel Antonio National Park with a naturalist to understand its incredible ecosystems. Monkeys, armadillos, sloths and hundreds of species of birds are among the wildlife you can spot here. The park also has turquoise seas and white-sand beaches – perfect for swimming and kayaking. It would be easy to spend your whole time here in or by the water – and with a free afternoon, you can do just that! Or continue to explore the park’s trails.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: San Jose - This morning, head to a mangrove forest on Damas Island near Quepos for a kayaking adventure. This activity is run by a naturalist near their home along the canals, so you’ll be exploring with someone who really knows the twists and turns of these protected tropical wetlands. If you’re lucky, you might spot a troop of curious white-faced capuchins in the trees above. Take a public bus back to San Jose, then head out for an optional farewell dinner and maybe raise a glass to a great trip.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: San Jose - With no further activities planned, your trip comes to an end after breakfast. If you’d like to extend your stay in Costa Rica, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: San Jose - Hola! Welcome to Costa Rica. Your adventure begins in San Jose with a welcome meeting at 6 pm. With over half the country's population living within its parameters, San Jose is a city with colourful markets, many museums and a lively atmosphere. If you arrive early, maybe start exploring in the main plaza. Artisan booths are common here and you never know when there will be a spontaneous art fair. Check out the Gold Museum, home to an amazing collection of indigenous gold art. If these cultural gems get you in the mood for a bit of shopping, head to the San Jose Handcraft Market or the Central Market, where you can buy anything from handicrafts to fresh seafood.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Monteverde - This morning you’ll travel by private minibus to the incredibly lush Monteverde. Settled by North American Quakers in 1951, this area was initially used as an environmentally conscious agricultural community and is now a biological preserve. Make the most of your free time in lush here and maybe organise a local guide to take you on an evening nature walk. There are also several local communities that operate cooperatives worth visiting. Get a different perspective of the forest by walking through the canopy on suspension bridges or watch butterflies in the Butterfly Garden. More than 2000 species of plants, 320 bird species and 100 different types of mammals call Monteverde home, making it the ideal spot for wildlife spotting. No matter what you choose to do today, be sure to keep an eye out for the resplendent quetzal, one of the most elusive birds in the world.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Monteverde Cloud Forest hike & La Fortuna - Monteverde Cloud Forest has near-constant cloud cover, providing consistent rainfall, giving the area an enchanted feeling. Spend the morning in the forest on a leader-led nature hike, looking out for hummingbirds, quetzals and maybe even a lazy sloths hanging among the mist. After your hike, drive to Lake Arenal in La Fortuna – a small but vibrant town with an abundance of hot springs and natural pools to soak in. When you arrive, you have the rest of the day free to explore, swim or get active. Tonight, why not grab a classic local dinner with a few of your fellow travellers? Chifrijo (fried pork, salsa, beans and tortilla chips) always goes down a treat!

     

    Day - 4

    Location: La Fortuna - Enjoy a free day to explore La Fortuna as you wish. This region offers lush forest, rare plants and lots of wildlife watching opportunities. There are also plenty of exciting water-based activities available on Lake Arenal. The volcano’s inner workings also mean there are plenty of thermal springs where hot, lava-heated water gushes to the surface. These springs are often surrounded by foliage, making them the ideal place to kick back and relax. Maybe try stand-up paddleboarding on the lake with a backdrop of the volcano and rolling green hills behind you. Animal lovers might want to take a boat tour of Cano Negro Reserve to count sloths, monkeys, crocodiles and the basilisk lizards that skip across the water.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Pacuare River white water rafting & Puerto Viejo - This morning, leave the towering volcano behind and drive east to Pacuare River – renowned for its natural beauty. What better way to experience the river in all its glory than an adrenaline-filled white water rafting adventure? While not an overly challenging or technical river, the 29 km (18 mi) one day run includes 52 rapids, guaranteeing you a day of fun on the water. Flanked by green gorge walls, tumbling waterfalls and tropical rainforest, this is Costa Rican nature at its best! Keep an eye out for the abundant wildlife, including the sloth, parrots, toucans, butterflies and frogs. Afterwards continue by vehicle (approximately 4 hours) to Puerto Viejo de Talamanca for a taste of Caribbean seaside – think reggae bars and palm-fringed beaches.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Puerto Viejo de Talamanca Cycling - After breakfast, get to know the area better with a relaxed bike ride along the palm-fringed coastal road of Puerto Viejo, stopping at various beaches and inlets along the way. After your ride you'll be introduced to the local cuisine in the best way – by watching it being made during at a Caribbean cooking demonstration! Experience a mix of African, indigenous and Spanish flavours with a mix of coconut milk, spices, fruits, seafood and curry flavours. Return to Puerto Viejo for the evening, where you can hit the bars or chill out at the beach to end the night.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Puerto Viejo de Talamanca & San Jose - This morning is free for you to explore Puerto Viejo further at your own pace. Maybe rise early and take the public bus to Manzanillo National Wildlife Refuge – this area is made up of several rare habitats, including a lowland rainforest, a wetland, a coral reef and a mangrove swamp. Spend around 2 hours exploring and keep your eyes peeled for monkeys, reptiles, toucans and macaws. Otherwise, you can kick back and relax on the Caribbean shores or take to the waves for a beginner’s surf lesson. Around midday you’ll take the bus back to San Jose. With time to explore the bustling food and artisan markets, you’ll see a more urban Costa Rica, quite different to the past few days of natural habitats and wildlife opportunities. Around midday take the bus back to San Jose (approximately 5-6 hours). With time to explore the historic buildings and bustling food and artisan markets, you’ll see a more urban Costa Rica, quite different to the past few days of travel. After so much activity in Costa Rica, you may instead be up for a quiet night, so perhaps head out for a group dinner and become acquainted with the city's night scene – your group leader will know a good place to go.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: San Jose - There are no activities planned after breakfast today and your adventure comes to an end. You're free to leave at any time after check out. If you'd like to extend your stay, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time to organise additional accommodation. If you are exploring San Jose in more depth, why not book in an Urban Adventures tour like the San Jose Bites & Sights.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Mexico City - Bienvenidos! Welcome to Mexico City. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight, where you'll meet your leader and fellow travellers. If you arrive early, maybe go and see the Templo Mayor (a 13th-century Aztec temple) or the baroque Catedral Metropolitana de Mexico. If you’re a fan of art, you could go to the Frida Kahlo Museum or check out the Palacio Nacional, which houses murals by Diego Rivera. After the meeting, head out for a taco crawl around town so you can sample different versions of Mexico’s most popular global dish. Maybe accompany your tacos with a refreshing local beer or horchata (a milky cinnamon rice drink).

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Mexico City - With your leader, you’ll visit a Mexico City institution – a two-storey bakery brimming with cakes, breads and biscuits, followed by a walking tour of the Centro Historico. Take in the beautiful Bellas Artes Palace, travel down the Paseo de la Reforma thoroughfare and see the enormous Zocalo Square. Along the way, call into Mercado San Juan – the city’s main food market – then roam the surrounding streets and watch local vendors at work. Pull up a chair at one of the best seafood stands in the city for a late lunch. On the way, we will also visit Gastromotiva, an Intrepid Foundation partner who fights hunger and food insecurity across Latin America. Enjoy the rest of the day at leisure. Maybe relax in Chapultepec Park, take in some of the city's notable museums or check out the home of Frida Kahlo and Diego Rivera.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Puebla - Take a private vehicle to Puebla this morning, stopping in San Pedro Tlahuac along the way, where Nahuatl descendants preserve pre-Columbian traditions. This is one of the last remaining places in Mexico that still has the canals and chinampa farms – man-made agricultural islands – from the times of the Aztec city of Tenochtitlan. Start your visit in a family kitchen where tortillas are freshly cooked and taken to the local market to sell. Be sure to sample the tortillas before boarding a trajinera (a flat-bottomed boat) for the 30-minute journey to the chinampas. Tour the chinampas with a Nahuatl farmer, who will show you their crops, explain how they make a chinampa and their tips for a successful harvest. Fill a basket with vegetables, which you’ll turn into a salad for lunch. A fresh spread will accompany your salad – tortillas stuffed with pork or vegetables and hibiscus tea. Arrive in Puebla in the afternoon – a city known for its long culinary history – and spend the rest of the day however you like. Perhaps pop down Alley of the Frogs – a colourful street perfect for souvenir shopping.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Puebla - Venture out on a culinary city tour with a stop in a famous local market for lunch. Puebla is renowned for dishes that combine Spanish and pre-hispanic influences, such as chiles en nogada (stuffed chillies covered in creamy walnut sauce - seasonal). Start with some Pueblan street food like tacos Arabes (a style of taco created by Puebla’s Middle Eastern immigrants) or chalupas (fried tortillas with a spicy filling). Then, make a beeline for Calle de los Dulces (Sweet Street) to sample tortitas de Santa Clara (shortbread biscuits) and camotes (sweet potato lollies). Save space for a cinnamon-dusted churro or two! Once you’re full and satisfied, perhaps check out Talavera pottery or chill out in a cantina.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Oaxaca - Travel by bus to Oaxaca – a beautiful city nicknamed the ‘land of the seven moles’, hinting at its varieties of the thick sauce. When you arrive, head straight for the bustling Mercado 20 de Noviembre for a late lunch. Among the many great choices, tlayudas (Oaxacan pizza) is a staple you shouldn’t miss. Next, visit Mercado Benito Juarez – a bountiful market taking up a full city block and brimming with produce like mole spices, pastes and towers of Oaxacan cheese. With free time for the remainder of the day, you can continue to roam the markets, people watch in the zocalo or take a gentle stroll around Oaxaca’s streets.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Oaxaca - Today, visit a market with a local chef and learn about Oaxaca’s cuisine from an expert. Take the ingredients you’ve picked up and, during a special cooking class, learn how to transform them into traditional Oaxacan dishes, which you’ll then enjoy for lunch. And you can take these recipes home as a souvenir – the gift that keeps on giving! After, explore Oaxaca’s artsy neighbourhood, Jalatlaco, with your leader. Bright murals and coffee shops adorn its streets so sit down with a hot cup of caffeine from a cafe that’s been open for 140 years and take in your colourful surroundings.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Oaxaca - Today, you'll venture out of Oaxaca for an insight into regional life. First, head to the ancient ruins of Mitla. Mitla (the Nahuatl word for 'underworld') is an important Zapotec archaeological site and was the main religious centre for the Zapotec people. At lunchtime, explore the abundant Mercado Tlacolula, renowned for its barbacoa and the ideal choice to refuel until dinner. On the way back to Oaxaca, stop at a mezcaleria (mezcal distillery). Although this drink is experiencing a resurgence in popularity all over Mexico, it is largely produced in Oaxaca. It's generally enjoyed straight-up, so it's not for the faint-hearted! 

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Oaxaca - Your adventure ends after breakfast. Additional accommodation can be pre-booked if you wish to spend more time exploring Mexico. Just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Anchorage - Welcome to Alaska! Your adventure in the USA’s largest state (one that’s big on wildlife and epic scenery) begins in Anchorage. You’ll have a welcome meeting at 6 pm at your hotel tonight. If you arrive with time to spare, why not stop by the Alaska Native Heritage Center, where you'll have the chance to learn more about Alaska’s Indigenous culture and heritage. Later, you might like to head out for dinner with your group or check out the local bars and the town’s live music scene.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Denali National Park - This morning, head north along the Parks Highway to Denali National Park. During the drive, keep an eye out for caribou and other wildlife in this amazing, unspoiled environment. Enjoy a picnic lunch with your group along the way. When you arrive at the park, head to the visitor centre to plan your next day’s activities, then your evening is free to relax – maybe sit down for dinner with your group and prepare for the days of exploration ahead. Your accommodation for the next two nights is a charming resort in the village of Denali Park, just a short drive from the main visitors' centre.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Denali National Park - It’s an early start today for an incredible scenic bus journey through Denali National Park. You’ll take the Tundra Wilderness route, narrated by a trained driver-naturalist, that will take you to mile 43 of the Park Road. With Denali Mountain towering in the background, wind along the road hugged by mighty pine trees and framed by snow-capped mountains. As you pass the gorgeous scenery, look out for the abundant local wildlife – you might be lucky enough to see moose, caribou, grizzly bears, Dall sheep and wolves (among a long list of other wildlife) on your journey.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Talkeetna - After breakfast, drive from Denali to Talkeetna and begin your exploration with a leader-led orientation walk around this scenic town, famous for its incredible views of Denali and the Alaska Range. Talkeetna was also the inspiration behind the cult-hit television series Northern Exposure. This afternoon is yours to explore your way – talk to your leader for recommendations for a variety of optional excursions, go for a hike or visit some local shops. Talkeetna is famous as the jumping-off point for mountaineers hoping to summit Denali. It’s also a great place to meet the hardy locals and learn what it’s like to live in small town Alaska. Head to a local brewpub tonight for a pizza dinner (and a beer) with your group.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Seward - This morning, drive along Turnagain Arm – an All-American Road, famous for its incredible views of Cook Inlet and the surrounding Chugach Mountains. Look out for Dall sheep in the cliffs along the road and beluga whales in the inlet and take some great photos at scenic stops along the way. Stop for a group picnic lunch in a scenic spot and then take in some epic views as you walk to the viewpoint of Exit Glacier – a glacier in the Kenai Mountains and a gorgeous part of the Kenai Fjords National Park near Seward, where you’ll spend the night.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Seward - Today is a free day in Seward and trust us, there's plenty to do! If you’d like to get active, maybe go hiking to Mt Marathon, or head out on the turquoise waters of Resurrection Bay during a sea kayaking tour. Maybe you'd like to let someone else do the work? In that case, book a wildlife and glacier cruise of Kenai Fjords National Park.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Anchorage - This morning you’ll drive back to Anchorage, where you’ll visit the Alaska Native Heritage Center. Experience one of America’s cultural treasures here and learn about the Dena’ina Athabascan tribe, visit the gallery and support the local native artists with some souvenir shopping at the art, jewellery and apparel shop. After, check in to your hotel and maybe head out for a group farewell dinner to talk about your adventures.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Anchorage - Your trip ends today and you are free to leave at any time after checkout. If you’d like to stay in Alaska for longer, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Jackson - Welcome to Wyoming! Your adventure begins in the historic town of Jackson, where fur trappers and frontiersmen once gathered. Surrounded by towering mountain ranges and the meandering Snake River, Jackson is your gateway to discovering Yellowstone National Park. You’ll have a group meeting at 6 pm, followed by an optional welcome dinner. After, the evening is all yours to explore the town’s nightlife. Feel free to wander the plaza or maybe head to the famous Million Dollar Cowboy Bar for a drink with your new fellow travellers.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Jackson / Grand Teton National Park - This morning, embark on a day of exploring Grand Teton National Park – one of the most stunning places in Wyoming. The Grand Teton Mountain Range rises above a scene rich with abundant wildlife and pristine lakes. Stop at Jenny Lake and gaze up in awe at the surrounding landscape. Perhaps take the optional boat trip across the lake for more incredible views of the Tetons from the water, or hike to Inspiration Point. Maybe have a picnic, spot a moose or even a grizzly bear and enjoy the serenity of this remarkable place. Other wildlife you might find include elk, beavers and black bears, so keep your eyes peeled! Continue to viewing sites for buffalo and antelope herds along the Gros Ventre River and Antelope Flats, then visit the Mormon Row Historic District to see the iconic Moulton Barn with the Tetons towering behind. For dinner, you'll head out as a group for a western-style chuck wagon dinner at a local restaurant.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Yellowstone National Park - This morning, drive from Jackson to Yellowstone National Park – the crown jewel of the American national parks – and spend the day exploring with your leader. Yellowstone is the country’s first national park – a mountain wilderness home to bears, wolves and herds of bison and elk. You’ll focus on the northern loop of the park today, which passes by the Grand Canyon of the Yellowstone – an icon of the park’s complex and dramatic geological history. Pass the Norris Geyser Basin as well – the hottest and oldest geyser in Yellowstone’s thermal areas – among other sights along the loop. You have three full days to explore the park, which means you can take your time at all the sites and fully immerse yourself in this unique landscape.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Yellowstone National Park - Today we will spend a full day exploring Yellowstone National Park.  You’ll take the southern loop and watch as Old Faithful Geyser sprays over 4000 gallons (14,000 litres) of boiling water into the air. Then, be hypnotised by the startling colours of the Grand Prismatic Spring – you should definitely have your camera handy today! Along the way, look out for abundant wildlife, including birdlife and moose.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Yellowstone National Park / Wolf Tracking - Wake up super early this morning, ready for a very special last day in Yellowstone National Park – you’ll join a naturalist wildlife guide on a wolf-tracking adventure in a quieter, off-the-beaten-path section of the park. This is an ideal place to look for wolves, as well as lots of other wildlife like bison, elk and bears. High-power binoculars will be provided during the tour, so you have the best shot at glimpsing these elusive beasts. Check out the Mammoth Hot Springs in the park, then continue back to the hotel. Enjoy some time to rest and recharge this afternoon, then head out for a farewell dinner at a local restaurant with your group.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Yellowstone to Jackson Hole - This morning after breakfast, take a scenic drive back to Jackson. Watch the Idaho scenery pass you by as you follow the western edge of the Tetons and then cross the Snake River in Wyoming. You’ll arrive in Jackson at about 3 pm this afternoon, where your trip will come to an end. If you’d like to extend your stay, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Calgary - Welcome to Calgary, eh? Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm, where you’ll be briefed on the upcoming activities and meet your local leader and fellow travellers. If you arrive in the city with time to spare, you might like to experience some renowned Canadian hospitality at Calgary’s budding dining scene. If you’d prefer to get out and about, you could check out Prince’s Island Park, see the skyline from the top of Calgary Tower or work up a sweat at Canada Olympic Park.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Lake Louise - This morning you’ll head out from the city and into the mountains, your sights set on a pair of impossibly blue glacier-fed lakes. See the splendour of Moraine Lake, backed by ten snow-dusted peaks and world-famous Lake Louise. They'll leave you either wide-eyed, open-mouthed or some combination of the two, and there’ll be ample time to explore the lakes and their surrounding areas.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Jasper National Park - Rise early to head up the Icefields Parkway into Jasper National Park. This is one drive where the journey really is the destination. The Parkway runs between towering glacier-capped peaks and past pristine lakes and offers plenty of opportunities to break for a short hike (which you’ll do). Before arriving in the town of Jasper, stop off at fox-shaped Peyto Lake and the powerful Sunwapta Falls. Throughout the day, keep your eyes peeled for quintessential Rockies wildlife like elk, moose, deer, bears and bighorn sheep. In the afternoon you’ll have some time to explore the park at your own speed. To pick up the pace you might consider renting a bike from one of the shops in town and exploring some of the local trails.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Maligne Lake / Jasper National Park - Today you’ll find out for yourself why Maligne Lake is featured on so many jigsaw puzzles. Make sure your phone or camera is fully charged, ready to capture shots of the jagged mountains and bright green pine forests that surround its glacial waters. Take to the water on a panoramic cruise down the lake, sailing in a glass-enclosed and heated boat while a guide describes the area’s geology, ecology and history. The highlight will be a stop for a nature walk to views of iconic Spirit Island which is only accessible by boat, where you’ll learn about its significance to the Stoney Nakoda First Nation. This evening, join your group for an included dinner at a local restaurant.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Athabasca Glacier / Banff - After gazing at glaciers from a distance, today you’ll get the chance to step foot on one! Board a custom-built all-terrain vehicle and head out on an ice explorer tour of the Athabasca Glacier. You will be able to walk on the glacier and even take a drink from its icy meltwater. Enjoy a picnic lunch to finish the outing before continuing to the town of Banff.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Banff National Park - Buckle up for the beauty of Banff National Park. Today’s all about seeing as much of the park as you can, weaving your way through history as you see the Rockies’ valleys and mountain chains which began forming up to 75 million years ago. There’s also time to connect further with the land on an Indigenous Medicine Walk, where your guide will share traditional Cree knowledge of the area’s plants, trees and bushes. To end the day on a high, you’ll take the gondola up to the top of Sulphur Mountain. Named for the two sulphurous hot springs found on its lower slopes, the peak offers breathtaking, panoramic views of the Rockies – which you’ll be able to bask in during a farewell dinner on the mountaintop.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Calgary - Today you’ll complete your grand tour of the Rockies and drive back to Calgary. There are no activities and accommodation planned for the day, and your adventure will end on arrival.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Charlottetown - Welcome to Prince Edward Island! Your trip kicks off in historic Charlottetown, the birthplace of the Canadian Confederation. Meet your group and local leader at 10 am for a welcome meeting, then head out for a leader-led walking tour of the town. Your afternoon is free to wander on your own before regrouping in the evening for a special dinner. Head out along the stunning Points East Coastal Drive to meet a local fisherman and enjoy a traditional lobster and mussel boil on his private property.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Charlottetown - Drive from Charlottetown to the Greenwich section of Prince Edward Island National Park – home to a rare parabolic dune system and miles of white sand beach. Located along the famous Points East Coastal Drive, Greenwich is the perfect place to discover the small towns, beaches and wildlife that make Prince Edward Island so unique. As you walk the dune trail and dip your toes in the surf, look out for rare coastal plant species and a variety of seabirds. Then, you’ll visit Skmaqn-Port la Joye-Fort-Amherst National Historic Site for views of Charlottetown’s harbour. This site commemorates the first permanent European settlement on the island! After, carry on to a local, family-run and family-owned winery for a tasting of their favourite drops.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Summerside - This morning, say goodbye to Charlottetown and start the drive towards Summerside, stopping at a few viewpoints along the way. Stop in Cavendish, where L.M. Montgomery famously drew her inspiration for the ‘Anne of Green Gables’ novels. Visit Green Gables Heritage Place and explore the area on a walking tour (with a focus on Anne, of course!). After, you’ll stop for an optional lunch at Cape Tyron Lighthouse before continuing to Lennox Island. Here, you’ll visit Lennox Island First Nation to meet with a Mi'kmaq guide for a tour of the cultural centre and St. Anne church. Learn about Mi'kmaq culture and history, as well as the traditional way of preparing bannock (quick bread) at a campfire. Settle in with a cup of tea and soak up the stories about life on Lennox Island. Then, check out the Bottle Houses – a village of buildings, including a tavern, a chapel and gift shop, that are literally made out of thousands of bottles. Tonight, you’ll spend the night in the coastal city of Summerside.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Moncton - Enjoy a free morning exploring Summerside at your own pace. You may want to check out the local museums, galleries and cultural centres, or you can just wander through the neighbourhoods of historic homes. Then get your sea legs ready! Today you’re cruising the waters of Shediac Bay on a working lobster boat with local fishers. On the way to the bay, you’ll stop in Shediac Town – the ‘Lobster Capital of the World’ – to see the giant lobster. Then, get a hands-on lobster fishing demonstration and enjoy your delicious fresh catch on board. Afterwards, drive to Moncton and your hotel for the night.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Saint John - Cross over into New Brunswick and make your way to the postcard-perfect Hopewell Rocks Provincial Park. Arrive for low tide and join a naturalist guide for a walk right out onto the sea floor and get up close to the towering sandstone formations known as the Hopewell Rocks, or Flowerpot Rocks. When the tide comes in, waters in the bay can reach up to 16 m, so a trip here is all about timing and your leader will make sure you get the most out of your visit. In the afternoon, take a quick detour to spectacular Cap Enrage with its charming lighthouse before continuing on through Fundy National Park. Tonight, you’ll stay in the historic seaport city of Saint John. When you arrive, head out for dinner with your group and cheers to an awesome adventure!

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Saint John - With no further activities planned, your trip ends today and you’re free to leave at any time. Or, if you like, stick around and explore the city of Saint John and more of the Maritimes on your own. If you need help with booking additional accommodation, just reach out to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Halifax - Welcome to Nova Scotia! Your adventure starts today in Halifax, with a welcome meeting at 5 pm to meet your local leader and fellow travellers. Halifax is an Atlantic Ocean port in eastern Canada and the provincial capital of Nova Scotia. A major business centre, the city is known for its maritime history and hilltop Citadel – a star-shaped fort that was completed in the 1850s. After your meeting, head out for an orientation walk with your leader to get your bearings, then maybe join your group for a welcome dinner to get to know each other.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Halifax - Today, head to historic Lunenburg on the South Shore – one of only two urban communities in North America designated as a UNESCO World Heritage site. Explore Mahone Bay and nearby Blue Rocks on a leader-led walking tour and learn about this old fishing community that’s become a hub for artists and photographers. Enjoy some free time exploring the old town centre, which is a National Historic Site of Canada. And since Lunenburg was a rum-running town in the days of Prohibition, make sure you take the time to sample of the local brews. Head back to Halifax in the late afternoon and maybe meet later in the evening for dinner.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Halifax - Take a trip to Peggy’s Cove – a scenic fishing village that’s one of the most photographed places in all of Canada – for good reason! Rocky outcrops, the crashing Atlantic, colourful fishing boats and a classic, red-tipped lighthouse are what you’d expect to see on Maritimes postcards. Follow your local leader along the Peggy’s Cove Rock Walk, which meanders along the barren coastline that glaciers created some 12,000 years ago. After, maybe grab lunch in the village – perhaps a creamy seafood chowder or fresh lobster roll. This afternoon, you have the option to head to the Canadian Museum of Immigration or the Maritime Museum of the Atlantic, soaking up some local history.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Baddeck - Today, you’ll drive from Halifax to Baddeck, stopping at the Millbrook Cultural and Heritage Center along the way. Located in the heart of a development owned by Millbrook First Nation, the center tells the story of the Millbrook Mi’kmaq and the important role they played and continue to play in the Maritimes. Don’t miss the gift shop, which sells beautiful traditional arts and crafts! When you arrive in Baddeck, you’ll head out for dinner with your group, then enjoy a local ceilidh performance – a traditional gathering with Scottish roots, where musicians come together to play Cape Breton music.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Cape Breton Highlands National Park / Cabot Trail - Today, you’ll drive along the Cabot Trail for a leisurely hike within Cape Breton Highlands National Park. The Skyline Trail is the park’s signature hike, which leads out to spectacular sweeping views over the sea. After completing your hike, continue your journey with a truly local experience at an oyster hatchery in South Harbour. Gain hands-on knowledge as you discover how oysters are grown, then try your hand at shucking them. Of course, you'll also have the chance to enjoy the fruits of your labor by tasting some fresh, locally grown oysters. If it’s a nice day for driving, your leader will take you further along the Cabot Trail – a 4 hours’ drive, but with plenty of beautiful stops along the way. Enjoy a picnic lunch while you’re out along the trail before returning to Baddeck for the night.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Charlottetown - If you’re an early riser, you can opt to start the day with a visit to the Alexander Graham Bell National Historic Site to gain insight into the life and work of the inventor, scientist and teacher best known for inventing the telephone. Then, drive from Baddeck to Charlottetown – the capital of Prince Edward Island and the smallest provincial capital in the country. Perhaps head downtown and explore on foot when you arrive in the late afternoon. Stroll alongside the picturesque harbour or take in the leafy parks and Victorian-era streets lined with gabled houses. Tonight, join your group for an included farewell dinner and toast your adventure.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Charlottetown - An orientation meeting will take place at 10am this morning to welcome any new travellers joining you for the next leg of your journey, then head out for a leader-led walking tour of the town. Your afternoon is free to wander on your own before regrouping in the evening for a special dinner. Head out along the stunning Points East Coastal Drive to meet a local fisherman and enjoy a traditional lobster and mussel boil on his private property.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Charlottetown - Drive from Charlottetown to the Greenwich section of Prince Edward Island National Park – home to a rare parabolic dune system and miles of white sand beach. Located along the famous Points East Coastal Drive, Greenwich is the perfect place to discover the small towns, beaches and wildlife that make Prince Edward Island so unique. As you walk the dune trail and dip your toes in the surf, look out for rare coastal plant species and a variety of seabirds. Then, you’ll visit Skmaqn-Port la Joye-Fort-Amherst National Historic Site for views of Charlottetown’s harbour. This site commemorates the first permanent European settlement on the island! After, carry on to a local, family-run and family-owned winery for a tasting of their favourite drops.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Summerside - This morning, say goodbye to Charlottetown and start the drive towards Summerside, stopping at a few viewpoints along the way. Stop in Cavendish, where L.M. Montgomery famously drew her inspiration for the ‘Anne of Green Gables’ novels. Visit Green Gables Heritage Place and explore the area on a walking tour (with a focus on Anne, of course!). After, you’ll stop for an optional lunch at Cape Tyron Lighthouse before continuing to Lennox Island. Here, you’ll visit Lennox Island First Nation to meet with a Mi'kmaq guide for a tour of the cultural centre and St. Anne church. Learn about Mi'kmaq culture and history, as well as the traditional way of preparing bannock (quick bread) at a campfire. Settle in with a cup of tea and soak up the stories about life on Lennox Island. Then, check out the Bottle Houses – a village of buildings, including a tavern, a chapel and gift shop, that are literally made out of thousands of bottles. Tonight, you’ll spend the night in the coastal city of Summerside.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Moncton - Enjoy a free morning exploring Summerside at your own pace. You may want to check out the local museums, galleries and cultural centres, or you can just wander through the neighbourhoods of historic homes. Then get your sea legs ready! Today you’re cruising the waters of Shediac Bay on a working lobster boat with local fishers. On the way to the bay, you’ll stop in Shediac Town – the ‘Lobster Capital of the World’ – to see the giant lobster. Then, get a hands-on lobster fishing demonstration and enjoy your delicious fresh catch on board. Afterwards, drive to Moncton and your hotel for the night.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Saint John - Cross over into New Brunswick and make your way to the postcard-perfect Hopewell Rocks Provincial Park. Arrive for low tide and join a naturalist guide for a walk right out onto the sea floor and get up close to the towering sandstone formations known as the Hopewell Rocks, or Flowerpot Rocks. When the tide comes in, waters in the bay can reach up to 16 m, so a trip here is all about timing and your leader will make sure you get the most out of your visit. In the afternoon, take a quick detour to spectacular Cap Enrage with its charming lighthouse before continuing on through Fundy National Park. Tonight, you’ll stay in the historic seaport city of Saint John. When you arrive, head out for dinner with your group and cheers to an awesome adventure!

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Saint John - With no further activities planned, your trip ends today and you’re free to leave at any time. Or, if you like, stick around and explore the city of Saint John and more of the Maritimes on your own. If you need help with booking additional accommodation, just reach out to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: St John’s - Welcome to St John’s! Meet your leader at the hotel for a group welcome meeting at 10 am before heading off on a leader-led tour of the city. Drive up Signal Hill to enjoy sweeping views of St. John’s Harbour and brighten your day with a stop at St John’s famous colourful houses on ‘Jellybean Row’. You’ll have free time to find some lunch, then head out to take in the views at Cape Spear Lighthouse and perhaps make it to Canada's easternmost point. Later, join your group for a welcome dinner at Celtic Hearth. Sample Jigg’s dinner pie, a classic Newfoundland dish, then head to a local pub for a traditional “screech-in” ceremony that involves a shot of screech (rum) and kissing a cod. It’s more fun than you might think!

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Trinity - After breakfast, head to the town of Trinity. There, you’ll join a local guide for a walking tour, learning about Trinity’s history and its Beothuk, French, Irish and English influences. After, you might like to hike up Gun Hill for a bird’s eye view of the town, or perhaps join your travel buddies for a dinner at a local restaurant.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Trinity - Today it’s time to spot puffins at Elliston’s renowned viewing site which offers one of the closest land views of puffins in North America. See if you can also spot the Puffin King, a rock formation which looks like a puffin sitting on a throne. After you’ve seen the puffins, drive 20 minutes north to visit the historic Cape Bonavista Lighthouse which is one of the most photographed places in Newfoundland. Climb the stairs to the top of the tower and see the seal oil-fuelled light that was used in the 1800s.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Twillingate - This morning, head to the town of Gander. Here, you’ll meet with a local to learn about the role the unassuming town played in one of North America’s most significant events. Due to the closure of North American airspace on 9/11, around 6600 people were diverted to Gander – increasing the town’s population by 70% in a matter of hours. You’ll hear about what went into hosting those numbers, as well as the lasting impact it's had on the town. Stop for lunch at a local restaurant, then continue to Twillingate. There, you’ll take an afternoon boat tour where you can scan the sea for whales and seabirds. In the spring, you might get to see icebergs floating down the stretch of water known as Iceberg Alley. After, head back to your hotel and take it easy or explore Twillingate which is known as “The Iceberg Capital of the World".

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Rocky Harbour - Start the day with a visit to the Beothuk Interpretation Centre, which tells the history of the Indigenous Beothuk people who used to live on Newfoundland. You might like to leave an offering at the nearby Spirit Garden, to help keep the memory of this lost culture alive. Then, continue on the road, stopping to stretch your legs at Norris Point and Green Point along the way. Arrive in Rocky Harbour in the afternoon, and then you might like to join your group for dinner.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Rocky Harbour - Start the day with a stroll along the Western Brook Pond Trail and take in the view before boarding the Western Brook Pond Boat Tour. Don’t forget your camera as you’ll want to capture the dramatic waterfalls, towering cliffs and abundant wildlife that can be found in this glacier-carved land-locked fjord. Then, take a scenic drive south to walk around the historic Lobster Cove Lighthouse and enjoy the view of the rolling waves and rocky beaches far below.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Deer Lake - Make your final visit to Gros Morne National Park this morning, where you’ll get to do something pretty extraordinary – walk on the Earth’s mantle at the Tablelands. The orange landscape sits in stark contrast to the surrounding greens and blues, and there are plenty of unique plants in the area to make note of too. After, continue to Deer Lake, where you might like to join your group for dinner to celebrate your adventures.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Deer Lake - After breakfast, your Newfoundland adventure comes to an end and you are free to depart at any time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Halifax - Welcome to Nova Scotia! Your adventure starts today in Halifax, with a welcome meeting at 5 pm to meet your local leader and fellow travellers. Halifax is an Atlantic Ocean port in eastern Canada and the provincial capital of Nova Scotia. A major business centre, the city is known for its maritime history and hilltop Citadel – a star-shaped fort that was completed in the 1850s. After your meeting, head out for an orientation walk with your leader to get your bearings, then maybe join your group for a welcome dinner to get to know each other.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Halifax - Today, head to historic Lunenburg on the South Shore – one of only two urban communities in North America designated as a UNESCO World Heritage site. Explore Mahone Bay and nearby Blue Rocks on a leader-led walking tour and learn about this old fishing community that’s become a hub for artists and photographers. Enjoy some free time exploring the old town centre, which is a National Historic Site of Canada. And since Lunenburg was a rum-running town in the days of Prohibition, make sure you take the time to sample of the local brews. Head back to Halifax in the late afternoon and maybe meet later in the evening for dinner.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Halifax - Take a trip to Peggy’s Cove – a scenic fishing village that’s one of the most photographed places in all of Canada – for good reason! Rocky outcrops, the crashing Atlantic, colourful fishing boats and a classic, red-tipped lighthouse are what you’d expect to see on Maritimes postcards. Follow your local leader along the Peggy’s Cove Rock Walk, which meanders along the barren coastline that glaciers created some 12,000 years ago. After, maybe grab lunch in the village – perhaps a creamy seafood chowder or fresh lobster roll. This afternoon, you have the option to head to the Canadian Museum of Immigration or the Maritime Museum of the Atlantic, soaking up some local history.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Baddeck - Today, you’ll drive from Halifax to Baddeck, stopping at the Millbrook Cultural and Heritage Center along the way. Located in the heart of a development owned by Millbrook First Nation, the center tells the story of the Millbrook Mi’kmaq and the important role they played and continue to play in the Maritimes. Don’t miss the gift shop, which sells beautiful traditional arts and crafts! When you arrive in Baddeck, you’ll head out for dinner with your group, then enjoy a local ceilidh performance – a traditional gathering with Scottish roots, where musicians come together to play Cape Breton music.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Cape Breton Highlands National Park / Cabot Trail - Today, you’ll drive along the Cabot Trail for a leisurely hike within Cape Breton Highlands National Park. The Skyline Trail is the park’s signature hike, which leads out to spectacular sweeping views over the sea. After completing your hike, continue your journey with a truly local experience at an oyster hatchery in South Harbour. Gain hands-on knowledge as you discover how oysters are grown, then try your hand at shucking them. Of course, you'll also have the chance to enjoy the fruits of your labor by tasting some fresh, locally grown oysters. If it’s a nice day for driving, your leader will take you further along the Cabot Trail – a 4 hours’ drive, but with plenty of beautiful stops along the way. Enjoy a picnic lunch while you’re out along the trail before returning to Baddeck for the night.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Charlottetown - If you’re an early riser, you can opt to start the day with a visit to the Alexander Graham Bell National Historic Site to gain insight into the life and work of the inventor, scientist and teacher best known for inventing the telephone. Then, drive from Baddeck to Charlottetown – the capital of Prince Edward Island and the smallest provincial capital in the country. Perhaps head downtown and explore on foot when you arrive in the late afternoon. Stroll alongside the picturesque harbour or take in the leafy parks and Victorian-era streets lined with gabled houses. Tonight, join your group for an included farewell dinner and toast your adventure.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Charlottetown - With no further activities planned, you’re free to leave at any time today. Or, maybe spend some more time exploring Charlottetown on your own. If you have time, consider joining the Maritimes Prince Edward Island & New Brunswick trip (available as a combo).

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Montreal - Salut! Welcome to Montreal – the largest province in Canada known for its French-speakers, European architecture, narrow streets and the Saint Lawrence River that the city sits on. Your adventure starts with a welcome meeting at 2 pm today. Montreal is the largest city in Quebec, named after Mt. Royal – the triple-peaked hill at its centre. The neighbourhoods here all offer unique draw cards, with French cobblestone streets and bohemian vibes. If you arrive early, maybe visit Mount Royal Park or stroll through the Jean Talon Market. After the welcome meeting, head out for a walking tour of Old Montreal with a local guide. Take in the varied architecture throughout the city, stopping at the Bank of Montreal, City Hall and the Notre-Dame Basilica. Learn about thecity’s founding and the eras of history that followed. Tonight, maybe join your group for dinner and get to know each other.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Baie-Saint-Paul - Wake up early and drive to Camilien-Houde Belvedere on Mount Royal for a panoramic view of the city as the sun rises over the horizon. Then, travel to Mile End, where you’ll stop for a Montreal bagel and a coffee – these bagels are world famous and quite different from the classic New York bagel. Then drive to Ile d'Orleans – an island known for its rural landscape, agriculture and fresh produce. When you arrive, stop for lunch at La Cantine chez Mag. Maybe try lobster poutine before continuing your drive around the island. Taste locally made maple products and stop at a winery for a taste of the local drop before continuing onto Baie Saint Paul for the night.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Baie-Saint-Paul - This morning is free for you to explore Baie Saint Paul at your own pace. Maybe find a local cafe for breakfast or a coffee, or visit Musee d’art contemporain de Baie-Saint-Paul (the contemporary art museum). Later today, you’ll travel to Grands-Jardins National Park for an easy-going afternoon hike. As you follow the Pinede Trail, learn how the national park is one of the core areas of the Charlevoix Biosphere Reserve, recognised by UNESCO for its ecological value. Tonight, if the weather is good, maybe unwind with a drink at the beach as you watch the sunset.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Tadoussac - Travel to Baie Eternite in Saguenay Fjord National Park. When you arrive, hike the Meander and Falaises Path Loop. As you walk along the trail, look for wildlife (especially birds!) and take in the views of the surrounding fjords, towering cliffs and the eastern end of the Saguenay River. Then, enjoy some free time to explore the town at your own pace. If there's time this afternoon, head to L’Anse a Tabatiere for a short hike before continuing onto La Baie for the night.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Tadoussac - This morning, travel to Tadoussac. Along the way, stop at Baie-Sainte-Marguerite in Saguenay National Park, known for frequent sightings of the beluga whale at the mouth of the Sainte-Marguerite River. Then, continue to Bergeronnes, where you'll sit down for a picnic of classic Quebec foods like cheese, breads and charcuterie meats. After, you’ll join an exciting whale watching boat tour. As you cruise on the waters within the Saguenay-St. Lawrence Marine Park, look out for the 13 species of whale that call this place home – including fin whales, humpback whales, porpoises, harbor seals and beluga whales. Learn about the marine life in their natural habitat from a local naturalist guide. Later, continue to Tadoussac where the rest of the night is free for you to explore the village at your own pace.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Quebec City - Spend the morning exploring Tadoussac Village at your own pace, before travelling to Quebec. Along the way, visit Montmorency Falls – this waterfall runs into the St Lawrence River and is taller than Niagara Falls! When you arrive in Quebec, settle into your accommodation before continuing to Wendake. Here, you’ll meet with a native storyteller at Huron-Wendat Museum, sit by three hearth fires in the traditional long house and hear myths and legends of the region.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Quebec City - Head out on a walking tour of the UNESCO World Heritage-listed Old Quebec City this morning with a local guide. Walk along the narrow cobblestone streets and discover the European charm of the buildings that make up this city. The rest of today is free to explore this city however you like. Tonight, maybe head out to dinner with your group to celebrate a trip well-travelled.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Quebec City - With no activities planned for today, your trip comes to an end this morning. If you'd like to stay longer, just speak with your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Toronto - Welcome to Canada! Your adventure begins in Toronto – the capital of Ontario along the lake’s northwestern shore. With soaring skyscrapers, this metropolis is known for the free-standing CN Tower, its green spaces and its sports culture. You’ll have a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight at your hotel to meet your local leader and fellow travellers. After, maybe head out for dinner with your group and get to know each other.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Niagara Falls / Toronto - Today you’ll take a day trip to the Canadian side of Niagara Falls. Part of the UNESCO-listed Niagara Escarpment Biosphere Reserve, the falls are also one of the honorary Natural Wonders of the World, straddling both Canada and the United States across three massive cascades. You’ll take an orientation tour with your leader, then you have free time to take on one of the optional cruises on offer. Feel the mist of the falls on your face, then this afternoon, head to a wine tasting in Niagara-on-the-Lake – this town on the Niagara Peninsula is home to some excellent wineries. Later, return to Toronto for the night.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Toronto / Gananoque - This morning, head out for an orientation walk of Toronto with your local leader, seeing some of the sites you may not have seen yet. Then, you’ll hop on the train to the small town of Gananoque – home to the Thousand Islands, known as the ‘Garden of the Great Spirit’ by the Iroquois Nation. Straddling the border, this archipelago sits at the outlet of Lake Ontario at the head of Saint Lawrence River. When you arrive, you have a free afternoon to relax or explore at your own pace. Maybe explore the parkway, visit the 1000 Islands History Museum or head to a theatre show at the Thousand Islands Playhouse.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Thousand Islands / Ottawa - Set out on a cruise through the Thousand Islands this morning and learn about this area’s history, wars and rebellions. Referred to by the Iroquois Nation as the Garden of the Great Spirit, see the 5th and 6th-generation family cottages as you cruise through the narrow channels to the Admiralty and Navy groups of islands, soaking up the scenery. This afternoon, take the train to Ottawa, Canada’s capital. When you arrive, you’re free to explore the city’s restaurant and bar scene – your leader will always have some great recommendations!

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Ottawa - Set out on an e-bike tour of Ottawa. This city is a great spot to explore on two wheels, home to many bike paths through both the city centre and through nature, so you’ll spend half the day exploring downtown, both on foot and by electric bike. Visit Gatineau Park – this park focuses on conservation and is the largest green space in the region, occupying an area of over 362 sq km. A favourite for nature-lovers, this huge space celebrates its biodiversity, and you can look out for bats, frogs, raccoons, squirrels and even black bears (when the season’s right). After, you have a free afternoon to relax or visit one of the city’s 29 museums.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Quebec City - Today you’ll take a train to Quebec City – the largest province in Canada known for its French-speakers, European architecture, narrow streets and the Saint Lawrence River on which it sits. This is a bit of a long travel day, so soak up the views along the way, get stuck into a good book or play card games with your fellow travellers. When you arrive, you’re free to explore the city at your own pace. Maybe walk the cobblestone streets in the evening and find a warmly lit bistro for dinner or head to a comedy show.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Quebec City - Head out on a walking tour of Quebec City this morning with a local guide and get to know more about the city and its culture. Head to the popular chain BeaverTails and tuck into a delicious local pastry, then hop on The Old Quebec Funicular – a historic railway connecting the Upper and Lower Town, offering views across the city. The main entrance of the funicular is the House Louis Jolliet, in the heart of Old Quebec, which was built in 1683! This afternoon is free to explore this charming city however you like.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Ile d'Orleans / Jacques Cartier National Park / Quebec City - This morning you’ll take a private vehicle to Ile d’Orleans for a daytrip – this island and heritage site in the Saint Lawrence River was one of the first places in the province to be colonised by the French and has been described as ‘the microcosm of traditional Quebec.’ When you arrive, you’ll explore with your leader, then head to a local spot for some classic poutine (fries and cheese curds covered in brown gravy). When you’re justifiably full of carbs, you’ll head to the gorgeous Parc National de la Jacques-Cartier for a hike. This park is home to one of the most beautiful glacial valleys in Quebec, the Vallee de la Jacques-Cartier. Look out for moose and beavers as you walk through the scenic landscape, then later, return to Quebec City.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Montreal - Take the train to Montreal – the largest city in the province of Quebec named after Mt. Royal, the triple-peaked hill at its centre. The neighbourhoods here all offer unique draw cards, with French cobblestone streets and bohemian vibes. When you arrive, you’ll head out for an orientation walk to get your bearings. Known for its rich cultural history, art, theatre and music, there is plenty to explore here with your free afternoon and evening. If in doubt – just ask your handy local leader! Tonight, maybe join your group for dinner and toast to an excellent Canadian exploration.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Montreal - With no further activities planned after breakfast today, your trip comes to an end and you’re free to leave at any time after check-out.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Calgary to Banff National Park - Welcome to the Canadian Rockies! Your adventure begins in Calgary with a welcome meeting at 7.30 am. You’ll meet your local leader and fellow travellers, and then it’s time to hit the road for Banff National Park. Your first hike of the trip will be at Tunnel Mountain. Take in your first experience walking among the Rockies’ unbeatable scenery. As the hike is relatively short, you’ll have some time this afternoon to explore Banff. Why not relax and unwind in the upper hot springs – at a height of 1524 m (5000 ft), these are Canada’s highest natural springs. There’s plenty to keep you entertained in Banff this evening. Maybe head to a local eatery to sample an elk burger or check out what’s on offer at the microbrewery – the views here are worth a toast!

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Banff National Park - Make the drive this morning to Lake Louise. Here, you’ll experience natural beauty at its very best – dazzling peaks dusted with snow reflect on the pristine glittering lake, creating an image that looks too perfect to be real. There are many hiking options here, with a range of lengths and levels of difficulty – your leader can give you the best advice on which trail to tackle. Maybe check out the stunning Lake Agnes hike. Heading off on the well-maintained trail, find yourself at a quaint, European-style teahouse on the edge of a gorgeous mountain lake tucked in the shadows of the towering peaks above. After exploring the area, why not make your way back to the Lake Louise Fairmont Hotel? Sitting right on the shores of the lake, it serves as the perfect spot to take in the scenery with some poutine or a cocktail in hand. Late afternoon will bring another chance to visit the hot springs before regrouping with your fellow travellers for dinner.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Icefields Parkway - Rise bright and early for another day full of adventure. After a scenic ride along Icefield Parkway, arrive at the beautiful Bow Lake and set out on another of the Rockies’ many incredible walks. Your circuit will lead you around the shimmering waters of the lake, skimming a gorge with water rushing below through to an outwash plain where you can see the wild Bow Falls. Take in the epic views that greet you with every step – Crowfoot Mountain, Bow Crow Peak, Mt Gordon and many other peaks make the backdrop for your walk. After an exciting day, make your way back to your remote and picturesque campground, where you’ll enjoy a BBQ dinner under the stars.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Jasper National Park - This morning, breathe in the fresh mountain air and head out to take on the Sulphur Skyline Trail. It’s a moderately challenging hike, as you steadily make your way above the tree line and get to gaze across the valley. Your efforts to reach the summit will be more than worth it. There are 360 degree views of the national park and surrounding mountains, dominated by Utopia Mountain. Return back the way you came, then get the recovery started early with a dip in the nearby Miette Hot Springs. The afternoon is then free for you to explore Jasper – perhaps rent a bike or rest up at camp before dinner.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Jasper National Park - Today, you’ll travel to Maligne Lake. Famed for its bright blue waters, this area is known as one of the most beautiful places in Canada. Keep an eye out for wildlife along the way – moose, deer, grizzlies and black bears have all been spotted along this stretch of road. There are two gentle hiking options available in the area, or you may prefer to rent a canoe or kayak to see the lake’s beauty from a different perspective. Your leader will be on hand to make suggestions on the best way to enjoy your time here. Stop for lunch and take some time to soak up the scenery, then spend the afternoon in laidback Jasper.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Yoho National Park - This morning, return to the Icefields Parkway. So much more than just a road, the parkway is punctuated with world-class wonders. Making stops along the way, take in the views over magnificent lakes, waterfalls and glaciers. If you’re looking for an adventure, why not head out on an optional hike to the incredible Athabasca glacier. Explore the lower glacier, discovering natural ice features, with the Rockies watching over you in the distance. Look down into deep ice crevasses and up towards powerful waterfalls cascading into the ice while learning about how glaciers are formed and the ways they shape the landscape around them. Alternatively, set out on the Willcox Pass Hike. Trek past wetlands, take in views of the Sunwapta Pass and climb above the tree line, where you’ll find a set of Canada’s famous red chairs, inviting visitors to sit back and take a moment to soak up the view. From up here, you’ll be able to see the glaciers and peaks of the Columbia Icefield, including the Athabasca glacier. Then, drive on to Peyto Lake, made famous by its glacial waters, and take a short hike up to a viewpoint where you can look out across the lake in its glory.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Yoho National Park - Begin your day by travelling to Yoho National Park, where you’ll head out on a hike. This half-day hike will take you on a loop of the park and past some of the area's most stunning landmarks, including glacial lakes and epic views over the surrounding mountains and valleys. Stand in the mist of Canada's second tallest waterfall – Takakkaw Falls (where you’ll learn why the name translates to ‘wonderful’ in the First Nations Cree language) and look out over the remarkable Emerald Glacier. Perhaps take a few detours to a few hidden lakes along the way and enjoy some time at Yoho Lake before returning to the trailhead.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Banff National Park to Calgary - Leave Banff behind this morning and make your way to the start of the Grassi Lakes Trail, your final hike of the trip. It’ll be a short and easy walk, as you follow the trail through evergreen forest to start, pass by an impressive waterfall and then reach the striking colours of Grassi Lakes. The turquoise waters are the perfect place to reflect on the trip that’s been! After, head back to Calgary, where your adventure will come to an end.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: San Francisco - Welcome to California! Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight in San Francisco – known as the city by the bay, boasting a beautiful setting and multicultural heart. If you arrive early, maybe check out the vintage stores along funky Haight Street, catch the tram down to the waterfront or take an adventure cruise on the bay past Alcatraz Island. After your meeting, maybe find a local restaurant and get to know your fellow travellers over dinner.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Yosemite National Park - This morning, hit the road headed for Yosemite National Park. When you arrive, set off on your first hike of the trip – a short downhill hike through the Tuolumne Grove of Giant Sequoias. The grove is home to a couple dozen mature giant sequoia trees, including one that’s been carved into a tunnel that you can walk right through. After your hike, head to your accommodation – a rustic mountain lodge in the heart of the National Park.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Yosemite National Park - The Mist Trail is Yosemite's signature hike and today you get to experience it for yourself. Starting from the east of Yosemite Valley you’ll cross the Vernal Fall Footbridge, make your way up granite stairways and zig-zag up rocky switchbacks. The trail gets you right up close to Vernal and Nevada Falls, so be sure to pack your rain gear as you’ll get sprayed! As you hike, take in the panoramic views across the valley toward the iconic Half Dome and rock formation and along the Merced River. Tonight, maybe rest up back at the lodge or find a local restaurant for dinner – your leader will have the best recommendations.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Yosemite National Park - After breakfast, set off along Glacier Point Road to Sentinel Dome. Hike through red fir forest to the top of the dome and take in the beautiful views over the valley and high country from the summit. Then, continue along the southern rim of Yosemite Valley to Taft Point and the Fissures. Here, there are some amazing views of El Capitan and the Cathedral Rocks. Spend some time looking for local black bears before heading back through the mixed conifer forest, where you’ll finish today’s hike. The rest of the night is free for you to explore the park at your own pace.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Yosemite National Park - This morning is free for you to explore Yosemite National Park at your own pace. Maybe head to Yosemite Valley for a solo hiking adventure or wander through a local museum and learn about the region’s history. This afternoon, set off on a walk from Yosemite Conservancy. As you walk from the historic Ahwahnee Hotel through the meadows of Yosemite Valley and past the ruins of an old pioneer village, you’ll hear Native American stories and learn about the important work the group does for the Native American community and preserving their culture within the park. After your hike, travel back to Yosemite and maybe head for dinner with your group – a great way to celebrate a trip well-travelled.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Yosemite National Park to San Francisco - Say goodbye to Yosemite, as you head west to San Francisco. Stop in at a local restaurant along the way for a final lunch with your group, before walking over the iconic Golden Gate Bridge. Your adventure then finishes when you arrive in San Francisco this afternoon. If you’d like to stay longer, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Grand Canyon National Park - Welcome to Arizona, home to the Grand Canyon and a myriad of exceptional hiking trails ready for you to explore. You’ll be picked up from your hotel in Flagstaff this morning to hit the road en route to the South Rim of the Grand Canyon. Today’s drive will give you a taste of the views you’ll experience over the coming days. Make sure your cameras are at the ready, there’ll be plenty of chances to stop and marvel at some of the best viewpoints along the way. On arrival, we’ll stretch out our legs on the South Kaibab Trail that descends the spine of the spectacular Cedar Ridge and affords some exceptional views of the Canyon as the ridged drops off on both sides in front of you. These panoramas and the easy-going nature of the trek make the South Kaibab Trail a great day one introduction for us. This evening you’ll settle into your accommodation that will be your home away from home for the next two nights.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Grand Canyon National Park - Fuel up on a hearty breakfast today before we embark on a trek that meanders below the canyon's rim along the Bright Angel Fault. On your descent, your leader will fill you in on all the geological and ecological phenomena that make up the landscapes here. Along the hike, you’ll stop to tuck into a delicious picnic lunch with views better than any 5-star restaurant could deliver. With full bellies and fuller hearts, you’ll start the return hike to the rim, this time staring up at the towering cliffs above. This evening, you’ll enjoy a special dinner at the famous and historic El Tovar Hotel, overlooking the depths of the Grand Canyon.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Grand Canyon National Park - Our final hike of the trip is Grandview – with a fitting name, you'll soak up some of the best views of the trip today with endless panoramas across the Grand Canyon and Colorado River. One of Grand Canyon’s most famous miners, Pete Berry, built this trail in the late 1800s to extract some of the richest copper ore in the world. Eventually, when his mine failed, he turned to tourism for a living, taking guests down his unique, hand-cobbled trail. As you descend, you’ll learn about the geological and historical history of the landscapes here from your local leader. After the trek, we’ll exit the Park from the East Entrance, stopping at the famous Desert View Watchtower. This impressive structure is a replica of a Native American tower found in the exact location by early explorers centuries ago. In the afternoon, we’ll say our final goodbyes upon arrival back in Flagstaff where your 3-day trekking adventure will come to an end.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Yellowstone National Park - After a pick up at your accommodation in Jackson, we'll we'll drive to the Elephant Back Mountain for our first hike of the trip, taking in flecks of black obsidian beneath our feet on our way to a lookout spot which offers an awe-inspiring bird’s eye view. Take in the glittering waters of Yellowstone Lake on a hike to Storm Point, a relatively flat loop that leads to a stunning vista of the largest lake above 7,000 feet in North America. The hike begins at Indian Pond, a favourite locale for bison, and continues through a lodge pole pine forest to a bluff overlooking the picturesque shore of this hydrothermal fed lake. Before completing our loop, we will walk past enormous boulders, which are home to a colony of yellow-bellied marmots. If we are lucky, we may see them basking in the sun.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Yellowstone National Park - Start your day with one of the most beautiful hikes in the park, a walk to the summit of Mt. Washburn at over 10,000 feet. The trail to the summit travels through picturesque subalpine parkland where wildflowers cover the grass and bighorn sheep are sometimes seen grazing in nearby meadows. Enjoy spectacular views of the Grand Canyon of Yellowstone – a giant rift in a landscape of forested hills - and Yellowstone Lake, the Teton Range, and Electric Peak. From here, we’ll drive to the Grand Canyon of the Yellowstone for a short stroll out to Artist Point for phenomenal waterfall views.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Yellowstone National Park - Today we’ll kick off our hiking day with a visit to one of the Park’s most iconic features – Mammoth Hot Springs – where we will view steaming travertine terraces streaked with colourful microorganisms. From here, we will leave the crowds behind and head out on the Beaver Ponds Trail where we will hike through a forest that is home to a variety of wildlife including bears before we reach small ponds where it’s possible to spot waterfowl. Take in the scenic view from grassy hilltop as you keep an eye out for pronghorn, deer, and elk.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Yellowstone National Park - Begin your day in the Upper Geyser Basin where you’ll be able to take in some of the park’s most famous features, including Old Faithful. Next we’ll travel a few miles down the road for a hike out to Lone Star Geyser. This is a beautiful hike along the aptly named Firehole River to the largest backcountry geyser in the park: Lone Star Geyser. Lone Star is found in a clearing surrounded by dense forest and erupts from a shed-sized cream-coloured mound. The geyser erupts around every three hours and a log book is kept nearby so we’ll know when the next eruption is set to occur.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Yellowstone National Park - Our final day’s hike takes us through classic Yellowstone meadows and lodgepole pine forests to Fairy Falls, a 200-foot waterfall plunging off a pine-studded cliff. After we soak up the sights and sounds of Fairy Falls, we will end our tour with a stop at the Grand Prismatic overlook. The Grand Prismatic is the largest hot spring in the United States and one of the most iconic features in the park. It is a great way to close out our Yellowstone adventure. Our hiking adventure concludes with a relaxing shuttle ride back to Jackson where your trip will come to an end at approximately 7 pm.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Sedona - Welcome to Arizona – home to the Grand Canyon and the start of your 4-day trekking trip. After breakfast this morning, we’ll hit the ground running with our first hike of the trip in Sedona. We’ll kick things off near two of Sedona’s most prominent and beautiful landmarks, Courthouse Butte and Bell Rock. From here, we’ll climb the stairs into the layered shelves of red rock sandstone, where we’ll stop to appreciate and learn about the different types and uses of desert plants in the area. Halfway into the hike, we’ll reach Cathedral Rock, a nearly 1000-foot-tall sandstone monolith that towers above. For lunch along the way, your guide will prepare a tasty picnic lunch and share some of the native and indigenous history of the area – you’ll learn how this very spot was once a fertile hunting ground. After lunch, we’ll complete our hike among the towering cliffs, sheer pinnacles and pristine canyons of Sedona. After a day spent on your feet, we’ll make our way to our first night’s accommodation, where you’ll get a chance to kick back and relax before a tasty group dinner in Sedona.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Sedona - It’s time to lace up your hiking shoes; we’ve got another spectacular hike ahead of us today – Mitten Ridge. We'll step back in time and walk the old wagon roads to a red rock saddle that offers exceptional views to reward you for your hard work. You’ll get your heart rate up with uphill steps and breathtaking vistas paired with panoramic views of the canyons that wind below. Your local leader will give you the inside scoop on T.C. Schnebly, who organised the town’s first post office and his wife Sedona, the town’s namesake. After a day on the trails, we’ll retire to our accommodation to rest and relax before digging into a well-earnt Southwest dinner tonight.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Grand Canyon - You’ll be up bright and early this morning to check out of your accommodation, fuel up on breakfast and hit the road for a scenic drive up the northern roadways and Oak Creek Canyon to the Southern Rim of the Grand Canyon. That’s right; today is the day – the Grand Canyon awaits. Our first hike in the Grand Canyon will be down a trail that descends the spine of a spectacular ridge and offers those iconic Grand Canyon views as the cliff drops off on both sides and in front of you. This trail serves up some of the best panoramas of the canyon; it’s the perfect introduction to the hikes in this area. After our first hike, we’ll have the chance to explore some of the South Rim’s museums and shops before returning to our accommodation for the afternoon. You’re in for a real treat tonight as we head to the rim for dinner overlooking the depths of the Grand Canyon.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Grand Canyon - For the final hike of the trip, we’ll follow an ancient trail through the Bright Angel Fault that meanders into the depths of the Grand Canyon, far below the rim. On your descent, your leader will fill you in on all the geological and ecological phenomena that make up the landscapes here. Along the hike, you’ll stop to tuck into a delicious picnic lunch with views better than any 5-star restaurant could deliver. With full bellies and fuller hearts, you’ll make the ascent back to the top of the canyon and be blown away by the cliffs that tower above. As you hike, you might feel a sense of accomplishment as you reflect on the trek you’ve just completed. Once you’ve reached the top of the rim, we’ll make our way back to Sedona via a stunning drive through Oak Creek Canyon. You’ll arrive at your accommodation for the evening when your trekking adventure will come to an end.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Zion National Park - After a pick up in St George, drive to Zion National Park and hit the trails on a lesser-travelled track through the lower canyon followed by a hike up to Scout Lookout. Admire unrivalled views of the dramatic canyon system below then follow trails along the canyon walls which offer a fantastic vantage point over the canyon floor. Emerge at the serene Emerald Pools, named for their glorious green tones, then descend to the lawn of the historic Zion Lodge and sit down to a late picnic lunch. From here, you'll make your way down-canyon to pick up hiking gear for tomorrow’s adventure in the Virgin River Narrows before departing for your camp for the evening.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Zion National Park - Your second day’s hike is arguably the most iconic in Zion — the Virgin River Narrows. Your hike begins with a stroll down the paved River Trail, buttressed by water on our left and a 3,000-foot cliff face on the right. After walking along hanging gardens and under the dappled shade of cottonwoods, the sidewalk ends and you will enter the river. Hiking in moving water can be a new and exciting experience so there will be time to get your “stream legs” before walking another 1.5 miles upriver to the turnaround point at Orderville Canyon. Before heading back downstream, snap a few more photos of the Narrows’ beauty and stop-off for a relaxing shoreline lunch.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Bryce Canyon National Park - After breakfast, break camp and make your way to the Escalante country, visiting Bryce Canyon National Park en route. Lace up your hiking boots and enjoy one of the lesser-hiked trails in Bryce which offers some of the most impressive scenery in the park. You will be based in the northern part of the national park which offers superb vistas of Boat Mesa, the Sinking Ship formation, Tower Bridge, China Wall, Fairyland Canyon and other amazing rock structures. After our hike, continue to our Escalante Camp for a tasty dinner and a night of rest and relaxation.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Anasazi State Park - After breakfast, set off on a beautiful hike along a flat, sandy canyon trail to Calf Creek Falls. You will pass Native American ruins and pictographs, and have a good chance of seeing some wildlife. If you’re up for a dip and feeling hearty – this water is surprisingly cold – you can go swimming below the spectacular 128-foot falls. After lunch at the falls, you will have the opportunity to drop into the town of Boulder for an optional visit to Anasazi State Park, home to one of the largest Ancestral Puebloan communities west of the Colorado River. From here, it’s an easy drive back to basecamp.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Grand Staircase Escalante National Monument - Set off down the historic Hole-in-the-Rock Road and explore some local slot canyons in the Grand Staircase Escalante National Monument. Some canyons are dark and narrow, some are filled with water, while others contain surprises at every turn, like interconnected potholes, arches, and grottos. If there's time you'll visit the Devil's Garden National Recreation Area where you can admire natural stone arches, rock formations and giant, balancing rocks.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Bryce Canyon National Park - After breakfast, break down camp and head west toward the starting point of our trip, St. George. On the way, you will stop at Bryce Canyon National Park for a second time to enjoy another classic walk through its famous hoodoos and spectacular vistas. This hike takes you down from the rim, through the stunning corridors of Wall Street and past the Silent City to Queen's Garden, before bringing you back to the rim of the Bryce Amphitheatre. After lunch on the rim, gazing into the maze of Wall Street, load up and head back to St. George where your trip will come to an end at approximately 5 pm.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Las Vegas to Zion National Park - Welcome to Nevada! Your adventure starts with a welcome meeting at 8 am this morning in Las Vegas – the capital of glitz and glam in the heart of the desert. If you arrive early, maybe ride the High Roller Observation Wheel for panoramic views over the city or wander along The Strip, which features themed hotels, restaurants and fun attractions. After your meeting, travel to Zion National Park. When you arrive, head out to explore Zion Canyon with your leader, taking in the views of the surrounding red cliffs and the famous Angel's Landing. Your leader will then choose a hike based on the group’s ability and interests – maybe the Watchman Trail or the Emerald Pools. Along the way, sit down to a picnic lunch, then head to your accommodation – western-style wagons with private bathrooms, beds and a fire pit. Tonight, maybe join your group for dinner at a local restaurant.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Bryce Canyon National Park / Zion - Today, explore Bryce Canyon National Park. After a scenic drive through Utah’s red rock country, with multiple stops at lookout points, you’ll arrive at the park. Spend the morning hiking on trails chosen by your leader, maybe with a stroll along the canyon rim, where you’ll see the hoodoos – distinct sandstone spires that rise dramatically from the natural amphitheatre. Stop for a picnic lunch with your group among the spires and take in the incredible alien-like landscape, before heading back to Zion for the night. Tonight, have a group dinner before unwinding by the campfire under a star-filled sky.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Antelope Canyon / Zion - This morning, head to Page, where you’ll join a local Navajo guide for an adventure through Lower Antelope Canyon – known for its wave-like structure and the distinct light beams that shine down into the canyon’s openings. After, take a short hike out to Horseshoe Bend for a picnic lunch with an unforgettable view over the Colorado River. Later, head back to Zion and maybe find a local restaurant for dinner – your leader will have the best recommendations.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Snow Canyon State Park / Las Vegas - After breakfast, you’ll check out of your glamping tents – but don’t fret, the adventure isn't over yet! Before heading back to Vegas, you’ll set off on a short hike through Snow Canyon State Park – a scenic park used in the backdrop of many Western movies like Butch Cassidy and the Sundance Kid, High School Musical 2 and The Flintstones. Sit down among the towering cliffs and red rocks for a final picnic lunch with your group, then drive back to Vegas, where your trip comes to an end. If you’d like to stay in Vegas longer, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Las Vegas to Grand Canyon National Park - Welcome to Las Vegas! Located in the heart of the Nevada desert and home to dazzling lights and world-class entertainment, your adventure starts here. After an 11 am welcome meeting, drive along Route 66 to the Grand Canyon, stopping in quirky Seligman along the way. Arrive at the Grand Canyon in time to watch the sunset on the rim – as the shifting light paints the cliffs in shades of red, orange and gold. Tonight, maybe head out to dinner and get to know your new fellow travellers.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Grand Canyon National Park - Join an instructor from the Grand Canyon Conservancy's Field Institute, for a walking tour along the South Rim. As you explore the Grand Canyon’s Historic Village, your conservancy guide will share stories of the canyon’s rich history, geology, fossils and wildlife. You’ll also learn about the tribal communities who have long called the canyon home. Spend the rest of the day exploring at your own pace. Maybe rent a bike to see more of the Rim Trail or join one of the park’s ranger-led programs to deepen your understanding of the landscape. Be sure to catch another spectacular sunset tonight!

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Monument Valley - This morning is a perfect opportunity to get up early and catch the sunrise before you say goodbye to the Grand Canyon. Depart via the eastern entrance, stopping at the Desert View Watchtower, then continue to the town of Cameron. Here, you’ll have time to visit the Navajo trading post and enjoy some lunch. At Monument Valley tribal park, you’ll meet a Navajo guide for a sunset Jeep tour through the valley – a journey into the backcountry where you can explore the natural and historical landmarks, sprawling rock arches and bridges, and petroglyph rock art. Then dig in to a dinner of Navajo tacos. As the sun sets and stars come out, gather around the campfire for an evening of cultural performance featuring Native American dancing, flute playing, drumming, chanting and storytelling.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Canyon de Chelly National Monument - Leaving Monument Vally this morning, enjoy the scenic drive to Canyon de Chelly National Monument. Along the drive, you’ll begin to see glimpses of red rock formations and high desert terrain. When you arrive at Canyon de Chelly, set out along the scenic South Rim Drive, stopping at viewpoints like Spider Rock Overlook and Junction. This afternoon, meet your Navajo guide for a tour into Canyon de Chelly. As the canyon floor is restricted to visitors unless accompanied by a local indigenous guide, this requirement ensures both cultural preservation and visitor safety while supporting the Navajo community. Your guide will share traditional stories, point out ancient Ancestral Puebloan ruins like the famous White House Ruins, and provide insights into contemporary Navajo life in the canyon. Have dinner tonight at your Navajo-owned lodge.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Durango - Pass through small communities and witness the dramatic landscape change as you gain elevation, moving from desert mesas to pine-covered hills as you travel through the high desert landscape of the Four Corners region to Durango, Colorado. The journey takes you through diverse terrain, transitioning from the red rock country of the Navajo Nation into the alpine foothills of the San Juan Mountains. When you arrive, join your leader for an orientation of Durango's historic downtown, anchored by the beautifully preserved Main Avenue with Old West character. The town’s Victorian-era architecture and locally owned restaurants, craft breweries and galleries create a vibrant atmosphere that appeals to both history enthusiasts and adventure seekers. Your evening is free to explore the town and maybe choose one of the many great restaurants for dinner.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Mesa Verde National Park / Durango - Begin your day with an early departure to Mesa Verde National Park – a UNESCO World Heritage site that preserves over 5000 archaeological sites spanning 700 years of Ancestral Puebloan civilisation. Spend the morning driving the Mesa Top Loop Road, stopping at the Chapin Mesa Archaeological Museum to learn about the evolution from early pit house communities to sophisticated pueblo structures. Then set off on a ranger-led tour of Cliff Palace, the largest cliff dwelling in North America, with 150 rooms and 23 ceremonial chambers (kivas) built directly into a natural sandstone alcove. Your ranger will share insights into the architectural ingenuity of these structures, daily life of their inhabitants, and the enduring mysteries surrounding why these remarkable communities were abandoned in the late 1200s. After exploring additional mesa-top sites and enjoying sweeping views across the Four Corners region, return to Durango and have an included dinner at one of the town's great restaurants.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Durango to Colorado Springs - Drive to Colorado Springs, passing through diverse landscapes from the San Juan Mountains to the rolling plains of the Front Range. Along the way, stop for lunch in one of the local mountain communities. When you arrive, head to Garden of the Gods – this public park features towering red sandstone formations that create a dramatic contrast against the backdrop of Pikes Peak and the Rocky Mountains. As the sun sets, the late afternoon light illuminates the red rocks with an intense glow. Walk the paved trails around Balanced Rock and Cathedral Spires. After, return to Colorado Springs and soak up a free evening to explore the downtown area. Tonight, learn why this town is known as a foodie haven by having dinner at one of the local restaurants, or maybe check out a microbrewery to sample some local beers.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Colorado Springs to Denver - Join your leader for an exploration around Colorado Springs, then depart for the drive north to Denver. The journey offers scenic views of the Front Range as you make your way to Colorado's capital city. Your trip will end in Denver, giving you the afternoon and evening free to explore the Mile High City on your own, visit local attractions or make your departure arrangements from Denver International Airport. If you’d like to extend your stay and need help booking extra accommodation, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Rapid City / Custer - Welcome to South Dakota! Your adventure starts at 10 am with a welcome meeting in Rapid City. After, take a short drive to the iconic Wall Drug Store – drawing millions of visitors every year, it’s hard to believe this store won over customers in its early days by offering something as simple as free ice water. Take some time to wander around and grab some lunch before heading to Badlands National Park. Have your camera handy to capture the sweeping prairie grass plains and dramatic rocky pinnacles. If you’re lucky, you’ll spot bighorn sheep, pronghorn antelope, chirping prairie dogs and American bison. Take a short hike on one of the scenic trails before continuing to your lodge in Custer. Your home for the next two nights will be a cabin where you can immerse yourself in the Western feel of this historic-style accommodation. Tonight, you’ll have a group dinner at the lodge to settle in and get to know your fellow travellers.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Custer - Enjoy breakfast at the lodge, then it’s time to jump in a jeep and go wild on a buffalo safari. Trek through the Custer State Park in an open-air jeep as your expert guide shares historical and educational facts and helps you spot pronghorns, elk and buffalo. After, you’ll visit the Crazy Horse Memorial – the largest mountain carving in the Black Hills (widely considered the Eighth Wonder of the World in progress). Then continue to the famous Mount Rushmore to walk the Presidential Trail – this is a great spot to grab a photo! Tonight, you’re free to grab dinner at your accommodation or a nearby local restaurant.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Sheridan - Have a final breakfast in Custer, and then drive north to the city of Deadwood. Made famous for playing host to Wild West names like Calamity Jane and Wild Bill Hickok, many of its Gold Rush-era buildings are preserved to this day. Your leader will take you on an orientation walk, and then you’ll have free time to do some exploring of your own – why not get fitted out in a new cowboy hat? Regroup for an included lunch, and then head back out on the road heading to Sheridan. It’s a long afternoon of driving, so sit back, relax and enjoy the rolling prairie views. Check into your accommodation, and then settling in for the evening.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Cody - After breakfast, hit the road for Cody, Wyoming, home to the renowned Buffalo Bill Center of the West. This world-class museum brings together five themed exhibitions all under one roof, with the Plains Indian Museum as the standout highlight showcasing the rich culture and history of Native American tribes. You'll also find exhibits on the Yellowstone ecosystem, firearms, Western art, and Buffalo Bill's legacy. After your museum visit, grab some lunch in town and then join an orientation walk with your leader around this quintessentially western community, scoping out the best spots for a barbecue dinner or to pick up your own pair of authentic cowboy boots.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Yellowstone National Park / Gardiner - Depart Cody and drive west towards Yellowstone National Park – one of the country's most popular, expansive, and beautiful national parks. Visit The Grand Canyon of the Yellowstone (a great spot for photos) and then explore the Norris Geyser Basin – the hottest and oldest geyser in the park. After, you’ll check into your hotel in Gardiner.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Yellowstone National Park / Gardiner - Today after breakfast, you’ll continue to explore the gorgeous Yellowstone National Park, looking out for grizzly bears, wolves, buffalo and elk roaming free. Head straight for a visit to the Old Faithful Geyser – a must-see for any trip to the park, Old Faithful is a cone geyser with striking colours and a predictable geothermal eruption (hence the name). Watch as it sprays over 4000 gallons (14,000 litres) of boiling water into the air, then be hypnotised by the startling colours of the Grand Prismatic Spring. Tonight, you’re free for dinner, so maybe get your group together and say a pre-final day goodbye over a couple of drinks.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Yellowstone Wolf Tracking / Bozeman - You'll be up before the sun this morning, but it's for a good reason! You’ll head back into Yellowstone to join a wolf-tracking expedition with an experienced naturalist guide. There's no better place than Yellowstone to see these magnificent animals in the wild. Your guide tracks the movements and behaviour of Yellowstone wildlife almost daily and knows the best places to find the animals. There will be top-of-the-line binoculars for everyone and high-powered spotting scopes, so no one will miss out. Afterward, travel to Bozeman, where your adventure ends at around 4 pm this afternoon. If you’d like to stay in the area for longer, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Bozeman - This morning, you’ll have another welcome meeting at 10 am to welcome any new travellers joining the trip. After, your leader will take you on an orientation walk through this Rocky Mountains town, which serves as the perfect starting point for exploring Montana’s history and natural beauty. Take some time for lunch, then head to Helena. When you arrive, join a local guide for walking tour through the city’s downtown, where you’ll hear about how it transformed from its beginnings as a rowdy mining camp to the capital of Montana. This evening, you might like to head out for dinner with your group.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Helena - After breakfast, you’ll follow in the footsteps of the explorers Lewis and Clark and venture to the Gates of the Mountains on a scenic river cruise. You’ll sail alongside limestone cliffs to a set of towering stone walls which appear to open like a gate as your boat approaches. Little has changed since the two explorers first visited this stretch of the Missouri River, and the region’s untouched beauty remains. Your night is free in Helena to rest and recharge or find a good dinner spot – your leader is always on hand with suggestions.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Great Falls - After an early breakfast, hit the road and drive to First Peoples Buffalo Jump State Park – home to the largest buffalo jump in America, used as a hunting tool by Native American tribes for at least 1000 years. This is a special and unique experience to learn about the history of the land firsthand. Get to know the landscape with a member of the Blackfeet tribe, who will take you on a full day experience including hikes, walks, talks and a cultural exchange on their homelands. Then, sit down and soak up the scenery over an included lunch where you can ask questions and learn more. Spend the night in Great Falls, where you’re free for dinner.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: West Glacier / Glacier National Park - This morning, you’ll hit the road again after breakfast. Known as the ‘Crown of the Continent’, Glacier National Park offers an impressive array of activities for lovers of nature and the great outdoors. Today, you’ll board a raft and enjoy an exhilarating (and splashy) rafting experience down the Flathead River with an expert local guide – a must-do in this area! Then head into the town of West Glacier, where you’ll spend the night. After an action-packed day, feel free to relax and recharge, or chat with your leader for the best dinner recommendations in town.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: West Glacier / Glacier National Park - After breakfast this morning, you'll take on a full day locally-guided nature hike in Glacier National Park – a wilderness area in Montana’s Rocky Mountains, with glacier-carved peaks and valleys running to the Canadian border. First, we'll drive the iconic Going to the Sun Road to the trailhead where we'll begin our hike. Meander through sun dappled forests to the base of two waterfalls as you hear from your guide about the history of the people who have called Glacier National Park home. Stopping for a homemade picnic lunch with your group, soak up the beauty of your surroundings before making your way back along the trail. Tonight, you may like to drop into one of the local craft breweries or restaurants for dinner.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Missoula - Enjoy a morning at leisure before hitting the road to Missoula. When you arrive, enjoy one last meal at a local brewery with your group to celebrate all you’ve done in this jam-packed adventure. Your adventure will end at around 3 pm.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Rapid City / Custer - Welcome to South Dakota! Your adventure starts at 10 am with a welcome meeting in Rapid City. After, take a short drive to the iconic Wall Drug Store – drawing millions of visitors every year, it’s hard to believe this store won over customers in its early days by offering something as simple as free ice water. Take some time to wander around and grab some lunch before heading to Badlands National Park. Have your camera handy to capture the sweeping prairie grass plains and dramatic rocky pinnacles. If you’re lucky, you’ll spot bighorn sheep, pronghorn antelope, chirping prairie dogs and American bison. Take a short hike on one of the scenic trails before continuing to your lodge in Custer. Your home for the next two nights will be a cabin where you can immerse yourself in the Western feel of this historic-style accommodation. Tonight, you’ll have a group dinner at the lodge to settle in and get to know your fellow travellers.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Custer - Enjoy breakfast at the lodge, then it’s time to jump in a jeep and go wild on a buffalo safari. Trek through the Custer State Park in an open-air jeep as your expert guide shares historical and educational facts and helps you spot pronghorns, elk and buffalo. After, you’ll visit the Crazy Horse Memorial – the largest mountain carving in the Black Hills (widely considered the Eighth Wonder of the World in progress). Then continue to the famous Mount Rushmore to walk the Presidential Trail – this is a great spot to grab a photo! Tonight, you’re free to grab dinner at your accommodation or a nearby local restaurant.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Sheridan - Have a final breakfast in Custer, and then drive north to the city of Deadwood. Made famous for playing host to Wild West names like Calamity Jane and Wild Bill Hickok, many of its Gold Rush-era buildings are preserved to this day. Your leader will take you on an orientation walk, and then you’ll have free time to do some exploring of your own – why not get fitted out in a new cowboy hat? Regroup for an included lunch, and then head back out on the road heading to Sheridan. It’s a long afternoon of driving, so sit back, relax and enjoy the rolling prairie views. Check into your accommodation, and then settling in for the evening.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Cody - After breakfast, hit the road for Cody, Wyoming, home to the renowned Buffalo Bill Center of the West. This world-class museum brings together five themed exhibitions all under one roof, with the Plains Indian Museum as the standout highlight showcasing the rich culture and history of Native American tribes. You'll also find exhibits on the Yellowstone ecosystem, firearms, Western art, and Buffalo Bill's legacy. After your museum visit, grab some lunch in town and then join an orientation walk with your leader around this quintessentially western community, scoping out the best spots for a barbecue dinner or to pick up your own pair of authentic cowboy boots.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Yellowstone National Park / Gardiner - Depart Cody and drive west towards Yellowstone National Park – one of the country's most popular, expansive, and beautiful national parks. Visit The Grand Canyon of the Yellowstone (a great spot for photos) and then explore the Norris Geyser Basin – the hottest and oldest geyser in the park. After, you’ll check into your hotel in Gardiner.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Yellowstone National Park / Gardiner - Today after breakfast, you’ll continue to explore the gorgeous Yellowstone National Park, looking out for grizzly bears, wolves, buffalo and elk roaming free. Head straight for a visit to the Old Faithful Geyser – a must-see for any trip to the park, Old Faithful is a cone geyser with striking colours and a predictable geothermal eruption (hence the name). Watch as it sprays over 4000 gallons (14,000 litres) of boiling water into the air, then be hypnotised by the startling colours of the Grand Prismatic Spring. Tonight, you’re free for dinner, so maybe get your group together and say a pre-final day goodbye over a couple of drinks.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Yellowstone Wolf Tracking / Bozeman - You'll be up before the sun this morning, but it's for a good reason! You’ll head back into Yellowstone to join a wolf-tracking expedition with an experienced naturalist guide. There's no better place than Yellowstone to see these magnificent animals in the wild. Your guide tracks the movements and behaviour of Yellowstone wildlife almost daily and knows the best places to find the animals. There will be top-of-the-line binoculars for everyone and high-powered spotting scopes, so no one will miss out. Afterward, travel to Bozeman, where your adventure ends at around 4 pm this afternoon. If you’d like to stay in the area for longer, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Bozeman - Welcome to Montana! Your adventure begins in Bozeman at 10 am with a welcome meeting. After, your leader will take you on an orientation walk through this Rocky Mountains town, which serves as the perfect starting point for exploring Montana’s history and natural beauty. Take some time for lunch then head to Helena, where you’ll spend the night. After arriving, join a local guide for walking tour through the city’s downtown, where you’ll hear about how it transformed from its beginnings as a rowdy mining camp to the capital of Montana. This evening, you might like to head out for dinner with your group.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Helena - After breakfast, you’ll follow in the footsteps of the explorers Lewis and Clark and venture to the Gates of the Mountains on a scenic river cruise. You’ll sail alongside limestone cliffs to a set of towering stone walls which appear to open like a gate as your boat approaches. Little has changed since the two explorers first visited this stretch of the Missouri River, and the region’s untouched beauty remains. Your night is free in Helena to rest and recharge or find a good dinner spot – your leader is always on hand with suggestions.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Great Falls - After an early breakfast, hit the road and drive to First Peoples Buffalo Jump State Park – home to the largest buffalo jump in America, used as a hunting tool by Native American tribes for at least 1000 years. This is a special and unique experience to learn about the history of the land firsthand. Get to know the landscape with a member of the Blackfeet tribe, who will take you on a full day experience including hikes, walks, talks and a cultural exchange on their homelands. Then, sit down and soak up the scenery over an included lunch where you can ask questions and learn more. Spend the night in Great Falls, where you’re free for dinner.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: West Glacier / Glacier National Park - This morning, you’ll hit the road again after breakfast. Known as the ‘Crown of the Continent’, Glacier National Park offers an impressive array of activities for lovers of nature and the great outdoors. Today, you’ll board a raft and enjoy an exhilarating (and splashy) rafting experience down the Flathead River with an expert local guide – a must-do in this area! Then head into the town of West Glacier, where you’ll spend the night. After an action-packed day, feel free to relax and recharge, or chat with your leader for the best dinner recommendations in town.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: West Glacier / Glacier National Park - After breakfast this morning, you'll take on a full day locally-guided nature hike in Glacier National Park – a wilderness area in Montana’s Rocky Mountains, with glacier-carved peaks and valleys running to the Canadian border. First, we'll drive the iconic Going to the Sun Road to the trailhead where we'll begin our hike. Meander through sun dappled forests to the base of two waterfalls as you hear from your guide about the history of the people who have called Glacier National Park home. Stopping for a homemade picnic lunch with your group, soak up the beauty of your surroundings before making your way back along the trail. Tonight, you may like to drop into one of the local craft breweries or restaurants for dinner.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Missoula - Enjoy a morning at leisure before hitting the road to Missoula. When you arrive, enjoy one last meal at a local brewery with your group to celebrate all you’ve done in this jam-packed adventure. Your adventure will end at around 3 pm.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Las Vegas - Welcome to Las Vegas! The real wild west is home to some of the USA’s most incredible scenery. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight to meet your leader and fellow travellers. If you arrive early, there’s plenty to do – maybe wander along the famous strip, be entertained by impersonators and street performers, or catch a live show. After your meeting, maybe head out to dinner with the group to get to know your new travel mates.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Zion National Park - Hop in a private van to Zion National Park today and join your leader for an exploration in the wild landscapes of the park on a guided hike. Zion is known for its towering sandstone cliffs and maze of narrow canyons, and you’ll get to see it for yourself as you hike right through the middle of it all. Then, spend the night in Springdale – the gateway to the park.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Bryce Canyon National Park / Page - After breakfast this morning, it’s time to head to Bryce Canyon National Park. Take a short drive in your private vehicle, then spend the morning hiking through the landscapes of the park. Walk along the canyon rim and stare up at hundreds of unique sandstone towers known as hoodoos that jut out from the natural amphitheatre. After, break for lunch and take in your surroundings, then hike down into the canyon for a closer look at the hoodoos. Then, drive on to the town of Page, where you’ll spend the night.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Antelope Canyon & Horseshoe Bend / Page - This morning, join a local Navajo guide for an adventure through Lower Antelope Canyon – known for its wave-like structure and the distinct light beams that shine down into the canyon’s openings. Learn how the Navajo culture has thrived in the region, then set out for a gentle walk along Horsehoe Bend before returning to Page for the evening.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Monument Valley / Grand Canyon - Start the day with a drive to Monument Valley – one of the world’s most iconic sights. If this landscape dotted with towering sandstone buttes looks familiar, that’s because Monument Valley has been the filming location for lots of famous Western films. More importantly, this is the native land of the Navajo. When you arrive, you’ll hop in a 4WD for a Navajo-guided tour, where you’ll have the chance to learn more about their culture and history before sitting down to a traditional home-cooked, family-style Navajo lunch. After, continue your journey to the iconic Grand Canyon for some walks along the rim at sunset.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Route 66 / Las Vegas - This morning it's time to return to Las Vegas. You’ll make a stop on the way along Historic Route 66, then you’ll arrive back in Las Vegas where your adventure will come to an end. If you’d like to extend your stay, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Vancouver - Welcome to Canada! Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm. If you do arrive early, perhaps explore the happening neighbourhood of Yaletown, or head to Granville Island to visit the colourful markets full of fresh produce and handcrafts. Vancouver’s coastal setting is beautiful, bordered by an ocean harbour to the north and a river to the south. The majestic Coastal Mountains, often snow-capped, provide the eastern horizon, making it a picturesque place to spend a few days before the tour begins.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Whistler - On your way out of Vancouver today, check out Stanley Park’s carved totem poles, representing the historical crests of First Nations families and their clans. During the drive to Whistler you’ll stop at the beautiful Shannon Falls, then learn more about First Nations art, history and culture at Squamish Lil'Wat Cultural Centre. Refuel with a late lunch at the onsite cafe, serving a modern take on traditional First Nations food. Once you arrive in Whistler Village, your leader will take you on an orientation walk through the bustling hub of shops and award-winning restaurants, all surrounded by beautiful mountain scenery. Later, you may like to join in on the Whistler nightlife by sampling one of the town’s lively bars.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Whistler - Stunning Whistler is ready to be explored, up the mountain or back down in the village. Perhaps buy yourself a ticket to ride the PEAK 2 PEAK gondola to enjoy unparalleled views of towering volcanic peaks and surrounding forest on the world’s longest and highest lift. Once at the top, check out the nearby scenic walking trails, mountaintop restaurants and indoor interpretive displays. Otherwise, you could hire a bike and ride along the Valley Trail to Lost Lake, or go for an easy hike along the Lost Lake Nature Trail. If you're after something a little more cultured, perhaps hit the Audain Art Museum to see a selection of First Nations and British Columbian artwork.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Sun Peaks - Say goodbye to Whistler and drive through the mountains to Sun Peaks. The Sun Peaks township is set on one of many peaks along the mountain range and the views from the top are incredible. On arrival you’ll have the choice to see those views for yourself by doing a hike along the Sunburst Loop. Or, you might like to take a shorter walk along the Shuswap Medicine Trail and learn about local flora, fauna and traditional First Nations medicines. This evening, rejoin your group for dinner together.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Jasper - This morning head to Jasper National Park, one of the most photographed places in Canada. Jasper is the largest of Canada's Rocky Mountain parks, famous for wildlife such as elk, moose, deer, coyotes, grizzly bears and mountain lions, as well as smaller mammals and birds. Along the way you’ll stop in at Mt Robson Provincial Park, stretching your legs on a short walk through the picturesque wildflower meadows. Once you arrive in Jasper, you’ll have options to explore the village of Jasper and its surrounds.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Jasper - Today is a free day in Jasper. Join the group on a visit to Maligne Lake for some hiking, and perhaps book yourself a cruise on the lake’s shimmering blue waters past the much-photographed Spirit Island. If the lake cruise isn’t your thing, you might like to spend your time seeing the area while hiking either the Mary Schaeffer or the Moose Lake trails. There’s also the option hike or bike around Beauvert Lake, or a ride on the Jasper SkyTram is highly recommended if you didn’t do it yesterday!

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Banff National Park - Buckle up for Banff. Today is a long day, with many scenic stops and visits along the way. In the morning, travel towards Banff, stopping off at the Columbia Icefields Centre and Sunwapta Falls. You'll have the chance to join an optional glacier hike with a professional guide (at own expense). Then head into Banff National Park in the heart of the Canadian Rockies. Banff is considered the oldest national park in Canada, showcasing the Rockies’ valleys and mountain chains which began forming up to 75 million years ago.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Lake Louise / Banff National Park - Today, pay a visit to Lake Louise. You can get your bearings on optional walks along the easy Waterfront Trail, or take the steeper trail to the Fairview Lookout for some incredible views from above. After, you might like to check out the interior of the luxury mountain resort, Fairmont Chateau Lake Louise. This afternoon, don an old-fashioned swimsuit and soak in the hot mineral waters of the Banff Upper Hot Springs. If there is extra time today, you may like to take part in one of the many adventure activities available within the park. With its coniferous forests, alpine meadows, icefields and glaciers, the park is an outdoor enthusiast's paradise. There are opportunities for canoeing, mountain biking, hiking or riding the gondola to the top of Sulphur Mountain.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Calgary - Before leaving Banff this morning, join a guide from Yellowstone to Yukon (Y2Y). Y2Y is an initiative to create wildlife corridors spanning from Yellowstone to Yukon, and you’ll learn about how the US and Canada have come together to support the animals whose habitats span both countries. Then, complete your crossing of the Rockies today on a drive to Calgary. Along the way, make a stop in the cosy little town of Canmore, the perfect place to grab some lunch and soak in some final mountain views. Arriving in Calgary the afternoon. Home to the famous Calgary Stampede, the city is growing at a rapid rate, largely thanks to oil and mining. While it may not be the most picturesque of cities, Calgary makes up for it with a budding dining and nightlife scene. In the evening perhaps head for dinner at one of the city's great restaurants.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Calgary - There are no activities planned for today and you can depart the accommodation at any time, though please be sure to comply with any hotel check-out times.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Anchorage - Welcome to Alaska! Located in south-central Alaska on the shores of Cook Inlet lies Anchorage – a unique urban environment in the heart of the wilderness. Your adventure begins here with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. If you arrive early, maybe head to the Anchorage Museum or check out the sights and try spotting a moose wandering the streets of town (yes, really). This evening, maybe celebrate the beginning of a new adventure with an optional group dinner.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Homer - This morning, you’ll drive from Anchorage to Homer along the scenic Turnagain Arm – an All American Road passing Cook Inlet and named after British explorer James Cook, who was forced to ‘turn again’ when the waterway didn’t hold the Northwest Passage in 1778. Along the way, stop for lunch at a local brewery in Cooper Landing on the Kenai Peninsula and enjoy views of the surrounding mountains. Then, continue to Homer for the night. The rest of the day is free for you to explore this small town on Kachemak Bay at your own pace. Maybe wander the streets full of artisan shops and restaurants or walk out on the spit and visit the famous Salty Dawg Saloon for a drink.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Homer - Today is a free day to explore Homer and the surrounding bay. You might want to head to the local bakery nearby for a breakfast of coffee and pastries, then take up one of the optional activities this gorgeous town has on offer. Explore on foot or book a tour of the bay. Maybe take the local ferry to explore the town of Seldovia, where you can take a wildlife boat tour, looking out for sea otters, bald eagles, ducks, orcas and more. If you’d prefer to kick back at the local winery, you can go for a tasting and tour in this afternoon. Tonight, just ask your trip leader for some local dinner recommendations.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Seward - This morning, take a scenic drive on the Kenai Peninsula from Homer to Seward. Grab a window seat if you can because on a clear day, there are some gorgeous views of the turquoise lakes near Moose Pass, as well as the mountains and volcanoes in the distance. Pause in Moose Pass where you can take an optional kayaking tour. When you arrive in Seward this afternoon, head out on a short hike to the tongue of Exit Glacier in Kenai Fjords National Park – a major attraction of the park, this electric blue glacier is one of the most accessible valley glaciers in Alaska. After, check into your hotel in Seward and enjoy a free evening to explore the town or head to a local restaurant for dinner and drinks.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Seward - This morning, you’ll head to the docks for a full day cruise of Resurrection Bay and Kenai Fjords National Park – look out for wildlife like orca whales, porpoises, puffins and other birdlife as you sail the still waters and explore the gorgeous surroundings. Marvel at the electric blue tidewater glaciers and if you're lucky you may get to see one 'calve' some ice into the sea. Enjoy lunch on the boat before cruising back to Seward. This afternoon, you may have some free time to head out on a hike or visit the Seward SeaLife Centre.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Talkeetna - Today, hit the road again to drive along the Turnagain Arm (soak in those gorgeous views if you didn’t get a chance to last time) to the small town of Talkeetna. Along the way, stop in the town of Girdwood to take the Alyeska Aerial Tram to the top of Mt Alyeska for incredible views of seven glaciers and the valley below. Pause for a deli lunch at the top. When you arrive in Talkeetna, join your leader for a guided walk around town. Then you’ll have the rest of day free to find a great dinner spot or explore the charming surroundings on foot.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Denali National Park - After breakfast this morning, you’re free in Talkeetna to explore the town. Perhaps book an optional scenic flight with a glacier landing to get up close to North America's tallest mountain: Denali. Later, drive to Denali National Park. During the drive, keep an eye out for caribou and other wildlife hanging out in the unspoiled environment. When you arrive, your group will check out the Visitor Center, where you can learn about the park and hopefully catch a glimpse of the towering mountain in the distance. Take an afternoon to explore or relax and then head out for a group dinner at a local restaurant.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Denali National Park - Rise and shine early this morning to prepare for a scenic 'Alaskan safari' drive through Denali National Park. You’ll take the Tundra Wilderness route, narrated by a trained driver-naturalist, that will take you to mile 43 of the Park Road. With Denali Mountain towering in the background, wind along the road hugged by mighty pine trees and framed by snow-capped mountains. As you pass the gorgeous scenery, look out for the abundant local wildlife – you might be lucky enough to see moose, caribou, grizzly bears, Dall sheep and wolves (among a long list of other wildlife) on your journey.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Anchorage - After breakfast this morning, you’ll return to where your adventure began in Anchorage. When you arrive, you’ll get to know this eclectic city during a tour with your leader. During the tour, visit the Alaska Native Heritage Center where you’ll learn more about Alaska’s cultural heritage, hear the stories of the Indigenous Alaskans and discover 10,000 years of Alaska Native history through demonstrations, art and dance. After your walking tour and heritage center visit, you might like to get together with the group for a farewell dinner and reminisce about the highlights of your journey through Alaska.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Anchorage - There are no further activities planned today, so your trip will come to an end at check out. If you’d like to extend your stay, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Nashville - Welcome to Tennessee! Your adventure begins in Nashville – an energetic city celebrating boot-scooting, whiskey shooting and rootin’-tootin’ country music like nowhere else. Kick off your trip with a welcome meeting at 6 pm, where you’ll meet up with your leader and the other travellers. After, head out on a leader-led walking tour of the city to get your bearings and then join your group for an optional welcome dinner. You might also get to try out a bit of line dancing at a local saloon!

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Nashville - This morning after breakfast, dive straight into the city’s history with a visit to the Country Music Hall of Fame. This fabulous piano-shaped building is a work of art and contains a whole range of impressive memorabilia, including Elvis’ gold Cadillac. Then, cruise across town to Studio B, where Dolly Parton, Willie Nelson, Roy Orbison and ‘The King’ Elvis Presley have all laid tracks – today, you’ll even be joining this prestigious list! Meet with a professional sound engineer for your own recording session and find out what it takes to create the Nashville sound. Enjoy a free afternoon to explore the city – you may like to check out the Nashville murals, visit the much-loved Goo Goo candy store, or swing by the Johnny Cash Museum.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Memphis - Hit the road this morning and make tracks for Memphis – a city overflowing with musical history and legends. Your first stop is the Stax Museum of American Soul Music. Here at the original location of Stax Records in downtown Memphis, you'll learn the story of the Memphis sound where stars like Otis Redding and Isaac Hayes got their starts. You'll even have a chance to cut a rug on their dance floor as you listen to Stax tracks. The rest of the day is yours to discover the sights and sounds of Memphis. No visit to this city would be complete without checking out Beale Street, lined with traditional blues clubs. Join back up with your group for a dinner at a local restaurant, then head out to enjoy some of that live, local music.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Memphis - After breakfast this morning, head out on an orientation walk in downtown Memphis including a stop at the National Civil Rights Museum at the Lorraine Motel. Your leader will talk about the museum, you’ll have the chance to take photos and can choose to take an optional tour. Then, head to another of Memphis’ iconic sites – Graceland. Elvis’s former home and final resting place, a visit to Graceland is like stepping back into the 1970s, with a glamourous and kitschy twist. Explore a fascinating world of green shag-carpet ceilings and yellow vinyl walls while getting a sneak peek into the glitzy side of the Deep South.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: New Orleans - Today you’ll be road-tripping from Memphis to New Orleans, arriving in the afternoon. Jazz is not just a part of the city’s history – it’s alive and kicking! When you arrive, join your leader for an orientation around The Big Easy, and maybe try to sample one of the city’s famous beignets. The evening is yours to explore further – your leader will have some great recommendations on where to grab a bite to eat and listen to more live music.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: New Orleans - Enjoy a leisurely breakfast and a free morning to explore New Orleans at your own pace. Then for lunch, you’re in for a real treat – not only famed for its music scene, the food in New Orleans is some of the best in the country, and today you’ll learn about Creole and Cajun cuisine at a local cooking school. Find out how to create one of the region’s most beloved dishes with a demonstration, then get hands-on and try it yourself. Tuck into the finished product with your group, then the rest of the day is free for you to continue exploring. Why not check out a jazz club on Frenchman Street, join the party on Bourbon Street or – for the brave of heart – take a tour of the iconic St. Louis Cemetery?

     

    Day - 7

    Location: New Orleans - This morning, head out for a jazz brunch at The Court of Two Sisters – a gorgeous outdoor courtyard dining area where you can enjoy some delicious brunch specialities while live jazz plays – a great way to complete your music trail! With nothing planned for the rest of the day, your trip will come to an end after brunch. If you’d like to stay longer, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Atlanta - Welcome to Georgia! Your adventure begins in Atlanta with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. As this trip only spends limited time in Atlanta, we recommend arriving a day or two early to truly experience the city. You might like to check out the 33 acres of historic houses, gardens and award-winning exhibitions at the Atlanta History Center, or visit the Martin Luther King Jr National Historic Site. After your meeting, your leader will be able to recommend some good local restaurants for dinner.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Savannah - Hit the road bright and early to make the journey to Savannah this morning. In 1946, Lady Astor referred to Savannah as 'a beautiful lady with a dirty face' in reference to the crumbling, faded majesty of the city's 18th and 19th-century mansions. Due to plenty of restoration work, Savannah's face may no longer be dirty, but she's still a city of contradictions with hidden delights. When you arrive, you’ll join an expert guide for a tour of Bonaventure Cemetery, widely regarded as one of the world's most beautiful cemeteries. Take in its Southern gothic glory as you learn more about this famous spot that has inspired everyone from poets to nature lovers and filmmakers. After, you might like to check out Savannah’s antebellum mansions, towering oak trees and colonial buildings on a stroll around town. In the evening, maybe head out on a ghost tour of old Savannah or seek out spirits of a different kind at one of the city’s many lively bars.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Savannah - Take it easy this morning before meeting up at 11 am for a three-hour walking tour that blends the city’s history with some of its best and most delicious eats. This fascinating food tour visits spots like a not-so-ordinary pub, an award-winning honey store and a traditional British pie shop highlighting dishes consumed by some of Savannah’s earliest settlers. This afternoon is all yours, so make the most of it!

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Charleston - Leave Savannah in the rear-view mirror and drive to Charleston. When you arrive, you might like to grab some lunch before joining a Black History tour with an expert guide. You’ll drive around in comfort, hearing stories of the city’s complex past and stopping for walks at historic landmarks. The afternoon is yours to explore Charleston at your own pace. Perhaps book a food tour to discover more flavours of the South.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Charleston to Asheville - This morning is free for you to continue exploring Charleston. You might like to take an early stroll through the city’s historic district, or pay a visit to the Fort Sumter National Monument. Then, make the drive through the Blue Ridge Mountains to the charming town of Asheville. Home to the country’s best breweries and some of North Carolina’s finest barbecue, Asheville also boasts an incredible folk music scene. After arriving you’ll join your leader for a guided walking tour of the downtown area, packed with galleries and artist studios. For dinner, your leader will be able to suggest some of the town's boutique brew houses.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Asheville - Enjoy an easy start to the morning, and then join your group for a visit to Biltmore House and Garden. Tour the opulent Gilded Age mansion famous for being America’s largest home, and perhaps stop in for lunch and a glass of wine at the on-site winery. With the afternoon free, you can then choose to keep exploring the extensive property or head back into town. Tonight, there’s also the chance to join your group for an optional dinner.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Nashville  - Depart Asheville this morning, hitting the road headed for Nashville. Along the way, stop in at a local whiskey distillery. Tour the distillery and sample some of the award-winning Tennessee whiskey, named in honour of the first known African American master distiller. After, join your group for lunch at a nearby restaurant, then continue to Nashville – the country music capital of the world. When you arrive, you’ll be introduced to this famous toe-tapping town during an orientation walk with your leader. The evening’s then free – why not track down a true-blue Nashville hot chicken dinner?

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Nashville - Your trip comes to an end this morning after breakfast. If you’d like to stay in Nashville for longer – which is recommended, as there’s so much to do here – just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Atlanta - Welcome to Georgia! Your adventure begins in Atlanta with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. As this trip only spends limited time in Atlanta, we recommend arriving a day or two early to truly experience the city. You might like to check out the 33 acres of historic houses, gardens and award-winning exhibitions at the Atlanta History Center, or visit the Martin Luther King Jr National Historic Site. After your meeting, your leader will be able to recommend some good local restaurants for dinner.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Savannah - Hit the road bright and early to make the journey to Savannah this morning. In 1946, Lady Astor referred to Savannah as 'a beautiful lady with a dirty face' in reference to the crumbling, faded majesty of the city's 18th and 19th-century mansions. Due to plenty of restoration work, Savannah's face may no longer be dirty, but she's still a city of contradictions with hidden delights. When you arrive, you’ll join an expert guide for a tour of Bonaventure Cemetery, widely regarded as one of the world's most beautiful cemeteries. Take in its Southern gothic glory as you learn more about this famous spot that has inspired everyone from poets to nature lovers and filmmakers. After, you might like to check out Savannah’s antebellum mansions, towering oak trees and colonial buildings on a stroll around town. In the evening, maybe head out on a ghost tour of old Savannah or seek out spirits of a different kind at one of the city’s many lively bars.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Savannah - Take it easy this morning before meeting up at 11 am for a three-hour walking tour that blends the city’s history with some of its best and most delicious eats. This fascinating food tour visits spots like a not-so-ordinary pub, an award-winning honey store and a traditional British pie shop highlighting dishes consumed by some of Savannah’s earliest settlers. This afternoon is all yours, so make the most of it!

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Charleston - Leave Savannah in the rear-view mirror and drive to Charleston. When you arrive, you might like to grab some lunch before joining a Black History tour with an expert guide. You’ll drive around in comfort, hearing stories of the city’s complex past and stopping for walks at historic landmarks. The afternoon is yours to explore Charleston at your own pace. Perhaps book a food tour to discover more flavours of the South.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Charleston to Asheville - This morning is free for you to continue exploring Charleston. You might like to take an early stroll through the city’s historic district, or pay a visit to the Fort Sumter National Monument. Then, make the drive through the Blue Ridge Mountains to the charming town of Asheville. Home to the country’s best breweries and some of North Carolina’s finest barbecue, Asheville also boasts an incredible folk music scene. After arriving you’ll join your leader for a guided walking tour of the downtown area, packed with galleries and artist studios. For dinner, your leader will be able to suggest some of the town's boutique brew houses.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Asheville - Enjoy an easy start to the morning, and then join your group for a visit to Biltmore House and Garden. Tour the opulent Gilded Age mansion famous for being America’s largest home, and perhaps stop in for lunch and a glass of wine at the on-site winery. With the afternoon free, you can then choose to keep exploring the extensive property or head back into town. Tonight, there’s also the chance to join your group for an optional dinner.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Nashville  - Depart Asheville this morning, hitting the road headed for Nashville. Along the way, stop in at a local whiskey distillery. Tour the distillery and sample some of the award-winning Tennessee whiskey, named in honour of the first known African American master distiller. After, join your group for lunch at a nearby restaurant, then continue to Nashville – the country music capital of the world. When you arrive, you’ll be introduced to this famous toe-tapping town during an orientation walk with your leader. The evening’s then free – why not track down a true-blue Nashville hot chicken dinner?

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Nashville - Today you're free as a bird to explore Nashville. You may like to check out the Nashville murals, visit the much-loved Goo Goo candy store, or swing by the Johnny Cash Museum. Tonight, there's a meeting at 6 pm to welcome any new travellers joining the next stage of your itinerary. After, head out on a leader-led walking tour of the city and then join your group for an optional welcome dinner.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Nashville - This morning after breakfast, dive straight into the city’s history with a visit to the Country Music Hall of Fame. This fabulous piano-shaped building is a work of art and contains a whole range of impressive memorabilia, including Elvis’ gold Cadillac. Then, cruise across town to Studio B, where Dolly Parton, Willie Nelson, Roy Orbison and ‘The King’ Elvis Presley have all laid tracks – today, you’ll even be joining this prestigious list! Meet with a professional sound engineer for your own recording session and find out what it takes to create the Nashville sound. Enjoy a free afternoon to explore the city – you may like to check out the Nashville murals, visit the much-loved Goo Goo candy store, or swing by the Johnny Cash Museum.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Memphis - Hit the road this morning and make tracks for Memphis – a city overflowing with musical history and legends. Your first stop is the Stax Museum of American Soul Music. Here at the original location of Stax Records in downtown Memphis, you'll learn the story of the Memphis sound where stars like Otis Redding and Isaac Hayes got their starts. You'll even have a chance to cut a rug on their dance floor as you listen to Stax tracks. The rest of the day is yours to discover the sights and sounds of Memphis. No visit to this city would be complete without checking out Beale Street, lined with traditional blues clubs. Join back up with your group for a dinner at a local restaurant, then head out to enjoy some of that live, local music.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Memphis - After breakfast this morning, head out on an orientation walk in downtown Memphis including a stop at the National Civil Rights Museum at the Lorraine Motel. Your leader will talk about the museum, you’ll have the chance to take photos and can choose to take an optional tour. Then, head to another of Memphis’ iconic sites – Graceland. Elvis’s former home and final resting place, a visit to Graceland is like stepping back into the 1970s, with a glamourous and kitschy twist. Explore a fascinating world of green shag-carpet ceilings and yellow vinyl walls while getting a sneak peek into the glitzy side of the Deep South.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: New Orleans - Today you’ll be road-tripping from Memphis to New Orleans, arriving in the afternoon. Jazz is not just a part of the city’s history – it’s alive and kicking! When you arrive, join your leader for an orientation around The Big Easy, and maybe try to sample one of the city’s famous beignets. The evening is yours to explore further – your leader will have some great recommendations on where to grab a bite to eat and listen to more live music.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: New Orleans - Enjoy a leisurely breakfast and a free morning to explore New Orleans at your own pace. Then for lunch, you’re in for a real treat – not only famed for its music scene, the food in New Orleans is some of the best in the country, and today you’ll learn about Creole and Cajun cuisine at a local cooking school. Find out how to create one of the region’s most beloved dishes with a demonstration, then get hands-on and try it yourself. Tuck into the finished product with your group, then the rest of the day is free for you to continue exploring. Why not check out a jazz club on Frenchman Street, join the party on Bourbon Street or – for the brave of heart – take a tour of the iconic St. Louis Cemetery?

     

    Day - 14

    Location: New Orleans - This morning, head out for a jazz brunch at The Court of Two Sisters – a gorgeous outdoor courtyard dining area where you can enjoy some delicious brunch specialities while live jazz plays – a great way to complete your music trail! With nothing planned for the rest of the day, your trip will come to an end after brunch. If you’d like to stay longer, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Vancouver - O Canada! Home of ice hockey and maple syrup, and source of your soon-to-be fondest travel memories. It all starts in Vancouver. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 8 am tomorrow morning where you’ll meet your local leader and fellow travellers. If you arrive early in Vancouver, why not take a walk around the Victorian buildings in the historic Gastown neighbourhood, or maybe wander through the behemoth urban forest that is Stanley Park.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Whistler - At 8 am sharp, meet your fellow travellers and leader in the hotel lobby for a welcome meeting. Then, hit the road for the outdoorsy hub that is Whistler. Drive along the Sea to Sky Highway, widely considered one of the most scenic routes in the world, with a stop at Squamish along the way. Once you arrive in Whistler, join your leader for an orientation walk around the pedestrian-only town. Tomorrow’s a free day, so this could be a good chance to get a sense of what’s on offer. Have a chat to your leader about how to go about booking and taking part in hiking, mountain biking, zip-lining, kayaking and more. Then, settle into the campground for the night.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Whistler - Stunning Whistler is ready to be explored, up the mountain or back down in the village. Perhaps buy yourself a ticket to ride the PEAK 2 PEAK gondola to enjoy unparalleled views of towering volcanic peaks and surrounding forest on the world’s longest and highest lift. Once at the top, check out the nearby scenic walking trails, mountaintop restaurants and indoor interpretive displays. Otherwise, you could hire a bike and ride along the Valley Trail to Lost Lake, or go for an easy hike along the Lost Lake Nature Trail. If you're after something a little more cultured, perhaps hit the Audain Art Museum to see a selection of First Nations and British Columbian artwork.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Wells Gray Provincial Park - Make sure you’ve got a book, a podcast or some sparkling conversation ready as you settle in for a long drive to Wells Gray Provincial Park. You’ll arrive in time to set up camp for the evening on a rustic cowboy ranch. Relax with dinner by the campfire. Complete the classic North American campsite by crafting s’mores (marshmallow, chocolate and graham crackers) and sharing stories over the crackle of the flames.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Wells Gray Provincial Park - This morning you’ll travel deeper into Wells Gray Provincial Park, disembarking at Clearwater Lake. Pack your camping equipment into a canoe, then cruise into the water. On a sunny day the name of the lake is particularly apt, and if you work up a thirst while paddling you can drink the pristine water around you, no filter necessary. After some instruction from the canoeing guides, paddle to a secluded beach campsite. Set up camp for the night, then you can choose to head on a leader-led hike to Eagle’s View. Later, cook dinner and finish the day with some stargazing around the campfire.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Wells Gray Provincial Park - For your second day in the backcountry, the agenda is up to the group! You can take on some more of the trails the park has to offer, do some more paddling around Clearwater Laker, swim – or all three. Your leader will be on hand to provide you with any recommendations you need. Return to your campsite in the evening and enjoy another meal under the stars.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Jasper National Park - Wake up lakeside and pack up your gear to hit the water again. Back at the starting point, help unload and store the canoes and then hit the road bound for Jasper National Park. It’s a long drive, but you’ll break it up with a short hike to Helmcken and Spahats waterfalls. There’ll also be a stop in at Mt Robson Provincial Park, giving you a chance to stretch your legs on a short walk through the picturesque wildflower meadows. Arrive in Jasper in the early evening, and settle into your campsite.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Jasper National Park/Maligne Lake - Today you’ll make a visit to of Maligne Lake. Make sure you’ve got a charged phone or camera ready to capture shots of the jagged mountains and bright green pine forests that surround these glacial waters. There's an option to pay for a cruise around the lake, including a visit to Spirit Island. This tiny ‘tied’ island is one of the most photographed spots in the Canadian Rockies for a reason! If the lake cruise isn’t your thing, you might like to spend your time seeing the area while hiking either the Mary Schaeffer or the Moose Lake trails. This afternoon, you are free to explore Jasper - perhaps hire a bicycle or canoe to explore from a different perspective!

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Banff National Park - Take a scenic morning drive through mountain scenery on the famous Icefields Parkway, which connects Jasper and Banff National Parks. There will be numerous opportunities to stop at viewpoints and waterfalls along the way. This includes visits to the ice fields of Athabasca Glacier, where you can walk to the toe of the glacier with your leader or explore on an optional hike with a local guide (at own expense). Then, continue to your campground in Banff where you'll be spending the next three nights.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Banff National Park - Today you'll begin exploring the many possibilities that Banff National Park provides. There’ll be an optional hike on the Plain of Six Glaciers trail around Lake Louise, which can also be extended to visit the Lake Agnes teahouse or the aptly named Big Beehive. There are plenty of other trails of different lengths to choose from, or you might like to take a gondola ride up Sulphur Mountain, a dip in the natural hot springs or exploring the hoodoos and falls of Bow Valley by foot. As always, your leader is there to help, so pick their brain for advice on which (if any) you wish to participate in.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Banff National Park - Enjoy a free day to explore Banff National Park. You could head out on a steeper walk to the Fairview Lookout for some incredible views from above Lake Louise. There are opportunities for canoeing and mountain biking, as well as checking out the town of Banff itself. After exploring the area, why not make your way back to the Lake Louise Fairmont Hotel? Sitting right on the shores of the lake, it serves as the perfect spot to take in the scenery with some poutine or a cocktail in hand.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Yoho National Park/Golden - Today drive to a place so beautiful its name comes from a Cree word that means awe and wonder – Yoho National Park. There nearby town of Golden will serve as your base for the next two nights, giving you ample time to explore the terrain and take part in the many activities the park provides. Be sure to ask your leader for a recommendation that matches your fitness level!

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Yoho National Park/Golden - There are a couple of ways to continuing explore Yoho National Park today. If you’d like to break in your boots (and don’t mind heights), there’ll be an optional walk to the Golden Skybridge, which’ll provide some incredible views of the Rockies from 426 feet in the air. Another option (not for the faint of heart) is to battle the wild waters of the aptly-named Kicking Horse River on a guided rafting tour. Please note, this is an optional activity booked through an outside company that will incur an extra cost. If you’d like to take things a little easier, perhaps book a canoeing activity on the calm waters of Emerald Lake. Floored by the scenery? You could always lie back on the riverbank and watch the world float by.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Glacier National Park/Revelstoke/Salmon Arm - This morning, travel through the high mountain clearing of Rogers Pass to reach Glacier National Park. Stop at Rogers Pass Discovery Centre for a look around and (depending on time and conditions) take a short hike through an old-growth area of cedar and hemlock. As one of the world's most active avalanche areas, most of the rugged, mountainous area of Glacier National Park is inaccessible for day hikes. Pause for lunch at Mount Revelstoke National Park which contains part of the world's only temperate inland rainforest, then set up camp near Salmon Arm, BC.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Vancouver - Make the journey back to Vancouver. The arrival time depends on a variety of factors such as weather, but you should expect to be back in the city before 3 pm. There are no activities scheduled upon arrival in Vancouver. If you are flying out on this day please don't book a flight before 8 pm, as this will give you enough time to catch a shuttle from the hotel to the airport and be there two hours before departure. Vancouver is the largest city in western Canada and well worth some extra time to explore the city’s delights. Should you choose to stay longer in Vancouver we'll be happy to book additional accommodation for you (subject to availability).

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Los Angeles - Welcome to the USA! Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting today at 6 pm. If you arrive in the city early, you might like to explore the home of movie stars – stroll Rodeo Drive for a bit of people-watching or amp up the culture with a trip to the Getty Centre or a tour of the Beverly Hills mansions. After your welcome meeting, head out on a leader-led walking tour along the quirky and beautiful Venice canals, and then consider an optional group dinner at one of the many famous restaurants to get to know each other.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Joshua Tree National Park - Today, you’ll head away from the coast and drive to Joshua Tree National Park. Sitting between the Mojave and Colorado Deserts, the park is famous for its spectacular desert plants – including the park’s namesake Joshua trees – along with cacti and Mojave yuccas. The area is also home to striking rock formations and mountain ranges, which you’ll see on a leader-led exploration of the park. Check out some of the highlights like Skull Rock, the cholla cactus garden and other landscapes only found in this part of America. Then, to Lake Havasu on the Colorado River (at the Arizona border) and check in to your hotel for the night. You might like to head out on a scenic hike around the town or learn the backstory of the city’s unique London Bridge.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Grand Canyon National Park - Drive along a section of the famous Route 66 to Grand Canyon National Park, stopping in at the eccentric Seligman. The town is a vibrant slice of retro America, and a great place to get a feel of the old days with its many kitschy shops, diners and photo ops. Maybe try one of those diners for lunch, and then continue on to Grand Canyon National Park – a must-see for any USA adventure! When you arrive, get ready to admire a natural wonder formed by over six million years of erosion by the Colorado River. You'll spend two nights camping here, with a full day of exploration tomorrow.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Grand Canyon National Park - Start your day off with a leader-led tour of the Grand Canyon’s South Rim. You’ll be taken to some incredible viewpoints and see couple famous sights, like Granite Rapids and Monument Canyon, before finishing at Hermit’s Rest. You’re then free to choose your adventure for the rest of the day! You might like to hire a bike for an easy and efficient way to see as much of the national park as possible. In the early evening, relax at the canyon's edge and enjoy a spectacular sunset over one of the world's natural wonders.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Las Vegas - Head out of the Grand Canyon and cross the western deserts of Arizona to Las Vegas. Vegas may be known for its casinos and late-night antics, but there's plenty more to it than meets the eye. You could check out the Neon Museum or the Mob Museum, take in a Cirque du Soleil show or simply enjoy the people watching as you stroll along the Strip. As there is no accommodation organised for tonight, you are free to leave at any time upon arriving in Las Vegas. If you would like to spend some more time here, we'll be happy to organise additional accommodation for you (subject to availability).

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Las Vegas - Welcome to Las Vegas, Nevada! This glitzy city might be known for its casinos, but there’s plenty more to discover in this neon metropolis. Your trip starts at 6 pm tonight with a welcome meeting. After, why not try to see some of the city?  Maybe wander past impersonators, billboards and hotels to the choreographed Bellagio Fountain show. Hit the shops, see a world-class stage show, check out the Las Vegas Sphere or simply enjoy the people watching as you stroll along the Strip.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Sierra Nevada Mountains - Leave the bright lights of Vegas behind and drive into the eastern Sierra Nevada. Sandwiched between Central Valley and Death Valley, this is a scenic trip that’ll take you to the town of Bishop, where you’ll camp the night. In town, maybe go to Erick Schat’s European-style bakery for a delicious treat, or perhaps pay a visit to some nearby natural hot springs.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Yosemite National Park - Prepare for some spectacular mountain scenery as you depart from Bishop and head west to Yosemite National Park. This morning, stop at the crystal-clear Mono Lake before continuing through the Tioga Pass (snow levels permitting) into the heart of the Sierra Nevada Mountains. Stop by Olmstead Point to marvel at Yosemite’s natural wonder, Half Dome, before arriving at one of the most famous parks in the USA. Yosemite's colossal granite cliffs, cascading seasonal waterfalls and redwood forests attract visitors from all over the world. You'll spend three nights near the park, meaning you have two full days to explore.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Yosemite National Park - Head into the national park this morning, and join your leader for an easy, downhill hike at the Tuolumne Grove of Giant Sequoias. The grove is home to, no surprise, a couple dozen mature giant sequoia trees, including one that’s been carved into a tunnel you can walk right through. From there, continue to Yosemite Valley to check out some of the park’s iconic spots. You could see the thundering Yosemite Falls, take in both Half Dome and Merced River from Sentinel Bridge and a whole lot more. The rest of the day is then free for you to explore as you please. There are plenty of hikes available, each varying in steepness and difficulty. Maybe hike under the cooling breezes of Nevada Falls (4 to 5 hours) or to the serene Mirror Lake (45 minutes). Keep an eye out for squirrels and bears along the way!

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Yosemite National Park - Today, venture back into the national park and continue exploring with your leader. As a group, you’ll decide how you want to spend the day. Instead of hiking, you might like to hire a bike and explore Yosemite Valley on two wheels. You can also visit the park's museum, photo gallery, shops and restaurants, and in the heat of summer, a relaxing float down the Merced River is highly recommended. Otherwise, there’s no shortage of trails for you to explore, from the famous Mist Trail to the more challenging Four Mile Trail. Your leader will be able to provide recommendations if you need help narrowing down the options!

     

    Day - 6

    Location: San Francisco - Leave Yosemite behind today and drive west to San Francisco. The 'City by the Bay' has a beautiful setting and a vibrant, multicultural heart. You might like to check out the vintage stores along funky Haight Street, or catch the tram down to the waterfront. The trip finishes around 3 pm on arrival into San Francisco, after a stop to check out the Golden Gate Bridge, and no accommodation is provided tonight. As there's a great deal to do in San Francisco, we recommend you stay a couple of extra days to make the most of the city. If you do wish to spend extra time in San Francisco, we'll be happy to help you book additional accommodation (subject to availability).

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Los Angeles - Welcome to the USA! Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting today at 6 pm. If you arrive in the city early, you might like to explore the home of movie stars – stroll Rodeo Drive for a bit of people-watching or amp up the culture with a trip to the Getty Centre or a tour of the Beverly Hills mansions. After your welcome meeting, head out on a leader-led walking tour along the quirky and beautiful Venice canals, and then consider an optional group dinner at one of the many famous restaurants to get to know each other.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Joshua Tree National Park - Today, you’ll head away from the coast and drive to Joshua Tree National Park. Sitting between the Mojave and Colorado Deserts, the park is famous for its spectacular desert plants – including the park’s namesake Joshua trees – along with cacti and Mojave yuccas. The area is also home to striking rock formations and mountain ranges, which you’ll see on a leader-led exploration of the park. Check out some of the highlights like Skull Rock, the cholla cactus garden and other landscapes only found in this part of America. Then, to Lake Havasu on the Colorado River (at the Arizona border) and check in to your hotel for the night. You might like to head out on a scenic hike around the town or learn the backstory of the city’s unique London Bridge.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Grand Canyon National Park - Drive along a section of the famous Route 66 to Grand Canyon National Park, stopping in at the eccentric Seligman. The town is a vibrant slice of retro America, and a great place to get a feel of the old days with its many kitschy shops, diners and photo ops. Maybe try one of those diners for lunch, and then continue on to Grand Canyon National Park – a must-see for any USA adventure! When you arrive, get ready to admire a natural wonder formed by over six million years of erosion by the Colorado River. You'll spend two nights camping here, with a full day of exploration tomorrow.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Grand Canyon National Park - Start your day off with a leader-led tour of the Grand Canyon’s South Rim. You’ll be taken to some incredible viewpoints and see couple famous sights, like Granite Rapids and Monument Canyon, before finishing at Hermit’s Rest. You’re then free to choose your adventure for the rest of the day! You might like to hire a bike for an easy and efficient way to see as much of the national park as possible. In the early evening, relax at the canyon's edge and enjoy a spectacular sunset over one of the world's natural wonders.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Las Vegas - Head out of the Grand Canyon and cross the western deserts of Arizona to Las Vegas. Vegas may be known for its casinos and late-night antics, but there's plenty more to it than meets the eye. You could check out the Neon Museum or the Mob Museum, take in a Cirque du Soleil show or simply enjoy the people watching as you stroll along the Strip.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Las Vegas - Today is as clear as the blue skies in the deserts of Nevada. There are no planned activities until another meeting in the hotel lobby today at 6 pm, where you may meet some new travellers on your wild west adventure. After your briefing, why not go check out one of the all-you-can-eat buffets on offer with your new and updated crew.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Sierra Nevada Mountains - Leave the bright lights of Vegas behind and drive into the eastern Sierra Nevada. Sandwiched between Central Valley and Death Valley, this is a scenic trip that’ll take you to the town of Bishop, where you’ll camp the night. In town, maybe go to Erick Schat’s European-style bakery for a delicious treat, or perhaps pay a visit to some nearby natural hot springs.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Yosemite National Park - Prepare for some spectacular mountain scenery as you depart from Bishop and head west to Yosemite National Park. This morning, stop at the crystal-clear Mono Lake before continuing through the Tioga Pass (snow levels permitting) into the heart of the Sierra Nevada Mountains. Stop by Olmstead Point to marvel at Yosemite’s natural wonder, Half Dome, before arriving at one of the most famous parks in the USA. Yosemite's colossal granite cliffs, cascading seasonal waterfalls and redwood forests attract visitors from all over the world. You'll spend three nights near the park, meaning you have two full days to explore.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Yosemite National Park - Head into the national park this morning, and join your leader for an easy, downhill hike at the Tuolumne Grove of Giant Sequoias. The grove is home to, no surprise, a couple dozen mature giant sequoia trees, including one that’s been carved into a tunnel you can walk right through. From there, continue to Yosemite Valley to check out some of the park’s iconic spots. You could see the thundering Yosemite Falls, take in both Half Dome and Merced River from Sentinel Bridge and a whole lot more. The rest of the day is then free for you to explore as you please. There are plenty of hikes available, each varying in steepness and difficulty. Maybe hike under the cooling breezes of Nevada Falls (4 to 5 hours) or to the serene Mirror Lake (45 minutes). Keep an eye out for squirrels and bears along the way!

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Yosemite National Park - Today, venture back into the national park and continue exploring with your leader. As a group, you’ll decide how you want to spend the day. Instead of hiking, you might like to hire a bike and explore Yosemite Valley on two wheels. You can also visit the park's museum, photo gallery, shops and restaurants, and in the heat of summer, a relaxing float down the Merced River is highly recommended. Otherwise, there’s no shortage of trails for you to explore, from the famous Mist Trail to the more challenging Four Mile Trail. Your leader will be able to provide recommendations if you need help narrowing down the options!

     

    Day - 11

    Location: San Francisco - Leave Yosemite behind today and drive west to San Francisco. The 'City by the Bay' has a beautiful setting and a vibrant, multicultural heart. You might like to check out the vintage stores along funky Haight Street, or catch the tram down to the waterfront. The trip finishes around 3 pm on arrival into San Francisco, after a stop to check out the Golden Gate Bridge, and no accommodation is provided tonight. As there's a great deal to do in San Francisco, we recommend you stay a couple of extra days to make the most of the city. If you do wish to spend extra time in San Francisco, we'll be happy to help you book additional accommodation (subject to availability).

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Las Vegas - Welcome to Nevada! Las Vegas will be your gateway to the grandeur of the Golden State. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 5 pm, giving you plenty of time to bathe in Vegas’ glow. It’s recommended that you arrive a day or two early to really experience the city, allowing time to do the classics (think casinos, drive-through weddings and live shows) as well as scratching below the surface to see Las Vegas’ diverse neighbourhoods and thriving arts scene.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Las Vegas to Visalia - Leaving Sin City in your dust, you’ll road trip across state lines and through the Mojave Desert today, then around to Sequoia National Park. It’s a long drive, but it’ll give you the chance to see the changing geography of the American west – watch on as the desert gives way to the peaks of the southern Sierras. Settle into your accommodation near Sequoia National Park in the afternoon, and then head out for an included dinner at a local restaurant with your group.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Sequoia National Park - Today is simply about seeing the best of the USA’s Sequoia National Park. After breakfast, you’ll embark on leader-led walks around Sequoia, driving from stop to stop as you get to feel small next to the staggering size of General Sherman, the Giant Forest and other specimens of Sequoia’s towering timber. You may even drive through a tree at Tunnel Log, peer into Tharp’s Log and spot marmots, black bears and recently re-introduced bighorn sheep.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Yosemite National Park - After breakfast, you’ll hit the highway headed for the world-famous Yosemite National Park. To start, get acquainted with the awe-inspiring Yosemite Valley during a guided hike. Strewn with dramatic waterfalls, gigantic granite outcrops and lush meadows, this is one of the most spectacular spots in the country. Your leader will also teach you about the ecologically diverse landscape along the way. After sunset, you’ll join a Naturalist from the Yosemite Conservancy for a guided stargazing program. The park’s minimal light pollution makes it an excellent place to see the stars while learning about astronomy, constellations and local lore.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Yosemite National Park - Today, Yosemite is all yours to explore! In the morning there’ll be leader-led walks around some of the park’s best trails. If it’s a clear day you may also drive up to Glacier Point for a view you won’t soon forget, looking down over the valley and across to the iconic Half Dome. The afternoon is yours to fill how you’d like. You might choose to hike along the breathtaking Mist Trail with its many fabulous views, hire a bicycle and pedal along some of the 12 miles of designated (and flat) path or immerse yourself in the park’s history at the Ahwahnee Hotel. Once you’ve seen the sights, the day will be capped off with a pizza picnic in the park for dinner.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: San Francisco - After saying fond farewells to Yosemite, you’ll head west to vibrant San Francisco. Stop to do a walk over the iconic Golden Gate Bridge, and then check in to your hotel for the night. At sunset, you can hit the water for an optional catamaran cruise around the bay, with views of the Golden Gate Bridge and Alcatraz Island – this is the perfect farewell to a sun kissed Californian adventure. If you like, head out with your fellow travellers for one last dinner.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: San Francisco  - With no activities planned today, your adventure ends this morning. If you’d like to stay longer, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: San Francisco - Welcome to California! Your adventure begins in San Francisco – The City by the Bay that boasts a beautiful setting and a vibrant, multicultural heart. You’ll have a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. As this trip only spends limited time in San Fran, we recommend arriving a day or two early to truly experience the city. Maybe check out the vintage stores along funky Haight Street, catch the tram down to the waterfront or take an adventure cruise on the bay past Alcatraz Island.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Crescent City - Today will be a road trip day, so grab a window seat if you can and get your favourite playlist or a good book ready – it's a bit of a long drive up the coast, but you'll have plenty of stops along the way to appreciate the coastal views. You’ll also stop in at the Avenue of the Giants for your first taste of redwood trees. This famed road is known as the most scenic drive through the redwoods and is lined by huge titans, one of which you can even drive through! Continue to Crescent City, check into your accommodation and enjoy a relaxing evening. Your leader will be able to point you in the right direction for a dinner spot.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Redwood National Park / Crescent City - Today is all about exploring Redwood National Park – known for these towering giants, the park is also home to oak woodlands, a rugged coastline and a condor restoration program. Your trip leader will choose some hikes and walks for the day based on the group’s abilities and desires. Maybe discover the ancient trees among a forest of ferns, head to natural lakes and springs or explore Trillium Falls. Return to Crescent City in the evening, then head out for a group dinner at a local restaurant.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Crater Lake National Park - Cross into Oregon this morning and head to Crater Lake National Park – formed when an eruption triggered the collapse of a tall mountain peak 7700 years ago. It’s now home to the deepest lake in the USA, a scenic wonder fed by rain and snow that has attracted artists, photographers and sightseers worldwide. Explore the Rim Drive viewpoints with your group and stop for a couple of walks for the best views and overlooks of one of the most pristine lakes on Earth. Spend the night at a nearby motel, where you’re free for dinner.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Willamette Valley / Portland, OR - This morning, you’ll explore Oregon’s wine country in the Willamette Valley – this is a popular wine region in the US that boasts numerous accolades for its beauty, Pinot Noir and quality wineries. Visit one of these local wineries for a tasting and enjoy a picnic lunch with your group with a view of rolling hills, towering trees and sprawling vineyards. Then, you’ll continue to Portland, Oregon’s largest city, where your leader will take you on an orientation walk to get your bearings. You’re free for dinner, so maybe keep the party going and head to a local bar in the shadow of Mount Hood. This city hosts a thriving arts scene, so there are plenty of trendy spots to eat and hit the nightlife – just ask your leader for recommendations.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Columbia River Gorge / Portland, OR - This morning, you’ll visit the nearby Columbia River Gorge National Scenic Area, known for the spectacular river canyon and gorgeous views of cliffs, spires and ridges set against the peaks of Cascade Mountain Range. Explore the park and the famous Multnomah Falls – the most visited natural recreation site in the Pacific Northwest and approximately 189 m (620 ft) tall. Walk along the scenic bridge that sits almost in the middle of the falls and feel the water on your face as the cascades fall below. Spend your afternoon exploring, and then spend another night in Portland.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Olympic Peninsula - This morning, you’ll cross into Washington State and the Olympic Peninsula – home to the popular Olympic National Park. This is a bit of a long drive, so grab a window seat if you can and watch the gorgeous scenery pass you by. When you arrive, you’ll visit Kalaloch Beach – one of the beautiful Pacific Northwest beaches with giant trees washed up on the shore, scattered across the sand. Maybe head to the Tree of Life (or the Tree Root Cave). Tonight sit down for an included group dinner at your lodge.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Hoh Rainforest / Seattle - This morning, visit the Hoh Rainforest in Olympic National Park – an enchanting canopy of moss and ferns that might remind you of an anime or fairy film. Take a walk with your leader, appreciating a moment of peace in this temperate rainforest, before continuing to Seattle. When you arrive in the seaport city, your leader will take you on an orientation walk, pointing out the Space Needle, Pike Place Market and maybe some popular spots for live grunge music, which the city is known for. Tonight, maybe head out with your group for a farewell dinner in one of the trendy local spots and cheers to an amazing trip!

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Seattle - With no activities planned today, your trip will come to an end. If you’d like to stay longer and explore Seattle’s cool city hubs and sprawling parklands, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Las Vegas - Welcome to Nevada! Las Vegas will be your gateway to the grandeur of the Golden State. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 5 pm, giving you plenty of time to bathe in Vegas’ glow. It’s recommended that you arrive a day or two early to really experience the city, allowing time to do the classics (think casinos, drive-through weddings and live shows) as well as scratching below the surface to see Las Vegas’ diverse neighbourhoods and thriving arts scene.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Las Vegas to Visalia - Leaving Sin City in your dust, you’ll road trip across state lines and through the Mojave Desert today, then around to Sequoia National Park. It’s a long drive, but it’ll give you the chance to see the changing geography of the American west – watch on as the desert gives way to the peaks of the southern Sierras. Settle into your accommodation near Sequoia National Park in the afternoon, and then head out for an included dinner at a local restaurant with your group.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Sequoia National Park - Today is simply about seeing the best of the USA’s Sequoia National Park. After breakfast, you’ll embark on leader-led walks around Sequoia, driving from stop to stop as you get to feel small next to the staggering size of General Sherman, the Giant Forest and other specimens of Sequoia’s towering timber. You may even drive through a tree at Tunnel Log, peer into Tharp’s Log and spot marmots, black bears and recently re-introduced bighorn sheep.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Yosemite National Park - After breakfast, you’ll hit the highway headed for the world-famous Yosemite National Park. To start, get acquainted with the awe-inspiring Yosemite Valley during a guided hike. Strewn with dramatic waterfalls, gigantic granite outcrops and lush meadows, this is one of the most spectacular spots in the country. Your leader will also teach you about the ecologically diverse landscape along the way. After sunset, you’ll join a Naturalist from the Yosemite Conservancy for a guided stargazing program. The park’s minimal light pollution makes it an excellent place to see the stars while learning about astronomy, constellations and local lore. For the next two nights, you'll be staying in a hotel just a few minutes from the park's main entrance.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Yosemite National Park - Today, Yosemite is all yours to explore! In the morning there’ll be leader-led walks around some of the park’s best trails. If it’s a clear day you may also drive up to Glacier Point for a view you won’t soon forget, looking down over the valley and across to the iconic Half Dome. The afternoon is yours to fill how you’d like. You might choose to hike along the breathtaking Mist Trail with its many fabulous views, hire a bicycle and pedal along some of the 12 miles of designated (and flat) path or immerse yourself in the park’s history at the Ahwahnee Hotel. Once you’ve seen the sights, the day will be capped off with a pizza picnic in the park for dinner.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: San Francisco - After saying fond farewells to Yosemite, you’ll head west to vibrant San Francisco. Stop to do a walk over the iconic Golden Gate Bridge, and then check in to your hotel for the night. At sunset, you can hit the water for an optional catamaran cruise around the bay, with views of the Golden Gate Bridge and Alcatraz Island. If you like, head out with your fellow travellers for one last dinner.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: San Francisco - Today you are free to explore all that San Francisco has to offer. The City by the Bay boasts a beautiful setting and a vibrant, multicultural heart. Maybe check out the vintage stores along funky Haight Street, catch the tram down to the waterfront or take a boat trip out to Alcatraz Island. There will be a meeting at 6 pm tonight to welcome any new travellers to the trip. Afterward, why not head out for an optional group dinner to get to know your new companions.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Crescent City - Today will be a road trip day, so grab a window seat if you can and get your favourite playlist or a good book ready – it's a bit of a long drive up the coast, but you'll have plenty of stops along the way to appreciate the coastal views. You’ll also stop in at the Avenue of the Giants for your first taste of redwood trees. This famed road is known as the most scenic drive through the redwoods and is lined by huge titans, one of which you can even drive through! Continue to Crescent City, check into your accommodation and enjoy a relaxing evening. Your leader will be able to point you in the right direction for a dinner spot.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Redwood National Park / Crescent City - Today is all about exploring Redwood National Park – known for these towering giants, the park is also home to oak woodlands, a rugged coastline and a condor restoration program. Your trip leader will choose some hikes and walks for the day based on the group’s abilities and desires. Maybe discover the ancient trees among a forest of ferns, head to natural lakes and springs or explore Trillium Falls. Return to Crescent City in the evening, then head out for a group dinner at a local restaurant.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Crater Lake National Park - Cross into Oregon this morning and head to Crater Lake National Park – formed when an eruption triggered the collapse of a tall mountain peak 7700 years ago. It’s now home to the deepest lake in the USA, a scenic wonder fed by rain and snow that has attracted artists, photographers and sightseers worldwide. Explore the Rim Drive viewpoints with your group and stop for a couple of walks for the best views and overlooks of one of the most pristine lakes on Earth. Spend the night at a nearby motel, where you’re free for dinner.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Willamette Valley / Portland, OR - This morning, you’ll explore Oregon’s wine country in the Willamette Valley – this is a popular wine region in the US that boasts numerous accolades for its beauty, Pinot Noir and quality wineries. Visit one of these local wineries for a tasting and enjoy a picnic lunch with your group with a view of rolling hills, towering trees and sprawling vineyards. Then, you’ll continue to Portland, Oregon’s largest city, where your leader will take you on an orientation walk to get your bearings. You’re free for dinner, so maybe keep the party going and head to a local bar in the shadow of Mount Hood. This city hosts a thriving arts scene, so there are plenty of trendy spots to eat and hit the nightlife – just ask your leader for recommendations.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Columbia River Gorge / Portland, OR - This morning, you’ll visit the nearby Columbia River Gorge National Scenic Area, known for the spectacular river canyon and gorgeous views of cliffs, spires and ridges set against the peaks of Cascade Mountain Range. Explore the park and the famous Multnomah Falls – the most visited natural recreation site in the Pacific Northwest and approximately 189 m (620 ft) tall. Walk along the scenic bridge that sits almost in the middle of the falls and feel the water on your face as the cascades fall below. Spend your afternoon exploring, and then spend another night in Portland.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Olympic Peninsula - This morning, you’ll cross into Washington State and the Olympic Peninsula – home to the popular Olympic National Park. This is a bit of a long drive, so grab a window seat if you can and watch the gorgeous scenery pass you by. When you arrive, you’ll visit Kalaloch Beach – one of the beautiful Pacific Northwest beaches with giant trees washed up on the shore, scattered across the sand. Maybe head to the Tree of Life (or the Tree Root Cave). Tonight sit down for an included group dinner at your lodge.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Hoh Rainforest / Seattle - This morning, visit the Hoh Rainforest in Olympic National Park – an enchanting canopy of moss and ferns that might remind you of an anime or fairy film. Take a walk with your leader, appreciating a moment of peace in this temperate rainforest, before continuing to Seattle. When you arrive in the seaport city, your leader will take you on an orientation walk, pointing out the Space Needle, Pike Place Market and maybe some popular spots for live grunge music, which the city is known for. Tonight, maybe head out with your group for a farewell dinner in one of the trendy local spots and cheers to an amazing trip!

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Seattle - With no activities planned today, your trip will come to an end. If you’d like to stay longer and explore Seattle’s cool city hubs and sprawling parklands, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Anchorage Cycling - Welcome to Alaska! Your adventure begins in Anchorage – the gateway to some of Alaska’s finest parks and cycling trails. You’ll have a welcome meeting at 12 pm today with your trip leader to meet your fellow travellers. After, enjoy a warm-up ride along the paved Tony Knowles Coastal Trail as it hugs the shore of Cook Inlet from downtown Anchorage through coastal marshes and over forested hills, with great views of Mount Susitna along the way. After, you’re free to freshen up and head out to the vibrant downtown, where you might like to enjoy dinner at one of the restaurants.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Denali National Park - After an early breakfast, sit back and enjoy the drive along the Parks Highway to Denali National Park – 6 million acres of the Alaskan wilderness. Keep an eye out for caribou, birds, wolves and other wildlife along the way. Stop in Talkeetna to stretch your legs and sit down for lunch with your group. When you arrive at the park – home to the tallest peak in North America – you’ll go to the visitor centre for a safety overview, then out into the wilderness for your first hike. The routes here will vary depending on the weather and the preference of your group.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Denali National Park Hiking - Today's hike starts by winding through the spruce forest as you walk the spectacular Triple Lakes Trail – the longest trail in Denali National Park and home to some great views of Riley Creek. With the towering mountains in the distance, you’ll trek along creeks, forest and rolling hills before the first of the three Triple Lakes comes into view. From here, you’ll either continue (if time permits) or return to the trailhead back to the hotel for a free evening. For those who want to see more of the park, you can choose to forego today's hike and pay for the full-day Tundra Wilderness Bus Tour, which includes the Toklat River’s incredible scenery and some of the park’s best wildlife spotting opportunities.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Matanuska Glacier Trek - Embark on a scenic drive along the Glenn Highway towards the town of Palmer this morning – a trip that’s packed with gorgeous mountain vistas and plenty of time for photo ops. You’ll eventually reach the famed Matanuska Glacier – Alaska's largest road-access glacier. It’s a jaw-dropping 27 miles long and 4 miles wide and has some of the most accessible walking areas of any glacier in the state! Don your ice cleats and helmet (included) and begin exploring the glacier on foot with the help of an Alaskan guide and glacier expert. Marvel at the ice that formed thousands of years ago, high in the Chugach Mountains. Amazingly, every day is unique at Matanuska, due to the dynamic nature of the glacier.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Seward - Today, enjoy a slow start to the morning and then take a leisurely drive to Seward – one of Alaska's oldest and most picturesque towns. Along the way, you’ll stop at Turnagain Arm. A waterway into the northwestern part of the Gulf of Alaska, this area was named for British explorer James Cook, who was forced to ‘turn again’ when the waterway didn’t hold the fabled Northwest Passage on his 1778 voyage. Explore this scenic area, then continue to Seward. This vibrant town is the gateway to Kenai Fjords National Park and has galleries, boutique shops and a bustling harbour.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Seward Sea Kayaking - Enjoy a change of scenery as you venture out onto Resurrection Bay on full-day sea kayaking and rainforest hiking adventure. Learn about life in Seward as you travel to the shoreline. After a quick briefing, hit the tandem kayak and paddle around the calm waters of the bay with your partner, soaking up the mountain vistas as you keep an eye out for sea otters, seals, porpoises, bald eagles and leaping salmon. From mid-July to early September, you‘ll paddle directly past the outlet of Tonsina Creek to view a salmon spawning stream! Then, explore Tonsina Point with its ghost forest, tall waterfall and gorgeously green scenery. Stop for a picnic lunch with your group in the forest, then take walk on the beach – today is full of photo ops!

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Exit Glacier / Anchorage - Before you leave Seward today, there will be time for a classic Alaskan walk to view Exit Glacier in Kenai Fjords National Park where you’ll be able to listen to the sound of the glacier! It’s then time to drive back to Anchorage, where your adventure comes to an end. If you’d like to extend your stay, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Anchorage - Welcome to Alaska! Located in south-central Alaska on the shores of Cook Inlet lies Anchorage – a unique urban environment in the heart of the wilderness. Your adventure begins here with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. If you arrive early, maybe head to the Anchorage Museum or check out the sights and try spotting a moose wandering the streets of town (yes, really). This evening, maybe celebrate the beginning of a new adventure with an optional group dinner.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Denali National Park - Depart Anchorage this morning, and then do a short ascent of The Butte (as the locals call it) for some incredible views over the mountain-fringed Matanuska Valley. Enjoy the gorgeous scenery along the way of local farms and the Knik River below as you walk among pine trees surrounded by snow-capped mountain peaks and birdlife. Then hit the road for the gorgeous Denali National Park – a park and preserve with six million acres of Alaskan wilderness featuring North America’s tallest peak. Arrive at the park, set up camp, take in the scenery and enjoy a night off!

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Denali National Park - Today you’ll embark on one of the many iconic hikes that Denali has to offer. Your leader will choose the exact trail based on the group's preferences, as well as the location of your campsite. No matter which you choose, you’ll pass through gorgeous scenery, looking out for the abundant local wildlife – you might be lucky enough to see moose, caribou, Alaska brown and black bears, Dall sheep and wolves (among a long list of other wildlife) on your trek.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Seward - Embrace an early start to the day as you enjoy a long but scenic drive back through Anchorage and down the Parks Highway to Seward – one of Alaska's oldest and most picturesque towns. Along the way, you’ll stop at Turnagain Arm. A waterway into the northwestern part of the Gulf of Alaska, this area was named for British explorer James Cook, who was forced to ‘turn again’ when the waterway didn’t hold the fabled Northwest Passage on his 1778 voyage. Explore this scenic area, then continue to Seward. This vibrant town is the gateway to Kenai Fjords National Park and has galleries, boutique shops and a bustling harbour.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Seward - Strap on your boots for what will be a challenging – but incredibly rewarding – hike along the Harding Icefield Trail. Starting from the Exit Glacier area, you’ll ascend from the valley floor through forests of alder and cottonwood trees. Black bears are a common sight along the trail, so be sure to keep an eye out! Once you climb above the tree line, get set for an unforgettable view of icefield, stretching toward the horizon and broken only by the occasional mountain peak. Follow the trail back down to the valley, then return to your campsite for a well-deserved rest.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Homer - Bid farewell to Seward and head out on a road trip along the Kenai Peninsula. Along the way, stop in at the small town of Moose Pass, where you can choose to kayak on Trail Lake. Then, continue to Homer. Also known as the ‘cosmic hamlet by the sea’, the town boasts both some incredible scenery and an artsy downtown. Once you’ve set up camp, get a sample of that scenery on a walk of the famous Homer Spit and its views of Kachemak Bay. You’re likely to spot bald eagles, many of which call this area home.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Homer - This morning, a half day kayaking tour of Homer awaits. Hop on a water taxi across to Kachemak Bay State Park, pick out your kayak and then get paddling! You’ll take in Alaska’s impressive coastal scenery as you head around Yukon Island, and might even spot eagles, sea lions and the whales that sometimes wander into the bay. Once you’ve made the round trip, head back to Homer via the water taxi and enjoy a free afternoon in the town, before one last night camping under the stars.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Anchorage - Say goodbye to Homer this morning and drive back along the Kenai Peninsula toward Anchorage. Along the way, stop in the town of Girdwood for lunch, then arrive back in Anchorage by 3 pm, where your trip comes to an end. If you’d like to extend your stay in Alaska, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Las Vegas - Welcome to Las Vegas, Nevada! This glitzy city might be known for its casinos, but there’s plenty more to discover in this neon metropolis. Your trip starts at 6 pm tonight with a welcome meeting. After, why not join your fellow travellers for an optional dinner and indulge in some nightlife?  Maybe wander along the famous strip, past impersonators, billboards and hotels to the choreographed Bellagio Fountain show. Hit the chain stores or lose all sense of time exploring the gaudy interiors of hotels like The Venetian, Caesars Palace and New York-New York.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Zion National Park - Be up bright and early this morning for the drive to Zion National Park. Arrive in Springdale, your base for the next two nights, check into your accommodation, then head to the park for your first hike – the famous Virgin River Narrows. Begin with a stroll down the paved River Trail, buttressed by water on our left and a 3,000-foot cliff face on the right. After walking along hanging gardens and under the dappled shade of cottonwoods, the sidewalk ends and you will enter the river. Hiking in moving water can be a new and exciting experience so you’ll have time to get your ‘stream legs’ before walking another 1.5 miles upriver to the turnaround point at Orderville Canyon. Before heading back downstream, get a few more photos of the Narrows’ beauty. Tonight we'll head out on an included group dinner at a local restaurant in Springdale.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Zion National Park - Today after breakfast, head out nice and early for another hike in Zion National Park. You’ll be heading out on the West Rim trail to Scout Lookout. This is a steep hike, but don’t worry, we'll take plenty of breaks. Anyone in good physical condition can make this trek! You'll cross the Virgin River, enter Refrigerator Canyon and ascend up Walter’s Wiggles, before being rewarded with stunning views of Zion Canyon's 270-million-year-old rock layers. Then, head back to your hotel and rest any weary legs.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Bryce Canyon National Park - After breakfast this morning, drive to Bryce Canyon National Park, where wind and water erosion have formed the park's crimson hoodoos – uniquely shaped rock spires rising out of the desert. The park’s main road leads past the expansive Bryce Amphitheatre – a hoodoo-filled depression below the Rim Trail hiking path. It overlooks Sunrise Point, Sunset Point, Inspiration Point and Bryce Point. After checking into your accommodation, you’ll hike the iconic Navajo Loop Trail, which begins and ends at Sunset Point. Travelling by switchbacks between narrow walls of colourful limestone with views of towering Douglas-fir trees, this trail takes you to the park's most famous hoodoo – Thor's Hammer. This trail has two sides, Two Bridges and Wall Street, so the trip out and back is different, with unique scenery on each side of the loop.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Moab - After breakfast today, you’ll hit the road for Moab. On the way, stop in Capitol Reef National Park to explore the historic orchards of the park’s Fruita district. Then go way, way back in history as you wander along boardwalks to see petroglyphs left by the ancient Fremont Culture, who lived in the park from 300 – 1300 AD. Continue on to your accommodation in Moab, and enjoy a free evening to rest and recharge.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Moab - Today you’ll head to Canyonlands National Park and head out on the Island in the Sky hike – resting on sheer sandstone cliffs, the Island in the Sky lookout point, Grandview Point Overlook, has spectacular sweeping views of the park. Take in the landscape below of the canyons and winding streams and then head to Arches National Park – home to more than 2,000 natural stone arches, rock formations and giant, balancing rocks. Head out on a sunset hike to visit the Delicate Arch – a stone icon of the park that has become the unofficial symbol of the State of Utah! Along this trail, you’ll see the Wolfe Ranch cabin and Ute Indian petroglyphs, too. Watch the landscape change colours as you enjoy a picnic dinner, then head back to your hotel in Moab.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Bluff - Travel south to Bluff, stopping for a very special experience along the way – a guided hike with an expert Navajo guide in Bears Ears National Monument. Explore the beautiful country filled with abundant native plants, animals, incredible geologic features and archaeology and learn some of the fascinating Indigenous stories and history of the area.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Page - This morning after breakfast, head to Monument Valley, where a Navajo leader – one of the Keepers of Monument Valley – will take you around their lands on a hike off the beaten track. Learn about the history of the ancestral Puebloans as you take in the beauty of Monument Valley’s famous arches and learn about the history and culture of the Navajo peoples. For lunch, you’ll enjoy a picnic with your group. Tonight is the last night of your trip, so you might like to head out and celebrate your incredible Utah adventure with a night out with your group.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Las Vegas - Today after breakfast, head back to Las Vegas. On the way, you have an option to book a visit to Antelope Canyon, before stopping for one last hike at Horseshoe Bend in the Glen Canyon National Recreation Area. This horseshoe-shaped incised meander of the Colorado River is the perfect place to wrap up your trip. There will be unlimited options for incredible photos, so make sure you squeeze the most out of every last moment. Arrive in Las Vegas at around 5 pm, where your trip will come to an end. If you’d like to stay in Las Vegas for longer, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Vancouver - O Canada! Home of ice hockey and maple syrup, and source of your soon-to-be fondest travel memories. It all starts in Vancouver. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight where you’ll meet your local leader and fellow travellers. If you arrive early in Vancouver, why not take a walk around the Victorian buildings in the historic Gastown neighbourhood, or maybe pick up a donut and a 'double-double' (that’s coffee with two cream and two sugars) from Tim Hortons. Tonight, maybe head out with your group for an optional dinner together and explore Vancouver's nightlife. 

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Kamloops - Say goodbye to Vancouver this morning and hit the road for Kamloops. You've got a long drive ahead today, but you’ll also get your first glimpses of Canada’s incredible scenery along the way. Stop in at the town of Hope for the chance to stretch your legs and grab some lunch, then carry on to the hills of the Kamloops region for a night of camping. Settle into your peaceful surroundings and enjoy a night of swapping stories beneath the stars.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Golden - Rise and shine for your first real taste of Canada’s great outdoors. Visit Mt Revelstoke National Park, home to the world’s only inland temperate rainforests. What does that mean? Evergreen woodland with ancient trees and moss-covered ground, just like the forests in fairy tales. The park is home to a small herd of woodland caribous plus grizzly bears and moose, along with a population of banana slugs. Get your fill of bush and beasties and then travel over Rogers Pass to Glacier National Park. Stop at the visitor centre and take in the panoramic views from lookouts along the way. Continue to Golden where you’ll spend the night.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Golden - This morning, head out to the Rocky Mountain Buffalo Ranch for a tour with the owner of the property. You'll get to learn about the history of the area and buffalo behaviours as you watch the incredible animals roam pastures backdropped by mountains. Then, return to Golden for a free afternoon. If you’d like to break in your boots (and don’t mind heights), there’ll be an optional walk to the Golden Skybridge, which’ll provide some incredible views of the Rockies from 426 feet in the air. Another option (not for the faint of heart) is to battle the wild waters of the aptly-named Kicking Horse River on a guided rafting tour. 

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Banff National Park - Say goodbye to Golden, then drive through the stunning mountainous landscape of Yoho National Park. There are a couple of ways to explore the terrain. If you’d like to wander, your leader can point you toward the best trails to tackle. You could also choose to battle the wild waters of the aptly named Kicking Horse River on a guided rafting tour. To take things a little easier, perhaps book a canoeing activity on the calm waters of Emerald Lake, or simply lie back on the riverbank and watch the world float by. Later, reconvene with the group and head to Takkakaw Falls for a quick stop before continuing to Banff National Park.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Banff National Park - Today's your chance to explore Banff at your own pace! Established in 1885, Banff is the oldest national park in the country and contains over 1600 kilometres (995 miles) of hiking trails. Your leader will have some activities planned for the group, or you might like to explore on your own. Why not join the group for a hike at Tunnel Mountain  for the best views over Banff and head to Vermilion Lakes for an incredible view of the reflection of Mount Rundle, which towers over the town of Banff. There's an option to unwind in the steamy waters of Banff Hot Springs. Return to your campsite in the evening for an included barbecue dinner.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Banff National Park - Today you’ll visit two of the national park’s most striking glacier-fed lakes. First is the lovely Lake Louise. With the snowcapped peaks providing an incredible backdrop, the lake is beautiful no matter what time of year you visit. Next is Moraine Lake, where the strikingly blue water sits in-between the Valley of the Ten Peaks. The view is sure to knock you off your feet! Spend time exploring both lakes and their surrounding areas, then return to camp.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Jasper National Park - Ready for even more spectacular scenery? Today’s drive takes us along the famous Icefields Parkway past the Rocky Mountains. We’ll stop at a few lookouts, lakes and waterfalls along the way, so there will be plenty of opportunities to take the perfect photo. Stop at Athabasca Glacier where you can choose to take an optional glacier hike with a professional guide. Continue on to Jasper National Park and set up camp for the evening.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Jasper National Park - Today is as clear as the air in the Canadian Rockies. You could start the day with an early trip to see the sunrise at Pyramid Lake, taking iconic photos along the walkway to Pyramid Island. Then head to Maligne Lake, where you can hike and explore on arrival. If you like, you can pay for an optional cruise on the lake and check out the famous Spirit Island. If you’d prefer to head out on your own, you may wish to stay behind and walk one of the many trails in the area. Jasper National Park is famous for wildlife such as elk, moose, deer, bears and mountain lions, and if you’re lucky you’ll spot some of these wild animals. Just remember to admire them from afar.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Wells Gray Provincial Park - After breakfast, watch Jasper National Park retreat in the rearview mirror as you drive west to Wells Gray Provincial Park. It’ll be a day on the road, but it’ll be broken up with plenty of sightseeing! Travel under the watchful eye of Mt Robson, the highest peak in the Canadian Rockies. Stop off at Mount Robson Provincial Park where you’ll have plenty of time to admire the towering peak and hit the trails to discover the park’s flora and fauna, including more than 182 species of birds as well as mules, whitetail deer, moose, elk and black bears. Then, continue through the beautiful Cariboo Mountains to Wells Gray Provincial Park. In the afternoon, take a short hike to the dramatic Wells Gray waterfalls.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Whistler - This morning, settle in for a long day on the road as you head toward the outdoorsy hub of Whistler. The drive will be broken up with a visit to the riverside town of Lillooet. First, stop in at a suspension bridge built in 1913, which has been recently updated with bat houses to support the local bat population. Then, pay a visit to a local brewery making highly localised beers. Ingredients from local growers, farmers and foragers all get used in their brewing process, so why not taste the results for yourself? Continue on to Whistler. While there won’t be much time to explore today, you might want to gather a group and hit Whistler Village.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Whistler - Today is free for you to choose your own adventure in (and around) Whistler. You could join your leader this morning on a visit to the Parkhurst Ghost Town, an abandoned logging outpost that is slowly being reclaimed by the surrounding forest. Then, take a short hike to a graffiti-covered train wreck hidden in the trees. If you choose to stay in Whistler, zip-lining tours are an amazing opportunity to get an aerial view of Fitzsimmons Creek and, if you’re lucky, see some bears along the way. There are also some great cycle networks in Whistler, so you have the option of paying for bike hire and riding to one of the nearby lakes.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Vancouver - After a short drive this morning, arrive back in Vancouver and set out on an orientation tour with your leader. Stroll a section of the 400-hectare Stanley Park, one of the largest urban green spaces in North America, then hop over to Granville Island, overflowing with galleries, markets and lively restaurants. Here, bid farewell to your leader and your fellow travellers, as your tour has come to an end.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Las Vegas - Welcome to Las Vegas, home to all things over-the-top! You’ll have a welcome meeting tonight at 6 pm to meet your local leader and fellow travellers. If you arrive early, the day is yours to explore – food-focused travellers might want to check out one of the celebrity chef restaurants around town (Roy Choi, Gordon Ramsay and Wolfgang Puck all have places here). See the Eiffel Tower of the USA, check out the Bellagio Fountains or visit one of the city’s many museums. Tonight, maybe chat to your leader for the lowdown on sin city's best shows, clubs and restaurants. You might as well go all out in Las Vegas, right?

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Zion National Park - This morning, you’ll drive from Vegas to Zion National Park – a nature preserve in Utah famous for its steep red cliffs and scenic drive that leads to forest trails along the Virgin River. When you arrive, join your leader for a guided hike in the park to get your bearings, then head to your campsite near the park. After the bright neon lights of Vegas, this is a good opportunity to unplug, go star gazing and listen to the sounds of nature.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Bryce Canyon National Park - This morning, you’ll head out on a scenic drive from Zion to Bryce Canyon National Park. The park is a favourite among travellers for the crimson-coloured hoodoos (spire-shaped rock formations) that give it the landscape an alien feel. As you drive around the rim of the park, you’ll stop in at some incredible viewpoints and have plenty of time to snap away. Later, settle into your campsite near the park.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Grand Canyon National Park - This morning you’ll drive to Grand Cayon National Park – a must-see for any USA adventure! When you arrive, get ready to admire a natural wonder formed by over six million years of erosion by the Colorado River. The canyon’s dimensions – 450 km long, 630 km wide and 1600 m deep – it really does warrant the ‘grand’ title. You’ll spend two nights here, which allows for a full day of exploration tomorrow. Tonight, maybe check out the park’s massive scale on a walk around the rim, watching sunset from one of the many viewpoints.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Grand Canyon National Park - Continue exploring the national park today, starting with a leader-led tour of the Grand Canyon’s South Rim. You’ll be taken to some incredible viewpoints and see a couple of famous sights, like Granite Rapids and Monument Canyon, before finishing at Hermit’s Rest. You’re then free to choose your adventure for the rest of the day! You might like to hire a bike for an easy and efficient way to see as much of the national park as possible.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Joshua Tree National Park - This morning, leave the canyon behind and travel along the famous Route 66, stopping in Seligman along the way – a quirky small town that features a vibrant slice of retro America. After wandering around the shops and old-school diners, cross the border back into California toward Joshua Tree National Park. Famous (and named) for its spectacular desert plants, there are also plenty of bizarre rock formations and palm-fringed oases to encounter. 

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Los Angeles - Bid farewell to Joshua Tree National Park as you make your way to Los Angeles, where your trip will come to an end at approximately 4pm. If you plan to spend more time here, maybe wander along Venice Beach or head to Santa Monica Pier and watch the sun go down tonight. Speak to your booking agent ahead of time if you’d like to extend your stay.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: San Francisco - Welcome to California! Your adventure begins in San Francisco – The City by the Bay with the super cool multicultural heart. You’ll have a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight to meet your local leader and fellow travellers. If you arrive early, and it’s recommended that you do, maybe check out the iconic Golden Gate Bridge, Palace of Fine Arts or just take a self-paced walking tour of the trendy city streets. Wander through the vintage stores along funky Haight Street or catch the tram down to the waterfront. After the meeting tonight, maybe grab dinner and get to know your group.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Yosemite National Park - This morning, you’ll drive into the heart of the Sierra Nevada Mountains to the magnificent Yosemite National Park. Passing gorgeous scenery along the way, catch a glimpse of one of Yosemite’s most recognisable features – Half Dome. You'll spend three nights camping near Yosemite National Park, with two full days available to explore at your own pace.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Yosemite National Park - Head into the national park this morning and join your leader for an easy, downhill hike at the Tuolumne Grove of Giant Sequoias. The grove is home to, no surprise, a couple dozen mature giant sequoia trees, including one that’s been carved into a tunnel you can walk through. From there, continue to Yosemite Valley to check out some of the park’s iconic spots. You could see the thundering Yosemite Falls, take in both Half Dome and Merced River from Sentinel Bridge and a whole lot more. The rest of the day is then free for you to explore at your own pace. There are plenty of hikes available, each varying in steepness and difficulty. Maybe hike under the cooling breezes of Nevada Falls (4 to 5 hours) or to the serene Mirror Lake (45 minutes). Keep an eye out for squirrels and bears along the way!

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Yosemite National Park - Today is free for you to continue discovering the wonders of the park. Instead of hiking, you might like to hire a bike and explore Yosemite Valley on two wheels. You can also visit the park's museum, photo gallery, shops and restaurants, and in the heat of summer, a relaxing float down the Merced River is highly recommended. Otherwise, there’s no shortage of trails for you to explore, from the famous Mist Trail to the more challenging Four Mile Trail. Your leader will be able to provide recommendations if you need help narrowing down the options!

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Sierra Nevada - Depart Yosemite via the Tioga Pass this morning, stopping at Mono Lake on the way. The Sierra Nevada is sandwiched between Central Valley and Death Valley – this is a scenic trip that will take you to the town of Bishop, where you’ll camp the night. In town, maybe go to Erick Schat’s European-style bakery for a delicious treat, or perhaps visit some nearby natural hot springs.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Las Vegas - Drive to the capital of glitz and glam, in the heart of the desert this morning – Las Vegas, Nevada. Vegas may be known for its casinos and late-night antics, but there's plenty more to it than meets the eye. After checking into your accommodation, you’re free to explore the bits that take your fancy. Hit the shops, see a world-class stage show, check out the Las Vegas Sphere or simply enjoy the people watching as you stroll along the Strip. Tonight, maybe grab dinner at one of the celebrity chef restaurants around town (Roy Choi, Gordon Ramsay and Wolfgang Puck all have places here).

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Las Vegas - Today marks the end of your adventure and with no further activities, you’re free to depart at any time. If you would like to extend your stay, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: San Francisco - Welcome to California! Your adventure begins in San Francisco – The City by the Bay with the super cool multicultural heart. You’ll have a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight to meet your local leader and fellow travellers. If you arrive early, and it’s recommended that you do, maybe check out the iconic Golden Gate Bridge, Palace of Fine Arts or just take a self-paced walking tour of the trendy city streets. Wander through the vintage stores along funky Haight Street or catch the tram down to the waterfront. After the meeting tonight, maybe grab dinner and get to know your group.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Yosemite National Park - This morning, you’ll drive into the heart of the Sierra Nevada Mountains to the magnificent Yosemite National Park. Passing gorgeous scenery along the way, catch a glimpse of one of Yosemite’s most recognisable features – Half Dome. You'll spend three nights camping near Yosemite National Park, with two full days available to explore at your own pace.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Yosemite National Park - Head into the national park this morning and join your leader for an easy, downhill hike at the Tuolumne Grove of Giant Sequoias. The grove is home to, no surprise, a couple dozen mature giant sequoia trees, including one that’s been carved into a tunnel you can walk through. From there, continue to Yosemite Valley to check out some of the park’s iconic spots. You could see the thundering Yosemite Falls, take in both Half Dome and Merced River from Sentinel Bridge and a whole lot more. The rest of the day is then free for you to explore at your own pace. There are plenty of hikes available, each varying in steepness and difficulty. Maybe hike under the cooling breezes of Nevada Falls (4 to 5 hours) or to the serene Mirror Lake (45 minutes). Keep an eye out for squirrels and bears along the way!

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Yosemite National Park - Today is free for you to continue discovering the wonders of the park. Instead of hiking, you might like to hire a bike and explore Yosemite Valley on two wheels. You can also visit the park's museum, photo gallery, shops and restaurants, and in the heat of summer, a relaxing float down the Merced River is highly recommended. Otherwise, there’s no shortage of trails for you to explore, from the famous Mist Trail to the more challenging Four Mile Trail. Your leader will be able to provide recommendations if you need help narrowing down the options!

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Sierra Nevada - Depart Yosemite via the Tioga Pass this morning, stopping at Mono Lake on the way. The Sierra Nevada is sandwiched between Central Valley and Death Valley – this is a scenic trip that will take you to the town of Bishop, where you’ll camp the night. In town, maybe go to Erick Schat’s European-style bakery for a delicious treat, or perhaps visit some nearby natural hot springs.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Las Vegas - Drive to the capital of glitz and glam, in the heart of the desert this morning – Las Vegas, Nevada. Vegas may be known for its casinos and late-night antics, but there's plenty more to it than meets the eye. After checking into your accommodation, you’re free to explore the bits that take your fancy. Hit the shops, see a world-class stage show, check out the Las Vegas Sphere or simply enjoy the people watching as you stroll along the Strip. Tonight, maybe grab dinner at one of the celebrity chef restaurants around town (Roy Choi, Gordon Ramsay and Wolfgang Puck all have places here).

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Las Vegas - With another day in Las Vegas, continue to discover all things over-the-top. See the Eiffel Tower of the USA, check out the Bellagio Fountains or visit one of the city’s many museums. You’ll have another welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight to meet the new members of your group. If you didn’t head out last night, maybe get your group together and head out for one of sin city's best shows, clubs and restaurants. You might as well go all out in Las Vegas, right?

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Zion National Park - This morning, you’ll drive from Vegas to Zion National Park – a nature preserve in Utah famous for its steep red cliffs and scenic drive that leads to forest trails along the Virgin River. When you arrive, join your leader for a guided hike in the park to get your bearings, then head to your campsite near the park. After the bright neon lights of Vegas, this is a good opportunity to unplug, go star gazing and listen to the sounds of nature.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Bryce Canyon National Park - This morning, you’ll head out on a scenic drive from Zion to Bryce Canyon National Park. The park is a favourite among travellers for the crimson-coloured hoodoos (spire-shaped rock formations) that give it the landscape an alien feel. As you drive around the rim of the park, you’ll stop in at some incredible viewpoints and have plenty of time to snap away. Later, settle into your campsite near the park.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Grand Canyon National Park - This morning you’ll drive to Grand Cayon National Park – a must-see for any USA adventure! When you arrive, get ready to admire a natural wonder formed by over six million years of erosion by the Colorado River. The canyon’s dimensions – 450 km long, 630 km wide and 1600 m deep – it really does warrant the ‘grand’ title. You’ll spend two nights here, which allows for a full day of exploration tomorrow. Tonight, maybe check out the park’s massive scale on a walk around the rim, watching sunset from one of the many viewpoints.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Grand Canyon National Park - Continue exploring the national park today, starting with a leader-led tour of the Grand Canyon’s South Rim. You’ll be taken to some incredible viewpoints and see a couple of famous sights, like Granite Rapids and Monument Canyon, before finishing at Hermit’s Rest. You’re then free to choose your adventure for the rest of the day! You might like to hire a bike for an easy and efficient way to see as much of the national park as possible.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Joshua Tree National Park - This morning, leave the canyon behind and travel along the famous Route 66, stopping in Seligman along the way – a quirky small town that features a vibrant slice of retro America. After wandering around the shops and old-school diners, cross the border back into California toward Joshua Tree National Park. Famous (and named) for its spectacular desert plants, there are also plenty of bizarre rock formations and palm-fringed oases to encounter. 

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Los Angeles - Bid farewell to Joshua Tree National Park as you make your way to Los Angeles, where your trip will come to an end at approximately 4pm. If you plan to spend more time here, maybe wander along Venice Beach or head to Santa Monica Pier and watch the sun go down tonight. Speak to your booking agent ahead of time if you’d like to extend your stay.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Edmonton - Welcome to beautiful Edmonton, Canada. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm today. If you arrive early, perhaps visit the biggest mall in North America: West Edmonton Mall, or instead, learn about Canadian living history at Fort Edmonton Park, visit the nearby Ukrainian Cultural Village, and explore the small theatres and diners of the University District.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Métis Crossing, Smoky Lake - This morning, visit the Telus World of Science in Edmonton where you can explore a variety of exhibits and experiences, including the new Indigenous Traditional Room. Then, drive North to Metis Crossing, located near the town of Smoky Lake. After dinner you will head out in search of a view of the spellbinding northern lights (clouds permitting). Enjoy a bonfire under the darkness of the night sky and cook some s’mores while you’re waiting.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Métis Crossing, Smoky Lake - Get ready for a day of activities. Engage in a once-in-a-lifetime opportunity to experience the beauty of heritage species with access to a wildlife park. After lunch, the group will participate in Tales from the Trapline: A Métis Traditional Experience. Build a shelter, walk the land and connect with nature. When there is snow on the ground, strap on traditional snowshoes. After dinner, head back out again to look for the unpredictable northern lights during your second dedicated night of sky gazing. Alberta takes great pride in its wide-open spaces, and Métis Crossing is recognized for being located in one of these expansive areas. The Northern Lights are often spotted in these regions, and the dark, wide, and unpolluted night skies make your aurora borealis viewing experience most optimal. As a designated Dark Skies Preserve, Metis Crossing is committed to protecting the beauty of our dark skies by minimizing light pollution in all its forms.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Jasper - Drive to Jasper National Park, arriving at your hotel in the late afternoon. Once settled in, go searching for wildlife such as moose, elk, deer, bears and coyotes. In the evening, perhaps take yourself out for dinner in Jasper, as there are a variety of restaurants to choose from. Ask your local leader for suggestions on where to go.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Jasper - Today you’ll find out for yourself why Maligne Lake is featured on so many jigsaw puzzles. You'll be treated to stunning views of turquoise waters surrounded by snow-capped peaks as you enjoy a snowshoe along the shore or a hike through the surrounding landscape, taking in breathtaking vistas and the peaceful winter beauty of the area. With glimpses of Spirit Island and possible wildlife sightings, it's the perfect way to experience Jasper's serene, wintery landscape up close. In the afternoon head back to Jasper for an included lunch at a local distillery.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Lake Louise - Prepare yourself for an unforgettable drive as you set out on the Icefields Parkway. The world-renowned roadway between Jasper and Banff stretches 232 kilometres (144 miles) through a landscape of jagged mountaintops and past 100 ancient glaciers. At its heart is the Columbia Icefield, the largest ice field in the Rocky Mountains. The massive Athabasca Glacier, measuring 6 kilometres (3.7 miles) long and 1 kilometre (.62 mile) wide flows within walking distance of the roadway, so take a hike to its toe (the current lowest endpoint of a glacier). Tonight, arrive at Lake Louise to relax and ready yourself for another active day tomorrow.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Lake Louise - Lake Louise is an iconic snapshot of Canada, and today you’ll experience one of its many beautiful moods. There are many options on how to spend the day, including an optional horse-drawn sleigh ride past the glacial lake. You’ll be able to take a snowshoe hike along one of the lake’s many trails, or perhaps pop on a pair of skates and practice some figure eights (or ice stumbles) while gliding across the surface of the lake. Included today is lunch at The Station Restaurant – a heritage railway station which serves hearty Canadian favourites. If you’re looking to continue to put your feet up, the Fairmont Chateau does a beautiful afternoon tea. For those lucky enough to be in Lake Louise during its annual Ice Magic Festival in January, be sure to take a look at the precision and delicate skill on display in the various ice sculptures by the lake.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Banff - Drive to nearby Banff, Canada’s most famous mountain resort town. While located inside a national park, Banff offers plenty of shops, restaurants and bars to distract you from the surrounding natural beauty. Gain a sense of Canadian Rockies culture at the Whyte Museum, where over 200 years of artwork tells the story of the rugged men and women who settled in Banff. Sub-zero temperatures turn Banff’s waterfalls into glittering ice sculptures, and today you will visit Johnston Canyon ice walk to see this all on display. Hike along steel catwalks built into the canyon walls and wander among massive pillars of ice. With all this adventuring, you must be hungry, and so it’s a perfect time for a Beavertail tasting experience. Beavertails are a deep-fried sweet dough made with whole wheat flour and pulled by hand to resemble the long flat tail of a beaver. Order a classic cinnamon and sugar or go a little bit wild with some whipped cream and decadent Nutella – you’ll be licking your lips for hours!

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Banff National Park - Enjoy a free morning in Banff before an included snowshoe hike with your group at Sunshine Village Ski Resort, about 20 minutes out of town. To start, head above the tree line, and then put on your snowshoes and trek across the white powder with a professional guide. Your backcountry hike will be made extra sweet with a stop for hot cocoa and cookies on top of the (Sunshine Village) world.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Banff/Canmore - In the morning, take a short drive to Canmore, which is within the Kananaskis Country park system, and embark on an included ice walk at the Grotto Canyon, using special hiking crampons to grip the smooth frozen creek beds. Alternatively, you could book yourself a dogsledding adventure with a trusted provider, where you’ll meet and greet the dogs on your team before being pulled along the frosty trails by these canines. Return to Banff for the night – a group dinner in town may be on the cards.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Calgary - Enjoy breakfast at the lodge before a drive to Calgary. Your trip will end at Calgary International Airport, the arrival time depends on each group however If you decide to fly out this day, please don't book a flight before 3pm. Drop off in Calgary city can be arranged, please discuss this with your Trip Leader. There are no activities and accommodation planned for the day. If you have the rest of the day here, why not visit the giant pandas at the Calgary Zoo, check out the urban neighbourhood of East Village, or walk across Peace Bridge and explore Prince Island’s Park on the Bow River.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Grand Canyon - South Kaibab Trail - Welcome to Arizona! Early this morning, you’ll be picked up from your hotel in Flagstaff and drive the scenic route to the South Rim of the Grand Canyon where your adventure starts straight away. As you drive, catch your first glimpse of the landscapes that await you in the days ahead. On arrival, lace up your hiking boots, grab your included hiking poles and daypack and set off on your first moderate-rated hike along the South Kaibab Trail. This route follows the narrow ridgeline of Cedar Ridge, offering incredible panoramic views of the Canyon as the ridge drops away on either side. Late in the afternoon you’ll check into your Feature Stay accommodation at the iconic El Tovar Hotel, right on the south rim of the Grand Canyon. This historic landmark will be your home for the next two nights so kick off your hiking boots, relax and take in the charm of a hotel that has hosted an impressive list of guests from Albert Einstein to Oprah Winfrey. Round the evening off with dinner before watching the sun set over the Canyon.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Grand Canyon - Bright Angel Trail - After breakfast, you’ll hike in the footsteps of Native Americans on a winding trail below the canyon rim and along the Bright Angel Fault – a visible fracture in the Earth’s crust. As you hike, your leader will share insights into the fascinating history, geology and ecology that shape this incredible landscape. This is the most accessible trail that goes far below the crater rim and there are two potential turn-around points which can make the hike 3 miles or 6 miles round trip depending on how you are feeling. Stop for a picnic lunch with a five-star view before continuing back up to the rim, this time taking in the towering cliffs above. Tonight, sit down for an included dinner at the historic El Tovar Hotel overlooking the Grand Canyon.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Grand Canyon - Grandview Trail - This morning, set off on your final inspiring hike on the Grandview Trail – a name that says it all. Today’s hike offers some of the most breathtaking views of the entire tour, with panoramic views over the Grand Canyon and the winding Colorado River far below. With numerous switchbacks the view is constantly changing as you head down the trail. As you hike, your expert tour leader will tell you about this historic trail carved by hand in the late 1800s by miner Pete Berry, who once used to extract some of the richest copper ore in the world along this very trail. After the hike you’ll leave the park through the East Entrance, stopping at the famous Desert View Watchtower. This impressive four-story historic stone building is a replica of a Native American tower found in the exact location by early explorers centuries ago, and the perfect place to take in one last panoramic vista of the Grand Canyon before travelling back to Flagstaff, where your hiking adventure comes to an end. If you would like to stay longer, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Yellowstone - Beaver Pond guided hike & Mammoth Hot Springs - Welcome to Yellowstone National Park! This morning, you’ll be picked up from your hotel in Bozeman and driven by private vehicle to the starting point of your first walk among the incredible colours of Mammoth Hot Springs, grabbing breakfast along the way. When you arrive, lace up your boots and set off along the boardwalk, passing limestone terraces streaked with colourful microorganisms. Then, leave the crowds behind and hike the quiet paths of the Beaver Pond Trail. Walk through the forest and keep an eye out for bears, which are known to live in the area. The trail leads to a clearing with small ponds, where waterfowl are often seen, then continue up to a grassy hilltop – a grazing area for pronghorn antelope, deer and elk. After the hike, jump back in the van and drive through the park to your Feature Stay at Canyon Lodge. After settling into your accommodation in the heart of Yellowstone National Park, head out for dinner and get to know your fellow travellers and expert tour leader.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Yellowstone - Mt Washburn guided hike & Grand Canyon of the Yellowstone - This morning, set off on an inspiring hike along one of the park’s most scenic trails up to the summit of Mount Washburn, at 3122m the highest point you'll reach on this tour. As you ascend, the path winds through open subalpine meadows dotted with wildflowers. Keep an eye on the hillsides — bighorn sheep are often spotted grazing nearby. When you reach the summit, pause and take in sweeping views over the Grand Canyon of the Yellowstone. From here, you’ll also be able to see the Yellowstone Lake, the Teton Range and the Electric Peak. After hiking back down, take a short drive to the stunning Grand Canyon of the Yellowstone where you enjoy a short but picturesque hike out to Artist Point and incredible views of the majestic Lower Falls of the Yellowstone River. Learn about how the Grand Canyon of Yellowstone was formed during the glacial ice dam in Hayden Valley and explore the two thunderous waterfalls and multi-coloured canyon walls which the area is known for. The rest of the afternoon is free for you to explore nearby, or simply relax at the lodge after a satisfying day’s hiking.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Yellowstone - Elephant Back & Storm Point guided hikes - After breakfast, you’ll hike up through an old-growth pine forest and along the Elephant Back Mountain trail. From the peak at 2525m you can take in a bird’s eye views of Yellowstone Lake, which is where you’ll hike this afternoon. After hiking back down Elephant Back Mountain, you’ll travel by private vehicle to the starting point of your next hike, Storm Point. Starting at the often still waters of Indian Pond, you'll hike along the relatively flat trail through the forest before emerging at the wind-swept Storm Point, a bluff overlooking the shore of the hydrothermal fed Yellowstone Lake. Along the way, keep an eye out for bison and yellow-bellied marmots who call this area home. After the hike, drive deeper into the Park and settle into your accommodation near the legendary Old Faithful geyser.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Yellowstone - Lone Star Geyser guided hike & Old Faithful - Start the day by visiting the picturesque Upper Geyser Basin in Wyoming. Yellowstone is home to 60 per cent of the world’s geysers and most of them can be found here, including the famed Old Faithful itself. Hike along the boardwalks and experience the basins’ diverse array of geysers from thin fountains to massive eruptions. Then, head to Lone Star Geyser for today's hike. Follow the Firehole River to the biggest backcountry geyser in Yellowstone National Park, found in a clearing surrounded by dense forest. Every three hours, water erupts at full force from a shed-sized, cream-coloured mound, shooting 13 m into the air. This evening return to your comfortable lodge and maybe head out for dinner with your group and tour leader to celebrate the end of an inspiring hiking experience.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Yellowstone - Fairy Falls guided hike & Grand Prismatic - Today, set off on your final hike through Yellowstone’s meadows and lodgepole pine forests to Fairy Falls. At 200 feet (61 m) high, this is one of Yellowstone's most spectacular waterfalls and the views from the relatively easy trail – including the stunning Grand Prismatic Spring Overlook - are well worth the hike. Then, head to Grand Prismatic itself – the largest and most colourful hot springs in the United States and one of the most iconic features in the park. After the hike it’s time to say goodbye to Yellowstone and travel back by private vehicle to Bozeman where your trip will come to an end. If you would like to stay longer, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Nadi - Bula! Welcome to Fiji. Your adventure begins on Fiji’s main island – Viti Levu. Transfer from Nadi International Airport to your hotel and settle into your accommodation on the edge of town. You’ll have a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight, where you’ll meet your local leader and group members. If you arrive early, why not check out the colours of the Hindu temple Sri Siva Subramaniya Swami, or Nadi Temple as it’s known locally. Try the island’s fresh fruits with the usual tropical suspects (mangoes and pineapples) and some you might not recognise (pomelo, rose apple and soursop) at the Nadi or Namaka Produce Market, open Monday to Sunday. After your meeting, the evening is yours to enjoy – perhaps at a beachside restaurant or in Nadi Town.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Sigatoka Sand Dunes National Park / Pacific Harbour - After breakfast, head south of Nadi to Sigatoka Sand Dunes National Park. Here, you’ll take a 4 km ranger-guided walk through the incredible dunes, ranging in height from 20 to 60 m – mounds that have formed over millions of years. The views from the sand dunes open out to spectacular scenes along the Coral Coast. Archaeologists have found relics of pottery in the national park dating back 2600 years, and the area is home to an ancient burial site that gives clues to Fiji’s first inhabitants. After the hike, head to Bula Coffee for lunch, Fiji’s first coffee producer who uses wild-grown beans harvested by communities around the island. Then, make your way to tonight’s accommodation on the coast, where the afternoon is dedicated to chilling out by the pool or on the beach. Settle in ‘cause you’re on island time now!

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Upper Navua Gorge / Pacific Harbour - Gear up for an incredible rafting experience in Fiji’s highlands at Upper Navua Gorge. Ride down rapids naturally carved through the island’s volcanic rock interior, surrounded by towering gorge walls, dense rainforest and dozens of waterfalls. The combination of the rapids of the river and biological diversity makes this Fiji’s best spot for rafting. Stop at a lunch spot along the way to get a good feel for the rainforest terrain. After, return to the coast for another night in your beachside surroundings.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Suva / Colo-i-Suva - Leave the resort after breakfast and make your way to Fiji’s capital – Suva. When you arrive, you’ll have time to take an optional walk through Suva’s market and the city centre with a local guide. Then, enjoy a visit to the Fiji Museum, which showcases the early history of the island and is home to artifacts dating back up to 3700 years. This afternoon, head to Colo-i-Suva to your accommodation. Listen out for local birdlife, as the nearby forest park harbours many of Fiji’s endemic bird species, including barking pigeons, golden doves and musk parrots.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Nabalesere Village / Nananu-i-Ra Island - This morning, drive to Nabalesere village, travelling along the Wainibuka river and through several local villages along the way. Nabalesere is nestled in the province of Ra, where you’ll hear another form of greeting – instead of saying ‘Bula!’ as in other parts of the island, ‘Yadra!’ is used to say hello. When you arrive, your local guide will help the group present a sevusevu to the village elders – this ceremonial gift is to gain acceptance into the community, often in the form of a kava root. While farming is the main source of income for many Fiji communities, partnering with the village helps to create an additional source of income. Embark on a 1.5-km hike to the breathtaking Savulelele Waterfall – one of Fiji’s most majestic waterfalls, tumbling down from a height of 50 m. After the swim, return to the village for lunch and a hot lemon leaf tea, then travel to the coast, where you’ll take a short boat transfer to Nananu-i-Ra Island to spend the night in beachside cottages.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Nananu-i-Ra Island / Naga Village - Soak up island life on Nananu-i-Ra Island this morning – sunrise is the perfect time to relax on the beach or cool off with a swim in the South Pacific. After breakfast, strap on a snorkel and get exploring underwater with your group, looking for colourful tropical fish. In the afternoon, you’ll head inland to Naga village, presenting another sevusevu to be welcomed and invited in. Enjoy a stroll through the surrounding food gardens and a communal dinner in the village. Tonight you’ll stay in the basic but comfortable village community hall.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Naga Village / Nubutautau Village - Get your hiking shoes on for today’s 11-km trekking adventure across Fiji’s grasslands and into Nubutautau village. The journey will be broken up with lunch and a rewarding swim along the way, following the scenic Sigatoka River. Arriving later in the afternoon, you’ll spend the night in the village that sits in the heart of the island, with a scenic backdrop of small farms and grassy hills. Enjoy an insight into interior Fijian culture and talanoa with the community.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Nubutautau Village / Nadi - This morning, take a cultural tour of the village and learn the history of the region in the 19th century, hearing the story of missionary Rev Baker. Continue by 4WD along the ridgeline separating two of Fiji’s major rivers – the Sigatoka and the Ba – and back down to Nadi for lunch in a local cafe. With no more activities planned after lunch, your trip will come to an end. If you would like to spend more time in Nadi, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time to organise additional accommodation. Better yet, why not check out another of Fiji’s picturesque islands, like the nearby Mamanuca or Yasawa clusters.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Apia - Talofa! Welcome to Samoa. If you’ve booked an arrival transfer, it will be waiting for you at Apia’s Faleolo Airport. When you arrive at your hotel, you’ll have a welcome meeting at 6 pm over drinks and snacks to meet your local leader and fellow travellers. After, maybe head out for dinner with your group – your leader will be able to show you a great local spot.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Apia - After breakfast this morning, you’ll head out for a guided tour of Apia, starting with the Mulinu’u Peninsula. See a few historical sites here, then carry on to the flea market and maybe pick up a couple of souvenirs or some fruit. See the Mulivai Cathedral, then have lunch at a local cafe. Here, you can often see a demonstration of ‘elei fabric printing – using a stencil to transfer traditional Samoan designs onto fabric. After, you'll head to the Robert Louis Stevenson Museum – the famous Scottish author who made his home on the island. Further uphill, you’ll see the Baha'i House of Worship – a beautiful temple set among acres of prayer gardens. Tonight, you have free time at your accommodation to relax or head out for dinner.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Savai'i - Board the ferry this morning to your next destination in Samoa, Savai'i – the largest island in the Samoan archipelago. This island also features prominently in Samoa’s history, legends and myths, and you’ll visit a few spots where some of these stories originated. First, stop at the Savai’i Market to wander around the hustle and bustle of daily life, then travel along the South Coast to the Afu Aau Waterfall and the Taga Blowholes. Sit back and relax while enjoying the view of the Samoan villages and colourful gardens as you make your way to your accommodation for the next three nights. You’ll arrive at your hotel rested and ready for a quick dip in the ocean!

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Savai'i - After your morning breakfast spread, start your day with a visit to Cape Falealupo – the easternmost point in Samoa. Spend half a day exploring the various sites and learning about Samoan legends and culture, including Giant Moso's Footprint, the Ancient Star Mound and Fafao o SaoAli'l (Passage of the Afterlife). Return to your accommodation for some relaxation and maybe spend the late afternoon chilling out on the beach. Tonight, maybe grab some dinner at your accommodation or a local restaurant.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Savai'i - Today is a free day on Savai’i to either sit back, relax and use your resort’s facilities, or choose one of the optional activities on offer. Your leader will be of assistance to advise on options and point you in the right direction. Maybe just chill out beachside and grab some dinner and drinks over sunset.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Savai'i - Lalomanu - Travel along the north coast of Savai'i after breakfast today, with a picnic lunch along the way. You will travel through some of the most beautiful villages in Savai’i, then continue to the Sale’aula Lava Fields to witness the remains of the eruption of Mt Matavanu in 1905, the Virgin’s Grave and the nearby church. Depart from Savai’i on the afternoon ferry and continue to your final accommodation on the coast of Upolu at Lalomanu – voted one of the best beaches in Samoa. Stop for a swim and snorkel along the way at the Giant Clam Sanctuary – home to brain corals, large starfish and other various colourful fish. When you arrive at your beachside fales, where there'll be time for a swim, snorkel or a wander along the beach here before dinner tonight.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Vavau Village - Lalomanu - You’ll have a bit of free time this morning before departing for your village cultural day. Make sure to bring your lavalava as you'll be met by village chiefs and matais who will hold an ava (welcoming ceremony) at the village. Feast on an array of traditional Samoan foods while the local women's committee and youth share songs and dances with the group. After lunch, join in some Samoan games and activities such as taulafoga (coconut tossing) and tagati'a (spear throwing) before farewelling your new friends. Soak up some free time on Vavau Beach this afternoon, then return to Lalomanu for dinner tonight. You’ll also be treated to an upbeat cultural show with Fa’ataupati (slap dance) as night falls.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Lalomanu - Apia - Today after breakfast, visit a local Samoan Church to watch the service and listen to the beautiful sounds of the local choir. Then, sit down for a traditional toonai lunch (Samoan Sunday feast). After, say goodbye to Lalomanu and head back to Apia for the last night of your trip. On the way, you’ll stop at the Sopoaga Waterfalls to take a hike up to the Ma Tree. See the cascades and visit the iconic To Sua Trench, where you can take a refreshing swim or just relax and admire the view of the Pacific Ocean. Tonight, you have a free night to celebrate an amazing adventure with your group.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Apia - With no further activities planned, your trip comes to an end today. If you decide to extend your stay, just get in touch with your booking agent to organise additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Apia - Talofa! Welcome to Samoa. If you’ve booked an arrival transfer, it will be waiting for you at Apia’s Faleolo Airport. When you arrive at your hotel, you’ll have a welcome meeting at 6 pm over drinks and snacks to meet your local leader and fellow travellers. After, maybe head out for dinner with your group – your leader will be able to show you a great local spot.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Apia - After breakfast this morning, you’ll head out for a guided tour of Apia, starting with the Mulinu’u Peninsula. See a few historical sites here, then carry on to the flea market and maybe pick up a couple of souvenirs or some fruit. See the Mulivai Cathedral, then have lunch at a local cafe. Here, you can often see a demonstration of ‘elei fabric printing – using a stencil to transfer traditional Samoan designs onto fabric. After, you'll head to the Robert Louis Stevenson Museum – the famous Scottish author who made his home on the island. Further uphill, you’ll see the Baha'i House of Worship – a beautiful temple set among acres of prayer gardens. Tonight, you have free time at your accommodation to relax or head out for dinner.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Savai'i - Board the ferry this morning to your next destination in Samoa, Savai'i – the largest island in the Samoan archipelago. This island also features prominently in Samoa’s history, legends and myths, and you’ll visit a few spots where some of these stories originated. First, stop at the Savai’i Market to wander around the hustle and bustle of daily life, then travel along the South Coast to the Afu Aau Waterfall and the Taga Blowholes. Sit back and relax while enjoying the view of the Samoan villages and colourful gardens as you make your way to your accommodation for the next three nights. You’ll arrive at your hotel rested and ready for a quick dip in the ocean!

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Savai'i - After your morning breakfast spread, start your day with a visit to Cape Falealupo – the easternmost point in Samoa. Spend half a day exploring the various sites and learning about Samoan legends and culture, including Giant Moso's Footprint, the Ancient Star Mound and Fafao o SaoAli'l (Passage of the Afterlife). Return to your accommodation for some relaxation and maybe spend the late afternoon chilling out on the beach. Tonight, maybe grab some dinner at your accommodation or a local restaurant.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Savai'i - Today is a free day on Savai’i to either sit back, relax by the beach and use the resort’s facilities, or choose one of the optional activities on offer: Tour a chocolate maker, enjoy a traditional Samoan fofo (massage) or explore a local village on a guided walk. Your leader will be of assistance to advise of options and point you in the right direction. Tonight maybe just chill out beachside and grab some dinner and drinks over sunset.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Savai'i - Lalomanu - Travel along the north coast of Savai'i after breakfast today, with a picnic lunch along the way. You will travel through some of the most beautiful villages in Savai’i, then continue to the Sale’aula Lava Fields to witness the remains of the eruption of Mt Matavanu in 1905, the Virgin’s Grave and the nearby church. Depart from Savai’i on the afternoon ferry and continue to your final accommodation on the coast of Upolu at Lalomanu – voted one of the best beaches in Samoa. Stop for a swim and snorkel along the way at the Giant Clam Sanctuary – home to brain corals, large starfish and other various colourful fish. When you arrive at your beachside fales, where there'll be time for a swim, snorkel or a wander along the beach here before dinner tonight.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Vavau Village - Lalomanu - You’ll have a bit of free time this morning before departing for your village cultural day. Make sure to bring your lavalava as you'll be met by village chiefs and matais who will hold an ava (welcoming ceremony) at the village. Feast on an array of traditional Samoan foods while the local women's committee and youth share songs and dances with the group. After lunch, join in some Samoan games and activities such as taulafoga (coconut tossing) and tagati'a (spear throwing) before farewelling your new friends. Soak up some free time on Vavau Beach this afternoon, then return to Lalomanu for dinner tonight. You’ll also be treated to an upbeat cultural show with Fa’ataupati (slap dance) as night falls.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Lalomanu - Apia - Today after breakfast, visit a local Samoan Church to watch the service and listen to the beautiful sounds of the local choir. Then, sit down for a traditional toonai lunch (Samoan Sunday feast). After, say goodbye to Lalomanu and head back to Apia for the last night of your trip. On the way, you’ll stop at the Sopoaga Waterfalls to take a hike up to the Ma Tree. See the cascades and visit the iconic To Sua Trench, where you can take a refreshing swim or just relax and admire the view of the Pacific Ocean. Tonight, you have a free night to celebrate an amazing adventure with your group.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Apia - Nadi - This morning, you’ll say goodbye to those leaving the adventure, then take a shared transfer to the Apia Airport for your flight to Fiji’s main island – Viti Levu. Transfer from Nadi International Airport to your hotel and settle into your accommodation on the edge of town. You’ll then have a second welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight over drinks. If you arrive early, why not check out the Hindu temple Sri Siva Subramaniya Swami or try the island’s fresh fruits (pomelo, rose apple and soursop) at the Namaka Produce Market. After your meeting, the evening is free – maybe at a beachside restaurant or in Nadi Town.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Sigatoka Sand Dunes National Park / Pacific Harbour - After breakfast, head south of Nadi to Sigatoka Sand Dunes National Park. Here, you’ll take a 4 km ranger-guided walk through the incredible dunes, ranging in height from 20 to 60 m – mounds that have formed over millions of years. The views from the sand dunes open out to spectacular scenes along the Coral Coast. Archaeologists have found relics of pottery in the national park dating back 2600 years, and the area is home to an ancient burial site that gives clues to Fiji’s first inhabitants. After the hike, head to Bula Coffee for lunch, Fiji’s first coffee producer who uses wild-grown beans harvested by communities around the island. Then, make your way to tonight’s accommodation on the coast, where the afternoon is dedicated to chilling out by the pool or on the beach. Settle in ‘cause you’re on island time now!

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Upper Navua Gorge / Pacific Harbour - Gear up for an incredible rafting experience in Fiji’s highlands at Upper Navua Gorge. Ride down rapids naturally carved through the island’s volcanic rock interior, surrounded by towering gorge walls, dense rainforest and dozens of waterfalls. The combination of the rapids of the river and biological diversity makes this Fiji’s best spot for rafting. Stop at a lunch spot along the way to get a good feel for the rainforest terrain. After, return to the coast for another night in your beachside surroundings.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Suva / Colo-i-Suva - Leave the resort after breakfast and make your way to Fiji’s capital – Suva. When you arrive, you’ll have time to take an optional walk through Suva’s market and the city centre with a local guide. Then, enjoy a visit to the Fiji Museum, which showcases the early history of the island and is home to artifacts dating back up to 3700 years. This afternoon, head to Colo-i-Suva to your accommodation. Listen out for local birdlife, as the nearby forest park harbours many of Fiji’s endemic bird species, including barking pigeons, golden doves and musk parrots.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Nabalesere Village / Nananu-i-Ra Island - This morning, drive to Nabalesere village, travelling along the Wainibuka river and through several local villages along the way. Nabalesere is nestled in the province of Ra, where you’ll hear another form of greeting – instead of saying ‘Bula!’ as in other parts of the island, ‘Yadra!’ is used to say hello. When you arrive, your local guide will help the group present a sevusevu to the village elders – this ceremonial gift is to gain acceptance into the community, often in the form of a kava root. While farming is the main source of income for many Fiji communities, partnering with the village helps to create an additional source of income. Embark on a 1.5-km hike to the breathtaking Savulelele Waterfall – one of Fiji’s most majestic waterfalls, tumbling down from a height of 50 m. After the swim, return to the village for lunch and a hot lemon leaf tea, then travel to the coast, where you’ll take a short boat transfer to Nananu-i-Ra Island to spend the night in beachside cottages.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Nananu-i-Ra Island / Naga Village - Soak up island life on Nananu-i-Ra Island this morning – sunrise is the perfect time to relax on the beach or cool off with a swim in the South Pacific. After breakfast, strap on a snorkel and get exploring underwater with your group, looking for colourful tropical fish. In the afternoon, you’ll head inland to Naga village, presenting another sevusevu to be welcomed and invited in. Enjoy a stroll through the surrounding food gardens and a communal dinner in the village. Tonight you’ll stay in the basic but comfortable village community hall.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Naga Village / Nubutautau Village - Get your hiking shoes on for today’s 11-km trekking adventure across Fiji’s grasslands and into Nubutautau village. The journey will be broken up with lunch and a rewarding swim along the way, following the scenic Sigatoka River. Arriving later in the afternoon, you’ll spend the night in the village that sits in the heart of the island, with a scenic backdrop of small farms and grassy hills. Enjoy an insight into interior Fijian culture and talanoa with the community.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Nubutautau Village / Nadi - This morning, take a cultural tour of the village and learn the history of the region in the 19th century, hearing the story of missionary Rev Baker. Continue by 4WD along the ridgeline separating two of Fiji’s major rivers – the Sigatoka and the Ba – and back down to Nadi for lunch in a local cafe. With no more activities planned after lunch, your trip will come to an end. If you would like to spend more time in Nadi, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time to organise additional accommodation. Better yet, why not check out another of Fiji’s picturesque islands, like the nearby Mamanuca or Yasawa clusters.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Dili - Welcome to Timor-Leste, Asia’s newest country. Your adventure begins in the bustling capital city of Dili. Surrounded by both hills and ocean, there’s plenty to see and do here. A welcome meeting will take place at 6pm today where you’ll meet your local leader and the fellow travellers joining you on your journey. After the meeting, you will be treated to a welcome dinner at a rooftop bar with breathtaking views of Dili city and the Wetar Strait. Enjoy your first taste of local cuisine as you get to know your new travel companions.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Dili / Hato Builico - In the morning, pay a visit to Alola Foundation, a not-for-profit working to improve the lives of women and children. You'll learn about their local projects, including handcraft employment opportunities for women artisans that promote Timorese cultural identity. Visit the Chega Exhibition, set in an old Portuguese-era prison, to gain insight into the harsh realities of the Indonesian military's incarceration of Timorese resistance individuals. Visit Motael Church, a significant historical site followed by lunch at a delicious Restaurant. Now, it’s time to head into the heart of Timor-Leste and travel up the Tatamailau mountain range. On the drive you’ll have the chance to take in some seriously spectacular scenery and admire the country's mountainous landscapes. Arrive in Hato Builico in the afternoon (it’s the highest village in the country!), settle into the guesthouse and meet your local trekking guide for tomorrow's hike. Take a guided walking tour of the village where you may have the chance to kick around a football or chat with people from the local community.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Mt Ramelau / Maubisse - Embark on an early morning adventure to the summit of Timor-Leste's highest mountain, Mt. Ramelau, standing at 2,986m above sea level. Wake up at 2:30am for a 5-hour round trip hike to catch the awe-inspiring sunrise from the summit at 6am. If it’s a clear day, you’ll be able soak in unbelievable views of the whole coastline. Afterwards, head to Maubisse, a historic hill town surrounded by stunning scenery and explore the town with your local leader. Check into your accommodation and enjoy the beautiful mountainside views.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Maubisse / Aileu / Dili - Today wake up early for a dawn cultural ceremony by village elders of Mt Ramelau mountain, this ceremony of song and dance is to call upon the ancestors and spirits to welcome you to the land. After being welcomed to the land, you’ll take a short walk up to the top of the sacred Mt Ramelau mountain. After breakfast, take an in-depth look into Timor-Leste’s important coffee farming practices. Start by visiting local coffee farmers and learn about how coffee is grown and processed in the country. Take a guided walk through the farmlands and coffee plantations to gain a deeper understanding of the farming practices. Lunch will be traditional Timorese meals, at one of the coffee farmers homes. Make a stop at Projeto Montanha for coffee. Return to Dili in the late afternoon.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Atauro Island - In the morning, you'll embark on an exciting adventure by boat to Atauro Island, known for its biodiverse coral reefs and rich wildlife, including whales and dolphins. Your first stop is a snorkelling tour of the tropical coral reefs, where you can admire the colourful marine life and coral formations up close. In the afternoon, you'll settle into your homestays on the island, where you'll be staying with families. Your accommodation is just a five-minute walk from the beach and offers basic but clean and comfortable rooms, with fans and mosquito nets. During your stay, you'll be treated to delicious home-cooked meals and local snacks, and have the opportunity to learn about life on the island and immerse yourself in the local culture. Spend your time relaxing by the beach, swimming in the crystal-clear waters, and chatting with your hosts. This is the perfect opportunity to experience Timorese hospitality and see how the locals live.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Atauro Island - Wake up to the beautiful sunrise over the Wetar Strait and start your day with a delicious breakfast by the sea. Today, you'll embark on a fisherman's boat snorkelling tour of the pristine coral reefs in Beloi's Marine Protected Area. Then, take a guided tuk-tuk tour of the village, here you'll visit local handicraft stores and marketplaces. You'll have the chance to visit Biojoia de Ataúro, a co-operative group of local hearing-impaired women, who produce and sell a range of beautiful jewellery pieces made from local materials such as coconut shells, seeds, and wood. You'll also visit Boneca de Ataúro, a women's co-operative that produces high-quality handmade embroidery and textile products, from dolls and educational products to trendy handbags and homeware items. After a busy day, you can relax and unwind by the beach, play football with the local community, and spend time getting to know your homestay family.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Atauro Island / Cape Fatu Cama / Dili - In the morning, visit the local seafood and vegetable market and visit Empreza Diak, a social enterprise selling locally made handicrafts. Enjoy lunch with your homestay family. In the afternoon, make your way back to Dili by boat. This afternoon make your way to the iconic statue of Christ at Cape Fatu Cama, standing 27 metres tall atop a world globe. Climb the 14 "Stations of the Cross" to reach the base of the statue and enjoy incredible views of Dili, Atauro Island and Back Beach. Dinner will be served on the beach with sunset views looking back over Dili city.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Dili - Today is all about getting to know Dili. You'll be accompanied by local guides who will show you the hidden gems of the city and introduce you to its people and culture. Head to the Tais market to learn about this traditional textile, often used to make traditional clothing and garments for special occasions like weddings, ceremonies and festivals. For lunch, dine on traditional Timorese food at a social enterprise that mentor’s youth to shape the future of food and agriculture in the Asia-Pacific region, and collaborates with farmers and producers, chefs and experts in the fields of science, agriculture, humanities, community development and design. Visit the Santa Cruz Cemetery, an important commemoration site for the Timorese people, due to the massacre that occurred during the Indonesian occupation. The cemetery serves as a reminder of the Timorese struggle for independence and the atrocities committed against the people. This evening, perhaps gather with your group at an outdoor rooftop bar for a farewell dinner while admiring views of the city of Dili.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Dili - With no activities planned for today, your Timor-Leste expedition comes to an end after breakfast this morning.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Port Vila - Halo! Welcome to Port Vila, the capital of Vanuatu. Your adventure begins today with a welcome meeting at 5 pm at your accommodation tonight. If you arrive with time to spare before the welcome meeting, maybe head to the heart of the city for Port Vila's produce market and the waterfront promenade, just a short walk away. There's also the option of hiring a sea kayak from the hotel and taking to the ocean for a true taste of the Pacific.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Rentapao River / Port Vila - Today, you'll discover some of Efate’s best spots. A 25-minute scenic drive will take you to the exclusive kayak base on the Rentapao River. Experience Vanuatu’s rainforest and village life as you paddle its safe waters for 3 hours. After a French-style lunch at the river’s edge, transfer upstream to the river cascades, a great place to swim, relax and shake off any jet lag. You'll be back at your hotel by mid-afternoon, allowing ample time to discover more of Port Vila and choose a place for your optional dinner tonight.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Tanna Island - It is an early morning start today for your Air Vanuatu flight to the legendary southern island of Tanna. From there, it's a short transfer to your beachside bungalow, your home for the night. After an included local lunch, begin the first of your amazing Tanna hikes. The world's largest banyan tree is high on a ridge overlooking the coast. Your path there will loop back through scattered villages, food gardens and rainforests – a great opportunity to meet ‘the happiest people in the world’ going about their daily lives. On the way back to your bungalow, stop at a kava bar for some refreshments. Watch the sunset with your group tonight, keeping an eye out for the whales that cruise along the coast (from July). You'll have dinner as a group and a chance to swap stories by the campfire.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Mt Yasur / Tanna Island - Get ready for a big day today! Start with a drive across the spine of the island to your new accommodation and a John Frum village hidden in the rainforest at the foot of a smouldering volcano. Road conditions permitting, you'll have a short dip in the Sulphur Bay hot springs before travelling to Port Resolution, named after one of Captain Cook’s ships. After lunch, return to the foot of the volcano and hike along a rutted road to the rim of the volcano (a driving option to the crater carpark is also available for those who would prefer). Throughout the hike, you'll feel the ground shaking and hear the volcano rumbling, and finally, as you arrive at the crater rim in the late afternoon, you'll be amazed at the firework show that awaits. Return from the volcano in the evening for a late dinner at your beachside bungalow.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Tanna Island / Port Vila - This morning you have the option to visit the volcano a second time if you like, this time for sunrise. After breakfast, you'll head into the jungle-clad hills to a ‘kastom’ village. The community here has long rejected modern life and conserves many aspects of traditional lifestyle. Learn about traditional rites of passage along with their proud links to Prince Phillip as your leader guides you around the village. While life around them is definitely changing fast, it's an interesting insight into a community at the cusp of making decisions about the future and how tourism can help conserve long-held practices. Have lunch at a local cafe in town and a stop at a coffee shop brewing local beans before returning to the airport for an afternoon flight back to Port Vila.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Pele Island - After Tanna's spectacular culture and rainforests, today you'll head to a pristine tropical island renowned for its marine conservation area. It's a scenic drive to Emua wharf and you'll stop at a coffee roasterery along the way. Take a short boat ride to Pele, where you'll sit down for a local lunch on the beach. Then, go snorkelling in the lagoon (weather permitting) or in the marine conservation area. Expect lots of fish, the occasional turtle and plenty of hard corals and small canyons to explore. This afternoon, you'll have the option to take a boat over to Nguna for a challenging 3-hour volcano walk. Alternatively, you can go for a few easier walks around Pele's villages. Your accommodation for the night is at beachside bungalows on Pele hosted by the village women.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Nguna Island / Port Vila - This morning, take an easy walk into Nguna’s main village to visit the historic church and community sites, before heading back to Efate for lunch at a locally-owned restaurant. Here, there are more great snorkelling options available for those missing the water. Take in the lovely views across the islands, then drive back to Port Vila, this time along the east coast road, meaning you also get to do a round-Efate tour. There are lots of roadside markets to explore and plenty of photo opportunities. Stop for a swim at the sublime Blue Lagoon or one of the local coves around Eton village. Make a final stop at a new distillery, for a delicious tasting of local liquers. Arrive back at your Port Vila accommodation for your final night together in the late early evening. Finish the trip with an optional farewell dinner, a fantastic way to finish your Vanuatu adventure.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Port Vila - Your Vanuatu adventure comes to an end this morning after breakfast. If you are staying longer, ask your tour leader about the optional Discovery Bushwalk tour to visit more villages and communities nearby.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Ubud - Om Swastiastu! Welcome to Bali! Your adventure begins in Ubud - the art and culture centre of Bali - with a welcome meeting at 5 pm. If you arrive early, maybe visit the Blanco Renaissance Museum, explore Hindu temples or walk through Puri Saren Agung. After your meeting, maybe find a local restaurant for dinner with your fellow travellers and try some local bites like nasi campur (mixed rice) or ayam betutu (Balinese spiced chicken).

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Ubud - This morning, travel to Pinge Village in Tabanan. Along the way, stop at a local community house and flower farm. Then, set off on today’s bike ride to the Ancient Bayan Tree, through rice fields and past temples. After, stop at a local Balinese House for a traditional lunch made from locally grown produce. This afternoon, travel back to Ubud. When you arrive, the rest of the day is free for you to explore Ubud at your own pace – maybe take a tour of the Green Village, visit the Tegenungan Waterfall or join a yoga class.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Candidasa - Travel to Ubud this morning for a white-water rafting adventure. Take in the surrounding landscape of rainforest and gorges as you drift down rapids along the Ayung River. Once back on land, warm yourself up with a shower before continuing to Candi Sasa in the afternoon. When you arrive, the rest of the afternoon is free for you to explore the seaside town at your own pace. Maybe relax by Lotus Lagoon, visit Tukad Cepung Waterfall or go swimming off the black sand shoreline at Candidasa Beach.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Candidasa - This morning, enjoy some free time to explore Candidasa before heading to Pekarangan Village later today. When you arrive, meet a local farming family and learn how they turn pandan leaves into woven household items, such as mats, coasters and trays. Then, try your hand at making a mat or coaster yourself, before sitting down to afternoon tea of traditional cakes, snacks and locally made coffee. After, travel to Virgin Beach (Pantai Bias Putih) where you’ll spend the afternoon at leisure. Maybe take a walk along the soft white sand, dive into the clear blue water or maybe go snorkelling and see local marine life like angelfish, spotted drums and turtles. Tonight, maybe find a local restaurant for dinner – your leader will have the best recommendations.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Amed - Today, you'll explore the rice fields on a guided rice terrace walk. As you go, learn about the importance of water for Balinese people whose livelihoods are mostly rooted in agriculture. Then, travel to the Tirta Gangga Water Palace – a maze of pools and fountains surrounded by gardens, stone carvings and statues. Spend the afternoon cooling off in the water before travelling through the countryside to Amed – a long coastal strip of fishing villages in East Bali that meet along a series of stone-speckled beaches. Tonight is free for you to explore Amed as you like – maybe unwind at a local beach or walk to Lahangan Sweet for panoramic views of Mount Agung and the surrounding landscape.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Amed - After breakfast, you’ll meet your snorkelling guide and set out along the coast. Look for local marine life like turtles, seahorses and frogfish, and maybe stop at shipwrecks or coral bays along the way (weather dependent). Then travel back to Amed, where the rest of the day is free for you to explore at your own pace. Maybe go swimming at a local beach or watch the sunset from Mount Agung.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Sanur - This morning, you’ll travel to Sanur. When you arrive, visit the Turtle Conservation and Education Centre and learn how turtles are hatched and taken care of before being released back into the ocean. Then, the rest of the day is free for you to explore Sanur at your own pace. Maybe walk along the sandy shoreline, watch the fishermen in the shallows or simply relax at your accommodation. Tonight, maybe head out to dinner with the other families to celebrate your final night of the trip.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Sanur - As there are no further activities, your trip comes to an end today. If you'd like to stay in Sanur longer, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Jakarta - Selamat datang! Welcome to Indonesia. You’ll be met by an Intrepid representative at the airport and transferred to your hotel. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm today in Jakarta. If you arrive early, why not check out some of Jakarta's museums, like the Wayang (puppetry), Balai Seni Rupa (fine arts) and maritime museums. For city monuments, don't miss Si Jagur – an old Portuguese cannon ornately decorated with a disguised meaning, or the Monas (National Monument) dedicated to the spirit of the Indonesian people. After the meeting tonight, join your group for an authentic Indonesian dinner at a special restaurant that’s housed in a Dutch mansion.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Jakarta - Familiarise yourself with the city on a full-day tour with your expert local leader. Take in Sunda Kelapa port – where the Dutch first landed, temple-filled Chinatown and the old town of Batavia. Wander about Fatahillah Square and visit a Chinese mansion (Chandra Naya) and gain an insight into the beautiful Peranakan architecture. Enjoy lunch at a Chinese restaurant that has been serving some of the city’s best and most authentic food for more than a century. Learn the story behind the restaurant and its cuisine during an exclusive storytelling session with the owner. After lunch, explore the religious side of the city at Cathedral Church and Istiqlal Mosque – the largest mosque in Southeast Asia.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Yogyakarta - Catch an early morning train to Yogyakarta this morning and drop your bags at the hotel, then travel to Prambanan – an ancient 10th-century Hindu temple on the outskirts of Yogyakarta. This magnificent World Heritage-listed site is the largest Hindu complex in Java. Set in a tranquil park, it is the perfect spot to stroll along the river and take in the sunset. Have your camera ready, as you’re sure to get some incredible shots. This evening, join your group for a performance of the epic Ramayana ballet and dine on delicious regional dishes over dinner.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Yogyakarta - Learn more about village life on a 2-hour walking tour around a local village this morning, during an exclusive agrotourism visit. Learn about the tumpangsari farming system and try your hand at playing traditional gamelan music. After you’ve enjoyed a traditional snack and brown sugar tea, sit down for lunch with your group in a pendopo (gazebo). After your village adventure, travel to Candi Borobudur, the largest Buddhist structure on earth. As you approach, you'll see the enigmatic temple rise before you, emerging from the tropical foliage. Join your leader and follow the route of ancient pilgrims, circling the mandala-shaped structure from the early realms towards Nirvana. It's truly one of Southeast Asia's treasures. After, return to the city and enjoy an evening exploring Yogyakarta your way.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Yogyakarta - This morning after breakfast, ride a pedicab to a local market and maybe pick up some small bites or souvenirs. Discover the heritage of Kota Gede – renowned for its exceptional silver art and delectable cuisine. Then, dive into the ancient art of Batik with a hands-on class in a local village – you’ll learn how to draw with wax on cloth and create a masterpiece to take home. Tonight, try some local cuisine at an exclusive dinner at Gadjah Wong, which sits alongside the Gadjah Wong River. Listen to the owner’s story as you feast on Indonesian cuisine.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Ubud - After breakfast, fly from Yogyakarta to Bali. When you arrive, drive to Ubud and your Feature Stay for the next three nights. Ubud is Bali's main arts and cultural centre – a thriving hub of markets, shops and warungs, close to rice terraces and lush jungles. With nature and well-being at its core, Ubud is a highland haven and a wonderful place to experience the magic that has made Bali such a popular destination (especially when you’re staying in a serene hotel surrounded by rainforest and rice paddies). Tonight, you might like to attend a fire dance performance at the temple or browse the lively Gianyar night market.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Ubud - It’s a very early start today – you’ll have to wake at 4 am to head out to Mt Batur before sunrise. Trust us, it’s worth the early wake-up call. On a clear morning, it's possible to see all the way across the Lombok Strait to the peaks of Lombok's Mt Rinjani. Enjoy a delicious breakfast spread with your group while basking in the memorable mountain views. Your adventure continues with a trip to the village of Undisan, where you’ll tour rice fields with an expert local guide. Learn how the Balinese use herbal plants to treat different health conditions and browse homemade jewellery and craft. Then roll up your sleeves for a Balinese cooking class where you’ll learn how to make local specialties and enjoy a tasty lunch. After a day filled with adventure, tonight is yours to settle back, relax and enjoy your beautiful hotel to the fullest.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Ubud - After a relaxing day enjoying the pool, you’ll join Balinese royalty for dinner at one of the exquisite royal palaces of Ubud. Of course, you’ll have to look your best, so an appropriate traditional outfit will be provided for you to wear. Immerse yourself in the stories told by a member of the royal family as they explain royal cultural traditions and provide an insight into royal family life. You’ll also watch an intricate and culturally significant Legong dance – a special performance that’s one of the most famous in the royal court.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Sanur - Spend a leisurely last morning at your Feature Stay hotel, then travel to Sanur – a relaxing seaside town in the south of Bali. On the way, you’ll visit Taman Ayun Temple – this 17th-century family temple of the Mengwi Empire is a UNESCO World Heritage site and was once only accessible to the royals. When you arrive in Sanur, you'll have time to relax before meeting a local healer for a blessing and purification ritual. Cleanse your mind, body and soul during this special ceremony that encapsulates the spirituality of Bali. Tonight, maybe head out to one of Sanur’s best restaurants with your group.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Sanur - Today is yours to enjoy Sanur your own way. Maybe drop into a local warung (restaurant) for lunch, sign up for a surf lesson, take a trip to Tanah Lot Temple or shop along Jalan Danau Tamblingan. This afternoon, you’ll celebrate the penultimate night of your trip in style – board a private yacht and take in Bali’s breathtaking southern coastline around Nusa Dua and the Bukit Peninsula as you set sail for one final adventure. Raise a glass to toast your trip and enjoy a barbeque dinner onboard as you watch the sunset.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Sanur - Your trip comes to an end after breakfast. If you would like to spend more time in Sanur, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Ubud - Om Swastiastu! Welcome to Ubud, Bali's largest Hindu town and cultural heart. Your adventure officially kicks off with a welcome meeting at 6 pm where you’ll meet your group leader and travel companions. If you arrive early, you might like to wander the traditional market stalls near the centre of town, pop into a local café or stretch out your muscles after your flight with a spot of yoga at one of the Zen studios in town. After your meeting, maybe head out for a group meal at one of the delicious local restaurants.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Ubud - Start the day with a guided walking tour around Ubud with your local leader. Gain an insight into daily village life as you pass lush rice fields, an alang alang valley (type of wild grass used to make the roof of traditional buildings) and stop by a Balinese home for coffee and experience the traditional Balinese offering. The walk ends in central Ubud, where you'll have time to explore the many cafes, galleries and shops on your own. In the evening, sit down and enjoy a traditional Kecak dance performance. Driven not by musical instruments, but by human chanting, this fascinating theatrical performance is considered a highlight by many of our travellers.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Undisan - Today you’ll explore the area from a different angle – from the saddle of a bike. Head out on a tour through backstreets, villages and rice fields. It’s a relatively easy ride – much of the route is downhill – and there will be plenty of opportunities to stop for photos or a brief rest. You’ll also stop to check out some small, intricately carved temples, before concluding your bike tour back in Ubud. After refuelling with lunch, head for the hills to the village of Undisan. Set against a backdrop of Bali's highest peak, Mt Agung, the peaceful village of Sidemen is proof that Bali still has some pockets that are untouched by tourism.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Sibetan Village - Take a morning walk around Undisan's rice terraces, visiting the craftspeople of the traditional trade, village temples and enjoy a traditional 'bungkus' lunch. The walk is a great chance to take in the beautiful scenery before you make tracks to Sibetan Village. You’ll be given a special welcome by the chief of the village, then check into your homestay accommodation before enjoying some free time in the afternoon. You might like to explore the traditional village a little or simply just relax and take in the atmosphere here. Alternatively, you could take on an optional cooking class and learn the secret ingredients and spices of the traditional cuisine here. This evening, you’ll enjoy some time spent with the locals and be treated to a typical dinner of salak (snake fruit), prepared for you by the villagers.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Mt Batur - This morning, take a guided walk through an ancient Salak Plantation with the opportunity to interact with the local community. Here, you’ll see cultural heritage plants – the remains of a white mango tree which was first planted in Sibetan in the 16th century and a Jaka Moding Plant (a type of palm tree). You’ll tuck into Tipat Blayag (Rhombus) for lunch (rice wrapped in young coconut leaves), combined with side dishes of chicken and vegetables. After exploring the village, you’ll continue by car for a journey higher into the mountains, driving along the crater rim road to a fishing village on the edge of Lake Batur. Volcanic Mt Batur (1717 m) sits inside a stark and spectacular caldera and with Lake Batur below, it's a stunning sight. The lake supports the local fishing industry, while many of the villagers work as guides for the volcano climb. Your accommodation for the evening is in a great location to start tomorrow's early morning trek without extra travelling time.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Lovina - You’ll wake up bright and early at around 3 am this morning to begin the walk to the summit of Mt Batur in order to reach the top before sunrise. Trust us, it’s worth the effort. On a clear morning, it's possible to see all the way across the Lombok Strait to the peaks of Lombok's Mt Rinjani. The view of the gorgeous sunrise over the valleys of Bali may well be the most memorable part of your trip. Do keep in mind, however, that the weather can be unpredictable and sometimes the view is obscured by clouds. After descending the volcano, there's an option to soak in hot springs with fantastic views over the lake and caldera. Then make the journey from the mountains to the small coastal town of Lovina, made famous by its dolphins that patrol the coast. It's also a great spot for fine food, traditional massages and yoga – just what the doctor ordered after today’s epic mountain climb.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Lovina - Explore a traditional market in the morning, then head out on a day of snorkelling among Menjangan Island’s coral reef, which is part of the Bali Barat National Park. On the way back from your undersea adventure, you’ll stop for a soak at Banjar Hot Springs – a small spring popular with locals. In the afternoon, stop for a cup of coffee at Global Kafe – a diner whose profits support the Global Village Foundation, providing wheelchairs and mobility aids for people with disabilities and assisting those with illnesses with their medical costs. Tonight, head to Ibu Wayan's to learn about Balinese cuisine before sitting down to a home-cooked meal.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Sanur - Wave goodbye to Lovina and make our way to Sanur. Along the way, visit Gitgit waterfall and Lake Bratan before continuing to Sanur, where you’ll have a free afternoon. Maybe go for a stroll along Bali's first beachfront walk, watch the fishermen in the shallows or kick back and relax at one of the beachside restaurants. Get a feel for the traditions and local customs which are well maintained here. Ancient temples are also easily accessible – just a short distance away from the beach.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Sanur - Your trip comes to an end after breakfast today. You may like to stay on for a few extra days to make the most of your visit here. You may want to take a surfing lesson, bike tour or one of the many other activities on offer. If you need to organise additional accommodation, just get in touch with your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Ubud - Om Swastiastu! Welcome to Ubud, Bali's largest Hindu town and cultural heart. Your adventure officially kicks off with a welcome meeting at 6 pm where you’ll meet your group leader and travel companions. If you arrive early, you might like to wander the traditional market stalls near the centre of town, pop into a local café or stretch out your muscles after your flight with a spot of yoga at one of the Zen studios in town. After your meeting, maybe head out for a group meal at one of the delicious local restaurants.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Ubud - Start the day with a guided walking tour around Ubud with your local leader. Gain an insight into daily village life as you pass lush rice fields, an alang alang valley (type of wild grass used to make the roof of traditional buildings) and stop by a Balinese home for coffee and experience the traditional Balinese offering. The walk ends in central Ubud, where you'll have time to explore the many cafes, galleries and shops on your own. In the evening, sit down and enjoy a traditional Kecak dance performance. Driven not by musical instruments, but by human chanting, this fascinating theatrical performance is considered a highlight by many of our travellers.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Undisan - Today you’ll explore the area from a different angle – from the saddle of a bike. Head out on a tour through backstreets, villages and rice fields. It’s a relatively easy ride – much of the route is downhill – and there will be plenty of opportunities to stop for photos or a brief rest. You’ll also stop to check out some small, intricately carved temples, before concluding your bike tour back in Ubud. After refuelling with lunch, head for the hills to the village of Undisan. Set against a backdrop of Bali's highest peak, Mt Agung, the peaceful village of Sidemen is proof that Bali still has some pockets that are untouched by tourism.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Sibetan Village - Take a morning walk around Undisan's rice terraces, visiting the craftspeople of the traditional trade, village temples and enjoy a traditional 'bungkus' lunch. The walk is a great chance to take in the beautiful scenery before you make tracks to Sibetan Village. You’ll be given a special welcome by the chief of the village, then check into your homestay accommodation before enjoying some free time in the afternoon. You might like to explore the traditional village a little or simply just relax and take in the atmosphere here. Alternatively, you could take on an optional cooking class and learn the secret ingredients and spices of the traditional cuisine here. This evening, you’ll enjoy some time spent with the locals and be treated to a typical dinner of salak (snake fruit), prepared for you by the villagers.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Mt Batur - This morning, take a guided walk through an ancient Salak Plantation with the opportunity to interact with the local community. Here, you’ll see cultural heritage plants – the remains of a white mango tree which was first planted in Sibetan in the 16th century and a Jaka Moding Plant (a type of palm tree). You’ll tuck into Tipat Blayag (Rhombus) for lunch (rice wrapped in young coconut leaves), combined with side dishes of chicken and vegetables. After exploring the village, you’ll continue by car for a journey higher into the mountains, driving along the crater rim road to a fishing village on the edge of Lake Batur. Volcanic Mt Batur (1717 m) sits inside a stark and spectacular caldera and with Lake Batur below, it's a stunning sight. The lake supports the local fishing industry, while many of the villagers work as guides for the volcano climb. Your accommodation for the evening is in a great location to start tomorrow's early morning trek without extra travelling time.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Lovina - You’ll wake up bright and early at around 3 am this morning to begin the walk to the summit of Mt Batur in order to reach the top before sunrise. Trust us, it’s worth the effort. On a clear morning, it's possible to see all the way across the Lombok Strait to the peaks of Lombok's Mt Rinjani. The view of the gorgeous sunrise over the valleys of Bali may well be the most memorable part of your trip. Do keep in mind, however, that the weather can be unpredictable and sometimes the view is obscured by clouds. After descending the volcano, there's an option to soak in hot springs with fantastic views over the lake and caldera. Then make the journey from the mountains to the small coastal town of Lovina, made famous by its dolphins that patrol the coast. It's also a great spot for fine food, traditional massages and yoga – just what the doctor ordered after today’s epic mountain climb.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Lovina - Explore a traditional market in the morning, then head out on a day of snorkelling among Menjangan Island’s coral reef, which is part of the Bali Barat National Park. On the way back from your undersea adventure, you’ll stop for a soak at Banjar Hot Springs – a small spring popular with locals. In the afternoon, stop for a cup of coffee at Global Kafe – a diner whose profits support the Global Village Foundation, providing wheelchairs and mobility aids for people with disabilities and assisting those with illnesses with their medical costs. Tonight, head to Ibu Wayan's to learn about Balinese cuisine before sitting down to a home-cooked meal.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Sanur - Wave goodbye to Lovina this morning and make your way to Sanur. Stop at Gitgit waterfall and Lake Bratan – a caldera lake – before continuing to Sanur, where you’ll enjoy some free time in the afternoon. Maybe stroll along Bali's first beachfront walk, watch the fishermen in the shallows or relax at one of the beachside restaurants. Get a feel for the well-maintained local traditions and customs here. Ancient temples are also easily accessible – just a short distance away from the beach. There will be another welcome meeting at 6 pm, where you’ll meet the travellers joining for the second half of your trip.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Tetebatu - Today is a travel day from Bali to Lombok. First, travel by minivan from Sanur to the port of Padang Bai. Then, take a fast boat to Lombok. Hop on a minibus to Tetebatu – this hillside retreat sits within the centre of Lombok, at the southern base of Mt Rinjani, giving you spectacular views for your first night on the island.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Tetebatu - Today you’ll experience a day in the life of the local Sasak people. Take a guided walk through the rice fields and see how the region's farmers have tended the land for centuries (using traditional water buffalo ploughs). Join with the farmers to practice planting rice in the traditional way, or have a go at ploughing. Climb a little higher, through clove and coffee plantations, to a local warung where you can try some coffee. Have lunch in the rice field, enjoying some traditional Sasak dishes. Here, your local guide is part of a female guiding association that trains and develops women in tourism. Return and recharge, before a special evening. Walk to dinner at the local community hall, welcomed by a group of Gamelan musicians. Along the way, stop at the home industry making brown sugar & coconut oil to see how the local people produce these products in the traditional way. Then, sit down for dinner prepared by the community and tuck into some Sasak delicacies while you watch a music performance.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Labuhan Pandan - Travel to Labuhan Pandan on the east coast of Lombok. This remote beachside location is less visited by tourists but the stretch of coastline is just as gorgeous as the hot spots. Along the way, visit the village of Pringgasela to learn the art of traditional weaving – a long-standing tradition and the main income source for the local people here. Have some lunch with the villagers, then continue to Masbagik – another Sasak village that’s known for hand-made pottery products. Almost no men are involved in the pottery process and you’ll get a chance to meet with the female artisans here as they show you some of the pottery and learn how to craft their work. Tonight, you’ll stay in bungalow accommodation amid the peace and quiet of the secluded east coast.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Labuhan Pandan - Take a trip out to the nearby coral reef today and go snorkelling off the boat. Stop in at a secluded island for lunch, with Mt Rinjani towering over Lombok in the background. Tonight, feast on a fresh seafood barbecue on the beach as the sun goes down – this really is island living at its best, so soak it all in!

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Senaru/Gili Air - Today, you’ll travel around the spiritual centre of Labuan Pandan and Mt Rinjani, the sleeping giant of this island. Make a stop at a beach to break the journey and enjoy the amazing mountain view, then visit a local cashew plantion before carrying on to Senaru. When you arrive, you’ll walk past Sendang Gile Waterfall to Tiu Kelep Waterfall, where you can take a refreshing dip to cool off. This afternoon, take a small boat to Gili Air. When you arrive on this idyllic island paradise, take in the breezy atmosphere and maybe walk along the white beaches as the sun goes down.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Gili Air - Gili Air is your oyster today and you’re completely free to relax or explore at your own pace. Maybe take another snorkelling trip or catch a ferry across to the other islands of Gili Trawangan and Gili Meno and work out for yourself which one has the better beaches. This evening, enjoy an optional group dinner on the beachfront as you reminisce on your adventure.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Gili Air - With no activities planned for today, you’re free to leave at any time after check-out. This doesn’t mean your adventure has to come to an end! If you would like to extend your stay on the blissful Gili Air, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time to organise additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Jakarta - Selamat datang! Welcome to Indonesia. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm today. If you arrive early, why not check out some of Jakarta's interesting museums, such as the Wayang (puppetry), Balai Seni Rupa (fine arts) and maritime museums. The National Museum is great for first-time visitors. For a city monuments, don't miss the Monas (National Monument) dedicated to the spirit of the Indonesian people.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Jakarta - Familiarise yourself with the city on a full-day tour of Jakarta with your local leader. Take in Sunda Kelapa port – where the Dutch first landed, temple-filled Chinatown and the old town of Batavia. See Si Jagur – an old Portuguese cannon ornately decorated with a disguised meaning. Visit a Chinese mansion (Chandra Naya) and gain an insight into the beautiful Peranakan architecture. Wander Fatahillah Square, then explore the religious side of the city at Cathedral Church and Istiqlal Mosque – the largest mosque in South East Asia. Tonight, you’re free to find some delicious local eats – just ask your leader!

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Bandung - This morning, take a train to Bandung – a former Dutch city which now boasts a thriving art, shopping and cafe scene. When you arrive around lunch time, you’ll head out for a street food crawl at the Paskal Food Market. Maybe try some satay skewers, gado-gado (a traditional Indonesian salad made from boiled eggs and vegetables) or roasted chicken with rice and vegetables. After, walk off the full belly with a heritage walk through Braga Street – once the centre of local development, this street was home to the first shopping arcade in Bandung, with lots of art deco buildings, shops and a cinema. Sit down for a cup of coffee (in a locally beloved one) and watch the world go by.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Bandung - Today you’ll head out of Bandung for a day trip to the largest volcano in West Java – Tangkuban Perahu, the only volcanic mountain in Indonesia that you can drive to – and its lush surroundings. Circled by pine forests and tea plantations, you’ll soak up the views as you learn about the unique history of the volcano. Take a walk around the craters with your leader, then head to the Ciater Hot Springs. Along the way, visit a local tea plantation to learn about the tea industry in Java, then continue to the hot springs for a relaxing soak to soothe the muscles. Later, you have a free afternoon and evening back in Bandung.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Yogyakarta - This morning, catch a train to Yogyakarta. This town is one of South East Asia's real gems! Known as Java's cultural heart, Yogyakarta has a great atmosphere and is perfect to explore on foot. From batik workshops to the nearby Hindu and Buddhist temples, Yogya offers a great array of cultural avenues to explore. When you arrive, you’re free to explore at your own pace – just ask your leader for recommendations.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Yogyakarta - Rise early to avoid the crowds at Candi Borobudur – the largest Buddhist structure on earth. This UNESCO World Heritage site is set in a tranquil park and as you approach, you'll see the temple rise before you, looming among tropical foliage. With your local guide, follow the route of ancient pilgrims, circling the mandala-shaped structure from the early realms towards Nirvana. After, you have a free afternoon. You might like to visit one of Yogya's other heritage temples – Prambanan Temple is the largest Hindu complex in Java. Tonight, perhaps catch a performance of the Ramayana Ballet – your leader will be able to check dates and availability for you.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Yogyakarta - Pedal out of the city on a cycling tour through the rice fields and countryside surrounding Yogyakarta. See the locals making various goods, from bricks to tofu and tempeh. Pass palms, lush green grasslands and the odd burst of yellow and pink flowers by the side of the road, which make for great photo opportunities! After, you have a free afternoon to maybe take on a cooking class where you can learn about Indonesian cuisine. Or, why not salute the sun with a yoga class.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Seloliman Nature Reserve - Travel by train, then minivan to Seloliman Nature Reserve today. This peaceful reserve sits on the slopes of the sacred volcano, Mt Penanggungan. When you arrive, you’ll meet some of the volunteers working at the Seloliman Environmental Education Centre and learn about what they do here. For lunch, sit down for some delicious, locally grown organic produce cooked by their staff. The centre's accommodation is atmospheric, even with open-air bathrooms built in harmony with the surrounding forest, so take this opportunity to relax this afternoon. This is a beautiful spot to appreciate nature, sit under the stars as the sun goes down and spend an evening technology-free!

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Seloliman Nature Reserve/Mt. Bromo - Join the reserve staff on a walk around the property this morning, learning about the local environment and the Javanese tradition of herbal medicine. You'll gain an insight into the region’s flora and fauna, traditional farming methods, rice production and the mini hydroelectricity plant. Finish up with a traditional jamu demonstration and a tasting of this Javanese herbal medicine. Then, travel to Mt Bromo – the homeland of the Tenggerese. The still-active volcano – standing at 2329 m – is the most well-known of the Tengger massif. Retire early tonight in preparation for tomorrow's early start.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Mt. Bromo/ Kalibaru - Your early start today (around 3 am) will be well worth it! First, drive to a lookout point in jeeps to catch the sunrise over the sea of sand. After, you’ll climb up to the volcano crater to take a peek inside – the ascent is not too difficult (approximately 45 minutes), but it can be very cold, so don't forget to bring extra layers of clothing. It's also worth bringing a scarf to cover your nose and mouth, as it can get dusty. Return to the hotel to freshen up and then depart midmorning to Kalibaru by taking a local train. Tonight, you’re free to relax by the pool or perhaps indulge in a local massage.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Pemuteran - Head out early this morning to tour some nearby coffee and cocoa plantations. You'll see how coffee is dried and if there’s time, how cocoa is fermented. Before you set off, enjoy a nice cup of coffee or tea and snack on fried bananas – yum! Travel by minibus to the far eastern end of Java – Gilimanuk. There is often a lot of heavy traffic on this stretch of road as it's the main entry point for Bali, so there may be some delays. Next, you'll board a ferry across the Java Strait, then another minibus for a journey along the west coast of Bali to Pemuteran – your destination for the next two nights.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Pemuteran - Enjoy a relaxing day in this gorgeous beachside location. Maybe start the day with a yoga class and then explore the local area at your own pace. You could visit the surrounding monkey-filled temples, go swimming off the coast, or think about booking in a snorkelling or diving expedition to the turquoise waters of Menjangan Island. Otherwise, simply sit back, relax and watch the fishermen go about their day-to-day on one of the beaches.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Ubud - Make the journey to Ubud today – the leafy-green natural paradise of Bali. On the way, stop in at Taman Ayun Temple, to take in the impressive Balinese architecture while you stroll around the gardens. Ubud is Bali's main arts and cultural centre with lots of markets, shops and warungs, close to verdant rice terraces and lush jungles. With nature and wellbeing at its core, Ubud is a highland haven popular with travellers. Tonight, why not get a group of your travel pals together and find a local place to eat some traditional Balinese cuisine.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Ubud - Your trip comes to an end after breakfast this morning. There is plenty to see and do in Ubud, so it’s highly recommended you stay another few days to explore. If you do, maybe hire a bicycle and explore the surrounding rice paddies and small villages, or visit the galleries, museums and handicraft merchants in town. If you would like to spend more time in Ubud, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Jakarta - Selamat datang! Welcome to Indonesia. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm today. If you arrive early, why not check out some of Jakarta's interesting museums, such as the Wayang (puppetry), Balai Seni Rupa (fine arts) and maritime museums. The National Museum is great for first-time visitors. For a city monuments, don't miss the Monas (National Monument) dedicated to the spirit of the Indonesian people.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Jakarta - Familiarise yourself with the city on a full-day tour of Jakarta with your local leader. Take in Sunda Kelapa port – where the Dutch first landed, temple-filled Chinatown and the old town of Batavia. See Si Jagur – an old Portuguese cannon ornately decorated with a disguised meaning. Visit a Chinese mansion (Chandra Naya) and gain an insight into the beautiful Peranakan architecture. Wander Fatahillah Square, then explore the religious side of the city at Cathedral Church and Istiqlal Mosque – the largest mosque in South East Asia. Tonight, you’re free to find some delicious local eats – just ask your leader!

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Bandung - This morning, take a train to Bandung – a former Dutch city which now boasts a thriving art, shopping and cafe scene. When you arrive around lunch time, you’ll head out for a street food crawl at the Paskal Food Market. Maybe try some satay skewers, gado-gado (a traditional Indonesian salad made from boiled eggs and vegetables) or roasted chicken with rice and vegetables. After, walk off the full belly with a heritage walk through Braga Street – once the centre of local development, this street was home to the first shopping arcade in Bandung, with lots of art deco buildings, shops and a cinema. Sit down for a cup of coffee (in a locally beloved one) and watch the world go by.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Bandung - Today you’ll head out of Bandung for a day trip to the largest volcano in West Java – Tangkuban Perahu, the only volcanic mountain in Indonesia that you can drive to – and its lush surroundings. Circled by pine forests and tea plantations, you’ll soak up the views as you learn about the unique history of the volcano. Take a walk around the craters with your leader, then head to the Ciater Hot Springs. Along the way, visit a local tea plantation to learn about the tea industry in Java, then continue to the hot springs for a relaxing soak to soothe the muscles. Later, you have a free afternoon and evening back in Bandung.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Yogyakarta - This morning, catch a train to Yogyakarta. This town is one of South East Asia's real gems! Known as Java's cultural heart, Yogyakarta has a great atmosphere and is perfect to explore on foot. From batik workshops to the nearby Hindu and Buddhist temples, Yogya offers a great array of cultural avenues to explore. When you arrive, you’re free to explore at your own pace – just ask your leader for recommendations.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Yogyakarta - Rise early to avoid the crowds at Candi Borobudur – the largest Buddhist structure on earth. This UNESCO World Heritage site is set in a tranquil park and as you approach, you'll see the temple rise before you, looming among tropical foliage. With your local guide, follow the route of ancient pilgrims, circling the mandala-shaped structure from the early realms towards Nirvana. After, you have a free afternoon. You might like to visit one of Yogya's other heritage temples – Prambanan Temple is the largest Hindu complex in Java. Tonight, perhaps catch a performance of the Ramayana Ballet – your leader will be able to check dates and availability for you.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Yogyakarta - Pedal out of the city on a cycling tour through the rice fields and countryside surrounding Yogyakarta. See the locals making various goods, from bricks to tofu and tempeh. Pass palms, lush green grasslands and the odd burst of yellow and pink flowers by the side of the road, which make for great photo opportunities! After, you have a free afternoon to maybe take on a cooking class where you can learn about Indonesian cuisine. Or, why not salute the sun with a yoga class.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Seloliman Nature Reserve - Travel by train, then minivan to Seloliman Nature Reserve today. This peaceful reserve sits on the slopes of the sacred volcano, Mt Penanggungan. When you arrive, you’ll meet some of the volunteers working at the Seloliman Environmental Education Centre and learn about what they do here. For lunch, sit down for some delicious, locally grown organic produce cooked by their staff. The centre's accommodation is atmospheric, even with open-air bathrooms built in harmony with the surrounding forest, so take this opportunity to relax this afternoon. This is a beautiful spot to appreciate nature, sit under the stars as the sun goes down and spend an evening technology-free!

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Seloliman Nature Reserve/Mt. Bromo - Join the reserve staff on a walk around the property this morning, learning about the local environment and the Javanese tradition of herbal medicine. You'll gain an insight into the region’s flora and fauna, traditional farming methods, rice production and the mini hydroelectricity plant. Finish up with a traditional jamu demonstration and a tasting of this Javanese herbal medicine. Then, travel to Mt Bromo – the homeland of the Tenggerese. The still-active volcano – standing at 2329 m – is the most well-known of the Tengger massif. Retire early tonight in preparation for tomorrow's early start.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Mt. Bromo/ Kalibaru - Your early start today (around 3 am) will be well worth it! First, drive to a lookout point in jeeps to catch the sunrise over the sea of sand. After, you’ll climb up to the volcano crater to take a peek inside – the ascent is not too difficult (approximately 45 minutes), but it can be very cold, so don't forget to bring extra layers of clothing. It's also worth bringing a scarf to cover your nose and mouth, as it can get dusty. Return to the hotel to freshen up and then depart midmorning to Kalibaru by taking a local train. Tonight, you’re free to relax by the pool or perhaps indulge in a local massage.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Pemuteran - Head out early this morning to tour some nearby coffee and cocoa plantations. You'll see how coffee is dried and if there’s time, how cocoa is fermented. Before you set off, enjoy a nice cup of coffee or tea and snack on fried bananas – yum! Travel by minibus to the far eastern end of Java – Gilimanuk. There is often a lot of heavy traffic on this stretch of road as it's the main entry point for Bali, so there may be some delays. Next, you'll board a ferry across the Java Strait, then another minibus for a journey along the west coast of Bali to Pemuteran – your destination for the next two nights.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Pemuteran - Enjoy a relaxing day in this gorgeous beachside location. Maybe start the day with a yoga class and then explore the local area at your own pace. You could visit the surrounding monkey-filled temples, go swimming off the coast, or think about booking in a snorkelling or diving expedition to the turquoise waters of Menjangan Island. Otherwise, simply sit back, relax and watch the fishermen go about their day-to-day on one of the beaches.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Ubud - Make the journey to Ubud today – the leafy-green natural paradise of Bali. On the way, stop in at Taman Ayun Temple, to take in the impressive Balinese architecture while you stroll around the gardens. Ubud is Bali's main arts and cultural centre with lots of markets, shops and warungs, close to verdant rice terraces and lush jungles. With nature and wellbeing at its core, Ubud is a highland haven popular with travellers. Tonight, why not get a group of your travel pals together and find a local place to eat some traditional Balinese cuisine.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Ubud - Enjoy a free day to soak up the relaxed atmosphere of Ubud, before your second welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. Maybe head to one of the most popular landmarks of Ubud – Pura Taman Saraswati. The most notable feature of the pura is its lotus pond and water garden, marking the outer area of the actual temple. Ubud is also full of boutique shops and cafes serving wonderful organic produce. It is the perfect place to just wander and stop for a bite to eat watching the hustle and bustle go by. There will be a briefing at 6pm for the 2nd part of your journey in Bali.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Ubud - Start the day with a guided walking tour around Ubud with your local leader. Gain an insight into daily village life as you pass lush rice fields, an alang alang valley (type of wild grass used to make the roof of traditional buildings) and stop by a Balinese home for coffee and experience the traditional Balinese offering. The walk ends in central Ubud, where you'll have time to explore the many cafes, galleries and shops on your own. In the evening, sit down and enjoy a traditional Kecak dance performance. Driven not by musical instruments, but by human chanting, this fascinating theatrical performance is considered a highlight by many of our travellers.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Undisan - Today you’ll explore the area from a different angle – from the saddle of a bike. Head out on a tour through backstreets, villages and rice fields. It’s a relatively easy ride – much of the route is downhill – and there will be plenty of opportunities to stop for photos or a brief rest. You’ll also stop to check out some small, intricately carved temples, before concluding your bike tour back in Ubud. After refuelling with lunch, head for the hills to the village of Undisan. Set against a backdrop of Bali's highest peak, Mt Agung, the peaceful village of Sidemen is proof that Bali still has some pockets that are untouched by tourism.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Sibetan Village - Take a morning walk around Undisan's rice terraces, visiting the craftspeople of the traditional trade, village temples and enjoy a traditional 'bungkus' lunch. The walk is a great chance to take in the beautiful scenery before you make tracks to Sibetan Village. You’ll be given a special welcome by the chief of the village, then check into your homestay accommodation before enjoying some free time in the afternoon. You might like to explore the traditional village a little or simply just relax and take in the atmosphere here. Alternatively, you could take on an optional cooking class and learn the secret ingredients and spices of the traditional cuisine here. This evening, you’ll enjoy some time spent with the locals and be treated to a typical dinner of salak (snake fruit), prepared for you by the villagers.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Mt Batur - This morning, take a guided walk through an ancient Salak Plantation with the opportunity to interact with the local community. Here, you’ll see cultural heritage plants – the remains of a white mango tree which was first planted in Sibetan in the 16th century and a Jaka Moding Plant (a type of palm tree). You’ll tuck into Tipat Blayag (Rhombus) for lunch (rice wrapped in young coconut leaves), combined with side dishes of chicken and vegetables. After exploring the village, you’ll continue by car for a journey higher into the mountains, driving along the crater rim road to a fishing village on the edge of Lake Batur. Volcanic Mt Batur (1717 m) sits inside a stark and spectacular caldera and with Lake Batur below, it's a stunning sight. The lake supports the local fishing industry, while many of the villagers work as guides for the volcano climb. Your accommodation for the evening is in a great location to start tomorrow's early morning trek without extra travelling time.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Lovina - You’ll wake up bright and early at around 3 am this morning to begin the walk to the summit of Mt Batur in order to reach the top before sunrise. Trust us, it’s worth the effort. On a clear morning, it's possible to see all the way across the Lombok Strait to the peaks of Lombok's Mt Rinjani. The view of the gorgeous sunrise over the valleys of Bali may well be the most memorable part of your trip. Do keep in mind, however, that the weather can be unpredictable and sometimes the view is obscured by clouds. After descending the volcano, there's an option to soak in hot springs with fantastic views over the lake and caldera. Then make the journey from the mountains to the small coastal town of Lovina, made famous by its dolphins that patrol the coast. It's also a great spot for fine food, traditional massages and yoga – just what the doctor ordered after today’s epic mountain climb.

     

    Day - 20

    Location: Lovina - Explore a traditional market in the morning, then head out on a day of snorkelling among Menjangan Island’s coral reef, which is part of the Bali Barat National Park. On the way back from your undersea adventure, you’ll stop for a soak at Banjar Hot Springs – a small spring popular with locals. In the afternoon, stop for a cup of coffee at Global Kafe – a diner whose profits support the Global Village Foundation, providing wheelchairs and mobility aids for people with disabilities and assisting those with illnesses with their medical costs. Tonight, head to Ibu Wayan's to learn about Balinese cuisine before sitting down to a home-cooked meal.

     

    Day - 21

    Location: Sanur - Wave goodbye to Lovina and make our way to Sanur. Along the way, visit Gitgit waterfall and Lake Bratan before continuing to Sanur, where you’ll have a free afternoon. Maybe go for a stroll along Bali's first beachfront walk, watch the fishermen in the shallows or kick back and relax at one of the beachside restaurants. Get a feel for the traditions and local customs which are well maintained here. Ancient temples are also easily accessible – just a short distance away from the beach.

     

    Day - 22

    Location: Sanur - Your trip comes to an end after breakfast today. You may like to stay on for a few extra days to make the most of your visit here. You may want to take a surfing lesson, bike tour or one of the many other activities on offer. If you need to organise additional accommodation, just get in touch with your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Mt. Kelimutu National Park - Salam! Welcome to the Indonesian island of Flores – translating to the island of flowers. An arrival transfer will take you from Ende Airport to your accommodation in Mt Kelimutu National Park. If you arrive early, why not take some time to explore your lush surroundings on foot? Tonight, you’ll meet your trip leader and new travel group for a welcome meeting at 6 pm.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Bajawa - Wake up bright and early and strap on your walking shoes. This morning, you’ll head out on a sunrise trek to Mt Kelimutu. Make your way up the mountain to the viewpoint, where you’ll be greeted with spectacular views over the bright green, blue and red crater lakes below. Heading back down the mountain, stop by Murundao waterfall. Jump in your private transfer and take a picturesque drive along the coast towards Bajawa. The foot of the looming stratovolcano – Mount Inerie – is home to a number of naturally occurring hot springs. Today, you’ll visit Mengeruda Hot Springs, where the waters are warmed by the nearby volcano and are said to contain medicinal properties. After soaking your worries away, finish your day surrounded by waterfalls and overhanging trees.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Bena - Ruteng - Jump into your private transport this morning and travel to the town of Bena – a village known for its megalithic formations and traditional huts. Wander through the streets as your leader takes you on a guided walk through the village, admiring the intricate handiwork of the thatched hut roofs, impressive stone formations and ancestral shrines. Today, you’ll enjoy a locally made lunch in town before hopping back in your van and heading off to the town of Ruteng. Arriving in the late afternoon, take the opportunity to explore the town and don’t forget to grab some excellent insider recommendations for the best dinner spots.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Cara village/ Dintor - After breakfast, make your way south, stopping by Cara village. Here, you’ll see the Lingko – rice fields planted in an intricate spiderweb pattern. Jumping back in your vehicle, drive along the picturesque south coast of Flores, overlooking the Sea of Saba before arriving in Dintor village. Tonight, you’ll be sleeping in a homestay in town. Why not hunt down some dinner with your group (don’t forget to ask your leader for the best recommendations!).

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Wae Rebo - Today, you’ll be heading to the remote village of Wae Rebo – isolated from the rest of the island, this is an ancient tribal village in the middle of the lush rainforest valley, surrounded by mountains. Make sure you pack a small overnight pack before heading off while the rest of your luggage will be stored in Dintor. You’ll be trekking into the rainforest to reach the village and large bags can’t make the journey with you. Lace up your hiking shoes and head off to the village, where you’ll be greeted by the locals with a welcome ceremony and a dinner of traditional dishes and specialty Wae Rebo coffee. Tonight, you’ll be sleeping in a Mbaru Niang – a tall, cone-shaped house completely covered in lontar thatch (a type of thatching made of dried leaves from the native lontar tree).

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Labuan Bajo - Let the sounds of the jungle wake you up this morning, before joining your group for breakfast in the village. Head back on your return hike through the rainforest and meet your transport back to Dintor, where you’ll collect your luggage and can freshen up with a cold shower and grab lunch. After, travel to Labuan Bajo. You have free time this evening to explore the city at your own pace. On the west coast of Flores, Labuan Bajo sits right on the beach with expansive views across the Flores Sea and to the islands on the horizon. Grab some dinner in town before returning to your hotel for some rest and relaxation for the evening.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Komodo Island Sailing - Your sailing adventure begins this morning! After breakfast, make your way to the harbour where you’ll board your traditional sailing boat for the night. When you arrive, enjoy a welcome drink and introduction to the boat while you set off to your first destination – Kelor Island. Famous for its serenity, unspoiled scenery and hiking, Kelor Island is the perfect spot to find gorgeous, panoramic views. Head up to the top of the island this afternoon and take in the surrounding beaches and rolling hills. Jump back on board and head to Manjarite Island, where you’ll spend your time snorkelling and swimming in the crystal waters. Later this afternoon, cruise to Kalong Island – a small mangrove inhabited by thousands of fruit bats – and watch the sunset over the horizon as the locals take flight for the evening.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Komodo Island Sailing/ Labuan Bajo - This morning, make landfall on the Komodo National Park’s third-largest island – Padar Island. Hike up to the top and look out over the verdant landscape, covered in green hills that stretch right down to the shoreline, meeting the blue waters of the Savu Sea. Head back down the mountain where you can cool off at Pink Beach and join the local sea life with some snorkelling. After, sail to Komodo Island, where you’ll be trekking alongside the mighty Komodo dragons. Keep on the lookout for these ancient-looking reptiles, catching them up close and personal in their natural habitat. Make your way back to the harbour, cruising back to Labuan Bajo for a final night on the island. Why not have a dinner together to celebrate this great adventure?

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Labuan Bajo - After breakfast this morning, your adventure comes to an end. Bid your fellow travellers farewell and check out of your hotel. This doesn’t mean your adventure has to come to an end! If you would like to extend your stay in Labuan Bajo, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time to organise additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Sanur - Om Swastiastu! Welcome to Indonesia. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm this evening in Sanur, giving you a quick taste of Bali. Sanur is home to one of best Balinese Night Markets, so after your meeting, why not gather some of your fellow travellers for a night of shopping and feasting on street food – the perfect way to start your journey!

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Tetebatu - Today is a travel day from Bali to Lombok. First, travel by minivan from Sanur to the port of Padang Bai. Then, take a fast boat to Lombok. Hop on a minibus to Tetebatu – this hillside retreat sits within the centre of Lombok, at the southern base of Mt Rinjani, giving you spectacular views for your first night on the island.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Tetebatu - Today you’ll experience a day in the life of the local Sasak people. Take a guided walk through the rice fields and see how the region's farmers have tended the land for centuries (using traditional water buffalo ploughs). Join with the farmers to practice planting rice in the traditional way, or have a go at ploughing. Climb a little higher, through clove and coffee plantations, to a local warung where you can try some coffee. Have lunch in the rice field, enjoying some traditional Sasak dishes. Here, your local guide is part of a female guiding association that trains and develops women in tourism. Return and recharge, before a special evening. Walk to dinner at the local community hall, welcomed by a group of Gamelan musicians. Along the way, stop at the home industry making brown sugar & coconut oil to see how the local people produce these products in the traditional way. Then, sit down for dinner prepared by the community and tuck into some Sasak delicacies while you watch a music performance.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Labuhan Pandan - Travel to Labuhan Pandan on the east coast of Lombok. This remote beachside location is less visited by tourists but the stretch of coastline is just as gorgeous as the hot spots. Along the way, visit the village of Pringgasela to learn the art of traditional weaving – a long-standing tradition and the main income source for the local people here. Have some lunch with the villagers, then continue to Masbagik – another Sasak village that’s known for hand-made pottery products. Almost no men are involved in the pottery process and you’ll get a chance to meet with the female artisans here as they show you some of the pottery and learn how to craft their work. Tonight, you’ll stay in bungalow accommodation amid the peace and quiet of the secluded east coast.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Labuhan Pandan - Take a trip out to the nearby coral reef today and go snorkelling off the boat. Stop in at a secluded island for lunch, with Mt Rinjani towering over Lombok in the background. Tonight, feast on a fresh seafood barbecue on the beach as the sun goes down – this really is island living at its best, so soak it all in!

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Senaru/Gili Air - Today, you’ll travel around the spiritual centre of Labuan Pandan and Mt Rinjani, the sleeping giant of this island. Make a stop at a beach to break the journey and enjoy the amazing mountain view, then visit a local cashew plantion before carrying on to Senaru. When you arrive, you’ll walk past Sendang Gile Waterfall to Tiu Kelep Waterfall, where you can take a refreshing dip to cool off. This afternoon, take a small boat to Gili Air. When you arrive on this idyllic island paradise, take in the breezy atmosphere and maybe walk along the white beaches as the sun goes down.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Gili Air - Gili Air is your oyster today and you’re completely free to relax or explore at your own pace. Maybe take another snorkelling trip or catch a ferry across to the other islands of Gili Trawangan and Gili Meno and work out for yourself which one has the better beaches. This evening, enjoy an optional group dinner on the beachfront as you reminisce on your adventure.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Gili Air - With no activities planned for today, you’re free to leave at any time after check-out. This doesn’t mean your adventure has to come to an end! If you would like to extend your stay on the blissful Gili Air, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time to organise additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Sorong, West Papua - Welcome to West Papua! Your adventure begins in the bustling port city of Sorong, the launch point to one of the most beautiful marine regions in the world. If you arrive early, maybe explore the city’s local markets and learn about the local fishing trade or visit a Buddhist temple with views of the town (Sapta Ratna Pagoda). Start with a welcome meeting at 6 pm where you’ll meet your trip leader and fellow travellers. Later this evening maybe find a place to eat dinner with your group – your leader will have the best local recommendations.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Sorong - Waisai, Waigeo Island - Saonek Island - After boarding your sailboat in Sorong, you’ll cruise toward Waisai – a small town on Waigeo Island. If time allows, you’ll stop at Saonek Island where you can swim among the diverse sea creatures or maybe walk along the sandy shore and take in the views of islets scattered across the clear waters. Tonight, settle in, unpack and enjoy your first night onboard your traditional Phinisi-style boat as your onboard chef prepares an Indonesian feast for dinner.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Mioskon Island - Yenbuba Village, Mansuar Island - This morning you have the option to join a birdwatching tour and spot the rare birds of paradise. From there, you’ll head to Mioskon Island near the Dampier Strait. Known for its scenery and calm surrounding waters, Mioskon Island is the perfect place for snorkelling, with an abundance of marine life like reef sharks and turtles. In the afternoon, visit Yenbuba Village, where coral reefs lie just off the jetty. Just steps from the shore, you can spot colorful coral and schools of fish. Take some time to explore the village, learn about the local culture and enjoy a short walk around town.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Fam Islands - Piaynemo island - Spend the day exploring the Fam Island Group, known for its calm lagoons and rich marline biodiversity. Here you can snorkel, kayak or simply relax in the clear waters. Later today, hike up to Pianemo Viewpoint – one of Raja Ampat’s most iconic sights. Have your camera ready as you enjoy the panoramic views of limestone islets scattered across the sea.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Yanggefo island - Arborek Village, Arborek Island - Start your day snorkeling at Yangefo – a hidden gem known for its dense mangrove forests, coral gardens and clear waters. It’s an ideal spot for both snorkeling and paddleboarding, with a good chance of spotting sea turtles, schools of fish and even stingrays. In the afternoon, visit Arborek Village, a small island community celebrated for its warm hospitality and traditional culture. The reef just beneath the jetty is full of marine life, including giant clams, sea fans and colourful reef fish. Take time to stroll through the village or shop for handmade crafts.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Sauwandarek Beach, Mansuar Island - Today you’ll explore the Sawandarek – a beach village with lush reefs, calm waters and white sandy shorelines. Learn about the villages’ conservation-focused community that is actively involved in marine protection efforts. Here you have the opportunity to snorkel, connect with locals or simply unwind surrounded by nature.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Blue River (Kali Biru), Waigeo Island - Sorong, West Papua - Before cruising back to Sorong, you’ll make a stop at the Blue River (Kali Biru). Located within the dense rainforest of Waigeo Island, this sapphire-blue freshwater stream is a great spot for a refreshing dip or short jungle walk.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Disembark in Sorong, West Papua - Enjoy your final breakfast onboard before disembarking in Sorong around midday. A transfer will be included to take you from the port to the airport or to a centrally located hotel in Sorong. If you wish to spend more time here, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time. If you are flying out today, please do not book onwards flights until after 3 pm this afternoon.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Medan - Selamat datang! Welcome to Indonesia. The adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm. If you happen to arrive early, perhaps check out Maimun Palace – designed by a Dutch Architect and built in the 19th century, it combines architecture from Malay, Indian and Islamic cultures and is now a museum. Alternatively, buy a ticket and take a guided tour of the museum at Tjong A Fie Mansion – known as ‘the historical jewel in Medan’, the Tjong A Fie was built in 1895 by a hakka merchant and is modelled on the Cheong Fatt Tze mansion in Penang. After your meeting, maybe grab some street food at one of the night markets in town.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Bukit Lawang - Jump aboard a private vehicle and drive to Bukit Lawang. The first part of the journey involves quite heavy traffic, but the roads are nice and smooth. Closer to Bukit Lawang it gets bumpy and windy, so brace yourself for a bit of an adventure. The reward for the journey is Bukit Lawang – a peaceful village on the banks of the Bohorok river, right next to the Gunung Leuser National Park. In the afternoon you can take an optional tour in the countryside by becak (cycle rickshaw) or cool off with a refreshing swim in the river. There will be also be plenty of time to prepare for your jungle trek.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Gunung Leuser National Park - Set off on your trekking adventure through the Gunung Leuser National Park with an experienced guide. This UNESCO World Heritage site and Wildlife Heritage Area spans 7927 sq km and is one of the world's most diverse ecosystems. It's the home of many endangered species, including the Sumatran tiger, rhinoceros and elephants. These animals are extremely rare, but you’ll get the chance to go in search for wild orangutans. There used to be an orangutan rehabilitation centre here, but now these creatures have all been returned to their natural habitat, so this is your best chance in Indonesia to see orangutans in the wild. There are also 300 species of birds and many rare plants and flowers. Along the way, your guides will point out orangutan nests, edible plants for you to try, monkeys and birds. Tonight you’ll camp in the jungle – enjoy the atmosphere of the wild as the sun goes down and the guides cook dinner for the group.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Gunung Leuser National Park/ Bukit Lawang - Today, your adventure takes you deeper into the heart of Gunung Leuser National Park. Following a hearty breakfast, head out on another invigorating trek, this time in a new direction, promising even more opportunities to encounter the park's incredible wildlife. Let the lush surroundings envelop you in a natural symphony of sights and sounds, then return to the guesthouse in Bukit Lawang to unwind in the afternoon. Settle in for a restful evening, surrounded by the sights and sounds of the jungle.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Berastagi - Say goodbye to the jungle this morning and head out for Berastagi – the home of the Karo people, a Batak sub-group with traditional villages (long houses) and your destination for the next two nights. Arrive after lunch, then enjoy the free time to explore at your own pace or take the opportunity to rest and recharge after two long days of trekking.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Mt. Sibayak/Berastagi - Your day starts with a short drive to the starting point of today's hike, which will bring you to the top of the Sibayak Volcano (2094 m). The trail can be quite steep, muddy and slippery, especially in the wet season. You’ll follow a shady jungle path which, towards the top, opens into an alpine setting. Long pants are essential to protect you from poisonous plants, and a trekking stick will also come in handy! From the summit, you can see (and hear) the steaming vapours escaping from the fumaroles of this active volcano. After the descent, sit down for a traditional bungkus lunch just in time to reward your hardwork on the hike and enjoy the views. You’ll then head back for a relax. You may also choose to go to the nearby hot springs for a soothing soak – after a few days of trekking, relaxing in these pools, which are all naturally heated by the volcano, will be a welcome relief.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Lake Toba - This morning, head to Lake Toba – surrounded by mountains, this spot is a peaceful place to relax. Formed by a huge volcanic eruption 70,000 years ago, a second eruption 50,000 years later created an island the size of Singapore in the middle of the lake (Samosir Island). Stop at Dokan Village along the way, where you'll find the traditional homes of local Batak families. From here, take a ferry across the glistening waters to Samosir Island, then drive to your lakeside accommodation. You have a free night to unwind and immerse yourself in the serene ambiance – your accommodation is right next to the lake and there’s nice views of the water, mountains and rice fields.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Lake Toba - Embark on a day tour in Samosir today. Visit the Stone Chairs and the Simanindo Museum (in a traditional house). You’ll also travel up to a viewpoint on the island which gives you a panoramic vista of Lake Toba and the surrounding Sumatran countryside. Walk through nearby rice fields and stop by a local Batak house for a traditional lunch. Toba Island is dotted with many ancient and modern grave sites, several of which you’ll see today. You’ll also have the chance to attend a traditional Batak dance performance!

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Medan - Say goodbye to Lake Toba, then drive to the Lake Port. Hop aboard a rustic wooden boat and glide to Tiga Raja Port. Take a moment to peruse the stalls of the weekly market nearby if it happens today, then head on to Medan. This is a bit of a travel day, but the passing landscapes are perfect to pass the time if you can grab a window seat! Arrive in Medan in the late afternoon, then maybe head out for a farewell dinner with your group and local leader, celebrating an amazing adventure.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Jakarta - Today, you’ll fly from Medan to Jakarta after breakfast. When you arrive, enjoy some free time in Jakarta check out some of the museums –maybe explore the Wayang (puppetry), Balai Seni Rupa (fine arts) and Maritime museums. The National Museum is also great for first-time visitors. Maybe check out the Monas (National Monument), dedicated to the spirit of the Indonesian people. You’ll have another welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight to meet the new members of your group. After, maybe head out to dinner to get to know each other better.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Jakarta - Familiarise yourself with the city on a full-day tour of Jakarta with your local leader. Take in Sunda Kelapa port – where the Dutch first landed, temple-filled Chinatown and the old town of Batavia. See Si Jagur – an old Portuguese cannon ornately decorated with a disguised meaning. Visit a Chinese mansion (Chandra Naya) and gain an insight into the beautiful Peranakan architecture. Wander Fatahillah Square, then explore the religious side of the city at Cathedral Church and Istiqlal Mosque – the largest mosque in South East Asia. Tonight, you’re free to find some delicious local eats – just ask your leader!

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Bandung - This morning, take a train to Bandung – a former Dutch city which now boasts a thriving art, shopping and cafe scene. When you arrive around lunch time, you’ll head out for a street food crawl at the Paskal Food Market. Maybe try some satay skewers, gado-gado (a traditional Indonesian salad made from boiled eggs and vegetables) or roasted chicken with rice and vegetables. After, walk off the full belly with a heritage walk through Braga Street – once the centre of local development, this street was home to the first shopping arcade in Bandung, with lots of art deco buildings, shops and a cinema. Sit down for a cup of coffee (in a locally beloved one) and watch the world go by.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Bandung - Today you’ll head out of Bandung for a day trip to the largest volcano in West Java – Tangkuban Perahu, the only volcanic mountain in Indonesia that you can drive to – and its lush surroundings. Circled by pine forests and tea plantations, you’ll soak up the views as you learn about the unique history of the volcano. Take a walk around the craters with your leader, then head to the Ciater Hot Springs. Along the way, visit a local tea plantation to learn about the tea industry in Java, then continue to the hot springs for a relaxing soak to soothe the muscles. Later, you have a free afternoon and evening back in Bandung.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Yogyakarta - This morning, catch a train to Yogyakarta. This town is one of South East Asia's real gems! Known as Java's cultural heart, Yogyakarta has a great atmosphere and is perfect to explore on foot. From batik workshops to the nearby Hindu and Buddhist temples, Yogya offers a great array of cultural avenues to explore. When you arrive, you’re free to explore at your own pace – just ask your leader for recommendations.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Yogyakarta - Rise early to avoid the crowds at Candi Borobudur – the largest Buddhist structure on earth. This UNESCO World Heritage site is set in a tranquil park and as you approach, you'll see the temple rise before you, looming among tropical foliage. With your local guide, follow the route of ancient pilgrims, circling the mandala-shaped structure from the early realms towards Nirvana. After, you have a free afternoon. You might like to visit one of Yogya's other heritage temples – Prambanan Temple is the largest Hindu complex in Java. Tonight, perhaps catch a performance of the Ramayana Ballet – your leader will be able to check dates and availability for you.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Yogyakarta - Pedal out of the city on a cycling tour through the rice fields and countryside surrounding Yogyakarta. See the locals making various goods, from bricks to tofu and tempeh. Pass palms, lush green grasslands and the odd burst of yellow and pink flowers by the side of the road, which make for great photo opportunities! After, you have a free afternoon to maybe take on a cooking class where you can learn about Indonesian cuisine. Or, why not salute the sun with a yoga class.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Seloliman Nature Reserve - Travel by train, then minivan to Seloliman Nature Reserve today. This peaceful reserve sits on the slopes of the sacred volcano, Mt Penanggungan. When you arrive, you’ll meet some of the volunteers working at the Seloliman Environmental Education Centre and learn about what they do here. For lunch, sit down for some delicious, locally grown organic produce cooked by their staff. The centre's accommodation is atmospheric, even with open-air bathrooms built in harmony with the surrounding forest, so take this opportunity to relax this afternoon. This is a beautiful spot to appreciate nature, sit under the stars as the sun goes down and spend an evening technology-free!

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Seloliman Nature Reserve/Mt. Bromo - Join the reserve staff on a walk around the property this morning, learning about the local environment and the Javanese tradition of herbal medicine. You'll gain an insight into the region’s flora and fauna, traditional farming methods, rice production and the mini hydroelectricity plant. Finish up with a traditional jamu demonstration and a tasting of this Javanese herbal medicine. Then, travel to Mt Bromo – the homeland of the Tenggerese. The still-active volcano – standing at 2329 m – is the most well-known of the Tengger massif. Retire early tonight in preparation for tomorrow's early start.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Mt. Bromo/ Kalibaru - Your early start today (around 3 am) will be well worth it! First, drive to a lookout point in jeeps to catch the sunrise over the sea of sand. After, you’ll climb up to the volcano crater to take a peek inside – the ascent is not too difficult (approximately 45 minutes), but it can be very cold, so don't forget to bring extra layers of clothing. It's also worth bringing a scarf to cover your nose and mouth, as it can get dusty. Return to the hotel to freshen up and then depart midmorning to Kalibaru by taking a local train. Tonight, you’re free to relax by the pool or perhaps indulge in a local massage.

     

    Day - 20

    Location: Pemuteran - Head out early this morning to tour some nearby coffee and cocoa plantations. You'll see how coffee is dried and if there’s time, how cocoa is fermented. Before you set off, enjoy a nice cup of coffee or tea and snack on fried bananas – yum! Travel by minibus to the far eastern end of Java – Gilimanuk. There is often a lot of heavy traffic on this stretch of road as it's the main entry point for Bali, so there may be some delays. Next, you'll board a ferry across the Java Strait, then another minibus for a journey along the west coast of Bali to Pemuteran – your destination for the next two nights.

     

    Day - 21

    Location: Pemuteran - Enjoy a relaxing day in this gorgeous beachside location. Maybe start the day with a yoga class and then explore the local area at your own pace. You could visit the surrounding monkey-filled temples, go swimming off the coast, or think about booking in a snorkelling or diving expedition to the turquoise waters of Menjangan Island. Otherwise, simply sit back, relax and watch the fishermen go about their day-to-day on one of the beaches.

     

    Day - 22

    Location: Ubud - Make the journey to Ubud today – the leafy-green natural paradise of Bali. On the way, stop in at Taman Ayun Temple, to take in the impressive Balinese architecture while you stroll around the gardens. Ubud is Bali's main arts and cultural centre with lots of markets, shops and warungs, close to verdant rice terraces and lush jungles. With nature and wellbeing at its core, Ubud is a highland haven popular with travellers. Tonight, why not get a group of your travel pals together and find a local place to eat some traditional Balinese cuisine.

     

    Day - 23

    Location: Ubud - Your trip comes to an end after breakfast this morning. There is plenty to see and do in Ubud, so it’s highly recommended you stay another few days to explore. If you do, maybe hire a bicycle and explore the surrounding rice paddies and small villages, or visit the galleries, museums and handicraft merchants in town. If you would like to spend more time in Ubud, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Medan - Selamat datang! Welcome to Indonesia. The adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm. If you happen to arrive early, perhaps check out Maimun Palace – designed by a Dutch Architect and built in the 19th century, it combines architecture from Malay, Indian and Islamic cultures and is now a museum. Alternatively, buy a ticket and take a guided tour of the museum at Tjong A Fie Mansion – known as ‘the historical jewel in Medan’, the Tjong A Fie was built in 1895 by a hakka merchant and is modelled on the Cheong Fatt Tze mansion in Penang. After your meeting, maybe grab some street food at one of the night markets in town.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Bukit Lawang - Jump aboard a private vehicle and drive to Bukit Lawang. The first part of the journey involves quite heavy traffic, but the roads are nice and smooth. Closer to Bukit Lawang it gets bumpy and windy, so brace yourself for a bit of an adventure. The reward for the journey is Bukit Lawang – a peaceful village on the banks of the Bohorok river, right next to the Gunung Leuser National Park. In the afternoon you can take an optional tour in the countryside by becak (cycle rickshaw) or cool off with a refreshing swim in the river. There will be also be plenty of time to prepare for your jungle trek.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Gunung Leuser National Park - Set off on your trekking adventure through the Gunung Leuser National Park with an experienced guide. This UNESCO World Heritage site and Wildlife Heritage Area spans 7927 sq km and is one of the world's most diverse ecosystems. It's the home of many endangered species, including the Sumatran tiger, rhinoceros and elephants. These animals are extremely rare, but you’ll get the chance to go in search for wild orangutans. There used to be an orangutan rehabilitation centre here, but now these creatures have all been returned to their natural habitat, so this is your best chance in Indonesia to see orangutans in the wild. There are also 300 species of birds and many rare plants and flowers. Along the way, your guides will point out orangutan nests, edible plants for you to try, monkeys and birds. Tonight you’ll camp in the jungle – enjoy the atmosphere of the wild as the sun goes down and the guides cook dinner for the group.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Gunung Leuser National Park/ Bukit Lawang - Today, your adventure takes you deeper into the heart of Gunung Leuser National Park. Following a hearty breakfast, head out on another invigorating trek, this time in a new direction, promising even more opportunities to encounter the park's incredible wildlife. Let the lush surroundings envelop you in a natural symphony of sights and sounds, then return to the guesthouse in Bukit Lawang to unwind in the afternoon. Settle in for a restful evening, surrounded by the sights and sounds of the jungle.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Berastagi - Say goodbye to the jungle this morning and head out for Berastagi – the home of the Karo people, a Batak sub-group with traditional villages (long houses) and your destination for the next two nights. Arrive after lunch, then enjoy the free time to explore at your own pace or take the opportunity to rest and recharge after two long days of trekking.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Mt. Sibayak/Berastagi - Your day starts with a short drive to the starting point of today's hike, which will bring you to the top of the Sibayak Volcano (2094 m). The trail can be quite steep, muddy and slippery, especially in the wet season. You’ll follow a shady jungle path which, towards the top, opens into an alpine setting. Long pants are essential to protect you from poisonous plants, and a trekking stick will also come in handy! From the summit, you can see (and hear) the steaming vapours escaping from the fumaroles of this active volcano. After the descent, sit down for a traditional bungkus lunch just in time to reward your hardwork on the hike and enjoy the views. You’ll then head back for a relax. You may also choose to go to the nearby hot springs for a soothing soak – after a few days of trekking, relaxing in these pools, which are all naturally heated by the volcano, will be a welcome relief.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Lake Toba - This morning, head to Lake Toba – surrounded by mountains, this spot is a peaceful place to relax. Formed by a huge volcanic eruption 70,000 years ago, a second eruption 50,000 years later created an island the size of Singapore in the middle of the lake (Samosir Island). Stop at Dokan Village along the way, where you'll find the traditional homes of local Batak families. From here, take a ferry across the glistening waters to Samosir Island, then drive to your lakeside accommodation. You have a free night to unwind and immerse yourself in the serene ambiance – your accommodation is right next to the lake and there’s nice views of the water, mountains and rice fields.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Lake Toba - Embark on a day tour in Samosir today. Visit the Stone Chairs and the Simanindo Museum (in a traditional house). You’ll also travel up to a viewpoint on the island which gives you a panoramic vista of Lake Toba and the surrounding Sumatran countryside. Walk through nearby rice fields and stop by a local Batak house for a traditional lunch. Toba Island is dotted with many ancient and modern grave sites, several of which you’ll see today. You’ll also have the chance to attend a traditional Batak dance performance!

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Medan - Say goodbye to Lake Toba, then drive to the Lake Port. Hop aboard a rustic wooden boat and glide to Tiga Raja Port. Take a moment to peruse the stalls of the weekly market nearby if it happens today, then head on to Medan. This is a bit of a travel day, but the passing landscapes are perfect to pass the time if you can grab a window seat! Arrive in Medan in the late afternoon, then maybe head out for a farewell dinner with your group and local leader, celebrating an amazing adventure.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Medan - With no further activities planned, your adventure comes to an end in Medan this morning after breakfast. If you'd like to extend your stay, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time to organise additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Jakarta - Selamat datang! Welcome to Jakarta, Indonesia. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm today. If you happen to arrive early, check out some of Jakarta's interesting museums such as the Wayang Museum (full of traditional puppets), Balai Seni Rupa Museum (fine arts and ceramics) or the National Museum. If you don’t have a lot of time today, do not fear! You’ll have time at the end of your expedition to explore the city some more. After your important meeting, why not gather a few of your travel pals for a local meal – your group leader will know of some great spots to go.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Palangka Raya/ Tumbang Malahoi Longhouse - Time to begin your Kalimantan adventure! In the morning, transfer to the airport for a flight bound for Kalimantan on the island of Borneo. Upon arrival, visit to the Balanga Museum, where you’ll find fascinating Indonesian artifacts that provide insight into Kalimantan's indigenous cultures. Enjoy a local lunch nearby before taking a drive to your longhouse stay tonight. Longhouses are the traditional dwellings of people in this area, and your accommodation is located right in the centre of Tumbang Malahoi village. On arrival, there will be a Tumpang Tawar (blessing ceremony) to welcome you into the village and the longhouse. After dinner, join in on the fun with a family dance in the longhouse’s hallways.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Palangka Raya - After a simple local breakfast, take a walk around to learn about how the people of this village live. The majority of the villagers here work as carpenters, gold miners or fishermen. Later, explore the nearby jungle with some of the locals. After lunch in the jungle, return to the longhouse to say your farewells before heading back to Palangka Raya. Sit back and relax with a chilled-out afternoon at the hotel with your travel crew.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Sampit - After breakfast, embark on a Sei Gohong river tour by canoe, making your way to Kaja Island, where you will witness the Borneo Orangutan Survival Foundation’s (BOSF) pre-release program in action. Kaja Island is the final step of the BOSF program before the orangutans return to the wild. In addition to observing these magnificent creatures, the island is home to a diverse range of other wildlife and birds. In the afternoon, continue to Sampit. This port city is famous for its fresh seafood, so be sure to ask your leader for some tips on where to pick up local specialties for dinner this evening.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Tanjung Puting National Park - Depart early from Sampit to Tanjung Puting, and arrive at Kumai Port by midday. Here is where you'll board a traditional klotok river boat. These boats are named after the sound the engines make: ‘klo-tok’. On your way to the eco-lodge – your accommodation in the national park – keep an eye out for the elusive proboscis monkeys, endemic to the island of Borneo. On arrival, check into your accommodation right in the heart of the jungle and enjoy a welcome lunch. Later visit the Tanjung Harapan feeding station at the park headquarters, where large alpha male can often be spotted. Dinner is included at the ecolodge, where your leader will fill you in on the program for the next few days.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Tanjung Puting National Park - Head off for an early morning aboard your klotok and cruise upriver in search of the local wildlife. Your first stop is the renowned Camp Leakey – possibly the most famous place for orangutan research in the world. At Leakey, visit the education centre to learn a little bit more about the region, and keep an eye out for agile gibbons and wild pigs. You’ll visit the feeding centre for an up close look at the orangutans – a truly special experience. Afterwards, cruise down the river in search of proboscis monkeys and wild orangutans socialising along the riverbank, then return to your ecolodge accommodation for dinner.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Tanjung Puting National Park - After breakfast, leave for the feeding station of Pondok Tanggui, 1 hour upstream for morning feeding time. Look out for giant squirrels, pigs, and many butterflies on the walk in. As at most of the stations, you are likely to spot another large alpha male here too. After viewing the orangutans, spend some time exploring the area before getting back on the boat. Lunch today will be on board before travelling to the Tanjung Harapan feeding Station for the afternoon feeding. Visit the nearby Tanjung Harapan village across the river and then return back to your ecolodge for the evening.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Jakarta - This morning, say goodbye to Tanjung Puting National Park, and board your klotok once more to the port city of Kumai. Stop for lunch in the city, a good chance to reflect on your special time in the national park, then drive on to airport and take a flight back to Jakarta. Upon arrival in Jakarta, check in to hotel and free time for you to explore Jakarta City by night, or have a group dinner together with your travel pals on this farewell night.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Jakarta - With no activities planned for today, your adventure comes to an end, and you are free to leave the accommodation at any time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Makassar - Selamat datang! Welcome to Sulawesi, the Indonesian island gem that’s home to vast national parkland, radiant coral reefs and a mountainous centre. Your adventure starts in Makassar with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. If you arrive early maybe join a food tour at the local night market, explore the 14th-century Fort Rotterdam or visit the 99-Dome Mosque. After your meeting, maybe get to know your new travel companions over a traditional dinner on Losari beach.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Pare Pare - This morning, travel through the countryside to Pare Pare – a port town on the coast of Sulawesi. Along the way, visit Ramang Ramang village and take in the panoramic views of the karst mountains closing in on the rice paddies and surrounding farmland. Then, board a traditional wooden boat and float up the river, stopping along the way to meet locals and be welcomed into their village. After, continue your journey to Pare Pare where you’ll spend the evening.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Rantepao - Today, you’ll travel north to Rantepao – a town surrounded by mountains and forest, known as the cultural centre of the Toraja people. Today is a bit of a long travel day, so it's a good idea to get stuck into your book or favourite podcasts. Along the way, stop at the Gunung Nona viewpoint for panoramic views over the region. When you arrive in Rantepao later this afternoon, maybe visit a local coffee roastery and try a Toraja coffee or relax with a good book in preparation for the trekking adventure ahead.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Madong (Toraja Trekking) - Wake up early and set out for the starting point of today’s Tana Toraja trek in Mariri. Your hike begins with a steep descent through lush bamboo forest, then traverses beautiful scenery as you soak up the sight of coffee and cacao plantations, pass villages, rice terraces and pine forests, and chat with local Toraja people along the way. Stop for a packed lunch and take a moment to appreciate the remoteness of the surrounding landscape. This afternoon, you’ll arrive in Madong. Enjoy a free afternoon and maybe join the locals as they weave traditional floor mats or make dinner. Tonight, you’ll stay in a local Tongkonan guesthouse run by a family in the village. Tongkonan houses are the traditional homes of the Toraja people, with boat-shaped roofs and intricate carvings.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Batutumonga - After a traditional breakfast, lace up your hiking boots and set off on the next section of your trek to Kalimbuang. Your hike begins by weaving through bamboo forest and traditional villages. Pass farmers tending to their gardens and immerse yourself in the beautiful landscape of rice terraces and fertile valleys. Stop by a village for a well-earned rest and refuel with a packed lunch before descending through pine forest. When you arrive at the Kalimbuang Rice Terrace, drive to Batutumonga, where you’ll spend a second night in a Tongkonan guesthouse.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Rantepao - Enjoy a free morning to explore at your own pace. Maybe go in search of a delicious Toraja hot coffee or hike to Mount Sesean for uninterrupted views over the region. Later today, visit Ke’te Kesu’ in the centre of the highlands. Nestled in the mountainous region of South Sulawesi, this Tongkonan complex has remained unchanged since its development over 400 years ago and has preserved its ancestral customs as well as its buildings. The people of Ke’te Kesu’ are known as highly skilled craftsmen, and evidence of their creations can be found across the settlement. Discover the abstract and geometric patterns carved into bamboo and stone, then continue to Rantepao.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Rantepao - Spend a full day immersing yourself in Toraja culture. Begin in Lemo, where artful cliffside tombs tell centuries-old stories. Learn about Ma’nene, the ritual held every three years when ‘mummified’ bodies are exhumed, cleaned and redressed in fresh clothing. Continue to Palawa, where traditional houses display buffalo horns as symbols of status. After lunch, travel to Bori and discover the striking landscape of megalithic stones marking a ceremonial ground where the Toraja gather for feasts and rituals to honour the dead. Conclude at Tampang Allo – a serene village surrounded by rice paddies, home to one of the largest burial caves in the region. Along the way, see the giant trees where Torajan families once placed deceased infants, believing their souls would grow with the tree.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Rantepao - Today is a free day for you to explore at your own pace. Depending on the time of year, maybe see the Rambu Solo burial ceremony, wander through the bustling Bolu Buffalo Market or simply relax at your accommodation. Tonight, maybe find a local restaurant for dinner.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Sengkang - After breakfast, travel to Sengkang. Danau Tempe is the second biggest lake on Sulawesi Island. When you arrive, meet the locals from the nearby tribe who live on the water. Visit the floating village, situated on this shallow lake fed by over 20 rivers and home to about 30 families living in simple floating houses. After your visit, travel back to town. Tonight, maybe head out for dinner at a local restaurant – your local leader will have the best recommendations!

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Puntundo - Travel to Puntondo this morning. Located on the Bay of Laikang, this village is surrounded by water, with many of its houses elevated on stilts. When you arrive, learn about the community’s efforts in environmental conservation through their project – the Puntondo Centre for Environmental Education. This project is driven by concern over the environmental damage that has occurred in the area, including illegal logging in the mangroves and the destruction of coral reefs due to careless fishing. The Puntondo Centre for Environmental Education aims to educate its guests on the importance of the marine and coastal ecosystem through various programs and activities.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Makassar - This morning, meet the local fishermen at Puntondo Village. Here, you’ll be welcomed into their homes and learn about their daily life, education, sustainable practices and cultural beliefs. Then visit the mangrove nursery plantation and plant mangroves on the coastal farm. After that, join the fishermen as they harvest seaweed, make sea salt and fix their fishing nets. After lunch, travel back to Makassar city. The rest of the afternoon is free for you to explore at your own pace. Tonight, maybe join your group for dinner at a local restaurant – a great way to celebrate a trip well-travelled!

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Makassar - As there are no further activities today, your trip will come to an end this morning. This doesn’t mean your Indonesian trip has to come to an end! If you’d like to stay longer, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Ubud - Om Swastiastu! Welcome to Bali. Your adventure begins in Ubud, the arts and cultural centre of Bali, with a welcome meeting at 6 pm. If you arrive early, there are many art galleries and museums to explore here, as well as plenty of woodwork, silverware and handicraft shops. Sample some local food at the famous night market or enjoy a traditional Kecak dance performance to settle into the cultural atmosphere. After your meeting tonight, maybe head out to Gianyar night market with your fellow travellers. This casual market is a great way to get a taste of the local culture and try some delicious Indonesian cuisine.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Ubud (White Water Rafting) - Today, you’ll embark on a white water rafting adventure just outside of Ubud. Zoom down an 11 km-long stretch of river, navigating through Class 2 and 3 rapids against a backdrop of rainforest, shadowy gorges and rice paddies. Finish up with a hot shower – clean towels and changing rooms are available so you can get refreshed. For lunch today you’ll sit down for a group buffet before heading back to Ubud for the afternoon. Tonight, you’re free to relax or head out – your leader will always have the best dinner spots on hand!

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Candidasa (Cycling) - Say goodbye to leafy Ubud today and head for the foothills of Mount Agung for your day of cycling. Start close to the slopes of Mount Agung, beginning with a winding trail that takes you through lush bamboo forests and fruit orchards, then pass through local villages and rice paddies. Cycle along quiet country roads mostly downhill, with a few short hills to get your pulse racing. Your ride will finish up at White Beach – a popular spot for swimming and sunbathing. There are plenty of local warungs (cafes) here to grab some lunch. After some time to relax on the beach, you’ll transfer to your guesthouse where you’ll spend the next 2 nights.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Candidasa (Trekking) - This morning you’ll drive to the lush Amlapura region to do some trekking, passing through Budakeling – a Buddhist Brahmana village – and cacao plantations. When you arrive, walk to the village of Bedandem and visit a local silversmith. Your next stop is Gumung, where a rice terrace gives you a gorgeous view of Mt Agung. Here, you might be lucky enough to join the locals in the field for the rice harvest! Your walk will end at Tirta Ganga water palace, where you can have some lunch before visiting the palace. If the mood calls, plunge into the cool water pools and refresh after a day in the sun.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Pura Luhur (Trekking) - Amed - Take a minivan to Pura Luhur this morning. When you arrive, make the climb of over 1700 steps to Lempuyang Temple. The walk is paved the entire way, and it’s easy to find your way to the top. According to the locals, you shouldn't complain on your way to the top, otherwise you'll never make it! There are actually seven different temples to see at this site, so you’ll have some time to explore when you arrive. Enjoy the views of Mount Agung, Bali's highest peak, and keep an eye out for long-tailed macaques circling in the sky. After your climb, return to the base and drive to your accommodation on a black sand beach where you can finish off the day with a refreshing swim.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Amed - Enjoy a free day in Amed today. Soak up the peace and quiet of this remote coastal getaway by taking a stroll along the shore or doing some yoga. While the shoreline itself is often rocky, the waters are crystal clear, making it an excellent place for snorkelling and diving, too. Those looking to discover the US Liberty wreck can put on some snorkelling gear and go exploring – just chat to your leader to organise the activity.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Senaru - Travel by fast boat to Senggigi in Lombok. When you arrive, you’ll take a guided tour of the local Sasak village to learn about the history and culture of the people who live on the slopes of Mt Rinjani. Learn about their traditions and beliefs surrounding this active volcano from your local guide, who’s part of a female guiding association that trains and develops women in tourism. Later today, you’ll meet your guide for tomorrow’s full-day trek to Mt Rinaji to discuss the safety and waste management of the trek. Pack your overnight bag for tomorrow morning, then spend the rest of the night kicking back with a cool drink.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Mt Rinjani (Trekking) - Begin your full-day trek to Mt Rinjani today, departing at around 7 am. Your route follows a variety of terrains, including solid dirt path, solid rock, gravel and grass. There will be plenty of stops along the way to rest your legs and take some photos. Look out for long-tail monkeys and exotic butterflies as you hike along the trail, through shady forest and open grassland. The last section of the trail is the toughest, up steep gravel and dirt paths. This takes you to the campsite just below the crater’s rim (2600 m). If it’s a clear evening, you’ll get some epic views across Bali, the Gili Islands and Mt Agung.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Mt Rinjani - Senaru (Trekking) - Get up early this morning to catch the blazing sunrise from your incredible viewpoint high in the sky. After a 7 am breakfast, it's time to descend back to Senaru. A second perspective on this ever-changing environment is sure to bring new discoveries – maybe you’ll see some honeyeaters or cockatoos in the dense forest. When you get back to your accommodation, you’ll have a free evening to relax and fine a good dinner spot.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Gili Islands - Today you’ll transfer from Senaru to Telak Naru. Here, you’ll take a boat to Gili Air – one of the three Gili Islands just off the coast of Lombok. This paradisical archipelago is home to beautiful white beaches, secluded bamboo huts and a beautifully clear blue-green ocean. When you arrive on the island, take the opportunity for a well-earned rest, or maybe jump straight in the ocean for a refreshing swim, soaking up the relaxing atmosphere. Tonight, you’re free to take it easy!

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Gili Islands - Get among the marine life on a snorkelling trip today around the crystal waters of Gili Air. After being fitted for snorkelling equipment, you’ll head out on a motorised wooden boat and cruise around the archipelago. Swim out straight off the boat to see schools of tropical fish and sea turtles. You’ll also make a few stops at different spots around the islands. Tonight, maybe head to a final group dinner and toast to a trip well travelled.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Gili Islands - Your trip comes to an end today with no further activities planned. If you’re departing from the Bali or Lombok airports, please allow enough time to book a fast boat and land transfer for your return. If you’d like to extend your stay, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time to organise additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Ubud - Salamat Datang! Welcome to Bali. Your adventure begins in the rice paddy-lined oasis of Ubud, in the mountains of Bali. You're free to arrive whenever you like before your welcome meeting this evening at 6 pm. If you do arrive early, maybe stroll around town, soak up the vibe and immerse yourself in all that leafy Ubud has to offer. After the meeting, go out for an optional group dinner and feast on delicious local cuisine.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Ubud - Today is a free day to explore the temples, wander through the rice paddy fields or visit the famous art and craft markets in the town centre. Maybe get up early and start your day with a yoga class, then use your free time to join in on some fun optional activities like a cycling tour, white-water rafting or a cooking class. If you'd prefer to freewheel it, you can just hire a bike and ride around Ubud's lush countryside. For lunch, maybe seek out some of the Balinese specialty – Babi Guling (the Indonesian version of roast pork).

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Mt Batur - Depart Ubud for Batur this morning, visiting the Tirta Empul Water Temple along the way. Tirta Empul, translating to holy water spring, was built in the 10th century as a place of ritual purification for Balinese Hindus and is still very much in use. This is the real deal, and you’ll see the local Balinese come here to bathe in the pools and purify themselves under the waterspouts. Next, head to the stunning rice terraces at Tegalalang to take a stroll. This is a great spot to take that perfect photo of beautiful Bali. When you arrive in Batur, you might want to rest, relax and recharge, ready for a jam-packed day tomorrow.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Candidasa - Rise and shine early birds (at 3 am) – it's time for a good ol' fashioned crater hike. At 1717 m high, Mt Batur sits inside a spectacular caldera along with Lake Batur. The lake supports the local fishing industry, while many villagers work as guides for the volcano climb. You'll be just in time to witness the sunrise over the valleys of Bali! On a clear morning, it's possible to see all the way across the Lombok Strait to the peaks of Mt Rinjani. After descending the volcano, there may be an option to soak in hot springs with great views over the lake and caldera. Later in the afternoon, head southwest to beachside Candidasa. When you arrive, maybe chill out by the beach and let your muscles rest after your glorious hike.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Gili Trawangan - Drive to Padangbai this morning and jump on a speedboat to Gili Trawangan, or Gili T – the Goldilocks of the three Gili islands, striking the perfect balance between Gili Air's hippie vibe and Gili Meno’s low-key honeymoon atmosphere. Check in to your resort, then begin exploring on two wheels during a cycling orientation tour with your leader. Get insider island info on the best places to watch the sunset and the best beaches to soak up the salt air. Luckily for you, you’ll get access to the resort’s bicycles for the duration of your stay, so getting from A to B will be a peddle-powered breeze. After your cycling tour, spend the rest of the night however you like, just remember that bare feet are the basis of the dress code.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Gili Islands - Enjoy a free day on Gili T. Why not join an optional cooking or yoga class or go snorkelling in the unbelievably clear waters. You could even head out on a motorised wooden boat around the Gili Islands, jumping straight off the boat and coming face-to-face with marine life, including colourful fish, coral reefs and of course, sea turtles. The Gili Islands are a famous snorkelling destination and probably the best spot in South East Asia for turtle-spotting. If you’d prefer, just kick back with a cocktail and do nothing!

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Gili Islands - Today is just another day in paradise. Maybe jump on another boat for more snorkelling or take it super easy and set up on the beach with a book, a coconut and a cocktail. You could also grab a bike and go for another ride – all three of the Gili Islands are tiny, but it’ll still sound pretty cool when you tell your friends that you circumnavigated an island on wheels.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Seminyak - Have a leisurely breakfast and one last swim on Gili T before walking back to the port and taking a speedboat to Padangbai. From here, you’ll drive to upmarket Seminyak, where the sunsets are legendary, the beaches are plentiful, the nightlife is lively, and there are more spas, bars, massages and treatments than you can poke at. When you arrive, step out with your leader on an included food tasting. Your leader knows all the best dishes, so unbuckle your belt and try some nasi campur (a mixed plate of rice, veggies and meats) and other local street foods. Continue to a beach club tonight, where you can beat the heat with an included drink.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Seminyak - Give today a real Semin-crack with a range of optional activities to fill up your blissful free time. Maybe café hop (the colourful cafes in Seminyak are endless), laze by the beach or get active and take a surf lesson. You can’t hit Seminyak without soaking up the sun at another beach club in the afternoon. Ever heard of Potato Head? Cocoon? Ku de Ta? Sit back, listen to the tunes, splash around in the pool and watch the sun go down with a cocktail or coconut in hand. Toast to the final full day of the trip with your newfound travel companions and dance the night away.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Seminyak - Your Bali adventure comes to an end today, but that doesn’t mean you can’t continue to swim, snorkel, sleep and tan – if you’d like to stay longer, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Angkor Wat / Siem Reap - Sua s'dei! Welcome to Cambodia. Your Short Break Adventure will begin straight away with a pickup from your hotel at 8 am. You’ll head out on a day tour of Siem Reap, starting with a visit to Angkor Wat temple – easily the most famous and best-preserved of all temples within the Angkor complex. Spend some time wandering this incredible site, then tuck into a Khmer-style lunch at a local restaurant. After, continue to Angkor Thom – with its 54 towers decorated with more than 200 enigmatic smiling faces. Visit the beautiful Ta Prohm temple, which was made famous by the film Tomb Raider. Tonight is free to relax or explore at your own pace. You might like to hit the night markets for some cheap and delicious street food or maybe indulge in a traditional massage.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Banteay Srei / Siem Reap - Join a friendly local guide this morning some serious temple-hopping, nature appreciation and an in-depth look at local life in Siem Reap. Visit the Banteay Srei Butterfly Centre, where you’ll learn all about the lifecycle of butterflies. The netted tropical enclosure here contains thousands of beautiful, free-flying butterflies and is the largest of its kind in Southeast Asia, and all revenue is re-invested to the local community to help alleviate poverty. Explore the Cambodian Landmine Museum, which was established in 1997 by ex-child soldier Aki Ra. The museum aims to educate visitors on the importance of clearing landmines in Cambodia and supports at-risk Khmer children. Next is the Banteay Srei Temple, then you’ll stop for lunch. Meet the sugar palm community at Preah Dak Village – the biggest sugar palm producer in Siem Reap. Here, you’ll learn how this organic sugar is produced and taste one of their sweet treats. You'll then head back to the Angkor complex to see a few more of the gorgeous temples, ending with Preah Khan Temple – one of the largest complexes at Angkor.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Tonle Sap / Siem Reap - Discover more local secrets as you explore by remork (Cambodian tuk tuk) on a half day tour today. Leaving Siem Reap, travel through the countryside to Tonle Sap Lake – one of the world’s most productive bodies of fresh water. Each year, millions of fish come to spawn in the seasonally flooded forest surrounding the lake, attracting a water birds and people who have settled in villages along the shores. This ecosystem was classified as a Biosphere Reserve by UNESCO in 1997. Take a boat trip around the lake to see floating villages and get a taste for life ruled by monsoonal rains and water-based agriculture. Take the back roads back to town and witness seasonal agricultural activities like cricket catching, rice planting and harvesting, smoking fish, fish paste (prohoc making), and duck farming. Stop at a local village to pick up Khmer snacks and visit a Buddhist monastery. Your adventure then comes to an end back in in Siem Reap at about 1 pm. No accommodation is included tonight, so if you’d like to extend your stay, just get in touch with your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Phnom Penh - Sua s'dei! Welcome to Cambodia. Your adventure begins in Phnom Penh with a welcome meeting at 5 pm tonight to meet your local leader the fellow families. If you arrive early, perhaps stroll the streets of Phnom Penh, taking in the interesting French architecture. After, maybe head out for dinner at a local restaurant and try dishes like beef lok lak or fish amok.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Phnom Penh - This morning, take a cyclo (bicycle rickshaw) tour of the city to explore some of the historic buildings on the riverfront form a new perspective. Visit the private quarters of the Royal Palace – home to King Sihamoni. This palace is closed off to the public, but you’ll be able to visit the sacred Silver Pagoda that lies within the palace complex. After, you have a free afternoon to explore at your own pace – your leader always has great recommendations on what to do with the family.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Battambang - Today is a bit of a travel day as you’ll hop on a private bus to Battambang. Break up the long trip with a visit to the pottery workshop in Kampong Chhnang and learn about the craft of pottery making. Then, continue to Cambodia's second-largest city – Battambang is a riverside town of French elegance, friendly Khmer people and beautifully preserved architecture. When you arrive, you have free time to rest and recharge or head out on an optional tour of the city. Later, you’ll head to a local’s house and be treated to a home-cooked dinner as you get to know your kind hosts.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Battambang - Take a half day tour of the countryside today on two wheels. Jump on your bikes, then pedal through the beautiful surrounds of Battambang. Stop along the way to discover the rural way of life, visiting some small cottage industries. See how sticky rice is cooked in bamboo, watch rice paper making, taste some dried bananas (like the healthy version of a roll up!) and watch a fish paste making demonstration. After, you’ll have the afternoon free to relax by your accommodation’s pool or explore the city at your own pace.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Siem Reap - Today after breakfast, take your private minivan to Siem Reap – the gateway to the UNESCO World Heritage-listed Angkor Archaeological Park. The town itself is worth exploring with day and night markets, Khmer massage and spa treatments and a variety of great cafes and restaurants. After checking into your hotel, you and your family will jump in tuk-tuks to visit the Rokkhak Women Handicraft centre – a business based-sustainable development that connects socially conscious travellers with traditional local crafts. Watch the weavers at work, learn about their craft and try your hand at water hyacinth weaving, using leaves that have been dried and prepared for you by the centre’s expert weavers.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Siem Reap - After breakfast, head off to explore the remarkable temples of Angkor. You’ll take a guided tour of the complex on a tuk-tuk with a local social enterprise that focuses on providing employment opportunities for women in the community. See the larger-than-life Angkor Wat, the grand Bayon and the jungle-covered Ta Prohm. Some buildings are over a thousand years old from the Khmer Empire – these beauties were known to represent the cosmic world and were set in perfect balance, symmetry and composition. There will be plenty of opportunities to capture the perfect family photo and stop to see the monkeys that gather on the temple ruins. Tonight, head to Phare the Cambodian Circus, sure to be a highlight for the whole family! Coming from vulnerable households, the performers have gained international recognition through their art practices. Like a Cambodian Cirque Du Soleil, modern Khmer tales mix theatre, music, dance, acrobatics, juggling, aerial acts and contortion.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Siem Reap - Today, your family will discover the secrets behind famous Cambodian cuisines with a hands-on cooking class. First, visit a local morning market to shop for fresh ingredients, then head to the kitchen. Your chef will explain each of the ingredients and help your family prepare a delicious feast for lunch. The afternoon is free for you to enjoy. You might like to visit the exquisite Banteay Srey (Citadel of the Women) temple or Banteay Srei Butterfly Centre, which features a variety of Cambodian butterflies. If travelling with older kids, maybe visit the Landmine Museum, which was set up in 1997 by former-child soldier Aki Ra. The Museum aims to tell the story of landmines in Cambodia and to inspire people to make a difference. Tonight, you’ll have the option to enjoy a final group dinner to celebrate an amazing adventure together.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Siem Reap - After breakfast, there are no activities planned and you’re free to leave at any time. If you would like to explore more of Cambodia, you might like to arrange a trip to the Tonle Sap Lake – a UNESCO Biosphere Reserve. Just speak to your booking agent to organise additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Phnom Penh - Sua s'dei! Welcome to Phnom Penh, Cambodia. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6pm tonight. If you arrive early, perhaps stroll the streets of Phnom Penh, taking in the interesting French colonial architecture. Dinner tonight will be at a riverside local restaurant and may include dishes like beef lok lak or fish amok. Enjoy getting to know your fellow travellers over delicious Cambodian specialties. 

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Phnom Penh - Today a full city tour introduces you to the sights of Phnom Penh, a city that lies near the confluence of the Mekong and Tonle Sap rivers. The private quarters of the Royal Palace are home to King Sihamoni and are closed to the public. You will, however, be able to visit the Silver Pagoda that lies in the palace complex, which is the most sacred temple in the country. Phnom Penh remains a living relic of the country’s past struggles and successes. Your included visits to the Tuol Sleng Genocide Museum (S21) and the Killing Fields of Choeung Ek tell the story of the tragic legacy of the Khmer Rouge. Tuol Sleng is a former school that served as a Khmer Rouge torture centre, and it’s estimated that more than 20,000 people were held and tortured here. The Killing Fields of Choeung Ek are home to a stupa made up of some 8,000 human skulls, marking the site of the infamous location. This was the execution ground for the torture victims of Tuol Sleng, and standing in this peaceful setting, it's almost unthinkable to imagine that to date nearly 9000 corpses have been exhumed from the area. The visits are major parts of the experience here, but if you don't wish to visit them, please let your leader know. There is an optional visit to Wat Phnom, the temple that gave rise to the foundation of the city in the 15th century. After today's activities, you may wish to spend this evening relaxing in a cafe by the riverfront.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Siem Reap - Begin the scenic drive to Siem Reap (approximately 7 hours, including stops). Along the way, swing by a local village restaurant for a tasty lunch. Arrive in the small but expanding town of Siem Reap, the gateway to Angkor and the most popular destination for travellers in all of Cambodia, perhaps even in South East Asia. You'll probably notice a change of pace here, so take a walk and enjoy the atmosphere. A visit to the old market is a must, even if you're not looking for souvenirs, wandering through the stalls and surrounding shops the silks, cottons, sarongs, silver and statues are a riot of colour and a feast for the eyes – and there will be one for your stomach too if you try some of the cheap, delicious street food! There's also a long tradition of shadow puppetry in the region, and if you're lucky you might catch a show at one of the local restaurants in the evening, perhaps while you're eating the specialty cuisine of Cambodia – amok, the name given to curry steam-cooked in banana leaves.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Siem Reap / Angkor Wat - Spend a full day visiting the amazing temples of Angkor today – this UNESCO World Heritage site is one of the most important historic complexes in all South East Asia and is an absolute must-do experience in Cambodia! If you’re keen to see Angkor Wat at sunrise – the largest and most complete structure and the only temple with a west-facing entrance – your leader can organize an early visit for you before dawn (optional). Later in the morning, your group will tour the complex together. Of all the temples visited, Bayon is the centrepiece, with over 200 smiling carved faces and more than 50 gothic towers. You’ll also visit an ancient monastery, where you’ll meet a Buddhist monk to take part in a ritual that has survived for thousands of years. Sit on the floor as the monk chants and sprinkles holy water over you before tying a sacred thread around your wrist, ensuring protection and good luck for the rest of your journey. For lunch today, you'll visit the Spoons Restaurant and School where disadvantaged local youth learn skills that enable them to find gainful employment in the hospitality industry. After, head to Ta Prohm – a temple where nature has taken over, as large trees dominate the stone foundations. If you’re keen to see Angkor Wat in all its glory, you can also opt to end the day with a sunset view of the temples – just organize with your leader.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Siem Reap - Today enjoy breakfast. Then visit the Kampong Phluck lakeside village – the houses here are built on wooden stilts and you can travel by riverboat to explore the village that’s adapted to withstand flooding. See the mangrove forests (season depending) and get an insight into the fascinating ways of the local people. Later this afternoon, learn about the daily life of Cambodians on a village tour in the countryside. See the rice fields and family allotments that surround the traditional stilt houses and be welcomed into a local’s home as you join them for sunset drinks and snacks. This evening, you’ll have a final farewell dinner with your fellow travellers at a local restaurant offering authentic Cambodian cuisine.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Ho Chi Minh City - You will be transferred back to the airport, where you will say goodbye to Cambodia and fly to Ho Chi Minh City, Vietnam. You will be unescorted on this flight. Upon arrival you will be picked up from the airport and transferred to your hotel in Ho Chi Minh City. As this is a combination trip, your group leader and the composition of your group may change at this location. There will be a group meeting to discuss the next stage of your itinerary and you're welcome to attend, as this is a great chance to meet your new fellow travellers and your Vietnamese tour leader. This meeting is generally followed by an optional group meal out at one of Ho Chi Minh City's many fantastic eating spots.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Ho Chi Minh City - This morning you’ll tour the famous Cu Chi Tunnels. This former Viet Cong stronghold provides an insight into the resourcefulness and tenacity of the Vietnamese people, as well as underground life during the Vietnam War. Travel back to Ho Chi Minh City to grab some lunch if you wish, before a visit to the Reunification Palace. Formerly known as the Presidential Palace, it was the site of South Vietnam's surrender at the end of the war. Afterwards, you can opt to visit the War Remnants Museum where you’ll see old military equipment including an F5A fighter and a UH1-Huey helicopter, or you may like to head back to your hotel to make plans for your evening.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Hoi An - Say goodbye to Ho Chi Minh City and fly to Danang where you’ll travel in a private vehicle to Hoi An, a captivating city where traditional and modern sit side by side. Late this afternoon, you’re in for a culinary treat. Join your leader and head to Tra Que where you will tour a local chef's garden, selecting fresh herbs and vegetables that will form part of your exclusive group dinner. Relax in the peaceful surroundings while your private chef prepares a delicious spread that celebrates his garden's seasonal best.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Hoi An - Your leader will take you on a walk around Hoi An’s Old Town today. The city was a major trading port from the 17th century onwards, and has various architectural influences from Europe, China and Vietnam. Today the city is being restored and looks exactly like it did over a century ago. The tour will take you to a historic house, the Japanese Covered Bridge, a Chinese assembly hall and a museum. The rest of the day is free for you to do some optional activities or soak up the ambience of the city. You may like to wander past street stalls selling paintings, woodwork, ceramics, lanterns and much more or get an outfit made by one of Hoi An’s talented tailors who can make beautiful items to order within a few hours.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Hanoi - This morning, transfer to the airport and fly to Vietnam’s charming capital of Hanoi. You’ll be taken on a guided half-day tour of Hanoi, visiting major sites such as the Temple of Literature, One Pillar Pagoda and the former residence of Vietnam’s most famous revolutionary, Ho Chi Minh. Stop for lunch at the KOTO cafe, an uplifting project that provides vocational training for disadvantaged young people. This afternoon is yours to explore your way, so ask your leader for their advice and tailor your time to perfection. Food, history, culture – whatever you’re most interested in, your leader will be able to help. You may like to take a stroll around the city’s parks and lakes, or enjoy beer the way locals do, in small roadside bars called Bia Hoi, soaking up Vietnam's street culture.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Halong Bay - Travel by private vehicle to famous Halong Bay, one of Vietnam's most spectacular natural wonders. Once you arrive at the bay, take a long, slow cruise through the area, exploring the beautiful green waters and amazing Surprise Cave. Want to get in the water? You may also have the opportunity to go swimming from Ti Top Island beach. Watch the sunset over the limestone karsts and spend the night on the boat which has comfortable twin-share cabins with air-conditioning and private facilities. There's also a dining room and bar where you’ll enjoy all of your meals, including fresh seafood for lunch and dinner.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Hanoi - You may like to get up early and watch the sunrise before you spend a leisurely morning sailing across Halong Bay and back to the port. Sit back and relax on the drive to Hanoi and get ready to shop until you drop at Dong Xuan market or explore the city. Why not relax at a cafe for an egg coffee or stop for a bia hoi (freshly brewed draught beer) at one of the microbars that dot this amazing city? Tonight, you may like to join your group for an optional dinner to celebrate the end of your trip.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Hanoi - After breakfast, you are free to leave at any time, as there are no activities planned today. If you would like to spend some more time in Hanoi, we’ll be happy to organise additional accommodation for you (subject to availability).

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Phnom Penh - Sua s'dei! Welcome to Phnom Penh, Cambodia. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6pm tonight. If you arrive early, perhaps stroll the streets of Phnom Penh, taking in the interesting French colonial architecture. Dinner tonight will be at a riverside local restaurant and may include dishes like beef lok lak or fish amok. Enjoy getting to know your fellow travellers over delicious Cambodian specialties. 

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Phnom Penh - Today a full city tour introduces you to the sights of Phnom Penh, a city that lies near the confluence of the Mekong and Tonle Sap rivers. The private quarters of the Royal Palace are home to King Sihamoni and are closed to the public. You will, however, be able to visit the Silver Pagoda that lies in the palace complex, which is the most sacred temple in the country. Phnom Penh remains a living relic of the country’s past struggles and successes. Your included visits to the Tuol Sleng Genocide Museum (S21) and the Killing Fields of Choeung Ek tell the story of the tragic legacy of the Khmer Rouge. Tuol Sleng is a former school that served as a Khmer Rouge torture centre, and it’s estimated that more than 20,000 people were held and tortured here. The Killing Fields of Choeung Ek are home to a stupa made up of some 8,000 human skulls, marking the site of the infamous location. This was the execution ground for the torture victims of Tuol Sleng, and standing in this peaceful setting, it's almost unthinkable to imagine that to date nearly 9000 corpses have been exhumed from the area. The visits are major parts of the experience here, but if you don't wish to visit them, please let your leader know. There is an optional visit to Wat Phnom, the temple that gave rise to the foundation of the city in the 15th century. After today's activities, you may wish to spend this evening relaxing in a cafe by the riverfront.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Siem Reap - Begin the scenic drive to Siem Reap (approximately 7 hours, including stops). Along the way, swing by a local village restaurant for a tasty lunch. Arrive in the small but expanding town of Siem Reap, the gateway to Angkor and the most popular destination for travellers in all of Cambodia, perhaps even in South East Asia. You'll probably notice a change of pace here, so take a walk and enjoy the atmosphere. A visit to the old market is a must, even if you're not looking for souvenirs, wandering through the stalls and surrounding shops the silks, cottons, sarongs, silver and statues are a riot of colour and a feast for the eyes – and there will be one for your stomach too if you try some of the cheap, delicious street food! There's also a long tradition of shadow puppetry in the region, and if you're lucky you might catch a show at one of the local restaurants in the evening, perhaps while you're eating the specialty cuisine of Cambodia – amok, the name given to curry steam-cooked in banana leaves.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Siem Reap - Spend a full day visiting the amazing temples of Angkor today – this UNESCO World Heritage site is one of the most important historic complexes in all South East Asia and is an absolute must-do experience in Cambodia! If you’re keen to see Angkor Wat at sunrise – the largest and most complete structure and the only temple with a west-facing entrance – your leader can organize an early visit for you before dawn (optional). Later in the morning, your group will tour the complex together. Of all the temples visited, Bayon is the centrepiece, with over 200 smiling carved faces and more than 50 gothic towers. You’ll also visit an ancient monastery, where you’ll meet a Buddhist monk to take part in a ritual that has survived for thousands of years. Sit on the floor as the monk chants and sprinkles holy water over you before tying a sacred thread around your wrist, ensuring protection and good luck for the rest of your journey. For lunch today, you'll visit the Spoons Restaurant and School where disadvantaged local youth learn skills that enable them to find gainful employment in the hospitality industry. After, head to Ta Prohm – a temple where nature has taken over, as large trees dominate the stone foundations. If you’re keen to see Angkor Wat in all its glory, you can also opt to end the day with a sunset view of the temples – just organize with your leader.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Siem Reap - Today, reflect on the temples over breakfast. Then, visit the Kampong Phluck lakeside village – the houses here are built on wooden stilts and you can travel by riverboat to explore the village that’s adapted to withstand flooding. See the mangrove forests (season depending) and get an insight into the fascinating ways of the local people. Later this afternoon, learn about the daily life of Cambodians on a village tour in the countryside. See the rice fields and family allotments that surround the traditional stilt houses and be welcomed into a local’s home as you join them for sunset drinks and snacks. This evening, you’ll have a final farewell dinner with your fellow travellers at a local restaurant offering authentic Cambodian cuisine.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Ho Chi Minh City - Today, catch an unescorted flight to Ho Chi Minh City where you'll be met and transferred to your hotel. If you arrive early, why not get out and explore the French infused city at your own pace and perhaps enjoy a banh mi - a short baguette fill with a variety of tasty ingredients.perhaps head to Pham Ngu Lao Street to see the local open-air market or visit Vinh Nghiem Pagoda This evening, there will be a second group meeting to meet your new group and new leader. After that, you’ll make your way out for dinner as a group – expect mouth-watering aromas and the achingly fresh flavours of herbs, lemongrass and rich sauces.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Ho Chi Minh City - After breakfast this morning, you’ll head out of town to explore the Cu Chi Tunnels that make up part of a large war museum outside Ho Chi Minh. This former Viet Cong stronghold provides an insight into the resourcefulness and tenacity of the Vietnamese people, and offers a glimpse of what life was like during the war. Like an underground maze that stretches over 120km, the tunnels are complete with trapdoors, living areas, kitchens, storage facilities, armoury, hospitals, and command centres. Your trip through history doesn’t stop there, you’ll head back to Ho Chi Minh City to discover the War Remnants Museum where you’ll see old military equipment including an F5A fighter and a UH1-Huey helicopter. In the afternoon, you’ll be free to explore the city at your leisure. Perhaps gather some of your newfound travel buddies and explore Notre Dame, the Post Office or Reunification Palace.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Mekong Delta - This morning you’ll wave goodbye to Ho Chi Minh City for the night and travel south by private bus to Ben Tre. When you arrive, you’ll board a small traditional boat and explore the intricate waterways of the Mekong Delta. The delta is known as ‘Vietnam’s rice bowl’ for its abundance of rice paddies, fruit and flower orchards. During the boat trip, you’ll stop to sample some of the fresh tropical fruit and visit a selection of cottage industries in the area. Then, you’ll get your first taste of Vietnamese hospitality and tuck into a home-cooked Vietnamese-style lunch at a local family home. Then, around sunset, you’ll make your way to your guesthouse to spend the night with the locals and enjoy another wonderful meal featuring regional specialties.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Ho Chi Minh City - Enjoy more of the Mekong Delta’s finest fruits over breakfast this morning and then hit the road back to Ho Chi Minh City where you’ll arrive in the late afternoon. This evening will be yours to explore, perhaps go in search of the best food with some of your fellow travellers – your group leader will know where to go for meals of any budget. Then, you might like to leave yourself time to check out one of the city’s vibrant rooftop bars.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Hoi An - This morning, you’ll take a short flight to Danang and make your way to your next stop in Hoi An. On arrival in Hoi An, shake off your morning of travel and dig into a traditional Vietnamese lunch to welcome you to the city. Our hot tip – try the mi quang or cao lau noodles that Central Vietnam is famed for. After lunch, your leader will take you on an orientation walk around the World Heritage-listed Old Town. The city was a major trading port with the west during the 16th and 17th-centuries, and has various architectural influences from Europe, China and Japan. Today, the city is being restored and looks much like it did over a century ago. You'll see Chinese temples, Japanese pagodas, French-colonial houses, wooden shop-houses and old canals during your walk. After your walking tour, enjoy free time to participate in optional activities or simply soak up the ambience of the place. You may like to wander Hoi An Market and the street stalls selling paintings, woodwork, ceramics, lanterns and much more.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Hoi An - Enjoy a free day to further explore Hoi An and its majestic surrounds. Perhaps rent a bicycle and take a trip out to the nearby Cua Dai Beach. Better yet, why not book into an Urban Adventure, like Hoi An Boat & Bike, which offers a guided tour of the area, including a countryside bike ride and a sunset cruise along the Thu Bon River. Vietnam is, of course, known for its delicious food, and Hoi An is no exception. To unlock the flavours of Hoi An's vibrant Old Town on Hoi An Food Adventure. See urbanadventures.com/destination/Hoi-An-tours for more information. Your leader can help arrange optional activities and tours if this interests you.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Hoi An - Spend another day as you please in this historic haven. If you can muster an early rise this morning, head to the local produce market to watch animated shoppers haggling over fresh fish, spices and vegetables. Otherwise, if you’d like, your leader can help you arrange an optional Vietnamese cooking class, or a visit to the ruins of My Son – Vietnam's most important Cham site. Set in a verdant valley, surrounded by hills and overlooked by the massive Cat's Tooth Mountain, the elaborate World Heritage-listed temples here reflect the cultural traditions of the Cham civilisation that flourished in this region between the fourth and 12th-century. There’s plenty to see and do here, this is your opportunity to decide how to spend your day.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Hue - Continue your journey north today and drive over the spectacular Hai Van Pass – an incredibly scenic and mountainous stretch of highway with views of Lang Co Beach. Make a stop at beautiful Lang Co to buy yourself some lunch. In the afternoon, you’ll arrive in Hue – Vietnam’s former Imperial capital. Here you’ll take a step into the past as you visit the Imperial Citadel and the Forbidden Purple City. As the name suggests, The Forbidden Purple City was once reserved only for the personal use of the emperor and his concubines. It was almost entirely destroyed by bomb blasts during the war and now serves as a reminder of centuries past – the crumbling palaces tell a fascinating story if you look carefully. After a little time to explore, the evening will be at your leisure to relax and simply enjoy this poetic place.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Hue - After a local breakfast of bun bo hue – a spiced beef noodle soup – it’s time to really delve into the historical highlights of Hue. You’ll stop off at the Thien Mu Pagoda and get the chance to see an active Buddhist monastery dating back to 1601. Your adventures will work up an appetite that we’ll quickly fill with a delicious vegetarian feast at a local nunnery for lunch. Feeling full with more Vietnamese delicacies and warm hospitality, you’ll make one final stop at one of the royal tombs, that of Emperor Tu Duc, with its lake, frangipani and pine trees. After a big day of exploring beautiful sights, the evening is yours to enjoy as you wish. Our tip – be sure to ask your leader which of Hue’s favourites you should seek out for dinner – it’s not known as Vietnam’s culinary capital for nothing.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Hanoi - After breakfast today, you’ll take a flight from Hue to Vietnam’s charming capital of Hanoi. Upon arrival, enjoy a delicious lunch at KOTO restaurant – an Intrepid Foundation supported program that teaches disadvantaged youth hospitality skills. After lunch, take a half-day tour of Hanoi that captures the beauty and the history of the laidback, tree-lined capital. You’ll visit major sights including the Temple of Literature and One Pillar Pagoda. You’ll also pass by Hoan Kiem Lake and enter the ’36 Streets’ of the historic Old Quarter – a series of interwoven lanes and roads that historically sell a certain product in each street. Silk, bamboo, ceramics, kitchen products – and upwards of 32 more!

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Ninh Binh - You’ll depart Hanoi for the UNESCO protected Ninh Binh this morning. A naturally beautiful area, often referred to as ‘Ha Long Bay on land’, with its winding river etched between towering limestone mountains. On arrival, you’ll head straight to the Dinh and Le Temples which were built in the 10th century and dedicated to two of the kings of Vietnam. After exploring the ancient temples, you’ll be welcomed into a local home for a traditional Vietnamese lunch. Meet the family who live here and enjoy their Vietnamese delicacies... think everything from grilled beef wrapped with guise leaves, to spring rolls, to fried fish with tomato sauce. With a full belly and fuller heart, top off the day in this scenic spot with a rowboat cruise along the wetland of Van Long. As you paddle, you’ll be awed by the surrounding limestone mountain peaks and rice paddy fields, plus enjoy the pastel hues of a lotus pond along your way.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Ninh Binh - Wake up without an alarm today as you’ve got the morning to explore at your leisure before a fun, action-packed afternoon to take in Thung Nham ecotourism zone, just outside of Ninh Binh. First up, you’ll take a traditional rowboat to discover the largest natural bird garden in the north of Vietnam. Float peacefully along the calm waters, as you’re surrounded by towering mountains, lush greenery and, of course, a mass of beautiful bird species. Then, you’ll explore the cave system that features, But Cave and Tien Ca Cave. From here, your journey will take you to spiritual sights that include the thousand year-old banyan tree, Gii Dai Temple and Linh Than Mieu. Finally, you’ll get a chance to unwind as you explore the Thung Nham flower paradise, nursery and vegetable garden.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Halong Bay - Travel by private minibus to the spectacular World Heritage-listed site of Halong Bay. This is one of Vietnam’s most beautiful places – a bay of emerald waters flecked with sandstone islands and caves. Here, you’ll go on a cruise to explore Surprise Cave and surrounding rock formations, and in the warmer months perhaps go kayaking or opt for a swim from Ti Top Island. Access to Surprise Cave is via staircases, once inside the cave the pathways are a little uneven and slippery so be sure to watch your step. This evening, you’re in for a real treat – you’ll spend the night on a traditional cruising boat. The sailing junk (traditional sailing boat) has twin-share cabins with air-conditioning and private facilities. There's also a dining room and bar where you’ll enjoy all of your meals, including fresh seafood for lunch and dinner.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Hanoi - You'd be forgiven for thinking you were still dreaming upon waking up today. Soak up the scenery of Halong Bay from your floating accommodation and take in those turquoise water views one last time before hitting the road toward Hanoi. Along the way, you’ll stop at Dong Trieu Factory to watch locals creating ceramic art pieces. On arrival in Hanoi enjoy a unique water-puppet performance hosted by a local family, who are experts in this art form. Tonight, gather as a group with your leader and tuck into dinner together, perhaps take this chance to try traditional Cha Ca La Vong, a fish dish bursting with flavour, filled with fresh herbs and noodles. Enjoy this evening with your group as you reminisce on the highlights of your Vietnam adventure.

     

    Day - 20

    Location: Hanoi - With no activities planned for today, your adventure comes to an end after breakfast. If you would like to spend some more time in Hanoi, we’ll be happy to organise additional accommodation for you (subject to availability).

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Phnom Penh - Sua s'dei! Welcome to Cambodia. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6pm tonight. If you arrive early, maybe stroll the streets of Phnom Penh, taking in the French architecture. Dinner tonight will be at a riverside local restaurant and may include dishes like beef lok lak (tender meat coated in pepper sauce) or fish amok (curry). Get to know your fellow travellers over some delicious Cambodian specialties and toast to a new adventure as the sun goes down.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Phnom Penh - Today you’ll head out on a city tour that introduces you to the sights of Phnom Penh – a city that lies near the confluence of the Mekong and Tonle Sap rivers. The private quarters of the Royal Palace are home to King Sihamoni and are closed to the public. You will, however, be able to visit the Silver Pagoda that lies in the palace complex, which is the most sacred temple in the country. Then, visit the Tuol Sleng Genocide Museum (S21) and the Killing Fields of Choeung Ek, which tell the story of the tragic legacy of the Khmer Rouge. Tuol Sleng is a former school that served as a Khmer Rouge torture centre, and it’s estimated that more than 20,000 people were held and tortured here. The Killing Fields of Choeung Ek are home to a stupa made up of some 8000 human skulls. This was the execution ground for the torture victims of Tuol Sleng, and standing in this peaceful setting, it's almost unthinkable to imagine that nearly 9000 corpses have been exhumed from the area. After, maybe visit Wat Phnom – the temple that gave rise to the foundation of the city in the 15th century.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Siem Reap - Begin the scenic drive to Siem Reap today, stopping at Skun Market along the way. You’ll also stop at Santuk Silkfarm for lunch – a social enterprise run by local women and one of the few places in Cambodia where you can see the entire silk production process. Enjoy a home-cooked meal with your group here, then carry on to Siem Reap – the gateway to Angkor Wat and the most popular destination in all of Cambodia. When you arrive, head out for an orientation walk with your leader and enjoy the atmosphere, maybe also visiting the old market to explore the stalls selling silks, cottons, sarongs, silver and statues. Tonight, maybe find some delicious street food. There's also a long tradition of shadow puppetry in the region, and if you're lucky, you might catch a show at one of the local restaurants in the evening.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Siem Reap / Angkor Wat - Spend a full day visiting the amazing temples of Angkor today – this UNESCO World Heritage site is one of the most important historic complexes in all South East Asia and is an absolute must-do experience in Cambodia! If you’re keen to see Angkor Wat at sunrise – the largest and most complete structure and the only temple with a west-facing entrance – your leader can organize an early visit for you before dawn (optional). Later in the morning, your group will tour the complex together. Of all the temples visited, Bayon is the centrepiece, with over 200 smiling carved faces and more than 50 gothic towers. You’ll also visit an ancient monastery, where you’ll meet a Buddhist monk to take part in a ritual that has survived for thousands of years. Sit on the floor as the monk chants and sprinkles holy water over you before tying a sacred thread around your wrist, ensuring protection and good luck for the rest of your journey. For lunch today, you'll visit the Spoons Restaurant and School where disadvantaged local youth learn skills that enable them to find gainful employment in the hospitality industry. After, head to Ta Prohm – a temple where nature has taken over, as large trees dominate the stone foundations. If you’re keen to see Angkor Wat in all its glory, you can also opt to end the day with a sunset view of the temples – just organize with your leader.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Siem Reap - Today, visit the Kampong Phluck lakeside village – the houses here are built on wooden stilts and you can travel by riverboat to explore the village that’s adapted to withstand flooding. See the mangrove forests (season depending) and get an insight into the lifestyle of the local people. Later this afternoon, learn more about the daily life of Cambodians on a village tour in the countryside. See the rice fields and family allotments that surround the traditional stilt houses and be welcomed into a local’s home as you join them for sunset drinks and snacks. This evening, you’ll have a final farewell dinner with your fellow travellers at a local restaurant offering authentic Cambodian cuisine.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Siem Reap - After breakfast, there are no activities planned, and you’re free to leave at any time. If you would like to spend some more time in Siem Reap, just get in touch with your booking agent to organise additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Phnom Penh - Sua s'dei! Welcome to Phnom Penh, Cambodia’s lively capital city. You’ll be met at the airport by a local representative and transferred to your hotel. If you arrive early, why not go for a stroll and discover the city’s French architecture or check out the National Museum and its fascinating collection of Khmer craftsmanship. Your adventure officially begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight, where you’ll meet your trip leader and fellow travellers. After, join your group for dinner at Malis Restaurant – an upmarket dining spot that’s committed to preserving and serving Cambodia's traditional cuisine. Maybe cap off the night with a cocktail at the Le Moon Rooftop at Amanjaya Pancam Hotel.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Phnom Penh - This morning, you’ll visit the Tuol Sleng Genocide Museum and the Killing Fields of Choeung Ek, which will tell the story of the tragic legacy of the Khmer Rouge. Then, your afternoon is free to explore at your own pace. Maybe visit Wat Phnom – the temple that gave rise to the city’s foundation in the 15th century – or the Royal Palace and sacred Silver Pagoda. Tonight, perhaps grab dinner with your group or wander the city and soak up the nighttime atmosphere.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Siem Reap - After breakfast this morning, you’ll go on a journey from Phnom Penh to Siem Reap in a comfortable private vehicle. Discover traditional Cambodian life at Skun Village and learn about the town’s deep-fried tarantulas and other insects, which the locals consume daily. You’ll also visit Santuk Silk Farm to learn about silk production and its work as a social enterprise, employing local women as artisan weavers. Share a simple, rustic local lunch prepared by the weavers before you continue to Siem Reap, stopping to see historic bridges along the way before arriving at your hotel at approximately 5 pm. This tropical oasis boasts three pools and an excellent restaurant with a focus on wellness. Bright and spacious rooms are in harmony with the lush grounds and feature a veranda, private garden and rain showers. Tonight, head out for dinner and a theatre show at Angkor Village Apsara Theatre, where you’ll watch Khmer traditional dance and dine on Khmer favourites.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Siem Reap - If you choose, you can embrace a very early start today and experience a sunrise visit to the Angkor complex (optional). After, you'll spend the day discovering the fantastic temples of Angkor. For the first half of the day, you’ll be accompanied by a private Angkor Wat archaeological guide, who will provide expert knowledge and insight along the way. Begin at Angkor Wat – the largest and most complete structure and the only one of Angkor's temples with an entrance facing west. For lunch, visit the Sala Bai Hotel School, where underprivileged local youths learn skills to find gainful employment in the hospitality industry. Enjoy a meal prepared by students at the school, then visit Angkor Thom – the 'Great Royal City' – a temple famous for its series of colossal human faces carved in stone. From here, you’ll head out of town to an ancient working monastery to gain a special insight into the life of a monk and Theravada Buddhism. Meet the monks, enjoy a sacred water blessing for good luck and prosperity and have a red band tied around your wrist to keep you safe in your travels. The rest of the evening can be spent exploring the bars of Siem Reap or relaxing in at your resort.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Siem Reap - After breakfast, it’s off to the Ta Prohm temple, which has large trees embedded in the stone foundations – powerful symbols of nature. Next, visit Banteay Srei to snap some pictures of the temple’s intricate stone carvings. You can head back to the resort explore Siem Reap town, or use your ticket for the Angkor ruins to continue exploring the site. Tonight, enjoy a final dinner in the Khmer countryside to say farewell to your group and Cambodia. Amid a rustic and romantic setting, you’ll sit down for a private meal in the rice fields of rural Siem Reap .

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Siem Reap - Your adventure comes to an end after breakfast this morning. If you would like to extend your stay in Siem Reap, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Phnom Penh - Sua s'dei! Welcome to Phnom Penh, Cambodia’s lively capital city. You’ll be met at the airport by a local representative and transferred to your hotel. If you arrive early, why not go for a stroll and discover the city’s French architecture or check out the National Museum and its fascinating collection of Khmer craftsmanship. Your adventure officially begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight, where you’ll meet your trip leader and fellow travellers. After, join your group for dinner at Malis Restaurant – an upmarket dining spot that’s committed to preserving and serving Cambodia's traditional cuisine. Maybe cap off the night with a cocktail at the Le Moon Rooftop at Amanjaya Pancam Hotel.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Phnom Penh - This morning, you’ll visit the Tuol Sleng Genocide Museum and the Killing Fields of Choeung Ek, which will tell the story of the tragic legacy of the Khmer Rouge. Then, your afternoon is free to explore at your own pace. Maybe visit Wat Phnom – the temple that gave rise to the city’s foundation in the 15th century – or the Royal Palace and sacred Silver Pagoda. Tonight, perhaps grab dinner with your group or wander the city and soak up the nighttime atmosphere.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Siem Reap - After breakfast this morning, you’ll go on a journey from Phnom Penh to Siem Reap in a comfortable private vehicle. Discover traditional Cambodian life at Skun Village and learn about the town’s deep-fried tarantulas and other insects. You’ll also visit Santuk Silk Farm to learn about silk production and its work as a social enterprise, employing local women as artisan weavers. Share a simple local lunch prepared by the weavers before you continue to Siem Reap, stopping to see historic bridges along the way before arriving at your hotel. This tropical oasis boasts three pools and an excellent restaurant with a focus on wellness. Bright and spacious rooms are in harmony with the lush grounds and feature a veranda, private garden and rain showers. Tonight, head out for dinner and a theatre show at Angkor Village Apsara Theatre, where you’ll watch Khmer traditional dance and dine on Khmer favourites.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Siem Reap - If you choose, you can embrace a very early start today and experience a sunrise visit to the Angkor complex (optional). After, you'll spend the day discovering the fantastic temples of Angkor. For the first half of the day, you’ll be accompanied by a private Angkor Wat archaeological guide, who will provide expert knowledge and insight along the way. Begin at Angkor Wat – the largest and most complete structure and the only one of Angkor's temples with an entrance facing west. For lunch, visit the Sala Bai Hotel School, where underprivileged local youths learn skills to find gainful employment in the hospitality industry. Enjoy a meal prepared by students at the school, then visit Angkor Thom – the 'Great Royal City' – a temple famous for its series of colossal human faces carved in stone. From here, you’ll head out of town to an ancient working monastery to gain a special insight into the life of a monk and Theravada Buddhism. Meet the monks, enjoy a sacred water blessing for good luck and prosperity and have a red band tied around your wrist to keep you safe in your travels. The rest of the evening can be spent exploring the bars of Siem Reap or relaxing in at your resort.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Siem Reap - After breakfast, it’s off to the Ta Prohm temple, which has large trees embedded in the stone foundations – powerful symbols of nature. Next, visit Banteay Srei to snap some pictures of the temple’s intricate stone carvings. You can head back to the resort explore Siem Reap town, or use your ticket for the Angkor ruins to continue exploring the site. Tonight, enjoy a final dinner in the Khmer countryside to say farewell to your group and Cambodia. Amid a rustic and romantic setting, you’ll sit down for a private meal in the rice fields of rural Siem Reap .

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Ho Chi Minh City - Today, catch an unescorted flight to Ho Chi Minh City where you'll be met and transferred to your hotel. If you arrive early, why not get out and explore the city at your own pace and perhaps enjoy a banh mi - a short baguette fill with a variety of tasty ingredients. This evening, there will be a second group meeting to meet your new group and new leader. Then head out for dinner at a restaurant that is a piece of Vietnamese history – this building was an old opium refinery station built in 1861, and nods to its past are still visible today. Here, you’ll feast on a menu bursting with classic dishes and southern Vietnamese favourites.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Mekong Delta - Kick off your first full day of the trip with a visit to the Mekong Delta – a network of rivers and canals with floating markets and rice paddies. After breakfast, drive south towards this region via Ben Tre. Here, you’ll board a private boat to cruise the delta, stopping at some coconut gardens to visit a local home where you can sample tropical fruits and coconut jams. After, return to the waterways of the delta on sampans (small rowing boats) and row past the coconut trees and stilt houses that flank the river. Back on land, take a tuk-tuk tour around the villages for a glimpse at rural life and learn how the coconut industry is woven into the community here. Enjoy lunch at a local restaurant before returning to Ho Chi Minh City for a free evening.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Ho Chi Minh City - This morning, head on a half-day trip to the Cu Chi Tunnels – an extensive underground network (some 200 kms) of tunnels dug initially by the Viet Minh and later expanded by the Viet Cong. They housed hospitals, dwellings and schools and were extensively used for refuge, storage and as a military base. As you explore this labyrinth, your leader will explain more about its history and the 1968 Tet Offensive and you will meet with a war veteran for a first-hand account of life during the war. A section of the tunnels has been widened to give visitors a feel for what the underground life must have been like. These tunnels will be quite hot and can get claustrophobic, so there’s an option to view them from above ground if you’d like. Return to Ho Chi Minh City for an afternoon at leisure. Perhaps pay a visit to renowned TV chef Luke Nguyen’s Vietnam House Restaurant for an elevated modern twist on traditional Vietnamese cuisine.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Ho Chi Minh City - Hoi An - This morning, see Ho Chi Minh City through the eyes of a local during a bus and walking tour with your leader. Visit the Reunification Palace to learn about the end of the war and then take a sobering trip to the War Remnants Museum after stopping by the Notre Dame Cathedral. Stroll the city’s streets and notice the many French buildings along the way, including the main post office and Ho Chi Minh City Hall, modelled on Paris’s Hotel de Ville. Later this afternoon, fly to Hoi An, a riverside town in central Vietnam.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Hoi An - Join your leader on a walking tour this morning to discover Hoi An’s ancient architecture and unique mix of influences. With its charming low tiled houses and tranquil feel, this is a delightful town to wander around. Start by visiting an opulently decorated historic house that was once home to a prominent trader. Then, cross the Japanese Covered Bridge, stop by the Chinese assembly hall and pay a visit to a local museum to learn more about the history you’ve uncovered on the walk. After, sit down to a lunch with the group. This afternoon you’re free to make the most of Hoi An and its surrounding areas. Your leader can provide suggestions if you need inspiration!

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Hoi An - Once a significant port of the Champa Kingdom, Hoi An remains home to many Cham descendants today. This morning, your leader will guide you through My Son Cham – a collection of temples constructed by the Kings of Champa that date back to the 4th century. Learn about the ancient architecture of this UNESCO World Heritage site and see the craters created by American bombs during the war. After exploring the temples, experience an Apsara dance performance, featuring sparkling traditional costumes, panpipes and drums. The afternoon is free for you to explore – maybe visit one of the many tailor shops and get a custom outfit or relax by the pool at your hotel.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Hue - Head for Hue this morning, the former imperial capital and hub of Vietnam's historic past. On the way, pass through the Hai Van Pass – a scenic mountainous stretch of highway with views across Lang Co beach. Arrive in Hue and discover its eclectic mix of busy streets and peaceful beauty. In the afternoon, visit the Imperial Citadel, including the Forbidden Purple City. The latter was almost completely destroyed during the Tet Offensive in the Vietnam War, but its humble, foliage-covered ruins stand as a testament to its proud history. Here, your leader will provide share insights into the devastating damage endured during the war.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Hue - Ready your appetite as today you’ll be diving into Hue’s culinary scene. First up, head to a street food eatery for Bun Bo Hue. This spicy noodle soup is usually made with beef and pig knuckles and is an absolute must-try in Hue. Next, meet a local chef and explore a local market where you can taste and smell all the herbs and ingredients that bring local dishes to life while learning about the culture of Vietnamese cuisine. Stop for lunch then continue to the local chef’s home and discover how to cook up dishes using the fresh ingredients from the market. Later, visit the Thien Mu Pagoda, an active Buddhist monastery and unofficial symbol of Hue that dates back to 1601. You’ll also visit the elaborate royal tomb of Emperor Tu Duc, with its beautiful lake, frangipani and pine trees, and the Imperial Citadel.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Hanoi - Fly from Hue to Hanoi today. Settle in when you arrive and then get your bearings with a leader-led walk, where you’ll wander the ancient 36 Streets to discover shop-lined alleys that sell everything from souvenirs to silk clothing. In the afternoon, join your group again for a traditional Hat Xam performance. Hat Xam is a Northern Vietnamese art form that originated in the Tran Dynasty. Originally performed by blind performers, it was enjoyed by local working-class audiences until the late 1950s, when a wave of communism deemed all art forms to be corrupting influences. This style of performance is rare today, but you and your group will be taken to a private clubhouse for an exclusive performance, which is one of the few places where such artists still perform acoustically.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Mai Chau - Leave Hanoi this morning in a private coach transfer to Mai Chau. This peaceful town is situated in a valley and surrounded by green mountains, making it famous for its breathtaking scenery and friendly hilltribe communities. Admire the views, fuel up over lunch and visit Vun Art – a social enterprise that employs people with disabilities to make art pieces with recycled silk scraps. Then, spend some time learning the story of the vibrant Muong ethnic group, native to this region, at the Muong Museum. Check into your accommodation in the afternoon and enjoy some free time to unwind and relax.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Mai Chau - Today your Leader will take you on a walk through a series of Mai Chau villages. Along the way you’ll pass terraced rice fields and traditional stilted houses, before getting an up-close view of traditional cotton textile making and hearing from a local artisan for insights into Thai garment craftsmanship. Next, you will learn how to make Ruou Can, a traditional fermented rice wine, as well as the cultural significance behind each step of the process. After lunch hosted by a local family, the rest of the day is free for you to spend as you wish. Relax at your hotel or speak with you Leader about optional activities in the area.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Hanoi - Head back to Hanoi this morning for a guided half-day tour of the city with your leader, gaining insights into its history during visits to the Temple of Literature, One Pillar Pagoda and the former residence of Ho Chi Minh, Vietnam’s most famous revolutionary. Enjoy lunch at KOTO restaurant – an Intrepid Foundation supported program that teaches disadvantaged youth hospitality skills. The evening is yours to spend as you wish. Walking is a great way to explore the city, especially if you're interested in its many lakes and parks. You'll see that this northern capital can be quieter than its southern counterpart, and the West Lake, north of the main city, is an ideal place to interact with the locals and relax by its banks.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Halong Bay - Today you’ll drive to Ha Long Bay – a UNESCO World Heritage site where karsts and islets create a spectacular sight. There’s no better way to appreciate the bay’s beauty than by boat – your Feature Stay accommodation for the evening. Carefully designed with traditional touches and modern amenities, you can sit back in comfort as you weave through the limestone islets, karsts and caves. Visit some of the local sights, such as a vibrant fishing village to learn about local life or a cave to appreciate its interesting rock formations with you leader, then retire to the boat for a seafood lunch. In the afternoon you will have opportunities to swim, kayak, or simply relax on the beach. This evening, dine on the boat’s deck and watch the sun go down.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Hanoi - In the morning, enjoy breakfast on board the boat and perhaps take part in some optional Tai Chi to start off the day. Sail back to the port, disembark and travel back to Hanoi. Arriving back in the capital, enjoy some time to wander around and enjoy some of the city’s attractions you may have missed the first time. You can shop on Hang Gai Street or perhaps enjoy some afternoon tea at the Metropole Hotel. In the evening, join your group and leader for a final dinner in a Hanoi restaurant, sharing stories and reflecting on the highlights of your adventure with your newfound friends.

     

    Day - 20

    Location: Hanoi - Your adventure comes to an end after breakfast. If you wish to spend more time in Hanoi, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Bangkok - Sa-wat-dee! Welcome to Bangkok. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm, where you’ll meet your trip leader and fellow travellers. If you arrive early, you could take a riverboat to Chinatown and explore the crowded streets, uncover the magnificent Grand Palace and the Temple of the Emerald Buddha, wander down the tourist mecca of Khao San Road, or indulge in a Thai massage. There is plenty to keep you occupied in this exciting city. After your briefing, why not head out with the group to try some of Bangkok’s famed street food – pad thai anyone?

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Siem Reap - Prepare for a long day of travel as you cross Thailand and enter Cambodia today. Your leader will be on-hand to assist with the border procedures. When you arrive, enjoy a free evening to explore this small but bustling town. You may want to head to Pub Street to grab a bite to eat and sample the city’s nightlife. Or, maybe just rest up in preparation for tomorrow’s visit to Angkor Wat.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Siem Reap - Today you'll visit the incredible Angkor complex with your guide. If you’re keen, this place is best seen at sunrise, so you can get up super early and head to the complex on your own before your included tour. With your group, you’ll hop on the Remork-moto (Cambodian Tuk-tuk) with an all-female crew from Drivers Srey, whose mission is to support local women with sustainable income to support their families – this will be your transport at Angkor Wat today. With a knowledgeable local guide, you’ll be able to make the most of your visit to the world-famous Angkor complex, built between the 9th and 13th centuries when the Khmer Empire was the pre-eminent influence in Southeast Asia. The ruins are scattered over some 160 square km – the biggest religious monument in the world! Thankfully, the central cluster of temples is close to Siem Reap, so you'll have plenty of time to fully appreciate the main archaeological sites, including Angkor Wat – the astounding main temple, Bayon – a marvel of many sculpted decorations and Ta Prohm – a series of smaller temples covered in tree roots and jungle. Your guide will add to your experience by bringing ancient history to life with their extensive knowledge of the site.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Battambang - Today, enjoy a free morning in Siem Reap (if Angkor is calling you back, maybe get up early and catch the sunrise) before travelling to Battambang – Cambodia's second-largest city. Battambang (pronounced Battambong) is a riverside town of French elegance, Khmer people and beautifully preserved architecture. The city is famous for its many statues of animals and divinities that decorate the streets and buildings. The city lacks the traffic of Phnom Penh and the visitor numbers of Siem Reap, so it’s a great place to get a real, authentic slice of Cambodia. When you arrive, follow your leader on an orientation walk to familiarise yourself with the town. Then, enjoy some free time. Tonight, maybe walk along the riverfront where locals indulge in yoga and folk dancing, and watch the sunset.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Battambang - There are lots of optional activities you can choose from today – just ask your trip leader will for advice. If you’re feeling active, maybe hop on a bike or take a tuk-tuk tour to the countryside to learn about rural life. Maybe take part in a cooking class and try your hand at some Khmer cuisine. Or, you might like to visit the hilltop Wat Banan temple, offering 360-degree panoramic views over the Sang Ke River.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Chambok - Travel by private vehicle into rural Cambodia this morning, to the region of Kampong Speu and the village of Chambok. A member of the Chambok community will take you on a village walk when you arrive – chat about the community’s history, lifestyle and local ecotourism projects and meet the families you’ll be spending the night with. In the evening, head to the community centre to enjoy a local Khmer dinner prepared by some community members. You'll also be treated to a traditional dance performance.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Kampot - Morning after breakfast, trek to stunning Chambok waterfall, if the weather's right before jumping on a private bus this morning and drive to Kampot – one of Cambodia's most attractive old towns. Renowned for its pepper, Kampot supplied most French restaurants with this vital spice for many years during colonial rule. Today, the region is well-known for its plantations of durian – a spiky, pungent fruit that you either love or hate (try one and decide for yourself). In your free time this afternoon, maybe stroll along the riverside and observe the French architecture, or have a cup of coffee on the veranda of one of the riverside restaurants and admire the view of the Bokor Mountain Range.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Kampot - Enjoy a free day in this chilled-out town. For a unique photo opportunity, head to the roundabout in the centre of the town, where a giant durian statue sits smack in the middle. Then, maybe browse for goodies at the covered market. The nearby countryside is also a delight to explore – among fields of Kampot pepper and rice there’s also a salt field and a limestone cave with a small seventh-century brick temple inside called Phnom Chhnork. Otherwise, why not have a relaxing day and enjoy one of the highly recommended traditional massages?

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Phnom Penh - Leave Kampot in your dust this morning and travel by local bus to the capital city of Phnom Penh. Cambodia's capital is set on a major junction of the Mekong and Tonle Sap rivers and boasts some fine examples of French-inspired architecture. Perhaps spend your free afternoon visiting the Royal Palace and Silver Pagoda. Wat Phnom, shrouded in myth, is equally worth a visit, as is the National Museum with its excellent Khmer collection. Cyclo tours around the city are a great alternative to walking and generally include the art deco Psar Thmei (Central Market), US Embassy, Wat Phnom, Mekong riverfront, Independence Monument and Royal Palace.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Phnom Penh - Today you’ll have the opportunity to learn more about Cambodia's tragic past on a guided tour of Tuol Sleng Genocide Museum (S21) and the Killing Fields of Choeung Ek – two sites that tell the story of the tragic legacy of the Khmer Rouge. After this, the afternoon is free for you to explore further. If you're looking to relax, the Seeing Hands massage parlours are some of the best in the city, and all visits support the staff who all have visual impairments. Their years of expertise may be just what you need today after a busy couple of days!

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Ho Chi Minh City - Travel by local bus from Phnom Penh to Ho Chi Minh City. Your leader will again assist you with border crossing procedures and you’ll stop for lunch. When you arrive, get out and discover Ho Chi Minh City's blend of old and new, east and west, and be sure to sample a baguette or some of the excellent coffee on offer – both markers of the city's strong French influence. Tonight, maybe hit one of the hole-in-a-wall bars and explore the nightlife. Ask your leader for the best restaurants and bars in the area to toast to a trip well-travelled.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Ho Chi Minh City - Enjoy a free day in Ho Chi Minh to get out and discover the city at your own pace. Alternatively, why not get an up close and personal history lesson on guerrilla warfare during an Urban Adventures tour to the Cu Chi tunnels. This underground network in the middle of the jungle was used by the Viet Cong during the war. Take the chance to climb into the tunnels and imagine what it would’ve been like to eat, sleep, work and cook – even go to school underground as conflict raged above. Return to Ho Chi Minh where there will be a meeting at 6 pm to welcome any new travellers joining you on the next stage of your adventure. Afterwards, perhaps get to know your new travel buddies over an optional group dinner.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Mekong Delta - This morning, head away from the city and make your way to the province of Ben Tre, where you’ll get on a boat to tour the canals of the Mekong Delta. This fertile area is famous for its abundance of fruit, flower and rice crops, and is known as the ‘rice bowl’ of Vietnam. During your boat ride you’ll visit some cottage industries along the river before heading to your guesthouse. Tonight's homestay, close to the delta and hosted by a Vietnamese family, will be one of the highlights of your trip, giving you a taste of community life as well as the chance to enjoy a traditional home-cooked meal.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Mekong Delta – Ho Chi Minh City – Overnight Train - Rise early to the sounds of the river coming alive, and enjoy a simple breakfast before boarding the boat back down the delta and catching a bus back to Ho Chi Minh City. Enjoy some free time in Ho Chi Minh City this afternoon, perhaps with a visit to the War Remnants Museum or Reunification Palace. If you haven’t already, head to Ben Thanh Market for some delicious street food, colourful shopping and even more colourful characters. This evening, board an overnight train bound for Danang. Trains are a common form of transport in Vietnam, so sit back and relax into this local experience.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Hoi An - Arrive in Danang by train and travel by minibus to Hoi An – a UNESCO World Heritage site that continues to undergo restoration work today. It was a major trading port with the West from the 17th century. Today, parts of Hoi An look exactly as they did more than a century ago. Your leader will take you on a sightseeing walk through the Old Town and visit some of the city's major attractions. A sightseeing pass is included in your tour so you can visit a selection of the major sights. Hoi An is also a shopping haven, so head down to the markets and street stalls to browse paintings, woodwork, ceramics and lanterns. It’s also famous for its tailors who can make beautiful items to order, and with almost three full days here you have the chance to have some unique pieces whipped up.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Hoi An - Wake up for a free morning to do as you please. It’s a great opportunity to take a trip out to the My Son temples – a UNESCO World Heritage-listed site constructed between the 4th and 14th centuries that reflects the rich cultural traditions of the Cham civilisation. In the afternoon, swap walking for cycling with a bike ride through the countryside near Hoi An. There's no better way to explore the peaceful area than on two wheels. You’ll see places few tourists get the chance to see among the green rice paddies and small creeks, which will give you a true insight into rural life in Vietnam.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Hoi An - You’ve got another day to explore this historic haven. Perhaps book in your final tailoring fitting this morning to make sure the threads you’re getting made fit like a glove, or hire a bike for a lazy ride out to the South China Sea to relax on An Bang or Cua Dai beach. Hoi An is also known for its great food, so you could book yourself in for a cooking class to take some culinary secrets away with you. Most tours include a trip to the local food markets, and some take you on a short boat journey along the Thu Bon River. Let your local leader know what you're into and they will be able to recommend some activities to suit.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Hue - Bid farewell to Hoi An this morning and make your way to Hue. The drive in a private vehicle will take around 5 hours. You’ll be travelling on the incredible Hai Van Pass, through lush mountains and past scenic lookouts, and there’ll be some good places for a photo stop. Once in Hue, you’ll have a free afternoon to explore. Hue was once Vietnam’s imperial capital and has a curious mix of bustling streets and tranquil enclaves. Perhaps visit the Dong Ba Market, which sells everything imaginable and is a great place to spend some time. It’s important to know that Hue is renowned for its cuisine, with some delicious dishes originating from this region, including bun bo hue (Hue’s delicious take on pho), and banh khoai (a filled turmeric crepe). Time to give your tastebuds a workout.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Hue – Overnight Train - Enjoy a free day in Hue. Perhaps visit the Imperial Citadel which includes the Forbidden Purple City that was almost totally destroyed during the Vietnam War. The gaping holes left by bombs give you an idea of how much destruction occurred in this country. If you'd rather take to the water, hop on a dragon boat cruise along the Perfume River and then visit Thien Mu Pagoda – the unofficial symbol of Hue. Here you’ll see an active Buddhist monastery dating back to 1601 and a car belonging to the monk who tragically set himself alight in public to protest against the treatment of Buddhists. You may also like to visit one of the royal tombs, that of Emperor Tu Duc, with its central lake set amid a grove of frangipani and pine trees. This evening, take another overnight train bound for Hanoi.

     

    Day - 20

    Location: Hanoi - Arrive in Hanoi at about 5 am and transfer to your hotel. Once you’ve dropped off your bags and freshened up, embark on a walking tour of Vietnam’s charming capital. Explore the 36 streets of Hanoi’s Old Quarter – locally known as this because of each street originally selling a specific type of product. Continue to the Dong Xuan Market and Hoan Kiem Lake, making sure you check out the unique architecture along the way. Hanoi has a French provincial feel left over from colonial times, but it also has a Buddhist influence and striking modern buildings. The rest of the day is yours to explore Hanoi as you please. In the evening, why not get your group together and head out to a bustling night market for some local fare. Sitting on plastic stools and eating on the roadside is a rite of passage in Vietnam.

     

    Day - 21

    Location: Pu Luong - Today, visit The Intrepid Foundation partner Vun Art – a local organisation empowering people with disabilities in Vietnam by providing job training and employment opportunities. See how they produce tote bags and art pieces from the discarded silk that comes from Van Phuc Silk Village. Vun Art also aims to reduce climate impact by reusing these scraps and in the process, keeping traditional art alive. After, travel to Pu Luong – one of the most beautiful sites in rural Vietnam with expansive rice paddy fields surrounded by the national park. When you arrive at your homestay accommodation, you’ll have rooms boasting views of the rice fields. Have a quick lunch then head out for a trek in the middle of this natural paradise. You’ll see the water wheel in the village, locals working in the fields, and visit a few local tribes, learning about their culture and customs firsthand. After, maybe take a refreshing swim in the onsite swimming pool, watch the sunset over the terraced fields or wander the grounds on your own.

     

    Day - 22

    Location: Hanoi - Say goodbye to the peaceful bliss in Pu Luong and head back to Hanoi. On the way, stop at Cam Luong Angelfish Stream and learn about how these fish became holy through a local legend. Then, continue your journey to Hanoi. When you arrive, you’ll have some free time – maybe explore the Old Quarter, stroll around Hoan Kiem Lake or sit in a café for some people watching. You could also visit Ho Chi Minh Complex or ask your leader for some good restaurant recommendations.

     

    Day - 23

    Location: Cat Ba Island - This morning you'll travel by bus and ferry to beautiful Cat Ba Island before midday. There's no time to waste, so begin exploring the stunning waters of Lan Ha Bay around Cat Ba. Located in the greater Ha Long Bay area, Lan Ha Bay is one of Vietnam’s most scenic places, where limestone islands and caves rise from the emerald waters. You’ll have a free afternoon to explore at your own pace, so perhaps get active on a hike, or just enjoy a dip at one of the beaches. Have a relaxing evening on Cat Ba Island.

     

    Day - 24

    Location: Cat Ba Island - Rise and shine! Perhaps start your morning with a refreshing swim or a Vietnamese coffee (or both). Make sure you soak up as much sun and sand as possible, because this afternoon it's back to Hanoi by ferry and bus. Tonight, you may want to head out for an optional dinner with your fellow travellers, sharing some memories and laughs over a local meal and beer.

     

    Day - 25

    Location: Hanoi - There are no activities planned for today and you’re able to depart the accommodation at any time after check-out. With so much to see and do in Hanoi, its recommended that you spend an extra day or two here – just get in touch with your booking agent to organise additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 26

    Location: Hanoi - There are no activities planned for today and you’re able to depart the accommodation at any time after check-out. With so much to see and do in Hanoi, we recommend that you spend an extra day or two here, and we’ll be happy to organise additional accommodation (subject to availability).

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Bangkok - Sa-wat-dee! Welcome to Bangkok. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm, where you’ll meet your trip leader and fellow travellers. If you arrive early, you could take a riverboat to Chinatown and explore the crowded streets, uncover the magnificent Grand Palace and the Temple of the Emerald Buddha, wander down the tourist mecca of Khao San Road, or indulge in a Thai massage. There is plenty to keep you occupied in this exciting city. After your briefing, why not head out with the group to try some of Bangkok’s famed street food – pad thai anyone?

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Siem Reap - Prepare for a long day of travel as you cross Thailand and enter Cambodia today. Your leader will be on-hand to assist with the border procedures. When you arrive, enjoy a free evening to explore this small but bustling town. You may want to head to Pub Street to grab a bite to eat and sample the city’s nightlife. Or, maybe just rest up in preparation for tomorrow’s visit to Angkor Wat.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Siem Reap - Today you'll visit the incredible Angkor complex with your guide. If you’re keen, this place is best seen at sunrise, so you can get up super early and head to the complex on your own before your included tour. With your group, you’ll hop on the Remork-moto (Cambodian Tuk-tuk) with an all-female crew from Drivers Srey, whose mission is to support local women with sustainable income to support their families – this will be your transport at Angkor Wat today. With a knowledgeable local guide, you’ll be able to make the most of your visit to the world-famous Angkor complex, built between the 9th and 13th centuries when the Khmer Empire was the pre-eminent influence in Southeast Asia. The ruins are scattered over some 160 square km – the biggest religious monument in the world! Thankfully, the central cluster of temples is close to Siem Reap, so you'll have plenty of time to fully appreciate the main archaeological sites, including Angkor Wat – the astounding main temple, Bayon – a marvel of many sculpted decorations and Ta Prohm – a series of smaller temples covered in tree roots and jungle. Your guide will add to your experience by bringing ancient history to life with their extensive knowledge of the site.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Battambang - Today, enjoy a free morning in Siem Reap (if Angkor is calling you back, maybe get up early and catch the sunrise) before travelling to Battambang – Cambodia's second-largest city. Battambang (pronounced Battambong) is a riverside town of French elegance, Khmer people and beautifully preserved architecture. The city is famous for its many statues of animals and divinities that decorate the streets and buildings. The city lacks the traffic of Phnom Penh and the visitor numbers of Siem Reap, so it’s a great place to get a real, authentic slice of Cambodia. When you arrive, follow your leader on an orientation walk to familiarise yourself with the town. Then, enjoy some free time. Tonight, maybe walk along the riverfront where locals indulge in yoga and folk dancing, and watch the sunset.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Battambang - There are lots of optional activities you can choose from today – just ask your trip leader will for advice. If you’re feeling active, maybe hop on a bike or take a tuk-tuk tour to the countryside to learn about rural life. Maybe take part in a cooking class and try your hand at some Khmer cuisine. Or, you might like to visit the hilltop Wat Banan temple, offering 360-degree panoramic views over the Sang Ke River.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Chambok - Travel by private vehicle into rural Cambodia this morning, to the region of Kampong Speu and the village of Chambok. A member of the Chambok community will take you on a village walk when you arrive – chat about the community’s history, lifestyle and local ecotourism projects and meet the families you’ll be spending the night with. In the evening, head to the community centre to enjoy a local Khmer dinner prepared by some community members. You'll also be treated to a traditional dance performance.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Kampot - Morning after breakfast, trek to stunning Chambok waterfall, if the weather's right before jumping on a private bus this morning and drive to Kampot – one of Cambodia's most attractive old towns. Renowned for its pepper, Kampot supplied most French restaurants with this vital spice for many years during colonial rule. Today, the region is well-known for its plantations of durian – a spiky, pungent fruit that you either love or hate (try one and decide for yourself). In your free time this afternoon, maybe stroll along the riverside and observe the French architecture, or have a cup of coffee on the veranda of one of the riverside restaurants and admire the view of the Bokor Mountain Range.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Kampot - Enjoy a free day in this chilled-out town. For a unique photo opportunity, head to the roundabout in the centre of the town, where a giant durian statue sits smack in the middle. Then, maybe browse for goodies at the covered market. The nearby countryside is also a delight to explore – among fields of Kampot pepper and rice there’s also a salt field and a limestone cave with a small seventh-century brick temple inside called Phnom Chhnork. Otherwise, why not have a relaxing day and enjoy one of the highly recommended traditional massages?

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Phnom Penh - Leave Kampot in your dust this morning and travel by local bus to the capital city of Phnom Penh. Cambodia's capital is set on a major junction of the Mekong and Tonle Sap rivers and boasts some fine examples of French-inspired architecture. Perhaps spend your free afternoon visiting the Royal Palace and Silver Pagoda. Wat Phnom, shrouded in myth, is equally worth a visit, as is the National Museum with its excellent Khmer collection. Cyclo tours around the city are a great alternative to walking and generally include the art deco Psar Thmei (Central Market), US Embassy, Wat Phnom, Mekong riverfront, Independence Monument and Royal Palace.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Phnom Penh - Today you’ll have the opportunity to learn more about Cambodia's tragic past on a guided tour of Tuol Sleng Genocide Museum (S21) and the Killing Fields of Choeung Ek – two sites that tell the story of the tragic legacy of the Khmer Rouge. After this, the afternoon is free for you to explore further. If you're looking to relax, the Seeing Hands massage parlours are some of the best in the city, and all visits support the staff who all have visual impairments. Their years of expertise may be just what you need today after a busy couple of days!

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Ho Chi Minh City - Travel by local bus from Phnom Penh to Ho Chi Minh City. Your leader will again assist you with border crossing procedures and you’ll stop for lunch. When you arrive, get out and discover Ho Chi Minh City's blend of old and new, east and west, and be sure to sample a baguette or some of the excellent coffee on offer – both markers of the city's strong French influence. Tonight, maybe hit one of the hole-in-a-wall bars and explore the nightlife. Ask your leader for the best restaurants and bars in the area to toast to a trip well-travelled.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Ho Chi Minh City - With no activities planned for today, your trip comes to an end. If you’d like to spend more time in Ho Chi Minh City, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Bangkok - Sa-wat dee! Welcome to Thailand. Your adventure begins with an important welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight in Bangkok. This city has so much to offer – if you have time to explore, maybe take a riverboat to Chinatown to wander the crowded streets, uncover the magnificent Grand Palace and the Temple of the Emerald Buddha, pay a visit to Wat Pho (home to the country's largest reclining Buddha), wander down the tourist mecca of Khao San Road, or indulge in some Thai massage. After the meeting, you might like to gather your fellow travellers and tuck into some world-renowned street food.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Siem Reap - You’ll have a long drive by private minibus today, so get your favourite playlist or a good book ready. You’ll stop for lunch along the way, before arriving in Siem Reap – this small but expanding town is the gateway to Angkor. This is the most popular destination for travellers in all of Cambodia (maybe even in all Southeast Asia!). You'll probably notice a change of pace here, so maybe take a walk and enjoy the atmosphere. You could start by hitting the local markets to try some delicious street food.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Angkor Wat/ Siem Reap - Today, spend a full day temple-hopping with your local guide to make the most of your visit to the world-famous complex, built between the ninth and 13th centuries when the Khmer empire was the pre-eminent influence in Southeast Asia. The ruins are scattered over some 160 square km, but the main cluster of temples is close to Siem Reap, including Angkor Wat, Bayon and Ta Prohm. The temples were believed to represent the cosmic world and were set in perfect balance, symmetry and composition. The intricately carved bas-reliefs and architectural designs are mind-blowing, and there are spectacular photo opportunities at any time of day. This is the absolute highlight of your trip, with the added insight and knowledge of a local guide at your side, so take your time and soak it in.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Siem Reap - This morning, embark on a private local boat to discover the floating villages and local daily lives of Chhong Kneas – a trading port of agricultural products on the edge of Tonle Sap Lake, also known as the Great Lake of Cambodia. This is an excellent opportunity to learn about the local’s unique lifestyle on the waters and how people and nature are intertwined in the most profound sense. This afternoon, return to Siem Reap and enjoy a free evening.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Phnom Penh - After breakfast, leave Siem Reap this morning and travel to Phnom Penh in a private minibus. The journey is a great opportunity to see the real Cambodia, with several stops at points of interest along the way. Visit the cottage industry at Santuk Silk Farm, where local women in the rural community are provided the opportunity for financial freedom to support their families. You’ll learn about the process from the silkworms to the final products. You’ll also stop at Skuon Market, where you might like to sample the local cuisine (deep-fried spiders). Cambodia's capital is set on a major junction of the Mekong and Tonle Sap rivers and boasts some fine examples of French-influenced architecture. This afternoon, enjoy some free time. Maybe explore Wat Phnom – a peaceful temple situated on a hill. A great way to see the city's key landmarks is on a cyclo tour, which generally covers the Psar Thmei (Central Market), US Embassy, Wat Phnom, Mekong riverfront, Independence Monument and Royal Palace.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Phnom Penh - Phnom Penh remains a living relic of the country’s past struggles and successes. Your day includes visits to the Tuol Sleng Genocide Museum (S21) and the Killing Fields of Choeung Ek, which tell the story of the tragic legacy of the Khmer Rouge. S21 is a former school that served as a Khmer Rouge torture centre, and it’s estimated that more than 20,000 people were held and tortured here. The Killing Fields of Choeung Ek are home to a stupa made up of some 8000 human skulls, marking the execution ground for the torture victims of Tuol Sleng. After visiting both sites, you’ll have free time for the rest of the day. Maybe learn about a brighter period in Cambodian history with a visit to the Royal Palace and Silver Pagoda. Alternatively, the National Museum, housed in a beautiful traditional building, is a great place to see some excellent Khmer craftsmanship. An ideal way to spend the late afternoon and evening is to stroll along the famous Sisowath Quay and enjoy a coffee or cocktail at one of the many riverside cafes.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Ho Chi Minh City - This morning, travel by local bus from Phnom Penh to Ho Chi Minh City. Along the way, see the Neak Loeung Bridge, which is the biggest bridge in Cambodia, and then stop for lunch after immigration. Arrive in Ho Chi Minh City in the late afternoon. Maybe discover the city’s blend of old and new, east and west on a self-paced walk. Be sure to sample a baguette or some of the excellent coffee on offer – both markers of the city's strong French influence.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Ho Chi Minh City - With no activities planned for today, you’re free to leave at any time. If you’d like to spend more time exploring Ho Chi Minh City, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Ho Chi Minh City - Xin chao! Welcome to Vietnam. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm in Ho Chi Minh City. If you arrive early, why not get out and discover the city's blend of East and West at your own pace. The Reunification Palace and the War Remnants Museum are great sites to learn more about Vietnam's history. If you have the time, the Cu Chi Tunnels and Mekong Delta also make for excellent and insightful daytrips. After your meeting tonight, why not head out for dinner with your group.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Phnom Penh - Travel by public bus across the border, through rural Vietnam and Cambodia to Phnom Penh. Cambodia's capital city is set on a major junction of the Mekong and Tonle Sap rivers and boasts some fine examples of French-inspired architecture. If you're looking for a tasty beverage when you arrive, head for a mojito on the rooftop. Or if you're in the mood for shopping, stop in at the art-deco Psar Thmei (Central Market) or travel out to Psar Tuol Tom Pong (the Russian Market) for the best range of local souvenirs.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Phnom Penh - Today, you’ll confront Cambodia's tragic past on a guided tour of the Tuol Sleng Genocide Museum (S21) – a former school which served as a Khmer Rouge torture centre. It's estimated that more than 20,000 people were held and tortured here. You’ll also head out to the Killing Fields of Choeung Ek, where a stupa made up of some 8000 human skulls marks the execution ground for the torture victims of Tuol Sleng. After, you may wish to learn about a brighter period in Cambodian history from an optional visit to the Royal Palace and Silver Pagoda. Wat Phnom, shrouded in myth, is equally worth a visit, as is the National Museum with its excellent Khmer collection. Cyclo tours around the city are a great alternative to walking and generally include the Central Market, US Embassy, Wat Phnom, Mekong riverfront, the Independence Monument and Royal Palace.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Battambang - Travel by private minibus to Battambang today. Break up an otherwise long trip with a visit to the pottery visit in Kampong Chhnang and learn about the craft of pottery making at local workshops. Then continue to Cambodia's second-largest city – a pretty riverside town with French elegance, friendly Khmer people and beautifully preserved colonial architecture, this is a great place to explore on your own. Why not take part in an optional cooking class to learn the secrets of local dishes such as amok, Khmer curry and fried spicy chicken.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Siem Reap - Spend a bit of time riding around the countryside by bike, travelling out to the rural villages around Battambang. This is a great opportunity to get a closer look at what rural life means in Cambodia. Visit local families who have been producing agricultural products the traditional way passed down through generations, like rice paper, dried bananas, and bamboo sticky rice and stop by a Khmer house and relax and enjoy some coconut water while chatting about their life. The Intrepid partner for this activity is a local social enterprise that support training of local youth for their future career. In the afternoon continue by private minibus to Siem Reap, arriving in the evening, and relax as you prepare for your much-anticipated visit to Angkor tomorrow. Perhaps hit the markets for some delicious street food for dinner.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Siem Reap / Angkor Wat - Make your way to Angkor Wat in the early hours this morning to watch the sunrise over this UNESO World Heritage site. Then, Temple-hop with your local guide through the world-famous complex. The temples, dating back as far as the ninth century, were believed to represent the cosmic world and were set in perfect balance, symmetry and composition. The intricately carved bas-reliefs and architectural designs are mind-blowing and there are spectacular photo opportunities at any time of day. The ruins are scattered over an area of some 160 square km, but the main cluster of temples is close to Siem Reap, so there will be plenty of time to fully appreciate the great archaeological sites of Angkor Wat, Bayon and the jungle-covered Ta Prohm.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Siem Reap / Angkor Wat - Continue your explorations of the Angkor complex this morning. In the afternoon, embark on a private local boat discover the floating villages and local daily lives at Chhong Kneas – a trading port of agricultural products on the edge of Tonle Sap Lake, also known as the Great Lake of Cambodia.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Bangkok - It's a long drive by private minibus from Siem Reap to Bangkok today. Arrive in Thailand's bustling capital and take in this exciting world of tuk tuks, khlong boats and street vendors serving up delicious Thai food. Perhaps head out to sample some local specialties as a final farewell with your fellow travellers.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Bangkok - Your trip comes to an end this morning, with no further activities planned. However, if you have more time, Bangkok is full of things to do, including the Grand Palace, Temple of the Emerald Buddha, and the fascinating Jim Thompson Museum. Just speak to your booking agent if you'd like to extend your stay.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Bangkok - Sa-wat dee! Welcome to Thailand. Your adventure begins with an important welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight in Bangkok. This city has so much to offer – if you have time to explore, maybe take a riverboat to Chinatown to wander the crowded streets, uncover the magnificent Grand Palace and the Temple of the Emerald Buddha, pay a visit to Wat Pho (home to the country's largest reclining Buddha), wander down the tourist mecca of Khao San Road, or indulge in some Thai massage. After the meeting, you might like to gather your fellow travellers and tuck into some world-renowned street food.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Siem Reap - You’ll have a long drive by private minibus today, so get your favourite playlist or a good book ready. You’ll stop for lunch along the way, before arriving in Siem Reap – this small but expanding town is the gateway to Angkor. This is the most popular destination for travellers in all of Cambodia (maybe even in all Southeast Asia!). You'll probably notice a change of pace here, so maybe take a walk and enjoy the atmosphere. You could start by hitting the local markets to try some delicious street food.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Angkor Wat/ Siem Reap - Today, spend a full day temple-hopping with your local guide to make the most of your visit to the world-famous complex, built between the ninth and 13th centuries when the Khmer empire was the pre-eminent influence in Southeast Asia. The ruins are scattered over some 160 square km, but the main cluster of temples is close to Siem Reap, including Angkor Wat, Bayon and Ta Prohm. The temples were believed to represent the cosmic world and were set in perfect balance, symmetry and composition. The intricately carved bas-reliefs and architectural designs are mind-blowing, and there are spectacular photo opportunities at any time of day. This is the absolute highlight of your trip, with the added insight and knowledge of a local guide at your side, so take your time and soak it in.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Siem Reap - This morning, embark on a private local boat to discover the floating villages and local daily lives of Chhong Kneas – a trading port of agricultural products on the edge of Tonle Sap Lake, also known as the Great Lake of Cambodia. This is an excellent opportunity to learn about the local’s unique lifestyle on the waters and how people and nature are intertwined in the most profound sense. This afternoon, return to Siem Reap and enjoy a free evening.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Phnom Penh - After breakfast, leave Siem Reap this morning and travel to Phnom Penh in a private minibus. The journey is a great opportunity to see the real Cambodia, with several stops at points of interest along the way. Visit the cottage industry at Santuk Silk Farm, where local women in the rural community are provided the opportunity for financial freedom to support their families. You’ll learn about the process from the silkworms to the final products. You’ll also stop at Skuon Market, where you might like to sample the local cuisine (deep-fried spiders). Cambodia's capital is set on a major junction of the Mekong and Tonle Sap rivers and boasts some fine examples of French-influenced architecture. This afternoon, enjoy some free time. Maybe explore Wat Phnom – a peaceful temple situated on a hill. A great way to see the city's key landmarks is on a cyclo tour, which generally covers the Psar Thmei (Central Market), US Embassy, Wat Phnom, Mekong riverfront, Independence Monument and Royal Palace.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Phnom Penh - Phnom Penh remains a living relic of the country’s past struggles and successes. Your day includes visits to the Tuol Sleng Genocide Museum (S21) and the Killing Fields of Choeung Ek, which tell the story of the tragic legacy of the Khmer Rouge. S21 is a former school that served as a Khmer Rouge torture centre, and it’s estimated that more than 20,000 people were held and tortured here. The Killing Fields of Choeung Ek are home to a stupa made up of some 8000 human skulls, marking the execution ground for the torture victims of Tuol Sleng. After visiting both sites, you’ll have free time for the rest of the day. Maybe learn about a brighter period in Cambodian history with a visit to the Royal Palace and Silver Pagoda. Alternatively, the National Museum, housed in a beautiful traditional building, is a great place to see some excellent Khmer craftsmanship. An ideal way to spend the late afternoon and evening is to stroll along the famous Sisowath Quay and enjoy a coffee or cocktail at one of the many riverside cafes.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Ho Chi Minh City - This morning, travel by local bus from Phnom Penh to Ho Chi Minh City. Along the way, see the Neak Loeung Bridge, which is the biggest bridge in Cambodia, and then stop for lunch after immigration. Arrive in Ho Chi Minh City in the late afternoon. Maybe discover the city’s blend of old and new, east and west on a self-paced walk. Be sure to sample a baguette or some of the excellent coffee on offer – both markers of the city's strong French influence.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Ho Chi Minh City - Today is a free day to explore Ho Chi Minh City at your own pace. You’ll have another welcome meeting at 6 pm. Before then, maybe head to Pham Ngu Lao Street to see the local open-aired market or take an Urban Adventure with an expert local guide. After the meeting tonight, why not get to know your new fellow travellers over an optional group dinner?

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Mekong Delta - Ho Chi Minh City - Today you'll travel south by private minibus and spend the day exploring the Mekong Delta. Board a private boat and traverse the intricate waterways – soak up the tranquil surroundings as you float through this fertile landscape, often referred to as ‘the rice bowl of Vietnam’. Disembark at Ben Tre and visit the coconut gardens, stopping at a local home to sample tropical fruits and coconut jams before paddling in sampans (small rowing boats). Take a tuk-tuk tour around the villages, learning about rural life and how the locals make their living. Then, have lunch at a restaurant in the heart of the delta, sampling regional specialties like elephant ear fish. After the cruise, return via bus to Ho Chi Minh City.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Hoi An - This morning, say goodbye to Ho Chi Minh City and fly north to Danang. From here you’ll take a bus to Hoi An, with the five spectacular peaks of the Marble Mountains as a backdrop. Once in Hoi An, your leader will take you on a walking tour of the town, influenced over the years by Europe, China and Vietnam. The town was a major trading port from the 17th century onwards, and the outside influences can be seen all over its architecture, with pagodas and assembly halls found across the town. Wander the ancient streets that look much like they did over a century ago and take in a historic house (formerly home to a prominent trader), the Japanese Covered Bridge, a Chinese assembly hall and a museum. Then, your night is free to hit one of the waterside restaurants.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Hoi An - Enjoy a free day in the UNESCO World Heritage-listed Hoi An. You may like to wander the Central Market and the street stalls selling paintings, woodwork, ceramics, lanterns and much more. Hoi An is also famous for its talented tailors who can make beautiful items to order within a few hours. For those still feeling adventurous, why not hire a bicycle and tour the surrounding countryside? This is one of the best ways to get an insight into rural Vietnam. You also have the option to head out on a daytrip to My Son Cham – a UNESCO World Heritage-listed temple complex that reflects the rich cultural traditions of the Cham civilisation.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Hue - Leave Hoi An today and journey across the dramatic Hai Van Pass – a sometimes bumpy but incredibly scenic stretch of highway with views of Lang Co Beach. Make a quick photo stop on the way, then continue to Hue – the former imperial capital of Vietnam. When you arrive, join your leader for a tour of the Imperial Citadel – this fortress houses the Imperial City and the citadel-within-a-citadel, the Forbidden Purple City. This icon was almost completely destroyed during the Vietnam/American War, and the ruins and holes left by bombs are a reminder of the destruction that was caused. In your free time you might like to visit Dong Ba Market, which offers locally made goods, fresh produce and tantalising street food.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Hue - Overnight Train - Today’s adventure will be on the back of a motorbike! You’ll have your own driver who will take you around the Imperial Citadel and Thien Mu Pagoda – the unofficial symbol of Hue. This site dates back to 1601 and is still an active Buddhist monastery. Here, you’ll also see the car left by a monk who set himself alight to protest the treatment of Buddhists by the South Vietnamese regime. Ride to a special lunch spot at a Buddhist monastery and sit down to a vegetarian feast, then drive to the royal tomb of Emperor Tu Duc, which is set on a lake surrounded by frangipani bushes and pine trees. In the evening, board an overnight train to Hanoi.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Hanoi - Arrive in Hanoi early this morning and transfer to your hotel. Vietnam’s capital is famous for its beautiful lakes, shaded boulevards, public parks and beautiful Old Quarter. Soak up some free time to relax, then take a walking tour through the city. In your free time, maybe wander through the '36 Streets’ of the historic Old Quarter, chill out by the beautiful Hoan Kiem Lake, or visit the Fine Arts Museum. This museum plays a crucial role in maintaining and promoting the cultural heritage of Vietnam’s ethnic communities.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Halong Bay - Travel by private minibus to the spectacular UNESCO World Heritage site of Ha Long Bay. This is one of Vietnam’s most beautiful places, a secluded bay of emerald waters flecked with limestone islands and caves. When you arrive, you’ll hop on a cruise to explore Surprise Cave and the surrounding rock formations. In the warmer months, perhaps go kayaking or opt for a swim from Ti Top Island. On board, there’ll be a dining room and bar where you’ll enjoy your meals, including fresh seafood for lunch and dinner. Spend the night on the boat, maybe having a drink with your fellow travellers at the bar, beneath a sky alive with starlight.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Hanoi - Wake up on the waters of Ha Long Bay – if you’re keen, you could watch the sunrise from the deck this morning, watching the bay come alive with eagles, fishermen and sunlight. Then, visit The Green Life Centre – this organisation is committed to turning Ha Long Bay’s trash into treasure by collecting discarded items and skilfully turning them into handicrafts. Meet the team behind this important cause and learn how to transform rubbish into a useful and reusable bag. After your visit, return by bus to Hanoi. This afternoon, you’ll have free time to explore Hanoi's sights or relax at a cafe. Maybe stop for a bia hoi (freshly brewed draught beer) at one of the microbars in the Old Quarter. Tonight, there will be a farewell dinner at KOTO restaurant – an organisation that supports disadvantaged youth with careers in the hospitality industry.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Hanoi - Today, your exploration of Vietnam comes to an end. There are no activities planned for today and you can leave at any time after checking out. If you’d like to extend your stay and explore Hanoi, and it’s recommended that you do, just reach out to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Phnom Penh - Sua s'dei! Welcome to Cambodia. Your adventure begins in Phnom Penh with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. If you arrive early, maybe stroll the streets and explore the city, taking in the interesting French architecture. Visit The National Museum and discover its collection of classic Khmer craftsmanship, or head to Wat Phnom – a peaceful temple on a hill. According to legend, a 14th-century woman named Penh found sacred Buddhist objects in the nearby river and placed them here on the small hill. A great way to spend your first night is strolling along the famous Sisowath Quay and enjoying a coffee or cocktail at one of the many cafes while you watch the busy river traffic.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Phnom Penh - Phnom Penh remains a living relic of the country’s past struggles and successes. Today you’ll visit the Tuol Sleng Genocide Museum (S21) and the Killing Fields of Choeung Ek, which tell the story of the tragic legacy of the Khmer Rouge. In the afternoon, maybe visit the Royal Palace. The private quarters of the Royal Palace are home to King Sihamoni and are closed to the public, but you can visit the Silver Pagoda that lies in the palace complex – the most sacred temple in the country. An ideal way to spend your second evening here is to relax in a cafe by the riverfront.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Battambang - Get an early start today and travel to Battambang via a local train – Cambodia's second-largest city. Battambang (pronounced Battambong), is a riverside town of French elegance, friendly Khmer people and beautifully preserved architecture. The city is famous for its many statues of animals and divinities that decorate the streets and buildings. The city lacks the traffic of Phnom Penh and the visitors of Siem Reap, so it’s a great place to get an authentic slice of Cambodia. With a free afternoon, you might like to visit the hilltop Wat Banan temple – offering 360-degree panoramic views over the Sang Ke River. There are also the Killing Caves of Phnom Sampeau, which are well-worth the sobering experience. In the evening, maybe walk along the riverfront where locals indulge in hobbies like yoga and folk dancing.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Battambang - This morning, take on a bike tour around rural Cambodia with the local social enterprise Soksabike – dedicated to responsible tourism, this organisation provides local university students with training and employment and scholarships for their staff’s language or vocational studies. Learn some basic Khmer phrases and then explore the countryside, stopping to visit local families who make things like rice paper, dried bananas and bamboo sticky rice. See the memorial site for the victims of Khmer Rouge and spend some time in a local’s house, refuelling with some local fruit. This afternoon, you’re free to explore how you wish. Maybe go and watch local students rehearsing in their circus and music schools and the young painters who work in visual arts. Maybe take an optional cooking class to learn the secrets of some delicious local dishes such as amok, Khmer curry and fried spicy chicken.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Siem Reap - Travel by private vehicle to Siem Reap today – this small but expanding town is the gateway to the UNESCO World Heritage site of the Angkor complex. This is the most popular destination for travellers in all of Cambodia (maybe even in Southeast Asia!). You'll probably notice a change of pace here, so maybe take a walk and enjoy the atmosphere when you arrive. A visit to the old market is a must, even if you're not looking for souvenirs – wandering through the stalls and surrounding shops, you’ll find silks, cotton, sarongs, silver and statues among a flurry of colour. There's also a long tradition of shadow puppetry in the region, so if you're lucky, you might even catch a show at one of the local restaurants tonight.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Siem Reap - Spend a full day temple-hopping in the Angkor complex today. Hop on a remork-moto (Cambodian tuk-tuk) with an all-female crew from Drivers Srey, whose mission is to support local women with sustainable income to support their families. With a knowledgeable local guide at your side, you’ll be able to make the most of your visit to the world-famous complex, built between the 9th and 13th centuries when the Khmer Empire was the pre-eminent influence in Southeast Asia. The temples were believed to represent the cosmic world and were set in perfect balance, symmetry and composition and the ruins are scattered over some 160 square km. See Angkor Wat – the largest and most complete structure and the only one of Angkor's temples with a west-facing entrance, the Bayon and the jungle-covered Ta Prohm. There are spectacular photo opportunities at any time of day.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Siem Reap - Rise nice and early this morning to see the mighty Angkor Wat at sunrise (weather permitting). Then, continue your exploration of the complex on a day tour in a private van to experience the rest of the highlights at the Angkor complex. The rest of the day is free to recharge. Maybe get adventurous with the Angkor zip-line course, which gives you a birds-eye view of the beautiful rainforest. Or you can get to the heart of Cambodia (through its food, of course) with a cooking class.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Sambor Prei Kuk - This morning, drive to Sambor Prei Kuk – your homestay for tonight. When you arrive, take a tour of the village with your local guide who will introduce you to the way of life for the local people, as well as your homestay facilities and your hosts. The temple ruins nearby are some of the oldest in the country (dating back to the 6th century) and are well worth a visit during your free time this afternoon. If you prefer, you can cycle the village on a bike and see the villagers working the rice fields and making handicrafts. Tonight, sit down for a traditional Khmer dinner with your host family.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Kampot - Today, take a private transfer to Kampot – one of Cambodia's most attractive old towns. Famous for its pepper, Kampot supplied most French restaurants with this vital spice for many years during colonial rule. Today, the region is more renowned for its plantations of durian – a spiky, pungent fruit that you’ll either love or hate (try it and see for yourself). When you arrive, stroll along the riverside and admire the French architecture, learning about its history from your leader. Then, maybe have a cup of coffee in the riverside restaurants and admire the view of Bokor Mountain Range. A traditional massage is also highly recommended here, from social enterprise Seeing Hands – the best way to support a local charity, is in loose cotton pyjamas, put in the capable hands of one of the blind masseurs or masseuses. In a country with no social security, the training and support provided by the centres allow blind Cambodians to support themselves.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Kampot - Enjoy a day out in the countryside today and discover the jewels of the Kampot Province. Visit the Pepper Project and learn why Kampot pepper has been acknowledged by international chefs as the world’s best. Then, visit the Kampot salt field – the only salt field in Cambodia. A short walk through the rice fields and a climb provide a lovely outlook over the countryside. A few steps later and you enter the mouth of the Phnom Chhnork limestone cave that features a small 7th-century brick temple inside! Explore the old buildings near the Kep oceanfront – this town was the most popular and prestigious beach town from the early 1900s until the 1960s. During the Khmer Rouge years, many of Kep's mansions and villas were destroyed, but the ghostly remains of many still stand as a silent reminder.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Koh Rong - Take a private bus to Sihanoukville, then continue by speedboat to Koh Rong Island – a Cambodian paradise perfect for relaxing on the white sands, blissing out in the cool ocean waters or jungle trekking the day away. Koh Rong is said to boast the best white sand beach in the country (a few seasons of the popular reality TV show Survivor were filmed here!). Enjoy the serenity and peace of this island with accommodation away from the chaos of tourists and over the next two days, enjoy free time and multiple opportunities for swimming, snorkelling, kayaking and chilling on the beach. Your leader will always be around for the best hot tips on what to do and where to eat.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Koh Rong -

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Phnom Penh - This morning, after you’re well-rested and refreshed from an island paradise, you’ll take a private vehicle back to Phnom Penh. When you arrive, the rest of the afternoon is free to explore or get in some last-minute shopping. Maybe take a walk on the riverfront at the Chatomok, where the Tonle Bassac, Tonle Sap and Mekong Rivers meet. Maybe get your group together and end your Cambodian journey with a celebratory farewell dinner – in the early evening, market stalls sell some delicious local specialties.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Phnom Penh - There are no activities planned today and your trip comes to an end. If you’d like to stay in Cambodia for longer, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Phnom Penh - Sua s'dei! Welcome to Cambodia. Your adventure begins in Phnom Penh with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. If you arrive early, maybe stroll the streets and explore the city at your own pace. Phnom Penh is set at the confluence of the Mekong and Tonle Sap rivers, so life centres around this lively riverfront – maybe a good place to start. After the meeting this evening, maybe join the locals here and snack on the street hawker food or enjoy some impromptu waterside entertainment. You could also ask your leader for the best dinner spots or head up to a rooftop bar for a drink with riverside views.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Cycling in Phnom Penh - After breakfast, start your active adventure on a mountain bike, crossing the river by local boat and then cycling through the villages on an island within the Mekong River. The island is famous for silk weaving, agriculture and aquaculture. Stop to see locals at work in the village and cycle through quiet roads, orchards and rice paddies. After, return to Phnom Penh for a free afternoon – your leader can help you organise an optional activity, or you can explore at your own pace. Phnom Penh remains a living relic of the country’s past struggles, with the sobering Tuol Sleng Genocide Museum (S21) and the Killing Fields of Choeung Ek telling the story of the bloody legacy of the Khmer Rouge. You could also visit Wat Phnom – the temple that gave rise to the foundation of the city in the 15th century – or the Royal Palace complex’s Silver Pagoda, Cambodia’s most sacred temple.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Kratie/Cycling in Koh Trong - This morning, you’ll leave early to make tracks for Kratie. On the way, pass through Skuon – a small town known for its unusual delicacy of tasty spiders. You can try one if you’re game! Carry on to the town of Kratie, which sits on the banks of the Mekong. Board a local boat from Kratie waterfront to Koh Trong for your homestay – approximately 280 families call this 6 km island home. The island is famous for growing the citrus fruit pomelo, some of the best in Cambodia, as well as rice and other agricultural products. Your homestay is a wonderful opportunity to immerse yourself in everyday Cambodian life, and this evening you'll enjoy a traditional Khmer dinner. With hammocks strung up beneath the house, this is a great place to unwind. Take a leisurely cycle around the island’s perimeter through traditional Khmer villages, fruit orchards and rice fields, observing the daily rituals and routines of traditional village life.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Koh Trong Hiking/ Stung Treng - After breakfast this morning, take a 1-hour guided walk to see how the locals live and to learn more about the local culture in this part of Cambodia. During the days of the Khmer Rouge, much of the island’s forested interior was cut down. In response, villagers have started a tree-planting project at Wat Ty Pram Kbal Koh Trong. You’ll have the opportunity to contribute to the project by helping to plant a tree on the pagoda grounds. After, say goodbye to your island hosts and return to the mainland. There’s time to wander down the river boulevard and explore the local market in Kratie before travelling to Stung Treng. On the way, maybe enjoy an optional lunch at Kampi Creek, where you’ll also hop on a boat and go out on an excursion to try and spot dolphins! When you arrive in Stung Treng, head out on a walking tour with your leader and discover this town’s regional delights at the local market.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Kayaking in Stung Treng - Start early this morning to make the most of a full day of activities. You’ll travel by private minibus to the village of Voeun Kham. From there, catch a local boat to cruise the Mekong River to the fierce Sopheakmit Waterfall – on the Cambodia–Laos border, the thundering falls crash over limestone crags and boulders making a spectacular sight. Moor the boat at a local family's home and hike through the jungle to a lunch spot overlooking the falls. Return to the boat and continue through a gorgeous stretch of the Mekong River, home to many bird species and the village of Osvay. Pass through the Anlong Cheuteal Irrawaddy dolphin pool, where it’s possible to spot freshwater dolphins! Jump in a kayak to paddle among this spectacular scenery of flooded forests to Vuen Sien village. After a full day exploring this glorious stretch of nature, you’ll return to Stung Treng by private minibus for the night.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Siem Reap - This morning, set out on your journey to Siem Reap, travelling by private minibus through Cambodia’s countryside and small towns. Arrive at the gateway to the famed Angkor complex – with its cafes, bars, restaurants, food and drink stands, Siem Reap caters for all persuasions. A visit to the old market is a must, even if you're not looking for souvenirs. Wandering through the stalls and surrounding shops, you’ll find silks, cotton, sarongs, silver and statues. After check-in at your hotel, you’ll be picked up by a tuk tuk and then your leader will take you on an orientation walk to help you get acquainted with this bustling town.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Cycling in Siem Reap/Angkor Wat - Hop on your bike and temple hop with your local guide today for a full day cycling tour of the world-famous Angkor complex – built between the 9th and 13th centuries when the Khmer empire was the pre-eminent influence in Southeast Asia. These ruins include Angkor Wat, Bayon and the jungle-covered Ta Prohm. After you’re temple-d out, head back to Siem Reap for a free night. You might like to check out Phare – the Cambodian Circus. Coming from disadvantaged households, the performers have gained international recognition through their art. Like a Cambodian Cirque Du Soleil, modern Khmer tales mix theatre, music, dance, acrobatics, juggling, aerial acts and contortion.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Siem Reap - As no activities are planned for today, you can leave your accommodation at any time. If you have extra time you might like to schedule an Angkor zip-line and canopy walk adventure, a tasty Khmer cooking class, or simply relax by the pool. If you’d like to spend more time in Siem Reap, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Ho Chi Minh City - Xin chao! Welcome to Ho Chi Minh. Your Cambodian adventure starts with a dip into Vietnam and a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. There's nothing planned for the first day, so feel free to get amongst the chaos of the city. A good place to start is the Ben Thanh Market, where you can snack on chao tom (barbecued shrimp paste on sticks of sugar cane). If you have time, a visit to Reunification Palace or the War Remnants Museum are recommended. Tonight, why not get your new friends together and enjoy a group dinner to kick off your journey.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Phnom Penh - Today, travel to Phnom Penh on a public bus – this is a long journey that includes two border crossings and a stop where you can grab some lunch. Have your favourite books or road trip games ready – this is a great opportunity to get to know your fellow travellers better. Your guide will assist with the formalities at both sides of the border. When you arrive, why not treat yourself to a traditional Khmer massage to ease the tension. Look no further than Seeing Hands – a great organisation supporting visually impaired masseurs.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Phnom Penh - Today, you’ll have an authentic local breakfast near one of the markets. Then, the group will head to Tuol Sleng Genocide Museum (S21) and the Killing Fields of Choeung Ek – both sobering but important and informative experiences in Cambodia. After, you may like to explore some of the sights in your own time, like the Royal Palace and Silver Pagoda, which both offer brighter aspects of Cambodia's past. You might also head for the National Museum or Wat Phnom – a Buddhist temple built in 1372. The main centre of the city sits on the Western bank of the Tonle Sap and Mekong rivers. In the evening, you’ll head out with your group for a sunset river cruise and enjoy an included drink as you sail along the water and see the city from a different perspective. Then, you might like to hit up a rooftop bar with some amazing views of the city – there are lots of options to choose from, so just ask your leader. 

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Koh Rong - Today, leave Phnom Penh on a private bus to Sihanoukville. Then, you’ll take a speed boat to the paradise of Koh Rong. You’ll have a couple of days on the island to really bliss out and adjust to island time – this afternoon is for swimming, relaxing on the warm sandy shores of the beach and walking along the coast in the balmy evening in search of somewhere for dinner (your leader will have some great recommendations).

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Koh Rong - Today is another free day to chill at the beach. Soak in the sun, order a few cocktails or cold beers to cool down and go swimming in the serene waters of Koh Rong. If you’re looking for something active, maybe ask your leader for your hiking options, as there’s plenty of gorgeous jungle and hidden waterfalls waiting to be discovered inland. Tonight, why not party it up at Nest Beach Club – a lively spot known for its nightlife.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Sambor Prei Kuk - This morning, you’ll leave the island behind and head to your homestay in Isanborei – a rural community that maintains a traditional lifestyle. This community lies within Sambor Preikuk, a UNESCO World Heritage site with more than 100 ancient temples. This is also home to a Cambodian community-based tourism project involving seven Khmer villages that collaborate to conserve the historic area and provide residents with job opportunities. When you arrive, take a tour of the village with your local guide, who will introduce you to the local people, your homestay and your hosts. Tonight, catch the sun setting over the rice fields before unwinding as you enjoy a traditional homemade Khmer dinner with your host family.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Siem Reap - Enjoy breakfast prepared by your local host this morning. If you didn’t get a chance yesterday, you can visit the nearby Sambor Preikuk Temple – some of the oldest ruins in the country (dating back to the 6th century). Maybe opt to cycle over the rural roads through the village, passing locals working in the rice fields, or perhaps try a sample of Sombai Cambodian Liqueur. After a day of exploring, say goodbye to your homestay hosts and travel on towards Siem Reap – home to the bucket list site, Angkor Wat. When you arrive, maybe spend some time looking around the central markets and pick up some delicious local food for dinner tonight. 

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Siem Reap - Angkor Wat Sunrise - Early this morning, you’ll visit the mighty Angkor complex at sunrise – this is the largest religious structure in the world, and it’s pretty special to see the dawn rise over the temples. Get the camera ready because these 400 acres are full of picturesque settings. You’ll take a guided tour of the complex on a tuk-tuk with a local social enterprise that focuses on providing employment opportunities for women in the community – and see the larger-than-life Angkor Wat, the grand Bayon and the jungle-covered Ta Prohm. Some buildings are over a thousand years old from the Khmer Empire – these beauties were known to represent the cosmic world and were set in perfect balance, symmetry and composition. If you like, try to catch the majesty of the temples at sunset, too – you can even head back to your accommodation after your guided tour for a nap and then re-enter the site in the late afternoon.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Bangkok - Goodbye Cambodia, hello Thailand. Drive from Siem Reap to Bangkok in a private minivan today. After a long travel day, arrive in Bangkok. The khlongs (canals) are a great way to escape from all the chaos – maybe take a boat to the popular Chinatown for a delicious street food dinner. A traditional Thai massage may also be a good option to relax into the evening. There’s some great nightlife and rooftop bars to explore here, so be sure to stake out a place with your travel buddies and watch day turn to night, celebrating your final evening. 

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Bangkok - There are no activities planned for today and your trip comes to an end. Bangkok is full of things to do, including the Grand Palace, Temple of the Emerald Buddha, or the Jim Thompson Museum. If you’d like to stay in Thailand for longer, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Phnom Penh - Sua s'dei! Welcome to Cambodia. Your adventure begins in Phnom Penh – the meeting point of the Mekong and Tonle Sap rivers, where the locals come to snack on the street hawkers’ food and enjoy impromptu waterside entertainment. You’ll have a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight, then you’ll kick off your food adventure with a welcome dinner at a local restaurant. The Cambodian cooking pot combines an eclectic mix of local and international influences and has a flavour all of its own. Later, maybe go for a drink or stroll along the famous Sisowath Quay.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Phnom Penh - Phnom Penh remains a living relic of the country’s past struggles and successes. Today you’ll visit the Tuol Sleng Genocide Museum (S21) and the Killing Fields of Choeung Ek, which tell the story of the tragic legacy of the Khmer Rouge. In the afternoon, maybe visit the Royal Palace. The private quarters of the Royal Palace are home to King Sihamoni and are closed to the public, but you can visit the Silver Pagoda that lies in the palace complex – the most sacred temple in the country. In the evening, hop on a tuk-tuk and enjoy a foodie tour of some of the tastiest local food for dinner in Phnom Penh - the beef skewer and the fried pork ribs are our favourite!

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Kampot - Today, take a private transfer to Kampot – one of Cambodia's most attractive old towns. Famous for its pepper, Kampot supplied most French restaurants with this vital spice for many years during colonial rule. Today, the region is more renowned for its plantations of durian – a spiky, pungent fruit that you’ll either love or hate (try it and see for yourself). When you arrive, head to Kep Beach for lunch – the nearby Kep markets serve fresh crab cooked to perfection – and eat on the pier overlooking the ocean. After lunch, check into your hotel and in the afternoon, follow your leader on an orientation walk in the city. Stroll along the riverside and admire the French architecture, learning about its history from your leader. Then, maybe have a cup of coffee in the riverside restaurants and admire the view of Bokor Mountain Range. A traditional massage is also highly recommended here, from social enterprise Seeing Hands – the best way to support a local charity, is in loose cotton pyjamas, put in the capable hands of one of the blind masseurs or masseuses. In a country with no social security, the training and support provided by the centres allow blind Cambodians to support themselves.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Kampot - This morning you’ll have breakfast at Epic Café – a social enterprise that provides employment for local people living with disabilities. After, visit the salt fields that stretch across much of Kampot’s coastline. After learning a bit about the salt production here, onto the Kampot Pepper Project. Grown in Cambodia for centuries, Kampot pepper is considered the world’s finest. Today, pepper is also seen as an important symbol of Cambodian regeneration. Learn from the best here about the use of pepper in a cooking class at the plantation and try some some pepper ice cream as your desert. The afternoon is all yours in this idyllic town.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Battambang - Travel by private bus to Battambang (pronounced battambong)– Cambodia's second-largest city. On the way, stop at Kampong Chhnang and visit local pottery workshops to see how the masters are working at their craft, and enjoy a lunch in the village. Then continue onto Battambang. Battambang is a riverside town of French influence, famous for its many statues of animals and divinities that decorate the streets and buildings. It also lacks the traffic of Phnom Penh and the visitor numbers of Siem Reap, so it’s a great place to get a real slice of Cambodia. Your leader can recommend activities for the rest of afternoon. Perhaps join a local Battambang foodie for a home-cooked meal, tasting local dishes such as amok, Khmer curry and fried spicy chicken with homemade rice noodles.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Siem Reap - Take a bicycle ride into the countryside. The ride is easy and takes mostly shady roads through local villages. Along the way, stop to experience rice paper making, fruit drying and preparation, production of the famous prahok (fish paste) and rice wine making at local homes. Finish up at the best Kralan (sticky rice in bamboo) stall in the district. After, you’ll head to Siem Reap via private vehicle. this small but expanding town is the gateway to the UNESCO World Heritage site of the Angkor complex. This is the most popular destination for travellers in all of Cambodia (maybe even in Southeast Asia!). You'll probably notice a change of pace here, so maybe take a walk and enjoy the atmosphere when you arrive. A visit to the old market is a must, even if you're not looking for souvenirs – wandering through the stalls and surrounding shops, you’ll find silks, cotton, sarongs, silver and statues among a flurry of colour. There's also a long tradition of shadow puppetry in the region, so if you're lucky, you might even catch a show at one of the local restaurants tonight.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Siem Reap / Angkor Wat - Head to the village of Preah Dak for a traditional breakfast of homemade num banh chok (a popular Khmer noodle dish). This village is famous for its lifestyle, language, spirituality, culture and of course, its food! You’ll see how the local families make the noodles just as their ancestors made them, then you’ll try some seasonal fruits. After, it's time to explore more of the Angkor complex, built between the 9th and 13th centuries when the Khmer Empire was the pre-eminent influence in South East Asia. See the Bayon temple and the jungle-covered Ta Prohm. Tonight, head out for a final dinner at a plant-based restaurant celebrating contemporary flavours. Using fresh produce from their own gardens, you’ll tuck into dishes like grilled eggplant, creamy pumpkin soup, vegetable curry and homemade lime pie.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Siem Reap - Your adventure comes to an end this morning. There are no activities planned for today and you’re free to leave at any time. If you’re keen to continue your exploration of the Angkor complex, please speak with your leader about extending the length of your access pass.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Kunming - Nimen Hao! Welcome to China. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm at your hotel to meet your local leader and fellow travellers. Nicknamed the City of Eternal Spring thanks to its mild climate and ample green spaces, there's plenty to do in Yunnan’s capital city if you arrive early. Wander Green Lake Park’s manicured gardens and watch locals practising tai chi, check out the galleries and cafes in an old factory area known as The Loft or visit the grand Yuantong Temple. This evening, maybe get to know your group over an optional dinner and sample some flavourful Yunnan cuisine – crossing-the-bridge noodles (rice noodle soup) is Kunming’s signature dish.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Jinghong - Today you'll take your first high-speed train from Kunming to Jinghong. Arrive around midday, then join your leader for an orientation walk and then some free time in the afternoon. You may choose to go and visit Manting Park – the former royal garden of the Dai Empire with over 1300 years of history. Take in the Dai architecture, see rare flowers and explore revered Buddhist temples. This evening, head to the Starlight Market which sits beneath the Golden Pagoda with your leader. Yunan province is famous for its diverse ethnic cultures – including the Dai – and this is reflected in the huge variety of local artisans, craftspeople and food stalls. It’s a great chance to sample Dai delicacies – how about Dai-style sour vermicelli or bamboo sticky rice? If you’re overwhelmed by the options (we don’t blame you), just ask your local leader for recommendations!

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Jinghong - Take a private vehicle to Nannuo Mountain to visit a local Hani village. The mountain is one of the ancestral homes of the Hani – an ethnic group who’ve lived in southern Yunnan for over 1300 years – and they’re deeply connected to it. The mountain is also famous for producing China’s top pu'er tea, and you’ll learn all about how it’s made straight from the source! Go on a short hike through the plantations where you’ll see an 800-year-old tea tree, pluck your own leaves and enjoy a tasting with your Hani hosts – a family who’ve been growing pu’er for generations. Then, share a hearty home-cooked lunch on banana leaves before returning to Jinghong. The rest of the afternoon is free to unwind.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Luang Prabang - Take a bullet train across the border to Luang Prabang this morning. Your leader will be on hand to assist with any border formalities. After checking into your hotel in the early afternoon, stretch your legs on an orientation walk with your leader to find your bearings in this UNESCO-listed city. Once the capital of the ancient Lao Kingdom (Lan Xang), Luang Prabang is a city of opulent Buddhist temples and French Indochinese architecture set in the lush northern highlands. Then, enjoy a few hours of free time before regrouping to watch the sun set over the city and its surroundings on the sacred Wat Phu Si hill. There’s an optional dinner tonight at Talad Mued Night Market to try sindad – a traditional communal BBQ set on a charcoal stove with a rim full of boiling broth to blanch veggies.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Luang Prabang - Find your river legs on a half-day cruise along the Mekong River – the world's twelfth-longest river and the third-longest in Asia. Enjoy the relaxed river vibes as you drift past overhanging reeds and see forested mountains in the distance. Stop at Pak Ou Caves – an important religious site only accessible by boat – to explore hundreds of Buddha statues inside the limestone caverns. Reboard the boat and eat lunch on the way back to Luang Prabang, returning to your hotel in the early afternoon. If you’re keen to see more, you could visit Kuang Si Waterfall to swim in its chalk-blue waters. Tonight, maybe hit up the night market to try more Laotian dishes – khao niew (sticky rice) and larb (minced meat salad) are classics.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Vang Vieng - Rise early this morning to witness a traditional alms giving ceremony – a centuries-old Laos Buddhist ritual that happens daily at sunrise. View a procession of saffron-robed monks as they collect food offered by devotees. The offerings must be collected early, as the monks can’t eat anything after midday. By giving food to a monk, it’s believed you ‘het bon’ (make merit) which will be carried over into the next life. Your leader will guide you through the dos and don’ts and help you take part. Then, enjoy an easy morning or take the time to visit a local fair trade centre that’s on a mission to preserve traditional Laotian handicrafts and make your own bamboo basket. Leave in the afternoon to catch a bullet train to Vang Vieng. Arrive at your hotel in the late afternoon, then maybe grab dinner at a local restaurant.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Vang Vieng - This morning, head to the Nam Song River for a kayaking trip. Paddle with a backdrop of limestone cliffs and forested mountains, maybe riding the occasional mini river rapid along the way. Rest ashore for a while and stretch your legs to Phar Norn, meaning ‘Sleeping Cave’, to snap a photo of the surrounding karsts before kayaking downstream back to Vang Vieng. You have free time for the rest of the afternoon. You might like to visit Tham Chang – a beautiful cavern fed by a natural spring – or explore the area on a bike.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Vientiane - Enjoy a relaxed morning before taking a train to Vientiane, the capital of Laos. You’ll arrive in the afternoon. Spend the day in what could possibly be Asia's most laidback capital. Walk, hire a bike or jump on a jumbo (tuk-tuk) to explore the city’s faded mansions, tree-lined boulevards and old temples. There’s an atmosphere of timelessness in Vientiane, especially in the older part of town along the Mekong River. After sunset, why not grab a bite at the lively night market?

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Vientiane / Overnight Train - This morning, visit Wat Si Saket – the city’s oldest temple still standing and home to almost 7000 Buddha images. Then, visit COPE (Cooperative Orthotic and Prosthetic Enterprise) – an organisation dedicated to supporting people affected by unexploded ordnance (UXO), which still affects many Laotians each year due to the US bombing campaign during the Vietnam War. This is an excellent cause and a chance to educate yourself about Laos' devastating war history. After, buy a snack or drink from their Karma Cafe. Relax for the next few hours, as tonight you’ll take an overnight train to Bangkok!

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Bangkok - Sa-wat dee! Welcome to Thailand. You’ll arrive in Bangkok early in the morning. You'll be able to use the multishare rooms for a quick freshen-up, and your leader will show you where to get breakfast. Maybe try a classic Thai breakfast like khao tom (savoury rice soup) or pathongko (Thai-style doughnuts). The rest of the day is free to explore Thailand’s bustling capital – and there’s so much to see and do! Wander the Chinatown area, visit the Grand Palace and the Temple of the Emerald Buddha or grab a drink in the backpacker hub of Khao San Road. Depending on how well you slept on the train, you could even treat yourself to a Thai massage. Tonight, regroup with your leader and fellow travellers for an optional farewell dinner and toast to a brilliant adventure.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Bangkok - With no activities planned, your adventure comes to an end today and you’re free to leave any time after checking out. If you’d like to extend your stay in Bangkok, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Kunming - Nimen Hao! Welcome to China. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm at your hotel to meet your local leader and fellow travellers. Nicknamed the City of Eternal Spring thanks to its mild climate and ample green spaces, there's plenty to do in Yunnan’s capital city if you arrive early. Wander Green Lake Park’s manicured gardens and watch locals practising tai chi, check out the galleries and cafes in an old factory area known as The Loft or visit the grand Yuantong Temple. This evening, maybe get to know your group over an optional dinner and sample some flavourful Yunnan cuisine – crossing-the-bridge noodles (rice noodle soup) is Kunming’s signature dish.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Jinghong - Today you'll take your first high-speed train from Kunming to Jinghong. Arrive around midday, then join your leader for an orientation walk and then some free time in the afternoon. You may choose to go and visit Manting Park – the former royal garden of the Dai Empire with over 1300 years of history. Take in the Dai architecture, see rare flowers and explore revered Buddhist temples. This evening, head to the Starlight Market which sits beneath the Golden Pagoda with your leader. Yunan province is famous for its diverse ethnic cultures – including the Dai – and this is reflected in the huge variety of local artisans, craftspeople and food stalls. It’s a great chance to sample Dai delicacies – how about Dai-style sour vermicelli or bamboo sticky rice? If you’re overwhelmed by the options (we don’t blame you), just ask your local leader for recommendations!

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Jinghong - Take a private vehicle to Nannuo Mountain to visit a local Hani village. The mountain is one of the ancestral homes of the Hani – an ethnic group who’ve lived in southern Yunnan for over 1300 years – and they’re deeply connected to it. The mountain is also famous for producing China’s top pu'er tea, and you’ll learn all about how it’s made straight from the source! Go on a short hike through the plantations where you’ll see an 800-year-old tea tree, pluck your own leaves and enjoy a tasting with your Hani hosts – a family who’ve been growing pu’er for generations. Then, share a hearty home-cooked lunch on banana leaves before returning to Jinghong. The rest of the afternoon is free to unwind.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Luang Prabang - Take a bullet train across the border to Luang Prabang this morning. Your leader will be on hand to assist with any border formalities. After checking into your hotel in the early afternoon, stretch your legs on an orientation walk with your leader to find your bearings in this UNESCO-listed city. Once the capital of the ancient Lao Kingdom (Lan Xang), Luang Prabang is a city of opulent Buddhist temples and French Indochinese architecture set in the lush northern highlands. Then, enjoy a few hours of free time before regrouping to watch the sun set over the city and its surroundings on the sacred Wat Phu Si hill. There’s an optional dinner tonight at Talad Mued Night Market to try sindad – a traditional communal BBQ set on a charcoal stove with a rim full of boiling broth to blanch veggies.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Luang Prabang - Find your river legs on a half-day cruise along the Mekong River – the world's twelfth-longest river and the third-longest in Asia. Enjoy the relaxed river vibes as you drift past overhanging reeds and see forested mountains in the distance. Stop at Pak Ou Caves – an important religious site only accessible by boat – to explore hundreds of Buddha statues inside the limestone caverns. Reboard the boat and eat lunch on the way back to Luang Prabang, returning to your hotel in the early afternoon. If you’re keen to see more, you could visit Kuang Si Waterfall to swim in its chalk-blue waters. Tonight, maybe hit up the night market to try more Laotian dishes – khao niew (sticky rice) and larb (minced meat salad) are classics.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Vang Vieng - Rise early this morning to witness a traditional alms giving ceremony – a centuries-old Laos Buddhist ritual that happens daily at sunrise. View a procession of saffron-robed monks as they collect food offered by devotees. The offerings must be collected early, as the monks can’t eat anything after midday. By giving food to a monk, it’s believed you ‘het bon’ (make merit) which will be carried over into the next life. Your leader will guide you through the dos and don’ts and help you take part. Then, enjoy an easy morning or take the time to visit a local fair trade centre that’s on a mission to preserve traditional Laotian handicrafts and make your own bamboo basket. Leave in the afternoon to catch a bullet train to Vang Vieng. Arrive at your hotel in the late afternoon, then maybe grab dinner at a local restaurant.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Vang Vieng - This morning, head to the Nam Song River for a kayaking trip. Paddle with a backdrop of limestone cliffs and forested mountains, maybe riding the occasional mini river rapid along the way. Rest ashore for a while and stretch your legs to Phar Norn, meaning ‘Sleeping Cave’, to snap a photo of the surrounding karsts before kayaking downstream back to Vang Vieng. You have free time for the rest of the afternoon. You might like to visit Tham Chang – a beautiful cavern fed by a natural spring – or explore the area on a bike.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Vientiane - Enjoy a relaxed morning before taking a train to Vientiane, the capital of Laos. You’ll arrive in the afternoon. Spend the day in what could possibly be Asia's most laidback capital. Walk, hire a bike or jump on a jumbo (tuk-tuk) to explore the city’s faded mansions, tree-lined boulevards and old temples. There’s an atmosphere of timelessness in Vientiane, especially in the older part of town along the Mekong River. After sunset, why not grab a bite at the lively night market?

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Vientiane / Overnight Train - This morning, visit Wat Si Saket – the city’s oldest temple still standing and home to almost 7000 Buddha images. Then, visit COPE (Cooperative Orthotic and Prosthetic Enterprise) – an organisation dedicated to supporting people affected by unexploded ordnance (UXO), which still affects many Laotians each year due to the US bombing campaign during the Vietnam War. This is an excellent cause and a chance to educate yourself about Laos' devastating war history. After, buy a snack or drink from their Karma Cafe. Relax for the next few hours, as tonight you’ll take an overnight train to Bangkok!

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Bangkok - Sa-wat dee! Welcome to Thailand. You’ll arrive in Bangkok early in the morning. You'll be able to use the multishare rooms for a quick freshen-up, and your leader will show you where to get breakfast. Maybe try a classic Thai breakfast like khao tom (savoury rice soup) or pathongko (Thai-style doughnuts). The rest of the day is free to explore Thailand’s bustling capital – and there’s so much to see and do! Wander the Chinatown area, visit the Grand Palace and the Temple of the Emerald Buddha or grab a drink in the backpacker hub of Khao San Road. Depending on how well you slept on the train, you could even treat yourself to a Thai massage. Tonight, regroup with your leader and fellow travellers for an optional farewell dinner and toast to a brilliant adventure.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Bangkok - Today is a free day in Bangkok until your second welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. In your free time, maybe wander the Chinatown area, visit the Grand Palace and the Temple of the Emerald Buddha or set off on the Tuk Tuk Experience Urban Adventure. After the meeting, why not grab dinner with your new group and get to know each other.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Bangkok - Overnight train - Begin the day with a river cruise down the Chao Phraya River to explore the khlongs (canals). Life along these canals seems a world away from the chaotic streets of the capital. Visit Wat Pho – one of the Bangkok temples with a 46-m-long gold-plated Buddha reclining inside. Even the feet of this statue are incredible, at 3 m long and intricately decorated with mother of pearl. The temple grounds are filled with beautifully decorated stupas, halls and shrines. Tonight, you’ll take an overnight train journey to Surat Thani.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Khao Sok - Arrive at Surat Thani in the morning, then travel by minivan to Khao Sok. Set amid hectares of thick jungle, waterfalls, limestone cliffs and an island-studded lake, the national park of Khao Sok is a nature lover's paradise. Here, you’ll have free time to explore one of the oldest rainforests in the world. Walk along the dirt trails that snake through the quiet park, looking out for wildlife as you head for rivers and waterfalls. Look out for the rare Rafflesia Kerri – one of the world’s largest flowers, only found in Thailand. Spend the night in a rustic hut within the ancient trees of the rainforest.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Khao Sok - Travel through jungle, rubber and oil plantations before boarding a long tail boat for a ride across Cheow Lan Lake. With limestone karsts rising almost 1000 m out of the green waters, this area is incredibly picturesque. You’ll trek to an island cave to see the eerie stalactites and bats hanging from the ceiling, with subterranean streams at your feet. Have lunch in a local raft-house before soaking up some free time to relax, swim or kayak around the lake to search for wildlife – the water is clear and teems with aquatic life, and you can also look out for hornbills, langurs, macaques and gibbons.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Ao Nang - Head to Ao Nang in a private minivan, stopping at Baan Bor Tor along the way. When you arrive, embark on a sea kayaking journey. About halfway along the coast between Than Bok Khoranee and Krabi town is a bay of mangroves that might just be the most beautiful bay in Thailand. Surrounded by towering karst formations and many small offshore islands, these waterways will be your pathway as you move slowly through the bays and canyons, through the inlets, caves and hidden lagoons. Look out for the birds overhead and the monkeys in the trees – if you do see a monkey, make sure you secure your belongings and any food! Arrive at Ao Nang late in the afternoon, where you’ll have a free evening.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Ao Nang - If you’re a nature lover, Krabi might just be your favourite spot. Today is a free day to soak up everything this island has to offer. Maybe head to the water for a diving adventure or take a daytrip to explore Phi Phi and Khai Nok – these islands are surrounded by white sandy beaches, perfect for swimming and snorkelling. The area around Krabi is also home to some of the best climbing routes. Whether you're a novice or a pro, being securely tied high up a limestone cliff-face looking down on jungle and is an unforgettable experience! Tonight, maybe watch the sunset light up the sky and indulge in some local seafood at a beachside restaurant.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Trang - This morning, you’ll head on to the small village of Baan Mod Tanoy. When you arrive, you’ll go on a walk around the village and gain some insight into the locals’ day to day life. Then, time to enjoy the great food and hospitality of the village. Get your hands dirty with some Batik handkerchief dyeing and learn a few tricks from the local craftsman at a workshop showcasing this traditional art. Your accommodation tonight is in a local resort in the village.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Penang - Say goodbye to Thailand this morning – you're off to Malaysia! The island of Penang was the first destination of the colonial British in 1786 and they invited the Chinese (as well as others from all over Asia) to live on this island in the tropics. Today, this fusion of cultures still exists, and the UNESCO World Heritage site of Georgetown shows the fascinating mix in its range of places of worship. When you arrive, you’ll take an orientation walk around the tumble-down shops and hawker-filled alleyways to get your bearings. The food here might just be the best in Malaysia, so you’ll seek out some hawker food stalls with your leader and get a taste for the local cuisine. Sample some local specialties such as nasi kandar, Penang laksa and char kway teow.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Penang - Take a half-day sightseeing walking tour around Penang and Georgetown, soaking up the relaxed pace of life and the mix of cultures. See the original 19th century shophouses, the street markets, and the strong cultural and religious identity still on display in each neighbourhood – Little India, Chinatown or the Muslim Quarter. Check out the street art and stop by a clan jetty – clans were formed by 19th century immigrants who banded together based on the area of China that they came from, and they built rival waterfront societies on wooden jetties. Visit Thai and Burmese temples like Kek Lok Si – the largest Buddhist temple in South East Asia. You’ll have this afternoon free top explore at your own pace. Maybe see the clan house of Khoo Kongsi and check out the ornate carvings on the walls, roof and pillars. Maybe see more Chinese architecture in the blue Courtyard House of Cheong Fatt Tze – a wealthy merchant.

     

    Day - 20

    Location: Kuala Lumpur - Continue south to Kuala Lumpur – the cosmopolitan capital of Malaysia, affectionately known as KL by the locals. Communities of Indian, Chinese and ethnic Malay people mingle peacefully, allowing travellers to get the best of all three worlds. KL has grown from a sleepy little village to a skyscraper-lined multi-million-peopled metropolis. The city can seem vast, but the focus is the traditional core of the Old Town (the former colonial centre), the luxury hotel and shopping mall district of the Golden Triangle, and bustling Chinatown and Little India. Follow your leader on an orientation walk near the hotel and tonight, follow the Bukit Bintang Walkway and see the Petronas Twin Towers lit at night. From simple-street side fare that attracts queues of customers eager to high-calibre, world-class cuisine, you’ll have no problem finding a good dinner spot.

     

    Day - 21

    Location: Kuala Lumpur - Enjoy a free day today for your own exploration! Perhaps visit the National Monument (commemorating those who died in Malaysia's struggle for freedom and based on the Iwo Jima Memorial in the USA), the vast National Mosque featuring a bold and modern design, or the Istana Negara (National Palace). You might like stroll Dataran Merdeka (Independence Square), or shop in Suria KLCC (one of Malaysia’s premier shopping destinations) and then head up to the Skybridge & Observation Deck of the iconic Petronas Towers to get another view of the city. Lake Gardens is home to a number of sights, including the National Planetarium and the Islamic Arts Museum. Or if you’re seeking something active, you might like to join a bike tour.

     

    Day - 22

    Location: Melaka - Transfer by local bus to the old port town of Melaka – once the most important trading port in Malaysia, attracting Chinese, Indian, Dutch, Portuguese and British traders. These visitors sought wealth or an opportunity to control the Straits of Malacca, a vital trading route between the Indian and Pacific oceans, which lead to 400 years of colonial rule. Today, Melaka's wealth of historical sites reminds visitors of times gone by, and its multicultural past is revealed in its distinctive cuisine. Like Georgetown, the Melaka was declared a UNESCO World Heritage Site in 2008, and like its Penang sibling, the city is a harmonic mix of cultures. When you arrive, you’ll have a free afternoon and evening to explore.

     

    Day - 23

    Location: Melaka - Today, you’ll get to know this port city better with a trishaw tour along the narrow winding streets. You’ll admire Chinatown's unique Peranakan architecture, get a taste of old Melaka and learn about the ancient spice trade. Take in sites such as Harmony Street and stop by a mosque, Chinese Buddhist Temples, and a traditional Muslim house-museum. In your free time this afternoon there are plenty of historic sites and museums to check out. Maybe jump on two wheels for an eco bike tour around the city or see Melaka from a different perspective with a boat tour along the river.

     

    Day - 24

    Location: Singapore - Travel by local bus to the last stop of the journey – Singapore. Singapore has few areas untouched by modernisation, but wandering the streets of Little India and Chinatown is a great way to see the old parts of the city. To explore further, check out the renowned shopping precinct of Orchard Road, or stop by Raffles to experience the old-world charm of a Singapore Sling. An evening in Singapore is not complete without a stroll along Clarke Quay, or even a river cruise to learn more about the fascinating history of this city. Your accommodation tonight is a centrally located hotel, perfect for easy exploring. Whatever you choose today, maybe gather together your fellow travellers for a celebratory drink or meal as your Bangkok to Singapore adventure comes to an end.

     

    Day - 25

    Location: Singapore - There are no activities planned for today and you can depart the accommodation at any time. If you’d like to extend your stay in Singapore and explore the sites, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Bangkok - Sa-wat dee! Welcome to Thailand. Your adventure begins in the bustling capital of Bangkok, famous for its tuk-tuks, khlong boats and street vendors serving up delicious local food. You’ll have a welcome meeting at 6 pm to meet your local leader and group of fellow travellers. It’s recommended you arrive a few days early to explore the city – uncover the Chinatown area, visit the Grand Palace and the Temple of the Emerald Buddha, wander down Khao San Road, indulge in a Thai massage or see the backstreets of Bangkok by bike on an Urban Adventure. After the meeting tonight, maybe tuck into some into world famous street food for dinner.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Bangkok - Overnight train - Begin the day with a river cruise down the Chao Phraya River to explore the famous Khlongs (canals). Life along these canals seems a world away from the chaotic streets of the capital. Visit Wat Pho – one of the Bangkok temples, with a 46-m-long gold-plated Buddha reclining inside. Even the feet of this statue are incredible, 3 m long and intricately decorated with mother of pearl. The temple grounds are equally fascinating, filled with beautifully decorated stupas, halls and shrines. This evening you’ll head north to Chiang Mai on an overnight train journey.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Chiang Mai - The most vibrant city in northern Thailand, Chiang Mai has many famous temples and an interesting old city area. When you arrive, embark on a scenic, winding drive to one of the country's most stunning temple complexes – Doi Suthep. A 300-step naga-guarded stairway leads you to the temples, and the climb is well worth the effort. Take in the hypnotic atmosphere of chanting Buddhist monks and the sweeping views over the city. After making your way back down, you’ll check into your hotel and have a free afternoon and evening to explore. Maybe wander through the Night Bazaar or relax at a restaurant along the riverfront. Make sure to sample some traditional northern Thai food – the signature dish is kao soy (yellow wheat noodles in a curry broth, traditionally served with chicken or beef).

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Chiang Mai - Today, you’ll have a pretty special time visiting the ChangChill elephant experience. Take a 1.5-hour drive out of Chiang Mai to ChangChill, where you’ll begin to learn how this organisation supports the protection, conservation and lifestyle of free roaming elephants in the region. You’ll observe the daily patterns of these jungle giants from a safe distance, seeing how they graze and socialise with their other friends. The expert local guides will be able to give you a ‘live lecture’ on the elephants themselves, its sustainable tourism practices and conservation efforts in the area. Enjoy some refreshments nearby the elephant’s mud pit but be careful not to get a spray! Be treated to some lunch in a riverside sala (pavilion) alongside your giant friends, who will be enjoying a meal too. Return to Chiang Mai where the rest of the time is at leisure.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Chiang Khong - Take a journey through rural countryside to the Thai border town of Chiang Khong. On the way, visit privately owned Wat Rong Khun, more commonly known as the White Temple – a must visit in Chiang Rai. This contemporary temple is constantly being updated, and its strange design references to Buddhist mythology, human sin and pop culture icons such as Michael Jackson, Harry Potter and Superman. Formerly known as Juon, riverside Chiang Khong remains an important market town for the surrounding hill tribes and for trade with Laos. Stretch your legs with a stroll around town, then maybe continue to Wat Phra Kaew and Wat Luang. Tonight, why not enjoy a final Thai drink and dinner, while Laos beckons from across the mighty Mekong.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Mekong River - Pak Beng - After crossing into Laos, you’ll be joined by additional Laos guides (a local government requirement). Board a slow boat for the 2-day journey down the mighty Mekong River to Luang Prabang. The journey is relaxed, so you can experience the slow pace of village life and the breathtaking scenery along the river up close. The river boat is basic in nature, with a toilet, covered roof and open sides to take in the fresh air. There are seats in the front of the boat and a small open area in the back where you can have a nap on the mat, play cards, read or have lunch. Dock at the small town of Pak Beng to spend the night. Hmong and tribal Thai people are frequently seen on the main streets, where vendors sell local textiles and handicrafts.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Mekong River - Luang Prabang - Reboard the boat and cruise to the Pak Ou Caves – an important religious site overlooking the river at the junction of the Mekong and Ou Rivers, consisting of two sacred limestone caverns filled with Buddha images of all styles and sizes. The lower cave, known as Tham Ting, is entered from the river by a series of steps and can easily be seen in daylight. The higher cave, Tham Phum, is deeper and requires a torch for viewing. Continue to the former royal capital of Luang Prabang. This UNESCO World Heritage-listed city is a favourite of many travellers, sitting in the hills of northern Laos on the confluence of the Mekong and Khan rivers. The city is claimed to be ‘the best-preserved city in South East Asia’ by UNESCO. Stay in a hotel tonight and if you’re feeling energetic, maybe climb Mt Phousi for some sunset views. You can climb the 328 zigzag steps up to the sacred gilded stupa and big drum of the Phu Si Temple for a panoramic view of Luang Prabang and its surroundings.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Luang Prabang - Once the heart and soul of the ancient Lao Kingdom (Lan Xang) and designated a UNESCO World Heritage site in 1995, Luang Prabang is endowed with a legacy of historic, red-roofed temples and French Indochinese architecture. Today, head to Kuang Si Falls – a multi-level cascade of bright blue pools. After a swim, visit a local social enterprise that supports and trains local women in weaving. Aiming to empower, while also preserving the traditional skill of making Laos textile, this enterprise will teach you about their work as you have a drink by Mekong River.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Luang Prabang - Rise with the sun this morning and witness a traditional alms giving ceremony. View the procession of saffron-robed monks on their daily outing collecting food offered by devotees (a practice that dates back centuries). The offerings must be collected early, as the monks cannot eat anything after midday. By giving food to a monk, it is believed you ‘het bon’ (make merit) which will be carried over into the next life. Your leader will guide you through the dos and don’ts and help you to take part. The rest of the day is yours to spend at leisure in this idyllic town.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Vang Vieng - Take a high-speed train to Vang Vieng. Situated on the Nam Song River, Vang Vieng is surrounded by towering limestone karsts and is a great place to enjoy being surrounded by nature. After checking in to the hotel, use tonight to plan out your next few days with your group and leader.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Vang Vieng - There’s plenty to do in and around Vang Vieng, known as an adventure town thanks to its unique and varied surrounding country. The area is renowned for its caves, many of which are easily accessible from the town. Perhaps the most famous is the cave of Tham Chang – a beautiful cavern fed by a natural spring, making it a perfect spot for a swim. Hire bicycles to explore further afield, hike the trails to nearby lookout points, join a daytrip to go kayaking on the river, or visit an organic mulberry farm just outside town.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Vientiane - Continue by private minibus to the country's capital, Vientiane – possibly Asia's most laidback capital. Vientiane has a wealth of cultural delights to discover on foot, or by jumbo (tuk-tuk). Faded mansions, tree-lined boulevards and old temples create an atmosphere of timelessness, particularly in the older part of town along the Mekong River. Visit Wat Si Saket – the oldest temple still standing and home to almost 7000 Buddha images. Visit COPE visitors centre – an organisation dedicated to assisting those who have been injured by the multitude of unexploded ordinance across the country. This is an excellent cause and a chance to educate yourself about Laos' devastating war history as well as buy a snack or drink from their Karma Cafe. This evening, maybe join your fellow travellers for dinner and celebrate a trip well travelled.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Vientiane - There are no activities planned for the final day and you can depart the accommodation at any time. If you'd like to extend your stay and check out the Pha That Luang Monument, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Bangkok - Sa-wat dee! Welcome to Thailand. Your adventure begins in the bustling capital of Bangkok, famous for its tuk-tuks, khlong boats and street vendors serving up delicious local food. You’ll have a welcome meeting at 6 pm to meet your local leader and group of fellow travellers. It’s recommended you arrive a few days early to explore the city – uncover the Chinatown area, visit the Grand Palace and the Temple of the Emerald Buddha, wander down Khao San Road, indulge in a Thai massage or see the backstreets of Bangkok by bike on an Urban Adventure. After the meeting tonight, maybe tuck into some into world famous street food for dinner.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Bangkok - Overnight train - Begin the day with a river cruise down the Chao Phraya River to explore the famous Khlongs (canals). Life along these canals seems a world away from the chaotic streets of the capital. Visit Wat Pho – one of the Bangkok temples, with a 46-m-long gold-plated Buddha reclining inside. Even the feet of this statue are incredible, 3 m long and intricately decorated with mother of pearl. The temple grounds are equally fascinating, filled with beautifully decorated stupas, halls and shrines. This evening you’ll head north to Chiang Mai on an overnight train journey.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Chiang Mai - The most vibrant city in northern Thailand, Chiang Mai has many famous temples and an interesting old city area. When you arrive, embark on a scenic, winding drive to one of the country's most stunning temple complexes – Doi Suthep. A 300-step naga-guarded stairway leads you to the temples, and the climb is well worth the effort. Take in the hypnotic atmosphere of chanting Buddhist monks and the sweeping views over the city. After making your way back down, you’ll check into your hotel and have a free afternoon and evening to explore. Maybe wander through the Night Bazaar or relax at a restaurant along the riverfront. Make sure to sample some traditional northern Thai food – the signature dish is kao soy (yellow wheat noodles in a curry broth, traditionally served with chicken or beef).

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Chiang Mai - Today, you’ll have a pretty special time visiting the ChangChill elephant experience. Take a 1.5-hour drive out of Chiang Mai to ChangChill, where you’ll begin to learn how this organisation supports the protection, conservation and lifestyle of free roaming elephants in the region. You’ll observe the daily patterns of these jungle giants from a safe distance, seeing how they graze and socialise with their other friends. The expert local guides will be able to give you a ‘live lecture’ on the elephants themselves, its sustainable tourism practices and conservation efforts in the area. Enjoy some refreshments nearby the elephant’s mud pit but be careful not to get a spray! Be treated to some lunch in a riverside sala (pavilion) alongside your giant friends, who will be enjoying a meal too. Return to Chiang Mai where the rest of the time is at leisure.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Chiang Khong - Take a journey through rural countryside to the Thai border town of Chiang Khong. On the way, visit privately owned Wat Rong Khun, more commonly known as the White Temple – a must visit in Chiang Rai. This contemporary temple is constantly being updated, and its strange design references to Buddhist mythology, human sin and pop culture icons such as Michael Jackson, Harry Potter and Superman. Formerly known as Juon, riverside Chiang Khong remains an important market town for the surrounding hill tribes and for trade with Laos. Stretch your legs with a stroll around town, then maybe continue to Wat Phra Kaew and Wat Luang. Tonight, why not enjoy a final Thai drink and dinner, while Laos beckons from across the mighty Mekong.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Mekong River - Pak Beng - After crossing into Laos, you’ll be joined by additional Laos guides (a local government requirement). Board a slow boat for the 2-day journey down the mighty Mekong River to Luang Prabang. The journey is relaxed, so you can experience the slow pace of village life and the breathtaking scenery along the river up close. The river boat is basic in nature, with a toilet, covered roof and open sides to take in the fresh air. There are seats in the front of the boat and a small open area in the back where you can have a nap on the mat, play cards, read or have lunch. Dock at the small town of Pak Beng to spend the night. Hmong and tribal Thai people are frequently seen on the main streets, where vendors sell local textiles and handicrafts.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Mekong River - Luang Prabang - Reboard the boat and cruise to the Pak Ou Caves – an important religious site overlooking the river at the junction of the Mekong and Ou Rivers, consisting of two sacred limestone caverns filled with Buddha images of all styles and sizes. The lower cave, known as Tham Ting, is entered from the river by a series of steps and can easily be seen in daylight. The higher cave, Tham Phum, is deeper and requires a torch for viewing. Continue to the former royal capital of Luang Prabang. This UNESCO World Heritage-listed city is a favourite of many travellers, sitting in the hills of northern Laos on the confluence of the Mekong and Khan rivers. The city is claimed to be ‘the best-preserved city in South East Asia’ by UNESCO. Stay in a hotel tonight and if you’re feeling energetic, maybe climb Mt Phousi for some sunset views. You can climb the 328 zigzag steps up to the sacred gilded stupa and big drum of the Phu Si Temple for a panoramic view of Luang Prabang and its surroundings.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Luang Prabang - Once the heart and soul of the ancient Lao Kingdom (Lan Xang) and designated a UNESCO World Heritage site in 1995, Luang Prabang is endowed with a legacy of historic, red-roofed temples and French Indochinese architecture. Today, head to Kuang Si Falls – a multi-level cascade of bright blue pools. After a swim, visit a local social enterprise that supports and trains local women in weaving. Aiming to empower, while also preserving the traditional skill of making Laos textile, this enterprise will teach you about their work as you have a drink by Mekong River.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Luang Prabang - Rise with the sun this morning and witness a traditional alms giving ceremony. View the procession of saffron-robed monks on their daily outing collecting food offered by devotees (a practice that dates back centuries). The offerings must be collected early, as the monks cannot eat anything after midday. By giving food to a monk, it is believed you ‘het bon’ (make merit) which will be carried over into the next life. Your leader will guide you through the dos and don’ts and help you to take part. The rest of the day is yours to spend at leisure in this idyllic town.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Vang Vieng - Take a high-speed train to Vang Vieng. Situated on the Nam Song River, Vang Vieng is surrounded by towering limestone karsts and is a great place to enjoy being surrounded by nature. After checking in to the hotel, use tonight to plan out your next few days with your group and leader.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Vang Vieng - There’s plenty to do in and around Vang Vieng, known as an adventure town thanks to its unique and varied surrounding country. The area is renowned for its caves, many of which are easily accessible from the town. Perhaps the most famous is the cave of Tham Chang – a beautiful cavern fed by a natural spring, making it a perfect spot for a swim. Hire bicycles to explore further afield, hike the trails to nearby lookout points, join a daytrip to go kayaking on the river, or visit an organic mulberry farm just outside town.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Vientiane - Continue by private minibus to the country's capital, Vientiane – possibly Asia's most laidback capital. Vientiane has a wealth of cultural delights to discover on foot, or by jumbo (tuk-tuk). Faded mansions, tree-lined boulevards and old temples create an atmosphere of timelessness, particularly in the older part of town along the Mekong River. Visit Wat Si Saket – the oldest temple still standing and home to almost 7000 Buddha images. Visit COPE visitors centre – an organisation dedicated to assisting those who have been injured by the multitude of unexploded ordinance across the country. This is an excellent cause and a chance to educate yourself about Laos' devastating war history as well as buy a snack or drink from their Karma Cafe. This evening, maybe join your fellow travellers for dinner and celebrate a trip well travelled.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Hanoi - Today you'll be taken to the airport and fly from Vientiane to Hanoi (approx 1 hour). Please note you will be unaccompanied on this flight. In the arrivals hall of Hanoi Airport you will be met by an Intrepid representative, who will take you to your Hanoi hotel. You will have a group meeting at 6pm with your new group leader and travel mates. Then enjoy a dinner at Koto restaurant for some authentic Vietnamese flavors.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Halong Bay - Travel by private minibus to the UNESCO World Heritage-listed Ha Long Bay, which is dotted with sandy coves, grottoes and 1600 limestone islands, formed over millennia by wind and water erosion. Board a private boat and cruise the bay, exploring Surprise Cave and Ti Top Island Beach. If you like, you can also take on an optional kayaking tour of the bay and see the gorgeous natural scenery from a different perspective. Spend your evening aboard the boat beneath the night sky, watching as the stars come out and maybe grab a drink at the restaurant bar, getting to know your fellow travellers a little better.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Hanoi – Overnight train - Wake up on the waters of Ha Long Bay and maybe watch the sunrise as the eagles soar overhead. Then, you’ll visit The Green Life Centre, which is committed to turning the bay’s trash into treasure by collecting discarded items and skilfully turning them into handicrafts. Meet the team behind this important cause and learn how to transform rubbish into a reusable bag, a scrunchie or a makeup case. After return to Hanoi by bus. Arrive late this afternoon and enjoy a free afternoon until tonight’s train voyage. Be sure to grab a bowl of pho while you’re in town and slurp down this local specialty made from broth, noodles and meat. Maybe chill by Hoan Kiem Lake until you board an overnight train to Hue this evening.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Hue - Arrive in Hue this morning and transfer to your hotel. Once the imperial capital of Vietnam, Hue holds the treasures of the country’s royal past. Enjoy free time in the morning to rest or explore – you could check out the bustling Dong Ba Market to sample some of the specialties that once graced the Nguyen emperors' tables. Reunite with the group to visit the war-damaged ruins of the Imperial Citadel – a sprawling city-within-a-city which contains the remains of temples, state houses and the emperor’s palace.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Hue - See Hue like a local today – from the back of a motorbike! Straddle the saddle and whiz around town with a local guide, taking in historic and contemporary sights along the way. Stop at Thanh Toan to see the 18th-century covered bridge and villagers shopping at their local market. Visit the 17th-century active Buddhist monastery of Thien Mu Pagoda and see the car that belonged to Thich Quang Duc – the monk who self-immolated in 1963 in protest against the treatment of Buddhists by the South Vietnamese regime. For lunch, sit down to a vegetarian feast in a nunnery. Finish at the lakeside royal tomb of Emperor Tu Duc before heading back to town.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Hoi An - This morning, take the bus through coastal rice paddies and the spectacular Hai Van Pass. After a photo stop on the way, arrive in Hoi An – recently declared a UNESCO World Heritage site, Hoi An was a major international trading port during the 17th, 18th and 19th centuries. Today, parts of the beautifully preserved town retain the feel of centuries past. This is also a very popular town for shopping, famous for its many tailors. When you arrive, your leader will take you on a sightseeing walk through the Old Town to visit a handful of the city's major attractions. You’ll also be given a sightseeing pass so you can further explore select attractions at your leisure.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Hoi An - Today is a free day to explore Hoi An. Maybe browse the cobbled streets and art galleries or hire a bike and cycle through rice paddies out to Cua Dai Beach. Maybe browse for paintings, ceramics and colourful cloth lanterns in the town’s markets and preserved Chinese shophouses. If you’re craving a new look, you could visit to one of the hundreds of tailors and get an outfit custom made. Hoi An is also known for its delicious regional food, so you could have dinner a riverside restaurant or partake in a cooking class.

     

    Day - 20

    Location: Ho Chi Minh City - Today, you’ll take a short, early morning flight to Ho Chi Minh City. Formerly known as Saigon, Ho Chi Minh City has a fascinating history and is arguably Vietnam’s capital of commerce and culture. After landing, take a sightseeing tour around the city by bus. Pass the Reunification Palace, Notre Dame Cathedral and the Opera House, then stop in at the War Remnants Museum to discover some of the sobering stories of the 20-year-long Vietnam/American War.

     

    Day - 21

    Location: Mekong Delta – Ho Chi Minh City - This morning, head out on a daytrip to explore the Mekong Delta. Board a private boat to Ben Tre to visit the coconut gardens and stop at a local home to sample tropical fruits and coconut jams. After, paddle in sampans (small rowing boats) past coconut trees along the Mekong Delta. Take a tuk-tuk tour around the villages and learn about rural life and the industry created around coconut products like brooms and coconut fibre mats. Eat lunch at a restaurant in the heart of the Delta, sampling regional specialties like elephant ear fish. After, return to Ho Chi Minh City and maybe grab dinner with your fellow travellers to toast to a great adventure!

     

    Day - 22

    Location: Ho Chi Minh City - There are no activities included today and you’re free to depart your accommodation at any time, as long as you comply with check out time. If you would like to spend some more time in Ho Chi Minh City, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Bangkok - Sawasdee! Welcome to Thailand. Your adventure begins in the bustling hub of Bangkok with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. If you arrive early, maybe get to grips with this awesome city and take a walk around Khao San Road or head to the magnificent Grand Palace. As one of the world’s largest marketplaces, Chatuchak Market is also a great place to practice your haggling and pick up some bargains. Tonight, maybe head out for dinner with your newfound travel companions and hit the nightlife to celebrate the start of an epic adventure.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Bangkok - Overnight Train - Today, explore some of Bangkok's oldest neighbourhoods on a walking tour with your leader. Wander through Chinatown and along the way, maybe stop by some food stalls on Sukorn Alley for some snacks. Visit Wat Mangkon Kamalawat – home to 58 gods, this is said to be one of the most sacred sites in the area. Offer prayers to the Chinese gods, take your time in this sacred place surrounded by gold statues and red lanterns and then finish with a walk through the bustling daytime Sampeng wholesale market. You’ll have an included lunch at the famous Labour Egg Noodle, so tuck into some Fish Ball Noodles or Tom Yam Pork Noodles. The rest of the afternoon is free to do what you like, until your overnight train this evening.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Chiang Mai - Arrive in Chiang Mai in the morning. The day is yours to choose your own adventure – see how many (or how little) activities you can pack into your day. You’ll stay in a centrally located guesthouse so you’re close to all the action. You can set off on an excursion to the top of Doi Suthep – there are a few hundred steps to climb here, but the views are well worth it – or maybe treat yourself to a traditional Thai massage. You could also take a cooking class so you can impress your friends in the kitchen when you get home. Tonight, check out the night bazaar and practice your bargaining skills. Your leader will also be available to take you and the gang on a bar-hopping adventure around the Nimman area – a trendy neighbourhood full of jazz bars and lounges.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Chiang Mai - Another free day, another chance to get your fill of Chiang Mai, with a bunch of optional activities to do. In the morning, maybe learn one of the legendary martial arts – Muay Thai (Thai Boxing) with a 1.5-hour class learning the basics with professional trainers. You’ll be shown how to adapt to be the weapon and how to guard - is there a better way to spend a morning? You could also go ziplining, white water rafting or cycling around the area if you’re feeling active. Maybe just wander around the many temples on offer and end the day with a relaxing massage.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Nan - This morning after breakfast, take a local bus to Nan. When you arrive, take the chance to refresh at your hotel before heading out to explore the town. Along the way, visit Wat Phumin – Nan’s most famous wat (a sacred Buddhist precinct, home to a temple, a Buddha and an educational facility). This wat was constructed in 1596 and was restored during the reign of Chao Ananta Vora Ritthi Det. The rest of the evening is free to explore at your own pace.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Pua - This morning is free to explore Nan how you like. Maybe wander through a gallery by the Nan River, where you can have a coffee and view modern art by local Thai artists. Then, visit a chocolate farm at Cocoa Valley! Take a tour of the farm, then join a workshop to hear how using the bark of the cocoa helps with waste management. You’ll also learn how to make an aroma bag (potpourri, made from bark of cocoa, dried flowers and volcano stone), lip balm or a candle from the bark of the cocoa plant. Later, travel to the Pua District and visit a hand-weaving centre and the local woman who started this enterprise. Learn how she has stayed true to her Tai Lue roots and helps to provide employment opportunities for the women in the community. See their beautiful craft of handwoven textiles and then explore the village of Pua. Tonight, you’ll head to the evening market with your leader, with the option to go out for dinner at a local restaurant.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Luang Prabang - Travel through the rural countryside this morning to the border into Laos. After border formalities, you’ll stop at the local village of Muang Ngeun – a small district in Xayaburi Province. The Tai-Lue and Nan people make most of their income through cotton weaving here as well, but in a different style to Thailand. Explore the local Buddhist temple and see the outskirts of Laos before continuing to Luang Prabang. When you arrive, head out on a leader-led orientation walk of ‘the best-preserved city in Southeast Asia’ (the local government started using this phrase, but it caught on for a reason). Tonight, you’ll hike up to Wat Phu Si for sunset. As the sun goes down, witness some epic views over Phu Si Mountain and then head to the Talad Mued Night Market for dinner. Enjoy a local BBQ feast (Sindad is the art of grilling meat on a hot pan – a type of traditional BBQ set on a charcoal stove that has a surrounding rim full of boiling water for blanching vegetables) and toast to a great night.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Luang Prabang - This morning is free for you to explore Luang Prabang at your own pace. Maybe head to Kuang Si – a beautiful three-tiered waterfall surrounded by brightly coloured tropical foliage and flowers. Here, you might want to set off on the round-trip hike or take a dip in the refreshing water at the base of the waterfall. Later, board a boat and watch the sun set as you cruise down the Mekong – Asia’s longest river.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Luang Prabang - Today is a free day in Luang Prabang. Maybe take a tuk-tuk to visit Wat Xieng Thong – this temple was built in the 16th century under the patronage of the royal family, and the Laotian kings were crowned here. The main viharn (assembly hall) and buildings have carved gilded wooden doors depicting scenes from Buddha's life. Otherwise, just wander the streets and take photos of the lush greenery and beautiful buildings. You can also take a hike on Mt Phu Si or take on a cooking class and meet some new friends as you gain some skills.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Vang Vieng - It’s worth getting up early this morning to view the procession of saffron-robed monks on their daily outing collecting alms – a practice that dates back centuries. The people of the town wait out in front of their houses with food for the monks to collect and take back to the temple. This is done early in the morning as the monks cannot eat anything after midday. The rest of the day is free until your late afternoon train to Vang Vieng. Maybe cruise around town or mingle with the locals at the markets. For lunch, you might want to try some delicious noodle soup at one of the top-notch French cafes along the main drag. Later, you’ll take a transfer to the train station and then jump on a high-speed train to your destination. This beautifully located adventure gateway lies on a bend in the Nam Song. Take in the views of mountains, rivers and big limestone cliffs that are so close you'll feel like you could reach out and touch them.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Vang Vieng - Today is a free day to explore Vang Vieng however you like – this natural paradise has no shortage of fun activities! Maybe cross the river and explore the huge caves that line the West Bank – Tham Poukham cave has a blue-green lagoon and a reclining Buddha statue that’s well worth a look – or take a cycling tour of the town. You can also go kayaking on the Nam Song River or explore the nearby 16th and 17th century monasteries. With hiking, ballooning and boating options in this gorgeous area, the day is your oyster.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Vientiane - After breakfast this morning, you’ll take a private bus to Vientiane – Laos’ classy capital. Swap your instant coffee and white rice for a latte and a baguette before snapping a few pics at Wat Si Saket – the oldest temple still standing in Vientiane and home to almost 7000 Buddha images. Your trip leader will show you around this chic, French-influenced city and take you to COPE – an organisation dedicated to assisting those who have been injured or affected by the shocking number of unexploded ordnances (UXOs) in the countryside. UXOs are explosive weapons, such as bombs and grenades that still pose a risk after they were used. About 30% of Laos remains contaminated with UXOs from the Vietnam War and poses a serious risk to residents. COPE provides prosthetics and other assistance to people affected by this devastating war history. Grab some dinner with your travel mates tonight, and explore what Vientiane has to offer on Quai Fa Ngum Road.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Vientiane - As there are no more activities planned for today, your adventure comes to an end this morning. Say goodbye to your new friends and head off whenever you’re ready. If you’d like to stay in Laos longer, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time. 

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Kota Kinabalu - Selamat datang! Welcome to Malaysia. Your adventure begins in Kota Kinabalu – the capital of Sabah, located between the Borneo jungle and the South China Sea. Having survived WWII bombings, KK (as it's commonly known), this town has a unique vibe and plenty to explore. You’ll have a welcome meeting at 5 pm at your hotel to meet your leader and fellow family travellers. After, maybe head out to the waterfront market to wander the smoky stalls serving up grilled meat and fish. If you arrive early, you can immerse yourself in history at the Sabah State Museum or explore the islands off Kota Kinabalu, excellent for swimming or snorkelling.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Poring Hot Springs - Head to the Poring Hot Springs today for a scenic canopy walk and relaxing swim in the springs – often a favourite for the kids. Tonight, you’ll spend the night in a reconstructed longhouse on the tea plantation.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Kinabatangan River - Visit the Sabah Tea Factory to learn about the process of harvesting tea leaves, before saying goodbye to the mountains and heading into the jungle. Travel by private bus to Kampung Batu Puteh – a small village on the banks of the Kinabatangan River. Your hosts for the night are the leaders of KOPEL – a local community-run conservation organisation whose aim is to provide villagers with a sustainable living from the forest. Leading a reforestation project, KOPEL and the community are actively involved in growing seedlings and replanting degraded forested areas. Meet your hosts and learn a little more about KOPELs work before jumping in a boat and heading upriver to your accommodation in the jungle. This afternoon, you’ll head out on a sunset cruise up the river in search of wildlife, including macaques, wild orangutan and proboscis monkeys. After, return to your jungle camp by an oxbow lake, have dinner and let the cicadas sing you to sleep.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Kinabatangan River - Wake up to the sounds of the jungle this morning. After breakfast, you’ll head upriver to the village to walk around and learn more about the life of the local people. For lunch, it’s all hands-on deck as you partake in a fun traditional cooking class, eating the fruits of your labour for lunch. The afternoon is free to relax, play some boardgames or head out in search of more wildlife, before heading back on the boat for another trip on the river. After dinner tonight, grab your headtorches and head into the jungle for a night walk, looking out for the local nocturnal animals.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Sandakan - Say goodbye to your Eco Camp and drive to Sandakan. When you arrive, you’ll notice the strong Cantonese influence, seen in the lively harborside market, the many Chinese temples and the local cuisine. You’ll have some free time to catch up on laundry, bank runs, lunch – or just go and explore at your own pace! This afternoon, why not just chill out at the pool?

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Sandakan/Sepilok - Today is sure to be a favourite with the kids – time to say hello to the orangutans! Drive by minibus to the Sepilok Orangutan Rehabilitation Centre. The centre was set up to help re-introduce these gentle creatures back into the wild after a life of domestication or after being orphaned. From the viewing platform, you can see these charming creatures as they swing into view and eat a supplementary balanced diet of fruit, vegetables or milk, laid out for them twice a day. Human contact must be kept to a minimum and it's essential that you follow the instructions of the park, as directed by your leader (but you’re free to snap plenty of photos). You’ll also see a nursery where you can view the young orangutans as they learn how to climb on a specially constructed jungle gym. The viewing area is behind one-way glass so as not to disturb the animals. Next is the Bornean Sun Bear Conservation Centre where you can see the world’s smallest bears in large forest enclosures as they are rehabilitated after being rescued. The rest of the day will be yours to enjoy as you like.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Turtle Island - Leave your large bags at the hotel and transfer to a nearby jetty, then board a speedboat bound for Turtle Island. Travel past small fishing villages and bamboo fish traps, arriving at Turtle Island Marine Park after about an hour. The rest of the day is free for you to soak up the island life. Relax on the beach and take a swim or perhaps hire some snorkelling gear and investigate the underwater world. Under the cover of darkness, watch as giant green turtles coming ashore to lay their eggs under the moonlight. Witness the island researchers release protected hatchlings and guide them in their frantic dash to the ocean. It's a moving experience that is bound to be rewarding for you and your family, but please be aware that this is a very delicate environment and you must follow instructions from your leader and the local rangers to ensure minimal impact on the turtles. Spend the night on this beautiful island – even though the accommodation is quite basic, this will be a memorable experience.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Kota Kinabalu - Transfer back to the mainland this morning. Once back in Sandakan, the group will have the opportunity to visit the War Memorial before heading to the airport and for your flight back to Kota Kinabalu. When you arrive, relax at your hotel and refresh. Tonight, you might like to head out for a final dinner with your group – your leader will have the best recommendations!

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Kota Kinabalu - With no activities planned for today, you and your family are free to depart the accommodation at any time following check-out. If you’d like to extend your stay, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Sandakan to Sepilok - Selamat datang! Welcome to Malaysia. When you arrive in Sepilok, you’ll be collected from Sandakan Airport by a local representative and transferred to your hotel. You’ll then have a welcome meeting at 5 pm tonight to meet your local leader and group members. If you arrive early, maybe explore the historical and cultural sites of Sandakan Heritage Trail or visit the Puu Jih Shih Temple to see beautiful architecture and panoramic views. After your meeting, maybe join your fellow travellers for dinner and try some local dishes like nasi goreng (fried rice) or laksa (noodle soup).

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Sepilok - Today is a highlight for many, visiting the region's prized residents at the Sepilok Orangutan Rehabilitation Centre. In the nursery you can view young orangutans as they learn how to climb on a specially constructed jungle gym. To see more of Borneo’s creatures, there’s the option to visit the newly opened Bornean Sun Bear Conservation Center. Here rescued Sun Bears that have spent many years being mistreated and locked away in cages are cared for, with hopes of rehabilitation and reintroduction into the wild. The rest of the day is yours to enjoy by the pool or exploring the local area.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Kinabatangan River - After breakfast, drive to Kinabatangan River to your jungle lodge beside the river, ideal for taking in the lush surrounds. The Kinabatangan River is a protected forest reserve, containing some of the highest concentrations of wildlife in Borneo. In the afternoon, board a river cruise, hopefully spotting some of the more exotic local creatures. Wild elephants seldom reveal themselves, but crocodiles, macaques, wild orangutan, proboscis monkeys, hornbills and kingfishers are more easily seen. After this short adventure, return to the lodge to enjoy dinner.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Kinabatangan River - Be woken by the call of a Bornean gibbon or hornbill before a morning cruise down the river. Keep an eye out for proboscis monkeys, Borneo gibbons, long tail macaques and pig tail macaques and see if you can spot the differences between each species. This afternoon, you’ll visit our Intrepid Foundation partner, RESPonsible Elephant Conservation Trust (RESPECT) to learn about the important work they’re doing and help plant some grass for the pygmy elephants. In the evening, head out on a river cruise before the final night in your jungle accommodation.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Kundasang - After breakfast, travel to Kundasang – a little town that sits in the shadow of Mount Kinabalu. This is a long drive, so have your favourite book or travel games ready. When you arrive in Kundasang (if the weather’s right), have your camera ready to capture the views of Mt Kinabalu. From here, maybe visit the Kundasang War Memorial to learn about the Sandakan Death Marches or walk through the memorial gardens. Tonight, settle into your wooden cabin and take in the views of Mount Kinabalu from your doorstep.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Dinawan Island - This morning, travel by boat to the beautiful Dinawan Island. Surrounded by reefs and sandbanks, the island is known for rich its marine life, popular snorkelling spots and commitment to eco-tourism. After checking into your villa tents, you’ll have the rest of the day to explore the island. Maybe go paddle boarding and explore the island’s shoreline or simply relax and enjoy one of the many activities offered by the resort.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Dinawan Island - After breakfast, you and your family will learn more about the marine ecosystem on the island and the importance of the coral to marine biodiversity. Then, swap the indoor classroom for an outdoor one on a one-hour snorkelling trip with a marine biologist. Take a boat out to the nearby house reef to have a closer look at the types of corals, the habitat, signs of damage and healing and observe and identify different types of marine life with your specialist. This is a fun way for the entire family to explore this beautiful part of the world and your kids are bound to love it! Head back to the shore in the afternoon for some free time to enjoy at your own pace. Maybe soak up the beauty of the coast for another few hours or take out a couple of kayaks for some more fun on the water.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Kota Kinabalu - This morning, it's time to say goodbye to this piece of paradise and head back to Kota Kinabalu. When you arrive back to the mainland, step back in time and experience the rich heritage of Borneo on your visit to the cultural village. Watch traditional dance performances, learn how to start a fire with just bamboo and try your hand at playing some musical instruments at the Bajau House. After lunch and a day filled with hands-on activities, check-in to your hotel and maybe head out to dinner with your group to celebrate a trip well-travelled.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Kota Kinabalu - Your family adventure comes to an end after breakfast today and you’re free to leave anytime. If you’d like to stay longer, just talk to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Sandakan - Selamat datang! Welcome to Malaysia. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. If you arrive before then, feel free to start your Sandakan exploration earlier. This city is celebrated for its seafood so, after your meeting, be sure to ask your leader for tips on where to pick up the freshest catch. Maybe head out to dinner with your group so you can get to know each other.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Sandakan - Start the day with a visit to the Sepilok Orangutan Sanctuary. Established to help reintroduce these wonderful creatures back into the wild after a life of domestication or being orphaned, this sanctuary offers a unique opportunity to witness conservation in action. From the viewing platform, watch and photograph the orangutans as they swing into view to eat the supplementary diet of fruits that laid out for them twice daily. Next, head to the Bornean Sun Bear Conservation Center. Here, rescued sun bears, many of whom have endured years of mistreatment, are given a second chance at life. Learn about the rehabilitation process and how they are reintroduced back into the wild. You’ll also explore the Rainforest Discovery Centre, where you can roam the treetop walkways while you learn more about the flora and birdlife of Borneo.Last, but not least, learn about the city's past as you stand on the same ground as the former Japanese Prisoners of War camp at the Sandakan War Memorial. This site also marks the starting point of the tragic Sandakan Death Marches, on which 2400 POWs were forced to walk through the jungles of Borneo.Return to Sandakan for the evening.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Sandakan / Kinabatangan River - Get a sense of Sandakan’s diverse cultural traditions completing a section of the Heritage walk together with your local leader and taste traditional cuisine like roti (flat bread) and teh tarik (hot milk tea). Later, travel to Kinabatangan River in a private transport. Arrive at your jungle lodge beside the river – ideal for taking in your wild surroundings. The Kinabatangan River is a protected forest reserve, containing some of Borneo's highest concentrations of wildlife. In the afternoon, board a river cruise and look out for the more elusive creatures. Wild elephants seldom reveal themselves, but crocodiles, wild orangutans and kingfishers are more easily seen. Tonight, return to the lodge for dinner.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Kinabatangan River - Wake up to the calls of Bornean gibbons and hornbills before hopping aboard a morning cruise down the river. Keep an eye out for proboscis monkeys, long-tailed macaques and pig-tailed macaques – your leader will point out the differences between each species. Enjoy some down time to relax and enjoy your surroundings before another afternoon river wildlife cruise. This final cruise will be your last chance to snap some photos of the animals along the river. Enjoy another night in the heart of the jungle.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Gomantong Cave/ Kundasang - Before heading to Kundasang this morning, stop at the Gomantong Cave – the most extensive limestone formation in the Lower Kinabatangan region. Home to a thriving community of bats and swiftlets, this cave boasts fascinating biodiversity. In the afternoon, drive to Kundasang Spend the rest of the day getting your bearings.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Kiau Village / Kota Kinabalu - Head west this morning and travel to the rural village of Kampung Kiau. Here, you’ll have the chance to experience a slice of local life by visiting a coffee production house, where you’ll learn about how the beans are cultivated in the region. After, visit Everything Pineapple – a sustainable community-based project that was formed in the aftermath of the 2015 Sabah earthquake to empower local women, socially and economically. Pick up some delicious handmade pineapple jam, chutney or juice. Sit down to a lunch of these dishes in a shady spot shared by the community, then hit the road and drive on to Kota Kinabalu for the night. Perhaps pop into Nabalu Market for a handmade souvenir or a local snack on the way to 'KK'.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Manukan Island - Embark on a short boat ride this morning to Manukan Island – one of the larger islands found in the Tunku Abdul Rahman Marine National Park. A paradise of white sand beaches and clear waters, this island is the perfect place for swimming, snorkelling and walking. You can also sit back and unwind with a cocktail on the beach.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Manukan Island - See beneath the surface of Manukan’s waters today on a snorkelling trip with a local guide. Cruise out to the coral reefs where your guide will help you spot brightly coloured marine life. If you’re lucky, you might even bump into a sea turtle while you’re down there! Pull up on the beach for lunch and some time in the sun. After snorkelling, the afternoon is yours to enjoy. Maybe jump straight back in the water or head out for a walk.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Kota Kinabalu - Head back to Kota Kinabalu today by boat and minivan. Modern-day 'KK' is a vibrant modern metropolis, having recovered from World War II bombings. You may like to peruse the local handicraft market on the waterfront or wander around Chinatown at Gaya Street. Or you may prefer to check out the Sabah Museum to learn about Sabah’s past and do some last-minute souvenir shopping at the Anjung Kinabalu. Perhaps round your group up for a final dinner tonight to celebrate all you’ve seen and done on your adventure through Borneo.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Kota Kinabalu - With no activities planned for today, your adventure will come to an end after breakfast. If you’d like to extend your stay, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Kuching - Selamat datang! Welcome to Borneo. When you arrive in Kuching, you’ll be collected from the airport by a local representative and transferred to your hotel. You’ll then have a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight to meet your local leader and group members. If you arrive early, you might like to take a stroll along Kuching’s scenic waterfront or visit the Borneo Cultural Museum. After your meeting, your leader will help you get acquainted with the city on a walk to one of Kuching’s food courts popular with the locals, where you can sample some local delights and get an introduction into Malaysian cuisine.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Batang Ai National Park - This morning, begin your journey to Batang Ai National Park where the remote and lush rainforests are alive with the calls of hornbills and gibbons. The Iban people have called these rainforests home for 400 years, with entire villages living under one roof in longhouses built alongside the river. Hidden away from the modern world, these communities have retained centuries-old traditions. Stop off at the native market in Lachau, where you can pick up locally made goods like woven baskets and traditional Iban clothing. Then, take a longboat down the Delok River to your accommodation for the evening – the serene and secluded Nanga Sumpa Lodge, tucked away on the riverbank. The operator here has had a long-standing relationship with the community, creating jobs and community involvement so the local people can benefit from tourism. He also set up a scholarship fund to boost children's education in the community. Tonight, you'll sit down for a traditional dinner at the lodge.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Batang Ai National Park - After breakfast surrounded by nature, you’ll take a 2-hour walk through the jungle, passing local farms, orchards and plantations as your leader shares stories from the region and teaches you about foraging for edibles and local medicinal plants. Next, take a longboat up the river to the Enseluai waterfall. Keep your eyes open in case of a rare orangutan sighting! Take some time to relax and go for a swim, then your leader will choose a scenic spot for a picnic using local ingredients. In the afternoon, cruise back to Nanga Sumpa for a walk through the village. After dinner, visit a traditional longhouse and spend time with the Iban people who will teach you about their way of living. Hang out on the common veranda, share some rice wine and gain insight into the local Iban culture.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Kuching - Wake up to the songs of birds and after breakfast, take a longboat out of the rainforest and make the journey back to Kuching, stopping off for lunch at a local coffee shop along the way. The name Kuching literally translates to ‘cats’, and the city has fully embraced this moniker. You’ll have free time here, so maybe wander the streets to see the giant cat statues, spray-painted street art and local cat museum. If you’d like to dive deeper into the city’s fabulous food scene, your leader can recommend some spots to eat.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Mulu National Park - Say goodbye to Kuching and take a flight to Mulu National Park. This national park is full of rainforests, mountains, caves and karst formations. Your leader will provide insight on how the park’s weird and wonderful geographic features came to be. In the late afternoon, visit Deer Cave and Lang Cave, which are reached by a scenic jungle walk along a 3-km plank path, passing through peat swamp, alluvial flats and limestone outcrops. Watch millions of bats fly out of Deer Cave at sunset and see the large ring-shaped formations they make as they circle the cliff face, before moving out across the rainforest. Return on the same path and head to your accommodation for the evening in secluded forest bungalows, tucked away in the park.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Mulu National Park - Today, join your leader and further explore Mulu National Park. First, head to Wind Cave (named for the cool breeze that flows through it) along the Melinau River. Your leader will share some details on the formation of the cave as you explore the stalagmites and columns. Later, discover the caverns and crags of Clearwater Cave – one of the longest caves in Asia! The rest of the day is free for you to relax and take in the scenery.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Kota Kinabalu - Today, you’ll fly to Kota Kinabalu – the bustling capital of the Sabah state. In the late afternoon after you have arrived, head to one of the city’s rooftop bars for a cocktail while watching the sunset over the skyline. The rest of the evening is free for you to explore. The city’s food scene is best experienced like a local, so for dinner tonight, be sure to ask your leader for advice on hidden treasures away from the main tourist trail.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Kota Kinabalu - You have a free morning in Kota Kinabalu – maybe go snorkelling in Tunku Abdul Rahman Park and search for marine life, or take a tour to the cultural village. If you’d prefer to stay in the city, you can visit the handicraft market on the waterfront or explore Chinatown. Your leader will be on hand to help you plan activities for the day. Later in the afternoon, head to a local vegetable and fish market, learning about and sampling regional snacks along the way. End the tour with dinner at a local restaurant.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Kinabatangan River - Take a flight to Sandakan this morning, then visit the Sandakan War Memorial. Here, you’ll learn about the city's past as you stand on the same ground of the former Japanese POW camp. This site also marks the starting point of the tragic Sandakan Death Marches. Next, head to the jetty for a boat ride to the Kinabatangan Wetlands Resort – your Feature Stay accommodation. Sitting on the banks of the Kinabatangan River, the resort offers access to local wildlife. Wooden boardwalks cut through the jungle and connect spacious and bright chalets which serve up great views of the surrounding mangrove forests. This afternoon, take a river cruise, where your leader will help you spot some of the local creatures. Wild elephants seldom reveal themselves, but crocodiles, macaques, wild orangutan, proboscis monkeys, hornbills and kingfishers can sometimes be seen. Enjoy dinner at the resort before heading back out for a night-time wildlife walk. Geared up with a headlamp, you’ll set out in search of interesting insects or other animals that pop up after dark.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Kinabatangan River - Take an early morning cruise through the fog as the sun rises, enjoying light refreshments on board while you search for birds and wildlife. Keep an eye out for long tail macaques and pig tail macaques, then return to the resort for breakfast and search the property with your leader for some insects, plants and birds. This afternoon, set off for another river adventure, exploring small tributaries by boat. Later, head out for a night-time cruise and look out for nocturnal animals – you might even see a wide-eyed slow loris hanging from a tree! Have dinner back at the resort, then relax in your comfortable rooms.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Sandakan - Return to Sandakan by boat and visit the orangutans at the Sepilok Orangutan Rehabilitation Centre. Watch them as they swing into view on ropes and vines, then check in at the outdoor nursery where young orangutans, born in captivity or orphaned, are cared for. You’ll also visit the Bornean Sun Bear Conservation Centre – seeing the world’s smallest bears in large forest enclosures as they are rehabilitated after being rescued. This evening, enjoy a final dinner in Borneo with your group and leader.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Sandakan - Your adventure comes to an end after breakfast today. If you’d like to extend your stay, just get in touch with your booking agent to arrange additional accommodation. Flights depart most days from Sandakan to Kota Kinabalu or Kuala Lumpur.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Kuala Lumpur - Selamat Datang! Welcome to Malaysia. Your adventure begins in the bustling capital of Malaysia, Kuala Lumpur. Here, you can expect streets lined with colourful food stalls, friendly locals and fast-paced energy. You have a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight to meet your group leader and travel companions. If you arrive early, why not check out the Petaling Street Market – the vibrant hub of Kuala Lumpur’s Chinatown – or wander along the River of Life. After your meeting, maybe join your leader for an optional group dinner at Jalan Alor to experience the vibrant food scene in Kuala Lumpur and maybe explore the charming Bukit Bintang together before heading back to the hotel.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: George Town - This morning, you’ll take the local metro to the train station for your journey to Butterworth. From here, take a private transfer to George Town – the port city turned UNESCO World Heritage site and the multicultural capital of the island of Penang. When you arrive, head out with your leader for an orientation walk to get your bearings. Then, enjoy some free time to explore at your own pace. George Town has some great cuisine on offer, and your leader can always point you in the right direction for some great eats! You might also like to check out some of the hidden temples, Little India or go on a self-paced street art tour.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: George Town - Hit the streets with your leader for a walking tour of George Town. You’ll notice a certain charm about this city as you wander by the historical building and ancient shopfronts and admire the fascinating street art at every turn. You’ll also explore Pinang Peranakan Museum – home to over 1000 pieces of antiques and collectables. This afternoon is free for you to explore or relax – maybe visit the Kapitan Keling Mosque, Arulmigu Balathandayuthapani Temple, The Clan Community of Penang or the Wonderfood Museum.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Teluk Bahang - After a leisurely morning, take a private transfer to Teluk Bahang – a small fishing village in Penang. When you arrive, be welcomed into the homes of your homestay hosts, then tuck into some lunch. Visit a Batik factory where you’ll learn about the art of hand painting Batik patterns onto materials, before enjoying some fun with your group with a selection of traditional games. Then, take a late afternoon walk around the fishing village, learn how the locals make their nets and discover the life of a fisherman. Dinner tonight will be prepared especially for you by your hosts. Watch a cooking demonstration, then enjoy some local cuisine as a group, taking some time getting to know your hosts. Later, sit down for a special Silat (local martial art) performance where you can learn a few tricks from the local masters.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Ulu Muda Forest - Visit a local market this morning for breakfast, then say goodbye to your homestay hosts. Take a private transfer to Ulu Muda Forest – your home away from home for the next two nights. You’ll arrive at the Lake Muda Jetty just in time for a bite to eat, freshly prepared by the locals. Then, you’ll board a boat to Earth Lodge in Kuala Labua – this socially conscious organisation fights for the preservation of the forest with research and awareness, low carbon footprint practices and ecotourism principles. Your accommodation tonight is surrounded by nature, tucked away from the hustle and bustle of the city. It’s the perfect launching pad to explore the nearby jungle trails, winding rivers and lush tropical rainforest. When you arrive, you’ll head out on a river cruise where you’ll have the chance to spot local wildlife (you might even see some elephants if you’re lucky!) before a free evening to settle in and make yourself at home.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Ulu Muda Forest - After breakfast this morning, you’ll pull on your walking shoes for a trek into Bukit Labu where you’ll be accompanied by an expert guide. Listen carefully as your guide tells you all about the native plants and wildlife that call this lush rainforest home. Keep your eyes peeled for elephants! Enjoy a picnic lunch by the river before trekking back to your accommodation and visiting Salt-lick hot springs, where the local animals, including the elephants, go to get their minerals. In the late afternoon, maximise your chances of seeing wildlife with another river cruise.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Cameron Highlands - Say goodbye to the forest this morning and head back to the jetty, where your private transfer will be waiting for your journey towards the Cameron Highlands. A serene spot, the rolling green highlands are blanketed by tea plantations and boast a refreshingly cool climate. You’ll arrive in the mid-afternoon and have some have free time to wander the local market stalls and tuck into some typical Malay cuisine.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Cameron Highlands - Have breakfast just like the locals and treat your tastebuds to some traditional eats straight from a local street stall. This is breakfast on the go – Malay style! After you’ve fuelled up, hit the road to a track of mossy forested area to stretch your legs on a trek through this mist-shrouded spot. Your guide will point out the unique plants living here, under the blanket of rich, green moss. After, you’ll step back into reality and explore one of the local tea plantations to learn more about tea production here and see the endless rows of green shrubs that seem to hug the hillside. This afternoon is free and you might like to visit the Cameron Floral Park or indulge in some high tea at the Jim Thompson Tea Room.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Kuala Lumpur - Today it’s back to Kuala Lumpur by a local express bus, then a metro back to your hotel. You’ll arrive in the mid-afternoon, then the rest of the day is free to explore this energetic city. Maybe head to the observation deck on the 451-m tall Petronas Twin Towers or see the Sultan Abdul Samad Building. Tonight, maybe head out to an optional farewell dinner to celebrate your adventure.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Kuala Lumpur - With no further activities planned, your adventure comes to an end after breakfast this morning. If you’d like to extend your time in Kuala Lumpur, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Kota Kinabalu - Selamat datang! Welcome to Borneo, Malaysia. Your adventure begins in Kota Kinabalu with a welcome meeting at 6 pm. If you arrive early, maybe immerse yourself in the history of the city at the Sabah State Museum. You can also visit the Mari Mari Cultural Village or explore the islands off Kota Kinabalu – excellent for swimming and snorkelling. Tonight, perhaps head out with your group for a welcome dinner – your leader will have the best recommendations for local food and drinks.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Dusun Village - Travel by minivan to a Dusun village that sits in the shadow of Mt Kinabalu – the highest mountain between the Himalayas and New Guinea – and enjoy a welcome lunch in your homestay with your hosts before visiting a local vegetable farm. Learn about planting and harvesting seasonal produce and then take some of these fresh vegetables home for dinner – a proper farm-to-table experience. Tonight, enjoy a special village cultural performance.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Dusun Village - Start your day by walking to the local vegetable market in Kundasang with your leader. Located in the heart of the community, this market showcases an array of freshly harvested produce, from locally grown vegetables to unique regional seasonal fruits like tarap and rambutan. You'll also find local snacks, wild honey and traditional Borneo crafts. Take the opportunity to chat with vendors to learn about the local produce and how it’s used in traditional Sabah cuisine. The afternoon is yours to enjoy at your leisure – perhaps visit Poring Hot Springs to relax in the open-air baths before heading back to your homestay.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Kinabalu National Park - Eat a good breakfast this morning and say goodbye to your friends in the village as it’s time to drive to Timpohon Gate to begin your trek up Mt Kinabalu. It’s no small feat – prepare for an uphill trail made of steep steps that vary considerably in size – but along the way you can take in the remarkable variety of plant life, including about 1000 species of orchid and the carnivorous pitcher plant (yes, really). After covering 6 km (approximately 4 to 6 hours), spend the night at a hostel near Laban Rata, located at 3,272m (10,735 ft) above sea level. Rest up for the final ascent (very!) early tomorrow morning.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Kinabalu National Park - Rise at around 2 am this morning to continue your trek – it’s tough, but the sunrise at the summit will be well worth it. At the top, take in the jungles of Borneo in one direction and the South China Sea in the other. After a well-deserved rest and plenty of pictures, return to Laban Rata for breakfast. Then, get started on the descent which can take between 3 - 6 hours. This evening, enjoy your overnight stay at a hostel within Kinabalu National Park.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Kinabatangan River - Journey by private bus into the steamy rainforest to Bilit – a small village on the banks of the Kinabatangan River – and then take a short boat ride to the comfortable jungle lodge where you’ll spend the night. Located on the riverbanks, the lodge is a brilliant place to spot wildlife. For even better spotting, head out on a sunset boat ride and look out for macaques, orangutan, proboscis monkeys and pygmy elephants. End your day by searching for nocturnal wildlife like civets, owls and the rare slow loris on a night walk.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Kinabatangan River - Embark on another boat safari early this morning – different species come out at different times, so keep your eyes peeled! After breakfast, join the in-house guide for an insightful journey into the historical Kinabatangan community, which thrived long before tourism developed in the area. Explore traditional practices and craftsmanship and actively engage in the crafting of traditional fish traps. This hands-on experience provides a profound understanding of the local culture and heritage, fostering a deeper appreciation for their sustainable way of life. Then, head back on the boat for another river excursion in the afternoon.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Sepilok - Say goodbye to your jungle lodge after breakfast and hit the road in a private minivan to a guesthouse located near the Sepilok Orangutan Rehabilitation Centre. Established to help reintroduce these wonderful creatures back into the wild after a life of domestication or being orphaned, this sanctuary offers a unique opportunity to witness conservation in action. From the viewing platform, watch and photograph the orangutans as they swing into view onto the feeding platform. Observe young orangutans as they learn how to climb a specially constructed jungle gym in a new nursery. To see more of Borneo’s creatures, there’s the option to visit the Bornean Sun Bear Conservation Center. Here, rescued sun bears, many of whom have endured years of mistreatment, are given a second chance at life. Learn about the rehabilitation process and how they are reintroduced back into the wild. You can also opt to visit the Rainforest Discovery Centre, where you can roam the treetop walkways while you learn more about the flora and birdlife of Borneo.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Turtle Island - This morning, transfer to Sandakan to leave your large bags at the hotel and walk with your overnight bag to a nearby jetty. Travel by speedboat, past small fishing villages and bamboo fish traps, to Turtle Island Marine Park. In the afternoon, there will be some time for swimming, snorkelling or lazing about on the beach. In the evening, you’ll join an expert local ranger and a select group of visitors to watch giant green turtles coming ashore to lay their eggs under the moonlight. Watch the rangers as they release protected hatchlings and guide them in their frantic dash to the ocean. This is a moving experience that will stay with you long after your trip is over!

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Sandakan - After breakfast, return to the mainland and walk back to your hotel. Today is free to explore Sandakan as you wish – perhaps you’ll call into Agnes Keith House, the restored home of an American writer best known for her accounts of life in Borneo during WW1. Or you could visit the Sandakan War Memorial, built on the site of a Japanese Prisoners of War camp. Learn about the tragic Sandakan Death Marches, when 2400 prisoners of war were forced to walk through the jungles of Borneo and only six survived. Another great option is St Michaels & All Angels Church, a rare stone building in Sabah that managed to avoid major damage in the war.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Sandakan - Your adventure ends today after breakfast. Additional accommodation can be pre-booked if you wish to spend more time exploring Borneo - just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Kuala Lumpur - Selamat datang! Welcome to Malaysia. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm at your hotel to meet your local leader and fellow travellers. There’s plenty to do and see in Malaysia’s multicultural capital if you arrive early – you could check out the markets and street food along Petaling Street, admire the views at the iconic Petronas Towers or take in the various styles of architecture at Dataran Merdeka. This evening, maybe head out for an optional dinner with your group and get to know each other.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Ipoh - After breakfast, head to Kuala Lumpur's historical Railway Station to board a high-speed train to the UNESCO-listed Ipoh – the capital of the Perak state. Don't forget to look out the window for views of palm plantations and rice fields as you whizz through the countryside! When you arrive in Ipoh, take a private transfer to Perak Cave Temple – a tranquil Buddhist temple on a limestone hill. Wander through cool caverns where paintings of Chinese legends adorn the walls and stand beneath a 40-m-tall golden Buddha statue. Then, return to the city to check into your hotel and explore Old Town with your leader. Ipoh was a major hub during the tin rush in the 1800s and is now a haven for creatives with a thriving music scene, well-preserved heritage buildings and mural-filled laneways.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Tanah Merah - Take a private vehicle to Gua Musang station to board a train to Tanah Merah. With hand-painted wooden signs and a low-key vibe, Gua Musang station remains much the same as when it was built in 1938. This is the first segment of the Jungle Railway – and arguably one of the most scenic – so you're in for a treat! You’ll rumble past towering karst cliffs that loom over the tracks, virgin forests in all the shades of green and traditional Kampung stilt villages. When you arrive, the evening is free to relax. Maybe check out Pasar Besar Tanah Merah market or sample some local dishes – roti canai and nasi kerabu are always a hit.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Tanah Merah - Get your vitamin-sea fix on a speedboat ride to the Perhentian Islands for a snorkelling adventure. Spend the next few hours cruising to reefs – including Turtle Point and Coral Garden – where you’ll get eye level with clownfish, parrotfish, rays and turtles (if you’re lucky). Hop back on the speedboat to Tanah Merah and settle back into your hotel by the late afternoon. All that sea air is bound to rouse your appetite, so maybe head out for dinner with your group and toast to a day well spent on the water.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Taman Negara - It’s time to get back on board the Jungle Railway! It’s any early start today (around 4 or 5 am) to catch the train to Kuala Lipis, but it’s a great chance to watch mornings unfold in the countryside. After a lunch stop, hop on a bus to Taman Negara National Park and check into your jungle chalet for the next two nights. The rest of the evening is yours to unwind. If you’re keen to stretch your legs after a long day of travel, why not join an optional night jungle walk to spot some of the park’s nocturnal creatures. For dinner, stay local at the hotel or check out one of the floating restaurants just across the water.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Taman Negara - Get your blood pumping after breakfast on an easy to moderate hike to Bukit Teresek – a 334 m-tall hill overlooking the national park with panoramas that stretch as far as Mount Tahan (2187 m) on a clear day. The hill is accessible via jungle trails interconnected with a canopy walk. After the hike, visit the Batek and Semokberi tribes of the Orang Asli – among the few remaining Indigenous groups in Malaysia – on their ancestral lands. Despite modern influences, the Batek and Semokberi maintain traditions and are deeply connected to Taman Negara’s ecosystem. Learn about communal living in the village, ancient hunting skills using a bamboo blowpipe, and how they gather food and make tools. You have free time for the rest of the day.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Melaka - This morning, take a bus to Jerantut station to board a Jungle Railway train to Gemas. From here, hop on a bus to the UNESCO World Heritage city of Melaka and check into your hotel at around 5 pm. Then, join your leader for an orientation walk to find your bearings. With influences from the Malay Sultanate, Portuguese, Dutch and British, Melaka is a multicultural hub of architectural styles, languages and traditions. The rest of the evening is free to explore at your own pace. Maybe grab a bite on Jonker Street and taste delicious Nyonya cuisine – a fusion of Chinese, Malay and Indonesian flavours that hails from Melaka. If you need recommendations, just ask your knowledgeable local leader!

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Melaka - Today, dive deeper into the layers of Melaka’s history on a trishaw ride through the winding streets of its heritage area. Admire the unique Peranakan architecture, learn about the city’s spice trade history and see multiple places of worship on the aptly named Harmony Street. Visit a mosque, Chinese Buddhist temples and a traditional Muslim house-museum along the way. During free time this afternoon, you could check out the red buildings in Dutch Square or grab a drink in one of the riverside bars. If you're feeling active, maybe jump on an Eco Bike tour or take a boat ride along the Melaka River.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Singapore - It’s time to say goodbye to Malaysia! Take an express bus across the border to Singapore and check into your hotel in the early afternoon. Enjoy some free time in The Garden City – perhaps exploring the colourful shopfronts of Little India and Chinatown – before regrouping for a farewell dinner at Lau Pa Sat. One of Singapore’s oldest hawker markets and listed as UNESCO Intangible Cultural Heritage, it’s the perfect place to feast on local favourites like satay, wonton noodles and carrot cake. After, explore the city lit up at night and maybe raise a toast to an unforgettable trip!

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Singapore - With no activities planned, your Jungle Railway Adventure comes to an end after breakfast. You’re free to leave any time after check-out. If you’d like to extend your stay in Singapore, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Bangkok - Sa-wat dee! Welcome to Thailand. Your adventure begins in Thailand's bustling capital – Bangkok, famous for its tuk-tuks, Khlong boats and street vendors serving up delicious Thai food. You’ll have a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight to meet your fellow travellers and local leader. If you arrive early (and it’s recommended that you do), why not take a riverboat to Chinatown and explore the crowded streets, see the Grand Palace and the Temple of the Emerald Buddha, wander down Khao San Road or indulge in a Thai massage. After the meeting, maybe join your group and tuck into some into some street food.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Bangkok - Overnight train - Begin the day with a river cruise down the Chao Phraya River to explore the khlongs (canals). Life along these canals seems a world away from the chaotic streets of the capital. Visit Wat Pho – one of the Bangkok temples with a 46-m-long gold-plated Buddha reclining inside. Even the feet of this statue are incredible, at 3 m long and intricately decorated with mother of pearl. The temple grounds are filled with beautifully decorated stupas, halls and shrines. Tonight, you’ll take an overnight train journey to Surat Thani.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Khao Sok - Arrive at Surat Thani in the morning, then travel by minivan to Khao Sok. Set amid hectares of thick jungle, waterfalls, limestone cliffs and an island-studded lake, the national park of Khao Sok is a nature lover's paradise. Here, you’ll have free time to explore one of the oldest rainforests in the world. Walk along the dirt trails that snake through the quiet park, looking out for wildlife as you head for rivers and waterfalls. Look out for the rare Rafflesia Kerri – one of the world’s largest flowers, only found in Thailand. Spend the night in a rustic hut within the ancient trees of the rainforest.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Khao Sok - Travel through jungle, rubber and oil plantations before boarding a long tail boat for a ride across Cheow Lan Lake. With limestone karsts rising almost 1000 m out of the green waters, this area is incredibly picturesque. You’ll trek to an island cave to see the eerie stalactites and bats hanging from the ceiling, with subterranean streams at your feet. Have lunch in a local raft-house before soaking up some free time to relax, swim or kayak around the lake to search for wildlife – the water is clear and teems with aquatic life, and you can also look out for hornbills, langurs, macaques and gibbons.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Ao Nang - Head to Ao Nang in a private minivan, stopping at Baan Bor Tor along the way. When you arrive, embark on a sea kayaking journey. About halfway along the coast between Than Bok Khoranee and Krabi town is a bay of mangroves that might just be the most beautiful bay in Thailand. Surrounded by towering karst formations and many small offshore islands, these waterways will be your pathway as you move slowly through the bays and canyons, through the inlets, caves and hidden lagoons. Look out for the birds overhead and the monkeys in the trees – if you do see a monkey, make sure you secure your belongings and any food! Arrive at Ao Nang late in the afternoon, where you’ll have a free evening.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Ao Nang - If you’re a nature lover, Krabi might just be your favourite spot. Today is a free day to soak up everything this island has to offer. Maybe head to the water for a diving adventure or take a daytrip to explore Phi Phi and Khai Nok – these islands are surrounded by white sandy beaches, perfect for swimming and snorkelling. The area around Krabi is also home to some of the best climbing routes. Whether you're a novice or a pro, being securely tied high up a limestone cliff-face looking down on jungle and is an unforgettable experience! Tonight, maybe watch the sunset light up the sky and indulge in some local seafood at a beachside restaurant.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Trang - This morning, you’ll head on to the small village of Baan Mod Tanoy. When you arrive, you’ll go on a walk around the village and gain some insight into the locals’ day to day life. Then, time to enjoy the great food and hospitality of the village. Get your hands dirty with some Batik handkerchief dyeing and learn a few tricks from the local craftsman at a workshop showcasing this traditional art. Your accommodation tonight is in a local resort in the village.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Penang - Say goodbye to Thailand this morning – you're off to Malaysia! The island of Penang was the first destination of the colonial British in 1786 and they invited the Chinese (as well as others from all over Asia) to live on this island in the tropics. Today, this fusion of cultures still exists, and the UNESCO World Heritage site of Georgetown shows the fascinating mix in its range of places of worship. When you arrive, you’ll take an orientation walk around the tumble-down shops and hawker-filled alleyways to get your bearings. The food here might just be the best in Malaysia, so you’ll seek out some hawker food stalls with your leader and get a taste for the local cuisine. Sample some local specialties such as nasi kandar, Penang laksa and char kway teow.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Penang - Take a half-day sightseeing walking tour around Penang and Georgetown, soaking up the relaxed pace of life and the mix of cultures. See the original 19th century shophouses, the street markets, and the strong cultural and religious identity still on display in each neighbourhood – Little India, Chinatown or the Muslim Quarter. Check out the street art and stop by a clan jetty – clans were formed by 19th century immigrants who banded together based on the area of China that they came from, and they built rival waterfront societies on wooden jetties. Visit Thai and Burmese temples like Kek Lok Si – the largest Buddhist temple in South East Asia. You’ll have this afternoon free top explore at your own pace. Maybe see the clan house of Khoo Kongsi and check out the ornate carvings on the walls, roof and pillars. Maybe see more Chinese architecture in the blue Courtyard House of Cheong Fatt Tze – a wealthy merchant.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Kuala Lumpur - Continue south to Kuala Lumpur – the cosmopolitan capital of Malaysia, affectionately known as KL by the locals. Communities of Indian, Chinese and ethnic Malay people mingle peacefully, allowing travellers to get the best of all three worlds. KL has grown from a sleepy little village to a skyscraper-lined multi-million-peopled metropolis. The city can seem vast, but the focus is the traditional core of the Old Town (the former colonial centre), the luxury hotel and shopping mall district of the Golden Triangle, and bustling Chinatown and Little India. Follow your leader on an orientation walk near the hotel and tonight, follow the Bukit Bintang Walkway and see the Petronas Twin Towers lit at night. From simple-street side fare that attracts queues of customers eager to high-calibre, world-class cuisine, you’ll have no problem finding a good dinner spot.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Kuala Lumpur - Enjoy a free day today for your own exploration! Perhaps visit the National Monument (commemorating those who died in Malaysia's struggle for freedom and based on the Iwo Jima Memorial in the USA), the vast National Mosque featuring a bold and modern design, or the Istana Negara (National Palace). You might like stroll Dataran Merdeka (Independence Square), or shop in Suria KLCC (one of Malaysia’s premier shopping destinations) and then head up to the Skybridge & Observation Deck of the iconic Petronas Towers to get another view of the city. Lake Gardens is home to a number of sights, including the National Planetarium and the Islamic Arts Museum. Or if you’re seeking something active, you might like to join a bike tour.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Melaka - Transfer by local bus to the old port town of Melaka – once the most important trading port in Malaysia, attracting Chinese, Indian, Dutch, Portuguese and British traders. These visitors sought wealth or an opportunity to control the Straits of Malacca, a vital trading route between the Indian and Pacific oceans, which lead to 400 years of colonial rule. Today, Melaka's wealth of historical sites reminds visitors of times gone by, and its multicultural past is revealed in its distinctive cuisine. Like Georgetown, the Melaka was declared a UNESCO World Heritage Site in 2008, and like its Penang sibling, the city is a harmonic mix of cultures. When you arrive, you’ll have a free afternoon and evening to explore.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Melaka - Today, you’ll get to know this port city better with a trishaw tour along the narrow winding streets. You’ll admire Chinatown's unique Peranakan architecture, get a taste of old Melaka and learn about the ancient spice trade. Take in sites such as Harmony Street and stop by a mosque, Chinese Buddhist Temples, and a traditional Muslim house-museum. In your free time this afternoon there are plenty of historic sites and museums to check out. Maybe jump on two wheels for an eco bike tour around the city or see Melaka from a different perspective with a boat tour along the river.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Singapore - Travel by local bus to the last stop of the journey – Singapore. Singapore has few areas untouched by modernisation, but wandering the streets of Little India and Chinatown is a great way to see the old parts of the city. To explore further, check out the renowned shopping precinct of Orchard Road, or stop by Raffles to experience the old-world charm of a Singapore Sling. An evening in Singapore is not complete without a stroll along Clarke Quay, or even a river cruise to learn more about the fascinating history of this city. Your accommodation tonight is a centrally located hotel, perfect for easy exploring. Whatever you choose today, maybe gather together your fellow travellers for a celebratory drink or meal as your Bangkok to Singapore adventure comes to an end.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Singapore - There are no activities planned for today and you can depart the accommodation at any time. If you’d like to extend your stay in Singapore and explore the sites, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Kuala Lumpur - Selamat Datang! Welcome to Malaysia. Your adventure begins in the bustling capital of Malaysia, Kuala Lumpur. Here, you can expect streets lined with colourful food stalls, friendly locals and fast-paced energy. You have a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight to meet your group leader and travel companions. If you arrive early, why not check out the Petaling Street Market – the vibrant hub of Kuala Lumpur’s Chinatown – or wander along the River of Life. After your meeting, maybe join your leader for an optional group dinner at Jalan Alor to experience the vibrant food scene in Kuala Lumpur and maybe explore the charming Bukit Bintang together before heading back to the hotel.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: George Town - This morning, you’ll take the local metro to the train station for your journey to Butterworth. From here, take a private transfer to George Town – the port city turned UNESCO World Heritage site and the multicultural capital of the island of Penang. When you arrive, head out with your leader for an orientation walk to get your bearings. Then, enjoy some free time to explore at your own pace. George Town has some great cuisine on offer, and your leader can always point you in the right direction for some great eats! You might also like to check out some of the hidden temples, Little India or go on a self-paced street art tour.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: George Town - Hit the streets with your leader for a walking tour of George Town. You’ll notice a certain charm about this city as you wander by the historical building and ancient shopfronts and admire the fascinating street art at every turn. You’ll also explore Pinang Peranakan Museum – home to over 1000 pieces of antiques and collectables. This afternoon is free for you to explore or relax – maybe visit the Kapitan Keling Mosque, Arulmigu Balathandayuthapani Temple, The Clan Community of Penang or the Wonderfood Museum.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Teluk Bahang - After a leisurely morning, take a private transfer to Teluk Bahang – a small fishing village in Penang. When you arrive, be welcomed into the homes of your homestay hosts, then tuck into some lunch. Visit a Batik factory where you’ll learn about the art of hand painting Batik patterns onto materials, before enjoying some fun with your group with a selection of traditional games. Then, take a late afternoon walk around the fishing village, learn how the locals make their nets and discover the life of a fisherman. Dinner tonight will be prepared especially for you by your hosts. Watch a cooking demonstration, then enjoy some local cuisine as a group, taking some time getting to know your hosts. Later, sit down for a special Silat (local martial art) performance where you can learn a few tricks from the local masters.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Ulu Muda Forest - Visit a local market this morning for breakfast, then say goodbye to your homestay hosts. Take a private transfer to Ulu Muda Forest – your home away from home for the next two nights. You’ll arrive at the Lake Muda Jetty just in time for a bite to eat, freshly prepared by the locals. Then, you’ll board a boat to Earth Lodge in Kuala Labua – this socially conscious organisation fights for the preservation of the forest with research and awareness, low carbon footprint practices and ecotourism principles. Your accommodation tonight is surrounded by nature, tucked away from the hustle and bustle of the city. It’s the perfect launching pad to explore the nearby jungle trails, winding rivers and lush tropical rainforest. When you arrive, you’ll head out on a river cruise where you’ll have the chance to spot local wildlife (you might even see some elephants if you’re lucky!) before a free evening to settle in and make yourself at home.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Ulu Muda Forest - After breakfast this morning, you’ll pull on your walking shoes for a trek into Bukit Labu where you’ll be accompanied by an expert guide. Listen carefully as your guide tells you all about the native plants and wildlife that call this lush rainforest home. Keep your eyes peeled for elephants! Enjoy a picnic lunch by the river before trekking back to your accommodation and visiting Salt-lick hot springs, where the local animals, including the elephants, go to get their minerals. In the late afternoon, maximise your chances of seeing wildlife with another river cruise.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Cameron Highlands - Say goodbye to the forest this morning and head back to the jetty, where your private transfer will be waiting for your journey towards the Cameron Highlands. A serene spot, the rolling green highlands are blanketed by tea plantations and boast a refreshingly cool climate. You’ll arrive in the mid-afternoon and have some have free time to wander the local market stalls and tuck into some typical Malay cuisine.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Cameron Highlands - Have breakfast just like the locals and treat your tastebuds to some traditional eats straight from a local street stall. This is breakfast on the go – Malay style! After you’ve fuelled up, hit the road to a track of mossy forested area to stretch your legs on a trek through this mist-shrouded spot. Your guide will point out the unique plants living here, under the blanket of rich, green moss. After, you’ll step back into reality and explore one of the local tea plantations to learn more about tea production here and see the endless rows of green shrubs that seem to hug the hillside. This afternoon is free and you might like to visit the Cameron Floral Park or indulge in some high tea at the Jim Thompson Tea Room.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Kuala Lumpur - Today it’s back to Kuala Lumpur by a local express bus, then a metro back to your hotel. You’ll arrive in the mid-afternoon, then the rest of the day is free to explore this energetic city. Maybe head to the observation deck on the 451-m tall Petronas Twin Towers or see the Sultan Abdul Samad Building. Tonight, maybe head out to an optional farewell dinner to celebrate your adventure.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Kota Kinabalu - Today, you’ll have a private transfer taking you to KL airport for your flight to Kota Kinabalu. On arrival, your driver will pick you up and take you to your hotel. Enjoy some free time and tonight you’ll have a group meeting at 6pm to meet your new group member.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Dusun Village - Travel by minivan to a Dusun village that sits in the shadow of Mt Kinabalu – the highest mountain between the Himalayas and New Guinea – and enjoy a welcome lunch in your homestay with your hosts before visiting a local vegetable farm. Learn about planting and harvesting seasonal produce and then take some of these fresh vegetables home for dinner – a proper farm-to-table experience. Tonight, enjoy a special village cultural performance.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Dusun Village - Start your day by walking to the local vegetable market in Kundasang with your leader. Located in the heart of the community, this market showcases an array of freshly harvested produce, from locally grown vegetables to unique regional seasonal fruits like tarap and rambutan. You'll also find local snacks, wild honey and traditional Borneo crafts. Take the opportunity to chat with vendors to learn about the local produce and how it’s used in traditional Sabah cuisine. The afternoon is yours to enjoy at your leisure – perhaps visit Poring Hot Springs to relax in the open-air baths before heading back to your homestay.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Kinabalu National Park - Eat a good breakfast this morning and say goodbye to your friends in the village as it’s time to drive to Timpohon Gate to begin your trek up Mt Kinabalu. It’s no small feat – prepare for an uphill trail made of steep steps that vary considerably in size – but along the way you can take in the remarkable variety of plant life, including about 1000 species of orchid and the carnivorous pitcher plant (yes, really). After covering 6 km (approximately 4 to 6 hours), spend the night at a hostel near Laban Rata, located at 3,272m (10,735 ft) above sea level. Rest up for the final ascent (very!) early tomorrow morning.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Kinabalu National Park - Rise at around 2 am this morning to continue your trek – it’s tough, but the sunrise at the summit will be well worth it. At the top, take in the jungles of Borneo in one direction and the South China Sea in the other. After a well-deserved rest and plenty of pictures, return to Laban Rata for breakfast. Then, get started on the descent which can take between 3 - 6 hours. This evening, enjoy your overnight stay at a hostel within Kinabalu National Park.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Kinabatangan River - Journey by private bus into the steamy rainforest to Bilit – a small village on the banks of the Kinabatangan River – and then take a short boat ride to the comfortable jungle lodge where you’ll spend the night. Located on the riverbanks, the lodge is a brilliant place to spot wildlife. For even better spotting, head out on a sunset boat ride and look out for macaques, orangutan, proboscis monkeys and pygmy elephants. End your day by searching for nocturnal wildlife like civets, owls and the rare slow loris on a night walk.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Kinabatangan River - Embark on another boat safari early this morning – different species come out at different times, so keep your eyes peeled! After breakfast, join the in-house guide for an insightful journey into the historical Kinabatangan community, which thrived long before tourism developed in the area. Explore traditional practices and craftsmanship and actively engage in the crafting of traditional fish traps. This hands-on experience provides a profound understanding of the local culture and heritage, fostering a deeper appreciation for their sustainable way of life. Then, head back on the boat for another river excursion in the afternoon.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Sepilok - Say goodbye to your jungle lodge after breakfast and hit the road in a private minivan to a guesthouse located near the Sepilok Orangutan Rehabilitation Centre. Established to help reintroduce these wonderful creatures back into the wild after a life of domestication or being orphaned, this sanctuary offers a unique opportunity to witness conservation in action. From the viewing platform, watch and photograph the orangutans as they swing into view onto the feeding platform. Observe young orangutans as they learn how to climb a specially constructed jungle gym in a new nursery. To see more of Borneo’s creatures, there’s the option to visit the Bornean Sun Bear Conservation Center. Here, rescued sun bears, many of whom have endured years of mistreatment, are given a second chance at life. Learn about the rehabilitation process and how they are reintroduced back into the wild. You can also opt to visit the Rainforest Discovery Centre, where you can roam the treetop walkways while you learn more about the flora and birdlife of Borneo.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Turtle Island - This morning, transfer to Sandakan to leave your large bags at the hotel and walk with your overnight bag to a nearby jetty. Travel by speedboat, past small fishing villages and bamboo fish traps, to Turtle Island Marine Park. In the afternoon, there will be some time for swimming, snorkelling or lazing about on the beach. In the evening, you’ll join an expert local ranger and a select group of visitors to watch giant green turtles coming ashore to lay their eggs under the moonlight. Watch the rangers as they release protected hatchlings and guide them in their frantic dash to the ocean. This is a moving experience that will stay with you long after your trip is over!

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Sandakan - After breakfast, return to the mainland and walk back to your hotel. Today is free to explore Sandakan as you wish – perhaps you’ll call into Agnes Keith House, the restored home of an American writer best known for her accounts of life in Borneo during WW1. Or you could visit the Sandakan War Memorial, built on the site of a Japanese Prisoners of War camp. Learn about the tragic Sandakan Death Marches, when 2400 prisoners of war were forced to walk through the jungles of Borneo and only six survived. Another great option is St Michaels & All Angels Church, a rare stone building in Sabah that managed to avoid major damage in the war.

     

    Day - 20

    Location: Sandakan - Your adventure ends today after breakfast. Additional accommodation can be pre-booked if you wish to spend more time exploring Borneo - just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Kuching - Selamat datang! Welcome to Malaysia. Kuching, meaning 'cat' in Malay, is the capital and most populous city in the state of Sarawak in Malaysian Borneo. It was home to the infamous White Rajah of Sarawak, whose mysterious rule in this remote corner of the world sparked the imagination of many people who dreamt of becoming royalty. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm. If you arrive early, maybe check out the waterfront, home to local vegetable, spice and fish markets. After the meeting, maybe head out with your new travel companions to try some local dishes like Sarawak laksa and kolok mee.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Bako National Park - Kuching - Hop in a private van to the fishing village of Kampung Bako, then a local boat up the coast to Bako National Park. Bako is the oldest national park in Sarawak and features rainforest, abundant wildlife, jungle streams, waterfalls, diverse plant life, secluded beaches and trekking trails. Millions of years of erosion form a coastline of steep cliffs, rocky headlands and stretches of white, sandy bays. Waves have carved the cliffs into sea arches and sea-stacks, with coloured patterns formed by iron deposits. When you arrive, you’ll take a leader-led walk through one of the jungle trails, looking out for proboscis monkeys, silver leaf monkeys and the elusive Bornean bearded pigs. Return to Kuching in the late afternoon and spend the evening in relaxing your hotel.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Semenggoh Wildlife Centre - Kuching - Head to the Semenggoh Wildlife Centre – a government-funded rehabilitation centre set in lush surrounds. The centre was set up to help reintroduce these wonderful creatures back into the wild after a life of domestication or having been orphaned. Head into the jungle to a viewing platform where you can watch and photograph the orangutans as they swing into view, eating bananas and milk that’s laid out for them twice a day. Human contact must be kept to a minimum and it's essential you follow your leader's instructions. After, return to Kuching where you can freshen up. Tonight, maybe mosey down to the riverbank and watch tambang ferries glide by, or head out to one of the many Chinese-influenced hawker markets for dinner and experience the range of local seafood.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Gunung Mulu National Park - Fly to Mulu today. When you arrive in Mulu, head into the heart of one of the most spectacular national parks in Asia – Gunung Mulu National Park. Transfer the short distance to Mulu HQ where you’ll stay for the next two nights. In your free time, you can take a self-guided trail around the park or head to the treetops on the world’s longest canopy walkway. Or maybe simply kick back with a book and enjoy the sounds of the nearby jungle. In the evening, enjoy a home-cooked dinner prepared by the indigenous tribe here - Berawan people, trying the signature jungle dishes like Pansoh (fish or chicken cooked in bamboo) or 'Midin' (sauteed wild fern) and learning about their unique cultural insights while the family sit down and have dinner with you. Later, there’s the chance to take an optional night walk to search for some weird and wonderful insects and reptiles.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Gunung Mulu National Park - Today, you have a free morning to explore or have a sleep in. Spend the afternoon strolling the walkways of this 180-million-year-old rainforest, and then catch the sunset flight of the bats at Deer Cave. This UNESCO World Heritage site has the world’s largest known system of caves, formed when surface water worked its way through the rock, carving gigantic passages through the bedrock. Deer Cave has one of the single largest cave passages, 2.2 km long and 220 m tall at its highest point. Before it was part of the park, the cave was a well-known hunting ground for deer, who were attracted to the pools of salty water. The millions of bats who call the cave home all emerge at dusk for their nightly feeding, which is a sight to behold.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Gunung Mulu National Park - Leave Park HQ behind and head into the jungle. Take a boat upriver to the Clearwater and Wind Caves, which contain Asia’s longest underwater river. The Clearwater Cave system runs for more than 200 km, over 100 of which have been explored. Wind Cave draws a cooling breeze through its lengths and features some of Gunung Mulu’s best cave formations, while Clearwater is covered in a species of bright green plant unique to the park. After exploring, take a longboat downriver before disembarking for a hike through undisturbed jungle to Camp 5, at the end of Melinau Gorge.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Headhunters Trail - Limbang - Today, you’ll tackle the infamous Headhunter’s Trail. Located in an isolated area of the Bornean jungle, the trail used to be the route used by warring parties between the Tutoh and Limbang Rivers. Cross streams by rope bridges, wooden walkways and logs, surrounded by the diverse flora, bird-filled trees and the sounds of the forest – a hornbill flying overhead, the cries of monkeys and the pulse of cicadas and crickets. Then, take a boat from Kuala Terikan to Kuala Mendalam. Depending on how much rainfall there’s been, you may be required to help push the boat over shallow parts of the river. Stop at a ranger station for lunch, then travel to Limbang by private vehicle, where you can freshen up and enjoy a good night's rest after two long days of trekking.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Labuan Island - After breakfast this morning, take a short walk to the ferry terminal for a boat to Labuan Island. When you arrive, you’ll have a free afternoon and evening at a beach resort. Relax and recover after yesterday’s trek, going for a swim, chilling out with a cold drink or reading a good book.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Kota Kinabalu - Enjoy some more free time on the island before catching a ferry and express bus to Kota Kinabalu – the capital of Sabah and a modern metropolis that rebounded from multiple bombings during WWII. Tonight, maybe head out for a final meal with your group to celebrate your Borneo adventure – the night market is filled with fresh grilled seafood.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Kota Kinabalu - After breakfast, there are no activities planned and your trip comes to an end. You can depart the accommodation at any time after check-out. If you’d like to spend more time in Kota Kinabalu, just reach out to your booking agent ahead of time to organise additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Kuching - Selamat datang! Welcome to Malaysia. Kuching, meaning 'cat' in Malay, is the capital and most populous city in the state of Sarawak in Malaysian Borneo. It was home to the infamous White Rajah of Sarawak, whose mysterious rule in this remote corner of the world sparked the imagination of many people who dreamt of becoming royalty. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm. If you arrive early, maybe check out the waterfront, home to local vegetable, spice and fish markets. After the meeting, maybe head out with your new travel companions to try some local dishes like Sarawak laksa and kolok mee.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Bako National Park - Kuching - Hop in a private van to the fishing village of Kampung Bako, then a local boat up the coast to Bako National Park. Bako is the oldest national park in Sarawak and features rainforest, abundant wildlife, jungle streams, waterfalls, diverse plant life, secluded beaches and trekking trails. Millions of years of erosion form a coastline of steep cliffs, rocky headlands and stretches of white, sandy bays. Waves have carved the cliffs into sea arches and sea-stacks, with coloured patterns formed by iron deposits. When you arrive, you’ll take a leader-led walk through one of the jungle trails, looking out for proboscis monkeys, silver leaf monkeys and the elusive Bornean bearded pigs. Return to Kuching in the late afternoon and spend the evening in relaxing your hotel.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Semenggoh Wildlife Centre - Kuching - Head to the Semenggoh Wildlife Centre – a government-funded rehabilitation centre set in lush surrounds. The centre was set up to help reintroduce these wonderful creatures back into the wild after a life of domestication or having been orphaned. Head into the jungle to a viewing platform where you can watch and photograph the orangutans as they swing into view, eating bananas and milk that’s laid out for them twice a day. Human contact must be kept to a minimum and it's essential you follow your leader's instructions. After, return to Kuching where you can freshen up. Tonight, maybe mosey down to the riverbank and watch tambang ferries glide by, or head out to one of the many Chinese-influenced hawker markets for dinner and experience the range of local seafood.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Gunung Mulu National Park - Fly to Mulu today. When you arrive in Mulu, head into the heart of one of the most spectacular national parks in Asia – Gunung Mulu National Park. Transfer the short distance to Mulu HQ where you’ll stay for the next two nights. In your free time, you can take a self-guided trail around the park or head to the treetops on the world’s longest canopy walkway. Or maybe simply kick back with a book and enjoy the sounds of the nearby jungle. In the evening, enjoy a home-cooked dinner prepared by the indigenous tribe here - Berawan people, trying the signature jungle dishes like Pansoh (fish or chicken cooked in bamboo) or 'Midin' (sauteed wild fern) and learning about their unique cultural insights while the family sit down and have dinner with you. Later, there’s the chance to take an optional night walk to search for some weird and wonderful insects and reptiles.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Gunung Mulu National Park - Today, you have a free morning to explore or have a sleep in. Spend the afternoon strolling the walkways of this 180-million-year-old rainforest, and then catch the sunset flight of the bats at Deer Cave. This UNESCO World Heritage site has the world’s largest known system of caves, formed when surface water worked its way through the rock, carving gigantic passages through the bedrock. Deer Cave has one of the single largest cave passages, 2.2 km long and 220 m tall at its highest point. Before it was part of the park, the cave was a well-known hunting ground for deer, who were attracted to the pools of salty water. The millions of bats who call the cave home all emerge at dusk for their nightly feeding, which is a sight to behold.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Gunung Mulu National Park - Leave Park HQ behind and head into the jungle. Take a boat upriver to the Clearwater and Wind Caves, which contain Asia’s longest underwater river. The Clearwater Cave system runs for more than 200 km, over 100 of which have been explored. Wind Cave draws a cooling breeze through its lengths and features some of Gunung Mulu’s best cave formations, while Clearwater is covered in a species of bright green plant unique to the park. After exploring, take a longboat downriver before disembarking for a hike through undisturbed jungle to Camp 5, at the end of Melinau Gorge.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Headhunters Trail - Limbang - Today, you’ll tackle the infamous Headhunter’s Trail. Located in an isolated area of the Bornean jungle, the trail used to be the route used by warring parties between the Tutoh and Limbang Rivers. Cross streams by rope bridges, wooden walkways and logs, surrounded by the diverse flora, bird-filled trees and the sounds of the forest – a hornbill flying overhead, the cries of monkeys and the pulse of cicadas and crickets. Then, take a boat from Kuala Terikan to Kuala Mendalam. Depending on how much rainfall there’s been, you may be required to help push the boat over shallow parts of the river. Stop at a ranger station for lunch, then travel to Limbang by private vehicle, where you can freshen up and enjoy a good night's rest after two long days of trekking.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Labuan Island - After breakfast this morning, take a short walk to the ferry terminal for a boat to Labuan Island. When you arrive, you’ll have a free afternoon and evening at a beach resort. Relax and recover after yesterday’s trek, going for a swim, chilling out with a cold drink or reading a good book.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Kota Kinabalu - Enjoy some more free time on the island before catching a ferry and express bus to Kota Kinabalu – the capital of Sabah and a modern metropolis that rebounded from multiple bombings during WWII. Tonight, maybe head out for a final meal with your group to celebrate your Borneo adventure – the night market is filled with fresh grilled seafood.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Kota Kinabalu - Enjoy some free time in Kota Kinabalu today before your group meeting at 6pm to meet your new group. During your free time, maybe immerse yourself in the history of the city at the Sabah State Museum. You can also visit the Mari Mari Cultural Village or explore the islands off Kota Kinabalu – excellent for swimming and snorkelling.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Dusun Village - Travel by minivan to a Dusun village that sits in the shadow of Mt Kinabalu – the highest mountain between the Himalayas and New Guinea – and enjoy a welcome lunch in your homestay with your hosts before visiting a local vegetable farm. Learn about planting and harvesting seasonal produce and then take some of these fresh vegetables home for dinner – a proper farm-to-table experience. Tonight, enjoy a special village cultural performance.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Dusun Village - Start your day by walking to the local vegetable market in Kundasang with your leader. Located in the heart of the community, this market showcases an array of freshly harvested produce, from locally grown vegetables to unique regional seasonal fruits like tarap and rambutan. You'll also find local snacks, wild honey and traditional Borneo crafts. Take the opportunity to chat with vendors to learn about the local produce and how it’s used in traditional Sabah cuisine. The afternoon is yours to enjoy at your leisure – perhaps visit Poring Hot Springs to relax in the open-air baths before heading back to your homestay.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Kinabalu National Park - Eat a good breakfast this morning and say goodbye to your friends in the village as it’s time to drive to Timpohon Gate to begin your trek up Mt Kinabalu. It’s no small feat – prepare for an uphill trail made of steep steps that vary considerably in size – but along the way you can take in the remarkable variety of plant life, including about 1000 species of orchid and the carnivorous pitcher plant (yes, really). After covering 6 km (approximately 4 to 6 hours), spend the night at a hostel near Laban Rata, located at 3,272m (10,735 ft) above sea level. Rest up for the final ascent (very!) early tomorrow morning.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Kinabalu National Park - Rise at around 2 am this morning to continue your trek – it’s tough, but the sunrise at the summit will be well worth it. At the top, take in the jungles of Borneo in one direction and the South China Sea in the other. After a well-deserved rest and plenty of pictures, return to Laban Rata for breakfast. Then, get started on the descent which can take between 3 - 6 hours. This evening, enjoy your overnight stay at a hostel within Kinabalu National Park.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Kinabatangan River - Journey by private bus into the steamy rainforest to Bilit – a small village on the banks of the Kinabatangan River – and then take a short boat ride to the comfortable jungle lodge where you’ll spend the night. Located on the riverbanks, the lodge is a brilliant place to spot wildlife. For even better spotting, head out on a sunset boat ride and look out for macaques, orangutan, proboscis monkeys and pygmy elephants. End your day by searching for nocturnal wildlife like civets, owls and the rare slow loris on a night walk.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Kinabatangan River - Embark on another boat safari early this morning – different species come out at different times, so keep your eyes peeled! After breakfast, join the in-house guide for an insightful journey into the historical Kinabatangan community, which thrived long before tourism developed in the area. Explore traditional practices and craftsmanship and actively engage in the crafting of traditional fish traps. This hands-on experience provides a profound understanding of the local culture and heritage, fostering a deeper appreciation for their sustainable way of life. Then, head back on the boat for another river excursion in the afternoon.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Sepilok - Say goodbye to your jungle lodge after breakfast and hit the road in a private minivan to a guesthouse located near the Sepilok Orangutan Rehabilitation Centre. Established to help reintroduce these wonderful creatures back into the wild after a life of domestication or being orphaned, this sanctuary offers a unique opportunity to witness conservation in action. From the viewing platform, watch and photograph the orangutans as they swing into view onto the feeding platform. Observe young orangutans as they learn how to climb a specially constructed jungle gym in a new nursery. To see more of Borneo’s creatures, there’s the option to visit the Bornean Sun Bear Conservation Center. Here, rescued sun bears, many of whom have endured years of mistreatment, are given a second chance at life. Learn about the rehabilitation process and how they are reintroduced back into the wild. You can also opt to visit the Rainforest Discovery Centre, where you can roam the treetop walkways while you learn more about the flora and birdlife of Borneo.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Turtle Island - This morning, transfer to Sandakan to leave your large bags at the hotel and walk with your overnight bag to a nearby jetty. Travel by speedboat, past small fishing villages and bamboo fish traps, to Turtle Island Marine Park. In the afternoon, there will be some time for swimming, snorkelling or lazing about on the beach. In the evening, you’ll join an expert local ranger and a select group of visitors to watch giant green turtles coming ashore to lay their eggs under the moonlight. Watch the rangers as they release protected hatchlings and guide them in their frantic dash to the ocean. This is a moving experience that will stay with you long after your trip is over!

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Sandakan - After breakfast, return to the mainland and walk back to your hotel. Today is free to explore Sandakan as you wish – perhaps you’ll call into Agnes Keith House, the restored home of an American writer best known for her accounts of life in Borneo during WW1. Or you could visit the Sandakan War Memorial, built on the site of a Japanese Prisoners of War camp. Learn about the tragic Sandakan Death Marches, when 2400 prisoners of war were forced to walk through the jungles of Borneo and only six survived. Another great option is St Michaels & All Angels Church, a rare stone building in Sabah that managed to avoid major damage in the war.

     

    Day - 20

    Location: Sandakan - Your adventure ends today after breakfast. Additional accommodation can be pre-booked if you wish to spend more time exploring Borneo - just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Sandakan - Selamat! Welcome to Borneo. You’ll kick things off in the coastal city of Sandakan with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. If you arrive with time to spare, spend the day exploring this city’s culture on the Heritage Trail or visit the Sandakan War Memorial or Agnes Keith House. Sandakan has a great food scene, too, so tonight, maybe grab your new travel companions and eat dinner together at a local restaurant to get better acquainted – your leader will have the best recommendations.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Sandakan - This morning, you'll visit the Sepilok Orangutan Rehabilitation Centre and meet the world’s cutest redheads. These beautiful creatures will tug on your heartstrings as you watch them going about their daily business (eating bananas and hanging upside down). Swing by the nursery where young orangutans learn to climb on a specially constructed jungle gym and grab a selfie with them in the background if you can! Later, spend some time at the Sun Bear Conservation Centre, where staff rescue and take care of the once-mistreated sun bears with the hopes of rehabilitating and reintroducing them into the wild. The rest of the day is free for you to explore Sepilok and Sandakan further. Maybe head to Sepilok’s Rainforest Discovery Centre, Malaysia’s most educational nature park, which features a 620 m long, 28 m high canopy walkway with spectacular views of the giant rainforest trees. At night, you can look out for slow lorises, tarsiers and flying squirrels!

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Kinabatangan River - Enjoy a free morning in Sandakan before you make the journey after lunch to tonight’s jungle lodge near the banks of the Kinabatangan River. When you’ve settled into your lodge, you’ll hit the water for a river cruise. Keep an eye out for wild orangutans, proboscis monkeys and maybe even a few pygmy elephants.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Kinabatangan River - This morning, wake up to the sounds of the jungle and have some breakfast before setting out for your first of two included river cruises today. Keep your eyes peeled, and you might be lucky enough to spot short and long-tail macaques, a variety of birds, including hornbills and kingfishers, crocodiles or reptiles like snakes and frogs. After a spot of lunch, you’ll hit the water again and continue your search along the river’s waters for wildlife and jungle scenery. Tonight take a night walk with your leader, looking for nocturnal birds, insects and other wildlife that come alive after sunset. You’ll have dinner together at your lodge.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Kundasang - After breakfast, leave your jungle oasis and embark on the overland journey to Kundasang – a little town that sits in the shadow of Mount Kinabalu. This is a long drive, so have your favourite book or travel games ready. When you arrive in Kundasang and if the weather is right, have your camera ready, capturing the views of Mt Kinabalu. From here, maybe visit the Kundasang War Memorial to learn about the Sandakan Death Marches. Sit in reflection in the solemn memorial gardens or simply take in the serene view of the fields below.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Kiulu Village Trek - This morning you’ll drive to Pukak in Kiulu Valley – a small area in Kiulu named after the bamboo that grows on the riverbanks. This will be the starting point of your trek to Kampung Ratau (Ratau Village), where you’ll spend the night among the locals. After your hike this afternoon, participate in cultural activities – learn how to work with beads, join the group for some traditional fishing, take a cooking class to learn how to prepare the local food (which you’ll enjoy later for dinner) and take a Gong class. In your traditional bamboo hut, you’ll fall asleep to the peaceful sounds of the village and its natural surroundings.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Kiulu Village Trek - Kinarut - This morning, you’ll have breakfast in the village before continuing your trek through rural Kiulu, winding your way towards Lokub. When you arrive, you’ll be treated to a traditional cultural dance and Dusun martial art show over lunch. After, continue by private vehicle to Kinarut, where you'll have some free time to relax when you arrive.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Kinarut - Fuel up on breakfast and embark on a daytrip to Dinawan Island for a day of snorkelling. When you arrive, be welcomed by a refreshing homemade drink before getting ready to head out on your first snorkelling adventure to spot colourful fish and corals. Enjoy a delicious lunch, then continue snorkelling or choose to pick up a paddle and explore the island from a kayak. Relax and enjoy afternoon tea after a day in the sun before travelling back to your accommodation later today. Tonight, why not head out for a group dinner? Your leader can point you in the right direction if you’re looking for restaurant recommendations in Kinarut.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Kota Kinabalu - Leave Kinarut this morning and make the drive to Kota Kinabalu. The afternoon's free for you to check out some optional activities – maybe take an interactive and educational visit to Koisaan Cultural Village to see how indigenous ethnic groups of Borneo used to live. Tonight, maybe head out with your new mates and mark the end of your adventure with a group dinner. Your leader will have some great recommendations for where to go on the waterfront. 

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Kota Kinabalu - There are no activities today and your Borneo adventure will come to an end. If you’d like to stay longer, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Singapore - Welcome to Singapore! Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm at your hotel to meet your local leader and fellow travellers. After, head to a welcome dinner in Little India and get to know the local cuisine – Singapore is popular for its hawker centres (bustling market-type food halls with individual food stalls serving up an array of local cuisines) and tonight, you might try some street snacks like samosas, vadai and masala thosai (Indian pancakes). Maybe also tuck into plates of biryani, dosa and vegetarian thali sets served on banana leaves and wash it all down with a local beer.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Singapore - Today is all about exploring Singapore’s sites and trying more of the delicious local food. After breakfast, head out as a group on an orientation walk to get your bearings. During your exploration, taste some local snacks like kaya toast (crispy toasted bread served with a sweet coconut and egg jam) and ang ku kueh (also known as red tortoise cake, this is a soft, chewy pastry filled with sweet or savoury fillings). Then, head to the iconic Gardens by the Bay and take a walk through the Flower Dome and the Cloud Forest, watching as the butterflies fly from plant to plant. From inside these amazing indoor gardens, you can get some great views of the city below! Later, you’ll head to the Merlion Park to see the symbol of Singapore – half lion, half mermaid, the Merlion represents resilience, evolution and the unique blend of tradition and modernity which defines this city. Take your photos with the majestic beast. For dinner, maybe head to a local hawker centre for some delicious local food.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Singapore to Kuala Lumpur - Take the public bus to Kuala Lumpur (often referred to simply as KL) – the capital city of Maylasia. When you arrive, explore the city on an orientation walk with your leader, visiting the Masjid Jamek lookout to see where the Klang and Gombak Rivers meet (the name Kuala Lumpur literally translates to ‘muddy confluence’). Continue to Merdeka Square, where you’re free to grab some lunch on Petaling Street or in the Central Market. This evening, you have free time to maybe visit the Kuala Lumpur Tower’s observation deck and the popular Petronas Towers.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Kuala Lumpur - Tuck into a breakfast of roti canai and teh tarik (tea and condensed milk) this morning. Then, head out for a walking tour to learn about the varying cultures of Malaysia. With a local guide, you’ll get a good introduction into Taoism, Confucianism and Buddhism with temple visits, church visits, sacred rituals, fortune telling and a tasting of local Indian snacks and sweets. Maybe get a traditional henna drawing on your hand, then enjoy a free afternoon. Tonight, you’ll head to Kafe Basikal Tua for a special homecooked dinner – this hidden gem empowers the local visually impaired community, who prepare all the dishes using local ingredients. Start with a demonstration on how to wear the traditional batik, then don your dinner wear and tuck into some appetisers like pie tee (a thin and crunchy shell filled with spicy or sweet vegetables, prawns or beef), fried spring rolls and bergedil (crispy potatoes and meat). Then, try some local rice and meat dishes like nasi hujan panas, nasi arab, soto ayam and nasi kerabu, followed by a dessert of mixed fruit, caramel pudding, ice cream and tea.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Ipoh / Cameron Highlands - After breakfast, you’ll say goodbye to Kuala Lumpur and head to the Cameron Highlands – a scenic highland region with tea plantations, strawberry farms and many temples. When you arrive, head to Kia Farm to explore the open-air market here, which is filled with local produce. Enjoy a free afternoon soaking in the beautiful surroundings and maybe visit the Cameron Floral Park or have a cup of tea at the Jim Thompson Tea Room. Tonight, you’ll meet back up with your group for a steamboat (also known as hotpot) dinner. Tuck into your plant-based steamboat, made with local produce and fresh ingr4edeints, and soak up the friendly atmosphere as you cook your own vegetables in a flavourful broth.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Penang - For breakfast this morning, you’ll visit Yong Teng Cafe – run by a mute and deaf couple in the Cameron Highlands, this cafe serves a variety of delicious breakfast options like chicken chop, pancakes, nasi lemak and fried noodles, all cooked fresh when you order. After, you’ll head into the Mossy Forest for an easy, scenic walk to the viewpoint. Then, visit one of the highlands’ tea factories and taste a cup of the local brew before setting out for Penang. Along the way, visit the Perak Cave Temple in Ipoh and stop at Concubine Lane for a coffee. When you arrive on Penang Island (known as the ‘Pearl of the Orient’ and the ‘Island of Pearls’), you’ll walk around with your leader to get your bearings. Then, you’re free to watch the sunset and grab some local fare for dinner.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Penang - Hit the streets on a heritage tour where you’ll see some local sites like the Colonial Palace. Take a trishaw ride past the palace and some other historical buildings, seeing them from a different perspective. After, take a hands-on cooking class in the garden, learning about the local herbs and spices used in traditional dishes. Pick up some amazing family recipes here, then enjoy the fruits of your labour for lunch. Have some free time to relax afterwards. Tonight, why not celebrate your foodie adventure with a dinner at a local Nyonya restaurant known for its delicious Peranakan cuisine – this cuisine embodies the rich cultural fusion and heritage of your journey from Singapore to Penang.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Penang - There are no further activities planned after breakfast this morning and you’re free to leave your accommodation at any time after check out. If you would like to extend your stay, just reach out to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Manila - Maligayang pagdating! Welcome to the Philippines. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight in Manila. If you arrive early, maybe take a self-guided walking tour of the Intramuros walled city, visit historic cultural sites like the San Agustin Church or explore the Fort Santiago. After your meeting, maybe head out with your fellow travellers and try foods like lechon (whole roasted pig) and longganisa (Philippine sausage).

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Puerto Princesa - This morning, take a short flight from Manila to Puerto Princesa. When you arrive, you'll instantly see the slower pace of this island compared to the busy capital. Puerto, as the locals call it, is the capital of Palawan and has been internationally recognised as the cleanest and greenest of all cities in the Philippines. This afternoon, visit a local farm and take part in preparing local rice snacks. Snacking (merienda) is a way of life among Filipino rural folks. Tonight, relax by the Iwahig River and watch as glowing fireflies dart in and around the mangroves.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Puerto Princesa - After breakfast, drive to Sabang. When you arrive, jump on a boat and travel along the Subterranean River, which passes through a limestone cave and into the ocean. After lunch, continue to the starting point of today's hike. Lace up your hiking boots and join your local leader on a hike to the Batak and Tagbanua Tribal Village in Sitio Kawasan, set against the backdrop of the majestic St. Paul Mountain. Meet the Batak Tribe – one of about 70 Indigenous communities of the Philippines – and maybe try some fruit directly from the cashew trees (weather dependent). This visit provides the opportunity to connect with the Batak and Tagbanua communities, learn about their traditions, and appreciate the harmony of their way of life within a beautiful natural setting.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Port Barton - This morning, travel to Port Barton – a slow-paced coastal town located on the largest island of the Palawan region. When you arrive, enjoy a free afternoon to explore at your own pace. Maybe hike to the Pamuayan Falls, relax on the white sandy beach or watch the sunset over the region.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Port Barton - Today, set off on an island-hopping adventure where you’ll spend the day exploring the beautiful hidden gems of Port Barton. See crystal-clear waters, vibrant coral reefs and white-sand beaches as you travel to secluded islands like Turtle Sanctuary, Exotic Island and Paradise Island. During your island-hopping tour, step into the shoes of a local fisherman and learn about the age-old fishing tradition in Port Barton, where simplicity meets skill. Unlike modern methods, this technique uses only a hand-held hook tied to a single nylon line (kawil). This region is perfect for swimming, snorkelling and relaxing on the beach shores, so be sure to pack a hat and your bathers!

     

    Day - 6

    Location: El Nido - Say farewell to Port Barton today and travel to El Nido this morning. With a backdrop of marble cliffs and white sandy beaches, El Nido is the base for many island adventures. There are over 50 beaches to discover, all of which are accessible by the boats docked nearby. This afternoon is free for you to explore at your own pace – maybe pack a picnic lunch and head out on an adventure to an isolated beach. Later, maybe join your fellow travellers for a drink at one of the many beachside restaurants.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: El Nido - This morning, head off on a full-day snorkelling trip as you island hop around El Nido. As you travel to the island, take in the surrounding landscape of jagged limestone islands, rocky coves, virgin rainforest and white sandy beaches. When you arrive, put on your snorkel and dive under the clear water, where you’ll see the beautiful coral and many different species of colourful fish that call this area home. After an included lunch, venture out on various trips to lagoons throughout the afternoon. Tonight, maybe head out for dinner with your fellow travellers and toast to your final night in the Philippines.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: El Nido - With no activities planned for today, you are free to leave the accommodation at any time. This doesn’t mean your Philippines adventure has to come to an end! If you would like to spend more time in El Nido, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Manila - Kumusta! Welcome to the Philippines. Located on the island of Luzon – the largest of the county’s 7641 islands – Manila is the Philippines' lively capital. Your adventure officially starts with a welcome meeting at 6 pm, where you’ll meet your local leader and fellow travellers. If you arrive before then, take some time to explore the city and get your bearings. A walk around Rizal Park, conveniently located in the city's centre, is a great place to start. In the evening, maybe get your group together for dinner and sample some regional specialities, like abodo (pork marinated in vegetables and spices) and buko pie (coconut pie).

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Manila - Mt. Pinatubo - After breakfast, dive into a guided tour of multicultural Manila. Taste the different flavours that have been cooking up in the country over the past few hundred years with food tastings in the Muslim Quarter and the world’s oldest Chinatown. Then hop on an eco-friendly bamboo bike and ride around Intramuros – a historic walled area that was constructed by the Spaniards in the 16th century. Enjoy a lunch together and then leave Manila behind and drive to the foot of Mt. Pinatubo for tonight. Arrive in the early evening and you'll stay in a lovely local guesthouse in the countryside with a swimming pool.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Mt Pinatubo - You’ll set off for Crow Valley this morning so you can get a view of the crater of Mt Pinatubo. You’ll arrive at the foot of the trailhead by a 4WD jeep. The hike isn’t easy – but the views of the crater lake at the top are definitely worth it. Formed after Mt Pinatubo erupted in 1991, the rainwater lake is framed by dramatic cliffs. Reward your body with a traditional lunch in Tarukan Village with the Aetas, the earliest inhabitants of the Philippines. The chieftain and a local interpreter will join you, making it a unique cultural experience. Do as the Aetas do and eat the meal – which will be laid out on banana leaves – with your hands. Head back to your lovely guesthouse afterwards for another peaceful night in the countryside.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Banaue - Wake up early and head for Banaue, travelling through rice fields and mango plantations. Break up the drive with a stop in Bacolor – this town was devastatingly destroyed by the Mt Pinatubo eruption. Visit the local church that has been half buried by lahar – yet locals still use it to worship by climbing through the upper windows. Hit the road again before stopping off for lunch at a local restaurant. You’ll arrive in Banaue in the late afternoon, where you can enjoy a free evening before exploring the rice terraces tomorrow. For dinner, maybe ask your leader for recommendations on where to try pinikipan (a local chicken dish).

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Banaue - Jump on the local jeepney this morning to Sadel, where you’ll start the trek through the UNESCO listed Banaue rice terraces. These rice terraces were created by the Ifugao people and can be traced back 2000 years. A feat of engineering, the terraces were crucial to the survival of the people and are now known for their combination of functionality and beauty. Stop for lunch in Batad, where you’ll have the opportunity to talk to local Ifuago people in the village and try some rice activities. Return to Banaue in the late afternoon and spend the rest of the day as you wish.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Sagada - Travel to Sagada and embark on a half day tour around the town. Your local guide will bring you to some of the key spots, like the Hanging Coffins – an ancient burial tradition where coffins are suspended on a cliff – and the Lumiang Cave – home to coffins over 500 years old. Next, head to the home of famous Spanish photographer Eduardo Masferre, where family members will show you his rare photos chronicling the Ifuago way of life in the 1930s. The afternoon is then yours to explore Sagada in your own way – maybe you’ll check out the coffee plantations (and sample the delicious Sagada coffee), explore local farms, or simply relax and get ready for your next day's trekking.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Maligcong Rice Terrace - Sagada - Get ready for another trek through rice terraces – this time you’ll start in Bontoc and hike along the Maligcong Rice Terrace to Faverey village. Listen to stories from a Kalinga local guide along the way and find out about their traditions. When you arrive in Faverey, you’ll learn about one pretty unique tradition in the village – the practice of living with deceased family members. Hike back to Bontoc and refuel with lunch before going back to Sagada

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Baguio - This morning, drive to Baguio, affectionately called the City of Pines due to the greenery that thrives here. When you arrive, you’ll have a free afternoon. Maybe walk around Mirador Hill and Eco Park – a Japanese-inspired garden – or the Igorot Stone Kingdom – a modern-day castle. Later, come back together as a group for an interactive dinner with a famous local chef. Take a stroll through local market with your leader and learn about key ingredients for traditional Cordillera meal at the market, then join the chef and his wife for a live cooking demonstration. When you’ve picked up some tips, tuck into the grilled goods you helped prepare!

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Manila - Get to know Baguio culture today by visiting the local art studios and galleries, which showcase a mix of traditional and contemporary pieces. Stop by the Harvest Hub Studio and learn about a foundation set up to support women weavers in the Cordilleras through entrepreneurship training. These mountain-based women are working to scale their businesses and need this vital support. You’ll be guided through the studio, where you can meet local artists and learn about their craft, and maybe even try some traditional techniques yourself! Head back to Manila in the afternoon and perhaps rally your group together for a farewell dinner.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Manila - Your adventure comes to an end after breakfast today. If you would like to extend your stay in Manila, just get in touch with your booking agent to organise additional accommodation ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Manila - Kumusta! Welcome to the Philippines. Located on the island of Luzon – the largest of the county’s 7641 islands – Manila is the Philippines' lively capital. Your adventure officially starts with a welcome meeting at 6 pm, where you’ll meet your local leader and fellow travellers. If you arrive before then, take some time to explore the city and get your bearings. A walk around Rizal Park, conveniently located in the city's centre, is a great place to start. In the evening, maybe get your group together for dinner and sample some regional specialities, like abodo (pork marinated in vegetables and spices) and buko pie (coconut pie).

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Manila - After breakfast, dive into a guided tour of multicultural Manila. Taste the different flavours that have been cooking up in the country over the past few hundred years with food tastings in the Muslim Quarter and the world’s oldest Chinatown. While you’re in Chinatown, sit down with your group for lunch in a restaurant that was once a fire station. When you’re full, hop on an eco-friendly bamboo bike and ride around Intramuros – a historic walled area that was constructed by the Spaniards in the 16th century. Enjoy a free evening, where you can relax and unwind before your early start tomorrow.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Mt Pinatubo - You’ll set off for Crow Valley at 4 am this morning so you can get an early morning view of the crater of Mt Pinatubo. You’ll arrive at the foot of the trailhead by a 4WD jeep. The hike isn’t easy – but the views of the crater lake at the top are definitely worth it. Formed after Mt Pinatubo erupted in 1991, the rainwater lake is framed by dramatic cliffs. Reward your body with a traditional lunch in Tarukan Village with the Aetas, the earliest inhabitants of the Philippines. The chieftain and a local interpreter will join you, making it a unique cultural experience. Do as the Aetas do and eat the meal – which will be laid out on banana leaves – with your hands. When you’re finished, head to Abe’s Farm – a countryside guesthouse with a pool.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Banaue - Wake up early and head for Banaue, travelling through rice fields and mango plantations. Break up the drive with a stop in Bacolor – this town was devastatingly destroyed by the Mt Pinatubo eruption. Visit the local church that has been half buried by lahar – yet locals still use it to worship by climbing through the upper windows. Hit the road again before stopping off for lunch at a local restaurant. You’ll arrive in Banaue in the late afternoon, where you can enjoy a free evening before exploring the rice terraces tomorrow. For dinner, maybe ask your leader for recommendations on where to try pinikipan (a local chicken dish).

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Banaue - Jump on the local jeepney this morning to Sadel, where you’ll start the trek through the UNESCO listed Banaue rice terraces. These rice terraces were created by the Ifugao people and can be traced back 2000 years. A feat of engineering, the terraces were crucial to the survival of the people and are now known for their combination of functionality and beauty. Stop for lunch in Batad, where you’ll have the opportunity to talk to local Ifuago people in the village and try some rice activities. Return to Banaue in the late afternoon and spend the rest of the day as you wish.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Bontoc/ Sagada - Another day, another trek through rice terraces – this time you’ll start in Bontoc and hike along the Maligcong Rice Terrace to Faverey village. Listen to stories from a Kalinga local guide along the way and find out about their traditions. When you arrive in Faverey, you’ll learn about one pretty unique tradition in the village – the practice of living with deceased family members. Hike back to Bontoc and refuel with lunch before continuing to Sagada in a comfy private vehicle.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Sagada - Get to know Sagada on a half day tour around the town. Your local guide will bring you to some of the key spots, like the Hanging Coffins – an ancient burial tradition where coffins are suspended on a cliff – and the Lumiang Cave – home to coffins over 500 years old. Next, head to the home of famous Spanish photographer Eduardo Masferre, where family members will show you his rare photos chronicling the Ifuago way of life in the 1930s. The afternoon is then yours to explore Sagada in your own way – maybe you’ll check out the coffee plantations (and sample the delicious Sagada coffee) or explore local farms.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Baguio - Wake up bright and early this morning at around 5 am for breakfast at the Kiltepan viewpoint, where you’ll catch the Sagada sunrise. Then, drive to Baguio, affectionately called the City of Pines due to the greenery that thrives here. When you arrive, you’ll have a free afternoon. Maybe walk around Mirador Hill and Eco Park – a Japanese-inspired garden – or the Igorot Stone Kingdom – a modern-day castle. Later, come back together as a group for an interactive dinner with a famous local chef. Take a stroll through local market with your leader and learn about key ingredients for traditional Cordillera meal at the market, then join the chef and his wife for a live cooking demonstration. When you’ve picked up some tips, tuck into the grilled goods you helped prepare!

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Manila - Get to know Baguio culture today by visiting the local art studios and galleries, which showcase a mix of traditional and contemporary pieces. Stop by the Harvest Hub Studio and learn about a foundation set up to support women weavers in the Cordilleras through entrepreneurship training. These mountain-based women are working to scale their businesses and need this vital support. You’ll be guided through the studio, where you can meet local artists and learn about their craft, and maybe even try some traditional techniques yourself! Head back to Manila in the afternoon and perhaps rally your group together for a farewell dinner.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Manila - Today is a free day in Manila. You’ll have another welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight to meet your new group members and leader. Until then, relax in Manila and maybe explore some of the parts you missed the first time around. If you're looking for a souvenir, head to Bonifacio High Street, where you'll find lots of modern shops, or explore the Quiapo street market for more traditional finds. After your meeting, perhaps get your group together to sample foods like lechon (whole roasted pig) and longganisa (Philippine sausage).

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Puerto Princesa - In the morning, take the short flight from Manila to Puerto Princesa. When you arrive, you'll instantly see the slower pace of this island compared to the busy capital. Puerto, as the locals call it, is the capital of Palawan and has been internationally recognised as the cleanest and greenest of all cities in the Philippines. Head onto a local community eco farm where you'll get to learn how local snacks are prepared with herbs and spices, and enjoy a delicious farm-to-table lunch. Later, travel out of Puerto Princesa to the Iwahig River, where you'll see fireflies glowing among the mangroves by the river. It's a truly magical experience and the perfect way to spend an evening.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: San Rafael Beach - Head out this morning in a private minivan and drive to Sabang. Sabang is most famous for its Subterranean River that's 8 km in length and passes through a limestone cave that opens onto the ocean. Jump into a boat with a local guide and explore this great cave complex. After lunch, you may want to embark on an optional mangrove boat trip which gets you into the heart of the thick mangrove forests. You'll travel in small traditional boats down the river with plenty of opportunity for wildlife spotting. Tonight, drive to your private beach for the next two nights.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: San Rafael Beach - This morning you meet up with your local guide who'll be walking with the group to meet the Batak Tribe – one of about 70 indigenous communities of the Philippines. If you're lucky enough to be there in the right season, you may be able to eat the fruit directly from the cashew trees. After finishing the hike, drive back to the beach chalets in San Rafael Beach. There's plenty of free time for a swim or to read a good book and relax into the evening.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: El Nido - Say farewell to San Rafael Beach today and travel to El Nido in a private minivan. With a backdrop of marble cliffs and white sandy beaches, El Nido is the base for many island adventures. There are over 50 beaches to discover that are all accessible by the boats docked. It's easy to pick an isolated beach, book a local boat, pack some food and drinks and head out on your own adventure. The afternoon is free for you to wander around town, have a drink at one of the many beachside restaurants, do a spot of shopping or count how many different coloured tricycles you can spot on the streets.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: El Nido - This morning, head off on a full-day snorkelling trip, island hopping off El Nido. Pass by jagged limestone islands, rocky coves, virgin rainforest and white sandy beaches. The snorkelling is just as spectacular, with beautiful coral and many different species of colourful fish. After an included lunch, venture out on various trips to lagoons throughout the afternoon. Your evening is then free to do as you wish.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: El Nido - You'll have plenty of free time today in El Nido for beach activities. If you feel like some more adventure, maybe hire a kayak from El Nido town or jump on a boat out to one of the lagoons. You'll kayak on turquoise waters and lagoons with dramatic cliffs, surrounded by a plethora of tropical fish. If you want to see a picture-perfect beach, take an optional trip to Nacpan Beach. White sand and lined with palm trees, this is another beach in paradise and worth the drive out of town. Your leader can help you organise transport here if you are interested. Otherwise, hire a bike and get pedalling around El Nido town.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: El Nido - With no activities planned for today, you are free to leave the accommodation at any time. This doesn’t mean your Philippines adventure has to come to an end! If you would like to spend more time in El Nido, we’ll be happy to organise additional accommodation (subject to availability).

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Cebu - Maligayang pagdating! Welcome to the Philippines. Your adventure begins in the city of Cebu with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. If you arrive early, you might like to wander around the 16th-century landmarks that show the city’s Spanish influence and history. Maybe visit the Cebu Taoist Temple or get sweeping views over the city at Tops – a popular observation deck on Mt Busay.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Cebu - Bohol - This morning, you’ll head out on a city tour of Cebu with your leader. See the popular spots of Cebu’s history, like Magellan's Cross, Fort San Pedro, Casa Gorordo Museum and the Basilica del Santo Nino (the oldest Roman Catholic church in the country!). Learn some local knowledge from your guide while you soak in the city’s island atmosphere, then head to an optional lunch of lechon (a whole roasted pig cooked over an open flame, typically served for special occasions) – popularly deemed the ‘best pig ever’ by chef Anthony Bourdain. After lunch, take the ferry to Bohol – known for its coral reefs and the unusual Chocolate Hills. Arrive in the capital of Tagbilaran, then transfer to your riverside lodge for the night – sitting right on Loboc River and surrounded by lush greenery, this sustainable tourism sanctuary prioritises the preservation of its natural landscape and operates in harmony with the environment.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Bohol - Have breakfast this morning, then head out on the Loboc River. Take a yoga lesson on stand-up paddleboards, surrounded by lush jungle (what better way to start the day?) then have some lunch on the riverbank. After, follow your local leader for a community tour of this quiet, rural town, learning what life is like by the river. First, you’ll have the chance to make your own ‘nipa’ roof, from harvesting the indigenous materials to seeing the finished product. Taste some coconut wine, walk through the rice paddies and spot some carabao (water buffalo). Learn the kuradang (the traditional dance of the area), then open your own coconut and cheers to an authentic look into the culture of this part of the Philippines. This afternoon you have free time, so maybe go kayaking or just hang out by the river.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Bohol - Rise very early today for a sunrise breakfast at Chocolate Hills – don't forget your camera today! These 1200 unusual geological formations are symmetrical mounds that jut up from the jungle. In the dry season, they turn brown, in stark contrast to the surrounding greenery (hence the name). Over pastries, fruits and a glass of sikwate (the Boholano chocolate drink), watch this strange landscape light up with the day’s sunshine, then take a tour of the best local spots. First is Can-umantad Falls – these 60 m high cascades are the tallest in Bohol and have been coined ‘Bohol’s best kept secret.’ Carry on to the Cadapdapan Rice Terraces and take in the lush landscape. Later, you’ll have a free evening to maybe go firefly spotting on canoes after the sun dips below the horizon.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Panglao Island - Drive to Panglao Island today. Just off Bohol Island, Panglao is known for its gorgeously white beaches, swaying palm trees and calm atmosphere. When you arrive, the rest of the day is free for you to relax, crack your book on the white stretches of sand or find a good local restaurant to lounge in.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Panglao Island - Today is a free day to discover the island at your own pace. Maybe spend the day on an optional Pamilacan Island marine tour and try to spot the resident whales and dolphins with the crew of your outrigger boat. After trying to spot spinner dolphins and some of the six species of whale that pass through here, you’ll head to the marine sanctuary where you can go snorkelling to spot some more wildlife up close! Then, take a walking tour of the island and sit down under the sun for a local seafood lunch made by the women’s association. Learn about the local culture, including how they harvest sea urchins and work to preserve the natural resources. Alternatively, you can just find the perfect beach spot under a palm tree and spend the afternoon with a cocktail in hand.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Siquijor Island - Get prepped for a little bit of travel this morning as you make your way to Siquijor (known as ‘the island of fire’ due to the swarms of fireflies that nestle in the molave trees). You’ll first head back to Bohol, where you’ll take the ferry to the island – home to many scenic waterfalls, caves, gorgeous beaches and bars. When you arrive, your afternoon is wide open to explore. If you need help planning activities, just ask your leader.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Siquijor Island - Set out on a day tour today of the beautiful island and its surroundings. See the St Francis de Assisi Bell Tower of Roman design and the Capilay Spring Park. Visit the Balete Tree (some people believe that balete trees are dwelling places for supernatural beings or engkanto, like diwata, kapre or tikbalang) and the century-old San Isidro de Labrador Church and its convent. If you’re feeling adventurous, take the hike down 300 steps to the three-tiered Cambugahey Falls where you can go for a dip. Today, you’ll also have the chance to visit a local shaman or the bolo bolo healers who will teach you about their practise. Drive on to Triad for lunch, watching the views of the sea and neighbouring islands as you go. When you arrive, head to Paliton Beach, lined with coconut trees, before heading back for the night.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Siquijor Island - Cebu - Take the ferry and wave goodbye to Siquijor Island as you make your way back to Cebu. When you arrive, your afternoon is free to explore anything in Cebu city that you didn’t get to last time or just rest and relax before an optional final dinner with your group to celebrate a beautiful trip in the Philippines!

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Cebu - There are no activities planned this morning and you’re free to depart any time after check-out. If you’d like to extend your stay, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Phuket - Sa-wat dee! Welcome to Thailand. Your adventure begins in Phuket, Thailand’s largest and most popular island. Full of gorgeous beaches, this island also has a huge array of restaurants serving local flavours and plenty to explore, so you might want to consider arriving a couple of days early. Today, be ready to board and meet your skipper at 1 pm. After an orientation of the yacht, you’ll begin your journey across the Andaman Sea. Your skipper will select an island to anchor for the night where you’ll have time to enjoy a dip in the water, followed by a relaxing dinner on board and the first sunset of the trip!

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Koh Phanak - Koh Hong – Koh Phak Bia - After breakfast on board, you’ll head to Koh Phanak, where you have the option to visit the ice cream cave, full of stalagmites and stalactites. Next, head to Koh Hong, where you’ll be given an instructional briefing for a kayak or paddleboard trip to the island. Enjoy a delicious Thai lunch on board when you return, then head to Koh Phak Bia, where you’ll spend the evening. You can swim, kayak or paddleboard here, or simply kick back on the yacht and enjoy the beautiful scenery. Your chef will treat you all to a delicious Thai dinner this evening.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Ko Daeng - Railay Beach, Krabi - This morning after breakfast, you’ll sail to Ko Daeng – an island with bright blue waters full of diverse marine life and the perfect spot to snorkel. After you snorkel and have some lunch, sail towards Railay Beach in the late afternoon. There will be plenty of time to relax at the beach, read a good book in the sun or walk the coastline. Railay Beach has some great restaurants, too, so tonight you can join the group for an optional dinner on the beachfront at one of the local favourites that features live music. Later, head back to the yacht which will be anchored in the bay, via a longtail boat – a real Thai experience!

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Koh Phi Phi - After breakfast on board, head towards the most talked about place in Thailand – Koh Phi Phi. For many, this is the iconic image of Thailand – two islands connected by a great arc of pure white sand, striking limestone cliffs and unbelievably inviting water. Travellers are drawn to the island thanks to its colourful marine life, as well as the array of shops, bars, restaurants and fire spectacles on the beach. Arriving at approximately 12 pm, this is where your adventure comes to an end. You’re now free to explore all that Phi Phi has to offer, or to continue your onward journey home. If you need help booking extra accommodation, just reach out to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Koh Phi Phi - Sa-wat dee! Welcome to Thailand. Your adventure begins in Koh Phi Phi – for many, this is the iconic image of the country. Two islands connected by a great arc of pure white sand, striking limestone cliffs and a turquoise sea. Travellers are drawn to the island because of its colourful marine life, as well as the array of shops, bars, restaurants and fire spectacles on the beach. You might want to arrive a few days early to enjoy the nightlife, hike to Phi Phi viewpoint or snorkel in waters filled with clown fish, barracuda, manta rays and reef sharks. Today, meet your skipper and other group members at 3 pm and be ready to board your home for the next four days. Your journey across the Andaman Sea will then begin, setting sail towards Koh Phi Phi Leh – the perfect place to ease into life on board with a dip in the water, dinner prepared by your onboard chef and a of course, sunset.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Koh Phi Phi Leh - Ko Khai - Koh Mai Thon - Rise and shine for a picture-perfect morning! You’ll enjoy a leisurely breakfast prepared by your chef, then you’ll sail towards Viking Cave to learn about the fascinating history of the limestone cliff and cave underneath. Next, sail to Ko Khai – a small collection of islands out in the middle of the Andaman Sea. Here, you can go snorkelling and swim among brightly coloured corals and huge schools of tropical fish. After lunch on board, continue sailing towards Koh Mai Thon and arrive in the late afternoon. Celebrate the crystal-clear waters of the area with a spot of kayaking, stand-up paddleboarding, swimming or snorkelling – or just take this chance to relax on board with a good book. Join your group for dinner on the boat and kick back with a drink, watching the sunset.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Koh Hae (Coral Island) - Koh Man - Nui Beach, Phuket - Sail to Koh Hae, also known also as Coral Island, for a morning snorkel or kayak followed by lunch on board. After, sail toward the Koh Man Islands and stop for a snorkel between Koh Man and Nui Beach. If you prefer to be above water, you can instead go kayaking and paddleboarding here. Tonight, head to Nui Beach via dingy and head out for an optional dinner at one of the many restaurants on the beachfront. Nui Beach is known for being one of the most beautiful beaches in Thailand, as it resembles a private beach and is only accessible by boat (or by trekking across the jungle). Return to the yacht, where you might want to consider spending your final evening sleeping under the stars out on the deck.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Phuket - Take a last-minute swim this morning before a smooth sail brings you to your final destination – Phuket Island, at approximately 12 pm. Arguably Thailand’s most well-known and certainly its largest island, Phuket is full of sunshine exotica and modern pizazz. This is where your Andaman seafaring odyssey comes to an end. Phuket has some excellent beaches and a huge array of restaurants, hotels, bars and shopping, so you might want to stick around a couple of days to check it out properly. You’re free to explore all that Phuket has to offer, or to continue your onward journey home.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Phuket - Sa-wat dee! Welcome to Thailand. Your adventure begins in Phuket, Thailand’s largest and most popular island. Full of gorgeous beaches, this island also has a huge array of restaurants serving local flavours and plenty to explore, so you might want to consider arriving a couple of days early. Today, be ready to board and meet your skipper at 1 pm. After an orientation of the yacht, you’ll begin your journey across the Andaman Sea. Your skipper will select an island to anchor for the night where you’ll have time to enjoy a dip in the water, followed by a relaxing dinner on board and the first sunset of the trip!

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Koh Phanak - Koh Hong – Koh Phak Bia - After breakfast on board, you’ll head to Koh Phanak, where you have the option to visit the ice cream cave, full of stalagmites and stalactites. Next, head to Koh Hong, where you’ll be given an instructional briefing for a kayak or paddleboard trip to the island. Enjoy a delicious Thai lunch on board when you return, then head to Koh Phak Bia, where you’ll spend the evening. You can swim, kayak or paddleboard here, or simply kick back on the yacht and enjoy the beautiful scenery. Your chef will treat you all to a delicious Thai dinner this evening.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Ko Daeng - Railay Beach, Krabi - This morning after breakfast, you’ll sail to Ko Daeng – an island with bright blue waters full of diverse marine life and the perfect spot to snorkel. After you snorkel and have some lunch, sail towards Railay Beach in the late afternoon. There will be plenty of time to relax at the beach, read a good book in the sun or walk the coastline. Railay Beach has some great restaurants, too, so tonight you can join the group for an optional dinner on the beachfront at one of the local favourites that features live music. Later, head back to the yacht which will be anchored in the bay, via a longtail boat – a real Thai experience!

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Koh Phi Phi - After breakfast on board, head towards the most talked about place in Thailand – Koh Phi Phi. For many, this is the iconic image of Thailand – two islands connected by a great arc of pure white sand, striking limestone cliffs and inviting waters. Travellers are drawn to the island thanks to its colourful marine life, as well as the array of shops, bars, restaurants and fire spectacles on the beach. You'll arrive at approximately 12 pm, offering plenty of free time to explore at your own pace. In the late afternoon, meet back with your skipper and other group members and sail to Koh Phi Phi Leh for the night.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Koh Phi Phi Leh - Ko Khai - Koh Mai Thon - Rise and shine for a picture-perfect morning! You’ll enjoy a leisurely breakfast prepared by your chef, then you’ll sail towards Viking Cave to learn about the fascinating history of the limestone cliff and cave underneath. Next, sail to Ko Khai – a small collection of islands out in the middle of the Andaman Sea. Here, you can go snorkelling and swim among brightly coloured corals and huge schools of tropical fish. After lunch on board, continue sailing towards Koh Mai Thon and arrive in the late afternoon. Celebrate the crystal-clear waters of the area with a spot of kayaking, stand-up paddleboarding, swimming or snorkelling – or just take this chance to relax on board with a good book. Join your group for dinner on the boat and kick back with a drink, watching the sunset.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Koh Hae (Coral Island) - Koh Man - Nui Beach, Phuket - Sail to Koh Hae, also known also as Coral Island, for a morning snorkel or kayak followed by lunch on board. After, sail toward the Koh Man Islands and stop for a snorkel between Koh Man and Nui Beach. If you prefer to be above water, you can instead go kayaking and paddleboarding here. Tonight, head to Nui Beach via dingy and head out for an optional dinner at one of the many restaurants on the beachfront. Nui Beach is known for being one of the most beautiful beaches in Thailand, as it resembles a private beach and is only accessible by boat (or by trekking across the jungle). Return to the yacht, where you might want to consider spending your final evening sleeping under the stars out on the deck.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Phuket - Take a last-minute swim this morning before a smooth sail brings you to your final destination – Phuket Island, at approximately 12 pm. Arguably Thailand’s most well-known and certainly its largest island, Phuket is full of sunshine exotica and modern pizazz. This is where your Andaman seafaring odyssey comes to an end. Phuket has some excellent beaches and a huge array of restaurants, hotels, bars and shopping, so you might want to stick around a couple of days to check it out properly. You’re free to explore all that Phuket has to offer, or to continue your onward journey home.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Chiang Mai/Doi Mae Salong - Sa-wat dee! Welcome to Chiang Mai. Your Short Break Adventure starts at 8 am, when you’ll be picked up by a local guide from the joining point hotel. Head towards the Golden Triangle region by private minibus, stopping off first at Chiang Dao Cave. These interconnected caves expand more than 10 kms beneath Doi Chiang Dao, the third tallest mountain in Thailand – and you’ll get to explore them with your guide. Look out for hermit images, a reclining Buddha and a royal coat of arms to mark the visit of the Thai Queen. Then, continue to Doi Mae Salong, a hillside town with a large Chinese population. Famous for its Chinese tea traders, the region is the perfect spot to enjoy a cup of tea while admiring the surrounding mountains. Explore the local markets in the late afternoon, perhaps picking up a piece made by the Akha, a vibrant ethnic minority.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Golden Triangle/Chiang Rai - After breakfast, drive to the Golden Triangle, where the Thailand, Myanmar and Laos borders meet. Enjoy lunch overlooking the Mekong River before visiting the House of Opium Museum. This local history museum offers an insight into the opium trade and the region’s troubled past. After, climb on board a longtail boat and travel along the Mekong River to Chiang Saen, the ancient capital of the Lanna Kingdom. Chiang Saen is surrounded on three sides by impressive ramparts, with the Mekong forming the fourth wall. The town is famous for the local rice whiskey sold from distilleries on the banks of river. After exploring, you’ll head south to Chiang Rai, where you’ll spend the night.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Chiang Mai - Get to know Chiang Rai this morning with a temple visit. Wat Rong Khun – more commonly known as the White Temple – remains a work in progress since construction started in 1997. With its strange design references to pop culture icons like Michael Jackson, Harry Potter and Superman (yes, really), it’s definitely one temple worth visiting in Thailand. Then, grab lunch on the way to Mae Ka Chan Hot Springs. Located just off the main road, these simple springs offer an opportunity to soak your feet or enjoy a foot massage ‘fish spa style’ – a foot massage while munching on quail eggs that have been cooked with the heat of the spring waters. Head back to Chiang Mai after, where your Short Break Adventure will come to an end.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Bangkok/Ayutthaya/Kanchanaburi - Sa-wat dee! Welcome to Thailand. Around 8 am this morning, you’ll be picked up from the joining point hotel to begin your adventure. Your first stop is the Bang Pa Inn Palace – a former summer retreat of Thai kings on the Chao Phraya River. Admire the grounds, which are a combination of European and Thai designed buildings and gardens. Next, visit Ayutthaya – one of the ancient capitals of Siam and a UNESCO World Heritage site. Here, explore Wat Yai Chai Mongkhon – a temple that might offer a glimpse into the future, as it’s home to a fortune teller! Continue to Wat Phanan Cheoeng – Ayutthaya's answer to the Taj Mahal, this is one of Ayutthaya's oldest temples and home to a 19-m-high Buddha image. Behind the temple is a small 18th-century shrine built to honour a Chinese Princess, who drowned herself because of the king's infidelity. After lunch, move on to the 13th century ruins of Wat Phra Mahathat. The rows of Burmese beheaded Buddhas are very atmospheric and a Buddha head surrounded by Banyan tree roots is perhaps the most photographed site in all of Ayutthaya. Head west to Kanchanaburi and check into your resort, located on the famous River Kwai.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Kanchanaburi - This morning, you’ll visit Erawan National Park, where you can explore the seven-level waterfall or simply swim and relax. The falls are considered the most beautiful in the country, with glacial blue waters rushing through the forest into bamboo-shaded pools. If you want to make the climb all the way from level one to level seven, it’s about a 1.5-hour hike. After lunch, travel back to Kanchanaburi, where you'll learn about a tragic part of the area's history at Hellfire Pass Memorial, which was built to honour the Allied POWs and Asian conscripts who died while constructing some of the most difficult stretches of the Thai-Burma Death Railway. Travel to Nam Tok Train Station – the end of the original death railway station during World War II, which was constructed by the allied POWs. Ride along the historic tracks alongside the Kwai Noi River, passing through Tham Krasae Station – one of the most beautiful panoramic scenes of the river. After arriving at Kilen Train Station, transfer back to the hotel. Tonight, you have the option to head into Kanchanaburi's famous night markets and try a variety of Western Thai dishes.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Kanchanaburi/Bangkok - After breakfast, head out on a tour of the sights surrounding the town. This will include the WWII War Museum, the Allied War Cemetery and the Bridge over the River Kwai. Travel through lush scenery and back to a dark time in the area’s history. You’ll then end your Short Break Adventure and return to Bangkok, where your trip ends at approximately 2 pm. If you’d like to extend your stay in Bangkok, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time to organise additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Chiang Mai - Sa-wat dee! Welcome to Thailand. There are no planned activities for this day. If you arrive early, maybe head out to explore the city streets or just laze by the pool. The most vibrant city in northern Thailand, Chiang Mai has many famous temples and a great old city area to wander around. After your check-in, maybe head to the vibrant Night Bazaar or tuck into the signature dish of kao soy (yellow wheat noodles in a curry broth, traditionally served with chicken or beef).

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Chiang Mai - After breakfast, head off to explore the famous temple complex of Doi Suthep. You’ll take a short drive along a scenic and winding mountain road to the impressive 300-step Naga-guarded stairway. The rewards more than justify the ascent to the top, with views of one of the most beautiful temples in Thailand and the city below. You’ll then return to your hotel to rest and recharge. Head out again this afternoon and saddle up for a cycling adventure into the streets of Chiang Mai and beyond. Explore the local life, riding through the busy roads to the west. Visit Wat Suan Dok Temple, surrounded by King Mengrai’s blossoming garden. See the Lanna Dynasty Relics kept here, then continue to Wat Umong Temple. Cycle along local roads next to fields of rice paddies, past old and new communities. Enjoy the opportunity to connect with the authentic lifestyle of the Chiang Mai people and even visit a local art gallery along the way. Visit Royal Park Ratchapruek and wander around the landscaped grounds and chapel before heading to the hidden route at the Doi Suthep foothills. Tonight, why not reward your efforts with a traditional Thai massage.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Chiang Mai - Get set for an awesome day of exploring the hilltribe areas north of the city. After breakfast, you’ll drive north to the Mae Tang area. From here, make your way through the forest scenery on a hike to Huay Sathan Waterfall, where you can relax, enjoy the scenery and maybe even go for a swim. After, you’ll drive to your river camp for some free time to refuel. In the afternoon, prepare for a thrilling whitewater rafting session. Get outfitted with helmets and life jackets and take a safety briefing. Then, you’ll tackle the thrilling rapids of the Mae Taeng River and its 14 gorges along a 10 km stretch. The difficulty level on the Mae Taeng River ranges from grade 3 to 5. Praised as some of the best whitewater rafting in Asia, this activity takes approximately 2 hours and finishes at the downstream camp, where you can rest and change into dry clothes. Enjoy some hot and cold drinks or fresh fruits before returning to your Chiang Mai accommodation. Tonight, why not soak up the atmosphere of the vibrant night markets and cheers to an awesome adventure.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Chiang Mai - There are no activities planned today and you’re free to depart at any time after check out. If you’d like to extend your stay, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Chiang Mai - Sa-wat dee! Welcome to Thailand. The most vibrant city in northern Thailand, Chiang Mai has many famous temples and an interesting old city area. Renowned for its beauty and welcoming locals, this city is known as the ‘Rose of the North.’ When you arrive, you’ll be met by a local representative and taken to your hotel. Your adventure then begins with a welcome meeting at 6.30 pm tonight. If you arrive early, maybe wander the spectacular temples, try some delicious food, explore the enormous night market and walk along the picturesque riverfront. Chiang Mai is a great place to hire a bicycle, sign up for a Thai cooking class or treat yourself to a traditional Thai massage, so you might want to arrive a few days early.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Hilltribe Trek - Check into day rooms this morning to gear up for your hike into the remote surrounding regions. Your first destination is the Karen village of Ban Pong Noi, with a lunch stop at the magnificent Mok Fah Waterfall. On the way, take a detour to Mae Malai local market to pick up fresh food for your trip. Then, make your way to the starting point of your hike in Baan Mae Sae. Your route is relatively simple, and you'll arrive in the village in the late afternoon for tonight’s homestay experience, which will give you unique insight into life in this rural part of Thailand.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Hilltribe Trek - Rise early this morning to take a tour of the village before sitting down to breakfast. Then, begin today’s hike along a trail through jungle, rice paddies, rotation dry farms, streams, rivers and waterfalls, passing by more Karen villages as you go. The first leg is steep, up and downhill through bamboo forest. Make a stop to rest your legs and tuck into your picnic lunch, then carry on until you arrive at a Lahu Village – your base for the night.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Hilltribe Trek / Chiang Mai - Start the day with breakfast, then take a walk around the village to see the locals going about their morning routines. You’ll have the chance to buy some local handicrafts – spending your money on community enterprises directly helps to support community development. After, you’ll begin today’s hike through a picturesque landscape of farmland and jungle to a Thai village for lunch, where you’ll link up with your transport. From here, you’ll return to Chiang Mai. This afternoon you may like to treat yourself to a well-deserved Thai massage. This evening, perhaps head down to the buzzing Chiang Mai Night Bazaar – we suggest getting your hands on some kao soy (yellow wheat noodles in a curry broth, traditionally served with chicken or beef).

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Chiang Mai - With no further activities planned, your adventure comes to an end today. You can depart the accommodation at any time after check-out and a transfer to the airport is included. If you’d like to extend your stay, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Bangkok - Sa-wat dee! Welcome to Thailand. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 5 pm. If you arrive early, there is plenty to see and do in this exciting city. Bangkok is famous for its tuck tuks, khlong boats and street vendors serving up delicious Thai food. Perhaps take a riverboat to Chinatown and explore the crowded streets, uncover the magnificent Grand Palace and the Temple of the Emerald Buddha, wander down the tourist mecca of Khao San Road, or indulge in a Thai massage. After the meeting, head out for an optional group dinner to get to know your leader and the other families on your trip.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Kanchanaburi - After breakfast, set out to explore some of Bangkok's hidden treasures. Visit the flower Market, where you and the family will learn how to fold a lotus petal. Then, hop on the underground to get to the Chao Phraya River, where you’ll board an EV boat and explore the famous khlongs (canals) of Bangkok. Life along these canals seems a world away from the busy streets of the capital. Stop at an artists house to make a special keepsake before enjoying some lunch at a local riverside restaurant. Then sit back and travel by private transfer to Kanchanaburi, where you’ll be staying for the next two nights in a unique floating rafthouse resort.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Erawan National Park - This morning travel to the stunningly beautiful Erawan National Park. Located in western Thailand in the Tenasserim Hills of Kanchanaburi Province, this national park boasts the incredible Erawan Falls, a famous seven-level waterfall with turquoise pools and exotic tropical fish. It's a great place to explore or simply swim and relax. If you do some exploring of the lush surrounds, keep your eyes peeled for eagles, pheasants or leafbirds among many others who might be soaring above or perched in the treetops. Then return to your rafthouse resort where you and your family can enjoy swimming in the pool or you may like to experience a raft ride down the river.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Ayutthaya - Transfer by minibus to the nearby city of Ayutthaya. Once the capital of ancient Siam, Ayutthaya offers a great opportunity to stroll the World Heritage-listed ruins of this once magnificent city, and you’ll get the chance to do exactly that on a guided tour of the picturesque ruins and temples spread across the town. The ruins at Wat Phra Mahathat provide many photo opportunities and the Buddha head surrounded by Banyan tree roots is perhaps the most photographed site in Ayutthaya. After, you’ll have access to a day room at a local hotel in Ayutthaya to relax, have a swim in the hotel pool and freshen up before the overnight train journey north.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Chiang Mai - Wake up in Chiang Mai, the most vibrant city of Northern Thailand. As well as amazing temples and an interesting old town, the city is known for its friendly, smiling locals. You'll have a chance to explore the town and enjoy some lunch before driving along a scenic, winding mountain road that ends at an impressive 300-step Naga-guarded stairway. The rewards will justify the climb, as Doi Suthep, one of Thailand's most stunning temples, reveals itself. You'll be treated to panoramic views of the city from up here, and you might even be able to listen to the evening chants of the resident Buddhist monks. Return to Chiang Mai, and with free time in the evening, perhaps wander through the colourful night bazaar or visit one of the quality restaurants along the riverfront. In any case, don't miss out on the signature northern dish kao soy – yellow wheat noodles in a curry broth with chicken or beef.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Chiang Mai - Today, you’ll and the family have a special time visiting the Chang Chill elephant experience. Drive out of Chiang Mai to Chang Chill, where you’ll begin to learn how this organisation supports the protection, conservation and lifestyle of free roaming elephants in the region. You’ll observe the daily patterns of these jungle giants from a safe distance, seeing how they graze and socialize with their other friends. The expert local guides will be able to give you a ‘live lecture’ on the elephants themselves, its sustainable tourism practices and conservation efforts in the area. Enjoy some refreshments nearby the elephant’s mud pit – but be careful not to get a spray! After lunch, head back to Chiang Mai and arrive in the late afternoon. You’ll have some free time to maybe visit the night markets or take a wander around the city. We will have lunch at the Sanctuary before heading back to Chiang Mai arriving in the late afternoon. You will have some free time to maybe visit the night markets or take a wander around the city.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Chiang Dao village visit - Set off early through the Chiang Dao Valley to the rural village of Ban Hua Tung. Arrive at the warm and welcoming village where the community will invite you and your family for a truly unique experience. Once you’ve had some time to settle in, join local guides for a walk around the village, giving you the chance to learn about their agricultural practices and traditional basket weaving. Visit the forest which the local Hua Tung people manage together as part of a new community initiative. The biodiversity of the forest is protected by a sacred 'forest ordination' by Buddhist monks whereby trees are ordained as monks – the people nurture the forest, and the forest nurtures the people in return. There's a yearly bamboo harvest which raises money for the village. The locals take great pride in showing you the development of their village and the many different herbal medicines and wild foods in the forest. Join your hosts for a homemade lunch prepared by the community and learn a little more about their lives. Then return to Chiang Mai for the final evening of your Thailand adventure.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Chiang Mai - Join your fellow travellers for a final breakfast, and then you can depart anytime following check-out. Looking to spend longer in Thailand? There’s still plenty to enjoy in this bustling capital, or you may like to venture south and explore some of the beaches and limestone cliffs in Southern Thailand.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Bangkok - Sa-wat dee! Welcome to Thailand. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 5 pm. If you arrive early, there is plenty to see and do in this exciting city. Bangkok is famous for its tuck tuks, khlong boats and street vendors serving up delicious Thai food. Perhaps take a riverboat to Chinatown and explore the crowded streets, uncover the magnificent Grand Palace and the Temple of the Emerald Buddha, wander down the tourist mecca of Khao San Road, or indulge in a Thai massage. After the meeting, head out for an optional group dinner to get to know your leader and the other families on your trip.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Kanchanaburi - After breakfast, set out to explore some of Bangkok's hidden treasures. Visit the flower Market, where you and the family will learn how to fold a lotus petal. Then, hop on the underground to get to the Chao Phraya River, where you’ll board an EV boat and explore the famous khlongs (canals) of Bangkok. Life along these canals seems a world away from the busy streets of the capital. Stop at an artists house to make a special keepsake before enjoying some lunch at a local riverside restaurant. Then sit back and travel by private transfer to Kanchanaburi, where you’ll be staying for the next two nights in a unique floating rafthouse resort.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Erawan National Park - This morning travel to the stunningly beautiful Erawan National Park. Located in western Thailand in the Tenasserim Hills of Kanchanaburi Province, this national park boasts the incredible Erawan Falls, a famous seven-level waterfall with turquoise pools and exotic tropical fish. It's a great place to explore or simply swim and relax. If you do some exploring of the lush surrounds, keep your eyes peeled for eagles, pheasants or leafbirds among many others who might be soaring above or perched in the treetops. Then return to your rafthouse resort where you and your family can enjoy swimming in the pool or you may like to experience a raft ride down the river.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Ayutthaya - Transfer by minibus to the nearby city of Ayutthaya. Once the capital of ancient Siam, Ayutthaya offers a great opportunity to stroll the World Heritage-listed ruins of this once magnificent city, and you’ll get the chance to do exactly that on a guided tour of the picturesque ruins and temples spread across the town. The ruins at Wat Phra Mahathat provide many photo opportunities and the Buddha head surrounded by Banyan tree roots is perhaps the most photographed site in Ayutthaya. After, you’ll have access to a day room at a local hotel in Ayutthaya to relax, have a swim in the hotel pool and freshen up before the overnight train journey north.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Chiang Mai - Wake up in Chiang Mai, the most vibrant city of Northern Thailand. As well as amazing temples and an interesting old town, the city is known for its friendly, smiling locals. You'll have a chance to explore the town and enjoy some lunch before driving along a scenic, winding mountain road that ends at an impressive 300-step Naga-guarded stairway. The rewards will justify the climb, as Doi Suthep, one of Thailand's most stunning temples, reveals itself. You'll be treated to panoramic views of the city from up here, and you might even be able to listen to the evening chants of the resident Buddhist monks. Return to Chiang Mai, and with free time in the evening, perhaps wander through the colourful night bazaar or visit one of the quality restaurants along the riverfront. In any case, don't miss out on the signature northern dish kao soy – yellow wheat noodles in a curry broth with chicken or beef.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Chiang Mai - Today, you’ll and the family have a special time visiting the Chang Chill elephant experience. Drive out of Chiang Mai to Chang Chill, where you’ll begin to learn how this organisation supports the protection, conservation and lifestyle of free roaming elephants in the region. You’ll observe the daily patterns of these jungle giants from a safe distance, seeing how they graze and socialize with their other friends. The expert local guides will be able to give you a ‘live lecture’ on the elephants themselves, its sustainable tourism practices and conservation efforts in the area. Enjoy some refreshments nearby the elephant’s mud pit – but be careful not to get a spray! After lunch, head back to Chiang Mai and arrive in the late afternoon. You’ll have some free time to maybe visit the night markets or take a wander around the city. We will have lunch at the Sanctuary before heading back to Chiang Mai arriving in the late afternoon. You will have some free time to maybe visit the night markets or take a wander around the city.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Chiang Dao village visit - Set off early through the Chiang Dao Valley to the rural village of Ban Hua Tung. Arrive at the warm and welcoming village where the community will invite you and your family for a truly unique experience. Once you’ve had some time to settle in, join local guides for a walk around the village, giving you the chance to learn about their agricultural practices and traditional basket weaving. Visit the forest which the local Hua Tung people manage together as part of a new community initiative. The biodiversity of the forest is protected by a sacred 'forest ordination' by Buddhist monks whereby trees are ordained as monks – the people nurture the forest, and the forest nurtures the people in return. There's a yearly bamboo harvest which raises money for the village. The locals take great pride in showing you the development of their village and the many different herbal medicines and wild foods in the forest. Join your hosts for a homemade lunch prepared by the community and learn a little more about their lives. Then return to Chiang Mai for the final evening of your Thailand adventure.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Phuket - Join your group for a final breakfast this morning, as some of your fellow travellers may bid you farewell, and then hop on a short flight south to Phuket. As Thailand’s largest and most popular island, it has excellent beaches, a huge array of restaurants serving local flavours, comfortable hotels and shopping options. You’ll have a second welcome meeting at 5 pm today to meet your new leader and group. After, why not head out for a dinner to get to know everyone a bit better?

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Khao Sok National Park - This morning, say farewell to Phuket and hop on a private transfer to Khao Sok National Park. Along the way, you’ll stop in at the Royal Thai Navy Sea Turtle Conservation Center in Phang Nga. Learn about how the Navy rescues eggs from surrounding beaches and their environmental efforts to ensure the conservation of turtles and to preserve the environment with local communities, schools, universities, government organisations and other NGOs. Arrive at Khao Sok National Park and enjoy a free afternoon to get settled into your surroundings. The national park is one of the most unique locations in Thailand with some of the oldest jungles in the world. Surrounded by amazing limestone rock faces and monkeys hiding in the trees, kids will love swimming in the resort pool. In the evening, you might like to take an evening safari with your group, where you’ll head deep into the jungle, looking (and listening) out for more animals.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Khao Sok National Park - Start the day by hopping on a private vehicle and travelling through pristine jungle to the stunning Cheow Lan Lake. There, you’ll hop in a traditional longtail boat for a calm sail to one of its many islands. With limestone karst hills rising almost 1000 metres into the air and surrounded by beautiful green waters, the area is incredibly picturesque. With the family you’ll trek to an island cave, with its eerie stalactites, bats hanging from the ceiling and subterranean streams at your feet. Enjoy lunch in a local raft-house before having free time to relax, swim or kayak around the lake to search for wildlife. The water is clear and full of aquatic life, and you might spot hornbills, langurs, macaques or gibbons above water. After, return to your accommodation for the night and fall asleep to the relaxing sound of the jungle outside.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Phrom Lok village - Take a private transfer to the Phrom Lok District this morning, where you’ll get to spend a night during a unique homestay experience. Once you arrive, meet the locals and immerse yourself in everyday life as you take on their daily activities and gain an insight into their culture. Enjoy a home-cooked lunch together, then hop on two wheels for a cycling adventure around the community. Cycle to Phrom Lok Waterfall and cool off with a swim (depending on the season), then discover Phrom Khiri District, passing the locals and their leafy surrounds. Tonight, you’ll tuck into an authentic home-cooked dinner of southern Thai food, then you’ll try your hand at the art of Batik painting (a textile technique that uses wax and dye to create patterns on pieces of fabric).

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Krabi - Start the day with breakfast with the locals, then head out on the bike again to visit a local mushroom farm and rubber plantation, and see a grass broom-making demonstration. After, refuel with lunch back at the village, then say goodbye to your hosts and head to Ao Nang. This resort town is known for its gorgeous beaches, colourful sunsets and limestone islands that jut out from the still seas. After checking in to your accommodation, you may like to take a long tail boat a short distance to the stunning Railay Beach for an afternoon of swimming, relaxing and exploring with your family.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Krabi - Today is a free day for you and the family to do as you like. Sun-seekers will fall in love with Krabi's unspoilt beaches, the spectacular cliffs will tempt avid rock climbers, while snorkelling fans can embark on a Krabi diving adventure. If you love getting out on the water and exploring islands, then consider taking a trip by boat to explore Phi Phi Island, Hong Island or the famous 4 Island tour, all surrounded by white sandy beaches perfect for swimming and snorkelling.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Phuket - After breakfast, say goodbye to Krabi and hit the road headed back to Phuket, stopping for lunch along the way. Once you’ve checked into your accommodation, head out for a leader-led walk around Phuket’s Old Town, learning about the city’s history as a tin mining hub, wandering past the colourful shop fronts and following the smells of the many incredible restaurants in the area. For dinner tonight, you might like to try one of them out for a final group dinner together.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Phuket - There are no activities planned for the final day and you are free to depart any time following check-out. If you’d like to stay in Thailand for longer (we wouldn’t blame you), just speak to your booking agent and be sure to your leader for their recommendations on the best family-friendly activities.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Phuket - Sa-wat dee! Welcome to Phuket, Thailand’s largest and most popular island, full of sun-soaked coastal views. It has excellent beaches, a huge array of restaurants serving local flavours, comfortable hotels and shopping options – so you might want to consider arriving with the family a couple of days early. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 5 pm today. After, why not head out for a dinner to get to know your leader and fellow travellers a bit better?

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Khao Sok National Park - This morning, say farewell to Phuket and hop on a private transfer to Khao Sok National Park. Along the way, you’ll stop in at the Royal Thai Navy Sea Turtle Conservation Center in Phang Nga. Learn about how the Navy rescues eggs from surrounding beaches and their environmental efforts to ensure the conservation of turtles and to preserve the environment with local communities, schools, universities, government organisations and other NGOs. Arrive at Khao Sok National Park and enjoy a free afternoon to get settled into your surroundings. The national park is one of the most unique locations in Thailand with some of the oldest jungles in the world. Surrounded by amazing limestone rock faces and monkeys hiding in the trees, kids will love swimming in the resort pool. In the evening, you might like to take an evening safari with your group, where you’ll head deep into the jungle, looking (and listening) out for more animals.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Khao Sok National Park - Start the day by hopping on a private vehicle and travelling through pristine jungle to the stunning Cheow Lan Lake. There, you’ll hop in a traditional longtail boat for a calm sail to one of its many islands. With limestone karst hills rising almost 1000 metres into the air and surrounded by beautiful green waters, the area is incredibly picturesque. With the family you’ll trek to an island cave, with its eerie stalactites, bats hanging from the ceiling and subterranean streams at your feet. Enjoy lunch in a local raft-house before having free time to relax, swim or kayak around the lake to search for wildlife. The water is clear and full of aquatic life, and you might spot hornbills, langurs, macaques or gibbons above water. After, return to your accommodation for the night and fall asleep to the relaxing sound of the jungle outside.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Phrom Lok village - Take a private transfer to the Phrom Lok District this morning, where you’ll get to spend a night during a unique homestay experience. Once you arrive, meet the locals and immerse yourself in everyday life as you take on their daily activities and gain an insight into their culture. Enjoy a home-cooked lunch together, then hop on two wheels for a cycling adventure around the community. Cycle to Phrom Lok Waterfall and cool off with a swim (depending on the season), then discover Phrom Khiri District, passing the locals and their leafy surrounds. Tonight, you’ll tuck into an authentic home-cooked dinner of southern Thai food, then you’ll try your hand at the art of Batik painting (a textile technique that uses wax and dye to create patterns on pieces of fabric).

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Krabi - Start the day with breakfast with the locals, then head out on the bike again to visit a local mushroom farm and rubber plantation, and see a grass broom-making demonstration. After, refuel with lunch back at the village, then say goodbye to your hosts and head to Ao Nang. This resort town is known for its gorgeous beaches, colourful sunsets and limestone islands that jut out from the still seas. After checking in to your accommodation, you may like to take a long tail boat a short distance to the stunning Railay Beach for an afternoon of swimming, relaxing and exploring with your family.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Krabi - Today is a free day for you and the family to do as you like. Sun-seekers will fall in love with Krabi's unspoilt beaches, the spectacular cliffs will tempt avid rock climbers, while snorkelling fans can embark on a Krabi diving adventure. If you love getting out on the water and exploring islands, then consider taking a trip by boat to explore Phi Phi Island, Hong Island or the famous 4 Island tour, all surrounded by white sandy beaches perfect for swimming and snorkelling.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Phuket - After breakfast, say goodbye to Krabi and hit the road headed back to Phuket, stopping for lunch along the way. Once you’ve checked into your accommodation, head out for a leader-led walk around Phuket’s Old Town, learning about the city’s history as a tin mining hub, wandering past the colourful shop fronts and following the smells of the many incredible restaurants in the area. For dinner tonight, you might like to try one of them out for a final group dinner together.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Phuket - There are no activities planned for the final day and you are free to depart any time following check-out. If you’d like to stay in Thailand for longer (we wouldn’t blame you), just speak to your booking agent and be sure to your leader for their recommendations on the best family-friendly activities.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Bangkok - Sa-wat dee, welcome to Thailand! Your adventure begins in the country’s bustling capital, Bangkok, famous for its tuk tuks, khlong boats and street vendors serving up delicious Thai food. A welcome meeting will take place at 6pm tonight where you’ll meet your local leader and fellow travellers. If you arrive in Bangkok with time to spare, you may like to take a riverboat to Chinatown and explore the crowded streets, wander down the tourist mecca of Khao San Road, or indulge in some Thai massage. After the meeting tonight, perhaps get to know your group over dinner at one of the many restaurants surrounding your hotel.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Kanchanaburi - Begin the day with a river cruise down the Chao Phraya River to explore the famous ‘khlongs’ (canals). Life along these canals seems a world away from the chaotic streets of the capital. Pay a visit to the magnificent Grand Palace and the Temple of the Emerald Buddha. The sprawling royal complex houses numerous ornate structures that highlight the grand architectural traditions of Thailand. Later in the day, travel south by private minibus to Kanchanaburi (approximately 2.5 hours). Located where the confluence of the Khwae Noi and Khwae Yai rivers, Kanchanaburi is home to the infamous 'Bridge on the River Kwai'.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Kanchanaburi - This morning, make tracks for the Erawan Falls. These terraced waterfalls, named after the three-headed white elephant of Hindu mythology, cascade into a series of emerald green pools – a beautiful place to swim, walk or sit back and relax. After your visit drive to the Hellfire Pass Memorial, built to honour the allied prisoners of war (POWs) and Asian conscripts who died while constructing some of the most difficult stretches of the Thai-Burma Death Railway. You can head out to a teak observation deck and look across to Myanmar just kilometres away. You’ll also see the eponymous pass, cut through rock 18 metres deep, that got its name from the hellish fires used to light the work at night. Boarding at Nam Tok station, the main terminal of the Death Railway, take a ride along the historic tracks along the Kwai Noi River and travel over the original wooden viaduct (the Bridge on the River Kwai) constructed by the allied POWs. Pass through magnificent scenery and spend a moment reflecting on those who were forced to give their lives in the process of bending this environment to man’s will. Tonight, you can explore the rows of street vendors in town and perhaps grab a drink overlooking the River Kwai.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Ayutthaya - Head away from Kanchanaburi to Ayutthaya in a private minivan this morning. Once the capital in the Kingdom of Siam, the ruins of palaces, Buddhist temples, monasteries and statues can be found in Ayutthaya’s Historical Park, which you’ll explore this afternoon. Upon arrival in Ayutthaya, explore the photogenic 13th-century ruins of Wat Phra Mahathat and discover rows of Buddhas beheaded by the Burmese. Look out for the displaced Buddha head suspended in the roots of a Banyan tree - one of the country’s most photographed images.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Sukhothai - Buckle up for a bit of travelling today. Take a traditional songthaew from your accommodation to the train station, then board a day train to Phitsanuloke. From there, take a minivan to Sukhothai, the historic capital of Siam, Be sure to have your music, podcasts or movies downloaded or a good book handy, as you’ll be sweeping through the countryside on a relaxing travel day. Once arrived at your resort, spend some time in the open air and perhaps have a swim in the onsite pool!

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Sukhothai - Located on a fertile plain, Sukhothai was established in the 13th century as one of the first ancient capitals of Siam, and the name means the 'Dawn of Happiness'. It’s now famous for its World Heritage-listed Historic Park that celebrates the Golden Age of Thai civilisation. Head out to the historical ruins of Old Sukhothai, set amid beautiful lakes and gardens. The religious art and architecture of the Sukhothai era are considered to be the most classic of Thai styles, and the Sukhothai Historical Park contains the remains of 21 historic sites, with striking Buddha images and four large ponds often filled with stunning lotus flowers in full bloom. Upon arrival at the park, hop on bicycles and enjoy a few leisurely hours learning about the history of this fascinating place, tucking into a tasty picnic lunch at the end of your ride. Have some free time this afternoon before heading to a local house for a Thai-style cooking class. You’ll learn some traditional recipes from the Sukhothai region like chilli pastes, fragrant curries, spicy soups, steamed fish cakes and Thai custard. Your host will help you prepare these dishes and will assist you in making a delicious spread to share at the end.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Hmong Hilltribe Lodge - Take a minivan on a drive north to the Hmong Hilltribe Lodge in picturesque hilly countryside. Set in a peaceful valley of a scenic mountain range and surrounded by stunning natural landscapes of jungle and mountains, the Hmong lodge offers a unique and tranquil experience. It's a great escape from the hustle and bustle of busy tourist spots. The rooms are simple and rustic, fitting perfectly with the natural environment. Be sure to pack a warm jumper as the weather will be mild and cool year-round due to the lofty mountain location. The Hmong are an ethnic minority in Thailand who originated in central China, and today they make up the second largest hilltribe group in Thailand. After a barbecue dinner in the lodge's open-air dining area, the day concludes with a cultural performance by the Hmong people. You'll gain an insight into the traditional lifestyle of the tribe, with a wedding ceremony enactment, shamanic ritual and makong (cotton ball) throwing.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Chiang Mai - Transfer by private vehicle to Chiang Mai, the most vibrant city in northern Thailand and home to many famous temples and an interesting old city area. Renowned for dazzling beauty and extremely welcoming locals, the ‘Rose of the North’ will leave you spellbound. Chances are, you won’t want to leave. In the late afternoon, embark on a scenic, winding drive up a mountain to one of the country's most stunning temple complexes, Doi Suthep. A 300-step naga-guarded stairway leads you to the temples, and the climb is well worth the effort. The hypnotic atmosphere of chanting Buddhist monks and sweeping views of the city make this a memorable experience. Your leader can help you to arrange optional activities for your free time today – you can get active with a bicycle tour to discover the city and surrounding countryside from a different perspective, indulge in a Thai massage or a spa treatment, or just relax with a book by the pool.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Chiang Mai - Today is set to be one to remember as you visit the ChangChill elephant reserve – a truly special experience. Drive out to the reserve and learn how this organisation supports the protection, conservation and lifestyle of free roaming elephants in the region. You’ll observe the daily patterns of these jungle giants from a safe distance, seeing how they graze and socialise with their other friends. The expert local guides will give you a live lecture on the elephants as well as the reserve’s sustainable tourism practices and conservation efforts in the area. Enjoy some refreshments near the elephant’s mud pit, then be treated to lunch in a riverside sala (pavilion) alongside your giant friends, who will be enjoying a meal too. On your way back to Chiang Mai, stop by Kaomai Estate 1955 cafe for a coffee – this eclectic tobacco factory-turned-cafe holds a Cultural Heritage Conservation for New Design accreditation from UNESCO. This evening, get together for a final group dinner in town and celebrate today’s unforgettable experience.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Chiang Mai - With no activities planned for today, you are free to leave the accommodation at any time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Bangkok - Sa-wat dee! Welcome to Thailand. Your journey begins in Bangkok, where you’ll be met at the airport by a local representative and transferred to your hotel. Tonight, you’ll have a welcome meeting at 6 pm. If you arrive early, maybe explore Thailand’s capital at your own pace. By day, you can experience a city filled with history and tradition, but by night Bangkok is taken over by a flood of music and neon lights. Maybe visit one of the many temples or explore Chinatown. Watch tuk tuks zip by while traditional khlong boats slowly wind down the Chao Phraya River. After your meeting, join your small group for a welcome dinner at a local restaurant where your leader will introduce you to the local flavours.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Bangkok - Rise early for an optional Exclusive Experience away from Bangkok’s tourist track. Join the locals and visit a temple along the Chao Phraya River, where you’ll ‘make merit’ by bringing an offering to the temple’s monks. Later, your leader will take you for a day of sightseeing and activities around the city. Tour Wat Po – a larger-than-life temple complex in the city and home of the Temple of the Reclining Buddha. Visit the Grand Palace and learn about the site which has been the official residence of the kings since the 1700s, then head out on a boat tour of the city's canals as your leader shows you how Bangkok’s locals live today. The afternoon is free to do as you wish – maybe check out the art collection at the Jim Thompson house or relax with a Thai massage.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Kanchanaburi - Unleash your creativity and learn about the history of Benjarong – a traditional style of painted Thai porcelain – during today’s visit to a ceramics community. The name literally means ‘five colours’ (although it’s not unusual to see up to eight) and artists use enamel to create intricate floral and geometric designs. This morning, you’ll get to paint your own mug or teacup which will be fired and sent to you to take home as a unique souvenir. After, maybe grab some lunch before you continue to Kanchanaburi to visit the Kanchanaburi War Cemetery. This prisoner of war cemetery was one of the first museumsto educate the public and keep the memory of the Asian and POW workers who died constructing the infamous Death Railway alive.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Kanchanaburi - Visit Erawan National Park to explore famous seven-level waterfall or simply swim and relax. The falls are said to be some of the most beautiful in the country, with glacial blue waters perfect for a dip. Many Allied prisoners of war and conscripted Asian labourers were engaged here to help build a rail route to Myanmar (Burma), including the passage infamously known as Hellfire Pass. Visit the memorial museum of the pass where your leader will provide more information about this chapter in history. Take a historical train journey across a portion of this 'Death Railway' along the Kwai Noi River and travel over the original wooden viaduct, known as the Krasae Bridge, constructed by the allied POWs. The evening is yours to explore the town.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Ayutthaya - This morning, head to Ayutthaya – one of the ancient capitals of Siam and a UNESCO World Heritage site. On the way, visit Baan Nong Khao CBT Village – an agricultural village famous for its Pha Khao Mah hand-weaving. Visit the community’s museum, a palm sugar field and a local house to see how desserts featuring this famous Thai ingredient are made. Of course, you’ll get to sample these sweet treats. Then watch the weavers at work as they use more than 100 colours of yarn to create traditional Thai clothing. When you get to Ayutthaya, explore the photogenic 13th-century ruins of Wat Phra Mahathat and discover rows of Buddhas beheaded by the Burmese. Look out for the displaced Buddha head suspended in the roots of a Banyan tree (one of the country’s most photographed images). Tonight, you’ll board a traditional rice barge and tuck into a delicious Thai dinner.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Ayutthaya to Sukhothai - Leave Ayutthaya and travel to the town of Phitsanulok by train. Sit back, relax and watch the scenery roll by. When you arrive, change to a private vehicle and continue this comfortable journey until you arrive in Sukhothai. The rest of the day is free for your own discoveries. You may like to relax by the pool or unwind with a Thai massage. For dinner tonight, maybe ask your leader where you can get a bowl of Sukhothai’s famously tasty noodles.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Sukhothai - Sukhothai, established in the 13th century, was one of the first ancient capitals of Siam. Start your day with an optional alms offering before visiting its famed World Heritage-listed historical park, which captures the Golden Age of Thai civilisation. You’ll rent a bicycle for a cycling tour through the park and as you ride, your leader will teach you more about the history of this former metropolis and its fascinating structures. Have a picnic lunch then the rest of the afternoon is free for you to explore the town at your own pace, or relax by the pool back at your accommodation. This evening, regroup and head to the home of one of our local friends where you’ll sit down for a homecooked dinner and a unique insight into life in this part of the country.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Mae Taeng - Travel from Sukhothai to the Mae Taeng region. Draped between rice fields and fruit orchards, you’ll find the Lisu Lodge – your Feature Stay for the night. The lodge is a community-based project that trains and employs Lisu villagers from the nearby hill tribe and aims to preserve their cultural heritage. The Lisu people are a Tibeto-Burman ethnic group and one of the six main hill tribes of Northern Thailand. Meet the colourfully dressed villagers and learn more about the Lisu way of life – this is a truly special experience that’s sure to be one of your enduring memories of Thailand. The lodge offers guestrooms decorated in the traditional Lisu style with modern comforts. Savour unforgettable views of the surrounding hillside and valley and enjoy tonight’s dinner of fresh, local Thai food.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Mae Taeng - After breakfast at Lisu Lodge, it’s a quick trip to Muang Kued Village where you’ll meet with a local villager and enjoy a private guided tour. Learn about village life, the reforestation of the surrounding area and how produce is grown in the village orchards. Explore the organic farm and choose the ingredients for a cooking class where you’ll learn how to cook traditional Thai food. After lunch, join the villagers and learn how to weave palm leaves to create ornaments and accessories. You’ll also join them for a tasty barbeque dinner at the nearby Mae Tamaan Base Camp.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Chiang Mai - Travel to the Elephant Nature Park – a unique project that provides sanctuary for elephants and other animals. Be greeted by an expert local guide and learn the stories of the rescued elephants and the issues they face in South East Asia. Watch the elephants from a viewing platform with the expert staff as they bathe and play and tuck into a vegetarian buffet lunch. Back in Chiang Mai, visit the Yimsoo Café, which supports workers living with disabilities. Then, the evening is yours to enjoy your own way. Maybe visit the vibrant Night Bazaar or take a stroll around the Old Town, which is bounded by moats. Your leader can give you recommendations on where to go for dinner.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Chiang Mai - This morning, drive to the famous temple complex of Doi Suthep. Take in the views along the scenic and winding mountain road, which brings you to an impressive 300-step Naga-guarded stairway. The rewards justify the ascent to the top, with one of the most beautiful temples in Thailand, not to mention the fantastic panoramic views of the city. Return to Chiang Mai where you’ll have time to relax before your farewell dinner, cooked by a local chef! Dine on Thai fusion food made with local ingredients as you reminisce about the wonderful adventures you’ve had in Northern Thailand.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Hanoi - Say goodbye to Thailand today and catch an unescorted flight to Hanoi, Vietnam's vibrant capital city, where you'll be met at the airport and transferred to your hotel. If you arrive early, Hanoi is the perfect place to explore on foot. Maybe head to the city’s colourful Old Quarter or check out the Vietnam National Fine Arts Museum, showcasing ancient and contemporary Vietnamese art. This evening, there will be a second group meeting to meet your new group and new leader after which you will head out for dinner at a beautifully decorated restaurant resembling an old-fashioned Vietnamese house. Dive into the world of Vietnamese cuisine as your leader introduces you to a range of classic dishes made with the freshest local ingredients.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Halong Bay - Depart Hanoi and travel to Ha Long Bay – one of the great natural treasures of Vietnam and a UNESCO World Heritage site. Board your Feature Stay accommodation for the evening – a gloriously beautiful and traditionally decorated junk-style boat featuring modern conveniences. Set sail in total comfort as unforgettable views of scattered islands and towering limestone karsts slowly unfold in front of you. Explore the bay and sit down for a seafood lunch onboard. Learn about the geography of the region, visit a cave where your leader will point out interesting rock formations or a fishing village to learn about local life. In the afternoon you will have opportunities to swim, kayak, or simply relax on the beach. Soak in the stunning surroundings with a candlelit seafood dinner on deck before settling in for a night of stargazing and swapping stories.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Hanoi - Start your day with a peaceful breakfast and maybe take part in some Tai Chi on board the boat before returning to Hanoi. This afternoon, you’ll take part in a once-in-a-lifetime experience and sit down to a soul-stirring traditional Hat Xam performance. Hat Xam is an art form of Northern Vietnam dating back to the Tran Dynasty. Originally, this was performed by blind performers and was enjoyed by local working-class audiences right up until the late 1950s, when a wave of communism deemed all art forms to be corrupting influences. Today, these performances are rare, but you and your group will be taken to a private club house and treated to an exclusive show in one of the few places where artists still sing acoustically. The performance takes around 60 minutes and includes possible interaction with guests, so be ready to get involved!

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Hoi An - This morning, you’ll get to know Hanoi on a half-day tour with your leader. Discover a captivating city where traditional and modern sit side by side as your leader shares knowledge on the Temple of Literature – an oasis of calm in the heart of town. You'll also visit the infamous Hoa Lo Prison, known as the ‘Hanoi Hilton’, which held American POWs. Today’s lunch is extra special as you’ll visit the fantastic KOTO cafe – a social enterprise that provides hospitality training and experience to disadvantaged youth in Vietnam and offers a creative menu of Vietnamese dishes made with local ingredients. This afternoon you’ll say goodbye to Hanoi and fly south to Danang. Drive on to Hoi An and take in views of lush scenery along the way. The rest of the day is yours to explore or chill out in the hotel’s pool.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Hoi An - Set off on a walking tour of Hoi An’s Old Town and discover a blend of traditional treasures and cultural influences from historical traders. Your leader will discuss the city’s history as you walk the pagoda lined streets, visit a Chinese assembly hall, cross the Japanese Covered Bridge, enter the ornately decorated historic house of a former trader and check out a local museum. Hoi An was once a great trading port for pottery, and centuries-old pottery villages still exist to this day. No trip to Vietnam is complete without trying its famed coffee – your leader will take you to a local coffee shop, where you can savour a delicious brew as you watch the hustle and bustle of Hoi An. Maybe try a traditional egg coffee or a refreshing iced coconut coffee. Your afternoon is free for your own explorations.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Ho Chi Minh City - The morning is free for you to enjoy more of Hoi An and the surrounding area. Maybe browse the market for silk and other materials or collect any garments that you might have had crafted by the efficient tailors or hire a bicycle and ride along the lanes and out to a nice nearby beach. Your leader will have great recommendations for places to eat and drink. In the afternoon, transfer back to Danang and fly to Ho Chi Minh City. Check into your hotel before heading out for a tour of the dynamic city, including a visit to the War Remnants Museum. In the evening – the food stalls at Cho Ben Thanh market might call you over with the sweet and savoury scents of pho and bun mam.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Ho Chi Minh City - Head out of the city to the nearby Cu Chi Tunnels – an extensive underground network dug by the Viet Minh and later expanded by the Viet Cong. Enter a widened section of the tunnels with your leader who will help you imagine what life underground must have been like and explain how the tunnels contained hospitals, accommodation and schools, and were used for refuge, storage and as a military base for the Viet Cong. Return to Ho Chi Minh City and maybe spend some time with your fellow travellers and enjoy a final dinner at a local restaurant. Your leader will have some great options!

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Phnom Penh - Wave goodbye to Vietnam today as you catch an unescorted flight to Phnom Penh, Cambodia's lively capital city, where you'll be met at the airport by a local representative and transferred to your hotel. If you arrive early, why not go for a stroll and discover the city’s French architecture or check out the National Museum and its fascinating collection of Khmer craftsmanship. This evening, there will be another group meeting to meet your new group and new leader. After, join your group for dinner at Malis Restaurant – an upmarket dining spot that’s committed to preserving and serving Cambodia's traditional cuisine. Maybe cap off the night with a cocktail at the Le Moon Rooftop at Amanjaya Pancam Hotel.

     

    Day - 20

    Location: Phnom Penh - This morning, you’ll visit the Tuol Sleng Genocide Museum and the Killing Fields of Choeung Ek, which will tell the story of the tragic legacy of the Khmer Rouge. Then, your afternoon is free to explore at your own pace. Maybe visit Wat Phnom – the temple that gave rise to the city’s foundation in the 15th century – or the Royal Palace and sacred Silver Pagoda. Tonight, perhaps grab dinner with your group or wander the city and soak up the nighttime atmosphere.

     

    Day - 21

    Location: Siem Reap - After breakfast this morning, you’ll go on a journey from Phnom Penh to Siem Reap in a comfortable private vehicle. Discover traditional Cambodian life at Skun Village and learn about the town’s deep-fried tarantulas and other insects, which the locals consume daily. You’ll also visit Santuk Silk Farm to learn about silk production and its work as a social enterprise, employing local women as artisan weavers. Share a simple, rustic local lunch prepared by the weavers before you continue to Siem Reap, stopping to see historic bridges along the way before arriving at your hotel at approximately 5 pm. This tropical oasis boasts three pools and an excellent restaurant with a focus on wellness. Bright and spacious rooms are in harmony with the lush grounds and feature a veranda, private garden and rain showers. Tonight, head out for dinner and a theatre show at Angkor Village Apsara Theatre, where you’ll watch Khmer traditional dance and dine on Khmer favourites.

     

    Day - 22

    Location: Siem Reap - If you choose, you can embrace a very early start today and experience a sunrise visit to the Angkor complex (optional). After, you'll spend the day discovering the fantastic temples of Angkor. For the first half of the day, you’ll be accompanied by a private Angkor Wat archaeological guide, who will provide expert knowledge and insight along the way. Begin at Angkor Wat – the largest and most complete structure and the only one of Angkor's temples with an entrance facing west. For lunch, visit the Sala Bai Hotel School, where underprivileged local youths learn skills to find gainful employment in the hospitality industry. Enjoy a meal prepared by students at the school, then visit Angkor Thom – the 'Great Royal City' – a temple famous for its series of colossal human faces carved in stone. From here, you’ll head out of town to an ancient working monastery to gain a special insight into the life of a monk and Theravada Buddhism. Meet the monks, enjoy a sacred water blessing for good luck and prosperity and have a red band tied around your wrist to keep you safe in your travels. The rest of the evening can be spent exploring the bars of Siem Reap or relaxing in at your resort.

     

    Day - 23

    Location: Siem Reap - After breakfast, it’s off to the Ta Prohm temple, which has large trees embedded in the stone foundations – powerful symbols of nature. Next, visit Banteay Srei to snap some pictures of the temple’s intricate stone carvings. You can head back to the resort explore Siem Reap town, or use your ticket for the Angkor ruins to continue exploring the site. Tonight, enjoy a final dinner in the Khmer countryside to say farewell to your group and Cambodia. Amid a rustic and romantic setting, you’ll sit down for a private meal in the rice fields of rural Siem Reap .

     

    Day - 24

    Location: Siem Reap - Your adventure comes to an end after breakfast this morning. If you would like to extend your stay in Siem Reap, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Bangkok - Sa-wat dee! Welcome to Thailand. Your journey begins in Bangkok, where you’ll be met at the airport by a local representative and transferred to your hotel. Tonight, you’ll have a welcome meeting at 6 pm. If you arrive early, maybe explore Thailand’s capital at your own pace. By day, you can experience a city filled with history and tradition, but by night Bangkok is taken over by a flood of music and neon lights. Maybe visit one of the many temples or explore Chinatown. Watch tuk tuks zip by while traditional khlong boats slowly wind down the Chao Phraya River. After your meeting, join your small group for a welcome dinner at a local restaurant where your leader will introduce you to the local flavours.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Bangkok - Rise early for an optional Exclusive Experience away from Bangkok’s tourist track. Join the locals and visit a temple along the Chao Phraya River, where you’ll ‘make merit’ by bringing an offering to the temple’s monks. Later, your leader will take you for a day of sightseeing and activities around the city. Tour Wat Po – a larger-than-life temple complex in the city and home of the Temple of the Reclining Buddha. Visit the Grand Palace and learn about the site which has been the official residence of the kings since the 1700s, then head out on a boat tour of the city's canals as your leader shows you how Bangkok’s locals live today. The afternoon is free to do as you wish – maybe check out the art collection at the Jim Thompson house or relax with a Thai massage.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Kanchanaburi - Unleash your creativity and learn about the history of Benjarong – a traditional style of painted Thai porcelain – during today’s visit to a ceramics community. The name literally means ‘five colours’ (although it’s not unusual to see up to eight) and artists use enamel to create intricate floral and geometric designs. This morning, you’ll get to paint your own mug or teacup which will be fired and sent to you to take home as a unique souvenir. After, maybe grab some lunch before you continue to Kanchanaburi to visit the Kanchanaburi War Cemetery. This prisoner of war cemetery was one of the first museumsto educate the public and keep the memory of the Asian and POW workers who died constructing the infamous Death Railway alive.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Kanchanaburi - Visit Erawan National Park to explore famous seven-level waterfall or simply swim and relax. The falls are said to be some of the most beautiful in the country, with glacial blue waters perfect for a dip. Many Allied prisoners of war and conscripted Asian labourers were engaged here to help build a rail route to Myanmar (Burma), including the passage infamously known as Hellfire Pass. Visit the memorial museum of the pass where your leader will provide more information about this chapter in history. Take a historical train journey across a portion of this 'Death Railway' along the Kwai Noi River and travel over the original wooden viaduct, known as the Krasae Bridge, constructed by the allied POWs. The evening is yours to explore the town.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Ayutthaya - This morning, head to Ayutthaya – one of the ancient capitals of Siam and a UNESCO World Heritage site. On the way, visit Baan Nong Khao CBT Village – an agricultural village famous for its Pha Khao Mah hand-weaving. Visit the community’s museum, a palm sugar field and a local house to see how desserts featuring this famous Thai ingredient are made. Of course, you’ll get to sample these sweet treats. Then watch the weavers at work as they use more than 100 colours of yarn to create traditional Thai clothing. When you get to Ayutthaya, explore the photogenic 13th-century ruins of Wat Phra Mahathat and discover rows of Buddhas beheaded by the Burmese. Look out for the displaced Buddha head suspended in the roots of a Banyan tree (one of the country’s most photographed images). Tonight, you’ll board a traditional rice barge and tuck into a delicious Thai dinner.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Ayutthaya to Sukhothai - Leave Ayutthaya and travel to the town of Phitsanulok by train. Sit back, relax and watch the scenery roll by. When you arrive, change to a private vehicle and continue this comfortable journey until you arrive in Sukhothai. The rest of the day is free for your own discoveries. You may like to relax by the pool or unwind with a Thai massage. For dinner tonight, maybe ask your leader where you can get a bowl of Sukhothai’s famously tasty noodles.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Sukhothai - Sukhothai, established in the 13th century, was one of the first ancient capitals of Siam. Start your day with an optional alms offering before visiting its famed World Heritage-listed historical park, which captures the Golden Age of Thai civilisation. You’ll rent a bicycle for a cycling tour through the park and as you ride, your leader will teach you more about the history of this former metropolis and its fascinating structures. Have a picnic lunch then the rest of the afternoon is free for you to explore the town at your own pace, or relax by the pool back at your accommodation. This evening, regroup and head to the home of one of our local friends where you’ll sit down for a homecooked dinner and a unique insight into life in this part of the country.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Mae Taeng - Travel from Sukhothai to the Mae Taeng region. Draped between rice fields and fruit orchards, you’ll find the Lisu Lodge – your Feature Stay for the night. The lodge is a community-based project that trains and employs Lisu villagers from the nearby hill tribe and aims to preserve their cultural heritage. The Lisu people are a Tibeto-Burman ethnic group and one of the six main hill tribes of Northern Thailand. Meet the colourfully dressed villagers and learn more about the Lisu way of life – this is a truly special experience that’s sure to be one of your enduring memories of Thailand. The lodge offers guestrooms decorated in the traditional Lisu style with modern comforts. Savour unforgettable views of the surrounding hillside and valley and enjoy tonight’s dinner of fresh, local Thai food.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Mae Taeng - After breakfast at Lisu Lodge, it’s a quick trip to Muang Kued Village where you’ll meet with a local villager and enjoy a private guided tour. Learn about village life, the reforestation of the surrounding area and how produce is grown in the village orchards. Explore the organic farm and choose the ingredients for a cooking class where you’ll learn how to cook traditional Thai food. After lunch, join the villagers and learn how to weave palm leaves to create ornaments and accessories. You’ll also join them for a tasty barbeque dinner at the nearby Mae Tamaan Base Camp.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Chiang Mai - Travel to the Elephant Nature Park – a unique project that provides sanctuary for elephants and other animals. Be greeted by an expert local guide and learn the stories of the rescued elephants and the issues they face in South East Asia. Watch the elephants from a viewing platform with the expert staff as they bathe and play and tuck into a vegetarian buffet lunch. Back in Chiang Mai, visit the Yimsoo Café, which supports workers living with disabilities. Then, the evening is yours to enjoy your own way. Maybe visit the vibrant Night Bazaar or take a stroll around the Old Town, which is bounded by moats. Your leader can give you recommendations on where to go for dinner.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Chiang Mai - This morning, drive to the famous temple complex of Doi Suthep. Take in the views along the scenic and winding mountain road, which brings you to an impressive 300-step Naga-guarded stairway. The rewards justify the ascent to the top, with one of the most beautiful temples in Thailand, not to mention the fantastic panoramic views of the city. Return to Chiang Mai where you’ll have time to relax before your farewell dinner, cooked by a local chef! Dine on Thai fusion food made with local ingredients as you reminisce about the wonderful adventures you’ve had in Northern Thailand.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Chiang Mai - With no activities planned for today, your adventure comes to an end after breakfast. If you would like to extend your stay in Chiang Mai we can help arrange extra accommodation (subject to availability).

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Bangkok - Sa-wat dee! Welcome to Thailand. Your journey begins in Bangkok, where you’ll be met at the airport by a local representative and transferred to your hotel. Tonight, you’ll have a welcome meeting at 6 pm. If you arrive early, maybe explore Thailand’s capital at your own pace. By day, you can experience a city filled with history and tradition, but by night Bangkok is taken over by a flood of music and neon lights. Maybe visit one of the many temples or explore Chinatown. Watch tuk tuks zip by while traditional khlong boats slowly wind down the Chao Phraya River. After your meeting, join your small group for a welcome dinner at a local restaurant where your leader will introduce you to the local flavours.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Bangkok - Rise early for an optional Exclusive Experience away from Bangkok’s tourist track. Join the locals and visit a temple along the Chao Phraya River, where you’ll ‘make merit’ by bringing an offering to the temple’s monks. Later, your leader will take you for a day of sightseeing and activities around the city. Tour Wat Po – a larger-than-life temple complex in the city and home of the Temple of the Reclining Buddha. Visit the Grand Palace and learn about the site which has been the official residence of the kings since the 1700s, then head out on a boat tour of the city's canals as your leader shows you how Bangkok’s locals live today. The afternoon is free to do as you wish – maybe check out the art collection at the Jim Thompson house or relax with a Thai massage.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Kanchanaburi - Unleash your creativity and learn about the history of Benjarong – a traditional style of painted Thai porcelain – during today’s visit to a ceramics community. The name literally means ‘five colours’ (although it’s not unusual to see up to eight) and artists use enamel to create intricate floral and geometric designs. This morning, you’ll get to paint your own mug or teacup which will be fired and sent to you to take home as a unique souvenir. After, maybe grab some lunch before you continue to Kanchanaburi to visit the Kanchanaburi War Cemetery. This prisoner of war cemetery was one of the first museumsto educate the public and keep the memory of the Asian and POW workers who died constructing the infamous Death Railway alive.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Kanchanaburi - Visit Erawan National Park to explore famous seven-level waterfall or simply swim and relax. The falls are said to be some of the most beautiful in the country, with glacial blue waters perfect for a dip. Many Allied prisoners of war and conscripted Asian labourers were engaged here to help build a rail route to Myanmar (Burma), including the passage infamously known as Hellfire Pass. Visit the memorial museum of the pass where your leader will provide more information about this chapter in history. Take a historical train journey across a portion of this 'Death Railway' along the Kwai Noi River and travel over the original wooden viaduct, known as the Krasae Bridge, constructed by the allied POWs. The evening is yours to explore the town.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Ayutthaya - This morning, head to Ayutthaya – one of the ancient capitals of Siam and a UNESCO World Heritage site. On the way, visit Baan Nong Khao CBT Village – an agricultural village famous for its Pha Khao Mah hand-weaving. Visit the community’s museum, a palm sugar field and a local house to see how desserts featuring this famous Thai ingredient are made. Of course, you’ll get to sample these sweet treats. Then watch the weavers at work as they use more than 100 colours of yarn to create traditional Thai clothing. When you get to Ayutthaya, explore the photogenic 13th-century ruins of Wat Phra Mahathat and discover rows of Buddhas beheaded by the Burmese. Look out for the displaced Buddha head suspended in the roots of a Banyan tree (one of the country’s most photographed images). Tonight, you’ll board a traditional rice barge and tuck into a delicious Thai dinner.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Ayutthaya to Sukhothai - Leave Ayutthaya and travel to the town of Phitsanulok by train. Sit back, relax and watch the scenery roll by. When you arrive, change to a private vehicle and continue this comfortable journey until you arrive in Sukhothai. The rest of the day is free for your own discoveries. You may like to relax by the pool or unwind with a Thai massage. For dinner tonight, maybe ask your leader where you can get a bowl of Sukhothai’s famously tasty noodles.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Sukhothai - Sukhothai, established in the 13th century, was one of the first ancient capitals of Siam. Start your day with an optional alms offering before visiting its famed World Heritage-listed historical park, which captures the Golden Age of Thai civilisation. You’ll rent a bicycle for a cycling tour through the park and as you ride, your leader will teach you more about the history of this former metropolis and its fascinating structures. Have a picnic lunch then the rest of the afternoon is free for you to explore the town at your own pace, or relax by the pool back at your accommodation. This evening, regroup and head to the home of one of our local friends where you’ll sit down for a homecooked dinner and a unique insight into life in this part of the country.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Mae Taeng - Travel from Sukhothai to the Mae Taeng region. Draped between rice fields and fruit orchards, you’ll find the Lisu Lodge – your Feature Stay for the night. The lodge is a community-based project that trains and employs Lisu villagers from the nearby hill tribe and aims to preserve their cultural heritage. The Lisu people are a Tibeto-Burman ethnic group and one of the six main hill tribes of Northern Thailand. Meet the colourfully dressed villagers and learn more about the Lisu way of life – this is a truly special experience that’s sure to be one of your enduring memories of Thailand. The lodge offers guestrooms decorated in the traditional Lisu style with modern comforts. Savour unforgettable views of the surrounding hillside and valley and enjoy tonight’s dinner of fresh, local Thai food.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Mae Taeng - After breakfast at Lisu Lodge, it’s a quick trip to Muang Kued Village where you’ll meet with a local villager and enjoy a private guided tour. Learn about village life, the reforestation of the surrounding area and how produce is grown in the village orchards. Explore the organic farm and choose the ingredients for a cooking class where you’ll learn how to cook traditional Thai food. After lunch, join the villagers and learn how to weave palm leaves to create ornaments and accessories. You’ll also join them for a tasty barbeque dinner at the nearby Mae Tamaan Base Camp.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Chiang Mai - Travel to the Elephant Nature Park – a unique project that provides sanctuary for elephants and other animals. Be greeted by an expert local guide and learn the stories of the rescued elephants and the issues they face in South East Asia. Watch the elephants from a viewing platform with the expert staff as they bathe and play and tuck into a vegetarian buffet lunch. Back in Chiang Mai, visit the Yimsoo Café, which supports workers living with disabilities. Then, the evening is yours to enjoy your own way. Maybe visit the vibrant Night Bazaar or take a stroll around the Old Town, which is bounded by moats. Your leader can give you recommendations on where to go for dinner.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Chiang Mai - This morning, drive to the famous temple complex of Doi Suthep. Take in the views along the scenic and winding mountain road, which brings you to an impressive 300-step Naga-guarded stairway. The rewards justify the ascent to the top, with one of the most beautiful temples in Thailand, not to mention the fantastic panoramic views of the city. Return to Chiang Mai where you’ll have time to relax before your farewell dinner, cooked by a local chef! Dine on Thai fusion food made with local ingredients as you reminisce about the wonderful adventures you’ve had in Northern Thailand.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Hanoi - Say goodbye to Thailand today and catch an unescorted flight to Hanoi, Vietnam's vibrant capital city, where you'll be met at the airport and transferred to your hotel. This evening, there will be a second group meeting to meet your new group and local leader after which you will head out for dinner at a beautifully decorated restaurant resembling an old-fashioned Vietnamese house. Dive into the world of Vietnamese cuisine as your leader introduces you to a range of classic dishes made with the freshest local ingredients.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Halong Bay - Depart Hanoi and travel to the UNESCO World Heritage site of Ha Long Bay. Board your Feature Stay accommodation for the evening – a beautiful and traditionally decorated junk-style boat featuring modern conveniences. Set sail in total comfort as views of scattered islands and towering limestone karsts slowly unfold in front of you. Explore the bay and sit down for a seafood lunch onboard. Learn about the geography of the region, visit a cave where your leader will point out interesting rock formations or a fishing village to learn about local life. In the afternoon you will have opportunities to swim, kayak, or simply relax on the beach. Soak in the stunning surroundings with a candlelit seafood dinner on deck before settling in for a night of stargazing and swapping stories.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Hanoi - Start your day with a peaceful breakfast and maybe take part in some Tai Chi on board the boat before returning to Hanoi. This afternoon, you’ll take part in a once-in-a-lifetime experience and sit down to a soul-stirring traditional Hat Xam performance. Hat Xam is an art form of Northern Vietnam dating back to the Tran Dynasty. Originally, this was performed by blind performers and was enjoyed by local working-class audiences right up until the late 1950s, when a wave of communism deemed all art forms to be corrupting influences. Today, these performances are rare, but you and your group will be taken to a private club house and treated to an exclusive show in one of the few places where artists still sing acoustically. The performance takes around 60 minutes and includes possible interaction with guests, so be ready to get involved!

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Hoi An - This morning, you’ll get to know Hanoi on a half-day tour with your leader. Discover a captivating city where traditional and modern sit side by side as your leader shares knowledge on the Temple of Literature – an oasis of calm in the heart of town. You'll also visit the infamous Hoa Lo Prison, known as the ‘Hanoi Hilton’, which held American POWs. Today’s lunch is extra special as you’ll visit the fantastic KOTO cafe – a social enterprise that provides hospitality training and experience to disadvantaged youth in Vietnam and offers a creative menu of Vietnamese dishes made with local ingredients. This afternoon you’ll say goodbye to Hanoi and fly south to Danang. Drive on to Hoi An and take in views of lush scenery along the way. The rest of the day is yours to explore or chill out in the hotel’s pool.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Hoi An - Set off on a walking tour of Hoi An’s Old Town and discover a blend of traditional treasures and cultural influences from historical traders. Your leader will discuss the city’s history as you walk the pagoda lined streets, visit a Chinese assembly hall, cross the Japanese Covered Bridge, enter the ornately decorated historic house of a former trader and check out a local museum. Hoi An was once a great trading port for pottery, and centuries-old pottery villages still exist to this day. No trip to Vietnam is complete without trying its famed coffee – your leader will take you to a local coffee shop, where you can savour a delicious brew as you watch the hustle and bustle of Hoi An. Maybe try a traditional egg coffee or a refreshing iced coconut coffee. Your afternoon is free for your own explorations.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Ho Chi Minh City - The morning is free for you to enjoy more of Hoi An and the surrounding area. Maybe browse the market for silk and other materials or collect any garments that you might have had crafted by the efficient tailors or hire a bicycle and ride along the lanes and out to a nice nearby beach. Your leader will have great recommendations for places to eat and drink. In the afternoon, transfer back to Danang and fly to Ho Chi Minh City. Check into your hotel before heading out for a tour of the dynamic city, including a visit to the War Remnants Museum. In the evening – the food stalls at Cho Ben Thanh market might call you over with the sweet and savoury scents of pho and bun mam.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Ho Chi Minh City - Head out of the city to the nearby Cu Chi Tunnels – an extensive underground network dug by the Viet Minh and later expanded by the Viet Cong. Enter a widened section of the tunnels with your leader who will help you imagine what life underground must have been like and explain how the tunnels contained hospitals, accommodation and schools, and were used for refuge, storage and as a military base for the Viet Cong. Return to Ho Chi Minh City and maybe spend some time with your fellow travellers and enjoy a final dinner at a local restaurant. Your leader will have some great options!

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Ho Chi Minh City - Your adventure comes to an end after breakfast this morning. If you wish to spend some more time in Ho Chi Minh city, we would be happy to organise additional accommodation for you (subject to availability).

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Bangkok - Sa-wat dee! Welcome to Thailand. Thailand's bustling capital, Bangkok is famous for its tuk-tuks, khlong boats and street vendors serving up delicious Thai food. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm. Bangkok has so much to offer those with time to explore, so perhaps arrive a day or so early and take a riverboat to Chinatown and explore the crowded streets, uncover the magnificent Grand Palace and the Temple of the Emerald Buddha, wander down the tourist mecca of Khao San Road, or indulge in some Thai massage. After the meeting tonight perhaps gather your fellow travellers together and tuck into some into world famous street food.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Bangkok - Overnight train - Begin the day with a river cruise down the Chao Phraya River to explore the famous ‘khlongs’ (canals) (approximately 1 hour). Life along these canals seems a world away from the chaotic streets of the capital. Pay a visit to Wat Pho, one of the Bangkok temples, with a 46-metre-long gold-plated Buddha reclining inside. Even the feet of this statue are incredible, three metres long and intricately decorated with mother of pearl. The temple grounds are equally fascinating, filled with beautifully decorated stupas, halls, and shrines. No trip to Thailand is complete without an overnight train journey and this evening you’ll head south to Surat Thani, accommodated in air-conditioned sleeping berths (approximately 12 hours). Multi share compartments have bunk beds, with sheets and pillow provided, your baggage travels in the carriage with you and there is a food and drink service available on board.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Khao Sok - Arrive into Surat Thani in the morning and then travel by minivan to Khao Sok (approximately 2.5 hours). Set amid hectares of thick jungle, waterfalls, limestone cliffs and topped off with an island-studded lake, the national park of Khao Sok is a nature lover's paradise. Here you’ll have free time to explore one of the oldest rainforests in the world. Walk along the dirt trails that snake through the quiet park, looking out for wildlife as you head for rivers and waterfalls. The flora is also top-notch, with the rare Rafflesia Kerri, one of the world’s largest flowers, only found in Thailand here. Spend a night in a rustic hut amid ancient gnarled rainforest trees.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Khao Sok - Travel through pristine jungle, rubber and oil plantations before boarding a long tail boat for a ride across stunning Cheow Lan Lake, with one of its islands as your destination. With limestone karst hills rising almost 1000 metres into the air and surrounded by beautiful green waters, the area is incredibly picturesque. Trek to an island cave and discover its eerie stalactites and bats hanging from the ceiling, with subterranean streams at your feet. You’ll enjoy lunch in a local raft-house before having free time to relax, swim or kayak around the lake to search for wildlife – the water is clear and teems with aquatic life, and you might spot hornbills, langurs, macaques or gibbons above water. Return to your accommodation for the night.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Ao Nang - Head to Ao Nang in a private minivan (approximately 3 hours). On the way, stop at Baan Bor Tor and embarking on a sea kayaking journey. About halfway along the coast between Than Bok Khoranee and Krabi town is a bay of mangroves that might just be the most beautiful bay in Thailand. Surrounded by towering karst formations and many small offshore islands, let the waterways become your pathway as you move slowly through the bays and canyons, discover inlets, caves and hidden lagoons, and check out the local wildlife up-close – the birds overhead and monkeys in the trees. If you do see a monkey, make sure you secure your belongings and any food! Arrive at Ao Nang late afternoon, and enjoy a free evening.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Ao Nang - Famous for the incredible limestone karst scenery of the headland, sun-seekers will fall in love with Krabi's unspoilt beaches, the spectacular cliffs will tempt avid rock climbers, while scuba fans can embark on a Krabi diving adventure. If you love getting out on the water and exploring islands, then consider taking a trip by boat to explore Phi Phi and Khai Nok, islands surrounded by white sandy beach perfect for swimming and snorkelling. The area around Krabi is also home to some of the most spectacular climbing routes around. Whether you're a novice or a pro, being securely tied high up a limestone cliff-face looking down on jungle and crystalline seas is unforgettable. In the evening, look out for a beautiful sunset and consider dining on seafood in a beachside restaurant, followed by a drink in one of the many clubs and bars along on the beach.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Trang - This morning head onto a small village called Baan Mod Tanoy (approximately 2 hours drive). On arrival, enjoy a walk around the village and gain some insights into their day to day life.Then time to enjoy the great food and hospitality of the village. Get your hands dirty at Batik handkerchief Dyeing and learn a few tricks from the local craftsman of this traditional art. Your accommodation tonight in the village is a local resort so take the chance to enjoy the peaceful rural night.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Penang - The journey by private minibus sees you say goodbye to Thailand and wave hello to the cultural melting pot of Malaysia. The fascinating island of Penang was the first destination of the colonial British in 1786. They invited the Chinese, as well as others from all over Asia, to live on this island in the tropics. Today, this exotic fusion of cultures still exists and the World Heritage site of Georgetown contains a fascinating mix of religious places of worship. When you arrive, you’ll take an orientation walk around the blend of colonial buildings, tumble-down shops and hawker-filled alleyways to get your bearings. The food here might just be the best in Malaysia, so seek out some food stalls with your leader, and get a taste of this food paradise on an included Hawker food tour. Sample some local specialties such as Nasi Kandar, Penang Laksa, and Char Kway Teow.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Penang - This morning you’ll take a half-day sightseeing walking tour around Penang and Georgetown, soaking up the relaxed pace of life and the mix of cultures on show in this heritage area. See the original 19th century shophouses, the street markets, and the strong cultural and religious identity still on display in each neighbourhood – Little India, Chinatown or the Muslim Quarter. Check out the street art that adorns the walls and stop by a clan jetty. Clans were formed by 19th century immigrants, banding together based on the area of China that they came from, and they built rival waterfront societies on wooden jetties. You’ll also pay a visit to Thai and Burmese temples, and see Kek Lok Si Temple, the largest Buddhist temple in South East Asia. You’ll have this afternoon free and, aside from sauntering along the interesting streets (or hoping in a trishaw for a ride that will take you back in time), you might want to see the clan house of Khoo Kongsi. Check out the ornate carvings on the walls, roof and pillars, and maybe see more Chinese architecture in the memorably blue Courtyard House of Cheong Fatt Tze, a fabulously wealthy merchant. Don’t forget to feast on the island’s culinary delights tonight.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Kuala Lumpur - Continue south to Kuala Lumpur on a private vehicle. Kuala Lumpur, the cosmopolitan capital of Malaysia, is affectionately known as KL and you'll almost always hear locals refer to it by its acronym. Communities of Indian, Chinese and ethnic Malay people mingle peacefully, allowing travellers to get the best of all three worlds. KL has grown from a sleepy little village to a skyscraper-lined multi-million-peopled metropolis. The city can seem vast, but the main focus is the traditional core of the old town (the former colonial centre), the luxury hotel and shopping mall district of the Golden Triangle, and bustling Chinatown and Little India. Follow your leader on an orientation walk near the hotel and in the evening follow the Bukit Bintang Walkway and see the Petronas Twin Towers lit at night. You’ll be incredibly spoilt with the breadth and quality of dining options on offer. From simple-street side fare that attracts queues of customers eager to try the latest dish said to be the best around, to seriously high-calibre, world-class cuisine.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Kuala Lumpur - Enjoy a free day today for your own exploration! Perhaps visit the National Monument (commemorating those who died in Malaysia's struggle for freedom and based on the Iwo Jima Memorial in the USA), the vast National Mosque, featuring a bold and modern design, or the Istana Negara (National Palace). You might like stroll Dataran Merdeka (Independence Square), or shop in Suria KLCC (one of Malaysia’s premier shopping destinations) and then head up to the Skybridge & Observation Deck of the iconic Petronas Towers to gain another view on this cosmopolitan city. Lake Gardens is home to a number of sights, including the National Planetarium and the superb Islamic Arts Museum. Or if you are more active, you may like to join a bike tour and cycle through the history and modern life of KL. In the evening you may wan to experience the multicultural mix of Malay, Chinese, and Indian cultures through sampling some of its best food. Walk around local neighbourhoods and visit local grocers and street vendors. Your leader will be on hand making suggestions to help you make the best of the day.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Melaka - Transfer by local bus to the old port town of Melaka (approximately 3 hours). Back when Penang, Kuala Lumpur and Singapore left little impression on a map, the historic city of Melaka was the most important trading port in Malaysia, attracting Chinese, Indian, Dutch, Portuguese and British traders. These visitors sought wealth or an opportunity to control the Straits of Malacca, a vital trading route between the Indian and Pacific oceans, which lead to 400 years of colonial rule. Today, Melaka's wealth of historical sites reminds visitors of times gone by, and its multicultural past is revealed in its distinctive cuisine. Like Georgetown, the Melaka was declared a World Heritage Site in 2008, and like its Penang sibling, the city is a harmonic mix of cultures, a place where colonial buildings sit next to Chinese shophouses and temples.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Melaka - Today you’ll get to know this port city better with a quaint trishaw tour along the narrow winding streets. You’ll admire Chinatown's unique Peranakan architecture, get a taste of old Melaka, and learn about the ancient spice trade. Take in sites such as Harmony Street (so called because it contains the prayer houses of Malaysia's three main faiths), and stop by a mosque, Chinese Buddhist Temples, and a traditional Muslim house-museum. In your free time this afternoon there are plenty of historic sights and museums to check out. From 17th century Dutch buildings and ships, to museums that showcase the local history of ethnic Chinese-Malays, the travels of diplomat and explorer Zheng He, and even a museum that focuses on concepts of beauty in different cultures. If you’re looking to get more active, then you could perhaps jump on two wheels for an Eco Bike tour around the city or see Melaka from a different perspective with a boat tour along the river.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Singapore - Travel by local bus to the last stop on this incredible journey – Singapore (approximately 5 hours). Singapore has few areas untouched by modernisation, however wandering the streets of Little India and Chinatown is a great way to see the old parts of the city. To explore further, check out the renowned shopping precinct of Orchard Road, or stop by Raffles to experience the old world charm of a Singapore Sling. An evening in Singapore is not complete without a stroll along Clarke Quay, or even a river cruise to learn more about the fascinating history of this city. Your accommodation tonight is a centrally located hotel, perfect for easy exploring. Whatever you choose today, maybe gather together your fellow travellers for a celebratory drink or meal as your Bangkok to Singapore adventure comes to an end.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Jakarta - Take a short flight from Singapore to Jakarta to start the next part of your adventure. Arrive in time for a welcome meeting with your new leader and fellow travellers at 6pm. If you get in a little early why not check out some of Jakarta's interesting museums, such as the Wayang (puppetry), Balai Seni Rupa (fine arts) and maritime museums. The National Museum is great for first-time visitors. For a city monument, check out the Monas (National Monument) dedicated to the spirit of the Indonesian people.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Jakarta - Familiarise yourself with the city on a full-day tour of Jakarta with your local leader. Take in Sunda Kelapa port – where the Dutch first landed, temple-filled Chinatown and the old town of Batavia. See Si Jagur – an old Portuguese cannon ornately decorated with a disguised meaning. Visit a Chinese mansion (Chandra Naya) and gain an insight into the beautiful Peranakan architecture. Wander Fatahillah Square, then explore the religious side of the city at Cathedral Church and Istiqlal Mosque – the largest mosque in South East Asia. Tonight, you’re free to find some delicious local eats – just ask your leader!

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Bandung - This morning, take a train to Bandung – a former Dutch city which now boasts a thriving art, shopping and cafe scene. When you arrive around lunch time, you’ll head out for a street food crawl at the Paskal Food Market. Maybe try some satay skewers, gado-gado (a traditional Indonesian salad made from boiled eggs and vegetables) or roasted chicken with rice and vegetables. After, walk off the full belly with a heritage walk through Braga Street – once the centre of local development, this street was home to the first shopping arcade in Bandung, with lots of art deco buildings, shops and a cinema. Sit down for a cup of coffee (in a locally beloved one) and watch the world go by.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Bandung - Today you’ll head out of Bandung for a day trip to the largest volcano in West Java – Tangkuban Perahu, the only volcanic mountain in Indonesia that you can drive to – and its lush surroundings. Circled by pine forests and tea plantations, you’ll soak up the views as you learn about the unique history of the volcano. Take a walk around the craters with your leader, then head to the Ciater Hot Springs. Along the way, visit a local tea plantation to learn about the tea industry in Java, then continue to the hot springs for a relaxing soak to soothe the muscles. Later, you have a free afternoon and evening back in Bandung.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Yogyakarta - This morning, catch a train to Yogyakarta. This town is one of South East Asia's real gems! Known as Java's cultural heart, Yogyakarta has a great atmosphere and is perfect to explore on foot. From batik workshops to the nearby Hindu and Buddhist temples, Yogya offers a great array of cultural avenues to explore. When you arrive, you’re free to explore at your own pace – just ask your leader for recommendations.

     

    Day - 20

    Location: Yogyakarta - Rise early to avoid the crowds at Candi Borobudur – the largest Buddhist structure on earth. This UNESCO World Heritage site is set in a tranquil park and as you approach, you'll see the temple rise before you, looming among tropical foliage. With your local guide, follow the route of ancient pilgrims, circling the mandala-shaped structure from the early realms towards Nirvana. After, you have a free afternoon. You might like to visit one of Yogya's other heritage temples – Prambanan Temple is the largest Hindu complex in Java. Tonight, perhaps catch a performance of the Ramayana Ballet – your leader will be able to check dates and availability for you.

     

    Day - 21

    Location: Yogyakarta - Pedal out of the city on a cycling tour through the rice fields and countryside surrounding Yogyakarta. See the locals making various goods, from bricks to tofu and tempeh. Pass palms, lush green grasslands and the odd burst of yellow and pink flowers by the side of the road, which make for great photo opportunities! After, you have a free afternoon to maybe take on a cooking class where you can learn about Indonesian cuisine. Or, why not salute the sun with a yoga class.

     

    Day - 22

    Location: Seloliman Nature Reserve - Travel by train, then minivan to Seloliman Nature Reserve today. This peaceful reserve sits on the slopes of the sacred volcano, Mt Penanggungan. When you arrive, you’ll meet some of the volunteers working at the Seloliman Environmental Education Centre and learn about what they do here. For lunch, sit down for some delicious, locally grown organic produce cooked by their staff. The centre's accommodation is atmospheric, even with open-air bathrooms built in harmony with the surrounding forest, so take this opportunity to relax this afternoon. This is a beautiful spot to appreciate nature, sit under the stars as the sun goes down and spend an evening technology-free!

     

    Day - 23

    Location: Seloliman Nature Reserve/Mt. Bromo - Join the reserve staff on a walk around the property this morning, learning about the local environment and the Javanese tradition of herbal medicine. You'll gain an insight into the region’s flora and fauna, traditional farming methods, rice production and the mini hydroelectricity plant. Finish up with a traditional jamu demonstration and a tasting of this Javanese herbal medicine. Then, travel to Mt Bromo – the homeland of the Tenggerese. The still-active volcano – standing at 2329 m – is the most well-known of the Tengger massif. Retire early tonight in preparation for tomorrow's early start.

     

    Day - 24

    Location: Mt. Bromo/ Kalibaru - Your early start today (around 3 am) will be well worth it! First, drive to a lookout point in jeeps to catch the sunrise over the sea of sand. After, you’ll climb up to the volcano crater to take a peek inside – the ascent is not too difficult (approximately 45 minutes), but it can be very cold, so don't forget to bring extra layers of clothing. It's also worth bringing a scarf to cover your nose and mouth, as it can get dusty. Return to the hotel to freshen up and then depart midmorning to Kalibaru by taking a local train. Tonight, you’re free to relax by the pool or perhaps indulge in a local massage.

     

    Day - 25

    Location: Pemuteran - Head out early this morning to tour some nearby coffee and cocoa plantations. You'll see how coffee is dried and if there’s time, how cocoa is fermented. Before you set off, enjoy a nice cup of coffee or tea and snack on fried bananas – yum! Travel by minibus to the far eastern end of Java – Gilimanuk. There is often a lot of heavy traffic on this stretch of road as it's the main entry point for Bali, so there may be some delays. Next, you'll board a ferry across the Java Strait, then another minibus for a journey along the west coast of Bali to Pemuteran – your destination for the next two nights.

     

    Day - 26

    Location: Pemuteran - Enjoy a relaxing day in this gorgeous beachside location. Maybe start the day with a yoga class and then explore the local area at your own pace. You could visit the surrounding monkey-filled temples, go swimming off the coast, or think about booking in a snorkelling or diving expedition to the turquoise waters of Menjangan Island. Otherwise, simply sit back, relax and watch the fishermen go about their day-to-day on one of the beaches.

     

    Day - 27

    Location: Ubud - Make the journey to Ubud today – the leafy-green natural paradise of Bali. On the way, stop in at Taman Ayun Temple, to take in the impressive Balinese architecture while you stroll around the gardens. Ubud is Bali's main arts and cultural centre with lots of markets, shops and warungs, close to verdant rice terraces and lush jungles. With nature and wellbeing at its core, Ubud is a highland haven popular with travellers. Tonight, why not get a group of your travel pals together and find a local place to eat some traditional Balinese cuisine.

     

    Day - 28

    Location: Ubud - Your trip comes to an end after breakfast this morning. There is plenty to see and do in Ubud, so it’s highly recommended you stay another few days to explore. If you do, maybe hire a bicycle and explore the surrounding rice paddies and small villages, or visit the galleries, museums and handicraft merchants in town. If you would like to spend more time in Ubud, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Bangkok - Sa-wat dee! Welcome to Thailand. Your adventure begins in Thailan’s bustling capital, Bangkok with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. Bangkok is famous for its tuk tuks, khlong boats and street vendors who serve delicious Thai food. If you arrive early, maybe visit the Grand Palace and the Temple of the Emerald Buddha, wander down the tourist mecca of Khao San Road or relax with in a Thai massage. After the meeting tonight, maybe gather your fellow travellers together and tuck into some world-famous street food.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Kanchanaburi - Travel northwest to Kanchanaburi. Located where the Khwae Noi and Khwae Yai rivers converge, Kanchanaburi is home to the well-known Bridge on the River Kwai. When you arrive, visit the Kanchanaburi War Cemetary (POW Cemetary). This was one of the first museums opened with the aim to educate people and keep the memory alive of the prisoners of war (POWs) workers who died constructing the Death Railway.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Kanchanaburi - This morning, continue your journey through history with a visit to the Hellfire Pass Memorial, built to honour the POWs and conscripts who passed away while constructing some of the most challenging stretches of the Thai-Burma Death railway. Board the train at Nam Tok station, the main terminal of the Death Railway and ride the historic tracks along the Kwai Noi River to the Bridge on the River Kwai. Pass through beautiful scenery and take a moment to reflect on those who lost their lives in the process of bending this rugged environment to man’s will. This afternoon, make your way to the Erawan Falls. These terraced waterfalls, named after the three-headed white elephant of Hindu mythology, tumble into a series of emerald-green pools – the perfect spot to go for a swim, take short walk around the area or simply sit back and relax.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Phitsnulok - After breakfast, you’ll continue to travel north. Today is a bit of a long travel day, so it's a good idea to get stuck into your book or favourite podcasts. Along the way, visit Wat Tha Sung Temple – a magnificent ancient site dating back to the Ayutthaya period. After, continue to your final destination for the day, Phitsanulok. Originally established in the 11th century, this busy provincial capital sits on the banks of the Nan River. When you arrive this afternoon, join your local leader for a relaxed stroll through town before settling in for a free evening.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Sukhothai - This morning, visit the Sappraiwan Elephant Sanctuary – an Intrepid Foundation partner dedicated to rescuing wild elephants and restoring their natural habitat. Roll up your sleeves to help prepare food for these gentle giants, then walk alongside them as you learn about their habits and the important work the sanctuary is doing to ensure their future. After, continue your journey to Sukhothai. When you arrive, explore the ancient ruins of Old Sukhothai, beautifully set amid serene lakes and manicured gardens. The religious art and architecture of this era are regarded as the most classic expressions of Thai style, and the park is home to the remains of 21 historic sites, featuring impressive Buddha images and four large ponds often dotted with blooming lotus flowers. This afternoon, hire a bike and spend a leisurely afternoon pedalling through the ruins. Finish today with a home-cooked dinner before settling into your hotel for the night.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Chiang Mai - After breakfast, travel to Chiang Mai. Along the way, visit the Lanna village Pong Huai Lan, nested in the hills and surrounded by rice fields. While you’re here, learn about their community project, which is recognised by Thailand’s Transition toward Net Zero Tourism, then hop on a bike and cycle around the village. As you cycle, stop in at a local masters Rattan weaving workshop (part of Thailand's Royal Project Initiative) and discover the community heritage in their community museum. Later today, you’ll be invited into the home of a local family for a home-cooked farm to table dinner. Then, continue to Chiang Mai where you’ll stay tonight.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Chiang Mai - This morning, follow your leader through the largest fresh produce market in Chiang Mai. As you wander through the bustling markets, learn about the fresh produce and distinct Thai flavours. Then the rest of the day is free for you to explore at your own pace. Maybe slurp noodles on a Mae Ping River cruise, join a Thai cooking class or have lunch at the Chuan Chom vocational training centre, where you’ll hear about the work that the centre does to prepare women from the correctional institution with skills to return to society. Tonight, maybe head out for dinner with your fellow travellers and toast to a trip well-travelled.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Chiang Mai - As there are no further activities today, you’re free to depart at any time. If you’d like to stay longer and explore the beautiful Chiang Mai, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Bangkok - Sa-wat dee! Welcome to Thailand. Your adventure begins in Thailan’s bustling capital, Bangkok with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. Bangkok is famous for its tuk tuks, khlong boats and street vendors who serve delicious Thai food. If you arrive early, maybe visit the Grand Palace and the Temple of the Emerald Buddha, wander down the tourist mecca of Khao San Road or relax with in a Thai massage. After the meeting tonight, maybe gather your fellow travellers together and tuck into some world-famous street food.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Kanchanaburi - Travel northwest to Kanchanaburi. Located where the Khwae Noi and Khwae Yai rivers converge, Kanchanaburi is home to the well-known Bridge on the River Kwai. When you arrive, visit the Kanchanaburi War Cemetary (POW Cemetary). This was one of the first museums opened with the aim to educate people and keep the memory alive of the prisoners of war (POWs) workers who died constructing the Death Railway.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Kanchanaburi - This morning, continue your journey through history with a visit to the Hellfire Pass Memorial, built to honour the POWs and conscripts who passed away while constructing some of the most challenging stretches of the Thai-Burma Death railway. Board the train at Nam Tok station, the main terminal of the Death Railway and ride the historic tracks along the Kwai Noi River to the Bridge on the River Kwai. Pass through beautiful scenery and take a moment to reflect on those who lost their lives in the process of bending this rugged environment to man’s will. This afternoon, make your way to the Erawan Falls. These terraced waterfalls, named after the three-headed white elephant of Hindu mythology, tumble into a series of emerald-green pools – the perfect spot to go for a swim, take short walk around the area or simply sit back and relax.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Phitsnulok - After breakfast, you’ll continue to travel north. Today is a bit of a long travel day, so it's a good idea to get stuck into your book or favourite podcasts. Along the way, visit Wat Tha Sung Temple – a magnificent ancient site dating back to the Ayutthaya period. After, continue to your final destination for the day, Phitsanulok. Originally established in the 11th century, this busy provincial capital sits on the banks of the Nan River. When you arrive this afternoon, join your local leader for a relaxed stroll through town before settling in for a free evening.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Sukhothai - This morning, visit the Sappraiwan Elephant Sanctuary – an Intrepid Foundation partner dedicated to rescuing wild elephants and restoring their natural habitat. Roll up your sleeves to help prepare food for these gentle giants, then walk alongside them as you learn about their habits and the important work the sanctuary is doing to ensure their future. After, continue your journey to Sukhothai. When you arrive, explore the ancient ruins of Old Sukhothai, beautifully set amid serene lakes and manicured gardens. The religious art and architecture of this era are regarded as the most classic expressions of Thai style, and the park is home to the remains of 21 historic sites, featuring impressive Buddha images and four large ponds often dotted with blooming lotus flowers. This afternoon, hire a bike and spend a leisurely afternoon pedalling through the ruins. Finish today with a home-cooked dinner before settling into your hotel for the night.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Chiang Mai - After breakfast, travel to Chiang Mai. Along the way, visit the Lanna village Pong Huai Lan, nested in the hills and surrounded by rice fields. While you’re here, learn about their community project, which is recognised by Thailand’s Transition toward Net Zero Tourism, then hop on a bike and cycle around the village. As you cycle, stop in at a local masters Rattan weaving workshop (part of Thailand's Royal Project Initiative) and discover the community heritage in their community museum. Later today, you’ll be invited into the home of a local family for a home-cooked farm to table dinner. Then, continue to Chiang Mai where you’ll stay tonight.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Chiang Mai - This morning, follow your leader through the largest fresh produce market in Chiang Mai. As you wander through the bustling markets, learn about the fresh produce and distinct Thai flavours. Then the rest of the day is free for you to explore at your own pace. Maybe slurp noodles on a Mae Ping River cruise, join a Thai cooking class or have lunch at the Chuan Chom vocational training centre, where you’ll hear about the work that the centre does to prepare women from the correctional institution with skills to return to society. Tonight, maybe head out for dinner with your fellow travellers and toast to a trip well-travelled.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Bangkok - Today, you’ll take an unaccompanied flight from Chiang Mai to Bangkok. Once you’ve checked into your hotel, you’ll have a free afternoon to experience the fast-paced and fascinating Thai capital. This is a great opportunity to explore anything you missed in the beginning of the trip. Why not take a riverboat to Chinatown and explore the crowded streets, uncover the magnificent Grand Palace and the Temple of the Emerald Buddha, wander down the tourist mecca of Khao San Road, or indulge in some Thai massage. Keep in mind that there will be a group meeting to discuss the next stage of your itinerary at 6 pm. After your briefing, perhaps gather your fellow travellers together and tuck into some of the world-famous street food.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Bangkok - Overnight train - Begin the day with a river cruise down the Chao Phraya River to explore the khlongs (canals). Life along these canals seems a world away from the chaotic streets of the capital. Visit Wat Pho – one of the Bangkok temples with a 46-m-long gold-plated Buddha reclining inside. Even the feet of this statue are incredible, at 3 m long and intricately decorated with mother of pearl. The temple grounds are filled with beautifully decorated stupas, halls and shrines. Tonight, you’ll take an overnight train journey to Surat Thani.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Khao Sok - Arrive at Surat Thani in the morning, then travel by minivan to Khao Sok. Set amid hectares of thick jungle, waterfalls, limestone cliffs and an island-studded lake, the national park of Khao Sok is a nature lover's paradise. Here, you’ll have free time to explore one of the oldest rainforests in the world. Walk along the dirt trails that snake through the quiet park, looking out for wildlife as you head for rivers and waterfalls. Look out for the rare Rafflesia Kerri – one of the world’s largest flowers, only found in Thailand. Spend the night in a rustic hut within the ancient trees of the rainforest.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Khao Sok - Travel through jungle, rubber and oil plantations before boarding a long tail boat for a ride across Cheow Lan Lake. With limestone karsts rising almost 1000 m out of the green waters, this area is incredibly picturesque. You’ll trek to an island cave to see the eerie stalactites and bats hanging from the ceiling, with subterranean streams at your feet. Have lunch in a local raft-house before soaking up some free time to relax, swim or kayak around the lake to search for wildlife – the water is clear and teems with aquatic life, and you can also look out for hornbills, langurs, macaques and gibbons.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Ao Nang - Head to Ao Nang in a private minivan, stopping at Baan Bor Tor along the way. When you arrive, embark on a sea kayaking journey. About halfway along the coast between Than Bok Khoranee and Krabi town is a bay of mangroves that might just be the most beautiful bay in Thailand. Surrounded by towering karst formations and many small offshore islands, these waterways will be your pathway as you move slowly through the bays and canyons, through the inlets, caves and hidden lagoons. Look out for the birds overhead and the monkeys in the trees – if you do see a monkey, make sure you secure your belongings and any food! Arrive at Ao Nang late in the afternoon, where you’ll have a free evening.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Ao Nang - If you’re a nature lover, Krabi might just be your favourite spot. Today is a free day to soak up everything this island has to offer. Maybe head to the water for a diving adventure or take a daytrip to explore Phi Phi and Khai Nok – these islands are surrounded by white sandy beaches, perfect for swimming and snorkelling. The area around Krabi is also home to some of the best climbing routes. Whether you're a novice or a pro, being securely tied high up a limestone cliff-face looking down on jungle and is an unforgettable experience! Tonight, maybe watch the sunset light up the sky and indulge in some local seafood at a beachside restaurant.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Trang - This morning, you’ll head on to the small village of Baan Mod Tanoy. When you arrive, you’ll go on a walk around the village and gain some insight into the locals’ day to day life. Then, time to enjoy the great food and hospitality of the village. Get your hands dirty with some Batik handkerchief dyeing and learn a few tricks from the local craftsman at a workshop showcasing this traditional art. Your accommodation tonight is in a local resort in the village.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Penang - Say goodbye to Thailand this morning – you're off to Malaysia! The island of Penang was the first destination of the colonial British in 1786 and they invited the Chinese (as well as others from all over Asia) to live on this island in the tropics. Today, this fusion of cultures still exists, and the UNESCO World Heritage site of Georgetown shows the fascinating mix in its range of places of worship. When you arrive, you’ll take an orientation walk around the tumble-down shops and hawker-filled alleyways to get your bearings. The food here might just be the best in Malaysia, so you’ll seek out some hawker food stalls with your leader and get a taste for the local cuisine. Sample some local specialties such as nasi kandar, Penang laksa and char kway teow.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Penang - Take a half-day sightseeing walking tour around Penang and Georgetown, soaking up the relaxed pace of life and the mix of cultures. See the original 19th century shophouses, the street markets, and the strong cultural and religious identity still on display in each neighbourhood – Little India, Chinatown or the Muslim Quarter. Check out the street art and stop by a clan jetty – clans were formed by 19th century immigrants who banded together based on the area of China that they came from, and they built rival waterfront societies on wooden jetties. Visit Thai and Burmese temples like Kek Lok Si – the largest Buddhist temple in South East Asia. You’ll have this afternoon free top explore at your own pace. Maybe see the clan house of Khoo Kongsi and check out the ornate carvings on the walls, roof and pillars. Maybe see more Chinese architecture in the blue Courtyard House of Cheong Fatt Tze – a wealthy merchant.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Kuala Lumpur - Continue south to Kuala Lumpur – the cosmopolitan capital of Malaysia, affectionately known as KL by the locals. Communities of Indian, Chinese and ethnic Malay people mingle peacefully, allowing travellers to get the best of all three worlds. KL has grown from a sleepy little village to a skyscraper-lined multi-million-peopled metropolis. The city can seem vast, but the focus is the traditional core of the Old Town (the former colonial centre), the luxury hotel and shopping mall district of the Golden Triangle, and bustling Chinatown and Little India. Follow your leader on an orientation walk near the hotel and tonight, follow the Bukit Bintang Walkway and see the Petronas Twin Towers lit at night. From simple-street side fare that attracts queues of customers eager to high-calibre, world-class cuisine, you’ll have no problem finding a good dinner spot.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Kuala Lumpur - Enjoy a free day today for your own exploration! Perhaps visit the National Monument (commemorating those who died in Malaysia's struggle for freedom and based on the Iwo Jima Memorial in the USA), the vast National Mosque featuring a bold and modern design, or the Istana Negara (National Palace). You might like stroll Dataran Merdeka (Independence Square), or shop in Suria KLCC (one of Malaysia’s premier shopping destinations) and then head up to the Skybridge & Observation Deck of the iconic Petronas Towers to get another view of the city. Lake Gardens is home to a number of sights, including the National Planetarium and the Islamic Arts Museum. Or if you’re seeking something active, you might like to join a bike tour.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Melaka - Transfer by local bus to the old port town of Melaka – once the most important trading port in Malaysia, attracting Chinese, Indian, Dutch, Portuguese and British traders. These visitors sought wealth or an opportunity to control the Straits of Malacca, a vital trading route between the Indian and Pacific oceans, which lead to 400 years of colonial rule. Today, Melaka's wealth of historical sites reminds visitors of times gone by, and its multicultural past is revealed in its distinctive cuisine. Like Georgetown, the Melaka was declared a UNESCO World Heritage Site in 2008, and like its Penang sibling, the city is a harmonic mix of cultures. When you arrive, you’ll have a free afternoon and evening to explore.

     

    Day - 20

    Location: Melaka - Today, you’ll get to know this port city better with a trishaw tour along the narrow winding streets. You’ll admire Chinatown's unique Peranakan architecture, get a taste of old Melaka and learn about the ancient spice trade. Take in sites such as Harmony Street and stop by a mosque, Chinese Buddhist Temples, and a traditional Muslim house-museum. In your free time this afternoon there are plenty of historic sites and museums to check out. Maybe jump on two wheels for an eco bike tour around the city or see Melaka from a different perspective with a boat tour along the river.

     

    Day - 21

    Location: Singapore - Travel by local bus to the last stop of the journey – Singapore. Singapore has few areas untouched by modernisation, but wandering the streets of Little India and Chinatown is a great way to see the old parts of the city. To explore further, check out the renowned shopping precinct of Orchard Road, or stop by Raffles to experience the old-world charm of a Singapore Sling. An evening in Singapore is not complete without a stroll along Clarke Quay, or even a river cruise to learn more about the fascinating history of this city. Your accommodation tonight is a centrally located hotel, perfect for easy exploring. Whatever you choose today, maybe gather together your fellow travellers for a celebratory drink or meal as your Bangkok to Singapore adventure comes to an end.

     

    Day - 22

    Location: Singapore - There are no activities planned for today and you can depart the accommodation at any time. If you’d like to extend your stay in Singapore and explore the sites, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Bangkok - Sa-wat dee! Welcome to Thailand. Thailand's bustling capital, Bangkok is famous for its tuk tuks, khlong boats and street vendors serving up delicious Thai food. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. Bangkok has so much to offer those with time to explore, so perhaps arrive a day or so early and take a riverboat to Chinatown and explore the crowded streets, uncover the magnificent Grand Palace and the Temple of the Emerald Buddha, wander down the tourist mecca of Khao San Road, or indulge in some Thai massage. After the meeting tonight, why not get some of your newfound travel pals together for a street food crawl.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Bangkok - Kanchanaburi - Start the day with a one-hour river cruise down the Chao Phraya River to explore the famous ‘khlongs’, or canals. Life along these canals seems a world away from the chaotic streets of the capital. Pay a visit to Wat Pho, one of the ‘trinity’ of Bangkok temples, with a 46-metre long gold plated Buddha reclining inside. Even the feet of this statue are incredible, three metres long and intricately decorated with mother of pearl. The temple grounds are equally fascinating, filled with beautifully decorated stupas, halls and shrines. Afterwards, hop on a local bus and travel northwest to Kanchanaburi (approximately 4 hours). Located where the Khwae Noi and Khwae Yai rivers converge, Kanchanaburi is home to the infamous 'Bridge on the River Kwai'.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: River Kwai - Erawan NP - Kanchanaburi - This morning you’ll get an insight into the darker side of Kanchanaburi’s history with a visit to the Kanchanaburi War Cemetary (POW Cemetary) which was one of the first museums to attempt to educate the public and keep alive the memory of the Asian and POW workers who died constructing the infamous ‘Death Railway’. Then travel to Erawan National Park (approximately 1.5 hours each way), where you can explore the famous seven-level waterfall, and take a dip, if you’d like! The falls are considered the most beautiful in the whole country, with turquoise blue waters rushing through the forest into bamboo-shaded pools. If you want to make the climb all the way from level one to level seven it’s about a 90-minute hike, with the uppermost level usually quiet and with a stunning view over the jungle below. Be sure to pack your swimming gear, but also appropriate footwear if you’re going to make the walk. Level seven features a triple cascade that gives the falls their name – Erawan is the mythological three-headed white elephant that carries the Hindu god Indra.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Rafthouse - Be ready for a cruisy day as you’ll spend today and tonight floating down the Mae Glong River in a raft house. The rafthouse is towed by a boat and is an ideal and relaxing way to travel down the river – definitely setting the scene for pure relaxation. Spend the afternoon temple-hopping down the river, stopping off to see the cave temple of Wat Baan Tham, the Chinese Wat Tham Khao Noi, and Wat Tham Suea. There’s also plenty of time for travel games, reading a book, listening to your favourite playlist or just watching the world go by with a view of the lush Thai countryside. Enjoy a Thai meal on board and watch day turn to night as you moor on the riverside and fall asleep with the gentle rock of the boat.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Ayutthaya - Overnight train - After your river adventure, disembark and travel by private minivan to Ayutthaya, via Suphanburi (approximately 4 hours). You’ll have access to a day room, so you can freshen up before your overnight train later tonight. Ayutthaya was the second capital of Siam after Sukhothai, and it became one of the most powerful in Asia with over a million residents by the 18th century. Trading brought great riches to the city, and merchant tales tell of golden palaces, elaborate ceremonies, and breathtaking temples. You’ll see the remains and reminders of its golden age with a guided tour of the historic ruins and temples spread across the town. The rows of headless Buddhas at Wat Phra Mahathat, sacked by the Burmese in the 18th century, are very atmospheric, and a Buddha head surrounded by Banyan tree roots is perhaps the most photographed site in all of Ayutthaya. This evening, head north to Chiang Mai on an overnight train journey, accommodated in air-conditioned sleeping berths (approximately 13 hours).

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Chiang Mai - The most vibrant city in northern Thailand, Chiang Mai has is most renowned for its temples and an interesting old city area. Renowned for dazzling beauty and extremely welcoming locals, the ‘Rose of the North’ will leave you spellbound – chances are, you may not want to leave. When you arrive in Chiang Mai, your day will be free. There are a number of optional activities for you to choose from, so you can do as much, or as little, as you like. There are also many Thai cooking schools offering courses for budding chefs, sure to help you impress your friends when you return home. Or get active with a bicycle tour to discover the city and surrounding countryside from a different perspective. Tonight, you might like to get some of your crew together and tackle the famous night markets – your group leader can help you out with their recommendations.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Chiang Mai - Today is another free day for you to spend how you wish. While Chiang Mai's markets, temples and cooking schools offer more than enough to keep visitors busy, there's also the option of a very special outing to Chang Chill Elephant sanctuary. In a country where the cruel industry of elephant riding is still big business, Chang Chill provides a sanctuary for rescued, injured and orphaned elephants. You’ll be greeted by an expert guide, who'll tell you stories of rescued elephants and explain the issues surrounding elephants in South East Asia. You'll then have a chance to feed the elephants from a viewing platform. Lunch on these activities is also provided, followed by elephant bath time. Sit back and watch these creatures so clearly enjoying themselves.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Doi Mae Salong - Set off by road and travel by public bus from Chiang Mai to Mae Chan (approximately 4 hours), then transfer to a private minivan to continue onto Doi Mae Salong (approximately 1 hour). The atmosphere in the charming town of Doi Mae Salong is reminiscent of a small southern Chinese village, as it was settled by former Chinese Nationalist soldiers who fled from (then) Burma in the 1960s. The region is famous for its Chinese tea traders and you can enjoy a cup of tea in a traditional Chinese tea house overlooking the mountains and tea fields. Check out the interesting markets, where you may see produce and crafts made by hilltribe people like the Akha.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Chiang Rai - Jump in a private vehicle and drive for about 1 hour into the Mae Chan District to reach a local organic farm owned by Akha hilltribe. Here, take part in a farm to table cooking experience, where you’ll wander the property in search for organic eggs, fruits and vegetables. Then, continue back to the kitchen and begin whipping up a culinary storm – you’ll learn the secrets of a punchy chilli paste, hot and sour soups, a Thai-style stir fry and a traditional dessert. You’ll learn how to make these dishes from a local chef from the village, and then enjoy the fruits of your labour over a relaxed lunch. After your hunger is tamed, continue to Chiang Rai city, where you’ll arrive at your guesthouse for the evening. Chiang Mai's 'little sister', Chiang Rai boasts a relaxed atmosphere, a great night market, and a variety of good restaurants. This charming city has a small-town feel and is a great place to explore on foot.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Hilltribe Villages Trek - Head out for today's trek this morning, stopping at a shop along the way to pick up some fresh food for breakfast. From the starting point at Doi Bor Village, you'll take a dirt road through rice fields and pineapple plantations. Walk through the bamboo forest, then stop for lunch, which will be prepared by your local guide. Carry on to Baan Arpha Pattana (the Akha Tribal Village) where you'll be spending the night. Only 250 people live in this village, most of whom are Buddhists, and some who still respect spirits. Most of the locals migrated from Myanmar about 80 years ago, including Mr. Arpha, who the village was named after. Most of the villagers here grow rice, pineapple or farm pigs and chickens. When you arrive at your accommodation at the Akha Tribal House, you'll learn how to make hand crafted wrist bands from the local hilltribe people, before settling in for the night.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Hilltribe Villages Trek - After a basic breakfast prepared by your guide, you'll start today's walk from Arpha Pattana Village to Huai Mae Sai waterfall, walking up and down hilly trails through bamboo forests. When you reach the waterfall, you'll have the chance to swim and relax by the pond while your guide prepares lunch. Learn how to cook in bamboo cups from your guide, watching as they prepare today's meal. After, continue uphill, past the rice fields of the Lahu people to Doi Bor viewpoint. Soak up the views here, then head downhill to Yafu Village. Learn about the local culture when you arrive, and how the villagers grow corn, rice, nuts, ginger and farm cows, pigs and chickens.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Hilltribe Villages trek - Chiang Rai - Wake up in the quiet of the rural village this morning. Enjoy a basic breakfast prepared by your guide, then start today's walk. This will be the last day of your trek. Starting from Yafu Lahu Village, you'll walk to Ruammit Village, where your trek comes to an end. Then, take a songthaew (traditional passenger vehicle) back to Chiang Rai, where you'll spend the night.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Chiang Rai - Chiang Mai - Overnight Train - In the morning visit privately owned Wat Rong Khun, more commonly known as the White Temple – a must visit in Chiang Rai. This contemporary temple is constantly being updated, and its strange design features references to Buddhist mythology, human sin and pop culture icons such as Michael Jackson, Harry Potter and Superman. Afterwards, return to Chiang Mai by bus (approximately 4 hours). The rest of the day is free to explore, so perhaps take a scenic, winding drive up a mountain to one of the country's most stunning temple complexes, Doi Suthep. A 300-step naga-guarded stairway leads you to the temples, and the climb is well worth the effort. The hypnotic atmosphere of chanting Buddhist monks and sweeping views of the city make this a most memorable experience. Keep in mind this evening you’ll get back on the rails for an overnight train to Bangkok (approximately 13 hours).

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Bangkok - Arrive back in Bangkok and spend your day shopping or sightseeing before meeting up with your group for dinner. Being a weekend, this is a great opportunity to visit the weekend market at Chatuchak – one of the biggest and busiest markets you will ever see. Your leader can also give you other ideas of what to do – places like Jim Thompson's House, the Grand Palace and Chinatown are all great to explore. There's a fantastic array of transport options available for getting around this traffic-choked city and although it's most efficient to stick to the canals, river, and Skytrain, a trip in a tuk-tuk is certainly an experience!

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Bangkok - With no activities planned for today, you are free to depart the accommodation at any time. That doesn’t mean that your adventure has to come to an end! Feel free to continue to soak up Thai culture and cuisine with an extra couple of days in its capital, if you’d like. If you wish to spend more time in Bangkok, we’ll be happy to organise additional accommodation (subject to availability).

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Bangkok - Sa-wat dee! Welcome to Thailand. Your adventure begins in Thailand’s bustling capital, Bangkok with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. Bangkok is famous for its tuk tuks, khlong boats and street vendors who serve delicious Thai food. If you arrive early, maybe visit the Grand Palace and the Temple of the Emerald Buddha, wander down the tourist mecca of Khao San Road or relax with in a Thai massage. After the meeting tonight, maybe gather your fellow travellers together and tuck into some world-famous street food.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Bangkok / Overnight train - Start today with a visit to Wat Arun – the Temple of the Dawn. Named after the Indian God of Dawn, Aruna, this impressive landmark sits on the west bank of the Chao Phraya River. The rest of the afternoon is free for you to explore at your own pace. Maybe visit Wat Pho, home to the country's largest reclining Buddha, take a riverboat to Chinatown and wander its crowded streets or travel by longtail boat down the Chao Phraya River to explore Bangkok's famous 'khlongs' (canals). Tonight, you’ll board an overnight train southbound for Surat Thani.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Khao Sok National Park - Arrive at Surat Thani in the morning, then travel by minivan to Khao Sok. Set amid hectares of thick jungle, waterfalls, limestone cliffs and an island-studded lake, the Khao Sok National Park is a nature lover's paradise. Here, you’ll hop in a traditional longtail boat for a calm sail to your accommodation on the water. Keep your eyes out for wild bull elephants, gibbons and spectacled langur (dusky leaf monkeys). Khao Sok National Park is the wettest spot in Thailand with some of the oldest jungles in the world. Your accommodation tonight will be in a traditional raft house, surrounded by turquoise waters of the lake in the front and one of the oldest jungles at the back.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Koh Tao - This morning, you’ll wake up in the oldest evergreen rainforest in the world. Your raft house sits right inside the park, so you’ll have time this morning to catch the mist drifting along the lake as you search for wildlife in the jungle on a longtail boat. Before lunch, take a jungle hike around the park, and depending on the season, maybe see waterfalls or head up high to a panoramic viewpoint. If you're lucky, you might catch a glimpse of an elephant, hornbill or langur monkey. After, make your way to Koh Tao. Best known for its vibrant coral reefs, tis little island is popular with divers and those just looking for beautiful, palm-fringed beaches like Sairee. Soak up some free time to relax or maybe join a cooking class, visit a local spa or go swimming. Koh Tao also has a small but lively nightlife for those looking for a dance on the beach.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Ko Tao - Today, you’ll discover the underwater world that surrounds Koh Tao with an exploratory snorkelling trip. With abundant coral and tropical fish, this is undeniably one of the jewels in southern Thailand – and you might even see a timid reef shark among the corals!. Sail south from Mae Haad Pier, navigating around the southern tip of the island until you reach Shark Island. Look out for the occasional leopard shark! Drop by Luek Bay for one of the best swimming beaches on the island, with fish-filled reefs on either side, then stop at Hin Wong Bay for lunch aboard the boat. Then, head to the privately-owned Nang Yuan Island and take a short hike up to a viewpoint, relax on the beach, snorkel through schools of parrotfish or chill out on the boat.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Koh Samui - After breakfast, jump on another boat and cruise over to Koh Samui. Known simply as Samui by locals, this spot has beautiful white sandy beaches, coral reefs and coconut trees. In the afternoon, visit Khum Sa-ke Village – an organisation working to improve the eco-environment of the village. Walk along their birdwatching route and rice paddies and learn about their waste management and organic gardens. Wrap it all up with a hearty home-cooked dinner full of southern Thailand flavours and see how important coconuts are to this delicious cuisine.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Koh Samui - It’s up to you what you’d like to do today! If you feel like getting active, maybe set off on a daytrip to Ang Thong Marine National Park – an archipelago of around 40 islands (many uninhabited). If you choose this option, you’ll sail around the steep limestone cliffs to an inland saltwater lagoon called Emerald Lake (Talay Nai), which is fed by an underground cave. If you prefer to stay on land today, maybe check out the Samui Elephant Sanctuary and see the gentle giants as they roam, socialise and bathe. Or simply relax on the beach with a good book.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Ko Samui - As there are no further activities, your Thailand adventure comes to an end this morning. This doesn’t mean you have to go home! If you’d like to stay longer, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Bangkok - Sa-wat dee! Welcome to Thailand. Your adventure begins in the bustling capital of Bangkok, famous for its tuk-tuks, khlong boats and street vendors serving up delicious local food. You’ll have a welcome meeting at 6 pm to meet your local leader and group of fellow travellers. It’s recommended you arrive a few days early to explore the city – uncover the Chinatown area, visit the Grand Palace and the Temple of the Emerald Buddha, wander down Khao San Road, indulge in a Thai massage or see the backstreets of Bangkok by bike on an Urban Adventure. After the meeting tonight, maybe tuck into some into world famous street food for dinner.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Bangkok - Overnight train - Begin the day with a river cruise down the Chao Phraya River to explore the famous Khlongs (canals). Life along these canals seems a world away from the chaotic streets of the capital. Visit Wat Pho – one of the Bangkok temples, with a 46-m-long gold-plated Buddha reclining inside. Even the feet of this statue are incredible, 3 m long and intricately decorated with mother of pearl. The temple grounds are equally fascinating, filled with beautifully decorated stupas, halls and shrines. This evening you’ll head north to Chiang Mai on an overnight train journey.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Chiang Mai - The most vibrant city in northern Thailand, Chiang Mai has many famous temples and an interesting old city area. When you arrive, embark on a scenic, winding drive to one of the country's most stunning temple complexes – Doi Suthep. A 300-step naga-guarded stairway leads you to the temples, and the climb is well worth the effort. Take in the hypnotic atmosphere of chanting Buddhist monks and the sweeping views over the city. After making your way back down, you’ll check into your hotel and have a free afternoon and evening to explore. Maybe wander through the Night Bazaar or relax at a restaurant along the riverfront. Make sure to sample some traditional northern Thai food – the signature dish is kao soy (yellow wheat noodles in a curry broth, traditionally served with chicken or beef).

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Chiang Mai - Today is free for you to explore and there are plenty of optional activities available. Maybe join a local cooking class and discover the secrets of real Thai cuisine – you'll learn the key ingredients, how to use them and what to use in their place if you can’t get them at home. As well as taking your own comprehensive recipe book home with you, you'll feast on the fruits of your labour for lunch. Maybe get active with a bicycle tour to discover the city and surrounding countryside from a different perspective or be spirited away on an early morning Chiang Mai tour that puts you at the epicentre of Buddhist rituals. Learn to meditate, offer alms to monks and make an offering at a temple.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Chiang Khong - Take a journey through rural countryside to the Thai border town of Chiang Khong. On the way, visit privately owned Wat Rong Khun, more commonly known as the White Temple – a must visit in Chiang Rai. This contemporary temple is constantly being updated, and its strange design references to Buddhist mythology, human sin and pop culture icons such as Michael Jackson, Harry Potter and Superman. Formerly known as Juon, riverside Chiang Khong remains an important market town for the surrounding hill tribes and for trade with Laos. Stretch your legs with a stroll around town, then maybe continue to Wat Phra Kaew and Wat Luang. Tonight, why not enjoy a final Thai drink and dinner, while Laos beckons from across the mighty Mekong.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Mekong River - Pak Beng - After crossing into Laos, you’ll be joined by additional Laos guides (a local government requirement). Board a slow boat for the 2-day journey down the mighty Mekong River to Luang Prabang. The journey is relaxed, so you can experience the slow pace of village life and the breathtaking scenery along the river up close. The river boat is basic in nature, with a toilet, covered roof and open sides to take in the fresh air. There are seats in the front of the boat and a small open area in the back where you can have a nap on the mat, play cards, read or have lunch. Dock at the small town of Pak Beng to spend the night. Hmong and tribal Thai people are frequently seen on the main streets, where vendors sell local textiles and handicrafts.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Mekong River - Luang Prabang - Reboard the boat and cruise to the Pak Ou Caves – an important religious site overlooking the river at the junction of the Mekong and Ou Rivers, consisting of two sacred limestone caverns filled with Buddha images of all styles and sizes. The lower cave, known as Tham Ting, is entered from the river by a series of steps and can easily be seen in daylight. The higher cave, Tham Phum, is deeper and requires a torch for viewing. Continue to the former royal capital of Luang Prabang. This UNESCO World Heritage-listed city is a favourite of many travellers, sitting in the hills of northern Laos on the confluence of the Mekong and Khan rivers. The city is claimed to be ‘the best-preserved city in South East Asia’ by UNESCO. Stay in a hotel tonight and if you’re feeling energetic, maybe climb Mt Phousi for some sunset views. You can climb the 328 zigzag steps up to the sacred gilded stupa and big drum of the Phu Si Temple for a panoramic view of Luang Prabang and its surroundings.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Luang Prabang - Once the heart and soul of the ancient Lao Kingdom (Lan Xang) and designated a UNESCO World Heritage site in 1995, Luang Prabang is endowed with a legacy of historic, red-roofed temples and French Indochinese architecture. Rise with the sun this morning and witness a traditional alms giving ceremony. View the procession of saffron-robed monks on their daily outing collecting food offered by devotees (a practice that dates back centuries). The offerings must be collected early, as the monks cannot eat anything after midday. By giving food to a monk, it is believed you ‘het bon’ (make merit) which will be carried over into the next life. Your leader will guide you through the dos and don’ts and help you to take part. Return to your hotel for breakfast, then later, head to Kuang Si Falls – a multi-level cascade of bright blue pools. After a swim, visit a local social enterprise that supports and trains local women in weaving. Aiming to empower, while also preserving the traditional skill of making Laos textile, this enterprise will teach you about their work as you have a drink by Mekong River.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Luang Prabang - This morning, you’ll learn about a local elephant project in nearby Mandalao that will give you a new perspective and profound understanding of these magnificent creatures. Walk side by side with recently rescued elephants on stroll through their natural habitat (the Laos jungle) – a perfect way for these happy creatures to enjoy their freedom after decades of hard labour in logging camps. You'll leave the village of Xieng Lom before taking a quick boat ride across the Nam Khan River where you’ll be introduced to your gigantic companions. Feed them some special treats (a sure way to win their friendship) followed by a gentle, therapeutic walk along a small dirt path, past traditional farms and the Huay Nok stream – where you may be able to spot elephants splashing around in the water as they cool off from the hot Lao sun! Return to Luang Prabang in the afternoon and enjoy the rest of the day at leisure.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Vang Vieng - Take a high-speed train to Vang Vieng. Situated on the Nam Song River, Vang Vieng is surrounded by towering limestone karsts and is a great place to enjoy being surrounded by nature. After checking in to the hotel, use tonight to plan out your next few days with your group and leader.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Vang Vieng - There’s plenty to do in and around Vang Vieng, known as an adventure town thanks to its unique and varied surrounding country. The area is renowned for its caves, many of which are easily accessible from the town. Perhaps the most famous is the cave of Tham Chang – a beautiful cavern fed by a natural spring, making it a perfect spot for a swim. Hire bicycles to explore further afield, hike the trails to nearby lookout points, join a daytrip to go kayaking on the river, or visit an organic mulberry farm just outside town.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Vientiane - Continue by private minibus to the country's capital, Vientiane – possibly Asia's most laidback capital. Vientiane has a wealth of cultural delights to discover on foot, or by jumbo (tuk-tuk). Faded mansions, tree-lined boulevards and old temples create an atmosphere of timelessness, particularly in the older part of town along the Mekong River. Visit Wat Si Saket – the oldest temple still standing and home to almost 7000 Buddha images. Visit COPE visitors centre – an organisation dedicated to assisting those who have been injured by the multitude of unexploded ordinance across the country. This is an excellent cause and a chance to educate yourself about Laos' devastating war history as well as buy a snack or drink from their Karma Cafe. This evening, maybe join your fellow travellers for dinner and celebrate a trip well travelled.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Hanoi - Say goodbye to Laos today as you'll be transferred to the airport for your flight to Hanoi. A driver will wait for you and take you from the airport to your hotel in Hanoi. You’ll have some free time to explore at your own pace before your next welcome meeting at 6 pm to meet your new group and leader. Consider booking an urban adventure tour if you have time or maybe take it at your own pace and wander the Old Quarter to admire the city’s French architecture. After the meeting, head out to dinner at KOTO restaurant. This organisation is dedicated to developing the hospitality careers of disadvantaged youth.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Halong Bay - Travel by private minibus to the UNESCO World Heritage-listed Ha Long Bay, which is dotted with sandy coves, grottoes and 1600 limestone islands, formed over millennia by wind and water erosion. Board a private boat and cruise the bay, exploring Surprise Cave and Ti Top Island Beach. If you like, you can also take on an optional kayaking tour of the bay and see the gorgeous natural scenery from a different perspective. Spend your evening aboard the boat beneath the night sky, watching as the stars come out and maybe grab a drink at the restaurant bar, getting to know your fellow travellers a little better.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Hanoi – Overnight train - Wake up on the waters of Ha Long Bay and maybe watch the sunrise as the eagles soar overhead. Then, you’ll visit The Green Life Centre, which is committed to turning the bay’s trash into treasure by collecting discarded items and skilfully turning them into handicrafts. Meet the team behind this important cause and learn how to transform rubbish into a reusable bag, a scrunchie or a makeup case. After return to Hanoi by bus. Arrive late this afternoon and enjoy a free afternoon until tonight’s train voyage. Be sure to grab a bowl of pho while you’re in town and slurp down this local specialty made from broth, noodles and meat. Maybe chill by Hoan Kiem Lake until you board an overnight train to Hue this evening.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Hue - Arrive in Hue this morning and transfer to your hotel. Once the imperial capital of Vietnam, Hue holds the treasures of the country’s royal past. Enjoy free time in the morning to rest or explore – you could check out the bustling Dong Ba Market to sample some of the specialties that once graced the Nguyen emperors' tables. Reunite with the group to visit the war-damaged ruins of the Imperial Citadel – a sprawling city-within-a-city which contains the remains of temples, state houses and the emperor’s palace.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Hue - See Hue like a local today – from the back of a motorbike! Straddle the saddle and whiz around town with a local guide, taking in historic and contemporary sights along the way. Stop at Thanh Toan to see the 18th-century covered bridge and villagers shopping at their local market. Visit the 17th-century active Buddhist monastery of Thien Mu Pagoda and see the car that belonged to Thich Quang Duc – the monk who self-immolated in 1963 in protest against the treatment of Buddhists by the South Vietnamese regime. For lunch, sit down to a vegetarian feast in a nunnery. Finish at the lakeside royal tomb of Emperor Tu Duc before heading back to town.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Hoi An - This morning, take the bus through coastal rice paddies and the spectacular Hai Van Pass. After a photo stop on the way, arrive in Hoi An – recently declared a UNESCO World Heritage site, Hoi An was a major international trading port during the 17th, 18th and 19th centuries. Today, parts of the beautifully preserved town retain the feel of centuries past. This is also a very popular town for shopping, famous for its many tailors. When you arrive, your leader will take you on a sightseeing walk through the Old Town to visit a handful of the city's major attractions. You’ll also be given a sightseeing pass so you can further explore select attractions at your leisure.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Hoi An - Today is a free day to explore Hoi An. Maybe browse the cobbled streets and art galleries or hire a bike and cycle through rice paddies out to Cua Dai Beach. Maybe browse for paintings, ceramics and colourful cloth lanterns in the town’s markets and preserved Chinese shophouses. If you’re craving a new look, you could visit to one of the hundreds of tailors and get an outfit custom made. Hoi An is also known for its delicious regional food, so you could have dinner a riverside restaurant or partake in a cooking class.

     

    Day - 20

    Location: Ho Chi Minh City - Today, you’ll take a short, early morning flight to Ho Chi Minh City. Formerly known as Saigon, Ho Chi Minh City has a fascinating history and is arguably Vietnam’s capital of commerce and culture. After landing, take a sightseeing tour around the city by bus. Pass the Reunification Palace, Notre Dame Cathedral and the Opera House, then stop in at the War Remnants Museum to discover some of the sobering stories of the 20-year-long Vietnam/American War.

     

    Day - 21

    Location: Mekong Delta – Ho Chi Minh City - This morning, head out on a daytrip to explore the Mekong Delta. Board a private boat to Ben Tre to visit the coconut gardens and stop at a local home to sample tropical fruits and coconut jams. After, paddle in sampans (small rowing boats) past coconut trees along the Mekong Delta. Take a tuk-tuk tour around the villages and learn about rural life and the industry created around coconut products like brooms and coconut fibre mats. Eat lunch at a restaurant in the heart of the Delta, sampling regional specialties like elephant ear fish. After, return to Ho Chi Minh City and maybe grab dinner with your fellow travellers to toast to a great adventure!

     

    Day - 22

    Location: Ho Chi Minh City - Enjoy a free day in Ho Chi Minh to get out and discover the city at your own pace. Alternatively, why not get an up close and personal history lesson on guerrilla warfare during an Urban Adventures tour to the Cu Chi tunnels. This underground network in the middle of the jungle was used by the Viet Cong during the war. Take the chance to climb into the tunnels and imagine what it would’ve been like to eat, sleep, work and cook – even go to school underground as conflict raged above. Return to Ho Chi Minh where there will be a meeting at 6 pm to welcome any new travellers joining you on the next stage of your adventure. After, perhaps get to know your new travel buddies over an optional group dinner.

     

    Day - 23

    Location: Phnom Penh - Travel by public bus across the border, through rural Vietnam and Cambodia to Phnom Penh. Cambodia's capital city is set on a major junction of the Mekong and Tonle Sap rivers and boasts some fine examples of French-inspired architecture. If you're looking for a tasty beverage when you arrive, head for a mojito on the rooftop. Or if you're in the mood for shopping, stop in at the art-deco Psar Thmei (Central Market) or travel out to Psar Tuol Tom Pong (the Russian Market) for the best range of local souvenirs.

     

    Day - 24

    Location: Phnom Penh - Today, you’ll confront Cambodia's tragic past on a guided tour of the Tuol Sleng Genocide Museum (S21) – a former school which served as a Khmer Rouge torture centre. It's estimated that more than 20,000 people were held and tortured here. You’ll also head out to the Killing Fields of Choeung Ek, where a stupa made up of some 8000 human skulls marks the execution ground for the torture victims of Tuol Sleng. After, you may wish to learn about a brighter period in Cambodian history from an optional visit to the Royal Palace and Silver Pagoda. Wat Phnom, shrouded in myth, is equally worth a visit, as is the National Museum with its excellent Khmer collection. Cyclo tours around the city are a great alternative to walking and generally include the Central Market, US Embassy, Wat Phnom, Mekong riverfront, the Independence Monument and Royal Palace.

     

    Day - 25

    Location: Battambang - Travel by private minibus to Battambang today. Break up an otherwise long trip with a visit to the pottery visit in Kampong Chhnang and learn about the craft of pottery making at local workshops. Then continue to Cambodia's second-largest city – a pretty riverside town with French elegance, friendly Khmer people and beautifully preserved colonial architecture, this is a great place to explore on your own. Why not take part in an optional cooking class to learn the secrets of local dishes such as amok, Khmer curry and fried spicy chicken.

     

    Day - 26

    Location: Siem Reap - Spend a bit of time riding around the countryside by bike, travelling out to the rural villages around Battambang. This is a great opportunity to get a closer look at what rural life means in Cambodia. Visit local families who have been producing agricultural products the traditional way passed down through generations, like rice paper, dried bananas, and bamboo sticky rice and stop by a Khmer house and relax and enjoy some coconut water while chatting about their life. The Intrepid partner for this activity is a local social enterprise that support training of local youth for their future career. In the afternoon continue by private minibus to Siem Reap, arriving in the evening, and relax as you prepare for your much-anticipated visit to Angkor tomorrow. Perhaps hit the markets for some delicious street food for dinner.

     

    Day - 27

    Location: Siem Reap / Angkor Wat - Make your way to Angkor Wat in the early hours this morning to watch the sunrise over this UNESO World Heritage site. Then, Temple-hop with your local guide through the world-famous complex. The temples, dating back as far as the ninth century, were believed to represent the cosmic world and were set in perfect balance, symmetry and composition. The intricately carved bas-reliefs and architectural designs are mind-blowing and there are spectacular photo opportunities at any time of day. The ruins are scattered over an area of some 160 square km, but the main cluster of temples is close to Siem Reap, so there will be plenty of time to fully appreciate the great archaeological sites of Angkor Wat, Bayon and the jungle-covered Ta Prohm.

     

    Day - 28

    Location: Siem Reap / Angkor Wat - Continue your explorations of the Angkor complex this morning. In the afternoon, embark on a private local boat discover the floating villages and local daily lives at Chhong Kneas – a trading port of agricultural products on the edge of Tonle Sap Lake, also known as the Great Lake of Cambodia.

     

    Day - 29

    Location: Bangkok - It's a long drive by private minibus from Siem Reap to Bangkok today. Arrive in Thailand's bustling capital and take in this exciting world of tuk tuks, khlong boats and street vendors serving up delicious Thai food. Perhaps head out to sample some local specialties as a final farewell with your fellow travellers.

     

    Day - 30

    Location: Bangkok - Your trip comes to an end this morning, with no further activities planned. However, if you have more time, Bangkok is full of things to do, including the Grand Palace, Temple of the Emerald Buddha, and the fascinating Jim Thompson Museum. Just speak to your booking agent if you'd like to extend your stay.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Bangkok - Sa-wat dee! Welcome to Thailand. Thailand's bustling capital is famous for its tuk tuks, khlong boats and street vendors serving up delicious Thai food. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm. Please look for a note in the hotel lobby or ask the hotel reception where it will take place, and have your insurance details and next of kin information ready for collection. Bangkok has so much to offer those with time to explore, so perhaps arrive a day or so early and take a riverboat to Chinatown, uncover the magnificent Grand Palace and the Temple of the Emerald Buddha, wander down the tourist mecca of Khao San Road, or indulge in some Thai massage. Take a longtail boat down the Chao Phraya River and explore the famous 'khlongs' (canals) – life along these canals seems a world away from the chaotic streets of the capital. After the meeting tonight, perhaps gather your fellow travellers and tuck into some world-famous street food. Riding distance: none

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Bangkok Cyling/Surat Thani - Take to the streets of Bangkok by bike and explore the backstreets, alleyways and canals on a guided cycling tour. Get away from the tourist areas and into the heart and soul of this lively city. The quietness of these areas often contrasts with the chaos this metropolis is known for. You're sure to see numerous wats along the way, and travelling around by bike allows you to move through the city quite easily and at a relaxed pace. Today’s total distance cycled is around 20 kilometres. After your ride there will be ample time to get cleaned up and shop for any last-minute supplies or souvenirs before boarding an overnight train southbound for Surat Thani (approximately 13 hours). Notes: Sleeper trains are clean and air-conditioned, and beds are multi-share compartments. Sheets, a pillow and blanket are provided (although some people prefer to bring their own sleeping sheet). Please note that you may be sharing compartments with locals of the same or opposite gender. Your baggage will travel in the carriage with you. There's also a food and drink service available on board.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Ratchaprapha Cycling & Khao Sok National Park - Arrive in Surat Thani this morning. Avoid the busy traffic by driving 35 kilometres through small villages and palm-tree-lined roads before climbing onto your bike. The real scenic highlight of this area will then come into view – stunning limestone karsts. Formed over 260 million years ago, these karsts were once part of a prehistoric underwater reef that stretched all the way up to Vietnam and will be your constant companion for the next few days. With an average height of 400 metres and rising all the way up to almost a kilometre, they are impossible to ignore. Heading west, cycle through a sea of greenery towards the Ratchaprapha Dam (approximately 40 kilometres). Reminiscent of Guilin in China, and like the freshwater version of Phang Nga’s famous limestone peaks, this is a reservoir where hundreds of tiny islands of exquisite pale rock jut out of emerald water. After lunch on the shores of the dam, we travel by vehicle to Khao Sok National Park, and fall asleep to a chorus of crickets and cicadas as a lullaby.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Khao Sok National Park - Established as Thailand’s 22nd national park in 1980, Khao Sok is home to the oldest evergreen rainforest in the world, deep valleys, the beautiful Cheow Larn Lake, numerous caves, and a significant wild animal population. This nature lover's paradise includes elephants, exotic Hornbills, water-loving Langur Monkeys and even the occasional tiger deep inside the park. The flora is also top-notch, with the rare Rafflesia Kerri, one of the world’s largest flowers, only found here. Here you’ll have free time to walk along the dirt trails that snake through the quiet park, looking out for wildlife as you head for rivers and waterfalls where you might enjoy a cooling dip. If you are feeling like more cycling have a chat to your tour leader about the many options on the local tracks - our cycling experts will be happy to point you in the right direction (or maybe even join you). Spend the night amid the ancient gnarled rainforest trees in a riverside bungalow.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Cycle Takua Pa to Khao Lak - Begin the day in the support vehicle, leaving the verdant forests and hills behind with a drive west from Khao Sok to the nearby town of Takua Pa (approximately 40 kilometres). Then jump back on the bike again to begin the day of cycling, travelling across relatively flat terrain through the interior. Pass numerous flowing rivers, palm-fringed roads and smiling local children, then make your way down to the Andaman Coast. Here you’ll run parallel to the sublime Andaman Sea before arriving at your home for the next two nights – the laid-back beach town of Khao Lak (approximately 42 kilometres). Famous for the likes of Memories Beach, Bang Niang Beach and the aptly-named White Sand Beach, Khao Lak is one Thailand’s quieter beach destinations and a great place to unwind after a long but enjoyable day in the saddle.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Khao Lak - Today is a free day to enjoy the beautiful surrounds of the Andaman Coast. For a sobering insight into the area’s recent history, perhaps visit the International Tsunami Museum, a reminder of the 2004 tragedy. Here there is a memorial to the 3000 people who died in the area. There are numerous beaches to chill out on, waterfalls (like Ton Chong Fa) to swim in, fishing trips to take, and if you're feeling active, bike routes to cycle or underwater worlds to explore by scuba or snorkel. For something different, perhaps hone your culinary skills with a Thai cooking class. There is as much, or as little, to do here as you like.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Phang-Nga - Leave the coast and head inland today, cycling eastwards through rolling hills past forests orchards, and rubber plantations to Phang Nga. This town sits at the end of the tributaries that empty into the bay of the same name (approximately 52 kilometres). Known for its relaxed atmosphere, cheap and authentic food, and some spectacular sights, Phang Nga is the perfect place to taste Southern Thailand. As reflected in the local food, Phang Nga has a diverse culture, with Buddhist temples, mosques, and Taoist Chinese shrines all found within walking distance of one another. After a relaxing lunch you’ll take a boat on the Phang-Nga Bay, where limestone rocks famously erupt out of the water, creating what is, for many, the iconic image of Thailand. You’ll stop by the famous James Bond Island, immortalised in the movie 'The Man With the Golden Gun', and Koh Panyee, an extraordinary Muslim fishing village built over water on stilts, with its own mosque and even a floating football pitch.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Krabi/Ao Nang - The final day on the bike begins with a 45-kilometre transfer in the support vehicle. Then it’s on to your two-wheeled friend for a 50-kilometre ride through beautiful inland landscapes and down the coast to the classic Thai beachside town of Ao Nang. After so much time spent moving at a slow pace, Ao Nang comes as a welcome change, with its lively atmosphere, shops that light up the sidewalk, and an enormous selection of food and drink on every corner. While the front beach here is good, the spectacular nearby shores of Tonsai, Railay, Ko Hong, Ko Poda and Ko Gai are true highlights and easily reachable as a day trip. Further afield there’s easy boat access to the islands of Ko Phi Phi and Phuket. If you’ve had enough of the beach, perhaps go rock climbing. Whether you're a novice or a pro, looking down on the jungle and ocean from a limestone cliff face is unforgettable. Meet up again in the evening to say goodbye to your biking crew, then perhaps enjoy a final night dinner with the group.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Krabi/Ao Nang - Your cycling adventure comes to an end today. There are no activities planned and you are free to leave at any time, or perhaps extend our stay in this idyllic beachside town.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Ho Chi Minh City - Xin chao! Welcome to Vietnam. Your adventure begins in Ho Chi Minh City with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. If you arrive early, there’s plenty to be seen with a self-paced walking tour of the city. Maybe head to Pham Ngu Lao Street to see the local open-aired market or visit Vinh Nghiem Pagoda. You could also head to one of the local amusement parks or hunt down the perfect Banh mi. After the meeting tonight, maybe head out with your group for an optional welcome dinner.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Mekong Delta - This morning you’ll hop on the bus and drive to the Mekong Delta – known as the ‘rice bowl of Vietnam.’ The fertile delta is famous for its harvest of tropical fruit, flowers and rice, as well as the waterside views over the canals. When you arrive, you’ll get on your bike for the first full day of cycling. Ride along quiet backroads, past farms and villages and make a stop for lunch. You’ll also get to visit orchards and some local cottage industries. Around sunset, make your way up one of the canals by boat to reach your homestay. Tonight, you’ll stay with a local family in their home and sit down for a homecooked dinner of local specialties.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Chau Doc - Start the day early with a boat ride, then take a bus to riverside Sadec, where you’ll start today’s ride. Shake out your sea legs with a cycle through the bustling settlements along the river. Here, you’ll see more of how local life is dependent on the river, stopping for lunch in a local community. Cycle on to the ferry and then take a bus to Chau Doc, which sits right next to the Cambodian border. When you arrive, head out in search of the city’s famous hot noodles and a cold beer. The rest of the night is free to explore at your own pace or get some rest in tonight’s hotel.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Phnom Penh - Cycle to your last destination within Vietnam – the border town of Tinh Bien. On arrival you’ll stop for lunch, then go through visa formalities and cross into Cambodia. Meet your new support team and hop on your bike again on your way to Phnom Penh. You’ll be cycling along dusty and bumpy rural roads for a while, then along a paved highway which leads towards Cambodia’s capital. Avoid the busy roads and jump back into the support vehicle for the drive into the city. When you arrive, you’ll have a free evening to seek out the best Cambodian cuisine to help fuel up after a good day out on the bike. Phnom Penh is quickly becoming a hot destination among foodies, so you can easily load up on grilled seafood, fish curry and green mango salad.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Phnom Penh - Today, you’ll head to the gold-hued Mongkol Serei Kien Khleang Pagoda on the shores of the mighty Mekong River then take a short ferry to spend the full day on a leisurely ride around Mekong Island (Koh Dach). This 10-hectare island is also known as one of the prominent centres of traditional handicrafts in Cambodia, and you’ll visit some local artisans selling quality silks, pottery and woodcarvings. Cycle past temples and pagodas, then stop at a roadside food stall for a refreshing drink. This afternoon’s ride will take you through the small villages, rice paddies, vegetable farms and fruit orchards of the island, then on to Okhna Tey island (Koh Okhna) before you head back to the mainland for a free evening.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Phnom Penh - Today you’ll confront Cambodia’s tragic past with visits to several historical sites. Visit the Tuol Sleng Genocide Museum – a former school which served as a Khmer Rouge torture centre. You’ll take a guided tour of the museum where over 20,000 people were once incarcerated and tortured. Next, visit the Choeung Ek Memorial, where a stupa made up of some 8000 human skulls marks the site of the infamous Killing Fields. This was where the prisoners of Tuol Sleng were executed and nearly 9000 corpses have been exhumed from the area. Finally, learn about a brighter period in Cambodian history with a visit to the Royal Palace and Silver Pagoda.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Siem Reap - Settle in for a long day of driving as you travel to Siem Reap. Grab a window seat on the bus if you can, as you’ll have some beautiful rural scenery along the way of tiny towns and countryside. Play some road trip games with your fellow travellers, get stuck into your book or take the opportunity to nap as you make the journey. When you arrive, maybe ask your local leader for the best dinner spots!

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Siem Reap - Today is all about the Angkor Complex – a UNESCO World Heritage site and one of the most important archaeological sites in South-East Asia. Sitting in the jungle and hidden from the world for generations, Angkor is an ancient temple complex and with over 1000 temples there is no better way to explore the sprawling site than by bicycle. From Siem Reap, avoid the traffic and ride out off the main roads and (weather permitting) take small unsealed roads and paths to a remote small but beautiful temple practically unvisited by tourists. Enjoy the quiet then continue on small paths through the foliage to the main sites. When you arrive, you’ll park the bikes and explore the iconic Hindu temple of Angkor Wat on foot. Then, it’s back on the bike to discover the original Buddhist temple in Angkor – the amazing Bayon Temple. Cycle to Ta Phrom temple and indulge your inner Indiana Jones as you stroll through an amazing scene, where nature has taken over the ancient ruins.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Siem Reap - Today you’ll cover a lot of distance on your visit to Banteay Srei – the 10th century temple dedicated to the Hindu god Shiva. The temple was rediscovered in 1914 and has some of the most intricate carvings in the world. It was restored shortly after discovery, using traditional techniques and materials. You’ll then have a free afternoon and evening in Siem Reap, to explore or relax at the hotel.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Sa Kaew - Say goodbye to Siem Reap early this morning and head for the border of Cambodia and Thailand. Your crossing at Poipet/Aranyaprathet should take around 4 hours, including travel and border formalities. From the border, you'll transfer to the Tha Kabark Dam. Here, you can go for a quick swim before lunch, then it’s on to the next cycling leg to Sa Kaeo, where you'll stay for the night.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Kabinburi - Wake up at sunrise this morning and make your way to the local market. Here, you’ll see Buddhist monks from the nearby temples who come to receive food from the villagers in exchange for blessings. Perhaps offer the monks some alms and be a part of the tradition. Spend the rest of the day cycling along mostly flat terrain towards the small district of Kabinburi. Along the way, you’ll pass rubber tree and tapioca plantations as well as lush rice fields.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Bangkok - Today, you’ll drive to a small rural village, where you hop back on the bike for your last full day of cycling. Make your way to Khun Dan Dam – Thailand’s largest dam. You’ll ride past small villages, paddy fields, farms and shops. Stop for lunch along the way, then enjoy a quick swim in the dam. After you’re feeling refreshed, you’ll pack up the bikes with your group and hop in a private transfer to Bangkok, your final destination. When you arrive, maybe head out with your local leader and your group for an optional dinner and cheers to a trip well-travelled!

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Bangkok - There are no activities planned after breakfast today and your adventure comes to an end. If you'd like to extend your stay, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time to organise additional accommodation. If you’re staying in Bangkok, maybe take a riverboat to Chinatown and explore the crowded streets, wander down the tourist mecca of Khao San Road or visit Wat Pho – home to the country's largest reclining Buddha.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Bangkok - Sawasdee! Welcome to Thailand. Your adventure begins in the bustling hub of Bangkok with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. If you arrive early, maybe get to grips with this awesome city and take a walk around Khao San Road or head to the magnificent Grand Palace. As one of the world’s largest marketplaces, Chatuchak Market is also a great place to practice your haggling and pick up some bargains. Tonight, maybe head out for dinner with your newfound travel companions and hit the nightlife to celebrate the start of an epic adventure.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Bangkok - Overnight Train - Today, explore some of Bangkok's oldest neighbourhoods on a walking tour with your leader. Wander through Chinatown and along the way, maybe stop by some food stalls on Sukorn Alley for some snacks. Visit Wat Mangkon Kamalawat – home to 58 gods, this is said to be one of the most sacred sites in the area. Offer prayers to the Chinese gods, take your time in this sacred place surrounded by gold statues and red lanterns and then finish with a walk through the bustling daytime Sampeng wholesale market. You’ll have an included lunch at the famous Labour Egg Noodle, so tuck into some Fish Ball Noodles or Tom Yam Pork Noodles. The rest of the afternoon is free to do what you like, until your overnight train this evening.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Chiang Mai - Arrive in Chiang Mai in the morning. The day is yours to choose your own adventure – see how many (or how little) activities you can pack into your day. You’ll stay in a centrally located guesthouse so you’re close to all the action. You can set off on an excursion to the top of Doi Suthep – there are a few hundred steps to climb here, but the views are well worth it – or maybe treat yourself to a traditional Thai massage. You could also take a cooking class so you can impress your friends in the kitchen when you get home. Tonight, check out the night bazaar and practice your bargaining skills. Your leader will also be available to take you and the gang on a bar-hopping adventure around the Nimman area – a trendy neighbourhood full of jazz bars and lounges.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Chiang Mai - Another free day, another chance to get your fill of Chiang Mai, with a bunch of optional activities to do. In the morning, maybe learn one of the legendary martial arts – Muay Thai (Thai Boxing) with a 1.5-hour class learning the basics with professional trainers. You’ll be shown how to adapt to be the weapon and how to guard - is there a better way to spend a morning? You could also go ziplining, white water rafting or cycling around the area if you’re feeling active. Maybe just wander around the many temples on offer and end the day with a relaxing massage.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Nan - This morning after breakfast, take a local bus to Nan. When you arrive, take the chance to refresh at your hotel before heading out to explore the town. Along the way, visit Wat Phumin – Nan’s most famous wat (a sacred Buddhist precinct, home to a temple, a Buddha and an educational facility). This wat was constructed in 1596 and was restored during the reign of Chao Ananta Vora Ritthi Det. The rest of the evening is free to explore at your own pace.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Pua - This morning is free to explore Nan how you like. Maybe wander through a gallery by the Nan River, where you can have a coffee and view modern art by local Thai artists. Then, visit a chocolate farm at Cocoa Valley! Take a tour of the farm, then join a workshop to hear how using the bark of the cocoa helps with waste management. You’ll also learn how to make an aroma bag (potpourri, made from bark of cocoa, dried flowers and volcano stone), lip balm or a candle from the bark of the cocoa plant. Later, travel to the Pua District and visit a hand-weaving centre and the local woman who started this enterprise. Learn how she has stayed true to her Tai Lue roots and helps to provide employment opportunities for the women in the community. See their beautiful craft of handwoven textiles and then explore the village of Pua. Tonight, you’ll head to the evening market with your leader, with the option to go out for dinner at a local restaurant.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Luang Prabang - Travel through the rural countryside this morning to the border into Laos. After border formalities, you’ll stop at the local village of Muang Ngeun – a small district in Xayaburi Province. The Tai-Lue and Nan people make most of their income through cotton weaving here as well, but in a different style to Thailand. Explore the local Buddhist temple and see the outskirts of Laos before continuing to Luang Prabang. When you arrive, head out on a leader-led orientation walk of ‘the best-preserved city in Southeast Asia’ (the local government started using this phrase, but it caught on for a reason). Tonight, you’ll hike up to Wat Phu Si for sunset. As the sun goes down, witness some epic views over Phu Si Mountain and then head to the Talad Mued Night Market for dinner. Enjoy a local BBQ feast (Sindad is the art of grilling meat on a hot pan – a type of traditional BBQ set on a charcoal stove that has a surrounding rim full of boiling water for blanching vegetables) and toast to a great night.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Luang Prabang - This morning is free for you to explore Luang Prabang at your own pace. Maybe head to Kuang Si – a beautiful three-tiered waterfall surrounded by brightly coloured tropical foliage and flowers. Here, you might want to set off on the round-trip hike or take a dip in the refreshing water at the base of the waterfall. Later, board a boat and watch the sun set as you cruise down the Mekong – Asia’s longest river.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Luang Prabang - Today is a free day in Luang Prabang. Maybe take a tuk-tuk to visit Wat Xieng Thong – this temple was built in the 16th century under the patronage of the royal family, and the Laotian kings were crowned here. The main viharn (assembly hall) and buildings have carved gilded wooden doors depicting scenes from Buddha's life. Otherwise, just wander the streets and take photos of the lush greenery and beautiful buildings. You can also take a hike on Mt Phu Si or take on a cooking class and meet some new friends as you gain some skills.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Vang Vieng - It’s worth getting up early this morning to view the procession of saffron-robed monks on their daily outing collecting alms – a practice that dates back centuries. The people of the town wait out in front of their houses with food for the monks to collect and take back to the temple. This is done early in the morning as the monks cannot eat anything after midday. The rest of the day is free until your late afternoon train to Vang Vieng. Maybe cruise around town or mingle with the locals at the markets. For lunch, you might want to try some delicious noodle soup at one of the top-notch French cafes along the main drag. Later, you’ll take a transfer to the train station and then jump on a high-speed train to your destination. This beautifully located adventure gateway lies on a bend in the Nam Song. Take in the views of mountains, rivers and big limestone cliffs that are so close you'll feel like you could reach out and touch them.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Vang Vieng - Today is a free day to explore Vang Vieng however you like – this natural paradise has no shortage of fun activities! Maybe cross the river and explore the huge caves that line the West Bank – Tham Poukham cave has a blue-green lagoon and a reclining Buddha statue that’s well worth a look – or take a cycling tour of the town. You can also go kayaking on the Nam Song River or explore the nearby 16th and 17th century monasteries. With hiking, ballooning and boating options in this gorgeous area, the day is your oyster.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Vientiane - After breakfast this morning, you’ll take a private bus to Vientiane – Laos’ classy capital. Swap your instant coffee and white rice for a latte and a baguette before snapping a few pics at Wat Si Saket – the oldest temple still standing in Vientiane and home to almost 7000 Buddha images. Your trip leader will show you around this chic, French-influenced city and take you to COPE – an organisation dedicated to assisting those who have been injured or affected by the shocking number of unexploded ordnances (UXOs) in the countryside. UXOs are explosive weapons, such as bombs and grenades that still pose a risk after they were used. About 30% of Laos remains contaminated with UXOs from the Vietnam War and poses a serious risk to residents. COPE provides prosthetics and other assistance to people affected by this devastating war history. Grab some dinner with your travel mates tonight, and explore what Vientiane has to offer on Quai Fa Ngum Road.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Hanoi - Say goodbye to Laos today as you'll be transferred to the airport for your flight to Hanoi - Vietnam's capital. A driver will be waiting for you in Hanoi to take you from the airport to your hotel.You’ll have a second meeting at 6 pm tonight. If you arrive early, maybe wander these gorgeous streets and see the sights at your own pace. Tonight, grab your new group and see who’s up for some food and a fresh bia hoi at a roadside stall or watch the motorbikes zoom by. Hanoi is also a great place for local beer and cocktail bars, so maybe hit the nightlife and discover what this city has to offer after sundown.  

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Hanoi - Today is a free day in Hanoi to explore however you’d like. Maybe check out your reflection in beautiful Hoan Kiem Lake, wander along shaded boulevards or relax in a public park with some delicious street food (spring rolls inside rice paper rolls, anyone?). Museum-wise, you could visit the Mausoleum of Ho Chi Minh, drop into the serene Temple of Literature or get arty at the city's Fine Arts Museum. Maybe head to KOTO for a delicious lunch – this organisation is dedicated to developing the hospitality careers of disadvantaged youth. Later, maybe explore the centuries-old architecture as the sun goes down.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Cat Ba - Travel by bus and ferry to Cat Ba Island – the largest island in Lan Ha Bay, connected to the UNESCO-listed Ha Long Bay. With thousands of little limestone islands scattered around, this area is one of those quintessential Vietnamese scenes in which bright green water is dotted with traditional junk boats and limestone karsts. Take a cruise around Lan Ha Bay and enjoy a seafood lunch prepared by your onboard chef. What could be better? This afternoon, hop off the boat to get up close and personal with this other-worldly landscape by kayak. Paddle through serene waters and then watch the sunset over this awe-inspiring landscape.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Ninh Binh - This morning, take a ferry back to the mainland and head to Ninh Binh province – once the site of Vietnam’s capital in the 10th and 11th centuries, which is now a protected UNESCO World Heritage Site. Join a local guide on a cycling tour to visit the ancient citadel. This once covered 300 hectares of land, however the passage of time has left few remains of the once glorious capital. You’ll visit the 17th-century temples built in honour of King Dinh and King Le among other temples, pagodas, monuments and lush grounds surrounded by mountains.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Ninh Binh - Overnight Train - The day is yours to explore the many other wonders of Ninh Binh. You might like to lace up your hiking boots and trek to Mua Cave. While the cave sits at the base of a mountain, be sure to make the trek up the 500 steps to the mountain peak for amazing views of Hoa Lu and Ngo Dong River. Or maybe get out on the water and take a boat tour past limestone karst peaks, caves, temples and maybe even the locations of scenes from a King Kong movie. Tonight, board an overnight train to Hue.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Hue - Arrive by train in Hue, the former imperial capital of Vietnam. You have today free to do as you please. You can easily spend a couple of hours exploring Hue’s massive walled citadel and the Forbidden Purple Palace that's enclosed within. Maybe jump on board a dragon boat and enjoy a cruise up the Perfume River to visit the Thien Mu Pagoda. You could also check out Dong Ba Market, which offers locally made goods, fresh produce and some tasty street food. This is a good place to try the dish that Emperor Nguyen used to feast on – the banh Khoai royal rice. If you like being on two wheels, maybe cycle out to one of the royal tombs like the tomb of Emperor Tu Duc (one of the most excellent remaining examples of its kind). Tonight, head into the home of a local family and enjoy a freshly prepared dinner. You’ll be chatting and laughing over your chopsticks in no time!

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Hoi An - Continue along the coast to Hoi An by private bus. When you arrive, your leader will take you on a walking tour of this unique town which has been influenced over the years by Europe, China, Vietnam and Japan. The town was a major trading port from the 17th century onwards, and its old-school flavour is written all over its architecture. For a small town, it's pretty lively. The tour will take you down the streets that are being restored and look a lot like they did 100 years ago, then you’ll discover some of the more chilled out spots. Check out a historic house (formerly home to a prominent trader), the Japanese Covered Bridge, a Chinese assembly hall and a museum. Later, maybe play bingo with your leader in a town square – a popular local past time.

     

    Day - 20

    Location: Hoi An - Start the day by cycling through the beautiful surroundings of Hoi An to Tra Que Vegetable Village, visiting the organic vegetable and herb garden of a local chef. This village was established over 500 years ago and has become a thriving agricultural hub known for its vegetables. See, smell and taste what makes Vietnamese food so delicious during a tour of the gardens. Then, enjoy a freshly prepared lunch using some of the ingredients you picked during your tour. Much of the food waste here is composted, recycled or reused. The rest of the afternoon is free for your own explorations. Maybe wander to the Central Market and browse the paintings, woodwork, ceramics and lanterns. Hoi An is also famous for its talented tailors, so if you’ve been wearing the same shirt every day (who hasn’t), why not hit one of the same-day tailors and get yourself something new? Tonight, maybe wander the streets, lit up by lanterns for some great photo ops.

     

    Day - 21

    Location: Quy Nhon - This morning, say goodbye to Hoi An and drive to Quy Nhon – a coastal city in the Bình Dinh province. When you arrive, you have a free afternoon and evening to explore at your own pace. There’s plenty of optional activities you can take on today to explore the beautiful location – maybe visit Banh It Tower, taking in stunning scenery from the top of the hill or visit the Cahn Tien Tower (Bronze Tower). Take a food tour, trying some local specialities like banh xeo tom nhay (a crunchy pancake with fresh prawn), nem nuong (grilled pork rolls) or bun ca (fish noodles). Maybe take a trip to Eo Gio for a hike and some gorgeous coastal views. There’s also lots of great local restaurants you can hang out at – just ask your leader!

     

    Day - 22

    Location: Quy Nhon - Overnight Train - Today is a free day in Quy Nhon to take on any optional activities you didn’t get a chance to do yesterday. You might like to head to the Con Chim Ecological Zone, where you can go fishing or stand up paddleboarding. You could also head to Ky Co Beach or take a day trip to Hon Kho Island for a swim in the blue-green waters. Tonight, you’ll take an overnight train, so maybe grab some snacks this afternoon for the journey. As you make your way to Ho Chi Minh City, maybe play a few (or many) rounds of cards or get stuck into a good book. As the light changes outside, you can watch the everchanging scenery pass you by, showing you a glimpse into what rural life is like in Vietnam.

     

    Day - 23

    Location: Ho Chi Minh City - Arrive in Ho Chi Minh City early this morning and transfer to your hotel. Formerly known as Saigon, Ho Chi Minh City is a whirl of sights and sounds. You can still see the French influence in the top-notch baguettes and coffee. Compared to the north, the food here is spicier, sweeter and more varied. Maybe take advantage of the early morning by checking out the markets and tucking into a bowl of pho with the local traders. With your group, you’ll visit a local market, where you can browse the street foods and maybe try some. Then try the iconic Saigon cafe sua da (iced coffee with condensed milk) amid the market’s everyday bustle as your leader shares stories about life in Ho Chi Minh City. Tonight, why not get your group together for a meal and some drinks on Pham Ngu Lao Street?

     

    Day - 24

    Location: Ho Chi Minh City - This morning is free for a leisurely breakfast or some people-watching. You’ll have another meeting at 6 pm tonight to meet your new group members. While you wait, maybe wander the Ben Thanh Market, snack on chao tom (barbecued shrimp paste on sticks of sugar cane) or visit the Reunification Palace or the War Remnants Museum.

     

    Day - 25

    Location: Phnom Penh - Today, travel to Phnom Penh on a public bus – this is a long journey that includes two border crossings and a stop where you can grab some lunch. Have your favourite books or road trip games ready – this is a great opportunity to get to know your fellow travellers better. Your guide will assist with the formalities at both sides of the border. When you arrive, why not treat yourself to a traditional Khmer massage to ease the tension. Look no further than Seeing Hands – a great organisation supporting visually impaired masseurs.

     

    Day - 26

    Location: Phnom Penh - Today, you’ll have an authentic local breakfast near one of the markets. Then, the group will head to Tuol Sleng Genocide Museum (S21) and the Killing Fields of Choeung Ek – both sobering but important and informative experiences in Cambodia. After, you may like to explore some of the sights in your own time, like the Royal Palace and Silver Pagoda, which both offer brighter aspects of Cambodia's past. You might also head for the National Museum or Wat Phnom – a Buddhist temple built in 1372. The main centre of the city sits on the Western bank of the Tonle Sap and Mekong rivers. In the evening, you’ll head out with your group for a sunset river cruise and enjoy an included drink as you sail along the water and see the city from a different perspective. Then, you might like to hit up a rooftop bar with some amazing views of the city – there are lots of options to choose from, so just ask your leader. 

     

    Day - 27

    Location: Koh Rong - Today, leave Phnom Penh on a private bus to Sihanoukville. Then, you’ll take a speed boat to the paradise of Koh Rong. You’ll have a couple of days on the island to really bliss out and adjust to island time – this afternoon is for swimming, relaxing on the warm sandy shores of the beach and walking along the coast in the balmy evening in search of somewhere for dinner (your leader will have some great recommendations).

     

    Day - 28

    Location: Koh Rong - Today is another free day to chill at the beach. Soak in the sun, order a few cocktails or cold beers to cool down and go swimming in the serene waters of Koh Rong. If you’re looking for something active, maybe ask your leader for your hiking options, as there’s plenty of gorgeous jungle and hidden waterfalls waiting to be discovered inland. Tonight, why not party it up at Nest Beach Club – a lively spot known for its nightlife.

     

    Day - 29

    Location: Sambor Prei Kuk - This morning, you’ll leave the island behind and head to your homestay in Isanborei – a rural community that maintains a traditional lifestyle. This community lies within Sambor Preikuk, a UNESCO World Heritage site with more than 100 ancient temples. This is also home to a Cambodian community-based tourism project involving seven Khmer villages that collaborate to conserve the historic area and provide residents with job opportunities. When you arrive, take a tour of the village with your local guide, who will introduce you to the local people, your homestay and your hosts. Tonight, catch the sun setting over the rice fields before unwinding as you enjoy a traditional homemade Khmer dinner with your host family.

     

    Day - 30

    Location: Siem Reap - Enjoy breakfast prepared by your local host this morning. If you didn’t get a chance yesterday, you can visit the nearby Sambor Preikuk Temple – some of the oldest ruins in the country (dating back to the 6th century). Maybe opt to cycle over the rural roads through the village, passing locals working in the rice fields, or perhaps try a sample of Sombai Cambodian Liqueur. After a day of exploring, say goodbye to your homestay hosts and travel on towards Siem Reap – home to the bucket list site, Angkor Wat. When you arrive, maybe spend some time looking around the central markets and pick up some delicious local food for dinner tonight. 

     

    Day - 31

    Location: Siem Reap - Angkor Wat Sunrise - Early this morning, you’ll visit the mighty Angkor complex at sunrise – this is the largest religious structure in the world, and it’s pretty special to see the dawn rise over the temples. Get the camera ready because these 400 acres are full of picturesque settings. You’ll take a guided tour of the complex on a tuk-tuk with a local social enterprise that focuses on providing employment opportunities for women in the community – and see the larger-than-life Angkor Wat, the grand Bayon and the jungle-covered Ta Prohm. Some buildings are over a thousand years old from the Khmer Empire – these beauties were known to represent the cosmic world and were set in perfect balance, symmetry and composition. If you like, try to catch the majesty of the temples at sunset, too – you can even head back to your accommodation after your guided tour for a nap and then re-enter the site in the late afternoon.

     

    Day - 32

    Location: Bangkok - Goodbye Cambodia, hello Thailand. Drive from Siem Reap to Bangkok in a private minivan today. After a long travel day, arrive in Bangkok. The khlongs (canals) are a great way to escape from all the chaos – maybe take a boat to the popular Chinatown for a delicious street food dinner. A traditional Thai massage may also be a good option to relax into the evening. There’s some great nightlife and rooftop bars to explore here, so be sure to stake out a place with your travel buddies and watch day turn to night, celebrating your final evening. 

     

    Day - 33

    Location: Bangkok - There are no activities planned for today and your trip comes to an end. Bangkok is full of things to do, including the Grand Palace, Temple of the Emerald Buddha, or the Jim Thompson Museum. If you’d like to stay in Thailand for longer, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Bangkok - Sawasdee! Welcome to Bangkok. Thailand’s capital is a hub of markets, shops and scooters. If you have time, it’s recommended you arrive a day or two early to experience everything the city has to offer. Your adventure officially starts with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight, but if you arrive early, why not take a walk around Chinatown and explore the crowded streets, wander down Khao San Road or indulge in a Thai massage. After the meeting tonight, maybe head out with your fellow travellers for an optional welcome dinner.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Bangkok – Overnight Train - Wake up to the hustle and bustle of Bangkok this morning. Today, you’ll visit Wat Pho – or ‘the temple of the reclining Buddha’. This is one of the largest and oldest wats in Bangkok and as well as the huge reclining statue, this wat is home to over a thousand images of Buddha. Wander around the complex, then take a ferry to Wang Lang Market. Next to Chao Phraya River, the local market is home to food, handicrafts and clothes. After wandering around the market, take the ferry back across the river and wander through the leafy riverside district of Tha Maharaj, maybe grabbing some lunch. Tonight, you’ll hop on an overnight train to Surat Thani.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Ko Samui - This morning you’ll arrive in Surat Thani in the early hours before hopping on a local bus and a ferry to the gorgeous Koh Samui. Thailand’s second-largest island is known for its palm-fringed beaches, coconut groves and dense, mountainous rainforest. With your local leader, you’ll enjoy a half-day tour around the island, before settling into island life in the afternoon. Relax on the beach, go cocktail hunting or maybe just find the best spot to park yourself for sunset – the nightly display of colour is a must.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Ko Samui - Today is a free day in paradise. Maybe spend your day relaxing by the sea, or maybe you’d like to head out for a sightseeing tour of the island. Explore coastal beach spots or go searching for the many arms of the deities at Wat Plai Laem Temple. Foodies might like to take a cooking class and learn how to dish up some of Thai cuisine. Day trips are also available, like a visit to Anthong National Marine Park or a full day snorkelling trip around Koh Nang Yuan. Your local leader will be on hand to help you choose your own adventure.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Phrom Lok Homestay - Say goodbye to the palm trees, silky sands and bright waters of Koh Samui this morning. When you arrive back on the mainland, you’ll take a private transfer to the Phrom Lok District, where you’ll stay tonight during a unique homestay experience. Meet the local villagers and immerse yourself in local life as you take on their daily activities and gain an insight into their culture. Have a home-cooked lunch together, then hop on two wheels for a cycling adventure around the community. Cycle to Phrom Lok Waterfall and cool off with a swim (depending on the season), then ride to Phrom Khiri District. Tonight, you’ll tuck into an authentic home-cooked dinner of southern Thai food, then try your hand at the art of Batik painting (a textile technique that uses wax and dye to create patterns on pieces of fabric).

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Ao Nang - Tuck into breakfast with the locals this morning, then head out on the bike again to visit a local mushroom farm, rubber plantation and see a grass broom making demonstration. After, refuel with lunch back at the village, then say goodbye to your hosts and head to Ao Nang. This resort town is known for its gorgeous beaches, colourful sunsets and limestone islands that jut out from the still seas. You’ll have free time from the late afternoon to soak in the beauty of the sky as the sun goes down – maybe ask your leader where the best spot for a local feed or a couple of beers might be and enjoy the balmy evening.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Ao Nang - You’ll have a free day for beach activities in Ao Nang today. You can opt to go sea kayaking around the limestone islands, rock climbing on the nearby mountains and cliffs, or take a day trip to the Phi Phi Islands. You can always ask your leader for tips if you’re feeling spoiled for choice.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Penang - Today, you’ll say goodbye to the beauties of Thailand. Next stop – Malaysia! Today will be a long travel day, but it’s a great opportunity to get to know your fellow travellers a little better, play some road trip games or get stuck into a good book. After border formalities, hop in a private transfer to Penang, Malaysia's prized island. Known for its coastline and Georgetown area – a cool, World Heritage-listed blend of religious sites – this place is also serious about its street food! Head out with your leader tonight on a tour of the best local haunts and pick up some delicious specialties. You might snag an ice kacang (a dessert made with crushed ice, syrup and a mixture of jellies, nuts and sweet beans), a hearty nasi kandar (steamed rice accompanied by curries, fried chicken, seafood or vegetables) or the popular char kway teow (stir-fried rice noodles). After, maybe head out for an optional bar crawl with the gang.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Penang - Today, your leader will take you on an orientation walk through the Georgetown area, now a UNESCO World Heritage Site, to check out the shophouses, Penang Museum, street art and clan jetties. When you have your bearings, the rest of the day is yours. You might like to get your heart rate up with a testing hike up Penang Hill, where the views are worth the effort. Or maybe check out Kek Lok Si (the largest Buddhist temple in Malaysia), Khoo Kongsi (one of the oldest clan houses in Malaysia) or Cheong Fat Tze Museum (if you have an interest in Feng Shui), then go looking for some more local food. This place is famous for its cuisine, and it’s all thanks to the many cultures that have lived side-by-side for ages.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Penang - Cameron Highlands - Spend your morning walking around Georgetown before heading to the Cameron Highlands, stopping at the city of Ipoh along the way. This city looks like it comes right out of an anime movie, with its dramatic rock formations, caves and the ornate Perak Cave Temple. Spend some time wandering around and then carry on to the highlands, making your way into the undulating green hills. This area is beyond gorgeous, and you’ll have a full day tomorrow to choose how to best explore it.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Cameron Highlands - Today is a free day to spend how you want. Enjoy some downtime or maybe explore the district on a sightseeing tour. Take up an optional adventure to Mount Brinchang, trekking through the Mossy Forest or head out to visit the local tea plantation and factory, a strawberry farm, a honey bee farm, a Buddhist temple and the market square. Enjoy a free night to grab some dinner with your group or find somewhere to catch the sunset – your leader will have the best recommendations.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Kuala Lumpur - Wake up to the lush surroundings of the highlands before taking a public bus to Malaysia's capital – Kuala Lumpur. If you're still feeling up for a little adventure when you arrive, you might like to head out to a bar with a view and take in the city lights over a cocktail. Be sure to try and find one with a view of the mighty Petronas Towers, which come to life under the lights of night.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Kuala Lumpur - Today is a free day to explore Kuala Lumpur at your own pace. Maybe head out of the city and visit the famous Batu Caves. Check out the tall Murugan statue and the colourful steps that lead up to the limestone karsts (but be careful of the mischievous monkeys.) When you’re hungry, your leader can show you where to find some of the best roti in the city. You can hit Bukit Bintang (for restaurants and bars), the Golden Triangle (for shopping) or Menara Tower (entry fee applies). Kuala Lumpur also has some great nightlife and your local leader will be sure to know the best spots!

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Singapore - Today, a public bus journey will take you to Singapore. After a long travel day and border formalities, your leader will take you on an orientation walk to give you an introduction to this ever-evolving city. There will be time to take in the retail hot spots like Orchard Road and the 'booming cross-cultural culinary scene' before enjoying an evening with your fellow travellers. You might like to hit up one of Singapore’s famous hawker centres (Newton, Lau Pa Sat or Tiong Bahru) or head to the Sky Bar at Marina Bay Sands, which boasts sweeping views of the Singaporean port and skyline. Maybe grab a couple of drinks here with the gang – the 360-degree views across the city also gives a great bird’s eye view of Gardens By The Bay. While you’re up in the clouds, you might catch its light show!

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Singapore - With no further activities planned, your trip comes to an end this morning. If you’d like to extend your stay and soak in more of what Singapore has to offer, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Bangkok - Sa-wat dee! Welcome to Thailand. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight in Bangkok – a huge, buzzing metropolis and the capital of Thailand. If you arrive early, make the most of the city's bustling markets, grab some spicy noodles from a street cart or relax with a Thai massage. After your meeting, get the gang together and head out for dinner with the group to get to know each other a little better or ask your leader for the best spots to soak in some local nightlife – cocktail, anyone?

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Bangkok - Overnight Train - Today, you’ll explore some of Bangkok's most famous sites. Take the skytrain to Taksin station, then hop on a public boat on the Chao Phraya River to see the temple complex of Wat Pho, which houses the famous 46-m-long statue of the Reclining Buddha. Soak in the gorgeous scenery and then head back to Tha Tien Pier. The rest of the afternoon is free for you to discover more of the city, like the Grand Palace or Jim Thompson House. Tonight, you’ll head south on an overnight train to Surat Thani.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Ko Samui - Arrive in southern Surat Thani this morning and then board a bus and ferry to Ko Samui. From here, it's waterfalls, swimming, sunbathing and snorkelling all day, every day (for the next two days). When you arrive, you’ll go on a half-day guided tour of the island on a songthaew (traditional Thai bus) with your group and local leader and see the iconic 15-m Big Buddha along the way (Wat Phra Yai). Due to the scenery and natural wonders, the island of Ko Samui has been a tourist hotspot for decades. This afternoon, maybe relax in the waterfalls at Na Muang. Tonight, feast on a curry and then join in the party atmosphere in Ko Samui's famous nightlife.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Ko Samui - Spend a free day today however you’d like – swimming, lazing in the sun or actively exploring. You might like to take an optional day tour to Ang Thong Marine National Park by either slow boat or speedboat. The park is an archipelago of over 40 islands in the Gulf of Thailand, featuring pristine beaches, jungle, mangroves and limestone mountains rising out of the sea. Swim at popular Ko Mae Island and check out the saltwater lagoon of Thale Nai (Emerald Lake). For a quieter experience and some great snorkelling opportunities, head to the nearby islands of Ko Tao and Ko Nang Yuan. Ko Samui is also home to an elephant sanctuary, and you can come close to these gentle giants if you please. Watch them bathe, roam the fields and socialise with other elephants, knowing they are in a caring and peaceful environment.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Khao Sok National Park - This morning, head from Ko Samui to Khao Sok National Park (don’t forget your camera today!). Take a songthaew and an early ferry from Samui Pier to Don Sak Pier. Then, jump in a private vehicle to Chiew Larn Lake, where you’ll hop in a traditional longtail boat for a calm sail to your raft house. Keep your eyes out for wild bull elephants, gibbons and spectacled langur (dusky leaf monkeys). Khao Sok National Park is the wettest spot in Thailand with some of the oldest jungles in the world. See loads of amazing limestone rock faces and, if you're lucky, monkeys playing here and there. Later, take an evening safari with your group, where you’ll head by longtail boat deep into the jungle, looking (and listening) out for more animals. After, you’ll head to your raft house accommodation. Enjoy a homecooked traditional southern Thai meal with the locals and take the opportunity to get to know their lifestyles and stories before falling asleep to the relaxing sound of the jungle.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Khao Sok National Park - Phuket - This morning you’ll wake up in the oldest evergreen rainforest in the world. Your raft house sits right inside the park, so you’ll have time this morning to catch the mist drifting along the lake as you search for wildlife in the jungle on a longtail boat. Before lunch, take a jungle hike around the park, and depending on the season, maybe see waterfalls or head up high to a panoramic viewpoint. If you're lucky there might be a glimpse of elephants, hornbills and langur monkeys. After, make your way to Phuket. Along the way, visit the Khao Lak Tsunami Memorial for some sobering history of the area’s past tsunamis and their victims. Then head to the Royal Thai Navy Sea Turtle Conservation Center in Phang Nga. Learn about how the Navy rescues eggs from surrounding beaches and their environmental efforts to ensure the conservation of turtles and to preserve the environment with local communities, schools, universities, government organisations and other NGOs. Tonight is a free evening in Phuket to grab a couple of drinks, watch the sunset and hit the beach.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Phuket - Today is a free day in Phuket, giving you a full 24 hours to beach hop and immerse yourself in all the sun-soaked coastal views around you. Maybe take a day trip to Phi Phi and Koh Khai or head to the white sands of Banana Beach on Coral Island to bliss out somewhere new. Speaking of day trips, why not set off for Similan for some bright azure waters and snorkelling options. Tonight, maybe hit the beach bars and have a few cocktails with your travel buddies to toast to a trip well-travelled.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Phuket - Your adventure comes to an end this morning, and with no activities planned, you’re free to leave the accommodation at any time. If you’d like to stay in Thailand for longer (we wouldn’t blame you), just speak to your booking agent. Pull up a towel, catch some rays and relax into the day. You deserve it!

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Bangkok - Sa-wat dee! Welcome to Bangkok, Thailand. Your adventure kicks off with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. If you arrive early, there's plenty to keep you occupied – maybe take a walk around Chinatown and explore the vibrant streets or head to the magnificent Grand Palace. Tonight, it’s time to dig into some traditional tastes of Thailand. Bangkok is known for its street food, so maybe head out with your leader and check out some roadside stalls around the Sukhumvit area. Later, maybe discover Bangkok’s nightlife and head out to one (or more) of the best local bars. Ask your guide for directions or grab your new travel mates and attempt to navigate the BTS skytrain and MRT subway.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Bangkok - Overnight Train - This morning, you have a free day in Bangkok before your overnight train this morning. Maybe start off with a relaxing Thai massage – the perfect way to limber up and start your day. Then, maybe check out Talad Noi by bike, take on the Bangkok Temples. After your day exploring, hop on an overnight train up to Chiang Mai.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Chiang Mai - Arrive in Chiang Mai in the morning and transfer to your guesthouse. Then, you’ll head out on an orientation walk to get your bearings. Chiang Mai is the perfect entrance to the Thai highlands, with misty mountains and colourful hillside villages waiting to be explored. This will be your base for the next few days, as you’ll return here after your hillside trek. Today, you’re free to relax or explore the city. Maybe get active and go ziplining or cycle around the city. Take on a cooking class to learn some local flavours (and pick up some mad skills to take home) or just wander around on foot and visit Doi Sethep Temple and a couple of the cool cafes around the area. Tonight, why not get your group together to go bar hopping or explore the night markets in the happening Nimman area?

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Chiang Mai - Hilltribe Trek - This morning at around 8 am, leave Chiang Mai and head to Mae Malai Market to stock up on some delicious fresh snacks for your trek. Then, visit Mok Fah Waterfall for a cheeky dose of natural beauty. Sit down for some lunch to refuel with your group at a local restaurant, then continue to the starting point of today’s hike. Your destination for this evening is the Mae Ma Nai Hilltribe Village. Walk along the mountain ridge and take in the views of the natural forest and remote scenery. When you arrive, enjoy a local home-cooked dinner by the campfire to celebrate a successful day. Later, take a walk around the village and chat with the locals. This is a really special opportunity to experience rural Thai life first-hand!

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Hilltribe Trek - The best thing about being deep in the jungle in the morning is waking up to the natural sounds of wildlife calls. After breakfast, begin today’s trek through the storybook landscape of farmland and jungle, exploring other hilltribe villages and seeing how life differs between them. Your whole trek is the perfect nature photo op, so make sure you’ve got your camera handy! Enjoy lunch along the way and reach Pong Ngan Lahu Village this afternoon. After two long days of hiking, relax your legs and soak in some natural scenery before an included home-cooked dinner tonight.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Chiang Mai - The Mae Taeng River awaits you this morning, as you head off on a kayaking adventure towards Sop Kai Village. Paddle downstream as you're immersed by gorgeous surroundings for 2 to 3 hours, taking in the lush green scenery. From here, you can choose to head back to Chiang Mai via private transfer and enjoy a leisurely evening or opt to take to the rapids for some whitewater rafting. Paddle further down the river and get the adrenaline pumping before you head back to Chiang Mai for the night. When you arrive, maybe refresh and recharge or head out to explore the Wat Prasingh and Wat Chedi Luang temples in your free time. Tonight, ask your leader for the best spots for a pad thai or a khao soi.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Chiang Mai - Overnight sleeper train - Today is a free day to explore Chiang Mai and you’re spoilt for options. Maybe take the chance to learn one of the world’s legendary martial arts, Muay Thai (Thai Boxing) this morning. Spend 1.5 hours learning the basics of Muay Thai with the pros, plus how to adapt yourselves to be the weapons and the guard. You could also visit the Chiang Chill Elephant Sanctuary and witness these majestic animals roaming the valley and chilling in nature. Or maybe stop by Chuan Chom Vocational Training Center for lunch or a massage. Here, you'll learn about the work that they do to train the women from the correctional institution with skills to go back to society. Later, board an overnight train for Bangkok.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Bangkok - Your train is scheduled to arrive in Bangkok early this morning. When you arrive at the station, say goodbye to the members of your group who are leaving today and head to your accommodation. The rest of the day is free until a second group meeting at 6 pm tonight. Bangkok is a huge, buzzing metropolis, so while you wait for the meeting, why not make the most of the city's bustling markets, grab some spicy noodles from a street cart or relax with a Thai massage. After your meeting, get the new gang together and head out for dinner or ask your local leader for the best spots to soak in some local nightlife – cocktail, anyone? 

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Bangkok - Overnight Train - Today, you’ll explore some of Bangkok's most famous sites. Take the SkyTrain to Taksin station, then hop on a public boat on the Chao Phraya River to see the temple complex of Wat Pho, which houses the famous 46-m-long statue of the Reclining Buddha. Soak in the gorgeous scenery and then head back to Tha Tien Pier. The rest of the afternoon is free for you to discover more of the city, like the Grand Palace or Jim Thompson House. Tonight, you’ll head south on an overnight train to Surat Thani.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Ko Samui - Arrive in southern Surat Thani this morning and then board a bus and ferry to Ko Samui. From here, it's waterfalls, swimming, sunbathing and snorkelling all day, every day (for the next three days). When you arrive, you have free time to explore Ko Samui. Known for its palm-fringed beaches and coconut groves, maybe hire a scooter and beach hop your way around the island. This evening, maybe get a group of your new friends together and find a place for dinner – your leader will have the best recommendations of where to eat.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Ko Samui - Today you’ll go on a half-day guided tour of the island on a songthaew (a traditional Thai bus) with your group and local leader and see the iconic 15-m Big Buddha along the way (Wat Phra Yai). Due to the scenery and natural wonders, the island of Ko Samui has been a tourist hotspot for decades. This afternoon, maybe relax in the waterfalls at Na Muang. Tonight, feast on a curry and then join in the party atmosphere in Ko Samui's famous nightlife.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Ko Samui - Spend a free day today however you’d like – swimming, lazing in the sun or actively exploring. You might like to take an optional day tour to Ang Thong Marine National Park by either slow boat or speedboat. The park is an archipelago of over 40 islands in the Gulf of Thailand, featuring pristine beaches, jungle, mangroves and limestone mountains rising out of the sea. Swim at popular Ko Mae Island and check out the saltwater lagoon of Thale Nai (Emerald Lake). For a quieter experience and some great snorkelling opportunities, head to the nearby islands of Ko Tao and Ko Nang Yuan. Ko Samui is also home to an elephant sanctuary, and you can come close to these gentle giants. Watch them bathe, roam the fields and socialise with other elephants, knowing they are in a caring and peaceful environment.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Khao Sok National Park - This morning, head from Ko Samui to Khao Sok National Park (don’t forget your camera today!). Take a songthaew and an early ferry from Samui Pier to Don Sak Pier. Then, jump in a private vehicle to Chiew Larn Lake, where you’ll hop in a traditional longtail boat for a calm sail to your raft house. Keep your eyes out for wild bull elephants, gibbons and spectacled langur (dusky leaf monkeys). Khao Sok National Park is the wettest spot in Thailand with some of the oldest jungles in the world. See loads of amazing limestone rock faces and, if you're lucky, monkeys playing here and there. Later, take an evening safari with your group, where you’ll head by longtail boat deep into the jungle, looking (and listening) out for more animals. After, you’ll head to your raft house accommodation. Enjoy a homecooked traditional southern Thai meal with the locals and take the opportunity to get to know their lifestyles and stories before falling asleep to the relaxing sound of the jungle.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Khao Sok National Park - Phuket - This morning you’ll wake up in the oldest evergreen rainforest in the world. Your raft house sits right inside the park, so you’ll have time this morning to catch the mist drifting along the lake as you search for wildlife in the jungle on a longtail boat. Before lunch, take a jungle hike around the park, and depending on the season, maybe see waterfalls or head up high to a panoramic viewpoint. If you're lucky there might be a glimpse of elephants, hornbills and langur monkeys. After, make your way to Phuket. Along the way, visit the Khao Lak Tsunami Memorial for some sobering history of the area’s past tsunamis and their victims. Then head to the Royal Thai Navy Sea Turtle Conservation Center in Phang Nga. Learn about how the Navy rescues eggs from surrounding beaches and their environmental efforts to ensure the conservation of turtles and to preserve the environment with local communities, schools, universities, government organisations and other NGOs. Tonight is a free evening in Phuket to watch the sunset and maybe grab a couple of drinks and toast to a trip well-travelled.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Phuket - Your adventure comes to an end this morning and with no activities planned, you’re free to leave the accommodation at any time. If you’d like to stay in Thailand for longer (we wouldn’t blame you), just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Bangkok - Sa-wat dee! Welcome to Bangkok, Thailand. Your adventure kicks off with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. If you arrive early, there's plenty to keep you occupied – maybe take a walk around Chinatown and explore the vibrant streets or head to the magnificent Grand Palace. Tonight, it’s time to dig into some traditional tastes of Thailand. Bangkok is known for its street food, so maybe head out with your leader and check out some roadside stalls around the Sukhumvit area. Later, maybe discover Bangkok’s nightlife and head out to one (or more) of the best local bars. Ask your guide for directions or grab your new travel mates and attempt to navigate the BTS skytrain and MRT subway.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Bangkok - Overnight Train - This morning, you have a free day in Bangkok before your overnight train this morning. Maybe start off with a relaxing Thai massage – the perfect way to limber up and start your day. Then, maybe check out Talad Noi by bike, take on the Bangkok Temples. After your day exploring, hop on an overnight train up to Chiang Mai.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Chiang Mai - Arrive in Chiang Mai in the morning and transfer to your guesthouse. Then, you’ll head out on an orientation walk to get your bearings. Chiang Mai is the perfect entrance to the Thai highlands, with misty mountains and colourful hillside villages waiting to be explored. This will be your base for the next few days, as you’ll return here after your hillside trek. Today, you’re free to relax or explore the city. Maybe get active and go ziplining or cycle around the city. Take on a cooking class to learn some local flavours (and pick up some mad skills to take home) or just wander around on foot and visit Doi Sethep Temple and a couple of the cool cafes around the area. Tonight, why not get your group together to go bar hopping or explore the night markets in the happening Nimman area?

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Chiang Mai - Hilltribe Trek - This morning at around 8 am, leave Chiang Mai and head to Mae Malai Market to stock up on some delicious fresh snacks for your trek. Then, visit Mok Fah Waterfall for a cheeky dose of natural beauty. Sit down for some lunch to refuel with your group at a local restaurant, then continue to the starting point of today’s hike. Your destination for this evening is the Mae Ma Nai Hilltribe Village. Walk along the mountain ridge and take in the views of the natural forest and remote scenery. When you arrive, enjoy a local home-cooked dinner by the campfire to celebrate a successful day. Later, take a walk around the village and chat with the locals. This is a really special opportunity to experience rural Thai life first-hand!

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Hilltribe Trek - The best thing about being deep in the jungle in the morning is waking up to the natural sounds of wildlife calls. After breakfast, begin today’s trek through the storybook landscape of farmland and jungle, exploring other hilltribe villages and seeing how life differs between them. Your whole trek is the perfect nature photo op, so make sure you’ve got your camera handy! Enjoy lunch along the way and reach Pong Ngan Lahu Village this afternoon. After two long days of hiking, relax your legs and soak in some natural scenery before an included home-cooked dinner tonight.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Chiang Mai - The Mae Taeng River awaits you this morning, as you head off on a kayaking adventure towards Sop Kai Village. Paddle downstream as you're immersed by gorgeous surroundings for 2 to 3 hours, taking in the lush green scenery. From here, you can choose to head back to Chiang Mai via private transfer and enjoy a leisurely evening or opt to take to the rapids for some whitewater rafting. Paddle further down the river and get the adrenaline pumping before you head back to Chiang Mai for the night. When you arrive, maybe refresh and recharge or head out to explore the Wat Prasingh and Wat Chedi Luang temples in your free time. Tonight, ask your leader for the best spots for a pad thai or a khao soi.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Chiang Mai - Overnight sleeper train - Today is a free day to explore Chiang Mai and you’re spoilt for options. Maybe take the chance to learn one of the world’s legendary martial arts, Muay Thai (Thai Boxing) this morning. Spend 1.5 hours learning the basics of Muay Thai with the pros, plus how to adapt yourselves to be the weapons and the guard. You could also visit the Chiang Chill Elephant Sanctuary and witness these majestic animals roaming the valley and chilling in nature. Or maybe stop by Chuan Chom Vocational Training Center for lunch or a massage. Here, you'll learn about the work that they do to train the women from the correctional institution with skills to go back to society. Later, board an overnight train for Bangkok.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Bangkok - Your train is scheduled to arrive in Bangkok early this morning. When you arrive at the station, your trip comes to an end. If you’d like to stay in Thailand for longer, and we wouldn’t blame you, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Bangkok - Sa-wat dee! Welcome to Bangkok, Thailand. Your adventure kicks off with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. If you arrive early, there's plenty to keep you occupied – maybe take a walk around Chinatown and explore the vibrant streets or head to the magnificent Grand Palace. Tonight, it’s time to dig into some traditional tastes of Thailand. Bangkok is known for its street food, so maybe head out with your leader and check out some roadside stalls around the Sukhumvit area. Later, maybe discover Bangkok’s nightlife and head out to one (or more) of the best local bars. Ask your guide for directions or grab your new travel mates and attempt to navigate the BTS skytrain and MRT subway.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Bangkok - Overnight Train - This morning, you have a free day in Bangkok before your overnight train this morning. Maybe start off with a relaxing Thai massage – the perfect way to limber up and start your day. Then, maybe check out Talad Noi by bike, take on the Bangkok Temples. After your day exploring, hop on an overnight train up to Chiang Mai.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Chiang Mai - Arrive in Chiang Mai in the morning and transfer to your guesthouse. Then, you’ll head out on an orientation walk to get your bearings. Chiang Mai is the perfect entrance to the Thai highlands, with misty mountains and colourful hillside villages waiting to be explored. This will be your base for the next few days, as you’ll return here after your hillside trek. Today, you’re free to relax or explore the city. Maybe get active and go ziplining or cycle around the city. Take on a cooking class to learn some local flavours (and pick up some mad skills to take home) or just wander around on foot and visit Doi Sethep Temple and a couple of the cool cafes around the area. Tonight, why not get your group together to go bar hopping or explore the night markets in the happening Nimman area?

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Chiang Mai - Hilltribe Trek - This morning at around 8 am, leave Chiang Mai and head to Mae Malai Market to stock up on some delicious fresh snacks for your trek. Then, visit Mok Fah Waterfall for a cheeky dose of natural beauty. Sit down for some lunch to refuel with your group at a local restaurant, then continue to the starting point of today’s hike. Your destination for this evening is the Mae Ma Nai Hilltribe Village. Walk along the mountain ridge and take in the views of the natural forest and remote scenery. When you arrive, enjoy a local home-cooked dinner by the campfire to celebrate a successful day. Later, take a walk around the village and chat with the locals. This is a really special opportunity to experience rural Thai life first-hand!

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Hilltribe Trek - The best thing about being deep in the jungle in the morning is waking up to the natural sounds of wildlife calls. After breakfast, begin today’s trek through the storybook landscape of farmland and jungle, exploring other hilltribe villages and seeing how life differs between them. Your whole trek is the perfect nature photo op, so make sure you’ve got your camera handy! Enjoy lunch along the way and reach Pong Ngan Lahu Village this afternoon. After two long days of hiking, relax your legs and soak in some natural scenery before an included home-cooked dinner tonight.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Chiang Mai - The Mae Taeng River awaits you this morning, as you head off on a kayaking adventure towards Sop Kai Village. Paddle downstream as you're immersed by gorgeous surroundings for 2 to 3 hours, taking in the lush green scenery. From here, you can choose to head back to Chiang Mai via private transfer and enjoy a leisurely evening or opt to take to the rapids for some whitewater rafting. Paddle further down the river and get the adrenaline pumping before you head back to Chiang Mai for the night. When you arrive, maybe refresh and recharge or head out to explore the Wat Prasingh and Wat Chedi Luang temples in your free time. Tonight, ask your leader for the best spots for a pad thai or a khao soi.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Chiang Mai - Overnight sleeper train - Today is a free day to explore Chiang Mai and you’re spoilt for options. Maybe take the chance to learn one of the world’s legendary martial arts, Muay Thai (Thai Boxing) this morning. Spend 1.5 hours learning the basics of Muay Thai with the pros, plus how to adapt yourselves to be the weapons and the guard. You could also visit the Chiang Chill Elephant Sanctuary and witness these majestic animals roaming the valley and chilling in nature. Or maybe stop by Chuan Chom Vocational Training Center for lunch or a massage. Here, you'll learn about the work that they do to train the women from the correctional institution with skills to go back to society. Later, board an overnight train for Bangkok.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Bangkok - Your train is scheduled to arrive in Bangkok early this morning. The rest of the day is free until your second meeting at 6 pm tonight. Why not take a walk around Chinatown while you wait and explore the crowded streets, wander down the tourist hub of Khao San Road or indulge in a Thai massage?

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Bangkok – Overnight Train - Wake up to the hustle and bustle of Bangkok this morning. Today, you’ll visit Wat Pho – or ‘the temple of the reclining Buddha’. This is one of the largest and oldest wats in Bangkok and as well as the huge reclining statue, this wat is home to over a thousand images of Buddha. Wander around the complex, then take a ferry to Wang Lang Market. Next to Chao Phraya River, the local market is home to food, handicrafts and clothes. After wandering around the market, take the ferry back across the river and wander through the leafy riverside district of Tha Maharaj, maybe grabbing some lunch. Tonight, you’ll hop on an overnight train to Surat Thani.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Ko Samui - This morning you’ll arrive in Surat Thani in the early hours before hopping on a local bus and a ferry to the gorgeous Koh Samui. Thailand’s second-largest island is known for its palm-fringed beaches, coconut groves and dense, mountainous rainforest. With your local leader, you’ll enjoy a half-day tour around the island, before settling into island life in the afternoon. Relax on the beach, go cocktail hunting or maybe just find the best spot to park yourself for sunset – the nightly display of colour is a must.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Ko Samui - Today is a free day in paradise. Maybe spend your day relaxing by the sea, or maybe you’d like to head out for a sightseeing tour of the island. Explore coastal beach spots or go searching for the many arms of the deities at Wat Plai Laem Temple. Foodies might like to take a cooking class and learn how to dish up some of Thai cuisine. Day trips are also available, like a visit to Anthong National Marine Park or a full day snorkelling trip around Koh Nang Yuan. Your local leader will be on hand to help you choose your own adventure.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Phrom Lok Homestay - Say goodbye to the palm trees, silky sands and bright waters of Koh Samui this morning. When you arrive back on the mainland, you’ll take a private transfer to the Phrom Lok District, where you’ll stay tonight during a unique homestay experience. Meet the local villagers and immerse yourself in local life as you take on their daily activities and gain an insight into their culture. Have a home-cooked lunch together, then hop on two wheels for a cycling adventure around the community. Cycle to Phrom Lok Waterfall and cool off with a swim (depending on the season), then ride to Phrom Khiri District. Tonight, you’ll tuck into an authentic home-cooked dinner of southern Thai food, then try your hand at the art of Batik painting (a textile technique that uses wax and dye to create patterns on pieces of fabric).

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Ao Nang - Tuck into breakfast with the locals this morning, then head out on the bike again to visit a local mushroom farm, rubber plantation and see a grass broom making demonstration. After, refuel with lunch back at the village, then say goodbye to your hosts and head to Ao Nang. This resort town is known for its gorgeous beaches, colourful sunsets and limestone islands that jut out from the still seas. You’ll have free time from the late afternoon to soak in the beauty of the sky as the sun goes down – maybe ask your leader where the best spot for a local feed or a couple of beers might be and enjoy the balmy evening.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Ao Nang - You’ll have a free day for beach activities in Ao Nang today. You can opt to go sea kayaking around the limestone islands, rock climbing on the nearby mountains and cliffs, or take a day trip to the Phi Phi Islands. You can always ask your leader for tips if you’re feeling spoiled for choice.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Penang - Today, you’ll say goodbye to the beauties of Thailand. Next stop – Malaysia! Today will be a long travel day, but it’s a great opportunity to get to know your fellow travellers a little better, play some road trip games or get stuck into a good book. After border formalities, hop in a private transfer to Penang, Malaysia's prized island. Known for its coastline and Georgetown area – a cool, World Heritage-listed blend of religious sites – this place is also serious about its street food! Head out with your leader tonight on a tour of the best local haunts and pick up some delicious specialties. You might snag an ice kacang (a dessert made with crushed ice, syrup and a mixture of jellies, nuts and sweet beans), a hearty nasi kandar (steamed rice accompanied by curries, fried chicken, seafood or vegetables) or the popular char kway teow (stir-fried rice noodles). After, maybe head out for an optional bar crawl with the gang.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Penang - Today, your leader will take you on an orientation walk through the Georgetown area, now a UNESCO World Heritage Site, to check out the shophouses, Penang Museum, street art and clan jetties. When you have your bearings, the rest of the day is yours. You might like to get your heart rate up with a testing hike up Penang Hill, where the views are worth the effort. Or maybe check out Kek Lok Si (the largest Buddhist temple in Malaysia), Khoo Kongsi (one of the oldest clan houses in Malaysia) or Cheong Fat Tze Museum (if you have an interest in Feng Shui), then go looking for some more local food. This place is famous for its cuisine, and it’s all thanks to the many cultures that have lived side-by-side for ages.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Penang - Cameron Highlands - Spend your morning walking around Georgetown before heading to the Cameron Highlands, stopping at the city of Ipoh along the way. This city looks like it comes right out of an anime movie, with its dramatic rock formations, caves and the ornate Perak Cave Temple. Spend some time wandering around and then carry on to the highlands, making your way into the undulating green hills. This area is beyond gorgeous, and you’ll have a full day tomorrow to choose how to best explore it.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Cameron Highlands - Today is a free day to spend how you want. Enjoy some downtime or maybe explore the district on a sightseeing tour. Take up an optional adventure to Mount Brinchang, trekking through the Mossy Forest or head out to visit the local tea plantation and factory, a strawberry farm, a honey bee farm, a Buddhist temple and the market square. Enjoy a free night to grab some dinner with your group or find somewhere to catch the sunset – your leader will have the best recommendations.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Kuala Lumpur - Wake up to the lush surroundings of the highlands before taking a public bus to Malaysia's capital – Kuala Lumpur. If you're still feeling up for a little adventure when you arrive, you might like to head out to a bar with a view and take in the city lights over a cocktail. Be sure to try and find one with a view of the mighty Petronas Towers, which come to life under the lights of night.

     

    Day - 20

    Location: Kuala Lumpur - Today is a free day to explore Kuala Lumpur at your own pace. Maybe head out of the city and visit the famous Batu Caves. Check out the tall Murugan statue and the colourful steps that lead up to the limestone karsts (but be careful of the mischievous monkeys.) When you’re hungry, your leader can show you where to find some of the best roti in the city. You can hit Bukit Bintang (for restaurants and bars), the Golden Triangle (for shopping) or Menara Tower (entry fee applies). Kuala Lumpur also has some great nightlife and your local leader will be sure to know the best spots!

     

    Day - 21

    Location: Singapore - Today, a public bus journey will take you to Singapore. After a long travel day and border formalities, your leader will take you on an orientation walk to give you an introduction to this ever-evolving city. There will be time to take in the retail hot spots like Orchard Road and the 'booming cross-cultural culinary scene' before enjoying an evening with your fellow travellers. You might like to hit up one of Singapore’s famous hawker centres (Newton, Lau Pa Sat or Tiong Bahru) or head to the Sky Bar at Marina Bay Sands, which boasts sweeping views of the Singaporean port and skyline. Maybe grab a couple of drinks here with the gang – the 360-degree views across the city also gives a great bird’s eye view of Gardens By The Bay. While you’re up in the clouds, you might catch its light show!

     

    Day - 22

    Location: Singapore - With no further activities planned, your trip comes to an end this morning. If you’d like to extend your stay and soak in more of what Singapore has to offer, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Bangkok - Sa-wat dee! Welcome to Bangkok, Thailand's bustling capital. Bangkok is famous for its tuk tuks, khlong boats and street vendors serving up delicious Thai food. With no planned activities until your important welcome meeting at 6 pm, why not head out and explore. You could take a riverboat to Chinatown and explore the crowded streets, uncover the magnificent Grand Palace and the Temple of the Emerald Buddha, wander down the tourist mecca of Khao San Road, or indulge in a Thai massage. After the meeting tonight, perhaps gather your fellow travellers together and tuck into some into world famous street food.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Sukhothai - This morning, leave the current capital of Thailand and head north by train (approx 6 hours) and private mini van (approx 1 hour) to one of the first ancient capitals of Siam, Sukhothai. Located on a fertile plain, Sukhothai was established in the 13th century, and the name means the 'Dawn of Happiness'. It’s now famous for its World Heritage-listed historic park that celebrates the Golden Age of Thai civilisation. Tonight, be sure to head to the fascinating local night market and try the local dishes, like Sukhothai noodles.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Sukhothai - Head out to the historical ruins of Old Sukhothai, set amid beautiful lakes and gardens. The religious art and architecture of the Sukhothai era are considered to be the most classic of Thai styles, and the Sukhothai Historical Park contains the remains of 21 historic sites, with awe-inspiring Buddha images and four large ponds often filled with stunning lotus flowers in full bloom. Upon arrival at the park, hire bicycles and enjoy a few leisurely hours feeling the breeze in your hair and learning about the history of this fascinating place. Enjoy a home-cooked picnic lunch somewhere along the way, and if you have enough free time, visit a local ceramics factory.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Village Homestay - Travel by private minivan from Sukothai (approx 4 hours) to the warm and welcoming home of Intrepid's long-time friends in a small Thai village where you’ll spend the night. Accommodation at the homestay is multishare and basic (there will be fold-out mattresses on the floor and shared bathrooms), but there is no better way to better understand a country and its people. In the evening, you’ll be treated to a traditional northern Thai khantok dinner, accompanied by live music and dancing.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Village Homestay - Chiang Mai - In the morning, jump on some bikes and cruise around the homestay village. This is a great opportunity to see how the locals live, and you’ll make a few stops along the way to see small country industries in the area. Cycling past the rice fields and breathing in the fresh country air, with beautiful mountains in the distance, makes this morning a picture-postcard experience. Say goodbye to your new friends and travel on to Chiang Mai (approximately 45 minutes). The most vibrant city in northern Thailand, Chiang Mai has many famous temples and an interesting old city area. Renowned for dazzling beauty and extremely welcoming locals, the ‘Rose of the North’ will leave you spellbound. Chances are, you won’t want to leave. Follow your leader on an orientation walk to get your bearings and enjoy a free evening tonight.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Chiang Mai - This morning, follow your leader to the largest fresh produce market in Chiang Mai for a visit. You'll be able to learn about these fresh ingredients and where the beautiful flavors of Thai cooking comes from. Then the rest of the day is free.Perhaps explore the famous temple complex of Doi Suthep. Drive along a scenic, winding mountain road that ends at an impressive 300-step naga-guarded stairway (approximately 45 mins). The rewards justify the climb with one of the most beautiful temples in Thailand on display, not to mention fantastic panoramic views of the city and the opportunity to listen to hypnotic evening chanting by resident Buddhist monks. Or maybe wander markets, meet monks, cruise the river, and slurp noodles on a Mae Ping River Experience. Don't miss out on trying lunch at the Chuan Chom vocational training center where you'll learn about the work that they do to train the women from the correctional institution with skills to go back to society. Or maybe join a Thai cooking class to discover some of the secrets of Thai cuisine. Your tour leader will be able to help you make the best of your day with plenty suggestions.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Chiang Mai - Today, you’ll have a pretty special time visiting the ChangChill elephant experience. Take a 1.5-hour drive out of Chiang Mai to ChangChill, where you’ll begin to learn how this organisation supports the protection, conservation and lifestyle of free roaming elephants in the region. You’ll observe the daily patterns of these jungle giants from a safe distance, seeing how they graze and socialise with their other friends. The expert local guides will be able to give you a ‘live lecture’ on the elephants themselves, its sustainable tourism practices and conservation efforts in the area. Enjoy some refreshments nearby the elephant’s mud pit but be careful not to get a spray! Be treated to some lunch in a riverside sala (pavilion) alongside your giant friends, who will be enjoying a meal too. Return to Chiang Mai where the rest of the time is at leisure.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Bangkok - Today, take a flight back to Bangkok. You will be unaccompanied on the flight. Enjoy some free time before your group briefing at 6pm to meet your new tour leader and fellow travellers. Bangkok is a vibrant mix of ancient traditions and slick modernity, where markets (obviously bustling) and world-class cuisine are only the beginning. How about acquainting yourself with this frenetic city of tuk tuks, street food and traditional khlong boats winding down the Chao Phraya River and just having a walk around. After your important meeting, you might want to experience the unique tourist mecca of Khao San Road with some of your new travel crew.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Bangkok - You’ll start today with a visit to Wat Arun – Temple of the Dawn. Named after the Indian God of Dawn – Aruna, this impressive landmark of Bangkok sits on the west bank of the Chao Phraya River. The rest of the afternoon is free for optional activities, and this city has so much to offer – perhaps head next door to the magnificent Grand Palace and the Temple of the Emerald Buddha or Wat Pho, home to the country's largest reclining Buddha and keeper of the magic behind Thai massage. You may want to take a riverboat to Chinatown and explore the crowded streets, or travel by longtail boat down the Chao Phraya River to explore the famous 'khlongs' (canals) of Bangkok. Life along these canals seems a world away from the chaotic streets of the capital. Tonight, board an overnight train southbound for Surat Thani (approximately 13 hours).

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Ao Nang/Krabi - Arrive into Surat Thani this morning and continue by bus (approximately 2.5 hours) to the resort town of Ao Nang in Krabi Province. Ao Nang has a main street with open-air restaurants, shops that light up the sidewalk and bars perfect for kicking back with a beer. It’s also in a great position to hop on longtail boats to places like Railay Beach and the idyllic islands surrounding the bay. There's plenty of free time to relax on the beautiful beaches and get into the spirit of southern Thailand. You also might want to take advantage of some of the optional activities on offer, like a cycling trip that takes you on back country tracks, gets you close to local culture, and rewards you with a lovely afternoon dip in a beautiful waterfall. Otherwise, consider a relaxing massage on the beach (no kidding), or just sit back with a good book and a cool cocktail to watch the sun slip beneath the horizon. This is living. In the late afternoon, visit Baan Na Teen village and take part in Batik Making to learn about this ancient technique of dyeing and then join in a local family for some home-cooked feast. Here is also an opportunity to assist with the preparation of tonight's meal – learn some of the delicious secrets of southern Thai cooking and enjoy a dinner that tastes all the better thanks to your handiwork! This is a wonderful opportunity to absorb some of the daily rituals of Thai culture.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Ao Nang/Krabi - This morning, head out to Ao Nang beach and on board a private longtail boat to start today’s exploration. Immerse in the beauty of the coast line with stops at Phra Nang Cave, Railey Beach, Koh Tup, Koh Gai and discover the amazing coral and tropical fish through snorkelling in the crystal clear water. Enjoy a day of swimming and snorkelling and return back to Ao Nang beach in mid-afternoon. Tonight, why not grab some travel pals and stroll down the main drag to find a seafood restaurant.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Khao Lak - Say goodbye to Ao Nang this morning and continue your journey to Khao Lak. On the way, stop at a great Community-based tourism initiative at Baan Nai Nang village (supported by Mangrove Action Project) and you’ll spend a better half of the day here, experiencing the amazing nature and learning about local culture. Get active and venture out in a kayak to explore the amazing water, limestone cliffs and mangrove forests at Khao Ka Rot. Return back to the village and enjoy a hearty home-cooked lunch after a good workout, then learn to prepare and taste the organic local mulberry leaf tea. Head out for a walk in the village and its organic fruit orchards after lunch before hopping back on your bus and continue to Khao Lak (approx. 3 hours).

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Khao Lak - Enjoy a free day at Khao Lak. There are plenty to do in Khao Lak. Why not visit Lam Ru National Park andTon Chong Fa Water Fall, or make it a day trip to Similan Islands or Surin Islands? Your tour leader will be on hand to help you make the best of the day.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Phuket - This morning leave for the tourist haven of Phuket, Thailand’s largest and most visited island. This island is certainly a brasher, more vibrant extrovert to the mellower sibling of the last few days. If a little modern pizazz is what you’re after with your dose of sunshine exotica, look no further – this island offers a little something for everyone. It’ll take about 3 hours to get to Phuket.Once you've arrived on the island, there's a chance to stop at the Tsunami Memorial if you would like to visit. Then continue to Royal Thai Navy Sea Turtle Conservation Center which support the protection of turtles and research of the Marine Biodiversity. You'll be able to learn about the important work that they do here and see the different type of turtles at the foundation. Then it's 2 hours to Patong beach. You’ll stay in the heart of Patong beach, where everything from shops to restaurants to nightclubs awaits.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Phuket - Phuket is ringed with beaches, each with their own distinct personalities, from a party vibe to perhaps something quieter and more romantic. If you can pull yourself away from the beautiful beaches and curving coasts, Phuket also has a range of activities to fill your day, from Thai boxing exhibitions to cabaret shows. If you love getting out on the water and exploring the islands, then perhaps use your last day to take a day trip out to the stunning Phi Phi and Khai Nok, a tiny island surrounded by white sandy beach perfect suitable for swimming and snorkelling. If you want to spend some time with Thailand’s magnificent elephants, take a visit to the Phuket Elephant Sanctuary. You will get to see the elephants in the safety and security of their natural home and get an insight into the behaviour and personal history of each elephant. Perhaps gather together your fellow travellers tonight and enjoy a celebratory dinner.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Phuket - There are no activities planned for the final day and you are able to depart the accommodation at any time. That doesn’t mean your adventure has to end! If you’d like to continue to soak up the very best of Phuket, we’ll be happy to organise additional accommodation (subject to availability).

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Bangkok - Sa-wat dee! Welcome to Thailand. Thailand's bustling capital, Bangkok is famous for its tuk tuks, khlong boats and street vendors serving up delicious Thai food. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. Bangkok has so much to offer those with time to explore, so perhaps arrive a day or so early and take a riverboat to Chinatown and explore the crowded streets, uncover the magnificent Grand Palace and the Temple of the Emerald Buddha, wander down the tourist mecca of Khao San Road, or indulge in some Thai massage. After the meeting tonight, why not get some of your newfound travel pals together for a street food crawl.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Bangkok - Kanchanaburi - Start the day with a one-hour river cruise down the Chao Phraya River to explore the famous ‘khlongs’, or canals. Life along these canals seems a world away from the chaotic streets of the capital. Pay a visit to Wat Pho, one of the ‘trinity’ of Bangkok temples, with a 46-metre long gold plated Buddha reclining inside. Even the feet of this statue are incredible, three metres long and intricately decorated with mother of pearl. The temple grounds are equally fascinating, filled with beautifully decorated stupas, halls and shrines. Afterwards, hop on a local bus and travel northwest to Kanchanaburi (approximately 4 hours). Located where the Khwae Noi and Khwae Yai rivers converge, Kanchanaburi is home to the infamous 'Bridge on the River Kwai'.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: River Kwai - Erawan NP - Kanchanaburi - This morning you’ll get an insight into the darker side of Kanchanaburi’s history with a visit to the Kanchanaburi War Cemetary (POW Cemetary) which was one of the first museums to attempt to educate the public and keep alive the memory of the Asian and POW workers who died constructing the infamous ‘Death Railway’. Then travel to Erawan National Park (approximately 1.5 hours each way), where you can explore the famous seven-level waterfall, and take a dip, if you’d like! The falls are considered the most beautiful in the whole country, with turquoise blue waters rushing through the forest into bamboo-shaded pools. If you want to make the climb all the way from level one to level seven it’s about a 90-minute hike, with the uppermost level usually quiet and with a stunning view over the jungle below. Be sure to pack your swimming gear, but also appropriate footwear if you’re going to make the walk. Level seven features a triple cascade that gives the falls their name – Erawan is the mythological three-headed white elephant that carries the Hindu god Indra.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Rafthouse - Be ready for a cruisy day as you’ll spend today and tonight floating down the Mae Glong River in a raft house. The rafthouse is towed by a boat and is an ideal and relaxing way to travel down the river – definitely setting the scene for pure relaxation. Spend the afternoon temple-hopping down the river, stopping off to see the cave temple of Wat Baan Tham, the Chinese Wat Tham Khao Noi, and Wat Tham Suea. There’s also plenty of time for travel games, reading a book, listening to your favourite playlist or just watching the world go by with a view of the lush Thai countryside. Enjoy a Thai meal on board and watch day turn to night as you moor on the riverside and fall asleep with the gentle rock of the boat.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Ayutthaya - Overnight train - After your river adventure, disembark and travel by private minivan to Ayutthaya, via Suphanburi (approximately 4 hours). You’ll have access to a day room, so you can freshen up before your overnight train later tonight. Ayutthaya was the second capital of Siam after Sukhothai, and it became one of the most powerful in Asia with over a million residents by the 18th century. Trading brought great riches to the city, and merchant tales tell of golden palaces, elaborate ceremonies, and breathtaking temples. You’ll see the remains and reminders of its golden age with a guided tour of the historic ruins and temples spread across the town. The rows of headless Buddhas at Wat Phra Mahathat, sacked by the Burmese in the 18th century, are very atmospheric, and a Buddha head surrounded by Banyan tree roots is perhaps the most photographed site in all of Ayutthaya. This evening, head north to Chiang Mai on an overnight train journey, accommodated in air-conditioned sleeping berths (approximately 13 hours).

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Chiang Mai - The most vibrant city in northern Thailand, Chiang Mai has is most renowned for its temples and an interesting old city area. Renowned for dazzling beauty and extremely welcoming locals, the ‘Rose of the North’ will leave you spellbound – chances are, you may not want to leave. When you arrive in Chiang Mai, your day will be free. There are a number of optional activities for you to choose from, so you can do as much, or as little, as you like. There are also many Thai cooking schools offering courses for budding chefs, sure to help you impress your friends when you return home. Or get active with a bicycle tour to discover the city and surrounding countryside from a different perspective. Tonight, you might like to get some of your crew together and tackle the famous night markets – your group leader can help you out with their recommendations.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Chiang Mai - Today is another free day for you to spend how you wish. While Chiang Mai's markets, temples and cooking schools offer more than enough to keep visitors busy, there's also the option of a very special outing to Chang Chill Elephant sanctuary. In a country where the cruel industry of elephant riding is still big business, Chang Chill provides a sanctuary for rescued, injured and orphaned elephants. You’ll be greeted by an expert guide, who'll tell you stories of rescued elephants and explain the issues surrounding elephants in South East Asia. You'll then have a chance to feed the elephants from a viewing platform. Lunch on these activities is also provided, followed by elephant bath time. Sit back and watch these creatures so clearly enjoying themselves.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Doi Mae Salong - Set off by road and travel by public bus from Chiang Mai to Mae Chan (approximately 4 hours), then transfer to a private minivan to continue onto Doi Mae Salong (approximately 1 hour). The atmosphere in the charming town of Doi Mae Salong is reminiscent of a small southern Chinese village, as it was settled by former Chinese Nationalist soldiers who fled from (then) Burma in the 1960s. The region is famous for its Chinese tea traders and you can enjoy a cup of tea in a traditional Chinese tea house overlooking the mountains and tea fields. Check out the interesting markets, where you may see produce and crafts made by hilltribe people like the Akha.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Chiang Rai - Jump in a private vehicle and drive for about 1 hour into the Mae Chan District to reach a local organic farm owned by Akha hilltribe. Here, take part in a farm to table cooking experience, where you’ll wander the property in search for organic eggs, fruits and vegetables. Then, continue back to the kitchen and begin whipping up a culinary storm – you’ll learn the secrets of a punchy chilli paste, hot and sour soups, a Thai-style stir fry and a traditional dessert. You’ll learn how to make these dishes from a local chef from the village, and then enjoy the fruits of your labour over a relaxed lunch. After your hunger is tamed, continue to Chiang Rai city, where you’ll arrive at your guesthouse for the evening. Chiang Mai's 'little sister', Chiang Rai boasts a relaxed atmosphere, a great night market, and a variety of good restaurants. This charming city has a small-town feel and is a great place to explore on foot.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Hilltribe Villages Trek - Head out for today's trek this morning, stopping at a shop along the way to pick up some fresh food for breakfast. From the starting point at Doi Bor Village, you'll take a dirt road through rice fields and pineapple plantations. Walk through the bamboo forest, then stop for lunch, which will be prepared by your local guide. Carry on to Baan Arpha Pattana (the Akha Tribal Village) where you'll be spending the night. Only 250 people live in this village, most of whom are Buddhists, and some who still respect spirits. Most of the locals migrated from Myanmar about 80 years ago, including Mr. Arpha, who the village was named after. Most of the villagers here grow rice, pineapple or farm pigs and chickens. When you arrive at your accommodation at the Akha Tribal House, you'll learn how to make hand crafted wrist bands from the local hilltribe people, before settling in for the night.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Hilltribe Villages Trek - After a basic breakfast prepared by your guide, you'll start today's walk from Arpha Pattana Village to Huai Mae Sai waterfall, walking up and down hilly trails through bamboo forests. When you reach the waterfall, you'll have the chance to swim and relax by the pond while your guide prepares lunch. Learn how to cook in bamboo cups from your guide, watching as they prepare today's meal. After, continue uphill, past the rice fields of the Lahu people to Doi Bor viewpoint. Soak up the views here, then head downhill to Yafu Village. Learn about the local culture when you arrive, and how the villagers grow corn, rice, nuts, ginger and farm cows, pigs and chickens.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Hilltribe Villages trek - Chiang Rai - Wake up in the quiet of the rural village this morning. Enjoy a basic breakfast prepared by your guide, then start today's walk. This will be the last day of your trek. Starting from Yafu Lahu Village, you'll walk to Ruammit Village, where your trek comes to an end. Then, take a songthaew (traditional passenger vehicle) back to Chiang Rai, where you'll spend the night.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Chiang Rai - Chiang Mai - Overnight Train - In the morning visit privately owned Wat Rong Khun, more commonly known as the White Temple – a must visit in Chiang Rai. This contemporary temple is constantly being updated, and its strange design features references to Buddhist mythology, human sin and pop culture icons such as Michael Jackson, Harry Potter and Superman. Afterwards, return to Chiang Mai by bus (approximately 4 hours). The rest of the day is free to explore, so perhaps take a scenic, winding drive up a mountain to one of the country's most stunning temple complexes, Doi Suthep. A 300-step naga-guarded stairway leads you to the temples, and the climb is well worth the effort. The hypnotic atmosphere of chanting Buddhist monks and sweeping views of the city make this a most memorable experience. Keep in mind this evening you’ll get back on the rails for an overnight train to Bangkok (approximately 13 hours).

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Bangkok - Arrive back in Bangkok and spend your day shopping or sightseeing before meeting up with your group for dinner. Being a weekend, this is a great opportunity to visit the weekend market at Chatuchak – one of the biggest and busiest markets you will ever see. Your leader can also give you other ideas of what to do – places like Jim Thompson's House, the Grand Palace and Chinatown are all great to explore. There's a fantastic array of transport options available for getting around this traffic-choked city and although it's most efficient to stick to the canals, river, and Skytrain, a trip in a tuk-tuk is certainly an experience!

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Bangkok - Sa-wat dee! Welcome to Thailand. Bangkok is a vibrant mix of ancient traditions and slick modernity, where markets (obviously bustling) and world-class cuisine are only the beginning. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm today. If you do arrive early, kudos to you! How about acquainting yourself with this frenetic city of tuk tuks, street food and traditional khlong boats winding down the Chao Phraya River and just having a walk around. After your important meeting, you might want to experience the unique tourist mecca of Khao San Road with some of your new travel crew.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Bangkok - You’ll start today with a visit to Wat Arun – Temple of the Dawn. Named after the Indian God of Dawn – Aruna, this impressive landmark of Bangkok sits on the west bank of the Chao Phraya River. The rest of the afternoon is free for optional activities, and this city has so much to offer – perhaps head next door to the magnificent Grand Palace and the Temple of the Emerald Buddha or Wat Pho, home to the country's largest reclining Buddha and keeper of the magic behind Thai massage. You may want to take a riverboat to Chinatown and explore the crowded streets, or travel by longtail boat down the Chao Phraya River to explore the famous 'khlongs' (canals) of Bangkok. Life along these canals seems a world away from the chaotic streets of the capital. Tonight, board an overnight train southbound for Surat Thani (approximately 13 hours).

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Ao Nang/Krabi - Arrive into Surat Thani this morning and continue by bus (approximately 2.5 hours) to the resort town of Ao Nang in Krabi Province. Ao Nang has a main street with open-air restaurants, shops that light up the sidewalk and bars perfect for kicking back with a beer. It’s also in a great position to hop on longtail boats to places like Railay Beach and the idyllic islands surrounding the bay. There's plenty of free time to relax on the beautiful beaches and get into the spirit of southern Thailand. You also might want to take advantage of some of the optional activities on offer, like a cycling trip that takes you on back country tracks, gets you close to local culture, and rewards you with a lovely afternoon dip in a beautiful waterfall. Otherwise, consider a relaxing massage on the beach (no kidding), or just sit back with a good book and a cool cocktail to watch the sun slip beneath the horizon. This is living. In the late afternoon, visit Baan Na Teen village and take part in Batik Making to learn about this ancient technique of dyeing and then join in a local family for some home-cooked feast. Here is also an opportunity to assist with the preparation of tonight's meal – learn some of the delicious secrets of southern Thai cooking and enjoy a dinner that tastes all the better thanks to your handiwork! This is a wonderful opportunity to absorb some of the daily rituals of Thai culture.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Ao Nang/Krabi - This morning, head out to Ao Nang beach and on board a private longtail boat to start today’s exploration. Immerse in the beauty of the coast line with stops at Phra Nang Cave, Railey Beach, Koh Tup, Koh Gai and discover the amazing coral and tropical fish through snorkelling in the crystal clear water. Enjoy a day of swimming and snorkelling and return back to Ao Nang beach in mid-afternoon. Tonight, why not grab some travel pals and stroll down the main drag to find a seafood restaurant.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Khao Lak - Say goodbye to Ao Nang this morning and continue your journey to Khao Lak. On the way, stop at a great Community-based tourism initiative at Baan Nai Nang village (supported by Mangrove Action Project) and you’ll spend a better half of the day here, experiencing the amazing nature and learning about local culture. Get active and venture out in a kayak to explore the amazing water, limestone cliffs and mangrove forests at Khao Ka Rot. Return back to the village and enjoy a hearty home-cooked lunch after a good workout, then learn to prepare and taste the organic local mulberry leaf tea. Head out for a walk in the village and its organic fruit orchards after lunch before hopping back on your bus and continue to Khao Lak (approx. 3 hours).

     

    Day - 20

    Location: Khao Lak - Enjoy a free day at Khao Lak. There are plenty to do in Khao Lak. Why not visit Lam Ru National Park andTon Chong Fa Water Fall, or make it a day trip to Similan Islands or Surin Islands? Your tour leader will be on hand to help you make the best of the day.

     

    Day - 21

    Location: Phuket - This morning leave for the tourist haven of Phuket, Thailand’s largest and most visited island. This island is certainly a brasher, more vibrant extrovert to the mellower sibling of the last few days. If a little modern pizazz is what you’re after with your dose of sunshine exotica, look no further – this island offers a little something for everyone. It’ll take about 3 hours to get to Phuket.Once you've arrived on the island, there's a chance to stop at the Tsunami Memorial if you would like to visit. Then continue to Royal Thai Navy Sea Turtle Conservation Center which support the protection of turtles and research of the Marine Biodiversity. You'll be able to learn about the important work that they do here and see the different type of turtles at the foundation. Then it's 2 hours to Patong beach. You’ll stay in the heart of Patong beach, where everything from shops to restaurants to nightclubs awaits.

     

    Day - 22

    Location: Phuket - Phuket is ringed with beaches, each with their own distinct personalities, from a party vibe to perhaps something quieter and more romantic. If you can pull yourself away from the beautiful beaches and curving coasts, Phuket also has a range of activities to fill your day, from Thai boxing exhibitions to cabaret shows. If you love getting out on the water and exploring the islands, then perhaps use your last day to take a day trip out to the stunning Phi Phi and Khai Nok, a tiny island surrounded by white sandy beach perfect suitable for swimming and snorkelling. If you want to spend some time with Thailand’s magnificent elephants, take a visit to the Phuket Elephant Sanctuary. You will get to see the elephants in the safety and security of their natural home and get an insight into the behaviour and personal history of each elephant. Perhaps gather together your fellow travellers tonight and enjoy a celebratory dinner.

     

    Day - 23

    Location: Phuket - There are no activities planned for the final day and you are able to depart the accommodation at any time. That doesn’t mean your adventure has to end! If you’d like to continue to soak up the very best of Phuket, we’ll be happy to organise additional accommodation (subject to availability).

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Bangkok - Sa-wat dee! Welcome to Thailand's capital, Bangkok – famous for its tuk-tuks, khlong boats and street vendors serving up delicious Thai dishes. Your food adventure begins this evening with a welcome meeting at 5 pm. If you arrive early, maybe check out the Grand Palace and the Temple of the Emerald Buddha, wander down Khao San Road or indulge in a Thai massage. After the meeting, head out with your group for dinner at popular restaurant Krua Apsorn and get to know the delicious Thai cuisine this region is famous for. After, explore the area and sample some Thai sweets with your leader and fellow travellers.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Bangkok - After an early breakfast, visit Tha Kha Floating Market. Walk past canals filled with sellers hawking their fruits and wares, then board a paddleboat to explore the waterways further. The area is well known for coconut palm sugar production, and you’ll stop in at a riverside operation to see how it’s made. After, travel back to Bangkok, where you’ll have a free afternoon to shop, sightsee or simply relax. Tonight, head to Chinatown for a walking tour. This is a great place to sample some local street food, so ask your leader for their insight and recommendations. You might also like to join other members of your group to enjoy live music at one of the lively bars in the area.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Ayutthaya - After breakfast, leave Bangkok and travel by private vehicle to a local village and community farm for a day of cooking Central Thai specialities. Learn about the age-old agricultural traditions still being practised today and enjoy the freshest ingredients straight from the garden. You’ll help to prepare a home-cooked lunch of local delicacies, like kaeng som (green papaya soup), spicy fish cakes and watercress salad with chicken, followed by multiple desserts using ingredients like coconut, rice milk and crispy noodles! Later this afternoon board a longtail boat and cruise the Chao Phraya River to visit a Buddhist temple on a small, remote island. Head to Ayutthaya city for a free evening to explore.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Ayutthaya / Overnight Train - Today, you’ll explore Ayutthaya – the second capital of Siam after Sukhothai, and once one of the most powerful cities in Asia. Stop by a street food stall for a demonstration and tasting of roti sai mai – a dish synonymous with the Kingdom of Ayutthaya. It consists of a thin pancake wrapped around delicious, fine strands of thin-spun cotton candy. Lunch today is a steaming bowl of guay-tieo-ruea (boat noodles). The Ayutthaya take on this classic combo of fragrant pork broth, roasted slices of meat, Thai-style pork balls, sliced morning glory stalks, fresh green onion and a choice of rice noodles is considered the original and the best. While the food is no longer served out of sampans on the river, the narrow rowboats are used as decoration at roadside eateries to indicate what's on the menu. See the remains of Ayutthaya’s golden age with a guided tour of the ruins and temples spread across the town, including the rows of headless Buddhas at Wat Phra Mahathat and a Buddha head surrounded by Banyan tree roots. Grab a bite to eat before boarding your overnight train to Chiang Mai.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Chiang Mai - Arrive in Chiang Mai by mid-morning. The most vibrant city in Northern Thailand, Chiang Mai has many famous temples and an interesting old city area. Most importantly, Chiang Mai is famous for its Northern Thai cuisine and may well be home to many of your favourite Thai dishes. Lunch today is a plant-based meal at a popular local restaurant that sources organic vegetables from nearby farms. After lunch, take an orientation walk around the streets of the city, stopping at Wat Chedi Luang and enjoying a pick me up at Akha Ama – a social enterprise created by a member of the Akha tribe who wanted to highlight the produce of his community and provide an income source to its coffee growers. Take time to relax and refresh before a dinner at a local restaurant. If you’re keen to explore further, the Chiang Mai Night Bazaar is full of local handicrafts and Northern street food dishes.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Village Homestay - Travel to a small Thai village where you’ll meet Aoi, your gracious host for your overnight homestay experience. On the way to Aoi’s village, stop for lunch at a restaurant specialising in the local delicacy of fermented rice noodles. Next, visit some local producers – including a mushroom farm where you'll pick up ingredients for a Northern Thai cooking class. Over the years, a khan tok dinner has become the traditional way to welcome guests in Northern Thailand, with the term ‘khan tok’ meaning both the meal and the raised tray on which it’s served. Eleven dishes are featured on this delicious khan tok menu, so cut, chop and sizzle, then tuck into dishes like nam prik ong (chilli paste with tomatoes), deep fried vegetables, hung leh (curry) and mushroom larb (spicy mushroom salad). Enjoy the fruits of your labour against a backdrop of local musicians singing and dancing.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Chiang Mai - Breakfast this morning is a Northern Thai breakfast of gai tod (fried chicken), fried rice, sweet sticky rice and egg custard. Bid farewell to your homestay hosts and take a scenic, winding drive to one of the country's most stunning temple complexes, Doi Suthep. A 300-step naga-guarded stairway leads you to the temples and the climb is well worth the effort. The chanting of Buddhist monks and the sweeping views of the city make for a memorable experience. Head back into town for a delicious lunch of khao soi (a curry noodle dish, renowned in the region). This afternoon you might like to check out the bustling Warorot Market (Kad Luang). One of Chiang Mai’s largest markets and a thriving social hub, this is the perfect place to get a glimpse into daily life and pick up some snacks unique to the region. Taste your way through the stalls and be sure to try sai ua (Chiang Mai sausage) or bamboo worms.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Chiang Mai - There are no activities planned for today and your adventure comes to an end after breakfast. You’re free to leave at any time, but this doesn’t mean your adventure has to end! If you would like to spend more time in Chiang Mai, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time to book additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Bangkok - Sa-wat dee! Welcome to Thailand. Your adventure begins in Bangkok, where world-class cuisine and lush landscapes only the beginning. You’ll have a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight to meet your local leader and fellow travellers. If you arrive early, why not explore this city of tuk tuks and street food at your own pace. Maybe watch the traditional khlong boats winding down the Chao Phraya River or walk around and get to know the local spots. After your meeting, you might want to walk down Khao San Road, grab dinner and get to know each other.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Bangkok - You’ll start today with a visit to Wat Arun – the Temple of the Dawn. Named after the Indian God of Dawn, Aruna, this impressive landmark of Bangkok sits on the west bank of the Chao Phraya River. The rest of the afternoon is free for your own exploration. Perhaps head next door to the Grand Palace and the Temple of the Emerald Buddha or visit Wat Pho – home to the country's largest reclining Buddha and keeper of the magic behind Thai massage. Maybe take a riverboat to Chinatown and explore the crowded streets, or travel by longtail boat down the Chao Phraya River to explore the famous khlongs (canals) of Bangkok. Life along these canals seems a world away from the chaotic streets of the capital. Tonight, board an overnight train southbound for Surat Thani.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Ao Nang/Krabi - Arrive at Surat Thani this morning and continue by bus to the resort town of Ao Nang in the Krabi Province. Ao Nang has a main street with open-air restaurants, shops that light up the sidewalk and bars perfect for kicking back with a beer. You can also hop on a longtail boat to places like Railay Beach and the idyllic islands surrounding the bay. There's plenty of free time to relax on the beaches and get into the spirit of southern Thailand. You might like to take a cycling trip through back country tracks, getting to know local culture and taking an afternoon dip in a waterfall. Treat yourself to a relaxing massage on the beach or just sit back with a good book. In the late afternoon, visit Baan Na Teen village to take part in Batik Making. Learn about this ancient technique of dyeing, then join a local family for some home-cooking.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Ao Nang/Krabi - This morning, head out to Ao Nang beach and board a private longtail boat to start today’s exploration. As you sail, take in the beauty of the coastline, stopping at Phra Nang Cave, Railey Beach, Koh Tup and Koh Gai along the way. See the coral and tropical fish in the crystal clear waters below on snorkelling excursions and enjoy a half day of swimming and sailing. Tonight, why not grab some of your fellow travellers and stroll down the main drag to find a seafood restaurant.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Khao Lak - Say goodbye to Ao Nang this morning and continue your journey to Khao Lak. On the way, stop at the community-based tourism initiative of Baan Nai Nang village (supported by Mangrove Action Project) where you’ll spend the better half of the day. Soak up the amazing nature and learning about local culture. Then, get active and venture out in a kayak to explore the water, limestone cliffs and mangrove forests at Khao Ka Rot. Return to the village and learn to prepare the organic local mulberry leaf tea, sitting down with your hosts for a home-cooked lunch. Head out for a walk through the village’s organic fruit orchards before hopping back on your bus to Khao Lak.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Khao Lak - Enjoy a free day to explore Khao Lak at your own pace. Maybe visit Lam Ru National Park, known for its nature trails, secluded beaches and Ton Chong Fa Waterfall. Or take a daytrip to the Similan Islands or the Surin Islands, soaking up the gorgeous natural landscapes. Your local leader will be on hand with suggestions and to help you out with logistics.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Phuket - This morning, you’ll leave the natural paradise for Phuket – Thailand’s largest and most visited island. When you arrive, you might like to stop at the Tsunami Memorial. Then, continue to the Royal Thai Navy Sea Turtle Conservation Center, which supports the protection of turtles, focusing on marine biodiversity. Learn about the important work that they do here and see the different type of turtles at the foundation. Later, continue to Patong Beach, where you’ll stay in the heart of it all near local shops, restaurants and nightclubs awaits.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Phuket - Phuket is ringed with beaches and you can find everything from a party vibe to something a little quieter. If you can pull yourself away from the curving coasts, Phuket also has a range of activities to fill your day, from Thai boxing exhibitions to cabaret shows. If you love getting out on the water and exploring the islands, then perhaps use your last day to take a daytrip to the Phi Phi Islands and Khai Nok – a tiny island surrounded by white sandy beach, perfect for swimming and snorkelling. If you want to spend some time with Thailand’s elephants, maybe visit the Phuket Elephant Sanctuary. Here, you can see the elephants in the safety and security of their natural home and get an insight into the behaviour and personal history of each elephant. Tonight, maybe get together with your fellow travellers for dinner and toast to a trip well travelled.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Phuket - There are no activities planned for the final day, and you can depart the accommodation at any time. That doesn’t mean your adventure has to end! If you’d like to continue to soak up the very best of Phuket, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Hanoi - Xin chao! Welcome to Vietnam. If you arrive in Hanoi early, why not dive into the bustling world of bikes and boulevards and explore the French architecture in the laneways. Maybe grab a Vietnamese coffee and people-watch from a local cafe or step back in time in the Old Quarter. Tonight, you’ll be picked up by your local guide from your hotel at around 9 pm and transferred to the train station, where your guide will give you your tickets for the return train journey to Sapa. Say goodbye to your guide before you board the overnight sleeper train bound for Lao Cai.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Sapa Trek - Arrive in Lao Cai in the early morning and travel to Sapa via minibus, passing through dramatic scenery. When you arrive in the hillside town, you’ll meet your local guide for a breakfast of bun cha (grilled pork and noodles) among the views of rice terraces cascading down the mountain. After, check in into your hotel. Later in the afternoon, go on a guided orientat walk.You will explore the central market and explore the local produce and handicrafts, while tasting some local snacks along the way. Try a few favourites that are popular in Sapa and learn about the culture and lifestyle from your guide.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Sapa Trek - This morning after breakfast, set off towards Lao Cai to the starting point of today’s trek. From here, you’ll follow a narrow trail that leads uphill for about 2 hours, headed for the Sa Seng. At the pinnacle, take in the breathtaking sights of Fansipan Peak and Muong Hoa Valley. Continue to Hang Da Village – a Hmong community nestled at an altitude of 1800 m, which provides an incredible vista of the valley. Soak in the views, then sit down for a satisfying picnic lunch to refuel. Continue to Hau Thao village, enjoying the panoramic views of the valley along the way. When you arrive at the commune, take the opportunity to rest and get to know the local Black Hmong community who live here. The trek then continues to Giang Ta Chai village – your homestay accommodation for tonight. After settling in and introducing yourself to the Giay community, you’ll be treated to a homecooked dinner with the locals.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Sapa/Overnight Train - After a hearty, energising breakfast, you’ll set off again on a 2 to 3 hour walk to Su Pan Village. Your guide will lead you to Giang Ta Chai village of the Red Dzao minority via the paths between terraces and bamboo forests. Walk past waterfalls, where buffalo might cool themselves from the heat and cross a suspension bridge. Cross Muong Hoa River, then head up to the mountain to visit the last village of the trek – Su Pan. Maybe grab a quick bowl of pho before meeting up with your vehicle for the short drive back to Sapa. Arriving in Sapa, it's time to say goodbye to your local guide. You'll then have a free afternoon to explore the town. Maybe get a massage to sooth your tired muscles, or check out the local market selling produce, herbal remedies, and (very fresh) meats. Pick up any hilltribe crafts you might have had your eye on or sit back with a drink while you look over the misty mountains. Tonight, you’ll take another overnight train back to Hanoi.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Hanoi - Your adventure ends at Hanoi train station in the early morning (around 5 am). The rest of the day is free for you to soak up the grace of this dynamic city in modern Vietnam. If you’d like to extend your stay or need help booking additional accommodation, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Pu Luong Nature Reserve - Xin Chao! Welcome to Vietnam. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 8 am in front of the grand entrance of the Opera House, where your local leader will be waiting for you and your fellow travellers. From Hanoi, you’ll take a private transpoort to Pu Luong – home of the Thai ethnic people. After lunch at a local restaurant, you’ll take a 1-hour walk with your leader around the ancient Hieu village (Ban Hieu), ending at the Hieu waterfall. The Pu Luong Nature Reserve is considered an area of outstanding natural beauty – rich in culture and biodiversity, the area is covered in forests, limestone peaks and rice paddies. The peaceful hamlets throughout the reserve feature traditional stilt-houses and tonight, you’ll stay in a homestay with your local hosts within the reserve. In the late afternoon, take part in a cooking class with the locals to make some traditional dishes that you’ll enjoy together for dinner.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Ninh Binh - After breakfast with your hosts, transfer to Ninh Binh – a small city in the Red River Delta of northern Vietnam and the capital of the Ninh Binh Province. Popular with visitors due to its natural beauty, this limestone peak-covered area is a must-see. When you arrive, you’ll head into Cuc Phuong National Park – Vietnam's first national park and the country's largest nature reserve. Visit the Save Vietnam Wildlife Center (our Intrepid Foundation partner) and learn how this non-profit organisation focuses on conserving pangolins and local carnivores, protecting the wildlife and ecosystem of the area. You’ll see some of the animals that live here (the resident wildlife can’t re-enter the wild due to injury), then you’ll head to lunch at the National Park restaurant. This afternoon, take an easy trek through the park, looking out for the diverse flora and small animals along the way. This park is home to 97 species of mammals, 300 species of birdlife and 53 species of reptiles and amphibians. The rest of your afternoon and evening is free.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Ninh Binh - Fuel up on breakfast this morning and enjoy your peaceful time. Then in the afternoon head out on a 1.5-hour boat trip in the Van Long Wetland Nature Reserve – home to the endangered langur monkeys, this conservation area is the largest wetland natural reserve in Red River Delta and is known as ‘waveless bay’ for the still water surface that reflects the surrounding mountains. The boat will take you around the lagoon through limestone peaks and small caves. After that, take a cycling tour around the reserve over sunset. The rest of your evening is free. Tonight, you’ll stay in a small and authentic homestay with your friendly hosts.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Hanoi - After breakfast, you’ll transfer back to Hanoi, arriving at about 4 pm. This is where your Short Break Adventure comes to an end. If you’d like to extend your stay in Hanoi, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time to organise additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Hanoi/Halong Bay - Xin Chao! Welcome to Vietnam. A welcome pack containing a welcome letter, your trip itinerary, relevant tickets, a feedback card and general information on the country will be waiting for you at your hotel. Please ask your hotel's receptionist for the Intrepid welcome pack upon arrival. You may be able to leave your main luggage in Hanoi (please check with your hotel), so we recommend you only take a small bag with a change of clothes and essential travel items. Your Short Break Adventure starts at 8:15-8:30 am, or from your alternate hotel located in Hanoi's Old Quarter (advised prior to departure), between 08:00am - 08:30 am. You will also be joined by other travellers taking the boat cruise. Travel by minibus for 3.5 hours to Halong Bay. Journey through the early morning streets of Hanoi on the way to Halong Bay, seeing steam rising from roadside eateries as breakfast is prepared and motorbikes weaving their way through the steadily increasing traffic. Leaving the city behind, drive through the countryside to the dock where this Halong Bay adventure truly starts. Climb aboard a traditional junk-style boat – with its beautiful woodwork and beaming crew – and venture out into the emerald waters of the bay. Open water soon disappears as the boat glides through often misty waters and past limestone peaks jutting dramatically out of the water. Sit down to a mouth-watering lunch and take in the scenery of what is often referred to as the Eighth Wonder of the World. The area of about 1,500 square kilometres is dotted with innumerable beaches and grottos, created over thousands of years by waves and wind. Even in the rain the bay takes on a mystic quality. After lunch, you will have the chance to explore Surprise Cave, stretching your legs for an included cave walk. Access to Surprise Cave is via staircases. Once inside the cave the pathways are a little uneven and slippery. The captain will find a calm spot, so soak up the sun on the top deck or go kayaking to see the karsts up close. Everyone will be issued with water buoyancy vests. Another delicious meal awaits after the sun goes down. Then sit under the beautiful starry skies before drifting off to sleep to the sounds of gentle waves lapping at the hull.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Halong Bay/Hanoi - Rise this morning to the tranquil beauty of the bay. Perhaps even wake early for a Tai Chi class on the top deck. Spend the morning exploring secluded areas of the bay. Around noon the junk returns to the dock and the journey towards Hanoi begins. You will be transferred by boat to the mainland where your vehicle will be waiting. The journey back to Hanoi takes around 3.5 hours. Your Halong Bay Junk Cruise adventures ends on arrival in Hanoi (approximately 1.30pm) where you will be dropped off at your Hanoi Old Quarter hotel listed below, or as nominated.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Hanoi - Xin chao! Welcome to Vietnam. When you arrive at the airport, you’ll be met by a local representative and transferred to your hotel. Your adventure begins in Hanoi – famous for its beautiful lakes, shaded boulevards, public parks and thriving Old Quarter – with a welcome meeting at 5 pm. If you arrive early, why not head out and explore the Old Quarter at your own pace, maybe searching for a deliciously fresh bahn mi or some Vietnamese iced coffee (for the adults in the group). After the meeting, maybe head out to dinner with your family and fellow travellers – your local leader will always have some great recommendations handy.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Hanoi - Embark on a full day of exploration today. Visit the Museum of Ethnology to learn more about the diverse heritage of Vietnam, then head to the Temple of Literature – an oasis of calm in the heart of town. Enjoy some lunch at KOTO restaurant – a longtime friend of Intrepid that lives by the philosophy of 'know one, teach one'. It supports the underprivileged local youth by giving them a chance at making a career in the hospitality industry. In the evening, sit down to a traditional water puppet performance. This northern tradition, dating back nearly a thousand years, is performed alongside traditional Vietnamese music that employs drums, wooden bells, horns and bamboo flutes.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Halong Bay - Travel by minibus to the spectacular UNESCO World Heritage-listed site of Ha Long Bay. The bay is a breathtaking and secluded harbour with about 2000 limestone islands jutting out of the waters of the Bac Bo Gulf. When you arrive, hop aboard your private boat and cruise among the dramatic limestone peaks. There's an opportunity to swim in the famous Vietnam East Sea and explore caves filled with stunning stalactites and stalagmites today, too. You'll spend a peaceful night on board, beneath a sky alive with stars. Your sailing junk has twin-share cabins that have air-conditioning and private facilities and there's a dining room and bar.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Hanoi - Overnight train - If you’re keen, get up for sunrise this morning and watch the bay come alive with light from the deck. Have breakfast on the boat, then maybe head out for an optional early morning kayak. Return to Hanoi by bus, then board an overnight train bound for Hue. As the former imperial capital of Vietnam, Hue holds the treasures of Vietnam's royal past. It's a curious mix of bustling streets and tranquil settings. Although conditions are basic on your train journey, overnight trains are a classic South East Asian experience and the best way to travel long distances with the locals. Lie back and enjoy the ride! Most trains have a dining carriage serving simple food, but it's a good idea to stock up on fresh bread, cheese and fruit before you head off.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Hue - Arrive in Hue early this morning. Your leader will help you chose a local, tasty breakfast after you disembark, then you’ll you’ll have some free time to freshen up before an afternoon cyclo tour. Journey through the streets of Hue, travelling around the citadel, passing through the local fruit and vegetable markets before stopping over at Ho Chi Minh’s house.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Hue - This morning, visit the Imperial Citadel – the best-preserved remnant of a royal centre that once existed on this fortified site. The unique fortifications are fascinating to see, even though much of this place has sadly been destroyed by war. You’ll then visit the Forbidden Purple City, which was almost totally wiped out during the Tet Offensive of 1968. The gaping holes left by bombs give an idea of the shocking destruction that wreaked upon the country during the war. See the royal tomb of Emperor Tu Duc and the central lake set amid a grove of frangipani and pine trees. Then visit the Thien Mu Pagoda – considered by many to be the unofficial symbol of Hue, this active Buddhist monastery originated in 1601 and one of the most poignant displays here is a car belonging to a former monk who in 1963, drove to Saigon and set himself alight to protest the treatment of Buddhists by the South Vietnamese regime. After, stop into a local non-government organisation that supports Hue’s deaf community by providing training, employment, support and a place to connect with others. Here, you’ll meet the hosts and be welcomed with a cup of tea. You’ll be taught a few words in sign language so you can communicate (something priceless to take home with you!), then you’ll take part in a paper flower-making workshop. Your hosts will help you and the kids to make paper flowers that you can then take home as souvenirs.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Hoi An - Travelling by bus this morning, heading south through coastal rice paddies, then through the Hai Van Pass in the mountains to Hoi An. Recently declared a UNESCO World Heritage site, Hoi An is beautifully preserved and is perfect for strolling, with many beautiful Japanese houses and Chinese temples lining the narrow lanes. Parts of Hoi An look exactly as they did more than a century ago! It's also a shopping haven and the even the kids are sure to love the many shops and markets selling original paintings, handcrafted woodwork, ceramics, embroidery and lanterns. Hoi An has also become famous for its tailoring, with a great variety of fabrics and tailors to choose from!

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Hoi An - After breakfast, spend the morning at a local beach relaxing on the palm-fringed white sands and taking in the views of the Cham islands. Transfer back to town and pop into a local restaurant where you’ll learn how to make ‘white rose cake’ – one of Hoi An’s most popular street foods. These tasty savoury dumplings are made with rice paper and minced shrimp and named after their resemblance to a white flower. Once your local instructors have taught you how to make these delicious parcels, sit down together and tuck into your creations for lunch. This hands-on experience is one the whole family will enjoy!

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Hoi An - Today is a free day to explore Hoi An’s Old Town at your own pace. Maybe take a cooking class and learn the secrets of preparing local specialties like cao lau (dark pork broth with thick yellow noodles, sliced pork, bean sprouts, green vegetables and croutons). Alternatively, hire some bikes and take the family out on a cycling trip into the gorgeous surrounding countryside. Another great activity for the kids is a bamboo basket ride down the waterways of the jungle – to organise any optional day trips and activities, just chat to your leader.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Ho Chi Minh City - Take a short flight to the economic hub of Ho Chi Minh City. Formerly known as Saigon, Ho Chi Minh City is characterised by a vast array of sights and sounds – a fascinating blend of old and new, East and West. Check out Ben Thanh Market and tuck into a local lunch of street food during an orientation walk with your leader. After, you're free to explore the city on your own. Your leader will have plenty of interesting and fun ideas for you and the kids. Consider scooting off on cyclos to Cholon – the Chinatown area of Ho Chi Minh City – for a bit of temple-hopping. Or visit the Vietnamese version of a department store for some shopping.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Mekong Delta - Head down to the Mekong Delta and visit unexplored Ben Tre, where coconut is everything! The fertile delta is famous for its abundant harvests of tropical fruits and flowers. When you arrive into ‘the rice bowl of Vietnam’, board your private boat and cruise along the maze of waterways to visit some local cottage industries. This is a fascinating behind-the-scenes look at a different part of the local economy. Then, head to your overnight homestay by the water where you’ll be invited into a family home for a true local experience and a chance to see daily life from the inside.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Ho Chi Minh City - Life in the delta starts with the sun, so embrace the day early. You’ll visit a local market before heading back to Ho Chi Minh City for one last night. You should arrive in the afternoon, which will give you time to explore at your own pace and take on anything you didn’t have a chance to do the first time. Tonight, why not head out with your fellow families for an optional farewell dinner, where you can celebrate a trip well travelled!

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Ho Chi Minh City - With no activities planned after breakfast, you’re free to leave at any time. If you’d like to extend your stay in Ho Chi Minh City, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time to organise additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Hanoi - Xin chao! Welcome to Vietnam. Your adventure begins in Hanoi – the capital city, famous for its Old Quarter and 36 shopping streets – with a welcome meeting at 5 pm tonight at your hotel. If you arrive early, maybe stroll the tree-lined boulevards, hang out by Hoan Kiem Lake, see the ancient temples grab a Bahn mi with the family. This city is full of rich culture, fun shopping opportunities and delicious local cafes, so there’s plenty to keep you occupied.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Hanoi - This morning, you and the family will head out to explore Hanoi. Jump on the bus and visit the Museum of Ethnology and the Temple of Literature. Soak up some of the local history, then head to KOTO for lunch – KOTO stands for 'Know One, Teach One' and the restaurant is an organisation supported by The Intrepid Foundation, training disadvantaged young people in the hospitality industry. After lunch, swap the four wheels for two and head out on a cycling tour around the West Lake. Tonight, you’re free to grab the kids and head out for a chilled dinner – maybe grab a bowl of pho from one of the streetside cafes?

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Mai Chau - After a hearty breakfast, jump on your private bus for the journey to Luong Son – a region in the country's northwest, this city is the starting point for your cycling adventure through Vietnam's picturesque countryside. After Hanoi's hustle and bustle, this area's fresh country air and relative lack of traffic will be a treat for the senses. You’ll ride to Mai Chau – home to a variety of minority groups with their own unique cultures and languages. Visit a social enterprise that’s centred around preserving and celebrating the traditional crafts of the Thai minority groups who settled in northwest Vietnam. Then, join some local women to learn about their crafts and how to make an embroidery pattern or dye cloth. Spend the rest of the day swimming in the pool and relaxing in your retreat-style accommodation.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Ninh Binh - Today is dedicated to exploring the villages and scenic countryside of provincial Vietnam. The journey from Mai Chau to Ninh Binh is easy and leisurely paced. You'll have plenty of opportunities to hop off your bike and take photos of the surrounding valleys, sugarcane farms and rice paddies that compose the landscape. The final stop is the town of Ninh Binh – this scenic province is famous for its limestone karst landscapes, lush rice paddies and gently flowing waterways.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Halong Bay - Now your family has seen some of the beautiful Northern Vietnam by bike, it's now time to see it by sea! You’ll drive to the UNESCO World Heritage site of Ha Long Bay – natural harbour of more than 2000 limestone islands rising from the emerald waters of Bac Bo Gulf. Home to countless beaches, caves and grottoes within its 1500 sq km, this spot is perfect for nature lovers. When you arrive, you'll set out on a kayak expedition. Your leader will take you through a safety demonstration, then lead you out onto the open waters. Tonight, you'll be dining and sleeping on board a traditional Vietnamese junk boat. Watch the sunset on deck and get to know your fellow travellers as the moon comes out.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Halong Bay – Overnight Train - Take a moment to soak in the scenery of Ha Long Bay (sunrise, anyone?) before disembarking the boat this morning. Make the drive back to Hanoi, where you’ll have use of day rooms to freshen up. You may like to head out and grab some dinner with the group, then it’s time to go to the train station to board an overnight train to Da Nang. A fun, local experience in Vietnam, the train is the perfect spot to get to know your fellow travellers a little better over a game of cards.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Hoi An - Arrive in Danang early this morning and take a short transfer to Hoi An – a UNESCO World Heritage site, Hoi An is known as Faifo to early Western traders and was one of South-East Asia's major international ports during the 17th, 18th and 19th centuries. Today, parts of Hoi An look as they did more than a century ago and it retains the feel of centuries past. Hoi An is also one of the best places in Vietnam to shop for souvenirs, especially if you’re looking for clothing, paintings or ceramics. For those interested in getting some clothes tailored, this is definitely the place to snare a bargain.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Hoi An - Spend the day exploring Hoi An, beginning with a guided orientation walk led by your leader then it's back on two wheels for a wider exploration of the town and its surroundings. The cycling route includes a visit to Tra Que Village, where you'll see local farmers tending their famous organic herb and vegetable gardens. You may even ride past rice paddies and shrimp ponds to Cua Dai beach. Tonight, why not wander down to the riverside and enjoy a final feast with the group to celebrate an amazing adventure.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Hoi An - Your trip ends today after breakfast. Either take a transfer to Danang airport for your onward flight or stick around a while longer getting to know this charming city better. If you’d like to extend your stay and explore the riverside restaurants and Old Town, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Ho Chi Minh City - Xin chao! Welcome to Vietnam. When you arrive at the airport, you’ll be met by a local representative and transferred to your hotel. Your adventure begins in Ho Chi Minh City with a welcome meeting at 5 pm to meet the other families joining your trip and your local leader. After, you’ll all head out as a group for a welcome dinner and tuck into some delicious local cuisine. If you'd like to spend more time exploring Ho Chi Minh City or join a tour to Cu Chi Tunnels before your trip begins, speak to your booking agent ahead of time to organise additional accommodation here.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Mekong Delta - Ho Chi Minh City - Today, you'll travel south by private minibus and spend the day exploring the Mekong Delta – often referred to as ‘the rice bowl of Vietnam’. Board a private boat and traverse the intricate waterways, soaking up the sounds and admiring the waterside views as you float through this fertile landscape. Disembark at Ben Tre and visit the coconut gardens, stopping at a local home to sample tropical fruits and coconut jams before paddling in sampans (small rowing boats). Take a tuk-tuk tour around the villages, learning about rural life and how the locals make their living. Enjoy lunch with a local family in the heart of the delta. Then, it’s back to the boat to cruise the delta’s major waterways to Ben Tre boat pier. After the cruise, return via bus to Ho Chi Minh City.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Hoi An - This morning, say goodbye to Ho Chi Minh City and fly north to Danang where you’ll take a short transfer to the UNESCO World Heritage-listed Hoi An. With a beautifully preserved Old Town, parts of the city look exactly as they did more than a century ago. Your leader will take you on an orientation walk around the Old Quarter where you can take in the beautiful architecture and sights, including the display of lanterns and boats along the river. You and the kids will then join a local artisan to make your very own lanterns to take home! After the lantern workshop, head out for a delicious dinner in town before heading back to the hotel.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Hoi An - This morning, head out to one of Hoi An's best beaches, known for the palm-fringed white sands and views of the Cham Islands. You’ll spend some time here enjoying the sun, sand and clear waters. A picnic lunch is included, so all you have to do is relax and enjoy the beach day! This afternoon, you’re free to explore, relax or shop at your own pace. Maybe you’re feeling active, so you’ll choose to hire bikes for a ride through the countryside. Or relax by the pool while the kids enjoy some more time to swim.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Hoi An - Today is free for you to spend as you like. You might like to venture into the Old Town to further explore the beautifully preserved streets and shops. Hoi An is one of the best places to shop for souvenirs, especially if you're looking for t-shirts, paintings or ceramics. This area has also become famous for its tailoring, with a great variety of fabrics and tailors to choose from, so you can indulge in a new, custom outfit. Not keen on shopping? Your leader can also assist with arranging any optional activities you might like to do – maybe join a family-friendly cooking class that includes a boat ride and farm tour or simply spend more time relaxing at the beach or hotel pool.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Hue - This morning after breakfast, head back on the road and make your way past coastal rice paddies, taking in the views from the mountains as you cross the scenic Hai Van Pass. Arriving in the city of Hue - the former imperial capital of Vietnam and tonight's destination – there will be some free time to relax before exploring the streets on a cyclo tour! The kids will love travelling around the citadel, passing through the local fruit and vegetable market and stopping at Ho Chi Minh’s house on the three-wheeled pedaled taxi. Later enjoy a delicious home cooked dinner with a local family. Get to know the local culture with good conversation and some authentic flavours made with fresh ingredients. 

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Hue - Overnight train - Delve further into the former capital today with a visit the Imperial Citadel, which is the best-preserved remnant of a large Citidel and Royal Centre that once existed on this fortified site. The unique fortifications are fascinating, even though much of this place has sadly been destroyed by war. Explore the foliage-covered ruins, then visit the Forbidden Purple City, which was almost totally wiped out during the Tet Offensive in 1968. The gaping holes left by bombs give an idea of the shocking destruction wreaked upon the country during the war. Tonight, board an overnight train bound for Hanoi.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Hanoi - Arrive in Hanoi early this morning and enjoy some free time to relax, refresh and recharge before visiting a Vun Art – a local social enterprise and an Intrepid Foundation partner, Vun Art helps empower people living with disabilities in Vietnam by providing vocational training and employment opportunities. Hear about their story and have the chance to make an artwork of your own to take home. Tonight, you’ll head out with your family to experience a unique water puppet show – an ancient art in Vietnam.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Hanoi - This morning head to the Museum of Ethnology to learn more about the diverse heritage of Vietnam. Then visit the Temple of Literature before enjoying some lunch at the KOTO restaurant – an excellent establishment and long-time friend of Intrepid which lives by the philosophy of 'know one, teach one'. It supports underprivileged local youth by giving them a chance at making a career in hospitality.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Halong Bay - Travel by minibus to the spectacular World Heritage-listed site of Halong Bay (approximately 4 hours). The bay is a breathtaking secluded harbour with some 2000 limestone islands jutting out of the waters of the Bac Bo Gulf. Board your private boat and cruise among the dramatic limestone peaks. There's an opportunity to swim in the famous Vietnam East Sea and explore caves filled with stunning stalactites and stalagmites. Spend a peaceful night on board, beneath a sky alive with stars.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Hanoi - Enjoy breakfast on the boat this morning and consider heading out for an optional early morning kayak to see the karsts, junk boats and still waters from a new perspective. Later, return to Hanoi by bus. When you arrive, check into your hotel and spend some free time freshening up or recharging before joining your group for a final dinner together to celebrate a trip well travelled.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Hanoi - With no further activities planned after breakfast this morning, your trip comes to an end and you’re free to depart the hotel at any time after checking out. If you’d like to extend your stay in Hanoi and continue exploring the Old Quarter, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time to organize additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Ho Chi Minh City - Xin chao! Welcome to Ho Chi Minh City, a French-infused city with a dynamic atmosphere. If you arrive early, perhaps head to Pham Ngu Lao Street to see the local open-aired market or visit Vinh Nghiem Pagoda. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm where you will meet your tour leader and fellow travellers.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Ho Chi Minh City - This morning you’ll tour the famous Cu Chi Tunnels. This former Viet Cong stronghold provides an insight into the resourcefulness and tenacity of the Vietnamese people, as well as underground life during the Vietnam War. Travel back to Ho Chi Minh City to grab some lunch if you wish, before a visit to the Reunification Palace. Formerly known as the Presidential Palace, it was the site of South Vietnam's surrender at the end of the war. Afterwards, you can opt to visit the War Remnants Museum where you’ll see old military equipment including an F5A fighter and a UH1-Huey helicopter, or you may like to head back to your hotel to make plans for your evening.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Hoi An - Say goodbye to Ho Chi Minh City and fly to Danang where you’ll travel in a private vehicle to Hoi An, a captivating city where traditional and modern sit side by side. Late this afternoon, you’re in for a culinary treat. Join your leader and head to Tra Que where you will tour a local chef's garden, selecting fresh herbs and vegetables that will form part of your exclusive group dinner. Relax in the peaceful surroundings while your private chef prepares a delicious spread that celebrates his garden's seasonal best.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Hoi An - Your leader will take you on a walk around Hoi An’s Old Town today. The city was a major trading port from the 17th century onwards, and has various architectural influences from Europe, China and Vietnam. Today the city is being restored and looks exactly like it did over a century ago. The tour will take you to a historic house, the Japanese Covered Bridge, a Chinese assembly hall and a museum. The rest of the day is free for you to do some optional activities or soak up the ambience of the city. You may like to wander past street stalls selling paintings, woodwork, ceramics, lanterns and much more or get an outfit made by one of Hoi An’s talented tailors who can make beautiful items to order within a few hours.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Hanoi - This morning, transfer to the airport and fly to Vietnam’s charming capital of Hanoi. You’ll be taken on a guided half-day tour of Hanoi, visiting major sites such as the Temple of Literature, One Pillar Pagoda and the former residence of Vietnam’s most famous revolutionary, Ho Chi Minh. Stop for lunch at the KOTO cafe, an uplifting project that provides vocational training for disadvantaged young people. This afternoon is yours to explore your way, so ask your leader for their advice and tailor your time to perfection. Food, history, culture – whatever you’re most interested in, your leader will be able to help. You may like to take a stroll around the city’s parks and lakes, or enjoy beer the way locals do, in small roadside bars called Bia Hoi, soaking up Vietnam's street culture.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Halong Bay - Travel by private vehicle to famous Halong Bay, one of Vietnam's most spectacular natural wonders. Once you arrive at the bay, take a long, slow cruise through the area, exploring the beautiful green waters and amazing Surprise Cave. Want to get in the water? You may also have the opportunity to go swimming from Ti Top Island beach. Watch the sunset over the limestone karsts and spend the night on the boat which has comfortable twin-share cabins with air-conditioning and private facilities. There's also a dining room and bar where you’ll enjoy all of your meals, including fresh seafood for lunch and dinner.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Hanoi - You may like to get up early and watch the sunrise before you spend a leisurely morning sailing across Halong Bay and back to the port. Sit back and relax on the drive to Hanoi and get ready to shop until you drop at Dong Xuan market or explore the city. Why not relax at a cafe for an egg coffee or stop for a bia hoi (freshly brewed draught beer) at one of the microbars that dot this amazing city? Tonight, you may like to join your group for an optional dinner to celebrate the end of your trip.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Hanoi - After breakfast, you are free to leave at any time, as there are no activities planned today. If you would like to spend some more time in Hanoi, we’ll be happy to organise additional accommodation for you (subject to availability). Thinking of exploring more of the majestic Northern Vietnam after your trip is finished? Then check out our Ninh Binh Mini Adventure (TVAN) -for an off-the-beaten path discovery of Pu Long and Ninh Binh. Or you can try our Hiking In Sapa (TVAG) - for a big doze of dramatic mountain landscapes, crisp fresh air and colorful hilltribes.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Ho Chi Minh City - Xin chao! Welcome to Vietnam. Your adventure begins in Ho Chi Minh City – a French-infused city with a frenetic atmosphere. If you arrive early, maybe head to Pham Ngu Lao Street to see the local open-air market or visit Vinh Nghiem Pagoda. You’ll have a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight, where you’ll meet your local leader and fellow travellers. After your meeting, make your way out for dinner as a group for the fresh flavours and rich sauces that make up the delicious Vietnamese cuisine.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Ho Chi Minh City - After breakfast this morning, you’ll head out of town to explore the Cu Chi Tunnels, which make up part of a larger war museum outside Ho Chi Minh. This former Viet Cong stronghold provides an insight into the resourcefulness and tenacity of the Vietnamese people and offers a glimpse of what life was like during the war. Like an underground maze that stretches over 120 km, the tunnels are complete with trapdoors, living areas, kitchens, storage facilities, armoury, hospitals and command centres. Your trip through history doesn’t stop there, you’ll head back to Ho Chi Minh City to discover the War Remnants Museum where you’ll see old military equipment including an F5A fighter and a UH1-Huey helicopter. In the afternoon, you’ll be free to explore the city at your leisure. Perhaps gather some of your newfound travel buddies and explore Notre Dame, the Post Office or Reunification Palace.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Mekong Delta - This morning you’ll wave goodbye to Ho Chi Minh City for the night and travel south by private bus to Ben Tre. When you arrive, you’ll board a small traditional boat and explore the intricate waterways of the Mekong Delta. The delta is known as ‘the rice bowl of Vietnam’ for its abundance of rice paddies, fruit and flower orchards. During the boat trip, you’ll stop to sample some of the fresh tropical fruit and visit a selection of cottage industries in the area. Then, you’ll get your first taste of Vietnamese hospitality and tuck into a home-cooked Vietnamese-style lunch at a local family home. Then, around sunset, you’ll make your way to your guesthouse to spend the night with the locals and enjoy another wonderful meal featuring regional specialties.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Ho Chi Minh City - Enjoy more of the Mekong Delta’s finest fruits over breakfast this morning and then hit the road back to Ho Chi Minh City where you’ll arrive in the late afternoon. Then, you’re free to explore at your own pace. Maybe go in search of the best food with some of your fellow travellers – your group leader will know where to go for meals of any budget. Then, you might like to check out one of the city’s vibrant rooftop bars.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Hoi An - This morning, you’ll take a short flight to Danang, then you’ll make your way to your next stop in Hoi An. When you arrive, shake off your morning of travel and dig into a traditional Vietnamese lunch to welcome you to the city – try the mi quang or cao lau noodles that Central Vietnam is famed for. After lunch, your leader will take you on an orientation walk around the UNESCO World Heritage-listed Old Town. The city was a major trading port with the west during the 16th and 17th-centuries, and has various architectural influences from Europe, China and Japan. Today, the city is being restored and looks much like it did over a century ago. You'll see Chinese temples, Japanese pagodas, French-inspired houses, wooden shops and old canals during your walk. After, you may like to wander Hoi An Market and the street stalls selling paintings, woodwork, ceramics, lanterns and much more.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Hoi An - Enjoy a free day to explore Hoi An and all it has to offer. You could rent a bicycle and take a trip out to the nearby Cua Dai Beach. Or, maybe book into an Urban Adventure, like Hoi An Boat & Bike, which offers a guided tour of the area, including a countryside bike ride and a sunset cruise along the Thu Bon River. Vietnam is, of course, known for its delicious food, and Hoi An is no exception. To unlock the flavours of Hoi An's vibrant Old Town on the Hoi An Food Adventure.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Hoi An - Today is another free day in this historic haven. If you can muster an early rise this morning, head to the local produce market to watch the animated shoppers haggling over fresh fish, spices and vegetables. Otherwise, if you’d like, your leader can help you arrange an optional Vietnamese cooking class, or a visit to the ruins of My Son – Vietnam's most important Cham site. Set in a verdant valley, surrounded by hills and overlooked by the massive Cat's Tooth Mountain, the UNESCO World Heritage-listed temples here reflect the cultural traditions of the Cham civilisation that flourished in this region between the 4th and 12th-century.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Hue - Continue your journey north today and drive over the spectacular Hai Van Pass – an incredibly scenic and mountainous stretch of highway with views of Lang Co Beach. Make a stop at beautiful Lang Co to buy yourself some lunch. In the afternoon, you’ll arrive in Hue – Vietnam’s former Imperial capital. Here you’ll take a step into the past as you visit the Imperial Citadel and the Forbidden Purple City. As the name suggests, The Forbidden Purple City was once reserved only for the personal use of the emperor and his concubines. It was almost entirely destroyed by bomb blasts during the war and now serves as a reminder of centuries past – the crumbling palaces tell a fascinating story if you look carefully. After a little time to explore, the evening will be at your leisure to relax and simply enjoy this poetic place.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Hue - After a local breakfast of bun bo hue (spiced beef noodle soup) it’s time to really delve into the historical highlights of Hue. You’ll stop off at the Thien Mu Pagoda and get the chance to see an active Buddhist monastery dating back to 1601. Your adventures will work up an appetite, so you’ll be treated to a delicious vegetarian feast at a local nunnery for lunch. Make one final stop at the royal tomb of Emperor Tu Duc, with its lake, frangipani and pine trees. After a big day of exploring the sights, the evening is yours to enjoy as you wish. Be sure to ask your leader which of Hue’s favourites you should seek out for dinner – it’s not known as Vietnam’s culinary capital for nothing!

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Hanoi - After breakfast today, you’ll take a flight from Hue to Vietnam’s charming capital of Hanoi. When you arrive, head out for a delicious lunch at KOTO restaurant – an Intrepid Foundation supported program that teaches disadvantaged youth hospitality skills. After lunch, take a half-day tour of Hanoi that captures the beauty and the history of the laidback, tree-lined capital. You’ll visit major sights including the Temple of Literature and One Pillar Pagoda. You’ll also pass by Hoan Kiem Lake and enter the ’36 Streets’ of the historic Old Quarter – a series of interwoven lanes and roads that historically sell a certain product in each street. Silk, bamboo, ceramics, kitchen products – and upwards of 32 more!

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Ninh Binh - You’ll depart Hanoi for the UNESCO protected Ninh Binh this morning. A naturally beautiful area, often referred to as ‘Ha Long Bay on land’, with its winding river etched between towering limestone mountains. When you arrive, you’ll head straight for the lush Cuc Phuong National Park, to Save Vietnam’s Wildlife – a non-for-profit organisation focusing on the rescue, rehabilitation and release of wildlife. A veterinarian will guide you through the park, teaching you about their conservation project and how they protect endangered species like pangolins, monkeys, otters and leopard cats that are at risk. SVW is one of the newest Intrepid Foundation supported projects in Vietnam. Then, you’ll be welcomed into a local home for a traditional Vietnamese lunch. Meet the family who live here and enjoy dishes like grilled beef wrapped with guise leaves, spring rolls and fried fish with tomato sauce. Top off the day in this scenic spot with a visit to the Dinh and Le Temples, which were built in the 10th century and dedicated to two of the former emperors of Vietnam.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Ninh Binh - Wake up without an alarm today as you’ve got a free morning to explore. Maybe head to the Hang Mua Cave for sunrise, where you can take photos at the gorgeous lotus field and hike to the viewpoint, which offers a 360-degree view of Ninh Binh. Then, get ready for a fun, action-packed afternoon in the Thung Nham ecotourism zone, just outside of Ninh Binh. First, you’ll take a traditional rowboat to discover the largest natural bird garden in northern Vietnam. Float peacefully along the calm waters as you’re surrounded by towering mountains, lush greenery and, of course, a mass of beautiful birds. Then, you’ll explore the cave system that features But Cave and Tien Ca Cave. From here, your journey will take you to spiritual sights that include the thousand-year-old banyan tree, Gii Dai Temple and Linh Than Mieu. Unwind as you explore the Thung Nham flower paradise, nursery and vegetable garden.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Halong Bay - Travel by private minibus to the spectacular UNESCO World Heritage site of Ha Long Bay. This is one of Vietnam’s most beautiful places – a bay of emerald waters dotted with sandstone islands and caves. Here, you’ll go on a cruise to explore Surprise Cave and the surrounding rock formations, and in the warmer months, you can go kayaking or opt for a swim at Ti Top Island. You’ll spend the night on a traditional cruising boat, under the moon and stars of a clear night sky. The sailing junk (traditional sailing boat) has twin-share cabins with air-conditioning and private facilities. There's also a dining room and bar where you’ll have all your meals, including a fresh seafood lunch and dinner. For sunset, maybe grab a drink at the bar and head out on the deck with your travel buddies for a gorgeous night!

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Hanoi - If you’re an early riser, maybe set an alarm this morning and soak up the scenery of Ha Long Bay from your floating accommodation at sunrise. Take in the turquoise waters one last time before hitting the road for Hanoi. When you arrive in Hanoi, you’ll head out for a traditional water-puppet performance hosted by a local family, who are experts in this art form. Tonight, gather as a group and tuck into dinner together, maybe trying the traditional cha ca la vong (a fish dish filled with fresh herbs and noodles). Enjoy this evening with your group as you reminisce on the highlights of your Vietnam adventure.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Hanoi - With no activities planned for today, your adventure comes to an end after breakfast. If you would like to spend some more time in Hanoi, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time to organise additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Hanoi - Xin chao! Welcome to Hanoi, Vietnam’s vibrant capital city. When you arrive, you’ll be met at the airport by a representative and transferred to your hotel. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight, where you’ll meet your trip leader and fellow travellers. If you arrive early, Hanoi is the perfect place to explore on foot. Maybe head to the city’s colourful Old Quarter or check out the Vietnam National Fine Arts Museum, showcasing ancient and contemporary Vietnamese art. This evening, join your leader for a welcome dinner at a beautifully decorated restaurant resembling an old-fashioned Vietnamese house. Dive into the world of Vietnamese cuisine as your leader introduces you to a range of classic dishes made with the freshest local ingredients. Thinking of arriving a few days early to explore the majestic Northern Vietnam? Then check out our Ninh Binh Mini Adventure (TVAN) -for an off-the-beaten path discovery of Pu Long and Ninh Binh. Or you can try our Hiking In Sapa (TVAG) - for a big doze of dramatic mountain landscapes, crisp fresh air and colorful hilltribes.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Halong Bay - Depart Hanoi and travel to Ha Long Bay – one of the great natural treasures of Vietnam and a UNESCO World Heritage site. Board your Feature Stay accommodation for the evening – a gloriously beautiful and traditionally decorated junk-style boat featuring modern conveniences. Set sail in total comfort as unforgettable views of scattered islands and towering limestone karsts slowly unfold in front of you. Explore the bay and sit down for a seafood lunch onboard. Learn about the geography of the region, visit a cave where your leader will point out interesting rock formations or a fishing village to learn about local life. In the afternoon you will have opportunities to swim, kayak, or simply relax on the beach. Soak in the stunning surroundings with a candlelit seafood dinner on deck before settling in for a night of stargazing and swapping stories.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Hanoi - Start your day with a peaceful breakfast and maybe take part in some Tai Chi on board the boat before returning to Hanoi. This afternoon, you’ll take part in a once-in-a-lifetime experience and sit down to a soul-stirring traditional Hat Xam performance. Hat Xam is an art form of Northern Vietnam dating back to the Tran Dynasty. Originally, this was performed by blind performers and was enjoyed by local working-class audiences right up until the late 1950s, when a wave of communism deemed all art forms to be corrupting influences. Today, these performances are rare, but you and your group will be taken to a private club house and treated to an exclusive show in one of the few places where artists still sing acoustically. The performance takes around 60 minutes and includes possible interaction with guests, so be ready to get involved!

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Hoi An - This morning, you’ll get to know Hanoi on a half-day tour with your leader. Discover a captivating city where traditional and modern sit side by side as your leader shares knowledge on the Temple of Literature – an oasis of calm in the heart of town. You'll also visit the infamous Hoa Lo Prison, known as the ‘Hanoi Hilton’, which held American POWs. Today’s lunch is extra special as you’ll visit the fantastic KOTO cafe – a social enterprise that provides hospitality training and experience to disadvantaged youth in Vietnam and offers a creative menu of Vietnamese dishes made with local ingredients. This afternoon you’ll say goodbye to Hanoi and fly south to Danang. Drive on to Hoi An and take in views of lush scenery along the way. The rest of the day is yours to explore or chill out in the hotel’s pool.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Hoi An - Set off on a walking tour of Hoi An’s Old Town and discover a blend of traditional treasures and cultural influences from historical traders. Your leader will discuss the city’s history as you walk the pagoda lined streets, visit a Chinese assembly hall, cross the Japanese Covered Bridge, enter the ornately decorated historic house of a former trader and check out a local museum. Hoi An was once a great trading port for pottery, and centuries-old pottery villages still exist to this day. No trip to Vietnam is complete without trying its famed coffee – your leader will take you to a local coffee shop, where you can savour a delicious brew as you watch the hustle and bustle of Hoi An. Maybe try a traditional egg coffee or a refreshing iced coconut coffee. Your afternoon is free for your own explorations.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Ho Chi Minh City - The morning is free for you to enjoy more of Hoi An and the surrounding area. Maybe browse the market for silk and other materials or collect any garments that you might have had crafted by the efficient tailors or hire a bicycle and ride along the lanes and out to a nice nearby beach. Your leader will have great recommendations for places to eat and drink. In the afternoon, transfer back to Danang and fly to Ho Chi Minh City. Check into your hotel before heading out for a tour of the dynamic city, including a visit to the War Remnants Museum. In the evening – the food stalls at Cho Ben Thanh market might call you over with the sweet and savoury scents of pho and bun mam.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Ho Chi Minh City - Head out of the city to the nearby Cu Chi Tunnels – an extensive underground network dug by the Viet Minh and later expanded by the Viet Cong. Enter a widened section of the tunnels with your leader who will help you imagine what life underground must have been like and explain how the tunnels contained hospitals, accommodation and schools, and were used for refuge, storage and as a military base for the Viet Cong. Return to Ho Chi Minh City and maybe spend some time with your fellow travellers and enjoy a final dinner at a local restaurant. Your leader will have some great options!

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Phnom Penh - Wave goodbye to Vietnam today as you catch an unescorted flight to Phnom Penh, Cambodia's lively capital city, where you'll be met at the airport by a local representative and transferred to your hotel. If you arrive early, why not go for a stroll and discover the city’s French architecture or check out the National Museum and its fascinating collection of Khmer craftsmanship. This evening, there will be a second group meeting to meet your new group and local leader. After, join your group for dinner at Malis Restaurant – an upmarket dining spot that’s committed to preserving and serving Cambodia's traditional cuisine. Maybe cap off the night with a cocktail at the Le Moon Rooftop at Amanjaya Pancam Hotel.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Phnom Penh - This morning, you’ll visit the Tuol Sleng Genocide Museum and the Killing Fields of Choeung Ek, which will tell the story of the tragic legacy of the Khmer Rouge. Then, your afternoon is free to explore at your own pace. Maybe visit Wat Phnom – the temple that gave rise to the city’s foundation in the 15th century – or the Royal Palace and sacred Silver Pagoda. Tonight, perhaps grab dinner with your group or wander the city and soak up the nighttime atmosphere.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Siem Reap - After breakfast this morning, you’ll go on a journey from Phnom Penh to Siem Reap in a comfortable private vehicle. Discover traditional Cambodian life at Skun Village and learn about the town’s deep-fried tarantulas and other insects, which the locals consume daily. You’ll also visit Santuk Silk Farm to learn about silk production and its work as a social enterprise, employing local women as artisan weavers. Share a simple, rustic local lunch prepared by the weavers before you continue to Siem Reap, stopping to see historic bridges along the way before arriving at your hotel at approximately 5 pm. This tropical oasis boasts three pools and an excellent restaurant with a focus on wellness. Bright and spacious rooms are in harmony with the lush grounds and feature a veranda, private garden and rain showers. Tonight, head out for dinner and a theatre show at Angkor Village Apsara Theatre, where you’ll watch Khmer traditional dance and dine on Khmer favourites.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Siem Reap - If you choose, you can embrace a very early start today and experience a sunrise visit to the Angkor complex (optional). After, you'll spend the day discovering the fantastic temples of Angkor. For the first half of the day, you’ll be accompanied by a private Angkor Wat archaeological guide, who will provide expert knowledge and insight along the way. Begin at Angkor Wat – the largest and most complete structure and the only one of Angkor's temples with an entrance facing west. For lunch, visit the Sala Bai Hotel School, where underprivileged local youths learn skills to find gainful employment in the hospitality industry. Enjoy a meal prepared by students at the school, then visit Angkor Thom – the 'Great Royal City' – a temple famous for its series of colossal human faces carved in stone. From here, you’ll head out of town to an ancient working monastery to gain a special insight into the life of a monk and Theravada Buddhism. Meet the monks, enjoy a sacred water blessing for good luck and prosperity and have a red band tied around your wrist to keep you safe in your travels. The rest of the evening can be spent exploring the bars of Siem Reap or relaxing in at your resort.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Siem Reap - After breakfast, it’s off to the Ta Prohm temple, which has large trees embedded in the stone foundations – powerful symbols of nature. Next, visit Banteay Srei to snap some pictures of the temple’s intricate stone carvings. You can head back to the resort explore Siem Reap town, or use your ticket for the Angkor ruins to continue exploring the site. Tonight, enjoy a final dinner in the Khmer countryside to say farewell to your group and Cambodia. Amid a rustic and romantic setting, you’ll sit down for a private meal in the rice fields of rural Siem Reap .

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Siem Reap - Your adventure comes to an end after breakfast this morning. If you would like to extend your stay in Siem Reap, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Hanoi - Xin chao! Welcome to Hanoi, Vietnam’s vibrant capital city. When you arrive, you’ll be met at the airport by a representative and transferred to your hotel. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight, where you’ll meet your trip leader and fellow travellers. If you arrive early, Hanoi is the perfect place to explore on foot. Maybe head to the city’s colourful Old Quarter or check out the Vietnam National Fine Arts Museum, showcasing ancient and contemporary Vietnamese art. This evening, join your leader for a welcome dinner at a beautifully decorated restaurant resembling an old-fashioned Vietnamese house. Dive into the world of Vietnamese cuisine as your leader introduces you to a range of classic dishes made with the freshest local ingredients. Thinking of arriving a few days early to explore Northern Vietnam? Check out our Ninh Binh Mini Adventure for an off-the-beaten path exploration of Pu Long and Ninh Binh. Or you can try our Hiking in Sapa trip for a big dose of mountain landscapes, fresh air and time with hilltribe communities.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Halong Bay - Depart Hanoi and travel to Ha Long Bay – one of the great natural treasures of Vietnam and a UNESCO World Heritage site. Board your Feature Stay accommodation for the evening – a gloriously beautiful and traditionally decorated junk-style boat featuring modern conveniences. Set sail in total comfort as unforgettable views of scattered islands and towering limestone karsts slowly unfold in front of you. Explore the bay and sit down for a seafood lunch onboard. Learn about the geography of the region, visit a cave where your leader will point out interesting rock formations or a fishing village to learn about local life. In the afternoon you will have opportunities to swim, kayak, or simply relax on the beach. Soak in the stunning surroundings with a candlelit seafood dinner on deck before settling in for a night of stargazing and swapping stories.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Hanoi - Start your day with a peaceful breakfast and maybe take part in some Tai Chi on board the boat before returning to Hanoi. This afternoon, you’ll take part in a once-in-a-lifetime experience and sit down to a soul-stirring traditional Hat Xam performance. Hat Xam is an art form of Northern Vietnam dating back to the Tran Dynasty. Originally, this was performed by blind performers and was enjoyed by local working-class audiences right up until the late 1950s, when a wave of communism deemed all art forms to be corrupting influences. Today, these performances are rare, but you and your group will be taken to a private club house and treated to an exclusive show in one of the few places where artists still sing acoustically. The performance takes around 60 minutes and includes possible interaction with guests, so be ready to get involved!

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Hoi An - This morning, you’ll get to know Hanoi on a half-day tour with your leader. Discover a captivating city where traditional and modern sit side by side as your leader shares knowledge on the Temple of Literature – an oasis of calm in the heart of town. You'll also visit the infamous Hoa Lo Prison, known as the ‘Hanoi Hilton’, which held American POWs. Today’s lunch is extra special as you’ll visit the fantastic KOTO cafe – a social enterprise that provides hospitality training and experience to disadvantaged youth in Vietnam and offers a creative menu of Vietnamese dishes made with local ingredients. This afternoon you’ll say goodbye to Hanoi and fly south to Danang. Drive on to Hoi An and take in views of lush scenery along the way. The rest of the day is yours to explore or chill out in the hotel’s pool.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Hoi An - Set off on a walking tour of Hoi An’s Old Town and discover a blend of traditional treasures and cultural influences from historical traders. Your leader will discuss the city’s history as you walk the pagoda lined streets, visit a Chinese assembly hall, cross the Japanese Covered Bridge, enter the ornately decorated historic house of a former trader and check out a local museum. Hoi An was once a great trading port for pottery, and centuries-old pottery villages still exist to this day. No trip to Vietnam is complete without trying its famed coffee – your leader will take you to a local coffee shop, where you can savour a delicious brew as you watch the hustle and bustle of Hoi An. Maybe try a traditional egg coffee or a refreshing iced coconut coffee. Your afternoon is free for your own explorations.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Ho Chi Minh City - The morning is free for you to enjoy more of Hoi An and the surrounding area. Maybe browse the market for silk and other materials or collect any garments that you might have had crafted by the efficient tailors or hire a bicycle and ride along the lanes and out to a nice nearby beach. Your leader will have great recommendations for places to eat and drink. In the afternoon, transfer back to Danang and fly to Ho Chi Minh City. Check into your hotel before heading out for a tour of the dynamic city, including a visit to the War Remnants Museum. In the evening – the food stalls at Cho Ben Thanh market might call you over with the sweet and savoury scents of pho and bun mam.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Ho Chi Minh City - Head out of the city to the nearby Cu Chi Tunnels – an extensive underground network dug by the Viet Minh and later expanded by the Viet Cong. Enter a widened section of the tunnels with your leader who will help you imagine what life underground must have been like and explain how the tunnels contained hospitals, accommodation and schools, and were used for refuge, storage and as a military base for the Viet Cong. Return to Ho Chi Minh City and maybe spend some time with your fellow travellers and enjoy a final dinner at a local restaurant. Your leader will have some great options!

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Ho Chi Minh City - Your adventure comes to an end after breakfast this morning. If you wish to spend some more time in Ho Chi Minh city, we would be happy to organise additional accommodation for you (subject to availability).

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Ho Chi Minh City - Xin chao! Welcome to Vietnam. When you arrive in Ho Chi Minh City, you’ll hop in a private transfer to your hotel before meeting the group at a welcome meeting at 6 pm. After, head out for dinner with your small group and local leader. When you arrive at the restaurant you’ll step straight into a piece of Vietnamese history – originally an opium refinery built in 1861, this building still holds subtle nods to its past. Feast on a menu filled with classics and southern Vietnamese favourites, like pho (noodle soup) and bun thit nuong (grilled pork and noodles).

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Mekong Delta - Kick off your first full day of the trip with a visit to the Mekong Delta – a network of rivers and canals with floating markets and rice paddies. After breakfast, drive south towards this region via Ben Tre. Here, you’ll board a private boat to cruise the delta, stopping at some coconut gardens to visit a local home where you can sample tropical fruits and coconut jams. After, return to the waterways of the delta on sampans (small rowing boats) and row past the coconut trees and stilt houses that flank the river. Back on land, take a tuk-tuk tour around the villages for a glimpse at rural life and learn how the coconut industry is woven into the community here. Enjoy lunch at a local restaurant before returning to Ho Chi Minh City for a free evening.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Ho Chi Minh City - Today, see Ho Chi Minh City through the eyes of a local during a bus and walking tour with your leader. Visit the Reunification Palace to learn about the end of the war and then take a sobering trip to the War Remnants Museum after stopping by the Notre Dame Cathedral. Stroll the city’s streets and notice the many French buildings along the way, including the main post office and Ho Chi Minh City Hall, modelled on Paris’s Hotel de Ville. The rest of the evening is yours – be sure to ask your leader to recommend some great local spots for dinner. Perhaps pay a visit to renowned TV chef Luke Nguyen’s Vietnam House Restaurant for an elevated modern twist on traditional Vietnamese cuisine.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Ho Chi Minh City - Hoi An - This morning, head on a half-day trip to the Cu Chi Tunnels – an extensive underground network (some 200 kms) of tunnels dug initially by the Viet Minh and later expanded by the Viet Cong. They housed hospitals, dwellings and schools and were extensively used for refuge, storage and as a military base. As you explore this labyrinth, your leader will explain more about its history and the 1968 Tet Offensive. A section of the tunnels has been widened to give visitors a feel for what the underground life must have been like. These tunnels will be quite hot and can get claustrophobic, so there’s an option to view them from above ground if you’d like. Later this afternoon, fly to Hoi An, a riverside town in central Vietnam.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Hoi An - Join your leader on a walking tour this morning to discover Hoi An’s ancient architecture and unique mix of influences. With its charming low tiled houses and tranquil feel, this is a delightful town to wander around. Start by visiting an opulently decorated historic house that was once home to a prominent trader. Then, cross the Japanese Covered Bridge, stop by the Chinese assembly hall and pay a visit to a local museum to learn more about the history you’ve uncovered on the walk. After, sit down to a lunch with the group. This afternoon you’re free to make the most of Hoi An and its surrounding areas. Your leader can provide suggestions if you need inspiration!

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Hoi An - Once a significant port of the Champa Kingdom, Hoi An remains home to many Cham descendants today. This morning, your leader will guide you through My Son Cham – a collection of temples constructed by the Kings of Champa that date back to the 4th century. Learn about the ancient architecture of this UNESCO World Heritage site and see the craters created by American bombs during the war. After exploring the temples, experience an Apsara dance performance, featuring sparkling traditional costumes, panpipes and drums. The afternoon is free for you to explore – maybe visit one of the many tailor shops and get a custom outfit or relax by the pool at your hotel.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Hue - Head for Hue this morning, the former imperial capital and hub of Vietnam's historic past. On the way, pass through the Hai Van Pass – a scenic mountainous stretch of highway with views across Lang Co beach. Arrive in Hue and discover its eclectic mix of busy streets and peaceful beauty. In the afternoon, visit the Imperial Citadel, including the Forbidden Purple City. The latter was almost completely destroyed during the Tet Offensive in the Vietnam War, but its humble, foliage-covered ruins stand as a testament to its proud history. Here, your leader will provide share insights into the devastating damage endured during the war.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Hue - Ready your appetite as today you’ll be diving into Hue’s culinary scene. First up, head to a street food eatery for Bun Bo Hue. This spicy noodle soup is usually made with beef and pig knuckles and is an absolute must-try in Hue. Next, meet a local chef and explore a local market where you can taste and smell all the herbs and ingredients that bring local dishes to life while learning about the culture of Vietnamese cuisine. Stop for lunch then continue to the local chef’s home and discover how to cook up dishes using the fresh ingredients from the market. Later, visit the Thien Mu Pagoda, an active Buddhist monastery and unofficial symbol of Hue that dates back to 1601. You’ll also visit the elaborate royal tomb of Emperor Tu Duc, with its beautiful lake, frangipani and pine trees, and the Imperial Citadel.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Hanoi - Fly from Hue to Hanoi today. Settle in when you arrive and then get your bearings with a leader-led walk, where you’ll wander the ancient 36 Streets to discover shop-lined alleys that sell everything from souvenirs to silk clothing. In the afternoon, join your group again for a traditional Hat Xam performance. Hat Xam is a Northern Vietnamese art form that originated in the Tran Dynasty. Originally performed by blind performers, it was enjoyed by local working-class audiences until the late 1950s, when a wave of communism deemed all art forms to be corrupting influences. This style of performance is rare today, but you and your group will be taken to a private clubhouse for an exclusive performance, which is one of the few places where such artists still perform acoustically.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Mai Chau - Leave Hanoi this morning in a private coach transfer to Mai Chau. This peaceful town is situated in a valley and surrounded by green mountains, making it famous for its breathtaking scenery and friendly hilltribe communities. Admire the views, fuel up over lunch and visit Vun Art – a social enterprise that employs people with disabilities to make art pieces with recycled silk scraps. Then, spend some time learning the story of the vibrant Muong ethnic group, native to this region, at the Muong Museum. Check into your accommodation in the afternoon and enjoy some free time to unwind and relax.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Mai Chau - Today your Leader will take you on a walk through a series of Mai Chau villages. Along the way you’ll pass terraced rice fields and traditional stilted houses, before getting an up-close view of traditional cotton textile making and hearing from a local artisan for insights into Thai garment craftsmanship. Next, you will learn how to make Ruou Can, a traditional fermented rice wine, as well as the cultural significance behind each step of the process. After lunch hosted by a local family, the rest of the day is free for you to spend as you wish. Relax at your hotel or speak with you Leader about optional activities in the area.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Hanoi - Head back to Hanoi this morning for a guided half-day tour of the city with your leader, gaining insights into its history during visits to the Temple of Literature, One Pillar Pagoda and the former residence of Ho Chi Minh, Vietnam’s most famous revolutionary. Enjoy lunch at KOTO restaurant – an Intrepid Foundation supported program that teaches disadvantaged youth hospitality skills. The evening is yours to spend as you wish. Walking is a great way to explore the city, especially if you're interested in its many lakes and parks. You'll see that this northern capital can be quieter than its southern counterpart, and the West Lake, north of the main city, is an ideal place to interact with the locals and relax by its banks.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Halong Bay - Today you’ll drive to Ha Long Bay – a UNESCO World Heritage site where karsts and islets create a spectacular sight. There’s no better way to appreciate the bay’s beauty than by boat – your Feature Stay accommodation for the evening. Carefully designed with traditional touches and modern amenities, you can sit back in comfort as you weave through the limestone islets, karsts and caves. Visit some of the local sights, such as a vibrant fishing village to learn about local life or a cave to appreciate its interesting rock formations with you leader, then retire to the boat for a seafood lunch. In the afternoon you will have opportunities to swim, kayak, or simply relax on the beach. This evening, dine on the boat’s deck and watch the sun go down.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Hanoi - In the morning, enjoy breakfast on board the boat and perhaps take part in some optional Tai Chi to start off the day. Sail back to the port, disembark and travel back to Hanoi. Arriving back in the capital, enjoy some time to wander around and enjoy some of the city’s attractions you may have missed the first time. You can shop on Hang Gai Street or perhaps enjoy some afternoon tea at the Metropole Hotel. In the evening, join your group and leader for a final dinner in a Hanoi restaurant, sharing stories and reflecting on the highlights of your adventure with your newfound friends.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Hanoi - Your adventure comes to an end after breakfast. If you wish to spend more time in Hanoi, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Ho Chi Minh City - Xin Chao! Welcome to Vietnam. Your adventure begins in Ho Chi Minh City with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. As you won’t be spending much time in Ho Chi Minh City, it’s recommended that you arrive a few days early to see more of this fascinating city. If you do arrive early, head to see the ancient pagodas and cathedrals near the former Presidential Palace, historic Dong Khoi Street and the chaotic markets of Ben Thanh and Cholon (Chinatown). After your meeting, why not head out with your new fellow travellers for an optional dinner and tuck into some delicious local cuisnine.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Mekong Delta - This morning, head away from the city and make your way to the province of Ben Tre, where you’ll get on a boat to tour the canals of the Mekong Delta. This fertile area is famous for its abundance of fruit, flower and rice crops, and is known as the ‘rice bowl’ of Vietnam. During your boat ride you’ll visit some cottage industries along the river before heading to your guesthouse. Tonight's homestay, close to the delta and hosted by a Vietnamese family, will be one of the highlights of your trip, giving you a taste of community life as well as the chance to enjoy a traditional home-cooked meal.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Mekong Delta – Ho Chi Minh City – Overnight Train - Rise early to the sounds of the river coming alive, and enjoy a simple breakfast before boarding the boat back down the delta and catching a bus back to Ho Chi Minh City. Enjoy some free time in Ho Chi Minh City this afternoon, perhaps with a visit to the War Remnants Museum or Reunification Palace. If you haven’t already, head to Ben Thanh Market for some delicious street food, colourful shopping and even more colourful characters. This evening, board an overnight train bound for Danang. Trains are a common form of transport in Vietnam, so sit back and relax into this local experience.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Hoi An - Arrive in Danang by train and travel by minibus to Hoi An – a UNESCO World Heritage site that continues to undergo restoration work today. It was a major trading port with the West from the 17th century. Today, parts of Hoi An look exactly as they did more than a century ago. Your leader will take you on a sightseeing walk through the Old Town and visit some of the city's major attractions. A sightseeing pass is included in your tour so you can visit a selection of the major sights. Hoi An is also a shopping haven, so head down to the markets and street stalls to browse paintings, woodwork, ceramics and lanterns. It’s also famous for its tailors who can make beautiful items to order, and with almost three full days here you have the chance to have some unique pieces whipped up.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Hoi An - Wake up for a free morning to do as you please. It’s a great opportunity to take a trip out to the My Son temples – a UNESCO World Heritage-listed site constructed between the 4th and 14th centuries that reflects the rich cultural traditions of the Cham civilisation. In the afternoon, swap walking for cycling with a bike ride through the countryside near Hoi An. There's no better way to explore the peaceful area than on two wheels. You’ll see places few tourists get the chance to see among the green rice paddies and small creeks, which will give you a true insight into rural life in Vietnam.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Hoi An - You’ve got another day to explore this historic haven. Perhaps book in your final tailoring fitting this morning to make sure the threads you’re getting made fit like a glove, or hire a bike for a lazy ride out to the South China Sea to relax on An Bang or Cua Dai beach. Hoi An is also known for its great food, so you could book yourself in for a cooking class to take some culinary secrets away with you. Most tours include a trip to the local food markets, and some take you on a short boat journey along the Thu Bon River. Let your local leader know what you're into and they will be able to recommend some activities to suit.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Hue - Bid farewell to Hoi An this morning and make your way to Hue. The drive in a private vehicle will take around 5 hours. You’ll be travelling on the incredible Hai Van Pass, through lush mountains and past scenic lookouts, and there’ll be some good places for a photo stop. Once in Hue, you’ll have a free afternoon to explore. Hue was once Vietnam’s imperial capital and has a curious mix of bustling streets and tranquil enclaves. Perhaps visit the Dong Ba Market, which sells everything imaginable and is a great place to spend some time. It’s important to know that Hue is renowned for its cuisine, with some delicious dishes originating from this region, including bun bo hue (Hue’s delicious take on pho), and banh khoai (a filled turmeric crepe). Time to give your tastebuds a workout.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Hue – Overnight Train - Enjoy a free day in Hue. Perhaps visit the Imperial Citadel which includes the Forbidden Purple City that was almost totally destroyed during the Vietnam War. The gaping holes left by bombs give you an idea of how much destruction occurred in this country. If you'd rather take to the water, hop on a dragon boat cruise along the Perfume River and then visit Thien Mu Pagoda – the unofficial symbol of Hue. Here you’ll see an active Buddhist monastery dating back to 1601 and a car belonging to the monk who tragically set himself alight in public to protest against the treatment of Buddhists. You may also like to visit one of the royal tombs, that of Emperor Tu Duc, with its central lake set amid a grove of frangipani and pine trees. This evening, take another overnight train bound for Hanoi.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Hanoi - Arrive in Hanoi at about 5 am and transfer to your hotel. Once you’ve dropped off your bags and freshened up, embark on a walking tour of Vietnam’s charming capital. Explore the 36 streets of Hanoi’s Old Quarter – locally known as this because of each street originally selling a specific type of product. Continue to the Dong Xuan Market and Hoan Kiem Lake, making sure you check out the unique architecture along the way. Hanoi has a French provincial feel left over from colonial times, but it also has a Buddhist influence and striking modern buildings. The rest of the day is yours to explore Hanoi as you please. In the evening, why not get your group together and head out to a bustling night market for some local fare. Sitting on plastic stools and eating on the roadside is a rite of passage in Vietnam.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Pu Luong - Today, visit The Intrepid Foundation partner Vun Art – a local organisation empowering people with disabilities in Vietnam by providing job training and employment opportunities. See how they produce tote bags and art pieces from the discarded silk that comes from Van Phuc Silk Village. Vun Art also aims to reduce climate impact by reusing these scraps and in the process, keeping traditional art alive. After, travel to Pu Luong – one of the most beautiful sites in rural Vietnam with expansive rice paddy fields surrounded by the national park. When you arrive at your homestay accommodation, you’ll have rooms boasting views of the rice fields. Have a quick lunch then head out for a trek in the middle of this natural paradise. You’ll see the water wheel in the village, locals working in the fields, and visit a few local tribes, learning about their culture and customs firsthand. After, maybe take a refreshing swim in the onsite swimming pool, watch the sunset over the terraced fields or wander the grounds on your own.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Hanoi - Say goodbye to the peaceful bliss in Pu Luong and head back to Hanoi. On the way, stop at Cam Luong Angelfish Stream and learn about how these fish became holy through a local legend. Then, continue your journey to Hanoi. When you arrive, you’ll have some free time – maybe explore the Old Quarter, stroll around Hoan Kiem Lake or sit in a café for some people watching. You could also visit Ho Chi Minh Complex or ask your leader for some good restaurant recommendations.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Cat Ba Island - This morning you'll travel by bus and ferry to beautiful Cat Ba Island before midday. There's no time to waste, so begin exploring the stunning waters of Lan Ha Bay around Cat Ba. Located in the greater Ha Long Bay area, Lan Ha Bay is one of Vietnam’s most scenic places, where limestone islands and caves rise from the emerald waters. You’ll have a free afternoon to explore at your own pace, so perhaps get active on a hike, or just enjoy a dip at one of the beaches. Have a relaxing evening on Cat Ba Island.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Cat Ba Island - Enjoy a full day of relaxing with a boat trip on the beautiful Lan Ha Bay. Cruise past limestone islets and tuck in to a delicious onboard lunch before taking to the water in kayaks for an unforgettable adventure.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Hanoi - Rise and shine! Perhaps start your morning with a refreshing swim or a Vietnamese coffee (or both). Make sure you soak up as much sun and sand as possible, because this afternoon it's back to Hanoi by ferry and bus. Tonight, you may want to head out for an optional dinner with your fellow travellers, sharing some memories and laughs over a local meal and beer.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Hanoi - There are no activities planned for today and you’re able to depart the accommodation at any time after check-out. With so much to see and do in Hanoi, we recommend that you spend an extra day or two here, and we’ll be happy to organise additional accommodation (subject to availability).

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Hanoi - Xin chao! Welcome to Hanoi. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm at your hotel, followed by a group dinner at KOTO restaurant – this organisation is dedicated to developing the hospitality careers of disadvantaged youth. If you arrive early, there’s plenty to see and do in this gorgeous city. You could book the Hanoi Street Food Experience with Urban Adventures and sample some delicious Vietnamese cuisine like a true local, or chill by Hoan Kiem Lake. Maybe wander the Old Quarter to admire the city’s French architecture and shopping streets, then grab a cold beer and a Bahn mi on a bustling street corner.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Halong Bay - Travel by private minibus to the UNESCO World Heritage-listed Ha Long Bay, which is dotted with sandy coves, grottoes and 1600 limestone islands, formed over millennia by wind and water erosion. Board a private boat and cruise the bay, exploring Surprise Cave and Ti Top Island Beach. If you like, you can also take on an optional kayaking tour of the bay and see the gorgeous natural scenery from a different perspective. Spend your evening aboard the boat beneath the night sky, watching as the stars come out and maybe grab a drink at the restaurant bar, getting to know your fellow travellers a little better.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Hanoi – Overnight train - Wake up on the waters of Ha Long Bay and maybe watch the sunrise as the eagles soar overhead. Then, you’ll visit The Green Life Centre, which is committed to turning the bay’s trash into treasure by collecting discarded items and skilfully turning them into handicrafts. Meet the team behind this important cause and learn how to transform rubbish into a reusable bag, a scrunchie or a makeup case. After return to Hanoi by bus. Arrive late this afternoon and enjoy a free afternoon until tonight’s train voyage. Be sure to grab a bowl of pho while you’re in town and slurp down this local specialty made from broth, noodles and meat. Maybe chill by Hoan Kiem Lake until you board an overnight train to Hue this evening.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Hue - Arrive in Hue this morning and transfer to your hotel. Once the imperial capital of Vietnam, Hue holds the treasures of the country’s royal past. Enjoy free time in the morning to rest or explore – you could check out the bustling Dong Ba Market to sample some of the specialties that once graced the Nguyen emperors' tables. Reunite with the group to visit the war-damaged ruins of the Imperial Citadel – a sprawling city-within-a-city which contains the remains of temples, state houses and the emperor’s palace.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Hue - See Hue like a local today – from the back of a motorbike! Straddle the saddle and whiz around town with a local guide, taking in historic and contemporary sights along the way. Stop at Thanh Toan to see the 18th-century covered bridge and villagers shopping at their local market. Visit the 17th-century active Buddhist monastery of Thien Mu Pagoda and see the car that belonged to Thich Quang Duc – the monk who self-immolated in 1963 in protest against the treatment of Buddhists by the South Vietnamese regime. For lunch, sit down to a vegetarian feast in a nunnery. Finish at the lakeside royal tomb of Emperor Tu Duc before heading back to town.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Hoi An - This morning, take the bus through coastal rice paddies and the spectacular Hai Van Pass. After a photo stop on the way, arrive in Hoi An – recently declared a UNESCO World Heritage site, Hoi An was a major international trading port during the 17th, 18th and 19th centuries. Today, parts of the beautifully preserved town retain the feel of centuries past. This is also a very popular town for shopping, famous for its many tailors. When you arrive, your leader will take you on a sightseeing walk through the Old Town to visit a handful of the city's major attractions. You’ll also be given a sightseeing pass so you can further explore select attractions at your leisure.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Hoi An - Today is a free day to explore Hoi An. Maybe browse the cobbled streets and art galleries or hire a bike and cycle through rice paddies out to Cua Dai Beach. Maybe browse for paintings, ceramics and colourful cloth lanterns in the town’s markets and preserved Chinese shophouses. If you’re craving a new look, you could visit to one of the hundreds of tailors and get an outfit custom made. Hoi An is also known for its delicious regional food, so you could have dinner a riverside restaurant or partake in a cooking class.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Ho Chi Minh City - Today, you’ll take a short, early morning flight to Ho Chi Minh City. Formerly known as Saigon, Ho Chi Minh City has a fascinating history and is arguably Vietnam’s capital of commerce and culture. After landing, take a sightseeing tour around the city by bus. Pass the Reunification Palace, Notre Dame Cathedral and the Opera House, then stop in at the War Remnants Museum to discover some of the sobering stories of the 20-year-long Vietnam/American War.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Mekong Delta – Ho Chi Minh City - This morning, head out on a daytrip to explore the Mekong Delta. Board a private boat to Ben Tre to visit the coconut gardens and stop at a local home to sample tropical fruits and coconut jams. After, paddle in sampans (small rowing boats) past coconut trees along the Mekong Delta. Take a tuk-tuk tour around the villages and learn about rural life and the industry created around coconut products like brooms and coconut fibre mats. Eat lunch at a restaurant in the heart of the Delta, sampling regional specialties like elephant ear fish. After, return to Ho Chi Minh City and maybe grab dinner with your fellow travellers to toast to a great adventure!

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Ho Chi Minh City - There are no activities included today and you’re free to depart your accommodation at any time, as long as you comply with check out time. If you would like to spend some more time in Ho Chi Minh City, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Hanoi - Xin chao! Welcome to Hanoi. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm at your hotel, followed by a group dinner at KOTO restaurant – this organisation is dedicated to developing the hospitality careers of disadvantaged youth. If you arrive early, there’s plenty to see and do in this gorgeous city. You could book the Hanoi Street Food Experience with Urban Adventures and sample some delicious Vietnamese cuisine like a true local, or chill by Hoan Kiem Lake. Maybe wander the Old Quarter to admire the city’s French architecture and shopping streets, then grab a cold beer and a Bahn mi on a bustling street corner.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Halong Bay - Travel by private minibus to the UNESCO World Heritage-listed Ha Long Bay, which is dotted with sandy coves, grottoes and 1600 limestone islands, formed over millennia by wind and water erosion. Board a private boat and cruise the bay, exploring Surprise Cave and Ti Top Island Beach. If you like, you can also take on an optional kayaking tour of the bay and see the gorgeous natural scenery from a different perspective. Spend your evening aboard the boat beneath the night sky, watching as the stars come out and maybe grab a drink at the restaurant bar, getting to know your fellow travellers a little better.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Hanoi – Overnight train - Wake up on the waters of Ha Long Bay and maybe watch the sunrise as the eagles soar overhead. Then, you’ll visit The Green Life Centre, which is committed to turning the bay’s trash into treasure by collecting discarded items and skilfully turning them into handicrafts. Meet the team behind this important cause and learn how to transform rubbish into a reusable bag, a scrunchie or a makeup case. After return to Hanoi by bus. Arrive late this afternoon and enjoy a free afternoon until tonight’s train voyage. Be sure to grab a bowl of pho while you’re in town and slurp down this local specialty made from broth, noodles and meat. Maybe chill by Hoan Kiem Lake until you board an overnight train to Hue this evening.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Hue - Arrive in Hue this morning and transfer to your hotel. Once the imperial capital of Vietnam, Hue holds the treasures of the country’s royal past. Enjoy free time in the morning to rest or explore – you could check out the bustling Dong Ba Market to sample some of the specialties that once graced the Nguyen emperors' tables. Reunite with the group to visit the war-damaged ruins of the Imperial Citadel – a sprawling city-within-a-city which contains the remains of temples, state houses and the emperor’s palace.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Hue - See Hue like a local today – from the back of a motorbike! Straddle the saddle and whiz around town with a local guide, taking in historic and contemporary sights along the way. Stop at Thanh Toan to see the 18th-century covered bridge and villagers shopping at their local market. Visit the 17th-century active Buddhist monastery of Thien Mu Pagoda and see the car that belonged to Thich Quang Duc – the monk who self-immolated in 1963 in protest against the treatment of Buddhists by the South Vietnamese regime. For lunch, sit down to a vegetarian feast in a nunnery. Finish at the lakeside royal tomb of Emperor Tu Duc before heading back to town.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Hoi An - This morning, take the bus through coastal rice paddies and the spectacular Hai Van Pass. After a photo stop on the way, arrive in Hoi An – recently declared a UNESCO World Heritage site, Hoi An was a major international trading port during the 17th, 18th and 19th centuries. Today, parts of the beautifully preserved town retain the feel of centuries past. This is also a very popular town for shopping, famous for its many tailors. When you arrive, your leader will take you on a sightseeing walk through the Old Town to visit a handful of the city's major attractions. You’ll also be given a sightseeing pass so you can further explore select attractions at your leisure.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Hoi An - Today is a free day to explore Hoi An. Maybe browse the cobbled streets and art galleries or hire a bike and cycle through rice paddies out to Cua Dai Beach. Maybe browse for paintings, ceramics and colourful cloth lanterns in the town’s markets and preserved Chinese shophouses. If you’re craving a new look, you could visit to one of the hundreds of tailors and get an outfit custom made. Hoi An is also known for its delicious regional food, so you could have dinner a riverside restaurant or partake in a cooking class.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Ho Chi Minh City - Today, you’ll take a short, early morning flight to Ho Chi Minh City. Formerly known as Saigon, Ho Chi Minh City has a fascinating history and is arguably Vietnam’s capital of commerce and culture. After landing, take a sightseeing tour around the city by bus. Pass the Reunification Palace, Notre Dame Cathedral and the Opera House, then stop in at the War Remnants Museum to discover some of the sobering stories of the 20-year-long Vietnam/American War.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Mekong Delta – Ho Chi Minh City - This morning, head out on a daytrip to explore the Mekong Delta. Board a private boat to Ben Tre to visit the coconut gardens and stop at a local home to sample tropical fruits and coconut jams. After, paddle in sampans (small rowing boats) past coconut trees along the Mekong Delta. Take a tuk-tuk tour around the villages and learn about rural life and the industry created around coconut products like brooms and coconut fibre mats. Eat lunch at a restaurant in the heart of the Delta, sampling regional specialties like elephant ear fish. After, return to Ho Chi Minh City and maybe grab dinner with your fellow travellers to toast to a great adventure!

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Ho Chi Minh City - Enjoy a free day in Ho Chi Minh to get out and discover the city at your own pace. You could get a history lesson on guerrilla warfare during an Urban Adventures tour to the Cu Chi Tunnels – this underground network in the middle of the jungle was used by the Viet Cong during the war. On this day tour, you can climb into the tunnels and imagine what it would’ve been like to eat, sleep, work and cook as conflict raged above. Tonight, there will be another welcome meeting at 6 pm to welcome any new travellers joining you on the next stage of your adventure. After, perhaps get to know your new travel buddies over dinner.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Phnom Penh - Travel by public bus across the border, through rural Vietnam and Cambodia to Phnom Penh. Cambodia's capital city is set on a major junction of the Mekong and Tonle Sap rivers and boasts some fine examples of French-inspired architecture. If you're looking for a tasty beverage when you arrive, head for a mojito on the rooftop. Or if you're in the mood for shopping, stop in at the art-deco Psar Thmei (Central Market) or travel out to Psar Tuol Tom Pong (the Russian Market) for the best range of local souvenirs.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Phnom Penh - Today, confront Cambodia's tragic past on a guided tour of the Tuol Sleng Genocide Museum (S21), a former school which served as a Khmer Rouge torture centre. It's estimated that more than 20,000 people were held and tortured here. You’ll also head out to the Killing Fields of Choeung Ek, where a stupa made up of some 8000 human skulls marks the execution ground for the torture victims of Tuol Sleng. Afterwards, you may wish to learn about a brighter period in Cambodian history from an optional visit to the Royal Palace and Silver Pagoda. Wat Phnom, shrouded in myth, is equally worth a visit, as is the National Museum with its excellent Khmer collection. Cyclo tours around the city are a great alternative to walking and generally include the Central Market, US Embassy, Wat Phnom, Mekong riverfront, the Independence Monument and Royal Palace.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Battambang - Travel by private minibus to Battambang today. Break up an otherwise long trip with a visit to the pottery visit in Kampong Chhnang and learn about the craft of pottery making at local workshops. Then continue to Cambodia's second-largest city – a pretty riverside town with French elegance, friendly Khmer people and beautifully preserved colonial architecture, this is a great place to explore on your own. Why not take part in an optional cooking class to learn the secrets of local dishes such as amok, Khmer curry and fried spicy chicken.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Siem Reap - Spend a bit of time riding around the countryside by bike, travelling out to the rural villages around Battambang. This is a great opportunity to get a closer look at what rural life means in Cambodia. Visit local families who have been producing agricultural products the traditional way passed down through generations, like rice paper, dried bananas, and bamboo sticky rice and stop by a Khmer house and relax and enjoy some coconut water while chatting about their life. The Intrepid partner for this activity is a local social enterprise that support training of local youth for their future career. In the afternoon continue by private minibus to Siem Reap, arriving in the evening, and relax as you prepare for your much-anticipated visit to Angkor tomorrow. Perhaps hit the markets for some delicious street food for dinner.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Siem Reap / Angkor Wat - Make your way to Angkor Wat in the early hours this morning to watch the sunrise over this UNESO World Heritage site. Then, Temple-hop with your local guide through the world-famous complex. The temples, dating back as far as the ninth century, were believed to represent the cosmic world and were set in perfect balance, symmetry and composition. The intricately carved bas-reliefs and architectural designs are mind-blowing and there are spectacular photo opportunities at any time of day. The ruins are scattered over an area of some 160 square km, but the main cluster of temples is close to Siem Reap, so there will be plenty of time to fully appreciate the great archaeological sites of Angkor Wat, Bayon and the jungle-covered Ta Prohm.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Siem Reap / Angkor Wat - Continue your explorations of the Angkor complex this morning. In the afternoon, embark on a private local boat discover the floating villages and local daily lives at Chhong Kneas – a trading port of agricultural products on the edge of Tonle Sap Lake, also known as the Great Lake of Cambodia.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Bangkok - It's a long drive by private minibus from Siem Reap to Bangkok today. Arrive in Thailand's bustling capital and take in this exciting world of tuk tuks, khlong boats and street vendors serving up delicious Thai food. Perhaps head out to sample some local specialties as a final farewell with your fellow travellers.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Bangkok - Your trip comes to an end this morning, with no further activities planned. However, if you have more time, Bangkok is full of things to do, including the Grand Palace, Temple of the Emerald Buddha, and the fascinating Jim Thompson Museum. Just speak to your booking agent if you'd like to extend your stay.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Hanoi - Xin chao! Welcome to Vietnam. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight, where you'll meet your tour leader and fellow travellers. If you arrive early, why not step out onto the streets to explore the chaotic capital of Vietnam. Hanoi is an alluring city of contrasts, best discovered on foot. Tonight, maybe get to know your new travel buddies over a glass of fresh bia hoi. This is a foamy, light beer made fresh every day and served in basic, open-walled ‘brew halls’ – take up a brightly coloured plastic chair and sip your tasty brew.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Da Bac - Leave Hanoi after breakfast this morning and make the drive to Sung village. Around 70 families live at Sung Village and the majority are Dzao ‘Tien’ people. Farming and forest plantation are their main source of income. Enjoy lunch at your homestay, then take an introductory walk around the village. After getting to know the village better, take a short trek to the alluring Sung Cave and visit a 100-year-old tea plantation. The trek has some steep and slippery sections, so ensure you have suitable footwear. After a handicraft workshop, return to your homestay accommodation for a nice hot shower and a delicious dinner.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Da Bac/Hanoi - This morning, you’ll have the opportunity to take in more of the Vietnamese highlands on a 10 km trek from Sung Village to Da Bia. The first 8 km of the trek is mostly flat ground along well-worn buffalo tracks. The final 2 km gradually inclines and there are some steps. Keep an eye peeled for the monumental stone at the peak of Da Bia Mountain during the hike that takes you through the local villages, meeting people from the ethnic Muong tribe along the way. Stop for lunch at Da Bia before enjoying a scenic 1.5-hour boat cruise on Hoa Binh hydropower reservoir. Arrive at Thung Nai, then board a bus transfer to Hanoi. When you arrive, enjoy a water puppet show in the evening.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Cat Ba Island - This morning, visit the Blue Dragon Children's Foundation – a community project dedicated to helping underprivileged children and victims of trafficking. Then, hop on the bus heading to Cat Ba Island, stopping for a quick break, then jump on the ferry. Board a boat and spend the rest of the day cruising the breathtaking Lan Ha Bay. Located in the greater Ha Long Bay area, Lan Ha Bay is one of Vietnam’s most scenic places, where limestone islands and caves rise from the emerald waters. Enjoy lunch on board, then get up close and personal with giant karsts in a kayak. Stay overnight on Cat Ba Island and enjoy a dip at one of the beaches (with a cold beer of course).

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Hanoi/Overnight Train - Head back to Hanoi this morning and enjoy a city tour in the afternoon where you’ll see the city’s diverse past reflected in a mix of Southeast Asian, Chinese and French-influenced architecture. Stop by the aptly named One Pillar Pagoda – the country’s most famous stilt house (former residence of Ho Chi Minh) and the Temple of Literature. Shared hotel rooms will be available if you want to freshen up or organise your luggage for the overnight train tonight. Otherwise, use this time to do some shopping on Hang Gai Street or seek out some delicious street food. Meet back at the hotel lobby at 9 pm where you’ll transfer with the group to the train station. Although conditions are basic, overnight trains are a rewarding experience in Vietnam.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Hue - Arrive in Hue this morning – the hub of Vietnam’s historic past. This former imperial capital is an eclectic mix of busy streets and peaceful beauty. The rest of the morning is free for you to relax. Maybe pick up a classic Hue breakfast of bun bo – a popular Vietnamese soup with vermicelli noodles and beef. After lunch, visit the Imperial Citadel – a sprawling complex of temples, pavilions, moats, gates and walls. The Ngo Mon Gate, Thai Hoa Palace and the Ancestral Altars are still very impressive, and the complex must have been awe-inspiring during its heyday in the 19th century. In your free time, you might like to visit Dong Ba Market, which offers locally made goods, fresh produce and tantalising street food. This is a good place to try the specialties enjoyed by Emperor Nguyen, such as the banh khoai royal rice cake.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Hue - Today’s adventure will be taken on the back of a motorbike. You’ll have your own driver who will take you first on a drive around the Imperial Citadel, including the Forbidden Purple City. The latter was almost completely destroyed during the Tet Offensive in the Vietnam War, but its humble, foliage-covered ruins remain a testament to its proud history. Here, you'll gain some insight into the horrific damage endured during the war. Next, ride to a special lunch spot at a convent or Buddhist monastery for a delicious vegetarian feast. After lunch, drive to the royal tomb of Emperor Tu Duc, set amid a lake, frangipani bushes and pine trees. This evening, maybe ask your leader for the best place to try Imperial Street specialties.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Hoi An - Travelling by bus, head south through coastal rice paddies before stopping at Lang Co Beach. Traverse the dramatic Hai Van Pass along the way – a sometimes bumpy but incredibly scenic stretch of highway with views back to Lang Co Beach and beyond. The spectacular Marble Mountains will be your backdrop as you arrive in Hoi An. Declared a World Heritage site, Hoi An is being beautifully restored and preserved. Known as Faifo to early Western traders, it was one of Southeast Asia's major international ports from the 17th to the 19th centuries. Today, parts of Hoi An look exactly as they did more than a century ago, and it retains the feel of times past. When you arrive, take a walking tour around the major sites of Hoi An’s charming Old Town, including a historic house (formerly home to a prominent trader), the Japanese Covered Bridge, a Chinese assembly hall and a museum. You’ll notice a distinctly Chinese appearance to the pagodas and assembly halls scattered along the small streets. A sightseeing pass is included in your tour for you to visit a selection of the major sights at your own pace.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Hoi An - If you feel like getting active on your free day today, why not hire a bicycle and tour the surrounding countryside? This is one of the best ways to get an insight into rural Vietnam. Maybe take a day trip to My Son Cham (elaborate World Heritage-listed temples that reflect the rich cultural traditions of the Cham civilisation), or cruise along the Thu Bon River. You may like to wander the Central Market and the street stalls selling paintings, woodwork, ceramics and lanterns. Hoi An is also famous for its talented tailors, who can make items to order within a few hours. Bring your favourite piece of clothing or even just a picture, and you'll be able to have it copied!

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Quy Nhon - Today, enjoy a scenic drive through central Vietnam to the seaside city of Quy Nhon. On the way, visit Bich Hoa Tam Thanh village, famous for its murals and paintings on the wall that show a different side of Vietnam country life. Arrive at Quy Nhon in the early afternoon and head out on an orientation walk with your leader. Then, the rest of the afternoon is free for you to explore on your own or rest and recharge. This is your perfect chance to relax and put your feet up by the sea.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Quy Nhon/Overnight Train - This morning, enjoy a special visit to a local family that has practised martial arts for three generations. Meet the master of the family and learn about the secrets of his martial arts practice, learn about the health benefits, watch a demonstration and then try your moves at the master’s guidance. After, continue to the ancient citadel of Do Ban – the last capital of the Champa Kingdom where the Cham Kings lived between the 11th and the 15th centuries. Head back to Quy Nhon, maybe take the chance to freshen up at a hotel room or organise your luggage for the overnight train tonight.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Ho Chi Minh City - Arrive in Ho Chi Minh City early this morning and make use of the shared hotel rooms to refresh up before your day tour. Formerly known as Saigon, Ho Chi Minh City is characterised by a fascinating blend of old and new, east and west. The huge number of people rushing about their daily lives in Vietnam's largest city gives it a dynamic atmosphere, and the French influence is evident in the excellent baguettes and coffee on offer. Take a guided tour with your leader to get a feel for the city, going past the GPO, Reunification Palace and the Opera House. Stop in at the War Remnants Museum and the Notre Dame Cathedral. With free time this evening, maybe drop by one of Vietnam’s most pulsing markets – Ben Thanh. This is the perfect place to pick up any last-minute snacks, cooking utensils, ingredients or gifts. Tonight, maybe enjoy some of the market’s fare for dinner as you shop or meet up with your group for a drink.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Mekong Delta - Today, you'll travel south by private bus to explore the Mekong Delta. When you arrive, you’ll board a boat and explore the intricate waterways. Often referred to as ‘the rice bowl’ of Vietnam, the fertile delta is where rice, tropical fruit and flowers are grown for the whole country. Disembark at Ben Tre and visit a local cottage industry to sample the candy that the region is famous for. You’ll have the opportunity to take a tuk-tuk around this remote village and stop to sample tropical fruit, see a honey farm and learn more about rural life. For lunch, go to a restaurant in the heart of the delta and try regional specialities such as the famous elephant-ear fish. After lunch, board sampans (small rowing boats) and paddle along the canals under the shade of lush water coconut trees. Stay overnight at a guesthouse on the river and swap stories with your hosts.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Ho Chi Minh City - This morning, say goodbye to the Mekong Delta and take the bus back to Ho Chi Minh City. Enjoy a free afternoon to see any sights (or sample any delights) that you didn’t get a chance to previously. Maybe spend the final night of your Vietnam adventure with a bowl of pho, celebrating with your new friends and toasting to a trip well-travelled.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Ho Chi Minh City - Enjoy a free day in Ho Chi Minh to get out and discover the city at your own pace. Alternatively, why not get an up close and personal history lesson on guerrilla warfare during an Urban Adventures tour to the Cu Chi tunnels. This underground network in the middle of the jungle was used by the Viet Cong during the war. Take the chance to climb into the tunnels and imagine what it would’ve been like to eat, sleep, work and cook – even go to school underground as conflict raged above. Return to Ho Chi Minh where there will be a meeting at 6 pm to welcome any new travellers joining you on the next stage of your adventure. Afterwards, perhaps get to know your new travel buddies over an optional group dinner.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Phnom Penh - Travel by public bus across the border, through rural Vietnam and Cambodia and onto Phnom Penh. Cambodia's capital city is set on a major junction of the Mekong and Tonle Sap rivers and boasts some fine examples of French-inspired architecture. If you're looking for a tasty beverage when you arrive, head for a mojito on the rooftop or if you're in the mood for shopping, stop in at the art-deco Psar Thmei (Central Market) or travel out to Psar Tuol Tom Pong (the Russian Market) for the best range of local souvenirs.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Phnom Penh - Today, confront Cambodia's tragic past on a guided tour of the Tuol Sleng Genocide Museum (S21), a former school which served as a Khmer Rouge torture centre. It's estimated that more than 20,000 people were held and tortured here. You’ll also head out to the Killing Fields of Choeung Ek, where a stupa made up of some 8000 human skulls marks the execution ground for the torture victims of Tuol Sleng. Afterwards, you may wish to learn about a brighter period in Cambodian history from an optional visit to the Royal Palace and Silver Pagoda. Wat Phnom, shrouded in myth, is equally worth a visit, as is the National Museum with its excellent Khmer collection. Cyclo tours around the city are a great alternative to walking and generally include the Central Market, US Embassy, Wat Phnom, Mekong riverfront, the Independence Monument and Royal Palace.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Battambang - Travel by private minibus to Battambang today. Break up an otherwise long trip with a visit to the pottery visit in Kampong Chhnang,and learn about the craft of pottery making at local workshops. Then continue to Cambodia's second-largest city. A pretty riverside town of French elegance, friendly Khmer people and beautifully preserved colonial architecture, this is a great place to explore on your own. Why not take part in an optional cooking class to learn the secrets of local dishes such as amok, Khmer curry and fried spicy chicken.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Siem Reap - Spend a bit of time riding around the countryside by bike, travelling out to the rural villages around Battambang. This is a great opportunity to get a closer look at what rural life means in Cambodia. Visit local families who have been producing agricultural products the traditional way passed down through generations, like rice paper, dried bananas, and bamboo sticky rice and stop by a Khmer house and relax and enjoy some coconut water while chatting about their life. The Intrepid partner for this activity is a local social enterprise that support training of local youth for their future career. In the afternoon continue by private minibus to Siem Reap, arriving in the evening, and relax as you prepare for your much-anticipated visit to Angkor tomorrow. Perhaps hit the markets for some delicious street food for dinner.

     

    Day - 20

    Location: Siem Reap / Angkor Wat - A very rewarding morning to get to Angkor Wat in the early hours to watch the sun rising over it as it did in the ancient times (weather permitting). Then Temple-hop with your local guide and make the most of your visit to the world-famous Angkor complex. The temples, dating back as far as the ninth century, were believed to represent the cosmic world and were set in perfect balance, symmetry and composition. The intricately carved bas-reliefs and architectural designs are mind-blowing and there are spectacular photo opportunities at any time of day. Watching a sunrise or sunset is a must. The ruins are scattered over an area of some 160 square km, but the main cluster of temples is close to Siem Reap, so there will be plenty of time to fully appreciate the great archaeological sites of Angkor Wat, Bayon and the jungle-covered Ta Prohm.

     

    Day - 21

    Location: Siem Reap / Angkor Wat - Continue your explorations of the Angkor complex this morning. In the afternoon, embark on a private local boat discover the floating villages and local daily lives at Chhong Kneas, a trading port of agricultural products on the edge of Tonle Sap Lake, also known as the Great Lake of Cambodia.

     

    Day - 22

    Location: Bangkok - It's a long drive by private minibus from Siem Reap to Bangkok today. Arrive in Thailand's bustling capital and take in this exciting world of tuk tuks, khlong boats, and street vendors serving up delicious Thai food. Perhaps head out to sample some local specialties as a final farewell with your fellow travellers.

     

    Day - 23

    Location: Bangkok - Your trip comes to an end this morning, with no further activities planned. However, if you have more time, Bangkok is full of things to do, including the Grand Palace, Temple of the Emerald Buddha, and the fascinating Jim Thompson museum. Just speak to your booking agent if you'd like to extend your stay.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Ho Chi Minh City - Xin chao! Welcome to Vietnam. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm. As this trip doesn’t spend much time in Ho Chi Minh City, you might want to arrive a day or two early to see the sights. This city has a French influence, so there’s plenty of delicious coffee spots and Bahn mi shops to keep you occupied. Maybe head to Pham Ngu Lao Street to see the local open-aired market, visit Vinh Nghiem Pagoda or take an Urban Adventure with an expert local guide. After the meeting tonight, why not get to know your fellow travellers and the flavours of Vietnamese cuisine over an optional group dinner.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Mekong Delta - Ho Chi Minh City - Today you'll travel south by private minibus and spend the day exploring the Mekong Delta. Board a private boat and traverse the intricate waterways – soak up the tranquil surroundings as you float through this fertile landscape, often referred to as ‘the rice bowl of Vietnam’. Disembark at Ben Tre and visit the coconut gardens, stopping at a local home to sample tropical fruits and coconut jams before paddling in sampans (small rowing boats). Take a tuk-tuk tour around the villages, learning about rural life and how the locals make their living. Then, have lunch at a restaurant in the heart of the delta, sampling regional specialties like elephant ear fish. After the cruise, return via bus to Ho Chi Minh City.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Hoi An - This morning, say goodbye to Ho Chi Minh City and fly north to Danang. From here you’ll take a bus to Hoi An, with the five spectacular peaks of the Marble Mountains as a backdrop. Once in Hoi An, your leader will take you on a walking tour of the town, influenced over the years by Europe, China and Vietnam. The town was a major trading port from the 17th century onwards, and the outside influences can be seen all over its architecture, with pagodas and assembly halls found across the town. Wander the ancient streets that look much like they did over a century ago and take in a historic house (formerly home to a prominent trader), the Japanese Covered Bridge, a Chinese assembly hall and a museum. Then, your night is free to hit one of the waterside restaurants.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Hoi An - Enjoy a free day in the UNESCO World Heritage-listed Hoi An. You may like to wander the Central Market and the street stalls selling paintings, woodwork, ceramics, lanterns and much more. Hoi An is also famous for its talented tailors who can make beautiful items to order within a few hours. For those still feeling adventurous, why not hire a bicycle and tour the surrounding countryside? This is one of the best ways to get an insight into rural Vietnam. You also have the option to head out on a daytrip to My Son Cham – a UNESCO World Heritage-listed temple complex that reflects the rich cultural traditions of the Cham civilisation.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Hue - Leave Hoi An today and journey across the dramatic Hai Van Pass – a sometimes bumpy but incredibly scenic stretch of highway with views of Lang Co Beach. Make a quick photo stop on the way, then continue to Hue – the former imperial capital of Vietnam. When you arrive, join your leader for a tour of the Imperial Citadel – this fortress houses the Imperial City and the citadel-within-a-citadel, the Forbidden Purple City. This icon was almost completely destroyed during the Vietnam/American War, and the ruins and holes left by bombs are a reminder of the destruction that was caused. In your free time you might like to visit Dong Ba Market, which offers locally made goods, fresh produce and tantalising street food.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Hue - Overnight Train - Today’s adventure will be on the back of a motorbike! You’ll have your own driver who will take you around the Imperial Citadel and Thien Mu Pagoda – the unofficial symbol of Hue. This site dates back to 1601 and is still an active Buddhist monastery. Here, you’ll also see the car left by a monk who set himself alight to protest the treatment of Buddhists by the South Vietnamese regime. Ride to a special lunch spot at a Buddhist monastery and sit down to a vegetarian feast, then drive to the royal tomb of Emperor Tu Duc, which is set on a lake surrounded by frangipani bushes and pine trees. In the evening, board an overnight train to Hanoi.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Hanoi - Arrive in Hanoi early this morning and transfer to your hotel. Vietnam’s capital is famous for its beautiful lakes, shaded boulevards, public parks and beautiful Old Quarter. Soak up some free time to relax, then take a walking tour through the city. In your free time, maybe wander through the '36 Streets’ of the historic Old Quarter, chill out by the beautiful Hoan Kiem Lake, or visit the Fine Arts Museum. This museum plays a crucial role in maintaining and promoting the cultural heritage of Vietnam’s ethnic communities.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Halong Bay - Travel by private minibus to the spectacular UNESCO World Heritage site of Ha Long Bay. This is one of Vietnam’s most beautiful places, a secluded bay of emerald waters flecked with limestone islands and caves. When you arrive, you’ll hop on a cruise to explore Surprise Cave and the surrounding rock formations. In the warmer months, perhaps go kayaking or opt for a swim from Ti Top Island. On board, there’ll be a dining room and bar where you’ll enjoy your meals, including fresh seafood for lunch and dinner. Spend the night on the boat, maybe having a drink with your fellow travellers at the bar, beneath a sky alive with starlight.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Hanoi - Wake up on the waters of Ha Long Bay – if you’re keen, you could watch the sunrise from the deck this morning, watching the bay come alive with eagles, fishermen and sunlight. Then, visit The Green Life Centre – this organisation is committed to turning Ha Long Bay’s trash into treasure by collecting discarded items and skilfully turning them into handicrafts. Meet the team behind this important cause and learn how to transform rubbish into a useful and reusable bag. After your visit, return by bus to Hanoi. This afternoon, you’ll have free time to explore Hanoi's sights or relax at a cafe. Maybe stop for a bia hoi (freshly brewed draught beer) at one of the microbars in the Old Quarter. Tonight, there will be a farewell dinner at KOTO restaurant – an organisation that supports disadvantaged youth with careers in the hospitality industry.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Hanoi - Today, your exploration of Vietnam comes to an end. There are no activities planned for today and you can leave at any time after checking out. If you’d like to extend your stay and explore Hanoi, and it’s recommended that you do, just reach out to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Ho Chi Minh City - Xin chao! Welcome to Vietnam. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm. As this trip doesn’t spend much time in Ho Chi Minh City, you might want to arrive a day or two early to see the sights. This city has a French influence, so there’s plenty of delicious coffee spots and Bahn mi shops to keep you occupied. Maybe head to Pham Ngu Lao Street to see the local open-aired market, visit Vinh Nghiem Pagoda or take an Urban Adventure with an expert local guide. After the meeting tonight, why not get to know your fellow travellers and the flavours of Vietnamese cuisine over an optional group dinner.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Mekong Delta - Ho Chi Minh City - Today you'll travel south by private minibus and spend the day exploring the Mekong Delta. Board a private boat and traverse the intricate waterways – soak up the tranquil surroundings as you float through this fertile landscape, often referred to as ‘the rice bowl of Vietnam’. Disembark at Ben Tre and visit the coconut gardens, stopping at a local home to sample tropical fruits and coconut jams before paddling in sampans (small rowing boats). Take a tuk-tuk tour around the villages, learning about rural life and how the locals make their living. Then, have lunch at a restaurant in the heart of the delta, sampling regional specialties like elephant ear fish. After the cruise, return via bus to Ho Chi Minh City.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Hoi An - This morning, say goodbye to Ho Chi Minh City and fly north to Danang. From here you’ll take a bus to Hoi An, with the five spectacular peaks of the Marble Mountains as a backdrop. Once in Hoi An, your leader will take you on a walking tour of the town, influenced over the years by Europe, China and Vietnam. The town was a major trading port from the 17th century onwards, and the outside influences can be seen all over its architecture, with pagodas and assembly halls found across the town. Wander the ancient streets that look much like they did over a century ago and take in a historic house (formerly home to a prominent trader), the Japanese Covered Bridge, a Chinese assembly hall and a museum. Then, your night is free to hit one of the waterside restaurants.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Hoi An - Enjoy a free day in the UNESCO World Heritage-listed Hoi An. You may like to wander the Central Market and the street stalls selling paintings, woodwork, ceramics, lanterns and much more. Hoi An is also famous for its talented tailors who can make beautiful items to order within a few hours. For those still feeling adventurous, why not hire a bicycle and tour the surrounding countryside? This is one of the best ways to get an insight into rural Vietnam. You also have the option to head out on a daytrip to My Son Cham – a UNESCO World Heritage-listed temple complex that reflects the rich cultural traditions of the Cham civilisation.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Hue - Leave Hoi An today and journey across the dramatic Hai Van Pass – a sometimes bumpy but incredibly scenic stretch of highway with views of Lang Co Beach. Make a quick photo stop on the way, then continue to Hue – the former imperial capital of Vietnam. When you arrive, join your leader for a tour of the Imperial Citadel – this fortress houses the Imperial City and the citadel-within-a-citadel, the Forbidden Purple City. This icon was almost completely destroyed during the Vietnam/American War, and the ruins and holes left by bombs are a reminder of the destruction that was caused. In your free time you might like to visit Dong Ba Market, which offers locally made goods, fresh produce and tantalising street food.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Hue - Overnight Train - Today’s adventure will be on the back of a motorbike! You’ll have your own driver who will take you around the Imperial Citadel and Thien Mu Pagoda – the unofficial symbol of Hue. This site dates back to 1601 and is still an active Buddhist monastery. Here, you’ll also see the car left by a monk who set himself alight to protest the treatment of Buddhists by the South Vietnamese regime. Ride to a special lunch spot at a Buddhist monastery and sit down to a vegetarian feast, then drive to the royal tomb of Emperor Tu Duc, which is set on a lake surrounded by frangipani bushes and pine trees. In the evening, board an overnight train to Hanoi.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Hanoi - Arrive in Hanoi early this morning and transfer to your hotel. Vietnam’s capital is famous for its beautiful lakes, shaded boulevards, public parks and beautiful Old Quarter. Soak up some free time to relax, then take a walking tour through the city. In your free time, maybe wander through the '36 Streets’ of the historic Old Quarter, chill out by the beautiful Hoan Kiem Lake, or visit the Fine Arts Museum. This museum plays a crucial role in maintaining and promoting the cultural heritage of Vietnam’s ethnic communities.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Halong Bay - Travel by private minibus to the spectacular UNESCO World Heritage site of Ha Long Bay. This is one of Vietnam’s most beautiful places, a secluded bay of emerald waters flecked with limestone islands and caves. When you arrive, you’ll hop on a cruise to explore Surprise Cave and the surrounding rock formations. In the warmer months, perhaps go kayaking or opt for a swim from Ti Top Island. On board, there’ll be a dining room and bar where you’ll enjoy your meals, including fresh seafood for lunch and dinner. Spend the night on the boat, maybe having a drink with your fellow travellers at the bar, beneath a sky alive with starlight.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Hanoi - Wake up on the waters of Ha Long Bay – if you’re keen, you could watch the sunrise from the deck this morning, watching the bay come alive with eagles, fishermen and sunlight. Then, visit The Green Life Centre – this organisation is committed to turning Ha Long Bay’s trash into treasure by collecting discarded items and skilfully turning them into handicrafts. Meet the team behind this important cause and learn how to transform rubbish into a useful and reusable bag. After your visit, return by bus to Hanoi. This afternoon, you’ll have free time to explore Hanoi's sights or relax at a cafe. Maybe stop for a bia hoi (freshly brewed draught beer) at one of the microbars in the Old Quarter. Tonight, there will be a farewell dinner at KOTO restaurant – an organisation that supports disadvantaged youth with careers in the hospitality industry.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Hanoi - Today is a free day to relax and recharge in Hanoi. In your free time, maybe wander through the Fine Arts Museum, visit the Hoa La Hanoi Hilton Prison or simply relax. Tonight, you’ll have another welcome meeting at 6 pm to meet the new travellers joining you on the next leg of your epic adventure. After your meeting, maybe join your group for dinner at a local restaurant – your leader will have the best recommendations!

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Sapa - After breakfast, take a private transfer to Sapa – a misty mountain town on the slopes of the Muong Hoa Valley near the Chinese border. Take some time to relax at your hotel before regrouping for a sunset walk around the town with your local leader. Along the way, visit Sapa Church – built by French colonisers in the early 20th century and seen as a symbol of the town – and learn how the square in front of it has become a cultural hub and gathering place for the ethnic groups in the area. Then, check out the stalls at the night market and dig into a feast of grilled meats, seafood and corn at a local barbecue.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Sapa - Take a private vehicle to Tan Van Village this morning and lace up your walking shoes for a day hike through Sapa’s iconic rice terraces. With crisp air, paddies that cascade down the hillsides and the chance to meet traditional hilltribe villagers, you’ll soon see why this has become a quintessential image of Vietnam. Before heading back to Sapa town, meet a local H’mong family in their home and share a tasty home-cooked lunch. You’ll arrive back at your hotel in the mid-afternoon, where the rest of the day is free to enjoy a well-deserved rest. For dinner, maybe check out one of the town's many restaurants with your group.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Border crossing/Kunming - Today it’s time to hit the road to Lao Cai where you'll cross the border into Hekou, China. It's a short drive to the immigration office where you'll say goodbye to your Vietnam leader. You'll clear immigration by yourselves without your leader, and it could take some time, so a bit of patience can go a long way. Say ni hao (hello) to your new China leader who'll meet you once you cross the border, then jump on a private bus to Honghe City where you’ll board your first high-speed train to Kunming – the capital of the Yunnan province. Check into your hotel late afternoon before heading out for an orientation walk. For dinner, you could try over-the-bridge rice noodles – a signature Yunnan dish.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Shangri-La City (3200 m/10,500 ft) - This morning, take a bullet train from Kunming to Shangri-La – an alpine city in the heart of the Hengduan Mountains. The journey is long, but the views (especially on a clear day) of snow-capped peaks, valleys and lakes make it worth it. Then, take a private vehicle to your hotel and join your leader for a walking tour of Dukezong Ancient Town – one of the largest and best-preserved Tibetan settlements in China that dates back to the 7th century. Most of the town was destroyed by fire in 2014, but immense effort has gone into restoring the original architecture – including the 21-m-tall prayer wheel, which is the largest in China and takes at least 10 people to turn. Take your time to wander the cobbled lanes and watch artists create intricate thangka paintings. The square comes alive in the evening with traditional music and line dancing – everyone’s welcome, so feel free to join in!

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Shangri-La City (3200 m/10,500 ft) - Today you'll take a private vehicle to the outskirts of Shangri-La to visit Ganden Sumtseling Monastery – the largest Tibetan Buddhist monastery in Yunnan province. Wander halls decorated with elaborate frescoes depicting ancient Buddhist tales, take in the views of the surrounding countryside and enjoy the serenity of the nearby Lamuyangcuo Lake. Then, return to the city where you’ll be welcomed into the home of a local Tibetan family. Learn how to make traditional yak butter tea and share a home-cooked lunch. You’ll also see the family’s scripture or shrine room – a sacred and essential space in Tibetan households used for prayer, meditation and rituals. The rest of the day is free to relax.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Tiger Leaping Gorge - Take a private transfer this morning to Tiger Leaping Gorge – a dramatic canyon on the Jinsha River, where legend says a tiger escaped poachers by leaping across the water. Meet your local guide here to begin your hike through the gorge. This is one of the world’s deepest river canyons, with the Jade Dragon and Haba Mountains rising nearly 3800 m above the riverbanks. This trail takes you deep into the heart of it, along narrow switchbacks and cliffside paths with views of the surrounding peaks. Enjoy a well-earned rest this evening at a guesthouse overlooking Jade Garden Snow Mountain. Make sure your camera is charged as the sunsets here on a clear evening are gorgeous! Get a good night’s sleep, as another big day on the trail awaits tomorrow.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Tiger Leaping Gorge/Lijiang - Continue hiking through the gorge in the shadows of the mountains. The trail is mostly downhill today, taking you past waterfalls and giant boulders. After finishing the hike, take a private vehicle to Lijiang – a UNESCO World Heritage city home to the Naxi people and several other ethnic groups. Freshen up in your hotel, then join your leader for an orientation walk in Old Town to learn about the city’s role in the Tea Horse Road, an ancient trading route from the seventh to the 20th centuries. Explore the maze of cobbled alleys, canals and traditional Naxi wooden houses. This evening, perhaps head out for dinner with your group and try some traditional Lijiang dishes – how about steam pot chicken or chickpea jelly?

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Lijiang - Take a private vehicle this morning to Baisha Old Town on the outskirts of Lijiang. The streets of this sleepy Naxi town are lined with traditional architecture, murals, craft shops and cafes. After walking around, visit a local Naxi family in their home for a Dongba calligraphy class. Dating back to the 13th century, Dongba uses around 1000 pictographic glyphs to represent objects, actions or ideas, and is said to be one of the world's last living pictographic scripts. You have free time for the rest of the day. If you want to explore more, perhaps join an optional bike ride around Lashihai Lake.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Kunming - Today you'll take a train back to Kunming, arriving in the early afternoon. The rest of the day is yours to spend as you wish. There's plenty to do in Kunming – nicknamed ‘Spring City’ thanks to its mild climate, natural beauty and laidback vibe. Explore manicured gardens and watch locals practising tai chi in Green Lake Park, learn about Yunnan’s ethnic groups at the Village of Ethnic Culture or rub shoulders with university students along Wenlin Street. This evening, maybe head out with your leader and group for an optional farewell dinner and raise a toast to a great adventure!

     

    Day - 20

    Location: Kunming - With no activities planned, your adventure comes to an end after breakfast. You’re free to leave any time after check-out. If you’d like to extend your stay in Kunming, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Hanoi - Xin chao! Welcome to Vietnam. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight, where you'll meet your local leader and fellow travellers. If you arrive early, why not step out onto the streets to explore the leafy capital of Vietnam – Hanoi is best discovered on foot. After the meeting, maybe get to know your fellow travellers over a glass of fresh bia hoi (a foamy, light beer made fresh every day and served in basic, open-walled ‘brew halls’).

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Chien Village - Leave Hanoi after breakfast this morning and drive to Chien Village of Muong people for tonight’s homestay. Around 70 families live here, the area has long been the settlement of Muong people and famous for ancient tangerines, honey and other citrus fruits. You'll enjoy hearty home-cooked flavors during your stay here. After lunch head out on a hike through the Vietnamese highlands, visit local villages, meet people from the ethnic Muong tribe along the way and take in the incredible mountains view along the way. In the evening, enjoy a traditional dancing with local villagers.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Chien Village / Hanoi - This morning, take your time to explore of of this peaceful hamlet. Join the local farmers in their fields and help them planting, weeding or nurturing crops like rice, corns or fruit trees. Then visit a local organic farm, pick fresh vegetables that you'll use for cooking later, learn about the wild fruits that you can eat, and then join the locals and prepare your lunch together. Using bamboo for cooking is a local signature known as lam ong nua and your local cooking masters will show you how to do that and you'll also get to taste fresh brewed tea using bamboo tubes too! After a joyful lunch, drive back to Hanoi. In the evening, enjoy a traditional Vietnamese performance - a water puppet show.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Cat Ba Island - This morning, visit the Blue Dragon Children's Foundation – a community project dedicated to helping underprivileged children and victims of trafficking. Then, hop on the bus heading to Cat Ba Island, stopping for a quick break before today’s ferry. Board the boat and spend the rest of the day cruising the breathtaking Lan Ha Bay. Located in the greater Ha Long Bay area, Lan Ha Bay is one of Vietnam’s most scenic places, where limestone islands and caves rise from the emerald waters. Enjoy lunch on board, then get up close and personal with giant karsts in a kayak. Stay overnight on Cat Ba Island and maybe take a dip at one of the beaches (with a cold beer of course!).

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Hanoi / Overnight Train - Head back to Hanoi this morning. When you arrive, take a city tour to see the city’s diverse past reflected in a mix of Southeast Asian, Chinese and French-influenced architecture. Stop by the aptly named One Pillar Pagoda – the country’s most famous stilt house (former residence of Ho Chi Minh) and the Temple of Literature. Shared hotel rooms will be available if you want to freshen up or organise your luggage for the overnight train tonight. Otherwise, use this time to do some shopping on Hang Gai Street or seek out some delicious street food. Meet back at the hotel lobby at 9 pm where you’ll transfer with the group to the train station.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Hue - Arrive in Hue this morning – the hub of Vietnam’s historic past. This former imperial capital is an eclectic mix of busy streets and peaceful beauty. The rest of the morning is free for you to relax or explore at your own pace. Maybe pick up a classic Hue breakfast of bun bo (a popular Vietnamese soup with vermicelli noodles and beef). After lunch, visit the Imperial Citadel – a sprawling complex of temples, pavilions, moats, gates and walls. See the Ngo Mon Gate, Thai Hoa Palace and the Ancestral Altars from the 19th century. In your free time, you might like to visit Dong Ba Market, which offers locally made goods, fresh produce and street food. This is a good place to try the specialties enjoyed by Emperor Nguyen, such as the banh khoai royal rice cake.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Hue - Today’s adventure will be taken on the back of a motorbike. You’ll have your own driver who will take you first on a drive around the Imperial Citadel, including the Forbidden Purple City. The latter was almost completely destroyed during the Tet Offensive in the Vietnam War, but its humble, foliage-covered ruins remain a testament to its proud history. Here, you'll gain some insight into the horrific damage endured during the war. Next, ride to a special lunch spot at a convent or Buddhist monastery for a vegetarian feast. After lunch, drive to the royal tomb of Emperor Tu Duc, set on a lake with frangipani bushes and pine trees. This evening, maybe ask your leader for the best place to try Imperial Street specialties.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Hoi An - Travelling by bus, head south through coastal rice paddies before stopping at Lang Co Beach. Traverse the dramatic Hai Van Pass along the way – a sometimes bumpy but incredibly scenic stretch of highway with views back to Lang Co Beach and beyond. The spectacular Marble Mountains will be your backdrop as you arrive in Hoi An. Declared a UNESCO World Heritage site, Hoi An is being beautifully restored and preserved. Known as Faifo to early Western traders, it was one of Southeast Asia's major international ports from the 17th to the 19th centuries. Today, parts of Hoi An look exactly as they did more than a century ago, and it retains the feel of times past. When you arrive, take a walking tour around the major sites of the Old Town, including a historic house (formerly home to a prominent trader), the Japanese Covered Bridge, a Chinese assembly hall and a museum.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Hoi An - If you feel like getting active on your free day today, why not hire a bicycle and tour the surrounding countryside – this is one of the best ways to get an insight into rural Vietnam. Maybe take a daytrip to My Son Cham (a UNESCO World Heritage-listed temple complex that reflects the rich cultural traditions of the Cham civilisation), or cruise along the Thu Bon River. You may like to wander the Central Market and the street stalls selling paintings, woodwork, ceramics and lanterns. Hoi An is also famous for its talented tailors, who can make items to order within a few hours. Bring your favourite piece of clothing or even just a picture, and you'll be able to have it copied!

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Quy Nhon - Today, enjoy a scenic drive through central Vietnam to the seaside city of Quy Nhon. On the way, visit Bich Hoa Tam Thanh village, famous for its murals and paintings on the wall that show a different side of Vietnam country life. Arrive at Quy Nhon in the early afternoon and head out on an orientation walk with your leader. Then, the rest of the afternoon is free for you to explore on your own or rest and recharge. This is your perfect chance to relax and put your feet up by the sea.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Quy Nhon / Overnight Train - This morning, you’ll visit a local family that has practised martial arts for three generations. Meet the master of the family and learn about the secrets of his martial arts practice, learn about the health benefits, watch a demonstration and then try your moves at the master’s guidance. After, continue to the ancient citadel of Do Ban – the last capital of the Champa Kingdom where the Cham Kings lived between the 11th and the 15th centuries. Head back to Quy Nhon, maybe take the chance to freshen up at a hotel room or organise your luggage for the overnight train tonight.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Ho Chi Minh City - Arrive in Ho Chi Minh City early this morning and make use of the shared hotel rooms to refresh up before your day tour. Formerly known as Saigon, Ho Chi Minh City is characterised by a fascinating blend of old and new, east and west. The huge number of people rushing about their daily lives in Vietnam's largest city gives it a dynamic atmosphere, and the French influence is evident in the excellent baguettes and coffee on offer. Take a guided tour with your leader to get a feel for the city, going past the GPO, Reunification Palace and the Opera House. Stop in at the War Remnants Museum and the Notre Dame Cathedral. You have a free evening, so maybe drop by Ben Thanh Market. This is the perfect place to pick up any last-minute snacks, cooking utensils or gifts.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Mekong Delta - Today, you'll travel south to explore the Mekong Delta. When you arrive, board a boat and explore the intricate waterways. Often referred to as ‘the rice bowl’ of Vietnam, the fertile delta is where rice, tropical fruit and flowers are grown for the whole country. Disembark at Ben Tre and visit a local cottage industry to sample the candy that the region is famous for. You’ll have the opportunity to take a tuk-tuk around this remote village and stop to sample tropical fruit, see a honey farm and learn more about rural life. For lunch, go to a restaurant in the heart of the delta and try regional specialities such as the famous elephant-ear fish. After lunch, board sampans (small rowing boats) and paddle along the canals under the shade of lush water coconut trees. Stay overnight at a guesthouse on the river and swap stories with your hosts.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Ho Chi Minh City - This morning, say goodbye to the Mekong Delta and take the bus back to Ho Chi Minh City. Enjoy a free afternoon to see any sights (or sample any delights) that you didn’t get a chance to previously. Maybe spend the final night of your Vietnam adventure with a bowl of pho, celebrating with your new friends and toasting to a trip well-travelled.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Ho Chi Minh City - Your Vietnam adventure ends after breakfast today. There are no activities included, so you are free to depart at any time. If you’d like to stay longer, just speak to your booking agent. For those who are staying on longer and want to explore Ho Chi Minh City, maybe check out our Urban Adventure daytrips.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Ho Chi Minh City - Xin Chao! Welcome to Vietnam. Your adventure begins in Ho Chi Minh City with a welcome meeting at 6 pm today, where you'll get to know your fellow travellers and local leader. If you arrive early, maybe head to Pham Ngu Lao Street to see the local open-air market visit Vinh Nghiem Pagoda. After the meeting, you may like to join your group for an optional dinner at one of the city's fantastic eating spots. Because this trip doesn’t spend much time in Ho Chi Minh City, you might even choose to spend an extra day or two here to see the sights.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Mekong Delta/Ho Chi Minh City - Today, you'll travel south by private minibus to Mekong Delta. When you arrive, you’ll board a boat and explore the intricate waterways of the Mekong Delta. Often referred to as ‘the rice bowl’ of Vietnam, the fertile delta is where rice, tropical fruit and flowers are grown for the whole country. You'll get a chance to get off the boat to visit an orchard and sample some tropical fruit. You’ll then continue the cruise and visit a selection of local cottage industries along the way where you'll experience local life and the industries surrounding the river up close. Return to Ho Chi Minh City this afternoon and enjoy a free evening in the city.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Ho Chi Minh City - After breakfast today, you’ll visit one of the most important sites in Ho Chi Minh City – the famous Cu Chi Tunnels. These complex tunnels were used by the Viet Cong in the long war against the Americans and were instrumental to the Vietnamese victory. Later in the day, take a tour of the city, passing the Reunification Palace, Notre Dame Cathedral and the Opera House. Head to the War Remnants Museum for a sobering yet informative lesson on the Vietnam War. Here you’ll see things like old military equipment, an F5A fighter and a UH1-Huey helicopter. Enjoy some free time afterwards at your leisure. We recommend exploring the city’s restaurants and trying Ho Chi Minh City’s distinctive fresh and flavoursome food. In contrast to the north of Vietnam, the cuisine here is spicier, sweeter and more varied. There are also plenty of street food stalls if you’d like to take a few bites of the local fare.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Dalat - After exploring Ho Chi Minh City, take a bus to Dalat. Temperate and cool compared to the rest of the country, Dalat has gained the name ‘City of Eternal Spring’ due to the mists that cover its nearby valleys nearly all year around. The Hang Nga guesthouse stands as a towering, melted stone obelisk over the lush garden below. There’s also plenty of charming Art Deco-influenced structures and gardens around the area. This afternoon, perhaps go for a wander through the streets for a better feel of the city or find a café for a cup of artichoke tea – a regional specialty.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Dalat - Dalat’s soothing climate isn’t just a great reprieve from the heat of Vietnam's coast, it also creates the perfect environment to grow a wide selection of fruits, vegetables and herbs. Take a full day to stroll through the tranquil gardens of this city, darting past plantations full of plump vegetables, colourful flowers, medicinal herbs and juicy strawberries. You'll have a guided garden visit to learn more about this fruitful area.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Nha Trang - After breakfast this morning travel by minibus to the coastal town of Nha Trang. When you arrive, stretch your legs with a leader-led orientation walk. Then, enjoy free time in the afternoon and evening to explore this coastal city. You might like to make a beeline straight to the beach or try a mud bath. Maybe find a beach side bar for a cocktail at sunset, then tuck into some of this town's fresh seafood – your leader knows all the good spots.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Nha Trang / Overnight Train - After breakfast this morning, out for a leisurely boat trip in Nha Trang Bay. You'll stop at Mieu Island to learn about local fishermen's life here, then give it a go yourself with the rowing bamboo basket boat. Then you'll hop to Tam Island for some swimming and snorkelling in the turquoise water among the corals. Head back to Nha Trang in the early afternoon. This evening, board an overnight train to Da Nang.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Hoi An - You'll arrive in Hoi An early this morning. Recently declared a UNESCO World Heritage site, Hoi An was a major trading port with the West from the 15th to the 19th century. Today, it’s been restored to look exactly as it did more than a century ago, giving it an old-world feel full of nooks and crannies for you to explore. You’ll have some free time to wonder the city at your own pace this afternoon. Hoi An is also very popular with shopping, with specialty shops lining the Old Town – you can even get some clothes tailor made! Why not browse the paintings, woodwork, ceramics and embroidery all made by the locals.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Hoi An - Today is another free day in the town of Hoi An. See the Chinese shophouses, enjoy the busy market, visit Cua Dai Beach, cycle to the rice fields or browse the array of art galleries. This is also a great spot to sit by the water and people watch at happy hour, so maybe ask your leader for some restaurant recommendations and soak up the atmosphere.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Hue - This morning, wave goodbye to Hoi An and make tracks to My Khe Beach. Cross the dramatic Hai Van Pass and make a quick stop at the fishing village of Lang Co before making your way to Hue. The former imperial capital of Vietnam, Hue contains the treasures of Vietnam’s royal history, and has a curious blend of bustling streets and tranquil settings. You'll explore the Imperial Citadel this afternoon – this fortress houses the Imperial City and the citadel-within-a-citadel, the Forbidden Purple City. This icon was almost completely destroyed during the Vietnam War, and the ruins and holes left by bombs are a reminder of the destruction caused by the war. In your free time, you might like to visit to Dong Ba Market which offers locally made goods, fresh produce and street food. This is a good place to try the specialties enjoyed by Emperor Nguyen such as the banh khoai royal rice cake.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Hue - 'See Hue like a local – from the back of a motorbike! Straddle the saddle and whiz around town with a local guide, taking in historic and contemporary sights along the way. Stop at Thanh Toan to see the 18th-century covered bridge and villagers shopping at their local market. Visit the 17th-century active Buddhist monastery of Thien Mu Pagoda and see the car that belonged to Thich Quang Duc, the monk who self-immolated in 1963 in protest against the treatment of Buddhists by the South Vietnamese regime. For lunch, savour a vegetarian feast in a nunnery. Finish at the lakeside royal tomb of Emperor Tu Duc before heading back to town.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Phong Nha-Ke Bang National Park - Today, you'll take a minibus to the Vinh Moc Tunnels. These were used during the Vietnam War as shelter for the villagers who were escaping intense bombing. Incredibly, the locals here lived in an underground system over three levels. You’ll get a chance to enter the tunnels, which remain in their original form. This afternoon, continue to your homestay tonight at the centre of Phong Nha. Your host is a family of three generations, and you'll be able to experience how the locals go about their daily routines while staying here.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Phong Nha-Ke Bang National Park / Overnight Train - After breakfast today, visit the Phong Nha-Ke Bang National Park. This UNESCO World Heritage site contains the oldest known karst mountains in Asia. The area is also known for its enormous cave system. You’ll visit the Thien Duong Cave (Paradise Cave), then take a cruise up the Son River towards the Phong Cave – the scale of the place is astounding. In the late afternoon, travel to Dong Hoi and catch an overnight sleeper train to Hanoi.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Hanoi - Arrive in Hanoi early in the morning and transfer to your hotel. Vietnam’s capital is famous for its beautiful lakes, shaded boulevards, public parks and French-style Old Quarter. As an emerging city in South East Asia, Hanoi has an attractive contrast of modern office buildings, old Buddhist temples and a labyrinth of ancient streets. Later in the day, you’ll visit the Ho Chi Minh Mausoleum complex, including One Pillar Pagoda and the Ho Chi Minh Museum. Then, enjoy a water puppetry performance – a unique and traditional Vietnamese art form.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Lam Thuong - This morning, visit Vun Art Centre – a social enterprise that employs people living with disabilities to make art pieces with recycled silk. Hear from the employees about the great things they do and then make the drive to Lam Thuong Village. When you arrive, settle into your homestay for the night – sitting on stilts, these local homes belong to the Tay people and have beautiful views of the valley and offer authentic village experiences. Then, head out for a bike ride through the village and the valley, passing rice fields, homes and learning about the local’s day to day life. Enjoy a homecooked dinner tonight made by your hosts using local ingredients.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Lam Thuong - Spend another day in the village today, starting with a transfer to a trailhead. Head out for a morning hike past rice paddies to a viewpoint overlooking the village, the valley and the rice fields. Return to the village this afternoon and visit a local handicraft workshop to learn about bamboo weaving, natural dyeing and how the locals make Tay hats. This afternoon, you’ll have some free time to rest or explore the village at your own pace.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Hanoi - Today, say goodbye to your friendly hosts and return to Hanoi. Along the way, stop at Luc Yen gemstone market. After a while to explore (and pick up any souvenirs you might want to take home), continue to Hanoi. Arrive in the late afternoon and settle into your accommodation. This evening, you’re free to rest, relax and recharge.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Halong Bay - After breakfast today, you’ll drive to Bai Chay Harbour to the famous UNESCO World Heritage site of Ha Long Bay – a blue-green bay studded with limestone outcrops, this area is full of beaches and natural grottos. You’ll take a boat through the limestone peaks and caves filled with stalactites and stalagmites, and you might even stop at a private beach for a swim. If you like, you can take a kayak out on the bay and explore the still waters from a new perspective. Spend the night on the boat beneath the star-studded sky and fall asleep to the gentle rocking of the waves.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Hanoi - After breakfast today you'll return to Hanoi, arriving mid-afternoon. You’ll have free time this afternoon to explore at your own pace or rest and recharge. Why not head out in search of a bia hoi (freshly brewed draught beer) at one of the microbars in the Old Quarter. Or, maybe mark the end of your trip with an optional farewell dinner with your group – your leader will have some great recommendations.

     

    Day - 20

    Location: Hanoi - There are no activities planned for today and you can depart the accommodation at any time. There’s so much to see and do in Hanoi, so why not stay a day or two longer! If you need additional accommodation, just reach out to your booking agent ahead of time. If you have extra time, you may like to do an Urban Adventure tour – see urbanadventures.com/destination/hanoi-tours. Thinking of exploring more of the majestic Northern Vietnam after your trip is finished? Then check out our Ninh Binh Mini Adventure (TVAN) -for an off-the-beaten path discovery of Pu Long and Ninh Binh. Or you can try our Hiking In Sapa (TVAG) - for a big doze of dramatic mountain landscapes, crisp fresh air and colorful hilltribes.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Hanoi - Xin chao! Welcome to Vietnam. Your adventure begins in Hanoi with a welcome meeting at 6 pm. If you arrive early, why not head out and discover Hanoi at your own pace. Take a walk around Hoan Kiem Lake and visit Ngoc Son Temple, start sampling the delicious street food or visit the Museum of Ethnology to find out more about the homes and lives of Vietnam’s ethnic communities. After the welcome meeting, you might like to join your group for an optional dinner at one of Hanoi's fantastic restaurants or streetside eateries.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Lam Thuong Community Stay - After breakfast this morning, escape the city and board a private minibus to the small village of Lam Thuong – a community-based tourism project designed to empower and bring positive impact for Vietnam’s ethnic minorities. When you arrive, head out on a walk through the village to a traditional 50-year-old Tay home to learn about the Tay people's culture. Then, head straight out on a hike to a waterfall with a local from the community guiding you through the jungle. After the hike, you'll enjoy a home-cooked dinner with your hosts using local ingredients. Tonight you'll stay in one of the village's stilt houses with beautiful views across the valley.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Hiking in Sapa/Lao Chai - Start the day early and drive to the town of Sapa, the starting point for today’s trek. You’ll stop for lunch and photo ops along the way before arriving in Lao Chai. From here, join your local guide and start your hike into the heart of the Vuon Quoc via Hoang Lien State Park, trekking through the dramatic landscapes of rural Vietnam on a trek to Ta Van. Along the way, you'll pass by terraced farms ripe with corn and rice, over brooks and through villages. When you arrive in the small village, sit down for a well-earned home-cooked dinner and settle into your local family homestay.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Hiking in Su Pan - This morning you’ll trek to Su Pan before taking some time to rest your feet on a bus ride back to Sapa. In the afternoon, the group returns to Hanoi, giving you a chance to rest, take a nap or play some road trip games with your fellow travellers. When you arrive back in Hanoi, maybe seek a bird's eye view of the city from one of the popular rooftop bars or stop street side for dinner and unwind with one of the famed iced coffees.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Cycling in Hanoi - Vietnam's capital is best explored on foot, so this morning your group will head out on a city walking tour. See the final resting place of Vietnam's revered revolutionary at Ho Chi Minh's Mausoleum and Museum before stopping by the Temple of Literature. Although the shrine was originally built in the 11th century and is therefore considered to be the city's oldest temple, the current structure and shrine to Confucius date back to the 18th century. This afternoon, jump on a bike for a leisurely cycling trip around Hanoi's West Lake. Tonight you’ll have free time to grab some Bahn Mi or Bun Cha (noodles with grilled meat) for dinner.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Cycling in Mai Chau - Leave Hanoi behind this morning and jump on your bike for a cycling trip to the Mai Chau Valley. There are some great photo opportunities along the way, including the viewpoint of Mai Chau – home to a variety of minority groups with their own unique cultures and languages. You’ll also have the opportunity to help local farmers plant rice seeds into the fields! Arrive in Mai Chau and head to the village of Pom Coong, where your local guide will introduce you to your hosts for lunch, and provide information on the region's people, lifestyles, customs and culture. This is a great opportunity to experience the local area, chat with your hosts and gain a real insight into life in this region. After lunch, you’ll have some free time before saddling up for another cycling trip to the nearby villages. Back at the homestay tonight, relax with a cold drink while watching the sun set over the mountains.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Cycling in Ninh Binh - After breakfast this morning, you’ll set out again on your bike on a cycling trip from Mai Chau to Ninh Binh – a region well known for its lush green valleys, karst mountains and conservation areas. Ride through more paddy fields, testing your riding skills (or suspension) with shallow potholes and passing farmers drawn by water buffalo. After a day riding through green fields, small villages and waterways, you’ll have a free evening to recharge.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Cat Ba Island - Catch a bus this morning from Ninh Binh to Hai Phong, then jump on a ferry to Cat Ba Island. This island sits at the southeastern edge of UNESCO World Heritage-listed Ha Long Bay. Lan Ha Bay, where Cat Ba can be found, is part of Ha Long Bay but with the additional attraction of white-sand beaches. When you arrive, check in to your peaceful hilltop accommodation and soak up a free afternoon by taking it easy in a hammock. Alternatively, you can opt to keep your heart rate up with a hike or a trip to the beach.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Kayaking around Cat Ba Island - Explore the waters and limestone karsts of Lan Ha Bay on a full-day boat trip today. Get up close to the karsts on a short kayak paddle in the still waters beside the tree-clad outcrops – Ha Long Bay's World Heritage designation was extended to the Cat Ba archipelago due to its similar aesthetic of turquoise water and junk boats that are a quintessential picture of Vietnam – and, there are less tourists here, too! You’ll have lunch aboard the boat, with plenty of opportunities for a cheeky selfie. Spend a second night on Cat Ba Island tonight, with the evening free to visit the local restaurants and bars.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Hanoi - Say goodbye to Cat Ba Island this morning and head back to Hanoi. Arrive in the late afternoon and make the most of your free time – maybe head down to the markets for some last-minute souvenir shopping or visit one of the city's many museums or historical sites. The Fine Arts Museum and Hoa Lo 'Hanoi Hilton' Prison are good options. In the evening, why not head out for a farewell dinner with your group and toast the end of this amazing active adventure.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Hanoi - There are no activities planned after breakfast today and your adventure comes to an end. You're free to leave at any time after check out. If you'd like to extend your stay, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time to organise additional accommodation. There's plenty to see if you'd like to continue exploring Hanoi or further afield – maybe hop onto an Urban Adventure tonight and discover more of Hanoi's street food scene.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Hanoi - Xin chao! Welcome to Vietnam. Your adventure officially begins in Hanoi with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. If you arrive early, maybe stretch your legs with a walk around Hanoi’s bustling Old Quarter, taking a break along the way for a bia hoi (freshly brewed draught beer). You could also join the queues at the famous Ho Chi Minh Mausoleum or chill out and people watch at Hoan Kiem Lake. After your group meeting, you’ll head out for an included dinner at KOTO restaurant – Vietnam's first social enterprise employing disadvantaged youth.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Hanoi - This morning, you’ll have some free time to explore the city at your leisure. If you haven’t already, walking through the Old Quarter is really the best way to get a feel for the city – an architectural museum where the ancient '36 Streets’ sell everything from souvenirs to exquisite silk clothing, jewellery, embroidered tablecloths, wood carvings and lacquerware. This afternoon, you’ll cycle through the city on a quiet ride around West Lake. Pass by lotus lakes, old school villas and iconic temples including the Tran Quoc Pagoda – the oldest pagoda in Vietnam. Tonight, why not head out for Bahn mi and a local beer – your leader will have the best recommendations!

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Mai Chau - Saddle up this morning as your cycling adventure kicks into first gear. Leave Hanoi behind and travel by bus to Hoa Binh, stopping at Vun Art on the way – a social enterprise run by people living with disabilities, specialising in craft products made from Van Phuc silk. When you arrive in Hoa Binh, you’ll jump on your bike and cycle to Cao Phong through small ethnic Thai villages and paddy fields. As limestone peaks climb in the background, you’ll take regular stops to admire the view across the valleys. When you arrive, take a short bus ride to Man Duc for lunch. Then, the bus will take you to the Da River Reservoir. Cycle along the Da River, passing karst cliffs through paddy fields. The peaceful town of Mai Chau sits in a beautiful valley surrounded by green mountains and is famed for its scenery and friendly hilltribe peoples. Tonight, you’ll enjoy some local hospitality in your simple stilt-house homestay in the village of Poom Coong. After a home cooked meal, there may be a chance to sample some of the local rice wine that’s produced here.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Ninh Binh - Say farewell to your homestay hosts and cycle from Mai Chau to Mai Hai and on to Co Luong. You’ll ride through more paddy fields, testing your skills (or suspension) with the shallow potholes along the road. Pass farmers drawn by buffalo and wave to the friendly locals as you cycle. Today is all about the lush green fields, limestone mountains and tranquil waterways. Take a bus along the Ho Chi Minh Road and when you arrive in Ninh Binh, you have the option to take another 36 km cycle around the surrounding area. This is a wonderful chance to see the everyday rural life and take in the countryside.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Ninh Binh - Overnight train - This morning you’ll cycle from Ninh Binh to Tam Coc to soak up one of Vietnam’s most spectacular views – the limestone karst peaks rising over the rice paddies. Mixed in with the sounds and views of the river, which winds through the fields dotted with boats, you’ll find the true meaning of serene. Cycle to Hoa Lu – once the ancient capital of Vietnam under the 10th century Dinh Dynasty, the temples here were restored in the 17th century and architecture is still in great condition. Here, you’ll take a lunch break at the Dinh or the Le Temple, then it’s back on the bus to return to your hotel. After an early dinner, transfer to Nam Dinh for an overnight train to Hue.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Hue - Arrive in Hue this morning and hop back in the saddle to explore the former imperial capital of Vietnam. Hue holds the treasures of the royal past – a mix of bustling streets and tranquil countryside settings. Ride through the fields to some of Hue's many remarkable sites, including temples, bunkers, tombs, ruins, pagodas and country landscapes. Visit the Imperial Citadel, including the Forbidden Purple City, which was almost totally destroyed during the Vietnam War's Tet Offensive. The foliage-covered ruins and gaping holes left by bombs give an idea of the destruction wreaked upon the country during the war. After, kick back in a cafe or restaurant – Hue’s cuisine is considered by many Vietnamese as the best in the country, influenced both by its imperial heritage (small dishes and a focus on presentation) and its strong Buddhist heritage (reflected in the high proportion of vegetarian restaurants).

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Hoi An - Leaving Hue, you’ll do some mountainous riding today as you conquer the Hai Van (Ocean Cloud) Pass on the way to the laidback town of Hoi An. This pass is a gorgeous stretch of highway that winds through the Truong Son Mountain Range, with views across the Bay of Danang to the south. It is 500 m above sea level and the up/down slope ranges from 5 to 10 percent. There will be plenty of well-earned breaks along the way to take in the views, snap some photos and rehydrate. When you arrive in Hoi An, you’ll be immersed in the iconic lantern-lit streets, loud markets, tailor shops, artisans, ancient architecture, colourful temples and old school boats lining the river. Recently declared a UNESCO World Heritage site, Hoi An is being beautifully restored and preserved, with parts of the town looking exactly like they did more than a century ago. This makes its streets of low tiled buildings perfect for strolling. Take the evening to soak up the atmosphere, or just rest your legs at a local restaurant after a day’s riding.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Hoi An - This morning, head out on a leader-led walking tour through Hoi An. Discover the history of the Chinese influence as you walk past pagodas and assembly halls. Visit a historic house (formerly home to a prominent trader), the Japanese Covered Bridge, a Chinese assembly hall and a museum. The afternoon is free for you to cycle to the beach, head to the tailor shops or find a spot with a view and make the most of happy hour. For those who love to shop, Hoi An is a mecca with much to browse and buy. There are original paintings, leather goods, handcrafted woodwork, ceramics, embroidery, lanterns and lots more.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Quy Nhon - Leave Hoi An behind today and head south down Highway One on the way to Phu. On this lesser-travelled route, you’ll drive past paddy fields, see the wheat drying for the local Hoi Beer and pass locals playing chess. When you arrive, climb back on you bike and cycle to the coastal city of Quy Nhon. The city is filled with long stretches of beach and relaxed boulevards, and it’s a perfect spot to get to know the locals as it’s seldom visited by tourists. Tonight, you’ll have free time to get an authentic slice of coastal life.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Nha Trang - Today’s cycle is one of the most breathtaking stretches of road you’ll ride on this trip – the highway hugs huge granite cliffs and looks out across the sea. Following parts of the Reunification Railway, you’ll ride alongside spectacular horizons full of islands and lagoons. Join the scooter riders on the waterfront promenade as you arrive in the coastal town of Nha Trang, once referred to as the 'Cannes of the Orient'. The palm-lined beach and island-dotted bay here might just be the best photo op you’ll get! This spot is known for its good weather, vibrant nightlife and excellent diving opportunities.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Nha Trang - Today you’ll swap your bike for a boat and head out to explore the nearby islands. This excursion is often the highlight of the trip, as you’ll get to know some of the locals and indulge in the beauty of Nah Trang. Starting on the main boat, you’ll then take a small basket boat to shore and visit a fishing village, snorkel in the turquoise waters and feast on a fresh seafood buffet for lunch. Make the most of your free afternoon by lazing in a deck chair, going for another swim or maybe taking a mud bath to soothe away your sore muscles.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Dalat - Head up through the Bidoup-Nui Ba Pass into the cooler climate of the South-Central Highlands, where some of the country's best fruits, flowers and coffee beans are grown. The road here is winding and steep but if you're fit and ready for a challenge, you may want to conquer the whole mountain on your bike. You can also take it easy and flag a lift from the bus. Whichever way you choose to get to the top, you'll still be treated to magnificent views when you reach the summit. After a short photo stop here, you’ll descend to Dalat – a perfect base to explore the region, Dalat is often called the 'City of Eternal Spring' for its temperate climate and landscape full of lakes, palaces, pine tree-covered hills, flower gardens and pagodas.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Phan Thiet - This morning you’ll take a city tour of Dalat, making the journey to Bao Dai's striking regal summer palace. He was the final emperor of the Nguyen dynasty, and the last to rule Vietnam until 1945. You’ll then discover the wacky and weird architecture of Hang Nga Crazy House. Echoing Gaudi's unconventional designs, this place is described as a 'fairytale house' and you’ll explore the twisted tree roots, cave shaped hallways and animal themed rooms with your group. Drop by the train station and the central market before continuing to Di Linh, where the tea industry looms in the surrounding hills. After lunch, pedal down the forest-lined Gia Bac Pass, then cycle from Malam to Phan Thiets beaches.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Ho Chi Minh City - Before heading to the big city, you’ll spend your last morning taking in the views along the beach on a ride to Lang Long. After a picnic lunch, keep cycling to Cu Bi where you’ll say goodbye to your two-wheeled friend. Hop in your group’s minivan for the final leg to Ho Chi Minh City and discover the fascinating blend of old and new here as East meets West. Maybe spend the final night of your trip with your fellow travellers, exploring the food stalls at Ben Thanh market or with a few glasses of street-side Beer Hoi.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Ho Chi Minh City - There are no activities planned after breakfast today and your adventure comes to an end. You're free to leave at any time after check out. If you'd like to extend your stay, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time to organise additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Hanoi - Xin chao! Welcome to Vietnam. Your adventure officially begins in Hanoi with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. If you arrive early, maybe stretch your legs with a walk around Hanoi’s bustling Old Quarter, taking a break along the way for a bia hoi (freshly brewed draught beer). You could also join the queues at the famous Ho Chi Minh Mausoleum or chill out and people watch at Hoan Kiem Lake. After your group meeting, you’ll head out for an included dinner at KOTO restaurant – Vietnam's first social enterprise employing disadvantaged youth.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Hanoi - This morning, you’ll have some free time to explore the city at your leisure. If you haven’t already, walking through the Old Quarter is really the best way to get a feel for the city – an architectural museum where the ancient '36 Streets’ sell everything from souvenirs to exquisite silk clothing, jewellery, embroidered tablecloths, wood carvings and lacquerware. This afternoon, you’ll cycle through the city on a quiet ride around West Lake. Pass by lotus lakes, old school villas and iconic temples including the Tran Quoc Pagoda – the oldest pagoda in Vietnam. Tonight, why not head out for Bahn mi and a local beer – your leader will have the best recommendations!

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Mai Chau - Saddle up this morning as your cycling adventure kicks into first gear. Leave Hanoi behind and travel by bus to Hoa Binh, stopping at Vun Art on the way – a social enterprise run by people living with disabilities, specialising in craft products made from Van Phuc silk. When you arrive in Hoa Binh, you’ll jump on your bike and cycle to Cao Phong through small ethnic Thai villages and paddy fields. As limestone peaks climb in the background, you’ll take regular stops to admire the view across the valleys. When you arrive, take a short bus ride to Man Duc for lunch. Then, the bus will take you to the Da River Reservoir. Cycle along the Da River, passing karst cliffs through paddy fields. The peaceful town of Mai Chau sits in a beautiful valley surrounded by green mountains and is famed for its scenery and friendly hilltribe peoples. Tonight, you’ll enjoy some local hospitality in your simple stilt-house homestay in the village of Poom Coong. After a home cooked meal, there may be a chance to sample some of the local rice wine that’s produced here.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Ninh Binh - Say farewell to your homestay hosts and cycle from Mai Chau to Mai Hai and on to Co Luong. You’ll ride through more paddy fields, testing your skills (or suspension) with the shallow potholes along the road. Pass farmers drawn by buffalo and wave to the friendly locals as you cycle. Today is all about the lush green fields, limestone mountains and tranquil waterways. Take a bus along the Ho Chi Minh Road and when you arrive in Ninh Binh, you have the option to take another 36 km cycle around the surrounding area. This is a wonderful chance to see the everyday rural life and take in the countryside.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Ninh Binh - Overnight train - This morning you’ll cycle from Ninh Binh to Tam Coc to soak up one of Vietnam’s most spectacular views – the limestone karst peaks rising over the rice paddies. Mixed in with the sounds and views of the river, which winds through the fields dotted with boats, you’ll find the true meaning of serene. Cycle to Hoa Lu – once the ancient capital of Vietnam under the 10th century Dinh Dynasty, the temples here were restored in the 17th century and architecture is still in great condition. Here, you’ll take a lunch break at the Dinh or the Le Temple, then it’s back on the bus to return to your hotel. After an early dinner, transfer to Nam Dinh for an overnight train to Hue.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Hue - Arrive in Hue this morning and hop back in the saddle to explore the former imperial capital of Vietnam. Hue holds the treasures of the royal past – a mix of bustling streets and tranquil countryside settings. Ride through the fields to some of Hue's many remarkable sites, including temples, bunkers, tombs, ruins, pagodas and country landscapes. Visit the Imperial Citadel, including the Forbidden Purple City, which was almost totally destroyed during the Vietnam War's Tet Offensive. The foliage-covered ruins and gaping holes left by bombs give an idea of the destruction wreaked upon the country during the war. After, kick back in a cafe or restaurant – Hue’s cuisine is considered by many Vietnamese as the best in the country, influenced both by its imperial heritage (small dishes and a focus on presentation) and its strong Buddhist heritage (reflected in the high proportion of vegetarian restaurants).

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Hoi An - Leaving Hue, you’ll do some mountainous riding today as you conquer the Hai Van (Ocean Cloud) Pass on the way to the laidback town of Hoi An. This pass is a gorgeous stretch of highway that winds through the Truong Son Mountain Range, with views across the Bay of Danang to the south. It is 500 m above sea level and the up/down slope ranges from 5 to 10 percent. There will be plenty of well-earned breaks along the way to take in the views, snap some photos and rehydrate. When you arrive in Hoi An, you’ll be immersed in the iconic lantern-lit streets, loud markets, tailor shops, artisans, ancient architecture, colourful temples and old school boats lining the river. Recently declared a UNESCO World Heritage site, Hoi An is being beautifully restored and preserved, with parts of the town looking exactly like they did more than a century ago. This makes its streets of low tiled buildings perfect for strolling. Take the evening to soak up the atmosphere, or just rest your legs at a local restaurant after a day’s riding.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Hoi An - This morning, head out on a leader-led walking tour through Hoi An. Discover the history of the Chinese influence as you walk past pagodas and assembly halls. Visit a historic house (formerly home to a prominent trader), the Japanese Covered Bridge, a Chinese assembly hall and a museum. The afternoon is free for you to cycle to the beach, head to the tailor shops or find a spot with a view and make the most of happy hour. For those who love to shop, Hoi An is a mecca with much to browse and buy. There are original paintings, leather goods, handcrafted woodwork, ceramics, embroidery, lanterns and lots more.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Quy Nhon - Leave Hoi An behind today and head south down Highway One on the way to Phu. On this lesser-travelled route, you’ll drive past paddy fields, see the wheat drying for the local Hoi Beer and pass locals playing chess. When you arrive, climb back on you bike and cycle to the coastal city of Quy Nhon. The city is filled with long stretches of beach and relaxed boulevards, and it’s a perfect spot to get to know the locals as it’s seldom visited by tourists. Tonight, you’ll have free time to get an authentic slice of coastal life.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Nha Trang - Today’s cycle is one of the most breathtaking stretches of road you’ll ride on this trip – the highway hugs huge granite cliffs and looks out across the sea. Following parts of the Reunification Railway, you’ll ride alongside spectacular horizons full of islands and lagoons. Join the scooter riders on the waterfront promenade as you arrive in the coastal town of Nha Trang, once referred to as the 'Cannes of the Orient'. The palm-lined beach and island-dotted bay here might just be the best photo op you’ll get! This spot is known for its good weather, vibrant nightlife and excellent diving opportunities.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Nha Trang - Today you’ll swap your bike for a boat and head out to explore the nearby islands. This excursion is often the highlight of the trip, as you’ll get to know some of the locals and indulge in the beauty of Nah Trang. Starting on the main boat, you’ll then take a small basket boat to shore and visit a fishing village, snorkel in the turquoise waters and feast on a fresh seafood buffet for lunch. Make the most of your free afternoon by lazing in a deck chair, going for another swim or maybe taking a mud bath to soothe away your sore muscles.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Dalat - Head up through the Bidoup-Nui Ba Pass into the cooler climate of the South-Central Highlands, where some of the country's best fruits, flowers and coffee beans are grown. The road here is winding and steep but if you're fit and ready for a challenge, you may want to conquer the whole mountain on your bike. You can also take it easy and flag a lift from the bus. Whichever way you choose to get to the top, you'll still be treated to magnificent views when you reach the summit. After a short photo stop here, you’ll descend to Dalat – a perfect base to explore the region, Dalat is often called the 'City of Eternal Spring' for its temperate climate and landscape full of lakes, palaces, pine tree-covered hills, flower gardens and pagodas.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Phan Thiet - This morning you’ll take a city tour of Dalat, making the journey to Bao Dai's striking regal summer palace. He was the final emperor of the Nguyen dynasty, and the last to rule Vietnam until 1945. You’ll then discover the wacky and weird architecture of Hang Nga Crazy House. Echoing Gaudi's unconventional designs, this place is described as a 'fairytale house' and you’ll explore the twisted tree roots, cave shaped hallways and animal themed rooms with your group. Drop by the train station and the central market before continuing to Di Linh, where the tea industry looms in the surrounding hills. After lunch, pedal down the forest-lined Gia Bac Pass, then cycle from Malam to Phan Thiets beaches.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Ho Chi Minh City - Before heading to the big city, you’ll spend your last morning taking in the views along the beach on a ride to Lang Long. After a picnic lunch, keep cycling to Cu Bi where you’ll say goodbye to your two-wheeled friend. Hop in your group’s minivan for the final leg to Ho Chi Minh City and discover the fascinating blend of old and new here as East meets West. Maybe spend the night with your fellow travellers, exploring the food stalls at Ben Thanh market or with a few glasses of street-side Beer Hoi.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Ho Chi Minh City - Today is a free day to explore Ho Chi Minh City until the evening group meeting at 6pm, where you'll meet your leader and new fellow travellers to discuss the next stage of your journey.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Mekong Delta - This morning you’ll hop on the bus and drive to the Mekong Delta – known as the ‘rice bowl of Vietnam.’ The fertile delta is famous for its harvest of tropical fruit, flowers and rice, as well as the waterside views over the canals. When you arrive, you’ll get on your bike for the first full day of cycling. Ride along quiet backroads, past farms and villages and make a stop for lunch. You’ll also get to visit orchards and some local cottage industries. Around sunset, make your way up one of the canals by boat to reach your homestay. Tonight, you’ll stay with a local family in their home and sit down for a homecooked dinner of local specialties.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Chau Doc - Start the day early with a boat ride, then take a bus to riverside Sadec, where you’ll start today’s ride. Shake out your sea legs with a cycle through the bustling settlements along the river. Here, you’ll see more of how local life is dependent on the river, stopping for lunch in a local community. Cycle on to the ferry and then take a bus to Chau Doc, which sits right next to the Cambodian border. When you arrive, head out in search of the city’s famous hot noodles and a cold beer. The rest of the night is free to explore at your own pace or get some rest in tonight’s hotel.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Phnom Penh - Cycle to your last destination within Vietnam – the border town of Tinh Bien. On arrival you’ll stop for lunch, then go through visa formalities and cross into Cambodia. Meet your new support team and hop on your bike again on your way to Phnom Penh. You’ll be cycling along dusty and bumpy rural roads for a while, then along a paved highway which leads towards Cambodia’s capital. Avoid the busy roads and jump back into the support vehicle for the drive into the city. When you arrive, you’ll have a free evening to seek out the best Cambodian cuisine to help fuel up after a good day out on the bike. Phnom Penh is quickly becoming a hot destination among foodies, so you can easily load up on grilled seafood, fish curry and green mango salad.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Phnom Penh - Today, you’ll head to the gold-hued Mongkol Serei Kien Khleang Pagoda on the shores of the mighty Mekong River then take a short ferry to spend the full day on a leisurely ride around Mekong Island (Koh Dach). This 10-hectare island is also known as one of the prominent centres of traditional handicrafts in Cambodia, and you’ll visit some local artisans selling quality silks, pottery and woodcarvings. Cycle past temples and pagodas, then stop at a roadside food stall for a refreshing drink. This afternoon’s ride will take you through the small villages, rice paddies, vegetable farms and fruit orchards of the island, then on to Okhna Tey island (Koh Okhna) before you head back to the mainland for a free evening.

     

    Day - 20

    Location: Phnom Penh - Today you’ll confront Cambodia’s tragic past with visits to several historical sites. Visit the Tuol Sleng Genocide Museum – a former school which served as a Khmer Rouge torture centre. You’ll take a guided tour of the museum where over 20,000 people were once incarcerated and tortured. Next, visit the Choeung Ek Memorial, where a stupa made up of some 8000 human skulls marks the site of the infamous Killing Fields where the prisoners of Tuol Sleng were executed. Finally, learn about a brighter period in Cambodian history with a visit to the Royal Palace and Silver Pagoda.

     

    Day - 21

    Location: Siem Reap - Settle in for a long day of driving as we travel to Siem Reap. The bus ride will take about seven hours but will be full of stunning rural views of tiny towns, and it also gives you the chance to catch up on some shut-eye.

     

    Day - 22

    Location: Siem Reap - Today is all about the Angkor Complex – a UNESCO World Heritage site and one of the most important archaeological sites in South-East Asia. Sitting in the jungle and hidden from the world for generations, Angkor is an ancient temple complex and with over 1000 temples there is no better way to explore the sprawling site than by bicycle. From Siem Reap, avoid the traffic and ride out off the main roads and (weather permitting) take small unsealed roads and paths to a remote small but beautiful temple practically unvisited by tourists. Enjoy the quiet then continue on small paths through the foliage to the main sites. When you arrive, you’ll park the bikes and explore the iconic Hindu temple of Angkor Wat on foot. Then, it’s back on the bike to discover the original Buddhist temple in Angkor – the amazing Bayon Temple. Cycle to Ta Phrom temple and indulge your inner Indiana Jones as you stroll through an amazing scene, where nature has taken over the ancient ruins.

     

    Day - 23

    Location: Siem Reap - Today you’ll cover a lot of distance on your visit to Banteay Srei – the 10th century temple dedicated to the Hindu god Shiva. The temple was rediscovered in 1914 and has some of the most intricate carvings in the world. It was restored shortly after discovery, using traditional techniques and materials. You’ll then have a free afternoon and evening in Siem Reap, to explore or relax at the hotel.

     

    Day - 24

    Location: Sa Kaew - Say goodbye to Siem Reap early this morning and head for the border of Cambodia and Thailand. Your crossing at Poipet/Aranyaprathet should take around 4 hours, including travel and border formalities. From the border, you'll transfer to the Tha Kabark Dam. Here, you can go for a quick swim before lunch, then it’s on to the next cycling leg to Sa Kaeo, where you'll stay for the night.

     

    Day - 25

    Location: Kabinburi - Wake up at sunrise this morning and make your way to the local market. Here, you’ll see Buddhist monks from the nearby temples who come to receive food from the villagers in exchange for blessings. Perhaps offer the monks some alms and be a part of the tradition. Spend the rest of the day cycling along mostly flat terrain towards the small district of Kabinburi. Along the way, you’ll pass rubber tree and tapioca plantations as well as lush rice fields.

     

    Day - 26

    Location: Bangkok - Today, you’ll drive to a small rural village, where you hop back on the bike for your last full day of cycling. Make your way to Khun Dan Dam – Thailand’s largest dam. You’ll ride past small villages, paddy fields, farms and shops. Stop for lunch along the way, then enjoy a quick swim in the dam. After you’re feeling refreshed, you’ll pack up the bikes with your group and hop in a private transfer to Bangkok, your final destination. When you arrive, maybe head out with your local leader and your group for an optional dinner and cheers to a trip well-travelled!

     

    Day - 27

    Location: Bangkok - There are no activities planned for today and you’re able to depart the accommodation at any time. If you'd like to stay longer, just speak to your booking agent. Perhaps take a riverboat to Chinatown and explore the crowded streets, wander down the tourist mecca of Khao San Road or pay a visit to Wat Pho, home to the country's largest reclining Buddha. Explore the magnificent Grand Palace and the Temple of the Emerald Buddha, or travel by long tail boat down the Chao Phraya River to explore Bangkok’s famous khlongs (canals).

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Hanoi - Xin chao! Welcome to Hanoi. When you arrive at the airport, you’ll be met by a local representative and taken to your comfortable hotel, where your adventure starts with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. If you arrive early, there’s plenty to see and do in Vietnam's storied capital. You could book the Hanoi Street Food Experience with Urban Adventures to sample local street eats from markets and food carts, take a stroll around the serene Hoan Kiem Lake or explore the Old Quarter lined with shops, imperial temples and French architecture. This evening, head out to dinner with the group at Tam Vi, a Michelin-starred restaurant known for its authentic ‘mother’s cooking’ style dishes and take the time to get to know your leader and group.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Hoang Su Phi - Today you’ll travel by private vehicle to Hoang Su Phi – a mountain village known for its stunning terraced rice fields. Today is a bit of a long but definitely worthwhile travel day, so it's a good idea to get stuck into your book or favourite podcasts or watch the scenery pass you by. Stopping for lunch along the way, you’ll soon arrive in Hoang Su Phi, a mountainous region on Vietnam’s northern border and far from the usual tourist trail. When you arrive, set off on a village walk to Nam Ti – known for its stunning patchwork of sprawling vibrant green tea plantations. After walking through this amazing scenery check into your first feature stay eco-lodge, voted one of Vietnam’s Leading Green Resorts for 2025. Perhaps enjoy a post hike relax in the hot springs before dinner, then attend a cultural Flame Dance Ceremony and a traditional blessing ceremony to prepare for your upcoming trekking adventures.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Hoang Su Phi - This morning, set off on an incredibly scenic hike through Hoang Su Phi’s rice terraces. This region – that remains largely untouched by mass tourism – is known for its verdant green hillsides and traditional stilt houses. Along the way, you’ll stop at the Raspberry Viewpoint where vivid red hues contrast with lush greenery to create a stunning natural mosaic. With panoramic views of the layered rice fields and surrounding highland landscape, this is the perfect spot to pause your hike and snap a few photos. This afternoon is free for you to spend how you like. Maybe head back to your comfortable eco-lodge to relax or unwind in a rejuvenating herbal bath.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Sapa - After breakfast transfer by private vehicle though the mountainous scenery to the bustling town of Sapa (1600m), nestled in the shadow of the highest peak in the region, Mount Fansipan (3143m). After checking in, set out on a guided walk through the town, renowned for its colourful hill-tribe cultures. Visit the iconic Sapa Stone Church, a testament to the French influence in Vietnam’s architecture in the 1920s, then, explore the town’s local market filled with fresh produce and handmade crafts. Later, enjoy a traditional Sapa-style barbeque and learn about the area's culinary culture. This specialty is grilled over open flames and served street-style with local meats and vegetables.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Sapa - This morning you’ll drive from Sapa to Nam Cang – a remote community primarily home to the colourful Red Dao people, with a small population of Black Hmong residents. From here, set off on a circular hike through terraced rice fields, dense bamboo forests and misty hills. As you hike past traditional hill tribe villages, your guide will introduce you to the region’s history and the rich culture of northern Vietnam's local communities. On arrival back into Sapa you have some free time to explore before retiring to your comfortable hotel bed for the evening.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Mu Cang Chai - After breakfast you’ll drive south through the misty grey mountain peaks, passing O Quy Ho, one of the 'Four Greatest Passes of Vietnam' to Mu Cang Chai, a stunning region at 1500m above sea level, which the temperature is ideal for hiking with breathtaking landscapes views. This afternoon, take a break from hiking and settle into your second Feature Stay at the Garrya Mu Cang Chai Eco Lodge. Surrounded by mountains, and terraced rice fields this is a haven of relaxation. Enjoy some ‘you time’ with a spa treatment or massage to soothe your trekking muscles.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Mu Cang Chai - Start your morning with a short drive then discover the traditional culture and one of the most stunning landscapes of Vietnam on a trek below the majestic 'Dinosaur Spine of De Xu Phinh'. Set out on the hike along footpaths lined with Hmong houses and rice terraces, as the village's daily life unfolds around you. These paths look out over Vietnam’s well-known landscape of patchwork green and brown rice fields, surrounded by mountains and towering trees. Stop to enjoy the views with a light picnic lunch of traditional foods and take the time to meet the local Hmong community to enjoy the warm hospitality the region is known for. After the hike take the short drive back to your Feature Stay eco-lodge and relax in its comfortable surroundings.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Hanoi - Today, travel by private vehicle down the scenic route back to Hanoi, as you drop from the mountainous north to the coastal plains of the Red River. Stopping for lunch on the way, you’ll arrive back in to the bustling city in the afternoon. The rest of today is free for you to spend how you like. Tonight, head out for a traditional Vietnamese dinner with your group at the Ha Thanh Maison Restaurant. Located within a beautifully restored historic mansion, tonight’s restaurant offers a charming dining experience with meticulously crafted dishes that celebrate local flavours – the best way to celebrate the end of your trip.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Hanoi - Your adventure comes to an end after breakfast. If you wish to spend more time in Hanoi, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Hanoi - Xin chao! Welcome to Vietnam. Your adventure begins in capital city Hanoi, with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. If you arrive early, you might like to stretch your legs with a walk around the shaded boulevards or a squat on a street-corner stool and tuck into a bia hoi (freshly brewed draught beer) in the Old Quarter – in these ancient ’36 Streets’, you can discover an amazing selection of shops that sell everything from souvenirs to silk clothing, jewellery, embroidered tablecloths, wood carvings and lacquerware. If you are bringing your own bicycle with you, you’ll need to assemble it today to check for any damage. After your meeting, maybe head out with your local leader and group for a welcome dinner and try some of Vietnam’s famed cuisine.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Hanoi city ride - This morning, you’ll get the chance to explore the Vietnamese capital by bike on a guided ride through the city. Hanoi is the perfect city to explore on two wheels, so this is the perfect place to get to grips with Vietnamese street life and traffic. You’ll ride through parks, around lakes and down tree-lined boulevards to iconic sights. Explore the vibrant colours of the Old Quarter then make the most of your free afternoon. You could walk around Hoan Kiem Lake or dive into local culture at the Vietnam Fine Art Museum. Top off the day with a steaming bowl of fresh Pho from a hole-the-wall eatery – the street food in Hanoi is not to be missed!

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Mai Chau Cycling - Leave Hanoi behind and travel by bus to Hoa Binh. When you arrive, you’ll jump on your bike and cycle to Cao Phong, through small ethnic Thai villages and paddy fields. Limestone peaks climb in the background and banks of green line the road, so you’ll take regular stops to admire the view across the valleys. When you arrive in Cao Phone, take a short bus ride, stopping for lunch at Man Duc. After you fuel up, the bus will take you to the Da River Reservoir. Cycle along the Da River, past the karst cliffs, beside green paddy fields and into the panorama of the Mai Chau valley. The town of Mai Chau is surrounded by green mountains and is famed for its breathtaking scenery and friendly hilltribe peoples. Tonight, you’ll enjoy local hospitality in a simple stilt-house homestay in the village of Poom Coong. Your amicable hosts will cook up a traditional meal, and there may even be a chance to sample some of the local rice wine that’s produced in the region.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Pu Luong National Park Cycling - This morning, say farewell to your homestay hosts and cycle from Mai Chau to Mai Hai, then on to Pu Luong National Park. Ride through more paddy fields and test your skills (or suspension) with the shallow potholes on the road. Pass pineapple farms and the farmers riding atop their load drawn by water buffalo. Cycle through small towns, green fields, limestone mountains, tranquil waterways and many historic sites. See everyday rural life in action and take in the beautiful countryside as you wave to the locals.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Cuc Phuong National Park/Tam Coc Cycling - Over two rides today, you’ll cycle from Pu Luong to Cuc Phuong National Park – Vietnam’s first and largest national park, opened by Ho Chi Minh himself. This is one of the most important conservation sites in the country and home to a diverse range of flora and fauna. You’ll cycle through some of Vietnam’s most spectacular views, riding in between limestone peaks that emerge from the rice paddies. If the weather permits, there will be an option to visit the famed Hang Mua caves/viewpoint. After a while of riding, you’ll then board the support vehicle to miss the busy traffic, before it's back on the bikes for another leg. After lunch with a view, reboard the support vehicle and cruise all the way to Tam Coc.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Halong Bay & Ninh Binh Cycling - Enjoy one final early morning ride through the beautiful green scenery of the Ninh Binh Province, along the banks of the duck-filled Hoang Long River to the Bai Dinh Buddhist Temple. Here, you’ll bid farewell to the cycling support team and transfer by minivan to the UNESCO World Heritage site of Ha Long Bay. Climb aboard a traditional junk-style boat and venture out into the emerald waters of the bay. The boat will glide through the often misty waters, past limestone peaks that jut dramatically out of the water. The area was created over thousands of years by waves and wind, and you’ll explore the best of it, both by boat and on your own two feet. Visit the caverns of Surprise Cave and get the blood pumping up and down the many staircases, then sail past the enigmatic Ga Choi Islet to your kayaking excursion straight into Ngoc Trai zone. In the warmer months, you’ll make a stop at either Ti Top Island or Soi Sim Island before spending the night aboard the boat beneath the starry night sky.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Halong Bay & Hanoi - After a night beneath the stars on the still waters of Ha Long Bay, you’ll cruise back to the mainland, taking in all the amazing scenery one last time. Then, head back to Hanoi, arriving in the early evening. When you arrive back in the bustling capital, maybe head down to the markets for some last-minute souvenir shopping or visit to one of the city's many fascinating museums, like the Fine Art Museum, Women's Museum or Museum of Ethnology. Toast the end of this active adventure with an optional farewell group dinner.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Hanoi - There are no activities planned after breakfast today and your adventure comes to an end. You're free to leave at any time after check out. If you'd like to extend your stay in Hanoi, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time to organise additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Hanoi - Xin chao! Welcome to Vietnam. Your adventure kicks off in Hanoi – Vietnam’s capital – with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. If you arrive early, wander these gorgeous streets and see the sights. Tonight, maybe grab your new group and see who’s up for some food and a fresh bia hoi at a roadside stall or watch the motorbikes zoom by. Hanoi is also a great place for local beer and cocktail bars, so maybe hit the nightlife and discover what this city has to offer after sundown.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Hanoi - Today is a free day in Hanoi to explore however you’d like. Maybe check out your reflection in beautiful Hoan Kiem Lake, wander along shaded boulevards or relax in a public park with some delicious street food (spring rolls inside rice paper rolls, anyone?). Museum-wise, you could visit the Mausoleum of Ho Chi Minh, drop into the serene Temple of Literature or get arty at the city's Fine Arts Museum. Maybe head to KOTO for a delicious lunch – this organisation is dedicated to developing the hospitality careers of disadvantaged youth. Later, maybe explore the centuries-old architecture as the sun goes down.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Cat Ba - Travel by bus and ferry to Cat Ba Island – the largest island in Lan Ha Bay, connected to the UNESCO-listed Ha Long Bay. With thousands of little limestone islands scattered around, this area is one of those quintessential Vietnamese scenes in which bright green water is dotted with traditional junk boats and limestone karsts. Take a cruise around Lan Ha Bay and enjoy a seafood lunch prepared by your onboard chef. What could be better? This afternoon, hop off the boat to get up close and personal with this other-worldly landscape by kayak. Paddle through serene waters and then watch the sunset over this awe-inspiring landscape.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Ninh Binh - This morning, take a ferry back to the mainland and head to Ninh Binh province – once the site of Vietnam’s capital in the 10th and 11th centuries, which is now a protected UNESCO World Heritage Site. Join a local guide on a cycling tour to visit the ancient citadel. This once covered 300 hectares of land, however the passage of time has left few remains of the once glorious capital. You’ll visit the 17th-century temples built in honour of King Dinh and King Le among other temples, pagodas, monuments and lush grounds surrounded by mountains.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Ninh Binh - Overnight Train - The day is yours to explore the many other wonders of Ninh Binh. You might like to lace up your hiking boots and trek to Mua Cave. While the cave sits at the base of a mountain, be sure to make the trek up the 500 steps to the mountain peak for amazing views of Hoa Lu and Ngo Dong River. Or maybe get out on the water and take a boat tour past limestone karst peaks, caves, temples and maybe even the locations of scenes from a King Kong movie. Tonight, board an overnight train to Hue.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Hue - Arrive by train in Hue, the former imperial capital of Vietnam. You have today free to do as you please. You can easily spend a couple of hours exploring Hue’s massive walled citadel and the Forbidden Purple Palace that's enclosed within. Maybe jump on board a dragon boat and enjoy a cruise up the Perfume River to visit the Thien Mu Pagoda. You could also check out Dong Ba Market, which offers locally made goods, fresh produce and some tasty street food. This is a good place to try the dish that Emperor Nguyen used to feast on – the banh Khoai royal rice. If you like being on two wheels, maybe cycle out to one of the royal tombs like the tomb of Emperor Tu Duc (one of the most excellent remaining examples of its kind). Tonight, head into the home of a local family and enjoy a freshly prepared dinner. You’ll be chatting and laughing over your chopsticks in no time!

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Hoi An - Continue along the coast to Hoi An by private bus. When you arrive, your leader will take you on a walking tour of this unique town which has been influenced over the years by Europe, China, Vietnam and Japan. The town was a major trading port from the 17th century onwards, and its old-school flavour is written all over its architecture. For a small town, it's pretty lively. The tour will take you down the streets that are being restored and look a lot like they did 100 years ago, then you’ll discover some of the more chilled out spots. Check out a historic house (formerly home to a prominent trader), the Japanese Covered Bridge, a Chinese assembly hall and a museum. Later, maybe play bingo with your leader in a town square – a popular local past time.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Hoi An - Start the day by cycling through the beautiful surroundings of Hoi An to Tra Que Vegetable Village, visiting the organic vegetable and herb garden of a local chef. This village was established over 500 years ago and has become a thriving agricultural hub known for its vegetables. See, smell and taste what makes Vietnamese food so delicious during a tour of the gardens. Then, enjoy a freshly prepared lunch using some of the ingredients you picked during your tour. Much of the food waste here is composted, recycled or reused. The rest of the afternoon is free for your own explorations. Maybe wander to the Central Market and browse the paintings, woodwork, ceramics and lanterns. Hoi An is also famous for its talented tailors, so if you’ve been wearing the same shirt every day (who hasn’t), why not hit one of the same-day tailors and get yourself something new? Tonight, maybe wander the streets, lit up by lanterns for some great photo ops.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Quy Nhon - This morning, say goodbye to Hoi An and drive to Quy Nhon – a coastal city in the Bình Dinh province. When you arrive, you have a free afternoon and evening to explore at your own pace. There’s plenty of optional activities you can take on today to explore the beautiful location – maybe visit Banh It Tower, taking in stunning scenery from the top of the hill or visit the Cahn Tien Tower (Bronze Tower). Take a food tour, trying some local specialities like banh xeo tom nhay (a crunchy pancake with fresh prawn), nem nuong (grilled pork rolls) or bun ca (fish noodles). Maybe take a trip to Eo Gio for a hike and some gorgeous coastal views. There’s also lots of great local restaurants you can hang out at – just ask your leader!

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Quy Nhon - Overnight Train - Today is a free day in Quy Nhon to take on any optional activities you didn’t get a chance to do yesterday. You might like to head to the Con Chim Ecological Zone, where you can go fishing or stand up paddleboarding. You could also head to Ky Co Beach or take a day trip to Hon Kho Island for a swim in the blue-green waters. Tonight, you’ll take an overnight train, so maybe grab some snacks this afternoon for the journey. As you make your way to Ho Chi Minh City, maybe play a few (or many) rounds of cards or get stuck into a good book. As the light changes outside, you can watch the everchanging scenery pass you by, showing you a glimpse into what rural life is like in Vietnam.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Ho Chi Minh City - Arrive in Ho Chi Minh City early this morning and transfer to your hotel. Formerly known as Saigon, Ho Chi Minh City is a whirl of sights and sounds. You can still see the French influence in the top-notch baguettes and coffee. Compared to the north, the food here is spicier, sweeter and more varied. Maybe take advantage of the early morning by checking out the markets and tucking into a bowl of pho with the local traders. With your group, you’ll visit a local market, where you can browse the street foods and maybe try some. Then try the iconic Saigon cafe sua da (iced coffee with condensed milk) amid the market’s everyday bustle as your leader shares stories about life in Ho Chi Minh City. Tonight, why not get your group together for a meal and some drinks on Pham Ngu Lao Street?

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Ho Chi Minh City - With no planned activities today, your trip comes to an end. There’s lots to see and do in Vietnam – The Cu Chi Tunnels are an interesting day trip, plus the city is a great springboard to head down to the Mekong Delta or to Phu Quoc Island. Ask your group leader for more recommendations or, better yet, book an Urban Adventures tour! Find out more at urbanadventures.com. If you’d like to spend more time here and need further accommodation, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Hanoi - Xin chao! Welcome to Vietnam. Your adventure kicks off in Hanoi – Vietnam’s capital – with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. If you arrive early, wander these gorgeous streets and see the sights. Tonight, maybe grab your new group and see who’s up for some food and a fresh bia hoi at a roadside stall or watch the motorbikes zoom by. Hanoi is also a great place for local beer and cocktail bars, so maybe hit the nightlife and discover what this city has to offer after sundown.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Hanoi - Today is a free day in Hanoi to explore however you’d like. Maybe check out your reflection in beautiful Hoan Kiem Lake, wander along shaded boulevards or relax in a public park with some delicious street food (spring rolls inside rice paper rolls, anyone?). Museum-wise, you could visit the Mausoleum of Ho Chi Minh, drop into the serene Temple of Literature or get arty at the city's Fine Arts Museum. Maybe head to KOTO for a delicious lunch – this organisation is dedicated to developing the hospitality careers of disadvantaged youth. Later, maybe explore the centuries-old architecture as the sun goes down.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Cat Ba - Travel by bus and ferry to Cat Ba Island – the largest island in Lan Ha Bay, connected to the UNESCO-listed Ha Long Bay. With thousands of little limestone islands scattered around, this area is one of those quintessential Vietnamese scenes in which bright green water is dotted with traditional junk boats and limestone karsts. Take a cruise around Lan Ha Bay and enjoy a seafood lunch prepared by your onboard chef. What could be better? This afternoon, hop off the boat to get up close and personal with this other-worldly landscape by kayak. Paddle through serene waters and then watch the sunset over this awe-inspiring landscape.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Ninh Binh - This morning, take a ferry back to the mainland and head to Ninh Binh province – once the site of Vietnam’s capital in the 10th and 11th centuries, which is now a protected UNESCO World Heritage Site. Join a local guide on a cycling tour to visit the ancient citadel. This once covered 300 hectares of land, however the passage of time has left few remains of the once glorious capital. You’ll visit the 17th-century temples built in honour of King Dinh and King Le among other temples, pagodas, monuments and lush grounds surrounded by mountains.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Ninh Binh - Overnight Train - The day is yours to explore the many other wonders of Ninh Binh. You might like to lace up your hiking boots and trek to Mua Cave. While the cave sits at the base of a mountain, be sure to make the trek up the 500 steps to the mountain peak for amazing views of Hoa Lu and Ngo Dong River. Or maybe get out on the water and take a boat tour past limestone karst peaks, caves, temples and maybe even the locations of scenes from a King Kong movie. Tonight, board an overnight train to Hue.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Hue - Arrive by train in Hue, the former imperial capital of Vietnam. You have today free to do as you please. You can easily spend a couple of hours exploring Hue’s massive walled citadel and the Forbidden Purple Palace that's enclosed within. Maybe jump on board a dragon boat and enjoy a cruise up the Perfume River to visit the Thien Mu Pagoda. You could also check out Dong Ba Market, which offers locally made goods, fresh produce and some tasty street food. This is a good place to try the dish that Emperor Nguyen used to feast on – the banh Khoai royal rice. If you like being on two wheels, maybe cycle out to one of the royal tombs like the tomb of Emperor Tu Duc (one of the most excellent remaining examples of its kind). Tonight, head into the home of a local family and enjoy a freshly prepared dinner. You’ll be chatting and laughing over your chopsticks in no time!

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Hoi An - Continue along the coast to Hoi An by private bus. When you arrive, your leader will take you on a walking tour of this unique town which has been influenced over the years by Europe, China, Vietnam and Japan. The town was a major trading port from the 17th century onwards, and its old-school flavour is written all over its architecture. For a small town, it's pretty lively. The tour will take you down the streets that are being restored and look a lot like they did 100 years ago, then you’ll discover some of the more chilled out spots. Check out a historic house (formerly home to a prominent trader), the Japanese Covered Bridge, a Chinese assembly hall and a museum. Later, maybe play bingo with your leader in a town square – a popular local past time.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Hoi An - Start the day by cycling through the beautiful surroundings of Hoi An to Tra Que Vegetable Village, visiting the organic vegetable and herb garden of a local chef. This village was established over 500 years ago and has become a thriving agricultural hub known for its vegetables. See, smell and taste what makes Vietnamese food so delicious during a tour of the gardens. Then, enjoy a freshly prepared lunch using some of the ingredients you picked during your tour. Much of the food waste here is composted, recycled or reused. The rest of the afternoon is free for your own explorations. Maybe wander to the Central Market and browse the paintings, woodwork, ceramics and lanterns. Hoi An is also famous for its talented tailors, so if you’ve been wearing the same shirt every day (who hasn’t), why not hit one of the same-day tailors and get yourself something new? Tonight, maybe wander the streets, lit up by lanterns for some great photo ops.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Quy Nhon - This morning, say goodbye to Hoi An and drive to Quy Nhon – a coastal city in the Bình Dinh province. When you arrive, you have a free afternoon and evening to explore at your own pace. There’s plenty of optional activities you can take on today to explore the beautiful location – maybe visit Banh It Tower, taking in stunning scenery from the top of the hill or visit the Cahn Tien Tower (Bronze Tower). Take a food tour, trying some local specialities like banh xeo tom nhay (a crunchy pancake with fresh prawn), nem nuong (grilled pork rolls) or bun ca (fish noodles). Maybe take a trip to Eo Gio for a hike and some gorgeous coastal views. There’s also lots of great local restaurants you can hang out at – just ask your leader!

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Quy Nhon - Overnight Train - Today is a free day in Quy Nhon to take on any optional activities you didn’t get a chance to do yesterday. You might like to head to the Con Chim Ecological Zone, where you can go fishing or stand up paddleboarding. You could also head to Ky Co Beach or take a day trip to Hon Kho Island for a swim in the blue-green waters. Tonight, you’ll take an overnight train, so maybe grab some snacks this afternoon for the journey. As you make your way to Ho Chi Minh City, maybe play a few (or many) rounds of cards or get stuck into a good book. As the light changes outside, you can watch the everchanging scenery pass you by, showing you a glimpse into what rural life is like in Vietnam.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Ho Chi Minh City - Arrive in Ho Chi Minh City early this morning and transfer to your hotel. Formerly known as Saigon, Ho Chi Minh City is a whirl of sights and sounds. You can still see the French influence in the top-notch baguettes and coffee. Compared to the north, the food here is spicier, sweeter and more varied. Maybe take advantage of the early morning by checking out the markets and tucking into a bowl of pho with the local traders. With your group, you’ll visit a local market, where you can browse the street foods and maybe try some. Then try the iconic Saigon cafe sua da (iced coffee with condensed milk) amid the market’s everyday bustle as your leader shares stories about life in Ho Chi Minh City. Tonight, why not get your group together for a meal and some drinks on Pham Ngu Lao Street?

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Ho Chi Minh City - Your day is free to explore Ho Chi Minh at your own pace. If you want to get out of the city, the Cu Chi Tunnels are an interesting day trip you can book. Alternatively, maybe head down to the Mekong Delta! You’ll have a second meeting at 6 pm this evening to meet the new members of your group. Why not head out tonight and enjoy a group dinner or explore the nightlife with some great recommendations from your leader.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Phnom Penh - Today, travel to Phnom Penh on a public bus – this is a long journey that includes two border crossings and a stop where you can grab some lunch. Have your favourite books or road trip games ready – this is a great opportunity to get to know your fellow travellers better. Your guide will assist with the formalities at both sides of the border. When you arrive, why not treat yourself to a traditional Khmer massage to ease the tension. Look no further than Seeing Hands – a great organisation supporting visually impaired masseurs.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Phnom Penh - Today, you’ll have an authentic local breakfast near one of the markets. Then, the group will head to Tuol Sleng Genocide Museum (S21) and the Killing Fields of Choeung Ek – both sobering but important and informative experiences in Cambodia. After, you may like to explore some of the sights in your own time, like the Royal Palace and Silver Pagoda, which both offer brighter aspects of Cambodia's past. You might also head for the National Museum or Wat Phnom – a Buddhist temple built in 1372. The main centre of the city sits on the Western bank of the Tonle Sap and Mekong rivers. In the evening, you’ll head out with your group for a sunset river cruise and enjoy an included drink as you sail along the water and see the city from a different perspective. Then, you might like to hit up a rooftop bar with some amazing views of the city – there are lots of options to choose from, so just ask your leader. 

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Koh Rong - Today, leave Phnom Penh on a private bus to Sihanoukville. Then, you’ll take a speed boat to the paradise of Koh Rong. You’ll have a couple of days on the island to really bliss out and adjust to island time – this afternoon is for swimming, relaxing on the warm sandy shores of the beach and walking along the coast in the balmy evening in search of somewhere for dinner (your leader will have some great recommendations).

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Koh Rong - Today is another free day to chill at the beach. Soak in the sun, order a few cocktails or cold beers to cool down and go swimming in the serene waters of Koh Rong. If you’re looking for something active, maybe ask your leader for your hiking options, as there’s plenty of gorgeous jungle and hidden waterfalls waiting to be discovered inland. Tonight, why not party it up at Nest Beach Club – a lively spot known for its nightlife.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Sambor Prei Kuk - This morning, you’ll leave the island behind and head to your homestay in Isanborei – a rural community that maintains a traditional lifestyle. This community lies within Sambor Preikuk, a UNESCO World Heritage site with more than 100 ancient temples. This is also home to a Cambodian community-based tourism project involving seven Khmer villages that collaborate to conserve the historic area and provide residents with job opportunities. When you arrive, take a tour of the village with your local guide, who will introduce you to the local people, your homestay and your hosts. Tonight, catch the sun setting over the rice fields before unwinding as you enjoy a traditional homemade Khmer dinner with your host family.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Siem Reap - Enjoy breakfast prepared by your local host this morning. If you didn’t get a chance yesterday, you can visit the nearby Sambor Preikuk Temple – some of the oldest ruins in the country (dating back to the 6th century). Maybe opt to cycle over the rural roads through the village, passing locals working in the rice fields, or perhaps try a sample of Sombai Cambodian Liqueur. After a day of exploring, say goodbye to your homestay hosts and travel on towards Siem Reap – home to the bucket list site, Angkor Wat. When you arrive, maybe spend some time looking around the central markets and pick up some delicious local food for dinner tonight. 

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Siem Reap - Angkor Wat Sunrise - Early this morning, you’ll visit the mighty Angkor complex at sunrise – this is the largest religious structure in the world, and it’s pretty special to see the dawn rise over the temples. Get the camera ready because these 400 acres are full of picturesque settings. You’ll take a guided tour of the complex on a tuk-tuk with a local social enterprise that focuses on providing employment opportunities for women in the community – and see the larger-than-life Angkor Wat, the grand Bayon and the jungle-covered Ta Prohm. Some buildings are over a thousand years old from the Khmer Empire – these beauties were known to represent the cosmic world and were set in perfect balance, symmetry and composition. If you like, try to catch the majesty of the temples at sunset, too – you can even head back to your accommodation after your guided tour for a nap and then re-enter the site in the late afternoon.

     

    Day - 20

    Location: Bangkok - Goodbye Cambodia, hello Thailand. Drive from Siem Reap to Bangkok in a private minivan today. After a long travel day, arrive in Bangkok. The khlongs (canals) are a great way to escape from all the chaos – maybe take a boat to the popular Chinatown for a delicious street food dinner. A traditional Thai massage may also be a good option to relax into the evening. There’s some great nightlife and rooftop bars to explore here, so be sure to stake out a place with your travel buddies and watch day turn to night, celebrating your final evening. 

     

    Day - 21

    Location: Bangkok - There are no activities planned for today and your trip comes to an end. Bangkok is full of things to do, including the Grand Palace, Temple of the Emerald Buddha, or the Jim Thompson Museum. If you’d like to stay in Thailand for longer, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Hanoi - Xin chao! Welcome to Vietnam. Your adventure begins in the country’s capital – Hanoi. If you arrive early, maybe grab a delicious Vietnamese coffee (typically served with condensed milk or, for the more adventurous, egg)! Meet your group and leader for a welcome meeting at 5 pm, then head out for your first introduction to Vietnam’s lively culinary scene. Your leader will take you on a street food tour around the streets, as the sun goes down and the city comes alive at night. Maybe try bun cha (a grilled pork and noodle dish loved in Hanoi) or lau (Vietnamese hot pot). Thinking of arriving a few days early to explore the majestic Northern Vietnam? Then check out our Ninh Binh Mini Adventure (TVAN) -for an off-the-beaten path discovery of Pu Long and Ninh Binh. Or you can try our Hiking In Sapa (TVAG) - for a big doze of dramatic mountain landscapes, crisp fresh air and colorful hilltribes.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Halong Bay - This morning, hit the road for the spectacular UNESCO World Heritage site of Ha Long Bay. The harbour, with approximately 2000 limestone islands rising from the turquoise waters of Bac Bo Gulf, spans an area of about 1500 square km and is dotted with beaches and grottos. When you arrive, you’ll set sail on the emerald-green waters, gliding between limestone karsts to take in the incredible scenery from the best outlook of them all – the water! Then, you’ll explore Surprise Cave, one of the most striking caves in the bay. In the afternoon, you’ll return to your boat and enjoy a delicious feast prepared by an onboard chef. Tonight’s stay is something special as you’ll be sleeping on the traditional boat, letting the water lull you to sleep and really taking in the beauty of the surrounding bay.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Overnight train - If you’re an early riser, you might like to wake up for sunrise this morning, watching the bay come alive. Perhaps organise an optional kayak experience to see the limestone karsts from a new perspective. Tonight, you’ll head back to Hanoi and board an overnight train bound for Hue. Perhaps grab some snacks today for the train, then settle in and play some cards with your group or watch the scenery pass you by from the window.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Hue - Arrive in Hue this morning – Vietnam’s former royal capital - and enjoy a local breakfast of bun bo hue (a spiced beef noodle soup). The food here is influenced by its imperial heritage (small dishes and a focus on aesthetic presentation) and Buddhism, reflected in the many vegetarian restaurants. After leaving your luggage at your hotel, embark on a tour of the city’s imperial monuments from the back of a motorbike. Stop past Thien Mu Pagoda – an active Buddhist monastery since 1601, where you'll see a car that belonged to Thich Quang Duc, the worldly famous self-immolating monk of the 1963 protests. After some time exploring, it's time to eat! You’ll enjoy a plant-based Buddhist meal specially prepared by a chef and descendant of the royal family, in the garden of their family home. After, visit the royal tomb of Emperor Tu Duc and enjoy some free time this evening. You may like to ask your leader for the best place to try imperial street specialties for dinner tonight like banh hue (rice flour cakes stuffed with shrimp, pork and spices).

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Hoi An - This morning you’ll go to a local coffee house where three generations of Hue locals are living together. Admire the traditional house and gardens before meeting your host, Mr Khoa. Learn about his passion for coffee with a demonstration of how to make Hue’s traditional salt coffee, from the bean roasting process to the secret ingredients. Maybe even have a go at making it yourself! After, visit the Imperial Citadel and Forbidden Purple City before heading south by bus through coastal rice paddies and the mountainous Hai Van Pass to Hoi An. This beautifully restored city retains the feel of centuries past and tonight, you’ll head to the Old Centre – a UNESCO World Heritage site full of colourful streets, heritage buildings and specialty shops. Try Cao Lau (a local noodle dish) with your group tonight, then head out among the lanterns for a nighttime orientation walk with your leader.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Hoi An - Today, you’ll really get to know Hoi An – first, your leader will take you on a walk around the Ancient Town. Then, you’ll discover Reaching Out Tea House – a non-government organisation that supports the local deaf and mute community by providing employment and vocational training. While here, you’ll sip delicious teas in total silence – a tranquil experience you won’t soon forget. After a little time to relax, you’ll get ready for a cooking class with a local chef this afternoon. You’ll be escorted to a local market to shop for fresh ingredients, then you’ll go through a culinary journey with hands-on demonstrations. Your local chef will even share the stories behind the yin and yang elements, unveiling the secret of home-cooked Vietnamese meals.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Overnight train Danang to Nha Trang - Enjoy a free day in Hoi An to explore at your own pace. Maybe relax at the hotel pool or go for a bike ride in the nearby rice fields. You can stroll around Hoi An’s Old Centre for some last minute shopping – you'll have your hotel room for the whole day, before driving to Danang along the coast. Maybe visit the beach for a while before boarding an overnight train bound for Nha Trang.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Nha Trang - Arrive in Nha Trang this morning at around 10 am, then have some breakfast. After checking into your hotel, maybe stroll around the city, visit the Po Nagar Cham Towers or head to the Tran Phu Bridge for scenic views of the city and coastline. This afternoon, you’ll meet back up with your group for a seafood dinner – a local speciality in Nha Trang.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Ho Chi Minh City - Leave Nha Trang this morning and drive on to Ho Chi Minh City, once known as Saigon. Stop for lunch along the way, then when you arrive, take a walking tour to get a feel for the city's fascinating blend of old and new, East and West. You’ll notice a strong French influence here, which means excellent coffee and baguettes! Stop past the General Post Office, then take a guided walk around one of Vietnam’s most pulsing markets – Ben Thanh. This is the perfect place to pick up any last-minute snacks, cooking utensils, ingredients or presents for friends and family. Try the world famous crispy pork belly Bahn mi, then visit the War Remnants Museum to learn about the city’s sobering past.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Mekong Delta - After breakfast this morning, kiss Ho Chi Minh City goodbye and make your way to the Mekong Delta. The delta is known as ‘Vietnam’s rice bowl’ for its abundance of rice paddies, fruit and flower orchards. When you arrive, you’ll hit the water and cruise up this mighty river, stopping at tropical fruit gardens and local cottage industries to sample honey, coconut candy and fruit, right at the source. Enjoy being paddled slowly along the quieter backwaters in a sampan – one of the most common forms of transport in these parts. Continue to your homestay for this evening. Meet your hosts and take some time to wander the garden, relax or lend a hand with dinner preparations. Enjoy a southern Vietnamese feast on the wide veranda overlooking the garden as the sun goes down.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Ho Chi Minh City - Enjoy the freshest fruit of the Mekong Delta for breakfast, then head to Cai Be for a hands-on cooking class with a local chef. Enjoy the tranquil setting and the spice garden as you learn some contemporary twists on traditional Vietnamese dishes with your passionate chef. Sit down and enjoy the delicious feast you've prepared over lunch and then enjoy a free afternoon to continue your explorations. Tonight, you might like to get together with your group and toast to a great trip over a farewell dinner.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Phnom Penh - Wave goodbye to Vietnam today as you catch an unescorted flight to Phnom Penh, Cambodia's lively capital city, where you'll be met at the airport by a local representative and transferred to your hotel. If you arrive early, why not go for a stroll and discover the city’s French architecture or check out the National Museum and its fascinating collection of Khmer craftsmanship. This evening, there will be a second group meeting to meet your new group and local leader. After that, you’ll kick off the Cambodian part of your food adventure with a welcome dinner at a local restaurant. The Cambodian cooking pot combines an eclectic mix of local and international influences and has a flavour all of its own. Later, maybe go for a drink or stroll along the famous Sisowath Quay.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Kampot - Before you leave Phnom Penh this morning, confront Cambodia's tragic past on a guided tour of the Tuol Sleng Genocide Museum, in a former high school that served as the notorious Security Prison 21 (S-21) for the Khmer Rouge regime from 1975 to 1979. See the Killing Fields of Choeung Ek, which represent the tragic legacy of the Khmer Rouge. After, you’ll drive south by private vehicle, towards Kampot – one of Cambodia's most attractive old towns. Famous for its pepper, Kampot supplied most French restaurants for many years during colonial rule. Today, the region is also renowned for its durian (a spiky, pungent fruit that you’ll either love or hate). Tonight, maybe ask your leader about the sunset river cruises here and watch the gorgeous nightly display of colour, looking out for the resident fireflies.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Kampot - This morning you’ll have breakfast at Epic Café – a social enterprise that provides employment for local people living with disabilities. After, visit the salt fields that stretch across much of Kampot’s coastline. After learning a bit about the salt production here, head to Phnom Chhngok – a Hindu cave temple built in the 7th century, dedicated to Shiva. Then it’s onto the Kampot Pepper Project. Grown in Cambodia for centuries, Kampot pepper is considered the world’s finest. Today, pepper is also seen as an important symbol of Cambodian regeneration. You’ll taste some pepper ice cream here before heading to Kep Beach for lunch – the nearby Kep markets serve fresh crab cooked to perfection – and eat on the pier overlooking the ocean. After lunch, walk along the coastline and explore the old oceanfront buildings. Kep was once Cambodia's most popular and prestigious beach town, but the Khmer Rouge destroyed many of Kep's mansions and villas. The ghostly remains now stand as a silent reminder.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Phnom Penh - If you’re a morning person, you might like to rise early and see the fishing boats arrive at the port with their daily catch. Then, maybe find a good spot for breakfast and enjoy a leisurely morning. After, you’ll return to Phnom Penh. When you arrive, meet with a passionate chef for a guided tour of the markets, learning about the building blocks of Khmer cuisine. Enjoy a hands-on cooking class and master Khmer staples such as Chicken Curry, Fish Amok (Cambodia's signature dish, a mildly spicy fish curry, typically made with freshwater fish like catfish, and cooked with a rich coconut milk-based sauce) or bok svay (pounded green mango salad, usually served with dried fish or prawns). Feast on your creations over dinner.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Battambang - Travel by private bus to Battambang (pronounced battambong)– Cambodia's second-largest city. Battambang is a riverside town of French influence, famous for its many statues of animals and divinities that decorate the streets and buildings. It also lacks the traffic of Phnom Penh and the visitor numbers of Siem Reap, so it’s a great place to get a real slice of Cambodia. Your leader can recommend activities for your free afternoon. Perhaps join a local Battambang foodie for a home-cooked meal, tasting local dishes such as amok, Khmer curry and fried spicy chicken with homemade rice noodles.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Siem Reap - Take a bicycle ride into the countryside. The ride is easy and takes mostly shady roads through local villages. Along the way, stop to experience rice paper making, fruit drying and preparation, production of the famous prahok (fish paste) and rice wine making at local homes. Finish up at the best Kralan (sticky rice in bamboo) stall in the district. After, you’ll head to Siem Reap via private vehicle. When you arrive, head out for a street food tour with your local leader, tasting grilled fish or spicy fried chicken. Enjoy the atmosphere along the riverbank as the sun goes down, then head to a cocktail class and tasting. As you taste local liqueurs and snacks made with Cambodian herbs, mango and ginger, you’ll also learn how to make three popular cocktails. Later, maybe ask your leader for the spots to keep the party going.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Siem Reap / Angkor Wat - Head to the village of Preah Dak for a traditional breakfast of homemade num banh chok (a popular Khmer noodle dish). This village is famous for its lifestyle, language, spirituality, culture and of course, its food! You’ll see how the local families make the noodles just as their ancestors made them, then you’ll try some seasonal fruits. After, it's time to explore more of the Angkor complex, built between the 9th and 13th centuries when the Khmer Empire was the pre-eminent influence in South East Asia. See the Bayon temple and the jungle-covered Ta Prohm. Tonight, head out for a final dinner at a plant-based restaurant celebrating contemporary flavours. Using fresh produce from their own gardens, you’ll tuck into dishes like grilled eggplant, creamy pumpkin soup, vegetable curry and homemade lime pie.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Siem Reap - Your adventure comes to an end this morning. There are no activities planned for today and you’re free to leave at any time. If you’re keen to continue your exploration of the Angkor complex, please speak with your leader about extending the length of your access pass.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Hanoi - Xin chao! Welcome to Vietnam. Your adventure begins in the country’s capital – Hanoi. If you arrive early, maybe grab a delicious Vietnamese coffee (typically served with condensed milk or, for the more adventurous, egg)! Meet your group and leader for a welcome meeting at 5 pm, then head out for your first introduction to Vietnam’s lively culinary scene. Your leader will take you on a street food tour around the streets, as the sun goes down and the city comes alive at night. Maybe try bun cha (a grilled pork and noodle dish loved in Hanoi) or lau (Vietnamese hot pot). Thinking of arriving a few days early to explore the majestic Northern Vietnam? Then check out our Ninh Binh Mini Adventure (TVAN) -for an off-the-beaten path discovery of Pu Long and Ninh Binh. Or you can try our Hiking In Sapa (TVAG) - for a big doze of dramatic mountain landscapes, crisp fresh air and colorful hilltribes.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Halong Bay - This morning, hit the road for the spectacular UNESCO World Heritage site of Ha Long Bay. The harbour, with approximately 2000 limestone islands rising from the turquoise waters of Bac Bo Gulf, spans an area of about 1500 square km and is dotted with beaches and grottos. When you arrive, you’ll set sail on the emerald-green waters, gliding between limestone karsts to take in the incredible scenery from the best outlook of them all – the water! Then, you’ll explore Surprise Cave, one of the most striking caves in the bay. In the afternoon, you’ll return to your boat and enjoy a delicious feast prepared by an onboard chef. Tonight’s stay is something special as you’ll be sleeping on the traditional boat, letting the water lull you to sleep and really taking in the beauty of the surrounding bay.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Overnight train - If you’re an early riser, you might like to wake up for sunrise this morning, watching the bay come alive. Perhaps organise an optional kayak experience to see the limestone karsts from a new perspective. Tonight, you’ll head back to Hanoi and board an overnight train bound for Hue. Perhaps grab some snacks today for the train, then settle in and play some cards with your group or watch the scenery pass you by from the window.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Hue - Arrive in Hue this morning – Vietnam’s former royal capital - and enjoy a local breakfast of bun bo hue (a spiced beef noodle soup). The food here is influenced by its imperial heritage (small dishes and a focus on aesthetic presentation) and Buddhism, reflected in the many vegetarian restaurants. After leaving your luggage at your hotel, embark on a tour of the city’s imperial monuments from the back of a motorbike. Stop past Thien Mu Pagoda – an active Buddhist monastery since 1601, where you'll see a car that belonged to Thich Quang Duc, the worldly famous self-immolating monk of the 1963 protests. After some time exploring, it's time to eat! You’ll enjoy a plant-based Buddhist meal specially prepared by a chef and descendant of the royal family, in the garden of their family home. After, visit the royal tomb of Emperor Tu Duc and enjoy some free time this evening. You may like to ask your leader for the best place to try imperial street specialties for dinner tonight like banh hue (rice flour cakes stuffed with shrimp, pork and spices).

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Hoi An - This morning you’ll go to a local coffee house where three generations of Hue locals are living together. Admire the traditional house and gardens before meeting your host, Mr Khoa. Learn about his passion for coffee with a demonstration of how to make Hue’s traditional salt coffee, from the bean roasting process to the secret ingredients. Maybe even have a go at making it yourself! After, visit the Imperial Citadel and Forbidden Purple City before heading south by bus through coastal rice paddies and the mountainous Hai Van Pass to Hoi An. This beautifully restored city retains the feel of centuries past and tonight, you’ll head to the Old Centre – a UNESCO World Heritage site full of colourful streets, heritage buildings and specialty shops. Try Cao Lau (a local noodle dish) with your group tonight, then head out among the lanterns for a nighttime orientation walk with your leader.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Hoi An - Today, you’ll really get to know Hoi An – first, your leader will take you on a walk around the Ancient Town. Then, you’ll discover Reaching Out Tea House – a non-government organisation that supports the local deaf and mute community by providing employment and vocational training. While here, you’ll sip delicious teas in total silence – a tranquil experience you won’t soon forget. After a little time to relax, you’ll get ready for a cooking class with a local chef this afternoon. You’ll be escorted to a local market to shop for fresh ingredients, then you’ll go through a culinary journey with hands-on demonstrations. Your local chef will even share the stories behind the yin and yang elements, unveiling the secret of home-cooked Vietnamese meals.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Overnight train Danang to Nha Trang - Enjoy a free day in Hoi An to explore at your own pace. Maybe relax at the hotel pool or go for a bike ride in the nearby rice fields. You can stroll around Hoi An’s Old Centre for some last minute shopping – you'll have your hotel room for the whole day, before driving to Danang along the coast. Maybe visit the beach for a while before boarding an overnight train bound for Nha Trang.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Nha Trang - Arrive in Nha Trang this morning at around 10 am, then have some breakfast. After checking into your hotel, maybe stroll around the city, visit the Po Nagar Cham Towers or head to the Tran Phu Bridge for scenic views of the city and coastline. This afternoon, you’ll meet back up with your group for a seafood dinner – a local speciality in Nha Trang.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Ho Chi Minh City - Leave Nha Trang this morning and drive on to Ho Chi Minh City, once known as Saigon. Stop for lunch along the way, then when you arrive, take a walking tour to get a feel for the city's fascinating blend of old and new, East and West. You’ll notice a strong French influence here, which means excellent coffee and baguettes! Stop past the General Post Office, then take a guided walk around one of Vietnam’s most pulsing markets – Ben Thanh. This is the perfect place to pick up any last-minute snacks, cooking utensils, ingredients or presents for friends and family. Try the world famous crispy pork belly Bahn mi, then visit the War Remnants Museum to learn about the city’s sobering past.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Mekong Delta - After breakfast this morning, kiss Ho Chi Minh City goodbye and make your way to the Mekong Delta. The delta is known as ‘Vietnam’s rice bowl’ for its abundance of rice paddies, fruit and flower orchards. When you arrive, you’ll hit the water and cruise up this mighty river, stopping at tropical fruit gardens and local cottage industries to sample honey, coconut candy and fruit, right at the source. Enjoy being paddled slowly along the quieter backwaters in a sampan – one of the most common forms of transport in these parts. Continue to your homestay for this evening. Meet your hosts and take some time to wander the garden, relax or lend a hand with dinner preparations. Enjoy a southern Vietnamese feast on the wide veranda overlooking the garden as the sun goes down.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Ho Chi Minh City - Enjoy the freshest fruit of the Mekong Delta for breakfast, then head to Cai Be for a hands-on cooking class with a local chef. Enjoy the tranquil setting and the spice garden as you learn some contemporary twists on traditional Vietnamese dishes with your passionate chef. Sit down and enjoy the delicious feast you've prepared over lunch and then enjoy a free afternoon to continue your explorations. Tonight, you might like to get together with your group and toast to a great trip over a farewell dinner.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Ho Chi Minh City . - With no activities planned for today, your adventure comes to an end after breakfast. If you wish to spend more time in Ho Chi Minh City, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Johannesburg / Greater Kruger National Park - Sawubona! Welcome to South Africa. Your adventure starts very early this morning to get you to Kruger for a late lunch. You'll arrive in the Greater Kruger National Park in the afternoon and after some time to settle in, you'll head off on a 3-hour game drive in open 4WDs through a private game reserve. Enjoy the thrill of spotting impalas, zebras, giraffes and lions among the brush. Half way through the safari, stop for drinks at one of the waterholes before continuing the game drive into the early evening. Tonight, why not get to know your fellow travellers a little better in the intimate lodge setting?

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Greater Kruger National Park - Kruger National Park is one of the largest game reserves in Southern Africa and is home to over 500 bird species, 100 species of reptile and 150 mammal species, including the Big Five and the endangered African wild dog. This morning you'll rise early, heading into prime game viewing areas to catch a glimpse of some of the Big Five. Have breakfast at one of the picnic spots then continue through the park – game viewing, bird watching and stopping off at the various waterholes. Leave the park in the late afternoon and return to the lodge for an evening of relaxation.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Greater Kruger National Park - Today is another full day of exploring Kruger National Park. Head out on game drives, look out for your favourite animals, soak in the atmosphere and excitement of a safari and take as many photos as your heart desires! Tonight, you'll spend another evening at your lodge. Why not relax around the fire, listening to the night sounds of Africa after dinner.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Greater Kruger National Park - Spend the day at the lodge at your leisure today or take part in the optional drive along the Panoramic Route, viewing the Drakensberg Escarpment – some of the most stunning scenery South Africa has to offer awaits. The sights on this drive can include God's Window, Bourke's Luck Potholes and some of the magnificent waterfalls within the Blyde River Canyon.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Johannesburg - Rise early this morning and head out on a morning bush walk. Guided by a qualified nature guide, you'll learn about nature's finer details like bird, tree and spoor identification. Transfer back to Johannesburg in the early afternoon. There's plenty of time to stop and explore along the way and take in the amazing views at the viewpoint over the Blyde River Canyon and the Three Rondavels. When you arrive, you'll be dropped at the Holiday Inn Rosebank where you'll spend the night. The hotel has a restaurant and bar, and is also located next to the Mall of Rosebank.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Cape Town - Check-out of the hotel after breakfast today and transfer to the airport. Fly to Cape Town and when you arrive, you'll be transferred to your hotel. Cape Town's stunning coastline, dominating mountain and modern cityscape makes it one of Africa's most appealing cities for visitors. With vineyards on its doorstep, adventure activities around every corner and plenty of restaurants and cafes to while away the time, this is a very easy city to spend time in. You have a free afternoon here, so maybe take a stroll around the Kirstenbosch National Botanical Gardens, laze on one of the city’s popular beaches or sample your first taste of authentic South African cuisine while watching the sun set over the bay.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Cape Town - Walking Tour & Cape Point Peninsula - Today, you'll drive along the peninsula and see the many natural highlights of the area before retracing 350 years of Cape Town’s history on a two-hour walking tour of the city. Starting on the Atlantic Seaboard, take in natural sights like Maiden's Cove, Sentinel Lookout and the Cape of Good Hope in Table Mountain Nature Reserve. Look out for local wildlife, walk up to the old lighthouse at Cape Point and see the place where the Atlantic and Indian Oceans meet. Carry on to Simonstown, the home of the South African Navy, and to Boulders Beach to see the African penguins. See the prison where Nelson Mandela spent six years of his life then learn about the history of apartheid as you arrive into Cape Town's centre. Gain valuable insight into the effects of racism and discrimination on the lives of modern-day South Africans. See historical sites like the Castle of Good Hope (the oldest existing colonial building in South Africa), significant slavery sites such as the Iziko Slave Lodge Museum, the District Six Museum and the parliament buildings where apartheid laws were made and later repealed. End the day with a photo stop in Bo-Kaap.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Cape Town - Winelands - Spend a full day travelling through Cape Winelands, visiting both old and new estates for a taste of the region’s best wines. You'll start off in the Fairview Estate for a wine and cheese tasting. On the slopes of the Paarl Mountain, this working farm is world-renowned for its wines, artisanal cheeses and the iconic goat tower. After, visit the Groot Drakenstein prison where Nelson Mandela was released in February 1990. Then, it's into the hills to Franschhoek. The view of the valley from here is lined with rows of manicured vineyards. Soak up the scenery and enjoy a glass of the region's finest from Rickety Bridge in the La Cabriere Estate. You can take the chance to lunch at the estate’s gourmet restaurant or visit one of the village’s many cafés instead. This afternoon you'll visit the college town of Stellenbosch to wander the boulevards and town center before heading to your final activity – a cellar tour at Hidden Valley Estate, which sits on the slopes of the Helderberg Mountain. You'll also indulge in a chocolate and wine pairing experience to elevate your time here. Later, return to the city for a free evening.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Cape Town - Today is a free day in Cape Town to explore at your own pace. Maybe hit the beach for a full day of relaxation in the sun or hop on the revolving cable car and set off on one of the hundreds of hiking trails that criss cross Table Mountain to its summit. You could even strap on a harness and abseil down! Alternatively, you could head to Robben Island where Nelson Mandela and other political prisoners were detained or take in the atmosphere of the Victoria and Alfred Waterfront. Tonight, unwind in the evening with an optional group dinner and another few glasses of the region’s best vino.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Cape Town - Today is another free day to enjoy this great city. Perhaps take the hop-on-hop-off sightseeing tour around Cape Town or take a kayaking tour in the morning of the city's gorgeous oceans.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Cape Town - Your adventure comes to an end today. There are no activities planned for the final day and you can depart the accommodation at any time after check out. Additional accommodation can be booked if you’d like to extend your time in Cape Town, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Cape Town - Sawubona! Welcome to South Africa. When you arrive in Cape Town, you’ll be met by your local operator who’ll transfer you to your hotel. With its stunning coastline, dominating mountain and modern cityscape, Cape Town is one of Africa's most appealing cities. With vineyards on its doorstep, adventure activities around every corner and plenty of restaurants and cafes to while away the time, Cape Town is a very easy city to spend some extra time in. If you arrive early, maybe hop inside the revolving cable car and set off on one of hundreds of hiking trails that criss cross Table Mountain to its summit, stopping off the admire the views of Camps Bay below. You could also visit the Kirstenbosch National Botanical Gardens, Robben Island, and the Cape Point Nature Reserve to admire some local flora and fauna.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Cape Town - Walking Tour & Cape Point Peninsula - Today, you'll drive along the peninsula and see the many natural highlights of the area before retracing 350 years of Cape Town’s history on a two-hour walking tour of the city. Starting on the Atlantic Seaboard, take in natural sights like Maiden's Cove, Sentinel Lookout and the Cape of Good Hope in Table Mountain Nature Reserve. Look out for local wildlife, walk up to the old lighthouse at Cape Point and see the place where the Atlantic and Indian Oceans meet. Carry on to Simonstown, the home of the South African Navy, and to Boulders Beach to see the African penguins. See the prison where Nelson Mandela spent six years of his life then learn about the history of apartheid as you arrive into Cape Town's centre. Gain valuable insight into the effects of racism and discrimination on the lives of modern-day South Africans. See historical sites like the Castle of Good Hope (the oldest existing colonial building in South Africa), significant slavery sites such as the Iziko Slave Lodge Museum, the District Six Museum and the parliament buildings where apartheid laws were made and later repealed. End the day with a photo stop in Bo-Kaap.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Cape Town - Winelands - Spend a full day travelling through Cape Winelands, visiting both old and new estates for a taste of the region’s best wines. You'll start off in the Fairview Estate for a wine and cheese tasting. On the slopes of the Paarl Mountain, this working farm is world-renowned for its wines, artisanal cheeses and the iconic goat tower. After, visit the Groot Drakenstein prison where Nelson Mandela was released in February 1990. Then, it's into the hills to Franschhoek. The view of the valley from here is lined with rows of manicured vineyards. Soak up the scenery and enjoy a glass of the region's finest from Rickety Bridge in the La Cabriere Estate. You can take the chance to lunch at the estate’s gourmet restaurant or visit one of the village’s many cafés instead. This afternoon you'll visit the college town of Stellenbosch to wander the boulevards and town centre before heading to your final activity – a cellar tour at Hidden Valley Estate, which sits on the slopes of the Helderberg Mountain. You'll indulge in a chocolate and wine pairing tasting experience to elevate your time here. Later, return to the city for a free evening.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Cape Town - Today you have free time to discover everything that Cape Town has to offer. You can admire the view from the top of Table Mountain, go hiking if you're craving something more active or head off to Robben Island, where Nelson Mandela and other political prisoners were imprisoned. Maybe take in the atmosphere of the Victoria and Alfred Waterfront, wine and dine your way through the city or take a hop-on-hop-off sightseeing tour around the city. Tonight, why not unwind with a group dinner and another few glasses of the region’s best vino.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Cape Town - Your adventure comes to an end today. There are no activities planned for the final day and you can depart the accommodation at any time after check out. Additional accommodation can be booked if you’d like to extend your time in Cape Town, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Victoria Falls - Mhoro! Welcome to Zimbabwe. Jump in your airport transfer from Victoria Falls Airport to your home for the next three nights. There are no activities planned today so you’re free to explore on your own. Victoria Falls is the town on the Zimbabwean side of the falls, with spectacular views and a reputation as the adventure capital of Zimbabwe. Maybe head out and find a restaurant serving Muboora (a traditional stew with pumpkin leaves) or Zimbabwe’s national dish sadza (a thick porridge made from maize meal).

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Victoria Falls - Get up close to the world’s largest waterfall with a local guide. The Victoria Falls are an enormous curtain of water, about a mile wide, falling 108 m into a narrow gorge below. In the wet season, the spray created can rise an incredible 400 m and the falls are an impressive raging torrent. The spray from the falls can sometimes be seen from kilometres away. In the dry season, the view of the falls is unobstructed by spray and it's possible to see little islets in the river below. This afternoon, head to a local centre with your guide, where you can book whatever activities take your fancy.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Victoria Falls - Today you’re free to design your day at Victoria Falls as you wish. Maybe swing along the shore of the falls or take in the scenery while zipping across the gorge. If you prefer your activities a little less adrenaline pumping, why not cruise along the Zambezi River at sunset? There are plenty of options and you can do as much or as little as you want. If you’d like to soar over the falls in an optional helicopter ride, book one through your local guide with Zambezi Helicopter co CAA Zimbabwe.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Victoria Falls - There are no activities planned for today and you can depart the accommodation at any time. If you wish to spend more time here, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Cape Town - Welkom! Welcome to South Africa. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight in Cape Town – the capital that’s known for its beautiful beaches, amazing hiking opportunities and rich cultural heritage. If you arrive early, there's plenty to see and do. Maybe join a Cape Malay Cooking Tour, visit Robben Island or ride an aerial cable in Table Mountain. After the welcome meeting, get to know your new travel group over an optional dinner with your local leader.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Cape Town - Cape Town is a dynamic city known for its diverse landscapes, beautiful beaches, and rich cultural heritage. With a wealth of activities to choose from, you're free to craft your own adventure this morning, guided by the expert advice of your leader and possibly some enthusiastic group members. This afternoon, join your group on a light hike to Signal Hill in Table Mountain National Park. At the top, take in panoramic views over Cape Town and the surrounding ocean at sunset.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Trawal (Lamberts Bay) - Depart Cape Town this morning and travel along the west coast to the small seaside town of Lamberts Bay. The bay’s white beaches, lobsters and incredible wildlife earned the town its nickname ‘the diamond of the west coast’. When you arrive, enjoy a delicious feast at a local open-air restaurant, where the ocean views will make for the perfect lunch setting. After, you'll head to Trawal where you can relax among the wine farms and the Cedarberg Mountain Range.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Orange River - Say farewell to South Africa as you cross the border into Namibia. Today is a bit of a long travel day, so it's a good idea to get stuck into your book or favourite podcasts. Mid-afternoon, arrive on the banks of the Orange River – the longest river in South Africa, running from the Drakensberg Mountain Range into the Atlantic Ocean. This river is significant for its role in transporting diamonds, which leave deposits that are found along the coastline. When you arrive, enjoy the rest of the day exploring at your own pace. Tonight, maybe find a local restaurant for dinner – your local leader will have the best recommendations.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Fish River Canyon - Spend a leisurely morning unwinding by the outdoor pool or soaking in the views of the Orange River in the morning light. If relaxing isn't your style, maybe head out on a canoe adventure along the river and through the ancient Richtersveld Mountains. Later, venture to Fish River Canyon – one of the biggest canyons in the world. Along the way, stop at various lookouts to catch this gigantic gorge on camera. Look out for some exotic birdlife while you’re here, including plovers, wagtails, hamerkops and herons – you might even catch a glimpse of a baboon or an antelope at dusk!

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Sesriem - Today is a long travel day, so grab a window seat if you can or play some road trip games with your fellow travellers. Say goodbye to the scenic Orange River as you drive to the eastern edge of the Namib Desert – the world's oldest desert, known for its array of geological features. Take in the ever-changing scenery as you drive, and when you arrive, maybe relax at your desert lodge or find a local restaurant for dinner.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Sesriem - Sossusvlei - Make an early morning visit to Sossusvlei, which lies at the end of an ancient riverbed. If you find yourself in the mood, a climb to the top of Dune 45 will reward you with panoramic views. After breakfast, head to Dead Vlei – a clay pan surrounded by some of the highest dunes in the world, including ‘Big Daddy’ and ‘Crazy Dune’. When you arrive, maybe explore the area on foot or organise a 4WD transfer out to the entrance point. In the afternoon, visit Sesriem Gorge. Shaped by water erosion over thousands of years, the place got its name, Sesriem (meaning ‘six belts’ in Afrikaans), from the people who lived in the area who used six knotted belts tied together to pull up water from the deep gorge.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Swakopmund - Depart your desert lodge this morning and travel across the Namib Desert to the Atlantic Ocean coastline. Along the way, you'll see the incredible Kuiseb Canyon, before arriving at the beachside town of Swakopmund on the Skeleton Coast. When you arrive, the rest of the day is free for you to explore at your own place. Your local leader will take you to a local centre, where you might like to take part in one of the activities on offer.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Swakopmund - Soak up some free time in this gorgeous coastal oasis. Your accommodation is within walking distance of town, making optional activities easy to access. Maybe stroll along the beach, explore the open-air markets or visit the local museum. Tonight, maybe join your group for dinner at a local restaurant – your local leader will have the best recommendations!

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Damaraland - Get off the beaten track and head into the heart of Damaraland. The ancient landscapes of the Kunene Region are ruggedly beautiful – think sunsets and night skies filled with a multitude of dazzling stars. This part of Namibia is also known as Damaraland, as it’s the ancestral homeland of the enigmatic Damara people. Home to a small population of hardy desert adapted elephants and flora and fauna distinct to this region, this is a spot for your camera, too.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Damaraland - Spend the morning exploring the surrounding sites with a local. Visit the Petrified Forest, home to 280-million-year-old fossilised tree trunks, and the Twyfelfontein Heritage Site, which boasts one of the largest concentrations of ancient rock engravings in southern Africa. Then, wander through the Living Museum of the Damara and learn about traditional Damara culture. Later, stop at Burnt Mountain – a 200-m-tall hill at the base of a barren volcanic ridge, where you can see how an 80-million-year-old lava flow has transformed the now desolate landscape. The rest of the day is then free for you to explore at your own pace. Maybe relax by the pool or read a book in the shade.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Etosha National Park - This morning, travel to Etosha National Park. When you arrive, you’ll head out on a short afternoon game drive. Due to Namibia protecting its game reserves against poaching, there are large herds of elephants, antelope and other herbivores here. Keep your eyes peeled for the resident wildlife! The rest of the evening is then free to relax.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Etosha National Park - Today, you'll set off on a 4WD game drive through Etosha National Park. As you drive, look for black rhinos, Hartmann's mountain zebras, black-faced impalas, roan antelopes and the tiny Damara dik-diks. Game viewing in the park is relatively easy due to the man-made waterholes and the large, sparsely vegetated pans. Later, head back to your accommodation for another free evening. Maybe join your group for dinner to celebrate the last night of your adventure.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Windhoek - This morning, travel to the old German town of Windhoek. Today is a bit of a long travel day, so it's a good idea to get stuck into your book or favourite podcasts. When you arrive, the rest of the day is then free for you to explore until your second welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. In your free time, maybe visit Tintenpalast Ink Palace, see Christuskirche Church or explore the Genossenschaftshaus. After your welcome meeting, maybe get to know your new travellers over dinner at a local restaurant.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Ghanzi/Central Kalahari - Today is a bit of a long travel day as you cross the border into Botswana and make your way to Ghanzi – known as the ‘Capital of the Kalahari’. Take the opportunity to grab a window seat and watch the landscape pass you by or get to know your fellow travellers a little better with some road trip games. When you arrive, settle into your lodge accommodation and soak up some Botswana sunshine or cool off in the pool.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Okavango Delta Panhandle - This morning, you’ll head to the Okavango Delta – known for its sprawling grassy plains that flood seasonally, making the delta a lush animal habitat. When you arrive, board speedboats and make your way to your home for the next two nights – a houseboat in the Okavango Delta Panhandle. You can chill out on the deck or grab a few friends and attempt one of the onsite board games. For dinner, your captain will serve dinner on the deck, and you can watch the sunset while you eat and listen to the sounds of the nearby hippos on the water's edge.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Okavango Delta Panhandle - After breakfast, take a speedboat and a 4WD to a nearby polling station. From here, you can explore the waterways in mokoros (traditional dugout canoes) with a local guide. Your guide will take you on a short nature walk around one of the many islands in the Delta Panhandle. Then, return to the houseboat where you can relax, read a book or do some fishing. This evening, grab a sundowner, pull up a chair and watch the often striking sunset.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Maun - Leave your houseboat behind and again board the speedboats that take you back to dry land. Drive on to Maun – the gateway of the Okavango Delta. For those seeking an extra adventure, there's an opportunity to fly over the delta in a helicopter for a bird's-eye view! Your leader can give you more information on this activity and how to book, so just ask them if you’re interested. Alternatively, the afternoon is free for you to sit by the pool and take a breather when you arrive in Maun.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Makgadikgadi Pans - Head to the Makgadikgadi Pans – the world’s largest prehistoric inland salt lake, in the middle of the dry savanna and now all that remains of the former Lake Makgadikgadi. Today you'll have an excursion in open 4WDs to spend time with a local meerkat community. Get close to them without disturbing their natural habitat and watch as they play together. Then, take a bush walk with one of southern Africa's oldest inhabitants and learn their way of life within the Kalahari Bushman group. They will teach you how they interact with nature, keeping a well-balanced relationship with the local land. After, you'll head under the baobab trees for a night of dining under the stars. Known as the 'Tree of Life' or the 'Ancient Giants,' the iconic baobab tree is a defining feature of the Botswana Bushveld, particularly in the Makgadikgadi basin where they're densely populated. Tonight's three-course barbeque will be traditionally cooked over hot coals, so you can enjoy the delicious smells of your dinner in the open air, while you stargaze under the African sky.

     

    Day - 20

    Location: Chobe National Park - This morning, make tracks towards Kasane, which sits on the edge of Chobe National Park. The stretch of road between Nata and Kasane is known as the 'Elephant Highway'. With no fences, elephants are free to move between Hwange National Park in Zimbabwe and Botswana. So, this is the perfect time keep your eyes peeled for roadside elephants during your drive! When you arrive in Chobe National Park – Botswana's first national park, known for its high concentration of elephants – settle into your lodge on the banks of the Chobe River and soak in the sounds of the wildlife.

     

    Day - 21

    Location: Chobe National Park - Wake up nice and early this morning to take a dawn game drive in Chobe National Park. In the park, you might see the resident elephants drinking at the waters' edge, large herds of cape buffalo or one of the many impalas that call this place home. In the afternoon, you’ll take a scenic cruise on the Chobe River – ideal for spotting local bird life such as saddle-billed storks, malachite kingfishers, fish eagles and beautiful bee-eaters. As well as birds, look out for hippos, crocodiles and large families of elephants. There will also be an opportunity to enjoy a drink and watch the sunset over the river after the boat cruise.

     

    Day - 22

    Location: Victoria Falls - Travel on to Victoria Falls, crossing the border into Zimbabwe. Arrive in time to have lunch on the banks of the Zambezi River. Victoria Falls is one of the world's natural wonders, and when in full flow, it forms the largest sheet of falling water on Earth. After visiting the falls, the rest of the day is yours to relax, or take part in the many optional activities available in Victoria Falls. This evening, why not share a final dinner with your travel crew, and keep the night going to celebrate a trip well-travelled.

     

    Day - 23

    Location: Victoria Falls - With no further activities planned, your adventure comes to an end after breakfast this morning. If you’d like to extend your stay, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Windhoek - Welkom! Welcome to Namibia. Your adventure begins in Windhoek, where you‘ll be met by an Intrepid representative and transferred to your hotel. If you arrive early, maybe wander the old German architecture in the town, passing the Tintenpalast (Ink Palace) and the Christuskirche (church). Tonight, you’ll have a welcome meeting at 6 pm to get to know your local leader and fellow travellers. After, you might want to join your group for an optional welcome dinner.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Ghanzi/Central Kalahari - Today is a bit of a long travel day as you cross the border into Botswana and make your way to Ghanzi – known as the ‘Capital of the Kalahari’. Take the opportunity to grab a window seat and watch the landscape pass you by or get to know your fellow travellers a little better with some road trip games. When you arrive, settle into your lodge accommodation and soak up some Botswana sunshine or cool off in the pool.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Okavango Delta Panhandle - This morning, you’ll head to the Okavango Delta – known for its sprawling grassy plains that flood seasonally, making the delta a lush animal habitat. When you arrive, board speedboats and make your way to your home for the next two nights – a houseboat in the Okavango Delta Panhandle. You can chill out on the deck or grab a few friends and attempt one of the onsite board games. For dinner, your captain will serve dinner on the deck, and you can watch the sunset while you eat and listen to the sounds of the nearby hippos on the water's edge.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Okavango Delta Panhandle - After breakfast, take a speedboat and a 4WD to a nearby polling station. From here, you can explore the waterways in mokoros (traditional dugout canoes) with a local guide. Your guide will take you on a short nature walk around one of the many islands in the Delta Panhandle. Then, return to the houseboat where you can relax, read a book or do some fishing. This evening, grab a sundowner, pull up a chair and watch the often striking sunset.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Maun - Leave your houseboat behind and again board the speedboats that take you back to dry land. Drive on to Maun – the gateway of the Okavango Delta. For those seeking an extra adventure, there's an opportunity to fly over the delta in a helicopter for a bird's-eye view! Your leader can give you more information on this activity and how to book, so just ask them if you’re interested. Alternatively, the afternoon is free for you to sit by the pool and take a breather when you arrive in Maun.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Makgadikgadi Pans - Head to the Makgadikgadi Pans – the world’s largest prehistoric inland salt lake, in the middle of the dry savanna and now all that remains of the former Lake Makgadikgadi. Today you'll have an excursion in open 4WDs to spend time with a local meerkat community. Get close to them without disturbing their natural habitat and watch as they play together. Then, take a bush walk with one of southern Africa's oldest inhabitants and learn their way of life within the Kalahari Bushman group. They will teach you how they interact with nature, keeping a well-balanced relationship with the local land. After, you'll head under the baobab trees for a night of dining under the stars. Known as the 'Tree of Life' or the 'Ancient Giants,' the iconic baobab tree is a defining feature of the Botswana Bushveld, particularly in the Makgadikgadi basin where they're densely populated. Tonight's three-course barbeque will be traditionally cooked over hot coals, so you can enjoy the delicious smells of your dinner in the open air, while you stargaze under the African sky.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Chobe National Park - This morning, make tracks towards Kasane, which sits on the edge of Chobe National Park. The stretch of road between Nata and Kasane is known as the 'Elephant Highway'. With no fences, elephants are free to move between Hwange National Park in Zimbabwe and Botswana. So, this is the perfect time keep your eyes peeled for roadside elephants during your drive! When you arrive in Chobe National Park – Botswana's first national park, known for its high concentration of elephants – settle into your lodge on the banks of the Chobe River and soak in the sounds of the wildlife.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Chobe National Park - Wake up nice and early this morning to take a dawn game drive in Chobe National Park. In the park, you might see the resident elephants drinking at the waters' edge, large herds of cape buffalo or one of the many impalas that call this place home. In the afternoon, you’ll take a scenic cruise on the Chobe River – ideal for spotting local bird life such as saddle-billed storks, malachite kingfishers, fish eagles and beautiful bee-eaters. As well as birds, look out for hippos, crocodiles and large families of elephants. There will also be an opportunity to enjoy a drink and watch the sunset over the river after the boat cruise.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Victoria Falls - Travel on to Victoria Falls, crossing the border into Zimbabwe. Arrive in time to have lunch on the banks of the Zambezi River. Victoria Falls is one of the world's natural wonders, and when in full flow, it forms the largest sheet of falling water on Earth. After visiting the falls, the rest of the day is yours to relax, or take part in the many optional activities available in Victoria Falls. This evening, why not share a final dinner with your travel crew, and keep the night going to celebrate a trip well-travelled.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Victoria Falls - With no further activities planned, your adventure comes to an end after breakfast this morning. If you’d like to extend your stay, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Windhoek - Welkom! Welcome to Namibia. Your adventure begins in Windhoek, where you‘ll be met by an Intrepid representative and transferred to your hotel. If you arrive early, maybe wander the old German architecture in the town, passing the Tintenpalast (Ink Palace) and the Christuskirche (church). Tonight, you’ll have a welcome meeting at 6 pm to get to know your local leader and fellow travellers. After, you might want to join your group for an optional welcome dinner.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Ghanzi/Central Kalahari - Today is a bit of a long travel day as you cross the border into Botswana and make your way to Ghanzi – known as the ‘Capital of the Kalahari’. Take the opportunity to grab a window seat and watch the landscape pass you by or get to know your fellow travellers a little better with some road trip games. When you arrive, settle into your lodge accommodation and soak up some Botswana sunshine or cool off in the pool.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Okavango Delta Panhandle - This morning, you’ll head to the Okavango Delta – known for its sprawling grassy plains that flood seasonally, making the delta a lush animal habitat. When you arrive, board speedboats and make your way to your home for the next two nights – a houseboat in the Okavango Delta Panhandle. You can chill out on the deck or grab a few friends and attempt one of the onsite board games. For dinner, your captain will serve dinner on the deck, and you can watch the sunset while you eat and listen to the sounds of the nearby hippos on the water's edge.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Okavango Delta Panhandle - After breakfast, take a speedboat and a 4WD to a nearby polling station. From here, you can explore the waterways in mokoros (traditional dugout canoes) with a local guide. Your guide will take you on a short nature walk around one of the many islands in the Delta Panhandle. Then, return to the houseboat where you can relax, read a book or do some fishing. This evening, grab a sundowner, pull up a chair and watch the often striking sunset.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Maun - Leave your houseboat behind and again board the speedboats that take you back to dry land. Drive on to Maun – the gateway of the Okavango Delta. For those seeking an extra adventure, there's an opportunity to fly over the delta in a helicopter for a bird's-eye view! Your leader can give you more information on this activity and how to book, so just ask them if you’re interested. Alternatively, the afternoon is free for you to sit by the pool and take a breather when you arrive in Maun.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Makgadikgadi Pans - Head to the Makgadikgadi Pans – the world’s largest prehistoric inland salt lake, in the middle of the dry savanna and now all that remains of the former Lake Makgadikgadi. Today you'll have an excursion in open 4WDs to spend time with a local meerkat community. Get close to them without disturbing their natural habitat and watch as they play together. Then, take a bush walk with one of southern Africa's oldest inhabitants and learn their way of life within the Kalahari Bushman group. They will teach you how they interact with nature, keeping a well-balanced relationship with the local land. After, you'll head under the baobab trees for a night of dining under the stars. Known as the 'Tree of Life' or the 'Ancient Giants,' the iconic baobab tree is a defining feature of the Botswana Bushveld, particularly in the Makgadikgadi basin where they're densely populated. Tonight's three-course barbeque will be traditionally cooked over hot coals, so you can enjoy the delicious smells of your dinner in the open air, while you stargaze under the African sky.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Chobe National Park - This morning, make tracks towards Kasane, which sits on the edge of Chobe National Park. The stretch of road between Nata and Kasane is known as the 'Elephant Highway'. With no fences, elephants are free to move between Hwange National Park in Zimbabwe and Botswana. So, this is the perfect time keep your eyes peeled for roadside elephants during your drive! When you arrive in Chobe National Park – Botswana's first national park, known for its high concentration of elephants – settle into your lodge on the banks of the Chobe River and soak in the sounds of the wildlife.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Chobe National Park - Wake up nice and early this morning to take a dawn game drive in Chobe National Park. In the park, you might see the resident elephants drinking at the waters' edge, large herds of cape buffalo or one of the many impalas that call this place home. In the afternoon, you’ll take a scenic cruise on the Chobe River – ideal for spotting local bird life such as saddle-billed storks, malachite kingfishers, fish eagles and beautiful bee-eaters. As well as birds, look out for hippos, crocodiles and large families of elephants. There will also be an opportunity to enjoy a drink and watch the sunset over the river after the boat cruise.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Victoria Falls - Travel on to Victoria Falls, crossing the border into Zimbabwe. Arrive in time to have lunch on the banks of the Zambezi River. Victoria Falls is one of the world's natural wonders, and when in full flow, it forms the largest sheet of falling water on Earth. Your leader will take you to a local activity centre where various activities will be on offer to fill up your afternoon here. This evening, take a local brewery tour with your group and enjoy a tasting paddle to sample the brewery’s finest. After, maybe keep the night going and celebrate a trip well-travelled with your group.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Victoria Falls - Today is a free day to enjoy the many activities on offer. There will be another Welcome Meeting at 6pm to meet the new group members joining today. Please let you leader know if you will not take part in this meeting.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Hwange National Park - Depart Victoria Falls and travel to Hwange National Park. This afternoon, head out on a game drive in 4WDs to explore the park’s diverse landscapes and wildlife. Hwange is the largest national park in Zimbabwe and was designated as such in 1929, after previously serving as the royal hunting grounds of Ndebele warrior-king Mzilikazi in the early 19th century. The park is renowned for its elephants—one of the largest populations in the world—as well as an impressive variety of wildlife, including over 100 mammal species and nearly 400 types of birds.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Matobo National Park - Leave Hwange as you make tracks for Matobo National Park. Along the way, you’ll stop at the Painted Dog Conservation Centre. Learn how the loss of quality habitats and poaching are driving the painted dogs towards extinction, and how the centre protects painted dogs and the Hwange ecosystem. After, it's onto Bulawayo – Zimbabwe's second-largest city. Take a stroll through the streets and stop in at a local restaurant for lunch. Continue to Matobo, where you'll spend the next two nights. The rocks balanced in Matobo Hills are thought to be the seats of God and ancestral spirits. The park is home to the grave of Cecil John Rhodes, founder of Rhodesia and the De Beers diamond company, and is especially known for its rhino population.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Matobo National Park - Enjoy an unforgettable day of tracking rhinos on foot with your local guides. You'll learn about the local plants and trees and their traditional uses, and there'll be plenty of chances to spot wildlife other than rhinos. The park is home to leopards, hippos, antelope and more! Learn about the San people who have called this area home for thousands of years and visit their rock paintings in the hills. Spend some time in the nearby villages to meet some of the local community before returning to your lodge for the evening.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Mapungubwe National Park - Say goodbye to Zimbabwe and cross the border into South Africa. Your bush lodge for tonight sits inside Mapesu Private Game Reserve – a 12,500 hectares property surrounded by unique sandstone formations, woodlands and wildlife. The reserve focuses on biodiversity, conservation and the protection and reintroduction of species including efforts specifically on endangered animals. When you arrive, have dinner here with your group and watch the night sky come alive with stars.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Mapungubwe National Park - Today, you’ll explore Mapungubwe National Park and World Heritage Site – home to South Africa’s most significant Iron Age site. Visit the 13th-century grave site on Mapungubwe Hill, which contains ornaments, jewellery, bowls and amulets covered in gold foil. The most spectacular of these pieces is a small, gold-covered rhinoceros. Apartheid kept this discovery a secret as the regime attempted to suppress any historical information that proved black cultural sophistication. Later, you have free time to relax at the lodge or you can take an optional game drive in through the park. Tonight, you’ll head out on a night safari in Mapesu Private Game Reserve. Look out for bush babies (galagos), bushpigs, hyenas, genets and tiny chameleons – all of which don’t come out much during the day. Maybe you’ll even get lucky and encounter a leopard!

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Kruger National Park - Wake up early this morning and drive to Greater Kruger National Park, stopping at the Black Mambas headquarters along the way - the world’s first all-female anti-poaching unit made up of courageous African women. With support from the Intrepid Foundation, the Black Mambas are challenging the norms of a male-dominated field and taking an unconventional approach to protecting Kruger National Park’s wildlife. Learn how they patrol the park’s boundaries, run roadblocks, and dismantle snares left by poachers, before stepping inside their operations room for a special behind-the-scenes look.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Kruger National Park - Start the day early and head into Kruger National Park – one of the largest game reserves in Southern Africa and home to over 500 bird species, 100 species of reptile and 150 mammal species including all the big cats. Your wildlife experience begins as soon as you enter the park, as you're taken into prime viewing areas. Enjoy a picnic breakfast here before spending the rest of the day wildlife-spotting in the park, watching game, birds and stopping at various waterholes as you go. The group will leave the park in the late afternoon and return to the lodge for another relaxed evening.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Johannesburg - Enjoy the scenic route back to Johannesburg filled with beautiful views of stunning landscape. Along the way, you’ll visit the breathtaking Three Rondawels Viewpoint and the impressive Bourke's Luck Potholes, perfect stops to break up the drive and enjoy the scenery. When you arrive in Johannesburg, your adventure comes to an end. If you’d like to extend your stay here, and it’s recommended that you do, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Victoria Falls - Mhoro! Welcome to Zimbabwe. Your adventure begins in Victoria Falls, known traditionally as Mosi-oa-Tunya or ‘The Smoke that Thunders’. When you arrive, you’ll be met by a local representative and transferred to your hotel. You’ll then have a welcome meeting at the hotel at 6 pm. If you arrive early, maybe check out this incredible natural wonder your own way or visit the Shearwater Adventures activity centre to book an optional activity. You could even book a scenic helicopter flight over the falls! After the meeting, maybe get to know your group better over an optional welcome dinner.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Hwange National Park - Depart Victoria Falls and travel to Hwange National Park. This afternoon, head out on a game drive in 4WDs to explore the park’s diverse landscapes and wildlife. Hwange is the largest national park in Zimbabwe and was designated as such in 1929, after previously serving as the royal hunting grounds of Ndebele warrior-king Mzilikazi in the early 19th century. The park is renowned for its elephants—one of the largest populations in the world—as well as an impressive variety of wildlife, including over 100 mammal species and nearly 400 types of birds.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Matobo National Park - Leave Hwange as you make tracks for Matobo National Park. Along the way, you’ll stop at the Painted Dog Conservation Centre. Learn how the loss of quality habitats and poaching are driving the painted dogs towards extinction, and how the centre protects painted dogs and the Hwange ecosystem. After, it's onto Bulawayo – Zimbabwe's second-largest city. Take a stroll through the streets and stop in at a local restaurant for lunch. Continue to Matobo, where you'll spend the next two nights. The rocks balanced in Matobo Hills are thought to be the seats of God and ancestral spirits. The park is home to the grave of Cecil John Rhodes, founder of Rhodesia and the De Beers diamond company, and is especially known for its rhino population.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Matobo National Park - Enjoy an unforgettable day of tracking rhinos on foot with your local guides. You'll learn about the local plants and trees and their traditional uses, and there'll be plenty of chances to spot wildlife other than rhinos. The park is home to leopards, hippos, antelope and more! Learn about the San people who have called this area home for thousands of years and visit their rock paintings in the hills. Spend some time in the nearby villages to meet some of the local community before returning to your lodge for the evening.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Mapungubwe National Park - Say goodbye to Zimbabwe and cross the border into South Africa. Your bush lodge for tonight sits inside Mapesu Private Game Reserve – a 12,500 hectares property surrounded by unique sandstone formations, woodlands and wildlife. The reserve focuses on biodiversity, conservation and the protection and reintroduction of species including efforts specifically on endangered animals. When you arrive, have dinner here with your group and watch the night sky come alive with stars.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Mapungubwe National Park - Today, you’ll explore Mapungubwe National Park and World Heritage Site – home to South Africa’s most significant Iron Age site. Visit the 13th-century grave site on Mapungubwe Hill, which contains ornaments, jewellery, bowls and amulets covered in gold foil. The most spectacular of these pieces is a small, gold-covered rhinoceros. Apartheid kept this discovery a secret as the regime attempted to suppress any historical information that proved black cultural sophistication. Later, you have free time to relax at the lodge or you can take an optional game drive in through the park. Tonight, you’ll head out on a night safari in Mapesu Private Game Reserve. Look out for bush babies (galagos), bushpigs, hyenas, genets and tiny chameleons – all of which don’t come out much during the day. Maybe you’ll even get lucky and encounter a leopard!

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Kruger National Park - Wake up early this morning and drive to Greater Kruger National Park, stopping at the Black Mambas headquarters along the way - the world’s first all-female anti-poaching unit made up of courageous African women. With support from the Intrepid Foundation, the Black Mambas are challenging the norms of a male-dominated field and taking an unconventional approach to protecting Kruger National Park’s wildlife. Learn how they patrol the park’s boundaries, run roadblocks, and dismantle snares left by poachers, before stepping inside their operations room for a special behind-the-scenes look.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Kruger National Park - Start the day early and head into Kruger National Park – one of the largest game reserves in Southern Africa and home to over 500 bird species, 100 species of reptile and 150 mammal species including all the big cats. Your wildlife experience begins as soon as you enter the park, as you're taken into prime viewing areas. Enjoy a picnic breakfast here before spending the rest of the day wildlife-spotting in the park, watching game, birds and stopping at various waterholes as you go. The group will leave the park in the late afternoon and return to the lodge for another relaxed evening.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Johannesburg - Enjoy the scenic route back to Johannesburg filled with beautiful views of stunning landscape. Along the way, you’ll visit the breathtaking Three Rondawels Viewpoint and the impressive Bourke's Luck Potholes, perfect stops to break up the drive and enjoy the scenery. When you arrive in Johannesburg, your adventure comes to an end. If you’d like to extend your stay here, and it’s recommended that you do, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Cape Town - Welkom! Welcome to South Africa. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight in Cape Town – the capital that’s known for its beautiful beaches, amazing hiking opportunities and rich cultural heritage. If you arrive early, there's plenty to see and do. Maybe join a Cape Malay Cooking Tour, visit Robben Island or ride an aerial cable in Table Mountain. After the welcome meeting, get to know your new travel group over an optional dinner with your local leader.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Cape Town - Cape Town is a dynamic city known for its diverse landscapes, beautiful beaches, and rich cultural heritage. With a wealth of activities to choose from, you're free to craft your own adventure this morning, guided by the expert advice of your leader and possibly some enthusiastic group members. This afternoon, join your group on a light hike to Signal Hill in Table Mountain National Park. At the top, take in panoramic views over Cape Town and the surrounding ocean at sunset.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Trawal (Lamberts Bay) - Depart Cape Town this morning and travel along the west coast to the small seaside town of Lamberts Bay. The bay’s white beaches, lobsters and incredible wildlife earned the town its nickname ‘the diamond of the west coast’. When you arrive, enjoy a delicious feast at a local open-air restaurant, where the ocean views will make for the perfect lunch setting. After, you'll head to Trawal where you can relax among the wine farms and the Cedarberg Mountain Range.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Orange River - Say farewell to South Africa as you cross the border into Namibia. Today is a bit of a long travel day, so it's a good idea to get stuck into your book or favourite podcasts. Mid-afternoon, arrive on the banks of the Orange River – the longest river in South Africa, running from the Drakensberg Mountain Range into the Atlantic Ocean. This river is significant for its role in transporting diamonds, which leave deposits that are found along the coastline. When you arrive, enjoy the rest of the day exploring at your own pace. Tonight, maybe find a local restaurant for dinner – your local leader will have the best recommendations.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Fish River Canyon - Spend a leisurely morning unwinding by the outdoor pool or soaking in the views of the Orange River in the morning light. If relaxing isn't your style, maybe head out on a canoe adventure along the river and through the ancient Richtersveld Mountains. Later, venture to Fish River Canyon – one of the biggest canyons in the world. Along the way, stop at various lookouts to catch this gigantic gorge on camera. Look out for some exotic birdlife while you’re here, including plovers, wagtails, hamerkops and herons – you might even catch a glimpse of a baboon or an antelope at dusk!

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Sesriem - Today is a long travel day, so grab a window seat if you can or play some road trip games with your fellow travellers. Say goodbye to the scenic Orange River as you drive to the eastern edge of the Namib Desert – the world's oldest desert, known for its array of geological features. Take in the ever-changing scenery as you drive, and when you arrive, maybe relax at your desert lodge or find a local restaurant for dinner.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Sesriem - Sossusvlei - Make an early morning visit to Sossusvlei, which lies at the end of an ancient riverbed. If you find yourself in the mood, a climb to the top of Dune 45 will reward you with panoramic views. After breakfast, head to Dead Vlei – a clay pan surrounded by some of the highest dunes in the world, including ‘Big Daddy’ and ‘Crazy Dune’. When you arrive, maybe explore the area on foot or organise a 4WD transfer out to the entrance point. In the afternoon, visit Sesriem Gorge. Shaped by water erosion over thousands of years, the place got its name, Sesriem (meaning ‘six belts’ in Afrikaans), from the people who lived in the area who used six knotted belts tied together to pull up water from the deep gorge.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Swakopmund - Depart your desert lodge this morning and travel across the Namib Desert to the Atlantic Ocean coastline. Along the way, you'll see the incredible Kuiseb Canyon, before arriving at the beachside town of Swakopmund on the Skeleton Coast. When you arrive, the rest of the day is free for you to explore at your own place. Your local leader will take you to a local centre, where you might like to take part in one of the activities on offer.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Swakopmund - Soak up some free time in this gorgeous coastal oasis. Your accommodation is within walking distance of town, making optional activities easy to access. Maybe stroll along the beach, explore the open-air markets or visit the local museum. Tonight, maybe join your group for dinner at a local restaurant – your local leader will have the best recommendations!

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Damaraland - Get off the beaten track and head into the heart of Damaraland. The ancient landscapes of the Kunene Region are ruggedly beautiful – think sunsets and night skies filled with a multitude of dazzling stars. This part of Namibia is also known as Damaraland, as it’s the ancestral homeland of the enigmatic Damara people. Home to a small population of hardy desert adapted elephants and flora and fauna distinct to this region, this is a spot for your camera, too.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Damaraland - Spend the morning exploring the surrounding sites with a local. Visit the Petrified Forest, home to 280-million-year-old fossilised tree trunks, and the Twyfelfontein Heritage Site, which boasts one of the largest concentrations of ancient rock engravings in southern Africa. Then, wander through the Living Museum of the Damara and learn about traditional Damara culture. Later, stop at Burnt Mountain – a 200-m-tall hill at the base of a barren volcanic ridge, where you can see how an 80-million-year-old lava flow has transformed the now desolate landscape. The rest of the day is then free for you to explore at your own pace. Maybe relax by the pool or read a book in the shade.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Etosha National Park - This morning, travel to Etosha National Park. When you arrive, you’ll head out on a short afternoon game drive. Due to Namibia protecting its game reserves against poaching, there are large herds of elephants, antelope and other herbivores here. Keep your eyes peeled for the resident wildlife! The rest of the evening is then free to relax.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Etosha National Park - Today, you'll set off on a 4WD game drive through Etosha National Park. As you drive, look for black rhinos, Hartmann's mountain zebras, black-faced impalas, roan antelopes and the tiny Damara dik-diks. Game viewing in the park is relatively easy due to the man-made waterholes and the large, sparsely vegetated pans. Later, head back to your accommodation for another free evening. Maybe join your group for dinner to celebrate the last night of your adventure.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Windhoek - From Etosha National Park, you’ll head to Windhoek – an old German town that’s now a cosmopolitan centre. The Germanic architecture of this city contributes to its charming feel. Your trip comes to an end here. If you're staying in the area, the Tintenpalast (Ink Palace) and Genossenschaftshaus are well worth visiting. If you’d like to stay longer, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Johannesburg - Sawubona! Welcome to South Africa. Your adventure begins in Johannesburg with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. If you arrive early, maybe visit the eye-opening Apartheid Museum to start your journey with some crucial history before meeting up with your group. After the meeting, why not head out for an optional group dinner and get to know your newfound travel companions. Your leader can point you in the right direction with the best bar and restaurant recommendations.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Khama Rhino Sanctuary - Leaving South Africa behind, cross the border into Botswana this morning and travel towards the Khama Rhino Sanctuary. Situated on the edge of the Kalahari Desert, the Khama Rhino Sanctuary has drastically changed from a former hunting area to a conservation project. Built to protect Botswana's only remaining populations of both black and white rhinos, the sanctuary is also home to other wildlife including zebras, giraffes, leopards, ostriches and wildebeest, all of which can be seen grazing the many waterholes. Visiting this project benefits local communities and directly contributes to protecting the endangered white rhino. Later, you’ll head out on a dusk game drive to hopefully spot the rhinos when they’re most active.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Maun - This morning you’ll drive to Maun – the gateway to one of the world's most complex ecosystems, the Okavango Delta. A 16,000 square km maze of lush wetlands and waterways teeming with wildlife, this place is unlike anywhere else in the world. When you arrive, there will be an opportunity to stock up on any supplies you might need for your adventure ahead. Look out for the resident hippos, crocodiles, elephants and big cats in the delta. The animals aren’t the only drawcard, though! The waterscapes and shimmering horizon are enough to write home about.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Okavango Delta - Today you’ll get right in the action and jump aboard a traditional mokoro – a dugout canoe steered by friendly local 'polers'. Cruise the Okavango waterways and look out for the delta's unusual wildlife and exotic birds. Spend some time today exploring the maze of lagoons, lakes and streams on foot too, with your experienced local guides. Tonight, you’ll camp on a remote island right in the heart of the wilderness! Fall asleep to the humming and buzzing of the African heartlands and soak up one of those ‘I’m so far from home’ moments.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Okavango Delta - Wake up nice and early this morning and head out on a sunrise walk. Along the way, keep watch for elephants and if the timing is right, you might also come across some Cape buffalo! These noble-looking beasts are more dangerous than they look and their horns double as bone shield that's fittingly known as a 'boss'. Return to camp for breakfast, where you’ll have the rest of the day to relax. A refreshing swim, or maybe a nap could be on the cards – both good ideas in the warmer part of the day. Alternatively, take another optional mokoro trip to soak up that serene river atmosphere.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Maun - After taking down your camp, return to the ‘poler’ station by mokoro, before continuing to Maun by vehicle. When you arrive, you’ll have the option to embark on a scenic helicopter flight over the Okavango Delta, where you'll be treated to a breathtaking bird's eye view of the shimmering waterways and lush landscapes, a truly magical perspective of one of the world's most unique ecosystems.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Nata - Get up early and hit the road for Nata. This small town sits near the stunning Makgadikgadi Salt Pans, which are some of the largest on Earth covering around 12,000 square km. This afternoon, you’ll take an excursion in an open-air vehicle to explore these seemingly endless plains in the Nata Bird Sanctuary. Surrounded by the Kalahari Desert, the pans are naturally dry and salty for a large part of the year. During this time, the arid landscape has an eerie feel and the heat mirages can make you feel disoriented. After the rains hit, the pans become a grassy refuge for migratory birds and animals – a perfect setting for wildlife lovers!

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Chobe National Park - Hit the road this morning and make tracks for Chobe National Park – Botswana's first ever national park. This area is perhaps best known for its high concentration of elephants, which can often be seen swimming in the Chobe River. The river also attracts wallowing hippos, crocodiles by the water's edge, cheetahs, lions and a huge variety of birdlife. When you arrive, you’ll be treated to a sunset cruise on the Chobe River – an ideal way to spend the afternoon, watch the sun descend and toast to another day in Africa.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Victoria Falls - Why not wake up early and see Chobe National Park from a different perspective with an optional morning game drive. After, the group will travel to Victoria Falls, crossing the border into Zimbabwe just in time to have lunch on the banks of the Zambezi River. Enjoy some free time to experience the sights and sounds of the mighty falls at your own pace. This thundering curtain of water is about 1.7 km wide, falling 108 m into a narrow gorge below. In the wet season, the spray can rise an incredible 400 m as the falls become a raging torrent. In the dry season, the view of the falls is unobstructed by spray, and you can see the little islets in the river below. This evening, dine on a traditional a traditional Zimbabwe dinner hosted by a women's cooperative within the community. Learn how this initiative not only provides employment opportunities but also benefits the Victoria Falls community as a whole.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Victoria Falls - Mhoro! Welcome to Zimbabwe. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 4 pm where you'll meet your tour leader and travel group. You can arrive at any time as there are no activities planned until this important meeting. Your campground is centrally located in the town of Victoria Falls. After the meeting, your leader will take you to a local activity centre where a range of activities will be on offer, and you can consider booking experiences for tomorrow.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Victoria Falls - Use your free day today to visit the magnificent Victoria Falls. This thundering curtain of water is 1.5 km wide, falling 108 m into a narrow gorge below. In the wet season, the spray created can rise up an incredible 400 m and the falls become a raging torrent. In the dry season, the view of the falls is unobstructed by spray and you can see little islets in the river below. Be sure to ask your local leader for their tips and advice on what to do in Victoria Falls.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Bulawayo - Depart Victoria Falls and travel to Bulawayo via the Victoria Falls Wildlife Trust – one of The Intrepid Foundation’s projects. Here you can learn about the rescue and rehabilitation of wildlife, human-wildlife conflict and the trusts role in anti-poaching. There may also be a chance to meet any rescued or orphaned wildlife currently in their care. After, arrive in Bulawayo – known locally as the 'City of Kings', Zimbabwe's second-largest city has an interesting history and some impeccable colonial architecture.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Bulawayo - Wake up early and get ready to track rhinos in Matobo National Park. Home to a significant population of black and white rhinoceros that can be tracked on foot. As your expert guide takes you through the park, look out for other game like leopards, warthogs, and springhares. You'll also learn about the local plants and trees, including wild pear and paperbark, and discover San paintings and the fascinating rock formations. The Matopos area has great spiritual and cultural significance to the local people and there are many sites within the park where important ceremonies still take place.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Masvingo - Drive to Masvingo today. This settlement – the oldest in Zimbabwe – makes for the perfect base from which to explore the Great Zimbabwe Ruins. The ruined city, now a UNESCO World Heritage-listed site, was first constructed in the 11th century. It's thought to be the former royal palace of the Zimbabwean monarch. Spend a few hours exploring this intriguing site before heading off to camp for the evening.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Harare - Travel to Harare today. You'll arrive at your destination in time for lunch. You only have an hour or two to explore Zimbabwe's capital city, so if you're feeling active and up for a stroll, get out and make the most of it. Perhaps head to the National Gallery, the museum, the botanical gardens or simply wander the city centre and visit the colourful markets.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Lusaka - Today, you'll cross into Zambia and drive to your campsite just outside Lusaka, Zambia's capital. Your journey begins with a nice scenic drive to the border. At some point during the day there will be an opportunity to stop at an ATM and stock up on any supplies you might need at a shop or market.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Petauke - Spend some time checking out Lusaka before a long day of travel today. You'll see that it's a modern city but still retains a traditional African feel. After, travel on to Petauke, where you'll spend the night.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: South Luangwa National Park - After breakfast, travel to a workshop in South Luangwa where local craftswomen take snare wire recovered from poaching traps and transform it into jewellery inspired by the African bush. The women will show you around their purpose-built workshop and give you a chance to try coiling or hammering the wire yourself. For each sale made, a donation is given to anti snare patrols dedicated to the conservation of the region. After, make your way through the heartland to South Luangwa National Park. The concentration of animals around the Luangwa River and its lagoons is among the highest in Africa. Many elephants, buffaloes, leopards, Thornicroft’s giraffes and lions are known to roam here. There are also some 400 species of birds inhabiting the area. A great way to experience South Luangwa and its beautiful scenery is to take an optional river trip – ask your group leader for more details.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: South Luangwa National Park - Rise early with a light breakfast and get ready for an exhilarating morning game drive in a 4WD with a local guide, then head back to the camp for an early lunch. During the hottest part of the day between safaris, you can either rest in the shade or take an optional village walk to get a glimpse of daily life in the local community. Return to the park for another game drive in the evening.

     

    Day - 20

    Location: Lake Malawi - Cross the border into Malawi and continue straight to your camp on the shores of Lake Malawi. Malawi is dominated by its lake, which covers almost a fifth of the country and provides a livelihood for many local people. Fishermen, fish traders and canoe and net makers all ply their trade on the lake. A common sight is that of a fisherman in a bwato (a dugout canoe made from a hollowed tree trunk) fishing on the still lake at the break of day. Your campsite at Kande Beach is right on the shore, so take some time to rest and relax.

     

    Day - 21

    Location: Lake Malawi - This morning you can take an optional walk in the nearby village, an opportunity to meet some local Malawians-easily some of the friendliest people in Africa. Enjoy a free afternoon chilling out on the lake’s sandy shores, time to soak up your idyllic surroundings you can take a dip in the lake or try out cycling to the hilly villages. Perhaps cool off with an optional snorkelling trip with a local guide. Lake Malawi's high alkalinity has resulted in an abundance of brightly coloured fish and relatively low levels of plants. What you end up with is a tropical ocean-like snorkelling experience within a landlocked freshwater lake.

     

    Day - 22

    Location: Chitimba - Drive to your camp in Chitimba, which lies along the coast of Lake Malawi and has lovely beaches, friendly locals and a laidback atmosphere. When you arrive, perhaps take a stroll and acquaint yourself with this different part of the lake. Enjoy the scenery of banana palms, papaya trees and the Livingstonia and Nyika mountains looming nearby.

     

    Day - 23

    Location: Iringa - Today is a long travel day into Tanzania and its southern highlands. Sit back, relax and watch as the countryside passes by. When you arrive, you'll set up camp on the grounds of a farmhouse situated on the outskirts of this pleasant settlement. The area is filled with natural bush land which can make it a bird watchers paradise. Make the most of this rural setting by doing some stargazing before you retire for the night.

     

    Day - 24

    Location: Mikumi National Park - Today you'll drive to the edge of Mikumi National Park. Situated at the foot of the thickly wooded Uluguru Mountains, Mikumi is Tanzania's fourth largest national park. In the afternoon we head off on 4WD Game Drive with a local expert guide.This less touristed park is home to impressive numbers of elephants, hippos, giraffes, zebras, buffalo, warthogs, wildebeest and impalas – and maybe even a predator or two if you're lucky!

     

    Day - 25

    Location: Dar es Salaam - Sit back and enjoy the scenic drive to Kipepo Beach, located just south of Dar es Salaam. Once you arrive, take some time to unwind – perhaps enjoy a peaceful stroll along the shore. Your camp for the night is set on the grounds of a hotel right next to the beach, offering the perfect opportunity to relax and take a dip in the inviting waters of the ocean.

     

    Day - 26

    Location: Stone Town - Catch a ferry to Africa's 'Spice Island' of Zanzibar. Filled with pristine white-sand beaches, winding cobblestone alleyways and fragrant bazaars, Zanzibar has had a colourful history – everything from slave traders to Arabian sultans and fruit exporters. The sight of traditional dhows sailing along the coast evokes what the island must have been like in centuries ago. The old part of Zanzibar's main city is known as Stone Town, and the best way to see this is on foot, exploring the markets, shops, mosques, palaces and courtyards. When the sun is setting, why not grab a drink from a bar overlooking the seafront. A seafood curry at a local restaurant is also a great choice. You'll spend the night in Stone Town at a basic inn.

     

    Day - 27

    Location: Zanzibar Northern Beaches - Once checked out of your Stone Town accommodation, consider booking in to an optional guided tour of the island's spice plantations, learning all about the history of this town's spice trade. You will have the opportunity to smell and taste various spices, such as cinnamon, vanilla and ginger, plus sample some teas made with these spices too. After lunch, head to the Northern Beaches, where white sands and sparkling blue seas await. This is the Indian Ocean at its best.

     

    Day - 28

    Location: Zanzibar Northern Beaches - Enjoy free time in this beautiful archipelago today. There are many ways you can spend your day – perhaps talk to your leader for any recommendations they might have. Snorkelling in search of exotic fish is an excellent option, or you could take a traditional dhow boat on the water. You might also like to feast on a sumptuous lunch of grilled local seafood, or just relax in a hammock underneath a coconut tree with a good book. It's totally up to you!

     

    Day - 29

    Location: Stone Town / Bagamoyo - Jambo! Welcome to Zanzibar. Your African adventure begins in Stone Town, Zanzibar’s Old Town. Meet your tour leader and travel group at an 11 am welcome meeting at your hotel. After, catch the ferry to Dar es Salaam. Then board your overland vehicle (and meet your driver and cook) and take the short drive to your camp at Bagamoyo, a lovely spot by the beach.

     

    Day - 30

    Location: Usambara Mountains - Travel into the remote Usambara Mountains (approximately 7 hours). This unspoilt area of Tanzania attracts very few tourists, making it the perfect place to soak in your surroundings. The forests stretch across the mountains and are ideal for easy hikes and guided walks. You base is the old German colony of Lushoto, where you’ll stay on the grounds of one of the earliest hotels in Africa.

     

    Day - 31

    Location: Usambara Mountains - Today, explore the beautiful Usambara Mountains and experience this area’s gentle hospitality on a visit to some of its small communities. From your base, hike to the gorgeous Irente viewpoint. It's best to pack some water and snacks in a day pack for this trip. On your way back, visit a local cultural project based at Irente farm and enjoy a locally prepared lunch.

     

    Day - 32

    Location: Arusha - Today, journey from the scenic Usambara Mountains to Arusha. While there are no planned activities, enjoy the drive through Tanzania's picturesque landscapes as you make your way to the bustling gateway to the northern safari circuit. Upon arrival at your campsite on the outskirts of town, unwind and settle in for a restful evening and prepare for the adventures ahead.

     

    Day - 33

    Location: Karatu - After breakfast this morning, head to Karatu, the gateway to the Ngorongoro Crater. Here, you'll hike through the Ngorongoro Reserve Forest to Elephant Caves and the Endoro waterfalls along the way. Rich with calcium, the Elephant Caves got their name as elephants would come here and break off pieces of rock, eating the dust to receive important minerals. Today's trek, accompanied by an expert local guide and armed ranger, is the perfect way to stretch your legs after a few days of overland travel. You'll hike through Ngorongoro rainforest as your local guide explains the ins and outs of the area here and points out interesting animal tracks and footprints. Marvel at the wild landscape and spot beautiful birdlife as you walk. After, head to Karatu village for a tour of the local coffee farm. Here, you'll see the innovative farming practices from the locals and learn about the farming activities that sustain the coffee, bean, maize, banana, soya and pea crops. Tonight, enjoy a traditional dinner with a local Tanzanian family in their home, who will cook you a few different dishes to try. Learn about the local culture with educational stories from a locally trained guide. What a night!

     

    Day - 34

    Location: Ngorongoro Crater / Serengeti National Park - Get up early, put your camping and personal gear into a six-person jeep and head out for an excursion into the Serengeti via the Ngorongoro Crater. Enjoy a safari in the crater, spending between 3 and 4 hours exploring this perfectly intact volcanic crater. Watch for black rhinos, lions, leopards, elephants, impalas, zebras and hippos. Next, move on to the open plains of the Serengeti. Green after the rains, brown and burnt in the dry season, this is perhaps the quintessential image of Africa – the home of thousands of hoofed animals and fierce predators. Your campsite is within the Serengeti itself, so listen out for the sounds of nocturnal animals as you drift off to sleep.

     

    Day - 35

    Location: Serengeti National Park - Wake at dawn and embark on a game drive. You will head out while the animals are at their most active, then go back to camp for brunch at around 11 am. After spending the middle of the day relaxing, just like the animals do, head out again as the day begins to cool. You'll return from this second game drive in time for dinner. There's also the option today of a balloon ride over the park (in place of a portion of the morning game drive). If you have pre-booked this activity you will be picked up before dawn and driven to the launch site. After a safety briefing, you will glide through the dawn, sometimes at tree height, which provides amazing photo opportunities. After landing, you'll be treated to a five-star bush breakfast, then be returned to your camp.

     

    Day - 36

    Location: Mto wa Mbu - Rise with the sun and enjoy another game drive as you leave the Serengeti in your dust. Jump back into your overland vehicle and head for Mto wa Mbu. After setting up camp, we'll take a guided stroll through the farming areas, local homes and farmlands, getting to know the local community and their way of life. Later, we'll enjoy a scrumptious locally prepared dinner in town.

     

    Day - 37

    Location: Nairobi - Set off early and cross the Kenyan border then continue to Nairobi. You'll be dropped at the finishing point hotel in Nairobi where your trip ends. If you'd like to stay longer, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Johannesburg - Sawubona! Welcome to South Africa. Your adventure begins in Johannesburg with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. If you arrive early, maybe visit the eye-opening Apartheid Museum to start your journey with some crucial history before meeting up with your group. After the meeting, why not head out for an optional group dinner and get to know your newfound travel companions. Your leader can point you in the right direction with the best bar and restaurant recommendations.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Khama Rhino Sanctuary - Leaving South Africa behind, cross the border into Botswana this morning and travel towards the Khama Rhino Sanctuary. Situated on the edge of the Kalahari Desert, the Khama Rhino Sanctuary has drastically changed from a former hunting area to a conservation project. Built to protect Botswana's only remaining populations of both black and white rhinos, the sanctuary is also home to other wildlife including zebras, giraffes, leopards, ostriches and wildebeest, all of which can be seen grazing the many waterholes. Visiting this project benefits local communities and directly contributes to protecting the endangered white rhino. Later, you’ll head out on a dusk game drive to hopefully spot the rhinos when they’re most active.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Maun - This morning you’ll drive to Maun – the gateway to one of the world's most complex ecosystems, the Okavango Delta. A 16,000 square km maze of lush wetlands and waterways teeming with wildlife, this place is unlike anywhere else in the world. When you arrive, there will be an opportunity to stock up on any supplies you might need for your adventure ahead. Look out for the resident hippos, crocodiles, elephants and big cats in the delta. The animals aren’t the only drawcard, though! The waterscapes and shimmering horizon are enough to write home about.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Okavango Delta - Today you’ll get right in the action and jump aboard a traditional mokoro – a dugout canoe steered by friendly local 'polers'. Cruise the Okavango waterways and look out for the delta's unusual wildlife and exotic birds. Spend some time today exploring the maze of lagoons, lakes and streams on foot too, with your experienced local guides. Tonight, you’ll camp on a remote island right in the heart of the wilderness! Fall asleep to the humming and buzzing of the African heartlands and soak up one of those ‘I’m so far from home’ moments.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Okavango Delta - Wake up nice and early this morning and head out on a sunrise walk. Along the way, keep watch for elephants and if the timing is right, you might also come across some Cape buffalo! These noble-looking beasts are more dangerous than they look and their horns double as bone shield that's fittingly known as a 'boss'. Return to camp for breakfast, where you’ll have the rest of the day to relax. A refreshing swim, or maybe a nap could be on the cards – both good ideas in the warmer part of the day. Alternatively, take another optional mokoro trip to soak up that serene river atmosphere.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Maun - After taking down your camp, return to the ‘poler’ station by mokoro, before continuing to Maun by vehicle. When you arrive, you’ll have the option to embark on a scenic helicopter flight over the Okavango Delta, where you'll be treated to a breathtaking bird's eye view of the shimmering waterways and lush landscapes, a truly magical perspective of one of the world's most unique ecosystems.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Nata - Get up early and hit the road for Nata. This small town sits near the stunning Makgadikgadi Salt Pans, which are some of the largest on Earth covering around 12,000 square km. This afternoon, you’ll take an excursion in an open-air vehicle to explore these seemingly endless plains in the Nata Bird Sanctuary. Surrounded by the Kalahari Desert, the pans are naturally dry and salty for a large part of the year. During this time, the arid landscape has an eerie feel and the heat mirages can make you feel disoriented. After the rains hit, the pans become a grassy refuge for migratory birds and animals – a perfect setting for wildlife lovers!

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Chobe National Park - Hit the road this morning and make tracks for Chobe National Park – Botswana's first ever national park. This area is perhaps best known for its high concentration of elephants, which can often be seen swimming in the Chobe River. The river also attracts wallowing hippos, crocodiles by the water's edge, cheetahs, lions and a huge variety of birdlife. When you arrive, you’ll be treated to a sunset cruise on the Chobe River – an ideal way to spend the afternoon, watch the sun descend and toast to another day in Africa.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Victoria Falls - Why not wake up early and see Chobe National Park from a different perspective with an optional morning game drive. After, the group will travel to Victoria Falls, crossing the border into Zimbabwe just in time to have lunch on the banks of the Zambezi River. Enjoy some free time to experience the sights and sounds of the mighty falls at your own pace. This thundering curtain of water is about 1.7 km wide, falling 108 m into a narrow gorge below. In the wet season, the spray can rise an incredible 400 m as the falls become a raging torrent. In the dry season, the view of the falls is unobstructed by spray, and you can see the little islets in the river below. This evening, dine on a traditional a traditional Zimbabwe dinner hosted by a women's cooperative within the community. Learn how this initiative not only provides employment opportunities but also benefits the Victoria Falls community as a whole.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Victoria Falls - You have a free day today until your next welcome meeting at 4 pm where you'll meet your new leader and travel group. Your campground is centrally located, so why not take up some exciting optional activities beforehand? After the meeting, your leader will take you to a local activity centre where a range of activities will be on offer, and you can consider booking experiences for tomorrow.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Victoria Falls - Use your free day today to visit the magnificent Victoria Falls. This thundering curtain of water is 1.5 km wide, falling 108 m into a narrow gorge below. In the wet season, the spray created can rise up an incredible 400 m and the falls become a raging torrent. In the dry season, the view of the falls is unobstructed by spray and you can see little islets in the river below. Be sure to ask your local leader for their tips and advice on what to do in Victoria Falls.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Bulawayo - Depart Victoria Falls and travel to Bulawayo via the Victoria Falls Wildlife Trust – one of The Intrepid Foundation’s projects. Here you can learn about the rescue and rehabilitation of wildlife, human-wildlife conflict and the trusts role in anti-poaching. There may also be a chance to meet any rescued or orphaned wildlife currently in their care. After, arrive in Bulawayo – known locally as the 'City of Kings', Zimbabwe's second-largest city has an interesting history and some impeccable colonial architecture.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Bulawayo - Wake up early and get ready to track rhinos in Matobo National Park. Home to a significant population of black and white rhinoceros that can be tracked on foot. As your expert guide takes you through the park, look out for other game like leopards, warthogs, and springhares. You'll also learn about the local plants and trees, including wild pear and paperbark, and discover San paintings and the fascinating rock formations. The Matopos area has great spiritual and cultural significance to the local people and there are many sites within the park where important ceremonies still take place.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Masvingo - Drive to Masvingo today. This settlement – the oldest in Zimbabwe – makes for the perfect base from which to explore the Great Zimbabwe Ruins. The ruined city, now a UNESCO World Heritage-listed site, was first constructed in the 11th century. It's thought to be the former royal palace of the Zimbabwean monarch. Spend a few hours exploring this intriguing site before heading off to camp for the evening.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Harare - Travel to Harare today. You'll arrive at your destination in time for lunch. You only have an hour or two to explore Zimbabwe's capital city, so if you're feeling active and up for a stroll, get out and make the most of it. Perhaps head to the National Gallery, the museum, the botanical gardens or simply wander the city centre and visit the colourful markets.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Lusaka - Today, you'll cross into Zambia and drive to your campsite just outside Lusaka, Zambia's capital. Your journey begins with a nice scenic drive to the border. At some point during the day there will be an opportunity to stop at an ATM and stock up on any supplies you might need at a shop or market.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Petauke - Spend some time checking out Lusaka before a long day of travel today. You'll see that it's a modern city but still retains a traditional African feel. After, travel on to Petauke, where you'll spend the night.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: South Luangwa National Park - After breakfast, travel to a workshop in South Luangwa where local craftswomen take snare wire recovered from poaching traps and transform it into jewellery inspired by the African bush. The women will show you around their purpose-built workshop and give you a chance to try coiling or hammering the wire yourself. For each sale made, a donation is given to anti snare patrols dedicated to the conservation of the region. After, make your way through the heartland to South Luangwa National Park. The concentration of animals around the Luangwa River and its lagoons is among the highest in Africa. Many elephants, buffaloes, leopards, Thornicroft’s giraffes and lions are known to roam here. There are also some 400 species of birds inhabiting the area. A great way to experience South Luangwa and its beautiful scenery is to take an optional river trip – ask your group leader for more details.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: South Luangwa National Park - Rise early with a light breakfast and get ready for an exhilarating morning game drive in a 4WD with a local guide, then head back to the camp for an early lunch. During the hottest part of the day between safaris, you can either rest in the shade or take an optional village walk to get a glimpse of daily life in the local community. Return to the park for another game drive in the evening.

     

    Day - 20

    Location: Lake Malawi - Cross the border into Malawi and continue straight to your camp on the shores of Lake Malawi. Malawi is dominated by its lake, which covers almost a fifth of the country and provides a livelihood for many local people. Fishermen, fish traders and canoe and net makers all ply their trade on the lake. A common sight is that of a fisherman in a bwato (a dugout canoe made from a hollowed tree trunk) fishing on the still lake at the break of day. Your campsite at Kande Beach is right on the shore, so take some time to rest and relax.

     

    Day - 21

    Location: Lake Malawi - This morning you can take an optional walk in the nearby village, an opportunity to meet some local Malawians-easily some of the friendliest people in Africa. Enjoy a free afternoon chilling out on the lake’s sandy shores, time to soak up your idyllic surroundings you can take a dip in the lake or try out cycling to the hilly villages. Perhaps cool off with an optional snorkelling trip with a local guide. Lake Malawi's high alkalinity has resulted in an abundance of brightly coloured fish and relatively low levels of plants. What you end up with is a tropical ocean-like snorkelling experience within a landlocked freshwater lake.

     

    Day - 22

    Location: Chitimba - Drive to your camp in Chitimba, which lies along the coast of Lake Malawi and has lovely beaches, friendly locals and a laidback atmosphere. When you arrive, perhaps take a stroll and acquaint yourself with this different part of the lake. Enjoy the scenery of banana palms, papaya trees and the Livingstonia and Nyika mountains looming nearby.

     

    Day - 23

    Location: Iringa - Today is a long travel day into Tanzania and its southern highlands. Sit back, relax and watch as the countryside passes by. When you arrive, you'll set up camp on the grounds of a farmhouse situated on the outskirts of this pleasant settlement. The area is filled with natural bush land which can make it a bird watchers paradise. Make the most of this rural setting by doing some stargazing before you retire for the night.

     

    Day - 24

    Location: Mikumi National Park - Today you'll drive to the edge of Mikumi National Park. Situated at the foot of the thickly wooded Uluguru Mountains, Mikumi is Tanzania's fourth largest national park. In the afternoon we head off on 4WD Game Drive with a local expert guide.This less touristed park is home to impressive numbers of elephants, hippos, giraffes, zebras, buffalo, warthogs, wildebeest and impalas – and maybe even a predator or two if you're lucky!

     

    Day - 25

    Location: Dar es Salaam - Sit back and enjoy the scenic drive to Kipepo Beach, located just south of Dar es Salaam. Once you arrive, take some time to unwind – perhaps enjoy a peaceful stroll along the shore. Your camp for the night is set on the grounds of a hotel right next to the beach, offering the perfect opportunity to relax and take a dip in the inviting waters of the ocean.

     

    Day - 26

    Location: Stone Town - Catch a ferry to Africa's 'Spice Island' of Zanzibar. Filled with pristine white-sand beaches, winding cobblestone alleyways and fragrant bazaars, Zanzibar has had a colourful history – everything from slave traders to Arabian sultans and fruit exporters. The sight of traditional dhows sailing along the coast evokes what the island must have been like in centuries ago. The old part of Zanzibar's main city is known as Stone Town, and the best way to see this is on foot, exploring the markets, shops, mosques, palaces and courtyards. When the sun is setting, why not grab a drink from a bar overlooking the seafront. A seafood curry at a local restaurant is also a great choice. You'll spend the night in Stone Town at a basic inn.

     

    Day - 27

    Location: Zanzibar Northern Beaches - Once checked out of your Stone Town accommodation, consider booking in to an optional guided tour of the island's spice plantations, learning all about the history of this town's spice trade. You will have the opportunity to smell and taste various spices, such as cinnamon, vanilla and ginger, plus sample some teas made with these spices too. After lunch, head to the Northern Beaches, where white sands and sparkling blue seas await. This is the Indian Ocean at its best.

     

    Day - 28

    Location: Zanzibar Northern Beaches - Enjoy free time in this beautiful archipelago today. There are many ways you can spend your day – perhaps talk to your leader for any recommendations they might have. Snorkelling in search of exotic fish is an excellent option, or you could take a traditional dhow boat on the water. You might also like to feast on a sumptuous lunch of grilled local seafood, or just relax in a hammock underneath a coconut tree with a good book. It's totally up to you!

     

    Day - 29

    Location: Stone Town - After checking out of your accommodation this morning, you will make your way back to Stone Town, arriving at a centrally-located hotel around 12 pm. With no activities planned for today, you are free to leave at any time. That doesn't mean your adventure has to come to an end! If you wish to stay on in Zanzibar, either at the Northern Beaches beach resort or in Stone Town, we'll be happy to organise additional accommodation (subject to availability).

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Johannesburg - Sawubona! Welcome to South Africa. Your adventure begins in Johannesburg with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. If you arrive early, maybe visit the eye-opening Apartheid Museum to start your journey with some crucial history before meeting up with your group. After the meeting, why not head out for an optional group dinner and get to know your newfound travel companions. Your leader can point you in the right direction with the best bar and restaurant recommendations.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Khama Rhino Sanctuary - Leaving South Africa behind, cross the border into Botswana this morning and travel towards the Khama Rhino Sanctuary. Situated on the edge of the Kalahari Desert, the Khama Rhino Sanctuary has drastically changed from a former hunting area to a conservation project. Built to protect Botswana's only remaining populations of both black and white rhinos, the sanctuary is also home to other wildlife including zebras, giraffes, leopards, ostriches and wildebeest, all of which can be seen grazing the many waterholes. Visiting this project benefits local communities and directly contributes to protecting the endangered white rhino. Later, you’ll head out on a dusk game drive to hopefully spot the rhinos when they’re most active.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Maun - This morning you’ll drive to Maun – the gateway to one of the world's most complex ecosystems, the Okavango Delta. A 16,000 square km maze of lush wetlands and waterways teeming with wildlife, this place is unlike anywhere else in the world. When you arrive, there will be an opportunity to stock up on any supplies you might need for your adventure ahead. Look out for the resident hippos, crocodiles, elephants and big cats in the delta. The animals aren’t the only drawcard, though! The waterscapes and shimmering horizon are enough to write home about.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Okavango Delta - Today you’ll get right in the action and jump aboard a traditional mokoro – a dugout canoe steered by friendly local 'polers'. Cruise the Okavango waterways and look out for the delta's unusual wildlife and exotic birds. Spend some time today exploring the maze of lagoons, lakes and streams on foot too, with your experienced local guides. Tonight, you’ll camp on a remote island right in the heart of the wilderness! Fall asleep to the humming and buzzing of the African heartlands and soak up one of those ‘I’m so far from home’ moments.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Okavango Delta - Wake up nice and early this morning and head out on a sunrise walk. Along the way, keep watch for elephants and if the timing is right, you might also come across some Cape buffalo! These noble-looking beasts are more dangerous than they look and their horns double as bone shield that's fittingly known as a 'boss'. Return to camp for breakfast, where you’ll have the rest of the day to relax. A refreshing swim, or maybe a nap could be on the cards – both good ideas in the warmer part of the day. Alternatively, take another optional mokoro trip to soak up that serene river atmosphere.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Maun - After taking down your camp, return to the ‘poler’ station by mokoro, before continuing to Maun by vehicle. When you arrive, you’ll have the option to embark on a scenic helicopter flight over the Okavango Delta, where you'll be treated to a breathtaking bird's eye view of the shimmering waterways and lush landscapes, a truly magical perspective of one of the world's most unique ecosystems.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Nata - Get up early and hit the road for Nata. This small town sits near the stunning Makgadikgadi Salt Pans, which are some of the largest on Earth covering around 12,000 square km. This afternoon, you’ll take an excursion in an open-air vehicle to explore these seemingly endless plains in the Nata Bird Sanctuary. Surrounded by the Kalahari Desert, the pans are naturally dry and salty for a large part of the year. During this time, the arid landscape has an eerie feel and the heat mirages can make you feel disoriented. After the rains hit, the pans become a grassy refuge for migratory birds and animals – a perfect setting for wildlife lovers!

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Chobe National Park - Hit the road this morning and make tracks for Chobe National Park – Botswana's first ever national park. This area is perhaps best known for its high concentration of elephants, which can often be seen swimming in the Chobe River. The river also attracts wallowing hippos, crocodiles by the water's edge, cheetahs, lions and a huge variety of birdlife. When you arrive, you’ll be treated to a sunset cruise on the Chobe River – an ideal way to spend the afternoon, watch the sun descend and toast to another day in Africa.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Victoria Falls - Why not wake up early and see Chobe National Park from a different perspective with an optional morning game drive. After, the group will travel to Victoria Falls, crossing the border into Zimbabwe just in time to have lunch on the banks of the Zambezi River. Enjoy some free time to experience the sights and sounds of the mighty falls at your own pace. This thundering curtain of water is about 1.7 km wide, falling 108 m into a narrow gorge below. In the wet season, the spray can rise an incredible 400 m as the falls become a raging torrent. In the dry season, the view of the falls is unobstructed by spray, and you can see the little islets in the river below. This evening, dine on a traditional a traditional Zimbabwe dinner hosted by a women's cooperative within the community. Learn how this initiative not only provides employment opportunities but also benefits the Victoria Falls community as a whole.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Victoria Falls - You have a free day today until your next welcome meeting at 4 pm where you'll meet your new leader and travel group. Your campground is centrally located, so why not take up some exciting optional activities beforehand? After the meeting, your leader will take you to a local activity centre where a range of activities will be on offer, and you can consider booking experiences for tomorrow.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Victoria Falls - Use your free day today to visit the magnificent Victoria Falls. This thundering curtain of water is 1.5 km wide, falling 108 m into a narrow gorge below. In the wet season, the spray created can rise up an incredible 400 m and the falls become a raging torrent. In the dry season, the view of the falls is unobstructed by spray and you can see little islets in the river below. Be sure to ask your local leader for their tips and advice on what to do in Victoria Falls.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Bulawayo - Depart Victoria Falls and travel to Bulawayo via the Victoria Falls Wildlife Trust – one of The Intrepid Foundation’s projects. Here you can learn about the rescue and rehabilitation of wildlife, human-wildlife conflict and the trusts role in anti-poaching. There may also be a chance to meet any rescued or orphaned wildlife currently in their care. After, arrive in Bulawayo – known locally as the 'City of Kings', Zimbabwe's second-largest city has an interesting history and some impeccable colonial architecture.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Bulawayo - Wake up early and get ready to track rhinos in Matobo National Park. Home to a significant population of black and white rhinoceros that can be tracked on foot. As your expert guide takes you through the park, look out for other game like leopards, warthogs, and springhares. You'll also learn about the local plants and trees, including wild pear and paperbark, and discover San paintings and the fascinating rock formations. The Matopos area has great spiritual and cultural significance to the local people and there are many sites within the park where important ceremonies still take place.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Masvingo - Drive to Masvingo today. This settlement – the oldest in Zimbabwe – makes for the perfect base from which to explore the Great Zimbabwe Ruins. The ruined city, now a UNESCO World Heritage-listed site, was first constructed in the 11th century. It's thought to be the former royal palace of the Zimbabwean monarch. Spend a few hours exploring this intriguing site before heading off to camp for the evening.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Harare - Travel to Harare today. You'll arrive at your destination in time for lunch. You only have an hour or two to explore Zimbabwe's capital city, so if you're feeling active and up for a stroll, get out and make the most of it. Perhaps head to the National Gallery, the museum, the botanical gardens or simply wander the city centre and visit the colourful markets.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Lusaka - Today, you'll cross into Zambia and drive to your campsite just outside Lusaka, Zambia's capital. Your journey begins with a nice scenic drive to the border. At some point during the day there will be an opportunity to stop at an ATM and stock up on any supplies you might need at a shop or market.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Petauke - Spend some time checking out Lusaka before a long day of travel today. You'll see that it's a modern city but still retains a traditional African feel. After, travel on to Petauke, where you'll spend the night.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: South Luangwa National Park - After breakfast, travel to a workshop in South Luangwa where local craftswomen take snare wire recovered from poaching traps and transform it into jewellery inspired by the African bush. The women will show you around their purpose-built workshop and give you a chance to try coiling or hammering the wire yourself. For each sale made, a donation is given to anti snare patrols dedicated to the conservation of the region. After, make your way through the heartland to South Luangwa National Park. The concentration of animals around the Luangwa River and its lagoons is among the highest in Africa. Many elephants, buffaloes, leopards, Thornicroft’s giraffes and lions are known to roam here. There are also some 400 species of birds inhabiting the area. A great way to experience South Luangwa and its beautiful scenery is to take an optional river trip – ask your group leader for more details.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: South Luangwa National Park - Rise early with a light breakfast and get ready for an exhilarating morning game drive in a 4WD with a local guide, then head back to the camp for an early lunch. During the hottest part of the day between safaris, you can either rest in the shade or take an optional village walk to get a glimpse of daily life in the local community. Return to the park for another game drive in the evening.

     

    Day - 20

    Location: Lake Malawi - Cross the border into Malawi and continue straight to your camp on the shores of Lake Malawi. Malawi is dominated by its lake, which covers almost a fifth of the country and provides a livelihood for many local people. Fishermen, fish traders and canoe and net makers all ply their trade on the lake. A common sight is that of a fisherman in a bwato (a dugout canoe made from a hollowed tree trunk) fishing on the still lake at the break of day. Your campsite at Kande Beach is right on the shore, so take some time to rest and relax.

     

    Day - 21

    Location: Lake Malawi - This morning you can take an optional walk in the nearby village, an opportunity to meet some local Malawians-easily some of the friendliest people in Africa. Enjoy a free afternoon chilling out on the lake’s sandy shores, time to soak up your idyllic surroundings you can take a dip in the lake or try out cycling to the hilly villages. Perhaps cool off with an optional snorkelling trip with a local guide. Lake Malawi's high alkalinity has resulted in an abundance of brightly coloured fish and relatively low levels of plants. What you end up with is a tropical ocean-like snorkelling experience within a landlocked freshwater lake.

     

    Day - 22

    Location: Chitimba - Drive to your camp in Chitimba, which lies along the coast of Lake Malawi and has lovely beaches, friendly locals and a laidback atmosphere. When you arrive, perhaps take a stroll and acquaint yourself with this different part of the lake. Enjoy the scenery of banana palms, papaya trees and the Livingstonia and Nyika mountains looming nearby.

     

    Day - 23

    Location: Iringa - Today is a long travel day into Tanzania and its southern highlands. Sit back, relax and watch as the countryside passes by. When you arrive, you'll set up camp on the grounds of a farmhouse situated on the outskirts of this pleasant settlement. The area is filled with natural bush land which can make it a bird watchers paradise. Make the most of this rural setting by doing some stargazing before you retire for the night.

     

    Day - 24

    Location: Mikumi National Park - Today you'll drive to the edge of Mikumi National Park. Situated at the foot of the thickly wooded Uluguru Mountains, Mikumi is Tanzania's fourth largest national park. In the afternoon we head off on 4WD Game Drive with a local expert guide.This less touristed park is home to impressive numbers of elephants, hippos, giraffes, zebras, buffalo, warthogs, wildebeest and impalas – and maybe even a predator or two if you're lucky!

     

    Day - 25

    Location: Dar es Salaam - Sit back and enjoy the scenic drive to Kipepo Beach, located just south of Dar es Salaam. Once you arrive, take some time to unwind – perhaps enjoy a peaceful stroll along the shore. Your camp for the night is set on the grounds of a hotel right next to the beach, offering the perfect opportunity to relax and take a dip in the inviting waters of the ocean.

     

    Day - 26

    Location: Stone Town - Catch a ferry to Africa's 'Spice Island' of Zanzibar. Filled with pristine white-sand beaches, winding cobblestone alleyways and fragrant bazaars, Zanzibar has had a colourful history – everything from slave traders to Arabian sultans and fruit exporters. The sight of traditional dhows sailing along the coast evokes what the island must have been like in centuries ago. The old part of Zanzibar's main city is known as Stone Town, and the best way to see this is on foot, exploring the markets, shops, mosques, palaces and courtyards. When the sun is setting, why not grab a drink from a bar overlooking the seafront. A seafood curry at a local restaurant is also a great choice. You'll spend the night in Stone Town at a basic inn.

     

    Day - 27

    Location: Zanzibar Northern Beaches - Once checked out of your Stone Town accommodation, consider booking in to an optional guided tour of the island's spice plantations, learning all about the history of this town's spice trade. You will have the opportunity to smell and taste various spices, such as cinnamon, vanilla and ginger, plus sample some teas made with these spices too. After lunch, head to the Northern Beaches, where white sands and sparkling blue seas await. This is the Indian Ocean at its best.

     

    Day - 28

    Location: Zanzibar Northern Beaches - Enjoy free time in this beautiful archipelago today. There are many ways you can spend your day – perhaps talk to your leader for any recommendations they might have. Snorkelling in search of exotic fish is an excellent option, or you could take a traditional dhow boat on the water. You might also like to feast on a sumptuous lunch of grilled local seafood, or just relax in a hammock underneath a coconut tree with a good book. It's totally up to you!

     

    Day - 29

    Location: Stone Town / Bagamoyo - Travel to Stone Town this morning, Zanzibar’s Old Town. Meet your new leader and travel group at an 11 am welcome meeting at the hotel. After, catch the ferry to Dares Salaam. Then, board your overland vehicle (and meet your driver and cook) and take the short drive to your camp at Bagamoyo, a lovely spot by the beach.

     

    Day - 30

    Location: Usambara Mountains - Travel into the remote Usambara Mountains (approximately 7 hours). This unspoilt area of Tanzania attracts very few tourists, making it the perfect place to soak in your surroundings. The forests stretch across the mountains and are ideal for easy hikes and guided walks. You base is the old German colony of Lushoto, where you’ll stay on the grounds of one of the earliest hotels in Africa.

     

    Day - 31

    Location: Usambara Mountains - Today, explore the beautiful Usambara Mountains and experience this area’s gentle hospitality on a visit to some of its small communities. From your base, hike to the gorgeous Irente viewpoint. It's best to pack some water and snacks in a day pack for this trip. On your way back, visit a local cultural project based at Irente farm and enjoy a locally prepared lunch.

     

    Day - 32

    Location: Arusha - Today, journey from the scenic Usambara Mountains to Arusha. While there are no planned activities, enjoy the drive through Tanzania's picturesque landscapes as you make your way to the bustling gateway to the northern safari circuit. Upon arrival at your campsite on the outskirts of town, unwind and settle in for a restful evening and prepare for the adventures ahead.

     

    Day - 33

    Location: Karatu - After breakfast this morning, head to Karatu, the gateway to the Ngorongoro Crater. Here, you'll hike through the Ngorongoro Reserve Forest to Elephant Caves and the Endoro waterfalls along the way. Rich with calcium, the Elephant Caves got their name as elephants would come here and break off pieces of rock, eating the dust to receive important minerals. Today's trek, accompanied by an expert local guide and armed ranger, is the perfect way to stretch your legs after a few days of overland travel. You'll hike through Ngorongoro rainforest as your local guide explains the ins and outs of the area here and points out interesting animal tracks and footprints. Marvel at the wild landscape and spot beautiful birdlife as you walk. After, head to Karatu village for a tour of the local coffee farm. Here, you'll see the innovative farming practices from the locals and learn about the farming activities that sustain the coffee, bean, maize, banana, soya and pea crops. Tonight, enjoy a traditional dinner with a local Tanzanian family in their home, who will cook you a few different dishes to try. Learn about the local culture with educational stories from a locally trained guide. What a night!

     

    Day - 34

    Location: Ngorongoro Crater / Serengeti National Park - Get up early, put your camping and personal gear into a six-person jeep and head out for an excursion into the Serengeti via the Ngorongoro Crater. Enjoy a safari in the crater, spending between 3 and 4 hours exploring this perfectly intact volcanic crater. Watch for black rhinos, lions, leopards, elephants, impalas, zebras and hippos. Next, move on to the open plains of the Serengeti. Green after the rains, brown and burnt in the dry season, this is perhaps the quintessential image of Africa – the home of thousands of hoofed animals and fierce predators. Your campsite is within the Serengeti itself, so listen out for the sounds of nocturnal animals as you drift off to sleep.

     

    Day - 35

    Location: Serengeti National Park - Wake at dawn and embark on a game drive. You will head out while the animals are at their most active, then go back to camp for brunch at around 11 am. After spending the middle of the day relaxing, just like the animals do, head out again as the day begins to cool. You'll return from this second game drive in time for dinner. There's also the option today of a balloon ride over the park (in place of a portion of the morning game drive). If you have pre-booked this activity you will be picked up before dawn and driven to the launch site. After a safety briefing, you will glide through the dawn, sometimes at tree height, which provides amazing photo opportunities. After landing, you'll be treated to a five-star bush breakfast, then be returned to your camp.

     

    Day - 36

    Location: Mto wa Mbu - Rise with the sun and enjoy another game drive as you leave the Serengeti in your dust. Jump back into your overland vehicle and head for Mto wa Mbu. After setting up camp, we'll take a guided stroll through the farming areas, local homes and farmlands, getting to know the local community and their way of life. Later, we'll enjoy a scrumptious locally prepared dinner in town.

     

    Day - 37

    Location: Nairobi - Set off early to cross the border into Kenya and make your way to the bustling metropolis of Nairobi. On arrival, settle into your hotel and spend the evening at your leisure before joining the welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight to meet new members of your group.

     

    Day - 38

    Location: Lake Nakuru National Park - Take in the spectacular views of the Rift Valley, Lake Naivasha and Elementaita on the drive north-west to Lake Nakuru National Park – situated in the heart of the Great Rift Valley. You’ll arrive in time for a short evening game drive along the shore of the lake. Lake Nakuru National Park is a small and compact area based around a lake that makes a great location for spotting wildlife. Along with the other members of the Big Five, Lake Nakuru is home to many rhinos and will therefore be the best chance to get a snap of these magnificent beasts.

     

    Day - 39

    Location: Eldoret - Rise early, have some breakfast, break up camp and head out on an overland game drive as you leave the park. Eat lunch at the gate before driving northwest to Eldoret – one of Kenya's fastest-growing cities. Due to its high altitude, the town is an ideal training ground for middle and long-distance athletes and is home to some of Kenya's most famous runners. Tonight, enjoy a traditional dinner at your campsite located just outside Eldoret.

     

    Day - 40

    Location: Kampala - Today, you’ll leave Kenya behind and cross the border into landlocked Uganda, travelling on to its capital city, Kampala. With a population of over 45 million, Uganda is a country of great cultural diversity and is one of the five countries that make up the East African Community. As today is a long travel day, take a break from setting up camp with a stay at a hotel tonight. After your long drive, sit down for a dinner prepared by the hotel before settling in for a good night’s rest.

     

    Day - 41

    Location: Kalinzu Forest - Travel to Kalinzu Forest National Park today. Some of its inhabitants include chimpanzees, black and white colobuses, baboons, red-tailed monkeys, both blue and red duikers, bushbucks, waterbucks, giant forest hogs, buffalo and elephants. When you arrive, settle into your camp and perhaps stretch your legs and explore your surroundings with the rest of the group.

     

    Day - 42

    Location: Queen Elizabeth National Park - This morning, you have the option to take an excursion to see the chimpanzees of Kalinzu Forest. More closely related to humans than any other living creature, the chimpanzees are a delight to watch as they squabble and play in fruiting trees. You can also choose to soak in the sounds of the forest from the comfort of your tent. Later, take the short drive to Queen Elizabeth National Park. Once camp is set up, there's an option to take a boat cruise along the Kazinga Channel – well-known for pelicans, eagles and other birdlife, as well as a healthy population of hippos.

     

    Day - 43

    Location: Kisoro - Today, drive out of the Queen Elizabeth National Park on your way to the southwest tip of Uganda. On this short game drive, cross your fingers and look out for elephants, buffalo, Ugandan kobs and waterbucks. Arrive at the corner of Uganda, where the border touches Rwanda and the Democratic Republic of Congo. You’ll spend the night in Kisoro at a camp on the shore of Lake Mutanda, with views of the Virunga Mountain range. Tonight, relax and soak up the views, go for a swim off the small dock or go hunting for a glimpse of local weaver bird nests and African clawless otters.

     

    Day - 44

    Location: Gorilla Trek - Joined by a local ranger and gorilla trackers, you’ll climb through the rugged mountain terrain of Bwindi (translating to ‘dark’) Impenetrable National Park for the rare and exciting opportunity to encounter the gorilla families that live here. No more than eight people per day can visit any one habituated family and visits are strictly controlled to minimise disturbance. The terrain here can be quite strenuous, but the sheer thrill of coming across a group of gorillas dominated by a great male silverback more than outweighs the difficulty. Watch them eat, sleep, groom and play as the giant silverback surveys the scene and the smaller ones laze in the trees or play and be struck by the similarities between gorillas and humans.

     

    Day - 45

    Location: Gorilla Trek - If you didn’t get to complete your gorilla visit yesterday, you’ll head out today. With your free day, your leader will provide you with options and ideas on how you can spend your time in the area around Kisoro. You can head out on more rainforest hikes to see monkeys, take some nature walks, or perhaps take a day excursion over the border to Rwanda to visit the genocide memorial, art museum and Nyamirambo women’s center. However, please ensure you have a Rwanda or East Africa visa.

     

    Day - 46

    Location: Mbarara - This morning, you’ll turn back towards the capital of Kampala and embark on a bit of a travel day. You’ll break up the journey at the pit-stop town of Mbarara for the night. There’s not much to do around Mbarara, so tonight’s a great opportunity to recharge, get stuck into a book or relax at the camp.

     

    Day - 47

    Location: Jinja - Today you'll continue your journey inland, travelling towards Jinja. The Jinja region is one of the highlights of any visit to Uganda – a riverside retreat at the source of the Nile that’s also the adventure capital of the country. Tonight, you’ll camp at a scenic riverside site and enjoy a good night’s rest ready for tomorrow's adventures.

     

    Day - 48

    Location: Jinja - Located at the source of the Nile as it leaves Lake Victoria, Jinja is a place for the adventurer, the adrenaline junkie and the eco-traveller. Enjoy a full free day here to explore at your own pace, with a bunch of optional activities to choose. Maybe get active with some whitewater rafting or float along the river on a kayak. You can also opt for a boat cruise to the source of the Nile, to enjoy the river from a new perspective.

     

    Day - 49

    Location: Kericho - Farewell Uganda and begin the journey back to Kenya and Nairobi, stopping overnight at the town of Kericho – one of Kenya’s most popular towns due to its tranquil surroundings, blanketed by thick tea plantations and evergreens. Sitting at the edge of the South-Western Mau National Reserve and is known for its vast tea estates. When you arrive, visit a tea plantation and learn about the tea farming process from the locals themselves.

     

    Day - 50

    Location: Masai Mara National Reserve - This morning, drive to the famous Masai Mara National Park. Stop in Loita Hills on the way, home of the traditional Maasai people, and visit Tepesua Village. You’ll be welcomed by Maasai warriors through traditional song and dance. Meet your Maasai hosts and listen to a talk full of insights into the remarkable ancient culture. The Tepesua Community was formed with the aim of promoting education, empowering women (including widows and vulnerable women in the community) as well as promoting community development. There are multiple projects that aim to educate boys and girls and support women’s development and empowerment, focusing especially on the village mamaas (widows). Learn how the community creates job opportunities for the youths in the village and meet the women who make eco-friendly handbags and backpacks to sell to visiting travellers and locals. Travel on to the Masai Mara – with sparse open plains, dramatic skies and the world's most iconic animals living within its boundaries, this is the quintessential African experience. Explore this diverse environment and view a multitude of wildlife on an early evening 4WD game drive with expert local driver guides.

     

    Day - 51

    Location: Masai Mara National Reserve - This morning, maybe take an optional balloon ride over the Mara at sunrise. If you’ve pre-booked this activity, you’ll be picked up before dawn and driven to the launch site for a safety briefing from your pilot. You’ll then glide through the skies, sometimes at tree height, for some amazing photo opportunities. After landing, you'll be treated to a bush breakfast before meeting up with the rest of the group. Today you’ll venture into the Masai Mara National Reserve with expert local driver guides for a day-long 4WD safari. You'll explore this diverse environment and most likely see a multitude of wildlife.

     

    Day - 52

    Location: Nairobi - Return to the bustling metropolis of Nairobi today. When you arrive, you'll be dropped off at your finishing point hotel, where your trip ends. If you'd like to extend your stay, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Johannesburg - Sawubona! Welcome Johannesburg, the sprawling South African capital. In Joburg (unlike a lot of city nicknames, this is one people actually use) mansions stand alongside humble tin abodes and there are as many green parks on the outskirts of the city as there is concrete jungle in the centre. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm. If you can’t wait to begin exploring and arrive with time to spare, why not make your way to the Apartheid Museum and start your journey with some crucial history before you meet up with your group.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Greater Kruger National Park - Black Mambas HQ - Rise and shine for a long day’s drive to the outskirts of Kruger National Park where you'll be lucky enough to camp for the evening at the Black Mambas headquarters. The Intrepid Foundation is proudly partnered with Helping Rhinos, who directly support the work of the Black Mambas - the world's first all-female anti-poaching unit. Made up of a team of 36 young African women, the Mambas patrol 20,000 hectares of the Balule Nature Reserve, part of Greater Kruger National Park. Turning a traditionally male-dominated industry on its head, they’re putting their female prowess to work protecting Kruger National Park's wildlife in an unconventional way. You'll join them on a bush walk to learn how they find and destroy snares firsthand. Enjoy a special dinner by lantern light and later, relax by the campfire with the Mambas as they share stories about their path to becoming a Black Mamba and conservation work.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Kruger National Park - Wave goodbye to the Mambas and take a scenic drive along the famous Panorama Route through some of the most stunning scenery South Africa has to offer, such as Bourke’s Luck Potholes. In the evening, choose to relax at your camp, located in Kruger National Park, or perhaps head out on an optional night drive with the park guide. The optional night drives are a chance to spot nocturnal animals and perhaps even a night-time predator or two – maybe catch a lion or hyena out hunting, or perhaps an impala out in search of a late-night feed.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Kruger National Park - Rise early and enjoy a light breakfast before heading out on 4x4 jeeps for a full-day game drive. Most of your day will be spent spotting game, birdwatching, and stopping at various waterholes and viewpoints to rest along the way. Kruger National Park is one of the largest National Parks in Southern Africa. It boasts over 500 bird species, 100 species of reptile and 150 mammal species, including the Big Five and the endangered African wild dog. Drive through some of Kruger’s prime game viewing areas on your way to camp and try to spot some of these amazing creatures straight away! Set up camp and get settled for the evening.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Hlane Royal National Park - Start the day with a slow game drive through Kruger, covering between 20 and 70 kilometres (depending on what animals you see along the way) in the park then exiting by mid-morning. Hit the road towards Hlane Royal National Park. Travel south-east and cross the border into the kingdom of Eswatini, a country nestled between Mozambique, Northern Zululand and Mpumalanga. Arrive at Hlane Royal National Park, a vast expanse of bushveld with ancient hardwood trees, and begin exploring immediately on a guided game walk. The walking safari, led by a local guide, will give you the best understanding of how large and complex the ecosystem in this park is. With a professional ranger by your side, you’ll look out for animals like rhino, giraffe, and elephant while also searching for tiny creatures like snakes, spiders, and small mammals (don’t worry, there’s no lions in the section of the park where you’ll be walking). You’ll spend tonight at a camp within the national park.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Hlane Royal National Park - Today you’ll have the opportunity to further explore Hlane Royal National Park at your leisure. You might like to book an optional 4x4 game drive within the park, where you can expect to see all kinds of animals like antelopes, elephants, zebras, rhinos, and lions. Guided by a local Swazi guide, these drives typically take 2-2.5hrs either in the early morning or late afternoon. Another optional activity for today is to visit the Hlane Umphakatsi (Chief Village) - a tour of the authentic living homestead and opportunity to discover the Swazi way of life. You'll learn more about the traditional culture here, get to know the locals and even get a chance to try your hand at day-to-day activities. You’ll discover how Umphakatsi is a special village since it is one of the few with a female Chief: Inkhosikati.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: St Lucia Estuary - Depart Hlane this morning and cross the border to Lake St Lucia, part of the St Lucia Estuary, stopping at a shop for supplies along the way. Declared a World Heritage Site in 1999, St Lucia Estuary is home to thousands of varieties of birds, mammals and reptiles, including hundreds of hippos and crocodiles. On arrival at camp, jump onboard a Hippo Boat Safari which offers a different perspective to traditional Game viewing with the chance to spot creatures cruising down the estuary, or basking on the banks.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: St Lucia Estuary - We'll take a day trip to Cape Vidal today for some time by the sand in the sun. Cape Vidal lies within the iSimangaliso Wetland Park World Heritage Site and sits on the exquisite Zululand coast – home to a rich array of marine life. This area is visited seasonally by humpback whales during their migrations, as well as loggerhead and leatherback sea turtles that come to the beaches north of Cape Vidal from November to February to nest. You can spend the day relaxing on the beach or speak to your leader about booking some of the optional activities in the area. You’ll head back to your camp at Lake St Lucia this afternoon.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Durban - Continue to Durban after breakfast today. With no activities or accommodation planned, your adventure comes to an end on arrival today. Durban is South Africa's second most populous city, boasting sandy beaches and a glitzy nightlife – a great place to extend your stay and enjoy some leisure time. Perhaps take the opportunity for a final dinner with your fellow travellers this evening.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Durban - Sawubona! Welcome to South Africa. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. If you arrive early, why not get out and explore Durban – teeming with golden, sandy beaches. Maybe visit the Masjid Mosque, wander through a local art gallery or check out Mhlanga Lighthouse – a beautiful lighthouse on the Mhlanga coastline. For dinner, maybe head to Florida Road for traditional Bunny Chow or some fresh seafood with your group – your local leader will be able to recommend their favourite spots.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Drakensberg - Leave Durban this morning and travel inland towards the Drakensberg Mountain Range. Along the way, stop at the Nelson Mandela Capture Site and learn about the history of this great man. Then, continue the journey to Drakensberg. When you arrive, maybe enjoy a drink with your group in the thatched loft lounge room or relax at the onsite pool.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Drakensberg - Drakensberg is Southern Africa's highest range, sitting at 3482 m, and forms part of the border between South Africa and Lesotho. This morning, lace up your hiking boots and set off through an amazing array of flora and fauna. The Drakensberg range is often referred to as the Barrier of Spears or the Dragon Mountains. Today there are sure to be some beautiful views, so be sure to have your camera in hand.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Lesotho Highlands - This morning, head into the mountain kingdom of Lesotho – also known as the Kingdom in the Sky. Cross the border into Lesotho, then drive past the Golden Gate Highlands National Park which is famous for its sandstone rock formations. The park is also home to elands, zebras, mongooses and hundreds of bird species – keep your eyes peeled along the way.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Lesotho Highlands - Today you’ll have a variety of hikes to choose from. The Lesotho Highlands offer excellent hiking for all levels of fitness and skill, so depending on your experience, you should be able to choose one that allows you to get the most out of these epic landscapes. Maybe join a village and museum walk or hike along the Pitseng Canyon – a scenic gorge known for its rock pools and views of the surrounding green mountains and red rock. After, maybe explore the numerous Bushman rock art sites in the mountains on the Bushman Painting Hike.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Wild Coast/Cintsa - Travel along the beautiful Wild Coast of South Africa to the little coastal town of Cintsa this morning. Cintsa and its surrounding region are home to Xhosa communities, whose lifestyle is deeply rooted in tribal traditions and customs. Arriving in the late afternoon, you'll have time to relax and freshen up before dinner.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Wild Coast/Cintsa - Today is a free day to explore at your own pace. Maybe soak up the sun on the beach with a book or take a mountain bike through the hinterland. This afternoon, maybe explore the Cintsa River by canoe or book in for a surfing lesson. Be sure to check in with your group leader to get their recommendations.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Addo Elephant National Park - This morning you'll travel to Addo Elephant National Park, which was created in 1931 to protect the region's eleven remaining elephants. A true success story in conservation – today there are over 450 elephants in the park, as well as cape buffalo, black rhinos, antelopes and the flightless dung beetle. When you arrive, you'll take an afternoon game drive with your group. As you drive, try to spot some of these resident creatures, among others, from your truck.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Garden Route / Tsitsikamma National Park - Wake early and set off on another game drive in Addo Elephant National Park. After, begin your journey along the Garden Route – your first stop being Tsitsikamma National Park. Here you’ll see the steep ancient forests which meet the breakers of the Indian Ocean, protecting both land and sea. When you arrive, your leader will take you to a local activity centre, where a range of activities will be on offer – some of which you may like to book for your free day tomorrow.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Tsitsikamma National Park - With another day in Tsitsikamma, you’ll have more time to explore this magnificent national park. Cape clawless otters, dolphins, tortoises and southern right whales (depending on the season) are all locals here, along with baboons, monkeys and a heap of birdlife. See how many of them you can spot on a range of hiking trails, including those to the Stormsriver Mouth and waterfalls.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Garden Route / Oudtshoorn - After breakfast, head out across the arid Karoo region bound for Oudtshoorn. Along the way you'll stop at Knysna to stretch your legs and explore this hamlet with a gorgeous lagoon. Then, travel to the Cango Caves, where you’ll have time to explore the weird and wonderful rock formations, including the Cleopatra's Needle, which is at least 150,000 years old. Your local guide will give you all the ins-and-outs of their formation and history. Later, continue to Oudtshoorn – known as the ostrich capital of the world. At the turn of the 20th century, it was full of feather barons that grew rich from the popularity of ostrich feathers. Tonight, maybe head out with your group and find a local restaurant for dinner.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Cape Town - Rise early this morning to spend some time with wild meerkats. Head to their burrow, pull up a chair and sip coffee while the sun comes up and the meerkats climb out into the sunshine. Watch these cute, wild animals, who are never fed or handled by humans, as they go about their daily routine of foraging and frolicking. Then it's on to Cape Town, the seaside city you'll call home for the next two nights. Along the way, stop in Stellenbosch – one of the world’s great wine regions, set in the heart of the Cape Winelands and framed by the Cape Fold Mountains. Visit a local winery to taste and learn about some of the region’s signature vintages. Tonight, maybe head out for dinner to one of Cape Town’s hip restaurants and bars for dinner.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Cape Town - Today, you'll visit Boulder's Beach to see the resident penguins waddle across this beautiful beach framed by ancient granite boulders. Then, the rest of the day is yours to explore Cape Town however you like. With sweeping views across the city and the ocean below, you might like to make your way to the top of Table Mountain. Whether you choose to relax and ride the city's famous cable car to reach the top or strap on your walking shoes and get hiking - we'll leave it up to you! Tonight, maybe join your group for dinner with coastal views – a great way to spend your last night!

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Cape Town - As there are no further activities planned today, your South African adventure comes to an end after breakfast. If you’d like to stay longer (and it’s recommended you do) just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Johannesburg - Sawubona! Welcome to South Africa. Your adventure begins in Johannesburg with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. If you arrive early, maybe visit the eye-opening Apartheid Museum to start your journey with some crucial history before meeting up with your group. After the meeting, why not head out for an optional group dinner and get to know your newfound travel companions. Your leader can point you in the right direction with the best bar and restaurant recommendations.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Khama Rhino Sanctuary - Leaving South Africa behind, cross the border into Botswana this morning and travel towards the Khama Rhino Sanctuary. Situated on the edge of the Kalahari Desert, the Khama Rhino Sanctuary has drastically changed from a former hunting area to a conservation project. Built to protect Botswana's only remaining populations of both black and white rhinos, the sanctuary is also home to other wildlife including zebras, giraffes, leopards, ostriches and wildebeest, all of which can be seen grazing the many waterholes. Visiting this project benefits local communities and directly contributes to protecting the endangered white rhino. Later, you’ll head out on a dusk game drive to hopefully spot the rhinos when they’re most active.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Maun - This morning you’ll drive to Maun – the gateway to one of the world's most complex ecosystems, the Okavango Delta. A 16,000 square km maze of lush wetlands and waterways teeming with wildlife, this place is unlike anywhere else in the world. When you arrive, there will be an opportunity to stock up on any supplies you might need for your adventure ahead. Look out for the resident hippos, crocodiles, elephants and big cats in the delta. The animals aren’t the only drawcard, though! The waterscapes and shimmering horizon are enough to write home about.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Okavango Delta - Today you’ll get right in the action and jump aboard a traditional mokoro – a dugout canoe steered by friendly local 'polers'. Cruise the Okavango waterways and look out for the delta's unusual wildlife and exotic birds. Spend some time today exploring the maze of lagoons, lakes and streams on foot too, with your experienced local guides. Tonight, you’ll camp on a remote island right in the heart of the wilderness! Fall asleep to the humming and buzzing of the African heartlands and soak up one of those ‘I’m so far from home’ moments.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Okavango Delta - Wake up nice and early this morning and head out on a sunrise walk. Along the way, keep watch for elephants and if the timing is right, you might also come across some Cape buffalo! These noble-looking beasts are more dangerous than they look and their horns double as bone shield that's fittingly known as a 'boss'. Return to camp for breakfast, where you’ll have the rest of the day to relax. A refreshing swim, or maybe a nap could be on the cards – both good ideas in the warmer part of the day. Alternatively, take another optional mokoro trip to soak up that serene river atmosphere.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Maun - After taking down your camp, return to the ‘poler’ station by mokoro, before continuing to Maun by vehicle. When you arrive, you’ll have the option to embark on a scenic helicopter flight over the Okavango Delta, where you'll be treated to a breathtaking bird's eye view of the shimmering waterways and lush landscapes, a truly magical perspective of one of the world's most unique ecosystems.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Nata - Get up early and hit the road for Nata. This small town sits near the stunning Makgadikgadi Salt Pans, which are some of the largest on Earth covering around 12,000 square km. This afternoon, you’ll take an excursion in an open-air vehicle to explore these seemingly endless plains in the Nata Bird Sanctuary. Surrounded by the Kalahari Desert, the pans are naturally dry and salty for a large part of the year. During this time, the arid landscape has an eerie feel and the heat mirages can make you feel disoriented. After the rains hit, the pans become a grassy refuge for migratory birds and animals – a perfect setting for wildlife lovers!

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Chobe National Park - Hit the road this morning and make tracks for Chobe National Park – Botswana's first ever national park. This area is perhaps best known for its high concentration of elephants, which can often be seen swimming in the Chobe River. The river also attracts wallowing hippos, crocodiles by the water's edge, cheetahs, lions and a huge variety of birdlife. When you arrive, you’ll be treated to a sunset cruise on the Chobe River – an ideal way to spend the afternoon, watch the sun descend and toast to another day in Africa.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Victoria Falls - Why not wake up early and see Chobe National Park from a different perspective with an optional morning game drive. After, the group will travel to Victoria Falls, crossing the border into Zimbabwe just in time to have lunch on the banks of the Zambezi River. Enjoy some free time to experience the sights and sounds of the mighty falls at your own pace. This thundering curtain of water is about 1.7 km wide, falling 108 m into a narrow gorge below. In the wet season, the spray can rise an incredible 400 m as the falls become a raging torrent. In the dry season, the view of the falls is unobstructed by spray, and you can see the little islets in the river below. This evening, dine on a traditional a traditional Zimbabwe dinner hosted by a women's cooperative within the community. Learn how this initiative not only provides employment opportunities but also benefits the Victoria Falls community as a whole.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Victoria Falls - There are no activities planned after breakfast today and your adventure comes to an end. You're free to leave at any time after check out. If you'd like to extend your stay, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time to organise additional accommodation. If you’re staying longer in Victoria Falls and are feeling adventurous, you might like to try whitewater rafting and canoeing. For an incredible scenic helicopter flight, choose Zambezi Helicopter Company (CAA Zimbabwe), the only Intrepid-endorsed operator. Your leader can help you arrange this.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Johannesburg - Sawubona! Welcome to South Africa. Your adventure begins in Johannesburg with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. If you arrive early, maybe visit the eye-opening Apartheid Museum to start your journey with some crucial history before meeting up with your group. After the meeting, why not head out for an optional group dinner and get to know your newfound travel companions. Your leader can point you in the right direction with the best bar and restaurant recommendations.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Khama Rhino Sanctuary - Leaving South Africa behind, cross the border into Botswana this morning and travel towards the Khama Rhino Sanctuary. Situated on the edge of the Kalahari Desert, the Khama Rhino Sanctuary has drastically changed from a former hunting area to a conservation project. Built to protect Botswana's only remaining populations of both black and white rhinos, the sanctuary is also home to other wildlife including zebras, giraffes, leopards, ostriches and wildebeest, all of which can be seen grazing the many waterholes. Visiting this project benefits local communities and directly contributes to protecting the endangered white rhino. Later, you’ll head out on a dusk game drive to hopefully spot the rhinos when they’re most active.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Maun - This morning you’ll drive to Maun – the gateway to one of the world's most complex ecosystems, the Okavango Delta. A 16,000 square km maze of lush wetlands and waterways teeming with wildlife, this place is unlike anywhere else in the world. When you arrive, there will be an opportunity to stock up on any supplies you might need for your adventure ahead. Look out for the resident hippos, crocodiles, elephants and big cats in the delta. The animals aren’t the only drawcard, though! The waterscapes and shimmering horizon are enough to write home about.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Okavango Delta - Today you’ll get right in the action and jump aboard a traditional mokoro – a dugout canoe steered by friendly local 'polers'. Cruise the Okavango waterways and look out for the delta's unusual wildlife and exotic birds. Spend some time today exploring the maze of lagoons, lakes and streams on foot too, with your experienced local guides. Tonight, you’ll camp on a remote island right in the heart of the wilderness! Fall asleep to the humming and buzzing of the African heartlands and soak up one of those ‘I’m so far from home’ moments.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Okavango Delta - Wake up nice and early this morning and head out on a sunrise walk. Along the way, keep watch for elephants and if the timing is right, you might also come across some Cape buffalo! These noble-looking beasts are more dangerous than they look and their horns double as bone shield that's fittingly known as a 'boss'. Return to camp for breakfast, where you’ll have the rest of the day to relax. A refreshing swim, or maybe a nap could be on the cards – both good ideas in the warmer part of the day. Alternatively, take another optional mokoro trip to soak up that serene river atmosphere.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Maun - After taking down your camp, return to the ‘poler’ station by mokoro, before continuing to Maun by vehicle. When you arrive, you’ll have the option to embark on a scenic helicopter flight over the Okavango Delta, where you'll be treated to a breathtaking bird's eye view of the shimmering waterways and lush landscapes, a truly magical perspective of one of the world's most unique ecosystems.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Nata - Get up early and hit the road for Nata. This small town sits near the stunning Makgadikgadi Salt Pans, which are some of the largest on Earth covering around 12,000 square km. This afternoon, you’ll take an excursion in an open-air vehicle to explore these seemingly endless plains in the Nata Bird Sanctuary. Surrounded by the Kalahari Desert, the pans are naturally dry and salty for a large part of the year. During this time, the arid landscape has an eerie feel and the heat mirages can make you feel disoriented. After the rains hit, the pans become a grassy refuge for migratory birds and animals – a perfect setting for wildlife lovers!

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Chobe National Park - Hit the road this morning and make tracks for Chobe National Park – Botswana's first ever national park. This area is perhaps best known for its high concentration of elephants, which can often be seen swimming in the Chobe River. The river also attracts wallowing hippos, crocodiles by the water's edge, cheetahs, lions and a huge variety of birdlife. When you arrive, you’ll be treated to a sunset cruise on the Chobe River – an ideal way to spend the afternoon, watch the sun descend and toast to another day in Africa.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Victoria Falls - Why not wake up early and see Chobe National Park from a different perspective with an optional morning game drive. After, the group will travel to Victoria Falls, crossing the border into Zimbabwe just in time to have lunch on the banks of the Zambezi River. Enjoy some free time to experience the sights and sounds of the mighty falls at your own pace. This thundering curtain of water is about 1.7 km wide, falling 108 m into a narrow gorge below. In the wet season, the spray can rise an incredible 400 m as the falls become a raging torrent. In the dry season, the view of the falls is unobstructed by spray, and you can see the little islets in the river below. This evening, dine on a traditional a traditional Zimbabwe dinner hosted by a women's cooperative within the community. Learn how this initiative not only provides employment opportunities but also benefits the Victoria Falls community as a whole.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Victoria Falls - Today, why not check out the Zimbabwe side of the falls, which offers the broadest view of this colossal natural wonder. Alternatively, the scenic helicopter flights are incredible – if you opt for one, the Zambezi Helicopter Company (CAA Zimbabwe) is the only operator Intrepid endorses. Explore as you wish, but please be sure to return to camp by 6 pm for a meeting with your new group. After, you could get your new group together and get acquainted over a pint at one of the local breweries or watch as the sun goes down on an optional river cruise.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Hwange National Park - If you haven’t seen Victoria Falls yet, this morning is your last opportunity. You’ll have to arrive at opening time (6 am from September to April and 6.30 am from May to August). This is a great time to see the falls, as sunrise casts a unique light on the cascades and there are little tourists to interrupt the view. Then, you’ll leave Victoria Falls behind and head to Hwange National Park via the Victoria Falls Wildlife Trust – one of the projects The Intrepid Foundation supports. Here, you can learn about the rescue and rehabilitation of wildlife, human-wildlife conflict and the Trust’s role in anti-poaching. There may also be a chance to meet any rescued or orphaned wildlife currently in their care. Hwange National Park became the royal hunting grounds of the Ndebele warrior-king Mzilikazi in the early 19th century and was set aside as a national park in 1929. Today, Hwange boasts a tremendous selection of wildlife, with over 100 species of mammals and nearly 400 bird species. The elephants of Hwange are world famous – you'll find one of the largest elephant populations in Africa here! Spend this afternoon exploring and discover the arena in an open 4WD vehicle with expert local guides.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Matobo National Park - Make tracks for Matobo National Park this morning. Shortly after leaving Hwange, stop at the Painted Dog Conservation Centre. The loss of quality habitat and poaching are driving the painted dog (also known as African wild dog) towards extinction. Learn about how they protect and increase the range and numbers of painted dogs in Zimbabwe and the Hwange ecosystem as a whole. Then it's on to Bulawayo, Zimbabwe's second-largest city. Take a stroll through the streets lined with old buildings and stop in at a local cafe or restaurant for lunch before heading to your camp for the next two nights. Home to a large population of black and white rhinoceroses that can be tracked on foot, Matobo National Park is also the site of the grave of Cecil John Rhodes – the founder of Rhodesia and the De Beers diamond company. The Matobo area has great spiritual and cultural significance to the local people and there are many sites within the park where important ceremonies still take place.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Matobo National Park - Matobo National Park has an incredibly diverse range of birdlife and wildlife and is home to both Black and White rhino. This morning, you have a unique opportunity to track white rhinos on foot with the help of an expert local guide. There will also be the chance to spot other game – the park is home to klipspringers, leopards, warthogs and springhares. You can also learn about the various local plants and trees, including wild pear and paperbark, while discovering San paintings and the rock formations of the park. After lunch, venture to a nearby village and meet some of the local people. Learn about how it was when they were living in the hills and meet with some of the local personalities – including elderly chief Pondo.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Tshipise - This morning, leave Zimbabwe behind and cross a very busy border post – the only direct border crossing between Zimbabwe and South Africa. You should arrive at your camping site on the edge of Honnet Nature Reserve in the late afternoon. Relax and enjoy the extensive facilities available including an indoor and outdoor pool, putt putt, a nature trail.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Makushu Village - Make your way to Makushu – a small village in the Limpopo Province of South Africa. When you arrive, you’ll be met by a local village guide. You’ll be staying with homestay host mothers in their family homes. With no two days the same for local villagers, you might be taking part in activities like beading, dancing, beer tasting and cooking. Tonight, you can interact with the local villagers and learn the traditional Venda ways.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Kruger National Park - After breakfast today, you’ll make the epic journey towards Kruger National Park. Along the way, you'll get the extraordinary opportunity to visit the Black Mambas headquarters, the world's first all-female anti-poaching unit made up of 36 young African women. Supported by the Intrepid Foundation, the Black Mambas are turning a traditionally male-dominated industry on its head, they’re putting their female prowess to work protecting the wildlife of Kruger National Park in an unconventional way. Discover how they find and destroy snares left by poachers, set up roadblocks, patrol park perimeters, and then get an exclusive inside look into their ops room. Afterwards, head to your campsite inside Kruger National Park and fall asleep to the sounds of the wild.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Kruger National Park - Today, you'll embark on a full-day 4WD safari in the vast Kruger National Park, a wildlife sanctuary comparable in size to countries like Belgium and Wales. Home to the iconic "Big Five"—lions, leopards, elephants, buffalo, and rhinos—Kruger offers an outstanding wildlife experience in one of the world’s premier conservation areas. In addition to spotting these majestic animals, keep an eye out for giraffes, zebras, hippos, and the elusive, endangered African wild dog. As you venture deep into prime wildlife viewing zones, you'll likely encounter a diverse array of species, from graceful antelopes and elands to fast-moving cheetahs and powerful rhinos, all within the park’s breathtaking savannas and forests.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Johannesburg - It's time to head to Johannesburg. Along the way, you’ll take in amazing vistas at the 3 Rondavals viewpoint over Blyde River Canyon and Bourke's Luck Potholes. This is a magnificent lookout where cloud cover is usually at a minimum. Your African safari adventure comes to an end when you arrive in Johannesburg this evening. If you’d like to extend your stay, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Johannesburg - Sawubona! Welcome Johannesburg, the sprawling South African capital. In Joburg (unlike a lot of city nicknames, this is one people actually use) mansions stand alongside humble tin abodes and there are as many green parks on the outskirts of the city as there is concrete jungle in the centre. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm. If you can’t wait to begin exploring and arrive with time to spare, why not make your way to the Apartheid Museum and start your journey with some crucial history before you meet up with your group.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Greater Kruger National Park - Black Mambas HQ - Rise and shine for a long day’s drive to the outskirts of Kruger National Park where you'll be lucky enough to camp for the evening at the Black Mambas headquarters. The Intrepid Foundation is proudly partnered with Helping Rhinos, who directly support the work of the Black Mambas - the world's first all-female anti-poaching unit. Made up of a team of 36 young African women, the Mambas patrol 20,000 hectares of the Balule Nature Reserve, part of Greater Kruger National Park. Turning a traditionally male-dominated industry on its head, they’re putting their female prowess to work protecting Kruger National Park's wildlife in an unconventional way. You'll join them on a bush walk to learn how they find and destroy snares firsthand. Enjoy a special dinner by lantern light and later, relax by the campfire with the Mambas as they share stories about their path to becoming a Black Mamba and conservation work.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Kruger National Park - Wave goodbye to the Mambas and take a scenic drive along the famous Panorama Route through some of the most stunning scenery South Africa has to offer, such as Bourke’s Luck Potholes. In the evening, choose to relax at your camp, located in Kruger National Park, or perhaps head out on an optional night drive with the park guide. The optional night drives are a chance to spot nocturnal animals and perhaps even a night-time predator or two – maybe catch a lion or hyena out hunting, or perhaps an impala out in search of a late-night feed.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Kruger National Park - Rise early and enjoy a light breakfast before heading out on 4x4 jeeps for a full-day game drive. Most of your day will be spent spotting game, birdwatching, and stopping at various waterholes and viewpoints to rest along the way. Kruger National Park is one of the largest National Parks in Southern Africa. It boasts over 500 bird species, 100 species of reptile and 150 mammal species, including the Big Five and the endangered African wild dog. Drive through some of Kruger’s prime game viewing areas on your way to camp and try to spot some of these amazing creatures straight away! Set up camp and get settled for the evening.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Hlane Royal National Park - Start the day with a slow game drive through Kruger, covering between 20 and 70 kilometres (depending on what animals you see along the way) in the park then exiting by mid-morning. Hit the road towards Hlane Royal National Park. Travel south-east and cross the border into the kingdom of Eswatini, a country nestled between Mozambique, Northern Zululand and Mpumalanga. Arrive at Hlane Royal National Park, a vast expanse of bushveld with ancient hardwood trees, and begin exploring immediately on a guided game walk. The walking safari, led by a local guide, will give you the best understanding of how large and complex the ecosystem in this park is. With a professional ranger by your side, you’ll look out for animals like rhino, giraffe, and elephant while also searching for tiny creatures like snakes, spiders, and small mammals (don’t worry, there’s no lions in the section of the park where you’ll be walking). You’ll spend tonight at a camp within the national park.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Hlane Royal National Park - Today you’ll have the opportunity to further explore Hlane Royal National Park at your leisure. You might like to book an optional 4x4 game drive within the park, where you can expect to see all kinds of animals like antelopes, elephants, zebras, rhinos, and lions. Guided by a local Swazi guide, these drives typically take 2-2.5hrs either in the early morning or late afternoon. Another optional activity for today is to visit the Hlane Umphakatsi (Chief Village) - a tour of the authentic living homestead and opportunity to discover the Swazi way of life. You'll learn more about the traditional culture here, get to know the locals and even get a chance to try your hand at day-to-day activities. You’ll discover how Umphakatsi is a special village since it is one of the few with a female Chief: Inkhosikati.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: St Lucia Estuary - Depart Hlane this morning and cross the border to Lake St Lucia, part of the St Lucia Estuary, stopping at a shop for supplies along the way. Declared a World Heritage Site in 1999, St Lucia Estuary is home to thousands of varieties of birds, mammals and reptiles, including hundreds of hippos and crocodiles. On arrival at camp, jump onboard a Hippo Boat Safari which offers a different perspective to traditional Game viewing with the chance to spot creatures cruising down the estuary, or basking on the banks.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: St Lucia Estuary - We'll take a day trip to Cape Vidal today for some time by the sand in the sun. Cape Vidal lies within the iSimangaliso Wetland Park World Heritage Site and sits on the exquisite Zululand coast – home to a rich array of marine life. This area is visited seasonally by humpback whales during their migrations, as well as loggerhead and leatherback sea turtles that come to the beaches north of Cape Vidal from November to February to nest. You can spend the day relaxing on the beach or speak to your leader about booking some of the optional activities in the area. You’ll head back to your camp at Lake St Lucia this afternoon.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Durban - Today you'll travel to Durban – teeming with golden, sandy beaches and glitzy nightlife. Arriving at about midday, you'll have the rest of the day free to exploreat your own pace. For dinner, perhaps grab your group and head to Florida Road for traditional Bunny Chow or some fresh seafood – your group leader will be able to recommend their favourite spots.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Drakensberg - Leave Durban and travel inland towards the majestic Drakensberg mountain range this morning. Stop along the way at the Nelson Mandela Capture Site and learn about the history of this great man. Continue the journey to Drakensberg mountain chain. Your accommodation here is in twin rooms with an ensuite at a unique backpacker lodge in Drakensberg. After you’ve settled in, enjoy a drink with your travel group in the thatched-loft lounge room. You’ll also be able to check out the onsite pool, jacuzzi, barbeque and fire pit.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Drakensberg - Today you'll enjoy a refreshing hike through an amazing array of flora and fauna. Drakensberg is Southern Africa's highest range – sitting at 3482 metres – and forms part of the border between South Africa and Lesotho. The range is often referred to locally as the Barrier of Spears or the Dragon Mountains. Today there are sure to be some amazing views and excellent photo opportunities.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Lesotho Highlands - Leaving Drakensberg behind, head into the mountain kingdom of Lesotho. Nestled like a small island in the middle of South Africa, Lesotho is commonly known as the 'Kingdom in the Sky' and has beautiful mountain ranges and endless hiking trails. Generally, the border crossing into Lesotho is quite smooth, but you may experience some delays, depending on the time of year. Drive past the Golden Gate Highlands National Park which is famous for its extraordinary sandstone rock formations. The park is also home to elands, zebras, mongooses and hundreds of bird species – keep your eyes peeled along the way.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Lesotho Highlands - Today you’ll have a variety of hikes to choose from. The Lesotho Highlands offer excellent hiking for all levels of fitness and skill, so depending on your experience, you should be able to choose one that allows you to get the most out of these stunning landscapes.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Wild Coast/Cintsa - Head to the stunning Wild Coast of South Africa and the charming little coastal town of Cintsa. Cintsa and its surrounding region are home to Xhosa communities, whose lifestyle is deeply rooted in tribal traditions and customs. Arriving in the late afternoon, you'll have time to relax and freshen up before dinner.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Wild Coast/Cintsa - Today you can enjoy some free time to explore the town, relax on the stunning beaches or book one of the many optional activities on offer. You might like to go hiking or mountain biking in the hinterland, hire a canoe to explore the Cintsa River or book in for a surfing lesson! Be sure to check in with your group leader to get their recommendations.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Addo Elephant National Park - Today you'll travel on to Addo Elephant National Park which was created in 1931 to protect the region's eleven remaining elephants. A true success story in conservation - today there are over 450 elephants in the park, as well as Cape buffalo, black rhinos, all kinds of antelopes and even the unique flightless dung beetle. On arrival, you'll take an afternoon game drive with your group and try to spot some of these resident creatures, among others, from your truck.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Garden Route / Tsitsikamma National Park - Wake early and enjoy another game drive in Addo Elephant National Park in an overland vehicle. Afterwards, begin your journey along the Garden Route, the first stop being Tsitsikamma National Park. Steep ancient forests meet the breakers of the Indian Ocean at this park, protecting both land and sea. It's a spectacular place for walking and viewing wildlife. Your group leader will take you to a local activity centre where a range of activities will be on offer, some of which you may like to book for your free day tomorrow.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Tsitsikamma National Park - With another day in Tsitsikamma, you’ll have more time to explore this magnificent national park. Cape clawless otters, dolphins, tortoises and southern right whales (depending on the season) are all visitors here, along with baboons, monkeys and a heap of birdlife. See how many of them you can spot on a range of hiking trails, including those to the Stormsriver Mouth and waterfalls.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Garden Route / Oudtshoorn - Head out across the arid Karoo region bound for Oudtshoorn. You'll stop at Knysna on the way to stretch your legs and explore this hamlet with a gorgeous lagoon. Travel on to the Cango Caves, where you’ll have time to explore the weird and wonderful rock formations – one is ‘Cleopatra's Needle’, standing at 29 feet high and at least 150,000 years old. Your local guide will give you all the ins-and-outs of their formation and history. Continue on to Oudtshoorn, known as the ostrich capital of the world. At the turn of the 20th century, it was full of 'feather barons' that grew rich from the popularity of ostrich feathers.

     

    Day - 20

    Location: Cape Town - Rise and shine very early this morning to spend some time with wild meerkats, part of the so-called 'Shy 5'. Head to their burrow, pull up a chair and sip coffee while the sun comes up and the meerkats climb out into the sunshine. You’ll have time to watch these habituated wild animals, which are never fed or handled by humans, go about their daily routine of foraging and frolicking. Then it's on to Cape Town, the beachside city you'll call home for the next two nights. Maybe head out for some beautiful views of Table Mountain, choose from one of the hip restaurants and bars for dinner or meander around the historical buildings.

     

    Day - 21

    Location: Cape Town - Today, you'll visit Boulder's Beach to watch the resident penguins waddle across this beautiful beach framed by ancient granite boulders. The rest of the day is yours to explore Cape Town however you wish. With sweeping views across the city and the ocean below, you might like to make your way to the top of Table Mountain. Whether you choose to chill out and enjoy the city's famous cable car to reach the top or strap on your walking shoes and get hiking - we'll leave it up to you. Otherwise, take your time simply exploring this beachside city, perhaps sipping local wines and dining by the oceanfront.

     

    Day - 22

    Location: Cape Town - Your South African adventure comes to an end after breakfast today. There's no accommodation provided for tonight, but this can be arranged – please enquire at the time of booking this trip.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Chobe National Park - O Amogelesegile! Welcome to Botswana. Your adventure begins at Chobe National Park – one of Africa’s premier wildlife destinations and home to its largest population of elephants in the world. When you arrive at the airport, you’ll be met by an Intrepid representative and transferred to your accommodation on the banks of the Chobe River, at the fringe of the park. Meet your local leader and fellow travellers at a welcome meeting at 6 pm. After, head out for dinner at the lodge. Enjoy a celebration of Indigenous food and the rich flavours of Africa as you dine alongside the scenic Chobe River.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Zambezi River - Rise early for a morning game drive in Chobe National Park. You might see elephants drinking at the water's edge, large herds of cape buffaloes and many impalas within the park. Head back to the lodge for breakfast, then journey to the Ngoma Border Post before continuing to the Namibian side of the Zambezi River. Tonight you’ll stay in your Feature Stay accommodation – the fabulous Zambezi Mubala Lodge. Newly built, the Zambezi Mubala is a secret river hideaway where you can find hippos, vervet monkeys and over 450 species of birds. Arrive in time for a hearty lunch at the lodge, then enjoy some downtime to relax by the pool, spot wildlife from the bar or soak up the wild surroundings on the banks of the Zambezi River. Speak to your leader about the optional activities for the afternoon, including a canoe trip, guided walking trail or a birding drive.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Zambezi River - Today, enjoy a restful morning at your Feature Stay. This afternoon, take a cruise down the Zambezi River. The privileged position of your camp allows you to access a part of the river that most visitors don’t get to see, which means you can view the abundant wildlife without the crowds – look out for large herds of elephants, buffalo and antelope. After, head back to the lodge for dinner and watch the sunset change the colours of the landscape.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Makgadikgadi Pans - Heading south, cross the Ngoma border back into Botswana and continue your journey to the vast salt flats and grassy plains of the Makgadikgadi Pans. Located in the north-east of Botswana, the Makgadikgadi Pans sit in the middle of a dry savanna and are all that remain of the former Lake Makgadikgadi. This afternoon, you’ll head out on a 4WD excursion. The immense, sprawling salt flat will unfold in front of you as you look out for birds and animals, some who are seasonal visitors and some who call the area home all year. Sit out on the pans and enjoy drinks and snacks as the sun sets, then return to the lodge for dinner.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Maun - Travel to the edge of the Ntwetwe Salt Pans, home to a resident family of meerkats. With the aid of trackers, you'll observe their morning rituals – watch the meerkats bask in the morning sun before heading out for their daily foraging. When you’ve had your fill of watching these magnificent creatures, you’ll stop at a neighbouring lodge for lunch, then continue to Maun – the gateway to the Okavango Delta, one of the world's most complex ecosystems.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Maun (Okavango Delta) - Today, you'll take a traditional mokoro (a dugout canoe steered by friendly local 'polers') for an Okavango waterways experience. With some luck, you might spot some of the delta's wildlife or exotic birdlife. Spend some time exploring the maze of lagoons, lakes and streams by mokoro before exploring on foot with a local guide. View plants, trees and animals from a different perspective and observe close-up details often missed on game drives. Your guide will provide expert knowledge and help you gain a deeper understanding of the environment. Lunch will be served on one of the many secluded islands created by the Delta waterways.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Maun - Today, your trip comes to an end after breakfast, but this doesn’t mean the adventure has to end! If you’d like to spend more time here, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time to organise additional accommodation. For those interested, there is the opportunity to fly over the delta in a helicopter for a bird's-eye view. This is a great way to appreciate the vast scale of this waterscape. Your leader can give you more information on this activity and how to reserve a place.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Cape Town - Sawubona! Welcome to South Africa. With its gorgeous coastline, modern cityscape and nearby mountains, Cape Town is one of Africa's most popular cities. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm this evening. If you arrive early, why not get out and explore Cape Town, maybe with a walk in Newlands Forest or by jumping on the Table Mountain Aerial Cableway. You could also head down to the waterfront to see Cape Town Stadium up close. After the meeting, you’ll head out for dinner at a local restaurant set in a twentieth century Victorian house. Tuck into local dishes made from seasonal produce and free-range, responsibly sourced meats as you toast to the start of your adventure.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Cape Town - Head out early for a tour of the peninsula. Drive along the Atlantic Seaboard to Maiden’s Cove, then continue to Hout Bay’s fishing harbour to soak up the views from Sentinel Lookout. Head on along Chapmans Peak Drive for panoramic views across the bay and Noordhoek Beach. Then, head to the Cape of Good Hope, within the Table Mountain Nature Reserve. Look out for the local wildlife as you take a walk up to the restored lighthouse at Cape Point.Carry on to Boulders Beach, where you can see the resident colony of African penguins. This afternoon, retrace over 300 years of Cape Town’s dramatic history on a walking tour. Learn about the impact of Apartheid and the effect of racism and discrimination on the lives of the local people. Visit the Castle of Good Hope (the oldest existing colonial building in South Africa), significant slavery sites like the Iziko Slave Lodge Museum, the District Six museum and the Parliament buildings where Apartheid Laws were made and later repealed. Visit the Grand Parade, where Nelson Mandela made his first address to the nation as a free man and walk along Government Avenue while hearing about South Africa’s Nobel Peace Prize winners and the struggle for freedom and an end to Apartheid. End the afternoon in Bo-Kaap and learn a bit about the rich, multicultural history as you wander the coloured buildings.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Cape Town - Today is your day to explore Cape Town at your own pace. Maybe head to Table Mountain, and either take the Aerial Cableway or choose one of the hiking trails to see epic views across the city and ocean. You could also head to Robben Island – sitting within Table Bay, this island is a UNESCO World Heritage site and the place where Nelson Mandela and many others were imprisoned. Your Leader will, of course, be on hand to help with other suggestions and make arrangements.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Franschhoek - After a relaxing morning, hit the road for Franschhoek, home to centuries-old vineyards. Arrive at your Feature Stay, Le Franschhoek Hotel and Spa – sitting in the heart of the Franschhoek Valley and the Cape Winelands, this hotel is surrounded by mountains and is the perfect place to kick back and relax. After check-in, maybe just chill out within the grounds with a good book, or if you’re feeling adventurous, maybe head out on the Franschhoek tram. This tram conveniently stops at lots of different wineries in the area, so you can soak up the afternoon in the best way – with local drops, sunshine and maybe a bite to eat. Tonight, you’ll be treated to an indulgent six-course dinner with a wine pairing at Sauvage Restaurant (that sits within your Feature Stay). Feast on Bo-Kaap inspired cuisine and paired wine from local, boutique wine farms.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Franschhoek - Soak up a leisurely morning today before a big day of food and wine. Early this afternoon, settle in with your group for a traditional South African lunch of Potjiekos – translated to small-pot food – paired with local wines at the Rickety Bridge Wine Estate. Later, head out in 4WDs to the family home of a local foodie. Tour the farm with the hosts, then chill out as the sun goes down, enjoying a dinner spread of locally sourced dishes cooked in the true Bo-Kaap style, prepared by your hosts. The farm overlooks the whole of Franschhoek and is home to abundant wildlife, so soak up the views and get to know the family.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Knysna – Garden Route National Park - Today is a bit of a long travel day as you make your way to Knysna – the ‘jewel of the Garden Route,’ this city is known for its oysters, beaches, lagoon and forest. Along the way, stop in at Hermanus for lunch, where in-season whales can be spotted from the shore! You may also stop at Swellendam – this town is home to over 50 provincial heritage sites, most of which showcase Cape Dutch architecture – or Riverdale to stretch your legs. When you arrive in Knysna, head out with your local leader on an orientation walk to get your bearings, then soak up a free afternoon and evening to explore at your own pace.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Knysna - Today you’ll head out as a group and explore Knysna. First, visit Garden Route National Park – known for its Indigenous forests, dramatic coastline and the popular Otter Trail. Walk to Storms River Mouth Rest Camp, where you can walk along the suspension bridge for gorgeous river views. You’ll also choose one of the nearby hiking trails here, depending on the group’s abilities and interests. Enjoy a well-earned lunch together after your hike at a local restaurant, then head back to the city. Along the way, stop in Plettenberg Bay and visit Old Nick Village – a collection of shops owned by local creative manufacturers, designers and curators. You’ll also stop in at The Mungo Mill – a GOTS-certified homeware textile company – to learn about the weaving process. Tonight, you’re free to rest and recharge or head out to dinner (your leader will always have some good restaurant recommendations handy.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Cape Town - Today after breakfast, you’ll travel back to Cape Town along the scenic Route 62, making plenty of stops on the way for photos and to stretch your legs, including Oudtshoorn, Montagu, Robertson and Paarl. When you arrive back in Cape Town, maybe head out with your group and local leader for an optional farewell dinner and toast to a beautiful adventure.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Cape Town - After breakfast today, there are no further activities planned and your trip comes to an end. If you’d like to extend your stay in Cape Town, just reach out to your booking agent ahead of time to organise additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Chobe National Park - O Amogelesegile! Welcome to Botswana. Your adventure begins at Chobe National Park – one of Africa’s premier wildlife destinations and home to its largest population of elephants in the world. When you arrive at the airport, you’ll be met by an Intrepid representative and transferred to your accommodation on the banks of the Chobe River, at the fringe of the park. Meet your local leader and fellow travellers at a welcome meeting at 6 pm. After, head out for dinner at the lodge. Enjoy a celebration of Indigenous food and the rich flavours of Africa as you dine alongside the scenic Chobe River.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Zambezi River - Rise early for a morning game drive in Chobe National Park. You might see elephants drinking at the water's edge, large herds of cape buffaloes and many impalas within the park. Head back to the lodge for breakfast, then journey to the Ngoma Border Post before continuing to the Namibian side of the Zambezi River. Tonight you’ll stay in your Feature Stay accommodation – the fabulous Zambezi Mubala Lodge. Newly built, the Zambezi Mubala is a secret river hideaway where you can find hippos, vervet monkeys and over 450 species of birds. Arrive in time for a hearty lunch at the lodge, then enjoy some downtime to relax by the pool, spot wildlife from the bar or soak up the wild surroundings on the banks of the Zambezi River. Speak to your leader about the optional activities for the afternoon, including a canoe trip, guided walking trail or a birding drive.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Zambezi River - Today, enjoy a restful morning at your Feature Stay. This afternoon, take a cruise down the Zambezi River. The privileged position of your camp allows you to access a part of the river that most visitors don’t get to see, which means you can view the abundant wildlife without the crowds – look out for large herds of elephants, buffalo and antelope. After, head back to the lodge for dinner and watch the sunset change the colours of the landscape.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Makgadikgadi Pans - Heading south, cross the Ngoma border back into Botswana and continue your journey to the vast salt flats and grassy plains of the Makgadikgadi Pans. Located in the north-east of Botswana, the Makgadikgadi Pans sit in the middle of a dry savanna and are all that remain of the former Lake Makgadikgadi. This afternoon, you’ll head out on a 4WD excursion. The immense, sprawling salt flat will unfold in front of you as you look out for birds and animals, some who are seasonal visitors and some who call the area home all year. Sit out on the pans and enjoy drinks and snacks as the sun sets, then return to the lodge for dinner.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Maun - Travel to the edge of the Ntwetwe Salt Pans, home to a resident family of meerkats. With the aid of trackers, you'll observe their morning rituals – watch the meerkats bask in the morning sun before heading out for their daily foraging. When you’ve had your fill of watching these magnificent creatures, you’ll stop at a neighbouring lodge for lunch, then continue to Maun – the gateway to the Okavango Delta, one of the world's most complex ecosystems.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Maun (Okavango Delta) - Today, you'll take a traditional mokoro (a dugout canoe steered by friendly local 'polers') for an Okavango waterways experience. With some luck, you might spot some of the delta's wildlife or exotic birdlife. Spend some time exploring the maze of lagoons, lakes and streams by mokoro before exploring on foot with a local guide. View plants, trees and animals from a different perspective and observe close-up details often missed on game drives. Your guide will provide expert knowledge and help you gain a deeper understanding of the environment. Lunch will be served on one of the many secluded islands created by the Delta waterways.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Windhoek - Check out of your lodge this morning and transfer to the airport for an unaccompanied flight to Windhoek, the capital of Namibia, known for its colonial German architecture and relaxed atmosphere. On arrival, you'll be met by another transfer driver who will take you to your hotel. Perhaps head out for a stroll around town to admire the architecture of the Tintenpalast and Christuskirche buildings or stop by a local market to peruse handmade crafts.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Windhoek - Today is yours to explore Windhoek, or perhaps just relax and take it easy at your hotel. You'll meet your new group and leader for a welcome meeting at 6pm. After your meeting, head to your boutique hotel’s sky lounge for a tapas dinner made with the freshest local ingredients. From here you’ll enjoy sweeping views of the surrounding valley – a perfect spot to watch the sun go down.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Sesriem - This morning, drive south to Sesriem, your gateway to the Sossusvlei Dunes, Deadvlei, and Sesriem Canyon. Arrive at your Feature Stay accommodation for the next two nights, situated next to the Namib-Naukluft National Park. Take in the magnificent views, which can be enjoyed from your very own private patio. Enjoy lunch at the lodge’s restaurant, with the otherworldly landscape stretching far in each direction, then spend the afternoon relaxing by the bar or next to the sparkling pool. Later on, head out on a guided four-wheel drive (4x4) nature drive to discover the unique flora and fauna of the desert. Stop for a drink to take it all in as the sun sets, then return to the lodge for dinner and relax on the terrace overlooking the floodlit waterhole.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Sesriem - Make an early-morning visit to Sossusvlei, which lies at the end of an ancient riverbed. This is a great opportunity for unsurpassed views of the surrounding area. Climbing to the top of Dune 45 will reward you with a spectacular perspective of the surreal desert landscape. After breakfast, travel to Deadvlei, a clay pan that lends itself to many iconic images. When you see the skeleton trees against a vibrant orange backdrop of dunes, you’ll soon understand what all the fuss is about. The pan is surrounded by some of the highest dunes in the world, 'Big Daddy' or 'Crazy Dune' average about 350 metres in height. In the afternoon you will visit Sesriem Gorge, a tranquil natural corridor that you can walk through and explore. Return to the lodge for the evening.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Swakopmund - Continue your journey to the beachside town of Swakopmund.Stop by the small settlement of Solitaire. Scattered with abandoned trucks, cars, petrol pumps and cacti, it's the only place between Walvis Bay and Sossusvlei to feature a petrol station, post office, general store, and bakery. Enjoy a piece of the local apple pie which has earned itself quite a reputation. Continue on past moon valley, named for its eerie lunar-like appearance, and the Tropic of Capricorn. Walvis Bay is the hibernation area for thousands of migratory birds, most notably flamingos. If in season you may take quick detour to see these elegant birds. Upon arrival at Swakopmund take some time for lunch, then join your leader on an orientation walk to get a feel for this interesting township with a German-Namibian atmosphere.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Swakopmund - The day is yours to enjoy this gorgeous coastal town. Your accommodation conveniently located within walking distance of the town, where you can enjoy a walk on the beach, open air markets or the local museum. You may wish to take an optional trip north to Cape Cross, a breeding site for Cape fur seals. There can be in excess of 100,000 seals there at any given time, making for quite the spectacle (quite a smell too, if the wind happens to change direction). Wander the coastline and attempt to document these beautiful creatures with a photo or two, and visit the large cross that lies nearby, left by Diego Cao, the first European to arrive on Namibian soil in 1485.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Damaraland - Leave the Atlantic Ocean coastline behind and drive towards the Namib Desert.Take in the beautiful, diverse and colourful landscapes that stream past along the way: mountains, sand dunes, ocean waves and shipwrecks. Continue to Damaraland. Home to Namibia's highest peak, ancient rock paintings and petrified forests, the harshly beautiful and sparsely populated Damaraland region is a land of extraordinary contrasts. Depending on the time of year, you might be lucky enough to see the desert elephants that roam the area. Your accommodation features a centrepiece swimming pool fringed by beautiful chalets, each with a private garden. The evening is yours to relax and enjoy the amenities as the sun goes down.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Damaraland - Spend the morning visiting the Twyfelfontein Heritage Site and the Petrified Forest with expert local guides to provide insight on these wonders. Twyfelfontein has one of the largest concentrations of ancient rock engraving in southern Africa and is a fascinating insight into the past. The Petrified Forest looks back into nature’s history, where 280-million-year-old fossilised tree trunks lie. Continue on to the Living Museum of the Damara, which aims to reconstruct and preserve the 'lost culture’ of the Damara people. Your leader will tell you all about this fascinating traditional culture that is, along with the Bushmen, the oldest in Namibia. Return to the lodge in the afternoon, with the rest of the day free to relax by the pool with a book.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Etosha National Park - Leave Damaraland behind and head towards Etosha National Park. On arrival, the afternoon will be free to relax at your lodge. Maybe cool off in the pool, read a book, or enjoy a sundowner by the bar. Be sure to charge your camera tonight as tomorrow will be a full day in the park. This is one of the world's premier game-viewing destinations; spotting animals in the park is relatively easy due to the man-made waterholes and the large, sparsely vegetated pans. The bushland surrounding the pans is difficult to see through, but there are enough clearings, pans and waterholes to allow for sightings. Namibia has protected its game reserves against poaching, so there are large herds of elephants, antelope and other herbivores.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Etosha National Park - Rise early for a full-day 4WD safari in Etosha National Park. Keep a close eye on the landscape for black rhino, Hartmann's mountain zebra, black-faced impala, roan antelope and the tiny Damara dik-dik. The park is also home to some 340 bird species. After, return to your lodge and reflect on the day's adventures as you take in the views from the outdoor pool, viewing deck, or spacious veranda overlooking the mopane woodlands.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Windhoek - This morning after breakfast you will make your way back to Windhoek. Your adventure comes to an end on arrival. Please do not book any international flights departing from Windhoek before 8pm this evening to allow for any unexpected delays. If you would like to extend your stay, additional accommodation can be booked in advance (subject to availability).

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Johannesburg - Welcome to South Africa! Your trip begins in Johannesburg, where you’ll be met at the airport and transferred to your hotel. Please ensure that you organise the details of your arrival transfer well in advance. You'll meet the rest of your group and leader for a welcome meeting at 6pm, but if you do happen to arrive early, the day is yours to spend at leisure. After your meeting, join your leader and fellow travellers for dinner at your hotel. South Africa enjoys a diverse food scene flavoured by its multicultural influences. This evening you may like to try some boerewors, a spiced South African sausage, or perhaps some springbok carpaccio.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Kruger National Park - Set off early for a drive to Kruger National Park, arriving just in time for lunch at Mdluli Safari Lodge, your Feature Stay accommodation for the next two nights. Developed in partnership with the local Mdluli community, the lodge is in perfect harmony with its wild surroundings. Luxury tents feature first-class amenities, with private en suites, indoor and outdoor showers, air-conditioning and a gorgeous infinity pool overlooking the Kruger bush. Sit back and relax in the cozy lounge of the main lodge and take in spectacular views. In the afternoon, you'll enjoy your first open 4WD safari. Experience close encounters with wild animals in their own habitat, and if you’re lucky, you may see lions, elephants, rhinos and leopards. Retire to your lodge in the evening.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Kruger National Park - Rise early and make the journey into the heart of Kruger National Park. Upon entry, you'll find yourself in the perfect position to catch a glimpse of one, or hopefully all, of Africa's iconic animals. Stop at a picnic spot to enjoy your packed breakfast, then proceed with a full-day wildlife safari, stopping off at waterholes and various other points to observe animals in their natural habitats. One of the largest game reserves in Southern Africa, Kruger National Park is home to not only members of the Big Five but also 500 bird species, 100 reptile species, and 150 mammal species. The endangered African wild dog, herbivores like hippo, zebra, giraffe and numerous different types of antelope also enjoy the park’s rich mosaic of habitats, including savanna, mixed acacia woodland, rocky hills and mopane woodland. Today's game drive will finish in time for sunset and drinks, served on a kopje at your Feature Stay. Pronounced 'kopee' these large ancient rock formations provide scenic contrasts across Africa's vast landscapes. Take a moment to sit back and take in the sounds and sights of the bush as day turns to night.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Victoria Falls - Rise early and depart for Kruger Mpumalanga International Airport, where you will say goodbye to South Africa and board a mid-morning flight to Victoria Falls airport in Zimbabwe. Continue to your lodge accommodation, which serves up stunning views of uninterrupted wilderness and a waterhole frequented by elephant, buffalo, kudu and more. Spend the afternoon relaxing by the pool or spotting wildlife from any of the multiple viewing decks around the lodge. This evening head above the falls onto the Zambezi River and embark on a small and intimate dinner cruise. The specially designed jet-propelled boats allow you to reach the shallow water among the islands directly above Victoria Falls. Two private chefs will prepare dinner with locally sourced fresh ingredients and serve drinks while the captain navigates the islands above the thundering Victoria Falls. Sit back in your comfortable lounge chair as you enjoy a four-course meal while looking out for crocodiles lazing on the banks or elephants and hippos submerging themselves in the river – this is truly an experience to remember.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Victoria Falls - Victoria Falls is one of the world's most awe-inspiring natural wonders of the world. Plunging over 100 meters into a deep gorge, its raw power and beauty are simply breathtaking. With an expert guide, explore the rich flora, fauna, birdlife, and fascinating history of this World Heritage Site, while capturing incredible photos of "The Smoke that Thunders" along the way. The rest of the day is yours to relax, or take part in the many optional activities available in Victoria Falls.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Chobe National Park - Enjoy a leisurely morning before you depart Zimbabwe and make the journey to Chobe National Park in Botswana, crossing the Kazangula border. The afternoon is free to walk in Kasane town (watch out for wandering warthogs!), sit poolside on the edge of the Chobe River and watch the sunset, or perhaps opt for an optional afternoon game drive in Chobe National Park.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Chobe National Park - Start the day with a game drive through Chobe National Park, the first designated national park in Botswana. Chobe is known for its huge population of elephants and buffalo and you may well see them drinking at the local watering hole during the drive. Then head back to the lodge for breakfast. Afterwards embark on a cruise along the picturesque Chobe River, an ideal location for spotting bird life such as saddle-billed storks, malachite kingfishers, fish eagles and beautiful bee-eaters as well as hippos, crocodiles and large families of elephants often seen crossing the river between the boats. You will be joined by other travellers on the boat cruise which has a toilet and small bar to purchase drinks. Enjoy a drink on board and watch the sun set over the river.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Chobe National Park - Your adventure comes to an end after breakfast this morning. If you would like to spend more time in Chobe, or Victoria Falls, we’ll be happy to organise additional accommodation (subject to availability). Airport transfers can also be booked (for an additional fee) for flights departing from Victoria Falls or Livingstone, while a complimentary a transfer to Kasane Airport is available.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Johannesburg - Welcome to South Africa! Your trip begins in Johannesburg, where you’ll be met at the airport and transferred to your hotel. Please ensure that you organise the details of your arrival transfer well in advance. You'll meet the rest of your group and leader for a welcome meeting at 6pm, but if you do happen to arrive early, the day is yours to spend at leisure. After your meeting, join your leader and fellow travellers for dinner at your hotel. South Africa enjoys a diverse food scene flavoured by its multicultural influences. This evening you may like to try some boerewors, a spiced South African sausage, or perhaps some springbok carpaccio.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Kruger National Park - Set off early for a drive to Kruger National Park, arriving just in time for lunch at Mdluli Safari Lodge, your Feature Stay accommodation for the next two nights. Developed in partnership with the local Mdluli community, the lodge is in perfect harmony with its wild surroundings. Luxury tents feature first-class amenities, with private en suites, indoor and outdoor showers, air-conditioning and a gorgeous infinity pool overlooking the Kruger bush. Sit back and relax in the cozy lounge of the main lodge and take in spectacular views. In the afternoon, you'll enjoy your first open 4WD safari. Experience close encounters with wild animals in their own habitat, and if you’re lucky, you may see lions, elephants, rhinos and leopards. Retire to your lodge in the evening.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Kruger National Park - Rise early and make the journey into the heart of Kruger National Park. Upon entry, you'll find yourself in the perfect position to catch a glimpse of one, or hopefully all, of Africa's iconic animals. Stop at a picnic spot to enjoy your packed breakfast, then proceed with a full-day wildlife safari, stopping off at waterholes and various other points to observe animals in their natural habitats. One of the largest game reserves in Southern Africa, Kruger National Park is home to not only members of the Big Five but also 500 bird species, 100 reptile species, and 150 mammal species. The endangered African wild dog, herbivores like hippo, zebra, giraffe and numerous different types of antelope also enjoy the park’s rich mosaic of habitats, including savanna, mixed acacia woodland, rocky hills and mopane woodland. Today's game drive will finish in time for sunset and drinks, served on a kopje at your Feature Stay. Pronounced 'kopee' these large ancient rock formations provide scenic contrasts across Africa's vast landscapes. Take a moment to sit back and take in the sounds and sights of the bush as day turns to night.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Victoria Falls - Rise early and depart for Kruger Mpumalanga International Airport, where you will say goodbye to South Africa and board a mid-morning flight to Victoria Falls airport in Zimbabwe. Continue to your lodge accommodation, which serves up stunning views of uninterrupted wilderness and a waterhole frequented by elephant, buffalo, kudu and more. Spend the afternoon relaxing by the pool or spotting wildlife from any of the multiple viewing decks around the lodge. This evening head above the falls onto the Zambezi River and embark on a small and intimate dinner cruise. The specially designed jet-propelled boats allow you to reach the shallow water among the islands directly above Victoria Falls. Two private chefs will prepare dinner with locally sourced fresh ingredients and serve drinks while the captain navigates the islands above the thundering Victoria Falls. Sit back in your comfortable lounge chair as you enjoy a four-course meal while looking out for crocodiles lazing on the banks or elephants and hippos submerging themselves in the river – this is truly an experience to remember.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Victoria Falls - Victoria Falls is one of the world's most awe-inspiring natural wonders of the world. Plunging over 100 meters into a deep gorge, its raw power and beauty are simply breathtaking. With an expert guide, explore the rich flora, fauna, birdlife, and fascinating history of this World Heritage Site, while capturing incredible photos of "The Smoke that Thunders" along the way. The rest of the day is yours to relax, or take part in the many optional activities available in Victoria Falls.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Chobe National Park - Enjoy a leisurely morning before you depart Zimbabwe and make the journey to Chobe National Park in Botswana, crossing the Kazangula border. The afternoon is free to walk in Kasane town (watch out for wandering warthogs!), sit poolside on the edge of the Chobe River and watch the sunset, or perhaps opt for an optional afternoon game drive in Chobe National Park.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Chobe National Park - Start the day with a game drive through Chobe National Park, the first designated national park in Botswana. Chobe is known for its huge population of elephants and buffalo and you may well see them drinking at the local watering hole during the drive. Then head back to the lodge for breakfast. Afterwards embark on a cruise along the picturesque Chobe River, an ideal location for spotting bird life such as saddle-billed storks, malachite kingfishers, fish eagles and beautiful bee-eaters as well as hippos, crocodiles and large families of elephants often seen crossing the river between the boats. You will be joined by other travellers on the boat cruise which has a toilet and small bar to purchase drinks. Enjoy a drink on board and watch the sun set over the river.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Chobe National Park - Today is free for you to enjoy in Chobe National Park. Relax at your hotel or perhaps take a game driver for yet another opportunity to spot the amazing wildlife that call this special part of Africa home. You'll meet your new group and leader for a welcome meeting at 6pm. After, head out for dinner at the lodge. Enjoy a celebration of Indigenous food and the rich flavours of Africa as you dine alongside the scenic Chobe River.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Zambezi River - Rise early for a morning game drive in Chobe National Park. You might see elephants drinking at the water's edge, large herds of cape buffaloes and many impalas within the park. Head back to the lodge for breakfast, then journey to the Ngoma Border Post before continuing to the Namibian side of the Zambezi River. Tonight you’ll stay in your Feature Stay accommodation – the fabulous Zambezi Mubala Lodge. Newly built, the Zambezi Mubala is a secret river hideaway where you can find hippos, vervet monkeys and over 450 species of birds. Arrive in time for a hearty lunch at the lodge, then enjoy some downtime to relax by the pool, spot wildlife from the bar or soak up the wild surroundings on the banks of the Zambezi River. Speak to your leader about the optional activities for the afternoon, including a canoe trip, guided walking trail or a birding drive.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Zambezi River - Today, enjoy a restful morning at your Feature Stay. This afternoon, take a cruise down the Zambezi River. The privileged position of your camp allows you to access a part of the river that most visitors don’t get to see, which means you can view the abundant wildlife without the crowds – look out for large herds of elephants, buffalo and antelope. After, head back to the lodge for dinner and watch the sunset change the colours of the landscape.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Makgadikgadi Pans - Heading south, cross the Ngoma border back into Botswana and continue your journey to the vast salt flats and grassy plains of the Makgadikgadi Pans. Located in the north-east of Botswana, the Makgadikgadi Pans sit in the middle of a dry savanna and are all that remain of the former Lake Makgadikgadi. This afternoon, you’ll head out on a 4WD excursion. The immense, sprawling salt flat will unfold in front of you as you look out for birds and animals, some who are seasonal visitors and some who call the area home all year. Sit out on the pans and enjoy drinks and snacks as the sun sets, then return to the lodge for dinner.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Maun - Travel to the edge of the Ntwetwe Salt Pans, home to a resident family of meerkats. With the aid of trackers, you'll observe their morning rituals – watch the meerkats bask in the morning sun before heading out for their daily foraging. When you’ve had your fill of watching these magnificent creatures, you’ll stop at a neighbouring lodge for lunch, then continue to Maun – the gateway to the Okavango Delta, one of the world's most complex ecosystems.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Maun (Okavango Delta) - Today, you'll take a traditional mokoro (a dugout canoe steered by friendly local 'polers') for an Okavango waterways experience. With some luck, you might spot some of the delta's wildlife or exotic birdlife. Spend some time exploring the maze of lagoons, lakes and streams by mokoro before exploring on foot with a local guide. View plants, trees and animals from a different perspective and observe close-up details often missed on game drives. Your guide will provide expert knowledge and help you gain a deeper understanding of the environment. Lunch will be served on one of the many secluded islands created by the Delta waterways.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Maun - Today, your trip comes to an end after breakfast, but this doesn’t mean the adventure has to end! If you’d like to spend more time here, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time to organise additional accommodation. For those interested, there is the opportunity to fly over the delta in a helicopter for a bird's-eye view. This is a great way to appreciate the vast scale of this waterscape. Your leader can give you more information on this activity and how to reserve a place.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Windhoek - Welcome to Namibia! Your adventure begins in the capital, Windhoek, known for colonial German architecture and a relaxed atmosphere. On arrival, you will be picked up from the airport and transferred to your hotel, where you will meet your local leader and fellow travellers for a 6pm welcome meeting. If you arrive early, perhaps head out for a stroll around town to admire the architecture of the Tintenpalast and Christuskirche buildings, or stop by a local market to peruse handmade crafts. After your meeting, head to your boutique hotel’s sky lounge for a tapas dinner made with the freshest local ingredients. From here you’ll enjoy sweeping views of the surrounding valley – a perfect spot to watch the sun go down.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Sesriem - This morning, drive south to Sesriem, your gateway to the Sossusvlei Dunes, Deadvlei, and Sesriem Canyon. Arrive at your Feature Stay accommodation for the next two nights, situated next to the Namib-Naukluft National Park. Take in the magnificent views, which can be enjoyed from your very own private patio. Enjoy lunch at the lodge’s restaurant, with the otherworldly landscape stretching far in each direction, then spend the afternoon relaxing by the bar or next to the sparkling pool. Later on, head out on a guided four-wheel drive (4x4) nature drive to discover the unique flora and fauna of the desert. Stop for a drink to take it all in as the sun sets, then return to the lodge for dinner and relax on the terrace overlooking the floodlit waterhole.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Sesriem - Make an early-morning visit to Sossusvlei, which lies at the end of an ancient riverbed. This is a great opportunity for unsurpassed views of the surrounding area. Climbing to the top of Dune 45 will reward you with a spectacular perspective of the surreal desert landscape. After breakfast, travel to Deadvlei, a clay pan that lends itself to many iconic images. When you see the skeleton trees against a vibrant orange backdrop of dunes, you’ll soon understand what all the fuss is about. The pan is surrounded by some of the highest dunes in the world, 'Big Daddy' or 'Crazy Dune' average about 350 metres in height. In the afternoon you will visit Sesriem Gorge, a tranquil natural corridor that you can walk through and explore. Return to the lodge for the evening.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Swakopmund - Continue your journey to the beachside town of Swakopmund.Stop by the small settlement of Solitaire. Scattered with abandoned trucks, cars, petrol pumps and cacti, it's the only place between Walvis Bay and Sossusvlei to feature a petrol station, post office, general store, and bakery. Enjoy a piece of the local apple pie which has earned itself quite a reputation. Continue on past moon valley, named for its eerie lunar-like appearance, and the Tropic of Capricorn. Walvis Bay is the hibernation area for thousands of migratory birds, most notably flamingos. If in season you may take quick detour to see these elegant birds. Upon arrival at Swakopmund take some time for lunch, then join your leader on an orientation walk to get a feel for this interesting township with a German-Namibian atmosphere.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Swakopmund - The day is yours to enjoy this gorgeous coastal town. Your accommodation conveniently located within walking distance of the town, where you can enjoy a walk on the beach, open air markets or the local museum. You may wish to take an optional trip north to Cape Cross, a breeding site for Cape fur seals. There can be in excess of 100,000 seals there at any given time, making for quite the spectacle (quite a smell too, if the wind happens to change direction). Wander the coastline and attempt to document these beautiful creatures with a photo or two, and visit the large cross that lies nearby, left by Diego Cao, the first European to arrive on Namibian soil in 1485.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Damaraland - Leave the Atlantic Ocean coastline behind and drive towards the Namib Desert.Take in the beautiful, diverse and colourful landscapes that stream past along the way: mountains, sand dunes, ocean waves and shipwrecks. Continue to Damaraland. Home to Namibia's highest peak, ancient rock paintings and petrified forests, the harshly beautiful and sparsely populated Damaraland region is a land of extraordinary contrasts. Depending on the time of year, you might be lucky enough to see the desert elephants that roam the area. Your accommodation features a centrepiece swimming pool fringed by beautiful chalets, each with a private garden. The evening is yours to relax and enjoy the amenities as the sun goes down.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Damaraland - Spend the morning visiting the Twyfelfontein Heritage Site and the Petrified Forest with expert local guides to provide insight on these wonders. Twyfelfontein has one of the largest concentrations of ancient rock engraving in southern Africa and is a fascinating insight into the past. The Petrified Forest looks back into nature’s history, where 280-million-year-old fossilised tree trunks lie. Continue on to the Living Museum of the Damara, which aims to reconstruct and preserve the 'lost culture’ of the Damara people. Your leader will tell you all about this fascinating traditional culture that is, along with the Bushmen, the oldest in Namibia. Return to the lodge in the afternoon, with the rest of the day free to relax by the pool with a book.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Etosha National Park - Leave Damaraland behind and head towards Etosha National Park. On arrival, the afternoon will be free to relax at your lodge. Maybe cool off in the pool, read a book, or enjoy a sundowner by the bar. Be sure to charge your camera tonight as tomorrow will be a full day in the park. This is one of the world's premier game-viewing destinations; spotting animals in the park is relatively easy due to the man-made waterholes and the large, sparsely vegetated pans. The bushland surrounding the pans is difficult to see through, but there are enough clearings, pans and waterholes to allow for sightings. Namibia has protected its game reserves against poaching, so there are large herds of elephants, antelope and other herbivores.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Etosha National Park - Rise early for a full-day 4WD safari in Etosha National Park. Keep a close eye on the landscape for black rhino, Hartmann's mountain zebra, black-faced impala, roan antelope and the tiny Damara dik-dik. The park is also home to some 340 bird species. After, return to your lodge and reflect on the day's adventures as you take in the views from the outdoor pool, viewing deck, or spacious veranda overlooking the mopane woodlands.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Windhoek - This morning after breakfast you will make your way back to Windhoek. Your adventure comes to an end on arrival. Please do not book any international flights departing from Windhoek before 8pm this evening to allow for any unexpected delays. If you would like to extend your stay, additional accommodation can be booked in advance (subject to availability).

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Johannesburg - Sawubona – welcome to South Africa! Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm. If you arrive early, we recommend visiting the eye-opening Apartheid Museum to start your journey with some crucial history before meeting up with your group. After your important meeting this evening, why not head out for an optional group dinner and get to know your newfound travel companions? Your leader can point you in the right direction with bar and restaurant recommendations.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Kruger National Park - Rise and shine for an early departure from Johannesburg, the 'City of Gold' and head off on an adventure of a lifetime. Be prepared for a long drive, but rest assured, it is well worth it. A truly unique African experience unfolds as you enter the Greater Kruger National Park ecosystem en-route to our campsite. In the evening, choose to relax at your camp, located in Kruger National Park, or perhaps head out on an optional night drive with the park guide. The optional night drives are a chance to spot nocturnal animals and perhaps even a night-time predator or two – maybe catch a lion or hyena out hunting, or perhaps an impala out in search of a late-night feed.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Kruger National Park - After breakfast, embark on a full-day 4WD safari through Kruger National Park. One of the largest game reserves in Southern Africa, Kruger National Park is home to over 500 bird species, 100 species of reptile and 150 mammal species, including the Big Five and the endangered African wild dog. The day will be spent game viewing, birdwatching and stopping at various waterholes and viewpoints. Later on, take a night drive with the park guide for a chance to spot nocturnal animals and perhaps even a night-time predator or two – catch a lion or hyena out hunting, or an impala out in search of a late-night feed. Your camp tonight will be within Kruger National Park.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Greater Kruger National Park - Black Mambas HQ - Head to the outskirts of Kruger National Park, where you'll be lucky enough to camp for the evening with the Black Mambas at their headquarters. The Intrepid Foundation is proudly partnered with Helping Rhinos, which directly supports the work of the Black Mambas - the world's first all-female anti-poaching unit. Made up of a team of 36 young African women, the Mambas patrol 20,000 hectares of the Balule Nature Reserve, part of Greater Kruger National Park. Turning a traditionally male-dominated industry on its head, they’re putting their female prowess to work protecting the wildlife of Kruger National Park in an unconventional kind of way. You'll join them on a bush walk to learn how they find and destroy snares firsthand. Enjoy a special dinner by lantern light, and later, relax by the campfire with the Mambas as they share stories about their path to becoming Black Mambas and conservation work.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Goo Moremi Gorge - Say farewell to The Black Mambas and head straight for the Botswana border as you travel towards Goo Moremi Gorge. On arrival, perhaps stretch your legs with an optional guided hike through this beautiful national heritage site where perennial streams have carved deep gorges into the hills. Along the hike, you can stop at beautiful waterfalls cascading into deep pools surrounded by lush vegetation. The gorges are home to many birds that feed on fish and small crabs in the pools and are breeding grounds for the endangered Cape vulture. Baboons and rock rabbits live on the cliffs above the gorge and, though very elusive, leopards, hyenas and kudu can also be found here.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Nata - Today, you'll journey from Palapye to Nata. Your lodge is situated on the edge of the amazing Makgadikgadi Salt Pans, covering some 12,000 square kilometres, this is one of the largest salt flats in the world. On arrival, take a 3-hour excursion in an open vehicle to explore these seemingly endless plains in the Nata Bird Sanctuary. Surrounded by the Kalahari Desert, the pans are naturally dry and salty for a large part of the year. During this time the arid landscape has an eerie feel to it as heat mirages disorientate the senses. Then, after the rains hit, it becomes a grassy refuge for migratory birds and animals. Tonight, enjoy a good nights rest in a comfortable lodge.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Victoria Falls - Today you'll travel on to Victoria Falls, crossing the border into Zimbabwe in time to have lunch on the banks of the Zambezi. Continue to your permanent tent, set within a large rest camp. After settling in, you may want to set out on a highly recommended optional trip to visit Victoria Falls. Spanning about a mile wide and falling 108 metres into a narrow gorge below, the spray from the falls can sometimes be seen from kilometres away. In the dry season, the view of the falls is unobstructed by spray and it's possible to see little islets in the river below. Otherwise, a range of other activities are available through the local activity centre. This evening, why not join your group for a final dinner and celebrate the adventures you've shared.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Victoria Falls - There are no activities planned for today as your trip comes to an end after breakfast. For those who plan on spending a few extra days in Vic Falls, there are plenty of activities and excursions to keep you occupied. A helicopter flight over the falls is a popular choice and offers a fantastic view of this natural wonder.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Johannesburg - Sawubona – welcome to South Africa! Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm. If you arrive early, we recommend visiting the eye-opening Apartheid Museum to start your journey with some crucial history before meeting up with your group. After your important meeting this evening, why not head out for an optional group dinner and get to know your newfound travel companions? Your leader can point you in the right direction with bar and restaurant recommendations.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Kruger National Park - Rise and shine for an early departure from Johannesburg, the 'City of Gold' and head off on an adventure of a lifetime. Be prepared for a long drive, but rest assured, it is well worth it. A truly unique African experience unfolds as you enter the Greater Kruger National Park ecosystem en-route to our campsite. In the evening, choose to relax at your camp, located in Kruger National Park, or perhaps head out on an optional night drive with the park guide. The optional night drives are a chance to spot nocturnal animals and perhaps even a night-time predator or two – maybe catch a lion or hyena out hunting, or perhaps an impala out in search of a late-night feed.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Kruger National Park - After breakfast, embark on a full-day 4WD safari through Kruger National Park. One of the largest game reserves in Southern Africa, Kruger National Park is home to over 500 bird species, 100 species of reptile and 150 mammal species, including the Big Five and the endangered African wild dog. The day will be spent game viewing, birdwatching and stopping at various waterholes and viewpoints. Later on, take a night drive with the park guide for a chance to spot nocturnal animals and perhaps even a night-time predator or two – catch a lion or hyena out hunting, or an impala out in search of a late-night feed. Your camp tonight will be within Kruger National Park.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Greater Kruger National Park - Black Mambas HQ - Head to the outskirts of Kruger National Park, where you'll be lucky enough to camp for the evening with the Black Mambas at their headquarters. The Intrepid Foundation is proudly partnered with Helping Rhinos, which directly supports the work of the Black Mambas - the world's first all-female anti-poaching unit. Made up of a team of 36 young African women, the Mambas patrol 20,000 hectares of the Balule Nature Reserve, part of Greater Kruger National Park. Turning a traditionally male-dominated industry on its head, they’re putting their female prowess to work protecting the wildlife of Kruger National Park in an unconventional kind of way. You'll join them on a bush walk to learn how they find and destroy snares firsthand. Enjoy a special dinner by lantern light, and later, relax by the campfire with the Mambas as they share stories about their path to becoming Black Mambas and conservation work.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Goo Moremi Gorge - Say farewell to The Black Mambas and head straight for the Botswana border as you travel towards Goo Moremi Gorge. On arrival, perhaps stretch your legs with an optional guided hike through this beautiful national heritage site where perennial streams have carved deep gorges into the hills. Along the hike, you can stop at beautiful waterfalls cascading into deep pools surrounded by lush vegetation. The gorges are home to many birds that feed on fish and small crabs in the pools and are breeding grounds for the endangered Cape vulture. Baboons and rock rabbits live on the cliffs above the gorge and, though very elusive, leopards, hyenas and kudu can also be found here.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Nata - Today, you'll journey from Palapye to Nata. Your lodge is situated on the edge of the amazing Makgadikgadi Salt Pans, covering some 12,000 square kilometres, this is one of the largest salt flats in the world. On arrival, take a 3-hour excursion in an open vehicle to explore these seemingly endless plains in the Nata Bird Sanctuary. Surrounded by the Kalahari Desert, the pans are naturally dry and salty for a large part of the year. During this time the arid landscape has an eerie feel to it as heat mirages disorientate the senses. Then, after the rains hit, it becomes a grassy refuge for migratory birds and animals. Tonight, enjoy a good nights rest in a comfortable lodge.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Victoria Falls - Today you'll travel on to Victoria Falls, crossing the border into Zimbabwe in time to have lunch on the banks of the Zambezi. Continue to your permanent tent, set within a large rest camp. After settling in, you may want to set out on a highly recommended optional trip to visit Victoria Falls. Spanning about a mile wide and falling 108 metres into a narrow gorge below, the spray from the falls can sometimes be seen from kilometres away. In the dry season, the view of the falls is unobstructed by spray and it's possible to see little islets in the river below. Otherwise, a range of other activities are available through the local activity centre. This evening, why not join your group for a final dinner and celebrate the adventures you've shared.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Victoria Falls - You have a free day at the edge of the greatest curtain of falling water in the world. Take up one of many activities in the area today and soak up the opportunity to see Victoria Falls however you like. You might like to try whitewater rafting and canoeing, or for an incredible scenic helicopter flight, choose Zambezi Helicopter Company (CAA Zimbabwe), the only Intrepid-endorsed operator. You'll have another welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight to meet the new group members joining you. After the welcome meeting, enjoy a traditional dinner prepared for you by a local women’s cooperative who will proudly prepare your meal using fresh, locally grown ingredients and demonstrate the traditional ways Zimbabweans eat their food. Learn how this initiative not only helps provide vital income for the cooperative members but also benefits the broader Victoria Falls community.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Chobe National Park - Travel to Chobe National Park in Botswana this morning. You’ll stop at the Victoria Falls Wildlife Trust along the way – one of The Intrepid Foundation’s projects. Here, you’ll learn about the rescue and rehabilitation of wildlife, the human-wildlife conflict and the trust’s role in anti-poaching. There may also be a chance to meet any rescued or orphaned wildlife currently in their care. Chobe National Park was the first national park to be established in Botswana and is best known for its high concentration of elephants, which can often be seen swimming in the Chobe River. The river also attracts wallowing hippos, a variety of birdlife and crocodiles that like to sun themselves by the water's edge. Cheetahs and lions also come down to drink in the river, so if you’re lucky, you might spot one of the predators, too! In the late afternoon, embark on a scenic sunset cruise on the Chobe River guided by an expert local guide and look out for wildlife.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Maun - This morning, there's time for a morning game drive for those who would like to further explore this beautiful park. As well as elephants, you might see some of Chobe National Park's other noble creatures – from giraffes and zebras to impala and tsessebe (African antelope). Then, it's time to head to Maun. This town is the gateway to one of the world's most famous and most complex ecosystems – the Okavango Delta. It’s a bit of a long drive to get there, so grab a window seat if you can and take the opportunity to soak in the everchanging landscape.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Okavango Delta - Travel into the unspoiled wilderness this morning for an adventurous camping experience. The Okavango Delta is unlike anything in the world – a 16,000 square km maze of wetlands made up of waterways, green islands, lush plains and prolific wildlife. The delta is filled with diverse flora and fauna, including hippos, crocodiles, elephants and big cats, but the main attraction is really the incredible ecosystem. You'll explore the waterways by mokoros (traditional dugout canoes navigated by friendly local 'polers'). Spend some time exploring on foot with your experienced and knowledgeable guides and learn more about how the delta works. Tonight, camp on a remote island in the heart of the wilds and listen to the nocturnal creatures of the African bush come to life as the sun goes down.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Okavango Delta - It's an early start this morning as you venture out for a sunrise walk to catch a glimpse of some local elephants and maybe a few Cape buffalo. After, return to camp for breakfast and enjoy a leisurely free day to relax. You might like to take a swim or go on an afternoon walk. There’s also the opportunity to go for another mokoro trip. You may notice that the mokoros of today are made with fibreglass but retain their original shape – this strikes a balance between tradition and sustainability.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Maun - This morning, enjoy a relaxing morning to say goodbye to the delta. Then, it’s on to your next stop. After taking down your camp, head out on a mokoro safari on your way out of the Delta then board the vehicle back to Maun. When you arrive, you’ll have the option to take a scenic helicopter flight over Maun and the delta, seeing things from a bird's eye view.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Khama Rhino Sanctuary - Travel to the Khama Rhino Sanctuary this morning. On the edge of the Kalahari Desert, the Khama Rhino Sanctuary is a community-based conservation project staffed by local village residents. Built in a former hunting area to protect Botswana's only remaining populations of both black and white rhinos, the sanctuary is also home to other wildlife including zebras, giraffes, leopards, ostriches and wildebeest, all of which can be seen around the many natural waterholes. Visiting this project benefits local communities and contributes to the protection of the highly endangered white rhinoceros. In the evening, head out on a dusk game drive in an open safari vehicle with an expert local ranger to see the rhinos (this will be replaced by a dawn game drive if the group arrives at the sanctuary too late).

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Johannesburg - Cross the border into South Africa and travel on to Johannesburg (approximately 10–11 hours). Johannesburg is a sprawling city of remarkable contrasts. As you come into town, you'll likely see opulent mansions alongside tin-roof shacks, and verdant city parks alongside the concrete. Enjoy a relaxing evening upon arrival.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Johannesburg (Soweto) - Head to Soweto and take to the streets on a bicycle. Learn about the Soweto uprising and the resistance against apartheid. It's interesting to see how the community has changed and developed into what it is today. You'll also visit a former migrant workers' hostel and stop at many other local landmarks. Your cycling adventure should finish at around 3 pm today, whereafter you will be returned to your hotel in Johannesburg. With no further activities planned, your trip comes to an end at this point.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Victoria Falls - Mhoro! Welcome to Zimbabwe. Your adventure begins in Victoria Falls with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. If you arrive early, and it’s recommended that you do, check out some of the optional activities around Victoria Falls. The Zimbabwe side of the falls offers the broadest view of this colossal natural wonder. Scenic helicopter flights are incredible – if you opt for one, choose Zambezi Helicopter Company (CAA Zimbabwe), the only operator Intrepid endorses. After the welcome meeting, why not get to know your fellow travellers over a group dinner.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Elephant Sands - This morning, you’ll leave Victoria Falls behind and head to Elephant Sands via the Victoria Falls Wildlife Trust – one of the projects The Intrepid Foundation supports. Here you can learn about the rescue and rehabilitation of wildlife, human-wildlife conflict and the Trust’s role in anti-poaching. There may also be a chance to meet any rescued or orphaned wildlife currently in their care. Then, travel across the Kazungula border into Botswana and make your way to your accommodation in Elephant Sands. Located in a private concession bordering on the Chobe Forest Reserve, the watering hole at Elephant Sands lodge attracts herds of elephants and other wildlife in season. You'll take a guided bush walk through the unfenced 16,000 ha private conservancy, which is home to a variety of wildlife. You may even spot some of Africa's lesser-known 'Little Five' species! Tonight, maybe soak up the sounds of the wilderness with a glass of wine as your overlook the waterhole, keeping an eye out for the roaming animals.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Maun - After breakfast, drive to Maun – a bustling town on the edge of the Okavango Delta. Arriving here in the afternoon, you'll have the opportunity to take in this UNESCO World Heritage site from above on a scenic flight in a helicopter flight (an optional activity that your trip leader can help you arrange). Tonight's accommodation is in a comfortable hotel situated on the town's outskirts.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Okavango Delta Pan Handle - Leaving Maun after breakfast, make your way further to the northwestern part of the Okavango Delta, admiring the scenery along the way. Meet your 4WD transfer for the last 12 km and watch the scenery pass you by. When you arrive, settle into the lodge where you’ll be spending the next two nights, located on the edge of the Guma Lagoon.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Okavango Delta Pan Handle - Today, you'll hop into mokoros (traditional dugout canoes) for a water-level exploration of the delta. Paddling through papyrus and reed beds to lily-covered lagoons and islands, keep an eye out for elephants, antelope, warthogs, and other wildlife. Afterward, enjoy a short bushwalk on one of the islands before returning to the lodge for a delicious lunch. Spend the afternoon at leisure, relaxing by the pool, and finish the day with a sunset view over the lagoon.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Caprivi - After breakfast, take the 4WD transfer back to the vehicle and make your way to the Namibian border. The drive to tonight's camp on the Caprivi banks of the Okavango River, involves passing through the Mahango Game Reserve – keep your eyes peeled for the surrounding wildlife on the drive, like elephants and buffalo.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Chobe National Park - Continue the journey along the Caprivi Strip, located in the newly formed Kavango-Zambezi Trans frontier park. After crossing the border back into Botswana you’ll arrive at Kasane – a town surrounded by the Chobe National Park. Taking its name from the river which marks the border between Namibia and Botswana, Chobe boasts the largest population of elephants in Africa, plus an abundance of birdlife, pods of wallowing hippos and more. Check out Kasane town, or maybe take a dip in the lodge pool, sit by the open outdoor fire or simply watch the setting sun change the colours of the sky above the Chobe River.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Chobe National Park - Take the opportunity to wake up early and enjoy an optional dawn game drive in Chobe National Park, where you may see elephants drinking at the waters' edge, large herds of cape buffaloes and many impala within the park. Return to the lodge for a late breakfast and enjoy the rest of the day at your leisure. Later in the afternoon you’ll head out on a sunset cruise on the Chobe River. At the right time of year, the river is frequented by large families of elephants crossing the banks, drinking and playing in the water. It's also ideal for spotting bird life such as saddle-billed storks, malachite kingfishers, fish eagles and beautiful bee-eaters, as well as hippos and crocodiles. Why not grab a sundowner from the small bar onboard, then sit back and watch the sunset over the river – a perfect way to end the day.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Victoria Falls - Enjoy breakfast at the lodge before heading to the Zimbabwean border. After completing the border formalities, drive the remaining distance to Victoria Falls. Your adventure ends when you arrive, at approximately 11 am, and no accommodation is included tonight. If you’d like to extend your stay in Victoria Falls, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time. Those staying longer can visit the falls and choose from various activities and excursions, including white water rafting and canoeing.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Johannesburg - Sawubona! Welcome to South Africa. Touch down in Jo’burg (as the locals like to call it) where your adventure begins, ready for your welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. If you arrive early, maybe visit the Apartheid Museum to start your journey with some local history, crucial in understanding this region. After your meeting, why not head out for a group dinner and get to know your fellow travellers. Your leader can point you in the right direction if you’re looking for local bars and restaurant recommendations.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Khama Rhino Sanctuary - See ya South Africa – this morning, you’ll cross the border into Botswana and travel to the Khama Rhino Sanctuary. It sits on the Kalahari Desert and is an old hunting area transformed into a conservation project. It now protects what’s left of Botswana's black and white rhino populations, but you can also see zebras, giraffes, leopards, ostriches and wildebeest, all of which chill out around the natural waterholes. Not only do you get to check out the animals here, but you’ll also be benefitting local communities and helping protect the white rhino. When the sun begins to set, hop in a jeep to see the rhinos at their most active. About 35 rhinos roam around this 400-hectare community-based reserve, so don’t forget your binoculars!

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Maun - Get up nice and early and drive to Maun. When you arrive, you’ll have the chance to stock up on any supplies you might need for the journey ahead. This town is the gateway to one of the world's most renowned and complex ecosystems – the Okavango Delta, a 16,000 square km maze of wetlands made up of waterways, green islands, lush plains and loads of wildlife. You might see hippos, crocodiles, elephants and big cats within the diverse ecosystem here. Tonight, you'll stay on the outskirts of Maun at a simple campsite with shared facilities, wi-fi and optional upgrades.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Okavango Delta Pan Handle - Make your way to the north-western part of the Okavango Delta, close to the Pan Handle. Leave the truck and take a 4WD for the last 12 km to your campsite in the bush. Your accommodation for the next two nights sits on the edge of the Guma Lagoon area and might just be one of the trip’s highlights! When you arrive, set up camp, take in the incredible views of the Delta and relax on the edge of the water for the rest of the afternoon. Tonight, watch as the sunset turns into a brilliant sky full of stars, far away from any light pollution. Then, fall asleep to the sounds of the hippos in the distance.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Okavango Delta Pan Handle - Today, you get to paddle the mighty Delta. There's nothing more relaxing than feeling the African sun on your face as you lie back in a mokoro (traditional dugout canoe), while your expert poler propels you down calm waters through papyrus and reed beds to lily covered lagoons. Watch out for elephants, lechwe, warthogs and sitatunga. Stop at one of the islands for a swim before returning to camp. If you are interested in the culinary side of Southern Africa, feel free to join your cook for a cooking class while they prepare tonight's meal.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Caprivi Strip - This morning, transfer in 4WDs back to the truck and then make your way to the border to cross into Namibia. Your next camp is in the Caprivi Strip – sandwiched between Botswana and Angola, this strip connects with Zambia and Zimbabwe at its end. Take the opportunity to discover your new surroundings on a sunset river cruise, keeping your eyes peeled for hippos and crocodiles. Then, relax at your lodge to the sounds of the bush and look out for some of the 330 species of birds in the area.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Chobe National Park - This morning, zip over to the edge of Chobe National Park, further through the Caprivi Strip and back into Botswana. Botswana's first national park is perhaps best known for its high concentration of elephants, which can often be seen swimming in the Chobe River. The river also attracts wallowing hippos, lots of birdlife, crocodiles sunning themselves and cheetahs and lions venturing out for a drink. When you arrive, kick back at camp with a book and relax.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Chobe National Park - Today, you'll head out on a 4WD game drive in Chobe National Park. There's a huge range of wildlife here, all packed into one tiny area, making it unlike anywhere else in the world! Huge herds of buffalo and elephants are often seen roaming around the savannah, matched by the size of the local lion prides. An estimated 70,000 Kalahari elephants roam the park, too – these amazing beasts are the largest known subspecies of elephant in the world. You might also see zebras, impalas, wildebeest, giraffes, lions, leopards, hyenas, jackals, warthogs, baboons, monkeys and heaps of birds!

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Victoria Falls - This morning there will be time to join an optional game drive in the Chobe National Park. Then, it’s on to the town of Victoria Falls this afternoon. Cross the border into Zimbabwe and arrive in the early afternoon. Before your trip officially ends, your leader will provide a quick orientation walk through town. There is so much to discover in Victoria Falls that it's highly recommended you stay a few extra days. If you'd like to extend your stay, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Johannesburg - Sawubona! Welcome to South Africa. Touch down in Jo’burg (as the locals like to call it) where your adventure begins, ready for your welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. If you arrive early, maybe visit the Apartheid Museum to start your journey with some local history, crucial in understanding this region. After your meeting, why not head out for a group dinner and get to know your fellow travellers. Your leader can point you in the right direction if you’re looking for local bars and restaurant recommendations.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Khama Rhino Sanctuary - See ya South Africa – this morning, you’ll cross the border into Botswana and travel to the Khama Rhino Sanctuary. It sits on the Kalahari Desert and is an old hunting area transformed into a conservation project. It now protects what’s left of Botswana's black and white rhino populations, but you can also see zebras, giraffes, leopards, ostriches and wildebeest, all of which chill out around the natural waterholes. Not only do you get to check out the animals here, but you’ll also be benefitting local communities and helping protect the white rhino. When the sun begins to set, hop in a jeep to see the rhinos at their most active. About 35 rhinos roam around this 400-hectare community-based reserve, so don’t forget your binoculars!

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Maun - Get up nice and early and drive to Maun. When you arrive, you’ll have the chance to stock up on any supplies you might need for the journey ahead. This town is the gateway to one of the world's most renowned and complex ecosystems – the Okavango Delta, a 16,000 square km maze of wetlands made up of waterways, green islands, lush plains and loads of wildlife. You might see hippos, crocodiles, elephants and big cats within the diverse ecosystem here. Tonight, you'll stay on the outskirts of Maun at a simple campsite with shared facilities, wi-fi and optional upgrades.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Okavango Delta Pan Handle - Make your way to the north-western part of the Okavango Delta, close to the Pan Handle. Leave the truck and take a 4WD for the last 12 km to your campsite in the bush. Your accommodation for the next two nights sits on the edge of the Guma Lagoon area and might just be one of the trip’s highlights! When you arrive, set up camp, take in the incredible views of the Delta and relax on the edge of the water for the rest of the afternoon. Tonight, watch as the sunset turns into a brilliant sky full of stars, far away from any light pollution. Then, fall asleep to the sounds of the hippos in the distance.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Okavango Delta Pan Handle - Today, you get to paddle the mighty Delta. There's nothing more relaxing than feeling the African sun on your face as you lie back in a mokoro (traditional dugout canoe), while your expert poler propels you down calm waters through papyrus and reed beds to lily-covered lagoons. Watch out for elephants, lechwe, warthogs and sitatunga on a quick bush walk, then stop at one of the islands for a swim before returning to camp. If you are interested in the culinary side of Southern Africa, feel free to join your cook for a cooking class while they prepare tonight's meal.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Maun - Wake up to the sounds of the Delta this morning then travel back to Maun to relax. If you didn’t get the chance to take a helicopter flight on day three, you will have the opportunity to do so today. Otherwise, sit back, relax and get ready for the rest of your adventure.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Gweta - Drive to Gweta this morning – a small town sitting near the stunning Makgadikgadi Salt Pans, which are some of the largest on Earth and covering around 12,000 square kilometres (4640 square miles). Drive through the national park before you arrive in Gweta. Tonight, you’ll head out on a Sundowner Bush Walk to explore the surrounding baobab forest with a local guide. Take in the unique scenery while your guide explains the local ecology, geology and biology of the largest succulent in the world. Watch the Botswana sunset with a drink by the campfire as you learn more about this vast saltpan desert that was once the largest expanse of fresh water on the planet.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Chobe National Park - Wake up early to drive to Chobe National Park today. You’ll have free time tonight to either rest or jump into some optional activities, like a sunset game drive or river cruise. There's a huge range of wildlife here, all packed into one tiny area, making it unlike anywhere else in the world! Huge herds of buffalo and elephants are often seen roaming around the savannah, matched by the size of the local lion prides. An estimated 70,000 Kalahari elephants roam the park, too – these amazing beasts are the largest known subspecies of elephant in the world. You might also see zebras, impalas, wildebeest, giraffes, lions, leopards, hyenas, jackals, warthogs, baboons, monkeys and heaps of birds.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Victoria Falls - Head out on a game drive in Chobe National Park this morning for a last chance to spot Botswana’s legendary animals. Then, it’s on to the town of Victoria Falls this afternoon. Cross the border into Zimbabwe and arrive in the early afternoon. Enjoy some free time in Victoria Falls to experience the sights and sounds of the mighty falls. You'll have another meeting at 6 pm tonight to meet the new group members who will joining you on the second half of your adventure.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Victoria Falls - Guess what? You’re at the edge of the greatest curtain of falling water in the world. After a leader-led orientation walk of the town, enjoy a day of free time to take up one of many activities on offer in the area including a gorge swing or white-water rafting! There are many ways to take in the thundering sight and sound of the falls. These staggering cascades are about a mile wide, falling 108 metres into a narrow gorge below. In the wet season, the spray rises high and the falls become a torrent; in the dry season, the lack of spray gives way to a nice view of the islets in the river below. Tonight, enjoy a traditional dinner prepared for you by a local women’s cooperative who will prepare your meal using fresh, locally grown ingredients. Learn how this initiative not only helps provide vital income for the cooperative members but also benefits the broader Victoria Falls community.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Hwange National Park - Leave Victoria Falls behind and head to Hwange National Park. En route, stop via the Victoria Falls Wildlife Trust – one of the Intrepid Foundation’s projects - where you can learn about the rescue and rehabilitation of wildlife, human-wildlife conflict and their role in anti-poaching. There may also be a chance to meet any rescued or orphaned wildlife currently in their care. After, explore the stunning arena of Hwange in an open 4x4 vehicle. This national park became the royal hunting grounds of the Ndebele warrior-king Mzilikazi in the early 19th century and was set aside as a national park in 1929. Today, Hwange boasts a massive selection of wildlife, with over 100 species of mammals and nearly 400 bird species. But it's the elephants this place is famous for – here you'll find one of the largest elephant populations in Africa.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Matobo National Park - Make tracks for Matobos with a short detour through Bulawayo, checking out its colonial architecture, before heading to your camp for the next two nights. Home to a large population of black and white rhinoceros that can be tracked on foot, Matobo National Park is also the site of the grave of Cecil John Rhodes, the founder of Rhodesia and the De Beers diamond company. The Matobos area has great spiritual and cultural significance to the local people and there are many sites within the park where important ceremonies still take place. For those interested in the culinary side of southern African food, tonight your cook can provide a cooking class while you help prepare this evening’s delicious meal.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Matobo National Park - Good morning from mighty Matobos. You’re free to do as you please, but what is highly recommended is heading to Matobo Hills and spending the day tracking rhinos and other game animals with the help of your guide on an optional tour. The park is home to so much wildlife, including klipspringers, leopards, warthogs and springhares. Along the way, learn about the flora in the area and find old bushman paintings, see rock formations and learn the history of the area. Then it's off to nearby villages to meet some of the local community. It’s definitely a day you won’t want to miss.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Tshipise - This morning, you will depart Zimbabwe and cross the bustling border post, the only direct crossing between Zimbabwe and South Africa. You’re expected to arrive at your campsite on the edge of Honnet Nature Reserve by late afternoon. Once there, unwind and take advantage of the extensive facilities, including both indoor and outdoor pools, a putt-putt course, a nature trail, and optional game drives.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Kruger National Park - After breakfast, set off for renowned Kruger National Park. This world-famous park is known for Africa's iconic wildlife – lion, elephant, buffalo, leopard and rhino. On top of that, it's home to some 336 kinds of trees, 49 fish species and over 500 species of bird. See how many of these you can spot on your way to your campsite for the night.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Kruger National Park - Today, you will set off on an exhilarating full-day 4WD safari through Kruger National Park. This remarkable reserve, comparable in size to Belgium or Wales, offers an incredible opportunity to witness Africa's iconic animals in their natural habitat, surrounded by breathtaking savannas, lush forests, and expansive landscapes. Kruger is home to a diverse array of wildlife, including elephants, lions, leopards and buffalo, along with the endangered African wild dog. You’ll venture into prime areas for wildlife observation, keeping an eye out for various species ranging from antelopes and springbok to cheetahs and rhinos.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Johannesburg - Venture out this morning for one last safari in your overland truck and soak up all Kruger has to offer. Keep your eyes peeled, ‘cause you never know what will pop out from behind the shrubs! Continue back to Johannesburg, where your trip finishes on arrival at a designated hotel drop-off point.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Victoria Falls - Welcome to Africa! Once you arrive at the joining point accommodation, reception will advise you where our campsite is located. Make your way to the site, meet your leader and get settled in. Your adventure begins at 2pm with a group meeting at our campsite. After which we will visit Victoria Falls This thundering curtain of water is about a mile wide, falling 108 metres into a narrow gorge below. In the wet season, the spray created can rise up an incredible 400 metres and the falls become an impressive raging torrent. In the dry season, the view of the falls is unobstructed by spray and you can see little islets in the river below. If you arrive early, get out and explore Victoria Falls. You can choose from various activities and excursions, including white water rafting and canoeing. For an incredible scenic helicopter flight, choose Zambezi Helicopter Company (CAA Zimbabwe), the only Intrepid-endorsed operator.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Chobe National Park - After some breakfast and packing up camp we travel to Chobe National Park. Botswana's first national park is perhaps best known for its high concentration of elephants, which can often be seen swimming in the Chobe River. The river also attracts wallowing hippos, a variety of birdlife, crocodiles sunning themselves by the water's edge, and cheetahs and lions which come down to drink. Enjoy a sunset cruise on the Chobe River, a relaxing way to spend the afternoon with the family.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Nata - This morning embark on an exciting game drive through Chobe NP before hitting the road to Nata where you'll spend the evening at Elephant Sands. Elephant Sands has a natural waterhole right in front of the lodge where the local elephants come to drink. Watch these awesome creatures whilst they drink at only a couple of meters away from you. There is plenty of other wildlife around as well on this unfenced 16000 ha private conservancy. The lack of fences allows all animals to roam freely.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Maun - After packing up camp it's another long travelling day to Maun. Maun is the gateway to one of the world's most renowned and complex ecosystems, the Okavango Delta. This place is unlike anything in the world – a 16,000 square kilometre maze of wetlands made up of meandering waterways, green islands, lush plains and prolific wildlife. You might see hippos, crocodiles, elephants and big cats. But it's not the animals that are the main attraction – it's the extremely diverse ecosystem and atmospheric waterscapes. Tonight you'll stay on the outskirts of Maun at a simple campsite with shared facilities and WiFi before heading into the Delta in the morning.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Okavango Delta - Cruise around the waterways by mokoro, a traditional dugout canoe navigated by friendly local 'polers'. With some luck, you might spot some of the delta's unusual wildlife and exotic birdlife. Spend time exploring the maze of lagoons, lakes and streams on foot, led by experienced and knowledgeable guides. Tonight you will camp on a remote island in the heart of the wilderness. In this far-out spot, facilities are non-existent, so you will dig a bush toilet and go without a shower. It's all part of the Okavango experience. At night, fall asleep to the humming and buzzing of the African wilderness.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Okavango Delta - Wake up early and head out for a sunrise walk. Along the way, keep watch for some elephants. You might also come across some Cape buffalo, if the timing is right. These rather noble-looking creatures are more dangerous than they look, and their horns make for a kind of bone shield that's fittingly known as a 'boss'. Returning to camp for breakfast, take the rest of the day to relax. A refreshing swim, or perhaps a nap, is a good idea in the warmer part of the day. Alternatively, take another mokoro trip to soak up more of that delightful river atmosphere.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Maun - After breakfast take the mokoro back to the poling station and then travel once again to Maun, where you will have the rest of the day free back at the campsite.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Khama Rhino Sanctuary - It's an early morning start as we hit the road to the Khama Rhino Sanctuary. Situated on the edge of the Kalahari Desert, the Khama Rhino Sanctuary is a conversion of a former hunting area into a conservation project. Built to protect Botswana's only remaining populations of both black and white rhinos, the sanctuary is also home to other wildlife including zebras, giraffes, leopards, ostriches and wildebeest, all of which can be seen around the many natural waterholes. Visiting this project benefits local communities and contributes to the protection of the highly endangered white rhinoceros. Later, head out on a dusk game drive to see the rhinos when they are at their most active.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Marakele National Park - Leaving Botswana behind, cross the border into South Africa and arrive at your overnight stop of Marakele National Park this afternoon. The national park has diverse terrain making it easy to spot wildlife. In the park you can spot gemsbok, mongoose, wild cat, warthog, all kinds of birds and may even be lucky to spot black mane lions, If time allows we will do an afternoon game drive in the park before settling into camp for your final night in the wilderness.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Johannesburg - After breakfast we start the drive to Johannesburg. The group arrive late afternoon where the trip will end. if you have additional time why not get out and explore Johannesburg, a city of remarkable contrasts. Perhaps visit the culturally rich areas of Newtown, Braamfontein or Maboneng. The eye-opening Apartheid Museum is well worth your time. We recommend you don't book your departure flight until after 8pm.. 

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Victoria Falls - Mhoro! Welcome to Zimbabwe. Your adventure starts with a welcome meeting at 4 pm this afternoon in Victoria Falls – one of the world’s largest waterfalls and a UNESCO World Heritage site located on the Zambezi River. If you arrive early maybe join a traditional village tour, cruise along the River Song on a sunset cruise or take a thrilling free-fall adventure at the Bridge Swing. After your meeting, you'll be able to grab some dinner, then join your fellow travellers to watch the incredible Simunye show at Victoria Falls Theatre.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Kasane - Wake up early to catch the sunrise on a guided tour of the Falls. Spanning about a mile wide and falling 108 m into a narrow gorge below, the spray from the falls can sometimes be seen from far away. In the dry season, the view of the falls is unobstructed by spray and it's possible to see little islets in the river below. After, sit down for breakfast before travelling to Kasane in Botswana – the gateway to Chobe National Park, known for its herds of elephants that converge on the Chobe River in the dry season. When you arrive, the rest of the day is free for you to explore at your own pace.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Chobe NP - This morning, set off on a 4WD game drive adventure. Journey through the park, you’ll see wildlife up close, and with luck, you’ll spot lions and exotic birds. Botswana's first national park is known for its many elephants and hippos, so keep an eye out for herds walking by, too. They can also often be seen swimming in the Chobe River! The river also attracts buffalo, hippos and crocodiles who like to sun themselves by the water's edge. In the afternoon, take a sunset boat cruise along the river and gain a different view of these amazing animals and landscape.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Makgadikgadi Pans - This morning is free for you to relax, swim in the pool or venture out to see more of the park’s diverse wildlife on another game drive. Later, you’ll travel to Makgadikgadi Pans – one of the world’s largest salt flats in the Kalahari Desert. Today is a bit of a long travel day, so it's a good idea to get stuck into your book or favourite podcasts. When you arrive, you'll have the rest of the evening to spend however you like.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Makgadikgadi Pans - This morning is free for you to relax, maybe at the pool or with a book, before travelling to the edge of the Ntwtwe Salt Pan to see a local meerkat colony. Watch the social animals in their natural habitat as they play, then venture out to the Salt Pans to see the mighty desert covered in white salt crystals. Later, continue to your accommodation for the night – camping in the middle of the salt flats. When you arrive, you’ll meet your tour guides and travel through the ever-changing landscapes to the leafy lodge where you’ll stay tonight under a blanket of stars.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Maun - Wake up to the Kalahari sun and enjoy a hot drink before driving back to the edge of the Ntwetwe Salt Pan. Here you’ll spend some time exploring the surrounding area – be sure to look for the adapted desert species of bat-eared foxes, springbok and kori bustards. After a fun-filled adventure, you’ll stop at Planet Baobab for a shower and breakfast. After, travel to Maun – a small village on the Thamalakane River. On the way, stop at Shorobe Basket Co-operative, where you’ll learn about the craft firsthand. Here, a local artist will take you through the journey of basket weaving, including harvesting and dyeing. Hear the stories behind each pattern and how the organisation is working to empower female-headed households to support their families, before visiting Planet Culture Cafe for a traditional Botswana lunch – maybe try phaleche (maize) followed by some tasty magwinya (donuts). This afternoon, enjoy some free time to relax or continue exploring Maun at your own pace.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Okavango Delta - Today you'll set out on a drive through the Okavango waterways on a traditional mokoro (a dugout canoe steered by friendly local polers). With some luck, you might spot some of the delta's wildlife and birdlife. Explore the maze of lagoons, lakes and streams, then head out on foot with your tour guide. See plants, trees and animals from a different perspective and learn about the region’s distinct landscape and history. After, have lunch at one of the many secluded islands created by the Delta waterways. After your daytrip through the Okavango waterways, you’ll return to your accommodation in Maun.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Depart - Your trip comes to an end after breakfast, but this doesn’t mean the adventure has to end! For those interested, there’s the opportunity to fly over the Delta in a helicopter for a bird's-eye view. This is a great way to appreciate the vast scale of this waterscape. Your local leader can give you more information on this activity and how to reserve a place. If you’d like to spend more time here, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Johannesburg - Sawubona! Welcome to South Africa. Your trip begins with a welcome meeting at 12 noon. Afterwards, head out on a cycling tour of Soweto – an exciting opportunity to get an insight into contemporary life in South Africa. You’ll visit the formal migrant workers’ hostel and be introduced to conditions of male mine workers and meet the families that live here today. Cycle through the vibrant community of Meadowlands, and continue to the Hector Pieterson Memorial, the historical landmark of the 1976 student's uprising, proceed to the famous Vilakazi street where Nelson Mandela used to live.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Hluhluwe Game Reserve - Today is a travel day. Depart Johannesburg early this morning and travel into the heart of KwaZulu Natal. Here you will camp at an ecolodge just outside of Hluhluwe–Imfolozi Park, which is home to some amazing wildlife, including lions, elephants, leopards, giraffes, buffaloes and wild dogs. The rest of the day is free for you to get settled into your surroundings.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Hluhluwe–iMfolozi Park - Embark on an adventure through the oldest proclaimed game reserve in South Africa. You’ll spend the day roaming around the park in an Open Safari Vehicle, stopping for a picnic lunch along the way. While you're here, you'll have the chance to see some of the 'Big Five' – African elephant, black rhinoceros, Cape buffalo, African lion and African leopard. There will also be a good chance of spotting the white rhino, as Hluhluwe-Imfolozi has the largest population of these near-threatened creatures in the world. A series of conservation efforts has saved them from extinction and their population is once again on the rise. The park also boasts some 400 species of birds, including the African finfoot, bat hawk and white-backed night heron.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Kosi Bay - Depart the game reserve this morning and travel northeast to the coast, visit the beautiful Kosi Bay Nature Reserve. The location of the bay is amazing. On the one hand there is picturesque jungle with wild figa and monkey orange trees, and a grazing area for hippos; on the other, a mangrove and coral reef that's teeming with aquatic life. Your accommodation, Kosi Bay Lodge, will be in comfortable log chalets. Enjoy a night under the stars as you relax around the campfire.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Kosi Bay - This morning, you and the family will get to explore Kosi Bay by kayak. It is particularly famous for the traditional Tsonga fish traps built to trap fish moving in and out of the estuary with the tide. The Tsonga people, who have made this land their home for more than 1,000 years, are experts in fish traps and the construction of fishkraal. There is also the opportunity to snorkel over the coral reef in search of some colourful fish. You’ll then have the rest of the day free.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Hlane National Park - Drive north, stop to stock up on supplies then reach the small land-locked kingdom of Eswatini (Swaziland), home to Hlane National Park. A vast expanse of bushveld and its ancient hardwood trees make the national park home to the largest wild herds in Eswatini. Your camp is spacious and has plenty of tree coverage, making for a nice spot to relax and be greeted by the odd inquisitive impala, warthog or nyala. If you're feeling adventurous, book a guided mountain bike trail, bird walk or game drive and explore the greater Hlane area. In the absence of electricity in Ndlovu Camp, the area is romantically lit at night with candles and parafin lanterns. It's also within easy reach of Ndlovu's semi-open-air restaurant and floodlit waterhole. Hlane Activities Center, a braai/barbeque area (with firewood provided), communal kitchen, and hot showers are all available.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Hlane National Park - Explore Hlane National Park on a game drive. This park used to be a private royal hunting ground, which gives you some idea of its calibre as a wildlife-viewing destination. It is Eswatini's largest park, spanning an impressive 30,000 hectares. Landscape-wise, it’s a flat lowland area with some grasslands and shallow pans. There's a great chance of catching sight of wildebeest, zebra and impala, especially in the drier months. Notably, cheetahs were reintroduced to the park relatively recently. The park also has an abundant and diverse array of birdlife, boasting the highest density of nesting white-backed vultures in all of Africa.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Kruger National Park - Cross back into South Africa and journey to Kruger National Park – one Africa's very best wildlife arenas. On arrival you’ll start a game drive as you head towards your overnight campsite. Later on, there will be the option of a night drive with the park guide. This is a great chance to spot nocturnal animals and perhaps even a night-time predator or two – catch a lion or hyena out hunting, or perhaps an impala out in search of a late-night feed.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Kruger National Park - Enjoy further explorations of Kruger. You will embark on a second game drive today, hopefully spotting some animals you didn't cross off the list yesterday! One of the largest game reserves in Southern Africa, Kruger National Park boasts more than 500 bird species, 100 reptile species and 150 mammal species. The big five and the endangered African wild dog are no exceptions. Depending on the areas you visit, you'll have the chance to see some exotic birds along the way, from the tiny bronze mannikin to the more conspicuous ostrich. Keep an eye to the sky where, if you're lucky, a giant eagle owl or martial eagle might be soaring.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Phiring village - Leave Kruger this morning and make your way to Phiring village for a special homestay experience. You’ll be hosted by a local family with a 'mum', who’ll make you feel part of her own family. While you’re at the village, there’ll also be the chance to take part in a range of traditional activities, including floor-making, cooking, dancing or going for a scenic walk through the surrounding mountain area. Your stay here helps to provide local women and youth with economic independence and social empowerment.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Blyde River Canyon - Say your farewells to the locals of Phiring this morning, then travel to Blyde River Canyon. One of South Africa's most spectacular attractions, Blyde River Canyon is the third largest canyon in the world, and probably the greenest. It's an excellent place for walking. The sheer-sided walls of the canyon rise over 2,000 metres and the vegetation varies wildly, from dry rocky sections to rainforest, depending on the altitude. You will explore the stunning Bourke's Luck Potholes, where shadowy rock formations take on different colours and shadings in the changing light.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Johannesburg - Enjoy a morning of free time before returning to Johannesburg. Your trip comes to an end upon arrival at Tambo International Airport in the afternoon (usually between 2pm and 4pm). If you prefer, we can also drop you at the original joining point location. Please advise your booking agent before you depart or your leader during your welcome meeting on day 1. Please do not book any onwards flights until after 8pm this evening.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Cape Town - Sawubona! Welcome to South Africa. With its stunning coastline, modern cityscape and nearby mountains, Cape Town is one of Africa's most exciting cities. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm this evening. If you arrive early, why not get out and explore Cape Town, maybe with a walk in Newlands Forest or by jumping on the Table Mountain Aerial Cableway. You could also head down to the waterfront to see Cape Town Stadium up close. After the meeting, ask your leader where the best dinner spots are and consider heading out for a welcome dinner with your group.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Western Cape - Leaving Cape Town behind, travel up the Western Cape today. Sit back, relax and enjoy the sprawling scenery. Tonight, you’ll stay on a working farm with your group. This is a great chance to gain an insight into everyday life in this remote part of South Africa. The surrounding countryside is perfectly explored on foot, so if there’s time, maybe take a walk around the nearby mountains and farms before settling in for the evening.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Orange River - Journey to the Orange River – the beautiful natural border between South Africa and Namibia. On the way, you'll pass through Namaqualand, which is renowned for its wildflowers that spring up from late July to mid-September. Traditionally known as the Gariep River, the Orange River is the longest in South Africa (2200 km). Its source is high up in the Drakensberg Mountain Range in Lesotho, and it flows into the Atlantic Ocean at Alexander Bay in South Africa.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Fish River Canyon - This morning, there’s an optional canoe adventure on the Orange River. Floating leisurely down the stream is a great way to discover the beauty of this region. After, head further west into the desert lands of Namibia towards Fish River Canyon. At 500 m deep and over 160 km long, Fish River Canyon is one of the largest canyons in the world. At any time of year there are remarkable photo opportunities here as you watch the colour of the granite rocks change as the sun goes down.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Sesriem - Be ready for a long travel day as you drive toward the fabled dunes of Namibia. You’ll have the opportunity to stop at a market or shop to stock up on supplies before tomorrow's bush camp. When you arrive, stretch your legs and take in the exciting desert scenes. You’ll be situated in the most famous part of the Namib Desert, among the vast dune fields – the most spectacular of which are found near the Sesriem Canyon. Get an early night in preparation for your dawn hike tomorrow.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Sossusvlei - Wake up before dawn and scramble to the top of the dunes for a dramatic sunrise view across a vast sea of sand. The colour changes as the sun creeps up above the horizon and the views are nothing short of incredible, providing a spectacular setting for your brunch. The dunes themselves are some of the highest in the world and home to much animal life. After, jump in the back of a pickup truck for a trip to Sossusvlei – the incredible salt and clay pan nearby. You'll have time to explore this mysterious desert oddity at your own pace. In the afternoon, drive to your bush camp in the heart of the Namib Desert.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Swakopmund - Continue to Swakopmund today. Surrounded by the massive dune fields of the Namib Desert on three sides and the Atlantic Ocean on the other, Swakopmund is an ideal place for outdoor activities. The township has an interesting German–Namibian atmosphere, which makes it a pleasant place to simply walk around and explore. You could also visit the Swakopmund Museum today – the largest privately run Museum in Namibia housing exhibitions on zoology, geology and technology.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Swakopmund - With a free day today, it's worth checking out the Germanic architecture of the area and maybe taking the opportunity to do some souvenir shopping. If you're after a dose of history and culture, you can stop in at the lighthouse and visit the Swakopmund Museum. Active types and thrill-seekers might like to take advantage of the many outdoor activities on offer – this town is the adventure-sports capital of Namibia.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Swakopmund - With another free day in this beautiful seaside town, you might like to do some reading, relaxing and swimming. Alternatively, you can venture further afield – perhaps to the Okakambe Trails or the Camel Farm (both located in the same area, around 12 km east of town). A horse ride or camel ride is a great way to see the desert from a different perspective.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Spitzkoppe - Travel to Spitzkoppe today. Experience the sight, sound and smell of thousands of olive-coloured seals on the shores of Cape Cross while travelling up the Atlantic Coast. Visit one of the most stunning areas of Namibia – the wild lands around the mountain of Spitzkoppe, also known as the Matterhorn of Namibia. Although you shouldn't try to climb to the top, there are some excellent hikes and guided walks throughout the area, which is rich in plant life. The Spitzkoppe is known for its stunning beauty and the thousands of ancient Bushmen rock art paintings that are still on view. Be sure to look out for the sunset from your bush camp this evening – the landscape is known to take on dazzling oranges and reds.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Etosha National Park - This morning, set off and travel to Etosha National Park, stopping at a market or shop and ATM if required. Etosha is among the world's best places to view wildlife. A wide range of southern Africa's animals roams freely here, including all the big carnivores and rare or endangered species, including black rhino, Hartmann's mountain zebra, black-faced impala, roan antelope and the tiny Damara dik-dik. Tonight, there’s an option to take an evening game drive (subject to availability) before spending the night at the Okaukuejo Camp. The camp overlooks a floodlit waterhole visited by many different species throughout the day and night.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Etosha National Park - Enjoy a full-day game drive in Etosha National Park. Game viewing in the park is relatively easy due to the constructed waterholes and the large, sparsely vegetated pans. The bushland surrounding the pans is difficult to see through, but there are enough clearings, pans and waterholes to usually allow for some sightings. Namibia has protected its game reserves against poaching, which means significant numbers of elephants, antelope and other herbivores reside here. This evening you will spend the night at Namutoni Camp.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Grootfontein/San People - Leave Etosha behind and continue to your next camp, which is located 50 km outside Grootfontein. This will be your base for visiting the San people tomorrow. When you arrive at camp, stretch your legs, maybe go for a swim and kick back with your fellow travellers for a relaxed evening.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Grootfontein - Embark on a 180-km round-trip to visit the San people today. You'll go out walking with some of the tribe, listening to their stories and songs. You'll soon discover that they communicate in a unique and fascinating Khoisan dialect, commonly known as a 'clicking' language. The San are the oldest ethnic group in Namibia, having inhabited southern Africa for an estimated 20,000 years. Around 30,000 of them live in Namibia, but only 2000 still follow a traditional way of life. The San have a deep understanding of nature and ecology, living in harmony with their environment.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Bagani - Head to Bagani today, where you’ll set up camp for the night. Bagani is a small, friendly town with plenty of nice spots to relax and soak up the ambience as you catch the sunset over the Okavango River. You may even spot grunting hippos coming out of the waters to graze! This area is the homestead of the local Mbukushu kings and their kingdom.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Okavango Delta - Drive across the border into Botswana and head south along the Okavango Panhandle (the narrowest part of the delta) to Sepopa. Here, you'll leave your vehicle behind as you journey by boat into the delta to your bush camp on an island away from civilisation. Punting along past birds and lily pads, you'll hear hippos occasionally interrupting the peaceful atmosphere with their charming grunts.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Okavango Delta - After breakfast, head out for your mokoro experience. Each mokoro (small dugout canoe) takes two people and is poled along through the meandering waterways by a local tribesman. You’ll also take a short nature walk with your guide to discover the beautiful natural surroundings, gain some insight into the history of the local area and look out for different bird species and occasionally, even elephants. After your trip around the delta, return by boat to the relative civilisation of Sepopa Camp, featuring hot showers, a swimming pool and a small bar. Today, there is an option to take a scenic flight to have an aerial view of the Delta.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Bagani - Leave the delta behind today and return to Bagani for the night. There will be time to take part in an optional boat trip when you arrive, or you can opt for a picturesque sunset cruise. Alternatively, relax and recharge at camp.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Chobe National Park - Setting off from Bagani this morning, you’ll drive to the incredible Chobe National Park. Catch a window seat if you can and watch the rolling landscape pass you by or play some road trip games with your newfound friends. Enter Botswana at the Goma border, which is also the gateway to the park. When you arrive, take an optional cruise down the Chobe River – one of the best ways to witness some of the park's many animals, like hippos, elephants and buffalo.

     

    Day - 20

    Location: Chobe National Park - Enjoy an early-morning game drive this morning. Adventuring through the park, you’ll have the opportunity to get up close to the wildlife and with luck, you’ll spot lions, buffalo and exotic birds. Botswana's first national park is famous for its high concentration of elephants, so keep an eye out for herds walking by, too. They can also often be seen swimming in the Chobe River! The river also attracts buffalo, hippos and crocodiles who like to sun themselves by the water's edge. In the afternoon, perhaps take an optional boat cruise to gain a different view of these amazing animals or take another optional afternoon game drive into the national park.

     

    Day - 21

    Location: Victoria Falls - Travel on to Victoria Falls, crossing the border into Zimbabwe in time to have lunch on the banks of the Zambezi. Though a visit to Victoria Falls' is optional, it is highly recommended. The staggering curtain of water is about 1.6 km and cascades 108 m into a narrow gorge below. In the wet season, the spray created can rise to an incredible 400 m and the falls become an impressive raging torrent. In the dry season, the view of the falls is unobstructed by mist and you can see little islets in the river below. Gather your travel crew together tonight for dinner, celebrating the southern Africa adventure and memories you’ve shared.

     

    Day - 22

    Location: Victoria Falls - Today is a free day to enjoy the many activities on offer. If you are interested in the optional helicopter flight (12 minutes or 25 minutes), Intrepid only endorses Zambezi Helicopter co CAA Zimbabwe. Your leader can help you arrange this and recommend a variety of other activities to ensure you make the most of your free time.

     

    Day - 23

    Location: Victoria Falls - Use your free day today to visit the magnificent Victoria Falls. This thundering curtain of water is 1.5 km wide, falling 108 m into a narrow gorge below. In the wet season, the spray created can rise up an incredible 400 m and the falls become a raging torrent. In the dry season, the view of the falls is unobstructed by spray and you can see little islets in the river below. Be sure to ask your local leader for their tips and advice on what to do in Victoria Falls.

     

    Day - 24

    Location: Bulawayo - Depart Victoria Falls and travel to Bulawayo via the Victoria Falls Wildlife Trust – one of The Intrepid Foundation’s projects. Here you can learn about the rescue and rehabilitation of wildlife, human-wildlife conflict and the trusts role in anti-poaching. There may also be a chance to meet any rescued or orphaned wildlife currently in their care. After, arrive in Bulawayo – known locally as the 'City of Kings', Zimbabwe's second-largest city has an interesting history and some impeccable colonial architecture.

     

    Day - 25

    Location: Bulawayo - Wake up early and get ready to track rhinos in Matobo National Park. Home to a significant population of black and white rhinoceros that can be tracked on foot. As your expert guide takes you through the park, look out for other game like leopards, warthogs, and springhares. You'll also learn about the local plants and trees, including wild pear and paperbark, and discover San paintings and the fascinating rock formations. The Matopos area has great spiritual and cultural significance to the local people and there are many sites within the park where important ceremonies still take place.

     

    Day - 26

    Location: Masvingo - Drive to Masvingo today. This settlement – the oldest in Zimbabwe – makes for the perfect base from which to explore the Great Zimbabwe Ruins. The ruined city, now a UNESCO World Heritage-listed site, was first constructed in the 11th century. It's thought to be the former royal palace of the Zimbabwean monarch. Spend a few hours exploring this intriguing site before heading off to camp for the evening.

     

    Day - 27

    Location: Harare - Travel to Harare today. You'll arrive at your destination in time for lunch. You only have an hour or two to explore Zimbabwe's capital city, so if you're feeling active and up for a stroll, get out and make the most of it. Perhaps head to the National Gallery, the museum, the botanical gardens or simply wander the city centre and visit the colourful markets.

     

    Day - 28

    Location: Lusaka - Today, you'll cross into Zambia and drive to your campsite just outside Lusaka, Zambia's capital. Your journey begins with a nice scenic drive to the border. At some point during the day there will be an opportunity to stop at an ATM and stock up on any supplies you might need at a shop or market.

     

    Day - 29

    Location: Petauke - Spend some time checking out Lusaka before a long day of travel today. You'll see that it's a modern city but still retains a traditional African feel. After, travel on to Petauke, where you'll spend the night.

     

    Day - 30

    Location: South Luangwa National Park - After breakfast, travel to a workshop in South Luangwa where local craftswomen take snare wire recovered from poaching traps and transform it into jewellery inspired by the African bush. The women will show you around their purpose-built workshop and give you a chance to try coiling or hammering the wire yourself. For each sale made, a donation is given to anti snare patrols dedicated to the conservation of the region. After, make your way through the heartland to South Luangwa National Park. The concentration of animals around the Luangwa River and its lagoons is among the highest in Africa. Many elephants, buffaloes, leopards, Thornicroft’s giraffes and lions are known to roam here. There are also some 400 species of birds inhabiting the area. A great way to experience South Luangwa and its beautiful scenery is to take an optional river trip – ask your group leader for more details.

     

    Day - 31

    Location: South Luangwa National Park - Rise early with a light breakfast and get ready for an exhilarating morning game drive in a 4WD with a local guide, then head back to the camp for an early lunch. During the hottest part of the day between safaris, you can either rest in the shade or take an optional village walk to get a glimpse of daily life in the local community. Return to the park for another game drive in the evening.

     

    Day - 32

    Location: Lake Malawi - Cross the border into Malawi and continue straight to your camp on the shores of Lake Malawi. Malawi is dominated by its lake, which covers almost a fifth of the country and provides a livelihood for many local people. Fishermen, fish traders and canoe and net makers all ply their trade on the lake. A common sight is that of a fisherman in a bwato (a dugout canoe made from a hollowed tree trunk) fishing on the still lake at the break of day. Your campsite at Kande Beach is right on the shore, so take some time to rest and relax.

     

    Day - 33

    Location: Lake Malawi - This morning you can take an optional walk in the nearby village, an opportunity to meet some local Malawians-easily some of the friendliest people in Africa. Enjoy a free afternoon chilling out on the lake’s sandy shores, time to soak up your idyllic surroundings you can take a dip in the lake or try out cycling to the hilly villages. Perhaps cool off with an optional snorkelling trip with a local guide. Lake Malawi's high alkalinity has resulted in an abundance of brightly coloured fish and relatively low levels of plants. What you end up with is a tropical ocean-like snorkelling experience within a landlocked freshwater lake.

     

    Day - 34

    Location: Chitimba - Drive to your camp in Chitimba, which lies along the coast of Lake Malawi and has lovely beaches, friendly locals and a laidback atmosphere. When you arrive, perhaps take a stroll and acquaint yourself with this different part of the lake. Enjoy the scenery of banana palms, papaya trees and the Livingstonia and Nyika mountains looming nearby.

     

    Day - 35

    Location: Iringa - Today is a long travel day into Tanzania and its southern highlands. Sit back, relax and watch as the countryside passes by. When you arrive, you'll set up camp on the grounds of a farmhouse situated on the outskirts of this pleasant settlement. The area is filled with natural bush land which can make it a bird watchers paradise. Make the most of this rural setting by doing some stargazing before you retire for the night.

     

    Day - 36

    Location: Mikumi National Park - Today you'll drive to the edge of Mikumi National Park. Situated at the foot of the thickly wooded Uluguru Mountains, Mikumi is Tanzania's fourth largest national park. In the afternoon we head off on 4WD Game Drive with a local expert guide.This less touristed park is home to impressive numbers of elephants, hippos, giraffes, zebras, buffalo, warthogs, wildebeest and impalas – and maybe even a predator or two if you're lucky!

     

    Day - 37

    Location: Dar es Salaam - Sit back and enjoy the scenic drive to Kipepo Beach, located just south of Dar es Salaam. Once you arrive, take some time to unwind – perhaps enjoy a peaceful stroll along the shore. Your camp for the night is set on the grounds of a hotel right next to the beach, offering the perfect opportunity to relax and take a dip in the inviting waters of the ocean.

     

    Day - 38

    Location: Stone Town - Catch a ferry to Africa's 'Spice Island' of Zanzibar. Filled with pristine white-sand beaches, winding cobblestone alleyways and fragrant bazaars, Zanzibar has had a colourful history – everything from slave traders to Arabian sultans and fruit exporters. The sight of traditional dhows sailing along the coast evokes what the island must have been like in centuries ago. The old part of Zanzibar's main city is known as Stone Town, and the best way to see this is on foot, exploring the markets, shops, mosques, palaces and courtyards. When the sun is setting, why not grab a drink from a bar overlooking the seafront. A seafood curry at a local restaurant is also a great choice. You'll spend the night in Stone Town at a basic inn.

     

    Day - 39

    Location: Zanzibar Northern Beaches - Once checked out of your Stone Town accommodation, consider booking in to an optional guided tour of the island's spice plantations, learning all about the history of this town's spice trade. You will have the opportunity to smell and taste various spices, such as cinnamon, vanilla and ginger, plus sample some teas made with these spices too. After lunch, head to the Northern Beaches, where white sands and sparkling blue seas await. This is the Indian Ocean at its best.

     

    Day - 40

    Location: Zanzibar Northern Beaches - Enjoy free time in this beautiful archipelago today. There are many ways you can spend your day – perhaps talk to your leader for any recommendations they might have. Snorkelling in search of exotic fish is an excellent option, or you could take a traditional dhow boat on the water. You might also like to feast on a sumptuous lunch of grilled local seafood, or just relax in a hammock underneath a coconut tree with a good book. It's totally up to you!

     

    Day - 41

    Location: Stone Town / Bagamoyo - Travel to Stone Town this morning, Zanzibar’s Old Town. Meet your new leader and travel group at an 11 am welcome meeting at the hotel. After, catch the ferry to Dar es Salaam. Then, board your overland vehicle (and meet your driver and cook) and take the short drive to your camp at Bagamoyo, a lovely spot by the beach.

     

    Day - 42

    Location: Usambara Mountains - Travel into the remote Usambara Mountains (approximately 7 hours). This unspoilt area of Tanzania attracts very few tourists, making it the perfect place to soak in your surroundings. The forests stretch across the mountains and are ideal for easy hikes and guided walks. You base is the old German colony of Lushoto, where you’ll stay on the grounds of one of the earliest hotels in Africa.

     

    Day - 43

    Location: Usambara Mountains - Today, explore the beautiful Usambara Mountains and experience this area’s gentle hospitality on a visit to some of its small communities. From your base, hike to the gorgeous Irente viewpoint. It's best to pack some water and snacks in a day pack for this trip. On your way back, visit a local cultural project based at Irente farm and enjoy a locally prepared lunch.

     

    Day - 44

    Location: Arusha - Today, journey from the scenic Usambara Mountains to Arusha. While there are no planned activities, enjoy the drive through Tanzania's picturesque landscapes as you make your way to the bustling gateway to the northern safari circuit. Upon arrival at your campsite on the outskirts of town, unwind and settle in for a restful evening and prepare for the adventures ahead.

     

    Day - 45

    Location: Karatu - After breakfast this morning, head to Karatu, the gateway to the Ngorongoro Crater. Here, you'll hike through the Ngorongoro Reserve Forest to Elephant Caves and the Endoro waterfalls along the way. Rich with calcium, the Elephant Caves got their name as elephants would come here and break off pieces of rock, eating the dust to receive important minerals. Today's trek, accompanied by an expert local guide and armed ranger, is the perfect way to stretch your legs after a few days of overland travel. You'll hike through Ngorongoro rainforest as your local guide explains the ins and outs of the area here and points out interesting animal tracks and footprints. Marvel at the wild landscape and spot beautiful birdlife as you walk. After, head to Karatu village for a tour of the local coffee farm. Here, you'll see the innovative farming practices from the locals and learn about the farming activities that sustain the coffee, bean, maize, banana, soya and pea crops. Tonight, enjoy a traditional dinner with a local Tanzanian family in their home, who will cook you a few different dishes to try. Learn about the local culture with educational stories from a locally trained guide. What a night!

     

    Day - 46

    Location: Ngorongoro Crater / Serengeti National Park - Get up early, put your camping and personal gear into a six-person jeep and head out for an excursion into the Serengeti via the Ngorongoro Crater. Enjoy a safari in the crater, spending between 3 and 4 hours exploring this perfectly intact volcanic crater. Watch for black rhinos, lions, leopards, elephants, impalas, zebras and hippos. Next, move on to the open plains of the Serengeti. Green after the rains, brown and burnt in the dry season, this is perhaps the quintessential image of Africa – the home of thousands of hoofed animals and fierce predators. Your campsite is within the Serengeti itself, so listen out for the sounds of nocturnal animals as you drift off to sleep.

     

    Day - 47

    Location: Serengeti National Park - Wake at dawn and embark on a game drive. You will head out while the animals are at their most active, then go back to camp for brunch at around 11 am. After spending the middle of the day relaxing, just like the animals do, head out again as the day begins to cool. You'll return from this second game drive in time for dinner. There's also the option today of a balloon ride over the park (in place of a portion of the morning game drive). If you have pre-booked this activity you will be picked up before dawn and driven to the launch site. After a safety briefing, you will glide through the dawn, sometimes at tree height, which provides amazing photo opportunities. After landing, you'll be treated to a five-star bush breakfast, then be returned to your camp.

     

    Day - 48

    Location: Mto wa Mbu - Rise with the sun and enjoy another game drive as you leave the Serengeti in your dust. Jump back into your overland vehicle and head for Mto wa Mbu. After setting up camp, we'll take a guided stroll through the farming areas, local homes and farmlands, getting to know the local community and their way of life. Later, we'll enjoy a scrumptious locally prepared dinner in town.

     

    Day - 49

    Location: Nairobi - Set off early and cross the Kenyan border then continue to Nairobi. You'll be dropped at the finishing point hotel in Nairobi where your trip ends. If you'd like to stay longer, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Cape Town - Sawubona! Welcome to South Africa. With its stunning coastline, modern cityscape and nearby mountains, Cape Town is one of Africa's most exciting cities. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm this evening. You can arrive at any time as there are no activities planned until this important meeting. If you do happen to arrive early, why not get out and explore Cape Town, perhaps taking a walk in Newlands Forest, jumping on the Table Mountain Aerial Cableway, or heading down to the waterfront to see Cape Town Stadium up close.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Western Cape - Leaving Cape Town behind, travel up the Western Cape. Sit back, relax and enjoy the sprawling scenery. Tonight, you will stay on a working farm with your small group. This is a great chance to gain an insight into everyday life in this remote part of South Africa.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Orange River - Journey to the Orange River, the beautiful natural border between South Africa and Namibia. On the way, you'll pass through Namaqualand, which is renowned for its wildflowers that spring up from late July to mid-September. Traditionally known as the Gariep River, the Orange River is the longest in South Africa (2200 km). Its source is high up in the Drakensberg mountain range in Lesotho, and it flows into the Atlantic Ocean at Alexander Bay in South Africa.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Fish River Canyon - This morning there is the chance for an optional canoe adventure on the Orange River. Floating leisurely down the stream is a great way to discover the beauty of this region. Head further west into the desert lands of Namibia towards Fish River Canyon. At 500 m deep and over 160 km long, Fish River Canyon is one of the largest canyons in the world. At any time of year there are remarkable photographic opportunities here as you watch the colour of the granite rocks change as the sun goes down.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Sesriem - Be ready for a long travel day as you drive toward the fabled dunes of Namibia. You will have the opportunity to stop at a market or shop to stock up on supplies before tomorrow's bush camp. When you arrive, stretch your legs and take in the exciting desert scenes. You will be situated in the most famous part of the Namib Desert, among the vast dune fields, the most spectacular of which are found near the Sesriem Canyon. Get an early night in preparation for your dawn hike tomorrow.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Sossusvlei / Bush Camp - Wake up before dawn and scramble to the top of the dunes for a dramatic sunrise view across a vast sea of sand. The colour changes as the sun creeps up above the horizon, and the views are nothing short of incredible, providing a spectacular setting for your brunch. The dunes themselves are some of the highest in the world and home to much animal life. Afterwards, jump in the back of a pickup truck for a trip to Sossusvlei – the incredible salt and clay pan just nearby. You'll have plenty of time to explore this mysterious desert oddity. In the afternoon, drive to your bush camp in the heart of the Namib Desert.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Swakopmund - Continue to Swakopmund today. Surrounded by the massive dune fields of the Namib Desert on three sides and the Atlantic Ocean on the other, Swakopmund is an ideal place for outdoor activities. The township has an interesting German–Namibian atmosphere, which makes it a pleasant place to simply walk around and explore.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Swakopmund - With free time today, it's worth checking out the Germanic architecture and taking advantage of some excellent souvenir shopping. If you're after a dose of history and culture, you can stop in at the lighthouse and visit the Swakopmund Museum. Active types and thrill-seekers might like to take advantage of the many outdoor activities on offer – this town is the adventure-sports mecca of Namibia.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Swakopmund - With another free day in this beautiful seaside town, you might like to do some reading, relaxing and swimming. Alternatively, you can venture further afield – perhaps to the Okakambe Trails or the Camel Farm (both located in the same area, around 12 km east of town). A horse ride or camel ride is a great way to see the desert from a different perspective.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Spitzkoppe - Travel to Spitzkoppe today. Experience the sight, sound and smell of thousands of olive-coloured seals on the shores of Cape Cross while travelling up the Atlantic Coast. Visit one of the most stunning areas of Namibia, the wild lands around the mountain of Spitzkoppe, also known as the Matterhorn of Namibia. Although you shouldn't try to climb to the top, there are some excellent hikes and guided walks throughout the area, which is rich in plant life and even has some bush paintings to be found. The Spitzkoppe is known for its stunning beauty and the thousands of ancient Bushmen rock art paintings that are still viewable. Be sure to look out for the sunset from your bush camp this evening – the landscape is known to take on dazzling oranges and reds.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Etosha National Park - This morning, set off and travel to Etosha National Park, stopping at a market or shop and ATM if required. Etosha is among the world's premier places to view wildlife. A wide range of southern Africa's wildlife roams here, including all the big carnivores and the five rare or endangered species, including black rhino, Hartmann's mountain zebra, black-faced impala, roan antelope and the tiny Damara dik-dik. Tonight, there is an option to take an evening game drive in the park before spending the night at the particularly spectacular Okaukuejo Camp. The camp overlooks a floodlit waterhole visited by many different species throughout the day and night.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Etosha National Park - Enjoy a full-day game drive in Etosha National Park. Game viewing in the park is relatively easy due to the constructed waterholes and the large, sparsely vegetated pans. The bushland surrounding the pans is difficult to see through, but there are enough clearings, pans and waterholes to usually allow for some sightings. Namibia has protected its game reserves against poaching, which means significant numbers of elephants, antelope and other herbivores reside here. This evening you will spend the night at Namutoni Camp.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Grootfontein/San People - Leaving Etosha behind and continue to your camp which is located 50 km outside Grootfontein. This will be your base for visiting the San people tomorrow. Arrive at your camp, stretch your legs, perhaps enjoy a cool drink and kick back with your fellow travellers.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Grootfontein - Embark on a 180-km round-trip to visit the San people. You'll go out walking with some of the tribe, listening to their stories and songs. You'll soon discover that they communicate in a unique and fascinating Khoisan dialect, commonly known as a 'clicking' language. The San are the oldest ethnic group in Namibia, having inhabited southern Africa for an estimated 20,000 years. Around 30,000 of them live in Namibia, but only 2000 still follow a traditional way of life. The San have a deep understanding of nature and ecology, living in harmony with their environment.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Bagani - Head to Bagani, where you will set up camp for the night. Bagani is a small, friendly town with some good hiking trails along the river and plenty of nice spots in which to relax and soak up the ambience. This area is the homestead of the local Mbukushu kings.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Okavango Delta - Drive across the border into Botswana and head south along the Okavango Panhandle (the narrowest part of the delta) to Seronga. Here you'll leave your vehicle and join your transport for the journey into the delta. Boarding boats out into the swamps, travel to Gao Island to meet your mokoro team and start exploring the Okavango Delta with them. Each mokoro (small dugout canoe) takes two people and is poled along through the meandering waterways by a local tribesman. Punting along past birds and lily pads, you'll hear hippos occasionally piercing the peaceful atmosphere with their charming grunts. On the first night here, you'll camp on an island away from civilisation.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Okavango Delta - Continue your trip around the delta and then return to Gao Island before heading to the relative civilisation of Umvuvu Camp with its (usually) hot showers and small bar. Today there is an option to take a nature walk with your guide. This is a great chance to discover the beautiful natural surrounds, gain some insight into the history of the local area and look out for animals such as giraffe, zebra and elephants. Today, there is an option to take a scenic flight to have an aerial view of the Delta.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Bagani - After your exciting Okavango adventure, return to Bagani for the night. There will be time to relax, or to take part in one of the many activities on offer. Bagani offers a range of boat trips. There are also many excellent hiking trails to explore. Ask your leader about how to take up one of these options.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Chobe National Park - Setting off from Bagani this morning, embark on a pretty long drive. Don’t fear – your destination, the incredible Chobe National Park, will be well worth it. Enter Botswana at Goma border, which is also the gateway to the park. Once arrived, take an optional cruise down the Chobe River – one of the best ways to witness some of the park's many animals.

     

    Day - 20

    Location: Chobe National Park - Enjoy an early-morning game drive. Adventuring through the park, you’ll have the opportunity to get up close to the wildlife. With luck you’ll spot a variety of creatures – lions, buffaloes and any number of exotic birds. Botswana's first national park is famous for its high concentration of elephants, so keep an eye out for them. They can often be seen swimming in the Chobe River. The river also attracts cheetahs, hippos, and crocodiles who like to sun themselves by the water's edge. In the afternoon, perhaps take an optional boat cruise to gain a different view of these amazing animals.

     

    Day - 21

    Location: Victoria Falls - Travel on to Victoria Falls, crossing the border into Zimbabwe in time to have lunch on the banks of the Zambezi. Though a visit to Victoria Falls' is optional, it is highly recommended – if you didn’t see the waterfall, have you actually been to Victoria Falls? The staggering curtain of water is about 1.6 km and cascades 108 m into a narrow gorge below. In the wet season, the spray created can rise up an incredible 400 m and the falls become an impressive raging torrent. In the dry season, the view of the falls is unobstructed by spray and you can see little islets in the river below. Gather your travel crew together tonight for dinner, celebrating the southern Africa adventure and memories you’ve shared.

     

    Day - 22

    Location: Victoria Falls - Today is a free day to enjoy the many activities on offer. If you are interested in the optional helicopter flight (12 minutes or 25 minutes), Intrepid only endorses Zambezi Helicopter co CAA Zimbabwe. Your leader can help you arrange this and recommend a variety of other activities to ensure you make the most of your free time.

     

    Day - 23

    Location: Victoria Falls - Use your free time to visit the magnificent Victoria Falls. This thundering curtain of water is one-and-a-half kilometres wide, falling 108 metres into a narrow gorge below. In the wet season, the spray created can rise up an incredible 400 metres and the falls become a raging torrent. In the dry season, the view of the falls is unobstructed by spray and you can see little islets in the river below. Be sure to ask your local leader for their tips and advice on what to do in Victoria Falls.

     

    Day - 24

    Location: Bulawayo - Depart Victoria Falls and travel toward Bulawayo (approximately 7 hours) via the Victoria Falls Wildlife Trust – one of The Intrepid Foundation’s projects. Here you can learn about the rescue and rehabilitation of wildlife, human-wildlife conflict and the trusts role in anti-poaching. There may also be a chance to meet any rescued or orphaned wildlife currently in their care. Onwards to Bulawayo – known locally as the 'City of Kings', Zimbabwe's second-largest city has an interesting history and some impeccable colonial architecture.

     

    Day - 25

    Location: Bulawayo - Wake up early and get ready to track rhinos in Matobo National Park. Home to a significant population of black and white rhinoceros that can be tracked on foot. As your expert guide takes you through the park, look out for other game like leopards, warthogs, and springhares. You'll also learn about the local plants and trees, including wild pear and paperbark, and discover San paintings and the fascinating rock formations. The Matopos area has great spiritual and cultural significance to the local people and there are many sites within the park where important ceremonies still take place.

     

    Day - 26

    Location: Masvingo - Drive the short stretch to Masvingo (approximately 5–6 hours). This colonial settlement – the oldest in Zimbabwe – makes for the perfect base from which to explore the Great Zimbabwe Ruins. The ruined city, now a World Heritage-listed site, was first constructed in the 11th century. It's thought to be the former royal palace of the Zimbabwean monarch. Spend a few hours exploring this intriguing site before heading off to camp for the evening.

     

    Day - 27

    Location: Harare - Travel to Harare today (approximately 5–6 hours). You will arrive at your destination in time for lunch. You only have an hour or two to explore Zimbabwe's capital city, so if you're feeling active and up for a stroll, get out and make the most of it. Perhaps head to the National Gallery, the museum, the botanical gardens or simply wander the city centre and visit the colourful markets.

     

    Day - 28

    Location: Lusaka - Today you will cross into Zambia and drive to your campsite just outside Lusaka, Zambia's capital (approximately 8 hours). Your journey begins with a nice scenic drive to the border. At some point during the day there will be an opportunity to stop at an ATM and stock up on any supplies you might need at a shop or market.

     

    Day - 29

    Location: Petauke - Spend some time checking out Lusaka before a long day of travel. You'll see that it's a modern city but still retains a traditional African feel. Afterwards, travel on to Petauke (approximately 8 hours).

     

    Day - 30

    Location: South Luangwa National Park - After breakfast, travel (approximately 4 hours) to a workshop in South Luangwa where local craftswomen take snare wire recovered from poaching traps and transform it into jewellery inspired by the African bush. The women will show you around their purpose-built workshop and give you a chance to try coiling or hammering the wire yourself. For each sale made, a donation is given to anti snare patrols dedicated to the conservation of the region. Afterwards, make your way through the heartland to South Luangwa National Park (approximately 2 hours). The concentration of animals around the Luangwa River and its lagoons is among the highest in Africa. Many elephants, buffaloes, leopards, Thornicroft’s giraffes and lions are known to roam here. There are also some 400 species of birds inhabiting the area. A great way to experience South Luangwa and its beautiful scenery is to take an optional river trip – ask your group leader for more details.

     

    Day - 31

    Location: South Luangwa National Park - Rise early for an exhilarating morning game drive in a 4WD vehicle. Enjoy classic savanna scenery while keeping your eyes peeled the parks abundance of wildlife. There’s every chance you may spot a herd of zebra grazing on parched grass or a pride of lions passing by. Midday is the hottest part of the day here, so seek refuge from the sun and return to the camp for lunch. Return to the park for another Game Drive late this afternoon. Alternatively, perhaps head out on a village walk for a snapshot of daily life in the local community.

     

    Day - 32

    Location: Lake Malawi - Cross the border into Malawi and continue straight to your camp on the shores of Lake Malawi (approximately 9–10 hours). Malawi is dominated by its lake, which covers almost a fifth of the country and provides a livelihood for many local people. Fishermen, fish traders and canoe and net makers all ply their trade on the lake. A common sight is that of a fisherman in a bwato (a dugout canoe made from a hollowed tree trunk) fishing on the still lake at the break of day. Your campsite at Kande Beach is right on the shore, so take some time to rest and relax.

     

    Day - 33

    Location: Lake Malawi - Enjoy free time today to soak up your idyllic surrounds and take a refreshing dip in beautiful Lake Malawi. As well as chilling out on the lake’s sandy shores, make sure you take the opportunity to meet some local Malawians – easily some of the friendliest people in Africa.

     

    Day - 34

    Location: Chitimba - Drive to your camp in Chitimba (approximately 8 hours). Chitimba lies along the coast of Lake Malawi and has lovely beaches, friendly locals and a laidback atmosphere. When you arrive, perhaps take a stroll and acquaint yourself with this different part of the lake. Enjoy the scenery of banana palms, papaya trees and the Livingstonia and Nyika mountains looming nearby.

     

    Day - 35

    Location: Iringa - Today is a long travel day into Tanzania and its southern highlands (approximately 11 hours). Sit back, relax and watch as the countryside passes by. On arrival you will set up camp on the grounds of a farmhouse situated on the outskirts of this pleasant settlement. The area is filled with natural bush land which can make it a bird watchers paradise. Make the most of this rural setting by doing some stargazing before you retire for the night.

     

    Day - 36

    Location: Mikumi National Park - Today we drive to the edge of Mikumi National Park. Situated at the foot of the thickly wooded Uluguru Mountains, Mikumi is Tanzania's fourth largest national park. In the afternoon we head off on 4WD Game Drive with a local expert guide. This less touristed park is home to impressive numbers of elephants, hippos, giraffes, zebras, buffalo, warthogs, wildebeest and impalas – and maybe even a predator or two if you're lucky!

     

    Day - 37

    Location: Dar es Salaam - Sit back and enjoy the scenic drive to Kipepo Beach, located just south of Dar es Salaam. Once you arrive, take some time to unwind – perhaps enjoy a peaceful stroll along the shore. Your camp for the night is set on the grounds of a hotel right next to the beach, offering the perfect opportunity to relax and take a dip in the inviting waters of the ocean.

     

    Day - 38

    Location: Stone Town - Catch a ferry to Africa's 'Spice Island' of Zanzibar. Filled with pristine white-sand beaches, winding cobblestone alleyways and fragrant bazaars, Zanzibar has had a colourful history – everything from slave traders to Arabian sultans and fruit exporters. The sight of traditional dhows sailing along the coast evokes what the island must have been like in centuries ago. The old part of Zanzibar's main city is known as Stone Town, and the best way to see this is on foot, exploring the markets, shops, mosques, palaces and courtyards. When the sun is setting, why not grab a drink from a bar overlooking the seafront. A seafood curry at a local restaurant is also a great choice. You'll spend the night in Stone Town at a basic inn.

     

    Day - 39

    Location: Zanzibar Northern Beaches - Once checked out of your Stone Town accommodation, consider booking in to an optional guided tour of the island's spice plantations, learning all about the history of this town's spice trade. You will have the opportunity to smell and taste various spices, such as cinnamon, vanilla and ginger, plus sample some teas made with these spices too. After lunch, head to the Northern Beaches, where white sands and sparkling blue seas await. This is the Indian Ocean at its best.

     

    Day - 40

    Location: Zanzibar Northern Beaches - Enjoy free time in this beautiful archipelago today. There are many ways you can spend your day – perhaps talk to your leader for any recommendations they might have. Snorkelling in search of exotic fish is an excellent option, or you could take a traditional dhow boat on the water. You might also like to feast on a sumptuous lunch of grilled local seafood, or just relax in a hammock underneath a coconut tree with a good book. It's totally up to you!

     

    Day - 41

    Location: Stone Town - After checking out of your accommodation this morning, you will make your way back to Stone Town, arriving at a centrally-located hotel around 12 pm. With no activities planned for today, you are free to leave at any time. That doesn't mean your adventure has to come to an end! If you wish to stay on in Zanzibar, either at the Northern Beaches beach resort or in Stone Town, we'll be happy to organise additional accommodation (subject to availability).

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Cape Town - Sawubona! Welcome to South Africa. With its stunning coastline, modern cityscape and nearby mountains, Cape Town is one of Africa's most exciting cities. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm this evening. If you arrive early, why not get out and explore Cape Town, maybe with a walk in Newlands Forest or by jumping on the Table Mountain Aerial Cableway. You could also head down to the waterfront to see Cape Town Stadium up close. After the meeting, ask your leader where the best dinner spots are and consider heading out for a welcome dinner with your group.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Western Cape - Leaving Cape Town behind, travel up the Western Cape today. Sit back, relax and enjoy the sprawling scenery. Tonight, you’ll stay on a working farm with your group. This is a great chance to gain an insight into everyday life in this remote part of South Africa. The surrounding countryside is perfectly explored on foot, so if there’s time, maybe take a walk around the nearby mountains and farms before settling in for the evening.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Orange River - Journey to the Orange River – the beautiful natural border between South Africa and Namibia. On the way, you'll pass through Namaqualand, which is renowned for its wildflowers that spring up from late July to mid-September. Traditionally known as the Gariep River, the Orange River is the longest in South Africa (2200 km). Its source is high up in the Drakensberg Mountain Range in Lesotho, and it flows into the Atlantic Ocean at Alexander Bay in South Africa.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Fish River Canyon - This morning, there’s an optional canoe adventure on the Orange River. Floating leisurely down the stream is a great way to discover the beauty of this region. After, head further west into the desert lands of Namibia towards Fish River Canyon. At 500 m deep and over 160 km long, Fish River Canyon is one of the largest canyons in the world. At any time of year there are remarkable photo opportunities here as you watch the colour of the granite rocks change as the sun goes down.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Sesriem - Be ready for a long travel day as you drive toward the fabled dunes of Namibia. You’ll have the opportunity to stop at a market or shop to stock up on supplies before tomorrow's bush camp. When you arrive, stretch your legs and take in the exciting desert scenes. You’ll be situated in the most famous part of the Namib Desert, among the vast dune fields – the most spectacular of which are found near the Sesriem Canyon. Get an early night in preparation for your dawn hike tomorrow.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Sossusvlei - Wake up before dawn and scramble to the top of the dunes for a dramatic sunrise view across a vast sea of sand. The colour changes as the sun creeps up above the horizon and the views are nothing short of incredible, providing a spectacular setting for your brunch. The dunes themselves are some of the highest in the world and home to much animal life. After, jump in the back of a pickup truck for a trip to Sossusvlei – the incredible salt and clay pan nearby. You'll have time to explore this mysterious desert oddity at your own pace. In the afternoon, drive to your bush camp in the heart of the Namib Desert.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Swakopmund - Continue to Swakopmund today. Surrounded by the massive dune fields of the Namib Desert on three sides and the Atlantic Ocean on the other, Swakopmund is an ideal place for outdoor activities. The township has an interesting German–Namibian atmosphere, which makes it a pleasant place to simply walk around and explore. You could also visit the Swakopmund Museum today – the largest privately run Museum in Namibia housing exhibitions on zoology, geology and technology.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Swakopmund - With a free day today, it's worth checking out the Germanic architecture of the area and maybe taking the opportunity to do some souvenir shopping. If you're after a dose of history and culture, you can stop in at the lighthouse and visit the Swakopmund Museum. Active types and thrill-seekers might like to take advantage of the many outdoor activities on offer – this town is the adventure-sports capital of Namibia.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Swakopmund - With another free day in this beautiful seaside town, you might like to do some reading, relaxing and swimming. Alternatively, you can venture further afield – perhaps to the Okakambe Trails or the Camel Farm (both located in the same area, around 12 km east of town). A horse ride or camel ride is a great way to see the desert from a different perspective.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Spitzkoppe - Travel to Spitzkoppe today. Experience the sight, sound and smell of thousands of olive-coloured seals on the shores of Cape Cross while travelling up the Atlantic Coast. Visit one of the most stunning areas of Namibia – the wild lands around the mountain of Spitzkoppe, also known as the Matterhorn of Namibia. Although you shouldn't try to climb to the top, there are some excellent hikes and guided walks throughout the area, which is rich in plant life. The Spitzkoppe is known for its stunning beauty and the thousands of ancient Bushmen rock art paintings that are still on view. Be sure to look out for the sunset from your bush camp this evening – the landscape is known to take on dazzling oranges and reds.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Etosha National Park - This morning, set off and travel to Etosha National Park, stopping at a market or shop and ATM if required. Etosha is among the world's best places to view wildlife. A wide range of southern Africa's animals roams freely here, including all the big carnivores and rare or endangered species, including black rhino, Hartmann's mountain zebra, black-faced impala, roan antelope and the tiny Damara dik-dik. Tonight, there’s an option to take an evening game drive (subject to availability) before spending the night at the Okaukuejo Camp. The camp overlooks a floodlit waterhole visited by many different species throughout the day and night.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Etosha National Park - Enjoy a full-day game drive in Etosha National Park. Game viewing in the park is relatively easy due to the constructed waterholes and the large, sparsely vegetated pans. The bushland surrounding the pans is difficult to see through, but there are enough clearings, pans and waterholes to usually allow for some sightings. Namibia has protected its game reserves against poaching, which means significant numbers of elephants, antelope and other herbivores reside here. This evening you will spend the night at Namutoni Camp.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Grootfontein/San People - Leave Etosha behind and continue to your next camp, which is located 50 km outside Grootfontein. This will be your base for visiting the San people tomorrow. When you arrive at camp, stretch your legs, maybe go for a swim and kick back with your fellow travellers for a relaxed evening.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Grootfontein - Embark on a 180-km round-trip to visit the San people today. You'll go out walking with some of the tribe, listening to their stories and songs. You'll soon discover that they communicate in a unique and fascinating Khoisan dialect, commonly known as a 'clicking' language. The San are the oldest ethnic group in Namibia, having inhabited southern Africa for an estimated 20,000 years. Around 30,000 of them live in Namibia, but only 2000 still follow a traditional way of life. The San have a deep understanding of nature and ecology, living in harmony with their environment.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Bagani - Head to Bagani today, where you’ll set up camp for the night. Bagani is a small, friendly town with plenty of nice spots to relax and soak up the ambience as you catch the sunset over the Okavango River. You may even spot grunting hippos coming out of the waters to graze! This area is the homestead of the local Mbukushu kings and their kingdom.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Okavango Delta - Drive across the border into Botswana and head south along the Okavango Panhandle (the narrowest part of the delta) to Sepopa. Here, you'll leave your vehicle behind as you journey by boat into the delta to your bush camp on an island away from civilisation. Punting along past birds and lily pads, you'll hear hippos occasionally interrupting the peaceful atmosphere with their charming grunts.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Okavango Delta - After breakfast, head out for your mokoro experience. Each mokoro (small dugout canoe) takes two people and is poled along through the meandering waterways by a local tribesman. You’ll also take a short nature walk with your guide to discover the beautiful natural surroundings, gain some insight into the history of the local area and look out for different bird species and occasionally, even elephants. After your trip around the delta, return by boat to the relative civilisation of Sepopa Camp, featuring hot showers, a swimming pool and a small bar. Today, there is an option to take a scenic flight to have an aerial view of the Delta.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Bagani - Leave the delta behind today and return to Bagani for the night. There will be time to take part in an optional boat trip when you arrive, or you can opt for a picturesque sunset cruise. Alternatively, relax and recharge at camp.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Chobe National Park - Setting off from Bagani this morning, you’ll drive to the incredible Chobe National Park. Catch a window seat if you can and watch the rolling landscape pass you by or play some road trip games with your newfound friends. Enter Botswana at the Goma border, which is also the gateway to the park. When you arrive, take an optional cruise down the Chobe River – one of the best ways to witness some of the park's many animals, like hippos, elephants and buffalo.

     

    Day - 20

    Location: Chobe National Park - Enjoy an early-morning game drive this morning. Adventuring through the park, you’ll have the opportunity to get up close to the wildlife and with luck, you’ll spot lions, buffalo and exotic birds. Botswana's first national park is famous for its high concentration of elephants, so keep an eye out for herds walking by, too. They can also often be seen swimming in the Chobe River! The river also attracts buffalo, hippos and crocodiles who like to sun themselves by the water's edge. In the afternoon, perhaps take an optional boat cruise to gain a different view of these amazing animals or take another optional afternoon game drive into the national park.

     

    Day - 21

    Location: Victoria Falls - Travel on to Victoria Falls, crossing the border into Zimbabwe in time to have lunch on the banks of the Zambezi. Though a visit to Victoria Falls' is optional, it is highly recommended. The staggering curtain of water is about 1.6 km and cascades 108 m into a narrow gorge below. In the wet season, the spray created can rise to an incredible 400 m and the falls become an impressive raging torrent. In the dry season, the view of the falls is unobstructed by mist and you can see little islets in the river below. Gather your travel crew together tonight for dinner, celebrating the southern Africa adventure and memories you’ve shared.

     

    Day - 22

    Location: Victoria Falls - Today is a free day to enjoy the many activities on offer. If you are interested in the optional helicopter flight (12 minutes or 25 minutes) we endorse the following operator only: Zambezi Helicopter co CAA Zimbabwe. Your local leader can help you arrange this, so feel free to ask them or find out more information at the activity centre.

     

    Day - 23

    Location: Victoria Falls - Use your free day today to visit the magnificent Victoria Falls. This thundering curtain of water is 1.5 km wide, falling 108 m into a narrow gorge below. In the wet season, the spray created can rise up an incredible 400 m and the falls become a raging torrent. In the dry season, the view of the falls is unobstructed by spray and you can see little islets in the river below. Be sure to ask your local leader for their tips and advice on what to do in Victoria Falls.

     

    Day - 24

    Location: Bulawayo - Depart Victoria Falls and travel to Bulawayo via the Victoria Falls Wildlife Trust – one of The Intrepid Foundation’s projects. Here you can learn about the rescue and rehabilitation of wildlife, human-wildlife conflict and the trusts role in anti-poaching. There may also be a chance to meet any rescued or orphaned wildlife currently in their care. After, arrive in Bulawayo – known locally as the 'City of Kings', Zimbabwe's second-largest city has an interesting history and some impeccable colonial architecture.

     

    Day - 25

    Location: Bulawayo - Wake up early and get ready to track rhinos in Matobo National Park. Home to a significant population of black and white rhinoceros that can be tracked on foot. As your expert guide takes you through the park, look out for other game like leopards, warthogs, and springhares. You'll also learn about the local plants and trees, including wild pear and paperbark, and discover San paintings and the fascinating rock formations. The Matopos area has great spiritual and cultural significance to the local people and there are many sites within the park where important ceremonies still take place.

     

    Day - 26

    Location: Masvingo - Drive to Masvingo today. This settlement – the oldest in Zimbabwe – makes for the perfect base from which to explore the Great Zimbabwe Ruins. The ruined city, now a UNESCO World Heritage-listed site, was first constructed in the 11th century. It's thought to be the former royal palace of the Zimbabwean monarch. Spend a few hours exploring this intriguing site before heading off to camp for the evening.

     

    Day - 27

    Location: Harare - Travel to Harare today. You'll arrive at your destination in time for lunch. You only have an hour or two to explore Zimbabwe's capital city, so if you're feeling active and up for a stroll, get out and make the most of it. Perhaps head to the National Gallery, the museum, the botanical gardens or simply wander the city centre and visit the colourful markets.

     

    Day - 28

    Location: Lusaka - Today, you'll cross into Zambia and drive to your campsite just outside Lusaka, Zambia's capital. Your journey begins with a nice scenic drive to the border. At some point during the day there will be an opportunity to stop at an ATM and stock up on any supplies you might need at a shop or market.

     

    Day - 29

    Location: Petauke - Spend some time checking out Lusaka before a long day of travel today. You'll see that it's a modern city but still retains a traditional African feel. After, travel on to Petauke, where you'll spend the night.

     

    Day - 30

    Location: South Luangwa National Park - After breakfast, travel to a workshop in South Luangwa where local craftswomen take snare wire recovered from poaching traps and transform it into jewellery inspired by the African bush. The women will show you around their purpose-built workshop and give you a chance to try coiling or hammering the wire yourself. For each sale made, a donation is given to anti snare patrols dedicated to the conservation of the region. After, make your way through the heartland to South Luangwa National Park. The concentration of animals around the Luangwa River and its lagoons is among the highest in Africa. Many elephants, buffaloes, leopards, Thornicroft’s giraffes and lions are known to roam here. There are also some 400 species of birds inhabiting the area. A great way to experience South Luangwa and its beautiful scenery is to take an optional river trip – ask your group leader for more details.

     

    Day - 31

    Location: South Luangwa National Park - Rise early with a light breakfast and get ready for an exhilarating morning game drive in a 4WD with a local guide, then head back to the camp for an early lunch. During the hottest part of the day between safaris, you can either rest in the shade or take an optional village walk to get a glimpse of daily life in the local community. Return to the park for another game drive in the evening.

     

    Day - 32

    Location: Lake Malawi - Cross the border into Malawi and continue straight to your camp on the shores of Lake Malawi. Malawi is dominated by its lake, which covers almost a fifth of the country and provides a livelihood for many local people. Fishermen, fish traders and canoe and net makers all ply their trade on the lake. A common sight is that of a fisherman in a bwato (a dugout canoe made from a hollowed tree trunk) fishing on the still lake at the break of day. Your campsite at Kande Beach is right on the shore, so take some time to rest and relax.

     

    Day - 33

    Location: Lake Malawi - This morning you can take an optional walk in the nearby village, an opportunity to meet some local Malawians-easily some of the friendliest people in Africa. Enjoy a free afternoon chilling out on the lake’s sandy shores, time to soak up your idyllic surroundings you can take a dip in the lake or try out cycling to the hilly villages. Perhaps cool off with an optional snorkelling trip with a local guide. Lake Malawi's high alkalinity has resulted in an abundance of brightly coloured fish and relatively low levels of plants. What you end up with is a tropical ocean-like snorkelling experience within a landlocked freshwater lake.

     

    Day - 34

    Location: Chitimba - Drive to your camp in Chitimba, which lies along the coast of Lake Malawi and has lovely beaches, friendly locals and a laidback atmosphere. When you arrive, perhaps take a stroll and acquaint yourself with this different part of the lake. Enjoy the scenery of banana palms, papaya trees and the Livingstonia and Nyika mountains looming nearby.

     

    Day - 35

    Location: Iringa - Today is a long travel day into Tanzania and its southern highlands. Sit back, relax and watch as the countryside passes by. When you arrive, you'll set up camp on the grounds of a farmhouse situated on the outskirts of this pleasant settlement. The area is filled with natural bush land which can make it a bird watchers paradise. Make the most of this rural setting by doing some stargazing before you retire for the night.

     

    Day - 36

    Location: Mikumi National Park - Today you'll drive to the edge of Mikumi National Park. Situated at the foot of the thickly wooded Uluguru Mountains, Mikumi is Tanzania's fourth largest national park. In the afternoon we head off on 4WD Game Drive with a local expert guide.This less touristed park is home to impressive numbers of elephants, hippos, giraffes, zebras, buffalo, warthogs, wildebeest and impalas – and maybe even a predator or two if you're lucky!

     

    Day - 37

    Location: Dar es Salaam - Sit back and enjoy the scenic drive to Kipepo Beach, located just south of Dar es Salaam. Once you arrive, take some time to unwind – perhaps enjoy a peaceful stroll along the shore. Your camp for the night is set on the grounds of a hotel right next to the beach, offering the perfect opportunity to relax and take a dip in the inviting waters of the ocean.

     

    Day - 38

    Location: Stone Town - Catch a ferry to Africa's 'Spice Island' of Zanzibar. Filled with pristine white-sand beaches, winding cobblestone alleyways and fragrant bazaars, Zanzibar has had a colourful history – everything from slave traders to Arabian sultans and fruit exporters. The sight of traditional dhows sailing along the coast evokes what the island must have been like in centuries ago. The old part of Zanzibar's main city is known as Stone Town, and the best way to see this is on foot, exploring the markets, shops, mosques, palaces and courtyards. When the sun is setting, why not grab a drink from a bar overlooking the seafront. A seafood curry at a local restaurant is also a great choice. You'll spend the night in Stone Town at a basic inn.

     

    Day - 39

    Location: Zanzibar Northern Beaches - Once checked out of your Stone Town accommodation, consider booking in to an optional guided tour of the island's spice plantations, learning all about the history of this town's spice trade. You will have the opportunity to smell and taste various spices, such as cinnamon, vanilla and ginger, plus sample some teas made with these spices too. After lunch, head to the Northern Beaches, where white sands and sparkling blue seas await. This is the Indian Ocean at its best.

     

    Day - 40

    Location: Zanzibar Northern Beaches - Enjoy free time in this beautiful archipelago today. There are many ways you can spend your day – perhaps talk to your leader for any recommendations they might have. Snorkelling in search of exotic fish is an excellent option, or you could take a traditional dhow boat on the water. You might also like to feast on a sumptuous lunch of grilled local seafood, or just relax in a hammock underneath a coconut tree with a good book. It's totally up to you!

     

    Day - 41

    Location: Stone Town / Bagamoyo - Travel to Stone Town this morning, Zanzibar’s Old Town. Meet your new leader and travel group at an 11 am welcome meeting at the hotel. After, catch the ferry to Dar es Salaam. Then, board your overland vehicle (and meet your driver and cook) and take the short drive to your camp at Bagamoyo, a lovely spot by the beach.

     

    Day - 42

    Location: Usambara Mountains - Travel into the remote Usambara Mountains (approximately 7 hours). This unspoilt area of Tanzania attracts very few tourists, making it the perfect place to soak in your surroundings. The forests stretch across the mountains and are ideal for easy hikes and guided walks. You base is the old German colony of Lushoto, where you’ll stay on the grounds of one of the earliest hotels in Africa.

     

    Day - 43

    Location: Usambara Mountains - Today, explore the beautiful Usambara Mountains and experience this area’s gentle hospitality on a visit to some of its small communities. From your base, hike to the gorgeous Irente viewpoint. It's best to pack some water and snacks in a day pack for this trip. On your way back, visit a local cultural project based at Irente farm and enjoy a locally prepared lunch.

     

    Day - 44

    Location: Arusha - Today, journey from the scenic Usambara Mountains to Arusha. While there are no planned activities, enjoy the drive through Tanzania's picturesque landscapes as you make your way to the bustling gateway to the northern safari circuit. Upon arrival at your campsite on the outskirts of town, unwind and settle in for a restful evening and prepare for the adventures ahead.

     

    Day - 45

    Location: Karatu - After breakfast this morning, head to Karatu, the gateway to the Ngorongoro Crater. Here, you'll hike through the Ngorongoro Reserve Forest to Elephant Caves and the Endoro waterfalls along the way. Rich with calcium, the Elephant Caves got their name as elephants would come here and break off pieces of rock, eating the dust to receive important minerals. Today's trek, accompanied by an expert local guide and armed ranger, is the perfect way to stretch your legs after a few days of overland travel. You'll hike through Ngorongoro rainforest as your local guide explains the ins and outs of the area here and points out interesting animal tracks and footprints. Marvel at the wild landscape and spot beautiful birdlife as you walk. After, head to Karatu village for a tour of the local coffee farm. Here, you'll see the innovative farming practices from the locals and learn about the farming activities that sustain the coffee, bean, maize, banana, soya and pea crops. Tonight, enjoy a traditional dinner with a local Tanzanian family in their home, who will cook you a few different dishes to try. Learn about the local culture with educational stories from a locally trained guide. What a night!

     

    Day - 46

    Location: Ngorongoro Crater / Serengeti National Park - Get up early, put your camping and personal gear into a six-person jeep and head out for an excursion into the Serengeti via the Ngorongoro Crater. Enjoy a safari in the crater, spending between 3 and 4 hours exploring this perfectly intact volcanic crater. Watch for black rhinos, lions, leopards, elephants, impalas, zebras and hippos. Next, move on to the open plains of the Serengeti. Green after the rains, brown and burnt in the dry season, this is perhaps the quintessential image of Africa – the home of thousands of hoofed animals and fierce predators. Your campsite is within the Serengeti itself, so listen out for the sounds of nocturnal animals as you drift off to sleep.

     

    Day - 47

    Location: Serengeti National Park - Wake at dawn and embark on a game drive. You will head out while the animals are at their most active, then go back to camp for brunch at around 11 am. After spending the middle of the day relaxing, just like the animals do, head out again as the day begins to cool. You'll return from this second game drive in time for dinner. There's also the option today of a balloon ride over the park (in place of a portion of the morning game drive). If you have pre-booked this activity you will be picked up before dawn and driven to the launch site. After a safety briefing, you will glide through the dawn, sometimes at tree height, which provides amazing photo opportunities. After landing, you'll be treated to a five-star bush breakfast, then be returned to your camp.

     

    Day - 48

    Location: Mto wa Mbu - Rise with the sun and enjoy another game drive as you leave the Serengeti in your dust. Jump back into your overland vehicle and head for Mto wa Mbu. After setting up camp, we'll take a guided stroll through the farming areas, local homes and farmlands, getting to know the local community and their way of life. Later, we'll enjoy a scrumptious locally prepared dinner in town.

     

    Day - 49

    Location: Nairobi - Set off early to cross the border into Kenya and soak up the cosmopolitan atmosphere of Nairobi. There are plenty of good bars and restaurants, while markets and shops have most things you could want or need, including various arts and crafts from the region. Join the welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight to meet new members of your group.

     

    Day - 50

    Location: Lake Nakuru National Park - Take in the spectacular views of the Rift Valley, Lake Naivasha and Elementaita on the drive north-west to Lake Nakuru National Park – situated in the heart of the Great Rift Valley. You’ll arrive in time for a short evening game drive along the shore of the lake. Lake Nakuru National Park is a small and compact area based around a lake that makes a great location for spotting wildlife. Along with the other members of the Big Five, Lake Nakuru is home to many rhinos and will therefore be the best chance to get a snap of these magnificent beasts.

     

    Day - 51

    Location: Eldoret - Rise early, have some breakfast, break up camp and head out on an overland game drive as you leave the park. Eat lunch at the gate before driving northwest to Eldoret – one of Kenya's fastest-growing cities. Due to its high altitude, the town is an ideal training ground for middle and long-distance athletes and is home to some of Kenya's most famous runners. Tonight, enjoy a traditional dinner at your campsite located just outside Eldoret.

     

    Day - 52

    Location: Kampala - Today, you’ll leave Kenya behind and cross the border into landlocked Uganda, travelling on to its capital city, Kampala. With a population of over 45 million, Uganda is a country of great cultural diversity and is one of the five countries that make up the East African Community. As today is a long travel day, take a break from setting up camp with a stay at a hotel tonight. After your long drive, sit down for a dinner prepared by the hotel before settling in for a good night’s rest.

     

    Day - 53

    Location: Kalinzu Forest - Travel to Kalinzu Forest National Park today. Some of its inhabitants include chimpanzees, black and white colobuses, baboons, red-tailed monkeys, both blue and red duikers, bushbucks, waterbucks, giant forest hogs, buffalo and elephants. When you arrive, settle into your camp and perhaps stretch your legs and explore your surroundings with the rest of the group.

     

    Day - 54

    Location: Queen Elizabeth National Park - This morning, you have the option to take an excursion to see the chimpanzees of Kalinzu Forest. More closely related to humans than any other living creature, the chimpanzees are a delight to watch as they squabble and play in fruiting trees. You can also choose to soak in the sounds of the forest from the comfort of your tent. Later, take the short drive to Queen Elizabeth National Park. Once camp is set up, there's an option to take a boat cruise along the Kazinga Channel – well-known for pelicans, eagles and other birdlife, as well as a healthy population of hippos.

     

    Day - 55

    Location: Kisoro - Today, drive out of the Queen Elizabeth National Park on your way to the southwest tip of Uganda. On this short game drive, cross your fingers and look out for elephants, buffalo, Ugandan kobs and waterbucks. Arrive at the corner of Uganda, where the border touches Rwanda and the Democratic Republic of Congo. You’ll spend the night in Kisoro at a camp on the shore of Lake Mutanda, with views of the Virunga Mountain range. Tonight, relax and soak up the views, go for a swim off the small dock or go hunting for a glimpse of local weaver bird nests and African clawless otters.

     

    Day - 56

    Location: Gorilla Trek - Joined by a local ranger and gorilla trackers, you’ll climb through the rugged mountain terrain of Bwindi (translating to ‘dark’) Impenetrable National Park for the rare and exciting opportunity to encounter the gorilla families that live here. No more than eight people per day can visit any one habituated family and visits are strictly controlled to minimise disturbance. The terrain here can be quite strenuous, but the sheer thrill of coming across a group of gorillas dominated by a great male silverback more than outweighs the difficulty. Watch them eat, sleep, groom and play as the giant silverback surveys the scene and the smaller ones laze in the trees or play and be struck by the similarities between gorillas and humans.

     

    Day - 57

    Location: Gorilla Trek - If you didn’t get to complete your gorilla visit yesterday, you’ll head out today. With your free day, your leader will provide you with options and ideas on how you can spend your time in the area around Kisoro. You can head out on more rainforest hikes to see monkeys, take some nature walks, or perhaps take a day excursion over the border to Rwanda to visit the genocide memorial, art museum and Nyamirambo women’s center. However, please ensure you have a Rwanda or East Africa visa.

     

    Day - 58

    Location: Mbarara - This morning, you’ll turn back towards the capital of Kampala and embark on a bit of a travel day. You’ll break up the journey at the pit-stop town of Mbarara for the night. There’s not much to do around Mbarara, so tonight’s a great opportunity to recharge, get stuck into a book or relax at the camp.

     

    Day - 59

    Location: Jinja - Today you'll continue your journey inland, travelling towards Jinja. The Jinja region is one of the highlights of any visit to Uganda – a riverside retreat at the source of the Nile that’s also the adventure capital of the country. Tonight, you’ll camp at a scenic riverside site and enjoy a good night’s rest ready for tomorrow's adventures.

     

    Day - 60

    Location: Jinja - Located at the source of the Nile as it leaves Lake Victoria, Jinja is a place for the adventurer, the adrenaline junkie and the eco-traveller. Enjoy a full free day here to explore at your own pace, with a bunch of optional activities to choose. Maybe get active with some whitewater rafting or float along the river on a kayak. You can also opt for a boat cruise to the source of the Nile, to enjoy the river from a new perspective.

     

    Day - 61

    Location: Kericho - Farewell Uganda and begin the journey back to Kenya and Nairobi, stopping overnight at the town of Kericho – one of Kenya’s most popular towns due to its tranquil surroundings, blanketed by thick tea plantations and evergreens. Sitting at the edge of the South-Western Mau National Reserve and is known for its vast tea estates. When you arrive, visit a tea plantation and learn about the tea farming process from the locals themselves.

     

    Day - 62

    Location: Masai Mara National Reserve - This morning, drive to the famous Masai Mara National Park. Stop in Loita Hills on the way, home of the traditional Maasai people, and visit Tepesua Village. You’ll be welcomed by Maasai warriors through traditional song and dance. Meet your Maasai hosts and listen to a talk full of insights into the remarkable ancient culture. The Tepesua Community was formed with the aim of promoting education, empowering women (including widows and vulnerable women in the community) as well as promoting community development. There are multiple projects that aim to educate boys and girls and support women’s development and empowerment, focusing especially on the village mamaas (widows). Learn how the community creates job opportunities for the youths in the village and meet the women who make eco-friendly handbags and backpacks to sell to visiting travellers and locals. Travel on to the Masai Mara – with sparse open plains, dramatic skies and the world's most iconic animals living within its boundaries, this is the quintessential African experience. Explore this diverse environment and view a multitude of wildlife on an early evening 4WD game drive with expert local driver guides.

     

    Day - 63

    Location: Masai Mara National Reserve - This morning, maybe take an optional balloon ride over the Mara at sunrise. If you’ve pre-booked this activity, you’ll be picked up before dawn and driven to the launch site for a safety briefing from your pilot. You’ll then glide through the skies, sometimes at tree height, for some amazing photo opportunities. After landing, you'll be treated to a bush breakfast before meeting up with the rest of the group. Today you’ll venture into the Masai Mara National Reserve with expert local driver guides for a day-long 4WD safari. You'll explore this diverse environment and most likely see a multitude of wildlife.

     

    Day - 64

    Location: Nairobi - Return to the bustling metropolis of Nairobi today. When you arrive, you'll be dropped off at your finishing point hotel, where your trip ends. If you'd like to extend your stay, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Cape Town - Sawubona! Welcome to South Africa. With its stunning coastline, modern cityscape and nearby mountains, Cape Town is one of Africa's most exciting cities. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm this evening. If you arrive early, why not get out and explore Cape Town, maybe with a walk in Newlands Forest or by jumping on the Table Mountain Aerial Cableway. You could also head down to the waterfront to see Cape Town Stadium up close. After the meeting, ask your leader where the best dinner spots are and consider heading out for a welcome dinner with your group.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Western Cape - Leaving Cape Town behind, travel up the Western Cape today. Sit back, relax and enjoy the sprawling scenery. Tonight, you’ll stay on a working farm with your group. This is a great chance to gain an insight into everyday life in this remote part of South Africa. The surrounding countryside is perfectly explored on foot, so if there’s time, maybe take a walk around the nearby mountains and farms before settling in for the evening.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Orange River - Journey to the Orange River – the beautiful natural border between South Africa and Namibia. On the way, you'll pass through Namaqualand, which is renowned for its wildflowers that spring up from late July to mid-September. Traditionally known as the Gariep River, the Orange River is the longest in South Africa (2200 km). Its source is high up in the Drakensberg Mountain Range in Lesotho, and it flows into the Atlantic Ocean at Alexander Bay in South Africa.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Fish River Canyon - This morning, there’s an optional canoe adventure on the Orange River. Floating leisurely down the stream is a great way to discover the beauty of this region. After, head further west into the desert lands of Namibia towards Fish River Canyon. At 500 m deep and over 160 km long, Fish River Canyon is one of the largest canyons in the world. At any time of year there are remarkable photo opportunities here as you watch the colour of the granite rocks change as the sun goes down.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Sesriem - Be ready for a long travel day as you drive toward the fabled dunes of Namibia. You’ll have the opportunity to stop at a market or shop to stock up on supplies before tomorrow's bush camp. When you arrive, stretch your legs and take in the exciting desert scenes. You’ll be situated in the most famous part of the Namib Desert, among the vast dune fields – the most spectacular of which are found near the Sesriem Canyon. Get an early night in preparation for your dawn hike tomorrow.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Sossusvlei - Wake up before dawn and scramble to the top of the dunes for a dramatic sunrise view across a vast sea of sand. The colour changes as the sun creeps up above the horizon and the views are nothing short of incredible, providing a spectacular setting for your brunch. The dunes themselves are some of the highest in the world and home to much animal life. After, jump in the back of a pickup truck for a trip to Sossusvlei – the incredible salt and clay pan nearby. You'll have time to explore this mysterious desert oddity at your own pace. In the afternoon, drive to your bush camp in the heart of the Namib Desert.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Swakopmund - Continue to Swakopmund today. Surrounded by the massive dune fields of the Namib Desert on three sides and the Atlantic Ocean on the other, Swakopmund is an ideal place for outdoor activities. The township has an interesting German–Namibian atmosphere, which makes it a pleasant place to simply walk around and explore. You could also visit the Swakopmund Museum today – the largest privately run Museum in Namibia housing exhibitions on zoology, geology and technology.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Swakopmund - With a free day today, it's worth checking out the Germanic architecture of the area and maybe taking the opportunity to do some souvenir shopping. If you're after a dose of history and culture, you can stop in at the lighthouse and visit the Swakopmund Museum. Active types and thrill-seekers might like to take advantage of the many outdoor activities on offer – this town is the adventure-sports capital of Namibia.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Swakopmund - With another free day in this beautiful seaside town, you might like to do some reading, relaxing and swimming. Alternatively, you can venture further afield – perhaps to the Okakambe Trails or the Camel Farm (both located in the same area, around 12 km east of town). A horse ride or camel ride is a great way to see the desert from a different perspective.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Spitzkoppe - Travel to Spitzkoppe today. Experience the sight, sound and smell of thousands of olive-coloured seals on the shores of Cape Cross while travelling up the Atlantic Coast. Visit one of the most stunning areas of Namibia – the wild lands around the mountain of Spitzkoppe, also known as the Matterhorn of Namibia. Although you shouldn't try to climb to the top, there are some excellent hikes and guided walks throughout the area, which is rich in plant life. The Spitzkoppe is known for its stunning beauty and the thousands of ancient Bushmen rock art paintings that are still on view. Be sure to look out for the sunset from your bush camp this evening – the landscape is known to take on dazzling oranges and reds.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Etosha National Park - This morning, set off and travel to Etosha National Park, stopping at a market or shop and ATM if required. Etosha is among the world's best places to view wildlife. A wide range of southern Africa's animals roams freely here, including all the big carnivores and rare or endangered species, including black rhino, Hartmann's mountain zebra, black-faced impala, roan antelope and the tiny Damara dik-dik. Tonight, there’s an option to take an evening game drive (subject to availability) before spending the night at the Okaukuejo Camp. The camp overlooks a floodlit waterhole visited by many different species throughout the day and night.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Etosha National Park - Enjoy a full-day game drive in Etosha National Park. Game viewing in the park is relatively easy due to the constructed waterholes and the large, sparsely vegetated pans. The bushland surrounding the pans is difficult to see through, but there are enough clearings, pans and waterholes to usually allow for some sightings. Namibia has protected its game reserves against poaching, which means significant numbers of elephants, antelope and other herbivores reside here. This evening you will spend the night at Namutoni Camp.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Grootfontein/San People - Leave Etosha behind and continue to your next camp, which is located 50 km outside Grootfontein. This will be your base for visiting the San people tomorrow. When you arrive at camp, stretch your legs, maybe go for a swim and kick back with your fellow travellers for a relaxed evening.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Grootfontein - Embark on a 180-km round-trip to visit the San people today. You'll go out walking with some of the tribe, listening to their stories and songs. You'll soon discover that they communicate in a unique and fascinating Khoisan dialect, commonly known as a 'clicking' language. The San are the oldest ethnic group in Namibia, having inhabited southern Africa for an estimated 20,000 years. Around 30,000 of them live in Namibia, but only 2000 still follow a traditional way of life. The San have a deep understanding of nature and ecology, living in harmony with their environment.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Bagani - Head to Bagani today, where you’ll set up camp for the night. Bagani is a small, friendly town with plenty of nice spots to relax and soak up the ambience as you catch the sunset over the Okavango River. You may even spot grunting hippos coming out of the waters to graze! This area is the homestead of the local Mbukushu kings and their kingdom.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Okavango Delta - Drive across the border into Botswana and head south along the Okavango Panhandle (the narrowest part of the delta) to Sepopa. Here, you'll leave your vehicle behind as you journey by boat into the delta to your bush camp on an island away from civilisation. Punting along past birds and lily pads, you'll hear hippos occasionally interrupting the peaceful atmosphere with their charming grunts.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Okavango Delta - After breakfast, head out for your mokoro experience. Each mokoro (small dugout canoe) takes two people and is poled along through the meandering waterways by a local tribesman. You’ll also take a short nature walk with your guide to discover the beautiful natural surroundings, gain some insight into the history of the local area and look out for different bird species and occasionally, even elephants. After your trip around the delta, return by boat to the relative civilisation of Sepopa Camp, featuring hot showers, a swimming pool and a small bar. Today, there is an option to take a scenic flight to have an aerial view of the Delta.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Bagani - Leave the delta behind today and return to Bagani for the night. There will be time to take part in an optional boat trip when you arrive, or you can opt for a picturesque sunset cruise. Alternatively, relax and recharge at camp.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Chobe National Park - Setting off from Bagani this morning, you’ll drive to the incredible Chobe National Park. Catch a window seat if you can and watch the rolling landscape pass you by or play some road trip games with your newfound friends. Enter Botswana at the Goma border, which is also the gateway to the park. When you arrive, take an optional cruise down the Chobe River – one of the best ways to witness some of the park's many animals, like hippos, elephants and buffalo.

     

    Day - 20

    Location: Chobe National Park - Enjoy an early-morning game drive this morning. Adventuring through the park, you’ll have the opportunity to get up close to the wildlife and with luck, you’ll spot lions, buffalo and exotic birds. Botswana's first national park is famous for its high concentration of elephants, so keep an eye out for herds walking by, too. They can also often be seen swimming in the Chobe River! The river also attracts buffalo, hippos and crocodiles who like to sun themselves by the water's edge. In the afternoon, perhaps take an optional boat cruise to gain a different view of these amazing animals or take another optional afternoon game drive into the national park.

     

    Day - 21

    Location: Victoria Falls - Travel on to Victoria Falls, crossing the border into Zimbabwe in time to have lunch on the banks of the Zambezi. Though a visit to Victoria Falls' is optional, it is highly recommended. The staggering curtain of water is about 1.6 km and cascades 108 m into a narrow gorge below. In the wet season, the spray created can rise to an incredible 400 m and the falls become an impressive raging torrent. In the dry season, the view of the falls is unobstructed by mist and you can see little islets in the river below. Gather your travel crew together tonight for dinner, celebrating the southern Africa adventure and memories you’ve shared.

     

    Day - 22

    Location: Victoria Falls - With no activities planned for today, you’re free to leave the accommodation at any time after check-out. Those staying longer at Victoria Falls can choose from a range of activities and excursions – on water, on land or high in the sky. If you’d like to spend more time in Victoria Falls, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Cape Town - Sawubona! Welcome to South Africa. With its stunning coastline, modern cityscape and nearby mountains, Cape Town is one of Africa's most exciting cities. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm this evening. If you arrive early, why not get out and explore Cape Town, maybe with a walk in Newlands Forest or by jumping on the Table Mountain Aerial Cableway. You could also head down to the waterfront to see Cape Town Stadium up close. After the meeting, ask your leader where the best dinner spots are and consider heading out for a welcome dinner with your group.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Western Cape - Leaving Cape Town behind, travel up the Western Cape today. Sit back, relax and enjoy the sprawling scenery. Tonight, you’ll stay on a working farm with your group. This is a great chance to gain an insight into everyday life in this remote part of South Africa. The surrounding countryside is perfectly explored on foot, so if there’s time, maybe take a walk around the nearby mountains and farms before settling in for the evening.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Orange River - Journey to the Orange River – the beautiful natural border between South Africa and Namibia. On the way, you'll pass through Namaqualand, which is renowned for its wildflowers that spring up from late July to mid-September. Traditionally known as the Gariep River, the Orange River is the longest in South Africa (2200 km). Its source is high up in the Drakensberg Mountain Range in Lesotho, and it flows into the Atlantic Ocean at Alexander Bay in South Africa.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Fish River Canyon - This morning, there’s an optional canoe adventure on the Orange River. Floating leisurely down the stream is a great way to discover the beauty of this region. After, head further west into the desert lands of Namibia towards Fish River Canyon. At 500 m deep and over 160 km long, Fish River Canyon is one of the largest canyons in the world. At any time of year there are remarkable photo opportunities here as you watch the colour of the granite rocks change as the sun goes down.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Sesriem - Be ready for a long travel day as you drive toward the fabled dunes of Namibia. You’ll have the opportunity to stop at a market or shop to stock up on supplies before tomorrow's bush camp. When you arrive, stretch your legs and take in the exciting desert scenes. You’ll be situated in the most famous part of the Namib Desert, among the vast dune fields – the most spectacular of which are found near the Sesriem Canyon. Get an early night in preparation for your dawn hike tomorrow.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Sossusvlei - Wake up before dawn and scramble to the top of the dunes for a dramatic sunrise view across a vast sea of sand. The colour changes as the sun creeps up above the horizon and the views are nothing short of incredible, providing a spectacular setting for your brunch. The dunes themselves are some of the highest in the world and home to much animal life. After, jump in the back of a pickup truck for a trip to Sossusvlei – the incredible salt and clay pan nearby. You'll have time to explore this mysterious desert oddity at your own pace. In the afternoon, drive to your bush camp in the heart of the Namib Desert.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Swakopmund - Continue to Swakopmund today. Surrounded by the massive dune fields of the Namib Desert on three sides and the Atlantic Ocean on the other, Swakopmund is an ideal place for outdoor activities. The township has an interesting German–Namibian atmosphere, which makes it a pleasant place to simply walk around and explore. You could also visit the Swakopmund Museum today – the largest privately run Museum in Namibia housing exhibitions on zoology, geology and technology.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Swakopmund - With a free day today, it's worth checking out the Germanic architecture of the area and maybe taking the opportunity to do some souvenir shopping. If you're after a dose of history and culture, you can stop in at the lighthouse and visit the Swakopmund Museum. Active types and thrill-seekers might like to take advantage of the many outdoor activities on offer – this town is the adventure-sports capital of Namibia.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Swakopmund - With another free day in this beautiful seaside town, you might like to do some reading, relaxing and swimming. Alternatively, you can venture further afield – perhaps to the Okakambe Trails or the Camel Farm (both located in the same area, around 12 km east of town). A horse ride or camel ride is a great way to see the desert from a different perspective.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Spitzkoppe - Travel to Spitzkoppe today. Experience the sight, sound and smell of thousands of olive-coloured seals on the shores of Cape Cross while travelling up the Atlantic Coast. Visit one of the most stunning areas of Namibia – the wild lands around the mountain of Spitzkoppe, also known as the Matterhorn of Namibia. Although you shouldn't try to climb to the top, there are some excellent hikes and guided walks throughout the area, which is rich in plant life. The Spitzkoppe is known for its stunning beauty and the thousands of ancient Bushmen rock art paintings that are still on view. Be sure to look out for the sunset from your bush camp this evening – the landscape is known to take on dazzling oranges and reds.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Etosha National Park - This morning, set off and travel to Etosha National Park, stopping at a market or shop and ATM if required. Etosha is among the world's best places to view wildlife. A wide range of southern Africa's animals roams freely here, including all the big carnivores and rare or endangered species, including black rhino, Hartmann's mountain zebra, black-faced impala, roan antelope and the tiny Damara dik-dik. Tonight, there’s an option to take an evening game drive (subject to availability) before spending the night at the Okaukuejo Camp. The camp overlooks a floodlit waterhole visited by many different species throughout the day and night.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Etosha National Park - Enjoy a full-day game drive in Etosha National Park. Game viewing in the park is relatively easy due to the constructed waterholes and the large, sparsely vegetated pans. The bushland surrounding the pans is difficult to see through, but there are enough clearings, pans and waterholes to usually allow for some sightings. Namibia has protected its game reserves against poaching, which means significant numbers of elephants, antelope and other herbivores reside here. This evening you will spend the night at Namutoni Camp.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Grootfontein/San People - Leave Etosha behind and continue to your next camp, which is located 50 km outside Grootfontein. This will be your base for visiting the San people tomorrow. When you arrive at camp, stretch your legs, maybe go for a swim and kick back with your fellow travellers for a relaxed evening.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Grootfontein - Embark on a 180-km round-trip to visit the San people today. You'll go out walking with some of the tribe, listening to their stories and songs. You'll soon discover that they communicate in a unique and fascinating Khoisan dialect, commonly known as a 'clicking' language. The San are the oldest ethnic group in Namibia, having inhabited southern Africa for an estimated 20,000 years. Around 30,000 of them live in Namibia, but only 2000 still follow a traditional way of life. The San have a deep understanding of nature and ecology, living in harmony with their environment.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Bagani - Head to Bagani today, where you’ll set up camp for the night. Bagani is a small, friendly town with plenty of nice spots to relax and soak up the ambience as you catch the sunset over the Okavango River. You may even spot grunting hippos coming out of the waters to graze! This area is the homestead of the local Mbukushu kings and their kingdom.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Okavango Delta - Drive across the border into Botswana and head south along the Okavango Panhandle (the narrowest part of the delta) to Sepopa. Here, you'll leave your vehicle behind as you journey by boat into the delta to your bush camp on an island away from civilisation. Punting along past birds and lily pads, you'll hear hippos occasionally interrupting the peaceful atmosphere with their charming grunts.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Okavango Delta - After breakfast, head out for your mokoro experience. Each mokoro (small dugout canoe) takes two people and is poled along through the meandering waterways by a local tribesman. You’ll also take a short nature walk with your guide to discover the beautiful natural surroundings, gain some insight into the history of the local area and look out for different bird species and occasionally, even elephants. After your trip around the delta, return by boat to the relative civilisation of Sepopa Camp, featuring hot showers, a swimming pool and a small bar. Today, there is an option to take a scenic flight to have an aerial view of the Delta.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Bagani - Leave the delta behind today and return to Bagani for the night. There will be time to take part in an optional boat trip when you arrive, or you can opt for a picturesque sunset cruise. Alternatively, relax and recharge at camp.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Chobe National Park - Setting off from Bagani this morning, you’ll drive to the incredible Chobe National Park. Catch a window seat if you can and watch the rolling landscape pass you by or play some road trip games with your newfound friends. Enter Botswana at the Goma border, which is also the gateway to the park. When you arrive, take an optional cruise down the Chobe River – one of the best ways to witness some of the park's many animals, like hippos, elephants and buffalo.

     

    Day - 20

    Location: Chobe National Park - Enjoy an early-morning game drive this morning. Adventuring through the park, you’ll have the opportunity to get up close to the wildlife and with luck, you’ll spot lions, buffalo and exotic birds. Botswana's first national park is famous for its high concentration of elephants, so keep an eye out for herds walking by, too. They can also often be seen swimming in the Chobe River! The river also attracts buffalo, hippos and crocodiles who like to sun themselves by the water's edge. In the afternoon, perhaps take an optional boat cruise to gain a different view of these amazing animals or take another optional afternoon game drive into the national park.

     

    Day - 21

    Location: Victoria Falls - Travel on to Victoria Falls, crossing the border into Zimbabwe in time to have lunch on the banks of the Zambezi. Though a visit to Victoria Falls' is optional, it is highly recommended. The staggering curtain of water is about 1.6 km and cascades 108 m into a narrow gorge below. In the wet season, the spray created can rise to an incredible 400 m and the falls become an impressive raging torrent. In the dry season, the view of the falls is unobstructed by mist and you can see little islets in the river below. Gather your travel crew together tonight for dinner, celebrating the southern Africa adventure and memories you’ve shared.

     

    Day - 22

    Location: Victoria Falls - Today is a free day to see Victoria Falls. The Zimbabwe side of the falls offers the broadest view of this colossal natural wonder, and the scenic helicopter flights are incredible – if you opt for one, the Zambezi Helicopter Company (CAA Zimbabwe) is the only operator Intrepid endorses. Tonight, you'll have a second welcome meeting at 6 pm to meet the new members of your group and your new leader.

     

    Day - 23

    Location: Hwange National Park - If you haven’t seen Victoria Falls yet, this morning is your last opportunity. You’ll have to arrive at opening time (6 am from September to April and 6.30 am from May to August). This is a great time to see the falls, as sunrise casts a unique light on the cascades and there are little tourists to interrupt the view. Then, you’ll leave Victoria Falls behind and head to Hwange National Park via the Victoria Falls Wildlife Trust – one of the projects The Intrepid Foundation supports. Here, you can learn about the rescue and rehabilitation of wildlife, human-wildlife conflict and the Trust’s role in anti-poaching. There may also be a chance to meet any rescued or orphaned wildlife currently in their care. Hwange National Park became the royal hunting grounds of the Ndebele warrior-king Mzilikazi in the early 19th century and was set aside as a national park in 1929. Today, Hwange boasts a tremendous selection of wildlife, with over 100 species of mammals and nearly 400 bird species. The elephants of Hwange are world famous – you'll find one of the largest elephant populations in Africa here! Spend this afternoon exploring and discover the arena in an open 4WD vehicle with expert local guides.

     

    Day - 24

    Location: Matobo National Park - Make tracks for Matobo National Park this morning. Shortly after leaving Hwange, stop at the Painted Dog Conservation Centre. The loss of quality habitat and poaching are driving the painted dog (also known as African wild dog) towards extinction. Learn about how they protect and increase the range and numbers of painted dogs in Zimbabwe and the Hwange ecosystem as a whole. Then it's on to Bulawayo, Zimbabwe's second-largest city. Take a stroll through the streets lined with old buildings and stop in at a local cafe or restaurant for lunch before heading to your camp for the next two nights. Home to a large population of black and white rhinoceroses that can be tracked on foot, Matobo National Park is also the site of the grave of Cecil John Rhodes – the founder of Rhodesia and the De Beers diamond company. The Matobo area has great spiritual and cultural significance to the local people and there are many sites within the park where important ceremonies still take place.

     

    Day - 25

    Location: Matobo National Park - Matobo National Park has an incredibly diverse range of birdlife and wildlife and is home to both Black and White rhino. This morning, you have a unique opportunity to track white rhinos on foot with the help of an expert local guide. There will also be the chance to spot other game – the park is home to klipspringers, leopards, warthogs and springhares. You can also learn about the various local plants and trees, including wild pear and paperbark, while discovering San paintings and the rock formations of the park. After lunch, venture to a nearby village and meet some of the local people. Learn about how it was when they were living in the hills and meet with some of the local personalities – including elderly chief Pondo.

     

    Day - 26

    Location: Tshipise - This morning, leave Zimbabwe behind and cross a very busy border post – the only direct border crossing between Zimbabwe and South Africa. You should arrive at your camping site on the edge of Honnet Nature Reserve in the late afternoon. Relax and enjoy the extensive facilities available including an indoor and outdoor pool, putt putt, nature trail and optional game drives.

     

    Day - 27

    Location: Makushu Village - Make your way to Makushu – a small village in the Limpopo Province of South Africa. When you arrive, you’ll be met by a local village guide. You’ll be staying with homestay host mothers in their family homes. With no two days the same for local villagers, you might be taking part in activities like beading, dancing, beer tasting and cooking. Tonight, you can interact with the local villagers and learn the traditional Venda ways.

     

    Day - 28

    Location: Kruger National Park - After breakfast today, you’ll make the epic journey towards Kruger National Park. Along the way, you'll get the extraordinary opportunity to visit the Black Mambas headquarters, the world's first all-female anti-poaching unit made up of 36 young African women. Supported by the Intrepid Foundation, the Black Mambas are turning a traditionally male-dominated industry on its head, they’re putting their female prowess to work protecting the wildlife of Kruger National Park in an unconventional way. Discover how they find and destroy snares left by poachers, set up roadblocks, patrol park perimeters, and then get an exclusive inside look into their ops room. Afterwards, head to your campsite inside Kruger National Park and fall asleep to the sounds of the wild.

     

    Day - 29

    Location: Kruger National Park - Today, you'll embark on a full-day 4WD safari in the vast Kruger National Park, a wildlife sanctuary comparable in size to countries like Belgium and Wales. Home to the iconic "Big Five"—lions, leopards, elephants, buffalo, and rhinos—Kruger offers an outstanding wildlife experience in one of the world’s premier conservation areas. In addition to spotting these majestic animals, keep an eye out for giraffes, zebras, hippos, and the elusive, endangered African wild dog. As you venture deep into prime wildlife viewing zones, you'll likely encounter a diverse array of species, from graceful antelopes and elands to fast-moving cheetahs and powerful rhinos, all within the park’s breathtaking savannas and forests.

     

    Day - 30

    Location: Johannesburg - It's time to head to Johannesburg. Along the way, you’ll take in amazing vistas at the 3 Rondavals viewpoint over Blyde River Canyon and Bourke's Luck Potholes. This is a magnificent lookout where cloud cover is usually at a minimum. Your African safari adventure comes to an end when you arrive in Johannesburg this evening. If you’d like to extend your stay, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Sarajevo - Dobro Dosli! Welcome to Bosnia and Herzegovina. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm in Sarajevo, the capital and largest city that sits on the Miljacka River, surrounded by the Dinaric Alps. If you arrive early, maybe visit the National Museum of Bosnia and Herzegovina or explore the Gazi Husrev-beg Mosque. After, head into the surrounding hills for a cooking demonstration and welcome dinner with your local hosts, Mersiha and Mustafa in their home overlooking the city. Learn how to make burek (Bosnian pita), then enjoy a hearty, home-made meal of dolma (stuffed vegetables) while Mersiha and Mustafa share stories about their lives, Bosnian cuisine and the city they call home.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Jajce - Hop aboard the public bus to Jajce, arriving about midday with time to grab some lunch. Then, take a walking tour with a local guide. Jajce is the birthplace of Yugoslavia, so you’ll visit the AVNOJ Museum to learn about Jajce and Bosnia in the 20th century. On the way, stop by the 22 m tall Pliva Waterfall in the centre of town. This small town dates back to ancient times and maintains a mix of cultures and religions. Tonight, you have free time to explore at your own pace – maybe see the incredible views from the top of the town at the local 14th-century fortress.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Mostar - Head south via private transfer towards Mostar, stopping in Livno along the way. When you arrive in Livno, head up to the base of Cincar Mountain in 4WDs to take in the views of the Dinaric Alps before venturing off-road in search of the 400 wild horses that call these foothills home. After, carry on to Mostar, famed for its iconic Stari Most, which stands as a symbol of reconciliation and international cooperation and hosts a diving competition in the summer months. Tonight, learn all about this historic city on a guided walking tour, then maybe find a local restaurant for dinner – your local leader will have the best recommendations!

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Mostar - Spend the day exploring the nature, history and treats of the Herzegovina region – the southern part of the country. Stop at Blagaj Tekke – a dervish monastery perched above the Buna River at the base of a towering cliff. Explore the sacred site and museum, wandering through Ottoman architecture and colourful rooms. Next, stop in Stolac and pop into Mehmedbasica Kuca (a historic house) for a slice of smokvara (traditional fig cake) before embarking on a short hike to Kravica Waterfall. When you arrive, maybe relax with a dip in the waterfall before heading back into town for the night.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Umoljani - This morning, sit down to a homemade breakfast with regional specialties like prosciutto or cream-filled donuts. Then, drive to Umoljani. When you arrive, you'll embark on a circular hike to the mountain village of Lukomir, near the Bjelasnica Mountain. Home to some incredible hiking trails and myths of dragons, Lukomir is the highest and most remote village in the country, with a population of only 15! Today's hike is along the most beautiful route in the area, along a path that winds up and down the rolling mountains. When you arrive in the village, you'll be treated to some homemade cheese in one of the village households, followed by some freshly baked meat pies. Mingle with the locals, explore the tiny village, then make your way back to Umoljani for the night.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Sarajevo - This morning you'll drive to Sarajevo – the heart of the country. After checking into the hotel, set out into the city for a guided walking tour. Here you’ll visit the shop of Bosnia’s sole female coppersmith, Nermina Alic, who learned the trade from her father and continues the family business today, using traditional methods to handcraft coffeepots, candleholders and plates. Wander among the shops and stalls of Bascarscija – the historic bazaar in the city’s cultural centre. Tonight, maybe head out for a farewell dinner and top your adventure off with a slice of Sarajevska baklava.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Sarajevo - Your expedition comes to an end after breakfast today in Sarajevo. If you'd like to extend your adventure, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Tirana - Mire se vini – welcome to Tirana, Albania! Your expedition begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm, where you’ll meet your local leader and the other travellers joining you on your journey. If you arrive with time to spare, you may like to head out for a walk and take in the mosque, citadels, Ottoman architecture and museums of Albania’s capital. This city is a lively, colourful place with plenty of public squares and inviting cafes to discover. After your welcome meeting, you may like to get to know your group over an optional dinner and sample some Albanian food.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Lake Koman - River Shala - Leave the city behind after breakfast this morning and drive north to the stunning mountain and lakes region, where you'll have the chance to experience the true beauty and wildness of Albania. This region is a rare part of the Balkans that managed to maintain its independence and ancient traditions despite being surrounded by Ottoman armies. After a scenic drive along a winding road, you'll board a small boat for a one-hour journey across the brilliantly blue Lake Koman to Nanplep and the Shala River. Check in at a cosy family-owned guesthouse, where you'll have the opportunity to relax, refresh in the water and learn about local culture and history over a delicious meal filled with stories.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Shala River - Today you’ll get to get your toes wet in the aquamarine waters of the Shala River on an challenging hike. Depending on the time of year, you’ll need to trek through the brisk waters to cross from one side of the river to the other, so comfortable water shoes or sandals are a must. You’ll quickly discover its vibrant green mountainsides that drop steeply into the river’s bright and clear waters below. You’ll also have the option of hiring a local guide to hike to the abandoned village of Molle. This approximately 5-kilometre round-trip hike involves about 600 metres of elevation gain into the mountains. Hiring a local guide for this hike will come at an additional cost, but can be shared among group members participating.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Shala River - Farm Stay - Begin your day with a leisurely breakfast, then perhaps soak in the wilderness and slow pace of life in the valley. After taking some time for yourself in the morning, you'll return to the Komani hydropower dam by boat. You’ll then travel to the western part of the region to visit the sustainable and unique agri-tourism destination at Mrizi I Zanave farm, also known as the "Shade of the Fairies". Sit down to a farm-to-table dinner made with fresh ingredients grown on site. Spend the evening at Mrizi I Zanave, where you can relax among the peaceful surroundings.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Divjaka-Karavasta National Park - Hit the road this morning and drive south, stopping first in Durres to admire the sandy beaches of the Albanian Adriatic. Your next destination is the beautiful Karavasta Lagoon, where you’ll have the opportunity to learn about the local conservation efforts for species like the Dalmatian pelican and sea turtles. Then, check into a beach guesthouse. In the evening, you’re free to enjoy the dazzling sunset and sample some delicious locally-produced cuisine. To make the most of tomorrow's activities, it is recommended to get a good night's rest, so be sure to turn in early tonight.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Divjaka-Karavasta National Park - Babunje - Bay of Vlora - Start your day early with a sunrise breakfast in one of the birdwatching towers on the western side of the Karavasta Lagoon, travelling either by bicycle or electric vehicle. Surrounded by beautiful scenery, you'll enjoy breakfast served on a large locally made carpet and prepared with a focus on reducing waste. You’ll have the opportunity to see various birds and possibly other wildlife while sipping on coffee and tea to start the day. After breakfast, visit the nearby village of Babunje, where you’ll have a chance to participate in a hands-on bamboo craft experience and enjoy a meal with a group of farmers and artists. Your hosts will introduce you to local polyphonic singing, homemade raki and Turkish coffee reading. After your visit, drive to the nearby Bay of Vlora, where you’ll check into your apartment for the night. The rest of the evening is free for you to enjoy the beach or explore your surroundings.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Tragjas - Bay of Vlora - Start your day with a chilled morning at the beach. In the afternoon, take a hike to the old village of Tragjas, where time has stood still since the area was bombed during World War II. From the ruins of the old village, a family has created a farm that utilizes traditional and sustainable farming practices. Learn how they coexist alongside animals such as grey wolves, jackals, birds of prey and bee-eaters. After the hike, return to the coast for a slow and peaceful evening. You'll can take a stroll along the beach, enjoy a sunset and included dinner.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Berat - Tirana - Begin your day with a morning drive to the small city of Berat, known as the 'town of a thousand windows'. Take a walk through the Old City and visit the castle, where you will be given a guided tour around the ancient walls of the 2400-year-old fortress. After the castle visit, drive to Tirana, back where your adventure began. Get to know the city's tumultuous past, including its Ottoman occupation, monarchy under King Zog I, fascist and Nazi occupation during World War II, and Communist rule. Visit Skanderbeg Square, the symbol of Albania's modernisation efforts, and the New Bazaar for a taste of local delicacies. End the day with a coffee and chat with our local friends, in a beautiful old garden and browse through their collection of historical family objects.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Tirana - With no activities planned for today, your Albania Expedition comes to an end after breakfast this morning. If you’d like to spend more time exploring Tirana, just get in touch ahead of time and we’d be happy to arrange additional accommodation for you (subject to availability).

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Tirana - Pershendetje! Welcome to the Albanian Alps. Your adventures starts in Tirana – the capital of Albania known for its bustling mosque, citadels and Ottoman architecture. You’ll kick off with a welcome meeting at 6 pm, where you’ll get to know your new travel companions and local leader. If you arrive early, maybe explore Skanderbeg Square, ride the Dajti Ekspres cable car, or visit the Bunk’Art museum – an underground Cold War bunker turned art and history exhibit. Later his evening, maybe walk through the colourful Pazari i Ri (New Bazaar) for local food and find a place to eat dinner with your group.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Gusinje - Today, you’ll leave Tirana and begin your journey north through the Albanian countryside. Your first stop is the beautiful Mrizi & Zanave Agrotourism farm, where you’ll sit down for a delicious Albanian-style brunch. Everything you’ll taste is organic and either produced right on the farm or sourced from the surrounding area. After lunch, continue your drive toward Montenegro, taking in scenic views as the landscape shifts from rolling hills to dramatic mountain ranges. You’ll arrive at your accommodation in Gusinje in the afternoon, where the rest of your evening is yours to enjoy. Maybe take time to explore the property or simply unwind in the fresh mountain air as you settle into the peaceful surroundings.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Gusinje - Volusnica - Start your morning with a guided hike through the breathtaking landscapes of Prokletije National Park. You’ll follow the Volusnica trail, – a scenic route along the ridge of the Talijanka and Popadija peaks, with views of Karanfili peak. After a day on the trails, head back to your accommodation in Gusinje where a traditional evening barbecue awaits. It’s the perfect chance to relax, enjoy local flavours and reflect on the day’s adventure surrounded by nature.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Theth - Prokletije hike - This morning, set out on a scenic hike from Prokletije to Theth, crossing the border from Montenegro into Albania on foot. The trail takes you through alpine landscapes, with rugged peaks and open meadows. This cross-border hike offers an opportunity to walk between two countries while fully immersed in nature. Your luggage will be transferred separately to your accommodation. After a full day on the trail, settle into your accommodation in the local village of Theth.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Valbone - Accursed Mountains - Embark on the most famous hike in the Albanian Alps. This guided hike will take you from Theth to Valbona through the heart of the Accursed Mountains, crossing two national parks and offering some of the most authentic landscapes in northern Albania. What makes this hike so special is its remoteness. The only way to travel between Theth and Valbona is on foot, as no road connects the two villages. Along the way, you’ll pass alpine meadows, rugged peaks and a high mountain pass with sweeping views in every direction. Donkeys will carry your luggage to your accommodation. Tonight, you’ll stay in the mountain village of Valbona.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Valbone - Rosni Peak - Today, you’ll set out on a guided hike to Rosni Peak – one of the most challenging yet rewarding hikes of the journey. The trail begins by passing scattered mountain houses and quiet campsites, eventually leading into the cool, shaded paths of a dense forest. As you gain elevation, sweeping views open beneath your feet. This path is scenic and has a mixture of everything the alps have to offer – flora, fauna, woodland and meadows. The final push to the summit is steep but well worth the effort, offering spectacular panoramic views that stretch across the Albanian Alps. You will spend the night in Valbone.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Tirana - Start the day with a transfer to Fierza, where you’ll board a boat and ride across the Komani Lake towards Koman. Along the journey, stop at Neomalsore Agrotourism for a traditional Albanian lunch. This family-run farm is known for its warm hospitality and locally sourced, home-cooked meals that showcase the flavors of the north. After lunch, continue your journey with a private transfer from Koman back to Tirana where you’ll spend the night.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Tirana - With no activities planned after breakfast, you’re free to leave at any time. If you’d like to extend your stay in Tirana, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time to organise additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Prague - Vitejte v Praze! Welcome to the Czech Republic. Your adventure starts with a welcome meeting at 10 am in Prague – also known as The City of a Hundred Spires. After your meeting, discover the Old Town on a guided walking tour. See the main sights including the Old Town Square, Town Hall Tower, Royal Way, Charles Bridge and Mala Strana. After, spend some free time for lunch before setting out on an afternoon tour through the tree-lined streets of the Vinohrady neighbourhood. Starting in Namesti Miru (Peace Square), you’ll walk past pastel-coloured art deco buildings to Jiriho z Podebrad Square before opting to stop at a local cafe for a coffee. Then, see the Church of the Most Sacred Heart, walk through the bohemian shops on Krymska Street and take in the vineyard views from Havlickovy Sady. Tonight, head out for dinner with your group at a local restaurant. Did you know that the beer in the Czech Republic has three colours – gold, amber and black (and it's recommended you try them all!).

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Karlovy Vary - This morning, travel to Karlovy Vary – a beautiful spa town known for its thermal springs and columned walkways. When you arrive, set off on an orientation walk along the river with your local leader. Over the centuries, people like Napoleon Bonaparte, Emperor Franz Josef I and Goethe, Beethoven have stayed in this town, and now, it is your turn! Enjoy some free time to maybe find a local cafe for lunch before heading to Saunia Thermal Resort. Spend the afternoon relaxing in the various outdoor thermal pools with temperatures up to 38°C – including a rooftop pool with scenic views over the town.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Decin - Lace up your walking boots and set off on a hike. After deciding to create one of Europe’s very first tourist destinations in 1881, the Austrian prince, Edmund Clary-Aldringen, hired an Italian craftsman to build an extensive summerhouse called the Falkennest (Falcon’s Nest). As you walk, learn about the history of the region and see the Falcon’s Nest and Pravcice Gate – the largest natural stone arch in mainland Europe. After your hike, the rest of the afternoon is free for you to explore at your own pace. Tonight, maybe head out for dinner with your group – a great way to celebrate your last night in the Czech Republic!

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Prague - This morning, you’ll say goodbye to Decin and travel back to Prague. Along the way, stop at DOX – an independent organisation focusing on contemporary art in the Czech Republic. Spend some time wandering through the exhibitions here and learn about the region’s art, architecture and design history. After your visit, join your group for a farewell lunch at a nearby restaurant. This afternoon, as there are no further activities, your trip comes to an end. If you’d like to stay longer, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Skopje - Welcome to Skopje. If you arrive early in North Macedonia's capital city, you may like to step back in time with a visit to the Daut Pasha Hamam or explore the 30 mosques, innumerable caravanserais, and hammams that fill the winding streets as a testament to Skopje’s Ottoman past. Discover the statues and grand monuments the city has become famous for, like the massive statue of Alexander the Great on horseback in the centre of Macedonia Square, or stroll past Byzantine domes, Turkish baths, and neo-classical buildings, sampling gozleme and baklava along the way. Meet your leader and fellow travellers at a 6pm welcome meeting and afterwards you may like to head out together to a local bar or restaurant to celebrate the start of your adventure.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Skopje / Matka Canyon - Venture out to Matka Canyon, a deep ravine cut into the Suva mountains by the Treska River, 15 kilometres southwest of the city. This area is home to several medieval monasteries, caves, and over 70 species of endemic butterflies. Explore the canyon's sights by boat or take one of the many nature walks in the canyon, or up to the tracks that hug the ridge high above the valley. When you arrive back in Skopje, the afternoon and evening are yours to explore the city your way. Get lost in the narrow lanes of Caršija, Skopje's most atmospheric neighbourhood, or take in the stone bridge over the river Vardar. Perhaps visit the Museum of the City of Skopje, which is housed in the old Railway Station, and learn the story behind the building’s clock.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Skopje / Prizren - After breakfast, head out on a day trip to historic Prizren – Kosovo’s second biggest and arguably most beautiful city. Prizren was spared from destruction in the 1999 conflict and is filled with traditional handicraft shops and Ottoman charm. When you arrive, you’ll meet up with a local guide and take a tour of the city. Starting alongside the Bistrica River, walk the Old Town, taking in the cobbled Shadervan Square and the Old Stone Bridge. See famous mosques and the abandoned Serbian Orthodox churches, which stand as sombre reminders of the ethnic divisions that still simmer under the surface. After, sit down for a group lunch of traditional Kosovan favourites like pies, flija (layered crepes served with sour cream and butter), stuffed peppers, sarma (grape or vine leaves stuffed with grains and minced meat) and kebab. In the late afternoon, return to Skopje.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Lake Ohrid - In the morning, board your private transport to Lake Ohrid and enjoy the scenery during the drive. Europe’s oldest lake, and one of the oldest human settlements in the world, Ohrid has a wealth of historic sites and religious monuments to discover. The town is said to have once been home to 365 churches, one for each day of the year, earning it the nickname “the Macedonian Jerusalem”. Despite being a World Heritage site for over 30 years and having historical excavations dating back to Neolithic times, the town remains under the radar for visitors. Get your bearings on an orientation walk around the old bazaar area and enjoy free time to explore on your own.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Lake Ohrid - Embark on a scenic cruise on the turquoise waters of Lake Ohrid, ringed by mountains, attractive villages and beaches, and take in the views of the town and the surrounding scenery. At 34 kilometres long, 14 kilometres wide, and over 300 metres deep, all shared between Albania and North Macedonia, there’s plenty to explore. The afternoon is free for you to discover the area your way. There are many churches and monasteries to visit, but one of the most popular is the Macedonian Orthodox Church of Sveti Jovana Kaneo, situated on a rocky outcrop above the town, overlooking the lake. Past the church you can wander around to the back of town, exploring the old walls and fortress, and admiring the views of the lake. Lying on the shores of the lake, with well-kept grounds that are home to peacocks, the Sveti Naum Monastery is also a great option. Tast Samoil’s Fortress stands on the top of Ohrid Hill and overlooks the town, while a 2,000-year-old Roman theatre was uncovered near the Upper Gate – in summer it’s still used for concerts and performances.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Berat - Take it slow as we cross the border into Albania and continue to the remote and rarely visited town of Berat, a gem of a town that was lucky to escape destruction during communist times. Learn about the city on a guided walking tour before climbing up to the still inhabited fortress for fantastic views over town. In the afternoon there is plenty of time to mingle with locals at the park or at the city’s many cafes. The warmth of the Albanian people is infectious and you’re bound to find yourself swapping stories over a glass of raki or three. In the evening enjoy a traditional Balkan dinner with your group, featuring dishes like stuffed peppers, cheese and spinach pies, hearty meat dishes, and plenty of grilled and fresh veggies.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Tirana - After breakfast, transfer to Tirana. Learn how the Alps in the rugged north are considered so fierce they're called 'accursed', while the south has one of Europe’s least known and most beautiful coastlines. With its unique mixture of cultures and customs, Tirana is filled with mosques, citadels, Ottoman architecture, and the medieval atmosphere of the Balkans. On arrival, embark on a guided tour to get your bearings in Albania’s capital which is compact and ideal to explore on foot. Filled with architectural influences from Italy and Turkey, upgrades have been made all over town, such as new parks and wide pavements, a process that's still on-going. If the weather is good, you may like to take a cable car ride up Dajti Mountain for breath-taking views of the city below.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Tirana / Kruja - Today, take a half-day trip to the mountain village and former Albanian capital of Kruja. Kruja was the last stronghold of Skanderbeg's (the national hero of Albania) army until the Ottomans took over the entire country. Pay a visit to the fortress and enjoy some free time to explore the citadel and famous bazaar area. On your return to Tirana, you may like to visit the National History Museum which has a giant mosaic on its facade that represents the development of Albania's history. The main sight in Tirana is the 1821 Et'hem Bey Mosque, right on the city's main square. Closed under communist rule, the mosque resumed as a place of worship in 1991, a reopening that was considered a milestone in the rebirth of religious freedom in Albania. Take a look at the frescoes outside and in the portico that depict trees, waterfalls and bridges – motifs rarely seen in Islamic art.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Kotor - After breakfasting, you’ll head off for Kotor – a picturesque medieval town located on the fjord of the same name. Along the way, stop at Fishte for an unforgettable lunch at a local Albanian farm. You’ll enjoy organic produce, fresh meat and wild fish that’s prepared on-site, among the gorgeous midday views of the farm surrounding you. After swapping stories with the locals, continue on to Kotor, where you’ll enjoy a free evening to walk the streets lit up at night, find a good bar to sit and people watch or head to a restaurant for dinner – your leader will know all the best spots.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Kotor - Enjoy a free day to take in Kotor, Montenegro’s fortified town wedged between soaring mountains and sparkling Adriatic waters. This 5th-century World Heritage-listed city is set on a secluded bay, with towering peaks surrounding a rocky coastline dotted with pretty waterside towns. Its winding alleyways are the ideal spot to mingle with the locals. Check out the 12th-century Cathedral, the South Gates, and the Armoury Square. Later, perhaps take a cruise on the Kotor Fjord – the longest fjord south in Scandinavia – and visit an island with a church that's almost as big as the island itself. In the evening the city walls are lit up and provide a beautiful night-time view.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Dubrovnik - Today you will be transferred to picture-perfect Dubrovnik. The main pedestrian promenade, once a shallow sea channel, is now paved with glistening white limestone, in stark contrast to the warm red terracotta roofs. It is hard to imagine a more beautiful city. Join your leader for a walk along the city walls of ‘Game of Thrones’ fame and gaze out over monasteries with cloistered gardens, fine baroque churches with copper domes, and the sparkling waters below.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Dubrovnik - Your Western Balkans trip comes to an end this morning. There are no activities planned for today and you're free to depart the accommodation at any time. As there is so much to see in Dubrovnik, we recommend you stay a little longer. We are happy to book additional accommodation for you (subject to availability). Please speak to your agent at the time of booking.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Belgrade - Dobro dosli! Welcome to Serbia. Your adventure begins in Belgrade. When you arrive at the airport, you’ll be met by a representative and brought to your hotel. Join your local leader and fellow travellers for a welcome meeting at 6 pm. If you arrive early, check out the city’s many museums – including the one dedicated to Nikola Tesla, the Serbian American inventor known for transforming the world’s understanding of electricity. Or maybe get a caffeine fix with a Turkish coffee at a kafana – these traditional coffee houses date back to the Ottoman era. After the meeting, get to know your group over dinner at a local restaurant and explore the flavours of Serbian cuisine.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Timisoara - This morning, travel by private vehicle to Timisoara, crossing the Serbia-Romania border. Timisoara is a park-filled city where an uprising of local people sparked the Romanian Revolution in 1989. This saw the fall of the country’s Communist regime – reflecting the broader political change seen across Eastern Europe at the time. On a guided walking tour, you’ll take in some of Timisoara’s most significant sights – including the grand and aptly named Victory, Liberty and Union Squares – and learn more about the city’s history.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Sibiu - Head to Sibiu after breakfast, stopping on the way to visit Sarmizegetusa Regia – the capital of the ancient Kingdom of Dacia. Romania’s answer to Stonehenge, Sarmizegetusa Regia was a centre of religious, military and political significance until it was invaded by the Romans in 102 AD. It is now a UNESCO World Heritage site and one of the oldest and most mysterious historical sites in Romania. After touring the site with a local guide, continue to Sibiu, where you’ll get acquainted with the cobbled streets and squares on a guided walking tour. Sibiu is known for its creative, bohemian atmosphere, rich history and architecture. Explore what remains of the city’s medieval walls and towers, cross the legend-shrouded Bridge of Lies and take in the grandeur of Brukenthal National Museum before a free evening.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Sibiu - This morning head to the outskirts of the city to explore ASTRA Village Museum. Set across 96 acres surrounding a sparkling lake, this open-air living museum seeks to preserve, showcase and celebrate Romanian folk culture and traditional ways of life. Wander the grounds to discover reconstructed old dwellings, windmills and workshops and learn how Romanian people of centuries past grew food, raised families and made a living. The afternoon is free to visit the Orthodox Cathedral or admire the slightly less imposing (but equally magnificent) Gothic Lutheran church. Alternatively, grab a covrigi (a tasty Romanian pretzel), wander the old town and snap photos of the colourful, Wes Anderson-style architecture.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Coltesti Village - Depart Sibiu and head to Alba lulia – one of the oldest cities in Romania. It is home to an 18th-century citadel with a history that dates to Roman times. Shaped like a seven-point star, the fortress features a collection of ornate gates and vantage points, as well as numerous museums and cafes. Wander the cobbled streets with an expert guide to hear more about what went on within these ancient walls over the last two millennia. Next, drive to the Trascau Mountains to reach Coltesti and check in to Szekler Mansion – your exclusive Feature Stay. This evening, sit down for a traditional meal which might feature hearty bowls of borsch or goulash, locally made cheese and sarmale (smoky, meat-filled cabbage rolls).

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Sighisoara - On your way to Sighisoara today, stop off at the Turda Salt Mine. This huge subterranean space was renovated and opened to the public in the early 1990s and resembles an alien planet or a Bond villain’s lair. Don’t forget to pack a sweatshirt – it gets chilly 119 m down! When you resurface, head to the nearby town Medias, where you can catch a glimpse of the Trumpeter Tower, a medieval structure with a distinctive tilt. Finish your journey in the UNESCO World Heritage site of Sighisoara – your home for the next two nights and the birthplace of Vlad the Impaler, the historical figure and inspiration behind Bram Stoker’s Dracula. Explore the colourful streets of Sighisoara’s old town on a guided walk and then enjoy a free evening.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Sighisoara - Start your day by visiting the UNESCO World Hertiage site Biertan, home to a 15th century fortified church perched high on a hill in the centre of town. Then, drive to Malancrav for lunch in a bucolic setting – the Saxon village was once owned by one family, the Apafis, and populated with German farmers. Maybe see the Apafi Mansion and the 14th-century church that features the oldest wall paintings in Transylvania. Head back to Sighisoara after your sightseeing and spend the rest of the day exploring as you wish.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Brasov - After breakfast, set off for Brasov, making a pit stop at Saschiz fortified church along the way. The Saschiz Fortified Church is a 15th-century Gothic-style Lutheran church renowned for its massive defensive walls and historic clock tower, built by the Saxons to serve both religious and protective purposes. Next, you'll visit Bran Castle – perhaps Romania’s most famous attraction, given its associations with the tale of Count Dracula. Vampire myths aside (it was never actually home to Vlad the Impaler or Bram Stoker), the forested surroundings and lofty location of this 14th-century castle is a great setting. This evening you’ll reach Brasov and have dinner together at a local restaurant.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Brasov - Your tour of Romanian castles continues with Peles. Built in the late 19th century, the neo-Renaissance creation is even more extravagant on the inside than it is on the outside. Return to Brasov and, in the afternoon, join your leader for a walk, learning about the city’s most notable sights. You’ll see the remnants of the old medieval fortifications, the Black Church – damaged in the 1689 Great Fire but now restored – and the wedge-shaped Council Square, lined with historic buildings. Round the day off with the Romanian sweet treat of chimney cake (or kurtoskolacs as the locals call it).

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Bucharest - Today, you have a free morning in Brasov. Maybe seek out tiny String Street, which is 44 inches at its narrowest point or indulge in some Romanian sweet treats like papanasi (a sweet cream doughnut topped with blueberry jam). Depart the city and head for lunch in the Prahova Valley, where you’ll tour a local winery known for its sparkling rose in the mountain town of Azuga. Hit the road one last time, reaching Bucharest in the late afternoon.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Bucharest - Your adventure comes to an end after breakfast. If you’d like to spend some more time in Bucharest, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time to organise additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Prague - Ahoj! Welcome to Prague. When you arrive at Prague Airport, you’ll be met by a local representative and transferred to your hotel. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm to meet your local leader and fellow travellers. Until then, you can explore Czech Republic's capital city as you wish. Steeped in history, there’s plenty to see here – maybe check out the National Gallery, with Czech and international art on display, or the Franz Kafka Museum – a wonderful dedication to the life and work of the famous Prague writer. After your meeting, get to know your group over a traditional Czech dinner – look out for goulash (a beef stew), svickova (marinated beef) or trdelnik (a sweet pastry, also called chimney cake) on the menu.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Prague - Get up and out this morning on a leader-led orientation walk around the city. You’ll probably spot Prague Castle – one of the largest ancient castles in the world, visible from different parts of the city. See Charles Bridge, another medieval structure that crosses the Vltava River and venture into the charming Old Town with its own architectural highlights, like the astronomical clock that’s been ticking away since 1410. If you’re a fan of beer, you’re probably familiar with a Pilsner – but did you know this pale lager originated in the Czech Republic? Try some out on a visit to the Pilsner brewery, where you’ll also learn all about the brewing process and its origins.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Olomouc - Hop on a train to Olomouc today, east of Prague. Although often overshadowed by the capital, this city has plenty to offer – like the Holy Trinity Column, a UNESCO World Heritage site, and Olomouc Castle, which dates back to the 12th century. Olomouc even has its own astronomical clock in its Old Town, offering an insight into how people kept time in the medieval period. Learn about these and more during a leader-led orientation walk. You’re then free to explore as you wish. Make sure to ask your leader for any restaurant recommendations in the city centre or go for a walk around Smetana Gardens.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Krakow - This morning, you’ll drive across the border into Poland and on to Auschwitz – one of the trip’s most difficult but profoundly impactful experiences. As you walk around what once was the largest Nazi concentration camp with a guide, you’ll learn about the suffering of millions of Jewish people, as well as other persecuted groups, during the Holocaust. While visiting Auschwitz is incredibly emotional, it’s essential for understanding the past and ensuring such atrocities aren’t repeated in the future. Decompress after in Krakow, your next destination, and perhaps head to the Old Town for dinner.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Krakow - Krakow is best known for its well-preserved medieval architecture, so take it all in as you tour the city with a local guide this morning. They’ll likely bring you to Main Market Square in the Old Town, one of the largest squares in Europe, and St. Mary’s Basilica, a church known for its Gothic architecture. As you walk, learn about how Krakow changed during the Austro-Hungarian Empire and World War II. Then, get hands-on with Krakow’s culinary scene with a cooking class – learn how to make Pierogi (Eastern European dumplings) and enjoy tucking into them after.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Banska Stiavnica - Make your way to central Slovakia today and stop in Banska Bystrica – a city with medieval origins. When you arrive, head out on a leader-led tour, where you might see the Main Square in the Old Town and the Church of St. Francis Xavier – an excellent example of Baroque architecture. Maybe learn about the city’s role in the Slovak National Uprising of 1944 in the square dedicated to it. Then, head to your Feature Stay accommodation for the night – Hotel Grand Viglas. Feel like royalty in this converted castle that offers modern amenities like a swimming pool and spa, as well as an upscale restaurant for dinner.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Banska Stiavnica - Check out the nearby town of Banska Stiavnica today, which sits in the middle of a caldera created by the collapse of an ancient volcano with the whole town declared a UNESCO World Heritage site. Start with a visit to the Slovak Mining Museum to see first-hand the role that mining precious metals has had in shaping this region and its communities. After, your leader will take you on a short but rewarding hike to Kalveria Church, which sits on a hill overlooking the city. You’ll start from the city centre and take a well-marked trail, with plenty of good views of the city. Finally, relax with a free evening back at your Feature Stay.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Budapest - Pack up and head for Budapest today, stopping at Holloko on the way. This village, tucked away in the Cserhat Mountains, is a well-preserved representation of Paloc culture – an ethnic subgroup in Hungary. You might feel as though you're stepping back in time as you walk around Holloko, where residents often wear traditional clothing, and crafts like pottery and weaving remain integral to village life. Walk around with a local guide and learn about these different traditional crafts at demonstrations – where you can even try on traditional clothing! Sample brandy and cheese pie (a local delicacy) then continue to Budapest for the evening.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Budapest - Get your bearings in Hungary’s capital today with an orientation walk with your leader. Many associate Budapest with its thermal bath culture, which is why it’s also known as the City of Spas. You can opt to visit the Szechenyi Baths – one of the largest and most famous thermal baths in Budapest, featuring several outdoor pools. Buda Castle is also a highlight, standing tall on the west side of the Danube River. Join your leader for the Buda Castle Walk – a well-loved route that allows you to see lots of historical parts of the city, like Chain Bridge, the bridge that connects Buda and Pest, and Matthias Church. After, refuel with a langos (a deep-fried flatbread, very popular in Budapest)!

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Belgrade - Drive to Serbia this morning and stop off at Subotica. Enjoy a guided tour of the border city, where you’ll spot notable Art Noveau architecture around the place, namely the City Hall and the Synagogue. Your leader can also explain how the Roman, Ottoman and Austro-Hungarian periods influenced the city. You’ll then drive to a local winery, where you’ll learn about the winemaking process in Serbia. Put your wine-tasting skills to the test by sampling various wines from their signature collection. After, continue to Belgrade, your last destination.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Belgrade - As Serbia’s capital, Belgrade has a rich history and your leader will touch on this today on an orientation walk. Located where the Danube River and the River Sava meet, this city has been a centre of power for various empires over the centuries. Once you know your way around the city, the day is yours to explore as you wish. Perhaps check out Knez Mihailova Street if you’re in the mood to shop, or head to Kalemegdan Fortress for good views of the rivers converging. Maybe visit the Nikola Tesla Museum, where you can learn all about how the engineer shaped technological advancement in the 20th century. Then, get together with your group for a traditional Serbian dinner – think cevapi (grilled sausages), sarma (cabbage rolls with minced meat) and prebranac (a bean stew).

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Belgrade - Say goodbye to your group over one last breakfast. For those who wish to stay in Belgrade, reach out to your booking agent ahead of time to organise additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Prague - Ahoj! Welcome to Prague. When you arrive at Prague Airport, you’ll be met by a local representative and transferred to your hotel. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm to meet your local leader and fellow travellers. Until then, you can explore Czech Republic's capital city as you wish. Steeped in history, there’s plenty to see here – maybe check out the National Gallery, with Czech and international art on display, or the Franz Kafka Museum – a wonderful dedication to the life and work of the famous Prague writer. After your meeting, get to know your group over a traditional Czech dinner – look out for goulash (a beef stew), svickova (marinated beef) or trdelnik (a sweet pastry, also called chimney cake) on the menu.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Prague - Get up and out this morning on a leader-led orientation walk around the city. You’ll probably spot Prague Castle – one of the largest ancient castles in the world, visible from different parts of the city. See Charles Bridge, another medieval structure that crosses the Vltava River and venture into the charming Old Town with its own architectural highlights, like the astronomical clock that’s been ticking away since 1410. If you’re a fan of beer, you’re probably familiar with a Pilsner – but did you know this pale lager originated in the Czech Republic? Try some out on a visit to the Pilsner brewery, where you’ll also learn all about the brewing process and its origins.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Olomouc - Hop on a train to Olomouc today, east of Prague. Although often overshadowed by the capital, this city has plenty to offer – like the Holy Trinity Column, a UNESCO World Heritage site, and Olomouc Castle, which dates back to the 12th century. Olomouc even has its own astronomical clock in its Old Town, offering an insight into how people kept time in the medieval period. Learn about these and more during a leader-led orientation walk. You’re then free to explore as you wish. Make sure to ask your leader for any restaurant recommendations in the city centre or go for a walk around Smetana Gardens.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Krakow - This morning, you’ll drive across the border into Poland and on to Auschwitz – one of the trip’s most difficult but profoundly impactful experiences. As you walk around what once was the largest Nazi concentration camp with a guide, you’ll learn about the suffering of millions of Jewish people, as well as other persecuted groups, during the Holocaust. While visiting Auschwitz is incredibly emotional, it’s essential for understanding the past and ensuring such atrocities aren’t repeated in the future. Decompress after in Krakow, your next destination, and perhaps head to the Old Town for dinner.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Krakow - Krakow is best known for its well-preserved medieval architecture, so take it all in as you tour the city with a local guide this morning. They’ll likely bring you to Main Market Square in the Old Town, one of the largest squares in Europe, and St. Mary’s Basilica, a church known for its Gothic architecture. As you walk, learn about how Krakow changed during the Austro-Hungarian Empire and World War II. Then, get hands-on with Krakow’s culinary scene with a cooking class – learn how to make Pierogi (Eastern European dumplings) and enjoy tucking into them after.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Banska Stiavnica - Make your way to central Slovakia today and stop in Banska Bystrica – a city with medieval origins. When you arrive, head out on a leader-led tour, where you might see the Main Square in the Old Town and the Church of St. Francis Xavier – an excellent example of Baroque architecture. Maybe learn about the city’s role in the Slovak National Uprising of 1944 in the square dedicated to it. Then, head to your Feature Stay accommodation for the night – Hotel Grand Viglas. Feel like royalty in this converted castle that offers modern amenities like a swimming pool and spa, as well as an upscale restaurant for dinner.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Banska Stiavnica - Check out the nearby town of Banska Stiavnica today, which sits in the middle of a caldera created by the collapse of an ancient volcano with the whole town declared a UNESCO World Heritage site. Start with a visit to the Slovak Mining Museum to see first-hand the role that mining precious metals has had in shaping this region and its communities. After, your leader will take you on a short but rewarding hike to Kalveria Church, which sits on a hill overlooking the city. You’ll start from the city centre and take a well-marked trail, with plenty of good views of the city. Finally, relax with a free evening back at your Feature Stay.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Budapest - Pack up and head for Budapest today, stopping at Holloko on the way. This village, tucked away in the Cserhat Mountains, is a well-preserved representation of Paloc culture – an ethnic subgroup in Hungary. You might feel as though you're stepping back in time as you walk around Holloko, where residents often wear traditional clothing, and crafts like pottery and weaving remain integral to village life. Walk around with a local guide and learn about these different traditional crafts at demonstrations – where you can even try on traditional clothing! Sample brandy and cheese pie (a local delicacy) then continue to Budapest for the evening.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Budapest - Get your bearings in Hungary’s capital today with an orientation walk with your leader. Many associate Budapest with its thermal bath culture, which is why it’s also known as the City of Spas. You can opt to visit the Szechenyi Baths – one of the largest and most famous thermal baths in Budapest, featuring several outdoor pools. Buda Castle is also a highlight, standing tall on the west side of the Danube River. Join your leader for the Buda Castle Walk – a well-loved route that allows you to see lots of historical parts of the city, like Chain Bridge, the bridge that connects Buda and Pest, and Matthias Church. After, refuel with a langos (a deep-fried flatbread, very popular in Budapest)!

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Belgrade - Drive to Serbia this morning and stop off at Subotica. Enjoy a guided tour of the border city, where you’ll spot notable Art Noveau architecture around the place, namely the City Hall and the Synagogue. Your leader can also explain how the Roman, Ottoman and Austro-Hungarian periods influenced the city. You’ll then drive to a local winery, where you’ll learn about the winemaking process in Serbia. Put your wine-tasting skills to the test by sampling various wines from their signature collection. After, continue to Belgrade, your last destination.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Belgrade - As Serbia’s capital, Belgrade has a rich history and your leader will touch on this today on an orientation walk. Located where the Danube River and the River Sava meet, this city has been a centre of power for various empires over the centuries. Once you know your way around the city, the day is yours to explore as you wish. Perhaps check out Knez Mihailova Street if you’re in the mood to shop, or head to Kalemegdan Fortress for good views of the rivers converging. Maybe visit the Nikola Tesla Museum, where you can learn all about how the engineer shaped technological advancement in the 20th century. Then, get together with your group for a traditional Serbian dinner – think cevapi (grilled sausages), sarma (cabbage rolls with minced meat) and prebranac (a bean stew).

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Belgrade - Enjoy a day at leisure in Belgrade. Perhaps check out the city’s many museums, or maybe get a caffeine fix with a Turkish coffee at a kafana. Since this is a combination trip, another welcome meeting will take place at your hotel at 6pm this evening to meet your new leader welcome any new travellers joining you for the next part of your adventure. After your meeting, head out for dinner at a local restaurant showcasing Serbia’s traditional cuisine.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Timisoara - This morning, travel by private vehicle to Timisoara, crossing the Serbia-Romania border. Timisoara is a park-filled city where an uprising of local people sparked the Romanian Revolution in 1989. This saw the fall of the country’s Communist regime – reflecting the broader political change seen across Eastern Europe at the time. On a guided walking tour, you’ll take in some of Timisoara’s most significant sights – including the grand and aptly named Victory, Liberty and Union Squares – and learn more about the city’s history.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Sibiu - Head to Sibiu after breakfast, stopping on the way to visit Sarmizegetusa Regia – the capital of the ancient Kingdom of Dacia. Romania’s answer to Stonehenge, Sarmizegetusa Regia was a centre of religious, military and political significance until it was invaded by the Romans in 102 AD. It is now a UNESCO World Heritage site and one of the oldest and most mysterious historical sites in Romania. After touring the site with a local guide, continue to Sibiu, where you’ll get acquainted with the cobbled streets and squares on a guided walking tour. Sibiu is known for its creative, bohemian atmosphere, rich history and architecture. Explore what remains of the city’s medieval walls and towers, cross the legend-shrouded Bridge of Lies and take in the grandeur of Brukenthal National Museum before a free evening.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Sibiu - This morning head to the outskirts of the city to explore ASTRA Village Museum. Set across 96 acres surrounding a sparkling lake, this open-air living museum seeks to preserve, showcase and celebrate Romanian folk culture and traditional ways of life. Wander the grounds to discover reconstructed old dwellings, windmills and workshops and learn how Romanian people of centuries past grew food, raised families and made a living. The afternoon is free to visit the Orthodox Cathedral or admire the slightly less imposing (but equally magnificent) Gothic Lutheran church. Alternatively, grab a covrigi (a tasty Romanian pretzel), wander the old town and snap photos of the colourful, Wes Anderson-style architecture.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Coltesti Village - Depart Sibiu and head to Alba lulia – one of the oldest cities in Romania. It is home to an 18th-century citadel with a history that dates to Roman times. Shaped like a seven-point star, the fortress features a collection of ornate gates and vantage points, as well as numerous museums and cafes. Wander the cobbled streets with an expert guide to hear more about what went on within these ancient walls over the last two millennia. Next, drive to the Trascau Mountains to reach Coltesti and check in to Szekler Mansion – your exclusive Feature Stay. This evening, sit down for a traditional meal which might feature hearty bowls of borsch or goulash, locally made cheese and sarmale (smoky, meat-filled cabbage rolls).

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Sighisoara - On your way to Sighisoara today, stop off at the Turda Salt Mine. This huge subterranean space was renovated and opened to the public in the early 1990s and resembles an alien planet or a Bond villain’s lair. Don’t forget to pack a sweatshirt – it gets chilly 119 m down! When you resurface, head to the nearby town Medias, where you can catch a glimpse of the Trumpeter Tower, a medieval structure with a distinctive tilt. Finish your journey in the UNESCO World Heritage site of Sighisoara – your home for the next two nights and the birthplace of Vlad the Impaler, the historical figure and inspiration behind Bram Stoker’s Dracula. Explore the colourful streets of Sighisoara’s old town on a guided walk and then enjoy a free evening.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Sighisoara - Start your day by visiting the UNESCO World Hertiage site Biertan, home to a 15th century fortified church perched high on a hill in the centre of town. Then, drive to Malancrav for lunch in a bucolic setting – the Saxon village was once owned by one family, the Apafis, and populated with German farmers. Maybe see the Apafi Mansion and the 14th-century church that features the oldest wall paintings in Transylvania. Head back to Sighisoara after your sightseeing and spend the rest of the day exploring as you wish.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Brasov - After breakfast, set off for Brasov, making a pit stop at Saschiz fortified church along the way. The Saschiz Fortified Church is a 15th-century Gothic-style Lutheran church renowned for its massive defensive walls and historic clock tower, built by the Saxons to serve both religious and protective purposes. Next, you'll visit Bran Castle – perhaps Romania’s most famous attraction, given its associations with the tale of Count Dracula. Vampire myths aside (it was never actually home to Vlad the Impaler or Bram Stoker), the forested surroundings and lofty location of this 14th-century castle is a great setting. This evening you’ll reach Brasov and have dinner together at a local restaurant.

     

    Day - 20

    Location: Brasov - Your tour of Romanian castles continues with Peles. Built in the late 19th century, the neo-Renaissance creation is even more extravagant on the inside than it is on the outside. Return to Brasov and, in the afternoon, join your leader for a walk, learning about the city’s most notable sights. You’ll see the remnants of the old medieval fortifications, the Black Church – damaged in the 1689 Great Fire but now restored – and the wedge-shaped Council Square, lined with historic buildings. Round the day off with the Romanian sweet treat of chimney cake (or kurtoskolacs as the locals call it).

     

    Day - 21

    Location: Bucharest - Today, you have a free morning in Brasov. Maybe seek out tiny String Street, which is 44 inches at its narrowest point or indulge in some Romanian sweet treats like papanasi (a sweet cream doughnut topped with blueberry jam). Depart the city and head for lunch in the Prahova Valley, where you’ll tour a local winery known for its sparkling rose in the mountain town of Azuga. Hit the road one last time, reaching Bucharest in the late afternoon.

     

    Day - 22

    Location: Bucharest - Your adventure comes to an end after breakfast. If you’d like to spend some more time in Bucharest, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time to organise additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Budapest - Szia! Welcome to Hungary. Since the collapse of communism, Budapest has experienced something of a renaissance. The grand architecture and boulevards evoke a time gone by, while glamorous stores and restaurants make this one of the truly great cities of Europe. You’ll have a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. After, you might like to head out to explore the city by night – the twinkling lights of the evening are an essential part of the Budapest experience. Maybe visit the Jewish Quarter for dinner and explore the many options for a celebratory nightcap.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Eger - This morning, take a train east to Eger. This beautifully preserved Baroque town is surrounded by hills and is home to some of the most renowned vineyards in Eastern Europe. Visit the wine cellars of the seductively named Valley of the Beautiful Women to sample some of the town's famous 'Bull's Blood' red wine (which supposedly gave the Hungarian army supernatural strength during their battle against the Ottoman Empire). In your free time, maybe explore Eger's 13th-century castle, which was the scene of the historic siege that thwarted the Ottoman Empire's advancement into Western Europe. Here, you can explore the Gothic Palace, a gallery of fine Hungarian art, and tour underground passageways of archaeological finds. You may also like to check out the town's 19th-century cathedral, the northernmost medieval minaret in Europe for views of the city, or the Minorite church in Dobo Square.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Maramures - This morning, travel to the pleasant town of Debrecen. While here, you'll have time to explore Deri Square with its fountains, colourful buildings, museums and golden Great Church. Continue by train and private vehicle across the central plains into the Maramures region of Romania – this region may be modernising, but among the traditional wooden houses, churches, music and forests, you can still find parts of life unchanged since medieval times. When you arrive, settle into your room at the pension – your accommodation for the night is run by a local family. Sit down for a homecooked dinner with your group and get to know the locals, their stories and their lifestyle.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Maramures - Today you’ll discover more about the region of Maramures (mah-ra-moo-resh). Rich in tradition and folklore, the music, costumes, festivals and ancient superstitions of one of the last peasant cultures in Europe continue to thrive here. Maramures is particularly famed for its wooden churches, many of which are World Heritage-listed. Set out on a guided group tour to explore the region, visiting the unique Merry Cemetery in Sapanta, where the life stories of the deceased are displayed on colourful wooden crosses. There are poems, limericks and little pictures illustrating how the person died, all single-handedly carved over 40 years by Stan Ioan Patraş, until 1977 when his apprentice took up the work. You’ll also see other traditional villages including the village museum in Sighetu – an assembly of beautiful local wooden architecture.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Sighisoara - This morning, get ready for a scenic drive to Sighisoara – while the name may conjure up images of haunted castles, gothic churches and vampires, this is only a small part of what makes Transylvania such an enchanting and exciting destination. Medieval Sighisoara is likely to seduce visitors more than any other place in Romania. Another UNESCO World Heritage Site, the town was first settled by the Romans but flourished under the Saxons from the 12th century. Take a walk around the old town, which coils up a narrow hill surrounded on all sides by fortified walls and explore the 64-metre-high clock tower that dominates the citadel. The town is famed as the birthplace of Vlad Dracul III, better known as Vlad the Impaler, whose name inspired Bram Stoker’s iconic Count Dracula. Vlad III is revered as a folk hero by Romanians for driving off the invading Ottoman Turks, of which his impaled victims are said to have included as many as 100,000. Tonight, maybe sit down for a traditional Romanian dinner at Casa Dracula.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Viscri - This morning, take a short drive to the village of Viscri – this small Transylvanian village was originally inhabited by Saxons from the Luxembourg area and the rural landscape is picture-perfect. This idyllic village of red tiled roofs is a UNESCO World Heritage Site, virtually unchanged for 900 years. You’ll visit the town's fortified church (thought to be the oldest in Transylvania).Time permitting, you may even like to go for a horse cart ride through the area, over pastures and through wondrous woods of oak and hornbeam. In the evening, indulge in a home-cooked dinner prepared by a local family, sampling fresh produce, homemade wines and schnapps. Tonight, stay in rustic houses that the locals rent out to visitors.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Brasov - This morning, you’ll visit the famed Bran Castle. Said to be the inspiration for the home of Bram Stoker's Dracula, the castle isn’t too spooky, but it is undeniably impressive. Perched on a high cliff top and surrounded by pine trees, you’ll explore the castle with your leader and group – this is the perfect photo op! After, travel to Brasov and enjoy free time to explore, checking out the ornate churches, townhouses and squares surrounded by gingerbread-roofed merchants' houses. For those looking for a bit of nightlife tonight, Brasov has plenty of funky bars and restaurants to enjoy once darkness falls.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Brasov - Today after breakfast, you will enjoy a full free day in Brasov. Also known by its German name of Kronstadt, the town is flanked by mountains and was once a major medieval trading centre. When you arrive, enjoy some free time to wander, take an optional activity or just find a good spot to eat and people-watch. The town's main attraction is the gothic Black Church (Biserica Neagra), which took its name from its blackened appearance after a fire in 1689. Maybe stroll along pedestrianised Strada Republicii, take a cable car up to Mt Tampa, or maybe explore the nearby Rasnov Fortress. The fortification is perched on a rocky hilltop above the town of Rasnov and was constructed by Teutonic Knights in the 13th century as a refuge for the common people from Tartar invaders.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Bucharest - Head south to Bucharest on the train today – the city is increasingly known for its cosmopolitan vibe and energy. While not the most beautiful or stylish city, there are some wonderful art nouveau buildings, ancient churches and monasteries, lush parklands, lakes and elegant boulevards. Romania's capital also likes big things – it’s home to one of Europe's biggest squares, and its Palace of Parliament is the second-largest building in the world! You'll embark on a guided walking tour around town to help you get your bearings, and then you have loads of free time to choose your own adventure. Explore some of the sights further or maybe seek out some traditional home-cooked Romanian food with your fellow travellers.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Bucharest - There are no activities planned for the final day, and you can depart the accommodation at any time. If you want to stay longer, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Budapest - Szia! Welcome to Budapest, Hungary's intoxicating capital. Make your own way to the hotel, where your trip begins with a 6 pm welcome meeting. There are no planned activities for today, but if you arrive early, there is plenty to do and see. This historic city, complete with hilltop castle overlooking the Danube, is beautiful any time of the year, but it becomes even more magical at Christmas time when it's draped in lights and dusted with snow. Perhaps get a first impression of the city on an afternoon stroll, taking in its charming mix of Roman, Gothic and Turkish architecture, or head to Fishermen’s Bastion – a white-stoned, seven-towered structure that looks straight from a fairy tale – for the best view of Budapest. After your important evening meeting, perhaps head out with your new travel buddies and tour leader for dinner, then take a night walk along the Danube River to see the surrounding buildings and bridges lit up in lights. Not to be missed are Budapest's funky 'ruin pubs'.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Budapest - Get acquainted with Budapest on a morning orientation walk with your tour leader, finishing with a visit to the Budapest Christmas Fair at Vorosmarty Square. Not only is this the oldest and biggest Christmas market in Budapest, it is frequently cited as one of the most beautiful Christmas markets in the world. Discover why as you browse wooden stalls selling local handcrafts, as your senses are treated to wafts of fresh Hungarian pastries (like chimney cakes and home-made strudel), dodolle (potato dumplings), grilled sausage, paprika-infused goulash and other various street foods fill the air. Don’t miss sampling a freshly baked chimney cake (Kurtoskalacs) or dough shaped as a cone, covered in sugar and cinnamon. Enjoy an included food tasting and a warming glass of mulled wine in the market. Afterwards, you have a free afternoon to further explore on your own. You might want to check out some of the smaller markets scattered around the city – head to Deak Ferenc Steet (frequently called Fashion Street), Varoshaza Park, St. Stephen’s Basilica, Erzsebet Square and Gozsdu Udvar to find just a few – or jump on a tram and make your way to City Park for outdoor ice skating in front on the gorgeous Vajdahunyad Castle. Follow this is a warm soak in the Budapest baths. Keep the Christmas spirit going in the evening, taking in festival music at one of the many venues in town.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Graz - Travel by train to Graz (about 6 hours). Austria’s second largest city has no less than 14 Christmas markets open over the holiday season. Start off with a visit to the main one at Hauptplatz square in front of the town hall. Find vendors selling a mix of traditional Austrian handicrafts and culinary treats, a towering Christmas tree decked in lights and a carousel for the young at heart.After take a spectacular funicular ride up to The Schlosberg Castle for a visit and to experience some high-altitude Christmas Markets that are right inside. On your way down you can choose to either go on food, via the WW2 tunnel or as an optional activity, should you feel more adventurous, via the tallest indoor slide in the world. The slide is 64m tall and more than 170m long. In the evening, an advent calendar is projected on the town hall to great effect. Afterwards, enjoy free time to explore a few more of the markets scattered around town; all 14 are within easy walking distance. 

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Ljubljana - Travel by train to Slovenia’s capital, Ljubljana (about 3.5 hours). Set amongst grand lakes and mountains, Slovenia’s picturesque towns offer an idyllic backdrop at any time of year. But in winter, the spectacular scenery becomes even more captivating with a dusting of snow and frost-covered trees. Upon arrival, set out to explore the town with your leader and visit the main Christmas market on the banks of Ljubljanica river. Perhaps head out to Metelkova Mesto in the evening to experience the local nightlife.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Bled / Ljubljana - Today you’ll take a one-hour bus ride to the lakeside town of Bled. Gifted with immense natural beauty, Bled ranks among the most beautiful alpine resorts in the world; its fairy tale-like scenery – which includes an 11th-century cliff-top castle, a stunning lake and a picturesque island topped with a church – is a dream to explore. Depending on the weather, you can choose to visit Bled Castle, join your leader on a 6-kilometre/4-mile walk around the lake or climb to Ojstrica viewpoint for some amazing vistas. Warm up with coffee or hot chocolate and a slice of kremsnita (Bled’s famous cream cake) before taking the public bus back to Ljubljana.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Zagreb - Travel to Zagreb this morning (about 2.5 hours by train). Nestled below Mt Medvednica, Croatia’s thriving capital is an exciting winter destination. A month-long Advent festival transforms the city into an illuminated winter wonderland, complete with acres of fairy-lights, huge Christmas trees, nativity scenes, temporary ice rinks, mulled wine stalls and igloo-shaped rakija (a potent local drop) bars. The Christmas market here is considered among the best in Europe. Head out on an evening walking tour to see the city in full Christmas splendour. A local guide will provide an insight into Croatian Christmas tradition, such as why Croatian’s used to keep their turkeys out on their balconies before Christmas dinner.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Mt Medvednica / Zagreb - Take in the panoramic view of Zagreb on the cable car ride to Sljeme, the summit of Medvednica mountain. If you weren’t fortunate enough to see snow at previous destinations on this trip, you’ll likely get the chance to experience a true winter wonderland here in the mountains, which always see a fair bit of snow during the winter. Savour the snow-covered sights on a short walk with your tour leader, before enjoying a traditional Croatian lunch. Feast on local specialties like soup, meat stew or sarma (cabbage rolls stuffed with meat), then return to Zagreb for your final night.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Zagreb - Your festive adventure come to an end after breakfast. There are no planned activities for today.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Budapest - Szia! Welcome to Hungary. Since the collapse of communism, Budapest has experienced something of a renaissance. The grand architecture and boulevards evoke a time gone by, while glamorous stores and restaurants make this one of the truly great cities of Europe. You’ll have a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. After, you might like to head out to explore the city by night – the twinkling lights of the evening are an essential part of the Budapest experience. Maybe visit the Jewish Quarter for dinner and explore the many options for a celebratory nightcap.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Eger - This morning, take a train east to Eger. This beautifully preserved Baroque town is surrounded by hills and is home to some of the most renowned vineyards in Eastern Europe. Visit the wine cellars of the seductively named Valley of the Beautiful Women to sample some of the town's famous 'Bull's Blood' red wine (which supposedly gave the Hungarian army supernatural strength during their battle against the Ottoman Empire). In your free time, maybe explore Eger's 13th-century castle, which was the scene of the historic siege that thwarted the Ottoman Empire's advancement into Western Europe. Here, you can explore the Gothic Palace, a gallery of fine Hungarian art, and tour underground passageways of archaeological finds. You may also like to check out the town's 19th-century cathedral, the northernmost medieval minaret in Europe for views of the city, or the Minorite church in Dobo Square.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Maramures - This morning, travel to the pleasant town of Debrecen. While here, you'll have time to explore Deri Square with its fountains, colourful buildings, museums and golden Great Church. Continue by train and private vehicle across the central plains into the Maramures region of Romania – this region may be modernising, but among the traditional wooden houses, churches, music and forests, you can still find parts of life unchanged since medieval times. When you arrive, settle into your room at the pension – your accommodation for the night is run by a local family. Sit down for a homecooked dinner with your group and get to know the locals, their stories and their lifestyle.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Maramures - Today you’ll discover more about the region of Maramures (mah-ra-moo-resh). Rich in tradition and folklore, the music, costumes, festivals and ancient superstitions of one of the last peasant cultures in Europe continue to thrive here. Maramures is particularly famed for its wooden churches, many of which are World Heritage-listed. Set out on a guided group tour to explore the region, visiting the unique Merry Cemetery in Sapanta, where the life stories of the deceased are displayed on colourful wooden crosses. There are poems, limericks and little pictures illustrating how the person died, all single-handedly carved over 40 years by Stan Ioan Patraş, until 1977 when his apprentice took up the work. You’ll also see other traditional villages including the village museum in Sighetu – an assembly of beautiful local wooden architecture.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Sighisoara - This morning, get ready for a scenic drive to Sighisoara – while the name may conjure up images of haunted castles, gothic churches and vampires, this is only a small part of what makes Transylvania such an enchanting and exciting destination. Medieval Sighisoara is likely to seduce visitors more than any other place in Romania. Another UNESCO World Heritage Site, the town was first settled by the Romans but flourished under the Saxons from the 12th century. Take a walk around the old town, which coils up a narrow hill surrounded on all sides by fortified walls and explore the 64-metre-high clock tower that dominates the citadel. The town is famed as the birthplace of Vlad Dracul III, better known as Vlad the Impaler, whose name inspired Bram Stoker’s iconic Count Dracula. Vlad III is revered as a folk hero by Romanians for driving off the invading Ottoman Turks, of which his impaled victims are said to have included as many as 100,000. Tonight, maybe sit down for a traditional Romanian dinner at Casa Dracula.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Viscri - This morning, take a short drive to the village of Viscri – this small Transylvanian village was originally inhabited by Saxons from the Luxembourg area and the rural landscape is picture-perfect. This idyllic village of red tiled roofs is a UNESCO World Heritage Site, virtually unchanged for 900 years. You’ll visit the town's fortified church (thought to be the oldest in Transylvania) and learn about the Sock Project, which supports the local Roma community. Time permitting, you may even like to go for a horse cart ride through the area, over pastures and through wondrous woods of oak and hornbeam. In the evening, indulge in a home-cooked dinner prepared by a local family, sampling fresh produce, homemade wines and schnapps. Tonight, stay in rustic houses that the locals rent out to visitors.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Brasov - This morning, you’ll visit the famed Bran Castle. Said to be the inspiration for the home of Bram Stoker's Dracula, the castle isn’t too spooky, but it is undeniably impressive. Perched on a high cliff top and surrounded by pine trees, you’ll explore the castle with your leader and group – this is the perfect photo op! After, travel to Brasov and enjoy free time to explore, checking out the ornate churches, townhouses and squares surrounded by gingerbread-roofed merchants' houses. For those looking for a bit of nightlife tonight, Brasov has plenty of funky bars and restaurants to enjoy once darkness falls.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Brasov - Today after breakfast, you will enjoy a full free day in Brasov. Also known by its German name of Kronstadt, the town is flanked by mountains and was once a major medieval trading centre. When you arrive, enjoy some free time to wander, take an optional activity or just find a good spot to eat and people-watch. The town's main attraction is the gothic Black Church (Biserica Neagra), which took its name from its blackened appearance after a fire in 1689. Maybe stroll along pedestrianised Strada Republicii, take a cable car up to Mt Tampa, or maybe explore the nearby Rasnov Fortress. The fortification is perched on a rocky hilltop above the town of Rasnov and was constructed by Teutonic Knights in the 13th century as a refuge for the common people from Tartar invaders.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Bucharest - Head south to Bucharest on the train today – the city is increasingly known for its cosmopolitan vibe and energy. While not the most beautiful or stylish city, there are some wonderful art nouveau buildings, ancient churches and monasteries, lush parklands, lakes and elegant boulevards. Romania's capital also likes big things – it’s home to one of Europe's biggest squares, and its Palace of Parliament is the second-largest building in the world! You'll embark on a guided walking tour around town to help you get your bearings, and then you have loads of free time to choose your own adventure. Explore some of the sights further or maybe seek out some traditional home-cooked Romanian food with your fellow travellers.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Bucharest - Today is a free day to explore Bucharest. Perhaps visit the grand concert hall of the Romanian Athenaeum, or take a walk around the city's National Museum of Art or the Museum of the Romanian Peasant. Another great way to see the city is by bicycle, perhaps exploring some of the city’s neighbourhoods for a glimpse into the daily lives of Bucharest’s residents.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Veliko Tarnovo - Travel across the friendship bridge into Bulgaria and on to the town of Veliko Tarnovo – founded in 4500 BC by the Neolithic people, the Romans later built the first fortress walls. In the 6th century, a Byzantine capital was established on Tsarevets Hill by Emperor Justinian. After the foundation of the second Bulgarian empire, it became the second most important city in the region (after Constantinople) and trade and culture flourished for the next 200 years. In 1393, the town fell to the Turks who held the city until the Russians liberated it in 1877. When you arrive, head out with your leader for an orientation walk, finishing in the Old Town at a family-owned establishment. Here, a local chef will invite you to an authentic and interactive experience that will showcase the rich history of Bulgarian cheese and wine making. The menu includes tasty items such as truffle cheese, cold cuts and locally produced premium wine – what could be a better introduction to the country?

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Veliko Tarnovo - This morning, visit Veliko Tarnovo's imposing Tsarevets Fortress, which overlooks the city. This once-magnificent fortress was built in the 7th century and the ruined citadel is the perfect spot to wander. The rest of the day is free for you to explore the City of Tsars. Wander through the Old Quarter, with its preserved Renaissance houses and handicraft workshops, or relax in one of the town's cafes or vinarnas (wine bars)

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Sofia - In the morning, take a public bus to Sofia – Bulgaria's capital is a cosmopolitan city with wide tree-lined boulevards and parks. You've got the rest of the day to wander, so maybe begin with a browse around the cured meats and cheese of the Central Market Hall, then take a walk through the city and see the gold-domed Alexander Nevski Church. You might want to sate your cultural curiosity at the National History Museum, discover artefacts at the National Archaeological Museum, or spend a couple of hours staring at the local artworks in the National Art Gallery.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Bansko - Today, journey into the Rila Mountains, where you'll visit the impressive Rila Monastery. Tucked away in a valley, this UNESCO World Heritage site is the largest and holiest of Bulgaria's orthodox monasteries. Founded in 927, the entire complex is a work of art in itself. Check out murals, the 14th-century Hrelyo Tower, the five-domed Birth of the Blessed Virgin Church and the original 19th-century monastery kitchen. Then, carry on to Bansko. Set at the base of the Pirin Mountains, Bansko is home to more than 150 cultural monuments and many of its stone houses have been transformed into mehanes (taverns). Wander through Vazrazhdane and check out the frescoes of the Church of Sveta Troitsa or the paintings in the Rilski Convent. Tonight, indulge in some local cuisine and try filet elena (spicy cured meat) or kapama (simmered meat, rice and sauerkraut), washing it down with some delicious melnik (dark red wine).

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Plovdiv - Drive to Vihren Chalet – the starting point of today’s hike in the Pirin Mountains. You’ll head to a small but picturesque Okoto Lake (2000 m above the sea level) for clear views over the valley with Mt Vihren, the range's highest peak, to the west. If you’re feeling up to it, you can continue to Banderitsko Lake, or opt to stay in Bansko and visit the thermal baths. In the afternoon, board the only operational gauge line in Bulgaria – Rhodope Railway – to Septemvri. After the scenic ride, you’ll continue to Plovdiv – on the Maritsa River, this city was once the meeting point of two ancient transportation routes. In the evening, maybe try some of the local grilled meats and vegetables on skewers.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Plovdiv - This morning, join a local guide for a tour of the main sights of Plovdiv. The most remarkable being the ancient Roman theatre, accidentally ‘discovered’ after a landslide exposed the site in the early 1970s. Built in the 2nd century BC during the reign of Trajanus, the theatre seats about 6000 people and is now back in use! From here, wander up to the site of the former hilltop fortress of Nebet Tepe, where you can enjoy excellent views of the city. Head back down to visit the 15th-century Dzhumaya Mosque, which is still in use today. Then, enjoy a free afternoon to explore the city at your own pace.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Istanbul - Get ready for a long day of travel today that takes you from Europe to Asia. Grab a window seat if you can and watch the scenery pass you by or get stuck into a good book. You'll be travelling how the locals do – on a bus along the Tsarigrad Road, also named the Road to Istanbul. When you arrive in the continent-straddling metropolis that the Greeks, Romans, Byzantines and Ottomans have called home, you'll have some free time to settle in. Tonight, maybe join your new friends for an optional dinner and bask in the beauty of a real Turkish kebab (yum!).

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Istanbul - With no further activities planned, your adventure officially comes to an end. If you would like to extend your stay in Istanbul, and it’s recommended that you do, just get in touch with your booking agent to book additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Cluj Napoca - Buna Ziua! Welcome to Cluj Napoca – the unofficial capital of Romania’s Transylvania region. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight to meet your trip leader and fellow travellers. If you arrive early, you might like to explore this 2000-year-old city on foot or hit up the famous Piezisa Street for a drink.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Turda Salt Mines / Cluj Napoca - This morning, visit the Turda Salt Mines – a former salt mine converted into an underground amusement park. Maybe hire a rowboat, go bowling or visit the museum showcasing salt mining in the region – the options are endless! Salt is thought to be a protective tool against all sorts of evil beings and legend has it that if you pour an unbroken line of salt across the entranceway to your house, vampires and demons won’t be able to get in. After your salt mine visit, return to Cluj for a city tour with a local guide. The remainder of the day is yours to explore at your own pace.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Cluj Napoca - Today, you’ll head out for a daytrip to the Hoia Forest – a famous haunted forest with reports of ghost stories, apparitions, faces identified in photos and UFO sightings. Over the years, locals and tourists report anxiety and the feeling of being watched in this forest and the local vegetation features strangely shaped trees and charring on tree stumps and branches. The forest became famous in the late 1960s when a military technician took photos of a UFO above Poiana Rotunda (Round Meadow). If you’re lucky, the forest may even be covered in mist! After a short transfer from your hotel, you’ll meet with a local guide for a 4-hour hike within the forest, along gentle hills and valleys. Listen to the legends and visit the Round Meadow where the first UFO was sighted. After, head back to your hotel for a free afternoon.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Sighisoara - Travel by train through pastoral fields and untouched Saxon towns to the 12th-century town of Sighisoara. Medieval Sighisoara is likely to seduce visitors more than any other place in Romania. The town is famed as the birthplace of Vlad Dracul III, better known as Vlad the Impaler, the ruler of Walachia province from 1456 to 1462 and whose name was the inspiration for Bram Stoker’s iconic Count Dracula. Walking through the town is like taking a trip back in time to the medieval age, and it’s easy to image streets crowded with vampires, evil counts, wolves, peasants riding through the untamed countryside on horse-drawn carts and crooked old men doddering along the narrow streets. Head out with your leader for a quick orientation walk, then spend the rest of your day exploring in your own time.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Viscri - After a free morning in Sighisoara, you’ll travel to Viscri – this small Transylvanian village was originally inhabited by Saxons from the Luxembourg area, and the whole scene is picture-postcard rural. This idyllic village of red tiled roofs is also a UNESCO World Heritage site, virtually unchanged for 900 years. After a home cooked lunch at the house of a local family, you’ll visit the town's fortified church (thought to be the oldest in Transylvania). Continue to the 13th-century city of Brasov in the afternoon. Also known by its German name of Kronstadt, this town flanked by mountains and city walls was once a major medieval trading centre.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Bran Castle/Brasov - No trip to Romania would be complete without a visit to the famous Bran Castle. The castle was built by the Saxons in 1382 to defend the Bran pass against the invading Turks. With its fairy-tale turrets and whitewashed walls, it's far from menacing and spooky, but is undeniably impressive, sitting on a high cliff top and surrounded by pine trees. After, return to Brasov for a guided walk around town, checking out the ornate churches, townhouses, old city walls and squares surrounded by gingerbread-roofed merchants' houses. Visit Brasov's main attraction – the gothic Black Church (Biserica Neagra), which took its name from its blackened appearance after a fire in 1689.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Bucharest - This morning, travel by train to Bucharest. Often called the 'Little Paris of the Balkans', Romania's capital is known for its Belle Epoch architecture, thumping nightlife and communist sites. Meet your local guide for a private tour of the city, starting with the recently restored Old Town of Bucharest, then some of the more significant sites of the revolution of 1989, which culminated in the ousting and execution of communist leader Ceausescu. Visit the huge Piata Unirii – one of Europe's largest squares – and the Ceausima – Bucharest's 12-storey Palace of Parliament. The palace is the second largest building in the world, after the Pentagon. The former dictator ordered the construction of this monster, a building of staggering scale and opulence that includes 1100 rooms and 4500 chandeliers.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Bucharest - With no further activities planned, your trip ends today and you can depart your accommodation at any time. If you want to stay longer in Bucharest, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time to organise additional accommodation. If you have some extra time, why not take one of the daytrips offered by Urban Adventures. Check out urbanadventures.com for more information.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Bucharest - Salut! Welcome to Romania. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm in Bucharest – home to one of Europe's biggest squares and the Palace of Parliament, the second largest building in the world. If you arrive early, maybe take a tour of the palace (former dictator Nicolae Ceausescu ordered the construction of this 12-storied building or visit his former residence where he lived with his family). Consider an Urban Adventures daytrip, like the Bohemian Bucharest tour, for the perfect city introduction. After your meeting, maybe seek out some traditional Romanian fare with the group.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Veliko Tarnovo - Travel across the Friendship Bridge into Bulgaria and on to the town of Veliko Tarnovo – founded in 4500 BC by the Neolithic people, the Romans later built the first fortress walls. In the 6th century, a Byzantine capital was established on Tsarevets Hill by Emperor Justinian. After the foundation of the second Bulgarian empire, it became the second most important city in the region (after Constantinople) and trade and culture flourished for the next 200 years. In 1393, the town fell to the Turks who held the city until the Russians liberated it in 1877. When you arrive, head out with your leader for an orientation walk, finishing in the Old Town at a family-owned establishment. Here, a local chef will invite you to an authentic and interactive experience that will showcase the rich history of Bulgarian cheese and wine making. The menu includes tasty items such as truffle cheese, cold cuts and locally produced premium wine – what could be a better introduction?

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Veliko Tarnovo - This morning, visit Veliko Tarnovo's imposing Tsarevets Fortress, which overlooks the city. This once-magnificent fortress was built in the 7th century, and the ruined citadel is the perfect spot to wander. The rest of the day is free for you to explore the City of Tsars. Maybe wander through the Old Quarter, with its preserved Renaissance houses and handicraft workshops or relax in one of the town's cafes or vinarnas (wine bars).

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Sofia - In the morning, hop on a transfer to Sofia – Bulgaria's capital is a cosmopolitan city with wide tree-lined boulevards and parks. Along the way, stop at Kazanlak Valley, also known as the Valley of Roses. This valley is famous for the growing of the Damascena rose, which is used to produce rose oil – a key ingredient in the perfume industry. After, wander through Etno Village – an open-air museum showcasing Bulgarian culture and crafts from the 18th and 19th centuries. From here, visit the Family Rose Distillery and learn about the distillation process and history of rose oil production. Your last stop is at Thracian Tombs – a UNESCO World Heritage site, known for its well-preserved murals from the Hellenistic period, depicting burial rituals and Thracian culture. Later, continue to Sofia, where you’ll spend the next two nights.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Sofia - Today is a free day for you to explore at your own pace. Maybe browse around the cured meats and cheese at the Central Market Hall, then walk through the city and see the gold-domed Alexander Nevski Church. This afternoon, maybe sate your cultural curiosity at the National History Museum, discover artefacts at the National Archaeological Museum or spend a couple of hours staring at the local artworks in the National Art Gallery.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Bansko - Today, journey into the Rila Mountains, where you'll visit the Rila Monastery. Tucked away in a valley, this UNESCO World Heritage site is the largest and holiest of Bulgaria's orthodox monasteries. Founded in 927, the entire complex is a work of art in itself. Check out murals, the 14th-century Hrelyo Tower, the five-domed Birth of the Blessed Virgin Church and the original 19th-century monastery kitchen. Then, carry on to Bansko. Set at the base of the Pirin Mountains, Bansko is home to more than 150 cultural monuments and many of its stone houses have been transformed into mehanes (taverns). Wander through Vazrazhdane and check out the frescoes of the Church of Sveta Troitsa or the paintings in the Rilski Convent. Tonight, indulge in some local cuisine and try filet elena (spicy cured meat) or kapama (simmered meat, rice and sauerkraut), washing it down with some delicious melnik (dark red wine).

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Plovdiv - Drive to Vihren Chalet – the starting point of today’s hike in the Pirin Mountains. You’ll head to the small but picturesque Okoto Lake for panoramic views over the valley – you might even be able to see the range’s highest peak, Mt Vihren. From here, maybe continue to Banderitsko Lake or opt to stay in Bansko and visit the thermal baths. This afternoon, board the only operational gauge line in Bulgaria – Rhodope Railway. After the scenic ride, you’ll continue to Plovdiv – on the Maritsa River, this city was once the meeting point of two ancient transportation routes. In the evening, maybe wander the bustling city streets and try some of the local grilled meats and vegetables on skewers.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Plovdiv - This morning, join a local guide for a tour of the main sights of Plovdiv. The most remarkable being the ancient Roman theatre, accidentally discovered after a landslide exposed the site in the early 1970s. Built in the 2nd century BC during the reign of Trajanus, the theatre seats about 6000 people and is now back in use! From here, wander up to the site of the former hilltop fortress of Nebet Tepe, where you can enjoy excellent views of the city. Head back down to visit the 15th-century Dzhumaya Mosque, which is still in use today. Then, enjoy a free afternoon to explore the city at your own pace – maybe explore the street art and cafes of the Kapana Creative District or learn about Bulgarian culture and traditions at the Ethnographic Museum.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Istanbul - Get ready for a long day of travel today that takes you from Europe to Asia. Grab a window seat if you can and watch the scenery pass you by or get stuck into a good book. You'll be travelling how the locals do – on a bus along the Tsarigrad Road, also named the Road to Istanbul. When you arrive in the continent-straddling metropolis that the Greeks, Romans, Byzantines and Ottomans have called home, you'll have some free time to settle in. Tonight, maybe head out for dinner with your group and indulge in a real Turkish kebab (yum!)

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Istanbul - With no further activities planned, your adventure officially comes to an end. If you would like to extend your stay in Istanbul, and it’s recommended that you do, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Bucharest - Salut! Welcome to Romania. Your adventure begins in Bucharest – home to one of Europe's biggest squares and the Palace of Parliament, the second largest building in the world. If you arrive early, maybe take a tour of the palace (former dictator Nicolae Ceausescu ordered the construction of this 12-storied building and it includes 1100 rooms and 4500 chandeliers), or visit his former residence where he lived with his family. Consider an Urban Adventures day tour, like the Bohemian Bucharest tour, for the perfect city introduction. Later, you’ll have a welcome meeting at about 6 pm. Then, why not seek out some traditional Romanian fare with the group.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Veliko Tarnovo - Travel across the friendship bridge into Bulgaria and on to the town of Veliko Tarnovo – founded in 4500 BC by the Neolithic people, the Romans later built the first fortress walls. In the 6th century, a Byzantine capital was established on Tsarevets Hill by Emperor Justinian. After the foundation of the second Bulgarian empire, it became the second most important city in the region (after Constantinople) and trade and culture flourished for the next 200 years. In 1393, the town fell to the Turks who held the city until the Russians liberated it in 1877. When you arrive, head out with your leader for an orientation walk, finishing in the Old Town at a family-owned establishment. Here, a local chef will invite you to an authentic and interactive experience that will showcase the rich history of Bulgarian cheese and wine making. The menu includes tasty items such as truffle cheese, cold cuts and locally produced premium wine – what could be a better introduction to the country?

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Veliko Tarnovo - This morning, visit Veliko Tarnovo's imposing Tsarevets Fortress, which overlooks the city. This once-magnificent fortress was built in the 7th century and the ruined citadel is the perfect spot to wander. The rest of the day is free for you to explore the City of Tsars. Wander through the Old Quarter, with its preserved Renaissance houses and handicraft workshops, or relax in one of the town's cafes or vinarnas (wine bars)

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Sofia - In the morning, take a public bus to Sofia – Bulgaria's capital is a cosmopolitan city with wide tree-lined boulevards and parks. You've got the rest of the day to wander, so maybe begin with a browse around the cured meats and cheese of the Central Market Hall, then take a walk through the city and see the gold-domed Alexander Nevski Church. You might want to sate your cultural curiosity at the National History Museum, discover artefacts at the National Archaeological Museum, or spend a couple of hours staring at the local artworks in the National Art Gallery.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Bansko - Today, journey into the Rila Mountains, where you'll visit the impressive Rila Monastery. Tucked away in a valley, this UNESCO World Heritage site is the largest and holiest of Bulgaria's orthodox monasteries. Founded in 927, the entire complex is a work of art in itself. Check out murals, the 14th-century Hrelyo Tower, the five-domed Birth of the Blessed Virgin Church and the original 19th-century monastery kitchen. Then, carry on to Bansko. Set at the base of the Pirin Mountains, Bansko is home to more than 150 cultural monuments and many of its stone houses have been transformed into mehanes (taverns). Wander through Vazrazhdane and check out the frescoes of the Church of Sveta Troitsa or the paintings in the Rilski Convent. Tonight, indulge in some local cuisine and try filet elena (spicy cured meat) or kapama (simmered meat, rice and sauerkraut), washing it down with some delicious melnik (dark red wine).

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Plovdiv - Drive to Vihren Chalet – the starting point of today’s hike in the Pirin Mountains. You’ll head to a small but picturesque Okoto Lake (2000 m above the sea level) for clear views over the valley with Mt Vihren, the range's highest peak, to the west. If you’re feeling up to it, you can continue to Banderitsko Lake, or opt to stay in Bansko and visit the thermal baths. In the afternoon, board the only operational gauge line in Bulgaria – Rhodope Railway – to Septemvri. After the scenic ride, you’ll continue to Plovdiv – on the Maritsa River, this city was once the meeting point of two ancient transportation routes. In the evening, maybe try some of the local grilled meats and vegetables on skewers.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Plovdiv - This morning, join a local guide for a tour of the main sights of Plovdiv. The most remarkable being the ancient Roman theatre, accidentally ‘discovered’ after a landslide exposed the site in the early 1970s. Built in the 2nd century BC during the reign of Trajanus, the theatre seats about 6000 people and is now back in use! From here, wander up to the site of the former hilltop fortress of Nebet Tepe, where you can enjoy excellent views of the city. Head back down to visit the 15th-century Dzhumaya Mosque, which is still in use today. Then, enjoy a free afternoon to explore the city at your own pace.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Istanbul - Get ready for a long day of travel today that takes you from Europe to Asia. Grab a window seat if you can and watch the scenery pass you by or get stuck into a good book. You'll be travelling how the locals do – on a bus along the Tsarigrad Road, also named the Road to Istanbul. When you arrive in the continent-straddling metropolis that the Greeks, Romans, Byzantines and Ottomans have called home, you'll have some free time to settle in. Tonight, maybe join your new friends for an optional dinner and bask in the beauty of a real Turkish kebab (yum!).

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Istanbul - Enjoy a free morning until your group meeting at 1 pm, followed by a guided tour of the Old City with your expert leader. Visit the scene of many a chariot race in the ancient hippodrome, check out the Blue Mosque, take a walk past the wares of the Grand Bazaar and marvel at the architectural masterpiece that is Suleymaniye Cami. If you're not too exhausted after all the exploring, join your new friends for dinner and bask in the beauty of a real Turkish kebab. While you might be familiar with the shaved meats and pita bread sensation that you may have come across at 2 am, nothing beats the kind they wrap up in Istanbul.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Canakkale - After breakfast this morning, hit the road enroute to Canakkale – a port city on the southern shore of the Dardanelles. You’ll stop along the way to explore Gallipoli on a guided tour that will teach you about the significant events and history embedded in this area. Your guide will take you to ANZAC Cove and major memorial sites like Brighton Beach and ANZAC commemorative Site. You’ll also take in the views across the Dardanelles Strait and the Gallipoli Peninsula. This evening, we’ll spend the night in Canakkale with free time to grab dinner and get ready for tomorrow’s adventures.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Selcuk - This morning, we’ll drive to Selcuk with a stop in Troy – where history and mythology sit side-by-side – along the way. You’ll wander the ancient city walls with your group leader and even get a chance to enjoy a photo op with a replica Trojan Horse. You’ll learn more about how this place has confounded historians and archaeologists alike before continuing on to Selcuk. After arrival in the town, on the slopes of Ayasoluk Hill lie several historical buildings – you’ll follow your leader on an orientation walk, passing Isa Bey Mosque and the imposing Byzantine citadel of the Grand Fortress.Then drive out to the nearby picturesque village of Sirince and taste some locally produced fruit wines. This authentic Greek Ottoman village seems to have been overlooked by modern development and the unique local architecture nestled in the hills make for a photographer's dream. Return to Selcuk and the evening is yours.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Ephesus/Overnight Train - This morning, take a private minivan to visit the ruins of the ancient city of Ephesus – one of the best-preserved Greco-Roman classical cities in the world. Once the capital city of Roman Asia Minor, the city has a fascinating history, which really comes alive with a local guide to enhance your experience. Considering their age, the ruins are in incredible shape, and it’s not difficult to imagine them in their full glory over 2000 years ago, equipped with running water, public toilets, a medical institute, and Roman baths. The theatre is well preserved and regularly hosts concerts, but it's perhaps the magnificent library that is the most striking. Then enjoy a lunch after the tour and don't miss out the chance of peeking into their kitchen where the local ladies make the delicious gozleme. You'll some free time later before being transferred to Izmir in the early evening - an overnight train, will be waiting to transport you through the night to the central Anatolian city of Konya.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Konya / Cappadocia - Wake up in Konya, a traditional Turkish city that's closely linked with the whirling dervish sect of Islam developed in the 13th century by Celaleddin Rumi, considered one of Islam's greatest Sufi mystics. Visit the Mevlana Museum and stretch your legs in town before hitting the road to Cappadocia. Keep an eye out for the fairy chimneys, the hallmarks of Cappadocia's otherworldly landscape, as you drive across the Anatolian plains. Stop enroute at one of the underground cities that once provided a safe haven in times of war or persecution. Arrive in the Cappadocian town of Ugrup in the late afternoon and take a sunset valley walk before settling in for the evening. This evening, you'll be treated to a stay in a local cave hotel that Cappadocia is famous for here.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Cappadocia - This morning you have the option to take a hot air balloon flight, a once-in-a-lifetime experience during which the sun illuminates a skyline dotted with balloons. Later this morning, enjoy a guided walk through one of the nearby valleys, possibly the Valley of Love, which features fairy chimneys, deserted rock-cut homes and churches. Your leader will know a number of fantastic scenic routes, and a good walk is by far the best way to experience this unique environment. In your free time today, maybe visit the UNESCO-listed Goreme Open Air Museum, a monastic complex composed of churches, rectories and dwellings cut into the soft cliff face, or check out the Dark Church. This evening you’ll be warmly welcomed into a local home where the family will prepare a special home-cooked dinner for you and your group. Sit down to a feast made with passion, enjoy a friendly chat with your affable host and perhaps top off the night with some Turkish delight.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Cappadocia to Istanbul - Wave goodbye to Cappadocia and transfer to the airport for a flight back to Istanbul (expect to arrive between 1 pm and 4 pm), and get transferred to your hotel. Meet up with your travel buds in the evening and take a stroll to one of the city's trendiest neighbourhoods, a place of contradictions where tool-selling tradesman share space with chic cafes and galleries – this is the place to be seen. Perhaps, try a local favourite, balik ekmek (fish sandwich), for dinner, then cleanse the palate with a baklava. Maybe check out a few of the bars, or simply enjoy a farewell cay (Turkish tea) overlooking the Bosphorus.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Istanbul - Your Turkey adventure comes to an end after breakfast today, and there are no activities planned. However, if you'd like to spend more time in Istanbul, we’re happy to organise additional accommodation (subject to availability).

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Budapest - Szia! Welcome to Hungary. You'll meet your leader and other members of your group this evening at a welcome meeting at 6 pm. If you arrive early, maybe stroll along the Danube River to get a feel for Budapest – the capital city with a contrast of old and new. After the meeting, you might like to head out for an optional group dinner and try some local favourites like hortobagyi crepes (a stew and sour cream crepe) and matrai borzaska (deep fried pork and potato).

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Budapest - Today is a full free day to explore Budapest. See the intricate carvings on the local architecture, cross the Chain Bridge to explore the Castle District or walk through winding streets, snacking on local delicacies. Budapest is a great city to enjoy from the water, so maybe take a boat trip along the river or catch a funicular up to the castle for spectacular views of the Parliament Building. Hiring a bicycle is another great way to move between the sights. Perhaps round off your day with a drink in the ruin bars, where the night comes to life.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Kopački rit NP - Head for Kopacki Rit today – a nature park in eastern Croatia, home to the white-tailed eagle. Since the park is made up of many different waterways, like lakes and canals, you’ll go on a guided tour of the area after you drop your belongings at your family-run accommodation. In the evening, join your group for homemade dinner on the property.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Novi Sad - Get off the tourist track today and drive to Novi Sad – the second largest city in Serbia. Along the way, visit nearby Vukovar – a town that symbolises the devastation of the recent war – and learn about the sobering local history. Visit the local hospital and the museum in its basement (used as a refuge during the siege) and listen to wartime stories from hospital staff. The afternoon is yours to explore as you wish. Maybe visit the Petrovaradin Fortress, which was constructed in the 17th century and used to protect the city during the Napoleonic Wars. Or you can walk around Liberty Square and take in the Neo-Renaissance architecture, perhaps finishing the day off at a carda tavern (a fish restaurant along the Danube River).

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Belgrade - After breakfast, begin your journey to Belgrade. Known as the White City, Belgrade is one of the oldest cities in Europe. Sitting at the confluence of two major rivers – Sava and Danube – it’s an important intersection between Eastern and Western Europe. Take a guided tour of the city’s wide boulevards and squares and the green heart of Kalemegdan Park. The park is home to Kalemegdan Fortress, which has overlooked the Danube River for centuries. Tonight, maybe head down to Skadarska Street in the bohemian quarter of Skadarlija to sample some authentic local food and soak up the lively atmosphere in a place where Orthodox churches vie for space next to nightclubs.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Belgrade - Today, make your way to the neighbourhood of Zemun. This Old Town favourite has a rich history and is now known as the bohemian part of town, home to many of the city’s artists and writers. As Zemun used to be an independent town – only joining Belgrade in 1934 – the small village atmosphere still stands, transporting you to the past. After your orientation walk, maybe head to a market and explore the local wares. Stroll along the river promenade and stop for an optional lunch in one of the riverside restaurants serving fresh fish. Head back to Belgrade’s centre in the late afternoon, where you have free time to visit the imposing Hram Svetog Save (St Sava Church) or learn about the life of Serbia’s greatest inventor at the Nikola Tesla Museum. The city’s nightlife has become legendary throughout Europe, with several hundred floating bars, restaurants and nightclubs lining the Danube and Sava rivers – so you’ll find the perfect way to spend your evening.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Sarajevo - Travel by bus through the countryside to Sarajevo this morning. Sarajevo is Bosnia and Herzegovina's small but vibrant capital. The city often draws comparisons with Istanbul as a city that mixes east and west – dotted with minarets, mosques, bazaars and the aroma of coffee. When you arrive, take a guided tour for an insight into the history and culture of the city. Sarajevo is one of the few cities in the world that features an Orthodox church, a Catholic church and a mosque all within proximity. Tonight, maybe sample the local specialty of bosanski cevapi (grilled minced meat mixed with mild spices) in Bascarsija – Sarajevo's old bazaar.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Sarajevo - Today, head out of Sarajevo for a daytrip to Mostar, which sits in the valley in the high mountains of Herzegovina. Thanks to the Neretva River, Mostar was able to develop into a city in a barren landscape. The city was the most heavily bombed settlement in Bosnia during the war, but it has since been rebuilt and is now a UNESCO World Heritage site. Head to the famous Stari Most Bridge, first built by the Ottomans in 1565 by architect Mimar Hajrudin – who succeeded with the impossible mission of crossing the Neretva River with a single span stone bridge. If you’re lucky, you’ll see the famous bridge divers hurl themselves into the icy waters below. Return to Sarajevo in the afternoon, stopping at Konjic on the way – where you’ll discover one of the best-kept secrets in former Yugoslavia – Tito's nuclear bunker. Go back in time on a guided tour of the bunker and learn about Yugoslav history and how life used to be in the not-so-distant past.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Sarajevo - Enjoy a free day in and around Sarajevo. Maybe take an optional daytrip to the thermal springs and green parks of Ilidza – the source of the Bosna River. Or discover local history with a visit to the History Museum and the Sarajevo War Tunnels (dug underneath the airport runway and used to smuggle provisions into the city during its siege). You can also learn about the tragedies faced by the city's Jewish population at the Jewish Museum or get cultural with a stroll through the Art Gallery of Bosnia and Herzegovina. The Pivnica HS brewery and restaurant is a good place to sample local award-winning beer and grab some dinner.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Durmitor NP - Today, you’ll ride in a private transfer through the countryside to Montenegro. Although it’s a long drive, there will be plenty of stops along the way. You might park at the bridge over Piva canyon, at the top of Kruska Mountain or at Saddle Peak viewpoint – wherever you stop, you’ll find great photo opportunities and a chance to stretch your legs. When you arrive at Durmitor National Park – a UNESCO World Heritage site that was formed by glaciers – take a hike through the lesser-explored wilderness along the shores of Black Lake and keep an eye out for some of the 163 species of bird or 50 species of mammal that roam this region. Finish your day in the nearby town of Zabljak, where you’ll spend the night.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Durmitor NP - Enjoy a free day today to unwind in nature. Since Durmitor National Park is so vast, there are plenty of trails for an optional guided hike. Feel free to choose one that caters to the group’s personal tastes and fitness levels – they'll expertly mix and match the trails to create a half day of hiking that everyone enjoys. One thing is certain – lakes, pine forests and alpine air are guaranteed for any trail combination. You can also choose to see the park from behind handlebars by hiring a bike and riding into town and on the trails, or by walking to and renting a boat at Black Lake.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Kotor - Today, drive to Kotor – this 5th-century UNESCO World Heritage site is set on a secluded bay, with towering peaks surrounding a coastline dotted with waterside towns. When you arrive, maybe head out to see the 12th-century Cathedral of St Tryphun, the South Gates of Kotor (the Gurdich Gate) and the Armoury Square (Trg od oruzija). You might like to get lost in the alleyways, check out the boutiques and cafes or climb the hills behind the city to visit Kotor's ruined fortification walls. Take an optional hike up the stone steps, past churches, gates and bastions to the Fortress of Sveti Ivan – the top rewards you with views across the town and the Bay of Kotor.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Kotor - You can take an optional daytrip out of Kotor today. Maybe take a cruise on Kotor Fjord, visiting the twin islands of Our Lady of the Rocks and Sveti Dordje (St George), with its church in the middle of the bay. Legend has it that sailors once spotted an image of the Virgin Mary on a rock here and each time they completed a successful voyage, they added another rock as an offering. Eventually, so many were added that an island emerged, and the church was built on top of it. Alternatively, consider a trip to Budva. With its busy beaches, charming Old Town, busy restaurants and bars, Budva is like Montenegro's little version of Miami. For more history, head up to Montenegro's former capital Cetinje – now a laidback village with grand mansions that were once used as embassies. Enjoy a final night out in Kotor and maybe catch some live music that keeps the cobbled streets thriving.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Dubrovnik - Depart Montenegro this morning and travel along the southern coast of Croatia to Dubrovnik. Dubrovnik's walled Old Town is often referred to as the pearl of the Adriatic and it's now famed for its role in ‘Game of Thrones’. When you arrive, walk along the high city walls with your leader, enjoying ocean views. Visit Big Onofrio's Fountain – built by the European architect Onofrio Della Cava in the 15th century to supply water to the city. After, maybe check out the 13th-century Franciscan monastery or the Sponza and Rector's Palaces, the only Renaissance buildings in the city to survive a devastating earthquake and fire in 1667. As it is the last night of your trip, maybe enjoy one last meal with the group and toast to your adventures.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Dubrovnik - Today, your adventure comes to an end. There are no activities planned and you can depart at any time. There's lots to see and do here in Dubrovnik, so if you’d like to stay longer, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Bucharest - Buna Ziua! Welcome to Bucharest. Often called the 'Little Paris of the Balkans', Romania's capital is known for its Belle Epoch architecture, thumping nightlife and communist sites. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. If you arrive early, you might like to get a head start and explore the city by night. After the meeting, why not head out for a group dinner to get your first sample of Romania's unique cuisine.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Bucharest / Brasov - This morning, meet your local guide for a private tour of Bucharest. After taking in the recently restored Old Town, you’ll visit some of the more significant sites of the revolution of 1989, which culminated in the ousting and execution of communist leader Ceausescu, and the end of Romania's 42-year communist rule. Visit the huge Piata Unirii – one of Europe's largest squares – and the Ceausima – Bucharest's 12-storey Palace of Parliament. The palace is the second largest building in the world, after the Pentagon. The former dictator ordered the construction of this monster, a building of staggering scale and opulence that includes 1100 rooms and 4500 chandeliers. In the afternoon, travel by train to the 13th-century Saxon city of Brasov. Also known by its German name of Kronstadt, this town flanked by mountains and city walls was once a major medieval trading centre.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Bran Castle / Brasov - No trip to Romania would be complete without a visit to the famous Bran Castle. The castle was built by the Saxons in 1382 to defend the Bran pass against the invading Turks. With its fairy-tale turrets and whitewashed walls, it's far from menacing and spooky, but is undeniably impressive, sitting on a high cliff top and surrounded by pine trees. After, return to Brasov for a guided walk around town, checking out the ornate churches, townhouses, old city walls and squares surrounded by gingerbread-roofed merchants' houses. Visit Brasov's main attraction – the gothic Black Church (Biserica Neagra), which took its name from its blackened appearance after a fire in 1689.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Viscri / Sighisoara - This morning, you’ll travel by private vehicle to Viscri – this small Transylvanian village was originally inhabited by Saxons from the Luxembourg area, and the whole scene is picture-postcard rural. This idyllic village of red tiled roofs is a UNESCO World Heritage site, virtually unchanged for 900 years. You’ll visit the town's fortified church (thought to be the oldest in Transylvania). After a home cooked lunch at the house of a local family, continue to the 12th century town of Sighisoara, which is also a UNESCO World Heritage site for its well-preserved medieval Old Town. After a quick orientation walk, you have all afternoon free to explore the city.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Sighisoara / Cluj Napoca - Medieval Sighisoara is famed as the birthplace of Vlad Dracul III – better known as Vlad the Impaler, the ruler of Walachia province from 1456 to 1462 and whose name was the inspiration for Bram Stoker’s iconic Count Dracula. Walking through the town is like taking a trip back in time to the medieval age, and it’s easy to image streets crowded with vampires, evil counts, wolves and peasants riding through the untamed countryside on horse-drawn carts. After a morning of exploring, travel by train through pastoral fields and untouched Saxon towns to Cluj Napoca – the unofficial capital of Transylvania. When you arrive, maybe head out for a stroll around the Gothic streets of the 2000-year-old town.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Cluj Napoca - This morning, visit the Turda Salt Mines – a former salt mine converted into an underground amusement park. Maybe hire a rowboat, go bowling or visit the museum showcasing salt mining in the region – the options are endless! Salt is thought to be a protective tool against all sorts of evil beings, and legend has it that if you pour an unbroken line of salt across the entranceway to your house, vampires and demons won’t be able to get in. After your salt mine visit, return to Cluj for a city tour with a local guide. The rest of the day is free to explore.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Cluj Napoca - Today, you’ll head out for a daytrip to the Hoia Forest – a famous haunted forest with reports of ghost stories, apparitions, faces identified in photos and UFO sightings. Over the years, locals and tourists report anxiety and the feeling of being watched in this forest and the local vegetation features strangely shaped trees and charring on tree stumps and branches. The forest became famous in the late 1960s when a military technician took photos of a UFO above Poiana Rotunda (Round Meadow). If you’re lucky, the forest may even be covered in mist! After a short transfer from your hotel, you’ll meet with a local guide for a 4-hour hike within the forest, along gentle hills and valleys. Listen to the legends and visit the Round Meadow where the first UFO was sighted. After, head back to your hotel for a free afternoon.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Cluj Napoca - With no further activities planned, your trip ends today and you can depart your accommodation at any time. If you want to stay longer, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time to organise additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Cluj-Napoca - Buna Ziua! Welcome to Cluj Napoca – the unofficial capital of Romania’s Transylvania region. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight to meet your trip leader and fellow travellers. If you arrive early, you might like to explore this 2000-year-old city on foot or hit up the famous Piezisa Street for a drink. After your welcome meeting, maybe head out to dinner and get to know your group.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Gura Humoroului - This morning, you’ll travel to Gura Humorului. On the way, you’ll stop at the headquarters of Tasuleasa Social NGO – the organisation behind the Via Transilvanica trail project. This 1400 km trail crosses Romania and is designed to connect diverse regions and communities by reviving rural areas through travel, storytelling and shared experience. Here, you’ll learn about their work, how the trail was created and can ask questions. After lunch, you’ll continue to Gura Humorului, where you'll check into your accommodation for the night.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Gura Humoroului - Travel to Sucevita and visit the Sucevita Painted Monastery – a UNESCO World Heritage Site known for its detailed frescoes and peaceful setting. After exploring the monastery, you'll set off on today’s hike through forests, rolling hills and nearby villages, offering scenic views of the Carpathian foothills. Your hike finishes in Moldovita, where you’ll visit another UNESCO World Heritage listed painted monastery. Later, head back to your accommodation in Gura Humoroului for the night.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Vatra Dornei - After breakfast, travel back to Moldovita, where you finished your hike yesterday. When you arrive, you’ll visit the Painted Egg Museum. Learn about the art, featured patterns and cultural significance of egg painting. After, set out on today’s hike to Sadova along the Via Transilvanica trail. This route includes short but steep climbs and takes you through quiet forests and meadows. You’ll make your way through traditional villages like Sparturi and soak up the views of the Bucovina region’s valleys. After, you'll be transferred to Vatra Dornei for the night.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Vatra Dornei - Today’s hike starts in Paul Mestecanis. The trail to Vatra Dornei is downhill through the Carpathian landscape. As you hike, take in the surrounding Romanian countryside of quiet forests and open meadows, and enjoy wide views of the hills around you. Along the way, stop for a homemade lunch with a great view at Cabana Gigi Ursu – a nearby mountain chalet. Your hike finishes in the spa town of Vatra Dornei, known for its mineral springs, and maybe spend this evening exploring before heading back to your accommodation for the night.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Sighisoara - Take a morning transfer to Sighisoara. After lunch explore the town on a guided walk. This beautifully preserved medieval town in Transylvania is known for its colourful houses and cobbled streets. The rest of the day is free to relax or explore the town at your own pace. Maybe climb the stairs of the Sighisoara’s Clock Tower or visit Biserica din Deal, also known as the Church on the Hill. Tonight, maybe enjoy dinner at a local restaurant – your leader will have the best recommendations.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Sighisoara - After breakfast, set off on today’s hike from Saschiz to Sapartoc. This segment of the Via Transilvanica will take you through the Terra Saxonum region, known for its Saxon heritage and Transylvanian countryside. Along the way, visit the UNESCO World Heritage-listed Saschiz Fortified Church, known for its 15th-century defensive tower and Gothic architecture. After, stop at Spartoc Village – a quiet rural village that offers a glimpse into traditional Transylvanian life. Here, you’ll sit down to a home-cooked dinner made with local ingredients before heading to your accommodation in Sighisoara.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Zarnesti - This morning you travel to Viscri for the starting point of today’s hike. Before you set off on the trails, visit the Mihai Eminescu trust – a foundation dedicated to preserving Romania’s cultural heritage. Learn how they are supporting the restoration of traditional architecture and sustainable development in rural communities. Today’s route offers beautiful Transylvanian landscapes as you hike through meadows and forests, with panoramic views of the Fagaras Mountains in the distance. Pass through traditional Saxon villages and see the UNESCO World Heritage listed fortified church in Viscri. Today’s hike ends in Cobar – a small village known for its preserved rural life and the Gospodaria Cobor, a cultural retreat that provides insight into local traditions and hospitality. Tonight, you'll sit down to dinner and a wine tasting, sampling some of the region’s local produce before travelling onto Faragas, where you'll stay tonight.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Brasov - This morning begins with a scenic hike from Zarnesti to Bran. The trail leads gently above the mountain resort, climbing toward Măgura Peak. Along the way, enjoy sweeping views over the valleys and hills surrounding Bran and Moieciu, with the dramatic Bucegi Mountains rising in the distance. The path meanders through meadows alive with wildflowers, before opening into clearings dotted with traditional houses. There are several perfect spots to pause and capture photographs of the iconic Bran Castle before continuing on. Following the hike, visit the castle itself to explore its fascinating history. Later, transfer to Brasov for check-in, and perhaps conclude your adventure with a special farewell dinner.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Brasov - There are no activities planned for today and you can depart at any time. If you’d like to extend your stay and explore Brasov further, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Cairo - Salaam Aleikum! Welcome to Egypt. Your family adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 5 pm tonight in Cairo. If you arrive early, there’s plenty to see and do. Maybe wander through the bustling local markets or catch the metro into the oldest part of the city, the Coptic Christian sector and explore the cobbled streets and old churches. After your meeting, maybe head out for a meal with your leader and fellow travellers and get to know each other over some local fare.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Overnight Train - This morning, head to Giza – home to some of the world’s most iconic sights and one of the Ancient Seven Wonders of the World. Explore the structures that have stood tall for 4500 years and uncover the mysteries surrounding them with your leader. Head to a spot where you'll have a panoramic view of the three pyramids, before checking out the Great Sphinx of Giza. For lunch, follow your leader to a local restaurant to try a koshary plate (a tasty and filling Egyptian take on pasta). After, make your way to the Egyptian Museum, which houses one of the world's greatest collections of antiquities. Wander through the treasure-filled halls while your leader highlights the true gems of the exhibits. Later, meet your leader and travel to the nearby train station, where you’ll board an overnight sleeper train bound for Aswan.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Aswan - This morning, wake up in Aswan – a city on the Nile River, known for its archaeological sites and ruins. After dropping your bags at the hotel and freshening up, you'll head off to explore Philae Temple. Also known as the Temple of Isis, Philae Temple is an ancient Egyptian temple complex located on Agilkia Island. Dedicated to the goddess Isis, the temple dates back to the Ptolemaic and Roman eras and is famous for its well-preserved hieroglyphic reliefs and soaring columns. This afternoon is free for you to rest and relax. Tonight visit a Nubian village for dinner with a local family. This is a great way to immerse your family in a different culture and learn about another way of life.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Aswan - Today is free for you to explore Aswan or the surrounding area at your family’s preferred pace. Maybe visit the Abu Simbel – these two temples, one for Ramses II and another he dedicated to his wife Queen Nefertari, were cut into the cliff face in the 13th century and remain impressive in their scope and detail. If you would prefer to stay in Aswan and get a taste of contemporary Egypt, there’s plenty to do. The relaxed atmosphere makes Aswan a great city to wander and watch the boats cruise the Nile, plus there’s always the hotel pool nearby where you and the kids can cool off. Later in the afternoon, regroup for a sunset felucca sail on the Nile before finishing the day with an included dinner in a nearby local restaurant.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Luxor - This morning, say goodbye to Aswan as you drive to Luxor. When you arrive, visit the Temple of Karnak – the largest religious building in the world, built over 4000 years ago. Set off on a guided tour of this vast system of pylons, obelisks and chapels including the Avenue of Sphinxes and the Great Temple of Amun and hear about the stories and legends that shape this area. Also on this day you'll visit a local NGO, Animal Care in Egypt (ACE), one of our Intrepid Foundation partners, to learn about the work they do to care for wounded working animals in the region.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Luxor - Today, visit the Valley of the Kings. With a tour guide, you’ll spend a few hours exploring some of the beautifully decorated tombs of the 63 pharaohs who were buried here as part of their journey to the afterlife. It is here that the burial site of the boy-king, Tutankhamun, was re-discovered by British archaeologist Howard Carter in 1922. If you'd like to organise a visit to King Tut's tomb today, this can be arranged with advance notice – ask your leader for details at the beginning of your trip. Get to know more about the Egyptian way of life today with a visit to local Egyptian home for a delicious home cooked lunch. The rest of the day is yours to enjoy as you like.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Hurghada - This morning, drive to Hurghada – a beach town stretching almost 40 km along Egypt’s Red Sea where you'll spend the next 2 nights in a beachfront, all-inclusive resort. After checking-in the rest of the day is free for you to explore at your own pace. Maybe wander through the Hurghada Museum or simply relax on the beautiful beaches or by the resort swimming pool.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Hurghada - Today is a free day for you to relax, explore or take part in one of the many optional activities on offer. You might like to join the Red Sea snorkelling boat trip, which is a favourite activity for most kids! Underneath the water are vibrant coral reefs and diverse marine life like gentle turtles and playful stingrays. Tonight, regroup with your fellow travellers for a final dinner together and toast to a magical Egyptian adventure!

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Hurghada/Cairo - As there are no further activities, your trip comes to an end today. There is plenty more to see and do in Hurghada so you may like to stay longer, otherwise an International airport is located nearby and transfers can be arranged at an additional cost. For those wanting to return to Cairo a group transfer by private vehicle is offered departing around 9 am and returning to Cairo by approximately 3 pm. This can be booked as an optional extra just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Cairo - Salaam Aleikum! Welcome to Cairo, an intriguing mix of the modern and ancient. Your family adventure begins at a welcome meeting at 5 pm tonight at your hotel. With the formalities out of the way, head out for a meal with your leader and fellow travellers and get to know each other over some local fare. For those who arrive early and have free time there are plenty of things to see and do. You can head out to explore the markets or, if the hustle and bustle of the city is too much, catch the metro into the oldest part of the city, the Coptic Christian sector. The latter is a haven of peace and quiet, with narrow cobbled streets and beautiful old churches.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Cairo / Overnight Train - Explore the amazing Pyramids of Giza which have stood tall for 4500 years, including the enigmatic Great Sphinx. Afterwards, head to the Egyptian Museum, home to one of the world's great collections of antiquities. Wander the treasure-filled halls of the museum. You'll have plenty of time to explore the sites today (approximately 3 hours for the pyramids and 3 hours for the museum). In the evening you will transfer to Giza Railway Station and board an overnight train to the southern city of Luxor (approximately 13 hours).

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Luxor - Upon arrival in Luxor we head over to the Karnak Temple Complex, the largest religious building in the world. Building began over 4000 years ago, and construction continued gradually until around BC 30. Enjoy a guided tour of this vast system of pylons, obelisks and chapels including the Avenue of Sphinxes and the Great Temple of Amun. History truly comes alive here, especially with a local guide who is passionate about the stories and legends that shaped it. After a few hours exploring this site, you’ll likely be ready for an afternoon of relaxation at the hotel.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Aswan - Embrace another early morning, cross the Nile and drive to the secluded Valley of the Kings. Sixty-three pharaohs were buried here as part of their journey to the afterlife. In the company of a local guide you will spend a few hours exploring some of the exquisitely decorated tombs. It is here that the burial site of the boy-king, Tutankhamun, was re-discovered by British archaeologist Howard Carter in 1922. If you'd like to organise a visit to King Tut's tomb today, this can be arranged with advance notice – ask your leader for details at the beginning of your trip. After some lunch in Luxor we hit the road to Aswan (4 hours).

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Aswan - Today is free for you to explore Aswan, or the surrounding area, at your family’s preferred pace. You might want to visit the magnificent temples of Abu Simbel, located near the Sudan border. These two temples – one for Ramses II and another he dedicated to his wife Queen Nefertari – were cut into the cliff face in the 13th century and remain impressive in their scope and detail. If you would prefer to stay in Aswan and get a taste of contemporary Egypt there is plenty to do. The relaxed atmosphere makes Aswan a great city to wander and watch the boats cruise the Nile, plus there’s always the hotel pool nearby where you and the kids can cool off. This evening we head to the bazaar to wander around before a group dinner.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Aswan - This morning travel by water taxi to the Temple of Isis from Philae. Dedicated to the multifaceted Goddess of health, marriage and wisdom, this structure was rescued from the rising waters of the Nile in the 1960s and relocated to its current location on Agilkia Island. It's a marvel of decorative pylons featuring some of Egypt's finest carvings which one of the real gems of upper Egypt. Your afternoon is free, so why not cool off with a swim in the pool. In the early evening, travel across the river to a Nubian village, where you will enjoy dinner with a local family. This is a great way to immerse your family in a different culture and learn about another way of life.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Cairo - Rise and shine for a sunrise felucca ride along the Nile. Any residual grumpiness from being up so early is bound to fade away when you see the sunlight reflecting off the Saharan sand dunes. Enjoy breakfast on board, then return to your hotel for some free time. The flight for Cairo leaves in the mid-afternoon and you should arrive before night falls. After you’ve settled into your hotel, perhaps head out for an optional dinner with your fellow family travellers.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Amman/Jerash - Ahlan Wa Sahlan! Welcome to Jordan. If you have booked a transfer you’ll be met at Queen Alia International Airport and transferred to your hotel. Otherwise, make your own way to the joining hotel, located in the heart of Amman, on the edge of the old downtown and within walking distance to the new city centre. Amman has served as the modern and ancient capital of Jordan and is one of the oldest continuously inhabited cities in the world, with a 1994 excavation uncovering homes and towers believed to have been built during the Stone Age (circa 7,000 BC). Today is the joining day and free for you to settle in. If you have time, head to major historical and biblical sites just 10 minutes walk away – the 6,000-seat Roman theatre built in the 2nd century, or the Citadel, which offers up panoramic views over the city from the highest hill in town. Within the Citadel is the museum that contains the Dead Sea Scrolls, and also the excavated ruins of an Umayyad palace.  We will have a group meeting at 5pm where you will meet your leader and fellow group members. Please look for a note in the hotel lobby or ask reception where it will take place. It’s important that you attend, as we will be collecting insurance details and next of kin information for each member of your family. If you’re going to be late, please let your travel agent or hotel reception know.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Amman - This morning we take a delightful walk through the Ajloun Forest Reserve along the "Soap House Trail". We will hike through thick healthy woodland filled with oak, pistachio and oriental strawberry trees down to the Soap house, where local women follow the traditional process of making Orjan pure olive soap. We then continue onto Jerash. The ruins of Jerash were re-discovered in 1806 and continue to be one of Jordan's most amazing sites. One of the best examples of a Roman city in the Middle East, the ancient walled town that survives today is a remarkable evocation of life 2,000 years ago. With a history stretching back at least 2,300 years, Jerash is one of the best preserved examples of a provincial Roman town anywhere in the world. Its hey day came with the arrival of Alexander the Great and the remains include a forum, nymphaeum, hippodrome, two theatres (complete with numbered seats!) and several temples. Along the Colonnaded Street, grooves in the paving stones show where chariot wheels once rolled and remnants of exquisite mosaics still cover some floors. There is time to wander the site and imagine life in ancient times before returning to Amman with time to relax, or the opportunity to visit some of the city's sights, such as the Citadel.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Amman - Madaba - Dana Village - Petra - This morning we start our journey towards Petra, taking the Desert Highway south. En route we stop at Madaba. The historical town of Madaba is famous for its Ottoman-style houses and beautiful Byzantine-era mosaics, including the famous 6th-century mosaic map of Jerusalem and the Holy Land at St George's Church. Other mosaic masterpieces found within the Church of the Virgin and the Apostles and in the Archaeological Museum depict a rampant profusion of flowers and plants, birds and fish, animals and exotic beasts, as well as scenes from mythology and everyday pursuits such as hunting, fishing and farming. If these interest you, you'll be delighted to know that literally hundreds of other mosaics from the 5th to 7th centuries are scattered throughout Madaba's churches and homes. Just beyond Madaba is another biblical site, Mt Nebo, which overlooks the Jordan Valley. The bible tells us this is the final resting place of Moses; from here he looked out onto the Promised Land. Along the way today you may see the black 'beit ash shar' tents of the hardy Bedouin who still wander throughout the Middle East as they have for centuries. Moving between the few grazing spots which dot the parched landscape, they survive by breeding goats, sheep and camels. Although the traditional nomadic way of life is starting to disappear as some Bedouin succumb to the lure of fixed accommodation, many adhere stolidly to the old way - albeit with the occasional addition of a 4WD vehicle for transport!. Living in such a hostile environment has taught them the importance of a friendly welcome and the ancient code of hospitality to travellers still survives today. We will then take an easy walk around Dana village, a traditional village on a nature reserve allowing us to meet locals and learn about their history and culture as we walk through the terraced gardens ad local craft workshops. the views here are stunning. Then, head onto Petra to spend the night.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Petra - Make your way to Petra, squeezing through the long stretch of stonewall that eventually spills out into the breath-taking ‘rose city’ – one of the new Seven Wonders of the World. Though the origins are mysterious, it’s thought this rock carved city was the ancient capital of the Nabatean people back in 600BC. Nobody in the West knew about it until 1812, when a Swiss explorer dressed up like a local, snuck in and then told the world. Your first glimpse of the iconic, intricate Treasury will be truly memorable, and you’ll find that the site is surprisingly big. You can explore the old Roman road, temples and several old tombs, as well as the rock-hewn amphitheatre. If you have the legs, walk one-hour up to the Monastery and up the clifftop path overlooking the Treasury. When you’ve finished exploring, head back to the hotel to rest up and prepare for a unique cooking experience. At the nearby fully equipped, modern Al Qantara Kitchen, you’ll taste Jordanian food, cook with a Jordanian chef, and have fun learning all about Arabic culture and cuisine. In a 2-hour class, prepare appetisers like baba ghanoush and hummus, then typical Jordanian mains like Maglouba, Kabsah or Mjadra, learning the secrets of these amazing Arabic tastes. Then enjoy it all with a big meal together, taking a copy of the recipes to impress everyone back home. Notes: A lot of walking is required to see Petra. A basic level of fitness will enhance your enjoyment. When entering Petra as a group, a complimentary horse ride is included in the ticket price from the entrance point down to the Siq. Intrepid doesn't recommend that passengers take this option due to the safety and insurance liability involved.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Wadi Rum - This morning before we leave we will visit Little Petra, have tea with a local Bedouin family. We will then drive to Wadi Rum, which offers some of the most extraordinary desert scenery anywhere and recently starred in the film "The Martian" Wadi Rum is full of weird and beautiful lunar-like rock formations. Traces of ancient civilisations can be seen in the many carved inscriptions found throughout the Wadi Rum area, from pictographs to Thamudic, Nabataean and Arabic texts. The most enduring monuments in Wadi Rum, however, are those carved by nature - the natural rock bridges, towering rose-coloured sand dunes and scattered rocky peaks. We will enjoy a 4WD desert discovery, stopping to enter a narrow siq where many inscriptions can be seen. Passing Thamud nomads from Saudi Arabia and the Nabataean people have all left their mark on the surrounding rocks. Nature provides a number of rock bridges that offer some stunning views. There is also the option to explore by camel. Sleep in a simple desert camp where you'll have the choice of sleeping under a camel hair tent or out under the stars. A mattress and blankets are provided. Please be aware that while the desert may be very hot during the day, it will still be cool at night and warm clothes and a sleeping bag is highly recommended when travelling outside of the summer months. A dinner cooked in a local earthen oven is included. Western-style toilet facilities are available. Conditions are basic at our desert camp, but the company of our Bedouin hosts is warm and you'll treasure the memory of sleeping beneath the twinkling desert night sky.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Aqaba - Today you’ll drive from the desert to the coast (approximately 1 hour), for some fun, sun and relaxation. Aqaba is landlocked Jordan’s only town on the sea, and this Red Sea beach resort is yours to explore for the rest of the day. Just south of town, the warm and relatively shallow waters of the Red Sea support a series of stunning untouched coral reefs practically unsurpassed outside Australia's Great Barrier Reef. They make for some of the best snorkelling you can find – the kids can grab a mask and some flippers and do their best mermaid impression. You might also take a boat trip if you don’t want to get wet, take a long walk along the shoreline, or simply kick back by the pool. If you want to get historical then there’s the 14th century Ottoman Fort to check out. This is where the T.E Lawrence (of ‘of Arabia’ fame) rode to Cairo with big news about a revolt. There are also plenty of cafes and restaurants to help you enjoy the local cuisine.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Dead Sea - Leaving Aqaba, travel along the King's Highway, a winding road that follows the contours of the rocky hills, occasionally passing nomadic shepherds as they tend their flocks in the few areas where there’s water. Descend lower and lower until you eventually arrive on the shores of the Dead Sea (approximately 3 hours). This isn’t actually a sea but a super-salty lake (seven times saltier than the ocean and 'dead' because of the lack of life in it), which lies at the lowest point on Earth (420 metres below sea level). The density of the water means that when you take a dip, it’s more of a float than a swim, making for great photos. Maybe grab a handful of the shoreline’s mud and slop it over your body on the way back in – it’s full of nutrient-rich natural minerals that are meant to have healing properties, and will leave your skin feeling great. You’ll stop at a private beach with pools and a gentle slope to the water. Towels are available for hire. Don't forget to pack your swimwear for today! This evening you can meet up with the rest of the group for a final meal together, and reflect on your adventures in this fascinating country.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Amman - After breakfast, this amazing adventure through Jordan comes to an end at your resort in the Dead Sea. Amman's Queen Alia International Airport is approximately one hour's drive from the Dead Sea.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Cairo - Salaam Aleikum! Welcome to Egypt. You'll be met on arrival at Cairo International Airport and transferred to your hotel, before your Egyptian adventure begins with an important welcome meeting at 6pm this evening. Cairo is one of the great cities of antiquity and its history can be symbolised by two imposing landmarks – the Pyramids of Giza and the Sphinx. If you have some time spare, perhaps get out and explore the busy city streets or visit the Cairo Citadel which dates back to 1176 and is home to multiple museums and mosques.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Cairo - Overnight Train - This morning after breakfast you’ll see two of the world’s most iconic sights – the Pyramids of Giza and the Sphinx. Explore structures that have stood for over 4500 years and learn the history from a true local. For an additional charge, you may be able to go inside the Great Pyramid of Khufu (although occasionally it’s closed to visitors). The Pyramids complex can be very hot in the summer months and has little shade to protect you from the sun so prepare accordingly. Your adventure continues to the Egyptian Museum, home to one of the world's greatest collections of ancient artefacts. Recovered from the tomb of Tutankhamun, the gleaming jewellery, golden death mask and gilded sarcophagi are an impressive site to say the least. It’s clear this pharaoh was prepared for a lavish afterlife! Take some time to freshen up back at the hotel before you board an overnight sleeper train to Luxor.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Nile River Cruise - It's an early start this morning as you'll pull into Luxor around 6am. Take advantage of the early morning peace by visiting Karnak Temple – a spectacular collection of temples, chapels and pylons that are perhaps the most impressive of all the Pharaoh’s monumental works. Learn the secrets of an ancient Egyptian sanctuary, which developed over 1000 years and was, at its peak, the most important religious complex in Egypt. Your leader will take you through some of the most incredible highlights, such as the Avenue of Sphinxes and the Great Temple of Amun. After exploring Karnak, board your Nile cruise boat and settle into your cabin. This afternoon you'll have the option of heading off on a walking tour of Luxor and its bazaar with your leader. 

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Nile River Cruise - Today you’ll hop in a private minivan and discover ancient Thebes. Your first stop is the Colossi of Memnon – two 17-metre-high statues on Luxor's west bank. Continue on to the Valley of the Kings. Buried under the arid hills are over 60 pharaoh tombs, many richly decorated with reliefs and paintings. With your leader, explore the place where the pharaohs of the New Kingdom (16th to 11th century BC) were secretly interred for all eternity, and where discoveries are still being made. Your group leader will explain the history and legends of these remarkable people, and the significance of the many paintings and hieroglyphics, still well preserved in the deepest tombs. Visit three of the royal tombs, including Tutankhamun’s tomb where he is buried, then continue to the Temple of Queen Hatshepsut – a columned building set against high cliffs that create a spectacular natural amphitheatre. The afternoon is yours to explore. Maybe you'd like to shop in the market or visit the world's first Mummification Museum, where you can discover the secrets of pharaonic preservation. This evening, set sail to Edfu.  

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Nile River Cruise - This morning, enjoy breakfast before setting off towards Kom Ombo. The temple of Kom Ombo, in the town of the same name, is an unusual double temple right on the bank of the Nile. This second century BC complex is unique because it has a mirror-image design, with either side dedicated to a different set of gods. One half is known as the Temple of Sobek (the crocodile-headed god of fertility), and the other half is dedicated to Haroeris (also known as Horus the falcon god). The whole temple is full of fascinating reliefs. You’ll explore Kom Ombo with your leader and absorb the history of the place, before having lunch aboard the ship. Sail onwards to Aswan, the home of beautiful Nile Valley scenery and significant archaeological sites.  

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Nile River Cruise - You have time this morning to explore or relax as you choose. Your leader can recommend one of the many optional activities that are available to you in this incredible location. Explore the picturesque city centre and its bazaar, opt to visit the High Dam and Unfinished Obelisk or feed your history needs with the Nubian Museum. Maybe you’d like to visit the breathtaking Abu Simbel – built by Ramses II, it was the gateway to Egypt for Southern Africans and its imposing facade clearly delineated the line between what was the Pharaoh's land and what was not. With the four gargantuan statues of Ramses guarding the Great Temple, carved directly out of the mountain on the west bank of the Nile, this is one of Egypt's most memorable sights. Late in the afternoon, enjoy a leisurely sailing trip on a traditional felucca before dinner on the ship.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Cairo - After breakfast today, say goodbye to your nights spent on the Nile. Visit Philae Temple this morning, an island-based temple complex built during the reign of Ptolemy II (around 280 BC). These picturesque walls show hieroglyphic scenes from Egyptian mythology – when Isis brought Osiris back to life, gave birth to Horus and was mummified after death. Catch a short flight back to Cairo. On your return to the capital, visit the Islamic parts of the city and the frenetic backstreets of the bazaar with your leader. A labyrinth of narrow streets and passageways, Khan is one of the biggest and oldest markets in the world. The 'Khan', sprawling around an old area known as Al-Azhar, is a quintessentially Cairo experience – a warren of alleys with stalls serving up a succession of intoxicating scenes. To celebrate your time in Egypt, join a local Cairo family for a delicious home-cooked dinner. The food and conversation will surely make for an evening to remember!

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Amman - This morning take a short flight from Cairo to Amman. You will be unescorted on this flight. On arrival at Queen Alia International Airport, you will be met by a representative and transferred to your hotel, ready for your adventure to begin at 6 pm with a welcome meeting for the next stage of your trip. If you arrive early, feel free to head out and explore – highlights include the citadel with its amazing sweeping views of Amman, the Jordan Museum, which is home to the Dead Sea Scrolls, or the Roman Theatre, right in the middle of downtown Amman. After the meeting, you may like to get to know your group over an optional dinner, or explore on your own and pick up a coffee from one of the cafes, partnering it with an ara’yes – a toasted sandwich filled with spicy mincemeat.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Wadi Rum - After breakfast today, journey down the Desert Highway to Wadi Rum (also known as the Valley of the Moon) – a landscape of rugged sandstone mountains standing tall in an ochre desert. When you arrive, meet your Bedouin hosts then have some free time for lunch. This afternoon, you’ll hop in jeeps operated by the local community to venture into the desert – this is part of an initiative by the Jordanian Government to bring much-needed income into this region. Visit several of Wadi Rum's distinctive rock formations and soak in the vast silence and spectacular desert landscapes. The Bedouins live in scattered camps throughout the area, and tonight, you’ll stay in one of these camps to spend an evening under the stars. If you like, you can take part in an optional Bedouin storytelling experience, which includes tea while a local woman (and her translator) tells a story about Bedouin culture, issues and traditions.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Aqaba - Watch sunrise at your desert camp this morning, maybe checking out a few more of the local Wadi Rum sites if you have the energy. You’ll then depart mid-morning for the city of Aqaba on the Red Sea. Check into your hotel, then head out for a brief orientation walk of the town with your leader – the small Ottoman Mamluk Fort, dating from the 14th century and from where Lawrence of Arabia rode to Cairo, is worth a look. With great visibility and abundant marine life, this coastline is also an incredible spot for snorkelling, and the warm waters are host to clownfish, angelfish, sea turtles and corals. Speak to your leader if you’d like to arrange snorkelling, or simply head to the beach and soak up the scenery.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Petra - This morning, enjoy some free time in Aqaba before travelling to the fabled city of Petra. Dating back to the 6th century BC, Petra is considered the crown jewel of Jordan, featuring an impressive series of tombs and dwellings carved directly into the rock. The site remained unknown to the wider world until 1812, when it was visited by Swiss explorer Johann Ludwig Burckhardt. In 1985, Petra was designated a UNESCO World Heritage-listed site and is one of the world’s most incredible ancient sites (as well as one of the Seven Wonders of the World!). When you arrive, settle into your hotel and check out the village before sitting down to a group dinner at your hotel.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Petra - Petra is justifiably on most people’s list of ‘must-visit’ places. The iconic Petra view – the Treasury's facade, seen from the narrow cleft known as the Siq – is arguably the single most striking sight of the entire region. The Siq leads through the rock and is sometimes only a few metres wide, with walls soaring up to 180 m on either side. Join your guide and explore the old Roman road, amphitheatre and several old tombs, before enjoying free time to experience Petra at your own pace. Maybe climb up to the Monastery, carved from a mountain summit, where you’ll find magnificent views of the entire site. To cap off a memorable day, you’ll be welcomed into a local home for dinner. On the menu will often be maqluba (a casserole with rice, vegetables and chicken which is cooked, flipped, then served with either yoghurt or an Arab salad with tahina sauce).

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Amman - After breakfast, drive to the ancient Crusader castle at Shobak, where your leader will show you the grounds, a small chapel and the original gatehouse. This ancient castle was originally built to protect the eastern flank of the Latin Kingdom and its trade routes to the sea before it fell to Saladin in 1189. Depart the castle and stop off at the viewpoint overlooking the Dana Nature Reserve before arriving in Madaba where you’ll visit the Greek Orthodox Church of St. George and see an impressive ancient mosaic map of the Holy Land. Arrive in Amman in the late afternoon, where your leader will recommend some great restaurants to sample the best of the city’s food scene.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Amman - Take a short drive north to Jerash – once one of the grandest ancient Roman cities in the world and now home to some of the best Greco-Roman ruins. Jerash has a striking collection of archways, theatres, baths, public buildings and colonnaded streets, and is a beautiful place to spend a morning exploring. Then, drive to the shores of the Dead Sea – the lowest point on Earth (420 m below sea level). This isn’t actually a sea, but rather a super-salty lake (dead because of the lack of life in it) where the density of the water means you’ll go for a float, not a swim. The mud here is supposed to have healing properties, so why not cover yourself from head to toe for a nutrient-rich natural mineral mud bath. Spend some time relaxing here before returning to Amman for the evening. Maybe spend tonight at one of the many bars and restaurants in West Amman or ask your leader about the traditional cafes dotted around the city where locals spend their evenings.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Amman - Your trip comes to an end today after breakfast. Check-out time is usually around noon and you are free to leave at any time. If you’d like to extend your stay, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Cairo - Salaam Aleikum! Welcome to Egypt. You'll be met on arrival at Cairo International Airport and transferred to your hotel, before your Egyptian adventure begins with an important welcome meeting at 6pm this evening. Cairo is one of the great cities of antiquity and its history can be symbolised by two imposing landmarks – the Pyramids of Giza and the Sphinx. If you have some time spare, perhaps get out and explore the busy city streets or visit the Cairo Citadel which dates back to 1176 and is home to multiple museums and mosques.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Cairo - Overnight Train - This morning after breakfast you’ll see two of the world’s most iconic sights – the Pyramids of Giza and the Sphinx. Explore structures that have stood for over 4500 years and learn the history from a true local. For an additional charge, you may be able to go inside the Great Pyramid of Khufu (although occasionally it’s closed to visitors). The Pyramids complex can be very hot in the summer months and has little shade to protect you from the sun so prepare accordingly. Your adventure continues to the Egyptian Museum, home to one of the world's greatest collections of ancient artefacts. Recovered from the tomb of Tutankhamun, the gleaming jewellery, golden death mask and gilded sarcophagi are an impressive site to say the least. It’s clear this pharaoh was prepared for a lavish afterlife! Take some time to freshen up back at the hotel before you board an overnight sleeper train to Luxor.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Nile River Cruise - It's an early start this morning as you'll pull into Luxor around 6am. Take advantage of the early morning peace by visiting Karnak Temple – a spectacular collection of temples, chapels and pylons that are perhaps the most impressive of all the Pharaoh’s monumental works. Learn the secrets of an ancient Egyptian sanctuary, which developed over 1000 years and was, at its peak, the most important religious complex in Egypt. Your leader will take you through some of the most incredible highlights, such as the Avenue of Sphinxes and the Great Temple of Amun. After exploring Karnak, board your Nile River Cruise and settle into your cabin. This afternoon you'll have the option of heading off on a walking tour of Luxor and its bazaar with your leader. 

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Nile River Cruise - Today you’ll hop in a private minivan and discover ancient Thebes. Your first stop is the Colossi of Memnon – two 17-metre-high statues on Luxor's west bank. Continue on to the Valley of the Kings. Buried under the arid hills are over 60 pharaoh tombs, many richly decorated with reliefs and paintings. With your leader, explore the place where the pharaohs of the New Kingdom (16th to 11th century BC) were secretly interred for all eternity, and where discoveries are still being made. Your group leader will explain the history and legends of these remarkable people, and the significance of the many paintings and hieroglyphics, still well preserved in the deepest tombs. Visit three of the royal tombs, including Tutankhamun’s tomb where he is buried, then continue to the Temple of Queen Hatshepsut – a columned building set against high cliffs that create a spectacular natural amphitheatre. The afternoon is yours to explore. Maybe you'd like to shop in the market or visit the world's first Mummification Museum, where you can discover the secrets of pharaonic preservation. This evening, set sail to Edfu.  

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Nile River Cruise - This morning, enjoy breakfast before setting off towards Kom Ombo. The temple of Kom Ombo, in the town of the same name, is an unusual double temple right on the bank of the Nile. This second century BC complex is unique because it has a mirror-image design, with either side dedicated to a different set of gods. One half is known as the Temple of Sobek (the crocodile-headed god of fertility), and the other half is dedicated to Haroeris (also known as Horus the falcon god). The whole temple is full of fascinating reliefs. You’ll explore Kom Ombo with your leader and absorb the history of the place, before having lunch aboard the ship. Sail onwards to Aswan, the home of beautiful Nile Valley scenery and significant archaeological sites.  

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Nile River Cruise - You have time this morning to explore or relax as you choose. Your leader can recommend one of the many optional activities that are available to you in this incredible location. Explore the picturesque city centre and its bazaar, opt to visit the High Dam and Unfinished Obelisk or feed your history needs with the Nubian Museum. Maybe you’d like to visit the breathtaking Abu Simbel – built by Ramses II, it was the gateway to Egypt for Southern Africans and its imposing facade clearly delineated the line between what was the Pharaoh's land and what was not. With the four gargantuan statues of Ramses guarding the Great Temple, carved directly out of the mountain on the west bank of the Nile, this is one of Egypt's most memorable sights. Late in the afternoon, enjoy a leisurely sailing trip on a traditional felucca before dinner on the ship.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Cairo - After breakfast today, say goodbye to your nights spent on the Nile. Visit Philae Temple this morning, an island-based temple complex built during the reign of Ptolemy II (around 280 BC). These picturesque walls show hieroglyphic scenes from Egyptian mythology – when Isis brought Osiris back to life, gave birth to Horus and was mummified after death. Catch a short flight back to Cairo. On your return to the capital, visit the Islamic parts of the city and the frenetic backstreets of the bazaar with your leader. A labyrinth of narrow streets and passageways, Khan is one of the biggest and oldest markets in the world. The 'Khan', sprawling around an old area known as Al-Azhar, is a quintessentially Cairo experience – a warren of alleys with stalls serving up a succession of intoxicating scenes. To celebrate your time in Egypt, join a local Cairo family for a delicious home-cooked dinner. The food and conversation will surely make for an evening to remember!

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Cairo - There are no activities planned for the final day and you are free to depart at any time. If you would like to extend your stay in Cairo, we would be happy to arrange additional accommodation for you (subject to availability).

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Cairo - Salaam Aleikum! Welcome to Egypt. You'll be met on arrival at Cairo International Airport and transferred to your hotel, before your Egyptian adventure begins with an important welcome meeting at 6 pm this evening. Cairo is one of the great cities of antiquity and its history can be symbolised by two imposing landmarks – the Pyramids of Giza and the Sphinx. If you have some time spare, perhaps get out and explore the busy city streets or visit the Cairo Citadel which dates back to 1176 and is home to multiple museums and mosques.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Cairo - This morning after breakfast you’ll see two of the world’s most iconic sights – the Pyramids of Giza and the Sphinx. Explore these structures which have stood tall for over 4500 years, and for an additional charge, you may be able to go inside the Great Pyramid of Khufu, although occasionally it’s closed to visitors. Afterwards, your adventure continues to the Egyptian Museum, home to one of the world's great collections of ancient artefacts. The masses of gleaming artefacts recovered from the tomb of Tutankhamun are an impressive sight – from jewellery to the famous golden death mask and his gilded sarcophagi, this pharaoh was certainly prepared for the afterlife.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Alexandria - Jump in a private van today and drive to the Mediterranean coastal city of Alexandria. Egypt's second-largest city and main port, locals call this vibrant city the Bride of the Mediterranean Sea. The Greek architect Dinocrates built Alexandria in 331 BC under the orders of Alexander the Great. The city, immortalising Alexander's name, quickly flourished into a prominent cultural, intellectual, political and economic metropolis. On arrival, head underground and delve into the mysteries of the Kom ash-Shuqqafa catacombs. This Roman burial site is the largest of its kind in Egypt. The crypts are 20 metres below street level, and what probably began as a small family tomb grew into a labyrinth of chambers that could accommodate more than 300 bodies. Afterwards, stop by the strikingly modern Bibliotheca Alexandrina, inspired by the original great library of Alexandria and built to hold over eight million books. Take some time to stroll along the Corniche and around Fort Qaitbey and enjoy the fresh Mediterranean air.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Alexandria - Cairo - Overnight Train - This morning, pay a visit to Wadi El Natron, a place used by the ancient Egyptians and Romans for extracting precious resources like salt, silica for making glass and carbonated sodium which was essential for the mummification process. Learn about the history of this fascinating place, view the lakes and soak up the surroundings before returning by private van to Cairo. Take some time to relax or get some snacks before you board an overnight sleeper train to Aswan.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Aswan - The Nile, Elephantine Island and white-sailed feluccas. You’ll pull into Aswan – Egypt's southernmost city – at around 9am. Its easy-going charm is due in no small part to its large Nubian population. When you arrive, you’ll explore the beautiful Temple of Isis (the Goddess of health, marriage and wisdom), which was rescued from the rising waters of the Nile and relocated on Philae Island. It's a marvel of decorative pylons featuring some of Egypt's finest carvings – definitely one of the gems of Upper Egypt. This afternoon is yours to explore your way. You might choose to visit the excellent Nubian Museum, which showcases the history, art and culture of the Nubians. This evening you’ll experience modern Nubian culture firsthand with a visit to a nearby village. Join a local Nubian family for a memorable dinner where you’ll get to sample traditional dishes like okra stew or tagen, a tasty tomato-based tagen dish, with sanasel bread to mop up the delicious sauces.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Abu Simbel - Nile River Cruise - This morning, make the drive from Aswan to Abu Simbel where you’ll explore some magnificent temples. Built by Ramses II, it was the gateway to Egypt for Southern Africans and its imposing facade clearly delineated the line between what was the Pharaoh's land and what was not. With the four gargantuan statues of Ramses guarding the Great Temple, carved directly out of the mountain on the west bank of the Nile, this is one of Egypt's most memorable sights. You'll have two hours to explore Abu Simbel before making the drive back to Aswan, where you’ll board your Nile cruise boat. Late in the afternoon, enjoy a leisurely sailing trip on a traditional felucca before dinner on the ship.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Nile River Cruise - Enjoy a free morning in Aswan, perhaps enjoying coffee and exploration of the bazaar during the morning bustle. After lunch on board your ship, you’ll set sail for your first stop – Kom Ombo. This second century BC complex is unique because it has a mirror-image design, divided down the middle, with either side dedicated to a different set of gods. One half is known as the Temple of Sobek (the crocodile-headed god of fertility) and the other half is dedicated to Haroeris (also known as Horus the falcon god), and the whole temple is full of fascinating reliefs. Afterwards, return to the boat and travel upriver, with free time relaxing on the sundeck and taking in the surrounding sights – desert hills forming a backdrop to lush riverbanks, fishermen casting their nets and farmers working their land. Enjoy dinner on board, before your ship docks in Edfu late in the night.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Nile River Cruise - This morning finds you moored near Edfu – a beautifully preserved temple also dedicated to Horus, the falcon-headed god. After breakfast on board, your ship will sail onwards to Luxor, passing through the Esna Locks. Ships often have to queue to proceed through the locks, a great opportunity to check out the process from deck with a cool drink in hand, listening to the shouts of the many captains as they navigate their way through the various small boats of merchants selling their wares to a captive audience. On arrival in Luxor, join your leader for an orientation walk of the town. You have the option to visit Luxor Temple, which looks incredible, lit up at night. Return to the ship for dinner and your last night on board.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Luxor - Your Nile cruise comes to an end in the open-air museum of Luxor. From the spectacular temple complex of Karnak to the Valley of the Kings, Luxor is full of wonderfully preserved reminders of the Pharaohs. After breakfast, depart the ship and drop your bags at your hotel in Luxor. From here, you’ll set off with your leader to explore Karnak Temple which is perhaps the most impressive of all the ancient Pharaoh’s monumental works. One of the world's most celebrated temple complexes, Karnak is a house of the gods built over a period of some 200 years. Your guided tour of this vast temple of impressive pylons, obelisks and chapels will reveal its finest sections, such as the Avenue of Sphinxes and the Great Temple of Amun. The rest of the day is free for you to relax, shop in the excellent bazaar (open until quite late) or perhaps experience the atmosphere of a local teahouse.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Luxor - Today you’ll hop in a private minivan and discover ancient Thebes. Your first stop is the Colossi of Memnon – two 17-metre-high statues on Luxor's west bank. Continue on to the Valley of the Kings. Buried under the arid hills here are over 60 tombs of pharaohs, many richly decorated with reliefs and paintings. With your leader, explore this place, where the pharaohs of the New Kingdom (16th to 11th century BC) were secretly interred for all eternity, and where discoveries are still being made. Your group leader will explain the history and legends of these remarkable people, and the significance of the many paintings and hieroglyphics, still well preserved in the deepest tombs. You will visit three of the royal tombs, including Tutankhamun’s tomb where Tutankhamun is buried, then continue to the Temple of Queen Hatshepsut – a colonnaded building set against high cliffs that create a spectacular natural amphitheatre. The afternoon is yours to explore – perhaps you'd like to shop in the market or visit the world's first Mummification Museum where you can discover the secrets of pharaonic preservation.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Cairo - After breakfast, check out of your hotel and catch a short flight back to Cairo. On your return to the capital, visit the Islamic parts of the city and the frenetic backstreets of the bazaar with your leader. A labyrinth of narrow streets and passageways, Khan is one of the biggest and oldest markets in the world. The 'Khan', sprawling around an old area known as Al-Azhar, is a quintessentially Cairo experience – a warren of alleys with stalls serving up a succession of intoxicating scenes. You might explore the gold market, ‘Perfume Street’ and the spice market, where heady aromas fill the air, or make a purchase next door in the cloth market. Or you could visit atmospheric El Fishawy, one of Cairo’s oldest cafes, and discover why it’s been operating for more than 200 years. Tonight, perhaps gather together your fellow travellers for a celebratory kebab, kofta, sheesha, or all three.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Cairo - There are no activities planned for the final day and you are free to depart at any time. Please ensure you confirm your hotel check-out time with your leader. If you would like to extend your stay in Cairo, we would be happy to arrange additional accommodation for you (subject to availability).

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Cairo - Salaam Aleikum! Welcome to Egypt. You'll be met on arrival at Cairo International Airport and transferred to your hotel, before your Egyptian adventure begins with an important welcome meeting at 6 pm this evening. Cairo is one of the great cities of antiquity and its history can be symbolised by two imposing landmarks – the Pyramids of Giza and the Sphinx. If you have some time spare, perhaps get out and explore the busy city streets or visit the Cairo Citadel which dates back to 1176 and is home to multiple museums and mosques.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Cairo - This morning after breakfast you’ll see two of the world’s most iconic sights – the Pyramids of Giza and the Sphinx. Explore these structures which have stood tall for over 4500 years, and for an additional charge, you may be able to go inside the Great Pyramid of Khufu, although occasionally it’s closed to visitors. Afterwards, your adventure continues to the Egyptian Museum, home to one of the world's great collections of ancient artefacts. The masses of gleaming artefacts recovered from the tomb of Tutankhamun are an impressive sight – from jewellery to the famous golden death mask and his gilded sarcophagi, this pharaoh was certainly prepared for the afterlife.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Alexandria - Jump in a private van today and drive to the Mediterranean coastal city of Alexandria. Egypt's second-largest city and main port, locals call this vibrant city the Bride of the Mediterranean Sea. The Greek architect Dinocrates built Alexandria in 331 BC under the orders of Alexander the Great. The city, immortalising Alexander's name, quickly flourished into a prominent cultural, intellectual, political and economic metropolis. On arrival, head underground and delve into the mysteries of the Kom ash-Shuqqafa catacombs. This Roman burial site is the largest of its kind in Egypt. The crypts are 20 metres below street level, and what probably began as a small family tomb grew into a labyrinth of chambers that could accommodate more than 300 bodies. Afterwards, stop by the strikingly modern Bibliotheca Alexandrina, inspired by the original great library of Alexandria and built to hold over eight million books. Take some time to stroll along the Corniche and around Fort Qaitbey and enjoy the fresh Mediterranean air.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Alexandria - Cairo - Overnight Train - This morning, pay a visit to Wadi El Natron, a place used by the ancient Egyptians and Romans for extracting precious resources like salt, silica for making glass and carbonated sodium which was essential for the mummification process. Learn about the history of this fascinating place, view the lakes and soak up the surroundings before returning by private van to Cairo. Take some time to relax or get some snacks before you board an overnight sleeper train to Aswan.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Aswan - The Nile, Elephantine Island and white-sailed feluccas. You’ll pull into Aswan – Egypt's southernmost city – at around 9am. Its easy-going charm is due in no small part to its large Nubian population. When you arrive, you’ll explore the beautiful Temple of Isis (the Goddess of health, marriage and wisdom), which was rescued from the rising waters of the Nile and relocated on Philae Island. It's a marvel of decorative pylons featuring some of Egypt's finest carvings – definitely one of the gems of Upper Egypt. This afternoon is yours to explore your way. You might choose to visit the excellent Nubian Museum, which showcases the history, art and culture of the Nubians. This evening you’ll experience modern Nubian culture firsthand with a visit to a nearby village. Join a local Nubian family for a memorable dinner where you’ll get to sample traditional dishes like okra stew or tagen, a tasty tomato-based tagen dish, with sanasel bread to mop up the delicious sauces.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Abu Simbel - Nile River Cruise - This morning, make the drive from Aswan to Abu Simbel where you’ll explore some magnificent temples. Built by Ramses II, it was the gateway to Egypt for Southern Africans and its imposing facade clearly delineated the line between what was the Pharaoh's land and what was not. With the four gargantuan statues of Ramses guarding the Great Temple, carved directly out of the mountain on the west bank of the Nile, this is one of Egypt's most memorable sights. You'll have two hours to explore Abu Simbel before making the drive back to Aswan, where you’ll board your Nile cruise boat. Late in the afternoon, enjoy a leisurely sailing trip on a traditional felucca before dinner on the ship.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Nile River Cruise - Enjoy a free morning in Aswan, perhaps enjoying coffee and exploration of the bazaar during the morning bustle. After lunch on board your ship, you’ll set sail for your first stop – Kom Ombo. This second century BC complex is unique because it has a mirror-image design, divided down the middle, with either side dedicated to a different set of gods. One half is known as the Temple of Sobek (the crocodile-headed god of fertility) and the other half is dedicated to Haroeris (also known as Horus the falcon god), and the whole temple is full of fascinating reliefs. Afterwards, return to the boat and travel upriver, with free time relaxing on the sundeck and taking in the surrounding sights – desert hills forming a backdrop to lush riverbanks, fishermen casting their nets and farmers working their land. Enjoy dinner on board, before your ship docks in Edfu late in the night.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Nile River Cruise - This morning finds you moored near Edfu – a beautifully preserved temple also dedicated to Horus, the falcon-headed god. After breakfast on board, your ship will sail onwards to Luxor, passing through the Esna Locks. Ships often have to queue to proceed through the locks, a great opportunity to check out the process from deck with a cool drink in hand, listening to the shouts of the many captains as they navigate their way through the various small boats of merchants selling their wares to a captive audience. On arrival in Luxor, join your leader for an orientation walk of the town. You have the option to visit Luxor Temple, which looks incredible, lit up at night. Return to the ship for dinner and your last night on board.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Luxor - Your Nile cruise comes to an end in the open-air museum of Luxor. From the spectacular temple complex of Karnak to the Valley of the Kings, Luxor is full of wonderfully preserved reminders of the Pharaohs. After breakfast, depart the ship and drop your bags at your hotel in Luxor. From here, you’ll set off with your leader to explore Karnak Temple which is perhaps the most impressive of all the ancient Pharaoh’s monumental works. One of the world's most celebrated temple complexes, Karnak is a house of the gods built over a period of some 200 years. Your guided tour of this vast temple of impressive pylons, obelisks and chapels will reveal its finest sections, such as the Avenue of Sphinxes and the Great Temple of Amun. The rest of the day is free for you to relax, shop in the excellent bazaar (open until quite late) or perhaps experience the atmosphere of a local teahouse.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Luxor - Today you’ll hop in a private minivan and discover ancient Thebes. Your first stop is the Colossi of Memnon – two 17-metre-high statues on Luxor's west bank. Continue on to the Valley of the Kings. Buried under the arid hills here are over 60 tombs of pharaohs, many richly decorated with reliefs and paintings. With your leader, explore this place, where the pharaohs of the New Kingdom (16th to 11th century BC) were secretly interred for all eternity, and where discoveries are still being made. Your group leader will explain the history and legends of these remarkable people, and the significance of the many paintings and hieroglyphics, still well preserved in the deepest tombs. You will visit three of the royal tombs, including Tutankhamun’s tomb where Tutankhamun is buried, then continue to the Temple of Queen Hatshepsut – a colonnaded building set against high cliffs that create a spectacular natural amphitheatre. The afternoon is yours to explore – perhaps you'd like to shop in the market or visit the world's first Mummification Museum where you can discover the secrets of pharaonic preservation.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Cairo - After breakfast, check out of your hotel and catch a short flight back to Cairo. On your return to the capital, visit the Islamic parts of the city and the frenetic backstreets of the bazaar with your leader. A labyrinth of narrow streets and passageways, Khan is one of the biggest and oldest markets in the world. The 'Khan', sprawling around an old area known as Al-Azhar, is a quintessentially Cairo experience – a warren of alleys with stalls serving up a succession of intoxicating scenes. You might explore the gold market, ‘Perfume Street’ and the spice market, where heady aromas fill the air, or make a purchase next door in the cloth market. Or you could visit atmospheric El Fishawy, one of Cairo’s oldest cafes, and discover why it’s been operating for more than 200 years. Tonight, perhaps gather together your fellow travellers for a celebratory kebab, kofta, sheesha, or all three.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Amman - This morning take a short flight from Cairo to Amman. You will be unescorted on this flight. On arrival at Queen Alia International Airport, you will be met by an Intrepid representative and transferred to your hotel, ready for your adventure to begin at 6 pm with a welcome meeting for the next stage of your trip. If you arrive early, feel free to head out and explore – highlights include the citadel with its amazing sweeping views of Amman, the Jordan Museum, which is home to the Dead Sea Scrolls, or the Roman Theatre, right in the middle of downtown Amman. After the meeting, you may like to get to know your group over an optional dinner, or explore on your own and pick up a coffee from one of the cafes, partnering it with an ara’yes – a toasted sandwich filled with spicy mincemeat.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Wadi Rum - After breakfast today, journey down the Desert Highway to the spellbinding Wadi Rum, a landscape of rugged sandstone mountains standing tall among an ochre desert floor. Meet your Bedouin hosts on arrival followed by free time for lunch, before heading into this desolate, romantic area. Transport into the Rum is by way of jeeps operated by the local Bedouin community, part of an initiative by the Jordanian Government to bring much-needed income into this region. Visit several of Wadi Rum's distinctive rock formations and soak in the vast silence and spectacular desert landscapes. The Bedouins live in scattered camps throughout the area and you'll enjoy an evening under the stars at one of these sites.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Aqaba - Enjoy a spectacular sunrise at your desert camp, perhaps checking out a few more of the local Wadi Rum sites or taking a scenic walk before you leave. Depart Wadi Rum mid-morning for the city of Aqaba on the Red Sea. Check into your hotel on arrival and head out for a brief orientation of the town with your leader – the small Ottoman Mamluk Fort, dating from the 14th century and from where Lawrence of Arabia rode to Cairo, is worth a look – otherwise, most of the fun is to be found in the water. With great visibility and abundant marine life, this is an incredible spot for snorkelling, and the warm waters play host to clownfish, angelfish, sea turtles and coral formations. Speak to your leader if you’d like to arrange snorkelling, or you may prefer to acquaint yourself with the hotel's pool or head to the beach.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Petra - This morning, enjoy some relaxation time in Aqaba before travelling to the fabled city of Petra. Dating back to the sixth century BC, Petra is considered the crown jewel of Jordan, featuring an impressive series of tombs and dwellings carved directly into the rock. The site remained unknown to the wider world until 1812 when it was visited by Swiss explorer Johann Ludwig Burckhardt. In 1985, Petra was designated a UNESCO World Heritage-listed site, and simply put, is one of the world’s most incredible ancient sites. On arrival, settle into your hotel and check out the village before enjoying an included dinner at your hotel.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Petra - Petra is justifiably on most people’s list of ‘must-visit’ places. The iconic Petra view – the Treasury's glorious facade, glimpsed from the narrow cleft known as the Siq – is arguably the single most striking sight of the entire region. The Siq leads through the rock and is sometimes only a few metres wide, with walls soaring up to 180 metres on either side. Join your guide and explore the old Roman road, amphitheatre and several old tombs, before enjoying free time to experience Petra at your own pace. Maybe climb up to the Monastery, carved from a mountain summit, where you’ll find magnificent views of the entire site. To cap off a truly memorable day, be welcomed into a local home for dinner. On the menu will often be maqluba – a casserole with rice, vegetables and chicken which is cooked, flipped, then served with either yoghurt or an Arab salad with tahina sauce. Chat to your friendly family hosts about the delicious meal and what life is like in such a popular spot.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Amman - After breakfast, drive to the ancient Crusader castle at Shobak, where your leader will show you the grounds, a small chapel and the original gatehouse. This ancient castle was originally built to protect the eastern flank of the Latin Kingdom and its trade routes to the sea before it fell to Saladin in 1189. Depart the castle and stop off at the viewpoint overlooking the Dana Nature Reserve before arriving in Madaba where you’ll visit the Greek Orthodox Church of St. George and see an impressive ancient mosaic map of the Holy Land. Arrive in Amman in the late afternoon, where your leader will recommend some great restaurants to sample the best of the city’s food scene.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Amman - Take a short drive north to Jerash, once one of the grandest ancient Roman cities in the world and now home to some of the best Greco-Roman ruins around. Jerash has a striking collection of archways, theatres, baths, public buildings and colonnaded streets, and is a beautiful place to spend a morning exploring. Then, drive to the shores of the Dead Sea, the lowest point on Earth (420 metres below sea level). This isn’t actually a sea, but rather a super-salty lake (dead because of the lack of life in it) where the density of the water means you’ll go for a float, not a swim. The mud here is supposed to have healing properties, so why not cover yourself from head to toe for a nutrient-rich natural mineral mud bath. Spend some time relaxing here before returning to Amman for the evening. Maybe spend tonight at one of the many bars and restaurants in West Amman or ask your leader about the traditional cafes dotted around the city where locals spend their evenings.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Amman - Your trip comes to an end today after breakfast. Check-out time is usually around noon and you are free to leave at any time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Cairo - Mrhbaan! Welcome to Egypt. Your adventure begins in Cairo – a city just as captivating as it is chaotic. You’ll be met at Cairo International Airport and transferred to your hotel where you can explore the extensive hotel bar and pool area. You’re free until your welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight, where you’ll meet your local leader and fellow travellers. After, get your first taste of Egyptian cuisine with a welcome dinner at a fantastic local restaurant where you can try out some classic dishes like fatta (a dish made with rice, bread and meat in a garlic and vinegar sauce), and kushari (a delicious mix of pasta, rice, lentils and fried onions).

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Cairo - This morning after breakfast, travel to arguably the most recognisable structures in the world – the Great Pyramids of Giza (one of the Seven Wonders of the World) and the Sphinx. Your leader is a trained Egyptologist and will share the fascinating history of these incredible feats of engineering. For an additional charge, you may be able to step inside the Great Pyramid of Khufu (or Cheops). After spending some time here, your adventure continues to the Egyptian Museum – home to one of the world's greatest collections of ancient artefacts. Wander the treasure-filled halls for a close encounter with some of the country’s most important queens and pharaohs. The masses of gleaming artefacts recovered from the tomb of Tutankhamun are an impressive sight – from jewellery to the famous golden death mask and his gilded sarcophagi, this pharaoh was certainly prepared for the afterlife. Gain a special insight by touring with a guide and enjoy time to explore independently. Tonight you might like to take a taxi into town to explore Cairo further or book in for a dinner cruise on the Nile.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Alexandria - Take to the road this morning for a journey to Alexandria, stopping in Wadi El Natron along the way. Your leader will explain how this area became a sanctuary for Christians after Saint Macarius the Great retreated here in AD360. There were once some 60-odd monasteries in the Wadi, though now only four remain. One of these is Anba Bishoy Monastery, named for Saint Bishoi who came to the site to live in solitude. Wander around the gardens and observe the resident monks as they go about their daily lives, then visit the church for expansive views over the desert. Continue to the city of Alexandria, founded by Alexander the Great and often referred to as the Pearl of the Mediterranean.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Alexandria - Enjoy a full day uncovering Alexandria's secrets with your knowledgeable leader's guidance. Visit the Catacombs of Kom El Shoqafa – a Roman burial site dating back to the second century that wasn’t discovered until 1900. The fascinating tombs were created during a transitional period in Alexandria’s history and interestingly feature Greek, Egyptian and Roman elements. Continue to the Bibliotheca Alexandrina (once the Great Library of Alexandra), where the Library of Ptolemies once stood some 1700 years ago. Finish up with a stop at Fort Qaitbay – a 14th-century complex designed to defend Alexandria from the Ottoman empire, built on the site of the former Alexandria Lighthouse. Spend the evening wandering along the corniche by the water or maybe relax at your hotel.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Cairo - Today, travel south of Alexandria for a more sombre experience at the historic battle site of El Alamein. Here, British and Commonwealth soldiers fought a decisive Allied victory against the German Afrika Korps that defined the North African campaign. Both sides suffered heavy losses, and the memorial commemorates nearly 12,000 Commonwealth servicemen who died in the Western Desert campaigns during the Second World War. Stop to enjoy your late lunch, brought with you from Alexandria – a delicious feteer meshaltet. This layered pastry is an iconic Egyptian dish and can be filled with a range of sweet or savoury ingredients. Return to Cairo in the afternoon and enjoy an evening at leisure.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Nile Cruise - Luxor - Transfer to Cairo Airport after breakfast this morning and board a short flight to Luxor. Luxor was the pharaohs' capital during the height of their power and is now known as the world’s greatest open-air museum. When you arrive, transfer to your Feature Stay Nile riverboat where you’ll unpack and settle in for the next four nights. There’s no better way to soak in the ancient history of the Nile and the incredible sights along its banks! Enjoy all the comforts of a world-class hotel, including a swimming pool, sundeck, restaurant and cabins with panoramic windows to watch riverside life stream by. This afternoon, visit Karnak – one of the world’s most celebrated temple complexes built over approximately 200 years. Some parts date back to 2055 BC and your guided tour will take you to its finest sections. You’ll also head over to our Intrepid Foundation partner, Animal Care in Egypt (ACE), a local NGO dedicated to providing free veterinary care for wounded working animals in the region. The rest of the afternoon and evening is free to relax, take a shopping trip through the bazaar or kick back in a local teahouse.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Nile Cruise - Edfu - Rise early this morning to journey into the Valley of the Kings. There are over 60 pharaoh tombs buried under the hills here, many of which are richly decorated, and your guide will take you through this spectacular place where discoveries are still being made. Learn about the funerary rites of the ancient Egyptians and the significance of the paintings and hieroglyphics and visit the final resting place of Tutankhamun. The discovery of the young Pharaoh’s tomb is undoubtedly one of the greatest archaeological finds of all time, and here you will have the opportunity to enter it yourself, exploring the painted chamber and admiring his famous sarcophagus. Visit another three royal tombs and continue to the Temple of Queen Hatshepsut, set in a spectacular natural amphitheatre. Your final stop is the Colossi of Memnon – giant statues that once formed part of an impressive colonnade – before returning to the boat for a leisurely lunch. Enjoy some time relaxing either on deck or in your cabin before setting sail upstream to Edfu, where you’ll arrive in the evening.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Nile Cruise - Aswan - This morning, you’ll be moored near Edfu and may have the option to venture independently into town to see the nearby temple. Continue along the river, relaxing in the sun on deck and taking in the desert hills that form a backdrop over the lush riverbanks. Arrive at Kom Ombo Temple, which sits spectacularly on the river’s edge. Learn from your leader how this temple was built in approximately 181 BC and is dedicated to two gods – Horus (god of protection) and Sobek (god of fertility, linked to the Nile’s water). Each god has a dedicated section – north or south – and there have been recent discoveries of mummified crocodiles in Sobek. After, board your boat and continue to Aswan, arriving in the late evening.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Nile Cruise - Aswan - Spend the morning visiting the temple complex of Philae, including the stunning Temple of Isis, located on Agilkia Island. The temple was reassembled in this location after being saved from rising waters and is a true architectural gem featuring some of Egypt’s finest carvings. Some Egyptologists believe that Philae was the last active site of the ancient Egyptian religion and where the last Egyptian hieroglyph was written. After, get to know the city of Aswan on foot during a walking tour with your leader. Explore the Sharia el Souk – a sprawling and bustling marketplace. Your leader will guide you through a colourful array of stalls selling everything from baked goods to Nubian crafts. Return to the boat for another evening, being rocked to sleep by the calm Nile waters.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Abu Simbel - Travel by road this morning to Abu Simbel. Your accommodation is located right by Lake Nasser and features lush grounds, two swimming pools and fantastic views over the lake. Spending the night here allows the group a chance to visit the Abu Simbel temples at a more leisurely pace as opposed to a jam-packed half-day trip. Built during the reign of Ramesses II, these mammoth temples took 20 years to complete and feature rock-cut statues of the pharaoh and the queen, some of which are 20 metres tall. Tour the complex with your leader, who will provide historical context on these grand structures. Head back to the temples this evening for an impressive sound and light show.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Aswan - Return to Aswan, arriving in time for lunch. Enjoy some downtime to relax at your hotel or explore more of the city, then regroup with your fellow travellers later in the afternoon. Take a step back in time during a visit to the Old Cataract Hotel for afternoon tea. Built in 1899 by Thomas Cook, the hotel has played host to an illustrious roster of guests, including Princess Diana, Winston Churchill and Agatha Christie, who lived here while writing her novel Death on the Nile. Soak up old-world glamour while enjoying tiered trays of finger food and a delightful selection of tea. The setting is up there with the best of them, with gorgeous grounds overlooking the Nile. Make the most of a free evening to find a local gem for dinner – your leader can help with recommendations.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Aswan - This morning, visit the Aswan High Dam, a modern example of Egyptian engineering. Located 13 km south, its controversial history required the relocation of many ancient temples and statues, which has, in the end, had a mostly positive impact on the region. After, head to the Unfinished Obelisk – an abandoned structure that would’ve been the largest obelisk ever erected in ancient Egypt had it been finished. Return to Aswan for some time to relax, then meet your leader in the late afternoon to board a traditional felucca and sail to the settlement of Elephantine Island. This island was once thought to be the home of Khnum – the god who guarded and controlled the Nile’s waters. This evening, enjoy stunning sunset drinks on the river on board your Felucca sailing boat. Disembark at a village and join a local family for a traditional Nubian feast. Here you will have the chance to see a different side of Egyptian life, try out some excellent Nubian dishes and swap stories with your welcoming hosts.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Cairo - This morning, fly back to Cairo. Settle into your downtown hotel, then spend the day discovering yet another layer of Egyptian history – Islamic Cairo. Explore the Khan al-Khalili Bazaar – a labyrinthine area with sprawling alleyways packed with shops and cafes. This is a quintessential Cairo experience, home to the gold market, perfume street and spice market. Stop off for an Arabic coffee or mint tea at El Fishawy, Cairo’s oldest café. Run by the same family for seven generations and a favourite with Cairo’s residents, there’s no better snapshot of local life in the city. Stop for lunch at Koshary and then continue to the Mosque of Ibn Tulun and the Gayer-Anderson Museum, home to all curious objects, from antique furniture to Islamic artefacts. Share an authentic Egyptian meal with a local family. Be welcomed into their home and chat with the family about life in Egypt and Egyptian cuisine while enjoying a delicious feast of traditional dishes.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Cairo - Early this morning, you’ll drive to Fayoum and visit Wadi El Rayan – a natural park home to two lakes that connect Egypt’s only waterfall. Now this is a great photo op! After, hop in a 4WD to explore the UNESCO World Heritage Site Wadi Al-Hitan (or Whales Valley) – a desert home to invaluable fossil remains of the earliest (now extinct) ancestors of whales. Spend a few hours here, learning about one of the most extraordinary evolutionary journeys. Visit the onsite Fossil and Climate Change Museum to see a collection of fossils found nowhere else in the world, including the largest intact Basilosaurus isis whale fossil. Jump in a jeep for a tour of the desert and then enjoy a desert lunch with your group. After, you’ll head back to Cairo for your final night.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Amman - Today you’ll catch an unescorted flight to the Jordanian capital Amman to embark on the second half of your trip. On arrival, you’ll be met by an Intrepid representative at the airport and transferred to your hotel, where there will be a second welcome meeting with your new group and local leader at 6 pm. If you arrive early, maybe visit a local cafe and pick up a coffee and ara’yes (pita filled with spiced meats). Maybe head to the Old Town’s Roman Amphitheatre or the Jordan National Gallery of Fine Arts. After your meeting, head to a local restaurant for a welcome dinner with your group and leader. Sharing food is a huge part of Jordanian culture, and eating out is always a social affair. Tonight, your leader will introduce you to some of the country’s most beloved dishes, like mansaf (a dish made with lamb, yoghurt and rice) and kunafa (a dessert made with pastry and cheese).

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Amman - This morning, leave Amman for a short drive north to Jerash where you’ll find some of the world’s best Greco-Roman ruins. Reaching its peak as a favourite of the emperor Hadrian, Jerash is home to a collection of archways, theatres, baths, public buildings and colonnaded streets. Your leader will share the history of the ruins and help you imagine what life once looked like in this Roman city. Grand columns encircle the city's centrepiece of the Oval Plaza – a great place to linger after exploring Jerash's riches. After, return to Amman and head to a cooking school for a look behind the scenes of Jordanian cuisine. During this hands-on activity, you will learn how to make some classic dishes like Maqlubeh, Mutabbal and Baba Ghanouj before sitting down as a group to enjoy the fruits of your labour.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Dead Sea - Today, you’ll make the journey from Amman to the Dead Sea. Named for the lack of life in its waters, this lake is so intensely salty that the water density makes swimming very difficult, but bobbing on the water's surface is a fun experience. On the way, stop off at Mount Nebo and hear the story of how Moses saw the Promised Land before he died from what is believed to be this very spot and St Georges Church – best known for its Byzantine mosaic depicting a map of the Holy Land. When you arrive, enjoy some time to float in the waters of the Dead Sea, relax on your hotel’s beachfront or take a dip in the infinity pool.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Petra - Depart the Dead Sea and drive to the ancient Crusader castle at Shobak – your leader will explain how this ancient castle was originally built to protect the eastern flank of the Latin Kingdom and its trade routes to the sea before it fell to Saladin in 1189. Enjoy the scenery and stop off at the viewpoint overlooking the Dana Nature Reserve before arriving in the late afternoon to your Petra accommodation. Petra dates back to the sixth century BC and is considered the crown jewel of Jordan, featuring an impressive series of tombs and dwellings carved directly into the rock. When you arrive, start uncovering the secrets of Petra with the knowledgeable guidance of your leader. The iconic view of the Treasury's glorious facade, glimpsed from a narrow cleft known as the Siq, is perhaps the single-most striking sight of the entire region.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Petra - Today you will return to Petra to explore more of this remarkable and enormous site at your own pace. Walk once more through the Siq that leads through the rock and is at points only a few metres wide, with walls soaring up to 180 m on either side. You’ll also have time to climb to the Monastery if you wish, providing a magnificent view of the entire site. Or take a free transfer to Little Petra with the option of hiking through the back door to Petra. There is a cafeteria on the site, where you can enjoy your own light lunch. Dinner this evening is a special one as you visit the home of a local Bedouin family for a homemade dinner and the chance to learn more about life in Petra.Tonight, maybe take the chance to witness Petra by night – seeing the Treasury Plaza lit up by candlelight while Bedouin music plays is a truly memorable experience.

     

    Day - 20

    Location: Wadi Rum - This morning, drive to Wadi Rum – a protected area of desert that impresses with sandstone mountains, canyons and arches. Enjoy some lunch in the small village of Rum then jump into a local jeep and journey into Wadi Rum with your Bedouin hosts. Visit several of the area’s distinctive rock formations and appreciate the silent desert landscapes, home to hardy Bedouin communities that live in scattered camps. Gain a deeper understanding of their way of life as you join them for a zarb (underground oven) dinner at one of their camps, set deep in the desert. Tonight’s Feature Stay accommodation is a camp that offers a base among remote and wild surroundings. Spacious tents are fitted out with comforts like king-sized beds, air conditioning and en suite bathrooms. Fall asleep in your tent after witnessing a magnificent canopy of stars outside, and wake up to a sunrise over the red-hued landscape.

     

    Day - 21

    Location: Amman - After waking up in the unique surrounds of your Bedouin camp this morning, take a walk around the area before scaling one of the large dunes for panoramic views of your surroundings. After, return to Amman for the evening. Tonight, you might like to join your group for a final dinner to round off your adventure – speak to your leader about the best restaurants in the city that are popular with the locals.

     

    Day - 22

    Location: Amman - Your trip will come to an end today after breakfast. If you have arranged a private airport transfer, you will be advised of the pick-up time. If you would like to spend more time in Amman, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time to organise additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Cairo - Mrhbaan! Welcome to Egypt. Your adventure begins in Cairo – a city just as captivating as it is chaotic. You’ll be met at Cairo International Airport and transferred to your hotel where you can explore the extensive hotel bar and pool area. You’re free until your welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight, where you’ll meet your local leader and fellow travellers. After, get your first taste of Egyptian cuisine with a welcome dinner at a fantastic local restaurant where you can try out some classic dishes like fatta (a dish made with rice, bread and meat in a garlic and vinegar sauce), and kushari (a delicious mix of pasta, rice, lentils and fried onions).

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Cairo - This morning after breakfast, travel to arguably the most recognisable structures in the world – the Great Pyramids of Giza (one of the Seven Wonders of the World) and the Sphinx. Your leader is a trained Egyptologist and will share the fascinating history of these incredible feats of engineering. For an additional charge, you may be able to step inside the Great Pyramid of Khufu (or Cheops). After spending some time here, your adventure continues to the Egyptian Museum – home to one of the world's greatest collections of ancient artefacts. Wander the treasure-filled halls for a close encounter with some of the country’s most important queens and pharaohs. The masses of gleaming artefacts recovered from the tomb of Tutankhamun are an impressive sight – from jewellery to the famous golden death mask and his gilded sarcophagi, this pharaoh was certainly prepared for the afterlife. Gain a special insight by touring with a guide and enjoy time to explore independently. Tonight you might like to take a taxi into town to explore Cairo further or book in for a dinner cruise on the Nile.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Alexandria - Take to the road this morning for a journey to Alexandria, stopping in Wadi El Natron along the way. Your leader will explain how this area became a sanctuary for Christians after Saint Macarius the Great retreated here in AD360. There were once some 60-odd monasteries in the Wadi, though now only four remain. One of these is Anba Bishoy Monastery, named for Saint Bishoi who came to the site to live in solitude. Wander around the gardens and observe the resident monks as they go about their daily lives, then visit the church for expansive views over the desert. Continue to the city of Alexandria, founded by Alexander the Great and often referred to as the Pearl of the Mediterranean.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Alexandria - Enjoy a full day uncovering Alexandria's secrets with your knowledgeable leader's guidance. Visit the Catacombs of Kom El Shoqafa – a Roman burial site dating back to the second century that wasn’t discovered until 1900. The fascinating tombs were created during a transitional period in Alexandria’s history and interestingly feature Greek, Egyptian and Roman elements. Continue to the Bibliotheca Alexandrina (once the Great Library of Alexandra), where the Library of Ptolemies once stood some 1700 years ago. Finish up with a stop at Fort Qaitbay – a 14th-century complex designed to defend Alexandria from the Ottoman empire, built on the site of the former Alexandria Lighthouse. Spend the evening wandering along the corniche by the water or maybe relax at your hotel.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Cairo - Today, travel south of Alexandria for a more sombre experience at the historic battle site of El Alamein. Here, British and Commonwealth soldiers fought a decisive Allied victory against the German Afrika Korps that defined the North African campaign. Both sides suffered heavy losses, and the memorial commemorates nearly 12,000 Commonwealth servicemen who died in the Western Desert campaigns during the Second World War. Stop to enjoy your late lunch, brought with you from Alexandria – a delicious feteer meshaltet. This layered pastry is an iconic Egyptian dish and can be filled with a range of sweet or savoury ingredients. Return to Cairo in the afternoon and enjoy an evening at leisure.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Nile Cruise - Luxor - Transfer to Cairo Airport after breakfast this morning and board a short flight to Luxor. Luxor was the pharaohs' capital during the height of their power and is now known as the world’s greatest open-air museum. When you arrive, transfer to your Feature Stay Nile riverboat where you’ll unpack and settle in for the next four nights. There’s no better way to soak in the ancient history of the Nile and the incredible sights along its banks! Enjoy all the comforts of a world-class hotel, including a swimming pool, sundeck, restaurant and cabins with panoramic windows to watch riverside life stream by. This afternoon, visit Karnak – one of the world’s most celebrated temple complexes built over approximately 200 years. Some parts date back to 2055 BC and your guided tour will take you to its finest sections. You’ll also head over to our Intrepid Foundation partner, Animal Care in Egypt (ACE), a local NGO dedicated to providing free veterinary care for wounded working animals in the region. The rest of the afternoon and evening is free to relax, take a shopping trip through the bazaar or kick back in a local teahouse.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Nile Cruise - Edfu - Rise early this morning to journey into the Valley of the Kings. There are over 60 pharaoh tombs buried under the hills here, many of which are richly decorated, and your guide will take you through this spectacular place where discoveries are still being made. Learn about the funerary rites of the ancient Egyptians and the significance of the paintings and hieroglyphics and visit the final resting place of Tutankhamun. The discovery of the young Pharaoh’s tomb is undoubtedly one of the greatest archaeological finds of all time, and here you will have the opportunity to enter it yourself, exploring the painted chamber and admiring his famous sarcophagus. Visit another three royal tombs and continue to the Temple of Queen Hatshepsut, set in a spectacular natural amphitheatre. Your final stop is the Colossi of Memnon – giant statues that once formed part of an impressive colonnade – before returning to the boat for a leisurely lunch. Enjoy some time relaxing either on deck or in your cabin before setting sail upstream to Edfu, where you’ll arrive in the evening.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Nile Cruise - Aswan - This morning, you’ll be moored near Edfu and may have the option to venture independently into town to see the nearby temple. Continue along the river, relaxing in the sun on deck and taking in the desert hills that form a backdrop over the lush riverbanks. Arrive at Kom Ombo Temple, which sits spectacularly on the river’s edge. Learn from your leader how this temple was built in approximately 181 BC and is dedicated to two gods – Horus (god of protection) and Sobek (god of fertility, linked to the Nile’s water). Each god has a dedicated section – north or south – and there have been recent discoveries of mummified crocodiles in Sobek. After, board your boat and continue to Aswan, arriving in the late evening.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Nile Cruise - Aswan - Spend the morning visiting the temple complex of Philae, including the stunning Temple of Isis, located on Agilkia Island. The temple was reassembled in this location after being saved from rising waters and is a true architectural gem featuring some of Egypt’s finest carvings. Some Egyptologists believe that Philae was the last active site of the ancient Egyptian religion and where the last Egyptian hieroglyph was written. After, get to know the city of Aswan on foot during a walking tour with your leader. Explore the Sharia el Souk – a sprawling and bustling marketplace. Your leader will guide you through a colourful array of stalls selling everything from baked goods to Nubian crafts. Return to the boat for another evening, being rocked to sleep by the calm Nile waters.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Abu Simbel - Travel by road this morning to Abu Simbel. Your accommodation is located right by Lake Nasser and features lush grounds, two swimming pools and fantastic views over the lake. Spending the night here allows the group a chance to visit the Abu Simbel temples at a more leisurely pace as opposed to a jam-packed half-day trip. Built during the reign of Ramesses II, these mammoth temples took 20 years to complete and feature rock-cut statues of the pharaoh and the queen, some of which are 20 metres tall. Tour the complex with your leader, who will provide historical context on these grand structures. Head back to the temples this evening for an impressive sound and light show.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Aswan - Return to Aswan, arriving in time for lunch. Enjoy some downtime to relax at your hotel or explore more of the city, then regroup with your fellow travellers later in the afternoon. Take a step back in time during a visit to the Old Cataract Hotel for afternoon tea. Built in 1899 by Thomas Cook, the hotel has played host to an illustrious roster of guests, including Princess Diana, Winston Churchill and Agatha Christie, who lived here while writing her novel Death on the Nile. Soak up old-world glamour while enjoying tiered trays of finger food and a delightful selection of tea. The setting is up there with the best of them, with gorgeous grounds overlooking the Nile. Make the most of a free evening to find a local gem for dinner – your leader can help with recommendations.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Aswan - This morning, visit the Aswan High Dam, a modern example of Egyptian engineering. Located 13 km south, its controversial history required the relocation of many ancient temples and statues, which has, in the end, had a mostly positive impact on the region. After, head to the Unfinished Obelisk – an abandoned structure that would’ve been the largest obelisk ever erected in ancient Egypt had it been finished. Return to Aswan for some time to relax, then meet your leader in the late afternoon to board a traditional felucca and sail to the settlement of Elephantine Island. This island was once thought to be the home of Khnum – the god who guarded and controlled the Nile’s waters. This evening, enjoy stunning sunset drinks on the river on board your Felucca sailing boat. Disembark at a village and join a local family for a traditional Nubian feast. Here you will have the chance to see a different side of Egyptian life, try out some excellent Nubian dishes and swap stories with your welcoming hosts.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Cairo - This morning, fly back to Cairo. Settle into your downtown hotel, then spend the day discovering yet another layer of Egyptian history – Islamic Cairo. Explore the Khan al-Khalili Bazaar – a labyrinthine area with sprawling alleyways packed with shops and cafes. This is a quintessential Cairo experience, home to the gold market, perfume street and spice market. Stop off for an Arabic coffee or mint tea at El Fishawy, Cairo’s oldest café. Run by the same family for seven generations and a favourite with Cairo’s residents, there’s no better snapshot of local life in the city. Stop for lunch at Koshary and then continue to the Mosque of Ibn Tulun and the Gayer-Anderson Museum, home to all curious objects, from antique furniture to Islamic artefacts. Share an authentic Egyptian meal with a local family. Be welcomed into their home and chat with the family about life in Egypt and Egyptian cuisine while enjoying a delicious feast of traditional dishes.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Cairo - Early this morning, you’ll drive to Fayoum and visit Wadi El Rayan – a natural park home to two lakes that connect Egypt’s only waterfall. Now this is a great photo op! After, hop in a 4WD to explore the UNESCO World Heritage Site Wadi Al-Hitan (or Whales Valley) – a desert home to invaluable fossil remains of the earliest (now extinct) ancestors of whales. Spend a few hours here, learning about one of the most extraordinary evolutionary journeys. Visit the onsite Fossil and Climate Change Museum to see a collection of fossils found nowhere else in the world, including the largest intact Basilosaurus isis whale fossil. Jump in a jeep for a tour of the desert and then enjoy a desert lunch with your group. After, you’ll head back to Cairo for your final night.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Cairo - Your trip comes to an end today after breakfast. If you would like to spend more time in Cairo, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Cairo - Salaam Aleikum! Welcome to Egypt. When you arrive at the Cairo airport, an included transfer will take you to your hotel. Your adventure officially begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. If you arrive early, maybe get out and explore the busy streets, find a hole-in-the-wall eatery for a snack or relax at your hotel – the pool offers magnificent pyramid views! After your meeting, head out for an included dinner with the group. Your leader will introduce you to Egyptian cuisine, known for being fresh, delicious and unique to the country. Best enjoyed when shared, you’ll tuck into an array of traditional dishes like fatta (a dish made with rice, bread and meat in a garlic and vinegar sauce) and kushari (a delicious mixture of pasta, rice, lentils and fried onions).

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Cairo - This morning, tour the mighty Pyramids of Giza – one of the famed Seven Wonders of the World –and the Sphinx with your leader and expert local guide. For an additional charge, you may be able to go inside the Great Pyramid of Khufu (or Cheops). After some time for lunch, your adventure continues to the Egyptian Museum – home to one of the world's great collections of ancient artefacts recovered from the tomb of Tutankhamun. From jewellery to the famous golden death mask and his gilded sarcophagi, this pharaoh was certainly prepared for the afterlife. Your leader will take you through some of Egypt’s dynastic history and you’ll have plenty of time to explore on your own – home to almost 100,000 artefacts, there’s a whole ancient world to uncover!

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Aswan - Catch a morning flight to Aswan – Egypt’s southernmost city. Check into your hotel, then travel to Philae Island and visit the Temple of Isis – the goddess of health, marriage and wisdom – rescued from the rising waters of the Nile and relocated here. Your leader will share stories of the history and changing landscape of the island. Then, take a boat to a Nubian village on an island in the middle of the Nile. Walk through the village before sitting down to dinner with a local Nubian family in their home. Enjoy traditional Nubian food, swap stories with your friendly hosts and gain a unique perspective into their way of life.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Aswan - Nile Cruise - After breakfast, you may like to take a stroll around Aswan or join an optional tour of Abu Simbel – a temple complex that was dismantled and moved to make way for the Aswan High Dam. Board a Nile riverboat – your Feature Stay accommodation for the next three nights! Travelling by riverboat allows you to get to the heart of each destination while ensuring the journeys in between are every bit as interesting. In the afternoon, board a traditional felucca sailing boat where you can sit back and relax with some drinks as the sun sets over your surroundings. Return to your riverboat for dinner.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Nile Cruise - Edfu - Enjoy a peaceful morning on board your riverboat, then set out in the afternoon along the river, relaxing in the sun on deck and taking in the desert hills. Arrive at Kom Ombo Temple, where your leader will let you in on the secrets of this ancient sanctuary. Built in approximately 181 BC, Kom Ombo is dedicated to two gods – Horus (god of protection) and Sobek (god of fertility, linked to the Nile’s water). Each god has a dedicated section – north or south – and there have been recent discoveries of mummified crocodiles in the Sobek section. After, return to your riverboat and continue to Edfu where you’ll dock for the evening.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Nile Cruise - Luxor - This morning, you’ll be moored near Edfu and may have the option to venture independently into town to see the nearby temple. Sail towards Luxor passing through the Esna Locks. Arrive at the open-air museum of Luxor – from the spectacular temple complex of Karnak to the Valley of the Kings, Luxor is full of wonderfully preserved reminders of the Pharaohs. Today you'll explore the Karnak Temple. One of the world's most celebrated temple complexes, Karnak is a house of the gods built over a period of some 200 years. You’ll also head over to our Intrepid Foundation partner, Animal Care in Egypt (ACE), a local NGO dedicated to providing free veterinary care for wounded working animals in the region.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Luxor - Today you will leave your riverboat and travel to the Valley of the Kings. Buried under the arid hills are over 60 tombs of pharaohs, many richly decorated with reliefs and paintings. With your leader, explore the place where the pharaohs of the New Kingdom (16th to 11th century BC) were secretly interred for all eternity, and where discoveries are still being made. Your leader will explain the history and legends of these people and the significance of the many paintings and hieroglyphics. Entry is included to three tombs of your choosing, as well as access to the tomb of Tutankhamun. The unearthing of the young Pharaoh’s resting place is one of the world’s greatest archaeological discoveries, and today you’ll explore the painted chamber that holds his famous golden sarcophagus. Continue to the Temple of Queen Hatshepsut then view the Colossi of Memnon – two 17-m-high statues on Luxor's west bank.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Cairo - Board a flight to Cairo this morning. When you arrive, settle into your hotel then head out to the Al-Azhar neighbourhood to visit Khan al-Khalili Bazaar – a sprawling maze of alleyways including the gold market, cloth market, 'perfume street' and the spice market. Continue to the 9th-century Al-Azhar Mosque – one of the oldest and largest in Egypt and a masterpiece of Islamic architecture. Stop off in Cairo’s oldest coffeeshop for an Arabic coffee or mint tea as you watch the world go by. The best food in Cairo is made inside a local home – this afternoon, you’ll be welcomed into the home of a local family to sit down and enjoy a meal of traditional dishes as you gain an inside look at modern Egyptian life.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Amman - Today you’ll catch an unescorted flight to the Jordanian capital Amman for the second half of your trip. When you arrive, you’ll be met by a local representative and transferred to your hotel, where there will be a second welcome meeting with your new group and local leader at 6 pm. If you arrive early, maybe visit a local cafe and pick up an ara’yes (pita filled with spiced meats). Maybe head to the Old Town’s Roman Amphitheatre or the Jordan National Gallery of Fine Arts. After your meeting, head to a local restaurant for a welcome dinner with your group and leader. Sharing food is a huge part of Jordanian culture. Tonight, your leader will introduce you to some of the country’s most beloved dishes, like mansaf (a dish made with lamb, yoghurt and rice) and kunafa (a dessert made with pastry and cheese).

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Amman - This morning, leave Amman for a short drive north to Jerash where you’ll find some of the world’s best Greco-Roman ruins. Reaching its peak as a favourite of the emperor Hadrian, Jerash is home to a collection of archways, theatres, baths, public buildings and colonnaded streets. Your leader will share the history of the ruins and help you imagine what life once looked like in this Roman city. Grand columns encircle the city's centrepiece of the Oval Plaza – a great place to linger after exploring Jerash's riches. After, return to Amman and head to a cooking school for a look behind the scenes of Jordanian cuisine. During this hands-on activity, you will learn how to make some classic dishes like Maqlubeh, Mutabbal and Baba Ghanouj before sitting down as a group to enjoy the fruits of your labour.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Dead Sea - Today, you’ll make the journey from Amman to the Dead Sea. Named for the lack of life in its waters, this lake is so intensely salty that the water density makes swimming very difficult, but bobbing on the water's surface is a fun experience. On the way, stop off at Mount Nebo and hear the story of how Moses saw the Promised Land before he died from what is believed to be this very spot and St Georges Church – best known for its Byzantine mosaic depicting a map of the Holy Land. When you arrive, enjoy some time to float in the waters of the Dead Sea, relax on your hotel’s beachfront or take a dip in the infinity pool.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Petra - Depart the Dead Sea and drive to the ancient Crusader castle at Shobak – your leader will explain how this ancient castle was originally built to protect the eastern flank of the Latin Kingdom and its trade routes to the sea before it fell to Saladin in 1189. Enjoy the scenery and stop off at the viewpoint overlooking the Dana Nature Reserve before arriving in the late afternoon to your Petra accommodation. Petra dates back to the sixth century BC and is considered the crown jewel of Jordan, featuring an impressive series of tombs and dwellings carved directly into the rock. When you arrive, start uncovering the secrets of Petra with the knowledgeable guidance of your leader. The iconic view of the Treasury's glorious facade, glimpsed from a narrow cleft known as the Siq, is perhaps the single-most striking sight of the entire region.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Petra - Today you will return to Petra to explore more of this remarkable and enormous site at your own pace. Walk once more through the Siq that leads through the rock and is at points only a few metres wide, with walls soaring up to 180 m on either side. You’ll also have time to climb to the Monastery if you wish, providing a magnificent view of the entire site. Or take a free transfer to Little Petra with the option of hiking through the back door to Petra. There is a cafeteria on the site, where you can enjoy your own light lunch. Tonight, maybe take the chance to witness Petra by night – seeing the Treasury Plaza lit up by candlelight while Bedouin music plays is a truly memorable experience.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Wadi Rum - This morning, drive to Wadi Rum – a protected area of desert that impresses with sandstone mountains, canyons and arches. Enjoy some lunch in the small village of Rum then jump into a local jeep and journey into Wadi Rum with your Bedouin hosts. Visit several of the area’s distinctive rock formations and appreciate the silent desert landscapes, home to hardy Bedouin communities that live in scattered camps. Gain a deeper understanding of their way of life as you join them for a zarb (underground oven) dinner at one of their camps, set deep in the desert. Tonight’s Feature Stay accommodation is a camp that offers a base among remote and wild surroundings. Spacious tents are fitted out with comforts like king-sized beds, air conditioning and en suite bathrooms. Fall asleep in your tent after witnessing a magnificent canopy of stars outside, and wake up to a sunrise over the red-hued landscape.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Amman - After waking up in the unique surrounds of your Bedouin camp this morning, take a walk around the area before scaling one of the large dunes for panoramic views of your surroundings. After, return to Amman for the evening. Tonight, you might like to join your group for a final dinner to round off your adventure – speak to your leader about the best restaurants in the city that are popular with the locals.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Amman - Your trip will come to an end today after breakfast. If you have arranged a private airport transfer, you will be advised of the pick-up time. If you would like to spend more time in Amman, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time to organise additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Cairo - Salaam Aleikum! Welcome to Egypt. When you arrive at the Cairo airport, an included transfer will take you to your hotel. Your adventure officially begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. If you arrive early, maybe get out and explore the busy streets, find a hole-in-the-wall eatery for a snack or relax at your hotel – the pool offers magnificent pyramid views! After your meeting, head out for an included dinner with the group. Your leader will introduce you to Egyptian cuisine, known for being fresh, delicious and unique to the country. Best enjoyed when shared, you’ll tuck into an array of traditional dishes like fatta (a dish made with rice, bread and meat in a garlic and vinegar sauce) and kushari (a delicious mixture of pasta, rice, lentils and fried onions).

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Cairo - This morning, tour the mighty Pyramids of Giza – one of the famed Seven Wonders of the World –and the Sphinx with your leader and expert local guide. For an additional charge, you may be able to go inside the Great Pyramid of Khufu (or Cheops). After some time for lunch, your adventure continues to the Egyptian Museum – home to one of the world's great collections of ancient artefacts recovered from the tomb of Tutankhamun. From jewellery to the famous golden death mask and his gilded sarcophagi, this pharaoh was certainly prepared for the afterlife. Your leader will take you through some of Egypt’s dynastic history and you’ll have plenty of time to explore on your own – home to almost 100,000 artefacts, there’s a whole ancient world to uncover!

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Aswan - Catch a morning flight to Aswan – Egypt’s southernmost city. Check into your hotel, then travel to Philae Island and visit the Temple of Isis – the goddess of health, marriage and wisdom – rescued from the rising waters of the Nile and relocated here. Your leader will share stories of the history and changing landscape of the island. Then, take a boat to a Nubian village on an island in the middle of the Nile. Walk through the village before sitting down to dinner with a local Nubian family in their home. Enjoy traditional Nubian food, swap stories with your friendly hosts and gain a unique perspective into their way of life.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Aswan - Nile Cruise - After breakfast, you may like to take a stroll around Aswan or join an optional tour of Abu Simbel – a temple complex that was dismantled and moved to make way for the Aswan High Dam. Board a Nile riverboat – your Feature Stay accommodation for the next three nights! Travelling by riverboat allows you to get to the heart of each destination while ensuring the journeys in between are every bit as interesting. In the afternoon, board a traditional felucca sailing boat where you can sit back and relax with some drinks as the sun sets over your surroundings. Return to your riverboat for dinner.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Nile Cruise - Edfu - Enjoy a peaceful morning on board your riverboat, then set out in the afternoon along the river, relaxing in the sun on deck and taking in the desert hills. Arrive at Kom Ombo Temple, where your leader will let you in on the secrets of this ancient sanctuary. Built in approximately 181 BC, Kom Ombo is dedicated to two gods – Horus (god of protection) and Sobek (god of fertility, linked to the Nile’s water). Each god has a dedicated section – north or south – and there have been recent discoveries of mummified crocodiles in the Sobek section. After, return to your riverboat and continue to Edfu where you’ll dock for the evening.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Nile Cruise - Luxor - This morning, you’ll be moored near Edfu and may have the option to venture independently into town to see the nearby temple. Sail towards Luxor passing through the Esna Locks. Arrive at the open-air museum of Luxor – from the spectacular temple complex of Karnak to the Valley of the Kings, Luxor is full of wonderfully preserved reminders of the Pharaohs. Today you'll explore the Karnak Temple. One of the world's most celebrated temple complexes, Karnak is a house of the gods built over a period of some 200 years. You’ll also head over to our Intrepid Foundation partner, Animal Care in Egypt (ACE), a local NGO dedicated to providing free veterinary care for wounded working animals in the region.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Luxor - Today you will leave your riverboat and travel to the Valley of the Kings. Buried under the arid hills are over 60 tombs of pharaohs, many richly decorated with reliefs and paintings. With your leader, explore the place where the pharaohs of the New Kingdom (16th to 11th century BC) were secretly interred for all eternity, and where discoveries are still being made. Your leader will explain the history and legends of these people and the significance of the many paintings and hieroglyphics. Entry is included to three tombs of your choosing, as well as access to the tomb of Tutankhamun. The unearthing of the young Pharaoh’s resting place is one of the world’s greatest archaeological discoveries, and today you’ll explore the painted chamber that holds his famous golden sarcophagus. Continue to the Temple of Queen Hatshepsut then view the Colossi of Memnon – two 17-m-high statues on Luxor's west bank.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Cairo - Board a flight to Cairo this morning. When you arrive, settle into your hotel then head out to the Al-Azhar neighbourhood to visit Khan al-Khalili Bazaar – a sprawling maze of alleyways including the gold market, cloth market, 'perfume street' and the spice market. Continue to the 9th-century Al-Azhar Mosque – one of the oldest and largest in Egypt and a masterpiece of Islamic architecture. Stop off in Cairo’s oldest coffeeshop for an Arabic coffee or mint tea as you watch the world go by. The best food in Cairo is made inside a local home – this afternoon, you’ll be welcomed into the home of a local family to sit down and enjoy a meal of traditional dishes as you gain an inside look at modern Egyptian life.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Cairo - Your trip will come to an end today after breakfast and you’re free to leave at any time after check out. If you have arranged a private airport transfer, you’ll be advised of the pick-up time. If you would like to spend more time in Cairo, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time to organise additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Cairo - Salaam aleikum! Welcome to Egypt. Your adventure begins in Cairo – Egypt's chaotic capital, with a welcome meeting at 6 pm. Cairo is one of the great ancient cities and its history can be symbolised by two imposing landmarks – the Pyramids of Giza (one of the famed Seven Wonders of the World) and the Mosque of Mohammed Ali. If you have time, why not jump on a quick felucca ride or head out to explore the markets. If you want to escape the hustle and bustle, the Christian Coptic sector is well worth a visit. Tonight, maybe hit the local nightlife and celebrate the start of an epic adventure.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Cairo - After breakfast, set out to see some of Egypt’s most renowned sights. Visit Giza’s pyramids – one of the Seven Wonders of the World – and the Sphinx. Explore these structures that have stood tall for 4500 years. You may even be able to go inside the Great Pyramid of Khufu for an additional charge. After, maybe make your way to the Egyptian Museum – home to one of the world's great collections of antiquities. Perhaps wander the treasure-filled halls of the National Museum of Egyptian Civilization. Later, meet your leader and travel to Giza train station, where you’ll board a sleeper train to Aswan.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Aswan - The Nile, Elephantine Island and white-sailed feluccas – welcome to Aswan, Egypt's southernmost city. Today is a free day so take the opportunity to see the sites, like the unfinished obelisk or the High Dam. The Nubian Bazaar is a must, and the Nubian Museum is at the top of many visitors’ lists. Maybe visit the Temple of Isis (goddess of health, marriage and wisdom), which was rescued from the rising waters of the Nile and relocated to Philae Island. It's a marvel of decorative pylons featuring some of Egypt's finest carvings. Stop at the waterfront promenade for a mint tea and maybe watch the waterfront come alive at dusk, with families out strolling, socialising and relaxing along the corniche.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Aswan - This morning is your best chance to head out of Aswan and visit Abu Simbel, if that’s on your list. With the four gargantuan statues of Ramses guarding the Great Temple, this is one of Egypt's most memorable sights. Otherwise, the day is free for you to make your own discoveries. A popular afternoon option is a sailboat ride around the islands in a traditional felucca, stopping off at the botanical gardens on Kitchener's Island. Your local leader will be on hand to help you get the most out of your day. You may prefer to just relax and take in the beauty of the Nile or do some shopping in the vibrant bazaar.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Nubian Homestay - This morning, jump on a traditional Egyptian sailboat (or felucca) for a morning sail. After lunch on board the felucca, arrive at a Nubian homestay on the west bank of the Nile. Here, you’ll learn about the local way of life with a walk through the surrounding countryside and agriculture fields to reach the homestay. The house is in traditional Nubian style, with a sandy courtyard in the middle where the family gathers for meals. Get into the swing of Egyptian life by lending a hand in the kitchen to help cook dinner, or maybe kick around a football in the courtyard with the kids. There are few better ways to understand a country and its people than with a local homestay, and you’ll have the chance tonight to soak it all up.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Nile Felucca - Board another felucca today and enjoy a day out on the river, seeing rural Egyptian daily life play out on the banks before spending a night under the stars. Your sailing crew will provide all your onboard meals. The felucca is a traditional wooden boat with broad canvas sails, offering some shade and protection from the elements, but there is no cabin or enclosed section – watching the sun setting over the Nile in the evening from an open deck is an experience you won't forget.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Luxor - After farewelling the felucca crew, take a private van to Luxor. Today, you’ll explore Karnak Temple, maybe the most impressive of all the ancient pharoahs' monumental works. One of the world's most celebrated temple complexes, Karnak is a house of the gods built over a period of some 200 years. Your guided tour of this vast temple of pylons, obelisks and chapels will reveal its finest sections, such as the Avenue of Sphinxes and the Great Temple of Amun. Then, head over to our Intrepid Foundation partner, Animal Care in Egypt (ACE), a local NGO dedicated to providing free veterinary care for wounded working animals in the region. The rest of the day will be free to relax, shop in the bazaar (open until quite late) or soak up the atmosphere of a local teahouse.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Luxor - Rise early this morning and head into the Valley of the Kings. Buried under the arid hills are over 60 tombs of pharaohs, many richly decorated with reliefs and paintings. With your leader, explore where the pharaohs of the New Kingdom (16th to 11th century BC) were secretly interred for all eternity, and where discoveries are still being made. Your leader will explain the history and legends of these remarkable people, their funerary rites and the significance of the many paintings and hieroglyphics, still well-preserved in the deepest tombs. Visit three of the most interesting royal tombs and then continue to the Temple of Queen Hatshepsut – a colonnaded building set against high cliffs that create a natural amphitheatre.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Hurghada - This morning, farewell the Nile to drive east to the beachside town of Hurghada. The green Nile valley is soon left behind as you head out into the Eastern Desert. As you pass by rocky hills, the glittering waters of the Red Sea come into view and the rugged bulk of the Sinai Peninsula looms on the opposite shore. A vibrant beach resort, Hurghada is by no means a typical adventure destination. After checking in to your hotel, take a leader-led orientation walk to get your bearings and to scope out some of the local restaurants.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Hurghada - Transfer to the Hurghada Marina and climb aboard your motor yacht for a trip around the Red Sea Marine Park, where you’ll have the opportunity to snorkel one of the most magnificent reefs in the Red Sea. Your captain will select three separate locations to maximise your experience and snorkelling gear is provided. Lunch will consist of a delicious feast of kofta, salads, fish and rice and soft drinks, tea and coffee will be provided throughout the day. Head back to Hurghada mid to late afternoon and transfer back to the hotel.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Cairo - Make the journey back to Cairo by private vehicle. When you arrive, visit the Islamic parts of the city and the frenetic backstreets of the local Khan el-Khalili bazaar with your leader. The ‘Khan’ is one of the biggest and oldest markets in the world, sprawling around an old area known as Al-Azhar. You might explore the gold market, ‘Perfume Street’ and the spice market, where heady aromas hang in the air like a thick blanket of Damascene cloth (which can be purchased next door in the cloth market!).

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Alexandria - Jump in a private van today and follow the ‘desert road’ to the Mediterranean coastal city of Alexandria. Egypt's second largest city and main port, locals call this vibrant city the Bride of the Mediterranean Sea. When you arrive, take an orientation walk with your leader. The Greek architect Dinocrates built Alexandria in 331 BC under the orders of Alexander the Great. The city, immortalising Alexander's name, quickly flourished into a prominent cultural, intellectual, political and economic metropolis. Take some time to stroll along the corniche and take in some fresh Mediterranean air.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Alexandria - Today, head back to a more recent period in Egyptian history with a visit to El Alamein and the war museum. The area was a turning point in the North African campaign, where the Allies held out against, and eventually pushed back and defeated, the Afrika Korps of Rommel. The area contains several memorials from the countries who lost soldiers here – Greece, South Africa, Australia, Italy – as well as a war cemetery that’s home to the graves and names of the thousands who lost their lives. In the museum, discover the story of the events that unfolded here, and then return to Alexandria. Alexandria is well known for its seafood, so don't forget to feast on some fresh fish while you're in town.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Cairo - This morning, head underground and delve into the mysteries of the Kom Ash Shuqqafa catacombs. This Roman burial site is the largest of its kind in Egypt and was discovered, quite accidentally, by a donkey! The crypts are 20 m below street level and what probably began as a small family tomb grew into a labyrinth of chambers that could accommodate more than 300 bodies. Stop by the strikingly modern Bibliotheca Alexandrina, inspired by the original great library of Alexandria and built to hold over 8 million books. After, head to El Morsi Abu El Abbas Mosque – the largest in the city. During your free time, maybe visit the Citadel of Qaitbay – a fortress overlooking the Mediterranean Sea where the famous lighthouse once stood. You’ll then leave Alexandria and return to Cairo. Tonight, why not gather your travel crew for a celebratory kebab, kofta or sheesha.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Cairo - Your trip finishes today after breakfast. There are no activities planned and you can depart the accommodation at any time following check-out. If you’d like to extend your stay, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Cairo - Ahlan! Welcome to Egypt. Your adventure begins in Cairo with a welcome meeting at 4 pm, where you’ll meet your leader and fellow travellers. If you arrive early, get your bearings by walking around the neighourhood, or escape the hustle and bustle and explore the Christian quarter, known as Coptic Cairo. After the meeting, head out with your fellow travellers and discover Khan al-Khalili Bazaar, located in Cairo's Islamic centre. This traditional souk is a labyrinth of narrow alleys lined with local merchants, making it the perfect place to experience daily Egyptian life.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Cairo/Overnight Train - This morning, head to Giza – home to some of the world’s most iconic sights and one of the Seven Wonders of the World. Explore the structures that have stood tall for 4500 years and uncover the mysteries surrounding them with your leader. Head to a spot where you'll have a panoramic view of the three pyramids, before checking out the Great Sphinx of Giza. For lunch, follow your leader to a local restaurant to try a Koshary plate (a tasty and filling Egyptian take on pasta). After, make your way to the Egyptian Museum, which houses one of the world's greatest collections of antiquities. Wander through the treasure-filled halls while your leader highlights the true gems of the exhibits. Later, meet your leader and travel to the nearby train station, where you’ll board an overnight sleeper train bound for Aswan.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Aswan - Travel to Aswan – Egypt's southernmost city, where the river Nile flows, white-sailed feluccas glide by and Elephantine Island awaits. Today is a free day, so take the opportunity to see some Aswan sites like the Unfinished Obelisk – an ancient monument that has remained unfinished for 3500 years – or the High Dam. Maybe see The Nubian Bazaar, the Nubian Museum or the beautiful Temple of Isis, dedicated to the goddess Isis on Philae Island. The waterfront promenade, or Aswan's Corniche, runs alongside one of the Nile's most appealing stretches and is the perfect place to pause for a mint tea. This evening you’ll experience modern Nubian culture first-hand by joining a local Nubian family for dinner in a nearby village.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Aswan - Today is another free day in Aswan. Perhaps head out of the city and visit Abu Simbel this morning. With the four colossal statues of Ramses guarding the Great Temple, carved directly from the mountain on the west bank of the Nile, this is one of Egypt's most memorable sights. Alternatively, you could take a sailboat around the islands in a traditional felucca, stopping off at the botanical gardens on Kitchener's Island. Your leader will be on hand to help you arrange any excursions. Otherwise, simply relax and take in the beauty of the Nile or do some shopping in the local bazaar.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Nile Felucca - With your free time this morning, perhaps hop on a motorboat out to the Tomb of the Nobles or stock up on snacks for your evening on the Nile. Board the felucca with your group just before lunch and spend the afternoon out on the river, watching Egyptian daily life play out on the banks, before spending a night under the stars. Your Nubian sailing crew provides all the meals, which are hearty and delicious, as well as some local entertainment. Being a traditional wooden boat with broad canvas sails, your felucca offers some shade and protection from the elements, however, there’s no cabin or enclosed section. Tonight, watch the sunset across the Nile for a sight you won't forget.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Luxor - Say goodbye to your Nubian friends this morning and take a private van to the ‘open-air museum’ of Luxor. From the spectacular temple complex of Karnak to the Valley of the Kings, Luxor is full of wonderfully preserved reminders of the Pharaohs. On the way, there's the option to visit either the unique mirror-image design of the Temple of Kom Ombo, or the beautifully preserved Temple of Edfu. In the afternoon, explore the magnificent Karnak Temple, which is perhaps the most impressive of all the ancient Pharaohs' monumental works. One of the world's most celebrated temple complexes, Karnak is a house of the gods built over a period of 200 years. After, visit a local NGO, Animal Care in Egypt (ACE), our Intrepid Foundation partner, to learn about the work they do to care for wounded working animals in the region. The rest of the day will be free to relax, shop in the bazaar or chill out in a local teahouse.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Luxor/Overnight Train - Today, discover some of the wonders of ancient Thebes via a private minivan. Your first stop is the Colossi of Memnon – two 17-m-high statues on Luxor's West Bank. Carved from granite blocks, they represent the Pharaoh Amenhotep III and were once part of an impressive colonnade. Continue to the royal burial site of the Valley of the Kings – here, buried under the arid hills, are over 60 richly decorated tombs of pharaohs. Your leader will explain the history and legends of these remarkable pharaohs and the significance of the many paintings and hieroglyphics. After, join a local family for lunch and try some traditional home cooking. The rest of the afternoon is yours to explore at your pace before boarding an overnight sleeper train from Luxor back to Cairo.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Cairo - Arrive in Cairo early this morning and have one last breakfast with your group. Your trip then comes to an end. If you'd like to extend your stay, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Cairo - Ahlan! Welcome to Egypt. Your adventure begins in Cairo with a welcome meeting at 4 pm, where you’ll meet your leader and fellow travellers. If you arrive early, get your bearings by walking around the neighourhood, or escape the hustle and bustle and explore the Christian quarter, known as Coptic Cairo. After the meeting, head out with your fellow travellers and discover Khan al-Khalili Bazaar, located in Cairo's Islamic centre. This traditional souk is a labyrinth of narrow alleys lined with local merchants, making it the perfect place to experience daily Egyptian life.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Cairo/Overnight Train - This morning, head to Giza – home to some of the world’s most iconic sights and one of the Seven Wonders of the World. Explore the structures that have stood tall for 4500 years and uncover the mysteries surrounding them with your leader. Head to a spot where you'll have a panoramic view of the three pyramids, before checking out the Great Sphinx of Giza. For lunch, follow your leader to a local restaurant to try a Koshary plate (a tasty and filling Egyptian take on pasta). After, make your way to the Egyptian Museum, which houses one of the world's greatest collections of antiquities. Wander through the treasure-filled halls while your leader highlights the true gems of the exhibits. Later, meet your leader and travel to the nearby train station, where you’ll board an overnight sleeper train bound for Aswan.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Aswan - Travel to Aswan – Egypt's southernmost city, where the river Nile flows, white-sailed feluccas glide by and Elephantine Island awaits. Today is a free day, so take the opportunity to see some Aswan sites like the Unfinished Obelisk – an ancient monument that has remained unfinished for 3500 years – or the High Dam. Maybe see The Nubian Bazaar, the Nubian Museum or the beautiful Temple of Isis, dedicated to the goddess Isis on Philae Island. The waterfront promenade, or Aswan's Corniche, runs alongside one of the Nile's most appealing stretches and is the perfect place to pause for a mint tea. This evening you’ll experience modern Nubian culture first-hand by joining a local Nubian family for dinner in a nearby village.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Aswan - Today is another free day in Aswan. Perhaps head out of the city and visit Abu Simbel this morning. With the four colossal statues of Ramses guarding the Great Temple, carved directly from the mountain on the west bank of the Nile, this is one of Egypt's most memorable sights. Alternatively, you could take a sailboat around the islands in a traditional felucca, stopping off at the botanical gardens on Kitchener's Island. Your leader will be on hand to help you arrange any excursions. Otherwise, simply relax and take in the beauty of the Nile or do some shopping in the local bazaar.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Nile Felucca - With your free time this morning, perhaps hop on a motorboat out to the Tomb of the Nobles or stock up on snacks for your evening on the Nile. Board the felucca with your group just before lunch and spend the afternoon out on the river, watching Egyptian daily life play out on the banks, before spending a night under the stars. Your Nubian sailing crew provides all the meals, which are hearty and delicious, as well as some local entertainment. Being a traditional wooden boat with broad canvas sails, your felucca offers some shade and protection from the elements, however, there’s no cabin or enclosed section. Tonight, watch the sunset across the Nile for a sight you won't forget.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Luxor - Say goodbye to your Nubian friends this morning and take a private van to the ‘open-air museum’ of Luxor. From the spectacular temple complex of Karnak to the Valley of the Kings, Luxor is full of wonderfully preserved reminders of the Pharaohs. On the way, there's the option to visit either the unique mirror-image design of the Temple of Kom Ombo, or the beautifully preserved Temple of Edfu. In the afternoon, explore the magnificent Karnak Temple, which is perhaps the most impressive of all the ancient Pharaohs' monumental works. One of the world's most celebrated temple complexes, Karnak is a house of the gods built over a period of 200 years. After, visit a local NGO, Animal Care in Egypt (ACE), our Intrepid Foundation partner, to learn about the work they do to care for wounded working animals in the region. The rest of the day will be free to relax, shop in the bazaar or chill out in a local teahouse.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Luxor/Overnight Train - Today, discover some of the wonders of ancient Thebes via a private minivan. Your first stop is the Colossi of Memnon – two 17-m-high statues on Luxor's West Bank. Carved from granite blocks, they represent the Pharaoh Amenhotep III and were once part of an impressive colonnade. Continue to the royal burial site of the Valley of the Kings – here, buried under the arid hills, are over 60 richly decorated tombs of pharaohs. Your leader will explain the history and legends of these remarkable pharaohs and the significance of the many paintings and hieroglyphics. After, join a local family for lunch and try some traditional home cooking. The rest of the afternoon is yours to explore at your pace before boarding an overnight sleeper train from Luxor back to Cairo.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Amman - Ahlan wa sahlan! Welcome to Jordan’s capital, Amman – cosmopolitan and contemporary, yet steeped in biblical history. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm this evening. If you arrive early, be sure to head to the citadel, taking in its sweeping views of Amman. The Jordan Museum – home to the Dead Sea Scrolls – and the Roman Theatre are also both well worth visiting. After your meeting, perhaps head out with your new-found travel pals and pick up a coffee from one of the cafes and partner it with an arayes (a local style toastie filled with spiced meat).

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Wadi Rum - This morning, leave Amman and head to Aqaba – the only coastal city offering a pocket of beach in this otherwise landlocked country. When you arrive, explore the market and walk along the beach on a leader-led walking tour. Enjoy a couple of hours exploring this city at your own leisure, maybe by snorkelling in the Red Sea, navigating the local markets or simply relaxing by the water. After, continue on the road to the UNESCO World Heritage site of Wadi Rum, arriving in time for dinner. You’ll get a chance to sit down with the sheik of the local Bedouin tribe and get a glimpse into what life is like living in this desert environment. Enjoy dinner cooked in an earthen oven by your Bedouin hosts. Meaning ‘desert dwellers’ in Arabic, the Bedouins are a semi-nomadic people, and in Jordan up to 40 per cent of the general population is thought to have Bedouin ancestry. This evening, catch your shuteye in a simple Bedouin desert camp, either in a camel hair tent or out under the stars.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Wadi Rum - Wake up at camp and head out on a desert hike, with a break for tea and lunch. You might scale one of the large sand dunes for views of the vast valley – the perfect chance to snap some pictures. Wadi Rum is probably best known for its connection with the British officer T.E. Lawrence – or Lawrence of Arabia – who was based here during the Great Arab Revolt of 1917–18 and helped coordinate Arab forces against the Ottoman Empire. This afternoon, gear up for a half-day jeep safari through Wadi Rum. The valley is full of weird and wonderful lunar-like rock formations and traces of ancient civilisations can be seen in the many carved inscriptions found throughout the area – from pictographs to Thamudic, Nabataean and Arabic texts. The most enduring monuments in Wadi Rum are those carved by nature – the natural rock bridges, towering rose-coloured sand dunes and scattered rocky peaks. After an action-packed afternoon, tonight is yours to enjoy the traditional Bedouin hospitality and the clear night skies of the desert.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Petra - This morning, leave your desert camp in 4WDs and make your way to the main entrance of Petra, which is opposite the Seven Pillars of Wisdom – the mountain named after Lawrence of Arabia’s book. The visitor's centre here is a great spot to buy some jewellery and handicrafts, mostly made by a women's co-operative aimed at supporting local industries. Then, continue your journey to the fabled city of Petra by private vehicle. The site remained unknown to the wider world until 1812, when it was visited by Johann Ludwig Burckhardt, a Swiss explorer. In 1985, Petra was designated a UNESCO World Heritage site – spend the afternoon getting to know it on a guided tour. Squeeze through a mile-long narrow path – known as the Siq – and through huge towers of rock and get your first glimpse of the iconic Treasury complex. It’s amazing to think that this enormous, intricate building entrance was hand-carved out of the rock.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Petra - Enjoy a day of self-discovery as you explore Petra on your own today – free to wander as you wish. The site is surprisingly big, so it is up to you to choose your own route around the complex. You could explore the old Roman road, other smaller temples and several old tombs, as well as the rock-hewn amphitheatre. For those who are feeling a bit more active, there's the challenging but highly rewarding one hour walk up the steps to the secluded monastery.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Kerak - Dead Sea - Mt Nebo - Madaba - Today, traverse the King's Highway to the historic crusader castle of Kerak, which stands on a cliff overlooking Wadi Karak and the Dead Sea in the distance. You’ll have time to explore the ruins and discover the legends of centuries-old battles. Pack your swim gear as you can wash off the dust in the Dead Sea – the lowest point on land with its shoreline at around 430 m below sea level. This super-salty lake is a perfect place to spend some time relaxing and float your worries away. You can also cover yourself from head to toe in a nutrient-rich natural mineral mud bath. Continue to Mt Nebo – the spot where the prophet Moses is said to have seen the ‘promised land’ and where he’s supposedly buried. Explore this sanctuary and view the remarkable mosaics of the 4th-century church. Afterwards, continue to Madaba, famous for its Ottoman-style houses and beautiful Byzantine-era mosaics, including the acclaimed 6th-century mosaic map of Jerusalem and the Holy Land at St George's Church.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Jerash - Madaba - Leave Madaba and make your way to Jerash – once one of the grandest ancient Roman cities in the world. These are some of the best-preserved Greco-Roman ruins around. The ancient walled town that survives today is a remarkable evocation of life 2000 years ago, with its collection of archways and theatres, baths, public buildings and colonnaded streets. Discover Hadrian’s arch, the partially restored hippodrome, ornate public fountains, the south amphitheater, and see the collection of daily artefacts uncovered during excavations. Grand columns encircle the city's centrepiece, the Oval Plaza. After a full day of exploring, return to Madaba. Maybe gather your travel buddies together and share a celebratory shisha as you reminisce on your memories of Jordan.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Madaba - Your trip comes to an end this morning after breakfast. If you'd like to extend your stay, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Cairo - Ahlan wa sahlan! Welcome to Egypt. If you arrive in Cairo with time to spare, maybe immerse yourself in the madness of the bazaars, embrace the kitsch world of Dr Ragab's Pharaonic Village or wash down the dust with a sahlab (sweet, hot custard drink with nuts). Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. After, put your tastebuds into overdrive as you head out with your new travel buddies for some koshari (vegetarian Egyptian chilli often with fresh lemon juice). Later tonight, maybe explore Cairo’s nightlife – your trip leader will know all the best spots!

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Cairo/Pyramids/Sphinx - After breakfast this morning, it’s time to tick something huge off your bucket list. Drive out to the edge of the desert and explore the Great Pyramids of Giza – one of the famed ancient Wonders of the World – and the nearby Sphinx (nobody's quite sure how it lost its nose). A guy called Khufu was responsible for building the Great Pyramid – it’s 4500 years old, 146 m tall, and made from 2.3 million blocks weighing around 2.5 tonnes each. He even got a 9 cm statue to commemorate him – lucky him! You can marvel at their size up close or take an epic pic from a distance, with Cairo in the background. Later, you’ll have free time to continue exploring how you’d like – maybe visit the Egyptian Museum, home to one of the world's greatest collections of ancient artefacts, or head to the Valley Temple of King Khafre (Chephren). In the evening, it's time for your sleeper train to Aswan where you’ll spend the night.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Aswan - Hit the bazaar this morning on a tour with your leader. Among the friendly shouts of ‘welcome’ and ‘where are you from’ coming from the vendors, maybe visit an oil and perfume merchant to learn how aromatic botanicals have been used in Egypt throughout the ages. Later, choose whether to join an optional tour to the Philae Temple Complex, where you can see the Temple of Isis (the goddess of health, marriage and wisdom) that was rescued from the rising waters of the Nile and relocated in the 1960s. In the afternoon, grab a paddle for a kayaking adventure as you navigate the Nile. Float along the historic waters as you see the sights from a new perspective. For dinner, you can head to a Nubian village for an optional dinner with a local family.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Aswan - This morning is yours to spend as you please in Aswan. If you can manage a (very) early start, the optional drive to the epic Abu Simbel is well worth the sleepy eyes – cut out of a solid rock cliff, this temple is a historic site built as a place of worship to Pharaoh Ramses II after his death. Renting a minivan with your fellow travellers is the cheapest option and it takes about 3 hours to drive there. You’ll want at least 2 hours to explore, before heading back to Aswan for a free evening to hit the best dinner and drink spots. Maybe try some ful wa ta’ameya (Egyptian falafel) with a warm pita and salad, followed by another cup of mint tea.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Nile Felucca - This morning is yours to relax and recharge. Then you’ll board an overnight felucca – a bit like a floating tent, this traditional Egyptian vessel is the perfect way to explore the Nile. Spend the late afternoon amid tranquil scenery, either tucking into a good book or playing cards with your group. Depending on your group’s vibe tonight, you might like to have a little beach party under the starry night sky. Tonight, fall asleep to the gentle rocking of the boat, the warm breeze on your cheeks and the blanket of constellations above (there are no walls on a felucca, so your view will be totally undisturbed!).

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Luxor - Disembark your felucca this morning and head for the sweet release of a hotel shower. If you like, you can check out the Temple of Edfu along the way, where inscriptions give insight into life during the Hellenistic period when the temple was built. Continue to Luxor, where you’re free to explore this open-air museum at your own pace. Karnak Temple is a good first stop – wandering through this ancient village is a cool way to get a sense of what life was like here more than 3000 years ago. Legend has it that if you walk around the granite scarab west of the Sacred Lake seven times, you’ll meet your soulmate. Tonight, maybe kick back with some fiteer baladi (Egyptian pizza) or shawarma.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Luxor / Valley of the Kings - This morning, travel the short distance to the West Bank. Check out three burial tombs in the Valley of the Kings, with the option to explore the formerly lost tomb of Tutankhamun. Continue to the Colossi of Memnon, where two huge statues of Pharaoh Amenhotep III will have you pondering whether posting selfies twice a day is really the height of narcissism. You’ll also head over to our Intrepid Foundation partner, Animal Care in Egypt (ACE), a local NGO dedicated to providing free veterinary care for wounded working animals in the region. If your fellow travellers are up for it, you can choose to finish your West Bank adventure with an optional visit to the tomb of Hatshepsut – she became pharaoh when she married her half-brother (not all that uncommon at the time). If you’ve got any energy left, there will also be time to squeeze in a visit to Luxor Temple before your overnight train to Cairo.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Cairo - When you arrive in Cairo, you’ll head to your hotel to freshen up and drop your bags. Then, jump on the Metro with your leader to Bab al-Futuh – one of three remaining gates from the Old City. Walking past the old Islamic monuments that stand watch over the bazaars, you can join in on some good-natured haggling at the Kahan-el Khalili bazaar, then head to El Fishawy. This ramshackle 240-year-old cafe is perfect for a cup of tea or a glass of cold water with lemon and mint. Tonight, you’re free to find the perfect spot for a farewell dinner with your group or to hit the nightlife and celebrate a trip well-travelled.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Cairo - After breakfast this morning, your trip comes to an end. If you’d like to explore Egypt further, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time to organise additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Cairo - Ahlan wa sahlan! Welcome to Egypt. If you arrive in Cairo with time to spare, maybe immerse yourself in the madness of the bazaars, embrace the kitsch world of Dr Ragab's Pharaonic Village or wash down the dust with a sahlab (sweet, hot custard drink with nuts). Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. After, put your tastebuds into overdrive as you head out with your new travel buddies for some koshari (vegetarian Egyptian chilli often with fresh lemon juice). Later tonight, maybe explore Cairo’s nightlife – your trip leader will know all the best spots!

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Cairo/Pyramids/Sphinx - After breakfast this morning, it’s time to tick something huge off your bucket list. Drive out to the edge of the desert and explore the Great Pyramids of Giza – one of the famed ancient Wonders of the World – and the nearby Sphinx (nobody's quite sure how it lost its nose). A guy called Khufu was responsible for building the Great Pyramid – it’s 4500 years old, 146 m tall, and made from 2.3 million blocks weighing around 2.5 tonnes each. He even got a 9 cm statue to commemorate him – lucky him! You can marvel at their size up close or take an epic pic from a distance, with Cairo in the background. Later, you’ll have free time to continue exploring how you’d like – maybe visit the Egyptian Museum, home to one of the world's greatest collections of ancient artefacts, or head to the Valley Temple of King Khafre (Chephren). In the evening, it's time for your sleeper train to Aswan where you’ll spend the night.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Aswan - Hit the bazaar this morning on a tour with your leader. Among the friendly shouts of ‘welcome’ and ‘where are you from’ coming from the vendors, maybe visit an oil and perfume merchant to learn how aromatic botanicals have been used in Egypt throughout the ages. Later, choose whether to join an optional tour to the Philae Temple Complex, where you can see the Temple of Isis (the goddess of health, marriage and wisdom) that was rescued from the rising waters of the Nile and relocated in the 1960s. In the afternoon, grab a paddle for a kayaking adventure as you navigate the Nile. Float along the historic waters as you see the sights from a new perspective. For dinner, you can head to a Nubian village for an optional dinner with a local family.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Aswan - This morning is yours to spend as you please in Aswan. If you can manage a (very) early start, the optional drive to the epic Abu Simbel is well worth the sleepy eyes – cut out of a solid rock cliff, this temple is a historic site built as a place of worship to Pharaoh Ramses II after his death. Renting a minivan with your fellow travellers is the cheapest option and it takes about 3 hours to drive there. You’ll want at least 2 hours to explore, before heading back to Aswan for a free evening to hit the best dinner and drink spots. Maybe try some ful wa ta’ameya (Egyptian falafel) with a warm pita and salad, followed by another cup of mint tea.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Nile Felucca - This morning is yours to relax and recharge. Then you’ll board an overnight felucca – a bit like a floating tent, this traditional Egyptian vessel is the perfect way to explore the Nile. Spend the late afternoon amid tranquil scenery, either tucking into a good book or playing cards with your group. Depending on your group’s vibe tonight, you might like to have a little beach party under the starry night sky. Tonight, fall asleep to the gentle rocking of the boat, the warm breeze on your cheeks and the blanket of constellations above (there are no walls on a felucca, so your view will be totally undisturbed!).

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Luxor - Disembark your felucca this morning and head for the sweet release of a hotel shower. If you like, you can check out the Temple of Edfu along the way, where inscriptions give insight into life during the Hellenistic period when the temple was built. Continue to Luxor, where you’re free to explore this open-air museum at your own pace. Karnak Temple is a good first stop – wandering through this ancient village is a cool way to get a sense of what life was like here more than 3000 years ago. Legend has it that if you walk around the granite scarab west of the Sacred Lake seven times, you’ll meet your soulmate. Tonight, maybe kick back with some fiteer baladi (Egyptian pizza) or shawarma.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Luxor / Valley of the Kings - This morning, travel the short distance to the West Bank. Check out three burial tombs in the Valley of the Kings, with the option to explore the formerly lost tomb of Tutankhamun. Continue to the Colossi of Memnon, where two huge statues of Pharaoh Amenhotep III will have you pondering whether posting selfies twice a day is really the height of narcissism. You’ll also head over to our Intrepid Foundation partner, Animal Care in Egypt (ACE), a local NGO dedicated to providing free veterinary care for wounded working animals in the region. If your fellow travellers are up for it, you can choose to finish your West Bank adventure with an optional visit to the tomb of Hatshepsut – she became pharaoh when she married her half-brother (not all that uncommon at the time). If you’ve got any energy left, there will also be time to squeeze in a visit to Luxor Temple before your overnight train to Cairo.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Cairo - When you arrive in Cairo, you’ll head to your hotel to freshen up and drop your bags. Then, jump on the Metro with your leader to Bab al-Futuh – one of three remaining gates from the Old City. Walking past the old Islamic monuments that stand watch over the bazaars, you can join in on some good-natured haggling at the Kahan-el Khalili bazaar, then head to El Fishawy. This ramshackle 240-year-old cafe is perfect for a cup of tea or a glass of cold water with lemon and mint. Tonight, you’re free to find the perfect spot for a farewell dinner with your group or to hit the nightlife and celebrate a trip well-travelled.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Amman - Say goodbye to Egypt and fly to Jordan's capital city – Amman. You’ll have another meeting at 6 pm tonight, but until then, you’re free to hit the streets. Why not make a beeline for Rainbow Street for a falafel and a shisha – it’s what the locals do! After something more substantial? Maybe have a cultured afternoon at the Jordan National Gallery of Fine Arts, snap some pics of the city from the hilltop Temple of Hercules, or sweat it out in a hammam. After your meeting, why not get a group together and head out for the night on Rainbow Street – your trip leader will know all the best little bars. 

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Amman - Wadi Rum - This morning, take a walking tour with your leader around Amman, beginning at the hilltop Citadel, then following the edge of the walls down into town to the Roman Theatre, the Nymphaeum ruins and the Al Husseini Mosque. Maybe stop in at some nut shops or a souq for some snacks along the way. Then visit the Royal Automobile Museum – a collection showcasing King Husseini’s private vehicles. After lunch, drive to Wadi Rum. When you arrive, you'll meet your Bedouin hosts, who'll show you around camp and offer you many rounds of ‘Bedouin whisky’ (mint tea), so settle in for a night of traditional hospitality. This evening, you'll be dining on traditional cuisine and sleeping in Bedouin-style tents. If you choose, you can even sleep in the open air, surrounded by the Mars-like mountains in the background. Fall asleep under a desert blanket of an undisturbed night sky, rich with stars.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Wadi Rum - You won’t want to miss this – Wadi Rum rarely looks as fine as she does in the early morning. Wake up early to take in the sunrise, then it’s time to head on a 4WD safari. Jump in one of the jeeps and begin driving around the curious landscapes, passing by Lawrence Spring – a rocky landscape contrasted by a freshwater spring with panoramic views over the valley. You’ll also stop at Lawrence House – supposedly the house where Lawrence of Arabia lived and stored his equipment. Continue to one of the largest sand dunes in Wadi Rum and check out some of the famous rock bridges. The deserts around Wadi Rum have got a real otherworldly feel to them, and many Hollywood blockbusters have been shot in and around where you’ll tour today. Later in the afternoon, return to your camp and enjoy a second night of Bedouin hospitality.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Petra - Today, farewell your Bedouin mates and journey to Petra – one of the famed Seven Wonders of the World. You’ll have two full days exploring Petra and its surroundings, so be sure to take your time exploring this archaeological site. Take a guided tour where you’ll learn about its thousands of years of history and the many films that have used this as a backdrop. You'll get to follow in the footsteps of movie stars as you head through the site's narrow siq (a narrow crack in the mountain) to Petra's tombs, temples and rock-hewn amphitheatre. For those wanting to admire the 'rose-red city' from a different angle, there's tonnes of hikes to do in the area - just ask your leader for the best trails to tackle. After a day of exploration, the cave bar is a good place to relieve your parched throat and put your feet up.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Petra - Today, you’ve got another day to explore Petra at your own pace. Maybe walk the road to Al Khanzneh (the Treasury) – one of the most impressive structures in the whole site. Or, if you didn’t make it yesterday, head up the stairs to El Dier (the Monastery) – this is a decent climb, but well worth it for the views. Other great options today are to hike to the royal tombs or visit the incredible Byzantine mosaics. Your leader will know all the good things to do, so feel free to ask them for help.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Madaba - This morning after breakfast, drive down the King’s Highway towards Madaba. You’ll stop along the way to check out the famous Dead Sea – the lowest point on Earth – where you’ll go for a swim (or float) in its salty waters. If you’re feeling a bit sore after your Petra expedition, the Dead Sea’s mud has known healing properties and will be sure to bring back your youthful good looks! After, swing past Mt Nebo, where you’ll have the opportunity to view the Promised Land, just like Moses did. Arrive in Madaba – the city of mosaics – and take a leader-led orientation walk to get your bearings. This afternoon, visit St Georges Church, where you’ll see the intricate mosaic map containing the oldest surviving cartographic depiction of the Holy Land and Jerusalem. Later, maybe head out with the gang for dinner – there are some awesome places to eat in this city and your leader knows all the best spots.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Madaba - Your Jordan exploration ends in Madaba after breakfast today. There’s plenty more to see and do in Madaba and Amman! If you would like to spend more time here, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Tunis - Salam! Welcome to Tunisia. When you arrive at the Tunis Carthage airport, an included transfer will meet you and take you to your hotel. Your adventure officially begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. If you arrive early, maybe step into the city and check out the National Museum of Bardo and its old Beylic palace – a great way to start dipping your toes into Tunisian culture with its collection of ancient mosaics. After your meeting, head out to dinner with your group and get to know your fellow travellers over some Tunisian cuisine.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Tunis - Carthage - Sidi Bou Said - Tunis - Spend your morning exploring the famous medina of Tunis – a UNESCO World Heritage Site that houses hundreds of monuments, palaces, mosques, mausoleums, madrasas and fountains. This quarter is rich in history, culture and architecture and your leader will fill you in on everything there is to know. Once you’ve soaked it all in, stop into an artisans shop to gain insight into the local traditional craft of calligraphy with a local expert, then head to Carthage to visit an ancient archaeological site. You’ll also stop by the lovely, whitewashed town of Sidi Bou Said perched on the clifftop overlooking the Mediterranean Sea – you might think you’ve transported to Greece! Walk around the town, take in the views, learn from your leader, then enjoy a free evening at your own leisure back in Tunis.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Testour - Dougga - Kairouan - Leave Tunis behind today and start your journey to Kairouan. Along the way, make a stop in the town of Testour for a guided walk and a visit to the old Great Mosque. The building is covered in tiles and has four galleries, a courtyard and praying room. Visit the courtyard and admire the unique minaret known for its counterclockwise clock. Fuel up on some coffee or a mint tea then head to the nearby Dougga – the most intact Roman city in North Africa. This massive archaeological site is rarely visited compared to major sites in places like Italy, so this is a unique opportunity to get up close and personal with fewer crowds and a local by your side. After you’ve learned all about the history of the site, head to Thugga hotel for its famous wild boar stew (or whatever else piques your interest on the menu). Continue to Kairouan after for a free evening.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Kairouan - Tozeur - Start your morning by learning about Kairouan through a city tour with your group. Visit its many highlights like its Great Mosque, the Aghlabid Basins and Old Medina. Kairouan’s old town is a beautiful way to see everyday life of locals flowing through the streets and is less busy and touristy than the medina in Tunis. Known for its pastries and carpets, you’ll want to stop for a sweet treat and take in the vibrant designs of the local craftsmanship. For a unique glimpse into daily life here, head to a Makroudh-making demonstration at a home bakery. Makroudh is a delicious Tunisian sweet made with semolina and dates shaped with a hand-carved wooden stamp. After, drive to the desert oasis of Tozeur and spend the rest of your free evening at your own pace.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Tozeur - After breakfast, begin exploring this unique part of Tunisia with a tour through the medina and oasis of Tozeur and a visit to the Eden Palm Museum. The medina of Tozeur is one of the best preserved in Tunisia with magnificent stone walls and home to Eden Palm – explore this heritage museum that celebrates the importance of palm groves in local life. The surrounding region has a deep connection with palm cultivation and your leader will fill you in on the history and significance. The oasis of Tozeur is known for its palm grove and abundant date production, providing water to the desert area. Get to know more about the date production with a harvesting demonstration then enjoy the rest of the afternoon free at your own leisure. Maybe hop on a 4x4 for an exciting desert excursion!

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Matmata - El Jem - Sousse - Wake up early this morning for a long but exciting travel day. Head toward Sousse with stops along the way to break up the drive and learn more about different parts of Tunisia. Drive through Chot El Jerid to see the salt flats create a mirror for the sky and stop for a photo opportunity. Then carry on to Matmata – famous for being the location of Luke Skywalker’s home in Star Wars! This unique village is known for its underground homes carved into the Earth. Check it out for yourself with a home visit – join a local family for lunch in their troglodyte home and learn about their way of life in this area. You’ll then head toward El Jem, an amazing Roman amphitheatre where you’ll visit the ancient Coliseum – less crowded than in Rome! After a day filled with history and rich culture, finally arrive in Sousse for a relaxing evening.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Sousse - Have a slow breakfast to start your leisurely day then head out with your group for a morning tour of Sousse’s UNESCO World Heritage Site medina. Your leader will point out its museums, the Ribat and Great Mosque and can give you expert recommendations on what to do for the rest of your free day. Whether you want to relax, continue exploring or enjoy the beach, lean on your local leader to give you the inside scoop on the area.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Tunis - Continue your historic exploration of Tunisia with a visit to the Water Temple in Zaghwan. This Roman-era structure was built near a spring as part of a system that supplied water to Carthage and once held 12 statues representing the months of the year. Explore this innovative and effective Roman aqueduct then stop for lunch at a local guesthouse. To learn even more about this region and its practices, visit an olive oil press and watch a medicinal plant distillation demonstration. Once you’ve soaked up all the local knowledge and customs, continue to Tunis for your final evening and a farewell dinner with your group.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Tunis - Your trip comes to an end today after breakfast. If you’d like to extend your stay, just speak with your booking agent to organise additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Tunis - Salam! Welcome to Tunisia. Tunis, the capital of Tunisia, has two main sections – the 19th-century ville nouvelle grid (created by French colonialists) and the 8th-century medina, where all alleyways lead to the Great Mosque. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. If you arrive early, maybe head out to sample some specialties like lablabi (chickpea soup), tajine (different from the Moroccan version), or if you have a sweet tooth, bambalouni (deep-fried doughnut).

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Tunis - Carthage - Tunis - Stroll the streets of the Tunis Medina (Old Quarter), the largest in North Africa. Walk through the twisting alleyways, passing shops overflowing with goods, where the smells of spice and essential oils fill the air. Explore the specialty souqs that make up the Medina markets, like the perfume makers' souq or the Grand Souq des Chechias, where the iconic blood-red felt hats are made. Enjoy lunch in the medina, then head to Carthage, the 9th-century UNESCO World Heritage site, to see the vast Antonine Baths, the Roman Amphitheatre and the Punic Ports, which hark back to the glories of a bygone era.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Sidi Bou Said - Gammarth - La Marsa - Kairouan - This morning, make your way to Sidi Bou Said. This village high above the Mediterranean makes for incredible photo opportunities, with its white walls and blue shutters. Then, visit the Baron d'Erlanger Palace and wander the cobbled streets lined with cafes and artisanal shops. Then, continue to Sadika for a glass-blowing workshop. This boutique was opened by a local woman who studied to be a master glassmaker in Murano, near Venice. When she returned from Italy, she dedicated her life to bringing back blown glass in Tunisia, an activity that had been abandoned since the 14th century. Travel to the Gammarth stables and horse riding club, where you’ll sit down with a local family for a cooking demonstration of traditional Tabouna bread (clay oven) and three Tunisian dishes – brick a l’oeuf, grilled salad and Tunisian salad with a glass local Tunisian wine. This afternoon, you’ll have free time to explore the streets of La Marsa. Perhaps try an Arabic coffee with a kaak warka (traditional ring-shaped pastry) or shop in the many local Tunisian boutiques. Later, travel to Kairouan – the fourth holiest site in Islam.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Kairouan - Tozeur - After breakfast, head out to explore Kairouan. Visit the 9th-century Great Mosque of Oqba Ibn Nafi – an important example of Islamic architecture. Many of the columns throughout the complex were taken from the ruins of cities like Carthage. Walk through the serpentine streets of the local medina and get a tasty sample of makroudh (a traditional local pastry stuffed with dates). Then, visit the carpet museum. You’ll also learn about the traditional trade of rug-making from a local women’s cooperative. Tunisia has a rich tradition of weaving rugs – in the 19th century, the daughter of the Ottoman governor was the first person in Kairouan to weave a carpet using wool. The tradition continued, making Kairouan the capital of carpets. You’ll then have free time for lunch – ask your leader for the best spots for local street food!

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Tozeur - Explore the palm-lined oasis town of Tozeur this morning. Sitting in the middle of the desert, this used to be an important stop on the Bedouin caravan route. Then a walking tour inside the oasis , meet a share cropper and demonstration of dates growing and harvesting. Stroll through the 14th-century medina, admiring the architecture and restored brickwork of the city, then maybe keep exploring with a visit to the Dar Charait Museum – an ethnographic museum depicting scenes of traditional Tunisian life. The rest of the day is free for you to explore however you like. Maybe hit the mountains on a 4WD tour of the surrounding oases, which film buffs may recognise from 'The English Patient'. See the mountain oasis of Tamerza, along with Mides and Chebika, and maybe even see some set pieces left over from the filming of Star Wars: Episode I – The Phantom Menace.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Douz - Sahara Desert - This morning you’ll head to Douz, travelling across Chott El Jerid – the largest Salt Lake in the Sahara – and taking in the green and pink hues. When you arrive, have some lunch in the centre of Douz at a restaurant close to the central market. Taste some local specialties out on the terrace and bask in the sun. After, head to your campsite by coach, then meet your camel drivers for a brief lesson in desert etiquette before your 2-hour trek into the Sahara (you have the choice to either ride a camel or walk). Walk or ride back to the camp before sunset, where you’ll be treated to a cooking demonstration of cous cous and desert bread, before settling in for a peaceful night under the stars.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Saraha Desert - Douz - Enjoy breakfast among the undulating dunes of the Sahara and spend the morning soaking in the incredible landscape before the drive back to Douz. When you arrive, you’re free to spend your evening how you wish. Maybe head to the Sahara Desert Museum and learn some more history about this incredible part of the world.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Toujane - Matmata - Douiret - Continue to Matmata this morning, stopping in Toujane along the way to visit the ruins of an old kasbah and a centuries-old olive press. Then, head out for a hike in Matmata's surrounding hills. Matmata is best known for the houses built underground that protect the locals from the intense summer heat. Explore some of the local dwellings – these underground houses might look familiar, as these were used as Luke Skywalker’s home in Star Wars. Staying on the Star Wars train, you’ll head to a local troglodyte restaurant for lunch, where scenes from Star Wars Episodes I, II, III and VI were filmed. After, embark on a hike through the rocky, mountainous desert and snap some incredible photos of the unique landscape. This afternoon, you’ll drive to the Dhaher area, where you’ll will spend the next two nights in a troglodyte gite (a cave dwelling). The property is in a very old Amazigh village, and the rooms are carved into the mountain rock, offering some stunning panoramic views.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Douiret - Chenini - Douiret - After a leisurely morning, head out to visit the old village of Douiret. From here you have the option to head out on an 8 km hike in the Dahar Mountains. Then, visit the 12th-century mountain village of Chenini. The Dahar area is famous for olive oil production, and the olive tree has been affluent in southern Tunisia since ancient times. The traditional oil mills here were found in the caves of the Matmata and Tataouine regions, marking a long, fascinating history. The rest of the day is free to choose your own adventure. Maybe relax at your gite or visit a unique Amazigh Granary. Tonight, you’ll be treated to a home-cooked meal in Douiret.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: El Jem - Mahdia - Head to Mahdia, stopping on the way to see the spectacular Roman amphitheatre of El Jem. From the 3rd century, this was the second largest Roman arena ever built and resembles Rome’s Colosseum as it rises above the city. Arrive in the seaside Mahdia, a relaxed port town, in the afternoon. Among Tunisia's most picturesque cities, Mahdia lies between Sousse and Sfax and has many historic attractions, including the ruins of an ancient Punic city. Maybe spend your free time exploring the picturesque medina in the Old Town, full of whitewashed houses, narrow lanes and bursting with local life. Soak up the seaside character of the town, do some people-watching and enjoy the tourist-free charm of a traditional district. Later, maybe relax on the sandy beach and enjoy the colours of the Mediterranean.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Tunis - Enjoy a gentle walking tour around the peninsula (Cap Mahdia) this morning after breakfast, past the sea cemetery, some local ruins, the old port and the medina. This afternoon, return to Tunis and visit the National Bardo Museum, second only to the Egyptian Museum of Cairo in terms of the breadth and depth of its collections. This evening, head out for a farewell dinner with your fellow travellers.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Tunis - With no further activities planned after breakfast, your trip comes to an end in Tunis this morning. If you’d like to extend your stay, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Marrakech - Salaam Alaikum! Welcome to Morocco. Your adventure will begin in thriving Marrakech with a welcome meeting at 5 pm. After, join your leader and fellow travellers to visit Djemaa el-Fnaa in the Old City as the sun descends for a local street food experience. This is the largest public square in the world and it almost has the atmosphere of a medieval fair – so the kids are sure to love it! Street performers vie to entertain and the delicious smells waft by as food stalls cook up their local delicacies – you’ll no doubt want to try as much as you can for dinner tonight! You'll also be able to buy some snacks for the train journey tomorrow.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Fes - Today, travel by train to the city of Fes. When you arrive, check in to your hotel and enjoy some time to relax. This is the spiritual and cultural heart of Morocco – vibrant, noisy and a feast for the senses. With a huge, well-preserved Old Town that's the mother of all medinas, there’s plenty to see and do in Fes! The afternoon is free to explore the winding streets and hustle and bustle of this amazing city – there'll be something to surprise and entertain the family at every corner, just ask your local leader for tips.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Fes - After breakfast, take a guided walking tour of the Old City, known locally as Fes el Bali. Step back into the Middle Ages as you explore the medina's labyrinth, which buzzes with craftspeople, markets, tanneries and mosques. After passing donkeys navigating the car-free streets, you’ll stop to watch some traditional potters at work in a ceramics studio. Then, head to a pottery workshop to make something of your own! This activity supports the local artisans and a skilled craftsman will teach you all about their craft. The kids will love to get their hands dirty as you watch your ideas come to life using the traditional methods of sculpting and modelling. After, explore the speciality sections of the souq and see the dye pits at the Chauwara Tannery. Tonight, you’re free to maybe get together with the other families and enjoy a local feast of harira (chickpea soup) and chicken-stuffed pastilla with couscous.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Midelt - Today it's time to leave the city behind and head for the beauty of the Middle Atlas Mountains. Take a private transfer through fertile valleys, pine forests and barren, rocky landscapes. Tell the kids to look out for wandering nomadic shepherds as they tend to their flocks – you might even catch a glimpse of barbary apes – North Africa's only monkey. Midelt is a market town originally built as a base for mining and surrounded by farms and orchards. Enjoy a guided walk through one of the nearby villages for spectacular scenery and an insight into the local farming life before settling down for a peaceful evening of rest.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Sahara Desert - This morning after breakfast, take a private transfer to the mighty Sahara, stopping to take in the views of kasbahs and palmeries (lush valleys with date palms, fields and orchards) along the way. As you pass through Erfoud and Rissani, you'll see the scenery change between barren mountainsides and fertile valleys until you reach the small Saharan village of Merzouga. When you arrive, leave your baggage, pack a daypack and saddle up for a 1-hour camel ride into the desert at the Erg Chebbi dunes – huge windswept dunes just 20 km from the Algerian border. Ride your camels into the edge of the Sahara at sunset – this is a core memory waiting to happen! The dunes are truly breathtaking as the evening light sets off the deep colours of the desert. Tonight, you’ll camp out in traditional style under the North African stars.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Ait Benhaddou - If you’re game, rise and shine early enough to catch sunrise over the dunes. This morning, take a scenic drive past ancient kasbahs, former military outposts, mountains, valleys and fields that will take you to Ait Benhaddou. For lunch, stop at Ouarzazate. Does it look familiar? This location is used for many Hollywood blockbusters – be sure to ask your local leader about what's been filmed here! Arrive in Ait Benhaddou – once a crucial stop for caravans as they carried salt across the Sahara. – once a crucial stop for caravans as they carried salt across the Sahara. Today, its grand kasbah has been listed as a UNESCO World Heritage site, and you'll see all it has to offer during a tour this afternoon. The rest of today is free to relax, until a group dinner tonight at the hotel.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Ait Benhaddou - Today is all about enjoying the moment and taking in the incredible scenery. This morning, you’ll join a local artist to create your very own masterpiece using tea leaves and other natural materials – another activity for the kids to get creative! Then, the rest of the day is yours to enjoy however you choose. The hotel pool is a favourite hang out for kids and a perfect way to relax. Your leader will also be able to provide suggestions for other activities if you're feeling a little more adventurous. For dinner, enjoy some classic Moroccan tajine and couscous with your group.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Imlil - Make your way to the High Atlas Mountains, passing Tizi n'Tichka Pass (2260 m above sea level) and Toubkal National Park. Along the way, snow-capped mountains and valleys in full flower will fly by your window – don’t worry, you’ll make a couple of stops for photos! When you arrive in the town of Aroumd, the kids can climb aboard donkeys and make their way to Imlil (the adults will be on foot and the walk takes about an hour). Witness traditional mountain village life far from the reach of the modern world and arrive in the remote village of Imlil – sitting on a rocky outcrop, this town has amazing views across the High Atlas Mountains and a unique opportunity to experience traditional Amazigh culture. You’ll spend the night in a family-run mountain home (or gite). Surrounded by the smell of woodstoves and bread, you’ll meet the host family and enjoy some traditional Amazigh hospitality and homecooked food as you swap stories and learn about their lives in the village.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Essaouira - Bread has always been an important element in Amazigh cuisine and today, you’ll have the opportunity to watch a bread-making demonstration for breakfast. Watch how it’s prepared and cooked by your hosts and then, if the kids feel up to it, maybe take an early morning walk around the village of Imlil. Head west towards the Atlantic Coast and the old fishing town of Essaouira – a city where the medina brushes up against the Atlantic Ocean. Sandstone walkways contrast with whitewashed houses, bright blue sky and the sand of the surrounding beaches and dunes. With your free afternoon, you might want to head to the waterfront and see the day’s catch. Tonight, maybe catch up with your group to share a seafood dinner.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Essaouira - After breakfast, join your leader on a walk around the town. The remainder of today is free for you to explore Essaouira as a family. Everything in the small centre is within walking distance, and the coast is perfect for a beach day. Why not wander the harbour and its adjacent fish markets, where you can watch the daily auction. A fresh-cooked plate of the day's catch is highly recommended. This town is also becoming renowned for its burled Thuya wood, delicately formed and inlaid in tiny shops. The scent of the oils used to polish the richly coloured wood permeates the air and makes walking through the streets incredibly rich for the senses!

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Marrakech - Leaving Essaouira behind, make the journey back to Marrakech. When you arrive this afternoon, head out for a tour of the bustling medina, trying some local Moroccan sweets and fresh orange juice on the way. Then, you’ll have free time to explore the sights or purchase any souvenirs. As is usual in a souq, individual trades and crafts are concentrated in one street or area, so the shoemakers are all next to each other, as are the jewellers, potters and weavers. This is the best place in Morocco to sharpen your bargaining skills, and you’re sure to be tempted by some of the extraordinary merchandise on display – maybe a pair of traditional Moroccan slippers? Meet up with your group for a final evening and toast to a wonderful adventure discovering the best of Morocco.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Marrakech - Your family adventure comes to an end this morning. There are no activities today you’re free to depart the accommodation at any time. If you’d like to extend your family holiday, just get in touch with your booking agent head of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Marrakech - Salaam Aleikum! Welcome to Morocco. Your adventure begins in Marrakech – a feast for the senses and a world of spice markets, Amazigh music, carpets, acrobats and perfumed gardens. You can arrive at any time today before your welcome meeting at 5 pm. If you have an arrival transfer booked, please look for a representative when you arrive at the airport. Your hotel is located just outside the city walls around the old medina, about a 30-minute walk to the main square, Djemaa el-Fna – the largest public square in the world. It's also near a lot of local shops and restaurants, so there’s plenty to do if you arrive early. After your meeting, why not head out to dinner with the group and get to know each other.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Aroumd - Today's adventure begins with a drive over the High Atlas Mountains to the village of Imlil – the largest village in the Mizane Valley. You’ll store your main luggage here, before continuing on foot to the traditional mountain village of Aroumd with your daypack. If you don't feel comfortable with the walk, your leader can arrange a mule for you to ride instead (the kids will surely love the mule ride!). Perched on a rocky outcrop, the remote village of Aroumd offers views across the High Atlas Mountains and a unique opportunity to experience traditional Amazigh culture. Spend tonight in a family-run mountain home (gite) in Aroumd. Surrounded by the smell of woodstoves and bread, you’ll meet the host family and enjoy some traditional food together.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Taroudant - This morning, you'll have a bread cooking demonstration for breakfast and maybe an early morning walk around the village of Imlil. Transfer to Taroudant, passing through some Amazigh villages and across the High Altas Mountains via the Tizi n Tast, which gives you a great view of the largest plain of Sous. Arriving at your accommodation in the late afternoon, maybe take the kids for a swim in the pool and have a relaxing evening.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Taroudant - Today after breakfast, take a fun donkey ride through the picturesque oasis of Tiout. This is not your average city tour – by exploring the gorgeous oasis on the back of a donkey, you’ll be immersed in the local way of life and travel as the locals do. The oasis is full of palm trees and streams of running water, giving an exotic atmosphere full of sights, smells and sounds. By hiring these donkeys and their guides, you'll be directly supporting the local community and ensuring that the animals are well taken care of, providing ample food and shelter. After your tour, join a local woman in her home for a traditional homemade lunch. Not only will this experience leave you feeling full and happy, but it also supports the local community by providing income for the women in the village who prepare the meal with love and care.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Sidi Kaouki - Essaouira - After breakfast this morning, you'll travel up the coast to Sidi Kaouki. Mount a camel and take in the view as the waves crash along the shoreline, taking in the awesome scenery as you plod along. This may well be one of the highlights of your trip! Enjoy a picnic lunch on the beach, then board the bus again and head to Essaouira. This delightful artists' town is a former Portuguese trading colony and was once home to sizeable British and Jewish populations. The town faces a group of rocky islands called the Mogador and is surrounded by an expanse of sandy beaches and dunes. It's still a busy fishing port, and its pretty harbour is filled with tiny colourful fishing boats which go out early every morning.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Essaouira - Today is free for you to explore Essaouira. Everything in the small centre is within walking distance, and the beach is perfect for a long walk. Why not wander the harbour and its adjacent fish markets where you can witness the daily auction – a freshly-cooked plate of the day's catch is highly recommended. Maybe take the kids to browse some of the many shops and art galleries where unique local pieces are on display. The town is becoming renowned for its burled Thuya wood, delicately formed, inlaid and polished with oils. The scent from the oils fills the air and makes walking through the streets a delight for the senses!

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Marrakech - Leaving Essaouira behind, journey inland to Marrakech. Enjoy an afternoon walking tour of the city centre, taking in the main sights on your way to the sprawling Djemaa el-Fna main square and souq. As is usual in a souq, individual trades and crafts are concentrated in one street or area, so the shoemakers are all next to each other, as are the jewellers, potters and weavers. This is the best place in Morocco to sharpen your bargaining skills, and you are almost certain to be tempted by some of the extraordinary variety of merchandise on display – perhaps a pair of traditional Moroccan slippers or some spices. The market almost has the atmosphere of a medieval fair. Fortune tellers and jugglers are among those who vie to entertain you. In the evening, wonderful smells waft by as food stalls cook up their local delicacies.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Marrakech - Your trip comes to an end this morning. There are no activities planned for the final day and you are free to depart the accommodation at any time. If you’d like to extend your stay in Marrakech, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Casablanca - Salaam Aleikum! Welcome to Morocco. You and your family will be met at Casablanca airport by a local representative and taken to the hotel. There are no activities planned until your welcome meeting at 5 pm. As there's little free time included in Casablanca, it’s recommended you arrive a couple of days early to explore the city. Modelled after Marseille in France, this city is famous for its art deco buildings and the modern-day masterpiece, the Hassan II Mosque. If you do have time to space, maybe wander the old medina and the city walls, then jump in a taxi to visit the Quartiers des Habous – the new medina. You can also walk along the Corniche, watching the locals play football on the beach, or take it easy with a glass of sweet mint tea in one of the many great cafes.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Fes - After breakfast, take a guided tour of the impressive Hassan II Mosque before heading to Fes – the spiritual and cultural heart of Morocco. When you arrive, head into the Old City, known locally as Fes el Bali – arguably the world's most fascinating and confounding Old City. Medieval Fes was one of the world's great centres of education and culture, both Islamic and Jewish. Its religious institutions and libraries are legendary, its mosques of great renown. This afternoon is free, so you might want to relax and take the kids for a swim in the pool.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Fes - This morning, you and your family will take a walk through the twisting streets and alleyways of Fes, passing donkeys piled high with goods. Explore the specialty sections that divide the souk, filled with historic khans, madrasas and dye-pits, stalls loaded with fruits, herbs and soups, and where the smell of spice fills the air. Spend the day exploring the Old City, visiting Medersa el-Attarine and the local tanneries. Return to your hotel in the late afternoon and maybe spend the evening relaxing in this calming oasis, away from the buzz of the medina.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Midelt - Today it's time to leave the city behind and embrace the simplicity and beauty of the Middle Atlas Mountains. Journey in a private minibus through fertile valleys, pine forests and barren, rocky landscapes. You may see wandering nomadic shepherds as they tend to their flocks, or even catch a glimpse of barbary apes – North Africa's only monkey – before arriving in Midelt. This is a market town, originally built as a base for mining in the area. It is also surrounded by farms and orchards, so you’ll walk through a Berber village for an insight into the local farming life and also enjoy a special home cooked lunch. The rest of the afternoon is yours to relax or enjoy swimming in the hotel pool.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Sahara Desert Camp - Travel by private minivan toward the mighty Sahara, stopping along the way to take in the views of kasbahs and palmeries (lush valleys with date palms, fields and orchards). As you pass through frontier towns like Erfoud and Rissani, you'll see the scenery alternate between barren mountainsides and fertile valleys until you reach the small village of Merzouga. When you arrive, leave your baggage, pack a daypack and saddle up for a one-hour camel ride into the desert at sunset – the kids will love this! Erg Chebbi is home to huge windswept dunes that are quintessential Morocco and tonight you'll sleep in a luxury desert camp under the stars. The locals will prepare a hearty feast tonight, so all you and your family need to do is sit back, relax and take in the Milky Way.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Todra Gorge - Return from the desert and drive to Todra Gorge. On the way, you’ll visit a fossil factory to learn more about the local area before continuing to the beautiful Todra Valley, which follows the foothills of the Atlas Mountains and is dotted with mud-brick villages sitting on hillsides. The remarkable scenery – sprawling green valleys and rocks sculpted into stunning formations by the wind – will be your home for the next two nights.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Todra Gorge - After breakfast, you’ll have some free time to wander and explore the Todra Valley. A guided hike through the gorge and over a nearby mountain pass is highly recommended here – the most popular choice is a 10 km circuit that takes about 4 hours and isn't too challenging if you have a basic level of fitness. On the walk, you'll pass villages and meet locals along the way – you may even get a chance to share a cup of mint tea with some of them! The surrounding mountains and the famous Rose Valley in the distance make for a gorgeous setting. For lunch, join a local family in their home to see how people live in this largely unchanged culture. The rest of the afternoon is then free to hike (if you didn’t in the morning) or simply lounge by the hotel pool with views over the lush palmeries and soaring cliff faces.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Ait Benhaddou - Today travel south to Ait Benhaddou. The scenic drive will take you past ancient kasbah ruins, former military outposts, mountains and valleys of palm trees. You'll pass through Ouarzazate, where productions such as Lawrence of Arabia, The Mummy and Aladdin were filmed (ask the kids if they recognise anything!). On arrival to Ait Benhaddou you'll enjoy a delicious lunch at a local NGO restaurant. Located between the river and the palm trees, the restaurant is run by an all-women co-op called the Tawesna Association. After lunch have fun learning how to make Moroccan pancakes (baghrir) and other sweet treats with the local women in a hands-on cooking class. Later you will have the opportunity to explore the UNESCO World-Heritage-listed kasbah. Centuries ago, this fine example of clay architecture was an important stop for caravans carrying salt across the Sahara. Tonight enjoy a delicious dinner of Morocco's most famous cuisine: couscous and tagine!

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Marrakech - It's an early morning start as you make the journey to Marrakech – a feast for the senses. Be enticed by the alluring scents and brilliant colours of the spice markets, the sounds of the musicians, the rich folds of carpets, the delicious food and perfumed gardens. The afternoon is free to recharge. In the late afternoon, head to Djemaa el-Fna – one of the largest public spaces in the world. When night falls, it transforms into a hive of activity – henna-painters, performers and storytellers share the square with a street food bazaar, packed with stalls loaded with Moroccan delicacies, including snail soup. Your street food dinner tonight might include some Moroccan pastries with a glass of freshly squeezed orange juice. Maybe finish your day with a cup of tea on one of the roof-top restaurants overlooking the square.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Marrakech - Your family's adventure comes to an end and there are no activities planned after breakfast. If you have more time, it’s highly recommended you book an additional night in Marrakech to explore this fascinating city further. Maybe take the chance to get to know Moroccan food better with Urban Adventures. Become a spice guru and savour a traditional dinner on ‘A Taste of Marrakech: Inside the Medina’ as a local shares their insider knowledge and shows you the best hidden food souks in the city. Find out more at urbanadventures.com.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Marrakech/Todra Gorge - Salaam Alaikum! Welcome to Morocco. You’ll kick off your Short Break Adventure at 8 am in Marrakech this morning. Meet at your joining point before setting off in a comfortable, air-conditioned vehicle with the rest of your group, your driver and your local leader. Head out of the city towards Todra Valley in the foothills of the Atlas Mountains. Along the way, stop at Ait Benhaddou – this UNESCO World Heritage site was once an important stop for salt caravans crossing the Sahara. Take a walk through the winding streets of the Old Town and visit the Tawesna Teahouse on the river – a community-run establishment that provides local women with an income to support themselves and their children. Using ingredients sourced from local cooperatives, the women prepare delicious tea and pastries while sharing their stories. After, carry on to the Todra area, where you might want to take a refreshing dip in the hotel pool.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Merzouga - After breakfast, join your leader for a walk through the valley’s farmland to the Todra Gorges – towering red-hued sandstone canyons up to 400 m high. Cap off your hike with a brunch picnic in the valley, featuring stuffed bread, mint tea and olive oil prepared by members of a local Amazigh women’s association. Next, it’s on to the Sahara! Drive through the barren mountainsides and watch the scenery change to fertile valleys until you reach Merzouga. Drop your bags at your overnight camp and hop aboard your desert-ready transport – your own camel. Head out on a 1-hour ride across the Erg Chebbi sand dunes as the sun sets around you and the surrounding sea of sand morphs through shades of red and orange. Back at camp, your hosts will prepare a hearty Moroccan feast. Then, you’ll spend the night in a simple but comfortable tent under the stars.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Merzouga - You’ll want to rise early this morning and get yourself to the nearest dune for a spectacular sunrise over the Sahara. Once you’ve greeted the day, fuel up with a traditional breakfast at camp and begin your return journey to Marrakech, where you’ll be dropped off and your adventure will come to an end.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Casablanca - Salaam alaikum! Welcome to Morocco. Your adventure begins in the great city of Casablanca, with a welcome meeting at 6 pm. If you arrive early, maybe visit the art deco Villa des Arts. This gorgeous gallery dates back to the 1930s and holds numerous exhibitions of contemporary Moroccan and international art. If you're looking for a different type of cultural experience, you can discover a unique and fascinating part of Moroccan history at the Museum of Judaism.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Meknes - After breakfast, you’ll take a tour the Hassan II Mosque – one of the only religious sites open to non-Muslims that can accommodate 25,000 worshippers. Next, drive to the capital of Rabat where you’ll meet an expert local guide. Rabat's history is long and colourful, having been host to Roman settlements, pirates and the Moroccan parliament. Discover the city’s medina and souks, then explore the walled quarter known as the Kasbah des Oudaias for a glass of mint tea and some local sweets. After, visit Mohamed the 5th Mausoleum and the vast minaret of the Hassan Mosque. You’ll have some free time to explore Rabat before driving to Meknes – the former capital of Morocco.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Chefchaouen - Explore the winding streets of Meknes’ Old Medina and their elaborately decorated buildings this morning. Next, drive to the nearby archaeological site of Volubilis, the remains of which make an undeniably impressive sight as they come into view on the edge of a long, high plateau. Tour the hilltop ruins with an expert local guide and discover the town’s elaborate mosaics along the Decumanus Maximus, many of which remain intact. After, you’ll travel to Chefchaouen, or the ‘blue city’ – arguably one of the prettiest places in Morocco. Set against a wide valley between two peaks in the stunning Rif Mountains, Chefchaouen has been lovingly cared for with striking blue and whitewashed houses, red-tiled roofs and artistic doorways. Take an orientation walk with your leader through the ancient medina and shop for handicrafts or sit at a cafe and enjoy the pleasure of time passing by. If you're feeling peckish, the local goats' cheese is a popular treat.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Fes - Enjoy a free morning to further discover Chefchaouen and maybe have lunch before boarding your private minibus for the journey to Fes. The living museum of Fes has disputable origins, some believe its origins come from ancient Greece, others claim it comes from the Balkans. Nevertheless, the city is the best example of the medieval Arab world, and you’ll soon to find out more about its past. After checking into your hotel in the late afternoon, join your group for one of the city’s signature dishes for dinner – the salty and sweet pastilla.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Fes - Today, discover the city of Fes, the spiritual and cultural heart of Morocco. Join an expert local guide and head into the Old City, known locally as Fes el Bali. Walk along the twisting streets and alleyways, passing donkeys piled high with goods, and explore the specialty sections that divide the souk. Filled with historic khans, madrassas and dye pits and stalls loaded with fruits, herbs and soups, it’s not hard to imagine yourself back in the Middle Ages. Spend the day exploring the Old City, visiting Medersa el Attarine, the tanneries and the Fondouk Nejjarine – a beautifully restored 18th-century inn. Return to your hotel in the late afternoon for a free evening.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Midelt - Today, leave the intensity of the city behind for the simplicity of the High Atlas Mountains. Drive south through fertile valleys, cedar and pine forests and barren, rocky landscapes to the small town of Midelt. Originally built as a base for mining, this market town sits between the Atlas and Anti-Atlas Mountains at an elevation of just over 1500 m. It's a perfect spot to break up the journey to the desert and you’ll head out on an easy walk through the valley to one of the local villages. Your leader will choose a route based on the group and the weather that makes the most of the views of the Atlas Mountains. Wander through plantations of apple trees on the way back to your accommodation for a relaxing evening and rest up for the Sahara tomorrow.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Sahara Camp - Drive through changing scenery, from barren mountainsides to fertile valleys, on the journey to Merzouga this morning. Take in the Erg Chebbi scenery along the way, with its towering dunes up to 150 m in height. When you arrive, you’ll leave your gear at your overnight camp next to a simple hotel, then ride camels into the edge of the Sahara, enjoying a spectacular sunset along the way. The dunes are stunning, especially as the evening light plays across them and sets off the colours. Tonight, you’ll camp out in traditional style, with the chance to try some local cuisine while you sit around an open fire with lively music and dancing under the stars.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: M'Goun Valley - It’s worth getting up early to catch the sunrise this morning, before the drive to Todra Gorge – a massive trench that rises over 250 m to form one of the most dramatic and spectacular natural sights in Morocco. Explore the towering limestone stacks on a short walk through the sheer cliffs. Continue your journey inland for tonight’s destination – M’goun. Get closer to the customs and lifestyle of the Amazigh people with a homestay in a traditional gite (a home made from mud bricks).

     

    Day - 9

    Location: M'Goun Valley - Take today to explore the beauty of this largely untouched Moroccan backcountry. On foot is the best way to discover the natural and man-made landscape and the rural way of life. There are a couple of circuits to choose from – the most popular is a 4-hour hike, accompanied by a local guide. On the walk, you'll pass Amazigh villages, surrounded by the Rose Valley and its mountains. This afternoon, participate in the traditional Amazigh activity of henna tattooing. A local woman who is an expert in henna, known as a naquasha, will come to your guesthouse and teach the group about henna – where it comes from, how it's made and its historical use in Morocco. Henna tattooing is a tradition practised for centuries to commemorate battle victories, marriages, births and the Eid al-Fitr festival. You’ll then have the opportunity to have your hands and feet adorned with beautifully intricate patterns – this practice directly supports not only the naquasha, but her family and other local women.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Ait Benhaddou - Leaving the M'goun Valley today, set off on the fabled ‘Road of 1000 Kasbahs’. The first stop is at Skoura Oasis – home to several privately owned kasbahs. Here, you’ll visit the Kasbah Ameridhl, with its extravagant decorations and mud-brick fortifications before continuing to Ait Benhaddou. Sitting on a hilltop and almost unchanged since the 11th century, this is one of Morocco's most iconic sites. If you think you recognise the place, you probably do, as the town has a long list of film and TV credits including Game of Thrones and Gladiator. Walk through the winding streets of the Old Town to the top of the hill for views across the surrounding plains. Visit to the Tawesna Teahouse – a community-run establishment that provides local women with an income to support themselves and their children. Using ingredients sourced from local cooperatives, the women prepare delicious tea and pastries while sharing their stories with those who pop in to visit. After heading to your nearby hotel for the night, maybe sit back on the rooftop terrace and watch the sun setting over the kasbah.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Marrakech - Drive along the winding roads of the Atlas, bound for Marrakech – an ancient city wrapped in European modernity. There’s no rush as the scenery through the High Atlas Mountain passes is magnificent, and there will be several photo stops along the way. After checking into your hotel, you might like to head to the great square of Djemaa el-Fna – one of the largest public spaces in the world and unique to Marrakech. When night falls it transforms into a hive of activity. Henna painters, performers and storytellers share the square with a street food bazaar, packed with stalls loaded with Moroccan delicacies. Maybe finish your day with a cup of mint tea on one of the roof-top restaurants overlooking the square.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Marrakech - After breakfast, meet your local guide and set off on a morning tour of the Old Medina, through the bustling souks. Explore courtyards filled with the scent of orange blossom, and the many salons and chambers that make up Bahia Palace. This mansion was built in 1866 for a former slave who rose to power within the government. Stop by the Koutoubia Mosque – its famous minaret is the prototype for others of its kind around the world, including La Giralda in Seville. Then, walk back to Djemaa el-Fna for a glass of fresh orange juice. The rest of the day is free to maybe shop in the bazaar. You could visit the tropical gardens of the French painter Jacques Majorelle or check out the ruins of the Palais Badi – once one of the most beautiful palaces in the world.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Marrakech - There are no activities planned after breakfast so you are free to leave your accommodation at any time. It’s worth adding a night or two in Marrakech so you can do some extra activities like cooking classes and cycling tours, exploring nearby towns or visiting a hammam. If you wish to spend more time here, we'll be happy to book additional accommodation for you (subject to availability).

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Casablanca - Salaam Alaikum! Welcome to Morocco and the great city of Casablanca. If you’re arriving today, you’ll take a private transfer from the airport to your hotel. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm. If you arrive early, maybe you’d like to visit the art deco Villa des Arts – this gorgeous gallery dates back to the 1930s and holds numerous exhibitions of contemporary Moroccan and international art. If you're looking for a different cultural experience, you can discover a unique part of Moroccan history at the Museum of Judaism.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Fes - After breakfast this morning, visit the Hassan II Mosque – one of Casablanca's most impressive sites and the Islamic world's third-largest mosque. This colossal building sits partly on land and partly on the sea, allowing visitors to look through a glass floor in one area, straight down to the water. This is one of the only religious sites open to non-Muslims. Travel by private vehicle to the village of Moulay Idriss, the holiest Islamic town. Head out on a leader-led walking tour, stopping for an optional home-cooked lunch before setting off again. Your next stop is Volubilis – a partly-excavated Amazigh-Roman city outside of Meknes. Explore the ruins and abandoned stones with a local guide, which are covered in wildflowers in the spring. Arrive in Fes, your final destination, and sit down for an included pastilla dinner. This Moroccan specialty is a delicious sweet and savoury pastry parcel of shredded chicken and almonds.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Fes - Today, you’ll discover the city of Fes. The spiritual and cultural heart of Morocco – Fes is a feast for the senses. Join an expert local guide and head into Fes el Bali – arguably the world's most fascinating Old City. Walk along the twisting streets and alleyways, passing donkeys piled high with goods. Filled with dye pits and traditional stalls loaded with fruits, herbs and soups, it’s not hard to imagine yourself back in the Middle Ages. Visit the Al-Attarine Madrasa, built by the Marinid sultan Uthman II Abu Said in 1323-5. Functioning as a religious school, this is one of several such schools located within the medina. You’ll then explore the tanneries and the Fondouk Nejjarine – a beautifully restored 18th-century inn with a courtyard. Stop for a refreshing mint tea at a local café and take in the views of the bustling medina. Return to your hotel in the late afternoon for a free evening.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Sahara Camp - After breakfast, hit the road again and drive through ever-changing scenery, from barren mountainsides to fertile valleys, on the journey to Merzouga. Stop for coffee in Ifrane in the Atlas Mountains along the way. Take in the views over Ziz Valley and stop for lunch in Midelt – a town in the high plains between the Middle Atlas and High Atlas Mountain ranges. When you arrive, leave your gear at your overnight camp, then climb aboard your designated camel for a ride into the edge of the Sahara – what better way to enjoy the sunset? Tonight, sit under the expansive night sky and try some fantastic local cuisine around an open fire, enjoying live music and dancing.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Todra Gorge - Rise and shine nice and early this morning and climb one of the sand dunes to watch the sunrise over the Sahara. Then drive to Todra Gorge – a massive trench that rises over 250 m to form one of the most dramatic and spectacular natural sights in Morocco. When you arrive, head out on a leisurely walk through the Todra Valley with your leader. You’ll walk through shaded palm groves and local farms – thanks to the abundance of water here, there are orchards of almost every variety! Think apples, pears, plums, apricots, quinces, pomegranates, figs, almonds and peaches as well as tomatoes, mint, squash, carrots, turnips, beans and grapes. All these plantations belong to locals who you’ll meet along the way, learning how they take care of the land using traditional irrigation techniques. Tonight, you might like to enjoy an optional dinner of all the local produce you’ve seen growing around you.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Ait Benhaddou - This morning after breakfast, you’ll drive to Ait Benhaddou. Sitting on a hilltop and almost unchanged since the 11th century, this is one of Morocco's most iconic sites. If you think you recognise the place, you probably do, as the town has a long list of film and TV credits, including Lawrence of Arabia, Game of Thrones and Gladiator. Enjoy a walk through the winding streets of the Old Town and ksar, making your way to the top of the hill, from where you can enjoy views of the surrounding plains. Then, join a local artist for a painting workshop. You’ll create your own image of the iconic view of the ksar. Visit the Tawesna teahouse – a community-run establishment that provides local women an income to support themselves and their children. Using ingredients sourced from local cooperatives, the women prepare mint tea and pastries while sharing their stories with those who pop in. After heading to your hotel for the night, maybe sit back on the rooftop terrace and watch the sun setting over the kasbah before a group dinner.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Marrakech - Today, you’ll drive to the bustling Marrakech. Upon arrival, you are invited for lunch at the Amal Association – a restaurant and non-profit organisation that supports local women through employment and training on their path to financial independence. After experiencing Amal's delicacies, meet your local guide who will lead you through the medina, sharing the city's history and hidden tales during the walk. Visit Le Jardin Secret – a 19th palace complex with traditional gardens, a shop and a cafe. Then, head to the great square of Djemaa el-Fna – one of the largest public spaces in the world. Tonight, you might like to head back to Djemaa el-Fna – when night falls, it transforms into a hive of henna painters, performers and storytellers share the square with a street food bazaar of stalls loaded with Moroccan delicacies. You might also like to head out to an optional final dinner at a local restaurant with your fellow travellers and tour leader.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Marrakech - There are no activities planned after breakfast today, so you’re free to leave your accommodation at any time. It’s worth adding a night or two in Marrakech, so you can do some extra activities like cooking classes and cycling tours, exploring nearby towns or visiting a hammam. If you wish to spend more time here, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Casablanca - Salaam Alaikum! Welcome to Morocco. When you arrive at Casablanca Airport, you'll be met by a representative and transferred to your hotel. Your adventure begins at 6 pm with a welcome meeting to meet your fellow travellers and group leader. If you arrive early, maybe visit the Villa des Arts – this gorgeous art deco gallery holds numerous exhibitions of contemporary Moroccan and international art. If you’re looking for a different type of cultural experience, then you can discover a unique and fascinating part of Moroccan history at the Museum of Judaism. This evening, celebrate the beginning of a new adventure with a welcome dinner with your group in a traditional restaurant. Nowhere is Morocco’s cultural heritage more evident than in its food, and tonight you’ll have the chance to try classic dishes like tagine, couscous and pastilla.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Meknes - This morning you’ll visit one of the most impressive sites in Casablanca – the massive Mosque of Hassan II. Second only in size to the great mosque at Mecca, the huge building sits partly on land and partly over sea and is one of the only religious sites open to non-Muslims. Later, leave Casablanca and drive north along the coast to Rabat – the elegant capital of Morocco and its first imperial city. Start your visit with a walk through the medina and souks, then explore the lovely walled quarter known as the Kasbah des Oudaias, where you’ll enjoy an included mint tea in a café overlooking the ocean and Bou Regreg River. After, continue the walk to visit the Mausoleum of Mohammed V, the vast minaret of the Mosque of Hassan II. In the late afternoon, continue to Meknes, the former capital of Morocco.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Chefchaouen - Join your leader and explore the charming streets of Meknes’s medina – the old walled section of the city. There’s something particularly special about exploring this lesser-known medina as the locals go about their daily lives. Walk to the shrine of Moulay Ismail, visit the granaries and stop by a local market selling vegetables, olives and sweets. Drive on to the ruins of Volubilis. Once a provincial Roman capital, a distant outpost of the empire, the remains make an undeniably impressive sight. A local guide will show you around, provide expert knowledge and help you imagine the bustling city that once was. Enjoy a picnic lunch of fresh bread, cheese and seasonal fruits and olives from the market, then continue to Chefchaouen. Nestled high in the Rif Mountains, Chefchaouen is famous for its buildings washed in bright shades of blue – this is undeniably one of the world’s prettiest cities!

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Chefchaouen - This morning, you’ll discover Chefchaouen beneath the blue during a tour of the medina with a local guide. Tour its winding alleyways, cobbled plazas and unique doorways and find out what makes the city so alluring. Stop off for a tasting of goat’s cheese – you’ll see there’s no shortage of goats in Chefchaouen and this soft, creamy goat’s cheese is some of Morocco’s best. Enjoy a free afternoon to explore further at your own pace. You may like to snap some more pictures of the city’s blue-hued buildings, shop for handicrafts or simply sit at a cafe and enjoy the pleasure of time passing by. Speak to your leader about the option for a homecooked meal for dinner this evening.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Fes - Say goodbye to Chefchaouen and make the journey to Fes – the spiritual and cultural heart of Morocco. When you arrive, take some time to unwind in a local hammam (spa) – speak to your leader for some great recommendations. This evening you’ll have the unique opportunity to see a different side of Moroccan life as you are warmly welcomed into the home-turned-restaurant of a local family for a pastilla dinner in a private after-hours experience. One of the country’s most celebrated dishes, this sweet and savoury delight is made with layered pastry and meat, cooked with eggs, caramelised onions, lemon and sugared almonds. Learn how the iconic Moroccan pie is made as you chat with your friendly hosts about life in Fes, then end the night with a traditional sweet treat.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Fes - This morning, head into the Old Town, known locally as Fes el Bali. Medieval Fes was one of the world's great centres of education and culture, both Islamic and Jewish. Its religious institutions and libraries are legendary, and its mosques are renowned. Your leader will share stories of the city’s history as you walk through the twisting streets and alleyways, passing donkeys piled high with goods. Filled with historic khans, medresses and dye pits, there are stalls loaded with fruits, herbs and soups and the squawk of chickens, smells of spice and sounds of hammering copper fill the air. Take a break from the hustle and bustle of the medina for a traditional mint tea in a family-owned tea house. Spend the morning exploring the old city, visiting Al-Attarine Madrasa, the tanneries and the splendid Funduk Nejjarine – a beautifully restored 18th-century inn. The afternoon is then free to explore more of what this charming city has to offer.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Erfoud - Today, leave the intensity of the city behind for the desert oasis town of Erfoud. Prepare for a long driving day and have your camera ready as there will be plenty of stops to appreciate the ever-changing Moroccan landscape along the way. Wind past olive groves, shepherds tending to their flocks, forests of cedar, pine and oak, and valleys filled with date palms – all with views of the High Atlas Mountains in the distance. Arrive in Erfoud, your gateway to the Sahara Desert. Built by the French in the early 1900s, the town features tightly packed red sand buildings that blend seamlessly into the desert surroundings. While here, be sure to try some dates fresh from the local market – the dates in Erfoud are so delicious they celebrate them with a festival every year.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Merzouga - Spend the morning exploring Khemliya – a village on the fringe of the orange-coloured Erg Chebbi sand dunes. This traditional Saharan village is known for its distinctive style of music and dance. For lunch today you’ll get to see how the local speciality dish of medfouna is made, and then sample some yourself. Then, it’s time to do as the locals do and ride a camel through the desert towards your Feature Stay accommodation – a spectacular camp hidden away in the sand dunes of the Sahara. Here in this magical escape from the modern world, you’ll experience the true essence of desert life. The remote location doesn’t mean skimping on amenities – permanent tents feature large beds, en suite bathrooms and delightful, authentic decor. Tonight, enjoy a traditional feast beneath the North African sky, jewelled with thousands of stars, followed by live Gnaoua music around an open fire.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Dades - Start the day with a truly unforgettable desert sunrise, watching the landscape turn remarkable shades of orange. After breakfast drive to Todra Gorge – a massive trench that rises over 250 m to form one of the most dramatic and spectacular natural sights in Morocco. The limestone stacks make a perfect area for hiking, and so to make the most of the stunning surroundings, you’ll take a short and gentle walk through the gorge. Then, continue to the beautiful Dades Valley – your base for the next two nights. This area offers up scenery like no other – sprawling green valleys give way to rock formations carved out by the wind. Your accommodation offers a pool and terrace, so take some time to sit back and soak in the views.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Dades - You have a full day to explore the beauty of this largely untouched Moroccan backcountry today, and the best way is on foot. There are a couple of circuits in the area – there’s the option to tackle a 10 km circuit that will take about 4 hours, but your leader can tailor the route based on the preferences of the group. Take a short transfer to the start of the trek, then set out with a local guide. The trail undulates and can be challenging in sections but is accessible to everyone with a basic level of fitness. Stop in a village along the way and enjoy tea with a local Amazigh family. This experience offers a unique glimpse into the Amazigh way of life that few visitors to Morocco have the chance to see. Set against the sensational backdrop of the surrounding mountains and famous Rose Valley, take the opportunity to share stories and learn about family life in the Dades Valley.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Ait Benhaddou - Depart the Dades Valley and set off on the Road of a Thousand Kasbahs. Your first stop is Skoura Oasis – home to several privately owned kasbahs, including the Kasbah Ameridhl, with extravagant decorations and mud-brick fortifications. Continue to Ait Benhaddou – a hilltop site almost unchanged since the 11th century. Its grand kasbah is one of the most beautiful in Morocco and the fortified village is a fine example of clay architecture. You may recognise the site from Game of Thrones or its long list of film credits. Walk through the winding streets of the Old Town, making your way to the top of the hill for some scenic views. Visit Taman’Art Space, an art studio and cultural centre created by a local artist. Meet with the artist and founder and talk about his methods, inspiration and process, all while sipping a cup of tea on the terrasse, surrounded by gorgeous views. After, visit Tawesna – a local teahouse on the river – for a tasty lunch including freshly made Amazigh bread, soup, Moroccan sweets and mint tea. This community-run establishment provides women with a small income to support themselves and their children. The women use natural ingredients sourced from local cooperatives to prepare the tea and pastries, taking great pride in sharing their stories and giving visitors an authentic Amazigh experience.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Ouirgane - Leave Ait Benhaddou after breakfast and drive through the winding roads of the Atlas Mountains. You can take your time as the scenery is magnificent and keen photographers may call for a few photo stops. Your destination today is Ouirgane – sitting in the tranquil foothills of the High Atlas Mountains, this village provides visitors with an alternative and less-visited base for walking. With its gentle winter climate and moderate summer, it’s a great place to stroll around the nearby red-earth hills and pine forests, watch a wide variety of bird life or just sit back and relax at an altitude of 1000 m with a view of Mount Toubkal in the background. Speak to your leader about some hiking options this afternoon with a local guide.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Marrakech - Travel to the nearby town of Tahanaout, where you’ll take a hands-on cooking class with a celebrated local chef. You’ll explore his organic kitchen garden surrounded by beautiful olive groves and orchards set in a traditional Amazigh douar. Harvest ingredients fresh from the garden and let the chef teach you the art of seasoning with aromatic Moroccan herbs. Learn to cook tagines and salads, then savour your creations over lunch. After the feast, continue to Marrakech. When you arrive, check in to your beautifully decorated riad. This evening, why not head to the great square of Djemaa el-Fna – one of the largest public spaces in the world, When night falls, it transforms into a hive of activity. You may like to finish your day with a cup of tea at one of the roof-top restaurants overlooking the square.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Marrakech - After breakfast today, meet with a local guide who will bring the magic of Marrakech to life as you set off on a morning tour of the old medina, through the bustling souks that are the lifeblood of the city. Explore tranquil courtyards filled with the scent of orange blossom and the many salons and chambers that make up Bahia Palace. Stop by the Koutoubia Mosque – the inside is for Muslims only, but the famous minaret is a sight to behold. Walk back through the streets of the old medina to Djemaa el-Fna, stopping off to taste some of the marvellous freshly squeezed orange juice from a local stall – this is sure to be one of the most delicious glasses of orange juice you’ve ever tasted! The rest of the day is free to explore. Maybe visit Le Jardin Secret – a traditional medina garden with a magnificent courtyard – or head back into the medina and practice your haggling skills. For your final evening, maybe join your group for a farewell dinner. Your leader will be able to recommend some fantastic local restaurants.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Marrakech - Your trip ends today after breakfast, so you’re free to leave at any time after check out. If you’ve arranged a private airport transfer, you’ll be advised of the pick-up time. If you’d like to extend your stay in Marrakech, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Casablanca - Salaam Alaikum! Welcome to Morocco. When you arrive at Casablanca Airport, you'll be met by a representative and transferred to your hotel. Your adventure begins at 6 pm with a welcome meeting to meet your fellow travellers and group leader. If you arrive early, maybe visit the Villa des Arts – this gorgeous art deco gallery holds numerous exhibitions of contemporary Moroccan and international art. If you’re looking for a different type of cultural experience, then you can discover a unique and fascinating part of Moroccan history at the Museum of Judaism. This evening, celebrate the beginning of a new adventure with a welcome dinner with your group in a traditional restaurant. Nowhere is Morocco’s cultural heritage more evident than in its food, and tonight you’ll have the chance to try classic dishes like tagine, couscous and pastilla.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Meknes - This morning you’ll visit one of the most impressive sites in Casablanca – the massive Mosque of Hassan II. Second only in size to the great mosque at Mecca, the huge building sits partly on land and partly over sea and is one of the only religious sites open to non-Muslims. Later, leave Casablanca and drive north along the coast to Rabat – the elegant capital of Morocco and its first imperial city. Start your visit with a walk through the medina and souks, then explore the lovely walled quarter known as the Kasbah des Oudaias, where you’ll enjoy an included mint tea in a café overlooking the ocean and Bou Regreg River. After, continue the walk to visit the Mausoleum of Mohammed V, the vast minaret of the Mosque of Hassan II. In the late afternoon, continue to Meknes, the former capital of Morocco.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Chefchaouen - Join your leader and explore the charming streets of Meknes’s medina – the old walled section of the city. There’s something particularly special about exploring this lesser-known medina as the locals go about their daily lives. Walk to the shrine of Moulay Ismail, visit the granaries and stop by a local market selling vegetables, olives and sweets. Drive on to the ruins of Volubilis. Once a provincial Roman capital, a distant outpost of the empire, the remains make an undeniably impressive sight. A local guide will show you around, provide expert knowledge and help you imagine the bustling city that once was. Enjoy a picnic lunch of fresh bread, cheese and seasonal fruits and olives from the market, then continue to Chefchaouen. Nestled high in the Rif Mountains, Chefchaouen is famous for its buildings washed in bright shades of blue – this is undeniably one of the world’s prettiest cities!

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Chefchaouen - This morning, you’ll discover Chefchaouen beneath the blue during a tour of the medina with a local guide. Tour its winding alleyways, cobbled plazas and unique doorways and find out what makes the city so alluring. Stop off for a tasting of goat’s cheese – you’ll see there’s no shortage of goats in Chefchaouen and this soft, creamy goat’s cheese is some of Morocco’s best. Enjoy a free afternoon to explore further at your own pace. You may like to snap some more pictures of the city’s blue-hued buildings, shop for handicrafts or simply sit at a cafe and enjoy the pleasure of time passing by. Speak to your leader about the option for a homecooked meal for dinner this evening.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Fes - Say goodbye to Chefchaouen and make the journey to Fes – the spiritual and cultural heart of Morocco. When you arrive, take some time to unwind in a local hammam (spa) – speak to your leader for some great recommendations. This evening you’ll have the unique opportunity to see a different side of Moroccan life as you are warmly welcomed into the home-turned-restaurant of a local family for a pastilla dinner in a private after-hours experience. One of the country’s most celebrated dishes, this sweet and savoury delight is made with layered pastry and meat, cooked with eggs, caramelised onions, lemon and sugared almonds. Learn how the iconic Moroccan pie is made as you chat with your friendly hosts about life in Fes, then end the night with a traditional sweet treat.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Fes - This morning, head into the Old Town, known locally as Fes el Bali. Medieval Fes was one of the world's great centres of education and culture, both Islamic and Jewish. Its religious institutions and libraries are legendary, and its mosques are renowned. Your leader will share stories of the city’s history as you walk through the twisting streets and alleyways, passing donkeys piled high with goods. Filled with historic khans, medresses and dye pits, there are stalls loaded with fruits, herbs and soups and the squawk of chickens, smells of spice and sounds of hammering copper fill the air. Take a break from the hustle and bustle of the medina for a traditional mint tea in a family-owned tea house. Spend the morning exploring the old city, visiting Al-Attarine Madrasa, the tanneries and the splendid Funduk Nejjarine – a beautifully restored 18th-century inn. The afternoon is then free to explore more of what this charming city has to offer.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Erfoud - Today, leave the intensity of the city behind for the desert oasis town of Erfoud. Prepare for a long driving day and have your camera ready as there will be plenty of stops to appreciate the ever-changing Moroccan landscape along the way. Wind past olive groves, shepherds tending to their flocks, forests of cedar, pine and oak, and valleys filled with date palms – all with views of the High Atlas Mountains in the distance. Arrive in Erfoud, your gateway to the Sahara Desert. Built by the French in the early 1900s, the town features tightly packed red sand buildings that blend seamlessly into the desert surroundings. While here, be sure to try some dates fresh from the local market – the dates in Erfoud are so delicious they celebrate them with a festival every year.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Merzouga - Spend the morning exploring Khemliya – a village on the fringe of the orange-coloured Erg Chebbi sand dunes. This traditional Saharan village is known for its distinctive style of music and dance. For lunch today you’ll get to see how the local speciality dish of medfouna is made, and then sample some yourself. Then, it’s time to do as the locals do and ride a camel through the desert towards your Feature Stay accommodation – a spectacular camp hidden away in the sand dunes of the Sahara. Here in this magical escape from the modern world, you’ll experience the true essence of desert life. The remote location doesn’t mean skimping on amenities – permanent tents feature large beds, en suite bathrooms and delightful, authentic decor. Tonight, enjoy a traditional feast beneath the North African sky, jewelled with thousands of stars, followed by live Gnaoua music around an open fire.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Dades - Start the day with a truly unforgettable desert sunrise, watching the landscape turn remarkable shades of orange. After breakfast drive to Todra Gorge – a massive trench that rises over 250 m to form one of the most dramatic and spectacular natural sights in Morocco. The limestone stacks make a perfect area for hiking, and so to make the most of the stunning surroundings, you’ll take a short and gentle walk through the gorge. Then, continue to the beautiful Dades Valley – your base for the next two nights. This area offers up scenery like no other – sprawling green valleys give way to rock formations carved out by the wind. Your accommodation offers a pool and terrace, so take some time to sit back and soak in the views.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Dades - You have a full day to explore the beauty of this largely untouched Moroccan backcountry today, and the best way is on foot. There are a couple of circuits in the area – there’s the option to tackle a 10 km circuit that will take about 4 hours, but your leader can tailor the route based on the preferences of the group. Take a short transfer to the start of the trek, then set out with a local guide. The trail undulates and can be challenging in sections but is accessible to everyone with a basic level of fitness. Stop in a village along the way and enjoy tea with a local Amazigh family. This experience offers a unique glimpse into the Amazigh way of life that few visitors to Morocco have the chance to see. Set against the sensational backdrop of the surrounding mountains and famous Rose Valley, take the opportunity to share stories and learn about family life in the Dades Valley.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Ait Benhaddou - Depart the Dades Valley and set off on the Road of a Thousand Kasbahs. Your first stop is Skoura Oasis – home to several privately owned kasbahs, including the Kasbah Ameridhl, with extravagant decorations and mud-brick fortifications. Continue to Ait Benhaddou – a hilltop site almost unchanged since the 11th century. Its grand kasbah is one of the most beautiful in Morocco and the fortified village is a fine example of clay architecture. You may recognise the site from Game of Thrones or its long list of film credits. Walk through the winding streets of the Old Town, making your way to the top of the hill for some scenic views. Visit Taman’Art Space, an art studio and cultural centre created by a local artist. Meet with the artist and founder and talk about his methods, inspiration and process, all while sipping a cup of tea on the terrasse, surrounded by gorgeous views. After, visit Tawesna – a local teahouse on the river – for a tasty lunch including freshly made Amazigh bread, soup, Moroccan sweets and mint tea. This community-run establishment provides women with a small income to support themselves and their children. The women use natural ingredients sourced from local cooperatives to prepare the tea and pastries, taking great pride in sharing their stories and giving visitors an authentic Amazigh experience.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Ouirgane - Leave Ait Benhaddou after breakfast and drive through the winding roads of the Atlas Mountains. You can take your time as the scenery is magnificent and keen photographers may call for a few photo stops. Your destination today is Ouirgane – sitting in the tranquil foothills of the High Atlas Mountains, this village provides visitors with an alternative and less-visited base for walking. With its gentle winter climate and moderate summer, it’s a great place to stroll around the nearby red-earth hills and pine forests, watch a wide variety of bird life or just sit back and relax at an altitude of 1000 m with a view of Mount Toubkal in the background. Speak to your leader about some hiking options this afternoon with a local guide.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Marrakech - Travel to the nearby town of Tahanaout, where you’ll take a hands-on cooking class with a celebrated local chef. You’ll explore his organic kitchen garden surrounded by beautiful olive groves and orchards set in a traditional Amazigh douar. Harvest ingredients fresh from the garden and let the chef teach you the art of seasoning with aromatic Moroccan herbs. Learn to cook tagines and salads, then savour your creations over lunch. After the feast, continue to Marrakech. When you arrive, check in to your beautifully decorated riad. This evening, why not head to the great square of Djemaa el-Fna – one of the largest public spaces in the world, When night falls, it transforms into a hive of activity. You may like to finish your day with a cup of tea at one of the roof-top restaurants overlooking the square.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Marrakech - After breakfast today, meet with a local guide who will bring the magic of Marrakech to life as you set off on a morning tour of the old medina, through the bustling souks that are the lifeblood of the city. Explore tranquil courtyards filled with the scent of orange blossom and the many salons and chambers that make up Bahia Palace. Stop by the Koutoubia Mosque – the inside is for Muslims only, but the famous minaret is a sight to behold. Walk back through the streets of the old medina to Djemaa el-Fna, stopping off to taste some of the marvellous freshly squeezed orange juice from a local stall – this is sure to be one of the most delicious glasses of orange juice you’ve ever tasted! The rest of the day is free to explore. Maybe visit Le Jardin Secret – a traditional medina garden with a magnificent courtyard – or head back into the medina and practice your haggling skills. For your final evening, maybe join your group for a farewell dinner. Your leader will be able to recommend some fantastic local restaurants.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Essaouira - After breakfast you’ll leave for Essaouira – a city where the medina brushes up against the Atlantic Ocean. Get to know this laidback city during an orientation walk with your leader who will help you navigate a maze of market stalls and narrow streets while sharing insights on local life in one of North Africa's most attractive places. Pass the harbour filled with colourful boats and explore the fish souk. Here, you’ll choose a catch of the day and take it to a local restaurant where you can hand over your market purchase for it to be grilled – a fresh catch for lunch! Your leader will also take you to the fresh vegetables markets where you can choose your salads and veggies to accompany your seafood lunch. Enjoy a delicious meal together with the rest of your group.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Essaouira - The name Essaouira means ‘little picture’, which is appropriate for this picturesque place. This artists' town was once home to British and Jewish populations, and its charm has seen the likes of Orson Welles and Jimi Hendrix, who (according to local legend) spent much of his time here in the 1960s. Enjoy a free day to wander the city’s charming sandstone streets. Maybe explore the coast and sand dunes on horseback or discover the Sidi Mohammed Ben Abdallah Museum and its collection of artefacts, woodwork, carpets and stringed instruments. Or sit back and watch the kite surfers ride the crashing waves. You can also discover the taste of Morocco in a cooking class, or head outside of the city to the beautiful surroundings on a daytrip.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Marrakech - The morning is free for you to explore further. Maybe pick up some local handicrafts at the markets or enjoy a final coffee in the square to soak up the easy-going rhythm of this Moroccan town. In the afternoon, you’ll drive back to Marrakech. When you have settled into your hotel, you’ll likely be drawn back to the Djemaa el-Fna and its surrounding medina. Eating out at one of the many outdoor restaurants lining the square is a great way to finish your adventure.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Marrakech - Your trip ends today after breakfast today you’re free to leave at any time. If you have arranged a private airport transfer, you’ll be advised of the pick-up time. If you’d like to extend your stay in Marrakech, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Casablanca - Salaam Alaikum! Welcome to Morocco. When you arrive at Casablanca Airport, you’ll be met by a local representative and transferred to your hotel. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm. If you arrive with time to spare, maybe visit the Villa des Arts. This gorgeous Art Deco gallery holds numerous exhibitions of contemporary Moroccan and international art. If you’re looking for a different type of cultural experience, you can also visit the Museum of Judaism. Tonight, celebrate the beginning of a new adventure over dinner with your group, trying classic dishes like tagine and couscous.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Fes - This morning, you’ll visit one of the most impressive sites in Casablanca – the mighty Mosque of Hassan II. Second only in size to the great mosque at Mecca, the huge building sits partly on land and partly over sea and is one of the only religious sites open to non-Muslims. Later, leave Casablanca and drive to Meknes, where you’ll explore the charming streets of the medina – the old walled section of the city. Drive on to the mosaic-filled Roman ruins of Volubilis, where a local guide will show you around and help you imagine the bustling city that once was. Enjoy a picnic lunch of fresh bread, cheese, seasonal fruits and olives from the market. In the late afternoon, continue to Fes, your home for the next two nights.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Fes - Today, you’ll discover Fes’s huge, well-preserved medieval Old City and medina on a morning walking tour with your leader. Wander through the twisting streets and alleyways and explore the speciality sections that divide the souq as your leader talks you through the local customs and traditions. Pass historic khans, dye pits and stalls, then take a break from the hustle and bustle at a family-owned tea house before a visit to the ornate inner courtyards of the Islamic school El-Attarine Madrasa and Funduq al-Najjarin – an 18th-century inn. You’ll then have a free afternoon before dinner tonight, where you'll be warmly welcomed into the home-turned-restaurant of a local family for a pastilla dinner in a private after-hours experience. Learn how the iconic Moroccan pie is made as you chat with your friendly hosts about life in Fes.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Bine el Ouidane - Travel from Fes to Bine el Ouidane, with plenty of breaks along the way to appreciate the ever-changing Moroccan landscape. Today is a bit of a long travel day, so it's a good idea to get stuck into your book or favourite podcasts. Bine el Ouidane is a small settlement perfectly placed on the bank of the lake, surrounded by sheer rocks. Your Feature Stay accommodation for the night sits at the foot of the Atlas Mountains, on the edge of the huge lake. Maybe spend your afternoon soaking up the calm surroundings in the swimming pool or kick back with a drink on the terrace.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Bine el Ouidane - Today you’ll head out onto the water, hopping in a small boat to see more of the turquoise lake and surrounding rocky gorges. Float over the water and take in the views. Then, head to the house of a local farming family in the village that sits on the lake. Have a cup of tea as the family shares their stories on farming in Morocco and what their life is like here. You’ll also be treated to a home-cooked lunch, before heading back to the hotel for a free evening. Maybe lounge by the infinity pool, hike the surrounding mountain trails or treat yourself to a rejuvenating massage or jacuzzi session at the health spa.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Agafay - Today you’ll make your way to Agafay – a red-rock desert in the South of Marrakech. Along the way, stop at Ouzoud Falls – a collective name for several waterfalls in Azilal, which all flow into the El-Abid River’s gorge. Take in the immensity of the cascades, then continue on to the rolling landscape of the desert. Arrive at your desert camp in the late afternoon, freshen up in your tents, then head out to catch the sunset as it lights up the horizon. If you like, you can also take part in an optional camel riding experience here. Later, have dinner at camp then be treated to a stargazing experience, as an English-speaking guide points out the constellations and planets above.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Marrakech - Wake up early this morning to catch the sunrise over the desert. After breakfast, you’ll then travel to Marrakech. When you arrive, head out on an orientation walk with your leader to the great square of Djemaa el-Fna – one of the largest public spaces in the world and the city's most iconic landmark. As day turns to night, the square transforms into a hive of activity. Once you’ve got your bearings, the rest of the evening is yours to explore at your own pace. Maybe have dinner on one of the restaurant balconies overlooking the humming square with views of the Koutoubia Mosque.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Marrakech - After breakfast today, meet your local guide and set off on a morning tour of the old medina, through the bustling souks that are the lifeblood of the city. Explore courtyards filled with the scent of orange blossom and the many salons and chambers that make up Bahia Palace. Stop by the Koutoubia Mosque – the inside is for Muslims only, but the famous minaret is a sight to behold. Walk back through the streets of the old medina to Djemaa el-Fna. The food here is best experienced like a local, so be sure to bring your appetite as your local guide will take you for a tasting session where you’ll try a range of seasonal delights like freshly squeezed orange juice and fried Moroccan donuts. The rest of the day is free. Maybe visit Le Jardin Secret – a traditional medina garden with a magnificent courtyard – or head back into the medina and practice your haggling skills.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Marrakech - Your trip ends today after breakfast. If you would like to stay longer, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Casablanca - Salaam Alaikum! Welcome to Morocco. When you arrive at Casablanca Airport, you’ll be met by a local representative and transferred to your hotel. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm. If you arrive with time to spare, maybe visit the Villa des Arts. This gorgeous Art Deco gallery holds numerous exhibitions of contemporary Moroccan and international art. If you’re looking for a different type of cultural experience, you can also visit the Museum of Judaism. Tonight, celebrate the beginning of a new adventure over dinner with your group, trying classic dishes like tagine and couscous.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Fes - This morning, you’ll visit one of the most impressive sites in Casablanca – the mighty Mosque of Hassan II. Second only in size to the great mosque at Mecca, the huge building sits partly on land and partly over sea and is one of the only religious sites open to non-Muslims. Later, leave Casablanca and drive to Meknes, where you’ll explore the charming streets of the medina – the old walled section of the city. Drive on to the mosaic-filled Roman ruins of Volubilis, where a local guide will show you around and help you imagine the bustling city that once was. Enjoy a picnic lunch of fresh bread, cheese, seasonal fruits and olives from the market. In the late afternoon, continue to Fes, your home for the next two nights.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Fes - Today, you’ll discover Fes’s huge, well-preserved medieval Old City and medina on a morning walking tour with your leader. Wander through the twisting streets and alleyways and explore the speciality sections that divide the souq as your leader talks you through the local customs and traditions. Pass historic khans, dye pits and stalls, then take a break from the hustle and bustle at a family-owned tea house before a visit to the ornate inner courtyards of the Islamic school El-Attarine Madrasa and Funduq al-Najjarin – an 18th-century inn. You’ll then have a free afternoon before dinner tonight, where you'll be warmly welcomed into the home-turned-restaurant of a local family for a pastilla dinner in a private after-hours experience. Learn how the iconic Moroccan pie is made as you chat with your friendly hosts about life in Fes.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Bine el Ouidane - Travel from Fes to Bine el Ouidane, with plenty of breaks along the way to appreciate the ever-changing Moroccan landscape. Bine el Ouidane is a small settlement perfectly placed on the bank of the lake, surrounded by sheer rocks. Your Feature Stay accommodation for the night sits at the foot of the Atlas Mountains, on the edge of the huge lake. Maybe spend your afternoon soaking up the calm surroundings in the swimming pool or kick back with a drink on the terrace.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Bine el Ouidane - Today you’ll head out onto the water, hopping in a small boat to see more of the turquoise lake and surrounding rocky gorges. Float over the water and take in the views. Then, head to the house of a local farming family in the village that sits on the lake. Have a cup of tea as the family shares their stories on farming in Morocco and what their life is like here. You will also be treated to a home-cooked lunch, before heading back to the hotel for a free evening. Maybe lounge by the infinity pool, hike the surrounding mountain trails or treat yourself to a rejuvenating massage or jacuzzi session at the health spa.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Agafay - Today you’ll make your way to Agafay – a red-rock desert in the South of Marrakech. Along the way, stop at Ouzoud Falls – a collective name for several waterfalls in Azilal, which all empty into the El-Abid River’s gorge. Take in the immensity of the cascades, then continue on to the rolling landscape of the desert. Arrive at your desert camp in the late afternoon, freshen up in your tents, then head out to catch the sunset as it lights up the horizon. If you like, you can also take part in an optional camel riding experience here. Later, have dinner at camp then be treated to a stargazing experience, as an English-speaking guide points out the constellations and planets above.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Marrakech - Wake up early this morning to catch the sunrise over the desert. After breakfast, you’ll then travel to Marrakech. When you arrive, head out on an orientation walk with your leader to the great square of Djemaa el-Fna – one of the largest public spaces in the world and the city's most iconic landmark. As day turns to night, the square transforms into a hive of activity. Once you’ve got your bearings, the rest of the evening is yours to explore at your own pace. Maybe have dinner on one of the restaurant balconies overlooking the humming square with views of the Koutoubia Mosque.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Marrakech - After breakfast today, meet your local guide and set off on a morning tour of the old medina, through the bustling souks that are the lifeblood of the city. Explore tranquil courtyards filled with the scent of orange blossom and the many salons and chambers that make up Bahia Palace. Stop by the Koutoubia Mosque – the inside is for Muslims only, but the famous minaret is a sight to behold. Walk back through the streets of the old medina to Djemaa el-Fna. The food here is best experienced like a local, so be sure to bring your appetite as your local guide will take you for a tasting session where you’ll try a range of seasonal delights like freshly squeezed orange juice and fried Moroccan donuts. The rest of the day is free. Maybe visit Le Jardin Secret – a traditional medina garden with a magnificent courtyard – or head back into the medina and practice your haggling skills.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Marrakech to Essaouira - After breakfast you’ll leave for Essaouira – a city where the medina brushes up against the Atlantic Ocean. Get to know this laidback city during an orientation walk with your leader who will help you navigate a maze of market stalls and narrow streets while sharing insights on local life in one of North Africa's most attractive places. Pass the harbour filled with colourful boats and explore the fish souk. Here, you’ll choose a catch of the day and take it to a local restaurant where you can hand over your market purchase for it to be grilled – a fresh catch for lunch! Your leader will also take you to the fresh vegetables markets where you can choose your salads and veggies to accompany your seafood lunch. Enjoy a delicious meal together with the rest of your group.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Essaouira - The name Essaouira means ‘little picture’, which is appropriate for this picturesque place. This artists' town was once home to British and Jewish populations, and its charm has seen the likes of Orson Welles and Jimi Hendrix, who (according to local legend) spent much of his time here in the 1960s. Enjoy a free day to wander the city’s charming sandstone streets. Maybe explore the coast and sand dunes on horseback or discover the Sidi Mohammed Ben Abdallah Museum and its collection of artefacts, woodwork, carpets and stringed instruments. Or sit back and watch the kite surfers ride the crashing waves. You can also discover the taste of Morocco in a cooking class, or head outside of the city to the beautiful surroundings on a daytrip.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Marrakech - The morning is free for you to explore further. Maybe pick up some local handicrafts at the markets or enjoy a final coffee in the square to soak up the easy-going rhythm of this Moroccan town. In the afternoon, you’ll drive back to Marrakech. When you have settled into your hotel, you’ll likely be drawn back to the Djemaa el-Fna and its surrounding medina. Eating out at one of the many outdoor restaurants lining the square is a great way to finish your adventure.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Marrakech - Your trip ends today after breakfast today you’re free to leave at any time. If you have arranged a private airport transfer, you’ll be advised of the pick-up time. If you’d like to extend your stay in Marrakech, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Marrakech - Salaam Alaikum! Welcome to Morocco. You’ll be picked up from the Marrakech airport by a local representative and taken to your riad (a traditional Moroccan house or palace), where your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm. If you arrive early, why not visit the Marjorelle Gardens, luxuriate in a hammam or see Marrakech from above on a hot air balloon ride. After the meeting, head out into the bustling streets of Marrakech’s old medina for a welcome dinner at the Bidaya Rooftop restaurant, which sits high up in the heart of the activity. Later tonight, walk back through the lively Djemaa el-Fna – one of the largest public spaces in the world – on the way to your Feature Stay at Riad Cle D’ or. This gorgeous riad has everything you could want from traditional Moroccan accommodation. In the heart of the medina, you can chill out in your beautifully decorated room or treat yourself to a spa and hammam treatment.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Marrakech to Atlas Mountains (Oukaimden) - This morning after breakfast, you’ll head out for a half-day tour of the medina including Djemaa el-Fna to experience it again in the daylight. Taste the delicious local orange juice here, then visit Bahia Palace and the nearby souks, including a rug shop and some high-quality spice shops. Have lunch in the medina, then drive by private vehicle across the plains and up to the small village of Oukaimden (1550m) in the Atlas Mountains. This is Morocco's premier ski resort (and the highest ski resort in Africa), but in the warmer months this area is one of country’s best trekking destinations. With its rocky plateaus, picturesque landscapes and deep red cliffs dominating the landscape, your trekking adventure really begins when you hit the mountains. Your hotel tonight sits ideally placed in the mountains, with towering red rock cliffs on one side and a verdant green pine forest on the other – the perfect spot to relax and take in the views before you start hiking.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Atlas Mountains (Oukaimden) - Take the short drive to the starting point of today’s hike – lace up your boots and, after a short climb, it’s a relatively easy hike to the nearby mountain pass. Along the way, soak in the panoramic views of the surrounding High Atlas Mountains and pass through small Amazigh villages. Enjoy a picnic lunch on the mountain, then circle back down to your comfortable hotel for a free afternoon. Maybe stretch out your muscles with some yoga or meditation. If you’re craving a bit more activity, why not explore the nearby area on foot. After dinner tonight, enjoy the art of preparing herbal tea with handpicked herbs from the hotel garden with your local host, savouring the flavours as you learn about the health and wellness benefits.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Atlas Mountains (Imlil) - This morning, it's time to pack up and head deeper into the Atlas Mountains. Say goodbye to Oukaimeden and drive through the ruggedly beautiful scenery to the mountain village of Imlil (1740m), travelling through the heart of the mountain range through valleys, small villages and farms of apple, walnut and cherry trees. When you arrive at the comfortable hotel, check-in, then head out for today’s hike to the village of Aremd. The mostly uphill hike in the Toubkal National Park takes you through surprisingly green scenery as you follow the almost dry river paths upwards. When you arrive, sit down for a home-cooked lunch with a local family. Later, continue along the trail up to the village of Sidi Chamharouch, the very same trail that eventually leads to the summit of North Africa’s highest mountain, the towering Mount Toubkal (4167m).

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Atlas Mountains (Imlil) - Embark on today’s trek early this morning, heading from Imlil through the Tiziane Valley and immersing yourself in the natural beauty and cultural richness of the High Atlas Mountains. This is more challenging hike with a couple of ascents, but the surrounding scenery is well worth the effort. You’ll ascend to the highpoint of this tour, the Tizi N'Tamatert Pass (2279 m) where you'll enjoy several panoramic vistas of the nearby Tachdirt Valley, surrounding mountains, and the trail you've hiked up. Take a break and enjoy a picnic with view. Carry on through small villages and rocky landscapes before returning to Imlil for another home-cooked lunch and a bread making demonstration in a local’s home. This afternoon, you’re free to relax and take in the scenic views of the surrounding mountains.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Essaouira - This morning, leave the Atlas Mountains behind and head down to the foothills and sweeping plains of the west country. Witness the landscape change to arid semi-desert, where Morocco's famed Argan trees thrive, all the way to the coastline. Arrive in gorgeous Essaouira – a city where the medina brushes up against the Atlantic Ocean. After a few days spend hiking and trekking it's time for a more sedate change of pace. Get to know this laidback city during a guided tour with a local who will help you navigate the maze of market stalls and narrow streets while sharing insights on local life in one of North Africa's most attractive locations. Pass the harbour filled with colourful boats and explore the fish souk. Explore the Jewish Quarter, then visit a local silver cooperative (where you might like to pick yourself up a souvenir). This afternoon is free to explore this lovely city at your own pace.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Essaouira - After breakfast at your riad, grab your walking shoes and drive to the nearby Diabat Beach. A dramatic change from hiking in the mountains, this morning’s hike is quite gentle, taking you along the cliffs, sand dunes and shorelines of Essaouira. Soak up the beautiful sweeping views over the Atlantic and look out for the many birds that gather near the small streams that weave through the sand from the Oued El Kassab River. Along the way, learn about the local history of the area at the buried ruins of Dar Sultan Palace – once the home of a king, this palace has been battered by sandstorms and ocean winds over the years. The ruins are now one with the sand dunes. At the end of your hike stop in for a refreshing drink at the iconic Jimi Hendrix Cafe where the legendary musician is said to have chilled out during the 1960s. Return to Essaouira and join your leader for a seafood lunch before a free afternoon. There are so many options here - relax, go horse riding on the beach, take a surfing lesson, visit the hammam and get a massage or maybe rent a quad bike – the choice is yours.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Marrakech - Enjoy a free morning to further explore or relax in laid back Essaouira, then return by private vehicle back to bustling Marrakech. Arrive with plenty of time to freshen up, then head out with your group for an included dinner to celebrate your last night of an inspiring hiking adventure. You’ll dine at the renowned El Fassia Restaurant – since its opening in 1987, this iconic city restaurant dedicated itself to employing and training local women only. Tonight, you’ll stay at your Feature Stay riad again – hang out on the rooftop after your easy walk home or book yourself into the spa to make the most of your last night.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Marrakech - Your trip ends today after breakfast and you’re free to leave at any time after check-out. If you’d like to extend your stay in Marrakech, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Marrakech - Salaam aleikum! Welcome to Morocco. Your Women’s Expedition begins in Marrakech with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. If you arrive early, maybe check out Djemaa el-Fna – the lively town square in the centre of the medina. Singers, drummers, dancers, fortune tellers, jugglers and old medicine men mingle together in what has been called the 'greatest spectacle on earth'. You could also admire the outside view of the Koutoubia Mosque and its famous minaret or discover the tropical gardens of the French painter Jacques Majorelle (now owned by Yves Saint Laurent). After your meeting, maybe head out to dinner with your new group.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Bou Tharar - Board your private transport and settle in for the journey to Bou Tharar village. Here, you'll be hosted by local women and there will be Amazigh music and local songs with a tasty, traditional meal when you arrive. Your accommodation tonight is in a beautiful terracotta gite (rural guesthouse). From here, the views of the surrounding hills are superb, and you'll be greeted with warm hospitality from the local family who run the establishment.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Agouti - Set off on a hike from Bou Tharar village to Agouti Village. For the next four days of hiking, you’ll be accompanied by one of the region’s first local female guides. Your guide knows these parts like the back of her hand and will share stories of the landscape and her nomadic past. You'll be hiking west, passing through villages and meeting some locals along the way. In the afternoon, learn how to prepare some specialty dishes during a cooking demonstration in the village. This is a unique opportunity, so get involved, learn how couscous is spread in the traditional way and learn some new skills to take back home!

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Rbat Village - Set off on a morning walk through Agouti Gorge, crossing through Almdoun Village to get to Rbat Village. The dramatic red walls of the gorge make for an otherworldly sight. Check out the detail of the striped mineral deposits while your leader provides some background information on the area. At some point during the hike, you’ll need to cross a river. Depending on the water levels, you may need to roll up your trousers and take your shoes off (or bring closed-toed sandals or water-proof shoes). Your leader will make sure to find the best place to cross but come prepared to get a little wet. When you arrive in the village, gain insight into an age-old craft with a weaving demonstration run by a local woman from the village. After, take a walk through the village and settle in.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Issoumar - Sit down for a traditional Moroccan breakfast of homemade soup, tea, coffee and (most importantly) olive oil served with Moroccan bread. Get involved in preparing this flatbread (khobz), which is widespread and almost synonymous with Moroccan food. There's nothing like making and tasting the real thing under the guidance of those who do it best. Then, set off to Issoumar, trekking through more of Morocco's spectacular landscape. The route crosses small hills and leads to Timtda village, where you'll take a break and enjoy a picnic lunch. From here, climb 200 m uphill to the Tissardan pass, which offers a fantastic view of the M’Goun Valley. Then, descend 300 m to Issoumar village, where you’ll spend the night. This afternoon, listen to traditional folk tales and play music with the local women inside the guesthouse. Singing is a big part of local music, so expect to sing along with your female host – this isn’t a performance, but rather a unique opportunity to get involved and be a part of the experience!

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Bou Tharar - Follow the M’Goun River back to Bou Thrar today. You'll most likely see a few farmers going about their daily business along the way. After lunch, visit the owners barn and learn some traditional farming skills that have been practiced in this part of Morocco for centuries. Take the chance to feed the animals – often a very important part of the life for local families, whose wealth depends on their livestock. After, take some time to rest before joining your fellow women in trying on some traditional henna and kohl makeup. You may have already learned about these skills earlier in the trip, but this evening stands out for a different reason. After having your dress picked out and make up done for you, you’ll head out to a very special party, imitating an Amazigh wedding. Have dinner here, mingle with the locals and learn more about their culture as the sun descends.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Marrakech - Return to Marrakech, stopping at Ait Benhaddou along the way – the iconic mudbrick ksar. Retaining its thousand-year-old allure, the UNESCO World Heritage site is southern Moroccan architecture at its finest and has been used as a backdrop for many famous films (like Lawrence of Arabia and Gladiator). When you arrive in Marrakech, you’ll leave the hustle and bustle of the medina and visit the home of Zineb – a local woman who will be cooking your dinner tonight. Tuck into a beautiful traditional meal as you hear how Zineb’s hard work and determination to provide for her children has led her to where she is today. To cap off your final night together, The Houariyates – a female music band that takes its inspiration from the original tribes of I'Houara and Hammadas – will perform for you. Their joyful songs praise and celebrate women and often speak of desire, sensuality and love.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Marrakech - Your adventure ends this morning and you're welcome to depart your accommodation at any time after check-out. If you would like to stay in Marrakech, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time to book additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Casablanca - Salaam aleikum! Welcome to Morocco. Your adventure begins in the bustling city of Casablanca with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. If you arrive early, maybe you’d like to visit the art deco Villa des Arts – this gallery dates back to the 1930s and holds numerous exhibitions of contemporary Moroccan and international art. If you're looking for a different cultural experience, you can discover a unique and fascinating part of Moroccan history at the Museum of Judaism. There’s a lot to see and do in Casablanca, so if you’d like to spend more time here before your trip begins, just speak to your booking agent.  

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Tangier/Chefchaouen - This morning, take the TGV fast train to the coastal town of Tangier – a place of strategic importance to the Mediterranean as a gateway to Africa. Head out on a short orientation walk with your leader, then enjoy some free time exploring the town. Maybe duck into Café Hafa (which has hosted celebrities like Sean Connery, The Beatles and The Rolling Stones) for a cup of mint tea and views overlooking the Gibraltar. In the afternoon, take a private transfer to Chefchaouen. Set against a wide valley between two peaks in the Rif Mountains, much of Chefchaouen was recreated by Andalusian refugees escaping the Reconquista. Follow your leader on an orientation walk and head to a great sunset viewpoint overlooking the town. In the evening, if you're feeling peckish, the local goat’s cheese is a popular treat.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Chefchaouen - Today is a free day in Chefchaouen. Maybe take a guided tour of the sights, sounds and smells of the medina, or sample the delicious local specialties (the orange juice is delicious!) at a cafe in the Plaza Uta el-Hammam. Alternatively, you might prefer to get out of town for a hike and picnic in the surrounding hills. The hiking tour is a popular option, as you can leave the shades of blue and journey across the Rif Mountains to Akchour Falls – a natural wonder, abundant with lush mountains, rivers and waterfalls. In the evening, how about tucking into a tagine at a local restaurant or visiting a hammam – a traditional Moroccan spa. The night is yours to enjoy. 

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Moulay Idriss - This morning, enjoy a spot of breakfast and then take a scenic drive through the countryside to the sacred village of Moulay Idriss. Explore the medina of this ancient town and gain an insight into traditional Moroccan life. See where the faithful gather to pay homage at the tomb of Moulay Idriss – the great-grandson of Mohammed, who brought Islam to Morocco. At sunset, enjoy the views over the plains of Volubilis below. Tonight, you’ll stay in a welcoming, local guesthouse and enjoy a hearty feast cooked by your host. Swap stories and learn about their culture – this is a truly unique experience.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Volubilis/Meknes/Fes - Today, take a guided tour of the UNESCO World Heritage-listed site of Volubilis – once one of the Roman empire's most remote bases. The remains make an undeniably impressive sight as they come into view on the edge of the long, high plateau. Explore the ancient hilltop ruins while your local guide gives you a deeper insight into the history of the place. After, continue to Meknes and take an hour or two to explore at your own pace. Continue to Fes in the afternoon, where you'll spend the next two nights. Fes is the most complete medieval city in the Arab world, and the most ancient of Morocco's imperial cities. Known as the spiritual and cultural heart of the country, this is a great spot to find a local restaurant for an optional dinner with your group.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Fes - Today you’ll take a guided walking tour of the Old City, known locally as Fes el Bali. Step back into the Middle Ages in the labyrinth of the medina, alive with craftsmen, markets, tanneries and mosques. Pass donkeys piled high with goods (this is one of the largest car-free urban zones in the world) and explore the specialty sections that divide the souk. Look out for the Medersa Bou Inania – one of the city's most beautiful buildings, which has recently been restored and is now open to tourists. Visit Medresse el Attarine and the splendid Funduq al-Najjarin – a beautifully restored 18th-century inn. You'll also see the famous tannery, known for the iconic view overlooking its dye pits, and a ceramics factory where you can see potters working. The afternoon is free for you to explore. You might like to feast on a dinner of Moroccan specialties tonight, like harira (chickpea soup) and chicken-stuffed pies with couscous.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Marrakech - Say goodbye to Fes and hop on a train to Marrakech. Ride along with the locals through the scenic landscape and arrive late afternoon. Join your knowledgeable local guide for a walking tour in the medina and meet a local character on the way who’s passionate about coffee and has devised a special way of brewing in the hot sand. Tonight, join the crowds for an optional dinner in the Djemaa el-Fna – the city's main square and one of the largest public meeting places in the world. When night falls, it transforms into a hive of activity – henna painters, performers and storytellers share the square with a street food bazaar packed with stalls that are loaded with Moroccan favourites.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Marrakech - There are no activities planned for today and your trip ends after breakfast. Additional accommodation can be pre-booked if you wish to spend more time exploring in Marrakech, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Casablanca - Salaam Aleikum! Welcome to Morocco. Your adventure begins today with a welcome meeting at 6 pm in the famed city of Casablanca. If you’d like to explore the city and all it has to offer, it’s recommended that you arrive a day or two early. Modelled after Marseille in France, this city is famous for its art deco buildings and the modern Hassan II Mosque. If you have time, wander the old medina and the city walls, then jump in a taxi to visit the Quartiers des Habous – the new medina. Finish the day with a walk along the Corniche, watching the locals play football on the beach or taking it easy at one of the many great cafes.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Tangier/Chefchaouen - This morning, take the TGV fast train to the coastal town of Tangier – a place of strategic importance to the Mediterranean as a gateway to Africa. Head out on a short orientation walk with your leader, then enjoy some free time exploring the town. Maybe duck into Café Hafa, which has hosted celebrities in the past like Sean Connery, The Beatles and The Rolling Stones. Why not enjoy the epic view overlooking the Gibraltar while you partake in the national brew of Morocco – a steaming cup of mint tea? In the afternoon, take a private transfer to the beautiful Chefchaouen. Set against a wide valley and nestled between two peaks in the stunning Rif Mountains, much of Chefchaouen was recreated by Andalusian refugees escaping the Reconquista – so you might just feel like you're in the hills of Spain. Follow your leader on an orientation walk and head to a great sunset viewpoint overlooking the town. In the evening, if you're feeling peckish, the local goat’s cheese is a popular treat.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Chefchaouen - Today is a free day in Chefchaouen. Maybe take a guided tour of the sights, sounds and smells of the medina, or sample the delicious local specialties (the orange juice is delicious!) at a cafe in the Plaza Uta el-Hammam. Alternatively, you might prefer to get out of town and enjoy a hike and picnic in the surrounding hills. The hiking tour outside of the city is a popular option, as you can leave the shades of blue for a journey across the Rif Mountains and join your guide to Akchour Falls – a gorgeous natural wonder, abundant with lush mountains, rivers and waterfalls. In the evening, how about tucking into a tagine at a local restaurant or visiting a hammam – a traditional Moroccan spa? The night is yours to enjoy.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Fes - This morning, take a private transfer and travel through rolling hills and olive groves to the archaeological site of Volubilis. This was once a provincial Roman capital, and the remains make an undeniably impressive sight. Take a tour around the ruins with a local guide, which look spectacular in the sunlight. Don’t forget to take your camera today, as the town is filled with fantastic mosaics along the Decumanus Maximus, many of which remain fully intact. Drive onwards to Fes, where you'll spend the next two nights. Fes is the spiritual and cultural heart of Morocco – vibrant, noisy and fascinating – it really is a feast for the senses. The evening is then free for you to spend how you’d like.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Fes - Take a guided group walking tour of the Old City this morning, known locally as Fes el Bali. Step back into the Middle Ages in the labyrinth of the medina, which is alive with craftsmen, markets, tanneries and mosques. Pass donkeys piled high with goods (this is one of the largest car-free urban zones in the world) and explore the specialty sections that divide the souk. Look out for the Medersa Bou Inania – one of the city's most beautiful buildings, recently restored and now open to tourists. Visit Medresse el Attarine and the splendid Funduk Nejjarine – a beautifully restored 18th-century inn. You'll also see the famous tannery, known for the iconic view overlooking its dye pits, and a ceramics factory where you can see potters working traditionally. In the evening, why not join your group and try some Moroccan specialities like harira (chickpea soup) and chicken-stuffed pastillas with couscous?

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Sahara Desert - Today, you’ll travel towards the mighty Sahara. It is a long drive, but there will be many opportunities to stop and admire views of local kasbahs and palmeries (valleys lush with date palms, fields and orchards). You may also have the chance to pass by nomads along their journey – these free-spirited people are born to move with their animal flocks under the open sky and they never stay settled in one place for long. Continue through barren mountainsides and fertile valleys, pausing in frontier towns like Erfoud and Rissani before reaching the end of the road at the small Saharan settlement of Merzouga. With a backdrop of the orange-coloured Erg Chebbi sand dunes, the charming Saharan village of Merzouga feels wonderfully isolated, like the modern world has left it behind. Store your main baggage in your overnight camp on the edge of the desert and mount a camel to watch the breathtaking sunset from a unique perspective, among the rolling dunes of the expansive desert. Spend the night in a desert camp under the North African stars and enjoy a homecooked feast by the fire.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: El Khorbat - Todra Gorge - Walk up the nearest dune for a spectacular sunrise over the Sahara, break your fast with traditional food, and begin the drive to Todra Gorge. On the way visit the oasis museum of El Khorbat, before continuing on to the beautiful Todra Valley, dotted with mud-brick villages perched on hillsides. The remarkable scenery – sprawling green valleys and rocks sculpted into stunning formations by the wind – will be your home for the next two nights. This area is best discovered on foot, so you’ll take a short walk through the surrounding farmland.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Todra Gorge - Today, enjoy free time to explore the Todra Valley. A guided hike through the gorge and over a nearby mountain pass is highly recommended. There are a couple of circuits to choose from, but the most popular choice is a 10 km circuit that will take around 4 hours. Accompanied by a local guide, you’ll walk a trail that isn't too challenging if you have a moderate fitness level. Pass Amazigh villages, meeting locals along the way. The surrounding mountains and the famous Rose Valley in the distance make a sensational setting for a day of discovery on foot. For lunch, you can join some local ladies in their mudbrick kasbah – a fantastic opportunity to see how people live in this largely unchanged culture. If you’d rather relax, then you can simply lounge by the hotel pool and enjoy the views over the lush palmeries and soaring cliff faces.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Ouarzazate/Ait Benhaddou - Today, travel south to Ait Benhaddou. The scenic drive takes you past ancient kasbah ruins, former colonial military outposts, austere mountains and valleys of palm trees. Stop for lunch in Ouarzazate, where movies such as Lawrence of Arabia, The Sheltering Sky and Black Hawk Down were filmed. If there’s time, you might like to take a tour of the Atlas Movie Studios. Arrive at Ait Benhaddou – once an important stop for caravans carrying salt across the Sahara. Visit the grand kasbah with your trip leader – an impressive example of clay architecture that has been listed as a World Heritage site. In the late afternoon, enjoy Morocco's most famous cuisine with your group – couscous and tagine cooked by your host at the guesthouse where you’ll spend the night.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Aroumd - This morning, journey over the spectacular Tizi n'Tichka Pass (2260 metres above sea level) to Toubkal National Park, home to the highest mountain in North Africa. Pass snow-capped mountains and valleys in full flower along the way. At the end of the road, you’ll reach the rural village of Imlil, where you can store your main luggage and load a daypack onto a pack mule. Immerse yourself in traditional mountain village life with a short trek up to the peaceful village of Aroumd. Far from the reach of the modern world and sitting on a rocky outcrop, this town is a gorgeous place for an I’m-so-far-from-home moment. With stunning views across the High Atlas Mountains, you’ll have a unique opportunity to experience traditional Amazigh culture and spend the night in a family-run mountain home (or gite) at the foot of Mount Toubkal. Surrounded by the smell of woodstoves and bread, meet the host family and enjoy some traditional Amazigh hospitality and mouth-watering home-cooked food.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Essaouira - Wake up early this morning for a refreshing hike through Imlil’s outlying villages – to Sidi Chamharouch. Explore rural Amazigh villages, twisting mule tracks and breathtaking mountain landscapes. Stop for breaks among imposing cliff faces and eventually reach Sidi Chamharouch – a pilgrimage site with a waterfall, a stream and a few simple houses. Enjoy a slow-cooked tagine made by a local for lunch, while enjoying incredible views of the Atlas Mountains. Take the opportunity to rest for a while and swap stories with the locals, before hiking back to Aroumd. Later, head towards the Atlantic Coast to the old fishing town of Essaouira. Sandstone walkways contrast whitewashed houses, bright blue sky and the surrounding beaches and dunes. This artists' town was once home to sizeable British and Jewish populations, and its charm has seduced people like Orson Welles and Jimi Hendrix, who (according to local legend) spent much of his time here in the 1960s. Your tour leader will guide you through some options for the rest of the day – the seafood auctions are always a fun thing to see. Maybe you’d like to visit one of the small local cafes and do a spot of people-watching. Tonight, you’re free to indulge in a fresh seafood dinner or stroll by the beach in the evening light.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Essaouira - Today, join a local guide for a walking tour through the old medina, Jewish mellah, port and Skala (sea wall). Essaouira is one of the oldest port cities in the country, and fishing here is still quite traditional. You’ll have the chance to meet one of the expert fishermen in the port, who will tell the group all about their story and show you some of the tricks they use, what type of fish to catch and what seasons mean to them. After, enjoy some free time. These narrow streets, mostly free of cars, feel like the days of sea pirates are not too distant. Browse the little shops and art galleries that dot the town and discover the gorgeous scent of the burled Thuya wood – delicately formed and inlaid here, gaining a reputation as one of Essaouira’s specialities. The scent of the oils that are used to polish the coloured wood permeates the air, making walking through these streets incredibly pleasant. Why not order a freshly cooked plate of the day’s freshest catch for lunch? Later, maybe indulge in a hammam (Moroccan bathhouse and spa) or relax at your accommodation.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Marrakech - This morning after breakfast, take a shared local bus to Marrakech – the ancient city wrapped in European modernity. Embark on a walking tour with your trip leader through the bustling medina to meet local shop owners and craftsmen and learn the secrets of navigating through the zigzagging lanes. Stop to try different snacks and local favourites, like Moroccan doughnuts and mint tea, traditional bread, olives, nuts, dates and orange juice, and harira (chickpea soup). Be enticed by the alluring scents and brilliant colours of the spice markets, the sounds of the musicians, the rich folds of carpets, and the beautifully perfumed gardens. Tonight, maybe join the pulsing crowds for dinner at the famous Djemaa el-Fna Square – one of the largest public spaces in the world and unique to Marrakech. When night falls on this square, it transforms into a hive of activity. Henna painters, performers and storytellers share the square with a street food bazaar packed with stalls loaded with Moroccan delicacies. For dinner tonight, you might like to try the local snail soup and finish your evening with a cup of tea in a rooftop restaurant overlooking the square.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Marrakech - It’s time to explore Marrakech at your own pace, today. In the seemingly endless mosaic of souqs, each is devoted to a separate trade – pottery, woodwork, copper, leather, carpets or spices. Watch skilled artisans perfect their craft, practice your haggling skills or take a break from the hustle to share a tagine with your new friends. Maybe visit Koutoubia Mosque and its 12th-century minaret, which was the famous prototype for the Giralda tower in Seville. Wander through the tropical gardens of the French painter Jacques Majorelle (now owned by Yves Saint Laurent) or check out the Palais Bahia, a superb example of Muslim architecture. This evening, you’ll likely be drawn back to the Djemaa el-Fna and its surrounding medina for dinner at one of the many outdoor restaurants lining the square – a perfect spot for a farewell dinner.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Marrakech - With no activities planned for today, you’re free to leave at any time. If you’d like to spend more time in Marrakech, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Marrakech - Salaam Aleikum! Welcome to Marrakech in Morocco. This vibrant city has many things to see, do, taste, smell and enjoy. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. After, you may want to head to the bustling public square of Djemaa el-Fna. This is the largest public square in the world where street food vendors and performers all vie for your attention. This is also one of the best spots to grab a tasty local dinner! There's not much time to explore Marrakech this, but if you arrive early there's plenty to see and do. Just speak to your booking agent to organise extra accommodation.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Aroumd - This morning, take a short drive into the High Atlas Mountains to the village of Imlil. When you arrive, store your main luggage and load your overnight bags onto pack mules. Make the 1-hour trek to the peaceful village of Aroumd. Perched on a rocky outcrop, the remote village offers stunning views across the High Atlas Mountains and a unique opportunity to experience traditional Amazigh culture. Spend the night in a family-run mountain gite where, surrounded by the smell of woodstoves and bread, you’ll enjoy traditional hospitality and homecooked food. Use the rest of the day to explore the village and the surrounding farmlands. If the group is up for it and weather permits, there will be a chance to hike to the pilgrimage shrine of Sidi Chamharouch (approximately 4 hours return). Regardless of your fitness levels, the gentle pace of Aroumd makes it a special place to explore beyond the reach of the modern world.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Ait Benhaddou - This morning, journey along mountain roads and over Morocco's highest pass, Tizi n'Tichka (2260 m above sea level), to Ait Benhaddou on the edges of the Sahara. Perched on a hilltop and almost unchanged since the 11th century, Ait Benhaddou is one of Morocco's most iconic sites and a World Heritage site. It was once an important stop for caravans passing through as they carried salt across the Sahara, returning with gold, ivory and slaves. Does it look familiar? The town has a long list of film and TV credits, including Lawrence of Arabia, Game of Thrones and Gladiator! Enjoy a leader-led walk through the winding streets of the Old Town, making your way to the top of the hill, from where you can enjoy the views across the surrounding plains. Your evening is free, with the option of partaking in a local cooking demonstration and meal of Morocco's most famous dishes –couscous and tagine.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Sahara Desert - Today, you’ll have a full day of driving as you journey south towards the Sahara Desert. After breakfast, drive through the Draa Valley to Zagora, where you’ll see the original route of the caravans. Then, travel along the rugged and desolate Jbel Tadrart ranges through seas of sand and past the occasional desert oasis of date palms to the township of Tamegroute. Here, you’ll visit a library filled with ancient scripts of science, literature and stories of the prophet Mohammed. After, join a local guide to uncover the underground Kasbah. Carry on driving to the frontier town of M'Hamid. From here, your group will jump into 4WDs to the massive Erg Chigaga dunes. This is the largest dune in the Moroccan Sahara and one of the less visited – meaning your experience will be further from surrounding towns and villages, away from the tourist trail. Arrive in the late afternoon, where you’ll get ready for the experience of a lifetime – riding on the backs on camels into the Saharan sunset. Tonight, the starry sky won’t disappoint.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Tissint/Tata - If you’re an early bird, you might want to head to the nearest dune this morning and watch the sunrise – this spectacle in the Sahara Desert is well worth the alarm! After breakfast, you’ll hop back into the 4WDs and drive out of the desert, switching to your private vehicle on the way to Tata. On the way, stop at the waterfall of Attiq in Tissint for a refreshing change of scenery. These waterfalls are all saltwater and the translation of ‘Tissint’ in the local language is ‘salt’! When you arrive in Tata mid afternoon, you’ll have a free evening to relax. If you like, explore downtown with your leader tonight and head out for a great local dinner.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Tleta Tagmoute/Tafraoute - This morning, drive to Tleta Tagmoute – a small village where you’ll get to see the oasis granaries, date palm plantations and fruit trees. The lifestyle and irrigation system here is quite unique to the region and you’ll get a deeper understanding of what life was like here with a visit to the old collective granary that’s still in use. After exploring, continue to Tafraoute, arriving in the afternoon. This southern Moroccan village sits in the shadows of the Anti Atlas Mountain Range. Although it’s now more of a campervan destination, Tafraoute remains authentic and a great base for exploring the Anti Atlas region. When you arrive, you’ll head out for a village walk and visit the local souqs to check out how the traditional babouche is made.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Tafraoute - Go for a hike in the Ameln Valley this morning, passing through small Amazigh villages, both old and new. The hike will take you through palm trees, almond trees and fields of alfalfa crops used by locals to feed their animals. On the way, stop for a rare chance to visit a traditional Amazigh house that's preserved by your host to showcase the traditional lifestyle, which is changing fast in the modern day. You'll be able to learn about how the traditional Amazigh household functions, and learn about your host's story of growing up here over a cup of freshly made mint tea. The area is quite rocky in general, so sturdy shoes are needed. Also stop for lunch set against the beautiful view of the valley. In the afternoon, head to one of the most controversial sights here – the Pierres Bleues (painted rocks). The Belgian artist Jean Verame spray painted these boulders in 1984 and visitors still debate whether these rocks are an artwork or not (so you can decide for yourself!). The evening is yours to spend.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Essaouira - Today will be a bit of a long travel day as you head towards the Atlantic. Passing desert scenery, your route is actually a reserve for the Indigenous argan trees. You’ll stop at a local woman’s cooperative along the way, which specialises in Argan oil production. This coop provides women and their families in the rural area with extra income for their community, promoting independence. You’ll learn about how the Argan is extracted from the trees, how it’s produced, then you’ll get to try the freshly made Amlou paste. Carry on to Essaouira (translating to ‘pretty picture’). Within the stone ramparts, you'll find whitewashed houses with bright blue shutters, art galleries and wood workshops – the perfect spot for photos. This evening is free for you to explore or relax.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Essaouira - Today after breakfast, join a local guide for a walking tour through the old medina, Jewish mellah, port and skala (sea wall). Essaouira is one of the oldest port cities in the country, and fishing here is still quite traditional. You’ll have the chance to meet one of the expert fishermen in the port, who will tell the group all about their story and show you some of the tricks they use, what type of fish to catch and what seasons mean to them. After, enjoy free time for the rest of the day. Jimi Hendrix spent a lot of time here during the 60s, so you know this is a great spot to sit, people watch and listen to the sound of the ocean. Maybe grab a freshly cooked plate of the day's catch at the port or browse the plentiful shops and intriguing art galleries. This is also a hotspot for surfing, so consider taking a lesson if that’s your thing. If you’d prefer to relax, don't miss the opportunity to indulge in a hammam (Moroccan day spa) or local-style bath.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Marrakech - Enjoy a free morning in Essaouira, then catch a bus back to Marrakech in the afternoon. Enjoy free time when you arrive, to explore or partake in optional activities. Walk around the famed Djemaa el-Fna – from fire dancers to performers and street food carts, this is somewhere you actually want to get lost. Maybe check out the Palais Bahia, a superb example of Muslim architecture, or the ruins of the Palais Badi. Join your group tonight for an optional farewell dinner.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Marrakech - Your adventure ends after breakfast. Additional accommodation can be pre-booked if you wish to spend more time exploring Marrakech (subject to availability). Just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Casablanca - Salaam aleikum! Welcome to Morocco. Your adventure begins in the bustling city of Casablanca with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. If you arrive early, maybe you’d like to visit the art deco Villa des Arts – this gallery dates back to the 1930s and holds numerous exhibitions of contemporary Moroccan and international art. If you're looking for a different cultural experience, you can discover a unique and fascinating part of Moroccan history at the Museum of Judaism. There’s a lot to see and do in Casablanca, so if you’d like to spend more time here before your trip begins, just speak to your booking agent.  

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Tangier/Chefchaouen - This morning, take the TGV fast train to the coastal town of Tangier – a place of strategic importance to the Mediterranean as a gateway to Africa. Head out on a short orientation walk with your leader, then enjoy some free time exploring the town. Maybe duck into Café Hafa (which has hosted celebrities like Sean Connery, The Beatles and The Rolling Stones) for a cup of mint tea and views overlooking the Gibraltar. In the afternoon, take a private transfer to Chefchaouen. Set against a wide valley between two peaks in the Rif Mountains, much of Chefchaouen was recreated by Andalusian refugees escaping the Reconquista. Follow your leader on an orientation walk and head to a great sunset viewpoint overlooking the town. In the evening, if you're feeling peckish, the local goat’s cheese is a popular treat.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Chefchaouen - Today is a free day in Chefchaouen. Maybe take a guided tour of the sights, sounds and smells of the medina, or sample the delicious local specialties (the orange juice is delicious!) at a cafe in the Plaza Uta el-Hammam. Alternatively, you might prefer to get out of town for a hike and picnic in the surrounding hills. The hiking tour is a popular option, as you can leave the shades of blue and journey across the Rif Mountains to Akchour Falls – a natural wonder, abundant with lush mountains, rivers and waterfalls. In the evening, how about tucking into a tagine at a local restaurant or visiting a hammam – a traditional Moroccan spa. The night is yours to enjoy. 

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Moulay Idriss - This morning, enjoy a spot of breakfast and then take a scenic drive through the countryside to the sacred village of Moulay Idriss. Explore the medina of this ancient town and gain an insight into traditional Moroccan life. See where the faithful gather to pay homage at the tomb of Moulay Idriss – the great-grandson of Mohammed, who brought Islam to Morocco. At sunset, enjoy the views over the plains of Volubilis below. Tonight, you’ll stay in a welcoming, local guesthouse and enjoy a hearty feast cooked by your host. Swap stories and learn about their culture – this is a truly unique experience.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Volubilis/Meknes/Fes - Today, take a guided tour of the UNESCO World Heritage-listed site of Volubilis – once one of the Roman empire's most remote bases. The remains make an undeniably impressive sight as they come into view on the edge of the long, high plateau. Explore the ancient hilltop ruins while your local guide gives you a deeper insight into the history of the place. After, continue to Meknes and take an hour or two to explore at your own pace. Continue to Fes in the afternoon, where you'll spend the next two nights. Fes is the most complete medieval city in the Arab world, and the most ancient of Morocco's imperial cities. Known as the spiritual and cultural heart of the country, this is a great spot to find a local restaurant for an optional dinner with your group.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Fes - Today you’ll take a guided walking tour of the Old City, known locally as Fes el Bali. Step back into the Middle Ages in the labyrinth of the medina, alive with craftsmen, markets, tanneries and mosques. Pass donkeys piled high with goods (this is one of the largest car-free urban zones in the world) and explore the specialty sections that divide the souk. Look out for the Medersa Bou Inania – one of the city's most beautiful buildings, which has recently been restored and is now open to tourists. Visit Medresse el Attarine and the splendid Funduq al-Najjarin – a beautifully restored 18th-century inn. You'll also see the famous tannery, known for the iconic view overlooking its dye pits, and a ceramics factory where you can see potters working. The afternoon is free for you to explore. You might like to feast on a dinner of Moroccan specialties tonight, like harira (chickpea soup) and chicken-stuffed pies with couscous.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Marrakech - Say goodbye to Fes and hop on a train to Marrakech. Ride along with the locals through the scenic landscape and arrive late afternoon. Join your knowledgeable local guide for a walking tour in the medina and meet a local character on the way who’s passionate about coffee and has devised a special way of brewing in the hot sand. Tonight, join the crowds for an optional dinner in the Djemaa el-Fna – the city's main square and one of the largest public meeting places in the world. When night falls, it transforms into a hive of activity – henna painters, performers and storytellers share the square with a street food bazaar packed with stalls that are loaded with Moroccan favourites.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Marrakech - Today is a free day for you to discover Marrakech further. There are no activities planned until a meeting at 6 pm to welcome any new people joining your adventure. If you would like to relax, ask your leader to help you out with booking a session at a hammam.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Aroumd - This morning, take a short drive into the High Atlas Mountains to the village of Imlil. When you arrive, store your main luggage and load your overnight bags onto pack mules. Make the 1-hour trek to the peaceful village of Aroumd. Perched on a rocky outcrop, the remote village offers stunning views across the High Atlas Mountains and a unique opportunity to experience traditional Amazigh culture. Spend the night in a family-run mountain gite where, surrounded by the smell of woodstoves and bread, you’ll enjoy traditional hospitality and homecooked food. Use the rest of the day to explore the village and the surrounding farmlands. If the group is up for it and weather permits, there will be a chance to hike to the pilgrimage shrine of Sidi Chamharouch (approximately 4 hours return). Regardless of your fitness levels, the gentle pace of Aroumd makes it a special place to explore beyond the reach of the modern world.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Ait Benhaddou - This morning, journey along mountain roads and over Morocco's highest pass, Tizi n'Tichka (2260 m above sea level), to Ait Benhaddou on the edges of the Sahara. Perched on a hilltop and almost unchanged since the 11th century, Ait Benhaddou is one of Morocco's most iconic sites and a World Heritage site. It was once an important stop for caravans passing through as they carried salt across the Sahara, returning with gold, ivory and slaves. Does it look familiar? The town has a long list of film and TV credits, including Lawrence of Arabia, Game of Thrones and Gladiator! Enjoy a leader-led walk through the winding streets of the Old Town, making your way to the top of the hill, from where you can enjoy the views across the surrounding plains. Your evening is free, with the option of partaking in a local cooking demonstration and meal of Morocco's most famous dishes –couscous and tagine.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Sahara Desert - Today, you’ll have a full day of driving as you journey south towards the Sahara Desert. After breakfast, drive through the Draa Valley to Zagora, where you’ll see the original route of the caravans. Then, travel along the rugged and desolate Jbel Tadrart ranges through seas of sand and past the occasional desert oasis of date palms to the township of Tamegroute. Here, you’ll visit a library filled with ancient scripts of science, literature and stories of the prophet Mohammed. After, join a local guide to uncover the underground Kasbah. Carry on driving to the frontier town of M'Hamid. From here, your group will jump into 4WDs to the massive Erg Chigaga dunes. This is the largest dune in the Moroccan Sahara and one of the less visited – meaning your experience will be further from surrounding towns and villages, away from the tourist trail. Arrive in the late afternoon, where you’ll get ready for the experience of a lifetime – riding on the backs on camels into the Saharan sunset. Tonight, the starry sky won’t disappoint.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Tissint/Tata - If you’re an early bird, you might want to head to the nearest dune this morning and watch the sunrise – this spectacle in the Sahara Desert is well worth the alarm! After breakfast, you’ll hop back into the 4WDs and drive out of the desert, switching to your private vehicle on the way to Tata. On the way, stop at the waterfall of Attiq in Tissint for a refreshing change of scenery. These waterfalls are all saltwater and the translation of ‘Tissint’ in the local language is ‘salt’! When you arrive in Tata mid afternoon, you’ll have a free evening to relax. If you like, explore downtown with your leader tonight and head out for a great local dinner.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Tleta Tagmoute/Tafraoute - This morning, drive to Tleta Tagmoute – a small village where you’ll get to see the oasis granaries, date palm plantations and fruit trees. The lifestyle and irrigation system here is quite unique to the region and you’ll get a deeper understanding of what life was like here with a visit to the old collective granary that’s still in use. After exploring, continue to Tafraoute, arriving in the afternoon. This southern Moroccan village sits in the shadows of the Anti Atlas Mountain Range. Although it’s now more of a campervan destination, Tafraoute remains authentic and a great base for exploring the Anti Atlas region. When you arrive, you’ll head out for a village walk and visit the local souqs to check out how the traditional babouche is made.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Tafraoute - Go for a hike in the Ameln Valley this morning, passing through small Amazigh villages, both old and new. The hike will take you through palm trees, almond trees and fields of alfalfa crops used by locals to feed their animals. On the way, stop for a rare chance to visit a traditional Amazigh house that's preserved by your host to showcase the traditional lifestyle, which is changing fast in the modern day. You'll be able to learn about how the traditional Amazigh household functions, and learn about your host's story of growing up here over a cup of freshly made mint tea. The area is quite rocky in general, so sturdy shoes are needed. Also stop for lunch set against the beautiful view of the valley. In the afternoon, head to one of the most controversial sights here – the Pierres Bleues (painted rocks). The Belgian artist Jean Verame spray painted these boulders in 1984 and visitors still debate whether these rocks are an artwork or not (so you can decide for yourself!). The evening is yours to spend.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Essaouira - Today will be a bit of a long travel day as you head towards the Atlantic. Passing desert scenery, your route is actually a reserve for the Indigenous argan trees. You’ll stop at a local woman’s cooperative along the way, which specialises in Argan oil production. This coop provides women and their families in the rural area with extra income for their community, promoting independence. You’ll learn about how the Argan is extracted from the trees, how it’s produced, then you’ll get to try the freshly made Amlou paste. Carry on to Essaouira (translating to ‘pretty picture’). Within the stone ramparts, you'll find whitewashed houses with bright blue shutters, art galleries and wood workshops – the perfect spot for photos. This evening is free for you to explore or relax.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Essaouira - Today after breakfast, join a local guide for a walking tour through the old medina, Jewish mellah, port and skala (sea wall). Essaouira is one of the oldest port cities in the country, and fishing here is still quite traditional. You’ll have the chance to meet one of the expert fishermen in the port, who will tell the group all about their story and show you some of the tricks they use, what type of fish to catch and what seasons mean to them. After, enjoy free time for the rest of the day. Jimi Hendrix spent a lot of time here during the 60s, so you know this is a great spot to sit, people watch and listen to the sound of the ocean. Maybe grab a freshly cooked plate of the day's catch at the port or browse the plentiful shops and intriguing art galleries. This is also a hotspot for surfing, so consider taking a lesson if that’s your thing. If you’d prefer to relax, don't miss the opportunity to indulge in a hammam (Moroccan day spa) or local-style bath.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Marrakech - Enjoy a free morning in Essaouira, then catch a bus back to Marrakech in the afternoon. Enjoy free time when you arrive, to explore or partake in optional activities. Walk around the famed Djemaa el-Fna – from fire dancers to performers and street food carts, this is somewhere you actually want to get lost. Maybe check out the Palais Bahia, a superb example of Muslim architecture, or the ruins of the Palais Badi. Join your group tonight for an optional farewell dinner.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Marrakech - Your adventure ends after breakfast. Additional accommodation can be pre-booked if you wish to spend more time exploring Marrakech (subject to availability). Just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Marrakech - Salaam Aleikum! Welcome to Marrakech in Morocco. This vibrant city has a myriad of things to see, do, taste, smell and enjoy. As this trip only spends limited time in Marrakech, we recommend arriving a day or two early to truly experience the city. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. After, you might like to head out and explore the city’s lively Djemaa el-Fna – one of the largest public spaces in the world, unique to Marrakech.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Casablanca - Bid farewell to Marrakech this morning, and hop on a train for Casablanca. Arrive in the early afternoon, then join your leader for a short orientation walk to get acquainted with the bustling city. The rest of the day is free to spend how you wish. Maybe you’d like to visit the art deco Villa des Arts – this gorgeous gallery dates back to the 1930s and holds numerous exhibitions of contemporary Moroccan and international art. If you're looking for a different cultural experience, you can discover a unique and fascinating part of Moroccan history at the Museum of Judaism. Your tour leader will be on hand giving you advice to make the best of your time in Casablanca.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Chefchaouen - Today you’ll travel by private vehicle to Chefchaouen, or the ‘blue city’, which is arguably one of the prettiest places in Morocco. Set against a wide valley and nestled between two peaks in the stunning Rif Mountains, Chefchaouen has been lovingly cared for with striking blue and whitewashed houses, red-tiled roofs, and artistic doorways. Arrive mid-afternoon and take an orientation walk with your leader and head to a great sunset viewpoint overlooking the town. In the evening, if you're feeling peckish, the local goat’s cheese is a popular treat.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Volubilis/Fes - Today, take a guided tour of the World Heritage-listed site of Volubilis – once one of the Roman empire's most remote bases. The remains make an undeniably impressive sight as they come into view on the edge of the long, high plateau. Explore the ancient hilltop ruins while your local guide gives you a deeper insight into the history of the place. Continue to Fes in the afternoon, where you'll spend the next two nights. Fes is the most complete medieval city in the Arab world, and the most ancient of Morocco's imperial cities. Known as the spiritual and cultural heart of the country, this is a great spot to find a local restaurant for an optional dinner with your group.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Fes - This morning, enjoy breakfast and then take a guided walking tour of the Old City, known locally as Fes el Bali. Step back into the Middle Ages in the labyrinth of the medina, which is alive with craftsmen, markets, tanneries and mosques. Pass donkeys piled high with goods (this is one of the largest car-free urban zones in the world) and explore the specialty sections that divide the souk. Look out for the Medersa Bou Inania – one of the city's most beautiful buildings, which has recently been restored and is now open to tourists. Visit Medresse el Attarine and the splendid Funduq al-Najjarin – a beautifully restored 18th-century inn. You'll also see the famous tannery, known for the iconic view overlooking its dye pits, and a ceramics factory where you can see potters working in the traditional way. The afternoon is free for you to explore. You might like to feast on a dinner of Moroccan specialties tonight, like harira (chickpea soup) and chicken-stuffed pies with couscous.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Sahara Desert - Today, you’ll travel towards the mighty Sahara. It is a long drive, but there will be many opportunities to stop and admire views of local kasbahs and palmeries (valleys lush with date palms, fields and orchards). You may also have the chance to pass by nomads along their journey – these free-spirited people are born to move with their animal flocks under the open sky and they never stay settled in one place for long. Continue through barren mountainsides and fertile valleys, pausing in frontier towns like Erfoud and Rissani before reaching the end of the road at the small Saharan settlement of Merzouga. With a backdrop of the orange-coloured Erg Chebbi sand dunes, the charming Saharan village of Merzouga feels wonderfully isolated, like the modern world has left it behind. Store your main baggage in your overnight camp on the edge of the desert and mount a camel to watch the breathtaking sunset from a unique perspective, among the rolling dunes of the expansive desert. Spend the night in a desert camp under the North African stars and enjoy a homecooked feast by the fire.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Dades Valley - Walk up the nearest dune for a spectacular sunrise over the Sahara, break your fast with traditional food, and begin the drive to Todra Gorge – a massive trench that rises over 250 m to form one of the most dramatic and spectacular natural sights in Morocco. To make the most of the stunning surroundings, you’ll take a short and gentle walk through the gorge. Then, continue to the beautiful Dades Valley – your base for the next two nights. This area offers up scenery like no other – sprawling green valleys give way to rock formations carved out by the wind.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Dades Valley - Enjoy your time today to explore the beauty of this largely untouched Moroccan backcountry today, and the best way is on foot. There are a couple of circuits in the area, but your leader can tailor the route based on the preferences of the group. The trail undulates and can be challenging in sections but is accessible to everyone with a basic level of fitness. After walking along rivers, past farms, through a few deserted kasbahs and palm groves while learning about the rural life along the way, a homemade lunch with a local Amazigh family awaits. Take the opportunity to share stories and learn about family life in the Dades Valley over a meal full of exciting flavours. The rest of the day is then free for you to continue exploring or to sit back and soak in the views.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Marrakech - Depart the Dades Valley and set off on the Road of a Thousand Kasbahs. Arrive at Ait Benhaddou – a hilltop site almost unchanged since the 11th century. Its grand kasbah is one of the most beautiful in Morocco and the fortified village is a fine example of clay architecture. You may recognise the site from its long list of film and TV credits! Walk through the winding streets of the Old Town, making your way to the top of the hill for some scenic views. Then continue to Marrakech, your final destination of the journey, in the late afternoon. After settling into your accommodation, head out with your leader to the main square, Djemaa el-Fna, for a sunset drink (non-alcoholic).

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Marrakech - There are no activities planned after breakfast so you are free to leave your accommodation at any time. It’s worth adding a night or two in Marrakech so you can do some extra activities like cooking classes and cycling tours, exploring nearby towns or visiting a hammam. If you wish to spend more time here, we'll be happy to book additional accommodation for you (subject to availability).

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Marrakech - Salaam Alaikum! Welcome to Morocco. Your adventure begins in Marrakech with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. If you arrive early, why not visit the Dar Si Said Museum or nearby Saadian Tombs. Maybe chill out in the Marjorelle Gardens, luxuriate in a hammam or see Marrakech from above on a hot air balloon ride. After the meeting, head out to explore the city’s lively Djemaa el-Fna – one of the largest public spaces in the world, unique to Marrakech. When night falls it transforms into a hive of activity. Henna painters, performers and storytellers share the square with a street food bazaar packed with stalls. You’ll have an included welcome dinner here while the performers vie for your attention.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Marrakech - Fuel up with breakfast this morning, then get fitted for your bike – your transport and best friend for the next 13 days. Take a short test ride to make sure everything’s working properly, then begin a cycling tour in and around the city. Start near the royal olive groves of Menara Gardens and ride to well-known sites like Koutoubia Mosque and the Marrakech Medina. Finish your cycle in the Palmeraie – a palm tree oasis. Return to Djemaa el-Fna for an afternoon snack (a street stall pastry) with a glass of fresh orange juice. There will be ample time in the afternoon to freshen up before you board your sleeper train this evening for the journey to Tangier.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Tangier - Arrive in Tangier this morning and check into your hotel, then meet up with your support crew and vehicle. Saddle up for today’s ride, which starts with an easy ride to the Grottes d'Hercules (Caves of Hercules). Legend says Hercules stayed in this cave before doing his 11th labour – collecting the golden apples from the Hesperides Garden. Its modern uses have been quite varied, from a brothel to a concert venue. From here, the road undulates and climbs as you jump back on the bike to explore Cap Spartel, known to the Romans and Greeks as the 'Cape of the Vines'. Stop by the 19th-century lighthouse and maybe climb up to the top for an amazing view across the Atlantic Ocean. Have lunch here, then a ride downhill back towards Tangiers' Mediterranean port. After, maybe relax with a mint tea at one of the many local cafes.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Chefchaouen - Leave Tangier behind and travel through the arid inland towards the beachside village of Azla. When you arrive you’ll hop on your bike and begin today's ride – follow the winding coastal road south to the small fishing town of Oued Laou. The shimmering waters of the Mediterranean will be on your left, steep mountains on your right and small coves dotted with beaches in-between. The climb will all be worth it when you stop for lunch at one of the beaches and take the opportunity to go for a swim. Later today, leave the saddle behind and let the support vehicle do the hard work of climbing the steep hills to the ‘Blue City’ of Chefchaouen. Your afternoon is free to explore at your own pace. Maybe shop for handicrafts in the ancient medina or find a spot at a local cafe and people-watch.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Chefchaouen - Today is a free day to explore Chefchaouen. Maybe take it easy at a cafe in the Plaza Uta el-Hammam, chill out in a Hamman or stroll around town admiring the architecture of the 15th-century Grand Mosque (the interior closed to non-Muslims). If you’re still feeling energetic, you might prefer to take an optional guided tour of the Blue City or head out of town for a hike in the Rif mountains (which lasts approximately 4 hours).

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Fes - This morning, drive from Chefchaouen to the outskirts of Bab Taza village. When you arrive, you’ll stretch your legs on a ride along a quiet undulating road and through sparce landscapes to Tabouda. As the roads get busier and the day heats up, retreat to the comfort of the support vehicle and leave the quiet of the Rif Mountains behind you. You’ll then drive to Fes – the spiritual and cultural heart of Morocco. When you arrive, you have the rest of the day free to rest and recharge.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Fes - Leave your bike behind today and embark on a guided walk through the secret shortcuts and twisting alleyways of Fes. Pass donkeys piled high with goods and feel like you’re stepping back in time to the Middle Ages in the labyrinth of the medina. The rest of the day is free for you to explore at your own pace. Consider watching the sunset over the medina tonight and ask your local leader where the best local delicacies can be found.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Midelt - Avoid the traffic and the heat with an early start today. Leave Fes behind and drive into the Middle Atlas Mountains, arriving at Ifrane. Set at an altitude of 1,650 metres this charming ‘hill station’ town is the perfect pace for a quick coffee stop before starting your ride through the wooded hills of Ifrane National Park. Take in the unique view of the Middle Atlas Mountains as you coast gently downhill to the tiny town of Timahdite, pausing for a snack in one of the largest cedar forest in the world along the way. Be sure to keep a keen eye out for the local Barbary macaques and deer that frequent the forest. After lunch in Timahdite, continue the final 23 kms of your ride with the gentle climb up to Aguelmame Sidi Ali Lake (2080m) – a placid clear blue lake and wetland sanctuary. From here, drive to the Kasbah town of Midelt. Nestled in a valley, Midelt is surrounded by farmland and orchards. The rest of your day is free – maybe explore the town or visit a local embroidery co-operative run to benefit the local Amazigh women.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Merzouga – Desert Camp - Midelt to Merzouga is a long journey, so you’ll embark early on the drive to the Tizi n Telghemt Pass (1900m), then get your wheels moving on a gentle downhill cycle through rugged canyons and arid plateaus to Er-rich for a coffee stop. From Er-rich you’ll continue downhill by bike to the banks of the Ziz River and the cavernous Tunnel Zaabal. Re-board the vehicle and drive through frontier towns like Erfoud that have been the setting for films like ‘The Mummy’ and James Bond’s ‘Spectre’. Arrive in Merzouga, leave your gear at your overnight camp and jump on a camel for a ride to the edge of the Sahara Desert. Enjoy a scenic sunset then return to camp for a dinner of delicious local cuisine and fall asleep under a sky dotted with North African stars.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Todra Gorge - Start the day with a ride directly from your desert camp (it’s not every day you can say you’ve ridden a bike in the Sahara Desert!), following the flat off-road gravel tracks across the orange-hued open plains for almost 10kms before meeting the tarmac road that takes you to the nearby oasis town of Erfoud City. Known for its marble quarries and some of the best dates in Morocco it’s a great place to finish the ride before jumping into the vehicle for a short transfer to view the ancient underground water channels (khattarat) for a fascinating insight into the skills and ingenuity Morocco’s desert people. From here drive to Tinghir – your entry point to the remarkable Todra Gorge. This massive trench with sheer rock walls rises over 300 m to form one of the most dramatic and spectacular natural sights in Morocco as the Todgha River snakes into the canyon. The limestone stacks make this area best discovered on foot, so join in for a walk through the surrounding farmland and a ruined village. Afterwards, the rest of the day is free to take it easy at your Kasbah accommodation, which sits in the middle of the gorge surrounded by palm trees.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Dades Gorge & Mountain Gite Stay - This morning you’ll drive to the green-fringed Dades Valley. This is one of the most scenic stretches of road in Morocco and you’ll begin your ride downhill on the hairpins of the Dades Gorge. Leaving the greenery behind, take a small gravel road deep into the desolate Mgoun Valley near Bou Tharar, as you wind through the red rock scenery with the Dades River below. On the way, stop in at a local family's home and share a traditional cup of tea with your hosts. This is a genuine opportunity for local interaction with a nomadic family who spend their lives travelling this remote land. Your leader will be there at all times to help you communicate and understand each other. Later in the afternoon, bid farewell to your new friends and head to your accommodation in a mountain gite, where you’ll sit down for a traditional Moroccan dinner.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Ait Benhaddou - Start your day in the cool morning air with a ride directly from the homestay, cycling through the beautiful landscapes of the M’Goun Valley. After a short time take a pause at a spectacular viewpoint with stunning views over the valley then continue through the rugged scenery along quiet undulating roads until you hit the smooth tarmac of the main road. From here begin your drive to mythical Ait Benhaddou, passing ancient Kasbah ruins, former military outposts and austere mountains. Pause for lunch in Ouarzazate, where ‘Lawrence of Arabia’ and ‘Black Hawk Down’ were filmed. If time permits, maybe tour the Atlas Movie Studios. Visit the Horizon Association for People with Disabilities – an organisation dedicated to the rehabilitation, health and empowerment of people living with disabilities. They provide essential services like prosthetic limbs, physio and social therapy, as well as training in skills like pottery or metal work. After, take a walk to Ait Benhaddou – centuries ago, this was an important stop for caravans carrying salt across the Sahara. Today, its grand Kasbah, a UNESCO World Heritage site and the star of movies and TV shows like ‘Gladiator’, ‘Games of Thrones’ and ‘The Living Daylights’.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Marrakech via Tiz n Tichka - Commence the long, winding ride up into the Atlas Mountains and the small town of Anmiter on your last cycle of the trip. You’ll then drive to the spectacular Tizi n'Tichka Pass. At 2260 m above sea level, this is the highest major mountain pass in North Africa. After a brief break for refreshments and photos, descend the High Atlas Mountains back to Marrakech. When you arrive, say goodbye to your support crew and settle in for some free time to relax. Tonight, you’ll likely be drawn back to the Djemaa el-Fna for a celebratory dinner.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Marrakech - There are no activities planned after breakfast today and your adventure comes to an end. You're free to leave at any time after check out. If you'd like to extend your stay, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time to organise additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Marrakech - Salaam Alaikum! Welcome to Morocco. Your adventure begins in thriving Marrakech with a welcome meeting tonight at 6 pm. After getting acquainted with your local leader and fellow travellers, head out for an optional dinner in Djemaa el-Fna – a huge public market square in the medina. When night falls it transforms into a hive of activity. Henna painters, performers, and storytellers share the square with a street food bazaar packed with stalls loaded with Moroccan delicacies. Wander around the food stalls and choose from various grilled foods, seafood, ginger and mint teas and more.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Atlas Mountains Cycle & Hike - Fuel up on breakfast before heading out of the city for a day of cycling and hiking in the Atlas Mountains. After a quick safety briefing with your leader, you’ll hit the road. The ride starts on a smooth road before veering off the beaten path on a challenging but adventurous ride through Amazigh villages. Tap into your adrenaline reserves as you climb steeper and rockier trails. At the end of the ride, drive to Imlil – a small, peaceful village in the mountains. Stretch your legs on a leisurely walk by the lake, then hike to the village of Aroumd, passing through walnut and apple groves, local houses and farms. Tonight’s accommodation is a traditional gite (an Amazigh-style mud-brick building). When you arrive, sit down to feast on a traditional dinner prepared by your hosts.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Atlas Mountains Hike - You can’t have a meal in Morocco without bread, so this morning, you’ll take matters into your own hands and learn how to bake your own Amazigh bread for breakfast. Your host family will share their recipe and the secrets behind this beloved staple. Tuck in and enjoy your creation on the gite’s terrace overlooking the Atlas Mountains. After breakfast, lace up your shoes and take another hike alongside an experienced mountain guide. Explore local Amazigh villages, twisting mule tracks and a mountain pass above a sheer cliff. After, descend into Mizam Valley back to Aroumd. This evening, back at the gite, you’ll have the option of joining a hammam (Moroccan baths) experience in the village to soak your tired muscles.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Ait Benhaddou - Start your day with a drive over the High Atlas Mountains across Tizi n`Tichka – the highest mountain pass in Morocco. You’ll head to a remaining piece of the 11th century kasbah, Ait Benhaddou. This UNESCO World Heritage site was a strategically important site along the former caravan route between the Sahara and Marrakesh and one of the few routes across the Atlas Mountains. You may also recognise it from its long list of film and TV credits, like The Mummy, Gladiator and Game of Thrones. After settling into your hotel, head out on a walking tour around the fortified village, stopping for some fresh herbal tea and Moroccan pastries in Tawesna – a cosy Amazigh tea house overlooking the ksar. This non-profit provides opportunities for more than thirty local women to support their and their family’s livelihood.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Agdz Cycling - This morning, head off to Agdz for today’s cycle. This little oasis town sits along the edge of the Draa River and was once an important resting place along the caravan route between Marrakech and Timbuktu. This hidden gem is tucked away among palm trees and crimson Kasbahs but is often skipped by tourists. Head off on a bike ride around town, between houses, past farmers' fields and backdropped by Mt Kissane. You’ll have some free time to explore the town further this afternoon. Maybe head off for a walk in the nearby Ziz Valley and explore the ancient kasbahs close by.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Desert Camp, camel safari and night walk - Today, continue your journey south as the rocky desert plateaus give way to a sea of sandy hills at Erg Chebbi. These golden dunes are constantly shifting under North African winds and can reach up to 180 m tall, which makes for incredible views and lots of opportunity for adventure. Walk to your desert campsite for the night, where you’ll be greeted with hot mint tea. Hop on your camel for a ride during sunset and watch the sun go down over the dunes. Tonight, embrace your surroundings while you tuck into a traditional feast prepared by your hosts. Head out on an evening desert walk with the group and keep your eyes up for a truly spectacular night sky. Back at camp, enjoy live Gnaoua music around an open fire before snuggling in for the night.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Todra Gorge - Have breakfast at camp before heading back to Merzouga this morning and continue to Tinghir. You’ll check into your hotel for the night before heading off to meet with your local guide who will lead the group on a hike through a palmery. These lush and fertile palm groves tap into natural waterways and serve as communal agricultural lands. You’ll walk among date palms, fruit and vegetable crops and past mud-brick houses and farms while learning about local agriculture. The late afternoon is free – maybe opt to go rock climbing in Todra Gorge if you’re still feeling active.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Todra Gorge Hike & Marrakech - This morning, set out on a hike with your leader through the deep gorges or wadi – red-hued limestone cliffs towering over the meandering Todra River. The canyon walls stretch up to 400 m in some places and can be as narrow as 10 m wide. Then, it’s time to head back to the vibrant city of Marrakech, where you’ll have the option of joining a guided medina tasting tour in the evening to cap off an amazing adventure.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Marrakech - Your adventure comes to an end after breakfast today. If you’d like to extend your adventure in Marrakech, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time to organise additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Marrakech - Salaam Aleikum! Welcome to Morocco. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight, where you'll meet your fellow trekkers and trip leader. After, you might like to join your leader on a jaunt to Djemaa el-Fna Square in the centre of the medina. Huge crowds converge at night to see the singers, drummers, fortune tellers, dancers and bustling street food bazaars all vying for attention here. This square is one of the largest public meeting places in the world, so you’re sure to find something that catches your eye tonight.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Aroumd - Rise and shine early today for breakfast and a group meeting at 8 am. Your leader will go through everything you need to know about today’s trek before you set off into the mountains. Leave Marrakech behind and drive across the plains towards the ancient marketplace of Tahanaoute, with views of valleys and the Atlas Mountains along the way. Arrive at Imlil – a mountainous village 1740 m above sea level, then take a short hike to your mountain base in the village of Aroumd. In the afternoon, stretch your legs with a gentle orientation walk. Your accommodation tonight is a mountain gite (a traditional village house). Rooms are furnished in the Amazigh style, with low couches (which can be used as beds), tables, carpets and cushions. On warm nights, it’s often possible to sleep out on the terrace under the stars!

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Aroumd - Today, explore Aroumd on some of the local trails with your group. Get to know the terrain and acclimatise your body for the challenge of the summit ahead. Today’s main hike will depend on the weather and the group’s ability. Acclimatisation hikes are quite slow, with a relaxed pace. Wherever your trip leader chooses, you’ll have the chance to enjoy the beautiful Moroccan countryside, where children run freely through the valleys and farmers tend to their plots of land. Donkeys provide a mode of transport for both young and old, with stony pathways winding through the mountains to villages hidden from the main roads. When you arrive back in your gite, tuck into a hearty dinner and rest up for tomorrow’s challenge.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Mt Toubkal Base Camp - This morning you’ll begin your ascent of Mount Toubkal – North Africa’s highest peak. From Aroumd, the trail crosses the floodplain of the Ait Mizane Valley, before climbing steeply in a zigzag up the mountainside. Along the way, pass the pilgrimage site of Sidi Chamarouch, home to the tomb of the local marabout (Muslim holy man). Only Muslims are permitted to cross the bridge and approach the large white stone that serves as a shrine. From here, climb steeply through a series of switchbacks and traverse the flank of the valley above the river. Arrive at Toubkal Base Camp (3207 metres above sea level) and enjoy a hearty dinner and make sure you get plenty of sleep before the big ascent tomorrow.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Summit day - Embrace an early start this morning as you tackle the rocky terrain that leads to the summit of Mount Toubkal. At 4167 m above sea level, this is truly the roof of North Africa. Take in the beautiful silence of the morning while you make the final climb, which can involve some scrambling. Your effort is rewarded by views from the summit, which on a clear day can include the entire Atlas Mountain range, the Atlantic coast to the west and the Sahara Desert to the east. After a rest at the summit and time spent marvelling at the view, descend to base camp. You’ll fuel up with a hearty lunch before heading back to Aroumd, where your local host will be waiting to welcome you back with a homecooked dinner to celebrate your achievements in the High Atlas Mountains.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Marrakech - After breakfast, take one last glimpse at those high summits you conquered in last couple of days. Then, head back to Imlil and make your way back to Marrakech. In the afternoon, embark on a guided walking tour of the medina, including souqs devoted to different trades such as pottery, woodwork, carpets or spices. Then, continue to the 19th-century Bahia Palace and spend some time admiring the architecture. The rest of your time in the city is free for you to make your own discoveries. If you're keen to experience a traditional Moroccan bath, your leader can advise you where to find the nearest hammam. If you’ve enjoyed your taste of Moroccan cuisine so far, maybe indulge your inner foodie with a Taste of Marrakesh Urban Adventure tour.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Marrakech - Your adventure ends after breakfast this morning. If you wish to spend more time in Marrakech, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Marrakech - Salaam Aleikum! Welcome to Morocco, a country filled with culture, friendly locals and incredible landscapes. If you arrive in Marrakech with time to spare, you might like to spend your day wandering through the vibrant souks with their labyrinth of markets or head to a rooftop café to enjoy the sights from above over a traditional mint tea. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm to meet your fellow travellers and local leader. After, you have the option to join your leader to Djemaa el-Fna, the square in the centre of the medina. Huge crowds converge at night to see singers, drummers, fortune tellers and dancers while snacking on street food – it’s a sight not to miss.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Imlil to Aroumd trek - Rise and shine for breakfast and a group meeting at 8 am where your leader will go through everything you need to know about the trek before you set off into the mountains. Leave Marrakech behind and drive across the plains towards the ancient marketplace of Tahanaoute, with incredible views of valleys below and the Atlas Mountains along the way. First up, arrive at Imlil village, which is 1740 m above sea level. From here, your first walk starts with a gentle trek along the side of the hills, with a great view of the valley ahead and (hopefully) a glimpse of Mount Toubkal along the way. Hike to your mountain base in the village of Aroumd, where you’ll stay in a traditional village house called a gite. The rooms are furnished in traditional Amazigh style with low couches (which can be used as beds), tables, carpets and cushions. In the afternoon, stretch your legs with a gentle orientation walk around Aroumd.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Aroumd to Toubkal Base Camp - Wake with excitement this morning as you begin your ascent of Mt Toubkal, North Africa’s highest peak. From Armoud, the trail crosses the floodplain of the Ait Mizane Valley before climbing steeply in a zigzag up the mountainside. All baggage is carried by mule today. Used to plough fields, carry loads, turn threshing machines and ferry people between villages, mules are an indispensable part of Amazigh life. Along the way, pass the pilgrimage site of Sidi Chamarouch, home to the tomb of the local marabout (Muslim holy man). Only Muslims are permitted to cross the bridge and approach the large white stone that serves as a shrine. Once you reach Sidi Chamarouch, it’s likely you’ll encounter snow (a winter treat) and begin hiking with powder as you climb steeply through a series of switchbacks and traverse the flank of the valley above the river. If you're inexperienced with crampons, your leader will help you with a few simple tricks to make the hike easier today. Finally, arrive at Toubkal Base Camp at Neltner (3207 m above sea level) and enjoy a hearty dinner. Make sure you get plenty of sleep before tomorrow’s big ascent day.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Mt Toubkal summit trek - Embrace an early start this morning and tackle the rocky terrain that leads to the summit of Mt Toubkal. Gear up with crampons and a head torch (and spare batteries) to start this morning’s hike across snowy, perhaps icy terrain. Take in the beautiful silence of the morning while you make your way up steep terrain to the col. Once you reach it, the steepness of the climb calms, but the winds often pick up here, so be sure to have your hard shell handy in your day pack. Now you are up for a final climb, likely with rising sun on your right-hand side. At 4167 m above sea level, this is truly the roof of North Africa. Your efforts are rewarded by views from the summit, which on a clear day can include the entire Atlas Mountain range, the Atlantic coast to the west and the Sahara to the east. After a rest at the summit and time spent marvelling at the incredible views, make your way back to Base Camp.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Toubkal Base Camp to Aroumd - Today, your leader will choose a guided trek best suited to the day’s conditions. If yesterday’s trek to Mount Toubkal was unsuccessful, today may be the time to try again. If you’re already happy conquerors of the great Mount Toubkal, your leader may opt for yet another guided trek up to Tizi n' Ouagane and maybe Ras Ouanoukrim – the third highest mountain of Northern Africa. After descending to base camp, you’ll fuel up with a hearty lunch before heading back to Aroumd, where your local host will be waiting to welcome you back with a dinner to celebrate your achievements in the High Atlas Mountains.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Aroumd to Imlil and Marrakech - After breakfast, take one last glimpse at the valley and marvel at those high summits you conquered in the last couple of days. Then head back to Imlil and make your way back to Marrakech. After a short check in, embark on a guided walk of the medina, including the vibrant souks devoted to different trades such as pottery, woodwork, carpets or spices. The rest of your time in the city is free for you to make your own discoveries. One thing you might like to try after days spent hiking high in the mountains is a traditional Moroccan bath. Your leader can advise you where to find the best hammam. Perhaps head to a traditional Moroccan restaurant and swap your favourite travel stories with your group members tonight before going your separate ways tomorrow.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Marrakech - Your adventure together ends after breakfast today. If you wish to spend more time in Marrakech, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Marrakech - Salaam Alaikum! Welcome to Morocco. This adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 4 pm. After your meeting, you may want to head to the famous Djemaa el-Fna. This square is known as one of the largest public spaces in the world – it’s truly an unmissable part of the city. As soon as the sun sets, the square comes to life with henna painters, performers and storytellers sharing the space with street food stands. The smells of the stalls will lure you in, and the tastes will keep you coming back for more. There are all sorts of excellent pastries, fresh juices, teas and even bowls of snail soup to go round, if you’re feeling a little adventurous! As evening falls, you might want to grab dinner or explore the bustling nightlife of the city with your new travel buddies. Marrakech has some great rooftop bars – so find one with a view and order your favourite cocktail.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Taghazout - After breakfast this morning, travel to Taghazout. This cool, laidback fishing village has quickly gained a solid reputation as one of the country’s best surfing spots. The waters stay warm all year round, and the surf is top-notch for both rookies and adept wave riders (so there’s no excuse not to catch some rolling waves). After getting your fill of the beautiful local beaches, maybe ask your leader for the best spots for a seafood dinner, before spending the night at a local surf camp.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Taghazout - Kick off your adventures in the sleepy town of Taghazout with an early morning yoga session, to help you relieve any tension before diving into the water once again. Oddly enough, the skills required for surfing and yoga tend to complement each other, through concentration, flexibility and balance. Good news, if you were planning on hitting the waves again today! Don’t know how to ride a board or didn’t get the chance yesterday? No stress – today includes a half-day surfing course to teach you the basics, and if you already know the ropes, there’s always time to refine your skills in unfamiliar territory.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Essaouira - Get up early today if you want to catch the sunrise, then travel to the old fishing town of Essaouira. Along the way, stop by a female-led cooperative specialising in Argan production. Learn about how these women extract the Argan from the trees, watch the beans being roasted and pressed, then taste the Argan oil and paste, all made right here! Arrive at your destination – a place where the medina brushes up against the Atlantic Ocean. The name of the town translates to ‘little picture’ – so get your camera ready! It’s safe to say you’ll be taking lots of snaps during your time in this picturesque place. Join a local guide for a walking tour through the old medina, Jewish mullah, port and by the skala (sea wall). Then head out to taste some street food, you'll get to try harira (soup), mesman (flatbread), Moroccan sweets and sample olive oil and honey.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Marrakech - Chat with locals on a shared bus ride back to Marrakech. With no activities planned after arriving, you’re free to leave at any time. Depart from the bus station or walk back to the hotel with your leader and depart from there. If you wish to extend your adventure, there are a range of optional activities to get to know the city better. Why not become a Moroccan MasterChef in an Urban Adventure’s cooking masterclass with a local guide? Journey through the souks of Marrakech and shop for the best ingredients before learning the insider tricks on how to whip up a deliciously authentic tagine in a classic riad setting while getting to know the family that lives there. To find out more about the Tajine Cookery Class, visit urbanadventures.com. If you need to organise additional accommodation tonight, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Casablanca - Salaam Alaikum! Welcome to Morocco. Your adventure will begin with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. If you have time, why not check out bustling Casablanca, the largest city in Morocco, at your own pace. Modelled after Marseille in France, this port city has an eclectic architectural style, a fusion of Art Deco French buildings and Mauresque (Moorish) government institutions. A great way to spend the day is to wander around the Old Medina and city walls, then jump in a taxi and visit the Quartier Habous – the new medina full of shaded squares, narrow streets and arcades that lead from one souk to another. This is a great place to enjoy a Moroccan coffee and maybe start working on your bargaining skills.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Moulay Idriss - After breakfast, opt to take a guided tour of the Hassan II Mosque. More than 6000 craftsmen joined forces to build this beauty in 1993, and it's one of the few mosques in Morocco that foreigners can enter. Later, head to the station and take a local train to Meknes before heading to the whitewashed village of Moulay Idriss – one of Morocco's most important pilgrimage sites. Here, you’ll witness a demonstration of the art of mint tea making – this sweet treat is a Moroccan speciality! Tonight, you'll get to hang out with a local family – an experience only allowed foreigners since 2005. Your guesthouse, an old traditional riad, has a family atmosphere and all the optional meals are homemade, so you can get an authentic taste of Morocco in your free time.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Chefchaouen - Explore the rolling hills of Volubilis this morning on a guided tour of these epic Roman ruins. Then take a private transfer to Chefchaouen – which translates to ‘look at the horns’, after the two mountain peaks that overlook the city. Known for the striking, blue-washed buildings (made to represent the Mediterranean Sea) and steep, cobbled lanes, Chefchaouen is a gorgeous place to spend the day wandering. This afternoon is free for you to explore, so why not head to the red-walled Kasbah, the 15th-century fortress and dungeon, or the ethnographic museum. Or, just spend the day on foot, traversing the winding roads and watching the many cats that call this city their home.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Chefchaouen - Today is another free day in Chefchaouen. If you want the streets to yourself for the best photo ops, it’s recommended you get up early and explore the iconic sites as the city wakes up. Maybe take a guided tour of the sights, sounds and smells of the medina, or sample the delicious local specialties (the orange juice is delicious!) at a cafe in the Plaza Uta el-Hammam. Alternatively, you might prefer to get out of town and enjoy a hike and picnic in the surrounding hills. The hike is a popular option, as you can leave the shades of blue for a journey across the Rif Mountains and join your guide to Akchour Falls – a natural wonder, abundant with lush mountains, rivers and waterfalls. Cross the remarkable rock formation The God’s Bridge and then hike back along the forest, soaking in the nature that surrounds. In the evening, how about tucking into a tagine at a local restaurant or visiting a hammam – a traditional Moroccan spa. The night is yours to enjoy.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Fes - Today you’ll journey to the spiritual and cultural heart of Morocco – Fes. Vibrant, noisy, fascinating and overwhelming, Fes is a visual and pungent feast for the senses, with a huge, well-preserved medieval city that’s the mother of all medinas. Later this afternoon, enjoy some free time and perhaps check out the exquisite carvings and tile work at the Medersa el Attarine near the spice and perfume market. Alternatively, Fes is a shopping heaven for those wanting to pick up a souvenir (or three).

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Fes - Getting lost in Fes is half the fun, but you'll have your local leader with you to help you get the lay of the land. Join your group through this vibrant labyrinth of a city, alive with the many craftsmen, markets, ceramics and beautiful mosques. Look out for the Medersa Bou Inania, one of the city's coolest buildings, recently restored and now open to visitors. You'll also visit the famous tannery and its dye pits and a ceramic factory where you can see potters working in the traditional way. Today will be a big day, so remember to keep hydrated and pack some snacks.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Sahara Camp - This morning after breakfast, buckle in for a long travel day. As you make your way towards the rolling dunes of the Sahara Desert, watch the ever-changing scenery pass you by, get stuck into your book, play some of your favourite music, get to know your fellow travellers and enjoy some scenic stops along the way to stretch your legs. Arrive in Merzouga, drop your bags off at your overnight camp, and get ready for a once-in-a-lifetime experience. The mode of transport? Camel, of course! Brace yourself for one heck of a sunset, as you ride through the vast expanse of sand and loop back to your private camp for an overnight stay. In the camp, you'll have a thin mattress, blankets and sheets. Make sure you bring an extra sleeping sheet and a jumper if it's winter (you'd be surprised how cold it can get, even in the desert). Sleep under the stars and have one of those 'I’m so far from home' moments.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Todra Gorge - Dades Valley - You'll be getting up well before the crack of dawn this morning, so don’t forget to set your alarm. Climb to a nearby sand dune to catch the sunrise and experience the amazing interplay of light as the Sahara slowly comes alive. Head back for brekkie, collect the rest of your gear, and then travel west to Todra. You’ll come across a bright tablecloth of green that might seem so out of place you'll think you are dreaming. This valley is pretty impressive, with all the palm trees and mud-brick villages. Arrive at your hotel at the top of the valley, then perhaps take a hike into the gorge, where sheer cliffs rise more than 1000 feet above you.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Ait Benhaddou - From Todra Gorge, travel along the ‘Road of 1000 Kasbahs’ and enjoy views of the Dades Gorge. You'll also travel past Skoura, home to the beautiful little houses rising like a mirage beyond a dry riverbed. Quench your thirst with a mouthful of mint tea (the best in the world) at Tawesna teahouse, whose profits are devoted to the projects of the women association in the village. This experience is more than just a cuppa – it’s about discovering a culture, sharing a true moment and contributing to women’s economic inclusion. Continue to the medieval mud-brick town of Ait Benhaddou, which is at its best in the late afternoon sun. If you wonder why Ait Benhaddou looks familiar, it’s probably because you’ve seen it before! Perhaps not live, but certainly on the silver screen – think Gladiator and Game of Thrones – loads of movies and shows were filmed in this kasbah! Explore the many old streets and climb the fortress for a superb view of the Old Town. You can also (for a small fee) enter one of the most interesting old houses and climb up to the turrets for a view over the river. You'll spend the night just outside the walls.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: High Atlas - Marrakech - After breakfast today, continue west, taking in those countryside views as you wind your way up towards Tizi ‘n Tichka. This is a whopping 2260 m above sea level – the highest pass on the road to Marrakech. Leaving the Atlas behind, you'll descend into the plains surrounding Marrakech and arrive in the late afternoon. With no planned activities, this is a good chance to get lost in the fun of Djemaa el-Fna Square, where there are many fire eaters, fortune tellers, actors, musicians and hawkers vying for your attention.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Marrakech - Marrakech is a feast for the senses, and this morning you’ll get to venture out in the maze of streets with a local expert. Set off on a tour of the old medina, through the bustling souks and sample some sweet and savoury specialities in a tasting experience at a local restaurant. Think barbequed meats, fresh salads, mint tea and couscous. The rest of the day is free, so why not head out on a cycling trip, go quad-biking or indulge in a Luxury Hammam and Spa – the options are endless! You might also like to visit Le Jardin Secret – a traditional medina garden revived for the 21st century. Once owned by a powerful local chief U-Bihi – who was poisoned by Mohammed IV – this historic riad has one of the most beautiful courtyards in Marrakech, combining exotic and traditional Islamic gardens that are fed by original khettara, an underground irrigation system. Maybe visit AMAL Women’s Training Center for lunch – Amal is a non-profit organisation that helps disadvantaged women gain work experience by providing comprehensive training in gastronomy. Every year, 30 to 40 women complete the training, which helps them find appropriate employment and improve their living conditions. In the evening, you’ll undoubtedly be drawn back to Djemaa el-Fna for a night out on the town.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Marrakech - Today is free to wander, rest or take part in a fun optional activity. Say goodbye to some of your trip mates, as others will be joining you for the next leg of the adventure. You will have another meeting at 4 pm today to meet them.  As evening falls, you might want to grab dinner or explore the bustling nightlife of the city with your new travel buddies. Marrakech has some great rooftop bars – so find one with a view and order your favourite cocktail.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Taghazout - After breakfast this morning, travel to Taghazout. This cool, laidback fishing village has quickly gained a solid reputation as one of the country’s best surfing spots. The waters stay warm all year round, and the surf is top-notch for both rookies and adept wave riders (so there’s no excuse not to catch some rolling waves). After getting your fill of the beautiful local beaches, maybe ask your leader for the best spots for a seafood dinner, before spending the night at a local surf camp.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Taghazout - Kick off your adventures in the sleepy town of Taghazout with an early morning yoga session, to help you relieve any tension before diving into the water once again. Oddly enough, the skills required for surfing and yoga tend to complement each other, through concentration, flexibility and balance. Good news, if you were planning on hitting the waves again today! Don’t know how to ride a board or didn’t get the chance yesterday? No stress – today includes a half-day surfing course to teach you the basics, and if you already know the ropes, there’s always time to refine your skills in unfamiliar territory.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Essaouira - Get up early today if you want to catch the sunrise, then travel to the old fishing town of Essaouira. Along the way, stop by a female-led cooperative specialising in Argan production. Learn about how these women extract the Argan from the trees, watch the beans being roasted and pressed, then taste the Argan oil and paste, all made right here! Arrive at your destination – a place where the medina brushes up against the Atlantic Ocean. The name of the town translates to ‘little picture’ – so get your camera ready! It’s safe to say you’ll be taking lots of snaps during your time in this picturesque place. Join a local guide for a walking tour through the old medina, Jewish mullah, port and by the skala (sea wall). Then head out to taste some street food, you'll get to try harira (soup), mesman (flatbread), Moroccan sweets and sample olive oil and honey.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Marrakech - Chat with locals on a shared bus ride back to Marrakech. With no activities planned after arriving, you’re free to leave at any time. Depart from the bus station or walk back to the hotel with your leader and depart from there. If you wish to extend your adventure, there are a range of optional activities to get to know the city better. Why not become a Moroccan MasterChef in an Urban Adventure’s cooking masterclass with a local guide? Journey through the souks of Marrakech and shop for the best ingredients before learning the insider tricks on how to whip up a deliciously authentic tagine in a classic riad setting while getting to know the family that lives there. To find out more about the Tajine Cookery Class, visit urbanadventures.com. If you need to organise additional accommodation tonight, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Marrakech - Salaam Alaikum! Welcome to Morocco. This adventure begins with an important welcome meeting at 6 pm at your hotel. After meeting your fellow travellers and the group leader, why not get to know each other while exploring the city’s main square – Djemaa el-Fna – or get lost exploring the city’s spice souks or bazaars. For dinner, maybe load up on some delicious street food, but be warned – the eggplant fritters are addictive and the barbeque smells around the city will be sure to make you hungry (even if you’ve just eaten!). Marrakech is also known as a great spot for trendy rooftop bars, so why not head to one of the local favourites with a view and grab a cocktail.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Todra Gorge - After breakfast, you’ll make your way to Todra Gorge. This is a long travel day, so make sure you have a book handy. After a while, you’ll come across a bright tablecloth of green that might seem so out of place, you'll think you’re dreaming. This valley is pretty impressive, with all its palm trees and mud-brick villages. Arrive at your hotel at the top of the valley, and take some time to relax, recharge and chill out under the palms. Maybe head out for a brief stroll before enjoying an included dinner with your group. Settle in for the night and get a good night’s rest, ready for a beautiful hike tomorrow.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Sahara Camp - After breakfast, take a hike through the shaded palms of the Todra Valley for a couple of hours, taking in the picturesque scenery of the gorge ahead. Be rewarded at the end of your adventure with a home-cooked lunch served in the backyard of a local family. You'll be treated to dates, nuts, tea and a delicious meal to refuel after your walk. Then, make your way to the Sahara. After a few hours of transit, get ready for a once-in-a-lifetime experience in a sun-kissed desert. The mode of transport? Camel, of course! Brace yourself for one heck of a sunset while you wind through the vast expanse of sand and loop back to your private camp for an overnight stay in the middle of the sandy dunes. In the camp, you'll have a thin mattress, blankets and sheets (and an auberge not so far away, just in case). Ensure you bring a sleeping sheet and warm jumper if it's winter (you'd be surprised how cold it can get). Sleep under the stars and have a mind-blowing 'I am so far from home' kind of moment.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Ait Benhaddou - Remember to set your alarm this morning because you'll get up well before dawn. Climb a nearby sand dune to catch the sunrise – this sight is worth the early rise – then head back to camp for breakfast, collect the rest of your gear and travel to Ait Benhaddou. Stop for the best mint tea in the world at the Tawesna Association. All profits here are devoted to the women’s projects in the village of Ait Benhaddou. This experience in the inclusive female teahouse is more than just a cuppa – it’s about discovering a culture and contributing to women’s economic inclusion and responsible tourism. Then, explore the medieval mud-brick town of Ait Benhaddou. If you’re wondering why it looks familiar, it’s probably because you’ve seen it before on the silver screen. Walk the many old streets and climb up to the fortress for a view over the Old Town. You can also visit one of the most interesting old houses in the Kasbah for a small fee. You'll spend the night just outside the walls.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Aroumd - This morning, take a private transfer towards Imlil, high in the Atlas Mountains. Calling dibs on a window seat would be a smart move – the drive features some great scenery. Imlil is a little village that sits at the foot of North Africa’s highest peak, and when you arrive, you’ll head out for a scenic walk. On your way to the mountain village of Aroumd, take your time to explore the landscape, the rolling mountains and the bursts of green flora. Tonight’s stay is in a family-run gite (or mountain home) in the village. The Amazigh people here are famous for their hospitality, so make the most of this opportunity to sit down, break bread with the family and learn about their culture.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Aroumd - After breakfast, enjoy a slow-paced morning in the mountains. Today, you’ll head through Imlil on a day hike, exploring the scenery of the surrounding peaks and villages. Traverse through bursts of green and stop to admire the Imlil waterfall, where you can get up close and personal with the cascades. Walk at your own pace, enjoying the seclusion of being far away from the tourist crowds of the main cities. Enjoy a picnic lunch along the way and return to your homestay accommodation for a relaxed and free afternoon and group dinner.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Marrakech - Say goodbye to the mountains and return to Marrakech. When you arrive, you have a free day to stroll through the bustling souks. If you like, explore the courtyards filled with the scent of orange blossom and the many salons and chambers that make up Bahia Palace. This mansion was built in 1866 for a former slave who rose to power within the government. Why not head out on a cycling trip, go quad-biking or indulge in a luxury hammam and spa. You might like to visit Le Jardin Secret too – a traditional medina garden revived for the 21st century. Once owned by a powerful local chief U-Bihi – who was poisoned by Mohammed IV – this historic riad has one of the most beautiful courtyards in Marrakech, combining exotic and traditional Islamic gardens that are fed by original khettara (an underground irrigation system). In the evening, you’ll no doubt be drawn back to Djemaa el-Fna for a final night out.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Marrakech - After breakfast, there are no activities planned and your trip comes to an end. Why not become a Moroccan MasterChef in an Urban Adventure’s cooking masterclass with a local guide. Journey through the souks of Marrakech and shop for the best ingredients before learning the insider tricks on how to whip up a deliciously authentic tagine in a classic riad setting, while getting to know the family that lives there. To find out more about the Tajine Cookery Class, visit urbanadventures.com. If you’d like to extend your stay, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Marrakech - Salaam Alaikum! Welcome to Morocco. This adventure begins with an important welcome meeting at 6 pm at your hotel. After meeting your fellow travellers and the group leader, why not get to know each other while exploring the city’s main square – Djemaa el-Fna – or get lost exploring the city’s spice souks or bazaars. For dinner, maybe load up on some delicious street food, but be warned – the eggplant fritters are addictive and the barbeque smells around the city will be sure to make you hungry (even if you’ve just eaten!). Marrakech is also known as a great spot for trendy rooftop bars, so why not head to one of the local favourites with a view and grab a cocktail.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Todra Gorge - After breakfast, you’ll make your way to Todra Gorge. This is a long travel day, so make sure you have a book handy. After a while, you’ll come across a bright tablecloth of green that might seem so out of place, you'll think you’re dreaming. This valley is pretty impressive, with all its palm trees and mud-brick villages. Arrive at your hotel at the top of the valley, and take some time to relax, recharge and chill out under the palms. Maybe head out for a brief stroll before enjoying an included dinner with your group. Settle in for the night and get a good night’s rest, ready for a beautiful hike tomorrow.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Sahara Camp - After breakfast, take a hike through the shaded palms of the Todra Valley for a couple of hours, taking in the picturesque scenery of the gorge ahead. Be rewarded at the end of your adventure with a home-cooked lunch served in the backyard of a local family. You'll be treated to dates, nuts, tea and a delicious meal to refuel after your walk. Then, make your way to the Sahara. After a few hours of transit, get ready for a once-in-a-lifetime experience in a sun-kissed desert. The mode of transport? Camel, of course! Brace yourself for one heck of a sunset while you wind through the vast expanse of sand and loop back to your private camp for an overnight stay in the middle of the sandy dunes. In the camp, you'll have a thin mattress, blankets and sheets (and an auberge not so far away, just in case). Ensure you bring a sleeping sheet and warm jumper if it's winter (you'd be surprised how cold it can get). Sleep under the stars and have a mind-blowing 'I am so far from home' kind of moment.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Ait Benhaddou - Remember to set your alarm this morning because you'll get up well before dawn. Climb a nearby sand dune to catch the sunrise – this sight is worth the early rise – then head back to camp for breakfast, collect the rest of your gear and travel to Ait Benhaddou. Stop for the best mint tea in the world at the Tawesna Association. All profits here are devoted to the women’s projects in the village of Ait Benhaddou. This experience in the inclusive female teahouse is more than just a cuppa – it’s about discovering a culture and contributing to women’s economic inclusion and responsible tourism. Then, explore the medieval mud-brick town of Ait Benhaddou. If you’re wondering why it looks familiar, it’s probably because you’ve seen it before on the silver screen. Walk the many old streets and climb up to the fortress for a view over the Old Town. You can also visit one of the most interesting old houses in the Kasbah for a small fee. You'll spend the night just outside the walls.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Aroumd - This morning, take a private transfer towards Imlil, high in the Atlas Mountains. Calling dibs on a window seat would be a smart move – the drive features some great scenery. Imlil is a little village that sits at the foot of North Africa’s highest peak, and when you arrive, you’ll head out for a scenic walk. On your way to the mountain village of Aroumd, take your time to explore the landscape, the rolling mountains and the bursts of green flora. Tonight’s stay is in a family-run gite (or mountain home) in the village. The Amazigh people here are famous for their hospitality, so make the most of this opportunity to sit down, break bread with the family and learn about their culture.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Aroumd - After breakfast, enjoy a slow-paced morning in the mountains. Today, you’ll head through Imlil on a day hike, exploring the scenery of the surrounding peaks and villages. Traverse through bursts of green and stop to admire the Imlil waterfall, where you can get up close and personal with the cascades. Walk at your own pace, enjoying the seclusion of being far away from the tourist crowds of the main cities. Enjoy a picnic lunch along the way and return to your homestay accommodation for a relaxed and free afternoon and group dinner.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Marrakech - Say goodbye to the mountains and return to Marrakech. When you arrive, you have a free day to stroll through the bustling souks. If you like, explore the courtyards filled with the scent of orange blossom and the many salons and chambers that make up Bahia Palace. This mansion was built in 1866 for a former slave who rose to power within the government. Why not head out on a cycling trip, go quad-biking or indulge in a luxury hammam and spa. You might like to visit Le Jardin Secret too – a traditional medina garden revived for the 21st century. Once owned by a powerful local chief U-Bihi – who was poisoned by Mohammed IV – this historic riad has one of the most beautiful courtyards in Marrakech, combining exotic and traditional Islamic gardens that are fed by original khettara (an underground irrigation system). In the evening, you’ll no doubt be drawn back to Djemaa el-Fna for a final night out.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Marrakech - Today is free to wander, rest or take part in a fun optional activity. Say goodbye to some of your trip mates, as others will be joining you for the next leg of the adventure. You will have another meeting at 4 pm today to meet them. As evening falls, you might want to grab dinner or explore the bustling nightlife of the city with your new travel buddies. Marrakech has some great rooftop bars – so find one with a view and order your favourite cocktail.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Taghazout - After breakfast this morning, travel to Taghazout. This cool, laidback fishing village has quickly gained a solid reputation as one of the country’s best surfing spots. The waters stay warm all year round, and the surf is top-notch for both rookies and adept wave riders (so there’s no excuse not to catch some rolling waves). After getting your fill of the beautiful local beaches, maybe ask your leader for the best spots for a seafood dinner, before spending the night at a local surf camp.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Taghazout - Kick off your adventures in the sleepy town of Taghazout with an early morning yoga session, to help you relieve any tension before diving into the water once again. Oddly enough, the skills required for surfing and yoga tend to complement each other, through concentration, flexibility and balance. Good news, if you were planning on hitting the waves again today! Don’t know how to ride a board or didn’t get the chance yesterday? No stress – today includes a half-day surfing course to teach you the basics, and if you already know the ropes, there’s always time to refine your skills in unfamiliar territory.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Essaouira - Get up early today if you want to catch the sunrise, then travel to the old fishing town of Essaouira. Along the way, stop by a female-led cooperative specialising in Argan production. Learn about how these women extract the Argan from the trees, watch the beans being roasted and pressed, then taste the Argan oil and paste, all made right here! Arrive at your destination – a place where the medina brushes up against the Atlantic Ocean. The name of the town translates to ‘little picture’ – so get your camera ready! It’s safe to say you’ll be taking lots of snaps during your time in this picturesque place. Join a local guide for a walking tour through the old medina, Jewish mullah, port and by the skala (sea wall). Then head out to taste some street food, you'll get to try harira (soup), mesman (flatbread), Moroccan sweets and sample olive oil and honey.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Marrakech - Chat with locals on a shared bus ride back to Marrakech. With no activities planned after arriving, you’re free to leave at any time. Depart from the bus station or walk back to the hotel with your leader and depart from there. If you wish to extend your adventure, there are a range of optional activities to get to know the city better. Why not become a Moroccan MasterChef in an Urban Adventure’s cooking masterclass with a local guide? Journey through the souks of Marrakech and shop for the best ingredients before learning the insider tricks on how to whip up a deliciously authentic tagine in a classic riad setting while getting to know the family that lives there. To find out more about the Tajine Cookery Class, visit urbanadventures.com. If you need to organise additional accommodation tonight, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Casablanca - Salaam Alaikum! Welcome to Morocco. Your adventure will begin with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. If you have time, why not check out bustling Casablanca, the largest city in Morocco, at your own pace. Modelled after Marseille in France, this port city has an eclectic architectural style, a fusion of Art Deco French buildings and Mauresque (Moorish) government institutions. A great way to spend the day is to wander around the Old Medina and city walls, then jump in a taxi and visit the Quartier Habous – the new medina full of shaded squares, narrow streets and arcades that lead from one souk to another. This is a great place to enjoy a Moroccan coffee and maybe start working on your bargaining skills.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Moulay Idriss - After breakfast, opt to take a guided tour of the Hassan II Mosque. More than 6000 craftsmen joined forces to build this beauty in 1993, and it's one of the few mosques in Morocco that foreigners can enter. Later, head to the station and take a local train to Meknes before heading to the whitewashed village of Moulay Idriss – one of Morocco's most important pilgrimage sites. Here, you’ll witness a demonstration of the art of mint tea making – this sweet treat is a Moroccan speciality! Tonight, you'll get to hang out with a local family – an experience only allowed foreigners since 2005. Your guesthouse, an old traditional riad, has a family atmosphere and all the optional meals are homemade, so you can get an authentic taste of Morocco in your free time.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Chefchaouen - Explore the rolling hills of Volubilis this morning on a guided tour of these epic Roman ruins. Then take a private transfer to Chefchaouen – which translates to ‘look at the horns’, after the two mountain peaks that overlook the city. Known for the striking, blue-washed buildings (made to represent the Mediterranean Sea) and steep, cobbled lanes, Chefchaouen is a gorgeous place to spend the day wandering. This afternoon is free for you to explore, so why not head to the red-walled Kasbah, the 15th-century fortress and dungeon, or the ethnographic museum. Or, just spend the day on foot, traversing the winding roads and watching the many cats that call this city their home.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Chefchaouen - Today is another free day in Chefchaouen. If you want the streets to yourself for the best photo ops, it’s recommended you get up early and explore the iconic sites as the city wakes up. Maybe take a guided tour of the sights, sounds and smells of the medina, or sample the delicious local specialties (the orange juice is delicious!) at a cafe in the Plaza Uta el-Hammam. Alternatively, you might prefer to get out of town and enjoy a hike and picnic in the surrounding hills. The hike is a popular option, as you can leave the shades of blue for a journey across the Rif Mountains and join your guide to Akchour Falls – a natural wonder, abundant with lush mountains, rivers and waterfalls. Cross the remarkable rock formation The God’s Bridge and then hike back along the forest, soaking in the nature that surrounds. In the evening, how about tucking into a tagine at a local restaurant or visiting a hammam – a traditional Moroccan spa. The night is yours to enjoy.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Fes - Today you’ll journey to the spiritual and cultural heart of Morocco – Fes. Vibrant, noisy, fascinating and overwhelming, Fes is a visual and pungent feast for the senses, with a huge, well-preserved medieval city that’s the mother of all medinas. Later this afternoon, enjoy some free time and perhaps check out the exquisite carvings and tile work at the Medersa el Attarine near the spice and perfume market. Alternatively, Fes is a shopping heaven for those wanting to pick up a souvenir (or three).

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Fes - Getting lost in Fes is half the fun, but you'll have your local leader with you to help you get the lay of the land. Join your group through this vibrant labyrinth of a city, alive with the many craftsmen, markets, ceramics and beautiful mosques. Look out for the Medersa Bou Inania, one of the city's coolest buildings, recently restored and now open to visitors. You'll also visit the famous tannery and its dye pits and a ceramic factory where you can see potters working in the traditional way. Today will be a big day, so remember to keep hydrated and pack some snacks.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Sahara Camp - This morning after breakfast, buckle in for a long travel day. As you make your way towards the rolling dunes of the Sahara Desert, watch the ever-changing scenery pass you by, get stuck into your book, play some of your favourite music, get to know your fellow travellers and enjoy some scenic stops along the way to stretch your legs. Arrive in Merzouga, drop your bags off at your overnight camp, and get ready for a once-in-a-lifetime experience. The mode of transport? Camel, of course! Brace yourself for one heck of a sunset, as you ride through the vast expanse of sand and loop back to your private camp for an overnight stay. In the camp, you'll have a thin mattress, blankets and sheets. Make sure you bring an extra sleeping sheet and a jumper if it's winter (you'd be surprised how cold it can get, even in the desert). Sleep under the stars and have one of those 'I’m so far from home' moments.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Todra Gorge - Dades Valley - You'll be getting up well before the crack of dawn this morning, so don’t forget to set your alarm. Climb to a nearby sand dune to catch the sunrise and experience the amazing interplay of light as the Sahara slowly comes alive. Head back for brekkie, collect the rest of your gear, and then travel west to Todra. You’ll come across a bright tablecloth of green that might seem so out of place you'll think you are dreaming. This valley is pretty impressive, with all the palm trees and mud-brick villages. Arrive at your hotel at the top of the valley, then perhaps take a hike into the gorge, where sheer cliffs rise more than 1000 feet above you.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Ait Benhaddou - From Todra Gorge, travel along the ‘Road of 1000 Kasbahs’ and enjoy views of the Dades Gorge. You'll also travel past Skoura, home to the beautiful little houses rising like a mirage beyond a dry riverbed. Quench your thirst with a mouthful of mint tea (the best in the world) at Tawesna teahouse, whose profits are devoted to the projects of the women association in the village. This experience is more than just a cuppa – it’s about discovering a culture, sharing a true moment and contributing to women’s economic inclusion. Continue to the medieval mud-brick town of Ait Benhaddou, which is at its best in the late afternoon sun. If you wonder why Ait Benhaddou looks familiar, it’s probably because you’ve seen it before! Perhaps not live, but certainly on the silver screen – think Gladiator and Game of Thrones – loads of movies and shows were filmed in this kasbah! Explore the many old streets and climb the fortress for a superb view of the Old Town. You can also (for a small fee) enter one of the most interesting old houses and climb up to the turrets for a view over the river. You'll spend the night just outside the walls.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: High Atlas - Marrakech - After breakfast today, continue west, taking in those countryside views as you wind your way up towards Tizi ‘n Tichka. This is a whopping 2260 m above sea level – the highest pass on the road to Marrakech. Leaving the Atlas behind, you'll descend into the plains surrounding Marrakech and arrive in the late afternoon. With no planned activities, this is a good chance to get lost in the fun of Djemaa el-Fna Square, where there are many fire eaters, fortune tellers, actors, musicians and hawkers vying for your attention.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Marrakech - Marrakech is a feast for the senses, and this morning you’ll get to venture out in the maze of streets with a local expert. Set off on a tour of the old medina, through the bustling souks and sample some sweet and savoury specialities in a tasting experience at a local restaurant. Think barbequed meats, fresh salads, mint tea and couscous. The rest of the day is free, so why not head out on a cycling trip, go quad-biking or indulge in a Luxury Hammam and Spa – the options are endless! You might also like to visit Le Jardin Secret – a traditional medina garden revived for the 21st century. Once owned by a powerful local chief U-Bihi – who was poisoned by Mohammed IV – this historic riad has one of the most beautiful courtyards in Marrakech, combining exotic and traditional Islamic gardens that are fed by original khettara, an underground irrigation system. Maybe visit AMAL Women’s Training Center for lunch – Amal is a non-profit organisation that helps disadvantaged women gain work experience by providing comprehensive training in gastronomy. Every year, 30 to 40 women complete the training, which helps them find appropriate employment and improve their living conditions. In the evening, you’ll undoubtedly be drawn back to Djemaa el-Fna for a night out on the town.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Marrakech - No activities are planned after breakfast this morning, why not become a Moroccan MasterChef in an Urban Adventure’s cooking masterclass with a local guide? Journey through the souks of Marrakech and shop for the best ingredients before learning the insider tricks to whip up a deliciously authentic tagine in a classic riad setting while getting to know the family that lives there. To find out more about ‘Tajine Cookery Class’, visit urbanadventures.com.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Casablanca - Salaam Aleikum! Welcome to Morocco. Your adventure begins today with a welcome meeting at 6 pm where you'll meet your local leader and fellow travellers. As there's little free time included in Casablanca on this trip, consider coming a day early to fully explore the city. Modelled after Marseille in France, the city is famous for its art deco buildings and you can wander the old medina and the city walls, then jump in a taxi to visit the Quartiers des Habous – the new medina. Maybe walk along the corniche, watching the locals play football on the beach or take it easy with a glass of sweet mint tea in one of the many great cafes. Tonight, join your group for a welcome dinner full of delicious traditional specialties.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Meknes to Moulay Idriss - Say goodbye to Casablanca and take an early train to Meknes. In the 17th century, Sultan Moulay Ismail turned Meknes from a provincial town to an Imperial city. When you arrive, get to know Meknes on an orientation walk with your leader. For lunch, visit a local restaurant in the medina to try a Moroccan delicacy – a deliciously rich camel burger! Next, drive on to Moulay Idriss and settle in at a local guesthouse, where the art of hand-rolled couscous is lovingly demonstrated, followed by an authentic Moroccan meal.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Chefchaoeun - This morning, drive to Chefchaouen, or the ‘blue city’ – arguably one of the prettiest places in Morocco, set against a wide valley between two peaks in the Rif Mountains. Its medina has been lovingly cared for with striking blue and whitewashed houses, red-tiled roofs and artistic doorways. Much of Chefchaouen was recreated by Andalusian refugees escaping the Reconquista, so you might feel like you're in the hills of Spain while exploring its streets. Tonight, you’ll get a real insight into Moroccan food with a homecooked dinner prepared with seasonal ingredients. As part of your meal, enjoy a taste of the town’s famous goat’s cheese. Herds of goats wander the sparse hillsides that surround Chefchaouen, and their cheese is popular accompaniment to any meal.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Fes - Enjoy your morning in Chefchaouen, taking in the sights, sounds and smells of the medina. In the afternoon, you’ll travel to Fes – the most complete medieval city in the Arab world. Fes is the spiritual and cultural heart of Morocco – a visual and pungent feast for the senses. You’ll have free time for the rest of the day to explore. This evening is a great time to seek out Moroccan specialities like harira (chickpea soup).

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Fes - Take a guided group walking tour of the Old City, known locally as Fes el Bali. Step back into the Middle Ages as you explore the labyrinth of the medina, which is alive with craftsmen, markets, tanneries and mosques. Pass donkeys piled high with goods (this is one of the largest car-free urban zones in the world) and explore the specialty sections that divide the souk. Look out for the Medersa Bou Inania – one of the city's most beautiful buildings, which has recently been restored and is now open to tourists. Then, visit a ceramics factory where you can see traditional handmade pottery being made. Your local leader will guide you on a 'tasting trail' along the way today before enjoying an evening cooking demonstration, where you’ll learn how to create one of the city's signature dishes – pastilla (a salty and sweet pastry parcel).

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Midelt - Start the day right with a tasty street food breakfast of msemmen (flatbread) with olive oil and boiled egg or omelette paired with coffee or mint tea. Then, leave the intensity of the city behind for the simplicity of the Middle Atlas Mountains. On the way, stop at a local supermarket and get a broader view of the contemporary food habits of modern Moroccans. Here, your leader will pick up some local snacks for the group. Drive south, through varied scenery – fertile valleys, cedar and pine forests and barren, rocky landscapes. The area is populated with wandering nomadic shepherds attending their flocks. Pass through cedar forests, home to North Africa's only monkey, Barbary apes, to Midelt. Sitting in a valley, Midelt is a market town originally built as a mining base and surrounded by farmland and orchards. Stretch your legs as you explore the nearby village of Bremmen and take a closer look at local farming life. Tonight, a special meal will be prepared using the aromatic herbs native to the region.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Merzouga - Enjoy a scenic drive towards the Sahara this morning, stopping along the way to admire the panoramic views of the kasbahs and palm groves (valleys lush with date palms, fields and orchards). You may also have a chance to pause in some of the frontier towns such as Erfoud and Rissani before reaching the small Saharan settlement of Merzouga. Enjoy a demonstration of medfouna (also called Amazigh pizza, this is a traditional stuffed bread prepared with meat, herbs and spices by the nomadic peoples of the High Atlas). Traditionally prepared by women to feed local farm workers, this hearty delicacy is a great introduction to the cuisine of the desert region. Later today, leave your gear at a simple auberge and then ride camels to the edge of the Sahara, enjoying a spectacular sunset along the way. Dinner this evening at your desert camp will be a traditional spread of Moroccan soup, tagine and seasonal fruit.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: M'Goun Valley - After breakfast, prepare for a scenic drive filled with changing landscapes on the way to the M'Goun Valley. The journey will take you past ancient kasbah ruins, former military outposts, austere mountains and valleys of palm trees and irrigated fields. Dinner tonight is an Amazigh tagine prepared in a traditional clay pot cooked over an open fire.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: M'Goun Valley - Early this morning, maybe explore the nearby village souk of Kelaat M'gouna or see some Moroccan bread-making techniques in action with a demonstration. Then, you’ll head out on foot to explore the beauty of this largely untouched Moroccan backcountry. Accompanied by a local guide, you’ll pass through Amazigh villages, meeting local people along the way. Pass through agricultural land and learn about the produce grown in the region, then try it for yourself with a plant-based dinner this evening. Tomatoes, beans, walnuts, almonds, figs, apples and grapes are all grown in the M'Goun Valley, which you might enjoy in a tagine, couscous, Moroccan soup and seasonal fruit platters.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Marrakech - Today, you’ll head to your final destination – Marrakech. On the way, stop by a women's cooperative, where they produce locally grown argan oil. A product that’s endemic to Morocco and used for both culinary and cosmetic purposes, you’ll see the trees that produce the argan oil and learn the process of how the workers extract it. Learn about how it’s used and all the benefits before continuing to Marrakech. When you arrive, a local guide will take you on an orientation walk and tasting trail through the medina. Visit a locally owned coffee shop for an insight into how this cultural practice uses hot sand to brew a unique, spiced coffee. This evening, maybe join the crowds for dinner at the famous Djemaa el-Fna – one of the largest public spaces in the world and unique to Marrakech. When night falls on this square, it transforms into a hive of activity, with henna painters, performers and storytellers sharing the square with a street food bazaar (where you can try snail soup)!

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Marrakech - Start your day by learning to prepare splendid Moroccan salads, a staple of the table, at the amazing Amal Association (our Intrepid Foundation partner) cooking centre – a non-profit empowering women through culinary skills and education, then feast on your creations for lunch. The afternoon is free to explore the sights of the city – you might like to drop by the Koutoubia Mosque or the dazzling Bahia Palace. In the evening, perhaps ascend the stairs of one of the surrounding restaurants for a birds-eye view of the action or head back into the medina for some shopping, where every step brings a new smell, a new sight or a new gift. This evening, you may like to join your group for a farewell dinner.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Marrakech - Your food adventure across Morocco comes to an end this morning. If you’re extending your stay, maybe stroll through the tropical gardens of the French painter Jacques Majorelle or return to the medina. The Saadian tombs are another recently uncovered gem of the medina. Be sure to take a break from the bustle to sip on tea or eat a tagine, filled with the quintessential flavours of Morocco.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Victoria Falls - Mhoro! Welcome to Zimbabwe and the mighty Victoria Falls. Your trip begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm. If you arrive early, why not check out some of the optional activities around Victoria Falls. The Zimbabwe side of the falls offers the broadest view of this colossal natural wonder, and the scenic helicopter flights are incredible – if you opt for one, the Zambezi Helicopter Company (CAA Zimbabwe) is the only operator Intrepid endorses. As this trip doesn’t include any activities in and around Victoria Falls, it’s recommended you organise your optional activities ahead of time and arrive a little earlier.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Hwange National Park - If you haven’t seen Victoria Falls yet, this morning is your last opportunity. You’ll have to arrive at opening time (6 am from September to April and 6.30 am from May to August). This is a great time to see the falls, as sunrise casts a unique light on the cascades and there are little tourists to interrupt the view. Then, you’ll leave Victoria Falls behind and head to Hwange National Park via the Victoria Falls Wildlife Trust – one of the projects The Intrepid Foundation supports. Here, you can learn about the rescue and rehabilitation of wildlife, human-wildlife conflict and the Trust’s role in anti-poaching. There may also be a chance to meet any rescued or orphaned wildlife currently in their care. Hwange National Park became the royal hunting grounds of the Ndebele warrior-king Mzilikazi in the early 19th century and was set aside as a national park in 1929. Today, Hwange boasts a tremendous selection of wildlife, with over 100 species of mammals and nearly 400 bird species. The elephants of Hwange are world famous – you'll find one of the largest elephant populations in Africa here! Spend this afternoon exploring and discover the arena in an open 4WD vehicle with expert local guides.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Matobo National Park - Make tracks for Matobo National Park this morning. Shortly after leaving Hwange, stop at the Painted Dog Conservation Centre. The loss of quality habitat and poaching are driving the painted dog (also known as African wild dog) towards extinction. Learn about how they protect and increase the range and numbers of painted dogs in Zimbabwe and the Hwange ecosystem as a whole. Then it's on to Bulawayo, Zimbabwe's second-largest city. Take a stroll through the streets lined with old buildings and stop in at a local cafe or restaurant for lunch before heading to your camp for the next two nights. Home to a large population of black and white rhinoceroses that can be tracked on foot, Matobo National Park is also the site of the grave of Cecil John Rhodes – the founder of Rhodesia and the De Beers diamond company. The Matobo area has great spiritual and cultural significance to the local people and there are many sites within the park where important ceremonies still take place.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Matobo National Park - Matobo National Park has an incredibly diverse range of birdlife and wildlife and is home to both Black and White rhino. This morning, you have a unique opportunity to track white rhinos on foot with the help of an expert local guide. There will also be the chance to spot other game – the park is home to klipspringers, leopards, warthogs and springhares. You can also learn about the various local plants and trees, including wild pear and paperbark, while discovering San paintings and the rock formations of the park. After lunch, venture to a nearby village and meet some of the local people. Learn about how it was when they were living in the hills and meet with some of the local personalities – including elderly chief Pondo.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Tshipise - This morning, leave Zimbabwe behind and cross a very busy border post – the only direct border crossing between Zimbabwe and South Africa. You should arrive at your camping site on the edge of Honnet Nature Reserve in the late afternoon. Relax and enjoy the extensive facilities available including an indoor and outdoor pool, putt putt, a nature trail.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Makushu Village - Make your way to Makushu – a small village in the Limpopo Province of South Africa. When you arrive, you’ll be met by a local village guide. You’ll be staying with homestay host mothers in their family homes. With no two days the same for local villagers, you might be taking part in activities like beading, dancing, beer tasting and cooking. Tonight, you can interact with the local villagers and learn the traditional Venda ways.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Kruger National Park - After breakfast today, you’ll make the epic journey towards Kruger National Park. Along the way, you'll get the extraordinary opportunity to visit the Black Mambas headquarters, the world's first all-female anti-poaching unit made up of 36 young African women. Supported by the Intrepid Foundation, the Black Mambas are turning a traditionally male-dominated industry on its head, they’re putting their female prowess to work protecting the wildlife of Kruger National Park in an unconventional way. Discover how they find and destroy snares left by poachers, set up roadblocks, patrol park perimeters, and then get an exclusive inside look into their ops room. Afterwards, head to your campsite inside Kruger National Park and fall asleep to the sounds of the wild.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Kruger National Park - Today, you'll embark on a full-day 4WD safari in the vast Kruger National Park, a wildlife sanctuary comparable in size to countries like Belgium and Wales. Home to the iconic "Big Five"—lions, leopards, elephants, buffalo, and rhinos—Kruger offers an outstanding wildlife experience in one of the world’s premier conservation areas. In addition to spotting these majestic animals, keep an eye out for giraffes, zebras, hippos, and the elusive, endangered African wild dog. As you venture deep into prime wildlife viewing zones, you'll likely encounter a diverse array of species, from graceful antelopes and elands to fast-moving cheetahs and powerful rhinos, all within the park’s breathtaking savannas and forests.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Johannesburg - It's time to head to Johannesburg. Along the way, you’ll take in amazing vistas at the 3 Rondavals viewpoint over Blyde River Canyon and Bourke's Luck Potholes. This is a magnificent lookout where cloud cover is usually at a minimum. Your African safari adventure comes to an end when you arrive in Johannesburg this evening. If you’d like to extend your stay, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Victoria Falls - Mhoro! Welcome to Zimbabwe. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm in Victoria Falls. If you arrive early, maybe head to the Shear Water Activity Centre to see what optional activities are available. Maybe take on the flying fox and the gorge swing or explore the village and township. You can even take a helicopter flight over the cascades and see this land from a bird’s eye view. After the welcome meeting, enjoy a traditional dinner prepared for you by a local women’s cooperative who will proudly prepare your meal using fresh, locally grown ingredients and demonstrate the traditional ways Zimbabweans eat their food. Learn how this initiative not only helps provide vital income for the cooperative members but also benefits the broader Victoria Falls community.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Chobe National Park - Travel to Chobe National Park in Botswana this morning. You’ll stop at the Victoria Falls Wildlife Trust along the way – one of The Intrepid Foundation’s projects. Here, you’ll learn about the rescue and rehabilitation of wildlife, the human-wildlife conflict and the trust’s role in anti-poaching. There may also be a chance to meet any rescued or orphaned wildlife currently in their care. Chobe National Park was the first national park to be established in Botswana and is best known for its high concentration of elephants, which can often be seen swimming in the Chobe River. The river also attracts wallowing hippos, a variety of birdlife and crocodiles that like to sun themselves by the water's edge. Cheetahs and lions also come down to drink in the river, so if you’re lucky, you might spot one of the predators, too! In the late afternoon, embark on a scenic sunset cruise on the Chobe River guided by an expert local guide and look out for wildlife.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Maun - This morning, there's time for a morning game drive for those who would like to further explore this beautiful park. As well as elephants, you might see some of Chobe National Park's other noble creatures – from giraffes and zebras to impala and tsessebe (African antelope). Then, it's time to head to Maun. This town is the gateway to one of the world's most famous and most complex ecosystems – the Okavango Delta. It’s a bit of a long drive to get there, so grab a window seat if you can and take the opportunity to soak in the everchanging landscape.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Okavango Delta - Travel into the unspoiled wilderness this morning for an adventurous camping experience. The Okavango Delta is unlike anything in the world – a 16,000 square km maze of wetlands made up of waterways, green islands, lush plains and prolific wildlife. The delta is filled with diverse flora and fauna, including hippos, crocodiles, elephants and big cats, but the main attraction is really the incredible ecosystem. You'll explore the waterways by mokoros (traditional dugout canoes navigated by friendly local 'polers'). Spend some time exploring on foot with your experienced and knowledgeable guides and learn more about how the delta works. Tonight, camp on a remote island in the heart of the wilds and listen to the nocturnal creatures of the African bush come to life as the sun goes down.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Okavango Delta - It's an early start this morning as you venture out for a sunrise walk to catch a glimpse of some local elephants and maybe a few Cape buffalo. After, return to camp for breakfast and enjoy a leisurely free day to relax. You might like to take a swim or go on an afternoon walk. There’s also the opportunity to go for another mokoro trip. You may notice that the mokoros of today are made with fibreglass but retain their original shape – this strikes a balance between tradition and sustainability.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Maun - This morning, enjoy a relaxing morning to say goodbye to the delta. Then, it’s on to your next stop. After taking down your camp, head out on a mokoro safari on your way out of the Delta then board the vehicle back to Maun. When you arrive, you’ll have the option to take a scenic helicopter flight over Maun and the delta, seeing things from a bird's eye view.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Khama Rhino Sanctuary - Travel to the Khama Rhino Sanctuary this morning. On the edge of the Kalahari Desert, the Khama Rhino Sanctuary is a community-based conservation project staffed by local village residents. Built in a former hunting area to protect Botswana's only remaining populations of both black and white rhinos, the sanctuary is also home to other wildlife including zebras, giraffes, leopards, ostriches and wildebeest, all of which can be seen around the many natural waterholes. Visiting this project benefits local communities and contributes to the protection of the highly endangered white rhinoceros. In the evening, head out on a dusk game drive in an open safari vehicle with an expert local ranger to see the rhinos (this will be replaced by a dawn game drive if the group arrives at the sanctuary too late).

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Johannesburg - Cross the border into South Africa and travel on to Johannesburg (approximately 10–11 hours). Johannesburg is a sprawling city of remarkable contrasts. As you come into town, you'll likely see opulent mansions alongside tin-roof shacks, and verdant city parks alongside the concrete. Enjoy a relaxing evening upon arrival.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Johannesburg (Soweto) - Head to Soweto and take to the streets on a bicycle. Learn about the Soweto uprising and the resistance against apartheid. It's interesting to see how the community has changed and developed into what it is today. You'll also visit a former migrant workers' hostel and stop at many other local landmarks. Your cycling adventure should finish at around 3 pm today, whereafter you will be returned to your hotel in Johannesburg. With no further activities planned, your trip comes to an end at this point.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Antananarivo - Tonga soa! Bienvenue! Welcome to Antananarivo, Madagascar's crowded but charming capital. Your adventure officially begins with a welcome meeting at 5 pm. If you decide to arrive early, take some time to get acquainted with the city. With cobbled streets, wooden houses and impressive churches, ‘Tana’ has a distinctly romantic air. Perhaps wander the streets of Haute-Ville or visit the permanent Analakely street market. After your welcome meeting this evening, perhaps get to know your new friends over an optional dinner.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Miandrivazo - Be prepared for a long drive as you begin the journey west this morning. Maybe kick back with a book or get to know your fellow travellers during the drive to Miandrivazo, a small city that will act as the starting point for your adventure down the Tsiribihina River. On arrival, check in to the hotel and listen to a briefing on essential information for your two-day cruise. Head out to pick any extra supplies you may need or desire for the next few days, then get some rest in preparation for tomorrow.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Tsiribihina River - Rise and shine for the 35-kilometre drive (approx 2hrs) to Masiakampy, where you will find a traditional barge waiting to escort you along the Tsiribihina River. These flat bottom boats were once used to transport tobacco, but without that precious cargo they make a comfortable way to cruise along the water and access the remote reaches of western Madagascar. For the next few days, you’ll have the chance to spot wildlife on the banks and in the water, enjoy easy walks to hidden waterfalls and stop off in rural villages. Climb aboard and meet the crew, then settle in and enjoy some lunch as you travel through flat farming plains and enter the dramatic gorges of the Tsiribihina, stopping in the afternoon to trek to a waterfall before returning to a large sandbank to set up camp.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Tsiribihina River - Enjoy a full day gliding along the water today, travelling into the heart of the river and waving to the locals on the banks and barges as you pass. In the absence of roads, nature flourishes along the river in this part of Madagascar – watch out for herds of zebus crossing the river, and flashes of colour as you look for bee-eaters, herons, and egrets in this bird lovers’ paradise. Stop occasionally for a village walk or a short trek for animal spotting before setting up camp at a village along the shore. This evening, light a campfire and enjoy some traditional Malagasy music and dancing with the locals.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Bekopaka - Enjoy one last morning along the Tsiribihina river before disembarking the boat and bidding farewell to the crew. Make a quick stop at Belo-sur-Tsiribihina, a small village nestled in the marshes and mangroves of the Delta, to check out the market and grab some lunch before beginning the 5-hour 4x4 off-road drive to Bekopaka. Once we arrive, take the rest of the day to enjoy a swim or a refreshing shower and rest your weary limbs. Tomorrow, you’ll be taking on the Small Tsingy.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Bekopaka (The Small Tsingy) - Rise early, pick a comfortable outfit and pack some snacks, as today you’ll spend up to five hours trekking through the Small Tsingy, located in Bemaraha National Park. Scramble and navigate through a labyrinth of limestone formations that resemble a forest made of rock. Stop at two lookout points along the way for photo opportunities and a chance to take in the impressive surrounds. In the afternoon, unwind with a float down the Manambolo River on a pirogue (wooden dugout canoe) under the shadow of these towering rock cliffs. Enjoy an easy afternoon cave stroll, taking the sight of stalactites, stalagmites and the eerie tombs of the Vazimba – said to be the earliest inhabitants of Madagascar.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Bekopaka (The Great Tsingy) - Embrace another early start this morning and prepare for another action-packed trip to the Great Tsingy. Getting up early again might be a struggle, but it’s the best way to beat the heat and more intense crowds. Largely unexplored until the 1990s (the name Tsingy is very roughly translated as ‘place where one cannot walk barefoot’ in Malagasy), the area is now easier to navigate due to a series of bridges, semi-permanent climbing plugs and other equipment. Feel your heart stop as you pass over a sheer drop via a suspended bridge, a truly breathtaking experience that those with vertigo may wish to skip. Animal lovers should keep an eye out for 11 species of lemurs, 100 species of birds and 45 endemic reptiles and amphibians, including the Madagascar iguana and Antsingy leaf chameleon.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Morondava - There is another long day of travel ahead - including an 8-hour 4x4 adventure on bumpy roads. Grab that book or download a podcast and prepare to keep yourself occupied as you cross the Manambolo River and the Tsiribihina River by ferry, arriving in the laid-back seaside town of Morondava in time for a spectacular sunset in the Avenue of the Baobabs. These cartoonish, towering trees are native to Madagascar, and the variety you’ll see lit from behind this evening are adansonia grandidieri, the tallest of them all. Watch the sky turn pink and yellow and finally cast these trees – many of which are up to 800 years old – in shadow. Spend the night in Morondava and take a well-deserved rest.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Miandrivazo - Take some time this morning to enjoy free time in Morondava. You may choose to relax on the beach or visit the local markets. This afternoon we will make our way to Miandrivazo.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Antsirabe - Depart this morning for Antsirabe, the capital of the Vakinankaratra region. Along the way, enjoy an easy trek in the countryside and discover the beauty of the local lakes, including the emerald-green waters of Tritiva, an extinct crater surrounded by verdant forest. Hike through the lakes district and sit down for a picnic-style lunch. Antsirabe maintains a Malagasy touch, thanks to the contrast of its bustling street markets and French-inspired facades. Located in the highlands, it's a popular spa town thanks to the hot springs and thermal baths, and the colourful rickshaws known as 'pousse-pousse' are a popular form of transport.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Antananarivo - Welcome back to bustling Antananarivo. You'll arrive at approximately 2 pm, before the second part of your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 5 pm, where you'll have the opportunity to meet your new travel companions and, potentially, your new leader. After the meeting, why not head out for an optional dinner with your new group at a local restaurant?

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Ifaty - Start your day with an early morning flight to Tulear, where you'll head straight to Reniala Private Park for a memorable breakfast beneath the majestic baobab trees. Afterward, a local guide will lead you on a walk through the Spiny Forest, one of the last remaining areas of primary forest in southern Madagascar. Along the botanical trail, you'll encounter fascinating trees, including the towering baobabs with varieties like the 'dwarf,' 'teapot,' and 'rhinoceros,' some reaching over 13 meters in circumference. Birdwatchers can look forward to spotting rare species such as the Long-tailed Roller and Red-headed Coua among the 65 bird species in the reserve. During your walk, you'll also learn about Madagascar's unique flora, their traditional uses, and the vital importance of preserving this fragile ecosystem. The reserve further contributes to the local community by creating employment opportunities, particularly for women.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Ifaty - Today is yours to enjoy at your leisure. You might choose to relax by the pool or beach or take a stroll through the hotel’s stunning gardens. Looking for something more active? Why not visit the Recycling Museum in Tulear, an institution dedicated to environmental protection and raising awareness among locals and visitors alike.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Isalo National Park - Depart from Ifaty in the morning and make your way to Tulear. Here, your leader will show you the sites and sounds of Tulear with its charming buildings, wide lanes, and vibrant rickshaws (pousse-pousse) zipping through the streets. Locals prefer rickshaws over cars, keeping the air refreshingly clean for a city of its size. Explore tree-lined avenues with tamarind and flamboyant trees, and enjoy the lively atmosphere created by its diverse community. Afterward, pick up some food for lunch and continue to Isalo National Park.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Isalo National Park - After breakfast today, you’ll make tracks to Isalo National Park for a full day of exploration with your leader. Isalo is known for its variety of landscapes, from rainforests and rolling plains teeming with life to strange geological formations and deep-cut canyons. The park is home to over 80 species of birds, 30 species of reptiles and 14 species of mammals, including three lemur species – ring-tailed, red-fronted and the dancing sifakas lemur!

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Fianarantsoa - Today, you’ll say goodbye to Isalo National Park and hit the road for Fianarantsoa – a colourful town known for its heritage site. Along the way, you’ll stop at the Anja Community Reserve. The forest in Anja was designated a protected area by the Government of Madagascar in 1999. The reserve extends over 30 hectares and is enriched with all kinds of flora and fauna, most notable for its dense population of semi-tame ring-tailed lemurs. Anja has become a vital example of how community management of natural resources can effectively protect the area and benefit the community. Based on their individual skill sets, some locals work as guides and spotters or they perform administrative tasks for the reserve. The villagers will be your guides as you explore the reserve this afternoon. Tonight, you’ll stay at Ecole Hoteliere La Riziere at the foot of Fianarantsoa’s Old Town. This hotel sits above the town on a hill, providing views of the community and the rice fields below. It also doubles as a school, providing basic hospitality training to young people in the community, 65% of whom are female. Their education includes learning the challenges of sustainable development and the income from the establishment finances this training, making it possible to reduce the tuition fees for disadvantaged students.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Ranomafana - Today you’ll explore the long, paved roads, twisting alleys and old houses of Fianarantsoa. Wander past tiled roofs and flower-studded balconies, then visit a typical Malagasy village for an insight into how most of the island's population live. Explore the surrounding countryside, dotted with rice paddies and vineyards that produce Fianarantsoa's famous wine. You'll get a chance to sample the local cuisine with a lunch stop in the village. In the afternoon, travel to Ranomafana National Park. This area is a haven for small mammals, birds, reptiles and insects, as well as palms, bamboo, orchids and carnivorous plants. This park is also home to 13 species of lemur, including the famous golden bamboo lemur, which was first reported in the area in 1985. Its presence is one of the main reasons why the government decided to protect this forest. With your free time later this afternoon, maybe visit the thermal springs the town is named after – located across the Namorona River. The outdoor swimming pool fed by the springs is a popular spot to take a dip.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Ranomafana - Today, you’ll explore Ranomafana National Park on a four-hour guided walk. Keep your eyes peeled for lemurs, striped civets, mongooses, goshawks, geckos, frogs, and butterflies. You may even spot an incredible net-casting spider or the world's smallest chameleon. Today, you’ll explore Ranomafana National Park on a 4-hour guided walk. Keep your eyes peeled for lemurs, striped civets, mongooses, goshawks, geckos, frogs and butterflies. You may even spot the incredible net-casting spider or the world's smallest chameleon! Then, transfer to ValBio Research Centre, which sits just outside the beautifully lush national park – under the direction of renowned primatologist Patricia C. Wright, the centre works to protect Madagascar’s unique and biologically diverse ecosystems through conservation projects that directly benefit local communities. You’ll get a chance to tour the centre with a researcher and sit down for an informal session to learn about the work they do. Have some lunch here, then if you have the energy, maybe head out on another included walk through the national park to spot more wildlife.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Ambositra - Today, you’ll make the journey to Ambositra – home to the third-largest ethnic group in Madagascar, the Betsileo people. Ambositra is known as the arts, crafts and wood carving capital of Madagascar. You’ll stop by the Id’om Art workshop and learn more about marquetry – the practise of cutting and assembling small pieces of coloured wood, using a hand-operated jigsaw. The jigsaw is created from old car tyres’ wire and it can take up to 2 months to make a 1-m-wide artwork. You’ll see how these craftsmen create their amazingly detailed marquetry with sheets of naturally coloured wood and you’ll have the opportunity to browse the impressive artworks on display.

     

    Day - 20

    Location: Antsirabe - This morning, you'll visit the nearby Sandrandahy association to learn about the process of silk production, which is an important part of Malagasy culture. When a Malagasy is buried, their body is wrapped in a large silk sheet known as a 'lambamena' and after a few years, the family traditionally returns to the tomb to exchange the sheet for a new one. The association supports over 40 women from neighbouring villages – a holistic approach to community development, with traditional silk weaving as its hub. After learning more about this initiative, you’ll drive to Antsirabe, located in the Malagasy highlands. This evening, sit down for a group dinner in the gazebo within the grounds of the guest house.

     

    Day - 21

    Location: Andasibe National Park - Today is a long travel day as you make your way to Andasibe. The most visited park in Madagascar, Andasibe National Park is famous for the 11 species of lemur that call this place home. This afternoon, relax at your accommodation and get ready for tomorrow’s adventures.

     

    Day - 22

    Location: Andasibe National Park - This morning, you’ll set out to discover all the unique wildlife in Andasibe National Park on a guided walk. Look out for lemurs, endemic birds, frogs and insects. Later, you'll take a night walk through the forest of Analamazaotra Special Reserve. This forest was formed in 1999 by residents of the village of Andasibe in east-central Madagascar. Today, the organisation is composed of more than 50 members from the local community who focus on conservation, research and sustainable development initiatives. In total, the reserve positively impacts more than 400 households in the Andasibe area. Experience the rainforest after dark, where nocturnal mouse lemurs, chameleons, geckos, frogs and fireflies come alive.

     

    Day - 23

    Location: Antananarivo - After breakfast this morning you’ll head off for your final stop in Antananarivo. When you arrive back in Antananarivo, you’ll take part in a hands-on Madagascan chocolate workshop led by a local chocolate maker. Learn about the ingredients used in chocolate-making, the refinement process and some of the secrets as to why Malagasy chocolate is so unique and delicious. After preparing your own take-home chocolate creations, Malagasy pastries will be served with a selection of local teas, coffees and for the courageous, rhum arranges (flavoured rum). Tonight, why not keep the celebrations going with a final dinner with your group and toast your Madagascar adventure with a local beer or two.

     

    Day - 24

    Location: Antananarivo - With no activities planned for today, your adventure ends after breakfast and you’re free to leave at any time. If you’d like to extend your time in Antananarivo, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Antananarivo - Tonga Soa! Welcome to Madagascar. You'll start your journey in the country's capital – the bustling Antananarivo, surrounded by rolling hills. If you arrive early, maybe head to Analakey to visit the street markets or seek out a cafe to soak up the local atmosphere. You might also like to check out the Musee de la Photographie – a small museum showcasing the history of Madagascar between 1850 and 1870 through a series of old photographs assembled into short videos. Your adventure officially begins with a welcome meeting at 5 pm tonight. After, why not keep the introductions going with an optional dinner with your group at a local restaurant.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Ifaty - Start your day with an early morning flight to Tulear, where you'll head straight to Reniala Private Park for a memorable breakfast beneath the majestic baobab trees. Afterward, a local guide will lead you on a walk through the Spiny Forest, one of the last remaining areas of primary forest in southern Madagascar. Along the botanical trail, you'll encounter fascinating trees, including the towering baobabs with varieties like the 'dwarf,' 'teapot,' and 'rhinoceros,' some reaching over 13 meters in circumference. Birdwatchers can look forward to spotting rare species such as the Long-tailed Roller and Red-headed Coua among the 65 bird species in the reserve. During your walk, you'll also learn about Madagascar's unique flora, their traditional uses, and the vital importance of preserving this fragile ecosystem. The reserve further contributes to the local community by creating employment opportunities, particularly for women.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Ifaty - Today is yours to enjoy at your leisure. You might choose to relax by the pool or beach or take a stroll through the hotel’s stunning gardens. Looking for something more active? Why not visit the Recycling Museum in Tulear, an institution dedicated to environmental protection and raising awareness among locals and visitors alike.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Isalo National Park - Depart from Ifaty in the morning and make your way to Tulear. Here, your leader will show you the sites and sounds of Tulear with its charming buildings, wide lanes, and vibrant rickshaws (pousse-pousse) zipping through the streets. Locals prefer rickshaws over cars, keeping the air refreshingly clean for a city of its size. Explore tree-lined avenues with tamarind and flamboyant trees, and enjoy the lively atmosphere created by its diverse community. Afterward, pick up some food for lunch and continue to Isalo National Park.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Isalo National Park - After breakfast today, you’ll make tracks to Isalo National Park for a full day of exploration with your leader. Isalo is known for its variety of landscapes, from rainforests and rolling plains teeming with life to strange geological formations and deep-cut canyons. The park is home to over 80 species of birds, 30 species of reptiles and 14 species of mammals, including three lemur species – ring-tailed, red-fronted and the dancing sifakas lemur!

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Fianarantsoa - Today, you’ll say goodbye to Isalo National Park and hit the road for Fianarantsoa – a colourful town known for its heritage site. Along the way, you’ll stop at the Anja Community Reserve. The forest in Anja was designated a protected area by the Government of Madagascar in 1999. The reserve extends over 30 hectares and is enriched with all kinds of flora and fauna, most notable for its dense population of semi-tame ring-tailed lemurs. Anja has become a vital example of how community management of natural resources can effectively protect the area and benefit the community. Based on their individual skill sets, some locals work as guides and spotters or they perform administrative tasks for the reserve. The villagers will be your guides as you explore the reserve this afternoon. Tonight, you’ll stay at Ecole Hoteliere La Riziere at the foot of Fianarantsoa’s Old Town. This hotel sits above the town on a hill, providing views of the community and the rice fields below. It also doubles as a school, providing basic hospitality training to young people in the community, 65% of whom are female. Their education includes learning the challenges of sustainable development and the income from the establishment finances this training, making it possible to reduce the tuition fees for disadvantaged students.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Ranomafana - Today you’ll explore the long, paved roads, twisting alleys and old houses of Fianarantsoa. Wander past tiled roofs and flower-studded balconies, then visit a typical Malagasy village for an insight into how most of the island's population live. Explore the surrounding countryside, dotted with rice paddies and vineyards that produce Fianarantsoa's famous wine. You'll get a chance to sample the local cuisine with a lunch stop in the village. In the afternoon, travel to Ranomafana National Park. This area is a haven for small mammals, birds, reptiles and insects, as well as palms, bamboo, orchids and carnivorous plants. This park is also home to 13 species of lemur, including the famous golden bamboo lemur, which was first reported in the area in 1985. Its presence is one of the main reasons why the government decided to protect this forest. With your free time later this afternoon, maybe visit the thermal springs the town is named after – located across the Namorona River. The outdoor swimming pool fed by the springs is a popular spot to take a dip.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Ranomafana - Today, you’ll explore Ranomafana National Park on a four-hour guided walk. Keep your eyes peeled for lemurs, striped civets, mongooses, goshawks, geckos, frogs, and butterflies. You may even spot an incredible net-casting spider or the world's smallest chameleon. Today, you’ll explore Ranomafana National Park on a 4-hour guided walk. Keep your eyes peeled for lemurs, striped civets, mongooses, goshawks, geckos, frogs and butterflies. You may even spot the incredible net-casting spider or the world's smallest chameleon! Then, transfer to ValBio Research Centre, which sits just outside the beautifully lush national park – under the direction of renowned primatologist Patricia C. Wright, the centre works to protect Madagascar’s unique and biologically diverse ecosystems through conservation projects that directly benefit local communities. You’ll get a chance to tour the centre with a researcher and sit down for an informal session to learn about the work they do. Have some lunch here, then if you have the energy, maybe head out on another included walk through the national park to spot more wildlife.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Ambositra - Today, you’ll make the journey to Ambositra – home to the third-largest ethnic group in Madagascar, the Betsileo people. Ambositra is known as the arts, crafts and wood carving capital of Madagascar. You’ll stop by the Id’om Art workshop and learn more about marquetry – the practise of cutting and assembling small pieces of coloured wood, using a hand-operated jigsaw. The jigsaw is created from old car tyres’ wire and it can take up to 2 months to make a 1-m-wide artwork. You’ll see how these craftsmen create their amazingly detailed marquetry with sheets of naturally coloured wood and you’ll have the opportunity to browse the impressive artworks on display.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Antsirabe - This morning, you'll visit the nearby Sandrandahy association to learn about the process of silk production, which is an important part of Malagasy culture. When a Malagasy is buried, their body is wrapped in a large silk sheet known as a 'lambamena' and after a few years, the family traditionally returns to the tomb to exchange the sheet for a new one. The association supports over 40 women from neighbouring villages – a holistic approach to community development, with traditional silk weaving as its hub. After learning more about this initiative, you’ll drive to Antsirabe, located in the Malagasy highlands. This evening, sit down for a group dinner in the gazebo within the grounds of the guest house.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Andasibe National Park - Today is a long travel day as you make your way to Andasibe. The most visited park in Madagascar, Andasibe National Park is famous for the 11 species of lemur that call this place home. This afternoon, relax at your accommodation and get ready for tomorrow’s adventures.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Andasibe National Park - This morning, you’ll set out to discover all the unique wildlife in Andasibe National Park on a guided walk. Look out for lemurs, endemic birds, frogs and insects. Later, you'll take a night walk through the forest of Analamazaotra Special Reserve. This forest was formed in 1999 by residents of the village of Andasibe in east-central Madagascar. Today, the organisation is composed of more than 50 members from the local community who focus on conservation, research and sustainable development initiatives. In total, the reserve positively impacts more than 400 households in the Andasibe area. Experience the rainforest after dark, where nocturnal mouse lemurs, chameleons, geckos, frogs and fireflies come alive.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Antananarivo - After breakfast this morning you’ll head off for your final stop in Antananarivo. When you arrive back in Antananarivo, you’ll take part in a hands-on Madagascan chocolate workshop led by a local chocolate maker. Learn about the ingredients used in chocolate-making, the refinement process and some of the secrets as to why Malagasy chocolate is so unique and delicious. After preparing your own take-home chocolate creations, Malagasy pastries will be served with a selection of local teas, coffees and for the courageous, rhum arranges (flavoured rum). Tonight, why not keep the celebrations going with a final dinner with your group and toast your Madagascar adventure with a local beer or two.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Antananarivo - With no activities planned for today, your adventure ends after breakfast and you’re free to leave at any time. If you’d like to extend your time in Antananarivo, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Antananarivo - Tonga soa! Bienvenue! Welcome to Antananarivo, Madagascar's crowded but charming capital. Your adventure officially begins with a welcome meeting at 5 pm. If you decide to arrive early, take some time to get acquainted with the city. With cobbled streets, wooden houses and impressive churches, ‘Tana’ has a distinctly romantic air. Perhaps wander the streets of Haute-Ville or visit the permanent Analakely street market. After your welcome meeting this evening, perhaps get to know your new friends over an optional dinner.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Miandrivazo - Be prepared for a long drive as you begin the journey west this morning. Maybe kick back with a book or get to know your fellow travellers during the drive to Miandrivazo, a small city that will act as the starting point for your adventure down the Tsiribihina River. On arrival, check in to the hotel and listen to a briefing on essential information for your two-day cruise. Head out to pick any extra supplies you may need or desire for the next few days, then get some rest in preparation for tomorrow.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Tsiribihina River - Rise and shine for the 35-kilometre drive (approx 2hrs) to Masiakampy, where you will find a traditional barge waiting to escort you along the Tsiribihina River. These flat bottom boats were once used to transport tobacco, but without that precious cargo they make a comfortable way to cruise along the water and access the remote reaches of western Madagascar. For the next few days, you’ll have the chance to spot wildlife on the banks and in the water, enjoy easy walks to hidden waterfalls and stop off in rural villages. Climb aboard and meet the crew, then settle in and enjoy some lunch as you travel through flat farming plains and enter the dramatic gorges of the Tsiribihina, stopping in the afternoon to trek to a waterfall before returning to a large sandbank to set up camp.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Tsiribihina River - Enjoy a full day gliding along the water today, travelling into the heart of the river and waving to the locals on the banks and barges as you pass. In the absence of roads, nature flourishes along the river in this part of Madagascar – watch out for herds of zebus crossing the river, and flashes of colour as you look for bee-eaters, herons, and egrets in this bird lovers’ paradise. Stop occasionally for a village walk or a short trek for animal spotting before setting up camp at a village along the shore. This evening, light a campfire and enjoy some traditional Malagasy music and dancing with the locals.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Bekopaka - Enjoy one last morning along the Tsiribihina river before disembarking the boat and bidding farewell to the crew. Make a quick stop at Belo-sur-Tsiribihina, a small village nestled in the marshes and mangroves of the Delta, to check out the market and grab some lunch before beginning the 5-hour 4x4 off-road drive to Bekopaka. Once we arrive, take the rest of the day to enjoy a swim or a refreshing shower and rest your weary limbs. Tomorrow, you’ll be taking on the Small Tsingy.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Bekopaka (The Small Tsingy) - Rise early, pick a comfortable outfit and pack some snacks, as today you’ll spend up to five hours trekking through the Small Tsingy, located in Bemaraha National Park. Scramble and navigate through a labyrinth of limestone formations that resemble a forest made of rock. Stop at two lookout points along the way for photo opportunities and a chance to take in the impressive surrounds. In the afternoon, unwind with a float down the Manambolo River on a pirogue (wooden dugout canoe) under the shadow of these towering rock cliffs. Enjoy an easy afternoon cave stroll, taking the sight of stalactites, stalagmites and the eerie tombs of the Vazimba – said to be the earliest inhabitants of Madagascar.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Bekopaka (The Great Tsingy) - Embrace another early start this morning and prepare for another action-packed trip to the Great Tsingy. Getting up early again might be a struggle, but it’s the best way to beat the heat and more intense crowds. Largely unexplored until the 1990s (the name Tsingy is very roughly translated as ‘place where one cannot walk barefoot’ in Malagasy), the area is now easier to navigate due to a series of bridges, semi-permanent climbing plugs and other equipment. Feel your heart stop as you pass over a sheer drop via a suspended bridge, a truly breathtaking experience that those with vertigo may wish to skip. Animal lovers should keep an eye out for 11 species of lemurs, 100 species of birds and 45 endemic reptiles and amphibians, including the Madagascar iguana and Antsingy leaf chameleon.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Morondava - There is another long day of travel ahead - including an 8-hour 4x4 adventure on bumpy roads. Grab that book or download a podcast and prepare to keep yourself occupied as you cross the Manambolo River and the Tsiribihina River by ferry, arriving in the laid-back seaside town of Morondava in time for a spectacular sunset in the Avenue of the Baobabs. These cartoonish, towering trees are native to Madagascar, and the variety you’ll see lit from behind this evening are adansonia grandidieri, the tallest of them all. Watch the sky turn pink and yellow and finally cast these trees – many of which are up to 800 years old – in shadow. Spend the night in Morondava and take a well-deserved rest.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Miandrivazo - Take some time this morning to enjoy free time in Morondava. You may choose to relax on the beach or visit the local markets. This afternoon we will make our way to Miandrivazo.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Antsirabe - Depart this morning for Antsirabe, the capital of the Vakinankaratra region. Along the way, enjoy an easy trek in the countryside and discover the beauty of the local lakes, including the emerald-green waters of Tritiva, an extinct crater surrounded by verdant forest. Hike through the lakes district and sit down for a picnic-style lunch. Antsirabe maintains a Malagasy touch, thanks to the contrast of its bustling street markets and French-inspired facades. Located in the highlands, it's a popular spa town thanks to the hot springs and thermal baths, and the colourful rickshaws known as 'pousse-pousse' are a popular form of transport.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Antananarivo - Make your return to the capital city of Antananarivo this morning where our trip comes to an end around 2 pm.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Victoria Falls - Mhoro! Welcome to Zimbabwe. Your adventure begins with an important welcome meeting at 6 pm. If you arrive early, why not check out some of the optional activities around Victoria Falls? The Zimbabwe side of the falls offers the broadest view of this colossal natural wonder. Scenic helicopter flights are incredible and take you over the thundering cascades.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Victoria Falls - Guess what? You’re at the edge of the greatest curtain of falling water in the world. After a leader-led orientation walk of the town, enjoy a day of free time to take up one of many activities on offer in the area including a gorge swing or white-water rafting! There are many ways to take in the thundering sight and sound of the falls. These staggering cascades are about a mile wide, falling 108 metres into a narrow gorge below. In the wet season, the spray rises high and the falls become a torrent; in the dry season, the lack of spray gives way to a nice view of the islets in the river below. Meet up in the afternoon for a local brewery tour and tasting in town and get to know your new travel pals. Then perhaps kick on with an optional sunset cruise down the Zambezi River .

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Hwange National Park - Leave Victoria Falls behind and head to Hwange National Park. En route, stop via the Victoria Falls Wildlife Trust – one of the Intrepid Foundation’s projects - where you can learn about the rescue and rehabilitation of wildlife, human-wildlife conflict and their role in anti-poaching. There may also be a chance to meet any rescued or orphaned wildlife currently in their care. After, explore the stunning arena of Hwange in an open 4x4 vehicle. This national park became the royal hunting grounds of the Ndebele warrior-king Mzilikazi in the early 19th century and was set aside as a national park in 1929. Today, Hwange boasts a massive selection of wildlife, with over 100 species of mammals and nearly 400 bird species. But it's the elephants this place is famous for – here you'll find one of the largest elephant populations in Africa.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Matobo National Park - Make tracks for Matobos with a short detour through Bulawayo, checking out its colonial architecture, before heading to your camp for the next two nights. Home to a large population of black and white rhinoceros that can be tracked on foot, Matobo National Park is also the site of the grave of Cecil John Rhodes, the founder of Rhodesia and the De Beers diamond company. The Matobos area has great spiritual and cultural significance to the local people and there are many sites within the park where important ceremonies still take place. For those interested in the culinary side of southern African food, tonight your cook can provide a cooking class while you help prepare this evening’s delicious meal.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Matobo National Park - Good morning from mighty Matobos. You’re free to do as you please, but what is highly recommended is heading to Matobo Hills and spending the day tracking rhinos and other game animals with the help of your guide on an optional tour. The park is home to so much wildlife, including klipspringers, leopards, warthogs and springhares. Along the way, learn about the flora in the area and find old bushman paintings, see rock formations and learn the history of the area. Then it's off to nearby villages to meet some of the local community. It’s definitely a day you won’t want to miss.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Tshipise - This morning, you will depart Zimbabwe and cross the bustling border post, the only direct crossing between Zimbabwe and South Africa. You’re expected to arrive at your campsite on the edge of Honnet Nature Reserve by late afternoon. Once there, unwind and take advantage of the extensive facilities, including both indoor and outdoor pools, a putt-putt course, a nature trail, and optional game drives.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Kruger National Park - After breakfast, set off for renowned Kruger National Park. This world-famous park is known for Africa's iconic wildlife – lion, elephant, buffalo, leopard and rhino. On top of that, it's home to some 336 kinds of trees, 49 fish species and over 500 species of bird. See how many of these you can spot on your way to your campsite for the night.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Kruger National Park - Today, you will set off on an exhilarating full-day 4WD safari through Kruger National Park. This remarkable reserve, comparable in size to Belgium or Wales, offers an incredible opportunity to witness Africa's iconic animals in their natural habitat, surrounded by breathtaking savannas, lush forests, and expansive landscapes. Kruger is home to a diverse array of wildlife, including elephants, lions, leopards and buffalo, along with the endangered African wild dog. You’ll venture into prime areas for wildlife observation, keeping an eye out for various species ranging from antelopes and springbok to cheetahs and rhinos.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Johannesburg - Venture out this morning for one last safari in your overland truck and soak up all Kruger has to offer. Keep your eyes peeled, ‘cause you never know what will pop out from behind the shrubs! Continue back to Johannesburg, where your trip finishes on arrival at a designated hotel drop-off point.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Moroni - Karibu! Welcome to Comoros! On arrival at Prince Said Ibrahim International Airport, you will be met by an Intrepid representative and transferred to your hotel, ready for your adventure to begin at 6pm with an important welcome meeting. Then perhaps enjoy dinner in the oasis of the hotel grounds and learn more about this fascinating country from your local leader. A complimentary shared group transfer is included on your arrival. Please provide your flight details at the time of booking, or at a minimum 14 days prior to travel.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Moroni - This morning, head north into rugged and jagged geographical formations, created through millions of years of volcanic activity. Your guide will share local myths about the ancient origins of these striking land features, including Dos du Dragon, Lac Salé, the Miraculous Mosque and Trou du Prophete. At this last stop, lunch is served at Miki’s, a rustic lean-to “restaurant” under a baobab tree next to the sea. If Miki is around, he'll be happy to offer his colourful commentary on life in Comoros at no extra charge. After lunch, kick off your shoes and stroll to Maloudja Beach, where you can relax among the coconut palms or go for a dip in the Indian Ocean.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Moheli - After breakfast, catch a ferry to the island of Moheli. In 2020, this island and its surrounding waters were designated by UNESCO as the Mwali Biosphere Reserve in an effort to protect its rich diversity. You'll take a scenic drive to your beachfront accommodation, passing through tropical rainforests and alongside turquoise ocean views. Upon arrival, have lunch and head out on a village walk, meeting local people and learning about day-to-day life in this remote fishing village. On the outskirts of the settlement, visit a ylang-ylang plantation and distillery. The distillery may not be operating during your visit, but your guide will explain how essential oil is extracted from this tropical plant, which is one of Comoros’ primary exports and forms the basis of Chanel No. 5 perfume and other famous fragrances.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Moheli - This morning, you'll take to the blue-green waters for some island hopping and snorkelling! These waters are part of the biosphere reserve and are home to the second-highest marine diversity in the world. See the cliffs and frigatebirds of Magnougni Island before hopping off the boat on the uninhabited Ouenefou Island. Pop on your flippers and mask for some snorkelling across vibrant coral reefs with an array of colourful tropical fish. Enjoy a barbecue picnic lunch cooked for you there on the deserted island, then board your boat to return to the lodge. The afternoon is yours to explore and soak up island life however you’d like. Wander the grounds to spot the family of lemurs that often visits, or head for a swim in the lagoon frequented by hawksbill turtles. Early this evening, sit down with a National Park Ranger and learn about the local biodiversity and ongoing conservation efforts of the Moheli National Park.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Moheli - Head back out on the water after breakfast, this time in search of dolphins! Spinner and tropical spotted dolphins are often seen in these waters year-round, making for an incredible wildlife encounter. From mid-July to October, humpback whales migrate to the warm, shallow waters around Mohéli to give birth, and if you’re travelling during this season, you may even spot mothers with their calves. Back at the lodge, enjoy lunch and spend the afternoon exploring or relaxing at your leisure. It’s often possible to closely observe Seychelles fruit bats, which can grow to up to 80 cm from wing to wing, within the lodge grounds.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Moheli - This morning, you'll hike into the subtropical rainforest to see one of the world’s largest bats, the Livingstone's flying fox, with a wingspan of up to 1.4 metres. They’re a critically endangered species found only on Moheli and neighbouring Anjouan Island. Follow a stream towards the mountains as your guide points out local medicinal trees, spices, coffee and fruit trees. After a steep climb, you’ll be able to spot these giant bats sunning themselves in the trees and circling their roosts on the morning thermals. After, you'll return to the lodge for lunch, and the afternoon is free for you to relax after your morning adventure.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Itsamia - Today you're off to the other side of Moheli to the village of Itsamia, a major sea turtle traffic hub! First up, learn about the village, its history, its turtles and how it all connects at a presentation by one of the national park’s eco-guards. Every year, more than 20,000 green turtles nest on these beaches, making this stretch of sand one of the highest density nesting sites in the world. There are nesting turtles on this beach almost every night. This afternoon, explore the village of Itsamia on a village walk and then hit the beach to spot turtle nests, where you might witness up to 100 baby turtles emerging from the sand and scurrying down to the water. After dinner, head back to the beach to try to catch a glimpse of momma turtles arriving back on the beach, lugging their 150-kg bodies up the sand in search of the perfect spot to nest. As for you, you’ll rest up in simple beachside bungalows built and operated by the local community as an economic development project. A volunteer from the community will be preparing dinner for you as well.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Moroni - Say goodbye to Moheli as you catch a ferry back to the main island, Grand Comore. Lunch will be at a local resident’s home, where you get to see how meals are made and take part in these preparations. Then visit the ancient sultan’s capital of Iconi. This historic village sits in the shadow of a steep volcanic cone, where, in the 1880s, many women jumped to their deaths to avoid enslavement by Malagasy pirates. On a village walk, see the sultan’s palace, Kaviri Djewe, built from coral limestone in the town’s centre, and the historic bangwes, open spaces where men still meet to debate and make decisions for the community. Back in Moroni, walk along the oceanfront with the stunning views of the Old Friday Mosque, which has stood on this since the 15th century. Then walk through the narrow alleyways of the old town, with its carved doors and moss-covered walls. Finish your city tour with a stroll through the town market, full of spices, seafood, and colourful clothing. In the evening, celebrate the end of your adventure over dinner with your travel companions at a local restaurant right on the beach.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Moroni - Your trip comes to an end today, and there are no activities planned. A complimentary transfer is included. Please confirm your departure flight details at least 14 days before travel.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Stone Town - Jambo! Welcome to Zanzibar, Tanzania – an archipelagic gem filled with beaches, markets and varied history. This is a place rooted in slavery, where Arabian sultans once lived and Swahili and Islamic influences blend together to create an island paradise steeped in fascinating, and sometimes dark, history. With no planned activities today, why not throw yourself into Stone Town’s maze of narrow streets and explore the bazaars, mosques and ruins. Perhaps head to one of the bars on the seafront and soak up the salty ocean air with a cocktail.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Zanzibar North Coast - Venture out of Stone Town this morning and drive to the spice plantations for a guided tour to learn all about the history of this town's renowned spice trade. Take the opportunity to touch, smell and taste various spices – such as cinnamon, vanilla and ginger – then sample some delicious teas! After lunch, head to the northern beaches, where white sands and blue seas await. Enjoy an afternoon at leisure – this is the Indian Ocean at its best.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Zanzibar North Coast - Wake up in paradise and enjoy a full day of freedom to indulge in the island surrounds. Take the opportunity to snorkel in the transparent waters, walk the stretch of white sand and paddle in the Indian ocean. Tonight, maybe dine on freshly caught seafood or simply relax in a hammock underneath a coconut tree with a good book.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Zanzibar North Coast - Today, you’ll transfer from the resort to Zanzibar Airport for your departure flight and the end of your beach break. If you’d like to extend your stay, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Kampala/Lake Mburo - Ki kati! Welcome to Uganda. Your adventure begins straight away at 9 am this morning at your joining point hotel. You’ll be picked up to make your way to Lake Mburo National Park. The flora of this park is acacia woodland, different to most other parks in East Africa, which means its fauna is also different. It's the best place in the country to see the gigantic eland antelope and has about 68 different species of mammals including zebras, impalas, buffalo, leopards, hyenas and jackals. There are five lakes within the park, home to hippos, crocodiles and a variety of waterbirds, while the papyrus swamps provide cover for the sitatunga antelope and red, black and yellow papyrus gonalek. This small park is less well-known among tourists so it's much quieter than some of the more famous East African parks. When you arrive, head out on a game drive through the park before settling into your accommodation in Mbarara.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Bwindi Impenetrable Forest - This morning, rise early and make your way towards the Bwindi Impenetrable Forest. Famous for its remarkable biodiversity, Bwindi Impenetrable National Park is home to many endangered species, including roughly half of the world's remaining mountain gorillas. The afternoon is free to check out some of the local sights. The optional village visit takes you to Mikozi Village, where you can become acquainted with the Ugandan countryside, visit the local markets, speak with a traditional Ugandan healer and enjoy a drink or two at the local bar before returning to your lodge in Rushaga.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Bwindi Impenetrable Forest - Travel into the Bwindi Impenetrable Forest to see the mountain gorillas this morning. Tracking gorillas in the dense forest can sometimes be wet, muddy and uncomfortable and may reach altitudes of almost 2000 m above sea level. The terrain is by no means easy, so it can be strenuous and often humid, but the sheer thrill of coming across a habituated group of gorillas, dominated by a great male silverback, more than outweighs any difficulty. We can usually get very close to the mountain gorillas, who are placid and gentle. Once a trekking group encounters one of the gorilla families, your visit with the gorillas will last one hour. After, retire to your lodge and soak up the incredible views.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Kampala - Today is a long travel day as you make tracks back to Kampala, stopping along the way to take photos at the equator and enjoy a picnic lunch. Your trip will come to an end with you reach your hotel at approximately 5 pm. If you’d like to organise extra accommodation, just reach out to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Nairobi - Jambo! Welcome to Kenya. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 5 pm. You can arrive at any time as there are no activities planned until this important meeting. If you and your family arrive early, perhaps head out and explore the National Museum of Kenya, the Karen Blixen Museum or the highly recommended Bomas of Kenya where traditional homesteads of several Kenyan tribes are displayed in an outdoor village. Or, to get a glimpse of some animals, head to the David Sheldricks Elephant Orphanage and the Giraffe Centre. These conservation projects allow you to see the animals up close while learning more about them and their plight in the modern world.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Arusha - Hit the road after breakfast as you drive across the border to Tanzania and your overnight stop, Arusha. Located at the base of volcanic Mt Meru, Arusha is the gateway to safari destinations and to Africa's highest peak – the 5895 m Mt Kilimanjaro, lying some 100 kilometres northeast. On arrival, you and your family can relax and have a swim in the pool. Driving time: 5 hours

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Karatu - Take a short drive to the small town of Kisongo where you and your family get to enjoy a fun day with some local ‘Mamas’ (the name for female artisans in Tanzania) First, the women will teach you how to prepare a local Swahili dish for lunch. After enjoying your creations, you’ll get the chance to take a closer look into their lives. With help from a translator, the women will lead smaller groups around their village. Visit their homes and see how a traditional boma (small hut made of mud and cow dung) is set up. You’ll also get to meet their families and learn about Maasai culture. After this illuminating day, drive to the small town of Karatu, the gateway to the Ngorongoro Crater. Have a good night’s sleep before we head on safari tomorrow!

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Serengeti National Park - Travel from Karatu to the gate of Serengeti National Park and have a picnic lunch at the entrance. Enter the Serengeti and enjoy a game drive on the way to your campsite. The vast plains of the Serengeti – green after the rains, brown and burnt in the dry season – are home to thousands of hoofed animals and fierce predators. Flat and rolling, with long grass and acacia trees, these plains get their name from the Maasai word siringet – 'The place where the land moves on forever'. Your campsite is right in the action, within the park itself, so listen out for the sounds of nocturnal animals as you drift off to sleep. Driving time today is 4 hours plus game drives.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Serengeti National Park - Start the day with a game drive at dawn. You will head out while the animals are at their most active, then head back to camp for brunch at around 11 am. After spending the warmer part of the day relaxing, as the animals do, depart again at dusk for another adventure through the wild before returning in time for dinner. There's also the option of a balloon ride over the park today, which makes for an excellent family activity. If you have pre-booked this activity (please see the ‘Notes' section) you will be picked up before dawn and driven to the launch site. After a safety briefing, you will glide through the sunrise, sometimes at tree height, which provides amazing photo opportunities. Sometimes you will ascend, getting an overview of the enormity of the plains and the early morning movements of the teeming herds. After landing, you'll be treated to a five-star bush breakfast, before being returned to your camp.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Ngorongoro Conservation Area - Karatu - Enjoy a game drive on your way out of the park today. After lunch you and your family will enter the Ngorongoro Conservation area. A gigantic, perfectly intact volcanic crater, Ngorongoro is home to some 30,000 animals. Among these are endangered black rhinos, lions, leopards, elephants, impalas, zebras and hippos. The crater floor offers excellent game viewing all year round, and the photo opportunities here are unrivalled. We jump in some 4WDs and head into the crater itself for three to four hours where the kids (and adults!) can enjoy spotting the animals. Leaving the park we head to Karatu - our overnight stop were the kids can take a swim in the campsite pool.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Mto Wa Mbu - After breakfast take a short 30-minute drive to Mto Wa Mbu where you will camp for the night. Upon arrival, join the local community for a guided afternoon stroll around the farming areas, milling machine and local homes before enjoying a traditional meal. This afternoon you can relax around the campsite or have a swim in the pool. Driving time: 30minutes

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Nairobi - Set off early this morning (around 7.30 am), heading for the border with Kenya and then on to Nairobi. Upon arrival in Nairobi, you'll be dropped at the finishing point hotel. No accommodation is provided for tonight, but this can be arranged when you book this trip. Driving time today is 7–8 hours.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Nairobi - Jambo! Welcome to your Kenya and Tanzania Family Adventure. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 5 pm. You can arrive at any time as there are no activities planned until this important meeting. If you and your family arrive early, perhaps head out and explore the National Museum of Kenya, the Karen Blixen Museum or the highly recommended Bomas of Kenya where traditional homesteads of several Kenyan tribes are displayed in an outdoor village. 

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Arusha - Hit the road after breakfast as you drive across the border to Tanzania and your overnight stop, Arusha. Located at the base of volcanic Mt Meru, Arusha is the gateway to safari destinations and to Africa's highest peak – the 5895 m Mt Kilimanjaro, lying some 100 kilometres northeast. After setting up the campsite on arrival, you and your family can relax and have a swim in the pool.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Karatu - Take a short drive to the small town of Kisongo where you and your family get to enjoy a fun day with some local ‘Mamas’ (the name for female artisans in Tanzania) First, the women will teach you how to prepare a local Swahili dish for lunch. After enjoying your creations, you’ll get the chance to take a closer look into their lives. With help from a translator, the women will lead smaller groups around their village. Visit their homes and see how a traditional boma (small hut made of mud and cow dung) is set up. You’ll also get to meet their families and learn about Maasai culture. After this illuminating day, drive to the small town of Karatu, the gateway to the Ngorongoro Crater. Have a good night’s sleep before we head on safari tomorrow!

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Serengeti National Park - Travel from Karatu to the gate of Serengeti National Park and have a picnic lunch at the entrance. Enter the Serengeti and enjoy a game drive on the way to your campsite. The vast plains of the Serengeti – green after the rains, brown and burnt in the dry season – are home to thousands of hoofed animals and fierce predators. Flat and rolling, with long grass and acacia trees, these plains get their name from the Maasai word siringet – 'The place where the land moves on forever'. Your campsite is right in the action, within the park itself, so listen out for the sounds of nocturnal animals as you drift off to sleep.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Serengeti National Park - Start the day with a game drive at dawn. You will head out while the animals are at their most active, then head back to camp for brunch at around 11 am. After spending the warmer part of the day relaxing, as the animals do, depart again at dusk for another adventure through the wild before returning in time for dinner. There's also the option of a balloon ride over the park today, which makes for an excellent family activity. If you have pre-booked this activity (please see the ‘Notes' section) you will be picked up before dawn and driven to the launch site. After a safety briefing, you will glide through the sunrise, sometimes at tree height, which provides amazing photo opportunities. Sometimes you will ascend, getting an overview of the enormity of the plains and the early morning movements of the teeming herds. After landing, you'll be treated to a five-star bush breakfast, before being returned to your camp.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Ngorongoro Conservation Area - Karatu - Enjoy a game drive on your way out of the park today. After lunch you and your family will enter the Ngorongoro Conservation area. A gigantic, perfectly intact volcanic crater, Ngorongoro is home to some 30,000 animals. Among these are endangered black rhinos, lions, leopards, elephants, impalas, zebras and hippos. The crater floor offers excellent game viewing all year round, and the photo opportunities here are unrivalled. We jump in some 4WDs and head into the crater itself for three to four hours where the kids (and adults!) can enjoy spotting the animals. Leaving the park we head to Karatu - our overnight stop were the kids can take a swim in the campsite pool.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Mto Wa Mbu - After breakfast take a short 30-minute drive to Mto Wa Mbu where you will camp for the night. Upon arrival, join the local community for a guided afternoon stroll around the farming areas, milling machine and local homes before enjoying a traditional meal. This afternoon you can relax around the campsite or have a swim in the pool.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Nairobi - Set off early this morning (around 7.30 am), heading for the border with Kenya and then on to Nairobi. Upon arrival in Nairobi, you'll be dropped at tthe hotel where the rest of the day is yours to relax.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Nairobi - You will have a free day to do as you please, if you didn't get a chance the first day why not head out to the National Museum of Kenya or the Karen Blixen Museum. Or simply have a day by the pool. You will have a meeting at 5pm to talk through the next part of your trip in Kenya. The meeting will take place in the foyer. 

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Lake Nakuru - Today will be a long day of adventuring. After breakfast, you will visit Langata Giraffe Sanctuary. This conservation project allows you to see the animals up close while learning more about them and their plight in the modern world.  After lunch, head out of Nairobi towards Lake Nakuru (approximately 4-5 hours), arriving in time to pitch a tent at the campsite before the sun goes down. The alkaline waters of Lake Nakuru once supported an extremely large colony of flamingos – estimated to be up to two million strong! Over the course of the year the lake changes size considerably, shrinking to its smallest in March at the end of the dry season, and changing the type of birdlife and wildlife that inhabit the area. Unfortunately changes in water levels and chemical concentration caused the permanent population of flamingos to move elsewhere in the 1970s, however the lush area around the lake remains known for its bird life.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Lake Naivasha - Head out on an early morning game drive around Lake Nakuru. Keep a lookout for the white rhinos that can often be found around the shores. Afterwards, encounter friendly locals on a village visit before moving on to Lake Naivasha (approx: 2-3 hour drive). Lake Naivasha is a birdwatcher's paradise with floating islands of papyrus reeds. Afternoon wind and storms can cause the lake to become suddenly rough and produce high waves. For this reason, the local Maasai christened the lake Nai'posha meaning 'rough water’, which the British later misspelt as Naivasha. There is an option to hire a bike and pedal around the lake this afternoon if you wish to stretch your legs after the drive.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Lake Naivasha - After a camp breakfast, head towards Crater Lake and take part in a guided walk along one of the many trails. The waters of the lake draw a great range of game. Giraffes wander among the acacia, buffaloes wallow in the swamps and Colobus monkeys call from the treetops, while the lake’s large hippo population while away the day in the shallows. The easy walk is takes 3 hours and we recommend you bring with you good sturdy foot wear. Later you may like to take an optional boat ride across the lake or simply relax at camp and take advantage of the swimming pool.  The afternoon is free to relax around the camp and take advantage of the swimming pool. 

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Great Rift Valley and Loita Hills - Depart Lake Naivasha, making a short stop in Narok to do a spot of food shopping. Continue to Loita Hills (approximately 5-6 hours), stopping for lunch en route. Today's drive crosses the Great Rift Valley, Africa's immense and spectacular great divide, and takes you into the remote region of Loita Hills. This is the home of the traditional Maasai people. Visit the Maasai, who are known for their vibrant red dress and elaborate jewellery, and gain an insight into the culture and ancient ways of this proud East African community. After setting up your tent, meet your Maasai hosts. A local elder will deliver a fascinating talk about the Maasai and their history and culture. You'll be shown around a traditional Maasai home and see where the resident cattle are kept. Showers, upgrades and WiFi are not available at tonight's bush camp.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Masai Mara - Travel from Loita to Maasai Mara (approximately 1-2 hours). The road is dusty when dry, and could be slippery and soft when wet, so the going may be slow. The Maasai Mara is the quintessential African experience, with sparse open plains, dramatic skies and some of the world's most tremendous animals. After setting up camp, sit down to some lunch, then jump back in the truck and go for a 3 hour game drive through the wilderness of the Mara. Your campground tonight is located outside of the national reserve and has flush toilets and showers. There is an option to upgrade, depending on availability. WiFi is not available here.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Masai Mara - Rise early and venture into the Maasai Mara National Reserve for a full day of game driving (6hours). Explore this diverse environment and see a multitude of wildlife. Return to camp for lunch by the side of the Mara River – a great chance to spot crocs and hippos. Relax during the heat of the day before setting off again in the afternoon, expecting to return to camp around sunset.  We'll stop en-route for a picnic lunch.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Nairobi - Cross the plains of the Mara and climb the Rift Valley’s eastern wall past Mount Suswa on the return drive to Nairobi (approximately 6 hours). En route there may be opportunities to stop and make some final purchases. Once back in Nairobi perhaps enjoy a final dinner with the group in a local restaurant and reflect on this incredible African adventure. If you're flying out today, please book a flight after 6:00pm.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Nairobi - Karibu! Welcome to Kenya. Your adventure begins in Nairobi – Kenya’s capital – with a welcome meeting at 5 pm tonight, where you’ll meet your local leader and fellow travellers. If you arrive early, maybe head out and explore the National Museum of Kenya, the Karen Blixen Museum or the highly recommended Bomas of Kenya, where traditional homesteads of several Kenyan tribes are displayed in an outdoor village. When you've met your new travel buds, why not join the group for an optional group dinner and get to know each other better. Arrival transfer is included

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Masai Mara National Reserve - Transfer from Nairobi to the famous Maasai Mara – one of the best game reserves in Africa. On the way, you'll stop in Loita Hills – a remote region home to the traditional Maasai people. This is one of the key places where the Maasai people still practice their traditional way of life, with little influence from the Western world. Visit the Tepesua Village, known for championing Maasai women’s health and education. Maasai Warriors will welcome you here by way of traditional song and dance. Meet your hosts and attend a talk full of insights into this remarkable and ancient culture. Take a walk to the community village, which was founded for widows who can never remarry and lost their cows due to drought. The village offers support, safety and economic growth through the Tepesua Widows Income Project. Here, the women make handicrafts and sew handbags using sustainable materials as well as washable sanitary pads and backpacks to sell to visitors and locals. Learn about village life and be shown around a traditional Maasai home and its cattle enclosures. Continue to the outskirts of the Maasai Mara, where your permanent tented camp can be found.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Masai Mara National Reserve - This morning, you have the option to take part in a hot air balloon ride and bush breakfast, giving you a rare chance to see the open plains at sunrise, teeming with wildlife. After, explore the Maasai Mara in 4WD safari vehicles with game drives in the morning and the afternoon today to give you the best chance to spot the Big Five. This is the quintessential African experience, and with sparse open plains and some of the world's most impressive animals, you won't soon forget this one. Keep your eyes peeled for wildebeest, lions, leopards, antelope and giraffes along the way.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Lake Victoria - Get ready for a long travel day as you journey toward the Kenya-Tanzania border and make your way to the magnificent Lake Victoria. This vast lake is the main source of the Nile, the longest river in the world, and spans the shores of Kenya, Tanzania, and Uganda. On arrival, unwind with a lakeside dinner while you ponder the magnitude of the world’s largest tropical lake.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Serengeti National Park - Enjoy a relaxed morning, taking in the magnificent views of Lake Victoria in the morning light. Travel to Serengeti National Park, renowned for its incredible wildlife and vast, open landscapes. After passing through the park gate, experience the greatest commute possible as we slowly make our way to our permanent tented campsite via the 'scenic safari route.' Along the way, stop to take photos of the abundant wildlife and stunning views. Tonight, you'll have a true African safari experience – with your camp set right in the heart of the Serengeti. After dinner, gather around the campfire to share stories then fall asleep to the sounds of the wild.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Serengeti National Park - Wake to another glorious day in the Serengeti National Park. Start the day with an early morning 4WD safari to spot the wildlife when they're at their most active. Then, return to the camp for a relaxed brunch. Spend the hottest part of the day chilling out at camp – don't stress, the animals will do the same! This afternoon, head off again for another drive through the park. Return to the camp for dinner and another night under the Serengeti's stars.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Karatu - Enjoy a final game drive through the Serengeti National Park this morning as you exit your camp inside the park and make your way to the park gate. From here, drive to the Ngorongoro Conservation area, where you'll hop in the park's 4WD jeeps and descend to the crater floor. The jeeps have an open roof, and the animals here are less wary of humans and vehicles, which makes watching them up close easier. Take in the spectacular views from the crater's rim as you make your way to the bottom, where animals roam the lakes, rivers, woodlands and hills. Keep an eye out for wildebeest, lion, zebra, cheetah, buffalo, gazelle, endangered black rhino and the colourfully dressed Maasai people who often water their cattle at the lake here. This afternoon, leave the Ngorongoro Crater and drive to Karatu – a small town on its outskirts and your base for the next two nights.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Karatu - After breakfast this morning, you’ll make your way to Lake Eyasi – a huge seasonal soda lake. Lake Eyasi has been home to the Hadzabe people for more than 10,000 years and is one of the few places in Africa where traditional tribal life continues without modern influence. Today’s visit to the Hadzabe lands offers incredible insight into this ancient culture and a chance to learn about their way of life. You’ll be able to meet community members and join in on daily activities like hunting, gathering and traditional dance. You’ll also learn about their unique ‘click’ language, which is thought to be one of the oldest languages still in use today. Return to your lodge in Karatu later in the day to put your feet up and relax.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Arusha - Today is a free day to relax or choose from the various optional activities available from your base in Karatu. You might like to head to a local coffee plantation or take a game drive in Lake Manyara National Park. Maybe opt for a hike through the Ngorongoro Reserve Forest to Elephant Caves accompanied by an expert local guide and armed ranger. This is the perfect way to stretch your legs after a few days of travel. You'll hike through the Ngorongoro rainforest as your local guide explains the ins and outs of the area and points out interesting animal tracks and footprints. Marvel at the wild landscape and spot the varied birdlife as you walk. In the afternoon, you’ll head to Arusha, where you spend your last night.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Arusha (Nairobi) - Your adventure comes to an end after breakfast today. A departure transfer to either Kilimanjaro Airport (JRO) or Arusha Airport (ARK) can be booked at an additional expense. Alternatively, you can continue with your crew to finish in Nairobi.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Nairobi - Jambo! Welcome to Kenya. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 5pm. You can arrive at any time as there are no activities planned until this important meeting. Please ask the hotel reception where it will take place. If you can't arrange a flight that will arrive in time for this, consider arriving a day early so you are able to attend. If you are going to be late, please inform the hotel reception. We'll be collecting your insurance details and next of kin information at this meeting, so please ensure you have these to give to your leader. If you arrive early, perhaps head out and explore the National Museum of Kenya, the Karen Blixen Museum or the highly recommended Bomas of Kenya where traditional homesteads of several Kenyan tribes are displayed at an outdoor village. Notes: Petty theft is common in Nairobi. As a general rule, the safest place for your valuables is on your person in a neck wallet or money belt. Your hotel room or reception may also have a safe in which to store things. If you do decide to go exploring, make sure you get local advice on where it is and isn't safe to walk – particularly for later in the day. Be careful not to leave bags unattended on chairs or the floor when you're in a bar or restaurant. Without being paranoid, appearing vigilant is a great deterrence to would-be thieves. Also, make scans of important travel documents and email them to yourself – this will save you hours of time in paperwork if anything does happen.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Lake Nakuru - Today will be a long day of adventuring. After breakfast, you will visit Langata Giraffe Sanctuary. This conservation project allows you to see the animals up close while learning more about them and their plight in the modern world.  After lunch, head out of Nairobi towards Lake Nakuru (approximately 4-5 hours), arriving in time to pitch a tent at the campsite before the sun goes down. The alkaline waters of Lake Nakuru once supported an extremely large colony of flamingos – estimated to be up to two million strong! Over the course of the year the lake changes size considerably, shrinking to its smallest in March at the end of the dry season, and changing the type of birdlife and wildlife that inhabit the area. Unfortunately changes in water levels and chemical concentration caused the permanent population of flamingos to move elsewhere in the 1970s, however the lush area around the lake remains known for its bird life.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Lake Naivasha - Head out on an early morning game drive around Lake Nakuru. Keep a lookout for the white rhinos that can often be found around the shores. Afterwards, encounter friendly locals on a village visit before moving on to Lake Naivasha (approx: 2-3 hour drive). Lake Naivasha is a birdwatcher's paradise with floating islands of papyrus reeds. Afternoon wind and storms can cause the lake to become suddenly rough and produce high waves. For this reason, the local Maasai christened the lake Nai'posha meaning 'rough water’, which the British later misspelt as Naivasha. There is an option to hire a bike and pedal around the lake this afternoon if you wish to stretch your legs after the drive.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Lake Naivasha - After a camp breakfast, head towards Crater Lake and take part in a guided walk along one of the many trails. The waters of the lake draw a great range of game. Giraffes wander among the acacia, buffaloes wallow in the swamps and Colobus monkeys call from the treetops, while the lake’s large hippo population while away the day in the shallows. The easy walk is takes 3 hours and we recommend you bring with you good sturdy foot wear. Later you may like to take an optional boat ride across the lake or simply relax at camp and take advantage of the swimming pool. 

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Great Rift Valley and Loita Hills - Depart Lake Naivasha, making a short stop in Narok to do a spot of food shopping. Continue to Loita Hills (approximately 5-6 hours), stopping for lunch en route. Today's drive crosses the Great Rift Valley, Africa's immense and spectacular great divide, and takes you into the remote region of Loita Hills. This is the home of the traditional Maasai people. Visit the Maasai, who are known for their vibrant red dress and elaborate jewellery, and gain an insight into the culture and ancient ways of this proud East African community. After setting up your tent, meet your Maasai hosts. A local elder will deliver a fascinating talk about the Maasai and their history and culture. You'll be shown around a traditional Maasai home and see where the resident cattle are kept. Showers, upgrades and WiFi are not available at tonight's bush camp.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Masai Mara - Travel from Loita to Masai Mara (approximately 1-2 hours). The road is dusty when dry, and could be slippery and soft when wet, so the going may be slow. The Masai Mara is the quintessential African experience, with sparse open plains, dramatic skies and some of the world's most tremendous animals. After setting up camp, sit down to some lunch, then travel in our 4x4 for a 3 hour game drive through the wilderness of the Mara. Your campground tonight is located outside of the national reserve and has flush toilets and showers. There is an option to upgrade, depending on availability. WiFi is not available here.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Masai Mara - Rise early and venture into the Masai Mara National Reserve for a full day of game driving (6hours). Explore this diverse environment and see a multitude of wildlife. Return to camp for lunch by the side of the Mara River – a great chance to spot crocs and hippos. Relax during the heat of the day before setting off again in the afternoon, expecting to return to camp around sunset.  We'll stop en-route for a picnic lunch.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Nairobi - Cross the plains of the Mara and climb the Rift Valley’s eastern wall past Mount Suswa on the return drive to Nairobi (approximately 6 hours). En route there may be opportunities to stop and make some final purchases. Once back in Nairobi perhaps enjoy a final dinner with the group in a local restaurant and reflect on this incredible African adventure. If you're flying out today, please book a flight after 6:00pm.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Nairobi - Jambo! Welcome to Kenya. When you arrive at the airport today, you’ll be met by a representative and taken to your hotel. Your adventure then begins in Nairobi with a welcome meeting at 6 pm. If you arrive early, maybe head out and explore the National Museum of Kenya, the Karen Blixen Museum or the highly recommended Bomas of Kenya, where traditional homesteads of several Kenyan tribes are displayed in an outdoor village.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Maasai Mara - This morning, drive to the famous Maasai Mara National Park – with sparse open plains, dramatic skies and the world's most iconic animals living within its boundaries, this is the quintessential African experience. When you arrive, you can choose to explore this diverse environment on an optional afternoon 4WD safari with expert local guides, looking out for the abundance of wildlife that call this park home.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Maasai Mara - This morning, you have the option to take part in a hot air balloon ride and bush breakfast, giving you a rare chance to see the Maasai Mara from a different perspective, above the open plains at sunrise. Today, you’ll venture into the Maasai Mara National Reserve with expert local driver guides for a day-long 4WD safari. You'll explore this diverse environment and most likely see a multitude of wildlife – look out for lions, leopards, elephants, rhinos, buffalo, giraffes, zebras, cheetahs and hippos.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Lake Elementaita - Today, you’ll drive to your lodge on Lake Elementaita, which sits between Lake Naivasha and Lake Nakuru in the Great Rift Valley. This shallow soda lake is known for its huge concentrations of flamingos. This afternoon, you’ll head to Lake Naivasha – one of the few freshwater lakes in the valley, Naivasha has floating islands of papyrus reeds and a border of flat-topped acacias. It's also home to a healthy population of hippos, giraffes, zebras, and buffalos, which graze along the shores, and a huge variety of birds. Here, you’ll go on a boat safari – see how many kinds of birds you can spot while floating along the still waters!

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Amboseli National Park - Board your private vehicle bound for Amboseli National Park. On the way, visit the Patinaai Osim project – supported by The Intrepid Foundation, this project supports Indigenous Maasai women in creating sustainable livelihoods and rising above poverty and inequality. Learn how this Community Care Organisation is committed to changing the narrative of girls and women in Indigenous communities and how they work to protect their fundamental human rights. The project also provides access to information and safe spaces for young girls.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Amboseli National Park - Enjoy a free day to relax and take in the beauty of your safari lodge and make use of the facilities. You may want to treat yourself to a leisurely morning sleep-in, unwind by the outdoor pool, If relaxing isn't your style, head out on an optional guided nature walk or join a range of optional safaris in Amboseli National Park, available throughout the day. This park is home to the largest population of African elephants in Kenya, many of which have impressively long tusks, known as ‘big tuskers’. Tusker elephants are increasingly rare in Africa due to poaching, but Amboseli is one of the few places where they can still be seen. You may even spot a ‘super tusker’ - a male bull elephant with tusks that weigh over 45 kg (100 lbs) each, usually so long they scrape the ground!

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Amboseli National Park - ‘Home of the African Elephant’ and crowned by Mount Kilimanjaro, Amboseli National Park is one of Kenya's most picturesque parks, and today you will spend the full day on safari exploring. With your expert guides, you’ll get a deep dive into the wildlife of Kenya's thriving natural world. Spot herds of elephants as you look out for the other wildlife that call this park home, including lions, cheetahs, zebras, wildebeest and leopards. Don’t forget your camera, if you're lucky enough to visit on a clear day, the views of wildlife backdropped by Kili are nothing short of epic!

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Mount Meru - Today, drive to Arusha National Park to hike in the foothills of Mount Meru – Tanzania’s second highest peak and a colossal dormant volcano sitting at an altitude of 4566 m (15,000 ft). When you arrive, you’ll head to Kitoto viewpoint to start your day hike. A perfect spot for wildlife spotting and exploring the diverse landscape, this hike offers the chance to experience the lower slopes of Tanzania’s mountains. From your starting point, trek through the Afromontane Forest and into the crater, looking out for warthogs, giraffes and zebras along the way. As you gain altitude, you’ll be surrounded by dense forest – the prime habitat for Kilimanjaro colobus monkeys and forest duiker (a pint-sized antelope). Follow the trail up to Meru Falls, the ideal spot to enjoy a picnic lunch before you head back down the slopes.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Rhotia - Head to Arusha, often referred to as the ‘safari capital’ of Tanzania, and start the day with a traditional cooking class that supports local women. The Mamas (skilled local cooks) will teach you how to cook traditional Tanzanian dishes, as well as some simple words in Swahili. Connect with the women, then sit down to enjoy the fruits of your labour for breakfast. After finishing your meal, head to Rhotia and enjoy a free afternoon to relax. If you're up to more adventures, you'll also have the opportunity to visit a Hadzabe community near Lake Eyasi. This area has been their home for over 10,000 years and is one of the few places in Africa where traditional tribal life continues without modern influence. Learn how this community still lives the hunter-gatherer lifestyle – men typically hunt and bring home honey to feed their families, while women and children gather fruits, berries and roots – and how they use locally made poisons and camouflage. By connecting with the locals, you’ll gain an insight into an ancient culture and have a chance to learn about their ways of life. Maybe even join in on daily activities, like hunting, gathering and dancing. You’ll also learn about their unique ‘click’ language, believed to be one of the oldest languages still in use.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Serengeti - Depart for the wide-open plains of the Serengeti today. The Serengeti landscapes see a huge contrast of colours during the year – green after the rains, brown and burnt in the dry season. The never-ending land is home to thousands of animals travelling as herds across the plains. This region gets its name from the local Maasai word ‘siringet’, meaning the place where the land moves on forever. After entering the park gates, enjoy an en-route game drive to your accommodation for lunch. After lunch, you’ll head back out for an afternoon 4WD safari to spot the local wildlife. Tonight, listen out for the sounds of nocturnal animals as you drift to sleep.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Serengeti - This morning, there’s the option of a balloon ride over the park to see Serengeti and its vast plains from a bird’s eye view. You’ll head out today for a full-day game drive through the wilds of the national park. A unique habitat with the riverine forests, this is a favourite spot for hippos and crocodiles, and you might also spot some long-neck giraffes, zebras, Topis, impala and gazelles.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Ngorongoro - Say goodbye to Serengeti National Park today and soak up the final views of this incredible spot, before entering the Ngorongoro Conservation area. When you arrive at the crater, take in the spectacular views from the crater's rim as you make your way to the bottom, where animals roam the lakes, rivers, woodlands and hills. The animals here are less wary of humans and vehicles, and as a result, it's easier to watch them up close. Keep an eye out for wildebeest, lions, zebras, cheetahs, buffalo, gazelles and the endangered black rhino. Later, you have the option to head to the village of Mto wa Mbu for a guided tour and dinner. Here, you can acquaint yourself with the village and get a snapshot of small-town African life.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Kilimanjaro International Airport / Nairobi - Set off early this morning to begin your final journey of the trip. Your first stop will be at Kilimanjaro International Airport where you'll have the option to end your trip. If it’s more convenient for you, there’s the option to travel back to Nairobi. You’ll be dropped at a centrally located hotel, however, no accommodation will be provided tonight. If you’d like to extend your stay in Nairobi, please speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Nairobi - Jambo! Welcome to Kenya. When you arrive at the airport, you’ll be met by a local representative and transferred to your hotel. Your adventure then begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm. If you arrive early, perhaps head out and explore the National Museum of Kenya, the Karen Blixen Museum, or the highly recommended Bomas of Kenya, where traditional homesteads of several Kenyan tribes are displayed in an outdoor village.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Amboseli National Park - After an early breakfast this morning, take the train to Emali. When you arrive, you’ll visit the Patinaai Osim project. Supported by The Intrepid Foundation, this project supports Indigenous Maasai women in creating sustainable livelihoods and rising above poverty and inequality. Learn how this Community Care Organization is committed to changing the narrative of girls and women in Indigenous communities and how they work to protect their fundamental human rights. The project also provides access to information and safe spaces for young girls. After, head to your lodge, which sits just outside of Amboseli National Park.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Amboseli National Park - Maybe rise extra early this morning for a special optional activity – a sunrise safari in a hot air balloon! Aboseli National Park covers an area of about 392 sq km and is home to the largest population of African elephants in Kenya, many of which are ‘big tuskers’ (elephants with large tusks). You may even spot a ‘super tusker’ – a male bull elephant with tusks that weigh over 45 kg each, usually so long they scrape the ground. If you're lucky to visit on a clear day, you'll be treated to amazing views of Mt Kilimanjaro. After the hot air balloon ride or a leisurely sleep in, you’ll head out on a nature walk, followed by an afternoon 4WD safari. Look out for elephants, zebras, buffalo, lions and giraffes, then relax at your lodge.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Taita Hills Wildlife Sanctuary - Hop on The Madaraka Express to Taita Hills on the famous line that cuts between the east and west sections of Tsavo National Park. This was once known as the ‘lunatic line’ and the locals say that a wise prophet had a premonition about an ‘iron snake’ that would slither from coast to capital. As construction began in 1896, the dream became a nightmare for Indian workers and they were attacked by the park’s lions, resulting in 2500 lives lost! As you contemplate the wild history and impressive engineering from your comfortable carriage, look out for local elephants, zebras and antelope. When you arrive, visit the Taita Hills Sanctuary Reforestation project to learn about how they work to restore natural habitats after the original vegetation was degraded by bush fires, heavy grazing and droughts. After, make your way to your resort accommodation to relax. Tonight, maybe head back to the sanctuary for some star gazing – with a lack of pollution, the night sky here is magnificent!

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Taita Hills Wildlife Sanctuary - After breakfast, head out on a wildlife viewing adventure in Taita Hills Wildlife Sanctuary, surrounded by the Tsavo West National Park – one of the oldest national parks, Tsavo West offers a unique landscape, with clouds often covering the top of the forest. The sanctuary is home to a diverse range of wildlife including African elephants, lions, cheetahs, buffalo, leopards, hyenas, giraffes and zebras, as well as many other rare and endangered species. After your afternoon safari, have dinner at your lodge and settle in for a relaxing night.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Tsavo East National Park - Today is all about seeing as much wildlife as you can! You’ll go on a morning and an afternoon game drive in either Tsavo East or Tsavo West National Park. Animals migrate around both parks, so depending on the time of year, you'll visit the side with the most animals. After a huge day of exciting wildlife-spotting, you’ll spend another relaxing night at the lodge.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Diani - Take the train from Voi to Mombasa. When you arrive, head to Mombasa’s Old Town for a leader-led walk. Explore this fascinating island city, once a hub on the ancient trading route of spices, gold and ivory. Due to the town’s strategic location, the port has been controlled by many countries, ranging from the Portuguese to the Omani and British. The city's African, Arab and Indian heritage is reflected in its Swahili, Hindu and Muslim architecture, and you’ll visit spots like the Mandhry Mosque (built in 1570) and the 16th-century Fort Jesus – a UNESCO World Heritage site that was built by the Portuguese. Visit the spice market, where stallholders sell cardamom, turmeric and curry powders, and maybe grab a snack at one of the local street food stalls. After, take a private vehicle to your beachside resort on Diani Beach.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Diani - Today is another free day to soak up the relaxing atmosphere of Diani Beach. This area is popular for snorkelling and swimming, so maybe set out for an active day or just relax under the sun. If you’d prefer to keep the wildlife spotting going, take a trip underwater among the coral reefs or in the nearby Shimba Hills National Reserve.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Diani - Relax at the beach or choose to explore with some of the optional activities. Perhaps take a tuk-tuk or walk down Diani’s main road, passing vibrant Nandi flame trees, local artisan shops, and trendy restaurants. Alternatively, visit Kaya Kinondo, the sacred forest, where you’ll learn about its spiritual significance and medicinal trees. This peaceful walk offers a fascinating glimpse into Diani’s cultural heritage. Modest dress and a traditional kaniki wrap are required to show respect. Tonight, ask your leader where to grab some delicious local food and watch the sunset.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Depart - Today is the last day of your adventure and after breakfast, there are no further activities planned. If you would like to extend your stay, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Nairobi - Jambo! Welcome to Kenya. Your trip begins in Nairobi with a welcome meeting at 6 pm. If you arrive with time to spare, consider getting to know the city on an Urban Adventure like the ‘Nairobi Experience’. This optional 4-hour tour is a great way to get a feel for Nairobi and includes lunch at a local restaurant. After the meeting, maybe join your new travel companions for an optional group dinner and get to know each other better.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Lake Nakuru National Park - Drive north-west past splendid views of the Great Rift Valley, Lake Naivasha and Elementaita to Lake Nakuru National Park. Situated in the heart of the Great Rift Valley, Lake Nakuru National Park is a great location for spotting wildlife, which you’ll get a chance to do on an early morning game drive tomorrow. For now, head to a nearby village with your leader. This is a fantastic opportunity to interact with the local folk and get a feel for everyday life here. Take a cooking class and return later in the evening to share the results for dinner.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Lake Naivasha - Wake early for a light breakfast this morning and head into the Lake Nakuru National Park for a game drive in the overland vehicle. Lake Nakuru is home to rhinos, and there will be a good chance of spotting and photographing one of these magnificent beasts. Return to camp for lunch, then drive to Lake Naivasha. One of the few freshwater lakes in the Great Rift Valley, Lake Naivasha has floating islands of papyrus reeds and a border of flat-topped acacias. It's also home to a healthy population of hippos and a huge variety of birds.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Lake Naivasha - Today, you’ll head out for a boat trip across Lake Naivasha – the best way to take in the atmosphere of this lush area. With your experienced guide, look out for the numerous hippo that live here, as well as kingfishers, fish eagles, herons, giraffes, zebras and waterbucks. Set against a backdrop of the Eburru volcanic mountain range and lined by acacia trees, this lake is one of the most renowned in the area. After, you have a free day to choose from a variety of optional activities. Maybe opt for a trip to Hell's Gate National Park, which boasts beautiful cliffs, gorges, rock towers, volcanoes and a range of geothermal phenomena, or hire a bike for the day and make some of your own discoveries, venturing beyond the cacti and olive trees.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Loita Hills Maasai Village - Depart Lake Naivasha, making a short stop in Narok for food shopping. Continue to Loita Hills, home of the Maasai people, stopping for lunch on the way. You’ll be camping at Tepesua Village, which is known for championing Maasai women’s health and education. When you arrive, be welcomed by traditional Maasai warrior song and dance, then your host will explain the details of Maasai warrior training. Take a walk to the community village, founded to alleviate the poverty of Maasai widows, who traditionally are not allowed to inherit property. The village offers support, safety and economic growth through the Tepesua Widows Income Project. Spend the evening around a campfire and learn more about their age-old culture and traditions as you share stories with Maasai warriors into the night.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Masai Mara National Reserve - Today, you’ll travel from Loita Hills to Maasai Mara. Most of the road there is tarmacked, but the final 5 km is dusty when dry and muddy when wet. The Maasai Mara, with its sparse open plains, dramatic skies and some of the world's most tremendous animals, is the quintessential African experience. After setting up camp, sit down for some lunch. Then, it's time to jump in 4WDs and go for a game drive through the wilderness of the Mara, looking out for all your wildlife favourites form the Lion King – think wildebeest, lions, leopards, cheetahs, buffalo, elephants and rhino.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Masai Mara National Reserve - This morning, maybe take an optional balloon ride over the Mara at sunrise. If you’ve pre-booked this activity, you’ll be picked up before dawn and driven to the launch site for a safety briefing from your pilot. You’ll then glide through the skies, sometimes at tree height, for some amazing photo opportunities. After landing, you'll be treated to a bush breakfast before meeting up with the rest of the group. Today you’ll venture into the Maasai Mara National Reserve with expert local driver guides for a day-long 4WD game drive. You'll explore this diverse environment and most likely see a multitude of wildlife.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Nairobi - This morning, you'll make your way back to the bustling metropolis of Nairobi. On arrival, settle into your hotel and spend the evening at your leisure before attending a second welcome meeting at 6 pm to meet your new group.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Amboseli National Park - Today, you'll board your overland vehicle bound for Amboseli National Park. The park covers an area of about 392 square kilometres and is home to the largest population of African elephants in Kenya, many of which are ‘big tuskers’ (elephants with large tusks). You may even spot a ‘super tusker’ – a male bull elephant with tusks that weigh over 45 kg each, usually so long they scrape the ground. If you're lucky to visit on a clear day, you'll be treated to amazing views of Mt Kilimanjaro. When you arrive, you'll set off on a game drive in your overland vehicle to explore the park and discover the wildlife that calls this place home.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Mto Wa Mbu - This morning, you'll visit the Kimana Ranger Project and meet the inspiring men and women who protect the vital Kimana Sanctuary, an important wildlife area, particularly for migrating elephants. At the Ranger Training Academy, listen to stories of what it takes to safeguard this unique environment and the risks involved in protecting the Greater Amboseli ecosystem. The project plays a crucial role in improving the lives and working conditions of rangers, supporting local communities, and promoting conservation efforts where both wildlife and people can thrive. After your visit, travel toward the Kenya-Tanzania border, heading to Mto wa Mbu, a charming village that offers a glimpse into small-town African life. In the afternoon, join the local community for a guided walk around the village, visiting farms, milling machines, and homes. You'll finish the day with a traditional dinner, experiencing local hospitality before settling in at your campsite in Mto wa Mbu.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Serengeti National Park (Ngorongoro Crater) - Rise and shine early today before entering the Ngorongoro Conservation area. When you arrive at the crater, swap your overland vehicle for open roof 4WDs. Take in the spectacular views from the crater's rim as you make your way to the bottom, where animals roam the lakes, rivers, woodlands and hills. The animals here are less wary of humans and vehicles, and as a result, it's easier to watch them up close. Keep an eye out for wildebeest, lion, zebra, cheetah, buffalo, gazelle and the endangered black rhino. Later, head to the wide-open plains of the Serengeti. The Serengeti landscapes see a huge contrast of colours during the year – green after the rains, brown and burnt in the dry season. The never-ending landscape is home to thousands of animals travelling as herds across the plains. This region gets its name from the local Maasai word ‘siringet’, meaning the place where the land moves on forever. Enjoy a picnic lunch, then head to your campsite within the park. Tonight, listen out for the sounds of nocturnal animals as you drift to sleep.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Serengeti National Park - Start the day nice and early with an overland vehicle game drive at dawn. You’ll head out while the animals are at their most active, then head back to camp for brunch at around 11 am. This morning, there’s also the option of a balloon ride over the park. If you have pre-booked this activity, you will be picked up before dawn and driven to the launch site. After a safety briefing, glide through the dawn, sometimes at tree height, where you’ll get some amazing photo opportunities. Sometimes, you will ascend, getting an overview of the vastness of the plains and the early morning movements of the herds. After landing, dig into a delicious bush breakfast, then return to your camp. After spending the warmer part of the day relaxing with your herd – just as the animals do – depart again at dusk for another overland vehicle adventure through the wild, returning in time for dinner.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Karatu - Enjoy a leisurely game drive and picnic lunch on your way out of Serengeti National Park today. Soak up final views of this incredible spot before making the long drive to Karatu – a small town nearby and your base for the next two nights.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Karatu - Today is a free day to relax or explore at your own pace. You might like to head to a local coffee plantation or take an optional game drive in Lake Manyara National Park. Maybe opt for a hike through the Ngorongoro Reserve Forest to the Elephant Caves – a great way to stretch your legs after a few days of overland travel. You'll hike through the Ngorongoro rainforest as your local guide explains the ins and outs of the area and points out interesting animal tracks and footprints. Marvel at the wild landscape and spot beautiful birdlife as you walk.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Arusha / Nairobi - Set off early this morning at around 7.30 am to begin your final journey of the trip. Your first stop will be in Arusha, where you'll have the option to end your trip. If it’s more convenient for you, there is the option to travel back to Nairobi, too. Your adventure comes to an end in Nairobi. You'll be dropped at a centrally located hotel, however, no accommodation will be provided tonight. If you want to extend your stay in Nairobi, just get in touch with your booking agent to organise additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Nairobi - Jambo! Welcome to Kenya. Your trip begins in Nairobi with a welcome meeting at 6 pm. If you arrive with time to spare, consider getting to know the city on an Urban Adventure like the ‘Nairobi Experience’. This optional 4-hour tour is a great way to get a feel for Nairobi and includes lunch at a local restaurant. After the meeting, maybe join your new travel companions for an optional group dinner and get to know each other better.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Lake Nakuru National Park - Drive north-west past splendid views of the Great Rift Valley, Lake Naivasha and Elementaita to Lake Nakuru National Park. Situated in the heart of the Great Rift Valley, Lake Nakuru National Park is a great location for spotting wildlife, which you’ll get a chance to do on an early morning game drive tomorrow. For now, head to a nearby village with your leader. This is a fantastic opportunity to interact with the local folk and get a feel for everyday life here. Take a cooking class and return later in the evening to share the results for dinner.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Lake Naivasha - Wake early for a light breakfast this morning and head into the Lake Nakuru National Park for a game drive in the overland vehicle. Lake Nakuru is home to rhinos, and there will be a good chance of spotting and photographing one of these magnificent beasts. Return to camp for lunch, then drive to Lake Naivasha. One of the few freshwater lakes in the Great Rift Valley, Lake Naivasha has floating islands of papyrus reeds and a border of flat-topped acacias. It's also home to a healthy population of hippos and a huge variety of birds.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Lake Naivasha - Today, you’ll head out for a boat trip across Lake Naivasha – the best way to take in the atmosphere of this lush area. With your experienced guide, look out for the numerous hippo that live here, as well as kingfishers, fish eagles, herons, giraffes, zebras and waterbucks. Set against a backdrop of the Eburru volcanic mountain range and lined by acacia trees, this lake is one of the most renowned in the area. After, you have a free day to choose from a variety of optional activities. Maybe opt for a trip to Hell's Gate National Park, which boasts beautiful cliffs, gorges, rock towers, volcanoes and a range of geothermal phenomena, or hire a bike for the day and make some of your own discoveries, venturing beyond the cacti and olive trees.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Loita Hills Maasai Village - Depart Lake Naivasha, making a short stop in Narok for food shopping. Continue to Loita Hills, home of the Maasai people, stopping for lunch on the way. You’ll be camping at Tepesua Village, which is known for championing Maasai women’s health and education. When you arrive, be welcomed by traditional Maasai warrior song and dance, then your host will explain the details of Maasai warrior training. Take a walk to the community village, founded to alleviate the poverty of Maasai widows, who traditionally are not allowed to inherit property. The village offers support, safety and economic growth through the Tepesua Widows Income Project. Spend the evening around a campfire and learn more about their age-old culture and traditions as you share stories with Maasai warriors into the night.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Masai Mara National Reserve - Today, you’ll travel from Loita Hills to Maasai Mara. Most of the road there is tarmacked, but the final 5 km is dusty when dry and muddy when wet. The Maasai Mara, with its sparse open plains, dramatic skies and some of the world's most tremendous animals, is the quintessential African experience. After setting up camp, sit down for some lunch. Then, it's time to jump in 4WDs and go for a game drive through the wilderness of the Mara, looking out for all your wildlife favourites form the Lion King – think wildebeest, lions, leopards, cheetahs, buffalo, elephants and rhino.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Masai Mara National Reserve - This morning, maybe take an optional balloon ride over the Mara at sunrise. If you’ve pre-booked this activity, you’ll be picked up before dawn and driven to the launch site for a safety briefing from your pilot. You’ll then glide through the skies, sometimes at tree height, for some amazing photo opportunities. After landing, you'll be treated to a bush breakfast before meeting up with the rest of the group. Today you’ll venture into the Maasai Mara National Reserve with expert local driver guides for a day-long 4WD game drive. You'll explore this diverse environment and most likely see a multitude of wildlife.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Nairobi - Say goodbye to the open expanses of the African bush and return to the bustling metropolis of Nairobi. When you arrive, you'll be dropped at a centrally located hotel and you’re free to leave at any time. If you would like to extend your stay in Nairobi, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Nairobi - Jambo! Welcome to Kenya. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm in Nairobi. If you arrive early, you can head out and explore the National Museum of Kenya, the Karen Blixen Museum or the highly recommended Bomas of Kenya, where traditional homesteads of several Kenyan tribes are displayed in an outdoor village. Tonight, why not ask your leader for local dinner recommendations and head out to get to know your fellow travellers.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Amboseli National Park - Today, you'll board your overland vehicle bound for Amboseli National Park. The park covers an area of about 392 square kilometres and is home to the largest population of African elephants in Kenya, many of which are ‘big tuskers’ (elephants with large tusks). You may even spot a ‘super tusker’ – a male bull elephant with tusks that weigh over 45 kg each, usually so long they scrape the ground. If you're lucky to visit on a clear day, you'll be treated to amazing views of Mt Kilimanjaro. When you arrive, you'll set off on a game drive in your overland vehicle to explore the park and discover the wildlife that calls this place home.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Mto Wa Mbu - This morning, you'll visit the Kimana Ranger Project and meet the inspiring men and women who protect the vital Kimana Sanctuary, an important wildlife area, particularly for migrating elephants. At the Ranger Training Academy, listen to stories of what it takes to safeguard this unique environment and the risks involved in protecting the Greater Amboseli ecosystem. The project plays a crucial role in improving the lives and working conditions of rangers, supporting local communities, and promoting conservation efforts where both wildlife and people can thrive. After your visit, travel toward the Kenya-Tanzania border, heading to Mto wa Mbu, a charming village that offers a glimpse into small-town African life. In the afternoon, join the local community for a guided walk around the village, visiting farms, milling machines, and homes. You'll finish the day with a traditional dinner, experiencing local hospitality before settling in at your campsite in Mto wa Mbu.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Serengeti National Park (Ngorongoro Crater) - Rise and shine early today before entering the Ngorongoro Conservation area. When you arrive at the crater, swap your overland vehicle for open roof 4WDs. Take in the spectacular views from the crater's rim as you make your way to the bottom, where animals roam the lakes, rivers, woodlands and hills. The animals here are less wary of humans and vehicles, and as a result, it's easier to watch them up close. Keep an eye out for wildebeest, lion, zebra, cheetah, buffalo, gazelle and the endangered black rhino. Later, head to the wide-open plains of the Serengeti. The Serengeti landscapes see a huge contrast of colours during the year – green after the rains, brown and burnt in the dry season. The never-ending landscape is home to thousands of animals travelling as herds across the plains. This region gets its name from the local Maasai word ‘siringet’, meaning the place where the land moves on forever. Enjoy a picnic lunch, then head to your campsite within the park. Tonight, listen out for the sounds of nocturnal animals as you drift to sleep.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Serengeti National Park - Start the day nice and early with an overland vehicle game drive at dawn. You’ll head out while the animals are at their most active, then head back to camp for brunch at around 11 am. This morning, there’s also the option of a balloon ride over the park. If you have pre-booked this activity, you will be picked up before dawn and driven to the launch site. After a safety briefing, glide through the dawn, sometimes at tree height, where you’ll get some amazing photo opportunities. Sometimes, you will ascend, getting an overview of the vastness of the plains and the early morning movements of the herds. After landing, dig into a delicious bush breakfast, then return to your camp. After spending the warmer part of the day relaxing with your herd – just as the animals do – depart again at dusk for another overland vehicle adventure through the wild, returning in time for dinner.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Karatu - Enjoy a leisurely game drive and picnic lunch on your way out of Serengeti National Park today. Soak up final views of this incredible spot before making the long drive to Karatu – a small town nearby and your base for the next two nights.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Karatu - Today is a free day to relax or explore at your own pace. You might like to head to a local coffee plantation or take an optional game drive in Lake Manyara National Park. Maybe opt for a hike through the Ngorongoro Reserve Forest to the Elephant Caves – a great way to stretch your legs after a few days of overland travel. You'll hike through the Ngorongoro rainforest as your local guide explains the ins and outs of the area and points out interesting animal tracks and footprints. Marvel at the wild landscape and spot beautiful birdlife as you walk.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Marangu - After breakfast, board your overland truck for the final time and head back to Arusha. Upon arrival, you'll be dropped off at the Impala Shuttle Office, where you'll say goodbye to your truck and crew. From there, you'll take an unescorted shuttle bus to Marangu, nestled in the foothills of Mt. Kilimanjaro (1300 m). The shuttle departs around 9 am. You’ll have a second welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight for a full briefing and kit inspection by an experienced Kilimanjaro climber. After the meeting, fuel up on a hearty dinner with your fellow trekkers and get a good night’s rest, ready to start your climb tomorrow!

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Mandara Hut - After a hearty breakfast, make your way to Marangu Gate, the entrance of the Mt Kilimanjaro National Park (1860 m) and meet your guides and porters. With introductions and assignment of porter loads taken care of, it’s time to embark on your trek. Commonly known as the 'Coca Cola' route, the Marangu Route is the oldest track on Kilimanjaro. Look out for the resident wildlife and enjoy the vast landscape as you walk.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Horombo Hut - Your second day on the mountain involves another long hike over a slightly steeper stretch. The total distance from Mandara to the Horombo huts is 12 kilometres (approximately 5to 7 hours). Today you will see the rainforest give way to open and rolling alpine meadows dotted with giant heather trees. Once out of the forest canopy, the twin snow-tipped peaks of Kibo and Mawenzi lie directly ahead. These are two of the three great cones of Kilimanjaro (the other being Shira). During the day’s walk we will traverse several ravines before reaching the hut, which is set in a rocky valley. There is time to enjoy a wide variety of vegetation and changing landscapes on the way to Horombo Hut (3780 metres). We will spend the next two nights here at the hut.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Horombo Hut - After breakfast, walk towards Mawenzi Hut, passing the unusual Zebra Rocks on the way. It’s a steep climb up a grassy slope, but well worth it: the views over the area towards Kibo are second-to-none. Afterwards, return to Horombo for lunch. Spend the afternoon relaxing and acclimatising to the altitude, or ask your guides about short walks in the area. Take advantage of the rest day here and drink plenty of water – the next couple of days will be pretty intense!

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Kibo Hut / Mawenzi Peak - Today you’ll walk the 10 kilometres or so from Horombo to Kibo Hut (approximately 5–7 hours). As the journey progresses you will notice the landscape gradually becoming more rugged and rocky, and the air noticeably thinner. We will have to soften our pace a little to accommodate these environmental changes. Marvel at giant groundsels and lobelias while you travel across the sparse moorland. Skirt Mawenzi Peak and marvel at the stark lunar landscape of the Saddle, reaching Kibo Hut in afternoon (4740 m), take the opportunity to have an early night in preparation for a very early (or late?) wake-up call.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Uhuru Peak / Horombo Hut - Your guides will wake you up at 11 pm and hot tea will be served. Prepare for the last leg of the trek – to the summit. The distance from Kibo Hut to Uhuru Peak is six kilometres (approximately 6–8 hours), and the descent to Horombo will be approximately the same amount of time. The trek begins beneath the stars as you zigzag your way up a large scree slope, guided only by torch light, to reach Gilman's Point (5685 m). With some luck, arrive in time for breathtaking views of the sun rising behind Mawenzi Peak. This is the stretch that most people find the hardest, and you should be prepared for a very cold morning. The dramatic spectacle of the sun rising over the ice fields of the crater will make the early start worthwhile. For those who still have the energy, it's a further walk (approximately 2 hours) along the rim of the crater to Uhuru Peak (5895m), the highest point in Africa. From here there are amazing views of the crater, ice fields and plains below. After photos and time to catch your breath, descend back to Horombo Hut for a well-earned rest.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Marangu - Continue your descent through alpine meadows and rainforest to the park gate. The distance from Horombo to Marangu Gate is 20 kilometres (approximately 5–6 hours). Here your transport awaits and you will return to the hotel for a relaxing shower – a real treat after the physical exertions of the last few days! Over a celebratory meal we can relive and share our experiences of the past five days on the mountain.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Marangu - There are no activities or trekking planned for today. A transfer to Kilimanjaro Airport or a shuttle to Nairobi can be arranged locally – please speak to your group leader about this at the welcome meeting.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Nairobi - Jambo! Welcome to Kenya. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm in Nairobi. If you arrive early, you can head out and explore the National Museum of Kenya, the Karen Blixen Museum or the highly recommended Bomas of Kenya, where traditional homesteads of several Kenyan tribes are displayed in an outdoor village. Tonight, why not ask your leader for local dinner recommendations and head out to get to know your fellow travellers.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Amboseli National Park - Today, you'll board your overland vehicle bound for Amboseli National Park. The park covers an area of about 392 square kilometres and is home to the largest population of African elephants in Kenya, many of which are ‘big tuskers’ (elephants with large tusks). You may even spot a ‘super tusker’ – a male bull elephant with tusks that weigh over 45 kg each, usually so long they scrape the ground. If you're lucky to visit on a clear day, you'll be treated to amazing views of Mt Kilimanjaro. When you arrive, you'll set off on a game drive in your overland vehicle to explore the park and discover the wildlife that calls this place home.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Mto Wa Mbu - This morning, you'll visit the Kimana Ranger Project and meet the inspiring men and women who protect the vital Kimana Sanctuary, an important wildlife area, particularly for migrating elephants. At the Ranger Training Academy, listen to stories of what it takes to safeguard this unique environment and the risks involved in protecting the Greater Amboseli ecosystem. The project plays a crucial role in improving the lives and working conditions of rangers, supporting local communities, and promoting conservation efforts where both wildlife and people can thrive. After your visit, travel toward the Kenya-Tanzania border, heading to Mto wa Mbu, a charming village that offers a glimpse into small-town African life. In the afternoon, join the local community for a guided walk around the village, visiting farms, milling machines, and homes. You'll finish the day with a traditional dinner, experiencing local hospitality before settling in at your campsite in Mto wa Mbu.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Serengeti National Park (Ngorongoro Crater) - Rise and shine early today before entering the Ngorongoro Conservation area. When you arrive at the crater, swap your overland vehicle for open roof 4WDs. Take in the spectacular views from the crater's rim as you make your way to the bottom, where animals roam the lakes, rivers, woodlands and hills. The animals here are less wary of humans and vehicles, and as a result, it's easier to watch them up close. Keep an eye out for wildebeest, lion, zebra, cheetah, buffalo, gazelle and the endangered black rhino. Later, head to the wide-open plains of the Serengeti. The Serengeti landscapes see a huge contrast of colours during the year – green after the rains, brown and burnt in the dry season. The never-ending landscape is home to thousands of animals travelling as herds across the plains. This region gets its name from the local Maasai word ‘siringet’, meaning the place where the land moves on forever. Enjoy a picnic lunch, then head to your campsite within the park. Tonight, listen out for the sounds of nocturnal animals as you drift to sleep.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Serengeti National Park - Start the day nice and early with an overland vehicle game drive at dawn. You’ll head out while the animals are at their most active, then head back to camp for brunch at around 11 am. This morning, there’s also the option of a balloon ride over the park. If you have pre-booked this activity, you will be picked up before dawn and driven to the launch site. After a safety briefing, glide through the dawn, sometimes at tree height, where you’ll get some amazing photo opportunities. Sometimes, you will ascend, getting an overview of the vastness of the plains and the early morning movements of the herds. After landing, dig into a delicious bush breakfast, then return to your camp. After spending the warmer part of the day relaxing with your herd – just as the animals do – depart again at dusk for another overland vehicle adventure through the wild, returning in time for dinner.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Karatu - Enjoy a leisurely game drive and picnic lunch on your way out of Serengeti National Park today. Soak up final views of this incredible spot before making the long drive to Karatu – a small town nearby and your base for the next two nights.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Karatu - Today is a free day to relax or explore at your own pace. You might like to head to a local coffee plantation or take an optional game drive in Lake Manyara National Park. Maybe opt for a hike through the Ngorongoro Reserve Forest to the Elephant Caves – a great way to stretch your legs after a few days of overland travel. You'll hike through the Ngorongoro rainforest as your local guide explains the ins and outs of the area and points out interesting animal tracks and footprints. Marvel at the wild landscape and spot beautiful birdlife as you walk.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Arusha / Nairobi - Set off early this morning at around 7.30 am to begin your final journey of the trip. Your first stop will be in Arusha, where you'll have the option to end your trip. If it’s more convenient for you, there is the option to travel back to Nairobi, too. Your adventure comes to an end in Nairobi. You'll be dropped at a centrally located hotel, however, no accommodation will be provided tonight. If you want to extend your stay in Nairobi, just get in touch with your booking agent to organise additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Nairobi - Welcome to Kenya! Your adventure begins in the capital city, Nairobi. You will be collected from the airport for a short transfer to your hotel, where you will meet your local leader and small group for a 6pm welcome meeting. If you arrive before this time, you could spend the afternoon browsing the artistic and cultural displays at Nairobi Gallery, or lounging by the pool at your home for the night – a swish central hotel complete with bold pan-African art, a sauna and steam room, and super friendly staff. After your meeting, head out with your leader and fellow travellers to a colourful local restaurant offering traditional favourites with a modern touch. Sharing food is a big part of the culture here and a great way to get to know your new travel companions – enjoy sharing platters and tasty sides like samosas, fried plantains and tilapia.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Lake Naivasha / Lake Nakuru - Today, we head off to the Great Rift Valley of East Africa, where our first stop will be in Elsamere, the former home of the writer Joy Adamson, whose 1960 book 'Born Free' helped bring wildlife conservation into the mainstream. The house is a veritable museum dedicated to the works of Joy and George Adamson, with many photos of Elsa, the lioness that started it all. Embark on a boat trip on Lake Naivasha, the highest of all lakes in the Great Rift Valley and home to many a hippopotamus. Later, enjoy a high tea lunch on the very grounds Joy cherished for so many years, with the lake as a serene backdrop. After lunch, continue to your Lake Nakuru lodge, arriving in the early evening. From your lodge you’ll enjoy remarkable views of Lake Nakuru and the surrounding national park, alive with the call of birds and rich in wildlife. What better way to take it all in than from your lodge’s infinity pool.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Lake Nakuru National Park - This morning you will visit Lake Nakuru National Park by four-wheel drive vehicle (4x4) – the park’s lake is its stunning centrepiece. Mornings can be cold here so it's important to bring warm clothes. You might see why this great soda lake has been described as the world's greatest ornithological spectacle; great seas of flamingos often turn the landscape a sweeping shade of pink. Flooding in recent years has unfortunately caused a decline in birdlife, however the park boasts substantial numbers of other species, including waterbuck, reedbuck and gazelle. Leopards are also to be found here, and the chances of sighting one are significant. Return to the lodge and take some time out for lunch, then head back out for another afternoon game drive. Keep your eyes peeled for one of Africa's most endangered creatures, the elusive black rhinoceros. While white rhino sightings are fairly common, spotting a black rhinoceros is a real treat.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Masai Mara National Reserve - Head southwest to the Maasai Mara, one of the finest game reserves in Africa. Cross the Great Rift Valley and pass by the remote region of Loita Hills, home of the Maasai people. This is one of the few places where they still practice their traditional way of life with little influence from the western world. Stop at Tepesua Village where you’ll be welcomed by Maasai Warriors through traditional song and dance. Meet your Maasai hosts, take a walk to the community village and enjoy a fascinating talk full of insights into this ancient culture. The village offers support, safety and economic growth through the ‘Tepesua Widows Income Project’, where widowed women sew eco-friendly handicrafts to sell to visitors and locals. Learn about village life and be shown around a traditional Maasai home and cattle enclosure. Move on to Zebra River Camp, your Feature Stay accommodation for the next three nights. Here, you can watch blazing sunsets and share stories over the bonfire – or cocktails in the plush lounge area – before retiring to your luxury digs. Tented rooms feature ensuite bathrooms, large, comfortable beds and private verandas offering fabulous views of the surrounding wilderness.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Masai Mara National Reserve - Explore more of the park by 4x4 today with further game drives from morning to the afternoon. We depart for an early morning game drive with our packed lunch at hand since we will drive to the furthest part of the park. Witness the wonderful procession of wildlife that inhabits the area. Wildebeest, zebra and gazelle are plentiful, and you might even spot predators keeping a casual eye on their movements. Elephants, giraffes and elands are also commonly sighted, along with plenty of bird life. The area is known for its rolling green plains and riverine woodlands, and amongst the many species of game, a black-maned lion, leopard or cheetah might appear, with some luck. As the sun starts to set, stop and take a moment to soak it all in with a drink in hand – there are few better ways to wrap up a day of wildlife spotting in one of the world’s most captivating places. As dusk falls, a variety of animals might be visible in the vicinity of your camp also. We return to camp late in the evening with time to freshen up before dinner.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Masai Mara National Reserve - The morning is yours to do as you wish. You may like to sit back with a cup of coffee on your private deck, keeping an eye out for animals in the reserve, or forgo a sleep-in in favour of an early morning game drive or walking safari. If you’d like to see the Maasai Mara from a different perspective, a sunrise hot air balloon ride is a truly memorable experience. Balloon rides can be booked ahead of time or on the ground (subject to availability) and the suppliers are committed conservationists, with a portion of the profits from every flight going straight to worthy conservation projects within the park. You will be collected before dawn and glide through the sunrise, sometimes at tree height, making the most of the amazing photo opportunities. Sometimes you'll ascend to get an overview of the enormity of the Maasai Mara plains and the early-morning movements of the teeming herds. In the afternoon, regroup for another exciting 4x4 game drive in the park.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Nairobi - Say goodbye to the Maasai Mara and make the drive back to Nairobi, arriving in the late afternoon. On arrival, settle into your hotel and spend the evening at your leisure.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Arusha - Start the day with an early breakfast, then make the drive to Arusha to begin the Tanzanian leg of your journey. On arrival, settle into your hotel – nestled on the woodland slopes of Mount Meru in the heart of a traditional coffee farm, the hotel offers fantastic views of Lake Duluti. A meeting will take place here at 6pm to welcome any new travellers joining you for the next part of your adventure. After your meeting, join your leader and fellow travellers for a welcome dinner.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Tarangire National Park - After breakfast, drive on to Tarangire National Park, dotted with baobab trees and varied wildlife. The area experiences its own small-scale migration, as animals travel from Tarangire to Lake Manyara in search of water and grass. Your accommodation here is a permanent tented camp in the heart of the park with wonderful views of the Tarangire River. During the migration periods, you may be lucky enough to witness zebras, wildebeest and elephants passing by the veranda of your tent – a true African bush experience. In the afternoon, set out into the park for a 4WD game drive in search of the wildlife.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Ngorongoro Highlands - Rise early for a quick breakfast before a thrilling 4WD game drive. Tarangire National Park is populated with elephants, herds of cape buffalo, gazelles, Burchell’s zebras, giraffes and warthogs. Their predators also roam the park – look out for lions, cheetahs, leopards, hyenas, jackals and even African wild dogs. If you look to the skies, you’ll see the park’s abundant array of birdlife. After, continue your journey to the Ngorongoro Highlands. Along the way, stop at a local farmers’ market for a look at local life. Watch traders and buyers haggle over the prices of a colourful array of fruits and vegetables – your leader will pick up some seasonal fruits for you to try yourself. This afternoon, you have free time so maybe speak to your leader for tips on how to get the most out of this wonderful area.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Serengeti National Park - Today, you’ll make your way to the wide-open plains of the Serengeti. Travel through the Ngorongoro Conservation Area, skirting the mighty volcanic Ngorongoro Crater. Arrive at the 'Endless Plains' of the Serengeti – they span some 14,700 sq km, home to about three million animals! Here, you might see wildebeest, zebras, gazelles, lions, cheetahs, warthogs, hyenas, hippos and ostriches. This afternoon, head out on a 4WD game drive in the southern regions of the Serengeti for your first look at the park’s wildlife. In the evening, retire to your Feature Stay accommodation – a permanent tented camp in the breathtaking wilderness of the Serengeti. With no fences, this magnificent eco-camp allows you to really connect with your wild surroundings without sacrificing modern comforts. Each tent is equipped with en-suite bathrooms and large windows, providing an opportunity to spot wildlife from the comfort of your bed! The charming lounge area and dining tent are perfect for socialising with fellow travellers while taking in the mesmerising natural beauty of the surroundings. Tonight, you’ll enjoy dinner to a soundtrack of the wild Serengeti.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Serengeti National Park - The interactions between the many species of the Serengeti plains often provide some of the best wildlife viewing opportunities in the world. You may like to spend the morning on a hot air balloon safari over the great plains. Today, you'll go on a full day game drive in through the wide plains. Watch the landscape change within the park from the vast treeless central plains to thick scrub and forest in the north. Linking these areas is the savannah, punctuated by acacia trees and rock outcrops. Start at sunrise with a morning game drive, then return to the camp in the middle of the day to escape the midday sun. Take some time to relax, then when it’s cooled down and the animals are more active, set out again for an afternoon game drive. Pull up in the park and enjoy a refreshing 'sundowner' (an iconic part of traditional safari life).

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Ngorongoro Highlands - This morning, depart the Serengeti National Park and travel back to the Ngorongoro Crater Conservation Area – one of Africa's most beautiful nature reserves and the world's largest intact caldera. Within this crater lies every type of ecosystem, including riverine forests, open plains, freshwater and alkaline lakes. The scenery is awe-inspiring as you descend almost 600 m down to the crater floor. Within its 300 sq km lies a remarkable concentration of wildlife and on your game drive, you may even see the highly endangered black rhinoceros! On the crater floor, grassland blends into swamps, lakes, rivers, woodlands and hills. The Maasai are permitted to water their cattle at the permanent lake and can be seen leading their animals in and out of the crater. Enjoy a bush picnic lunch on the crater floor before continuing with your game drive. After, return to the Ngorongoro Highlands.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Ngorongoro Highlands - Enjoy a morning at leisure. Today you'll learn all about coffee, with a hands-on tour of a coffee plantation, covering the coffee process from seed, to bean, to cup. In the afternoon, spend some time relaxing by the pool, or speak to your leader about the other activities available.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Arusha - This morning, depart the lodge and make the drive back to Arusha. You should expect to arrive back in Arusha by lunchtime, at which point your adventure comes to an end. Please do not book any international flights departing before 6 pm this evening to allow for any unexpected delays. If you would like to extend your stay in Arusha, additional accommodation can be booked in advance.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Nairobi - Welcome to Kenya! Your adventure begins in the capital city, Nairobi. You will be collected from the airport for a short transfer to your hotel, where you will meet your local leader and small group for a 6pm welcome meeting. If you arrive before this time, you could spend the afternoon browsing the artistic and cultural displays at Nairobi Gallery, or lounging by the pool at your home for the night – a swish central hotel complete with bold pan-African art, a sauna and steam room, and super friendly staff. After your meeting, head out with your leader and fellow travellers to a colourful local restaurant offering traditional favourites with a modern touch. Sharing food is a big part of the culture here and a great way to get to know your new travel companions – enjoy sharing platters and tasty sides like samosas, fried plantains and tilapia.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Lake Naivasha / Lake Nakuru - Today, we head off to the Great Rift Valley of East Africa, where our first stop will be in Elsamere, the former home of the writer Joy Adamson, whose 1960 book 'Born Free' helped bring wildlife conservation into the mainstream. The house is a veritable museum dedicated to the works of Joy and George Adamson, with many photos of Elsa, the lioness that started it all. Embark on a boat trip on Lake Naivasha, the highest of all lakes in the Great Rift Valley and home to many a hippopotamus. Later, enjoy a high tea lunch on the very grounds Joy cherished for so many years, with the lake as a serene backdrop. After lunch, continue to your Lake Nakuru lodge, arriving in the early evening. From your lodge you’ll enjoy remarkable views of Lake Nakuru and the surrounding national park, alive with the call of birds and rich in wildlife. What better way to take it all in than from your lodge’s infinity pool.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Lake Nakuru National Park - This morning you will visit Lake Nakuru National Park by four-wheel drive vehicle (4x4) – the park’s lake is its stunning centrepiece. Mornings can be cold here so it's important to bring warm clothes. You might see why this great soda lake has been described as the world's greatest ornithological spectacle; great seas of flamingos often turn the landscape a sweeping shade of pink. Flooding in recent years has unfortunately caused a decline in birdlife, however the park boasts substantial numbers of other species, including waterbuck, reedbuck and gazelle. Leopards are also to be found here, and the chances of sighting one are significant. Return to the lodge and take some time out for lunch, then head back out for another afternoon game drive. Keep your eyes peeled for one of Africa's most endangered creatures, the elusive black rhinoceros. While white rhino sightings are fairly common, spotting a black rhinoceros is a real treat.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Masai Mara National Reserve - Head southwest to the Maasai Mara, one of the finest game reserves in Africa. Cross the Great Rift Valley and pass by the remote region of Loita Hills, home of the Maasai people. This is one of the few places where they still practice their traditional way of life with little influence from the western world. Stop at Tepesua Village where you’ll be welcomed by Maasai Warriors through traditional song and dance. Meet your Maasai hosts, take a walk to the community village and enjoy a fascinating talk full of insights into this ancient culture. The village offers support, safety and economic growth through the ‘Tepesua Widows Income Project’, where widowed women sew eco-friendly handicrafts to sell to visitors and locals. Learn about village life and be shown around a traditional Maasai home and cattle enclosure. Move on to Zebra River Camp, your Feature Stay accommodation for the next three nights. Here, you can watch blazing sunsets and share stories over the bonfire – or cocktails in the plush lounge area – before retiring to your luxury digs. Tented rooms feature ensuite bathrooms, large, comfortable beds and private verandas offering fabulous views of the surrounding wilderness.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Masai Mara National Reserve - Explore more of the park by 4x4 today with further game drives from morning to the afternoon. We depart for an early morning game drive with our packed lunch at hand since we will drive to the furthest part of the park. Witness the wonderful procession of wildlife that inhabits the area. Wildebeest, zebra and gazelle are plentiful, and you might even spot predators keeping a casual eye on their movements. Elephants, giraffes and elands are also commonly sighted, along with plenty of bird life. The area is known for its rolling green plains and riverine woodlands, and amongst the many species of game, a black-maned lion, leopard or cheetah might appear, with some luck. As the sun starts to set, stop and take a moment to soak it all in with a drink in hand – there are few better ways to wrap up a day of wildlife spotting in one of the world’s most captivating places. As dusk falls, a variety of animals might be visible in the vicinity of your camp also. We return to camp late in the evening with time to freshen up before dinner.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Masai Mara National Reserve - The morning is yours to do as you wish. You may like to sit back with a cup of coffee on your private deck, keeping an eye out for animals in the reserve, or forgo a sleep-in in favour of an early morning game drive or walking safari. If you’d like to see the Maasai Mara from a different perspective, a sunrise hot air balloon ride is a truly memorable experience. Balloon rides can be booked ahead of time or on the ground (subject to availability) and the suppliers are committed conservationists, with a portion of the profits from every flight going straight to worthy conservation projects within the park. You will be collected before dawn and glide through the sunrise, sometimes at tree height, making the most of the amazing photo opportunities. Sometimes you'll ascend to get an overview of the enormity of the Maasai Mara plains and the early-morning movements of the teeming herds. In the afternoon, regroup for another exciting 4x4 game drive in the park.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Nairobi - Say goodbye to the Maasai Mara and return to Nairobi. You can expect to arrive in the late afternoon, at which point your adventure will come to an end. Please do not book any international flights departing from Nairobi International Airport before 8pm this evening to allow for any unexpected delays. If you would like to extend your stay in Nairobi, additional accommodation can be booked in advance (subject to availability).

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Kigali - Murakaza neza! Welcome to Kigali, Rwanda’s capital city. You’ll be met at the airport and transferred to your hotel, where you’ll have a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. Your accommodation for the next two nights is no ordinary hotel – the Hotel des Mille Collines is famous for sheltering and consequently saving more than 1000 people during the Rwandan genocide of 1994. If you arrive in Kigali early, maybe start exploring at your own pace. Head to Nyamirambo, the Muslim quarter, to try some giant grilled tilapia, or stop by a local cafe and discover why Rwandan coffee is considered some of the world’s best. Tonight, you’ll join your leader for dinner at an East African restaurant popular with the locals. Enjoy live music, cocktails, great views and an authentic shared dining experience full of regional flavour.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Kigali - This morning, head out of the city for a sobering visit to the Ntarama Church. The local guide will explain how this memorial marks the spot where 5000 people were tragically slaughtered during the genocide. Reminders of lives lost remain in the church, including clothes and even bones. Continue to the Nyamata Genocide Memorial Centre – a former church where an incomprehensible 50,000 people were murdered. Your leader will discuss how the Tutsis sought refuge in churches, only for them to turn into death traps. Then, visit the Genocide Museum – a powerful yet confronting experience and important in understanding the tragedy and the resilience of the Rwandan people. This afternoon, re-energize with a local lunch and try traditional Rwandan and Ugandan dishes before taking a tour of the city and Kimironko market with your leader. The evening is then free for you to explore at your own pace.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Bwindi Impenetrable Forest - After breakfast, depart Kigali and head across the border to the Bwindi National Park in Uganda. Arrive at the Gorilla Heights Lodge – your Feature Stay accommodation for the next three nights. Sitting high on the Nteko Ridge, the lodge offers great views of the Bwindi Impenetrable Forest, which is home to half of the world’s 800 mountain gorillas. Gaze out across the jagged Virunga Mountains that straddle Uganda's border with Congo and Rwanda. Each cottage has a private balcony overlooking the forest canopy and is solar-powered. This evening, a field veterinarian from the Gorilla Doctors will join you at your lodge for a behind-the-scenes look at their work. This organization is dedicated to saving the mountain and eastern lowland (Grauer's) gorilla species using veterinary medicine and science. They provide medical interventions to protect the animals from human-induced or life-threatening trauma or disease. You'll learn more about their fascinating work during this exclusive experience.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Bwindi Impenetrable Forest - Rise early and head to the park headquarters where you’ll be briefed on today's gorilla trek by the Uganda Wildlife Authorities. The trek can be strenuous, wet and uncomfortable at times but the incredible biodiversity of the Bwindi Impenetrable Forest and the chance to see rare mountain gorillas makes it worthwhile. It’s recommended that you invest in the help of local porters who can carry your pack and provide expert, local one-on-one assistance along the trek. Not only does it make for a more comfortable trek, but it also provides valuable employment opportunities to locals. Gorilla trekking is highly controlled. When you encounter a group of gorillas, you’ll be able to stay with them for one hour – watch them swing from trees, groom each other and play, all under the watchful eye of a giant silverback. Have a picnic lunch in the wilderness of the rainforest.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Bwindi Impenetrable Forest - Enjoy a leisurely breakfast on the terrace overlooking the forest. This morning, you are free to do as little or as much as you like. For those seeking another encounter with the mountain gorillas, there’s the option for a second day of trekking. Later this afternoon, experience The Buniga Batwa Cultural Trail. The indigenous Batwa tribes, once forest-dwelling hunter-gatherers, were displaced in 1991 when the forests became protected national parks, leaving them conservation refugees. The Buniga Batwa Cultural Trail offers a glimpse into their traditional way of life. With your local guide and translator, you’ll walk through the forest as they teach you how they used to forage for food, trap animals with snares made from branches, and make tools and medicines from nature. Watch as they demonstrate their traditional hunting and fire-making techniques and learn how they built their huts and ‘nests’ in trees to protect children from dangerous animals. Afterwards, join your group and leader for dinner in the terraced restaurant surrounded by mountain views.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Kigali - After breakfast, we'll depart the Bwindi Impenetrable Forest and begin the journey to cross back over the border into Kigali (approximately 4 hours). After arriving at the capital, your afternoon is free to relax or explore.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Nairobi - Transfer to the airport and fly on an unescorted flight to Nairobi. You will be collected from the airport for a short transfer to your hotel, where you will meet your local leader and small group for a 6pm welcome meeting. If you arrive before this time, you could spend the afternoon browsing the artistic and cultural displays at Nairobi Gallery, or lounging by the pool at your home for the night – a swish central hotel complete with bold pan-African art, a sauna and steam room, and super friendly staff. After your meeting, head out with your leader and fellow travellers to a colourful local restaurant offering traditional favourites with a modern touch. Sharing food is a big part of the culture here and a great way to get to know your new travel companions – enjoy sharing platters and tasty sides like samosas, fried plantains and tilapia.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Lake Naivasha / Lake Nakuru - Today, we head off to the Great Rift Valley of East Africa, where our first stop will be in Elsamere, the former home of the writer Joy Adamson, whose 1960 book 'Born Free' helped bring wildlife conservation into the mainstream. The house is a veritable museum dedicated to the works of Joy and George Adamson, with many photos of Elsa, the lioness that started it all. Embark on a boat trip on Lake Naivasha, the highest of all lakes in the Great Rift Valley and home to many a hippopotamus. Later, enjoy a high tea lunch on the very grounds Joy cherished for so many years, with the lake as a serene backdrop. After lunch, continue to your Lake Nakuru lodge, arriving in the early evening. From your lodge you’ll enjoy remarkable views of Lake Nakuru and the surrounding national park, alive with the call of birds and rich in wildlife. What better way to take it all in than from your lodge’s infinity pool.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Lake Nakuru National Park - This morning you will visit Lake Nakuru National Park by four-wheel drive vehicle (4x4) – the park’s lake is its stunning centrepiece. Mornings can be cold here so it's important to bring warm clothes. You might see why this great soda lake has been described as the world's greatest ornithological spectacle; great seas of flamingos often turn the landscape a sweeping shade of pink. Flooding in recent years has unfortunately caused a decline in birdlife, however the park boasts substantial numbers of other species, including waterbuck, reedbuck and gazelle. Leopards are also to be found here, and the chances of sighting one are significant. Return to the lodge and take some time out for lunch, then head back out for another afternoon game drive. Keep your eyes peeled for one of Africa's most endangered creatures, the elusive black rhinoceros. While white rhino sightings are fairly common, spotting a black rhinoceros is a real treat.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Masai Mara National Reserve - Head southwest to the Maasai Mara, one of the finest game reserves in Africa. Cross the Great Rift Valley and pass by the remote region of Loita Hills, home of the Maasai people. This is one of the few places where they still practice their traditional way of life with little influence from the western world. Stop at Tepesua Village where you’ll be welcomed by Maasai Warriors through traditional song and dance. Meet your Maasai hosts, take a walk to the community village and enjoy a fascinating talk full of insights into this ancient culture. The village offers support, safety and economic growth through the ‘Tepesua Widows Income Project’, where widowed women sew eco-friendly handicrafts to sell to visitors and locals. Learn about village life and be shown around a traditional Maasai home and cattle enclosure. Move on to Zebra River Camp, your Feature Stay accommodation for the next three nights. Here, you can watch blazing sunsets and share stories over the bonfire – or cocktails in the plush lounge area – before retiring to your luxury digs. Tented rooms feature ensuite bathrooms, large, comfortable beds and private verandas offering fabulous views of the surrounding wilderness.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Masai Mara National Reserve - Explore more of the park by 4x4 today with further game drives from morning to the afternoon. We depart for an early morning game drive with our packed lunch at hand since we will drive to the furthest part of the park. Witness the wonderful procession of wildlife that inhabits the area. Wildebeest, zebra and gazelle are plentiful, and you might even spot predators keeping a casual eye on their movements. Elephants, giraffes and elands are also commonly sighted, along with plenty of bird life. The area is known for its rolling green plains and riverine woodlands, and amongst the many species of game, a black-maned lion, leopard or cheetah might appear, with some luck. As the sun starts to set, stop and take a moment to soak it all in with a drink in hand – there are few better ways to wrap up a day of wildlife spotting in one of the world’s most captivating places. As dusk falls, a variety of animals might be visible in the vicinity of your camp also. We return to camp late in the evening with time to freshen up before dinner.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Masai Mara National Reserve - The morning is yours to do as you wish. You may like to sit back with a cup of coffee on your private deck, keeping an eye out for animals in the reserve, or forgo a sleep-in in favour of an early morning game drive or walking safari. If you’d like to see the Maasai Mara from a different perspective, a sunrise hot air balloon ride is a truly memorable experience. Balloon rides can be booked ahead of time or on the ground (subject to availability) and the suppliers are committed conservationists, with a portion of the profits from every flight going straight to worthy conservation projects within the park. You will be collected before dawn and glide through the sunrise, sometimes at tree height, making the most of the amazing photo opportunities. Sometimes you'll ascend to get an overview of the enormity of the Maasai Mara plains and the early-morning movements of the teeming herds. In the afternoon, regroup for another exciting 4x4 game drive in the park.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Nairobi - Say goodbye to the Maasai Mara and return to Nairobi. You can expect to arrive in the late afternoon, at which point your adventure will come to an end. Please do not book any international flights departing from Nairobi International Airport before 8pm this evening to allow for any unexpected delays. If you would like to extend your stay in Nairobi, additional accommodation can be booked in advance (subject to availability).

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Nairobi - Welcome to Kenya! Your adventure begins in the capital city, Nairobi. You will be collected from the airport for a short transfer to your hotel, where you will meet your local leader and small group for a 6pm welcome meeting. If you arrive before this time, you could spend the afternoon browsing the artistic and cultural displays at Nairobi Gallery, or lounging by the pool at your home for the night – a swish central hotel complete with bold pan-African art, a sauna and steam room, and super friendly staff. After your meeting, head out with your leader and fellow travellers to a colourful local restaurant offering traditional favourites with a modern touch. Sharing food is a big part of the culture here and a great way to get to know your new travel companions – enjoy sharing platters and tasty sides like samosas, fried plantains and tilapia.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Lake Naivasha / Lake Nakuru - Today, we head off to the Great Rift Valley of East Africa, where our first stop will be in Elsamere, the former home of the writer Joy Adamson, whose 1960 book 'Born Free' helped bring wildlife conservation into the mainstream. The house is a veritable museum dedicated to the works of Joy and George Adamson, with many photos of Elsa, the lioness that started it all. Embark on a boat trip on Lake Naivasha, the highest of all lakes in the Great Rift Valley and home to many a hippopotamus. Later, enjoy a high tea lunch on the very grounds Joy cherished for so many years, with the lake as a serene backdrop. After lunch, continue to your Lake Nakuru lodge, arriving in the early evening. From your lodge you’ll enjoy remarkable views of Lake Nakuru and the surrounding national park, alive with the call of birds and rich in wildlife. What better way to take it all in than from your lodge’s infinity pool.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Lake Nakuru National Park - This morning you will visit Lake Nakuru National Park by four-wheel drive vehicle (4x4) – the park’s lake is its stunning centrepiece. Mornings can be cold here so it's important to bring warm clothes. You might see why this great soda lake has been described as the world's greatest ornithological spectacle; great seas of flamingos often turn the landscape a sweeping shade of pink. Flooding in recent years has unfortunately caused a decline in birdlife, however the park boasts substantial numbers of other species, including waterbuck, reedbuck and gazelle. Leopards are also to be found here, and the chances of sighting one are significant. Return to the lodge and take some time out for lunch, then head back out for another afternoon game drive. Keep your eyes peeled for one of Africa's most endangered creatures, the elusive black rhinoceros. While white rhino sightings are fairly common, spotting a black rhinoceros is a real treat.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Masai Mara National Reserve - Head southwest to the Maasai Mara, one of the finest game reserves in Africa. Cross the Great Rift Valley and pass by the remote region of Loita Hills, home of the Maasai people. This is one of the few places where they still practice their traditional way of life with little influence from the western world. Stop at Tepesua Village where you’ll be welcomed by Maasai Warriors through traditional song and dance. Meet your Maasai hosts, take a walk to the community village and enjoy a fascinating talk full of insights into this ancient culture. The village offers support, safety and economic growth through the ‘Tepesua Widows Income Project’, where widowed women sew eco-friendly handicrafts to sell to visitors and locals. Learn about village life and be shown around a traditional Maasai home and cattle enclosure. Move on to Zebra River Camp, your Feature Stay accommodation for the next three nights. Here, you can watch blazing sunsets and share stories over the bonfire – or cocktails in the plush lounge area – before retiring to your luxury digs. Tented rooms feature ensuite bathrooms, large, comfortable beds and private verandas offering fabulous views of the surrounding wilderness.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Masai Mara National Reserve - Explore more of the park by 4x4 today with further game drives from morning to the afternoon. We depart for an early morning game drive with our packed lunch at hand since we will drive to the furthest part of the park. Witness the wonderful procession of wildlife that inhabits the area. Wildebeest, zebra and gazelle are plentiful, and you might even spot predators keeping a casual eye on their movements. Elephants, giraffes and elands are also commonly sighted, along with plenty of bird life. The area is known for its rolling green plains and riverine woodlands, and amongst the many species of game, a black-maned lion, leopard or cheetah might appear, with some luck. As the sun starts to set, stop and take a moment to soak it all in with a drink in hand – there are few better ways to wrap up a day of wildlife spotting in one of the world’s most captivating places. As dusk falls, a variety of animals might be visible in the vicinity of your camp also. We return to camp late in the evening with time to freshen up before dinner.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Masai Mara National Reserve - The morning is yours to do as you wish. You may like to sit back with a cup of coffee on your private deck, keeping an eye out for animals in the reserve, or forgo a sleep-in in favour of an early morning game drive or walking safari. If you’d like to see the Maasai Mara from a different perspective, a sunrise hot air balloon ride is a truly memorable experience. Balloon rides can be booked ahead of time or on the ground (subject to availability) and the suppliers are committed conservationists, with a portion of the profits from every flight going straight to worthy conservation projects within the park. You will be collected before dawn and glide through the sunrise, sometimes at tree height, making the most of the amazing photo opportunities. Sometimes you'll ascend to get an overview of the enormity of the Maasai Mara plains and the early-morning movements of the teeming herds. In the afternoon, regroup for another exciting 4x4 game drive in the park.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Nairobi - Say goodbye to the Maasai Mara and return to Nairobi. You can expect to arrive in the late afternoon. Spend the evening free before departing for South Africa the next morning.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Johannesburg - Welcome to South Africa! The next part of your trip begins in Johannesburg, where you’ll be met at the airport and transferred to your hotel. You'll meet your new group and leader for a welcome meeting at 6pm, but if you do happen to arrive early, the day is yours to spend at leisure. After your meeting, join your leader and fellow travellers for dinner at your hotel. South Africa enjoys a diverse food scene flavoured by its multicultural influences. This evening you may like to try some boerewors, a spiced South African sausage, or perhaps some springbok carpaccio.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Kruger National Park - Set off early for a drive to Kruger National Park, arriving just in time for lunch at Mdluli Safari Lodge, your Feature Stay accommodation for the next two nights. Developed in partnership with the local Mdluli community, the lodge is in perfect harmony with its wild surroundings. Luxury tents feature first-class amenities, with private en suites, indoor and outdoor showers, air-conditioning and a gorgeous infinity pool overlooking the Kruger bush. Sit back and relax in the cozy lounge of the main lodge and take in spectacular views. In the afternoon, you'll enjoy your first open 4WD safari. Experience close encounters with wild animals in their own habitat, and if you’re lucky, you may see lions, elephants, rhinos and leopards. Retire to your lodge in the evening.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Kruger National Park - Rise early and make the journey into the heart of Kruger National Park. Upon entry, you'll find yourself in the perfect position to catch a glimpse of one, or hopefully all, of Africa's iconic animals. Stop at a picnic spot to enjoy your packed breakfast, then proceed with a full-day wildlife safari, stopping off at waterholes and various other points to observe animals in their natural habitats. One of the largest game reserves in Southern Africa, Kruger National Park is home to not only members of the Big Five but also 500 bird species, 100 reptile species, and 150 mammal species. The endangered African wild dog, herbivores like hippo, zebra, giraffe and numerous different types of antelope also enjoy the park’s rich mosaic of habitats, including savanna, mixed acacia woodland, rocky hills and mopane woodland. Today's game drive will finish in time for sunset and drinks, served on a kopje at your Feature Stay. Pronounced 'kopee' these large ancient rock formations provide scenic contrasts across Africa's vast landscapes. Take a moment to sit back and take in the sounds and sights of the bush as day turns to night.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Victoria Falls - Rise early and depart for Kruger Mpumalanga International Airport, where you will say goodbye to South Africa and board a mid-morning flight to Victoria Falls airport in Zimbabwe. Continue to your lodge accommodation, which serves up stunning views of uninterrupted wilderness and a waterhole frequented by elephant, buffalo, kudu and more. Spend the afternoon relaxing by the pool or spotting wildlife from any of the multiple viewing decks around the lodge. This evening head above the falls onto the Zambezi River and embark on a small and intimate dinner cruise. The specially designed jet-propelled boats allow you to reach the shallow water among the islands directly above Victoria Falls. Two private chefs will prepare dinner with locally sourced fresh ingredients and serve drinks while the captain navigates the islands above the thundering Victoria Falls. Sit back in your comfortable lounge chair as you enjoy a four-course meal while looking out for crocodiles lazing on the banks or elephants and hippos submerging themselves in the river – this is truly an experience to remember.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Victoria Falls - Victoria Falls is one of the world's most awe-inspiring natural wonders of the world. Plunging over 100 meters into a deep gorge, its raw power and beauty are simply breathtaking. With an expert guide, explore the rich flora, fauna, birdlife, and fascinating history of this World Heritage Site, while capturing incredible photos of "The Smoke that Thunders" along the way. The rest of the day is yours to relax, or take part in the many optional activities available in Victoria Falls.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Chobe National Park - Enjoy a leisurely morning before you depart Zimbabwe and make the journey to Chobe National Park in Botswana, crossing the Kazangula border. The afternoon is free to walk in Kasane town (watch out for wandering warthogs!), sit poolside on the edge of the Chobe River and watch the sunset, or perhaps opt for an optional afternoon game drive in Chobe National Park.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Chobe National Park - Start the day with a game drive through Chobe National Park, the first designated national park in Botswana. Chobe is known for its huge population of elephants and buffalo and you may well see them drinking at the local watering hole during the drive. Then head back to the lodge for breakfast. Afterwards embark on a cruise along the picturesque Chobe River, an ideal location for spotting bird life such as saddle-billed storks, malachite kingfishers, fish eagles and beautiful bee-eaters as well as hippos, crocodiles and large families of elephants often seen crossing the river between the boats. You will be joined by other travellers on the boat cruise which has a toilet and small bar to purchase drinks. Enjoy a drink on board and watch the sun set over the river.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Chobe National Park - Your adventure comes to an end after breakfast this morning. If you would like to spend more time in Chobe, or Victoria Falls, we’ll be happy to organise additional accommodation (subject to availability). Airport transfers can also be booked (for an additional fee) for flights departing from Victoria Falls or Livingstone, while a complimentary a transfer to Kasane Airport is available.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Arusha - Karibu! Welcome to Tanzania. Your adventure begins in Arusha – your gateway to the incredible national parks of Tanzania. When you arrive in Kilimanjaro Airport, you’ll be met by a local representative and transferred to your hotel for your welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. Located on the woodland slopes of Mount Meru in the heart of a traditional coffee farm, your hotel offers fantastic views of Lake Duluti. If you arrive early, you might like to visit the Natural History Museum or head to the Ngaramtoni Market to shop for handicrafts. After your meeting, join your leader and fellow travellers for a short walk to the shores of the lake, where you’ll find chairs and lamps set up for a private welcome dinner. Toast to the beginning of a new adventure and enjoy your stunning surroundings.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Tarangire National Park - After breakfast, drive on to Tarangire National Park, dotted with baobab trees and varied wildlife. The area experiences its own small-scale migration, as animals travel from Tarangire to Lake Manyara in search of water and grass. Your accommodation here is a permanent tented camp in the heart of the park with wonderful views of the Tarangire River. During the migration periods, you may be lucky enough to witness zebras, wildebeest and elephants passing by the veranda of your tent – a true African bush experience. In the afternoon, set out into the park for a 4WD game drive in search of the wildlife.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Ngorongoro Highlands - Rise early for a quick breakfast before a thrilling 4WD game drive. Tarangire National Park is populated with elephants, herds of cape buffalo, gazelles, Burchell’s zebras, giraffes and warthogs. Their predators also roam the park – look out for lions, cheetahs, leopards, hyenas, jackals and even African wild dogs. If you look to the skies, you’ll see the park’s abundant array of birdlife. After, continue your journey to the Ngorongoro Highlands. Along the way, stop at a local farmers’ market for a look at local life. Watch traders and buyers haggle over the prices of a colourful array of fruits and vegetables – your leader will pick up some seasonal fruits for you to try yourself. This afternoon, you have free time so maybe speak to your leader for tips on how to get the most out of this wonderful area.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Serengeti National Park - Today, you’ll make your way to the wide-open plains of the Serengeti. Travel through the Ngorongoro Conservation Area, skirting the mighty volcanic Ngorongoro Crater. Arrive at the 'Endless Plains' of the Serengeti – they span some 14,700 sq km, home to about three million animals! Here, you might see wildebeest, zebras, gazelles, lions, cheetahs, warthogs, hyenas, hippos and ostriches. This afternoon, head out on a 4WD game drive in the southern regions of the Serengeti for your first look at the park’s wildlife. In the evening, retire to your Feature Stay accommodation – a permanent tented camp in the breathtaking wilderness of the Serengeti. With no fences, this magnificent eco-camp allows you to really connect with your wild surroundings without sacrificing modern comforts. Each tent is equipped with en-suite bathrooms and large windows, providing an opportunity to spot wildlife from the comfort of your bed! The charming lounge area and dining tent are perfect for socialising with fellow travellers while taking in the mesmerising natural beauty of the surroundings. Tonight, you’ll enjoy dinner to a soundtrack of the wild Serengeti.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Serengeti National Park - The interactions between the many species of the Serengeti plains often provide some of the best wildlife viewing opportunities in the world. You may like to spend the morning on a hot air balloon safari over the great plains. Today, you'll go on a full day game drive in through the wide plains. Watch the landscape change within the park from the vast treeless central plains to thick scrub and forest in the north. Linking these areas is the savannah, punctuated by acacia trees and rock outcrops. Start at sunrise with a morning game drive, then return to the camp in the middle of the day to escape the midday sun. Take some time to relax, then when it’s cooled down and the animals are more active, set out again for an afternoon game drive. Pull up in the park and enjoy a refreshing 'sundowner' (an iconic part of traditional safari life).

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Ngorongoro Highlands - This morning, depart the Serengeti National Park and travel back to the Ngorongoro Crater Conservation Area – one of Africa's most beautiful nature reserves and the world's largest intact caldera. Within this crater lies every type of ecosystem, including riverine forests, open plains, freshwater and alkaline lakes. The scenery is awe-inspiring as you descend almost 600 m down to the crater floor. Within its 300 sq km lies a remarkable concentration of wildlife and on your game drive, you may even see the highly endangered black rhinoceros! On the crater floor, grassland blends into swamps, lakes, rivers, woodlands and hills. The Maasai are permitted to water their cattle at the permanent lake and can be seen leading their animals in and out of the crater. Enjoy a bush picnic lunch on the crater floor before continuing with your game drive. After, return to the Ngorongoro Highlands.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Ngorongoro Highlands - Enjoy a morning at leisure. Today you'll learn all about coffee, with a hands-on tour of a coffee plantation, covering the coffee process from seed, to bean, to cup. In the afternoon, spend some time relaxing by the pool, or speak to your leader about the other activities available.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Arusha - This morning, depart the lodge and make the drive back to Arusha. You should expect to arrive back in Arusha by lunchtime, at which point your adventure comes to an end. Please do not book any international flights departing before 6 pm this evening to allow for any unexpected delays. If you would like to extend your stay in Arusha, additional accommodation can be booked in advance.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Kigali - Murakaza neza! Welcome to Kigali, Rwanda’s capital city. You’ll be met at the airport and transferred to your hotel, where you’ll have a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. Your accommodation for the next two nights is no ordinary hotel – the Hotel des Mille Collines is famous for sheltering and consequently saving more than 1000 people during the Rwandan genocide of 1994. If you arrive in Kigali early, maybe start exploring at your own pace. Head to Nyamirambo, the Muslim quarter, to try some giant grilled tilapia, or stop by a local cafe and discover why Rwandan coffee is considered some of the world’s best. Tonight, you’ll join your leader for dinner at an East African restaurant popular with the locals. Enjoy live music, cocktails, great views and an authentic shared dining experience full of regional flavour.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Kigali - This morning, head out of the city for a sobering visit to the Ntarama Church. The local guide will explain how this memorial marks the spot where 5000 people were tragically slaughtered during the genocide. Reminders of lives lost remain in the church, including clothes and even bones. Continue to the Nyamata Genocide Memorial Centre – a former church where an incomprehensible 50,000 people were murdered. Your leader will discuss how the Tutsis sought refuge in churches, only for them to turn into death traps. Then, visit the Genocide Museum – a powerful yet confronting experience and important in understanding the tragedy and the resilience of the Rwandan people. This afternoon, re-energize with a local lunch and try traditional Rwandan and Ugandan dishes before taking a tour of the city and Kimironko market with your leader. The evening is then free for you to explore at your own pace.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Bwindi Impenetrable Forest - After breakfast, depart Kigali and head across the border to the Bwindi National Park in Uganda. Arrive at the Gorilla Heights Lodge – your Feature Stay accommodation for the next three nights. Sitting high on the Nteko Ridge, the lodge offers great views of the Bwindi Impenetrable Forest, which is home to half of the world’s 800 mountain gorillas. Gaze out across the jagged Virunga Mountains that straddle Uganda's border with Congo and Rwanda. Each cottage has a private balcony overlooking the forest canopy and is solar-powered. This evening, a field veterinarian from the Gorilla Doctors will join you at your lodge for a behind-the-scenes look at their work. This organization is dedicated to saving the mountain and eastern lowland (Grauer's) gorilla species using veterinary medicine and science. They provide medical interventions to protect the animals from human-induced or life-threatening trauma or disease. You'll learn more about their fascinating work during this exclusive experience.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Bwindi Impenetrable Forest - Rise early and head to the park headquarters where you’ll be briefed on today's gorilla trek by the Uganda Wildlife Authorities. The trek can be strenuous, wet and uncomfortable at times but the incredible biodiversity of the Bwindi Impenetrable Forest and the chance to see rare mountain gorillas makes it worthwhile. It’s recommended that you invest in the help of local porters who can carry your pack and provide expert, local one-on-one assistance along the trek. Not only does it make for a more comfortable trek, but it also provides valuable employment opportunities to locals. Gorilla trekking is highly controlled. When you encounter a group of gorillas, you’ll be able to stay with them for one hour – watch them swing from trees, groom each other and play, all under the watchful eye of a giant silverback. Have a picnic lunch in the wilderness of the rainforest.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Bwindi Impenetrable Forest - Enjoy a leisurely breakfast on the terrace overlooking the forest. This morning, you are free to do as little or as much as you like. For those seeking another encounter with the mountain gorillas, there’s the option for a second day of trekking. Later this afternoon, experience The Buniga Batwa Cultural Trail. The indigenous Batwa tribes, once forest-dwelling hunter-gatherers, were displaced in 1991 when the forests became protected national parks, leaving them conservation refugees. The Buniga Batwa Cultural Trail offers a glimpse into their traditional way of life. With your local guide and translator, you’ll walk through the forest as they teach you how they used to forage for food, trap animals with snares made from branches, and make tools and medicines from nature. Watch as they demonstrate their traditional hunting and fire-making techniques and learn how they built their huts and ‘nests’ in trees to protect children from dangerous animals. Afterwards, join your group and leader for dinner in the terraced restaurant surrounded by mountain views.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Kigali - After breakfast today, depart the Bwindi Impenetrable Forest and begin the journey back over the border into Kigali. After arriving at the capital, your adventure will come to an end at around 1 pm.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Nairobi - Karibu! Welcome to Kenya. Your adventure begins in Nairobi – Kenya’s capital – with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight, where you’ll meet your local leader and fellow travellers. If you arrive early, maybe head out and explore the National Museum of Kenya, the Karen Blixen Museum or the highly recommended Bomas of Kenya, where traditional homesteads of several Kenyan tribes are displayed in an outdoor village. When you've met your new travel buds, why not join the group for an optional group dinner and get to know each other better.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Masai Mara National Reserve - Transfer from Nairobi to the famous Masai Mara – one of the best game reserves in Africa. On the way, you'll stop in Loita Hills – a remote region home to the traditional Maasai people. This is one of the key places where the Maasai people still practice their traditional way of life, with little influence from the Western world. Visit the Tepesua Village, known for championing Maasai women’s health and education. Maasai Warriors will welcome you here by way of traditional song and dance. Meet your hosts and attend a talk full of insights into this remarkable and ancient culture. Take a walk to the community village, which was founded for widows who can never remarry and lost their cows due to drought. The village offers support, safety and economic growth through the Tepesua Widows Income Project. Here, the women make handicrafts and sew handbags using sustainable materials as well as washable sanitary pads and backpacks to sell to visitors and locals. Learn about village life and be shown around a traditional Maasai home and its cattle enclosures. Continue to the outskirts of the Masai Mara, where your permanent tented camp can be found.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Masai Mara National Reserve - This morning, you have the option to take part in a hot air balloon ride and bush breakfast, giving you a rare chance to see the open plains at sunrise, teeming with wildlife. After, explore the Masai Mara in 4WD safari vehicles with game drives in the morning and the afternoon today to give you the best chance to spot the Big Five. This is the quintessential African experience, and with sparse open plains and some of the world's most impressive animals, you won't soon forget this one. Keep your eyes peeled for wildebeest, lions, leopards, antelope and giraffes along the way.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Lake Victoria - Get ready for a long travel day as you journey toward the Kenya-Tanzania border and make your way to the magnificent Lake Victoria. This vast lake is the main source of the Nile, the longest river in the world, and spans the shores of Kenya, Tanzania, and Uganda. On arrival, unwind with a lakeside dinner while you ponder the magnitude of the world’s largest tropical lake.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Serengeti National Park - Enjoy a relaxed morning, taking in the magnificent views of Lake Victoria in the morning light. Travel to Serengeti National Park, renowned for its incredible wildlife and vast, open landscapes. After passing through the park gate, experience the greatest commute possible as we slowly make our way to our permanent tented camp via the 'scenic safari route.' Along the way, stop to take photos of the abundant wildlife and stunning views. Tonight, you'll have a true African safari experience – with your comfortable safari camp set right in the heart of the Serengeti. After dinner, gather around the campfire to share stories, then fall asleep to the sounds of the wild.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Serengeti National Park - Wake to another glorious day in the Serengeti National Park. Start the day with an early morning 4WD safari to spot the wildlife when they're at their most active. Then, return to camp for a relaxed brunch. This afternoon, head off again for another drive through the park. Return to camp for dinner and another night under the Serengeti's stars.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Karatu - Enjoy a final game drive through the Serengeti National Park this morning as you exit your camp inside the park and make your way to the park gate. From here, drive to the Ngorongoro Conservation area, where you'll hop in the park's 4WD jeeps and descend to the crater floor. The jeeps have an open roof, and the animals here are less wary of humans and vehicles, which makes watching them up close easier. Take in the spectacular views from the crater's rim as you make your way to the bottom, where animals roam the lakes, rivers, woodlands and hills. Keep an eye out for wildebeest, lion, zebra, cheetah, buffalo, gazelle, endangered black rhino and the colourfully dressed Maasai people who often water their cattle at the lake here. This afternoon, leave the Ngorongoro Crater and drive to Karatu – a small town on its outskirts and your base for the next two nights.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Karatu - After breakfast this morning, you’ll make your way to Lake Eyasi – a huge seasonal soda lake. Lake Eyasi has been home to the Hadzabe people for more than 10,000 years and is one of the few places in Africa where traditional tribal life continues without modern influence. Today’s visit to the Hadzabe lands offers incredible insight into this ancient culture and a chance to learn about their way of life. You’ll be able to meet community members and join in on daily activities like hunting, gathering and traditional dance. You’ll also learn about their unique ‘click’ language, which is thought to be one of the oldest languages still in use today. Return to your lodge in Karatu later in the day to put your feet up and relax.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Arusha - Today is a free day to relax or choose from the various optional activities available from your base in Karatu. You might like to head to a local coffee plantation or take a game drive in Lake Manyara National Park. Maybe opt for a hike through the Ngorongoro Reserve Forest to Elephant Caves accompanied by an expert local guide and armed ranger. This is the perfect way to stretch your legs after a few days of travel. You'll hike through the Ngorongoro rainforest as your local guide explains the ins and outs of the area and points out interesting animal tracks and footprints. Marvel at the wild landscape and spot the varied birdlife as you walk. In the afternoon, you’ll head to Arusha, where you spend your last night.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Arusha / Nairobi - Your adventure comes to an end after breakfast today. A departure transfer to either Kilimanjaro Airport (JRO) or Arusha Airport (ARK) can be booked at an additional expense. Alternatively, you can continue with your crew to finish in Nairobi.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Kigali - Welcome to Kigali, the capital of Rwanda since it gained independence in 1962. Most associate Rwanda with the horrific genocide that took place in 1994, but this is a country that has been striving to rebuild its economy for years and offers so much to the intrepid traveller. And though the past won't, and shouldn't, be forgotten, the future of Rwanda's tourism is looking bright thanks to its welcoming people, an abundance of lakes and the beautiful Virunga Mountains. Your adventure begins by meeting your fellow travellers and local leader at 6pm.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Musanze - After breakfast this morning, your tour leader will take you to the Kigali Genocide Memorial Centre, which opened in 2004 to mark the 10th commemoration of the genocide against the Tutsi people. It serves as a museum detailing the history and consequences of Rwanda's genocide and a place for people to grieve for lost friends and family. This afternoon, you’ll drive to Musanze – the gateway to Volcanoes National Park, home to gorillas and golden monkeys. This afternoon, you'll visit The Gorilla Doctors headquaters; the only organisation in the world dedicated to saving the mountain and eastern lowland (Grauer’s) gorilla species one gorilla patient at a time using veterinary medicine and science. They monitor the health of gorilla groups to ensure the early detection of disease and injury, and stage medical interventions when gorillas suffer from human-induced or life-threatening trauma or disease.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Musanze - Today, you’ll visit the The Ellen DeGeneres Campus of the Dian Fossey Gorilla Fund. This research centre leads the world in protecting and studying gorillas while helping communities build their conservation capabilities. Learn about Dian Fossey’s life and the conservation of endangered mountain gorillas in Rwanda. There are heaps of optional activities to do in Musanze, including Golden Monkey Trekking in the Virunga Mountains, the Mount Bisoke trek, or keep it chill with a canoe ride on the Mukungwa River. Maybe visit Redrocks Rwanda, where you’ll learn about the local banana beer production and be treated to some dancing, drumming and basket-weaving demonstrations.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Queen Elizabeth NP - Today, you’ll leave Rwanda as we cross the border into Uganda, making our way to Queen Elizabeth National Park. This park is home to 618 bird species, 10 species of primates - including chimpanzees, and 95 different types of mammals. The route to your accommodation may feel like an unofficial safari. Keep a look out for African elephants, buffalo, hippos, warthogs, Nile crocodiles, leopards, spotted hyenas, lions and chimpanzees. Tonight, stay in a simple safari lodge within the park overlooking the Kazinga Channel.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Queen Elizabeth NP - Wake up for another exciting day in Queen Elizabeth National Park with another 4x4 Game Drive. Be on the lookout for any sightings you may have missed yesterday, and if you’re really lucky, you might be able to spot leopards or lions. This afternoon, you have the opportunity to see the park from a different perspective with an optional cruise down the Kazinga Channel, linking Lake Edward to Lake George. You’ll be joined by local guides who will fill you in on everything you could want to know about the landscape and the animals who live within it – be on the lookout for hippos basking on the shore, as well as crocodiles, herds of elephants and abundant birdlife.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Queen Elizabeth NP - This morning we make our way to Ishasha, the southern sector of Queen Elizabeth National Park. Here you meet some local residents to learn more about rural life in Uganda. Visit a local organic farm, medicine garden and homestead and learn how its owner is tackling human-wildlife conflict with his anti-crop raiding techniques. You’ll also meet a local Mukiga woman who will share her story while showing you how to sort, pound and grind millet to make porridge and other Bakiga meals. This part of the park is famous for its tree climbing lions, so be on the look out as you make the game drive towards our ecolodge in the northern sector of the park frequented by herds of elephants, buffaloes and antelopes!

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Kisoro - Today, drive out of the Queen Elizabeth National Park on your way to the southwest tip of Uganda (approximately 6 hours). The journey is like a game drive in itself, with the chance to spot zebras, antelopes, baboons and monkeys out the window. When you arrive at the corner of Uganda, where the border touches Rwanda and the Democratic Republic of Congo, you’ll be based in Kisoro, which provides access to seven different gorilla groups located in Mgahinga, Nkuringo, Rushaga and Nshongi.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Kisoro (Gorilla Trek) - Join a local guide and trackers as you climb through the rugged, mountainous terrain of Bwindi National Park in search of mountain gorillas. A quick lock of eyes with these creatures is a truly primal moment and visits are strictly controlled to minimise disturbance. Make no mistake, tracking gorillas is no walk in the park – it's called Bwinidi Impenetrable National Park for a reason. It can be wet, muddy, strenuous and uncomfortable, but the indescribable elation at coming across a group of gorillas is worth the effort. Spend a mesmerising hour with the gorillas as they eat, sleep, groom and play as the male silverback watches over them, then return to the lodge for dinner and to reflect on this incredible experience.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Nairobi - After breakfast this morning, make the journey back to Kigali. You'll be dropped off at Kigali Airport for your short flight to Nairobi this evening. When you arrive at Nairobi Airport, you'll be met by a local representative and transferred to your hotel. Check in, freshen up and get a good night's rest before meeting your group in the morning.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Masai Mara National Reserve - Transfer from Nairobi to the famous Maasai Mara – one of the best game reserves in Africa. On the way, you'll stop in Loita Hills – a remote region home to the traditional Maasai people. This is one of the key places where the Maasai people still practice their traditional way of life, with little influence from the Western world. Visit the Tepesua Village, known for championing Maasai women’s health and education. Maasai Warriors will welcome you here by way of traditional song and dance. Meet your hosts and attend a talk full of insights into this remarkable and ancient culture. Take a walk to the community village, which was founded for widows who can never remarry and lost their cows due to drought. The village offers support, safety and economic growth through the Tepesua Widows Income Project. Here, the women make handicrafts and sew handbags using sustainable materials as well as washable sanitary pads and backpacks to sell to visitors and locals. Learn about village life and be shown around a traditional Maasai home and its cattle enclosures. Continue to the outskirts of the Maasai Mara, where your permanent tented camp can be found.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Masai Mara National Reserve - This morning, you have the option to take part in a hot air balloon ride and bush breakfast, giving you a rare chance to see the open plains at sunrise, teeming with wildlife. After, explore the Maasai Mara in 4WD safari vehicles with game drives in the morning and the afternoon today to give you the best chance to spot the Big Five. This is the quintessential African experience, and with sparse open plains and some of the world's most impressive animals, you won't soon forget this one. Keep your eyes peeled for wildebeest, lions, leopards, antelope and giraffes along the way.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Lake Victoria - Get ready for a long travel day as you journey toward the Kenya-Tanzania border and make your way to the magnificent Lake Victoria. This vast lake is the main source of the Nile, the longest river in the world, and spans the shores of Kenya, Tanzania, and Uganda. On arrival, unwind with a lakeside dinner while you ponder the magnitude of the world’s largest tropical lake.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Serengeti National Park - Enjoy a relaxed morning, taking in the magnificent views of Lake Victoria in the morning light. Travel to Serengeti National Park, renowned for its incredible wildlife and vast, open landscapes. After passing through the park gate, experience the greatest commute possible as we slowly make our way to our permanent tented camp via the 'scenic safari route.' Along the way, stop to take photos of the abundant wildlife and stunning views. Tonight, you'll have a true African safari experience – with your comfortable safari camp set right in the heart of the Serengeti. After dinner, gather around the campfire to share stories, then fall asleep to the sounds of the wild.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Serengeti National Park - Wake to another glorious day in the Serengeti National Park. Start the day with an early morning 4WD safari to spot the wildlife when they're at their most active. Then, return to camp for a relaxed brunch. This afternoon, head off again for another drive through the park. Return to camp for dinner and another night under the Serengeti's stars.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Karatu - Enjoy a final game drive through the Serengeti National Park this morning as you exit your camp inside the park and make your way to the park gate. From here, drive to the Ngorongoro Conservation area, where you'll hop in the park's 4WD jeeps and descend to the crater floor. The jeeps have an open roof, and the animals here are less wary of humans and vehicles, which makes watching them up close easier. Take in the spectacular views from the crater's rim as you make your way to the bottom, where animals roam the lakes, rivers, woodlands and hills. Keep an eye out for wildebeest, lion, zebra, cheetah, buffalo, gazelle, endangered black rhino and the colourfully dressed Maasai people who often water their cattle at the lake here. This afternoon, leave the Ngorongoro Crater and drive to Karatu – a small town on its outskirts and your base for the next two nights.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Karatu - After breakfast this morning, you’ll make your way to Lake Eyasi – a huge seasonal soda lake. Lake Eyasi has been home to the Hadzabe people for more than 10,000 years and is one of the few places in Africa where traditional tribal life continues without modern influence. Today’s visit to the Hadzabe lands offers incredible insight into this ancient culture and a chance to learn about their way of life. You’ll be able to meet community members and join in on daily activities like hunting, gathering and traditional dance. You’ll also learn about their unique ‘click’ language, which is thought to be one of the oldest languages still in use today. Return to your lodge in Karatu later in the day to put your feet up and relax.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Arusha - Today is a free day to relax or choose from the various optional activities available from your base in Karatu. You might like to head to a local coffee plantation or take a game drive in Lake Manyara National Park. Maybe opt for a hike through the Ngorongoro Reserve Forest to Elephant Caves accompanied by an expert local guide and armed ranger. This is the perfect way to stretch your legs after a few days of travel. You'll hike through the Ngorongoro rainforest as your local guide explains the ins and outs of the area and points out interesting animal tracks and footprints. Marvel at the wild landscape and spot the varied birdlife as you walk. In the afternoon, you’ll head to Arusha, where you spend your last night.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Arusha / Nairobi - Your adventure comes to an end after breakfast today. A departure transfer to either Kilimanjaro Airport (JRO) or Arusha Airport (ARK) can be booked at an additional expense. Alternatively, you can continue with your crew to finish in Nairobi.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Kigali - Welcome to Kigali, the capital of Rwanda since it gained independence in 1962. Most associate Rwanda with the horrific genocide that took place in 1994, but this is a country that has been striving to rebuild its economy for years and offers so much to the intrepid traveller. And though the past won't, and shouldn't, be forgotten, the future of Rwanda's tourism is looking bright thanks to its welcoming people, an abundance of lakes and the beautiful Virunga Mountains. Your adventure begins by meeting your fellow travellers and local leader at 6pm.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Musanze - After breakfast this morning, your tour leader will take you to the Kigali Genocide Memorial Centre, which opened in 2004 to mark the 10th commemoration of the genocide against the Tutsi people. It serves as a museum detailing the history and consequences of Rwanda's genocide and a place for people to grieve for lost friends and family. This afternoon, you’ll drive to Musanze – the gateway to Volcanoes National Park, home to gorillas and golden monkeys. This afternoon, you'll visit The Gorilla Doctors headquaters; the only organisation in the world dedicated to saving the mountain and eastern lowland (Grauer’s) gorilla species one gorilla patient at a time using veterinary medicine and science. They monitor the health of gorilla groups to ensure the early detection of disease and injury, and stage medical interventions when gorillas suffer from human-induced or life-threatening trauma or disease.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Musanze - Today, you’ll visit the The Ellen DeGeneres Campus of the Dian Fossey Gorilla Fund. This research centre leads the world in protecting and studying gorillas while helping communities build their conservation capabilities. Learn about Dian Fossey’s life and the conservation of endangered mountain gorillas in Rwanda. There are heaps of optional activities to do in Musanze, including Golden Monkey Trekking in the Virunga Mountains, the Mount Bisoke trek, or keep it chill with a canoe ride on the Mukungwa River. Maybe visit Redrocks Rwanda, where you’ll learn about the local banana beer production and be treated to some dancing, drumming and basket-weaving demonstrations.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Queen Elizabeth NP - Today, you’ll leave Rwanda as we cross the border into Uganda, making our way to Queen Elizabeth National Park. This park is home to 618 bird species, 10 species of primates - including chimpanzees, and 95 different types of mammals. The route to your accommodation may feel like an unofficial safari. Keep a look out for African elephants, buffalo, hippos, warthogs, Nile crocodiles, leopards, spotted hyenas, lions and chimpanzees. Tonight, stay in a simple safari lodge within the park overlooking the Kazinga Channel.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Queen Elizabeth NP - Wake up for another exciting day in Queen Elizabeth National Park with another 4x4 Game Drive. Be on the lookout for any sightings you may have missed yesterday, and if you’re really lucky, you might be able to spot leopards or lions. This afternoon, you have the opportunity to see the park from a different perspective with an optional cruise down the Kazinga Channel, linking Lake Edward to Lake George. You’ll be joined by local guides who will fill you in on everything you could want to know about the landscape and the animals who live within it – be on the lookout for hippos basking on the shore, as well as crocodiles, herds of elephants and abundant birdlife.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Queen Elizabeth NP - This morning we make our way to Ishasha, the southern sector of Queen Elizabeth National Park. Here you meet some local residents to learn more about rural life in Uganda. Visit a local organic farm, medicine garden and homestead and learn how its owner is tackling human-wildlife conflict with his anti-crop raiding techniques. You’ll also meet a local Mukiga woman who will share her story while showing you how to sort, pound and grind millet to make porridge and other Bakiga meals. This part of the park is famous for its tree climbing lions, so be on the look out as you make the game drive towards our ecolodge in the northern sector of the park frequented by herds of elephants, buffaloes and antelopes!

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Kisoro - Today, drive out of the Queen Elizabeth National Park on your way to the southwest tip of Uganda (approximately 6 hours). The journey is like a game drive in itself, with the chance to spot zebras, antelopes, baboons and monkeys out the window. When you arrive at the corner of Uganda, where the border touches Rwanda and the Democratic Republic of Congo, you’ll be based in Kisoro, which provides access to seven different gorilla groups located in Mgahinga, Nkuringo, Rushaga and Nshongi.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Kisoro (Gorilla Trek) - Join a local guide and trackers as you climb through the rugged, mountainous terrain of Bwindi National Park in search of mountain gorillas. A quick lock of eyes with these creatures is a truly primal moment and visits are strictly controlled to minimise disturbance. Make no mistake, tracking gorillas is no walk in the park – it's called Bwinidi Impenetrable National Park for a reason. It can be wet, muddy, strenuous and uncomfortable, but the indescribable elation at coming across a group of gorillas is worth the effort. Spend a mesmerising hour with the gorillas as they eat, sleep, groom and play as the male silverback watches over them, then return to the lodge for dinner and to reflect on this incredible experience.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Kigali - After breakfast this morning, it’s time to make the journey back to Kigali. When you arrive, there are no further activities planned and your adventure comes to an end. If you’d like to spend more time here, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Nairobi - Karibu! Welcome to Kenya. Your adventure begins in Nairobi – Kenya’s capital – with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight, where you’ll meet your local leader and fellow travellers. If you arrive early, maybe head out and explore the National Museum of Kenya, the Karen Blixen Museum or the highly recommended Bomas of Kenya, where traditional homesteads of several Kenyan tribes are displayed in an outdoor village. When you've met your new travel buds, why not join the group for an optional group dinner and get to know each other better.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Masai Mara National Reserve - Transfer from Nairobi to the famous Maasai Mara – one of the best game reserves in Africa. On the way, you'll stop in Loita Hills – a remote region home to the traditional Maasai people. This is one of the key places where the Maasai people still practice their traditional way of life, with little influence from the Western world. Visit the Tepesua Village, known for championing Maasai women’s health and education. Maasai Warriors will welcome you here by way of traditional song and dance. Meet your hosts and attend a talk full of insights into this remarkable and ancient culture. Take a walk to the community village, which was founded for widows who can never remarry and lost their cows due to drought. The village offers support, safety and economic growth through the Tepesua Widows Income Project. Here, the women make handicrafts and sew handbags using sustainable materials as well as washable sanitary pads and backpacks to sell to visitors and locals. Learn about village life and be shown around a traditional Maasai home and its cattle enclosures. Continue to the outskirts of the Maasai Mara, where your permanent tented camp can be found.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Masai Mara National Reserve - This morning, you have the option to take part in a hot air balloon ride and bush breakfast, giving you a rare chance to see the open plains at sunrise, teeming with wildlife. After, explore the Maasai Mara in 4WD safari vehicles with game drives in the morning and the afternoon today to give you the best chance to spot the Big Five. This is the quintessential African experience, and with sparse open plains and some of the world's most impressive animals, you won't soon forget this one. Keep your eyes peeled for wildebeest, lions, leopards, antelope and giraffes along the way.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Lake Victoria - Get ready for a long travel day as you journey toward the Kenya-Tanzania border and make your way to the magnificent Lake Victoria. This vast lake is the main source of the Nile, the longest river in the world, and spans the shores of Kenya, Tanzania, and Uganda. On arrival, unwind with a lakeside dinner while you ponder the magnitude of the world’s largest tropical lake.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Serengeti National Park - Enjoy a relaxed morning, taking in the magnificent views of Lake Victoria in the morning light. Travel to Serengeti National Park, renowned for its incredible wildlife and vast, open landscapes. After passing through the park gate, experience the greatest commute possible as we slowly make our way to our permanent tented camp via the 'scenic safari route.' Along the way, stop to take photos of the abundant wildlife and stunning views. Tonight, you'll have a true African safari experience – with your comfortable safari camp set right in the heart of the Serengeti. After dinner, gather around the campfire to share stories, then fall asleep to the sounds of the wild.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Serengeti National Park - Wake to another glorious day in the Serengeti National Park. Start the day with an early morning 4WD safari to spot the wildlife when they're at their most active. Then, return to camp for a relaxed brunch. This afternoon, head off again for another drive through the park. Return to camp for dinner and another night under the Serengeti's stars.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Karatu - Enjoy a final game drive through the Serengeti National Park this morning as you exit your camp inside the park and make your way to the park gate. From here, drive to the Ngorongoro Conservation area, where you'll hop in the park's 4WD jeeps and descend to the crater floor. The jeeps have an open roof, and the animals here are less wary of humans and vehicles, which makes watching them up close easier. Take in the spectacular views from the crater's rim as you make your way to the bottom, where animals roam the lakes, rivers, woodlands and hills. Keep an eye out for wildebeest, lion, zebra, cheetah, buffalo, gazelle, endangered black rhino and the colourfully dressed Maasai people who often water their cattle at the lake here. This afternoon, leave the Ngorongoro Crater and drive to Karatu – a small town on its outskirts and your base for the next two nights.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Karatu - After breakfast this morning, you’ll make your way to Lake Eyasi – a huge seasonal soda lake. Lake Eyasi has been home to the Hadzabe people for more than 10,000 years and is one of the few places in Africa where traditional tribal life continues without modern influence. Today’s visit to the Hadzabe lands offers incredible insight into this ancient culture and a chance to learn about their way of life. You’ll be able to meet community members and join in on daily activities like hunting, gathering and traditional dance. You’ll also learn about their unique ‘click’ language, which is thought to be one of the oldest languages still in use today. Return to your lodge in Karatu later in the day to put your feet up and relax.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Arusha - Today is a free day to relax or choose from the various optional activities available from your base in Karatu. You might like to head to a local coffee plantation or take a game drive in Lake Manyara National Park. Maybe opt for a hike through the Ngorongoro Reserve Forest to Elephant Caves accompanied by an expert local guide and armed ranger. This is the perfect way to stretch your legs after a few days of travel. You'll hike through the Ngorongoro rainforest as your local guide explains the ins and outs of the area and points out interesting animal tracks and footprints. Marvel at the wild landscape and spot the varied birdlife as you walk. In the afternoon, you’ll head to Arusha, where you spend your last night.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Stone Town - This morning, bid farewell to your crew, transfer to Arusha Airport and take an included flight to Stone Town, Zanzibar. You'll be unescorted for the rest of the trip, however, local representatives will be on hand to look after you. Zanzibar is an archipelagic gem filled with idyllic beaches, vibrant markets and a varied history. This is a place rooted in slavery, where Arabian sultans once lived, and Swahili and Islamic influences blend together to create an island paradise. Why not throw yourself into the midst of Stone Town’s maze of narrow streets on a self-guided walk or head to one of the bars on the seafront and soak up the salty air with a cocktail. If you would like to hear more about Stone Town and the island's history, a local representative can organise an afternoon tour.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Nungwi - This morning, you have the option to visit the spice plantations for a guided tour, where you'll learn about the history of the region's spice trade and have the chance to touch, smell, and taste spices like cinnamon, vanilla, and ginger, followed by a tea sampling. Alternatively, you can head directly to the white sands and sparkling blue seas of the northern beaches.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Nungwi - Wake up in paradise and perhaps take the opportunity walk along the coast before a beachside breakfast. Today, you'll have an included dhow cruise and snorkelling trip in the transparent waters among the tropical fish.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Nungwi - Your trip comes to an end today. Please advise your booking agent at the time of booking if you need help with transfers to Stone Town Airport or the ferry terminal. If you’d like to spend more time in this island paradise, post trip accommodation can also be pre-booked at your beach resort or in Stone Town.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Nairobi - Jambo! Welcome to Kenya. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight in Nairobi. If you arrive early, why not check out the National Museum of Kenya, the Karen Blixen Museum or the highly recommended Bomas of Kenya where traditional homesteads of some Kenyan tribes are displayed at an outdoor village. After your meeting tonight, maybe head out for an optional welcome dinner with your new fellow travellers.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Loita Hills Maasai Experience - Depart Nairobi this morning, stopping in Narok along the way for some food shopping. Today's drive crosses the Great Rift Valley – Africa's huge divide – to the remote region of Loita Hills. This is the home of the Maasai people and when you arrive, you’ll grab some lunch then visit the Maasai, known for their dazzling red dress and elaborate jewellery. Gain an insight into the culture and ancient ways of this proud East African community. A local elder will deliver a fascinating talk about the Maasai and what they're about. You'll also be shown around a traditional Maasai home and see where the resident cattle are kept.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Masai Mara National Reserve - Travel from Loita Hilla to Maasai Mara today. The Maasai Mara is one of those classic African experiences – wide open plains, perfect blue skies and some of the world's great wild animals. After setting up camp, sit down to some lunch. Then, it's time to jump aboard your 4WD and go for a game drive through the wilderness of the Mara.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Masai Mara National Reserve - Adventure into the reserve for a full day's 4WD game drive. You'll explore this diverse environment and most likely see a lots of different wildlife. An optional balloon ride over the Mara at sunrise is well worth considering. If you have pre-booked this activity, you’ll be picked up before sunrise and driven to the launch site for a safety briefing from your pilot. Then, glide through the dawn, sometimes at tree height, which provides amazing photo opportunities. Sometimes you’ll ascend, getting an overview of the enormity of the plains and the early morning movements of the teeming herds. After landing, you'll be treated to a bush breakfast, then return to your campsite to meet up with your group. 

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Lake Victoria - Travel towards the Kenya-Tanzania border and to the shores of Lake Victoria. This is not only Africa's biggest lake – it's the largest tropical lake in the world. It shares its shores with Kenya, Tanzania and Uganda. You'll arrive in the late afternoon, with time to chill out lakeside with a cold drink at sunset. Make the most of the ATM and local market to stock up for your next three days of wilderness adventures. You’ll be camping on the shores of the lake tonight, at one of its least visited campgrounds on the outskirts of a small town called Musoma, far from the tourist track.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Serengeti National Park - Today, you’ll travel from Lake Victoria to the gate of Serengeti National Park on a smooth road. Stop for a picnic lunch on the way, then enter the Serengeti and start your overland vehicle game drive on the way to your campsite. These plains – green after rain and brown and burnt in the dry season – are home to thousands of hoofed animals and fierce predators, so see how many you can spot! Your campsite is right in the action, within the park itself, so listen out for the sounds of nocturnal animals as you drift off to sleep tonight.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Serengeti National Park - Start the day with a game drive in your overland truck at dawn. You’ll head out while the animals are at their most active, then head back to camp for brunch. After spending the warmer part of the day relaxing as the animals do, depart again in the afternoon for another adventure through the wild. You'll return in time for dinner. There's the option of an early-morning balloon ride here too, so if you didn't take one in the Mara, today's your chance!

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Karatu - Rise and shine for a final chance to spot Serengeti wildlife as you make your way out of the park this morning. At Nabi gate, hop aboard a jeep and descend into Ngorongoro Crater. This gigantic, perfectly intact volcanic crater is home to some 30,000 animals. Among these are endangered black rhinos, lions, leopards, elephants, impalas, zebras and hippos. The crater floor is great for game viewing all year round and the photo-opportunities here are next level. Enjoy a picnic lunch in the crater before heading back out on safari all afternoon. After, travel on to Karatu town and arrive at camp for a freshly prepared dinner with your group.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Arusha - Take it easy this morning with a relaxed breakfast at camp. Maybe set off for Mto Wa Mbu for an optional guided village walk or take a bike ride around the farming areas, spotting milling machines, local homes and farmlands. Mto Wa Mbu offers a snapshot of small-town East African life. Then, hit the road to Arusha where you'll spend your final night together.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Arusha / Nairobi - Your adventure comes to an end this morning, but that doesn’t mean you can’t continue to explore East Africa. A departure transfer can be booked at an additional expense, to either Kilimanjaro Airport (JRO) or Arusha Airport (ARK). Alternatively, you can join the overland truck and travel back to Kenya to finish your trip in Nairobi around 5pm. If you need to organise additional accommodation, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Entebbe - Ki kati! Welcome to Uganda. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm in Entebbe where you’ll meet your local leader and fellow travellers. Located near Kampala on the shores of Lake Victoria, Entebbe has a relaxed and local feel. If you arrive early, maybe stretch your legs with a stroll through Entebbe Botanical Garden or shop for souvenirs at Entebbe Craft Village. After the meeting tonight, why not head out for dinner and get to know your new travel buddies?

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Jinja - Today, begin your journey from Entebbe to Jinja – one of the highlights of any visit to Uganda, Jinja is a riverside retreat at the source of the Nile, also known as the adventure capital of the country. When you arrive, settle into your accommodation or relax on the banks of the nearby Nile River. If you’re keen to start exploring right away, maybe head to the Jinja Farmer’s Market and try some fresh jackfruit or local snacks. Tonight, your leader can show you where the best spots are to grab some dinner with your group.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Jinja - Jinja is the place for adventurers, adrenaline junkies and eco-travellers, and you’ll enjoy a full free day here to explore at your own pace. Maybe get active with some whitewater rafting or hire a bike to see Jinja on two-wheels. You can also opt for a boat cruise along the source of the Nile, to enjoy the river from a new perspective.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Kibale Forest National Park - Head out in search of some rolex (chapati rolled around an egg omelette, usually with added vegetables) to start the day. This is a popular street food in Uganda and is even more delicious than it sounds! After, travel to Kibale Forest National Park – a tropical rainforest home to 13 species of primates, which is more than any other forest in East Africa! Here you might see the chimpanzee, the most famous resident here, as well as the olive baboon, the blue monkey and 375 species of birds! If you’re lucky, you might even be able to spot one of the more elusive forest elephants and leopards while you’re here. When you arrive, settle into your accommodation and relax or perhaps head out to explore your surroundings with the group.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Kibale Forest National Park - Chimpanzee Trek - Led by expert trackers, you’ll set off into the dense rainforest of Kibale in search of chimpanzees. This hike can be challenging at times, with muddy paths and thick vegetation, but the reward is well worth it – the chance to observe these amazing creatures in their natural habitat. Watch as they play, feed and communicate with each other in the trees high above. In the afternoon, enjoy a guided walk through the Bigodi Wetland Sanctuary – a community-run initiative rich in birdlife, monkeys and different butterfly species. If you’re lucky, you might spot the great blue turaco, the bird this wetland is best known for. Later, return to your accommodation for a free evening. Maybe grab a drink or two with your new friends and toast to the incredible day of adventure.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Queen Elizabeth National Park - Bwindi Impenetrable National Park - Head south and begin your day with a game drive through Queen Elizabeth National Park, home to elephants, buffalo, antelope, and so much more. Then, continue your journey to Bwindi Impenetrable National Park. Take in the scenery as you pass rolling green hills, tea plantations and crater lakes, or simply relax with a book or chat with your group. You’ll also pass through a local village where you’ll have the chance to stop for lunch and coffee. Maybe get to know the Batooro and Bakiiga communities that live here with an optional local village visit, then carry on to Bwindi. When you arrive, settle in and prepare for what will undoubtedly be the highlight of your trip tomorrow – gorilla trekking!

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Bwindi Impenetrable National Park - Gorilla Trek - This morning, join a local guide and experienced trackers as you climb through the rugged, mountainous terrain of Bwindi National Park in search of mountain gorillas. Your first glimpse of these creatures will be a truly beautiful moment, and visits are strictly controlled to minimise disturbance. Tracking gorillas is not an easy feat (it's called Bwindi Impenetrable National Park for a reason!). It can be wet, muddy, strenuous and uncomfortable, but the indescribable feeling of coming across a group of gorillas is worth the effort. Spend a mesmerising hour with the gorillas as they eat, sleep, groom and play as the male silverback watches over them. Enjoy a picnic lunch in the lush wilderness of the rainforest, then, return to camp where you can freshen up with a hot shower. In the afternoon, you’ll also have the chance to take an optional visit to the Batwa community to learn about their forest heritage. Tonight, enjoy a hearty dinner by the crackling fireplace.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Lake Mburo - Say goodbye to Bwindi and begin the journey to Lake Mburo. This is Uganda’s smallest savannah park, but it packs a punch with the variety of landscapes, from woodlands and rolling hills to wetlands and lakes. This afternoon, you’ll have the option to join a game drive, where you’ll have the chance to spot zebras, hippos, buffaloes and even impalas. Tonight, maybe gather your newfound friends for a final dinner and cheers to an amazing trip!

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Entebbe - Rise early and begin the drive back to Entebbe, enjoying a game drive in Lake Mburo along the way. When you arrive, say goodbye to your trip mates as your journey will come to an end. If you’d like to extend your stay, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time to arrange additional accommodation (subject to availability).

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Nairobi - Jambo! Welcome to Kenya. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight in Nairobi. If you arrive early, why not check out the National Museum of Kenya, the Karen Blixen Museum or the highly recommended Bomas of Kenya where traditional homesteads of some Kenyan tribes are displayed at an outdoor village. After your meeting tonight, maybe head out for an optional welcome dinner with your new fellow travellers.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Loita Hills Maasai Experience - Depart Nairobi this morning, stopping in Narok along the way for some food shopping. Today's drive crosses the Great Rift Valley – Africa's huge divide – to the remote region of Loita Hills. This is the home of the Maasai people and when you arrive, you’ll grab some lunch then visit the Maasai, known for their dazzling red dress and elaborate jewellery. Gain an insight into the culture and ancient ways of this proud East African community. A local elder will deliver a fascinating talk about the Maasai and what they're about. You'll also be shown around a traditional Maasai home and see where the resident cattle are kept.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Masai Mara National Reserve - Travel from Loita Hilla to Masai Mara today. The Masai Mara is one of those classic African experiences – wide open plains, perfect blue skies and some of the world's great wild animals. After setting up camp, sit down to some lunch. Then, it's time to jump aboard your 4WD and go for a game drive through the wilderness of the Mara.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Masai Mara National Reserve - Adventure into the reserve for a full day's 4WD game drive. You'll explore this diverse environment and most likely see a lots of different wildlife. An optional balloon ride over the Mara at sunrise is well worth considering. If you have pre-booked this activity, you’ll be picked up before sunrise and driven to the launch site for a safety briefing from your pilot. Then, glide through the dawn, sometimes at tree height, which provides amazing photo opportunities. Sometimes you’ll ascend, getting an overview of the enormity of the plains and the early morning movements of the teeming herds. After landing, you'll be treated to a bush breakfast, then return to your campsite to meet up with your group. 

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Lake Victoria - Travel towards the Kenya-Tanzania border and to the shores of Lake Victoria. This is not only Africa's biggest lake – it's the largest tropical lake in the world. It shares its shores with Kenya, Tanzania and Uganda. You'll arrive in the late afternoon, with time to chill out lakeside with a cold drink at sunset. Make the most of the ATM and local market to stock up for your next three days of wilderness adventures. You’ll be camping on the shores of the lake tonight, at one of its least visited campgrounds on the outskirts of a small town called Musoma, far from the tourist track.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Serengeti National Park - Today, you’ll travel from Lake Victoria to the gate of Serengeti National Park on a smooth road. Stop for a picnic lunch on the way, then enter the Serengeti and start your overland vehicle game drive on the way to your campsite. These plains – green after rain and brown and burnt in the dry season – are home to thousands of hoofed animals and fierce predators, so see how many you can spot! Your campsite is right in the action, within the park itself, so listen out for the sounds of nocturnal animals as you drift off to sleep tonight.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Serengeti National Park - Start the day with a game drive in your overland truck at dawn. You’ll head out while the animals are at their most active, then head back to camp for brunch. After spending the warmer part of the day relaxing as the animals do, depart again in the afternoon for another adventure through the wild. You'll return in time for dinner. There's the option of an early-morning balloon ride here too, so if you didn't take one in the Mara, today's your chance!

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Karatu - Rise and shine for a final chance to spot Serengeti wildlife as you make your way out of the park this morning. At Nabi gate, hop aboard a jeep and descend into Ngorongoro Crater. This gigantic, perfectly intact volcanic crater is home to some 30,000 animals. Among these are endangered black rhinos, lions, leopards, elephants, impalas, zebras and hippos. The crater floor is great for game viewing all year round and the photo-opportunities here are next level. Enjoy a picnic lunch in the crater before heading back out on safari all afternoon. After, travel on to Karatu town and arrive at camp for a freshly prepared dinner with your group.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Arusha - Take it easy this morning with a relaxed breakfast at camp. Maybe set off for Mto Wa Mbu for an optional guided village walk or take a bike ride around the farming areas, spotting milling machines, local homes and farmlands. Mto Wa Mbu offers a snapshot of small-town East African life. Then, hit the road to Arusha where you'll spend your final night together.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Arusha - Stone Town - Pack up camp after breakfast and bid farewell to your crew. Transfer to Arusha Airport and take an included flight to Stone Town, Zanzibar. Your tour will be unescorted from here on; however, our local representatives will be on hand to look after you. Zanzibar is an archipelagic gem filled with idyllic beaches, vibrant markets and a varied and sometimes dark history. This is a place rooted in slavery, where Arabian sultans once lived, and Swahili and Islamic influences blend together to create an exotic island paradise steeped in centuries of history. Why not throw yourself into the midst of Stone Town’s maze of narrow streets – every twist and turn alive with an enticing mix of fragrant bazaars, enchanting mosques and charming ruins. Perhaps head to one of the bars on the seafront and soak up the salty ocean air with a cocktail in hand. Alternatively, if you would like to hear more about Stone Town and the island's history, our local representative can organize an afternoon tour.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Zanzibar Beaches - Venture out of Stone Town this morning and drive to the spice plantations for your optional guided tour, or head directly to the perfectly pristine northern beaches. If you choose to explore the spice plantations, you’ll learn all about the history of this town's renowned spice trade. Take the opportunity to touch, smell and taste various spices – such as cinnamon, vanilla and ginger – then sample some delicious teas! After lunch, head to the northern beaches, where white sands and sparkling blue seas await, and reunite with your group for an afternoon at leisure. This is the Indian Ocean at its best.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Zanzibar Beaches - Wake up in paradise and enjoy a full day of freedom to indulge in the beautiful island surrounds. Take the opportunity to snorkel in the transparent waters, walk the stretch of powder white sand and paddle in the bath-like Indian ocean, dine on freshly caught sumptuous seafood or simply relax in a hammock underneath a coconut tree with a good book. There are many ways you can spend your day – perhaps talk to your leader for any recommendations.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Zanzibar Beaches - Your trip comes to an end today. Please advise us at the time of booking if we can help with transfers to the airport or ferry terminal. If you’d like to spend more time in this island paradise, post-trip accommodation can be pre-booked at your beach resort or in Stone Town.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Moshi - Jambo! Welcome to Tanzania. Your hiking adventure begins in the foothills of Mount Kilimanjaro in Moshi. You’ll have a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight for a full briefing and kit inspection by an experienced Kilimanjaro climber. If you arrive early, the hotel is just a short walk from the village’s bustling market and some excellent coffee shops, so you can head out and explore at your own pace. After the meeting, fuel up on a hearty dinner with your fellow trekkers and get a good night’s rest, ready to start your climb tomorrow!

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Machame Camp - Meet your guides and porters after breakfast this morning, then take the opportunity to organise your gear before setting off to the Machame Gate – the south-western entrance to the Mt Kilimanjaro National Park. On the way, stop into one of the clothes lending offices of Kilimanjaro Porters Assistance Projects and learn how their program, supported by the Intrepid Foundation, is assisting porters. Begin your hike around lunch time, starting with a stroll through the rainforest, looking out for some of the many brightly coloured birds here. Set up camp at Machame in the mid-afternoon, ready for your first night on Kilimanjaro! The huts fell into disrepair some years ago, so with the help of the porters, you’ll be setting up tents for the night. Tonight, enjoy a meal prepared by the porters and savour the first night of sleeping outdoors.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Shira Camp - Your second day on the mountain takes you out of the rainforest and up a steep ridge into moor land. Watch as the vegetation grows sparser as you ascend along the path to the Shira Plateau – soon, several distinct species, including the giant groundsel and lobelia, will be the only plants dominating the harsh landscape. Spend the night camping on the edge of the plateau and be treated to a golden sunset over the snow-dusted peaks of Kibo.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Barranco Camp - After breakfast today, enjoy a fantastic walk as you continue through the rolling landscape and deep river valleys, stopping for a packed lunch along the way. The undulating land here offers a great chance to acclimatise and as you ascend to the more rugged areas of the mountain, there are great views of the Kibo Massif and its scenic surroundings. Tonight, you’ll sleep at Barranco Camp.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Barafu Camp - Have breakfast together at Barranco Camp this morning, then begin today’s hike. From Karanga, head up to the intersection of the South Circuit and the Mweka route where you’ll start climbing up a ridge to Barafu Hut. Barafu is Swahili for ‘ice’ – as the name suggests, it can be very cold here at night! You should arrive at Barafu around lunchtime, allowing plenty of time to rest before the final summit attempt very early tomorrow morning.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Uhuru Peak / Millennium Camp or Mweka Camp - At around midnight, you’ll be woken by the guides with some hot tea and biscuits to give you energy before the long, difficult ascent up scree, and sometimes snow, to Stella Point (5780 m). Pass the giant Rebmann Glacier on the way, and hopefully arrive at Stella Point in time for sunrise and superb views of the crater and the glacier glistening in the morning sun. From Stella, it’s a further 1-hour hike along the rim of the crater to Uhuru Peak (5895m) – the highest point in Africa! From the summit, take in unforgettable views of the crater, the ice fields and the vast East African plains below. After some photos and well deserved pats on the back, you’ll begin your descent. Back at Barafu Camp, enjoy a well-earned lunch and much thicker air. After, continue to Mweka Camp for the night for a well-deserved rest.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Moshi - Today, you’ll continue to descend the mountain, traversing alpine meadows and rainforest to the Mweka park gate. When you arrive, have some lunch after checking out of the park and then transport back to the hotel for a relaxing shower – a real treat after the physical exertions of the last few days! Tonight, gather with your trekking companions for dinner, sharing your experiences of the past six days on the mountain.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Moshi - With no activities or trekking planned for today, you’re free to depart at any time. Transfers to Kilimanjaro Airport or a shuttle to Nairobi can be arranged locally – please speak to your leader at your welcome meeting if you wish to organise this.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Nairobi - Jambo! Welcome to Kenya. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm in Nairobi. If you arrive early, you can head out and explore the National Museum of Kenya, the Karen Blixen Museum or the highly recommended Bomas of Kenya, where traditional homesteads of several Kenyan tribes are displayed in an outdoor village. Tonight, why not ask your leader for local dinner recommendations and head out to get to know your fellow travellers.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Amboseli National Park - Today, you'll board your overland vehicle bound for Amboseli National Park. The park covers an area of about 392 square kilometres and is home to the largest population of African elephants in Kenya, many of which are ‘big tuskers’ (elephants with large tusks). You may even spot a ‘super tusker’ – a male bull elephant with tusks that weigh over 45 kg each, usually so long they scrape the ground. If you're lucky to visit on a clear day, you'll be treated to amazing views of Mt Kilimanjaro. When you arrive, you'll set off on a game drive in your overland vehicle to explore the park and discover the wildlife that calls this place home.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Mto Wa Mbu - This morning, you'll visit the Kimana Ranger Project and meet the inspiring men and women who protect the vital Kimana Sanctuary, an important wildlife area, particularly for migrating elephants. At the Ranger Training Academy, listen to stories of what it takes to safeguard this unique environment and the risks involved in protecting the Greater Amboseli ecosystem. The project plays a crucial role in improving the lives and working conditions of rangers, supporting local communities, and promoting conservation efforts where both wildlife and people can thrive. After your visit, travel toward the Kenya-Tanzania border, heading to Mto wa Mbu, a charming village that offers a glimpse into small-town African life. In the afternoon, join the local community for a guided walk around the village, visiting farms, milling machines, and homes. You'll finish the day with a traditional dinner, experiencing local hospitality before settling in at your campsite in Mto wa Mbu.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Serengeti National Park (Ngorongoro Crater) - Rise and shine early today before entering the Ngorongoro Conservation area. When you arrive at the crater, swap your overland vehicle for open roof 4WDs. Take in the spectacular views from the crater's rim as you make your way to the bottom, where animals roam the lakes, rivers, woodlands and hills. The animals here are less wary of humans and vehicles, and as a result, it's easier to watch them up close. Keep an eye out for wildebeest, lion, zebra, cheetah, buffalo, gazelle and the endangered black rhino. Later, head to the wide-open plains of the Serengeti. The Serengeti landscapes see a huge contrast of colours during the year – green after the rains, brown and burnt in the dry season. The never-ending landscape is home to thousands of animals travelling as herds across the plains. This region gets its name from the local Maasai word ‘siringet’, meaning the place where the land moves on forever. Enjoy a picnic lunch, then head to your campsite within the park. Tonight, listen out for the sounds of nocturnal animals as you drift to sleep.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Serengeti National Park - Start the day nice and early with an overland vehicle game drive at dawn. You’ll head out while the animals are at their most active, then head back to camp for brunch at around 11 am. This morning, there’s also the option of a balloon ride over the park. If you have pre-booked this activity, you will be picked up before dawn and driven to the launch site. After a safety briefing, glide through the dawn, sometimes at tree height, where you’ll get some amazing photo opportunities. Sometimes, you will ascend, getting an overview of the vastness of the plains and the early morning movements of the herds. After landing, dig into a delicious bush breakfast, then return to your camp. After spending the warmer part of the day relaxing with your herd – just as the animals do – depart again at dusk for another overland vehicle adventure through the wild, returning in time for dinner.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Karatu - Enjoy a leisurely game drive and picnic lunch on your way out of Serengeti National Park today. Soak up final views of this incredible spot before making the long drive to Karatu – a small town nearby and your base for the next two nights.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Karatu - Today is a free day to relax or explore at your own pace. You might like to head to a local coffee plantation or take an optional game drive in Lake Manyara National Park. Maybe opt for a hike through the Ngorongoro Reserve Forest to the Elephant Caves – a great way to stretch your legs after a few days of overland travel. You'll hike through the Ngorongoro rainforest as your local guide explains the ins and outs of the area and points out interesting animal tracks and footprints. Marvel at the wild landscape and spot beautiful birdlife as you walk.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Moshi - After breakfast, board your overland truck for the final time and head back to Arusha. Upon arrival, you'll be dropped off at the Impala Shuttle Office, where you'll say goodbye to your truck and crew. From there, you'll take an unescorted shuttle bus to Moshi, nestled in the foothills of Mt. Kilimanjaro (1300 m). The shuttle departs around 9 am. You’ll have a second welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight for a full briefing and kit inspection by an experienced Kilimanjaro climber. After the meeting, fuel up on a hearty dinner with your fellow trekkers and get a good night’s rest, ready to start your climb tomorrow!

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Machame Camp - Meet your guides and porters after breakfast this morning, then take the opportunity to organise your gear before setting off to the Machame Gate – the south-western entrance to the Mt Kilimanjaro National Park. On the way, stop into one of the clothes lending offices of Kilimanjaro Porters Assistance Projects and learn how their program, supported by the Intrepid Foundation, is assisting porters. Begin your hike around lunch time, starting with a stroll through the rainforest, looking out for some of the many brightly coloured birds here. Set up camp at Machame in the mid-afternoon, ready for your first night on Kilimanjaro! The huts fell into disrepair some years ago, so with the help of the porters, you’ll be setting up tents for the night. Tonight, enjoy a meal prepared by the porters and savour the first night of sleeping outdoors.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Shira Camp - Your second day on the mountain takes you out of the rainforest and up a steep ridge into moor land. Watch as the vegetation grows sparser as you ascend along the path to the Shira Plateau – soon, several distinct species, including the giant groundsel and lobelia, will be the only plants dominating the harsh landscape. Spend the night camping on the edge of the plateau and be treated to a golden sunset over the snow-dusted peaks of Kibo.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Barranco Camp - After breakfast today, enjoy a fantastic walk as you continue through the rolling landscape and deep river valleys, stopping for a packed lunch along the way. The undulating land here offers a great chance to acclimatise and as you ascend to the more rugged areas of the mountain, there are great views of the Kibo Massif and its scenic surroundings. Tonight, you’ll sleep at Barranco Camp.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Barafu Camp - Have breakfast together at Barranco Camp this morning, then begin today’s hike. From Karanga, head up to the intersection of the South Circuit and the Mweka route where you’ll start climbing up a ridge to Barafu Hut. Barafu is Swahili for ‘ice’ – as the name suggests, it can be very cold here at night! You should arrive at Barafu around lunchtime, allowing plenty of time to rest before the final summit attempt very early tomorrow morning.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Uhuru Peak / Millennium Camp or Mweka Camp - At around midnight, you’ll be woken by the guides with some hot tea and biscuits to give you energy before the long, difficult ascent up scree, and sometimes snow, to Stella Point (5780 m). Pass the giant Rebmann Glacier on the way, and hopefully arrive at Stella Point in time for sunrise and superb views of the crater and the glacier glistening in the morning sun. From Stella, it’s a further 1-hour hike along the rim of the crater to Uhuru Peak (5895m) – the highest point in Africa! From the summit, take in unforgettable views of the crater, the ice fields and the vast East African plains below. After some photos and well deserved pats on the back, you’ll begin your descent. Back at Barafu Camp, enjoy a well-earned lunch and much thicker air. After, continue to Mweka Camp for the night for a well-deserved rest.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Moshi - Today, you’ll continue to descend the mountain, traversing alpine meadows and rainforest to the Mweka park gate. When you arrive, have some lunch after checking out of the park and then transport back to the hotel for a relaxing shower – a real treat after the physical exertions of the last few days! Tonight, gather with your trekking companions for dinner, sharing your experiences of the past six days on the mountain.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Moshi - With no activities or trekking planned for today, you’re free to depart at any time. Transfers to Kilimanjaro Airport or a shuttle to Nairobi can be arranged locally – please speak to your leader at your welcome meeting if you wish to organise this.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Marangu - Jambo! Welcome to Tanzania. Your hike begins in the foothills of Mount Kilimanjaro in Marangu. The hotel is a short walk from the village’s bustling market and some excellent coffee shops. It is also very close to some beautiful waterfalls and ancient Chagga caves. Please make sure you are at the hotel by early evening, as your trip starts with a full briefing and kit inspection by an experienced Kilimanjaro climber. This will take place before dinner, usually around 6 pm. In the event that one of your fellow travellers is late, the meeting may have to be rescheduled for the following morning.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Mandara Hut - After a hearty breakfast, make your way to Marangu Gate, the entrance of the Mt Kilimanjaro National Park (1860 m) and meet your guides and porters. With introductions and assignment of porter loads taken care of, it’s time to embark on your trek. Commonly known as the 'Coca Cola' route, the Marangu Route is the oldest track on Kilimanjaro. Look out for the resident wildlife and enjoy the vast landscape as you walk.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Horombo Hut - Your second day on the mountain involves another long hike over a slightly steeper stretch. The total distance from Mandara to the Horombo huts is 12 kilometres (approximately 5to 7 hours). Today you will see the rainforest give way to open and rolling alpine meadows dotted with giant heather trees. Once out of the forest canopy, the twin snow-tipped peaks of Kibo and Mawenzi lie directly ahead. These are two of the three great cones of Kilimanjaro (the other being Shira). During the day’s walk we will traverse several ravines before reaching the hut, which is set in a rocky valley. There is time to enjoy a wide variety of vegetation and changing landscapes on the way to Horombo Hut (3780 metres). We will spend the next two nights here at the hut.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Horombo Hut - After breakfast, walk towards Mawenzi Hut, passing the unusual Zebra Rocks on the way. It’s a steep climb up a grassy slope, but well worth it: the views over the area towards Kibo are second-to-none. Afterwards, return to Horombo for lunch. Spend the afternoon relaxing and acclimatising to the altitude, or ask your guides about short walks in the area. Take advantage of the rest day here and drink plenty of water – the next couple of days will be pretty intense!

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Kibo Hut / Mawenzi Peak - Today you’ll walk the 10 kilometres or so from Horombo to Kibo Hut (approximately 5–7 hours). As the journey progresses you will notice the landscape gradually becoming more rugged and rocky, and the air noticeably thinner. We will have to soften our pace a little to accommodate these environmental changes. Marvel at giant groundsels and lobelias while you travel across the sparse moorland. Skirt Mawenzi Peak and marvel at the stark lunar landscape of the Saddle, reaching Kibo Hut in afternoon (4740 m), take the opportunity to have an early night in preparation for a very early (or late?) wake-up call.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Uhuru Peak / Horombo Hut - Your guides will wake you up at 11 pm and hot tea will be served. Prepare for the last leg of the trek – to the summit. The distance from Kibo Hut to Uhuru Peak is six kilometres (approximately 6–8 hours), and the descent to Horombo will be approximately the same amount of time. The trek begins beneath the stars as you zigzag your way up a large scree slope, guided only by torch light, to reach Gilman's Point (5685 m). With some luck, arrive in time for breathtaking views of the sun rising behind Mawenzi Peak. This is the stretch that most people find the hardest, and you should be prepared for a very cold morning. The dramatic spectacle of the sun rising over the ice fields of the crater will make the early start worthwhile. For those who still have the energy, it's a further walk (approximately 2 hours) along the rim of the crater to Uhuru Peak (5895m), the highest point in Africa. From here there are amazing views of the crater, ice fields and plains below. After photos and time to catch your breath, descend back to Horombo Hut for a well-earned rest.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Marangu - Continue your descent through alpine meadows and rainforest to the park gate. The distance from Horombo to Marangu Gate is 20 kilometres (approximately 5–6 hours). Here your transport awaits and you will return to the hotel for a relaxing shower – a real treat after the physical exertions of the last few days! Over a celebratory meal we can relive and share our experiences of the past five days on the mountain.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Marangu - There are no activities or trekking planned for today. A transfer to Kilimanjaro Airport or a shuttle to Nairobi can be arranged locally – please speak to your group leader about this at the welcome meeting.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Nairobi - Jambo! Welcome to Kenya. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm. You can arrive at any time as there are no activities planned until this important meeting. If you arrive early, perhaps head out and explore the National Museum of Kenya, the Karen Blixen Museum or the highly recommended Bomas of Kenya, where traditional homesteads of several Kenyan tribes are displayed in an outdoor village.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Mto wa Mbu - Depart early for Mto wa Mbu in your overland truck. The trip includes a border crossing from Kenya into Tanzania, so be sure to have your passport handy. While you're on the road, there will be a stop at an ATM and a market or shop to stock up on any supplies you might need for the coming days. Arrive in Mto wa Mbu and acquaint yourself with this delightful small village – it's a fascinating snapshot of small-town African life, situated well off the tourist trail.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Ngorongoro Crater / Serengeti National Park - Get up early, put your camping and personal gear into a six-person jeep and head out for an excursion into the Serengeti via the Ngorongoro Crater. Enjoy a safari in the crater, spending 3 to 4 hours exploring this incredible, perfectly intact volcanic caldera. Watch for black rhinos, lions, leopards, elephants, impalas, zebras and hippos. The crater floor offers excellent game viewing all year round (some 30,000 animals live here) and the photo opportunities are unrivalled. Next, it's on to the wide-open plains of the Serengeti. Green after the rains, brown and burnt in the dry season, this is perhaps the quintessential image of Africa – the home of thousands of hoofed animals and fierce predators. Your campsite is within the Serengeti itself, so listen out for the sounds of nocturnal animals as you drift off to sleep.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Serengeti National Park - Awake at dawn and embark on a game drive. You will head out while the animals are at their most active, then head back to camp for brunch at around 11 am. After spending the middle of the day relaxing, just like the animals do, head out again as the day begins to cool. You'll return from this second game drive in time for dinner. There's also the option of a balloon ride over the park this morning – in place of some of today’s game drives. If you have pre-booked this activity, you will be picked up before dawn and driven to the launch site. After a safety briefing, glide through the dawn, sometimes at tree height, getting some amazing photo opportunities. Sometimes you will ascend, getting an overview of the enormity of the plains and the early morning movements of the teeming herds. After landing, indulge in a five-star bush breakfast, then be returned to camp.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Serengeti National Park / Mto wa Mbu - Rise with the sun and enjoy another game drive as you leave the Serengeti in your dust. Jump back into your overland vehicle and head for Mto wa Mbu. Once camp is set up, join the local community for a guided stroll around the farming areas, milling machine, and local homes and farmlands. After, we'll share a local dinner in town and if time permits you may have the oppertunity to watch how it's made with a local cooking demonstration. After setting up camp, we'll take a guided stroll through the farming areas, milling machines, and local homes and farmlands, getting to know the local community and their way of life. Later, we'll enjoy a scrumptious local dinner in town. If time permits, you might even get to witness a local cooking demonstration and see how it's made.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Usambara Mountains - Prepare yourself for a long travel day heading for the Usambara Mountains. Stretch your legs during a brief supply stop in Arusha, then jump back in the vehicle and watch the ever-changing scenery, read your favourite book or get to really know your fellow travellers. Your base will be Lushoto – an old German colony and home to the Wasambaa people. This highland town sits at approximately 1400 metres and this evening you'll camp in the grounds of one of the oldest hotels in Africa.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Usambara Mountains - Explore the beautiful Usambara Mountains today – a lovely unspoilt area of Tanzania. Unlike the coast and the north, very few tourists visit this part of the country, so it has a freshness that can be hard to find elsewhere. As beautiful as the surrounding mountains and rainforests are, however, the real jewels here are the local people and villages. You'll experience some hospitality on a visit to some of the small local communities. From your base, you will take a walk out to the gorgeous Irente viewpoint. It's best to pack some water and snacks in a day pack for this trip. On your way back, visit a local cultural project based at an Irente farm and enjoy a picnic lunch.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Dar es Salaam - Leaving the mountains behind, travel further south to the coastal town of Kipepeo Beach in Dar es Salaam. Your camp at Kipepeo is by the beach, so make the most of it – perhaps take a stroll along the shore after you arrive and settle in.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Stone Town - Catch a ferry to Africa's 'Spice Island' of Zanzibar. Filled with pristine white-sand beaches, winding cobblestone alleyways and fragrant bazaars, Zanzibar has had a colourful history – everything from slave traders to Arabian sultans and fruit exporters. The sight of traditional dhows sailing along the coast evokes what the island must have been like in centuries ago. The old part of Zanzibar's main city is known as Stone Town, and the best way to see this is on foot, exploring the markets, shops, mosques, palaces and courtyards. Explore the many charms of Stone Town, the historic part of Zanzibar's main city, with a local guide. Sample some local food and gain insight into daily local life living on Zanzibar. When the sun is setting, why not grab a drink from a bar overlooking the seafront. A seafood curry at a local restaurant is also a great choice. You'll spend the night in Stone Town at a basic inn.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Zanzibar Northern Beaches - Once checked out of your Stone Town accommodation, consider booking in to an optional guided tour of the island's spice plantations, learning all about the history of this town's spice trade. You will have the opportunity to smell and taste various spices, such as cinnamon, vanilla and ginger, plus sample some teas made with these spices too. After lunch, head to the Northern Beaches, where white sands and sparkling blue seas await. This is the Indian Ocean at its best.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Zanzibar Northern Beaches - Enjoy free time in this beautiful archipelago today. There are many ways you can spend your day – perhaps talk to your leader for any recommendations they might have. Snorkelling in search of exotic fish is an excellent option, or you could take a traditional dhow boat on the water. You might also like to feast on a sumptuous lunch of grilled local seafood, or just relax in a hammock underneath a coconut tree with a good book. It's totally up to you!

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Stone Town - Spend a final morning relaxing on the sandy northern beaches before returning to Stone Town for an afternoon and evening at leisure. Maybe ask you leader where to grab a urojo, a unique and delicious street treat made from potatoes and noodles stewed in a stock of tumeric, mango, flour and more. Or maybe grab a sugarcane juice and have a wander. You've got a long day of driving ahead tomorrow, so make the most of your free time while you can!

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Mikumi National Park - Embrace an early start to catch a 7.30 am ferry to the mainland, then make tracks for Mikumi. It’s approximately an 8-hour drive to your first camp spot, but you’ll get a great look at all that renowned Tanzanian landscape on the way. Gaze out at vast plains dotted with baobab and tamarind trees and maybe catch a glimpse of some of the elephants, buffaloes, giraffes, lions and leopards that call the park home. Once you arrive at your camp spot, your leader will show you the ropes (literally) and help you set up and get comfortable for your night in the tent.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Iringa - Wake up early this morning to head off on a 4WD game drive into Mikumi National Park with local expert guides. This less touristed park is home to impressive numbers of elephants, hippos, giraffes, zebras, buffalo, warthogs, wildebeest and impalas – and maybe even a predator or two if you're lucky! Afterwards, we'll drive to Iringa (approximately 5 hours) and set up camp on the grounds of a farmhouse on the outskirts of this pleasant settlement. The area is filled with natural bush land which can make it a bird watchers paradise. Make the most of this rural setting by doing some stargazing before you retire for the night.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Chitimba - Enter Malawi and travel to your campsite at Chitimba (approximately 10–12 hours). Malawi, the ‘warm heart of Africa,’ is dominated by its lake, which covers almost a fifth of the country and provides a livelihood for many Malawian people. Fishermen, fish traders and canoe and net makers all ply their trade on Lake Malawi. A common sight is that of a fisherman in a bwato (a dugout canoe made from a hollowed tree trunk) fishing on the still lake at the break of day.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Lake Malawi - Travel from Chitimba to Kande Beach on the shore of Lake Malawi (approximately 6 hours). There will be a chance to stop at a shop or market for any supplies you might need along the way. Enjoy a relaxing getaway from the commercialism and crowds with a few days on the lake’s more peaceful beaches. Your campsite at Kande Beach is right on the shore of Lake Malawi.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Lake Malawi - Enjoy free time today and soak up your idyllic surrounds. As well as chilling out on the lake’s sandy shores, make sure you take the opportunity to meet some local Malawians – easily some of the friendliest people in Africa.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: South Luangwa National Park - Journey through southern Malawi and enter Zambia, continuing to South Luangwa National Park (approximately 9–10 hours). There will be border crossing formalities on the way, and a chance to stock up on goods at a shop or market and visit an ATM. The concentration of animals around the Luangwa River and its lagoons is some of the highest in Africa. Take in the beautiful scenery and the abundance of wildlife, watching out for colourful birds and herds of elephants.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: South Luangwa National Park - Rise early for an exhilarating morning game drive in a 4WD with a local guide, then head back to the camp for lunch (as this is the hottest part of the day). Return to the park for another Game Drive late this afternoon Alternatively, an optional village walk is another good option, if you'd like a snapshot of daily life in the local community.

     

    Day - 20

    Location: Petauke - After breakfast, pay a visit to a workshop where local craftswomen take snare wire recovered from poaching traps and transform it into jewellery inspired by the African bush. The women will show you around their purpose-built workshop and give you a chance to try coiling or hammering the wire yourself. For each sale made, a donation is given to anti snare patrols dedicated to the conservation of the region. After your visit, head further south to Petauke (approximately 6 hours).

     

    Day - 21

    Location: Lusaka - Head for your camp just south of Lusaka City (approximately 6 hours). Arrive, stretch your legs and take a stroll to discover the town. Though it's fast developing, Lusaka retains a strong African feel, and the locals are usually up for a chat.

     

    Day - 22

    Location: Harare - Travel to Harare today (approximately 8–9 hours). The first part of your journey takes you to the border with Zimbabwe. After crossing, continue to Harare. There will be a chance to explore the town, stock up on whatever you need at a market or shop and use an ATM.

     

    Day - 23

    Location: Great Zimbabwe Ruins / Masvingo - Drive to Masvingo (approximately 5–6 hours). This colonial settlement – the oldest in Zimbabwe – makes the perfect base for exploring the ruins of Great Zimbabwe. The ancient city, now a World Heritage site, was first constructed in the 11th century and is believed to have been the seat of power for a monarch. Spend a few hours exploring this intriguing site before heading off to camp.

     

    Day - 24

    Location: Bulawayo - Travel to Bulawayo (approximately 5–6 hours). Known locally as the 'City of Kings', Bulawayo is Zimbabwe's second largest city. There is some impeccable colonial architecture to take in here. Enjoy free time this afternoon to explore town. You might like to browse some local markets or chat with the locals. The Natural History Museum and National Art Gallery are also worth checking out.

     

    Day - 25

    Location: Bulawayo - Get ready for the experience of a lifetime – tracking rhinos on foot with an expert guide! Matobo National Park, known for its black and white rhinos, is also home to other wildlife like klipspringers, leopards, warthogs, and springhares. You'll learn all about these unique animals from your guide. You'll also gain insights into the local plants and trees, including wild pear and paperbark and discover San paintings and the fascinating rock formations. Matobo National Park is an important site of spiritual and cultural significance for the local people, and there are many places in the park where important ceremonies still take place.

     

    Day - 26

    Location: Victoria Falls - Depart Bulawayo and make the 6-hour drive towards Victoria Falls. Stretching 1.6 kilometres wide and falling 108 metres into a narrow gorge below, the falls for which the area is named are a sight to behold. Although a visit to the falls themselves is optional, it is highly recommended. The entrance fee to the falls is not included, as groups that book ahead are required to tour the site with a local guide, and we feel that seeing these waterfalls should be an uninterrupted sensory experience. In the wet season, the spray created from this feat of nature can rise 400 metres and can often be seen from kilometres away. It’s no wonder that the local name for Victoria Falls is Mosi oa Tunya, or the 'Smoke that Thunders'. Though dry season travellers should not despair! You’ll get an unobstructed view of the falls and the chance to see the islets in the river below. Your leader will take you to a local activity centre where a range of activities will be on offer.

     

    Day - 27

    Location: Victoria Falls - Today is a free day to enjoy the many activities on offer. If you are interested in the optional helicopter flight (12 minutes or 25 minutes) we endorse the following operator only: Zambezi Helicopter co CAA Zimbabwe. Your local leader can help you arrange this, so feel free to ask them or find out more information at the activity centre.

     

    Day - 28

    Location: Victoria Falls - Today you have the option of visiting the magnificent Victoria Falls. Spanning about a mile wide across and falling 108 m into a narrow gorge below, the spray from the falls can sometimes be seen from kilometres away. In the dry season, the view of the falls is unobstructed by spray and it's possible to see little islets in the river below. To fully understand the sheer force of this staggering curtain of water, it needs to be experienced in person. It's no wonder that the local name Mosi oa Tunya means the 'smoke that thunders'. Alternatively, your leader will be able to recommend a range of other activities that are available.

     

    Day - 29

    Location: Chobe National Park - This morning is free for you to continue enjoying all that Victoria Falls has to offer. Afterwards, travel to Chobe National Park in Botswana via the Victoria Falls Wildlife Trust, one of The Intrepid Foundation’s projects. Here you can learn about the rescue and rehabilitation of wildlife, human-wildlife conflict and the Trust’s role in anti-poaching. There may also be a chance to meet any rescued or orphaned wildlife currently in their care. Continue your journey to Botswana's first national park, which is famous for its high concentration of elephants, so keep an eye out! They can often be seen swimming in the Chobe River.

     

    Day - 30

    Location: Chobe National Park - Rise and shine for an early-morning game drive. Adventuring through the park, you will get the opportunity to get up close to the wildlife – with luck you will spot a variety of animals and any number of exotic birds. As well as the Chobe icon, the elephant, the river also attracts hippos and crocodiles – the latter like to sun themselves by the water's edge. Cheetahs also come down for a drink. The birdwatching is excellent here too – look out for eagles, kingfishers and marabou storks, among hundreds of other species. In the afternoon perhaps take an optional cruise down the Chobe River – one of the best ways to enjoy the park's animals.

     

    Day - 31

    Location: Bagani - Today you will enter Namibia, driving from Kasane to Ngoma Bridge, and on to your camp at Bagani. Enjoy the journey, watching the scenery change with towns, trees and skies rolling past you. Bagani is the homestead of the local Mbukushu kings. You will have the opportunity to stop at an ATM and a market or shop today.

     

    Day - 32

    Location: Okavango Delta - Cross the border into Botswana and travel south along the Okavango Panhandle to Sepopa. Leave the truck behind as you head deeper into the delta. A boat ride will take you to your mokoro team, where you’ll begin your exploration of the Okavango Delta. Each mokoro (a traditional dugout canoe) is expertly poled through the waterways by a local guide. As you glide past reeds and lily pads, the peaceful atmosphere may be interrupted by the grunt of a hippo. On your first night, camp on a secluded island, far from the reach of civilization.

     

    Day - 33

    Location: Okavango Delta - Continue exploring the delta today by mokoro and enjoy a short guided nature walk. Later, return to Sepopa Camp, where you can relax with hot showers, a swimming pool, and a small bar. For a different perspective, you have the option to take a scenic flight over the delta for an unforgettable aerial view.

     

    Day - 34

    Location: Bagani - Cross the border back into Namibia and return to Bagani to camp for the night. Various boat trips and guided hikes are possible from Bagani, so if you're feeling active, get out and make the most of it. Those who are feeling bold might even be able to challenge the local kids to a soccer match – don't expect to win though! Retire to your camp in the evening and enjoy this welcome break from the road.

     

    Day - 35

    Location: Grootfontein - Drive to your camp situated 50 km outside of Grootfontein. The town of Grootfontein, part of the Otavi Triangle, tends to get very green in the warmer months but dries out markedly in the winter. If it's springtime, you'll likely see jacarandas in bloom.

     

    Day - 36

    Location: Grootfontein/San people - Embark on a 180-km (112-mile) round-trip to visit the San people. The oldest inhabitants of southern Africa, the San, have lived in this region for at least 20,000 years. Listen to their stories and songs and learn how those who still adhere to a traditional way of life emphasise the importance of living in harmony with the environment.

     

    Day - 37

    Location: Etosha National Park - Travel to Etosha National Park this morning. While Etosha National Park is home to a wide range of southern Africa's wildlife, including the big carnivores and five rare or endangered species: black rhino, Hartmann's mountain zebra, black-faced impala, roan antelope and the tiny Damara dik-dik. Game viewing in Etosha is relatively easy due to the man-made waterholes and the large, sparsely vegetated pans. The bushland surrounding the pans is difficult to see through, but there are enough clearings, pans and waterholes to usually allow for some sightings. Embark on an optional evening game drive here in the evening, then spend the night at Namutoni. Accommodation upgrades are on offer here.

     

    Day - 38

    Location: Etosha National Park - Enjoy a full-day game drive in Etosha National Park. Namibia has protected its game reserves against poaching, which means significant numbers of elephants, antelope and other herbivores reside here. The park is also home to some 340 species of birds – keep an eye to the sky where you might spot a soaring eagle. Tonight, you will stay at the particularly spectacular Okaukuejo Camp. The camp overlooks a floodlit waterhole visited by many different species throughout the day and night. Upgrades are not available at this location tonight.

     

    Day - 39

    Location: Spitzkoppe - Travel to the mountain of Spitzkoppe today. The wild lands around this superb granite peak are some of Namibia's most stunning. The mountain itself is 700 million years old and 1987 m (6519 ft) high. Although you shouldn't try to climb to the top, the area is rich in plant life and with some bush paintings to be found. Be sure to look out for the sunset from your bush camp this evening – the landscape is known to take on dazzling hues of orange and red.

     

    Day - 40

    Location: Swakopmund - Continue to the town of Swakopmund. Be dazzled by the sight, sound and smell of thousands of olive-coloured seals on the shores of Cape Cross while you're travelling up the eerie Atlantic Coast. You'll be able to stop along the way to access an ATM and market if you need some supplies.

     

    Day - 41

    Location: Swakopmund - Surrounded by the massive dune fields of the Namib Desert on three sides, and the Atlantic Ocean on the other, Swakopmund is an example of the extraordinary German culture that's found in all major settlements in Namibia. It's worth wandering around town to admire the beauty of the Germanic architecture and take advantage of some excellent souvenir shopping.

     

    Day - 42

    Location: Swakopmund - Today is another free day to enjoy this fun beachside town. If you're after a dose of history and culture, you can stop in at the lighthouse and visit the Swakopmund Museum. Active types and thrillseekers might like to take advantage of the many outdoor activities on offer – this town is the adventure sports mecca of Namibia.

     

    Day - 43

    Location: Sesriem - Drive to Sesriem, your base for exploring the incredible Namib Desert region. The most famous part of the Namib Desert is its vast dune fields, the most spectacular of which are found near the Sesriem Canyon. This canyon was formed when the Tsauchab River carved a gorge 30 metres into the gravel deposits about 15 million years ago. Now, the river flows out to the dune fields that stretch for hundreds of miles up the coast and dries up in a clay pan at Sossusvlei. The dunes – the highest in the world – are stunning, with magnificent flaming tones created by the brightly coloured sands.

     

    Day - 44

    Location: Sossusvlei/Konkiep River - Wake up before dawn and scramble to the top of the dunes for a dramatic sunrise view across a vast sea of sand. The colour changes are simply incredible and provide a spectacular setting for your brunch. Afterwards you will jump in the back of a pickup truck for a trip to Sossusvlei, the incredible salt and clay pan just nearby. Enjoy some time to explore this incredible and mysterious desert oddity. Later, continue to your camp past the small town of Bethanie. Your camp has basic facilities, with showers, flush toilets, wi-fi and optional upgrades.

     

    Day - 45

    Location: Fish River Canyon - Check out the town of Bethanie before heading further south into the vast desert lands of Namibia towards Fish River Canyon. At 500 m deep and over 160 km long, Fish River Canyon is one of the very largest canyons in the world. During the dry season, the riverbed tends to dry out completely, leaving only a few puddles. In the wet season, after the summer rains, the river can turn into a spectacular raging torrent. At any time of year there are remarkable photographic opportunities here as you watch the colour of the granite rocks change as the sun goes down.

     

    Day - 46

    Location: Orange River - Departing Fish River Canyon, travel to Noordoewer in southern Namibia. Pitch your tent on the scenic banks of the Gariep (Orange) River, which stretches 2200 kilometres (1367 miles) – the longest river in Lesotho. The river’s source is high up in the Drakensberg mountain range, and it flows into the Atlantic Ocean at Alexander Bay in South Africa. The Orange River is responsible for transporting diamonds and creating the deposits that can be found along the Namibian coast.

     

    Day - 47

    Location: Western Cape - Depart your camp first thing in the morning and head to Klawer, a town named after the Afrikaans word for a wild clover blooming after rainfall. The surrounding countryside is beautiful, and if there's time, you’ll have the opportunity to explore some of it. Perhaps take a delightful walk around the nearby mountains and farms before settling in for a relaxing evening.

     

    Day - 48

    Location: Cape Town - Head to Cape Town this morning, where your trip will come to an end. With its stunning coastline, modern cityscape, nearby mountains and a plethora of vineyards within reach, this is one of Africa's most exciting cities. There's no accommodation provided for tonight, but this can be arranged – please enquire at the time of booking this trip.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Stone Town - Welcome to Zanzibar! Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 2 pm where you'll meet your group leader and fellow travellers. Aside from this important meeting, there are no planned activities for the day, and you are free to explore on your own. Filled with pristine white-sand beaches, winding cobblestone alleyways and fragrant bazaars, Zanzibar has had a colourful history – everything from slave traders to Arabian sultans and fruit exporters. The sight of traditional dhows sailing along the coast evokes what the island must have been like centuries ago. The old part of Zanzibar's main city is known as Stone Town, and the best way to see this is on foot, exploring the markets, shops, mosques, palaces and courtyards. When the sun is setting, why not grab a drink from a bar overlooking the seafront? A seafood curry at a local restaurant is also a great choice. You'll spend the night in Stone Town at a basic inn.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Zanzibar Northern Beaches - Once checked out of your Stone Town accommodation, consider booking in to an optional guided tour of the island's spice plantations, learning all about the history of this town's spice trade. You will have the opportunity to smell and taste various spices, such as cinnamon, vanilla and ginger, plus sample some teas made with these spices too. After lunch, head to the Northern Beaches, where white sands and sparkling blue seas await. This is the Indian Ocean at its best.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Zanzibar Northern Beaches - Enjoy free time in this beautiful archipelago today. There are many ways you can spend your day – perhaps talk to your leader for any recommendations they might have. Snorkelling in search of exotic fish is an excellent option, or you could take a traditional dhow boat on the water. You might also like to feast on a sumptuous lunch of grilled local seafood, or just relax in a hammock underneath a coconut tree with a good book. It's totally up to you!

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Stone Town - Spend a final morning relaxing on the sandy northern beaches before returning to Stone Town for an afternoon and evening at leisure. Maybe ask you leader where to grab a urojo, a unique and delicious street treat made from potatoes and noodles stewed in a stock of tumeric, mango, flour and more. Or maybe grab a sugarcane juice and have a wander. You've got a long day of driving ahead tomorrow so make the most of your free time while you can!

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Mikumi National Park - Embrace an early start this morning with a 7.30 am ferry to the mainland, then make tracks for Mikumi. Watch the Tanzanian landscape pass you by along the way, as this long drive is a great chance to soak up the scenery. Gaze out at vast plains dotted with baobab and tamarind trees and maybe catch a glimpse of some of the elephants, buffaloes, giraffes, lions and leopards that call the park home. When you arrive at your camp, your leader will show you the ropes (literally) and help you set up and get comfortable for your night in the tent.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Iringa - Wake up early this morning to head off on a 4WD game drive into Mikumi National Park with local expert guides. This less touristed park is home to impressive numbers of elephants, hippos, giraffes, zebras, buffalo, warthogs, wildebeest and impalas – you may even spot a predator! After, you'll drive to Iringa and set up camp on the grounds of a farmhouse on the outskirts of the settlement. The area is filled with natural bush land and native birds. Make the most of this rural setting with some stargazing before you retire for the night.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Chitimba - Enter Malawi this morning and travel to your campsite at Chitimba. Malawi, the ‘warm heart of Africa,’ is dominated by its lake, which covers almost a fifth of the country and provides a livelihood for many Malawian people. Fishermen, fish traders and canoe and net makers all ply their trade on Lake Malawi. A common sight is a fisherman in a bwato (a dugout canoe made from a hollowed tree trunk) fishing on the still lake at the break of day.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Lake Malawi - Travel from Chitimba to Kande Beach today, on the shore of Lake Malawi. There will be a chance to stop at a shop or market for any supplies you might need along the way. Enjoy a relaxing getaway from the commercialism and crowds with a few days on the lake’s more peaceful beaches. Your campsite at Kande Beach is right on the shore of Lake Malawi.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Lake Malawi - Enjoy free time today to soak up your idyllic surroundings. As well as chilling out on the lake’s sandy shores, make sure you take the opportunity to meet some local Malawians – easily some of the friendliest people in Africa! You can also hire canoes, bikes or pedalos (paddle boats) to enhance your time here.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: South Luangwa National Park - Journey through southern Malawi and enter Zambia today, continuing to South Luangwa National Park. There will be border crossing formalities on the way, and a chance to stock up on goods or visit an ATM at a local shop or market. The concentration of animals around the Luangwa River and its lagoons is some of the highest in Africa, so when you arrive, take in the beautiful scenery and the abundance of wildlife, watching out for colourful birds and herds of elephants.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: South Luangwa National Park - Rise early this morning, grab a light breakfast and get ready for a morning game drive in a 4WD with a local guide. Then, you'll head back to the camp for an early lunch (as this is the hottest part of the day). Rest in the shade or take an optional village walk if you'd like a snapshot of daily life in the local community. Return to the park for another game drive in the evening, looking out for the local wildlife as the sun sets.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Petauke - After breakfast, you'll visit a workshop where local craftswomen take snare wire recovered from poaching traps and transform it into jewellery inspired by the African bush. The women will show you around their purpose-built workshop and give you a chance to try coiling or hammering the wire yourself. For each sale made, a donation is given to anti snare patrols dedicated to the conservation of the region. After your visit, you'll jump back in the vehicle and head further south to Petauke.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Lusaka - This morning you'll be back on the road, heading for your next camp just south of Lusaka City. When you arrive, stretch your legs and take a stroll to discover the town on foot. Though it's fast developing, Lusaka retains a strong African feel, and the locals are usually up for a chat. Your local leader will also give you some insight into the area. Tonight, you're free to chill out under the stars at camp.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Harare - Travel to Harare today. The first part of your journey takes you to the border with Zimbabwe. After crossing and going through border formalities, you'll continue to Harare. There will be a chance to explore the town when you arrive, as well as stock up on whatever you need at a market or local shop.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Great Zimbabwe Ruins / Masvingo - This morning, it's onto Masvingo. This colonial settlement – the oldest in Zimbabwe – makes the perfect base for exploring the ruins of Great Zimbabwe. The ancient city, now a UNESCO World Heritage site, was first constructed in the 11th century and is believed to have been the seat of power for a monarch. Spend a few hours exploring this intriguing site before heading off to camp where your night is free to relax.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Bulawayo - Travel to Bulawayo today. Known locally as the 'City of Kings', Bulawayo is Zimbabwe's second largest city. There is some impeccable historical architecture to take in here, so feel free to walk around at your own pace when you arrive. Enjoy free time this afternoon to explore town or ask your local leader for some optional activities. You might like to browse some local markets or chat with the locals. The Natural History Museum and National Art Gallery are also worth checking out.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Bulawayo - Get ready for the experience of a lifetime today – tracking rhinos on foot with an expert guide! Matobo National Park, known for its black and white rhinos, is also home to other wildlife like klipspringers, leopards, warthogs and springhares. You'll learn all about these unique animals from your guide and gain insights into the local plants and trees, including wild pear and paperbark. Discover San paintings and the fascinating rock formations of the area, too. Matobo National Park is an important site of spiritual and cultural significance for the local people, and there are many places in the park where important ceremonies still take place.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Victoria Falls - Depart Bulawayo this morning and make the drive towards Victoria Falls. Stretching 1.6 km wide and falling 108 m into a narrow gorge below, the falls are a sight to behold. Although a visit to the falls themselves is optional, it's highly recommended. In the wet season, the spray created from this feat of nature can rise 400 m and can often be seen from far in the distance. It’s no wonder that the local name for Victoria Falls is Mosi oa Tunya, or the 'Smoke that Thunders'. If you’re travelling in the dry season, you’ll get an unobstructed view of the falls and the chance to see the islets in the river below. Your leader will take you to a local activity centre today, where a range of activities will be on offer.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Victoria Falls - Today is a free day to enjoy the many activities on offer. If you are interested in the optional helicopter flight (12 minutes or 25 minutes) we endorse the following operator only: Zambezi Helicopter co CAA Zimbabwe. Your local leader can help you arrange this, so feel free to ask them or find out more information at the activity centre.

     

    Day - 20

    Location: Victoria Falls - Today you have the option of visiting the magnificent Victoria Falls. Spanning about a mile wide across and falling 108 m into a narrow gorge below, the spray from the falls can sometimes be seen from kilometres away. In the dry season, the view of the falls is unobstructed by mist, and it's possible to see little islets in the river below. To fully understand the sheer force of this staggering curtain of water, it needs to be experienced in person. It's no wonder that the local name Mosi oa Tunya means the 'smoke that thunders'. Alternatively, your leader will be able to recommend a range of other activities that are available.

     

    Day - 21

    Location: Chobe National Park - This morning is free for you to continue enjoying all that Victoria Falls has to offer. Afterwards, travel to Chobe National Park in Botswana via the Victoria Falls Wildlife Trust, one of The Intrepid Foundation’s projects. Here you can learn about the rescue and rehabilitation of wildlife, human-wildlife conflict and the Trust’s role in anti-poaching. There may also be a chance to meet any rescued or orphaned wildlife currently in their care. Continue your journey to Botswana's first national park, which is famous for its high concentration of elephants, so keep an eye out! They can often be seen swimming in the Chobe River.

     

    Day - 22

    Location: Chobe National Park - Rise and shine for an early-morning game drive. Adventuring through the park, you will get the opportunity to get up close to the wildlife – with luck you will spot a variety of animals and any number of exotic birds. As well as the Chobe icon, the elephant, the river also attracts hippos and crocodiles – the latter like to sun themselves by the water's edge. Cheetahs also come down for a drink. The birdwatching is excellent here too – look out for eagles, kingfishers and marabou storks, among hundreds of other species. In the afternoon perhaps take an optional cruise down the Chobe River – one of the best ways to enjoy the park's animals.

     

    Day - 23

    Location: Bagani - Today you will enter Namibia, driving from Kasane to Ngoma Bridge, and on to your camp at Bagani. Enjoy the journey, watching the scenery change with towns, trees and skies rolling past you. Bagani is the homestead of the local Mbukushu kings. You will have the opportunity to stop at an ATM and a market or shop today.

     

    Day - 24

    Location: Okavango Delta - Cross the border into Botswana and travel south along the Okavango Panhandle to Sepopa. Leave the truck behind as you head deeper into the delta. A boat ride will take you to your mokoro team, where you’ll begin your exploration of the Okavango Delta. Each mokoro (a traditional dugout canoe) is expertly poled through the waterways by a local guide. As you glide past reeds and lily pads, the peaceful atmosphere may be interrupted by the grunt of a hippo. On your first night, camp on a secluded island, far from the reach of civilization.

     

    Day - 25

    Location: Okavango Delta - Continue exploring the delta today by mokoro and enjoy a short guided nature walk. Later, return to Sepopa Camp, where you can relax with hot showers, a swimming pool, and a small bar. For a different perspective, you have the option to take a scenic flight over the delta for an unforgettable aerial view.

     

    Day - 26

    Location: Bagani - Cross the border back into Namibia and return to Bagani to camp for the night. Various boat trips and guided hikes are possible from Bagani, so if you're feeling active, get out and make the most of it. Those who are feeling bold might even be able to challenge the local kids to a soccer match – don't expect to win though! Retire to your camp in the evening and enjoy this welcome break from the road.

     

    Day - 27

    Location: Grootfontein - Drive to your camp situated 50 km outside of Grootfontein. The town of Grootfontein, part of the Otavi Triangle, tends to get very green in the warmer months but dries out markedly in the winter. If it's springtime, you'll likely see jacarandas in bloom.

     

    Day - 28

    Location: Grootfontein/San people - Embark on a 180-km (112-mile) round-trip to visit the San people. The oldest inhabitants of southern Africa, the San, have lived in this region for at least 20,000 years. Listen to their stories and songs and learn how those who still adhere to a traditional way of life emphasise the importance of living in harmony with the environment.

     

    Day - 29

    Location: Etosha National Park - Travel to Etosha National Park this morning. While Etosha National Park is home to a wide range of southern Africa's wildlife, including the big carnivores and five rare or endangered species: black rhino, Hartmann's mountain zebra, black-faced impala, roan antelope and the tiny Damara dik-dik. Game viewing in Etosha is relatively easy due to the man-made waterholes and the large, sparsely vegetated pans. The bushland surrounding the pans is difficult to see through, but there are enough clearings, pans and waterholes to usually allow for some sightings. Embark on an optional evening game drive here in the evening, then spend the night at Namutoni. Accommodation upgrades are on offer here.

     

    Day - 30

    Location: Etosha National Park - Enjoy a full-day game drive in Etosha National Park. Namibia has protected its game reserves against poaching, which means significant numbers of elephants, antelope and other herbivores reside here. The park is also home to some 340 species of birds – keep an eye to the sky where you might spot a soaring eagle. Tonight, you will stay at the particularly spectacular Okaukuejo Camp. The camp overlooks a floodlit waterhole visited by many different species throughout the day and night. Upgrades are not available at this location tonight.

     

    Day - 31

    Location: Spitzkoppe - Travel to the mountain of Spitzkoppe today. The wild lands around this superb granite peak are some of Namibia's most stunning. The mountain itself is 700 million years old and 1987 m (6519 ft) high. Although you shouldn't try to climb to the top, the area is rich in plant life and with some bush paintings to be found. Be sure to look out for the sunset from your bush camp this evening – the landscape is known to take on dazzling hues of orange and red.

     

    Day - 32

    Location: Swakopmund - Continue to the town of Swakopmund. Be dazzled by the sight, sound and smell of thousands of olive-coloured seals on the shores of Cape Cross while you're travelling up the Atlantic Coast. You'll be able to stop along the way to access an ATM and market if you need some supplies.

     

    Day - 33

    Location: Swakopmund - Surrounded by the massive dune fields of the Namib Desert on three sides and the Atlantic Ocean on the other, Swakopmund is an example of the German culture found in all major settlements in Namibia. With your free time, maybe wander the streets and explore at your own pace or ask your leader for recommendations on activities and dining options.

     

    Day - 34

    Location: Swakopmund - Today is another free day to enjoy this fun beachside town. If you're after a dose of history and culture, you can stop in at the lighthouse and visit the Swakopmund Museum. Active types and thrillseekers might like to take advantage of the many outdoor activities on offer – this town is the adventure sports mecca of Namibia.

     

    Day - 35

    Location: Sesriem - Drive to Sesriem, your base for exploring the incredible Namib Desert region. The most famous part of the Namib Desert is its vast dune fields, the most spectacular of which are found near the Sesriem Canyon. This canyon was formed when the Tsauchab River carved a gorge 30 metres into the gravel deposits about 15 million years ago. Now, the river flows out to the dune fields that stretch for hundreds of miles up the coast and dries up in a clay pan at Sossusvlei. The dunes – the highest in the world – are stunning, with magnificent flaming tones created by the brightly coloured sands.

     

    Day - 36

    Location: Sossusvlei/Konkiep River - Wake up before dawn and scramble to the top of the dunes for a dramatic sunrise view across a vast sea of sand. The colour changes are simply incredible and provide a spectacular setting for your brunch. Afterwards you will jump in the back of a pickup truck for a trip to Sossusvlei, the incredible salt and clay pan just nearby. Enjoy some time to explore this incredible and mysterious desert oddity. Later, continue to your camp past the small town of Bethanie. Your camp has basic facilities, with showers, flush toilets, wi-fi and optional upgrades.

     

    Day - 37

    Location: Fish River Canyon - Check out the town of Bethanie before heading further south into the vast desert lands of Namibia towards Fish River Canyon. At 500 m deep and over 160 km long, Fish River Canyon is one of the very largest canyons in the world. During the dry season, the riverbed tends to dry out completely, leaving only a few puddles. In the wet season, after the summer rains, the river can turn into a spectacular raging torrent. At any time of year there are remarkable photographic opportunities here as you watch the colour of the granite rocks change as the sun goes down.

     

    Day - 38

    Location: Orange River - Departing Fish River Canyon, travel to Noordoewer in southern Namibia. Pitch your tent on the scenic banks of the Gariep (Orange) River, which stretches 2200 kilometres (1367 miles) – the longest river in Lesotho. The river’s source is high up in the Drakensberg mountain range, and it flows into the Atlantic Ocean at Alexander Bay in South Africa. The Orange River is responsible for transporting diamonds and creating the deposits that can be found along the Namibian coast.

     

    Day - 39

    Location: Western Cape - Depart your camp first thing in the morning and head to Klawer, a town named after the Afrikaans word for a wild clover blooming after rainfall. The surrounding countryside is beautiful, and if there's time, you’ll have the opportunity to explore some of it. Perhaps take a delightful walk around the nearby mountains and farms before settling in for a relaxing evening.

     

    Day - 40

    Location: Cape Town - Head to Cape Town this morning, where your trip will come to an end. With its stunning coastline, modern cityscape, nearby mountains and a plethora of vineyards within reach, this is one of Africa's most exciting cities. There's no accommodation provided for tonight, but this can be arranged – please enquire at the time of booking this trip.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Nairobi - Jambo! Welcome to Kenya. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm in Nairobi. If you arrive early, why not head out and soak up the cosmopolitan atmosphere of the city. There are plenty of good bars and restaurants, as well as markets and shops packed with arts and crafts from the region. After the meeting tonight, maybe join your new travel companions for a welcome dinner and get to know each other.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Lake Nakuru National Park - Take in the spectacular views of the Rift Valley, Lake Naivasha and Elementaita on the drive north-west to Lake Nakuru National Park – situated in the heart of the Great Rift Valley. You’ll arrive in time for a short evening game drive along the shore of the lake. Lake Nakuru National Park is a small and compact area based around a lake that makes a great location for spotting wildlife. Along with the other members of the Big Five, Lake Nakuru is home to many rhinos and will therefore be the best chance to get a snap of these magnificent beasts.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Eldoret - Rise early, have some breakfast, break up camp and head out on an overland game drive as you leave the park. Eat lunch at the gate before driving northwest to Eldoret – one of Kenya's fastest-growing cities. Due to its high altitude, the town is an ideal training ground for middle and long-distance athletes and is home to some of Kenya's most famous runners. Tonight, enjoy a traditional dinner at your campsite located just outside Eldoret.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Kampala - Today, you’ll leave Kenya behind and cross the border into landlocked Uganda, travelling on to its capital city, Kampala. With a population of over 45 million, Uganda is a country of great cultural diversity and is one of the five countries that make up the East African Community. As today is a long travel day, take a break from setting up camp with a stay at a hotel tonight. After your long drive, sit down for a dinner prepared by the hotel before settling in for a good night’s rest.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Kalinzu Forest - Travel to Kalinzu Forest National Park today. Some of its inhabitants include chimpanzees, black and white colobuses, baboons, red-tailed monkeys, both blue and red duikers, bushbucks, waterbucks, giant forest hogs, buffalo and elephants. When you arrive, settle into your camp and perhaps stretch your legs and explore your surroundings with the rest of the group.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Queen Elizabeth National Park - This morning, you have the option to take an excursion to see the chimpanzees of Kalinzu Forest. More closely related to humans than any other living creature, the chimpanzees are a delight to watch as they squabble and play in fruiting trees. You can also choose to soak in the sounds of the forest from the comfort of your tent. Later, take the short drive to Queen Elizabeth National Park. Once camp is set up, there's an option to take a boat cruise along the Kazinga Channel – well-known for pelicans, eagles and other birdlife, as well as a healthy population of hippos.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Kisoro - Today, drive out of the Queen Elizabeth National Park on your way to the southwest tip of Uganda. On this short game drive, cross your fingers and look out for elephants, buffalo, Ugandan kobs and waterbucks. Arrive at the corner of Uganda, where the border touches Rwanda and the Democratic Republic of Congo. You’ll spend the night in Kisoro at a camp on the shore of Lake Mutanda, with views of the Virunga Mountain range. Tonight, relax and soak up the views, go for a swim off the small dock or go hunting for a glimpse of local weaver bird nests and African clawless otters.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Gorilla Trek - Joined by a local ranger and gorilla trackers, you’ll climb through the rugged mountain terrain of Bwindi (translating to ‘dark’) Impenetrable National Park for the rare and exciting opportunity to encounter the gorilla families that live here. No more than eight people per day can visit any one habituated family and visits are strictly controlled to minimise disturbance. The terrain here can be quite strenuous, but the sheer thrill of coming across a group of gorillas dominated by a great male silverback more than outweighs the difficulty. Watch them eat, sleep, groom and play as the giant silverback surveys the scene and the smaller ones laze in the trees or play and be struck by the similarities between gorillas and humans.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Gorilla Trek - If you didn’t get to complete your gorilla visit yesterday, you’ll head out today. With your free day, your leader will provide you with options and ideas on how you can spend your time in the area around Kisoro. You can head out on more rainforest hikes to see monkeys, take some nature walks, or perhaps take a day excursion over the border to Rwanda to visit the genocide memorial, art museum and Nyamirambo women’s center. However, please ensure you have a Rwanda or East Africa visa.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Mbarara - This morning, you’ll turn back towards the capital of Kampala and embark on a bit of a travel day. You’ll break up the journey at the pit-stop town of Mbarara for the night. There’s not much to do around Mbarara, so tonight’s a great opportunity to recharge, get stuck into a book or relax at the camp.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Jinja - Today you'll continue your journey inland, travelling towards Jinja. The Jinja region is one of the highlights of any visit to Uganda – a riverside retreat at the source of the Nile that’s also the adventure capital of the country. Tonight, you’ll camp at a scenic riverside site and enjoy a good night’s rest ready for tomorrow's adventures.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Jinja - Located at the source of the Nile as it leaves Lake Victoria, Jinja is a place for the adventurer, the adrenaline junkie and the eco-traveller. Enjoy a full free day here to explore at your own pace, with a bunch of optional activities to choose. Maybe get active with some whitewater rafting or float along the river on a kayak. You can also opt for a boat cruise to the source of the Nile, to enjoy the river from a new perspective.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Kericho - Farewell Uganda and begin the journey back to Kenya and Nairobi, stopping overnight at the town of Kericho – one of Kenya’s most popular towns due to its tranquil surroundings, blanketed by thick tea plantations and evergreens. Sitting at the edge of the South-Western Mau National Reserve and is known for its vast tea estates. When you arrive, visit a tea plantation and learn about the tea farming process from the locals themselves.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Masai Mara National Reserve - This morning, drive to the famous Masai Mara National Park. Stop in Loita Hills on the way, home of the traditional Maasai people, and visit Tepesua Village. You’ll be welcomed by Maasai warriors through traditional song and dance. Meet your Maasai hosts and listen to a talk full of insights into the remarkable ancient culture. The Tepesua Community was formed with the aim of promoting education, empowering women (including widows and vulnerable women in the community) as well as promoting community development. There are multiple projects that aim to educate boys and girls and support women’s development and empowerment, focusing especially on the village mamaas (widows). Learn how the community creates job opportunities for the youths in the village and meet the women who make eco-friendly handbags and backpacks to sell to visiting travellers and locals. Travel on to the Masai Mara – with sparse open plains, dramatic skies and the world's most iconic animals living within its boundaries, this is the quintessential African experience. Explore this diverse environment and view a multitude of wildlife on an early evening 4WD game drive with expert local driver guides.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Masai Mara National Reserve - This morning, maybe take an optional balloon ride over the Mara at sunrise. If you’ve pre-booked this activity, you’ll be picked up before dawn and driven to the launch site for a safety briefing from your pilot. You’ll then glide through the skies, sometimes at tree height, for some amazing photo opportunities. After landing, you'll be treated to a bush breakfast before meeting up with the rest of the group. Today you’ll venture into the Masai Mara National Reserve with expert local driver guides for a day-long 4WD safari. You'll explore this diverse environment and most likely see a multitude of wildlife.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Nairobi - This morning, you'll make your way back to the bustling metropolis of Nairobi. On arrival, settle into your hotel and spend the evening at your leisure before attending a second welcome meeting at 6 pm to meet your new group.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Mto wa Mbu - Depart early for Mto wa Mbu in your overland truck. The trip includes a border crossing from Kenya into Tanzania, so be sure to have your passport handy. While you're on the road, there will be a stop at an ATM and a market or shop to stock up on any supplies you might need for the coming days. Arrive in Mto wa Mbu and acquaint yourself with this delightful small village – it's a fascinating snapshot of small-town African life, situated well off the tourist trail.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Ngorongoro Crater / Serengeti National Park - Get up early, put your camping and personal gear into a six-person jeep and head out for an excursion into the Serengeti via the Ngorongoro Crater. Enjoy a safari in the crater, spending 3 to 4 hours exploring this incredible, perfectly intact volcanic caldera. Watch for black rhinos, lions, leopards, elephants, impalas, zebras and hippos. The crater floor offers excellent game viewing all year round (some 30,000 animals live here) and the photo opportunities are unrivalled. Next, it's on to the wide-open plains of the Serengeti. Green after the rains, brown and burnt in the dry season, this is perhaps the quintessential image of Africa – the home of thousands of hoofed animals and fierce predators. Your campsite is within the Serengeti itself, so listen out for the sounds of nocturnal animals as you drift off to sleep.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Serengeti National Park - Awake at dawn and embark on a game drive. You will head out while the animals are at their most active, then head back to camp for brunch at around 11 am. After spending the middle of the day relaxing, just like the animals do, head out again as the day begins to cool. You'll return from this second game drive in time for dinner. There's also the option of a balloon ride over the park this morning – in place of some of today’s game drives. If you have pre-booked this activity, you will be picked up before dawn and driven to the launch site. After a safety briefing, glide through the dawn, sometimes at tree height, getting some amazing photo opportunities. Sometimes you will ascend, getting an overview of the enormity of the plains and the early morning movements of the teeming herds. After landing, indulge in a five-star bush breakfast, then be returned to camp.

     

    Day - 20

    Location: Serengeti National Park / Mto wa Mbu - Rise with the sun and enjoy another game drive as you leave the Serengeti in your dust. Jump back into your overland vehicle and head for Mto wa Mbu. After setting up camp, we'll take a guided stroll through the farming areas, local homes and farmlands, getting to know the local community and their way of life. Later, we'll enjoy a scrumptious local dinner in town.

     

    Day - 21

    Location: Usambara Mountains - Prepare yourself for a long travel day heading for the Usambara Mountains. Stretch your legs during a brief supply stop in Arusha, then jump back in the vehicle and watch the ever-changing scenery, read your favourite book or get to really know your fellow travellers. Your base will be Lushoto – an old German colony and home to the Wasambaa people. This highland town sits at approximately 1400 metres and this evening you'll camp in the grounds of one of the oldest hotels in Africa.

     

    Day - 22

    Location: Usambara Mountains - Explore the beautiful Usambara Mountains today – a lovely unspoilt area of Tanzania. Unlike the coast and the north, very few tourists visit this part of the country, so it has a freshness that can be hard to find elsewhere. As beautiful as the surrounding mountains and rainforests are, however, the real jewels here are the local people and villages. You'll experience some hospitality on a visit to some of the small local communities. From your base, you will take a walk out to the gorgeous Irente viewpoint. It's best to pack some water and snacks in a day pack for this trip. On your way back, visit a local cultural project where you enjoy a prepared lunch.

     

    Day - 23

    Location: Dar es Salaam - Leaving the mountains behind, travel further south to the coastal town of Kipepeo Beach in Dar es Salaam. Your camp is by the beach, so make the most of it – perhaps take a stroll along the shore after you arrive and settle in.

     

    Day - 24

    Location: Stone Town - Catch a ferry to Africa's 'Spice Island' of Zanzibar. Filled with pristine white-sand beaches, winding cobblestone alleyways and fragrant bazaars, Zanzibar has had a colourful history – everything from slave traders to Arabian sultans and fruit exporters. The sight of traditional dhows sailing along the coast evokes what the island must have been like in centuries ago. The old part of Zanzibar's main city is known as Stone Town, and the best way to see this is on foot, exploring the markets, shops, mosques, palaces and courtyards. When the sun is setting, why not grab a drink from a bar overlooking the seafront. A seafood curry at a local restaurant is also a great choice. You'll spend the night in Stone Town at a basic inn.

     

    Day - 25

    Location: Zanzibar Northern Beaches - Once checked out of your Stone Town accommodation, consider booking in to an optional guided tour of the island's spice plantations, learning all about the history of this town's spice trade. You will have the opportunity to smell and taste various spices, such as cinnamon, vanilla and ginger, plus sample some teas made with these spices too. After lunch, head to the Northern Beaches, where white sands and sparkling blue seas await. This is the Indian Ocean at its best.

     

    Day - 26

    Location: Zanzibar Northern Beaches - Enjoy free time in this beautiful archipelago today. There are many ways you can spend your day – perhaps talk to your leader for any recommendations they might have. Snorkelling in search of exotic fish is an excellent option, or you could take a traditional dhow boat on the water. You might also like to feast on a sumptuous lunch of grilled local seafood, or just relax in a hammock underneath a coconut tree with a good book. It's totally up to you!

     

    Day - 27

    Location: Stone Town - After checking out of your accommodation this morning, you will make your way back to Stone Town, arriving at a centrally-located hotel around 12 pm. With no activities planned for today, you are free to leave at any time. That doesn't mean your adventure has to come to an end! If you wish to stay on in Zanzibar, either at the Northern Beaches beach resort or in Stone Town, we'll be happy to organise additional accommodation (subject to availability).

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Nairobi - Jambo! Welcome to Kenya. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm. You can arrive at any time as there are no activities planned until this important meeting. If you arrive early, perhaps head out and explore the National Museum of Kenya, the Karen Blixen Museum or the highly recommended Bomas of Kenya, where traditional homesteads of several Kenyan tribes are displayed in an outdoor village.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Mto wa Mbu - Depart early for Mto wa Mbu in your overland truck. The trip includes a border crossing from Kenya into Tanzania, so be sure to have your passport handy. While you're on the road, there will be a stop at an ATM and a market or shop to stock up on any supplies you might need for the coming days. Arrive in Mto wa Mbu and acquaint yourself with this delightful small village – it's a fascinating snapshot of small-town African life, situated well off the tourist trail.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Ngorongoro Crater / Serengeti National Park - Get up early, put your camping and personal gear into a six-person jeep and head out for an excursion into the Serengeti via the Ngorongoro Crater. Enjoy a safari in the crater, spending 3 to 4 hours exploring this incredible, perfectly intact volcanic caldera. Watch for black rhinos, lions, leopards, elephants, impalas, zebras and hippos. The crater floor offers excellent game viewing all year round (some 30,000 animals live here) and the photo opportunities are unrivalled. Next, it's on to the wide-open plains of the Serengeti. Green after the rains, brown and burnt in the dry season, this is perhaps the quintessential image of Africa – the home of thousands of hoofed animals and fierce predators. Your campsite is within the Serengeti itself, so listen out for the sounds of nocturnal animals as you drift off to sleep.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Serengeti National Park - Awake at dawn and embark on a game drive. You will head out while the animals are at their most active, then head back to camp for brunch at around 11 am. After spending the middle of the day relaxing, just like the animals do, head out again as the day begins to cool. You'll return from this second game drive in time for dinner. There's also the option of a balloon ride over the park this morning – in place of some of today’s game drives. If you have pre-booked this activity, you will be picked up before dawn and driven to the launch site. After a safety briefing, glide through the dawn, sometimes at tree height, getting some amazing photo opportunities. Sometimes you will ascend, getting an overview of the enormity of the plains and the early morning movements of the teeming herds. After landing, indulge in a five-star bush breakfast, then be returned to camp.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Serengeti National Park / Mto wa Mbu - Rise with the sun and enjoy another game drive as you leave the Serengeti in your dust. Jump back into your overland vehicle and head for Mto wa Mbu. After setting up camp, we'll take a guided stroll through the farming areas, local homes and farmlands, getting to know the local community and their way of life. Later, we'll enjoy a scrumptious local dinner in town.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Usambara Mountains - Prepare yourself for a long travel day heading for the Usambara Mountains. Stretch your legs during a brief supply stop in Arusha, then jump back in the vehicle and watch the ever-changing scenery, read your favourite book or get to really know your fellow travellers. Your base will be Lushoto – an old German colony and home to the Wasambaa people. This highland town sits at approximately 1400 metres and this evening you'll camp in the grounds of one of the oldest hotels in Africa.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Usambara Mountains - Explore the beautiful Usambara Mountains today – a lovely unspoilt area of Tanzania. Unlike the coast and the north, very few tourists visit this part of the country, so it has a freshness that can be hard to find elsewhere. As beautiful as the surrounding mountains and rainforests are, however, the real jewels here are the local people and villages. You'll experience some hospitality on a visit to some of the small local communities. From your base, you will take a walk out to the gorgeous Irente viewpoint. It's best to pack some water and snacks in a day pack for this trip. On your way back, visit a local cultural project where you enjoy a prepared lunch.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Dar es Salaam - Leaving the mountains behind, travel further south to the coastal town of Kipepeo Beach in Dar es Salaam. Your camp is by the beach, so make the most of it – perhaps take a stroll along the shore after you arrive and settle in.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Stone Town - Rise and shine to catch a ferry to Zanzibar. Filled with pristine white-sand beaches, winding cobblestone alleyways and fragrant bazaars, Zanzibar has had a colourful history – everything from slave traders to Arabian sultans and fruit exporters. The sight of traditional dhows sailing along the coast evokes what the island must have been like in centuries ago. Explore the many charms of Stone Town, the historic part of Zanzibar's main city, with a local guide. Sample some local food and gain insight into daily local life living on Zanzibar.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Zanzibar Northern Beaches - Once checked out of your Stone Town accommodation, consider booking in to an optional guided tour of the island's spice plantations, learning all about the history of this town's spice trade. You will have the opportunity to smell and taste various spices, such as cinnamon, vanilla and ginger, plus sample some teas made with these spices too. After lunch, head to the Northern Beaches, where white sands and sparkling blue seas await. This is the Indian Ocean at its best.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Zanzibar Northern Beaches - Enjoy free time in this beautiful archipelago today. There are many ways you can spend your day – perhaps talk to your leader for any recommendations they might have. Snorkelling in search of exotic fish is an excellent option, or you could take a traditional dhow boat on the water. You might also like to feast on a sumptuous lunch of grilled local seafood, or just relax in a hammock underneath a coconut tree with a good book. It's totally up to you!

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Stone Town - After checking out of your accommodation this morning, you will make your way back to Stone Town, arriving at a centrally-located hotel around 12 pm. With no activities planned for today, you are free to leave at any time. That doesn't mean your adventure has to come to an end! If you wish to stay on in Zanzibar, either at the Northern Beaches beach resort or in Stone Town, we'll be happy to organise additional accommodation (subject to availability).

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Nairobi - Jambo! Welcome to Kenya. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm in Nairobi. If you arrive early, why not head out and soak up the cosmopolitan atmosphere of the city. There are plenty of good bars and restaurants, as well as markets and shops packed with arts and crafts from the region. After the meeting tonight, maybe join your new travel companions for a welcome dinner and get to know each other.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Lake Nakuru National Park - Take in the spectacular views of the Rift Valley, Lake Naivasha and Elementaita on the drive north-west to Lake Nakuru National Park – situated in the heart of the Great Rift Valley. You’ll arrive in time for a short evening game drive along the shore of the lake. Lake Nakuru National Park is a small and compact area based around a lake that makes a great location for spotting wildlife. Along with the other members of the Big Five, Lake Nakuru is home to many rhinos and will therefore be the best chance to get a snap of these magnificent beasts.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Eldoret - Rise early, have some breakfast, break up camp and head out on an overland game drive as you leave the park. Eat lunch at the gate before driving northwest to Eldoret – one of Kenya's fastest-growing cities. Due to its high altitude, the town is an ideal training ground for middle and long-distance athletes and is home to some of Kenya's most famous runners. Tonight, enjoy a traditional dinner at your campsite located just outside Eldoret.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Kampala - Today, you’ll leave Kenya behind and cross the border into landlocked Uganda, travelling on to its capital city, Kampala. With a population of over 45 million, Uganda is a country of great cultural diversity and is one of the five countries that make up the East African Community. As today is a long travel day, take a break from setting up camp with a stay at a hotel tonight. After your long drive, sit down for a dinner prepared by the hotel before settling in for a good night’s rest.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Kalinzu Forest - Travel to Kalinzu Forest National Park today. Some of its inhabitants include chimpanzees, black and white colobuses, baboons, red-tailed monkeys, both blue and red duikers, bushbucks, waterbucks, giant forest hogs, buffalo and elephants. When you arrive, settle into your camp and perhaps stretch your legs and explore your surroundings with the rest of the group.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Queen Elizabeth National Park - This morning, you have the option to take an excursion to see the chimpanzees of Kalinzu Forest. More closely related to humans than any other living creature, the chimpanzees are a delight to watch as they squabble and play in fruiting trees. You can also choose to soak in the sounds of the forest from the comfort of your tent. Later, take the short drive to Queen Elizabeth National Park. Once camp is set up, there's an option to take a boat cruise along the Kazinga Channel – well-known for pelicans, eagles and other birdlife, as well as a healthy population of hippos.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Kisoro - Today, drive out of the Queen Elizabeth National Park on your way to the southwest tip of Uganda. On this short game drive, cross your fingers and look out for elephants, buffalo, Ugandan kobs and waterbucks. Arrive at the corner of Uganda, where the border touches Rwanda and the Democratic Republic of Congo. You’ll spend the night in Kisoro at a camp on the shore of Lake Mutanda, with views of the Virunga Mountain range. Tonight, relax and soak up the views, go for a swim off the small dock or go hunting for a glimpse of local weaver bird nests and African clawless otters.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Gorilla Trek - Joined by a local ranger and gorilla trackers, you’ll climb through the rugged mountain terrain of Bwindi (translating to ‘dark’) Impenetrable National Park for the rare and exciting opportunity to encounter the gorilla families that live here. No more than eight people per day can visit any one habituated family and visits are strictly controlled to minimise disturbance. The terrain here can be quite strenuous, but the sheer thrill of coming across a group of gorillas dominated by a great male silverback more than outweighs the difficulty. Watch them eat, sleep, groom and play as the giant silverback surveys the scene and the smaller ones laze in the trees or play and be struck by the similarities between gorillas and humans.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Gorilla Trek - If you didn’t get to complete your gorilla visit yesterday, you’ll head out today. With your free day, your leader will provide you with options and ideas on how you can spend your time in the area around Kisoro. You can head out on more rainforest hikes to see monkeys, take some nature walks, or perhaps take a day excursion over the border to Rwanda to visit the genocide memorial, art museum and Nyamirambo women’s center. However, please ensure you have a Rwanda or East Africa visa.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Mbarara - This morning, you’ll turn back towards the capital of Kampala and embark on a bit of a travel day. You’ll break up the journey at the pit-stop town of Mbarara for the night. There’s not much to do around Mbarara, so tonight’s a great opportunity to recharge, get stuck into a book or relax at the camp.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Jinja - Today you'll continue your journey inland, travelling towards Jinja. The Jinja region is one of the highlights of any visit to Uganda – a riverside retreat at the source of the Nile that’s also the adventure capital of the country. Tonight, you’ll camp at a scenic riverside site and enjoy a good night’s rest ready for tomorrow's adventures.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Jinja - Located at the source of the Nile as it leaves Lake Victoria, Jinja is a place for the adventurer, the adrenaline junkie and the eco-traveller. Enjoy a full free day here to explore at your own pace, with a bunch of optional activities to choose. Maybe get active with some whitewater rafting or float along the river on a kayak. You can also opt for a boat cruise to the source of the Nile, to enjoy the river from a new perspective.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Kericho - Farewell Uganda and begin the journey back to Kenya and Nairobi, stopping overnight at the town of Kericho – one of Kenya’s most popular towns due to its tranquil surroundings, blanketed by thick tea plantations and evergreens. Sitting at the edge of the South-Western Mau National Reserve and is known for its vast tea estates. When you arrive, visit a tea plantation and learn about the tea farming process from the locals themselves.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Masai Mara National Reserve - This morning, drive to the famous Masai Mara National Park. Stop in Loita Hills on the way, home of the traditional Maasai people, and visit Tepesua Village. You’ll be welcomed by Maasai warriors through traditional song and dance. Meet your Maasai hosts and listen to a talk full of insights into the remarkable ancient culture. The Tepesua Community was formed with the aim of promoting education, empowering women (including widows and vulnerable women in the community) as well as promoting community development. There are multiple projects that aim to educate boys and girls and support women’s development and empowerment, focusing especially on the village mamaas (widows). Learn how the community creates job opportunities for the youths in the village and meet the women who make eco-friendly handbags and backpacks to sell to visiting travellers and locals. Travel on to the Masai Mara – with sparse open plains, dramatic skies and the world's most iconic animals living within its boundaries, this is the quintessential African experience. Explore this diverse environment and view a multitude of wildlife on an early evening 4WD game drive with expert local driver guides.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Masai Mara National Reserve - This morning, maybe take an optional balloon ride over the Mara at sunrise. If you’ve pre-booked this activity, you’ll be picked up before dawn and driven to the launch site for a safety briefing from your pilot. You’ll then glide through the skies, sometimes at tree height, for some amazing photo opportunities. After landing, you'll be treated to a bush breakfast before meeting up with the rest of the group. Today you’ll venture into the Masai Mara National Reserve with expert local driver guides for a day-long 4WD safari. You'll explore this diverse environment and most likely see a multitude of wildlife.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Nairobi - This morning, you'll make your way back to the bustling metropolis of Nairobi. On arrival, settle into your hotel and spend the evening at your leisure before attending a second welcome meeting at 6 pm to meet your new group.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Mto wa Mbu - Depart early for Mto wa Mbu in your overland truck. The trip includes a border crossing from Kenya into Tanzania, so be sure to have your passport handy. While you're on the road, there will be a stop at an ATM and a market or shop to stock up on any supplies you might need for the coming days. Arrive in Mto wa Mbu and acquaint yourself with this delightful small village – it's a fascinating snapshot of small-town African life, situated well off the tourist trail.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Ngorongoro Crater / Serengeti National Park - Get up early, put your camping and personal gear into a six-person jeep and head out for an excursion into the Serengeti via the Ngorongoro Crater. Enjoy a safari in the crater, spending 3 to 4 hours exploring this incredible, perfectly intact volcanic caldera. Watch for black rhinos, lions, leopards, elephants, impalas, zebras and hippos. The crater floor offers excellent game viewing all year round (some 30,000 animals live here) and the photo opportunities are unrivalled. Next, it's on to the wide-open plains of the Serengeti. Green after the rains, brown and burnt in the dry season, this is perhaps the quintessential image of Africa – the home of thousands of hoofed animals and fierce predators. Your campsite is within the Serengeti itself, so listen out for the sounds of nocturnal animals as you drift off to sleep.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Serengeti National Park - Awake at dawn and embark on a game drive. You will head out while the animals are at their most active, then head back to camp for brunch at around 11 am. After spending the middle of the day relaxing, just like the animals do, head out again as the day begins to cool. You'll return from this second game drive in time for dinner. There's also the option of a balloon ride over the park this morning – in place of some of today’s game drives. If you have pre-booked this activity, you will be picked up before dawn and driven to the launch site. After a safety briefing, glide through the dawn, sometimes at tree height, getting some amazing photo opportunities. Sometimes you will ascend, getting an overview of the enormity of the plains and the early morning movements of the teeming herds. After landing, indulge in a five-star bush breakfast, then be returned to camp.

     

    Day - 20

    Location: Serengeti National Park / Mto wa Mbu - Rise with the sun and enjoy another game drive as you leave the Serengeti in your dust. Jump back into your overland vehicle and head for Mto wa Mbu. After setting up camp, we'll take a guided stroll through the farming areas, local homes and farmlands, getting to know the local community and their way of life. Later, we'll enjoy a scrumptious local dinner in town.

     

    Day - 21

    Location: Usambara Mountains - Prepare yourself for a long travel day heading for the Usambara Mountains. Stretch your legs during a brief supply stop in Arusha, then jump back in the vehicle and watch the ever-changing scenery, read your favourite book or get to really know your fellow travellers. Your base will be Lushoto – an old German colony and home to the Wasambaa people. This highland town sits at approximately 1400 metres and this evening you'll camp in the grounds of one of the oldest hotels in Africa.

     

    Day - 22

    Location: Usambara Mountains - Explore the beautiful Usambara Mountains today – a lovely unspoilt area of Tanzania. Unlike the coast and the north, very few tourists visit this part of the country, so it has a freshness that can be hard to find elsewhere. As beautiful as the surrounding mountains and rainforests are, however, the real jewels here are the local people and villages. You'll experience some hospitality on a visit to some of the small local communities. From your base, you will take a walk out to the gorgeous Irente viewpoint. It's best to pack some water and snacks in a day pack for this trip. On your way back, visit a local cultural project where you enjoy a prepared lunch.

     

    Day - 23

    Location: Dar es Salaam - Leaving the mountains behind, travel further south to the coastal town of Kipepeo Beach in Dar es Salaam. Your camp is by the beach, so make the most of it – perhaps take a stroll along the shore after you arrive and settle in.

     

    Day - 24

    Location: Stone Town - Catch a ferry to Africa's 'Spice Island' of Zanzibar. Filled with pristine white-sand beaches, winding cobblestone alleyways and fragrant bazaars, Zanzibar has had a colourful history – everything from slave traders to Arabian sultans and fruit exporters. The sight of traditional dhows sailing along the coast evokes what the island must have been like in centuries ago. The old part of Zanzibar's main city is known as Stone Town, and the best way to see this is on foot, exploring the markets, shops, mosques, palaces and courtyards. When the sun is setting, why not grab a drink from a bar overlooking the seafront. A seafood curry at a local restaurant is also a great choice. You'll spend the night in Stone Town at a basic inn.

     

    Day - 25

    Location: Zanzibar Northern Beaches - Once checked out of your Stone Town accommodation, consider booking in to an optional guided tour of the island's spice plantations, learning all about the history of this town's spice trade. You will have the opportunity to smell and taste various spices, such as cinnamon, vanilla and ginger, plus sample some teas made with these spices too. After lunch, head to the Northern Beaches, where white sands and sparkling blue seas await. This is the Indian Ocean at its best.

     

    Day - 26

    Location: Zanzibar Northern Beaches - Enjoy free time in this beautiful archipelago today. There are many ways you can spend your day – perhaps talk to your leader for any recommendations they might have. Snorkelling in search of exotic fish is an excellent option, or you could take a traditional dhow boat on the water. You might also like to feast on a sumptuous lunch of grilled local seafood, or just relax in a hammock underneath a coconut tree with a good book. It's totally up to you!

     

    Day - 27

    Location: Stone Town - Spend a final morning relaxing on the sandy northern beaches before returning to Stone Town for an afternoon and evening at leisure. Maybe ask you leader where to grab a urojo, a unique and delicious street treat made from potatoes and noodles stewed in a stock of tumeric, mango, flour and more. Or maybe grab a sugarcane juice and have a wander. You've got a long day of driving ahead tomorrow, so make the most of your free time while you can!

     

    Day - 28

    Location: Mikumi National Park - Embrace an early start this morning with a 7.30 am ferry to the mainland, then make tracks for Mikumi. Watch the Tanzanian landscape pass you by along the way, as this long drive is a great chance to soak up the scenery. Gaze out at vast plains dotted with baobab and tamarind trees and maybe catch a glimpse of some of the elephants, buffaloes, giraffes, lions and leopards that call the park home. When you arrive at your camp, your leader will show you the ropes (literally) and help you set up and get comfortable for your night in the tent.

     

    Day - 29

    Location: Iringa - Wake up early this morning to head off on a 4WD game drive into Mikumi National Park with local expert guides. This less touristed park is home to impressive numbers of elephants, hippos, giraffes, zebras, buffalo, warthogs, wildebeest and impalas – you may even spot a predator! After, you'll drive to Iringa and set up camp on the grounds of a farmhouse on the outskirts of the settlement. The area is filled with natural bush land and native birds. Make the most of this rural setting with some stargazing before you retire for the night.

     

    Day - 30

    Location: Chitimba - Enter Malawi this morning and travel to your campsite at Chitimba. Malawi, the ‘warm heart of Africa,’ is dominated by its lake, which covers almost a fifth of the country and provides a livelihood for many Malawian people. Fishermen, fish traders and canoe and net makers all ply their trade on Lake Malawi. A common sight is a fisherman in a bwato (a dugout canoe made from a hollowed tree trunk) fishing on the still lake at the break of day.

     

    Day - 31

    Location: Lake Malawi - Travel from Chitimba to Kande Beach today, on the shore of Lake Malawi. There will be a chance to stop at a shop or market for any supplies you might need along the way. Enjoy a relaxing getaway from the commercialism and crowds with a few days on the lake’s more peaceful beaches. Your campsite at Kande Beach is right on the shore of Lake Malawi.

     

    Day - 32

    Location: Lake Malawi - Enjoy free time today to soak up your idyllic surroundings. As well as chilling out on the lake’s sandy shores, make sure you take the opportunity to meet some local Malawians – easily some of the friendliest people in Africa! You can also hire canoes, bikes or pedalos (paddle boats) to enhance your time here.

     

    Day - 33

    Location: South Luangwa National Park - Journey through southern Malawi and enter Zambia today, continuing to South Luangwa National Park. There will be border crossing formalities on the way, and a chance to stock up on goods or visit an ATM at a local shop or market. The concentration of animals around the Luangwa River and its lagoons is some of the highest in Africa, so when you arrive, take in the beautiful scenery and the abundance of wildlife, watching out for colourful birds and herds of elephants.

     

    Day - 34

    Location: South Luangwa National Park - Rise early this morning, grab a light breakfast and get ready for a morning game drive in a 4WD with a local guide. Then, you'll head back to the camp for an early lunch (as this is the hottest part of the day). Rest in the shade or take an optional village walk if you'd like a snapshot of daily life in the local community. Return to the park for another game drive in the evening, looking out for the local wildlife as the sun sets.

     

    Day - 35

    Location: Petauke - After breakfast, you'll visit a workshop where local craftswomen take snare wire recovered from poaching traps and transform it into jewellery inspired by the African bush. The women will show you around their purpose-built workshop and give you a chance to try coiling or hammering the wire yourself. For each sale made, a donation is given to anti snare patrols dedicated to the conservation of the region. After your visit, you'll jump back in the vehicle and head further south to Petauke.

     

    Day - 36

    Location: Lusaka - This morning you'll be back on the road, heading for your next camp just south of Lusaka City. When you arrive, stretch your legs and take a stroll to discover the town on foot. Though it's fast developing, Lusaka retains a strong African feel, and the locals are usually up for a chat. Your local leader will also give you some insight into the area. Tonight, you're free to chill out under the stars at camp.

     

    Day - 37

    Location: Harare - Travel to Harare today. The first part of your journey takes you to the border with Zimbabwe. After crossing and going through border formalities, you'll continue to Harare. There will be a chance to explore the town when you arrive, as well as stock up on whatever you need at a market or local shop.

     

    Day - 38

    Location: Great Zimbabwe Ruins / Masvingo - This morning, it's onto Masvingo. This colonial settlement – the oldest in Zimbabwe – makes the perfect base for exploring the ruins of Great Zimbabwe. The ancient city, now a UNESCO World Heritage site, was first constructed in the 11th century and is believed to have been the seat of power for a monarch. Spend a few hours exploring this intriguing site before heading off to camp where your night is free to relax.

     

    Day - 39

    Location: Bulawayo - Travel to Bulawayo today. Known locally as the 'City of Kings', Bulawayo is Zimbabwe's second largest city. There is some impeccable historical architecture to take in here, so feel free to walk around at your own pace when you arrive. Enjoy free time this afternoon to explore town or ask your local leader for some optional activities. You might like to browse some local markets or chat with the locals. The Natural History Museum and National Art Gallery are also worth checking out.

     

    Day - 40

    Location: Bulawayo - Get ready for the experience of a lifetime today – tracking rhinos on foot with an expert guide! Matobo National Park, known for its black and white rhinos, is also home to other wildlife like klipspringers, leopards, warthogs and springhares. You'll learn all about these unique animals from your guide and gain insights into the local plants and trees, including wild pear and paperbark. Discover San paintings and the fascinating rock formations of the area, too. Matobo National Park is an important site of spiritual and cultural significance for the local people, and there are many places in the park where important ceremonies still take place.

     

    Day - 41

    Location: Victoria Falls - Depart Bulawayo this morning and make the drive towards Victoria Falls. Stretching 1.6 km wide and falling 108 m into a narrow gorge below, the falls are a sight to behold. Although a visit to the falls themselves is optional, it's highly recommended. In the wet season, the spray created from this feat of nature can rise 400 m and can often be seen from far in the distance. It’s no wonder that the local name for Victoria Falls is Mosi oa Tunya, or the 'Smoke that Thunders'. If you’re travelling in the dry season, you’ll get an unobstructed view of the falls and the chance to see the islets in the river below. Your leader will take you to a local activity centre today, where a range of activities will be on offer.

     

    Day - 42

    Location: Victoria Falls - Today is a free day to enjoy the many activities on offer. If you are interested in the optional helicopter flight (12 minutes or 25 minutes) we endorse the following operator only: Zambezi Helicopter co CAA Zimbabwe. Your local leader can help you arrange this, so feel free to ask them or find out more information at the activity centre.

     

    Day - 43

    Location: Victoria Falls - Today you have the option of visiting the magnificent Victoria Falls. Spanning about a mile wide across and falling 108 m into a narrow gorge below, the spray from the falls can sometimes be seen from kilometres away. In the dry season, the view of the falls is unobstructed by mist, and it's possible to see little islets in the river below. To fully understand the sheer force of this staggering curtain of water, it needs to be experienced in person. It's no wonder that the local name Mosi oa Tunya means the 'smoke that thunders'. Alternatively, your leader will be able to recommend a range of other activities that are available.

     

    Day - 44

    Location: Chobe National Park - This morning is free for you to continue enjoying all that Victoria Falls has to offer. Afterwards, travel to Chobe National Park in Botswana via the Victoria Falls Wildlife Trust, one of The Intrepid Foundation’s projects. Here you can learn about the rescue and rehabilitation of wildlife, human-wildlife conflict and the Trust’s role in anti-poaching. There may also be a chance to meet any rescued or orphaned wildlife currently in their care. Continue your journey to Botswana's first national park, which is famous for its high concentration of elephants, so keep an eye out! They can often be seen swimming in the Chobe River.

     

    Day - 45

    Location: Chobe National Park - Rise and shine for an early-morning game drive. Adventuring through the park, you will get the opportunity to get up close to the wildlife – with luck you will spot a variety of animals and any number of exotic birds. As well as the Chobe icon, the elephant, the river also attracts hippos and crocodiles – the latter like to sun themselves by the water's edge. Cheetahs also come down for a drink. The birdwatching is excellent here too – look out for eagles, kingfishers and marabou storks, among hundreds of other species. In the afternoon perhaps take an optional cruise down the Chobe River – one of the best ways to enjoy the park's animals.

     

    Day - 46

    Location: Bagani - Today you will enter Namibia, driving from Kasane to Ngoma Bridge, and on to your camp at Bagani. Enjoy the journey, watching the scenery change with towns, trees and skies rolling past you. Bagani is the homestead of the local Mbukushu kings. You will have the opportunity to stop at an ATM and a market or shop today.

     

    Day - 47

    Location: Okavango Delta - Cross the border into Botswana and travel south along the Okavango Panhandle to Sepopa. Leave the truck behind as you head deeper into the delta. A boat ride will take you to your mokoro team, where you’ll begin your exploration of the Okavango Delta. Each mokoro (a traditional dugout canoe) is expertly poled through the waterways by a local guide. As you glide past reeds and lily pads, the peaceful atmosphere may be interrupted by the grunt of a hippo. On your first night, camp on a secluded island, far from the reach of civilization.

     

    Day - 48

    Location: Okavango Delta - Continue exploring the delta today by mokoro and enjoy a short guided nature walk. Later, return to Sepopa Camp, where you can relax with hot showers, a swimming pool, and a small bar. For a different perspective, you have the option to take a scenic flight over the delta for an unforgettable aerial view.

     

    Day - 49

    Location: Bagani - Cross the border back into Namibia and return to Bagani to camp for the night. Various boat trips and guided hikes are possible from Bagani, so if you're feeling active, get out and make the most of it. Those who are feeling bold might even be able to challenge the local kids to a soccer match – don't expect to win though! Retire to your camp in the evening and enjoy this welcome break from the road.

     

    Day - 50

    Location: Grootfontein - Drive to your camp situated 50 km outside of Grootfontein. The town of Grootfontein, part of the Otavi Triangle, tends to get very green in the warmer months but dries out markedly in the winter. If it's springtime, you'll likely see jacarandas in bloom.

     

    Day - 51

    Location: Grootfontein/San people - Embark on a 180-km (112-mile) round-trip to visit the San people. The oldest inhabitants of southern Africa, the San, have lived in this region for at least 20,000 years. Listen to their stories and songs and learn how those who still adhere to a traditional way of life emphasise the importance of living in harmony with the environment.

     

    Day - 52

    Location: Etosha National Park - Travel to Etosha National Park this morning. While Etosha National Park is home to a wide range of southern Africa's wildlife, including the big carnivores and five rare or endangered species: black rhino, Hartmann's mountain zebra, black-faced impala, roan antelope and the tiny Damara dik-dik. Game viewing in Etosha is relatively easy due to the man-made waterholes and the large, sparsely vegetated pans. The bushland surrounding the pans is difficult to see through, but there are enough clearings, pans and waterholes to usually allow for some sightings. Embark on an optional evening game drive here in the evening, then spend the night at Namutoni. Accommodation upgrades are on offer here.

     

    Day - 53

    Location: Etosha National Park - Enjoy a full-day game drive in Etosha National Park. Namibia has protected its game reserves against poaching, which means significant numbers of elephants, antelope and other herbivores reside here. The park is also home to some 340 species of birds – keep an eye to the sky where you might spot a soaring eagle. Tonight, you will stay at the particularly spectacular Okaukuejo Camp. The camp overlooks a floodlit waterhole visited by many different species throughout the day and night. Upgrades are not available at this location tonight.

     

    Day - 54

    Location: Spitzkoppe - Travel to the mountain of Spitzkoppe today. The wild lands around this superb granite peak are some of Namibia's most stunning. The mountain itself is 700 million years old and 1987 m (6519 ft) high. Although you shouldn't try to climb to the top, the area is rich in plant life and with some bush paintings to be found. Be sure to look out for the sunset from your bush camp this evening – the landscape is known to take on dazzling hues of orange and red.

     

    Day - 55

    Location: Swakopmund - Continue to the town of Swakopmund. Be dazzled by the sight, sound and smell of thousands of olive-coloured seals on the shores of Cape Cross while you're travelling up the Atlantic Coast. You'll be able to stop along the way to access an ATM and market if you need some supplies.

     

    Day - 56

    Location: Swakopmund - Surrounded by the massive dune fields of the Namib Desert on three sides and the Atlantic Ocean on the other, Swakopmund is an example of the German culture found in all major settlements in Namibia. With your free time, maybe wander the streets and explore at your own pace or ask your leader for recommendations on activities and dining options.

     

    Day - 57

    Location: Swakopmund - Today is another free day to enjoy this fun beachside town. If you're after a dose of history and culture, you can stop in at the lighthouse and visit the Swakopmund Museum. Active types and thrillseekers might like to take advantage of the many outdoor activities on offer – this town is the adventure sports mecca of Namibia.

     

    Day - 58

    Location: Sesriem - Drive to Sesriem, your base for exploring the incredible Namib Desert region. The most famous part of the Namib Desert is its vast dune fields, the most spectacular of which are found near the Sesriem Canyon. This canyon was formed when the Tsauchab River carved a gorge 30 metres into the gravel deposits about 15 million years ago. Now, the river flows out to the dune fields that stretch for hundreds of miles up the coast and dries up in a clay pan at Sossusvlei. The dunes – the highest in the world – are stunning, with magnificent flaming tones created by the brightly coloured sands.

     

    Day - 59

    Location: Sossusvlei/Konkiep River - Wake up before dawn and scramble to the top of the dunes for a dramatic sunrise view across a vast sea of sand. The colour changes are simply incredible and provide a spectacular setting for your brunch. Afterwards you will jump in the back of a pickup truck for a trip to Sossusvlei, the incredible salt and clay pan just nearby. Enjoy some time to explore this incredible and mysterious desert oddity. Later, continue to your camp past the small town of Bethanie. Your camp has basic facilities, with showers, flush toilets, wi-fi and optional upgrades.

     

    Day - 60

    Location: Fish River Canyon - Check out the town of Bethanie before heading further south into the vast desert lands of Namibia towards Fish River Canyon. At 500 m deep and over 160 km long, Fish River Canyon is one of the very largest canyons in the world. During the dry season, the riverbed tends to dry out completely, leaving only a few puddles. In the wet season, after the summer rains, the river can turn into a spectacular raging torrent. At any time of year there are remarkable photographic opportunities here as you watch the colour of the granite rocks change as the sun goes down.

     

    Day - 61

    Location: Orange River - Departing Fish River Canyon, travel to Noordoewer in southern Namibia. Pitch your tent on the scenic banks of the Gariep (Orange) River, which stretches 2200 kilometres (1367 miles) – the longest river in Lesotho. The river’s source is high up in the Drakensberg mountain range, and it flows into the Atlantic Ocean at Alexander Bay in South Africa. The Orange River is responsible for transporting diamonds and creating the deposits that can be found along the Namibian coast.

     

    Day - 62

    Location: Western Cape - Depart your camp first thing in the morning and head to Klawer, a town named after the Afrikaans word for a wild clover blooming after rainfall. The surrounding countryside is beautiful, and if there's time, you’ll have the opportunity to explore some of it. Perhaps take a delightful walk around the nearby mountains and farms before settling in for a relaxing evening.

     

    Day - 63

    Location: Cape Town - Head to Cape Town this morning, where your trip will come to an end. With its stunning coastline, modern cityscape, nearby mountains and a plethora of vineyards within reach, this is one of Africa's most exciting cities. There's no accommodation provided for tonight, but this can be arranged – please enquire at the time of booking this trip.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Victoria Falls - Mhoro! Welcome to Zimbabwe. Your trip begins with a welcome meeting at 4 pm where you'll meet your local leader and fellow travellers. If you arrive early, there are many optional activities and sights to see around Victoria Falls. Tonight, maybe ask your leader for the best dinner recommendation and toast to a new adventure.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Victoria Falls - Today you have the option of visiting the magnificent Victoria Falls. Spanning about a mile wide across and falling 108 m into a narrow gorge below, the spray from the falls can sometimes be seen from kilometres away. In the dry season, the view of the falls is unobstructed by mist, and it's possible to see little islets in the river below. To fully understand the sheer force of this staggering curtain of water, it needs to be experienced in person. It's no wonder that the local name Mosi oa Tunya means the 'smoke that thunders'. Alternatively, your leader will be able to recommend a range of other activities that are available.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Chobe National Park - This morning is free for you to continue enjoying all that Victoria Falls has to offer. Afterwards, travel to Chobe National Park in Botswana via the Victoria Falls Wildlife Trust, one of The Intrepid Foundation’s projects. Here you can learn about the rescue and rehabilitation of wildlife, human-wildlife conflict and the Trust’s role in anti-poaching. There may also be a chance to meet any rescued or orphaned wildlife currently in their care. Continue your journey to Botswana's first national park, which is famous for its high concentration of elephants, so keep an eye out! They can often be seen swimming in the Chobe River.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Chobe National Park - Rise and shine for an early-morning game drive. Adventuring through the park, you will get the opportunity to get up close to the wildlife – with luck you will spot a variety of animals and any number of exotic birds. As well as the Chobe icon, the elephant, the river also attracts hippos and crocodiles – the latter like to sun themselves by the water's edge. Cheetahs also come down for a drink. The birdwatching is excellent here too – look out for eagles, kingfishers and marabou storks, among hundreds of other species. In the afternoon perhaps take an optional cruise down the Chobe River – one of the best ways to enjoy the park's animals.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Bagani - Today you will enter Namibia, driving from Kasane to Ngoma Bridge, and on to your camp at Bagani. Enjoy the journey, watching the scenery change with towns, trees and skies rolling past you. Bagani is the homestead of the local Mbukushu kings. You will have the opportunity to stop at an ATM and a market or shop today.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Okavango Delta - Cross the border into Botswana and travel south along the Okavango Panhandle to Sepopa. Leave the truck behind as you head deeper into the delta. A boat ride will take you to your mokoro team, where you’ll begin your exploration of the Okavango Delta. Each mokoro (a traditional dugout canoe) is expertly poled through the waterways by a local guide. As you glide past reeds and lily pads, the peaceful atmosphere may be interrupted by the grunt of a hippo. On your first night, camp on a secluded island, far from the reach of civilization.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Okavango Delta - Continue exploring the delta today by mokoro and enjoy a short guided nature walk. Later, return to Sepopa Camp, where you can relax with hot showers, a swimming pool, and a small bar. For a different perspective, you have the option to take a scenic flight over the delta for an unforgettable aerial view.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Bagani - Cross the border back into Namibia and return to Bagani to camp for the night. Various boat trips and guided hikes are possible from Bagani, so if you're feeling active, get out and make the most of it. Those who are feeling bold might even be able to challenge the local kids to a soccer match – don't expect to win though! Retire to your camp in the evening and enjoy this welcome break from the road.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Grootfontein - Drive to your camp situated 50 km outside of Grootfontein. The town of Grootfontein, part of the Otavi Triangle, tends to get very green in the warmer months but dries out markedly in the winter. If it's springtime, you'll likely see jacarandas in bloom.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Grootfontein/San people - Embark on a 180-km (112-mile) round-trip to visit the San people. The oldest inhabitants of southern Africa, the San, have lived in this region for at least 20,000 years. Listen to their stories and songs and learn how those who still adhere to a traditional way of life emphasise the importance of living in harmony with the environment.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Etosha National Park - Travel to Etosha National Park this morning. While Etosha National Park is home to a wide range of southern Africa's wildlife, including the big carnivores and five rare or endangered species: black rhino, Hartmann's mountain zebra, black-faced impala, roan antelope and the tiny Damara dik-dik. Game viewing in Etosha is relatively easy due to the man-made waterholes and the large, sparsely vegetated pans. The bushland surrounding the pans is difficult to see through, but there are enough clearings, pans and waterholes to usually allow for some sightings. Embark on an optional evening game drive here in the evening, then spend the night at Namutoni. Accommodation upgrades are on offer here.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Etosha National Park - Enjoy a full-day game drive in Etosha National Park. Namibia has protected its game reserves against poaching, which means significant numbers of elephants, antelope and other herbivores reside here. The park is also home to some 340 species of birds – keep an eye to the sky where you might spot a soaring eagle. Tonight, you will stay at the particularly spectacular Okaukuejo Camp. The camp overlooks a floodlit waterhole visited by many different species throughout the day and night. Upgrades are not available at this location tonight.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Spitzkoppe - Travel to the mountain of Spitzkoppe today. The wild lands around this superb granite peak are some of Namibia's most stunning. The mountain itself is 700 million years old and 1987 m (6519 ft) high. Although you shouldn't try to climb to the top, the area is rich in plant life and with some bush paintings to be found. Be sure to look out for the sunset from your bush camp this evening – the landscape is known to take on dazzling hues of orange and red.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Swakopmund - Continue to the town of Swakopmund. Be dazzled by the sight, sound and smell of thousands of olive-coloured seals on the shores of Cape Cross while you're travelling up the Atlantic Coast. You'll be able to stop along the way to access an ATM and market if you need some supplies.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Swakopmund - Surrounded by the massive dune fields of the Namib Desert on three sides and the Atlantic Ocean on the other, Swakopmund is an example of the German culture found in all major settlements in Namibia. With your free time, maybe wander the streets and explore at your own pace or ask your leader for recommendations on activities and dining options.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Swakopmund - Today is another free day to enjoy this fun beachside town. If you're after a dose of history and culture, you can stop in at the lighthouse and visit the Swakopmund Museum. Active types and thrillseekers might like to take advantage of the many outdoor activities on offer – this town is the adventure sports mecca of Namibia.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Sesriem - Drive to Sesriem, your base for exploring the incredible Namib Desert region. The most famous part of the Namib Desert is its vast dune fields, the most spectacular of which are found near the Sesriem Canyon. This canyon was formed when the Tsauchab River carved a gorge 30 metres into the gravel deposits about 15 million years ago. Now, the river flows out to the dune fields that stretch for hundreds of miles up the coast and dries up in a clay pan at Sossusvlei. The dunes – the highest in the world – are stunning, with magnificent flaming tones created by the brightly coloured sands.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Sossusvlei/Konkiep River - Wake up before dawn and scramble to the top of the dunes for a dramatic sunrise view across a vast sea of sand. The colour changes are simply incredible and provide a spectacular setting for your brunch. Afterwards you will jump in the back of a pickup truck for a trip to Sossusvlei, the incredible salt and clay pan just nearby. Enjoy some time to explore this incredible and mysterious desert oddity. Later, continue to your camp past the small town of Bethanie. Your camp has basic facilities, with showers, flush toilets, wi-fi and optional upgrades.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Fish River Canyon - Check out the town of Bethanie before heading further south into the vast desert lands of Namibia towards Fish River Canyon. At 500 m deep and over 160 km long, Fish River Canyon is one of the very largest canyons in the world. During the dry season, the riverbed tends to dry out completely, leaving only a few puddles. In the wet season, after the summer rains, the river can turn into a spectacular raging torrent. At any time of year there are remarkable photographic opportunities here as you watch the colour of the granite rocks change as the sun goes down.

     

    Day - 20

    Location: Orange River - Departing Fish River Canyon, travel to Noordoewer in southern Namibia. Pitch your tent on the scenic banks of the Gariep (Orange) River, which stretches 2200 kilometres (1367 miles) – the longest river in Lesotho. The river’s source is high up in the Drakensberg mountain range, and it flows into the Atlantic Ocean at Alexander Bay in South Africa. The Orange River is responsible for transporting diamonds and creating the deposits that can be found along the Namibian coast.

     

    Day - 21

    Location: Western Cape - Depart your camp first thing in the morning and head to Klawer, a town named after the Afrikaans word for a wild clover blooming after rainfall. The surrounding countryside is beautiful, and if there's time, you’ll have the opportunity to explore some of it. Perhaps take a delightful walk around the nearby mountains and farms before settling in for a relaxing evening.

     

    Day - 22

    Location: Cape Town - Head to Cape Town this morning, where your trip will come to an end. With its stunning coastline, modern cityscape, nearby mountains and a plethora of vineyards within reach, this is one of Africa's most exciting cities. There's no accommodation provided for tonight, but this can be arranged – please enquire at the time of booking this trip.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Victoria Falls - Mhoro! Welcome to Zimbabwe. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 4 pm where you'll meet your tour leader and travel group. You can arrive at any time as there are no activities planned until this important meeting. Your campground is centrally located in the town of Victoria Falls. After the meeting, your leader will take you to a local activity centre where a range of activities will be on offer, and you can consider booking experiences for tomorrow.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Victoria Falls - Use your free day today to visit the magnificent Victoria Falls. This thundering curtain of water is 1.5 km wide, falling 108 m into a narrow gorge below. In the wet season, the spray created can rise up an incredible 400 m and the falls become a raging torrent. In the dry season, the view of the falls is unobstructed by spray and you can see little islets in the river below. Be sure to ask your local leader for their tips and advice on what to do in Victoria Falls.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Bulawayo - Depart Victoria Falls and travel to Bulawayo via the Victoria Falls Wildlife Trust – one of The Intrepid Foundation’s projects. Here you can learn about the rescue and rehabilitation of wildlife, human-wildlife conflict and the trusts role in anti-poaching. There may also be a chance to meet any rescued or orphaned wildlife currently in their care. After, arrive in Bulawayo – known locally as the 'City of Kings', Zimbabwe's second-largest city has an interesting history and some impeccable colonial architecture.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Bulawayo - Wake up early and get ready to track rhinos in Matobo National Park. Home to a significant population of black and white rhinoceros that can be tracked on foot. As your expert guide takes you through the park, look out for other game like leopards, warthogs, and springhares. You'll also learn about the local plants and trees, including wild pear and paperbark, and discover San paintings and the fascinating rock formations. The Matopos area has great spiritual and cultural significance to the local people and there are many sites within the park where important ceremonies still take place.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Masvingo - Drive to Masvingo today. This settlement – the oldest in Zimbabwe – makes for the perfect base from which to explore the Great Zimbabwe Ruins. The ruined city, now a UNESCO World Heritage-listed site, was first constructed in the 11th century. It's thought to be the former royal palace of the Zimbabwean monarch. Spend a few hours exploring this intriguing site before heading off to camp for the evening.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Harare - Travel to Harare today. You'll arrive at your destination in time for lunch. You only have an hour or two to explore Zimbabwe's capital city, so if you're feeling active and up for a stroll, get out and make the most of it. Perhaps head to the National Gallery, the museum, the botanical gardens or simply wander the city centre and visit the colourful markets.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Lusaka - Today, you'll cross into Zambia and drive to your campsite just outside Lusaka, Zambia's capital. Your journey begins with a nice scenic drive to the border. At some point during the day there will be an opportunity to stop at an ATM and stock up on any supplies you might need at a shop or market.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Petauke - Spend some time checking out Lusaka before a long day of travel today. You'll see that it's a modern city but still retains a traditional African feel. After, travel on to Petauke, where you'll spend the night.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: South Luangwa National Park - After breakfast, travel to a workshop in South Luangwa where local craftswomen take snare wire recovered from poaching traps and transform it into jewellery inspired by the African bush. The women will show you around their purpose-built workshop and give you a chance to try coiling or hammering the wire yourself. For each sale made, a donation is given to anti snare patrols dedicated to the conservation of the region. After, make your way through the heartland to South Luangwa National Park. The concentration of animals around the Luangwa River and its lagoons is among the highest in Africa. Many elephants, buffaloes, leopards, Thornicroft’s giraffes and lions are known to roam here. There are also some 400 species of birds inhabiting the area. A great way to experience South Luangwa and its beautiful scenery is to take an optional river trip – ask your group leader for more details.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: South Luangwa National Park - Rise early with a light breakfast and get ready for an exhilarating morning game drive in a 4WD with a local guide, then head back to the camp for an early lunch. During the hottest part of the day between safaris, you can either rest in the shade or take an optional village walk to get a glimpse of daily life in the local community. Return to the park for another game drive in the evening.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Lake Malawi - Cross the border into Malawi and continue straight to your camp on the shores of Lake Malawi. Malawi is dominated by its lake, which covers almost a fifth of the country and provides a livelihood for many local people. Fishermen, fish traders and canoe and net makers all ply their trade on the lake. A common sight is that of a fisherman in a bwato (a dugout canoe made from a hollowed tree trunk) fishing on the still lake at the break of day. Your campsite at Kande Beach is right on the shore, so take some time to rest and relax.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Lake Malawi - This morning you can take an optional walk in the nearby village, an opportunity to meet some local Malawians-easily some of the friendliest people in Africa. Enjoy a free afternoon chilling out on the lake’s sandy shores, time to soak up your idyllic surroundings you can take a dip in the lake or try out cycling to the hilly villages. Perhaps cool off with an optional snorkelling trip with a local guide. Lake Malawi's high alkalinity has resulted in an abundance of brightly coloured fish and relatively low levels of plants. What you end up with is a tropical ocean-like snorkelling experience within a landlocked freshwater lake.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Chitimba - Drive to your camp in Chitimba, which lies along the coast of Lake Malawi and has lovely beaches, friendly locals and a laidback atmosphere. When you arrive, perhaps take a stroll and acquaint yourself with this different part of the lake. Enjoy the scenery of banana palms, papaya trees and the Livingstonia and Nyika mountains looming nearby.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Iringa - Today is a long travel day into Tanzania and its southern highlands. Sit back, relax and watch as the countryside passes by. When you arrive, you'll set up camp on the grounds of a farmhouse situated on the outskirts of this pleasant settlement. The area is filled with natural bush land which can make it a bird watchers paradise. Make the most of this rural setting by doing some stargazing before you retire for the night.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Mikumi National Park - Today you'll drive to the edge of Mikumi National Park. Situated at the foot of the thickly wooded Uluguru Mountains, Mikumi is Tanzania's fourth largest national park. In the afternoon we head off on 4WD Game Drive with a local expert guide.This less touristed park is home to impressive numbers of elephants, hippos, giraffes, zebras, buffalo, warthogs, wildebeest and impalas – and maybe even a predator or two if you're lucky!

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Dar es Salaam - Sit back and enjoy the scenic drive to Kipepo Beach, located just south of Dar es Salaam. Once you arrive, take some time to unwind – perhaps enjoy a peaceful stroll along the shore. Your camp for the night is set on the grounds of a hotel right next to the beach, offering the perfect opportunity to relax and take a dip in the inviting waters of the ocean.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Stone Town - Catch a ferry to Africa's 'Spice Island' of Zanzibar. Filled with pristine white-sand beaches, winding cobblestone alleyways and fragrant bazaars, Zanzibar has had a colourful history – everything from slave traders to Arabian sultans and fruit exporters. The sight of traditional dhows sailing along the coast evokes what the island must have been like in centuries ago. The old part of Zanzibar's main city is known as Stone Town, and the best way to see this is on foot, exploring the markets, shops, mosques, palaces and courtyards. When the sun is setting, why not grab a drink from a bar overlooking the seafront. A seafood curry at a local restaurant is also a great choice. You'll spend the night in Stone Town at a basic inn.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Zanzibar Northern Beaches - Once checked out of your Stone Town accommodation, consider booking in to an optional guided tour of the island's spice plantations, learning all about the history of this town's spice trade. You will have the opportunity to smell and taste various spices, such as cinnamon, vanilla and ginger, plus sample some teas made with these spices too. After lunch, head to the Northern Beaches, where white sands and sparkling blue seas await. This is the Indian Ocean at its best.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Zanzibar Northern Beaches - Enjoy free time in this beautiful archipelago today. There are many ways you can spend your day – perhaps talk to your leader for any recommendations they might have. Snorkelling in search of exotic fish is an excellent option, or you could take a traditional dhow boat on the water. You might also like to feast on a sumptuous lunch of grilled local seafood, or just relax in a hammock underneath a coconut tree with a good book. It's totally up to you!

     

    Day - 20

    Location: Stone Town / Bagamoyo - Travel to Stone Town this morning, Zanzibar’s Old Town. Meet your new leader and travel group at an 11 am welcome meeting at the hotel. After, catch the ferry to Dar es Salaam. Then, board your overland vehicle (and meet your driver and cook) and take the short drive to your camp at Bagamoyo, a lovely spot by the beach.

     

    Day - 21

    Location: Usambara Mountains - Travel into the remote Usambara Mountains (approximately 7 hours). This unspoilt area of Tanzania attracts very few tourists, making it the perfect place to soak in your surroundings. The forests stretch across the mountains and are ideal for easy hikes and guided walks. You base is the old German colony of Lushoto, where you’ll stay on the grounds of one of the earliest hotels in Africa.

     

    Day - 22

    Location: Usambara Mountains - Today, explore the beautiful Usambara Mountains and experience this area’s gentle hospitality on a visit to some of its small communities. From your base, hike to the gorgeous Irente viewpoint. It's best to pack some water and snacks in a day pack for this trip. On your way back, visit a local cultural project based at Irente farm and enjoy a locally prepared lunch.

     

    Day - 23

    Location: Arusha - Today, journey from the scenic Usambara Mountains to Arusha. While there are no planned activities, enjoy the drive through Tanzania's picturesque landscapes as you make your way to the bustling gateway to the northern safari circuit. Upon arrival at your campsite on the outskirts of town, unwind and settle in for a restful evening and prepare for the adventures ahead.

     

    Day - 24

    Location: Karatu - After breakfast this morning, head to Karatu, the gateway to the Ngorongoro Crater. Here, you'll hike through the Ngorongoro Reserve Forest to Elephant Caves and the Endoro waterfalls along the way. Rich with calcium, the Elephant Caves got their name as elephants would come here and break off pieces of rock, eating the dust to receive important minerals. Today's trek, accompanied by an expert local guide and armed ranger, is the perfect way to stretch your legs after a few days of overland travel. You'll hike through Ngorongoro rainforest as your local guide explains the ins and outs of the area here and points out interesting animal tracks and footprints. Marvel at the wild landscape and spot beautiful birdlife as you walk. After, head to Karatu village for a tour of the local coffee farm. Here, you'll see the innovative farming practices from the locals and learn about the farming activities that sustain the coffee, bean, maize, banana, soya and pea crops. Tonight, enjoy a traditional dinner with a local Tanzanian family in their home, who will cook you a few different dishes to try. Learn about the local culture with educational stories from a locally trained guide. What a night!

     

    Day - 25

    Location: Ngorongoro Crater / Serengeti National Park - Get up early, put your camping and personal gear into a six-person jeep and head out for an excursion into the Serengeti via the Ngorongoro Crater. Enjoy a safari in the crater, spending between 3 and 4 hours exploring this perfectly intact volcanic crater. Watch for black rhinos, lions, leopards, elephants, impalas, zebras and hippos. Next, move on to the open plains of the Serengeti. Green after the rains, brown and burnt in the dry season, this is perhaps the quintessential image of Africa – the home of thousands of hoofed animals and fierce predators. Your campsite is within the Serengeti itself, so listen out for the sounds of nocturnal animals as you drift off to sleep.

     

    Day - 26

    Location: Serengeti National Park - Wake at dawn and embark on a game drive. You will head out while the animals are at their most active, then go back to camp for brunch at around 11 am. After spending the middle of the day relaxing, just like the animals do, head out again as the day begins to cool. You'll return from this second game drive in time for dinner. There's also the option today of a balloon ride over the park (in place of a portion of the morning game drive). If you have pre-booked this activity you will be picked up before dawn and driven to the launch site. After a safety briefing, you will glide through the dawn, sometimes at tree height, which provides amazing photo opportunities. After landing, you'll be treated to a five-star bush breakfast, then be returned to your camp.

     

    Day - 27

    Location: Mto wa Mbu - Rise with the sun and enjoy another game drive as you leave the Serengeti in your dust. Jump back into your overland vehicle and head for Mto wa Mbu. After setting up camp, we'll take a guided stroll through the farming areas, local homes and farmlands, getting to know the local community and their way of life. Later, we'll enjoy a scrumptious locally prepared dinner in town.

     

    Day - 28

    Location: Nairobi - Set off early to cross the border into Kenya and soak up the cosmopolitan atmosphere of Nairobi. There are plenty of good bars and restaurants, while markets and shops have most things you could want or need, including various arts and crafts from the region. Join the welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight to meet new members of your group.

     

    Day - 29

    Location: Lake Nakuru National Park - Take in the spectacular views of the Rift Valley, Lake Naivasha and Elementaita on the drive north-west to Lake Nakuru National Park – situated in the heart of the Great Rift Valley. You’ll arrive in time for a short evening game drive along the shore of the lake. Lake Nakuru National Park is a small and compact area based around a lake that makes a great location for spotting wildlife. Along with the other members of the Big Five, Lake Nakuru is home to many rhinos and will therefore be the best chance to get a snap of these magnificent beasts.

     

    Day - 30

    Location: Eldoret - Rise early, have some breakfast, break up camp and head out on an overland game drive as you leave the park. Eat lunch at the gate before driving northwest to Eldoret – one of Kenya's fastest-growing cities. Due to its high altitude, the town is an ideal training ground for middle and long-distance athletes and is home to some of Kenya's most famous runners. Tonight, enjoy a traditional dinner at your campsite located just outside Eldoret.

     

    Day - 31

    Location: Kampala - Today, you’ll leave Kenya behind and cross the border into landlocked Uganda, travelling on to its capital city, Kampala. With a population of over 45 million, Uganda is a country of great cultural diversity and is one of the five countries that make up the East African Community. As today is a long travel day, take a break from setting up camp with a stay at a hotel tonight. After your long drive, sit down for a dinner prepared by the hotel before settling in for a good night’s rest.

     

    Day - 32

    Location: Kalinzu Forest - Travel to Kalinzu Forest National Park today. Some of its inhabitants include chimpanzees, black and white colobuses, baboons, red-tailed monkeys, both blue and red duikers, bushbucks, waterbucks, giant forest hogs, buffalo and elephants. When you arrive, settle into your camp and perhaps stretch your legs and explore your surroundings with the rest of the group.

     

    Day - 33

    Location: Queen Elizabeth National Park - This morning, you have the option to take an excursion to see the chimpanzees of Kalinzu Forest. More closely related to humans than any other living creature, the chimpanzees are a delight to watch as they squabble and play in fruiting trees. You can also choose to soak in the sounds of the forest from the comfort of your tent. Later, take the short drive to Queen Elizabeth National Park. Once camp is set up, there's an option to take a boat cruise along the Kazinga Channel – well-known for pelicans, eagles and other birdlife, as well as a healthy population of hippos.

     

    Day - 34

    Location: Kisoro - Today, drive out of the Queen Elizabeth National Park on your way to the southwest tip of Uganda. On this short game drive, cross your fingers and look out for elephants, buffalo, Ugandan kobs and waterbucks. Arrive at the corner of Uganda, where the border touches Rwanda and the Democratic Republic of Congo. You’ll spend the night in Kisoro at a camp on the shore of Lake Mutanda, with views of the Virunga Mountain range. Tonight, relax and soak up the views, go for a swim off the small dock or go hunting for a glimpse of local weaver bird nests and African clawless otters.

     

    Day - 35

    Location: Gorilla Trek - Joined by a local ranger and gorilla trackers, you’ll climb through the rugged mountain terrain of Bwindi (translating to ‘dark’) Impenetrable National Park for the rare and exciting opportunity to encounter the gorilla families that live here. No more than eight people per day can visit any one habituated family and visits are strictly controlled to minimise disturbance. The terrain here can be quite strenuous, but the sheer thrill of coming across a group of gorillas dominated by a great male silverback more than outweighs the difficulty. Watch them eat, sleep, groom and play as the giant silverback surveys the scene and the smaller ones laze in the trees or play and be struck by the similarities between gorillas and humans.

     

    Day - 36

    Location: Gorilla Trek - If you didn’t get to complete your gorilla visit yesterday, you’ll head out today. With your free day, your leader will provide you with options and ideas on how you can spend your time in the area around Kisoro. You can head out on more rainforest hikes to see monkeys, take some nature walks, or perhaps take a day excursion over the border to Rwanda to visit the genocide memorial, art museum and Nyamirambo women’s center. However, please ensure you have a Rwanda or East Africa visa.

     

    Day - 37

    Location: Mbarara - This morning, you’ll turn back towards the capital of Kampala and embark on a bit of a travel day. You’ll break up the journey at the pit-stop town of Mbarara for the night. There’s not much to do around Mbarara, so tonight’s a great opportunity to recharge, get stuck into a book or relax at the camp.

     

    Day - 38

    Location: Jinja - Today you'll continue your journey inland, travelling towards Jinja. The Jinja region is one of the highlights of any visit to Uganda – a riverside retreat at the source of the Nile that’s also the adventure capital of the country. Tonight, you’ll camp at a scenic riverside site and enjoy a good night’s rest ready for tomorrow's adventures.

     

    Day - 39

    Location: Jinja - Located at the source of the Nile as it leaves Lake Victoria, Jinja is a place for the adventurer, the adrenaline junkie and the eco-traveller. Enjoy a full free day here to explore at your own pace, with a bunch of optional activities to choose. Maybe get active with some whitewater rafting or float along the river on a kayak. You can also opt for a boat cruise to the source of the Nile, to enjoy the river from a new perspective.

     

    Day - 40

    Location: Kericho - Farewell Uganda and begin the journey back to Kenya and Nairobi, stopping overnight at the town of Kericho – one of Kenya’s most popular towns due to its tranquil surroundings, blanketed by thick tea plantations and evergreens. Sitting at the edge of the South-Western Mau National Reserve and is known for its vast tea estates. When you arrive, visit a tea plantation and learn about the tea farming process from the locals themselves.

     

    Day - 41

    Location: Masai Mara National Reserve - This morning, drive to the famous Masai Mara National Park. Stop in Loita Hills on the way, home of the traditional Maasai people, and visit Tepesua Village. You’ll be welcomed by Maasai warriors through traditional song and dance. Meet your Maasai hosts and listen to a talk full of insights into the remarkable ancient culture. The Tepesua Community was formed with the aim of promoting education, empowering women (including widows and vulnerable women in the community) as well as promoting community development. There are multiple projects that aim to educate boys and girls and support women’s development and empowerment, focusing especially on the village mamaas (widows). Learn how the community creates job opportunities for the youths in the village and meet the women who make eco-friendly handbags and backpacks to sell to visiting travellers and locals. Travel on to the Masai Mara – with sparse open plains, dramatic skies and the world's most iconic animals living within its boundaries, this is the quintessential African experience. Explore this diverse environment and view a multitude of wildlife on an early evening 4WD game drive with expert local driver guides.

     

    Day - 42

    Location: Masai Mara National Reserve - This morning, maybe take an optional balloon ride over the Mara at sunrise. If you’ve pre-booked this activity, you’ll be picked up before dawn and driven to the launch site for a safety briefing from your pilot. You’ll then glide through the skies, sometimes at tree height, for some amazing photo opportunities. After landing, you'll be treated to a bush breakfast before meeting up with the rest of the group. Today you’ll venture into the Masai Mara National Reserve with expert local driver guides for a day-long 4WD safari. You'll explore this diverse environment and most likely see a multitude of wildlife.

     

    Day - 43

    Location: Nairobi - Return to the bustling metropolis of Nairobi today. When you arrive, you'll be dropped off at your finishing point hotel, where your trip ends. If you'd like to extend your stay, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Nairobi - Jambo! Welcome to Kenya. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm in Nairobi. If you arrive early, why not head out and soak up the cosmopolitan atmosphere of the city. There are plenty of good bars and restaurants, as well as markets and shops packed with arts and crafts from the region. After the meeting tonight, maybe join your new travel companions for a welcome dinner and get to know each other.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Lake Nakuru National Park - Take in the spectacular views of the Rift Valley, Lake Naivasha and Elementaita on the drive north-west to Lake Nakuru National Park – situated in the heart of the Great Rift Valley. You’ll arrive in time for a short evening game drive along the shore of the lake. Lake Nakuru National Park is a small and compact area based around a lake that makes a great location for spotting wildlife. Along with the other members of the Big Five, Lake Nakuru is home to many rhinos and will therefore be the best chance to get a snap of these magnificent beasts.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Eldoret - Rise early, have some breakfast, break up camp and head out on an overland game drive as you leave the park. Eat lunch at the gate before driving northwest to Eldoret – one of Kenya's fastest-growing cities. Tonight, enjoy a traditional dinner at your campsite located just outside Eldoret.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Kampala - Today, you’ll leave Kenya behind and cross the border into landlocked Uganda, travelling on to its capital city, Kampala. With a population of over 45 million, Uganda is a country of great cultural diversity and is one of the five countries that make up the East African Community. As today is a long travel day, take a break from setting up camp with a stay at a hotel tonight. After your long drive, sit down for a dinner prepared by the hotel before settling in for a good night’s rest.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Kalinzu Forest - Travel to Kalinzu Forest National Park today. Some of its inhabitants include chimpanzees, black and white colobuses, baboons, red-tailed monkeys, both blue and red duikers, bushbucks, waterbucks, giant forest hogs, buffalo and elephants. When you arrive, settle into your camp and perhaps stretch your legs and explore your surroundings with the rest of the group.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Queen Elizabeth National Park - This morning, you have the option to take an excursion to see the chimpanzees of Kalinzu Forest. More closely related to humans than any other living creature, the chimpanzees are a delight to watch as they squabble and play in fruiting trees. You can also choose to soak in the sounds of the forest from the comfort of your tent. Later, take the short drive to Queen Elizabeth National Park. Once camp is set up, there's an option to take a boat cruise along the Kazinga Channel – well-known for pelicans, eagles and other birdlife, as well as a healthy population of hippos.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Kisoro - Today, drive out of the Queen Elizabeth National Park on your way to the southwest tip of Uganda. On this short game drive, cross your fingers and look out for elephants, buffalo, Ugandan kobs and waterbucks. Arrive at the corner of Uganda, where the border touches Rwanda and the Democratic Republic of Congo. You’ll spend the night in Kisoro at a camp on the shore of Lake Mutanda, with views of the Virunga Mountain range. Tonight, relax and soak up the views, go for a swim off the small dock or go hunting for a glimpse of local weaver bird nests and African clawless otters.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Gorilla Trek - Joined by a local ranger and gorilla trackers, you’ll climb through the rugged mountain terrain of Bwindi (translating to ‘dark’) Impenetrable National Park for the rare and exciting opportunity to encounter the gorilla families that live here. No more than eight people per day can visit any one habituated family and visits are strictly controlled to minimise disturbance. The terrain here can be quite strenuous, but the sheer thrill of coming across a group of gorillas dominated by a great male silverback more than outweighs the difficulty. Watch them eat, sleep, groom and play as the giant silverback surveys the scene and the smaller ones laze in the trees or play and be struck by the similarities between gorillas and humans.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Gorilla Trek - If you didn’t get to complete your gorilla visit yesterday, you’ll head out today. With your free day, your leader will provide you with options and ideas on how you can spend your time in the area around Kisoro. You can head out on more rainforest hikes to see monkeys, take some nature walks, or perhaps take a day excursion over the border to Rwanda to visit the genocide memorial, art museum and Nyamirambo women’s center. However, please ensure you have a Rwanda or East Africa visa.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Mbarara - This morning, you’ll turn back towards the capital of Kampala and embark on a bit of a travel day. You’ll break up the journey at the pit-stop town of Mbarara for the night. There’s not much to do around Mbarara, so tonight’s a great opportunity to recharge, get stuck into a book or relax at the camp.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Jinja - Today you'll continue your journey inland, travelling towards Jinja. The Jinja region is one of the highlights of any visit to Uganda – a riverside retreat at the source of the Nile that’s also the adventure capital of the country. Tonight, you’ll camp at a scenic riverside site and enjoy a good night’s rest ready for tomorrow's adventures.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Jinja - Located at the source of the Nile as it leaves Lake Victoria, Jinja is a place for the adventurer, the adrenaline junkie and the eco-traveller. Enjoy a full free day here to explore at your own pace, with a bunch of optional activities to choose. Maybe get active with some whitewater rafting or float along the river on a kayak. You can also opt for a boat cruise to the source of the Nile, to enjoy the river from a new perspective.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Kericho - Farewell Uganda and begin the journey back to Kenya and Nairobi, stopping overnight at the town of Kericho – one of Kenya’s most popular towns due to its tranquil surroundings, blanketed by thick tea plantations and evergreens. Sitting at the edge of the South-Western Mau National Reserve and is known for its vast tea estates. When you arrive, visit a tea plantation and learn about the tea farming process from the locals themselves.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Masai Mara National Reserve - This morning, drive to the famous Masai Mara National Park. Stop in Loita Hills on the way, home of the traditional Maasai people, and visit Tepesua Village. You’ll be welcomed by Maasai warriors through traditional song and dance. Meet your Maasai hosts and listen to a talk full of insights into the remarkable ancient culture. The Tepesua Community was formed with the aim of promoting education, empowering women (including widows and vulnerable women in the community) as well as promoting community development. There are multiple projects that aim to educate boys and girls and support women’s development and empowerment, focusing especially on the village mamaas (widows). Learn how the community creates job opportunities for the youths in the village and meet the women who make eco-friendly handbags and backpacks to sell to visiting travellers and locals. Travel on to the Masai Mara – with sparse open plains, dramatic skies and the world's most iconic animals living within its boundaries, this is the quintessential African experience. Explore this diverse environment and view a multitude of wildlife on an early evening 4WD game drive with expert local driver guides.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Masai Mara National Reserve - This morning, maybe take an optional balloon ride over the Mara at sunrise. If you’ve pre-booked this activity, you’ll be picked up before dawn and driven to the launch site for a safety briefing from your pilot. You’ll then glide through the skies, sometimes at tree height, for some amazing photo opportunities. After landing, you'll be treated to a bush breakfast before meeting up with the rest of the group. Today you’ll venture into the Masai Mara National Reserve with expert local driver guides for a day-long 4WD safari. You'll explore this diverse environment and most likely see a multitude of wildlife.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Nairobi - Return to the bustling metropolis of Nairobi today. When you arrive, you'll be dropped off at your finishing point hotel, where your trip ends. If you'd like to extend your stay, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Stone Town - Welcome to Zanzibar! Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 2 pm where you'll meet your group leader and fellow travellers. Aside from this important meeting, there are no planned activities for the day and you are free to explore on your own. Filled with pristine white-sand beaches, winding cobblestone alleyways and fragrant bazaars, Zanzibar has had a colourful history – everything from slave traders to Arabian sultans and fruit exporters. The sight of traditional dhows sailing along the coast evokes what the island must have been like in centuries ago. The old part of Zanzibar's main city is known as Stone Town, and the best way to see this is on foot, exploring the markets, shops, mosques, palaces and courtyards. When the sun is setting, why not grab a drink from a bar overlooking the seafront. A seafood curry at a local restaurant is also a great choice. You'll spend the night in Stone Town at a basic inn.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Zanzibar Northern Beaches - Once checked out of your Stone Town accommodation, consider booking in to an optional guided tour of the island's spice plantations, learning all about the history of this town's spice trade. You will have the opportunity to smell and taste various spices, such as cinnamon, vanilla and ginger, plus sample some teas made with these spices too. After lunch, head to the Northern Beaches, where white sands and sparkling blue seas await. This is the Indian Ocean at its best.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Zanzibar Northern Beaches - Enjoy free time in this beautiful archipelago today. There are many ways you can spend your day – perhaps talk to your leader for any recommendations they might have. Snorkelling in search of exotic fish is an excellent option, or you could take a traditional dhow boat on the water. You might also like to feast on a sumptuous lunch of grilled local seafood, or just relax in a hammock underneath a coconut tree with a good book. It's totally up to you!

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Bagamoyo - Spend a final morning relaxing on the sandy northern beaches before returning to Stone Town to catch the ferry to Dar es Salaam. Then board your overland vehicle (and meet your driver and cook) and take the short drive to your camp at Bagamoyo, a lovely spot by the beach.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Usambara Mountains - Travel into the remote Usambara Mountains (approximately 7 hours). This unspoilt area of Tanzania attracts very few tourists, making it the perfect place to soak in your surroundings. The forests stretch across the mountains and are ideal for easy hikes and guided walks. You base is the old German colony of Lushoto, where you’ll stay on the grounds of one of the earliest hotels in Africa.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Usambara Mountains - Today, explore the beautiful Usambara Mountains and experience this area’s gentle hospitality on a visit to some of its small communities. From your base, hike to the gorgeous Irente viewpoint. It's best to pack some water and snacks in a day pack for this trip. On your way back, visit a local cultural project based at Irente farm and enjoy a locally prepared lunch.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Arusha - Today, journey from the scenic Usambara Mountains to Arusha. While there are no planned activities, enjoy the drive through Tanzania's picturesque landscapes as you make your way to the bustling gateway to the northern safari circuit. Upon arrival at your campsite on the outskirts of town, unwind and settle in for a restful evening and prepare for the adventures ahead.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Karatu - After breakfast this morning, head to Karatu, the gateway to the Ngorongoro Crater. Here, you'll hike through the Ngorongoro Reserve Forest to Elephant Caves and the Endoro waterfalls along the way. Rich with calcium, the Elephant Caves got their name as elephants would come here and break off pieces of rock, eating the dust to receive important minerals. Today's trek, accompanied by an expert local guide and armed ranger, is the perfect way to stretch your legs after a few days of overland travel. You'll hike through Ngorongoro rainforest as your local guide explains the ins and outs of the area here and points out interesting animal tracks and footprints. Marvel at the wild landscape and spot beautiful birdlife as you walk. After, head to Karatu village for a tour of the local coffee farm. Here, you'll see the innovative farming practices from the locals and learn about the farming activities that sustain the coffee, bean, maize, banana, soya and pea crops. Tonight, enjoy a traditional dinner with a local Tanzanian family in their home, who will cook you a few different dishes to try. Learn about the local culture with educational stories from a locally trained guide. What a night!

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Ngorongoro Crater / Serengeti National Park - Get up early, put your camping and personal gear into a six-person jeep and head out for an excursion into the Serengeti via the Ngorongoro Crater. Enjoy a safari in the crater, spending between 3 and 4 hours exploring this perfectly intact volcanic crater. Watch for black rhinos, lions, leopards, elephants, impalas, zebras and hippos. Next, move on to the open plains of the Serengeti. Green after the rains, brown and burnt in the dry season, this is perhaps the quintessential image of Africa – the home of thousands of hoofed animals and fierce predators. Your campsite is within the Serengeti itself, so listen out for the sounds of nocturnal animals as you drift off to sleep.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Serengeti National Park - Wake at dawn and embark on a game drive. You will head out while the animals are at their most active, then go back to camp for brunch at around 11 am. After spending the middle of the day relaxing, just like the animals do, head out again as the day begins to cool. You'll return from this second game drive in time for dinner. There's also the option today of a balloon ride over the park (in place of a portion of the morning game drive). If you have pre-booked this activity you will be picked up before dawn and driven to the launch site. After a safety briefing, you will glide through the dawn, sometimes at tree height, which provides amazing photo opportunities. After landing, you'll be treated to a five-star bush breakfast, then be returned to your camp.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Mto wa Mbu - Rise with the sun and enjoy another game drive as you leave the Serengeti in your dust. Jump back into your overland vehicle and head for Mto wa Mbu. After setting up camp, we'll take a guided stroll through the farming areas, local homes and farmlands, getting to know the local community and their way of life. Later, we'll enjoy a scrumptious locally prepared dinner in town.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Nairobi - This morning, you'll make your way back to the bustling metropolis of Nairobi. On arrival, settle into your hotel and spend the evening at your leisure before attending a second welcome meeting at 6 pm to meet your new group.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Lake Nakuru National Park - Take in the spectacular views of the Rift Valley, Lake Naivasha and Elementaita on the drive north-west to Lake Nakuru National Park – situated in the heart of the Great Rift Valley. You’ll arrive in time for a short evening game drive along the shore of the lake. Lake Nakuru National Park is a small and compact area based around a lake that makes a great location for spotting wildlife. Along with the other members of the Big Five, Lake Nakuru is home to many rhinos and will therefore be the best chance to get a snap of these magnificent beasts.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Eldoret - Rise early, have some breakfast, break up camp and head out on an overland game drive as you leave the park. Eat lunch at the gate before driving northwest to Eldoret – one of Kenya's fastest-growing cities. Tonight, enjoy a traditional dinner at your campsite located just outside Eldoret.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Kampala - Today, you’ll leave Kenya behind and cross the border into landlocked Uganda, travelling on to its capital city, Kampala. With a population of over 45 million, Uganda is a country of great cultural diversity and is one of the five countries that make up the East African Community. As today is a long travel day, take a break from setting up camp with a stay at a hotel tonight. After your long drive, sit down for a dinner prepared by the hotel before settling in for a good night’s rest.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Kalinzu Forest - Travel to Kalinzu Forest National Park today. Some of its inhabitants include chimpanzees, black and white colobuses, baboons, red-tailed monkeys, both blue and red duikers, bushbucks, waterbucks, giant forest hogs, buffalo and elephants. When you arrive, settle into your camp and perhaps stretch your legs and explore your surroundings with the rest of the group.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Queen Elizabeth National Park - This morning, you have the option to take an excursion to see the chimpanzees of Kalinzu Forest. More closely related to humans than any other living creature, the chimpanzees are a delight to watch as they squabble and play in fruiting trees. You can also choose to soak in the sounds of the forest from the comfort of your tent. Later, take the short drive to Queen Elizabeth National Park. Once camp is set up, there's an option to take a boat cruise along the Kazinga Channel – well-known for pelicans, eagles and other birdlife, as well as a healthy population of hippos.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Kisoro - Today, drive out of the Queen Elizabeth National Park on your way to the southwest tip of Uganda. On this short game drive, cross your fingers and look out for elephants, buffalo, Ugandan kobs and waterbucks. Arrive at the corner of Uganda, where the border touches Rwanda and the Democratic Republic of Congo. You’ll spend the night in Kisoro at a camp on the shore of Lake Mutanda, with views of the Virunga Mountain range. Tonight, relax and soak up the views, go for a swim off the small dock or go hunting for a glimpse of local weaver bird nests and African clawless otters.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Gorilla Trek - Joined by a local ranger and gorilla trackers, you’ll climb through the rugged mountain terrain of Bwindi (translating to ‘dark’) Impenetrable National Park for the rare and exciting opportunity to encounter the gorilla families that live here. No more than eight people per day can visit any one habituated family and visits are strictly controlled to minimise disturbance. The terrain here can be quite strenuous, but the sheer thrill of coming across a group of gorillas dominated by a great male silverback more than outweighs the difficulty. Watch them eat, sleep, groom and play as the giant silverback surveys the scene and the smaller ones laze in the trees or play and be struck by the similarities between gorillas and humans.

     

    Day - 20

    Location: Gorilla Trek - If you didn’t get to complete your gorilla visit yesterday, you’ll head out today. With your free day, your leader will provide you with options and ideas on how you can spend your time in the area around Kisoro. You can head out on more rainforest hikes to see monkeys, take some nature walks, or perhaps take a day excursion over the border to Rwanda to visit the genocide memorial, art museum and Nyamirambo women’s center. However, please ensure you have a Rwanda or East Africa visa.

     

    Day - 21

    Location: Mbarara - This morning, you’ll turn back towards the capital of Kampala and embark on a bit of a travel day. You’ll break up the journey at the pit-stop town of Mbarara for the night. There’s not much to do around Mbarara, so tonight’s a great opportunity to recharge, get stuck into a book or relax at the camp.

     

    Day - 22

    Location: Jinja - Today you'll continue your journey inland, travelling towards Jinja. The Jinja region is one of the highlights of any visit to Uganda – a riverside retreat at the source of the Nile that’s also the adventure capital of the country. Tonight, you’ll camp at a scenic riverside site and enjoy a good night’s rest ready for tomorrow's adventures.

     

    Day - 23

    Location: Jinja - Located at the source of the Nile as it leaves Lake Victoria, Jinja is a place for the adventurer, the adrenaline junkie and the eco-traveller. Enjoy a full free day here to explore at your own pace, with a bunch of optional activities to choose. Maybe get active with some whitewater rafting or float along the river on a kayak. You can also opt for a boat cruise to the source of the Nile, to enjoy the river from a new perspective.

     

    Day - 24

    Location: Kericho - Farewell Uganda and begin the journey back to Kenya and Nairobi, stopping overnight at the town of Kericho – one of Kenya’s most popular towns due to its tranquil surroundings, blanketed by thick tea plantations and evergreens. Sitting at the edge of the South-Western Mau National Reserve and is known for its vast tea estates. When you arrive, visit a tea plantation and learn about the tea farming process from the locals themselves.

     

    Day - 25

    Location: Masai Mara National Reserve - This morning, drive to the famous Masai Mara National Park. Stop in Loita Hills on the way, home of the traditional Maasai people, and visit Tepesua Village. You’ll be welcomed by Maasai warriors through traditional song and dance. Meet your Maasai hosts and listen to a talk full of insights into the remarkable ancient culture. The Tepesua Community was formed with the aim of promoting education, empowering women (including widows and vulnerable women in the community) as well as promoting community development. There are multiple projects that aim to educate boys and girls and support women’s development and empowerment, focusing especially on the village mamaas (widows). Learn how the community creates job opportunities for the youths in the village and meet the women who make eco-friendly handbags and backpacks to sell to visiting travellers and locals. Travel on to the Masai Mara – with sparse open plains, dramatic skies and the world's most iconic animals living within its boundaries, this is the quintessential African experience. Explore this diverse environment and view a multitude of wildlife on an early evening 4WD game drive with expert local driver guides.

     

    Day - 26

    Location: Masai Mara National Reserve - This morning, maybe take an optional balloon ride over the Mara at sunrise. If you’ve pre-booked this activity, you’ll be picked up before dawn and driven to the launch site for a safety briefing from your pilot. You’ll then glide through the skies, sometimes at tree height, for some amazing photo opportunities. After landing, you'll be treated to a bush breakfast before meeting up with the rest of the group. Today you’ll venture into the Masai Mara National Reserve with expert local driver guides for a day-long 4WD safari. You'll explore this diverse environment and most likely see a multitude of wildlife.

     

    Day - 27

    Location: Nairobi - Return to the bustling metropolis of Nairobi today. When you arrive, you'll be dropped off at your finishing point hotel, where your trip ends. If you'd like to extend your stay, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Nairobi - Jambo! Welcome to Kenya. Your trip begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm. If you arrive with time to spare before the meeting, consider getting to know the city on an Urban Adventure like the ‘Nairobi Experience’. This optional 4-hour tour is a great way to get a feel for Nairobi, and includes lunch at a local restaurant. After the welcome meeting, perhaps join your new travel companions for an optional group dinner.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Lake Nakuru National Park - Drive north-west past splendid views of the Great Rift Valley, Lake Naivasha and Elementaita to Lake Nakuru National Park. Situated in the heart of the Great Rift Valley, Lake Nakuru National Park is a great location for spotting wildlife, which you will do in an early morning game drive tomorrow. For now, head to a nearby village with your leader. This is a fantastic opportunity to interact with the local folk and get a feel for everyday life here. Enjoy a cooking class and return later in the evening to share the results for dinner.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Lake Naivasha - Wake early for breakfast and head into the Lake Nakuru National Park for a game drive in the overland vehicle. Along with the other members of the Big Five, Lake Nakuru is home to rhinos, and there will be a good chance of spotting and photographing one of these magnificent beasts. Return to camp for lunch before driving to your camp near Lake Naivasha. One of the few freshwater lakes in the Great Rift Valley, Lake Naivasha has floating islands of papyrus reeds and a border of flat-topped acacias. It's also home to a healthy population of hippos and a tremendous variety of birds.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Lake Naivasha - Enjoy a free day to choose from a variety of optional activities available around Lake Naivasha. Perhaps venture to Hell's Gate National Park, which boasts beautiful cliffs, gorges, rock towers, volcanoes and a range of geothermal phenomena. Another great choice is to take a boat trip across Lake Naivasha – perhaps the best way to take in the atmosphere of this lush area. If you're looking for something active, why not hire a bike for the day and make some of your own discoveries, venturing beyond the cacti and olive trees.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Loita Hills Maasai Village - Depart Lake Naivasha, making a short stop in Narok to do a spot of food shopping. Continue to Loita Hills, home of the Maasai people, stopping for lunch on the way. You’ll be camping at Tepesua Village, which is known for championing Maasai women’s health and education. When you arrive, be welcomed by traditional Maasai warrior song and dance, then your host will explain the details of Maasai warrior training. Take a walk to the community village which was founded to alleviate the poverty of Maasai widows, who traditionally are not allowed to inherit property. The village offers support, safety and economic growth through the ‘Tepesua Widows Income Project’. Spend the evening around a campfire and learn more about their age-old culture and traditions as you share stories with Maasai warriors into the night.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Masai Mara National Reserve - Today you’ll travel from Loita Hills to Masai Mara. The road is dusty when dry, and could be slippery and muddy when wet, so the going may be slow. The Masai Mara is the quintessential African experience, with sparse open plains, dramatic skies and some of the world's most tremendous animals. After setting up camp, sit down to some lunch. Then it's time to jump in 4WDs and go for a game drive through the wilderness of the Mara.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Masai Mara National Reserve - Venture into the Masai Mara National Reserve for a full day's game drive in 4WDs. You'll explore this diverse environment and most likely see a multitude of wildlife. An optional balloon ride over the Mara at sunrise is available today. If you have pre-booked this activity you will be picked up before dawn and driven to the launch site for a safety briefing from your pilot. Then you will glide through the dawn, sometimes at tree height, to get some amazing photo opportunities. Sometimes you will ascend, getting an overview of the enormity of the plains and of the early morning movements of the teeming herds. After landing, you'll be treated to a bush breakfast, then be returned to your campsite. 

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Nairobi - Leave the open expanses of the African bush behind and return to the urban environment of a Nairobi hotel with ensuite, bar, pool and WiFi.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Nairobi - Your day is free in Nairobi today, until another welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. Maybe head out and explore the National Museum of Kenya, the Karen Blixen Museum or the highly recommended Bomas of Kenya, where traditional homesteads of several Kenyan tribes are displayed in an outdoor village.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Mto wa Mbu - Depart early for Mto wa Mbu in your overland truck. The trip includes a border crossing from Kenya into Tanzania, so be sure to have your passport handy. While you're on the road, there will be a stop at an ATM and a market or shop to stock up on any supplies you might need for the coming days. Arrive in Mto wa Mbu and acquaint yourself with this delightful small village – it's a fascinating snapshot of small-town African life, situated well off the tourist trail.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Ngorongoro Crater / Serengeti National Park - Get up early, put your camping and personal gear into a six-person jeep and head out for an excursion into the Serengeti via the Ngorongoro Crater. Enjoy a safari in the crater, spending 3 to 4 hours exploring this incredible, perfectly intact volcanic caldera. Watch for black rhinos, lions, leopards, elephants, impalas, zebras and hippos. The crater floor offers excellent game viewing all year round (some 30,000 animals live here) and the photo opportunities are unrivalled. Next, it's on to the wide-open plains of the Serengeti. Green after the rains, brown and burnt in the dry season, this is perhaps the quintessential image of Africa – the home of thousands of hoofed animals and fierce predators. Your campsite is within the Serengeti itself, so listen out for the sounds of nocturnal animals as you drift off to sleep.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Serengeti National Park - Awake at dawn and embark on a game drive. You will head out while the animals are at their most active, then head back to camp for brunch at around 11 am. After spending the middle of the day relaxing, just like the animals do, head out again as the day begins to cool. You'll return from this second game drive in time for dinner. There's also the option of a balloon ride over the park this morning – in place of some of today’s game drives. If you have pre-booked this activity, you will be picked up before dawn and driven to the launch site. After a safety briefing, glide through the dawn, sometimes at tree height, getting some amazing photo opportunities. Sometimes you will ascend, getting an overview of the enormity of the plains and the early morning movements of the teeming herds. After landing, indulge in a five-star bush breakfast, then be returned to camp.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Serengeti National Park / Mto wa Mbu - Rise with the sun and enjoy another game drive as you leave the Serengeti in your dust. Jump back into your overland vehicle and head for Mto wa Mbu. Once camp is set up, join the local community for a guided stroll around the farming areas, milling machine, and local homes and farmlands. After, we'll share a local dinner in town and if time permits you may have the oppertunity to watch how it's made with a local cooking demonstration. After setting up camp, we'll take a guided stroll through the farming areas, milling machines, and local homes and farmlands, getting to know the local community and their way of life. Later, we'll enjoy a scrumptious local dinner in town. If time permits, you might even get to witness a local cooking demonstration and see how it's made.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Usambara Mountains - Prepare yourself for a long travel day heading for the Usambara Mountains. Stretch your legs during a brief supply stop in Arusha, then jump back in the vehicle and watch the ever-changing scenery, read your favourite book or get to really know your fellow travellers. Your base will be Lushoto – an old German colony and home to the Wasambaa people. This highland town sits at approximately 1400 metres and this evening you'll camp in the grounds of one of the oldest hotels in Africa.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Usambara Mountains - Explore the beautiful Usambara Mountains today – a lovely unspoilt area of Tanzania. Unlike the coast and the north, very few tourists visit this part of the country, so it has a freshness that can be hard to find elsewhere. As beautiful as the surrounding mountains and rainforests are, however, the real jewels here are the local people and villages. You'll experience some hospitality on a visit to some of the small local communities. From your base, you will take a walk out to the gorgeous Irente viewpoint. It's best to pack some water and snacks in a day pack for this trip. On your way back, visit a local cultural project based at an Irente farm and enjoy a picnic lunch.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Dar es Salaam - Leaving the mountains behind, travel further south to the coastal town of Kipepeo Beach in Dar es Salaam. Your camp at Kipepeo is by the beach, so make the most of it – perhaps take a stroll along the shore after you arrive and settle in.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Stone Town - Catch a ferry to Africa's 'Spice Island' of Zanzibar. Filled with pristine white-sand beaches, winding cobblestone alleyways and fragrant bazaars, Zanzibar has had a colourful history – everything from slave traders to Arabian sultans and fruit exporters. The sight of traditional dhows sailing along the coast evokes what the island must have been like in centuries ago. The old part of Zanzibar's main city is known as Stone Town, and the best way to see this is on foot, exploring the markets, shops, mosques, palaces and courtyards. Explore the many charms of Stone Town, the historic part of Zanzibar's main city, with a local guide. Sample some local food and gain insight into daily local life living on Zanzibar. When the sun is setting, why not grab a drink from a bar overlooking the seafront. A seafood curry at a local restaurant is also a great choice. You'll spend the night in Stone Town at a basic inn.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Zanzibar Northern Beaches - Once checked out of your Stone Town accommodation, consider booking in to an optional guided tour of the island's spice plantations, learning all about the history of this town's spice trade. You will have the opportunity to smell and taste various spices, such as cinnamon, vanilla and ginger, plus sample some teas made with these spices too. After lunch, head to the Northern Beaches, where white sands and sparkling blue seas await. This is the Indian Ocean at its best.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Zanzibar Northern Beaches - Enjoy free time in this beautiful archipelago today. There are many ways you can spend your day – perhaps talk to your leader for any recommendations they might have. Snorkelling in search of exotic fish is an excellent option, or you could take a traditional dhow boat on the water. You might also like to feast on a sumptuous lunch of grilled local seafood, or just relax in a hammock underneath a coconut tree with a good book. It's totally up to you!

     

    Day - 20

    Location: Stone Town - After checking out of your accommodation this morning, you will make your way back to Stone Town, arriving at a centrally-located hotel around 12 pm. With no activities planned for today, you are free to leave at any time. That doesn't mean your adventure has to come to an end! If you wish to stay on in Zanzibar, either at the Northern Beaches beach resort or in Stone Town, we'll be happy to organise additional accommodation (subject to availability).

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Nairobi - Jambo! Welcome to Kenya. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm in Nairobi. If you arrive early, why not head out and soak up the cosmopolitan atmosphere of the city. There are plenty of good bars and restaurants, as well as markets and shops packed with arts and crafts from the region. After the meeting tonight, maybe join your new travel companions for a welcome dinner and get to know each other.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Lake Nakuru National Park - Take in the spectacular views of the Rift Valley, Lake Naivasha and Elementaita on the drive north-west to Lake Nakuru National Park – situated in the heart of the Great Rift Valley. You’ll arrive in time for a short evening game drive along the shore of the lake. Lake Nakuru National Park is a small and compact area based around a lake that makes a great location for spotting wildlife. Along with the other members of the Big Five, Lake Nakuru is home to many rhinos and will therefore be the best chance to get a snap of these magnificent beasts.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Eldoret - Rise early, have some breakfast, break up camp and head out on an overland game drive as you leave the park. Eat lunch at the gate before driving northwest to Eldoret – one of Kenya's fastest-growing cities. Due to its high altitude, the town is an ideal training ground for middle and long-distance athletes and is home to some of Kenya's most famous runners. Tonight, enjoy a traditional dinner at your campsite located just outside Eldoret.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Kampala - Today, you’ll leave Kenya behind and cross the border into landlocked Uganda, travelling on to its capital city, Kampala. With a population of over 45 million, Uganda is a country of great cultural diversity and is one of the five countries that make up the East African Community. As today is a long travel day, take a break from setting up camp with a stay at a hotel tonight. After your long drive, sit down for a dinner prepared by the hotel before settling in for a good night’s rest.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Kalinzu Forest - Travel to Kalinzu Forest National Park today. Some of its inhabitants include chimpanzees, black and white colobuses, baboons, red-tailed monkeys, both blue and red duikers, bushbucks, waterbucks, giant forest hogs, buffalo and elephants. When you arrive, settle into your camp and perhaps stretch your legs and explore your surroundings with the rest of the group.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Queen Elizabeth National Park - This morning, you have the option to take an excursion to see the chimpanzees of Kalinzu Forest. More closely related to humans than any other living creature, the chimpanzees are a delight to watch as they squabble and play in fruiting trees. You can also choose to soak in the sounds of the forest from the comfort of your tent. Later, take the short drive to Queen Elizabeth National Park. Once camp is set up, there's an option to take a boat cruise along the Kazinga Channel – well-known for pelicans, eagles and other birdlife, as well as a healthy population of hippos.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Kisoro - Today, drive out of the Queen Elizabeth National Park on your way to the southwest tip of Uganda. On this short game drive, cross your fingers and look out for elephants, buffalo, Ugandan kobs and waterbucks. Arrive at the corner of Uganda, where the border touches Rwanda and the Democratic Republic of Congo. You’ll spend the night in Kisoro at a camp on the shore of Lake Mutanda, with views of the Virunga Mountain range. Tonight, relax and soak up the views, go for a swim off the small dock or go hunting for a glimpse of local weaver bird nests and African clawless otters.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Gorilla Trek - Joined by a local ranger and gorilla trackers, you’ll climb through the rugged mountain terrain of Bwindi (translating to ‘dark’) Impenetrable National Park for the rare and exciting opportunity to encounter the gorilla families that live here. No more than eight people per day can visit any one habituated family and visits are strictly controlled to minimise disturbance. The terrain here can be quite strenuous, but the sheer thrill of coming across a group of gorillas dominated by a great male silverback more than outweighs the difficulty. Watch them eat, sleep, groom and play as the giant silverback surveys the scene and the smaller ones laze in the trees or play and be struck by the similarities between gorillas and humans.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Gorilla Trek - If you didn’t get to complete your gorilla visit yesterday, you’ll head out today. With your free day, your leader will provide you with options and ideas on how you can spend your time in the area around Kisoro. You can head out on more rainforest hikes to see monkeys, take some nature walks, or perhaps take a day excursion over the border to Rwanda to visit the genocide memorial, art museum and Nyamirambo women’s center. However, please ensure you have a Rwanda or East Africa visa.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Mbarara - This morning, you’ll turn back towards the capital of Kampala and embark on a bit of a travel day. You’ll break up the journey at the pit-stop town of Mbarara for the night. There’s not much to do around Mbarara, so tonight’s a great opportunity to recharge, get stuck into a book or relax at the camp.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Jinja - Today you'll continue your journey inland, travelling towards Jinja. The Jinja region is one of the highlights of any visit to Uganda – a riverside retreat at the source of the Nile that’s also the adventure capital of the country. Tonight, you’ll camp at a scenic riverside site and enjoy a good night’s rest ready for tomorrow's adventures.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Jinja - Located at the source of the Nile as it leaves Lake Victoria, Jinja is a place for the adventurer, the adrenaline junkie and the eco-traveller. Enjoy a full free day here to explore at your own pace, with a bunch of optional activities to choose. Maybe get active with some whitewater rafting or float along the river on a kayak. You can also opt for a boat cruise to the source of the Nile, to enjoy the river from a new perspective.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Kericho - Farewell Uganda and begin the journey back to Kenya and Nairobi, stopping overnight at the town of Kericho – one of Kenya’s most popular towns due to its tranquil surroundings, blanketed by thick tea plantations and evergreens. Sitting at the edge of the South-Western Mau National Reserve and is known for its vast tea estates. When you arrive, visit a tea plantation and learn about the tea farming process from the locals themselves.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Masai Mara National Reserve - This morning, drive to the famous Masai Mara National Park. Stop in Loita Hills on the way, home of the traditional Maasai people, and visit Tepesua Village. You’ll be welcomed by Maasai warriors through traditional song and dance. Meet your Maasai hosts and listen to a talk full of insights into the remarkable ancient culture. The Tepesua Community was formed with the aim of promoting education, empowering women (including widows and vulnerable women in the community) as well as promoting community development. There are multiple projects that aim to educate boys and girls and support women’s development and empowerment, focusing especially on the village mamaas (widows). Learn how the community creates job opportunities for the youths in the village and meet the women who make eco-friendly handbags and backpacks to sell to visiting travellers and locals. Travel on to the Masai Mara – with sparse open plains, dramatic skies and the world's most iconic animals living within its boundaries, this is the quintessential African experience. Explore this diverse environment and view a multitude of wildlife on an early evening 4WD game drive with expert local driver guides.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Masai Mara National Reserve - This morning, maybe take an optional balloon ride over the Mara at sunrise. If you’ve pre-booked this activity, you’ll be picked up before dawn and driven to the launch site for a safety briefing from your pilot. You’ll then glide through the skies, sometimes at tree height, for some amazing photo opportunities. After landing, you'll be treated to a bush breakfast before meeting up with the rest of the group. Today you’ll venture into the Masai Mara National Reserve with expert local driver guides for a day-long 4WD safari. You'll explore this diverse environment and most likely see a multitude of wildlife.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Nairobi - This morning, you'll make your way back to the bustling metropolis of Nairobi. On arrival, settle into your hotel and spend the evening at your leisure before attending a second welcome meeting at 6 pm to meet your new group.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Mto wa Mbu - Depart early for Mto wa Mbu in your overland truck. The trip includes a border crossing from Kenya into Tanzania, so be sure to have your passport handy. While you're on the road, there will be a stop at an ATM and a market or shop to stock up on any supplies you might need for the coming days. Arrive in Mto wa Mbu and acquaint yourself with this delightful small village – it's a fascinating snapshot of small-town African life, situated well off the tourist trail.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Ngorongoro Crater / Serengeti National Park - Get up early, put your camping and personal gear into a six-person jeep and head out for an excursion into the Serengeti via the Ngorongoro Crater. Enjoy a safari in the crater, spending 3 to 4 hours exploring this incredible, perfectly intact volcanic caldera. Watch for black rhinos, lions, leopards, elephants, impalas, zebras and hippos. The crater floor offers excellent game viewing all year round (some 30,000 animals live here) and the photo opportunities are unrivalled. Next, it's on to the wide-open plains of the Serengeti. Green after the rains, brown and burnt in the dry season, this is perhaps the quintessential image of Africa – the home of thousands of hoofed animals and fierce predators. Your campsite is within the Serengeti itself, so listen out for the sounds of nocturnal animals as you drift off to sleep.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Serengeti National Park - Awake at dawn and embark on a game drive. You will head out while the animals are at their most active, then head back to camp for brunch at around 11 am. After spending the middle of the day relaxing, just like the animals do, head out again as the day begins to cool. You'll return from this second game drive in time for dinner. There's also the option of a balloon ride over the park this morning – in place of some of today’s game drives. If you have pre-booked this activity, you will be picked up before dawn and driven to the launch site. After a safety briefing, glide through the dawn, sometimes at tree height, getting some amazing photo opportunities. Sometimes you will ascend, getting an overview of the enormity of the plains and the early morning movements of the teeming herds. After landing, indulge in a five-star bush breakfast, then be returned to camp.

     

    Day - 20

    Location: Serengeti National Park / Mto wa Mbu - Rise with the sun and enjoy another game drive as you leave the Serengeti in your dust. Jump back into your overland vehicle and head for Mto wa Mbu. After setting up camp, we'll take a guided stroll through the farming areas, local homes and farmlands, getting to know the local community and their way of life. Later, we'll enjoy a scrumptious local dinner in town.

     

    Day - 21

    Location: Usambara Mountains - Prepare yourself for a long travel day heading for the Usambara Mountains. Stretch your legs during a brief supply stop in Arusha, then jump back in the vehicle and watch the ever-changing scenery, read your favourite book or get to really know your fellow travellers. Your base will be Lushoto – an old German colony and home to the Wasambaa people. This highland town sits at approximately 1400 metres and this evening you'll camp in the grounds of one of the oldest hotels in Africa.

     

    Day - 22

    Location: Usambara Mountains - Explore the beautiful Usambara Mountains today – a lovely unspoilt area of Tanzania. Unlike the coast and the north, very few tourists visit this part of the country, so it has a freshness that can be hard to find elsewhere. As beautiful as the surrounding mountains and rainforests are, however, the real jewels here are the local people and villages. You'll experience some hospitality on a visit to some of the small local communities. From your base, you will take a walk out to the gorgeous Irente viewpoint. It's best to pack some water and snacks in a day pack for this trip. On your way back, visit a local cultural project where you enjoy a prepared lunch.

     

    Day - 23

    Location: Dar es Salaam - Leaving the mountains behind, travel further south to the coastal town of Kipepeo Beach in Dar es Salaam. Your camp is by the beach, so make the most of it – perhaps take a stroll along the shore after you arrive and settle in.

     

    Day - 24

    Location: Stone Town - Catch a ferry to Africa's 'Spice Island' of Zanzibar. Filled with pristine white-sand beaches, winding cobblestone alleyways and fragrant bazaars, Zanzibar has had a colourful history – everything from slave traders to Arabian sultans and fruit exporters. The sight of traditional dhows sailing along the coast evokes what the island must have been like in centuries ago. The old part of Zanzibar's main city is known as Stone Town, and the best way to see this is on foot, exploring the markets, shops, mosques, palaces and courtyards. When the sun is setting, why not grab a drink from a bar overlooking the seafront. A seafood curry at a local restaurant is also a great choice. You'll spend the night in Stone Town at a basic inn.

     

    Day - 25

    Location: Zanzibar Northern Beaches - Once checked out of your Stone Town accommodation, consider booking in to an optional guided tour of the island's spice plantations, learning all about the history of this town's spice trade. You will have the opportunity to smell and taste various spices, such as cinnamon, vanilla and ginger, plus sample some teas made with these spices too. After lunch, head to the Northern Beaches, where white sands and sparkling blue seas await. This is the Indian Ocean at its best.

     

    Day - 26

    Location: Zanzibar Northern Beaches - Enjoy free time in this beautiful archipelago today. There are many ways you can spend your day – perhaps talk to your leader for any recommendations they might have. Snorkelling in search of exotic fish is an excellent option, or you could take a traditional dhow boat on the water. You might also like to feast on a sumptuous lunch of grilled local seafood, or just relax in a hammock underneath a coconut tree with a good book. It's totally up to you!

     

    Day - 27

    Location: Stone Town - Spend a final morning relaxing on the sandy northern beaches before returning to Stone Town for an afternoon and evening at leisure. Maybe ask you leader where to grab a urojo, a unique and delicious street treat made from potatoes and noodles stewed in a stock of tumeric, mango, flour and more. Or maybe grab a sugarcane juice and have a wander. You've got a long day of driving ahead tomorrow, so make the most of your free time while you can!

     

    Day - 28

    Location: Mikumi National Park - Embrace an early start this morning with a 7.30 am ferry to the mainland, then make tracks for Mikumi. Watch the Tanzanian landscape pass you by along the way, as this long drive is a great chance to soak up the scenery. Gaze out at vast plains dotted with baobab and tamarind trees and maybe catch a glimpse of some of the elephants, buffaloes, giraffes, lions and leopards that call the park home. When you arrive at your camp, your leader will show you the ropes (literally) and help you set up and get comfortable for your night in the tent.

     

    Day - 29

    Location: Iringa - Wake up early this morning to head off on a 4WD game drive into Mikumi National Park with local expert guides. This less touristed park is home to impressive numbers of elephants, hippos, giraffes, zebras, buffalo, warthogs, wildebeest and impalas – you may even spot a predator! After, you'll drive to Iringa and set up camp on the grounds of a farmhouse on the outskirts of the settlement. The area is filled with natural bush land and native birds. Make the most of this rural setting with some stargazing before you retire for the night.

     

    Day - 30

    Location: Chitimba - Enter Malawi this morning and travel to your campsite at Chitimba. Malawi, the ‘warm heart of Africa,’ is dominated by its lake, which covers almost a fifth of the country and provides a livelihood for many Malawian people. Fishermen, fish traders and canoe and net makers all ply their trade on Lake Malawi. A common sight is a fisherman in a bwato (a dugout canoe made from a hollowed tree trunk) fishing on the still lake at the break of day.

     

    Day - 31

    Location: Lake Malawi - Travel from Chitimba to Kande Beach today, on the shore of Lake Malawi. There will be a chance to stop at a shop or market for any supplies you might need along the way. Enjoy a relaxing getaway from the commercialism and crowds with a few days on the lake’s more peaceful beaches. Your campsite at Kande Beach is right on the shore of Lake Malawi.

     

    Day - 32

    Location: Lake Malawi - Enjoy free time today to soak up your idyllic surroundings. As well as chilling out on the lake’s sandy shores, make sure you take the opportunity to meet some local Malawians – easily some of the friendliest people in Africa! You can also hire canoes, bikes or pedalos (paddle boats) to enhance your time here.

     

    Day - 33

    Location: South Luangwa National Park - Journey through southern Malawi and enter Zambia today, continuing to South Luangwa National Park. There will be border crossing formalities on the way, and a chance to stock up on goods or visit an ATM at a local shop or market. The concentration of animals around the Luangwa River and its lagoons is some of the highest in Africa, so when you arrive, take in the beautiful scenery and the abundance of wildlife, watching out for colourful birds and herds of elephants.

     

    Day - 34

    Location: South Luangwa National Park - Rise early this morning, grab a light breakfast and get ready for a morning game drive in a 4WD with a local guide. Then, you'll head back to the camp for an early lunch (as this is the hottest part of the day). Rest in the shade or take an optional village walk if you'd like a snapshot of daily life in the local community. Return to the park for another game drive in the evening, looking out for the local wildlife as the sun sets.

     

    Day - 35

    Location: Petauke - After breakfast, you'll visit a workshop where local craftswomen take snare wire recovered from poaching traps and transform it into jewellery inspired by the African bush. The women will show you around their purpose-built workshop and give you a chance to try coiling or hammering the wire yourself. For each sale made, a donation is given to anti snare patrols dedicated to the conservation of the region. After your visit, you'll jump back in the vehicle and head further south to Petauke.

     

    Day - 36

    Location: Lusaka - This morning you'll be back on the road, heading for your next camp just south of Lusaka City. When you arrive, stretch your legs and take a stroll to discover the town on foot. Though it's fast developing, Lusaka retains a strong African feel, and the locals are usually up for a chat. Your local leader will also give you some insight into the area. Tonight, you're free to chill out under the stars at camp.

     

    Day - 37

    Location: Harare - Travel to Harare today. The first part of your journey takes you to the border with Zimbabwe. After crossing and going through border formalities, you'll continue to Harare. There will be a chance to explore the town when you arrive, as well as stock up on whatever you need at a market or local shop.

     

    Day - 38

    Location: Great Zimbabwe Ruins / Masvingo - This morning, it's onto Masvingo. This colonial settlement – the oldest in Zimbabwe – makes the perfect base for exploring the ruins of Great Zimbabwe. The ancient city, now a UNESCO World Heritage site, was first constructed in the 11th century and is believed to have been the seat of power for a monarch. Spend a few hours exploring this intriguing site before heading off to camp where your night is free to relax.

     

    Day - 39

    Location: Bulawayo - Travel to Bulawayo today. Known locally as the 'City of Kings', Bulawayo is Zimbabwe's second largest city. There is some impeccable historical architecture to take in here, so feel free to walk around at your own pace when you arrive. Enjoy free time this afternoon to explore town or ask your local leader for some optional activities. You might like to browse some local markets or chat with the locals. The Natural History Museum and National Art Gallery are also worth checking out.

     

    Day - 40

    Location: Bulawayo - Get ready for the experience of a lifetime today – tracking rhinos on foot with an expert guide! Matobo National Park, known for its black and white rhinos, is also home to other wildlife like klipspringers, leopards, warthogs and springhares. You'll learn all about these unique animals from your guide and gain insights into the local plants and trees, including wild pear and paperbark. Discover San paintings and the fascinating rock formations of the area, too. Matobo National Park is an important site of spiritual and cultural significance for the local people, and there are many places in the park where important ceremonies still take place.

     

    Day - 41

    Location: Victoria Falls - Depart Bulawayo this morning and make the drive towards Victoria Falls. Stretching 1.6 km wide and falling 108 m into a narrow gorge below, the falls are a sight to behold. Although a visit to the falls themselves is optional, it's highly recommended. In the wet season, the spray created from this feat of nature can rise 400 m and can often be seen from far in the distance. It’s no wonder that the local name for Victoria Falls is Mosi oa Tunya, or the 'Smoke that Thunders'. If you’re travelling in the dry season, you’ll get an unobstructed view of the falls and the chance to see the islets in the river below. Your leader will take you to a local activity centre today, where a range of activities will be on offer.

     

    Day - 42

    Location: Victoria Falls - With no activities planned for today, you’re free to leave the camp at any time. You may like to try some of the optional activities on offer here, so it's recommended you schedule any flights for later in the day. If you would like to spend more time in Victoria Falls, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time to organise additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Nairobi - Jambo! Welcome to Kenya. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm. You can arrive at any time as there are no activities planned until this important meeting. If you arrive early, perhaps head out and explore the National Museum of Kenya, the Karen Blixen Museum or the highly recommended Bomas of Kenya, where traditional homesteads of several Kenyan tribes are displayed in an outdoor village.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Mto wa Mbu - Depart early for Mto wa Mbu in your overland truck. The trip includes a border crossing from Kenya into Tanzania, so be sure to have your passport handy. While you're on the road, there will be a stop at an ATM and a market or shop to stock up on any supplies you might need for the coming days. Arrive in Mto wa Mbu and acquaint yourself with this delightful small village – it's a fascinating snapshot of small-town African life, situated well off the tourist trail.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Ngorongoro Crater / Serengeti National Park - Get up early, put your camping and personal gear into a six-person jeep and head out for an excursion into the Serengeti via the Ngorongoro Crater. Enjoy a safari in the crater, spending 3 to 4 hours exploring this incredible, perfectly intact volcanic caldera. Watch for black rhinos, lions, leopards, elephants, impalas, zebras and hippos. The crater floor offers excellent game viewing all year round (some 30,000 animals live here) and the photo opportunities are unrivalled. Next, it's on to the wide-open plains of the Serengeti. Green after the rains, brown and burnt in the dry season, this is perhaps the quintessential image of Africa – the home of thousands of hoofed animals and fierce predators. Your campsite is within the Serengeti itself, so listen out for the sounds of nocturnal animals as you drift off to sleep.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Serengeti National Park - Awake at dawn and embark on a game drive. You will head out while the animals are at their most active, then head back to camp for brunch at around 11 am. After spending the middle of the day relaxing, just like the animals do, head out again as the day begins to cool. You'll return from this second game drive in time for dinner. There's also the option of a balloon ride over the park this morning – in place of some of today’s game drives. If you have pre-booked this activity, you will be picked up before dawn and driven to the launch site. After a safety briefing, glide through the dawn, sometimes at tree height, getting some amazing photo opportunities. Sometimes you will ascend, getting an overview of the enormity of the plains and the early morning movements of the teeming herds. After landing, indulge in a five-star bush breakfast, then be returned to camp.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Serengeti National Park / Mto wa Mbu - Rise with the sun and enjoy another game drive as you leave the Serengeti in your dust. Jump back into your overland vehicle and head for Mto wa Mbu. After setting up camp, we'll take a guided stroll through the farming areas, local homes and farmlands, getting to know the local community and their way of life. Later, we'll enjoy a scrumptious local dinner in town.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Usambara Mountains - Prepare yourself for a long travel day heading for the Usambara Mountains. Stretch your legs during a brief supply stop in Arusha, then jump back in the vehicle and watch the ever-changing scenery, read your favourite book or get to really know your fellow travellers. Your base will be Lushoto – an old German colony and home to the Wasambaa people. This highland town sits at approximately 1400 metres and this evening you'll camp in the grounds of one of the oldest hotels in Africa.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Usambara Mountains - Explore the beautiful Usambara Mountains today – a lovely unspoilt area of Tanzania. Unlike the coast and the north, very few tourists visit this part of the country, so it has a freshness that can be hard to find elsewhere. As beautiful as the surrounding mountains and rainforests are, however, the real jewels here are the local people and villages. You'll experience some hospitality on a visit to some of the small local communities. From your base, you will take a walk out to the gorgeous Irente viewpoint. It's best to pack some water and snacks in a day pack for this trip. On your way back, visit a local cultural project where you enjoy a prepared lunch.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Dar es Salaam - Leaving the mountains behind, travel further south to the coastal town of Kipepeo Beach in Dar es Salaam. Your camp is by the beach, so make the most of it – perhaps take a stroll along the shore after you arrive and settle in.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Stone Town - Drive to Dar es Salaam, then catch a ferry to Zanzibar. Filled with pristine white-sand beaches, winding cobblestone alleyways and fragrant bazaars, Zanzibar has had a colourful history – everything from slave traders to Arabian sultans and fruit exporters. The sight of traditional dhows sailing along the coast evokes what the island must have been like in centuries ago. Explore the many charms of Stone Town, the historic part of Zanzibar's main city, with a local guide. Sample some local food and gain insight into daily local life living on Zanzibar. Your trip comes to an end after the tour (approximately 3 pm), but that doesn’t mean your adventure has to come to an end! Stick around to explore the markets, shops, mosques, palaces and courtyards. If you would like to spend more time here, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Stone Town / Bagamoyo - Jambo! Welcome to Zanzibar. Your African adventure begins in Stone Town, Zanzibar’s Old Town. Meet your tour leader and travel group at an 11 am welcome meeting at your hotel. After, catch the ferry to Dar es Salaam. Then board your overland vehicle (and meet your driver and cook) and take the short drive to your camp at Bagamoyo, a lovely spot by the beach.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Usambara Mountains - Travel into the remote Usambara Mountains (approximately 7 hours). This unspoilt area of Tanzania attracts very few tourists, making it the perfect place to soak in your surroundings. The forests stretch across the mountains and are ideal for easy hikes and guided walks. You base is the old German colony of Lushoto, where you’ll stay on the grounds of one of the earliest hotels in Africa.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Usambara Mountains - Today, explore the beautiful Usambara Mountains and experience this area’s gentle hospitality on a visit to some of its small communities. From your base, hike to the gorgeous Irente viewpoint. It's best to pack some water and snacks in a day pack for this trip. On your way back, visit a local cultural project based at Irente farm and enjoy a locally prepared lunch.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Arusha - Today, journey from the scenic Usambara Mountains to Arusha. While there are no planned activities, enjoy the drive through Tanzania's picturesque landscapes as you make your way to the bustling gateway to the northern safari circuit. Upon arrival at your campsite on the outskirts of town, unwind and settle in for a restful evening and prepare for the adventures ahead.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Karatu - After breakfast this morning, head to Karatu, the gateway to the Ngorongoro Crater. Here, you'll hike through the Ngorongoro Reserve Forest to Elephant Caves and the Endoro waterfalls along the way. Rich with calcium, the Elephant Caves got their name as elephants would come here and break off pieces of rock, eating the dust to receive important minerals. Today's trek, accompanied by an expert local guide and armed ranger, is the perfect way to stretch your legs after a few days of overland travel. You'll hike through Ngorongoro rainforest as your local guide explains the ins and outs of the area here and points out interesting animal tracks and footprints. Marvel at the wild landscape and spot beautiful birdlife as you walk. After, head to Karatu village for a tour of the local coffee farm. Here, you'll see the innovative farming practices from the locals and learn about the farming activities that sustain the coffee, bean, maize, banana, soya and pea crops. Tonight, enjoy a traditional dinner with a local Tanzanian family in their home, who will cook you a few different dishes to try. Learn about the local culture with educational stories from a locally trained guide. What a night!

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Ngorongoro Crater / Serengeti National Park - Get up early, put your camping and personal gear into a six-person jeep and head out for an excursion into the Serengeti via the Ngorongoro Crater. Enjoy a safari in the crater, spending between 3 and 4 hours exploring this perfectly intact volcanic crater. Watch for black rhinos, lions, leopards, elephants, impalas, zebras and hippos. Next, move on to the open plains of the Serengeti. Green after the rains, brown and burnt in the dry season, this is perhaps the quintessential image of Africa – the home of thousands of hoofed animals and fierce predators. Your campsite is within the Serengeti itself, so listen out for the sounds of nocturnal animals as you drift off to sleep.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Serengeti National Park - Wake at dawn and embark on a game drive. You will head out while the animals are at their most active, then go back to camp for brunch at around 11 am. After spending the middle of the day relaxing, just like the animals do, head out again as the day begins to cool. You'll return from this second game drive in time for dinner. There's also the option today of a balloon ride over the park (in place of a portion of the morning game drive). If you have pre-booked this activity you will be picked up before dawn and driven to the launch site. After a safety briefing, you will glide through the dawn, sometimes at tree height, which provides amazing photo opportunities. After landing, you'll be treated to a five-star bush breakfast, then be returned to your camp.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Mto wa Mbu - Rise with the sun and enjoy another game drive as you leave the Serengeti in your dust. Jump back into your overland vehicle and head for Mto wa Mbu. After setting up camp, we'll take a guided stroll through the farming areas, local homes and farmlands, getting to know the local community and their way of life. Later, we'll enjoy a scrumptious locally prepared dinner in town.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Nairobi - Set off early and cross the Kenyan border then continue to Nairobi. You'll be dropped at the finishing point hotel in Nairobi where your trip ends. If you'd like to stay longer, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Stone Town - Welcome to Zanzibar! Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 2 pm where you'll meet your group leader and fellow travellers. Aside from this important meeting, there are no planned activities for the day, and you are free to explore on your own. Filled with pristine white-sand beaches, winding cobblestone alleyways and fragrant bazaars, Zanzibar has had a colourful history – everything from slave traders to Arabian sultans and fruit exporters. The sight of traditional dhows sailing along the coast evokes what the island must have been like centuries ago. The old part of Zanzibar's main city is known as Stone Town, and the best way to see this is on foot, exploring the markets, shops, mosques, palaces and courtyards. When the sun is setting, why not grab a drink from a bar overlooking the seafront? A seafood curry at a local restaurant is also a great choice. You'll spend the night in Stone Town at a basic inn.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Zanzibar Northern Beaches - Once checked out of your Stone Town accommodation, consider booking in to an optional guided tour of the island's spice plantations, learning all about the history of this town's spice trade. You will have the opportunity to smell and taste various spices, such as cinnamon, vanilla and ginger, plus sample some teas made with these spices too. After lunch, head to the Northern Beaches, where white sands and sparkling blue seas await. This is the Indian Ocean at its best.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Zanzibar Northern Beaches - Enjoy free time in this beautiful archipelago today. There are many ways you can spend your day – perhaps talk to your leader for any recommendations they might have. Snorkelling in search of exotic fish is an excellent option, or you could take a traditional dhow boat on the water. You might also like to feast on a sumptuous lunch of grilled local seafood, or just relax in a hammock underneath a coconut tree with a good book. It's totally up to you!

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Stone Town / Bagamoyo - Travel to Stone Town this morning, Zanzibar’s Old Town. Meet your new leader and travel group at an 11 am welcome meeting at the hotel. After, catch the ferry to Dar es Salaam. Then, board your overland vehicle (and meet your driver and cook) and take the short drive to your camp at Bagamoyo, a lovely spot by the beach.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Usambara Mountains - Travel into the remote Usambara Mountains (approximately 7 hours). This unspoilt area of Tanzania attracts very few tourists, making it the perfect place to soak in your surroundings. The forests stretch across the mountains and are ideal for easy hikes and guided walks. You base is the old German colony of Lushoto, where you’ll stay on the grounds of one of the earliest hotels in Africa.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Usambara Mountains - Today, explore the beautiful Usambara Mountains and experience this area’s gentle hospitality on a visit to some of its small communities. From your base, hike to the gorgeous Irente viewpoint. It's best to pack some water and snacks in a day pack for this trip. On your way back, visit a local cultural project based at Irente farm and enjoy a locally prepared lunch.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Arusha - Today, journey from the scenic Usambara Mountains to Arusha. While there are no planned activities, enjoy the drive through Tanzania's picturesque landscapes as you make your way to the bustling gateway to the northern safari circuit. Upon arrival at your campsite on the outskirts of town, unwind and settle in for a restful evening and prepare for the adventures ahead.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Karatu - After breakfast this morning, head to Karatu, the gateway to the Ngorongoro Crater. Here, you'll hike through the Ngorongoro Reserve Forest to Elephant Caves and the Endoro waterfalls along the way. Rich with calcium, the Elephant Caves got their name as elephants would come here and break off pieces of rock, eating the dust to receive important minerals. Today's trek, accompanied by an expert local guide and armed ranger, is the perfect way to stretch your legs after a few days of overland travel. You'll hike through Ngorongoro rainforest as your local guide explains the ins and outs of the area here and points out interesting animal tracks and footprints. Marvel at the wild landscape and spot beautiful birdlife as you walk. After, head to Karatu village for a tour of the local coffee farm. Here, you'll see the innovative farming practices from the locals and learn about the farming activities that sustain the coffee, bean, maize, banana, soya and pea crops. Tonight, enjoy a traditional dinner with a local Tanzanian family in their home, who will cook you a few different dishes to try. Learn about the local culture with educational stories from a locally trained guide. What a night!

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Ngorongoro Crater / Serengeti National Park - Get up early, put your camping and personal gear into a six-person jeep and head out for an excursion into the Serengeti via the Ngorongoro Crater. Enjoy a safari in the crater, spending between 3 and 4 hours exploring this perfectly intact volcanic crater. Watch for black rhinos, lions, leopards, elephants, impalas, zebras and hippos. Next, move on to the open plains of the Serengeti. Green after the rains, brown and burnt in the dry season, this is perhaps the quintessential image of Africa – the home of thousands of hoofed animals and fierce predators. Your campsite is within the Serengeti itself, so listen out for the sounds of nocturnal animals as you drift off to sleep.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Serengeti National Park - Wake at dawn and embark on a game drive. You will head out while the animals are at their most active, then go back to camp for brunch at around 11 am. After spending the middle of the day relaxing, just like the animals do, head out again as the day begins to cool. You'll return from this second game drive in time for dinner. There's also the option today of a balloon ride over the park (in place of a portion of the morning game drive). If you have pre-booked this activity you will be picked up before dawn and driven to the launch site. After a safety briefing, you will glide through the dawn, sometimes at tree height, which provides amazing photo opportunities. After landing, you'll be treated to a five-star bush breakfast, then be returned to your camp.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Mto wa Mbu - Rise with the sun and enjoy another game drive as you leave the Serengeti in your dust. Jump back into your overland vehicle and head for Mto wa Mbu. After setting up camp, we'll take a guided stroll through the farming areas, local homes and farmlands, getting to know the local community and their way of life. Later, we'll enjoy a scrumptious locally prepared dinner in town.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Nairobi - Set off early and cross the Kenyan border then continue to Nairobi. You'll be dropped at the finishing point hotel in Nairobi where your trip ends. If you'd like to stay longer, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Stone Town - Karibu! Welcome to Zanzibar. Your adventure begins in Stone Town, the old part of Zanzibar’s city, with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. Filled with beaches, cobblestone alleyways and bazaars, Zanzibar has much to explore if you arrive early. The best way to see this port town is on foot, exploring the markets, shops, mosques, palaces and courtyards. When the sun sets, maybe grab a sundowner from a bar overlooking the seafront front and tuck into a seafood curry at a local restaurant.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Mikumi National Park - Embrace an early start this morning with a 7.30 am ferry to the mainland, then make tracks for Mikumi. Watch the Tanzanian landscape pass you by along the way, as this long drive is a great chance to soak up the scenery. Gaze out at vast plains dotted with baobab and tamarind trees and maybe catch a glimpse of some of the elephants, buffaloes, giraffes, lions and leopards that call the park home. When you arrive at your camp, your leader will show you the ropes (literally) and help you set up and get comfortable for your night in the tent.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Iringa - Wake up early this morning to head off on a 4WD game drive into Mikumi National Park with local expert guides. This less touristed park is home to impressive numbers of elephants, hippos, giraffes, zebras, buffalo, warthogs, wildebeest and impalas – you may even spot a predator! After, you'll drive to Iringa and set up camp on the grounds of a farmhouse on the outskirts of the settlement. The area is filled with natural bush land and native birds. Make the most of this rural setting with some stargazing before you retire for the night.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Chitimba - Enter Malawi this morning and travel to your campsite at Chitimba. Malawi, the ‘warm heart of Africa,’ is dominated by its lake, which covers almost a fifth of the country and provides a livelihood for many Malawian people. Fishermen, fish traders and canoe and net makers all ply their trade on Lake Malawi. A common sight is a fisherman in a bwato (a dugout canoe made from a hollowed tree trunk) fishing on the still lake at the break of day.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Lake Malawi - Travel from Chitimba to Kande Beach today, on the shore of Lake Malawi. There will be a chance to stop at a shop or market for any supplies you might need along the way. Enjoy a relaxing getaway from the commercialism and crowds with a few days on the lake’s more peaceful beaches. Your campsite at Kande Beach is right on the shore of Lake Malawi.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Lake Malawi - Enjoy free time today to soak up your idyllic surroundings. As well as chilling out on the lake’s sandy shores, make sure you take the opportunity to meet some local Malawians – easily some of the friendliest people in Africa! You can also hire canoes, bikes or pedalos (paddle boats) to enhance your time here.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: South Luangwa National Park - Journey through southern Malawi and enter Zambia today, continuing to South Luangwa National Park. There will be border crossing formalities on the way, and a chance to stock up on goods or visit an ATM at a local shop or market. The concentration of animals around the Luangwa River and its lagoons is some of the highest in Africa, so when you arrive, take in the beautiful scenery and the abundance of wildlife, watching out for colourful birds and herds of elephants.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: South Luangwa National Park - Rise early this morning, grab a light breakfast and get ready for a morning game drive in a 4WD with a local guide. Then, you'll head back to the camp for an early lunch (as this is the hottest part of the day). Rest in the shade or take an optional village walk if you'd like a snapshot of daily life in the local community. Return to the park for another game drive in the evening, looking out for the local wildlife as the sun sets.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Petauke - After breakfast, you'll visit a workshop where local craftswomen take snare wire recovered from poaching traps and transform it into jewellery inspired by the African bush. The women will show you around their purpose-built workshop and give you a chance to try coiling or hammering the wire yourself. For each sale made, a donation is given to anti snare patrols dedicated to the conservation of the region. After your visit, you'll jump back in the vehicle and head further south to Petauke.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Lusaka - This morning you'll be back on the road, heading for your next camp just south of Lusaka City. When you arrive, stretch your legs and take a stroll to discover the town on foot. Though it's fast developing, Lusaka retains a strong African feel, and the locals are usually up for a chat. Your local leader will also give you some insight into the area. Tonight, you're free to chill out under the stars at camp.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Harare - Travel to Harare today. The first part of your journey takes you to the border with Zimbabwe. After crossing and going through border formalities, you'll continue to Harare. There will be a chance to explore the town when you arrive, as well as stock up on whatever you need at a market or local shop.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Great Zimbabwe Ruins / Masvingo - This morning, it's onto Masvingo. This colonial settlement – the oldest in Zimbabwe – makes the perfect base for exploring the ruins of Great Zimbabwe. The ancient city, now a UNESCO World Heritage site, was first constructed in the 11th century and is believed to have been the seat of power for a monarch. Spend a few hours exploring this intriguing site before heading off to camp where your night is free to relax.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Bulawayo - Travel to Bulawayo today. Known locally as the 'City of Kings', Bulawayo is Zimbabwe's second largest city. There is some impeccable historical architecture to take in here, so feel free to walk around at your own pace when you arrive. Enjoy free time this afternoon to explore town or ask your local leader for some optional activities. You might like to browse some local markets or chat with the locals. The Natural History Museum and National Art Gallery are also worth checking out.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Bulawayo - Get ready for the experience of a lifetime today – tracking rhinos on foot with an expert guide! Matobo National Park, known for its black and white rhinos, is also home to other wildlife like klipspringers, leopards, warthogs and springhares. You'll learn all about these unique animals from your guide and gain insights into the local plants and trees, including wild pear and paperbark. Discover San paintings and the fascinating rock formations of the area, too. Matobo National Park is an important site of spiritual and cultural significance for the local people, and there are many places in the park where important ceremonies still take place.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Victoria Falls - Depart Bulawayo this morning and make the drive towards Victoria Falls. Stretching 1.6 km wide and falling 108 m into a narrow gorge below, the falls are a sight to behold. Although a visit to the falls themselves is optional, it's highly recommended. In the wet season, the spray created from this feat of nature can rise 400 m and can often be seen from far in the distance. It’s no wonder that the local name for Victoria Falls is Mosi oa Tunya, or the 'Smoke that Thunders'. If you’re travelling in the dry season, you’ll get an unobstructed view of the falls and the chance to see the islets in the river below. Your leader will take you to a local activity centre today, where a range of activities will be on offer.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Victoria Falls - With no activities planned for today, you’re free to leave the camp at any time. You may like to try some of the optional activities on offer here, so it's recommended you schedule any flights for later in the day. If you would like to spend more time in Victoria Falls, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time to organise additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Stone Town - Welcome to Zanzibar! Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 2 pm where you'll meet your group leader and fellow travellers. Aside from this important meeting, there are no planned activities for the day and you are free to explore on your own. Filled with pristine white-sand beaches, winding cobblestone alleyways and fragrant bazaars, Zanzibar has had a colourful history – everything from slave traders to Arabian sultans and fruit exporters. The sight of traditional dhows sailing along the coast evokes what the island must have been like in centuries ago. The old part of Zanzibar's main city is known as Stone Town, and the best way to see this is on foot, exploring the markets, shops, mosques, palaces and courtyards. When the sun is setting, why not grab a drink from a bar overlooking the seafront. A seafood curry at a local restaurant is also a great choice. You'll spend the night in Stone Town at a basic inn.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Zanzibar Northern Beaches - Once checked out of your Stone Town accommodation, consider booking in to an optional guided tour of the island's spice plantations, learning all about the history of this town's spice trade. You will have the opportunity to smell and taste various spices, such as cinnamon, vanilla and ginger, plus sample some teas made with these spices too. After lunch, head to the Northern Beaches, where white sands and sparkling blue seas await. This is the Indian Ocean at its best.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Zanzibar Northern Beaches - Enjoy free time in this beautiful archipelago today. There are many ways you can spend your day – perhaps talk to your leader for any recommendations they might have. Snorkelling in search of exotic fish is an excellent option, or you could take a traditional dhow boat on the water. You might also like to feast on a sumptuous lunch of grilled local seafood, or just relax in a hammock underneath a coconut tree with a good book. It's totally up to you!

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Stone Town - Spend a final morning relaxing on the sandy northern beaches before returning to Stone Town for an afternoon and evening at leisure. Maybe ask you leader where to grab a urojo, a unique and delicious street treat made from potatoes and noodles stewed in a stock of tumeric, mango, flour and more. Or maybe grab a sugarcane juice and have a wander. You've got a long day of driving ahead tomorrow, so make the most of your free time while you can!

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Mikumi National Park - Embrace an early start this morning with a 7.30 am ferry to the mainland, then make tracks for Mikumi. Watch the Tanzanian landscape pass you by along the way, as this long drive is a great chance to soak up the scenery. Gaze out at vast plains dotted with baobab and tamarind trees and maybe catch a glimpse of some of the elephants, buffaloes, giraffes, lions and leopards that call the park home. When you arrive at your camp, your leader will show you the ropes (literally) and help you set up and get comfortable for your night in the tent.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Iringa - Wake up early this morning to head off on a 4WD game drive into Mikumi National Park with local expert guides. This less touristed park is home to impressive numbers of elephants, hippos, giraffes, zebras, buffalo, warthogs, wildebeest and impalas – you may even spot a predator! After, you'll drive to Iringa and set up camp on the grounds of a farmhouse on the outskirts of the settlement. The area is filled with natural bush land and native birds. Make the most of this rural setting with some stargazing before you retire for the night.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Chitimba - Enter Malawi this morning and travel to your campsite at Chitimba. Malawi, the ‘warm heart of Africa,’ is dominated by its lake, which covers almost a fifth of the country and provides a livelihood for many Malawian people. Fishermen, fish traders and canoe and net makers all ply their trade on Lake Malawi. A common sight is a fisherman in a bwato (a dugout canoe made from a hollowed tree trunk) fishing on the still lake at the break of day.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Lake Malawi - Travel from Chitimba to Kande Beach today, on the shore of Lake Malawi. There will be a chance to stop at a shop or market for any supplies you might need along the way. Enjoy a relaxing getaway from the commercialism and crowds with a few days on the lake’s more peaceful beaches. Your campsite at Kande Beach is right on the shore of Lake Malawi.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Lake Malawi - Enjoy free time today to soak up your idyllic surroundings. As well as chilling out on the lake’s sandy shores, make sure you take the opportunity to meet some local Malawians – easily some of the friendliest people in Africa! You can also hire canoes, bikes or pedalos (paddle boats) to enhance your time here.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: South Luangwa National Park - Journey through southern Malawi and enter Zambia today, continuing to South Luangwa National Park. There will be border crossing formalities on the way, and a chance to stock up on goods or visit an ATM at a local shop or market. The concentration of animals around the Luangwa River and its lagoons is some of the highest in Africa, so when you arrive, take in the beautiful scenery and the abundance of wildlife, watching out for colourful birds and herds of elephants.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: South Luangwa National Park - Rise early this morning, grab a light breakfast and get ready for a morning game drive in a 4WD with a local guide. Then, you'll head back to the camp for an early lunch (as this is the hottest part of the day). Rest in the shade or take an optional village walk if you'd like a snapshot of daily life in the local community. Return to the park for another game drive in the evening, looking out for the local wildlife as the sun sets.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Petauke - After breakfast, you'll visit a workshop where local craftswomen take snare wire recovered from poaching traps and transform it into jewellery inspired by the African bush. The women will show you around their purpose-built workshop and give you a chance to try coiling or hammering the wire yourself. For each sale made, a donation is given to anti snare patrols dedicated to the conservation of the region. After your visit, you'll jump back in the vehicle and head further south to Petauke.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Lusaka - This morning you'll be back on the road, heading for your next camp just south of Lusaka City. When you arrive, stretch your legs and take a stroll to discover the town on foot. Though it's fast developing, Lusaka retains a strong African feel, and the locals are usually up for a chat. Your local leader will also give you some insight into the area. Tonight, you're free to chill out under the stars at camp.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Harare - Travel to Harare today. The first part of your journey takes you to the border with Zimbabwe. After crossing and going through border formalities, you'll continue to Harare. There will be a chance to explore the town when you arrive, as well as stock up on whatever you need at a market or local shop.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Great Zimbabwe Ruins / Masvingo - This morning, it's onto Masvingo. This colonial settlement – the oldest in Zimbabwe – makes the perfect base for exploring the ruins of Great Zimbabwe. The ancient city, now a UNESCO World Heritage site, was first constructed in the 11th century and is believed to have been the seat of power for a monarch. Spend a few hours exploring this intriguing site before heading off to camp where your night is free to relax.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Bulawayo - Travel to Bulawayo today. Known locally as the 'City of Kings', Bulawayo is Zimbabwe's second largest city. There is some impeccable historical architecture to take in here, so feel free to walk around at your own pace when you arrive. Enjoy free time this afternoon to explore town or ask your local leader for some optional activities. You might like to browse some local markets or chat with the locals. The Natural History Museum and National Art Gallery are also worth checking out.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Bulawayo - Get ready for the experience of a lifetime today – tracking rhinos on foot with an expert guide! Matobo National Park, known for its black and white rhinos, is also home to other wildlife like klipspringers, leopards, warthogs and springhares. You'll learn all about these unique animals from your guide and gain insights into the local plants and trees, including wild pear and paperbark. Discover San paintings and the fascinating rock formations of the area, too. Matobo National Park is an important site of spiritual and cultural significance for the local people, and there are many places in the park where important ceremonies still take place.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Victoria Falls - Depart Bulawayo this morning and make the drive towards Victoria Falls. Stretching 1.6 km wide and falling 108 m into a narrow gorge below, the falls are a sight to behold. Although a visit to the falls themselves is optional, it's highly recommended. In the wet season, the spray created from this feat of nature can rise 400 m and can often be seen from far in the distance. It’s no wonder that the local name for Victoria Falls is Mosi oa Tunya, or the 'Smoke that Thunders'. If you’re travelling in the dry season, you’ll get an unobstructed view of the falls and the chance to see the islets in the river below. Your leader will take you to a local activity centre today, where a range of activities will be on offer.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Victoria Falls - With no activities planned for today, you’re free to leave the camp at any time. You may like to try some of the optional activities on offer here, so it's recommended you schedule any flights for later in the day. If you would like to spend more time in Victoria Falls, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time to organise additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Victoria Falls - Mhoro! Welcome to Zimbabwe. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 4 pm where you'll meet your tour leader and travel group. You can arrive at any time as there are no activities planned until this important meeting. Your campground is centrally located in the town of Victoria Falls. After the meeting, your leader will take you to a local activity centre where a range of activities will be on offer, and you can consider booking experiences for tomorrow.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Victoria Falls - Use your free day today to visit the magnificent Victoria Falls. This thundering curtain of water is 1.5 km wide, falling 108 m into a narrow gorge below. In the wet season, the spray created can rise up an incredible 400 m and the falls become a raging torrent. In the dry season, the view of the falls is unobstructed by spray and you can see little islets in the river below. Be sure to ask your local leader for their tips and advice on what to do in Victoria Falls.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Bulawayo - Depart Victoria Falls and travel to Bulawayo via the Victoria Falls Wildlife Trust – one of The Intrepid Foundation’s projects. Here you can learn about the rescue and rehabilitation of wildlife, human-wildlife conflict and the trusts role in anti-poaching. There may also be a chance to meet any rescued or orphaned wildlife currently in their care. After, arrive in Bulawayo – known locally as the 'City of Kings', Zimbabwe's second-largest city has an interesting history and some impeccable colonial architecture.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Bulawayo - Wake up early and get ready to track rhinos in Matobo National Park. Home to a significant population of black and white rhinoceros that can be tracked on foot. As your expert guide takes you through the park, look out for other game like leopards, warthogs, and springhares. You'll also learn about the local plants and trees, including wild pear and paperbark, and discover San paintings and the fascinating rock formations. The Matopos area has great spiritual and cultural significance to the local people and there are many sites within the park where important ceremonies still take place.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Masvingo - Drive to Masvingo today. This settlement – the oldest in Zimbabwe – makes for the perfect base from which to explore the Great Zimbabwe Ruins. The ruined city, now a UNESCO World Heritage-listed site, was first constructed in the 11th century. It's thought to be the former royal palace of the Zimbabwean monarch. Spend a few hours exploring this intriguing site before heading off to camp for the evening.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Harare - Travel to Harare today. You'll arrive at your destination in time for lunch. You only have an hour or two to explore Zimbabwe's capital city, so if you're feeling active and up for a stroll, get out and make the most of it. Perhaps head to the National Gallery, the museum, the botanical gardens or simply wander the city centre and visit the colourful markets.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Lusaka - Today, you'll cross into Zambia and drive to your campsite just outside Lusaka, Zambia's capital. Your journey begins with a nice scenic drive to the border. At some point during the day there will be an opportunity to stop at an ATM and stock up on any supplies you might need at a shop or market.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Petauke - Spend some time checking out Lusaka before a long day of travel today. You'll see that it's a modern city but still retains a traditional African feel. After, travel on to Petauke, where you'll spend the night.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: South Luangwa National Park - After breakfast, travel to a workshop in South Luangwa where local craftswomen take snare wire recovered from poaching traps and transform it into jewellery inspired by the African bush. The women will show you around their purpose-built workshop and give you a chance to try coiling or hammering the wire yourself. For each sale made, a donation is given to anti snare patrols dedicated to the conservation of the region. After, make your way through the heartland to South Luangwa National Park. The concentration of animals around the Luangwa River and its lagoons is among the highest in Africa. Many elephants, buffaloes, leopards, Thornicroft’s giraffes and lions are known to roam here. There are also some 400 species of birds inhabiting the area. A great way to experience South Luangwa and its beautiful scenery is to take an optional river trip – ask your group leader for more details.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: South Luangwa National Park - Rise early with a light breakfast and get ready for an exhilarating morning game drive in a 4WD with a local guide, then head back to the camp for an early lunch. During the hottest part of the day between safaris, you can either rest in the shade or take an optional village walk to get a glimpse of daily life in the local community. Return to the park for another game drive in the evening.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Lake Malawi - Cross the border into Malawi and continue straight to your camp on the shores of Lake Malawi. Malawi is dominated by its lake, which covers almost a fifth of the country and provides a livelihood for many local people. Fishermen, fish traders and canoe and net makers all ply their trade on the lake. A common sight is that of a fisherman in a bwato (a dugout canoe made from a hollowed tree trunk) fishing on the still lake at the break of day. Your campsite at Kande Beach is right on the shore, so take some time to rest and relax.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Lake Malawi - This morning you can take an optional walk in the nearby village, an opportunity to meet some local Malawians-easily some of the friendliest people in Africa. Enjoy a free afternoon chilling out on the lake’s sandy shores, time to soak up your idyllic surroundings you can take a dip in the lake or try out cycling to the hilly villages. Perhaps cool off with an optional snorkelling trip with a local guide. Lake Malawi's high alkalinity has resulted in an abundance of brightly coloured fish and relatively low levels of plants. What you end up with is a tropical ocean-like snorkelling experience within a landlocked freshwater lake.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Chitimba - Drive to your camp in Chitimba, which lies along the coast of Lake Malawi and has lovely beaches, friendly locals and a laidback atmosphere. When you arrive, perhaps take a stroll and acquaint yourself with this different part of the lake. Enjoy the scenery of banana palms, papaya trees and the Livingstonia and Nyika mountains looming nearby.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Iringa - Today is a long travel day into Tanzania and its southern highlands. Sit back, relax and watch as the countryside passes by. When you arrive, you'll set up camp on the grounds of a farmhouse situated on the outskirts of this pleasant settlement. The area is filled with natural bush land which can make it a bird watchers paradise. Make the most of this rural setting by doing some stargazing before you retire for the night.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Mikumi National Park - Today you'll drive to the edge of Mikumi National Park. Situated at the foot of the thickly wooded Uluguru Mountains, Mikumi is Tanzania's fourth largest national park. In the afternoon we head off on 4WD Game Drive with a local expert guide.This less touristed park is home to impressive numbers of elephants, hippos, giraffes, zebras, buffalo, warthogs, wildebeest and impalas – and maybe even a predator or two if you're lucky!

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Dar es Salaam - Sit back and enjoy the scenic drive to Kipepo Beach, located just south of Dar es Salaam. Once you arrive, take some time to unwind – perhaps enjoy a peaceful stroll along the shore. Your camp for the night is set on the grounds of a hotel right next to the beach, offering the perfect opportunity to relax and take a dip in the inviting waters of the ocean.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Stone Town - Catch a ferry to Africa’s 'Spice Island' – Zanzibar. Filled with pristine white-sand shores, winding cobblestone alleyways and fragrant bazaars, Zanzibar has a colourful history – everything from slave traders to Arabian sultans and fruit exporters. The sight of traditional dhows sailing along the coast suggests what the island must have been like in Livingstone's day. The best way to see this exotic port town and its old city (Stone Town) is on foot. When the sun is setting, perhaps enjoy a drink at a nearby bar overlooking the seafront, then a seafood curry at a local restaurant. With no further activities planned on arrival, this trip comes to an end in Stone Town.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Victoria Falls - Mhoro! Welcome to Zimbabwe. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 4 pm where you'll meet your tour leader and travel group. You can arrive at any time as there are no activities planned until this important meeting. Your campground is centrally located in the town of Victoria Falls. After this important meeting, your leader will take you to a local activity centre where a range of activities will be on offer, and you can consider booking experiences for tomorrow.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Victoria Falls - Use your free time to visit the magnificent Victoria Falls. This thundering curtain of water is one-and-a-half kilometres wide, falling 108 metres into a narrow gorge below. In the wet season, the spray created can rise up an incredible 400 metres and the falls become a raging torrent. In the dry season, the view of the falls is unobstructed by spray and you can see little islets in the river below. Be sure to ask your local leader for their tips and advice on what to do in Victoria Falls.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Bulawayo - Depart Victoria Falls and travel toward Bulawayo (approximately 7 hours) via the Victoria Falls Wildlife Trust – one of The Intrepid Foundation’s projects. Here you can learn about the rescue and rehabilitation of wildlife, human-wildlife conflict and the trusts role in anti-poaching. There may also be a chance to meet any rescued or orphaned wildlife currently in their care. Onwards to Bulawayo – known locally as the 'City of Kings', Zimbabwe's second-largest city has an interesting history and some impeccable colonial architecture.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Bulawayo - Wake up early and get ready to track rhinos in Matobo National Park. Home to a significant population of black and white rhinoceros that can be tracked on foot. As your expert guide takes you through the park, look out for other game like leopards, warthogs, and springhares. You'll also learn about the local plants and trees, including wild pear and paperbark, and discover San paintings and the fascinating rock formations. The Matopos area has great spiritual and cultural significance to the local people and there are many sites within the park where important ceremonies still take place.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Masvingo - Drive the short stretch to Masvingo (approximately 5–6 hours). This colonial settlement – the oldest in Zimbabwe – makes for the perfect base from which to explore the Great Zimbabwe Ruins. The ruined city, now a World Heritage-listed site, was first constructed in the 11th century. It's thought to be the former royal palace of the Zimbabwean monarch. Spend a few hours exploring this intriguing site before heading off to camp for the evening.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Harare - Travel to Harare today (approximately 5–6 hours). You will arrive at your destination in time for lunch. You only have an hour or two to explore Zimbabwe's capital city, so if you're feeling active and up for a stroll, get out and make the most of it. Perhaps head to the National Gallery, the museum, the botanical gardens or simply wander the city centre and visit the colourful markets.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Lusaka - Today you will cross into Zambia and drive to your campsite just outside Lusaka, Zambia's capital (approximately 8 hours). Your journey begins with a nice scenic drive to the border. At some point during the day there will be an opportunity to stop at an ATM and stock up on any supplies you might need at a shop or market.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Petauke - Spend some time checking out Lusaka before a long day of travel. You'll see that it's a modern city but still retains a traditional African feel. Afterwards, travel on to Petauke (approximately 8 hours).

     

    Day - 9

    Location: South Luangwa National Park - After breakfast, travel (approximately 4 hours) to a workshop in South Luangwa where local craftswomen take snare wire recovered from poaching traps and transform it into jewellery inspired by the African bush. The women will show you around their purpose-built workshop and give you a chance to try coiling or hammering the wire yourself. For each sale made, a donation is given to anti snare patrols dedicated to the conservation of the region. Afterwards, make your way through the heartland to South Luangwa National Park (approximately 2 hours). The concentration of animals around the Luangwa River and its lagoons is among the highest in Africa. Many elephants, buffaloes, leopards, Thornicroft’s giraffes and lions are known to roam here. There are also some 400 species of birds inhabiting the area. A great way to experience South Luangwa and its beautiful scenery is to take an optional river trip – ask your group leader for more details.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: South Luangwa National Park - Rise early for an exhilarating morning game drive in a 4WD vehicle. Enjoy classic savanna scenery while keeping your eyes peeled the parks abundance of wildlife. There’s every chance you may spot a herd of zebra grazing on parched grass or a pride of lions passing by. Midday is the hottest part of the day here, so seek refuge from the sun and return to the camp for lunch. Return to the park for another Game Drive late this afternoon. Alternatively, perhaps head out on a village walk for a snapshot of daily life in the local community.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Lake Malawi - Cross the border into Malawi and continue straight to your camp on the shores of Lake Malawi (approximately 9–10 hours). Malawi is dominated by its lake, which covers almost a fifth of the country and provides a livelihood for many local people. Fishermen, fish traders and canoe and net makers all ply their trade on the lake. A common sight is that of a fisherman in a bwato (a dugout canoe made from a hollowed tree trunk) fishing on the still lake at the break of day. Your campsite at Kande Beach is right on the shore, so take some time to rest and relax.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Lake Malawi - Enjoy free time today to soak up your idyllic surrounds and take a refreshing dip in beautiful Lake Malawi. As well as chilling out on the lake’s sandy shores, make sure you take the opportunity to meet some local Malawians – easily some of the friendliest people in Africa.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Chitimba - Drive to your camp in Chitimba (approximately 8 hours). Chitimba lies along the coast of Lake Malawi and has lovely beaches, friendly locals and a laidback atmosphere. When you arrive, perhaps take a stroll and acquaint yourself with this different part of the lake. Enjoy the scenery of banana palms, papaya trees and the Livingstonia and Nyika mountains looming nearby.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Iringa - Today is a long travel day into Tanzania and its southern highlands (approximately 11 hours). Sit back, relax and watch as the countryside passes by. On arrival you will set up camp on the grounds of a farmhouse situated on the outskirts of this pleasant settlement. The area is filled with natural bush land which can make it a bird watchers paradise. Make the most of this rural setting by doing some stargazing before you retire for the night.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Mikumi National Park - Today we drive to the edge of Mikumi National Park. Situated at the foot of the thickly wooded Uluguru Mountains, Mikumi is Tanzania's fourth largest national park. In the afternoon we head off on 4WD Game Drive with a local expert guide. This less touristed park is home to impressive numbers of elephants, hippos, giraffes, zebras, buffalo, warthogs, wildebeest and impalas – and maybe even a predator or two if you're lucky!

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Dar es Salaam - Sit back and enjoy the scenic drive to Kipepo Beach, located just south of Dar es Salaam. Once you arrive, take some time to unwind – perhaps enjoy a peaceful stroll along the shore. Your camp for the night is set on the grounds of a hotel right next to the beach, offering the perfect opportunity to relax and take a dip in the inviting waters of the ocean.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Stone Town - Catch a ferry to Africa's 'Spice Island' of Zanzibar. Filled with pristine white-sand beaches, winding cobblestone alleyways and fragrant bazaars, Zanzibar has had a colourful history – everything from slave traders to Arabian sultans and fruit exporters. The sight of traditional dhows sailing along the coast evokes what the island must have been like in centuries ago. The old part of Zanzibar's main city is known as Stone Town, and the best way to see this is on foot, exploring the markets, shops, mosques, palaces and courtyards. When the sun is setting, why not grab a drink from a bar overlooking the seafront. A seafood curry at a local restaurant is also a great choice. You'll spend the night in Stone Town at a basic inn.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Zanzibar Northern Beaches - Once checked out of your Stone Town accommodation, consider booking in to an optional guided tour of the island's spice plantations, learning all about the history of this town's spice trade. You will have the opportunity to smell and taste various spices, such as cinnamon, vanilla and ginger, plus sample some teas made with these spices too. After lunch, head to the Northern Beaches, where white sands and sparkling blue seas await. This is the Indian Ocean at its best.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Zanzibar Northern Beaches - Enjoy free time in this beautiful archipelago today. There are many ways you can spend your day – perhaps talk to your leader for any recommendations they might have. Snorkelling in search of exotic fish is an excellent option, or you could take a traditional dhow boat on the water. You might also like to feast on a sumptuous lunch of grilled local seafood, or just relax in a hammock underneath a coconut tree with a good book. It's totally up to you!

     

    Day - 20

    Location: Stone Town - After checking out of your accommodation this morning, you will make your way back to Stone Town, arriving at a centrally-located hotel around 12 pm. With no activities planned for today, you are free to leave at any time. That doesn't mean your adventure has to come to an end! If you wish to stay on in Zanzibar, either at the Northern Beaches beach resort or in Stone Town, we'll be happy to organise additional accommodation (subject to availability).

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Nairobi - Jambo! Welcome to Kenya. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm. You can arrive at any time as there are no activities planned until this important meeting. If you arrive early, perhaps head out and explore the National Museum of Kenya, the Karen Blixen Museum or the highly recommended Bomas of Kenya, where traditional homesteads of several Kenyan tribes are displayed in an outdoor village.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Mto wa Mbu - Depart early for Mto wa Mbu in your overland truck. The trip includes a border crossing from Kenya into Tanzania, so be sure to have your passport handy. While you're on the road, there will be a stop at an ATM and a market or shop to stock up on any supplies you might need for the coming days. Arrive in Mto wa Mbu and acquaint yourself with this delightful small village – it's a fascinating snapshot of small-town African life, situated well off the tourist trail.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Ngorongoro Crater / Serengeti National Park - Get up early, put your camping and personal gear into a six-person jeep and head out for an excursion into the Serengeti via the Ngorongoro Crater. Enjoy a safari in the crater, spending 3 to 4 hours exploring this incredible, perfectly intact volcanic caldera. Watch for black rhinos, lions, leopards, elephants, impalas, zebras and hippos. The crater floor offers excellent game viewing all year round (some 30,000 animals live here) and the photo opportunities are unrivalled. Next, it's on to the wide-open plains of the Serengeti. Green after the rains, brown and burnt in the dry season, this is perhaps the quintessential image of Africa – the home of thousands of hoofed animals and fierce predators. Your campsite is within the Serengeti itself, so listen out for the sounds of nocturnal animals as you drift off to sleep.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Serengeti National Park - Awake at dawn and embark on a game drive. You will head out while the animals are at their most active, then head back to camp for brunch at around 11 am. After spending the middle of the day relaxing, just like the animals do, head out again as the day begins to cool. You'll return from this second game drive in time for dinner. There's also the option of a balloon ride over the park this morning – in place of some of today’s game drives. If you have pre-booked this activity, you will be picked up before dawn and driven to the launch site. After a safety briefing, glide through the dawn, sometimes at tree height, getting some amazing photo opportunities. Sometimes you will ascend, getting an overview of the enormity of the plains and the early morning movements of the teeming herds. After landing, indulge in a five-star bush breakfast, then be returned to camp.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Serengeti National Park / Mto wa Mbu - Rise with the sun and enjoy another game drive as you leave the Serengeti in your dust. Jump back into your overland vehicle and head for Mto wa Mbu. After setting up camp, we'll take a guided stroll through the farming areas, local homes and farmlands, getting to know the local community and their way of life. Later, we'll enjoy a scrumptious local dinner in town.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Usambara Mountains - Prepare yourself for a long travel day heading for the Usambara Mountains. Stretch your legs during a brief supply stop in Arusha, then jump back in the vehicle and watch the ever-changing scenery, read your favourite book or get to really know your fellow travellers. Your base will be Lushoto – an old German colony and home to the Wasambaa people. This highland town sits at approximately 1400 metres and this evening you'll camp in the grounds of one of the oldest hotels in Africa.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Usambara Mountains - Explore the beautiful Usambara Mountains today – a lovely unspoilt area of Tanzania. Unlike the coast and the north, very few tourists visit this part of the country, so it has a freshness that can be hard to find elsewhere. As beautiful as the surrounding mountains and rainforests are, however, the real jewels here are the local people and villages. You'll experience some hospitality on a visit to some of the small local communities. From your base, you will take a walk out to the gorgeous Irente viewpoint. It's best to pack some water and snacks in a day pack for this trip. On your way back, visit a local cultural project where you enjoy a prepared lunch.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Dar es Salaam - Leaving the mountains behind, travel further south to the coastal town of Kipepeo Beach in Dar es Salaam. Your camp is by the beach, so make the most of it – perhaps take a stroll along the shore after you arrive and settle in.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Stone Town - Catch a ferry to Africa's 'Spice Island' of Zanzibar. Filled with pristine white-sand beaches, winding cobblestone alleyways and fragrant bazaars, Zanzibar has had a colourful history – everything from slave traders to Arabian sultans and fruit exporters. The sight of traditional dhows sailing along the coast evokes what the island must have been like in centuries ago. The old part of Zanzibar's main city is known as Stone Town, and the best way to see this is on foot, exploring the markets, shops, mosques, palaces and courtyards. When the sun is setting, why not grab a drink from a bar overlooking the seafront. A seafood curry at a local restaurant is also a great choice. You'll spend the night in Stone Town at a basic inn.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Zanzibar Northern Beaches - Once checked out of your Stone Town accommodation, consider booking in to an optional guided tour of the island's spice plantations, learning all about the history of this town's spice trade. You will have the opportunity to smell and taste various spices, such as cinnamon, vanilla and ginger, plus sample some teas made with these spices too. After lunch, head to the Northern Beaches, where white sands and sparkling blue seas await. This is the Indian Ocean at its best.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Zanzibar Northern Beaches - Enjoy free time in this beautiful archipelago today. There are many ways you can spend your day – perhaps talk to your leader for any recommendations they might have. Snorkelling in search of exotic fish is an excellent option, or you could take a traditional dhow boat on the water. You might also like to feast on a sumptuous lunch of grilled local seafood, or just relax in a hammock underneath a coconut tree with a good book. It's totally up to you!

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Stone Town - Enjoy a sleep in and maybe one last dip in the warm waters of Zanzibar's northern beaches. After check-out at your accommodation, transfer back to Stone Town for a cruisy afternoon of free time. Maybe grab an octopus curry or biryani for dinner with your crew. There’s long day of driving ahead tomorrow, so be sure to relax in the island vibes tonight.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Mikumi National Park - Embrace an early start this morning with a 7.30 am ferry to the mainland, then make tracks for Mikumi. Watch the Tanzanian landscape pass you by along the way, as this long drive is a great chance to soak up the scenery. Gaze out at vast plains dotted with baobab and tamarind trees and maybe catch a glimpse of some of the elephants, buffaloes, giraffes, lions and leopards that call the park home. When you arrive at your camp, your leader will show you the ropes (literally) and help you set up and get comfortable for your night in the tent.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Iringa - Wake up early this morning to head off on a 4WD game drive into Mikumi National Park with local expert guides. This less touristed park is home to impressive numbers of elephants, hippos, giraffes, zebras, buffalo, warthogs, wildebeest and impalas – you may even spot a predator! After, you'll drive to Iringa and set up camp on the grounds of a farmhouse on the outskirts of the settlement. The area is filled with natural bush land and native birds. Make the most of this rural setting with some stargazing before you retire for the night.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Chitimba - Enter Malawi this morning and travel to your campsite at Chitimba. Malawi, the ‘warm heart of Africa,’ is dominated by its lake, which covers almost a fifth of the country and provides a livelihood for many Malawian people. Fishermen, fish traders and canoe and net makers all ply their trade on Lake Malawi. A common sight is a fisherman in a bwato (a dugout canoe made from a hollowed tree trunk) fishing on the still lake at the break of day.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Lake Malawi - Travel from Chitimba to Kande Beach today, on the shore of Lake Malawi. There will be a chance to stop at a shop or market for any supplies you might need along the way. Enjoy a relaxing getaway from the commercialism and crowds with a few days on the lake’s more peaceful beaches. Your campsite at Kande Beach is right on the shore of Lake Malawi.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Lake Malawi - Enjoy free time today to soak up your idyllic surroundings. As well as chilling out on the lake’s sandy shores, make sure you take the opportunity to meet some local Malawians – easily some of the friendliest people in Africa! You can also hire canoes, bikes or pedalos (paddle boats) to enhance your time here.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: South Luangwa National Park - Journey through southern Malawi and enter Zambia today, continuing to South Luangwa National Park. There will be border crossing formalities on the way, and a chance to stock up on goods or visit an ATM at a local shop or market. The concentration of animals around the Luangwa River and its lagoons is some of the highest in Africa, so when you arrive, take in the beautiful scenery and the abundance of wildlife, watching out for colourful birds and herds of elephants.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: South Luangwa National Park - Rise early this morning, grab a light breakfast and get ready for a morning game drive in a 4WD with a local guide. Then, you'll head back to the camp for an early lunch (as this is the hottest part of the day). Rest in the shade or take an optional village walk if you'd like a snapshot of daily life in the local community. Return to the park for another game drive in the evening, looking out for the local wildlife as the sun sets.

     

    Day - 20

    Location: Petauke - After breakfast, you'll visit a workshop where local craftswomen take snare wire recovered from poaching traps and transform it into jewellery inspired by the African bush. The women will show you around their purpose-built workshop and give you a chance to try coiling or hammering the wire yourself. For each sale made, a donation is given to anti snare patrols dedicated to the conservation of the region. After your visit, you'll jump back in the vehicle and head further south to Petauke.

     

    Day - 21

    Location: Lusaka - This morning you'll be back on the road, heading for your next camp just south of Lusaka City. When you arrive, stretch your legs and take a stroll to discover the town on foot. Though it's fast developing, Lusaka retains a strong African feel, and the locals are usually up for a chat. Your local leader will also give you some insight into the area. Tonight, you're free to chill out under the stars at camp.

     

    Day - 22

    Location: Harare - Travel to Harare today. The first part of your journey takes you to the border with Zimbabwe. After crossing and going through border formalities, you'll continue to Harare. There will be a chance to explore the town when you arrive, as well as stock up on whatever you need at a market or local shop.

     

    Day - 23

    Location: Great Zimbabwe Ruins / Masvingo - This morning, it's onto Masvingo. This colonial settlement – the oldest in Zimbabwe – makes the perfect base for exploring the ruins of Great Zimbabwe. The ancient city, now a UNESCO World Heritage site, was first constructed in the 11th century and is believed to have been the seat of power for a monarch. Spend a few hours exploring this intriguing site before heading off to camp where your night is free to relax.

     

    Day - 24

    Location: Bulawayo - Travel to Bulawayo today. Known locally as the 'City of Kings', Bulawayo is Zimbabwe's second largest city. There is some impeccable historical architecture to take in here, so feel free to walk around at your own pace when you arrive. Enjoy free time this afternoon to explore town or ask your local leader for some optional activities. You might like to browse some local markets or chat with the locals. The Natural History Museum and National Art Gallery are also worth checking out.

     

    Day - 25

    Location: Bulawayo - Get ready for the experience of a lifetime today – tracking rhinos on foot with an expert guide! Matobo National Park, known for its black and white rhinos, is also home to other wildlife like klipspringers, leopards, warthogs and springhares. You'll learn all about these unique animals from your guide and gain insights into the local plants and trees, including wild pear and paperbark. Discover San paintings and the fascinating rock formations of the area, too. Matobo National Park is an important site of spiritual and cultural significance for the local people, and there are many places in the park where important ceremonies still take place.

     

    Day - 26

    Location: Victoria Falls - Depart Bulawayo this morning and make the drive towards Victoria Falls. Stretching 1.6 km wide and falling 108 m into a narrow gorge below, the falls are a sight to behold. Although a visit to the falls themselves is optional, it's highly recommended. In the wet season, the spray created from this feat of nature can rise 400 m and can often be seen from far in the distance. It’s no wonder that the local name for Victoria Falls is Mosi oa Tunya, or the 'Smoke that Thunders'. If you’re travelling in the dry season, you’ll get an unobstructed view of the falls and the chance to see the islets in the river below. Your leader will take you to a local activity centre today, where a range of activities will be on offer.

     

    Day - 27

    Location: Victoria Falls - With no activities planned for today, you’re free to leave the camp at any time. You may like to try some of the optional activities on offer here, so it's recommended you schedule any flights for later in the day. If you would like to spend more time in Victoria Falls, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time to organise additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Victoria Falls - Mhoro! Welcome to Zimbabwe. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 4 pm where you'll meet your tour leader and travel group. You can arrive at any time as there are no activities planned until this important meeting. Your campground is centrally located in the town of Victoria Falls. After the meeting, your leader will take you to a local activity centre where a range of activities will be on offer, and you can consider booking experiences for tomorrow.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Victoria Falls - Use your free day today to visit the magnificent Victoria Falls. This thundering curtain of water is 1.5 km wide, falling 108 m into a narrow gorge below. In the wet season, the spray created can rise up an incredible 400 m and the falls become a raging torrent. In the dry season, the view of the falls is unobstructed by spray and you can see little islets in the river below. Be sure to ask your local leader for their tips and advice on what to do in Victoria Falls.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Bulawayo - Depart Victoria Falls and travel to Bulawayo via the Victoria Falls Wildlife Trust – one of The Intrepid Foundation’s projects. Here you can learn about the rescue and rehabilitation of wildlife, human-wildlife conflict and the trusts role in anti-poaching. There may also be a chance to meet any rescued or orphaned wildlife currently in their care. After, arrive in Bulawayo – known locally as the 'City of Kings', Zimbabwe's second-largest city has an interesting history and some impeccable colonial architecture.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Bulawayo - Wake up early and get ready to track rhinos in Matobo National Park. Home to a significant population of black and white rhinoceros that can be tracked on foot. As your expert guide takes you through the park, look out for other game like leopards, warthogs, and springhares. You'll also learn about the local plants and trees, including wild pear and paperbark, and discover San paintings and the fascinating rock formations. The Matopos area has great spiritual and cultural significance to the local people and there are many sites within the park where important ceremonies still take place.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Masvingo - Drive to Masvingo today. This settlement – the oldest in Zimbabwe – makes for the perfect base from which to explore the Great Zimbabwe Ruins. The ruined city, now a UNESCO World Heritage-listed site, was first constructed in the 11th century. It's thought to be the former royal palace of the Zimbabwean monarch. Spend a few hours exploring this intriguing site before heading off to camp for the evening.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Harare - Travel to Harare today. You'll arrive at your destination in time for lunch. You only have an hour or two to explore Zimbabwe's capital city, so if you're feeling active and up for a stroll, get out and make the most of it. Perhaps head to the National Gallery, the museum, the botanical gardens or simply wander the city centre and visit the colourful markets.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Lusaka - Today, you'll cross into Zambia and drive to your campsite just outside Lusaka, Zambia's capital. Your journey begins with a nice scenic drive to the border. At some point during the day there will be an opportunity to stop at an ATM and stock up on any supplies you might need at a shop or market.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Petauke - Spend some time checking out Lusaka before a long day of travel today. You'll see that it's a modern city but still retains a traditional African feel. After, travel on to Petauke, where you'll spend the night.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: South Luangwa National Park - After breakfast, travel to a workshop in South Luangwa where local craftswomen take snare wire recovered from poaching traps and transform it into jewellery inspired by the African bush. The women will show you around their purpose-built workshop and give you a chance to try coiling or hammering the wire yourself. For each sale made, a donation is given to anti snare patrols dedicated to the conservation of the region. After, make your way through the heartland to South Luangwa National Park. The concentration of animals around the Luangwa River and its lagoons is among the highest in Africa. Many elephants, buffaloes, leopards, Thornicroft’s giraffes and lions are known to roam here. There are also some 400 species of birds inhabiting the area. A great way to experience South Luangwa and its beautiful scenery is to take an optional river trip – ask your group leader for more details.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: South Luangwa National Park - Rise early with a light breakfast and get ready for an exhilarating morning game drive in a 4WD with a local guide, then head back to the camp for an early lunch. During the hottest part of the day between safaris, you can either rest in the shade or take an optional village walk to get a glimpse of daily life in the local community. Return to the park for another game drive in the evening.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Lake Malawi - Cross the border into Malawi and continue straight to your camp on the shores of Lake Malawi. Malawi is dominated by its lake, which covers almost a fifth of the country and provides a livelihood for many local people. Fishermen, fish traders and canoe and net makers all ply their trade on the lake. A common sight is that of a fisherman in a bwato (a dugout canoe made from a hollowed tree trunk) fishing on the still lake at the break of day. Your campsite at Kande Beach is right on the shore, so take some time to rest and relax.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Lake Malawi - This morning you can take an optional walk in the nearby village, an opportunity to meet some local Malawians-easily some of the friendliest people in Africa. Enjoy a free afternoon chilling out on the lake’s sandy shores, time to soak up your idyllic surroundings you can take a dip in the lake or try out cycling to the hilly villages. Perhaps cool off with an optional snorkelling trip with a local guide. Lake Malawi's high alkalinity has resulted in an abundance of brightly coloured fish and relatively low levels of plants. What you end up with is a tropical ocean-like snorkelling experience within a landlocked freshwater lake.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Chitimba - Drive to your camp in Chitimba, which lies along the coast of Lake Malawi and has lovely beaches, friendly locals and a laidback atmosphere. When you arrive, perhaps take a stroll and acquaint yourself with this different part of the lake. Enjoy the scenery of banana palms, papaya trees and the Livingstonia and Nyika mountains looming nearby.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Iringa - Today is a long travel day into Tanzania and its southern highlands. Sit back, relax and watch as the countryside passes by. When you arrive, you'll set up camp on the grounds of a farmhouse situated on the outskirts of this pleasant settlement. The area is filled with natural bush land which can make it a bird watchers paradise. Make the most of this rural setting by doing some stargazing before you retire for the night.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Mikumi National Park - Today you'll drive to the edge of Mikumi National Park. Situated at the foot of the thickly wooded Uluguru Mountains, Mikumi is Tanzania's fourth largest national park. In the afternoon we head off on 4WD Game Drive with a local expert guide.This less touristed park is home to impressive numbers of elephants, hippos, giraffes, zebras, buffalo, warthogs, wildebeest and impalas – and maybe even a predator or two if you're lucky!

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Dar es Salaam - Sit back and enjoy the scenic drive to Kipepo Beach, located just south of Dar es Salaam. Once you arrive, take some time to unwind – perhaps enjoy a peaceful stroll along the shore. Your camp for the night is set on the grounds of a hotel right next to the beach, offering the perfect opportunity to relax and take a dip in the inviting waters of the ocean.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Stone Town - Catch a ferry to Africa's 'Spice Island' of Zanzibar. Filled with pristine white-sand beaches, winding cobblestone alleyways and fragrant bazaars, Zanzibar has had a colourful history – everything from slave traders to Arabian sultans and fruit exporters. The sight of traditional dhows sailing along the coast evokes what the island must have been like in centuries ago. The old part of Zanzibar's main city is known as Stone Town, and the best way to see this is on foot, exploring the markets, shops, mosques, palaces and courtyards. When the sun is setting, why not grab a drink from a bar overlooking the seafront. A seafood curry at a local restaurant is also a great choice. You'll spend the night in Stone Town at a basic inn.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Zanzibar Northern Beaches - Once checked out of your Stone Town accommodation, consider booking in to an optional guided tour of the island's spice plantations, learning all about the history of this town's spice trade. You will have the opportunity to smell and taste various spices, such as cinnamon, vanilla and ginger, plus sample some teas made with these spices too. After lunch, head to the Northern Beaches, where white sands and sparkling blue seas await. This is the Indian Ocean at its best.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Zanzibar Northern Beaches - Enjoy free time in this beautiful archipelago today. There are many ways you can spend your day – perhaps talk to your leader for any recommendations they might have. Snorkelling in search of exotic fish is an excellent option, or you could take a traditional dhow boat on the water. You might also like to feast on a sumptuous lunch of grilled local seafood, or just relax in a hammock underneath a coconut tree with a good book. It's totally up to you!

     

    Day - 20

    Location: Stone Town / Bagamoyo - Jambo! Welcome to Zanzibar. Your African adventure begins in Stone Town, Zanzibar’s Old Town. Meet your tour leader and travel group at an 11 am welcome meeting at your hotel. After, catch the ferry to Dar es Salaam. Then board your overland vehicle (and meet your driver and cook) and take the short drive to your camp at Bagamoyo, a lovely spot by the beach.

     

    Day - 21

    Location: Usambara Mountains - Travel into the remote Usambara Mountains (approximately 7 hours). This unspoilt area of Tanzania attracts very few tourists, making it the perfect place to soak in your surroundings. The forests stretch across the mountains and are ideal for easy hikes and guided walks. You base is the old German colony of Lushoto, where you’ll stay on the grounds of one of the earliest hotels in Africa.

     

    Day - 22

    Location: Usambara Mountains - Today, explore the beautiful Usambara Mountains and experience this area’s gentle hospitality on a visit to some of its small communities. From your base, hike to the gorgeous Irente viewpoint. It's best to pack some water and snacks in a day pack for this trip. On your way back, visit a local cultural project based at Irente farm and enjoy a locally prepared lunch.

     

    Day - 23

    Location: Arusha - Today, journey from the scenic Usambara Mountains to Arusha. While there are no planned activities, enjoy the drive through Tanzania's picturesque landscapes as you make your way to the bustling gateway to the northern safari circuit. Upon arrival at your campsite on the outskirts of town, unwind and settle in for a restful evening and prepare for the adventures ahead.

     

    Day - 24

    Location: Karatu - After breakfast this morning, head to Karatu, the gateway to the Ngorongoro Crater. Here, you'll hike through the Ngorongoro Reserve Forest to Elephant Caves and the Endoro waterfalls along the way. Rich with calcium, the Elephant Caves got their name as elephants would come here and break off pieces of rock, eating the dust to receive important minerals. Today's trek, accompanied by an expert local guide and armed ranger, is the perfect way to stretch your legs after a few days of overland travel. You'll hike through Ngorongoro rainforest as your local guide explains the ins and outs of the area here and points out interesting animal tracks and footprints. Marvel at the wild landscape and spot beautiful birdlife as you walk. After, head to Karatu village for a tour of the local coffee farm. Here, you'll see the innovative farming practices from the locals and learn about the farming activities that sustain the coffee, bean, maize, banana, soya and pea crops. Tonight, enjoy a traditional dinner with a local Tanzanian family in their home, who will cook you a few different dishes to try. Learn about the local culture with educational stories from a locally trained guide. What a night!

     

    Day - 25

    Location: Ngorongoro Crater / Serengeti National Park - Get up early, put your camping and personal gear into a six-person jeep and head out for an excursion into the Serengeti via the Ngorongoro Crater. Enjoy a safari in the crater, spending between 3 and 4 hours exploring this perfectly intact volcanic crater. Watch for black rhinos, lions, leopards, elephants, impalas, zebras and hippos. Next, move on to the open plains of the Serengeti. Green after the rains, brown and burnt in the dry season, this is perhaps the quintessential image of Africa – the home of thousands of hoofed animals and fierce predators. Your campsite is within the Serengeti itself, so listen out for the sounds of nocturnal animals as you drift off to sleep.

     

    Day - 26

    Location: Serengeti National Park - Wake at dawn and embark on a game drive. You will head out while the animals are at their most active, then go back to camp for brunch at around 11 am. After spending the middle of the day relaxing, just like the animals do, head out again as the day begins to cool. You'll return from this second game drive in time for dinner. There's also the option today of a balloon ride over the park (in place of a portion of the morning game drive). If you have pre-booked this activity you will be picked up before dawn and driven to the launch site. After a safety briefing, you will glide through the dawn, sometimes at tree height, which provides amazing photo opportunities. After landing, you'll be treated to a five-star bush breakfast, then be returned to your camp.

     

    Day - 27

    Location: Mto wa Mbu - Rise with the sun and enjoy another game drive as you leave the Serengeti in your dust. Jump back into your overland vehicle and head for Mto wa Mbu. After setting up camp, we'll take a guided stroll through the farming areas, local homes and farmlands, getting to know the local community and their way of life. Later, we'll enjoy a scrumptious locally prepared dinner in town.

     

    Day - 28

    Location: Nairobi - Set off early and cross the Kenyan border then continue to Nairobi. You'll be dropped at the finishing point hotel in Nairobi where your trip ends. If you'd like to stay longer, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Chamonix - Bienvenue! Welcome to France (and the Alps!). Your adventure begins in Chamonix – a small French town with a big reputation. Chamonix played host to the first ever Winter Olympics in 1924, and is one of Europe’s premier destinations for hiking, skiing and snow sports. It’s recommended that you fly into Geneva airport, where bus transfers are readily available to Chamonix. You’ll have a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight at your hotel, where you’ll meet your group and your local leader – a highly qualified International Mountain Leader. They will brief you on what to expect while hiking the Tour du Mont Blanc and provide advice on equipment, which can be hired in Chamonix if required. After, you may like to head into town to get to know your group over dinner, and perhaps sample some of the region’s famous Savoie wine.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Chamonix - la Flégère - Lac Blanc - Argentière - It’s time to step out for your first day on the Tour du Mont Blanc, starting off with a short transfer to Les Praz village. From here, you’ll be flying high as you ride a cable car up to La Flegere (1813 m). Not only does this provide unbeatable views of the Mer de Glace glacier and the landscapes you’ll be exploring over the coming week, but also cuts out a difficult and tiring climb. Today’s hike starts on a balcony path and climbs gently towards Lac Blanc (2352 m) – a beautiful lake where reflections of the surrounding peaks can be seen in the mirror-like waters. Your leader will point out the sharp needles of the Aiguille du Dru, Aiguille Verte, Aiguille du Midi and Mont Blanc, which can all be admired from this incredible vantage point. Stop for a picnic lunch and enjoy the view before heading down through one of the region’s most beautiful trails bordering the Cheserys lakes.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Argentière - the Forclaz pass - Bovine - Champex - Fuel up over breakfast this morning then take a short transfer over the border to Switzerland. Your leader will guide you on a walk through vibrant forests of pine and larch before emerging to wide open pastures – be sure to have your cameras ready for this gorgeous Swiss scenery! Stop here for lunch among deep green forest, rolling hills and towering mountains. The impressive Grand Combin massif will stay in your sights all day as you walk through to Champex – the lakeside village where you will spend the night.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Champex - Issert- Ferret- La Fouly - Courmayeur - Board a transfer bound for Val Ferret – the starting point for today’s hike. Start with a steep climb before reaching Col Ferret, where you’ll pause to take in the views of the valley below and the nearby glacier. As you begin your descent, you’ll cross the border into Italy, walking down towards Arnouva. From here, it’s a bus journey to your hotel in the breathtakingly beautiful Courmayeur valley. Here, you’ll see how the culture within this landscape varies over short distances. Join your group for dinner and experience alpine cuisine with an Italian flair.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Courmayeur - Seigne pass - Les Chapieux - Start the day with a scenic bus journey up to Visailles (1659 m) – you’ll want to keep your eyes glued to the windows for this one! Hop off at the bottom of the debris-covered Miage glacier and begin your climb to the enchanting Lee Blanche valley, where sheep roam and wildflowers bloom. Hike up to the Seigne pass (2516 m), then cross the border back into France (but don’t forget to look behind you at the south face of Mont Blanc!). Continue your walk down to the remote Les Chapieux, where a private shuttle will pick you up and take you to your hotel in Bourg St Maurice. You can take advantage of the hotel spa to relax before going to a local restaurant specialising in French cuisine for dinner tonight.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Les Chapieux - Bonhomme pass - Les Contamines - Lace up your boots and leave your alpine lodge behind as you embark on a steep ascent towards the Col Du Bonhomme mountain pass. This section can be challenging but the views from the top make every step worth it. Hike on to the refuge at the Croix du Bonhomme and take some time out for lunch, soaking in more marvellous views of the Mont Blanc massif. Next up is a steep descent through a shady gorge fringed with pine forests, leading to an ancient Roman road. Follow the road to the pretty little chapel of Notre Dame de la Gorge, and finish up in the town of Contamines, where you’ll stay for the evening.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Les Contamines - Bionnassay - Les Houches - Chamonix - Today marks your final day on the Tour du Mont Blanc, but there’s still plenty of sights to see. Kicking off from Contamines, hike to the inviting hamlets of Gruvaz, Champel and Bionnassay – home to a Baroque style 17th-century chapel. Follow a path that leads out to the Col de Voza – a historic pass that was one of the first used by travellers to reach the Chamonix valley. From here, you’ll take a cable car down the slopes to Les Houches, where you’ll hop on a bus and return to Chamonix. The streets of Chamonix are lined with excellent restaurants, so you may like to celebrate your massive accomplishment over dinner with your group this evening.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Chamonix - Your hiking adventure comes to an end after breakfast this morning. If you’re staying on in Chamonix, there’s plenty of shops, museums and restaurants worth exploring. Another option is to take a cable car up to the peak of Aiguille du Midi. Sitting at 3842 m, there’s no better spot to take in views of Mont Blanc and the surrounding mountains. If you need help booking additional accommodation, just get in touch with your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Chamonix - Bienvenue! Welcome to the French Alps. It’s recommended that you fly into Geneva airport, where bus transfers are readily available to Chamonix – the French town where you’ll be based for this adventure. When you arrive, settle into your accommodation – a historic and scenic hotel, surrounded by snow-capped peaks, that’s been run by the same family since its opening in 1914. You’ll have a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight to meet your local leader and the other traveller. After, maybe get to know each other over dinner in one of Chamonix’s local restaurants.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Hike to Bionnassay glacier - This morning you’ll take a cable car up to Bellevue. Not only does this cable car journey make the day’s hike more pleasant, you’ll also be treated to spectacular sweeping views of the surrounding landscape, including the Chamonix Needles, the Mont Blanc massif and the Aravis Range. Hike along the path of famous Tour du Mont Blanc, in the forests below the Bionnassay glacier, before hiking up the little summit of Tete de la Charme (1882 m). Descend to the village of Bionnassay for a taste of typical life in the mountains, and perhaps visit the local museum. Transfer back to your accommodation in Chamonix and enjoy a relaxing evening.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Hike to the Swiss border - Wake up and breathe in the fresh mountain air before heading out for another active day. Catch a train to the village of Le Tour, then start your hike through the Balme mountain pastures, first crossing through the untamed Posettes pass. Take some time to admire the iconic needles of the Mont Blanc massif, stretching from the Aiguille du Tour through the Drus and the famous Aiguille du Midi. You’ll also be able to see across to Switzerland and the Emosson Dam. Return to Chamonix by train and enjoy and evening at leisure.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Free day in Chamonix - Today is a free day to take on your own adventure. You may like to spend some time exploring the numerous bars, cafes and restaurants that line the streets of Chamonix. Or perhaps you’d rather set out in search of breathtaking views – there are several cable car excursions available from Chamonix, one of the most spectacular being the ascent to Aiguille du Midi (3842 m), offering fantastic views of Mont Blanc and surrounding peaks. If you fancy getting active, there are loads of mountain biking, white water rafting, paragliding and hiking options in the area.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Hike to " Lac Blanc" - Today’s hike will lead you to Lac Blanc, also known as the mirror of Mont Blanc. First, climb into the mountains on the Flegere cable car, which offers amazing alpine views that can only be seen by those travelling this way. After your ride, begin your hike towards the lake – one of the most beloved and celebrated walking routes in the region. Follow a high balcony path while keeping an eye out for wildlife – marmots, ibex and eagles are all frequently spotted along this trail! When you arrive at Lac Blanc, take some time to admire the snowy peaks in the reflective water – this is one scene you won’t forget. Give your legs a well-earned rest and return via the Flegere cable car, descending into the beautiful valley below.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Chamonix - Your hike today will lead you from Chamonix to Mer de Glace – France’s largest glacier. Lying above the Chamonix valley, this sprawling stretch of ice is one of the region’s most impressive sights. Walk uphill through dense patches of forest, taking in fantastic views of the valley and the surrounding peaks. After reaching the glacier, you have the option to continue a downhill loop back to Chamonix, or you may prefer to take the Montenvers train for a shorter scenic trip back.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Planpraz and Brevent pass - Today, you’ll take the cable car up to Brevent Station for perhaps the best view of Mont Blanc and the expansive Chamonix Valley – what better way to celebrate your last full day in the French Alps! Look over the Brevent Pass, then continue hiking to the Bel Lachat refuge and up to Brevent Lake, the perfect spot to pause and admire the landscape. Soak in views of the Mont Blanc massif and a land of ice and rock below. In the afternoon, take a scenic cable car ride, dropping from 2500 m all the way to Chamonix, sitting at 1000 m above sea level. Tonight, you may like to gather with your group for a final dinner to look back on everything you’ve seen and achieved over the past week.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Montets pass - Your adventure comes to an end after breakfast today, but for those keen to keep the fun going, there’s time for one last walk. Speak to your leader about the option of an unaccompanied bus ride and 1-hour signposted walk through flower-covered meadows to the Col des Montets. If you would like to extend your stay and need help organising additional accommodation, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Naples - Benvenuto! Welcome to Italy. Your adventure begins in Naples – the capital of the Campania region – with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. If you arrive early, maybe head out and discover some of Naples' impressive architecture and monuments, many of which date back to the Spanish rule of the 16th and 17th centuries. Maybe check out the Royal Palace of Naples or head through a grand plaza to Museo di Capodimonte. A European cultural capital since the time of the Greeks, this city has lots to offer. After the meeting, maybe ask your leader for recommendations for an authentic Neapolitan pizza for dinner.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Pompeii / Hiking on Vesuvius / Agerola - After a leisurely breakfast, board your private minibus to the Pompeii archaeological site this morning. Here lie some of the world’s most fascinating and preeminent ruins. Finely preserved, they give you an authentic image of what daily life was like in a Roman city with villas, temples, theatres and bustling markets. Walk along the chariot-marked streets that were nestled under the shadow of Vesuvius until the fatal eruption in 79 AD. Visit the Roman Forum and Basilica, nearby temples, public baths and the tiny Odeon created for music recitals. After lunch, head to mighty Vesuvius. Walk around the rim of Vesuvius' crater, with sulphuric gases and steam still emerging from the gravel, then take a scenic drive to the Agerola high plain. Along the way, you'll be dazzled by views over the Bay of Naples and the Amalfi Coast.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Agerola - Today is a free day for you to relax in Agerola or enjoy some of the area's walking trails. Maybe take a walk to the viewpoint of Punto Panoramico for some great views over the Amalfi Coast. From here, descend through a spectacular landscape, which overlooks the Isle of Capri and the densely forested mountains of Cilento National Park. Your path leads you through class Mediterranean landscapes with vineyards, chestnut trees, oaks and scenic areas of shrubs and flowers. You can spot many old ruins dotted along the hillsides. In spring, you can even smell the Italian herbs as you walk past steeples of limestone rocks and through lush vineyards. This afternoon maybe visit the village of Bomerano, where you can grab some lunch, an aperitif or taste some of the local limoncello.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Hiking along Sentiero Degli Dei / Positano / Amalfi - This morning perhaps enjoy a coffee before embarking on what has become one of Italy's most famous hiking trails, the 'Sentiero degli Dei' (Footpath of the Gods) which will bring you all the way to Positano. This path winds its way through unique scenery and boasts unrivalled views along the coast. Walk through forests and fields of wildflowers, past ancient stone huts and beside sheer walls of granite. Glimpse local farmers tending their crops by hoe and elbow grease, herds of goats feeding beside the trail beside their shepherds, and teams of workmen commuting by mule. By late morning you will reach Vallone di Grarelle, then continue to the hamlet of Nocelle, a picturesque village situated above Positano. A walk through the village leads to what’s known as the Montepertuso Crossing – a deep gorge with limestone walls. From Montepertuso it's just a short walk down the old steps, through olive groves and vineyards, to beautiful Positano (though you can take a bus instead if you like). From Positano continue to Amalfi by boat and enjoy the scenery from a different view point.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Hiking on Capri Island / Amalfi - Today is dedicated to the rightly famous Isle of Capri, a place where Roman emperors used to come as tourists. You will take a ferry from Amalfi to Capri, following the beautiful coastline and passing the islands of the mythical sirens that were mentioned in Homer's Iliadand Odyssey. As you approach, witness Capri’s coastline in all its glory: mighty cliffs, shard-like rock formations, crashing blue seas. Have your camera at the ready on this short cruise. When you arrive in Capri, you will see the popular sights, then take a beautiful circuit walk. During this walk you will pass Villa Jovis (the ruins of the most impressive Roman villa on the island, once home to Emperor Tiberius and explore the winding alleyways of the village of Capri. Part of your walk follows untouched coastline, and at the end you have some free time to explore the center or to dip your feet in the water. Your walk can be extended or shortened in many ways today, depending on the wishes of the group. Late in the afternoon you will travel by boat back to Amalfi.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Kayaking & Hiking around Amalfi - Get ready for a magical day of walking. Start in the quiet backstreets of Amalfi, heading up to the village of Pontone. Walk on the narrow ridge and then beneath shady pine trees and through fields of wildflowers. This brings you to a viewpoint from which you can see across the Valle del Dragone (Valley of the Dragon) and the luxurious gardens and villas of Ravello. A series of ups and downs takes you to the ruins of the famous watchtower (Torre dello Zirro). After retracing your steps to pretty Pontone, you can enjoy a drink under the shade of lemon trees and gaze down upon the town of Amalfi. Then walk down into the shaded Valle dei Mulini (Valley of the Watermills). Here you will find remnants of Europe’s earliest paper mills, strewn among thick foliage fed by the valley's streams. You may pass locals collecting wild mushrooms and stout men carrying half their body weight in lemons on their heads. The path takes you deep into the valley and the entrance of the nature reserve ‘Valle delle Ferriere’. This is one of the most interesting nature reserves of the area and an ideal place for lunch. From here it's an hour back down to Amalfi, past the Museo della Carta (paper museum). We then gather on the beach of Amalfi for another unique experience: paddling along the stunning coastline. After a brief introduction, we will outfit everyone with paddle and offer some basic kayaking instruction (if needed!), and then embark on our trip along the coast towards the amazing small little beach of Santacroce. Then slowly paddle back to Amalfi.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Hiking to Ravello / Amalfi - This morning head up to Ravello – another highlight of the coast. The French novelist André Gide once described this town as being ‘closer to the sky than the seashore’. For centuries, its lofty position and sunny dry climate has made it an appealing place for writers, artists, musicians and travellers. Ravello also boasts two magnificent villas – the superb 11th Century Villa Rufolo which was once a papal residence and later the home of Wagner, and Villa Cimbrone, a 19th Century mansion with fabulous gardens and unequalled views over the Gulf of Salerno. Head down and pass the village of Atrani, a small coastal village close Amalfi town.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Amalfi - After breakfast this morning, your 'Walking the Amalfi Coast' adventure comes to an end. There are no more activities planned for today and you're able to depart at any time. From here, it's easy to arrange onward connections. You may wish to board one of a number of ferries that sail from Amalfi to Salerno or Naples. Alternatively, there are local SITA buses that run to Sorrento, Salerno or Naples where you can catch onward rail connections. Your leader will be able to assist.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Levanto - Buongiorno! Welcome to Italy. Your adventure begins in Levanto on the Ligurian coast with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. If you arrive early, why not stroll through the gorgeous town, admiring the orange, yellow and blue architecture or chill out on the beach? Tonight, take in the atmosphere of this seaside location and maybe head out to dinner with your new travel companions.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Hiking in Cinque Terre / Biking to Framura - Embark on your first walk along the coast from Levanto to Monterosso – the first of the five villages of the Cinque Terre. The first part of the walk leads you through the centre of Levanto’s Old Town, past the cathedral and up to its castle. Continue to Punta Mesco – the most notable promontory in the region. Visit the ruins of an 11th-century hermitage and the ruins of the lighthouse nearby. Here, you’ll have marvellous views of the rugged coastline can find a nice spot to stop for a picnic lunch. Then, follow the steep path down into Monterosso – a colourful village with blue, red and yellow houses that cluster along the beachfront. Take your time to explore this little town before taking the local train back to Levanto. In the afternoon, explore the coast on bikes and ride along the old coastal railway line to Framura, now turned into a beautiful cycling path. Maybe enjoy an aperitif overlooking the sea before returning to Levanto for the night.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Hiking in Cinque Terre - Take a short train ride to Riomaggiore this morning – the southernmost of the five villages. Here, you’ll start the classic coastal walk that links the five villages. Head to Manarola – a little village with steep multi-coloured houses overlooking a rocky port (you can take the train if you prefer). Make your way up through a terraced landscape to the village of Volastra, then continue your walk along one of the most beautiful trails in the area. Through terraced vineyards and the occasional forest, you’ll approach Corniglia, which sits on a ridge overlooking the sea. Next is the little hamlet of Prevo, where you’ll trail through terraced vineyards and citrus groves. Enjoy some of the best views in the region as you approach Vernazza, dominated by its old fortress. Follow the contours of the hillside on a narrow track into the village. After a day of walking, maybe wind down with a drink in Vernazza at the harbour, surrounded by its brightly painted boats.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Hiking to Portovenere - Start your day with a short train ride back to the tiny village of Riomaggiore. Embark on a walk to Portovenere at the very end of the peninsula. Today’s trail is the most challenging of the Ligurian walks but is maybe the most rewarding. First, tackle a steep flight of stairs, then walk along an undulating track to reach the sanctuary of the Madonna di Montenero (those who wish to opt out of this climb can catch a bus instead). After stopping at the sanctuary for a short break, continue your walk to Campiglia. Follow the contours of the coastal cliffs, passing terraced vineyards and wonderful views of the coastline. Pass the abandoned village of Lemmen and walk high on the ridge through vineyards and pine forests. Descend to the little village of Campiglia, where you can stop for lunch, then continue towards Portovenere for more spectacular coastal views. When you arrive at the 16th-century castle above the village, you might be able to catch a glimpse of the white marble peaks of the Apuan Alps before heading to St Peter’s Point and then into the heart of the village. After some free time to relax in Portovenere, take a public boat to your base in Levanto – a lovely way to see the coast from the water.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Levanto / Santa Margherita - Today, transfer from Levanto to Santa Margherita. You can either walk part of the way or take the train for the entire distance. If you decide to walk, you’ll be travelling on the so-called Wild West Walk that follows the beach, then heads into the foothills and down to the seaside village of Bonassola (a good place for a morning coffee). Stroll through the seaside hills to the small village of Framura – a collection of ancient hamlets on a hillside, distinctive due to its red rocks. From Costa, the largest hamlet, walk around the hills for views out to sea. You can opt to continue your walk to the resort of Deiva Marina or walk back down to the coast to swim before catching the train to Santa Margherita.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Hiking & Kayaking on Portofino Peninsula - Today, you’ll see the best of the Portofino Peninsula. First, take a short walk through the historical centre of Santa Margherita Ligure, where you can also do some shopping for your picnic lunch. Then walk into the hills and enjoy beautiful views across the bay. By late morning, you’ll reach Portofino – one of the most typical Ligurian seaside villages and a popular resort for jet setters. Explore this charming village and take the scenic walk to the church, castle and lighthouse, where you can look back on the inlet of Portofino. After your picnic lunch, it’s time to get ready for a great paddling adventure! In a small inlet near Portofino, you’ll grab a paddle and go kayaking along the stunning headland of Portofino. When you arrive, maybe enjoy a relaxed aperitif on the beach, go for a swim or explore the village before returning to Santa Margherita.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Santa Margherita - Today, you can relax in Santa Margherita, stroll through its beautiful town centre or enjoy the beach. Maybe take the train to Camogli or Genoa to explore the city, or opt to join a walk across the beautiful hills of the Portofino Peninsula. From the small hamlet of Ruta, you can walk along some splendid fin-de-siecle villas towards the highest point of the Peninsula – Monte Portofino. You’ll then have several longer and shorter options to reach the Abbey of San Fruttuoso – an 11th-century marvel set in a secluded cove and reachable only by boat or on foot. All walks bring you through a verdant forested landscape with amazing views across the Gulf of Tigullio and the Golfo Paradiso. When you arrive, maybe visit the abbey or go for a swim. Take a boat to Camogli and admire the beautiful coastline from the sea. In Camogli, take your time to wander around the colourful historic centre and enjoy a relaxed drink or grab a gelato on one of its many terraces.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Santa Margherita - Your trip comes to an end after breakfast. With regular trains to Genoa, Milan, Florence and Pisa, this is the perfect spot from which to continue your adventure. If you'd like to book additional nights, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Naples - Buongiorno! Welcome to Italy. When you arrive in Naples, you’ll be met by a local representative and transferred to your comfortable hotel. Your adventure starts with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. If you arrive early, maybe head out and discover some of Naples' impressive architecture and monuments, many of which date back to the Spanish rule of the 16th and 17th centuries as well as Roman times. Perhaps check out the Royal Palace of Naples or head through a grand plaza to Museo di Capodimonte. A European cultural capital since the time of the Greeks, this city has lots to offer. After your meeting, you’ll join your local leader and small group for a delicious welcome dinner at a local restaurant.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Mount Vesuvius hike & Capri - After breakfast, set off on your first hike on the Mount Vesuvius climb (1281m) – a still active strata-volcano known for its infamous eruption in 79 AD that turned Pompeii and Herculaneum into ash. The main trail, known as the Grand Cono, is accessible to hikers of all levels and provides an unforgettable experience. As you hike to the summit, take in the surrounding views as you pass ancient ruins and rugged terrain, leading to views into the steaming volcano crater and sweeping panoramas over the Bay of Naples. After the hike it’s time to head to the charming town of Sorrento, stopping for lunch at a family-run limoncello farm to enjoy some of the region’s local produce like olive oil and of course limoncello. Later, catch the ferry across to the beautiful island of Capri – an island primarily made of limestone and known for its rugged cliffs, azure waters, and hidden coves. You'll spend the next two nights in the historic Hotel San Michele. A Capri icon since 1880 you have ample time to wander the well tended gardens or relax in the hotel pool, the largest pool on the island.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Capri & Sentiero dei Fortini hike - This morning, set off on a scenic hike along the Sentiero dei Fortini, an easy coastal trail that traces the ruggedly beautiful western side of Capri. Start near the Grotta Azzurra – the island’s iconic Blue Cave – and walk through the Pinewood of Damecuta, a stretch of pine forest that surrounds the ruins of Villa Damecuta. From here, you’ll continue along the coastline, passing rocky coves and cliffs to reach Punta del Miglio and Punta Campetiello, where you’ll see the historic Mesola Fort. Along the way, stop at viewpoints like Belvedere degli Agli and Fortino di Pino before finishing your hike at the beach of Punta Carena Lighthouse. If the weather is warm and the waters calm perhaps take a dip. The afternoon is free for you to continue exploring Capri. Maybe visit the Blue Grotto itself – a sea cave known for its glowing blue water, created by sunlight passing through an underwater cavity, hike the hairpins of Via Krupp and the nearby Gardens of Augustus, or take in the amazing sunset views from the Monte Solaro chairlift.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Amalfi Coast & Path of the Lemons hike - Take the ferry from Capri to Amalfi this morning. When you arrive in town take a private vehicle along the famous coastline to get your first glimpse of your hotel in Vietri sul Mare before driving to the seaside town of Maiori, where you’ll start today’s hike. Follow the historic Sentiero dei Limoni (Path of the Lemons) through centuries-old lemon groves and terraced hillsides to the neighbouring town of Minori. Along the way on this undulating path, enjoy sweeping views of the bay and take the opportunity to sample fresh lemons or homemade lemonade from local producers along the way. Then, continue back to Vietri sul Mare later this afternoon. Known as the 'gateway to the Amalfi Coast' this (relatively) hidden gem is first and foremost known for its art, especially the colourful ceramics that can be found in every corner of this charming town! After dinner perhaps kick back and sip a glass of vino from the hotel terrace that looks directly out over the blue waters of the Amalfi Coast.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Amalfi Coast & Path of the Gods hike - After breakfast, drive along the stunning coastline then set off on one of the most iconic and scenic hiking routes on the Amalfi Coast – the Sentiero degli Dei (Path of the Gods). Start in Agerola and as you hike along this undulating path take in the panoramic views of the sun-drenched cliffs, hidden coves and terraced villages that seem to tumble into the sea. The scenery is so cinematic it feels straight out of a movie – so keep your camera at hand. Follow the coastal path all the way into Positano – a colourful cliffside village known for its pebble beachfront and steep, winding streets. Stop for lunch, explore the narrow streets lined with boutiques and cafes or simply relax by the beach before continuing your journey back to Vietri sul Mare for the afternoon. Perhaps visit the Municipal Villa, walk the hilly Old Town, visit the ceramics museum or simply relax after a rewarding day's hiking.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Pompeii & Naples - This morning, depart the Amalfi Coast and take a short drive back to Naples. Along the way, stop for a guided tour of one of Campania’s most famous ancient sites, the legendary ruins of Pompeii. Learn about the history of its Forum, amphitheatre, temples, and beautifully preserved villas and commercial buildings, in streets frozen in time by the ash-laden eruption of Mount Vesuvius. After your walk through history, head to a nearby family-run vineyard for a relaxed lunch. Indulge in local food and wine and enjoy the surrounding countryside. Then, continue back to nearby Naples where you have free time to explore the city that’s said to be the birthplace of pizza! Tonight, head out to a local restaurant for a farewell dinner with your group and leader and celebrate as your time walking and hiking on the Amalfi Coast comes to an end.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Naples - Your trip comes to an end today. As there are no activities planned, you are welcome to leave at any time. If you would like to stay longer, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Cortina d'Ampezzo - Buongiorno! Welcome to Italy. When you arrive at the Venice Marco Polo Airport (VCE) this afternoon, you’ll be met by a local representative and transferred to the town of Cortina d'Ampezzo – gateway to Italy’s stunning Dolomites and home of the 2026 Winter Olympics. Cortina sits in the shadow of the Tofane – three peaks that are among the highest and most dramatic peaks in the entire Dolomites. Settle in and unpack at your comfortable hotel before your welcome meeting at 6 pm where you’ll meet your local leader and group. Then head out for an included dinner to get to know your fellow hikers before you set off on your hiking adventure.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Cortina d'Ampezzo - Cinque Torri (Five Towers) guided hike - After breakfast, take your private transfer along the scenic Great Dolomites Road to the circular trail of the Three Refuges in Cinque Torri (Five Towers). Start at the Baita Bai de Dones hut, then save your legs and take the 5 Torri chairlift to the panoramic Scoiattoli refuge. Enjoy lunch with sweeping views of the 5 Torri. Hike beneath towering orange-hued rock formations to the restored trenches of the 5 Torri Open-Air Museum of World War 1 – the largest in the Dolomites. Learn how Austrian and Italian troops once battled across these rugged peaks. Now on the east side of the 5 Torri, walk towards the historic Clinque Torri refuge, before following the downhill forest path to Lake Bai de Dones. Pause to soak up reflections of Tofana di Rozes in the clear water, then return to Cortina. The afternoon is yours to relax or maybe wander Cortina’s town centre.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Cortina d'Ampezzo - Val Gardena guided hike - Enjoy breakfast then take a spectacular one hour drive east to the Corvara region and into the Val Gardena, a favourite destination not just because of the infinite hiking paths but also the stunning views over the Sella group to the south and the rugged Cir Peaks to the north. As soon as you begin your hike you are treated to a spectacular vista of the Sella, Sassolungo and Alta Badia as you head up to the Jimmy Hutte, a beautiful rifugio with some of the best views in the Dolomites. Take a moment to relax, perhaps grab a drink and soak in those views before continuing on through the Val Gardena as the path undulates its way east before zigzagging its way upwards to the Col Pradat and our second amazing rifugio for the day, the Pradat Hutte. Here a incredible Dolomite landscape opens up - in front of you the mighty Sella massif and the endless rolling green meadows dotted with alpine flowers. Perhaps take in lunch with a view before descending the path to the village of Corvara far below. For those feeling a bit more leisurely you have the option of taking the cable car down to the village before enjoying the easy drive back to Cortina for a free evening to explore.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Cortina d'Ampezzo – Lake Federa guided hike - Set off on the short drive to Pezie de Paru to begin a gentle hike through forested paths to Lake Federa. Located between the massifs Croda da Lago, Cristallo, Antelao, Sorapiss and Becco di Mezzodi, the alpine lake remains full year-round, fed by underground springs. Begin hiking along a historic mule track to Cason de Formin, then zigzag up a wooded slope to a spectacular viewpoint over the Ampezzo valley. From there, descend to Lake Federa, where calm waters mirror the surrounding peaks. Take a break at the Croda da Lago refuge – a mountain hut by the lake – and maybe sample one of their 56 flavours of grappa. Continue back to the starting point of your hike for the short drive back to Cortina and enjoy a local cheese tasting and light lunch. This afternoon you may wish to visit the Observatory of Helmut Ullrich at Col Druscie for a unique close-up view of the sun.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Cortina d'Ampezzo - Tre Cime di Lavaredo guided hike - Today marks your final, and perhaps best, hike in the Dolomites. Experience Tre Cime di Lavaredo from every angle as you hike around the three towering pillars of the Dolomites. Set off from Rifugio Auronzo, following a mostly flat gravel path. Enjoy sweeping views over the Auronzo Valley as you walk toward the Cappela degli Alpini. Take a short detour to a scenic viewpoint before rejoining the main trail to Rifugio Laveredo. From here, gradually climb to Forcella Lavaredo, then continue to Rifugio Locatelli. Leave the main path to visit the twin alpine lake – Laghi dei Piani – before making a final short climb to Sasso di Sesto for panoramic views of Rifugio Locatelli, the alpine chapel and of course Tre Cim, before descending into the green valley. As the spikey crags of the Cadini di Misurina reappear, you’ll follow the path to Rifugio Auronzo and maybe have a refreshing drink on the terrace. Later, you’ll drive through the Dolomites for a farewell dinner in Cortina.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Cortina d'Ampezzo - With no activities planned after breakfast, you’re free to leave at any time. If you’d like to extend your stay in Contina d’Ampezzo , just speak to your booking agent ahead of time to organise additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Dubrovnik - Dobro Dosli! Welcome to Croatia. Your adventure begins in Dubrovnik – a beautiful stone town surrounded entirely by medieval fortifications. With the sparkling water of the Adriatic in the background, Dubrovnik is picturesque, full of character and easily covered on foot. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6.30 pm, but if you arrive early, why not take a walk inside the city walls. After your meeting, maybe head out for a dinner to get to know your fellow travellers. Croatian cuisine varies between regions, but an unwavering favourite is the charcuterie – traditionally created with pork, charcuterie involves using a lot of specially prepared meats, all of which showcase flavours specific to their preservation process.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Kotor - After breakfast, you will visit an olive farm in the village of Tici, located in the Lustica Bay area near Kotor. Discover the art of olive pressing as your hosts share their second-generation organic olive oil production techniques. Wander through the beautiful olive groves before arriving at an ancient stone olive mill, where olives were once milled by hand. A guided tasting will give you an insight into what makes for good oil. It will be accompanied by local ham, cheese and grape brandy. Back in Kotor, consider getting lost in the town’s crooked walkways, or maybe climb the hills behind the city to see Kotor’s ruined fortification walls. With a free night, you could have dinner at a local wine bar.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Prizren - Say goodbye to Montenegro and head to Kosovo. The first stop on the journey is Rozafa Fortress, Albania – one of the last strongholds of the allied Christian forces against invading Ottomans in the 15th century. In the afternoon, arrive in Prizren – the second largest city in Kosovo. This city remains the most culturally and ethnically diverse in all of Kosovo. The rest of the day is yours to explore at your own pace. The abundance of orange rooftops makes for an interesting sight, as do the impressive mosques and churches in the city. For dinner, perhaps ask your leader for some local restaurant suggestions.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Ohrid - Start the day with a guided tour of Prizren. Pass by the sights, smells and sounds of the bazaar, with a whole range of specialties on offer, including stuffed peppers. After visiting the bazaar, continue to Pristina – Kosovo’s capital and largest city. Your leader will take you on another guided tour, exploring the city centre, then tuck into a Kosovo-Serb barbecue prepared by the local hosts who serve sausages and other pork delicacies from their personal smokehouse. Take some time to explore the surrounding Gracanica settlement and monastery. The area serves as the home of one of the few dominantly Serbian populations in Kosovo. After, leave Kosovo behind and travel into North Macedonia. Your first stop will be the St Jovan Bigorski Monastery (St John the Baptist), which is widely renowned as the most spiritual monastery in North Macedonia. Then drive on to Ohrid where you’ll spend the night.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Ohrid - Ohrid is Europe’s oldest lake and, as one of the oldest human settlements in the world, it’s got a wealth of historic sites and religious monuments. The town is said to have once been home to 365 churches, one for each day of the year, earning it the nickname ‘the Macedonian Jerusalem’. Today is free for you to explore, maybe picking up a bargain or two in the vibrant Old Bazaar. Alternatively, consider joining your leader for an optional daytrip to Ohrid Lake and the Sveti Naum Monastery – one of the most important places of pilgrimage in North Macedonia. Take in the ancient Tzar Samoil’s Fortress, which stands on the top of Ohrid Hill and looks across the town, along with a 2000-year-old Roman theatre that was uncovered near its upper gate. The Sveti Jovana Kaneo church, which sits on a rocky outcrop overlooking the lake, is one of the most popular in North Macedonia. This evening, head to Kuratica – a village on the outskirts of Ohrid. Here, you’ll experience local hospitality and enjoy a home-cooked meal. Your host also brews his own rakija, which you’re welcome to sample for a quick warm up of your insides!

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Bitola - After leaving your accommodation in Ohrid, head down to the green market for a traditional breakfast. You might like to try the best burek in town or enjoy a gjomleze pie (a traditional dish made from an old Ohrid recipe). Drive onward to Lake Prespa, popular with Macedonian holidaymakers. Here, you’ll visit a local apple farm and have the chance to taste some of the fresh produce yourself. Then, head to the little village of Dolno Dupeni on Lake Prespa, where you’ll be invited into a local home for a cooking demonstration and some lunch. Continue to Bitola and relax in one of the city’s many cafes or explore the stalls of the Old Bazaar.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Bitola - Today you’ll visit Dihovo – a small village sitting in the foothills of Mt Pelister. A local beekeeper will teach you about the honeybee and you’ll get hands-on with an open beehive demonstration. After, taste some honey extracted straight from the comb before having a home-cooked meal in a traditional villa. All the ingredients are organic and come from the family’s private gardens. Return to Bitola in the afternoon and maybe take a guided tour of the ancient town and archaeological site of Heraclea Lyncestis, located on the outskirts of Bitola. Heraclea was founded by Philip II of Macedonia in the fourth century BC after he had conquered the surrounding region of Lyncestis. The city was named in honour of the mythological hero Heracles, whom Philip considered his ancestor.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Skopje - Start the day with a trip out to the Stobi archaeological site for a short walk. Stobi, once known as Paeonia, was conquered by the ancient kingdom of Macedon and became the capital of the Roman province of Macedonia Salutaris. Continue to Tikves wine district – the production of grapes is prominent in North Macedonia, thanks to an abundance of sunshine and rich, rocky soil. Today’s adventure offers a taste of local varieties at two of the country’s finest wineries. Enjoy a pairing of delicious local cheeses and cured meats next to these wines this afternoon. Arrive in Skopje in the late afternoon and take a guided walking tour of the centre city, tasting traditional Macedonian sweets along the way. Head out with your fellow travellers for a final dinner in Debar Maalo, the bohemian heart of Skopje. Your leader will ensure all your favourite dishes are ordered for one last celebration.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Skopje - With no activities planned for today, you are free to leave the accommodation at any time. That doesn’t mean your adventure has to end! If you wish to spend more time in Skopje or want to explore the fascinating Matka Canyon, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Heraklion - Welcome to Crete! Greece’s largest island delights with clear waters, charming villages and a tangible history. Your island adventure begins with an 6pm welcome meeting where you’ll meet your local leader and fellow travellers. After the group meeting, perhaps head out for dinner with the group, and get your bearings around the capital with a leader-led orientation walk of Heraklion.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Knossos / Agios Ioannis - This morning head out of the city to the renowned archaeological site of Knossos, considered to be Europe’s oldest city. Explore the ruins with your leader and soak in hundreds and thousands of years of history within its walls. Continue your Crete discovery with one of its most celebrated commodities during a visit to a nearby winery for a wine tasting. Take your time discovering the grape varietals grown in Crete, sampling a range of small-batch vintages. Then it’s time to check out some quiet corners of Crete – continue to the tiny coastal town of Chora Sfakion (sometimes referred to as Sfakia) and the historic village of Anopolis for some short stops, then carry on to Aradaina, teetering on the edge of a gorge, and learn about the history of this dramatic area. Your final stop for the day is the delightful village of Agios Ioannis, nestled into the foothills of the White Mountains. Your well-earned dinner this evening will be a lively affair - a perfect introduction to village life in Crete. Spend the night in a traditional guesthouse.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: South Coast / Sougia - Bid farewell to Agios Ioannis and drive back to Chora Sfakion where you’ll board our private boat along Crete's stunning south coast to the village of Sougia. This is Crete at its very best – an undiscovered sweep of beach overlooked by brooding mountains. It’s almost too pretty to believe, but believe it, you’re here! Upon arrival in Sougia the afternoon is yours to spend at leisure, and it’s certainly not hard to find something amazing to do. You may like to explore one of the coastal trails, take a swim in the warm waters, or just lay back on the beach and let life tick along around you with a drink in hand.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Agia Irini Gorge / Sougia - Rise early and board a private transfer bound for the Agia Irini Gorge, carved through the west side of the White Mountains. Set off on a shady hike through the gorge as your leader shares stories of the area’s historical past and how it once hid Greek rebels during the Turkish Occupation. The hike is expected to take around three hours and you’ll be rewarded with fantastic views along the way, plus the chance to spot the unique flora and fauna of the region, including endangered Cretan wild goats, cypress, pine, and dittany trees. The rest of the afternoon is yours to spend as you please in Sougia.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Chania - Say goodbye to Sougia this morning and catch a local bus to Chania. Beachside, colourful and full of culture, Chania is definitely a traveller’s favorite. Today, join an included guided tour of Old Town. Explore the city markets, the Ottoman neighborhood and Jewish quarter, passing by the workshops of traditional artisans of local pottery, knives and many more. The town is also bursting with excellent restaurants, so be sure to ask your leader for dinner recommendations this evening.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Chania - Start the day with a ‘kalitsounia’ workshop and experience firsthand how one of the most famous Cretan pastries is made. Kalitsounia is commonly had as an appetizer or for breakfast and you can choose your fillings according to your taste: Cretan ‘mizithra’ or ‘anthotyro’ cheese, legendary Cretan greens or choose a sweet filling instead. It’s tasty, nutritious and you can take them with you to enjoy later in the day. Enjoy some free time at leisure in Chania, perhaps taking the time to visit any spots you may have missed yesterday, or simply sitting back with a coffee and watching the locals go about their business. This evening you may like to head out to a local restaurant for a final dinner and use your knowledge of Cretan wine to pair with your meal.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Chania - With no activities planned for the day, your adventure on Crete comes to an end after breakfast this morning. If you’d like to spend some more time exploring the island, just get in touch ahead of time and we can assist in arranging some additional accommodation to extend your stay (subject to availability).

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Sao Miguel Island / Ponta Delgada - Ola! Welcome to Sao Miguel Island, the largest in the Azores. Affectionately nicknamed the ‘Green Island’, you can expect to be greeted by mountainous terrains and lush flora. Your island adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm, where you’ll meet your group leader and fellow travellers. If you arrive early, perhaps wander along the seaside promenade of Ponta Delgada town, pick up a plate of bacalhau (dried and salted cod) at the farmer’s market in Mercado da Graca, or even sample some fresh seafood at the local restaurants.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Sao Miguel Island / Ponta Delgada - Begin your day with a picturesque walk around Lagoa das Furnas, where you'll witness the unique process of preparing Cozido das Furnas—a traditional stew slow-cooked underground using volcanic heat, one of Portugal’s most distinctive dishes. Next, explore Terra Nostra Park, where you can either soak in the warm, mineral-rich hot springs or wander through the lush botanical gardens. For lunch, savor the delicious Cozido with your group before heading to the Caldeiras in Furnas village to sample the naturally carbonated mineral waters. Your guide will then lead you to Miradouro de Santa Iria, a stunning northern viewpoint offering sweeping views of the island’s dramatic coastline. Afterward, learn about tea cultivation at a historic tea plantation, and conclude your tour at the Ananás dos Açores Boa Fruta Plantation, where you'll taste pineapple liqueurs and other pineapple-based delicacies.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Sao Miguel Island / Ponta Delgada - This morning, you’ll visit Lagoa das Sete Cidades – a green freshwater lake nestled in a volcanic caldera. After, you’re free to explore the island on your own terms. If you’d like to learn about Azorean natural history then the Museu Carlos Machado is the place for you. The building sits in a 16th-century convent, which is as much of an attraction as the museum itself. If you want to stay outdoors, consider taking in your surroundings from a rented bike or paddleboard. You can also change things up with a visit to Ponta Delgada, the capital of the Azores. Wander the cobbled streets and admire the various architectural styles, and maybe try some local seafood when you get hungry.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Faial Island / Horta - Enjoy a free morning before your early afternoon flight to Horta, Faial Island. This island is sometimes referred to as ‘Blue Island’ because of the iconic blue hydrangeas dotted all around that bloom during summer. When you arrive, your leader will explain all this and more on an orientation walk. The rest of the day is free to explore the port town of Horta. You can chill out on the seafront or perhaps call into Cafe Sport (aka Peter’s Bar) for a famous G&T. This watering hole was once a crucial post office and gossip stop for travelling sailors in a pre-internet era. For some, it still is.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Pico Island / Faial Island / Horta - Hop on a ferry to Pico Island – the second- largest island in the Azores. Known as 'Black Island’ for its black volcanic earth, Pico is the proud home of UNESCO-designated vineyards that have played a major role in the community’s development. On your tour of the island, visit Arcos do Cachorro (lava tunnels), where you’ll learn more about its volcanic past. Then, call into a family-owned distillery for a tasting and discover their special techniques. Finish your tour at Criacao Velha for a stunning view of Pico's unique vineyards. After, you might like to head out for some optional whale watching. Up until 1980, the island supported a substantial whaling industry due to the deep waters of the surrounding Atlantic. Fortunately, the end of the industry means whale watching has become a popular activity for visitors. In the evening, return to Faial Island.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Faial Island / Horta - Get your hiking boots on as you start the day on a walking trail in Horta. After, visit the island's resident volcano, Capelinhos. You’ll head to the volcano interpretation centre, as climbing up is not considered safe. Capelinhos last erupted in 1957 and changed the island permanently, adding an extra kilometre of land mass and blanketing the surrounding area with five metres of volcanic ash. You’ll learn more about this eruption and the most famous volcanoes in the world at the centre. For the rest of the day, you're free to explore as you wish.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Faial Island / Horta - Your trip will come to an end after breakfast. For those who wish to stay in the Azores, reach out to your booking agent ahead of time to organise additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Valletta - Merhba! Welcome to Malta. Your adventure starts in Valletta – this little Mediterranean island packs a real punch when it comes to historical sights and attractions. You’ll have a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight at your hotel, where you’ll meet your local leader and the other members of your group. If you arrive early, you may like to visit the National Museum of Archaeology or take a stroll along the restaurant-lined waterfront. After your meeting, why not get to know your group over dinner in town – your leader will be able to recommend some great spots. Aljotta (fish soup) and gbejniet (Maltese cheese) are particularly delicious!

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Valletta - This morning, head out on a guided walking tour of Valletta. Stop by a traditional cafe to sample some tasty Maltese pour-over coffee. Once you’re energised, make your way to the St. John's Co-Cathedral to learn about the city’s fascinating connection to the Order of the Knights of St. John. Then, swing by the Upper Barrakka Gardens – a public space with a history stretching back to the 16th century. From the gardens, ride a large elevator down to the Grand Harbour – taking in the views as you descend – and hop aboard a ferry to explore the rest of the city. Take a step back in time as you walk the winding streets and find remnants of Malta’s turbulent past, before returning to Valletta to enjoy the rest of the afternoon as you wish.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Malta / Gozo - Get to know more of Malta today on a daytrip around the island. Stop in the fishing town of Marsaxlokk first to check out the local market and the colourful fishing boats. Then, continue to the archaeological site of Hagar Qim – it’s one of the world’s oldest religious sites, dating as far back as 3600 BC, exploring the remains of the ancient temple. After building up an appetite, head to a local restaurant housed in an 18th-century Baroque building, renowned for its local ingredients, for an authentic farm-to-table experience. Your next stop is the fortified city of Mdina, where your leader will explain centuries of Phoenician, Roman, Byzantine and Arab history. Since it served as the island’s capital until the medieval period, there’s lots to learn as you walk around the walls. Continue to Cirkewwa and board a ferry bound for Mgarr – a harbour town on the neighbouring island of Gozo. You’ll then hop on a private transport to Marsalforn, your final destination for the day and your base for your time in Gozo. This evening, take a well-deserved break and soak up the laidback atmosphere of this seaside resort town.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Gozo - This morning head to Gozo’s capital – Victoria – and explore the ancient citadel, as well as some of the town’s museums, including the Gozo Museum of Archaeology, Gran Castello Historic House and Gozo Nature Museum. Later, continue your day with a coastal hike from Xlendi to the Ta Cenc Cliffs. The trail runs close to the cliff’s edge, giving you unparalleled views of the Mediterranean. As you near the end, follow a country road to a little town called Sannat and refuel with a pastry from a local bakery. This evening is free to enjoy some of the local restaurants and bars of Marsalforn.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Gozo - Today, walk to the Salt Pans in Xwejni, which date back to Roman times. Learn how the land is designed to extract salt from saltwater from a local family who has been harvesting from these pans for over 150 years. In summer, you might even witness the harvesting for yourself! After, embark on a hike along Gozo’s North coast to Wied il-Ghasri, known for its high cliffs and crystal-clear waters. Cool down with a swim in a secluded inlet before returning to Marsalforn. Later it is time to visit a family run local winery where you will taste some of the local wines. Tonight, don’t forget to ask your leader for recommendations on the best bars and restaurants in the area.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Gozo / Valletta - The day is yours to discover more of what Gozo has to offer. With something to suit every interest, be sure to ask your local leader for tips on how to get the most out of your free time. You may like to head to one of the island’s beautiful beaches, stretch out with a good book, or cool down with frequent dips in the Mediterranean. Or, if you prefer to stay active, you could hike to more ancient ruins and medieval villages. However you decide to spend your time here, it’s sure to be a day to remember! In the afternoon, get back together with your group to bid farewell to Gozo and take a ferry back to Valletta. Upon arrival, perhaps go out with your fellow travelers for one last dinner together.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Valletta - With no activities planned, your adventure comes to an end after breakfast today. If you’d like to extend your stay, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time to organise additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Rome - Buongiorno! Welcome to Italy. Your adventure begins in the collossal city of Rome – a capital where modern restaurants and cafes live among ancient ruins and religious monuments. You’ll have a welcome meeting tonight at 6 pm to meet your local leader and fellow travellers. If you arrive early, and it’s recommended that you do, maybe take a tour of the Colosseum – one of the famed Seven Wonders of the World – grab dinner in trendy Trastevere and throw a coin into the Trevi Fountain, making a wish to return to the 'Eternal City'. After tonight's meeting, why not head out for dinner with your group and indulge in some classic Italian cuisine (maybe with a glass of the local vino).

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Rome - When in Rome! Join your leader on an orientation walk around the city and spot the iconic sites like the Colosseum and Arch of Constantine, the Forum (centre of ancient Rome), the Victor Emmanuel Monument, the Pantheon, via Condotti and the Spanish Steps. Your afternoon is then free to explore at your own pace. Maybe recharge with a slice of pizza and a strong espresso at the Piazza Navona or head into Vatican City and St Peter's Basilica. Entry to the Basilica is free and there's a small charge to climb the dome for a panorama over the city. History buffs may also want to walk through the ancient halls of the Pantheon.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Florence - This morning, depart the Eternal City and catch a train to Florence. When you arrive, check into the hotel and go for a brief walk around the area to get your bearings. Florence is one of the most culturally rich and beautiful cities in Italy, known to many as the beating heart of Tuscany. The Medicis, Leonardo da Vinci, Raphael, Brunelleschi, Machiavelli, Donatello and Michelangelo all lived in Florence at the height of their creative reign. Food is a major part of the city's identity, so you’ll be spoiled for choice when it comes to lunch and dinner. Meat lovers should try the bistecca alla fiorentina (a huge T-bone steak that's usually shared between two people) or ribollita (a thick vegetable soup with bread, beans and greens). Panforte is the signature sweet treat, so maybe grab some in the afternoon or after dinner.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Pisa / Florence - Set out to the nearby city of Pisa. When you arrive, head out on a short orientation walk then visit the world-famous Leaning Tower. Grab your classic pinching-the-tower photo, then visit the Duomo (Piazza dei Miracoli, once the largest in Europe) and Pisa Baptistry (it's not always possible to climb the tower). The tower was built in the 12th century, but its foundation was on shifting sand and clay, meaning that it now leans at an angle of 4 degrees (after restoration and stabilising work). Wander the narrow streets, which feature everything from high-end boutiques to specialty book and antique stores, and maybe end the afternoon with an aperitif. Head back to Florence and make the most of your free afternoon to soak up the culturally rich atmosphere. Maybe walk up to Piazzale Michelangelo, set on a hill on the south bank of the Arno River, to take in the views of the city.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Florence / Bologna - This morning, jump on a train to Bologna. Often neglected by travellers, Bologna is a charming city filled with medieval and Renaissance buildings and art. Get acquainted with this orange-hued hub during an orientation walk, then learn the fine art of Italian cooking with an evening cooking class. Here, you’ll be crafting the king of comfort food – pasta, of course! After learning the tricks of the trade, tuck into your creations for dinner.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Bologna / Venice - Early this morning, get the train to the postcard-perfect city of Venice. Full of bridges, towers, piazzas, canals, churches and gondolas that remain practically unchanged since the 15th century, Venice is just as beautiful as you've always imagined. An orientation walk will help you to get the hang of the maze of the complex canal system, then you can set out on your own. Meet back up with your group in the late afternoon for a cicchetti walking tour (small snacks served in most bars and cafes) Snack and sip your way through the bars and taverns, soaking up the local culture in the best way.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Venice - Today is for exploring Venice and there are only two ways to get around this city – on foot or by boat. This morning, you’ll get a taste of both. Take the Vaporetto (water bus) over to the island of San Giorgio to climb the bell tower for the best view of the city and the canals. Then, the rest of the day is free to walk at your own pace. Perhaps grab an espresso and people watch in San Marco Square or discover the incredible artwork at the Palazzo Ducale or the Peggy Guggenheim Collection. In the evening, maybe join your fellow travellers for a group dinner at a local restaurant. Venice is famous for its specialities of fresh lobster and squid ink spaghetti dishes – just ask your leader for the best spots!

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Venice - With no further activities planned, your adventure comes to an end this morning. You're free to depart the accommodation at any time before check-out. As there is so much to see in Venice, it’s recommended that you stay a few extra days. If you need help with booking additional accommodation, just speak to your booking agent at the time of booking.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Venice - Buongiorno! Welcome to Italy. Your adventure begins in Venice with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. This watery wonderland of bridges, towers, piazzas, canals, churches and gondolas – practically unchanged for 600 years – is literally sinking under the weight of its sites. If you arrive early, there are plenty of things to keep you and the family busy. Take a walk around the maze of streets behind Piazza San Marco and begin to understand the complex canal system of Venice. The Grand Canal is a great place to start, as you can stroll over the Rialto Bridge and browse the endless amounts of boutique shops that sell Venetian masks and handmade Murano glassware. After the meeting, enjoy dinner with the other families at a local restaurant.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Venice - After breakfast, venture out with the family and explore Venice on an orientation walk. There are only two ways to get around this city – on foot or by boat. Wander around at the Doge’s Palace, the Piazza and Basilica di San Marco and the Bridge of Sighs, taking in the views of the waterways as you go. Then, take a quick gondola ride over to Rialto – the heart of the city. Take some free time to explore the city and consider catching a Vaporetto (water bus) to San Giorgio to climb the bell tower for a panoramic view of Venice. Otherwise, travel down the Grand Canal via Venetian gondola and immerse yourself in the waterside culture, or check out the Palazzo Ducale, overflowing with paintings from Italian masters. Meet up again in the afternoon at the private workshop of a professional mask maker, where you’ll learn to make your own mask using traditional working methods treasured by the people of the city.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Cinque Terre - Take a morning trip to the Italian Riviera – studded with tree-coated mountainsides and colourful towns sitting in the background of the Ligurian Sea. The first stop is Levanto – sitting between a thickly wooded valley and the ocean. During your stay here, chop and blend up basil, olive oil and other ingredients at a fun pesto-making class with a local family. Once you’ve grasped these traditional Italian culinary techniques, cooking at home will undoubtedly become that much better!

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Cinque Terre - Venture out on the footpaths of Cinque Terre – a region famed for its coastline and pastel villages on sharp cliff faces. These paths weave between the villages past olive groves and vineyards and on to breathtaking vistas. You can walk just a few sections if you like – all available paths offer excellent views of the scenery. Otherwise, you’re more than welcome to take a train from village to village if you’d prefer to relax.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Pisa - Florence - Spend some time relaxing on the coastline – maybe go for a dip in the water or source some fresh local seafood. After, you’ll take an early afternoon train to Florence, stopping at Pisa along the way. Enjoy some time to explore the Piazza dei Miracoli (the Miracles Square) while taking in the intricately structured architecture of Duomo Cathedral, Piazza Del Duomo and of course, the World Heritage-listed Leaning Tower of Pisa. Grab the iconic photo with your kids (does it look like they’re pinching the tower?) When you’ve seen the sites, carry on to Florence and maybe spend the night walking around the Duomo or searching for the best pizza.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Florence - This morning, head out on a leader-led orientation walk in Florence and take in the beauty of this art haven. Stop at Piazzale Michelangelo and then enjoy a free afternoon to see the sights at your own pace. The kids might like to go on the hunt for a refreshing gelato, or if the family is seeking out more art, there are plenty of museums to check out. Maybe visit the Uffizi – one of the world's oldest art galleries and a work of art in itself. If you want to see Michelangelo's iconic statue of David, head to the Galleria dell' Accademia. In the evening, maybe climb back up to Piazzale Michelangelo for a renowned sunset view across the rooftops.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Rome - Take a train to Rome this morning – home to one of the Seven Wonders of the World, the Colosseum. When you arrive, join your leader on an orientation walk around the city, where you’ll see some of the iconic sites like the Colosseum, the Arch of Constantine, the Forum, the Victor Emmanuel Monument, Piazza Venezia, Piazza Navona, the Pantheon, Trevi Fountain and the Spanish Steps. The kids will love the gelato tasting that comes next! Hunt for the best flavour in the City of Seven Hills to cool down, then soak up a free night. You might like to rejoin the other families and find the best spot for dinner – maybe head to Trastevere to find a little candlelit table and cheers to a trip well-travelled.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Rome - With no activities planned for today, your trip comes to an end. If you’d like to extend your stay, and visit the Vatican or take a tour of the Colosseum, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Venice - Buongiorno! Welcome to Italy. Your adventure begins in Venice with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. This watery wonderland of bridges, towers, piazzas, canals, churches and gondolas – practically unchanged for 600 years – is literally sinking under the weight of its sites. If you arrive early, there are plenty of things to keep you and the family busy. Take a walk around the maze of streets behind Piazza San Marco and begin to understand the complex canal system of Venice. The Grand Canal is a great place to start, as you can stroll over the Rialto Bridge and browse the endless amounts of boutique shops that sell Venetian masks and handmade Murano glassware. After the meeting, enjoy dinner with the other families at a local restaurant.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Venice - After breakfast, venture out with the family and explore Venice on an orientation walk. There are only two ways to get around this city – on foot or by boat. Wander around at the Doge’s Palace, the Piazza and Basilica di San Marco and the Bridge of Sighs, taking in the views of the waterways as you go. Then, take a quick gondola ride over to Rialto – the heart of the city. Take some free time to explore the city and consider catching a Vaporetto (water bus) to San Giorgio to climb the bell tower for a panoramic view of Venice. Otherwise, travel down the Grand Canal via Venetian gondola and immerse yourself in the waterside culture, or check out the Palazzo Ducale, overflowing with paintings from Italian masters. Meet up again in the afternoon at the private workshop of a professional mask maker, where you’ll learn to make your own mask using traditional working methods treasured by the people of the city.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Cinque Terre - Take a morning trip to the Italian Riviera – studded with tree-coated mountainsides and colourful towns sitting in the background of the Ligurian Sea. The first stop is Levanto – sitting between a thickly wooded valley and the ocean. During your stay here, chop and blend up basil, olive oil and other ingredients at a fun pesto-making class with a local family. Once you’ve grasped these traditional Italian culinary techniques, cooking at home will undoubtedly become that much better!

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Cinque Terre - Venture out on the footpaths of Cinque Terre – a region famed for its coastline and pastel villages on sharp cliff faces. These paths weave between the villages past olive groves and vineyards and on to breathtaking vistas. You can walk just a few sections if you like – all available paths offer excellent views of the scenery. Otherwise, you’re more than welcome to take a train from village to village if you’d prefer to relax.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Pisa - Florence - Spend some time relaxing on the coastline – maybe go for a dip in the water or source some fresh local seafood. After, you’ll take an early afternoon train to Florence, stopping at Pisa along the way. Enjoy some time to explore the Piazza dei Miracoli (the Miracles Square) while taking in the intricately structured architecture of Duomo Cathedral, Piazza Del Duomo and of course, the World Heritage-listed Leaning Tower of Pisa. Grab the iconic photo with your kids (does it look like they’re pinching the tower?) When you’ve seen the sites, carry on to Florence and maybe spend the night walking around the Duomo or searching for the best pizza.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Florence - This morning, head out on a leader-led orientation walk in Florence and take in the beauty of this art haven. Stop at Piazzale Michelangelo and then enjoy a free afternoon to see the sights at your own pace. The kids might like to go on the hunt for a refreshing gelato, or if the family is seeking out more art, there are plenty of museums to check out. Maybe visit the Uffizi – one of the world's oldest art galleries and a work of art in itself. If you want to see Michelangelo's iconic statue of David, head to the Galleria dell' Accademia. In the evening, maybe climb back up to Piazzale Michelangelo for a renowned sunset view across the rooftops.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Rome - Take a train to Rome this morning – home to one of the Seven Wonders of the World, the Colosseum. When you arrive, join your leader on an orientation walk around the city, where you’ll see some of the iconic sites like the Colosseum, the Arch of Constantine, the Forum, the Victor Emmanuel Monument, Piazza Venezia, Piazza Navona, the Pantheon, Trevi Fountain and the Spanish Steps. The kids will love the gelato tasting that comes next! Hunt for the best flavour in the City of Seven Hills to cool down, then soak up a free night. You might like to rejoin the other families and find the best spot for dinner – maybe head to Trastevere to find a little candlelit table and cheers to a good group!

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Rome - Today is a full free day to explore Rome at your own pace. Maybe check out the inside of the Colosseum, made famous by that movie that came out before your kid’s were even born. You could also check out the Vatican and the astonishing Sistine Chapel. You’ll have another welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight to meet the new members of your group. After, perhaps head out for pizza, pasta and wine – when in Rome!

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Pompeii - Jump on the train today as you journey to one of the world’s most famous ancient sites – the preserved city of Pompeii. On 26 August 79 AD, Mt Vesuvius erupted, spewing molten rock and ash all over the city and causing a thriving Roman trading centre to be frozen in time. Spend a few hours on a walking tour around Pompeii – you and your kids will be captivated by the incredible stories behind this ancient tragedy as your local guide brings the history to life. The finely preserved ruins include villas, temples, theatres and a once-bustling marketplace. Your hotel this evening is located very close to the archaeological site, so you won’t have far to go once you decide to call it a day.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Minori - This morning, head to Mt Vesuvius for a short walk to the summit for views over the Bay of Naples. Soak up the view and snap plenty of photos before walking across the cinders to the lip of the central crater. Don’t worry – although Mt Vesuvius is still considered to be an active volcano, the last eruption was in 1944 and there's no sign of recent volcanic activity. See first-hand the awesome power of the volcano that engulfed the cities of Pompeii and Herculaneum, then make the descent. Continue to the Amalfi Coast town of Minori – a beloved holiday spot for thousands of years. With its fine piazzas, maze of old streets, sidewalk cafes and sparkling ocean, there is truly something for everyone here. Arrive around lunchtime, then soak up a free afternoon to explore at your own pace.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Minori - Take a free day to explore Minori at your own (or your kids) pace. There are many beaches to choose from, though the nicer ones will be more crowded (particularly during summer, from June to August). Hire a few deck chairs if you want to relax, or if you’re feeling active, maybe rent a paddle boat or kayak and explore the sea. The walk from Minori to Ravello is also beautiful and a great way to see the region – while it’s only about an hour each way, it’s steep and there are a lot of steps, so it’s moderately difficult. The views along the way more than make up for any huffing and puffing but remember to pack plenty of water and sunscreen before leaving. Tonight, why not head out to a local restaurant with your family and try the Minori speciality, scialatielli (thick ribbons of fresh pasta).

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Sorrento - Leave Minori in the rear-view mirror this morning and make the drive past mountains to an agriturismo – a working farm that also provides meals and accommodation. While you won’t be staying here tonight, you will get to spend 1.5 hours in the gorgeous surrounds, sampling produce grown on site – a sure way to get your kids to eat their veggies! Continue to Sorrento, another beautiful resort town, famous for its lemons and surrounding plunging cliffs. Arrive early in the afternoon and enjoy free time to explore.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Sorrento - Head to the port this morning and board a lifted hydrofoil boat to Capri. Cruise across the Bay of Naples before arriving in the holiday destination favoured by the Roman emperors. Capri’s dramatic rocky coastline is pierced by natural grottoes, while narrow roads wind inland through citrus groves, past villages of white houses with flower-filled gardens. Though its unmatched setting and natural beauty means it’s popular with visitors, there are still many hidden corners and treasures to explore. Wander around the Marina Grande and the little town of Capri before taking a bus up to Anacapri for the best views of the island and bay from the top of Monte Solaro (reachable by cable car). Around mid-afternoon, you’ll take the ferry back to Sorrento, where you'll learn the secrets behind Italy's famous sweet treat in a gelato making demonstration – yum!

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Sorrento - There are many options for your free morning today – maybe grab a gelato while you’re here, as Sorrento has some of the finest scoops in Italy. This afternoon, you’ll get a hands-on lesson in crafting everyone’s favourite Italian dish – pizza! Watch a cooking demonstration in a gorgeous location (an agriturismo with incredible views of Mt Vesuvius and the Bay of Naples), then enjoy the fruits (or dough) of your labour for dinner. Eat, laugh and enjoy a glass of wine while the kids explore the farm alongside the adorable wild rabbits. Soak in the southern Italian hospitality and toast to your final night on this family adventure.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Sorrento - Wave arrivederci to Italy and your new friends – with no further activities planned, your trip comes to an end after breakfast this morning. Those who have booked transfers will be taken to the airport to board their onward plane, while those who have not are free to leave at any time after check-out. If you need help booking extra accommodation, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Athens - Kalimera! Welcome to Athens, Greece's storied capital. Your adventure officially kicks off with a welcome meeting at 4 pm this afternoon. If you arrive early, maybe visit the Archaeological Museum of Athens to brush up on some history or watch a Planetarium show. After your welcome meeting, set off on a mythology tour around the capital and hear stories of Greek myths, famous Gods and heroes from your local guide. Then, head out for dinner with your group at a local restaurant and enjoy Greece’s best-known dish – souvlaki.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Athens - This morning, visit the Hellenic Donkey Centre– a non-profit that cares for mistreated and neglected donkeys. During your visit, you’ll take a guided tour where you’ll meet, groom and spend time with the rescue donkeys. Later, head to the Athens Riviera Beach for some free time. Maybe dive into the cool water, go snorkelling or grab a drink at a nearby beach bar and soak in the coastal views from the shore.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Delphi - After breakfast, travel to Delphi – a small town on Mount Parnassus, known for its extensive mountainside archaeological complex. When you arrive, join a guided tour and walk through the ruins of this UNESCO World Heritage site. Along the way, visit the Temple of Apollo, once home to a legendary oracle, and hear the stories and myths of Delphi. Then, climb the stairs of The Stadium to the highest point and take in the views of ruins over the museum. Learn about the history of the area, the four phases of the stadium, and the various sporting and performance events it was used for. The rest of the afternoon is free for you to explore Delphi at your own pace.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Olympia - This morning, you’ll make your way to Olympia, stopping along the way to take a boat to the small island of Trizonia. Spend some time swimming and exploring the scenic island before continuing your journey. When you arrive, you’re free for the afternoon and evening. Settle into your accommodation and maybe unwind at the swimming pool before finding a local restaurant for dinner – your leader will have the best recommendations.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Poros Island/Galatas - This morning, set off on a guided tour of Olympia – this complex that once comprised temples and public buildings was the site of the first Olympic Games. Learn about the birth of the Olympic games and where the athletes lived and exercised. After, travel to Nafplion city for a short visit before continuing to Galatas Village where you’ll be staying for the next three nights. This evening, join your leader for an orientation walk and maybe grab dinner on Poros Island – a small Greek island renowned for its lamb, olive groves and white houses with terracotta roofs.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Poros Island/Galatas - Today is a free day to explore Poros Island at your own pace. Maybe head down to the beach and swim in the clear waters, stroll along the marina or set off on a bike ride around the island. Tonight, maybe sit down to a traditional Greek barbecue at the Eco Farm and join in on some Greek dancing with the locals.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Poros Island/Galatas - This morning is free for you to explore Poros Island. Maybe kayak to the secluded bays of the island, take a ferry to Hydra Island or simply relax on the Eco Farm and enjoy the on-site swimming pool. This afternoon, join a fun, family-friendly cooking class at the Eco Farm. Prepare some classic regional dishes and learn about the history of Greek favourites like spanakopita (spinach pie made with pastry and cheese) or bougatsa (sweet pastry). Then, sit down to dinner together with your local hosts and enjoy everything you made – the perfect way to celebrate your final night in Greece.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Athens - This morning, take a ferry back to Athens before continuing to Monastiraki Square. When you arrive this afternoon, your trip will come to an end. If you’d like to stay in Athens longer, and it’s recommended that you do, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Rome - Buongiorno! Welcome to Italy. With ancient ruins, gelaterias and one of the Seven Wonders of the World, Rome offers your family the perfect first taste of Italy. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm, where you’ll meet your fellow families and local leader. If you arrive early, why not check out the iconic Sistine Chapel in the Vatican or step inside the arena of the ancient Colosseum, where gladiators once battled. After the meeting tonight, maybe head out for dinner with your group and toast with a slice of pizza (or a forkful of pasta) to the Italian adventure to come – when in Rome!

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Pompeii - Jump on the train today as you journey to one of the world’s most famous ancient sites – the preserved city of Pompeii. On 26 August 79 AD, Mt Vesuvius erupted, spewing molten rock and ash all over the city and causing a thriving Roman trading centre to be frozen in time. Spend a few hours on a walking tour around Pompeii – you and your kids will be captivated by the incredible stories behind this ancient tragedy as your local guide brings the history to life. The finely preserved ruins include villas, temples, theatres and a once-bustling marketplace. Your hotel this evening is located very close to the archaeological site, so you won’t have far to go once you decide to call it a day.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Minori - This morning, head to Mt Vesuvius for a short walk to the summit for views over the Bay of Naples. Soak up the view and snap plenty of photos before walking across the cinders to the lip of the central crater. Don’t worry – although Mt Vesuvius is still considered to be an active volcano, the last eruption was in 1944 and there's no sign of recent volcanic activity. See first-hand the awesome power of the volcano that engulfed the cities of Pompeii and Herculaneum, then make the descent. Continue to the Amalfi Coast town of Minori – a beloved holiday spot for thousands of years. With its fine piazzas, maze of old streets, sidewalk cafes and sparkling ocean, there is truly something for everyone here. Arrive around lunchtime, then soak up a free afternoon to explore at your own pace.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Minori - Take a free day to explore Minori at your own (or your kids) pace. There are many beaches to choose from, though the nicer ones will be more crowded (particularly during summer, from June to August). Hire a few deck chairs if you want to relax, or if you’re feeling active, maybe rent a paddle boat or kayak and explore the sea. The walk from Minori to Ravello is also beautiful and a great way to see the region – while it’s only about an hour each way, it’s steep and there are a lot of steps, so it’s moderately difficult. The views along the way more than make up for any huffing and puffing but remember to pack plenty of water and sunscreen before leaving. Tonight, why not head out to a local restaurant with your family and try the Minori speciality, scialatielli (thick ribbons of fresh pasta).

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Sorrento - Leave Minori in the rear-view mirror this morning and make the drive past mountains to an agriturismo – a working farm that also provides meals and accommodation. While you won’t be staying here tonight, you will get to spend 1.5 hours in the gorgeous surrounds, sampling produce grown on site – a sure way to get your kids to eat their veggies! Continue to Sorrento, another beautiful resort town, famous for its lemons and surrounding plunging cliffs. Arrive early in the afternoon and enjoy free time to explore.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Sorrento - Head to the port this morning and board a lifted hydrofoil boat to Capri. Cruise across the Bay of Naples before arriving in the holiday destination favoured by the Roman emperors. Capri’s dramatic rocky coastline is pierced by natural grottoes, while narrow roads wind inland through citrus groves, past villages of white houses with flower-filled gardens. Though its unmatched setting and natural beauty means it’s popular with visitors, there are still many hidden corners and treasures to explore. Wander around the Marina Grande and the little town of Capri before taking a bus up to Anacapri for the best views of the island and bay from the top of Monte Solaro (reachable by cable car). Around mid-afternoon, you’ll take the ferry back to Sorrento, where you'll learn the secrets behind Italy's famous sweet treat in a gelato making demonstration – yum!

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Sorrento - There are many options for your free morning today – maybe grab a gelato while you’re here, as Sorrento has some of the finest scoops in Italy. This afternoon, you’ll get a hands-on lesson in crafting everyone’s favourite Italian dish – pizza! Watch a cooking demonstration in a gorgeous location (an agriturismo with incredible views of Mt Vesuvius and the Bay of Naples), then enjoy the fruits (or dough) of your labour for dinner. Eat, laugh and enjoy a glass of wine while the kids explore the farm alongside the adorable wild rabbits. Soak in the southern Italian hospitality and toast to your final night on this family adventure.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Sorrento - Wave arrivederci to Italy and your new friends – with no further activities planned, your trip comes to an end after breakfast this morning. Those who have booked transfers will be taken to the airport to board their onward plane, while those who have not are free to leave at any time after check-out. If you need help booking extra accommodation, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Ljubljana - Zdravo! Welcome to Slovenia. Your adventure starts with a 4 pm welcome meeting in Ljubljana – the capital of Slovenia and home to the curved Ljubljana River and Tivoli Park. If you arrive early, maybe visit the National Museum of Slovenia or take a funicular (mountainside railway) up to the Ljubljana Castle for panoramic views of the city. After your meeting, join your local leader on an orientation walk through the streets of the city. Wander through the central market, see the iconic dragon statues on Dragon Bridge and discover Metelkova City, known for its street art. Tonight, maybe head out for dinner and get to know your fellow families.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Lake Bled - Bovec - Say goodbye to Ljubljana as you depart for Lake Bled this morning. When you arrive, you’ll have some free time to explore at your own pace. Maybe see the medieval Bled Castle or indulge in the iconic Bled cream cake (kremsnita). Then, continue driving to Kranjska Gora – an alpine resort known for its glacial lakes and surrounding mountains. Here, you’ll buckle up your helmet for a cycling tour of the region, stopping along the way for lunch. Arrive at your accommodation in Bovec – a small town surrounded by the Julian Alps, known as Slovenia's adventure capital. Tonight, maybe head out for dinner with the family and try some traditional dishes like frika (cheese omlette) or compe an skuta (boiled potatoes with cottage cheese and sour cream).

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Bovec - This morning, get ready for an exhilarating white-water rafting adventure down the Soca River – a 138-km-long river that flows through Slovenia and Italy, known for its distinct emerald colour. Take in the expansive alpine views as you navigate the rapids. When you get back on dry land, the rest of the day is free for you to explore at your own pace. Maybe discover hidden gorges and canyons on a guided canyoning adventure or set off along the Walk of Peace Trail to visit various sites linked to WWI, such as the Ravelnik Open-Air Museum and preserved trenches and bunkers.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Bovec - Today is a free day for you and your family to spend at leisure. Maybe take on Europe’s longest zip-line, paddleboard on the Soca River or hike through the Triglav National Park. Later, why not take a refreshing dip in the emerald pools along the Soca River or continue exploring the Soca Valley and visit the Greate Soca Gorges or Boka Waterfall. Tonight, maybe find a local restaurant for dinner – your local leader will have the best recommendations.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Portoroz - After breakfast, set off on a hike to Tolminska Korita (the Tolmin Gorges), through the Triglav National Park. As you walk, you’ll pass narrow gorges and crystal-clear waters, learning about the area’s natural history from a local guide. Soak in the beautiful landscape before traveling to the Adriatic coastal town of Portoroz, where you’ll stay for the next two nights. This evening is free for you to rest or continue exploring. Maybe head out for dinner or simply kick back with the kids.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Portoroz - Today is a free day for you to explore at your own pace. Maybe visit the Church of St Bernardine, explore the Valeta Tunnel or cycle along the Parenzana Trail. This afternoon, maybe spend the day swimming in the hotel pool, walk to the nearby beach or set off on a sea kayaking adventure. Tonight, why not head out for dinner with your fellow travellers – a great way to celebrate the final night of your family adventure.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Ljubljana - This morning, travel back to Ljubljana. When you arrive, your trip will come to an end. If you’d like to stay longer, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Treviso - Ciao! Welcome to Italy Your adventure starts in Treviso with a welcome meeting at 11 am this morning. If you arrive early, maybe visit Treviso Cathedral or explore the works by Titian and Tiepolo and the Museo Luigi Bailo at the Museo di Santa Caterina. After your meeting, join your local leader on an orientation walk along Treviso’s cobbled streets, leafy canals and lively piazzas. Along the way, learn how Tiramisu was invented here and stop for a sweet treat at Dassie Gelateria – an award-winning and beloved local institution known for its artisanal gelato made with fresh, seasonal ingredients. Whether you go for a classic stracciatella or something bold like fig and walnut, it’s the perfect way to cool off and connect with Treviso’s sweeter side. Tonight, get to know your fellow travellers at a welcome dinner and indulge in one of the city’s famous sweet treats for dessert.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Treviso - Venture by train into the heart of Italy’s prosecco wine region, where gently rolling hills cradle sun-drenched vineyards and villages. When you arrive in Conegliano, set off on a bike ride along scenic routes that weave through the vines and learn about the region’s biodiversity and cultivation methods from passionate local producers. After, settle in for a guided tasting of five exceptional wines at a local vineyard. Pair your tasting with a generous charcuterie board featuring fresh and aged cheeses, artisanal salami, pickled vegetables and sweet-and-sour radicchio. Then, cycle back to the train station where you’ll take the train back to Treviso. Tonight, maybe find a local restaurant for dinner – there’s no shortage in Italy!

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Treviso - This morning, board a train to Venice Santa Lucia. Known for its canals, Venice comprises hundreds of small islands connected by nearly 400 bridges. When you arrive, set off on a leader-led orientation walk. Visit some of the city’s most famous landmarks such as the Grand Canal, the Rialto Bridge, Doge's Palace (the ruler of Venice), the Piazza San Marco and the evocative Ponte Dei Sospiri (Bridge of Sighs). Later, join a cicchetti and wine Urban Adventure. Get the lowdown on Venice with a local by your side and discover the secrets of the iconic and oh-so-Italian aperitivo. Drink like a Venetian at some of the most authentic bacari wine bars, cross the famous canal in a traghetto gondola (like the locals do) and explore the heart of the city – Rialto.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Treviso - After breakfast, hop aboard an electric boat and take the helm yourself. As you cruise along the calm waters, you’ll pass by fabulous villas and the beautiful Cimitero dei Burci – a semi-submerged graveyard of abandoned wooden barges, now reclaimed by nature. After, maybe join your fellow travellers for one last lunch – a great way to say arrivederci to your time in Italy. As there are no further activities this afternoon, your adventure comes to an end. If you would like to stay longer, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Venice - Ciao! Welcome to Italy. Your adventure starts with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight in Venice. This watery wonderland of bridges, towers, piazzas, canals, churches and gondolas – practically unchanged for 600 years – is literally sinking under the weight of its iconic sites. If you arrive early maybe stroll over the Rialto Bridge or browse the boutique shops selling Venetian masks and handmade Murano glassware. Tonight, indulge in some delicious Venetian bites on a cicchetti (small bites) crawl through the city's fabulous bacari (wine bars), where you’ll also be treated to a glass of aperol spritz.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Venice - After breakfast, venture out and explore Venice. There are only two ways to get around this city – on foot or by boat. This morning, get a taste of both. Take the Vaporetto (water bus) over to the island of San Giorgio to climb the bell tower for the best view of Venice. This afternoon is free for you to explore Venice at your own pace. Maybe take a trip in a Venetian gondola, people watch in San Marco Square or discover the artwork at the Palazzo Ducale or the Peggy Guggenheim Collection. Tonight, maybe join your fellow travellers for a group dinner at a local restaurant. Venice is famous for its specialties of fresh lobster and squid ink spaghetti dishes, so make sure you give one a try.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: La Spezia - Spend the day travelling by train to the once important naval base of La Spezia – now the gateway to the Cinque Terre (Five Lands). The name comes from the five tiny villages – Riomaggiore, Manarola, Corniglia, Venranzza, Monterosso – whose position, wedged into a series of coves between sheer cliffs, makes it one of the highlights of the whole of Italy. When you arrive in La Spezia there won't be too much time to explore, but after checking into your hotel, you can get your bearings with a short walk around the pedestrian zone on Via del Prione to the gardens along the harbour or head out for dinner with the group.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: La Spezia / Cinque Terre - This morning, venture out on the footpaths of the Cinque Terre for a leader-led hike. The footpaths between the villages were once the only way to travel in the region and take you through olive groves and vineyards. When you arrive, maybe set off on a walk or take the train between the villages or back to the group's base. After working up an appetite, take advantage of the Liguria region with a pesto-making demonstration and the chance to create your own pesto. Of course, you’ll try your creation with a glass of wine afterwards. The rest of the day is free. In the evening, there's no better way to recover from your day of walking than with more indulgence in delicious Mediterranean food.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Florence - Depart Cinque Terre today and catch a train to Pisa. Divided in two by the River Arno, the heart of Pisa is the Santa Maria quarter on the north bank. Maybe visit the world-famous Leaning Tower or the Duomo (Piazza dei Miracoli, once the largest in Europe) and Pisa Baptistry. After, maybe sit down for lunch and an aperitif in a backstreet restaurant. Return to the station in the afternoon and take the train to Florence. After checking into your hotel, the rest of your evening is free to explore the city of the Renaissance.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Florence - Today is free for you to explore all that Florence has to offer. The principal sights are easily discovered on foot – the Pitti Palace, Ponte Vecchio, Arno riverside, the many statues and monuments of the Piazza della Signoria, Palazzo Vecchio, Santa Maria del Fiore cathedral, the Baptistry and the Belltower, and the Santa Croce Church. Maybe visit the Uffizi – one of the world's oldest art galleries and a work of art in itself, see Michelangelo's iconic statue of David or head to the Galleria dell’ Accademia. In the evening, climb the steep stairs uphill to Piazzale Michelangelo for a renowned sunset view across the rooftops of Florence before an included dinner of Tuscan specialties at a local restaurant.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Perugia - After a free morning in Florence, travel by train to Perugia. The once-Roman settlement sits on a rocky hill with views over the green slopes of Umbria, and is now a university town with one of Italy's largest schools. When you arrive, head out on an orientation walk through the medieval streets,, stopping along the way for an on-the-go pizza Romana (a rectangular, thick-crust pizza distinctive to Italy). This afternoon is free for you to explore at your own pace. Maybe visit the National Gallery of Umbria – a collection of regional art housed in the Palazzo dei Priori (a grand stone building from the 13th century) or head out when the sun goes down and explore the bustling nightlife. Tonight, Why not do as the Italians do and indulge in passeggiata (the tradition of strolling along the main street in the company of friends), maybe pausing for a glass of local prosecco.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Perugia / Spello - Take a train to the nearby medieval town of Spello – a Roman town that straddles a thin ridge at the base of Mount Subasio, which is the mountain where St Francis was said to have talked to the animals. It’s a place known for its wine and rural charm. Two of the local churches feature frescoes by famed Renaissance painter Pinturicchio, who later lent his hand to works in the Vatican and Siena’s Cathedral. Sample the local wine and regional delicacies with lunch at a local enoteca. Tartufo and porcini make up the base of many pasta and risotto dishes, while whole stuffed pig with rosemary is a signature dish of the region. Back in Perugia, the rest of your evening is free.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Rome - This morning, take a bus to Rome and remember that while here, the best attitude is ‘when in Rome’! Join your leader on an orientation walk around the city, where you will pass by some of the iconic sights such as the Colosseum (one of the Seven Wonders of the World) and Arch of Constantine, the Forum, Piazza Navona, the Pantheon, the Trevi Fountain and Spanish Steps. If you have time, take a visit to the Vatican City and St Peter's Basilica. Then, head out to the Trastevere region tonight with your group for a final farewell dinner – this artsy part of the city is always a great spot for dinner, drinks and wandering around the winding lanes in the evening. Your local restaurant for tonight is Trattoria De Gli Amici – run by a social cooperative promoted by the community of Sant ‘Egidio, this business trains and employs local people living with disabilities.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Rome - As there are no activities planned today, your trip will come to an end. If you’d like to extend your stay in Rome, and it’s recommended that you do, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Porto - Ola! Welcome to Portugal. Your adventure begins in Porto – a colourful coastal city famous for its fortified port wine. If you arrive early, maybe explore the city’s historic buildings like the baroque Torre dos Clérigos or take in the views from the Dom Luis I Bridge. You’ll meet your local leader and fellow travellers at a welcome meeting at 6 pm. After, get to know each other at a welcome dinner at a local Portuguese restaurant – just ask your leader if you need any dish recommendations.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Porto - Porto might be famous for its wine, but it’s also a hotspot for foodies. Sample the best of both on a tasting tour with a local guide. You’ll dig into a number of local favourites including pastel de nata (egg custard tart), bolinho de bacalhau (codfish croquettes), broa de avintes (bittersweet bread) and, of course, a glass or two of port wine. The afternoon is free to enjoy Porto at your leisure. Perhaps visit Livraria Lello – considered one of the most beautiful bookstores in the world – or take in the sunset from Vila Nova de Gaia with another glass of the city’s famous export.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Aveiro/Lisbon - Take a train to Lisbon today, stopping in Aveiro where you’ll have free time to explore (your bags will be stored at the station). Built on the Rio de Aveiro lagoon and connected via canals, the brightly painted Moliceiro boats here resemble Venetian gondolas and were once used to harvest seaweed. Maybe try some grilled seafood or traditional eel stew for lunch before heading back to the station to board an early afternoon train to Lisbon. On arrival, you might like to freshen up, then find a spot for dinner and drinks to get a feel for Portugal's capital.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Lisbon - Start the day with a leader-led orientation walk. Much of Lisbon’s character lies in its grand boulevards, castles, churches and cobbled streets lined with restaurants, bakeries and bars. The rest of the day is free to explore your way. Maybe catch a tram to the Belem district to explore the UNESCO World Heritage-listed Jeronimos Monastery, visit the Lisbon Cathedral or wander the medieval citadel of Sao Jorge Castle which sits on the highest point of Old Town. Or if you’re feeling a more relaxed vibe, grab a table at a tavern for some petiscos (share plates) or watch the world go by at a rooftop bar.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Evora - Head to Alentejo today – a region known for its cork and olive farms. Here, you’ll do a guided tour of a cork and holm oak forest. Learn about the centuries-old trees and harvest methods as you explore the grounds with a cork expert. Continue to Évora, the capital of the Alentejo region. This city dates back to Roman times, as seen in the centrally located Roman Temple. Take a break for lunch and ask your leader where the most authentic eats are. After, join your group for an orientation walk. There’s loads to see in a city this old, including one of the oldest cathedrals in Portugal and the Chapel of Bones – earning its name from its wall of human skulls and bones. This evening, maybe head out for an optional dinner with your group.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Olhao / Algarve - Say goodbye to the Alentejo region and take a private transfer to Olhao in the Algarve. On the way, stop at a local winery where you’ll learn about the production of a local wine variety called Amphora, which is made with techniques that date back to the Roman era. Finish the tour with a wine-paired lunch of local favourites, then continue to Olhao in time to catch the sunset. Maybe kick back along the waterfront with a cold drink, or head out on an optional sunset boat trip through Ria Formosa Natural Park.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Olhao / Algarve - You’ll explore Ria Formosa Natural Park on a boat trip this morning. Cruising past small islands, fishing villages and marshes, you’ll learn about the park’s unique ecosystem and maybe spot seabirds or wild dolphins if you're lucky. The rest of the afternoon is free to spend as you like – how about unwinding on the beach or taking a stroll through the city’s traditional fisherman’s quarter? Tonight, you might like to gather your group for a farewell dinner and raise a toast to your Portugal adventure.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Olhao / Algarve - There are no activities planned for today, and your trip comes to an end. If you’d like to extend your time in Portugal, reach out to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Seville - Hola! Welcome to Spain. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 7 pm tonight in Seville – the capital of Andalusia, situated on the lower reaches of the River Guadalquivir. If you arrive early, maybe see some of the city’s cultural landmarks like Real Alcazar and Plaza de Espana, take a boat trip on the Guadalquivir River or visit Barrio Santa Cruz. After your welcome meeting, maybe head out for dinner with your group and sample some local tapas.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Seville - After breakfast, join your local leader on an orientation walk through town. Explore the maze of narrow cobblestoned streets and sun-speckled squares in Barrio Santa Cruz, also known as the Jewish Quarter and El Centro, then pass by the grand gothic-style Catedral de Sevilla – the burial site of Christopher Columbus and the Giralda – built as a minaret for the Great Mosque of Seville. After, you’ll take part in a flamenco dance class. Learn how this cultural centre preserves the artistic heritage of dance, the history of the dance school and hear the stories of the teachers while you practice a few fun moves.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Ronda to Granada - This morning, travel to Granada – located in the foothills of the Sierra Nevada mountains, Granada is known for its medieval architecture and hilltop fortress complex. Along the way, stop in Ronda for a short walk around the city. This mountaintop city sits above the El Tajo Gorge, which separates the city’s New Town from its Old Town. Later, continue your journey to Granada. When you arrive, walk through the historic Christian cathedral district and see the Moorish influence first-hand on an orientation walk with your local leader. The rest of the afternoon is then free for you to explore at your own pace – maybe wander through the Alcaiceria (old silk market area) or head to one of the small flamenco taverns around the city and see how the art form here differs from Seville's version.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Granada/Alhambra - Today, visit Granada's Alhambra Palace on a guided tour. Wander the dominating red fortress towers of this 11th-century complex set against the backdrop of the Sierra Nevada mountains. The palace is made up of the Alcazaba – the 11th century Muslim wing, which has great views from the towers – and the Palacio Nazaries and Generalife – the summer palace of the sultans. After, join a local tasting tour to treat your tastebuds to olla de san anton (white bean stew), tortilla del sacromonte (omelet) or piononos (syrupy sponge cake).

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Guadix / Cave Experience - Say goodbye to Granada as you travel to Guadix this morning. This province of Granada lies at the foothills of the Sierra Nevada. When you arrive, jump aboard a 4WD and travel through the Granada Geopark, which follows the valleys shaped by river erosion over the last half million years. With deep ravines, jagged cliffs and crumbling earth pyramids that stretch toward the sky, you’ll see why the locals call this region ‘the end of the world!’. After your day exploring the Granada Geopark, sit down for dinner at your accommodation.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Malaga - This morning, travel to Malaga – the second largest city in Andalusia, set on the shores of the Mediterranean. When you arrive, get your bearings around town on an orientation walk with your local leader. The rest of the afternoon is then free for you to explore at your own pace. Maybe visit historical sites like the Gibralfaro Castle, wander through the Carmen Thyssen Museum or simply relax on La Malagueta Beach. Tonight, maybe head out for dinner with your fellow travellers – a great way to spend the last night of your Andalusia adventure!

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Malaga - As there are no activities planned for today, you’re free to leave your accommodation at any time. If you would like to stay in Malaga (and it’s highly recommended you do) just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Dubrovnik - Dobro Dosli! Welcome to Croatia. When you arrive, you’ll be met at the airport and a transfer will bring you to your hotel. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting tonight at 6 pm, but if you arrive early, you might like to head out and explore Dubrovnik’s medieval Old Town. It’s a very walkable city, so maybe take a stroll over to the 15th century Rector’s Palace and the baroque churches, or go check out the Game of Thrones filming locations. After your meeting, get to know your fellow travellers and group leader over dinner at one of the Old Town’s local restaurants for some traditional Croatian cuisine.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Kotor - Leave Dubrovnik behind this morning and head to Kotor – a 5th-century UNESCO World Heritage site on a secluded bay. You’ll cross the border from Croatia into Montenegro and make a pit stop in Perast for a short walk and coffee break. Then, hop on a boat to take in the scenic Bay of Kotor from the water. Make a stop at the Lady of Skrpjela (Our Lady of the Rocks) island which was created in 1452 around a rock where an image of the Madonna was found. After the boat trip, head out into Kotor’s Old Town with your leader and check out its cobblestone alleyways and charming stone buildings. Once you check into the hotel, the evening is free for you to explore at your own leisure.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Kotor - After breakfast, head outside of Kotor for some adventures in the mountainous town of Cetinje. Swing by Lovcen National Park to see its beautiful landscapes and trails. If you’re able to handle stairs, head up to Njegos Mausoleum for panoramic views of the surrounding mountains at the summit of Jezerski Vrh (1647 m/5403 ft). The mausoleum was constructed in 1974 and houses a monument statue of a ruler and poet – Petar II Petrovic-Njegos. On a clear day, you can see as afar as Albania from the top. After you take in the views, head to the Cetinje Monastery to explore its history and architecture, and admire Orthodox Christian relics, including the right hand of St. John the Baptist. Then, try some local prosciutto and cheese at a tasting at Njegusi – a place known for its meat, cheese and honey. You’ll return to Kotor after for a free afternoon and a chance to climb the city walls to get a great view over the city and bay.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Berat - Wake up early today to cross the border into Albania. It may be a long journey, but you’ll make some stops along the way like a wine tasting and farm-to-table lunch. Your winery visit and tasting in Fishte will be a great opportunity to try some local wines in the Albanian countryside. Sit back, relax and take in the scenery with local produce, wild fish and organic meat, all prepared onsite with the freshest ingredients. After, you’ll arrive in Berat in time to have lunch with the group, then your late afternoon and evening are free to enjoy at your own pace.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Gjirokaster - Start your day with a walk around Berat while a local guide fills you in on its history and highlights. Learn about this remote city before climbing up to the still inhabited fortress for views over town then enjoy some free time, maybe walking through the parks or relaxing at a cafe. Then, meet back up with your group and head to the village of Gjirokaster to learn how to make traditional Albanian food with locals in a garden. Help your hosts prepare the meals then sit back and relax as you enjoy the flavours of Albania over conversation with those who call this unique place home.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Gjirokaster - Have yourself a leisurely morning and maybe visit one of the many cafes before heading out on a tour of Gjirokaster today. You'll quickly see why it's often referred to as “Stone City” with its unique stone buildings and cobblestone streets. Learn about this UNESCO World Heritage Site from a local guide before visiting the Monasteries of the Drino Valley set against a backdrop of the mountains. These Orthodox monasteries – built in the 16th and 17th centuries – were once vital to Albania’s social fabric and rich culture and provide an opportunity for sustainable tourism development. The rest of the day is free for you to do as you please – maybe eat some sweet treats in the old town, explore the Cold War tunnel or relax in a park with a good book – it's up to you!

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Albanian Riviera - Wave goodbye to Gjirokaster today and drive to Butrint National Park. Surrounded by wetlands and the Vivari channel, this national park is famous for its well-preserved ancient Greek and Roman ruins within a stunning natural setting. Explore the Greek theatre, Roman baptistery, Venetian castle and more while taking in the views then head to your Feature Stay on the Albanian Riviera. The rolling hills and clear, blue water make for the perfect backdrop to relax after an afternoon filled with rich history and ancient ruins.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Albanian Riviera - Today is free for you to explore the Albanian Riviera at your own leisure! After breakfast, you can relax at the Feature Stay or maybe head out into town and explore the surrounding area. You’ve got plenty of beaches to choose from, whether you want to sit back with a book or swim in the clear water. For the history lovers, maybe head to Himare Castle perched on a hill with panoramic views of the coast or take a day tour through Pirate Cave. For lunch, there are plenty of local restaurants to choose from and your leader can give you the best recommendations for where to eat and what to do in the area – you may want to try some fresh seafood while you’re on the coast!

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Tirana - Wrap up your adventure in the Albanian Riviera today and head to Tirana – the capital of Albania. On the way, stop by the ancient Greek site of Apollonia for a leader-led exploration through the ruins. The Greek and Roman archaeological site features well-preserved ruins like a theatre, temples and a triumphal arch, offering a glimpse into the region’s rich history. Then, continue to Tirana for a guided tour around the city to learn about its unique mixture of cultures and customs, filled with mosques, citadels, Ottoman architecture and the medieval atmosphere of the Balkans. The compact city is ideal to explore on foot and filled with architectural influences from Italy and Turkey. End your day with traditional Albanian food at a local restaurant for a farewell dinner with your group.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Tirana - With no activities planned for today, your trip comes to an end after breakfast. If you’d like to extend your trip, reach out to your booking agent ahead of time to organise additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Palermo - Bongiorno! Welcome to Sicily. When you arrive in Palermo, you’ll be met by a local representative for your airport transfer into the city. Your adventure officially begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight to meet your fellow travellers and local leader. If you arrive early, you might like to get acquainted with the sights and sounds of the old heart of Palermo. Explore the main monuments like the uniquely styled cathedral, or cafe-hop to try the best of Sicily’s sweets. After your meeting tonight, you'll head out for a traditional Sicilian dinner as a group and get to know the city’s beloved cuisine at a great local restaurant.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Palermo - Enjoy a free morning to see more of Palermo’s small alleyways and buzzing market squares. In the afternoon, join a walking tour with your local leader to see some of the symbolic places of rebellion and anti-Mafia racketeering like the Teatro Massimo, Cape Market, Piazza della Memoria and Beati Paoli Square. You’ll meet local shop owners who have had the courage to denounce their extortionists and follow the ethical consumer campaign ‘Pago chi non paga’ – a campaign promoted to support those that rebel against the Mafia. Then, delve deeper into the local cuisine and learn how to create Sicilian dishes with the help of a local chef. As locally sourced products are used, the menu may differ depending on seasonality and market availability, but whatever you make, you’ll tuck into for dinner with a glass of local wine.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Marsala - Today, it’s time to say goodbye to Palermo and head towards the small town of Erice. Located more than 750 m above sea level, this beautifully preserved medieval town showcases architectural styles from its varied history. When you arrive, you’ll head to a Genovesi tasting (traditional Sicilian pastries filled with custard or ricotta cream). After, take a cable car back down to the town of Trapani, then continue south towards Marsala – a coastal town where you’ll be staying tonight. Famous for its sweet dessert wines, you might like to use your free evening to go out and enjoy a sip (or two) or, you can simply stroll the marble paved streets as the sun sets.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Mazara del Vallo – Agrigento - This morning, head east as you stop in the old port of Mazara del Vallo. It’s here that some of the Arab influences in Sicily are most clearly visible. As you stroll through the kasbah (Arab Quarter) you’ll witness the artistic and cultural enrichment brought on by the arrival of Tunisian families in the 70s. Wander the winding lanes and alleyways lined with colourful murals, then continue to Agrigento, stopping at Scala dei Turchi (Stair of the Turks) on the way – this coastline with its white marble cliffs offered protection from the severe winds for the pirates that roamed these waters. Finally, make your way to Agrigento, where you’ll stay in a boutique hotel built in the 13th century and share a meal with your fellow travellers.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Agrigento - This morning after breakfast, travel to the nearby Valley of the Temples. One of the largest archaeological sites in the world, this is where the ancient city of Akragas once stood. Your local guide will bring this classical Greek site to life as you visit the temples of Hera, Herakles, Zeus and Castor and Pollux. Along the way, enjoy views of the landscape and Mediterranean Sea. Return to Agrigento and enjoy a free afternoon. Maybe head to Agrigento's Old Town and wander the narrow alleyways and courtyards or find a local cafe, grab a panino and sit and watch the world go by.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Modica – Noto – Siracusa - Today, say goodbye to Agrigento and hit the road to Siracusa. Along the way, you’ll stop in Ragusa – one of the most scenic towns in all of Sicily. Explore the town and then continue to Modica, which is particularly famous for its chocolate. After tasting some of the local produce, continue to Noto and get acquainted with the city on a guided walking tour. Lesser-known Noto has recently gained a reputation as an architectural jewel and its limestone structures sparkle on a sunlit afternoon. Finally, arrive in Siracusa, where you’ll stay for the next two nights.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Siracusa - This morning, head out on an orientation walk through Ortigia – a small island just adjacent to the main town of Siracusa. Wandering the narrow streets and laneways will reveal ancient ruins, fountains and trattorias. Return to Siracusa in the afternoon and enjoy a free afternoon to explore. You might like to head to the Greek theatre, Roman amphitheatre and ancient stone quarries of the Neapolis Archaeological Site, see more of the Siracusa town or simply relax at your accommodation.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Mt Etna – Catania - Today, come face-to-face with Europe’s largest active volcano on a daytrip up Mt Etna. At an altitude of approximately 2000 m, you’ll walk into the centre of an extinct crater and visit a lava cave that can be explored with helmets and torches. Walk among the cold lava streams of Piano Provenzana – a former ski resort that has been destroyed during the last big eruption of 2002. After exploring this fiery natural wonder, continue to Catania. The city has a unique energy – an interesting blend of young and old. On one hand, there’s a gritty bar culture that fuels the nightlife scene, and on the other hand, there’s the Late Baroque towns – the UNESCO World Heritage site, Val di Noto. This afternoon, you’ll get the opportunity to explore both sides of the city by wandering through its grand piazzas and wide roads.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Taormina – Catania - After breakfast today, take a daytrip to the city of Taormina. Start things off with a guided walk, where you’ll notice Greek influence in the architecture. Walk through the back streets, gardens and the world-famous Greek theatre and cathedral. The afternoon is free, so there's plenty of time to explore at your own pace. Have a drink in the Mediterranean sun or dig into some traditional Sicilian pasta before heading back for your final night in Catania. This evening, enjoy a farewell dinner at a local restaurant with your newfound travel friends and group leader.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Bari - Benvenuto! Welcome to Puglia – the heel of Italy’s boot. Your adventure kicks off in the coastal city of Bari, where you’ll be met at the airport and transferred to your hotel. You’ll have a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight to meet your local leader and fellow travellers joining you on your adventure. If you arrive early, why not wander the mazelike Old Town or see the 11th-century Basilica di San Nicola – a key pilgrimage site that holds some of St. Nicholas’ remains. You could also pop into a local cornetteria for a decadent Italian croissant. After your meeting, get to know your group over an included dinner, where your local leader will introduce you to Puglia’s cuisine.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Bari - Leave the coastline behind as you travel inland by private vehicle to the little town of Alberobello. Set among a tranquil landscape of olive groves, the town is famed for its unique beehive-shaped trulli (dwellings built from limestone in the 14th century). While the origins of the buildings are unclear, one theory suggests the houses were created to be easily dismantled in a feudal tax evasion scheme. Whatever their purpose, the buildings make the Apulia region unlike anywhere else in the world. Join a local guide for an insider’s look at the town, wandering through the Old Town quarter of Rione Monti, dotted with thousands of trulli, and Rione Aia Piccola. Your guide will point out the different shapes of spires and the religious symbols adorning the roofs. Finally, see the Church de Sant’Antonio – a huge cathedral built in the trulli style. You’ll then visit Polignano a Mare to explore another gorgeous coastal town popular for its beaches, rugged cliffside dwellings and bright turquoise waters. Tonight, you’re free back in Bari to find some dinner.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Nardo - This morning, visit a local olive oil producer on a farm that’s been active since Roman times. You’ll learn how production techniques have changed over the centuries, taste some of the olive oil for yourself and enjoy an included lunch of regional favourites. Then, visit the small city of Ostuni and explore its whitewashed streets flanked with Gothic, Romanesque and Byzantine buildings. From here, travel to the quiet town of Nardo and join an expert local guide for a walking tour through the Old Town, where there are more than a dozen grand palazzos. Tonight, settle into your Feature Stay accommodation – three 13th century Baronial Palaces, once home to aristocracy from the Kingdom of Naples, which have been converted into a hotel by a local architect. Spend the evening exploring the palaces and grounds that feature artwork and sculptures by local artists. In Palazzo Mignano, you’ll find an excellent on-site restaurant offering Salento dishes and a panoramic view from the terrace.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Nardo - Before breakfast, you may like to take a walk through your Feature Stay’s historic ‘secret garden’ where it seems as if figures from days gone by could walk around the corner at any minute. Today head to the beautiful city of Lecce. With its ornate baroque buildings, lively university and ancient Roman ruins, Lecce’s narrow streets are a delight to explore. Let a local guide show you hidden corners and share the city’s history with you this morning. You’ll also have some free time to explore this historic city on your own before heading back to Nardo. Later this afternoon, join your group for a cooking class on traditional Puglia regional cuisine.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Matera - Enjoy a final morning at your Feature Stay hotel, sitting back with a coffee and soaking up the scenery. Then, it’s time to say goodbye and travel to Matera – an ancient city on a rocky outcrop. Along the way, stop at a local winery for some wine tasting and lunch before continuing to Matera. Matera is believed to be the third-longest continuously inhabited human settlement in the world. You’ll be exploring the city’s famous sassi houses in depth tomorrow, so this evening why not take a walk around Matera to discover its churches, traditional restaurants and thousands of years of human history.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Matera - Today, dive into Matera’s Old Town, made famous by sassi – more than 3000 stone houses formed from natural grottoes and tufo cliffs, some dating back as far as the 8th century. Join a local guide who will lead you through a labyrinth of staircases and alleyways that cut their way through limestone ravines, dipping in and out of ancient sassi houses as you go. Up until the late 1950s, the sassi were considered the ‘Shame of Italy’ due to the gruelling living conditions and poverty suffered by those who lived here – a result of the city’s rapid population growth. The Italian government intervened, and 15,000 inhabitants were forcibly relocated. Today, the sassi are undergoing extensive restoration, with some dwellings featuring exhibits that recreate inhabited caves. You’ll also visit an ancient underground neighbourhood, made up of houses, streets, cisterns and churches.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Naples - Begin the day by driving to the storied town of Pompeii, home to one of Europe’s most well-known archaeological sites – the ruins of Pompeii, caused by the eruption of Mt Vesuvius in 79 AD. Join a local guide to discover the remains of this once thriving Roman trading centre. After the eruption, the city was covered in a layer of ash and remained undisturbed until the 18th century, when the ruins were rediscovered. Walk among well-preserved villas, temples, theatres, markets and chariot-marked streets as your expert guide helps you to imagine what life here once looked like. You can also visit the Roman Forum and basilica, temples, public baths, and the tiny Odeon created for music recitals. Later in the day, travel to the buzzing city of Naples where you’ll join your group for a final dinner and a chance to look back on all you’ve seen on your journey.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Naples - Your adventure comes to an end after breakfast this morning. If you would like to spend more time discovering Naples, just get in touch ahead of time to arrange additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Dubrovnik - Dobro Dosli! Welcome to Croatia. When you arrive, you’ll be met at the airport and a transfer will bring you to your hotel. Your adventure begins at 6 pm for a welcome meeting with your leader and group. If you arrive early, you might like to head out and explore Dubrovnik’s medieval Old Town, which is surrounded entirely by city walls and easily covered on foot. Although Dubrovnik experienced devastation during the war in the early 1990s, the restored Old Town remains one of the most picturesque places, surrounded by ramparts and the Adriatic Sea. Maybe take a self-paced stroll through town to discover the 15th century Rector's Palace and the stunning baroque churches. After your meeting, join your leader and fellow travellers for dinner at a local restaurant showcasing Croatia’s traditional cuisine.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Mostar - Today, you’ll cross the border and travel into Bosnia and Herzegovina, stopping at several scenic destinations along the way. Your first stop is Trebinje, where you’ll join your leader for a walk around the compact Old Town and its market square, followed by a stop at an Orthodox monastery to taste the renowned Tvrdos wine. After, head to Mostar, a picturesque old town home to numerous stone millhouses and quaint cobbled streets. But the star attraction is the world famous Stari Most (Old Bridge) which spans the Neretva River connecting the two sides of the city. Find a spot for lunch and then get to know the town in the company of an expert local guide – including why the locals have such a strong connection to coffee.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Sarajevo - Leave Mostar this morning and make your way toward Sarajevo, stopping in Konjic along the way. Here, you’ll discover one of the best-kept secrets of former Yugoslavia – Tito's nuclear bunker. Built to protect Yugoslav President Josip Broz Tito and his top military personnel, this military bunker has only recently opened to the public. Step back in time on a guided tour of the bunker and learn about Yugoslav history and what life was like in the not-so-distant past. After exploring the bunker, continue to Sarajevo and settle into your hotel. Then, head out to explore the city with an expert local guide.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Sarajevo - Head out on a city tour through Sarajevo with a local guide this morning to get to know your surroundings and learn more about this historical city. With some free time to explore at your own pace after, you might taste your way through the market stalls of Bascarsija, visit one of the museums dedicated to the Yugoslav War or take a cable car up Trebevic Mountain for views of the city. Wrap up the day with a home-cooked meal shared with your hosts, Mustafa and Mersiha, who proudly claim their kitchen offers the best views over Sarajevo. Your evening begins with a lesson on making Bosnian pita, followed by a hearty meal of sogan dolma (stuffed onions) and dolam (stuffed paprika). Of course, you’ll get to try your freshly made pita, too!

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Zlatibor - Today, travel to Serbia, with a stop in the small town of Visegrad. Here, a 16th-century bridge that inspired the Nobel Prize winning literary work ‘The Bridge on the Drina’ dominates the horizon. From Visegrad, you’ll head to Drina Canyon for a warm welcome to Serbia – a boat tour with local food tasting. After your scenic lunch, you’ll board a steam train in Mokra Gora National Park for a scenic ride through forests and mountains. Served by one the last operational steam trains in Europe, this stretch of historic railway is part of the renowned Ciro trail, connecting Belgrade and the Adriatic Sea. Tonight, you’ll stay near the town of Zlatibor in your Feature Stay accommodation – a group of wooden chalets with their own private swimming pools and views of the surrounding countryside.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Zlatibor - Hop on board the longest gondola ride in the world today – the Gold Gondola, spanning 9000 m (29,530 ft) in length. Take in panoramic views of the surrounding mountains and lakes before exploring the area on foot. After your ride, set off on a hike through the nature of Tornik mountain – the highest point of the Zlatibor Mountains – then drive through the winding roads toward Sirogojno village, known as one of the most beautiful villages in the country and declared as a Cultural Monument of Exceptional Importance in Serbia. Recharge with a lunch break before a special experience in the village meeting local artisans. Check out their pottery, blacksmiths and cooper’s workshops, and basket weaving, then visit the Knitters Museum, where all products are still traditionally handmade. This is your opportunity to buy meaningful souvenirs and support the locals in the community.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Belgrade - Leave Zlatibor behind today and head to Belgrade. When you get to arrive, kick off your visit with a walking tour to discover the best of the city, from Republic Square and Knez Mihailova Street to Kalemegam Park and the Belgrade Fortress, where the Danube and Sava Rivers meet. This afternoon is free, so you might like to visit the city market or catch a trolleybus to Zemun – a Bohemian neighbourhood known for its cafes along the riverside promenade. Tonight, you’ll join your group for a farewell dinner as you toast to the end of your trip together.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Belgrade - After breakfast, your adventure comes to an end. If you’d like to extend your stay, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time to arrange additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Dubrovnik - Dobro Dosli! Welcome to Croatia. When you arrive, you’ll be met at the airport and a transfer will bring you to your hotel. Your adventure begins at 6 pm for a welcome meeting with your leader and group. If you arrive early, you might like to head out and explore Dubrovnik’s medieval Old Town, which is surrounded entirely by city walls and easily covered on foot. Although Dubrovnik experienced devastation during the war in the early 1990s, the restored Old Town remains one of the most picturesque places, surrounded by ramparts and the Adriatic Sea. Maybe take a self-paced stroll through town to discover the 15th century Rector's Palace and the stunning baroque churches. After your meeting, join your leader and fellow travellers for dinner at a local restaurant showcasing Croatia’s traditional cuisine.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Mostar - Today, you’ll cross the border and travel into Bosnia and Herzegovina, stopping at several scenic destinations along the way. Your first stop is Trebinje, where you’ll join your leader for a walk around the compact Old Town and its market square, followed by a stop at an Orthodox monastery to taste the renowned Tvrdos wine. After, head to Mostar, a picturesque old town home to numerous stone millhouses and quaint cobbled streets. But the star attraction is the world famous Stari Most (Old Bridge) which spans the Neretva River connecting the two sides of the city. Find a spot for lunch and then get to know the town in the company of an expert local guide – including why the locals have such a strong connection to coffee.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Sarajevo - Leave Mostar this morning and make your way toward Sarajevo, stopping in Konjic along the way. Here, you’ll discover one of the best-kept secrets of former Yugoslavia – Tito's nuclear bunker. Built to protect Yugoslav President Josip Broz Tito and his top military personnel, this military bunker has only recently opened to the public. Step back in time on a guided tour of the bunker and learn about Yugoslav history and what life was like in the not-so-distant past. After exploring the bunker, continue to Sarajevo and settle into your hotel. Then, head out to explore the city with an expert local guide.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Sarajevo - Head out on a city tour through Sarajevo with a local guide this morning to get to know your surroundings and learn more about this historical city. With some free time to explore at your own pace after, you might taste your way through the market stalls of Bascarsija, visit one of the museums dedicated to the Yugoslav War or take a cable car up Trebevic Mountain for views of the city. Wrap up the day with a home-cooked meal shared with your hosts, Mustafa and Mersiha, who proudly claim their kitchen offers the best views over Sarajevo. Your evening begins with a lesson on making Bosnian pita, followed by a hearty meal of sogan dolma (stuffed onions) and dolam (stuffed paprika). Of course, you’ll get to try your freshly made pita, too!

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Zlatibor - Today, travel to Serbia, with a stop in the small town of Visegrad. Here, a 16th-century bridge that inspired the Nobel Prize winning literary work ‘The Bridge on the Drina’ dominates the horizon. From Visegrad, you’ll head to Drina Canyon for a warm welcome to Serbia – a boat tour with local food tasting. After your scenic lunch, you’ll board a steam train in Mokra Gora National Park for a scenic ride through forests and mountains. Served by one the last operational steam trains in Europe, this stretch of historic railway is part of the renowned Ciro trail, connecting Belgrade and the Adriatic Sea. Tonight, you’ll stay near the town of Zlatibor in your Feature Stay accommodation – a group of wooden chalets with their own private swimming pools and views of the surrounding countryside.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Zlatibor - Hop on board the longest gondola ride in the world today – the Gold Gondola, spanning 9000 m (29,530 ft) in length. Take in panoramic views of the surrounding mountains and lakes before exploring the area on foot. After your ride, set off on a hike through the nature of Tornik mountain – the highest point of the Zlatibor Mountains – then drive through the winding roads toward Sirogojno village, known as one of the most beautiful villages in the country and declared as a Cultural Monument of Exceptional Importance in Serbia. Recharge with a lunch break before a special experience in the village meeting local artisans. Check out their pottery, blacksmiths and cooper’s workshops, and basket weaving, then visit the Knitters Museum, where all products are still traditionally handmade. This is your opportunity to buy meaningful souvenirs and support the locals in the community.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Belgrade - Leave Zlatibor behind today and head to Belgrade. When you get to arrive, kick off your visit with a walking tour to discover the best of the city, from Republic Square and Knez Mihailova Street to Kalemegam Park and the Belgrade Fortress, where the Danube and Sava Rivers meet. This afternoon is free, so you might like to visit the city market or catch a trolleybus to Zemun – a Bohemian neighbourhood known for its cafes along the riverside promenade. Tonight, you’ll join your group for a farewell dinner as you toast to the end of your trip together.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Belgrade - The day is yours to enjoy Belgrade and all it has to offer, including incredible Turkish coffee at a kafana – these traditional coffee houses date back to the Ottoman era. Since this adventure is a combination of trips, you will have a meeting at your hotel at 6pm this evening to meet your new leader and any new travellers joining you for the next part of your adventure. Then step out into Belgrade for dinner at a local restaurant.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Timisoara - This morning, travel by private vehicle to Timisoara, crossing the Serbia-Romania border. Timisoara is a park-filled city where an uprising of local people sparked the Romanian Revolution in 1989. This saw the fall of the country’s Communist regime – reflecting the broader political change seen across Eastern Europe at the time. On a guided walking tour, you’ll take in some of Timisoara’s most significant sights – including the grand and aptly named Victory, Liberty and Union Squares – and learn more about the city’s history.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Sibiu - Head to Sibiu after breakfast, stopping on the way to visit Sarmizegetusa Regia – the capital of the ancient Kingdom of Dacia. Romania’s answer to Stonehenge, Sarmizegetusa Regia was a centre of religious, military and political significance until it was invaded by the Romans in 102 AD. It is now a UNESCO World Heritage site and one of the oldest and most mysterious historical sites in Romania. After touring the site with a local guide, continue to Sibiu, where you’ll get acquainted with the cobbled streets and squares on a guided walking tour. Sibiu is known for its creative, bohemian atmosphere, rich history and architecture. Explore what remains of the city’s medieval walls and towers, cross the legend-shrouded Bridge of Lies and take in the grandeur of Brukenthal National Museum before a free evening.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Sibiu - This morning head to the outskirts of the city to explore ASTRA Village Museum. Set across 96 acres surrounding a sparkling lake, this open-air living museum seeks to preserve, showcase and celebrate Romanian folk culture and traditional ways of life. Wander the grounds to discover reconstructed old dwellings, windmills and workshops and learn how Romanian people of centuries past grew food, raised families and made a living. The afternoon is free to visit the Orthodox Cathedral or admire the slightly less imposing (but equally magnificent) Gothic Lutheran church. Alternatively, grab a covrigi (a tasty Romanian pretzel), wander the old town and snap photos of the colourful, Wes Anderson-style architecture.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Coltesti Village - Depart Sibiu and head to Alba lulia – one of the oldest cities in Romania. It is home to an 18th-century citadel with a history that dates to Roman times. Shaped like a seven-point star, the fortress features a collection of ornate gates and vantage points, as well as numerous museums and cafes. Wander the cobbled streets with an expert guide to hear more about what went on within these ancient walls over the last two millennia. Next, drive to the Trascau Mountains to reach Coltesti and check in to Szekler Mansion – your exclusive Feature Stay. This evening, sit down for a traditional meal which might feature hearty bowls of borsch or goulash, locally made cheese and sarmale (smoky, meat-filled cabbage rolls).

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Sighisoara - On your way to Sighisoara today, stop off at the Turda Salt Mine. This huge subterranean space was renovated and opened to the public in the early 1990s and resembles an alien planet or a Bond villain’s lair. Don’t forget to pack a sweatshirt – it gets chilly 119 m down! When you resurface, head to the nearby town Medias, where you can catch a glimpse of the Trumpeter Tower, a medieval structure with a distinctive tilt. Finish your journey in the UNESCO World Heritage site of Sighisoara – your home for the next two nights and the birthplace of Vlad the Impaler, the historical figure and inspiration behind Bram Stoker’s Dracula. Explore the colourful streets of Sighisoara’s old town on a guided walk and then enjoy a free evening.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Sighisoara - Start your day by visiting the UNESCO World Hertiage site Biertan, home to a 15th century fortified church perched high on a hill in the centre of town. Then, drive to Malancrav for lunch in a bucolic setting – the Saxon village was once owned by one family, the Apafis, and populated with German farmers. Maybe see the Apafi Mansion and the 14th-century church that features the oldest wall paintings in Transylvania. Head back to Sighisoara after your sightseeing and spend the rest of the day exploring as you wish.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Brasov - After breakfast, set off for Brasov, making a pit stop at Saschiz fortified church along the way. The Saschiz Fortified Church is a 15th-century Gothic-style Lutheran church renowned for its massive defensive walls and historic clock tower, built by the Saxons to serve both religious and protective purposes. Next, you'll visit Bran Castle – perhaps Romania’s most famous attraction, given its associations with the tale of Count Dracula. Vampire myths aside (it was never actually home to Vlad the Impaler or Bram Stoker), the forested surroundings and lofty location of this 14th-century castle is a great setting. This evening you’ll reach Brasov and have dinner together at a local restaurant.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Brasov - Your tour of Romanian castles continues with Peles. Built in the late 19th century, the neo-Renaissance creation is even more extravagant on the inside than it is on the outside. Return to Brasov and, in the afternoon, join your leader for a walk, learning about the city’s most notable sights. You’ll see the remnants of the old medieval fortifications, the Black Church – damaged in the 1689 Great Fire but now restored – and the wedge-shaped Council Square, lined with historic buildings. Round the day off with the Romanian sweet treat of chimney cake (or kurtoskolacs as the locals call it).

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Bucharest - Today, you have a free morning in Brasov. Maybe seek out tiny String Street, which is 44 inches at its narrowest point or indulge in some Romanian sweet treats like papanasi (a sweet cream doughnut topped with blueberry jam). Depart the city and head for lunch in the Prahova Valley, where you’ll tour a local winery known for its sparkling rose in the mountain town of Azuga. Hit the road one last time, reaching Bucharest in the late afternoon.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Bucharest - Your adventure comes to an end after breakfast. If you’d like to spend some more time in Bucharest, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time to organise additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Palermo - Bongiorno! Welcome to Sicily. When you arrive in Palermo, you’ll be met by a local representative for your airport transfer into the city. Your adventure officially begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight to meet your fellow travellers and local leader. If you arrive early, you might like to get acquainted with the sights and sounds of the old heart of Palermo. Explore the main monuments like the uniquely styled cathedral, or cafe-hop to try the best of Sicily’s sweets. After your meeting tonight, you'll head out for a traditional Sicilian dinner as a group and get to know the city’s beloved cuisine at a great local restaurant.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Palermo - Enjoy a free morning to see more of Palermo’s small alleyways and buzzing market squares. In the afternoon, join a walking tour with your local leader to see some of the symbolic places of rebellion and anti-Mafia racketeering like the Teatro Massimo, Cape Market, Piazza della Memoria and Beati Paoli Square. You’ll meet local shop owners who have had the courage to denounce their extortionists and follow the ethical consumer campaign ‘Pago chi non paga’ – a campaign promoted to support those that rebel against the Mafia. Then, delve deeper into the local cuisine and learn how to create Sicilian dishes with the help of a local chef. As locally sourced products are used, the menu may differ depending on seasonality and market availability, but whatever you make, you’ll tuck into for dinner with a glass of local wine.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Marsala - Today, it’s time to say goodbye to Palermo and head towards the small town of Erice. Located more than 750 m above sea level, this beautifully preserved medieval town showcases architectural styles from its varied history. When you arrive, you’ll head to a Genovesi tasting (traditional Sicilian pastries filled with custard or ricotta cream). After, take a cable car back down to the town of Trapani, then continue south towards Marsala – a coastal town where you’ll be staying tonight. Famous for its sweet dessert wines, you might like to use your free evening to go out and enjoy a sip (or two) or, you can simply stroll the marble paved streets as the sun sets.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Mazara del Vallo – Agrigento - This morning, head east as you stop in the old port of Mazara del Vallo. It’s here that some of the Arab influences in Sicily are most clearly visible. As you stroll through the kasbah (Arab Quarter) you’ll witness the artistic and cultural enrichment brought on by the arrival of Tunisian families in the 70s. Wander the winding lanes and alleyways lined with colourful murals, then continue to Agrigento, stopping at Scala dei Turchi (Stair of the Turks) on the way – this coastline with its white marble cliffs offered protection from the severe winds for the pirates that roamed these waters. Finally, make your way to Agrigento, where you’ll stay in a boutique hotel built in the 13th century and share a meal with your fellow travellers.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Agrigento - This morning after breakfast, travel to the nearby Valley of the Temples. One of the largest archaeological sites in the world, this is where the ancient city of Akragas once stood. Your local guide will bring this classical Greek site to life as you visit the temples of Hera, Herakles, Zeus and Castor and Pollux. Along the way, enjoy views of the landscape and Mediterranean Sea. Return to Agrigento and enjoy a free afternoon. Maybe head to Agrigento's Old Town and wander the narrow alleyways and courtyards or find a local cafe, grab a panino and sit and watch the world go by.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Modica – Noto – Siracusa - Today, say goodbye to Agrigento and hit the road to Siracusa. Along the way, you’ll stop in Ragusa – one of the most scenic towns in all of Sicily. Explore the town and then continue to Modica, which is particularly famous for its chocolate. After tasting some of the local produce, continue to Noto and get acquainted with the city on a guided walking tour. Lesser-known Noto has recently gained a reputation as an architectural jewel and its limestone structures sparkle on a sunlit afternoon. Finally, arrive in Siracusa, where you’ll stay for the next two nights.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Siracusa - This morning, head out on an orientation walk through Ortigia – a small island just adjacent to the main town of Siracusa. Wandering the narrow streets and laneways will reveal ancient ruins, fountains and trattorias. Return to Siracusa in the afternoon and enjoy a free afternoon to explore. You might like to head to the Greek theatre, Roman amphitheatre and ancient stone quarries of the Neapolis Archaeological Site, see more of the Siracusa town or simply relax at your accommodation.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Mt Etna – Catania - Today, come face-to-face with Europe’s largest active volcano on a daytrip up Mt Etna. At an altitude of approximately 2000 m, you’ll walk into the centre of an extinct crater and visit a lava cave that can be explored with helmets and torches. Walk among the cold lava streams of Piano Provenzana – a former ski resort that has been destroyed during the last big eruption of 2002. After exploring this fiery natural wonder, continue to Catania. The city has a unique energy – an interesting blend of young and old. On one hand, there’s a gritty bar culture that fuels the nightlife scene, and on the other hand, there’s the Late Baroque towns – the UNESCO World Heritage site, Val di Noto. This afternoon, you’ll get the opportunity to explore both sides of the city by wandering through its grand piazzas and wide roads.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Taormina – Catania - After breakfast today, take a daytrip to the city of Taormina. Start things off with a guided walk, where you’ll notice Greek influence in the architecture. Walk through the back streets, gardens and the world-famous Greek theatre and cathedral. The afternoon is free, so there's plenty of time to explore at your own pace. Have a drink in the Mediterranean sun or dig into some traditional Sicilian pasta before heading back for your final night in Catania. This evening, enjoy a farewell dinner at a local restaurant with your newfound travel friends and group leader.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Bari - Benvenuto! Welcome to Puglia – the heel of Italy’s boot. Your adventure kicks off in the coastal city of Bari, where you’ll be met at the airport and transferred to your hotel. You’ll have a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight to meet your local leader and fellow travellers joining you on your adventure. If you arrive early, why not wander the mazelike Old Town or see the 11th-century Basilica di San Nicola – a key pilgrimage site that holds some of St. Nicholas’ remains. You could also pop into a local cornetteria for a decadent Italian croissant. After your meeting, get to know your group over an included dinner, where your local leader will introduce you to Puglia’s cuisine.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Bari - Leave the coastline behind as you travel inland by private vehicle to the little town of Alberobello. Set among a tranquil landscape of olive groves, the town is famed for its unique beehive-shaped trulli (dwellings built from limestone in the 14th century). While the origins of the buildings are unclear, one theory suggests the houses were created to be easily dismantled in a feudal tax evasion scheme. Whatever their purpose, the buildings make the Apulia region unlike anywhere else in the world. Join a local guide for an insider’s look at the town, wandering through the Old Town quarter of Rione Monti, dotted with thousands of trulli, and Rione Aia Piccola. Your guide will point out the different shapes of spires and the religious symbols adorning the roofs. Finally, see the Church de Sant’Antonio – a huge cathedral built in the trulli style. You’ll then visit Polignano a Mare to explore another gorgeous coastal town popular for its beaches, rugged cliffside dwellings and bright turquoise waters. Tonight, you’re free back in Bari to find some dinner.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Nardo - This morning, visit a local olive oil producer on a farm that’s been active since Roman times. You’ll learn how production techniques have changed over the centuries, taste some of the olive oil for yourself and enjoy an included lunch of regional favourites. Then, visit the small city of Ostuni and explore its whitewashed streets flanked with Gothic, Romanesque and Byzantine buildings. From here, travel to the quiet town of Nardo and join an expert local guide for a walking tour through the Old Town, where there are more than a dozen grand palazzos. Tonight, settle into your Feature Stay accommodation – three 13th century Baronial Palaces, once home to aristocracy from the Kingdom of Naples, which have been converted into a hotel by a local architect. Spend the evening exploring the palaces and grounds that feature artwork and sculptures by local artists. In Palazzo Mignano, you’ll find an excellent on-site restaurant offering Salento dishes and a panoramic view from the terrace.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Nardo - Before breakfast, you may like to take a walk through your Feature Stay’s historic ‘secret garden’ where it seems as if figures from days gone by could walk around the corner at any minute. Today head to the beautiful city of Lecce. With its ornate baroque buildings, lively university and ancient Roman ruins, Lecce’s narrow streets are a delight to explore. Let a local guide show you hidden corners and share the city’s history with you this morning. You’ll also have some free time to explore this historic city on your own before heading back to Nardo. Later this afternoon, join your group for a cooking class on traditional Puglia regional cuisine.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Matera - Enjoy a final morning at your Feature Stay hotel, sitting back with a coffee and soaking up the scenery. Then, it’s time to say goodbye and travel to Matera – an ancient city on a rocky outcrop. Along the way, stop at a local winery for some wine tasting and lunch before continuing to Matera. Matera is believed to be the third-longest continuously inhabited human settlement in the world. You’ll be exploring the city’s famous sassi houses in depth tomorrow, so this evening why not take a walk around Matera to discover its churches, traditional restaurants and thousands of years of human history.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Matera - Today, dive into Matera’s Old Town, made famous by sassi – more than 3000 stone houses formed from natural grottoes and tufo cliffs, some dating back as far as the 8th century. Join a local guide who will lead you through a labyrinth of staircases and alleyways that cut their way through limestone ravines, dipping in and out of ancient sassi houses as you go. Up until the late 1950s, the sassi were considered the ‘Shame of Italy’ due to the gruelling living conditions and poverty suffered by those who lived here – a result of the city’s rapid population growth. The Italian government intervened, and 15,000 inhabitants were forcibly relocated. Today, the sassi are undergoing extensive restoration, with some dwellings featuring exhibits that recreate inhabited caves. You’ll also visit an ancient underground neighbourhood, made up of houses, streets, cisterns and churches.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Naples - Begin the day by driving to the storied town of Pompeii, home to one of Europe’s most well-known archaeological sites – the ruins of Pompeii, caused by the eruption of Mt Vesuvius in 79 AD. Join a local guide to discover the remains of this once thriving Roman trading centre. After the eruption, the city was covered in a layer of ash and remained undisturbed until the 18th century, when the ruins were rediscovered. Walk among well-preserved villas, temples, theatres, markets and chariot-marked streets as your expert guide helps you to imagine what life here once looked like. You can also visit the Roman Forum and basilica, temples, public baths, and the tiny Odeon created for music recitals. Later in the day, travel to the buzzing city of Naples where you’ll join your group for a final dinner and a chance to look back on all you’ve seen on your journey.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Rome - Buongiorno! Welcome to Rome. When you arrive, you’ll take a complimentary transfer to your hotel and settle in. If you arrive early, and it’s recommended that you do to soak in all this incredibly historic city has to offer, maybe grab an espresso and hit the streets. Your adventure officially begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm, where you’ll meet your local leader and fellow travellers. When the formalities are out of the way, get your first taste of Italy with an included dinner at a local restaurant.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Rome - From ancient monuments to romantic restaurants, Rome is a city of great beauty and diversity. Today, join a private guide for a trip to the Spanish steps, the Trevi Fountain, the Piazza Navona and inside the Pantheon before reaching Campo de Fiori, where a local fresh produce market has been held since 1869. Join your leader for a quick stop at a local bar for a granita (an iced Italian espresso) then have lunch at a classic local restaurant that’s frequented by Romans. In the afternoon, take a guided tour of the Colosseum – one of the Seven Wonders of the World – then the evening is free for you to explore at your own pace.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Siena / Monteriggioni / San Gimignano Region - Today you’ll take a private vehicle to the city of Siena, where your leader will show you the most interesting sights on an orientation walk. At the city’s heart is Piazza del Campo – home to the biannual Palio horse race and nearby the Siena Cathedral. Next, visit Monteriggioni – a medieval walled town with over a dozen towers once used to defend Sienese territory from the Florentines. You’ll have time to explore this tiny hilltop spot before arriving at your Feature Stay accommodation near San Gimignano. This country hotel with views of a tree-studded landscape geatures an outdoor pool and an on-site restaurant. Tonight, indulge in an included gourmet dinner made with local ingredients that pays homage to traditional Tuscan dishes, with a modern twist.

     

    Day - 20

    Location: San Gimignano Region - Start the day with a visit to San Gimignano – the 'Town of Fine Towers'. Explore the medieval Old Town centre and its Gothic and Romanesque architecture with your leader. This region is also renowned for its ancient Vernaccia grapes, which are the basis for one of Tuscany's finest white wines. Your group will visit a local agriturismo, where you’ll explore the vineyards and sample some of their celebrated wine, before enjoying an included lunch featuring regional cheese, fine olive oil and bruschetta. Return to your Feature Stay accommodation for another delicious dinner.

     

    Day - 21

    Location: Pisa / Lucca / Florence - Today you’ll visit Pisa. It’s not always possible to climb the Leaning Tower of Pisa due to its precarious state, but as your leader shares the history of this legendary building, you’ll have the opportunity to take a photo from the ground. Your next stop is historic Lucca – one of Italy’s most beautiful but underrated cities – where you’ll take a short walk along the city’s beautifully preserved Renaissance walls. From here you’ll take the short journey to Florence where the evening is yours to walk the cobbled streets, eat gelato and soak up the unmistakenly Tuscan atmosphere.

     

    Day - 22

    Location: Florence - This morning, join a private guided walk of Florence, including a visit to the Galleria dell‘Accademia – an art museum renowned for its collection of sculptures, including the iconic statue of David by Michelangelo. You then have a free afternoon to explore at your own pace. Visiting the Uffizi is highly recommended as it’s one of the oldest galleries in the world. Maybe head to Piazzale Michelangelo for sweeping views of Florence’s timeless skyline and sample some of the culinary delicacies on offer from across Tuscany, with dishes known for their freshness, simplicity and quality. Olive oil, beans and herbs are a feature here.

     

    Day - 23

    Location: Venice - In the morning, head to the railway station and take a high-speed train to Venice. When you arrive, your leader will take you on an orientation walk so you can get acquainted with the city’s maze of canals and learn about its unique history. You’ll pop into Atelier Lunardelli – a historical atelier where they design furniture combining glass and timber. Then, make your way to Palazzo Pisani, which was once home to one of the most powerful Venetian dynasties and now houses the Music Conservatory of Venice. You can also take the stairs to rooftop for a spectacular aerial view of the city. Venice is renowned for its glass, so end the walk with a visit to a glass blowing factory to learn about the art of its production. The rest of the afternoon is yours to explore before joining back up with your group in the evening for a Venetian dinner.

     

    Day - 24

    Location: Venice - With no activities planned for today, your trip comes to an end after breakfast. If you’d like to extend your stay, just speak to your booking agent to arrange additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Split - Dobro dosli! Welcome to Croatia. Your adventure begins in Split – right on the Adriatic coast, this is Croatia’s second-largest city. You’ll be collected from the airport and transferred to your hotel when you arrive, ready for your welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. If you arrive early, you might like to visit the Mestrovic Gallery, which displays the remarkable work of one of Croatia’s greatest sculptors. After the meeting, get to know your fellow travellers and group leader over dinner at one of Split’s local restaurants and maybe try some brudet (a rustic seafood stew) and rozata (a creamy custard pudding). Tonight, you’ll stay in your Feature Stay – Santa Lucia Heritage Hotel in the Pjaca (the most beautiful square in Split).

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Split - This morning, head out on a sustainable Urban Adventure – ‘Unveiling Split’s Living History’. Led by a licensed heritage interpreter, you’ll stroll through the historic streets of Split, discover some of the city's hidden gems and get a glimpse into the lives of the locals. Wander through cobblestoned streets in the footsteps of past emperors and kings and learn about how Split has evolved over the centuries, now embracing eco-friendly initiatives like solar power and waste management. Explore the workshops of local artisans and witness the skill and passion of their creations. This afternoon is free to explore the seaside city at your own pace – maybe find the perfect seafood restaurant with sweeping views of the coast and tuck into some fresh cuisine over a glass of wine. Or, head back to your Feature Stay and chill on the la luce terrace or in the secret garden.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Korcula - Take a morning ferry to Korcula – a gorgeous island off the Dalmatian Coast. When you arrive in the afternoon, head out on a walking tour of Korcula Town with a local guide. See the main sites of this seaside spot and learn about the history of this island, whose population is almost entirely made up of ethnic Croats. Korcula is famed for its folkloric traditions and you’ll get special access to the see the traditional costumes used in local celebrations. After, maybe hit one of the hidden beaches like Vela Przina or Proizd, wander the orange-topped architecture in the Old City or soak up some of the local wine culture among the olive groves.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Korcula - Today you’ll head out on a custom-made half-day tour around Korcula. Explore the rich history of the island and visit places that are less impacted by tourism, supporting the local community. First, visit the Ethnographic Museum Barilo in Blato and explore the impressive collection, which includes agricultural tools, ceremonial clothes, traditional costumes, kitchen utensils and handicrafts that give a unique insight into the daily lives of the owners' ancestors. Wander the house and garden, then join your hosts for a tasting of local liqueurs, brandies, arancini, fried almonds and dried figs, prepared according to traditional recipes. After, head to Vela Luka to see the 20,000-year-old Vela Spila archaeological site and cave. Take a short walk over the cave for panoramic views of the archipelago and the bay below, then head to a local village for lunch and a wine tasting of local drops at a small family winery in the hills. 

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Korcula - Today is a free day in Korcula. You might like to spend the day lazing at one of the hidden beaches and soak up the sun, taking a dip in the bay. Alternatively, maybe head to another local winery and support the local community by induling in some local cuisine and a glass of wine (or three). Perhaps continue your explorations of the Old Town tonight, taking in the stocky Revelin Tower and impressive defensive walls before stopping for dinner in one of the island’s many restaurants.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Dubrovnik - You’ll begin the journey to Dubrovnik today, stopping at Trsteno along the way – a small village just 20 km away from Dubrovnik. Here, you’ll tuck into a delicious brunch of local products made by a local family on their farm and presented by the famous Croatian chef Katija Paseta. Soak in the garden views and morning sun and then be treated to an olive oil tasting (a bottle of this locally produced kitchen necessity makes for the perfect souvenir!). Visit the arboretum next door – this is the oldest monument of garden architecture and the only arboretum in Croatia that dates back to the 15th century. This is also a Game of Thrones filming location, but is far less crowded with fans than Dubrovnik’s Old Town. As you spot locations you recognise from the show (well away from the tourist crowds), take in the views of the Elaphiti Islands and the Adriatic Sea below. Continue to the medieval walls of Dubrovnik, where you’ll have a free evening to find the best spot for dinner.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Dubrovnik - Today is free to explore Dubrovnik at your own pace. Maybe visit Rector's Palace to see the ornate Venetian-Gothic architecture or sip a beer on the terrace of one of the city’s cliff bars. Take a Game of Thrones walking tour to a few more filming locations or just people-watch over an espresso. Tonight, you'll be treated to a sunset sail on the Adriatic. On a private boat, sail to the Elafiti Islands, taking in the coastal scenery during golden hour. Go for a couple of swims off the boat, then hit land and visit the fisherman's village of Lopud. Here, you can share your favourite moments from your trip with the group over a farewell dinner of local cuisine. Sail back to Dubrovnik just in time to enjoy the view of Old Town from the sea during sunset and toast to an unforgettable memory with some local wine.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Dubrovnik - Your trip ends after breakfast this morning. If you're looking to extend your stay and soak more of Dubrovnik's unique beauty, additional accommodation can be arranged for you – just speak to your booking agent.   

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Split - Dobro dosli! Welcome to Croatia. Your adventure begins in Split – right on the Adriatic coast, this is Croatia’s second-largest city. You’ll be collected from the airport and transferred to your hotel when you arrive, ready for your welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. If you arrive early, you might like to visit the Mestrovic Gallery, which displays the remarkable work of one of Croatia’s greatest sculptors. After the meeting, get to know your fellow travellers and group leader over dinner at one of Split’s local restaurants and maybe try some brudet (a rustic seafood stew) and rozata (a creamy custard pudding). Tonight, you’ll stay in your Feature Stay – Santa Lucia Heritage Hotel in the Pjaca (the most beautiful square in Split).

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Split - This morning, head out on a sustainable Urban Adventure – ‘Unveiling Split’s Living History’. Led by a licensed heritage interpreter, you’ll stroll through the historic streets of Split, discover some of the city's hidden gems and get a glimpse into the lives of the locals. Wander through cobblestoned streets in the footsteps of past emperors and kings and learn about how Split has evolved over the centuries, now embracing eco-friendly initiatives like solar power and waste management. Explore the workshops of local artisans and witness the skill and passion of their creations. This afternoon is free to explore the seaside city at your own pace – maybe find the perfect seafood restaurant with sweeping views of the coast and tuck into some fresh cuisine over a glass of wine. Or, head back to your Feature Stay and chill on the la luce terrace or in the secret garden.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Korcula - Take a morning ferry to Korcula – a gorgeous island off the Dalmatian Coast. When you arrive in the afternoon, head out on a walking tour of Korcula Town with a local guide. See the main sites of this seaside spot and learn about the history of this island, whose population is almost entirely made up of ethnic Croats. Korcula is famed for its folkloric traditions and you’ll get special access to the see the traditional costumes used in local celebrations. After, maybe hit one of the hidden beaches like Vela Przina or Proizd, wander the orange-topped architecture in the Old City or soak up some of the local wine culture among the olive groves.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Korcula - Today you’ll head out on a custom-made half-day tour around Korcula. Explore the rich history of the island and visit places that are less impacted by tourism, supporting the local community. First, visit the Ethnographic Museum Barilo in Blato and explore the impressive collection, which includes agricultural tools, ceremonial clothes, traditional costumes, kitchen utensils and handicrafts that give a unique insight into the daily lives of the owners' ancestors. Wander the house and garden, then join your hosts for a tasting of local liqueurs, brandies, arancini, fried almonds and dried figs, prepared according to traditional recipes. After, head to Vela Luka to see the 20,000-year-old Vela Spila archaeological site and cave. Take a short walk over the cave for panoramic views of the archipelago and the bay below, then head to a local village for lunch and a wine tasting of local drops at a small family winery in the hills. 

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Korcula - Today is a free day in Korcula. You might like to spend the day lazing at one of the hidden beaches and soak up the sun, taking a dip in the bay. Alternatively, maybe head to another local winery and support the local community by induling in some local cuisine and a glass of wine (or three). Perhaps continue your explorations of the Old Town tonight, taking in the stocky Revelin Tower and impressive defensive walls before stopping for dinner in one of the island’s many restaurants.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Dubrovnik - You’ll begin the journey to Dubrovnik today, stopping at Trsteno along the way – a small village just 20 km away from Dubrovnik. Here, you’ll tuck into a delicious brunch of local products made by a local family on their farm and presented by the famous Croatian chef Katija Paseta. Soak in the garden views and morning sun and then be treated to an olive oil tasting (a bottle of this locally produced kitchen necessity makes for the perfect souvenir!). Visit the arboretum next door – this is the oldest monument of garden architecture and the only arboretum in Croatia that dates back to the 15th century. This is also a Game of Thrones filming location, but is far less crowded with fans than Dubrovnik’s Old Town. As you spot locations you recognise from the show (well away from the tourist crowds), take in the views of the Elaphiti Islands and the Adriatic Sea below. Continue to the medieval walls of Dubrovnik, where you’ll have a free evening to find the best spot for dinner.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Dubrovnik - Today is free to explore Dubrovnik at your own pace. Maybe visit Rector's Palace to see the ornate Venetian-Gothic architecture or sip a beer on the terrace of one of the city’s cliff bars. Take a Game of Thrones walking tour to a few more filming locations or just people-watch over an espresso. Tonight, you'll be treated to a sunset sail on the Adriatic. On a private boat, sail to the Elafiti Islands, taking in the coastal scenery during golden hour. Go for a couple of swims off the boat, then hit land and visit the fisherman's village of Lopud. Here, you can share your favourite moments from your trip with the group over a farewell dinner of local cuisine. Sail back to Dubrovnik just in time to enjoy the view of Old Town from the sea during sunset and toast to an unforgettable memory with some local wine.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Dubrovnik - Enjoy a day at leisure in Dubrovnik. As this is a combination trip, a meeting will take place at your hotel at 6pm this evening to meet your new leader and welcome any new travellers joining you for the next part of your adventure. After your meeting, head out for dinner at a local restaurant showcasing Croatia’s traditional cuisine.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Mostar - Today, you’ll cross the border and travel into Bosnia and Herzegovina, stopping at several scenic destinations along the way. Your first stop is Trebinje, where you’ll join your leader for a walk around the compact Old Town and its market square, followed by a stop at an Orthodox monastery to taste the renowned Tvrdos wine. After, head to Mostar, a picturesque old town home to numerous stone millhouses and quaint cobbled streets. But the star attraction is the world famous Stari Most (Old Bridge) which spans the Neretva River connecting the two sides of the city. Find a spot for lunch and then get to know the town in the company of an expert local guide – including why the locals have such a strong connection to coffee.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Sarajevo - Leave Mostar this morning and make your way toward Sarajevo, stopping in Konjic along the way. Here, you’ll discover one of the best-kept secrets of former Yugoslavia – Tito's nuclear bunker. Built to protect Yugoslav President Josip Broz Tito and his top military personnel, this military bunker has only recently opened to the public. Step back in time on a guided tour of the bunker and learn about Yugoslav history and what life was like in the not-so-distant past. After exploring the bunker, continue to Sarajevo and settle into your hotel. Then, head out to explore the city with an expert local guide.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Sarajevo - Head out on a city tour through Sarajevo with a local guide this morning to get to know your surroundings and learn more about this historical city. With some free time to explore at your own pace after, you might taste your way through the market stalls of Bascarsija, visit one of the museums dedicated to the Yugoslav War or take a cable car up Trebevic Mountain for views of the city. Wrap up the day with a home-cooked meal shared with your hosts, Mustafa and Mersiha, who proudly claim their kitchen offers the best views over Sarajevo. Your evening begins with a lesson on making Bosnian pita, followed by a hearty meal of sogan dolma (stuffed onions) and dolam (stuffed paprika). Of course, you’ll get to try your freshly made pita, too!

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Zlatibor - Today, travel to Serbia, with a stop in the small town of Visegrad. Here, a 16th-century bridge that inspired the Nobel Prize winning literary work ‘The Bridge on the Drina’ dominates the horizon. From Visegrad, you’ll head to Drina Canyon for a warm welcome to Serbia – a boat tour with local food tasting. After your scenic lunch, you’ll board a steam train in Mokra Gora National Park for a scenic ride through forests and mountains. Served by one the last operational steam trains in Europe, this stretch of historic railway is part of the renowned Ciro trail, connecting Belgrade and the Adriatic Sea. Tonight, you’ll stay near the town of Zlatibor in your Feature Stay accommodation – a group of wooden chalets with their own private swimming pools and views of the surrounding countryside.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Zlatibor - Hop on board the longest gondola ride in the world today – the Gold Gondola, spanning 9000 m (29,530 ft) in length. Take in panoramic views of the surrounding mountains and lakes before exploring the area on foot. After your ride, set off on a hike through the nature of Tornik mountain – the highest point of the Zlatibor Mountains – then drive through the winding roads toward Sirogojno village, known as one of the most beautiful villages in the country and declared as a Cultural Monument of Exceptional Importance in Serbia. Recharge with a lunch break before a special experience in the village meeting local artisans. Check out their pottery, blacksmiths and cooper’s workshops, and basket weaving, then visit the Knitters Museum, where all products are still traditionally handmade. This is your opportunity to buy meaningful souvenirs and support the locals in the community.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Belgrade - Leave Zlatibor behind today and head to Belgrade. When you get to arrive, kick off your visit with a walking tour to discover the best of the city, from Republic Square and Knez Mihailova Street to Kalemegam Park and the Belgrade Fortress, where the Danube and Sava Rivers meet. This afternoon is free, so you might like to visit the city market or catch a trolleybus to Zemun – a Bohemian neighbourhood known for its cafes along the riverside promenade. Tonight, you’ll join your group for a farewell dinner as you toast to the end of your trip together.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Belgrade - The day is yours to enjoy Belgrade and all it has to offer, including incredible Turkish coffee at a kafana – these traditional coffee houses date back to the Ottoman era. After an evening meeting with your new local leader and any travellers joining the trip at this point, step out in to Belgrade for dinner at a local restaurant.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Timisoara - This morning, travel by private vehicle to Timisoara, crossing the Serbia-Romania border. Timisoara is a park-filled city where an uprising of local people sparked the Romanian Revolution in 1989. This saw the fall of the country’s Communist regime – reflecting the broader political change seen across Eastern Europe at the time. On a guided walking tour, you’ll take in some of Timisoara’s most significant sights – including the grand and aptly named Victory, Liberty and Union Squares – and learn more about the city’s history.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Sibiu - Head to Sibiu after breakfast, stopping on the way to visit Sarmizegetusa Regia – the capital of the ancient Kingdom of Dacia. Romania’s answer to Stonehenge, Sarmizegetusa Regia was a centre of religious, military and political significance until it was invaded by the Romans in 102 AD. It is now a UNESCO World Heritage site and one of the oldest and most mysterious historical sites in Romania. After touring the site with a local guide, continue to Sibiu, where you’ll get acquainted with the cobbled streets and squares on a guided walking tour. Sibiu is known for its creative, bohemian atmosphere, rich history and architecture. Explore what remains of the city’s medieval walls and towers, cross the legend-shrouded Bridge of Lies and take in the grandeur of Brukenthal National Museum before a free evening.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Sibiu - This morning head to the outskirts of the city to explore ASTRA Village Museum. Set across 96 acres surrounding a sparkling lake, this open-air living museum seeks to preserve, showcase and celebrate Romanian folk culture and traditional ways of life. Wander the grounds to discover reconstructed old dwellings, windmills and workshops and learn how Romanian people of centuries past grew food, raised families and made a living. The afternoon is free to visit the Orthodox Cathedral or admire the slightly less imposing (but equally magnificent) Gothic Lutheran church. Alternatively, grab a covrigi (a tasty Romanian pretzel), wander the old town and snap photos of the colourful, Wes Anderson-style architecture.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Coltesti Village - Depart Sibiu and head to Alba lulia – one of the oldest cities in Romania. It is home to an 18th-century citadel with a history that dates to Roman times. Shaped like a seven-point star, the fortress features a collection of ornate gates and vantage points, as well as numerous museums and cafes. Wander the cobbled streets with an expert guide to hear more about what went on within these ancient walls over the last two millennia. Next, drive to the Trascau Mountains to reach Coltesti and check in to Szekler Mansion – your exclusive Feature Stay. This evening, sit down for a traditional meal which might feature hearty bowls of borsch or goulash, locally made cheese and sarmale (smoky, meat-filled cabbage rolls).

     

    Day - 20

    Location: Sighisoara - On your way to Sighisoara today, stop off at the Turda Salt Mine. This huge subterranean space was renovated and opened to the public in the early 1990s and resembles an alien planet or a Bond villain’s lair. Don’t forget to pack a sweatshirt – it gets chilly 119 m down! When you resurface, head to the nearby town Medias, where you can catch a glimpse of the Trumpeter Tower, a medieval structure with a distinctive tilt. Finish your journey in the UNESCO World Heritage site of Sighisoara – your home for the next two nights and the birthplace of Vlad the Impaler, the historical figure and inspiration behind Bram Stoker’s Dracula. Explore the colourful streets of Sighisoara’s old town on a guided walk and then enjoy a free evening.

     

    Day - 21

    Location: Sighisoara - Start your day by visiting the UNESCO World Hertiage site Biertan, home to a 15th century fortified church perched high on a hill in the centre of town. Then, drive to Malancrav for lunch in a bucolic setting – the Saxon village was once owned by one family, the Apafis, and populated with German farmers. Maybe see the Apafi Mansion and the 14th-century church that features the oldest wall paintings in Transylvania. Head back to Sighisoara after your sightseeing and spend the rest of the day exploring as you wish.

     

    Day - 22

    Location: Brasov - After breakfast, set off for Brasov, making a pit stop at Saschiz fortified church along the way. The Saschiz Fortified Church is a 15th-century Gothic-style Lutheran church renowned for its massive defensive walls and historic clock tower, built by the Saxons to serve both religious and protective purposes. Next, you'll visit Bran Castle – perhaps Romania’s most famous attraction, given its associations with the tale of Count Dracula. Vampire myths aside (it was never actually home to Vlad the Impaler or Bram Stoker), the forested surroundings and lofty location of this 14th-century castle is a great setting. This evening you’ll reach Brasov and have dinner together at a local restaurant.

     

    Day - 23

    Location: Brasov - Your tour of Romanian castles continues with Peles. Built in the late 19th century, the neo-Renaissance creation is even more extravagant on the inside than it is on the outside. Return to Brasov and, in the afternoon, join your leader for a walk, learning about the city’s most notable sights. You’ll see the remnants of the old medieval fortifications, the Black Church – damaged in the 1689 Great Fire but now restored – and the wedge-shaped Council Square, lined with historic buildings. Round the day off with the Romanian sweet treat of chimney cake (or kurtoskolacs as the locals call it).

     

    Day - 24

    Location: Bucharest - Today, you have a free morning in Brasov. Maybe seek out tiny String Street, which is 44 inches at its narrowest point or indulge in some Romanian sweet treats like papanasi (a sweet cream doughnut topped with blueberry jam). Depart the city and head for lunch in the Prahova Valley, where you’ll tour a local winery known for its sparkling rose in the mountain town of Azuga. Hit the road one last time, reaching Bucharest in the late afternoon.

     

    Day - 25

    Location: Bucharest - Your adventure comes to an end after breakfast. If you’d like to spend some more time in Bucharest, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time to organise additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Bari - Benvenuto! Welcome to Puglia – the heel of Italy’s boot. Your adventure kicks off in the coastal city of Bari, where you’ll be met at the airport and transferred to your hotel. You’ll have a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight to meet your local leader and fellow travellers joining you on your adventure. If you arrive early, why not wander the mazelike Old Town or see the 11th-century Basilica di San Nicola – a key pilgrimage site that holds some of St. Nicholas’ remains. You could also pop into a local cornetteria for a decadent Italian croissant. After your meeting, get to know your group over an included dinner, where your local leader will introduce you to Puglia’s cuisine.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Bari - Leave the coastline behind as you travel inland by private vehicle to the little town of Alberobello. Set among a tranquil landscape of olive groves, the town is famed for its unique beehive-shaped trulli (dwellings built from limestone in the 14th century). While the origins of the buildings are unclear, one theory suggests the houses were created to be easily dismantled in a feudal tax evasion scheme. Whatever their purpose, the buildings make the Apulia region unlike anywhere else in the world. Join a local guide for an insider’s look at the town, wandering through the Old Town quarter of Rione Monti, dotted with thousands of trulli, and Rione Aia Piccola. Your guide will point out the different shapes of spires and the religious symbols adorning the roofs. Finally, see the Church de Sant’Antonio – a huge cathedral built in the trulli style. You’ll then visit Polignano a Mare to explore another gorgeous coastal town popular for its beaches, rugged cliffside dwellings and bright turquoise waters. Tonight, you’re free back in Bari to find some dinner.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Nardo - This morning, visit a local olive oil producer on a farm that’s been active since Roman times. You’ll learn how production techniques have changed over the centuries, taste some of the olive oil for yourself and enjoy an included lunch of regional favourites. Then, visit the small city of Ostuni and explore its whitewashed streets flanked with Gothic, Romanesque and Byzantine buildings. From here, travel to the quiet town of Nardo and join an expert local guide for a walking tour through the Old Town, where there are more than a dozen grand palazzos. Tonight, settle into your Feature Stay accommodation – three 13th century Baronial Palaces, once home to aristocracy from the Kingdom of Naples, which have been converted into a hotel by a local architect. Spend the evening exploring the palaces and grounds that feature artwork and sculptures by local artists. In Palazzo Mignano, you’ll find an excellent on-site restaurant offering Salento dishes and a panoramic view from the terrace.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Nardo - Before breakfast, you may like to take a walk through your Feature Stay’s historic ‘secret garden’ where it seems as if figures from days gone by could walk around the corner at any minute. Today head to the beautiful city of Lecce. With its ornate baroque buildings, lively university and ancient Roman ruins, Lecce’s narrow streets are a delight to explore. Let a local guide show you hidden corners and share the city’s history with you this morning. You’ll also have some free time to explore this historic city on your own before heading back to Nardo. Later this afternoon, join your group for a cooking class on traditional Puglia regional cuisine.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Matera - Enjoy a final morning at your Feature Stay hotel, sitting back with a coffee and soaking up the scenery. Then, it’s time to say goodbye and travel to Matera – an ancient city on a rocky outcrop. Along the way, stop at a local winery for some wine tasting and lunch before continuing to Matera. Matera is believed to be the third-longest continuously inhabited human settlement in the world. You’ll be exploring the city’s famous sassi houses in depth tomorrow, so this evening why not take a walk around Matera to discover its churches, traditional restaurants and thousands of years of human history.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Matera - Today, dive into Matera’s Old Town, made famous by sassi – more than 3000 stone houses formed from natural grottoes and tufo cliffs, some dating back as far as the 8th century. Join a local guide who will lead you through a labyrinth of staircases and alleyways that cut their way through limestone ravines, dipping in and out of ancient sassi houses as you go. Up until the late 1950s, the sassi were considered the ‘Shame of Italy’ due to the gruelling living conditions and poverty suffered by those who lived here – a result of the city’s rapid population growth. The Italian government intervened, and 15,000 inhabitants were forcibly relocated. Today, the sassi are undergoing extensive restoration, with some dwellings featuring exhibits that recreate inhabited caves. You’ll also visit an ancient underground neighbourhood, made up of houses, streets, cisterns and churches.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Naples - Begin the day by driving to the storied town of Pompeii, home to one of Europe’s most well-known archaeological sites – the ruins of Pompeii, caused by the eruption of Mt Vesuvius in 79 AD. Join a local guide to discover the remains of this once thriving Roman trading centre. After the eruption, the city was covered in a layer of ash and remained undisturbed until the 18th century, when the ruins were rediscovered. Walk among well-preserved villas, temples, theatres, markets and chariot-marked streets as your expert guide helps you to imagine what life here once looked like. You can also visit the Roman Forum and basilica, temples, public baths, and the tiny Odeon created for music recitals. Later in the day, travel to the buzzing city of Naples where you’ll join your group for a final dinner and a chance to look back on all you’ve seen on your journey.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Rome - This morning, catch a train to Italy's iconic capital city, Rome. If you arrive early, maybe grab an espresso and hit the streets for a self-guided walking tour. The second half of your adventure begins with another welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight, where you’ll meet your new local leader and the new travellers joining you. When the formalities are out of the way, head to dinner at a local restaurant and get to know each other better over some delicious Italian cuisine.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Rome - From ancient monuments to romantic restaurants, Rome is a city of great beauty and diversity. Today, join a private guide for a trip to the Spanish steps, the Trevi Fountain, the Piazza Navona and inside the Pantheon before reaching Campo de Fiori, where a local fresh produce market has been held since 1869. Join your leader for a quick stop at a local bar for a granita (an iced Italian espresso) then have lunch at a classic local restaurant that’s frequented by Romans. In the afternoon, take a guided tour of the Colosseum – one of the Seven Wonders of the World – then the evening is free for you to explore at your own pace.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Siena / Monteriggioni / San Gimignano Region - Today you’ll take a private vehicle to the city of Siena, where your leader will show you the most interesting sights on an orientation walk. At the city’s heart is Piazza del Campo – home to the biannual Palio horse race and nearby the Siena Cathedral. Next, visit Monteriggioni – a medieval walled town with over a dozen towers once used to defend Sienese territory from the Florentines. You’ll have time to explore this tiny hilltop spot before arriving at your Feature Stay accommodation near San Gimignano. This country hotel with views of a tree-studded landscape geatures an outdoor pool and an on-site restaurant. Tonight, indulge in an included gourmet dinner made with local ingredients that pays homage to traditional Tuscan dishes, with a modern twist.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: San Gimignano Region - Start the day with a visit to San Gimignano – the 'Town of Fine Towers'. Explore the medieval Old Town centre and its Gothic and Romanesque architecture with your leader. This region is also renowned for its ancient Vernaccia grapes, which are the basis for one of Tuscany's finest white wines. Your group will visit a local agriturismo, where you’ll explore the vineyards and sample some of their celebrated wine, before enjoying an included lunch featuring regional cheese, fine olive oil and bruschetta. Return to your Feature Stay accommodation for another delicious dinner.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Pisa / Lucca / Florence - Today you’ll visit Pisa. It’s not always possible to climb the Leaning Tower of Pisa due to its precarious state, but as your leader shares the history of this legendary building, you’ll have the opportunity to take a photo from the ground. Your next stop is historic Lucca – one of Italy’s most beautiful but underrated cities – where you’ll take a short walk along the city’s beautifully preserved Renaissance walls. From here you’ll take the short journey to Florence where the evening is yours to walk the cobbled streets, eat gelato and soak up the unmistakenly Tuscan atmosphere.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Florence - This morning, join a private guided walk of Florence, including a visit to the Galleria dell‘Accademia – an art museum renowned for its collection of sculptures, including the iconic statue of David by Michelangelo. You then have a free afternoon to explore at your own pace. Visiting the Uffizi is highly recommended as it’s one of the oldest galleries in the world. Maybe head to Piazzale Michelangelo for sweeping views of Florence’s timeless skyline and sample some of the culinary delicacies on offer from across Tuscany, with dishes known for their freshness, simplicity and quality. Olive oil, beans and herbs are a feature here.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Venice - In the morning, head to the railway station and take a high-speed train to Venice. When you arrive, your leader will take you on an orientation walk so you can get acquainted with the city’s maze of canals and learn about its unique history. You’ll pop into Atelier Lunardelli – a historical atelier where they design furniture combining glass and timber. Then, make your way to Palazzo Pisani, which was once home to one of the most powerful Venetian dynasties and now houses the Music Conservatory of Venice. You can also take the stairs to rooftop for a spectacular aerial view of the city. Venice is renowned for its glass, so end the walk with a visit to a glass blowing factory to learn about the art of its production. The rest of the afternoon is yours to explore before joining back up with your group in the evening for a Venetian dinner.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Venice - With no activities planned for today, your trip comes to an end after breakfast. If you’d like to extend your stay, just speak to your booking agent to arrange additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Split - Dobro dosli! Welcome to Croatia. Your adventure begins in Split – right on the Adriatic coast, this is Croatia’s second-largest city. You’ll be collected from the airport and transferred to your hotel when you arrive, ready for your welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. If you arrive early, you might like to visit the Mestrovic Gallery, which displays the remarkable work of one of Croatia’s greatest sculptors. After the meeting, get to know your fellow travellers and group leader over dinner at one of Split’s local restaurants and maybe try some brudet (a rustic seafood stew) and rozata (a creamy custard pudding). Tonight, you’ll stay in your Feature Stay – Santa Lucia Heritage Hotel in the Pjaca (the most beautiful square in Split).

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Split - This morning, head out on a sustainable Urban Adventure – ‘Unveiling Split’s Living History’. Led by a licensed heritage interpreter, you’ll stroll through the historic streets of Split, discover some of the city's hidden gems and get a glimpse into the lives of the locals. Wander through cobblestoned streets in the footsteps of past emperors and kings and learn about how Split has evolved over the centuries, now embracing eco-friendly initiatives like solar power and waste management. Explore the workshops of local artisans and witness the skill and passion of their creations. This afternoon is free to explore the seaside city at your own pace – maybe find the perfect seafood restaurant with sweeping views of the coast and tuck into some fresh cuisine over a glass of wine. Or, head back to your Feature Stay and chill on the la luce terrace or in the secret garden.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Korcula - Take a morning ferry to Korcula – a gorgeous island off the Dalmatian Coast. When you arrive in the afternoon, head out on a walking tour of Korcula Town with a local guide. See the main sites of this seaside spot and learn about the history of this island, whose population is almost entirely made up of ethnic Croats. Korcula is famed for its folkloric traditions and you’ll get special access to the see the traditional costumes used in local celebrations. After, maybe hit one of the hidden beaches like Vela Przina or Proizd, wander the orange-topped architecture in the Old City or soak up some of the local wine culture among the olive groves.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Korcula - Today you’ll head out on a custom-made half-day tour around Korcula. Explore the rich history of the island and visit places that are less impacted by tourism, supporting the local community. First, visit the Ethnographic Museum Barilo in Blato and explore the impressive collection, which includes agricultural tools, ceremonial clothes, traditional costumes, kitchen utensils and handicrafts that give a unique insight into the daily lives of the owners' ancestors. Wander the house and garden, then join your hosts for a tasting of local liqueurs, brandies, arancini, fried almonds and dried figs, prepared according to traditional recipes. After, head to Vela Luka to see the 20,000-year-old Vela Spila archaeological site and cave. Take a short walk over the cave for panoramic views of the archipelago and the bay below, then head to a local village for lunch and a wine tasting of local drops at a small family winery in the hills. 

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Korcula - Today is a free day in Korcula. You might like to spend the day lazing at one of the hidden beaches and soak up the sun, taking a dip in the bay. Alternatively, maybe head to another local winery and support the local community by induling in some local cuisine and a glass of wine (or three). Perhaps continue your explorations of the Old Town tonight, taking in the stocky Revelin Tower and impressive defensive walls before stopping for dinner in one of the island’s many restaurants.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Dubrovnik - You’ll begin the journey to Dubrovnik today, stopping at Trsteno along the way – a small village just 20 km away from Dubrovnik. Here, you’ll tuck into a delicious brunch of local products made by a local family on their farm and presented by the famous Croatian chef Katija Paseta. Soak in the garden views and morning sun and then be treated to an olive oil tasting (a bottle of this locally produced kitchen necessity makes for the perfect souvenir!). Visit the arboretum next door – this is the oldest monument of garden architecture and the only arboretum in Croatia that dates back to the 15th century. This is also a Game of Thrones filming location, but is far less crowded with fans than Dubrovnik’s Old Town. As you spot locations you recognise from the show (well away from the tourist crowds), take in the views of the Elaphiti Islands and the Adriatic Sea below. Continue to the medieval walls of Dubrovnik, where you’ll have a free evening to find the best spot for dinner.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Dubrovnik - Today is free to explore Dubrovnik at your own pace. Maybe visit Rector's Palace to see the ornate Venetian-Gothic architecture or sip a beer on the terrace of one of the city’s cliff bars. Take a Game of Thrones walking tour to a few more filming locations or just people-watch over an espresso. Tonight, you'll be treated to a sunset sail on the Adriatic. On a private boat, sail to the Elafiti Islands, taking in the coastal scenery during golden hour. Go for a couple of swims off the boat, then hit land and visit the fisherman's village of Lopud. Here, you can share your favourite moments from your trip with the group over a farewell dinner of local cuisine. Sail back to Dubrovnik just in time to enjoy the view of Old Town from the sea during sunset and toast to an unforgettable memory with some local wine.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Dubrovnik - Enjoy a free day at your own pace in Dubrovnik. Since this is a combination trip, there will be a welcome meeting at your hotel at 6 pm this evening to meet your new leader and any new travellers joining you for the next part of your adventure. After your meeting, head out for dinner at a local restaurant showcasing Croatia’s traditional cuisine.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Mostar - Today, you’ll cross the border and travel into Bosnia and Herzegovina, stopping at several scenic destinations along the way. Your first stop is Trebinje, where you’ll join your leader for a walk around the compact Old Town and its market square, followed by a stop at an Orthodox monastery to taste the renowned Tvrdos wine. After, head to Mostar, a picturesque old town home to numerous stone millhouses and quaint cobbled streets. But the star attraction is the world famous Stari Most (Old Bridge) which spans the Neretva River connecting the two sides of the city. Find a spot for lunch and then get to know the town in the company of an expert local guide – including why the locals have such a strong connection to coffee.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Sarajevo - Leave Mostar this morning and make your way toward Sarajevo, stopping in Konjic along the way. Here, you’ll discover one of the best-kept secrets of former Yugoslavia – Tito's nuclear bunker. Built to protect Yugoslav President Josip Broz Tito and his top military personnel, this military bunker has only recently opened to the public. Step back in time on a guided tour of the bunker and learn about Yugoslav history and what life was like in the not-so-distant past. After exploring the bunker, continue to Sarajevo and settle into your hotel. Then, head out to explore the city with an expert local guide.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Sarajevo - Head out on a city tour through Sarajevo with a local guide this morning to get to know your surroundings and learn more about this historical city. With some free time to explore at your own pace after, you might taste your way through the market stalls of Bascarsija, visit one of the museums dedicated to the Yugoslav War or take a cable car up Trebevic Mountain for views of the city. Wrap up the day with a home-cooked meal shared with your hosts, Mustafa and Mersiha, who proudly claim their kitchen offers the best views over Sarajevo. Your evening begins with a lesson on making Bosnian pita, followed by a hearty meal of sogan dolma (stuffed onions) and dolam (stuffed paprika). Of course, you’ll get to try your freshly made pita, too!

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Zlatibor - Today, travel to Serbia, with a stop in the small town of Visegrad. Here, a 16th-century bridge that inspired the Nobel Prize winning literary work ‘The Bridge on the Drina’ dominates the horizon. From Visegrad, you’ll head to Drina Canyon for a warm welcome to Serbia – a boat tour with local food tasting. After your scenic lunch, you’ll board a steam train in Mokra Gora National Park for a scenic ride through forests and mountains. Served by one the last operational steam trains in Europe, this stretch of historic railway is part of the renowned Ciro trail, connecting Belgrade and the Adriatic Sea. Tonight, you’ll stay near the town of Zlatibor in your Feature Stay accommodation – a group of wooden chalets with their own private swimming pools and views of the surrounding countryside.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Zlatibor - Hop on board the longest gondola ride in the world today – the Gold Gondola, spanning 9000 m (29,530 ft) in length. Take in panoramic views of the surrounding mountains and lakes before exploring the area on foot. After your ride, set off on a hike through the nature of Tornik mountain – the highest point of the Zlatibor Mountains – then drive through the winding roads toward Sirogojno village, known as one of the most beautiful villages in the country and declared as a Cultural Monument of Exceptional Importance in Serbia. Recharge with a lunch break before a special experience in the village meeting local artisans. Check out their pottery, blacksmiths and cooper’s workshops, and basket weaving, then visit the Knitters Museum, where all products are still traditionally handmade. This is your opportunity to buy meaningful souvenirs and support the locals in the community.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Belgrade - Leave Zlatibor behind today and head to Belgrade. When you get to arrive, kick off your visit with a walking tour to discover the best of the city, from Republic Square and Knez Mihailova Street to Kalemegam Park and the Belgrade Fortress, where the Danube and Sava Rivers meet. This afternoon is free, so you might like to visit the city market or catch a trolleybus to Zemun – a Bohemian neighbourhood known for its cafes along the riverside promenade. Tonight, you’ll join your group for a farewell dinner as you toast to the end of your trip together.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Belgrade - After breakfast, your adventure comes to an end. If you’d like to extend your stay, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time to arrange additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Rome - Buongiorno! Welcome to Rome. When you arrive, you’ll take a complimentary transfer to your hotel and settle in. If you arrive early, and it’s recommended that you do to soak in all this incredibly historic city has to offer, maybe grab an espresso and hit the streets. Your adventure officially begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm, where you’ll meet your local leader and fellow travellers. When the formalities are out of the way, get your first taste of Italy with an included dinner at a local restaurant.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Rome - From ancient monuments to romantic restaurants, Rome is a city of great beauty and diversity. Today, join a private guide for a trip to the Spanish steps, the Trevi Fountain, the Piazza Navona and inside the Pantheon before reaching Campo de Fiori, where a local fresh produce market has been held since 1869. Join your leader for a quick stop at a local bar for a granita (an iced Italian espresso) then have lunch at a classic local restaurant that’s frequented by Romans. In the afternoon, take a guided tour of the Colosseum – one of the Seven Wonders of the World – then the evening is free for you to explore at your own pace.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Siena / Monteriggioni / San Gimignano Region - Today you’ll take a private vehicle to the city of Siena, where your leader will show you the most interesting sights on an orientation walk. At the city’s heart is Piazza del Campo – home to the biannual Palio horse race and nearby the Siena Cathedral. Next, visit Monteriggioni – a medieval walled town with over a dozen towers once used to defend Sienese territory from the Florentines. You’ll have time to explore this tiny hilltop spot before arriving at your Feature Stay accommodation near San Gimignano. This country hotel with views of a tree-studded landscape geatures an outdoor pool and an on-site restaurant. Tonight, indulge in an included gourmet dinner made with local ingredients that pays homage to traditional Tuscan dishes, with a modern twist.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: San Gimignano Region - Start the day with a visit to San Gimignano – the 'Town of Fine Towers'. Explore the medieval Old Town centre and its Gothic and Romanesque architecture with your leader. This region is also renowned for its ancient Vernaccia grapes, which are the basis for one of Tuscany's finest white wines. Your group will visit a local agriturismo, where you’ll explore the vineyards and sample some of their celebrated wine, before enjoying an included lunch featuring regional cheese, fine olive oil and bruschetta. Return to your Feature Stay accommodation for another delicious dinner.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Pisa / Lucca / Florence - Today you’ll visit Pisa. It’s not always possible to climb the Leaning Tower of Pisa due to its precarious state, but as your leader shares the history of this legendary building, you’ll have the opportunity to take a photo from the ground. Your next stop is historic Lucca – one of Italy’s most beautiful but underrated cities – where you’ll take a short walk along the city’s beautifully preserved Renaissance walls. From here you’ll take the short journey to Florence where the evening is yours to walk the cobbled streets, eat gelato and soak up the unmistakenly Tuscan atmosphere.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Florence - This morning, join a private guided walk of Florence, including a visit to the Galleria dell‘Accademia – an art museum renowned for its collection of sculptures, including the iconic statue of David by Michelangelo. You then have a free afternoon to explore at your own pace. Visiting the Uffizi is highly recommended as it’s one of the oldest galleries in the world. Maybe head to Piazzale Michelangelo for sweeping views of Florence’s timeless skyline and sample some of the culinary delicacies on offer from across Tuscany, with dishes known for their freshness, simplicity and quality. Olive oil, beans and herbs are a feature here.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Venice - In the morning, head to the railway station and take a high-speed train to Venice. When you arrive, your leader will take you on an orientation walk so you can get acquainted with the city’s maze of canals and learn about its unique history. You’ll pop into Atelier Lunardelli – a historical atelier where they design furniture combining glass and timber. Then, make your way to Palazzo Pisani, which was once home to one of the most powerful Venetian dynasties and now houses the Music Conservatory of Venice. You can also take the stairs to rooftop for a spectacular aerial view of the city. Venice is renowned for its glass, so end the walk with a visit to a glass blowing factory to learn about the art of its production. The rest of the afternoon is yours to explore before joining back up with your group in the evening for a Venetian dinner.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Venice - With no activities planned for today, your trip comes to an end after breakfast. If you’d like to extend your stay, just speak to your booking agent to arrange additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Venice - Buongiorno! Welcome to Italy. Your adventure begins in the floating city of Venice. You’ll be collected from the airport and transferred to your hotel by car and water taxi, where you’ll meet your leader and fellow travellers for a welcome meeting at 6 pm. If you arrive early, there’s plenty to explore among the bridges, towers, piazzas, canals, churches and gondolas – practically unchanged for 600 years. Maybe walk to St Mark's Square and the Basilica, Doges’ Palace, Accademia Bridge and the Bridge of Sighs. After the meeting tonight, join your leader and group for a welcome dinner at a local restaurant. Venice is famous for seafood and fresh Veneto vegetables – perhaps try some fritto misto (a mix of fried seafood) or risotto with asparagus.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Postojna Caves / Ljubljana / Bled - Say farewell to Venice this morning and travel to the Postojna Caves, where you’ll take some time out for lunch before exploring. A network of 20 km of passages, galleries and chambers, Postojna is the largest classic karst cave in Europe. Begin with a 2 km open-top train ride through narrow tunnels into the jungle of stalactites and stalagmites. In the vast chambers the electric lighting allows you to admire the size and splendour of the underground world, and your leader will explain the geology of these natural wonders. Continue to Ljubljana – a city full of style and sophistication. When you arrive, take a guided tour around the Old Town and earn about the city’s history as you visit Ljubljana Castle, the Town Hall, Cathedral of St Nicholas and the Dragon Bridge. You'll also visit the open market under arcades before continuing to the lake side town of Bled.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Lake Bohinj / Bled - This morning you’ll drive through the misty Sava Bohinjka Valley to beautiful Lake Bohinj – the largest permanent natural lake in Slovenia. Take a cable car to the top of Mt Vogel, where you’ll be greeted by views of evergreen woods sloping down the mountains to blue waters. Take some time to enjoy the area before returning to Bled – renowned for its mild, healing climate and thermal lake water. Have lunch at a local restaurant, then take a Pletna boat ride (a wooden, awning-covered boat rowed by a special oarsman) to the island on Lake Bled and climb up the 99 steps to St Mary's Church. Enjoy a free evening where you can seek out the famous Bled cream cake (nearly every cafe and cake shop in town claims that theirs is the best).

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Motovun / Buzet - This morning, drive to Motovun – sitting on the top of a cone-shaped hill surrounded by the bountiful Mirna River Valley, whose forests are famous for truffle hunting. The medieval charm of the town is still found in its well-preserved architecture. Today, you’ll have the chance to sample the delectable local product during a truffle tasting combined with fritaja (Croatian omelette), a local speciality, on a visit to a family-owned farm. Your sommelier will pair your tasting with suitable Istrian wines to try, such as the famous Malvazija. Continue your wine tasting with a visit to the award-winning Kabola Winery in the Istria countryside, known for having the best Croatian wines. Then, head to the village of Buzet, which sits on top of a hill and is filled with traditional Istrian houses and streets. Your stay tonight will have panoramic views of the River Mirna.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Plitvice - Today, make the most of a late morning before heading to the villages of Slunj and Rastoke which are beautifully preserved on the banks of the Korana River. Take a walk through the villages and admire the traditional wooden houses and water mills. From here you will head on to your hotel just outside Plitvice Lakes National Park. When you arrive, you have the option to head out on a leisurely walk with your leader to get your bearings. Then, the rest of the afternoon and evening is free for you to spend at your leisure.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Plitvice Lakes National Park / Zadar - Today, you’ll explore one of Croatia's most beautiful sites – Plitvice Lakes National Park. This UNESCO World Heritage site is a fairy-tale land of wooded hills, turquoise lakes and waterfalls. Enjoy some time to discover the park’s trails – your leader will recommend the best routes to suit your interests and outline the park's rules. After your memorable visit to the lakes, drive to the walled city of Zadar. Take an afternoon sightseeing tour of the city with a local guide. Learn the ancient history of the Roman Forum built in the first Century and St Donatus' Church. Visit the reconstructed Romanesque St Grisigono's Church, St Mary's bell tower, St Anastasia's Cathedral, and the People's Square. Lastly, you will visit the Three and Five Wells Squares. There is also an opportunity to visit the Gold and Silver Museum. In the late afternoon, top off the day with a sunset drink overlooking the bay.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Zadar - The day is yours to continue to get to know Zadar. There are a number of excellent museums to visit including the Museum of Church Art, the Archaeological Museum and the National Museum. Don't forget to visit the famous ‘Greeting to the Sun’ and the ‘Sea Organ’, two of the more modern sights of Zadar. The latter is a man-made organ on Zadar's Riva that works with the motion of the waves and 35 pipes to create a musical soundscape. You could also visit the vibrant fish markets of this port town, take a dip in the clear coastal waters, or explore the cafe culture and do some people watching.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Sibenik / Split - After breakfast, drive to Split, making a stop in the town of Sibenik. Walk among the stone houses, churches, narrow alleys and lanes where past and present are harmonious. Visit St Jacob's Cathedral, a 15th-century jewel that’s UNESCO-protected, before taking some time for lunch. Continue to your final destination of Split. This is Croatia's second-largest city in the heart of the Dalmatian coast, set on the azure waters of the Adriatic Sea against a backdrop of coastal mountains. Check into your Feature Stay accommodation – a boutique hotel with centuries of history (it started its life in the 1700's as the first cafe in Split!), situated on the most beautiful square in the city. This evening you may like to head to one of Split’s restaurants with your group for dinner.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Split - Enjoy a free day to explore Split at your leisure. Maybe visit the Mestrovic gallery, which displays the remarkable work of one of Croatia’s greatest sculptors, or head out for a stroll along the seafront promenade. Tonight, you’ll have a second welcome meeting at 6 pm to meet your new leader and welcome any new travellers joining you for the next part of your adventure. After, head out for dinner at one of Split’s excellent local restaurants and maybe try some brudet (a rustic seafood stew) or rozata (a creamy custard pudding).

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Split - This morning, head out on a sustainable Urban Adventure – ‘Unveiling Split’s Living History’. Led by a licensed heritage interpreter, you’ll stroll through the historic streets of Split, discover some of the city's hidden gems and get a glimpse into the lives of the locals. Wander through cobblestoned streets in the footsteps of past emperors and kings and learn about how Split has evolved over the centuries, now embracing eco-friendly initiatives like solar power and waste management. Explore the workshops of local artisans and witness the skill and passion of their creations. This afternoon is free to explore the seaside city at your own pace – maybe find the perfect seafood restaurant with sweeping views of the coast and tuck into some fresh cuisine over a glass of wine. Or, head back to your Feature Stay and chill on the la luce terrace or in the secret garden.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Korcula - Take a morning ferry to Korcula – a gorgeous island off the Dalmatian Coast. When you arrive in the afternoon, head out on a walking tour of Korcula Town with a local guide. See the main sites of this seaside spot and learn about the history of this island, whose population is almost entirely made up of ethnic Croats. Korcula is famed for its folkloric traditions and you’ll get special access to the see the traditional costumes used in local celebrations. After, maybe hit one of the hidden beaches like Vela Przina or Proizd, wander the orange-topped architecture in the Old City or soak up some of the local wine culture among the olive groves.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Korcula - Today you’ll head out on a custom-made half-day tour around Korcula. Explore the rich history of the island and visit places that are less impacted by tourism, supporting the local community. First, visit the Ethnographic Museum Barilo in Blato and explore the impressive collection, which includes agricultural tools, ceremonial clothes, traditional costumes, kitchen utensils and handicrafts that give a unique insight into the daily lives of the owners' ancestors. Wander the house and garden, then join your hosts for a tasting of local liqueurs, brandies, arancini, fried almonds and dried figs, prepared according to traditional recipes. After, head to Vela Luka to see the 20,000-year-old Vela Spila archaeological site and cave. Take a short walk over the cave for panoramic views of the archipelago and the bay below, then head to a local village for lunch and a wine tasting of local drops at a small family winery in the hills. 

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Korcula - Today is a free day in Korcula. You might like to spend the day lazing at one of the hidden beaches and soak up the sun, taking a dip in the bay. Alternatively, maybe head to another local winery and support the local community by induling in some local cuisine and a glass of wine (or three). Perhaps continue your explorations of the Old Town tonight, taking in the stocky Revelin Tower and impressive defensive walls before stopping for dinner in one of the island’s many restaurants.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Dubrovnik - You’ll begin the journey to Dubrovnik today, stopping at Trsteno along the way – a small village just 20 km away from Dubrovnik. Here, you’ll tuck into a delicious brunch of local products made by a local family on their farm and presented by the famous Croatian chef Katija Paseta. Soak in the garden views and morning sun and then be treated to an olive oil tasting (a bottle of this locally produced kitchen necessity makes for the perfect souvenir!). Visit the arboretum next door – this is the oldest monument of garden architecture and the only arboretum in Croatia that dates back to the 15th century. This is also a Game of Thrones filming location, but is far less crowded with fans than Dubrovnik’s Old Town. As you spot locations you recognise from the show (well away from the tourist crowds), take in the views of the Elaphiti Islands and the Adriatic Sea below. Continue to the medieval walls of Dubrovnik, where you’ll have a free evening to find the best spot for dinner.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Dubrovnik - Today is free to explore Dubrovnik at your own pace. Maybe visit Rector's Palace to see the ornate Venetian-Gothic architecture or sip a beer on the terrace of one of the city’s cliff bars. Take a Game of Thrones walking tour to a few more filming locations or just people-watch over an espresso. Tonight, you'll be treated to a sunset sail on the Adriatic. On a private boat, sail to the Elafiti Islands, taking in the coastal scenery during golden hour. Go for a couple of swims off the boat, then hit land and visit the fisherman's village of Lopud. Here, you can share your favourite moments from your trip with the group over a farewell dinner of local cuisine. Sail back to Dubrovnik just in time to enjoy the view of Old Town from the sea during sunset and toast to an unforgettable memory with some local wine.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Dubrovnik - Your trip ends after breakfast this morning. If you're looking to extend your stay and soak more of Dubrovnik's unique beauty, additional accommodation can be arranged for you – just speak to your booking agent.   

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Palermo - Bongiorno! Welcome to Sicily. When you arrive in Palermo, you’ll be met by a local representative for your airport transfer into the city. Your adventure officially begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight to meet your fellow travellers and local leader. If you arrive early, you might like to get acquainted with the sights and sounds of the old heart of Palermo. Explore the main monuments like the uniquely styled cathedral, or cafe-hop to try the best of Sicily’s sweets. After your meeting tonight, you'll head out for a traditional Sicilian dinner as a group and get to know the city’s beloved cuisine at a great local restaurant.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Palermo - Enjoy a free morning to see more of Palermo’s small alleyways and buzzing market squares. In the afternoon, join a walking tour with your local leader to see some of the symbolic places of rebellion and anti-Mafia racketeering like the Teatro Massimo, Cape Market, Piazza della Memoria and Beati Paoli Square. You’ll meet local shop owners who have had the courage to denounce their extortionists and follow the ethical consumer campaign ‘Pago chi non paga’ – a campaign promoted to support those that rebel against the Mafia. Then, delve deeper into the local cuisine and learn how to create Sicilian dishes with the help of a local chef. As locally sourced products are used, the menu may differ depending on seasonality and market availability, but whatever you make, you’ll tuck into for dinner with a glass of local wine.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Marsala - Today, it’s time to say goodbye to Palermo and head towards the small town of Erice. Located more than 750 m above sea level, this beautifully preserved medieval town showcases architectural styles from its varied history. When you arrive, you’ll head to a Genovesi tasting (traditional Sicilian pastries filled with custard or ricotta cream). After, take a cable car back down to the town of Trapani, then continue south towards Marsala – a coastal town where you’ll be staying tonight. Famous for its sweet dessert wines, you might like to use your free evening to go out and enjoy a sip (or two) or, you can simply stroll the marble paved streets as the sun sets.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Mazara del Vallo – Agrigento - This morning, head east as you stop in the old port of Mazara del Vallo. It’s here that some of the Arab influences in Sicily are most clearly visible. As you stroll through the kasbah (Arab Quarter) you’ll witness the artistic and cultural enrichment brought on by the arrival of Tunisian families in the 70s. Wander the winding lanes and alleyways lined with colourful murals, then continue to Agrigento, stopping at Scala dei Turchi (Stair of the Turks) on the way – this coastline with its white marble cliffs offered protection from the severe winds for the pirates that roamed these waters. Finally, make your way to Agrigento, where you’ll stay in a boutique hotel built in the 13th century and share a meal with your fellow travellers.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Agrigento - This morning after breakfast, travel to the nearby Valley of the Temples. One of the largest archaeological sites in the world, this is where the ancient city of Akragas once stood. Your local guide will bring this classical Greek site to life as you visit the temples of Hera, Herakles, Zeus and Castor and Pollux. Along the way, enjoy views of the landscape and Mediterranean Sea. Return to Agrigento and enjoy a free afternoon. Maybe head to Agrigento's Old Town and wander the narrow alleyways and courtyards or find a local cafe, grab a panino and sit and watch the world go by.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Modica – Noto – Siracusa - Today, say goodbye to Agrigento and hit the road to Siracusa. Along the way, you’ll stop in Ragusa – one of the most scenic towns in all of Sicily. Explore the town and then continue to Modica, which is particularly famous for its chocolate. After tasting some of the local produce, continue to Noto and get acquainted with the city on a guided walking tour. Lesser-known Noto has recently gained a reputation as an architectural jewel and its limestone structures sparkle on a sunlit afternoon. Finally, arrive in Siracusa, where you’ll stay for the next two nights.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Siracusa - This morning, head out on an orientation walk through Ortigia – a small island just adjacent to the main town of Siracusa. Wandering the narrow streets and laneways will reveal ancient ruins, fountains and trattorias. Return to Siracusa in the afternoon and enjoy a free afternoon to explore. You might like to head to the Greek theatre, Roman amphitheatre and ancient stone quarries of the Neapolis Archaeological Site, see more of the Siracusa town or simply relax at your accommodation.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Mt Etna – Catania - Today, come face-to-face with Europe’s largest active volcano on a daytrip up Mt Etna. At an altitude of approximately 2000 m, you’ll walk into the centre of an extinct crater and visit a lava cave that can be explored with helmets and torches. Walk among the cold lava streams of Piano Provenzana – a former ski resort that has been destroyed during the last big eruption of 2002. After exploring this fiery natural wonder, continue to Catania. The city has a unique energy – an interesting blend of young and old. On one hand, there’s a gritty bar culture that fuels the nightlife scene, and on the other hand, there’s the Late Baroque towns – the UNESCO World Heritage site, Val di Noto. This afternoon, you’ll get the opportunity to explore both sides of the city by wandering through its grand piazzas and wide roads.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Taormina – Catania - After breakfast today, take a daytrip to the city of Taormina. Start things off with a guided walk, where you’ll notice Greek influence in the architecture. Walk through the back streets, gardens and the world-famous Greek theatre and cathedral. The afternoon is free, so there's plenty of time to explore at your own pace. Have a drink in the Mediterranean sun or dig into some traditional Sicilian pasta before heading back for your final night in Catania. This evening, enjoy a farewell dinner at a local restaurant with your newfound travel friends and group leader.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Catania - With no further activities planned, your adventure comes to an end after breakfast this morning. If you’d like to stay in Catania, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time to arrange additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Palermo - Bongiorno! Welcome to Sicily. When you arrive in Palermo, you’ll be met by a local representative for your airport transfer into the city. Your adventure officially begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight to meet your fellow travellers and local leader. If you arrive early, you might like to get acquainted with the sights and sounds of the old heart of Palermo. Explore the main monuments like the uniquely styled cathedral, or cafe-hop to try the best of Sicily’s sweets. After your meeting tonight, you'll head out for a traditional Sicilian dinner as a group and get to know the city’s beloved cuisine at a great local restaurant.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Palermo - Enjoy a free morning to see more of Palermo’s small alleyways and buzzing market squares. In the afternoon, join a walking tour with your local leader to see some of the symbolic places of rebellion and anti-Mafia racketeering like the Teatro Massimo, Cape Market, Piazza della Memoria and Beati Paoli Square. You’ll meet local shop owners who have had the courage to denounce their extortionists and follow the ethical consumer campaign ‘Pago chi non paga’ – a campaign promoted to support those that rebel against the Mafia. Then, delve deeper into the local cuisine and learn how to create Sicilian dishes with the help of a local chef. As locally sourced products are used, the menu may differ depending on seasonality and market availability, but whatever you make, you’ll tuck into for dinner with a glass of local wine.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Marsala - Today, it’s time to say goodbye to Palermo and head towards the small town of Erice. Located more than 750 m above sea level, this beautifully preserved medieval town showcases architectural styles from its varied history. When you arrive, you’ll head to a Genovesi tasting (traditional Sicilian pastries filled with custard or ricotta cream). After, take a cable car back down to the town of Trapani, then continue south towards Marsala – a coastal town where you’ll be staying tonight. Famous for its sweet dessert wines, you might like to use your free evening to go out and enjoy a sip (or two) or, you can simply stroll the marble paved streets as the sun sets.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Mazara del Vallo – Agrigento - This morning, head east as you stop in the old port of Mazara del Vallo. It’s here that some of the Arab influences in Sicily are most clearly visible. As you stroll through the kasbah (Arab Quarter) you’ll witness the artistic and cultural enrichment brought on by the arrival of Tunisian families in the 70s. Wander the winding lanes and alleyways lined with colourful murals, then continue to Agrigento, stopping at Scala dei Turchi (Stair of the Turks) on the way – this coastline with its white marble cliffs offered protection from the severe winds for the pirates that roamed these waters. Finally, make your way to Agrigento, where you’ll stay in a boutique hotel built in the 13th century and share a meal with your fellow travellers.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Agrigento - This morning after breakfast, travel to the nearby Valley of the Temples. One of the largest archaeological sites in the world, this is where the ancient city of Akragas once stood. Your local guide will bring this classical Greek site to life as you visit the temples of Hera, Herakles, Zeus and Castor and Pollux. Along the way, enjoy views of the landscape and Mediterranean Sea. Return to Agrigento and enjoy a free afternoon. Maybe head to Agrigento's Old Town and wander the narrow alleyways and courtyards or find a local cafe, grab a panino and sit and watch the world go by.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Modica – Noto – Siracusa - Today, say goodbye to Agrigento and hit the road to Siracusa. Along the way, you’ll stop in Ragusa – one of the most scenic towns in all of Sicily. Explore the town and then continue to Modica, which is particularly famous for its chocolate. After tasting some of the local produce, continue to Noto and get acquainted with the city on a guided walking tour. Lesser-known Noto has recently gained a reputation as an architectural jewel and its limestone structures sparkle on a sunlit afternoon. Finally, arrive in Siracusa, where you’ll stay for the next two nights.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Siracusa - This morning, head out on an orientation walk through Ortigia – a small island just adjacent to the main town of Siracusa. Wandering the narrow streets and laneways will reveal ancient ruins, fountains and trattorias. Return to Siracusa in the afternoon and enjoy a free afternoon to explore. You might like to head to the Greek theatre, Roman amphitheatre and ancient stone quarries of the Neapolis Archaeological Site, see more of the Siracusa town or simply relax at your accommodation.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Mt Etna – Catania - Today, come face-to-face with Europe’s largest active volcano on a daytrip up Mt Etna. At an altitude of approximately 2000 m, you’ll walk into the centre of an extinct crater and visit a lava cave that can be explored with helmets and torches. Walk among the cold lava streams of Piano Provenzana – a former ski resort that has been destroyed during the last big eruption of 2002. After exploring this fiery natural wonder, continue to Catania. The city has a unique energy – an interesting blend of young and old. On one hand, there’s a gritty bar culture that fuels the nightlife scene, and on the other hand, there’s the Late Baroque towns – the UNESCO World Heritage site, Val di Noto. This afternoon, you’ll get the opportunity to explore both sides of the city by wandering through its grand piazzas and wide roads.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Taormina – Catania - After breakfast today, take a daytrip to the city of Taormina. Start things off with a guided walk, where you’ll notice Greek influence in the architecture. Walk through the back streets, gardens and the world-famous Greek theatre and cathedral. The afternoon is free, so there's plenty of time to explore at your own pace. Have a drink in the Mediterranean sun or dig into some traditional Sicilian pasta before heading back for your final night in Catania. This evening, enjoy a farewell dinner at a local restaurant with your newfound travel friends and group leader.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Rome - Buongiorno! Welcome to Rome. When you arrive, you’ll take a complimentary transfer to your hotel and settle in. If you arrive early, and it’s recommended that you do to soak in all this incredibly historic city has to offer, maybe grab an espresso and hit the streets. Your adventure officially begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm, where you’ll meet your local leader and fellow travellers. When the formalities are out of the way, get your first taste of Italy with an included dinner at a local restaurant.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Rome - From ancient monuments to romantic restaurants, Rome is a city of great beauty and diversity. Today, join a private guide for a trip to the Spanish steps, the Trevi Fountain, the Piazza Navona and inside the Pantheon before reaching Campo de Fiori, where a local fresh produce market has been held since 1869. Join your leader for a quick stop at a local bar for a granita (an iced Italian espresso) then have lunch at a classic local restaurant that’s frequented by Romans. In the afternoon, take a guided tour of the Colosseum – one of the Seven Wonders of the World – then the evening is free for you to explore at your own pace.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Siena / Monteriggioni / San Gimignano Region - Today you’ll take a private vehicle to the city of Siena, where your leader will show you the most interesting sights on an orientation walk. At the city’s heart is Piazza del Campo – home to the biannual Palio horse race and nearby the Siena Cathedral. Next, visit Monteriggioni – a medieval walled town with over a dozen towers once used to defend Sienese territory from the Florentines. You’ll have time to explore this tiny hilltop spot before arriving at your Feature Stay accommodation near San Gimignano. This country hotel with views of a tree-studded landscape geatures an outdoor pool and an on-site restaurant. Tonight, indulge in an included gourmet dinner made with local ingredients that pays homage to traditional Tuscan dishes, with a modern twist.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: San Gimignano Region - Start the day with a visit to San Gimignano – the 'Town of Fine Towers'. Explore the medieval Old Town centre and its Gothic and Romanesque architecture with your leader. This region is also renowned for its ancient Vernaccia grapes, which are the basis for one of Tuscany's finest white wines. Your group will visit a local agriturismo, where you’ll explore the vineyards and sample some of their celebrated wine, before enjoying an included lunch featuring regional cheese, fine olive oil and bruschetta. Return to your Feature Stay accommodation for another delicious dinner.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Pisa / Lucca / Florence - Today you’ll visit Pisa. It’s not always possible to climb the Leaning Tower of Pisa due to its precarious state, but as your leader shares the history of this legendary building, you’ll have the opportunity to take a photo from the ground. Your next stop is historic Lucca – one of Italy’s most beautiful but underrated cities – where you’ll take a short walk along the city’s beautifully preserved Renaissance walls. From here you’ll take the short journey to Florence where the evening is yours to walk the cobbled streets, eat gelato and soak up the unmistakenly Tuscan atmosphere.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Florence - This morning, join a private guided walk of Florence, including a visit to the Galleria dell‘Accademia – an art museum renowned for its collection of sculptures, including the iconic statue of David by Michelangelo. You then have a free afternoon to explore at your own pace. Visiting the Uffizi is highly recommended as it’s one of the oldest galleries in the world. Maybe head to Piazzale Michelangelo for sweeping views of Florence’s timeless skyline and sample some of the culinary delicacies on offer from across Tuscany, with dishes known for their freshness, simplicity and quality. Olive oil, beans and herbs are a feature here.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Venice - In the morning, head to the railway station and take a high-speed train to Venice. When you arrive, your leader will take you on an orientation walk so you can get acquainted with the city’s maze of canals and learn about its unique history. You’ll pop into Atelier Lunardelli – a historical atelier where they design furniture combining glass and timber. Then, make your way to Palazzo Pisani, which was once home to one of the most powerful Venetian dynasties and now houses the Music Conservatory of Venice. You can also take the stairs to rooftop for a spectacular aerial view of the city. Venice is renowned for its glass, so end the walk with a visit to a glass blowing factory to learn about the art of its production. The rest of the afternoon is yours to explore before joining back up with your group in the evening for a Venetian dinner.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Venice - With no activities planned for today, your trip comes to an end after breakfast. If you’d like to extend your stay, just speak to your booking agent to arrange additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Bari - Benvenuto! Welcome to Puglia – the heel of Italy’s boot. Your adventure kicks off in the coastal city of Bari, where you’ll be met at the airport and transferred to your hotel. You’ll have a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight to meet your local leader and fellow travellers joining you on your adventure. If you arrive early, why not wander the mazelike Old Town or see the 11th-century Basilica di San Nicola – a key pilgrimage site that holds some of St. Nicholas’ remains. You could also pop into a local cornetteria for a decadent Italian croissant. After your meeting, get to know your group over an included dinner, where your local leader will introduce you to Puglia’s cuisine.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Bari - Leave the coastline behind as you travel inland by private vehicle to the little town of Alberobello. Set among a tranquil landscape of olive groves, the town is famed for its unique beehive-shaped trulli (dwellings built from limestone in the 14th century). While the origins of the buildings are unclear, one theory suggests the houses were created to be easily dismantled in a feudal tax evasion scheme. Whatever their purpose, the buildings make the Apulia region unlike anywhere else in the world. Join a local guide for an insider’s look at the town, wandering through the Old Town quarter of Rione Monti, dotted with thousands of trulli, and Rione Aia Piccola. Your guide will point out the different shapes of spires and the religious symbols adorning the roofs. Finally, see the Church de Sant’Antonio – a huge cathedral built in the trulli style. You’ll then visit Polignano a Mare to explore another gorgeous coastal town popular for its beaches, rugged cliffside dwellings and bright turquoise waters. Tonight, you’re free back in Bari to find some dinner.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Nardo - This morning, visit a local olive oil producer on a farm that’s been active since Roman times. You’ll learn how production techniques have changed over the centuries, taste some of the olive oil for yourself and enjoy an included lunch of regional favourites. Then, visit the small city of Ostuni and explore its whitewashed streets flanked with Gothic, Romanesque and Byzantine buildings. From here, travel to the quiet town of Nardo and join an expert local guide for a walking tour through the Old Town, where there are more than a dozen grand palazzos. Tonight, settle into your Feature Stay accommodation – three 13th century Baronial Palaces, once home to aristocracy from the Kingdom of Naples, which have been converted into a hotel by a local architect. Spend the evening exploring the palaces and grounds that feature artwork and sculptures by local artists. In Palazzo Mignano, you’ll find an excellent on-site restaurant offering Salento dishes and a panoramic view from the terrace.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Nardo - Before breakfast, you may like to take a walk through your Feature Stay’s historic ‘secret garden’ where it seems as if figures from days gone by could walk around the corner at any minute. Today head to the beautiful city of Lecce. With its ornate baroque buildings, lively university and ancient Roman ruins, Lecce’s narrow streets are a delight to explore. Let a local guide show you hidden corners and share the city’s history with you this morning. You’ll also have some free time to explore this historic city on your own before heading back to Nardo. Later this afternoon, join your group for a cooking class on traditional Puglia regional cuisine.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Matera - Enjoy a final morning at your Feature Stay hotel, sitting back with a coffee and soaking up the scenery. Then, it’s time to say goodbye and travel to Matera – an ancient city on a rocky outcrop. Along the way, stop at a local winery for some wine tasting and lunch before continuing to Matera. Matera is believed to be the third-longest continuously inhabited human settlement in the world. You’ll be exploring the city’s famous sassi houses in depth tomorrow, so this evening why not take a walk around Matera to discover its churches, traditional restaurants and thousands of years of human history.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Matera - Today, dive into Matera’s Old Town, made famous by sassi – more than 3000 stone houses formed from natural grottoes and tufo cliffs, some dating back as far as the 8th century. Join a local guide who will lead you through a labyrinth of staircases and alleyways that cut their way through limestone ravines, dipping in and out of ancient sassi houses as you go. Up until the late 1950s, the sassi were considered the ‘Shame of Italy’ due to the gruelling living conditions and poverty suffered by those who lived here – a result of the city’s rapid population growth. The Italian government intervened, and 15,000 inhabitants were forcibly relocated. Today, the sassi are undergoing extensive restoration, with some dwellings featuring exhibits that recreate inhabited caves. You’ll also visit an ancient underground neighbourhood, made up of houses, streets, cisterns and churches.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Naples - Begin the day by driving to the storied town of Pompeii, home to one of Europe’s most well-known archaeological sites – the ruins of Pompeii, caused by the eruption of Mt Vesuvius in 79 AD. Join a local guide to discover the remains of this once thriving Roman trading centre. After the eruption, the city was covered in a layer of ash and remained undisturbed until the 18th century, when the ruins were rediscovered. Walk among well-preserved villas, temples, theatres, markets and chariot-marked streets as your expert guide helps you to imagine what life here once looked like. You can also visit the Roman Forum and basilica, temples, public baths, and the tiny Odeon created for music recitals. Later in the day, travel to the buzzing city of Naples where you’ll join your group for a final dinner and a chance to look back on all you’ve seen on your journey.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Naples - Your adventure comes to an end after breakfast this morning. If you would like to spend more time discovering Naples, just get in touch ahead of time to arrange additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Split - Dobro dosli! Welcome to Croatia. Your adventure begins in Split – right on the Adriatic coast, this is Croatia’s second-largest city. You’ll be collected from the airport and transferred to your hotel when you arrive, ready for your welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. If you arrive early, you might like to visit the Mestrovic Gallery, which displays the remarkable work of one of Croatia’s greatest sculptors. After the meeting, get to know your fellow travellers and group leader over dinner at one of Split’s local restaurants and maybe try some brudet (a rustic seafood stew) and rozata (a creamy custard pudding). Tonight, you’ll stay in your Feature Stay – Santa Lucia Heritage Hotel in the Pjaca (the most beautiful square in Split).

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Split - This morning, head out on a sustainable Urban Adventure – ‘Unveiling Split’s Living History’. Led by a licensed heritage interpreter, you’ll stroll through the historic streets of Split, discover some of the city's hidden gems and get a glimpse into the lives of the locals. Wander through cobblestoned streets in the footsteps of past emperors and kings and learn about how Split has evolved over the centuries, now embracing eco-friendly initiatives like solar power and waste management. Explore the workshops of local artisans and witness the skill and passion of their creations. This afternoon is free to explore the seaside city at your own pace – maybe find the perfect seafood restaurant with sweeping views of the coast and tuck into some fresh cuisine over a glass of wine. Or, head back to your Feature Stay and chill on the la luce terrace or in the secret garden.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Korcula - Take a morning ferry to Korcula – a gorgeous island off the Dalmatian Coast. When you arrive in the afternoon, head out on a walking tour of Korcula Town with a local guide. See the main sites of this seaside spot and learn about the history of this island, whose population is almost entirely made up of ethnic Croats. Korcula is famed for its folkloric traditions and you’ll get special access to the see the traditional costumes used in local celebrations. After, maybe hit one of the hidden beaches like Vela Przina or Proizd, wander the orange-topped architecture in the Old City or soak up some of the local wine culture among the olive groves.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Korcula - Today you’ll head out on a custom-made half-day tour around Korcula. Explore the rich history of the island and visit places that are less impacted by tourism, supporting the local community. First, visit the Ethnographic Museum Barilo in Blato and explore the impressive collection, which includes agricultural tools, ceremonial clothes, traditional costumes, kitchen utensils and handicrafts that give a unique insight into the daily lives of the owners' ancestors. Wander the house and garden, then join your hosts for a tasting of local liqueurs, brandies, arancini, fried almonds and dried figs, prepared according to traditional recipes. After, head to Vela Luka to see the 20,000-year-old Vela Spila archaeological site and cave. Take a short walk over the cave for panoramic views of the archipelago and the bay below, then head to a local village for lunch and a wine tasting of local drops at a small family winery in the hills. 

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Korcula - Today is a free day in Korcula. You might like to spend the day lazing at one of the hidden beaches and soak up the sun, taking a dip in the bay. Alternatively, maybe head to another local winery and support the local community by induling in some local cuisine and a glass of wine (or three). Perhaps continue your explorations of the Old Town tonight, taking in the stocky Revelin Tower and impressive defensive walls before stopping for dinner in one of the island’s many restaurants.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Dubrovnik - You’ll begin the journey to Dubrovnik today, stopping at Trsteno along the way – a small village just 20 km away from Dubrovnik. Here, you’ll tuck into a delicious brunch of local products made by a local family on their farm and presented by the famous Croatian chef Katija Paseta. Soak in the garden views and morning sun and then be treated to an olive oil tasting (a bottle of this locally produced kitchen necessity makes for the perfect souvenir!). Visit the arboretum next door – this is the oldest monument of garden architecture and the only arboretum in Croatia that dates back to the 15th century. This is also a Game of Thrones filming location, but is far less crowded with fans than Dubrovnik’s Old Town. As you spot locations you recognise from the show (well away from the tourist crowds), take in the views of the Elaphiti Islands and the Adriatic Sea below. Continue to the medieval walls of Dubrovnik, where you’ll have a free evening to find the best spot for dinner.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Dubrovnik - Today is free to explore Dubrovnik at your own pace. Maybe visit Rector's Palace to see the ornate Venetian-Gothic architecture or sip a beer on the terrace of one of the city’s cliff bars. Take a Game of Thrones walking tour to a few more filming locations or just people-watch over an espresso. Tonight, you'll be treated to a sunset sail on the Adriatic. On a private boat, sail to the Elafiti Islands, taking in the coastal scenery during golden hour. Go for a couple of swims off the boat, then hit land and visit the fisherman's village of Lopud. Here, you can share your favourite moments from your trip with the group over a farewell dinner of local cuisine. Sail back to Dubrovnik just in time to enjoy the view of Old Town from the sea during sunset and toast to an unforgettable memory with some local wine.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Dubrovnik - The day is yours to enjoy Dubrovnik and all it has to offer at your own leisure. Maybe head back to the spots you visited with the group and spend more time at your favorites or ask your leader for new recommendations. Since this adventure is a combination of trips, a meeting will take place at your hotel at 6 pm tonight to meet your new leader and welcome any new travellers joining you for the next part of your journey. Then step out into the Old Town for dinner at a local restaurant to get to know your new companions.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Kotor - Leave Dubrovnik behind this morning and head to Kotor – a 5th-century UNESCO World Heritage site on a secluded bay. You’ll cross the border from Croatia into Montenegro and make a pit stop in Perast for a short walk and coffee break. Then, hop on a boat to take in the scenic Bay of Kotor from the water. Make a stop at the Lady of Skrpjela (Our Lady of the Rocks) island which was created in 1452 around a rock where an image of the Madonna was found. After the boat trip, head out into Kotor’s Old Town with your leader and check out its cobblestone alleyways and charming stone buildings. Once you check into the hotel, the evening is free for you to explore at your own leisure.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Kotor - After breakfast, head outside of Kotor for some adventures in the mountainous town of Cetinje. Swing by Lovcen National Park to see its beautiful landscapes and trails. If you’re able to handle stairs, head up to Njegos Mausoleum for panoramic views of the surrounding mountains at the summit of Jezerski Vrh (1647 m/5403 ft). The mausoleum was constructed in 1974 and houses a monument statue of a ruler and poet – Petar II Petrovic-Njegos. On a clear day, you can see as afar as Albania from the top. After you take in the views, head to the Cetinje Monastery to explore its history and architecture, and admire Orthodox Christian relics, including the right hand of St. John the Baptist. Then, try some local prosciutto and cheese at a tasting at Njegusi – a place known for its meat, cheese and honey. You’ll return to Kotor after for a free afternoon and a chance to climb the city walls to get a great view over the city and bay.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Berat - Wake up early today to cross the border into Albania. It may be a long journey, but you’ll make some stops along the way like a wine tasting and farm-to-table lunch. Your winery visit and tasting in Fishte will be a great opportunity to try some local wines in the Albanian countryside. Sit back, relax and take in the scenery with local produce, wild fish and organic meat, all prepared onsite with the freshest ingredients. After, you’ll arrive in Berat in time to have lunch with the group, then your late afternoon and evening are free to enjoy at your own pace.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Gjirokaster - Start your day with a walk around Berat while a local guide fills you in on its history and highlights. Learn about this remote city before climbing up to the still inhabited fortress for views over town then enjoy some free time, maybe walking through the parks or relaxing at a cafe. Then, meet back up with your group and head to the village of Gjirokaster to learn how to make traditional Albanian food with locals in a garden. Help your hosts prepare the meals then sit back and relax as you enjoy the flavours of Albania over conversation with those who call this unique place home.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Gjirokaster - Have yourself a leisurely morning and maybe visit one of the many cafes before heading out on a tour of Gjirokaster today. You'll quickly see why it's often referred to as “Stone City” with its unique stone buildings and cobblestone streets. Learn about this UNESCO World Heritage Site from a local guide before visiting the Monasteries of the Drino Valley set against a backdrop of the mountains. These Orthodox monasteries – built in the 16th and 17th centuries – were once vital to Albania’s social fabric and rich culture and provide an opportunity for sustainable tourism development. The rest of the day is free for you to do as you please – maybe eat some sweet treats in the old town, explore the Cold War tunnel or relax in a park with a good book – it's up to you!

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Albanian Riviera - Wave goodbye to Gjirokaster today and drive to Butrint National Park. Surrounded by wetlands and the Vivari channel, this national park is famous for its well-preserved ancient Greek and Roman ruins within a stunning natural setting. Explore the Greek theatre, Roman baptistery, Venetian castle and more while taking in the views then head to your Feature Stay on the Albanian Riviera. The rolling hills and clear, blue water make for the perfect backdrop to relax after an afternoon filled with rich history and ancient ruins.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Albanian Riviera - Today is free for you to explore the Albanian Riviera at your own leisure! After breakfast, you can relax at the Feature Stay or maybe head out into town and explore the surrounding area. You’ve got plenty of beaches to choose from, whether you want to sit back with a book or swim in the clear water. For the history lovers, maybe head to Himare Castle perched on a hill with panoramic views of the coast or take a day tour through Pirate Cave. For lunch, there are plenty of local restaurants to choose from and your leader can give you the best recommendations for where to eat and what to do in the area – you may want to try some fresh seafood while you’re on the coast!

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Tirana - Wrap up your adventure in the Albanian Riviera today and head to Tirana – the capital of Albania. On the way, stop by the ancient Greek site of Apollonia for a leader-led exploration through the ruins. The Greek and Roman archaeological site features well-preserved ruins like a theatre, temples and a triumphal arch, offering a glimpse into the region’s rich history. Then, continue to Tirana for a guided tour around the city to learn about its unique mixture of cultures and customs, filled with mosques, citadels, Ottoman architecture and the medieval atmosphere of the Balkans. The compact city is ideal to explore on foot and filled with architectural influences from Italy and Turkey. End your day with traditional Albanian food at a local restaurant for a farewell dinner with your group.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Tirana - With no activities planned for today, your trip comes to an end after breakfast. If you’d like to extend your trip, reach out to your booking agent ahead of time to organise additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Lisbon - Ola! Welcome to Portugal. When you arrive at the Lisbon airport, you’ll be picked up by an Intrepid representative and taken to your centrally located hotel. Your adventure officially begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. If you arrive early, maybe head to one of the many outdoor cafes and soak up the city’s energy. After your meeting, you’ll join your leader and small group for a welcome dinner at one of Lisbon’s thriving restaurants. Going out to eat is one of Portugal’s great pleasures, and tonight, your leader will introduce you to traditional Portuguese recipes and a culinary scene that’s exploding with regional flavour.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Lisbon - This morning, join a local guide for a walking tour through the city of Lisbon. First, take a ride on the historic Gloria cable car – this bright yellow funicular is one of Lisbon’s most photographed images! Then, explore the trendy neighbourhood of Bairro Alto, the popular Chiado area and the narrow, cobbled streets of Alfama, dotted with hole-in-the-wall eateries and old homes. Pop into a local establishment to try a pastel de nata – a sweet and delicious custard tart and Portugal’s most famous pastry. Then visit the elegant Praça do Município, a symbol of the city's post-earthquake reconstruction in the 18th century and the Praça do Comércio, once the gateway to Lisbon for arriving ships and a key hub of maritime trade during the Age of Discoveries.It wouldn’t be a tour of Lisbon without stopping off to sample some ginjinha – Portugal’s iconic cherry liqueur. The rest of your afternoon is free to explore at your own pace.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Sintra / Coimbra - Head outside the city for a full-day excursion to Sintra – a resort town in the foothills of the mountains. Your leader will explain how the cooler climate made Sintra a summer retreat for royalty and why it has drawn and inspired many poets, writers and travellers for centuries, including Lord Byron. Spend time exploring Sintra’s intriguing Quinta da Regaleira estate before continuing to the town. You’ll have free time in the afternoon to enjoy the surroundings at your own pace. Perhaps sit down and try some local flavours at lunch, then visit Sintra’s over 1000-year-old National Palace – one of the oldest in Portugal.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Coimbra - Sitting on the banks of the River Mondego, Coimbra was once the medieval capital of the county, and its royal heritage can be felt in its ancient streets and buildings. Get to know the city as your leader guides you through the lanes and squares of the Old Quarter this morning. The real star of the show is Coimbra’s prestigious university – one of the oldest in the world. You’ll have a private guided tour of the Joanine Library, a Baroque masterpiece that is widely considered one of the most beautiful libraries in the world. Then this evening, get to know more about this nation’s cultural heritage by heading to a traditional Fado music show. Portugal’s version of the blues is hauntingly beautiful and hearing it performed live is an experience to remember. Your leader can recommend some superb spots to eat after the show.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Douro Valley - Travel from Coimbra to the Douro Valley today. Famous for its scenery, the Douro Valley is also known for producing some of the world’s most delicious wine. Today, you’ll head out for a tasting tour at one of the region’s best wineries. You can’t spell Portugal without Port, and to taste this iconic fortified wine is to taste thousands of years of Portuguese history. Learn the story of its origins and the history of wine production in the area while discovering which locally produced vino is your tipple of choice. Sit down to a light picnic lunch of rustic regional specialities prepared with fresh local ingredients (and paired with more wine, of course!). Then continue to your Feature Stay accommodation – tucked away between the rolling hills and terraced vineyards of the spectacular Douro Valley, your home for the night boasts unbeatable views of the Douro River. When you arrive, you might like to make the most of your hotel's scenic outdoor pools, or maybe grab dinner on the terrace and soak in the scenery.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Porto - This morning, enjoy a gentle boat ride on the Douro River, stopping by the riverside village of Pinhao. From here, make your way to Porto – a romantic city on the banks of the river. When you arrive, join your leader for an orientation walk through twisting alleys, crisscrossing staircases and baroque churches. Pass old bridges, cobbled streets, merchants’ houses and cafes and explore at your own pace. In the evening, head to the nearby city of Vila Nova de Gaia to end the day with some sunset drinks.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Porto - Learn about the history of tiles in Portugal this morning with a tile-painting workshop. Steeped in centuries of tradition, hand-painted tiles can be seen on the facades of buildings and churches, telling the stories of Portugal’s past with vibrant colours and designs. Then, your afternoon is free. Maybe head to one of the city’s riverfront cafes for a coffee and pastry overlooking the colourful rows of old houses or take a walk around the World Heritage listed Ribeira district. Another option is to take the local train to the seaside city of Matosinhos where you can relax on the beach or stroll along the promenade. Regroup tonight for a final dinner at one of Porto’s local restaurants.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Porto - There are no activities planned for today and your trip comes to an end. You’re free to leave at any time after check out. If you wish to spend some more time exploring Porto, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time to organise additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Madrid - Bienvenido! Welcome to Spain. When you arrive in Madrid, you’ll be met by a local representative and transferred to your hotel. Your adventure starts with a welcome meeting at 6.30 pm tonight. If you arrive early, maybe visit the Museo del Prado or see the works of Picasso and Dali in the Museo Reina Sofia. After your meeting, you’ll join your local leader and small group for a welcome dinner at a local restaurant that showcases Madrid’s famous tapas.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Madrid - This morning, get an in-depth look at Madrid as you join your leader for a tour of the city centre. You’ll visit Puerta del Sol, Plaza Mayor and the Royal Palace on a walk that’ll bring the city’s history to life. After stopping to refuel at a local cafe, enjoy a free afternoon to relax or continue your explorations. You could wander along the Paseo del Arte for an expansive history of Western art. Start with the Museo del Prado, then discover modern Spanish masters, including Picasso and Dali, in the Museo Reina Sofia. Finish at the Museo Thyssen-Bornemisza, which displays eight centuries of European painting.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Seville - Travel from Madrid to Seville by train this morning. The largest city in southern Spain, Seville is famous for its cultural vitality and architecture. When you arrive, check into your Feature Stay accommodation – a gorgeous family-run boutique hotel housed in 27 Sevillian cottages with patios and corridors connecting them. The hotel celebrates its roots with its decor and antique furnishings like statues, columns and jugs, all creating the impression of a living museum. Personal touches can also be found throughout the hotel, like the hand-painted details in each room and the owner’s great-grandmother’s shawl hanging in reception. Tonight, join your group for a live flamenco show – a traditional Spanish style of dance with roots in Seville.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Seville - This morning, meet with a local expert and set off on a walking tour through Seville. Explore narrow streets, hidden squares filled with orange trees and flower-adorned patios, as your leader provides local insight into the history of the city. Visit the Alcazar of Seville – a grand royal palace. Known as one of the most beautiful in Europe, the Spanish Royal Family still use the Alcazar as their residence! The rest of the afternoon is yours to explore the city at your own pace. Maybe visit the Giralda Tower or the famous Seville Cathedral – one of Europe’s largest cathedrals and home to Christopher Columbus’ elevated tomb.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Cordoba - Today, journey to the city of Cordoba, where Muslim, Jewish and Christian influences are present in the architecture, culture and cuisine. Cordoba is also home to the Mezquita – a rare site that has served as both a mosque and a cathedral throughout the centuries. Today, a cathedral stands within the centre of the mosque – an interesting example of the interplay of Christian and Muslim cultures in Spain. Discover Islamic architecture on a comprehensive guided tour with your leader which takes you outside the Mezquita and through the charming quarters and hidden corners of Cordoba.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Granada - Depart Cordoba and travel to Granada. Along the way, you’ll learn more about the importance of olive oil production in the Andalucia region by visiting an oil mill. Let the passionate owner of the family-run business walk you through the process of olive oil production and taste some different variations of the final result yourself, including olives, olive marmalade, olive pate and wine. This evening, maybe head out to explore Granada’s drinking and dining scene with your group.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Granada - This morning, take an orientation walk of Granada with your leader. Learn the history of the city and discover Islamic architecture and Arab influences at every turn. Then, you’ll have some time for your own explorations – maybe head to a local teahouse to sample some Moorish pastries. In the afternoon, join an expert local guide for a tour of Alhambra and its perfectly manicured gardens. Dating back to the 11th century, Alhambra represents Muslim art in its final European stages. Tonight, join your group for an included dinner at a nearby restaurant. Then, you’ll return to the Alhambra after dark and explore the famed Nasrid Palaces with your local guide. By now, the crowds have dispersed and you’re free to explore the site in all its glory. Your guide will bring history to life and provide expert insight as you explore the dominating red fortress towers, opulent palace decor and a multitude of architectural styles through the intricate Nasrid Palaces.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Valencia - Depart Granada and travel to Valencia. Along the way, you’ll travel through the countryside through Elche – the capital of the region of Bajo Vinalopo. The historic quarter of Elche preserves part of its Muslim past and Baroque splendour. Walk around a palm tree grove – one of the largest and the only one in Europe. Your leader will explain how the grove was established by the Phoenicians and expanded by the Arabs in the 8th and 9th centuries. Then it's on to Valencia, Spain’s third largest city. When you arrive, you’re free to explore the Old Town centre that dates back 2000 years. Discover the harmonious mix of Roman, Muslim and Christian influences in its buildings, monuments and gardens.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Valencia - This morning, join a local guide for a tour of Valencia. Hear the stories behind historical sites like the Puertas de Serrano, town hall and cathedral, then make visits to the central market and the Silk Exchange building. Along the way you’ll stop to try horchata (an iconic drink from Valencia) and Valencian’s most famous dish, paella, for lunch. The rest of the day is yours to explore Valencia at your own pace. Maybe visit the City of Arts and Science – a large and futuristic museum complex designed by Calatrava. Or, head out to a local cafe to enjoy the treats that Valencia has to offer.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Barcelona - After breakfast, bid farewell to Valencia and travel to Barcelona. The character and Catalan cuisine of this city mix seamlessly with a ground-breaking art scene, Gothic architecture, superb dining and non-stop nightlife, making it a city you won't soon forget. Once you’ve checked in to your accommodation, visit Antonio Gaudi's incredible La Sagrada Familia Cathedral. The architect worked on this hugely ambitious project for decades until his death and it remains in constant construction. Later, have dinner at a local restaurant with your group. Celebrate the final night of your trip as you dine on some of the region’s most delicious foods like olives, pickled garlic, lomo Iberico de Bellotta (pork loin), Catalan cheeses, olive oil and sweet desserts.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Barcelona - Your trip comes to an end after breakfast. If you’d like to extend your stay in Barcelona and delve deeper into this exciting city, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time to arrange additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Madrid - Bienvenido! Welcome to Spain. When you arrive in Madrid, you’ll be met by a local representative and transferred to your hotel. Your adventure then officially begins with a welcome meeting at 6.30 pm tonight. If you arrive early, you might like to visit the Museo del Prado and then wander the works of Picasso and Dali in the Museo Reina Sofia. After your meeting, you’ll join your local leader and small group for a welcome dinner at a local restaurant that showcases Madrid’s famous tapas.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Madrid - This morning, get an in-depth look at Madrid as you join your leader for a tour of the city centre. You’ll visit Puerta del Sol, Plaza Mayor and the Royal Palace on walk that’ll bring the city’s history to life. After stopping to refuel at a local cafe, enjoy a free afternoon to relax or continue your explorations. You could wander along the along the Paseo del Arte, or Art Walk, for an expansive history of Western art. Start with the Museo del Prado, then discover modern Spanish masters, including Picasso and Dali, in the Museo Reina Sofia. Finish at the Museo Thyssen-Bornemisza, which displays eight centuries of European painting.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Seville - Travel from Madrid to Seville by train this morning. The largest city in southern Spain, Seville is famous for its cultural vitality and architecture. When you arrive, check into your Feature Stay accommodation – a gorgeous family-run boutique hotel housed in 27 Sevillian cottages with patios and corridors connecting them. The hotel celebrates its roots with its decor and antique furnishings and walking through the hotel's interior is like taking a stroll through centuries-old parts of the city, with its statues, columns, jugs, all creating the impression of a living museum. Personal touches can also be found all throughout the hotel, like the hand-painted details in each room and the owner’s great-grandmother’s shawl hanging in reception. Tonight, join your group for a live flamenco show – a traditional Spanish style of dance with roots in Seville.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Seville - This morning, meet with a local expert on all things Seville and get to know the city during a walking tour. Explore narrow streets, hidden squares filled with orange trees and flower-adorned patios as your guide provides local insight into the history of the city. Visit the Alcazar of Seville – a grand royal palace. Known as one of the most beautiful in Europe, the Spanish royal family still use the Alcazar as their residence! The rest of the afternoon is yours to explore at your own pace. Maybe take an optional visit to the Giralda Tower and the famous Seville Cathedral – one of Europe’s largest cathedrals and home to Christopher Columbus’ elevated tomb.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Cordoba - Today, journey to the city of Cordoba, where Muslim, Jewish and Christian influences are present in the architecture, culture and cuisine. Cordoba is also home to the Mezquita – a rare site that has served as both a mosque and a cathedral throughout the centuries. Today, a cathedral stands within the centre of the mosque – an interesting example of the interplay of Christian and Muslim cultures in Spain. Discover this supreme example of Islamic architecture on a comprehensive guided tour with your leader which continues outside the Mezquita and explores the charming quarters and hidden corners of Cordoba.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Granada - Depart Cordoba and travel to Granada. Along the way, you’ll learn more about the importance of olive oil production in the Andalucia region by visiting an oil mill. Let the passionate owner of the family-run business walk you through the process of olive oil production and taste some different variations of the final result yourself, along with olives, olive marmalade, olive pate and wine. This evening, maybe head out to explore Granada’s drinking and dining scene with your group.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Granada - This morning, take an orientation walk of Granada with your leader. Learn the history of the city and discover Islamic architecture and Arab influences at every turn. Then, you’ll have some time for your own explorations – maybe head to a local teahouse to sample some Moorish pastries. In the afternoon, join an expert local guide for a tour of Alhambra and its perfectly manicured gardens. Dating back to the 11th century, Alhambra represents Muslim art in its final European stages. Tonight, join your group for an included dinner at a nearby restaurant. Then, you’ll return to the Alhambra after dark and explore the famed Nasrid Palaces with your local guide. By now, the crowds have dispersed and you’re free to explore the site in all its glory. Your guide will bring history to life and provide expert insight as you explore the dominating red fortress towers, opulent palace decor and a multitude of architectural styles through the intricate Nasrid Palaces.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Valencia - Depart Granada and travel to Valencia. Along the way, you’ll travel through the countryside through Elche – the capital of the region of Bajo Vinalopo. The historic quarter of Elche preserves part of its Muslim past and Baroque splendour. Walk around a palm tree grove – one of the largest and the only one in Europe. Your leader will explain how the grove was established by the Phoenicians and expanded by the Arabs in the 8th and 9th centuries. Then it's on to Valencia, Spain’s third largest city. When you arrive, you’re free to explore the Old Town centre that dates back 2000 years. Discover the harmonious mix of Roman, Muslim and Christian influences in its buildings, monuments and gardens.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Valencia - This morning, join a local guide for a tour of Valencia. Hear the stories behind historical sites like the Puertas de Serrano, town hall and cathedral, and make visits to the central market and the Silk Exchange building. Along the way you’ll stop to try horchata, an iconic drink from Valencia, and finish off with a lunch of the most famous Valencian dish – paella. The rest of the day is yours to explore Valencia at your own pace. You might like to visit the City of Arts and Science – a large and futuristic museum complex designed by Calatrava. Or, head out to a local cafe to enjoy the treats that Valencia has to offer.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Barcelona - After a leisurely breakfast, bid farewell to Valencia and travel to Barcelona. The character and fabulous Catalan cuisine of this city mix seamlessly with a ground-breaking art scene, Gothic architecture, superb dining and non-stop nightlife, making it a city you won't soon forget. Once you’ve checked in to your accommodation, make a visit to Antonio Gaudi's incredible La Sagrada Familia Cathedral. The architect worked on this hugely ambitious project for decades until his death, and it remains in constant construction. Later, have dinner at a local restaurant with your group. Celebrate the final night of your trip as you dine on some of the region’s most delicious foods like olives, pickled garlic, lomo Iberico de Bellotta (pork loin), Catalan cheeses, olive oil and sweet desserts.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Lisbon - Ola! Welcome to Portugal. When you arrive at the Lisbon airport, you’ll be picked up by an Intrepid representative and taken to your centrally located hotel. Your adventure officially begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. If you arrive early, maybe head to one of the many outdoor cafes and soak up the city’s energy. After your meeting, you’ll join your leader and small group for a welcome dinner at one of Lisbon’s thriving restaurants. Going out to eat is one of Portugal’s great pleasures, and tonight, your leader will introduce you to traditional Portuguese recipes and a culinary scene that’s exploding with regional flavour.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Lisbon - This morning, join a local guide for a walking tour through the city of Lisbon. First, take a ride on the historic Gloria cable car – this bright yellow funicular is one of Lisbon’s most photographed images! Then, explore the trendy neighbourhood of Bairro Alto, the popular Chiado area and the narrow, cobbled streets of Alfama, dotted with hole-in-the-wall eateries and old homes. Pop into a local establishment to try a pastel de nata – a sweet and delicious custard tart and Portugal’s most famous pastry. Then visit the elegant Praça do Município, a symbol of the city's post-earthquake reconstruction in the 18th century and the Praça do Comércio, once the gateway to Lisbon for arriving ships and a key hub of maritime trade during the Age of Discoveries.It wouldn’t be a tour of Lisbon without stopping off to sample some ginjinha – Portugal’s iconic cherry liqueur. The rest of your afternoon is free to explore at your own pace.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Sintra / Coimbra - Head outside the city for a full-day excursion to Sintra – a resort town in the foothills of the mountains. Your leader will explain how the cooler climate made Sintra a summer retreat for royalty and why it has drawn and inspired many poets, writers and travellers for centuries, including Lord Byron. Spend some time exploring Sintra’s colourful Pena Palace before continuing to the town. You’ll have a free afternoon to explore these picturesque surroundings at your own pace. Grab some lunch, then maybe visit the National Palace or Quinta da Regaleira – a magical early 20th century manor and a great spot for a gorgeous photo!.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Coimbra - Sitting on the banks of the River Mondego, Coimbra was once the medieval capital of the county, and its royal heritage can be felt in its ancient streets and buildings. Get to know the city as your leader guides you through the lanes and squares of the Old Quarter this morning. The real star of the show is Coimbra’s prestigious university – one of the oldest in the world. You’ll have a private guided tour of the Joanine Library, a Baroque masterpiece that is widely considered one of the most beautiful libraries in the world. Then this evening, get to know more about this nation’s cultural heritage by heading to a traditional Fado music show. Portugal’s version of the blues is hauntingly beautiful and hearing it performed live is an experience to remember. Your leader can recommend some superb spots to eat after the show.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Douro Valley - Travel from Coimbra to the Douro Valley today. Famous for its scenery, the Douro Valley is also known for producing some of the world’s most delicious wine. Today, you’ll head out for a tasting tour at one of the region’s best wineries. You can’t spell Portugal without Port, and to taste this iconic fortified wine is to taste thousands of years of Portuguese history. Learn the story of its origins and the history of wine production in the area while discovering which locally produced vino is your tipple of choice. Sit down to a light picnic lunch of rustic regional specialities prepared with fresh local ingredients (and paired with more wine, of course!). Then continue to your Feature Stay accommodation – tucked away between the rolling hills and terraced vineyards of the spectacular Douro Valley, your home for the night boasts unbeatable views of the Douro River. When you arrive, you might like to make the most of your hotel's scenic outdoor pools, or maybe grab dinner on the terrace and soak in the scenery.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Porto - This morning, enjoy a gentle boat ride on the Douro River, stopping by the riverside village of Pinhao. From here, make your way to Porto – a romantic city on the banks of the river. When you arrive, join your leader for an orientation walk through twisting alleys, crisscrossing staircases and baroque churches. Pass old bridges, cobbled streets, merchants’ houses and cafes and explore at your own pace. In the evening, head to the nearby city of Vila Nova de Gaia to end the day with some sunset drinks.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Porto - Learn about the history of tiles in Portugal this morning with a tile-painting workshop. Steeped in centuries of tradition, hand-painted tiles can be seen on the facades of buildings and churches, telling the stories of Portugal’s past with vibrant colours and designs. Then, your afternoon is free. Maybe head to one of the city’s riverfront cafes for a coffee and pastry overlooking the colourful rows of old houses or take a walk around the World Heritage listed Ribeira district. Another option is to take the local train to the seaside city of Matosinhos where you can relax on the beach or stroll along the promenade. Regroup tonight for a final dinner at one of Porto’s local restaurants.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Porto - There are no activities planned for today and your trip comes to an end. You’re free to leave at any time after check out. If you wish to spend some more time exploring Porto, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time to organise additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Rome - Buongiorno! Welcome to Rome. When you arrive, you’ll take a complimentary transfer to your hotel and settle in. If you arrive early, and it’s recommended that you do to soak in all this incredibly historic city has to offer, maybe grab an espresso and hit the streets. Your adventure officially begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm, where you’ll meet your local leader and fellow travellers. When the formalities are out of the way, get your first taste of Italy with an included dinner at a local restaurant.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Rome - From ancient monuments to romantic restaurants, Rome is a city of great beauty and diversity. Today, join a private guide for a trip to the Spanish steps, the Trevi Fountain, the Piazza Navona and inside the Pantheon before reaching Campo de Fiori, where a local fresh produce market has been held since 1869. Join your leader for a quick stop at a local bar for a granita (an iced Italian espresso) then have lunch at a classic local restaurant that’s frequented by Romans. In the afternoon, take a guided tour of the Colosseum – one of the Seven Wonders of the World – then the evening is free for you to explore at your own pace.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Siena / Monteriggioni / San Gimignano Region - Today you’ll take a private vehicle to the city of Siena, where your leader will show you the most interesting sights on an orientation walk. At the city’s heart is Piazza del Campo – home to the biannual Palio horse race and nearby the Siena Cathedral. Next, visit Monteriggioni – a medieval walled town with over a dozen towers once used to defend Sienese territory from the Florentines. You’ll have time to explore this tiny hilltop spot before arriving at your Feature Stay accommodation near San Gimignano. This country hotel with views of a tree-studded landscape geatures an outdoor pool and an on-site restaurant. Tonight, indulge in an included gourmet dinner made with local ingredients that pays homage to traditional Tuscan dishes, with a modern twist.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: San Gimignano Region - Start the day with a visit to San Gimignano – the 'Town of Fine Towers'. Explore the medieval Old Town centre and its Gothic and Romanesque architecture with your leader. This region is also renowned for its ancient Vernaccia grapes, which are the basis for one of Tuscany's finest white wines. Your group will visit a local agriturismo, where you’ll explore the vineyards and sample some of their celebrated wine, before enjoying an included lunch featuring regional cheese, fine olive oil and bruschetta. Return to your Feature Stay accommodation for another delicious dinner.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Pisa / Lucca / Florence - Today you’ll visit Pisa. It’s not always possible to climb the Leaning Tower of Pisa due to its precarious state, but as your leader shares the history of this legendary building, you’ll have the opportunity to take a photo from the ground. Your next stop is historic Lucca – one of Italy’s most beautiful but underrated cities – where you’ll take a short walk along the city’s beautifully preserved Renaissance walls. From here you’ll take the short journey to Florence where the evening is yours to walk the cobbled streets, eat gelato and soak up the unmistakenly Tuscan atmosphere.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Florence - This morning, join a private guided walk of Florence, including a visit to the Galleria dell‘Accademia – an art museum renowned for its collection of sculptures, including the iconic statue of David by Michelangelo. You then have a free afternoon to explore at your own pace. Visiting the Uffizi is highly recommended as it’s one of the oldest galleries in the world. Maybe head to Piazzale Michelangelo for sweeping views of Florence’s timeless skyline and sample some of the culinary delicacies on offer from across Tuscany, with dishes known for their freshness, simplicity and quality. Olive oil, beans and herbs are a feature here.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Venice - In the morning, head to the railway station and take a high-speed train to Venice. When you arrive, your leader will take you on an orientation walk so you can get acquainted with the city’s maze of canals and learn about its unique history. You’ll pop into Atelier Lunardelli – a historical atelier where they design furniture combining glass and timber. Then, make your way to Palazzo Pisani, which was once home to one of the most powerful Venetian dynasties and now houses the Music Conservatory of Venice. You can also take the stairs to rooftop for a spectacular aerial view of the city. Venice is renowned for its glass, so end the walk with a visit to a glass blowing factory to learn about the art of its production. The rest of the afternoon is yours to explore before joining back up with your group in the evening for a Venetian dinner.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Venice - Buongiorno! Welcome to Italy. Your adventure begins in the floating city of Venice. You’ll be collected from the airport and transferred to your hotel by car and water taxi, where you’ll meet your leader and fellow travellers for a welcome meeting at 6 pm. If you arrive early, there’s plenty to explore among the bridges, towers, piazzas, canals, churches and gondolas – practically unchanged for 600 years. Maybe walk to St Mark's Square and the Basilica, Doges’ Palace, Accademia Bridge and the Bridge of Sighs. After the meeting tonight, join your leader and group for a welcome dinner at a local restaurant. Venice is famous for seafood and fresh Veneto vegetables – perhaps try some fritto misto (a mix of fried seafood) or risotto with asparagus.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Postojna Caves / Ljubljana / Bled - Say farewell to Venice this morning and travel to the Postojna Caves, where you’ll take some time out for lunch before exploring. A network of 20 km of passages, galleries and chambers, Postojna is the largest classic karst cave in Europe. Begin with a 2 km open-top train ride through narrow tunnels into the jungle of stalactites and stalagmites. In the vast chambers the electric lighting allows you to admire the size and splendour of the underground world, and your leader will explain the geology of these natural wonders. Continue to Ljubljana – a city full of style and sophistication. When you arrive, take a guided tour around the Old Town and earn about the city’s history as you visit Ljubljana Castle, the Town Hall, Cathedral of St Nicholas and the Dragon Bridge. You'll also visit the open market under arcades before continuing to the lake side town of Bled.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Lake Bohinj / Bled - This morning you’ll drive through the misty Sava Bohinjka Valley to beautiful Lake Bohinj – the largest permanent natural lake in Slovenia. Take a cable car to the top of Mt Vogel, where you’ll be greeted by views of evergreen woods sloping down the mountains to blue waters. Take some time to enjoy the area before returning to Bled – renowned for its mild, healing climate and thermal lake water. Have lunch at a local restaurant, then take a Pletna boat ride (a wooden, awning-covered boat rowed by a special oarsman) to the island on Lake Bled and climb up the 99 steps to St Mary's Church. Enjoy a free evening where you can seek out the famous Bled cream cake (nearly every cafe and cake shop in town claims that theirs is the best).

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Motovun / Buzet - This morning, drive to Motovun – sitting on the top of a cone-shaped hill surrounded by the bountiful Mirna River Valley, whose forests are famous for truffle hunting. The medieval charm of the town is still found in its well-preserved architecture. Today, you’ll have the chance to sample the delectable local product during a truffle tasting combined with fritaja (Croatian omelette), a local speciality, on a visit to a family-owned farm. Your sommelier will pair your tasting with suitable Istrian wines to try, such as the famous Malvazija. Continue your wine tasting with a visit to the award-winning Kabola Winery in the Istria countryside, known for having the best Croatian wines. Then, head to the village of Buzet, which sits on top of a hill and is filled with traditional Istrian houses and streets. Your stay tonight will have panoramic views of the River Mirna.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Plitvice - Today, make the most of a late morning before heading to the villages of Slunj and Rastoke which are beautifully preserved on the banks of the Korana River. Take a walk through the villages and admire the traditional wooden houses and water mills. From here you will head on to your hotel just outside Plitvice Lakes National Park. When you arrive, you have the option to head out on a leisurely walk with your leader to get your bearings. Then, the rest of the afternoon and evening is free for you to spend at your leisure.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Plitvice Lakes National Park / Zadar - Today, you’ll explore one of Croatia's most beautiful sites – Plitvice Lakes National Park. This UNESCO World Heritage site is a fairy-tale land of wooded hills, turquoise lakes and waterfalls. Enjoy some time to discover the park’s trails – your leader will recommend the best routes to suit your interests and outline the park's rules. After your memorable visit to the lakes, drive to the walled city of Zadar. Take an afternoon sightseeing tour of the city with a local guide. Learn the ancient history of the Roman Forum built in the first Century and St Donatus' Church. Visit the reconstructed Romanesque St Grisigono's Church, St Mary's bell tower, St Anastasia's Cathedral, and the People's Square. Lastly, you will visit the Three and Five Wells Squares. There is also an opportunity to visit the Gold and Silver Museum. In the late afternoon, top off the day with a sunset drink overlooking the bay.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Zadar - The day is yours to continue to get to know Zadar. There are a number of excellent museums to visit including the Museum of Church Art, the Archaeological Museum and the National Museum. Don't forget to visit the famous ‘Greeting to the Sun’ and the ‘Sea Organ’, two of the more modern sights of Zadar. The latter is a man-made organ on Zadar's Riva that works with the motion of the waves and 35 pipes to create a musical soundscape. You could also visit the vibrant fish markets of this port town, take a dip in the clear coastal waters, or explore the cafe culture and do some people watching.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Sibenik / Split - After breakfast, drive to Split, making a stop in the town of Sibenik. Walk among the stone houses, churches, narrow alleys and lanes where past and present are harmonious. Visit St Jacob's Cathedral, a 15th-century jewel that’s UNESCO-protected, before taking some time for lunch. Continue to your final destination of Split. This is Croatia's second-largest city in the heart of the Dalmatian coast, set on the azure waters of the Adriatic Sea against a backdrop of coastal mountains. Check into your Feature Stay accommodation – a boutique hotel with centuries of history (it started its life in the 1700's as the first cafe in Split!), situated on the most beautiful square in the city. This evening you may like to head to one of Split’s restaurants with your group for dinner.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Split - Your adventure comes to and end after breakfast this morning. If you would like to extend your stay in Split, just get in touch with your booking agent to organise additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Madrid - Bienvenido! Welcome to Spain. When you arrive in Madrid, you’ll be met by a local representative and transferred to your hotel. Your adventure then officially begins with a welcome meeting at 6.30 pm tonight. If you arrive early, you might like to visit the Museo del Prado and then wander the works of Picasso and Dali in the Museo Reina Sofia. After your meeting, you’ll join your local leader and small group for a welcome dinner at a local restaurant that showcases Madrid’s famous tapas.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Madrid - This morning, get an in-depth look at Madrid as you join your leader for a tour of the city centre. You’ll visit Puerta del Sol, Plaza Mayor and the Royal Palace on walk that’ll bring the city’s history to life. After stopping to refuel at a local cafe, enjoy a free afternoon to relax or continue your explorations. You could wander along the along the Paseo del Arte, or Art Walk, for an expansive history of Western art. Start with the Museo del Prado, then discover modern Spanish masters, including Picasso and Dali, in the Museo Reina Sofia. Finish at the Museo Thyssen-Bornemisza, which displays eight centuries of European painting.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Seville - Travel from Madrid to Seville by train this morning. The largest city in southern Spain, Seville is famous for its cultural vitality and architecture. When you arrive, check into your Feature Stay accommodation – a gorgeous family-run boutique hotel housed in 27 Sevillian cottages with patios and corridors connecting them. The hotel celebrates its roots with its decor and antique furnishings and walking through the hotel's interior is like taking a stroll through centuries-old parts of the city, with its statues, columns, jugs, all creating the impression of a living museum. Personal touches can also be found all throughout the hotel, like the hand-painted details in each room and the owner’s great-grandmother’s shawl hanging in reception. Tonight, join your group for a live flamenco show – a traditional Spanish style of dance with roots in Seville.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Seville - This morning, meet with a local expert on all things Seville and get to know the city during a walking tour. Explore narrow streets, hidden squares filled with orange trees and flower-adorned patios as your guide provides local insight into the history of the city. Visit the Alcazar of Seville – a grand royal palace. Known as one of the most beautiful in Europe, the Spanish royal family still use the Alcazar as their residence! The rest of the afternoon is yours to explore at your own pace. Maybe take an optional visit to the Giralda Tower and the famous Seville Cathedral – one of Europe’s largest cathedrals and home to Christopher Columbus’ elevated tomb.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Cordoba - Today, journey to the city of Cordoba, where Muslim, Jewish and Christian influences are present in the architecture, culture and cuisine. Cordoba is also home to the Mezquita – a rare site that has served as both a mosque and a cathedral throughout the centuries. Today, a cathedral stands within the centre of the mosque – an interesting example of the interplay of Christian and Muslim cultures in Spain. Discover this supreme example of Islamic architecture on a comprehensive guided tour with your leader which continues outside the Mezquita and explores the charming quarters and hidden corners of Cordoba.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Granada - Depart Cordoba and travel to Granada. Along the way, you’ll learn more about the importance of olive oil production in the Andalucia region by visiting an oil mill. Let the passionate owner of the family-run business walk you through the process of olive oil production and taste some different variations of the final result yourself, along with a lunch including olives, olive marmalade, olive pate and wine. This evening, maybe head out to explore Granada’s drinking and dining scene with your group.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Granada - This morning, take an orientation walk of Granada with your leader. Learn the history of the city and discover Islamic architecture and Arab influences at every turn. Then, you’ll have some time for your own explorations – maybe head to a local teahouse to sample some Moorish pastries. In the afternoon, join an expert local guide for a tour of Alhambra and its perfectly manicured gardens. Dating back to the 11th century, Alhambra represents Muslim art in its final European stages. Tonight, join your group for an included dinner at a nearby restaurant. Then, you’ll return to the Alhambra after dark and explore the famed Nasrid Palaces with your local guide. By now, the crowds have dispersed and you’re free to explore the site in all its glory. Your guide will bring history to life and provide expert insight as you explore the dominating red fortress towers, opulent palace decor and a multitude of architectural styles through the intricate Nasrid Palaces.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Valencia - Depart Granada and travel to Valencia today. Along the way, you’ll travel through the countryside through Elche – the capital of the region of Bajo Vinalopo. The historic quarter of Elche preserves part of its Muslim past and Baroque charm. Walk around the only palm tree grove in Europe while your leader explains how the grove was established by the Phoenicians and expanded by the Arabs in the 8th and 9th centuries. Then it's on to Valencia, Spain’s third largest city. When you arrive, you’re free to explore the Old Town centre that dates back 2000 years. Discover the harmonious mix of Roman, Muslim and Christian influences in its buildings, monuments and gardens.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Valencia - This morning, join a local guide for a tour of Valencia. Hear the stories behind historical sites like the Puertas de Serrano, town hall and cathedral, and make visits to the central market and the Silk Exchange building. Along the way you’ll stop to try horchata, an iconic drink from Valencia, and finish off with a lunch of the most famous Valencian dish – paella. The rest of the day is yours to explore Valencia at your own pace. You might like to visit the City of Arts and Science – a large and futuristic museum complex designed by Calatrava. Or, head out to a local cafe to enjoy the treats that Valencia has to offer.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Barcelona - After a leisurely breakfast, bid farewell to Valencia and hop on a train to Barcelona. The character and fabulous Catalan cuisine of this city mix seamlessly with a ground-breaking art scene, Gothic architecture, superb dining and non-stop nightlife, making it a city you won't soon forget. Once you’ve checked in to your accommodation, make a visit to Antonio Gaudi's incredible La Sagrada Familia Cathedral. The architect worked on this hugely ambitious project for decades until his death, and it remains in constant construction. Later, have dinner at a local restaurant with your group. Celebrate the final night of your trip as you dine on some of the region’s most delicious foods like olives, pickled garlic, lomo Iberico de Bellotta (pork loin), Catalan cheeses, olive oil and sweet desserts.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Casablanca - Wave goodbye to Spain today and catch a flight to Morocco to begin the second half of your adventure. When you arrive at Casablanca Airport, you’ll be met by a local representative and transferred to your hotel. This part of your adventure begins with a meeting at 6 pm to meet your new group and leader. If you arrive with time to spare, maybe visit the Villa des Arts. This gorgeous Art Deco gallery holds numerous exhibitions of contemporary Moroccan and international art. If you’re looking for a different type of cultural experience, you can also visit the Museum of Judaism. Tonight, celebrate the beginning of a new adventure over dinner with your group, trying classic dishes like tagine and couscous.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Fes - This morning, you’ll visit one of the most impressive sites in Casablanca – the mighty Mosque of Hassan II. Second only in size to the great mosque at Mecca, the huge building sits partly on land and partly over sea and is one of the only religious sites open to non-Muslims. Later, leave Casablanca and drive to Meknes, where you’ll explore the charming streets of the medina – the old walled section of the city. Drive on to the mosaic-filled Roman ruins of Volubilis, where a local guide will show you around and help you imagine the bustling city that once was. Enjoy a picnic lunch of fresh bread, cheese, seasonal fruits and olives from the market. In the late afternoon, continue to Fes, your home for the next two nights.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Fes - Today, you’ll discover Fes’s huge, well-preserved medieval Old City and medina on a morning walking tour with your leader. Wander through the twisting streets and alleyways and explore the speciality sections that divide the souq as your leader talks you through the local customs and traditions. Pass historic khans, dye pits and stalls, then take a break from the hustle and bustle at a family-owned tea house before a visit to the ornate inner courtyards of the Islamic school El-Attarine Madrasa and Funduq al-Najjarin – an 18th-century inn. You’ll then have a free afternoon before dinner tonight, where you'll be warmly welcomed into the home-turned-restaurant of a local family for a pastilla dinner in a private after-hours experience. Learn how the iconic Moroccan pie is made as you chat with your friendly hosts about life in Fes.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Bine el Ouidane - Travel from Fes to Bine el Ouidane, with plenty of breaks along the way to appreciate the ever-changing Moroccan landscape. Today is a bit of a long travel day, so it's a good idea to get stuck into your book or favourite podcasts. Bine el Ouidane is a small settlement perfectly placed on the bank of the lake, surrounded by sheer rocks. Your Feature Stay accommodation for the night sits at the foot of the Atlas Mountains, on the edge of the huge lake. Maybe spend your afternoon soaking up the calm surroundings in the swimming pool or kick back with a drink on the terrace.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Bine el Ouidane - Today you’ll head out onto the water, hopping in a small boat to see more of the turquoise lake and surrounding rocky gorges. Float over the water and take in the views. Then, head to the house of a local farming family in the village that sits on the lake. Have a cup of tea as the family shares their stories on farming in Morocco and what their life is like here. You’ll also be treated to a home-cooked lunch, before heading back to the hotel for a free evening. Maybe lounge by the infinity pool, hike the surrounding mountain trails or treat yourself to a rejuvenating massage or jacuzzi session at the health spa.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Agafay - Today you’ll make your way to Agafay – a red-rock desert in the South of Marrakech. Along the way, stop at Ouzoud Falls – a collective name for several waterfalls in Azilal, which all flow into the El-Abid River’s gorge. Take in the immensity of the cascades, then continue on to the rolling landscape of the desert. Arrive at your desert camp in the late afternoon, freshen up in your tents, then head out to catch the sunset as it lights up the horizon. If you like, you can also take part in an optional camel riding experience here. Later, have dinner at camp then be treated to a stargazing experience, as an English-speaking guide points out the constellations and planets above.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Marrakech - Wake up early this morning to catch the sunrise over the desert. After breakfast, you’ll then travel to Marrakech. When you arrive, head out on an orientation walk with your leader to the great square of Djemaa el-Fna – one of the largest public spaces in the world and the city's most iconic landmark. As day turns to night, the square transforms into a hive of activity. Once you’ve got your bearings, the rest of the evening is yours to explore at your own pace. Maybe have dinner on one of the restaurant balconies overlooking the humming square with views of the Koutoubia Mosque.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Marrakech - After breakfast today, meet your local guide and set off on a morning tour of the old medina, through the bustling souks that are the lifeblood of the city. Explore courtyards filled with the scent of orange blossom and the many salons and chambers that make up Bahia Palace. Stop by the Koutoubia Mosque – the inside is for Muslims only, but the famous minaret is a sight to behold. Walk back through the streets of the old medina to Djemaa el-Fna. The food here is best experienced like a local, so be sure to bring your appetite as your local guide will take you for a tasting session where you’ll try a range of seasonal delights like freshly squeezed orange juice and fried Moroccan donuts. The rest of the day is free. Maybe visit Le Jardin Secret – a traditional medina garden with a magnificent courtyard – or head back into the medina and practice your haggling skills.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Marrakech - Your trip ends today after breakfast. If you would like to stay longer, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Rome - Buongiorno! Welcome to Rome. When you arrive, you’ll take a complimentary transfer to your hotel and settle in. If you arrive early, and it’s recommended that you do to soak in all this incredibly historic city has to offer, maybe grab an espresso and hit the streets. Your adventure officially begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm, where you’ll meet your local leader and fellow travellers. When the formalities are out of the way, get your first taste of Italy with an included dinner at a local restaurant.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Rome - From ancient monuments to romantic restaurants, Rome is a city of great beauty and diversity. Today, join a private guide for a trip to the Spanish steps, the Trevi Fountain, the Pantheon and Piazza Navona before reaching Campo de Fiori, where a local fresh produce market has been held since 1869. Join your leader for a quick stop at a local bar for a granita (an iced Italian espresso), then visit a local aristocrat in his home close to the Campo de Fiori. Much of the apartment is still in its original state, including the painted ceiling. Chat with the owner before sitting down for an included lunch in the dining room. The afternoon is free for you to explore at your own pace. Maybe follow in the footsteps of gladiators and Roman emperors with a visit to the iconic Colosseum – one of the Seven Wonders of the World.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Siena / Monteriggioni / San Gimignano Region - Today you’ll take a private vehicle to the city of Siena, where your leader will show you the most interesting sights on an orientation walk. At the city’s heart is Piazza del Campo – home to the biannual Palio horse race and nearby the Siena Cathedral. Next, visit Monteriggioni – a medieval walled town with over a dozen towers once used to defend Sienese territory from the Florentines. You’ll have time to explore this tiny hilltop spot before arriving at your Feature Stay accommodation near San Gimignano. This country hotel with views of a tree-studded landscape geatures an outdoor pool and an on-site restaurant. Tonight, indulge in an included gourmet dinner made with local ingredients that pays homage to traditional Tuscan dishes, with a modern twist.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: San Gimignano Region - Start the day with a visit to San Gimignano – the 'Town of Fine Towers'. Explore the medieval Old Town centre and its Gothic and Romanesque architecture with your leader. This region is also renowned for its ancient Vernaccia grapes, which are the basis for one of Tuscany's finest white wines. Your group will visit a local agriturismo, where you’ll explore the vineyards and sample some of their celebrated wine, before enjoying an included lunch featuring regional cheese, fine olive oil and bruschetta. Return to your Feature Stay accommodation for another delicious dinner.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Pisa / Lucca / Florence - Today you’ll visit Pisa. It’s not always possible to climb the Leaning Tower of Pisa due to its precarious state, but as your leader shares the history of this legendary building, you’ll have the opportunity to take a photo from the ground. Your next stop is historic Lucca – one of Italy’s most beautiful but underrated cities – where you’ll take a short walk along the city’s beautifully preserved Renaissance walls. From here you’ll take the short journey to Florence where the evening is yours to walk the cobbled streets, eat gelato and soak up the unmistakenly Tuscan atmosphere.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Florence - This morning, join a private guided walk of Florence, including a visit to the Galleria dell‘Accademia – an art museum renowned for its collection of sculptures, including the iconic statue of David by Michelangelo. You then have a free afternoon to explore at your own pace. Visiting the Uffizi is highly recommended as it’s one of the oldest galleries in the world. Maybe head to Piazzale Michelangelo for sweeping views of Florence’s timeless skyline and sample some of the culinary delicacies on offer from across Tuscany, with dishes known for their freshness, simplicity and quality. Olive oil, beans and herbs are a feature here.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Venice - In the morning, head to the railway station and take a high-speed train to Venice. When you arrive, your leader will take you on an orientation walk so you can get acquainted with the city’s maze of canals and learn about its unique history. You will make a stop at Palazzo Pisani which was once home to one of the most powerful Venetian dynasties which now houses the Music Conservatory of Venice. You will explore the ornately frescoed halls of this Baroque masterpiece and discover the masonic symbols hidden in the stuccoes. You can also take the stairs to rooftop for a spectacular aerial view of the city. and take in the view of the city from their rooftop. The rest of the afternoon is yours to explore. The Grand Canal, the shopfronts that line the Rialto Bridge and the Piazza and Basilica di San Marco are all worthy sights to visit, or you can simply meander around the tiny, cobbled streets and discover the local markets, cafes, galleries and churches. A Venetian gondola ride down the canals is a must, as is a taste of the region’s dessert speciality – tiramisu. Later in the evening, join your leader for a Venetian dinner.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Venice - Today is yours to explore Venice at your leisure and there’s plenty to explore among the bridges, towers, piazzas, canals, churches and gondolas – practically unchanged for 600 years. Maybe walk to St Mark's Square and the Basilica, Doges’ Palace, Accademia Bridge and the Bridge of Sighs. In the evening, join your new leader and group for a welcome dinner at a local restaurant. Venice is famous for seafood and fresh Veneto vegetables – maybe try some fritto misto (a mix of fried seafood) or risotto with asparagus.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Postojna Caves / Ljubljana / Bled - Say farewell to Venice this morning and travel to the Postojna Caves, where you’ll take some time out for lunch before exploring. A network of 20 km of passages, galleries and chambers, Postojna is the largest classic karst cave in Europe. Begin with a 2 km open-top train ride through narrow tunnels into the jungle of stalactites and stalagmites. In the vast chambers the electric lighting allows you to admire the size and splendour of the underground world, and your leader will explain the geology of these natural wonders. Continue to Ljubljana – a city full of style and sophistication. When you arrive, take a guided tour around the Old Town and earn about the city’s history as you visit Ljubljana Castle, the Town Hall, Cathedral of St Nicholas and the Dragon Bridge. You'll also visit the open market under arcades before continuing to the lake side town of Bled.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Lake Bohinj / Bled - This morning you’ll drive through the misty Sava Bohinjka Valley to beautiful Lake Bohinj – the largest permanent natural lake in Slovenia. Take a cable car to the top of Mt Vogel, where you’ll be greeted by views of evergreen woods sloping down the mountains to blue waters. Take some time to enjoy the area before returning to Bled – renowned for its mild, healing climate and thermal lake water. Have lunch at a local restaurant, then take a Pletna boat ride (a wooden, awning-covered boat rowed by a special oarsman) to the island on Lake Bled and climb up the 99 steps to St Mary's Church. Enjoy a free evening where you can seek out the famous Bled cream cake (nearly every cafe and cake shop in town claims that theirs is the best).

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Motovun / Buzet - This morning, drive to Motovun – sitting on the top of a cone-shaped hill surrounded by the bountiful Mirna River Valley, whose forests are famous for truffle hunting. The medieval charm of the town is still found in its well-preserved architecture. Today, you’ll have the chance to sample the delectable local product during a truffle tasting combined with fritaja (Croatian omelette), a local speciality, on a visit to a family-owned farm. Your sommelier will pair your tasting with suitable Istrian wines to try, such as the famous Malvazija. Continue your wine tasting with a visit to the award-winning Kabola Winery in the Istria countryside, known for having the best Croatian wines. Then, head to the village of Buzet, which sits on top of a hill and is filled with traditional Istrian houses and streets. Your stay tonight will have panoramic views of the River Mirna.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Plitvice - Today, make the most of a late morning before heading to the villages of Slunj and Rastoke which are beautifully preserved on the banks of the Korana River. Take a walk through the villages and admire the traditional wooden houses and water mills. From here you will head on to your hotel just outside Plitvice Lakes National Park. When you arrive, you have the option to head out on a leisurely walk with your leader to get your bearings. Then, the rest of the afternoon and evening is free for you to spend at your leisure.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Plitvice Lakes National Park / Zadar - Today, you’ll explore one of Croatia's most beautiful sites – Plitvice Lakes National Park. This UNESCO World Heritage site is a fairy-tale land of wooded hills, turquoise lakes and waterfalls. Enjoy some time to discover the park’s trails – your leader will recommend the best routes to suit your interests and outline the park's rules. After your memorable visit to the lakes, drive to the walled city of Zadar. Take an afternoon sightseeing tour of the city with a local guide. Learn the ancient history of the Roman Forum built in the first Century and St Donatus' Church. Visit the reconstructed Romanesque St Grisigono's Church, St Mary's bell tower, St Anastasia's Cathedral, and the People's Square. Lastly, you will visit the Three and Five Wells Squares. There is also an opportunity to visit the Gold and Silver Museum. In the late afternoon, top off the day with a sunset drink overlooking the bay.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Zadar - The day is yours to continue to get to know Zadar. There are a number of excellent museums to visit including the Museum of Church Art, the Archaeological Museum and the National Museum. Don't forget to visit the famous ‘Greeting to the Sun’ and the ‘Sea Organ’, two of the more modern sights of Zadar. The latter is a man-made organ on Zadar's Riva that works with the motion of the waves and 35 pipes to create a musical soundscape. You could also visit the vibrant fish markets of this port town, take a dip in the clear coastal waters, or explore the cafe culture and do some people watching.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Sibenik / Split - After breakfast, drive to Split, making a stop in the town of Sibenik. Walk among the stone houses, churches, narrow alleys and lanes where past and present are harmonious. Visit St Jacob's Cathedral, a 15th-century jewel that’s UNESCO-protected, before taking some time for lunch. Continue to your final destination of Split. This is Croatia's second-largest city in the heart of the Dalmatian coast, set on the azure waters of the Adriatic Sea against a backdrop of coastal mountains. Check into your Feature Stay accommodation – a boutique hotel with centuries of history (it started its life in the 1700's as the first cafe in Split!), situated on the most beautiful square in the city. This evening you may like to head to one of Split’s restaurants with your group for dinner.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Split - Explore Split at your leisure today. You might like to visit the Mestrovic Gallery, which displays the remarkable work of one of Croatia’s greatest sculptors. In the evening, get to know your new fellow travellers and group leader over dinner at one of Split’s excellent restaurants and maybe try some brudet (a rustic seafood stew) and rozata (a creamy custard pudding). Tonight, you’ll stay in your Feature Stay – Santa Lucia Heritage Hotel in the Pjaca (the most beautiful square in Split).

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Split - This morning, head out on a sustainable Urban Adventure – ‘Unveiling Split’s Living History’. Led by a licensed heritage interpreter, you’ll stroll through the historic streets of Split, discover some of the city's hidden gems and get a glimpse into the lives of the locals. Wander through cobblestoned streets in the footsteps of past emperors and kings and learn about how Split has evolved over the centuries, now embracing eco-friendly initiatives like solar power and waste management. Explore the workshops of local artisans and witness the skill and passion of their creations. This afternoon is free to explore the seaside city at your own pace – maybe find the perfect seafood restaurant with sweeping views of the coast and tuck into some fresh cuisine over a glass of wine. Or, head back to your Feature Stay and chill on the la luce terrace or in the secret garden.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Korcula - Take a morning ferry to Korcula – a gorgeous island off the Dalmatian Coast. When you arrive in the afternoon, head out on a walking tour of Korcula Town with a local guide. See the main sites of this seaside spot and learn about the history of this island, whose population is almost entirely made up of ethnic Croats. Korcula is famed for its folkloric traditions and you’ll get special access to the see the traditional costumes used in local celebrations. After, maybe hit one of the hidden beaches like Vela Przina or Proizd, wander the orange-topped architecture in the Old City or soak up some of the local wine culture among the olive groves.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Korcula - Today you’ll head out on a custom-made half-day tour around Korcula. Explore the rich history of the island and visit places that are less impacted by tourism, supporting the local community. First, visit the Ethnographic Museum Barilo in Blato and explore the impressive collection, which includes agricultural tools, ceremonial clothes, traditional costumes, kitchen utensils and handicrafts that give a unique insight into the daily lives of the owners' ancestors. Wander the house and garden, then join your hosts for a tasting of local liqueurs, brandies, arancini, fried almonds and dried figs, prepared according to traditional recipes. After, head to Vela Luka to see the 20,000-year-old Vela Spila archaeological site and cave. Take a short walk over the cave for panoramic views of the archipelago and the bay below, then head to a local village for lunch and a wine tasting of local drops at a small family winery in the hills. 

     

    Day - 20

    Location: Korcula - Today is a free day in Korcula. You might like to spend the day lazing at one of the hidden beaches and soak up the sun, taking a dip in the bay. Alternatively, maybe head to another local winery and support the local community by induling in some local cuisine and a glass of wine (or three). Perhaps continue your explorations of the Old Town tonight, taking in the stocky Revelin Tower and impressive defensive walls before stopping for dinner in one of the island’s many restaurants.

     

    Day - 21

    Location: Dubrovnik - You’ll begin the journey to Dubrovnik today, stopping at Trsteno along the way – a small village just 20 km away from Dubrovnik. Here, you’ll tuck into a delicious brunch of local products made by a local family on their farm and presented by the famous Croatian chef Katija Paseta. Soak in the garden views and morning sun and then be treated to an olive oil tasting (a bottle of this locally produced kitchen necessity makes for the perfect souvenir!). Visit the arboretum next door – this is the oldest monument of garden architecture and the only arboretum in Croatia that dates back to the 15th century. This is also a Game of Thrones filming location, but is far less crowded with fans than Dubrovnik’s Old Town. As you spot locations you recognise from the show (well away from the tourist crowds), take in the views of the Elaphiti Islands and the Adriatic Sea below. Continue to the medieval walls of Dubrovnik, where you’ll have a free evening to find the best spot for dinner.

     

    Day - 22

    Location: Dubrovnik - Today is free to explore Dubrovnik at your own pace. Maybe visit Rector's Palace to see the ornate Venetian-Gothic architecture or sip a beer on the terrace of one of the city’s cliff bars. Take a Game of Thrones walking tour to a few more filming locations or just people-watch over an espresso. Tonight, you'll be treated to a sunset sail on the Adriatic. On a private boat, sail to the Elafiti Islands, taking in the coastal scenery during golden hour. Go for a couple of swims off the boat, then hit land and visit the fisherman's village of Lopud. Here, you can share your favourite moments from your trip with the group over a farewell dinner of local cuisine. Sail back to Dubrovnik just in time to enjoy the view of Old Town from the sea during sunset and toast to an unforgettable memory with some local wine.

     

    Day - 23

    Location: Dubrovnik - Your trip ends after breakfast this morning. If you're looking to extend your stay and soak more of Dubrovnik's unique beauty, additional accommodation can be arranged for you – just speak to your booking agent.   

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Venice - Buongiorno! Welcome to Italy. Your adventure begins in the floating city of Venice. You’ll be collected from the airport and transferred to your hotel by car and water taxi, where you’ll meet your leader and fellow travellers for a welcome meeting at 6 pm. If you arrive early, there’s plenty to explore among the bridges, towers, piazzas, canals, churches and gondolas – practically unchanged for 600 years. Maybe walk to St Mark's Square and the Basilica, Doges’ Palace, Accademia Bridge and the Bridge of Sighs. After the meeting tonight, join your leader and group for a welcome dinner at a local restaurant. Venice is famous for seafood and fresh Veneto vegetables – perhaps try some fritto misto (a mix of fried seafood) or risotto with asparagus.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Postojna Caves / Ljubljana / Bled - Say farewell to Venice this morning and travel to the Postojna Caves, where you’ll take some time out for lunch before exploring. A network of 20 km of passages, galleries and chambers, Postojna is the largest classic karst cave in Europe. Begin with a 2 km open-top train ride through narrow tunnels into the jungle of stalactites and stalagmites. In the vast chambers the electric lighting allows you to admire the size and splendour of the underground world, and your leader will explain the geology of these natural wonders. Continue to Ljubljana – a city full of style and sophistication. When you arrive, take a guided tour around the Old Town and earn about the city’s history as you visit Ljubljana Castle, the Town Hall, Cathedral of St Nicholas and the Dragon Bridge. You'll also visit the open market under arcades before continuing to the lake side town of Bled.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Lake Bohinj / Bled - This morning you’ll drive through the misty Sava Bohinjka Valley to beautiful Lake Bohinj – the largest permanent natural lake in Slovenia. Take a cable car to the top of Mt Vogel, where you’ll be greeted by views of evergreen woods sloping down the mountains to blue waters. Take some time to enjoy the area before returning to Bled – renowned for its mild, healing climate and thermal lake water. Have lunch at a local restaurant, then take a Pletna boat ride (a wooden, awning-covered boat rowed by a special oarsman) to the island on Lake Bled and climb up the 99 steps to St Mary's Church. Enjoy a free evening where you can seek out the famous Bled cream cake (nearly every cafe and cake shop in town claims that theirs is the best).

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Motovun / Buzet - This morning, drive to Motovun – sitting on the top of a cone-shaped hill surrounded by the bountiful Mirna River Valley, whose forests are famous for truffle hunting. The medieval charm of the town is still found in its well-preserved architecture. Today, you’ll have the chance to sample the delectable local product during a truffle tasting combined with fritaja (Croatian omelette), a local speciality, on a visit to a family-owned farm. Your sommelier will pair your tasting with suitable Istrian wines to try, such as the famous Malvazija. Continue your wine tasting with a visit to the award-winning Kabola Winery in the Istria countryside, known for having the best Croatian wines. Then, head to the village of Buzet, which sits on top of a hill and is filled with traditional Istrian houses and streets. Your stay tonight will have panoramic views of the River Mirna.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Plitvice - Today, make the most of a late morning before heading to the villages of Slunj and Rastoke which are beautifully preserved on the banks of the Korana River. Take a walk through the villages and admire the traditional wooden houses and water mills. From here you will head on to your hotel just outside Plitvice Lakes National Park. When you arrive, you have the option to head out on a leisurely walk with your leader to get your bearings. Then, the rest of the afternoon and evening is free for you to spend at your leisure.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Plitvice Lakes National Park / Zadar - Today, you’ll explore one of Croatia's most beautiful sites – Plitvice Lakes National Park. This UNESCO World Heritage site is a fairy-tale land of wooded hills, turquoise lakes and waterfalls. Enjoy some time to discover the park’s trails – your leader will recommend the best routes to suit your interests and outline the park's rules. After your memorable visit to the lakes, drive to the walled city of Zadar. Take an afternoon sightseeing tour of the city with a local guide. Learn the ancient history of the Roman Forum built in the first Century and St Donatus' Church. Visit the reconstructed Romanesque St Grisigono's Church, St Mary's bell tower, St Anastasia's Cathedral, and the People's Square. Lastly, you will visit the Three and Five Wells Squares. There is also an opportunity to visit the Gold and Silver Museum. In the late afternoon, top off the day with a sunset drink overlooking the bay.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Zadar - The day is yours to continue to get to know Zadar. There are a number of excellent museums to visit including the Museum of Church Art, the Archaeological Museum and the National Museum. Don't forget to visit the famous ‘Greeting to the Sun’ and the ‘Sea Organ’, two of the more modern sights of Zadar. The latter is a man-made organ on Zadar's Riva that works with the motion of the waves and 35 pipes to create a musical soundscape. You could also visit the vibrant fish markets of this port town, take a dip in the clear coastal waters, or explore the cafe culture and do some people watching.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Sibenik / Split - After breakfast, drive to Split, making a stop in the town of Sibenik. Walk among the stone houses, churches, narrow alleys and lanes where past and present are harmonious. Visit St Jacob's Cathedral, a 15th-century jewel that’s UNESCO-protected, before taking some time for lunch. Continue to your final destination of Split. This is Croatia's second-largest city in the heart of the Dalmatian coast, set on the azure waters of the Adriatic Sea against a backdrop of coastal mountains. Check into your Feature Stay accommodation – a boutique hotel with centuries of history (it started its life in the 1700's as the first cafe in Split!), situated on the most beautiful square in the city. This evening you may like to head to one of Split’s restaurants with your group for dinner.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Split - Your adventure comes to and end after breakfast this morning. If you would like to extend your stay in Split, just get in touch with your booking agent to organise additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Budapest - Szia! Welcome to Budapest, Hungary's vibrant capital. This city, split into two sides – Buda and Pest – sits right on the banks of the Danube River. Your adventure starts with a welcome meeting at 6 pm. After, maybe head out with your fellow travellers for dinner, then take a night walk along the Danube to see the buildings and bridges lit up in lights. Why not keep the night going in one of Budapest's ruin bars tonight, home to eclectic décor and a popular spot for a night out.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Novi Sad to Belgrade - This morning you’ll head to Belgrade – Serbia’s capital and one of the oldest cities in Europe. On the way, stop at Novi Sad on the banks of the Danube River. Head out on an orientation walk of the city with your leader, then take a few hours to explore at your own pace. Maybe head to the Petrovaradin Fortress, one of the most important landmarks in the city, and enjoy the view over the river. There are also some great restaurants and cafes at the fortress where you can stop for lunch or a coffee. Then, continue to your destination – sitting at the junction of the Sava and the Danube, Belgrade is an important intersection between Eastern and Western Europe. Enjoy some free time to explore the city’s wide boulevards and squares, the historic green heart of Kalemegdan Park and Kalemegdan Fortress, which has overlooked the river for centuries. In the evening, head down to Skadarska Street in the bohemian quarter of Skadarlija to sample some authentic local food and enjoy the lively atmosphere in a place where Orthodox churches vie for space next to nightclubs.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Belgrade - Today starts with a visit to Decje Srce Cafe. This cafe provides employment opportunities for young people with developmental disabilities. Here, you’ll have a drink and hear the story behind the organisation and see some of their local handicrafts (that you can purchase if you like!). The rest of the day is for you to discover Belgrade at your own pace. You might like to take a cruise along the Danube River, passing Kalemegdan Fortress, Pancevo Bridge and Zemun. Otherwise, the local market Zeleni Venac can keep you occupied for hours. Take a stroll through the Nikola Tesla Museum to learn about the life and work of Serbia's greatest inventor or check out the city's Ethnographic or Military museums. If the weather’s warm, you could brave the crowds on Ada Ciganlija beach, where you can swim, take up some water sports or soak up the sun. During summer, Belgrade hosts a variety of musical and cultural events, and the city is abuzz with people and activities.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Sarajevo - Travel through the countryside to Sarajevo this morning. The journey is long, so sit back and enjoy the scenery (and grab a window seat if you can!). Sarajevo is Bosnia and Herzegovina’s small but vibrant capital. The city often draws comparisons with Istanbul as a place that mixes east and west – dotted with minarets, mosques, bazaars and the aroma of coffee. When you arrive, maybe head on an optional guided tour to gain insight into the history and culture of the city and explore Bascarsija – Sarajevo's old bazaar. Tonight, maybe grab some of the local speciality – bosanski cevapi (local grilled and spiced meats).

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Sarajevo - Enjoy a free day in and around Sarajevo today. You can take an optional day trip out to the thermal springs and green parks of Ilidza – the source of the Bosna River. You might prefer to discover local history with a visit to the History Museum, the Sarajevo War Tunnels and Sniper Alley, or learn about the tragedies faced by the city's Jews at the Jewish Museum. Maybe get cultural with a stroll through the Art Gallery of Bosnia and Herzegovina, or return to Bascarsija and get lost in the mosques, caravanserais and stone-vaulted bazaars while snacking on burek. The Pivnica HS brewery and restaurant is a good place to sample local award-winning beer and spend the night with your travel crew.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Mostar - This morning, travel to Mostar. On the way, stop at Tito's Bunker, named after the late leader of the communist country, for a 1.5-hour tour with a local guide. This underground facility served as Yugoslavia's ‘Atomic War Command,’ designed to house a skeleton government of 350 people who would manage the country in the event of nuclear war. Continue to Mostar – thanks to the river Neretva, this city was able to develop in the barren landscape of Herzegovina. When you arrive, maybe head to the famous Stari Most (Old Bridge), first built by the Ottomans in 1565 – it was the great architect Mimar Hajrudin who succeeded with the impossible mission to cross the Neretva River with a single span stone bridge. If you’re lucky, you might see the famous brave members of Mostar’s diving club hurl themselves into the icy waters below.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Kotor - This morning after breakfast, you’ll travel to Kotor. This fifth-century UNESCO World Heritage-listed city is set on a secluded bay, with towering peaks surrounding a rocky coastline dotted with waterside towns. When you arrive, explore Europe’s most southerly fjord, Boka Kotorska (Bay of Kotor) and Kotor town, with a free afternoon. Maybe check out the 12th-century Cathedral of St Tryphun, the South Gates of Kotor (the Gurdich Gate) and the Armoury Square (Trg od Oruzija).

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Kotor - Today is another free day to get lost in the crooked alleyways of Kotor. Maybe check out the boutiques and cafes or climb the hills behind the city to visit Kotor's ruined fortification walls. A 1.5-hour hike up the stone steps, past churches, gates and bastions to the Fortress of Sveti Ivan at the top, rewards you with magnificent views across the town and the Bay of Kotor. Tonight, maybe hang out in a lookout spot and take in the lights – the city walls are lit up in the evening here to provide a unique night-time perspective.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Dubrovnik - Leave Montenegro by bus this morning, riding along the beautiful southern coast of Croatia to Dubrovnik. When you arrive, the day is free for you to explore this medieval city at your own pace. There is so much to see and do here, so ask your leader if you’re stuck for ideas. You might like to take a boat trip to nearby Lokrum Island, where you’ll find the French-built Fort Royal Castle, a monastery and a botanical garden that dates back to when the Austrian archduke Maximilian had his holiday home on the island. Tonight, maybe find a secluded beach spot to watch the sunset or enjoy a harbourside meal with the group for dinner.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Dubrovnik - With no activities planned for today, you are free to depart at any time. If you’d like to stay longer and explore more of what this gorgeous historical city has to offer, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Dubrovnik - Dobro Dosli! Welcome to Croatia. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight in Dubrovnik – the undisputed jewel of the Dalmatian Coast. With the sparkling water of the Adriatic in the background, this city is full of character and can be easily covered on foot. If you arrive early, maybe visit the Church of St Blaise, take a cable car to Mount Srd or discover Game of Thrones filming locations. After your meeting, maybe find a local restaurant for dinner and get to know your fellow travellers.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Dubrovnik - This morning, set off on a daytrip to the Elafiti Islands – a small archipelago northwest of Dubrovnik – exploring churches along the way. When you arrive at the beach, you’ll have some free time to relax, swim or find a coastal restaurant for a long lunch. After, return to Dubrovnik where the rest of the day is free for you to explore at your own pace. Maybe visit Big Onofrio's Fountain, built by architect Onofrio della Cava in the 15th century to supply water to the city, or check out the Franciscan Monastery – home to one of the world's oldest continuously functioning pharmacies, founded in the 13th century. Tonight, maybe kick back on Banje Beach or find a good spot for dinner with a sunset view.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Split - This morning, travel up the coast to Split. If Dubrovnik is considered the heart of Dalmatia, Split is certainly the soul. On a small peninsula on the eastern shores of the Adriatic Sea, it's the second-largest city in Croatia. Today is a long travel day, so it's a good idea to get stuck into your book or favourite podcasts. When you arrive, the afternoon is free for you to explore Split at your own pace. Maybe wander through the historic streets, see the UNESCO World Heritage-listed Diocletian's Palace or join a tour with a local guide? Dinner by the sea is recommended, whether you’re after fresh seafood or you just want to catch the deep colours of the sunset.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Split - Today is a free day in Split. At the heart of its atmospheric Old Town is a fascinating city-within-a-city – the remains of a 3rd-century palace built for Roman Emperor Diocletian. These ancient walls now house a vibrant mix of shops, cafes, restaurants and houses. Maybe step back in time as you stroll the sprawling maze of passageways and courtyards – you’ll also find a 16th-century synagogue and a courtyard often filled with music. This afternoon, why not sample Croatia’s fine coffee culture with a frothy kava from a cafe on the Riva waterfront promenade or climb the Cathedral of Saint Domnius for panoramic views over the city. The rest of the night is free for you to explore Split at your own pace.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Plitvice Lakes National Park / Zagreb - Visit one of Croatia's most beautiful sites of UNESCO World Heritage status – Plitvice Lakes National Park. You’ll have free time to explore on your own, or you can follow your leader to see the best spots – all trails in the national park are well marked, so it's difficult to get lost. Walk through the wooded hills, surrounding turquoise lakes and waterfalls and be sure to look for local wildlife living in the primeval forest vegetation of beech trees, fir spruce and white pine. Later, drive to Croatia's capital of Zagreb, where you’ll stay tonight.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Zagreb - After breakfast, take an orientation walk with your leader around Zagreb. For lunch, you’ll head to Dolac Market – the main market in the city and a great spot to pick up local favourites. The upper level offers seasonal fruits, vegetables, preserves and olive oil and the bottom level sells cheese and meats. Stop by a bakery for a taste of cevapcici (grilled minced meat) – a traditional market snack. Then, the rest of the day is free – maybe check out the gothic Zagreb Cathedral, with its twin spires that dominate the city's skyline or visit one of the excellent museums like the quirky Museum of Broken Relationships.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Ljubljana - Travel by train this morning across the Slovenian border to the cosmopolitan capital of Ljubljana (pronounced 'Lyub-Li-Yana'). When you arrive, check into your accommodation before heading out on a short orientation walk with your leader. The rest of the day is then free for you to delve deeper into this beautiful city. Located in the centre of Slovenia, Ljubljana is a city full of style and sophistication, history, monuments, churches, museums and great restaurants. Maybe wander around the old city centre, renowned for its unique architectural appearance. You might like to visit the Ljubljana Castle, the Town Hall or the Dragon Bridge or stop at the central Preseren Square, dedicated to the Slovenian romantic poet France Preseren.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Ljubljana - Today is a free day to explore Ljubljana further. Maybe set off on a daytrip to Bled – gifted with immense natural beauty, Bled ranks among the most scenic of alpine resorts. Its fairy tale-like scenery includes a castle, a tranquil lake and an island topped with a church. Maybe take a Pletna boat ride (a wooden, awning-covered boat rowed by a special oarsman) across Lake Bled to its island, then climb the 99 steps to St Mary's Church. After, be sure to seek out the famous Bled cream cake – nearly every cafe and cake shop in town claims their cream cake is the best! There's also plenty of action for adrenaline junkies on offer today, like rafting, caving, cycling, canoeing, boating or swimming. Tonight, maybe join your fellow travellers for dinner and try two other local specialities– struklji (rolled dumplings) or potica (nut roll).

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Venice - This morning, travel by bus to Venice – the capital of northern Italy’s Veneto region, known for its canals and small islands connected by nearly 400 bridges. When you arrive, the day is free for you to explore. Maybe visit St Mark’s Basilica, the Rialto Bridge or Doge's Palace (the ruler of Venice), ride a gondola through the romantic canals or seek out some tiramisu (coffee-soaked sponge cake) – the region’s specialty! Tonight, you might like to join your fellow travellers for dinner at a local restaurant to celebrate the last night of your trip.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Venice - Enjoy free time in the watery wonderland of bridges, towers, piazzas, canals, churches and gondolas today, practically unchanged for the last 600 years. Rich with artistic masterpieces, modern Venice combines history with contemporary life through food, performance, art and architecture. Take a walk around the maze of streets behind San Marco Square and begin to understand the complex canal system as you find the next delicious thing to eat. You’ll have a meeting tonight at 6 pm to meet the new members of your group. 

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Venice - This morning, head out for an orientation walk of the city, exploring the Classical, Gothic and Baroque styles of architecture that surround San Marco Square. Your leader will show you where to get the best cicchetti today (a tasty local snack that Venice is famous for). For lunch, maybe get involved in the lively social scene at a local bacaro or simply watch the world go by at a restaurant on the edge of the canals. Then, you’re free to explore Venice at your own pace. There are only two ways to get around this city – on foot or by boat. Maybe take the Vaporetto (water bus) over to the island of San Giorgio to climb the bell tower for views over the city. Ore, fulfil a bucket list favourite and take a journey down the Grand Canal in a Venetian gondola if you haven’t already.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: La Spezia - Board a morning train through the scenic north of Italy to the once important naval base of La Spezia – known mainly as the gateway to the gorgeous Cinque Terre (Five Lands). The name comes from the five tiny villages of Monterosso, Vernazza, Corniglia, Manarola and Riomaggiore – positioned on a series of coves between sheer cliffs. When you arrive in La Spezia, there won't be much time to explore (that’s what tomorrow is for), but after checking into your hotel you can take a short walk around the pedestrian zone on Via del Prione or head out for dinner with the group.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Cinque Terre / La Spezia - Spend today exploring winding footpaths and pastel villages with your included Cinque Terre Pass. Your leader will walk you to two of the five villages, and the pass gives you access to the paths and trains of the area for 24 hours. Please consult your leader on which walking section is right for you, as some have challenging uphill stretches, narrow paths, steep cliffs and foot bridges. Alternatively, take the train between any of the villages, or back to the group's base in La Spezia whenever you want. After working up an appetite, maybe take advantage of an optional pesto class. Focaccia is also a speciality in this area and makes a great start to lunch, if you’d prefer.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Florence - Depart La Spezia today and catch a train to Florence. When you arrive, check into the hostel and go for a brief walk around the immediate area to get your bearings. Florence is one of the most culturally rich and beautiful cities in Italy, known to many as the beating heart of Tuscany. The Medicis, Leonardo da Vinci, Raphael, Brunelleschi, Machiavelli, Donatello and Michelangelo all lived in Florence at the height of their creative reign. Food is a major part of the city's identity and the optional activities on offer reflect this. Maybe explore the city’s culinary history (and taste some local treats) on a Florence Foodies Walk with Urban Adventures. Carnivores might be drawn to try the Bistecca alla Fiorentina (the Florentine Beef Steak, essentially a huge T-bone steak that comes with classic sides).

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Florence - Enjoy another day in beautiful Florence. It's impossible to see everything in this Renaissance wonderland, so the best idea is to relax and pick a few things you really want to do. Maybe start with a visit to the Galleria dell'Accademia where you can see Michelangelo's famous statue of David, or perhaps stop by the Uffizi – one of the world's oldest art galleries. Active types might want to walk up to Piazzale Michelangelo, which is set on a hill on the south bank of the Arno River, to take in beautiful views of the city. There are plenty of optional activities on offer during your time here, so be sure to grill your leader for the details on each so you can get a sense of what interests you.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Rome - Take the morning train to Rome and join your leader on an orientation walk around the city to see icons such as the Spanish Steps, Trevi Fountain the Pantheon and Piazza Navona. After all that walking it’s probably time for lunch! Maybe grab a slice of the good stuff and a strong espresso at the Piazza Navona. You can spend your afternoon how you wish and there are plenty of heavy hitters to choose from. Maybe enter the Vatican and check out St Peter's Basilica. Within the Vatican, art lovers could visit the Sistine Chapel to admire the timeless work of Michelangelo, while history buffs may enjoy a walk through the ancient halls of the Pantheon. Rome is packed full of trattorias that cater to every taste and budget, so this evening maybe link up with the group for dinner.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Rome - Your adventures come to an end today. There are no activities planned and you're free to depart the accommodation at any time after check-out. As there is so much to see in Rome, it’s recommended that you stay a little longer to soak it up. If you need help booking additional accommodation, just speak to your booking agent at the time of booking.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Barcelona - Hola! Welcome to Spain. Your adventure begins in Barcelona with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight, followed by a vermouth aperitivo to whet your appetite for the adventure ahead. If you arrive early, there are plenty of galleries, cafes and historic corners to keep you busy. Maybe take the funicular to the top of Montjuic or Tibidabo for panoramic views of the harbour. After the meeting, maybe head out for some tapas with your fellow travellers and get to know each other.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Barcelona / Girona - Say good morning to Barcelona before heading out with your group on a leader-led orientation walk through the city, stopping along the way to try a local favourite treat. Then, explore the city at your own pace. Why not visit Gaudi's La Sagrada Familia Basilica – possibly the most iconic landmark in Barcelona! Or head to Park Guell – the largest green space in the city, where you can stroll through the gardens if the weather's nice and explore more of the incredible architectural work by Gaudi. This afternoon, make your way to the train station, where you’ll travel to the city of Girona. Arriving in the early evening, your leader will take you on a walk through the city. Then, you have the chance to explore on your own. This jewel of Catalonia is known for its medieval architecture and sits alongside the Onyar River.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Girona - Head off with your group this morning for a walk along the medieval walls of the city. Originally built by the Romans and then rebuilt and extended in the Middle Ages, these walls have stood watch over the city since the 14th century. From the walkway along the top, the city of Girona spreads out beneath you, giving you a birds-eye view over the streets and houses, the river and the iconic cathedral and bell tower of San Felix. This afternoon is yours to explore the city. Why not visit the Arabic Baths, stop at the Rocambolesc Gelateria to grab some of Spain’s finest gelato or take a walking tour, where you’ll be transported to the streets of Braavos and King’s Landing, which featured in the Game of Thrones. Tonight, maybe find a local restaurant for dinner.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Nimes / Avignon - Leaving the city after breakfast, you’ll make your way to Nimes in southeast France. When you arrive, your leader will take you on a walk through the town, giving you the lay of the land. This afternoon is then free for you to explore at your own pace. Maybe chat to your leader about visiting the famous Amphitheatre of Nimes – one of the best-preserved Roman amphitheatres in Europe, built around the year AD 100. This evening, take the train to Avignon. When you arrive, check into your hotel and walk around the walled city that was once home to French popes for more than a century.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Avignon - This morning, set off on an orientation walk through the markets, where you’ll find fresh produce that’s locally grown in the fertile soil surrounding the city. After, maybe comb the impressive collection of art, visit the grand Palais des Papes (Pope's Palace) or cross the iconic bridge of Pont St-Benezet. If the weather is good, maybe hire a bike to see more of this picturesque valley and head to one of the city's amazing bakeries. There are also many small local bistros that serve up great regional cuisine – why not get some of your travel pals together for a French-inspired feast tonight!

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Dijon - Travel to Dijon – the capital city of the historical Burgundy region in eastern France. When you arrive, join a mustard making workshop, where a mustard master will guide you through the traditional process step by step, from grinding the seeds to mixing in wine, vinegar and salt. At the end, you’ll get to take home your very own jar of homemade Dijon mustard, infused with your custom blend of flavours. The rest of the day is then free for you to explore Dijon at your own pace. Maybe visit the Palace of the Dukes of Burgundy, see the Church of Notre-Dame or walk through the Musee des Beaux-Arts.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Paris - This morning, take the train to the city of light and love – Paris, of course! Rich in museums, art galleries, monuments, fashion and delicious food, Paris offers a wealth of major sights and things to do. When you arrive, check into the hotel, then join your leader for an orientation walk through the famous city streets before exploring at your leisure – wandering around the Champs-Elysees, the student-filled Latin Quarter or bohemian Montmartre will give you a good feel for the city. Maybe visit the Louvre, climb the Eiffel Tower or walk through the Musee d'Orsay. Tonight, you might want to join your fellow travellers for dinner at a local restaurant.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Paris - After breakfast, your adventure comes to an end. If you’d like to stay longer in Paris, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Barcelona - Hola! Welcome to Spain. Your adventure begins in Barcelona with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight, followed by a vermouth aperitivo to whet your appetite for the adventure ahead. If you arrive early, there are plenty of galleries, cafes and historic corners to keep you busy. Maybe take the funicular to the top of Montjuic or Tibidabo for panoramic views of the harbour. After the meeting, maybe head out for some tapas with your fellow travellers and get to know each other.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Barcelona / Girona - Say good morning to Barcelona before heading out with your group on a leader-led orientation walk through the city, stopping along the way to try a local favourite treat. Then, explore the city at your own pace. Why not visit Gaudi's La Sagrada Familia Basilica – possibly the most iconic landmark in Barcelona! Or head to Park Guell – the largest green space in the city, where you can stroll through the gardens if the weather's nice and explore more of the incredible architectural work by Gaudi. This afternoon, make your way to the train station, where you’ll travel to the city of Girona. Arriving in the early evening, your leader will take you on a walk through the city. Then, you have the chance to explore on your own. This jewel of Catalonia is known for its medieval architecture and sits alongside the Onyar River.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Girona - Head off with your group this morning for a walk along the medieval walls of the city. Originally built by the Romans and then rebuilt and extended in the Middle Ages, these walls have stood watch over the city since the 14th century. From the walkway along the top, the city of Girona spreads out beneath you, giving you a birds-eye view over the streets and houses, the river and the iconic cathedral and bell tower of San Felix. This afternoon is yours to explore the city. Why not visit the Arabic Baths, stop at the Rocambolesc Gelateria to grab some of Spain’s finest gelato or take a walking tour, where you’ll be transported to the streets of Braavos and King’s Landing, which featured in the Game of Thrones. Tonight, maybe find a local restaurant for dinner.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Nimes / Avignon - Leaving the city after breakfast, you’ll make your way to Nimes in southeast France. When you arrive, your leader will take you on a walk through the town, giving you the lay of the land. This afternoon is then free for you to explore at your own pace. Maybe chat to your leader about visiting the famous Amphitheatre of Nimes – one of the best-preserved Roman amphitheatres in Europe, built around the year AD 100. This evening, take the train to Avignon. When you arrive, check into your hotel and walk around the walled city that was once home to French popes for more than a century.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Avignon - This morning, set off on an orientation walk through the markets, where you’ll find fresh produce that’s locally grown in the fertile soil surrounding the city. After, maybe comb the impressive collection of art, visit the grand Palais des Papes (Pope's Palace) or cross the iconic bridge of Pont St-Benezet. If the weather is good, maybe hire a bike to see more of this picturesque valley and head to one of the city's amazing bakeries. There are also many small local bistros that serve up great regional cuisine – why not get some of your travel pals together for a French-inspired feast tonight!

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Dijon - Travel to Dijon – the capital city of the historical Burgundy region in eastern France. When you arrive, join a mustard making workshop, where a mustard master will guide you through the traditional process step by step, from grinding the seeds to mixing in wine, vinegar and salt. At the end, you’ll get to take home your very own jar of homemade Dijon mustard, infused with your custom blend of flavours. The rest of the day is then free for you to explore Dijon at your own pace. Maybe visit the Palace of the Dukes of Burgundy, see the Church of Notre-Dame or walk through the Musee des Beaux-Arts.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Paris - This morning, take the train to the city of light and love – Paris, of course! Rich in museums, art galleries, monuments, fashion and delicious food, Paris offers a wealth of major sights and things to do. When you arrive, check into the hotel, then join your leader for an orientation walk through the famous city streets before exploring at your leisure – wandering around the Champs-Elysees, the student-filled Latin Quarter or bohemian Montmartre will give you a good feel for the city. Maybe visit the Louvre, climb the Eiffel Tower or walk through the Musee d'Orsay. Tonight, you might want to join your fellow travellers for dinner at a local restaurant.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Paris - Enjoy another free day to explore Paris. If you didn’t get the chance already, why not spend today checking out the world-famous Louvre, where you can see the Mona Lisa and the Venus de Milo. Maybe climb the Eiffel Tower – or take the lift – for some impressive aerial views of Paris. For a simple picnic lunch of baguette and cheese, The Tuileries, Plantes and Jardin du Luxembourg all make excellent backdrops. Later, you’ll have a second meeting with the new members of your group at 6 pm. After you meet your fellow travellers and trip leader, you might choose to head out for an optional dinner at one of the gorgeous local restaurants or explore the surrounding neighbourhoods and further discover why this city is known for its romantic appeal.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Brussels - Leave Paris behind and jump on a train to Brussels. When you arrive, join your leader on a walk around the city, where you can sample some traditional Belgian fries along the way. After, you have free time to explore at your own pace. Maybe wander down to the Manneken Pis (Little Peeing Man) – an iconic symbol of Belgium. Or, visit the Musical Instrument Museum to get your fix of cultural history. Tonight, maybe explore Ilot Sacre – a great place to find good food and fun bars.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Brussels - Today is a free day. Maybe wander the Jeu de Balle Flea Market, visit the Cantillon Brewery or walk through the Magritte Museum – an art museum in the Royal Quarters, dedicated to the work of the Belgian artist, Rene Magritte. This afternoon, maybe explore the Grand Palace or discover the miniature world at Mini Europe Attraction Park, where monuments in the European Union and other countries have been reproduced and are on display at a scale of 1:25. Tonight, maybe join your group for dinner at a local restaurant – your leader will have the best recommendations.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Ghent - After breakfast, take the train to Ghent – a port city northwest of Belgium, known for its medieval architecture and artwork. When you arrive, set off on an orientation walk around the city with your local leader. Then, the rest of the day is free for you to explore at your own pace. Maybe visit Gravensteen Castle, take a guided boat tour on the canal or find a restaurant for dinner and try a local dish like gentse waterzooi (fish or chicken stew).

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Bruges - Ghent - This morning, take the train to Bruges. This city on the coast of Belgium looks like it's been plucked straight from the pages of a fairytale book with its medieval buildings and the network of canals that crisscross it. When you arrive, the day is free for you to explore at your own pace. Maybe stroll through the UNESCO Protected Old Town, discover the Gothic, Renaissance and Neoclassicism architecture or visit the Basilica of the Holy Blood, which is said to be home to a vial of cloth stained with a drop of the blood of Jesus. When you return back to Ghent, maybe find the best bowl of moules-frites (a Flemish classic of mussels cooked in white wine and served with a side of crunchy fries) for dinner.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Amsterdam - Travel to Amsterdam this morning. When you arrive, your leader will show you around the city, best known for its narrow houses and artistic heritage. Along the walk, stop at FEBO – an iconic local food stop where you can buy traditional snacks. The rest of the day is free for you to explore. Maybe visit Anne Frank's House – the former hiding place of the famous child diarist and her family during WWII or explore the De Waag – a 15th-century building on Nieuwmarkt Square first constructed as a gate for the city’s fortified walls. This afternoon, maybe head to the Heineken Museum and learn about the Netherland’s rich beer history.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Rotterdam - Amsterdam - Set off on a daytrip today to Europe’s largest seaport, Rotterdam. When you arrive, visit the Floating Farm – the world’s first self-sufficient dairy farm. Here you’ll learn about sustainable farming practices and see the resident cows. The afternoon is then free for you to explore Rotterdam at your own pace – maybe walk through Museum Boijmans Van Beuningen or visit Euromast Observation Tower for panoramic views over the city. Then, take the train back to Amsterdam and enjoy a free evening to wander the canals.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Berlin - Rise bright and early this morning before jumping on the train to Berlin. Today is a long travel day, so grab a window seat if you can. Berlin has plenty of impressive sites and is known for a great bar scene. Get some of the best recommendations and must-see spots from your leader while you make your way towards the city. Tonight, you’ll have another meeting with the new members of your group at 6 pm. After, why not join your newfound travel pals for dinner? Berlin’s food is a mix of classic German with Bavarian, Italian and Middle Eastern influences. But who can go past a traditional schnitzel or pretzel together with a stein of beer?

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Berlin - Set out to discover more of Berlin today, as you’ll have free time to enjoy it as you please. There are plenty of impressive sites for you to check out – the Brandenburg Gate, remnants of the Berlin Wall and the dominating Reichstag building – either on your own, during a bike tour or all at once from the observation deck of the Berlin TV Tower. There are also a couple of unique memorials, like the Jewish Memorial and the Topography of Terror, which are well worth your time. Tonight, maybe explore Berlin’s thriving foodie scene with a few dinner suggestions from your leader.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Dresden - Bastei - This morning, say goodbye to Berlin and hop on an early train to Dresden. After checking in to your accommodation, travel to Rathen, where you can enjoy a hike to the sandstone pinnacles of Bastei. The unique rock formation offers some of Germany’s best views and is home to the remnants of the medieval Neurathen Castle. If a hike doesn’t take your fancy, you’re welcome to join in on the journey to Rathen and spend your time exploring the riverside village or stay in Dresden, immersing yourself in the city’s history and heritage.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Prague - Leave Germany behind and board the train to Prague. You'll travel through the Labe Valley, with fairytale-like landscapes to the right and left. This is a gorgeous train journey, so grab a window seat if you can and get lost in the scenery! When you arrive, check-in at your hotel and then see the highlights on a leader-led orientation walk. Prague's architecture can be traced from the Middle Ages through to the avant-garde of the Gehry-designed Dancing Building (also called the Fred and Ginger Building). Finish with a visit to a Czech brewery, where you can sample a pilsner in its homeland. Spend your free afternoon at Prague Castle – the biggest in the Czech Republic – where you'll find the famous St Vitus Cathedral and Golden Lane. Continue to wander through the old Jewish Quarter to see what remains of the city's formerly significant Jewish community.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Prague - With another free day in Prague, maybe learn how the Bohemian artists, writers, dissidents and the Bohemian mentality shaped the nation. Don’t forget to sample some traditional and modern Czech snacks along the way. If you feel like a daytrip out of the city, ask your leader to help you organise a trip to Kutna Hora. See the Church of Santa Barbara and Sedlec ossuary or The Church of Bones – a small Roman Catholic chapel that contains skeletons of between 40,000 and 70,000 people! At night, Prague’s Old Town comes alive with many great restaurants and pubs, some in old vaulted cellars. The nightlife in Prague is also some of the best in Central Europe. Whether you're after dance clubs, beer halls, jazz clubs or underground absinthe bars, there's something for everyone.

     

    Day - 20

    Location: Bratislava - Leave Prague and travel to Bratislava, the capital of Slovakia. Set along the Danube, Bratislava blends past and present with its charming Old Town and lively boutiques and cafes. You have a free day to explore it all today. You could climb to the top of the tower at Michael’s Gate or UFO Tower for a bird’s eye view of Bratislava, visit the Bratislava City Museum to learn about the country’s communist past or spot as many of the city’s quirky statues as you can. For dinner, maybe seek out some local delicacies like kapustnica (a sauerkraut and sausage soup) – your leader will have the lowdown on the best spots.

     

    Day - 21

    Location: Budapest - Transfer from Bratislava to Budapest and enjoy a free day in the self-proclaimed Pearl of the Danube. Perhaps explore the historical Buda Castle and palace complex. Forget about the bustling city and lose yourself in the history of the winding streets of the Castle District, which dates back to the 13th century. In the afternoon, you could take a slow cruise along the Danube for some pretty epic views of the riverside Parliament Building, the Castle District and the bridges linking Buda to Pest. The spectacle is particularly beautiful, especially at sunset and at night.

     

    Day - 22

    Location: Budapest - Today, you’ll have another meeting with the new members of your group at 6 pm. Before then, the day is yours. Why not stroll around the grand architecture and boulevards to get your bearings? Maybe explore one of the local markets and pick up a langos (a deep-fried Hungarian pastry with an assortment of different toppings). Why not head out to Statue Park to get an insight into the city’s past or take a soak in one of the many thermal bath complexes around town? After the meeting tonight, perhaps get a group of friends together for a Hungarian feast of goulash or stroll to the Jewish quarter and check out some ruin bars – unique nightlife hubs that are great for groups and feature a whole heap of weird and wonderful decor.

     

    Day - 23

    Location: Vienna - Hop on a train this morning to the cosmopolitan city of Vienna. After dropping your bags at your accommodation, you’re in for a real treat! Stop for Kaffe and kuchen (coffee and cake) with your group at Vollpension – a local cafe that empowers older members of the community by providing them with employment and purpose, while bridging the gap between the staff and the younger patrons who visit the cafe. Have a chat with the friendly staff while enjoying your sweet treat in this warm and welcoming environment. 

     

    Day - 24

    Location: Vienna - You’re free to choose your own adventure today, and Vienna has a lot to offer! For art lovers, there's a vast array of museums, including the Albertina, the Leopold, Kunsthalle Wien and the Museum of Modern Art. Those interested in 19th- and 20th-century Austrian art should visit the Belvedere Palace – home to Gustav Klimt's painting 'The Kiss'. Check out the colourful Hundertwasserhaus or the dome of the Secession building. Perhaps visit Hofburg Palace – once the imposing winter retreat of Habsburg royals and now the official residence of the Austrian president, or visit the gothic St Stephen’s Cathedral and the neo-classical Graben. If you want to see something impressive, head to the State Opera House – one of the world's most important opera houses and the heart of classical Viennese culture. 

     

    Day - 25

    Location: Salzburg - Travel to Salzburg this morning via train – this Austrian hub on the border of Germany is backdropped by the Eastern Alps and divided by the Salzach River. When you arrive, you’ll have a full free day to explore all this gorgeous city has to offer, from the Old City to the New City. Maybe head to Mirabell Palace and Gardens for a picnic if the weather's nice or discover Mozart’s birthplace. Head to the medieval walls of Fortress Hohensalzburg and marvel at the architecture (you can also pay to get inside), or find a great viewpoint and snap some photos of the city in the shadow of the mountains, with the fortress looming above on the hill. Tonight, why not ask your local leader for the best spot for dinner.

     

    Day - 26

    Location: Bled - Hop on a train to the Slovenian resort town of Bled. Sitting at the edge of the Julian Alps, this place is full of picturesque sights that are sure to take your breath away and the rail journey from Salzburg is a great way to start! Grab a window seat if you can, as you'll be crossing the Alps through a tunnel that sits 1300 m above sea level, with mountain vistas on every side. When you arrive, follow your leader to the shore of glistening Lake Bled, where many of the town’s attractions can be seen. After soaking in the sights with your group, you’ll have a free afternoon to choose your own route. For a taste of the local cuisine, try some Bled cake made of vanilla, custard, cream and pastry (many local cafes and cake shops claim theirs is the best, so if you must, maybe try a few and compare). After settling into your accommodation tonight, why not head out for a group dinner.

     

    Day - 27

    Location: Bled - Today you have a free day to enjoy all the fun activities Bled has to offer (calling all nature lovers!) Maybe take a full-day adventure around Triglav Massive – there are many outdoor activities available here to get the blood pumping, such as rafting, caving, canoeing and swimming in the warmer months. Why not hire a bike and head out of town to Vintgar Gorge, where you can walk through a natural canyon. Perhaps explore Bled Castle, sitting atop the cliff overlooking the lake, or catch a pletna (small wooden boat) over to the island in the middle of the lake to ring the wishing bell. Your leader will have all the best options, so be sure to chat with them for their recommendations. If you’d prefer to have a relaxing day and the sun is out, maybe just enjoy the beauty of Lake Bled, find a quiet spot near the lake and spend the day reading or people-watching.

     

    Day - 28

    Location: Venice - This morning, travel to Venice. A city of canals, Venice is built over a hundred small islands connected by 400 bridges. When you arrive, head out for an orientation walk with your leader – the best way to see Venice is by foot – passing by the Grand Canal, Rialto Bridge, Palace of the Doge, Piazza San Marco and the Bridge of Sighs. There are shops, markets, galleries and churches around every corner here, so there’s plenty to explore. Tonight, what better to do than tuck into some iconic Italian cuisine (and maybe a big glass of vino?).

     

    Day - 29

    Location: Venice - Today you’re free to dive deeper into Venice. You might browse the endless amounts of boutique shops in Piazza San Marco that sell Venetian masks and handmade Murano glassware, sample the sweet Venetian treats on sale at Ca Grifalconi Market or venture back to the stores that line Rialto Bridge. Later, you’ll have a final meeting at 6 pm. After, maybe enjoy an optional dinner with your new travel companions at a local restaurant.

     

    Day - 30

    Location: Venice - This morning, head out for an orientation walk of the city, exploring the Classical, Gothic and Baroque styles of architecture that surround San Marco Square. Your leader will show you where to get the best cicchetti today (a tasty local snack that Venice is famous for). For lunch, maybe get involved in the lively social scene at a local bacaro or simply watch the world go by at a restaurant on the edge of the canals. Then, you’re free to explore Venice at your own pace. There are only two ways to get around this city – on foot or by boat. Maybe take the Vaporetto (water bus) over to the island of San Giorgio to climb the bell tower for views over the city. Ore, fulfil a bucket list favourite and take a journey down the Grand Canal in a Venetian gondola if you haven’t already.

     

    Day - 31

    Location: La Spezia - Board a morning train through the scenic north of Italy to the once important naval base of La Spezia – known mainly as the gateway to the gorgeous Cinque Terre (Five Lands). The name comes from the five tiny villages of Monterosso, Vernazza, Corniglia, Manarola and Riomaggiore – positioned on a series of coves between sheer cliffs. When you arrive in La Spezia, there won't be much time to explore (that’s what tomorrow is for), but after checking into your hotel you can take a short walk around the pedestrian zone on Via del Prione or head out for dinner with the group.

     

    Day - 32

    Location: Cinque Terre / La Spezia - Spend today exploring winding footpaths and pastel villages with your included Cinque Terre Pass. Your leader will walk you to two of the five villages, and the pass gives you access to the paths and trains of the area for 24 hours. Please consult your leader on which walking section is right for you, as some have challenging uphill stretches, narrow paths, steep cliffs and foot bridges. Alternatively, take the train between any of the villages, or back to the group's base in La Spezia whenever you want. After working up an appetite, maybe take advantage of an optional pesto class. Focaccia is also a speciality in this area and makes a great start to lunch, if you’d prefer.

     

    Day - 33

    Location: Florence - Depart La Spezia today and catch a train to Florence. When you arrive, check into the hostel and go for a brief walk around the immediate area to get your bearings. Florence is one of the most culturally rich and beautiful cities in Italy, known to many as the beating heart of Tuscany. The Medicis, Leonardo da Vinci, Raphael, Brunelleschi, Machiavelli, Donatello and Michelangelo all lived in Florence at the height of their creative reign. Food is a major part of the city's identity and the optional activities on offer reflect this. Maybe explore the city’s culinary history (and taste some local treats) on a Florence Foodies Walk with Urban Adventures. Carnivores might be drawn to try the Bistecca alla Fiorentina (the Florentine Beef Steak, essentially a huge T-bone steak that comes with classic sides).

     

    Day - 34

    Location: Florence - Enjoy another day in beautiful Florence. It's impossible to see everything in this Renaissance wonderland, so the best idea is to relax and pick a few things you really want to do. Maybe start with a visit to the Galleria dell'Accademia where you can see Michelangelo's famous statue of David, or perhaps stop by the Uffizi – one of the world's oldest art galleries. Active types might want to walk up to Piazzale Michelangelo, which is set on a hill on the south bank of the Arno River, to take in beautiful views of the city. There are plenty of optional activities on offer during your time here, so be sure to grill your leader for the details on each so you can get a sense of what interests you.

     

    Day - 35

    Location: Rome - Take the morning train to Rome and join your leader on an orientation walk around the city to see icons such as the Spanish Steps, Trevi Fountain the Pantheon and Piazza Navona. After all that walking it’s probably time for lunch! Maybe grab a slice of the good stuff and a strong espresso at the Piazza Navona. You can spend your afternoon how you wish and there are plenty of heavy hitters to choose from. Maybe enter the Vatican and check out St Peter's Basilica. Within the Vatican, art lovers could visit the Sistine Chapel to admire the timeless work of Michelangelo, while history buffs may enjoy a walk through the ancient halls of the Pantheon. Rome is packed full of trattorias that cater to every taste and budget, so this evening maybe link up with the group for dinner.

     

    Day - 36

    Location: Rome - Your adventures come to an end today. There are no activities planned and you're free to depart the accommodation at any time after check-out. As there is so much to see in Rome, it’s recommended that you stay a little longer to soak it up. If you need help booking additional accommodation, just speak to your booking agent at the time of booking.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Paris - Bonjour! Welcome to Paris – the City of Lights. Your trip kicks off with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. If you arrive early, why not check out the world-famous Louvre, where you can see the Mona Lisa and the Venus de Milo. Maybe climb the Eiffel Tower for some impressive aerial views of the city. If the weather’s nice, maybe take a picnic lunch of baguettes and cheese to the Tuileries, Plantes or the Jardin du Luxembourg. After your meeting, why not head out for an optional welcome dinner at one of the local restaurants or explore the surrounding neighbourhoods and discover why this city is known for its romantic appeal.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Brussels - Leave Paris behind and jump on a train to Brussels, where your leader will take you on a walk around the city, sampling some traditional Belgian fries along the way. After, you have free time to explore at your own pace. Maybe wander down to the Manneken Pis (Little Peeing Man) – an iconic symbol of Belgium or wander The Musical Instrument Museum – three floors of musical instruments coming from every corner of the world and hundreds of years of musical history in one place. Tonight, maybe explore Ilot Sacre – a great place to find good food and fun bars.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Bruges - This morning, enjoy some free time in Brussels before making your way to the train station in the early afternoon to head to Bruges. Arriving mid-afternoon, your leader will take you around the city to give you the lay of the land before you explore at your own speed. Wander along the picturesque river this evening, watching the city illuminate around you in the setting sun. Your leader will be able to give you the best recommendations for dinner spots tonight, and maybe where you can find the best beer in town.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Bruges - Today you have a free day to explore Bruges. This town on the coast of Belgium looks like it's been plucked straight from the pages of a fairytale, and there’s so much to see and explore. Why not take a stroll through the UNESCO Protected Old Town, starting in the iconic Burg square. Right in the centre of town, this square is home to a mix of Gothic, Renaissance and neoclassicism architecture, and features the town hall, which was built in the 14th century. Don’t forget to check out the Basilica of the Holy Blood, which is said to be home to a vial of cloth stained with a drop of the blood of Jesus. Once you’ve worked up an appetite, hunt down the best bowl of moules-frites (a Flemish classic of mussels cooked in white wine and served with a side of crunchy fries).

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Antwerp - Amsterdam - Bid Bruges a fond farewell as you hop on the train to Antwerp. Your leader will take you around the city to help you get your bearings, then you can explore on your own. Why not visit the Het Steen Castle – a medieval fortress in the Old City centre. Built in the early 1200s and with towering walls and turrets, it’s not hard to imagine knights on horseback and princesses wandering through the castle grounds. Then, jump back on the train and cross into Amsterdam. When you arrive, why not find somewhere for dinner with your group? Amsterdam is a network of canals, bridges and parks, perfect for exploring on a bike if the weather’s good. If you’re an art-lover, Amsterdam is home to plenty of museums, like the Rijksmuseum, which houses one of Rembrandt’s most famous works – 'The Night Watch'. Alternatively, the Van Gogh Museum, which comprises nearly every painting, sketch, print, etching and piece of correspondence that Van Gogh ever produced, including 'Sunflowers'.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Amsterdam - This morning, your leader will show you around Amsterdam before your free day to explore. You could visit Anne Frank's House – the former hiding place of the famous child diarist and her family during WWII, which has now been preserved as a museum. Or perhaps visit the De Waag – a 15th-century building on Nieuwmarkt Square first constructed as a gate for the city’s fortified walls. For a snack, try Pannekoeken (Dutch pancakes). This afternoon, why not visit the best bars, breweries and beer halls of the city. From a place where nuns used to brew ales, to the mothership of Dutch beer brewing (the original Heineken building), you could go on a tasting tour of the Netherlands’ strong beer history.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Berlin - Rise bright and early this morning before jumping on the train to Berlin. Today is a long travel day, so grab a window seat if you can. Berlin has plenty of impressive sites and is known for a great bar scene. Get some of the best recommendations and must-see spots from your leader while you make your way towards the city. Arriving in the evening, your leader will show you around and share all the insider tips and tricks, like where to find the best schnitzel for dinner and the best local beer.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Berlin - Today your adventure comes to an end. There’s so much to see and do in Berlin, so why not extend your time in the city and see the Brandenburg Gate, the remnants of the Berlin Wall, the dominating Reichstag building or the popular Checkpoint Charlie. There’s also the Jewish memorial and the Topography of Terror, both of which are well worth your time. If you need help booking additional accommodation, just speak to our booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Dubrovnik - Dobro Dosli! Welcome to Croatia. The jewel of the Dalmatian Coast, your journey begins in Dubrovnik, a beautiful white stone town surrounded entirely by city walls. Although it experienced devastation during the war in the early 1990s, the Old Town remains as charming as ever with its tiled roofs and stone buildings. With the sparkling water of the Adriatic in the background, Dubrovnik is picturesque and full of character, and its Old Town can easily be covered on foot. After tonight's group meeting at 6 pm, maybe head out for a walk around Dubrovnik. Later, maybe enjoy a meal with the group and get to know your fellow travellers.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Dubrovnik - This morning after breakfast, take a day trip to the Elafiti Islands – a small archipelago northwest of Dubrovnik, exploring churches and incredible views along the way. When you arrive at the beach, enjoy some free time to relax, swim, or find a good spot to settle for a couple of hours for a long lunch. After, return to Dubrovnik where you’ll have the late afternoon and night free. Walk along the city walls of ‘Game of Thrones’ fame, enjoying breathtaking views of the Adriatic Sea. Visit Big Onofrio's Fountain, built by architect Onofrio della Cava in the 15th century to supply water to the city or check out the Franciscan monastery, home to one of the world's oldest continuously functioning pharmacies, founded in the 13th century. Tonight, kick back on Banje Beach or find a good spot with a sunset view for dinner.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Split - This morning travel up the coast to Split. If Dubrovnik is considered the heart of Dalmatia, Split is certainly the soul. On a small peninsula on the eastern shores of the Adriatic Sea, it's the second-largest city in Croatia. Enjoy a free afternoon in this stunning seaside town, exploring the historic streets and making sure you see the World Heritage-listed Diocletian's Palace. For a more in-depth introduction to the city, why not join an optional guided tour with a local guide? Dinner by the sea is recommended, whether you’re a fiend for fresh seafood or just want to catch the deep colours of the sunset.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Split - Enjoy a free day in Split today. At the heart of its atmospheric Old Town is a fascinating city-within-a-city – the remains of a third-century palace built for Roman Emperor Diocletian. Some places might have protected such an impressive complex in a museum, but not enigmatic Split. These ancient walls now house a vibrant mix of shops, cafes, restaurants and houses. Step back in time as you stroll the sprawling maze of passageways and courtyards – you’ll also find a 16th-century synagogue and a courtyard often filled with music. If your feet tire, why not sample Croatia’s fine coffee culture with a frothy kava from a cafe on the Riva waterfront promenade – a prime spot for people-watching. In the evening, Split boasts an increasingly bustling nightlife scene, so grab a few of your fellow travellers and hit the bars.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Plitvice Lakes National Park / Zagreb - Today you will visit one of Croatia's most beautiful sites – Plitvice Lakes National Park. The park was given UNESCO World Heritage status 20 years ago and is 19 hectares of wooded hills surrounding 16 stunning turquoise lakes, all connected by a series of waterfalls. The area is populated by deer, bears, wolves, boars and some rare bird species, and the thick, primeval forest vegetation of beech trees, fir spruce and white pine adds another element to the park's beauty. You’ll have free time to explore or simply follow your leader to see the best spots – all trails in the national park are well marked, so it's difficult to get lost (but make sure you follow the national park rules, which your leader will outline). Look to the canopy for over 120 species of birds, including hawks and owls. After your memorable visit to the lakes, you’ll drive to Croatia's capital Zagreb.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Zagreb - This morning after breakfast, take an orientation walk with your leader as they point out the local amenities and attractions in Zagreb. For lunch, you’ll head to Dolac Market – the main market in the city and a great spot to pick up local favourites. The upper level offers seasonal fruits, vegetables, preserves and olive oil and the bottom level sells cheese and meats. Stop by a bakery for a taste of cevapcici (grilled minced meat) – a traditional market snack. The rest of the day is free, so you might want to check out the gothic Zagreb Cathedral, with its twin spires that dominate the city's skyline. Maybe start at Ban Jelacic Square, the city's central point, and visit one of the excellent museums like the quirky Museum of Broken Relationships.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Ljubljana - Travel by train this morning across the Slovenian border and arrive in the cosmopolitan capital of Ljubljana (pronounced 'Lyub-Li-Yana'). Check in to your accommodation and then head out on a short orientation walk with your leader. The rest of the day is free for you to delve deeper into this beautiful city. Located in the centre of Slovenia, Ljubljana is a city full of style and sophistication, history, monuments, churches, museums and great restaurants. Maybe wander around the old city centre, renowned for its unique architectural appearance. The Old Town consists of three main squares and Baroque houses, and you can visit the Ljubljana Castle, the Town Hall, the Cathedral of St Nicholas, and the Dragon Bridge. Stop at the central Preseren Square, dedicated to the Slovenian romantic poet France Preseren.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Ljubljana - Today is a free day to explore Ljubljana further. You have the option of heading on a day trip to Bled – gifted with immense natural beauty, Bled ranks among the most beautiful of alpine resorts. Its fairy tale-like scenery includes a castle, a stunning lake and a picturesque island topped with a church, which is a dream to explore. Take a Pletna boat ride (a wooden, awning-covered boat rowed by a special oarsman) across sparkling Lake Bled to its island, then climb the 99 steps to St Mary's Church. Be sure to seek out the famous Bled cream cake, too – nearly every cafe and cake shop in town claims their cream cake is the best! There's also plenty of action for adrenaline junkies on offer today, like rafting, caving, cycling, canoeing, boating or swimming.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Venice - This morning, travel by bus to one of the world's most unique and romantic destinations – Venice. Renowned for its canals, Venice comprises hundreds of small islands connected by nearly 400 bridges. Its famous sights – such as the Grand Canal, the Rialto Bridge, Doge's Palace (the ruler of Venice), the Piazza San Marco and the evocative Bridge of Sighs – are easily explored by foot. Don't miss the chance to take a gondola ride through the romantic canals! It’s also heavily recommended that you sample a slice of tiramisu (coffee-soaked sponge cake), the region’s specialty. Tonight, maybe join your fellow travellers for dinner and try two other local specialities – fresh lobster and squid ink pasta. 

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Venice - With no activities planned for today, you’re free to depart the accommodation any time after check-out. Venice is a charming city with lots to do, so it’s highly recommended that you stay an extra day or two. If you would like to spend more time in Venice, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Paris - Bonjour! Welcome to Paris. Your trip kicks off with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. If you arrive early, maybe check out the world-famous Louvre, where you can see the Mona Lisa and the Venus de Milo or climb the Eiffel Tower for some impressive aerial views of the city. If the weather’s nice, maybe take a picnic lunch of baguettes and cheese to the Tuileries, Plantes or the Jardin du Luxembourg. After your meeting, maybe find a local restaurant for dinner and get to know your fellow travellers.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Brussels - Leave Paris behind and jump on a train to Brussels. When you arrive, join your leader on a walk around the city, where you can sample some traditional Belgian fries along the way. After, you have free time to explore at your own pace. Maybe wander down to the Manneken Pis (Little Peeing Man) – an iconic symbol of Belgium. Or, visit the Musical Instrument Museum to get your fix of cultural history. Tonight, maybe explore Ilot Sacre – a great place to find good food and fun bars.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Brussels - Today is a free day. Maybe wander the Jeu de Balle Flea Market, visit the Cantillon Brewery or walk through the Magritte Museum – an art museum in the Royal Quarters, dedicated to the work of the Belgian artist, Rene Magritte. This afternoon, maybe explore the Grand Palace or discover the miniature world at Mini Europe Attraction Park, where monuments in the European Union and other countries have been reproduced and are on display at a scale of 1:25. Tonight, maybe join your group for dinner at a local restaurant – your leader will have the best recommendations.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Ghent - After breakfast, take the train to Ghent – a port city northwest of Belgium, known for its medieval architecture and artwork. When you arrive, set off on an orientation walk around the city with your local leader. Then, the rest of the day is free for you to explore at your own pace. Maybe visit Gravensteen Castle, take a guided boat tour on the canal or find a restaurant for dinner and try a local dish like gentse waterzooi (fish or chicken stew).

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Bruges - Ghent - This morning, take the train to Bruges. This city on the coast of Belgium looks like it's been plucked straight from the pages of a fairytale book with its medieval buildings and the network of canals that crisscross it. When you arrive, the day is free for you to explore at your own pace. Maybe stroll through the UNESCO Protected Old Town, discover the Gothic, Renaissance and Neoclassicism architecture or visit the Basilica of the Holy Blood, which is said to be home to a vial of cloth stained with a drop of the blood of Jesus. When you return back to Ghent, maybe find the best bowl of moules-frites (a Flemish classic of mussels cooked in white wine and served with a side of crunchy fries) for dinner.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Amsterdam - Travel to Amsterdam this morning. When you arrive, your leader will show you around the city, best known for its narrow houses and artistic heritage. Along the walk, stop at FEBO – an iconic local food stop where you can buy traditional snacks. The rest of the day is free for you to explore. Maybe visit Anne Frank's House – the former hiding place of the famous child diarist and her family during WWII or explore the De Waag – a 15th-century building on Nieuwmarkt Square first constructed as a gate for the city’s fortified walls. This afternoon, maybe head to the Heineken Museum and learn about the Netherland’s rich beer history.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Rotterdam - Amsterdam - Set off on a daytrip today to Europe’s largest seaport, Rotterdam. When you arrive, visit the Floating Farm – the world’s first self-sufficient dairy farm. Here you’ll learn about sustainable farming practices and see the resident cows. The afternoon is then free for you to explore Rotterdam at your own pace – maybe walk through Museum Boijmans Van Beuningen or visit Euromast Observation Tower for panoramic views over the city. Then, take the train back to Amsterdam and enjoy a free evening to wander the canals.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Amsterdam - As there are no further activities, your adventure comes to an end this morning. If you’d like to stay longer in Amsterdam, just speak to our booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Barcelona - Hola! Welcome to Spain. Your adventure begins in Barcelona with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight, followed by a vermouth aperitivo to whet your appetite for the adventure ahead. If you arrive early, there are plenty of galleries, cafes and historic corners to keep you busy. Maybe take the funicular to the top of Montjuic or Tibidabo for panoramic views of the harbour. After the meeting, maybe head out for some tapas with your fellow travellers and get to know each other.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Barcelona / Girona - Say good morning to Barcelona before heading out with your group on a leader-led orientation walk through the city, stopping along the way to try a local favourite treat. Then, explore the city at your own pace. Why not visit Gaudi's La Sagrada Familia Basilica – possibly the most iconic landmark in Barcelona! Or head to Park Guell – the largest green space in the city, where you can stroll through the gardens if the weather's nice and explore more of the incredible architectural work by Gaudi. This afternoon, make your way to the train station, where you’ll travel to the city of Girona. Arriving in the early evening, your leader will take you on a walk through the city. Then, you have the chance to explore on your own. This jewel of Catalonia is known for its medieval architecture and sits alongside the Onyar River.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Girona - Head off with your group this morning for a walk along the medieval walls of the city. Originally built by the Romans and then rebuilt and extended in the Middle Ages, these walls have stood watch over the city since the 14th century. From the walkway along the top, the city of Girona spreads out beneath you, giving you a birds-eye view over the streets and houses, the river and the iconic cathedral and bell tower of San Felix. This afternoon is yours to explore the city. Why not visit the Arabic Baths, stop at the Rocambolesc Gelateria to grab some of Spain’s finest gelato or take a walking tour, where you’ll be transported to the streets of Braavos and King’s Landing, which featured in the Game of Thrones. Tonight, maybe find a local restaurant for dinner.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Nimes / Avignon - Leaving the city after breakfast, you’ll make your way to Nimes in southeast France. When you arrive, your leader will take you on a walk through the town, giving you the lay of the land. This afternoon is then free for you to explore at your own pace. Maybe chat to your leader about visiting the famous Amphitheatre of Nimes – one of the best-preserved Roman amphitheatres in Europe, built around the year AD 100. This evening, take the train to Avignon. When you arrive, check into your hotel and walk around the walled city that was once home to French popes for more than a century.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Avignon - This morning, set off on an orientation walk through the markets, where you’ll find fresh produce that’s locally grown in the fertile soil surrounding the city. After, maybe comb the impressive collection of art, visit the grand Palais des Papes (Pope's Palace) or cross the iconic bridge of Pont St-Benezet. If the weather is good, maybe hire a bike to see more of this picturesque valley and head to one of the city's amazing bakeries. There are also many small local bistros that serve up great regional cuisine – why not get some of your travel pals together for a French-inspired feast tonight!

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Dijon - Travel to Dijon – the capital city of the historical Burgundy region in eastern France. When you arrive, join a mustard making workshop, where a mustard master will guide you through the traditional process step by step, from grinding the seeds to mixing in wine, vinegar and salt. At the end, you’ll get to take home your very own jar of homemade Dijon mustard, infused with your custom blend of flavours. The rest of the day is then free for you to explore Dijon at your own pace. Maybe visit the Palace of the Dukes of Burgundy, see the Church of Notre-Dame or walk through the Musee des Beaux-Arts.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Paris - This morning, take the train to the city of light and love – Paris, of course! Rich in museums, art galleries, monuments, fashion and delicious food, Paris offers a wealth of major sights and things to do. When you arrive, check into the hotel, then join your leader for an orientation walk through the famous city streets before exploring at your leisure – wandering around the Champs-Elysees, the student-filled Latin Quarter or bohemian Montmartre will give you a good feel for the city. Maybe visit the Louvre, climb the Eiffel Tower or walk through the Musee d'Orsay. Tonight, you might want to join your fellow travellers for dinner at a local restaurant.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Paris - You have a free day in Paris today until your next meeting at 6 pm. While you wait, why not check out the world-famous Louvre, where you can see the Mona Lisa and the Venus de Milo. Maybe climb the Eiffel Tower (or take the lift) for some impressive aerial views of Paris. For a simple picnic lunch of baguette and cheese, The Tuileries, Plantes and Jardin du Luxembourg all make excellent backdrops. After your meeting, maybe head out for dinner at one of the local restaurants or explore the surrounding neighbourhoods and discover why this city is known for its romantic appeal.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Brussels - Leave Paris behind and jump on a train to Brussels. When you arrive, join your leader on a walk around the city, where you can sample some traditional Belgian fries along the way. After, you have free time to explore at your own pace. Maybe wander down to the Manneken Pis (Little Peeing Man) – an iconic symbol of Belgium. Or, visit the Musical Instrument Museum to get your fix of cultural history. Tonight, maybe explore Ilot Sacre – a great place to find good food and fun bars.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Brussels - Today is a free day. Maybe wander the Jeu de Balle Flea Market, visit the Cantillon Brewery or walk through the Magritte Museum – an art museum in the Royal Quarters, dedicated to the work of the Belgian artist, Rene Magritte. This afternoon, maybe explore the Grand Palace or discover the miniature world at Mini Europe Attraction Park, where monuments in the European Union and other countries have been reproduced and are on display at a scale of 1:25. Tonight, maybe join your group for dinner at a local restaurant – your leader will have the best recommendations.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Ghent - After breakfast, take the train to Ghent – a port city northwest of Belgium, known for its medieval architecture and artwork. When you arrive, set off on an orientation walk around the city with your local leader. Then, the rest of the day is free for you to explore at your own pace. Maybe visit Gravensteen Castle, take a guided boat tour on the canal or find a restaurant for dinner and try a local dish like gentse waterzooi (fish or chicken stew).

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Bruges - Ghent - This morning, take the train to Bruges. This city on the coast of Belgium looks like it's been plucked straight from the pages of a fairytale book with its medieval buildings and the network of canals that crisscross it. When you arrive, the day is free for you to explore at your own pace. Maybe stroll through the UNESCO Protected Old Town, discover the Gothic, Renaissance and Neoclassicism architecture or visit the Basilica of the Holy Blood, which is said to be home to a vial of cloth stained with a drop of the blood of Jesus. When you return back to Ghent, maybe find the best bowl of moules-frites (a Flemish classic of mussels cooked in white wine and served with a side of crunchy fries) for dinner.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Amsterdam - Travel to Amsterdam this morning. When you arrive, your leader will show you around the city, best known for its narrow houses and artistic heritage. Along the walk, stop at FEBO – an iconic local food stop where you can buy traditional snacks. The rest of the day is free for you to explore. Maybe visit Anne Frank's House – the former hiding place of the famous child diarist and her family during WWII or explore the De Waag – a 15th-century building on Nieuwmarkt Square first constructed as a gate for the city’s fortified walls. This afternoon, maybe head to the Heineken Museum and learn about the Netherland’s rich beer history.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Rotterdam - Amsterdam - Set off on a daytrip today to Europe’s largest seaport, Rotterdam. When you arrive, visit the Floating Farm – the world’s first self-sufficient dairy farm. Here you’ll learn about sustainable farming practices and see the resident cows. The afternoon is then free for you to explore Rotterdam at your own pace – maybe walk through Museum Boijmans Van Beuningen or visit Euromast Observation Tower for panoramic views over the city. Then, take the train back to Amsterdam and enjoy a free evening to wander the canals.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Amsterdam - As there are no further activities, your adventure comes to an end this morning. If you’d like to stay longer in Amsterdam, just speak to our booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Venice - Ciao! Welcome to Venice. This waterside wonderland of bridges, towers, piazzas, canals, churches and gondolas – practically unchanged for 600 years – is literally sinking under the weight of its iconic sights. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm. If you arrive early, maybe head out and explore at your own pace – the Grand Canal is a great place to start, as you can stroll over the Rialto Bridge and browse the endless boutiques that sell Venetian masks and handmade Murano glassware. After tonight's meeting, maybe head out for dinner with your fellow travel companions at a local restaurant.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Venice - This morning, head out for an orientation walk of the city, exploring the Classical, Gothic and Baroque styles of architecture that surround San Marco Square. Your leader will show you where to get the best cicchetti today (a tasty local snack that Venice is famous for). For lunch, maybe get involved in the lively social scene at a local bacaro or simply watch the world go by at a restaurant on the edge of the canals. Then, you’re free to explore Venice at your own pace. There are only two ways to get around this city – on foot or by boat. Maybe take the Vaporetto (water bus) over to the island of San Giorgio to climb the bell tower for views over the city. Ore, fulfil a bucket list favourite and take a journey down the Grand Canal in a Venetian gondola if you haven’t already.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: La Spezia - Board a morning train through the scenic north of Italy to the once important naval base of La Spezia – known mainly as the gateway to the gorgeous Cinque Terre (Five Lands). The name comes from the five tiny villages of Monterosso, Vernazza, Corniglia, Manarola and Riomaggiore – positioned on a series of coves between sheer cliffs. When you arrive in La Spezia, there won't be much time to explore (that’s what tomorrow is for), but after checking into your hotel you can take a short walk around the pedestrian zone on Via del Prione or head out for dinner with the group.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Cinque Terre / La Spezia - Spend today exploring winding footpaths and pastel villages with your included Cinque Terre Pass. Your leader will walk you to two of the five villages, and the pass gives you access to the paths and trains of the area for 24 hours. Please consult your leader on which walking section is right for you, as some have challenging uphill stretches, narrow paths, steep cliffs and foot bridges. Alternatively, take the train between any of the villages, or back to the group's base in La Spezia whenever you want. After working up an appetite, maybe take advantage of an optional pesto class. Focaccia is also a speciality in this area and makes a great start to lunch, if you’d prefer.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Florence - Depart La Spezia today and catch a train to Florence. When you arrive, check into the hostel and go for a brief walk around the immediate area to get your bearings. Florence is one of the most culturally rich and beautiful cities in Italy, known to many as the beating heart of Tuscany. The Medicis, Leonardo da Vinci, Raphael, Brunelleschi, Machiavelli, Donatello and Michelangelo all lived in Florence at the height of their creative reign. Food is a major part of the city's identity and the optional activities on offer reflect this. Maybe explore the city’s culinary history (and taste some local treats) on a Florence Foodies Walk with Urban Adventures. Carnivores might be drawn to try the Bistecca alla Fiorentina (the Florentine Beef Steak, essentially a huge T-bone steak that comes with classic sides).

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Florence - Enjoy another day in beautiful Florence. It's impossible to see everything in this Renaissance wonderland, so the best idea is to relax and pick a few things you really want to do. Maybe start with a visit to the Galleria dell'Accademia where you can see Michelangelo's famous statue of David, or perhaps stop by the Uffizi – one of the world's oldest art galleries. Active types might want to walk up to Piazzale Michelangelo, which is set on a hill on the south bank of the Arno River, to take in beautiful views of the city. There are plenty of optional activities on offer during your time here, so be sure to grill your leader for the details on each so you can get a sense of what interests you.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Rome - Take the morning train to Rome and join your leader on an orientation walk around the city to see icons such as the Spanish Steps, Trevi Fountain the Pantheon and Piazza Navona. After all that walking it’s probably time for lunch! Maybe grab a slice of the good stuff and a strong espresso at the Piazza Navona. You can spend your afternoon how you wish and there are plenty of heavy hitters to choose from. Maybe enter the Vatican and check out St Peter's Basilica. Within the Vatican, art lovers could visit the Sistine Chapel to admire the timeless work of Michelangelo, while history buffs may enjoy a walk through the ancient halls of the Pantheon. Rome is packed full of trattorias that cater to every taste and budget, so this evening maybe link up with the group for dinner.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Rome - Your adventures come to an end today. There are no activities planned and you're free to depart the accommodation at any time after check-out. As there is so much to see in Rome, it’s recommended that you stay a little longer to soak it up. If you need help booking additional accommodation, just speak to your booking agent at the time of booking.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Budapest - Szia! Welcome to Budapest, Hungary's vibrant capital. This city, split into two sides – Buda and Pest – sits right on the banks of the Danube River. Your adventure starts with a welcome meeting at 6 pm. After, maybe head out with your fellow travellers for dinner, then take a night walk along the Danube to see the buildings and bridges lit up in lights. Why not keep the night going in one of Budapest's ruin bars tonight, home to eclectic décor and a popular spot for a night out.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Novi Sad to Belgrade - This morning you’ll head to Belgrade – Serbia’s capital and one of the oldest cities in Europe. On the way, stop at Novi Sad on the banks of the Danube River. Head out on an orientation walk of the city with your leader, then take a few hours to explore at your own pace. Maybe head to the Petrovaradin Fortress, one of the most important landmarks in the city, and enjoy the view over the river. There are also some great restaurants and cafes at the fortress where you can stop for lunch or a coffee. Then, continue to your destination – sitting at the junction of the Sava and the Danube, Belgrade is an important intersection between Eastern and Western Europe. Enjoy some free time to explore the city’s wide boulevards and squares, the historic green heart of Kalemegdan Park and Kalemegdan Fortress, which has overlooked the river for centuries. In the evening, head down to Skadarska Street in the bohemian quarter of Skadarlija to sample some authentic local food and enjoy the lively atmosphere in a place where Orthodox churches vie for space next to nightclubs.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Belgrade - Today starts with a visit to Decje Srce Cafe. This cafe provides employment opportunities for young people with developmental disabilities. Here, you’ll have a drink and hear the story behind the organisation and see some of their local handicrafts (that you can purchase if you like!). The rest of the day is for you to discover Belgrade at your own pace. You might like to take a cruise along the Danube River, passing Kalemegdan Fortress, Pancevo Bridge and Zemun. Otherwise, the local market Zeleni Venac can keep you occupied for hours. Take a stroll through the Nikola Tesla Museum to learn about the life and work of Serbia's greatest inventor or check out the city's Ethnographic or Military museums. If the weather’s warm, you could brave the crowds on Ada Ciganlija beach, where you can swim, take up some water sports or soak up the sun. During summer, Belgrade hosts a variety of musical and cultural events, and the city is abuzz with people and activities.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Sarajevo - Travel through the countryside to Sarajevo this morning. The journey is long, so sit back and enjoy the scenery (and grab a window seat if you can!). Sarajevo is Bosnia and Herzegovina’s small but vibrant capital. The city often draws comparisons with Istanbul as a place that mixes east and west – dotted with minarets, mosques, bazaars and the aroma of coffee. When you arrive, maybe head on an optional guided tour to gain insight into the history and culture of the city and explore Bascarsija – Sarajevo's old bazaar. Tonight, maybe grab some of the local speciality – bosanski cevapi (local grilled and spiced meats).

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Sarajevo - Enjoy a free day in and around Sarajevo today. You can take an optional day trip out to the thermal springs and green parks of Ilidza – the source of the Bosna River. You might prefer to discover local history with a visit to the History Museum, the Sarajevo War Tunnels and Sniper Alley, or learn about the tragedies faced by the city's Jews at the Jewish Museum. Maybe get cultural with a stroll through the Art Gallery of Bosnia and Herzegovina, or return to Bascarsija and get lost in the mosques, caravanserais and stone-vaulted bazaars while snacking on burek. The Pivnica HS brewery and restaurant is a good place to sample local award-winning beer and spend the night with your travel crew.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Mostar - This morning, travel to Mostar. On the way, stop at Tito's Bunker, named after the late leader of the communist country, for a 1.5-hour tour with a local guide. This underground facility served as Yugoslavia's ‘Atomic War Command,’ designed to house a skeleton government of 350 people who would manage the country in the event of nuclear war. Continue to Mostar – thanks to the river Neretva, this city was able to develop in the barren landscape of Herzegovina. When you arrive, maybe head to the famous Stari Most (Old Bridge), first built by the Ottomans in 1565 – it was the great architect Mimar Hajrudin who succeeded with the impossible mission to cross the Neretva River with a single span stone bridge. If you’re lucky, you might see the famous brave members of Mostar’s diving club hurl themselves into the icy waters below.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Kotor - This morning after breakfast, you’ll travel to Kotor. This fifth-century UNESCO World Heritage-listed city is set on a secluded bay, with towering peaks surrounding a rocky coastline dotted with waterside towns. When you arrive, explore Europe’s most southerly fjord, Boka Kotorska (Bay of Kotor) and Kotor town, with a free afternoon. Maybe check out the 12th-century Cathedral of St Tryphun, the South Gates of Kotor (the Gurdich Gate) and the Armoury Square (Trg od Oruzija).

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Kotor - Today is another free day to get lost in the crooked alleyways of Kotor. Maybe check out the boutiques and cafes or climb the hills behind the city to visit Kotor's ruined fortification walls. A 1.5-hour hike up the stone steps, past churches, gates and bastions to the Fortress of Sveti Ivan at the top, rewards you with magnificent views across the town and the Bay of Kotor. Tonight, maybe hang out in a lookout spot and take in the lights – the city walls are lit up in the evening here to provide a unique night-time perspective.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Dubrovnik - Leave Montenegro by bus this morning, riding along the beautiful southern coast of Croatia to Dubrovnik. When you arrive, the day is free for you to explore this medieval city at your own pace. There is so much to see and do here, so ask your leader if you’re stuck for ideas. You might like to take a boat trip to nearby Lokrum Island, where you’ll find the French-built Fort Royal Castle, a monastery and a botanical garden that dates back to when the Austrian archduke Maximilian had his holiday home on the island. Tonight, maybe find a secluded beach spot to watch the sunset or enjoy a harbourside meal with the group for dinner.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Dubrovnik - You have a free day in Dubrovnik today. With the sparkling water of the Adriatic in the background, this city is picturesque and full of character, and its Old Town can easily be covered on foot. You’ll have another meeting at 6 pm tonight to meet the new members of your group. After, maybe head out for a walk around town or enjoy a meal with the group to get to know your new travel buddies. 

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Dubrovnik - This morning, set off on a daytrip to the Elafiti Islands – a small archipelago northwest of Dubrovnik – exploring churches along the way. When you arrive at the beach, you’ll have some free time to relax, swim or find a coastal restaurant for a long lunch. After, return to Dubrovnik where the rest of the day is free for you to explore at your own pace. Maybe visit Big Onofrio's Fountain, built by architect Onofrio della Cava in the 15th century to supply water to the city, or check out the Franciscan Monastery – home to one of the world's oldest continuously functioning pharmacies, founded in the 13th century. Tonight, maybe kick back on Banje Beach or find a good spot for dinner with a sunset view.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Split - This morning, travel up the coast to Split. If Dubrovnik is considered the heart of Dalmatia, Split is certainly the soul. On a small peninsula on the eastern shores of the Adriatic Sea, it's the second-largest city in Croatia. Today is a long travel day, so it's a good idea to get stuck into your book or favourite podcasts. When you arrive, the afternoon is free for you to explore Split at your own pace. Maybe wander through the historic streets, see the UNESCO World Heritage-listed Diocletian's Palace or join a tour with a local guide? Dinner by the sea is recommended, whether you’re after fresh seafood or you just want to catch the deep colours of the sunset.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Split - Today is a free day in Split. At the heart of its atmospheric Old Town is a fascinating city-within-a-city – the remains of a 3rd-century palace built for Roman Emperor Diocletian. These ancient walls now house a vibrant mix of shops, cafes, restaurants and houses. Maybe step back in time as you stroll the sprawling maze of passageways and courtyards – you’ll also find a 16th-century synagogue and a courtyard often filled with music. This afternoon, why not sample Croatia’s fine coffee culture with a frothy kava from a cafe on the Riva waterfront promenade or climb the Cathedral of Saint Domnius for panoramic views over the city. The rest of the night is free for you to explore Split at your own pace.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Plitvice Lakes National Park / Zagreb - Visit one of Croatia's most beautiful sites of UNESCO World Heritage status – Plitvice Lakes National Park. You’ll have free time to explore on your own, or you can follow your leader to see the best spots – all trails in the national park are well marked, so it's difficult to get lost. Walk through the wooded hills, surrounding turquoise lakes and waterfalls and be sure to look for local wildlife living in the primeval forest vegetation of beech trees, fir spruce and white pine. Later, drive to Croatia's capital of Zagreb, where you’ll stay tonight.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Zagreb - After breakfast, take an orientation walk with your leader around Zagreb. For lunch, you’ll head to Dolac Market – the main market in the city and a great spot to pick up local favourites. The upper level offers seasonal fruits, vegetables, preserves and olive oil and the bottom level sells cheese and meats. Stop by a bakery for a taste of cevapcici (grilled minced meat) – a traditional market snack. Then, the rest of the day is free – maybe check out the gothic Zagreb Cathedral, with its twin spires that dominate the city's skyline or visit one of the excellent museums like the quirky Museum of Broken Relationships.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Ljubljana - Travel by train this morning across the Slovenian border to the cosmopolitan capital of Ljubljana (pronounced 'Lyub-Li-Yana'). When you arrive, check into your accommodation before heading out on a short orientation walk with your leader. The rest of the day is then free for you to delve deeper into this beautiful city. Located in the centre of Slovenia, Ljubljana is a city full of style and sophistication, history, monuments, churches, museums and great restaurants. Maybe wander around the old city centre, renowned for its unique architectural appearance. You might like to visit the Ljubljana Castle, the Town Hall or the Dragon Bridge or stop at the central Preseren Square, dedicated to the Slovenian romantic poet France Preseren.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Ljubljana - Today is a free day to explore Ljubljana further. Maybe set off on a daytrip to Bled – gifted with immense natural beauty, Bled ranks among the most scenic of alpine resorts. Its fairy tale-like scenery includes a castle, a tranquil lake and an island topped with a church. Maybe take a Pletna boat ride (a wooden, awning-covered boat rowed by a special oarsman) across Lake Bled to its island, then climb the 99 steps to St Mary's Church. After, be sure to seek out the famous Bled cream cake – nearly every cafe and cake shop in town claims their cream cake is the best! There's also plenty of action for adrenaline junkies on offer today, like rafting, caving, cycling, canoeing, boating or swimming. Tonight, maybe join your fellow travellers for dinner and try two other local specialities– struklji (rolled dumplings) or potica (nut roll).

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Venice - This morning, travel by bus to Venice – the capital of northern Italy’s Veneto region, known for its canals and small islands connected by nearly 400 bridges. When you arrive, the day is free for you to explore. Maybe visit St Mark’s Basilica, the Rialto Bridge or Doge's Palace (the ruler of Venice), ride a gondola through the romantic canals or seek out some tiramisu (coffee-soaked sponge cake) – the region’s specialty! Tonight, you might like to join your fellow travellers for dinner at a local restaurant to celebrate the last night of your trip.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Venice - Enjoy free time in the watery wonderland of bridges, towers, piazzas, canals, churches and gondolas today, practically unchanged for the last 600 years. Rich with artistic masterpieces, modern Venice combines history with contemporary life through food, performance, art and architecture. Take a walk around the maze of streets behind San Marco Square and begin to understand the complex canal system as you find the next delicious thing to eat. You’ll have a meeting tonight at 6 pm to meet the new members of your group. 

     

    Day - 20

    Location: Venice - This morning, head out for an orientation walk of the city, exploring the Classical, Gothic and Baroque styles of architecture that surround San Marco Square. Your leader will show you where to get the best cicchetti today (a tasty local snack that Venice is famous for). For lunch, maybe get involved in the lively social scene at a local bacaro or simply watch the world go by at a restaurant on the edge of the canals. Then, you’re free to explore Venice at your own pace. There are only two ways to get around this city – on foot or by boat. Maybe take the Vaporetto (water bus) over to the island of San Giorgio to climb the bell tower for views over the city. Ore, fulfil a bucket list favourite and take a journey down the Grand Canal in a Venetian gondola if you haven’t already.

     

    Day - 21

    Location: La Spezia - Board a morning train through the scenic north of Italy to the once important naval base of La Spezia – known mainly as the gateway to the gorgeous Cinque Terre (Five Lands). The name comes from the five tiny villages of Monterosso, Vernazza, Corniglia, Manarola and Riomaggiore – positioned on a series of coves between sheer cliffs. When you arrive in La Spezia, there won't be much time to explore (that’s what tomorrow is for), but after checking into your hotel you can take a short walk around the pedestrian zone on Via del Prione or head out for dinner with the group.

     

    Day - 22

    Location: Cinque Terre / La Spezia - Spend today exploring winding footpaths and pastel villages with your included Cinque Terre Pass. Your leader will walk you to two of the five villages, and the pass gives you access to the paths and trains of the area for 24 hours. Please consult your leader on which walking section is right for you, as some have challenging uphill stretches, narrow paths, steep cliffs and foot bridges. Alternatively, take the train between any of the villages, or back to the group's base in La Spezia whenever you want. After working up an appetite, maybe take advantage of an optional pesto class. Focaccia is also a speciality in this area and makes a great start to lunch, if you’d prefer.

     

    Day - 23

    Location: Florence - Depart La Spezia today and catch a train to Florence. When you arrive, check into the hostel and go for a brief walk around the immediate area to get your bearings. Florence is one of the most culturally rich and beautiful cities in Italy, known to many as the beating heart of Tuscany. The Medicis, Leonardo da Vinci, Raphael, Brunelleschi, Machiavelli, Donatello and Michelangelo all lived in Florence at the height of their creative reign. Food is a major part of the city's identity and the optional activities on offer reflect this. Maybe explore the city’s culinary history (and taste some local treats) on a Florence Foodies Walk with Urban Adventures. Carnivores might be drawn to try the Bistecca alla Fiorentina (the Florentine Beef Steak, essentially a huge T-bone steak that comes with classic sides).

     

    Day - 24

    Location: Florence - Enjoy another day in beautiful Florence. It's impossible to see everything in this Renaissance wonderland, so the best idea is to relax and pick a few things you really want to do. Maybe start with a visit to the Galleria dell'Accademia where you can see Michelangelo's famous statue of David, or perhaps stop by the Uffizi – one of the world's oldest art galleries. Active types might want to walk up to Piazzale Michelangelo, which is set on a hill on the south bank of the Arno River, to take in beautiful views of the city. There are plenty of optional activities on offer during your time here, so be sure to grill your leader for the details on each so you can get a sense of what interests you.

     

    Day - 25

    Location: Rome - Take the morning train to Rome and join your leader on an orientation walk around the city to see icons such as the Spanish Steps, Trevi Fountain the Pantheon and Piazza Navona. After all that walking it’s probably time for lunch! Maybe grab a slice of the good stuff and a strong espresso at the Piazza Navona. You can spend your afternoon how you wish and there are plenty of heavy hitters to choose from. Maybe enter the Vatican and check out St Peter's Basilica. Within the Vatican, art lovers could visit the Sistine Chapel to admire the timeless work of Michelangelo, while history buffs may enjoy a walk through the ancient halls of the Pantheon. Rome is packed full of trattorias that cater to every taste and budget, so this evening maybe link up with the group for dinner.

     

    Day - 26

    Location: Rome - Your adventures come to an end today. There are no activities planned and you're free to depart the accommodation at any time after check-out. As there is so much to see in Rome, it’s recommended that you stay a little longer to soak it up. If you need help booking additional accommodation, just speak to your booking agent at the time of booking.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Budapest - Szia! Welcome to Budapest, Hungary's vibrant capital. This city, split into two sides – Buda and Pest – sits right on the banks of the Danube River. Your adventure starts with a welcome meeting at 6 pm. After, maybe head out with your fellow travellers for dinner, then take a night walk along the Danube to see the buildings and bridges lit up in lights. Why not keep the night going in one of Budapest's ruin bars tonight, home to eclectic décor and a popular spot for a night out.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Novi Sad to Belgrade - This morning you’ll head to Belgrade – Serbia’s capital and one of the oldest cities in Europe. On the way, stop at Novi Sad on the banks of the Danube River. Head out on an orientation walk of the city with your leader, then take a few hours to explore at your own pace. Maybe head to the Petrovaradin Fortress, one of the most important landmarks in the city, and enjoy the view over the river. There are also some great restaurants and cafes at the fortress where you can stop for lunch or a coffee. Then, continue to your destination – sitting at the junction of the Sava and the Danube, Belgrade is an important intersection between Eastern and Western Europe. Enjoy some free time to explore the city’s wide boulevards and squares, the historic green heart of Kalemegdan Park and Kalemegdan Fortress, which has overlooked the river for centuries. In the evening, head down to Skadarska Street in the bohemian quarter of Skadarlija to sample some authentic local food and enjoy the lively atmosphere in a place where Orthodox churches vie for space next to nightclubs.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Belgrade - Today starts with a visit to Decje Srce Cafe. This cafe provides employment opportunities for young people with developmental disabilities. Here, you’ll have a drink and hear the story behind the organisation and see some of their local handicrafts (that you can purchase if you like!). The rest of the day is for you to discover Belgrade at your own pace. You might like to take a cruise along the Danube River, passing Kalemegdan Fortress, Pancevo Bridge and Zemun. Otherwise, the local market Zeleni Venac can keep you occupied for hours. Take a stroll through the Nikola Tesla Museum to learn about the life and work of Serbia's greatest inventor or check out the city's Ethnographic or Military museums. If the weather’s warm, you could brave the crowds on Ada Ciganlija beach, where you can swim, take up some water sports or soak up the sun. During summer, Belgrade hosts a variety of musical and cultural events, and the city is abuzz with people and activities.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Sarajevo - Travel through the countryside to Sarajevo this morning. The journey is long, so sit back and enjoy the scenery (and grab a window seat if you can!). Sarajevo is Bosnia and Herzegovina’s small but vibrant capital. The city often draws comparisons with Istanbul as a place that mixes east and west – dotted with minarets, mosques, bazaars and the aroma of coffee. When you arrive, maybe head on an optional guided tour to gain insight into the history and culture of the city and explore Bascarsija – Sarajevo's old bazaar. Tonight, maybe grab some of the local speciality – bosanski cevapi (local grilled and spiced meats).

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Sarajevo - Enjoy a free day in and around Sarajevo today. You can take an optional day trip out to the thermal springs and green parks of Ilidza – the source of the Bosna River. You might prefer to discover local history with a visit to the History Museum, the Sarajevo War Tunnels and Sniper Alley, or learn about the tragedies faced by the city's Jews at the Jewish Museum. Maybe get cultural with a stroll through the Art Gallery of Bosnia and Herzegovina, or return to Bascarsija and get lost in the mosques, caravanserais and stone-vaulted bazaars while snacking on burek. The Pivnica HS brewery and restaurant is a good place to sample local award-winning beer and spend the night with your travel crew.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Mostar - This morning, travel to Mostar. On the way, stop at Tito's Bunker, named after the late leader of the communist country, for a 1.5-hour tour with a local guide. This underground facility served as Yugoslavia's ‘Atomic War Command,’ designed to house a skeleton government of 350 people who would manage the country in the event of nuclear war. Continue to Mostar – thanks to the river Neretva, this city was able to develop in the barren landscape of Herzegovina. When you arrive, maybe head to the famous Stari Most (Old Bridge), first built by the Ottomans in 1565 – it was the great architect Mimar Hajrudin who succeeded with the impossible mission to cross the Neretva River with a single span stone bridge. If you’re lucky, you might see the famous brave members of Mostar’s diving club hurl themselves into the icy waters below.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Kotor - This morning after breakfast, you’ll travel to Kotor. This fifth-century UNESCO World Heritage-listed city is set on a secluded bay, with towering peaks surrounding a rocky coastline dotted with waterside towns. When you arrive, explore Europe’s most southerly fjord, Boka Kotorska (Bay of Kotor) and Kotor town, with a free afternoon. Maybe check out the 12th-century Cathedral of St Tryphun, the South Gates of Kotor (the Gurdich Gate) and the Armoury Square (Trg od Oruzija).

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Kotor - Today is another free day to get lost in the crooked alleyways of Kotor. Maybe check out the boutiques and cafes or climb the hills behind the city to visit Kotor's ruined fortification walls. A 1.5-hour hike up the stone steps, past churches, gates and bastions to the Fortress of Sveti Ivan at the top, rewards you with magnificent views across the town and the Bay of Kotor. Tonight, maybe hang out in a lookout spot and take in the lights – the city walls are lit up in the evening here to provide a unique night-time perspective.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Dubrovnik - Leave Montenegro by bus this morning, riding along the beautiful southern coast of Croatia to Dubrovnik. When you arrive, the day is free for you to explore this medieval city at your own pace. There is so much to see and do here, so ask your leader if you’re stuck for ideas. You might like to take a boat trip to nearby Lokrum Island, where you’ll find the French-built Fort Royal Castle, a monastery and a botanical garden that dates back to when the Austrian archduke Maximilian had his holiday home on the island. Tonight, maybe find a secluded beach spot to watch the sunset or enjoy a harbourside meal with the group for dinner.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Dubrovnik - You have a free day in Dubrovnik today. With the sparkling water of the Adriatic in the background, this city is picturesque and full of character, and its Old Town can easily be covered on foot. You’ll have another meeting at 6 pm tonight to meet the new members of your group. After, maybe head out for a walk around town or enjoy a meal with the group to get to know your new travel buddies.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Dubrovnik - This morning, set off on a daytrip to the Elafiti Islands – a small archipelago northwest of Dubrovnik – exploring churches along the way. When you arrive at the beach, you’ll have some free time to relax, swim or find a coastal restaurant for a long lunch. After, return to Dubrovnik where the rest of the day is free for you to explore at your own pace. Maybe visit Big Onofrio's Fountain, built by architect Onofrio della Cava in the 15th century to supply water to the city, or check out the Franciscan Monastery – home to one of the world's oldest continuously functioning pharmacies, founded in the 13th century. Tonight, maybe kick back on Banje Beach or find a good spot for dinner with a sunset view.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Split - This morning, travel up the coast to Split. If Dubrovnik is considered the heart of Dalmatia, Split is certainly the soul. On a small peninsula on the eastern shores of the Adriatic Sea, it's the second-largest city in Croatia. Today is a long travel day, so it's a good idea to get stuck into your book or favourite podcasts. When you arrive, the afternoon is free for you to explore Split at your own pace. Maybe wander through the historic streets, see the UNESCO World Heritage-listed Diocletian's Palace or join a tour with a local guide? Dinner by the sea is recommended, whether you’re after fresh seafood or you just want to catch the deep colours of the sunset.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Split - Today is a free day in Split. At the heart of its atmospheric Old Town is a fascinating city-within-a-city – the remains of a 3rd-century palace built for Roman Emperor Diocletian. These ancient walls now house a vibrant mix of shops, cafes, restaurants and houses. Maybe step back in time as you stroll the sprawling maze of passageways and courtyards – you’ll also find a 16th-century synagogue and a courtyard often filled with music. This afternoon, why not sample Croatia’s fine coffee culture with a frothy kava from a cafe on the Riva waterfront promenade or climb the Cathedral of Saint Domnius for panoramic views over the city. The rest of the night is free for you to explore Split at your own pace.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Plitvice Lakes National Park / Zagreb - Visit one of Croatia's most beautiful sites of UNESCO World Heritage status – Plitvice Lakes National Park. You’ll have free time to explore on your own, or you can follow your leader to see the best spots – all trails in the national park are well marked, so it's difficult to get lost. Walk through the wooded hills, surrounding turquoise lakes and waterfalls and be sure to look for local wildlife living in the primeval forest vegetation of beech trees, fir spruce and white pine. Later, drive to Croatia's capital of Zagreb, where you’ll stay tonight.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Zagreb - After breakfast, take an orientation walk with your leader around Zagreb. For lunch, you’ll head to Dolac Market – the main market in the city and a great spot to pick up local favourites. The upper level offers seasonal fruits, vegetables, preserves and olive oil and the bottom level sells cheese and meats. Stop by a bakery for a taste of cevapcici (grilled minced meat) – a traditional market snack. Then, the rest of the day is free – maybe check out the gothic Zagreb Cathedral, with its twin spires that dominate the city's skyline or visit one of the excellent museums like the quirky Museum of Broken Relationships.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Ljubljana - Travel by train this morning across the Slovenian border to the cosmopolitan capital of Ljubljana (pronounced 'Lyub-Li-Yana'). When you arrive, check into your accommodation before heading out on a short orientation walk with your leader. The rest of the day is then free for you to delve deeper into this beautiful city. Located in the centre of Slovenia, Ljubljana is a city full of style and sophistication, history, monuments, churches, museums and great restaurants. Maybe wander around the old city centre, renowned for its unique architectural appearance. You might like to visit the Ljubljana Castle, the Town Hall or the Dragon Bridge or stop at the central Preseren Square, dedicated to the Slovenian romantic poet France Preseren.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Ljubljana - Today is a free day to explore Ljubljana further. Maybe set off on a daytrip to Bled – gifted with immense natural beauty, Bled ranks among the most scenic of alpine resorts. Its fairy tale-like scenery includes a castle, a tranquil lake and an island topped with a church. Maybe take a Pletna boat ride (a wooden, awning-covered boat rowed by a special oarsman) across Lake Bled to its island, then climb the 99 steps to St Mary's Church. After, be sure to seek out the famous Bled cream cake – nearly every cafe and cake shop in town claims their cream cake is the best! There's also plenty of action for adrenaline junkies on offer today, like rafting, caving, cycling, canoeing, boating or swimming. Tonight, maybe join your fellow travellers for dinner and try two other local specialities– struklji (rolled dumplings) or potica (nut roll).

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Venice - This morning, travel by bus to Venice – the capital of northern Italy’s Veneto region, known for its canals and small islands connected by nearly 400 bridges. When you arrive, the day is free for you to explore. Maybe visit St Mark’s Basilica, the Rialto Bridge or Doge's Palace (the ruler of Venice), ride a gondola through the romantic canals or seek out some tiramisu (coffee-soaked sponge cake) – the region’s specialty! Tonight, you might like to join your fellow travellers for dinner at a local restaurant to celebrate the last night of your trip.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Venice - With no further activities planned today, your trip comes to an end this morning. If you’d like to stay longer in Venice, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Barcelona - Hola! Welcome to Spain. Your adventure begins in Barcelona with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight, followed by a vermouth aperitivo to whet your appetite for the adventure ahead. If you arrive early, there are plenty of galleries, cafes and historic corners to keep you busy. Maybe take the funicular to the top of Montjuic or Tibidabo for panoramic views of the harbour. After the meeting, maybe head out for some tapas with your fellow travellers and get to know each other.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Barcelona / Girona - Say good morning to Barcelona before heading out with your group on a leader-led orientation walk through the city, stopping along the way to try a local favourite treat. Then, explore the city at your own pace. Why not visit Gaudi's La Sagrada Familia Basilica – possibly the most iconic landmark in Barcelona! Or head to Park Guell – the largest green space in the city, where you can stroll through the gardens if the weather's nice and explore more of the incredible architectural work by Gaudi. This afternoon, make your way to the train station, where you’ll travel to the city of Girona. Arriving in the early evening, your leader will take you on a walk through the city. Then, you have the chance to explore on your own. This jewel of Catalonia is known for its medieval architecture and sits alongside the Onyar River.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Girona - Head off with your group this morning for a walk along the medieval walls of the city. Originally built by the Romans and then rebuilt and extended in the Middle Ages, these walls have stood watch over the city since the 14th century. From the walkway along the top, the city of Girona spreads out beneath you, giving you a birds-eye view over the streets and houses, the river and the iconic cathedral and bell tower of San Felix. This afternoon is yours to explore the city. Why not visit the Arabic Baths, stop at the Rocambolesc Gelateria to grab some of Spain’s finest gelato or take a walking tour, where you’ll be transported to the streets of Braavos and King’s Landing, which featured in the Game of Thrones. Tonight, maybe find a local restaurant for dinner.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Nimes / Avignon - Leaving the city after breakfast, you’ll make your way to Nimes in southeast France. When you arrive, your leader will take you on a walk through the town, giving you the lay of the land. This afternoon is then free for you to explore at your own pace. Maybe chat to your leader about visiting the famous Amphitheatre of Nimes – one of the best-preserved Roman amphitheatres in Europe, built around the year AD 100. This evening, take the train to Avignon. When you arrive, check into your hotel and walk around the walled city that was once home to French popes for more than a century.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Avignon - This morning, set off on an orientation walk through the markets, where you’ll find fresh produce that’s locally grown in the fertile soil surrounding the city. After, maybe comb the impressive collection of art, visit the grand Palais des Papes (Pope's Palace) or cross the iconic bridge of Pont St-Benezet. If the weather is good, maybe hire a bike to see more of this picturesque valley and head to one of the city's amazing bakeries. There are also many small local bistros that serve up great regional cuisine – why not get some of your travel pals together for a French-inspired feast tonight!

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Dijon - Travel to Dijon – the capital city of the historical Burgundy region in eastern France. When you arrive, join a mustard making workshop, where a mustard master will guide you through the traditional process step by step, from grinding the seeds to mixing in wine, vinegar and salt. At the end, you’ll get to take home your very own jar of homemade Dijon mustard, infused with your custom blend of flavours. The rest of the day is then free for you to explore Dijon at your own pace. Maybe visit the Palace of the Dukes of Burgundy, see the Church of Notre-Dame or walk through the Musee des Beaux-Arts.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Paris - This morning, take the train to the city of light and love – Paris, of course! Rich in museums, art galleries, monuments, fashion and delicious food, Paris offers a wealth of major sights and things to do. When you arrive, check into the hotel, then join your leader for an orientation walk through the famous city streets before exploring at your leisure – wandering around the Champs-Elysees, the student-filled Latin Quarter or bohemian Montmartre will give you a good feel for the city. Maybe visit the Louvre, climb the Eiffel Tower or walk through the Musee d'Orsay. Tonight, you might want to join your fellow travellers for dinner at a local restaurant.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Paris - Enjoy another free day to explore Paris. If you didn’t get the chance already, why not spend today checking out the world-famous Louvre, where you can see the Mona Lisa and the Venus de Milo. Maybe climb the Eiffel Tower – or take the lift – for some impressive aerial views of Paris. For a simple picnic lunch of baguette and cheese, The Tuileries, Plantes and Jardin du Luxembourg all make excellent backdrops. Later, you’ll have a second meeting with the new members of your group at 6 pm. After you meet your fellow travellers and trip leader, you might choose to head out for an optional dinner at one of the gorgeous local restaurants or explore the surrounding neighbourhoods and further discover why this city is known for its romantic appeal.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Brussels - Leave Paris behind and jump on a train to Brussels. When you arrive, join your leader on a walk around the city, where you can sample some traditional Belgian fries along the way. After, you have free time to explore at your own pace. Maybe wander down to the Manneken Pis (Little Peeing Man) – an iconic symbol of Belgium. Or, visit the Musical Instrument Museum to get your fix of cultural history. Tonight, maybe explore Ilot Sacre – a great place to find good food and fun bars.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Brussels - Today is a free day. Maybe wander the Jeu de Balle Flea Market, visit the Cantillon Brewery or walk through the Magritte Museum – an art museum in the Royal Quarters, dedicated to the work of the Belgian artist, Rene Magritte. This afternoon, maybe explore the Grand Palace or discover the miniature world at Mini Europe Attraction Park, where monuments in the European Union and other countries have been reproduced and are on display at a scale of 1:25. Tonight, maybe join your group for dinner at a local restaurant – your leader will have the best recommendations.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Ghent - After breakfast, take the train to Ghent – a port city northwest of Belgium, known for its medieval architecture and artwork. When you arrive, set off on an orientation walk around the city with your local leader. Then, the rest of the day is free for you to explore at your own pace. Maybe visit Gravensteen Castle, take a guided boat tour on the canal or find a restaurant for dinner and try a local dish like gentse waterzooi (fish or chicken stew).

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Bruges - Ghent - This morning, take the train to Bruges. This city on the coast of Belgium looks like it's been plucked straight from the pages of a fairytale book with its medieval buildings and the network of canals that crisscross it. When you arrive, the day is free for you to explore at your own pace. Maybe stroll through the UNESCO Protected Old Town, discover the Gothic, Renaissance and Neoclassicism architecture or visit the Basilica of the Holy Blood, which is said to be home to a vial of cloth stained with a drop of the blood of Jesus. When you return back to Ghent, maybe find the best bowl of moules-frites (a Flemish classic of mussels cooked in white wine and served with a side of crunchy fries) for dinner.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Amsterdam - Travel to Amsterdam this morning. When you arrive, your leader will show you around the city, best known for its narrow houses and artistic heritage. Along the walk, stop at FEBO – an iconic local food stop where you can buy traditional snacks. The rest of the day is free for you to explore. Maybe visit Anne Frank's House – the former hiding place of the famous child diarist and her family during WWII or explore the De Waag – a 15th-century building on Nieuwmarkt Square first constructed as a gate for the city’s fortified walls. This afternoon, maybe head to the Heineken Museum and learn about the Netherland’s rich beer history.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Rotterdam - Amsterdam - Set off on a daytrip today to Europe’s largest seaport, Rotterdam. When you arrive, visit the Floating Farm – the world’s first self-sufficient dairy farm. Here you’ll learn about sustainable farming practices and see the resident cows. The afternoon is then free for you to explore Rotterdam at your own pace – maybe walk through Museum Boijmans Van Beuningen or visit Euromast Observation Tower for panoramic views over the city. Then, take the train back to Amsterdam and enjoy a free evening to wander the canals.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Berlin - Rise bright and early this morning before jumping on the train to Berlin. Today is a long travel day, so grab a window seat if you can. Berlin has plenty of impressive sites and is known for a great bar scene. Get some of the best recommendations and must-see spots from your leader while you make your way towards the city. Tonight, you’ll have another meeting with the new members of your group at 6 pm. After, why not join your newfound travel pals for dinner? Berlin’s food is a mix of classic German with Bavarian, Italian and Middle Eastern influences. But who can go past a traditional schnitzel or pretzel together with a stein of beer?

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Berlin - Set out to discover more of Berlin today, as you’ll have free time to enjoy it as you please. There are plenty of impressive sites for you to check out – the Brandenburg Gate, remnants of the Berlin Wall and the dominating Reichstag building – either on your own, during a bike tour or all at once from the observation deck of the Berlin TV Tower. There are also a couple of unique memorials, like the Jewish Memorial and the Topography of Terror, which are well worth your time. Tonight, maybe explore Berlin’s thriving foodie scene with a few dinner suggestions from your leader.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Dresden - Bastei - This morning, say goodbye to Berlin and hop on an early train to Dresden. After checking in to your accommodation, travel to Rathen, where you can enjoy a hike to the sandstone pinnacles of Bastei. The unique rock formation offers some of Germany’s best views and is home to the remnants of the medieval Neurathen Castle. If a hike doesn’t take your fancy, you’re welcome to join in on the journey to Rathen and spend your time exploring the riverside village or stay in Dresden, immersing yourself in the city’s history and heritage.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Prague - Leave Germany behind and board the train to Prague. You'll travel through the Labe Valley, with fairytale-like landscapes to the right and left. This is a gorgeous train journey, so grab a window seat if you can and get lost in the scenery! When you arrive, check-in at your hotel and then see the highlights on a leader-led orientation walk. Prague's architecture can be traced from the Middle Ages through to the avant-garde of the Gehry-designed Dancing Building (also called the Fred and Ginger Building). Finish with a visit to a Czech brewery, where you can sample a pilsner in its homeland. Spend your free afternoon at Prague Castle – the biggest in the Czech Republic – where you'll find the famous St Vitus Cathedral and Golden Lane. Continue to wander through the old Jewish Quarter to see what remains of the city's formerly significant Jewish community.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Prague - With another free day in Prague, maybe learn how the Bohemian artists, writers, dissidents and the Bohemian mentality shaped the nation. Don’t forget to sample some traditional and modern Czech snacks along the way. If you feel like a daytrip out of the city, ask your leader to help you organise a trip to Kutna Hora. See the Church of Santa Barbara and Sedlec ossuary or The Church of Bones – a small Roman Catholic chapel that contains skeletons of between 40,000 and 70,000 people! At night, Prague’s Old Town comes alive with many great restaurants and pubs, some in old vaulted cellars. The nightlife in Prague is also some of the best in Central Europe. Whether you're after dance clubs, beer halls, jazz clubs or underground absinthe bars, there's something for everyone.

     

    Day - 20

    Location: Bratislava - Leave Prague and travel to Bratislava, the capital of Slovakia. Set along the Danube, Bratislava blends past and present with its charming Old Town and lively boutiques and cafes. You have a free day to explore it all today. You could climb to the top of the tower at Michael’s Gate or UFO Tower for a bird’s eye view of Bratislava, visit the Bratislava City Museum to learn about the country’s communist past or spot as many of the city’s quirky statues as you can. For dinner, maybe seek out some local delicacies like kapustnica (a sauerkraut and sausage soup) – your leader will have the lowdown on the best spots.

     

    Day - 21

    Location: Budapest - Transfer from Bratislava to Budapest and enjoy a free day in the self-proclaimed Pearl of the Danube. Perhaps explore the historical Buda Castle and palace complex. Forget about the bustling city and lose yourself in the history of the winding streets of the Castle District, which dates back to the 13th century. In the afternoon, you could take a slow cruise along the Danube for some pretty epic views of the riverside Parliament Building, the Castle District and the bridges linking Buda to Pest. The spectacle is particularly beautiful, especially at sunset and at night.

     

    Day - 22

    Location: Budapest - Today, you’ll have another meeting with the new members of your group at 6 pm. Before then, the day is yours. Why not stroll around the grand architecture and boulevards to get your bearings? Maybe explore one of the local markets and pick up a langos (a deep-fried Hungarian pastry with an assortment of different toppings). Why not head out to Statue Park to get an insight into the city’s past or take a soak in one of the many thermal bath complexes around town? After the meeting tonight, perhaps get a group of friends together for a Hungarian feast of goulash or stroll to the Jewish quarter and check out some ruin bars – unique nightlife hubs that are great for groups and feature a whole heap of weird and wonderful decor.

     

    Day - 23

    Location: Vienna - Hop on a train this morning to the cosmopolitan city of Vienna. After dropping your bags at your accommodation, you’re in for a real treat! Stop for Kaffe and kuchen (coffee and cake) with your group at Vollpension – a local cafe that empowers older members of the community by providing them with employment and purpose, while bridging the gap between the staff and the younger patrons who visit the cafe. Have a chat with the friendly staff while enjoying your sweet treat in this warm and welcoming environment. 

     

    Day - 24

    Location: Vienna - You’re free to choose your own adventure today, and Vienna has a lot to offer! For art lovers, there's a vast array of museums, including the Albertina, the Leopold, Kunsthalle Wien and the Museum of Modern Art. Those interested in 19th- and 20th-century Austrian art should visit the Belvedere Palace – home to Gustav Klimt's painting 'The Kiss'. Check out the colourful Hundertwasserhaus or the dome of the Secession building. Perhaps visit Hofburg Palace – once the imposing winter retreat of Habsburg royals and now the official residence of the Austrian president, or visit the gothic St Stephen’s Cathedral and the neo-classical Graben. If you want to see something impressive, head to the State Opera House – one of the world's most important opera houses and the heart of classical Viennese culture. 

     

    Day - 25

    Location: Salzburg - Travel to Salzburg this morning via train – this Austrian hub on the border of Germany is backdropped by the Eastern Alps and divided by the Salzach River. When you arrive, you’ll have a full free day to explore all this gorgeous city has to offer, from the Old City to the New City. Maybe head to Mirabell Palace and Gardens for a picnic if the weather's nice or discover Mozart’s birthplace. Head to the medieval walls of Fortress Hohensalzburg and marvel at the architecture (you can also pay to get inside), or find a great viewpoint and snap some photos of the city in the shadow of the mountains, with the fortress looming above on the hill. Tonight, why not ask your local leader for the best spot for dinner.

     

    Day - 26

    Location: Bled - Hop on a train to the Slovenian resort town of Bled. Sitting at the edge of the Julian Alps, this place is full of picturesque sights that are sure to take your breath away and the rail journey from Salzburg is a great way to start! Grab a window seat if you can, as you'll be crossing the Alps through a tunnel that sits 1300 m above sea level, with mountain vistas on every side. When you arrive, follow your leader to the shore of glistening Lake Bled, where many of the town’s attractions can be seen. After soaking in the sights with your group, you’ll have a free afternoon to choose your own route. For a taste of the local cuisine, try some Bled cake made of vanilla, custard, cream and pastry (many local cafes and cake shops claim theirs is the best, so if you must, maybe try a few and compare). After settling into your accommodation tonight, why not head out for a group dinner.

     

    Day - 27

    Location: Bled - Today you have a free day to enjoy all the fun activities Bled has to offer (calling all nature lovers!) Maybe take a full-day adventure around Triglav Massive – there are many outdoor activities available here to get the blood pumping, such as rafting, caving, canoeing and swimming in the warmer months. Why not hire a bike and head out of town to Vintgar Gorge, where you can walk through a natural canyon. Perhaps explore Bled Castle, sitting atop the cliff overlooking the lake, or catch a pletna (small wooden boat) over to the island in the middle of the lake to ring the wishing bell. Your leader will have all the best options, so be sure to chat with them for their recommendations. If you’d prefer to have a relaxing day and the sun is out, maybe just enjoy the beauty of Lake Bled, find a quiet spot near the lake and spend the day reading or people-watching.

     

    Day - 28

    Location: Venice - This morning, travel to Venice. A city of canals, Venice is built over a hundred small islands connected by 400 bridges. When you arrive, head out for an orientation walk with your leader – the best way to see Venice is by foot – passing by the Grand Canal, Rialto Bridge, Palace of the Doge, Piazza San Marco and the Bridge of Sighs. There are shops, markets, galleries and churches around every corner here, so there’s plenty to explore. Tonight, what better to do than tuck into some iconic Italian cuisine (and maybe a big glass of vino?).

     

    Day - 29

    Location: Venice - With no activities planned for today, you’re free to leave your accommodation at any time after checkout. That doesn’t mean your adventure has to end! Italy’s city of canals is an extraordinary place to see on foot, and if you’d like to spend an extra day or two exploring, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Athens - Kalimera! Welcome to Greece. Named after the goddess of wisdom, the birthplace of Western civilisation, Athens has an amazing array of historic sites to explore; a weighty history that spills out over the modern city, represented most dramatically by the ancient Acropolis. There's much to be seen in the ancient capital of Greece, vibrant and refreshed following the 2004 Olympics, yet still retaining so much visible history. After the welcome meeting, perhaps head out for some gyros and ouzo with your new travel companions.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Athens / Thessaloniki - This morning head out to visit the famous Acropolis, one of the Western world's most important historical structures. Start with an ascent to the top of this sacred rock via the towering entrance, the Propylaia. Once inside, encounter the Parthenon – the greatest Doric temple in the ancient world. In the afternoon board a train to cosmopolitan Thessaloniki, the second largest city in Greece. This city especially comes alive in the evening, thanks in part to its large student population, so make sure you hunt down the perfect gyros or some live music.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Thessaloniki - Relax in the splendour of what is regarded as the cultural capital of the country. Walk along the waterfront to the White Tower, take in the Byzantine churches (like the beautifully frescoed Church of Saint Nicholas the Orphan), Ottoman sites and Roman ruins, and appreciate the wonderful views over the gulf. On a clear day you might even catch a glimpse of the home of the gods, Mount Olympus. If you’d like someone to show you the way, perhaps join an Urban Adventure for a local view. The city is undoubtedly the gastronomic capital of the Greece and its flavours are unique. For 2,000 years it’s been a melting pot of cultures, with eastern spices, French, Balkan and Mediterranean tastes. Seek out the eateries in the area around the agora, where age-old columns and arches brush up against modern apartments and the ancient Rotunda. Don't forget to stop by at NAOMI,an NGO workshop supporting refugees with skill training and learn about the amazing work and the challenges they are faced with today.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Kalambaka - Travel by train and private transfer to Kalambaka (approximately 3.5 hours). Upon arrival embark on on a short orientation walk of town, where your leader will point out amenities and help you get your bearings. The rest of the afternoon is free for you to explore the scenic area around Kalambaka and Meteora, where the views are stunning whichever way you look. Having two days here allows you to explore at your own pace, discover the history and legends, witness the incredible views of one of the few World Heritage sites listed under both nature and art at different times of the day, and avoid the crowds. Your leader will have suggestions on hand. In the evening, maybe head to a taverna for dinner and stroll the main square for a taste of Thessalian life.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Meteora / Kalambaka - Climb into the heavens, just like monks have done for centuries, towards ancient monasteries precariously placed atop 400-metre-high rock formations. Meteora is home to 24 14th century monasteries that sit at the top of karst pinnacles, though only six are still occupied. They were once only accessed by rope ladders, but thankfully there are now steps. The cliff faces also feature caves where hermits lived an even simpler life than those in the teetering monasteries. The monasteries, which used to be supplied by rope and pulley systems, house woodcarvings, frescoes, paintings, and one even features the skulls of the first founders. You’ll enjoy some great views back over the town. The area makes for incredibly dramatic photos – multi-colour streaked rock, bright green forest, and the pale terracotta of the monastery roofs against the Grecian sky. The mists that can surround the pinnacles make the constructions seem like they’re floating in the air. Hawks drift on the valley thermals looking for prey, and black-frocked priests shuffle silently around.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Delphi - Travel by private transfer to Delphi (approximately 4 hours). On the the way, stop at our favourite camping site where you'll enjoy a tasting of different type of olives, oil and tapenade that's produced on their farm and special to the region. Your lunch will also be included here and enjoy an afternoon of sunbathing and swimming, with a view overlooking the Delphi Valley, a recognised UNESCO World Heritage Site. Then continue to Delphi. Located on the slopes of Mt Parnassos, by a valley of cypress and olives trees, this modern town and ancient ruins overlooks the Gulf of Corinth. The ancient Greeks regarded Delphi as the centre of the world (legend says that Zeus sent two eagles flying from opposite ends of the world and they crossed paths over Delphi), and today it’s one of the country's most inspiring and memorable archaeological sites. On arrival, your leader will take you on an orientation walk of the cliffside town of Delphi. Then, follow your local guide for a guided tour through the amazing archaeological sites and museums. Here you’ll find the famous sanctuaries of Apollo and Athena, which contain numerous monuments, temples, a well-preserved theatre, and the impressive reconstructed Athenian Treasury. The site was also home to the Delphic oracle, said to have spoken for Apollo himself – she sat on a chasm, inhaling vapours from the Earth and entering a trance-like state, her cryptic answers to questions translated by priests. There’s also a mountain-top stadium, which were used for the Pythian Games (an Olympic Games precursor), held every four years as early as 586 BC.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Athens - Travel back to Athens today by bus, arriving in the late afternoon (approximately 3,5 hours). Shop for the perfect souvenir at the Monastiraki flea market or take a relaxing stroll through the Greek national gardens. If you haven’t already, check out the Temple of Olympian Zeus or the Tomb of the Unknown Soldier to watch the changing of the guard. While in the neighbourhood explore the excellent Museum of Athens, Syntagma square with the Parliament building, and the Panathinaiko Stadium which housed the first Olympic games in 1896.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Athens - Enjoy a free day in Athens today exploring the countless great sites of this ancient capital. Highlights include the renowned changing of the guard at Syntagma (Parliament) Square, the National Gardens, the Temple of Olympian Zeus and so many more. There will be a group meeting at 6 pm at your hotel, when you'll meet your new travel mates.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Syros - Today travel by metro to the port of Piraeus, then catch a relaxing scenic ferry to Syros (approximately 4 hours). In the heart of the Cyclades, Syros offers a rare opportunity to see the islands as the Greeks do. One of the Aegean's most underrated islands, the island features typical whitewashed houses, farms, terraced fields and gorgeous sandy beaches. Your leader will take you on a wander through the main town of Ermoupolis, home to well preserved neoclassical mansions and 19th-century tenement blocks. Syros is also home to delicious sweets. Stop at a family run traditional loukoumi workshop where you will be shown the procedure of how these multi-coloured fruit-flavoured jellies (also called Greek Delight) and chalvadopita (hazelnut, almond or honey-filled wafers) are made - make sure you try some of them. You'll have plenty of time to explore tomorrow, so perhaps kick up your feet at a waterfront cafe and watch the setting sun turn the houses pink.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Syros - Take a walk through the fortress-like town of Ano Syros, which offers great views of the Aegean Sea. Wander the narrow alleyways, pass handmade-souvenir shops and keep an ear open for traditional Rembetiko music floating out of the family-run tavernas. Enjoy free time to further explore Syros at your own pace. Discover abandoned windmills, ancient ruins and charming villages on a network of stone-paved tracks that crisscross the island. Perhaps head to the various archaeological sites on the island, or you might prefer to simply hole up on a beach for the afternoon. Outside of Ermoupolis are many small tranquil coves, while the most popular beaches are on the southern side of the island. While some are sandy and others pebbly, all boast crystal clear waters for swimming in. In the evening, take taxis to a taverna to a remotely located village in the rugged northern part of the island to sample delicious local specialities during an included meal, all while watching the sun set over the Aegean Sea.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Mykonos - Today board a two-hour ferry to Mykonos, a beautiful island named in honour of Apollo's grandson. Known in ancient Greek mythology as the battlefield where Zeus fought the Gigantes, today the island is best known for its decadence, style, and nightlife. Join your leader for a walk through the maze-like old town and be captivated by the quintessential Greek Isles vista of squat white houses brightly juxtaposed against the cerulean sea. Browse the chic galleries and boutiques, follow flower-lined paths past age-old churches and tiny restaurants to secluded, sandy beaches, and spend the afternoon soaking up the rays and splashing in the water. Settle into your lovely room at the hotel. As the sun sets, maybe join Europe's party crowd at one of the many bars and clubs on Mykonos, or take a more traditional approach with a meal at a delightful backstreet restaurant.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Delos / Mykonos - This morning you will take a half-day trip out to the nearby island of Delos. One of the most important archaeological and mythological sites in the Greek Islands, a sacred area that was once the political and religious centre of the Aegean, Delos is considered to be the birthplace of Apollo and Artemis. A living museum, the wealthy built mansions in the town that developed around Apollo’s sanctuary, decorating them with luxurious frescoes, mosaics and statues. The island is overflowing with archaeological finds like the Terrace of the Lions and the Sacred Precinct, with many more still being uncovered. Later on today you might like to head to one of Mykonos' many beaches, which are some of the nicest in Europe. Take a short bus ride to the pumping Paradise or Super Paradise beach bars, or perhaps find a quieter spot to relax along the beautiful coastline. You could also check out the 19th-century House of Lena or the Aegean Maritime Museum in town. This evening you could make your way to the village of Ano Mera and seek out a tavern for a seafood dinner or perhaps wander down to Little Venice, where colourful balconies hang precariously over the sea.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Santorini - Take another ferry and arrive on the spectacular southern island of Santorini (approximately 2.5hrs hours). Renowned for its amazing natural beauty, Santorini is one of Europe's tourist hotspots, the home of the iconic image of the Greek islands – whitewashed, blue-domed buildings clinging to the cliff face with sparkling water in the background. Discover the hilltop ruins of Ancient Thira and its fascinating Prehistoric Museum, as well as the archaeological site of Akrotiri, a Minoan Bronze Age settlement that gives an insight into how the people here lived before the eruption. Check out the range of restaurants and shops in the island's capital, interchangeably called Thira or Fira. If you have time while you're here, perhaps head to one of Santorini's volcanic beaches, such as Red Beach or the black beaches of Perissa, Vlhada, Perivolos or Agios Georgios. Be sure to try some of the island’s delicious food – the nutrient-filled volcanic soil makes the ingredients grown here full of flavour.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Santorini - In 1500 BC a volcanic eruption sank the center of Santorini, forming one of the most significant geological formations on the planet – the awe-inspiring caldera. The spectacular natural beauty of this caldera is what makes Santorini such a special place. Today make an excursion along the crater rim, starting in Thira town and walking through little villages all the way to Oia, passing steep cliff faces and experiencing breathtaking views along the way. If you have time, you might also like to take a half-day trip to the island's volcano and hot springs in the centre of the lagoon. Or perhaps visit one of the island’s wineries – the vines here are cultivated in a very unusual way, with the plants being pruned to form a low basket shape that sits on top of the volcanic soil to protect the grapes from strong winds. On the last evening of your adventure, rub shoulders with friendly locals in packed pubs and cafes, sipping a cocktail as you witness a magnificent Santorini sunset.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Santorini - Today your Greek Islands adventure comes to an end. There are no activities planned and you are able to depart the accommodation at any time. You might want to extend your stay to see all Santorini has to offer. We are happy to book additional accommodation, subject to availability. Please enquire at the time of booking.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Barcelona - Hola! Welcome to Spain. Your adventure begins in Barcelona, famed for delicious Catalan cuisine, a ground-breaking art scene, Gothic architecture, and a non-stop nightlife. You’ll have a welcome meeting at 6 pm today. If you arrive early, there are plenty of galleries, cafes and historic corners to keep you busy. Gaudi's bizarre La Sagrada Familia Basilica is not be missed. As there's not much time in Barcelona, it’s recommended that you arrive a few days early. The heart of Catalonia prides itself as a gastronomic centre, so tonight, maybe head out for dinner with your group or go on a tapas crawl through rustic Catalan dishes in the neighbourhood of El Born.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Pyrenees / Ribes de Freser - Travel north by train and climb into the Spanish Pyrenees, which form a barrier between the Iberian Peninsula and the rest of Europe, to the small town of Ribes de Freser – your base for next two days, this low-key town sits at the confluence of three different rivers, Freser, Rigard and Segadell. The town is not only an important tourist centre in this part of Pyrenees, but it’s also well known for its mineral water and milk products. It’s also a great place to relax with the views of beautiful Pyrenees Mountains in the background. Tonight, perhaps head out for dinner with the group.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Pyrenees / Ribes de Freser - Today, enjoy stunning views from a cogwheel train ride into the Nuria Valley. This train line was first opened in the 1930s and connects Ribes de Freser with Queralbs, making a spectacular and magical snaking journey up to the small ski town and pilgrimage site of Nuria. It crosses viaducts, travels past dramatic cliffs, through tunnels, forest and waterfalls, finally arriving at 2000 metres above sea level after one of the most magnificent rides in the Pyrenees. Along with the cogwheel train journey, you will find time to stretch your legs on a hike in the scenic surrounds. Take to the hills for a day of hiking in the Pyrenees and be prepared for some steep ascents. Climb up through the forest to a fantastic viewpoint of the mountain peaks (weather permitting). Don't forget your camera, as the alpine scenery is spectacular. Return to Ribes de Freser in late afternoon. Tonight it's time for an included paella dinner.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Carcassonne - Continue your adventure across the French border today with a combination of a train journey and private transfer to the medieval Carcassonne – this UNESCO World Heritage-listed fortress is the second most visited tourist site in France after the Eiffel Tower! This French city looks like it's straight out of a classic fairytale, famous for its 53 watchtowers and double-walled fortifications. The first walls were built in Gallo-Roman style with later additions made in 13th and 14th centuries, making it the biggest and most beautiful medieval construction in Europe. There’ll be plenty of time to explore the castle, ramparts and winding streets at your own pace – maybe see Chateau Comtal, a 12th-century fortress within Le Cite, for archaeological exhibits. Or take a tour of the inner ramparts. Tonight, if weather permits, watch the golden sun set over the landscape.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Provence / Arles - Leave Carcassonne behind and take the train into the French region of Provence, through heartland scenery that has long attracted the brushes of Impressionist painters, settling in the town of Arles. Once a provincial capital of ancient Rome, Arles is now famed for inspiring the paintings of Van Gogh, which can be seen at the local gallery that takes his name. When you arrive, take a walk around the town and soak in the picturesque landscapes. Then, see the double rows of arches of the Arles Amphitheatre – an ancient Roman arena still in use after 1000 years. Later, maybe round off the day with a coffee or ‘pastis’ at the shaded terraces of the outdoor cafe that once paid host to the famous painter!

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Provence / Arles - Enjoy a free day in the town of Arles. Perhaps follow the Van Gogh trail to see sites that the artist drew on as subjects for his paintings, finishing at the Vincent Van Gogh Foundation to browse the changing exhibitions of the Post-Impressionist painter. Maybe spend your day wandering through the Gothic architecture in the walled city where the Pope once took refuge, uncover an ancient Roman necropolis and theatre, or stroll past the multi-storey aqueduct. You could also head outside of the town to the Camargue Nature Park and cycle among pink flamingos in the sandy reed beds. The Antiques Museum, Arlaten Ethnographic Museum and Reattu Museum back in town also provide lots of culture to discover. Otherwise, simply relax by the Rhone River and watch the world go by. A wander around the town at night becomes an art history lesson, with scenes recognisable from famous artworks like ‘Cafe Terrace at Night’.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Nice - Take the train to Nice today – the star of the Riviera and a great base from which to explore the rest of the Cote d'Azur. Nice boasts both public and private beaches, with countless opportunities to relax. Your afternoon and evening are free but try not to miss the flower and evening markets on Place Saleya. Take some time to explore Nice’s Old Centre, walking its maze of staircases and lanes, Baroque churches and the famous Promenade des Anglais – a hot spot for street theatre and local artists.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Nice - Today is free for you to further explore Nice at your own pace. You could head out on a daytrip to Cannes, which only costs around EUR 16 by train. The famed film festival host is a place of sun, sand, style and shopping, while the Old Town still maintains a Provencal feel. You might like to visit the cliff-top village of Eze, known as 'The Eagles Nest,' just a few kilometres outside of Nice. This medieval town is a true gem – it’s vaulted, narrow streets are filled with art galleries, workshops and gastronomic restaurants and at the top is a ruined medieval castle commanding one of the most beautiful panoramas on the Cote d'Azur. Back in Nice there are museums to explore, tiny shops in the retro neighbourhood of Vieux to browse, beaches to lounge on, scenic gardens to discover and delicious French food to feast on.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: La Spezia - This morning after breakfast, spend the day travelling by combination of public transport means across the Italian border to the once important naval base of La Spezia, now the gateway to the gorgeous Cinque Terre (the five lands). The name comes from the five tiny villages – Monterosso, Vernazza, Corniglia, Manarola and Riomaggiore – whose position, wedged into a series of coves between sheer cliffs, makes it one of the highlights of the whole of Italy. When you arrive in La Spezia, there won't be too much time to explore, but after checking into your hotel you could get your bearings with a short walk around the pedestrian zone on Via del Prione to the gardens along the harbour, or head out for dinner with the group. After, you might like to relax and rest up before the walk along the famous Cinque Terre route tomorrow.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Cinque Terre / La Spezia - This morning you’ll venture out on the footpaths of Cinque Terre. These paths run between the villages and were once the only way to travel in the region. Walk through olive groves and vineyards and soak in the gorgeous scenery at every turn. After working up an appetite, take advantage of the foods of the Liguria region with a pesto class – focaccia is also a speciality in this area and makes a great start to lunch. The rest of the day is free for you to enjoy at your own leisure. In the evening, there's no better way to recover from your day of walking with more indulgence in delicious Mediterranean food.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Pisa / Florence - Depart Cinque Terre today and catch a train to Pisa – divided in two by the River Arno, the heart of Pisa is the Santa Maria quarter on the north bank. There'll be ample time for you to visit the world-famous Leaning Tower, as well as the Duomo (Piazza dei Miracoli, once the largest in Europe) and Pisa Baptistry. The tower was built in the 12th century, but its foundation was on shifting sand and clay, meaning that it now leans at an angle of 4 degrees (after restoration and stabilising work). Wander the shopping streets, from high-end boutiques to speciality book and antiques stores, and maybe have lunch and an aperitif in a backstreet restaurant before returning to the station in the afternoon and taking the train to Florence. After checking in to your hotel, join your leader for quick orientation walk. The rest of your evening is free to explore the city of the Renaissance.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Florence - Head out into Florence – one of the most culturally rich and beautiful cities in Italy, known to many as the beating heart of Tuscany. The Medicis, Leonardo da Vinci, Raphael, Brunelleschi, Machiavelli, Donatello and Michelangelo all lived in Florence at the height of their creative reign. It's impossible to see everything in this Renaissance wonderland, so take your time and enjoy it. Maybe visit the Uffizi – one of the world's oldest art galleries – or walk up to Piazzale Michelangelo, set on a hill on the south bank of the Arno River, to take in beautiful views of the city. You could visit Michelangelo's David, housed in the Galleria dell'Accademia, and tonight, join the locals for passeggiata (a leisurely socialising stroll) between piazza Beccaria and piazza della Repubblica.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Siena / Florence - Leave Florence early in the morning by train for a day tour to Siena. Surrounded by olive groves and the vineyards of Chianti, Siena is one of the most beautiful cities of Tuscany. Wander the tiny alleyways and lively piazzas and search out the unique Piazza del Campo – a grand fan-shaped piazza built on the site of the old Roman forum, where the Palio horse race takes place (twice annually in mid-July and the end of August). Maybe visit the small but stunning Siena Cathedral and see the statue of the Capitoline Wolf, which was brought here by Romulus and Remus – the mythical founders of Rome. You’ll be back in Florence for the evening, which is free to enjoy as you please. Food is also a major part of the city's identity, so maybe explore some of the culinary delicacies on offer from across Tuscany. Regional specialities are noted for their simplicity and fine flavour, and the use of high-quality olive oil, cannellini beans and fresh herbs.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Rome - In the morning, take the train to Rome. ‘When in Rome,’ join your leader on an orientation walk around the city, where you can see some of the iconic sites like the Colosseum (one of the Seven Wonders of the World) and Arch of Constantine, the Forum (centre of ancient Rome), the Victor Emmanuel Monument, the Pantheon, Trevi Fountain, Piazza Navona, Spanish Steps, Via Dei Condotti and Piazza Venezia. No visit would be complete without a trip to Vatican City and St Peter's Basilica, so check with your leader for options and tips on how to fit that in. Rome is packed full of restaurants and trattorias that cater to every taste and budget, too. Eating in trattorias will give you a chance to sample some Italian wines, usually very affordable and of a high quality. You may like to head out with your group for an optional farewell celebration this evening.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Rome - Your adventure comes to an end this morning. There are no activities planned for today and you're free to depart the accommodation at any time. As there is so much to see in Rome, it’s recommended that you stay a little longer. If you need to book additional accommodation, just speak to your booking agent at the time of booking.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Madrid - Bienvenidos! Welcome to Spain. Your adventure begins in Madrid, the central capital known for its boulevards and expansive, manicured parks. You’ll have a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight to meet your group and local leader. If you arrive early, maybe walk along the Paseo del Arte (Art Walk) or visit Museo Reina Sofia and learn about Picasso and Dali. Tonight, maybe head out to dinner and get to know your fellow travellers.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Granada - After breakfast, you’ll drive to the oldest city in the 'New World' – Granada. Featuring Moorish and Andalusian architecture, Granada is set on the banks of Lake Nicaragua and is surrounded by active volcanoes. When you arrive, your leader will take you on an orientation walk through the leafy Parque Central and La Calzada – a busy pedestrian street with plenty of bars and restaurants. Learn the history of the city and discover Islamic architecture and Arab influences. Then, you’ll have some time for your own explorations – maybe head to a local teahouse to sample some Moorish pastries.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Granada - Today, visit Granada's Alhambra Palace on a guided tour. Wander the dominating red fortress towers of this 11th-century complex set against the backdrop of the Sierra Nevada mountains. The palace is made up of the Alcazaba – the 11th century Muslim wing, which has great views from the towers – and the Palacio Nazaries and Generalife, the summer palace of the sultans. After, maybe head deeper into Granada’s Moorish Albaicin quarter and check out some of the traditional tea houses. Tonight, maybe meet up again with the group for dinner.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Seville - Travel to the vibrant city of Seville, known for its oranges, tapas and flamenco. This morning, set off on a walking tour through Seville with your leader. Explore narrow streets, hidden squares filled with orange trees and flower-adorned patios and learn about the city’s history. Then, visit the Alcazar of Seville – a grand royal palace. Known as one of the most beautiful in Europe, the Spanish Royal Family still use the Alcazar as their residence!

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Seville - This morning is free for you to explore Seville at your own pace. Maybe visit the Giralda Tower or the famous Seville Cathedral – one of Europe’s largest cathedrals and home to Christopher Columbus’ elevated tomb. Tonight, watch a local flamenco show at Casa del la Memoria – a traditional Spanish style of dance with roots in Seville. Charged with emotion and drama, this powerful, fiery show is a real highlight.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Barcelona - Say good morning to Barcelona before heading out with your group on a leader-led orientation walk of the city – known for its delicious Catalan cuisine and Gothic architecture. Then, explore the city at your own pace. Maybe check out the Neo-Gothic mansion of Guell Palace, visit the wave-inspired structure of Casa Batlo, or explore the Gaudi House Museum inside Parc Guell and see colourful sculptures, including a long mosaic-covered bench overlooking the city.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Barcelona - This morning, visit the Basolica i Temple Expiatori de la Sagrada Familia (Sagrada Familia) – the largest unfinished Catholic church in the world. The architect worked on this hugely ambitious project for decades until his death, and it remains in constant construction. Along with the Camp Nou football stadium, it is possibly the city's most iconic landmark. Then, join a guided tour this afternoon and indulge in traditional Catalan tapas. Walk along the buzzing street life, listen to stories of the past and everyday life in Barcelona, Catalonia and Spain and enjoy popular tapas like pa amb tomaquet (bread with tomato) or patas braves (fried potatoes), accompanied by a glass of local vermouth – a great way to celebrate the final night of your trip.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Barcelona - Your trip comes to an end after breakfast. If you’d like to extend your stay in Barcelona, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Madrid - Bienvenidos! Welcome to Spain. Your adventure begins in Madrid, the central capital known for its boulevards and expansive, manicured parks. You’ll have a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight to meet your group and local leader. If you arrive early, maybe walk along the Paseo del Arte (Art Walk) or visit Museo Reina Sofia and learn about Picasso and Dali. Tonight, maybe head out to dinner and get to know your fellow travellers.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Granada - After breakfast, you’ll drive to the oldest city in the 'New World' – Granada. Featuring Moorish and Andalusian architecture, Granada is set on the banks of Lake Nicaragua and is surrounded by active volcanoes. When you arrive, your leader will take you on an orientation walk through the leafy Parque Central and La Calzada – a busy pedestrian street with plenty of bars and restaurants. Learn the history of the city and discover Islamic architecture and Arab influences. Then, you’ll have some time for your own explorations – maybe head to a local teahouse to sample some Moorish pastries.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Granada - Today, visit Granada's Alhambra Palace on a guided tour. Wander the dominating red fortress towers of this 11th-century complex set against the backdrop of the Sierra Nevada mountains. The palace is made up of the Alcazaba – the 11th century Muslim wing, which has great views from the towers – and the Palacio Nazaries and Generalife, the summer palace of the sultans. After, maybe head deeper into Granada’s Moorish Albaicin quarter and check out some of the traditional tea houses. Tonight, maybe meet up again with the group for dinner.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Seville - Travel to the vibrant city of Seville, known for its oranges, tapas and flamenco. This morning, set off on a walking tour through Seville with your leader. Explore narrow streets, hidden squares filled with orange trees and flower-adorned patios and learn about the city’s history. Then, visit the Alcazar of Seville – a grand royal palace. Known as one of the most beautiful in Europe, the Spanish Royal Family still use the Alcazar as their residence!

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Seville - This morning is free for you to explore Seville at your own pace. Maybe visit the Giralda Tower or the famous Seville Cathedral – one of Europe’s largest cathedrals and home to Christopher Columbus’ elevated tomb. Tonight, watch a local flamenco show at Casa del la Memoria – a traditional Spanish style of dance with roots in Seville. Charged with emotion and drama, this powerful, fiery show is a real highlight.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Barcelona - Say good morning to Barcelona before heading out with your group on a leader-led orientation walk of the city – known for its delicious Catalan cuisine and Gothic architecture. Then, explore the city at your own pace. Maybe check out the Neo-Gothic mansion of Guell Palace, visit the wave-inspired structure of Casa Batlo, or explore the Gaudi House Museum inside Parc Guell and see colourful sculptures, including a long mosaic-covered bench overlooking the city.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Barcelona - This morning, visit the Basolica i Temple Expiatori de la Sagrada Familia (Sagrada Familia) – the largest unfinished Catholic church in the world. The architect worked on this hugely ambitious project for decades until his death, and it remains in constant construction. Along with the Camp Nou football stadium, it is possibly the city's most iconic landmark. Then, join a guided tour this afternoon and indulge in traditional Catalan tapas. Walk along the buzzing street life, listen to stories of the past and everyday life in Barcelona, Catalonia and Spain and enjoy popular tapas like pa amb tomaquet (bread with tomato) or patas braves (fried potatoes), accompanied by a glass of local vermouth – a great way to celebrate the final night of your trip.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Barcelona - Today is free for you to enjoy at your own pace.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Pyrenees / Ribes de Freser - Travel north by train and climb into the Spanish Pyrenees, which form a barrier between the Iberian Peninsula and the rest of Europe, to the small town of Ribes de Freser – your base for next two days, this low-key town sits at the confluence of three different rivers, Freser, Rigard and Segadell. The town is not only an important tourist centre in this part of Pyrenees, but it’s also well known for its mineral water and milk products. It’s also a great place to relax with the views of beautiful Pyrenees Mountains in the background. Tonight, perhaps head out for dinner with the group.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Pyrenees / Ribes de Freser - Today, enjoy stunning views from a cogwheel train ride into the Nuria Valley. This train line was first opened in the 1930s and connects Ribes de Freser with Queralbs, making a spectacular and magical snaking journey up to the small ski town and pilgrimage site of Nuria. It crosses viaducts, travels past dramatic cliffs, through tunnels, forest and waterfalls, finally arriving at 2000 metres above sea level after one of the most magnificent rides in the Pyrenees. Along with the cogwheel train journey, you will find time to stretch your legs on a hike in the scenic surrounds. Take to the hills for a day of hiking in the Pyrenees and be prepared for some steep ascents. Climb up through the forest to a fantastic viewpoint of the mountain peaks (weather permitting). Don't forget your camera, as the alpine scenery is spectacular. Return to Ribes de Freser in late afternoon. Tonight it's time for an included paella dinner.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Carcassonne - Continue your adventure across the French border today with a combination of a train journey and private transfer to the medieval Carcassonne – this UNESCO World Heritage-listed fortress is the second most visited tourist site in France after the Eiffel Tower! This French city looks like it's straight out of a classic fairytale, famous for its 53 watchtowers and double-walled fortifications. The first walls were built in Gallo-Roman style with later additions made in 13th and 14th centuries, making it the biggest and most beautiful medieval construction in Europe. There’ll be plenty of time to explore the castle, ramparts and winding streets at your own pace – maybe see Chateau Comtal, a 12th-century fortress within Le Cite, for archaeological exhibits. Or take a tour of the inner ramparts. Tonight, if weather permits, watch the golden sun set over the landscape.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Provence / Arles - Leave Carcassonne behind and take the train into the French region of Provence, through heartland scenery that has long attracted the brushes of Impressionist painters, settling in the town of Arles. Once a provincial capital of ancient Rome, Arles is now famed for inspiring the paintings of Van Gogh, which can be seen at the local gallery that takes his name. When you arrive, take a walk around the town and soak in the picturesque landscapes. Then, see the double rows of arches of the Arles Amphitheatre – an ancient Roman arena still in use after 1000 years. Later, maybe round off the day with a coffee or ‘pastis’ at the shaded terraces of the outdoor cafe that once paid host to the famous painter!

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Provence / Arles - Enjoy a free day in the town of Arles. Perhaps follow the Van Gogh trail to see sites that the artist drew on as subjects for his paintings, finishing at the Vincent Van Gogh Foundation to browse the changing exhibitions of the Post-Impressionist painter. Maybe spend your day wandering through the Gothic architecture in the walled city where the Pope once took refuge, uncover an ancient Roman necropolis and theatre, or stroll past the multi-storey aqueduct. You could also head outside of the town to the Camargue Nature Park and cycle among pink flamingos in the sandy reed beds. The Antiques Museum, Arlaten Ethnographic Museum and Reattu Museum back in town also provide lots of culture to discover. Otherwise, simply relax by the Rhone River and watch the world go by. A wander around the town at night becomes an art history lesson, with scenes recognisable from famous artworks like ‘Cafe Terrace at Night’.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Nice - Take the train to Nice today – the star of the Riviera and a great base from which to explore the rest of the Cote d'Azur. Nice boasts both public and private beaches, with countless opportunities to relax. Your afternoon and evening are free but try not to miss the flower and evening markets on Place Saleya. Take some time to explore Nice’s Old Centre, walking its maze of staircases and lanes, Baroque churches and the famous Promenade des Anglais – a hot spot for street theatre and local artists.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Nice - Today is free for you to further explore Nice at your own pace. You could head out on a daytrip to Cannes, which only costs around EUR 16 by train. The famed film festival host is a place of sun, sand, style and shopping, while the Old Town still maintains a Provencal feel. You might like to visit the cliff-top village of Eze, known as 'The Eagles Nest,' just a few kilometres outside of Nice. This medieval town is a true gem – it’s vaulted, narrow streets are filled with art galleries, workshops and gastronomic restaurants and at the top is a ruined medieval castle commanding one of the most beautiful panoramas on the Cote d'Azur. Back in Nice there are museums to explore, tiny shops in the retro neighbourhood of Vieux to browse, beaches to lounge on, scenic gardens to discover and delicious French food to feast on.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: La Spezia - This morning after breakfast, spend the day travelling by combination of public transport means across the Italian border to the once important naval base of La Spezia, now the gateway to the gorgeous Cinque Terre (the five lands). The name comes from the five tiny villages – Monterosso, Vernazza, Corniglia, Manarola and Riomaggiore – whose position, wedged into a series of coves between sheer cliffs, makes it one of the highlights of the whole of Italy. When you arrive in La Spezia, there won't be too much time to explore, but after checking into your hotel you could get your bearings with a short walk around the pedestrian zone on Via del Prione to the gardens along the harbour, or head out for dinner with the group. After, you might like to relax and rest up before the walk along the famous Cinque Terre route tomorrow.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Cinque Terre / La Spezia - This morning you’ll venture out on the footpaths of Cinque Terre. These paths run between the villages and were once the only way to travel in the region. Walk through olive groves and vineyards and soak in the gorgeous scenery at every turn. After working up an appetite, take advantage of the foods of the Liguria region with a pesto class – focaccia is also a speciality in this area and makes a great start to lunch. The rest of the day is free for you to enjoy at your own leisure. In the evening, there's no better way to recover from your day of walking with more indulgence in delicious Mediterranean food.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Pisa / Florence - Depart Cinque Terre today and catch a train to Pisa – divided in two by the River Arno, the heart of Pisa is the Santa Maria quarter on the north bank. There'll be ample time for you to visit the world-famous Leaning Tower, as well as the Duomo (Piazza dei Miracoli, once the largest in Europe) and Pisa Baptistry. The tower was built in the 12th century, but its foundation was on shifting sand and clay, meaning that it now leans at an angle of 4 degrees (after restoration and stabilising work). Wander the shopping streets, from high-end boutiques to speciality book and antiques stores, and maybe have lunch and an aperitif in a backstreet restaurant before returning to the station in the afternoon and taking the train to Florence. After checking in to your hotel, join your leader for quick orientation walk. The rest of your evening is free to explore the city of the Renaissance.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Florence - Head out into Florence – one of the most culturally rich and beautiful cities in Italy, known to many as the beating heart of Tuscany. The Medicis, Leonardo da Vinci, Raphael, Brunelleschi, Machiavelli, Donatello and Michelangelo all lived in Florence at the height of their creative reign. It's impossible to see everything in this Renaissance wonderland, so take your time and enjoy it. Maybe visit the Uffizi – one of the world's oldest art galleries – or walk up to Piazzale Michelangelo, set on a hill on the south bank of the Arno River, to take in beautiful views of the city. You could visit Michelangelo's David, housed in the Galleria dell'Accademia, and tonight, join the locals for passeggiata (a leisurely socialising stroll) between piazza Beccaria and piazza della Repubblica.

     

    Day - 20

    Location: Siena / Florence - Leave Florence early in the morning by train for a day tour to Siena. Surrounded by olive groves and the vineyards of Chianti, Siena is one of the most beautiful cities of Tuscany. Wander the tiny alleyways and lively piazzas and search out the unique Piazza del Campo – a grand fan-shaped piazza built on the site of the old Roman forum, where the Palio horse race takes place (twice annually in mid-July and the end of August). Maybe visit the small but stunning Siena Cathedral and see the statue of the Capitoline Wolf, which was brought here by Romulus and Remus – the mythical founders of Rome. You’ll be back in Florence for the evening, which is free to enjoy as you please. Food is also a major part of the city's identity, so maybe explore some of the culinary delicacies on offer from across Tuscany. Regional specialities are noted for their simplicity and fine flavour, and the use of high-quality olive oil, cannellini beans and fresh herbs.

     

    Day - 21

    Location: Rome - In the morning, take the train to Rome. ‘When in Rome,’ join your leader on an orientation walk around the city, where you can see some of the iconic sites like the Colosseum (one of the Seven Wonders of the World) and Arch of Constantine, the Forum (centre of ancient Rome), the Victor Emmanuel Monument, the Pantheon, Trevi Fountain, Piazza Navona, Spanish Steps, Via Dei Condotti and Piazza Venezia. No visit would be complete without a trip to Vatican City and St Peter's Basilica, so check with your leader for options and tips on how to fit that in. Rome is packed full of restaurants and trattorias that cater to every taste and budget, too. Eating in trattorias will give you a chance to sample some Italian wines, usually very affordable and of a high quality. You may like to head out with your group for an optional farewell celebration this evening.

     

    Day - 22

    Location: Rome - Your adventure comes to an end this morning. There are no activities planned for today and you're free to depart the accommodation at any time. As there is so much to see in Rome, it’s recommended that you stay a little longer. If you need to book additional accommodation, just speak to your booking agent at the time of booking.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Athens - Kalimera! Welcome to Greece. As there's not much time to explore Athens on this trip before you head out to the islands, arriving a few days early is recommended. Highlights include the renowned changing of the guard at Syntagma (Parliament) Square, the National Gardens, the Temple of Olympian Zeus, the original Olympic Stadium and of course the Acropolis, where you can enter the Pantheon and enjoy fabulous views over the city. Maybe join an Urban Adventure day trip, such as 'Taste of Athens' or 'Markets, Ruins and Ancient Athens'. You could also take a day trip to the Peloponnese peninsula via ancient Epidavros and the Corinthian canal. After the welcome meeting, perhaps head out for some gyros and ouzo with your new travel companions.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Syros - Today travel by metro to the port of Piraeus, then catch a relaxing scenic ferry to Syros (approximately 4 hours). In the heart of the Cyclades, Syros offers a rare opportunity to see the islands as the Greeks do. One of the Aegean's most underrated islands, the island features typical whitewashed houses, farms, terraced fields and gorgeous sandy beaches. Your leader will take you on a wander through the main town of Ermoupolis, home to well preserved neoclassical mansions and 19th-century tenement blocks. Syros is also home to delicious sweets. Stop at a family run traditional loukoumi workshop where you will be shown the procedure of how these multi-coloured fruit-flavoured jellies (also called Greek Delight) and chalvadopita (hazelnut, almond or honey-filled wafers) are made - make sure you try some of them. You'll have plenty of time to explore tomorrow, so perhaps kick up your feet at a waterfront cafe and watch the setting sun turn the houses pink.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Syros - Take a walk through the fortress-like town of Ano Syros, which offers great views of the Aegean Sea. Wander the narrow alleyways, pass handmade-souvenir shops and keep an ear open for traditional Rembetiko music floating out of the family-run tavernas. Enjoy free time to further explore Syros at your own pace. Discover abandoned windmills, ancient ruins and charming villages on a network of stone-paved tracks that crisscross the island. Perhaps head to the various archaeological sites on the island, or you might prefer to simply hole up on a beach for the afternoon. Outside of Ermoupolis are many small tranquil coves, while the most popular beaches are on the southern side of the island. While some are sandy and others pebbly, all boast crystal clear waters for swimming in. In the evening, take taxis to a taverna to a remotely located village in the rugged northern part of the island to sample delicious local specialities during an included meal, all while watching the sun set over the Aegean Sea.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Mykonos - Today board a two-hour ferry to Mykonos, a beautiful island named in honour of Apollo's grandson. Known in ancient Greek mythology as the battlefield where Zeus fought the Gigantes, today the island is best known for its decadence, style, and nightlife. Join your leader for a walk through the maze-like old town and be captivated by the quintessential Greek Isles vista of squat white houses brightly juxtaposed against the cerulean sea. Browse the chic galleries and boutiques, follow flower-lined paths past age-old churches and tiny restaurants to secluded, sandy beaches, and spend the afternoon soaking up the rays and splashing in the water. Settle into your lovely room at the hotel. As the sun sets, maybe join Europe's party crowd at one of the many bars and clubs on Mykonos, or take a more traditional approach with a meal at a delightful backstreet restaurant.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Delos / Mykonos - This morning you will take a half-day trip out to the nearby island of Delos. One of the most important archaeological and mythological sites in the Greek Islands, a sacred area that was once the political and religious centre of the Aegean, Delos is considered to be the birthplace of Apollo and Artemis. A living museum, the wealthy built mansions in the town that developed around Apollo’s sanctuary, decorating them with luxurious frescoes, mosaics and statues. The island is overflowing with archaeological finds like the Terrace of the Lions and the Sacred Precinct, with many more still being uncovered. Later on today you might like to head to one of Mykonos' many beaches, which are some of the nicest in Europe. Take a short bus ride to the pumping Paradise or Super Paradise beach bars, or perhaps find a quieter spot to relax along the beautiful coastline. You could also check out the 19th-century House of Lena or the Aegean Maritime Museum in town. This evening you could make your way to the village of Ano Mera and seek out a tavern for a seafood dinner or perhaps wander down to Little Venice, where colourful balconies hang precariously over the sea.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Santorini - Take another ferry and arrive on the spectacular southern island of Santorini (approximately 2.5hrs hours). Renowned for its amazing natural beauty, Santorini is one of Europe's tourist hotspots, the home of the iconic image of the Greek islands – whitewashed, blue-domed buildings clinging to the cliff face with sparkling water in the background. Discover the hilltop ruins of Ancient Thira and its fascinating Prehistoric Museum, as well as the archaeological site of Akrotiri, a Minoan Bronze Age settlement that gives an insight into how the people here lived before the eruption. Check out the range of restaurants and shops in the island's capital, interchangeably called Thira or Fira. If you have time while you're here, perhaps head to one of Santorini's volcanic beaches, such as Red Beach or the black beaches of Perissa, Vlhada, Perivolos or Agios Georgios. Be sure to try some of the island’s delicious food – the nutrient-filled volcanic soil makes the ingredients grown here full of flavour.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Santorini - In 1500 BC a volcanic eruption sank the center of Santorini, forming one of the most significant geological formations on the planet – the awe-inspiring caldera. The spectacular natural beauty of this caldera is what makes Santorini such a special place. Today make an excursion along the crater rim, starting in Thira town and walking through little villages all the way to Oia, passing steep cliff faces and experiencing breathtaking views along the way. If you have time, you might also like to take a half-day trip to the island's volcano and hot springs in the centre of the lagoon. Or perhaps visit one of the island’s wineries – the vines here are cultivated in a very unusual way, with the plants being pruned to form a low basket shape that sits on top of the volcanic soil to protect the grapes from strong winds. On the last evening of your adventure, rub shoulders with friendly locals in packed pubs and cafes, sipping a cocktail as you witness a magnificent Santorini sunset.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Santorini - Today your Greek Islands adventure comes to an end. There are no activities planned and you are able to depart the accommodation at any time. You might want to extend your stay to see all Santorini has to offer. We are happy to book additional accommodation, subject to availability. Please enquire at the time of booking.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Dubrovnik - Dobro Dosli! Welcome to Croatia – a place of sunshine, azure waters and charming cobblestone towns. The undisputed jewel of the Dalmatian Coast, Dubrovnik old town is a beautiful white stone town surrounded entirely by city walls, easily covered on foot. Although it experienced devastation during the war in the early 1990s, the restored old town remains as charming as ever. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm. As there is not much time in Dubrovnik on this trip, you may want to consider arriving one or two days earlier. If you do have time beforehand, why not head out to one of the Elafiti Islands? There's Lopud, a quiet island with lovely hikes, clean beaches and a ruined castle. Kolocep is a sleepy enclave that boasts walks for every fitness level, while Sipan is the most populated of the isles and has the most hospitable locals. There are also many monuments to explore in the city proper, including the 15th century Rector's Palace, monasteries with cloistered gardens, and fine baroque churches with copper domes.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Kotor - Leave Dubrovnik behind and take a private transfer to Kotor on the coast of Montenegro (approximately 3 hours). This 5th-century World Heritage-listed city is set on a secluded bay, with towering peaks surrounding a rocky coastline dotted with pretty waterside towns. In its crooked alleyways, get lost and mingle with the locals. When you arrive, why not check out the 12th-century Cathedral, the South Gates, and the Armoury Square? Later, perhaps take a cruise on the Kotor Fjord – the longest fjord south of Scandinavia – and visit an island with a church that's almost as big as the island itself! In the evening the city walls are prettily lit up to provide a unique night-time perspective.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Tirana - After breakfast, drive across the border into Albania. A unique mixture of cultures and customs, Tirana is filled with craziness, from its traffic to its nightlife, but on its doorstep are mosques, citadels, Ottoman architecture, and a stunning dose of the medieval Balkans. The real surprise of Albania is the people. Their warmth to strangers is infectious and you’re bound to find yourself swapping stories over a glass of raki or three. Our first stop is the city of Shkoder (approximately 3 hours’ drive from Kotor). Here you will have time to explore Rozafa Castle. The site was occupied by a fortress since Illyrian times, however most of what can be seen today is of Venetian origin. Depending on road conditions and volume of traffic it will be another 2 hours to Tirana. On arrival, take an orientation walk to get your bearings. Tirana is the capital of Albania and its biggest city, but it's still small and compact, with architectural influences from Italy and Turkey. Recently many buildings have been painted to alleviate the Soviet bloc feeling that pervaded. Many upgrades have been made all over town, such as new parks and wide pavements.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Kruja / Tirana - Today, take a half-day trip to the mountain village and former Albanian capital of Kruja. Kruja was the last stronghold of Skanderbeg's (the national hero of Albania) army until the Ottomans took over the entire country. There is plenty of time to explore the citadel and the famous bazaar area. Perhaps pay a visit to the excellent ethnographical museum housed inside the fortress. You’ll then return to Tirana after lunch. Tirana is dotted with many museums. You can't miss the National History Museum – just look for the gargantuan mosaic on the facade that represents the development of Albania's history. The main sight in Tirana is the Et'hem Bey Mosque, which sits right on the city's main square. Closed under communist rule, the mosque resumed as a place of worship in 1991. Ten thousand people attended the reopening and the event was considered a milestone in the rebirth of religious freedom in Albania. The mosque is currently undertaking extensive renovation works, but you can still take a look at the frescoes outside and in the portico that depict trees, waterfalls and bridges – motifs rarely seen in Islamic art.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Berat - Travel by public bus to Berat, the town of a thousand windows, and one of the few towns of Albania that escaped being razed to the ground to make way for apartment blocks. The old Mangalemi district has recently been inscribed on UNESCO's world heritage list. Enjoy an afternoon guided tour of the town and the looming fortress, the kala, built during the 13th century and still inhabited. The walk to the castle is steep and slippery so better bring some proper footwear with you. The views from the top across Berat and the Osum river valley are well worth the effort though.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Lake Ohrid - Travel by private bus to Ohrid in North Macedonia, a drive of about 3 hours, situated on a lake with the same name. Europe’s oldest lake, and one of the oldest human settlements in the world, Ohrid has a wealth of historic sites and religious monuments to discover. Ohrid is an eternal town, a magical hill whose primordial pulsation links ancient and modern times forever. The town is said to have once been home to 365 churches, one for each day of the year, earning it the nickname “the Macedonian Jerusalem”, while historical excavations date back to Neolithic times. Despite being a World Heritage site for over 30 years, the town remains off the radar for visitors. Get your bearings on an orientation walk around Ohrid, maybe picking up a bargain or two in the vibrant Old Bazaar. Then embark on a scenic cruise on the turquoise waters of Lake Ohrid, ringed by mountains, attractive villages and beaches, and take in the views of the town and the surrounding scenery while afloat.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Lake Ohrid - At 34 kilometres long, 14 kilometres wide, and over 300 meters deep, all shared between Albania and North Macedonia, there’s plenty of vast Lake Ohrid to explore. Today is free for you to discover the area. There are many churches and monasteries to visit, but one of the most popular is the Macedonian Orthodox Church of Sveti Jovana Kaneo, situated on a rocky outcrop above the town, overlooking the lake. Past the church you can wander around to the back of town, exploring the old walls and fortress, and admiring the views of the lake. The Sveti Naum Monastery is also a great option, lying on the shores of the lake south of town, with well-kept grounds that are home to peacocks. The ancient Tsar Samoil’s Fortress stands on the top of Ohrid Hill and looks across the town, while a 2,000-year-old Roman theatre was uncovered near the Upper Gate – in summer it’s again being used for concerts and performances.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Skopje - This morning hop onto public bus to Skopje, North Macedonia's capital city (approximately 3 hours). In Macedonia’s political and cultural centre, walk past Byzantine domes, Turkish baths, and also newly built neo-classical buildings and grand monuments (aimed to bolster national pride), sampling gozleme and tasty baklava along the way. The 30 mosques, innumerable caravanserais and hamams that fill its winding streets are a testament to Skopje’s Ottoman past. Take a step back to those times with a visit to the Daut Pasha Hamam, or journey through the humbling Holocaust Museum to learn how Macedonia suffered during this tragic chapter of history. Get lost in the narrow lanes of Carsija: Skopje's most atmospheric neighbourhood, or take in the stone bridge over the river Vardar – an iconic sight that acts as a handy connection between Macedonia Square and the Old Bazaar. Perhaps visit the Museum of the City of Skopje, housed in the old Railway Station, which is itself a unique piece of history. Its unusual, part-ruined exterior is a result of the 1963 earthquake. The large clock on the outside of the building is frozen at 5.17 – the moment the earthquake shook the city.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Matka Canyon / Skopje - Venture out to Matka Canyon, a deep ravine cut into the Suva mountains by the Treska River, 15 kilometres south-west of the city. This area is home to several medieval monasteries, caves, and over 70 species of butterflies. You could also take up the option to explore the canyon's sights by boat. One of the monasteries worth exploring is St Andrew's Monastery, which contains many superb frescoes of great artistic importance. There is also Vrelo cavern: a water-filled cave with incredible stalagmites and unchartered depths; it's speculated to be the deepest underwater cave in the world. Alternatively, you can take one of the many nature walks in the canyon, or up to tracks that hug the ridge high above the valley. Return back to Skopje, with the remaining part of the day free for you to continue exploring this exciting city. Perhaps take the Mount Vodno cable car to the giant 66-metre high Millennium Cross, mainly for the views back down across the city. For dinner this evening, why not head to the Old Bazaar, or the restaurants in the Debar Maalo area.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Bitola - Today, embark on a scenic bus ride to the charming town of Bitola, set near the breathtaking Pelister National Park. Established as North Macedonia’s oldest national park, Pelister spans 171 square kilometers across the striking Baba massif, a dramatic mountain formation. In the afternoon, visit a local beekeeper’s farm, where you’ll discover traditional honey-making practices and share a warm, authentic lunch with the family. In the evening, return to Bitola to spend the night.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Kastoria - Travel with private transport to the border with Greece and explore Heraclea Lynestis archaeological Site before continuing to Kastoria. This medieval town sits on the western shore of Lake Orestiada, in a valley surrounded by limestone mountains. Kastoria is full of interesting Byzantine churches and Ottoman-style architecture, including old distinctive villas from the skin and fur trade times. Once you arrive, take an orientation walk along the labyrinthine lanes, with time to walk along the lakeside, where boats bob, Dalmatian pelicans and ducks make ripples on the water, and coniferous trees and mountains surround in the distance. Later, consider visiting the unspoilt Spilia tou Drakou, or Dragon Cave, one of the most impressive caves in Greece, and see stalactites and underground lakes in this mysterious natural wonder once believed to be a gold mine guarded by a sleepless dragon.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Litochoro - Enjoy a free morning in Kastoria. Perhaps visit the Neolithic lakeside village and reconstruction at Dispilio, which gives you a real feel for life in a village in the middle of the 6th millennium BC. After lunch transfer by private vehicle to the town of Litochoro at the base of Mt Olympus. Upon arrival head out on a short orientation walk to familiarise yourself with the surroundings. Head down to the beach at Plaka for some well-deserved relaxation and a dip in the Aegean Sea before tomorrow's hike. Perhaps have dinner in one of the fish tavernas lining the sea shore, and indulge in some traditional dishes.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Mt Olympus National Park / Litochoro - Mount Olympus, Greece's first national park, is the highest mountain in Greece and the second highest in the Balkans, with a height of 2918 metres. The mountain is famous in Greek mythology as it is the dwelling of the twelve Olympian gods, headed by Zeus. Mytikas peak was the gods’ meeting place, and Stefani peak was the Throne of Zeus from where he was said to have displayed his mighty power by throwing thunderbolts. Head out early today for a hike along a lush trail within the national park to a beautiful waterfall. If it's a hot day, why not brave the cold water? Just don't forget to bring your swimming costume! There is the option to visit the monastery of St Dionysios on the way back into town. The rest of the day is free for you to continue enjoying the surrounding countryside or simply take in the view of the mountain from the vantage point of the nearby beach.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Athens - Board a train to Athens, the beating heart of Greece, and the centre of the ancient world (approximately 5.5 hours). After arriving and transferring to your central hotel, there's much to be seen in the capital of Greece, vibrant and refreshed following the 2004 Olympics, yet still retaining so much visible history. Named after the goddess of wisdom, Athens has a weighty history that spills out over the modern city, represented most dramatically by the ancient Acropolis, where you can enter the Pantheon and enjoy fabulous views over the city. The birthplace of Western civilisation, Athens has an amazing array of historic sites to explore, including the National Gardens, the Temple of Olympian Zeus and the original Olympic Stadium. Another highlight is the renowned changing of the guard at Syntagma (Parliament) Square. Afterwards, perhaps tuck into a delicious dinner of Greek cuisine and a shot (or two) of ouzo.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Athens - Take a day to explore Athens at your own pace. You might like to take part in an Urban Adventure such as 'Taste of Athens' or 'Markets, Ruins and Ancient Athens'. See urbanadventures.com/destination/Athens-tours for more information or speak to your Intrepid rep or agent for details. There will be a meeting at 6 pm to welcome any new travellers joining you on the next stage of your adventure.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Syros - Today travel by metro to the port of Piraeus, then catch a relaxing scenic ferry to Syros (approximately 4 hours). In the heart of the Cyclades, Syros offers a rare opportunity to see the islands as the Greeks do. One of the Aegean's most underrated islands, the island features typical whitewashed houses, farms, terraced fields and gorgeous sandy beaches. Your leader will take you on a wander through the main town of Ermoupolis, home to well preserved neoclassical mansions and 19th-century tenement blocks. Syros is also home to delicious sweets. Stop at a family run traditional loukoumi workshop where you will be shown the procedure of how these multi-coloured fruit-flavoured jellies (also called Greek Delight) and chalvadopita (hazelnut, almond or honey-filled wafers) are made - make sure you try some of them. You'll have plenty of time to explore tomorrow, so perhaps kick up your feet at a waterfront cafe and watch the setting sun turn the houses pink.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Syros - Take a walk through the fortress-like town of Ano Syros, which offers great views of the Aegean Sea. Wander the narrow alleyways, pass handmade-souvenir shops and keep an ear open for traditional Rembetiko music floating out of the family-run tavernas. Enjoy free time to further explore Syros at your own pace. Discover abandoned windmills, ancient ruins and charming villages on a network of stone-paved tracks that crisscross the island. Perhaps head to the various archaeological sites on the island, or you might prefer to simply hole up on a beach for the afternoon. Outside of Ermoupolis are many small tranquil coves, while the most popular beaches are on the southern side of the island. While some are sandy and others pebbly, all boast crystal clear waters for swimming in. In the evening, take taxis to a taverna to a remotely located village in the rugged northern part of the island to sample delicious local specialities during an included meal, all while watching the sun set over the Aegean Sea.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Mykonos - Today board a two-hour ferry to Mykonos, a beautiful island named in honour of Apollo's grandson. Known in ancient Greek mythology as the battlefield where Zeus fought the Gigantes, today the island is best known for its decadence, style, and nightlife. Join your leader for a walk through the maze-like old town and be captivated by the quintessential Greek Isles vista of squat white houses brightly juxtaposed against the cerulean sea. Browse the chic galleries and boutiques, follow flower-lined paths past age-old churches and tiny restaurants to secluded, sandy beaches, and spend the afternoon soaking up the rays and splashing in the water. Settle into your lovely room at the hotel. As the sun sets, maybe join Europe's party crowd at one of the many bars and clubs on Mykonos, or take a more traditional approach with a meal at a delightful backstreet restaurant.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Delos / Mykonos - This morning you will take a half-day trip out to the nearby island of Delos. One of the most important archaeological and mythological sites in the Greek Islands, a sacred area that was once the political and religious centre of the Aegean, Delos is considered to be the birthplace of Apollo and Artemis. A living museum, the wealthy built mansions in the town that developed around Apollo’s sanctuary, decorating them with luxurious frescoes, mosaics and statues. The island is overflowing with archaeological finds like the Terrace of the Lions and the Sacred Precinct, with many more still being uncovered. Later on today you might like to head to one of Mykonos' many beaches, which are some of the nicest in Europe. Take a short bus ride to the pumping Paradise or Super Paradise beach bars, or perhaps find a quieter spot to relax along the beautiful coastline. You could also check out the 19th-century House of Lena or the Aegean Maritime Museum in town. This evening you could make your way to the village of Ano Mera and seek out a tavern for a seafood dinner or perhaps wander down to Little Venice, where colourful balconies hang precariously over the sea.

     

    Day - 20

    Location: Santorini - Take another ferry and arrive on the spectacular southern island of Santorini (approximately 2.5hrs hours). Renowned for its amazing natural beauty, Santorini is one of Europe's tourist hotspots, the home of the iconic image of the Greek islands – whitewashed, blue-domed buildings clinging to the cliff face with sparkling water in the background. Discover the hilltop ruins of Ancient Thira and its fascinating Prehistoric Museum, as well as the archaeological site of Akrotiri, a Minoan Bronze Age settlement that gives an insight into how the people here lived before the eruption. Check out the range of restaurants and shops in the island's capital, interchangeably called Thira or Fira. If you have time while you're here, perhaps head to one of Santorini's volcanic beaches, such as Red Beach or the black beaches of Perissa, Vlhada, Perivolos or Agios Georgios. Be sure to try some of the island’s delicious food – the nutrient-filled volcanic soil makes the ingredients grown here full of flavour.

     

    Day - 21

    Location: Santorini - In 1500 BC a volcanic eruption sank the center of Santorini, forming one of the most significant geological formations on the planet – the awe-inspiring caldera. The spectacular natural beauty of this caldera is what makes Santorini such a special place. Today make an excursion along the crater rim, starting in Thira town and walking through little villages all the way to Oia, passing steep cliff faces and experiencing breathtaking views along the way. If you have time, you might also like to take a half-day trip to the island's volcano and hot springs in the centre of the lagoon. Or perhaps visit one of the island’s wineries – the vines here are cultivated in a very unusual way, with the plants being pruned to form a low basket shape that sits on top of the volcanic soil to protect the grapes from strong winds. On the last evening of your adventure, rub shoulders with friendly locals in packed pubs and cafes, sipping a cocktail as you witness a magnificent Santorini sunset.

     

    Day - 22

    Location: Santorini - Today your Greek Islands adventure comes to an end. There are no activities planned and you are able to depart the accommodation at any time. You might want to extend your stay to see all Santorini has to offer. We are happy to book additional accommodation, subject to availability. Please enquire at the time of booking.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Dubrovnik - Dobro Dosli! Welcome to Croatia. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm in Dubrovnik – the undisputed jewel of the Dalmatian Coast. With the sparkling water of the Adriatic in the background, this gorgeous city is full of character and can easily be covered on foot. If you arrive early, maybe head out to one of the Elafiti Islands, like Lopud – a quiet island popular for hiking, clean beaches and a ruined castle – or Kolocep – great for scenic walks for every fitness level. Tonight, maybe get to know your fellow travellers over dinner.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Hvar - Beat the crowds with an early morning walk along Dubrovnik's city walls that surround the Old Town. Soak up the views of the sea from the fully intact medieval structure, then enjoy all that Dubrovnik has to offer with the remainder of the day free for you to explore. Visit Big Onofrio's Fountain – a masterpiece built by famous European architect Onofrio della Cava. Check out the Franciscan monastery with one of the world's oldest, continuously functioning pharmacies, founded in the 13th century. This afternoon, board a catamaran to Hvar. When you arrive, the rest of the evening is free for you to explore at your own pace.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Hvar - This morning, join your local leader on an orientation walk through the island. Known for its beautiful beaches and vibrant nightlife, maybe explore Franciscan Monastery, visit the UNESCO World Heritage site of Stari Grad or discover Vrboska – a small town known for its fishing boats and bustling harbour. After, maybe hike to the top of Spanjola Fortress for panoramic views over the region, relax on the beach or find a local restaurant and try some local dishes like pasticada (traditional stewed beef) and some fresh grilled vegetables with olive oil, usually served with fresh goat and sheep cheeses (and maybe some smoked ham to tie it all together).

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Vis - A morning boat trip takes you to the neighbouring island of Vis. In the heart of the Adriatic Sea and off the Dalmatian Coast, Vis is known for its ancient city walls and thermae (public bath). As you cruise around the island, stop at Green Cave for a swim. Then, maybe snorkel at Blue Cave before continuing to Stiniva Beach – a secluded cove with dramatic cliffs and a narrow entrance. This afternoon, return to Vis. Tonight, maybe relax on the gorgeous beaches or wander through the island’s bars and restaurants – aperitif at sunset, anyone?

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Vis - This morning, set out on a military tour through Vis Island. The island used to be a military base in Yugoslavia which did not allow access to tourists. Here, you’ll visit local properties, indulge in local produce and hear historical stories of the island’s military background. Discover military facilities such as the rocket launcher base, cannon base and submarine tunnel, then sit down for a local wine and food tasting at the family property, Komiza. The rest of the afternoon is free for you to explore at your own pace. Maybe wander through the lavender fields, visit St Stephen’s Cathedral or simply unwind on the beach.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Split - Catch a boat to Split this morning. Situated on a small peninsula on the eastern shores of the Adriatic Sea, Split is the second largest city in Croatia. When you arrive, join a local guide for a walking tour of the seaside town and get to know its history. See the original and well-preserved basements under the city, the Cathedral in Diocletian's Palace and Jupiter's Temple. Explore the impressive ruins of Diocletian's Palace – Split's most imposing structure and some of the most interesting ruins on the Adriatic coast. Portions of the Palace are over 1700 years old! After, maybe grab a drink at a cafe on the Riva Promenade and people watch for a while. Tonight, maybe get your group together for a harbourside dinner and toast to a great trip.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Split - There are no activities planned for today and you can leave your accommodation at any time. As there is so much to see in Split and the surrounding area, such as Salona, Trogir or Sibenik, you may want to consider extending your time in Split. If you’d like to stay longer, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Rome - Buongiorno! Welcome to Italy. Brimming with ancient ruins and religious monuments, Rome still pulses to the beat of modern life and is packed with designer shops, restaurants, cafes and exciting nightlife. There are no activities planned until your welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight, so you can arrive any time. There are so many things to do in Rome – the Colosseum, the Forum, Piazza Navona, the Spanish Steps, Via Condotti, Piazza Venezia, the Vatican City and St Peter's Basilica – so arriving early is recommended. Don’t forget to do as the Romans do and sip an espresso at one of the tiny streetside cafes or sample the many flavours of gelato that colour the city (Trastevere is a great spot for dining). For those captivated by the Eternal City, throw a coin into the Trevi Fountain to ensure a return visit.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Naples / Pompeii - Travel by train to Naples, a raucous city that overflows with passion, tradition and gastronomy. Naples was carved out by many empires of the past and by merchants and pirates from across the world: Romans, Phoenicians, Carthaginians, Venetians, Spaniards, Normans and Africans. Its evocative, historical old centre is a World Heritage-listed area and the famous Spanish Quarter is still one of the most densely populated residential areas in Europe. Take an orientation walk with your leader through the city center and the Spanish Quarter, and finish your walk with something special. Naples is the birthplace of pizza, so why not head to one of the many pizzerias and taste what's truly some of the best in Italy. Later in the afternoon, board a train to the time capsule of Pompeii, in the shadow of Mt Vesuvius. Your accommodation is perfectly located right near the entrance to the archaeological excavation site.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Pompeii - The small town of modern Pompeii has a wonderful Old Town square – the perfect place to spend some time with the locals, drink an authentic Italian coffee and watch the world go by. Today’s highlight is a guided tour of the ruins of ancient Pompeii. Until 79 AD, Pompeii was a thriving Roman trading centre, but it was frozen in time when Mount Vesuvius erupted, burying 2000 people and their homes under a layer of ash. The city was never rebuilt and largely disappeared from people’s minds until the ruins were rediscovered in the 18th century. Immaculately preserved ruins include villas, temples, theatres and bustling markets, providing insights into how Romans lived, worked and interacted 2000 years ago. The remainder of the day is yours to relax, or if you like, you can visit the nearby Herculaneum, renowned for its fossilised archaeological treasures.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Mt Vesuvius / Sorrento - A private transfer will take you up the mighty Mt Vesuvius this morning, where you’ll meet a local volcanology guide. Ascend to the summit of Mt Vesuvius for staggering 360-degree views over the Bay of Naples and into the steaming crater. Although Mt Vesuvius is still considered to be an active volcano, the last eruption was in 1944 and there's no sign of lava. See firsthand the awesome power of the volcano that engulfed the cities of Pompeii and Herculaneum in 79 AD. In the afternoon, travel by private vehicle to the resort town of Sorrento. People have been coming to the peninsula and islands of the Sorrento region for at least 2000 years. There are many options in this small seaside town with its fine piazzas, maze of old streets, sidewalk cafes and shops. The area is famous for its lemon groves, which produce the famous limoncello liqueur. Consider heading out to try some tonight.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Sorrento - You have a free day to explore the cliffside town of Sorrento today. Maybe stroll along the marina or cool off in the waters of the small beaches. Visiting Capri is another option, accessible by a hydrofoil. Natural grottoes dot Capri’s rugged coastline, while inland, narrow roads wind through fragrant citrus groves and past villages of flat-roofed white houses. In Capri, you can take a boat trip to the Blue Grotto (La Grotta Azzurra), where the water shines with an extraordinary blue translucence – a result of the refraction of the sunlight outside. End the day the Italian way with a demonstration of Gelato making with your group.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Amalfi Coast - Arrive on the Amalfi Coast after a short journey by private vehicle. The Amalfi peninsula is a land of rocky coasts, cliff-top vistas, azure seas, tiered lemon groves, whitewashed villages and bright blue skies. If you're after a relaxing walk with a few cultural highlights, stroll from one side of Amalfi town to the other and visit the Cattedrale di Sant'Andrea and the Chiostro del Paradiso. If you want something more active, maybe embark on a walk through the Valley of Mills. Alternatively, catch a bus up the Valley of Dragons to reach Ravello. For centuries, its lofty position and sunny, dry climate have made it an appealing place for writers, artists, musicians and travellers. Tonight, you'll stay in Minori, just a 15-minute bus ride from Amalfi (the bus fare is included). Unlike bustling tourist hotspots, Minori offers privacy and equally breathtaking views while being just a short walk from the beach.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Positano / Amalfi Coast - This morning, take the short bus ride to Amalfi Town. Your leader will take you for a half-day hike along the narrow trail of the famous Sentiero Degli Dei (the Path of the Gods) which, until quite recently, was followed by mules and donkeys as they traversed the dramatic landscape. This path winds its way through unique scenery and boasts unrivalled views along the coast. Walk through forests and fields of wildflowers, olive groves and vineyards, past ancient stone huts and beside sheer walls of granite. See the local farmers tending their crops by hoe and herds of goats feeding beside the trail. The trail ends in Positano, where there will be ample time to explore and maybe take a dip in the sea. Return to Minori by ferry and bus. As tonight marks your final evening together, maybe gather your fellow travellers for a celebratory feast to cap off your Italian adventure.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Naples - Today morning after breakfast, take an organized transfer to Naples. You'll be given all necessary instructions, but please note your trip leader will not travel with you. Naples – the vibrant city celebrated as the birthplace of pizza. Naples is also known for its rich history and is home to many narrow, winding streets and ancient churches. You’ll have a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight to meet your trip leader and fellow travellers. If you arrive early, perhaps stroll along the coast and find a little eatery for a pizza dinner, a glass of local wine and a view of the Gulf of Naples.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Civita - This morning, you’ll travel to Civita by boat, train and private vehicle. Founded by Albanian refugees in the Middle Ages, Civita is recognised by the Italian government as home to an ethnic minority. The Civitesi speak Arberesh, a unique blend of Italian and Albanian, found only here and in parts of Sicily. Explore this fascinating village on foot, visit a local shop to sample regional delights or take a scenic walk in the hills.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Civita - Make sure you get a good breakfast this morning as you have the option to hike up Mount Sellaro – one of the peaks of Pollino National Park. On the way to the mountain, stop by Cerchiara di Calabria – a little town in the National Park best known for its bread. Maybe stock up on some of the tasty local produce, then continue to a remote sanctuary built by Byzantine monks, on the rocky hillside. The hike path begins just beyond the sanctuary – although it's a reasonably long trek, it’s well worth the summit views of the Achaean coast. If you decide the hike isn’t for you, you can still enjoy the National Park. With sheer cliffs, narrow canyons and a diverse range of wildlife – including the peregrine falcon, eagle owl and the recently reintroduced Egyptian vulture – this area is a wildlife lover’s paradise.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Tropea - After breakfast this morning, transfer from Civita to Paola, then take the train to Tropea. Known for the faded buildings and iconic fortifications that line the city’s cliffs, Tropea feels timeless. Explore the town on an orientation walk with your leader, then maybe visit the local Norman cathedral, the Duomo, which houses an icon of Madonna of Romania – the town’s revered protectress. Next to the Duomo, there’s the Museo Diocesano – a small museum in the Palazzo Vescovile full of religious art and wooden statues. If you’d prefer some time by the water, head to the beach and see the impressive structures on the nearby cliffs.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Tropea / Stromboli - If the weather permits, you’ll set out on a boat trip to the island of Stromboli this morning. When you arrive, visit San Vincenzo, where you can swim in the blue sea of the Aeolian Islands, shop along the main street or dine at a local restaurant. Depending on the season, you’ll depart Stromboli in the evening and cruise to the Sciara del Fuoco (Steam of Fire) to see the path of lava that flows during Stromboli's eruptions.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Reggio Calabria - Take a train to Reggio Calabria – the gateway to Sicily. The city is in a major earthquake zone and has experienced much destruction over the years, leaving fewer historical sites compared to the rest of Italy. However, this has resulted in a unique mix of old buildings and modern structures, which you’ll see on an orientation walk. Visit the renowned National Archaeological Museum of Reggio – this museum is home to a collection of exhibits from Greek-influenced sites across Calabria, including the Bronzi di Riace (two giant bronze statues found on the seafloor in the 1970s). Tonight, maybe hunt down one of the city's best restaurants for local dishes like grilled swordfish or pasta with cauliflower and broccoli.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Taormina/Catania - This morning, drive to Taormina on the east coast for a private boat excursion. Sailing along the Sicilian coast, you’ll check out the bays and caves of Taormina, characterised by the imposing rocks that surround them. Soak up the sunshine, enjoy an aperitif with snacks and learn about the village from your skipper. Maybe even stop for a swim to cool off before continuing on to Catania. When you arrive, you have a free night to explore the city’s bar culture and find a good spot for dinner.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Catania - Wake up in Catania this morning and head out for an orientation walk with your leader to see the city. Wander through the grand piazzas and wide streets, then be treated to a granita tasting (a semi-frozen dessert made with sugar, water and various flavours). Then, maybe see the UNESCO World Heritage site of Val di Noto, famed for its Late Baroque architecture or head out with your group for a farewell dinner. Wherever you end up tonight, make sure to toast to a trip well travelled.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Catania - Enjoy a free day in the charming Catania. Maybe walk through the cobblestone laneways with the Mt Etna volcano towering above and visit the Piazza del Duomo. Tonight, you’ll have a welcome meeting at 6 pm to meet the new travellers joining you. After, maybe head out for dinner with your group and get to know each other.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Syracuse - Come face-to-face with the volcano that towered over you yesterday, with a daytrip to Mt Etna – Europe’s largest active volcano. At an altitude of approximately 2000 m on the northern side, you’ll visit a lava cave with helmets and torches and walk into the centre of extinct craters on the Sartorius Mountains. After, hit the road to Syracuse where your leader will take you on an orientation walk through the most interesting parts of the city. The evening is yours to explore or chill out, as you wish.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Syracuse - Wake up without an alarm today – you’ve got the day free to explore Syracuse however you like. Perhaps wander through the streets and check out the crumbling building facades and balconies supported for centuries by a host of stone lions, tigers, bears, dragons, moors, satyrs, devils, angels, kings, paupers, wenches and cherubs. Maybe take a boat trip around the island of Ortigia for a scenic view of the walled off cityscape or visit the Neapolis Archaeological Site. Alternately, fill your whole day just wandering aimlessly through the city, stopping by cafes, restaurants and grabbing a granita in the afternoon.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Noto/Ragusa/Agrigento - After breakfast today, head for the city of Agrigento. Along the way, stop at Noto – a small town with limestone buildings that dazzle on a sunlit afternoon. You’ll then see the ‘new’ baroque city of Ragusa that was completely rebuilt after the devastating earthquake of 1693, resulting in two vastly different sides to the same city. After exploring the tangled alleyways and baroque palazzi, travel on to Agrigento. Arrive late in the afternoon and enjoy some free time to maybe find the historic centre that extends up the Colle di Girgenti hill. Head to Via Atenea and Viale della Vittoria for a panoramic view over the valley (Valley of the Temples) and the sea for sunset and be sure to try the famous gelato pecorino in one of the local cafés or patisseries.

     

    Day - 20

    Location: Valley of the Temples/Marsala - Take a step back in time today as you explore the nearby Valley of the Temples. Your local guide will bring this classical Greek site to life as you visit the temples of Hera, Herakles, Zeus and Castor and Pollux. Try to nab a window seat today, as along the way you’ll have great views of the sweeping landscape and Mediterranean Sea. After the guided tour in the Valley of the Temples, you’ll head on to Marsala – a coastal town in the west of Sicily.

     

    Day - 21

    Location: Erice/Palermo - Today, set your sights on Palermo, making a few scenic stops along the way. First, you’ll explore the beautifully preserved medieval town of Erice. Despite being handed from one ruling army to the next, there are plenty of beautiful buildings in this town, each showcasing architectural styles from a varied history. Before you get back on the road, be sure to pick yourself up a Genovesi (a traditional Sicilian pastry filled with custard or ricotta cream). Then, make your way to the capital of Sicily, Palermo. When you arrive, you’ll have a free the afternoon to explore as you wish. You might like to wander the labyrinth of small alleyways, buzzing market squares and winding roads. Or, check out some of the main monuments like the 12th century cathedral in the old heart of the city.

     

    Day - 22

    Location: Palermo - Take part in a walking tour with a local guide this morning and uncover symbolic places of rebellion and anti-Mafia racketeering. Places such as the Teatro Massimo, Cape Market, Piazza della Memoria and Beati Paoli Square all have a rich history in civil mobilisation – plus, they are known to serve delicious street food. You’ll get a chance to meet shop owners who have had the courage to denounce their extortionists, then you have the option to visit nearby Monreale – situated in a panoramic position above Palermo with fantastic views over the city and the sea. Visit the cathedral here, described as one of the ‘wonders of the medieval world’, and climb to its roof. Alternately, you might like to wander the city of Palermo at your own will. Tonight, maybe head out for dinner and toast to a beautiful adventure.

     

    Day - 23

    Location: Palermo - Your adventures come to an end today after breakfast. If you’d like to stay and explore more in Palermo, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Madrid - Hola! Welcome to Madrid – the Spanish capital known for its elegant boulevards and parks. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at either 6 or 7 pm tonight. If you arrive early, maybe wander through the gardens of Real Jardin Botanico and visit one of the many art museums. After the meeting, maybe head out for dinner with your group and indulge in some tapas and Rioja, or head to the Gran Via hotspots to dance the night away with your new friends.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Granada - Take a bus to Granada today. Located at the foot of the Sierra Nevada Mountains, Granada is packed with Moorish architecture, great tapas bars and natural beauty. Take a walk around the old Arab quarter of the Albaicin – a labyrinth of crooked alleys, fountains, plazas and whitewashed houses – or the Alcaiceria (old silk market area) to see the craftworks on sale. If you're feeling energetic, climb the steep streets up to the Mirador de San Nicolas for sunset views over the famous Alhambra. If you have time, perhaps check out the historic Renaissance Cathedral and Capilla Real.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Granada - Visit Granada's impressive Alhambra Palace and its gardens. Wander the dominating red fortress towers of this 11th-century complex set against the backdrop of the Sierra Nevada mountains. The palace is made up of the Alcazaba – the 11th century Muslum wing, which has great views from the towers – and the Palacio Nazaries and Generalife, the summer palace of the sultans. After, maybe head deeper into Granada’s Moorish Albaicin quarter and check out some of the traditional tea houses. Tonight, maybe meet up again with the group for dinner.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Ronda - Leave Granada behind and travel by train and private transport to the Andalucian hills and the whitewashed town of Ronda. A landscape of green forests and white limestone mountains, Ronda is the birthplace of bullfighting in Spain and was a favourite of Hemmingway and Orson Welles. The highlight of the town is the Puente Nuevo (New Bridge) – one of the most photographed structures in the country. Built in 1751, it bridges the 100-m-deep gorge that splits the town in two. You can walk across it, stopping to peer over a drop from one of its balconies. Check out the old Moorish town on one side, home to many historic buildings including the House of the Moorish King, and the newer El Mercadillo on the other side. East of the town are well-preserved Arab Baths and, of course, the famous Plaza de Toros. Tonight, maybe watch the sunset over the city.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Ronda - Walk through Los Molinos – Ronda’s surrounding valley. You can head down into El Tajo, the gorge that separates the old and new town, and get a view of the bridge and town from below. The rest of the day is free to explore town. The Plaza de Toros is one of the oldest bullfighting rings in the country, and adjoining the bullring is the Bullfighting Museum. The gardens behind offer panoramic views over the surrounding mountains, which have a long history of sheltering bandits and smugglers. Visit the Museum of Bandits for an entertaining insight into their history or check out the prize-winning wineries and beautiful national parks that surround the town.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Tarifa - Today you'll travel south-west to Tarifa along the coastline. This western Andalusian coast faces the Mediterranean and North Africa. Your base for the next two nights is a laid-back beach town with spectacular rocky scenery, a sea fortress and a lighthouse. The afternoon is free to relax. Maybe catch a bus to the 10-km-long sands of Playa de Los Lances – a haven for kite surfers – or hole up at a beach bar on Playa de Valde Vaqueros. You could also just wander along the promenade under the old castle, past restaurants boasting fresh seafood. The surfers lend the Old Town a laid-back, international vibe, along with hints North Africa, which lies just across the water. In the evening, why not grab some dinner in town and join in Tarifa's vibrant nightlife.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Costa de la Luz / Tarifa - Choose from plenty of optional activities today. Perhaps head out on a whale and dolphin watching expedition on the Iberian Peninsula or take a daytrip to the town of Tangier in Morocco, just 45 minutes away by ferry! The city's medina and kasbah are well worth exploring, as are the cafes and patisseries around the Place de la France in the Ville Nouvelle. You can unwind and take in the charms of the city on the recently reconstructed beach promenade or take a day tour across the border to the British territory of Gibraltar – home to the famous Rock of Gibraltar. Here you can take a cable car up to the rock’s peak, explore the caves, visit a Moorish castle and wander the main street, discovering the interesting blend of old British life and Spanish flavours.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Seville - Travel to the vibrant city of Seville – famous for its oranges, tapas and flamenco – all three of which are ingrained in the fabric of the city and its proud people. As the rest of the day is free for you to explore. Barrio Santa Cruz, with its multicultural history, is a great place to start – this shaded warren was designed in medieval times to provide refuge from the great Andalusian heat. Maybe spend your evening San Jacinto, the bustling main street of the Triana quarter, and discover the interesting food on offer. As Seville is the tapas capital of Spain, be sure to sample some of the tasty bites in one of the city's many tapas bars.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Seville - Today is a free day to discover Seville, but checking out the world's largest Gothic cathedral is a must. You can also the climb the cathedral's adjoining Moorish tower, known as La Giralda. While you may have to line up, it's worth it for the views over the city. Visit the magnificent Alcazar –, a complex of palaces used by Moorish and Christian rulers, which again gained international fame as a shooting location for Game of Thrones. Wander through the fragrant gardens and examine the Moorish and Mudejar architecture. Maybe explore Seville's Museum of Fine Arts or the Archaeological Museum. In the evening, catch a local flamenco performance with the group – charged with emotion and drama, this powerful, fiery show is a real highlight.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Cordoba - Continue to Cordoba by train. Discover the mesh of Muslim, Jewish and Christian cultures in the architecture and cuisine of this southern city. Visit the famous Mezquita, with its golden arches and intricate columns – once the third largest mosque in the world and one of the most beautiful. It was consecrated into a Roman Catholic cathedral in the 13th century when the Christians reconquered Cordoba. Time permitting, you might stroll through a labyrinth of cobbled laneways in the Old Quarter, discovering open squares and cafes. The evening is free to sample more delicious Spanish cuisine. Salmorejo (a cold soup made of tomatoes, bread and olive oil served with chopped up boiled egg and cured ham) is a specialty of Cordoba, as is rabo de toro (oxtail soup). There are also plenty of good-value eateries in the Juderia (Jewish Quarter).

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Valencia - Take a train and head east to the coastal town of Valencia. Known for being the Spanish gateway to the Mediterranean, Valencia has a large port, beautiful beaches, restaurants and a beach promenade along the waterfront. The Old Town is set back from the seafront and in the centre, you will find beautiful monuments and historical buildings. Busy markets, clean beaches, rolling hills and a fascinating mix of old town and new town makes up the best of Valencia. Over the next couple of days, you have a lot of free time to wander around the city and see the sights. This evening perhaps head out to bar-hop and eat tapas in the Ciutat Vella (old town).

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Valencia - Hop on a bike today and pedal along Turia Park all the way to the city of Art and Science. This activity is done at a leisurely pace and you don’t need to be an expert to participate. After cycling, why not visit the 13th-century cathedral, which houses what's claimed to be the Holy Grail, and climb the 207 steps of the Miguelete tower for the best views of the city. Maybe head over to the Museo de Bellas Artes, home to Spain's second-biggest art collection. There are also many parks and gardens, or the beach of Playa de la Malvarrosa to soak up some sun. For the paella that Valencia is famous for, head to the restaurant area of Las Arenas for a hearty and reasonably priced lunch. Tonight, maybe head south to Ruzafa, one of the city’s coolest areas, popular with locals.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Barcelona - Take the train up the coast to Barcelona today – full of character and delicious Catalan cuisine, this city is known for its art scene, Gothic architecture and non-stop nightlife. This afternoon, you’re free to epxlore at your own pace Wander the labyrinthine streets of the old Gothic Quarter and stroll along La Rambla, Barcelona's famous tree-lined boulevard. Maybe grab a fresh juice at the colourful La Boqueria market or visit the Picasso Museum, the National Art Museum of Catalonia or the Museum of City History. It’s also worth taking the funicular to the top of Montjuic or Tibidabo for panoramic views of the city and harbour. The heart of Catalonia prides itself as a gastronomic centre, so tonight maybe head out for a tapas crawl and try some rustic Catalan dishes in the neighbourhood of El Born.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Barcelona - Join your leader on an orientation walk around Barcelona today. See some of the city's main sights, including Antonio Gaudi's La Sagrada Familia Cathedral. The architect worked on this hugely ambitious project for decades until his death, and it remains in constant construction. Along with the Camp Nou football stadium, it is possibly the city's most iconic landmark. Gaudi was the master of the unique Catalan Modernista architecture and his work is dotted all over the city. Perhaps check out the Neo-Gothic mansion of Guell Palace or the wave-inspired structure of Casa Batlo. For more insight into the artist himself, head to the Gaudi House Museum inside Parc Guell, home to more colourful sculptures, including a long mosaic-covered bench overlooking the city. Tonight, bid your new friends farewell, maybe with a sip of red wine from a porro (a traditional glass pitcher).

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Barcelona - Today your Spanish adventure comes to an end after breakfast. There are no more activities planned and you're free to leave the accommodation at any time after check-out. If you’d like to extend your stay in Barcelona, just reach out to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Madrid - Bienvenidos! Welcome to Spain. Your adventure begins in Madrid, the central capital known for its boulevards and expansive, manicured parks. You’ll have a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight to meet your group and local leader. After the meeting, head out for an optional group dinner where you can get to know your fellow travellers. As there's limited time for sightseeing in Madrid, consider flying in a few days early to explore and maybe while away the hours along the Paseo del Arte (Art Walk) or maybe discover more about the modern Spanish masters like Picasso and Dali, in the Museo Reina Sofia.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Salamanca - Say farewell to Madrid this morning and head north-west by public transport to the university town of Salamanca. Sitting among pastures and rolling green hills on Spain's northern plateau, the medieval town of Salamanca is great to explore on foot. Your leader will take you on an orientation walk when you arrive, where you can explore the central Plaza Mayor and the Renaissance and Baroque architecture. The rest of your afternoon and evening is free. You can explore the detail of the Casa de Las Conchas (House of the Shells), see the contrasting Old and New Cathedrals, or climb to the top to get a view across the terracotta-coloured rooftops. Thanks to the large student population the town has a vibrant nightlife, so maybe soak up the vibe tonight, go dancing or grab a couple of drinks.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Coimbra - Head further west on your private bus today and cross the border into Portugal to the laidback city of Coimbra – your base for the next two nights. Sitting on the banks of the River Mondego, Coimbra was once the capital of the country, and its royal heritage can be felt in its ancient streets. When you arrive, your leader will take you on an orientation walk through the maze of alleyways. Half the fun of Coimbra is wandering and exploring, so maybe use your free time getting to know the city on foot. Coimbra features many white stone buildings with excellent examples of the colourful azulejos tiling. Some of the historical structures were originally built in the 12th century (like the Cathedral Se Velha), and you can find some of Portugal's best examples of Romanesque churches and elegant museums here. The University of Coimbra – the oldest in Portugal – and the famous baroque library, the Biblioteca Joanina are great places to start.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Coimbra - Today is a free day to explore Coimbra. Maybe head into the countryside in search of ancient Roman ruins – the ruins of Conimbriga are rich in well-preserved mosaics and offer a great insight into Roman life. There are several options to return, including a 3-km walk through the countryside to the rural town of Condeixa or a half-hour bus ride. If you have time, you can take a short boat tour to see Coimbra from a different angle. Alternatively. head out to Porto for the day. Stretching along the banks of the River Douro, Porto is one of Portugal's most romantic cities, known for majestic bridges, medieval riverside district with its cobbled streets, merchants’ houses and cafes. Back in Coimbra for the evening, you’ll head to a traditional Fado performance. Fado songs must follow a particular structure, and though this traditional music can really be about anything, it popularly features mournful tunes with lyrics about the sea or the life of the poor. In Coimbra, university students would often serenade their sweethearts with this music!

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Lisbon - Today, take a train through the countryside of central Portugal to Lisbon. As one of Europe's most affordable capital cities, Lisbon combines the best elements of Portuguese life, offering a multicultural population, delicious seafood and non-stop nightlife. When you arrive, head out on an orientation walk on the banks of the Tagus (Tejo) River. Much of Lisbon’s character lies in its beautifully renovated buildings, grand boulevards and impressive castles and churches. Visit the medieval citadel in the city centre, the Citadel of Sao Jorge Castle, which dates back to Moorish times and sits on the highest point of the Old Town. Your evening is free to explore at your own pace, so maybe head to the grand Naval Museum for an insight into the history of Portuguese navigation. If you want to jump into the local nightlife, head to Barrio Alto.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Lisbon - This morning, set out on a leader-led walk through Belem, one of Lisbon’s most historic and enchanting districts. Wander past grand riverside monuments and ornate Manueline architecture that speaks to Portugal’s Age of Discovery. Don’t miss the chance to indulge in the city’s most famous treat, the warm and flaky pasteis de nata, fresh from a centuries-old bakery. From early afternoon, your day is free. Explore more of Lisbon, or take a 45-minute train ride out to the mountainous region of Sintra – a jewel of Portugal where you’ll see the Pena Palace. This area offers great walking opportunities, cliff-top palaces and unique Moorish architecture. The 8th-century Castle of the Moors looks down on the Old Town, and the views from the battlements across the Serra de Sintra Mountain Range are worth the trip.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: The Algarve / Faro - Take a train to the southern coastline of Portugal – the Algarve, known for fertile plains rich with orange and olive groves, fig trees, almonds and maize fields. Your base will be in Faro – the capital of the region known for its Old Town, which you enter through the neoclassical Arco da Vila. When you arrive, check into your home for the next two nights and use the rest of the day to explore. Maybe wander the cobbled streets, see the 13th-century Faro Cathedral or head to the Municipal Museum set in a 16th-century convent, which displays prehistoric and medieval artifacts as well as religious art.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: The Algarve / Faro - Faro is separated from the Atlantic Ocean by a series of barrier islands, creating a beautiful landscape of canals, salt pans, lagoons and sandbanks. Today, you’ll board a local passenger boat and head out to one of these islands where you can wander along a series of boardwalks leading away from the fishermen’s settlements. You'll cross over dunes and lagoons to beaches that are so long that they disappear into the horizon. Return to Faro in the afternoon and enjoy the rest of your day at leisure. Maybe use the area's great walking paths to access some of the Algarve's lesser known spots or find a good spot to watch the sunset.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Seville - Leave Portugal behind and return to Spain, travelling by private vehicle to the city of Seville. If the legends are to be believed, Seville was founded by Hercules and its origins are linked with the Tartessian civilisation. To the Romans it was Hispalis, and to the Moors it was Isbiliya. After the Christian reconquest, it became thought of as the portal to the 'New World' and today it's the largest city in southern Spain, well-known for its oranges, tapas and flamenco. When you arrive, head out for a short orientation walk around the main sites, and visit the famous Alcazar. Then enjoy some free time in the late afternoon and evening to explore at your own pace.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Chefchaouen - This morning, rise early to start your long journey to Chefchaouen. You'll head toward Tarifa and then leave Europe behind as you make your way to Africa. After leaving the ferry, you'll be picked up by the Moroccan crew and make your way to a mountain town peppered with blue-washed buildings and ambient restaurants – Chefchaouen, the centre of an agricultural region. There may not be much time to explore this rural retreat by the time you arrive today, but you might just have time to look over the 15th-century Grand Mosque and the medina. Tonight, maybe tuck into some popular local goats’ cheese or a tajine before settling into your hotel.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Chefchaouen - Meet your local guide early in the day to explore the maze of streets in Chefchaouen. The ‘blue city’ is arguably one of the prettiest places in Morocco. Set against a wide valley and nestled between two peaks in the Rif Mountains, Chefchaouen’s medina has been lovingly cared for with striking blue and whitewashed houses, red-tiled roofs and artistic doorways. The medina is filled with handicrafts, while the main square has shops selling woven goods and sweets. Learn about general life in a small Moroccan community, visit a communal bakery and walk up to a former mosque for a great view over the town. As a popular shopping destination for handicrafts, carpets, blankets or woollen garments, you may also see the artisans at work. After your walking tour, maybe head to a traditional Moroccan hammam to relax.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Fes - Say farewell to Chefchaouen today and travel by private minibus to the spiritual and cultural heart of Morocco. Arrive in the city of Fes and step back in time in the medieval medina, thick with tantalising smells, tastes and sounds. Vibrant, noisy and fascinating, the medina is a feast for the senses. With your free afternoon, maybe have a glass of mint tea and some sweet Moroccan dates to refuel, then continue exploring. Tonight, you might like to try some local specialities like harira (chickpea soup) or chicken-stuffed pastilla. Watch the sunset over the medina, then head back to your accommodation for a night’s rest.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Fes - Take a guided walking tour of the Old City, known locally as Fes el Bali, and step back in time to the labyrinth of the medina. Alive with craftsmen, markets, tanneries and mosques, you’ll pass donkeys piled high with goods (this is one of the largest car-free urban zones in the world) and explore the specialty sections that divide the souks. Medieval Fes was one of the world's great centres of education and culture, both Islamic and Jewish. Its religious institutions and its libraries are legendary. Its mosques are of great renown. Look out for the Medersa Bou Inania, one of the city's most beautiful buildings, which has recently been restored and is now open to tourists. Pass the Belghazi Museum, Medresse el Attarine and the splendid Funduk Nejjarine – a beautifully restored 18th century inn. You'll also see the famous tannery, known for the iconic view overlooking its dye pits, and a ceramics factory where you can see potters working in the traditional way. After the tour, the afternoon is free for you to enjoy as you please.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Marrakech - Travel by train this morning to Marrakech. When you arrive, head out with the group for a quick visit to the main square – Djemaa el-Fna. The square is filled with a hive of activity. Henna painters, performers and storytellers share the square with a street food bazaar packed with stalls loaded with Moroccan delicacies. From a distance, you'll see the Koutoubia Mosque and its minaret – famous throughout the world as one of the greatest minarets and the 'sister' to the Giralda in Seville. You can have dinner here or ask your local leader for a great local restaurant recommendation and celebrate a trip well-travelled with your group.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Marrakech - After breakfast this morning, your adventure comes to an end. As there's not much time spent in Marrakech, we recommended staying another night or two. Please speak to your booking agent if you'd like to book additional accommodation (subject to availability).

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Madrid - Hola! Welcome to Madrid, the Spanish capital known for its elegant boulevards and expansive, manicured parks. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. As there's limited time for sightseeing in Madrid, booking a few extra days isn't a bad idea. After the welcome meeting, perhaps get into the mind of a Madrileno with some tapas and Rioja with your fellow travellers.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Granada - Today morning catch a train to Granada. Located at the foot of the Sierra Nevada Mountains, Granada is packed with Moorish architecture, great tapas bars and natural beauty. Take a walk around the old Arab quarter of the Albaicin, a labyrinth of crooked alleys, fountains, plazas and whitewashed houses, or the 'Alcaiceria' (old silk market area) and observe the craftworks on sale that include ceramics, marquetry and leather goods. If you're feeling energetic, climb the steep streets up to the Mirador de San Nicolas for sunset views over the famous Alhambra. If you have time, perhaps check out the historic Renaissance Cathedral and Capilla Real, or watch the world go by as you indulge in some tapas at a bar. Granada is the kind of city to leave your guidebook behind and trust your intuition.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Granada - Today make a visit to Granada's impressive Alhambra Palace. An entrance ticket is included in the trip and grants you the visit of the Palace and the Gardens. Discover this 11th-century marvel and its dominating red fortress towers, palace decor, architectural styles, and magnificent gardens. It's all set against the backdrop of the Sierra Nevada mountains. With fountains, impeccably maintained hedges and pools, centuries-old defensive walls, turrets, and views overlooking Granada, this renowned palace will not disappoint. Make sure you allow enough time as the Alhambra is made up of three parts: the Alcazaba, the 11th-century Muslim wing which features spectacular views from its towers; the Palacio Nazaries, the centre of the complex; and Generalife, the summer palace of the sultans. After your visit ask your leader to take you deeper into Granada’s Moorish Albaicin quarter and to the area of traditional tea houses. The view from this area across to the Alhambra Palace is not to be missed. Tonight, perhaps meet up again with the group for dinner.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Seville - Travel by bus this morning to the vibrant city of Seville. If the legends are to be believed, Seville was founded by Hercules and its origins are linked with the Tartessian civilisation. After the Christian reconquest, it became thought of as the portal to the 'New World', and is today the capital of Andalucia and the largest city in southern Spain. Known for its important monuments and fascinating history, Seville is universally famous for being a joyous town. Sevillians are well known for their wit and sparkle, and the city itself is striking for its vitality and flamboyance – the city of Carmen, Don Juan and Figaro. Seville is also famous for its oranges, tapas and flamenco, all three of which are ingrained in the fabric of the city and its proud people. As the rest of the day is free for you to explore, why not go and experience it all in person. Barrio Santa Cruz, with its multicultural history, is a great place to start. This shaded warren was designed in medieval times to provide refuge from the great Andalusian heat. Or maybe spend your evening San Jacinto, the bustling main street of the Triana quarter, and discover the interesting and adventurous food on offer.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Seville - Today is a free day to discover Seville. Checking out the world's largest Gothic cathedral is a must. You can also the climb the cathedral's adjoining Moorish tower, known as La Giralda. While you might have to line up, it's well worth it for the views over the city. Visit the magnificent Alcazar, a complex of palaces used by Moorish and Christian rulers through the ages, and now gaining international fame as a shooting location for ‘Game of Thrones’. Wander through the fragrant gardens and examine the Moorish and Mudejar architecture. If you feel like an injection of culture, explore Seville's Museum of Fine Arts or the Archaeological Museum. As Seville is the tapas capital of Spain, be sure to sample some of the tasty morsels on offer in one of the city's many tapas bars. In the evening, catch a local flamenco performance with the group. Charged with emotion and drama, this powerful, fiery show is a real highlight!

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Algarve / Lagos - Today board a bus and cross the border into Portugal. Travel through fertile plain landscapes of orange orchards, olive groves and maize fields to the Algarve, Portugal's stunning southern coast, where your destination is the seaside town of Lagos. Set on the banks of the Rio Bensafrim, Lagos is gifted with a temperate Mediterranean climate, a bounty of beaches and a rich heritage. When you arrive, you might want to take a walk around town. Wandering around Lagos’s old town enclosed within 16th century walls, on pretty cobbled streets and picturesque plazas and churches, is definitely a good thing to do. In the evening, why not head to feast on freshly caught fish at a restaurant or cafe overlooking the water and behold a golden sky at sunset, before throwing yourself into Lagos' pumping nightlife.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Algarve / Lagos - Most of today is free to enjoy Lagos and its surrounds. At some point during the day (depending on availability) you will enjoy an included boat tour around Algarve’s rocky cliffs. Explore the jagged, weathered rockface of Pinta da Piedade, full of arches, towers, grottoes and caves that have been eroded into this fabulous limestone coast. Your leader will inform you about the exact time in advance so you can plan other activities around that. For the rest of the day, perhaps pack a book and towel and head to the beach. The vast sands of Meia Praia stretch for over 4 km, and it is peppered with beach bars, cafes and sun lounges. Also, plenty of water sports are on offer in the summer. In addition, there are numerous boat trip options, focusing on birdwatching, fishing, or even spotting the Algarve dolphins. Praia do Porto de Mos and Camilo Beach are also good options, lovely water and sands surrounded by great rock formations. Take a stroll through the quaint alleys of central Lagos, or head down to the waterfront to watch the boats come in. Just ask your leader for any tips if you’re unsure.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Lisbon - Today head north by public bus to Lisbon. As one of Europe's most pleasant and affordable capital cities, Lisbon combines the best elements of Portuguese life, offering fantastic architecture, a multicultural population, delicious seafood and non-stop nightlife. There are some great modern and ancient art museums to check out, such as the Calouste Gulbenkian Museum, the National Museum of Contemporary Art or the National Coach Museum. Your afternoon and evening is then free, so maybe head to the grand Naval Museum for an insight into the history of Portuguese navigation. You can roam through the charming narrow streets of local neighbourhoods and see local life play out. Maybe simply sit back in one of many outdoors restaurants and cafes – watching the life go by is definitely one of the best ways to relax in Lisbon. As the sun goes down, some of Lisbon's best nightlife centres on the neighbourhood of Bairro Alto, where you can enjoy an emotional fado performance (traditional Portuguese music).

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Lisbon - This morning, set out on a leader-led walk through Belém, one of Lisbon’s most historic and enchanting districts. Wander past grand riverside monuments and ornate Manueline architecture that speaks to Portugal’s Age of Discovery. Don’t miss the chance to indulge in the city’s most famous treat, the warm and flaky pastéis de nata, fresh from a centuries-old bakery. From early afternoon, day is free for you to further discover Lisbon, Maybe head out on a tour to visit to the medieval citadel in the city centre of Lisbon. Discover the medieval citadel of Sao Jorge Castle, which dates back to Moorish times and sits on the highest point of the Old Town. Look down on a city swarming with endless angular white houses and buildings with distinct red terracotta rooftops. From the citadel, this makes a contrasting panorama when viewed against the deep blue of the sky and ocean. You can also catch a tram or hire a bike and cycle along the water, relax at a cafe in hilly Alfama, or check out the fascinating street art spread throughout the city.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Porto - Continue north on a train to Porto, the capital of the north that sits between a river and the Atlantic Ocean. Stretching along the banks of the River Douro, Porto is one of Portugal's most romantic cities. Known for majestic bridges, medieval riverside district with its cobbled streets, merchants’ houses and cafes, Porto is also well known for one more thing – as the birthplace of the fortified wine, port. Indulge in an included group tasting of some famous tawny and ruby ports at one of the many wine houses across the river. Most of the grapes are grown and harvested in the nearby Douro Valley. If sampling the best from the region piques curiosity, why not learn more about the history of wine and port making at the Museu do Vinho later on in the afternoon. Alternatively, spend the evening soaking up the atmosphere of this coastal city in numerous cafes and restaurants that Porto has to offer.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Porto - Today is a free day to explore Porto. The city's World Heritage-listed Ribeira district is packed with twisting alleys, staircases, and baroque churches, and is great to explore on foot. Sao Francisco church is known for its lavish interior with ornate gilded carvings. The palatial 19th-century Palácio de Bolsa, formerly a stock market, was built to impress potential European investors. For a sensational view of the whole town head to the Torre dos Clerigos (Clerigos Tower). Head down Allies Avenue to see the French-inspired buildings, then make a turn for Bolhão Market. This is the city’s most famed market, bursting with fresh produce and other goodies. Up in the cathedral area you’ll find the oldest neighbourhood in Porto and a place where you’ll see its true soul. Boat cruises along the Rio Douro operate several times a day, offering insight into the history of Porto's six famous bridges. A cruise is also a great chance to snap some great photos of the colourful tiled houses lined up along the riverbank. For dinner, make sure you try the country’s most famous sandwich – the francesinha – then head to Galerias Paris Street for nightlife.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Santiago de Compostela - Today board a bus bound for Santiago de Compostela in northwestern Spain. The capital of Galicia became a symbol of the Spanish Christians' struggle against Islam and is famous as the culmination point for pilgrims walking the Camino de Santiago. Soak up the religious energy in the cathedral where St James, one of the 12 Apostles, is purportedly buried. The cathedral was consecrated in 1211 and is the central point within the medieval walls of the old town, standing majestically on the Plaza del Obradoiro with its towers soaring above the town. Elaborately carved stone facades open onto grand plazas, full of pilgrims and locals spending their day in this atmospheric place. Maybe join them in one of the cafes, sitting back and listening to many of the street artists performing on the streets of the old town. Visit the cathedral and do as pilgrims do – circle the main altar admiring the greatness of the place. Tonight, maybe and explore the streets close to the cathedral for Galician specialties. Perhaps try peppers of Padron and empanadas (Galician pies, filled with meat or seafood).

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Santiago de Compostela - Today you'll have the opportunity to join pilgrims on the last stretch of the Santiago de Compostela route. Take an early bus to Amenal village where the 18 km walk begins. The trek will take you through the villages, fields and rivers of Galicia. In Lavacolla village you'll cross the river where medieval pilgrims traditionally bathed in the river to purify themselves before arriving in the holy city. From here, ascend again to the Monte do Gozo (Mount of Joy), so called for the feeling when pilgrims would catch their first sight of the towers of Compostela Cathedral. Embrace the atmosphere up here on the mount, alongside some walkers who may have trekked over 800 km to be here. The entire walk takes approximately 4 to 6 hours to complete. It is important that you wear comfortable footwear and bring a rain coat, as weather in this region of Spain can be unpredictable, even during the summer months. Once back in Santiago the rest of the day is free for you to explore. Santiago de Compostela is a World Heritage site, an open-air museum that holds many delights within its walls – the lively squares, the market and the University buildings are must sees. For you final night in town, maybe wander down the streets of Rua do Franco and Rua da Raina to try some tapas.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Madrid - Today, you'll take a train back to Madrid. When you arrive, check into your hotel and then head out on an orientation walk with your leader to get your bearings. Then, the rest of the day is free for your to explore how you wish. Maybe hang out in El Retiro Park or explore Prado Museum’s works by Goya, Velazquez and other Spanish masters. Tonight, why not ask your leader the best spot for dinner and head out with your fellow travellers to cheers to a trip well-travelled.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Madrid - Today your Spain and Portugal adventure comes to an end. There are no activities planned so you are able to depart the accommodation at any time. If you'd like to extend your stay, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Barcelona - Hola! Welcome to Spain. Your adventure begins in Barcelona, known for its delicious Catalan cuisine, Gothic architecture and lively art scene. You’ll have a welcome meeting at 7 pm tonight. If you arrive early, maybe visit Gaudi's modern basilica, La Sagrada Familia, walk along the waterfront and enjoy a bowl of traditional paella or catch the funicular to Montjuic for sweeping views of the city. After the meeting, maybe find a local restaurant for dinner and get to know your fellow travellers.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Pamplona - Leave Barcelona behind and travel by train to Pamplona. When you arrive, head out on an orientation walk and discover this well-preserved fortified medieval town. Pamplona, (named after its founder, Pompey the Great) has served for centuries as both a military stronghold and an important point along the Camino de Santiago Pilgrimage Trail. Walk down winding alleys and step inside ornate buildings like Pamplona's Gothic Cathedral – one of the most important religious structures in Spain. The rest of today is free for you to explore at your own pace. Maybe visit the recently opened Museum of Modern Art, inspired by the cultural renaissance achieved by Bilbao and its Guggenheim, or find a local restaurant and tuck into some pintxos (Basque tapas).

     

    Day - 3

    Location: San Sebastian - Today, take a bus to the seaside city of San Sebastian – a jewel of the Basque country. With its family friendly beaches and vibrant old city, San Sebastian is a fantastic place to stroll along the promenade, shop or simply relax and soak up the sun. When you arrive, take a cable car to Monte Igueldo and take in the panoramic views over La Concha Beach. The rest of today is free – maybe wander around the Parte Vieja (Old Town), a mix of alleyways wedged between the bay and the Urumea River, or head to Playa de Gros and watch the surfers riding the waves of Biscay Bay.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: San Sebastian - Today is a free day for you to explore San Sebastian. Maybe catch the local bus to Bilbao – a port city known for its surrounding green mountains. When you arrive, maybe explore the Guggenheim Museum or walk through Casco Viejo (Old Town). You could also visit the Vizcaya Bridge. This afternoon, maybe head back to San Sebastian to see the history, art and photography displays at the San Telmo Museum. San Sebastian is home to some of the world’s best restaurants, most experimental chefs and a distinct food culture – so it won’t be hard to find something delicious for dinner.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Logrono - This morning, take a public bus to the prized vineyards of the Rioja wine region and Logrono. After checking into your accommodation for the night, the rest of the day is free for you to explore at your own pace. Maybe stroll the streets and explore the city’s medieval fortifications – a favourite stop for pilgrims en route to Santiago de Compostela. This evening, head out on an included txikiteo of pintxos – a Basque-style tapas crawl that will fill your senses (and stomach) with the taste of the region. Don’t forget to wash it all down with a glass of txakoli (fizzy white wine).

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Logrono - After breakfast, travel to Laguardia, where you’ll join your leader for a walking tour of the town. This medieval settlement was founded in the 10th century and remains virtually unchanged. Enter the walled city through one of four grand stone gates and stroll the streets of the village – known to be one of the country’s most beautiful. After you’ve explored the town, enjoy a wine tasting at one of the underground cellars. You'll sample wines made from the indigenous grapes of La Rioja, Garnacha, Tempranillo, Viura and Malvasia. If the weather is nice, stroll through the vineyards and learn what goes on behind the scenes.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Madrid - This morning, travel to Madrid – the capital of Spain known for its elegant boulevards, manicured parks and art scene. When you arrive, check into your hotel before setting off on an orientation walk. Then, the rest of today is free for you to explore Madrid at your own pace. Maybe walk the Paseo del Arte (Art Walk) and learn about western art history, explore the gardens of Real Jardin Botanico or visit Museo Reina Sofia and Museo Thyssen-Bornemisza. If you're lucky enough for your trip to fall on match day, you could buy a white t-shirt and head to the Santiago Bernabeu Stadium to watch the mighty Real Madrid. Tonight, maybe join your fellow travellers for dinner.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Madrid - Enjoy a free day in Madrid. Perhaps stroll through the artistic Lavapies neighbourhood or check out the Royal Palace of Madrid – the official residence of the Spanish royal family. This evening, there will be a welcome meeting to meet your new group and new leader at 6 pm. After the meeting, head out for an optional group dinner where you can get to know your fellow travellers.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Granada - This morning, take a local bus to Granada. Located at the foot of the Sierra Nevada Mountains, Granada is packed with Moorish architecture, great tapas bars and natural beauty. Walk around the old Arab quarter of the Albaicin, a labyrinth of crooked alleys, fountains, plazas and whitewashed houses, or the Alcaiceri (old silk market area) to see the craftworks on sale, like ceramics, marquetry and leather goods. The rest of today is free for you to explore Granada at your own pace – maybe climb the streets up to the Mirador de San Nicolas for sunset views over the famous Alhambra, check out the historic Renaissance Cathedral and Capilla Real or watch the world go by as you indulge in some tapas at a bar.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Granada - Today, visit Granada's Alhambra Palace on a guided tour. Wander the dominating red fortress towers of this 11th-century complex set against the backdrop of the Sierra Nevada mountains. The palace is made up of the Alcazaba – the 11th century Muslim wing, which has great views from the towers – and the Palacio Nazaries and Generalife, the summer palace of the sultans. After, maybe head deeper into Granada’s Moorish Albaicin quarter and check out some of the traditional tea houses. Tonight, maybe meet up again with the group for dinner.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Seville - Travel to the vibrant city of Seville, known for its oranges, tapas and flamenco. This morning, set off on a walking tour through Seville with your leader. Explore narrow streets, hidden squares filled with orange trees and flower-adorned patios and learn about the city’s history. Then, visit the Alcazar of Seville – a grand royal palace. Known as one of the most beautiful in Europe, the Spanish Royal Family still use the Alcazar as their residence!

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Seville - Today is a free day to discover Seville. Checking out the world's largest Gothic cathedral is a must. You can also the climb the cathedral's adjoining Moorish tower, known as La Giralda. While you might have to line up, it's well worth it for the views over the city. Visit the magnificent Alcazar, a complex of palaces used by Moorish and Christian rulers through the ages, and now gaining international fame as a shooting location for ‘Game of Thrones’. Wander through the fragrant gardens and examine the Moorish and Mudejar architecture. If you feel like an injection of culture, explore Seville's Museum of Fine Arts or the Archaeological Museum. As Seville is the tapas capital of Spain, be sure to sample some of the tasty morsels on offer in one of the city's many tapas bars. In the evening, catch a local flamenco performance with the group. Charged with emotion and drama, this powerful, fiery show is a real highlight!

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Algarve / Lagos - Cross the border into Portugal and travel through fertile plain landscapes of orange orchards, olive groves and maize fields to the Algarve – Portugal's southern coast. When you arrive in the seaside town of Lagos, maybe walk along the cobbled streets around Lago’s Old Town and explore the plazas and churches enclosed within 16th century walls. This evening, maybe feast on freshly caught fish at a restaurant or cafe overlooking the water, before dancing your way into Lagos' nightlife.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Algarve / Lagos - Most of today is free to enjoy Lagos and its surrounds. At some point during the day (depending on availability) you’ll go on a boat tour around Algarve’s rocky cliffs. Explore the jagged, weathered rockface of Pinta da Piedade, full of arches, towers, grottoes and caves that have been eroded into this limestone coast. Your leader will let you know what time you set sail in advance so you can plan other activities around it. For the rest of the day, maybe take a stroll through the alleys of central Lagos, take a boat trip and look for the Algarve dolphins or pack a book and a towel and head to Praia do Porto de Mos and Camilo Beach.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Lisbon - This morning, travel to Lisbon – the capital of Portugal known for its architecture, seafood and non-stop nightlife. When you arrive, head out on an orientation walk of Lisbon to find your feet. There are some great modern and ancient art museums to check out, like the Calouste Gulbenkian Museum, the National Museum of Contemporary Art or the National Coach Museum. The rest of today is free for you to continue exploring.Maybe visit the grand Naval Museum for an insight into the history of Portuguese navigation, or roam through the charming narrow streets of local neighbourhoods and see local life play out. As the sun goes down, maybe visit one of Lisbon's best nightlife centres in Bairro Alto, where you can enjoy an emotional fado performance (traditional Portuguese music).

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Lisbon - Today is a free day to further discover Lisbon. Maybe head out this morning on a tour to the medieval citadel, Sao Jorge Castle, which dates back to Moorish times and sits on the highest point of the Old Town. Look down on a city swarming with endless angular white houses and buildings with distinct red terracotta rooftops. Maybe catch a tram or hire a bike and cycle along the water to the historic neighbourhood of Belem – make sure you try a pasteis de nata (Portuguese custard tart) at the famous Casa Pasteis de Belem! Maybe relax at a cafe in hilly Alfama or check out the street art spread throughout the city.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Porto - This morning, take a train to Porto – the capital of the north that stretches along the banks of the River Douro, known as the birthplace of the fortified wine (port) and for its medieval riverside district with its cobbled streets and merchants’ houses. When you arrive, join a group tasting of some tawny and ruby ports at one of the many wine houses across the river. Then visit the Museum do Vinho and learn about the history of wine and port making. The rest of the evening is free for you to spend how you like – maybe head out for dinner at a local restaurant – your local leader will have the best recommendations.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Porto - Today is a free day to explore Porto. The city's World Heritage-listed Ribeira district is packed with twisting alleys, staircases, and baroque churches, and is great to explore on foot. Sao Francisco church is known for its lavish interior with ornate gilded carvings. The palatial 19th-century Palácio de Bolsa, formerly a stock market, was built to impress potential European investors. For a sensational view of the whole town head to the Torre dos Clerigos (Clerigos Tower). Head down Allies Avenue to see the French-inspired buildings, then make a turn for Bolhão Market. This is the city’s most famed market, bursting with fresh produce and other goodies. Up in the cathedral area you’ll find the oldest neighbourhood in Porto and a place where you’ll see its true soul. Boat cruises along the Rio Douro operate several times a day, offering insight into the history of Porto's six famous bridges. A cruise is also a great chance to snap some great photos of the colourful tiled houses lined up along the riverbank. For dinner, make sure you try the country’s most famous sandwich – the francesinha – then head to Galerias Paris Street for nightlife.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Santiago de Compostela - This morning, board a bus bound for Santiago de Compostela in northwestern Spain. The capital of Galicia became a symbol of the Spanish Christians' struggle against Islam and is famous as the culmination point for pilgrims walking the Camino de Santiago. When you arrive, visit the cathedral where St James (one of the 12 Apostles) is supposedly buried. The cathedral was consecrated in 1211 and is the central point within the medieval walls of theOlTown, standing on the Plaza del Obradoiro with its towers soaring above the town. Elaborately carved stone facades open onto grand plazas, full of pilgrims and locals spending their day in this atmospheric place. Maybe join them in one of the cafes, sitting back and listening to many of the street artists performing, or visit the cathedral and do as pilgrims do – circle the main altar admiring the greatness.

     

    Day - 20

    Location: Santiago de Compostela - Today, maybe join the pilgrims on the last stretch of the Santiago de Compostela route. Take an early bus to Amenal village where the walk begins. The trek will take you through the villages, fields and rivers of Galicia. In Lavacolla village, you'll cross the river where medieval pilgrims traditionally bathed to purify themselves before arriving in the holy city. From here, you’ll ascend to Monte do Gozo (Mount of Joy), so called for the feeling of catching a first glimpse of the towers of Compostela Cathedral. Embrace the atmosphere alongside some walkers who may have trekked over 800 km to be here! Once back in Santiago, the rest of the day is free for you to explore. Santiago de Compostela is a UNESCO World Heritage site and an open-air museum – the lively squares, the market and the University buildings are all a must-se. For your final night in town, maybe wander down the streets of Rua do Franco and Rua da Raina to try some tapas.

     

    Day - 21

    Location: Madrid - Today, you'll take a train back to Madrid. When you arrive, check into your hotel and then head out on an orientation walk with your leader to get your bearings. Then, the rest of the day is free for you to explore how you wish. Maybe hang out in El Retiro Park or explore Prado Museum’s works by Goya, Velazquez and other Spanish masters. Tonight, why not ask your leader the best spot for dinner and head out with your fellow travellers to cheers to a trip well-travelled.

     

    Day - 22

    Location: Madrid - Today your Spain and Portugal adventure comes to an end. There are no activities planned so you can depart the accommodation at any time. If you'd like to extend your stay, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Naples - Ciao! Welcome to Italy. Your adventure begins in Naples – the vibrant city celebrated as the birthplace of pizza. Naples is also known for its rich history and is home to many narrow, winding streets and ancient churches. You’ll have a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight to meet your trip leader and fellow travellers. If you arrive early, perhaps stroll along the coast and find a little eatery for a pizza dinner, a glass of local wine and a view of the Gulf of Naples.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Civita - This morning, you’ll travel to Civita by boat, train and private vehicle. Founded by Albanian refugees in the Middle Ages, Civita is recognised by the Italian government as home to an ethnic minority. The Civitesi speak Arberesh, a unique blend of Italian and Albanian, found only here and in parts of Sicily. Explore this fascinating village on foot, visit a local shop to sample regional delights or take a scenic walk in the hills.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Civita - Make sure you get a good breakfast this morning as you have the option to hike up Mount Sellaro – one of the peaks of Pollino National Park. On the way to the mountain, stop by Cerchiara di Calabria – a little town in the National Park best known for its bread. Maybe stock up on some of the tasty local produce, then continue to a remote sanctuary built by Byzantine monks, on the rocky hillside. The hike path begins just beyond the sanctuary – although it's a reasonably long trek, it’s well worth the summit views of the Achaean coast. If you decide the hike isn’t for you, you can still enjoy the National Park. With sheer cliffs, narrow canyons and a diverse range of wildlife – including the peregrine falcon, eagle owl and the recently reintroduced Egyptian vulture – this area is a wildlife lover’s paradise.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Tropea - After breakfast this morning, transfer from Civita to Paola, then take the train to Tropea. Known for the faded buildings and iconic fortifications that line the city’s cliffs, Tropea feels timeless. Explore the town on an orientation walk with your leader, then maybe visit the local Norman cathedral, the Duomo, which houses an icon of Madonna of Romania – the town’s revered protectress. Next to the Duomo, there’s the Museo Diocesano – a small museum in the Palazzo Vescovile full of religious art and wooden statues. If you’d prefer some time by the water, head to the beach and see the impressive structures on the nearby cliffs.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Tropea / Stromboli - If the weather permits, you’ll set out on a boat trip to the island of Stromboli this morning. When you arrive, visit San Vincenzo, where you can swim in the blue sea of the Aeolian Islands, shop along the main street or dine at a local restaurant. Depending on the season, you’ll depart Stromboli in the evening and cruise to the Sciara del Fuoco (Steam of Fire) to see the path of lava that flows during Stromboli's eruptions.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Reggio Calabria - Take a train to Reggio Calabria – the gateway to Sicily. The city is in a major earthquake zone and has experienced much destruction over the years, leaving fewer historical sites compared to the rest of Italy. However, this has resulted in a unique mix of old buildings and modern structures, which you’ll see on an orientation walk. Visit the renowned National Archaeological Museum of Reggio – this museum is home to a collection of exhibits from Greek-influenced sites across Calabria, including the Bronzi di Riace (two giant bronze statues found on the seafloor in the 1970s). Tonight, maybe hunt down one of the city's best restaurants for local dishes like grilled swordfish or pasta with cauliflower and broccoli.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Taormina/Catania - This morning, drive to Taormina on the east coast for a private boat excursion. Sailing along the Sicilian coast, you’ll check out the bays and caves of Taormina, characterised by the imposing rocks that surround them. Soak up the sunshine, enjoy an aperitif with snacks and learn about the village from your skipper. Maybe even stop for a swim to cool off before continuing on to Catania. When you arrive, you have a free night to explore the city’s bar culture and find a good spot for dinner.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Catania - Wake up in Catania this morning and head out for an orientation walk with your leader to see the city. Wander through the grand piazzas and wide streets, then be treated to a granita tasting (a semi-frozen dessert made with sugar, water and various flavours). Then, maybe see the UNESCO World Heritage site of Val di Noto, famed for its Late Baroque architecture or head out with your group for a farewell dinner. Wherever you end up tonight, make sure to toast to a trip well travelled.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Catania - Your trip will come to an end after breakfast. If you'd like to extend your stay in Sicily, just reach out to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Naples - Ciao! Welcome to Italy. Your adventure begins in Naples – the vibrant city celebrated as the birthplace of pizza. Naples is also known for its rich history and is home to many narrow, winding streets and ancient churches. You’ll have a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight to meet your trip leader and fellow travellers. If you arrive early, perhaps stroll along the coast and find a little eatery for a pizza dinner, a glass of local wine and a view of the Gulf of Naples.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Civita - This morning, you’ll travel to Civita by boat, train and private vehicle. Founded by Albanian refugees in the Middle Ages, Civita is recognised by the Italian government as home to an ethnic minority. The Civitesi speak Arberesh, a unique blend of Italian and Albanian, found only here and in parts of Sicily. Explore this fascinating village on foot, visit a local shop to sample regional delights or take a scenic walk in the hills.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Civita - Make sure you get a good breakfast this morning as you have the option to hike up Mount Sellaro – one of the peaks of Pollino National Park. On the way to the mountain, stop by Cerchiara di Calabria – a little town in the National Park best known for its bread. Maybe stock up on some of the tasty local produce, then continue to a remote sanctuary built by Byzantine monks, on the rocky hillside. The hike path begins just beyond the sanctuary – although it's a reasonably long trek, it’s well worth the summit views of the Achaean coast. If you decide the hike isn’t for you, you can still enjoy the National Park. With sheer cliffs, narrow canyons and a diverse range of wildlife – including the peregrine falcon, eagle owl and the recently reintroduced Egyptian vulture – this area is a wildlife lover’s paradise.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Tropea - After breakfast this morning, transfer from Civita to Paola, then take the train to Tropea. Known for the faded buildings and iconic fortifications that line the city’s cliffs, Tropea feels timeless. Explore the town on an orientation walk with your leader, then maybe visit the local Norman cathedral, the Duomo, which houses an icon of Madonna of Romania – the town’s revered protectress. Next to the Duomo, there’s the Museo Diocesano – a small museum in the Palazzo Vescovile full of religious art and wooden statues. If you’d prefer some time by the water, head to the beach and see the impressive structures on the nearby cliffs.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Tropea / Stromboli - If the weather permits, you’ll set out on a boat trip to the island of Stromboli this morning. When you arrive, visit San Vincenzo, where you can swim in the blue sea of the Aeolian Islands, shop along the main street or dine at a local restaurant. Depending on the season, you’ll depart Stromboli in the evening and cruise to the Sciara del Fuoco (Steam of Fire) to see the path of lava that flows during Stromboli's eruptions.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Reggio Calabria - Take a train to Reggio Calabria – the gateway to Sicily. The city is in a major earthquake zone and has experienced much destruction over the years, leaving fewer historical sites compared to the rest of Italy. However, this has resulted in a unique mix of old buildings and modern structures, which you’ll see on an orientation walk. Visit the renowned National Archaeological Museum of Reggio – this museum is home to a collection of exhibits from Greek-influenced sites across Calabria, including the Bronzi di Riace (two giant bronze statues found on the seafloor in the 1970s). Tonight, maybe hunt down one of the city's best restaurants for local dishes like grilled swordfish or pasta with cauliflower and broccoli.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Taormina/Catania - This morning, drive to Taormina on the east coast for a private boat excursion. Sailing along the Sicilian coast, you’ll check out the bays and caves of Taormina, characterised by the imposing rocks that surround them. Soak up the sunshine, enjoy an aperitif with snacks and learn about the village from your skipper. Maybe even stop for a swim to cool off before continuing on to Catania. When you arrive, you have a free night to explore the city’s bar culture and find a good spot for dinner.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Catania - Wake up in Catania this morning and head out for an orientation walk with your leader to see the city. Wander through the grand piazzas and wide streets, then be treated to a granita tasting (a semi-frozen dessert made with sugar, water and various flavours). Then, maybe see the UNESCO World Heritage site of Val di Noto, famed for its Late Baroque architecture or head out with your group for a farewell dinner. Wherever you end up tonight, make sure to toast to a trip well travelled.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Catania - Enjoy a free day in the charming Catania. Maybe walk through the cobblestone laneways with the Mt Etna volcano towering above and visit the Piazza del Duomo. Tonight, you’ll have a welcome meeting at 6 pm to meet the new travellers joining you. After, maybe head out for dinner with your group and get to know each other.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Syracuse - Come face-to-face with the volcano that towered over you yesterday, with a daytrip to Mt Etna – Europe’s largest active volcano. At an altitude of approximately 2000 m on the northern side, you’ll visit a lava cave with helmets and torches and walk into the centre of extinct craters on the Sartorius Mountains. After, hit the road to Syracuse where your leader will take you on an orientation walk through the most interesting parts of the city. The evening is yours to explore or chill out, as you wish.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Syracuse - Wake up without an alarm today – you’ve got the day free to explore Syracuse however you like. Perhaps wander through the streets and check out the crumbling building facades and balconies supported for centuries by a host of stone lions, tigers, bears, dragons, moors, satyrs, devils, angels, kings, paupers, wenches and cherubs. Maybe take a boat trip around the island of Ortigia for a scenic view of the walled off cityscape or visit the Neapolis Archaeological Site. Alternately, fill your whole day just wandering aimlessly through the city, stopping by cafes, restaurants and grabbing a granita in the afternoon.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Noto/Ragusa/Agrigento - After breakfast today, head for the city of Agrigento. Along the way, stop at Noto – a small town with limestone buildings that dazzle on a sunlit afternoon. You’ll then see the ‘new’ baroque city of Ragusa that was completely rebuilt after the devastating earthquake of 1693, resulting in two vastly different sides to the same city. After exploring the tangled alleyways and baroque palazzi, travel on to Agrigento. Arrive late in the afternoon and enjoy some free time to maybe find the historic centre that extends up the Colle di Girgenti hill. Head to Via Atenea and Viale della Vittoria for a panoramic view over the valley (Valley of the Temples) and the sea for sunset and be sure to try the famous gelato pecorino in one of the local cafés or patisseries.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Valley of the Temples/Marsala - Take a step back in time today as you explore the nearby Valley of the Temples. Your local guide will bring this classical Greek site to life as you visit the temples of Hera, Herakles, Zeus and Castor and Pollux. Try to nab a window seat today, as along the way you’ll have great views of the sweeping landscape and Mediterranean Sea. After the guided tour in the Valley of the Temples, you’ll head on to Marsala – a coastal town in the west of Sicily.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Erice/Palermo - Today, set your sights on Palermo, making a few scenic stops along the way. First, you’ll explore the beautifully preserved medieval town of Erice. Despite being handed from one ruling army to the next, there are plenty of beautiful buildings in this town, each showcasing architectural styles from a varied history. Before you get back on the road, be sure to pick yourself up a Genovesi (a traditional Sicilian pastry filled with custard or ricotta cream). Then, make your way to the capital of Sicily, Palermo. When you arrive, you’ll have a free the afternoon to explore as you wish. You might like to wander the labyrinth of small alleyways, buzzing market squares and winding roads. Or, check out some of the main monuments like the 12th century cathedral in the old heart of the city.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Palermo - Take part in a walking tour with a local guide this morning and uncover symbolic places of rebellion and anti-Mafia racketeering. Places such as the Teatro Massimo, Cape Market, Piazza della Memoria and Beati Paoli Square all have a rich history in civil mobilisation – plus, they are known to serve delicious street food. You’ll get a chance to meet shop owners who have had the courage to denounce their extortionists, then you have the option to visit nearby Monreale – situated in a panoramic position above Palermo with fantastic views over the city and the sea. Visit the cathedral here, described as one of the ‘wonders of the medieval world’, and climb to its roof. Alternately, you might like to wander the city of Palermo at your own will. Tonight, maybe head out for dinner and toast to a beautiful adventure.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Palermo - Your adventures come to an end today after breakfast. If you’d like to stay and explore more in Palermo, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Catania - Benvenuto! Welcome to Sicily. Your adventure will begin in the ancient port city of Catania on Sicily’s east coast. Your trip will officially kick off with a welcome meeting at 6 pm, where you’ll meet your fellow travellers and group leader. If you arrive early, why not wander around the city at your own pace. Catania sits at the foot of Mount Etna which can be seen from well over half of the city – maybe walk through the cobblestone laneways with the volcano towering above and visit the Piazza del Duomo. Tonight after your meeting, maybe head out for dinner with your group and get to know each other.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Syracuse - Come face-to-face with the volcano that towered over you yesterday, with a daytrip to Mt Etna – Europe’s largest active volcano. At an altitude of approximately 2000 m on the northern side, you’ll visit a lava cave with helmets and torches and walk into the centre of extinct craters on the Sartorius Mountains. After, hit the road to Syracuse where your leader will take you on an orientation walk through the most interesting parts of the city. The evening is yours to explore or chill out, as you wish.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Syracuse - Wake up without an alarm today – you’ve got the day free to explore Syracuse however you like. Perhaps wander through the streets and check out the crumbling building facades and balconies supported for centuries by a host of stone lions, tigers, bears, dragons, moors, satyrs, devils, angels, kings, paupers, wenches and cherubs. Maybe take a boat trip around the island of Ortigia for a scenic view of the walled off cityscape or visit the Neapolis Archaeological Site. Alternately, fill your whole day just wandering aimlessly through the city, stopping by cafes, restaurants and grabbing a granita in the afternoon.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Noto/Ragusa/Agrigento - After breakfast today, head for the city of Agrigento. Along the way, stop at Noto – a small town with limestone buildings that dazzle on a sunlit afternoon. You’ll then see the ‘new’ baroque city of Ragusa that was completely rebuilt after the devastating earthquake of 1693, resulting in two vastly different sides to the same city. After exploring the tangled alleyways and baroque palazzi, travel on to Agrigento. Arrive late in the afternoon and enjoy some free time to maybe find the historic centre that extends up the Colle di Girgenti hill. Head to Via Atenea and Viale della Vittoria for a panoramic view over the valley (Valley of the Temples) and the sea for sunset and be sure to try the famous gelato pecorino in one of the local cafés or patisseries.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Valley of the Temples/Marsala - Take a step back in time today as you explore the nearby Valley of the Temples. Your local guide will bring this classical Greek site to life as you visit the temples of Hera, Herakles, Zeus and Castor and Pollux. Try to nab a window seat today, as along the way you’ll have great views of the sweeping landscape and Mediterranean Sea. After the guided tour in the Valley of the Temples, you’ll head on to Marsala – a coastal town in the west of Sicily.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Erice/Palermo - Today, set your sights on Palermo, making a few scenic stops along the way. First, you’ll explore the beautifully preserved medieval town of Erice. Despite being handed from one ruling army to the next, there are plenty of beautiful buildings in this town, each showcasing architectural styles from a varied history. Before you get back on the road, be sure to pick yourself up a Genovesi (a traditional Sicilian pastry filled with custard or ricotta cream). Then, make your way to the capital of Sicily, Palermo. When you arrive, you’ll have a free the afternoon to explore as you wish. You might like to wander the labyrinth of small alleyways, buzzing market squares and winding roads. Or, check out some of the main monuments like the 12th century cathedral in the old heart of the city.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Palermo - Take part in a walking tour with a local guide this morning and uncover symbolic places of rebellion and anti-Mafia racketeering. Places such as the Teatro Massimo, Cape Market, Piazza della Memoria and Beati Paoli Square all have a rich history in civil mobilisation – plus, they are known to serve delicious street food. You’ll get a chance to meet shop owners who have had the courage to denounce their extortionists, then you have the option to visit nearby Monreale – situated in a panoramic position above Palermo with fantastic views over the city and the sea. Visit the cathedral here, described as one of the ‘wonders of the medieval world’, and climb to its roof. Alternately, you might like to wander the city of Palermo at your own will. Tonight, maybe head out for dinner and toast to a beautiful adventure.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Palermo - Your adventures come to an end today after breakfast. If you’d like to stay and explore more in Palermo, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Dubrovnik - Dobro Dosli! Welcome to Croatia – a place of sunshine, azure waters and charming cobblestone towns. The undisputed jewel of the Dalmatian Coast, Dubrovnik old town is a beautiful white stone town surrounded entirely by city walls, easily covered on foot. Although it experienced devastation during the war in the early 1990s, the restored old town remains as charming as ever. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm. As there is not much time in Dubrovnik on this trip, you may want to consider arriving one or two days earlier. If you do have time beforehand, why not head out to one of the Elafiti Islands? There's Lopud, a quiet island with lovely hikes, clean beaches and a ruined castle. Kolocep is a sleepy enclave that boasts walks for every fitness level, while Sipan is the most populated of the isles and has the most hospitable locals. There are also many monuments to explore in the city proper, including the 15th century Rector's Palace, monasteries with cloistered gardens, and fine baroque churches with copper domes.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Kotor - Leave Dubrovnik behind and take a private transfer to Kotor on the coast of Montenegro (approximately 3 hours). This 5th-century World Heritage-listed city is set on a secluded bay, with towering peaks surrounding a rocky coastline dotted with pretty waterside towns. In its crooked alleyways, get lost and mingle with the locals. When you arrive, why not check out the 12th-century Cathedral, the South Gates, and the Armoury Square? Later, perhaps take a cruise on the Kotor Fjord – the longest fjord south of Scandinavia – and visit an island with a church that's almost as big as the island itself! In the evening the city walls are prettily lit up to provide a unique night-time perspective.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Tirana - After breakfast, drive across the border into Albania. A unique mixture of cultures and customs, Tirana is filled with craziness, from its traffic to its nightlife, but on its doorstep are mosques, citadels, Ottoman architecture, and a stunning dose of the medieval Balkans. The real surprise of Albania is the people. Their warmth to strangers is infectious and you’re bound to find yourself swapping stories over a glass of raki or three. Our first stop is the city of Shkoder (approximately 3 hours’ drive from Kotor). Here you will have time to explore Rozafa Castle. The site was occupied by a fortress since Illyrian times, however most of what can be seen today is of Venetian origin. Depending on road conditions and volume of traffic it will be another 2 hours to Tirana. On arrival, take an orientation walk to get your bearings. Tirana is the capital of Albania and its biggest city, but it's still small and compact, with architectural influences from Italy and Turkey. Recently many buildings have been painted to alleviate the Soviet bloc feeling that pervaded. Many upgrades have been made all over town, such as new parks and wide pavements.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Kruja / Tirana - Today, take a half-day trip to the mountain village and former Albanian capital of Kruja. Kruja was the last stronghold of Skanderbeg's (the national hero of Albania) army until the Ottomans took over the entire country. There is plenty of time to explore the citadel and the famous bazaar area. Perhaps pay a visit to the excellent ethnographical museum housed inside the fortress. You’ll then return to Tirana after lunch. Tirana is dotted with many museums. You can't miss the National History Museum – just look for the gargantuan mosaic on the facade that represents the development of Albania's history. The main sight in Tirana is the Et'hem Bey Mosque, which sits right on the city's main square. Closed under communist rule, the mosque resumed as a place of worship in 1991. Ten thousand people attended the reopening and the event was considered a milestone in the rebirth of religious freedom in Albania. The mosque is currently undertaking extensive renovation works, but you can still take a look at the frescoes outside and in the portico that depict trees, waterfalls and bridges – motifs rarely seen in Islamic art.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Berat - Travel by public bus to Berat, the town of a thousand windows, and one of the few towns of Albania that escaped being razed to the ground to make way for apartment blocks. The old Mangalemi district has recently been inscribed on UNESCO's world heritage list. Enjoy an afternoon guided tour of the town and the looming fortress, the kala, built during the 13th century and still inhabited. The walk to the castle is steep and slippery so better bring some proper footwear with you. The views from the top across Berat and the Osum river valley are well worth the effort though.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Lake Ohrid - Travel by private bus to Ohrid in North Macedonia, a drive of about 3 hours, situated on a lake with the same name. Europe’s oldest lake, and one of the oldest human settlements in the world, Ohrid has a wealth of historic sites and religious monuments to discover. Ohrid is an eternal town, a magical hill whose primordial pulsation links ancient and modern times forever. The town is said to have once been home to 365 churches, one for each day of the year, earning it the nickname “the Macedonian Jerusalem”, while historical excavations date back to Neolithic times. Despite being a World Heritage site for over 30 years, the town remains off the radar for visitors. Get your bearings on an orientation walk around Ohrid, maybe picking up a bargain or two in the vibrant Old Bazaar. Then embark on a scenic cruise on the turquoise waters of Lake Ohrid, ringed by mountains, attractive villages and beaches, and take in the views of the town and the surrounding scenery while afloat.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Lake Ohrid - At 34 kilometres long, 14 kilometres wide, and over 300 meters deep, all shared between Albania and North Macedonia, there’s plenty of vast Lake Ohrid to explore. Today is free for you to discover the area. There are many churches and monasteries to visit, but one of the most popular is the Macedonian Orthodox Church of Sveti Jovana Kaneo, situated on a rocky outcrop above the town, overlooking the lake. Past the church you can wander around to the back of town, exploring the old walls and fortress, and admiring the views of the lake. The Sveti Naum Monastery is also a great option, lying on the shores of the lake south of town, with well-kept grounds that are home to peacocks. The ancient Tsar Samoil’s Fortress stands on the top of Ohrid Hill and looks across the town, while a 2,000-year-old Roman theatre was uncovered near the Upper Gate – in summer it’s again being used for concerts and performances.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Skopje - This morning hop onto public bus to Skopje, North Macedonia's capital city (approximately 3 hours). In Macedonia’s political and cultural centre, walk past Byzantine domes, Turkish baths, and also newly built neo-classical buildings and grand monuments (aimed to bolster national pride), sampling gozleme and tasty baklava along the way. The 30 mosques, innumerable caravanserais and hamams that fill its winding streets are a testament to Skopje’s Ottoman past. Take a step back to those times with a visit to the Daut Pasha Hamam, or journey through the humbling Holocaust Museum to learn how Macedonia suffered during this tragic chapter of history. Get lost in the narrow lanes of Carsija: Skopje's most atmospheric neighbourhood, or take in the stone bridge over the river Vardar – an iconic sight that acts as a handy connection between Macedonia Square and the Old Bazaar. Perhaps visit the Museum of the City of Skopje, housed in the old Railway Station, which is itself a unique piece of history. Its unusual, part-ruined exterior is a result of the 1963 earthquake. The large clock on the outside of the building is frozen at 5.17 – the moment the earthquake shook the city.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Matka Canyon / Skopje - Venture out to Matka Canyon, a deep ravine cut into the Suva mountains by the Treska River, 15 kilometres south-west of the city. This area is home to several medieval monasteries, caves, and over 70 species of butterflies. You could also take up the option to explore the canyon's sights by boat. One of the monasteries worth exploring is St Andrew's Monastery, which contains many superb frescoes of great artistic importance. There is also Vrelo cavern: a water-filled cave with incredible stalagmites and unchartered depths; it's speculated to be the deepest underwater cave in the world. Alternatively, you can take one of the many nature walks in the canyon, or up to tracks that hug the ridge high above the valley. Return back to Skopje, with the remaining part of the day free for you to continue exploring this exciting city. Perhaps take the Mount Vodno cable car to the giant 66-metre high Millennium Cross, mainly for the views back down across the city. For dinner this evening, why not head to the Old Bazaar, or the restaurants in the Debar Maalo area.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Pelister National Park / Bitola - Today, continue your adventure with a bus ride to the town of Bitola, located near Pelister National Park. Pelister is North Macedonia’s oldest national park covering 171 square kilometres of the Baba massif (type of mountainous geological formation). Eight peaks in this park are over 2000 metres, with Mt Pelister the highest at 2601 metres. Close to the top are two glacial lakes, known as ‘Pelister’s Eyes’. Today, you’ll get the chance to explore the stunning greenery in Pelister on an easy 2-hour hike of the park’s lower trails, passing through the lush forests and breathing in the crisp mountain air. Head to the information centre to learn more about the endemic flora and fauna. Return to Bitola for the night.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Kastoria - Travel with private transport to the border with Greece and then continue to Kastoria. This medieval town sits on the western shore of Lake Orestiada, in a valley surrounded by limestone mountains. Kastoria is full of interesting Byzantine churches and Ottoman-style architecture, including old distinctive villas from the skin and fur trade times. Once you arrive, take an orientation walk along the labyrinthine lanes, with time to walk along the lakeside, where boats bob, Dalmatian pelicans and ducks make ripples on the water, and coniferous trees and mountains surround in the distance. Later, consider visiting the unspoilt Spilia tou Drakou, or Dragon Cave, one of the most impressive caves in Greece, and see stalactites and underground lakes in this mysterious natural wonder once believed to be a gold mine guarded by a sleepless dragon.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Litochoro - Enjoy a free morning in Kastoria. Perhaps visit the Neolithic lakeside village and reconstruction at Dispilio, which gives you a real feel for life in a village in the middle of the 6th millennium BC. After lunch transfer by private vehicle to the town of Litochoro at the base of Mt Olympus. Upon arrival head out on a short orientation walk to familiarise yourself with the surroundings. Head down to the beach at Plaka for some well-deserved relaxation and a dip in the Aegean Sea before tomorrow's hike. Perhaps have dinner in one of the fish tavernas lining the sea shore, and indulge in some traditional dishes.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Mt Olympus National Park / Litochoro - Mount Olympus, Greece's first national park, is the highest mountain in Greece and the second highest in the Balkans, with a height of 2918 metres. The mountain is famous in Greek mythology as it is the dwelling of the twelve Olympian gods, headed by Zeus. Mytikas peak was the gods’ meeting place, and Stefani peak was the Throne of Zeus from where he was said to have displayed his mighty power by throwing thunderbolts. Head out early today for a hike along a lush trail within the national park to a beautiful waterfall. If it's a hot day, why not brave the cold water? Just don't forget to bring your swimming costume! There is the option to visit the monastery of St Dionysios on the way back into town. The rest of the day is free for you to continue enjoying the surrounding countryside or simply take in the view of the mountain from the vantage point of the nearby beach.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Athens - Board a train to Athens, the beating heart of Greece, and the centre of the ancient world (approximately 5.5 hours). After arriving and transferring to your central hotel, there's much to be seen in the capital of Greece, vibrant and refreshed following the 2004 Olympics, yet still retaining so much visible history. Named after the goddess of wisdom, Athens has a weighty history that spills out over the modern city, represented most dramatically by the ancient Acropolis, where you can enter the Pantheon and enjoy fabulous views over the city. The birthplace of Western civilisation, Athens has an amazing array of historic sites to explore, including the National Gardens, the Temple of Olympian Zeus and the original Olympic Stadium. Another highlight is the renowned changing of the guard at Syntagma (Parliament) Square. Afterwards, perhaps tuck into a delicious dinner of Greek cuisine and a shot (or two) of ouzo.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Athens - There are no activities planned for today and you are able to depart the accommodation at any time. As there is so much to see and do in Greece's capital you may want to extend your stay here. We’ll happy to assist with additional accommodation (subject to availability).

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Barcelona - Hola! Welcome to Spain. Your adventure begins in Barcelona, known for its delicious Catalan cuisine, Gothic architecture and lively art scene. You’ll have a welcome meeting at 7 pm tonight. If you arrive early, maybe visit Gaudi's modern basilica, La Sagrada Familia, walk along the waterfront and enjoy a bowl of traditional paella or catch the funicular to Montjuic for sweeping views of the city. After the meeting, maybe find a local restaurant for dinner and get to know your fellow travellers.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Pamplona - Leave Barcelona behind and travel by train to Pamplona. When you arrive, head out on an orientation walk and discover this well-preserved fortified medieval town. Pamplona, (named after its founder, Pompey the Great) has served for centuries as both a military stronghold and an important point along the Camino de Santiago Pilgrimage Trail. Walk down winding alleys and step inside ornate buildings like Pamplona's Gothic Cathedral – one of the most important religious structures in Spain. The rest of today is free for you to explore at your own pace. Maybe visit the recently opened Museum of Modern Art, inspired by the cultural renaissance achieved by Bilbao and its Guggenheim, or find a local restaurant and tuck into some pintxos (Basque tapas).

     

    Day - 3

    Location: San Sebastian - Today, take a bus to the seaside city of San Sebastian – a jewel of the Basque country. With its family friendly beaches and vibrant old city, San Sebastian is a fantastic place to stroll along the promenade, shop or simply relax and soak up the sun. When you arrive, take a cable car to Monte Igueldo and take in the panoramic views over La Concha Beach. The rest of today is free – maybe wander around the Parte Vieja (Old Town), a mix of alleyways wedged between the bay and the Urumea River, or head to Playa de Gros and watch the surfers riding the waves of Biscay Bay.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: San Sebastian - Today is a free day for you to explore San Sebastian. Maybe catch the local bus to Bilbao – a port city known for its surrounding green mountains. When you arrive, maybe explore the Guggenheim Museum or walk through Casco Viejo (Old Town). You could also visit the Vizcaya Bridge. This afternoon, maybe head back to San Sebastian to see the history, art and photography displays at the San Telmo Museum. San Sebastian is home to some of the world’s best restaurants, most experimental chefs and a distinct food culture – so it won’t be hard to find something delicious for dinner.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Logrono - This morning, take a public bus to the prized vineyards of the Rioja wine region and Logrono. After checking into your accommodation for the night, the rest of the day is free for you to explore at your own pace. Maybe stroll the streets and explore the city’s medieval fortifications – a favourite stop for pilgrims en route to Santiago de Compostela. This evening, head out on an included txikiteo of pintxos – a Basque-style tapas crawl that will fill your senses (and stomach) with the taste of the region. Don’t forget to wash it all down with a glass of txakoli (fizzy white wine).

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Logrono - After breakfast, travel to Laguardia, where you’ll join your leader for a walking tour of the town. This medieval settlement was founded in the 10th century and remains virtually unchanged. Enter the walled city through one of four grand stone gates and stroll the streets of the village – known to be one of the country’s most beautiful. After you’ve explored the town, enjoy a wine tasting at one of the underground cellars. You'll sample wines made from the indigenous grapes of La Rioja, Garnacha, Tempranillo, Viura and Malvasia. If the weather is nice, stroll through the vineyards and learn what goes on behind the scenes.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Madrid - This morning, travel to Madrid – the capital of Spain known for its elegant boulevards, manicured parks and art scene. When you arrive, check into your hotel before setting off on an orientation walk. Then, the rest of today is free for you to explore Madrid at your own pace. Maybe walk the Paseo del Arte (Art Walk) and learn about western art history, explore the gardens of Real Jardin Botanico or visit Museo Reina Sofia and Museo Thyssen-Bornemisza. If you're lucky enough for your trip to fall on match day, you could buy a white t-shirt and head to the Santiago Bernabeu Stadium to watch the mighty Real Madrid. Tonight, maybe join your fellow travellers for dinner.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Madrid - With no activities planned for the final day, you're able to depart the accommodation at any time. If you’d like to stay longer in Madrid, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Amalfi Coast - Ciao! Welcome to Italy. Your adventure begins on the UNESCO World Heritage-listed Amalfi Coast, in the small town of Minori. The Amalfi peninsula is a land of rocky coasts, cliff-top vistas, bright seas, tiered lemon groves, whitewashed villages, steep cliffs and blue skies. You'll have a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight to meet your local leader and fellow travellers. If you arrive in Minori Town early, why not take a self-guided stroll in search of some gorgeous panoramic views of the coast. Or you could just plant yourself at a sunny piazza cafe and enjoy a macchiato or a gelato.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Amalfi Coast - You have a free day to explore Minori Town and Amalfi Town (just a 15 minute bus ride away) today. If you're after a relaxing walk with a few cultural highlights, stroll from one side of Amalfi Town to the other and pay a visit to the Cattedrale di Sant'Andrea and the Chiostro del Paradiso. If you’re after something more active, maybe head out on a walk through the Valley of Mills. Alternatively, you can take a bus to the Valley of Dragons to reach pretty Ravello – for centuries, its lofty position and sunny, dry climate have made it an appealing place for writers, artists, musicians and travellers. Ravello also boasts two magnificent villas, the 11th century Villa Rufolo – once the home of Wagner – and Villa Cimbrone – a 19th century mansion with sprawling gardens and great views over the Gulf of Salerno. You could also take a half-day walk along the narrow trail of the famous Sentiero Degli Dei (the Walk of the Gods) through forests and fields of wildflowers, olive groves and vineyards.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Trani - Travel to Italy's east coast to Trani, known as the 'Southern Pearl'. Once an ancient trading hub, Trani is a port town with a white cathedral on the seawall. The crescent-shaped marina is a great place to relax and watch the world go by. With medieval streets and its own sweet wine, Trani feels like stepping into a 1950s movie set. When you arrive, explore the historic centre and its medieval churches on a walking tour. The Old Town points to a time when this was a major port for merchants travelling to the Near East. Later, kick back on the waterfront and watch the sophisticates of Puglia clink glasses of Moscato di Trani in cosy bars.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Trani - Today is a free day to explore all that Trani has to offer. You might like to visit the dramatic Cattedrale di San Nicola Pellegrino – begun in 1099 and taking over two centuries to finish, the soft white-pink limestone Norman cathedral is dedicated to the famously foolish St Nicholas the Pilgrim, whose bones lie in the crypt below the church. Inside, it’s bright and airy and the remains of a 12-century mosaic near the main altar set off the simply furnished church. You can also head to the castle built by Frederick II – the king of Sicily, Italy, Germany, Jerusalem and the Holy Roman Emperor in the 13th century. Explore the medieval Jewish quarter, built in all-white stone, stopping by two synagogues, the Scola Nova and the Scola Grande. Fishermen sell the day’s catch in the marina, so maybe head there for dinner and grab a glass of wine harbourside.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Lecce - Head south and delight in the baroque architecture and atmosphere of Lecce. Lecce's elaborate ornamentation is elevated to dizzying heights, presenting the casual viewer with a feast for the senses. Sumptuous palazzi (mansions), a defensive main square, Roman ruins and magnificent allegories dancing across ornate facades make Lecce a swoon-worthy sight for any traveller. The university gives the town a lively feel, and there are little boutiques, antique shops and delicious delis to explore.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Lecce - Today is a free day for you to explore Lecce. If open, maybe step beneath the city and see the restored Roman amphitheatre excavated in the 1930s. Built in the 2nd century AD, the remarkably intact theatre seated 15,000 people. Overlooking the arena is the Colonna di Sant'Oronzo – a statue of Lecce's patron saint mounted on a Roman column. Maybe check out the Basilica Di Santa Croce’s facade of sheep, dodos, cherubs and monsters or head to the Piazza del Duomo. Used in the past as a defence against invaders, the square's openness is bordered by a 12th-century cathedral, a 68 m-high bell tower, a 15th-century Episcopal Palace and an 18th-century Seminario. In the afternoon, meet up with the group for an aperitivo with local specialties like friselle, taralli, puccia, bombette and burrate.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Ostuni / Alberobello - Travel by private transport to a local masseria to meet an olive oil producer, who will show you how the techniques have changed over the millennia before you're treated to a tasting. Some olive trees here are thought to be close to 3000 years old and the farm has been active since Roman times. You’ll then head to Ostuni and explore its narrow streets before continuing to Alberobello. Travellers flock here to see at the beehive-shaped Trulli (singular trullo) – small, dry-stone houses built from local limestone in the 14th century. The origins of the buildings are unclear, although it's possible the mortar-less dwellings were created to be easily dismantled in a feudal tax evasion scheme. Wander the Old Town quarter of Rione Monti, where thousands of Trulli (and souvenir shops) rise over the hill or head over to Rione Aia Piccola and see Trulli family dwellings.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Matera - Transfer by private mini bus to Matera. The extraordinary sight of Matera's Old Town gives a haunting, bittersweet insight into ancient life. One of the oldest cities in existence, Matera's otherworldly drawcard is the sassi (singular sasso) – stone houses formed from natural grottoes and tufo cliffs overlooking a gorge. Its resemblance to Jerusalem has attracted film directors of biblical epics, but its dark interiors were the scene of shameful poverty in the mid-20th century. Duck down into the sassi through the knot of staircases and alleyways that snake through the limestone ravines, and take a guided tour to appreciate both its ancient and modern history. Tonight, you’ll stay in accommodation with balconies overlooking the sassi.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Matera / Bari - This morning is free for you to explore the narrow alleyways and caves of Matera before boarding a local train to Bari at around lunchtime. Sitting on a small peninsula in the Adriatic Sea overlooking Greece, Bari is the prosperous capital of Puglia. The tangled streets of its Old Town, Bari Vecchia, conceal Romanesque churches, a market, medieval piazzas and a Swabian castle. The Basilica di San Nicola was built to hold the relics of St Nicholas, which were stolen from Turkey by local Bari fishermen and have made the city a place of pilgrimage since 1087. The relics are also the mainstay of Bari's biggest annual celebration, the Festa di San Nicola. The stone walls are lovely to walk around, with the sea lapping on one side and the medieval town on the other. Bari is also the perfect place to see out your last night and have a group meal by the harbour, sampling local limoncello and some of the seafood the city is famous for.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Bari - Your journey will come to an end after breakfast today and you are free to depart at any time. If you would like to extend your stay, just speak to your booking agent to organise additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Madrid - Bienvenidos! Welcome to Spain. Your adventure begins in Madrid, the central capital known for its boulevards and expansive, manicured parks. You’ll have a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight to meet your group and local leader. After the meeting, head out for an optional group dinner where you can get to know your fellow travellers. As there's limited time for sightseeing in Madrid, consider flying in a few days early to explore and maybe while away the hours along the Paseo del Arte (Art Walk) or maybe discover more about the modern Spanish masters like Picasso and Dali, in the Museo Reina Sofia.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Salamanca - Say farewell to Madrid this morning and head north-west by public transport to the university town of Salamanca. Sitting among pastures and rolling green hills on Spain's northern plateau, the medieval town of Salamanca is great to explore on foot. Your leader will take you on an orientation walk when you arrive, where you can explore the central Plaza Mayor and the Renaissance and Baroque architecture. The rest of your afternoon and evening is free. You can explore the detail of the Casa de Las Conchas (House of the Shells), see the contrasting Old and New Cathedrals, or climb to the top to get a view across the terracotta-coloured rooftops. Thanks to the large student population the town has a vibrant nightlife, so maybe soak up the vibe tonight, go dancing or grab a couple of drinks.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Coimbra - Head further west on your private bus today and cross the border into Portugal to the laidback city of Coimbra – your base for the next two nights. Sitting on the banks of the River Mondego, Coimbra was once the capital of the county, and its royal heritage can be felt in its ancient streets. When you arrive, your leader will take you on an orientation walk through the maze of alleyways. Half the fun of Coimbra is wandering and exploring, so maybe use your free time getting to know the city on foot. Coimbra features many white stone buildings with excellent examples of the colourful azulejos tiling. Some of the historical structures were originally built in the 12th century (like the Cathedral Se Velha), and you can find some of Portugal's best examples of Romanesque churches and elegant museums here. The University of Coimbra – the oldest in Portugal – and the famous baroque library, the Biblioteca Joanina are great places to start.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Coimbra - Today is a free day to explore Coimbra. Maybe head into the countryside in search of ancient Roman ruins – the ruins of Conimbriga are rich in well-preserved mosaics and offer a great insight into Roman life. There are several options to return, including a 3-km walk through the countryside to the rural town of Condeixa or a half-hour bus ride. If you have time, you can take a short boat tour to see Coimbra from a different angle. Alternatively. head out to Porto for the day. Stretching along the banks of the River Douro, Porto is one of Portugal's most romantic cities, known for majestic bridges, medieval riverside district with its cobbled streets, merchants’ houses and cafes. Back in Coimbra for the evening, you’ll head to a traditional Fado performance. Fado songs must follow a particular structure, and though this traditional music can really be about anything, it popularly features mournful tunes with lyrics about the sea or the life of the poor. In Coimbra, university students would often serenade their sweethearts with this music!

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Lisbon - Today, take a train through the countryside of central Portugal to Lisbon. As one of Europe's most affordable capital cities, Lisbon combines the best elements of Portuguese life, offering a multicultural population, delicious seafood and non-stop nightlife. When you arrive, head out on an orientation walk on the banks of the Tagus (Tejo) River. Much of Lisbon’s character and lies in its beautifully renovated buildings, grand boulevards and impressive castles and churches. Visit the medieval citadel in the city centre, the Citadel of Sao Jorge Castle, which dates back to Moorish times and sits on the highest point of the Old Town. Your evening is free to explore at your own pace, so maybe head to the grand Naval Museum for an insight into the history of Portuguese navigation. If you want to jump into the local nightlife, head to Barrio Alto.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Lisbon - Today is free for you to explore more of Lisbon, or you can take a 45-minute train ride out to the mountainous region of Sintra – a jewel of Portugal where you’ll see the Pena Palace. This area offers great walking opportunities, cliff-top palaces and unique Moorish architecture. The 8th-century Castle of the Moors looks down on the Old Town, and the views from the battlements across the Serra de Sintra Mountain Range are worth the trip.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: The Algarve / Faro - Take a bus journey to the southern coastline of Portugal – the Algarve, known for fertile plains rich with orange and olive groves, fig trees, almonds and maize fields. Your base will be in Faro – the capital of the region known for its Old Town, which you enter through the neoclassical Arco da Vila. When you arrive, check into your home for the next two nights and use the rest of the day to explore. Maybe wander the cobbled streets, see the 13th-century Faro Cathedral of head to the Municipal Museum set in a 16th-century convent, which displays prehistoric and medieval artifacts as well as religious art.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: The Algarve / Faro - Faro is separated from the Atlantic Ocean by a series of barrier islands, creating a beautiful landscape of canals, salt pans, lagoons and sandbanks. Today, you’ll board a local passenger boat and head out to one of these islands where you can wander along a series of boardwalks leading away from the fishermen’s settlements. You'll cross over dunes and lagoons to beaches that are so long that they disappear into the horizon. Return to Faro in the afternoon and enjoy the rest of your day at leisure. Maybe use the area's great walking paths to access some of the Algarve's lesser known spots or find a good spot to watch the sunset.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Seville - Leave Portugal behind and return to Spain, travelling by private vehicle to the city of Seville. If the legends are to be believed, Seville was founded by Hercules and its origins are linked with the Tartessian civilisation. To the Romans it was Hispalis, and to the Moors it was Isbiliya. After the Christian reconquest, it became thought of as the portal to the 'New World' and today is the largest city in southern Spain, well-known for its oranges, tapas and flamenco. When you arrive, head out for a short orientation walk around the main sites, then enjoy some free time in the late afternoon and evening to explore at your own pace.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Chefchaouen - This morning, rise early to start your long journey to Chefchaouen. You'll head toward Tarifa and then leave Europe behind as you make your way to Africa. After leaving the ferry, you'll be picked up by the Moroccan crew and make your way to a mountain town peppered with blue-washed buildings and ambient restaurants – Chefchaouen, the centre of an agricultural region. There may not be much time to explore this rural retreat by the time you arrive today, but you might just have time to look over the 15th-century Grand Mosque and the medina. Tonight, maybe tuck into some popular local goats’ cheese or a tajine before settling into your hotel.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Chefchaouen - Meet your local guide early in the day to explore the maze of streets in Chefchaouen. The ‘blue city’ is arguably one of the prettiest places in Morocco. Set against a wide valley and nestled between two peaks in the Rif Mountains, Chefchaouen’s medina has been lovingly cared for with striking blue and whitewashed houses, red-tiled roofs and artistic doorways. The medina is filled with handicrafts, while the main square has shops selling woven goods and sweets. Learn about general life in a small Moroccan community, visit a communal bakery and walk up to a former mosque for a great view over the town. As a popular shopping destination for handicrafts, carpets, blankets or woollen garments, you may also see the artisans at work. After your walking tour, maybe head to a traditional Moroccan hammam to relax.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Fes - Say farewell to Chefchaouen today and jump on a private minivan trip to the spiritual and cultural heart of Morocco. Arrive in the city of Fes and step back in time to the medieval medina, thick with tantalising smells, tastes and sounds. Vibrant, noisy and fascinating, the medina is a feast for the senses. With your free afternoon, maybe have a glass of mint tea and some sweet Moroccan dates to refuel, then continue exploring. Tonight, you might like to try some local specialities like harira (chickpea soup) or chicken-stuffed pastilla with couscous. Watch the sunset over the medina, then head back to your accommodation for a night’s rest.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Fes - Take a guided walking tour of the Old City, known locally as Fes el Bali, and step back in time to the labyrinth of the medina. Alive with craftsmen, markets, tanneries and mosques, you’ll pass donkeys piled high with goods (this is one of the largest car-free urban zones in the world) and explore the specialty sections that divide the souks. Medieval Fes was one of the world's great centres of education and culture, both Islamic and Jewish. Its religious institutions and its libraries are legendary. Its mosques are of great renown. Look out for the Medersa Bou Inania, one of the city's most beautiful buildings, which has recently been restored and is now open to tourists. Pass the Belghazi Museum, Medresse el Attarine and the splendid Funduk Nejjarine – a beautifully restored 18th century inn. You'll also see the famous tannery, known for the iconic view overlooking its dye pits, and a ceramics factory where you can see potters working in the traditional way. After the tour, the afternoon is free for you to enjoy as you please.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Marrakech - Travel by train this morning to Marrakech. When you arrive, head out with the group for a quick visit to the main square – Djemaa el-Fna. The square is filled with a hive of activity. Henna painters, performers and storytellers share the square with a street food bazaar packed with stalls loaded with Moroccan delicacies. From a distance, you'll see the Koutoubia Mosque and its minaret – famous throughout the world as one of the greatest minarets and the 'sister' to the Giralda in Seville. You can have dinner here or ask your local leader for a great local restaurant recommendation and celebrate a trip well-travelled with your group.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Marrakech - Enjoy a free day in the bustling Marrakech. You can explore at your own pace until your next welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight, where you’ll meet your new leader and travel companions. Maybe tour the lively square at daylight, go shopping for souvenirs in the souqs or just relax in your riad.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Aroumd - This morning, take a short drive into the High Atlas Mountains to the village of Imlil. When you arrive, store your main luggage and load your overnight bags onto pack mules. Make the 1-hour trek to the peaceful village of Aroumd. Perched on a rocky outcrop, the remote village offers stunning views across the High Atlas Mountains and a unique opportunity to experience traditional Amazigh culture. Spend the night in a family-run mountain gite where, surrounded by the smell of woodstoves and bread, you’ll enjoy traditional hospitality and homecooked food. Use the rest of the day to explore the village and the surrounding farmlands. If the group is up for it and weather permits, there will be a chance to hike to the pilgrimage shrine of Sidi Chamharouch (approximately 4 hours return). Regardless of your fitness levels, the gentle pace of Aroumd makes it a special place to explore beyond the reach of the modern world.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Ait Benhaddou - This morning, journey along mountain roads and over Morocco's highest pass, Tizi n'Tichka (2260 m above sea level), to Ait Benhaddou on the edges of the Sahara. Perched on a hilltop and almost unchanged since the 11th century, Ait Benhaddou is one of Morocco's most iconic sites and a World Heritage site. It was once an important stop for caravans passing through as they carried salt across the Sahara, returning with gold, ivory and slaves. Does it look familiar? The town has a long list of film and TV credits, including Lawrence of Arabia, Game of Thrones and Gladiator! Enjoy a leader-led walk through the winding streets of the Old Town, making your way to the top of the hill, from where you can enjoy the views across the surrounding plains. Your evening is free, with the option of partaking in a local cooking demonstration and meal of Morocco's most famous dishes –couscous and tagine.

     

    Day - 18

    Location: Sahara Desert - Today, you’ll have a full day of driving as you journey south towards the Sahara Desert. After breakfast, drive through the Draa Valley to Zagora, where you’ll see the original route of the caravans. Then, travel along the rugged and desolate Jbel Tadrart ranges through seas of sand and past the occasional desert oasis of date palms to the township of Tamegroute. Here, you’ll visit a library filled with ancient scripts of science, literature and stories of the prophet Mohammed. After, join a local guide to uncover the underground Kasbah. Carry on driving to the frontier town of M'Hamid. From here, your group will jump into 4WDs to the massive Erg Chigaga dunes. This is the largest dune in the Moroccan Sahara and one of the less visited – meaning your experience will be further from surrounding towns and villages, away from the tourist trail. Arrive in the late afternoon, where you’ll get ready for the experience of a lifetime – riding on the backs on camels into the Saharan sunset. Tonight, the starry sky won’t disappoint.

     

    Day - 19

    Location: Tissint/Tata - If you’re an early bird, you might want to head to the nearest dune this morning and watch the sunrise – this spectacle in the Sahara Desert is well worth the alarm! After breakfast, you’ll hop back into the 4WDs and drive out of the desert, switching to your private vehicle on the way to Tata. On the way, stop at the waterfall of Attiq in Tissint for a refreshing change of scenery. These waterfalls are all saltwater and the translation of ‘Tissint’ in the local language is ‘salt’! When you arrive in Tata mid afternoon, you’ll have a free evening to relax. If you like, explore downtown with your leader tonight and head out for a great local dinner.

     

    Day - 20

    Location: Tleta Tagmoute/Tafraoute - This morning, drive to Tleta Tagmoute – a small village where you’ll get to see the oasis granaries, date palm plantations and fruit trees. The lifestyle and irrigation system here is quite unique to the region and you’ll get a deeper understanding of what life was like here with a visit to the old collective granary that’s still in use. After exploring, continue to Tafraoute, arriving in the afternoon. This southern Moroccan village sits in the shadows of the Anti Atlas Mountain Range. Although it’s now more of a campervan destination, Tafraoute remains authentic and a great base for exploring the Anti Atlas region. When you arrive, you’ll head out for a village walk and visit the local souqs to check out how the traditional babouche is made.

     

    Day - 21

    Location: Tafraoute - Go for a hike in the Ameln Valley this morning, passing through small Amazigh villages, both old and new. The hike will take you through palm trees, almond trees and fields of alfalfa crops used by locals to feed their animals. On the way, stop for a rare chance to visit a traditional Amazigh house that's preserved by your host to showcase the traditional lifestyle, which is changing fast in the modern day. You'll be able to learn about how the traditional Amazigh household functions, and learn about your host's story of growing up here over a cup of freshly made mint tea. The area is quite rocky in general, so sturdy shoes are needed. Also stop for lunch set against the beautiful view of the valley. In the afternoon, head to one of the most controversial sights here – the Pierres Bleues (painted rocks). The Belgian artist Jean Verame spray painted these boulders in 1984 and visitors still debate whether these rocks are an artwork or not (so you can decide for yourself!). The evening is yours to spend.

     

    Day - 22

    Location: Essaouira - Today will be a bit of a long travel day as you head towards the Atlantic. Passing desert scenery, your route is actually a reserve for the Indigenous argan trees. You’ll stop at a local woman’s cooperative along the way, which specialises in Argan oil production. This coop provides women and their families in the rural area with extra income for their community, promoting independence. You’ll learn about how the Argan is extracted from the trees, how it’s produced, then you’ll get to try the freshly made Amlou paste. Carry on to Essaouira (translating to ‘pretty picture’). Within the stone ramparts, you'll find whitewashed houses with bright blue shutters, art galleries and wood workshops – the perfect spot for photos. This evening is free for you to explore or relax.

     

    Day - 23

    Location: Essaouira - Today after breakfast, join a local guide for a walking tour through the old medina, Jewish mellah, port and skala (sea wall). Essaouira is one of the oldest port cities in the country, and fishing here is still quite traditional. You’ll have the chance to meet one of the expert fishermen in the port, who will tell the group all about their story and show you some of the tricks they use, what type of fish to catch and what seasons mean to them. After, enjoy free time for the rest of the day. Jimi Hendrix spent a lot of time here during the 60s, so you know this is a great spot to sit, people watch and listen to the sound of the ocean. Maybe grab a freshly cooked plate of the day's catch at the port or browse the plentiful shops and intriguing art galleries. This is also a hotspot for surfing, so consider taking a lesson if that’s your thing. If you’d prefer to relax, don't miss the opportunity to indulge in a hammam (Moroccan day spa) or local-style bath.

     

    Day - 24

    Location: Marrakech - Enjoy a free morning in Essaouira, then catch a bus back to Marrakech in the afternoon. Enjoy free time when you arrive, to explore or partake in optional activities. Walk around the famed Djemaa el-Fna – from fire dancers to performers and street food carts, this is somewhere you actually want to get lost. Maybe check out the Palais Bahia, a superb example of Muslim architecture, or the ruins of the Palais Badi. Join your group tonight for an optional farewell dinner.

     

    Day - 25

    Location: Marrakech - Your adventure ends after breakfast. Additional accommodation can be pre-booked if you wish to spend more time exploring Marrakech (subject to availability). Just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Rome - Buongiorno! Welcome to Italy. Brimming with ancient ruins and religious monuments, Rome still pulses to the beat of modern life and is packed with designer shops, restaurants, cafes and exciting nightlife. There are no activities planned until your welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight, so you can arrive any time. There are so many things to do in Rome – the Colosseum, the Forum, Piazza Navona, the Spanish Steps, Via Condotti, Piazza Venezia, the Vatican City and St Peter's Basilica – so arriving early is recommended. Don’t forget to do as the Romans do and sip an espresso at one of the tiny streetside cafes or sample the many flavours of gelato that colour the city (Trastevere is a great spot for dining). For those captivated by the Eternal City, throw a coin into the Trevi Fountain to ensure a return visit.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Naples / Pompeii - Travel by train to Naples, a raucous city that overflows with passion, tradition and gastronomy. Naples was carved out by many empires of the past and by merchants and pirates from across the world: Romans, Phoenicians, Carthaginians, Venetians, Spaniards, Normans and Africans. Its evocative, historical old centre is a World Heritage-listed area and the famous Spanish Quarter is still one of the most densely populated residential areas in Europe. Take an orientation walk with your leader through the city center and the Spanish Quarter, and finish your walk with something special. Naples is the birthplace of pizza, so why not head to one of the many pizzerias and taste what's truly some of the best in Italy. Later in the afternoon, board a train to the time capsule of Pompeii, in the shadow of Mt Vesuvius. Your accommodation is perfectly located right near the entrance to the archaeological excavation site.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Pompeii - The small town of modern Pompeii has a wonderful Old Town square – the perfect place to spend some time with the locals, drink an authentic Italian coffee and watch the world go by. Today’s highlight is a guided tour of the ruins of ancient Pompeii. Until 79 AD, Pompeii was a thriving Roman trading centre, but it was frozen in time when Mount Vesuvius erupted, burying 2000 people and their homes under a layer of ash. The city was never rebuilt and largely disappeared from people’s minds until the ruins were rediscovered in the 18th century. Immaculately preserved ruins include villas, temples, theatres and bustling markets, providing insights into how Romans lived, worked and interacted 2000 years ago. The remainder of the day is yours to relax, or if you like, you can visit the nearby Herculaneum, renowned for its fossilised archaeological treasures.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Mt Vesuvius / Sorrento - A private transfer will take you up the mighty Mt Vesuvius this morning, where you’ll meet a local volcanology guide. Ascend to the summit of Mt Vesuvius for staggering 360-degree views over the Bay of Naples and into the steaming crater. Although Mt Vesuvius is still considered to be an active volcano, the last eruption was in 1944 and there's no sign of lava. See firsthand the awesome power of the volcano that engulfed the cities of Pompeii and Herculaneum in 79 AD. In the afternoon, travel by private vehicle to the resort town of Sorrento. People have been coming to the peninsula and islands of the Sorrento region for at least 2000 years. There are many options in this small seaside town with its fine piazzas, maze of old streets, sidewalk cafes and shops. The area is famous for its lemon groves, which produce the famous limoncello liqueur. Consider heading out to try some tonight.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Sorrento - You have a free day to explore the cliffside town of Sorrento today. Maybe stroll along the marina or cool off in the waters of the small beaches. Visiting Capri is another option, accessible by a hydrofoil. Natural grottoes dot Capri’s rugged coastline, while inland, narrow roads wind through fragrant citrus groves and past villages of flat-roofed white houses. In Capri, you can take a boat trip to the Blue Grotto (La Grotta Azzurra), where the water shines with an extraordinary blue translucence – a result of the refraction of the sunlight outside. End the day the Italian way with a demonstration of Gelato making with your group.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Amalfi Coast - Arrive on the Amalfi Coast after a short journey by private vehicle. The Amalfi peninsula is a land of rocky coasts, cliff-top vistas, azure seas, tiered lemon groves, whitewashed villages and bright blue skies. If you're after a relaxing walk with a few cultural highlights, stroll from one side of Amalfi town to the other and visit the Cattedrale di Sant'Andrea and the Chiostro del Paradiso. If you want something more active, maybe embark on a walk through the Valley of Mills. Alternatively, catch a bus up the Valley of Dragons to reach Ravello. For centuries, its lofty position and sunny, dry climate have made it an appealing place for writers, artists, musicians and travellers. Tonight, you'll stay in Minori, just a 15-minute bus ride from Amalfi (the bus fare is included). Unlike bustling tourist hotspots, Minori offers privacy and equally breathtaking views while being just a short walk from the beach.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Positano / Amalfi Coast - This morning, take the short bus ride to Amalfi Town. Your leader will take you for a half-day hike along the narrow trail of the famous Sentiero Degli Dei (the Path of the Gods) which, until quite recently, was followed by mules and donkeys as they traversed the dramatic landscape. This path winds its way through unique scenery and boasts unrivalled views along the coast. Walk through forests and fields of wildflowers, olive groves and vineyards, past ancient stone huts and beside sheer walls of granite. See the local farmers tending their crops by hoe and herds of goats feeding beside the trail. The trail ends in Positano, where there will be ample time to explore and maybe take a dip in the sea. Return to Minori by ferry and bus. As tonight marks your final evening together, maybe gather your fellow travellers for a celebratory feast to cap off your Italian adventure.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Amalfi Coast - Your trip will come to an end after breakfast. If you’d like to extend your trip, reach out to your booking agent ahead of time to organise additional accommodation. .

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Rome - Buongiorno! Welcome to Italy. Brimming with ancient ruins and religious monuments, Rome still pulses to the beat of modern life and is packed with designer shops, restaurants, cafes and exciting nightlife. There are no activities planned until your welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight, so you can arrive any time. There are so many things to do in Rome – the Colosseum, the Forum, Piazza Navona, the Spanish Steps, Via Condotti, Piazza Venezia, the Vatican City and St Peter's Basilica – so arriving early is recommended. Don’t forget to do as the Romans do and sip an espresso at one of the tiny streetside cafes or sample the many flavours of gelato that colour the city (Trastevere is a great spot for dining). For those captivated by the Eternal City, throw a coin into the Trevi Fountain to ensure a return visit.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Naples / Pompeii - Travel by train to Naples, a raucous city that overflows with passion, tradition and gastronomy. Naples was carved out by many empires of the past and by merchants and pirates from across the world: Romans, Phoenicians, Carthaginians, Venetians, Spaniards, Normans and Africans. Its evocative, historical old centre is a World Heritage-listed area and the famous Spanish Quarter is still one of the most densely populated residential areas in Europe. Take an orientation walk with your leader through the city center and the Spanish Quarter, and finish your walk with something special. Naples is the birthplace of pizza, so why not head to one of the many pizzerias and taste what's truly some of the best in Italy. Later in the afternoon, board a train to the time capsule of Pompeii, in the shadow of Mt Vesuvius. Your accommodation is perfectly located right near the entrance to the archaeological excavation site.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Pompeii - The small town of modern Pompeii has a wonderful Old Town square – the perfect place to spend some time with the locals, drink an authentic Italian coffee and watch the world go by. Today’s highlight is a guided tour of the ruins of ancient Pompeii. Until 79 AD, Pompeii was a thriving Roman trading centre, but it was frozen in time when Mount Vesuvius erupted, burying 2000 people and their homes under a layer of ash. The city was never rebuilt and largely disappeared from people’s minds until the ruins were rediscovered in the 18th century. Immaculately preserved ruins include villas, temples, theatres and bustling markets, providing insights into how Romans lived, worked and interacted 2000 years ago. The remainder of the day is yours to relax, or if you like, you can visit the nearby Herculaneum, renowned for its fossilised archaeological treasures.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Mt Vesuvius / Sorrento - A private transfer will take you up the mighty Mt Vesuvius this morning, where you’ll meet a local volcanology guide. Ascend to the summit of Mt Vesuvius for staggering 360-degree views over the Bay of Naples and into the steaming crater. Although Mt Vesuvius is still considered to be an active volcano, the last eruption was in 1944 and there's no sign of lava. See firsthand the awesome power of the volcano that engulfed the cities of Pompeii and Herculaneum in 79 AD. In the afternoon, travel by private vehicle to the resort town of Sorrento. People have been coming to the peninsula and islands of the Sorrento region for at least 2000 years. There are many options in this small seaside town with its fine piazzas, maze of old streets, sidewalk cafes and shops. The area is famous for its lemon groves, which produce the famous limoncello liqueur. Consider heading out to try some tonight.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Sorrento - You have a free day to explore the cliffside town of Sorrento today. Maybe stroll along the marina or cool off in the waters of the small beaches. Visiting Capri is another option, accessible by a hydrofoil. Natural grottoes dot Capri’s rugged coastline, while inland, narrow roads wind through fragrant citrus groves and past villages of flat-roofed white houses. In Capri, you can take a boat trip to the Blue Grotto (La Grotta Azzurra), where the water shines with an extraordinary blue translucence – a result of the refraction of the sunlight outside. End the day the Italian way with a demonstration of Gelato making with your group.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Amalfi Coast - Arrive on the Amalfi Coast after a short journey by private vehicle. The Amalfi peninsula is a land of rocky coasts, cliff-top vistas, azure seas, tiered lemon groves, whitewashed villages and bright blue skies. If you're after a relaxing walk with a few cultural highlights, stroll from one side of Amalfi town to the other and visit the Cattedrale di Sant'Andrea and the Chiostro del Paradiso. If you want something more active, maybe embark on a walk through the Valley of Mills. Alternatively, catch a bus up the Valley of Dragons to reach Ravello. For centuries, its lofty position and sunny, dry climate have made it an appealing place for writers, artists, musicians and travellers. Tonight, you'll stay in Minori, just a 15-minute bus ride from Amalfi (the bus fare is included). Unlike bustling tourist hotspots, Minori offers privacy and equally breathtaking views while being just a short walk from the beach.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Positano / Amalfi Coast - This morning, take the short bus ride to Amalfi Town. Your leader will take you for a half-day hike along the narrow trail of the famous Sentiero Degli Dei (the Path of the Gods) which, until quite recently, was followed by mules and donkeys as they traversed the dramatic landscape. This path winds its way through unique scenery and boasts unrivalled views along the coast. Walk through forests and fields of wildflowers, olive groves and vineyards, past ancient stone huts and beside sheer walls of granite. See the local farmers tending their crops by hoe and herds of goats feeding beside the trail. The trail ends in Positano, where there will be ample time to explore and maybe take a dip in the sea. Return to Minori by ferry and bus. As tonight marks your final evening together, maybe gather your fellow travellers for a celebratory feast to cap off your Italian adventure.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Amalfi Coast - Today is a free day for you to explore the region surrounding Amalfi. A great way to see the coastline is on a boat – there are regular seasonal services between Amalfi, Positano and Capri. It is also highly recommended to walk to the shaded Valle dei Mulini (Valley of the Watermills). Here, you’ll find remnants of Europe’s earliest paper mills among the thick foliage, fed by the valley's streams. Pass locals collecting wild mushrooms and carrying half their body weight in lemons as the path takes you deep into the valley to the entrance of the nature reserve Valle delle Ferriere (Valley of Iron). This is one of the most interesting nature reserves of the area and an ideal place for lunch.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Amalfi Coast - You have a free day to explore Minori Town and Amalfi Town (just a 15 minute bus ride away) today. If you're after a relaxing walk with a few cultural highlights, stroll from one side of Amalfi Town to the other and pay a visit to the Cattedrale di Sant'Andrea and the Chiostro del Paradiso. If you’re after something more active, maybe head out on a walk through the Valley of Mills. Alternatively, you can take a bus to the Valley of Dragons to reach pretty Ravello – for centuries, its lofty position and sunny, dry climate have made it an appealing place for writers, artists, musicians and travellers. Ravello also boasts two magnificent villas, the 11th century Villa Rufolo – once the home of Wagner – and Villa Cimbrone – a 19th century mansion with sprawling gardens and great views over the Gulf of Salerno. You could also take a half-day walk along the narrow trail of the famous Sentiero Degli Dei (the Walk of the Gods) through forests and fields of wildflowers, olive groves and vineyards.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Trani - Travel to Italy's east coast to Trani, known as the 'Southern Pearl'. Once an ancient trading hub, Trani is a port town with a white cathedral on the seawall. The crescent-shaped marina is a great place to relax and watch the world go by. With medieval streets and its own sweet wine, Trani feels like stepping into a 1950s movie set. When you arrive, explore the historic centre and its medieval churches on a walking tour. The Old Town points to a time when this was a major port for merchants travelling to the Near East. Later, kick back on the waterfront and watch the sophisticates of Puglia clink glasses of Moscato di Trani in cosy bars.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Trani - Today is a free day to explore all that Trani has to offer. You might like to visit the dramatic Cattedrale di San Nicola Pellegrino – begun in 1099 and taking over two centuries to finish, the soft white-pink limestone Norman cathedral is dedicated to the famously foolish St Nicholas the Pilgrim, whose bones lie in the crypt below the church. Inside, it’s bright and airy and the remains of a 12-century mosaic near the main altar set off the simply furnished church. You can also head to the castle built by Frederick II – the king of Sicily, Italy, Germany, Jerusalem and the Holy Roman Emperor in the 13th century. Explore the medieval Jewish quarter, built in all-white stone, stopping by two synagogues, the Scola Nova and the Scola Grande. Fishermen sell the day’s catch in the marina, so maybe head there for dinner and grab a glass of wine harbourside.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Lecce - Head south and delight in the baroque architecture and atmosphere of Lecce. Lecce's elaborate ornamentation is elevated to dizzying heights, presenting the casual viewer with a feast for the senses. Sumptuous palazzi (mansions), a defensive main square, Roman ruins and magnificent allegories dancing across ornate facades make Lecce a swoon-worthy sight for any traveller. The university gives the town a lively feel, and there are little boutiques, antique shops and delicious delis to explore.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Lecce - Today is a free day for you to explore Lecce. If open, maybe step beneath the city and see the restored Roman amphitheatre excavated in the 1930s. Built in the 2nd century AD, the remarkably intact theatre seated 15,000 people. Overlooking the arena is the Colonna di Sant'Oronzo – a statue of Lecce's patron saint mounted on a Roman column. Maybe check out the Basilica Di Santa Croce’s facade of sheep, dodos, cherubs and monsters or head to the Piazza del Duomo. Used in the past as a defence against invaders, the square's openness is bordered by a 12th-century cathedral, a 68 m-high bell tower, a 15th-century Episcopal Palace and an 18th-century Seminario. In the afternoon, meet up with the group for an aperitivo with local specialties like friselle, taralli, puccia, bombette and burrate.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Ostuni / Alberobello - Travel by private transport to a local masseria to meet an olive oil producer, who will show you how the techniques have changed over the millennia before you're treated to a tasting. Some olive trees here are thought to be close to 3000 years old and the farm has been active since Roman times. You’ll then head to Ostuni and explore its narrow streets before continuing to Alberobello. Travellers flock here to see at the beehive-shaped Trulli (singular trullo) – small, dry-stone houses built from local limestone in the 14th century. The origins of the buildings are unclear, although it's possible the mortar-less dwellings were created to be easily dismantled in a feudal tax evasion scheme. Wander the Old Town quarter of Rione Monti, where thousands of Trulli (and souvenir shops) rise over the hill or head over to Rione Aia Piccola and see Trulli family dwellings.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Matera - Transfer by private mini bus to Matera. The extraordinary sight of Matera's Old Town gives a haunting, bittersweet insight into ancient life. One of the oldest cities in existence, Matera's otherworldly drawcard is the sassi (singular sasso) – stone houses formed from natural grottoes and tufo cliffs overlooking a gorge. Its resemblance to Jerusalem has attracted film directors of biblical epics, but its dark interiors were the scene of shameful poverty in the mid-20th century. Duck down into the sassi through the knot of staircases and alleyways that snake through the limestone ravines, and take a guided tour to appreciate both its ancient and modern history. Tonight, you’ll stay in accommodation with balconies overlooking the sassi.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Matera / Bari - This morning is free for you to explore the narrow alleyways and caves of Matera before boarding a local train to Bari at around lunchtime. Sitting on a small peninsula in the Adriatic Sea overlooking Greece, Bari is the prosperous capital of Puglia. The tangled streets of its Old Town, Bari Vecchia, conceal Romanesque churches, a market, medieval piazzas and a Swabian castle. The Basilica di San Nicola was built to hold the relics of St Nicholas, which were stolen from Turkey by local Bari fishermen and have made the city a place of pilgrimage since 1087. The relics are also the mainstay of Bari's biggest annual celebration, the Festa di San Nicola. The stone walls are lovely to walk around, with the sea lapping on one side and the medieval town on the other. Bari is also the perfect place to see out your last night and have a group meal by the harbour, sampling local limoncello and some of the seafood the city is famous for.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Bari - Your journey will come to an end after breakfast today and you are free to depart at any time. If you would like to extend your stay, just speak to your booking agent to organise additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Athens - Kalimera! Welcome to Greece. As there's not much time to explore Athens on this trip before you head out to the islands, arriving a few days early is recommended. Highlights include the renowned changing of the guard at Syntagma (Parliament) Square, the National Gardens, the Temple of Olympian Zeus, the original Olympic Stadium and of course the Acropolis, where you can enter the Pantheon and enjoy fabulous views over the city. Maybe join an Urban Adventure day trip, such as 'Taste of Athens' or 'Markets, Ruins and Ancient Athens'. You could also take a day trip to the Peloponnese peninsula via ancient Epidavros and the Corinthian canal. After the welcome meeting, perhaps head out for some gyros and ouzo with your new travel companions.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Syros - Today travel by metro to the port of Piraeus, then catch a relaxing scenic ferry to Syros (approximately 4 hours). In the heart of the Cyclades, Syros offers a rare opportunity to see the islands as the Greeks do. One of the Aegean's most underrated islands, the island features typical whitewashed houses, farms, terraced fields and gorgeous sandy beaches. Your leader will take you on a wander through the main town of Ermoupolis, home to well preserved neoclassical mansions and 19th-century tenement blocks. Syros is also home to delicious sweets. Stop at a family run traditional loukoumi workshop where you will be shown the procedure of how these multi-coloured fruit-flavoured jellies (also called Greek Delight) and chalvadopita (hazelnut, almond or honey-filled wafers) are made - make sure you try some of them. You'll have plenty of time to explore tomorrow, so perhaps kick up your feet at a waterfront cafe and watch the setting sun turn the houses pink.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Syros - Take a walk through the fortress-like town of Ano Syros, which offers great views of the Aegean Sea. Wander the narrow alleyways, pass handmade-souvenir shops and keep an ear open for traditional Rembetiko music floating out of the family-run tavernas. Enjoy free time to further explore Syros at your own pace. Discover abandoned windmills, ancient ruins and charming villages on a network of stone-paved tracks that crisscross the island. Perhaps head to the various archaeological sites on the island, or you might prefer to simply hole up on a beach for the afternoon. Outside of Ermoupolis are many small tranquil coves, while the most popular beaches are on the southern side of the island. While some are sandy and others pebbly, all boast crystal clear waters for swimming in. In the evening, take taxis to a taverna to a remotely located village in the rugged northern part of the island to sample delicious local specialities during an included meal, all while watching the sun set over the Aegean Sea.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Mykonos - Today board a two-hour ferry to Mykonos, a beautiful island named in honour of Apollo's grandson. Known in ancient Greek mythology as the battlefield where Zeus fought the Gigantes, today the island is best known for its decadence, style, and nightlife. Join your leader for a walk through the maze-like old town and be captivated by the quintessential Greek Isles vista of squat white houses brightly juxtaposed against the cerulean sea. Browse the chic galleries and boutiques, follow flower-lined paths past age-old churches and tiny restaurants to secluded, sandy beaches, and spend the afternoon soaking up the rays and splashing in the water. Settle into your lovely room at the hotel. As the sun sets, maybe join Europe's party crowd at one of the many bars and clubs on Mykonos, or take a more traditional approach with a meal at a delightful backstreet restaurant.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Delos / Mykonos - This morning you will take a half-day trip out to the nearby island of Delos. One of the most important archaeological and mythological sites in the Greek Islands, a sacred area that was once the political and religious centre of the Aegean, Delos is considered to be the birthplace of Apollo and Artemis. A living museum, the wealthy built mansions in the town that developed around Apollo’s sanctuary, decorating them with luxurious frescoes, mosaics and statues. The island is overflowing with archaeological finds like the Terrace of the Lions and the Sacred Precinct, with many more still being uncovered. Later on today you might like to head to one of Mykonos' many beaches, which are some of the nicest in Europe. Take a short bus ride to the pumping Paradise or Super Paradise beach bars, or perhaps find a quieter spot to relax along the beautiful coastline. You could also check out the 19th-century House of Lena or the Aegean Maritime Museum in town. This evening you could make your way to the village of Ano Mera and seek out a tavern for a seafood dinner or perhaps wander down to Little Venice, where colourful balconies hang precariously over the sea.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Santorini - Take another ferry and arrive on the spectacular southern island of Santorini (approximately 2.5hrs hours). Renowned for its amazing natural beauty, Santorini is one of Europe's tourist hotspots, the home of the iconic image of the Greek islands – whitewashed, blue-domed buildings clinging to the cliff face with sparkling water in the background. Discover the hilltop ruins of Ancient Thira and its fascinating Prehistoric Museum, as well as the archaeological site of Akrotiri, a Minoan Bronze Age settlement that gives an insight into how the people here lived before the eruption. Check out the range of restaurants and shops in the island's capital, interchangeably called Thira or Fira. If you have time while you're here, perhaps head to one of Santorini's volcanic beaches, such as Red Beach or the black beaches of Perissa, Vlhada, Perivolos or Agios Georgios. Be sure to try some of the island’s delicious food – the nutrient-filled volcanic soil makes the ingredients grown here full of flavour.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Santorini - In 1500 BC a volcanic eruption sank the center of Santorini, forming one of the most significant geological formations on the planet – the awe-inspiring caldera. The spectacular natural beauty of this caldera is what makes Santorini such a special place. Today make an excursion along the crater rim, starting in Thira town and walking through little villages all the way to Oia, passing steep cliff faces and experiencing breathtaking views along the way. If you have time, you might also like to take a half-day trip to the island's volcano and hot springs in the centre of the lagoon. Or perhaps visit one of the island’s wineries – the vines here are cultivated in a very unusual way, with the plants being pruned to form a low basket shape that sits on top of the volcanic soil to protect the grapes from strong winds. On the last evening of your adventure, rub shoulders with friendly locals in packed pubs and cafes, sipping a cocktail as you witness a magnificent Santorini sunset.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Heraklion - Today, you’ll receive all the necessary instructions along with your ferry tickets from Santorini to Heraklion and a hotel voucher for your overnight stay. Please note that this part of your journey will be self-guided, without your Tour Leader. Once you arrive in Heraklion, take some time to settle into your hotel and enjoy the city at your own pace. Heraklion has plenty to offer—whether you’d like to stroll along the Venetian harbor, visit the impressive Koules Fortress, explore the Archaeological Museum, or wander the lively streets filled with shops and cafés. If you’re up for a short trip, you can also visit the famous Palace of Knossos, just a short drive from the city center. This is your chance to relax, discover, and experience Heraklion in your own way.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Heraklion - Today is free for you until 6pm Welcome meeting. If you haven’t yesterday, maybe visit the Archaeological Museum of Heraklion, see the Palace of Knossos or wander through the Museum of Ancient Greek Technology by Kotsanas. After the group meeting maybe head out for dinner with the group.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Heraklion to Knossos - This morning, head out of the city to the renowned archaeological site of Knossos, considered to be Europe’s oldest city. Explore the ruins with your leader and soak in thousands of years of history within its walls. After, discover one of Crete’s most celebrated commodities (vino, of course)! with a visit to a nearby winery for a tasting. Learn about the different varietes of grape grown here and sample a range of small-batch vintages. Then, it’s time to check out some quiet corners – continue to the tiny coastal town of Chora Sfakion (sometimes referred to as Sfakia) and the historic village of Anopolis for some short stops, then carry on to Aradaina, which is teetering on the edge of a gorge. Your final stop for the day is in Knossos Omalos where you’ll stay tonight.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Sougia - Lace up your boots as you set off on a hike through the gorges this morning, stopping at the entrance of Agia Eirini Gorge along the way. Hear stories about the area’s historic past and how it once hid Greek rebels during the Turkish Occupation. Look out for the endangered Cretan wild goats and dittany trees as you walk. After, travel along the beautiful south coast to the village of Sougia. This is Crete at its very best – an undiscovered sweep of beach overlooked by mountains. When you arrive, the afternoon is yours to spend at leisure.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Sougia - After breakfast, set off on a boat trip with a local family from the rural area. Discover the region’s rich history as you cruise, then join the family for lunch. Maybe try some local dishes like fresh seafood or bougatsa (warm flaky pastry with creamy semolina custard or cheese). The rest of the afternoon is yours to spend as you please. Maybe explore one of the coastal trails, take a swim in the warm waters or simply lay back on the beach with a drink in hand.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Chania - Say goodbye to Sougia this morning and catch a local bus to Chania. When you arrive, join your local leader on a guided tour of the Old Town. As you walk, you’ll explore the city markets, the Ottoman neighbourhood and Jewish quarter and pass by the workshops of traditional artisans of local pottery. The rest of the day is free for you to explore at your own pace. Tonight, maybe venture out into the bustling night life and sit down to dinner at a local restaurant – your leader will have the best recommendations!

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Chania - Today is a free day for you to enjoy how you like. Maybe set off on a boat tour of the Balos and Gamvousa Islands or join a kalitsounia workshop where you’ll learn firsthand how one of the most famous Cretan pastries is made. Kalitsounia is commonly enjoyed as an appetizer or for breakfast, and you can choose your fillings according to your taste – Cretan mizithra or anthotyro cheese with Cretan greens or maybe a sweet filling instead. You could even take them with you to enjoy later in the day. This evening, maybe to head out to a local restaurant for a final dinner and use your knowledge of Cretan wine to pair with your meal.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Chania - With no activities planned for the day, your adventure on Crete comes to an end after breakfast this morning. If you’d like to spend some more time exploring the island, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Athens - Kalimera! Welcome to Greece. Your adventure begins in the country’s capital, Athens – an ancient city built to honour the Olympian Goddess of wisdom, Athena. Join your leader for a welcome meeting at 6 pm this afternoon. There’s a lot to explore in this city, famous for the Acropolis and Parthenon, so it’s highly recommended you arrive a few days early to explore it all. After your welcome meeting, perhaps head out for some gyros and ouzo with your new travel companions and get to know eachother.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Thessaloniki - Wake up to a day full of tasty adventures. Start your morning with a leader-led walking tour of the central Athens food market. If you haven’t tried a Greek-style coffee yet, maybe find a place along the walk to do so. You’ll then leave Athens and board a train headed north to Thessaloniki – Greece’s second largest city. When you arrive, take the time to explore the city at your own pace. Tonight, maybe find a local restaurant and sample the flavours of Thessaloniki during a meze-style dinner. Keep the party going and ask your leader for their recommendations for local music spots.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Thessaloniki - Today is a free day. Maybe set off on a guided tour of the UNESCO World Heritage-listed archaeological site of Aigai (Vergina Tombs). Walk through the remains of the monumental palace, beautifully decorated with mosaics and painted stuccoes, then discover the burial ground with more than 300 tumuli, some of which date back to the 11th century. This afternoon, maybe walk through the Byzantine Museum, explore the White Tower of Thessaloniki or unwind with a wine tasting at Naousa.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Xanthi - Enjoy a laidback morning before you set off from Thessaloniki towards your next stop in Xanthi – a city found on the crossroads of the Black Sea, Europe and Asia. When you arrive, set off on a guided city tour with your local leader. After your walk-through Xanthi’s old and new town centres, the rest of the evening is free for you to continue exploring the city. Tonight, maybe join your group for dinner to taste the unique cuisine of Thrace.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Xanthi - After breakfast, head up the mountain to visit an organisation of women from Xanthi who knit and create homewares and accessories in traditional styles. Next, you’ll be treated to a tasting of coffee and pies made by women from nearby Pomachochoria villages. Learn about the community of people in northern Greece known as the Pomaks, then enjoy a free afternoon to discover more about the places and people of Xanthi. Active travellers may like to head off on a hiking or rafting expedition in Nestos National Park. There are also plenty of things to explore around Xanthi, like the Folklore and Historical Museum, the Holy Monastery or the city’s many art galleries. Ask your local leader about their recommendations for activities or half-day trips in the area.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Alexandroupolis - Enjoy breakfast at your accommodation in Xanthi before beginning your journey to Alexandroupolis. Make a stop at the Church of Agios Nikolaos on an island in the Vistonida Lake. Look inside the nicknamed ‘Floating Monastery.’ Wildlife lovers may want to stay outside and keep an eye out for the lake’s pink flamingos. Make a stop at the Cyclopas olive press to learn all about Greece’s famous export and its many varieties. Arrive at Alexandroupolis – a seaside city known for its trademark lighthouse – for an afternoon boat ride through the Evros Delta National Wetland Park. You then have a free evening to relax or continue exploring.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Edirne - Begin your journey from Greece to Turkey, stopping at Soufli along the way – a village famous for its silk production. To learn about this ancient industry, you’ll have the option to visit the Art of Silk Museum, located in a restored neoclassical building with an attached shop selling locally made silk items. Cross the border into Turkey, saying goodbye to your Greek leader and meet your Turkish leader. Before arriving in Edirne, stop at the Sultan Bayezid II Complex Health Museum. Built in 1488, this complex played an important part in Turkey's health, education, social and religious life. Arrive at your hotel, settle in, then join your leader for an orientation walk and your first Turkish dinner.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Istanbul - Wake up in Edirne and hop aboard a bus headed to Istanbul. While it’s not the capital city of Turkey, it once was the capital of both the Byzantine and Ottoman Empires. Today, Istanbul is Turkey’s largest city with popular sites like the Hagia Sofia Mosque, Hippodrome, Grand Bazaar and Cistern. Discover the Old Town and its fascinating history on a guided orientation tour with your leader. The rest of the day is yours to explore. Tonight, you might like to meet up with your group for an optional farewell dinner.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Istanbul - Today your adventure comes to an end. There are no activities planned and you can depart the accommodation at any time. If you'd like to extend your stay in Turkey, just reach out to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Dubrovnik - Dobro Dosli! Welcome to Croatia. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm in Dubrovnik – the undisputed jewel of the Dalmatian Coast. With the sparkling water of the Adriatic in the background, this gorgeous city is full of character and can easily be covered on foot. If you arrive early, maybe head out to one of the Elafiti Islands, like Lopud – a quiet island popular for hiking, clean beaches and a ruined castle – or Kolocep – great for scenic walks for every fitness level. Tonight, maybe get to know your fellow travellers over dinner.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Hvar - Beat the crowds with an early morning walk along Dubrovnik's city walls that surround the Old Town. Soak up the views of the sea from the fully intact medieval structure, then enjoy all that Dubrovnik has to offer with the remainder of the day free for you to explore. Visit Big Onofrio's Fountain – a masterpiece built by famous European architect Onofrio della Cava. Check out the Franciscan monastery with one of the world's oldest, continuously functioning pharmacies, founded in the 13th century. This afternoon, board a catamaran to Hvar. When you arrive, the rest of the evening is free for you to explore at your own pace.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Hvar - This morning, join your local leader on an orientation walk through the island. Known for its beautiful beaches and vibrant nightlife, maybe explore Franciscan Monastery, visit the UNESCO World Heritage site of Stari Grad or discover Vrboska – a small town known for its fishing boats and bustling harbour. After, maybe hike to the top of Spanjola Fortress for panoramic views over the region, relax on the beach or find a local restaurant and try some local dishes like pasticada (traditional stewed beef) and some fresh grilled vegetables with olive oil, usually served with fresh goat and sheep cheeses (and maybe some smoked ham to tie it all together).

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Vis - A morning boat trip takes you to the neighbouring island of Vis. In the heart of the Adriatic Sea and off the Dalmatian Coast, Vis is known for its ancient city walls and thermae (public bath). As you cruise around the island, stop at Green Cave for a swim. Then, maybe snorkel at Blue Cave before continuing to Stiniva Beach – a secluded cove with dramatic cliffs and a narrow entrance. This afternoon, return to Vis. Tonight, maybe relax on the gorgeous beaches or wander through the island’s bars and restaurants – aperitif at sunset, anyone?

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Vis - This morning, set out on a military tour through Vis Island. The island used to be a military base in Yugoslavia which did not allow access to tourists. Here, you’ll visit local properties, indulge in local produce and hear historical stories of the island’s military background. Discover military facilities such as the rocket launcher base, cannon base and submarine tunnel, then sit down for a local wine and food tasting at the family property, Komiza. The rest of the afternoon is free for you to explore at your own pace. Maybe wander through the lavender fields, visit St Stephen’s Cathedral or simply unwind on the beach.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Split - Catch a boat to Split this morning. Situated on a small peninsula on the eastern shores of the Adriatic Sea, Split is the second largest city in Croatia. When you arrive, join a local guide for a walking tour of the seaside town and get to know its history. See the original and well-preserved basements under the city, the Cathedral in Diocletian's Palace and Jupiter's Temple. Explore the impressive ruins of Diocletian's Palace – Split's most imposing structure and some of the most interesting ruins on the Adriatic coast. Portions of the Palace are over 1700 years old! After, maybe grab a drink at a cafe on the Riva Promenade and people watch for a while. Tonight, maybe get your group together for a harbourside dinner and toast to a great trip.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Split - Take a full day to explore Split further. You might like to take a day trip to the surrounding area and visit the ancient Roman city of Salona, or the sleepy towns of Trogir or Sibenik. There will be a meeting at 6 pm to welcome any new travellers joining you on the next stage of your adventure. In the evening why not head out for some fresh seafood with your travel companions?

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Zadar - This morning, you'll travel by local bus northwest to Zadar. For centuries Zadar was the capital city of Dalmatia, and the city's rich heritage is visible at every step. An important coastal town, the musical steps of the ‘Sea Organ’ on Zadar's waterfront express its important relationship with the sea. Trace marble streets through the Old Town and discover Roman ruins in amongst medieval churches. Enjoy some local food and drinks in a city that’s home to a vibrant café culture. Zadarsko pivo is a light beer with a very pleasant taste, just a little bit bitter, with a rich flavour. After, maybe treat yourself to a gourmet meal at a contemporary Croatian restaurant. Try njoki (lamb in red wine) with Dalmatian ham and rocket salad, or opt for the popular choice of fresh tuna carpaccio or a fillet in scampi sauce. Also try the famous liqueur, Maraskino, made from locally-grown maraschino cherries according to a centuries' old secret recipe. This unique drink was a favourite at European imperial and royal courts and has been produced in Zadar since 1821.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Zadar - Head out of the city this morning for a special experience at the farm of the Benedictines of St. Mary. This order leads a secluded life, believing that working on the agricultural land brings them closer to God. During your visit, you'll taste some of the award-winning jams, liqueurs and juices produced in the monastery. Sample high-quality olive oils and wines with cheese and bread, then take a tour of the property. As you walk around the orchards, you'll learn about how the nuns live, the fruits grown on the grounds and how their products are produced. After some time to explore, you'll head back to Zadar in the afternoon, where you'll have free time. Maybe try the famous liqueur, Maraskino, made from the locally grown maraschino cherries. This unique drink was a favourite at European royal courts and has been produced in Zadar since 1821.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Plitvice Lakes National Park - Travel inland this morning to your next base in Grabovac and visit Plitvice Lakes National Park – an Eden of waterfalls and lakes. Fed by the Bijela and Crna Rivers, the waters tumble from tree-lined ridges through dense forests. Sixteen lakes fed by underground springs are split into the upper and lower lakes. The upper are in the dolomite cliffs, where water weaves in and out of the karst, dropping dramatically down to the lower lakes. This interplay of water, rock and plant life creates a dynamic landscape. Look out for over 120 species of birds, including hawks and owls, and butterflies that transform the park into a riot of colour. After, visit Licko Petrovo Selo – a small village next to the park with a local NGO that focuses on preserving the historical art of woolly men's underwear. Take a short tour of the NGO and hear about how they preserve this important part of their cultural heritage (and maybe even buy a warm souvenir to take home).

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Zagreb - Continue to Croatia’s capital and largest city – Zagreb. Full of parks and squares, Zagreb is a laidback place, proud of its coffee culture and the perfect spot to wander. Follow your leader on an orientation walk when you arrive and then enjoy some free time for the rest of your time here. Maybe join one of the many free walking tours in the city and engage with a local here to learn about their daily life or browse the city’s stunning neo-baroque and gothic architecture. You could check out Tkalciceva Street’s lively social scene or head up Medvednica Mountain, where the views stretch as far as neighboring Slovenia on a clear day. To live like a local, maybe head to Zagreb’s open-air markets where you’ll find all kinds of fresh vegetables, nuts, honey and liqueurs.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Ljubljana - This morning, take the train and cross the border to Ljubljana. One of the smallest capitals in Europe, Ljubljana makes up for it by also being one of the greenest and most vibrant cities on the continent. Follow your leader on an orientation walk and ride the funicular up to Ljubljana Castle for panoramic views of the city. Dubbed the ‘dragon city’ due its ties to Greek mythology, you’ll likely spot dragon symbols scattered about. Ljubljana, home to 50,000 students, is known for its lively nightlife. Explore Metalkova for an alternative vibe or the Old Town for its historical charm – or ask your leader for their recommendations.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Ljubljana / Bled - Embark on a day trip to Lake Bled this morning. Your leader will guide you on a scenic walk that passes some impressive 19th century villas, including the residence of the former Yogoslav president ‘Marshal’ Tito – now known as the hotel Vila Bled. The rest of the day is free for you to explore all that Bled has to offer. If you’re feeling active, consider renting a paddleboard and taking a trip around the picturesque island. Alternatively, you can get on a Plenta boat ride – a wooden, awning-covered boat rowed by a special oarsman – and reach it that way. From there, climb the 99 steps to St Mary’s Church and ring the wishing bell. Be sure to seek out the famous Bled cream cake, which isn’t hard – nearly every cafe and cake shop in town claims theirs is the best. Return to Ljubljana in the evening and perhaps round your group together for a final dinner.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Ljubljana - There are no activities planned for the final day and you can depart your accommodation at any time. For those who wish to stay in Ljubljana, reach out to your booking agent ahead of time to organise additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Rome - Buongiorno! Welcome to Italy. Crowded with ancient ruins and religious monuments, Rome is the perfect spot to kick off your trip. Your adventure starts in Rome with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. Packed with designer shops, restaurants, cafes and nightlife spots, it’s recommended that you arrive a few days early to see everything and experience the culture of this fantastic city. Maybe sip an espresso at one of the tiny streetside cafes and throw a coin into the Trevi Fountain to ensure a return visit to Rome. After, why not head out for dinner with your group and get to know each other over your favourite carb?

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Florence - Today you have a free morning to soak up the sights and sounds of Rome. There will be an optional leader-led orientation walk, taking in some of the best-known sights of Rome like the Spanish Steps, the Colosseum and the Roman Forum if you’ve only just arrived. Then, maybe head to Vatican City and St Peter's Basilica. Later, you'll travel by train to Florence – the cultural heart of Tuscany, bursting with religious treasures and Renaissance masterpieces. It's been said that during the second millennium, a third of Europe's most important artists lived in Florence. The minds and talents of the Medicis, Leonardo da Vinci, Raphael, Brunelleschi, Machiavelli, Donatello and Michelangelo all flourished here. After checking in to your hotel, join your leader for an orientation walk of Florence, then the rest of your evening is free to explore at your own pace. Food is also a major part of the city's identity, so why not explore some of the Tuscan delicacies on offer with your group.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Florence - Today is a free day for you to explore all that Florence has to offer. The principal sights are easily discovered on foot like the Pitti Palace, Ponte Vecchio, Piazza della Signoria and the Santa Croce Church. Maybe visit the Uffizi, one of the world's oldest art galleries, or discover Michelangelo's iconic statue of David at the Galleria dell'Accademia. Later, maybe climb the stairs to Piazzale Michelangelo for a sunset view across the rooftops of Florence. Tonight, join the locals in taking a passeggiata (a leisurely social stroll) between Piazza Beccaria and Piazza della Repubblica.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Lucca - After a leisurely morning, board the train to Lucca – one of Tuscany's real hidden gems, with centuries-old buildings, beautiful churches, wide piazzas and narrow streets within the ancient city ramparts. You’ll be staying in the city centre which allows easy access to all the sights, restaurants and bars – all an easy stroll from the hotel's front door. Tonight, you might like to join the tradition of many locals and take a stroll along the top of the city walls that surround the perimeter of the old city.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Pisa - Set off on a cycling tour this morning, following the scenic Serchio River through the Tuscan countryside. Then, you’ll catch the train to Pisa and visit the world-famous Leaning Tower, as well as the nearby Duomo in Piazza dei Miracoli and the Pisa Baptistry. The Leaning Tower was built in the 12th century, but its foundation was on shifting sand and clay, meaning that it now leans at an angle of four degrees, after restoration and stabilising work. Then, continue to wander the streets past high-end boutiques, speciality book and antiques stores. After, head back to Lucca, where the rest of the night is free for you to explore at your own pace. Maybe head to a local bar for a Prosecco (or two) and a fresh focaccia with finocchiona salami and pecorino cheese – best enjoyed in the shadow of the Palazzo Pretorio.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Cinque Terre - Travel by train to La Spezia – the gateway to the gorgeous Italian Riviera. A medieval port town whose name is derived from its historic importance in the spice trade, La Spezia is your base for exploring the nearby stretch of coast known as the Cinque Terre. The name comes from the five tiny villages – Riomaggiore, Manarola, Corniglia, Vernazza and Monterosso al Mare, whose position, wedged into a series of coves between cliffs, makes it one of the highlights in the country. After lunch, you have free time to explore the city at your own pace. Maybe head out by ferry or bus to the pretty seaside town of Portovenere, walk around the pedestrian zone on Via del Prione to the gardens along the harbour in La Spezia or visit Lerici – a small village across the Bay of Poets dominated by its castle – for a waterside dinner.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Cinque Terre - This morning, venture out through olive groves and vineyards on the Cinque Terre Trails. This path runs between the villages that were once the only way to travel through the region. After your hike this morning, maybe continue along the walking through the countryside, passing narrow paths, steep cliffs and foot bridges or take a train to a nearby town. After, find a place for lunch in one of the towns and relax in the vibrant atmosphere before heading back to base in La Spezia later today.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Portofino to Asti - Start your day with a scenic train ride from La Spezia to the coastal town of Rapallo. Once you arrive, drop off your luggage and make your way to the harbor to catch a ferry to Portofino. Here, take your time exploring its colorful streets, boutiques, and waterfront cafes. If you're up for a bit of a climb, maybe follow the winding path that leads up to the Portofino Lighthouse at Punta del Capo for panoramic views over the Ligurian Sea. Later, unwind on a relaxing train ride to Asti—where a thriving food scene awaits, perfect for ending the day with a memorable meal.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Asti - This morning, travel to the nearby rural village of Castagnole Monferrato, where you’ll visit the home of a local winemaking family to sample their vintages. The Ruche grape variety is unique to this region of Italy – it's grown in just seven small villages in the province of Asti and produces a ruby-red, intense and aromatic wine. Have some lunch, then return to Asti. This town was one of the most important in medieval times, sitting on trade routes between Turin, Milan, and Genoa. Today, it’s best known as the home of some of the finest and most sought-after wines in Europe. It's also the best place to find ‘tartufo’ (truffles). You may be lucky enough to be here on a market day, when the Piazza del Palio hosts the region’s largest open-air market.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Como to Cadenabbia - Travel by train to Milan, then continue to Bellagio – a village on the coast of Lake Como known for its cobbled lanes, elegant buildings and the Villa Serbelloni Park, an 18th-century terraced garden with lake views. Later in the afternoon, you’ll head out to explore this area of natural beauty and unique landscapes. Your hotel tonight is on the shores of Lake Como, where you can soak up the serenity from your room. Later, maybe find a local restaurant for dinner – your local leader will have the best recommendations!

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Cadenabbia - This morning, explore the village of Bellagio. Set off on a short walk through the countryside and discover the estate of the Villa Melzi – this grand white villa sits just back from the water, and its surrounding estate is filled with rare and exotic plant life. The rest of the day is free – maybe take the ferry between the various parts of this area of Lake Como, like Varenna, Cadenabbia or the beautiful Villa del Balbianello, which film fans may recognise from franchises like James Bond and Star Wars. Maybe wander through acres of manicured Italian gardens at Villa Carlotta or visit Cadenabbia is Tremezzo, where you can find delicious food or an aperitif. Simply strolling and admiring the beautiful views whichever way you turn is an ideal way to spend the day.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Venice - Leave the lakes district behind and take your private vehicle to Milan. From here, catch a train to Venice – the grand city of bridges, towers, piazzas, canals, churches and gondolas, practically unchanged for 600 years. Venice is built over a hundred small islands connected by 400 bridges. There are plenty of things to keep you busy when you arrive. When you arrive, join your local leader for a walk around the maze of streets behind Piazza San Marco and learn about the complex canal system. Your leader will introduce you to the local way of crossing the canal, by traghetto, then the rest of the day is free. The Grand Canal is a great place to start, as you can stroll over the Rialto Bridge and browse the boutique shops that sell Venetian masks and handmade Murano glassware. For dinner, maybe seek out Venice's distinctive culinary heritage, which goes back to ancient times and features rich risottos, saline baccala (salted cod) and creamy polenta.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Venice - Today is a free day to explore at your own pace. Maybe visit the Grand Canal or the Rialto Bridge, discover Doge's Palace or see Piazza San Marco with its golden Basilica. Then, you could take a vaporetto (water bus) over to the island of San Giorgio to climb the bell tower for the best view of Venice. No trip here would be complete without a journey down the Grand Canal in a Venetian gondola, so maybe treat yourself to a cruise through the waterways and tick this iconic experience off your bucket list. Later, maybe wander through the Palazzo Ducale, overflowing with paintings by Italian masters, before joining your leader for a cicchetti stop as a real Venetian. Tonight, join your group for a celebratory dinner of Venetian specialties, like fresh lobster and squid ink spaghetti.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Venice - As there are no activities planned for today, you can depart the accommodation at any time. That doesn’t mean your adventure has to come to an end! If you would like to spend more time in Venice, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Athens - Kalimera! Welcome to Greece. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight in Athens – the capital of Greece, named after the goddess of wisdom, Athena. If you arrive early, wander through the historic neighbourhood of Plaka, visit the National Archaeological Museum or explore the Panathinaiko Stadium that housed the first Olympic games in 1896. After your meeting, maybe head out for dinner and get to know your new travel companions.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Athens / Thessaloniki - This morning, visit Acropolis – a UNESCO World Heritage site of an ancient citadel with the iconic Parthenon Temple, dedicated to the goddess Athena. Start with an ascent to the top of this rock via the towering entrance, the Propylaia. Once inside, see the Parthenon – the greatest Doric temple in the ancient world and UNESCO World Heritage site. In the afternoon board a train to cosmopolitan Thessaloniki. Today is a bit of a long travel day, so it's a good idea to get stuck into your book or favourite podcasts. This city especially comes alive in the evening, so make sure you hunt down the perfect gyros or some live music.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Thessaloniki - This morning is free for you to explore Thessaloniki at your own pace. Maybe walk along the waterfront to the White Tower, visit the Byzantine churches or see Ottoman sites and Roman ruins – if you’d like someone to show you the way, maybe join an Urban Adventure. Later, visit NAOMI – an NGO workshop supporting refugees with skill training and learn about the amazing work and the challenges they are faced with today. Thessaloniki is known as the gastronomic capital of Greece due to its distinct flavours, so tonight maybe wander through the town and try some local dishes like trigona panoramatos (custard-filled pastries) or moussaka (layered eggplant or potato, meat and a creamy sauce).

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Kalambaka - Board a train and travel to Kalambaka this morning. When you arrive, set off on a short orientation walk of the town where your local leader will point out amenities and help you get your bearings. The rest of the afternoon is free for you to explore the area around Kalambaka and Meteora at your own pace. Maybe explore a private collection showcasing Greek history and culture at the Museum of Hellenic Culture or hike the trails around Meteora for panoramic views. Tonight, maybe head to a taverna for dinner and stroll the main square for a taste of Thessalian life.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Meteora / Kalambaka - This morning, visit Meteora – a region in Greece known for its towering rock formations and the 24 14th-century monasteries built atop them. Climb the stairs to the UNESCO World Heritage-listed monasteries and discover the ruins that to be supplied by rope and pulley systems – one even features the skulls of the first founders! Take in the panoramic views of multi-colour streaked rock, bright green forest and the pale terracotta of the monastery roofs against the Grecian sky before heading back to town for the night. As you walk, look for hawks as they drift on the valley thermals looking for prey. Tonight, maybe find a local restaurant for dinner – your leader will have the best recommendations!

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Delphi - After breakfast, travel to Delphi. Along the way, stop for a tasting of different types of olives, oil and tapenade which are produced locally. Sit down to lunch with views overlooking the Delphi Valley – a UNESCO World Heritage site. Then, continue to Delphi. The ancient Greeks regarded Delphi as the centre of the world – legend says that Zeus sent two eagles flying from opposite ends of the world and they crossed paths over Delphi. When you arrive, join your leader on an orientation walk through the cliffside town before taking a guided tour through the archeological sites and museums. As you walk, learn about the myths and stories of the region and see the sanctuaries of Apollo and Athens including numerous monuments, temples and the reconstructed Athenian Treasury. After, visit the mountain-top stadium, used for the Pythian Games (an Olympic Games precursor) before maybe heading out for dinner.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Athens - Travel back to Athens today by bus, arriving in the late afternoon. When you arrive the rest of the day is free for you to explore at your own pace. Maybe stroll through the Monastiraki flea market for the perfect souvenir, visit the Temple of Olympian Zeus or watch the changing of the guard at the Tomb of the Unknown Soldier. Tonight, maybe head out for dinner with your group to celebrate the last night of your trip.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Athens - As there are no further activities, your trip finishes after breakfast. If you’d like to stay in the Greek Capital for longer, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Tirana - Mire se vini! Welcome to Albania. Your adventure begins in Tirana – the progressive capital city that's working hard to alleviate the Soviet bloc feeling that lingered for so long. If you arrive early, perhaps get your bearings with a walk around town. Tirana is filled with activity, from its traffic to its nightlife, but on its doorstep are mosques, citadels, Ottoman architecture and museums. After the meeting tonight, maybe head out for dinner with your group and get to know each other.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Tirana / Shkoder - This morning, head out on a leader-led orientation walk of central Tirana. See the architectural influences from Italy and Turkey, visit the Skanderbeg Monument, the mosaic on the National History Museum and the Palace of Culture. The Et'hem Bey Mosque, which sits right on the city's main square, is currently closed for extensive renovation works, but you can still look at the frescoes and portico that depict trees, waterfalls and bridges. After lunch, take a local bus to Shkoder – one of the oldest cities in Europe. When you arrive, head out on a short walk along the Pjaca (the main street), lined with 19th-century architecture and dominated by Ebu Beker Mosque. Later in the afternoon, why not head north of the city to visit the Venetian era Rozafa Castle, set high on a mountain with panoramic views of the Albanian countryside.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Lake Koman / Valbona Valley - Take an early morning transfer to Lake Koman, where you'll board a private boat between Koman and Fierza, in the remote north-eastern corner of the country. Passing through the gorge of the Albanian Alps, you’ll stop for refreshments and a swim along the way. Take in the scenery of cliff walls on both sides of the narrow lake – these mountains that surround the lake can reach over 1700 m and are almost uninhabited. This is one of the most beautiful boat rides you will ever take – think emerald waters, green vegetation and bright, white cliffs. Arrive in Fierza, where you'll be transferred to your guesthouse in Valbona Valley and tuck into your home cooked dinner.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Valbona Valley - Take an excursion deeper into the remote Valbona Valley and explore the green meadows dotted with traditional houses, farmlands and alpine trees. Due to the remoteness of the region and the lack of tourist infrastructure, today's activities will come as a surprise to all of us, including the leader! You may go for a hike in the surrounding mountains, walking through wide valleys and thick forests, or you might simply hang out in the village with the locals. One of the best things about Albania is the people – their warmth to strangers is infectious and you're bound to find yourself having a chat and swapping stories over a glass of raki or two. This is a great place to discover the history of Albania from the people who have lived through it, and to learn about the local way of life. Perhaps discover more about the stories of bloody feuds, said to be carried out in the name of the Kanun code (the customs that governed all aspects of life in the mountains).

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Peja - Today, you'll cross the border into Kosovo by private vehicle. Tiny Kosovo is Europe’s newest (official) country and is home to a handful of landlocked mountains, poppy-filled meadows and oak forests in the middle of the Balkans. The shadow of conflict in the late 1990s has kept Kosovo off traveller's radars but today, you’ll feel the shadow lifting. See the Decani Monastery – a place of artistic heritage, but whose symbolic significance as a Serbian Orthodox cultural monument unfortunately makes it vulnerable to destruction. Continue to Peja (Pec in Serbian) – the gateway to the Rugova Mountains and a major agricultural centre. Visit the beautifully restored Peja Bazaar, dating back to Ottoman times, and Bajrakli Mosque. Having been destroyed twice in the last 80 years, the bazaar has been fully rebuilt after the Kosovo War and is one of the many protected monuments in Kosovo.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Rugova Valley / Peja - After breakfast, head to the village of Drelaj, deep in the Rugova Valley. The Rugova Mountains rise over 2400 m and were declared a national park in 2013. This will be your base to explore the surrounding area on a guided hike. The valley is often compared to Switzerland and at the foot of Hjala mountain, you’ll be surrounded by tall grass pastures, wildflowers, simple wooden shacks and the sounds of cow bells drifting through the valley. After the hike, take the chance to rest as you tuck into lunch at a local family home. Head back to the hotel in the early evening and perhaps try the local Birra Peja brewed here in town.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Gjakova / Prizren - Journey south today, to Kosovo's second biggest (and arguably its most beautiful) city – Prizren. Along the way, stop by Gjakova to walk to the Sufi Tekke of the Halveti Order (one of the Dervish sects). Inside of the tekke, there are graves of all the previous shehs since 1600, when the order was established. After, walk along the Carshia (main street) and stop at the Mosque of Hadumi. If you’re lucky, the main Imam of Gjakova will speak to you and give an Albanian interpretation of Islamic dogmas (principles), with plenty of time for questions. Later, head to Prizren, stopping at a restaurant on the Drini River along the way. When you arrive in Prizen, you’ll head out an orientation walk along the Bistrica River, exploring the city’s famous mosques and abandoned Serbian Orthodox churches.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Prizren - Today you’ll visit Prizren's 6th-century Kalaja Fortress, which sits on a hilltop above the town. Discover the hidden 43-step staircase for incredible views over the city, then soak up a free day to explore at your own pace. Maybe visit the House of the Albanian League of Prizren, where in 1878 the Assembly of Prizren gathered to consolidate Albanian leaders to unite and protect the country against foreign threats. Perhaps walk upstream along the Bistrica River, where you might meet locals tending to their flocks of sheep. Or get your group together and hire a minibus to go for a wine tasting in the vineyards of Rahovec – this region is known as the gastronomic heart of Prizen, so there’s plenty of wineries and restaurants to explore.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Prishtina / Prizren - Take a daytrip to Prishtina – the capital of Kosovo is currently reinventing itself as a major commercial centre. First, head to Kosovo Polje (Field of Blackbirds), which the country is named after. There’s a memorial here that commemorates the important 1389 battle of Kosovo – a skirmish that led to the Ottoman Empire finally taking control of this area of the Balkans. Nearby is the tomb of Sultan Murat, leader of the Ottoman Empire in the 14th century. Visit the UNESCO World Heritage-listed Gracanica Monastery, then the afternoon is free to explore as you wish. Maybe visit the Ethnographic Museum, the Sultan Fatih Mosque or the Kosovo Museum. Check out the Newborn Monument, which was unveiled on the day Kosovo declared its independence in 2008. After exploring the city, head to the nearby Bear Sanctuary – a 16-hectare area of woodland and home for rescued dancing bears.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Skopje - Today you head to North Macedonia – full of scenic mountain backdrops, time-weathered monasteries and lake panoramas. When you arrive, take an orientation walk past Byzantine domes, Turkish baths and the newly built neo-classical buildings. After, wander past the mosques, caravanserais and hammams that fill these winding streets – a testament to Skopje’s Ottoman past. After, maybe visit the Daut Pasha Hammam or journey through the humbling Holocaust Museum to learn how Macedonia suffered during this tragic chapter of history. Lake Ohrid and the surrounding mountain forests are home to some excellent hiking options, so maybe ask your leader about your options this afternoon if you’re feeling active.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Matka Canyon / Skopje - Venture out to Matka Canyon – a deep ravine cut into the Suva Mountains by the Treska River. This area is home to several medieval monasteries, caves and over 70 species of endemic butterflies. When you arrive, you have the option to explore the canyon by boat. Alternatively, you can take one of the many nature walks in the canyon or up to tracks that hug the ridge above the valley. Return to Skopje, where the rest of the day is free. Maybe take the Mount Vodno cable car to Millennium Cross, get lost in the narrow lanes of Carsija, or take in the stone bridge over the Vardar River. For dinner this evening, you could head to the Old Bazaar or the restaurants in the Debar Maalo area.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Lake Ohrid - Take a local bus to Ohrid, which sits on a lake with the same name. Europe’s oldest lake, and one of the oldest human settlements in the world, Lake Ohrid has a wealth of historic sites and religious monuments to discover. The town is said to have once been home to 365 churches, one for each day of the year, earning it the nickname ‘the Macedonian Jerusalem’, while historical excavations date back to Neolithic times. Despite being a UNESCO World Heritage site for over 30 years, the town remains under the radar of most tourists. Get your bearings on an orientation walk, then maybe go hunting for a bargain in the Old Bazaar.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Lake Ohrid - Take to the lake on a morning cruise on Lake Ohrid. The rest of the day is free for you to discover the area at your own pace. There are many churches and monasteries to visit, but one of the most popular is the Macedonian Orthodox Church of Sveti Jovana Kaneo – sitting on a rocky outcrop above the town and overlooking the lake. Past the church, you can wander around the back of town, exploring the old walls and fortress. The Sveti Naum Monastery is also a great option, lying on the shores of the lake south of town, with well-kept grounds home to peacocks. The ancient Tsar Samoil’s fortress stands on the top of Ohrid Hill, while a 2000-year-old Roman theatre was uncovered near the Upper Gate – in summer it’s used for concerts and performances.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Tirana - Say goodbye to the endless blues of the lake and as you head across the border into Albania for your journey back to Tirana. When you arrive, your day is free to explore. Maybe take the cable car up Dajti Mountain for a breathtaking view of the city below. Tonight, perhaps join your group for dinner and head to Blloku (the Block) – once the domain of the Communist party’s inner circle and now home to cafes, restaurants and boutique bars. For something a little more traditional, you could head to an old house restaurant, where the menus are filled with local Albanian recipes.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Tirana - There are no activities planned for the today and you can depart the accommodation at any time. If you wish to extend your stay in Tirana, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Split - Dobro dosli! Welcome to Croatia. Your adventure starts in Split with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. If Dubrovnik is considered the heart of Dalmatia, Split is certainly the soul. Situated on a small peninsula on the eastern shores of the Adriatic Sea, it's the second- largest city in Croatia. Split grew out from Diocletian's Palace – and while some cultures might have preserved the palace as a museum, Split thrives as a dynamic city where locals live and businesses thrive within its walls. After the meeting, maybe head out for your first taste of Dalmatian cuisine with the group.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Zadar - This morning, you'll travel by local bus northwest to Zadar. For centuries Zadar was the capital city of Dalmatia, and the city's rich heritage is visible at every step. An important coastal town, the musical steps of the ‘Sea Organ’ on Zadar's waterfront express its important relationship with the sea. Trace marble streets through the Old Town and discover Roman ruins in amongst medieval churches. Enjoy some local food and drinks in a city that’s home to a vibrant café culture. Zadarsko pivo is a light beer with a very pleasant taste, just a little bit bitter, with a rich flavour. After, maybe treat yourself to a gourmet meal at a contemporary Croatian restaurant. Try njoki (lamb in red wine) with Dalmatian ham and rocket salad, or opt for the popular choice of fresh tuna carpaccio or a fillet in scampi sauce. Also try the famous liqueur, Maraskino, made from locally-grown maraschino cherries according to a centuries' old secret recipe. This unique drink was a favourite at European imperial and royal courts and has been produced in Zadar since 1821.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Zadar - Head out of the city this morning for a special experience at the farm of the Benedictines of St. Mary. This order leads a secluded life, believing that working on the agricultural land brings them closer to God. During your visit, you'll taste some of the award-winning jams, liqueurs and juices produced in the monastery. Sample high-quality olive oils and wines with cheese and bread, then take a tour of the property. As you walk around the orchards, you'll learn about how the nuns live, the fruits grown on the grounds and how their products are produced. After some time to explore, you'll head back to Zadar in the afternoon, where you'll have free time. Maybe try the famous liqueur, Maraskino, made from the locally grown maraschino cherries. This unique drink was a favourite at European royal courts and has been produced in Zadar since 1821.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Plitvice Lakes National Park - Travel inland this morning to your next base in Grabovac and visit Plitvice Lakes National Park – an Eden of waterfalls and lakes. Fed by the Bijela and Crna Rivers, the waters tumble from tree-lined ridges through dense forests. Sixteen lakes fed by underground springs are split into the upper and lower lakes. The upper are in the dolomite cliffs, where water weaves in and out of the karst, dropping dramatically down to the lower lakes. This interplay of water, rock and plant life creates a dynamic landscape. Look out for over 120 species of birds, including hawks and owls, and butterflies that transform the park into a riot of colour. After, visit Licko Petrovo Selo – a small village next to the park with a local NGO that focuses on preserving the historical art of woolly men's underwear. Take a short tour of the NGO and hear about how they preserve this important part of their cultural heritage (and maybe even buy a warm souvenir to take home).

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Zagreb - Continue to Croatia’s capital and largest city – Zagreb. Full of parks and squares, Zagreb is a laidback place, proud of its coffee culture and the perfect spot to wander. Follow your leader on an orientation walk when you arrive and then enjoy some free time for the rest of your time here. Maybe join one of the many free walking tours in the city and engage with a local here to learn about their daily life or browse the city’s stunning neo-baroque and gothic architecture. You could check out Tkalciceva Street’s lively social scene or head up Medvednica Mountain, where the views stretch as far as neighboring Slovenia on a clear day. To live like a local, maybe head to Zagreb’s open-air markets where you’ll find all kinds of fresh vegetables, nuts, honey and liqueurs.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Ljubljana - This morning, take the train and cross the border to Ljubljana. One of the smallest capitals in Europe, Ljubljana makes up for it by also being one of the greenest and most vibrant cities on the continent. Follow your leader on an orientation walk and ride the funicular up to Ljubljana Castle for panoramic views of the city. Dubbed the ‘dragon city’ due its ties to Greek mythology, you’ll likely spot dragon symbols scattered about. Ljubljana, home to 50,000 students, is known for its lively nightlife. Explore Metalkova for an alternative vibe or the Old Town for its historical charm – or ask your leader for their recommendations.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Ljubljana / Bled - Embark on a day trip to Lake Bled this morning. Your leader will guide you on a scenic walk that passes some impressive 19th century villas, including the residence of the former Yogoslav president ‘Marshal’ Tito – now known as the hotel Vila Bled. The rest of the day is free for you to explore all that Bled has to offer. If you’re feeling active, consider renting a paddleboard and taking a trip around the picturesque island. Alternatively, you can get on a Plenta boat ride – a wooden, awning-covered boat rowed by a special oarsman – and reach it that way. From there, climb the 99 steps to St Mary’s Church and ring the wishing bell. Be sure to seek out the famous Bled cream cake, which isn’t hard – nearly every cafe and cake shop in town claims theirs is the best. Return to Ljubljana in the evening and perhaps round your group together for a final dinner.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Ljubljana - There are no activities planned for the final day and you can depart your accommodation at any time. For those who wish to stay in Ljubljana, reach out to your booking agent ahead of time to organise additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Porto - Welcome to Portugal! Stretching along the banks of the River Douro, Porto is one of Portugal's most romantic cities. Known for majestic bridges, a medieval riverside district with its cobbled streets, merchants’ houses and cafes, Porto is also well known for one more thing; surprise surprise – Porto is the birthplace of the fortified wine, port. Today, there’s an important welcome meeting at 6 pm where you’ll meet your group leader and fellow travellers. After your meeting, why not get the crew together and head out to an optional dinner – your group leader will know of some great spots to go.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Porto - Take a leader-led orientation walk with your group this morning to get your bearings. One of the best ways to get to know Porto is through its port wine, so you’ll get a chance to test out Portugal’s famed wine on an included wine tasting. Otherwise, the day is free to do as you please. The city's World Heritage-listed Ribeira district is packed with twisting alleys, staircases and baroque churches, and is great to explore on foot. Make sure you also visit Mercado do Bolhao, Porto's market, one of the city's institutions since 1914. For a sensational view of the whole town head to the Torre dos Clerigos (Clerigos Tower), or head down Allies Avenue to see the French-inspired buildings. Oh, and in the evening, why not book yourself on a Rio Duoro cruise on one of the historic 'rabelo' boats to see the city from the water.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Coimbra - Take a train to Coimbra this morning and head out on an orientation walk with your group to learn about the river-side city that was once the capital of the country. Wander through the lanes and square of the Old Quarter and be sure to pass by the University of Coimbra – the oldest in Portugal. The afternoon is free for you to enjoy as you please, maybe head back to the university and visit its library – but you’ll need to pre-book in advance! Tonight, meet up with your group again for a Fado show. Coimbra’s version of Fado is linked to the academic traditions of its university and the music is characterized by sombre tunes and lyrics.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Nazare - Hop on a public bus and head to Nazare today, the coastal town famous for its giant waves. Head out on an orientation walk with your group and visit the fishermen’s district to see the open-air museum of historic boats – Barcos Salvas Vidas – and the open-air dried fish museum – Seca do Peixe. After, take the funicular to O Sitio to see Nazare from a different angle at the Suberco viewpoint, the upper part of the town high above the sea. You’ll also get to check out the Sanctuary of our Lady of Nazareth and the Ermida da Memoria. Tonight, watch the sunset cast glows on the white-washed town and head out for a seafood dinner.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Obidos / Lisbon - Head to Obidos today, a historic town north of Lisbon. Your leader will bring your group on an orientation walk to learn about this charming medieval town that feels like stepping back in time. Wander its cobblestone streets to check out its whitewashed houses, churches and monuments, and the castle perched behind the castle walls. Try out the town’s signature ginjinha – sour cherry liqueur – at a tasting with the group. later in the afternoon continue to Lisbon,

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Lisbon - Explore the capital of Portugal this morning on an orientation walk with your group. Lisbon is known for its architecture, seafood and non-stop nightlife. There are some great modern and ancient art museums to check out, like the Calouste Gulbenkian Museum and the National Museum of Contemporary Art. Get a real taste of local cuisine with a stop at a local shop for pasteis de nata with your group – Portuguese custard tarts. The rest of the day is yours to enjoy at your own leisure, maybe take a day trip to Sintra – a royal sanctuary full of pastel coloured Romanticist buildings. Tonight, you could experience Portugal’s way of life by enjoying a glass of wine and some local bites while watching the sun set on the city’s terracotta rooftops with your group at one of the many scenic restaurants – your leader can point you in the right direction.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Lisbon - With no activities planned for today, you are free to leave at any time. That doesn’t mean your Portuguese adventure has to come to an end! If you wish to spend more time in Lisbon, we'll be happy to book additional accommodation for you (subject to availability).

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Split - Dobro Dosli! Welcome to Croatia. Your adventure begins in the coastal city of Split, with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. If you arrive early, maybe visit the ruins of Diocletian's Palace, explore the original basements under the city or simply unwind with a walk along the waterfront. After your meeting, maybe head out for dinner with your group or grab a drink at a bar on the Riva Promenade.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Brac Island Cycling - It’s an early start today as you catch the ferry from Split to Supetar on the island of Brac. There will be a bike fitting for the group followed by a short test ride to ensure everything is working properly. From here, begin your first - and possibly the hardest - ride in Croatia, cycling from Supetar along the coastal road to the seaside village of Pucisca. Along the way, take a short detour to the tiny village of Dol, passing vineyards, fig trees and olive groves. After a quick stop for refreshments in Pucisca, make your first real climb up to Praznica – it’s a pretty steep climb, but you’ll be rewarded with sweeping views over the Adriatic Sea. Have a rest at the top then cycle across the centre to the descent into the town of Bol. Bol is famous for the Zlatni Rat (Golden Cape) – one of the Adriatic’s most beautiful beaches. Take a quick swim at the beach and maybe visit the famous Stina Winery for a tasting before seeking out some fresh seafood for dinner.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Hvar Island Cycling - This morning, take a boat between islands to the small port of Jelsa. From here, start riding to the UNESCO World Heritage site of Stari Grad Plain. Set in a protected bay, Stari Grad is one of Europe’s oldest towns, settled by Neolithic tribes as far back as 3500 BC. Today, the old stone houses, narrow streets and small squares still retain a deeply historic feel. Spend some time exploring Stari Grad at your own pace – maybe visit the Dominican Monastery or Tvrdalj Fortress. Then, continue along a less-trafficked old road to Hvar Island before descending through the old village of Brusje and down into Hvar Town. When you arrive, maybe stroll the pjaca (piazza), visit St Stephen’s Cathedral or take in the views of the palaces which surround the town.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Korcula Island - This morning is free for you to explore Hvar at your own pace – maybe visit the Hvar Spanjola Fortress, go on a boat tour or hike to Velo Grablje village. This afternoon, catch a boat to Korcula – a Venetian Renaissance-inspired walled city of narrow streets, medieval towers and the reputed birthplace of Marco Polo. Tonight, maybe head out for dinner with your fellow travellers or find a bar with a view of the Adriatic.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Korcula Island Cycling - Spend the morning on the road, as you drive through Korcula, past vineyards, olive groves and forests up to the hamlet of Pupnat. The position of Pupnat and steepness of the approach is no accident – it was designed to help keep the town safe from pirates through the ages. When you arrive, hop on your bike for the descent to Pupnatska Luka – a beautiful bay with a pebble beach. Follow the coastline through Smokvica and its vineyards before tackling the final climb to Blato and descending to the port town of Vela Luka. Here, you’ll have time to walk around and have a quick coffee before boarding a local bus for the journey back to Korcula Town. On the way, stop for dinner at a local restaurant. The rest of the evening is free to rest or explore.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Dubrovnik - After breakfast, take a boat to Orebic. Then, drive high above the small village of Postup to its panoramic viewpoint. Here, you’ll take to the coastal backroads and cycle through the hills of the Dingac before continuing to Zuljana and up to Putnikovic. When you arrive, stop for a group picnic and optional wine tasting before cycling across the island to Ston. After, drive to Dubrovnik where you'll join your leader for an orientation walk. Walk through the medieval city then carry on exploring at your own pace. Tonight, maybe join your group for dinner to celebrate the last night of your cycling adventure.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Dubrovnik - As there are no activities planned after breakfast today, your adventure comes to an end. If you’d like to stay longer to see all that Dubrovnik has to offer, just talk to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Split - Dobro Dosli! Welcome to Croatia. Your adventure begins in the coastal city of Split, with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. If you arrive early, maybe visit the ruins of Diocletian's Palace, explore the original basements under the city or simply unwind with a walk along the waterfront. After your meeting, maybe head out for dinner with your group or grab a drink at a bar on the Riva Promenade.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Brac Island Cycling - It’s an early start today as you catch the ferry from Split to Supetar on the island of Brac. There will be a bike fitting for the group followed by a short test ride to ensure everything is working properly. From here, begin your first - and possibly the hardest - ride in Croatia, cycling from Supetar along the coastal road to the seaside village of Pucisca. Along the way, take a short detour to the tiny village of Dol, passing vineyards, fig trees and olive groves. After a quick stop for refreshments in Pucisca, make your first real climb up to Praznica – it’s a pretty steep climb, but you’ll be rewarded with sweeping views over the Adriatic Sea. Have a rest at the top then cycle across the centre to the descent into the town of Bol. Bol is famous for the Zlatni Rat (Golden Cape) – one of the Adriatic’s most beautiful beaches. Take a quick swim at the beach and maybe visit the famous Stina Winery for a tasting before seeking out some fresh seafood for dinner.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Hvar Island Cycling - This morning, take a boat between islands to the small port of Jelsa. From here, start riding to the UNESCO World Heritage site of Stari Grad Plain. Set in a protected bay, Stari Grad is one of Europe’s oldest towns, settled by Neolithic tribes as far back as 3500 BC. Today, the old stone houses, narrow streets and small squares still retain a deeply historic feel. Spend some time exploring Stari Grad at your own pace – maybe visit the Dominican Monastery or Tvrdalj Fortress. Then, continue along a less-trafficked old road to Hvar Island before descending through the old village of Brusje and down into Hvar Town. When you arrive, maybe stroll the pjaca (piazza), visit St Stephen’s Cathedral or take in the views of the palaces which surround the town.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Korcula Island - This morning is free for you to explore Hvar at your own pace – maybe visit the Hvar Spanjola Fortress, go on a boat tour or hike to Velo Grablje village. This afternoon, catch a boat to Korcula – a Venetian Renaissance-inspired walled city of narrow streets, medieval towers and the reputed birthplace of Marco Polo. Tonight, maybe head out for dinner with your fellow travellers or find a bar with a view of the Adriatic.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Korcula Island Cycling - Spend the morning on the road, as you drive through Korcula, past vineyards, olive groves and forests up to the hamlet of Pupnat. The position of Pupnat and steepness of the approach is no accident – it was designed to help keep the town safe from pirates through the ages. When you arrive, hop on your bike for the descent to Pupnatska Luka – a beautiful bay with a pebble beach. Follow the coastline through Smokvica and its vineyards before tackling the final climb to Blato and descending to the port town of Vela Luka. Here, you’ll have time to walk around and have a quick coffee before boarding a local bus for the journey back to Korcula Town. On the way, stop for dinner at a local restaurant. The rest of the evening is free to rest or explore.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Dubrovnik - After breakfast, take a boat to Orebic. Then, drive high above the small village of Postup to its panoramic viewpoint. Here, you’ll take to the coastal backroads and cycle through the hills of the Dingac before continuing to Zuljana and up to Putnikovic. When you arrive, stop for a group picnic and optional wine tasting before cycling across the island to Ston. After, drive to Dubrovnik where you'll join your leader for an orientation walk. Walk through the medieval city then carry on exploring at your own pace. Tonight, maybe join your group for dinner to celebrate the last night of your cycling adventure.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Dubrovnik - Today is a free day for you to explore Dubrovnik at your own pace. Maybe visit the Church of St Blaise, take a cable car to Mount Srd or discover Game of Thrones filming locations. There will be another welcome meeting at your hotel at 6 pm this evening to meet your new leader and any new travellers joining you for the next part of your adventure. After, maybe head out for dinner with the group at a local restaurant and try some Dubrovnik cuisine like octopus salad or pasticada (slow-cooked beef stew).

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Kotor - This morning, take a private vehicle over the border to Herceg Novi. When you arrive, set off on your first ride of the trip. Cycle along the Bay of Kotor, passing rolling hills to the whitewashed port town of Kamenari. Then, take a short ferry ride across the azure waters between the headlands to Lepetane. Take in the coastal views before jumping back on your bike and continuing onto Kotor – a UNESCO World Heritage-listed city on the shores of the Adriatic. The rest of the day is free for you to explore Kotor at your own pace. Maybe walk through the medieval Old Town and discover the historic buildings and buzzing nightlife.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Niksic - Say goodbye to Kotor this morning as you drive north to Slano Lake. Today’s ride will start near the dam wall and take you along the old road (mixed asphalt and gravel surface) via the tiny hamlet of Kunak. Park the bikes on the main road and take a short taxi ride to Ostrog Monastery – a white-washed building built into a cliff. Then, jump back on the bikes and continue along the quiet roads to the tiny village of Stubica, before dropping back down to the Zeta River all the way to Niksic. Along the way, visit the Ramparts of Onogost – founded in the 4th century, Niksic is the country's second-largest city. Tonight, maybe find a local restaurant for dinner – your leader will have the best recommendations.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Lake Piva & Niksic - Today, you'll cycle from Niksic to Pluzine – a small town on the shore of Lake Piva. Along the way, visit the 16th-century Piva Monastery and its museum that contains a psalm from the Crnojevici printing press – the first printing press in the Balkans. Then, stop for a picnic lunch at Lake Piva, before driving back to Niksic for a free evening.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Mostar - This morning, travel to Zavala, where you’ll start your ride on an old, country road through half-abandoned hamlets. Join the Ciro Trail – a new traffic-free trail that follows an old Austro-Hungarian railway track running from Dubrovnik to Mostar. You’ll ride on the trail to the city of Capljina, passing old train stations that have been refurbished into guesthouses and the picturesque lake of Nature Park Hutovo Blato. There will be plenty of stops at viewpoints along the way like at the famous Vjetrenica Cave. Then, drive to Mostar – known for its iconic Stari Most (Old Bridge), where locals dive into the River Neretva. This is a tradition for local boys, who are said to have a lifetime of bad luck if they don’t complete the jump to become a man. It's a beautiful spot to kick back by the river, have a Bosnian coffee and watch the divers.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Mostar - Today you’ll ride along another section of the Ciro Trail. The trail follows the valley of the Neretva River downstream, surrounded on both sides by towering hills. You'll pass through farmland, small villages and ancient remains like Mogorjelo. After a quick coffee while the bikes are loaded onto the trailer, drive back to Mostar for the night, where you have free time to maybe explore the alleys, bars and restaurants.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Sarajevo - This morning, drive north towards Sarajevo – the capital of Bosnia and Herzegovina and host of the 1984 Winter Olympics. You'll begin cycling from Jahorina – the site for several Olympic events including the female slalom. If the weather is clear, you’ll be treated to amazing views along your ride. After, load the bikes and drive into Sarajevo’s centre. The city often draws comparisons with Istanbul as a city that mixes east and west – dotted with minarets, mosques, bazaars and the aroma of coffee. When you arrive, take a guided tour for an insight into the history and culture of the city. Sarajevo is one of the few cities in the world that features an Orthodox church, a Catholic church and a mosque all within proximity. Tonight, maybe head out for an optional farewell dinner with your group and cheers to a trip well-travelled.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Sarajevo - With no further activities planned, your cycling adventure comes to an end today. If you’d like to extend your stay in Sarajevo, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Vienna - Willkommen! Welcome to Austria. Your cycling adventure begins in Vienna with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. If you arrive early, explore the city at your own pace – the best way to see Vienna is on your own two legs! After the meeting, maybe head out for an optional welcome dinner at a Viennese Heurigen (wine tavern). Heuriger means ‘this year's wine’ and it originated as a way for winemakers to offer samples of their new wines along with a few snacks. Fortunately, this now also includes a hearty meal, which will be much needed for the days of cycling ahead!

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Vienna city ride - After breakfast this morning, you’ll have a bike fitting for the group followed by a short test ride to check everything is in working order. Then, you’ll join with your leader and take a tour of Vienna on two wheels. Follow the path of the Habsburg and explore the rich artistic and cultural icons of the city like the Gothic St. Stephen’s Cathedral, Hofburg Palace and all that the Ringstrasse has to offer. Tonight, you’re free to explore at your own pace – ask for dinner recommendations from your leader, they will always have the best suggestions!

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Cycle Vienna to Bratislava - Leave Vienna’s city centre and ride along the mighty Danube to the tiny hamlet of Hasslau an der Donau. From here, you’ll journey east along the riverbanks to one of Austria's most important archaeological sites – Carnuntum, with its eclectic mix of Roman ruins and modern reconstructions. Spend some time wandering among the remains of Roman life on the Danube before climbing back onto your bike and slowly winding along the riverside bike paths to the Slovak border. In the afternoon you’ll arrive in the Slovak capital – cosmopolitan Bratislava. See firsthand how bordering two independent countries has left its mark on Bratislava with a leader-led orientation walk. Tonight, you’re free to rest and recharge.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Cycle Bratislava to Gyor - Follow the flowing waters of the Danube as it turns south today. Your ride today will pass by picturesque villages, lowland forests and across farmland to the Hungarian city of Gyor. This vibrant Baroque city – highlighted by Kaptalan Hill, Becsi Kapu Square and the picturesque Kiraly Street – has been inhabited by varying cultures since ancient times and now offers a fascinating contrast to the slow pace of the river and its surroundings.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Cycle Gyor to Komarno - Leaving Gyor behind, track back to the banks of the Danube and on to the city of Komarno , which straddles the borders of Hungary and Slovakia. While Komarno is known for its forts and strategic position on the Danube River, it’s also a beautiful city housing many museums and historical sites. If you feel called to add some pampering to your afternoon, why not head to a local spa and soothe those leg muscles.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Cycle Komarno to Esztergom - Today there’s an early departure to ride into your next stop – Esztergom. The former capital city of Hungary is the seat of the Hungarian Catholic Church and boasts an amazing array of architectural gems such as the Royal Palace and Watertown, which is built on the banks of the Danube itself. When you arrive, take a leader led orientation walk of the city and see the crowning jewel at the Esztergom Basilica – a beautiful example of Classicism and the largest church in Hungary. Reflected in the still waters of the Danube Bend, the Basilica is a sight to behold from both outside and from within. Your evening is free to find some delicious local cuisine and wander the city streets at your own pace.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Cycle Esztergom to Budapest - Cycle the famous ‘Danube Bend’ today, beneath the wooded hills of Visegrad. Here, the river turns south towards the Hungarian capital city of Budapest. Today will be your longest day in the saddle, but you’ll break it up with a scenic a picnic lunch on the riverbank. After cycling through the city itself, end the day on a high with an afternoon visit to one of Budapest's famous spas! After indulging with your group, your night is free to explore at your own pace – maybe visit the ruin bars or walk along the river as the sun falls.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Budapest - There are no activities planned after breakfast today and your adventure comes to an end. You're free to leave at any time after check out. If you'd like to extend your stay, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time to organise additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Prague - Dobry den! Welcome to Prague. There is an important welcome meeting scheduled for 6 pm this evening, where you will meet your group leader and fellow travellers. With not much time spent in Prague, we recommend you spend at least a day or two to get to know this wonderful Bohemian city. With its Baroque buildings, cobblestoned streets and beer – oh so much beer – there’s something for every explorer. If you want to spend more time in Prague, we’ll be happy to organise additional accommodation for you (subject to availability). After your important meeting, how about get a group of you together and head to one of the beer halls to get acquainted?

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Prague - This morning the cycling part of your adventure begins! Have a bike fitting then explore the fascinating street and lanes of Prague on a leader-led orientation ride. You’ll learn about the history of the city, plus have time to take in the Old Town square, looking up at the surrounding spires – there are a lot of spires – as well as the historic building besides the Vltava River. The rest of the day is free for you to explore this eclectic city at your leisure. Perhaps visit one of the many museums that dot the city, or wander the cobbled Charles Bridge in the evening when most of the tourist are long gone.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Cesky Krumlov - Today is an early morning start, as you head to Ceske Budejovice by local transport (either vehicle or train depending on group size), taking around 2.5 hours. From here begin a short ride (approximately 30 kilometres) around Budejovice and besides the Vltava River through the South Bohemian countryside from Ceske to Cesky – that is, Cesky Krumlov! Once arrived, you’ve got the rest of the afternoon at your leisure in this small medieval town. Take your bike or head on a hike up to see Krizova Hora, visit the State Castle, or just simply explore the weaving laneways of the town, all perched on the side of the Vltava River. If you want to check out the river more, why not book in on a canoe trip? Seeing the Czech countryside from the water gives you stunning views of the surrounding valleys.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Kollmitzberg - Rise and shine, as it’s off for another day of cycling, leaving nice and early. Ride along the Vltava River from Cesky Krumlov through the countryside then over the plateau and down to the wooded shores of the beautiful Lipno Lake near the Czech-Austrian border. You’ll arrive at the small town of Lipno and Vltavou on the southern banks of the lake. After some time to look around, drive approximately 140 kilometres to Kollmitzberg. After two days in the saddle you deserve a relax at this secluded town. Why not get your group together and organise somewhere for dinner in nearby Ardagger – your group leader will know of a place to go.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Melk - Get back on your bike and cycle alongside the mighty Danube River on a mostly flat course from Kollmitzberg to Melk (approximately 53 kilometres). You know you're getting close when you can see the towers and dome of the famed Melk Abbey high above the town. Once arrived, you could head on an optional tour of Melk Abbey, where you’ll discover the colourful Baroque structure perched on top of a rock overlooking the Danube, plus its parks and bastions.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Herzogenburg - From Melk, cycle along the northern banks of the Danube – mostly on dedicated cycle paths – past small riverside towns and villages (and the occasional sand beach), and to the UNESCO-listed terraces of the Wachau vineyards, where wine has been produced since the Middle Ages. Riding up the steep hillsides is definitely a challenge, but there’s some stunning scenery to see along the way. Your final destination for today is Herzogenburg – a thriving town on a small tributary of the Danube. If you have time why not check out the imposing Herzogenburg Monastery before a hearty Austrian dinner.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Vienna - Hop on your bike to ride back along the Danube cycle path all the way into Vienna, skirting the river’s southern banks. Today is the longest ride of the tour at around 70 kilometres/43 miles and is mostly slightly downhill. When you arrive in Vienna, be sure to relax and perhaps tuck into a well-earned coffee and sacher torte. Vienna is a classical hub of arts, culture and food, and a perfect place to hop off the bike and explore on foot. If you haven’t discussed it already, why not organise dinner in Vienna with your group tonight – it’s definitely cause for celebration.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Vienna - Today is a free day in Vienna until your second welcome meeting at 6 pm. There is so much to see and do in Vienna and it's best explored on your own two feet. A popular highlight is a spin on the famous old Prater Ferris Wheel. This evening, maybe head out for an optional dinner at a Viennese Heurigen (wine tavern). Heuriger means 'this year's wine', and the Heurigen originated as a way for winemakers to offer samples of their new wine with a few snacks. Fortunately, this now includes a hearty meal, which will be much needed for the days of cycling ahead.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Vienna city ride - After breakfast this morning, you’ll have a bike fitting for the group followed by a short test ride to check everything is in working order. Then, you’ll join with your leader and take a tour of Vienna on two wheels. Follow the path of the Habsburg and explore the rich artistic and cultural icons of the city like the Gothic St. Stephen’s Cathedral, Hofburg Palace and all that the Ringstrasse has to offer. Tonight, you’re free to explore at your own pace – ask for dinner recommendations from your leader, they will always have the best suggestions!

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Cycle Vienna to Bratislava - Leave Vienna’s city centre and ride along the mighty Danube to the tiny hamlet of Hasslau an der Donau. From here, you’ll journey east along the riverbanks to one of Austria's most important archaeological sites – Carnuntum, with its eclectic mix of Roman ruins and modern reconstructions. Spend some time wandering among the remains of Roman life on the Danube before climbing back onto your bike and slowly winding along the riverside bike paths to the Slovak border. In the afternoon you’ll arrive in the Slovak capital – cosmopolitan Bratislava. See firsthand how bordering two independent countries has left its mark on Bratislava with a leader-led orientation walk. Tonight, you’re free to rest and recharge.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Cycle Bratislava to Gyor - Follow the flowing waters of the Danube as it turns south today. Your ride today will pass by picturesque villages, lowland forests and across farmland to the Hungarian city of Gyor. This vibrant Baroque city – highlighted by Kaptalan Hill, Becsi Kapu Ter Square and the picturesque Kiraly Street – has been inhabited by varying cultures since ancient times and now offers a fascinating contrast to the slow pace of the river and its surroundings.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Cycle Gyor to Komarom - Leaving Gyor behind, track back to the banks of the Danube and on to the city of Komarom, which straddles the borders of Hungary and Slovakia. While Komarom is known for its forts and strategic position on the Danube River, it’s also a beautiful city housing many museums and historical sites. Take a leader-led orientation walk when you arrive, across the Elizabeth Bridge, which is the pathway between the two counties. If you feel called to add some pampering to your afternoon, why not head to a local spa and soothe those leg muscles.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Cycle Komarom to Esztergom - Today there’s an early departure to ride into your next stop – Esztergom. The former capital city of Hungary is the seat of the Hungarian Catholic Church and boasts an amazing array of architectural gems such as the Royal Palace and Watertown, which is built on the banks of the Danube itself. When you arrive, take a leader led orientation walk of the city and see the crowning jewel at the Esztergom Basilica – a beautiful example of Classicism and the third largest church in Europe. Reflected in the still waters of the Danube Bend, the Basilica is a sight to behold from both outside and from within. Your evening is free to find some delicious local cuisine and wander the city streets at your own pace.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Cycle Esztergom to Budapest - Cycle the famous ‘Danube Bend’ today, beneath the wooded hills of Visegrad. Here, the river turns south towards the Hungarian capital city of Budapest. Today will be your longest day in the saddle, but you’ll break it up with a scenic a picnic lunch on the riverbank. After cycling through the city itself, end the day on a high with an afternoon visit to one of Budapest's famous spas! After indulging with your group, your night is free to explore at your own pace – maybe visit the ruin bars or walk along the river as the sun falls.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Budapest - There are no activities planned after breakfast today and your adventure comes to an end. You're free to leave at any time after check out. If you'd like to extend your stay, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time to organise additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Porto - Ola! Welcome to Portugal. Your Camino adventure begins with an important welcome meeting at 6 or 7 pm (please check welcome note at hotel lobby for details). As this trip spends very little time in Porto, we recommend you arrive a day or two before your trip if you want to experience all the city has to offer. Stretching along the banks of the River Douro, Porto is one of Portugal's most romantic cities, known for majestic bridges, medieval riverside district with its cobbled streets, merchants’ houses and cafes. After your meeting, your group might like to get together and head riverside to find a delicious dinner.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Baiona - This morning, transfer to Oia and begin your Camino. This walk you’re embarking on makes up the final section of the Portuguese Coastal Walk, and most of your time is actually spent in north-western Spain around 20 kilometres from the Portuguese border. Oia is a small coastal town and marks the beginning of your walk. Take the 19-kilometre journey to seaside Baiona. Once arrived, you can stroll along the port, visit the impressive Monte Real fortress and taste the best of the Rias Biaxas seafood and white wine, before you start your journey to Santiago de Compostela tomorrow.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Vigo - This morning, hug the coastline from Baiona to Nigran on your way to the city of Vigo. With your trail along the water, pass by beautiful seascapes of the magnificent Bay of Vigo, with the acclaimed Illas Cies natural park on the horizon. These rugged islands form a main focal point of the bay. If you do happen to be walking on a hot day, why not cool off with a swim at Praia De Samil beach in Navia? Arrive in Vigo in the late afternoon, ready for a leisure day tomorrow.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Vigo - Today is free for you to do as you please in Vigo. Vigo is a city cradled by the mountains on one side and the sea on the other, flourishing from a humble fishing village into this region’s most populated city. Perhaps pack a picnic and stroll around parquet Monte del Castro, or head in town and enjoy some local seafood, like oysters, gambas, lubinas and more. If you’re feeling more active, stroll to the Castro Fortress – a defence system built in 1665 in an attempt to protect the city from attacks from the British navy allies of Portugal. Now, the fortress is more so ruins, and is a perfect place to walk around the gardens and admire the surrounding views. In the evening, be sure to get a group together and head to dinner. Your leader will be able to provide all the recommendations you need!

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Redondela - This morning, continue the Camino on your way to Redondela. You will continue to follow the coastline and see the Bay of Vigo from different angles. As this is a shorter walking day, feel free to take in all of your surroundings and relax into the journey. Along the way, let your leader guide you through delicious seafood tasting before heading to Redondela for the evening. This city, at the upper end of the Bay of Vigo, is where you will finish your coastal walk, and will join the original Portuguese Camino trail.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Pontevedra - Today is your last day along the coast, so do make the most of the seaside. On your way, you’ll stop by the fishing village of Arcade and enjoy a relaxed seafood lunch and a glass of locally grown Albarino (at your own expense). Continue for about another 3 hours on your hike into Pontevedra. It will be mid-afternoon by the time you arrive, and you’ll have plenty of time to explore the old town with its many Romanesque churches and quaint granite squares.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Caldas de Rei - Head inland today, passing by beautiful chestnut groves and pine and eucalyptus woods on your way to Caldas de Rei. On your journey, you’ll visit the village of Ponte Cabras, and will have the chance to see the rectory of Santa Maria de Alba. Continue on your way past Lombo da Maceira with a statue of Saint James and the hamlet of Tivo with its fountain and public washing bath. Arrive in Caldas de Reis and enjoy an included visit to one of the nearby wineries to learn about the history of wine in this region.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Padron - From Caldas de Reis you will cross the river Umia and find the hot springs that have given the town its name since Roman times. The trail today takes you through forests and gradually climbs to the village of Santa Marina. After stopping and looking around, continue on the trail through pine forests to tonight’s stop: the town of Padron.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Santiago de Compostela - Today is your final day of walking and a longer journey, taking you through small villages and on to the historical sanctuary of A Escravitude. Keep an eye out for the ruins of Castro Lupario fort on a nearby hilltop. Make your way towards Agro dos Monteiros, catching a glimpse of the spires of the cathedral and passing the ruins of the castle of A Rocha Vella. As you come to the end of the final leg, you’ll walk through the town to the magnificent Plaza del Obradoiro and then to the gates of the marvellous Cathedral of Santiago de Compostela. You’ve made it! Be sure to receive your Compostela certificate for your journey. After you’ve rested and freshened up, take the time to wander around the historic quarter of the city and get your group together for dinner. It’s definitely time for celebration!

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Santiago de Compostela - With no walks or activities planned for today, you’re free to leave your accommodation at any time. If you wish to spend more time in Santiago de Compostela, we'll be happy to book additional accommodation for you (subject to availability).

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Split - Zdravo! Welcome to Croatia. Your adventure starts in Split with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. If you arrive early, maybe wander along the waterfront, grab a gelato or visit the Old Town, where ancient Roman architecture sits among modern museums, shops and traditional homes. After your meeting, maybe join your fellow travellers for dinner at a local restaurant and try local dishes like pasticada (slow-cooked beef stew) or black risotto (seafood risotto with squid ink).

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Blidinje Nature Park - After breakfast, travel to Bosnia and Herzegovina. Along the way, stop at Blidinje, where you’ll have some free time to explore before setting off on a hike this afternoon through the Dinaric Alps. Starting at Vitlenica point, you’ll hike to Hajducka Vrata (Outlaw’s Gate) with an experienced mountain guide and your local leader by your side. Take a break at the scenic plateau on Cvrsnica Mountain before continuing. After sunset, if the weather is good, you can sit back, relax and stargaze from the Alps!

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Sarajevo - Relax with a free morning in Blidinje before you travel to Sarajevo – Bosnia and Herzegovina’s capital. When you arrive, you’ll have the day to explore the city at your own pace. Maybe learn about the city's history at the Sarajevo Museum, explore the Old Town, walk across the Latin Bridge or look for the Sarajevo roses – memorials made from the marks on the pavement where mortar shells exploded during the 90s. Tonight, maybe find a local restaurant for dinner – your leader will have the best recommendations.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Umoljani - This morning, travel to Umoljani, where you'll set off on your next hike in the Bjelasnica Mountain area – host of the 1984 Winter Olympics. Follow a loop trail that passes through Bosnia’s highest and most remote village, Lukomir – known for its old stone houses and traditional dress. Here, maybe meet the locals and share lunch or a cup of Bosnian coffee. Discover the region's rich history, culture and architecture before returning to Umoljani Village for the night.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Durmitor National Park - Say goodbye to Umoljani, as you drive to Zabljak – the main town within Durmitor National Park and the highest city in the Balkans. Today is a bit of a long travel day, so it's a good idea to get stuck into your book or favourite podcasts. When you arrive in town, the rest of the day is yours to explore at your own pace. Maybe get your bearings with a leisurely walk, visit the Crno Lake (Black Lake) or swim in the glacial lakes.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Durmitor National Park / Prokletije Mountains - Fuel up on a hearty breakfast this morning, as you'll hit the mountains today! Strap on your boots and start the hike from the main entrance of Durmitor National Park. When you arrive, join your leader through the UNESCO World Heritage-listed landscapes of pine forests and mountains traversed by rivers and dotted with glacial lakes. Your final climb of the day will get your heart rate up and lead you to one of the best viewpoints overlooking Tara Canyon. When you reach the top, rest, relax and soak up those views! After the hike, travel to your next destination, Gusinje – a small village on the border of Montenegro and Albania.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Prokletije Mountains - After breakfast, set off on a hike along the ridge of the mountains. Walk the trail around Prokletije Mountain to the Popadija and Talijanka peaks, where you’ll have a front row view of the towering Karanfili peaks in the distance. Take in the panoramic views of the Grbaja Valley below before heading back to town. Tonight, maybe find a local restaurant for dinner.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Theth - This morning, cross the border into Albania – the fourth and final country of your adventure. Along the way, stop in Theth – one of the wonders of the Albanian Alps, declared a Protected Historic Center by the Albanian Government. With narrow country roads, cows and horses in fenced fields and small stone buildings, Theth’s landscape is like a fairytale. When you arrive, maybe head out for a swim in the Grunasi Waterfall or simply unwind and settle into your accommodation for the night.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Valbona / Accursed Mountains - Lace up your walking shoes for today’s hike through the Accursed Mountains. As you walk, take in the views over the pine-dotted valley below and snow-capped alps above. After a day on your feet, head to your guesthouse in Valbona Valley, where you’ll sit down to an authentic Albanian dinner with your group.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Tirana - After breakfast, head out on a scenic boat ride to Koman. As you cruise, take in the surrounding landscape of mountains that dive directly into the turquoise waters of the lake. Halfway through, stop for some refreshments and maybe dive into the cool water, before continuing to Koman. When you arrive, join your local leader on a short orientation walk around the country’s capital. The rest of the day is free for you to explore at your own pace – maybe head to a local restaurant for one final dinner with your newfound travel friends.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Tirana - After breakfast, your Balkan hiking adventure comes to an end. If you would like to extend your stay in Tirana, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Venice to Dobbiaco - Buongiorno! Welcome to Italy. When you arrive at the Venice Marco Polo Airport (VCE) this afternoon, you’ll be met by a local representative and transferred to the town of Dobbiaco. Sitting in a green valley surrounded by mountains and parkland, this is your home for the next eight days – and a gorgeous place to start your Dolomites hiking adventure! Settle in at your comfortable guesthouse within easy walking distance of the town before your welcome meeting at 7 pm, where you’ll meet your local leader and group properly.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Strudelkopf summit hike - After breakfast, catch the public bus to your first hike up one of the region’s popular summits – Strudelkopf. The trail winds through flower-filled pastures and rewards you with impressive views of the surrounding peaks. Strudelkopf sits at 2307 m above sea level, and if the weather is on your side, you might catch a glimpse of Tre Cime di Lavaredo – one of the Dolomites’ most famous landmarks. After some time at the summit, loop back down and across the valley. Then, after a big day on your feet, take a breather at a mountain hut and dig into a local favourite – apple strudel.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Earth Pyramids of Platten - Hit the road in a private vehicle towards the Earth Pyramids of Platten, a natural wonder formed over 25,000 years ago. These clay towers are the tallest and most striking earth pyramids in Europe! The trail winds through dense forests with some incredible views – watch out for chamois, deer, alpine birds and other wildlife. Reach a plateau with even more great vistas and a small hut serving food and drinks. Take a well-earned break before descending to Percha, a charming Tyrolean village with chalets, cafes and inns. Head to a cheese tasting cooperative before returning to Dobbiaco in the early afternoon.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Ampezzo Dolomites Natural Park - After breakfast, take a public bus to Podestagno to explore the Ampezzo Dolomites Natural Park. Hike past waterfalls and the Boite River before resting at a cafe housed in a traditional building. Enjoy a picnic lunch, then choose whether you’d like to hike further into the valley or relax by the river. Hiking back down, you’ll take a different path – featuring a short crossing of a steep slope – that leads to some of the most picturesque viewpoints of the surrounding valleys. Take a bus to Cortina d’Ampezzo for some free time in the town before returning to Dobbiaco.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Dobbiaco - Today, you have a free day to spend as you like. You could take a bus to one of the many trails in the area to enjoy more hiking on your own or swap the hiking boots for two wheels on a cycling adventure. There are also plenty of museums nearby – go to Monte Piana and Monte Piano for WWI history, or visit Bolzano to see Europe’s oldest natural human mummy known as the Ice Man.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Tre Cime di Lavaredo - Today is a full-day hiking excursion to the Three Peaks of Lavaredo. This loop trail is widely regarded as the most spectacular hike in the Dolomites with epic scenery at every turn, so make sure your camera is fully charged! Take a moment to rest and take it all in at Rifugio Locatelli, where you’ll have a front-row seat to views of Laghi dei Piani.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Monte Elmo summit hike - This morning will be slightly more relaxed with the option to leave your hotel anytime until 9 am. Then, take a short train ride to Versciacio – a popular ski resort in the winter months. Here, you’ll catch a cable car to today’s hike – a short but relatively challenging trek up Monte Elmo. The last part of the hike takes you up a steep slope, but there’s a great restaurant at the bottom (where you can wait if you’re not up for the summit). If you reach the top of Monte Elmo, you’ll also have a chance to cross the Italian Austrian border which runs through the summit point. The afternoon is free to enjoy at your leisure, perhaps with a final celebration at one of the many bars or restaurants in Dobbiaco.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Dobbiaco to Venice - After breakfast, your hiking adventure will come to an end and you’ll have a group transfer to Venice Airport Marco Polo, arriving at approximately 1.30 pm. Please book any flights from 4 pm onwards. If you’d like to extend your stay, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Sarria - Bienvenidos! Welcome to Spain. Your adventure begins in Sarria in the Galicia region of northwest Spain. This autonomous corner of the country has its own language, cuisine and culture distinct from the rest of the country and is home of Santiago de Compostela – the finishing point of the Camino de Santiago. Over the next week, you’ll be walking the final 100 km of this iconic and world-renowned pilgrimage. Tonight, you’ll have a welcome meeting at 6 pm where you’ll meet up with your local leader and small group of fellow travellers. After, collect your 'Pilgrim's Passport' then perhaps head out to a local restaurant for your first foray into the exciting world of Galician cuisine.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Camino de Santiago (Sarria to Portomarin) - Today is a gentle introduction to the Camino de Santiago, all about finding your feet and enjoying your scenic surroundings. Have your pilgrim passport handy as you’ll be getting this stamped at least twice a day throughout your journey. Kicking off from Sarria, walk a mostly asphalt path through beautiful countryside, passing forests of chestnut and oak trees, small farms, villages and wheat fields. You may like to stop for a breather at the Santiago de Barbadelo or the church of San Fiz de Reimondez. Some of the little farms you pass will be selling fresh produce like jams, bread and cheeses – perfect snacks to keep you going! Finish up for the day in the town of Portomarin.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Camino de Santiago (Portomarin to Palas de Rei) - Much of today’s route is along a gravel path along a road with little traffic, often cutting through Galician forests and fields. Walk through the rural Monterroso region and pass by the little villages of Gonzar, Ligonde and Castromaior – a slight detour will take you to the impressive Roman ruins of Castro de Castromaior. There will be stalls along the way selling fruit, snacks and cold drinks, plus plenty of places to stop for a sit-down meal or a coffee. Around halfway, climb a gradual hill to Sierra de Ligonde, followed by a gentle descent. Today’s walk wraps up in Palas de Rei – this town is dotted with historical buildings and Romanesque architecture. This evening, get up close and personal with one of Galicia’s most mystical and celebrated specialties – the Queimada, or ‘fire drink,’ has its roots in Galicia’s Celtic past, and is made with the liqueur oruju, lemon and coffee beans, which is then set alight and said to ward off evil spirits. Your leader will make these drinks for the group tonight, ensuring you won’t be bothered by any evil spirits for the rest of your journey!

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Camino de Santiago (Palas de Rei to Arzua) - Get ready for your longest day on this stretch of the Camino de Santiago, covering the distance from Palas de Rei to Arzua. Today’s terrain is undulating asphalt, so prepare for some ups and downs. First, walk to the town of Melide – home to around 9000 people, this is one of the most populated spots on your journey. Melide is renowned for its fantastic food, specialising in polbo a feira (a flavoursome octopus dish). You and your group will gather in Melide to tuck into a traditional polbo a feira lunch, which you may like to follow up with some melindres (mini glazed donuts popular in Melide). For those who wish to give their legs a rest, you’ll have the option to catch a taxi to Arzua, otherwise hit the road and continue the final stretch of today’s journey, crossing the Iso River and navigating a series of short but steep slopes. When you arrive, ask your leader about the revered cheese made in this region – definitely a must-try while here!

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Camino de Santiago (Arzua to O Pedrouzo) - Depart Arzua and reach a split in the path, where the right follows the main road, and the left cuts through shady forest. As the saying goes, the road less travelled is often the most rewarding, so veer left and enjoy a day of peaceful strolling, mostly through endearing forests and past little villages and farms – this is some of the most wonderful scenery on the whole Camino de Santiago. There are plenty of cafes and restaurants along the way to stop and fuel up. As you draw closer to O Pedrouzo, your base for evening, pass by the Fountain of Santa Irene, the water from which was said to cure diseases of crops and illnesses of children.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Camino de Santiago (O Pedrouzo to Santiago de Compostela) - Gear up for your final day of walking, conquering the leg between O Pedrouzo to Santiago de Compostela, with each step taking you closer to the Cathedral of Santiago de Compostela. Begin by walking through dense green forest – with no cars or houses around, you may like to take this time to quietly reflect on all you’ve achieved over the past week. Next, follow a long stretch of road between Lavacolla and Monte do Gozo, then swap out rural landscapes for urban as you walk the final 5 km. Hear Galician bagpipes welcoming you to the cathedral, marking the end of your journey along the Camino de Santiago. Present your stamped pilgrim passport and receive your Camino certificate, proof that you have walked the 100 km to Santiago de Compostela. If you arrive at the cathedral before noon, you can enter and participate in the pilgrims’ mass, where a list of all those who have collected their Camino certificates in the last 24 hours will be read aloud. Visit the Museum of Pilgrimage to learn about the history of the Camino de Santiago and other places of pilgrimage across the world. This evening, why not treat yourself to a final dinner with the group in town – you’ve earned it!

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Santiago de Compostela - With no activities planned for today and the walking done and dusted, your adventure comes to an end after breakfast this morning. If you’d like to extend your stay in Santiago de Compostela, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Ljubljana - Zivjo! Welcome to Slovenia. Known as ‘Europe in Miniature’, this country may be tiny, but its diversity makes it a top-notch destination for cycling, with each day bringing something different. Your adventure begins in the country’s capital, Ljubljana, with a welcome meeting at 6 pm. If you arrive early, you might like to take a walk around this leafy city at your own pace, checking out the beautiful buildings, bridges and museums on foot. After your meeting, maybe head out as a group for a welcome dinner at a traditional restaurant – your leader will know the best spots.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Bled Cycling - Say goodbye to Ljubljana this morning and drive to Bled – a scenic resort town on Lake Bled. Here, you’ll have a bike fitting and safety briefing to set you up for the journey ahead. Then it’s time to get your wheels in motion! From Bled, you’ll pedal gradually uphill through the mountains, following the low-traffic forest paved road. This route offers plenty to look at – mountain views, scenic stops along the way and a loop around the beautiful Lake Bled. Your final stop of the day is a flower and tree-filled valley, where you can refuel at a popular mountain house. The rest of the day is free for your own discoveries – you may like to explore Triglav National Park, check out the Vintgar Gorge or visit Bled Castle.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Cycle Bled to Kranjska Gora - Leave Bled early this morning and cycle the scenic route beside the Sava River. Half of the route is a cycling path, and the other part covers the paved roads of Triglav National Park, passing mountains, ravines, lakes, canyons, caves, rivers, forests and Alpine meadows. Your ride today is a gradual uphill until you reach the alpine resort of Kranjska Gora, your final stop for the day. When you arrive, enjoy lunch with a view as you tuck into a barbecue feast on the ski slope – the perfect chance to unwind and appreciate the spectacular scenery.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Cycle Vršič Pass to Bovec - Your journey continues with a drive this morning, avoiding a long and steep uphill climb. The support vehicle will take you up the Julian Alps to the Vrsic Pass, known as the ‘Russian Road’, as it was built by Russian prisoners during the first World War. Take a moment to soak up the amazing views, then hop on your bike for a freewheeling descent through winding switchbacks and alpine scenery, down to the emerald waters of the Soca River. Check your speed as the road flattens out and you ride along the valley floor in one of the most beautiful valleys in this part of Europe, following the river as it flows west. Take in the views at the two-tiered Boka Waterfall, then complete your ride at the mountain town of Bovec. With your free evening, you can put your feet up or walk the nearby Walk of Peace trail for a fascinating insight into life in the trenches in WWII.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Smartno Loop Cycling - Start the day early and drive south to the fortified hilltop village of Smartno. Nestled between the Julian Alps and the Adriatic, this village is the perfect place to start today’s ride. Cycle the loop through the hills and vineyards – this part of Slovenia is considered a cradle of white wines and is often called Slovenia’s Tuscany. For those craving an espresso break, you’re in luck – today's route also ducks across the border into Italy! Finish the day with an included wine tasting at a local winery and raise a glass to the gorgeous surroundings.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Cycle Smartno to Postojna - Begin cycling directly from your hotel, crossing once again into Italy and descending to the valley floor. Follow the gentle Vipava River east past green fields, vineyards and small villages before arriving at the small town of Vipava, where you'll enjoy an optional picnic beside the river. Hills are never great on a full stomach, so you'll board the vehicle and drive up the steep 10 km (6 mi) climb (you'll thank us later!) before remounting your bike and enjoying a mostly downhill ride all the way to red-roofed town of Postojna. When you arrive, you might like to rest up after the longest ride of the trip. Alternatively, you can choose to explore – maybe visit the Notranjska Museum, discover the nearby Predjamsk Castle or stroll through the Postojna's old town centre.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Cycle Postojna to Piran - Today begins with a visit to the stunning Postojna Cave, said to be the most biodiverse cave in the world, home to fairytale-like labyrinths of stalagmite and stalactite-filled tunnels. After your visit, board the vehicle and drive to the small village of Vanganel, the starting point for your last ride. This picturesque route is mostly on cycling ways, following Parenzana’s old railway tracks now turned cycling paths. Enjoy sea views on one side and mountain views on the other. Finish the ride in the seaside town of Piran – once part of the Venetian empire, the town has kept its historic charm and the Old Town is among the best-preserved anywhere in the Adriatic. After your ride, wander the maze of narrow streets past Venetian architecture, Tartini Square and the pier. Tonight, maybe hit one of the many cafes or restaurants in town and swap stories over an optional farewell dinner.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Piran/Ljubljana - There are no activities planned after breakfast today and your adventure comes to an end. You're free to leave at any time after checking out. If you'd like to extend your stay, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time to organise additional accommodation. You can catch the bus (approximately 2 hours and included) back to Ljubljana or spend some more time exploring Piran.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Dubrovnik - Dobro Dosli! Welcome to Croatia – a place of sunshine, bright waters and medieval cobblestone streets. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm in Dubrovnik – the undisputed jewel of the Dalmatian Coast, the Old Town is surrounded entirely by the city walls and is easily covered on foot. As there’s not much time in Dubrovnik on this trip, it’s recommended you arrive a couple of days early. If you do, why not head out to one of the Elaphiti Islands, like Lopud – a quiet island with great hikes, clean beaches and a ruined castle. There are also many monuments to explore in the city, including the 15th century Rector's Palace, monasteries and gardens, and baroque churches with copper domes.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Elaphiti Isands Kayaking & Snorkeling / Dubrovnik - Take the morning ferry from Dubrovnik to one of the Elaphiti Islands – Kolocep, a sleepy enclave with walks for every fitness level – for an opportunity to escape crowds and experience Adriatic island life. When you arrive, jump in a kayak for a paddle around the island, stopping to snorkel, swim and explore hidden caves. After, you can choose to return to Dubrovnik or stay on the island and soak up everything it has to offer, whether that’s walking, more swimming or chilling out on the coast until sunset.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Durmitor National Park Hiking / Zabljak - Head to the UNESCO World Heritage-listed Durmitor National Park this morning for today’s hike along the circular Three Lakes trail, weaving through forest and meadows. As you hike, you’ll have beautiful views of the Dinaric Alps mountain peaks. The trail is relatively easy, ending in a rewarding view of Tara River Canyon. When you get there, watch as the sun sets into the deepest canyon in Europe (and the second deepest in the world, second only to the Grand Canyon). The lush valley and river below make for a spectacular sight!

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Durmitor National Park Hiking / Zabljak - Wake up to another beautiful day exploring Durmitor National Park – this time, on two wheels. Your cycling route will be along the southern part of the scenic ‘ring road.’ With plenty of photo stops along the way, you’ll see why this is Montenegro's largest protected area. For lunch, you’ll stop in at a family-owned property on Durmitor Mountain for a home-cooked feast. Try things like homemade fritters with sour cream, prosciutto and cheese, all made on the mountain! The rest of your afternoon is free to relax or explore at your own pace.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Tara River Rafting - Your active adventure will see you rafting on Tara River today. First, you’ll drive to the Komovi Mountains to the Brstanovica reservoir – your starting point. Along Class 2 and 3 rapids, float, paddle and weave through the last 18 km of the Tara River – the most popular spot for rafting in Europe and for good reason! This area is incredibly scenic, with high mountains and greenery everywhere you look. Finish in Scepan Polje, where the river meets Piva River and creates the famous Drina River. Then, have lunch and take in your gorgeous surroundings. Tonight, you’ll stay on the river – be sure to look up at the stars after nightfall!

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Kotor Fortress Hiking / Dubrovnik - Leave the Tara River early this morning for the drive to Kotor – one of the best-preserved medieval cities in southeastern Europe. When you arrive, you’ll head out for the Fortress Hike, which takes you from Kotor’s city walls to St. John’s Fortress. When you arrive, soak up the views over the Old Town and the Bay of Kotor below. Then, hop back in the car for the drive back to Dubrovnik, where you’ll spend your last night. Maybe find one of the hole-in-the-wall eateries and toast to an incredibly scenic active adventure with your group.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Dubrovnik - With no further activities planned after breakfast today, your trip comes to an end in Dubrovnik. If you’d like to extend your stay here and take a Game of Thrones walking tour or soak up the views from the city walls a little longer, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Costa Adeje - Hola! Welcome to the Canary Islands. Your adventure starts in Costa Adeje – a coastal town in Tenerife. You’ll kick off with a welcome meeting at 6 pm, where you’ll get to know your new travel companions and local leader. If you arrive early, maybe relax on Playa del Duque, take a stroll along the scenic promenade or even put your swimwear on and enjoy the nearby water park – Siam Park. Later this evening, maybe head to a local restaurant for dinner and enjoy some fresh seafood or traditional Canarian cuisine with your group.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Costa Adeje - Set out on a guided hike through Anaga National Park. Explore the UNESCO Biosphere Reserve, which is known for its ancient forests, dramatic ravines and rugged coastlines. After your hike, enjoy an authentic Canarian lunch at a local Guachinche – a rustic, family-run eatery typically found in northern Tenerife. This afternoon head back to your accommodation in Costa Adeje.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Costa Adeje - Explore the northwest of Tenerife on a guided hike through Teno Rural Park. This protected park has deep valleys and tall cliffs that drop into the Atlantic Ocean. Its volcanic origins and diverse microclimates contribute to its rich biodiversity and landscapes. After hiking, drive to the town of Icod de los Vinos. This small town is known for its local wine, historic streets and ancient dragon tree. Finish your day with a relaxing swim at El Caleton in the town of Garachico. These natural pools were formed by ancient lava flows that met the Atlantic Ocean. Then, head back to your accommodation in Costa Adeje for the night.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Costa Adeje - Journey through the heart of Tenerife on your Volcan Samara guided hike in Teide National Park – a UNESCO World Heritage Site and home to Spain’s highest peak, Teide. Located in the centre of the island, this park offers a landscape of volcanic craters, petrified lava flows and rock formations that resemble the surface of another planet. Samara’s circular trail winds through pine forests and past lava fields offering panoramic views of Tiede, Pico Viejo and the Atlantic Ocean. But Tenerife isn’t just about volcanoes — it’s also one of the world’s largest producers of Canarian bananas. After your hike, visit a nearby banana plantation and learn about this local tradition.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Costa Adeje - Today is a free day to rest. Enjoy the beach, relax and take in all that Costa Adeje has to offer (your leader will have all the best spots ready). Maybe set out on a guided hike to Barranco del Infierno or take the ferry to the small island of La Gomera. This island is a lesser-known place combining deep ravines, ancient forests and authentic Canarian culture.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Costa Adeje - Get ready for your final day hiking through Tenerife. Today you’ll hike the moon-like landscape at Paisaje Lunar (Vilaflor Lunar Landscape). Begin your hike in the highest village in Spain, Vilaflor. From here, follow the trail to Camino Real de Chasna – a path that once connected the northern and southern parts of the island. As you ascend through the pine forest, you will reach the Los Escurriales viewpoint. Get your camera ready to capture the view of Paisaje Lunar – a surreal landscape of eroded volcanic formations that are often said to look like fairy chimneys. Tonight, maybe head out for dinner with your group and celebrate the end of a great trip.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Costa Adeje - With no activities planned after breakfast, you’re free to leave at any time. If you’d like to extend your stay in Costa Adeje, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time to organise additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Prague - Dobry den! Welcome to Prague. There is an important welcome meeting scheduled for 6 pm this evening, where you will meet your group leader and fellow travellers. With not much time spent in Prague, we recommend you spend at least a day or two to get to know this wonderful Bohemian city. With its Baroque buildings, cobblestoned streets and beer – oh so much beer – there’s something for every explorer. If you want to spend more time in Prague, we’ll be happy to organise additional accommodation for you (subject to availability). After your important meeting, how about get a group of you together and head to one of the beer halls to get acquainted?

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Prague - This morning the cycling part of your adventure begins! Have a bike fitting then explore the fascinating street and lanes of Prague on a leader-led orientation ride. You’ll learn about the history of the city, plus have time to take in the Old Town square, looking up at the surrounding spires – there are a lot of spires – as well as the historic building besides the Vltava River. The rest of the day is free for you to explore this eclectic city at your leisure. Perhaps visit one of the many museums that dot the city, or wander the cobbled Charles Bridge in the evening when most of the tourist are long gone.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Cesky Krumlov - Today is an early morning start, as you head to Ceske Budejovice by local transport (either vehicle or train depending on group size), taking around 2.5 hours. From here begin a short ride (approximately 30 kilometres) around Budejovice and besides the Vltava River through the South Bohemian countryside from Ceske to Cesky – that is, Cesky Krumlov! Once arrived, you’ve got the rest of the afternoon at your leisure in this small medieval town. Take your bike or head on a hike up to see Krizova Hora, visit the State Castle, or just simply explore the weaving laneways of the town, all perched on the side of the Vltava River. If you want to check out the river more, why not book in on a canoe trip? Seeing the Czech countryside from the water gives you stunning views of the surrounding valleys.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Kollmitzberg - Rise and shine, as it’s off for another day of cycling, leaving nice and early. Ride along the Vltava River from Cesky Krumlov through the countryside then over the plateau and down to the wooded shores of the beautiful Lipno Lake near the Czech-Austrian border. You’ll arrive at the small town of Lipno and Vltavou on the southern banks of the lake. After some time to look around, drive approximately 140 kilometres to Kollmitzberg. After two days in the saddle you deserve a relax at this secluded town.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Melk - Get back on your bike and cycle alongside the mighty Danube River on a mostly flat course from Kollmitzberg to Melk (approximately 60 kilometres). You know you're getting close when you can see the towers and dome of the famed Melk Abbey high above the town. Once arrived, you could head on an optional tour of Melk Abbey, where you’ll discover the colourful Baroque structure perched on top of a rock overlooking the Danube, plus its parks and bastions.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Reidling - From Melk, cycle along the northern banks of the Danube – mostly on dedicated cycle paths – past small riverside towns and villages (and the occasional sand beach), and to the UNESCO-listed terraces of the Wachau vineyards, where wine has been produced since the Middle Ages. Your final destination for today is the small village of Reidling.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Vienna - Hop on your bike to ride back along the Danube cycle path all the way into Vienna, skirting the river’s southern banks. Today is the longest ride of the tour at around 70 kilometres/43 miles and is mostly slightly downhill. When you arrive in Vienna, be sure to relax and perhaps tuck into a well-earned coffee and sacher torte. Vienna is a classical hub of arts, culture and food, and a perfect place to hop off the bike and explore on foot. If you haven’t discussed it already, why not organise dinner in Vienna with your group tonight – it’s definitely cause for celebration.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Vienna - With no activities planned for today, you are free to leave at any time. That doesn’t mean your adventure has to end! Vienna is a large place and full of interesting sights, so it is highly recommended that you spend another day or two in the city. If you wish to spend more time in Vienna, we’ll be happy to organise additional accommodation for you (subject to availability).

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Funchal - Ola! Welcome to Funchal – the capital of Portugal’s Madeira archipelago, renowned for its scenic harbour, lush gardens and historic wine cellars. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm. If you arrive early, maybe visit the Gothic-Romanesque Cathedral, walk around the Sao Tiago Fortress, explore the local markets or enjoy some fresh seafood by the waterfront. After your welcome meeting, head out to optional dinner and get to know your group before hitting the trails tomorrow.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Jardim do Mar - Today, you’ll set off on your first hike. Travel by private transport from Funchai to Estreito de Camara de Lobos. From here, embark on the Levada do Norte hike, taking in the ocean views as you walk towards Cabo Girao – one of the highest sea cliffs in Europe. When you arrive in Cabo Girao, perhaps relax with a picnic lunch. This afternoon, you’ll travel to Jardim do Mar for a leader-led orientation walk. Explore this peaceful town known for its traditional Madeiran lifestyle and lovely gardens. To end the day, enjoy a refreshing glass of Poncha (a local drink made from sugarcane rum, honey and lemon).

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Jardim do Mar - This morning, you’ll set off on a loop hike starting from Jardim do Mar. Hike the Vereda do Jardim do Mar trail, taking in coastal views. Continue along the Levada da Calheta trail, where you'll walk through lush greenery and wildflowers, with occasional glimpses of traditional farming terraces along the way. Pause for a relaxing picnic lunch surrounded by the natural beauty of Madeira’s countryside. After the hike, maybe spend some time wandering around Jardim do Mar – this small seaside village is known for its ocean vistas.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Santo Antonio da Serra - Travel to the Fanal forest, where you’ll start today’s hike. Follow the Vereda do Fanal trail through ancient laurel trees and woodlands before stopping midway for a picnic lunch. After, travel to Seixal for a leader-led orientation walk through the village’s streets. Take some time to cool off with a swim in Seixal’s natural volcanic swimming pools before visiting the Miradouro de Veu da Noiva viewpoint, famous for its cliffside views and cascading waterfalls. Later today, travel to Santo António da Serra, where you’ll spend the night.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Santo Antonio da Serra - Your hike starts in Machico today – Madeira’s historic first capital, known for its harbours and beaches. Follow the scenic coastal trails to Porto da Cruz and take in the sweeping views of the town’s orange-roofed houses. After the hike, maybe visit the local rum distillery. Here, you can taste authentic Madeiran rum and learn about its production. Later today, set out on a walk through Santana – a rural village known for its traditional triangular houses called palheiros. Tonight, you’ll travel back to Santo Antonio da Serra, where you’ll spend the night.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Santo Antonio da Serra - This morning, you’ll travel to Achada do Teixeira – the gateway to Pico do Ruivo, the highest peak on Madeira. Hike along Vereda do Pico do Ruivo and take in the mountain views and rock formations (sometimes covered by clouds). After, maybe stop for lunch at a nearby cafe. This afternoon, set out on the Vereda da Ponta de Sao Lourenco hike, famous for its dramatic cliffs and coastal scenery. This trail showcases the island’s unique volcanic landscape and offers panoramic ocean views. Later today, head back to Santo Antonio da Serra for your last night and maybe go to dinner with your group to celebrate an epic trip.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Santo Antonio da Serra - There are no activities planned for today and you can depart at any time. If you’d like to extend your stay and explore Santa Antonio da Serra further, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Ljubljana - Zivjo! Welcome to Slovenia – often known as ‘Europe in Miniature’. Luckily for adrenaline junkies, Slovenia is perfect for a wide array of active adventures, like cycling, hiking, skiing, canyoning, caving and boating. Your adventure starts with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight in Ljubljana (pronounced 'Lyoob-Li-Yana'), the capital of Slovenia. Head out on an orientation walk around cosmopolitan Ljubljana – a city full of history, monuments, churches, museums and great restaurants. Afterwards opt to head out as a group for dinner at a local traditional restaurant. Your trip leader will have all the best recommendations!

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Ljubljana / Bled - In the morning, board a local bus to Bled – with dense green mountains, a rocky cliff-top castle and an emerald lake (with a church atop the island smack bang in the middle), it’s hard to take a bad photo here! You’ll head out on a hike around Bled through Vintgar Gorge, stopping for snacks and photo breaks along the way. Explore Bled’s gorgeous architecture and scenery, then walk across rapids, waterfalls and pools via an elevated boardwalk that clings to the craggy rock face.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Lake Bohinj and Hiking on Mt Vogel - After breakfast, take a public bus to Lake Bohinj – the largest permanent glacial lake in the country. Take the cable car to the top of Mt Vogel within Triglav National Park. The upper station lies above 1500 m (4920 ft), from here you'll hike toward Orlove glave resting point, where you can ring the bell for a goodluck! Take in the Alpine scenery of Julian Alps. Next stop is Sija peak,on a clear day you can catch a glimpse of Italy. Enjoy the amazing views of the mountains before heading back. 

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Bled - You have a free day to choose your own adventure in Bled today. Maybe visit the 100 m high clifftop castle and chill out on Grajska Plaza (Castle Beach) – dating from the 11th century, the views from Old Bled Castle are nothing short of spectacular. You could take a Pletna boat ride (a wooden, awning-covered boat rowed by a special oarsman) to the island on Lake Bled, where you can climb up the 99 steps to St Mary's Church and ring the wishing bell. If you’re chasing a thrill, maybe go ziplining or kayaking on the Sava River. Be sure to seek out the famous Bled cream cake (nearly every cafe in town claims that theirs is the best).

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Rafting on Soca River - Pack your swimming gear and towel for a rafting trip on the Soka River today. On the way stop by the mountain town of Bovec famous for its breathtakingly beautiful natural sites. A professional guide will lead the group on a 1.5-hour journey through Class 2 and 3 rapids as well as gates and pools. You’ll pass alpine scenery and cypress trees as you navigate moss-covered boulders all the way downriver to Lancovo. There will be plenty of time for swim stops in the fresh water here and you’ll see the cascades of Boka Waterfall. After an exhilarating day, it’s a short drive back to Bled. Later, maybe dine on sausages or fresh fish with a side of the local vino. Luckily, Slovenia only exports a small amount of their wine, keeping the best local.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Biking in Bled - Head out for a morning of biking. You’ll have your bike fitting and a safety briefing to set you up for the journey ahead, then it’s time to get your wheels in motion. With your leader, you’ll begin cycling from Bled, first pedalling gradually uphill through the mountains, following the low-traffic forest paved road. This route offers plenty to look at – mountain views next to Radovljica River, scenic stops along the way and a loop around the beautiful Lake Bled. Your final stop of the day is a flower and tree-filled valley, where you can refuel at a mountain house. The rest of the day is free for your own discoveries – you may like to explore Triglav National Park or rest and recharge before dinner.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Bled - Your trip ends after breakfast today and with no further activities planned, you’re free to leave any time after check out. If you’d like to extend your stay in this postcard-perfect place, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Florence - Buongiorno! Welcome to Italy. Your adventure begins in Florence with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. The trip spends very little time in Florence, so it’s strongly recommended that you arrive a few days early if you want to see all that this amazing city' has to offer. If you do arrive early, maybe take a stroll around the historic Florence cathedral or visit Uffizi gallery, Ponte Vecchio and the Piazzale Michelangelo. After your meeting tonight, perhaps head out with your new group and local leader and hunt down the best slice of pizza, your favourite Italian wine or a plate of bistecca alla Fiorentina (grilled Italian steak cooked on the bone).

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Cycle Signa to Vinci - After breakfast this morning, you’ll head out for your bike fitting and then take a short test ride. After, take a private transfer with your bikes to nearby Signa, where your Tuscan cycling adventure officially begins. Follow the Arno River out of Florence and ride the mostly flat small roads and trails to Empoli. Pass by the Church of Sant'Andrea before turning north towards the Tuscan hills and the town of Vinci – the birthplace of legendary Leonardo da Vinci. Surrounded by vineyards and olive groves, the climbs are relatively gentle. When you arrive in Vinci, ride past Casa Natale di Leonardo then return to the village to check into your hotel. This afternoon is free for you to explore at your own pace – maybe visit Museo Leonardiano, the home to a collection of machines and models devoted to Leonardo da Vinci.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Cycle Lucca to Barga - This morning after breakfast you’ll take a private transfer to the Province of Lucca. From here, you’ll cycle to the medieval hilltop town of Barga, climbing gradually along the banks of the Serchio River and up the valley to Borgo a Mozzano. Your leader will reveal the legend of the beautiful Devil’s Bridge when you arrive. Continue the gentle climb until the last two kilometres, when the road towards Barga becomes steep. For those not wanting to do the last climb, the support vehicle is always there to assist you. Those willing to conquer the hill will be rewarded with incredible views of the imposing Pania della Croce Mountain towering above the landscape. Tonight, why not relax after a big day's ride with a traditional Tuscan dinner.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Cycle in the Garfagnana - Start the day with a pleasant downhill ride to the valley floor, following the winding road through the small local villages. You’ll climb, then descend into the next valley to the 13th century town of Castelnuovo di Garfagnana. Situated at the confluence of the Serchio and the Turrite Secca Rivers, this is a great place to sit back and tuck into a refreshing gelato or maybe visit the famous Fronte della Rocca – this historic cake and chocolate-maker has been around since 1885 and they’re also known for their excellent coffee! This afternoon, head out again for your second ride, stopping in one of the villages along the way for a picnic lunch of authentic Italian dishes. Remount your bike for the final climb up to the imposing Verrucole Castle in San Romano – a medieval fortress with spectacular views over Garfagnana. Enjoy a freewheeling descent back to the hotel and the ambience of Castelnuovo di Garfagnana.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Cycle the Apuan Alps to Lucca - Today there will be a change of pace, starting with a climb up the Apuan Alps in the support vehicle. Stop at the long abandoned white marble quarry of Henraux to view the same marble seams that Michelangelo used in creating many of his masterpieces. Mount up and ride the short distance to the top of the mountain range before starting the long and winding ride downhill to the popular seaside resort of Viareggio. From here, head along the flat seafront roads to the famous Tuscan walled city of Lucca. When you arrive, circle the ancient city ramparts by bike and stop to enjoy an afternoon picnic on the walls. Tonight, you’re free to explore the city – maybe end the day at a local bar with a glass of Prosecco.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Free day in Lucca - Today is a free day off the bike in Lucca. Take the opportunity to see all the sights this city has to offer – maybe wander the former Roman amphitheatre off Via Fillungo and visit the medieval houses now standing in its place. Grab a seat at one of the Piazza dell'Anfiteatro's many outdoor cafes and watch the world go by with a coffee or stop by Foro Square and see the San Michele church, which was built over the top of an ancient Roman forum. If you’re looking for the best spots to eat, your local leader will always have the best recommendations!

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Cycle Lucca to Pisa - Leave Lucca by bike this morning and follow the flat leafy bike paths downstream along the banks of the Serchio River to Pisa – home to the legendary leaning tower. After cycling through Pisa's frenetic streets and taking your classic Pisa photo, maybe take some time to wander the shopping streets here or indulge in an aperitif at one of Pisa’s many cafes and bars. Later, maybe head out for a final dinner with your group and indulge in an Italian feast one last time.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Pisa - There are no activities planned after breakfast today and your adventure comes to an end. You're free to leave at any time after check out. If you'd like to extend your stay, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time to organise additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Lisbon - Bem-vindo! Welcome to Portugal. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight in Lisbon, Portugal’s lively capital city. If you arrive early, maybe stroll through the winding alleyways of the Alfama neighbourhood or visit Sao Jorge Castle. After your meeting, maybe head out with your leader and group to get to know each other over dinner in a local restaurant. Then, maybe continue with a post-dinner walk around the city and see the town come to life in the evenings.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Vila Nova de Milfontes - Leave Lisbon behind and drive towards the start of the ancient Fisherman's Trail in the southwest of Portugal, made up various hiking tracks down through Alentejo and the Algarve. Jump out of your vehicle in the coastal parish of Malhao and lace up your boots for your first day of walking. Making the most of your seaside setting, most of today’s walk is along sandy sweeps of beach, crossing the dunes of Aivados and Malhao. Each beach you pass offers something different, from freshwater springs to sharp cliffs and hidden coves. As you walk, your leader will teach you about the hardy plants that live along the coast, defying the odds to thrive against a landscape of poor soil, salty air and hot sun. Today’s walk wraps up in Vila Nova de Milfontes, where you may like to cool off with a refreshing dip in the ocean.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Almograve - Start the day with a boat ride from the mouth of the Mira River to Praia das Furnas, where you’ll disembark and begin your walk. On your journey to Almograve, follow the coast and pass by marshes that serve as breeding grounds for many species of fish. Keep an eye out for small stone-age quarries tucked into the sand dunes, and you may pass a friendly local fisherman or two. Later, arrive in Almograve. From here, head to a local restaurant with a menu brimming with fresh seafood, brought in from the fish market up the road – maybe tuck into a tasty meal of shrimp, clams, hake or whelk.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Zambujeira do Mar - Rise bright and early to hit the trails. Starting in Almograve you’ll hike to Zambujeira do Mar. Walk past high, jagged cliffs which serve as the nesting place of over twenty bird species – look out for peregrine falcons, rock doves, jackdaws and kestrels. The area’s layered geological history will become apparent as you pass red sands and oxidised sandstone from previous tropical climates, and remains of cold climate animals from a cooler past. Later in the day, take a short walk to Capela de Nossa Senhora do Mar – a little chapel overlooking the sea. Maybe pack a homemade picnic and watch the sun go down from this beautiful spot.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Aljezur - Enjoy a slower start to the day before heading off for another fantastic walk, bursting with more stunning coastal scenery. Set off from Zambujeira do Mar and walk along clifftops, past the beaches of Alteirinhos, Carvalhal, Machados and Amalia before arriving at a natural fishing harbour in Azenha do Mar. The sand dunes on this stretch of your walk are alive with activity and home to many mammals – while they are pretty hard to spot, you may be able to see evidence of burrows and footprints. Egyptian mongooses, beech martens, otters, weasels, genets and badgers all call this part of the country home. At the end of today’s hike, maybe relax on the beach or explore the town at your own pace. Later, travel to Rota Vicentina where you’ll spend the night.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Sagres - After breakfast, travel to Vila do Bispo for today’s walk. Set off along the trails to Cabo de Sao Vicente – the southwestern most point of mainland Europe. As you walk, listen to stories of the cape’s maritime, Phoenician and Roman past from your local leader. Skirt along the coast before finishing up in Sagres – a popular spot for surfers. If the name sounds familiar, it may be because of Portugal’s iconic beer that’s named after the town. Tonight, why not grab a cool glass of cerveja and some dinner with your group – a great way to celebrate the final night of your trip.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Sagres - With no activities planned for today, your adventure comes to an end after breakfast. If you’d like to extend your trip and continue exploring Portugal, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Funchal - Ola! Welcome to Portugal. Your adventure begins in Funchal – the capital of the Madeira archipelago, renowned for its scenic harbour, lush gardens and historic wine cellars. When you arrive in Funchal, you’ll be met by a local representative and transferred to your feature stay hotel, before your welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. If you arrive early, maybe wander through the traditional Mercado dos Lavradores farmers' market, visit the Funchal Cathedral, take a scenic cable car ride to Monte, relax in the Madeira Botanical Garden or - for those that love soccer - explore the life and career of Cristiano Ronaldo at the CR7 museum dedicated to the football star. After the meeting, enjoy a relaxed evening at a local restaurant, where you’ll get your first taste of Madeira’s cuisine while getting to know your expert tour leader and fellow travellers.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Funchal & Ponta de Sao Lourenco hike - After breakfast and a short drive it's time to lace up your hiking boots and head out on your first guided hike - and it's a special one! Often called The Dragon’s Tail, the Vereda da Ponta de Sao Lourenco is one of Madeira’s most scenic hikes. This loop trail winds along a narrow, rugged peninsula leading to the island’s easternmost point only accessible on foot. As you walk, take in dramatic cliffs, volcanic rock formations shaped by millions of years of erosion, and ocean views on both sides. Pause for a relaxing lunch before heading back to Funchal for the afternoon where you have ample free time to explore this historic town.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: 25 Fontes/Levada do Risco hikes, Porto Moniz & Arco de Sao Jorge - Start the day with a short drive to the west of the island to enjoy your second guided hike from Levada as you weave along the green edged tracks through laurel forest to the Risco Waterfall. Have your camera ready when you arrive to capture Risco Falls as it cascades over 100 m down the mountainside. This hike also passes by the 25 water springs that come down from Paul da Serra and give the 25 Fontes hike its name. After the hike enjoy a scenic picnic lunch before driving to the tiny coastal town of Porto Moniz at the very northern tip of the island. When you arrive set off on an orientation walk amongst the red roof buildings and - if the weather’s nice - take a refreshing dip and soothe your hiking muscles in the picturesque natural volcanic rock pools. In the late afternoon, travel to Arco de Sao Jorge and settle into your comfortable hotel, your home for the next three nights.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Arco de Sao Jorge & Boaventura Coastal hike - Begin your day with a guided scenic coastal hike from the doorstep of your hotel to nearby Boaventura, taking in vast views of the Atlantic Ocean along the wooden walkways that hug the dramatic cliff faces of the north coast. This route winds along the coast and features plenty of ups and downs – but always with stunning views along the way. After, visit the local Quinta do Barbusano winery to learn about Madeira’s unique winemaking traditions, then indulge in a wine tasting of a few local drops. Sit down for a traditional lunch made with fresh, locally sourced ingredients, all paired with regional wines. In the afternoon, return to the hotel to rest or choose an optional short hike to further explore the local area.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Arco de Sao Jorge & Pico do Ruivo guided hike - Today, embark on the rewarding guided hike along the Vereda do Pico do Ruivo – at 1862m it is Madeira’s highest peak. While this is the most challenging hike on the trip with many stone stairs, it is also the most spectacular as you take in the mountain views and surrounding rock formations (often eerily covered by mist and clouds). The views alone make the hike worthwhile. After, maybe stop for lunch at a nearby cafe in Achada do Teixiera before visiting a local rum distillery in coastal Porto da Cruz for a tasting experience of the famed ‘Madeira brandy’. Next, stop in the small town of Santana for an orientation walk to explore its traditional houses before returning to your comfortable hotel in the evening to celebrate your journey with a farewell dinner with the group.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Arco de Sao Jorge - With no activities planned for today, your trip comes to an end after breakfast. If you’d like to extend your stay, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time to arrange additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Dubrovnik - Dobro Dosli! Welcome to Croatia. Your adventure begins in Dubrovnik with a welcome meeting at 6 pm. If you arrive early, maybe take a walking tour of the Game of Thrones filming locations or find a hole-in-the-wall restaurant and tuck into some fresh seafood. After, why not head out for dinner with your fellow travellers and try some local dishes like pasticada (braised beef in red wine) and peka (meat and vegetables).

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Kotor - This morning, take a private vehicle over the border to Herceg Novi. When you arrive, set off on your first ride of the trip. Cycle along the Bay of Kotor, passing rolling hills to the whitewashed port town of Kamenari. Then, take a short ferry ride across the azure waters between the headlands to Lepetane. Take in the coastal views before jumping back on your bike and continuing onto Kotor – a UNESCO World Heritage-listed city on the shores of the Adriatic. The rest of the day is free for you to explore Kotor at your own pace. Maybe walk through the medieval Old Town and discover the historic buildings and buzzing nightlife.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Niksic - Say goodbye to Kotor this morning as you drive north to Slano Lake. Today’s ride will start near the dam wall and take you along the old road (mixed asphalt and gravel surface) via the tiny hamlet of Kunak. Park the bikes on the main road and take a short taxi ride to Ostrog Monastery – a white-washed building built into a cliff. Then, jump back on the bikes and continue along the quiet roads to the tiny village of Stubica, before dropping back down to the Zeta River all the way to Niksic. Along the way, visit the Ramparts of Onogost – founded in the 4th century, Niksic is the country's second-largest city. Tonight, maybe find a local restaurant for dinner – your leader will have the best recommendations.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Lake Piva & Niksic - Today, you'll cycle from Niksic to Pluzine – a small town on the shore of Lake Piva. Along the way, visit the 16th-century Piva Monastery and its museum that contains a psalm from the Crnojevici printing press – the first printing press in the Balkans. Then, stop for a picnic lunch at Lake Piva, before driving back to Niksic for a free evening.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Mostar - This morning, travel to Zavala, where you’ll start your ride on an old, country road through half-abandoned hamlets. Join the Ciro Trail – a new traffic-free trail that follows an old Austro-Hungarian railway track running from Dubrovnik to Mostar. You’ll ride on the trail to the city of Capljina, passing old train stations that have been refurbished into guesthouses and the picturesque lake of Nature Park Hutovo Blato. There will be plenty of stops at viewpoints along the way like at the famous Vjetrenica Cave. Then, drive to Mostar – known for its iconic Stari Most (Old Bridge), where locals dive into the River Neretva. This is a tradition for local boys, who are said to have a lifetime of bad luck if they don’t complete the jump to become a man. It's a beautiful spot to kick back by the river, have a Bosnian coffee and watch the divers.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Mostar - Today you’ll ride along another section of the Ciro Trail. The trail follows the valley of the Neretva River downstream, surrounded on both sides by towering hills. You'll pass through farmland, small villages and ancient remains like Mogorjelo. After a quick coffee while the bikes are loaded onto the trailer, drive back to Mostar for the night, where you have free time to maybe explore the alleys, bars and restaurants.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Sarajevo - This morning, drive north towards Sarajevo – the capital of Bosnia and Herzegovina and host of the 1984 Winter Olympics. You'll begin cycling from Jahorina – the site for several Olympic events including the female slalom. If the weather is clear, you’ll be treated to amazing views along your ride. After, load the bikes and drive into Sarajevo’s centre. The city often draws comparisons with Istanbul as a city that mixes east and west – dotted with minarets, mosques, bazaars and the aroma of coffee. When you arrive, take a guided tour for an insight into the history and culture of the city. Sarajevo is one of the few cities in the world that features an Orthodox church, a Catholic church and a mosque all within proximity. Tonight, maybe head out for an optional farewell dinner with your group and cheers to a trip well-travelled.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Sarajevo - With no further activities planned, your cycling adventure comes to an end today. If you’d like to extend your stay in Sarajevo, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Dubrovnik - Dobro Dosli! Welcome to Dubrovnik. Your adventure begins in sun-kissed Croatia with a welcome meeting at 6 pm today. If you arrive early, maybe head to the walled Old City through the Pile Gate drawbridge – the best way to explore Dubrovnik is on foot, so walk the walls and take your time. There’s a bar on the wall to grab a drink and admire the view too. In town, there are plenty of cool eateries to grab a quick lunch of fresh seafood or take a leisurely afternoon to people-watch. If a swim is on the cards, maybe head outside the walls to a cove and dive into the azure waters of the Adriatic Sea that surround you – Suluci or Banje Beach are great for a dip.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Dubrovnik / Kotor / Ulcinj - This morning, hit the road to Kotor in Montenegro. Spend some free time exploring this terracotta-lined medieval town, maybe walking up Kampana Tower to see the surrounding turquoise waters and limestone cliffs or finding one of the many churches dotted around this relatively small town. Continue to Ulcinj – sitting on the Adriatic Coast, this town is home to scenic beaches, medieval city walls and thriving nightlife. When you arrive, maybe wander through the Old Town’s cobblestone streets and see Ulcinj Castle. Later, maybe watch the sunset on the beach.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Tirana - This morning after breakfast, you’ll drive across the border into Albania to your next stop in Tirana. When you arrive, take a leader-led orientation walk around the city to get your bearings. Visit Bunk’Art – a history and contemporary art museum. Head through a long, dark tunnel in the hillside that leads you to the entrance, on the side of an active Albanian military base. From here, you’ll descend into 3000 square metres of underground space, originally meant as a bunker in the 1970s for Albania’s political elite. Now, it houses different exhibitions of Albanian modern history and contemporary art pieces. This afternoon, you’ll have time to explore this eclectic city at your own pace – maybe head out to the Block for drinks and swap stories with your fellow travellers.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Tirana - Wake up without an alarm today – you’ve got a free day. Maybe make like the locals at the colourful street markets, explore the city’s traditional cuisine or jump on public transport to Kruja – this ancient Albanian city is just 32 km out of Tirana. Tonight, you might like to gather your newfound travel buds and head to the Blloku neighbourhood – a hotspot for pre-dinner drinks. Then, why not treat yourself to dinner at Tirana Castle – a Byzantine time castle transformed into a trendy outdoor shopping area with plenty of restaurant options to take your fancy.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Himare - After breakfast today, set your sights on the Riviera and make your way to Himare. Sitting between the Ionian Sea and Ceraunian Mountains, this town is a less-touristed part of Albania and is home to a great local food scene! When you arrive, you have a free day to soak up the scenic town – maybe explore the Old Town on the rocky hill for views of the sea and see the ruins of Himare Castle, over 3500 years old. After, head to a local cafe for coffee and cake or make your way to one of the secluded beach coves, perfect for having a dip in the sea and getting stuck into a good book.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Himare - Today, head out on a speed boat tour, taking in the coastal sights from a different perspective. Take to the water and visit Pigeon’s Cave, Crystal Bay, Gjipe Beach and Pirate's Cave – one of the most spectacular caves in the country and only accessible by boat. Along the way, you’ll stop for swims in the caves and on the beaches near the Gjipe Canyon, giving you the ultimate chance to refresh under the sun. Enjoy some free time for the rest of the day to wander or find a local restaurant with sea views – your leader will know some great spots!

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Gjirokaster - Leave the sparkling Adriatic shores behind and head to Gjirokaster – a well-preserved Ottoman town in Albania’s south. When you arrive, visit one of the traditional tower houses with a local guide who has all the insights and taste the traditional coffee 'on the stone', roasted on the fire right in front of you! If you’re lucky, you might even get your fortune read. You’ll spend the night here, so maybe find some speca me glize (stuffed peppers) for dinner.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Corfu - Today you’ll head south to Saranda – a coastal resort town near the Albania and Greece border. From here, take a hydrofoil ferry to Corfu – an island off Greece’s northwest coast in the Ionian Sea. Corfu is known for its mountainous landscapes that extend to the shores and its cultural heritage, spent under rule from Venetian, French and British influences. Your group leader will take you on an orientation walk near where you’re staying, so you can find all the best spots and get your bearings for later. Tonight is all yours – maybe round up your group and head out for sunset drinks at one of the local restaurants.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Corfu - With no planned activities today, you’re free to leave anytime. If shorelines and souvlakis are still on the cards, you don’t have to leave just yet! If you’d like to stay longer, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Athens - Kalimera! Welcome to Greece. Your Greek Island adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 p, tonight in Athens – the capital of Greece. If you arrive early, maybe take a day trip to the Saronic Islands – a beautiful archipelago including the car-free island of Hydra. History lovers can walk in the footsteps of ancient Greeks and discover the remnants of an empire with a pass into the Acropolis – the ancient citadel with gorgeous views over the city. Tonight, ask your leader where the best place for a gyros is, or head out on a Taste of Athens Urban Adventure to sample some of Athen’s many culinary delights with your new friends.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Paros - Wake up early this morning as you make your way by ferry to Paros in the Aegean Sea. Paros is best known for its beaches, traditional villages and the Panagia Ekatontapiliani – a Byzantine church from the 4th century AD. Join your group for a visit to Lefkes – an enchanting village known for its distinct white and blue architecture, olive groves and pine forests. You’ll enjoy an included group dinner in the village, with options including moussaka, imam eggplants, dolmas with lettuce, Greek salad and more. This is also a great opportunity to rub shoulders with the locals, as this village is less touristy than the rest of the island.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Paros - Today is a free day for you to explore Paros at your own pace. Maybe take the ferry to Antiparos (the sister island easily reached by a short ferry ride). This little island is a great spot to pick up local food. You could also go kayaking, find the perfect swimming spot on Paros or just kick back on one of the sandy beaches – Kolymbithres Beach is a good spot to set up for the day, as it’s known for the unique rock formations that create natural swimming coves! This afternoon, maybe walk through the Archaeological Museum, take a local bus to Naoussa or wander around the Cycladic architecture (this whole trip is a photographer's dream). Tonight maybe stroll through town to find a local restaurant for dinner – your leader will have the best recommendations!

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Ios - Take the ferry to Ios – a popular island known for its cliffs that plunge into the sea and its hills peppered with Cycladic architecture and palm trees, idyllic during sunset. When you arrive, maybe head straight for the most visited beach on Ios – Mylopotas Beach – and kick back somewhere in the horseshoe-shaped bay. If crowds aren’t your thing, maybe hit Magganari Beach for a quieter setting. If you’d like to spend your day sightseeing instead, maybe visit Homer’s Tomb (legend says that this is the last resting place of the famous Greek poet) in Plakotos or the Church of Panagia Gremniotissa. Tonight, rejoin your group and walk to the Odysseas Elytis Theatre to watch an epic sunset overlooking the town.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Ios - Today is a free day in Ios. Maybe take a boat tour to explore seven different beaches across the island – this tour includes lots of opportunities for swimming and snorkelling! After a day of hitting the sandy shores or wandering around this bucket list destination at your own pace, you might want to explore the nightlife. Go bar hopping with your new travel buddies or meet some new friends along the way at the thriving beach clubs – Ios is popular with a younger crowd, so you’re sure to find a few drinking or dancing buddies to hit the town with and boogie the night away.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Santorini - This morning, you’ll take a ferry to Santorini – one of the must-see destinations on any Greek Island adventure! Famous for its gorgeous hiking opportunities and countless sunset spots, Santorini is also home to some of the best wines in the country. This island was devastated by a volcanic eruption in the 16th century, the evidence of which now shapes the landscape. Today you might want to explore the two main towns – Fira and Oia – that sit on cliffs above the underwater crater, now home to lava pebble beaches and iconic scenery. Maybe kick back on the volcanic beaches, hit the town for some souvenir shopping or just wander the streets in search of delicious treats, epic photo spots, and the occasional glass of Assyrtiko to refuel.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Santorini - In 1500 BC, a volcanic eruption sank the centre of Santorini, forming the awe-inspiring caldera. The spectacular natural beauty of this caldera is what makes Santorini such a special place and this morning, you’ll hike along the crater rim. Walk through little villages, passing cliff faces and gorgeous views along the way. After, you have a free afternoon to explore the island at your own pace. Grab a well deserved bite to eat after the hike – maybe try some of the local tomato fritters or feast on local seafood. Alternatively, just relax on the beach, soaking up the vibes of the sun.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Santorini - Today is your last day of the trip, and with no further activities planned, you’re free to leave at any time. If you’d like to stay in Santorini, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Lisbon - Ola! Welcome to Portugal. Your adventure officially kicks off in Lisbon with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. If you arrive early, maybe head to one of the many outdoor cafes and soak up the city’s energy. You could ride on the Gloria cable car – this bright yellow funicular is one of Lisbon’s most photographed images! Explore the trendy neighbourhood of Bairro Alto or try a pastel de nata (a sweet and delicious custard tart and Portugal’s most famous pastry). After your meeting tonight, maybe head out to the Miradouro de Santa Catarina with great views of the city and listen to the street performers play as the sun goes down.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Lagos - This morning, you’ll say goodbye to Lisbon and head to Lagos by public transport. Set on the banks of the Rio Bensafrim, Lagos has a temperate Mediterranean climate, many beaches and a rich cultural heritage. When you arrive, take an orientation walk with your leader to get your bearings before heading to the water along the Ponta da Piedade trail. A small section of the popular Fisherman’s Trail, the walk gives you great views of the natural arches, towers, grottoes and caves that have been eroded into this limestone coast. This afternoon you’re free to feast on freshly caught fish at a restaurant overlooking the water or to watch the sunset before throwing yourself into the pumping local nightlife.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Lagos - You have a free day in Lagos today to take on some fun, optional activities. After breakfast, maybe head out for a kayaking adventure and paddle through the clear water, natural rock archways and gorgeous coastal scenery. You could also take a 1-hour boat tour around the Algarve Caves, sailing along the coast and soaking in the landscape.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Seville - After breakfast, you’ll travel to your first stop in Spain – Seville. If the legends are to be believed, this city was founded by Hercules and its origins are linked with the Tartessian civilisation. Seville is famous for its oranges, tapas and flamenco, all three of which are ingrained in the city’s proud people. When you arrive, you’ll get your bearings with an orientation walk. Then, the rest of the evening is free. Maybe explore shaded Barrio Santa Cruz or San Jacinto – the bustling main street of the Triana quarter.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Seville - Today is a free day to wander Seville at your own pace. Check out the world's largest Gothic cathedral and maybe climb the adjoining Moorish tower known as La Giralda. While you might have to line up, it's well worth it for the views over the city! Perhaps visit the Alcazar – a complex of palaces used by Moorish and Christian rulers through the ages, now gaining international fame as a shooting location for ‘Game of Thrones’. If you’re a museum buff, maybe head to the Museum of Fine Arts or the Archaeological Museum. As Seville is the tapas capital of Spain, you’ll link back up with your group this evening for a tasting tour with your leader. Sample some of the tasty morsels on offer in one of the city's many tapas bars. After, maybe keep the night going and catch a local flamenco performance.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Granada - Take a local bus to Granada today. Sitting at the foot of the Sierra Nevada Mountains, Granada is packed with Moorish architecture, great tapas bars and natural beauty. When you arrive, take a walk with your leader to get your bearings. After, you’re free to maybe climb the steep streets up to the Mirador de San Nicolas for sunset views over the famous Alhambra. You may also want to pass by the old Arab quarter of the Albaicin – a labyrinth of alleys, fountains, plazas and whitewashed houses.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Granada - This morning you’ll journey to Monachil, where you’ll set off on a hike through the scenic Los Cahorros trail. This exciting hike features long rope bridges, swimming holes, waterfalls and a few narrow paths that require the use of handles in the rock. After, take the bus back to Granada for a free evening. If you like, you can visit the Alhambra Palace to discover the 11th-century marvel and its red fortress towers and gorgeous gardens. Explore the fountains and pools, centuries-old defensive walls, and the viewpoints overlooking Granada. Tonight, maybe wander down Carrera del Darro or grab some local bites with your group.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Madrid - Travel to the bus station to start your journey to Madrid – the Spanish capital known for its boulevards, architecture, cuisine and manicured parks. When you arrive, check into your hotel and then head out on an orientation walk tonight with your leader to get your bearings. You’ll stop along the way for some churros (fried doughnuts), a staple snack in Spain. Then why not ask your leader the best spot for dinner and head out with your fellow travellers.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Madrid - Head out on a street art tour today with a local guide. You’ll walk through the streets of Madrid’s Lavapies neighbourhood and explore the district to really experience the art culture like a local. Learn some backstories of local artists and maybe even try your hand at some stencil graffiti too (if you’re lucky)! The afternoon is then free for you to explore how you wish. Maybe hang out in El Retiro Park or explore Prado Museum’s works by Goya, Velazquez and other Spanish masters. You might also want to check out the Royal Palace of Madrid – the official residence of the Spanish royal family.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Barcelona - Today you’ll head to Barcelona, where Catalan cuisine, an eclectic art scene, Gothic architecture and non-stop nightlife are just some of the many highlights. When you hop off the train, check into your hotel, recharge, then head out to walk the streets with your leader. This afternoon, you’ll have some free time to maybe check out the iconic Sagrada Familia – the largest unfinished Catholic church in the world, designed by Catalan architect Antoni Gaudi. Tonight, why not head out on the town with your group to a local restaurant and toast to a trip well-travelled.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Barcelona - With no further activities planned, your adventure comes to an end this morning. If you’d like to extend your time in Barcelona, and it’s recommended that you do, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Venice - Ciao! Welcome to Venice. Your Italian adventure starts in this city on the sea – famous for its winding canals, almost 400 bridges and gondoliers punting their way through the narrow waterways. Meet up with your group at a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight. If you arrive early, maybe wander the labyrinth of streets and passages from your accommodation – you'll be staying right in the heart of Venice, meaning exploring from your base couldn't be easier! Find the Bridge of Sighs for a pic, window shop by the Ponte di Rialto and browse the famous flooding bookshop Libreria Acqua Alta (the self-proclaimed ‘most beautiful bookshop in the world’). Or, you can jump in a gondola and be swept away by the romance of it all. Tonight, why not get the group together for dinner at Orient Experience – this restaurant provides employment, support and advocacy to Venice’s migrant and refugee community with a menu inspired by the journeys they took to get to Europe.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Verona / Lake Garda - Say farewell to Venice this morning as you leave the canals behind and make your way to Verona – the city that played backdrop to the most famous love story ever told. An orientation walk with your leader will take you around the city and into the courtyard where you can gaze up at Juliet’s balcony (keep an eye out for Romeo lurking around the place). You’ll also go past Arena di Verona – a Roman amphitheatre that still plays host to live performances. Built in AD30 the theatre is one of the best-preserved ancient structures of its kind and is even older than the Colosseum! See if you can find some Sfogliatine di Villafranca (a much-loved crumbly puff pastry dessert invented in Verona). After an afternoon of exploring, jump back on the train and head to Lake Garda. Tonight, find a lakeside restaurant for dinner with your new travel buddies.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Lake Garda - Wake up today in the lakeside region of Lake Garda. On the banks of the largest lake in Italy, you’ll have free time to explore at your leisure. As one of the most beautiful small towns on the lake, Peschiera del Garda packs a punch, with plenty to see. Wander along the canals and rivers and make your way down to the lakefront where you can take a dip in the turquoise waters or grab some lunch at one of the many restaurants. At the UNESCO World Heritage Site Peschiera del Garda fortress, you can learn how the Republic of Venice defended itself between the 16th and 17th centuries. Tonight, why not grab your group and watch the sunset over the water while sipping on an Aperol spritz or a negroni (or two!).

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Parma - Leaving the banks of Lake Garda this morning, you’ll make your way to the beautiful city of Parma. As a food lovers paradise, get ready to sample all the traditional delicacies Parma has on offer. When you arrive, your leader will take you around the city on an orientation walk, before leaving you to explore at your own pace. Wander the colourful streets of this gem in the heart of northern Italy, famously the birthplace of Prosciutto di Parma and Parmigiano Reggiano. Once you’ve eaten all the cured hams and aged cheeses you can handle (although can you ever really get enough?), maybe check out some incredible art history and the intricately frescoed ceilings in the Duomo di Parma, or head about an hour out and visit the largest labyrinth in the world – Labirinto di Franco Maria Ricci.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: La Spezia - Today, you’ll head to La Spezia, the gateway to Cinque Terre, nestled in the hills of northern Italy and on the coast of the Mediterranean Sea. Today is the perfect opportunity to enjoy a day at the beach, soak up some sun and eat all the seafood you can stomach. You can also jump on the bus and take a day trip out to the unofficial ‘sixth town’ of Cinque Terre, Portovenere. On the tip of a peninsula, this small finishing town is surrounded by ocean. Full of history, maybe walk out to the 12th century Doira Castle or find literary inspiration at the Grotta di Lord Byron – a popular swimming cove that inspired the author it’s named after. Today is all about enjoying the Mediterranean coast, so make it your own! Don’t forget to check in with your leader to find the best places that only the locals know.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Cinque Terre / La Spezia - Welcome to Cinque Terre! One of the most beautiful coastal stretches in Italy. Historically, long walking trails were the only way to travel between the villages, which means that other than the incredible views, you’ll also have some hiking opportunities. Today, your leader will take you on a hike through some of these tracks, with the Mediterranean Sea in sight the whole time. Walking past terraced farms and through coastal forests, this is the perfect way to discover this part of Italy. After your hike, the rest of the day is yours. Maybe make your way down to a beach club and soak in the sun, or join a traditional pesto making demonstration for some tricks you can take home. Alternatively, hop on a boat and take a cruise around the coast to see the rolling hills from a different perspective.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Pisa / Florence - Say arrivederci to Cinque Terre this morning and make your way to Pisa. When you arrive, head over to the Piazza del Duomo where you’ll find the Battistero di San Giovanni, Cattedrale di Pisa and of course the Leaning Tower of Pisa. Join the crowds and get your very own picture holding up the tower or challenge your group to come up with the most original photo. You’ve got free time for the next few hours, so why not ask your leader for the best places to sample some salami, a few cheeses or where to get the best glass of Tuscan wine? Maybe try some Cecina Toscana (traditional flatbread) too. Leave Pisa mid-afternoon, and head for Florence, where your leader will take you on an orientation walk around the city. Ask them to point out any hot spots for dinner and drinks tonight, and where you can jump on an optional food tour or experience happy hour the Italian way (second aperitivo, anyone?).

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Florence - Today you have a full day to explore one of the most beautiful cities in Italy – Florence. Home to the great Michelangelo, why not visit the Accademia Gallery and see David himself, or visit his replica and other Rennaissance sculptures in the Piazza della Signoria. If you’re feeling up for a bit of a challenge, walk the 463 steps to the top of the Duomo and get one of the best 360 views of Florence. Hunt through the streets and see how many wine windows you can find (there are over 180!), taking full advantage of the quirky little holes in the wall that were originally put in so Florentines could still enjoy a glass of vino during times of plague. Tonight, come together as a group and enjoy a sunset aperitivo in Piazzale Michelangelo before heading out for the night.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Rome - Your time in Firenze has come to an end. Today, you’ll be heading to the illustrious capital city – Rome. Walking in the footsteps of emperors, conquerors, gladiators and philosophers, the streets of Rome are steeped in history. Follow your leader on an orientation walk and get the lay of the land before heading off to explore. The Roman Colosseum (one of the Seven Wonders of the World) is a must-see for most, whether you admire the architectural marvel from the outside or immerse yourself in the history from the inside. If you’re looking for more ancient Roman architecture, check out the Forum (now home to a colony of cats). You can also talk to your leader about heading out to Vatican City where you can climb St Peter’s Dome or visit the Vatican Museum and check out Michelangelo’s Sistine Chapel. Tonight, your leader can help you find the best place for dinner to toast to the end of your adventure.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Rome - Your trip comes to an end this morning and it’s time to say goodbye to your group. As there is so much to see in Rome, it’s recommended that you stay a little longer and book a few more days – just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Venice - Buongiorno! Welcome to Italy. Your adventure starts in the iconic city of Venice. If you arrive early, take some time to get lost in the narrow cobblestone streets and spacious piazzas, crossing the tiny bridges to find shops, markets, galleries and churches. Stroll past St Mark’s Square, the Campanile and the Doges Palace. Cross the Rialto and admire the Bridge of Sighs. You’ll have a welcome meeting tonight at 6 pm. After, head out for a welcome aperitivo – the spritz and the bellini are local favourites. Venice's distinctive culinary heritage goes back to ancient times and features rich risottos, saline baccala (salted cod) and creamy polenta. If you're hungry, follow your leader to an atmospheric restaurant for your first introduction to Venetian flavours.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Venice - This morning, your local leader will treat you to a typical Venetian breakfast at a local café’. Enjoy an espresso or cappuccino with some local Venetian pastries like baci di dama, brutti ma buoni and bussola. Then, continue walking down the canals to watch farmers unload their produce from their boats, ready to be sold at Venice's famous Rialto markets. This tradition is more than 1000 years old. Next, you’ll swing past the fish market, where the day’s catch might come directly from the Venetian lagoon – the enclosed bay of the Adriatic Sea. Maybe have an aperitivo spritz here, then the afternoon is free for your own exploration. Tonight, discover the Venetian answer to tapas on a cicchetti crawl through the city's fabulous bacari (wine bars). Snacking is an important pastime in Venice, with many people stopping for cicchetti both before and after meals.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Bologna - Travel to Bologna by train this morning – this city's culinary claim to fame is significant, thanks to the ragu alla bolognese. Home of tagliatelle, mortadella and a range of other cured meats and salamis, Bologna, along with the surrounding Emilia Romagna region, is a foodie’s paradise. When you arrive, maybe wander past the beautiful old terracotta buildings and lively streets and acquaint yourself with the area. Later, you'll discover the real food of Bologna with a hands-on cooking class in the fine art of pasta-making. Feast on your handiwork over dinner with your host and your group, celebrating your new skill.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Bologna / Modena - Today you’ll discover the flavours of the renowned Emilia Romagna region. Visit a factory dedicated to producing one of Italy's most coveted culinary exports – Parmigiano Reggiano. Learn how this cheese is made, and then try it for yourself. Continue to the town of Modena and visit an acetaia – a house where the family produce fine-aged Modena balsamic vinegar in the attic. You'll see how the vinegar is aged in barrels made from different woods, learn why it’s never less than 12 years old and then see the difference between the factory-made vinegar and the real stuff with a tasting. Head to a trattoria for a delicious lunch of the best local produce and farm-fresh seasonal dishes. Wash it down with a glass of Lambrusco – the town's famed sparkling red. Stroll around the town and admire the Palazzo Ducale before returning to Bologna in the late afternoon.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: San Gimignano - This morning, travel to the village of Pancole in the heart of Tuscany. The region is renowned for a cuisine that celebrates simplicity and the bounty of locally grown produce in hearty, rustic dishes. Pecorino cheese, farro (an ancient grain) and artisanal cured meats like lardo di colonnata are just some of the many local ingredients you can expect to indulge in during your stay. Your accommodation is a traditional Tuscan farmhouse near the enchanting village of San Gimignano. The farmhouse is surrounded by vineyards and olive trees that the family has been producing excellent wine and olive oil from by organic methods for over fifty years. Enjoy a guided walk through the vineyards and cellars of the estate, followed by a tasting of some signature Tuscan wines and olive oils. Dinner tonight will be seasonal favourites, made with ingredients freshly harvested from the farmhouse garden beds. This could include homemade pasta, salads, finocchiona salami, crostini toscani (chicken liver pate on lightly toasted bread) and seasonal vegetables.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: San Gimignano - This morning, walk along a portion of the Via Francigena – the major pilgrimage route to Rome during the Middle Ages. Explore the medieval walled town of San Gimignano – a UNESCO World Heritage site often called the Town of Fine Towers due to the preservation of several impressive torre (tower houses) within its walls. Stop past an award-winning gelateria, where intriguing flavours like gorgonzola cheese and walnuts await your tastebuds. Spend the rest of your time exploring the walking paths around the farm or relaxing by the pool, enjoying beautiful views of the Tuscan countryside.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Rome - Today, jump on a train to Rome – Italy’s capital famed for its deliciously fresh food and scattered ancient ruins. When you arrive, take a leader-led orientation walk through the historical city centre, past the Spanish Steps, Trevi fountain, Pantheon, Piazza Venezia, Roman Forum, and Colosseum. After taking in all the big (and small) highlights of this magical city, you’ll head to a local’s home for a special homecooked, plant-based dinner experience. Swap stories with your host and sit down for a feast of seasonal dishes, After, maybe head to a local bar and cheers to a trip well-travelled over a glass of local wine.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Rome - With no activities planned after breakfast, your food adventure comes to an end today. If you’d like to stay longer, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Split - Zdravo! Welcome to Croatia. Your adventure begins in Split, with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight, followed by an optional dinner. If you arrive early, make sure you take the opportunity to explore this beautiful city on foot. Sitting on a peninsula jutting out into the Adriatic Sea, Split is a jewel on the Dalmatian coast. Why not take a stroll along the Riva Promenade – a waterfront walkway that stretches between Split Harbour and the Marjan Forest Park. Spend some time in the park and take the walk to the top of the hill for some of the best views along the coastline and across the city. Maybe wander the streets of the Old City and learn the history of the city that once was the residence of a Roman Emperor. For lunch, maybe grab some fresh octopus salad or find a serving of soparnik (a savoury pie with layers of silverbeet, garlic, parsley and olive oil).

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Split / Brac - Today, you’ll be hopping on a short ferry to take you to the Adriatic Island of Brac, just off the Split coast. Known for being the largest olive grove in Croatia (with over one million olive trees), this small island is home to a range of delicious regional dishes. Spend some time strolling the streets and beach of the coastal town of Bol, before making your way to the small town of Skrip. Visit the olive oil museum, where you’ll learn about this extraordinary crop and be treated to an olive-themed selection of tapenade, cheeses, onion marmalade, anchovies, cured meats, salad, bread and wine.​ After lunch, enjoy a slice of hrapocusa – a layered cake of sponge and sticky sugared walnuts. This cake is so iconic to the island town of Dol that the Croatian Ministry of Culture has listed it as a protected item of intangible heritage. Sail back to Split for an evening at leisure.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Korcula - Wake up bright and early to explore Split’s Old City and the fish, fruit and vegetable markets. Wandering the historic city centre with your local leader, enjoy your last morning in this beautiful city before jumping on a ferry to the island of Korcula. Steeped in a long history of Greek, Slav and Roman settlers, Korcula’s Old Town is a tightly packed homage to the Renaissance architecture of Venice with plenty of narrow streets and squares for you to explore. What's more, the town boasts plenty of beaches to relax on if that's more your speed. Following an orientation walk with your leader, you might like to take a swim, walk around the bays and villages near Korcula town, pay a visit to the Marco Polo Tower, go shopping, or just soak up the ambience. Later, you’ll have the option to visit the tiny village of Pupnat in the interior of the island. Maybe have dinner in the village and enjoy a meal made entirely from local produce.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Korcula - The morning in Korcula is yours to enjoy. For a sweet start to the day, why not see if you can find some amareta (a local dessert with a crunchy outside and soft inside made of whipped egg whites, almonds and citrus zest) or some kalsuni (a crescent-shaped cookie made of buttery dough and traditionally filled with a nut-based stuffing). Relax into island life in the morning before heading to Zrnovo village for a hands-on cooking class in a local konoba – traditionally a tavern or wine cellar, konobas are now often popular restaurants where you can find the best of local Croatian cuisine. Today you’ll learn how to make zrnovo makaruni (a local hand-rolled pasta), before enjoying the fruits of your labour over lunch, paired with local wines. In the afternoon, return to Korcula town for some free time – beach, anyone?

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Dubrovnik - Leaving Korcula behind, you’ll travel to Peljesac, a peninsula off southern mainland Croatia. Here, you’ll have the opportunity to sample what is considered some of the country’s finest local wines. Vineyards are scattered all along the peninsula, with the fertile soil in the region making for ideal growing environments. Here, you can find a wide range of wine varieties to tingle your tastebuds. Continue to the southern town of Ston and indulge in an oyster tasting and seafood lunch. This region is known to have the best seafood in Croatia and produces some of the best oysters in the world, so get ready for something special. Leaving Ston full and satisfied, make your way to Dubrovnik – the country’s iconic walled city. You’ll have the evening to explore the city at your leisure (maybe see how many Game of Thrones filming locations you can find!), before having the option to catch up with your group for a farewell dinner.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Dubrovnik - Today your adventure comes to an end. There's lots to see and do here in the wonderful city of Dubrovnik, so perhaps stay a few extra days. Check in with your leader for any hot tips to make the most of your extended stay.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Athens - Yiasou! Welcome to Athens, the capital of Greece. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm. If you arrive early, be sure to explore some of the iconic ancient sites, including the Acropolis, the Temple of Olympian Zeus and the Tomb of the Unknown Soldier. After your meeting, celebrate with a plant-based mezze feast (an array of small plates typically accompanied by a glass of wine or ouzo) in a rustic taverna. Zucchini balls, vegan moussaka, salads, tomato balls, fresh beans with zucchini, fava beans and stuffed vegetables are just a few of the flavoursome dishes that may be on offer tonight. Greece is home to a culinary culture that is thought to be more than 4000 years old.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Aegina - This morning, take the city train to Piraeus port and travel by ferry to the island of Aegina – your first stop in the Saronic Gulf. After checking in, drive to a local farm where you'll meet the owners for a tour of their property. Say hello to their sheep and cows, sample their homemade cheeses and help make rizogalo (rice pudding). Next is a visit to a local pistachio farm. It’s thought that pistachio trees were first planted on the island in the 19th century, brought to Aegina via Syria, and the Greek island of Chios. Enjoy a sample from the farm and be sure to seek out fistikato or fistiki Aeginis glyko, specialty pistachio sweets of Aegina. The late afternoon and evening are free for your own exploration.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Poros - After breakfast, stroll down and check out the catch of the day at the open fish markets by the port. Perhaps also stop past the island's most famous pastry shop to pick up some pistachio goodies to take with you. Next, board another ferry bound for Poros – a small Greek island renowned for lamb, olive groves and white houses with terracotta roofs. Take part in a cooking class with a local chef and learn to prepare some classic regional dishes, then feast on your creations over lunch. Enjoy a free afternoon, you can go for a swim to the close-by beach if you want, and be sure to ask your leader for recommendations for dinner tonight.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Poros - Take a daytrip to Hydra Island – a quintessential Greek getaway. The gem of the Saronic Gulf, Hydra stands alone among the Greek islands as the one free of wheeled vehicles – no cars, no scooters, just tiny marble-cobbled lanes, donkeys, rocks and sea. So, put your walking shoes on and get acquainted with the locals with a spot of people watching and enjoy this one-of-a-kind Greek Island. Your leader will help you on this mission by taking you to a traditional sweet shop to try the famous hydraika amygdalota (Greek macaroons), paired with delicious Greek coffee. The rest of the day is for you to relax, swim in clear waters or stroll along the marina, before returning to Poros in the evening.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Nafplio - Take a short ferry ride this morning before jumping in a private vehicle from Poros to Nafplion. On the way, visit a small, family-run apiary to see their honey museum and learn how their bees make honey, before sampling their products with Greek tea, homemade bread and cheese. Travel to the ancient site of Epidaurus. Named after Epidauro, the son of Apollo, the UNESCO World Heritage site of Epidaurus comprises the remains of the Sanctuary of Asklepios (the ancient god of medicine) as well as one of the best-preserved theatres of ancient Greece. Your final stop is at a family-owned ouzo distillery for a taste of their iconic Greek aperitif. Traditionally distilled in copper pots, ouzo acquires its distinct flavour from the addition of anise. Star anise, fennel, mastic, cardamom, coriander, cloves and cinnamon may also be added, and recipes are often closely guarded family secrets. Arrive in Nafplio in the late afternoon – a seaside town, considered one of the most beautiful in the eastern Peloponnese, it reflects the legacy of Frankish, Venetian and Turkish conquerors in its culture and architecture.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Nafplio - Start your day with a visit to Mycenae to see the Treasury of Atreus, also called Tomb of Agamemnon. You’ll join a local guide to learn more about how the tomb is believed to have been erected in the period between 1350 to 1250 BC and is just one of nine intriguing beehive structures unearthed in this area. Next, visit a family-owned boutique winery to sample their finest drops, accompanied by a selection of delicious snacks. Take a walk in the vines to stretch your legs before heading back to Nafplio where the rest of the day is free to explore as you wish. In summer, boats are available to the Venetian fortress of Bourtzi – one of the most photographed sites of Nafplio.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Kardamyli - Continue to the seaside town of Kardamyli, stopping on the way to visit an olive oil mill. Walk through the olive groves and visit their mill, seeing the oil production process from start to finish. Enjoy a farmer’s snack (bread or rusk with cheese , olives and smoked pork) here and tuck into some of their incredible local produce (alongside an olive oil tasting) before getting back on the road. And finally, stop in Kalamata for a short walking tour and market visit with a few more food tastings for good measure. You’ll arrive in Kardamyli by early afternoon, where a little (optional) surprise might be waiting for you. Located in the rugged coastal region of the Mani Peninsula, south of Kalamata, this village is set against a backdrop of the open ocean, cypress trees, wild olive groves and distant snow-capped mountains. The afternoon is free for you to explore. In the evening, settle back into your accommodation and enjoy a glass of retsina while watching the sun set over the Messenian Gulf.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Kardamyli - This morning, you might like to do an optional sea kayaking activity, exploring the coastline and caves of the Mani Peninsula or simply enjoy a little free time at your leisure. In the afternoon, be welcomed at a local home and learn how to make lalagia (a Greek doughnut that can be served sweet or savoury). After, enjoy one final Greek feast with your new friends – home-cooked moussaka, stuffed vegetables, rice, salad and ice cream await!

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Athens - Depart Kardamyli and stop to take in views of the Corinth Canal – a narrow, man-made canal that connects the Ionian and Aegean Seas. Journey on to Athens where your tasty travels will come to an end in Monastiraki Square, in the centre of Athens. If you’re not ready for the adventure to end just yet and would like to spend more time in Athens, get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time. We can book post trip accommodation in Athens for you.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Barcelona - Hola! Welcome to Spain. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm today. For those who arrive early, perhaps explore the streets of the old Gothic Quarter, check out the Picasso Museum, wander the tree-lined boulevard of La Rambla or take the funicular to the top of Montjuic or Tibidabo for some incredible views. After the meeting, jump straight into your adventure by sipping a locally produced cava or vermouth in a local bar, then maybe head out on a tapas crawl with your group, tasting rustic bite-sized Catalan dishes.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Barcelona - This morning, get ready for an authentic introduction to Catalan cuisine with a passionate and well-regarded local chef. Taste your way through the stalls of La Boqueria Market and pick up some fresh ingredients for a cooking class. Hang out with the stall holders as you select the best piece of meat, feel for the crispest vegetable and choose the freshest seafood. After, your host will guide you in crafting the Spanish classic of paella. Sit down to lunch accompanied by a glass or two of wine from the nearby Penedes region and spend the afternoon exploring more of the city's food hotspots. You might like to get cultural with some Gaudi at the Casa Mila or check out the La Sagrada Familia. Maybe get lost in the mysterious alleys of the Gothic Quarter and finish the day with a sip of red wine from a porron – a traditional glass pitcher.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Logrono - Ride the rails east to the prized vineyards of the La Rioja wine region and Logrono. Logrono sits on the banks of the Ebro River and is the capital of Spain’s most renowned wine region. It also boasts one of the most distinguished culinary traditions in the country and is home to some of the best tapas bars in Spain, all crammed into its small medieval centre. Logrono is a charming city of medieval fortifications, where much work is being done to restore it to its full glory. This evening you’ll go on a walking tour of the Old Quarter, wandering down Calle del Laurel and the 60 or so aperias (tapas bars) that line the way. This is the perfect opportunity to sample a bit of everything, as each bar has its own speciality – taste some grilled chorizo or wild mushrooms and wash them down with a glass of the region’s famous red.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: San Sebastian - This morning you’ll stop by the Logrono market where you might like to pick up some treats for a picnic lunch later. Then, take a local bus and go back in time to the historic walled town of Laguardia. The entire centre of Laguardia is traffic free and a maze of tunnels lies underground, which have been used to make and store wine for centuries. Tour Laguardia's wine caves, then enjoy a guided tasting through some of the region's distinct varieties. Later in the afternoon, transfer to the stunning seaside San Sebastian – a jewel of the Basque country and a city obsessed with food. Take an orientation tour of the Parte Vieja (Old Town) – a mix of alleyways wedged between the bay and the Urumea River. Tonight, maybe join your leader for an optional tour of the neighbourhood streets for a txikito of pinxtos (a Basque-style tapas crawl). Don’t forget to wash them down with txakoli (slightly fizzy white wine and the region’s signature wine)!

     

    Day - 5

    Location: San Sebastian - One of the secrets to the success of San Sebastian’s food scene is the obsession with high quality, local, seasonal ingredients. The best way to experience this firsthand it to visit the traditional food markets of La Bretxa or San Martin, which you’ll do this morning before a masterclass in Basque cuisine. In this hands-on cooking class, you’ll learn how to prepare some of the signature dishes of the region, and you’ll also taste Basque products including idiazabal (a local cheese) and txakoli. The afternoon is free you to explore the town or surrounding area. Perhaps catch a cable car to Monte Igueldo for some spectacular views or take a trip along the winding coast to the nearby fishing village of Getaria. Maybe discover San Sebastian’s beaches, shops and streets, or dive into pinxtos bars that range from the traditional to the experimental.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Bilbao / Picos de Europa National Park - Continue east to Bilbao – a city that was revitalised by the arrival of the Guggenheim Museum. Spend some free time visiting Frank Gehry’s sweeping metal building and the artistic treasures housed inside and out. After, climb by bus up to the Picos de Europa National Park. The park is not what many people picture as Spain, but an alpine landscape – high, cool, lush and green, with forests, deep gorges, cliffs and grasslands dotted with toffee-coloured cows. Covering some 647 square kilometres, Picos de Europa is Spain's second largest national park and spans across the three provinces of Asturias, Cantabria and Leon. For dinner, tuck into a classic Cantabrian dish, cocido lebaniego (a rich, hearty stew of black pudding, pork shoulder, chorizo and locally grown chickpeas). Preparing this dish starts the day before, so while you savour the satisfying local delicacy, take a moment to learn about the ingredients and preparation. Be sure to enjoy it with some crusty bread and a glass of cider!

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Oviedo - This morning you'll have the option to head into the national park, where you can go for a walk or take the funicular higher into the mountains for views over the surrounding valleys. After, head to the small mountain town of Potes – bordered by ancient monasteries, Potes is brimming with centuries of history and is a tapestry of bridges, narrow streets and old houses. You’ll arrive in time for the weekly food market, where you’ll have brunch. Depending on the season, you can try locally grown apples, cherries, tomatoes, olives, asparagus or walnuts. On the way to Oviedo, the ancient capital, drive to the hillside village of Arenas de Cabrales. Here, you can taste famous Cabrales cheese (a natural blue cheese produced by farmers using a traditional artisan method). After arriving in Oviedo, stop past an Asturian cider house – the traditional drink of the region. The traditional method of drinking this sparkling treat is to have it poured high over the head into a glass at the knee, which produces natural carbonation.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Oviedo - Take a walk around Oviedo, with its unique personality, pre-Romanesque churches, monuments and grand houses. At the heart of the town sits the impressive Gothic San Salvador Cathedral. Get an introduction to the local products of Asturia at El Fontan market, home to excellent fish stalls beneath a canopy of wrought-iron and glass. This afternoon is free for your own exploration. Maybe take a trip up to the port city of Gijon for fresh seafood and sweet-filled bakeries, or the fishing village of Luanco for a relaxing drink on the promenade. For dinner, consider heading to Calle de la Gascona, lined with lively sidrerias (cider houses) serving a wide range of raciones (tasting plates).

     

    Day - 9

    Location: La Coruna / Santiago de Compostela - This morning, take a bus to A Coruna in the region of Galicia, taking in some of the spectacular Galician coastline during the drive. Visit the impressive fish market in the Praza de Lugo and see the range of seafood on offer. Lunch on fresh seafood at a nearby café, then, like thousands of pilgrims before you, end your journey in the capital of Galicia, believed to be the final resting place of the apostle St James. The beautiful old city of Santiago de Compostela holds many delights within its walls, all overseen by the mighty cathedral. Take a walk around the Old District lit up at night, through the arcaded stone streets, the spacious Praza del Obradoiro and past the archbishop’s imposing palace. Santiago is home to more than just pilgrims, with the large population of students from the university enhancing the city’s nightlife. Perhaps spend the night in one of the cafes, bars or tapas restaurants in the Old Town.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Santiago de Compostela - Enjoy a free day to explore Santiago de Compostela. The city is a UNESCO World Heritage site and an open-air museum that holds many sights within its walls – lively squares, the market and the University buildings included. It’s also famous as the culmination point for pilgrims walking the Camino de Santiago. Soak up the beauty of the cathedral where St James, one of the 12 Apostles, is purportedly buried. Elaborately carved stone facades open onto grand plazas filled with pilgrims and locals going about their day. Tonight, you’ll have another welcome meeting at 6 pm to welcome any new travellers joining you on the next stage of your adventure. After, perhaps get to know your new food-loving travel buddies over an optional group dinner.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Porto - This morning, you’ll head to a local market in Santiago de Compostela – one of the city’s most popular attractions (alongside the cathedral). Follow your leader as they share tastes of local delicacies around the market. If you like, you can grab some extras for the public bus journey this afternoon, travelling over the border into Portugal. Arrive in the charming city of Porto in the late afternoon – known for its medieval riverside district with colourful houses bordering the Douro River, this is one of the country’s most romantic cities. Tonight, you’ll head out for an included dinner of a plant-based version of Porto's favourite dish, the francesinha.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Porto - Taste your way around Porto this morning, exploring its majestic bridges, cobbled streets, merchants’ houses and cafes. From the grand fountain in Praca dos Leoes, head to a local café for coffee and pastel de nata (the famed Portuguese custard tart). Walk through the Clerigos, S. Bento and Se quarters before popping into a bar for a cachorrinho (a spicy bread and sausage mouthful) accompanied by a cold beer. Continue through the Ribeira District, sampling local specialties like bacalhau (dried, salted cod) and a glass of rosé. Round out your explorations with a sip of the city's namesake drop (port) and a selection of petiscos (Portuguese tapas). The afternoon is free for you to explore at your leisure. Maybe pull up a chair in one of Porto's atmospheric tavernas and order another glass of port.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Douro Valley - Coa Valley - Take a scenic drive by private vehicle this morning to the Douro Valley. Arrive at Quinta da Pacheca (winegrowers since 1738) for a picnic and wine tasting. Over a couple of glasses of local wine (and a port, of course), you’ll share an assortment of olives, sausages, dried fruits, traditional salads, regional cheeses, apple tartlets and more. Travel on to the Coa Valley – known for the combined efforts of passionate locals to rewild the area, starting with the reintroduction of ancient cow breeds. Here, you’ll stay in an historic guesthouse atop a hill, overlooking the village and surrounding fields. Tonight, enjoy a home-cooked dinner of the best local produce.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Alentejo Farmstay - Relax into the day with no plans until a late morning departure. You might like to explore Castelo Rodrigo (the surrounding village) or go for a hike in the countryside. Then hit the road for the Alentejo region – surrounded by wheat fields dotted with grazing cows. Stop at Castelo Branco to stretch your legs and spend some time exploring the historic town. Maybe grab some lunch and people-watch or walk around the Jardim do Paco Episcopal (a popular baroque garden). Continue to your farm stay in Alentejo – this area is renowned for its cork plantations, vineyards and the coveted Azaruja sausage made from black Alentejo pigs. You’ll be greeted with a local tipple and a tour of the farm, which has been in the family for the last six generations. You’ll see what’s it like to live at the farm, before some free time to settle in, take a swim in the pool or amble around the property, enjoying the peace and quiet.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Lisbon - Say goodbye to the farm and head to a local olive oil producer for a tasting (a bottle of this locally produced oil makes an excellent souvenir!). Continue to Lisbon, popular for its pastel-coloured buildings and the Sao Jorge Castle. Enjoy some free time when you arrive to find some lunch, then head out on a leader-led orientation walk to get your bearings and see the city’s highlights. As you make your way, take a moment to try some ginjinha, a sweet cherry liqueur that originated in Lisbon. Afterwards, make a detour to Loja das Conservas, a quirky deco store selling canned fish from 17 different national canned fish outlets for you to taste and explore! Tonight, you’re free to explore the city’s nightlife or find a great spot for dinner – your leader will have some great recommendations for local restaurants or where to find the best live fado show (a genre of Portuguese soul music that originated in Africa and has evolved to suit the streets of Lisbon).

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Lisbon - This morning, visit the local market Mercado da Ribeira – a vibrant food market offering fresh produce, local delicacies and artisanal goods. This afternoon, after some free time for lunch, you’ll visit one of the city's iconic eateries, Pasteis de Belem, for pastel de nata – established in 1837, these are arguably the country's best! First made in the 16th century by nuns, this mixture of crispy pastry and creamy filling is Portugal’s best-known dessert. This afternoon, you’ll head for a cooking class where you can learn how these golden treats are made! Tonight, maybe head out for an optional farewell dinner with your group.

     

    Day - 17

    Location: Lisbon - Today, there are no activities planned and your trip comes to an end. If you’d like to spend more time in this gorgeous city, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Santiago de Compostela - Hola! Welcome to Santiago de Compostela – the capital of northwest Spain’s Galicia region. If you arrive early, maybe walk the streets of the Old Town, known for its distinctive Romanesque, gothic and Baroque buildings. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm. After, maybe get to know your fellow travellers with an optional dinner of traditional Galician favourites. For seafood lovers, try the pulpo a la gallega (Galician-style octopus).

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Porto - This morning, you’ll head to a local market in Santiago de Compostela – one of the city’s most popular attractions (alongside the cathedral). Follow your leader as they share tastes of local delicacies around the market. If you like, you can grab some extras for the public bus journey this afternoon, travelling over the border into Portugal. Arrive in the charming city of Porto in the late afternoon – known for its medieval riverside district with colourful houses bordering the Douro River, this is one of the country’s most romantic cities. Tonight, you’ll head out for an included dinner of a plant-based version of Porto's favourite dish, the francesinha.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Porto - Taste your way around Porto this morning, exploring its majestic bridges, cobbled streets, merchants’ houses and cafes. From the grand fountain in Praca dos Leoes, head to a local café for coffee and pastel de nata (the famed Portuguese custard tart). Walk through the Clerigos, S. Bento and Se quarters before popping into a bar for a cachorrinho (a spicy bread and sausage mouthful) accompanied by a cold beer. Continue through the Ribeira District, sampling local specialties like bacalhau (dried, salted cod) and a glass of rosé. Round out your explorations with a sip of the city's namesake drop (port) and a selection of petiscos (Portuguese tapas). The afternoon is free for you to explore at your leisure. Maybe pull up a chair in one of Porto's atmospheric tavernas and order another glass of port.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Douro Valley - Coa Valley - Take a scenic drive by private vehicle this morning to the Douro Valley. Arrive at Quinta da Pacheca (winegrowers since 1738) for a picnic and wine tasting. Over a couple of glasses of local wine (and a port, of course), you’ll share an assortment of olives, sausages, dried fruits, traditional salads, regional cheeses, apple tartlets and more. Travel on to the Coa Valley – known for the combined efforts of passionate locals to rewild the area, starting with the reintroduction of ancient cow breeds. Here, you’ll stay in an historic guesthouse atop a hill, overlooking the village and surrounding fields. Tonight, enjoy a home-cooked dinner of the best local produce.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Alentejo Farmstay - Relax into the day with no plans until a late morning departure. You might like to explore Castelo Rodrigo (the surrounding village) or go for a hike in the countryside. Then hit the road for the Alentejo region – surrounded by wheat fields dotted with grazing cows. Stop at Castelo Branco to stretch your legs and spend some time exploring the historic town. Maybe grab some lunch and people-watch or walk around the Jardim do Paco Episcopal (a popular baroque garden). Continue to your farm stay in Alentejo – this area is renowned for its cork plantations, vineyards and the coveted Azaruja sausage made from black Alentejo pigs. You’ll be greeted with a local tipple and a tour of the farm, which has been in the family for the last six generations. You’ll see what’s it like to live at the farm, before some free time to settle in, take a swim in the pool or amble around the property, enjoying the peace and quiet.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Lisbon - Say goodbye to the farm and head to a local olive oil producer for a tasting (a bottle of this locally produced oil makes an excellent souvenir!). Continue to Lisbon, popular for its pastel-coloured buildings and the Sao Jorge Castle. Enjoy some free time when you arrive to find some lunch, then head out on a leader-led orientation walk to get your bearings and see the city’s highlights. As you make your way, take a moment to try some ginjinha, a sweet cherry liqueur that originated in Lisbon. Afterwards, make a detour to Loja das Conservas, a quirky deco store selling canned fish from 17 different national canned fish outlets for you to taste and explore! Tonight, you’re free to explore the city’s nightlife or find a great spot for dinner – your leader will have some great recommendations for local restaurants or where to find the best live fado show (a genre of Portuguese soul music that originated in Africa and has evolved to suit the streets of Lisbon).

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Lisbon - This morning, visit the local market Mercado da Ribeira – a vibrant food market offering fresh produce, local delicacies and artisanal goods. This afternoon, after some free time for lunch, you’ll visit one of the city's iconic eateries, Pasteis de Belem, for pastel de nata – established in 1837, these are arguably the country's best! First made in the 16th century by nuns, this mixture of crispy pastry and creamy filling is Portugal’s best-known dessert. This afternoon, you’ll head for a cooking class where you can learn how these golden treats are made! Tonight, maybe head out for an optional farewell dinner with your group.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Lisbon - Today, there are no activities planned and your trip comes to an end. If you’d like to spend more time in this gorgeous city, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Split - Zdravo! Welcome to Croatia. Your adventure begins in Split, with a welcome meeting at 6 pm tonight, followed by an optional dinner. If you arrive early, make sure you take the opportunity to explore this beautiful city on foot. Sitting on a peninsula jutting out into the Adriatic Sea, Split is a jewel on the Dalmatian coast. Why not take a stroll along the Riva Promenade – a waterfront walkway that stretches between Split Harbour and the Marjan Forest Park. Spend some time in the park and take the walk to the top of the hill for some of the best views along the coastline and across the city. Maybe wander the streets of the Old City and learn the history of the city that once was the residence of a Roman Emperor. For lunch, maybe grab some fresh octopus salad or find a serving of soparnik (a savoury pie with layers of silverbeet, garlic, parsley and olive oil).

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Split / Brac - Today, you’ll be hopping on a short ferry to take you to the Adriatic Island of Brac, just off the Split coast. Known for being the largest olive grove in Croatia (with over one million olive trees), this small island is home to a range of delicious regional dishes. Spend some time strolling the streets and beach of the coastal town of Bol, before making your way to the small town of Skrip. Visit the olive oil museum, where you’ll learn about this extraordinary crop and be treated to an olive-themed selection of tapenade, cheeses, onion marmalade, anchovies, cured meats, salad, bread and wine.​ After lunch, enjoy a slice of hrapocusa – a layered cake of sponge and sticky sugared walnuts. This cake is so iconic to the island town of Dol that the Croatian Ministry of Culture has listed it as a protected item of intangible heritage. Sail back to Split for an evening at leisure.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Korcula - Wake up bright and early to explore Split’s Old City and the fish, fruit and vegetable markets. Wandering the historic city centre with your local leader, enjoy your last morning in this beautiful city before jumping on a ferry to the island of Korcula. Steeped in a long history of Greek, Slav and Roman settlers, Korcula’s Old Town is a tightly packed homage to the Renaissance architecture of Venice with plenty of narrow streets and squares for you to explore. What's more, the town boasts plenty of beaches to relax on if that's more your speed. Following an orientation walk with your leader, you might like to take a swim, walk around the bays and villages near Korcula town, pay a visit to the Marco Polo Tower, go shopping, or just soak up the ambience. Later, you’ll have the option to visit the tiny village of Pupnat in the interior of the island. Maybe have dinner in the village and enjoy a meal made entirely from local produce.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Korcula - The morning in Korcula is yours to enjoy. For a sweet start to the day, why not see if you can find some amareta (a local dessert with a crunchy outside and soft inside made of whipped egg whites, almonds and citrus zest) or some kalsuni (a crescent-shaped cookie made of buttery dough and traditionally filled with a nut-based stuffing). Relax into island life in the morning before heading to Zrnovo village for a hands-on cooking class in a local konoba – traditionally a tavern or wine cellar, konobas are now often popular restaurants where you can find the best of local Croatian cuisine. Today you’ll learn how to make zrnovo makaruni (a local hand-rolled pasta), before enjoying the fruits of your labour over lunch, paired with local wines. In the afternoon, return to Korcula town for some free time – beach, anyone?

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Dubrovnik - Leaving Korcula behind, you’ll travel to Peljesac, a peninsula off southern mainland Croatia. Here, you’ll have the opportunity to sample what is considered some of the country’s finest local wines. Vineyards are scattered all along the peninsula, with the fertile soil in the region making for ideal growing environments. Here, you can find a wide range of wine varieties to tingle your tastebuds. Continue to the southern town of Ston and indulge in an oyster tasting and seafood lunch. This region is known to have the best seafood in Croatia and produces some of the best oysters in the world, so get ready for something special. Leaving Ston full and satisfied, make your way to Dubrovnik – the country’s iconic walled city. You’ll have the evening to explore the city at your leisure (maybe see how many Game of Thrones filming locations you can find!), before having the option to catch up with your group for a farewell dinner.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Dubrovnik - Enjoy a free day in Dubrovnik. With the sparkling water of the Adriatic in the background, Dubrovnik is picturesque, full of character and easily covered on foot. The next stage of your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6.30 pm today. After, you could head out for a dinner to get to know your fellow travellers. Croatian cuisine varies between regions, but an unwavering favourite is the charcuterie. Traditionally created with pork, charcuterie involves using a lot of specially prepared meats, all of which showcase flavours specific to their preservation process.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Kotor - After breakfast, you will visit an olive farm in the village of Tici, located in the Lustica Bay area near Kotor. Discover the art of olive pressing as your hosts share their second-generation organic olive oil production techniques. Wander through the beautiful olive groves before arriving at an ancient stone olive mill, where olives were once milled by hand. A guided tasting will give you an insight into what makes for good oil. It will be accompanied by local ham, cheese and grape brandy. Back in Kotor, consider getting lost in the town’s crooked walkways, or maybe climb the hills behind the city to see Kotor’s ruined fortification walls. With a free night, you could have dinner at a local wine bar.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Prizren - Say goodbye to Montenegro and head to Kosovo. The first stop on the journey is Rozafa Fortress, Albania – one of the last strongholds of the allied Christian forces against invading Ottomans in the 15th century. In the afternoon, arrive in Prizren – the second largest city in Kosovo. This city remains the most culturally and ethnically diverse in all of Kosovo. The rest of the day is yours to explore at your own pace. The abundance of orange rooftops makes for an interesting sight, as do the impressive mosques and churches in the city. For dinner, perhaps ask your leader for some local restaurant suggestions.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Ohrid - Start the day with a guided tour of Prizren. Pass by the sights, smells and sounds of the bazaar, with a whole range of specialties on offer, including stuffed peppers. After visiting the bazaar, continue to Pristina – Kosovo’s capital and largest city. Your leader will take you on another guided tour, exploring the city centre, then tuck into a Kosovo-Serb barbecue prepared by the local hosts who serve sausages and other pork delicacies from their personal smokehouse. Take some time to explore the surrounding Gracanica settlement and monastery. The area serves as the home of one of the few dominantly Serbian populations in Kosovo. After, leave Kosovo behind and travel into North Macedonia. Your first stop will be the St Jovan Bigorski Monastery (St John the Baptist), which is widely renowned as the most spiritual monastery in North Macedonia. Then drive on to Ohrid where you’ll spend the night.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Ohrid - Ohrid is Europe’s oldest lake and, as one of the oldest human settlements in the world, it’s got a wealth of historic sites and religious monuments. The town is said to have once been home to 365 churches, one for each day of the year, earning it the nickname ‘the Macedonian Jerusalem’. Today is free for you to explore, maybe picking up a bargain or two in the vibrant Old Bazaar. Alternatively, consider joining your leader for an optional daytrip to Ohrid Lake and the Sveti Naum Monastery – one of the most important places of pilgrimage in North Macedonia. Take in the ancient Tzar Samoil’s Fortress, which stands on the top of Ohrid Hill and looks across the town, along with a 2000-year-old Roman theatre that was uncovered near its upper gate. The Sveti Jovana Kaneo church, which sits on a rocky outcrop overlooking the lake, is one of the most popular in North Macedonia. This evening, head to Kuratica – a village on the outskirts of Ohrid. Here, you’ll experience local hospitality and enjoy a home-cooked meal. Your host also brews his own rakija, which you’re welcome to sample for a quick warm up of your insides!

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Bitola - After leaving your accommodation in Ohrid, head down to the green market for a traditional breakfast. You might like to try the best burek in town or enjoy a gjomleze pie (a traditional dish made from an old Ohrid recipe). Drive onward to Lake Prespa, popular with Macedonian holidaymakers. Here, you’ll visit a local apple farm and have the chance to taste some of the fresh produce yourself. Then, head to the little village of Dolno Dupeni on Lake Prespa, where you’ll be invited into a local home for a cooking demonstration and some lunch. Continue to Bitola and relax in one of the city’s many cafes or explore the stalls of the Old Bazaar.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Bitola - Today you’ll visit Dihovo – a small village sitting in the foothills of Mt Pelister. A local beekeeper will teach you about the honeybee and you’ll get hands-on with an open beehive demonstration. After, taste some honey extracted straight from the comb before having a home-cooked meal in a traditional villa. All the ingredients are organic and come from the family’s private gardens. Return to Bitola in the afternoon and maybe take a guided tour of the ancient town and archaeological site of Heraclea Lyncestis, located on the outskirts of Bitola. Heraclea was founded by Philip II of Macedonia in the fourth century BC after he had conquered the surrounding region of Lyncestis. The city was named in honour of the mythological hero Heracles, whom Philip considered his ancestor.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Skopje - Start the day with a trip out to the Stobi archaeological site for a short walk. Stobi, once known as Paeonia, was conquered by the ancient kingdom of Macedon and became the capital of the Roman province of Macedonia Salutaris. Continue to Tikves wine district – the production of grapes is prominent in North Macedonia, thanks to an abundance of sunshine and rich, rocky soil. Today’s adventure offers a taste of local varieties at two of the country’s finest wineries. Enjoy a pairing of delicious local cheeses and cured meats next to these wines this afternoon. Arrive in Skopje in the late afternoon and take a guided walking tour of the centre city, tasting traditional Macedonian sweets along the way. Head out with your fellow travellers for a final dinner in Debar Maalo, the bohemian heart of Skopje. Your leader will ensure all your favourite dishes are ordered for one last celebration.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Skopje - With no activities planned for today, you are free to leave the accommodation at any time. That doesn’t mean your adventure has to end! If you wish to spend more time in Skopje or want to explore the fascinating Matka Canyon, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Barcelona - Hola! Welcome to Spain. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 6 pm today. For those who arrive early, perhaps explore the streets of the old Gothic Quarter, check out the Picasso Museum, wander the tree-lined boulevard of La Rambla or take the funicular to the top of Montjuic or Tibidabo for some incredible views. After the meeting, jump straight into your adventure by sipping a locally produced cava or vermouth in a local bar, then maybe head out on a tapas crawl with your group, tasting rustic bite-sized Catalan dishes.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Barcelona - This morning, get ready for an authentic introduction to Catalan cuisine with a passionate and well-regarded local chef. Taste your way through the stalls of La Boqueria Market and pick up some fresh ingredients for a cooking class. Hang out with the stall holders as you select the best piece of meat, feel for the crispest vegetable and choose the freshest seafood. After, your host will guide you in crafting the Spanish classic of paella. Sit down to lunch accompanied by a glass or two of wine from the nearby Penedes region and spend the afternoon exploring more of the city's food hotspots. You might like to get cultural with some Gaudi at the Casa Mila or check out the La Sagrada Familia. Maybe get lost in the mysterious alleys of the Gothic Quarter and finish the day with a sip of red wine from a porron – a traditional glass pitcher.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Logrono - Ride the rails east to the prized vineyards of the La Rioja wine region and Logrono. Logrono sits on the banks of the Ebro River and is the capital of Spain’s most renowned wine region. It also boasts one of the most distinguished culinary traditions in the country and is home to some of the best tapas bars in Spain, all crammed into its small medieval centre. Logrono is a charming city of medieval fortifications, where much work is being done to restore it to its full glory. This evening you’ll go on a walking tour of the Old Quarter, wandering down Calle del Laurel and the 60 or so aperias (tapas bars) that line the way. This is the perfect opportunity to sample a bit of everything, as each bar has its own speciality – taste some grilled chorizo or wild mushrooms and wash them down with a glass of the region’s famous red.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: San Sebastian - This morning you’ll stop by the Logrono market where you might like to pick up some treats for a picnic lunch later. Then, take a local bus and go back in time to the historic walled town of Laguardia. The entire centre of Laguardia is traffic free and a maze of tunnels lies underground, which have been used to make and store wine for centuries. Tour Laguardia's wine caves, then enjoy a guided tasting through some of the region's distinct varieties. Later in the afternoon, transfer to the stunning seaside San Sebastian – a jewel of the Basque country and a city obsessed with food. Take an orientation tour of the Parte Vieja (Old Town) – a mix of alleyways wedged between the bay and the Urumea River. Tonight, maybe join your leader for an optional tour of the neighbourhood streets for a txikito of pinxtos (a Basque-style tapas crawl). Don’t forget to wash them down with txakoli (slightly fizzy white wine and the region’s signature wine)!

     

    Day - 5

    Location: San Sebastian - One of the secrets to the success of San Sebastian’s food scene is the obsession with high quality, local, seasonal ingredients. The best way to experience this firsthand it to visit the traditional food markets of La Bretxa or San Martin, which you’ll do this morning before a masterclass in Basque cuisine. In this hands-on cooking class, you’ll learn how to prepare some of the signature dishes of the region, and you’ll also taste Basque products including idiazabal (a local cheese) and txakoli. The afternoon is free you to explore the town or surrounding area. Perhaps catch a cable car to Monte Igueldo for some spectacular views or take a trip along the winding coast to the nearby fishing village of Getaria. Maybe discover San Sebastian’s beaches, shops and streets, or dive into pinxtos bars that range from the traditional to the experimental.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Bilbao / Picos de Europa National Park - Continue east to Bilbao – a city that was revitalised by the arrival of the Guggenheim Museum. Spend some free time visiting Frank Gehry’s sweeping metal building and the artistic treasures housed inside and out. After, climb by bus up to the Picos de Europa National Park. The park is not what many people picture as Spain, but an alpine landscape – high, cool, lush and green, with forests, deep gorges, cliffs and grasslands dotted with toffee-coloured cows. Covering some 647 square kilometres, Picos de Europa is Spain's second largest national park and spans across the three provinces of Asturias, Cantabria and Leon. For dinner, tuck into a classic Cantabrian dish, cocido lebaniego (a rich, hearty stew of black pudding, pork shoulder, chorizo and locally grown chickpeas). Preparing this dish starts the day before, so while you savour the satisfying local delicacy, take a moment to learn about the ingredients and preparation. Be sure to enjoy it with some crusty bread and a glass of cider!

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Oviedo - This morning you'll have the option to head into the national park, where you can go for a walk or take the funicular higher into the mountains for views over the surrounding valleys. After, head to the small mountain town of Potes – bordered by ancient monasteries, Potes is brimming with centuries of history and is a tapestry of bridges, narrow streets and old houses. You’ll arrive in time for the weekly food market, where you’ll have brunch. Depending on the season, you can try locally grown apples, cherries, tomatoes, olives, asparagus or walnuts. On the way to Oviedo, the ancient capital, drive to the hillside village of Arenas de Cabrales. Here, you can taste famous Cabrales cheese (a natural blue cheese produced by farmers using a traditional artisan method). After arriving in Oviedo, stop past an Asturian cider house – the traditional drink of the region. The traditional method of drinking this sparkling treat is to have it poured high over the head into a glass at the knee, which produces natural carbonation.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Oviedo - Take a walk around Oviedo, with its unique personality, pre-Romanesque churches, monuments and grand houses. At the heart of the town sits the impressive Gothic San Salvador Cathedral. Get an introduction to the local products of Asturia at El Fontan market, home to excellent fish stalls beneath a canopy of wrought-iron and glass. This afternoon is free for your own exploration. Maybe take a trip up to the port city of Gijon for fresh seafood and sweet-filled bakeries, or the fishing village of Luanco for a relaxing drink on the promenade. For dinner, consider heading to Calle de la Gascona, lined with lively sidrerias (cider houses) serving a wide range of raciones (tasting plates).

     

    Day - 9

    Location: La Coruna / Santiago de Compostela - This morning, take a bus to A Coruna in the region of Galicia, taking in some of the spectacular Galician coastline during the drive. Visit the impressive fish market in the Praza de Lugo and see the range of seafood on offer. Lunch on fresh seafood at a nearby café, then, like thousands of pilgrims before you, end your journey in the capital of Galicia, believed to be the final resting place of the apostle St James. The beautiful old city of Santiago de Compostela holds many delights within its walls, all overseen by the mighty cathedral. Take a walk around the Old District lit up at night, through the arcaded stone streets, the spacious Praza del Obradoiro and past the archbishop’s imposing palace. Santiago is home to more than just pilgrims, with the large population of students from the university enhancing the city’s nightlife. Perhaps spend the night in one of the cafes, bars or tapas restaurants in the Old Town.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Santiago de Compostela - Your journey through Spain comes to an end today. Say adios to your leader and group before parting ways. If you’d like to extend your time in Santiago de Compostela, chat with your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Dubrovnik - Dobro Dosli! Welcome to Croatia. Your adventure begins in Dubrovnik. If you arrive early, and it’s recommended that you do, explore the terracotta rooves, ancient cliff-forged walls and crystal coasts of this medieval walled city. You’ll meet your trip leader and group this evening at 5 pm, when you’ll be welcomed aboard the Aurora and introduced to your crew. Enjoy a drink and get to know each other before your first dinner on the boat this evening. Later, perhaps relax with a glass of wine on the deck and take in the waves lapping the rugged cliffs.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Dubrovnik - Korcula - After breakfast, set sail for Korcula – the birthplace of Marco Polo – with lunch on board. If time permits, you’ll stop for a quick swim stop on the way – the perfect way to start any day on board! In the afternoon, head out on land for an orientation walk through the town, before enjoying an evening to explore at your own pace. If you need dinner recommendations, your leader is always on hand!

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Korcula - Badija - Opuzen - Depart for Opuzen, stopping for a mid-morning swim in clear, turquoise waters near the small island of Badija. Enjoy lunch onboard, then in the afternoon, jump into small wooden boats for a leisurely cruise through the surrounding wetlands (with local snacks and music on board). Arrive at a local restaurant overlooking the river for Peka veal and other local dishes for dinner. Board the boats to return back to Opuzen. You may want to venture out to one of the bars around the town square to meet the locals over a beer or two.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Opuzen - Mostar - Opuzen - Trpanj - Embrace an early start this morning as you make your way to Mostar in Bosnia and Herzegovina by minibus. Take a guided walk through the town, visiting a local coffee shop where you’ll see how the Bosnian coffee is made, then try some for yourself. After, enjoy some free time to explore the town and have lunch at your own pace. Return to Opuzen in the early afternoon and sail to Trpanj. When you arrive, transfer to Matusko Winery for a tasting and enjoy the beautiful grounds of the vineyard before returning to the boat. Tonight, you’ll sit down for a four-course dinner with the captain.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Trpanj - Hvar - Jelsa - Starigrad - Hvar - This morning after breakfast aboard, you’ll sail into Jelsa on the island of Hvar. When you arrive, take a private transfer to a local farm for some local produce tasting, then drive to the town. Explore the town on a walk with your leader before continuing on to Starigrad this evening.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Hvar - Split - Spend the morning sailing, arriving in Split in the early afternoon. When you arrive, you’ll meet a local guide who will take you on a walk around Split, then the afternoon is yours to explore at your own pace. Maybe walk through the beautiful lane ways and squares of the Old City, hang out by the port or ask your leader for some activity recommendations.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Split - Krka National Park - After a leisurely breakfast on board, head out to explore more of Split’s Old City. After lunch, return to the boat, ready to take your private bus transfer to Krka National Park. Here, board a smaller boat for some cruising and exploring within the park, which spans two thirds of the Krka River and some 142 square kilometres. Visit some of the waterfalls that this park is known for, then return to Split by bus. Tonight, you’ll have a final dinner with your group aboard the Aurora, celebrating an incredible adventure.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Disembarkation in Split - Your adventure along the Dalmatian Coast ends after breakfast this morning. With no further activities planned, you’re free to leave at any time. If you would like to extend your stay in Split, just reach out to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Skiathos - Kalimera! Welcome to Greece. Your adventure begins in Skiathos – a gorgeous island in the Aegan Sea and part of the Sporades archipelago. Best known for its beaches and nightlife, it’s recommended you arrive a couple of days early if you’d like to explore all the island has to offer. You’ll meet your small group and local skipper at 4.30 pm at Fregio Gelateria in the marina before boarding your private catamaran – your home for the next week. Tonight, perhaps have dinner at a local taverna, enjoying the local Greek hospitality and deliciously fresh food, getting to know your fellow travellers.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Skiathos - Skopelos - Embrace an early start this morning to explore the remote parts of the island in the north, like Elia, Aselinos and Ligaries Beach. Take stand-up paddleboards out into the crystal-clear waters and soak up the gorgeous coastal landscape in the sunshine. Then, your skipper will take you back to the land for a short exploration, followed by lunch on the boat. Sail to Skopelos Island, heading east into more remote and seldom explored parts of the archipelago. Along the way, why not get an introduction to sailing from your skipper or relax on the catamaran forward net – often, there will be dolphins and seals swimming and playing around you as the marine park is just a few nautical miles away! Depending on the group’s desires, you might also stop in Neo Klima and Loutraki to explore. As you arrive in Skopelos, sail past the iconic church of Agios Ioannis, which was made famous by Mamma Mia, then spend the night rocking gently with the waves.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Alonissos - Peristera - Kyra Panagia - Over the next few days, the National Marine Park of the Sporades will be at your doorstep. Take a refreshing morning swim off the side of the boat before breakfast, then cast east towards Alonissos, Peristera and the Kyra Panagia area. In Alonissos, life seems to slow down as you drop anchor. Swim in the blue waters and let the peaceful surroundings wash over you. Look for the elusive Mediterranean monk seal and the many dolphins that call this park home. Visit Alonissos Old Town and explore on foot or by taxi, seeking hilltop views. Peristera Island, famous for its vibrant sea life, dunes and the tallest lighthouse in Europe, offers the perfect stand-up paddleboard opportunities. You can also go snorkelling or head out for a quiet dinghy ride with your skipper. In the evening, maybe head to the local Piano Bar, which offers live music during the summer, and grab dinner at one of the little tavernas above the local supermarket. This might just be some of the most mouthwatering Greek cuisine you’ll ever have! During your time here, your skipper will connect you with the local team of volunteers at Patitiri village who work for Hellenic Society for the Study and Protection of the Monk Seal. This society is focused on protecting the monk seals in the area, and you can learn about the international marine research projects here. Heading north beyond Patitiri, you’ll visit Kyra Panayia – a secluded island, far removed from the usual tourist routes. It’s the most remote destination that you can reach during a week-long journey from Skiathos. Glide in Planitis Bay – with no mobile signal, you have the rare opportunity to disconnect completely – and maybe go stand-up paddleboarding in the calm waters. This haven is inhabited only by a handful of monks and the occasional fisherman, making it an incredible spot to enjoy a night beneath a canopy of stars. You’ll then return south, maybe stopping by Kyra Panagia Bay for lunch. Here, you can also climb the 100 steps to the monastery of Kyra Panagia. Then, head to Steni Vala in Alonissos – a quiet and picturesque spot where you’ll spend the night.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Alonissos to Peristera to Kyra Panagia -

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Alonissos to Peristera to Kyra Panagia -

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Alonissos to Peristera to Kyra Panagia -

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Skopelos - Skiathos - Wake up with the sun this morning and sail to your final destination – the island of Skiathos. Along the way, stop in Panormos Bay on Skopelos Island – an emerald-green haven just 16 km from Skiathos Town. You might also have time to visit Koukounaries Beach, just a short sail from the town. Renowned as one of the most picturesque beaches in the area, it’s the perfect place to soak up the sun and savour your final moments by the sea with a glass of wine. After, you’ll arrive back in Skiathos port between 4 and 5 pm. Wander the winding streets of Skiathos Town and end the day with a delicious local feast at a traditional Greek taverna, raising a glass to an incredible sailing adventure.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Skiathos - With no further activities planned, your trip comes to an end this morning and you’re free to disembark and make your way off the island. If you’re extending your stay and need help with additional accommodation, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Naples - Benvenuto! Welcome to Italy. Your trip begins at 12:30 pm at Molo Beverello – a ferry port on the coast of Naples. Your skipper will be waiting here for you with your tickets to catch the ferry to Procida Island, where your sailing adventure officially starts. Board the yacht in Procida and join a welcome meeting led by your skipper, then head to the local supermarket to buy supplies. Sail the short distance to Ischia –in contrast to Procida, this is the largest island in the Bay of Naples. Disembark and shake off the sea legs by exploring the famous Castello Aragonese, built in the 1400s. This impressive fortress sits suspended above the sea on a volcanic rock connected to Ischia. Tonight, ask your skipper for the best dinner spots and maybe head out with your group before spending your first night at sea.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Ischia - Sorrento - Spend the first part of your day in Ischia. This volcanic island in the Gulf of Naples is known for its mineral-rich thermal waters and hot springs. Maybe you’d like to visit Spiaggia dei Pescatori – an idyllic beach between Ischia Porto and Ischia Ponte. This afternoon, you’ll set sail for Sorrento. This coastal town offers panoramic views of the Bay of Naples and Mount Vesuvius. Tonight, you’ll have the opportunity to try one of Sorrento's well-known exports – Limoncello. This liqueur is produced from locally grown Femminello Santa Teresa lemons, yum!

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Sorrento - Pompeii - Sorrento - This morning, catch a train to the abandoned city of Pompeii – a Roman settlement that was frozen in time when Mount Vesuvius erupted. When you arrive, you have the option to visit the Pompeii ruins or Mount Vesuvius National Park – or both! If you choose to visit the ruins, get a glimpse into the lives of the ancient Romans as you wander through the well-preserved buildings, artwork and pottery. After, maybe find a local cafe for lunch. Then, maybe join a guided tour to Mt Vesuvius – this active stratovolcano erupted in 79 AD that buried Pompeii, Herculaneum and Stabiae. Later, head back to Sorrento where the rest of the evening is free for you to explore at your own pace.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Sorrento - Amalfi - This morning you’ll set sail for the Amalfi Coast, passing the Sirenusas (Gallos) archipelago to the east of the Sorrentine Peninsula. The afternoon is free to explore Amalfi at your own pace. Maybe discover the medieval architecture of Sant'Andrea Cathedral and Cappuccini Convent or walk along the narrow trails through olive groves, vineyards and ancient villages. While the trails are steep and full of stairs, there are marvellous views over the ocean at regular intervals. Why not join an optional dinner with your group this evening and feast on local seafood and gelato?

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Amalfi - Capri - Today, set sail to the Isle of Capri – once home to the grand holiday palaces of the Roman emperors. When you arrive, there’s an optional excursion in a small motorboat. If you take the boat, you’ll see the island, its impressive cliffs and many grottos – including the green, white and the famous Blue Grotto. To enter the Blue Grotto, you'll need to switch to a smaller rowboat, and although swimming in the grotto isn’t permitted, there’s a small platform close by where you can take a dip. After, there will be time to catch the bus to the Town of Capri or visit the hillside town of Anacapri. If you head there, it's worth visiting the Villa San Michele – the former home to a Swedish doctor, built on the ruins of a Roman villa. After, make your way to the town by the Phoenician Steps (Scala Fenicia) – a long, steep stairway linking the towns of Capri and Anacapri.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Procida - After breakfast, you’ll sail back to Procida. Stop for a swim along the way, arriving by the afternoon. Enjoy a free afternoon exploring the beautiful town on foot – maybe people watch at a local cafe or visit the Palazzo d’Avalos – the island’s former prison. Tonight, sail to the main marina. On the way, you’ll stop at Marina Della Carricella to see one of the most photographed parts of the island. Then, maybe set out on an optional group dinner in the town of rabbit stew or seafood, accompanied by a couple of glasses of local wine and some Limoncello. What better way to cap off a great sailing trip? 

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Procida - There are no activities planned for today, so you’re free to leave any time after breakfast. If you wish to spend more time here, just speak to your booking agent. 

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Kefalonia - Kalimera! Welcome to Greece. Your sailing adventure begins on the biggest and one of the most beautiful islands in the Ionian Sea – Kefalonia. Famous for its delicious wine – primarily Robola and Mavrodafni – Kefalonia is also home to a beautiful national park, white sand beaches and friendly locals. If you have the time, why not stay a few extra days and explore the island to its fullest or maybe visit Melissani Cave. You’ll have a welcome meeting at 4 pm this afternoon to meet your group and trip leader at Sami Port, at the Oasis Café. Head out for some food shopping after for some supplies. Tonight, you’ll head on a night out with your fellow travellers.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Ithaca, Atokos, Kastos and Kalamos - This morning after breakfast, you’ll head towards Ithaca Island. On the way, stop for a swim at Filiatro – one of the most popular beaches on the island due to its beauty. Sheltered from the wind, the gulf has turquoise waters and offers a perfect spot to relax and swim. Visit Ithaca – famously the homeland of Odysseus (Ulysses), the hero of the Homeric poem Odyssey. Surrounded by green vegetation, European architecture and the deep-blue sea, you’ll see why this place caused such inspiration. Over the next two days, you’ll explore the islands of Atokos, Kastos, and Kalamos. Spend your days lounging on the boat’s deck, swimming in the clear waters, eating out at local tavernas and watching sunset on the deck or on the sands of a nearby beach. Visit Atokos – one of the most secluded of the Echinades Islands, now a private island owned by the shipowner family of Panayiotis Tsakos. The tiny islet is uninhabited except for a few goats that roam freely. On the island, there is the small chapel of St. John and the beach at One House Bay. Atokos is inside a Natura 2000 protected area, and as such, the waters and surrounding environment are nothing short of stunning. Visit Kastos, where you’ll find peaceful beaches and a simple island lifestyle. Kastos is one of the smallest of the Ionian islands, with only a few hundred people living here, making it the perfect spot if you’re looking for some relaxation and peace. Lastly, visit Kalamos – a mountainous island, known for its green hills, clear blue waters and sandy beaches.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Atokos to Kastos to Kalamos to Ithaca -

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Meganisi - This morning, you’ll head to Meganisi. Stop for a swim by the island before heading to the bays of Meganisi. This remote island is located between Lefkada and the Greek mainland. Untouched by mainstream tourism, it boasts crystalline waters and secluded coves that can only be reached by boat! Except for its two traditional villages and the small number of facilities they offer, the island is unspoiled. Take some time to explore the beautiful bays and then dock in one of the marinas. Tonight, maybe sit down for dinner at a local taverna with your group.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Skorpios - Lefkada - You might want to get up early this morning to see the sunrise on the deck or take a quick dip before breakfast. Today, sail north passing Skorpios along the way. Primarily known as the private island of the late Greek shipping billionaire Aristotle Onassis, bought in 1963 for numerous high-profile parties. This was also the site of Onassis’s wedding to the former United States First Lady Jacqueline Kennedy in 1968. Continue sailing north, passing through the north channel before docking in the beautiful marina of Lefkada. Featuring sheer cliffs and turquoise waters, this island’s busy streets are perfect for a beach day or night out on the town. Lefkada is also home to some dense forests and world-famous beaches, which you have undoubtedly seen photos of (spoiler alert – it’s better in real life!). You’ll wander the busy streets with your group, find some delicious Greek food to feast on and maybe grab a cocktail (or two), before spending the night on the boat.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Antipaxos and Paxos - This morning, get an early start as you sail towards Paxos – the smallest of the Ionian islands – and Antipaxos – its sister island. Paxos is a unique blend of lush landscapes set in a bright blue sea. Two miles south, Antipaxos is a small island home to some of the finest beaches in the Ionian Sea with transparent ocean and white sands. Antipaxos doesn’t have its own permanent population, but many Paxiots own vineyards and cottages here. Stop for a refreshing swim in the glittering water before arriving in Gaios – the main port and the centre of life in Paxos. When you approach Gaios from the north, you’ll enter a beautiful river-like passing through the islands of Panagia, where you can see a monastery of the Virgin Mary and the pine-covered island of St. Nicholas with its 1423 Venetian castle hidden in the trees. Explore the village of Gaios and the coastline with your group tonight.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Paxos – Corfu - Enjoy breakfast on the boat this morning, then set sail to the other most beautiful island in the Ionian belt – Corfu. Flanked by two imposing Venetian fortresses, Corfu’s town features winding medieval lanes, a French-style arcade and the grand Palace of St. Michael and St. George. When you arrive, you might like to swim and then walk the winding streets to see all the town's Venetian influences. Liston is one of the most popular pedestrian streets on the island and a perfect meeting place for tourists, right next to the famous Spaniada Square. Maybe stop for a Greek coffee and some people-watching among the great seaside atmosphere. Tonight, enjoy your final night out and a farewell dinner with your group.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Corfu - After breakfast this morning, disembark at Gouvia marina in Corfu and say goodbye to your skipper and fellow travellers. If you are flying out today, your trip leader can help you organise a taxi to the airport. If you would like to extend your stay, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Lavrio, Athens - Kea - Kalimera! Welcome to Greece. Your adventure begins in the port town of Lavrio, about an hour from Athens. If you arrive early, you could grab a strong Greek coffee along the waterfront or take a taxi into Athens to explore the historic sites. Be ready at 3.30 pm for your welcome meeting at The Port restaurant in Lavrio Marina, where you’ll meet your skipper and fellow travellers and find out what to expect on your floating home over the next eight days! Then, head to a supermarket to stock up on food supplies before returning to the yacht to sail to Kea – a charming island known for its vineyards, olive groves and laidback villages. Moor up, then maybe go for dinner at a local taverna with your group and dig into some traditional Cycladic dishes.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Kea - Kythnos (Apokrousi Bay) - Take a private transfer to the village of Ioulida this morning for a scenic hike to Otzias Beach. With plenty of shade from the surrounding oak trees and a mostly downhill trail, it’s a nice introduction to the hikes on your trip! Cool down with a swim in Otzias Bay, then jump back on yacht to sail to Kythnos – a relaxed island dotted with dry-stone walls and hundreds of white chapels. You’ll drop anchor in Apokrousi Bay, a peaceful cove perfect for swimming. You might also like to take in the scenery from a stand-up paddleboard. When you’ve had your sea fix, climb back on board for dinner on deck while the sun dips below the horizon.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Kythnos (Apokrousi Bay) - Serifos - Rise and shine for an early morning swim in one of Kythnos’ many coves. Then, hoist the sails to Serifos – an offbeat island known for its rugged landscape. Drop anchor in the village of Livadi, then head ashore for a moderate hike to Chora, the island’s capital, which sits on a 230-m-tall hill. Walk past whitewashed houses, terraced fields and olive groves before arriving at Chora where you'll be rewarded with sweeping views across the countryside and the Aegean Sea. Before returning to Livadi, take some time to explore the medieval alleyways – and maybe treat yourself to a local pastry. The rest of the evening is free to enjoy at your own pace. How about kicking back with a cocktail on the beach or feasting on meze along the seafront?

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Serifos - Kythnos (Loutra) - Cruise north back to Kythnos this morning, stopping for a swim, snorkel or stand-up paddleboard in the clear waters of Agios Stefanos Bay. This time, you’ll dock at Loutra – named after the thermal springs (Loutra means ‘bath’ in Greek) that flow into the bay. These warm, mineral-rich waters have been used since ancient times for their healing properties – and your legs will appreciate a soak after your hike yesterday! Tonight, maybe tuck into a taverna dinner with your crew. Kythnos is known for its tangy kopanisti cheese, strapatsada (a local version of scrambled eggs) and fresh seafood.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Kythnos (Loutra) - Syros - Get your blood pumping this morning on a hike to the Castle of Oria – the former medieval capital of Kythnos. You'll wind past traditional stone houses and rocky outcrops before arriving at the castle which sits on an imposing 250 m-tall cliff. Soak in the views of the eastern Cyclades and learn about the castle’s history – it was once part of a fortified town that housed hundreds of people, including the powerful Gozzadini family from the 14th to the 17th century. Return to Loutra and climb aboard the yacht to sail to Syros, docking in the port town of Ermoupoli. Dinner tonight is a special one, as you’ll visit a local family in Finikas Bay and share a home-cooked meal in their home.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Syros - Rinia - This morning you have free time in Syros – the capital of the Cyclades. Your skipper will give you recommendations for a self-guided walk around Ermoupoli and the fortified village of Ano Syros. Wander the narrow streets, pass handmade souvenir shops and keep an ear open for traditional rebetiko music floating out of family-run tavernas. Return to Ermoupoli port after lunch for a late afternoon sail to the uninhabited island of Rinia. This small island was the necropolis during the Peloponnesian War in the fifth century BC, and you'll stumble on remnants of temples and soldiers’ burial stones as you walk around. Eat dinner on deck under the stars tonight.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Rinia - Delos - Mykonos - Enjoy a leisurely morning soaking up the sun and swimming in the crystal-clear waters of Rinia, then hit the water to Mykonos. Along the way, you’ll stop at Delos – the legendary birthplace of Apollo (god of the sun) and Artemis (goddess of the moon). The entire island is a UNESCO World Heritage site with heaps of archaeological sites – including the Terrace of the Lions, Temple of Isis and Sanctuary of Apollo – and hiking trails into the hills. You’ll arrive in Mykonos in time for sunset. This cosmopolitan island is known for its beach bars, boutiques and nightlife. As it’s your last night as a group, you might like to share one last dinner and raise a toast to an unforgettable week in the Cyclades. Yiamas!

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Mykonos - Your sailing adventure comes to an end this morning. If you’d like to spend more time in Mykonos, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Dubrovnik - Sipan - Dobro Dosli! Welcome to Dubrovnik in Croatia. If you arrive early, it’s recommended that you explore this medieval walled city on foot, take a Game of Thrones walking tour or find a seaside or alleyway restaurant and try some local favourites. For the start of your sailing trip, you’ll leave the city for quiet waters and attend a welcome meeting at 3 pm. Your skipper will collect the group kitty at this time, and as a group, you’ll head to a local supermarket for the week’s onboard meals. After, embark and start sailing to Sipan – the largest island in the Elaphiti Islands northwest of Dubrovnik. With a long history of stories and legends, this island is one of the jewels of the archipelago. When you arrive. Maybe head out to dinner with your group at one of the beautiful restaurants on the island before spending your first night at sea.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Sipan – Herceg Novi - This morning after breakfast and maybe a quick dip in the ocean, you’ll continue to Herceg Novi. Pass through customs, stopping for a swim along the way in one of many inviting bays and arrive in the late afternoon. Founded in 1382, Herceg Novi is your historic entry point to the Bay of Kotor and a fabulous city in its own right. With an evening spent at the port, you’ll have time to explore the tree-lined squares of the city at your leisure this evening. Maybe head to a local restaurant with your group and enjoy a night of gorgeous views.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Budva - This morning after breakfast (and sunrise, if you’re keen), you’ll head to Budva. You’ll stop for a swim along the way, maybe at Uvala Dobrec, depending on the weather – a secluded cove with a pebble beach and pristine waters. Arrive in Budva – home to sandy beaches, a walled city, old monasteries and lively nightlife. The time spent here will depend on the group’s desire to let loose (this is a self-proclaimed party town). Don’t worry, if you prefer the sun and the sand over the sound of bass, Budva is also home to lovely, sheltered beaches like Mogren, Kamenovo and Jaz. Your skipper will recommend the best local spots to eat for dinner, but you’re free to spend the evening how you wish.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Rose - Enjoy breakfast on the boat this morning and then head to Rose – a historic fishing village with a quieter pace. Stop for a swim along the way and then enjoy a free evening exploring the town or sit back and relax with a good book on the beach. Don’t miss sunrise tonight – whether from the sea or the deck, this part of the world is home to some pretty epic nightly displays.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Tivat - This morning, you’ll sail to Tivat – a coastal town in Montenegro in the Bay of Kotor, surrounded by glittering waters and mountain peaks. Stop for a refreshing ocean swim and then explore the town at your own pace. Tonight, you have the opportunity to sit down with a local family in their home and enjoy some incredible hospitality. If you choose to include this optional dinner, you’ll enjoy a 3-course meal of local favourites with unlimited wine and homemade grappa. All the food served has been homemade and homegrown on the property – a night to remember!

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Kotor - Sail towards Kotor this morning, passing the islet of Gospa od Skrpjela (Our Lady of the Rocks). As the legend goes, sailors would place a rock in the bay after every successful voyage, and over five hundred years, a tiny island was created. If you happen to have a rock handy, you can also become a part of this tradition! Docking in Kotor, one of the best-preserved medieval cities in southeastern Europe, and exploring its winding streets can feel like travelling back in time. Maybe hike along the ancient, steep fortress walls to the Castle of San Giovanni, a stunning medieval structure from which you can get sweeping views of the Old Town. Depending on your fitness level and the sureness of your footing, the hike can take between 3 to 5 hours, so it’s a good idea to set off early if you plan to tackle the climb. Or maybe opt for a full-day tour of Lovcen Mountain, Njegos Mausoleum and Cetinje. This optional tour includes a prosciutto tasting (yum!) and is a super fun way to spend the day.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Zelenika - Dubrovnik - This morning, you’ll sail to Zelenika, Montenegro to the customs checkpoint. If there is time, stop for a refreshing dip in the sea before continuing to Dubrovnik and docking in the marina. Perhaps head out into Dubrovnik for your final night with the group – buses depart regularly from the marina and your trip leader can help with coordination. Or stay close by enjoying dinner and drinks at the lovely marina and saying farewell to your group on your last night.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Dubrovnik - There are no activities planned for today, so you can leave any time before 10 am. If you wish to spend more time here, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Mykonos - Kalimera! Welcome to Greece. Your adventure begins with a welcome meeting at 4 pm at a restaurant called De-Tox Café located at Marina Tourlos. The first port of call is the local supermarket to buy supplies for your trip as a group. The starter pack will include provisions for some breakfasts, lunches and/or snacks. If you have any special dietary requirements, please make sure you notify us at the time of booking so we can accommodate your requests. Before or after the meeting, maybe head out to explore Mykonos or unwind on one of the island’s sandy beaches. Perhaps visit the Church of Panagia Paraportiani or browse the galleries, restaurants and boutiques. Tonight, why not grab your fellow travellers and wander down to Little Venice to enjoy a cocktail by the water at sunset.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Syros - Sail to the island of Syros, dropping by the Bay of Gaidharos along the way for a swim. Known for its relaxed atmosphere and neo-classical architecture, Syros’ neutral role during the Greek Revolution made it a safe haven for the persecuted. You can catch a bus up the hill to the fortress-like village of Ano Syros and explore the town’s stone archways and narrow alleyways (the views of the Aegean Sea are stunning from up here!). Maybe sample some authentic Greek food and soak up the culture in the capital Ermoupoli, the capital. Tonight, maybe immerse yourself in local island life with an optional group dinner at a neighbourhood family's home. Tuck into some homemade cuisine made with fresh, seasonal ingredients and enjoy the views from the seafront.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Naxos - Make your way across the glistening water to Naxos – home to beautiful beaches, fragrant olive groves and the villages of Hora, the capital of Naxos. As the largest Cycladic Island, Naxos also has one of the most colourful mythological histories. The Old Town areas of Hora are perfect for a stroll and some nightlife. Visit the impressive Venetian Kastro, where mansions, monuments and churches all retain their medieval spirit in the winding laneways. Stop by the old Roman Catholic Cathedral in the square, and the nearby Archaeological Museum which is housed in the former Jesuit School of Commerce. The massive Portara stands as the gateway to the unfinished Temple of Apollo on the islet of Palatia, just to the north of the marina. You can also head into the countryside to see local rural life, visit one of the oldest temples in Greece, then chill out in the hills with lunch at a family tavern. Get a taste of the local brew with a shot of Kitron (best described as a lemon liquor) and top it off with a wander along the beach.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Small Cyclades - Sail to the Small Cyclades, where only Koufonisia, Iraklia, Schinousa and Donousa have permanent residents. Here, you'll discover clear waters, great beaches, friendly locals and sleepy tavernas all built around the fishing villages. Over the next two days you can explore the towns, maybe sampling some fresh seafood in a waterfront taverna – the perfect way to take in the delights of the Mediterranean. Watch the sunset on the board or on the shores of the sea and get to know your fellow travellers as you sail.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Amorgos -

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Amorgos - Visit the rugged mountainous island of Amorgos is known for Luc Bresson's film 'The Big Blue.' Amorgos has a history of colonisation and occupation with evidence of a functioning society back as far as 4000 BC! At Katapola, the island's main port, you'll see classic Cycladic architecture with windmills and an old Venetian castle. Stroll the waterfront, explore the ancient Minoan settlement or visit the village of Hora (Amorgos town), which sits high on the rocky mountainside. Maybe drive up to the 11th-century monastery, Moni Hozoviotissis, which was built gripping the cliff face. Soak up the panoramic views across the Aegean Sea and find a good spot for sunset.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Ios - Continue to Ios – this island has been inhabited since the early Cycladic times, proudly claiming to be the burial place of epic Greek poet Homer. Ios is home to many gorgeous beaches and is known for the preservation of its classic cube houses, which are packed around the laneways of Hora. A short walk from the harbour are Hora's shops, restaurants, nightclubs, bars and cafes. If you’re seeking a more authentic taste of the Old Town, explore during the day while the masses are beachside. The popular beaches of Gialos and Milopotas are also lively at night with a range of water sports on offer during the day. Valmas, Kolitzani and Tsamaria are all options if you're looking for something a little quieter. Sunset views can be enjoyed from the hill where Panagia Gremiotissa (the Church of the Virgin) sits. The distinctive single palm tree next to the church makes it an icon you can always see from throughout town.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Santorini - This morning, catch the ferry from Ios to Santorini to arrive at Athinios Port by 12 pm. If you plan to depart today, make sure your flight doesn’t depart Santorini until after 4 pm. Your skipper can assist with organising a taxi to drop you off at your hotel or Santorini Airport. It’s recommend booking a couple of extra night's accommodation to see all the sights that Santorini has to offer – if you do have the time to extend your adventure, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Santorini – Ios - Kalimera! Welcome to Greece. You’ll meet your skipper at 1 pm at Cafe Spartakos, where your adventure will immediately begin. If you arrive in Santorini early (and it’s recommended that you do), maybe check out the local restaurants, shops and bars in Fira or walk along the caldera's rim to Firostefani, Imerovigli and Oia for sunset. Santorini's volcanic beaches are another must-see. Check out Red Beach or the black beaches of Perissa, Vlhada, Perivolos and Agios Georgios. The first port of call is the local supermarket to buy supplies as a group. The starter pack will include provisions for some breakfasts, lunches and/or snacks. If you have any special dietary requirements, please make sure you notify your agent at the time of booking so they can accommodate your requests. Then, board a ferry from Santorini to Ios and walk the short distance to your yacht – your home for the next seven nights. When you’ve settled in, check out the nearby sandy beaches on Ios or head to Hora's shops, restaurants and bars (a short walk from the harbour), which all come alive in the evening. Your skipper can suggest the best bar to watch the sun go down as you get to know your new travelling companions.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Amorgos - Visit the mountainous island of Amorgos today, known for Luc Bresson's film 'The Big Blue.' Amorgos has evidence of society as far back as 4000 BC! At Katapola, the island's main port, you'll see classic Cycladic architecture with windmills and an old Venetian castle. Stroll the waterfront, explore the ancient Minoan settlement or visit the village of Hora (Amorgos town), which sits high on the rocky mountainside. Maybe drive up to the 11th-century monastery, Moni Hozoviotissis, gripping the cliff face with views across the Aegean Sea.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Small Cyclades - Over the next two days, you’ll sail to the Small Cyclades, where only Koufonisia, Iraklia and Schinousa have permanent residents. Here, you'll discover clear waters, small beaches, friendly locals and sleepy tavernas all built around the fishing villages. When you dock, you can explore the town and maybe sample some fresh seafood in a waterfront taverna – a great way to take in the sights and sounds of the Mediterranean. Watch the amazing sunsets from the boat or the shores and soak up the atmosphere!

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Amorgos to Small Cyclades -

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Naxos - Continue to Naxos today for more beaches, small villages and the fragrant olive groves of Hora (the capital). This place has a mythological history and the Old Town is perfect for a stroll. Follow a pathway up to the impressive Venetian Kastro where mansions, monuments and churches all retain their medieval spirit in a mass of winding laneways. Stop by the old Roman Catholic Cathedral in the square, and the nearby Archaeological Museum, housed in the former Jesuit School of Commerce. Maybe head into the countryside to see the local rural life, visit one of the oldest temples in Greece and chill out in the hills with lunch at a family tavern. Perhaps taste the heady local brew of Kitron (a lemon liquor) and top it off with a walk along the beach.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Syros - Sail to the island of Syros, dropping by the Bay of Gaidharos along the way for a swim. Known for its relaxed atmosphere and neo-classical architecture, Syros’ neutral role during the Greek Revolution made it a safe haven for the persecuted. You can catch a bus up the hill to the fortress-like village of Ano Syros and explore the town’s stone archways and narrow alleyways (the views of the Aegean are stunning from up here!). Sample authentic Greek food and soak up the culture in Ermoupoli, the capital. Tonight, maybe immerse yourself in local island life with an optional group dinner at a neighbourhood family's home. Tuck into some homemade cuisine made with fresh, seasonal ingredients and enjoy the views from the seafront.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Mykonos - Lifting anchor, set off on a short sail to Mykonos, arriving in the late afternoon. This classic Mediterranean island boasts white-washed architecture and narrow streets and laneways perfect for exploring. The hum of the nightlife, cafes, restaurants, galleries and boutiques give way to the island's best sandy beaches. Soak in the atmosphere by joining fellow sun-seekers and partygoers on the beach or take a daytrip to the sacred island of Delos – the birthplace of Apollo and Artemis. Little Venice has colourful wooden balconies that hang precariously over the sea, and this is the perfect spot to sit back with a cocktail and enjoy an Aegean sunset.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Mykonos - Your trip ends today at around 10 am this morning on Mykonos. There are no activities planned, but it’s recommended you book an extra night of accommodation so you have plenty of time to explore and soak up the beauty of this famed island. If you need help booking a few extra days, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Dubrovnik to Elafiti Islands - Dobro Dosli! Welcome to Croatia. Your adventure begins in Dubrovnik with a group meeting at 3 pm. If you arrive early, why not take a self-paced walking tour of Dubrovnik – the undisputed jewel of the Dalmatian Coast. With the sparkling water of the Adriatic in the background, this picturesque, medieval city is full of character and perfect for wandering around on two feet (especially if you’re a Game of Thrones fan). After your meeting, you’ll head to the local supermarket to buy supplies for your trip, then board the yacht and sail the open waters of the Adriatic to the Elafiti Islands. Elafiti is made up of three main islands – Kolocep (known as the green island due to its 100 year old pine groves, carol-trees, olive groves and citrus trees), Lopud (this island has spectacular parks and beaches and is one of the best developed touristic islands in the Dubrovnik area) and Sipan (the largest of the island group with a long history full of stories and legends, considered one of the jewels of the area).

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Elafiti Islands to Mljet - After breakfast onboard, set sail for the island of Mljet, stopping for a swim along the way. Legendary in ancient history as the island where the shipwrecked Odysseus lived for seven years, today the island is a haven of lush national park, forests and small villages. Since Greek sailors sought haven here from storms, the island has been inhabited by Illyrians, Romans, Slavs and Avars. In the 13th century the island was given to the Benedictine order who built a monastery in the middle of one of the island's western lakes – Veliko Jezero. When you arrive, perhaps rent a bike and cycle through the national park. Tonight, you could try the local wine – the fields and vineyards that dot the island are the foundation of the local economy, with Mljet's villagers producing wine and olive oil as they have been for hundreds of years.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Mljet to Korcula - Sail north through the jewel-like waters to Korcula this morning via the Peljeski Channel. Stop along the way for a refreshing morning swim, then sail on. Greeks settled in Korcula in the 6th century BC, but the town was also occupied by the Romans, Slavs and then the Venetians between 1420 and 1797. Even Napoleon was ruler for a while! As a result of all these influences, Korcula has a cosmopolitan Old Town. Alongside the idyllic beaches, you’ll have plenty of options for your free time. Ask your leader for the best dinner recommendations for a good feed.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Korcula to Hvar - Make breakfast onboard the yacht this morning and then set sail for the day. Make a stop around Lovista or Scedro for a morning swim and then settle in for an afternoon of beach hopping. Enjoy seafood fresh from the day's catch and kick back with cocktails on the waterfront as you sail around the scenic islands. You’ll make your way slowly to Hvar, where you can wander around the towns, home to some wonderfully preserved Renaissance facades. If you like, hike past dramatic jagged limestone cliffs and undulating farms, ancient olive groves and fields of rosemary and lavender. There’s also an option to cross the island by car to Hvar Town – often known as the ‘San Tropez of Croatia’.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Hvar to Vis - Today, you’ll cruise on to Vis – the furthest island from the mainland. Stop at the Pakleni Islands or Stoncica along the way for a swim. When you arrive, you can take an optional tour to learn about the island’s history – passing between Greek, Roman, Venetian, Napoleonic, Austrian and Italian hands. Visit nuclear fallout shelters, churches and vantage points with great views across the ocean. If you like, you can also take an optional winery tour and indulge in a few glasses of the local vino.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Vis to Solta - After breakfast, bid farewell to Vis and set sail to Solta – known for its scenic countryside and excellent olive oil. On the way, you might stop in for a swim in a nearby sheltered bay. When you arrive, maybe visit a family-run agrotourism estate in Maslinica. Sit down and enjoy a wine tasting paired with local food, while you learn about this village’s local agriculture.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Solta to Trogir - This morning, you’ll sail to the island of Trogir, stopping at the Blue Lagoon for a swim along the way. Known for its scenery and turquoise-blue waters, it’s the perfect place for snorkelling. Then, continue to Trogir – a UNESCO World Heritage site known for its urban history shaped by Greek, Roman and Venetian influences. When you arrive, maybe explore the historic town centre or head out to dinner with your group and celebrate the last night of your sailing adventure.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Trogir to Split - After breakfast aboard the yacht and transfer in a private van to Split (approx. 30 mins) where your trip will come to an end. This trip doesn’t spend any time in Split, so if you would like to stay longer, and it’s recommended that you do, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Split to Trogir to Solta - Dobro Dosli! Welcome to Croatia. Your adventure begins at a hotel in Split at 2 pm, meeting a local representative and your fellow travellers, before transferring by private van to Trogir Marina. Your skipper will be waiting to meet you and welcome you on board your home for the next eight days. After your welcome meeting, set sail for Solta Island – known for its scenic countryside and excellent olive oil. When you arrive, you can choose to visit a family-run agrotourism estate in Maslinica. Sit down and enjoy a wine tasting paired with local food, while you learn about this village’s local agriculture.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Solta to Vis - After breakfast onboard, bid farewell to Solta and set sail to Vis – the furthest island from the mainland. On the way, you might stop in for a swim in a nearby sheltered bay. When you arrive, you can take an optional tour to learn about the island’s history – passing between Greek, Roman, Venetian, Napoleonic, Austrian and Italian hands. Visit nuclear fallout shelters, churches and vantage points with great views across the ocean. If you like, you can also take an optional winery tour and indulge in a few glasses of the local vino.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Vis to Hvar - Today, you’ll make your way to Hvar. Along the way, you might stop at the Pakleni Islands or Stoncica for a swim. After arriving in Hvar, you can wander around the towns, home to some wonderfully preserved Renaissance facades. If you like, hike past dramatic jagged limestone cliffs and undulating farms, ancient olive groves and fields of rosemary and lavender. There’s also an option to cross the island by car to Hvar Town – often known as the ‘San Tropez of Croatia’.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Hvar to Lastovo - Set sail to Lastovo, stopping around Lovista or Scedro for a morning swim. On the way, you’ll also explore some of the 46 islets and reefs around the island’s edges. Over 70 per cent of Lastovo is forested, making it the perfect place to stretch your legs after a day at sea. There's also Venetian architecture from the 15th and 16th centuries and many churches to find in your free time.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Lastovo to Korcula - Sail through the jewel-like waters to Korcula this morning, stopping at Badija or Polace for a refreshing morning swim. Greeks settled in Korcula in the 6th century BC, but the town was also occupied by the Romans, Slavs and then the Venetians between 1420 and 1797. Even Napoleon was ruler for a while! As a result of all these influences, Korcula has a cosmopolitan Old Town. Alongside the idyllic beaches, you’ll have plenty of options for your free time. Ask your leader for the best dinner recommendations for a good feed.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Korcula to Mljet - This morning, you’ll sail for the island of Mljet, stopping for a swim along the way. Legendary in ancient history as the island where the shipwrecked Odysseus lived for seven years, today the island is a haven of lush national parks, forests and small villages. Since Greek sailors sought haven here from storms, the island has been inhabited by Illyrians, Romans, Slavs and Avars. In the 13th century the island was given to the Benedictine order who built a monastery in the middle of one of the island's western lakes – Veliko Jezero. When you arrive, maybe rent a bike and cycle through the national park. Tonight, you could try the local wine – the fields and vineyards that dot the island are the foundation of the local economy, with Mljet's villagers producing wine and olive oil as they have been for hundreds of years.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Mljet to Elafiti Islands to Dubrovnik - Depart Mljet and head to the hidden paradise of Elafiti Islands. Made up of three main islands – Kolocep, Lopud and Sipan – the olive groves, citrus trees and ancient ruins provide a scenic backdrop for lunch. Then, sail on to the marina near Komolac. You can then head into Dubrovnik for your final night with the group (there’s a regular bus service) or stay close and enjoy dinner and drinks at the marina.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Dubrovnik - After your last breakfast on the yacht, your trip will come to an end today. There are no activities planned for today and you’re free to depart at any time. If you would like to stay longer, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Split to Trogir to Solta - Dobro Dosli! Welcome to Croatia. Your adventure begins at a hotel in Split at 2 pm, meeting a local representative and your fellow travellers, before transferring by private van to Trogir Marina. Your skipper will be waiting to meet you and welcome you on board your home for the next eight days. After your welcome meeting, set sail for Solta Island – known for its scenic countryside and excellent olive oil. When you arrive, you can choose to visit a family-run agrotourism estate in Maslinica. Sit down and enjoy a wine tasting paired with local food, while you learn about this village’s local agriculture.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Solta to Vis - After breakfast onboard, bid farewell to Solta and set sail to Vis – the furthest island from the mainland. On the way, you might stop in for a swim in a nearby sheltered bay. When you arrive, you can take an optional tour to learn about the island’s history – passing between Greek, Roman, Venetian, Napoleonic, Austrian and Italian hands. Visit nuclear fallout shelters, churches and vantage points with great views across the ocean. If you like, you can also take an optional winery tour and indulge in a few glasses of the local vino.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Vis to Hvar - Today, you’ll make your way to Hvar. Along the way, you might stop at the Pakleni Islands or Stoncica for a swim. After arriving in Hvar, you can wander around the towns, which are home to some wonderfully preserved Renaissance facades. If you like, hike past dramatic jagged limestone cliffs and undulating farms, ancient olive groves and fields of rosemary and lavender. There’s also an option to cross the island by car to Hvar Town – often known as the ‘San Tropez of Croatia’.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Hvar to Lastovo - Set sail to Lastovo, stopping around Lovista or Scedro for a morning swim. On the way, you’ll also explore some of the 46 islets and reefs around the island’s edges. Over 70 per cent of Lastovo is forested, making it the perfect place to stretch your legs after a day at sea. There's also Venetian architecture from the 15th and 16th centuries and high number of churches to find in your free time.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Lastovo to Korcula - Sail through the jewel-like waters to Korcula this morning, stopping at Badija or Polace for a refreshing morning swim. Greeks settled in Korcula in the 6th century BC, but the town was also occupied by the Romans, Slavs and then the Venetians between 1420 and 1797. Even Napoleon was ruler for a while! As a result of all these influences, Korcula has a cosmopolitan Old Town. Alongside the idyllic beaches, you’ll have plenty of options for your free time. Ask your leader for the best dinner recommendations for a good feed.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Korcula to Mljet - This morning, you’ll sail for the island of Mljet, stopping for a swim along the way. Legendary in ancient history as the island where the shipwrecked Odysseus lived for seven years, today the island is a haven of lush national park, forests and small villages. Since Greek sailors sought haven here from storms, the island has been inhabited by Illyrians, Romans, Slavs and Avars. In the 13th century the island was given to the Benedictine order who built a monastery in the middle of one of the island's western lakes – Veliko Jezero. When you arrive, perhaps rent a bike and cycle through the national park. Tonight, you could try the local wine – the fields and vineyards that dot the island are the foundation of the local economy, with Mljet's villagers producing wine and olive oil as they have been for hundreds of years.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Mljet to Elafiti Islands to Dubrovnik - Depart Mljet and head to the hidden paradise of Elafiti Islands. Made up of three main islands – Kolocep, Lopud and Sipan – the olive groves, citrus trees and ancient ruins provide a scenic backdrop for lunch. Then, sail on to the marina near Komolac. You can then head into Dubrovnik for your final night with the group (there’s a regular bus service) or stay close and enjoy dinner and drinks at the marina.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Dubrovnik - Sipan - Wake up in the medieval walled city of Dubrovnik and enjoy a free day to explore at your own pace. Maybe explore on foot, take a Game of Thrones walking tour or find a seaside or alleyway restaurant and try some local favourites. Head back to the sea for another welcome meeting at 3 pm this afternoon to start the next stage of your adventure. Your skipper will collect the next group kitty and you’ll head to a local supermarket for the week’s meals. After, sail to Sipan – the largest island in the Elaphiti Islands northwest of Dubrovnik. With a long history of stories and legends, this island is one of the jewels of the archipelago. When you arrive. Maybe head out to dinner with your group on the island.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Sipan – Herceg Novi - This morning after breakfast and maybe a quick dip in the ocean, you’ll continue to Herceg Novi. Pass through customs, stopping for a swim along the way in one of many inviting bays and arrive in the late afternoon. Founded in 1382, Herceg Novi is your historic entry point to the Bay of Kotor and a fabulous city in its own right. With an evening spent at the port, you’ll have time to explore the tree-lined squares of the city at your leisure this evening. Maybe head to a local restaurant with your group and enjoy a night of gorgeous views.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Budva - This morning after breakfast (and sunrise, if you’re keen), you’ll head to Budva. You’ll stop for a swim along the way, maybe at Uvala Dobrec, depending on the weather – a secluded cove with a pebble beach and pristine waters. Arrive in Budva – home to sandy beaches, a walled city, old monasteries and lively nightlife. The time spent here will depend on the group’s desire to let loose (this is a self-proclaimed party town). Don’t worry, if you prefer the sun and the sand over the sound of bass, Budva is also home to lovely, sheltered beaches like Mogren, Kamenovo and Jaz. Your skipper will recommend the best local spots to eat for dinner, but you’re free to spend the evening how you wish.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Rose - Enjoy breakfast on the boat this morning and then head to Rose – a historic fishing village with a quieter pace. Stop for a swim along the way and then enjoy a free evening exploring the town or sit back and relax with a good book on the beach. Don’t miss sunrise tonight – whether from the sea or the deck, this part of the world is home to some pretty epic nightly displays.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Tivat - This morning, you’ll sail to Tivat – a coastal town in Montenegro in the Bay of Kotor, surrounded by glittering waters and mountain peaks. Stop for a refreshing ocean swim and then explore the town at your own pace. Tonight, you have the opportunity to sit down with a local family in their home and enjoy some incredible hospitality. If you choose to include this optional dinner, you’ll enjoy a 3-course meal of local favourites with unlimited wine and homemade grappa. All the food served has been homemade and homegrown on the property – a night to remember!

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Kotor - Sail towards Kotor this morning, passing the islet of Gospa od Skrpjela (Our Lady of the Rocks). As the legend goes, sailors would place a rock in the bay after every successful voyage, and over five hundred years, a tiny island was created. If you happen to have a rock handy, you can also become a part of this tradition! Docking in Kotor, one of the best-preserved medieval cities in southeastern Europe, and exploring its winding streets can feel like travelling back in time. Maybe hike along the ancient, steep fortress walls to the Castle of San Giovanni, a stunning medieval structure from which you can get sweeping views of the Old Town. Depending on your fitness level and the sureness of your footing, the hike can take between 3 to 5 hours, so it’s a good idea to set off early if you plan to tackle the climb. Or maybe opt for a full-day tour of Lovcen Mountain, Njegos Mausoleum and Cetinje. This optional tour includes a prosciutto tasting (yum!) and is a super fun way to spend the day.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Zelenika - Dubrovnik - This morning, you’ll sail to Zelenika, Montenegro to the customs checkpoint. If there is time, stop for a refreshing dip in the sea before continuing to Dubrovnik and docking in the marina. Perhaps head out into Dubrovnik for your final night with the group – buses depart regularly from the marina and your trip leader can help with coordination. Or stay close by enjoying dinner and drinks at the lovely marina and saying farewell to your group on your last night.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Dubrovnik - There are no activities planned for today, so you can leave any time before 10 am. If you wish to spend more time here, just speak to your booking agent.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Santorini – Ios - Kalimera! Welcome to Greece. Your adventure begins in Santorini, where you’ll meet your skipper and fellow travellers at Cafe Spartakos at 1 pm at Athinios Port. If you’ve got time, consider arriving a couple of days early to see all that Santorini has to offer. There’s heaps of amazing restaurants, shops and bars in the island's capital, Thira, not to mention some of the most beautiful beaches and landscapes. Check out the volcanic beaches or take a walk along the caldera's rim to Firostefani, Imerovigli and Oia – this walk is also recommended at sunset, especially! After meeting your crew, you’ll board your yacht – your home for the next seven nights. You’ll sail to Ios’ port, where you’ll have some free time to explore the nearby beaches or check out Hora's shops, restaurants and bars – it’s all accessible within a short walk from the harbour.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Amorgos - Sail to the rugged island of Amorgos. This is the stunning location of Luc Bresson's film, 'The Big Blue'. Stop for a swim at Paradisi Beach before continuing along the coast to the port of Katapola. The restaurants, cafes and bars along the waterfront are an excellent place to relax and enjoy views of classic Cycladic windmills and an old Venetian castle. You might like to explore the ancient Minoan Settlement or drive up to the 11th-century monastery, Moni Hozoviotissis, for beautiful views of the Aegean Sea. Maybe head to the village of Hora, sitting high up in the rocky mountainside. Stroll through the labyrinth of stone laneways and Byzantine churches surrounding the town square. The Amorgos Archaeological Collection is housed nearby in Gavros Tower.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Small Cyclades - Cast off and sail to the Small Cyclades this morning. This group of islands are home to some small fishing villages as well as beautifully clear waters and beaches. While all these islands once harboured communities, the Middle Ages saw this reduced to just pirates and goats! Today, only Koufonisia, Iraklia, Schinoussa and Donousa have permanent residents, with the largest population said to be around 300. In the evening, maybe sample some fresh seafood in a waterfront taverna and sit back to enjoy the peace of the Mediterranean.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Naxos - Today you'll make your way to the largest Cycladic Island of Naxos. There’s the option of taking a daytrip around the island, but you can always stay behind and relax. The island’s best beaches are to the south, where water sports are also on offer. Maybe hike up to the old Roman Catholic neighbourhood of Kastro, where winding laneways, mansions and churches all retain a medieval feel. While here, stop by the Roman Catholic Cathedral in the square, and the nearby Archaeological Museum, in the former Jesuit School of Commerce. Take an optional trip to the countryside to observe rural life, see one of the oldest temples in Greece and have lunch in the hills at a family tavern. Tonight, taste the local brew with a shot of Kitron (lemon liquor).

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Syros - Sail to the island of Syros, dropping by the Bay of Gaidharos for a swim. Known for its relaxed atmosphere and neo-classical architecture, Syros’ neutral role during the Greek Revolution made it a safe haven for the persecuted. Over the next two days, maybe catch a bus up the hill to the fortress-like village of Ano Syros and explore the town’s stone archways and narrow alleys (the views of the Aegean are stunning from up here). Sample authentic Greek food and culture in the capital of Syros and the Cyclades, Ermoupoli and check out the town hall in the main square. At night, maybe immerse yourself in local island life with an optional group dinner at a neighbourhood family's home. Tuck into some homemade cuisine made with fresh, seasonal ingredients and enjoy the views from the seafront.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Syros -

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Mykonos - Head to Mykonos today – with a history of around 5000 years, the island is said to be named after Apollo's grandson. It was also the mythological base for a deadly battle between Zeus and the Titans, their giant petrified bodies forming the rocks of the island. Browse the galleries and boutiques in town, see the unique architecture of the Church of Panagia Paraportiani or relax on one of the island’s white beaches. Tonight, maybe wander down to Little Venice, where colourful wooden balconies hang precariously over the sea – this is the ideal spot to sit back with a cocktail and enjoy the Aegean sunset. After, join the fun of Mykonos’ notorious nightlife.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Sifnos - Set sail for the island of Sifnos, known for its production of high-quality ceramics. The island's bare hills contrast the fertile valleys of wild juniper, terraced olive groves and almond trees. The beach in the main port of Kamares is one of the best on the island and the ideal place to swim. Wander among the whitewashed houses, churches and chapels of the village of Apollonia – the capital of Sifnos. The Museum of Popular Art displays old photographs, textiles, costumes and pots. Climb up the headland for panoramic ocean views and see the medieval architecture of the fortress of Kastro.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Folegandros - Sail towards the tranquil island of Folegandros this morning. Named after the son of a former King of Crete, Folegandros has suffered a long history of colonisation and occupation like many of the surrounding islands. In the port of Karavostasis, the pebbly beach or waterfront tavernas are nice places to relax. Take a stroll through the island’s capital of Hora – one of the oldest villages in the Cyclades. The area in and around the Kastro is the most striking. In the evening, maybe wander up the hill to the Church of the Panagia – an excellent vantage point to view the sunset.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Santorini - Bid farewell to the open water as you catch the ferry back from Ios to Santorini, arriving back at Athinios Port just before 12 pm. With no other activities planned, your adventure ends today in Santorini. Your skipper can assist with organising a taxi to drop you off at your hotel or Santorini International Airport. If you would like to extend you stay, just get in touch with your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Mykonos - Kalimera! Welcome to Greece. Your adventure begins in cosmopolitan Mykonos – known for its beach bars, boutiques and nightlife. If you arrive early, maybe wander the laneways of Little Venice – a picturesque neighbourhood lined with old houses, shops and cafes. At 4 pm, you have a welcome meeting at a restaurant called De-Tox Café in Marina Tourlo, where you’ll meet your skipper and fellow travellers and find out what to expect over the next eight days on the water. Then, head to a supermarket to stock up on breakfast, lunch and snack supplies. Tonight, perhaps get to know everyone over dinner at a local taverna, then settle in for your first night aboard the yacht – your floating home for the week ahead!

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Mykonos - Rinia - Delos - Syros - Rise and shine for your first day on the water! First, stop at the uninhabited island of Rinia. There’s no noise here aside from a few grazing goats, so take the chance to relax on the crowd-free shores. Rinia was the necropolis during the Peloponnesian War in the fifth century BC, and you may stumble on remnants of temples and burial stones as you explore. Then, nip over to Delos – the legendary birthplace of Apollo (god of the sun) and Artemis (goddess of the moon). The entire island is a UNESCO World Heritage site with heaps of archaeological sites – including the Terrace of the Lions, Temple of Isis and Sanctuary of Apollo. Your final stop is Syros. Do a self-guided walk around the port town of Ermoupoli and the fortified village of Ano Syros – your skipper will suggest things to see and do. Then, regroup for a special dinner with a local family at their home in Finikas Bay.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Syros - Kythnos (Loutra) - Set sail to Kythnos – a sleepy island dotted with bald hills, dry-stone walls and hundreds of white chapels. Dock in Loutra – a traditional fishing settlement named after the thermal springs (loutra means ‘bath’ in Greek) that flow into the bay – and enjoy a soak. These mineral-rich waters have been used for their healing properties since ancient times. This afternoon, get your blood pumping on a hike to the Castle of Oria – the former medieval capital of Kythnos. You'll wind past traditional stone farmhouses and rocky outcrops before arriving at the castle which sits on a 250 m-tall cliff. Soak in the views of the eastern Cyclades and learn about the castle’s history – it was part of a fortified town that housed hundreds of people, including the powerful Gozzadini family from the 14th to the 17th century. Return to Loutra, then perhaps refuel with some local specialities – like tangy kopanisti cheese or strapatsada (a local take on scrambled eggs).

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Kythnos (Loutra) - Serifos - Cruise to Serifos this morning, stopping off to swim or snorkel in the clear waters of Agios Stefanos Bay. In the afternoon, you’ll do a moderate hike from Livadi to the town of Chora which sits on a 230-m-tall hill. Follow a stony path past terraced fields, whitewashed houses and olive groves before arriving at Chora where you'll be rewarded with sweeping views across the Aegean Sea. Before returning to Livadi, take some time to wander the medieval alleyways – and maybe treat yourself to a local pastry. The rest of the evening is free to enjoy at your own pace. How about kicking back with a cocktail or feasting on meze along the seafront?

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Serifos - Kythnos (Apokrousi Bay) - Cruise back to Kythnos this morning – but this time, drop anchor in Apokrousi Bay, a peaceful cove hugged by low hills. The water here is ideal for swimming, or you could take in the scenery from a stand-up paddleboard. If you're feeling active in the afternoon, join an optional hike from Apokrousi Bay to Vryokastro – the ruins of the island’s ancient capital. Explore remnants of cisterns, homes and temples dedicated to Apollo, Artemis, Aphrodite and Demeter. Then, return to Apokrousi in time to eat dinner on deck while the sun dips below the horizon.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Kythnos (Apokrousi Bay) - Kea - Next stop: Kea. This charming island is known for its vineyards, olive groves and laidback villages. On the way, make a stop at Karthaia Bay on the southeastern side of the island to swim or snorkel in the turquoise waters, then go ashore to discover the impressive ruins of the ancient city of Karthaia. Walk through weathered temple columns and the bones of a 6th-century BC theatre set against the sea. Eat lunch on deck, then dock in Kea village where you’ll spend the night. You could dig into local produce at a seaside taverna for dinner this evening.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Kea - Lavrio, Athens - Take a private transfer to the village of Ioulida this morning for a scenic hike to Otzias Beach – a shaded downhill trail perfect for your final hike! Cool down with a dip at Otzias Bay, then refuel with an optional lunch at a nearby fishing village – it's a great chance to dig into some fresh seafood. Then, it’s time to jump back on the yacht to sail to Lavrio near Athens. As this is your last night as a group, you might like to go for a farewell dinner together and raise a toast to an unforgettable week in the Cyclades. Yiamas!

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Lavrio, Athens - Your sailing adventure comes to an end this morning. If you’d like to spend more time in Athens, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Corfu - Kalimera! Welcome to Greece. Your sailing adventure begins on one of the most beautiful islands in the Ionian Sea – Corfu. If you arrive early, walk the winding streets to see the Venetian influences and architecture of the town. Liston is one of the most popular pedestrian streets on the island and a perfect meeting place, right next to the famous Spaniada Square – coffee, anyone? You’ll have a welcome meeting at 4 pm this afternoon to meet your group and trip leader. Head out after to grab some supplies for your trip. Tonight, maybe jump on a bus or in a taxi and hit Corfu’s main town for a night out. Flanked by two imposing Venetian fortresses, Corfu’s town features winding medieval lanes, a French-style arcade and the grand Palace of St. Michael and St. George.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Paxos - This morning is an early start as you sail towards Paxos – the smallest of the Ionian islands, about seven nautical miles from south Corfu. Paxos is a unique blend of green landscapes set in a bright blue sea. Inhabited by some of the world’s most charming and hospitable people and constantly bathed in European sunshine, this is a gorgeous place to explore. Along the way, take a short stop to swim. When you arrive in Gaios, the main port and the centre of island life, explore the village and coastline with your group. Tonight, why not head out for dinner at one of the many cosy spots to eat.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Antipaxos - Lefkada - Make the most of the day by rising nice and early and enjoying breakfast on the boat. Stop for a morning swim near Paxos’ sister island Antipaxos – this small island is home to some of the finest beaches in the Ionian Sea. Antipaxos doesn’t have its own permanent population, but there are many Paxiots who own vineyards and cottages here. After your swim, sail south, passing through the north channel and docking in the marina of Lefkada – this island’s busy streets are perfect for a wine and dine or night out on the town.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Skorpios - Meganisi - This morning, you’ll head to Meganisi. Along the way, you’ll pass Skorpios, primarily known as the private island of the late Greek shipping billionaire Aristotle Onassis, bought in 1963 for numerous high-profile parties. This was also the site of Onassis’s wedding to the former United States First Lady Jacqueline Kennedy in 1968. Stop for a swim by the island before heading to the bays of Meganisi. This remote island is located between Lefkada and the Greek mainland. Untouched by mainstream tourism, it features secluded coves that can only be reached by boat! Except for its two traditional villages and the small number of facilities they offer, the island is unspoiled. Take some time to explore the beautiful bays and then dock in one of the marinas.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Atokos - Kastos - Kalamos - Ithaca - Over the next two days, you’ll be exploring a few islands at your group’s individualised pace. Spend your days lounging on the boat’s deck, swimming, eating out at local tavernas and watching sunset on the deck or the sands of a nearby beach. Visit remote Atokos – one of the most secluded of the Echinades Islands. The tiny islet is uninhabited except for a few goats that roam freely. There is the small chapel of St. John and the beach at One House Bay to explore. Visit Kastos, where you’ll find peaceful beaches and a simple island lifestyle. Kastos is one of the smallest of the Ionian islands, with only a few hundred people, making it the perfect spot if you’re looking for some relaxation and peace. Then, visit Ithaca – this beautiful island is famously the homeland of Odysseus (Ulysses), the hero of the Homeric poem Odyssey. Surrounded by lush vegetation, European architecture and the deep-blue sea, you’ll see why this place caused such inspiration.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Atokos to Kastos to Kalamos to Ithaca -

     

    Day - 7

    Location: thaca - Kefalonia - This morning, enjoy breakfast on the boat and take a morning swim at Adri Bay in Ithaca. Then, head towards Fiskardo – with hills carpeted by cypress and olive trees, this fishing village is so beautiful that it was added to Project Natura 2000 for its protection. Declared as having ‘great natural beauty’, this harbour village has iconic Venetian architecture and is one of the only islands with its original buildings still standing. Hills surround a winding coast that stands on the northern tip of Kefalonia – the largest of the seven Ionian Islands. Enjoy a day exploring unforgettable beauty and history and top it all off with a farewell dinner on the seafront.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Kefalonia - After breakfast, disembark at Sami in Kefalonia and say goodbye to your skipper and fellow travellers. If you are flying out today, your trip leader can help you organise a taxi to the airport. If you’d like to extend your stay and explore Kefalonia further, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Split - Dobro Dosli! Welcome to Croatia. There is so much to see and do in the gorgeous seaside oasis of Split, where your adventure begins, so it's recommended you arrive a couple of days early. Your luggage can be dropped off at the boat from midday, so feel free to explore Split before boarding commences at 5 pm. This is where you’ll meet your fellow travellers for a welcome meeting and safety briefing. This evening, sit down for your first group dinner on board and get to know each other.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Split - Brac - This morning you'll sail to the colourful island of Brac. Along the way, stop for a swim in the ocean and have lunch aboard the boat. When you arrive in Brac – the longest island in central Dalmatia – you’ll head to the Skrip museum. As the oldest settlement on the island, this regional museum is full of fascinating history. After, visit the Olive Oil Museum to explore the history of this cooking staple on the island. Here, you'll can also taste some local olive oil along with some local produce (and pick up a souvenir, if you fancy). Tonight, enjoy some free time exploring Brac or lounging on the boat.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Brac - Hvar - Set sail for the island of Hvar, enjoying breakfast on board. Stop to swim in the waters of the Adriatic at a secluded beach close to Stari Grad, Hvar's old town. Arrive around midday and look across one of Europe's oldest towns while lunching on board the Aurora. Next, take a bus to explore the island known as the 'Queen of the Dalmatian Islands'. Visit a nearby lavender farm and try some local produce. After, drive to Hvar town for an orientation walk with your leader, then enjoy free time to explore. Return to Stari Grad and dine at a local restaurant of your choosing. Overnight in Hvar (Stari Grad).

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Hvar - Opuzen - Set sail early towards Opuzen, stopping for a spot of swimming along the way. Enjoy lunch on board as you sail up the Neretva River towards Opuzen. When you arrive, jump into small wooden boats for a leisurely cruise through the surrounding wetlands (with local snacks and music on board). End up at a beautiful local restaurant overlooking the water for Peka veal and other local dishes, then board the boat and return to Opuzen. This evening, you may like to venture out to a couple of the bars around the town square to meet the locals to soak up the atmosphere.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Opuzen - Mostar - Opuzen - Trpanj - It’s an early start this morning as you make your way to Mostar in Bosnia and Herzegovina by minibus. When you arrive, take a tour with a local guide, learn about the history of the iconic bridge and visit a local coffee shop where you’ll see how Bosnian coffee is made. Then, taste it for yourself! You’ll then have some free time to explore the town and have lunch at your own pace. Return to the boat the early afternoon and set sail for Trpanj, where you’ll visit the Matusko winery for a tasting and to enjoy the beautiful grounds of the vineyards. Return to the boat to enjoy a four-course dinner with the captain.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Trpanj - Korcula - After breakfast on board, enjoy a mid-morning swim stop in beautiful clear waters of Loviste in the Peljesac Peninsula. Return to the boat and set sail for Korcula – the birthplace of Marco Polo. This afternoon, you’ll join your leader for an orientation tour of the town. Then tonight, you’ll be spoiled for choice with many restaurants overlooking the waterfront – ask your leader for their recommendations. Spend the night at port, with the boat rocking gently with the water.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Korcula - Dubrovnik - Leave early this morning and cruise to Dubrovnik, stopping mid-morning for a swim near the island of Jakljan. Have your lunch on board before arriving in Dubrovnik in the early afternoon, where you’ll join a local guide to explore this beautiful walled city. Tonight, enjoy a final dinner on board the Aurora with your fellow travellers, making sure to toast to an incredible sailing adventure.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Dubrovnik - Your adventure along the Dalmatian Coast ends after breakfast today and with no activities planned, you are free to leave at any time. If you’d like to extend your stay in Dubrovnik, and it’s recommended that you do, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Athens - Kalimera! Welcome to Athens, Greece's storied capital. When you arrive, a local representative will greet you at the airport and transfer you to your hotel. Your adventure officially kicks off with a welcome meeting at 6 pm. If you arrive early, there’s plenty to see and do – after all, you’re in one of the world's oldest cities! Maybe visit the Archaeological Museum of Athens to brush up on some history or hunt down the best souvlaki. After your welcome meeting, head out for dinner with your group at a local restaurant and toast the beginning of the trip – maybe with a glass of ouzo.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Athens / Kalambaka - Today, you’ll get to know ancient Athens with visits to two of the city’s most famous sites. First, explore the Acropolis – one of the Western world’s most significant landmarks. Meet an expert local guide who'll share deep insights into the history and legacy of the civilisations that once lived in this citadel. Start with an ascent through the towering Propylaea, the grand entrance to the Acropolis. Inside, you’ll see the Parthenon – considered the greatest Doric temple in the ancient world. In the afternoon, drive north to the town of Kalambaka at the base of the Meteora Mountains. Along the way, stop at Thermopylae – the site of the famous 480 BC battle during the Greco-Persian wars, and the inspiration behind the movie 300. Upon arrival, you might like to check out one of the local tavernas for dinner.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Meteora / Kalambaka - Travel into the hills this morning to the monasteries of Meteora. These ancient stone buildings sit on towering sandstone cliffs and are among Greece's most extraordinary sites. Join a local guide to explore the ruins of the Pantokrator and Varlaam monasteries and learn about their history – settlement in the area dates back to at least the 11th century when hermit monks sought refuge in the caves. Then, return to Kalambaka to explore the town or relax at the hotel. Regroup in the evening to watch the sunset from the hills surrounding Meteora with an included drink.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Delphi / Nafpaktos - After breakfast, travel to Delphi to visit the Delphi Museum and explore the complex with a local guide – including the Temple of Apollo, the most important building where statues and offerings to the gods were housed and where rituals took place. Later in the afternoon, visit a family of local beekeepers for an Exclusive Experience where you’ll see the hives, learn about honey production and, of course, taste their produce. Continue to your overnight stop in the small coastal town of Nafpaktos. For dinner tonight, maybe treat yourself to some seafood by the water.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Olympia / Dimitsana - After a leisurely morning, drive to the archaeological site of ancient Olympia – a complex that once comprised temples and public buildings and was the site of the first Olympic Games. You’ll join an expert local guide to tour the main stadium, gymnasium, wrestling school, priest houses, Temple of Hera and the hippodrome. Then, visit the museum to brush up on more history. Continue to the medieval village of Dimitsana to settle into Mikri Arktos Boutique Hotel – your Feature Stay accommodation for the next two nights. This traditionally decorated stone mansion has a warm and welcoming atmosphere with fantastic views of the surrounding mountains.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Central Arcadia / Dimitsana - Today join a local guide to explore the central part of the Peloponnese peninsula and Lousios Valley. Walk deep into the valley where you’ll have an Exclusive Experience at the working monastery of Prodromos – an incredible wood and clay structure built into a rock face. Learn about the monks’ lives as they show you around before sitting together for coffee and Greek delight. Then, see the splendid 14th-century frescoes decorating the rock walls inside the chapel. After, continue your hike to Ancient Gortys, the remains of a temple dedicated to Asclepius, the Greek God of Medicine, which dates back more than two thousand years and sits on the banks of Lousios river. With the hike complete, stop at a traditional village of the Arcadia region for lunch at a restaurant which is a favourite with locals, before returning to Dimitsana for a free afternoon.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Mycynae / Nafplion / Athens - Visit the Mycenae archaeological site this morning – a UNESCO World Heritage site considered one of the most important cities of the Mycenaean civilisation. Then, drive to the seaside town of Nafplion (Nafplio) – the original Greek capital – and take some time to explore at your own pace. Before returning to Athens, stop to sample ouzo and learn how Greece’s national drink is made. A taste of this anise-infused alcohol will take you straight to the heart of Greek culture. Arrive in Athens in the late afternoon and head out for an included farewell dinner at a local restaurant – don't forget to say yamas (cheers) to a brilliant adventure!

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Athens - Enjoy a day at leisure in Athens. You may wish to take a walk around the National Garden or tackle the climb up Lycabettus Hill. As this is a combination trip, a meeting will take place at your hotel at 6 pm this evening to meet your new leader welcome any new travellers joining the next leg of your adventure. After, join your new leader and group for a welcome dinner at a local restaurant.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Paros - This morning, you’ll be transported to Athens' port at Piraeus, where you’ll board a ferry to Paros – a beautiful and relaxed island with a layered history. Ferries are a great way to travel between the islands and are essential to many remote islands in Greece's archipelagos. In the afternoon, get to know Paros during an island tour with a local guide. Start off in Parikia, the island’s main town, where you’ll visit the Ekatontapiliani church, also known as the Church of a Hundred Doors. Drive across the island, passing by ancient marble quarries and verdant hills, to Marpissa for a visit to a cultural centre to learn about island life from a group of local women. Carry on to Naoussa – a village known for its whitewashed alleys, Venetian castle and scenic port.

     

    Day - 10

    Location: Paros - The day is yours to uncover more of Paros’ charms. There’s certainly no shortage of things to see and do on the island. You might like to take a guided morning hike along the coast – starting off at a fishing village and weaving through some of the island’s best beaches. In the afternoon, you’ll have the option to visit the nearby island of Antiparos – a favourite secret holiday spot for royals and celebrities. Or maybe you’d like to spend the day relaxing on one of Paros’ many beaches, cooling off with dips in Aegean Sea. Speak to your leader for more information about the activities on offer today and for tips on how to make the most of this island.

     

    Day - 11

    Location: Naxos - Say goodbye to Paros this morning and catch a short ferry to Naxos. The largest of the Cyclades islands, Naxos has something for everyone – from beaches to an Old Town and hundreds of years of Venetian history. Take some time to settle in, then regroup in the late afternoon to learn about the town. Visit the Portara with a local guide – the giant marble doorway is the only remaining part of an unfinished temple of Apollo from 530 BC. Naxos is unique in the fact that it is the Cyclades’ only self-sufficient island, meaning all produce is grown and available on the island without imports. Because of this, the cuisine is hyperlocal and differs to the rest of the country. Try it for yourself this evening during a group dinner, where you will learn all about the regional specialties.

     

    Day - 12

    Location: Naxos - Drive to Kaloxylos in the heart of the island’s biggest olive grove and one of the oldest in the world. Here, tour an olive oil press museum to learn about the importance of olive oil to Greek culture and traditional extraction methods. After your visit, you’ll put your new knowledge to good use as you travel to the nearby village of Galini for a hands-on cooking class. Meet with a local who will share her culinary knowledge with the group, leaving you with recipes you can cook up at home. First, collect fresh ingredients from your host’s organic garden and learn about cultivation and farming on Naxos. Then put the ingredients together to create a Naxian dish from scratch, enjoying the fruits of your labour for lunch. Pair your lunch with a tasting of local kitron. This citron liqueur, with a history stretching back to the 19th century and produced exclusively on Naxos, offers a taste of the island’s culture.

     

    Day - 13

    Location: Naxos - Today is free to explore more of Naxos as you wish. You may like to head to one of the island’s beaches or discover more of its history at a local museum. The Archaeological Museum of Naxos in Chora Naxos dates back to the 17th century and houses artefacts from the Neolithic to the early Christian periods, and the Geological Museum of Apeiranthos digs up the natural history of the island. If you’re after a sweet treat, walnut cake flavoured with local kitron is an excellent regional specialty. Your leader will be on hand to help tailor a day that suits your interests.

     

    Day - 14

    Location: Santorini - Depart Naxos in the morning and catch a ferry to Santorini. When you arrive in Santorini's capital, Fira, you’ll be met and transferred to your Feature Stay hotel – a whitewashed building in traditional Cycladic style, El Greco Resort wraps around the year-round swimming pool. Featuring modern, spacious rooms, this hotel also sits in a prime location for exploring Santorini. It’s only a short walk from the Archaeological Museum of Thera, so perhaps head there to learn about how previous civilisations lived on the island. Tonight, make sure you catch Santorini's world-famous sunset.

     

    Day - 15

    Location: Santorini - In the morning, embark on a hike along Santorini’s legendary caldera. The island you see today is what remains from a huge volcanic explosion that destroyed the early settlements and created a geographical caldera. The natural beauty of this caldera is what makes Santorini such a special place. Your walk will take you along the north-western rim of the caldera, passing steep cliff faces and amazing views along the way. The walk ends in the town of Oia, built on a steep slope inside Santorini’s volcanic caldera. Famous not only for its scenery, Santorini’s microclimate and volcanic soil make it a top spot for wine production. Sip your way around the island with two special stops – the Symposium Cultural Centre, where you’ll learn about Greek wine and try it in traditional cups, and a family-run winery, where you’ll discover more about the history of wine production and taste the different varieties yourself alongside a food pairing.

     

    Day - 16

    Location: Santorini - Your adventure comes to an end after breakfast this morning. If you want to spend some more time in Santorini, just speak to your booking agent to organise additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Athens - Kalimera! Welcome to Athens, Greece's storied capital. When you arrive, a local representative will greet you at the airport and transfer you to your hotel. Your adventure officially kicks off with a welcome meeting at 6 pm. If you arrive early, there’s plenty to see and do – after all, you’re in one of the world's oldest cities! Maybe visit the Archaeological Museum of Athens to brush up on some history or hunt down the best souvlaki. After your welcome meeting, head out for dinner with your group at a local restaurant and toast the beginning of the trip – maybe with a glass of ouzo.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Athens / Kalambaka - Today, you’ll get to know ancient Athens with visits to two of the city’s most famous sites. First, explore the Acropolis – one of the Western world’s most significant landmarks. Meet an expert local guide who'll share deep insights into the history and legacy of the civilisations that once lived in this citadel. Start with an ascent through the towering Propylaea, the grand entrance to the Acropolis. Inside, you’ll see the Parthenon – considered the greatest Doric temple in the ancient world. In the afternoon, drive north to the town of Kalambaka at the base of the Meteora Mountains. Along the way, stop at Thermopylae – the site of the famous 480 BC battle during the Greco-Persian wars, and the inspiration behind the movie 300. Upon arrival, you might like to check out one of the local tavernas for dinner.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Meteora / Kalambaka - Travel into the hills this morning to the monasteries of Meteora. These ancient stone buildings sit on towering sandstone cliffs and are among Greece's most extraordinary sites. Join a local guide to explore the ruins of the Pantokrator and Varlaam monasteries and learn about their history – settlement in the area dates back to at least the 11th century when hermit monks sought refuge in the caves. Then, return to Kalambaka to explore the town or relax at the hotel. Regroup in the evening to watch the sunset from the hills surrounding Meteora with an included drink.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Delphi / Nafpaktos - After breakfast, travel to Delphi to visit the Delphi Museum and explore the complex with a local guide – including the Temple of Apollo, the most important building where statues and offerings to the gods were housed and where rituals took place. Later in the afternoon, visit a family of local beekeepers for an Exclusive Experience where you’ll see the hives, learn about honey production and, of course, taste their produce. Continue to your overnight stop in the small coastal town of Nafpaktos. For dinner tonight, maybe treat yourself to some seafood by the water.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Olympia / Dimitsana - After a leisurely morning, drive to the archaeological site of ancient Olympia – a complex that once comprised temples and public buildings and was the site of the first Olympic Games. You’ll join an expert local guide to tour the main stadium, gymnasium, wrestling school, priest houses, Temple of Hera and the hippodrome. Then, visit the museum to brush up on more history. Continue to the medieval village of Dimitsana to settle into Mikri Arktos Boutique Hotel – your Feature Stay accommodation for the next two nights. This traditionally decorated stone mansion has a warm and welcoming atmosphere with fantastic views of the surrounding mountains.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Central Arcadia / Dimitsana - Today join a local guide to explore the central part of the Peloponnese peninsula and Lousios Valley. Walk deep into the valley where you’ll have an Exclusive Experience at the working monastery of Prodromos – an incredible wood and clay structure built into a rock face. Learn about the monks’ lives as they show you around before sitting together for coffee and Greek delight. Then, see the splendid 14th-century frescoes decorating the rock walls inside the chapel. After, continue your hike to Ancient Gortys, the remains of a temple dedicated to Asclepius, the Greek God of Medicine, which dates back more than two thousand years and sits on the banks of Lousios river. With the hike complete, stop at a traditional village of the Arcadia region for lunch at a restaurant which is a favourite with locals, before returning to Dimitsana for a free afternoon.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Mycynae / Nafplion / Athens - Visit the Mycenae archaeological site this morning – a UNESCO World Heritage site considered one of the most important cities of the Mycenaean civilisation. Then, drive to the seaside town of Nafplion (Nafplio) – the original Greek capital – and take some time to explore at your own pace. Before returning to Athens, stop to sample ouzo and learn how Greece’s national drink is made. A taste of this anise-infused alcohol will take you straight to the heart of Greek culture. Arrive in Athens in the late afternoon and head out for an included farewell dinner at a local restaurant – don't forget to say yamas (cheers) to a brilliant adventure!

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Athens - Your trip comes to an end after breakfast. If you’d like to extend your stay, just speak to your booking agent ahead of time to organise additional accommodation.

     

    Day - 1

    Location: Athens - Kalimera! Welcome to Greece. Your adventure begins in Athens, Greece’s capital. There’s a lot to experience in this ancient city, so arriving a few days early is highly recommended. When you arrive at the airport, you’ll be met by a local representative and transferred to your hotel, where you’ll have a welcome meeting at 6 pm. If you arrive early, you might like to visit Athens’ iconic Acropolis or walk around the National Garden. After your meeting, get a taste of Greece’s celebrated cuisine during dinner with your group at a local restaurant and perhaps toast the beginning of the adventure with a glass of ouzo.

     

    Day - 2

    Location: Paros - This morning, you’ll be transported to Athens' port at Piraeus, where you’ll board a ferry to Paros – a beautiful and relaxed island with a layered history. Ferries are a great way to travel between the islands and are essential to many remote islands in Greece's archipelagos. In the afternoon, get to know Paros during an island tour with a local guide. Start off in Parikia, the island’s main town, where you’ll visit the Ekatontapiliani church, also known as the Church of a Hundred Doors. Drive across the island, passing by ancient marble quarries and verdant hills, to Marpissa for a visit to a cultural centre to learn about island life from a group of local women. Carry on to Naoussa – a village known for its whitewashed alleys, Venetian castle and scenic port.

     

    Day - 3

    Location: Paros - The day is yours to uncover more of Paros’ charms. There’s certainly no shortage of things to see and do on the island. You might like to take a guided morning hike along the coast – starting off at a fishing village and weaving through some of the island’s best beaches. In the afternoon, you’ll have the option to visit the nearby island of Antiparos – a favourite secret holiday spot for royals and celebrities. Or maybe you’d like to spend the day relaxing on one of Paros’ many beaches, cooling off with dips in Aegean Sea. Speak to your leader for more information about the activities on offer today and for tips on how to make the most of this island.

     

    Day - 4

    Location: Naxos - Say goodbye to Paros this morning and catch a short ferry to Naxos. The largest of the Cyclades islands, Naxos has something for everyone – from beaches to an Old Town and hundreds of years of Venetian history. Take some time to settle in, then regroup in the late afternoon to learn about the town. Visit the Portara with a local guide – the giant marble doorway is the only remaining part of an unfinished temple of Apollo from 530 BC. Naxos is unique in the fact that it is the Cyclades’ only self-sufficient island, meaning all produce is grown and available on the island without imports. Because of this, the cuisine is hyperlocal and differs to the rest of the country. Try it for yourself this evening during a group dinner, where you will learn all about the regional specialties.

     

    Day - 5

    Location: Naxos - Drive to Kaloxylos in the heart of the island’s biggest olive grove and one of the oldest in the world. Here, tour an olive oil press museum to learn about the importance of olive oil to Greek culture and traditional extraction methods. After your visit, you’ll put your new knowledge to good use as you travel to the nearby village of Galini for a hands-on cooking class. Meet with a local who will share her culinary knowledge with the group, leaving you with recipes you can cook up at home. First, collect fresh ingredients from your host’s organic garden and learn about cultivation and farming on Naxos. Then put the ingredients together to create a Naxian dish from scratch, enjoying the fruits of your labour for lunch. Pair your lunch with a tasting of local kitron. This citron liqueur, with a history stretching back to the 19th century and produced exclusively on Naxos, offers a taste of the island’s culture.

     

    Day - 6

    Location: Naxos - Today is free to explore more of Naxos as you wish. You may like to head to one of the island’s beaches or discover more of its history at a local museum. The Archaeological Museum of Naxos in Chora Naxos dates back to the 17th century and houses artefacts from the Neolithic to the early Christian periods, and the Geological Museum of Apeiranthos digs up the natural history of the island. If you’re after a sweet treat, walnut cake flavoured with local kitron is an excellent regional specialty. Your leader will be on hand to help tailor a day that suits your interests.

     

    Day - 7

    Location: Santorini - Depart Naxos in the morning and catch a ferry to Santorini. When you arrive in Santorini's capital, Fira, you’ll be met and transferred to your Feature Stay hotel – a whitewashed building in traditional Cycladic style, El Greco Resort wraps around the year-round swimming pool. Featuring modern, spacious rooms, this hotel also sits in a prime location for exploring Santorini. It’s only a short walk from the Archaeological Museum of Thera, so perhaps head there to learn about how previous civilisations lived on the island. Tonight, make sure you catch Santorini's world-famous sunset.

     

    Day - 8

    Location: Santorini - In the morning, embark on a hike along Santorini’s legendary caldera. The island you see today is what remains from a huge volcanic explosion that destroyed the early settlements and created a geographical caldera. The natural beauty of this caldera is what makes Santorini such a special place. Your walk will take you along the north-western rim of the caldera, passing steep cliff faces and amazing views along the way. The walk ends in the town of Oia, built on a steep slope inside Santorini’s volcanic caldera. Famous not only for its scenery, Santorini’s microclimate and volcanic soil make it a top spot for wine production. Sip your way around the island with two special stops – the Symposium Cultural Centre, where you’ll learn about Greek wine and try it in traditional cups, and a family-run winery, where you’ll discover more about the history of wine production and taste the different varieties yourself alongside a food pairing.

     

    Day - 9

    Location: Santorini - Your adventure comes to an end after breakfast this morning. If you want to spend some more time in Santorini, just speak to your booking agent to organise additional accommodation.

     

    Real Peru to Bolivia
*Terms and Conditions
Offer subject to availability at time of booking. Prices are per person share twin based on best available tour price, inclusive of all discounts unless otherwise stated. Prices are subject to currency fluctuations and are based on cash or cheque. Tour deposit, amendment and cancellation conditions may apply. Travel agent service fees may apply. Special conditions apply - please ask for full details at time of enquiry.
HLO Ref# 12877